《Tales Of The World Devouring Serpent》
Chapter 1: Reincarnated As a Snake
Chapter 1: Reincarnated As a Snake
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In a wet jungle, a 20-cm-long grey snake stared at a ck-spotted frog not far from it.
The snake was hidden between a cluster of dead leaves. The color of its body made it almost integrated with the surrounding environment. The nail-sized ck-spotted frog, although vigntly shifting its eyes, did not find the existence of the small snake.
¡°Target: ck-spotted frog, amphibious, can provide 1 bioenergy point.¡±
A mechanical voice rang in Fang Yun¡¯s mind, telling him the basic information of the creature in front of him.
¡°1 bio-energy point? Not bad.¡±
Fang Yun flicked his tongue slightly, staring at the ck frog, looking for an opportunity. As time passed the frog eventually dropped its guard. Fang Yun muscles instantly tightened, attacking the frog with lightning-like speed.
His mouth opened, biting the ck-spotted frog, not letting it go even as it struggled. Finally, after a minute of trashing, the frog stopped moving. Only then did he release his fangs.
As the frog fell into his mouth, he slowly swallowed it, causing a small bulge to raise in his stomach.
At the same time, his stomach began to secrete arge amount of strong acidic gastric juice, digesting the ck-spotted frog that he had just swallowed in a short time.
Having finished his meal, Fang Yun rushed towards the pile of rocks on his left, slithering into them.
Inside the rock pile was a huge abandoned ant mound. There are no ants left, allowing it to be a temporary hiding ce for Fang Yun.
Heid down in the nest as he quietly digested the ck-spotted frog in his stomach.
Snakes are very slow to digest, especially snakes that are still in their adolescent stage. However, because of the particrity of Fang Yun himself, in less than an hour, hepletely digested the frog.
Ring! ¡°The host has sessfully gained 1 bio-energy.¡± The previous mechanical voice once again sounded in Fang Yun¡¯s mind.
Hearing this voice, Fang Yun, who had been resting his eyes, opened them to look at the panel in front of himself. Letting out a sigh of relief, Fang Yun said in his mind, ¡°System, open my information panel.¡±
A curtain of light appeared in front of him, and on this light curtain was a line of text:
Host: Fang Yun
Race: grey snake (variant species)
Status: Juvenile period
World: Blue (Earth-like)
Main task: The host taking the role ¡°Gray Snake¡±, must get 10 million reputation points in the world ¡°Blue¡±.
Mission period: A grey snake life cycle (ten years)
Task Tip: The host can hunt prey, gain bio-energy and evolve himself, improving his power and ability to gain the required reputation value in the world ¡°Blue Star¡±.
If the host does not gain sufficient reputation point before the character ¡°grey snake¡± naturally or identally dies, the system will determine that the task has failed and will execute the penalty ofpletely killing the host, Body and Soul.
Host property list: not expanded
After browsing the text on the information panel, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh.
It has been ten days since he came to this world, but he still has an unreal feeling, and in his heart, he is always hoping that this is just a dream and that he will eventually wake up.
But every time he looked at the system panel in his mind, he has to recognize the reality. He really did cross over to another world, and most importantly he reincarnated as a snake.
Fang Yun, 18 years old, a high school student without any defining characteristic and no bad habits; An average high school student. That¡¯s why he doesn¡¯t know why this happened to him, why this system chose him.
Ten days ago he set off from home, as usual, going to school to attend sses. Unexpectedly, this system appears halfway to school, killing him and taking him directly to this earth-like.
On the first day of crossing into this world, Fang Yun¡¯s mind was filled with boundless fear and despair.
Unlike the excitement of those who cross to new worlds in online novels, he was particrly depressed.
After all, crossing means that he can no longer meet his parents, rtives, and friends, surviving alone in this world. Without even mentioning the fact, of all the things that he can reincarnate into, he reincarnated as a snake.
In such a state of panic, Fang Yun kept praying in his heart, hoping that God would send him back again.
But what he prayed for was not realized. In the end, he could only ept his reality with helplessness, nning on how he couldplete the system¡¯s main task.
Not to mention that this bastard of a system that brought him to this ce said that if he died, he would diepletely, both body and soul, with no chance of ever reincarnating.
Life is better than death. Even if he became a snake, Fang Yun did not want to die so easily. He wants to try toplete the system task. Maybe then he would have a chance to go home in the future.
Fang Yun¡¯s emotions are veryplicated in regards to this system in his mind. On the one hand, this system is the culprit, killing him and then taking him to this broken ce, but on the other, he has to rely on this system to survive.
This system is called the Universe Adventurer System. As its name implies, it is a system that can take Fang Yun on an adventure throughout the Universe.
But looking at the information on the system panel, If he wants to survive and possibly go back home, he has toplete the task assigned to him by the system; to earn 10 million reputation points in this world.
These so-called reputation points, ording to the interpretation of the system, is his fame in this world. The louder his name in the world, the higher his reputation value will be.
However, Fang Yun is still an ordinary snake, not to mention earning reputation value, even if it¡¯s simply surviving, it is still very difficult.
¡°If I want toplete this task just relying on myself, I don¡¯t know when it will bepleted. Fortunately, this system provides me with some convenience.¡±
In the current world, Fang Yun can gain bio-energy by consuming various prey, and bio-energy allows him to evolve and grow up quickly.
Five days ago, Fang Yun experienced his first evolution, causing his physical attributes to increase linearly.
Looking at thest word in thest line of the information panel, after the ¡°host attribute list,¡± he said in his mind, ¡°System, expand my properties panel¡±.
The next moment, the curtain of light in his mind flickered, and the text refreshed.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 2
Bio-energy: 10/15 (once bio-energy is full, the host can evolve)
Skill Points: 1 (rewarded by the system after the evolution, used to activate and upgrade skills)
Body length: 20cm
Diameter: 0.7cm
Strength: 0.1
Defense: 0.05
Speed: 0.2
Agility: 0.2
Spirit: 1.2
Physical strength: 0.5
Skill: None
Reputation value: 0/10000000 (you don¡¯t have any sort of fame in this world)
_______________________________________________________________
Seeing that he only needs 5 bio-energy points to upgrade, Fang Yun¡¯s couldn¡¯t help but cheer up. Once he evolves again, his body properties will certainly increase.
In this way, his ability to live in this world will be more solid.
Feeling more secure, Fang Yun is no longer anxious or trying toplete the system main task, but strives to let himself evolve.
His current ce is in a jungle that is inessible, or at least in the ten days after Fang Yun¡¯s rebirth, he did not find any signs of humans.
In such a jungle, there is certainly no shortage of animals.
Fortunately, in the area around his nest, Fang Yun hadn¡¯t found any carnivorous beasts yet, but this does not mean that he can take the situation lightly.
Because he is too small now. With his current size, even many of the small rodents and animals are his natural enemies: mice, lizards, owls¡
While going out to hunt, he will likely encounter at least one of these natural enemies of his.
Therefore, it is very important to strengthen himself as soon as possible to gain the ability to live in this jungle.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun shifted around, wanting to hunt while it was still bright. Slithering forward, he leaves his den to see if he can find other prey.
Chapter 2: Finding Prey
Chapter 2: Finding Prey
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Looking out from theyers of leaves, the sun was setting the sky into a deep orange shade. Soon this jungle will usher in a new night.
A snake¡¯s vision is quite poor, but because of Fang Yun human soul, he mutated after hatching.
Vision, hearing, etc. are simr to humans, and there is also a snake¡¯s unique sense of smell and thermal imaging organs.
So at this time, he can clearly see the surrounding area without any sort of problem; the ground covered with fallen leaves, the messy grass and tall trees covering the clouds, at least from his perspective.
As he observed the surrounding environment, he continuously flicked his tongue, collecting the chemical signals in the air to detect the presence of prey.
It is a pity that he didn¡¯t find any sort of prey in this area.
Fang Yun, disappointed, hanging his head and crawling even further ahead, started to feel somewhat uneasy, he¡¯s never roamed this far from his nest.
He had gone much further than he expected and If he encountered danger, he wouldn¡¯t be able to quickly escape back into the nest to take refuge.
But the desire to eat and evolve forced him to continue to take risks.
The ck-spotted frog that he previously ate gave him a lot of energy, enough for him to spend two or three days without eating, but Fang Yun wanted to grow up as soon as possible, so he has to hunt more prey.
After moving forward another 100 meters, Fang Yun changed direction and crawled towards the right. He can¡¯t risk continuing forward anymore. He is going to establish his hunting zone in this 300-meter radius.
¡±rustle!¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun felt the vibrations of an animal stepping on the ground. Although it was very subtle, snakes are particrly sensitive to vibrations, so the moment Fang Yun felt them, he immediately became alert.
He hid his body in a lush bush nearby and peeked through the gap between the leaves, looking at the source of the vibrations.
An adult pheasant dragging his long tail behind him as he slowly walked forward, his colorful plumage being particrly eye-catching.
Pheasant, omnivore. For nts, they generally like to eat herbaceous nts, seeds, etc¡ As for meat, they like to eat insects, EarthWorms, and small amphibians. Fang Yun remembered the knowledge he learned in hisst life.
Fang Yun¡¯s current size is not much different from arge Worm. ¡°If the pheasant finds me, I am afraid that I will be eaten as a snack!¡±.
Thinking of this, he curled his body and then hid further into the bushes, trying to make himself look unremarkable, like a stone.
The pheasant slowly walked over, his ws sweeping the ground from time to time, turning the fallen leaves on the ground, its sharp beak pecking between the fallen debris.
Sometimes it picked up an acorn seed, sometimes it picked up a tender white worm.
Fang Yun was very sessful in hiding; this pheasant did not find his existence from beginning to end.
About three minutester, after the pheasant walked away, the huddled Fang Yun in the bushes slowly rxed. slithering out of the bushes, he flicked his tongue and continued to wander around.
During his search for prey, Fang Yun also saw many other animals.
For example, a creature simr to the ck-spotted frog that he had eaten before. This time, the ck-spotted frog he met was already an adult, which had great strength, and a body length about four or five centimeters; too big for him to hunt.
¡°If I want to prey on this frog, I am afraid that I have to wait until my next evolution.¡±
¡±Shi! Shi!¡±
Fang Yun tongue flicked in the air, then shrank it back into his mouth, cing it onto the olfactory receptors inside his mouth, analyzing the chemical signals collected.
Suddenly, Fang Yun got excited.
This time, he perceived the smell of prey.
Fang Yun flicked his tongue in the air several times, determining the direction of the smell, then crawled over there.
After moving for a few minutes, he stopped.
At the moment, there is a group of dense ck spots in front of him constantly moving, a group of ants who are returning to their nest.
Under the observation of Fang Yun, almost every worker ant in this ant colony carries a small piece of food. This is not the thing of Fang Yun¡¯s focus though. The thing of his focus is arge ant cluster that is tightly tied together, dragging a worm about five centimeters long.
¡°Target locked, earthworm, insect, can provide 1 bio-energy point.¡±
The mechanical voice of the system sounded again in Fang Yun¡¯s mind, making him unhesitant in deciding to rob this ant group, directly crawling over, grabbing the worm with his mouth and taking it away. After dragging it a certain distance from the ant group, Fang Yun swallowed it into his stomach.
As for the ants, Fang Yun did not care about them. He tried eating them before. The biological energy gained by eating ants is too little, and for a group like this with arge number of ants, if he gets swarmed by them, he may just capsize this already precarious ship. Being devoured alive by a group of ants doesn¡¯t sound like a good end, does it?
After slithering forward for a distance of more than ten meters Fang Yun stopped crawling, then rolled a few times on the grass, removing the ants from his body.
¡±Counting this earthworm, I got a total of 2 bio-energy points, this harvest can only be considered a pass, I will go for another look around. If I don¡¯t find any other prey, I will go back to the nest.¡±
Fang Yun nced at the sky. At this time, the light had begun to be dim. The sky will probablypletely darken in another hour or so.
Perhaps because of his past life, he does not like to hunt at night, without mentioning that there are also many dangers at night, owls, mice, and his peers.
Therefore, after every hunting trip, Fang Yun will return to his nest to sleep, resting in the night.
As the sky continued to darken, Fang Yun sighed helplessly, just as he was about to go back to his nest,
Suddenly, his sensitive sense of smell caught a whiff of something special!
He carefully screened the direction of the smell, then turning his head in that direction, without any hesitation, he crawled over.
Two minutester, Fang Yun¡¯s body paused, lifting his head slightly towards the direction of a tree branch.
Located above the tree branch, there is a bird nest parched there.
When He saw the birds nest, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but feel a touch of joy, because he smelled the eggs that came out of this bird¡¯s nest.
The bird nest is only the size of a bowl, apart from the eggs, there is no other creature, obviously, the nest owner is looking for food right now.
Fang Yun climbed the tree, getting into the nest.
Immediately, he saw that in this nest, four eggs quietlyid there.
¡°Target locked, sparrow eggs, each providing 1 bio-energy point!¡±.
Chapter 3: Begins to evolve
Chapter 3: Begins to evolve
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Each egg can provide 1 bio-energy point? Doesn¡¯t that mean, as long as I swallow these four eggs, I will evolve?¡±
Hearing the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun¡¯s mood immediately brightened. These days, because of the pressure of survival, his emotions have always been in a state of depression, only now did he rx a bit.
If he evolves again, his physical attributes will leap forward, which is more conducive to his survival in this jungle.
Especially his body size.
After the previous evolution, his length changed from 10 cm to 20 cm. After this evolution, his length, how much will it improve?
30 cm? Or is it longer?
In any case, arger size can make him look more threatening. If he is unlucky enough to encounter some kind of natural enemy, therger his size is, the more dangerous he will seem to the other side, making them hesitate whether it¡¯s worth risking their lives to hunt him.
While thinking about this, Fang Yun opened his mouth and swallowed all four sparrow eggs into his belly.
The Sparrow¡¯s nest suddenly became empty.
¡°Now that I think about it, I have just eaten the children of another living organism, once the parents of these eggse back, I wonder if they will cry in heartbreak?¡±
This sounds cruel, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t have any sort of guilt. After all, this is thew of the jungle, the strong eat the weak, maybe he will be eaten as a snack by a bigger bird in the future just like he ate the children of this bird.
Without mentioning that in the past ten days, he swallowed a lot of living things, so he doesn¡¯t have the sort of guilt and disgust as he did on the first day. Although he doesn¡¯t want to have that kind of cold and unfeeling heart, he is trying his best to adapt himself to this new environment.
¡°Everything is for my survival¡±. thought Fang Yun.
After swallowing these eggs, Fang Yun quickly climbed out of the bird¡¯s nest. If he stays any further, he risks being caught by the bird when its back. Although the fighting power of sparrows isn¡¯t good, his current defense is not that high.
After leaving the birds nest, Fang Yun crawled back to his nest.
At this moment, the sky was beginning to darken. The cold wind blew in the jungle, and a lot of fallen leaves were blown. A dry leaf fell on Fang Yun body, almost scaring him to death.
The current Fang Yun mind is particrly nervous, anything in this forest can scare him.
He wants to return to his nest as soon as possible, but after eating the four eggs, his body has be very bloated, hence lowering his not so fast speed even further.
On the road back, Fang Yun discovered a few cockroaches. Each cockroach can give him 0.5 bio-energy point, but now he is already struggling with his bloated body as he is, he doesn¡¯t think that his stomach can fit any other thing, without mentioning that with his almost current turtle-like speed, he can hardly catch them.
So after thinking about it, he eventually gave up the idea of preying on those few cockroaches.
After seven or eight minutes of slow crawling, Fang Yun finally returned to his nest.
The dark and narrow nest gave Fang Yun an unparalleled sense of security. He finally put down his hanging heart;
As in the past, he hid his body in the deepest part of the nest, then quietly waited for the digestion of the earthworm and the four sparrow eggs in his stomach.
This time, it took about two hours for the prey in his stomach to get digested.
¡°Ring, the host sessfully gained 5 bio-energy point.¡±
The mechanical sound of the system sounded in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. He snapped him of his reverie, then his eyes immediately brightened, looking forward to the next prompt.
Sure enough, the system did not let him wait at all, immediately sending him another prompt.
¡°Ring, Detecting that the host has enough bioenergy, the host evolutionary conditions are reached.¡±
¡±This evolution will take ten minutes, the host should ensure the safety of the surrounding environment.¡±
¡°Do you want to Undergo this evolution?¡±
Hearing thest prompt of the system, without hesitation, he immediately said in his mind: ¡°Evolve!¡±
The moment Fang Yun thought of evolving, a warm feeling filled his body, making him veryfortable. But as time passed, it was bing hotter and hotter, eventually bing boiling hot!
His body getting hotter and hotter made Fang Yun very ufortable, he couldn¡¯t help but rub his body on the ground, the pain was bing so intense that he began to scream!
After ten minutes of grueling pain, this evolution finally ended.
¡±It¡¯s finally over.¡±
Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief, his body seemed to have unloaded a heavy burden and became a lot lighter. Thinking back to that pain, he could not help but sigh at the difficulty of being a snake.
It¡¯s difficult to hunt prey to get bio-energy, but when he finally gathered enough bio-energy to evolve. He experienced the pain of being burned by mes.
If his will didn¡¯t be stronger than before, his consciousness would have been destroyed by this pain in the previous evolution.
Slowly calming his mood down, he crawled around in the nest.
He felt that his body seemed to have be more powerful, making him let out a sigh of relief. Suddenly, he felt that he touched something with his tail, something very frail.
With thest experience, Fang Yun immediately knew that what his tail has touched is the skin that he shed after this evolution.
¡°I was hatched for about 10 days, but I already shedded twice. I¡¯m probably the only being in nature who did this.¡±
Fang Yun thought, strangely proud. Shaking his head and throwing these weird thoughts out of his head, he called the system panel in his mind, ready to look at the changes this evolution bought.
¡°Ring, the host¡¯s second evolution was sessful, the level is upgraded to level 3, rewarding 2 skill points.¡±
¡±Detecting that the host has enough skill points, does the host want to see the avable skill?¡±
Fang Yun just opened the system panel and these two messages popped up, surprising him. After reading the messages he was immediately overjoyed.
After his first evolution, he was particrly interested in skills. Seeing that this system is capable of traversing universes, he expected something like fireballs or wind des.
However, because his skill points are not enough, he couldn¡¯t see what skills he could learn, so he can only look at the skills column longingly.
Unexpectedly, after this evolution, his skill points finally met the requirements!
Without any hesitation, Fang Yun immediately said to the system his mind.
¡°Check the currently avable skills.¡±
The light curtain in front of Fang Yun refreshed, showing him another text;
¡°The current skill points can be used to activate the following two skills.¡±
¡±Discoloration Camouge: active skill, choosing this skill, this skill makes the host have the ability to change his color ording to the surrounding environment, achieving the effect of camouge.¡±
¡±Each upgrade consumes 3 skill points, current level: 0/5¡å
¡±Fatal Venom: Active Skils, choosing this skill, the host will grow a venom der, enabling the host to use venom to kill opponents, thus increasing the host attack power.¡±
¡±Each upgrade consumes 3 skill points, current level: 0/5¡å
Looking at these two skills, Fang Yun was slightly stunned, these two skills are somewhat different from what he expected, only physical skills, which made him a little disappointed.
But then, he cheered up again. Sighing secretly, he is too greedy.
Although it¡¯s only a physical skill, these skills are definitely good for him now.
After cheering up, he carefully read the detailed description of these two skills, deliberating about which skill to choose.
To be honest, these two skills are exactly what he needs now. Camouge will allow him to avoid natural enemies and increase his chances of sessfully hunting prey.
The venom can increase his attack power.
However, his current skill points are simply not enough to learn two skills, he can only choose one. After thinking for a while, Fang Yun made up his mind.
¡°Activate the skill ¡®fatal venom¡¯.¡±
This is not his hasty decision, but he feels that in the current situation, what he needs more is a type of attack skills.
After all, To grow up as soon as possible, he must hunt more prey, and after getting the ¡°fatal venom¡± skills, if he identally encounters his natural enemies in the future, he won¡¯t be so helpless;
More importantly, the color of his scales already provides a certain camouge. So he doesn¡¯t the camouge skill for now.
Immediately instructing the system in his mind, Fang Yun felt an itch in his mouth and neck. After a moment, the itching finally stopped. He felt that his fangs were somewhat different. As if hollow from the inside.
Fang Yun opened his mouth. He had a feeling that he could release the venom from his fangs as long as he thought about it.
Of course, he also perceives that the amount of venom in his der is not much, the toxicity probably isn¡¯t that high either;
¡°But I believe that as long as the level of this skill is raised in the future, the amount and toxicity of venom will certainly be improved.¡±
After selecting the skill, Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief and then looked at the change in his various attributes on his property panel.
Chapter 4: Tree Lizard
Chapter 4: Tree Lizard
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 3
Bioenergy: 0/30
Skill Points: 0
Body length: 35cm
Diameter: 1.2cm
Strength: 0.2
Defense: 0.1
Speed: 0.4
Agility: 0.7
Spirit: 1.5
Physical strength: 1.0
Skills: Fatal Venom (1/5)
Reputation value: 0/10000000
_______________________________________________________________
¡¡
Sure enough,pared with before, his physical attributes have aprehensive improvement, Fang Yun¡¯s most concerned body length and diameter have a particrly obvious improvement, his body length has changed from 20 cm to 35 cm, almost doubling.
Furthermore, his diameter also reached 1.2 cm, and now swallowing those two or three centimeters prey should be no problem.
As soon as he thought of prey, Fang Yun felt that he was hungry.
In thest evolution, he discovered that after he evolves, his body¡¯s energy will be consumed, like four or five days without eating.
Now that his body strength has more than doubled, he wants to find prey to try his power and new skills.
However, this thought just appeared and was annihted by him.
low-key development, don¡¯t take risks.
In such a crisis-ridden jungle, being low-key is the key to live longer.
¡±trying my strength and skills can wait until tomorrow, now is night, where danger is everywhere, I should conserve my strength and energy and go hunting tomorrow,¡±
Thinking of this, he closed his eyes and slowly fell into a dream.
¡¡
When Fang Yun opened his eyes again, the cave had be brighter, and the hunger sent from his stomach is much stronger thanst night.
Hezily got up, twisting his lower body, feeling that his body was a little stiff and particrly slow to crawl.
Snakes are cold-blooded animals, If the outside temperature is too low, their blood cirction will be slow, causing the reaction of their body to their nerves will be dull.
So every morning, Fang Yun will sneak out to bask in the sun, let his body temperature rise, and let his body function return to a normal level as soon as possible.
Swinging his head, Fang Yun crawled out of the cave. He felt that the blood in his body was getting colder and colder. With the addition of hunger sent from his stomach, almost driving him crazy.
¡°I must be one of the most miserable people that crossed over to new worlds.¡±
Fang Yun thought tearfully,
He must let his body temperature rise as soon as possible.
Climbing out of the nest, the warm sunlight sprinkled on his body, Fang Yun felt a burst of refreshment, almost letting out a moan. He did not go to the ces more exposed to sunlight, such as the stone pile.
He just stayed at the entrance to the hole, so that if he felt that danger was close, he could get into the nest for the first time.
Basking in the sun, Fang Yun felt that his body temperature began to slowly rise, and his stiff body began to be flexible over time.
While basking in the sun, he did not let his guard down. Flicking his tongue from time to time in the air to detect the presence of possible preys or predators.
His small round eyes are also looking around. On a tree in his right side, an unknown bird in a tree isbing his feathers, looks like a fat, juicy meal.
But now he does not have the ability to kill the bird, so he can only look at that bird while drooling.
On his left side, a palm-size spider is squatting in the center of its own webs, waiting for the arrival of prey.
Not far from his nest, a few fertile grass buds drilled out of the ground, attracting several locusts looking for food.
Fang Yun regained his gaze from there and changed his position continuing to lie down.
Time passed by, and about five minutester, the bird that wasbing his hair flew away. At this time, Fang Yun body temperature increased a lot, the blood flow rate returned to normal, and the body returned to being flexible again.
In addition, the temperature in the jungle began to rise, and Fang Yun did not intend to continue to sunbathe here.
¡±It¡¯s time to prey.¡±
Fang Yun lifted his head and then prepared to crawl toward the bushes, but at this time, he heard a rustle in there and looked at the front with vignce.
I saw that at this time, in the bushes three meters away from him, a cluster of grass was slightly disturbed, followed by a lizard about 25 centimeters long slowly crawling out, then staring straight at him.
¡°Target locked. Tree Lizard, Reptile, Squamata, can provide ten points of bio-energy.¡±
The sound of the system sounded in his mind, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay attention to it this time, his attention has beenpletely attracted by this lizard.
¡±This guy actually came here!¡±
Fang Yun raised his head and raised his guard. This is not the first time he met The tree lizard in front of him. When he went out to hunt three days ago, he saw it under a big tree 300 meters away. and Passed by him.
Because the guy had a small wound on his left lip, Fang Yun immediately recognized his identity after he saw him.
Lizards are omnivorous animals. They may also prey on small snakes when they meet them. Plus this tree lizard is an adult, and he has just evolved, plus he is extremely hungry, his power is definitely not as good as this tree lizard.
Therefore, when he saw the other party, he turned away and slipped quietly.
Just he did not think that he would actually meet this tree lizard here!
¡±Hey! Hey!¡±
tree lizard flicked his scarlet tongue, and slowly approachedFang Yun side. Seeing it like this, Fang Yun could not help but think.
¡±Does it want to prey on me?¡±
A thought emerged from his mind, which made him shocked, and the body involuntarily crawled backward.
¡±No, it seems that it wants to grab my nest!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s thought. the lizard hissed at him, and the color of his body became brighter, but he never attacked him.
It looks like it¡¯s trying to be intimidating!
Thinking of this, Fang Yun acted and immediately hissed back at the lizard. If the lizard really intended to snatch his nest, he does not intend to back down.
Here is his territory. If it¡¯s upied by this lizard, he will be a homeless snake. In such a crisis-ridden jungle, if there is no hiding ce. God knows when he was sleeping in some corner, he was eaten by some carnivore as a snack.
¡±Hey!¡±
Fang Yun raised his head a little, his power and agility may not match this lizard, but don¡¯t forget,st night, he had activated his first skill.
Fatal venom!
¡±Perhaps, I can try the power of ¡®fatal venom¡¯ on this lizard!¡±
Thinking of this, Fang Yun¡¯s gaze looking at the lizard has also be aggressive, perhaps this is a chance sent to the door.
Moreover, this tree lizard can provide him with 10 bio-energy!
¡±I don¡¯t know if my venom can poison this tree lizard?¡±
In the mind of Fang Yun, such a question emerged, and at this time, he began to actively crawl towards the opposite lizard.
The lizard, apparently, did not seem to expect Fang Yun to act in this way. He stayed in the same ce for a while, but his throat became more bulging and seemed to hesitate whether it was retreating or attacking.
At this time, the distance between them is almost half a meter. Fang Yun feels that this distance is enough for him tounch an offensive.
¡±It¡¯s now¡¡¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun¡¯s decided it¡¯s enough, and the muscles of his body tightened to the extreme, he was ready to attack the tree lizard on the opposite side.
However, it is at this time!
¡±Hey!¡±
A rush of empty air rang, at the same time, from the corner of his eye, there is a ck shadow like a meteorite falling toward the ground!
Without any hesitation, Fang Yun ran towards his nest!.
Chapter 5: Natural Enemies
Chapter 5: Natural Enemies
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun escaped into his nest, then turned his head and looked out of the entrance, the shadow fell into the opposite grass, at the same time, a dull bang sounded.
This bang, like a hammer. hammered in the heart of Fang Yun, making his body soft, his body is literally shivering in fear at this time.
¡±What is that?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s heart ¡°thumps¡± like crazy, while his eyes stared straight at the opposite side of the grass that had been pulled out of arge hole. Suddenly, a big ck bird stood up from the grass.
¡±That is¡ eagle?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s heart skipped a beat, bing shocked as he stared at the eagle.
At the moment, opposite to him, a big bird is standing, it¡¯s feathers are dark brown, it¡¯s body is long, and its height is almost reaching a meter!. The bird¡¯s beak is like an iron hook, and its eyes are extremely sharp.
Obviously, this is an eagle!
Originally, he was grateful that there were no strong carnivores in this area, and even his own kind was rarely seen, but now it seems that his initial thoughts are very wrong!
This area has its own owner, that is the eagle opposite!
¡®Eagle, A Raptor, is aplete carnivore. It only eats meat, its usual menu consist of catching mice, snakes, hares or birds. big ones can even prey on goats, sheep, and deers¡¯.
Of course, the eagle in front of him is not strong enough to capture animals of the level of sheep and deers.
But nheless, for Fang Yun, this eagle is extremely deadly!
At the thought of having such a raptor on his side, Fang Yun shuddered, maybe on a certain day, would he be the prey of this eagle like that hare?
This is very likely!
Even more likely that when he was sunbathing at the entrance of his nest, the eagle might have found himself. The eagle¡¯s vision is particrly good. You can find small animals on the ground at an altitude of up to a kilometer!
The reason why he did not be the prey of this eagle was that his position was close to his nest, and his size is much smaller than that of the hare.
However, Fang Yun needs to go out to hunt. If he is found by him in an open ce, it is estimated that thetter will not mind treating him as a dessert.
¡±wooosh!!!¡±
At this time, the eagle in the opposite grass waved its wings, the weeds around it swayed. At the same time, the eagle flew out of the grass with some difficulty!
Under his iron ws, a gray fat rabbit hangs softly, dropping thick drops of blood.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun¡¯s heart became heavier, and he had a feeling of sadness and depression.
In the beginning, upon bing a snake, Fang Yun has always said to himself that as a snake. He has surely a lot of natural enemies.
But when he really saw his natural enemy, all the psychological defenses and preparation that had been done before has copsed, and the fear and despair couldn¡¯t stop flooding his heart.
¡±Sure enough, it¡¯s still good being a human!¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but smile wryly. When he was a human being, he didn¡¯t feel anything. He even thought that the days of going to school every day were too boring, and he thought that if he could be an animal, such as a bird or the like. It would be great to live freely!
But now that I have be an animal, I don¡¯t feel any sense of freedom, all there is only the pressure of survival!
¡±I really hope to grow up as soon as possible!¡±
Fang Yun also thought, if he really grows up and be the top of the food chain, there would be no need to worry about his life every day.
¡±Thinking about it, when I have a body size of ten meters or even dozens of meters, In nature, which animal would dare to provoke me?
At that time, it would already be good not to bully others!¡±
¡±Hey! Eeeeey!¡±
However, at this time, a screeching sound interrupted Fang Yun¡¯s thoughts. After he paused, he slowly climbed out of the nest and immediately looked at the direction the scream wasing from.
looking, he couldn¡¯t help but be amazed.
I saw a lizard stuck in the crack of the stone on his left side, struggling to get out.
And this lizard, isn¡¯t it the tree lizard that wanted to snatch his own territory?
Seeing this funny scene, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but want tough, even the heavy feeling that the eagle brought to him was diluted a lot.
This idiot is estimated to have climbed over the rock pile when he fled before, and identally fell in the rock crack.
Looking at the constantly struggling tree lizard, Fang Yun spit out his tongue and then crawled over to him.
This guy actually dared to grab his site, of course, he could not let him go, let alone that this tree lizard would provide himself with 10 bio-energy.
I originally nned to use this tree lizard to try the power of my venom, but now it seems that it is not necessary anymore. At the moment, it is stuck in the crack of the stone.pletely incapable of action, struggling to free himself.
With the approach of Fang Yun, the tree lizard struggled even more, but its lower half was stuck in the cracks of the stone, it¡¯s no easy task to get out of there.
¡±Hey! Eeeeeey!¡±
At this time, it made a burst of sharper humming, and the color of the color scale became more and more vivid. It seems that at this time, I still want to scare Fang Yun.
Fang Yun did not pay attention to it. When he came to the tree lizard, he bit his neck, and then the body was coiled around the lizard.
The muscles in his body began to contract, trying his best to crush the tree lizard and puling him out of the cracks. After two or three tries, the tree lizard was pulled out.
the abdomen of the lizard was wounded heavily, after struggling for a moment the lizard stopped moving. This made Fang Yun somewhat surprised. He originally wanted to try his own coiling technique but tree lizard has quickly died.
But now that this lizard has dead, it saved him a lot of effort. Fang Yun starts from the head and swallows the entire lizard, his body has gradually swelled, making hard to crawl.
Without any hesitation, Fang Yun hurried to his nest and drilled in it. Fortunately, the nest is next to him. If he ate it outside, it will be difficult toe back.
Back in the nest, Fang Yun immediately lied down and waited for the digestion of the tree lizard in his stomach.
After eating this tree lizard, he can no longer hunt again today.
Chapter 6: Rainstorm is coming
Chapter 6: Rainstorm ising
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After swallowing the tree lizard, Fang Yunid quietly in his nest and rested.
This time, after almost two hours, he digested the tree lizard in his stomach and got 10 bio-energy points.
On this day, he did not go hunting again.
He needs a little time to digest the influence that the eagle brought to him!
He didn¡¯t know if the eagle had identally passed by here today, or intends to stay here for a long time. If it is thetter, he needs to be more careful when he goes out to hunt.
Eagles are very difficult to guard against. they usually fly at an altitude of up to a kilometer. It is impossible to notice them, and once it is discovered by the other party, the eagle will swoop down from that height and use the impact force to insert their ws into the body of their prey.
With his own small body, Fang Yun does not feel that he is able to withstand the ws of this eagle.
Originally, he still felt that he has grown to more than 30 centimeters. It should be time for him to show his talents. But now, it seems that he has to continue to act low key.
¡¡
Underneath a eucalyptus tree that could be held by one person, Fang Yun looked up and watched the surrounding movements. The area where he is currently located has very dense bushes and can easily cover him up.
The generous canopy blocks the sky, so you can avoid attacks from the sky.
Three days have passed since the day when he encountered the eagle.
During these three days, Fang Yun still went out to hunt as usual, but he was more vignt than before, and every time he went out to hunt, he went to ces with a dense canopy.
In short, resolutely do not go to the open grass!
As a result, his predation efficiency has been greatly reduced. After all, there are many insects such as crickets and grasshoppers in those grasnds.
In the past, these insects provided him with quite a bit of biological energy.
Fortunately, his body size isrger than before, and he can prey on small animals such as adult ck-spotted frogs. In this area, the number of ck-spotted frogs is not small.
In three days, he captured five young frogs and two adult frogs, giving him a total of nine bio-energy. In addition, he also captured a small gecko of about five centimeters that provided him with three bio-energy.
Plus the tree lizard that was eaten three days ago, Fang Yun¡¯s umted bio-energy has reached 22 points!
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
Fang Yun whispered, and at the moment when his voice sounded, there was a light curtain in his mind.
Host property list:
Rating: 3
Bioenergy: 22/30
Points: 0
Body length: 35cm
Diameter: 1.2cm
Strength: 0.2
Defense: 0.1
Speed: 0.4
Agility: 0.7
Spirit: 1.5
Physical strength: 1.0
Skills: Deadly Venom (1/5)
Reputation value: 0/10000000
Looking at the column of bio-energy in the attribute list, Fang Yun¡¯s mouth was uplifted. In three days, he harvested a total of 22 bio-energy, and now he can upgrade again with only 8 points of bio!
This speed is not unpleasant!
Although because of the eagle, he did not dare to go to the open grass to prey on insects, but only by hunting those small animals, his biological energy umted rather quickly.
Of course, if he has preyed on insects in those grasses as before, perhaps he has now reached the conditions for upgrading.
Insects provide less bioenergy, but they are more numerous and easier to prey on.
During these three days, the eagle appeared twice again, and Fang Yun also saw it hunting once, and this time Fang Yun saw it grabbing a snake more than one meter long from the ground!.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t see the type of snake clearly, but when he saw his own kind became food on the eagle¡¯s mouth, the threat level of that eagle raised a lot in his mind.
Not to mention that he became more determined to not hunt in open areas!
As for why the eagle did not appear previously, it may be because it¡¯s hunting range is toorge.
Perhaps in the past, this eagle was hunting in other areas, but as the prey there reduced, he changed spots and came here to hunt.
Converging his thoughts, Fang Yun passed through theyers of leaves and then looked at the sky. At this time, the sun was already setting, it¡¯s alreadyte afternoon.
This can¡¯t be helped, ording to Fang Yun¡¯s observation, this eagle hunts in the mornings. In order to be as safe as possible, hepressed the hunting time to the afternoon.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun ground his teeth, secretly hating the eagle, when he grew up, he must find a way to swallow that goddamn eagle!
Taking a deep breath, Fang Yun twisted his body unnaturally.
He felt that the air today was a little moist, giving him a heavy of sulking.
¡±Is it going to rain?¡±
A glimmer of light shed in his mind, Fang Yun was stunned. It¡¯s no wonder that today¡¯s humming sounds in the woods have be noisier.
And he also found that there were still a lot of insects flying in the air, and several crickets hovered in the air above his head.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun was slightly stunned,¡± it seems that it is really going to rain¡±.
He has been in this world for more than ten days, and it¡¯s not the first time it rained. It¡¯s normal to rain in the forest.
However, what he is worried about is that the heavy rain continues for several days. In that kind of weather, it is obvious that the difficulty of hunting will increase.
¡± I should hurry up and try to hunt on as much prey as possible today.¡±
With such an idea in mind, Fang Yun crawled straight ahead.
Probably because of the uing rain, there are also a lot of frogs in the trees, they are also preying on insects.
Frogs have a particrly quick response speed, as long as insects enter the range of their attack, they rarely escape.
Along the way, Fang Yun saw several ck-spotted frogs and golden-lined frogs, but he could not catch them. They all escaped from under his eyelids.
In addition, he also saw a tiger frog, which is more than ten centimeters in size. This frog is estimated to be half a pound!
¡±I don¡¯t know what taste does this tiger frog have¡±. He has eaten several small frogs like the ck-spotted frog, but he has never eaten arge frog, like the tiger frog.
This kind of frog is too powerful, plus the speed of jumping is extremely fast. It¡¯s not an easy prey.
At this time, A ck-spotted frog jumped right in front of him. This ck-spotted frog did not find the existence of Fang Yun and actually took the initiative to jump straight in front of him.
Fang Yun certainly will not let go of this opportunity, bit the ck-spotted frog directly, and then swallowed it into his belly.
Chapter 7: wildcat
Chapter 7: wildcat
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Once he swallowed this ck-spotted frog, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help showing a satisfied look.
This ck-spotted frog has matured up and can provide him with two bio-energy points. Only ten minutes aftering out and there is such a harvest, which is a good sign.
In this way, maybe he can capture enough prey to start his third evolution today.
¡±Great, hope that I can get three more adult frogs today¡±
Fang Yun thought excitedly, while his body continued to wander around the trees, his eyes were sweeping around, looking for small animals that he can prey on.
Maybe his luck hase to an end because along the way, he saw several frogs again, but they all jumped past him, he didn¡¯t even have a chance to try to hunt them. Besides, he also met a small gecko. But simrly, the little gecko ran away after seeing him.
In addition, Fang Yun also saw a few flies and other small insects, swaying slowly in front of him, but as they can¡¯t bring him any bio-energy points. He didn¡¯t even bother to try, simply letting them go.
After more than half an hour, Fang Yun still hasn¡¯t found anything, but he was not in a hurry. After bing a snake, his temperament changed bing colder and calcting in contrast to his cheerful self when he was still a human.
Finally, after searching for more than an hour, he found a frog near a clear stream.
¡±Target locked: Green Frog, amphibious, can provide 2 bio-energy!¡±
When he saw the frog in front of him, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help getting excited, but then he pressed his excitement, making sure to muffle his movement so that he doesn¡¯t disturb the frog.
This frog has matured, with a length of four or five centimeters. At this moment, it¡¯s quietly crouching on a piece of green moss, blending with the environment. without looking closely, it¡¯s easy to ignore its existence.
Even Fang Yun used infrared view before perceiving its position.
Fang Yun slowly squirmed, crawling straight toward the frog, because the frog was facing the opposite direction, plus Fang Yun is moving very slowly, so for a while, that frog did not find his existence.
After almost a minute slow crawling, Fang Yun was only twenty centimeters away from the frog.
This position is the best ce for him tounch an attack!
¡±Hey!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s muscles contracted, then shot like a sharp arrow, his mouth was gaping wide. bitting the frog in one bite. only then did frog react and began to struggle fiercely.
But at this moment its body has already been hooked by the sharp teeth of Fang Yun, and it is impossible to break free.
The pain in its body, plus the panic that it¡¯s being preyed on, caused it to make a sharp humming sound.
Fang Yun was unmoved, His two rows of teeth were hooked tightly to the frog. gradually, the resistance of the frog was getting smaller and smaller, and finally, its vitality dissipated.
Making sure the frog heart stopped beating, Fang Yun began to slowly devour the frog into his stomach. After a while, Fang Yun swallowed the frogpletely into his stomach.
Fang Yun¡¯s stomach swelled up. He moved his body slightly and seemed to reminisce the taste of that frog.
¡°I have really changed¡±,mented Fang Yun. ¡°When I was a human, I couldn¡¯t even imagine eating raw food, let alone a dead frog¡±, thought Fang Yun, ¡°Maybe bing a snake has really changed my thoughts¡±.
Taking a deep breath, Fang Yun threw these thoughts to the back of his head. ¡°What I should think about is how to upgrade, bing powerful enough, then thinking about how to gain enough reputation value, before I die.¡± thought Fang Yun.
¡± Let¡¯s make a small goal, bing an apex predator, so as to not fear any animal on this.¡± thought Fang Yun.
Another sessful hunt made him greatly encouraged. He is more confident that he can capture enough prey to upgrade today.
However, he did not stay too much in this ce, and immediately dragged his bloated body and continued to crawl.
In the next period of time, Fang Yun was like receiving god help, swallowed two earthworms, two ck-spotted frogs, plus the green frog, that means that he already got seven bio-energy points!
It is worth mentioning that the mature green frog and the two ck-spotted frogs that he had swallowed have already been digested, sessfully acquiring four bio-energy points.
In addition, after all the frogs were digested, his belly became t, meaning that he can eat a few more preys.
Fang Yun nced at the sky, t¡¯s alreadyte afternoon, it will be dark in a few hours. He had enough time to hunt a few more preys.
¡±Well? There seems to be a golden frog over there!¡±
Fang Yun eyes shined brightly, right in front of him, there was a frog lying not far from the bushes, his belly bulging, and he seemed to be preying on insects.
¡±Haha, this golden frog is also an adult. As long as I swallow this frog, I will have enough points to upgrade!¡±
Fang Yun be happy, a smile creeping on his face, then began to slowly crawl towards the frog.
There is some distance between him and the golden frog, but it doesn¡¯t matter, he has the patience to slowly crawl, and the closer he gets, the slower and quieter he gets.
¡±tchh!¡±
However, at this time, a ck shadow rushed from the right bushes, mming the golden frog straight to the ground, and then looking over to Fang Yun.
Fang Yun, who was crawling over to the golden frog, was shocked and quickly looked at the ck shadow that was facing him
boom!
However, when he saw the true appearance of the ck shadow on the opposite side, his body trembled fiercely, his instincts are telling him to run. and a sense of fear rose from his heart!
wildcat!
the shadow that appeared in front of him. is a wild cat!
Wild cats, which feed on rodents, insects, small amphibians, and birds, count as one of the natural enemies of snakes!
Looking at the opposite wild cat who is looking at himself, Fang Yun had the urge to swear. He was always careful, but he still encountered such trouble!
¡°Ring, target lock, wild cat, Feline, carnivorous, can provide 150 bio-energy points!¡±
System your uncle!
When he heard the sound of the system in his mind, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but swear in his mind, what sh*t ¡°can provide 150 bio-energy points¡±. I should thank god if I wasn¡¯t eaten by it.
The opposite wild cat is a little bigger than a normal adult cat. It is about forty centimeters in length, but its eyes are much sharper than a domestic cat!
At this moment, the wild cat caught the golden frog and is biting its head, but his eyes are staring straight at Fang Yun.
¡±Damn, this beast is really treating me as prey!¡±
Fang Yun frowned, from the eyes of this wild cat, he read a dangerous message!
What to do! What to do!
Fang Yun¡¯s brain is running fast. Although the situation is extremely critical at this moment, he did not panic, but he thought clearly and looked for countermeasures.
¡±I have poisonous Fangs!
However, the wild cat has great agility and the ghost knew if he could bite it!
And even if I bite the other party, when would the venom act?
If I was killed by the wildcat and was in the process of being eaten. Only then does venom works. Then it won¡¯t make any sense whether the poison worked or not.
So, I can¡¯t confront it positively¡±.
While Fang Yun was thinking of countermeasures, the wild cat opposite him¡ moved!.
Chapter 8: Accident
Chapter 8: ident
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Meow!!¡±
The wild cat opposite sprinted, followed by a high jump, attacking Fang Yun with his sharp ws.
¡±Damn, don¡¯t think I¡¯m easy prey!¡±
Seeing that the wild catunched an attack, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help swearing, he can¡¯t beat it neither he can run, he can only fight, seeking a chance to escape or even counterattack during the battle!
Although the wild cat is a huge threat for him, it¡¯s not like he doesn¡¯t have any chance to win. After all, in this snake body, there is the soul of a person, his IQ can m this wild cat several streets.
And he also has his own attack weapon¡ poison!
¡± Of course, I can¡¯t collide head-on with this wildcat, to take it out I have to attack its weak points, such as its eyes and nose¡¡±
While thinking about countermeasures in his mind, his body didn¡¯t halt, twisting his body, dodging the wild cat ws that wereing straight towards his head.
Immediately, he jerked his head up, his muscles tightened, rushing straight towards the eyes of the wild cat. At the same time, sharp fangs drilled out of his mouth, his venom ready to make this cat regret even thinking about attacking him!
Suddenly, Fang Yun¡¯s pupil suddenly shrank, because, from his point of view, he could see the whole body of this wild cat. On the hind legs of this wild cat, there was a shocking scar, probably scratched by some type of ws.
Just thinking for a moment, the image of the eagle appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind.
¡±Ha ha ha, god is really helping me.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but feel happy. It¡¯s no wonder that the actions of this wild cat seemed a bit cumbersome. It turned out to be hurt, and it looks like the injury is not light.
¡±Meow!¡±
The wild cat did not seem to expect Fang Yun to actively attack him, scaring him to jump back.
At the same time, in midair, he mmed down his hind legs towards Fang Yun.
¡±bang!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s head was mmed, falling headfirst to the ground. Fang Yun flinched in pain,
¡± motherf**ker as expected of a feline, this agility is not blowing¡±.
However, such thoughts shed in his mind instantly, Fang Yun did not hesitate in the slightest, resisting the pain in his body, he contracted his muscles again, ejecting like an arrow, flying straight towards the wild cat.
At the same time, he directed the fangs in his mouth, straight at the wild cat¡¯s eyes, directly spraying two venom streams!
¡±Hisss!¡±
Two venoms streams emerged from the fangs of Fang Yun, rushing straight towards the wildcat eyes like two water arrows.
¡±Meow!¡±
The wild cat had justnded, after seeing this scene, he jumped again trying to dodge the venom stream. Just as he seemed like he was going to seed, suddenly, his hind legs tingled, causing his jump to be not as high as he expected.
This caused the venom to be shot directly into his left eye.
¡±Meow!¡±
The wild cat sent a big screech. Afternding, he directly twisted his body and fled to the distance.
Fang Yun noticed big drops of blood falling from the cat leg. The wound on the hind leg of this wild cat was torn open, Causing a lot of blood to flow out of its wound.
¡°The left eye of this wild cat was blinded by my venom, and with its hind leg wound splitting, I am afraid that it could not be saved, it¡¯s future survival will be extremely difficult.¡±
However, this thought just shed through Fang Yun¡¯s mind and he threw it aside.
If he didn¡¯t use the venom to blind the wild cat eyes. At this moment, it¡¯s very likely that he has already be food in this wild cat mouth. Thew in the jungle is like this, you live, I die.
The mood of Fang Yun slowly calmed, returning to normal. The previous high-intensity activities caused a sense of pain in his muscles and a headache because of overclocking his brain.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that his belly is empty, He has already digested the previous prey.
¡±Let¡¯s find a ce to recover.¡±
Thought Fang Yun, without any further hesitation, he rushed out to the bushes, searching for a ce he can rest in and recover. After almost half an hour of search. While crawling under a big tree, his eyes suddenly brightened.
Because at the moment, under the thick tree roots in front of him, there is actually a tree hole.
¡±Well¡ I don¡¯t know if there is a master in this tree hole, is it a snake hole or a rat hole?¡±
Fang Yun flicked his tongue, trying to find if this hole has a master. After a moment, his eyes lit up. There was indeed a strange smell in this tree hole, but it was not from his kind.
But¡ mice!
More importantly, he found more than one smelling from this tree hole.
Without any hesitation, Fang Yun drilled into this tree hole. This tree hole is much narrower than his ant nest, plus a lot of twists and turns, asionally there is a tree root from the top of the hole narrowing this narrow hole even more.
After a while, Fang Yun finally reached the deepest part of the tree hole.
¡±Sqeeek!¡±
From the opposite side, a sharp scream sounded. There is no light here, but Fang Yun¡¯s thermal imaging organ clearly saw the opposite situation.
Four thumb-sized creatures are squeezing together, trembling, sending a tweet from time to time.
¡°Target locked, young rats, mammal creature, rodent family, each providing 2 bio-energy points.¡±
Hearing the sound of the system, Fang Yun acted with no hesitation. He crawled straight toward the four young rats. Seeming to feel the danger nearing, the four young rats made a scream of uneasiness.
Soon, Fang Yun came to the four young rats, ignoring their pitiful crying sounds, He swallowed them one by one.
Immediately, his empty stomach bulged again, and a feeling of fullness rose, giving Fang Yun a very pleasant feeling.
Fang Yun twisted his body, feeling strong excitement. ¡°I didn¡¯t expect that I just wanted to find a ce to rest. As a result, I got eight bio-energy points¡±. Thought Fang Yun gleefully.
Previously he already got seven bio-energy points, and the next evolution needed just one more point.
¡±Now that I swallowed four young rats when they are digestedter, I can get eight bio-energy points, which more than meets the requirement to evolve.¡±
Thinking of this, Fang Yun quietly lies in this tree hole, waiting for the digestion of the young rats in his stomach.
After about two hours, the four young rats in his stomach werepletely digested. Not even a secondter, the mechanical sound of the system sounded in Fang Yun¡¯s mind.
¡°Ring, the host sessfully got eight bio-energy points.¡±
¡°Get enough bioenergy and the host evolutionary conditions are reached.¡±
¡°This evolution will take ten minutes, asking the host to ensure the safety of the surrounding environment.¡±
¡°Do you want to undergo this evolution?¡±
Hearing the sound of the system, a smile couldn¡¯t help but creep on Fang Yun¡¯s mouth, and immediately said in his mind: ¡°Evolve!¡±.
Chapter 9: 3rd Evolution
Chapter 9: 3rd Evolution
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±evolve!¡±
Fang Yun said in his mind, at the same time, he converges his mood and waits quietly. After a moment of silence, a warm stream grows in his body.
But then, as before, his body gradually getting hotter and hotter, subconsciously wriggling with restlessness, suffering from great pain.
But what makes Fang Yun somewhat amazed is that his pain tolerance seems to have improved a lot, even if he feels that his body is burning, that being extremely painful, but his mind doesn¡¯t seem to be on the verge of copse likest time he evolved.
¡±Now that I think about it, I probably understand. This should be the result of the improvement of my mental strength.¡±
After ten minutes of suffering, the burning sensation slowly faded, Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief, feeling that his body is a lot better.
Twisting his lower body, feeling the growing body strength, he couldn¡¯t help but be excited.
With enough power, he can also try to develop the main characteristic of a python.
Python constriction!
Before swallowing his prey, Pythons will wrap around the prey first, squeezing it, causing it to suffocate and then slowly swallow it.
Of course, if the python¡¯s power isrge enough and their constriction skills are good enough, the bones of the prey can be broken, thereby breaking their internal organs and killing them in a short time.
Although he has fangs, the amount of venom in his nd is limited. If he encounters more than one opponent at the same time, he can use constriction to deal with them.
In addition, although this deadly constriction is inherited by pythons, it also requires frequent practice to improve its proficiency.
¡±When I saw the animal world in my past life, I also saw many times when pythons were wrapping around the prey, but because of the wrapping technique wasn¡¯t good enough, the result was that the prey slipped away.¡± Thought Fang Yun.
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun stopped thinking about that and then called the system in his mind, causing a light curtain to appear in his mind.
But at the moment when the light curtain appeared, two notifications immediately popped up.
¡°Ring, the host¡¯s third evolution was sessful, the level was upgraded to level 4, rewarding 3 skill points.¡±
¡±Ring, Detected that there are 3 skill points avable. Currently, there are two skills avable for upgrading. Is it viewed?¡±
When I saw these two notifications, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help showing a smile. He values his size extremely, but he also values his skills.
¡°View avable skills.¡±
Fang Yun said softly in his mind, the light curtain in his mind was refreshed and reced with another message.
¡°The current skill points can be used to practice the following two skills.¡±
¡±Discoloration camouge: active skills, choosing this skill, the body skin color will change into a color simr to the surrounding environment ording to the instructions of the host.¡±
¡±Each upgrade consumes 3 points, current level: 0/5¡å
¡±Fatal Venom: Active Skills, choosing this skill, you will grow to a fangtooth, with which you can use venom to kill your opponent, the attack power will improve.¡±
¡±Each upgrade consumes 3 points, current level: 1/5¡å
Looking at the text on the light curtain, Fang Yun became speechless, he thought that there will be new skills, the result is that all there is these two skills.
¡±Now that I think about it, these two skills should be the basic skills, If I want to activate more advanced skills, I have to umte more points¡±.
However, after thinking about it, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t intend to leave these 3 skill points but use it directly.
Only when he is still alive, skill points are useful. He needs to improve hisbat power now, so he did not hesitate to spend the three points on the ¡°fatal venom¡± skill he had activated before.
¡°The ¡®Fatal Venom¡¯ skill level has been sessfully upgraded. Rating: 2/5¡±
After the mechanical sound of the system sounded, Fang Yun immediately felt a tingling sensation in his fangs and venom nd.
Causing his venom nd to be bigger, and the venom that was consumed before was replenished.
In addition, his fangs have be longer, stronger and sharper.
¡±I don¡¯t know where my current venom toxicity can be rankedpared to other venomous snakes.¡± Fang Yun thought
This world is a kind of earth-like, probably a parallel universe, and the species are roughly the same as the species on earth.
On earth, the most poisonous snake is the ind taipan from Australia, followed by other venomous snakes including ck mambas and cobras. In addition, some subspecies of sea snakes are also highly venomous, even more so than their terrestrial counterpart.
For example, the Faint-banded Sea Snake is not only the most venomous sea snake but also the most venomous snake in the world, a 100 time more venomous than any other snake including the ind taipan.
ording to Fang Yun¡¯s guess, after he upgraded the ¡°fatal venom¡± skill to full level, his toxicity is estimated to be simr to the most poisonous snake in the world, perhaps even higher.
Of course, this is only Fang Yun¡¯s guess. What would be the specific situation? that needs him to slowly exploreter.
Gently shaking his head, Fang Yun put away the distracting thoughts in his mind, and then said: ¡°System, call up my property panel.¡±
After his voice fell, a light curtain appeared in his mind:
Host property list:
Level: 4
Bioenergy: 7/90
Skill Points: 0
Body length: 60cm
Diameter: 2cm
Power: 1.0
Defense: 0.5
Speed: 1.2
Agile: 1.5
Spirit: 2.5
Physical strength: 2.0
Skills: Deadly Venom (2/5)
Reputation value: 0/10000000
Seeing that the information in the panel refreshed again, Fang Yun¡¯s mood was uplifted. This time his body length increased directly from 35 cm to 60 cm, increasing his total length by 25 cm!
And the diameter has increased from 1.2 cm to 2 cm.
In general, he can already be considered a half-mature snake, even those adult mice, He can also swallow, the mouth snakes can be erged to about 130 degrees, and it is not a problem to swallow a prey two or three times their diameter.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but cheer up, but when he saw the other property bars information, he had the urge to swear.
¡±What? The next evolution will actually require 90 bio-energy points.¡±
Fang Yun was a bit speechless. Thest evolution required him only 30 bio-energy, but this time if he wants to upgrade, he would need 90 bio-energy points.
However, for this situation, he can only ept it honestly.
¡±I don¡¯t know when will my reputation point increase?¡±
Fang Yun gaze suddenly moved to the column of reputation. He came to this world for more than ten days, and his reputation value didn¡¯t increase. After all, no one would easily go to the wild, especially this jungle full of wild animals and poisonous insects.
As for leaving the forest, and going to the human city.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t want to die. Most people are afraid of lof snakes. If they saw him, the biggest possiblity is probably killing him.
Without mentioning that he would probably be treated as a snack if he were to go to some provinces in China.
Fang Yun sighed, wanting toplete this task is not possible in the foreseeable future. At least until his defense can reach the bulletproof level, only then would he try.
shaking his head, he crawled towards the entrance, preparing to leave the tree hole.
After this evolution, he is extremely hungry, he is ready to go out and catch a few more preys.
After some crawling, he came back to the surface. At this moment, the sky is already dark, but the jungle is still very lively, all kinds of insects areing and going.
Fang Yun¡¯s snake tongue flicked in the air to check whether there was any prey around.
But at this moment, his body tightened, because, right in front of him, there is a shadow.
Chapter 10: Forest fire
Chapter 10: Forest fire
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun looked over to the opposite side. He saw that across from him, there is a big mouseing over, about 5 inches or 12 cm. At this moment, Fang Yun and the big mouse looked at each other.
¡°Target locked, voles, mammal, rodent family, can provide 15 bio-energy.¡±
Looking at the Vole opposite, Fang Yun¡¯s eyes shed, and it was obvious that this vole is the mother of the previous four young rats.
¡±I didn¡¯t expect to encounter the mother of the young rats just as I climbed out of the hole¡±.
¡±Squeaaaak!¡±
The opposite vole, like finding something screamed hysterically. At this time. A pair of round eyes suddenly sharpened, looking at Fang Yun agressively, hatred seeping out of its eyes.
In the face of this vole-mother hateful eyes, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t afford any guilt. The jungle rules are like that, to eat or be eaten. Instead, he flicked his tongue, slowly crawling towards the vole mother.
Normally after the mouse decides to run, Snake usually can¡¯t catch up. But if this vole wants to avenge her children, choosing to fight with him, then Fang Yun doesn¡¯t mind letting her reuniting with her children, in his stomach.
¡±squeak!¡±
Seeing that Fang Yun was approaching, the vole mother screamed wildly, her body trembling, The fear of snakes from her genes made her have an impulse to escape immediately.
But the hatred of the murderer of her child, let her stop in her track, can not wait to fight to the death with Fang Yun.
Fang Yun was getting closer and closer to the mouse. Judging that the distance between them was only about half a meter. Suddenly, his body muscles tightened.
The next moment, his bodyunched like an arrow, Biting towards the vole mother neck!.
When Fang Yununched the attack, the vole bounced on reflex, escaping his attack, and thennding on the side.
¡±Humph.¡±
Fang Yun snorted in his mind, did not hesitate, immediatelyunched a second attack, this time directly biting the vole¡¯s neck.
¡±Squeak!¡±
The vole mother screamed hysterically in pain, but Fang Yun was unmoved, His body trying to wrap around the vole mother.
He is going to practice constriction on this vole mother.
¡±Hey!¡±
The fear and hatred in the mother¡¯s heart broke out at this moment, her body madly struggling. Her hind legs are madly kicking on the ground, trying to break away from Fang Yun entanglement.
Under the hysterical struggle of the vole mother, Fang Yun could notpletely entangle it.
More importantly, he felt that his teeth began to get numb like they are going to be torn off, he couldn¡¯t help but get annoyed. This mouse struggle is really fierce.
However, even so, he did not loosen his mouth, instead, he bit tighter, his body trying to wrap around the body of the vole.
After almost three minutes, the mad struggle of the vole reduced. It seems that its physical energy is nearly exhausted, Fang Yun took advantage of this opportunity,pletely wrapping his body around the vole, and then began to strangle it.
¡±Squeak!¡±
The mouse made a harsh scream, resuming his struggle, but it¡¯s toote, Fang Yun haspletely wrapped around the vole, its struggle only prompted Fang Yun to contract even more. Gradually, the mouse didn¡¯t make any sound anymore.
Pythons can perceive the heartbeat of the prey they entangled, so once entangled by a python, it¡¯s impossible to act dead or stand still and wait until the python releases himself and then escape.
At the moment, under the perception of Fang Yun, the heartbeat of this vole mother became weaker and weaker and eventually stopped.
Only then did he slowly loosen his body, and then devoured the vole mother from the head bit by bit.
His originally empty belly has be full again.
After swallowing this vole mother, Fang Yun was not ready to hunt again. He perceived the direction and then began to return to his own nest.
Ten minutester, Fang Yun returned to his nest.
Today hunting has been very rewarding, he has undergone his third evolution, his level sessfully upgrading to the fourth level, and there are still many additional gains.
Now the bio-energy point on his property bar is seven points. When the vole in the belly is digested, his bio-energy point will increase to 22.
If there is such a harvest every day, wouldn¡¯t he upgrade quickly?
Bang!
At this time, suddenly, a loud sound came from outside of his nest so that Fang Yun was slightly surprised,¡± is this the sound of thunder?¡± wondered Fang Yun.
After the first thunder sounded, thunder began to frequently sound in the sky.
In the nest, Fang Yun heard from time to time the sound of several panicked birdsing in from outside.
He coiled his body, without thinking much about the sound thunder, staying in the cave feeling an unparalleled sense of security.
In addition, he is not afraid of rain.
His nest is quite high off ground, and with the stones covering the hole, there won¡¯t be much rainwater seeping in his nest, so at this time, he curled peacefully in his nest and slept.
without knowing how long he slept, Fang Yun suddenly woke up.
His nest was suddenly filled with a strange smell, which smelled like the smell of smoke.
His confused head immediately cleared up, Fang Yun¡¯s body shed, the next moment he flew directly to the entrance, and then looked around, seeing that in the left direction, a raging fire was particrly eye-catching.
Hey!
Despite the long-distance, Fang Yun heard the sound of crackling, the smell of smoke that he previously smelled from his nest came from there.
Forest fire?
Fang Yun¡¯s mind immediately came up with such a thought. thinking a little, he understood that the forest fire was likely caused by the previous thunder.
Licking his dry lips, Fang Yun¡¯s had the urge to swear.
That fire is about five hundred meters away from him. It will definitely not be long before it will reach him. Even if he were to stay in the nest and managed to escape the mes, he will still be killed by the smoke.
Without any hesitation, Fang Yun turned around and ran.
Hey!
He tried his best to crawl forward. ¡°After this fire, the forest here would definitely be ruined. In short, it is basically impossible to return to this site.¡± thought Fang Yun sadly.
After all, a bare mountain, certainly not many animals will return, what will he eat?
Staying here for so long, Fang Yun is certainly not willing to leave, this ant nest is a unique ce to live, the next time he wants to find such a good ce, it is basically impossible. More importantly, that was his first home in this world, he is still emotionally attached to it.
While Fang Yun was thinking about his future, he also saw many animals running in the jungle.
Pheasants, lizards, birds, etc.
In addition, he also saw the wild cat that attacked him previously this afternoon.
At this time, the wild cat is limping, trying his best to run, struggling to follow the big forces. Fang Yun also saw that his left eye, which was contaminated by his own venom, were already dull.
Under the crazy running of all the animals, the wounded animals like the wild cat, and the slow ones were gradually falling behind.
Perhaps soon, they will be swallowed up by the mes.
Chapter 11: latest findings
Chapter 11:test findings
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The escape team is expanding more and more, including some animals that Fang Yun did not see before, such as hedgehogs, crickets, and wild boars.
Even he saw a few mongooses, scaring the heck out of him.
Mongooses are one of the natural enemies snakes, their body is extremely agile and flexible, with snakes being one of their favorite prey. Sometimes they will kill snakes while they are hunting in the wild.
Fortunately, at this time everyone was busy escaping, and his existence did not arouse the interest of those mongooses.
¡°How is it still not raining?¡±
Looking at the gloomy night sky above the head, there is neither thunder nor rain, but there is a raging wind sweeping through the forest, blowing the surrounding trees.
But this kind of powerful wind can¡¯t extinguish the forest fire that has spread in the back, but instead made the speed of the fire spread even faster.
Fang Yun gritted his teeth, the muscles in his body have begun to feel sore, not knowing how long he can hold on.
Among the big team, more and more small animals are starting to fall behind. As for the wild cat, it has long been unseen.
After about an hour of crazy running, Fang Yun felt that his body was falling apart, his muscles are extremely sore. He himself didn¡¯t know that he could crawl for so long at his full speed.
Suddenly, drops of rain started falling, so that the spirit of Fang Yun, who was exhausted, rekindled again, the sound of the raindrop falling onto the ground sounded like the most beautiful music in the world to him right now.
¡±I can finally stop and take a break.¡±
Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief and quickly found a covered position to hide. Then he turned his head and looked back.
I saw that the forest fire that had been chasing them. At this moment, under the heavy rain, was constantly reducing, bing smaller and smaller.
Only now, did Fang Yun truly rx, he knows that this forest fire can¡¯t pose the slightest threat to him anymore.
At this time, he also found that the animals that had gathered together to escape were now spreading around.
But those carnivores did not choose to hunt at this moment, they just escaped to a strange area, and perhaps it will take some time to fully adapt to the new environment.
Watching as the mongooses walked away, Fang Yun regained his gaze from their backs and then began to wait quietly for his physical energy to recover.
After ten minutes of rest, Once Fang Yun felt that the physical strength he had consumed had recovered a little. Regaining the ability to crawl, he prepared to search for a ce to rest when suddenly.
¡°Ring, the host sessfully gained fifteen bio-energy.¡±
The sound of the system sounded in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. He immediately understood after a slight surprise. This is the energy obtained by digesting the vole mother that he previously swallowed.
Fang Yun¡¯s couldn¡¯t help but rejoice, and immediately said in his mind: ¡°System, bring up my property panel.¡±
Host property list:
Level: 4
Bioenergy: 22/90
Skill Points: 0
Body length: 60cm
Diameter: 2cm
Power: 1.0
Defense: 0.5
Speed: 1.2
Agile: 1.5
Spirit: 2.5
Physical strength: 2.1
Skills: Deadly Venom (2/5)
Reputation value: 0/10000000
¡±Bio-energy points are already up to 22. It seems that it is not so difficult to get ny bio-energy points after all.¡±
Fang Yun excitedly thought, but then once he looked over to his other properties, he couldn¡¯t help but get surprised.
¡±What happened? I remember that the value on the column ¡°Physical strength¡± was 2. How did it be 2.1?¡±
He can be sure that he didn¡¯t misremember the previous value. Because every time the property list is refreshed, he will look at the values several times, and always remember it in his heart.
Therefore, the value on the column ¡°Physical strength¡± has definitely changed.
So what could be the reason for this?
As Fang Yun thought about the reason, a sh passed in his mind. Was it that he had been crawling at full speed for an hour before, so the value on the column of ¡°physical strength¡± increased?
The more he thought about it, the more certain Fang Yun was.
But even if this is the case, he still needs to verify this conjecture, by running at full speed for a while and then seeing the results.
Now that he thinks about it since people can enhance their physical fitness through training, then snakes naturally can too.
thinking this way, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help getting excited.
How did he not think of this before?
He decided to wait until he prepares himself, and then develop a training program for himself, striving to make himself a big muscled serpent.
Hey!
As the rain continued to fall, creating a heavy sound by striking the leaves or flowers. Fang Yun¡¯s thoughts were interrupted.
This rainfall is quite big. he has to find a ce to avoid the rain.
Fang Yun crawled as the heavy rain continued to fall on his scales, his eyes darting around searching for a hideout.
The night in the jungle is particrly dark, causing the visible range to be not even one meter, and because of the heavy rain, the smell of the creatures in the jungle has diluted a lot.
His intention to find a rat nest was directly broken.
¡±There is a big tree in front, well, I should be able to avoid the rain under it.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly saw arge ck shadow in front, faintly looking like a big tree, getting excited, he quickly crawled over there.
Finally, Fang Yun crawled under the big tree, feeling that the rain on the top of his head was much smaller. He immediately looked up at the canopy of this big tree, and couldn¡¯t help but get amazed.
Although he still can¡¯t see the whole picture of this big tree, for the time being, he has already determined in his mind that this big tree is definitely huge.
Slowly climbing up the trunk, Fang Yun ns to find find a branch to rest and spend the night on it.
But when he crawled to the middle of the trunk, he suddenly found a tree hole in the big tree.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Fang Yun explored the tree hole with his head, and then flicked his tongue, examining the smell inside.
¡±This tree hole seems to have a master, but no matter what, I¡¯m going to spend the night in it.¡±
Fang Yun slowly crawled inside the tree hole, and the more he crawled inside, the more surprise he got, the space inside this tree hole is absolutely not small, he felt that even if he grew to two meters long, this tree hole can still easily amodate him.
¡±Snapp!¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun¡¯s body slipped, falling directly toward the bottom of this tree hole, causing a soft sound as he fell to the ground.
But at this time, he was a bit stunned, because he felt a furry thing under his body.
Just as he was still stunned, the furry thing under him suddenly stood up and directly pushed his body to the side.
After that, Fang Yun heard a ¡°squeak¡± voice, sounding full of panic.
Then, after another ¡°squeak¡±, a ck shadow ran straight to outside the tree hole.
Chapter 12: smart squirrel
Chapter 12: smart squirrel
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Watching as the dark shadow was fleeing outside, Fang Yun got a bit surprised, but he quickly lost interest, it should be a type of rodent, or some small animal, in short, it is unlikely to pose a threat to himself.
He is going to spend the night in this tree hole. If the rain stops tomorrow, he will go outside to search for a more suitable nest. If he finds it, he will return this tree hole to its original owner.
But if the weather doesn¡¯t improve tomorrow, he will continue to stay here.
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun stopped thinking about that, calmed down and prepared to sleep.
He felt that this tree hole was veryfortable to lie down in. It seemed to have a fluffy mattress underneath. It is very soft and warm. As a cold-blooded animal that needs to raise his body temperature through basking in the sun, Fang Yun felt that such a resting ce was simply toofortable.
As he is exhausted from that crazy escape not long ago, he soon fell asleep.
¡¡
On the early morning of the next day, Fang Yun was woken up by the faint sunlight passing through the tree hole.
Just as he wanted to observe theyout of this tree hole, his attention was drawn by sudden a sharp scream.
¡±Squeak! Squeak!¡±
Fang Yun looked over to the hole entrance. He saw that outside of the tree hole. There was a small furry animal constantly waving its small hands and screaming at him.
Seeing the little thing that is yelling at him, Fang Yun got a bit surprised.
It¡¯s a squirrel.
¡°Target locked: long-tail squirrel. Species: mammal. Family: rodent, can provide 20 bio-energy point.¡±
When he heard the sound of the system in his mind, Fang Yun was slightly surprised. The bio-energy that this squirrel could provide him is actually quite a lot, even more than the vole that he had eatenst night.
But when he looked at the squirrel size, he immediately understood why. The squirrel is about twenty centimeters tall, much bigger than yesterdays vole.
It¡¯s just that he doesn¡¯t have the intent to prey on this squirrel. Squirrels were very agile and capturing them is not an easy task.
And it¡¯s only because he has seized the other side nest, that he can sleep wellst night.
¡±Well, let¡¯s be a good snake just for once.¡± thought Fang Yun.
So after Fang Yun nced at the squirrel a few times, he stopped looking at him and then looked around inside the tree hole.
After a few nces, he couldn¡¯t stop his amazement.
Because in this tree hole, there is actually a lot of furs spread on the ground, rabbit fur, some furry animal wool¡
¡±It¡¯s a very particr squirrel.¡±
Fang Yun sighed in amazement, this squirrel is really smart, knowing how to dress up his own nest.
¡±No wonder I felt warm andfortable while sleeping herest night.¡±
On the other side inside the tree hole, there is a lot of tree seeds like pine cones and chestnuts stacked together. This squirrel probably has the habit of storing food. This pile of pine cones and chestnuts should be the stock of the squirrel.
Regaining his gaze, Fang Yun crawled out of the tree hole, ready to investigate the situation in this area.
The squirrel at the entrance of the cave, seeing that Fang Yun is crawling over, thinking that he ising to kill himself, immediately ran, disappearing in the blink of an eye.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother him, climbing out of the hole, then looking around, scanning the surrounding scenery for possible preys or threats.
The rain hasn¡¯t stopped, but it¡¯s a lot smaller and can be considered at most a drizzle, enabling him to see everything around him.
At this time, he also discovered that the big tree he is currently in is a huge pine tree with a diameter much bigger than the length of his body, he estimates that it should be more than two meters.
Its canopy is also veryrge, covering a distance of more than ten meters around, it¡¯s leaves are dark green, and does have a lot of pines, showing the vitality of this pine tree.
Additionally, the area where he is currently in is extremely lush, housing a lot of lush trees and bushes, there are very few empty spaces around.
This grove is almost covered with lush trees. Most of them being eucalyptus and pine trees.
However, on his right side about a hundred meters away from this pine tree is a meadow, where only a few shrubs exist.
The terrain on that grasnd is very t, like a slope sinking, on the other end is a steep cliff with bare gray rocks.
Only on the dark side of some raised stones, some green moss grows.
¡±Squeak! Squeak!¡±
A sharp cry broke Fang Yun¡¯s thoughts. He looked over to his right side. seeing that on a branch on another tree. The previous squirrel was standing there and yelling at himself.
¡±Squeak! squeak!¡±
Seeing Fang Yun looking at him, the squirrel screamed even louder.
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help getting annoyed at the guy who interrupted his thoughts, so he swayed his head from side to side, hissing and then making an attacking gesture.
¡±squeak!¡±
The squirrel on the branch was immediately scared to jump, and which he couldn¡¯t stand still, falling straight toward the ground.
Hey!
The squirrel fell to the ground while screaming, but the soft grass on the ground, plus the thick fur on him, protected him from injury.
Watching this scene the whole time, Fang Yun on the trunk couldn¡¯t help but smile.
¡±Oh, what a silly squirrel.¡±
After it was quiet once again, Fang Yun began to think about his next survival problem. It is still raining, which mean that he can¡¯t find a ce suitable for his own residence for now.
Without mentioning that he still doesn¡¯t know whether this area is suitable for his own survival or not.
For a nest to be suitable for his survival, there are two important points to consider.
The first point is that the nest must be concealed from predators, furthermore, the size should be moderate, not too small, nor too big, to prevent natural enemies from drilling into the nest to attack himself.
Another point is that the nearby prey should be sufficient for his growth.
He looked up at the gloomy sky, seeing that the rain has no tendency to stop, all he could do is to return to the tree hole.
At the moment, the weather in the forest is quite cold, which made him particrly ufortable, all he could do is snuggle between the pile of rabbit fur and the furry wool.
As for finding a nest to live in, Or wait until the weather bes fine before going to search for it.
But what he didn¡¯t expect was that the heavy rain actually went on for a whole seven day.
During those seven days, on which he did not go out to hunt, but on a certain afternoon, he saw a bird whose wings were drenched with rain, lying on the ground not far from the pine tree.
That little bird gave him 10 bio-energy point.
It is worth mentioning that when he returned to the tree hole after swallowing the little bird, he found a shadow hurriedly running out of the tree hole, which was the squirrel whose nest had been seized by him.
The squirrel didn¡¯t leave this whole time. At night, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know where it went. It¡¯s estimated that he stayed on some branch and rested.
In the daytime, it either stands in front of the tree hole and looks at himself with resentment or when he return to the tree hole, He can see it running out of the hole when hees back.
Fang Yun thought that the silly guy was ready to rest in the nest, but then he saw the squirrel running with a chestnut in his mouth.
It turned out that the squirrel is risking his life to return to the nest to get food.
Since then, Fang Yun has been deliberately going out every day for a while, leaving the squirrel with the time to enter the tree hole to retrieve food.
In seven days, just eating a small bird made Fang Yun¡¯s a little annoyed.
But fortunately, after seven days, the weather has finally cleared.
Chapter 13: Exploring The Area
Chapter 13: Exploring The Area
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±The rain has finally stopped.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s head slid out of the tree hole and looked at the gloomy sky that stopped raining.
He is really afraid that this rain willst for weeks, stopping him from hunting. If so until when would he undergo his fourth evolution?.
In the first two days of rain, he swallowed a bird, which allowed his bio-energy to reach 32 points, but there is still a long distance from the 90 bio-energy points needed for the upgrade.
¡°I don¡¯t know how much prey is in this area, whether it does have more prey than the previous area.¡±
While thinking about it, Fang Yun suddenly looked at the branch on his left side, and the squirrel whose nest was seized by himself stood there.
Compared with the previous few days, this squirrel is obviously not so afraid of himself anymore.
Looking away from the squirrel, Fang Yun looked at the grasnd a 100 meters away. At this moment the sun is rising from there, indicating that the east is in that direction.
Converging his thoughts, Fang Yun is preparing to crawl toward the grasnd, when suddenly¡
¡±Scream!¡±
A loud eagle scream sounded, Fang Yun¡¯s body couldn¡¯t help but shake. In an instant, he turned his head, looking at the ce where the eagle¡¯s humming sounded.
The ce he is looking at at the moment is the steep cliff at the end of the grasnd.
He saw that above the grasnd, in the sky, there is a ck eagle hovering, flying ina circr manner, seemingly tracking some prey. Fang Yun looked as the eagle dived, appearing to attack something.
Then after he rose to the sky again there was one more thing under his iron ws, a fat hare.
¡±Is that the eagle I met before?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s mouth was pumping. While he was in the ant cave a few days ago, he still thought about trying to avoid this eagle as much as possible. As a result, he still stumbled into him.
¡±Is this what they call bad luck?¡±
Fang Yun was speechless and also discouraged.
¡°Do I have to move again?¡±.tought Fang Yun depressed.
Shaking his head, ¡°No¡ I don¡¯t have to move again. This forest should enough to block the vision of the eagle. What I need to note now is whether this forest can provide enough prey for me to grow.¡±
Thinking this way, Fang Yun¡¯s heart was put down a little.
As long as he doesn¡¯t run out of this forest into the grasnd, he won¡¯t have to worry about the threat of this eagle. After sorting his thoughts, he couldn¡¯t wait to climb down the tree and investigate the situation in this area.
¡±Squeak.¡±
Suddenly, a cry attracted Fang Yun¡¯s attention. He looked back at the squirrel and found that thetter was shivering at the moment.
Obviously, the appearance of the eagle gave the squirrel a fright. It¡¯s estimated that he wants to go back to his nest to calm his mind down, but Fang Yun is blocking the hole, making him afraid to go.
After Fang Yun understood the squirrel thoughts, he crawled down to the bushes without hesitation.
There is cold icy water hanging on the moist grass, although the temperature in the jungle is slowly rising, it¡¯s still very cold.
Fang Yun spent a whole day trying to understand the situation of this area.
He crawled for a long distance. Except for the grasnd in the east, he probed the area within a radius of 500 meters.
Although It¡¯s a pity that he did not find a ce suitable for his own residence.
But there is also good news, that is, the prey in this area is very very rich.
Frogs, mice, birds, lizards, and small animals like rabbits, this area could be said to have everything in it.
Additionally, in the south direction, that is, the direction in which the mountain is in, he found a smallke with a lot of fish in it.
¡±When I¡¯m in the mood, I could go there to prey on fish and expand my menu.¡± Thought Fang Yun gleefully.
While exploring this area, not far from the pine trees,He met a one-meter long bamboo green snake.
This kind of snake is a rtivelymon poisonous snake species. It is difficult to find once hidden on a tree branch or in the grass. However, Fang Yun is also a snake. Making his sense of smell very sensitive. This bamboo green snake can¡¯t hide in front of him.
After he nced at this bamboo green snake, he left. Although the two are living in the same area, there is plenty of prey here, so there is no need to dispute.
In this day¡¯s exploration, he did not forget to hunt.
After his third evolution, the sess rate of hunting has increased greatly. During this exploration, he has captured a sub-mature gecko, a mature tiger-like frog, and four mature ck-spotted frogs.
Once he returned to the pine tree hole, the prey in his stomach was all digested.
Sessfully obtaining 23 bio-energy points.
The gecko provided him with 5 bio-energy, the tiger frog provided 10 bio-energy point, and the four ck-spotted frogs provided 8 bio-energy.
His current total bio-energy points have reached 55 points!
Slowly climbing up the tree hole in the middle of the trunk. once Fang Yun approached the tree hole, he was slightly surprised.
Because at the moment, in the tree hole, the horrified screams of the squirrel were sounding,
Flicking his tongue in the air, Fang Yun immediately perceived an unusual smell. This smell did not belong to him nor did it belong to the squirrel.
Combined with the screams in the tree hole, it¡¯s already obvious.
The squirrel was attacked.
Just thinking for a moment, Fang Yun came to such a conclusion.
Without any hesitation, he quickly crawled into the tree hole. going inside the nest, he immediately saw the scene inside the tree hole.
I saw that in front of him at the moment, there are two figures facing each other.
One of the figures is the squirrel he is familiar with.
The other figure has ck and white stripes on its long body with dark spots on its mouth.
While Fang Yun was staring at this uninvited guest, The sound of the system resounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Skunk, Mammal family, Omnivore, can provide 25 bio-energy point.¡±
After hearing the system sound, Fang Yun¡¯s pupils shrank.
This creature turned out to be a weasel.
Skunks are not a natural enemy of snakes, but it is difficult for snakes to deal with them because while skunks are small, they are very aggressive and fierce, most importantly they have a feature.
In the event of a crisis, a very disgusting stench will be released, making them one of the least favorites preys for any animal.
After Fang Yun appeared, this skunk was slightly shocked. At the moment, its body turned slightly, facing Fang Yun, appeared to be somewhat stunned.
It seems that it did not expect that while he is hunting, a third party would break-in.
But the squirrel, on the other hand, seeing that Fang Yun appeared, his hair that stood up rxed slightly. At this time, Fang Yun also saw the squirrel¡¯s hind legs were injured, with blood flooding out.
Obviously, the squirrel is the losing side in the fight against the skunk.
¡±Squeak! Squeak!¡±
The skunk finally reacted, and immediately roared toward Fang Yun, making an attacking pose, and slowly approaching Fang Yun.
Looking at it like this, it seems that it wants to add Fang Yun on the menu with the squirrel together?
Fang Yun¡¯s body slightly coiled up, lifting his head, also making an attacking posture.
A skunk in the district, want to scare him away? what a joke.
At this moment, their eyes are looking directly at each other, and the distance between the two sides is constantly getting closer under the movement of the skunk.
The battle is on the verge!.
Chapter 14: The Snake and The squirrel
Chapter 14: The Snake and The squirrel
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Hey!¡±
Suddenly the skunkunched an attack, biting straight towards Fang Yun¡¯s head, but Fang Yun reaction was faster, easily dodging the attack of the former, and the next moment, he bit toward the hind leg of the skunk that had notnded yet.
But the skunk agility is equally good, titling his body slightly toward the right.
¡±ha! be cheated!¡±
When he saw this scene, Fang Yun, who was biting toward the skunk hind leg, smiled, suddenly changing his head position straight toward the ce that the skunk is going tond on, seeming like the skunk almost jumped straight into his mouth.
This is not to say that he knew where the skunk was going tond beforehand, but because on the left side of the weasel is a tree wall. If the skunk wants to avoid his own attack, he can only avoid to the right.
After Fang Yun turned his attack angle, this time, the skunk couldn¡¯t dodge again. He could only watch as Fang Yun bit on its hind legs.
¡±puuuzzz!¡±
Suddenly, a stench spewed out straight from the skunk bottom. In an instant, Fang Yun loosened his mouth and then quickly crawled outside the tree hole.
¡±inhale!!¡¡±
When he came to the outside, Fang Yun took a deep breath of fresh air, he swears that the stinking stench of the skunk was the worst smell he smelled in his life. It¡¯s extremely disgusting.
At the moment when he smelled that smell, he felt like he was suffocating.
After recovering a little, Fang Yun turned over and looked over the tree hole. He saw that the skunk was lying in the tree hole, screaming, wanting to climb out of the tree hole, but powerless to do so.
At the moment, let alone climb out of the tree hole, even standing is impossible.
In fact, he has long prepared this trick for the skunk.
When he first bit the skunk, he injected arge dose of venom into its flesh.
Now his venom has worked.
¡±I didn¡¯t think that the toxicity of my venom would be so strong.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the skunk in the tree hole as it trembled on the ground, it wasn¡¯t even one minute, but this skunk already couldn¡¯t move.
After another minute or so, the skunk body turned over,pletely suffocated.
However, Fang Yun did not immediately go inside to swallow the skunk but waited until all the smell inside was gone, only then did he go inside the tree hole and began to swallow the skunk. From head to toe.
The squirrel who is also inside the tree hole also saw as Fang Yun devoured the skunk, his body was trembling in horror, seemingly afraid that Fang Yun would also eat him.
However, because his hind legs were injured, and the stench of the previous skunk has a certain paralysis effect, so at the moment he could not run out at all, only look at Fang Yun in horror.
He showed his teeth, growling and making a threatening gesture. His originally rxed hair rose like steel needles.
However, Fang Yun simply ignored him, quietly curling his body and resting.
The squirrel, seeing that Fang Yun doesn¡¯t seem to have the idea of eating him, slowly rxed, hesitantly looking at Fang Yun, then slowly curling into a ball and sleeping.
Early the next morning, Fang Yun went out to hunt as usual, but the sound caused by his crawling, woke up the squirrel, scaring him to jump out of the tree hole.
But as his hind leg was injured, He just ran to the entrance then fell back to the tree hole, all he could do is to look at Fang Yun with panic.
Fang Yun simply ignored him and climbed out of the tree hole, opening his daily hunting tour.
His luck though wasn¡¯t good today, as the prey he caught wasn¡¯t as much as yesterday, only getting about 5 bio-energy point.
Raising his total amount of bio-energy to 85 points!
¡±Only 5 more bio-energy point and I will be able to evolve again.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s couldn¡¯t help getting excited.
As long as his luck doesn¡¯t worsen anymore, it is very possible to evolve tomorrow.
After his body grows again, he will be even safer in this jungle. As long as he does not expose himself to the vision of the eagle, he isn¡¯t likely to have any life threat at all. At least in the area that he had already explored.
In addition, he can go to farther ces to explore the terrain and expand his territory.
After all, as his level rises, he will need more and more biological energy.
Back in the tree hole, Fang Yun rested, after hunting for a day, he is also a little tired.
The squirrel, as usual, hid in a corner of the tree hole, looking at Fang Yun with great vignce, but he was not shivering in fear like yesterday.
After a night of rest, the energetic Fang Yun went out hunting again.
What made Fang Yun surprised is that his luck was even worse than yesterday, he did not encounter much prey while hunting and even if he encountered prey, the other party ran away before he even came close.
On this day, he harvested only three bio-energy points.
However, he also experimented with his own guess today, that is, whether he can improve his attribute value through exercise.
Under his trials, he found that his guess was indeed correct.
But it seems a bit tasteless.
Using this method to improve his physical attributes is not nearly as fast as evolving by hunting prey.
Because ording to his discovery, If he wants to increase his own attribute value, he would have to break through his physical limits again and again.
For example, thest time after running for an hour, his physical strength increased by 0.1 points.
After that, wanting to increase his physical strength by the same amount. running for an hour isn¡¯t enough. ording to Fang Yun¡¯s experiment, If he wants to improve his physical strength by the same amount again. He must run at full speed for more than an hour, almost two hours.
Of course, this method is notpletely unusable.
For example, like this unfortunate day, when he can¡¯t capture enough prey, he can use this method to improve his physical attributes.
Moreover, Fang Yun guessed that physical strength shouldn¡¯t be the only attribute that can be improved through exercise, strength, and agility should be improved by exercise too.
After experimenting for almost half a day, Fang Yun raised his physical strength from 2.1 to 2.2.
Now, his limit is continuously running at full speed for two hours.
After returning to the tree hole, the sky was already dark. Fang Yun isn¡¯t surprised that the squirrel is not in the tree hole.
This morning, he found that the squirrel injuries were a lot better. Maybe he went out to find a ce to rest.
After all, before he got injured, while he slept in the tree hole at night, the squirrel slept outside.
But what surprised Fang Yun was that after a while, the squirrel got into the tree hole, nced him with a vignt look, then found a corner and curled into a ball.
It seems that this squirrel is getting less and less afraid of himself.
Fang Yun did not think much about it, he is rather happy to get along with this squirrel.
For the reason, Fang Yun himself is also unclear.
Maybe because he is too lonely, so he wants to find someone to apany him, even if the other person can¡¯tmunicate with him, just hispany is enough.
While thinking about that, Fang Yun fell asleep unknowingly.
Early morning the next day, Fang Yun continued to go out to hunt, and on this day, he finally got enough bio-energy point to undergo his fourth evolution.
Chapter 15: Expanding Territory
Chapter 15: Expanding Territory
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Ding, Detecting that the host has enough bio-energy, do you want to undergo this evolution?¡±
¡°Evolve!¡± said Fang Yun in his mind;
Like in the previous evolutions, a warm stream emerged in his body, getting hotter as time pass.
In the tree hole, Fang Yun writhed somewhat ufortably, his body constantly rubbing on the walls of the tree.
Although his pain tolerance became stronger, the pain of evolution is no joke.
The squirrel curled in the corner of the nest saw his unusual condition, looking a little uneasy. Wanting toe over to check his situation, but being afraid to do so.
After ten minutes of pain, Fang Yun¡¯s evolution finally ended.
¡°Ring, the host¡¯s fourth evolution is sessful, Level upgraded to level 5, rewarding 4 skill points.¡±
¡°Ring, detecting that there are 4 skill points avable. Currently, there are skills avable for upgrading. Does the host want to view them?¡±
On the system panel, these two notifications popped up again. However, after Fang Yun checked the avable skills, he found that the currently avable skills are still only ¡°fatal venom¡± and ¡°discoloration camouge¡±.
This somewhat disappointed him, his ¡°fatal venom¡± skill has been upgraded to level 2, which fully meet his current needs, in addition, ¡°discoloration camouge¡± skill is not necessary for now, and now that his skill points are not enough, spending them on these two skills is somewhat wasteful.
Thinking about it, he is ready to save his skill points for now, and use them once an interesting skill refresh or in an emergency.
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
Fang Yun said softly in his mind, which prompted a light screen to instantly appear in his mind.
Host property list:
Level: 5
Bio-energy points: 12/250
Skill Points: 4
Body Length: 1m
Diameter: 2.8cm
Power: 2.0
Defense: 1.0
Speed: 1.5
Agile: 2.0
Spirit: 3.0
Physical strength: 2.8
Skills: Deadly Venom (2/5)
Reputation value: 0/10000000
From top to bottom, Fang Yun¡¯s gaze swept across his property panel. while his body attributes have quite an obvious improvement. The growth of his body length is the most obvious. This time reaching one meter directly.
His other attributes have also increased ordingly.
It¡¯s also worth noting that the next upgrade requires 250 bio-energy point, which is not by any means a small amount.
Although this area ecosystem is quite rich, it is difficult to support him to achieve such a goal quickly.
If he wants to gather enough bio-energy to evolve as soon as possible, he must expand his territory, then concentrate on hunting bigger prey.
Like mice, lizards,rge frogs, and other sufficientlyrge prey. at least for his current size.
¡±Squeak, Squeak.¡±
Suddenly a crying sound interrupted Fang Yun thoughts. Looking at the squirrel on his right. At the moment, thetter was staring at him suspiciously. He seems to be surprised that he suddenly grew so big.
The harmony between the two of them these days made the squirrel less vignt and more trusting in Fang Yun, he isn¡¯t as tense with Fang Yun as he used to be.
Even asionally he will make some friendly moves to him, such as handing his treasured chestnut or pine cone to Fang Yun for him to taste.
But as swallowing nt-based foods can¡¯t increase bio-energy, and Fang Yun¡¯s teeth can¡¯t deshell pine cones and chestnuts. That means that if he swallows them, it will only lead to stomach ache and indigestion, so he can only reject the squirrel kindness.
In the next few days, Fang Yun expanded his own territory by three or four times ording to his previous ideas.
The process was not easy. For example, when he was expanding towards the south, he met a mongoose, If he wasn¡¯t careful enough, he would have been discovered by the mongoose, and eaten as a snack.
Since then, the south has been marked by Fang Yun as a restricted area.
In addition, while he was expanding toward the north, he also met a ck snake about one meter and half, almost shing with the other side.
However, as the other party seemed to have just eaten, his belly bulging, so he took the lead in retreating from the confrontation with Fang Yun.
In fact, with his current ability, it was not difficult to kill that ck snake, without mentioning that the other party mobility at that time was greatly weakened, so he could have killed that ck snake with almost no difficulty.
But as the body of this ck snake is longer than his body, and his teeth don¡¯t have the ability to shred the body of the ck snake, so he could only let this easy meal slip away.
Under his exploration these days, he has recorded where the prey is the most abundant in his territory, where hispetitors are located and most importantly where his natural enemies are. So that he can prepare himself to the fullest before he goes out to hunt.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that through these days of hard work, he also raised his biological energy to 123 points, almost reaching half of the amount required.
¡¡¡¡¡¡
Hiding in a shrub under a camphor tree, Fang Yun flicked his tongue, collecting the surrounding smell. His eyes suddenly looked at a tree root. He saw that there is a hole under the bare tree root.
Fang Yun crawled toward the hole while flicking his tongue. After detecting the owner smell he Immediately plunged into this tree hole. After a moment, panicked squeaks came from inside this hole. sounding for a while before slowly stopping.
After more minute, Fang Yun slowly crawled from inside, dragging a big rat by his tail. After dragging this rat from inside the hole, Fang Yun proceeded to devour it.
After swallowing this rat into his belly, Fang Yun lifted his head and looked at the sky.
¡±The sun has begun to set, it¡¯s probably an hour or two before nightfall, it¡¯s time to go back.¡±
Today, his harvest is quite rich. Before hunting this big rat, Fang Yun also captured an adult vole, a lizard of about 20 centimeters, and six mature frogs of ordinary size.
Counting this Rat, today¡¯s prey provided him with a total of 47 bio-energy point!
If it is not because every time after eating, it takes about two hours to digest the prey, his gain will be even greater.
¡°Sure enough, the efficiency of predation after the expansion of the territory has increased significantly.¡±
Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief, he only dared to expand his territory after his body size increased. Like when he was only twenty or thirty centimeters long, even a pheasant could kill himself.
But now, If he met that pheasant again, he will let him know why the flowers are so red,
While still thinking about teaching that pheasant, Fang Yun crawled on the ground and returned to his nest.
The night is near, he will continue his hunting trip tomorrow.
After almost an hour of crawling, Fang Yun finally returned to the big pine tree.
Not long after he got into the tree hole, the squirrel also returned to the nest, taking a pine nut out of his cheek pouch, and piling it next to its pile of food.
Fang Yun counted down a total of nine new pine nuts.
It seems that today, it¡¯s not only him that has a good harvest, but this squirrel too.
Fang Yun everyday¡¯s life has be monotonous and repetitive, hunting, resting, and then continuing to hunt, repeating this cycle again and again.
However, Fang Yun still did not dare to ck off. Although his safety in this jungle has improved a lot, he is not absolutely safe.
Natural enemies such as mongooses, wild cats and cobras still pose a threat to him.
Therefore, even after getting tired of this lifestyle. he still forced himself to hunt every day, he absolutely can¡¯t have the slightest sloppiness in order to truly grow up.
But even so, this kind of lifestyle is still very depressing for Fang Yun.
Fortunately, with this squirrel, his depressing life added a little spice.
Seeing this squirrel back to the nest every day, even if there is nomunication between them, still somewhat rxed his mood.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that he also gave the squirrel a name a few days ago.
The hair of this squirrel is more x-colored. ording to this, Fang Yun gave it a name called Xiaoma.
Originally Fang Yun thought that life in the near future would continue to be monotonous, but he did not expect that there would be a little ident soon.
Chapter 16: Beauty Streamer
Chapter 16: Beauty Streamer
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Xiao Ning, hurry, I saw the big pine tree you said.¡±
¡±Sister Wei,e over, hurry to take pictures.¡±
¡±Sister Song, how did you fall behind so much, hurry up, we are literally at our destination.¡±
Looking at the petite girl that was bouncing energetically like a rabbit in front, Zhang Wei and Meng Ning could not help but smile.
They did not expect that Chen Meng, who usually look soft and weak, is actually the most powerful one among them, you have to know that one of them is a wild photographer and often go to the wild.
The other one grew up in the countryside and often follows her parents up and down the mountain.
Who would have thought that when climbing the mountain today, They would actually lose to the most delicate Chen Meng in their dormitory?
¡±Xiao Meng, wait for us.¡±
¡±Don¡¯t run too fast, you may fall, and be careful of snakes.¡±
¡±I am exhausted, sister Wei, Xiao Ning, Xiao Meng. I will absolutely not apany you to climb the mountains in the future.¡±
At the end of the team, Song Ran bitterly said. A few days ago, they discussed where to y on the holiday. The other three people in the dormitorypletely ignored her opposition and insisted on climbing mountains.
The mountain they chose is not some historical or famous mountain. It is the mountain in Mengning¡¯s hometown. At first, Meng Ning said that the mountain scenery is beautiful, the road is in good condition and there are many cute small animals.
After a long debate and persuasion, Song Ran finally agreed, but when she really started climbing the mountain, she immediately regretted it. There are indeed many small animals in the mountains. They saw a lot along the way.
But this mountain road is not in good conditions at all!
It is a pity that Song Ran is already on the pirate boat, now it¡¯s already toote to regret it and can only follow behind her three girlfriends.
¡±With almost no exercise, it¡¯s obvious that you will be exhausted, you should exercise more, your body is already out of shape.¡±
The foremost Chen Meng looked at thest Song Ran, and after saying that, she encouraged her.
¡°Hurry up, it¡¯s cool under the tree, and the grass here is too soft!¡±
When talking, Chen Meng was still hopping on the ground like a rabbit.
Song Ran, after hearing Chen Meng words, bit her teeth and struggled to walk up to the pine tree.
¡±inhale¡¡¡±
After a little moment, Zhang Wei, Meng Ning, and Song Ran all arrived next to Chen Meng, looking at the scenery in front of them, all of them got surprised.
Arge pine tree with a diameter of more than two meters, with its roots inserted firmly on the ground, and its crown stretching out for more than ten meters, creating arge shade area.
On the ground is a thick patch of grass, where it¡¯s particrlyfortable to step on, just like stepping on a soft carpet.
They can hear birds singing in the surrounding trees, on their left side is a meadow, from which there is a mountain breeze blowing straight on their face, feeling veryfortable.
¡±Ah¡ I can finally rest.¡±
Song Ran took a deep breath of fresh air and then sprawled on the ground with nodylike manner at all, lying on the soft grass underneath as the breeze blew on her face, she moaned
¡°Ahhh~~ It¡¯s reallyfortable.¡±
By her side, Zhang Wei and Meng Ning also dropped their backpacks, and then sat on the ground, quietly enjoying the mountain breeze on their faces.
¡±Xiao Meng, why are you still standing, sit down and rest with us, the breeze is veryfortable.¡±
Seeing Chen Meng still standing, Song Ran invited her to rest on the grass with them,
Chen Meng waved her hand, smiling as she sais.
¡°I will restter, I¡¯m going to live stream now.¡±
While saying this, she began to rummage in her backpack, finally taking out a selfie stick and a mobile phone.
Seeing that Chen Ming is still very energetic, Zhang Wei and Meng Ning couldn¡¯t help feeling shameful.
At this time, Chen Meng, who was adjusting her cell phone, finally put the phone on the selfie stick and started her live stream.
She seems to be quite popr, having just started live streaming, in just a few seconds over a hundred people entered her live room, and this number is still rapidly growing.
¡±Hello everyone, and wee to my live room, this is your favorite friend Xiao Meng¡±
Chen Meng said a greeting to the camera lens, As usual, the live friends in the room greeted her back.
She is a sophomore student and a signed streamer of the Tsukitake live broadcast tform. She is mainly an outdoor broadcaster. Attracting arge number of fans with her youthful appearance and lively and cheerful personality.
Although the poprity of her live room isn¡¯t as good as those top streamers, her fans are more than 70,000 and she is very likely to be a popr streamer with more than 100,000 fans in the near future.
¡±It was not easy, after two weeks of waiting, Xiao Meng finally started streaming.¡±
¡±Xiao Meng, where are you streaming this time? is it in the grove of your school, or in the downtown park?¡±
¡±As an outdoor streamer, the school¡¯s grove and downtown park are the only ces that you stream in, doesn¡¯t your conscience hurt iming to be an outdoor streamer?¡±
After Chen Meng just made a greeting to the camera, the chat tform was immediately flooded withining people.
¡°is it really important where sister Meng stream in? I just want to see Meng sister in the live room.¡±
¡±Don¡¯t mention that anymore, in order to celebrate seeing Meng sister again, we must send a hundred bamboo branches to celebrate.¡±
¡±A hundred bamboo branches areing!!!¡±
Suddenly, on the screen of Chen Meng¡¯s mobile phone, bamboo leaves floated up, then bamboo branches asionally appeared, which looked particrly cool.
Chen Meng looked at the barrage on the mobile phone screen and was a bit embarrassing at first.
As an outdoor streamer, she never really went outdoors, only asionally going to the school¡¯s grove or the city¡¯s downtown parks.
But then when she saw the bamboo leaves and the asional bamboo branches, appearing on the screen of her mobile phone, a smile crept on her face.
The gift system of the Tsukitake live broadcast tform is divided into four grades, from low to high they are, bamboo leaves, bamboo branches, bamboo shoots, and bamboo trees.
Among them, bamboo leaves are one Chinese yuan, bamboo branches are ten yuan, bamboo shoots are one hundred yuan, and bamboo trees are one thousand yuan.
The gifts received by the streamer are usually only half, with the other half going to the live tform.
In other words, the previous gifts, she has received more than 500 yuan.
Although with her background, she is not short of money, this money for Chen Meng, who is still studying, can also be considered small pocket money.
¡±Ahem, thank you Laotian for the generous gift.¡±
Chen Meng said with gratitude, and immediately smiled: ¡°But the ce where I¡¯m streaming is neither the school grove or the downtown park.¡±
Pausing for a second, she continued: ¡°In order to thank you for your long-term support, Xiao Meng is going to be a real outdoor streamer.¡±
¡°The location we are streaming in at this time is a mountain named Wulong Mountain. Wulong Mountain is located in Wuyang county. Although it has not been developed into a tourist scenic spot, the scenery here is particrly beautiful.¡±
¡°And the ecological environment in Wulong mountain is particrly well developed, with a variety of different wild animals living inside. And ording to some rumors, there are apparently giant pythons here.¡±
After hearing Chen Mengxi¡¯s voice, no ident, there is mostly disbelief in the live room.
¡±Whether they believe you or not, I don¡¯t believe it anyway.¡±
¡±You still honestly admit it, is that some park that you didn¡¯t visit before?¡±
¡±This park is rather good, looking like the wild, sister Meng, can you say the park name, me and my girlfriend will go there to see you~~~¡±
Seeing the barrage in the live room, Chen Meng grinned. Not exining much, but instead turning the selfie stick slightly, letting the camera capture the surrounding trees and the grass on the ground.
Not surprisingly, after seeing the surrounding scenery, the live friends in the live room of Chen Meng immediately boiled.
¡±Holy sh*t, she really is streaming in the wild.¡±
¡±Xiao Meng you are finally willing to go to the wild, bing a real outdoor streamer.¡±
¡±Why do I suddenly want to cry?¡±
¡±Don¡¯t talk, let¡¯s send sister Meng 10 bamboo shoots¡±.
Chapter 17: shocked Chen Meng
Chapter 17: shocked Chen Meng
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Haha, everyone is too enthusiastic.¡±
The gift that suddenly flocked in the live room shocked Chen Meng. She had done so many live broadcasts. While she had received quite a lot of gifts, receiving so many gifts in the same live broadcast is definitely the first one.
But then she quickly calmed down. After all, she doesn¡¯tck money. She did so many live broadcasts just for fun, so while she was happy to receive so many gifts, she didn¡¯t think much of it.
¡±There are a lot of small animals in this jungle. While climbing the mountain, we saw several pheasants and hedgehogs. If you want to experience wildlife, you may want to visit this mountain sometime in the future.¡±
¡±But when everyonees, please remember not to damage the environment or disturb the wild animals here.¡±
While Chen Meng was advertising for the mountain. she continued to rotate the selfie stick around so that everyone could see the scenery around her.
¡±Sister Meng, you couldn¡¯t have gone into the mountains by yourself, could you?¡±
¡±This forest looks very lush. There may be snakes or poisonous insect inside, Xiao Meng, you must be careful.¡±
¡±I didn¡¯t expect that Xiao Meng who usually looks very cute, is so powerful.¡±
¡¡
Seeing the words of concern that appeared in the chat, Chen Meng smiled and exined: ¡°Thank you for your concern, but I went up with my three good sisters.¡±
¡±It turned out that Xiao Meng¡¯s ssmates have gone with her, well that¡¯s a relief.¡±
¡±I still remember thatst time a grasshopper jumped on Xiao Meng head in the park, they freaked out so much they ran in circles.¡±
¡±Sister Xiao, turn the camera to your roommates.¡±
¡±Upstairs you grab Xiao Ning and sister Wei, Xiao Meng is mine.¡±
¡±I am different from you guys, I like the chubby one.¡±
Looking at the barrage of the live friends in the live room, it¡¯s clear that they are quite familiar with Xiao Meng three roommates, and in fact, it¡¯s indeed so.
They appeared quite a lot of times in Xiao Meng¡¯s streams.
Plus as her three friends are also very beautiful, causing Chen Meng fans to be very impressed with them.
¡±Oh, yes everyone, I¡¯m going to show you a good thing.¡±
Chen Meng looked at the camera, suddenly smiling mysteriously, then slowly turned the camera to the big pine tree next to her.
Previously, she deliberately ignored thisrge pine tree while showing her fans the surrounding environment, leaving thisrge pine tree as a ¡°surprise¡± to shock the fans in the live room.
When thisrge pine tree appeared in the live room, it was not surprising that her fans in the live room immediately boiled up.
The very thick trunk of thisrge pine tree, plus the green pine needles, are particrly eye-catching, making this pine tree stand out from the rest.
¡±This pine tree is really big, it should be at least five hundred years old.¡±
¡±Who would have thought that there is such a rarendscape in this Wulong Mountain. I have to go there to see when I have time.¡±
¡±Sister Xiao, can you get closer?¡±
Seeing the fans request in the live room, Chen Meng immediately approached the big pine tree, but when she got there, she suddenly became surprised.
¡±Xiao Ning, sister Wei, sister Ran, you have toe to see, there is a tree hole here.¡±
Chen Meng looked at the tree hole in front of her. The tree hole was about 180 cm or 6 feet from the ground. being more than ten centimeters higher than her eyes, making it hard to see what¡¯s inside.
¡±Ok?¡±
Zhang Wei, Meng Ning, and Song Ran, who were resting there, heard Chen Meng¡¯s words and looked up to her side.
¡±You said, will there be squirrels inside?¡±
Chen Meng¡¯s face suddenly showed a touch of interest. She knew that most squirrels like to nest in tree holes, she also heard Meng Ning say that there are squirrels on the mountain.
However, they indeed saw a lot of small animals while climbing all the way up, but they did not see even a glimpse of a squirrel, which made her a little disappointed.
So when she saw this tree hole, she couldn¡¯t help getting excited.
Inside this tree hole, would there be a squirrel?
¡±Squirrel? Where are the squirrels?¡±
After Song Ran, who was sprawled on the ground, heard Chen Meng¡¯s words, she propped up her body, quickly standing up. Zhang Wei and Meng Ning, who were sitting next to each other, also quickly stood up in surprise.
For squirrels and other small cute furry animals, Few girls are able to resist their charm.
¡±Xiao Meng, don¡¯t get too close, in case it¡¯s a snake hole.¡±
Song Ran, who was running towards Chen Meng, saw her tiptoe, trying to look inside the tree hole and could not help reminding her.
Her words also made Chen Meng, who was trying to look inside the tree hole stiffen, immediately turning her head to Song Ran, shouting, ¡°Shut up, you are a crow mouth!¡±
¡±Ha ha ha, things that miss Ran predict, usually aren¡¯t wrong.¡±
¡±In fact, it¡¯s very simple if you want to know if it¡¯s is a squirrel hole or a snake hole. just insert your hand inside the tree hole, If you aren¡¯t bitten then it¡¯s not a snake hole.¡±
¡±Yes, this method can indeed identify whether it¡¯s a snake hole or a squirrel hole. I used this methodst time I stumbled upon a tree hole. Now I¡¯m chilling in the underworld.¡±
¡±¡¡±
Chen Meng nced at the chat floating on the live room, her mouth twitching, speechless, shaking her head helplessly, she was about tiptoe and look inside the tree hole to see if she could find any squirrel. Suddenly, she saw that not far from her, Song Ran, Meng Ning, and Zhang Hao stopped their footsteps, The look on their faces is somewhat wrong.
¡±Sister Ran, what happened, why do you look so pale?¡±
Chen Meng not knowing what¡¯s the problem, she asked Song Ran.
Song Ran, whose face was bloodless, stiffly raised her right hand, then pointed it at the tree hole next to Chen Meng.
Chen Meng brows slightly wrinkled, slowly turning her head, looking over to the tree hole, but after one nce, herplexion changed immediately, uttering a harsh scream.
¡±Aaaaaah!!!¡±
Standing stiffly in the same ce, like a wooden figure, looking at the tree hole opposite her in horror.
At the moment, outside the tree hole, a reptile head was sticking out.
That is a snakehead
No wonder Chen Meng will be scared to scream.
She didn¡¯t expect Song Ran previous warning to be true. This tree hole is not a squirrel nest at all, but a snake nest.
Chen Meng was shaking, wanting to run away quickly, but her legs are a little soft, resulting in her inability to move.
¡±Xiao Meng, quick, run!!.¡±
Song Ran, Meng Ning, and Zhang Wei finally resumed thinking, quickly urged her to run.
¡±I¡¡¡±
Chen Meng wanted to say something, but suddenly, she became extremely surprised, her mouth turning into an O shape, not only her, but also Song Ran, Meng Ning, and Zhang Wei who are watching on the side.
They saw a rounded heading from the tree hole.
That is a squirrel.
They saw this squirrel hug the head of the snake, his rounded, beady small eyes staring at Chen Meng and her roommates outside.
A snake and a squirrel?
The four girls mouth became gaping open, surprised at this extremely rare scene.
Zhang Wei suddenly recovered, grabbed the camera hanging on her chest, pointed the lens at the opposite tree hole, and pressed the shutter.
Hey!
An extremely rare scene was thus captured.
Chapter 18: Getting Reputation Points
Chapter 18: Getting Reputation Points
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Xiao Meng,e over here.¡±
Meng Ning on the side finally snapped out of her reverie, going over to Chen Meng and pulling her to the distance. Then, the four sisters stood together, looking at Fang Yun in the tree hole with a mixture of fear and curiosity.
A snake actually lives with a squirrel, furthermore, the rtionship between them seems to be quite close, which subverts their worldview.
Looking at the four girls not far, who are also looking at him, Fang Yun was surprised.
¡±There are people in this forest?¡±
The nts in this forest are particrly lush, and there are still many wild animals. He once thought that it is a virgin forest far away from humans habitat, but it seems that he was wrong.
Now that he looks closely.
These four girls, all around the age of twenty, are very casual in their wear. They only carry a mountaineering bag on their backs, unlike professional mountaineers, it is estimated that they are just amateurs going up the mountain for fun.
More importantly, the appearance of these four girls is simr to that of eastern women in his previous life. Making Fang Yun feel a sense of nostalgia and intimacy for the four girls.
At the same time, he couldn¡¯t help but have the urge tomunicate with them. Although he is in a snake body, his soul is still human.
He lived alone in this forest withoutmunicating with anyone for so long, making him depressed. Now that he finally met people, he couldn¡¯t help but want to talk to the other party.
However, he immediately pressed this idea to the back of his mind. After all, he is now a snake, without mentioning that rushing out will definitely scare them, he still has no way ofmunicating with them.
¡°Ring, target locked, human, primate, each one can provide 3000 bio-energy.¡±
While Fang Yun was thinking, the sound of the system sounded in his mind, which made him speechless, because he does not intend to swallow humans.
And without mentioning that he can¡¯t do that with his current small body, even if he could, he would absolutely not do so, after all, he was once a human.
¡±Call¡ Xiao Ning, have you ever seen this situation when you climbed the mountain with your parents?¡±
Chen Meng, who was pulled back by her girlfriends, finally recovered her senses, then directly asked Meng Ning by her side. Her big eyes looking strangely at Fang Yun and the squirrel on the top of her head.
Standing Next to her, Zhang Wei and Song Ran, after hearing Chen Meng question, also looked at Meng Ning with curiosity,
Seeing that her girlfriends are looking at her, Meng Ning smiled and then shook her head. She had never seen this scene before.
ording to her previous knowledge, squirrels are on snakes menu, not to mention living together in a nest. As long as the two meet, the squirrel will immediately escape for his dear life.
¡±Sisters, I told you that we should go climb mountains, did you see what kind of rare sight we stumbled upon?¡±
Chen Meng is very excited. A snake and a squirrel living together in a nest, and they get along so well. I am afraid that there are very few such cases in the whole natural world.
Standing next to her, all her sisters nodded, and Song Ran and Meng Ning, who had forgotten to take pictures, also quickly took out their mobile phones and took pictures of them.
When Chen Meng saw this scene, she suddenly remembered that she is streaming, lifting her selfie stick to see the situation in the live room.
At this moment, her live room ispletely messed up. Everyone is asking about her situation and if she was injured, or if she wants them to contact emergency services.
¡±Thank you for your concern but Xiao Meng didn¡¯t experience any harm, so you don¡¯t have to worry.¡±
Chen Meng looked at the camera and said with a sweet smile: ¡°Right, I¡¯m going to show everyone something very interesting. But first of all, I¡¯m reminding you that you have to stand still and mustn¡¯t fall from your chairs.¡±
What Chen Meng said caused a series of ¡°question marks¡± to appear on the screen of her mobile phone.
Chen Meng did not hold their appetite anymore. She directly turned the lens to Fang Yun, who was still in the tree hole opposite.
When Fang Yun and the squirrel hanging on his head appeared on the screen, the chat in the live roompletely stopped for a moment, but in the next moment, it exploded,pletely filling the screen.
¡±My God, a snake and a squirrel? together? I didn¡¯t expect to see that in my life.¡±
¡±That squirrel¡¯s courage is really fat enough, actually hugged the head of that snake.¡±
¡±Wow, this snake and squirrel are so funny, look at their eyes, stupidly looking at the camera.¡±
¡±They are definitely in love, they look just like a couple, the squirrel holding the snake¡¯s head looks just like a girl holding a guy hand.¡±
¡±Do you really think that? for me, I guess that this squirrel is just the dry food that the snake has prepared for itself.¡±
¡±¡¡±
Seeing this rare scene, the fans in the live room are definitely are not calm, some people are crazily sending messages, and some people directly sent a vast amount of gifts.
The mobile phone screen was directly filled by various gifts, causing even the chat to be blocked.
Some people even directly rewarded bamboo trees at this time, you have to know that, ording to the rules of the Tsukitake live tform, as long as someone rewards a bamboo tree, there will be a small animation disy on the tform homepage to attract people to the live room.
As soon as someone clicks on the small animation, he will immediately be transferred to the corresponding live room.
After Chen Meng fans rewarded her with bamboo trees, the people who clicked on the small animation were directly scared by the number of gifts shing on the screen.
Only after blocking the gift notification were they able to see the scene in the phone screen.
Of course, the people who just entered the live broadcast were immediately shocked after seeing Fang Yun and the squirrel hanging on top of his head.
All of a sudden, Chen Meng live room became even more lively, with the number of viewers rising from the beginning of 10,000 to 50,000, and new people are still entering Chen Meng live room every second.
If Chen Meng sees this number of people watching, she will definitely be surprised, because even if she has more 70,000 fans, the number of online viewers during a single live broadcast is only 40,000 maximum.
This time, due to Fang Yun and xiao ma presence, the number of online viewers in her live broadcast reached a new height, without mentioning the fact that her fans are also increasing every second¡±.
¡¡
While Chen Meng was busy with her live broadcast, Fang Yun on the opposite side stared at the camera with surprise.
¡±That is¡ live broadcast?¡±
He saw the picture on the mobile phone, after seeing the chat screen and the massive amount of gifts, he suddenly remembered the live broadcast that he used to frequently watch in his past life.
What he did not expect was that this world entertainment industry has such things as live broadcast as well.
The girl who was previously scared by himself seems to be a streamer.
¡°Ring, the host sessfully earned 1 reputation, rewarding 1 skill point.¡±
¡°Ring, the host sessfully earned 10 reputation points, rewarding 2 skill points.¡±
¡°Ring, the host sessfully earned 100 reputation points, rewarding 3 skill points.¡±
¡°Ring, the host sessfully earned 1000 reputation points, rewarding 4 skill points.¡±
¡±Ring, detecting that the host skill points has reached 14 points. Currently, there are 4 skills avable for upgrade. do you want to view them?¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun¡¯s mind suddenly sounded a series of system notifications, causing him to be shocked.
Did his reputation value finally increase?.
Chapter 19: Strengthening Determination
Chapter 19: Strengthening Determination
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
After a momentary shock, Fang Yun quickly snapped back and called the system in his mind. He did not expect that his first increase in reputation was actually in such a funny way.
He chose to live with the squirrel because he thought that the tree hole has enough space, easily able to amodate him and the squirrel.
Furthermore, he can also use the other party as apanion, adding a little color to his dull and boring life.
But he did not expect that the scene of his cohabitation with the squirrel will be seen by people, furthermore, it¡¯s still an outdoor streamer, which brought attention to himself and increased his reputation value.
Suddenly, a sh of light shed in Fang Yun¡¯s mind.
He has been wondering about what methods he can use to increase his reputation. His current experience has given him some inspiration. Perhaps he can increase his reputation without entering human society.
At this moment, a light curtain appeared in his mind, making him converge his thoughts.
Host property list:
Level: 5
Bioenergy: 180/250
Skill Points: 14
Body length: 1m
Diameter: 2.8cm
Power: 2.0
Defense: 1.0
Speed: 1.5
Agile: 2.0
Spirit: 3.0
Physical strength: 2.8
Skills: Fatal Venom (2/5)
Reputation value: 5241/10000000
¡±More than five thousand reputation value?¡±
Seeing the number behind the column of reputation, Fang Yun got very surprised, he was exposed to a live broadcast for less than a minute but he already got this much reputation value.
What¡¯s even more unexpected is that the increase in reputation value can actually earn skill points. ording to the notification previously disyed by the system, it can be seen that for a different amount of reputation value, the system rewards a different amount of points.
For 1 reputation point the system rewards 1 skill point, For 10 reputation point the system rewards 2 skill points, and so on and on, the next time he reaches 10000 reputation point he will get 5 skill points.
But as he is watching the increase in his reputation point, his heart sank.
Gradually, his reputation growth rate has begun to slow down. At this rate, it¡¯s almost impossible to grow to 10,000 points today.
¡±It seems that the poprity of this girl¡¯s stream is about to reach the limit.¡±
Thinking for a moment, Fang Yun immediately thought of the answer.
He hesitated in his mind, should he do something unusual, earning him more points on this rare opportunity?
Although the poprity of this girl¡¯s stream has reached the limit, if he reveals something special, he will definitely cause an uproar, thus increasing his reputation points.
However, after careful consideration, he still pressed this impulse.
A snake and a squirrel cohabitation can still be exined through the magic of nature, but if he were to act in a supernatural way, for example writing on the ground, something a snake should never be able to do. He will surely attract the wrong kind of attention.
Although he does need reputation, he doesn¡¯t want to be caught in aboratory for research.
¡±Squeak!¡±
Suddenly, the squirrel hanging on his head, feeling that the four girls opposite doesn¡¯t seem to be a threat, jumped out from the tree hole to the tree branches, and then after several more jumps, fell on the ground. Then disappeared in the jungle.
¡±Oh¡ the squirrel ran away.¡±
After seeing the squirrel jump and leave, the four girls standing opposite eximed, somewhat disappointed.
Then, their eyes fell back on Fang Yun.
¡±Since reputation temporarily can¡¯t be improved, I shouldn¡¯t stay in this hole anymore.¡±
Fang Yun nced at the four girls opposite.
The opportunity to increase his own reputation value is in sight, but for his own personal safety, he still has to give up this opportunity.
As for waiting for the next opportunity toe, he doesn¡¯t know how long it will take.
Taking a deep breath, Fang Yun slowly crawled down the tree.
Under the vignt eyes of the four girls, Fang Yun disappeared into the forest. Since he can¡¯t stay here anymore, he won¡¯t continue to waste his time.
¡°It¡¯s a pity that I won¡¯t be able to stay with Xiaoma again.¡± Fang Yun thought sadly.
¡±Evolution, I have to evolve quickly.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s couldn¡¯t help but have a feeling of grievance.
He is too weak right now, not only that he can¡¯t guaranty his survival, but he even had to give up on the opportunity to acquire reputation value because of scruples.
¡±I am still too weak right now. If I was strong enough, I don¡¯t have to worry about anything at all, If someone dares to plot against me, I could use force to crush him. So for now, I have to devour more prey and speed up the upgrade!¡±
Chen Meng and her three girlfriends watched as Fang Yun¡¯s figure slowly disappeared into the jungle, and all had a feeling of wonder.
When they snapped out of their reverie, Fang Yun has long disappeared.
They were surprised because this is the first time they saw a snake watching them calmly, without hissing at them or running away.
¡±Sister Wei, Xiaoning, how do I feel that that snake is not afraid of us at all?¡±
Chen Meng said with some surprise, still looking at the direction at which Fang Yun disappeared.
Although Snakes are a scary animal, they are usually very timid. When they meet with people, they will generally take the initiative to escape.
But Chen Meng felt that the snake they met did not seem to be afraid of them.
Zhang Wei, Meng Ning, and Song Ran nodded.
They also have this feeling.
You could say that their feeling is indeed very urate, perhaps they didn¡¯t care much about it, a few women did not care much, even going to an open ce to sit down.
Meng Ning took out a bag of realgar powder from her backpack and sprinkled it on the floor, then spread a mat and called her girlfriends.
¡±Sister Wei, Xiao Meng, sister Ran,e over to ea.¡±
¡±It¡¯s finally time to eat.¡±
Song Ran eyes lit up, running towards Meng Ning, sitting down on the mat, picking up a sandwich, and then wildly eating it.
¡°Climbing for a long time, I¡¯m really hungry.¡±
Feeling the judging gaze of Meng Ning, Song Ran said innocently.
¡°But I¡¯m really hungry.¡±
Followed by Zhang Wei who came to see Song Ran gorging on her food, causing her to smile, then in a verydy-like manner sitting down, picking a sandwich and eating it elegantly, then calling Chen Meng.
¡°Xiao Chen, hurry up or nothing will be left for you.¡±
¡°Coming.¡±
Chen Meng said to Zhang Wei, and then turning the mobile phone to herself. When she saw the number of online viewers in the live room, she couldn¡¯t help but be shocked.
Up to now, the number of online viewers in her live room has exceeded 70,000!
And her registered fans have exceeded 100,000!
¡±OMG, I didn¡¯t expect my subscribers to reach 100,000/¡±
Chen Meng was delighted, having 100,000 subscribers on the live tform is already among the first line streamers.
Although she does live broadcasts just for fun; but umting so many fans this quickly, caused her to have a sense of aplishment.
¡±call¡¡¡±
Taking a deep breath, Chen Meng calmed down her racing heart and excitedly smiled at the camera. saying.
¡°Thank you all for watching, we will meet again next time.¡±
After Chen Meng voice fell, a variety of surprised and reluctantments quickly flooded the screen.
¡±Xiao Meng now is the most popr time in the live broadcast, cutting off the stream right now will make you lose some fans.¡±
¡±I was looking at the squirrels and the snake. so I didn¡¯t see the host, sending ten bamboo branches as a new fan.¡±
¡±Xiao Meng, you still stream for a while, to stabilize your poprity.¡±
Seeing the retention of many fans in the live room, Chen Meng said that she was moved, but still insisted on ending the live broadcast, finally closing the stream.
After putting the phone back in her pocket, Chen Meng walked toward Meng Ning, Song Ran, and Zhang Wei.
¡±Sister Wei, what are you doing?¡±
She saw that Zhang Wei took out herptop, putting it on herp, using it with one hand and eating with the other one.
¡±I am going to send the photo of the squirrel and snake that I took before to the editor of the legendary magazine to see if it can be published in the legendary magazine¡¯s field photography column.¡±
Zhang Hao raised her head and said to Chen Meng with a smile,
Chen Meng eyes brightened, then said, ¡°Sister Wei, this time the picture you took will definitely be published!¡±
Meng Ning and Song Ran on the side also nodded in affirmation.
Seeing this, Zhang Wei smiled excitedly.
She is determined to be a field photographer and has always wanted to publish her work in a magazine, but she has never seeded before.
After all, the ces she used to go before are just ordinary mountains and forests.
Most of the scenes that she captured can be easily seen in the wild, resulting in no explosive content, so they are rejected every time.
But this time it¡¯s different, the scene of a snake and a squirrel cohabitating in the same nest was never captured before.
Maybe this time she can really achieve her dreams.
However, the previous rejection of her works still caused her to be very nervous.
This time, will she really seed?
Chapter 20: New Skills
Chapter 20: New Skills
Trantor: Yamir Moon
For the things happening among the four girls, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know, at this moment he is looking at his skill points.
The increase in his reputation value has earned him a lot of skill points.
Plus the four points he got from thest evolution, now his skill points have reached a total of 14 points!
Skill Points are especially important for him now, as they can help him improve his strength.
¡±I don¡¯t know if any new skill will be refreshed this time?¡±
Fang Yun thought expectantly.
In thest evolution, he expected new skills to appear, but the 4 skill points reward that he received were not enough to do so.
Of course, it¡¯s also possible that the skills that are given by the system, for now, are only ¡°discoloration camouge¡± and ¡°fatal venom¡±.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun¡¯s couldn¡¯t help but feel nervous.
¡°System, show the currently avable skills.¡±
While Fang Yun was waiting with a nervous face, in the next moment, a light curtain appeared in his mind.
On the light curtain, there is a line of text.
¡°The current skill points can upgrade the following four skills.¡±
¡°Discoloration camouge: active skills, choosing this skill, the body skin color will change into a color simr to the surrounding environment ording to the instructions of the host.¡±
¡°Each upgrade consumes 3 points, current level: 0/5¡±
¡°Fatal Venom: Active Skills, choosing this skill, you will grow to a fangtooth, with which you can use venom to kill your opponent, the attack power will improve.¡±
¡°Each upgrade consumes 3 points, current level: 2/5¡±
¡±Fast digestion: Passive skills, choosing this skill, the host¡¯s ability to digest will be multiplied, as long as there is food swallowed into the abdomen, this skill will automatically start.¡±
¡±Each upgrade consumes 5 points, current level: 0/5¡å
¡±Skin Resistance: Passive skills. With this skill, the host skin will be stronger and have both anti-inmmatory and cold resistance.¡±
¡±Each upgrade consumes 8 points, current level: 0/5¡å
After browsing the system notifications, Fang Yun was immediately overjoyed, there are indeed new skills.
And one of the skills is exactly what he needs the most right now.
¡±Quick digestion.¡±
While hunting, he spends a lot of time digesting food after each sessful hunt. This not only wastes his hunting time and efficiency but also greatly increase his risk in the wild.
After all, after eating, his body will be very clumsy, causing his speed and agility to plummet.
This skill should solve his troubles in this regard.
He is also very interested in the other new skill, skin resistance, this skill can not only enhance his defense but also increase his resistance to cold and heat, therefor solving another problem of his, that being heavily affected by the outside temperature.
After thinking carefully, Fang Yun activated the two new skills.
A warm feeling flowed in his body and on his scales, but it didn¡¯t take long for this feeling to disappear. Unlike the excruciating pain of evolution, activating skills don¡¯t bring him pain at all.
He twisted his tail and rubbed his body on a piece of p-sized gravel.
¡±Sure enough, I feel that my scales have be harder.¡±
Rubbing his body on the gravel, Fang Yun felt the friction on his scales, sighing in amazement, at the same time, he also found that his scales became more lustrous.
Immediately, he went to a ce exposed to sunlight.
As the hot sun shines on his body, he tried to perceive the effect of the heat on his body and sure enough, he doesn¡¯t feel as hot anymore.
He knows that this is the change that the skill ¡°skin resistance¡± brought to him, even after only one upgrade, it has improved his defense tremendously, but unfortunately, this skill requires 8 skill points for each additional upgrade.
¡±After my next evolution, I will get five skill points.¡± thought Fang Yun.
Although the points he will receive in the next evolution can¡¯t meet the standard for the skill ¡°skin resistance¡±, but he can add them to the skill ¡°quick digestion¡±.
¡±Quick digestion¡± is also a skill that he particrly likes.
¡±System, expand my attributes list.¡± Thought Feng Yun in his mind.
A light curtain immediately appeared in his mind.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 5
Bioenergy: 180/250
Skill Points: 1
Body length: 1m
Diameter: 2.8cm
Power: 2.0
Defense: 4.0
Speed: 1.5
Agile: 2.0
Spirit: 3.0
Physical strength: 2.8
Skills: Deadly Venom (2/5), Skin Resistance (1/5), Fast Digestion (1/5)
Reputation value: 7122/10000000
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Hmmm, 180 Bio-energy points, only 70 more points to evolve.¡±
Fang Yun eyes sparkled with brilliance.
Now that he has activated the skill ¡°quick digestion¡±. Rtively speaking, his hunting time will increase a lot.
If he is lucky, he may be able to hunt enough prey to evolve today.
While thinking about today hunting, his gaze fell on the defensive value column. The value behind it became 4.0. Fang Yun is sure that thest time it was only 1.0.
Suddenly there is a 4 fold defense increase, which surprised him, but then he is clear that this is the credit of the skill ¡°skin resistance¡±.
Now it seems that if he wants to increase his defense value in the future, it¡¯s better to rely on defensive skills to so.
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun converged his thoughts and started to search for prey.
¡±Ok?¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun stopped searching. He turned his head to the side, only to discover that not far away from here, a frog with a diameter of ten centimeters is crouching, the color of its body helped it blend with the surrounding environment, without carefully looking, most people won¡¯t be able to find it.
¡°Ring, horned frog, amphibious, no tail, can provide ten bio-energy points.¡±
While Fang Yun was staring at the horned frog, the sound of the system sounded in his mind,
Looking at the frog crouching in the grass, Fang Yun slowly slithered toward it.
This kind of frog was a very popr pet frog in his past life because of its strange body shape, having a short body but with a giant mouth, upying almost half of its body.
Fang Yun remembered this frog simply because, In his past life, he saw this kind of frog in a ssmate¡¯s house.
After two minutes of stalking, Fang Yun was merely thirty centimeters away from the horned frog, his body suddenly tightened, and then attacked with his mouth wide open, biting on the horned frog.
Although horned frogs are a kind of pet frog, they are very violent and powerful. In addition to eating insects, small animals such as birds and mice are on their menu, if it¡¯s hungry, it can even eat its own kind!
At the moment when Fang Yun bit it, the horned frog immediately jumped up, madly struggling, trying to get rid of Fang Yun bite.
However, at the moment this horned frog was bitten by the sharp teeth of Fang Yun, it¡¯s fate has already been decided, its current struggle is merely the struggle of a dying beast.
After two minutes of mad struggle, the horned frog finally stopped moving, bing a meal in Fang Yun stomach.
Letting out a sigh of relief, as Fang Yun felt the feeling of fullness in his stomach, he couldn¡¯t help getting excited.
¡°Only the beginning and already got 10 bio-energy point, only 60 more left to upgrade.¡±
His body crawled in another direction, looking for other preys.
This time, he found a mouse hole.
Flicking his tongue, Fang Yun drilled into the mouse hole. The lower he crawled, the more obvious the mouse smell was, it looks like he is going to get quite an amount of bio-energy.
Chapter 21: Crazy Hunting
Chapter 21: Crazy Hunting
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After three minutes of crawling, Fang Yun finally reached the end, looking across the corner.
¡±Squeak! Squeak!¡±
A sharp cry rang.
¡°Ring, target locked, vole, type: mammals, Family: rodent, can provide fifteen bio-energy point!¡±
At the moment the sound of the system rang, Fang Yununched an attack directly, bitting the mouse, then mming it toward the ground.
15 bio-energy obtained, From the next evolution, only 45 bio-energy point remains!
Calming down his excited mood, Fang Yun quickly dragged the vole out of the cave.
No way, the stench in this vole hole is too stinky.
Although bing a snake made him have great resistance to most bad smells, but Fang Yun¡¯s still has a feeling of disgust nheless.
So if he doesn¡¯t have to stay in this ce, he won¡¯t do so.
After some time, Fang Yun dragged the vole out of the hole, then slowly swallowed it.
After swallowing the vole, Fang Yun did not choose to continue hunting.
Eating a horned frog and a vole in session made his abdomen swell up. He needs to digest the food in his stomach before he can continue hunting.
Lying at the entrance of the mouse hole, Fang Yun quietly waited for the digestion of the voles and horned frogs in his body.
However, what surprised him was that hepletely digested them in less half an hour, causing his abdomen to tten and restoring his ability to move.
If it were before, digesting both the horned frog and vole would need al least half an hour.
In other words, after activating the skill ¡°quick digestion¡±, he increased his digestive ability by three folds.
¡±Just three more voles and I would meet the requirement for evolution.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s couldn¡¯t help but get excited, determining the previous position ording to his memories, and crawling in that direction.
When he passed by there previously, he found many mice nests.
However, at that time, he was already full and couldn¡¯t hunt anymore, so he just remembered the location of the mice¡¯sir and didn¡¯t disturb them.
Right now, he needs food, and naturally, he will not let go of these mice.
After almost ten minutes rushing, Fang Yun arrived at the location of the first mouse nest.
Flicking his tongue, trying to determine if the nest owner is there, and then climbing down straight into the mouse nest. And sure enough, there is a mouse lying in the nest.
However, this mouse is more sensitive than the previous vole.
When Fang Yun¡¯s attacked him with his mouth wide open, the other side jumped to the side, causing him to just scratch him on his hind legs. Then by jumping on the walls of the tunnel, he bypassed Fang Yun and run out to the distance.
Snakes usually catch prey by attacking their opponents in an instant then bitting them, keeping a hold of them with their strong jaws.
If the prey escapes from their attacking range, they will generally not pursue it.
However, after the mouse escaped, Fang Yun did not hesitate to pursue it.
Now that his physical attributes have reached 2.8 points. Under his full speed, he can continue running for more than two hours and still has enough physical strength to hunt down the mouse.
The mouse ran out of the hole and ran crazily to the distance.
However, soon after, Fang Yun caught up with the mouse, bitting it and mming it onto the ground, Then quickly wrapping around it, and constricting.
After this period of exercise, Fang Yun¡¯s constriction skill has made great progress. Even if the opponent is struggling, he can quickly wrap his body around him.
Two minutester, the mouse stopped moving.
After swallowing the mouse, Fang Yun is ready to continue hunting.
But what surprised him was that when he followed the route in his memory, arriving at the next mouse nest, he found that it was empty.
¡±Maybe the mouse in this nest went out to look for food.¡± Thought Fang Yun.
Fang Yun patiently went to the next mouse nest.
But after exploring three mice nests consecutively, and not finding any mouse, he felt that something was wrong. Finally, in one of the mice nests, he smelled his kind smell.
Obviously, the mice in these nests have already been eaten by a predator previously.
After returning empty-handed every time, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but feel a little frustrated, but fortunately, he eventually caught a tiger frog.
This tiger frog gave him 10 bio-energy points.
Overall, the prey he hunted today provided him with a total of 50 bio-energy point, meaning that only 20 points remain for his next evolution.
But his following hunting trip let him doubt whether his good luck hase to an end, two hours passed, and he did not catch even a single prey.
And now, the sun is already setting, il will be night in a few hours.
A red glow prated the rtively sparse canopy of the tree and fell on Fang Yun¡¯s body.
Originally, he nned to capture enough prey to start his fifth evolution today, but now it seems that tit¡¯s not possible anymore.
Sighing with disappointment, Fang Yun began returned to the pine tree.
When he came back to the big pine tree, he got slightly surprised.
Because he found that the four girls he met before are actually still here, but at the moment they are packing up, it seems that they are ready to leave.
¡±Xiao Ning, sister Wei, Sister Ran, look there, that snake is back.¡±
From the corner of her eye, Chen Meng noticed Fang Yun, who had returned and immediately greeted him.
¡°Thanks to you and the little squirrel, My live broadcast fans broke through the 100,000 marks!¡±
¡±Live well, next time we wille back to see you.¡±
¡±Goodbye.¡±
When Chen Meng greeted Fang Yun, Song Ran, Zhang Wei, and Meng Ning all waved their hands to Fang Yun, saying goodbye.
Then the four women picked up the rest of their food and bags, returning from their original road.
Fang Yun climbed over arge stone and looked at their back.
Looking at the appearance of these four girls, it is clear that there must be viges or towns where humans live in the vicinity of this mountain. Otherwise, they won¡¯t go down the mountain at this time, rather they won¡¯t even stay to this time, as it¡¯s almost dark
Therefore, Fang Yun is sure that there is a ce where humans live in the vicinity of this mountain.
For a moment, Fang Yun¡¯s couldn¡¯t help but have the impulse to follow the four girls, fleeing this cold and ruthless jungle, and then returning to the human society.
But he soon calmed down.
¡±I am a snake now. Human society is no longer suitable for me. Only the jungle that I hate is the best ce for me to survive in and grow.¡±
Taking a deep breath, Fang Yun is ready to climb down this big stone and then return to his nest.
However, at the moment when he turned his head back, he couldn¡¯t help but shiver, his danger signals are warning him that there is danger nearby.
Chapter 22: Fifth Evolution
Chapter 22: Fifth Evolution
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Hiss!¡±
A snakes hissing sounded, but it was not from Fang Yun, the sound came from behind him.
He turned his head, looking in the direction the sound came from. The moment he saw what¡¯s behind him, he tightened his muscles.
Currently, facing him is a snake.
And this snake, he is very familiar with it, it¡¯s the bamboo green snake that he often meets not far from the pine tree.
He had met with this bamboo green snake several times, but every time, each one minded his own business, but this time, it doesn¡¯t seem so, he sensed a dangerous vibe from this snake eyes.
Suddenly, this bamboo green snake lifted its head, its eyes are tightly staring at Fang Yun. This is clearly an attacking posture!
At the moment, this snake is only half a meter away from him. If he did not feel that something is wrong and turned to look back time, he might have already been attacked by this snake.
¡°Ring, target locked, bamboo green snake, reptile, squama, can provide forty bio-energy point.¡±
While Fang Yun was ring at the opposite bamboo green snake, the system prompt sounded in his mind.
When he heard the prompt of the system, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but smile wryly.
If the opposite is a ck snake, which is non-venomous, he will definitelyunch an attack without hesitation, but at the moment it¡¯s a bamboo green snake that he is facing.
The type of snake belongs to the venomous snake species.
He previously saw the detailed information of this snake. While the bite of this type of snakes is not deadly, but they can cause nausea, dizziness and even shock.
But!!, that is taking into ount the human body size.
While the bamboo green snake bite doesn¡¯t cause death, but that only for human-sized creatures, for him it¡¯s not likely to be the case.
The reason why this bamboo green snake chose to hunt him this time, unlike minding its own business like always, may be rted to theck of food nearby.
Small animals like frogs, mice, lizards, etc¡ were swept clean by him.
For ordinary snakes, a single mouse is enough for them to spend a week.
Therefore, this bamboo green snake never had to worry about ack of prey.
But once Fang Yun settled here, he hunted prey every day. Nowadays, in the area near the pine tree, small animals are rarely seen.
If this bamboo green snake does not go to other areas to hunt, then it may have to go hungry. So technically he could be said to be the root cause of this snake hunger.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t feel any guilt, sorry, this is thew of the jungle, the rule of the fittest.
¡±Hiss!¡±
Fang Yun also raised his head and hissed back at the snake.
He did not take this action for the purpose of attacking but wanted to warn the bamboo green snake through this kind of attack posture, that he is not to be messed with.
At the same time, he began to slowly retreat backward, not taking his eyes off this snake.
Fang Yun did not want to fight with this venomous snake, as that would be rather dangerous.
However, what made his heart sink was that after he retreated, this snake still didn¡¯t take his warning seriously and chased him.
¡±Damn, do you really think that I¡¯m afraid of you?¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but get angry, he had already retreated, but this bamboo green snake was still chasing him.
¡±Both of us are venomous snakes, it¡¯s still early to decide who will die.¡±
Moreover, his skill ¡°Fatal Venom¡± has tremendously increased the efficacy of his venom after two upgrades, even if it is a creature like a skunk, who has a high tolerance to venom, was poisoned to death in only two minutes;
As for the bamboo green snake in front of him, if he were to bit it, it will take even less than that for it to die.
Coupled with his own defense after activating the skill ¡°skin resistance¡±. If the two of them were to battle, his winning percentage is much higher than it, the only reason he wanted to avoid this battle is because of his cautious nature, but now he won¡¯t avoid it anymore.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun slowly tightened his body, his eyes not leaving the body of the opposite snake, ready to dodge and counter-attack anytime.
¡°Hiss!¡±
The opposite bamboo green snake suddenlyunched an attack.
Its speed reaching the limit, in the blink of an eye, it has arrived in front of Fang Yun.
However, Fang Yun¡¯s agility is also not to be underestimated, shrinking his head back, directly dodging the attack of this bamboo green snake.
While dodging the attack of this bamboo green snake, Fang Yun slowly retreated toward the rear.
The opposite bamboo snake is continuously biting toward Fang Yun, but every attack will be perfectly dodged by Fang Yun.
With the continuous attack of the bamboo snake, it¡¯s attack speed is slowly decreasing, obviously, it¡¯s slowly getting tired.
Suddenly, the bamboo green snake bit toward the ground.
¡°Opportunity!!¡± Thought Fang Yun.
Seizing the opportunity, Fang Yun attacked the bamboo snake, biting toward its neck.
¡±Hiss!¡±
The opposite bamboo green snake made a hissing sound, its head subconsciously sliding toward the back, but as it was tired, it couldn¡¯t make it, resulting in being directly bitten by Fang Yun.
At the moment he bit this bamboo green snake, Fang Yun injected his venom into its body.
And his biting position is also very particr, just slightly below the bamboo snakehead, Fang Yun bit the snake at this position because it will make it impossible for the snake to turn and bite him back.
After the bamboo green snake was bitten, it trashed madly, struggling to break away from him.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t loosen, but instead bit tighter.
After a half-minute of struggle, when Fang Yun began to feel that his teeth were sour, the struggle of this bamboo green snake gradually became weaker, after another minute it stopped moving.
Immediately, Fang Yun stopped bitting, letting it drop on the ground.
The bamboo snakeid on the ground, motionless, its eyes dull.
After resting for a moment, Fang Yun began to swallow it, starting from its head.
Only this snake is longer than his body, more than a meter and half. Fang Yun managed to swallow more than half of its body, before feeling full, causing the lower half of its tail to hang out of his mouth.
But, Fang Yun didn¡¯t mind, he was preparing to rest until the body in his stomach has been digested, and then swallowing the rest of the snake.
Back in the tree hole, Fang Yunid on the floor, waiting for the bamboo snake to be digested.
After almost an hour, hepletely digested the snake.
¡°Ring, the host has sessfully acquired forty bio-energy point.¡±
When he heard this sound, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but smile, quietly waiting for the next message to appear.
Sure enough, he didn¡¯t wait for long, the system voice sounded again.
¡°Ring, Detecting that the host has enough bioenergy, the host evolutionary conditions are reached.¡±
¡±This evolution will take ten minutes, the host should ensure the safety of the surrounding environment.¡±
¡°Do you want to undergo this evolution?¡±
Fang Yun did not hesitate at all, immediately said: ¡°Evolve.¡±
After his sound fell, a warm current immediately appeared, touring his body, causing it to gradually be hotter.
However, his current pain tolerance isn¡¯tparable to before, this level of pain doesn¡¯t cause him much trouble anymore.
He slowly rubbed his body against the tree wall, ten minutester, ayer of snakeskin slowly fell behind him.
Seeing this snakeskin, Fang Yun could not help getting excited.
¡°System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
He wants to see what changes his fifth evolution have bought him.
Chapter 23: Seasonal Change
Chapter 23: Seasonal Change
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 6
Bioenergy: 20/1000
Skill Points: 6
Body length: 1.5m
Diameter: 3.6cm
Power: 3.0
Defense: 5.0
Speed: 2.5
Agile: 3.0
Spirit: 4.0
Physical strength: 3.8
Skills: Fatal Venom (2/5), Skin Resistance (1/5), Fast Digestion (1/5)
Reputation value: 7122/10000000
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Sure enough, after this evolution, my body length directly reached 1.5 meters.¡±
After checking his size growth, Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief. In fact, even before the evolution, he has already guessed how much he will grow.
The result is exactly the same as he expected.
In addition to his body length, another aspect that Fang Yun cares about is his diameter. After this evolution, his diameter has reached 3.6 cm.
Now, he can probably swallow creatures with more than 10 cm in diameter.
Fang Yun also looked at his other properties, which has pretty good growth.
¡±But¡ this time I have to umte 1000 bio-energy point to undergo my 6 evolution.¡±
Although the growth of most of his various properties made him happy, the growth of one particr property made him depressed, which is obviously the required bio-energy for evolution.
He has some doubts about whether the prey in his territory is enough for him to undergo his next evolution.
However, Fang Yun quickly cheered up. After all, this isn¡¯t something he can change, and can only ept it honestly.
After honestly epting his fate, he looked over the rest of his properties, eventually, his gaze fell on the ¡°Skill points¡± column. His umted points have reached six points. except for the skill ¡°skin resistance¡±, he has two other skills to upgrade
Either, he can upgrade the skill ¡°quick digestion¡± one time, or he can upgrade h the skill ¡°Fatal Venom¡± two times.
However, he is somewhat uncertain which one to upgrade, which one does he need the most right now?
After contemting for a while, He finally chose the skill ¡°quick digestion¡±
With his current size, the opponents he faces aren¡¯t that big, his Venom toxicity should suffice for now.
¡°Squeak?¡±
Suddenly, a questioning cry broke Fang Yun train of thoughts, pulling him back to reality.
Looking at the direction from which the sound came from, he couldn¡¯t help but smile, the squirrel came back, currently, thetter is staring at him with suspicion, seemingly doubting his size increase.
However, it looks like he hasn¡¯t forgotten his previous size increase, because after staring at him for a while, he didn¡¯t care anymore, returning to his resting corner and taking his own harvest from his cheek pouch.
Fang Yun coiled his body, now he can only do so in order to stay in this tree hole, after all, if he doesn¡¯t do so, he will make it difficult for xiao ma to do his own thing.
Furthermore, as a snake, he doesn¡¯t have any difort with coiling his body, so e doesn¡¯t mind doing that to help xiao ma.
Time flies, seven days as passed.
There was another rainfall five days ago, but it onlysted for three days before the sun rose again, but Fang Yun felt that weather isn¡¯t as hot as before.
¡±The weather is cooling down.¡±
After some observation, Fang Yun came to this conclusion. At the same time, he also found that many deciduous trees are shedding their leaves.
He guessed that it¡¯s time to change seasons.
Aftering to this conclusion, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but worry. As a snake, if the temperature drops, his body function will also drop.
When the temperature falls to a certain level, he will have to hibernate, or more specifically brumate, which is the process in which cold-blooded animals slow down their metabolism to an extreme level.
More importantly, snakes don¡¯t just simply find somece to hibernate in.
Instead, they chose a dry ce, then dozens of snakes gather together to hibernate together, because once a snake chose to hibernate by itself, then the likelihood of its survival is close to none.
And even snakes that gather together to hibernate are in danger as well.
If the ce they chose to hibernate in is discovered by even animals as small as mice, then there is a big chance that they will be eaten by them as a snack, don¡¯t just think that mice don¡¯t eat meat, they are omnivores, that means they meat as well.
Therefore, in order to guarantee his own safety, Fang Yun must not fall in hibernation.
¡¡¡¡¡
Hidden in a dense bush, a gray snake is closely watching a creature not far away, with its head slightly raised, motionless like a scripture.
The creature that the snake is watching is a big bird, but it has a long gorgeous tail and beautiful feathers.
This ¡°Big Bird¡± is obviously a Pheasant.
¡°Ring, Target locked, Pheasant, Bird, Phasianinae, can provide 80 bio-energy.¡±
While Fang Yun was staring at this pheasant, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind.
This time, the prey that Fang Yun is preparing to hunt is this pheasant.
Now that he thinks about it, when he was only 20 cm he once met a pheasant like this in the mountains, at that time he could only hide between dead leaves and prey that the pheasant doesn¡¯t find him.
However, now it¡¯s him who is going to prey on this pheasant.
The pheasant on the opposite side was leisurely looking for food on the ground, not knowing that his death is near.
As Fang Yun is hiding in the bushes, the pheasant is getting closer and closer.
When the distance between them reached only half a meter, Fang Yun tightened his muscles, then attacked!!, bitting the pheasant neck in the blink of an eye.
The pheasant neck is covered with thick hair, making it difficult to inject venom in its bloodstream.
However, Fang Yun did not intend to poison this pheasant in the first ce.
While bitting the pheasant neck, he wrapped his body around its body and the constricted.
In an instant, this pheasant was dropped into the ground by Fang Yun.
¡±Coo! coo!¡±
This pheasant struggled, making a sharp scream, but in dozens of seconds, it couldn¡¯t do so anymore.
Under the constriction of Fang Yun, it could not inhale, causing it to be unable to make noises anymore.
Finally, the pheasant stopped moving, dead.
Unwrapping his body, Fang Yun started swallowing the pheasant from its head.
After swallowing the pheasant, Fang Yun body swelled by more than four times, making people wonder whether he would burst.
However, Fang Yun did not have such a worry. He crawled between the bushes, finding a hidden corner, he chose to rest there.
Less than half an hourter, hepletely digested the pheasant.
After upgrading the skill ¡°quick digestion¡±, his digestive ability has indeed grown a lot.
¡°Ring, the host sessfully gained 80 bio-energy.¡±
When he heard the mechanical sound of the system, Fang Yun who was staring nkly at the air, snapped back to reality.
¡°With these 80 points, my total bio-energy has reached a total of 320 points.¡±
Crawling between the bushes, he couldn¡¯t help but think about how much bio-energy he has umted.
These days of crazy hunting, caused the prey in this area to nearly disappear. While searching for prey today, he didn¡¯t find any small animal like frogs or mice.
Fortunately, he found this pheasant, granting him 80 bio-energy point.
¡±I have to widen my hunting range further.¡±
Fang Yun Thought while looking at the forest around him.
As Fang Yun crawled further and further, the forest is bing sparser and sparser.
Chapter 24: Snatching Prey
Chapter 24: Snatching Prey
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s sneakily crawled through the grass, stopping from time to time to check the smell around and look up at the situation on the sky.
He has already drilled out from the lush bushes, plus there aren¡¯t many trees or bushes to cover him, so he is clearly visible from the sky.
As the temperature continues to fall, he is about to face a particrly big problem, hibernation.
As a snake who doesn¡¯t want to hibernate, Fang Yun feels that he doesn¡¯t have much time left.
ording to what he has learned, snakes be less active at 15¡ãC or 59¡ãF, mostly moving to warmer ces. If the temperature drops below 10¡ãC or 50¡ãF, most snakes will choose to hibernate.
ording to Fang Yun¡¯s spection, this time is likely to be the end of summer/ early autumn, in the near future the temperature is likely to drop sharply.
After all, this is in the mountains.
Therefore, before the temperature begins to plummet, he must be prepared ordingly.
Evolution!
The only way to avoid hibernation is through evolving.
Of course, it¡¯s not that after Fang Yun evolves he will automatically gain resistance to cold, therefore not needing to hibernate, but after evolving, he will be awarded skill points, and with these skill points, he will upgrade the skill ¡°Skin Resistance¡±.
This skill has three major effects, among which there is cold resistance which will be crucial for resisting cold, therefore not having to hibernate.
While Fang Yun was thinking about countermeasures, he didn¡¯t stop crawling and searching for prey.
Now his umted bio-energy is only 320 point, still a long way from the 1000 point goal.
Suddenly, Fang Yun¡¯s stopped crawling, looking across of him, there is a creature.
¡°Target locked, hedgehog, Specie: Mammal, Family: Erinaceinae, can provide twenty bio-energy point.¡±
The creature that appeared in front of Fang Yun is about twenty-five centimeters long, with a fat body and a short, narrow eye. also covered with spurs, it¡¯s a hedgehog.
Just as Fang Yun was staring at the hedgehog, the hedgehog also discovered Fang Yun.
The hedgehog did not escape, but instead curled into a ball, with his spurs standing up, like sharp steel needles.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun dispelled the idea of preying on this hedgehog and left.
If he were to bite onto the hedgehog this time, his mouth will turn into a sieve.
After leaving the hedgehog, Fang Yun continued to search around.
Originally, he hoped that he would meet with a rtivelyrge animal such as the previous pheasant, but unfortunately, he didn¡¯t have that luck.
But along the way, he met with a lot of frogs, most of these frogs are small ones of 3 to 4 centimeters, but adding them all, he obtained a total of 30 bio-energy point.
Making his bio-energy points reach a total of 350.
¡±Oh?¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun, who was crawling while flicking his tongue, stopped moving, looking over to his left side, a creature is eating the grass, from time to time raising its head and looking around vigntly.
¡±Target locked, hare, Mammal, Lepus, can provide 100 bio-energy point.¡±
While Fang Yun was staring at the opposite hare, the mechanical sound of the system sounded in his mind.
¡±It turned out to be a hare.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but get excited. Today¡¯s luck is good. First, he encountered a pheasant, and now he met a hare.
This hare is about forty centimeters long and is especially fat, providing 100 bio-energy point.
If he caught this hare and devoured it, his bio-energy point will reach a total of 450.
However, hares can¡¯t be so easily caught.
Hares are a particrly alert, extremely fast, and highly agile animal.
He remembers seeing a video about a hare being chased by two wolves in his past life.
As a result, after a long and grueling chase, just as the wolves seemed that they would catch the hare, the hare suddenly drifted, easily getting rid of the wolves chase.
Slowly crawling toward the hare, when Fang Yun was only about one meter away from it, the hare stopped eating the grass and then looked up.
Hey!
After looking around vigntly, just as Fang Yun was about to let out a sigh of relief, the hare gaze suddenlynded right on him.
When he saw this hare looking over to him, Fang Yun immediately knew he was discovered. Almost immediately, heunched a lightning-fast attack.
¡±Hisss¡±.
Fang Yun speed is extremely fast. In the blink of an eye, his head reached the other side, biting straight at the hare legs.
However, this hare mmed its legs on the ground, breaking away from Fang Yun¡¯s mouth and running into the distance. After a few seconds, the harepletely disappeared from Fang Yun¡¯s field of vision.
Looking at the direction in which the wild rabbit fled, Fang Yun¡¯s didn¡¯t feel any sort of annoyance, but instead slowly crawled into that direction.
While crawling, Fang Yun flicked his tongue from time to time, trying to distinguish the smells in the air.
After crawling about 400 to 500 meters, Fang Yun stopped moving, looking straight in front of him.
He saw that not far from his position, a hare is lying on the ground, twitching from time to time, it¡¯s the previous hare that Fang Yun bit.
At the moment he bit the hare, he injected his venom into its bloodstream through his fangs, and with that intense running, the venom must have spread through its body.
As for the reason he was able to easily locate it, is because his venom reacting with the body of the hare released chemicals that he is able to trace back to the prey.
Fang Yun crawled to the side of the hare, watching it as it trashed before its death. Finally, after the hare stopped moving, just as he opened his mouth preparing to swallow it.
Suddenly, he heard a rustle in the bushes not far from his location.
On his left side, just getting out of the bushes, a snake slowly crawled towards this side. This snake is about the same length as Fang Yun, with a brown back and two rows of dark spots.
Mountain ck snake
This is a ck snake.
Most importantly, Fang Yun felt that this is the snake he met before, the one that he met when he just came to this area and was expanding his territory.
At that time, he was only one meter long, because this snake was longer than him, thus he wouldn¡¯t be able to swallow it, thus he didn¡¯t bother to try hunting it.
Two days ago, while he was patrolling his territory, he didn¡¯t find any trace of this snake, who would have thought that he would meet it now.
And looking at the way this guy is behaving, does he want to snatch prey?
Thinking of this, Fang Yun¡¯s red at the ck snake, hissing at it, warning it that he isn¡¯t one to be messed with.
While Fang Yun was ring at the ck snake, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Mountain ck snake, reptile, squama, can provide 80 bio-energy point.¡±
Chapter 25: Life and Death Battle
Chapter 25: Life and Death Battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
When he heard the system mechanical sound, looking at the ck snake, Fang Yun eyes changed.
Originally, he just wanted to drive it away, but now after hearing the system prompt, he thinks that maybe, he can use this snake as his own food.
Although the size and shape of this ck snake are almost the same as himself, it¡¯s not venomous.
Moreover, apart from the instantaneous burst of speed when they attack, speed is generally not the forte of snakes, plus the distance between them is not far, even if the ck snake wants to escape, he can quickly catch up.
This is simply bio-energy sent to the door.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun smiled internally, his eyes looking at the ck snake, wondering where to bite first.
At this time, the ck snake opposite is still hissing at Fang Yun, seemingly wanting to drive him away, and upying his hare.
While this ck snake was thinking about snatching his prey, Fang Yun was nning to eat it.
It seems that because Fang Yun has no retreated, the ck snake slowly crawled toward him, opening its mouth slightly, seemingly ready to attack.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun was a bit surprised, he did not take the initiative to attack, but this snake did, it seems that he was underestimated.
While Fang Yun was a bit surprised, he still twisted his body, protecting the ce slightly below his neck.
This is one of the weak points, and the most dangerous one of snakes, the ce where the heart is located.
The so-called hit the seven inches to kill the snake, which means to strike in its heart.
¡°Hiss!!¡±
Suddenly, the ck snake attacked Fang Yun with lightning-fast speed, bitting straight at his head, but Fang Yun reaction speed is not slow, easily dodging the ck snake attack, the bitting back at it.
The ck snake barely dodged Fang Yun attack, but Fang Yun was prepared, tightening his muscles, he made a double attack in the air, bitting straight toward the ck snake body.
This time, the ck snake couldn¡¯t dodge at all, causing it to be bitten by Fang Yun at its waist.
¡°Hiss!!!!!¡±
Under the pain, the ck snake couldn¡¯t help but scream, turning its head, wanting to bite back at Fang Yun, but Fang Yun would not give it this opportunity, releasing the snake waist, Fang Yun shed to the side, then quietly stared at the ck snake, a hint of a smile on his face.
The opposite ck snake fell straight into the ground, then climbed back, hissing at Fang Yun seemingly wanting to continue its attack, but suddenly it twitched slightly, seeming to suffer from some kind of pain.
Over time, its twitching amplitude is strengthening, twitching more and more, in the end, it constantly rolled on the ground.
¡±Hiss!!!¡±
Finally, after the ck snake uttered itsst scream, it stopped moving, its eyes losing their luster.
Seeing that the ck snake stopped moving, Fang Yun bit its tail, the dragged it to the bushes, hiding it, deciding to swallow the hare first, thene back to itter.
After swallowing the hare, Fang Yun hid in the bushes waiting for the hare to be digested, somewhat ufortable, mainly because the hare limbs are scratching his stomach. After half an hour, the hare waspletely digested.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t waste time, immediately swallowing the ck snake.
After half-digesting the ck snake, Fang Yun crawled from the bushes, looking at the sky, it¡¯s almost dark.
¡±It¡¯s time to go back.¡±
Fang Yun sighed, his current position is a bit far from the pine tree, he guessed that by the time he returned to the pine tree, the sky would have long darkened.
¡±Hey, hey.¡±
As Fang Yun quickly crawled back, the sound of leaves cracking sounded.
At this time, the ck snake in his stomach has beenpletely digested.
He also got 80 bio-energy point.
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
Fang Yun, who was still crawling back, said in his mind, immediately a light screen appeared in his mind.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 6
Bio-energy: 530/1000
Skill Points: 1
Body length: 1.5m
Diameter: 3.6cm
Power: 3.0
Defense: 5.0
Speed: 2.5
Agile: 3.0
Spirit: 4.0
Physical strength: 3.8
Skills: Deadly Venom (2/5), Skin Resistance (1/5), Fast Digest (2/5)
Reputation value: 9225/10000000
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Bio-energy has already reached 530 points, 470 points and I can evolve again.¡±
Looking at his own property panel, Fang Yun somewhat rxed, although 1000 bio-energy point seems like a lot, for the current him, it seems like it won¡¯t be a problem.
The bigger he gets, the bigger the prey he can hunt and swallow, that means he can get more and more bio-energy.
As long as he can capture one or two preys the size of today hare, he can quickly gather enough bio-energy to evolve.
Of course, Fang Yun understand that he can¡¯t always be this lucky, the most difficult task in hunting is finding prey that he can swallow and provide enough bio-energy for it to be worth the effort, for example, he stopped eating insects, as the effort he does to catch them isn¡¯t worth the bio-energy they provide.
While checking his property pannel, he couldn¡¯t help but get surprised.
He found that there was another change apart from the bio-energy, that being his reputation value, changing from 7400 to more than 9000.
After thinking about what could have caused this, he guessed that someone recorded the previous girl stream, then posted it on a video tform.
However, it seems that the video did not get that popr, causing his reputation value growth to be limited.
It¡¯s not that hard to understand, the video publisher probably isn¡¯t that famous, causing it to be submerged under the massive amount of other videos.
¡±I hope that it gets more popr, at least provide me another 800 reputation value.¡±
Fang Yun prayed. If his reputation value grows by another 800, it can break through 10,000. ording to the previous example, he will get a certain amount of skill points once his reputation value increases by ten times.
And the number of points he will get this time will be 5.
If he gets these 5 points, plus the points he will get after his next evolution, he will have enough points to upgrade the skill ¡°Skin Resistance¡±
After two upgrades, without mentioning the defense increase, his cold resistance will surely increase, which means that he is less likely to hibernate.
Even if the temperature in the mountain suddenly decreases, he won¡¯t have to worry about it.
¡±Cry!!!!¡±
While Fang Yun was deep in his thoughts, he suddenly heard the sound of an animal scream. and most importantly, it sounded right above his current location.
At the same time, in the corner of his eyes, a ck shadow was falling straight down to his location.
¡±It¡¯s the eagle!¡±
In an instant, Fang Yun understood, a cold shiver going straight in his spine.
Chapter 26: Close Escape
Chapter 26: Close Escape
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Damn, why was I so careless!¡±
Fang Yun med himself internally, he is in the grasnd, clearly visible from the sky, but he still got distracted, thinking about other things.
Shaking his head, Fang Yun forced himself to calm down.
¡°I shouldn¡¯t be panicking right now, I should think about countermeasures!¡±
Thought Fang Yun internally, his eyes staring at the eagle, not leaving it for even one second.
The shadow of the eagle is getting closer and closer to himself, causing Fang Yun heart to beat faster and faster. Fang Yun even felt that his heart may explode.
But even so, he still didn¡¯t take his eyes off the eagle, his body motionless, like a statue.
If he moves now, the eagle who is diving still has enough time to adjust the fall angle, and kill him.
So Fang Yun has to wait for the right moment, the moment the eagle almost reach him, not giving him the change to adjust mid-flight.
He tensely watched the eagle falling, not even daring to blink.
Fang Yun knows that this idea is too dangerous, one wrong action and it¡¯s game over, but this is the only way to survive that he can think of now.
Suppressing the impulse to escape, Fang Yun stared at the eagle without as much as blink, fearing that he would miss the best chance to escape.
Almost!! almost!!
Fang Yun can clearly see the steel-like ws and the sharp eyes of the eagle staring straight into his eyes.
Under the gaze of Fang Yun, the two iron ws almost reached his head, as if the next moment, they would m him into the ground and tear him apart.
It¡¯s now!
Fang Yun immediately tensed, tightening his muscles, the next moment, he instantly shed to the side like a lightning bolt.
Fang Yun¡¯s body flew out, crossing a distance of several meters in the blink of the eye.
The eagle seeing that Fang Yun is trying to escape directly stretched his legs and grabbed towards Fang Yun body, barely managing to grab Fang Yun tail.
¡°Not Good!!¡±
Fang Yun feeling that his tail was fixed, immediately knew that things are bad, gritting his teeth, he endured the pain and forcibly pulled his tail.
¡°Tear!!!¡±
Fang Yun immediately felt a burning pain in his tail, like someone using a hot knife to cut his tail into pieces.
However, having experienced multiple evolutions, and the pain thates with them every time, his pain tolerance has increased tremendously, so even if he is in pain, his escape speed did not slow down.
Hey! Hey!
Twisting his body, he crawled at his fastest speed, crossing several meters each second.
Boom!
The eagle bodynded on the ground, waving its wing to stabilize itself. Looking at Fang Yun, who was fleeing in front, the eagle quickly waved his wings, flying toward Fang Yun.
¡±Damn, this bastard is going to catch up!¡±
Fang Yun hatefully though, twisting his body even harder, he now hated that he didn¡¯t have 18 legs to help him escape
¡±Hide in the bushes, between trees!!¡±
He screamed internally, looking at the bushes that are getting closer and closer, but the closer he got, the more nervous he was.
¡±Faster! Faster!¡±
He yelled in his mind, suddenly, a ck shadow appeared above his body.
It is the eagle who caught up!!
Feeling the shadow above his head, Fang Yun didn¡¯t panic anymore, instead, he gathered all his strength, he mmed into the ground, using the counterforce he jumped into the bushes like a cannonball.
The moment he entered the bushes, a ck shadow chased him from the rear.
The eagle wanted to catch Fang Yun, but all he caught was the air, instead, the momentum caused him to plunge into the bushes.
¡±Crack!¡±
The branches hit the eagle¡¯s body, causing him to scream. Feeling the pain in his body, the eagle waved his wings wanting to get out of the bushes.
Pieces of feathers dropped on the ground as the eagle finally got out of the bushes.
But at the moment it wasn¡¯t as elegant and majestic as before, instead, its feathers were quite dirty and messy and blood was falling from a scratch on its head.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t dare to breathe loudly, for fear of exposing his position, even though the eagle isn¡¯t likely to run into the bushes.
He carefully looked at the eagle outside the bushes, now that he thinks about it, this is the first time he really saw the appearance of an eagle this close.
While this eagle is not a particrlyrge one, it¡¯s sharp eyes and ws still made Fang Yun tremble slightly.
Fortunately, he ran fast, If he had even a tiny bit of hesitation, he would have likely met his end.
¡±Target locked, goshawk, avian, raptor, can provide two hundred bio-energy point.¡±
While Fang Yun was examining the eagle, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind, causing him to be surprised, what surprised him however was that the eagle can provide twice the amount of bio-energy than the hare he previously ate.
But looking at its size, it shouldn¡¯t be that different from the hare, both should be around 20 pounds or 9 kg.
Fang Yun guessed that maybe in addition to the size, the organism ranking on the food chain should have an effect on the bio-energy it provides.
The eagle stared at the bushes for a while before deciding that it¡¯s impossible to catch Fang Yun this time, waving his wings, he flew into the sky.
Flying twops around this area, before screaming unwillingly, then flying away.
Seeing that the eagle disappeared, Fang Yun finallypletely rxed, drilling out of the bushes, the branches hitting his scales made him ufortable.
Especially when they touched his tail, it caused him burning pain.
Fang Yunid next to the bushes, straightening his body to see his tail.
Due to him being chased by the eagle, he didn¡¯t have time to see check his injuries.
Looking at the wound on his tail, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh.
He saw three bloody scars about 20 cm long each, the scales and flesh is rolled around the scars, and the blood is gushing out.
Seeing his scars, Fang Yun had a lingering fear.
If the power of that eagle was a little bigger, his tail would have been abolished, and even if he escaped, the injury would have been difficult to heal, maybe he would have died of excessive bleeding.
Of course, it¡¯s not that Fang Yun thinks that the power of that eagle was weak, instead, he is sure that his survival this time is the credit of the skill ¡± Skin Resistance¡±
If there was no such skill to increase his defense, the iron ws of the eagle would have definitely prated his flesh and blood, maybe he wouldn¡¯t even have the chance to escape.
And that is only by upgrading ¡°Skin Resistance¡± one time, if he had upgraded it 3 or 4 times, the eagle wouldn¡¯t have been able to even scratch him.
With this experience, Fang Yun is even more eager to upgrade that skill once again.
Unfortunately, that skill requires eight Skill points for each upgrade.
Letting out a sigh of regret, Fang Yun crawled back to the big pine tree.
Because of his injury, he couldn¡¯t crawl that fast, causing the sky topletely darken before returning to the pine tree.
Looking at the big pine tree in front him, Fang Yun took a deep breath.
At the moment, he is like apany employee who worked hard for the day, dragging his tired body back home.
Despite being physically and mentally tired, he rxed upon the sight of his home.
¡±Squeak?¡±
Crawling to the foot of the pine tree, he heard a worried cry, looking up he saw the squirrel standing on a branch, looking at him worriedly.
He couldn¡¯t help but be amused and touched. Was this little guy standing here waiting for himself?
Chapter 27: Zhang Wei
Chapter 27: Zhang Wei
Trantor: Yamir Moon
While Fang Yun was looking at the squirrel, thetter jumped from the branch, climbing down the pine tree, then came to him.
The squirrel stood in front of Fang Yun and danced, looking very excited.
Seeing this funny scene, Fang Yun grinned.
It¡¯s clear that the squirrel is happy that he returned, Fang Yun returning thiste probably made him worried.
¡°Who would have thought that after bing a snake, I will experience the feeling of being cared for in this cold and ruthless jungle.¡±
Lamented Fang Yun, touched by this little guy action.
Fang Yun rubbed the squirrel head with his.
This action was done by Fang Yun, so the squirrel did not dodge, but squinted his eyes, seemingly enjoying this close gesture.
After rubbing the squirrel head for a while, Fang Yun took back his head and climbed toward the tree hole.
¡°Squeak¡±
The squirrel screamed, seemingly dissatisfied that Fang Yun stopped petting him, but after seeing the scar on Fang Yun tail, he suddenly became shocked.
¡±Squeak! Squeak!¡±
He hurriedly ran in front of Fang Yun, waving his arms and screaming anxiously, seemingly asking what happened to him.
Fang Yun stopped crawling, seeing that the squirrel is concerned about himself but don¡¯t know how to express it, Fang Yun smiled softly, gently rubbing the squirrel head, the climbed in the tree hole.
Lying on the soft fur, Fang Yun thought about his current situation.
¡°Although my injury isn¡¯t fatal, it will definitely affect my ability to act, I probably shouldn¡¯t leave this jungle or any ce that isn¡¯t covered, so as to not be stared at by the eagle, at least before my injury has healed.¡±
The problem would be that the number of prey in this jungle area has decreased a lot, so the hunting efficiency will drop a lot, causing his next evolution to be postponed, at least in the next few days he doesn¡¯t see any chance of evolving.
If he is not worried about the eagle sharp ws, Fang Yun really wanted to climb onto the eagle nest and fight 300 rounds with him.
Now time is very tight for him, he urgently needs to evolve to get skill points, after all, he doesn¡¯t want to hibernate.
And he would have likely done so in a mere two to three days.
However, now, his chance was ruined by the damn eagle.
Fang Yun felt his teeth itching from hatred, thinking that once he upgrades the skill ¡°Skin Resistance¡± another time, maybe he should look for a way to kill the eagle.
While the process of meeting the eagle today was both dangerous and thrilling, it also made him understand one thing.
And that is his scales defense has reached a pretty good level, as the eagle even with his diving momentum and sharp ws, has failed topletely prate his flesh.
If he were to upgrade ¡°Skin Resistance¡± just one more time, the eagle ws aren¡¯t likely to injure his scales like before.
¡±Squeak!¡±
A scream suddenly snapped Fang Yun out of his thoughts.
He looked at the source of the sound, he saw that xiao ma came to his side, handing him something.
At first, Fang Yun thought that he gave him a chestnut or another fruit, but then he found that it turned to be a sparrow egg in the squirrel hand.
¡°Target locked, sparrow eggs, can provide 1 bio-energy point.¡±
Squirrels usual menu consist of fruits and seeds, but they sometimes eat insects and eggs to change their taste.
It seems that xiao ma should have raided a birds nest today.
Seeing that Fang Yun was hurt, so he handed him the egg tofort him.
As for why he didn¡¯t give him some seed or fruit like before, Fang Yun guessed that after repeatedly refusing his gifts, xiao ma understood that he didn¡¯t like nts.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but get moved.
Animals are also spiritual.
The current actions of this squirrel are proof.
He swallowed the eggs that xiao ma gave him, patted him with his head to show his gratitude, thenid down in his corner and rested.
The squirrel squeaked in joy a few times, seeing that Fang Yun has closed his eyes, resting, he also went to his corner, curled into a ball and slept.
¡¡
¡±Sister Wei, where did you go before?¡±
On the bed, Chen Meng, wearing a T-shirt and shorts, turned her head, looking at Zhang Wei who is closing the bedroom door, and asked her.
Finding That Zhang Wei has a parcel in her hand, she couldn¡¯t help but ask.
¡°Sister Wei, did you buy something?¡±
After hearing Chen Meng question, the other two girls turned to look at Zhang Wei who is standing next to the bedroom door.
¡°Sister Wei, have you bought another snack?¡±
Lying in the bed opposite to Chen Meng, Song Ran eyes shined brightly at the mention of Zhang Wei buying something, but she was disappointed upon a closer look at the bag in Zhang Wei hand.
Because the bag in the hand of Zhang Wei looks t, like a book or a box, unlike the way snacks look.
¡±Xiao Meng, I didn¡¯t buy anything, this is a courier that someone sent me.¡±
Zhang Wei said with a smile, acting mysteriously.
Seeing the way Zhang Wei is acting, Chen Meng slightly stroked her chin, then somewhat hesitantly asked.
¡°Sister Wei, did you get a boyfriend?¡±
As soon as this statement came out, Song Ran, who was previously disappointed, looked at Zhang Wei with a burning look.
Even Meng Ning, who was on her phone, stopped doing her thing and looked at Zhang Wei with curiosity.
Seeing the fire of gossip burn in her three girlfriends eyes, Zhang Wei couldn¡¯t help but stiffen, then she looked a Chen Meng, and growled.¡±Xiao Meng!!¡±, sighing she said.
¡±Forget it, I will just tell you. This is the courier sent to me by the editorial team of the legendary magazine. sisters, The photo I previously took in the mountains was included in the magazine, this is the sample they sent me.¡±
While proudly talking about that, she handed the courier over to Chen Meng.
¡±Really?¡±
When she heard this, Chen Meng eyes lit up, climbing down from the bed, she took the box from Zhang Wei¡¯s hand, the teared it up.
Sure enough, inside the package, there is a legendary magazine.
¡±It¡¯s really a legendary magazine!¡±
Song Ran and Meng Ning also came together, getting amazed at the sight of the magazine sample.
The four girls gathered together, skipping the catalog of the magazine, they went straight to the photography column.
On one page, there is a photo of a snake and a squirrel.
In the picture, a gray snake peeped out of a tree hole, looking straight at them in the photo, with a squirrel hanging on its head looking at them curiously.
Under the picture, the photographer name is marked.
Photographer: Zhang Wei.
¡°The editorial team of the legendary magazine called and said that they printed 50 000 copies of this issue. And that it would be in major book stores in two days¡¡±
Zhang Wei looked at the picture in the magazine and smiled and said: ¡°Thanks to this snake and squirrel, I can finally realize my dreams, after a while, we should have some free time, let¡¯s go visit them.¡±
¡±Ok!¡±
Chen Meng nodded heavily.
It¡¯s thanks to the little squirrel and snake that her fans in the Tsukitake live tform have broken through 100,000, so she has to thank them.
Chapter 28: Encountering The Eagle Again
Chapter 28: Encountering The Eagle Again
Trantor: Yamir Moon
It took five days for his tail injury to heal.
During these five days, Fang Yun only hunted in the dense forest, causing his hunting efficiency to significantly decrease, which resulted in him only getting 232 bio-energy points.
But fortunately, his body haspletely recovered, which means that he can hut those slightlyrger animals.
By now, his total bio-energy has reached 763 points.
If he is lucky enough, he could gather enough bio-energy to evolve in one or two days.
It is also worth mentioning that in the past few days, Fang Yun reputation value has increased again, reaching 9854 points. If it keeps increasing in this manner, it¡¯s likely to reach 10,000 in a few days.
This encouraged him very much, feeling that it won¡¯t take long upgrade the skill ¡°Skin Resistance¡±.
¡¡
Looking at the sparsely covered areas in the forest, Fang Yun slightly hesitated before resolutely going out.
No way, if he doesn¡¯t go farther, he will take several days toplete the task, for Fang Yun who is eager to upgrade, this is uneptable.
A snake stealthily crawled between the bushes and grass, flicking its tongue from time to time.
After an hour of crawling, he crawled for more than 2 kilometers, but he still didn¡¯t find any prey along the way, Fang Yun sighed,
¡°Maybe today, I won¡¯t catch any prey.¡±
Suddenly, he caught a glimpse of something on a tree, looking closely, it turned out to be a bird¡¯s nest, crawling the tree up he found 5 eggs.
And each egg has a diameter of 3 cm.
ording to the system prompt, Fang Yun learned that this is the egg of arge grey woodpecker, because of their slightlyrger size they can provide a total of 10 bio-energy point.
After swallowing the five eggs, Fang Yun crawled down from the tree, continuing to search for prey in the mountain.
This time he did not search for long, finding another prey not far from his location.
An animal the size of a wild cat is quietly hiding in a cluster of grass, eating something.
From the perspective of Fang Yun, he can clearly see the image of the animal.
Its body length is about 50 centimeters, its hair is yellow-brown in color, with dark spots etched all on it, Its eyes are dark-colored, like a person who hasn¡¯t slept for days, and there are white spots above its eyes and nose.
Its mouth is sticking out, like a puppy.
¡°Target locked, civet, mammal, omnivore, can provide 150 energy point.¡±
As Fang Yun stared at the dog-like creature in front, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind, telling him the information of this animal.
¡±It turned out to be a civet, but it can provide 150 energy point.¡±
Fang Yun was somewhat amazed, but after a closer inspection, he immediately understood, this civet sure is a fat one, looking at its shape Fang Yun is sure that it must weigh at least 10 kg or 25 pounds.
Even if Fang Yun wants to swallow it, it will surely take a lot of effort.
He narrowed his eyes, slowly approaching the civet, although the civet was a little fatter and certainly not easy to swallow.
But the 150 bio-energy point is very tempting to him, Fang Yun want to give it a try at least, and see if he can swallow it.
Of course, the premise is that he can first kill it.
As Fang Yun slowly approached the civet, he gradually saw what it was doing
The civet is eating a fruit lying on the grass, eating it with gusto, not even paying attention to its surrounding, Fang Yun even wondered how could a guy so silly and careless even survive until now.
After reaching about half a meter away from the civet, Fang Yununched an attack.
¡±Raww!¡±
The civet was shocked by the sudden attack on him, screaming in horror, he instantly jumped,nding half a meter away.
However, Fang Yun was well prepared. The moment the civet jumped, he waved his lower body to the ground, using the counterforce to jump on the civet.
Rushing at him at a very fast speed.
His goal is the unprotected hind leg of the civet.
¡±puff!¡±
However, the moment Fang Yun bit on the civet leg, he smelled a disgusting stench.
Fang Yun, who was bitting the civet, immediately released its hind leg and shed a few meters away, aggressively breathing the fresh air to get rid of that disgusting smell.
At this time, the civet who regained his freedom immediately fled, disappearing in the distance.
Fang Yun looked at the direction in which the civet disappeared, the corner of his mouth twitching.
He only knew that skunks would release such a bad smell when in danger, but he did not expect that this civet would have such an ability too, maybe this was the reason this silly guy survived until now.
But, unfortunately for the civet, from the beginning he nned to poison him, so at the moment he bit it, he injected venom into its bloodstream.
Sure enough, after following the chemical trail, Fang Yun found it lying on the ground a few hundred meters away.
At the moment, the civet is lying on the ground, struggling to breathe, coughing from time to time.
Seeing that Fang Yun was crawling toward it, the civet was obviously scared, struggling to stand up, wanting to escape, but its limbs were soft, no matter how much the civet struggled it couldn¡¯t stand up.
Fang Yun crawled in front of the civet and stopped, watching it struggle on its dying breath. When the civet finally stopped moving, he started to slowly swallow it starting from its head.
After almost five minutes of struggle to fit the civet inside his mouth, he finally swallowed it.
At the moment, Fang Yun belly is inted, almost tearing apart, even if he has high pain tolerance, he still feels very ufortable now.
¡±I hope it is quickly digested.¡±
Fang Yunboriously crawled to a cluster of bushes, then quietly rested, waiting for his stomach to tten.
If in the past, he likely would have to wait more than three hours to digest this civet or prey of its size, but now he only took less than half an hour to do so.
¡±call¡¡¡±
After crawling out of the bushes, Fang Yun took a deep breath.
Previously, he was really worried that his stomach will crack due to him eating a prey bigger than he should, but fortunately, that didn¡¯t happen, without mentioning that he sessfully got 150 bio-energy point.
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
Fang Yun softly said in his mind, causing a light panel to appear in front of him.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 6
Bioenergy: 923/1000
Skill Points: 1
Body length: 1.5m
Diameter: 3.6cm
Power: 3.0
Defense: 5.0
Speed: 2.5
Agile: 3.0
Spirit: 4.0
Physical strength: 3.8
Skills: Fatal Venom (2/5), Skin Resistance (1/5), Fast Digestestion (2/5)
Reputation value: 9854/10000000
_______________________________________________________________
¡±I already got 923 bio-energy points, If I¡¯m lucky, maybe I can get enough energy to evolve today.¡±
After seeing his total bio-energy point, Fang Yun cheered up.
Although the civet that he swallowed before almost cracked his belly, now it seems like it was the right thing to do, at least now that his bio-energy points have reached 923 points, he only needs to swallow a hare or pheasant to evolve.
Slowly calming down his excitement, Fang Yun continued crawling forward.
And praying in his mind to god that he meets a big prey.
Crawling for more than a kilometer, he didn¡¯t find any big prey as he wanted, instead, he met some small frogs and swallowed them, earning him 12 bio-energy point.
Time passed little by little, eventually, the sun is setting on the horizon.
Fang Yun who is hurriedly crawling in the bushes couldn¡¯t help but get anxious.
In the beginning, he was looking forward to gathering enough bio-energy to evolve today, however, he didn¡¯t expect that his luck was so bad, not meeting even one slightly bigger animal.
Just as he was about to give up, his tongue picked up a familiar smell.
Following this smell, he ended outside the bushes, in the grasnd.
Not far from his location, a hare is eating grass, looking up from time to time.
¡°Target locked, Hare, Mammal, Lepus, can provide 100 bio-energy point.¡±
After hearing the system mechanical sound, Fang Yun was pleasantly surprised.
Just as he prepared to crawl out from the bushes, and approach the hare. Suddenly he discovered that a shadow was circling on top of his head.
Fang Yun looked up at the sky, trying to look at who is the owner of the shadow.
He saw that at high altitude, a big bird is circling around this area.
It¡¯s the eagle.
Fang Yun looked at the eagle and couldn¡¯t help but grit his teeth.
With the existence of the eagle, Fang Yun didn¡¯t dare to hunt the hare, because Fang Yun is particrly sure that this hare was discovered by the eagle.
It¡¯s very likely that the hare was marked by it as prey.
HIm rushing out this time is no doubt adding himself to the eagle menu as a snack.
Thinking about the consequences of him rushing out, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but get even more ufortable.
¡±This eagle almost killed me before, and now it wants to snatch my prey, Damn!!¡±
When Fang Yun was cursing the eagle in his mind, the eagle suddenly dived, attacking the hare.
Chapter 29: Bold Action
Chapter 29: Bold Action
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Wooosh!!¡±
Suddenly, the eagle dived down, his speed was so fast that even Fang Yun far away heard a sound st.
The hare that was eating grass on the ground, was rmed by the sound, standing and looking around, when suddenly a ck shadow appeared above its body.
¡±Bang!¡±
A dull sound rang as the hare body was mmed into the ground, the hare struggled in horror, but couldn¡¯t escape.
Fang Yun saw that the eagle was inserting his sharp ws into the hare flesh and blood.
¡±This wild rabbit is dead.¡±
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun who is hidden inside the bushes, shook his head, sighing.
The power of this eagle is indeed very big. Fang Yun clearly saw that more than half of his ws are inserted in the hare flesh, puncturing its internal organs.
In addition, in order to kill this hare as soon as possible, the eagle attacked its head with his beak from time to time.
The hare is still struggling, but obviously, it won¡¯t be so for long.
Fang Yun coldly looked at the eagle outside the bushes.
In his opinion, this hare was originally his own prey, but it was snatched away by the eagle.
More importantly, as long as he swallowed this hare, he can evolve smoothly today, but it was ruined by this eagle.
¡±Flutter!¡±
The eagle fanned his wings to keep his bnce, the hare struggle under the eagle attacks is bing weaker and weaker, it¡¯s estimated that in less than a minute, the hare will die.
Struggle and hesitation shed in Fang Yun eyes.
He has a bit of fear toward this eagle that almost killed him, but he doesn¡¯t want to give up this hare so easily.
After all, If he gave up on this hare, his chance of evolution today will be infinitely small, the sun is already setting, and soon after the night wille, the time left for him is not much.
Fang Yun looked at the eagle from an opening between the bushes, more specifically he was looking at his rtively thin leg, hesitant whether to take the risk and try to attack him.
Just as Fang Yun was hesitating whether to take the risk or not, suddenly, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind.
¡°Ring, the host has sessfully earned 10,000 reputation points, rewarding 5 Skill points.¡±
After hearing this notification, Fang Yun was shocked, subconsciously, calling his properties panel in front of him, he looked over to the reputation point that reached 10,000 and is still increasing.
¡°Did the video about me get popr?¡±
Fang Yun randomly guessed, but unfortunately, his guess is wrong.
The increase in his reputation over the past few days was not due to his video getting popr, but because the legendary magazine which has his photo, began to be distributed in bookstores, and sold to customers.
When someone watches his photo which was taken by Zhang Wei and form an impression on him, this will naturally bring him reputation points.
Now that he and the squirrel are getting popr, they naturally have a certain reputation among the legendary magazine fans.
Someone even sent an email to the editorial team of the legendary magazine asking where Zhang Wei photo was taken.
These things, Fang Yun did not know, nor did he really pay attention to where his reputation came from, instead, he thought about how to deal with these 5 Skill points.
¡±System, upgrade the skill ¡®fatal venom¡¯ once.¡±
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun made up his mind, deciding to upgrade his venom, the moment Fang Yun said that, he felt a tingling sensation in his venom nd as it grew bigger.
After feeling his own change, Fang Yun looked back at the eagle, his eyes are getting more and more fierce.
The reason he upgraded his venom is to deal with this eagle.
Thinking about it, he is going to try and see if he can snatch prey from the eagle ws, or even better kill him.
After upgrading ¡°fatal venom¡± three times, the toxicity of his venom has definitely reached a considerable level. Fang Yun feels that as long as he bit the eagle, his venom will surely paralyze it, making it lose its attack and flight capabilities, in less than a minute.
Of course, it certainly won¡¯t be easy to bite this eagle.
While thinking, Fang Yun didn¡¯t sit still, but sprang like an arrow, crawling toward the eagle at an extremely fast speed.
¡°break!¡±
His quick crawling made a friction sound on the grass, causing the eagle to be rmed.
In particr, Fang Yun¡¯s current size is absolutely not small. The eagle saw a snake 1 meter and half long and almost 4 cm in diameter, rushing at him with its mouth wide open.
The eagle seeing this scene, subconsciously released the hare, waving his wings and flying to the sky.
At the same time, Fang Yun quickly crawled, just as he was about to bite into the eagle leg, he bit into an empty space, the eagle has already flown into the sky.
¡±Damn!!, almost killed him.¡±
Fang Yun screamed internally, but he did not hesitate, twisting his body he ran into the bushes.
He is not going to stay in in sight as a target.
The hare, who was in the eagle ws before, feeling that it¡¯s free, did not hesitate to stand up, bouncing a few times, it quickly disappeared in the dense forest.
¡±Cry!¡±
In the sky, the eagle angry cries sounded, Fang Yun, is sure that the eagle will remember him, and surely not in a nice way.
But he doesn¡¯t care at all, he will evolve very soon.
After his next evolution, his size will grow even further, plus he will upgrade ¡°Skin Resistance¡±, after that the eagle will not pose any threat to him anymore. In fact, if the eagle were to attack him then, with his upgraded venom, the eagle is the one likely to die.
Fang Yun watched as the eagle hovered in circles, crying unwillingly, after a few minutes, the eagle uttered onest cry and left.
¡±he¡¯s finally gone.¡±
Fang Yun stuck his head out of the bushes, looking at the sky for a while, making sure that the eagle is gone, only then did he crawl out of the bushes.
Letting out a sigh of relief, Fang Yun flicked his tongue, his eyes lit up and immediately crawled in one direction.
After a while, Fang Yun stopped moving, then plunged into a bush.
After crawling inside the bush, Fang Yun stopped moving.
At the moment, in front of him, a hare is lying on the ground.
Although the hare had previously escaped from the eagle¡¯s ws, unfortunately, because of its serious injuries it couldn¡¯t survive, after running for a certain distance the hare couldn¡¯t run anymore and stopped here.
Fang Yun slowly crawled toward the hare, at this moment the hare is closing its eyes, motionless. with blood etched on its fur.
Without any hesitation, Fang Yun directly swallowed this hare.
After that, Fang Yun simplyid between the bushes and waited for the hare in his stomach to be digested, finally, after half an hour of waiting, the hare waspletely digested.
¡°Ring, the host sessfully got a 1000 bio-energy point.¡±
¡°Detecting that the host has enough bioenergy, evolutionary conditions reached.¡±
¡±This evolution will take ten minutes, the host should ensure the safety of the surrounding environment.¡±
¡°Do you want to undergo this evolution?¡±
Suddenly, several system notifications sounded in Fang Yun mind. But Fang Yun did not choose to evolve this time.
After all, the sky is already beginning to darken.
He is going to return to the squirrel nest in the pine tree and evolve.
Chapter 30: GoodBye Xiao Ma
Chapter 30: GoodBye Xiao Ma
Trantor: Yamir Moon
When Fang Yun returned to the tree hole, the sky had already darkened.
Seeing that Fang Yun finally returned, the squirrel who was worriedly waiting at the entrance of the tree hole was finally relieved, returning back to his corner, xiao ma curled into a ball and slipped into dreand.
However, on the other side of the tree hole, Fang Yun didn¡¯t fall asleep like him, but said in his mind, ¡°System, undergo this evolution.¡±
The moment he said that. The hot feeling emerged in his body like before.
Fang Yun has long been used to this level of pain, but he still rubbed his body on the wall, to facilitate his shedding process. Ten minutes passed, and finally, his evolution has ended.
At this time, he clearly felt that his body has grown even bigger, feeling very crowded and ufortable inside this tree hole.
Despite feeling ufortable, Fang Yun called the system to bring up his properties panel; A panel immediately appeared in front of him.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 7
Bioenergy: 35/3000
Skill Points: 9
Body length: 2.2m
Diameter: 4.5cm
Strength: 6.0
Defense: 6.0
Speed: 3.0
Agile: 3.5
Spirit: 5.0
Physical strength: 4.8
Skills: Fatal Venom (3/5), Skin Resistance (1/5), Fast Digestion (2/5)
Reputation value: 11024/10000000
_______________________________________________________________
After this evolution, his body length reached 2.2 meters and diameter reached 4.5 centimeters. Snakes of this size can already be considered small pythons.
After all, the length of most beds is less than 2 meters, Fang Yun current length is much higher than a bed.
ording to Fang Yun¡¯s current size, he can already be considered a giant in his species, as most gray snakes reach adulthood between 100cm and 183cm.
Looking at his own property panel, Fang Yun gradually calmed down from his excitement.
Because he discovered a problem.
After this evolution, his body size is so big that this tree hole can no longer amodate him, after all, to even fit in his corner without bothering the squirrel, he has to squeeze himself, putting half his body across the wall, otherwise, he will upy the squirrel corner.
In addition, his next evolution requires 3000 bio-energy point.
In this area, if he wants to gather this amount of bio-energy, he doesn¡¯t know until which year he has to continue hunting, without mentioning that with each subsequent evolution, the amount of bio-energy required will multiply.
Perhaps, it¡¯s time for him to leave.
Fang Yun looked at the squirrel that was sleeping in the other corner and couldn¡¯t help but sigh.
To be honest, after staying with this squirrel for so long, the thought of leaving him made him a bit sad.
Although Xiaoma couldn¡¯tmunicate with him, he considered him his friend, whenever he came back from his day of hunting, seeing xiao ma rxed him. Hispanionship prevented him from truly bing a cold-blooded animal that only knew how to hunt.
If he leaves, he will have to go back to the days of being a lonely snake facing the cold and ruthless jungle. But, he has to do so.
If he wants to evolve quickly,plete the system task, and even go back home. He has to leave here.
Silent for a long time, Fang Yun sighed, converging his mood, he put his sight back on the system panel.
¡±I have 9 Skill Points now, I can upgrade ¡°skin resistance¡± once.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally
¡°System, upgrade the skill ¡°Skin Resistance¡±.
Instantly, the value after the skill ¡°Skin Resistance¡± became 2/5.
After doing that, without bothering to look at the results, Fang Yun fell asleep.
¡¡
Early morning of the next day, Fang Yun woke up, ncing at the squirrel who was rubbing his sleepy eyes, he couldn¡¯t help but smile.
After seeing that Fang Yun has suddenly grown in size again, xiao ma couldn¡¯t help but be surprised.
While he wasn¡¯t as shocked as the first time, he still looked curiously at Fang Yun.
Fang Yun slowly crawled towards xiao ma, petting him gently with his own head.
Xiao ma squinted his eyes, showing a very enjoyable look.
This time, after a few minutes, Fang Yun stopped petting him, giving him a final deep look, making sure to etch his image into the depth of his mind.
The expression of xiao ma is particrly satisfied, seeing that Fang Yun was looking at him, he called him cheerfully.
Fang Yun slowly crawled out of the tree hole, when he reached the ground, he stopped moving and looked back at the pine tree.
He is going to leave today, making sure to remember this location, keeping these memories deep in his heart.
¡°Squeak! Squeak!¡±
The squirrel ran out of the tree hole, cheerfully crying a few times, he jumped on the branches and between the trees, disappearing in the forest.
Xiao ma obviously didn¡¯t find the anomaly of Fang Yun.
Watching as his only friendpletely disappeared, Fang Yun crawled to the east, he didn¡¯t go deeper in the jungle but instead went to the grasnd.
Because he still has one more thing to do before leaving.
Crawling out of the dense jungle, Fang Yun waspletely exposed, clearly visible from the sky. Fang Yun didn¡¯t intend to cover himself, but instead, unscrupulously crawled in the grasnd.
Fang Yun leisurely crawled in the grasnd for almost an hour, when suddenly a ck shadow appeared above his head.
He stopped moving, then looked up at the owner of the ck shadow.
Without any surprise, it¡¯s the eagle who is flying above him.
Perhaps for revenge, or perhaps to remove a powerful threat for the squirrel, Fang Yun decided to kill the eagle before leaving.
Eagles are avian animals, spending most of their day flying in the sky, as a terrestrial animal, wanting to kill them is nearly impossible.
But if he lures it to the ground, it won¡¯t be impossible anymore.
ording to Fang Yun previous experience, this area should be the main hunting ground for the eagle, so he came here to see if he could meet the eagle.
Sure enough, this eagle has appeared.
Fang Yun violently moved, trying to make himself as conspicuous as possible to attract the attention of the eagle, he believes that as long as the eagle discovers him, he certainly won¡¯t let go of this ¡°Opportunity¡± to kill him.
After all, this eagle considers snakes as food, without mentioning that they still have hatred with each other.
As Fang Yun expected, after discovering him, the eagle circled around him, before diving straight at him.
¡±Whooosh!¡±
The eagle swooped down like a fighter, its feather dancing with the wind. Not knowing if it recognized Fang Yun as the snake that ruined its hunting yesterday, or just consider him as a good meal.
But what is certain now, is that it¡¯s trying its best to hunt Fang Yun right now.
A few secondster, the eagle almost reached Fang Yun body, waving its ws, trying to prate Fang Yun head relying on its diving momentum.
Just as the eagle ws reached Fang Yun head, he suddenly dodged to the left, relying on his fast speed, all the eagle could catch was his after-image.
¡°Boom!¡±
The eagle fell straight on the ground, rolling on the ground a few times, almost breaking its legs,
¡±It¡¯s now.¡±
Fang Yun eyes shed, lifting his head, he bit straight at the eagle legs.
¡±Scream!¡±
Being bitten by Fang Yun, the eagle screamed in pain, kicking with its ws driving Fang Yun away, then waving its wings and flying away.
However, after flying for a few hundred meters, its body suddenly stiffened, feeling that its wings are getting weaker, the eagle powerlessly cried, then slowly fell onto the ground.
¡°Boom!¡±
With another falling sound, the eagle fell into the ground, but this time he couldn¡¯t stand up, lying powerlessly on the ground, pping its wings from time to time, the eagle was getting weaker and weaker.
Fang Yun slowly crawled toward him, stopping a meter away from him, then just starring at the eagle dying struggle.
When the eagle saw Fang Yun, who was only a meter away, he seemed to be frightened, struggling even more fiercely, however, no matter how much it struggled, it couldn¡¯t fly anymore.
Less than two minutester, the eaglepletely stopped moving, dead.
Fang Yun certainly won¡¯t waste bio-energy,pletely devouring it in minutes.
Although the eagle is certainly not small, now that he has grown to his current size, he can swallow prey the size of this eagle without pressure.
After swallowing the eagle, Fang Yun returned to the pine tree onest time, not finding the squirrel, he sighed, then resolutely crawled deeper in the forest.
In the evening, the squirrel returned to the pine tree, going inside the tree hole, finding it empty, he didn¡¯t care much, his snake friend doesn¡¯t return this early.
But when night haspletely fallen, he began to feel uneasy.
Running a few circles in the nest, he ran out of the tree hole, standing on a tree branch, then looking around.
¡±Squeak! Squeak!!¡±
Looking at the dark forest in the distance, he called loudly, seemingly calling someone, but he didn¡¯t receive any response.
After crying several times, the squirrel squatted on a branch, and quietly waited, two hours have passed.
It is alreadyte night, the forest ispletely dark.
The squirrel on the branch is alreadypletely flustered, screaming while running around the branches, a particrly sad sight, feeling that he might have lost his friend, xiao ma screamed.
¡±Squeak!!!¡±
Screaming, he ran down the tree, but because of his fear of darkness, he justnded on the ground then climbed up again.
Repeating this action several times, he finally got the courage to rush into the darkness after running down the tree, looking for his friend.
After almost three hours, he returned to the pine tree without any gain, squatting on the tree branch and then looking at the distant darkness.
Chapter 31: New Nest
Chapter 31: New Nest
Trantor: Yamir Moon
On a group of dead yellow leaves, a gray python is slowly crawling
Three days have passed since Fang Yun left the pine tree.
In these three days, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know how much he slithered, he only knew that the deeper he crawled into the mountains, the lusher and livelier his surroundings were.
After all, he saw a lot of lifeforms, among which a lot can be used as his prey.
However, Fang Yun did choose to settle here as expected, he is nning to enter the deepest part of the mountains.
With his two meters long body, he should be considered a high-level predator in this area.
Coupled with his venom and hard scales, although he can¡¯t act as the mountain overlord, his safety should be no problem.
Most importantly, the prey in the deepest part of the mountain is the most abundant, with his current hunting ability, there would be no need to worry about the problem of bio-energy, even if the amount of bio-energy skyrocket after each evolution, this area should still be able to support him for a long time.
Just in these three days, he gathered a total of 860 bio-energy point. And that¡¯s without particrly hunting, after all, he was mostly exploring the area this time.
Just when Fang Yun was full of ambition, two creatures suddenly jumped in front of him.
The sudden appearance of the two creatures surprised Fang Yun, raising his head to see what kind of creature dares to stop in front of him.
But after seeing what kind of creatures they are, Fang Yun mouth couldn¡¯t stop twitching.
The animal that appeared in front of him can be said to be one of the most dangerous natural enemies of snakes.
Mongoose.
The two Mongooses that appeared in front of him, one big and one small, one about 70 to 80 cm and one about 30 to 40 cm. Both have the same characteristics.
Their head is small, their mouth and nose are long, and their tail is especially long.
That big tail, almost upying half of their bodies.
Just as Fang Yun stared at the two mongooses, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, mongoose, mammal, carnivore, can provide 150 bio-energy point.¡±
¡±Target locked, young mongoose, mammal, carnivore, can provide 50 bio-energy point.¡±
After hearing the system prompt, Fang Yun looked at the two mongooses, not like looking at a natural enemy, but like looking at delicious prey.
Fang Yun is no longer like the previous weak him.
When he was fleeing the forest fire previously, he met a mongoose group, at that time he was so scared that he almost shat himself.
But now, facing these two mongooses, Fang Yun has no fear of them, just the joy of finding delicious prey.
¡±Wheee¡¡±
The two mongooses screamed at Fang Yun, slowly approaching him, trying to act intimidating.
Even though Fang Yun¡¯s body size is more than two meters, this doesn¡¯t seem to intimidate them, perhaps in their view, snakes no matter how big or small are all their prey.
After all, with their speed and agility, most snakes can¡¯t even scratch them.
After reaching a distance about half a meter away from Fang Yun, the big mongoose stretched its arm to tease him, but Fang Yun simply ignored it.
Fang Yun also asionally saw the animal kingdom show in his previous life, so he knows that the teasing of mongooses is their strategy to hunt snakes.
In the face of snakes, mongooses tease them from time to time, making the snake attack them, but relying on their phenomenal speed and agility, they easily dodge every time, they repeat this process until the snake is exhausted, then kill it. A simple and easy process which work most of the time, that¡¯s why mongooses are considered snakes killer.
The big mongoose opposite, seeing that its strategy is not working, was slightly surprised, suddenly it pounced on Fang Yun, attacking him with its ws.
However, Fang Yun was already prepared, the moment the mongoose attacked him, he tightened his muscles, attacking with an even faster speed.
The big mongoose was shocked by Fang Yun sudden attack, twisting its body, trying to dodge mid-air, but its speed is still too slow.
Fang Yun bit into its neck, injecting his venom into its bloodstream, then immediately releasing it. he turned his gaze into the smaller one, then without hesitation attacked it.
¡±Wheee!¡±
This horrifying scene scared the heck out of the small mongoose.
It was afraid, seeing that his mother has fallen into the ground, mourning with pain, he was particrly anxious, wanting to check its situation, but seeing that scary snake looking at him, then attacking him scared the hell out of him.
While the small mongoose was still frozen in fear, Fang Yun didn¡¯t waste this opportunity, bitting on its neck, then watching it as it struggled for less than a minute before dying. While mongooses have a certain resistance toward venom, but Fang Yun venom isn¡¯t something they can resist.
His venom is alreadyparable to the top venomous snakes in the world like the ind taipan, which is far beyond what the mongooses are capable of resisting.
After Fang Yun swallowed the small mongoose, its mother finally stopped struggling and died.
Looking at the dead mongoose on the ground, Fang Yun wondered where its confidence came in the first ce, most small animals flee upon his sight.
But this mongoose actually took the initiative to attack him, it must have thought that he was the same as other snakes, so it dared to attack him, even if it couldn¡¯t hurt him, it could easily escape with its agility, but who would have thought that it would end as his meal.
After digesting the small one, Fang Yun swallowed the big mongoose, causing his belly to swell once again.
200 bio-energy point at hand.
Fang Yun smacked his lips, an action he used to do as a human, seemingly relishing the taste of the mongoose, but he didn¡¯t stay in his ce but dragged his swollen belly and crawled forward.
The next trip went without an ident. Fang Yun spent five days in total before reaching his destination.
Finally, on the fifth day, Fang Yun stopped moving.
At this moment, the forest around him is particrly lush, with a lot of trees, green bushes everywhere, and a variety of wild animals.
In his opinion, this ce is very suitable for his survival.
The prey in this area is enough for him to evolve two to three times, or maybe even more.
With this idea in mind, Fang Yun began to look for a ce to live in.
It¡¯s not easy to find the perfect nest for him to live in but after more than three hours of search, he finally found a ce he was very satisfied with.
Fang Yun looked up at the ce in front of him, a cliff, and in the middle of the cliff is a cave about a meter tall.
At the bottom of this cliff is a smallke, which is a bit bigger than two basketball courts.
When Fang Yun came to the edge of theke, he saw a lot of fish in the pool, and not a very small fish, most of them being about 15 cm in length, some even bigger.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but get excited, if someday he got tired of the taste of terrestrial animals, he could catch a few fish to change his taste.
Fang Yun crawled into the water, then swam straight to the opposite cliff.
After swimming for a while, he crossed this smallke and climbed the cliff straight into the cave in it.
This cave is more than a dozen meters deep and a few meters wide, enough to act as a nest to Fang Yun for a long time, as for whether he is going to stay here for that long? only God knows.
He climbed on a raised stone bench sticking out of the wall andid down, preparing to rest. It¡¯s almost sunset, plus the exhaustion from the migration these days, so he isn¡¯t nning to hunt today.
He is nning to rest for a while to restore his spirit, before going out to check the situation around his nest and this new area.
Chapter 32: Exploring New Territory
Chapter 32: Exploring New Territory
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun spent two days in this cave before finally adjusting his condition to its best state.
In these two days, he only went hunting once, and that still was fishing in theke underneath the cliff.
Snakes are natural swimmers and Fang Yun is naturally no exception.
After casually grabbing seven or eight fish to fill his stomach, adding another 113 bio-energy points to his total, Fang Yun returned to the cave to rest.
By now, his bio-energy points have reached a total of 1924 points. His seventh evolution is not far.
Additionally, he noticed a thing he didn¡¯t pay attention to before.
That being the smallke under this cliff is actually an excellent hunting spot.
In these two days of rest in the cave, he discovered that more than a dozen different type of animal came to theke to drink water, that made him think about the way most pythons and boas use in hunting.
Ambush.
Fang Yun remembers that when he used to watch the animal kingdom in his past life, he saw pythons hide in the marsh water and patiently wait for prey. When prey enters their attack range, they immediatelyunch an attack.
Maybe, he can use this style of hunting too.
However, this does not mean that Fang Yun is going to give up on his active hunting method, he just wants to enrich his way of hunting.
While thinking of this, Fang Yun was preparing himself to do the thing he nned before.
That is patroling his new territory.
After crossing the smallke, Fang Yun crawled onto the shore, then as he nned before, he slithered to the left side, ning to explore this area from this side, then going around counterclockwise, finally returning back to thiske.
There are three purposes for doing this. That is exploring the type of prey that exist in this area, then their quantity and location, and finally thepetitors, especiallyrge carnivores.
The more detailed his understanding of this area is, the easier hunting will be in the future.
Fang Yun¡¯s slithered on the ground, quickly entering the jungle.
Every time he crawled for two hundred meters, Fang Yun will stop and flick his tongue, remembering the smells in this area, at the same time look at the surrounding area, trying to remember the surrounding scenery.
Doing so for almost two hours, Fang Yun has crawled 3 to 4 km. Along the way, he didn¡¯t meet with any sort of big animal, but the small ones he saw a lot.
He also saw a lot of colorful snakes hanging on branches along the way, most of them are probably poisonous, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t care, most of these snakes are small ones with the biggest being just 1 meter.
They don¡¯t pose the slightest threat to him.
He wondered that even if stood there letting them attack, they probably wouldn¡¯t even prate his scales defense,
After some thought, Fang Yun gave up this tempting idea, after all risking his life to experiment doesn¡¯t seem like a good idea.
Without mentioning that the mountain temperature has reached 20-degree celsius, and it¡¯s still rapidly dropping, he estimates that in less than 10 days, most of these snakes will disappear, after all, they have to hibernate;
Additionally, he met a lot of frogs and lizards, although this time he isn¡¯t specifically hunting, he still captured some of these stupid frogs and lizards to fill his stomach.
No way, who told them to stay still even if he crawled next to them, some of the stupider ones even took the initiative to jump straight in front of him.
These frogs and lizards provided a total of 92 bio-energy point to him.
After crawling out for another 2 to 3 kilometers, Fang Yun stopped moving and looked up at the sky, it was already afternoon, he thought that maybe it was time to change direction. He is going to crawl right next, so as toplete a circle, returning in the end to the smallke.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that the trees here have more variety than the previous area.
Like the previous area, there are pine trees, birch trees, eucalyptus trees, etc¡
There is also some type of trees that didn¡¯t exist in the previous area, like fruit trees.
Fang Yun looked up at the bright red fruits on the branches, and couldn¡¯t help but swallow. Since reincarnating he didn¡¯t taste any kind of fruit or vegetable;
After all fruits and vegetables can¡¯t increase his bio-energy, without mentioning that he can¡¯t even taste them.
Helplessly sighing, Fang Yun was preparing to leave when he heard a buzzing sound, turning to look at the source of the sound, he saw that there is a honeb hive hanging on a tree not far away.
Next to the hive, a group of big bees is traveling around and big drops of orange-yellow delicious looking honey are hanging from the hive.
Fang Yun drooled again.
However, after weighing his options, he still chose to leave, mainly because the bees are a bit too big, seriously he had never seen a bee this big in his life, each being more than 3cm or 1.2inches long, they are kind of scary! Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but shudder when he remembered his phobia of big flying insects when he was human.
After leaving this area, Fang Yun began to crawl back to theke in a roundabout manner.
What made Fang Yun feel a little surprised is that on this side of the forest, the trees became a lot sparser, the ground became t, and there are also a lot of small animals here, including hares, pheasants, hedgehogs, and even wild cats.
Along the way, Fang Yun swallowed a few frogs and lizards. In addition, he also hunted a pheasant, bringing him a total of 124 bio-energy point.
While exploring the situation around, Fang Yun still continued crawling right, after another 5 to 6 kilometers, he discovered that the forest is bing even sparser
Crawling a little further forward, his field vision became wider with hardly any obstruction. He has reached open ground.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun was somewhat amazed. He didn¡¯t expect that after starting from the left side of the cave and crawling counterclockwise, he would end up on a bare mountain.
Well, notpletely bare, there are still a lot of weeds and bushes on this mountain.
¡±That is¡?¡±
While surveying this mountain, Fang Yun caught a glimpse of a shadow, but because of the obstruction of a hillside, he couldn¡¯t see exactly what it was.
Climbing up a tall tree, he looked at the direction of the shadow, finally seeing who its owner was.
It was a goat. A goat leisurely eating a patch of grass.
¡±I didn¡¯t expect to see wild goats in this forest.¡±
After seeing the opposite goat, Fang Yun was stunned. This goat is an adult, being almost one meter long and half a meter tall.
¡°Target locked, Goat, Mammal, Bovidae, can provide 500 bio-energy point.¡±
At the moment Fang Yun stared at the goat, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind. After hearing the system prompt, Fang Yun eyes shined.
Just a goat can provide so much bio-energy, as long as he swallows two goats, he can immediately evolve.
However, he can only dream about that for now, even if he hunted this goat, he wouldn¡¯t be able to swallow it with his current size;
He felt that only after reaching 4 or 5 meters in length would he have the ability to swallow prey of that size.
After seeing this goat, he couldn¡¯t help but get excited, because from what he observed, the prey in this area is very rich, and more importantly, he didn¡¯t find any sort ofpetitor along the way.
In this area, it seems like he is the only top predator.
However, this thought just emerged and an ident happened.
¡±Awoo!¡±
Fang Yun heard an animal scream and looked in that direction.
Chapter 33: Group Attack
Chapter 33: Group Attack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Under the sight of Fang Yun, a golden-brown, wolf-like animal slowly appeared.
The moment this animal appeared, it sent a wolf-like howl, then sprinted toward the goat.
The goat panicked the moment it heard that howl, looking at the animal that was sprinting towards it, it ran toward the other direction.
While Fang Yun was looking at the beast that appeared, the system prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Golden Jackal, mammal, carnivore, can provide 350 bio-energy point.¡±
The moment he heard the system prompt, Fang Yun look became dignified.
Jackals are rtively well-known carnivores, simr to wolves in appearance and often mentioned in the same sentence with them.
Like wolves, Jackals are also group animals. Small groups usually consist of 2 to 3 individuals and big groups consist of eight to more than a dozen individuals.
This Jackal appearing here means that itspanions aren¡¯t far from this location.
Sure enough, Fang Yun just thought of the jackalpanion and one immediately appeared, just blocking the direction in which the goat was running.
Obviously, the jackal that first appeared was tasked with driving the goat straight into their encirclement, and he obviously seeded.
Fang Yun is sure that there must be other jackals encircling the goat from other directions.
On top of the mountain, the goat seeing that another jackal appeared in front of it, turned and ran toward the left, but another one jumped from behind a rock, blocking its route.
Another two jackals emerged from other directions,pletely blocking its escape.
The five Golden Jackals formed an encirclement, surrounding the goat in the middle, slowly narrowing the encirclement, without taking their eyes off the goat.
The goat surrounded by five carnivores in the middle was trembling, crying in panic, it kept looking around looking for any ce it can escape to. Looking at the constantly approaching jackals, it finally couldn¡¯t stand the pressure, crazily running to the left.
The Jackal on the left reaction was extremely fast, immediately intercepting the goat, biting straight on its hips, then striking its back with his sharp ws.
The goat still didn¡¯t stop, running at its the fastest speed, but dragging the jackal hanging on its back slowed its speed momentarily. The other jackals didn¡¯t waste this opportunity, jumping straight on the goat, biting its other body parts, and throwing it on the ground.
The final result was not surprising, the goat was killed by these bloodthirsty animals.
Five Jackals stood in front of a goat body, wildly eating its flesh and blood, causing a bloody smell to spread.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun who was coiling on a tree branch was not ufortable but instead wanted to go there and take a share, after all, this level of blood and gore has long been normal to Fang Yun.
However, he did not act rashly, because if he fights with just one jackal, he can rub it on the floor, against two, he has a high chance of winning, three are dangerous, more than that is fatal. After all, jackals rely on teamwork and cooperation, with the addition of every member, their overall power will multiply.
After almost half an hour, the jackal group finally finished their meal, leaving just bones and a patch of blood.
Fang Yun watched as the group of five disappeared in the mountain, after their meal.
After the five Jackals went away, Fang Yun crawled down the tree, and went to the open mountain,pletely leaving the forest.
Although there are carnivores such as jackals here, he still wants to explore the mountain.
Climbing on a tall rock, Fang Yun surveyed the terrain of this mountain. He saw that although this mountain was bare, it was very wide, at least he only vaguely saw a forest on the distant horizon.
After regaining his gaze from the distant forest, he looked over to the mountain situation.
On the ground not far from his location, he discovered patches of green tender grass, some ces clearly have traces of being eaten.
No wonder there are goats here.
These seemingly tender grasses are the favorite food of goats.
At this moment, the setting sun shines on this piece ofnd, making a scenery that is very rare and beautiful.
Unfortunately, Fang Yun can not appreciate this scenery, after all, he is under constant pressure to grow and evolve, so he can¡¯t afford the interest to admire the scenery.
Instead, his attention was drawn to a camouged hole under some rocks. If his guess is right, that should be a rabbit hole.
It¡¯smon sense that rabbits make holes to live in, but few know that they live in small caves too.
There isn¡¯t much time left for the sky topletely darken, but Fang Yun wasn¡¯t nning to go back to his cave. In his previous conception, he was nning to explore this area in a counterclockwise manner until he ends back in the smallke.
But now, he isn¡¯t nning to do so anymore, after all, it¡¯s almost night. He is not used to being active in the night so he must rest.
The ce where Fang Yun intends to rest in is not any other ce, it¡¯s the rabbit hole in front of him.
He flicked his tongue, making sure that this is a rabbit hole, not a snake hole before entering it.
If it was a snake hole, Fang Yun will surely find the smell of his kind at the entrance of this hole.
But he did not, indicating that it is not a snake hole.
The hole was not very wide, but it was more than enough for Fang Yun to get in with ease. Just as he crawled a few meters, suddenly, he heard the sound of an animal slowly digging from the other end of the hole.
¡°This must be a hare.¡± Fang Yun thought.
There was no light in this hole, causing Fang Yun to be unable to see anything in front of him.
However, his tongue has easily captured the smell of the hare.
Fang Yun who was already prepared, instantlyunched an attack. The hare who was digging on the other end of the tunnel apparently did not expect a snake to appear in its nest.
At the moment Fang Yun attacked it, it was still stupidly staring at the snake that invaded its home, allowing him to bit it straight on its neck.
After bitting the hare, Fang Yun injected his venom into its bloodstream from his Fangs
Under the pain, the hare finally woke up from its daydream, struggling wildly, trying to break from Fang Yun bite, but it¡¯s already toote, the moment the hare was bitten, its fate was already decided.
The struggle of the hare became weaker and weaker. After all, Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°fatal venom¡± skill has been upgraded three times, his venom toxicity is already top-tier.
In less than a minute, the harepletely stopped moving.
Its heart has stopped beating, dying under the toxic venom of Fang Yun.
Releasing the hare from his mouth, Fang Yun slowly swallowed it, then crawled into the deepest part of the hole.
After resting for a while, Fang Yun received the system prompt that the hare was digested, gaining another 100 bio-energy point.
By now, his bio-energy point has reached a total of 2,240 points, 760 points left to evolve.
The number of prey in this area ispletely beyond his imagination, it¡¯s not difficult to gather 760 bio-energy points, and that still is in a few days.
While Fang Yun was thinking, sleepiness overwhelmed him, before falling into dreand, he heard the scream of beasts, but because he was inside the hole, Fang Yun did not worry about his safety, and soon after, he fell asleep.
Chapter 34: Surrounded
Chapter 34: Surrounded
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Early morning the next day, Fang Yun woke up from his sleep feeling very energetic, he climbed out of the rabbit hole, prepared to continue exploring the mountain today.
He is nning topletely explore this mountain today.
Although he can¡¯t eat adult goats, at least for now. He can still eatmbs, without mentioning that there are still many hares in this area.
Therefore, it can still be used as a hunting ce, making it worthwhile to explore it.
After climbing two hillsides, Fang Yun saw a lot of rabbit holes along the way, making sure to remember all their position.
Seeing that many rabbit holes made Fang Yun have the appetite to eat one, but he gave up after exploring three rabbit holes and returning empty-handed.
Maybe these hares woke up early and went looking for food.
Leisurely crawling on the mountains, Fang Yun suddenly stopped, his eyes fixed on a meadow not far from his location.
A group of goats is leisurely eating grass there.
This group of goats consists of 8 adult goats and 2 baby goats.
Fang Yun suddenly got excited, his eyes staring straight at the two small goats.
Both baby goats are following behind an adult goat, cutely calling from time to time. Fang Yun chose his target after a few minutes of examination.
He chose therger one, and that is for two reasons, simply because it¡¯srger, meaning more bio-energy and more importantly, it¡¯s farther away from its parents, making it an easier target with a higher chance of hunting.
¡°Target locked, Baby goat, Mammal, Bovidae, can provide 150 bio-energy point.¡±
The system¡¯s prompts sounded, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t care, his eyes did not leave the small goat, slowly crawling toward it.
After not long, he was less than ten meters away from it.
The color of his body may have a camouge effect in the mountains and on dead leaves, but on this vibrant grass, it hardly ys an effect.
However, because his movement didn¡¯t cause any noticeable noise, he didn¡¯t attract the attention of the goat group.
Fang Yun slowly approached the baby goat, now less than 3 meters away from it.
Suddenly, the goatling that was eating grass lifted its head, staring straight at him.
He was spotted.
Fang Yun body stiffened. He didn¡¯t expect to be discovered mid-way.
Just as he thought that the hunting failed, the baby goat just stared at him curiously, not screaming or anything.
Perhaps it did not consider Fang Yun as a predator.
In its cognition, only the Jackal group is probably considered a predator, After all, snakes are rarely seen in this mountain, and only pythons can effectively hunt and swallow goats.
Fang Yun did not waste this opportunity, immediately attacking it. The baby goat subconsciously jumped back, trying to dodge his attack, but he was obviously prepared, following it and biting straight on its legs;
¡±Maaa!¡±
The small goat screamed in pain, squatting on the ground.
Only now did the other goats discover Fang Yun existence, quickly surrounding themb in the middle, two adult goats bowed their heads, threatening Fang Yun with their horns, trying to force him back.
Fang Yun slowly retreated. He did not choose to fight with the goat group this time. Anyway, he had already poisoned the goatling with his venom. after a moment it will obviously die.
Sure enough, less than two minutester, the baby goat¡¯s body fell to the ground and stopped moving.
The other goats still stayed beside the dead young goat, using their heads to gently nudge its body. They seemed to be encouraging it to stand up, not understanding why it suddenly stopped moving.
After all, while this goat group lived in the mountains, it was the first time they encountered this situation.
After more than an hour, the goats finally gave up and left this meadow.
But this time, they kept the remaining baby goat firmly protected in the middle.
Seeing that the goats have left, Fang Yun crawled to the young goat body and swallowed it at his fastest speed.
Afterpletely swallowing the young goat, feeling his full belly, Fang Yun nodded in satisfaction.
Dragging his bloated body under a big stone he waited for his belly to tten.
While resting in the shade, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but think back about his family on earth and how easier his life was while he was human.
Remembering the days where he didn¡¯t have to worry about his safety, nor food. Where he did not have the pressure to evolve nor get reputation value, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh. Shaking his head and clearing these thoughts, he strengthened his determination to go back home.
¡°I have to live, be powerful enough and go back home!¡± Fang Yun swore in his heart.
Feeling that themb was almost digested, Fang Yun continued his journey.
Originally, he thought that as long as he is fast enough, he might end exploring this mountain this day, but what he didn¡¯t think was that he didn¡¯t evene close to that.
Yesterday, when he surveyed the terrain of this mountain and the distant forest, he thought that although this mountain is very vast, it¡¯s diameter shouldn¡¯t surpass 10 km.
But now he has been crawling for almost half a day and still can¡¯t see the silhouette of the forest. He estimates that he should have crawled more than his estimated 10 km.
But this day is not just bad news, on his way, he saw a lot of goat groups, not only that but he even saw sheep, and their number is not small.
That¡¯s without mentioning small animals like hares and voles.
Around noon, he hunted a hare and two voles, giving him a total of 130 bio-energy point, plus themb that he previously digested.
Today he got a total of 280 bio-energy point.
By now, his bio-energy points have reached 2520, If he keeps this situation, he can gather enough energy to evolve in just one or two days.
After his next evolution, his body length may reach more than three meters, allowing him to eat even bigger prey.
The most important thing is that after his next evolution, he will get 7 Skill points, plus the 1 point that he still has. That¡¯s 8 skill points, just enough to upgrade ¡°Skin Resistance¡± one more time.
These two conditions added together are enough to make his strength soar. That way he feels that if he meets the Jackal group again, even if all five attack him, he can still teach them manners.
If the other party doesn¡¯t provoke him, he won¡¯t bother them. But if they dare to treat him as prey, he will let them know why the flowers are so red.
While daydreaming, Fang Yun looked up at the sky.
The sun is already falling below the horizon, not long after, the night wille.
¡±It¡¯s time to search for a ce to rest.¡±
Fang Yun thought to himself. With the current weather, once the sun begins to set, the nightes very fast.
He is nning to look for a rabbit hole like yesterday, and rest until tomorrow to continue exploring.
Raising his head and flicking his tongue, Fang Yun continued crawling.
However, after crawling for several meters, Fang Yun violently stopped, because he suddenly found himself surrounded.
Five jackals appeared around him, surrounded him in the middle.
He was previously thinking about teaching this jackal group manners after his next evolution, but what he didn¡¯t expect was that just after thinking about teaching them, they immediately appeared in front of him, and it doesn¡¯t look that they areing with peace.
Sure enough, things can¡¯t just be thought of casually.
Fang Yun was speechless for a while.
Chapter 35: Patience
Chapter 35: Patience
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Looking at the five Jackals around him, Fang Yun slowly coiled his body.
Although he is surrounded at the moment, he did not panic, after all, he can already be considered a high-level predator, already having his means of attack.
Although the five Jackals are powerful, they didn¡¯t reach the unbeatable level.
He lifted his head and hissed, warning them that he is dangerous, not a simple prey, at the same time he carefully observed them, trying to figure out their n.
The two Jackals in front of Fang Yun slowly approached him, while the other three are seemingly staying still, not moving.
If other animals encounter this situation, they are sure to retreat to the rear and look for a chance to escape, but Fang Yun is not falling for their tricks.
Because he saw it very clearly, the five jackals are surrounding him in a pentagon-like shape, with the two in front slowly approaching him,
That is to say, if he chooses to breakthrough from the rear, the three seemingly still Jackals can block him from leaving for a few seconds, which is enough for the two in front to reach him, resulting in a siege of five. While this may seem like a very smart n for animals, for Fang Yun, a snake with a human soul, it¡¯s a pretty obvious one.
After guessing the ¡°insidious¡± ns of these five guys, Fang Yun is naturally not so stupid to fall for it. His eyes darted around, looking for other ways to break from.
He found that the distance between the Jackal on the rear-left and other Jackals was thergest, leaving arge enough space to breakout.
Of course, it¡¯s still not the time to escape, because now, as long as his intentions are exposed, they have enough time to adjust their positions.
Therefore, it¡¯s necessary for him to be as close as possible to the rear-left Jackal before breaking out.
The moment Fang Yun thought about that, he didn¡¯t waste time, slowly retreating, he created the illusion that he fell into their trap, but while retreating, his body was ¡°inadvertently¡± creeping to the left.
after some time passed, he was about only 20 meters away from the rear-left Jackal.
As for the jackals in other directions, they are nearly a 100 meter away from his location, even if they want to support the rear-left Jackal, it will take some time to reach its location.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun muscles tightened, his body that was slowly retreating backward sharply turned left at that instant.
His body quickly slithered on the ground, crawling a distance of 6 to 7 meters every second.
Speed isn¡¯t usually the strong point of snakes, apart from their attack speed, most snakes crawling speed can¡¯t even reach ten miles per hour, much slower than the average human. Pythons speed is even slower than that of snakes, reaching a pitiful 1 mile per hour;
But Fang Yun is different from other snakes and pythons. The reason why the system names each of his upgrades ¡°evolution¡± and not simply upgrade, is that because with each evolution all his properties collectively increase, including physical properties,( strength, speed, endurance, etc¡)
At this moment, his speed has already surpassed what any snake could hope to reach.
The jackal on the rear-left side, originally standing still, after seeing that Fang Yun is rushing towards him, quickly adjusted his position after a slight surprise.
The other Jackals in the other four directions also began to rush toward Fang Yun.
Jackals speed can be considered quite fast, reaching 50 kilometers per hour, more importantly, their endurance is excellent, with the ability to keep running with that speed for more than 20 km.
The other Jackals speeded up, quickly closing the distance between them and Fang Yun, but he has almost reached the rear-left jackal.
¡±Awooo!¡±
This Jackal howled at the approaching Fang Yun, trying to intimidate him.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun did not reduce his speed but crawled towards the jackal even faster.
When he reached a position of less than a meter, Fang Yun immediately attacked him.
The jackal jumped back, at the same time, he waved his ws at Fang Yun head, trying to kill him in one stroke.
Just as the its sharp ws almost touched his head, Fang Yun, in an incredible act of flexibility, leaned his head to side mid-air and at fast speeds, dodging the jackal attack, at the same time, he bit toward its hind legs who are still hanging in the air.
¡±Woooo!¡±
A piercing scream immediately sounded.
Fang Yun venom toxicity is already very powerful, and ording to the reaction of the animals he previously bit, his venom also causes burning pain in the wound after the bite.
This jackal mourned like a wounded dog, feeling a piercing pain on his hind leg, but he still wanted to chase after Fang Yun. Walking two steps before powerlessly falling to the ground;
The other four jackals stiffened at this sight, shocked, a jackal ran to the side of the fallen one to check on its situation, the remaining three crazily chased after Fang Yun.
Fang Yun, who is crawling ahead, is quickly slithering to the front, while his speed might be slightly inferior to the jackals, he isn¡¯t particrly worried.
Because he has already found a ce to hide in.
There is a rabbit hole not far from here, he remembered its location while passing here before.
He originally remembered these rabbit holes locations, just to facilitate his own hunting, who would have expected them to act as a refuge for him now.
Reaching the hole edge, Fang Yun immediately drilled into it.
Not even two secondster, the three jackals reached the hole location and inserted their mouth in the hole, howling at him.
Fang Yun, who was crawling deeper into the rabbit hole, didn¡¯t pay attention to the jackal¡¯s howl, after all, no matter how much they struggled, they wouldn¡¯t be able to enter it.
So he didn¡¯t worry about them following him inside the hole.
Slowly crawling deeper into the rabbit hole, he wanted to see if this hole owner is inside. If the rabbit is there, he doesn¡¯t mind treating it as his own dinner
Crawling for about three to four meters, the hole suddenly widened, and not far from him, a furry rabbit was staring at him with its eyes wide open.
Suddenly, he attacked it with very fast speed.
But what annoyed him was that he bit into the air, the rabbit quickly ran out of this hole from another passage.
Looking at the back of the rabbit, Fang Yun gave up pursuing it.
If a rabbit ran without him poisoning it, then the hunting can be called a fail.
He currently does not have enough speed and agility to pursue an unharmed escaping rabbit.
However, Fang Yun quickly adjusted his mentality and quietly rested in the cave. Hunting failure is amon urrence for any predator, no matter what is its position on the food chain.
If they get annoyed every time the hunting fails, then all predators are estimated to be very depressed.
He is nning to rest here for one night and leave tomorrow.
After calming down, Fang Yun quickly fell asleep. after all he is quite tired from the exploration this day, and the jackal¡¯s chase. Next morning, he woke up early, crawling outside the rabbit hole to breath fresh air.
However, the moment he crawled outside the hole, he quickly shrank back. At the moment his head popped outside the hole, a few meters away four jackals quickly ran over to him.
The four of them inserted their mouth inside the hole, aggressively howling at Fang Yun inside.
Fang Yun was stunned, did these four jackals stay in front of this hole the whole night?
Chapter 36: Unexpected Discovery
Chapter 36: Unexpected Discovery
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun stared at the four jackals outside the hole, four pair of eyes stared at him fiercely, baring their teeth and making threatening voices from time to time.
If Fang Yun was still the naive high school student he was before, he would have peed himself in fright if he saw this sight out in the wild.
But now, seeing this scene didn¡¯t bring the slightest change to his mood.
His heart has grown a lot stronger.
As Fang Yun and the Jackal group were having a staring contest, one of them started using his ws to dig into the hole.
¡±These guys sure are vengeful.¡±
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun has the urge to roll his eyes. The reason why these four Jackals stayed here for the night is probably not to hunt for food.
The bigger possibility is that it¡¯s because he killed theirpanion yesterday.
These guys probably want to avenge theirpanion.
While thinking about this, he turned around and crawled deeper into the cave, staring at the four Jackals outside, all of them are digging right now, using their ws to try and dig as deep as possible.
However, the Jackal group gave up after digging for ten minutes. After all, despite trying their best, they only managed to dig a hole about 60 to 70cm deep before the ground started to be really hard.
Therefore, the four Jackals could only give up.
But they did not leave. They squatted at the hole entrance and continued to wait.
Fang Yun at the cave did not panic, nor did he worry about his situation. He even had the urge tough, after all, snakes metabolism is much slower than other animals, often resting for more than two weeks after sessfully hunting prey.
¡°I wonder how much these guys can persist.¡± Fang Yun thought, gloating.
Fang Yun looked at the four Jackals outside who were ring at him, thinking about who could ¡°win¡± and went back to sleep.
One day passed, and at night, Fang Yun crawled to the entrance to check if the four jackals left, finding that they are still sitting at the hole entrance.
Fang Yun crawled back into the cave, wondering how much can these guys persist.
Looking at their determined look, Fang Yun thought that this situation should continue for 4 or 5 days, but he did not expect that in the next morning, no trace of the jackals was left.
After Fang Yun woke up from his sleep, he went to the hole entrance, as usual, to see if they are still there, first, Fang Yun flicked his tongue to determine where their hiding spot might be after not spotting them.
After flicking his tongue several times but still not finding anything unusual, Fang Yun slowly explored his head from the rabbit hole, looking around he didn¡¯t find any sign of their existence.
He climbed over a protruding boulder and looked around, making sure to survey any possible hiding spot but he still didn¡¯t find them.
Now Fang Yun is sure, the four jackals have left.
Fang Yun shook his head in disappointment, he also thought that these guys are very loyal, intending to avenge their friend no matter what, but he didn¡¯t expect that these guys kept that loyal and determined appearance for just a day and night beforepletely giving up.
In fact, these guys can not be med for not being loyal, what they have done can already be considered a very rare act of loyalty in the animal kingdom.
After confirming that the four jackals had left, Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief, before seeing a jackal corpse not far from this location.
It¡¯s the one he previously killed.
Like most animals group, Jackals will not eat theirpanion¡¯s body if they are killed, but of course, there are exceptions, some animals group, especially if they are hungry, don¡¯t mind eating theirpanion¡¯s body.
But these four jackals are obviously not the case, they probably protected theirpanion from other predators during these time.
So thisplete jackal body belongs to Fang Yun now.
Fang Yun came to the side of the jackal and quickly swallowed it. this jackal body can provide him with 350 bio-energy point, which he is not nning to waste.
The size of this jackal is slightly bigger than a wild dog. which made his body look very bloated after swallowing it.
After the jackal body waspletely digested, he obtained 350 bio-energy point, which bought his total points to 2870.
His next upgrade is very close.
Fang Yun got excited, immediately continuing his exploration while searching around for prey, in hope of undergoing his next evolution today.
After half a day, he captured another five voles, gaining 75 bio-energy point.
And at this time, he finally reached the mountain end.
He didn¡¯t have any idents along the way, nor did he meet the four jackals again.
¡±I finally finished exploring this mountain.¡±
Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief. while he was exploring this mountain, he met another 2 goat herds, thinking that it was a good opportunity he nned to capture anothermb toplete his evolution.
Unfortunately, the goats have protected themb so well that he didn¡¯t find any opportunity to strike, and these herds were wary of snakes unlike the previous one.
Converging his thoughts, Fang Yun looked straight at the opposite forest. Compared with the other forest on the other side of the mountain, this one looks more sparse.
This forest looks nothing special. There may be some prey, but it should not be nearly as much as the one on the other side,paring the two forests, the other one is obviously more suitable for him to live in.
But just as he turned around and nned to leave, his pupils shrank.
His eyes stayed straight on a trail on the ground.
The ground is very t, but on one track, Fang Yun saw a wide trail not looking like anything than an animal could leave behind, instead, it looked like the traces left by a vehicle weels.
Fang Yun slowly crawled next to the track and closely looked.
The more he looks, the more certain he is that a vehicle has left these traces on the ground.
¡°Probably some type of car passed by here?¡±
Fang Yun was stunned.
Cars will pass by here? deep in the mountains, near a forest?
He looked up and closely examined this mountain road. The ground of this mountain looked very t, with hardly any bumps and holes. If this road was connected with a road at the bottom of the mountain, it is indeed possible for a jeep or some sort of off-road vehicle to climb across the mountain.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun was finally relieved.
However, this is something worth paying attention to, cars have passed by here once, and it¡¯s likely to happen again, so he should be prepared for his next meeting with humanity, and he has a hunch that this meeting won¡¯t be as pretty as the previous one.
Shaking his head, Fang Yun cleared his thoughts and crawled back to his cave.
Although it¡¯s already prettyte at the moment, under his full force crawling, he is confident that he would return to the cave within three hours, and at that time, the sky wouldn¡¯t havepletely darkened.
After making up his mind, he quickly slithered, crossing several meters each second,pletely focusing on running back to the cave, and as he expected, he reached the cave in less than three hours.
At this time, the sky is already beginning to darken.
He swam across theke and was preparing to enter the cave to rest.
Suddenly, he stopped moving and turned his head back to theke. Because he heard the sound of something in the water, he faintly saw the outline of fish fleeing in the water, and a ck shadow closely following them.
¡±That is¡ Is there an animal hunting in myke?¡±
Chapter 37: Fish stealing thief
Chapter 37: Fish stealing thief
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun was immediately furious, rushing to theke at his fastest speed.
After upying the cave, he has already regarded this smallke as his own private territory. so the fish in theke is technically also his property.
Now, there are animals hunting in his privateke.
Fish stealing thief!
Fang Yun looked at the ck shadow chasing the fish in the pool and immediatelybeled it in his mind, at the same time, he quickly slithered, entering theke.
He naturally wouldn¡¯t indifferently watch as that beast hunt in hiske, since it chose toe to his territory, it naturally would have to pay the consequences.
Fang Yun plunged into theke, quickly chasing the ck shadow not far ahead, soon catching up with it.
He can already roughly see the outline of this animal, its body is slender, its limbs are short, its head is a bit off, its snout is sticking out, finally, its ears are small but round.
While Fang Yun was examining the mysterious animal, the system prompt sounded in his mind
¡°Target locked, Hairy-nosed otter, Mammal, Carnivore, can provide 180 bio-energy point.¡±
When he heard the system prompt, Fang Yun could not help but get amazed.
This animal turned out to be a Hairy-nosed otter.
In the country where he lived in, in his previous life, there was also a hairy-nosed otter, an extremely rare endangered species, as for the reason Fang Yun knew about it.
Simply because of its fur. Otter fur is a rare and expensivemodity. He especially remembers a case where some illegal hunters were caught and sent to trial because of illegally hunting this type of otter.
While Fang Yun was looking at the hairy-nose otter in front of him. the otter, feeling that something is chasing him from behind turned back and nced at Fang Yun.
After finding what was chasing him, the otter was shocked, turning around and quickly swimming, trying to reach the shore to escape from this ce.
Fang Yun naturally will not let it go this easily.
Otters are very agile and flexible. If he let it escape back to the jungle, it would be almost impossible to catch up with it.
Although otters are equally flexible and agile in water, they are still inferior inparison to him, so he must not let it leave the water.
Making up his mind, Fang Yun elerated even more, like a sharp arrow, bitting straight at the otter legs.
At the same time, injecting venom into its bloodstream.
¡±Aaaaa!¡±
The otter screamed in pain after Fang Yun bit him, struggling out of his mouth, it swam even harder, however just as it reached the edge of theke, the venom in its blood has almost spread across all its body, causing its limbs to get soft. Unable to swim any further, it uttered onest unwilling scream before slowly sinking to theke floor.
At this moment, Fang Yun swam next to the otter body, dragging it to the shore, making sure that it died before slowly swallowing it.
¡±I finally gathered enough bio-energy to evolve;¡±
Resting in the cave, Fang Yun licked his lips, relishing the otter taste, when suddenly, he remembered that he just gathered enough bio-energy to evolve.
He had already swallowed the otter, as long he waits for its digestion, he would have more than enough bio-energy to evolve.
Now that he thinks about it, he attacked and killed the otter in a fit of rage over it taking what he considers his possessions, he didn¡¯t really expect that the energy provided by the otter would be just enough toplete his requirement for evolution.
¡±I can finally evolve again.¡±
After reincarnating as a snake, nothing can make him happier than evolution. After all, after each evolution, his strength will multiply, no other thing than his own strength truly reassure him in this strange and alien world.
Fang Yun waited for the otter to be digested, about twenty minutester, the system prompt sounded in his mind
¡°Ring, the host sessfully gained 180 bio-energy point.¡±
His mood brightened as he eagerly waited for the other system prompt.
Sure enough, the next moment, the system mechanical voice sounded again.
¡°Ring, Detecting that the host has enough bioenergy, the host evolutionary conditions are reached.¡±
¡±This evolution will take ten minutes, the host should ensure the safety of the surrounding environment.¡±
¡°Do you want to Undergo this evolution?¡±
when he heard the system inquiry, Fang Yun did not hesitate to say in his heart: ¡°Evolve!¡±
The moment he said that the familiar burning sensation appeared in his body, marking the beginning of his evolution.
As usual, he rubbed his body on the cave walls to facilitate the shedding process, ten minutes passed and the evolution has finally ended, he also shed his old skin.
Looking at the snakeskin behind him and feeling his newfound power, a smile was etched on Fang Yun face.
¡±The evolution has finally ended, system, expand my list of properties.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t wait, immediately calling the system in his mind, causing a light curtain to appear in front of him.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 8
Bioenergy: 125/6000
Skill Points: 8
Body length: 3.0m
Diameter: 6cm
Strength: 15
Defense: 9.0
Speed: 4.0
Agile: 6.0
Spirit: 6.0
Physical strength: 6.0
Skills: Fatal Venom (3/5), Skin Resistance (2/5), Fast Digestion (2/5)
Reputation value: 48214/10000000
_______________________________________________________________
Sure enough, after this evolution, he directly reached 3m in length, this is alreadyparable to the average python, in this forest, he can already be considered a big predator.
The increase in diameter is also very gratifying, reaching 6 cm.
In addition, his other attributes have each grown ordingly, all of this made Fang Yun pretty excited because it represents that his power is getting stronger and stronger.
¡±Skill Points have reached 8, just enough to upgrade ¡°Skin Resistance¡± once.
Fang Yun gaze fell on the skill points column. Without hesitation, he used the 8 skill points to upgrade the skill ¡°Skin Resistance¡±.
Just after doing that, the value after ¡°Skin Resistance¡± became 3/5.
At the same time, the value after the defense changed. It has changed from 9 to 14, a full increase of 5 points.
¡±Oh, my reputation value has actually grown to more than 48,000 points.¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun noticed the change in the reputation column. immediately getting shocked, who would have thought that after not seeing his properties panel in a few days, his reputation will grow this much.
However, it is a pity that although his reputation has grown this much, adding more than 30,000 reputation point, there is still quite a distance from the desired 100,000, after which he will get 6 skill points.
¡±There will be a chance in the future.¡±
Fang Yun encouraged himself. Clearing his mind, Fang Yun slowly slept, restoring his energy and spirit for tomorrow struggle.
Chapter 38: Monkey Group
Chapter 38: Monkey Group
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Hey! Hey!¡±
Among the leaves of a dense jungle, severalrge birds are fleeing in panic, and behind them, a 3-meter long python is quickly catching up along the branches.
¡°Target locked, great ty woodpecker, Avian, Picidae, each one can provide 80 bio-energy point.¡±
Therge bird that is fleeing in front of Fang Yun is the great ty woodpecker, from the gray woodpecker family. It¡¯s considered to be one of the biggest members of the woodpecker family, with adults usually reaching 50 cm in length.
This type of woodpecker is a resident bird, rarely migrating from its habitat, usually living in a group of 4 to 6 and rarely living alone.
As for the group of woodpeckers that are fleeing from Fang Yun, it consists of five.
This is the third day after Fang Yun reached level 8. after his evolution, he went back to the bare mountain, using it as a hunting ground, in these three days, Fang Yun hunted more than a dozen hare and vole.
In addition, using the anacondas ambushing method, he ambushed a small wild boar in the smallke near his nest.
All these creatures have provided him with more than 2000 bio-energy point, by now his total bio-energy points have reached 2410, almost half the amount required for his next evolution.
In order to avoid scaring prey away, Fang Yun must change his hunting spot every few days, thus he changed his hunting spot to the jungle, nning to hunt here for the next few days.
Seeing that he rarely hunt in the left side of the jungle, Fang Yun chose it to hunt in for the next few days.
While he was exploring this jungle area, Fang Yun spotted therge grey woodpecker group, he still remembers eating grey woodpeckers eggs when he was still living in the pine tree nest. Having tasted their eggs, he doesn¡¯t know what their taste may be, so he chose to have them for breakfast today.
Under his unrelenting chase, the distance between him and the gray woodpeckers is getting shorter and shorter.
Large gray woodpeckers do indeed fly, but their flying posture is quite clumsy, more importantly, they need an open area and to umte momentum before taking off, with the dense canopy obstructing them, and him chasing them, they hardly have any space to do so.
Therefore, at this moment, the fiverge gray woodpeckers are all just running forward, waving their wings is mostly just to bnce themselves,
¡±Wooosh!¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun elerated even further, turning into a ck shadow, he instantly arrived next to a gray woodpecker and bit its legs.
¡±Hey!¡±
The gray woodpecker screamed in pain, madly mming its wings several times, dropping arge number of feathers before falling to the ground.
After killing this gray woodpecker, Fang Yun temporarily ignored its body, shing next to another one, he bit it on its legs too, killing it.
Fang Yun finally stopped after killing tworge grey woodpeckers.
The other three have already escaped a distance of 5 to 6 meters, and in front of them, there is arge open space.
With a bang, the three woodpeckers mmed their legs on a tree branch, then jumped over the canopy, flying away.
Looking at the threerge gray woodpeckers who had be a small dot in the distance, Fang Yun climbed down the tree, crawling next to the dead woodpecker¡¯s bodies, then swallowed them.
Dragging his swollen belly, Fang Yun continued crawling forward.
Reaching the ce where the other woodpeckers flew into the sky, he immediately recognized it, after all, he was very impressed by this ce the previous time he was exploring this forest. It¡¯s the fruit forest.
Or rather than calling it a fruit forest, it¡¯s better to call it a garden, after all, there are only a few fruit trees.
Among the canopy of these trees, bright red attractive looking fruits are hanging from their branches.
Among these fruit trees, Fang Yun only recognized three persimmon trees. as for what type of fruit trees the other one are? who knows?
While he was looking at the fruit trees, a yellow leaf fell on to of his head.
Fang Yun lowered his head, looking at the yellow leaves spread on the ground, he couldn¡¯t help but sigh.
Now that it¡¯s the beginning of autumn, the leaves of most trees began to turn yellow, most of them falling to the ground, more importantly, the temperature in the forest has sharply dropped.
Fang Yun estimates that the current temperature is probably around 16 to 17 ¡ãC or 60 ¡ãF.
At this temperature, most snakes have reduced their activities, what affirms this fact is that he rarely saw snakes or frogs while strolling around these days.
As for himself, with his cold resistance, this temperature does not have the slightest effect on him, he is still as flexible and agile as before.
This is the same as he initially imagined, after upgrading ¡°Skin Resistance¡± a few times, his cold and heat resistance will reach the point where he won¡¯t be affected by the outside temperature;
¡±Ayyy! Ayyy!¡±
Suddenly, a sharp scream snapped Fang Yun out of his thoughts.
Subconsciously looking in the direction of the voice, he immediately became surprised.
He saw that a monkey group was jumping from a tree to another, reaching the fruit tree in just a few moments.
There are about 20 monkeys in this monkey group, at this moment, they are all excitedly jumping from one tree to another, cheerfully crying, happy at the discovery of the fruit garden.
¡°It turned out to be a monkey group.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, amazed, as this is the first time he saw this creature after his reincarnation, so he carefully watched them.
Under his observation, a monkey jumped to a persimmon tree, reaching out and grabbing a persimmon directly from the tree branch. taking a bite, he excitedly screamed and danced around the branches.
Looking at the other monkeys, they are doing practically the same thing.
He had seen monkeys in the zoo before, and their behavior was close to this monkey group, happy, cheerful and without care;
These monkeys are either sitting on a branch and eating fruits or climbing up trees and jumping on branches, from time to time looking at a variety of fruits across the trees, seemingly in a dilemma over which one to pick first.
Looking at the group of flexible monkeys ying on the trees, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but envy them.
Why didn¡¯t he reincarnate as a monkey?
If he was reincarnated as a monkey, he would have hands and feet, with mobility and hand flexibility being at the same level or even higher than humans, he can use tools and utensils making his life much easier.
He could also cook food to satisfy his appetite, without having to bear with eating raw food like now.
In the future, after evolution, he can develop into a king-kong type of beast, or even toward a human type form. Who knows, maybe he can be a giant ape that can transform into a human with the ability to shoot-destroying energy bombs in the future, Unfortunately, he became a snake,
Although in the future he may be as powerful as a-destroying transforming ape, that would be far, far in the future.
Regretfully shaking his head, Fang Yun threw these fantasies out of his head, locking his eyes on the monkey group, specifically on a small monkey a bit far from the monkey group.
That monkey is quite a small one, looking like a child who has just left its mother protection.
Quite regretting that he was not reborn as a monkey, maybe he should capture one tofort his injured heart?
Chapter 39: Fleeing
Chapter 39: Fleeing
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Thinking of this, Fang Yun examined the little monkey with his eyes.
However, he was still hesitating for the moment.
Monkeys are very agile, especially if they are on trees. If they discovered him, it would be a very difficult task to chase them, so he must act sneakily, ambushing them without their notice.
When he was deliberating in his mind, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Young ckngur, mammal, primate, can provide 120 bio-energy point.¡±
After hearing the system prompt, Fang Yun made up his mind, slowly crawling toward the small monkey.
¡±Next time I have enough Skill points, I must upgrade ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± at least once.¡±
While crawling, Fang Yun thought resentfully.
Although his body color provides a certain amount of camouge, it¡¯s not enough now. With his current size, no matter how his color resembles the surrounding environment, he is still easily noticeable, and his hidden degree is going to get worse with each subsequent evolution, so he will eventually have to upgrade ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡±
The description of the skill ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± is that it enables him to change his body-color ording to the surrounding environment to achieve the effect of camouge.
If he had this ability, he wouldn¡¯t have to worry about the monkey group discovering his existence.
While thinking, he didn¡¯t forget to move, slowly crawling toward the little monkey, after a while, he finally crawled under the tree the monkey was sitting on.
The little monkey is at the edge of the monkey group, holding a persimmon with both his hands.
Even while eating, its gaze didn¡¯t leave the persimmons hanging on the tree at all, seemingly deliberating which one to eat next.
No matter whether it¡¯s the little monkey or the other ones in the monkey group, they did not find the existence of Fang Yun who arrived below the fruit tree, this made him let out a sigh of relief. He wrapped his body around the trunk and slowly climbed up.
He crawled as slow as possible, in fear of attracting the monkey group attention.
However, no matter how cautious one can be, idents always happen, when Fang Yun was less than 5 meters away from the small monkey, an adult monkey from another tree just happened to turn his head into this direction at this moment. Finding Fang Yun, the monkey¡¯s whole body hair stood up.
¡±Aaayy!Aaaayy¡±
From the mouth of this monkey, a sharp, harsh scream sounded, the scream is short but it haspletely alerted all the monkey group members, all turning to the ce the adult monkey is pointing to.
At this moment, the little monkey locked by Fang Yun also looked at the rear.
From its point of view, it immediately saw the three-meter-long python that was not far behind it!
¡±Aayy!¡±
Suddenly it saw such a big monster. This little monkey jumped up in fright, losing its bnce and falling from the tree;
In its panic, the little monkey grabbed a branch with both hands, hanging on the tree.
Fang Yun, seeing that he was discovered. His eyes shed, tightening his muscles, he sprang like an arrow.
Fang Yun attack speed is very fast, crossing two meters in the blink of an eye, quickly approaching the little monkey.
The little monkey was frightened, fleeing in panic, but because of excessive nervousness, it stumbled on the branches along the way, almost falling several times.
Monkeys like them basically stay on trees, even if they usually encounter snakes, but most of them are small snakes, rarely reaching 1 meter in length.
However, at this moment, the python who is pursuing him is more than 3 meters, a very rare sight in this jungle.
Looking at the little monkey running in front of him, Fang Yun is somewhat helpless, if he was even one-meter closer, he would have already bit this monkey and injected his venom.
Unfortunately, he was eventually discovered.
But it doesn¡¯t matter whether he was found or not, he is getting closer and closer to the small monkey.
Almost, almost, Fang Yun calcted the distance between them and prepared for a quick strike.
At the same time as Fang Yun was chasing the small monkey, the other monkeys in the monkey group began to scream as loudly as possible, trying to scare Fang Yun away;
Old monkeys with life experience are very confused.
They recognize that Fang Yun is a snake.
However firstly, they have never seen such arge snake, and secondly, based on their experience, snakes should have stopped hunting, they should be looking for a ce to hibernate by now.
However, this weird big snake is still acting right now, which has somewhat confused them.
¡±It¡¯s now!¡±
After reaching a distance 2 meters away from the small monkey, Fang Yun eyes shed, tightening his muscles, about to attack, when suddenly, something quickly flew at him.
¡±Bang!¡±
The thing collided with a branch in front of him, making a loud noise, forcing Fang Yun to stop.
¡±what happened?¡±
Fang Yun watched as the thing bounced on tree branches before falling to the ground, only now did Fang Yun see its true appearance.
A persimmon.
A fruit scared him to stop his attack.
Suddenly, Fang Yun seemed to understand what, he looked at the direction from which the fruit came. He saw that the previous adult male monkey that discovered him raised another persimmon that was not yet mature and threw it at him.
¡±Is it this monkey that previously threw the persimmon at me?¡±
While Fang Yun was still thinking, the persimmon that the monkey has thrown smashed on his body.
¡°Bang!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s body slightly trembled, then he couldn¡¯t help but grit his teeth.
This kind of persimmon that is not yet mature is particrly hard, even slightly harder than apples and pears.
If other snakes are attacked by this kind of fruit, their body may immediately get sore and escape, or even tumble and drop to the ground;
However, Fang Yun strengthened scales have absorbed a lot of the impact force, making this strike at most stronger than a mosquito bite, his body is still motionlessly hanging on the tree.
He angrily red at the adult monkey who threw the persimmon at him.
Although it didn¡¯t hurt that much, this attack still made him angry.
For example, if you are bitten by a mosquito, wouldn¡¯t you want to p it, making it regret existing?
Fang Yun has such a feeling now.
Without mentioning that it was because of this monkey that his almost sessful hunt has failed.
Looking at this adult monkey, Fang Yun eyes sharpened.
This time, he changed his hunting target from the previous little monkey to big monkey.
¡°Target locked, ckngur, Mammal, Primate, can provide two hundred bio-energy point.¡±
The system prompt sounded in his mind again, but Fang Yun did not care about it. At this moment, all his attention was on the big monkey not far from him.
At the same time, he quickly slithered approaching the monkey not far ahead.
Originally he did not intend to hunt the big monkeys.
However, since this monkey dares to provoke him, he doesn¡¯t mind teaching it a lesson.
Fang Yun sneered in his mind but in the next moment, his sneer quickly dissipated, stopping right in his track.
At this point, after he stopped moving, Fang Yun looked at the monkey group on the opposite side with wide eyes.
On the opposite side, standing on fruit trees, all the monkeys in the monkey group raised persimmons and other fruits in their hands
¡±I¡¡¡±
Fang Yun wanted to swear, but before he even thought about it.
All kind of fruit flew straight at him.
¡°Bang!¡±
With a dull sound of colliding objects, Fang Yun turned back and hurriedly fled.
Chapter 40: Fang Yun counterattack
Chapter 40: Fang Yun counterattack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun quickly slithered through the branches, jumping from one to the other.
A lot of fruits flew from behind, eithernding on a branch and making a loud noise ornding on him and making him ufortable.
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help butugh at himself.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that the monkeys that I considered food would actually force me to flee.¡±
These hard fruits won¡¯t bring him any injury, let alone threaten his life, but even so, those fruits striking on his body made him very ufortable.
There were even a few fruits that almostnded on his eyes, forcing him to dodge.
The group of monkeys in the rear, seeing that Fang Yun is fleeing, all let a joyful cheer, but they did not stop there, instead, they continued to chase him while throwing hard fruits.
¡±Damn, do they really think that I¡¯m that easy of a target.¡±
Fang Yun was very annoyed, these monkeys unrestrained and mad act infuriated him.
They are just like a group of mosquitoes flying around him, biting from time to time, most individuals will get angry, not to mention that Fang Yun isn¡¯t a kind-hearted and forgiving person, after all, someone with that nature will not survive for long in the jungle.
Coming to a full stop, Fang Yun nned to turn around and catch a monkey to vent his anger.
The ¡°fruit grenade¡± of these monkeys is indeed fierce, most snakes won¡¯tst much under the continuous strike of these ¡°grenades¡±, but Fang Yun scales have been reinforced. He certainly can go head-on even with these fruits constantly impacting him.
¡°At most, I will suffer a little pain.¡± Fang Yun thought.
Of course, after this monkey group discovered him, it¡¯s almost impossible to catch any monkey, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t care anymore, he is already very infuriated, all he wanted is to catch these smug monkeys and teach them respect.
Just as he prepared to turn around and attack the monkeys, he suddenly stopped,
His eyes fixedly looked in front of him.
A smile crept across his face, he might have found the way to teach these monkeys a lesson.
Not far ahead, a huge hive is hanging on a fruit tree and around it, arge number of bees are flying around it.
Although he doesn¡¯t know what kind of bee this is, he sure knows that it is the biggest bee he saw in both his lives.
This hive is the one he saw previously while exploring this area.
At that time, Fang Yun wanted to taste the taste of honey, but because he was afraid of the bees revenge, he suppressed his impulse and left this ce. That was before his evolution, now with his upgraded defense, he is confident that the bees surely won¡¯t be able to cause any harm to him.
Now that he saw the hive again, an idea dawned on him, perhaps he can use these bees to deal with the monkeys behind him.
Seeing that the monkey group in the rear is getting closer and closer to himself, Fang Yun sneered, quickly slithering forward, in a few seconds, he arrived next to the hive.
With a stroke of his tail.
Fang Yun separated the hive from the branch. With a bang, the hivended on the ground.
¡±Zzzz!¡±
A dense humming sound rang, a few seconds after the hive collided with the ground, arge number of bees drilled from the hive, at least 10,000 or more.
After these bees drilled from the hive, they spread around and looked for the initiator.
Fang Yun, hanging on the branch, coiled his body up and protected his head.
As long as these bees don¡¯t go for his eyes or nose, he is confident that they wouldn¡¯t prate his defense.
Sure enough, a lot of bees gathered on him, attacking him with their poisonous needle, but they couldn¡¯t even scratch him.
Fang Yun actions also affected the monkey group behind him.
¡±Ayyy Ayyy Ayyy¡±
A monkey saw a bee flying towards him and immediately pped it with his hand. At he pped the bee, the bee also attacked his hand with its poisonous needle, pration his flesh and blood.
The monkey immediately screamed in pain, waving his hand that was beginning to swell.
But at this moment, more bees flew from other directions and began to attack the monkey;
Although that monkey¡¯s hair is quite thick, there are still some ces on its body that are exposed, so it didn¡¯t take long for the monkey¡¯s face, hand and other body parts to swell.
¡±Ayyy woo Ayyy!¡±
That monkey screamed in horror, quickly escaping to the rear.
Not only him, but other monkeys were also frightened by this sudden bee attack. They all madly ran to the distance, their smug and arrogant gesturepletely disappearing.
Fang Yun watched as these monkeys held their heads and cried in pain, and couldn¡¯t help but grin.
¡°Did you really think you can act all that smug and still safely go back?¡±
He sneered in his mind.
At the same time, the bees around Fang Yun felt like attacking a rock instead of a creature, feeling that they couldn¡¯t deal with him, they gave up on him and all went to chase the fleeing monkeys.
Bee needles are usually poisonous, their toxic degree varies ording to the bee type.
Although Fang Yun does not know what kind of bee this is, with its size, he does not think that its toxicity will be very low.
¡°Being chased by such arge number of highly toxic bees, this monkey group is in a deep mold.¡± Thought Fang Yun, gloating.
As Fang Yun expected, the monkeys in this monkey group are scattered all over the mountains, around each monkey¡¯s body, hundreds of bees are following them.
In corners all around the forest, monkey screams sounded everywhere.
¡±Ayyy woo Ayy!¡±
At this time, the monkey that was the first to be stung by a bee, that is, the adult monkey who first threw the persimmon at Fang Yun, it suddenly fell down from the tree.
¡°Bang!¡±
Its bodynded on the ground, its head swelled to double its previous size, and because of the fall to the ground, blood flowed from its mouth.
Fang Yun, who felt the ground vibration, looked over there
In fact, at this time, the monkeys had already run out of Fang Yun¡¯s line of sight. He crawled to the ce where he felt the vibrations from.
After crawling for two or three hundred meters, he saw the adult monkey, lying under a tree.
Looking at the monkey¡¯s body, Fang Yun eyes shined.
Without hesitation, he quickly slithered to the side of the monkey, preparing to swallow it;
But when he saw the mess beside the monkey¡¯s body, Fang Yun was stunned. At the moment, there are many bees bodies around the monkey¡¯s body.
After bees pierce aggressors with their needle, the needle will remain in the skin of the aggressor along with its internal organ, so once a bee sting a creature, it will soon die.
Shaking his head, Fang Yun immediately swallowed that adult monkey¡¯s body.
This monkey has a body length of more than half a meter. After swallowing him, it made his stomach look very bloated.
letting out a sigh of relief, Fang Yun felt much smoother his heart.
He originally nned to swallow the small monkey, but after being found by the monkey group, feeling that it¡¯s impossible to catch him, he simply gave up.
But seeing the monkey group acting all that smug in front of him made him infuriated, so he decided to get revenge.
Suddenly, he felt the familiar vibration on the ground again, probably not far from here.
Because snakes are very sensitive to ground vibrations, Fang Yun felt that it¡¯s likely another monkey who couldn¡¯t stand the bees attack and fell down from the trees.
His eyes brightened, it seems that today harvest will be bountiful.
He guessed it well. When he came to the source of the vibration, he saw a small monkey lying on the ground:
This little monkey is not the one he nned to hunt previously, it looks smaller, providing him with 100 bio-energy point, 20 points less than the other one;
Counting this little monkey, today¡¯s harvest is a total of 300 bio-energy point.
¡±I don¡¯t know if the bees forgot this hive and left?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the direction where the hive was in, thinking that if the bees are far away, maybe he could upy the hive and taste some honey. Making up his mind, Fang Yun crawled back to the hive.
But when he almost reached the hive, he found a figure cautiously licking the honey;
Chapter 41: Honeycomb Trap
Chapter 41: Honeb Trap
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun discovered that not far ahead, a golden fluffy animal was sniffing the hive, licking the honey that seeped from the hive from time to time.
This animal has a length of more than one meter, but its tail upies almost half of its body length.
Looking at the animal licking the honey, Fang Yun was somewhat amused, he didn¡¯t expect that he left just for a while, and a thief is already eyeing his honey.
¡±But my own things are not so good to snatch.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes narrowed, slowly crawling forward, quickly approaching the small beast back.
¡°Target locked, honey bear, mammal, carnivore, can provide 200 bio-energy point.¡±
This Honey Bear can provide Fang Yun with the same bio-energy points as an adult ckngur, which made him feel quite satisfied.
200 hundred bio-energy points are quite a big amount.
The previous two ckngurs provided him with 300 bio-energy. If he sessfully hunts this honey bear, his total harvest for today will amount to 500 bio-energy point.
You have to know, there is still almost half a day before night falls.
Even when thinking, Fang Yun still remained calm on the surface, acting even more cautious than before.
The honey bear in front put his hands on the hive seemingly wanting to tear it open. He did not find that behind him, a 3-meters long python is slowly crawling towards him.
When the two were only a meter apart.
Fang Yun suddenlyunched an attack, biting toward the honey bear body.
The honey bear feeling something approaching him from the back instinctively jumped up, but Fang Yun was already prepared, changing the attacking direction mid-air, managing to bite the bear.
After biting the honey bear, Fang Yun quickly wrapped around it, using his powerful muscles to constrict it. The bear cried in pain as popping sounds sounded from its body. Its bones were directly broken due to Fang Yun powerful squeeze.
From the honey bear¡¯s mouth, a mouthful of blood was spat, indicating that its internal organs were broken.
After confirming the death of the bear, Fang Yun immediately swallowed it.
Looking at the hive in front of him, Fang Yun hesitated. Originally, ording to his previous n, he will break the hive and taste the honey inside.
However, after seeing this honey bear, Fang Yun changed his mind;
In this forest, there is no shortage of animals that like to eat honey. Perhaps he can use this hive as a trap to attract prey.
Making up his mind, Fang Yun wrapped the hive with his tail and moves it to another location.
In the previous location, the bloody smell is too heavy, this will alert the animals thate to taste the honey.
After cing the hive on the ground next to a bush, Fang Yun immediately hid.
The color of his scales is very simr to the dry leaves around him, without carefully looking around, most people won¡¯t discover his presence.
Waiting for almost an hour, the first animaling to eat honey is a small bird.
This bird is very small, providing 1 bio-energy point. Fang Yun was toozy to hunt it, rushing out of the bushes to scare it, before going back to his hiding ce and waiting for other animals.
Not long after, a big vole probed its head out of the bushes, sniffing around before running toward the honey.
Fang Yun eyes sharpened, staring at the voles, but his body did not move, the vole didn¡¯t reach the optimal hunting range.
When the vole came to the side of the hive, it looked around vigntly, confirming that there was no danger, then carefully licked the honey.
But at this moment, a shadow flew from the bushes on the side, biting the vole¡¯s neck. Fang Yun¡¯s upper and lower jaws mmed hard, using his sharp teeth to directly snap its neck.
After swallowing the vole, Fang Yun returned to his original hiding ce and waited.
Next, several small animals arrived although most of them were voles, but even so, relying on this honeb trap, he managed to gather another 330 bio-energy point this day.
At night, Fang Yun ced the hive at his side, sleeping with it, stopping other animals from stealing it while he was sleeping.
Using this method, Fang Yun hunted for three days in a row. He changed the hunting area from time to time, even so, he got a very rich harvest, almost a hundred voles lost their lives on his hand, or rather mouth.
And that¡¯s without mentioning the other animals that ended in his stomach. Like the honey bear that he met previously, in just three days he hunted three. Seems like the honey trap is very effective for them.
By now, his total bio-energy points have reached 4,750.
There isn¡¯t much remaining to the next 6000 points, his next evolution is very near.
It is also worth mentioning that during these three days, he met the monkey group once again, but this time they hid far away after seeing him, not daring to provoke him anymore.
¡±Fortunately, honey does not deteriorate, I can use this hive to hunt for a long time.¡±
Fang Yun hid in a bush and looked at the hive that was not far ahead. His heart is full of joy. Hunting in this way is very efficient. As long as he keeps this pace, he can probably evolve in just two days.
¡±Well? There are animalsing.¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun heard the sound of footsteps on dry leaves, which made him excited, immediately staring at the direction from which the sound wasing from.
Under the expectation of Fang Yun, a figure broke through the cover of the bushes and was exposed to his sight.
However, when he saw this figure, Fang Yun heart immediately sunk.
¡°Target locked, Jackal, Mammal, carnivore, can provide 350 bio-energy point.¡±
At this moment, a jackal appeared in front of Fang Yun.
And this one is probably a member of the group that had a conflict with Fang Yun before;
Jackals are almost always in a group, so a jackal appearing here mean that itspanions aren¡¯t that far.
As Fang Yun expected, after the first Jackal appeared, three more appeared not far behind it.
¡±Sure enough, these guys.¡±
When he saw these four jackals, Fang Yun was sure, they are indeed the group that chased him in the mountains previously.
¡±Haa¡have they found me?¡±
Fang Yun was hiding in the bushes, suddenly, his mouth twitched, because he found that the four jackals ran straight to him, not even looking at the hive.
¡±damn it.¡±
Swearing, Fang Yun¡¯s turned around and ran away, wrapping around a tree trunk near the bushes and quickly climbing up.
¡±Awoo woo!¡±
The four jackals ran under the tree and screamed at Fang Yun.
However, as they can¡¯t climb trees, they could only scream at Fang Yun;
Seeing the jackals below, Fang Yun rolled his eyes, thinking that after a while these guys may get tired and leave.
But their next action infuriated him.
He saw that after the jackals realized that they couldn¡¯t catch Fang Yun, they immediately turned around, walking to the hive and shattering it, then eating all the honey inside, not even leaving a drop behind.
Chapter 42: Humans in the mountain
Chapter 42: Humans in the mountain
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Looking at the scene under the tree, Fang Yun gritted his teeth.
He was nning to use this hive to hunt for a long time, but these guys not only destroyed it but ate all the honey inside too.
Just not long before, he was still thinking about how much easier hunting has be using this hive.
But what made it even more annoying is that these four jackals did not leave after eating the honey, but still stayed under the tree, waiting for him to get down.
Obviously, these four jackals still remember theirpanion that Fang Yun had killed before. After meeting him again, they obviously wouldn¡¯t leave so easily.
Seeing their actions, Fang Yun was speechless.
Shaking his head and despising them internally, he crawled on branches, crossing tree after tree. The trees in this forest are very lush and numerous, most of their branches are connected.
The jackals were slightly surprised at Fang Yun leaving this way, but then immediately followed him.
After chasing him for more than 3 kilometers, the jackals gave up
They eventually understood, wanting to avenge theirpanion in this forest is almost impossible, their only chance to do so would be in the open mountains.
After shaking off the four Jackals, Fang Yun crawled down from the tree and returned back to the cave.
He stayed in the forest for three days, although he still rested in the evenings, he never let down his guard, even while sleeping. Only after returning to his nest did he truly rx and can finally rest.
Back in the cave, Fang Yun climbed on the raised stone tform sticking out of the left wall and fell asleep.
After resting for two days, restoring his state to its best condition, only then did he go out to continue hunting.
In the next few days, Fang Yun encountered the jackal group 4 or 5 times, but there was no conflict, because, every time Fang Yun met with them, he climbed a tree.
Although the four jackals can¡¯t be considered a threat to his life, them staying in this forest made him particrly angry.
The so-called ¡®a mountain can not amodate two tigers¡¯.
One of the fundamental reasons is that there are limited resources in the mountain. If there are two top predators, conflict is bound to happen.
Although the prey in this forest isn¡¯t scarce, the number of prey that Fang Yun require to evolve is quite a lot, and with each subsequent evolution, that number will be even bigger, the existence of these four jackals does severely affect his evolution speed.
What¡¯s more, the four jackals make a lot of movements when they hunt, making all the prey in this area much more vignt and nervous, running at the slightest sound.
This increased the difficulty of Fang Yun hunting even more.
No matter how angry he was in his heart, he has no way to change the current situation, even with his current strength, he isn¡¯t sure that he wille out unscathed in a fight against the four jackals, so he currently can¡¯t drive them out of the forest.
¡±I must solve these four jackals the moment I have the opportunity.¡±
Fang Yun crawled on the grass, hatefully thinking.
After the four jackals appeared in the forest, Fang Yun¡¯s hunting was not so smooth, despite trying his best, he only managed to gather 1120 bio-energy points in the past three days.
In order for his bio-energy to maintain a state of rapid growth, it¡¯s necessary to solve the four jackals.
But there is also good news, that is, his total bio-energy points have reached 5,870.
Not much left for evolution.
It¡¯s precisely because of this that Fang Yun can calmly continue to hunt in the forest, otherwise, he would have long caused trouble for the jackal group.
Right now, the ce where he is located in is the forest behind the cave. The ground here is tter and the trees are rtively sparser, but even so, this ce has many small animals.
Suddenly, Fang Yun stopped crawling. he flicked his tongue a few times, then his eyes lit up.
Cautiously crawling toward the left, not long after, he spotted a pheasant not far away.
After spotting the pheasant, Fang Yun stopped moving, motionless, his body blending with the surrounding environment, looking like a dead object.
The pheasant leisurely walked, pecking the surrounding leaves from time to time, not noticing that he was slowly approaching Fang Yun¡¯s location
Fang Yun fixedly stared at the pheasant, judging the distance between them in his mind.
This pheasant is about two meters away from him, a meter away is the best-attacking range, so he is waiting for the pheasant to get closer.
Almost!Almost!!
The pheasant slowly approached, and soon he was in the best striking range.
Fang Yun¡¯s muscles tightened, ready to give this pheasant a quick blow.
But at this moment, an ident suddenly happened¡
¡°boom!¡±
Without a warning, a very loud bang sounded.
The pheasant in front of Fang Yun immediately panicked, crying and fluttering its wing, quickly running away.
Fang Yun was also very shocked by this loud noise.
He didn¡¯t pursue the running pheasant, he didn¡¯t even care about it anymore, instead, he looked at the direction from which he heard this sound.
¡°Was that¡ a gunshot sound?¡±
Once he thought about that, Fang Yun look immediately be dignified.
¡±How can there be a gunshot sound in this barren mountain jungle?¡±
Fang Yun was puzzled, but when he remembered the car wheels mark he saw in the mountains previously, he immediately understood.
¡°Did anyone go up the mountain?¡±
Fang Yun hesitated for a moment, gritting his teeth, he crawled to the direction he heard the gunshot from, determined to see what happened.
After slithering almost 2 km, Fang Yun heard the sound of a car engine, shocked, he immediately crawled up a tree.
Hanging on a branch of a big tree, he looked over to the open ground not far ahead.
He saw that three shadows were quickly running away, their speed is very fast, like running away from something.
¡±Isn¡¯t that the jackal group?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the three shadows and couldn¡¯t help but get amazed, because the shadows running not far ahead are the jackal group that made his teeth itch from hatred.
But the jackal group have four members, where is their otherpanion?
While Fang Yun was puzzled, two heavy-duty pickup trucks suddenly appeared in his sight, chasing the three jackals from behind.
The engine sound that Fang Yun has heard before was probably these two pickups.
¡°boom!¡±
Suddenly, another gunshot sounded and among the three jackals running in front, one of them fell on the ground.
Only now did Fang Yun discover that a young man was standing on the back of the first pickup.
From Fang Yun position, although he can¡¯t see the appearance of this young man, he saw that he is wearing a leather coat, and have a hat on his head.
And in his hand, he holds a gun, obviously, the previous gunshots were his handwriting;
¡±boom! boom!¡±
After two consecutive gunshots, thest two jackals also fell in a pool of blood.
After seeing this scene, Fang Yun, who was hanging on a tree branch was shocked.
Snapping out of his daze, he immediately understood that thepanion of these three jackals was likely to be shot first.
Right now, seeing his opponents die, Fang Yun was not happy at all, he only felt a chill rising in his spine.
This young man came into the mountains to hunt?
When he was a human being, Fang Yun also dreamed of holding a shotgun and going deep into the mountains, hunting wild animals and feeling the beautiful nature.
But now that he is reborn as a snake, he doesn¡¯t feel that doing that is cool in any way possible, after all, he can be considered a wild animal.
When Fang Yun was looking at the dead jackals with a heavy heart, the two pickups stopped.
¡±ck Tiger, Dragon Leopard, go, bring back these three jackals!¡±
Suddenly the young man in the leather jackals shouted, after which two hounds jumped out of the back of the pickup, and then rushed towards the three jackal¡¯s corpses.
Chapter 43: Dangerous Chase
Chapter 43: Dangerous Chase
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After the two hounds jumped from the back of the pickup, the youth in the leather jacket also jumped up, leaning against a tree next to the pickup, he ignited a cigarette.
¡±Shao Qi, your gunmanship is getting better and better, these animals were so far away yet you still managed to kill them in one shot.¡±
At this time, from the cab of the front pickup truck, a very buff man with a lot of tattoos jumped out, ttering the young man.
Just as he spoke, another two men jumped from the rear pickup and walked toward the young man.
¡±Shao Qi, today¡¯s harvest will definitely be bountiful, we just entered the mountain not long ago and have already hunted four jackals. it looks like the goddess of luck is smiling at us.¡±
Among the two men who walked from behind, the one on the left smiled and ttered the young man.
Hearing their words, Shao Qiughed out loudly, looking very proud.
Perhaps influenced by his father, Shao Qi is particrly interested in peculiar activities such as hunting, often going into the mountains to hunt. Because of his family¡¯s good conditions, he can use guns whenever he wants, so his shooting is often very urate. Every time he goes into the mountains, he often returns with his hands full.
This mountain range is one of his ¡°hunting grounds¡±, but he doesn¡¯t hunt here often, as for the reason? simply because he looks down on this mountain animals.
He prefers hunting in virgin big forests, capturing preys such as lions, tiger, and bears.
Like the ¡°Hunting Festival¡± held every year in the Republic of Ropes. He always goes there with his father, hunting very rare animals, unfortunately, such an exciting event isn¡¯t held often.
So asionally, he will alsoe to such a small mountain range to change the mood.
What surprised him was that not long after entering the mountain, he already hunted 4 jackals, this harvest is not bad, without mentioning that on their way up the mountain, they spotted quite a few goats.
As his henchman has said, he will surely have a bountiful harvest today.
¡±Four Jackals are nothing. When I and my father went to the ¡®hunting festival¡¯st year, we managed to hunt a Bengal Tiger which was more than 400 pounds!¡±
Shao Qi tried to act modestly, but he still couldn¡¯t help but show off. Just when he wanted to continue bragging about his ¡®Glorious Deeds¡¯, he stopped speaking and looked ahead.
¡±Hey, Dragon Leopard and the ck Tiger discovered something.¡±
He saw that not far ahead, the two dogs that previously ran to the jackal¡¯s body are screaming at a bush right now.
¡¡
Looking at the three corpses covered with blood in the open space, Fang Yun heart was heavy. He knew that he mustn¡¯t stay here anymore, otherwise the jackal¡¯s end is likely to be his end too.
The young man in the leather jacket is very adept at shooting. If he was discovered by him, escape will be very difficult.
More importantly, the other side has a hound dog, as long as they pass by this direction, they are likely to discover him;
Thinking of this, Fang Yun carefully crawled down the tree, slightly rxing as his movement didn¡¯t alert them.
But just as he wanted to slither away, leaving this ce, the two hounds beside the jackal¡¯s body looked in his direction before running toward him.
Fang Yun mouth twitched.
He shouldn¡¯t have rxed so quickly.
¡±ck Tiger, Dragon Leopard, go see what¡¯s there.¡±
At this time, Fang Yun heard the young man in the leather jacket screaming. The two hounds, hearing their master order, immediately rushed into the bushes.
At the same time, he also saw the leather jacket man carrying the shotgun in his hands and running toward him.
¡±damn it!¡±
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun immediately turned around and fled, his huge body crawling through the grass, making a lot of noise.
¡±Shao Qi, it seems to be a snake.¡±
At the rear, the tattooed big man saw the trail left by Fang Yun. Immediately, his eyes lit up: ¡°It looks like a python.¡±
All of them have undergone special endurance training, so even though everyone is wildly running right now, no one is blushing or sweating.
Like the big tattooed man, even though he is speaking while running, his breath is particrly stable.
¡±Ha ha ha, boys, we are drinking snake soup tonight.¡±
Shao Qiughed and said.
¡°Catch it alive, we are drinking snake blood after going back tonight.¡±
Hearing that. The three men running beside him eyes brightened. While snake soup is very delicious, snake blood is very rich in nutrients, so after they heard the youth, they elerated their pace even more.
Fang Yun who was escaping in front, gritted his teeth in anger after hearing the young man words.
Snake stewed soup?
Drinking snake blood?
Catch it alive?
Fang Yun, who was running wildly, had the urge to turn around and bite the guy.
He quickly slithered on the grass, from time to time a branch of a shrub hit his body, or he crawled over a sharp stone, while this didn¡¯t injure him, it bought him pain nheless, making him even more resentful toward these guys.
However, he didn¡¯t slow down in the slightest but elerated even further. The two hounds chasing him aren¡¯t very far, if he were to slow down even a bit, they will immediately catch up.
And behind the hounds, there are four adult men chasing behind;
Actually, while the four adult men, plus the two hounds are dangerous, it¡¯s not that difficult to get rid of them, the problem would be the gun in the youth¡¯s hand. If he were to get in shooting range, with that guy uracy, he is likely to meet his end. His scales aren¡¯t bulletproof yet after all.
These two hounds belong to the same breed, a bit like a bulldog in his previous life. This kind of dog is particrly ferocious, after getting excited, the dog will be unaware of the pain and highly aggressive.
After slithering for about 4 to 5 miles, Fang Yun began to get tired.
He could feel that the speed of the two bulldogs chasing him did not slow down, even hearing the barking of the hounds getting closer.
The other party is getting closer and closer to him.
¡±No, I can¡¯t keep this way anymore.¡±
At his speed, he can¡¯t get rid of the two hounds chase, and with his endurance, he can¡¯t outrun them.
If he keeps running this way until hs physical energy ispletely lost, he will eventually get caught.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun eyes sharpened.
He must get rid of these two dogs!
Now, the four men chasing him had fallen behind a lot, Fang Yun calcted in his mind whether he could kill the two dogs before they catch up.
While thinking about it, a big tree suddenly appeared in front of him, without any hesitation, Fang Yun climbed up this tree.
¡±Wang Wang! Wang Wang!¡±
The two bulldogs rushed up, jumping and bitting toward Fang Yun¡¯s tail. Immediately reacting, Fang Yun who climbed over a meter, turned around and bit the dog back.
¡±Wang!¡±
The bulldog on the left was taken by surprise and fell straight in Fang Yun¡¯s mouth.
Fang Yun and this bulldog fell from the tree and collided with the ground, making a loud noise. Releasing the dog in his mouth, Fang Yun attacked the other one.
Chapter 44: Killing Peoples
Chapter 44: Killing Peoples
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The bulldog that was bitten stood up from the ground, barking at Fang Yun, seemingly wanting to attack him once again. But after taking two steps it fell powerlessly to the ground.
The other bulldog, after seeing hispanion falling to the ground, not only was not afraid. But even more aggressively rushed at Fang Yun.
¡±Waw Waw!¡±
The remaining bulldog barked while running towards Fang Yun, reaching his location, he madly bit on Fang Yun¡¯s tail.
¡°Barr! Barr!¡±
The dog¡¯s teeth biting on Fang Yun¡¯s tail created a sharp friction sound. Fang Yun¡¯s scales have be very hard after three upgrades, almost reaching the hardness of Iron.
At this moment, although the bulldog is biting his tail very fiercely, he still couldn¡¯t prate Fang Yun¡¯s scales.
However, even so, Fang Yun felt a piercing pain in his tail.
¡±Bastard!!¡±
Turning his head, he immediately bit the dog¡¯s neck, injecting his venom into its bloodstream.
However, even after getting bit in the neck, the bulldog did not loosen his mouth, instead, he bit even harder.
A louder squeaking noise sounded, as the dog bit even harder, causing Fang Yun to experience more intense pain.
If he was still a human being, tears would have fallen by now;
He watched as the sharp teeth of the dog continued to collide with his scales. As the dog continued to bite harder and harder, he eventually prated his scales.
A scarlet bloodstream slowly flowed out of his wounds.
Finding that he was able to prate Fang Yun¡¯s defense, the dog swayed his head wildly, causing his wound to widen and his blood to flow even more.
But gradually, the strength of the bulldog got smaller and smaller, and finally, losing its ability to move, it fell on the ground.
Fang Yun took his tail out of the bulldog¡¯s mouth. Sensing the pain that is constantly transmitted from his tail, he sucked in a cool breath.
Looking at the injury on his tail, Fang Yun was seething in anger. Apart from the meeting with the eagle in his early days, he had never suffered any injury.
Without any regenerating ability or item, if he wants to recover from this injury, he doesn¡¯t know how long it will take. Without mentioning that this is the wild, any injury could be dangerous to one¡¯s life.
If the wound gets infected, then it could mean game over for him.
¡°Step Step Step!¡±
Suddenly, A rushed footsteps sounded. Fang Yun who was immersed in anger was shocked, turning his head he immediately saw the youth in leather jacket standing behind him.
¡±ck Tiger, Dragon Leopard!¡±
The young man in the leather jacket saw his two bulldogs lying on the ground and screamed angrily, but after seeing Fang Yun he was astonished, then immediately raised the shotgun in his hand.
¡±Damn!¡±
Seeing this scene, a cold chill sprang from Fang Yun¡¯s tail and crossed his whole body, without any hesitation, he jumped on the youth, biting towards his body.
The young man in leather clothes was only two meters away from Fang Yun. When he saw such a big python jumping on him, he subconsciously stepped back, trying to dodge Fang Yun¡¯s attack. But, he was still too slow, Fang Yun bit right on his hand.
¡±aaaah!¡±
The youth screamed in pain the moment Fang Yun bit him.
Dropping the shotgun on the ground, he tightly held his bitten hand, his face contorting in pain.
¡±Poisonous!¡±
He screamed in horror, still wanting to swear in anger, but the pain in his wrist made him unable to say anything, just scream in pain.
As the toxicity of Fang Yun venom is increasing, the pain caused by it increases too.
¡±Qi Ge!¡±
At this time, Fang Yun heard an exmation from behind, looking back, he saw the three men rushing towards here.
It¡¯s the three aplices of this guy.
Taking a final look at them, Fang Yun crawled into the bushes, Then quickly slipped away.
Once the three men reached this ce and saw the young man rolling on the ground, screaming in pain, they immediately shouted.
¡°Young Master¡±
However, the young men in the leather jacket couldn¡¯t respond to them, his right hand waspletely swollen, the burning pain continued to torture him, he was barely holding on to his sanity.
¡±Qie Ge!¡±
The three people shouted again, quickly squatting down to check the situation of the youth, but after seeing the swollen right hand of the young man, the three men eyes all widened at the same time.
¡±He was bitten by a venomous snake, quickly send him to the hospital.¡±
The tattooed man looked at the two small holes in the youth hand and immediately screamed, quickly hugging the youth and then standing up.
When he got up, his sight passed by the two hounds, seeing them lying on the ground, he immediately guessed that they were poisoned too.
It seems that these two dogs have also been bitten by the venomous snake, but now they are lying on the ground, dead. How deadly is that snake venom?
Shao Qi was also bitten, can he persist until we reach the hospital?
This is the wilderness, we need 4 hours to reach the city, even while driving!
Can he truly survive?
¡±Zhang Ge, Qi Ge will not have anything? he will survive right?¡±
Among the other two men, the one with yellow hair looked at the tattooed man and said, his voice shaking.
Although they often band together to bully others and force girls, now that Shao Qi life is threatened, theypletely panicked.
Moreover, Shao Qi family¡¯s power is much bigger than their own families. His old man is absolutely not a kind man. If something happened to Shao Qi, he may vent his anger on them.
An uncertain sh crossed the tattooed man eyes, but he still reprimanded the two guys.
¡°Stop your nonsense, we must quickly send Shao Qi to the hospital.¡±
In addition to sending Shao Qi to the hospital, what else can they do?
Leave Shao Qi here and pretend to not have met with him?
On this mountain road, a lot of people saw them together. No matter how they hide, the Shao family will eventually find them, and once they understand the truth of the matter, they will not be pleased. Even their families won¡¯t be able to protect them.
Once he thought about the consequences, he hurriedly ran back to the off-road vehicle.
¡±Damn, how could Qi Ge be bitten by a venomous snake, is it the snake we had been pursuing before?¡±
Once they got on the truck, the yellow-haired man hatefully said after stepping on the gas pedal.
He understood that the snake they were chasing before is definitely a big one, due to the trail it left behind and the noise it made while escaping, they can onlye to such a conclusion.
In his opinion, it should be between 2 to 3 meters.
Such a big snake, is it a king cobra?
But even the king cobra venom isn¡¯t so powerful, killing the two dogs in such a short time, and even bitting Shao Qi before they arrived.
¡±Don¡¯t drive yet, that snake may be a king cobra, I will try and see if the serum is useful.¡±
Zhang Ge didn¡¯t say anything. He ced Shao qi on the driver seat and reached to the serum in the back of the car. Before going to hunt in the mountains they were naturally prepared.
While the king cobra serum isn¡¯t easy to procure, it¡¯s not a difficult thing for them.
The key point now is whether that snake is a king cobra or not.
When he injected the serum of the King Cobra into the body of the young man, his face immediately sunk.
Because the serum does not seem to work. Shao Qi¡¯s face is still a shade of blue and purple. The King Cobra serum did not have the slightest effect.
What kind of snake is that?
Zhang Ge absentmindedly thought.
¡¡
¡±Shh!¡±
Fang Yun, who had escaped to the jungle, is crawling between the bushes. His mind is a mess, the scene where he bit the youth constantly echoed in his mind.
He knew that the leather jacket youth is surely dead.
From here to the urban city, it will take a long time, there would be no time for the youth to reach the hospital, more importantly, his race is a kind of non-toxic snake,
His venom nd was given to him by the system.
Who knows if there is a serum in this world that can control his venom,
Killing a human for the first time made him somewhat panicked. This is something he considered inconceivable in his past life
At this moment, he just ran, ran with all his might, wanting to get rid of all the messy thoughts in his mind.
Chapter 45: Looking For King Cobra
Chapter 45: Looking For King Cobra
Trantor: Yamir Moon
While Fang Yun was madly running in order to appease his heart, a piece of rather surprising news boarded the headlines of the local county forum.
Causing a lot of discussions among the local people.
As a native of the poor Jiang County, Meng Ning often browsed the news of her hometown. This evening, after taking a shower, she went to her bed, as usual, picked up her phone and casually browsed through her hometown news.
Suddenly, a piece of news caught her attention.
Today, four adult men in our county went into the mountains. One of them was unfortunately bitten by a venomous snake and died at five o¡¯clock in the afternoon.
Reading this article, Meng Ning was rather surprised, quickly browsing the details, interested in understanding the whole matter.
Afterpletely browsing through the article, she finally understood the cause of this incident.
¡±A snake that is at least 3 or 4 meters long, which venomous snake is so long?¡±
While Meng Ning felt sympathy for the person bitten by the venomous snake, she couldn¡¯t help but wonder what snake could be so long. ording to what she learned. King cobra is the only venomous snake that is that big.
But in the news, it was also said that thepanion of the unlucky man gave him a king cobra¡¯s serum, but it didn¡¯t have the slightest effect.
¡±Haha, Xiao Ning, did you have a shower?¡±
The bedroom door was opened and a beautiful figure came in. It was Chen Meng, looking at Meng Ning in a bathrobe, she knew that she had just taken a shower, sitting next to her, she hugged her and sniffed deeply on her body.
¡±Ahh, fragrant.¡±
After saying something that only a perverted man would say, ignoring Meng Ning judging eyes. Chen Meng nced at the phone in Meng Ning¡¯s hand.
¡±Looking at the news of your hometown again, are you homesick?¡±
Chen Meng put her head on Meng Ning¡¯s shoulder, her big eyes staring straight at the screen of the mobile phone. After seeing the news that her bestie was reading, she got very surprised.
¡±Wulong Mountain, isn¡¯t that the mountain we went tost time?¡±
After Chen Meng snapped out of her surprise, she immediately remembered the snake they met in Wulong mountain previously.
¡°Do poisonous snakes really exist there? right, now that I think about it, the snake we met previously shouldn¡¯t be poisonous, isn¡¯t it?¡±
A trace of fear couldn¡¯t help but rise in her heart;
Now that she thinks about it, the snake they met in their previous trip could have been poisonous, but because they were shocked by a snake and a squirrel living in the same nest, the fear in their heart mostly disappeared, all that was left is curiosity and wonder.
But now that she saw the news that someone was killed by a venomous snake, her fear of snakes came back. Now that she thinks about it, they were really courageous back then.
¡±The ce where they went to is the deepest parts of the Wulong mountain range, the nts there are very lush, and they certainly did not bring snake powder, otherwise, they would not be so easily bitten by snakes.¡±
Meng Ning gave Chen Meng her analysis.
In the mountains, as long as you don¡¯t actively crawl in the grass, it¡¯s hard to get bitten by snakes. Mostly because snakes flee after discovering people¡¯s presence, especially with snake powder, as snakes are very disgusted with its smell.
Meng Ning continued scrolling down, but when she read thements below, she immediately became shocked, anger rising in her heart.
Originally, she was particrly sympathetic for this unlucky guy, feeling pity for him, but when she read thements these emotions immediately dissipated.
Because the local peoplemented that these people did not go to Wulong mountain to enjoy the beauty of the wild, but likely went to hunt the animals there.
Some peoplemented that they know them and had seen them go multiple times to the mountains to hunt.
A guy even said that when these guys entered the hospital, he saw bloodstains on twopanions of the bitten man. Seeing as no one was injured, he guessed that it¡¯s likely to be an animal¡¯s blood.
The more she read, the angrier Meng Ning felt. She couldn¡¯t help but feel that she was deceived, wasting her feelings of sympathy.
Chen Meng, who was sitting beside her, was also feeling angry. She is very disgusted with this kind of arbitrary hunting in the wild, This kind of behavior is not only dangerous to the animals in the mountain but also to the hunter himself.
She read in the news, some years ago, about two illegal hunters who had mistaken a young child, that was ying in the mountains as a rabbit, shooting and killing him. His parents that were not far from him were devastated. They didn¡¯t think that just a pic in the mountains could end in such a tragedy.
In addition, arbitrarily killing animals without a care in the world is very disgusting.
The earth is the home of all of us, ecological protection depends on everyone.
Protecting the ecological environment means protecting ourselves.
While the two women were angrily reading thements in their bedroom, in a remote house in southwest china, a young man wearing sunsses and a ck T-shirt walked out of the door.
Outside the door, his partner was waiting for him.
His partner was holding a mobile phone in his hand, turning the camera in the young man¡¯s direction.
Looking at the mobile phone screen, it¡¯s clearly a live broadcast.
Obviously, this young man is a streamer.
¡±Guys, I told you previously that I will go into the mountains to give you a science program about how to deal with King Cobras, but unfortunately, we didn¡¯t find any King Cobra in our previous trips;¡±
¡±This time we came to Jiang County to try our luck. I hear from a friend that he saw a King Cobra previously in this mountain.¡±
¡±This time, I¡¯m nning to stay in the mountains for a few days to see if I can meet with the King Cobra.¡±
¡±Ah yes, I read the news yesterday, the local news. It said that four men went to the mountains, one of them was bitten by a venomous snake, and died. ording to the description of the deceasedpanion, the snake that bit the man may be a King Cobra.¡±
¡±We are going to the mountain where the man was bitten. If we meet a King Cobra, I will teach you how to deal with it, so that If you meet with that type of snaketer, you wouldn¡¯t be a loss.¡±
The young man in sunsses talked to the camera. He is a well known outdoor streamer in the Tsukitake live broadcast tform. Unlike Chen Meng, a pseudo-outdoor streamer, he is a genuine outdoor streamer.
Most of his live broadcasts are carried in the wild.
And because he was born in a family that often dealt with snakes, he is very familiar with them so his live content is all about snakes, mostly venomous snakes, and pythons.
After Liu Wei finished his speech, on the screen of the mobile phone, variousments started to appear.
¡±I read the news that Wei brother said. A guy named Shao Qi was illegally hunting in the mountains when he was bitten by a venomous snake. I can only say that the heavens are clear, and karma clearly exists.¡±
¡±Wei brother, you must prepare the serum, you must be careful or the cobra mightplete its double kill.¡±
¡±Hah, do you think Wei brother is that stupid illegal hunter? See how our Wei brother will y that King Cobra.¡±
¡±Cobra King: please let me go Wei brother ~~~¡±
¡±Wei brother won¡¯t even need the serum, the King Cobra is nothing but a trifle.¡±
The live room was very lively, everyone was in a heated discussion, with most people saying that the King Cobra is the one that is going to suffer.
Because Liu Wei went to several mountains but didn¡¯t find the Cobra King, they were very disappointed.
This time he is preparing to enter Wulong mountain, and it seems that there is a Cobra King in that mountain, so everyone is very excited and nervous.
Liu Wei looked at thements on the mobile phone screen and couldn¡¯t help but smile.
Although most of his fans are joking, he knows that these funny fans are actually worried about his safety. For example, thest time he was scratched by the fangs of a cobra, most of his fans sent him a message asking about his condition, some even calling the authorities.
After saying goodbye to his fans, Liu Weipanion closed the live broadcast, then after making sure they didn¡¯t forget anything. they began marching toward Wulong Mountain, beginning their journey to find the Cobra King.
Chapter 46: Meeting Humans again
Chapter 46: Meeting Humans again
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun quickly slithered on the grass, trying to calm his mind.
After killing the leather jacket youth, he has been madly escaping, at first, he just wanted to get rid of his difort by slithering as fast as he could. But eventually, he just wanted to get as far as possible from that ce.
After almost half a day of slithering, he gradually calmed down.
If he didn¡¯t react fast enough at that time, then the person who died would have been him.
While thinking about the previous event, he felt that his body was sore, he is very tired of all that running, plus he didn¡¯t eat anything for almost a day. His body is somewhat soft. Feeling that his body is almost falling apart, he crawled to some bushes and rested.
Afterpletely calming down, Fang Yun began thinking about his current situation.
He is not nning to return to his cave or that area, even if the prey resources in that area are rich.
Now that a murder happened there, some people will surely arrive to investigate.
Of course, it¡¯s possible that his guess is wrong, but to be on the safe side, he is still preparing to change his hunting spot.
Making up his mind, he started slithering again.
However, he did not slither as fast as before, but slowly crawled between the bushes while thinking about his next destination.
This caused him a bit of a headache, his understanding of the world is so insignificant that he didn¡¯t have the slightest idea where to go after leaving this mountain.
If he knew the geography of the world or at least this country, he would have at least known where to go.
As a python, he would rather stay in a rainforest or at least a prey-rich grasnd.
If he knew the map of this world, he would definitely visit these ces.
Feeling defeated, he let out a sigh. Shaking his head, he converged his thoughts. Since he can¡¯t solve these problems for a while, there is no need to think about them.
Feeling his empty belly, Fang Yun looked around, searching for prey, he was looking for a prey to fill his belly.
Lifting his head, Fang Yun flicked his tongue, carefully examining the smells in the air. After a while, he noticed a strange smell, tracing it back to the source, he immediately turned his head, looking at a ce 30 meters away.
A first nce, there are some fallen leaves next to the green grass, nothing unusual.
Fang Yun, sure that something is there, carefully examined that ce.
In that vibrant green grass, something is there, coiling its body.
It¡¯s a snake.
Fang Yun flicked his tongue again, making sure that it¡¯s a snake, he got very excited, And it looks like it¡¯s not a small one. Truly a fitting lunch for this asion.
But when he saw the shape and color of the snake, he was shocked.
This snake is almostpletely green, with yellow strips marked on its body, more importantly, that snake head¡¯s shape is triangr, indicating that it¡¯s a viper.
As he stared at the snake, carefully examining it, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Green Mamba, Reptile, pidae, can provide 200 bio-energy point.¡±
When he heard the system prompt, Fang Yun was very surprised.
He watched a TV documentary, in his previous life, about this type of snake. So he knew that this snake is a viper and is very dangerous.
Of course, this world has quite a few different ces than his previous one, so he doesn¡¯t know if this snake is as dangerous or rare as his previous life.
¡±Whatever, let¡¯s take it for lunch now.¡±
Fang Yun was not a daring man. In his previous life, if he met a snake like this one, he would definitely flee for his life, after all, what can you expect from a 16 years old teenager. But, for the current him, snakes like this can only act as his lunch.
His venom is more toxic than this green mamba.
His physical ability is much higher than it.
In addition, his current defensive ability is much higher than most animals in the natural world.
Now that his ¡°Skin Resistance¡± has been upgraded 3 times. His scales defense can rank in the top few. And after upgrading it one or two more times, then no animal in this world could break through his defense.
Afterparing his ability with the green mamba, making sure that his chance of winning is much higher. He slowly crawled towards it, but, after crawling for just a few meters, he immediately stopped, turning his head, he looked to the side.
Along with the sound of footsteps, two men appeared in Fang Yun vision field.
¡±How can I meet humans again?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s muscles gradually tightened, staring at the two people that appeared not far ahead, one of them holding a mobile phone with a selfie stick, pointing the camera at another young man wearing sunsses and a ck T-shirt.
The young man was wearing sunsses, but, he pushed them to his forehead. He was carefully looking around while talking to the camera.
¡±Outdoor Streamer?¡±
Looking at the way the man was acting, Fang Yun immediately guessed. After realizing what the sunsses youth was doing, he was speechless. He didn¡¯t expect to meet a streamer in this ce, still after he just killed a man.
He was preparing to slowly retreat into the bushes, without alerting these two guys, when suddenly, the green mamba, 30 meters away from him, quickly fled into the bushes, running away.
Obviously, it was shocked by the appearance of these two men, choosing to escape.
Fang Yun looked at the ce where the green mamba escaped, but suddenly, he heard the two men shouting.
¡±What is that¡ quick, flow it!¡±
The noise created by the Green mamba while fleeing alerted the young men not far from here. The sunsses youth immediately looked over there, yelling and running towards it.
¡¡¡¡¡
While talking with his fans, Liu Wei heard the sound of something crawling on the grass, his eyes lighting up, he immediately looked at the direction of the sound. Seeing the rocking grass, a smile appeared on his face.
He knew that they found their first snake.
After yelling at hispanion to follow him, he immediately ran towards the fleeing snake, at the same time he talked to the camera.
¡°Everyone, it seems that we are lucky today. We just entered the mountain and already found our first target.¡±
¡±Now we just have to find whether the snake that is running is a King Cobra or not.¡±
¡±Looking at its trail, whether it¡¯s a King Cobra or not, that guy is very big.¡±
¡±But we have to hurry, it had almost run away.¡±
He ran at his fastest speed, wanting to catch up and see if its a King Cobra or not.
The ground they are running on is bare with very little grass, so they dared to run like this, but when they reached the edge of the grass they had to stop.
¡±We are still a step slower.¡±
Liu Wei smiled bitterly. ¡°That guy has escaped.¡±
On the screen of the mobile phone, a variety ofments appeared one after the other.
¡±Holy cow, Liu brother you are so fierce, that snake fled the moment you appeared.¡±
¡±Little Mei came to see the handsomeness and courage of Liu brother.¡±
¡±That snake said: fortunately this old man ran fast, or I will be finished.¡±
¡±Is that snake really a King Cobra?¡±
Liu Wei nced at thements on the mobile phone screen and smiled.
¡°I don¡¯t know whether that guy is King Cobra or not, but its surely a big guy.¡±
¡±You don¡¯t have to worry though. We heard from the people in the vige at the bottom of this mountain that there are a lot of snakes here.¡±
¡±Let¡¯s continue searching, we should find a lot of snakes;¡±
¡±But if we want to find a King Cobra, we can only see our luck, after all, King Cobras aren¡¯tmon in this mountain.¡±
Finishing his speech to his fans, Liu Wei turned around, preparing to continue his adventure in the mountain, but while turning around, his body stiffened, his eyes staring straight at a ce not far ahead, his mouth spit a swear word.
¡±Holy Cow!!!¡±
Chapter 47: Peak Match
Chapter 47: Peak Match
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Liu Wei looked at the ground not far away with his mouth open, his eyes widening in surprise, but he quickly calmed down.
Hispanion next to him had an even stronger reaction, jumping in surprise, stumbling and almost falling to the ground.
The reaction of the two people made the people watching the stream startled, asking Liu Wei what¡¯s wrong, thinking that something may have happened.
¡°Cough.¡±
Liu Wei coughed and said with a smile
¡°Nothing, nothing, just saw a big guy, you don¡¯t have to worry, I¡¯m going to show you a good thing.¡±
Liu Wei waved his hands at his partner, telling him to turn the camera lens to the side.
On the mobile phone screen, a 3 meters long python appeared, staring at them coldly.
What shocked Liu Wei and hispanion previously was this python.
Not surprisingly, when this big python appeared on the live broadcast screen, the people watching the stream were very surprised.
¡°Holy cow, such a big snake, it¡¯s almost as thick as my hand;¡±
¡°What kind of snake is this? Liu brother can you tell us?¡±
¡°First, rule out sea snakes;¡±
¡±I feel that this snake¡¯s eyes are very dangerous, If I meet this snake in the wild, it¡¯s estimated that I will pee my pants.¡±
¡±What crap ¡°dangerous¡±, if I meet it, I will definitely turn it into a snake stew.¡±
After reading thements in the live room, Liu Wei didn¡¯t know whether tough or cry.
¡°Everyone, I went to the mountains to give you a science lesson about what type of snakes there are, and how to deal with them if you were to ever meet them, absolutely not how to stew them.¡±
¡±In addition, killing wild animals is illegal. People would have to pay hefty fines or even go to jail if they were caught.¡±
Liu Wei said to the camera. Looking back to the python opposite of him, he couldn¡¯t help but smile.
Staring at the opposite python he said, he said, ¡°This is a gray-striped python. This type of pythons is rarely found in the wild. Today our luck is really good.¡±
¡°Gray-striped pythons are the mostmon type of pythons in China, thergest has a record of 5 meters, and they are fairly unusual¡±
¡±Their unusual ce lies in that when they are born, they are very small, no different from ordinary snakes. They can lift their head like cobras, just like it¡¯s doing now, but that is only rtively speaking, they can¡¯t lift their head as high as a cobra.¡±
While Liu Wei stared at the python while exining at the audience, the python was also examining him.
Fang Yun looked at the streamer and hispanion, then he crawled toward the bushes not far ahead. He didn¡¯t want to have much contact with humans, at least for now.
At the same time, he was alertly watching every move of the streamer.
They are about seven meters away from each other. It¡¯s a safe distance for him. With his agility and speed, the two humans can only eat dust behind him.
¡±It was scared away by us.¡±
Opposite to Fang Yun. Liu Wei watched as the python crawled toward the bushes, without following it, he just stood in ce and then let hispanion point the lens to the python and exined to the audience;
¡±Today, we saw two snakes in the same ce which is very rare.¡±
¡±I was thinking, maybe this gray python was preparing to hunt the previous snake, but we scared off its lunch.¡±
¡±Right, gray-striped pythons and King Cobras are simr in this aspect, that is eating other snakes;¡±
¡±Compared to other prey, both of them prefer to eat snakes as they are more easily swallowed;¡±
¡±This gray-stripped python is very young, as its scales are very bright and shiny.¡±
While Liu Wei was describing the gray python situation, it was crawling farther and farther. He recovered his gaze from it and was preparing to leave this ce and continue looking for the King Cobra when suddenly the gray python stopped crawling.
¡±what happened?¡±
Liu Wei stopped looking at the camera lens and turned back to look at the gray python.
Fang Yun raised his head and looked at the bushes not far ahead. The bushes were calm, without the slightest sound.
However, after two seconds, the sound of something crawling on the ground sounded, and the bushes ahead of him began to shake slightly.
The next moment, a big snake drilled from the bushes.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Liu Wei, on the edge of the grass, after seeing the head shape of that snake, was stunned, even more than seeing Fang Yun.
This snake¡¯s head has a dark brown color, with yellow marking on its neck, and a dark brown body, more importantly, there is a hood-like skin around its head, and this snake is freaking huge.
¡±King Cobra.¡±
Looking at this big snake that suddenly appeared, Liu Wei suppressed his voice and whispered. Waking up from his daze, he gestured to hispanion to retreat a little bit.
His heart was full of excitement, they finally found it.
They visited several mountains, isn¡¯t it just for the King Cobra?
And now, it seems that they still have a good show to watch.
The reason he gestured hispanion to retreat is that he didn¡¯t want to scare this Cobra King away with their existence.
The two of them retreated dozens of meters, finally after reaching almost a hundred meters away from Fang Yun and the King Cobra, they stopped, Liu Wei turned to the camera lens and said.
¡°Fortunately, we use a high-end, top-level mobile phone, we are this far yet can still capture the scene clearly;¡±
¡°Look, that¡¯s a King Cobra, it¡¯s preparing to hunt that gray python.¡±
¡°This is a very rare sight.¡±
Liu Wei took a deep breath and said with excitement.
¡°King Cobras are at the top of the natural food chain, with the adult ones having almost no rivals;¡±
¡°Their recipe consists mainly of other snakes, venomous or non-venomous, lizards, eggs, small mammals, etc¡¡±
¡±In terms of snakes, they can eat suitable size pythons, other kinds of snakes, whether it¡¯s venomous or non-venomous. Like cobras, sliver snakes, golden snakes, rat snakes, etc¡, and when the food is not enough, they can even eat other King Cobras;¡±
¡±This King Cobra is very big. I guess it¡¯s about four meters. If there is no ident, then this gray python life is going to end now.¡±
¡±It looks a bit thicker than the King Cobra, but thickness does not mean strength. The strength and speed of King Cobras are always above that of gray pythons, without mentioning that this King Cobra is 1-meter longer than this gray python.¡±
¡±Just a little ago, This gray python prey was scared away by us, but now, it has be the prey of other predators.¡±
¡±No way, nature is so cruel, the role between of the hunter and prey can change anytime.¡±
While providing an analysis of the situation to his fans, Liu Wei gestured to hispanion, let him make the phone more stable and increase the camera focal length.
At this time, the figures of the two snakes on the grass was clearly presented in the screen of the live room.
As expected,ment started flying crazily on the screen.
¡±Holy cow, this is probably the most exciting live broadcast of Liu brother, I¡¯m actually seeing the peak match between a python and a King Cobra.¡±
¡±Come ande, choose your bet. If you choose the python, press 1, if you choose the King Cobra, press 2.¡±
¡±This gray python is really sad, it will be eaten while young. I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s still a virgin snake or not.¡±
¡±I don¡¯t know how long can this gray pythonst. My guess is that he won¡¯tst even 3 minutes;¡±
¡±Mom, this King Cobra looks is really scary. I don¡¯t want to go to the wilderness with my girlfriend anymore.¡±
¡±King Cobra: Very good, I found today¡¯s lunch ~~¡±
¡¡
While Liu Wei fans were sending variousments in the live room, the King Cobra on the grass suddenly moved.
Chapter 48: Finding Lunch
Chapter 48: Finding Lunch
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°bang!¡±
The King Cobra suddenly rushed towards Fang Yun, attacking him. While its attack speed is indeed very fast, it¡¯s still inferior to Fang Yun.
He titled his head to the side, dodging the Cobra king¡¯s attack, then immediately attacked its left side, bitting at its body.
However, this King Cobra is very clever, coupled with its reaction speed that is superior to most snakes, created a top hunter. Guessing Fang Yun intentions, it easily dodged his attack, then it stood up and faced him.
Fang Yun just adjusted his position, and the cobra immediately attacked him again.
Liu Wei and hispanion were watching the exciting fight from afar, both of them watched with nervousness and excitement as Fang Yun and the King Cobra fought.
Seeing the King Cobraunching another attack on Fang Yun, they couldn¡¯t help but gulp.
¡°I don¡¯t know if this gray python can dodge;¡±
Liu Wei looked closely at the fight on the grass, not blinking his eyes, afraid to miss any scene of this wonderful fight.
The moment the King Cobra attacked, Fang Yun immediately ducked, dodging the King Cobra attack again. Seeing that its attack has failed, the King Cobra pulled its head back, preparing tounch a second attack, but Fang Yun immediately attacked back.
The King Cobra seeing the gray python attack immediately made a split of a second decision.
Fang Yun has been paying attention to the reaction of this King Cobra. Seeing that it has a tendency to duck, he was preparing to adjust his attack angle to deliver a fatal blow.
But in the next moment, he felt that something was wrong;
Originally, he wanted to adjust his attacking angle downwards, but then immediately stopped.
Sure enough, the King Cobra, who was bowing its head, suddenly raised its head back and attacked Fang Yun with lightning-fast speed.
Fang Yun, prepared, leaned his head back, dodging the cobra attack by only a few millimeters.
The two snakes pulled back, standing a meter apart from each other, and then examining the other, looking for possible ws.
At this time, Liu Wei and hispanions were all shaking from excitement.
The previous exchange of blows between the King Cobra and the gray python was truly wonderful, that attack and defense between them made them hold their breath in fear of missing any scene.
¡±fantastic.¡±
Liu Wei excitedly waved his fist, and in the live broadcast room, a group fans were also very excited.
¡±This python reaction speed is very high, it looks like this King Cobra is not going to get today¡¯s lunch so easily.¡±
¡±My guess is that the gray python adrenaline pumping is what made it have such a sharp reaction, only that could allow it to escape the Cobra¡¯s sharp attacks.¡±
¡±King Cobra: I haven¡¯t even gotten serious and you¡¯re already down¡wait a minute, why aren¡¯t you down?¡±
¡±This pitiful python is making its best efforts to stay alive.¡±
¡¡
On the green grass, Fang Yun and the King Cobra circled around each other. To be honest, if he wanted to kill this King Cobra, all he has to do is to let it bite on his scales and then bite back, easily killing it. After all with the King Cobra power, it won¡¯t be able to prate his defenses.
But someone is recording him live right now, which made him speechless.
He didn¡¯t want people to discover that something is special about him, so he can only kill this cobra with the usual way.
But, It doesn¡¯t matter, this King Cobra fate was already decided the moment it appeared in front of him, the method of hunting only change the time he would need to kill it.
Most snakes don¡¯t fare well in the physical energy department, and this Cobra King isn¡¯t an exception. Fang Yun is ready to use this weakness to deal with this Cobra, then eat it!
Thinking of this, he remembered the mongooses hunting strategy and decided to implement it.
He immediately began teasing this King Cobra, and escape whenever it attacked him. As he continued to tease this cobra, dodging by a mere centimeter every time it attacked, its attacking speed gradually got slower.
Three minutester, the speed of this King Cobra dropped significantly.
¡°It¡¯s Now!!¡±
Fang Yun immediately tightened his muscles, then attacked the King Cobra at breakneck speed.
The King Cobra dodged and mightily attacked Fang Yun.
While this attack looks amazing. But it¡¯s much slower than before.
After Fang Yun dodged this attack, he did not hesitate this time. Tightening his muscles, he attacked the cobra at a speed much faster than before, biting at its neck. It looks like he was holding back before.
At the moment he bit the Cobra, he immediately wrapped around it
The Cobra King naturally won¡¯t go without a struggle, so they both rolled on the ground.
¡±OH!¡±
In the distance, Liu Wei and hispanion were very shocked after seeing this scene.
The gray python bit and constricted around the King Cobra.
The two looked at each other and found the disbelief and shock in the other¡¯s eyes.
At this time, they did not dare to make any noise, afraid to disturb the two big snakes fighting in the distance.
Fans in the live broadcast room aren¡¯t much better than Liu Wei and hispanion, thements shing in the mobile phone screen were so much that it¡¯s impossible to read them.
But now, Liu Wei and hispanion didn¡¯t have the mood to look at thements.
On the grass, the gray python bit on the neck of the King Cobra, and strongly constricted on its body. The King Cobra screamed in pain, struggling even harder, but it was all in vain.
After getting captured by Fang Yun, there is no chance of survival.
Ten minutester, the struggle of the King Cobra became less and less, finally stopping its struggle, the light in its eyes fading.
Fang Yun gradually unwrapped his body, dropping the Cobra King to the ground.
He was still depressed at the green mamba fleeing, but he didn¡¯t expect a new prey to deliver itself to the door. What¡¯s more amusing is that this prey considered him its lunch, it was really looking for trouble.
However, at this time, he was somewhat hesitant, the four-meter long cobra is a bit too big to be dragged away, but if he swallows it here, his speed will drop significantly. more importantly, there are people not far away.
After deliberating for a while, Fang Yun finally made up his mind, he is going to swallow it here.
While swallowing this King Cobra, Fang Yun¡¯s attention hasn¡¯t left Liu Wei in the distance, seeing that the guy not only did not approach him but also slightly retreated, he was relieved. The current distance between them is about 120 meters or so.
This is a very safe distance.
And looking at this person¡¯s appearance, he doesn¡¯t look like the type of person who goes into the mountains to destroy the ecological environment, so he ate his lunch with enjoyment, swallowing the King Cobra.
¡±Sigh¡¡¡±
In the distance, Liu Wei took a deep breath after snapping back to reality, turning to the lens, he said.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that the winner of this battle will eventually be this gray python.¡±
¡°It¡¯s incredible, obviously the Cobra King is superior in all its stats and still longer than it, but this python still won in the end.¡±
Liu Wei¡¯s eyes sparkled with brilliance. As a snake-loving person, nothing is more interesting than seeing such a fierce snake.
He did not go forward to look carefully at the process of Fang Yun eating the King Cobra, because he is very clear that snakes are very sensitive and alert while swallowing their prey. He will only disturb the python by going forward now.
¡±It¡¯s now beginning to enjoy the fruits of its work.¡±
Liu Wei continued speaking.
¡°But its body length is shorter than that of the King Cobra. This King Cobra is not something it can swallow.¡±
¡±Pythons have limited vision and often unknowingly devours preyrger than their limits, which often cause them to die from overeating.¡±
¡±I guess that within ten seconds, this gray python will spit the Cobra in its mouth.¡±
Seeing that the grey python on the grass has swallowed the majority of the Cobra king body, Liu Wei asserted.
At the same time, he counted under his breath in front of the camera.
¡±One, two, three¡ eight, nine, ten.¡±
¡±Oh?¡±
A confused look appeared on Liu Wei face.
Fang Yun, who swallowed the majority of the Cobra, lifted his head, a tail sticking out of his mouth, faintly ncing at Liu Wei and hispanion, he crawled forward, disappearing in the bushes.
Chapter 49: New Journey
Chapter 49: New Journey
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Liu Wei was frozen in the same ce.
This is totally different from what he imagined. The python actually left with the Cobra King that was not digested,
And the gray python disdainful look made him feel somewhat insulted.
In the live room, seeing Liu Wei petrified look, everyone was gloating.
¡±Hahaha, look at the awkward look on Liu brother face!¡±
¡±That look the gray python gave to Liu brother before leaving, it was just like looking at mental retardation!¡±
¡±Gray python: I will not stay and be your performer~~~¡±
¡±The python said: I just looked down on you, what can you do?¡±
For the things behind him, Fang Yun did not pay attention to it, his entire body was hiding in the bushes, not visible from the outside.
At the same time, his stomach began to secrete arge amount of acid, digesting the Cobra King at an rming speed, not long after, the upper body of the King Cobra waspletely digested, he immediately swallowed the lower half.
¡±Afterpletely digesting this Cobra, I can get 800 bio-energy point.¡±
When he first saw the King Cobra, the system gave him a prompt. This King Cobra is worth 800 bio-energy point, it¡¯s the first time he ate a prey with that much Bio-energy.
¡±The next step is evolution.¡±
Fang Yun smiled internally.
He currently has 5870 points, only 130 left to the required 6000 bio-energy point. With the 800 bio-energy points provided by the King Cobra, he more than met the requirement for evolution.
However, as he waited for the digestion of the King Cobra lower half, suddenly the system prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Ring, the host has sessfully earned 100,000 reputation points, rewarding 6 skill points.¡±
When he heard the system prompt, Fang Yun was stunned, but then he was immediately overjoyed.
¡±Is it because of the previous outdoor streamer.¡±
Fang Yun knows that when he and the King Cobra fought, the outdoor streamer was broadcasting them live, that must have added a lot of reputation points to him.
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, the next moment, a light curtain appeared in front of him.
After browsing the information on the light curtain, Fang Yun found that his reputation value has increased to more than 150000, and it¡¯s still increasing by the second.
¡±These points are really timely, I am missing skill points now.¡±
Fang Yun let a sigh of relief, but he did not immediately use these 6 skill points. He is nning to wait until he undergoes his next evolution, after which he will gain another 8 points, only then will he use them.
A few minutester, the system prompt sounded again.
¡°Ring, the host sessfully got 800 bio-energy point.¡±
¡°Ring, Detecting that the host has enough bioenergy, the host evolutionary conditions are reached.¡±
¡±This evolution will take ten minutes, the host should ensure the safety of the surrounding environment.¡±
¡°Do you want to Undergo this evolution?¡±
Fang Yun responded affirmatively in his mind, immediately the burning sensation appeared again. This burning pain can¡¯t even make Fang Yun flinch anymore, especially with his current mental strength.
Soon, ten minutes passed.
After this evolution, his body length has increased from the previous 3 meters to the current 4 meters. His diameter has also increased a lot, reaching 12 cm or 4.7 inches, almost a bowl thick.
In addition, he was awarded 8 skill points for this evolution, bringing his skill points to a total of 14.
Fang Yun, who has 14 Skill points, finally felt like a rich man, shaking his head and throwing those weird thoughts out of his head, he began to think about how to use them.
¡±Skin Resistance shouldn¡¯t be needed for the time being.¡±
With his current cold resistance, he doesn¡¯t have to worry about hibernating;
After deliberating for a while, he upgraded both ¡°Fatal Venom¡± and ¡°Quick Digestion¡± one time, making both his venom and digestive ability, reach a whole new level.
After upgrading these two skills, he still has 6 Skill points left.
Fang Yun used these 6 skill points to activate and upgrade a skill he never activated before.
¡±Discoloration Camouge¡±.
After upgrading this skill, his skill bar on his properties panel became like this.
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Fatal venom (4/5)¡±.
¡°Quick Digestion (3/5)¡±.
¡°Skin Resistance (3/5)¡±.
¡°Discoloration Camouge (2/5)¡±.
_______________________________________________________________
ording to this skill introduction, Discoloration Camouge is an active skill, he can activate and deactivate it at will. As long as he wants to be a particr color, all he has to do is to think about it.
With a little expectation and nervousness, Fang Yun activated the skill.
Instantly, his color changed from his usual gray to a grass green.
¡±I am green?¡±
Seeing this magical scene, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but be amazed. The visual effect of this skill is very amazing. His current scales color is not that kind of bright green.
It¡¯s a kind of darker green, just like the surrounding grass.
As long as he lies on the grass, even if someone passes right next to him, he wouldn¡¯t be able to spot him. He can be said to be truly ¡®one with the grass¡¯.
More importantly, the color of his scales can change ording to his will. For example, if he thinks ¡°red¡± in his mind, then his scales will instantly turn red.
It¡¯s very eyecatching.
Seeing the effect of this skill, Fang Yun was particrly satisfied, such a skill is exactly what he needs right now, after all, he has a long journey ahead of him;
Thinking about it, he stopped resting and quickly crawled down the mountain. Not long after, Fang Yun came to the edge of this mountain forest.
¡±I¡¯m finally out of this mountain.¡±
Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief and looked up. many rice fields and vegetable fields appeared in his vision.
Fang Yun even saw two women working in the vegetable field on the side, picking up vegetables and putting them in the straw basket.
Taking his eyes from the two women, he slowly crawled towards the edge of the mountains, his eyes lighting up once he reached the mountain edge.
He clearly heard the sound of running water, crawling a few meters forward. He saw it, a two meters wide river was flowing along the rice fields;
This river is not very deep, probably about 1 meter deep.
Fang Yun was overjoyed at this discovery. He was in a dilemma not long ago, although ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± greatly increased his stealth ability, he is still too big. A quite noticeable trail is left behind as he slithers, as long as there is someone with good observation ability, he can be easily discovered.
Now he can just swim along this small river until he reaches a big river or a bigke.
Although he doesn¡¯t know where this small river flows into, he knows that many small rivers merge with each other, eventually flowing into a big river.
¡±Ssh!¡±
Fang Yun jumped into the small river, making a loud noise and sshing arge amount of water.
In the vegetable field not far away, the two women who were bending over and picking fruits were shocked by this loud noise, they immediately stood up and looked in the direction where Fang Yun jumped.
Not finding anything, the two looked at each other.
If theye to the small river now, they will definitely see a 4-meter long shadow swimming downstream.
Such a huge python, if they saw it, it¡¯s estimated that they will be scared to faint.
Fortunately, they weren¡¯t really that curious, after looking around and not discovering anything, they bent over and continued to pick up the vegetables.
Fang Yun was flexibly swimming in the small river. He found some fish along the way, but now he is too busy and can¡¯t bother to hunt them.
More importantly, they are too small to be worth the trouble, only 7 to 8 cm.
After three days of swimming, the small river gradually widened, bing 4 to 5 meters wide, and 2 meters deep.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that this river water is not clear and transparent, but a bit muddy, so now Fang Yun ispletely invisible from outside.
He swam in this small river for a month.
During this month, he passed through rice fields, public roads, mountains, and other ces, but these ces were not suitable for his habitat.
And because he was afraid of getting discovered, he was not moving particrly fast.
Now, he is not in the previous small river, but in a big river, one that merged from a lot of small ones.
This big river where he is currently in is more than 20 meters wide and 7 to 8 meters deep, able topletely hide his body shape, even if it bes clear.
During this time, the river began to get cold. He guessed that it¡¯s currently October, fortunately, his cold resistance reached a very high level after upgrading ¡°Skin Resistance¡± three times, just like putting a warm coat on himself, he is not afraid of cold water at all.
Swimming for another 10 days, Fang Yun did not know how much he traveled;
And on this day, he found a vige on the shore of the river.
Looking at this vige, it doesn¡¯t look very poor, quite a few two-story houses stand on the open space in the river shore, a cement road stretch along the river shore and into the vige.
Fang Yun swam with his head slightly sticking out of the water. Without closely looking, he looks just like a piece of wood.
On the road next to the river, children were chasing each other and ying, each one of them was wearing a jacket.
The children ying there did not notice Fang Yun in the center of the river, they were immersed in their game.
After looking around in a circle, Fang Yun recovered his gaze,
¡±Ssh¡±
He sank into the water.
He didn¡¯t eat today yet, so he is nning to hunt something to fill his stomach.
But he is not prepared to eat fish today.
Because he found better prey this time.
Not far from his location, there are 7 or 8 fat ducks ying around in the water, quacking from time to time, sometimes waving their wings, quickly running on the water.
Fang Yun slowly swam to their side, sneaking below a white fat duck.
At this time, the fat duck was slowly swimming on the river surface, using its long mouth to drink water from time to time.
Fang Yun looked up at the fat duck, at the same time, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Domestic Duck, Avian, Anatidae, can provide 80 bio-energy point.¡±
After hearing the system prompt, Fang Yun slowly rose upward, drilling out of the water, he bit on the duck neck with lightning-fast speed and quickly pulled it back underwater.
¡±Quack!!¡±
From the mouth of the duck, a painful scream sounded, madly waving its wings, it tried to get rid of Fang Yun grip.
The sudden scream of this duck rmed the other ducks swimming on the water, seeing that their friend is pulled underwater, they did something only a true friend can do, running away while screaming.
Their scream is very piercing.
After swimming away, distancing themselves from Fang Yun position. They turned around and stared at the ce where that duck was, but, nothing was found, that duck was already pulled underwater by Fang Yun.
On the water surface, only some small ripples were left.
The children who were ying with each other were shocked by the sudden sound. They quickly looked at the middle of the river.
¡°One, two, three¡ six, seven, Xiao Tao, there seems to be one less duck in your family.¡±
Among the children, a boy who looks older than the rest said to a boy with a runny nose.
The runny nose boy was about three years old, after hearing the older boy¡¯s words, he looked up and stared at him.
¡°What do you say?¡±
Underwater, Fang Yun was biting the duck¡¯s neck. Feeling its dying struggle, he dragged it down even further; A minuteter, the duck finally stopped moving, dead from drowning.
After the duck finally died, Fang Yun dragged it to a hidden shore and swallowed it.
This duck is probably around 6 to 7 pounds. After swallowing it, his hunger has faded a lot.
¡°Ssh!¡±
Fang Yun jumped into the river and continued swimming forward, but he suddenly stopped.
Chapter 50 Time flies
Chapter 50 Time flies
Trantor: Yamir Moon
It was a ramp that blocked Fang Yun way forward.
The ramp is about two meters wide, not very deep. The water is flowing forward on it.
He stuck his head out of the water and looked inside the ramp, il looks like a reservoir used for farming fish.
After deliberating for a while, Fang Yun decided to get inside the reservoir.
Swimming more than a 100 meters along the ramp, he stumbled upon a fishing, stopping him from going forward.
Seeing this, Fang Yun directly swam to the shore, crossed the fishing and re-entered the water.
This time, there was no longer a hindrance on his path, swimming more than 10 meters ahead. The space in front of him widened, sessfully entering the reservoir.
Fang Yun decided to look at the number of fish in this reservoir. If there is enough fish here, then he would stay here for a while, perhaps even the whole winter.
At this time of the season, many animals began to hibernate. Instead of entering the mountains to hunt the few animals that didn¡¯t hibernate, it¡¯s better to stay here.
Of course, that is if the number of fish here can satisfy him. If there is not enough fish here, then sorry, he won¡¯t stay here.
He wandered around in the reservoir, his heart bursting with joy, this reservoir did not disappoint him. there is a lot of fish inside, plus, he found two water tanks, in where a lot of fish is raised.
Additionally, this reservoir is also veryrge, just like a bigke, Fang Yun estimated that this reservoir area is at least 300 acres.
What is the concept of this area?
Just to put it into perspective, a football field has an area of about 1.32 acres. This reservoir is about the size of 227 football fields, that¡¯s indeed a big reservoir.
In addition, ording to Fang Yun¡¯s measurements, the usual depth of this reservoir is 6 meters and the deepest ce is about 9 meter;
In the upstream direction of this reservoir is the vige he previously passed by, on the right side is a concrete dam, In both these direction, there are marble-built railings that look particrly eye-catching.
Moreover, on the two shorelines, more than a dozen pavilions were built and many beautiful trees were nted, creating a very attractive sighting ce.
The left and the lower side of the reservoir are facing a hill, not a particrly high hill as it¡¯s less than a 100 meter high.
On the lower side, a water outlet was built right on that hill, water was slowly flowing out of it and merging with the reservoir.
After examining his surroundings, Fang Yun began to look for a ce to live in. After searching around the entire reservoir, he finally found a ce that was particrly satisfying to him.
That is an inconspicuous cave in the left corner near the hill.
Although it¡¯s not spacious, it¡¯s more than enough for the current Fang Yun, more importantly, this cave is only half-flooded leaving plenty of space for him to breath.
After finding his nest for the next months, Fang Yun settled in it.
Time quickly passed, and in the blink of an eye, three months passed.
It¡¯s alreadyte winter, and the temperature has be extremely low. Fortunately, Fang Yun upgraded the skill ¡°Skin Resistance¡± three times. Otherwise, he would have already frozen into a popsicle, a snake vored one.
At this moment, he was hiding underwater, staring at a creature not far ahead.
That is a grass carp, about 30 cm or 12 inches long.
¡°Target locked, grass carp, herbivore, Chordata, can provide 30 bio-energy point.¡±
Fang Yun stayed in the same ce, without making the slightest noise. The grass carp slowly swam over, When it reached about half a meter away from him, Fang Yun instantly bit it.
The grass carp struggled fiercely, causing the water to flow around it.
But, how can its powerpare with Fang Yun?
Fang Yun bought the carp over to his cave. At this time the carp haspletely stopped moving. Putting the carp on a rock sticking of the cave wall, then climbing on the rock himself. He then swallowed the carp.
Two minutester, he heard the system prompt, informing him that he received 30 points. This absurd speed indicated what level his digestive ability has reached.
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
Fang Yun changed his body position to a morefortable one, then said to the system in his mind,
The usual light curtain appeared in front of him.
_______________________________________________________________
Level: 9
Bioenergy: 9420/12000
Points: 0
Body length: 4.0m
Diameter: 12cm
Strength: 30
Defense: 20
Speed: 10
Agility: 12
Spirit: 13
Physical strength: 10
Skills: Fatal Venom (4/5), Quick Digestion (3/5), Skin Resistance (3/5), Discoloration Camouge (2/5)
_______________________________________________________________
In these three months, his bio-energy points have reached more than 9000, not far from the required amount for evolution.
Fang Yun thinks that he will probablyplete this evolution in winter.
In fact, this speed is still very slow.
During these three months, Fang Yun was basically hunting in a ¡°Buddhist¡± manner, hunting only four or five fish every day.
As for the reason? It¡¯s simply because he is worried that excessively hunting will attract the attention of the reservoir owner.
Once every few days, he will see an old man who is over 50 years old rowing a small boat and patrolling the water, he guessed that this old man is the owner of the reservoir.
There is a lot of fish in the reservoir. a few hundred less probably won¡¯t cause any attention.
Fang Yun does not want to have a conflict with humans, so he tries to avoid risks.
Anyway, these fishes will stay in the reservoir and will not suddenly grow legs and run away.
As Fang Yun expected, it didn¡¯t take long for his bio-energy to meet the evolution requirements, he immediately started his 9th evolution and reach the 10th level.
After his ninth evolution, his body length reached 5.5 meters and diameter 16 cm, looking particrly shocking.
ording to his current body size, he can probably swallow an adult man, not that he is going to ever do it.
His other properties also showed good growth.
In addition, this evolution granted him another 9 skill points, which he used to upgrade ¡°Skin Resistance¡± one more time.
The value on the defense column has therefore increased to 28 points.
His scales became more lustrous and shiny, looking particrly durable.
Fang Yun can feel the enhancement of his own defense.
When he encountered the leather jacket youth in Wulong Mountain, one of his bulldogs managed to prate his own defense.
Now he is certain that even if let the dog bite on his scales as long as it wants, it won¡¯t be able to even scratch them.
This constant upgrade and increase in his own power made Fang Yun very excited. He will constantly be stronger and stronger until one day, he will be the king of beasts.
After this evolution, he began to n for the future.
Fang Yun is ning to madly hunt after spring, earning arge amount of bio-energy before leaving.
But if he could get the geographic information about the world, that would be great.
The ce where he wants to go to the most is something simr to the Amazon rainforest or the African savannah in his previous life
Only these type of ces are the most suitable for him to live in and grow.
They have very abundant prey, and more importantly, humans rarely go there.
Time quickly passed and spring hae, the temperature began to slowly rise. In the reservoir, Fang Yun who was sleeping in his cave suddenly opened his eyes.
It¡¯s finally time for him to shine.
Chapter 51: Reservoir Storm
Chapter 51: Reservoir Storm
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Wu Hai is a very experienced fish farmer, he had been doing this job for almost 40 years.
He is currently 57 years old, the prime age for retirement, but he didn¡¯t want to end his career as a fish farmer.
In the past few years, relying on fish farming, he gathered quite the assets, transforming his previous household situation from the previous poor to the current small rich. He used almost all his household money to buy this fish reservoir, fulfilling his childhood dreams.
Last year, together with his son who also worked most of his life in this industry. They expanded this reservoir even further and reinforced the dams around it with cement.
Furthermore, ording to what his son has said, he built ten pavilions next to the dam, nning on using them to attract tourists and fishing enthusiasts;
In half a month, they will open this reservoir to the public.
Every once in a while, Wu Hai will ride a boat and tour around in the reservoir, sometimes to fish, sometimes just to change his mood.
Looking at the fish happily swimming around in the reservoir, his mood brightened;
¡°Ssh!¡±
Suddenly, he noticed the water sshing not far ahead, Wu Hai nced over there, a smile appearing on his old wrinkled face.
He concluded that it was the fish happily ying in the water.
Coming to such a conclusion, he was about to turn his head and look elsewhere, when suddenly the smile on his face froze.
He found something wrong.
On the water surface where he saw the previous ssh, a little red spot was in stark contrast with the blue water. Shocked, he quickly rowed the boat, rushing toward the red spot.
Reaching that ce, Wu Hai was surprised.
He saw that on the surface of the water, there is indeed a red spot, something that shouldn¡¯t appear in his reservoir.
¡±blood?¡±
Wu Hai lifted his head and looked around, but he did not find any abnormal situation. The water surface is very calm, without the slightest wave, as if nothing has happened.
He frowned and tried to look down underwater, but the water is too deep, he could not see the bottom.
At this moment, the sky is beginning to dim, causing the wide and calm water surface to be overcast, especially in farther ces, just like a horror movie.
Moreover, because it¡¯s impossible to see the ground and the water is quite gloomy, plus the blood spot on the water, it¡¯s very scary. People would imagine a variety of dark and scary monsters underwater. If someone who is weak-willed or easily scared stay in this environment alone, they would probably be scared to death.
Wu Hai was alone in a small boat, docked in the center of this wide gloomy waters, trying to explore the creatures underwater. Even under such circumstances, he wasn¡¯t nervous or tense at all.
He has been working in environments like this for years, scenes like this can¡¯t even faze him anymore.
It¡¯s not the first time he encountered an event like this, In his past experiences, he encountered blood on the water quite a few times.
In one of these asions, it was a catfish about 1.5 meters long preying on other fish in the reservoir. This fish is arge freshwater fish with fast growth,rge size, and delicious taste.
There are many fish farmers who breed this type of fish.
However, Wu Hai has never raised this type of fish in his reservoir. He always raised herbivore fish such as carps.
A catfish suddenly appearing in his reservoir somewhat shocked Wu Hai.
Catfish is a ferocious carnivore fish that feeds on other fish, has a long life span and a big size, sometimes reaching a length of more than 2 meters.
Who knows how a catfish entered his reservoir.
Perhaps it was blown by the wind to his reservoir or bought in by someone, or maybe other reasons.
Wu Hai remembers that on one asion, a catfish was hunting a fish more than 10-cm long, during the process of eating it, blood overflowed from that catfish mouth, which led to it getting discovered by him.
After struggling for a while, he finally pulled out the catfish from the water.
This time, it shouldn¡¯t be another catfish in his reservoir?
Thinking of this, Wu Hai wrinkled his brows.
If that¡¯s the case, then it¡¯s troublesome. This reservoir is bigger than the one hest salvaged the catfish from. It will be very hard to even find it.
Thest time he encountered the catfish, they had to open the fish-selling n ahead of time, using a lot of fishings to catch most of the fish in the reservoir.
Only then did they manage to catch the catfish.
Does he have to repeat this action again this time?
However, his fishing pavilion has just been built and will open in the near future. If there is no fish in the reservoir, then what would be the point of opening it?
Wu Hai stood up straight on the boat and took a deep breath, his face inevitably showing a hint of depression.
Shaking his head, he rowed his boat, going back to the shore, his face showing a contemtive look.
What he did not see was that under the water he previously stayed on, a giant creature with a length of more than 5 meters was staring at his back.
In fact, when Wu Hai stopped the boat and tried to look underwater, the five-meter long python was watching him back.
¡®When you watch the abyss, it¡¯s watching you back¡¯ is truly a fitting sentence for this event.
That giant python is naturally Fang Yun.
The previous movement was also made by him.
At that time, a carp swam to his side, thinking that it¡¯s a good opportunity, he immediately attacked it, but because of its rather big size and fierce struggle, it resulted in water getting sshed, thus attracting Wu Hai attention.
This is not the result he wants.
ording to his expectation, he should have hunted that carp without making any noise. Well, idents often happen, there is nothing he can do about this, anyway, he doesn¡¯t think that this little thing will cause any big ident. Shaking his head, Fang Yun went back to hunting.
¡¡¡¡¡
After Wu Hai went home, he sat on the couch and thought about the previous incident. Thinking back to the red spot, he finally decided to pay more attention to the reservoir in the next few days, trying his luck and seeing if he could catch the catfish.
In the next few days, Wu Hai basically spent the whole day in the reservoir, which is not a good thing for Fang Yun.
Originally, he nned to start crazily hunting fish this time, but with Wu Hai always staring at the reservoir, he couldn¡¯t find the opportunity.
More importantly, he was almost discovered by this old man several times while hunting.
This fifty years old man eyes are really sharp.
While Fang Yun was depressed at the persistence of the old man, Wu Hai was also very depressed.
Now, he is sure that his reservoir is in trouble.
In the past few days, he saw or heard the water ssh five times while traveling along the reservoir. He was sure that it was fish struggling underwater.
Even once, he saw that after the water ssh, a waterline was swimming to the distance, something that can only be left by a creature swimming at fast speeds underwater.
Under the waterline, it¡¯s probably the thief who is eating his fish.
At that time, Wu Hai immediately chased with the boat, but the waterline quickly disappeared. It should be that the thief sank underwater.
However, something is different from what he expected beforehand.
In the beginning, Wu Hai felt that it¡¯s likely a catfish in his reservoir. But now it seems that this is not the case. Will a catfish hunt so frequently?
Under his sight, the thief ate fish 5 times already, how many times did it hunt when he doesn¡¯t see it?
Now he suspects that there are several carnivorous fish in his reservoir.
Otherwise, there would be no way of exining the frequent hunting and theft of his fish.
Wu Hai stayed on the small boat almost all day with fishings ready on his boat, he is ready to try his luck, seeing if could catch the carnivore fish in his reservoir.
Because of Wu Hai¡¯s unusual behavior, the fact that there are carnivore fish in the reservoir spread in the vige.
Afterward, several vigers said that when they passed by the reservoir, they saw fish jumping out of the water, others said that they saw blood spots on the water.
These rumors made Wu Hai reservoir a hot topic in the vige.
Everyone is guessing what is happened in Wu Hai reservoir. Some people say that it¡¯s likely a catfish or other carnivore fish.
Others say that it should be a turtle, like the one shown in the ¡°animal world¡± TV show.
Others suspect that there are piranhas in the reservoir.
In the end, after this argument was put forward, it suddenly became very popr in the vige.
The reason for this is rted to a TV drama that is currently popr on TV.
Chapter 52: Fishing Allowed
Chapter 52: Fishing Allowed
Trantor: Yamir Moon
During this time, most of the vigers were watching a TV series named ¡°The Piranha¡±
The general story about this movie goes like this. In a peaceful vige in the south, a woman suddenly disappeared, almost a dayter, everyone in the vige started looking for the woman, but the result is that various livestock and people started disappearing one after the other.
A huge gloomy shadow thus enveloped the entire vige.
Some superstitious people in the vige spread the word that it was god punishment on them, forcing on them various bizarre and strange practices. This series of events severely impacted the peaceful vige.
Later, after an investigation done by the protagonist, all the evidence pointed to theke on the edge of the vige.
It turned out that there are piranhas in thiske, some people were ying in the water or washing clothes on the edge of theke when they were suddenly attacked by piranhas.
The same thing happened to the disappeared animals.
The influence of this TV series cast a mysterious and terrifying veil on Wu Hai reservoir. All of a sudden, the people in the vige had created all sort of rumors.
As if in the reservoir, there are really hungry piranhas.
Even a small thingst winter was dug up. That is Zhang Cheng¡¯s family duck that mysteriously disappeared. They even mentioned the children description about how the duck was screaming before it disappeared.
They didn¡¯t care much about it previously, but everyone now feels that this is very simr to the plot in the TV series ¡°The Piranha¡±.
In the first episode of this TV series, a child threw his dog into theke, letting him take a bath. The child left his dog alone into theke and went into a garden not far from theke to pick fruits. Suddenly hearing the dog painful cry, he rushed back to theke, but then the dog has already disappeared.
Everyone thought that there might be piranhas in the river next to their vige, which somewhat ran to Wu Hai reservoir.
As more and more rumors spread. Wu Hai himself began to doubt. Is the thief who is constantly eating his fish really a group of piranhas?
As various spections and rumors about Wu Hai reservoir spread, it was finally time for the reservoir tourists attractions to open.
Because of the various rumors spread out, Wu Hai reservoir got quite famous nearby, on the day of its opening, more than 20 people came to visit.
One of them was a group of seven people. Judging by their looks, they are probably college students.
Driving two shared cars, they parked on the edge of the reservoir. Getting out of the car, they took out some meat and vegetables plus a box of beer.
Listening to their conversation, they came to this reservoir to have an open-air barbecue and rx. Even if they caught some fish in the reservoir, they would just directly bake it.
Among the seven young people, there are four men and three women. Although both men and women don¡¯t have anyone with an outstanding look, since they all have that kind of youthful, full of energy, student-like vibe, it¡¯s quite easy to like them.
¡±Xiao Lan, you really rented the boat from the hands of the old man.¡±
Amongst the four boys, the tallest one said with amazement to three girlsing back.
Not far away, the three girls are walking back toward the four boys, talking andughing with each other, not far behind them, the owner, Wu Hai was rowing his boat toward this side, not far from the shore.
¡±Ha ha ha, this old man is still very easy to talk to, Luo Yong do you want to go onboard?¡±
At this time, among the three girls, a girl with a little fat on her face said to the tall boy, it looks like she is the Xiao Lan that was mentioned by that boy.
¡°Can this boat hold all of us?¡±
Luo Yong looked at the small boat that was docked on the shore and frowned.
The girl named ¡°Xiao Lan¡± went to ask Wu Hai who was next to the boat, but hearing his answer made her frown too.
¡±Apart from me, this boat can support only four people.¡±
Wu Hai standing next to the boat extended four fingers and said.
finally, after a discussion and a bit of yelling, the tall boy Luo Yong will apany the three girls onboard, because he is the only one that knows how to swim.
In order to prevent idents, he was tasked by the other three boys to protect the safety of girls.
So Luo Yong ended up apanying the girls on the boat alone. Well, apart from the old man.
Wu Hai stood at the stern and was responsible for rowing the boat, next to him were the three girls and Luo Yong.
The three girls were still a little scared at first, sping the boat side tightly with their hands. However, under Wu Hai¡¯s familiar rowing technique, they did not feel any bumps and gradually let go.
A breeze blew on the water surface, although a bit cold, it gives people a very rxing and nice feeling. The three girls narrowed their eyes and showed an intoxicated look.
On the other side of the boat, Luo Yong sat on the boat and took out the fishing gear, preparing to fish on the boat.
¡±Youngdies, you shouldn¡¯t y with the water, there are carnivore fish in theke, although I don¡¯t know what type of fish they are, some say it¡¯s piranhas.¡±
Wu Hai, who was slowly rowing the boat, noticed that the three little girls were gently swaying the water with their hands and quickly reminded them.
Originally, he did not intend to bring anyone into the water these days. The rumors in the vige made him very flustered.
However, he couldn¡¯t stand the pleading of these three little girls, eventually giving in.
If the thing that is eating his fish is really piranhas, he will not be responsible for anything.
Moreover, the piranhas in the TV series are very aggressive, attacking anyone that touches the water.
Wu Hai didn¡¯t really know if it¡¯s the truth. Maybe the TV series exaggerated the ferociousness of piranhas, but he doesn¡¯t want to risk it, so when he saw these three girls putting their hands in the water, he quickly stopped them.
¡±Old man, there should be no piranhas in your reservoir. If there are really piranhas here, then all your fish would have long been eaten.¡±
After hearing Wu Hai¡¯s reminder, Xiao Lan smiled and said, but she still pulled her hand out of the water, not wanting to risk it.
¡±Hah, It would be better if there was piranhas here, watch me catch them and make a grilled piranha for you.¡±
Luo Yong smiled and said confidently.
Obviously, this guy also doesn¡¯t believe that there are piranhas in the reservoir, otherwise, he wouldn¡¯t say such a thing.
¡±Luo Yong, can you really grill fish?¡±
After the three girls heard Luo Yong¡¯s words, they looked at him with surprise. Seeing this, Luo Yong immediately began to brag about his grilling skills
¡±Oh, Xian, wait for a moment, I will immediately catch a fish and grill it for you.¡±
Luo Yong patted his chest and said with confidence.
¡±Okay, then we are waiting.¡± A girl smiled and said.
Xiao Lan next to her also smiled and was about to say something to Luo Yong when she suddenly turned and looked strangely at the water;
Previously, she seemed to see a big shadow swimming bellow their boat, but after looking again, the water is very calm with nothing unusual.
¡°Illusion?¡±
Xiao Lan furrowed her brows and carefully observed the water.
Chapter 53: Sad Guy
Chapter 53: Sad Guy
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Xian stuck her head out of the boat and tried to look underwater. She wants to confirm whether what she saw before was truly an illusion or not, is there truly anything underwater? However, even after looking for a while, she didn¡¯t notice anything strange.
Her brow wrinkled.
Maybe it was really an illusion, or it could be the shadow of a fish which was passing by.
Xiao Lan prefers thetter, after all, it would be more fun.
The shadow that she saw before, although vague, it seemed to be quite long. If it was really a fish, that fish must be quite big.
Thinking of this, her eyebrows rose, looking very happy, feeling that this trip is not going to be wasted.
Unfortunately, I can¡¯t see the situation underwater. If I had eyes that could see underwater, I would have seen the true look of that fish
Xian regretfully thought.
However, if she really has that ability, she will absolutely regret her previous action.
At the moment she stretched her head and looked underwater. Three meters below the boat, a big python was staring at her.
It has a huge size of more than 5 meters, longer than their boat. As long as that python wants, it can easily overturn their boat.
ording to the development of most stories in science fiction movies, the moment Xiao Lan stuck her head out of the boat and tried to look underwater. That big python would instantly bite her head and drag her underwater, just like a movie named ¡°Anaconda¡±.
That big python is naturally Fang Yun.
When he got up early this morning and prepared to go hunting as usual. He found that something was wrong. There were a lot of people on the edge of the reservoir. At first, he thought that they were people called by the owner to capture him.
But then, he found that he was wrong.
These people are actuallying to fish.
Seeing this kind of situation, Fang Yun was very happy internally, these peopleing to fish is actually more conducive to his hunting.
After all, the owner of the reservoir won¡¯t watch him as tightly as before.
As for the other people. They are either ying with their phones or chatting with each other.
The attention of these people is basically dispersed, as long as he is careful, it¡¯s almost impossible to spot him.
Currently, he is swimming under a boat, trying to eavesdrop on anything that could be useful to himself.
However, he didn¡¯t hear any useful thing, instead, he heard a guy bragging to girls.
These people think that he is a piranha, some of them even bragged about catching and baking him.
When he heard their conversation, Fang Yun had the urge tough. A hint of bad taste was raising in his heart, he was having the urge to get out of the water and scare the hell out of that guy.
But in the end, he still resisted that urge.
After all, he still wants to stay in this reservoir for a few more days, there is still a lot of fish here, more than enough to make him evolve a few times.
If he is exposed, he will have to leave this ce, which is quite a big loss to him.
Fang Yun left that boat and swam in the reservoir to check the situation around.
At this time, almost all the people that came to fish in the reservoir threw their hook into the water. The hook with the bait on it attracted quite a lot of fish.
Fang Yun¡¯s goal is naturally these fish that was attracted by the bait.
He slowly swam to one fish on the edge of the group, relying on his camouge skill and slow movements, he didn¡¯t alert it. Seeing that their attention was attracted by the bait, he immediately bit one and dragged it away, without alerting the rest of the fish group.
Because he immediately dragged that fish to the bottom of the reservoir, its struggle alerted neither the other fish nor the people fishing on the boat.
Unknowingly, among the people who came to the reservoir to fish today, most of them had quite the harvest, but the biggest winner is not in this group of people.
It¡¯s Fang Yun who is feasting underwater.
Just this morning, he ate thirty fish, obtaining a total of 932 bio-energy point.
By now, his total points have reached 11452, an insane amount for the him who just crossed into this world. Unfortunately, this time requirement for evolution is 20,000, so he still needs another 8500 points to evolve.
¡±Luo Yong, didn¡¯t you say that you will catch a piranha and grill it for us to eat. Now, don¡¯t mention a piranha, you didn¡¯t catch even a normal fish.¡±
¡±Look, Yang Ping and the other two had already caught a few fishes.¡±
On the boat, one of the girls sneered and said to Luo Yong.
This entire morning, Luo Yong did not catch a single fish, so the girl couldn¡¯t help but say that to him.
The other two girls heard her words andughed.
Luo Yong¡¯s face was blushing furiously. he was still previously bragging about how much fish he will catch, showing his grilling skills, etc¡ as a result, he didn¡¯t catch a single fish the whole morning.
He was really depressed, his luck is just too bad.
It seems that among so many people, he was the only one to not catch any fish, which is honestly quite shocking.
¡°Pffft!¡±
Suddenly, a small noise sounded underwater.
Of course, this faint sound did not attract the attention of the people on the boat.
Three to four meters underwater, Fang Yun was swimming under their boat, hearing their conversation, he almost couldn¡¯t contain hisughter.
With him here in the water, that guy can only dream about catching fish.
In the following time, Fang Yun continued his fishing adventure, or rather it¡¯s better to say catching the fish that other people attracted. He continued to do so until the afternoon.
He is very satisfied with today¡¯s harvest.
Today, he obtained more than 2000 bio-energy point. If he continues to gain bio-energy this way, then his next evolution should happen in 4 to 5 days.
Now that his length has reached five meters. after his next evolution, what length would he reach next?
Seven meters?
Fang Yun feels that it¡¯s very likely.
Pythons with a length of 7 meters or more are an absolute rarity in the wild. Common pythons, the ones that are the most numerous in the wild are only about 3 to 4 meters long, 5 to 6 meters long pythons are already considered the big mac in this species.
As for the pythons that are 7 meters long or even longer. they are extremely rare. Even in areas heavily infested with pythons, they are very rare.
With such arge body, in the future when he goes to a rainforest, or to the prairie, there would be no beast that would dare to provoke him.
Of course, there may be beasts with strong self-confidence who dare to provoke Fang Yun¡
¡±Haha, I like to teach lessons to those with strong self-confidence the most, I have a hundred way to kill you and you can¡¯t do anything about it;¡±
Fang Yunughed proudly in the water, daydreaming about teaching all the animals lessons and acting as the king of the jungle.
His self-confidence? simply because he is not like other stupid and slow pythons.
Thanks to the help of the system, all his attributes will multiply with each evolution. With each evolution, he is not only getting bigger but also stronger, faster, more agile, etc¡ Other pythons speed and agility will stop growing after a period of time, and sometimes, because they grew too much, their speed will regress.
This is one of thergest shorings of pythons.
Pythons are often restrained by big cats because of this shoring, sometimes, even hyenas can bully them.
After thinking of this, Fang Yun made up his mind to teach these big cats a lesson when he visits a prairie or a rainforest, restoring the python species honor.
At the thought of this, Fang Yun felt his blood boil in excitement.
Fang Yun seems to be straying further and further into the path of a snake.
But just as he was immersed in his fantasies, an ident happened.
The so-called being too smug does not end well, seemed to happen to him.
Chapter 54: Beautiful Misunderstanding
Chapter 54: Beautiful Misunderstanding
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Wu Hai rowed the boat toward the shore, inserting the paddle in his hand in the water. He gently waved back, keeping the boat steadily going forward.
As before, he raised the paddle from the water, before inserting it back, then slowly waving back. His body slightly leaning forward, making rowing the boat easier.
Unexpectedly, the paddle he inserted in the water seemed to have touched something. Wu Hai, surprised, wanted to quickly recover the paddle.
But at this moment. The things touched by the paddle fiercely struggled, striking the paddle with a surprisingly big force. This strike yanked the paddle out of Wu Hai hand and made him almost fall into the water.
The ident caused by Wu Hai made the boat violently tremble. The three girls, feeling the boat shaking, screamed in fear.
¡±Ahh!¡±
They were holding the boat¡¯s side in horror. As if the boat was going to be overturned.
Even Luo Yong next to them was holding the boat side in horror, but he still managed to hold on to hisst manly pride by not screaming.
¡±what happened?¡±
The three girls asked with a shaky voice, subconsciously looking towards the water next to them.
After that nce, their eyes widened in surprise.
¡±That is¡¡¡±
They saw that in the water next to their boat, water was surging and while bubbles were everywhere. More importantly, arge shadow was looming underwater.
¡±Was I discovered?¡±
Swimming underwater, Fang Yun nervously thought.
When he was swimming under their boat, daydreaming about stuff, the paddle suddenly touched his body.
Completely unprepared, he unconsciously pped the paddle with his tail and touched the boat by the way.
Fang Yun was speechless, he really wanted to swear. This day was honestly going great and he was truly in a good mood. Did an ident really have to happen?
Now that he was discovered, does he have to leave this ce?
¡±Was that a Big fish?¡±
On the boat, the three girls looked at the shadow that disappeared underwater with mouths wide open. Xiao Lan snapped back first, then said with amazement.
But then, the look on her face immediately changed to excitement.
¡°So the shadow that I saw in the morning was not an illusion!¡±
In the morning, she suspected that shadow she saw might be a fish, but she was not sure. After lunch, she requested Wu Hai to take them on a tour in the reservoir.
The purpose is to try her luck and see if she can meet the ¡°big fish¡± she saw in the morning.
However, even though the sun is almost setting, she didn¡¯t find anything.
Finally giving up, just as they were leaving. The big fish actually appeared.
Not only did they encounter the big fish, but their boat was almost overturned.
Xiao Lan snorted in annoyance, feeling that this ¡°Big Fish¡± is really naughty.
¡¡¡¡¡
Once Xiao Lan and the other girls screamed in fear, it attracted the attention of other people in the reservoir. Quite a few people noticed that the shadow owner seemed to have grey scales.
All of a sudden, everyone reached the same conclusion as Xiao Lan.
There is a very big fish in this reservoir.
The fishing enthusiasts on the shore were all excited. If the fish can make such a big movement, there its size surely isn¡¯t small.
It¡¯s probably a big fish, at least one meter long, maybe even 2 to 3 meters.
As people whose hobby is fishing, nothing is more exciting than discovering a big fish in the reservoir. Everyone is dreaming of flexing on others after catching this big fish.
So each one of them is gearing up, thinking about showing their talents by catching this fish.
Of course, that would be tomorrow. It¡¯s already sunset now. But that¡¯s better, as that would allow them to prepare the necessary equipment for catching a fish that big.
On the small boat, Wu Hai, who is now stably standing on the stern, is hesitantly looking at the ce where his boat was almost overturned.
He also saw the shadow swimming underwater and concluded as well that it¡¯s a big fish.
However, he is doubting whether it¡¯s this big fish that has been causing him trouble previously.
The previous shadow, although not clear. He is sure that the fish is at least 1.5 meters long, probably even bigger.
If this is really a carnivore fish then ording to its size, hunting that often is not surprising.
However, such arge carnivore fish appeared in his own reservoir, and it¡¯s only now that he discovers it. This can only be exined by his dereliction of duty.
¡°I¡¯m really getting older.¡± Wu Haimented.
Fang Yun was listening to these people conversation. After hearing what these people were talking about, he finally rxed.
These people misunderstood him as a big fish.
¡°Holy crap! that was really close.¡± Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief.
Hearing those people bragging about catching him, some even began gambling on who is going to catch him first, he felt very amused. If they really managed to catch him, then they probably wouldn¡¯t be able to continue smiling.
After confirming that these people did not see his true appearance, Fang Yunpletely rxed, continuing to happily swim around the reservoir.
As the sky was constantly darkening, these peoplepletely disappeared.
After Wu Hai picked up all the rubbish and trash from the shore, he took a final nce at the reservoir before returning home.
¡¡¡¡
It¡¯s almost midnight.
At this time, a viger passed by next to the reservoir.
¡±Ssh!¡±
Suddenly hearing a sshing sound, the viger subconsciously looked at the reservoir.
However, he only saw some ripples on the water surface and nothing else.
Finding nothing, the viger turned around and left.
Not long after he left, the sound of water sshes continued resounding in the reservoir until it¡¯s almost dawn.
Deep underwater, Fang Yun didn¡¯t rest as usual. Instead, he started wildly hunting in the reservoir.
His bio-energy points were rapidly growing.
¡¡¡¡¡
In the next few days, more and more people wereing to Wu Hai reservoir to fish, all with the same goal in mind, that is catching the rumored big fish.
Originally Wu Hai was also preparing to catch the thieving big fish, but he stopped his actions after seeing the increasing number of tourists.
This big fish seems to be a free advertisement for his reservoir, bing the goal for many fishing enthusiasts and self-proimed fishing experts to catch.
If this fish wasn¡¯t in his reservoir, he wouldn¡¯t get as much visitors as he gets now.
So in the end, Wu Hai decided to let this fish go.
But he is also very curious, what is the type of this big fish that bought fame to his reservoir?
These people who came to catch the ¡°big fish¡± did not affect Fang Yun in the slightest. He continued to eat and sleep as usual. Sometimes, he will prank some people on the boat to fulfill his bad taste.
Originally, he still had some guilt, after all, he was eating the fruits of this old manbor.
However, after seeing more and more people in the reservoir, his guilt gradually dissipated.
He knew that many of those fishing enthusiasts came for him.
The money that the old man earned for all these tourists and fishing enthusiasts is probably enough to cover the loss he caused to him.
Fang Yun¡¯s bio-energy was steadily umting, until the fifth day. He finally umted enough bio-energy to evolve.
He reached the required amount this morning.
But because there were a lot of people on the shore, he waited until the middle of the night before crawling to the edge of the forest, then undergoing his evolution.
After this evolution, his level has been sessfully upgraded to 11!.
Chapter 55: Mysterious Creatures
Chapter 55: Mysterious Creatures
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
Fang Yunid on the grass, near the reservoir, using the moonlight to examine his body.
His size naturally grown, but to what extent, he has to look at the properties panel to make sure.
The usual light curtain appeared in his mind.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 11
Bioenergy: 1124/30000
Skill Points: 11
Body length: 7.0m
Diameter: 20cm
Power: 55
Defense: 35
Speed: 20
Agility: 22
Spirit: 23
Physical strength: 21
Skills: Fatal Venom (4/5), Quick Digestion (3/5), Skin Resistance (4/5), Discoloration Camouge (2/5)
_______________________________________________________________
As he expected, his length reached 7 meters long and diameter 20 cm, even in the entire animal kingdom. He can be considered one of the biggest predators.
After this evolution, he received 10 skill points, bringing his total to 11.
After pondering for a while, he upgraded the three skills, ¡°Fatal Venom¡±, ¡°Quick Digestion¡±, and ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡±
By now, ¡°Fatal Venom¡± was finally maxed, and ¡°Quick Digestion¡± is only one level shy from maxing out too.
With his previous digestive ability, it takes dozens of seconds to digest a small fish, but now that it was upgraded once more, he is quite sure that he can digest it in only a few seconds.
¡±It¡¯s been a long time and no new skills have refreshed.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but wonder, is there no new skills?
Or is it just that he hadn¡¯t fulfilled certain conditions for the new skills?
Either way, he will discover that in his next few evolutions.
Shaking his head, Fang Yun slithered back to the reservoir, leaving a trail behind him. The moonlight shined on his scales, making him quite noticeable.
If someone passes next to the reservoir at this time. It¡¯s estimated that they will be scared to death.
A giant python that is 7 meters long and whose diameter is thicker than most men thighs is slowly crawling on the ground.
When he reached the edge of the reservoir, he jumped into the water, his huge body creating arge ssh.
Fang Yun swam to his cave, preparing to rest as usual. But when he entered the cave, he found that something was wrong. The cave feels much narrower than before, and the rock sticking out of the cave wall already can¡¯t hold his entire body.
He could only put his lower body underwater and his head on that rock.
This is a problem for Fang Yun, as staying in this posture is not only very ufortable but also disturb his sleep.
Of course, this is not a particrly big problem. He is requiring less and less sleep with each evolution. Now, he only needs a few hours of sleep to replenish his energy.
This is because of his growing spiritual energy.
He only needs 2 to 3 hours of sleep, so he can starting hunting at 5 or 6 in the morning.
However, even after thinking of a solution, Fang Yun was still hesitating about whether to leave this area or not.
He is too big now.
A little careless mistake can reveal his existence, but he is still reluctant to leave this ce.
His next evolution requires an unholy amount of bio-energy. He needs 30,000 bio-energy point to undergo his next evolution. In the wild, it will be very difficult to umte this amount.
After pondering for a while, he decided to stay in this reservoir for a while, or at least until his next evolution.
During the day, a lot of people came to fish, even more than yesterday. Fang Yun still did the same thing as before, eating most of the fish that these people attracted with their bait.
However, he only dared to stay at the bottom of the reservoir, not even daring to swim in the middle of the water, because he was afraid that his shadow will be visible from the water surface.
However, doing so has greatly slowed his hunting speed.
More importantly, although pythons can stay underwater for a long time, in the end, they still have to breathe. If they don¡¯t swim to the surface to breathe in time, they will die of suffocation.
So asionally, he will swim to some hidden corner and stick his head out to breathe.
Even though he had been very cautious, an ident still happened.
On the fifth day after Fang Yun evolved. After hunting for a while, he was preparing to swim to the surface to breathe. As a result, he was seen by a fisherman fishing on the side.
Of course, that fisherman didn¡¯t see Fang Yun¡¯s true appearance. He only saw a huge ck shadow swimming to the surface, which scared him to loudly scream.
This scream shocked the hell out of Fang Yun, forcing him to retract his head back underwater.
Back underwater, he looked back at that fisherman in rage.
This guy actually hid in such a hidden corner to fish. He was almost exposed!
After hearing the guy shout and seeing the ck shadow on that side, they all cheered and looked around, trying to find his trail.
Some people even focused solely on rowing the boat around the reservoir, just to see if they can spot him.
It¡¯s precisely because of this that Fang Yun almost suffocated. He has been forced to swim back to his cave to breathe. After all, people looking at the water can be found almost everywhere.
Because of this ident, Fang Yun decided to leave.
But before leaving, he decided to sweep the fish in the reservoir.
The next night, he immediately started his n. After sweeping almost the entire reservoir, he obtained 21.450 bio-energy point.
As for the reason he obtained this much bio-energy in just one night.
It¡¯s simply because Fang Yun ate almost all the fish in these two cages.
Although the cage is blocked by a metal-coated fishing, with the current size and strength of Fang Yun, it¡¯s not that difficult to break it.
There is a lot of fish in the cage, most of them being very fat.
If it¡¯s not because a lot of fish escaped to the reservoir, he would have gathered enough energy to evolve.
Fishing in the cage and fishing in the reservoir are twopletely different concepts, the former is undoubtedly much easier than thetter.
Capture back the fish that escaped the reservoir would need a lot of time and effort, which isn¡¯t worth it for him. The sky is already brightening, it¡¯s time to leave.
He crawled out of the reservoir, then went back to the river that he came from before.
¡¡¡¡
Once the sky waspletely bright, the reservoir was already full of people.
Wu Hai, the owner of the reservoir, stood on the shore. Looking at the number of peopleing and going in his reservoir, a smile appeared on his face.
He was somewhat grateful to the ¡°big fish¡± that he had never seen before. His reservoir has be very famous because of this fish, many people came to catch or at least see this fish.
He charges everyone 30 yuan to enter his reservoir and a 100 yuan for a ce in his pavilions.
He also sells the fish caught in his reservoir for a litte higher price than the market.
In just a few days, his ie has exceeded 50,000, which is a very big profit. If things continue like this, he can probably make more than 500,000 this month.
Wu Hai does not intend to capture that big fish at all, He is even deliberating whether he should put some supplements for it in the water, after all, the fish in the reservoir is a bit scarce these days.
As time passed, more and more people came to the reservoir.
However, when they came here, they didn¡¯t concentrate on fishing. Instead, they just circled around the reservoir with a boat, looking for traces of this legendary fish.
Because ording to what other people are saying. That fish is very big.
Some people say that it¡¯s 1 meter long, some say it¡¯s two, some even say that it¡¯s bigger than their boat.
In short, there are many different opinions.
As more and more rumors about that fish spread, the ¡°Big Fish¡± became more and more mysterious. Everyone wants to see that fish.
However, for the next five days, the reservoir is very calm, no one has seen even the shadow of that legendary fish.
Some people said that too many people have shown up, causing the fish to hide in fear.
Some people questioned if that fish is even true.
Under constant doubt, the poprity of the reservoir was slowly dying.
However, two dayster, because of one discovery. Wu Hai reservoir became very hot, even alerting the local TV station.
Chapter 56: Where is the big fish?
Chapter 56: Where is the big fish?
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Next day, Wu Hai woke up early as usual and opened the reservoir gate, receiving people who came to fish.
Although the heat of the ¡°big fish incident¡± is reducing. A lot of people are stilling to his reservoir to fish.
Like today. Just this morning, 37 people came.
After being busy for half a morning, Wu Hai finally received thatst guest. Resting for a while, he suddenly remembered that he should have fed the fish in the cage.
With his reservoir being so hot, he is very busy almost all day, which resulted in him forgetting to feed them for a few days.
The bait that he uses to feed his fish with is made by himself, Mixing various grains and grass using a form he created. His bait is not only very attractive to fish. But also provides the necessary nutrition for them to grow.
At noon, he finally grabbed his bait, then bought it to the cage.
The cage was calm with no trace of activities. When he saw the calm water in the cage, Wu Hai med himself internally, the fish is usually very active, but now the water is very still, they are probably very starved.
Not even a single fish is ying in the water, even though they are always jumping out of the water.
Thinking of this, Wu Hai quickly grabbed the bait from the barrel, then threw it in the water, a smile etched on his face.
These hungry little guys are finally going to eat until they¡¯re full. He could already imagine the fish jumping out of the water in jubnce.
¡±Oh¡ what happened?¡±
However, in the next moment, he got really surprised, because no fish jumped out of the water.
Where are the fish?
Wu Hai circled around the cage, looking left and right, even putting his hand in the water, but he still didn¡¯t find any fish.
Seeing the very still water, Wu Hai heart sank. Thinking of something, he ran towards the other cage and threw the bait in the water, but simrly, no fish was found.
Something is wrong, this is absolutely not normal.
The nearby fishing enthusiasts noticed the flustered look on Wu Hai¡¯s face. They walked over to check his situation. After hearing about what happened, they also felt that this is very strange.
Then, Wu Hai and 10 other men joined forces to lift the cage, their finding was absolutely shocking.
They discovered that on one side of the metal, arge hole with obvious traces of destruction was there.
There are no fish in the cage, it¡¯s obvious that they ran out of this hole.
Everyone expressed their sympathy for Wu Hai¡¯s experience. Then one after the other went to excitedly research on what type of creature could have done this.
Some people spected that it may be some sort of carnivorous fish, such as piranhas or something simr.
Some people simply said that it¡¯s probably a crocodile.
Everyone worked together to lift the other cage. As expected, the of this cage was also broken.
Now everyone is sure, in Wu Hai¡¯s reservoir, there is an absolutely a fierce creature that can break a metal fis.
Previously, some of the new people held doubt over the legendary big fish existence. But, after seeing the broken cage, their doubt has disappeared;
Even if there are no big fish in the reservoir, there is surely a particrly fierce creature.
Some people took pictures of the broken cage, then posted it on social media. The picture plus the description of what happened and Wu Hai reservoir location. These posts blew up very quickly, attracting arge amount of interest among the people.
As the post was getting more and more popr, it eventually attracted the attention of a local TV station.
The next day, a group of special guests visited Wu Hai reservoir.
They were reporters of the local TV live station. After obtaining the consent of Wu Hai, they began to investigate. Using various detection equipment, including underwater cameras and sonar detectors to find the traces of the mysterious creature. But they didn¡¯t find anything.
The TV station reporters were disappointed. They even went as far as using Wu Hai of using fake news to advertise his reservoir.
In order to prove his ¡°innocence¡±, or just wanting to find the mysterious creature that destroyed his fish cage. He bit the bullet and caught all the fish in the reservoir.
He even used special materials to clean the entire reservoir.
But what made him amazed is that the reservoir has no creature apart from the fish he usually breeds;
Don¡¯t talk about mysterious creatures, he didn¡¯t even find the ¡°Big Fish¡± whose shadow was spotted several times before.
What exactly is going on? Where did that big fish go?
Wu Hai fell into deep confusion.
¡¡¡¡
While Wu Hai was depressed, Fang Yun has already traveled a long distance along that big river.
The river where he is currently has narrowed slightly, being about 15 to 16 meters wide, it¡¯s depth has also be about 6 to 7 meters, not as deep as the previous one but still more than enough to hide his existence.
Fang Yun journey in this river is a particrly rxing one. Being 7 meters long, he can be considered an overlord level creature in this river. no creature dares to provoke him.
During these ten days, he was mostly focused on swimming. He only stopped asionally to catch some fish, so his bio-energy did not have a particrly big increase.
¡°I wonder where this river will eventually flow.¡±
What Fang Yun hopes the most is that this river flow by a rainforest. Then he can just crawl there and hunt as much as he wants.
But on the way, he only saw some ordinary mountains and small forests, so he never crawled ashore.
¡±Oh?¡±
Fang Yun, who was swimming, suddenly stopped moving and just looked ahead.
Not far ahead, an urban city is looming.
Looking at the modern city, a trace of nostalgia rose in Fang Yun¡¯s heart. He swam with his head sticking out of the river, looking at the various modern architectures, the pedestriansing and going. Hearing the familiar car noises, all of this made Fang Yun mood veryplicated.
A cement road where people came and went was built next to the river.
He stretched his head out of the water so that he can clearly see the buildings around.
The architecture of this city is almost exactly the same as the country where he lived in his past life.
Looking at the city in front of him, Fang Yun had an illusion of returning to his hometown.
At the same time, the impulse to settle in this city rose in his heart.
But soon he pressed back this impulse and continued swimming forward.
¡±Mama, look, it¡¯s a snake, a big snake:¡±
On the sidewalk, a three to four-year-old girl stretched out her finger and pointed to the river on the side, her eyes were brightly shining as if seeing something very unusual.
¡°Stop running around, how could a snake be in the river?¡±
Not far behind the little girl, a young woman dressed in stylish urban clothes was ying with her mobile phone. After hearing the little girl words, she looked up and said to her.
¡°There are only¡¡¡±
While talking to the little girl, she nced in the direction where the little girl was pointing at.
However, after that nce, she swallowed the second half of the sentence that she was about to say.
On the water surface, a long shadow was slowly sinking underwater, not long after, itpletely disappeared.
what was that?
Was that really a snake?
How big is that snake?
The urban woman was amazed, but then she couldn¡¯t help but feel some regret.
¡°Why didn¡¯t I take pictures!!¡±
If she took a picture of that shadow and put it on social media, she would surely receive a lot of likes and retweets.
Chapter 57: Entering the Forest
Chapter 57: Entering the Forest
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Three days after leaving the city, Fang Yun finally decided to crawl to the shore.
The reason why he chose to leave the river is simply that he found a good ce to settle in. A big forest, specifically a mountain forest.
Lusher than any mountain forest he saw in his journey.
And more importantly, this mountain forest is veryrge and is probably rarely visited by humans.
Such a jungle is not only very lush, the wildlife there is probably very rich, which is very suitable for Fang Yun¡¯s growth.
Fang Yun crawled between the trees, his body crushing the grass and bushes on his path, creating a very noticeable noise.
He no longer needs to cautiously or sneakily crawl as before.
His seven meters long body makes him a top predator in any ce in the world, plus with his various skills, few animals can pose a threat to him.
In the days after he left the reservoir, he managed to raise his bio-energy to 29,760 points. Only 260 more and he can evolve.
Fang Yun flicked his tongue, detected the various smells around.
Now that he thinks about it, he didn¡¯t use this method of hunting for a long time. After all, in the past few months, all he ate was fish.
Although he has not used his tongue for a long time, this organ has not degraded at all. He can still sharply capture every smell within the area around him.
But he did not find prey that is suitable for him.
After slithering for three or four miles, he finally found a goat and sessfully hunted it. Earning 350 bio-energy point.
His bio-energy has finally met the evolution requirement.
Fang Yunid on the edge of a shrub, without bothering to cover himself, he chose to immediately evolve.
The usual burning sensation thates with every evolution didn¡¯t have the slightest effect on him anymore, not even able to affect his movement.
Ten minutester, he finished his evolution.
Fang Yun turned his head and looked at his body, examining it.
His body has be even thicker. He couldn¡¯t help but wonder what level of prey he can swallow now.
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
Throwing these thoughts to the back of his head, Fang Yun said to the system.
Not long after, a light curtain appeared in his mind.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 12
Bio-energy: 110/45000
Skill Points: 11
Body length: 9.0m
Diameter: 25cm
Power: 70
Defense: 40
Speed: 32
Agility: 35
Spirit: 37
Physical strength: 30
Skills: Fatal Venom (5/5), Fast Digestion (4/5), Skin Resistance (4/5), Discoloration Camouge (3/5)
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun browsed the values on his properties panel one by one, his heart full of excitement.
After this evolution, his body length reached nine meters and his diameter surpassed 20 cm.
With his current size, if he is found by humans, then he would absolutely board the news;
He can alreadypete for the longest python in the world.
In his previous world, he knew that the longest python in history is an extinct monster, named Titanoboa, which was 14 meters long. In second ce was the longest recorded python at 10.5 meters, but it¡¯s an absolute rarity.
It can be said that in term of length, pythons are first, followed by anacondas then other types of snakes.
With his power and size now, he can crush most animals in the world.
Tigers, lions, bears, etc¡ Perhaps only arge pack of these animals can pose a threat to him now.
However, there is also a thing that makes Fang Yun feel depressed.
That is the required points for the next evolution, which is actually 45,000 points. If nothing special happens, it will take him quite a while to fulfill this goal, after all, there aren¡¯t any reservoirs around here like that of Wu Hai.
After clearing his mood, Fang Yun transferred his gaze to the skill points column.
His current skill points are 11. Fang Yun directly upgraded ¡°Skin Resistance¡± and ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡±.
After maxing ¡°Skin Resistance¡±, his defense directly reached 70.
The scales on his body became very shiny and lustrous, looking very durable.
Fang Yun guessed that his scales probably now have an initial bulletproof ability. Of course, that would be only with small guns, and even then it would probably hurt a lot.
Even a slightly bigger gun can probably prate his defense, that¡¯s without mentioning sniper rifles and machine guns. If he wants to defend against these type of guns or even artillery, he would need a stronger type of defense skill.
Additionally, he also tested the effect of the ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± after this upgrade, his camouge ability has be even more perfect, he can almost perfectly blend with the environment now.
After getting familiar with his new abilities, Fang Yun crawled deeper into the forest. He is not nning to settle in the periphery, but the deepest part of the forest.
Even if there is prey in the periphery of the forest, they are not nearly enough to meet his requirements.
Fang Yun slithered at his fastest speed, Whether it¡¯s weeds, bushes or even rocks in his path, he directly crushed them, leaving a wide trail behind him.
He encountered a lot of animals along the way, but he didn¡¯t hide his body at all, scaring all of them to flee in terror at his sight.
After half a month of traveling, Fang Yun finally stopped. He is already in the deepest part of the forest.
At this moment, he is in a very virgin forest. Each of the trees around him is at least a bucket thick with green moss and vines on them.
ording to the state of the environment, people probably rarely or even never came here.
The jungle is very quiet, asionally the chirps of birds will sound, spreading across the forest.
Fang Yun raised his head and flicked his tongue, detecting the moisture in the air, he concluded that a water source is nearby.
As a python, he still prefers to stay in humid ces.
Fang Yun crawled for about two to three miles before hearing the sound of running water. Delighted, he quickly crawled forward and not long after, a river appeared in front of him. Although it¡¯s only about 3 to 4 meters wide but he is still very satisfied.
In addition, next to the river is a swamp.
The moment Fang Yun saw this swamp, he immediately liked it.
He quickly crawled to the edge of the swamp, then climbed a big banyan tree next to it. He wanted to check the situation around the swamp first before going there, checking if there is any top predator here.
It would be better if one existed, he can treat it as a backup food;
Most of the top predators are huge in size and because they are at the top of the natural food chain, they provide more bio-energy than other animals.
Fang Yun climbed up the big banyan tree, then crawled to a branch. his weight caused the branch to make a squeaking noise as if it was going to snap.
However, in the end, it still held in.
He lifted his head and looked around.
From his point of view, only half of the swamp can be seen. After examining the area around, Fang Yun eyes lit up.
He found arge creature.
Chapter 58: King of the Marsh
Chapter 58: King of the Marsh
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In the swamp not far from Fang Yun¡¯s location, a wood-like back covered with small spike surfaced from underwater, followed by a reptile-like head with yellow sharp eyes.
Crocodile.
That creature Is obviously a crocodile.
The crocodile stuck his head out of the water and wandered around, without carefully looking, he looks just like a piece of wood.
However, Fang Yun has long seen through its disguise. He looked straight at the crocodile head, examining it.
Its olive green color allowed it to perfectly blend with the swamp water, its eyes gleamed with coldness.
This is a real beast, its head was floating on the water surface, waiting for the unlucky one toe to drink water.
Seeing this crocodile, Fang Yun was not surprised. Crocodiles aren¡¯t unusual in swamps like this, especially inside a virgin forest.
It should be around April. The temperature is starting to increase, causing crocodiles topletely awaken from hibernation.
He moved his sight from that crocodile and looked in other directions. He discovered several other crocodiles in the swamp.
Obviously, this swamp is the territory of this crocodile group.
If he saw this scene while he was still a human, he would surely be scared to death, but now he didn¡¯t feel anything other than happiness, he has finally found his food reserve for theing days.
¡±I will live in this swamp first until the number of prey get less, then change to other ces;¡±
After making up his mind, Fang Yun climbed down the tree, then crawled into the water.
¡±blup!¡±
Bubbles appeared on the water surface.
Underwater, a huge python, more than 20 cm thick, was slowly swimming in the muddy water.
Fang Yun is nning to settle here, so he is determining the size of his territory.
He chose the area next to the big banyan tree.
The next thing to do is to expel the crocodile group from this area.
If there is a courageous one among them, he doesn¡¯t mind treating it as today¡¯s lunch.
After swimming for a while in the swamp, the first target appeared in front of him.
It¡¯s the crocodile he saw first while he was on the tree.
However, when he saw the crocodile, Fang Yun suddenly felt that it was very different from before.
Looking at this crocodile from the big banyan tree, it looked particrly majestic and scary, but now that he saw it up close, he felt that it was kind of¡ um, cute?. Maybe it¡¯s a matter of perspective, after all, he is much bigger than it. For him, it¡¯s no different from a pet crocodile.
Looking at the crocodile from his perspective, it stood in the shallow water area with its feet on the ground and two forepaws in the air, making him think of some cute cartoon style T-Rex picture he saw in his past life.
¡°Target locked, marsh crocodile, Reptile, Crocodylus, can provide 2000 bio-energy point.¡±
While Fang Yun was amused by this crocodileical style, the system mechanical voice sounded in his mind, providing him with this crocodile information.
¡°It can provide 2000 bio-energy point.¡±
Fang Yun was amazed, this is the animal with the highest bio-energy he met. But thinking about it, it¡¯s not unusual.
This crocodile is more than 3 meters long, almost 4 meters, plus crocodiles are animals that belong to the top of the food chain, so it¡¯s not uneptable that this crocodile is worth this much bio-energy.
However, after hearing the system prompt, Fang Yun changed his mind.
He previously nned to expel these crocodiles from his new territory, or just leave them as a food reserve, but now he couldn¡¯t help but have an impulse.
¡°Maybe I should hunt one to try their taste?¡±
Thinking of this, Fang Yun quickly swam toward the crocodile, his movements immediately attracted the crocodile attention.
Feeling that something is rushing towards it, the crocodile prepared to sink underwater to check the situation.
Unfortunately, it didn¡¯t have the chance to do so. Fang Yun suddenly jumped out of the water, bitting the crocodile¡¯s neck, at the same time, he wrapped his body around it and began to squeeze it.
¡±Ssh!¡±
Feeling that he was entangled, the crocodile struggled fiercely, but how could its powerpare with Fang Yun.
Whether it¡¯s strength or size, Fang Yun is leagues above him.
No matter how the crocodile struggled, it couldn¡¯t break away from Fang Yun¡¯s grip, it only annoyed him to squeeze harder and harder.
The loud noise they caused attracted the other crocodile¡¯s attention, they gathered together to watch Fang Yun kill theirpanion.
With their IQ, it seems that they didn¡¯tpletely understand what¡¯s happening.
They were just attracted by the loud noise and movement.
Ten minutester, after crushing that crocodile¡¯s bones, he dragged him to the shore then started swallowing it.
Just as Fang Yun was devouring this crocodile, in the marsh not far away, more than twenty crocodiles stupidly looked at this scene, looking very scared.
After that, Fang Yun lived here.
His huge size of almost 10 meters, plus him eating that crocodile at the beginning, made the other crocodiles flee at his sight.
Undoubtedly, Fang Yun has established his status as the king of the marsh.
¡¡¡¡
Fang Yun¡¯s body floated on the water. No creature is within his sight, he alone upies thisrge area of water.
His current bio-energy points have reached 18,540, still a long distance from the required 45,000.
However, he is not in a hurry, as long as he wants, he can gather this amount in a very short time.
There are 23 crocodiles in this marsh. Of which, 4 are less than 3 meters long, there are 7 small crocodiles less than 1 meter, the rest is about 2 meters.
Fang Yun has already calcted how much this crocodile group is worth. They can give him a total of 22,960 points, plus the 18,540 he already has, only a few thousands point will remain.
In such a virgin jungle, it¡¯s not difficult for him to get thousands of bio-energy.
However, Fang Yun isn¡¯t nning to eat this crocodile group, for the time being, He is nning to raise them for a while.
After thinking for a moment, Fang Yun¡¯s body sank into the water, preparing to use pythons usual style of hunting to hunt some prey.
His body waspletely still underwater.
If it was in his past life, don¡¯t mention staying still without moving an inch for hours, he couldn¡¯t do so for even 5 minutes.
But now that he be a python, he can easily do it.
Even if he has a human soul, this action is inscribed in his genes.
At this moment, Fang Yun acted like a piece of wood floating on the water, motionless. The surrounding water surface is alsopletely still. The only noise that can be heard is the asional fly or mosquito flying around him,
Time slowly passed. Finally, after more than two hours, the first prey walked to the swamp edge to drink water.
Chapter 59: Acting With Tyranny
Chapter 59: Acting With Tyranny
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun locked his sight on the animal that drilled from the bushes.
It¡¯s a Goral.
It looks very simr to goat, but it has a thicker body and a tan color skin. This goral has a body length of one meter and a height of more than half a meter.
Once Fang Yun looked at this goral, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, goral, Mammal, Bovidae, can provide 350 bio-energy point.¡±
The bio-energy this goral provides is much worse than the one provided by the crocodile, but Fang Yun was not disappointed. He knows very well that although top-level creatures like crocodiles provide more bio-energy, they are very rare.
If he wants to grow, he still has to rely on these animals that don¡¯t provide a lot of energy but are very numerous.
The goral stood on the edge of the marsh and vigntly scanned the water. Feeling that there is no danger nearby, it slowly approached the marsh.
The Goral bowed its head to drink water, but at the same time tightened its leg muscles, ready to run at any sight of danger.
While drinking water, it still didn¡¯t drop its guard, constantly looking up and scanning the area around for any possible danger.
Every goral is especially careful when drinking water, the careless ones has long been eaten by predators.
Fang Yun¡¯s head floated on the water, he did not hurriedly attack this Goral. He is waiting for it to slightly rx beforeunching a lightning-fast attack.
Of course, the timing should be well grasped. Otherwise, the goral will easily escape with its vignce.
After watching the goral for while, Fang Yun head sank underwater. He swam along the current downstream, not creating the slightest movement.
Not long after, he reached a location not far from the goral.
From his point of view, he can clearly see the goral tongue touching the water.
Fang Yun gradually tightened his muscles until they reached the extreme, then immediately sprang out of the water like an arrow.
¡°Ssh!¡±
The water was suddenly broken, scaring the goral to jump back. But, how could its speedpare with Fang Yun?
The goral has just jumped into the air and was immediately bitten in the neck by Fang Yun.
¡±MAaaaa!¡±
The goral screamed, wildly struggling, trying to break out of Fang Yun¡¯s mouth.
Its hooves kicked around, but while Fang Yun was bitting its neck, he quickly wrapped around it.
His huge size almostpletely covered the goral. Only its head was barely visible.
After wrapping around the goral, Fang Yun body began to contract, causing it to scream in pain. As Fang Yun contracted harder and harder the goral screams gradually became weaker and weaker until they eventually stopped;
The goral has stopped breathing, and its heart has stopped beating.
After confirming the goral¡¯s death, Fang Yun slowly loosened his body, letting it drop to the ground before slowly swallowing it.
After eating the goral, Fang Yun crawled back to the water and waited for the next unfortunate victim toe to here.
¡¡¡¡
From that day on, Fang Yun began to frequently hunt in this way. Of course, he did not just stay in the swamp. He also went to the forest to actively search for prey.
His huge size and power, coupled with agility and camouge skill, increased his hunting efficiency to a terrifyingly high level.
His menu consists mainly of gorals, goats, and wild boars.
Wild boars are also considered a top hunter in this jungle. There is a saying called ¡®one bear, two tigers, three wild boars¡¯. Being put on the same level as tigers and bears can already show its ferociousness and power.
However, even if wild boars can be considered a top-level predator. They are still nothing but a snack to Fang Yun.
For example. Just yesterday, he hunted a wild boar.
That wild boar was not small, its body length exceeded 1.5 meters, its weight was almost 200 pounds and its temper was especially violent, not intimidated by his size at all. But it still ended as a snack in his stomach, after all, there is a vast difference in their powers.
The wild boar provided 1200 bio-energy point to Fang Yun.
After swallowing the wild boar, Fang Yun returned to the swamp, however, a small ident happened after he returned to the marsh.
At that time, he encountered a crocodile who was hunting a Goral. The crocodile was bitting the Goral¡¯s neck, preparing to drag it into the water to kill it.
But Fang Yun naturally will not let it hunt in his territory.
Although he had swallowed a wild boar not long before, it was almost digested on the road back.
Without any hesitation, Fang Yun rushed to the crocodile and robbed the goral.
At that time, there were several other crocodiles nearby, prepared to share the food with the crocodile, but after seeing Fang Yun, they immediately stopped.
The crocodile who was robbed by Fang Yun was furious, immediately rushing to fight with him.
That crocodile was more than 3 meters long, already an adult.
However, although its size is indeedrge, it was still far from Fang Yun¡¯s opponent. In the end, He killed it in just a few minutes.
That crocodile didn¡¯t manage to do anything apart from increasing his bio-energy, giving him 2000 bio-energy point.
In the next few days, everything went as usual.
From time to time, Fang Yun used pythons hunting technique or just went to the forest to actively hunt. Thanks to his digestive ability, he hunted very frequently.
He hunted at least ten animals a day.
He has been in this swamp for half a month, and the number of animals he swallowed is more than 200.
Such frequent hunting has caused panic among the animals in the forest, making them very cautious, or just fleeing this ce, going into other areas.
This has deeply hit the crocodile group in the swamp.
Originally, they were barely hunting enough to fulfill their hunger, now with Fang Yun, this bottomless pit and his frequent hunting, their situation became even worse.
Furthermore, the fact that Fang Yun will snatch their prey every time he sees them hunt one didn¡¯t improve their situation at all.
The reason why this crocodile group hadn¡¯t left yet is probably that, only in this ce can they get enough sunlight.
After all, crocodiles are cold-blooded animals. They need to bask in the sun every day to raise their body temperature. It can even be said that sunlight is the basis of their survival.
Unlike this ce, other ces are mostly covered with trees, thus providing very little sunlight, so the crocodile group will naturally not leave.
During this time, Fang Yun was able to detect that the crocodile group is getting more and more agitated.
For example, in the past, no crocodile dared to enter his territory. But one day, he noticed a crocodile swimming in the water of his territory.
For this courageous crocodile who dared to enter his territory, Fang Yun naturally rewarded it. He directly killed and swallowed it.
As it was only a 2-meter long crocodile, it provided him with only 1200 bio-energy point.
Fang Yun knows that this crocodile group is very dissatisfied with him. They probably want to rebel against his tyranny.
However, he didn¡¯t care about them, he still did his own thing every day.
While Fang Yun was waiting for the crocodile¡¯s rebellion, he did not expect that someone else will look for troubles with this crocodile group first.
Chapter 60: Eating a Leopard
Chapter 60: Eating a Leopard
Trantor: Yamir Moon
It¡¯s early morning and the air is particrly cold.
The crocodile group in the swamp climbed to shore and basked in the sun.
Fang Yun hangs on the branch of the big banyan tree. His skin can now keep his body heat. It¡¯s no longer necessary to bask in the sun like the crocodiles.
Just as he was about to climb down the tree toplete today¡¯s hunting, he stopped. Looking at a bush not far away, his eyes sharpened.
Hiding in the bushes, a pair of eyes looked straight at the crocodile¡¯s group.
It¡¯s a leopard.
Once Fang Yun discovered the other party, he immediately recognized its identity.
Although cheetahs and leopards are very simr, there are still quite noticeable differences between them. Cheetahs have ck solid spots, while leopards have a hollow, shoehorse like spot.
¡±Is it ning on hunting a crocodile?¡±
After thinking for a moment, Fang Yun guessed the intention of this leopard, which caused his eyes to get even sharper.
In nature, although there are events in which leopards kill crocodiles, they are very few. Crocodiles are also top predators, even if leopards try to hunt them, it¡¯s difficult to say who is going to end as a prey.
Right now, the leopard was hiding in a bush, staring at the crocodile¡¯s group who are basking in the sun. This is an indicator that the leopard is nning to hunt a crocodile.
This leopard looks very strong, with a 2-meters long body full of muscles.
It looked extremely cautious, deeply hiding in the bushes. Its fur yed an excellent camouge effect. If his sense of smell wasn¡¯t so sensitive, even he wouldn¡¯t have discovered it.
¡±It¡¯s about to attack.¡±
Fang Yun keenly noticed the leopard muscles tightening. In the next moment, the leopard jumped out from the bushes, turning into a shadow. In just 2 to 3 seconds, it reached the crocodile that was the closest to it.
The leopard opened its mouth and bit right into that crocodile¡¯s neck before mming it into the ground.
The other crocodiles fled in panic after seeing this scene.
After getting a good grip on the crocodile¡¯s neck, the leopard dragged it away, trying to retreat into the jungle.
The crocodile in his mouth is barely 1-meter long, it should be a young crocodile. At this moment, this young crocodile is holding onto the ground with its arms, trying its best to resist the leopard pull, holding on to dear life.
Only now did the crocodile group react, threatening the leopard with their roar, trying to scare it away. Even two crocodiles approached the leopard, looking for a chance to attack.
This crocodile group seemed to feel aggrieved. Not long ago, they were suffering from that big python oppression, now they are being hunted by a leopard.
They are also a creature at the top of the food chain, why are they so wronged?
¡±Roar.¡±
Seeing that two crocodiles are approaching, the leopard didn¡¯t even let go of the small crocodile, he just growled at them from the corner of his teeth, which still scared them to stop.
Most of the crocodiles are hiding in the water, not even daring to go to the shore.
Sometimes, a crocodile bites a prey but is unable to drag it underwater due to its strength, causing them to be deadlocked. At that time, the crocodile will take the initiative to give up.
In his past life, Fang Yun once saw a video. Where a crocodile bit a deer on thend but was unable to drag it to the water, the two stayed in the same position for just two minutes before the crocodile took the initiative to leave.
Some people said that the crocodile was moved by the deer¡¯s persistence, so he let it go.
However, it was in fact because the crocodile couldn¡¯t stay onnd for too long so he voluntarily gave up his food.
The leopard, seeing that the two crocodiles stopped, continued dragging the crocodile in his mouth to the forest. The small crocodile was still struggling in the leopard¡¯s mouth. However, its neck is already heavily bleeding, it won¡¯tst very long.
Seeing this scene while still hanging from the tree, Fang Yun was speechless.
That crocodile didn¡¯t provide even a challenge for the leopard, ending as a snack in its mouth. More importantly, a group of 20 crocodiles just watched without doing anything.
With courage like this, they still dare to think about rebelling against him?
Fang Yun shook his head in disappointment. Looking back to the leopard, his gaze became very cold.
This crocodile group is alreadybeled as a reserve food for him, how can other beasts juste and have a share without his permission?
¡°bang.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s swung his body on the branch before jumping straight on the ground, causing arge bang.
The leopard, who was dragging the crocodile not far away was scared by this noise. Turning its head to look at the sound source, it was even more scared to see a giant python quickly slithering towards it.
The leopard tightened its muscles. At the same time, it growled at Fang Yun, trying to scare him away.
But how could Fang Yun be as timid as these crocodiles?
He not only did not stop but elerated even further. Seeing that Fang Yun was not scared by him, the leopard dropped the crocodile in his mouth and run towards the forest.
If it¡¯s a 4 or 5 meters long python, the leopard may have not given up so easily.
But this one is almost 10 meters long, and its speed is still very fast.
It ran a few steps toward the bushes before turning back to look at the crocodile¡¯s body, seeming reluctant to give up its prey. But, after looking back, the leopard was shocked.
Because it saw that the big python did not even look at the crocodile¡¯s body, but still ran toward it with very fast speed.
Seeing this, the leopard turned around, wanting to jump into the bushes to escape. However, the big python behind it suddenly broke with an unimaginable speed, bitting straight on its leg;
After biting the leopard¡¯s leg, he pulled it from mid-air and mmed it on the ground.
¡±Roar!¡±
The leopard stood up from the ground and roared at Fang Yun, seemingly ready to fight with him. However, Fang Yun opened his mouth, letting the leopard go.
Seeing this, the leopard did not hesitate to turn around and run. However, after running a few steps, it fell on the ground and started trashing in pain. Not long after, it stopped moving.
Fang Yun crawled over and directly swallowed the leopard in his belly.
Although a two-meter long leopard is very big, it¡¯s still nothingpared to Fang Yun. After eating the leopard, Fang Yun crawled back to the big banyan tree, but on the way, he nced at the dying crocodile.
¡°This crocodile¡¯s neck is heavily bleeding, it¡¯s probably not going to survive. I should eat it too, after all, wasting food is a sin.¡±
Fang Yun cheekily thought. He directly crawled to the crocodile and poisoned it. After the leopard in his stomach was almost digested, he swallowed the crocodile.
The leopard provided 1700 bio-energy points, while the crocodile provided 800 points because of its small size.
After eating both a crocodile and a leopard, Fang Yun gave up on hunting today.
After that, life has returned to normal. Fang Yun still goes hunting every day, but because of his bottomless stomach, the number of prey is getting lesser and lesser.
Sometimes when he doesn¡¯t catch much prey, he simply goes to the marsh to eat a crocodile.
In just seven days, he ate almost ten crocodiles.
By now, his total bio-energy has reached 35,240 points.
It¡¯s not far from the required 45,000 for evolution.
While Fang Yun was fantasying about his next evolution. The remaining crocodiles in the marsh seemed to finally lose their ability to endure and began to resist Fang Yun¡¯s brutal rule.
Chapter 61: Exterminating Action
Chapter 61: Exterminating Action
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun coiled up, quietly looking at the crocodiles around him.
He was nning to stay in the swamp for a while, seeing if he could ambush a beast. However, as soon as he got in the water, he was immediately surrounded by the crocodile group.
There are 13 crocodiles remaining in the crocodile group, 3 of which are young ones, now hiding behind the adults.
Although he was surrounded by the crocodile group, Fang Yun was not flustered at all.
In fact, he had long expected that this day wille, he was rather amazed that the crocodiles remained patient to this day.
His gaze swept through the crocodiles around him, eventually stopping on a crocodile on the side that looks slightly smaller.
¡°bang.¡±
Fang Yun smacked the floor with his tail, jumping at that crocodile with breakneck fast speed.
That crocodile wasn¡¯t intimidated by the big python jumping at it, instead, it actively ran to Fang Yun.
It can be seen that due to theirrge number and the battlefield being in the water, this crocodile group¡¯s courage became much fatter.
When the two were about to collide together, Fang Yun slightly leaned to the side, avoiding the crocodile¡¯s bite, then biting straight on its belly.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate to inject his venom into the crocodile¡¯s body.
After injecting his venom, Fang Yun opened his mouth, released the crocodile then slightly retreated. The crocodile didn¡¯t want to waste this opportunity, quickly rushing at Fang Yun, but it didn¡¯t even take a few steps before dropping on the to the ground. rolling around and screaming in pain.
The other crocodiles not far from away were stunned, stupidly watching the crocodile that was rolling on the water.
Fang Yun¡¯s body shed again, this time, he took the initiative to bite another crocodile. A few secondster, another crocodile was rolling on the water in pain.
Fang Yun has already rushed out of this crocodile¡¯s group encirclement, but he did not leave.
Since this group of crocodiles finally chose to attack him, then it¡¯s not worth it to keep them anymore, it¡¯s time for him to open a grand feast.
Fang Yun looked at the eleven crocodiles in front of him, his eyes exuding a cold glow.
Although he had already used his venom twice in a row. He is feeling that the venom left in his nd is more than enough to poison all of these crocodiles and still have plenty left.
After a small stalemate, the crocodile group opposite to him took the initiative to attack. All of them rushed at him at the same time.
The movement caused by the crocodile group was not small, water was sshed everywhere and roars sounded from time to time.
In the face of this crocodile group rushing toward him, Fang Yun didn¡¯t choose to collide head-on with them. Instead, he slithered to the right before attacking a crocodile. He instantly wrapped around it, then bit it and injected his venom.
After injecting his venom, he quickly released his mouth and let the crocodile go. This process took less than 4 seconds, showcasing his speed and agility.
However, even if he acted with such a speed, a crocodile still has managed to reach his position and bit towards his body. Seeing that, Fang Yun immediately pped it with his tail.
In this way, the battle didn¡¯tst even 5 minutes.
The water of the marsh calmed down after that. Thirteen big bodies floated on the water.
Suddenly, a huge python emerged from the water, causing drops of water to fall everywhere. It bit a crocodile¡¯s body, dragged it to the shore, then swallowed it whole.
Fortunately, this is an uninhabited jungle. Otherwise, if this scene was discovered, it will probably attract the attention of the whole world.
A single giant python killed 13 crocodiles in a head-on battle.
Although this battle was easily won by Fang Yun, it wasn¡¯t without a price. He is feeling sore over all his body. Although the crocodiles couldn¡¯t injure him, they still caused him a lot of pain. He probably needs to rest for a few days to restore his condition to the peak.
After Fang Yun ate the 13 crocodiles, He sessfully acquired 18,400 bio-energy points.
Adding his 35,240 points of bio-energy, his total bio-energy reached 53,640 points.
He has already met the requirement for evolution.
¡±System, start this evolution.¡±
Fang Yunid on the shore and thought internally. Immediately after, his evolution began.
Ten minutester, his evolution was finally over.
¡±I should now be the biggest python in the world.¡±
Looking at his iparably thick body, Fang Yun cheerfully thought. Thinking of something, he immediately called the system panel in his mind.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 13
Bio-energy: 16640/65000
Skill Points: 13
Body length: 11m
Diameter: 32cm
Power: 90
Defense: 80
Speed: 37
Agility: 40
Spirit: 42
Physical strength: 35
Skills: Fatal Venom (5/5), Quick Digestion (4/5), Skin Resistance (5/5), Discoloration Camouge (4/5)
_______________________________________________________________
This evolution made Fang Yun¡¯s body length reach a stunning 11 meters long and 32 cm in diameter, almost the length of a school bus. If people were to meet a behemoth like this in the wild, most of them will faint from fear.
¡±I¡¯ve got another 12 skill points, but now, there are only ¡°Quick Digestion¡± and ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± that can be upgraded.¡±
After calming his excitement, Fang Yun looked at the Skill points column.
The two skills ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± and ¡°quick digestion¡± have been upgraded 4 times. Only one more upgrade and all his skills will be maxed out, which requires 8 points.
This is the first time that he had an excess of skill points.
With a heartache, Fang Yun upgraded these two skills.
Subsequently, he activated the skill ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± trying its effect.
The color of his body instantly changed, bing the same color as the surrounding environment.
Even all the marking, lines and patterns on his body have changed to match with the surrounding environment. It can be said that he has be ¡®one with nature¡¯.
After this upgrade, Fang Yun¡¯s stealth has be much more sophisticated. Even if people walk by his side, or even carefully examine this area, as long as they don¡¯t touch him, then it¡¯s almost impossible to spot him.
¡±sigh¡¡¡±
Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief and restored his original color.
He slowly moved his stout body and climbed to the big banyan tree on the edge of the marsh.
Crawling on the branches. they made a ¡®squeaky¡¯ sound as if they are going to snap anytime.
With his current size, his weight is probably at least seven or eight hundred pounds.
It¡¯s already a miracle that this banyan tree branch didn¡¯t snap with such a huge beast hanging on it.
Fang Yun did not think about whether the big banyan tree could withstand his weight; he is currently thinking about his next ns.
There is no crocodile in this marsh, so naturally, it¡¯s not worth staying here anymore.
Now it¡¯s time to change ces.
However, he did not intend to leave immediately. He is nning to rest here for a few days until he restores his condition to its best state. Only then will he leave.
In the next few days, Fang Yun has been mostly resting in the marsh, only going to hunt asionally when he feels hungry.
He is bing more and morefortable with his life in the jungle. The daily monotonous life doesn¡¯t bore him anymore. Instead, he enjoys it.
Fang Yun felt that his will has be even stronger.
After five days passed, his condition was at its best state, so Fang Yun was preparing to leave.
However, just when he was about to leave, an ident happened. He actually saw peopleing to the edge of the swamp.
How can there be people so deep in this forest?
Chapter 62: Meeting Humans Again
Chapter 62: Meeting Humans Again
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s body was hidden in the bushes under the big banyan tree. He looked at the direction of the sound from the openings in the bushes.
He heard the sound of people talking from there. Sure enough, not long after, a group of people appeared in that direction.
This is a team of 30 people. All of them are wearing a pair of waist-high rubber shoes. These shoes are very tightly sealed, waterproof and non-slip. Of course, they have a more important function, that is to prevent insects bites, especially the poisonous one.
Seven of the 30 people are girls, all in their early twenties. Others are men of various ages, both young and old. One of them looks like a guide, his ent is a bit different from the rest and his skin is very rough and tanned.
Additionally, five of the guys were pulling horses behind them. On the horses back, there are various objects.
Fang Yun was examining this group of people. He watched as this group of people stood on the edge of the river, acting together to take down the various objects on the horses back and put them on the ground.
Only now did Fang Yun discover that the things on the horse¡¯s back were various cameras and equipment.
¡±Is that¡ a film crew?¡±
Fang Yun was amazed. He heard the words ¡°actor¡± and ¡°line¡± a lot of times from that group of people.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun interest was picked. He decided to stay here for a while to watch them.
This filming crew actually went this deep into the forest to film, they are really dedicated.
¡¡
¡°The guide said that there are crocodiles in this swamp. Wang Yang, take the machine to sweep the water, if there are any crocodiles, drive them away!¡±
A 50-year-old man said pointed to a man in the crowd then said to him. After that, he turned to the crowd and started yelling at them.
¡°Everyone has to work hard, we are going to stay here for a long time.¡±
¡°You don¡¯t have to be so polite, mister Feng.¡±
Everyone else smiled.
At this time, the young man named Wang Yang picked up a device from a horse¡¯s back.
This device has quite the odd look, probably some kind of machine.
He has some kind of battery on his back and two bamboo poles in his hand. The bamboo pole was hollow in the middle with a wire passing through the hole. One end of the wire was connected to the battery and the other end was connected to the two poles.
Wang Yang cautiously walked towards the marsh, looking a little nervous.
However, fear wasn¡¯t apparent on his face, after all this isn¡¯t the first time he did jobs like this.
When he reached the edge of the marsh, he pressed the switch of the machine and stuck the bamboo pole in the water. Sparks shed at the end of the bamboo poles.
¡±Zzz.¡±
A light buzzing sounded as the bamboo touched the water.
Small fish floated, belly firest, on the water.
The other people on the shore looked somewhat nervous. After all, there are crocodiles in this marsh. If the electric equipment fails to drive the crocodiles away, or even worse, irritate them. Then they may end up in danger.
In the crowd, two people took out an anesthetic gun and pointed at the marsh, ready to shoot at any possible danger.
However, after waiting for a while, apart from the dead fish on the water, the marsh was still very calm.
Everyone looked at each other in wonder.
Didn¡¯t the guide say that there are crocodiles in this marsh?
They had created such a big noise on the shore, but there isn¡¯t even a shadow of a crocodile.
They closely looked. The bubbles on the water surface are the one that Wang Yan created. Apart from that, the water surface ispletely calm, with no trace of crocodiles at all.
Everyone threw a confused look at the guide.
The guide also looked very confused. He is sure that crocodile used to live here.
¡°Oh, maybe the crocodiles have migrated to other ces.¡±
The old man known as Feng Zhan said with a smile, pping his hands, he urged his crew.
¡°Well, since there are no crocodiles here, then we will start filming.¡±
¡±I want all of the personnel ready in 5 minutes.¡±
Hearing that, all of the personnel got to work.
After seeing this scene, Feng Zhan located a stone and sat down. Feeling the pain in his back, He stretched his waist and limbs. His face showing a tired look.
His name is Feng Zhan, a well-known big director. However, most of the films he shot in thest two years were mediocre at most, causing his fame to decline. This time, he is dead set on making a hot film to restore his fame.
It was his idea to go deep into a virgin forest to capture the most authentic scene.
This mountain road was not easy to climb. They have been walking for many days causing him, a pampered director, to suffer a lot. But this is the road he picked up, so he could only grit his teeth and continue walking.
¡±Oh, Feng brother, your ¡°Giants invasion¡± will definitely be popr. The script is so good, the shooting location is so authentic, everyone will absolutely love it.¡±
A man with a cap walked over to Fang Zhan and handed him a bottle of mineral water.
Feng Zhan took the water bottle then smiled and said.
¡°Well, let¡¯s hope that you are right, but I don¡¯t really understand the current movie market, so I can only hope that this movie gets popr.¡±
He took a sip of water and immediately said.
¡°Xiao Long, after this trip end. You must do a very good job in copywriting and advertising. I noticed that all the popr movies in the past year always have one feature.¡±
¡°That is their advertisement and promotion is very well done. They weren¡¯t even released yet, but they were already crazy popr.¡±
¡°The poprity of the film has to be high, the theatre must be packed the moment the movie is released. Finally, as long as the film quality isn¡¯t too bad. The box office will only get higher and higher.¡±
Hearing this, the man in the cap nodded and patted his chest.
¡°Brother Feng, you don¡¯t have to worry, after this trip, I will think about how to advertise this movie.¡±
Feng Zhan smiled, stood up and patted the cap man¡¯s shoulder, then walked over to the side of the marsh.
All the equipment have been assembled and all the relevant personnel is in their ce.
A girl was standing on the edge of the marsh at the moment. She took off her rubber shoes, leaving only shorts and a tight T-shirt.
However, her clothes are obviously were treated, appearing to be ragged with many stains.
Her face also has makeup, looking just like she fled from the dirty marsh.
¡±Not bad.¡±
Feng Zhan nodded.
¡°Xiaoyu is almost the exact same image as ¡®Zhao Xue¡¯ I conceived.¡±
¡±Thank you, director Feng.¡±
Chen Xiaoyu smiled sweetly and said with gratitude.
She is just a third-rate star. She didn¡¯t expect to be invited by renown directed like director Feng, so she is very determined to take this opportunity.
However, there is only one thing that made her depressed.
The filming environment is too difficult.
It¡¯s actually a virgin forest filled with a variety of wild beasts. More importantly, she actually has to go to a swamp filled with crocodiles to film.
However, Thinking about the attention and poprity that she will get after this movie was out. She suppressed her emotions to the deepest part of her mind.
If she shows depression on her face, then she may cause the director dissatisfaction.
¡±Okay, start shooting now!¡±
Hearing the shout of Feng Zhan, Chen Xiaoyu on the edge of the swamp took a deep breath, then walked into the marsh resolutely. When the water level almost reached her waist, she stopped moving, then turned back.
Not far away, the cameraman stood on the shore and pointed the camera at her.
¡±Yes, just stand there.¡±
Feng Zhanmanded on the edge of the swamp.
¡°Well, Xiaoyu, now pretend that in front of you, a giant anaconda is staring at you.¡±
¡±Your eyes must be concentrated, giving people the feeling that you are staring at something.¡±
¡±What you should express is the state of being surprised, your expression should not change abruptly, there must be a gradual process.¡±
Chen Xiaoyu stood in the marsh. ording to Feng Zhan¡¯s instructions, she stared right at the big banyan tree not far away, pretending that there is something there that caught her attention.
However, her body suddenly stiffened, after which she started trembling. She fixedly looked at the big banyan tree in front of her, horror was showing in her face.
¡±Yes! Right! It¡¯s this expression!¡±
After seeing Chen Xiaoyu¡¯s performance, Feng Zhan showed a touch of excitement on his face. He felt that he did not choose the wrong person. Chen Xiaoyu¡¯s performance at this moment was impable.
In the water marsh, the fear on Chen Xiaoyu face was growing more and more. Seeming to finally reach the limit of her tolerance. Xiaoyu let out a loud scream.
¡±Ahhhh!!!¡±
Chapter 63: There is Really a Python
Chapter 63: There is Really a Python
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Ahhh!!!¡±
Chen Xiaoyu screamed in horror, turning around. She hurriedly escaped to the shore, as if behind her, there is truly a horrifying beast chasing her.
The cameraman beside her was very calm at the moment, still firmly pointing the camera at Xiaoyu.
¡±Excellent!¡±
At the same time, Feng Zhan on the shore pped of thighs, his face was full of satisfaction.
¡°Xiaoyu, your acting is extremely good!¡±
After he said this, he walked to Xiaoyu, intending to give her a hug.
The other crew members were also smiling at this moment.
They also felt that Xiaoyu¡¯s previous acting was perfect. This is a good start, after finishing all the scenes in this area. They will immediately leave this sh*tty ce.
The cameraman behind Chen Xiaoyu put the camera on the floor, sighing in relief.
This camera is really heavy. It¡¯s veryborious to rely just on one man to shoot all the scenes in this area, fortunately, this scene was perfect on the first try, sparing him a lot of work.
¡±Hah, mister Feng, fast, we must leave¡¡±
Feng Zhan walked over and grabbed Chen Xiaoyu who was still running. He was preparing to praise her when she suddenly said with her voice shaking.
¡±There are snakes here!¡±
¡±Ha ha ha!¡±
After hearing Chen Xiaoyu¡¯s words, Feng Zhan couldn¡¯t help butugh.
¡°Xiaoyu, this scene was finished, you can rx.¡±
He gently patted Chen Xiaoyu¡¯s back and tried to calm her.
¡±Xiaoyu is taking her role very seriously, she is so immersed in her script.¡±
The man in the cap next to Feng Zhan jokingly said.
Hearing that, Feng Zhan replied with a smile.
¡°This is a trait that all good actors should have, only by being immersed in the plot can they express their emotions so clearly.¡±
¡±These days, most of the actors don¡¯t want to work hard, don¡¯t want to immerse themselves in the plot. Although their performance looks impable on the surface, it doesn¡¯t look genuine, there is not much feeling in it. Only actors like Xiaoyu have a bright future in front of them.¡±
After saying this, he looked appreciatively at Chen Xiaoyu.
¡±No, director!¡±
Chen Xiaoyu was crying. she held Feng Zhan hand and said in a panic.
¡°There are snakes here! There are big pythons!¡±
what?
Feng Zhan and the rest looked at each other.
snake? What snake?
Just as they were confused, suddenly -
¡°Break!¡±
The sound of something crawling on the ground sounded, everyone¡¯s face stiffened, their breathing stagnated and the atmosphere suddenly became very tense.
They slowly turned around, looking at the source of the sound.
After seeing what caused that sound.
¡°Glup!¡±
Feng Zhan gulped. He felt that his feet became like jelly.
Not far away, a huge python drilled from the bushes and was crawling along the shoreline.
This giant python is at least 10 meters long and is crazy thick, much thicker than an adult man thigh.
For such a huge python, even an adult man is nothing but a snack.
¡±Feng, Feng.¡±
After seeing this huge python again, Chen Xiaoyu was immediately scared to death. She hugged Feng Zhan¡¯s body and stuck her breasts onto his arms, seemingly wanting somefort.
However, Feng Zhan at this time didn¡¯t pay any attention to that, he was also very shocked, his head was nk.
The other crew members are basically the same, staring at the giant python in a thunderstruck manner.
As the python crawled further and further, the eyes of the people on the edge of the marsh didn¡¯t leave it for even a second, afraid that the giant python suddenly goes berserk and attack them.
Fortunately, the giant python didn¡¯t even nce at them, it just crawled along the shoreline, getting farther and farther.
Seeing that the giant python is more than 100 meters away, the atmosphere on the shore of the marsh gradually rxed.
¡±sigh¡¡¡±
In the crowd, some people let out a sigh of relief, turning back, they looked at each other with a bitter smile.
They came this deep into the forest to make a movie about giant pythons, and they actually met a true giant python.
Only now did these people understand, Chen Xiaoyu wasn¡¯t acting at all. That was her real reaction.
Everyone has once seen a python, zoos have plenty of them.
But most of the pythons they saw weren¡¯t even 3 meters. 4 or 5-meter python are absolute rarities in the zoo. More importantly, they were all behind a protective ss cover.
However, the python that they just saw was at least 10 meters long.
What concept is this?
The height of one floor is about three meters. If this python were to stand up straight, then he would be taller than 3 floors!
They have never seen such a huge python before! Not even in pictures!
It¡¯s no wonder that everyone was so scared.
¡°This¡¡¡±
Director Feng looked at the back of giant python, wiping a cold sweat on his forehead. He said to his crewmembers
¡°How could there be such a huge python in this ce?¡±
His eyes turned to the guide hidden in the crowd.
The guide showed a confused look, indicating that he doesn¡¯t know.
¡°This python is at least 10 meters long, probably the only one of its kind in the whole world.¡±
The cap man took a deep breath and said.
¡°I really don¡¯t know if we are lucky or unlucky.¡±
All the other people were powerlessly lying on the ground. That ¡®standoff¡¯ with the python before had drained all their strength.
Everyone shook their heads when they heard the cap man words.
A python this big is so rare that even if people want to meet with it, it¡¯s even harder than winning the lottery. If it was a biologist who met with it, he would probably get very excited.
However, ordinary people like them absolutely don¡¯t want to meet with horrible behemoths like this in the wild.
¡±Now that I think about it, the crocodiles in this swamp shouldn¡¯t have been eaten by this python?¡±
Suddenly, someone in the crowd said.
The atmosphere that had finally rxed tensed again.
When they reached this ce, everyone did not find the crocodiles they expected and concluded that they have immigrated. But now, things may not be that simple.
Thinking that the previous python may have devoured all the crocodiles in the swamp, caused everyone to feel a chill in their spine.
If that giant python intended to eat them, then would they even survive?
Especially Chen Xiaoyu, she is shaking in fear right now.
Fortunately, that giant python was on the shore. If it was in the water¡
She couldn¡¯t help but imagine herself walking step by step into the marsh. Under the water, a giant python is staring at her greedily, but she is oblivious.
Suddenly, the giant python attacked her, bitting her leg and dragging her underwater.
Thinking of this, Chen Xiaoyu shook even harder.
¡°Well, everyone, do not think about it anymore!¡±
Feng Zhan pped his hands.
¡°Pack everything, I think that we should change ces!¡±
Although the giant python has already left. No one is sure that it wille back, so they certainly can¡¯t continue staying here.
After hearing that, the crew members were relieved.
If Feng Zhan insists on continuing to film here, then they are really risking their lives.
After packing up, the group was preparing to leave this ce.
¡±Xiao Long, what are you still watching the phone for, let¡¯s leave!¡±
Feng Zhan urged the cap man to hurry up. At this time, he still has the mood toy with his mobile phone. He really does have guts.
Seeing that the cap man was still watching his phone, he shook his head and walked over. However, once he saw what the cap man was watching, he was stunned.
He is currently watching a video on his mobile phone.
It¡¯s the video of the giant python that previously walked along the shoreline.
¡±Feng brother, I think we have the promotional clip for our movie.¡±
Chapter 64: Xiaoma appears
Chapter 64: Xiaoma appears
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun slowly crawled on the ground. He was nning to wait for those guys to leave before leaving himself and by the way, see the movie these guys were filming.
However, after hearing that they are nning to stay here for a long time, Fang Yun changed his mind and crawled out of the bushes.
As for how much psychological damage he caused to this group, he doesn¡¯t care at all.
Of course, seeing as these people didn¡¯t make any hostile action towards him, he will not deliberately hurt them.
Although he is now a python, he still has a human soul in his body. He can¡¯t see other humans as prey at all. Even if doing so will make him evolve at a breakneck speed.
After leaving the marsh, Fang Yun nned to search for a ce that is simr to it. Especially with the top predators.
The creatures at the top of the food chain provide much more energy than the regr ones, evolution would be very quick if he found a ce full of top predators.
Unfortunately, even after ten days of searching, he still did not find a suitable ce to live in.
While Fang Yun was looking for a suitable habitat for him. Feng Zhan and his crew finally recorded all the scenes and hurriedly walked down the mountain.
However, they were very deep inside the forest, even at full speed, it still took them half a month to get to the city.
They took all the necessary scenes for the movie, all that remains is the post-production, but Feng Zhan has already started promoting his film, gathering the preheat as he nned at the beginning.
¡¡¡¡
Chen Meng walked out of the bathroom, wearing only a bath towel.
Today, she finally returned home, but because her parents are on a business trip, she is the only one at home.
grabbing the phone that was resting on the table and looking at the time. It¡¯s 8 o¡¯clock in the evening.
Chen Meng, who looked somewhat bored, immediately got excited. She walked to the sofa and sat down, picking up the remote, she turned the TV on.
Every Saturday night at 8:00 pm, a program is broadcast at Apple Terrace called ¡°Entertainment World¡±, hosted by her favorite host, He Na.
This is a dialogue program where they invite famous entertainment stars toe to the show.
It¡¯s said that the guest of today¡¯s episode is the great director Feng Zhan.
Feng Zhan is also intending to promote his new movie ¡°Giants Invasion¡±.
Chen Meng thought that if this film looks good, she might go watch it with her girlfriends.
Switching the channel to Apple terrace, the show has already begun.
The Host He Na and the guest Feng Zhan both walked the stage. After sitting down, they began with the small talk before moving to the main topic.
¡±We all know that in the current film and television circle, Director Feng Zhan is one of the top directors.¡±
The host He Naplimented Feng Zhan, to which he responded with a humble smile. Seeing his reactions, He Na continued speaking.
¡°Every new movie filmed by Director Feng is widely anticipated, and this time is no exception. After the announcement of his new film, I¡¯ve noticed a lot of people talking about it on the inte.¡±
¡±I heard that you have just finished filming in the wild. Everyone wants to know about your new movie plot, but they had no chance. Now that you came to our show, then I¡¯m going to ask you some questions on behalf of your fans.¡±
¡°Why did you change your filming style to the Sci-fi type?¡±
A particrly curious look appeared on He Na¡¯s face, looking really interested in this issue.
Feng Zhan answered her with a rxed look on his face. Obviously, he was already prepared.
He Na asked several questions in session, making the atmosphere of the show very lively. After all, as a famous TV host, He Na is a master at lightning everyone¡¯s mood.
As a well-known director, Feng Zhan has also highmunication skills, plus he is very humorous. Even the host, He Na, was often amused by him andughed.
Chen Meng was also amused,ughing from time to time.
Hearing the conversation on the TV. she became more and more interested in this new movie by Feng Zhan, deciding to watch it after it was out.
Suddenly, the host He Na asked a particr question to Feng Zhan, making Chen Meng¡¯s eyes shine with interest.
¡±Director Feng, you should have found a lot of interesting things in the wild. Can you share it with us on the show?¡±
¡±Haha, d you asked. We really found a very interesting ¡°thing¡± in the wild!¡±
Feng Zhanughed, correcting his posture, he said.
¡°At that time, we just arrived at our shooting destination, which is very deep in the Tang mountain forest in china.¡±
¡±When we were about to start filming, a big guy appeared which scared all of us to almost faint.¡±
¡±Oh, What animal was it? a wild boar? A wolf, or a leopard?¡± He Na asked tentatively.
Feng Zhan grinned and shook his head. Then he looked back at the crew members and said.
¡°Well, I won¡¯t withhold your appetite anymore, watch yourself.¡±
¡±Guide, please y the video I gave you before.¡±
Hearing this, He Na¡¯s eyes lit up and looked at the screen with expectations, The big screen was turned on, causing the audience to show a look full of expectations.
Seemingly infected by this kind of emotion. Chen Meng, who was watching TV began to look forward to what is going to be shown.
Suddenly, the big screen behind the stage lit up, after which a picture appeared.
Although the picture is a little shaking but the quality is particrly clear.
In that picture, ancient giant trees are everywhere. It¡¯s clear at a nce that the video is taken is a virgin forest.
Suddenly, the angle of view of the video moved down, causing the picture on the screen to be blurred. At the same time, a big shadow appeared on the screen.
Not long after, the video gradually became clear. They finally saw the true picture of the huge shadow.
It¡¯s a huge python!
¡±Wow!¡±
Exmations sounded everywhere in the show. Even He Na on the stage was shocked after seeing this scene.
The python in the picture is huge. Because there are reference objects such as these trees in the video, they can roughly estimate the size of that python.
This python body length is at least 10 meters and his diameter is probably more than 30 centimeters!
¡±Director Feng!¡±
He Na snapped out of her daze and immediately asked Feng Zhan, ¡°Is this true?¡±
¡±Is this Big python real? It must be at least 10 meters long!¡±
¡±Yes, This giant python is at least ten meters in length, although I don¡¯t know how it reached china.¡±
¡±But I can guarantee that this video is true. If you have any doubt, you can ask an expert for identification.¡±
On the sofa, Chen Meng, after seeing this giant python was equally shocked.
At this time, the cameraman suddenly zoomed the camera at the screen hung on the wall, causing the giant python in the picture to be magnified. Chen Meng can clearly see the lines and the scales on the python¡¯s body.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Chen Meng was speechless. after the video was zoomed in. The giant python crawling on the ground seemed to be right in front of her, giving her an unparalleled sense of shock.
¡±This snake is too big.¡±
Chen Meng said in shock. After calming down, she immediately called her girlfriends to share such an interesting thing.
Suddenly, a furry creature climbed the sofa and jumped to the table.
That creature is a squirrel.
It ran to one side of the table then stopped. On that table is a magazine, which was currently opened, with a picture on that page.
On the trunk of an old tree, a snake was sticking its head out of a tree hole with a squirrel hanging on its head.
The little squirrel stared at the picture in the magazine for a while. Suddenly it looked up at Chen Meng next to it, seeing that Chen Meng was watching the TV, it also looked at it.
It immediately noticed the big snake on TV.
¡°Squeak?¡±
The squirrel screamed.
Chapter 65: Famous Fang Yun
Chapter 65: Famous Fang Yun
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Hearing the cry of the little squirrel, Chen Meng looked down at it, then extended her hands and held the little squirrel.
Looking at the little squirrel staring at the TV, Chen Meng whispered.
¡°That¡¯s not your little friend.¡±
After saying this, she looked a little emotional.
A few days ago, they went to Wulong Mountain again to visit the snake and the squirrel in the pine tree. However, they only found the squirrel sitting on a branch in a listless manner, seemingly waiting for something.
She has a discussion with her girlfriends and finally decided to bring the squirrel back.
Perhaps because they met previously. The squirrel was not afraid of them, causing them to bring it back safely.
But in the beginning, no matter what they did. The squirrel was alwayscking energy. However, once they opened the magazine and showed him the picture. He immediately became full of energy, jumping up and down in excitement.
Only now did they understand what happened.
The reason why the little squirrel was so listless andcking in energy is that he lost his little friend.
Chen Meng and her girlfriends didn¡¯t know the reason, but they guessed that that snake was likely dead. After all, such things are verymon in the wild.
The little squirrel stood on the branch, probably waiting for its little friend toe back. but it¡¯s obvious that no matter how much it waited, its friend will note back.
Hearing what Chen Meng has said. The squirrel looked closely at the snake on the TV. Although it looks somewhat simr to his friend, it¡¯s not him. Disappointed, it lowered its head and jumped back to the table.
¡¡
After the release of this week ¡°Entertainment World¡±, it immediately detonated the inte, everyone was particrly interested in Feng Zhan¡¯s experience.
This seems a bit ironic.
Feng Zhan went to the forest to shoot a movie about giant pythons, and he just happened to meet with a true giant python.
More importantly, that python is too big!
It¡¯s more than 10 meters long, making it the longest python ever discovered in thest decade.
This video not only made ordinary people boil, but it also shocked the scientificmunity.
After everyone studied the video released by Feng Zhan, they agreed that it was indeed real. That python is truly more than 10 meters long and is likely to be around 12 meters.
For a while, most of the media headlines were about this python.
Even some TV stations began to broadcast news about this giant python. In fact, some of the news about this python even reached abroad.
¡±Professor Tang, we have alreadymunicated with Director Feng Zhan.¡±
In an office filled with books, two people sat opposite of each other.
These two guys, one is quite old, probably around 60 and the other is pretty young.
The two sat at a desk, and the one who has just talked is the young one.
¡±how about it?¡±
Tang Xue took off his sses and asked with a look of concern.
He is a renowned biology professor. In the past few days, he had been constantly hearing about the giant python, which he didn¡¯t believe at first, but after the video experts confirmed the authenticity of the video. He became very excited.
It¡¯s a giant python more than 10 meters long, and ording to the video expert¡¯s conclusion. It¡¯s likely around 11 meters long.
What is this concept?
This means that this python is probably the longest python in the world.
Thirteen years ago, a python that was more than ten meters long was discovered in the Kalva Desert, but it died seven years ago, and that python was 10.5 meters long exactly.
Among the pythons that have been discovered and are still living, thergest one is only 9 meters.
The length of this python is more than 11 meters long, making it not only the longest python alive, but also the longest python ever discovered. More importantly, it was discovered in China. All of this made this old biologist excited.
¡°Professor, ording to director Feng Zhan¡¯s words, the ce where they encountered the giant python is in the depth of the Tang mountains.¡±
¡±The specific coordinates are 116¡ã east longitude and 39¡ã northtitude.¡±
¡±It¡¯s the ce we visited before, do you remember? We found a lot of crocodiles in the swamp and Xinxin was scared by a snake there.¡±
Hearing that, Tang Xue began thinking. Not long after, his eyes lit up. ¡°I remembered.¡±
Seeing this, the young man continued talking.
¡°ording to Director Feng Zhan, they didn¡¯t find any crocodile in that swamp and guessed that they might have been eaten by that python.¡±
¡±However, although that python is very big, it¡¯s not likely to eat so many crocodiles; The more likely possibility is that it drove them away from the swamp.¡±
Tang Xue nodded and said.
¡°You are right, a python can¡¯t eat so many crocodiles.¡±
After saying this. He seemed to remember something and asked the young man.
¡°Xiaohu, it is already confirmed? is this python a gray python?¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
Hook nodded with a smile.
¡±Ha ha ha.¡±
Tang Xueminughed and said.
¡°Such a big gray python has never appeared before. I really don¡¯t know what this guy has been eating to grow to this size;¡±
¡°Xiaohu, organize the staff immediately. We are going to the ce where Feng Zhan discovered the Giant python. I hope that it¡¯s still there.¡±
¡±Yes, professor.¡±
Hook responded with an excited look on his face.
Such a big python, he also wants to see it with his own eyes.
After leaving Tang Xue¡¯s office, he immediately began to organize the corresponding personnel ording to what professor Tang Xue said.
Just as the outside world was boiling because of the discovery of the giant python. Fang Yun was currently slithering on the ground of Tang mountain.
He has been traveling in this mountain for over a month.
However, because he is not in a hurry, he hasn¡¯t traveled very far. He spent most of his time hunting, causing him to go around in circles quire often.
After all, this time he needs 65,000 bio-energy points to evolve.
Due to his overhunting. He has umted 43620 bio-energy points, not far from this evolution.
The temperature in the forest is now quite high. It¡¯s probably mid-summer right now.
After thinking of this, Fang Yun sighed at how fast time has passed.
A year has passed since his reincarnation as a snake.
¡°Ring, Detecting that the host has sessfully earned 1 million reputation points, rewarding 7 Skill points.¡±
Suddenly, the system mechanical voice sounded in Fang Yun¡¯s mind, shocking him.
¡°My Reputation value has reached a million?¡±
You have to know that his evolution has a limit. His current race allows him to evolve only to a certain degree. Once he reaches the bottleneck, he has to obtain a higher-level bloodline to continue evolving. And one of the requirements for that is reputation.
Especially now, the bigger he bes, the more he feels the bottleneck is not far.
While he was still small, he didn¡¯t bother thinking about this problem. After all, even survival was difficult. But after his reputation reached 1 million, he immediately remembered this problem.
¡±System, bring up my information panel.¡±
Chapter 66: Salmons
Chapter 66: Salmons
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Host: Fang Yun
Race: gray Python (variant species)
Status: Adult
Life cycle: ten years (can be extended by increasing the bloodline level.)
World: Blue
Reputation value: 1125400/10000000
Host property list: not expanded
_______________________________________________________________
After calling his information pannel. Fang Yun¡¯s attention was immediately attracted by the reputation column. He watched as his reputation surpassed 1 million and continued to increase.
¡°This time it¡¯s 7 skill points.¡±
Fang Yun thought deeply. He has 4 points left from the previous time, with another 7 skill points, that brings his total to 11.
But he doesn¡¯t have any skill to upgrade now.
¡±I hope that new skills will refresh after the next evolution.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. After the next evolution, he will get 13 skill points, bringing his total to 24 skill points.
He never had so many points before, He guessed that after this evolution, new skills are likely to appear.
Of course, it¡¯s also possible that no skill will appear.
Thinking of this, a sense of urgency arose in his heart. He wants to quickly evolve and see if any new skills appear.
Converging his thought. He lifted his head and looked around, then quickly slithered deeper in this forest.
If he was seen by anyone in this forest, it¡¯s likely that they will be scared to death.
The 11-meter-long body, slippery scales, cold pupils that shine from time to time. More importantly, the speed that isn¡¯t inferior to most felines;
This is a real behemoth, an apex predator. It¡¯s a creature that canpete with the ancient behemoths.
Without a doubt, he is an overlord level creature that can act as king, no matter what ce it is. Even if it¡¯s deep in the jungle, no creature dare to provoke this behemoth.
¡¡¡¡
Three dayster.
Fang Yun has been looking for a ce to live in, but he still didn¡¯t find any suitable ce.
¡°Crack.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s huge body crawled on the ground. Suddenly, he stopped. In front of him is a huge tree.
He lifted his head and looked behind the tree.
Not far from this tree, there is a slope, where a pheasant was looking for food. When the pheasant saw Fang Yun crawling from behind the tree. It screamed in panic, waved its wings and flew away.
¡±Ok?¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay attention to the pheasant, instead, he concentrated on listening to the sounds around him.
¡±Stream!¡±
He heard the sound of running water not far away. A bit Surprised, he quickly flicked his tongue.
Sure enough, he felt that the air around him was moist.
¡±There is a river not far away.¡±
Fang Yun concluded.
Although he doesn¡¯t know how big this river is. If there is enough prey in it, then he will stay there for a while.
Slithering in the sound direction. After crawling for two miles, Fang Yun finally saw the river.
This river did not disappoint him, being almost 30 meters wide.
However, this river is rtively shallow, only 40 to 50 cm deep.
In this river, he can¡¯t use ambush-style hunting as he will be very visible and there isn¡¯t any top predator like crocodiles.
However, the moment Fang Yun saw the river. He decided to stay here.
Because in this river, there are hundreds of fish that are swimming upstream.
Salmon!
In this river, there is a salmon group! probably migrating.
Salmon is an anadromous species, a species that often migrate. They live most of their life in the ocean, but when they mature, they swim to freshwater ces to reproduce.
Their Migration season is usually in March or April and August or September. They usually arrive at their reproduction sites in September or October.
Unexpectedly, While traveling, Fang Yun just happened to meet with migrating salmon groups. It seems that they are passing through this forest, then heading toward their reproduction site.
¡±This group of salmon is not very numerous, I wonder whether they are the vanguard or thest batch.¡±
Fang Yun pondered for a while, before finally guessing that this salmon group is likely a vanguard.
It should be June now, it¡¯s still a bit early for their migrating season.
Of course, it¡¯s also possible that his judgment is mistaken.
But no matter what, Fang Yun decided to settle here for a while.
After making this decision, Fang Yun looked at the salmon, swimming in the river. These salmons are especiallyrge, some are probably more than 10 kg, looking very fat and appetizing, giving him the urge to bite one.
When Fang Yun entered the river. The salmon didn¡¯t dodge, nor did it escape downstream, but just struggled to swim forward.
This is their mission, no matter what obstacles there are on the way, they won¡¯t stop swimming forward.
Fang Yun examined the salmon group. Eventually, his gaze fell on a fat salmon that is at least 10 kg.
¡°Target locked, Salmon, Actinopterygii, Salmonidae, can provide 100 bio-energy points.¡±
After hearing the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun was a bit surprised at how much bio-energy can these salmon provide.
This time, he didn¡¯t hesitate anymore, Fang Yun quickly rushed to that fat salmon. He opened his bloody mouth and bit that salmon!
¡°Ssh.¡±
Fang Yun bit that salmon and raised his head. Theter struggled in his mouth, sshing some water.
Reaching this far has proven how much dangers and hardships this salmon has experienced. However, in the end, it has ended as Fang Yun¡¯s meal.
His teeth plunged into the body of the salmon lie steel nails, instantly killing it, after which he immediately swallowed it.
One hundred bio-energy point obtained!
Fang Yun continued sweeping the river with his gaze.
In the river, there is a lot of salmon, and because they are swimming against the flow. Their speed is rtively slow, making capturing them very easy.
After eating 13 salmons, Fang Yun stopped hunting. The salmons have already swum upstream.
He didn¡¯t bother following, because there is a slope ahead. More importantly, other salmon groups are likely to pass by here. He will have a lot of opportunities to hunt salmon in the future.
Looking up at the sky, it¡¯s not long before dark. He should look for a ce to rest in for the night.
An old tree would be the best.
After climbing out of the river, he looked around, big trees are everywhere. But most of them are very tall.
These types of trees aren¡¯t what Fang Yun is looking for.
After searching for a while, he found an old tree suitable for him to rest on.
This old tree is very thick. More importantly, It has a huge canopy. Although it¡¯s quite tall, its branches are quite low, making it possible for Fang Yun to climb up. With his increasing size, climbing trees is getting harder and harder.
Climbing up the tree, Fang Yun hang on its branches.
At this time, the sky haspletely darkened, and the forest is pitch back.
Apanied by this dark night is a scary silence. asionally, the cry of a bird or the howl of a beast can be heard from a distance.
This made the jungle look very scary and gloomy.
If an ordinary person is alone in such an environment, he will probably be crying and calling for his mom, but Fang Yun who is lying on a tree branch has no such feeling right now.
He looked into the distance before closing his eyes and preparing to sleep. But suddenly, he thought of something he had neglected before.
Chapter 67: Morning Hunt
Chapter 67: Morning Hunt
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Salmons immigrate from the ocean to freshwater to reproduce, that is to say, these salmons are from the ocean.
If he swims downstream along this river, he will reach the ocean.
Previously, he wanted to go to prey rich ces, such as the African savanna or the Amazon rainforest. Unfortunately, he doesn¡¯t know the geography of the world.
If he really can¡¯t find a savanna or a rainforest then going to the ocean is not a bad choice.
The ocean is not only vast but also has an almost inexhaustible amount of creatures, which is a paradise to him.
Of course, the premise is that he has the strength to remain as a predator there.
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun made up his mind. After the salmon migration season ends, he will swim along this river and into the ocean.
Before that, he will try increasing his strength as much as possible.
After all, the ocean creatures are much more powerful than the terrestrial ones. There are still some creatures in the ocean that have the ability to threaten him.
After clearing his mind, Fang Yun closed his eyes and fell asleep.
Early the next morning, he woke up from his sleep. After looking around, he climbed down the tree, beginning today¡¯s hunting journey.
He first slithered to the river and looked in it. Not finding any salmon, he didn¡¯t get anxious. He simply turned around and crawled into the jungle.
The jungle in the early morning is particrly cold and somewhat humid.
Breathing in such an environment can give people a feeling of suffocation, but Fang Yun felt only a little depressed. The humid air makes detecting preys smell much harder.
He crawled past a lot of frogs and small animals, such as rats and lizards, but with his current size and ability, hunting them is not worth the effort.
While crawling around, he continued looking around for any possible prey. Suddenly, he stopped moving.
He heard some movement in the distance.
He flicked his tongue and indeed found a strange smell.
Fang Yun looked in a certain direction, then immediately crawled there, stopping at a cluster of bushes.
He looked out through the bushes, only to discover that two goats are standing not far from here.
The two goats were eating grass, not knowing that they have been noticed by a dangerous predator.
Once Fang Yun stared at the goats, the system prompt sounded in his mind, providing him with these two goats information.
Each one can provide 500 bio-energy points.
¡±Not bad, the day has just started and I already obtained 1000 bio-energy points.¡±
Fang Yun has already considered these two goats as his bio-energy.
Tightening his muscles, he jumped at the goats with unprecedented speed.
¡°Bang!¡±
His huge body colliding with the ground made a loud noise. Afternding on the ground, he immediately bit one goat and injected his venom into its bloodstream.
Letting go of this goat, he immediately bit into the other one.
Although it took some time to describe these actions, they actually happened in the blink of an eye.
Only now did the other goat react. It immediately turned around and fled, using its fastest speed, it ran into the distance.
Seeing this, Fang Yun quickly chased after it.
While the goat did its best, running at its fastest possible speed. It¡¯s still no match for Fang Yun, not even a minuteter. He caught up with the goat and killed it.
Without an ident, the goat was swallowed by Fang Yun.
Slithering back to the previous cluster of bushes, the other goat body was still there. Waiting a few minutes for the one in his stomach to get digested, he swallowed the other goat.
After eating two goats in a row, Fang Yun continued strolling in the jungle.
Time passed by and it was soon noon. During this time, Fang Yun crawled approximately 10 km. He also ate two more animals along the way.
These two animals provided him an additional 860 bio-energy points.
¡±Oh?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly stopped moving and looked ahead.
Not far ahead, a big wild boar was leisurely walking, from time to time, it inserted its head in the bushes or sniffed at the bottom of a tree.
¡°Target locked, Asian wild boar, Mammal, S.scrofa, can provide 800 bio-energy point.¡±
Hearing the system prompt, Fang Yun gradually tightened his muscles, preparing to kill this wild boar with one blow, but he suddenly stopped.
Feeling that the atmosphere is somewhat wrong, he lifted his head and looked up at a tree not far away.
He discovered that behind that tree is a crouching beast.
A Leopard.
Behind that tree, a leopard was hiding.
¡°Target locked, leopard, mammal, carnivore, can provide 1600 bio-energy points.¡±
This leopard provides less bio-energy than the one he ate at the swamp, but it¡¯s already not bad.
He was originally preparing to hunt the wild boar but Fang Yun has now changed his mind.
He quietly curled behind the bushes, intending to silently watch the show.
The leopard hesitated for a bit before suddenly jumping from behind the tree, then directly running toward the wild boar.
Obviously, this leopard is also eying the wild boar.
Fang Yun watched as the leopard attacked the unprepared wild boar, jumping straight toward its back.
The wild boar was frightened by the sudden attack of the leopard. Turning around, it wanted to escape. Unfortunately, it only managed to run a few meters before the leopardnded right on its back.
The leopard inserted his ws into the wild boar¡¯s flesh, then immediately bit into its throat causing the wild boar to scream in pain.
Only after the leopard jumped from behind the tree did Fang Yun manage to see itsplete picture.
This leopard is slightly smaller than the one that Fang Yun ate before, but it¡¯s equally strong.
Just after the leopard killed the wild boar and was about to drag it to a safe ce to eat. Fang Yun suddenly jumped out of the bushes;
¡±Bang!¡±.
Fang Yun¡¯s explosive power is very strong. He crossed 10 meters in the blink of an eye. The leopard was shocked by the sudden appearance of Fang Yun. It released the wild boar and turned around, preparing to run. Unfortunately, it didn¡¯t have the luck to do so. Fang Yun caught up with it and poisoned it.
After killing the leopard, Fang Yun released it and swallowed the wild boar first.
After swallowing the wild boar, he didn¡¯t wait for it to get digested but immediately swallowed the leopard. He didn¡¯t want to waste time here.
After eating two beasts in a row, his stomach swelled a lot.
Fang Yun did not stay here and wait for the food to get digested but continued his journey in the forest. Unfortunately, his luck seemed to run out.
After searching for more than 30 kilometers, he didn¡¯t have any gain.
Suddenly, he stopped moving and his eyes stared right in front of him.
Chapter 68: New Skills
Chapter 68: New Skills
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes slowly contracted, he stared at a ce right in front of him, then quickly crawled over there.
He discovered that there is a piece of white wrapping paper on the side of a tree, with the words of ¡°XX Compressed Biscuits¡± printed on it.
This kind of wrapping paper is a kind of eco-friendly paper that degrades quickly, safely and without pollution.
The thing that surprised him is this wrapping paper which is already half-dissolved in the soil.
¡°Someone has been here.¡±
After seeing this paper, Fang Yun immediately came to this conclusion.
He couldn¡¯t help but wonder, who would walk this deep in the jungle?
The previous people he met are a filming crew, it¡¯s not unusual for them to go that deep into the jungle to film. This time who it is?
People who can walk this deep into the jungle are usually expedition teams, or¡Poachers!
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes narrowed.
He decided to stop his journey here, no matter what their identities are. He doesn¡¯t want to have anything to do with them.
Turning his head, he crawled back the way he came.
Only in the evening did Fang Yun return to the river, ncing in it, he didn¡¯t spot any salmon swimming. Although a little disappointed, he still nned to stay here for a while.
After the night passed, Fang Yun nned to start his hunting journey again.
But, it was heavily raining today.
The rain was very heavy. so he didn¡¯t go out to hunt in the rain but just stayed on the big tree to rest.
When the rain stopped in the evening, he crawled to the river and nced at it. He found that the water level was much higher than before. More importantly, he found a salmon group swimming downstream.
This time, he didn¡¯t let the salmon group go. After hours of hunting, he managed to swallow about 60 to 70 salmons, getting a total of more than 5000 bio-energy points.
His bio-energy has finally met the requirements, and it¡¯s finally time for his 13th evolution.
¡±Begin evolution!¡±
Under the big tree, Fang Yun said in his mind. The hot feeling instantly emerged in his body causing his muscles to tighten subconsciously.
Ten minutester, he sessfully shed his skin and evolved sessfully.
Fang Yun examined his body. At the same time, he thought internally.
¡°I really hope that this time new skills appear.¡±
With a little bit of nervousness and expectations, he said in his mind.
¡±System, expand my properties list.¡±
However, beforepleting his sentence, two messages appeared on the system panel.
¡°The host¡¯s 13th evolution was sessful. The level is raised to 14, rewarding 13 skill points.¡±
¡°Detecting that the skill points have reached 24. New skills have been refreshed, do you want to view them?¡±
Seeing these two messages popping up on the system panel, Fang Yun was slightly stunned, are there finally new skills?
Filled with excitement, he said in his mind.
¡°Open the skill column!¡±
The light curtain in his mind shed, then changed into another text. He immediately began reading it.
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Fast Regeneration: Passive skill. This skill will be automatically activated once the host gets injured, quickly regenerating the wounded part.¡±
¡°Each upgrade requires 15 skill points, current level: 0/5.¡±
¡±Steel Body: Passive skill. This skill strengthens the scales and bones of the host, greatly improving the defense, and at the same time greatly increasing the host resistance against heat and cold.¡±
¡±Each upgrade requires 15 skill points, current level: 0/5.¡±
¡±Wind Shadow: active/passive skill. This skill passively strengthens the host¡¯s agility and speed with each upgrade. Once activated, it enhances the host speed several times. However, after the speed burst, the host will suffer from severe exhaustion.¡±
¡±Each upgrade requires 15 skill points, current level: 0/5.¡±
_______________________________________________________________
After reading the skills information, Fang Yun¡¯s heart was brimming with joy, new skills finally appeared.
However, as usual, he fell into entanglement, not knowing which skill to upgrade.
He still has the skill points from thest time, but these skills are seriously expensive, he can only upgrade one for now.
His 24 skill points are only enough to upgrade one skill.
Among the three skills, he is leaning towards ¡°Fast Regeneration¡± and ¡°Steel Body¡±. one increases his recovery ability and the other increase his defense.
Of course, he also likes the skill ¡°Wind Shadow¡±. a skill focusing solely on agility and speed. However, he thinks that his speed should be enough for now.
His speed should be around 60 km/h, in the mid-upper speed of this world creatures.
Most of his prey speed and are around this level,bined with his disguise, agility, strength and physical energy that crush most of this world creatures, he doesn¡¯t really need a higher speed right now.
More importantly, the exhaustion after activating this skill made him somewhat scrupulous.
After pondering for a while, he eventually chose ¡°Steel Body¡±.
After upgrading this skill, Fang Yun immediately felt something changed in his body. He also noticed that the scales on his body weren¡¯t as lustrous and shiny as before, but became more rough and textured.
He also felt that his bones are changing, and to his surprise, his fangs are also changing.
This is an unexpected joy.
Quite a few pythons break their teeth while hunting, but now he doesn¡¯t have this concern anymore.
Feeling his own changes, Fang Yun was very satisfied.
After calming down, Fang Yun called the system in his mind, preparing to view the changes in his properties.
After calling the system in his mind, the familiar light panel immediately appeared in his mind.
Chapter 69: Harvest
Chapter 69: Harvest
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 14
Bioenergy: 40/150000
Skill Points: 9
Body length: 13m
Diameter: 40cm
Strength: 120
Defense: 160
Speed: 42
Agility: 45
Spirit: 47
Physical strength: 40
Skill: ¡°Steel Body¡± (1/5) - Maxed skills have been hidden.
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun read the information on his properties panel from top to bottom. This time, his body length reached 13 meters and his diameter 40 cm.
His current size has far surpassed any living python. He is almost as big as the biggest python in history, the Titanoboa, a creature that canpete with dinosaurs.
With his current size, he can finally swallow tigers, lions, and other big beasts.
The only thing that made him a bit depressed is the 150,000 bio-energy points he needs to evolve. Shaking his head, Fang Yun quickly cheered up.
¡±It¡¯s time to hunt.¡±
Fang Yun cheerfully thought, then slithered away.
He slithered to the river, as usual, to see if any new salmon group has appeared.
On the edge of the river, Fang Yun carefully looked inside the water, but he didn¡¯t spot any salmon.
¡±Haven¡¯t they arrived yet?¡±
Fang Yun hesitated a bit, was that salmon group thest one or is there still other batches on the way?
¡±I guess that I will have to hunt in the jungle today.¡±
Sighing, he was about to turn and leave, but suddenly, his body froze.
He heard the sound of water sshing.
He immediately turned his head and looked in the direction where he heard the sound.
He discovered that there are blue-ck salmons downstream, casually swimming their way up from there, slowly approaching him.
The ce where he is currently in is a high slope. it¡¯s about 50 meters high. At first, it¡¯s not very steep, but the higher it is, the sloper it gets.
Especially at the end, it¡¯s a nearly vertical cliff, about three meters high.
If the salmon wants to swim up, they must jump off the water.
That blue-and-ck salmon struggled to reach the cliff, then jumped violently. It actually jumped more than 2 meters high. Just when it was about tond again in the water.
Suddenly, Fang Yun raised his head, biting it in one bite.,his sharp teeth instantly plunged into the flesh and blood of the salmon.
¡±Well, my teeth have indeed be sharper.¡±
After Fang Yun swallowed the salmon, he looked back downstream.
One second, two seconds¡ After almost ten seconds, a loud ssh sounded.
He saw that from downstream, a big salmon group was swimming up.
The loud noise was naturally caused by this salmon.
¡±I have been waiting for you.¡±
The big stone in Fang Yun¡¯s heart fell. At first, he was afraid that the previous salmon group was thest one. Fortunately, his guess was indeed correct.
The big salmon group swam from downstream and soon, the first batch of salmons reached the cliff.
¡°Ssh!¡±
The salmon jumped from the water, their fins fluttering mid-air and crystal clear water drops fell from their bodies.
¡±Boom.¡±
Although This salmon jumped pretty high. Unfortunately, it couldn¡¯t make it to the cliff so it fell back to the water.
On the cliff, Fang Yun, who was opening his mouth and waiting for the salmon to jump in was a little disappointed.
However, he soon found another goal.
Another salmon leaped from the water, wanting to jump over the cliff. This one jumped higher than the previous one, managing to get past the cliff.
Unfortunately, it hasn¡¯t jumped past the water yet and was bitten by Fang Yun, who swallowed it after shewing a bit.
The existence of Fang Yun did not scare these salmons at all. They all continued jumping past the cliff without any fear.
Fang Yun was still lying on the cliff, enjoying the feeling of food jumping in his mouth.
His bio-energy is rapidly growing.
As time passed, he continued eating salmon. He couldn¡¯t remember how much he ate, he only knows that his bio-energy has reached 17,000.
Because salmon continues migrating whether it¡¯s day or night. Fang Yun didn¡¯t rest this night but continued catching salmon in the river.
However, he found that the efficiency of hunting at night is not only much lower, but it also affects his hunting in the day. After all, even he will get tired after constantly catching salmon day and night.
Therefore, Fang Yun eventually choose to catch salmon during the day and sleep for a while in the evening. Of course, even without sleeping, he can restore his spirit just by resting.
Sleeping is more like a habit for him.
¡±I hope that salmons keep passing by here for a while.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the salmons jumping from the river and thought to himself. If salmons keep passing by here, then not long after, he will be the biggest creature on earth.
¡±Unfortunately, there are not many opportunities to feast like this.¡±
Shaking his head, Fang Yun concentrated on hunting.
After four days of hunting, the number of salmons started to decrease. However, Fang Yun managed to gather 70,000 bio-energy points until now.
This is a horrible number.
This is just the bio-energy that he umted during these four days!
¡°Ssh!¡±
While Fang Yun was thinking, a salmon leaped. Seeing this he stretched his neck to capture it. But, due to a small judgment mistake, he missed. Causing this salmon to sessfullynd in the water and swim upstream.
Fang Yun did not pay attention to this lucky salmon but focused on the other ones that are about to jump.
¡°Ssh!¡±
Another salmon jumped, but this one was not as lucky as itspanion. It was bitten by Fang Yun and directly swallowed.
¡±I don¡¯t know if my bio-energy points will reach 100,000 after thest group of salmons swims by?¡±
Fang Yun pondered internally.
Although he doesn¡¯t know how many salmons there are, he can see that their number is gradually decreasing.
Fang Yun wants to evolve as soon as possible. Because after this evolution, he is nning to upgrade ¡°Fast Regeneration.¡±
Super defense, coupled with a quick regeneration, will make him almost unkible.
He is truly hoping that these salmons will continue migrating until he gathers enough bio-energy.
¡°Roar.¡±
However, just as he was hunting. He suddenly heard the roar of a beast from across the river, surprising him.
Stopping his actions, he looked at the ce where he heard this voice from. Not long after, three beasts walked from there.
Chapter 70: Aggressive Bear
Chapter 70: Aggressive Bear
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Three animals appeared from the other side of the river, one big and two small, probably a family.
They slowly walked towards the river. One of their most striking features is their brown fur.
Brown bear.
Right now, not far away from Fang Yun, a three members brown bear family is walking towards the river.
The big brown bear is obviously the mother, while the other two are her children.
¡°Target locked, brown bear, mammal, carnivore, can provide 4,500 bio-energy points.¡±
¡±Target lock, brown bear cub, mammal, carnivore, can provide 800 bio-energy points.¡±
¡¡
As Fang Yun stared at the three brown bears, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
Hearing the system¡¯s prompt, he couldn¡¯t help but look at the big bear.
This bear is two meters long and is more than 1-meter height, looking very majestic.
¡±I should be able to swallow this bear¡Probably.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze became a bit hot.
This is a 4,500 bio-energy point.
Fang Yun felt that he can probably do it. His current diameter is 40 cm, and the previous ¡°Skin Resistance¡± he maxed out gave him not only a high toughness but also a very good sticity.
It may be a little difficult to swallow this adult bear, but he is nning to try anyway.
¡°Roar.¡±
Feeling Fang Yun stare at her and her children, the female bear immediately roared and red at him.
Although Fang Yun doesn¡¯t understand the bearnguage, he can still guess the meaning of her actions. She is probably warning him to stay away from her and her children.
Turning his head away, he continued his fishing action.
Although he also considers these bears as his prey. It¡¯s not the time to conflict with them, catching salmon is more important for now.
Two more days passed and the number of salmon is getting less and less.
Fang Yun has managed to gather more than 80,000 bio-energy points. Only 3000 shy from 90,000 bio-energy points.
Now that the salmon is getting very scarce, Fang Yun is wondering whether he should eat the bears now or leave them untilter.
But while thinking about that, he didn¡¯t expect that the brown bear will be the one to take the initiative to attack.
¡°Roar.¡±
On this day, Fang Yun was catching fish on the cliff as usual, when suddenly, the big bear roared at him, before running towards him with a threatening gesture.
This mother bear looked very angry, ring while running toward him.
Her look indicates that she is trying to drive him away rather than attack him.
Fang Yun was slightly surprised, then suddenly realized.
The salmon in this river is getting less and less. Plus, he is upying a veryrge area, causing him to get the majority of the salmon.
It should be that the prey captured is getting less and less, causing the bear to get angry.
¡°Roar!!¡±
The female bear lowered her head, ring at Fang Yun. She also roared at him from time to time.
If an ordinary person sees a bear constantly threatening them, and making an attacking gesture. They will surely flee in terror. but Fang Yun didn¡¯t feel anything.
He is now the apex predator. No terrestrial creature can threaten him! (except humans).
¡±Hiss!¡±
Fang Yun flicked his tongue in the air. He slowly lifted his head, overlooking the female bear.
When the female bear saw this, her eyes slowly showed a little hesitation.
Fang Yun¡¯s body size is too big.
Even if she usually acts as the king of the forest, she doesn¡¯t dare act in an overbearing manner in front of Fang Yun.
¡°Roar!¡±
She roared at Fang Yun, trying to intimidate him, but her voice was getting lower. At the same time, she subconsciously stepped backward.
¡°Woosh!¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun attacked, crossing a distance of more than 10 meters in a second. He reached the female bear location in the blink of an eye, then he immediately bit her.
His sharp teeth, like steel nails, plunged into the female bear head.
After bitting the female bear skull, he quickly pressed her down, then immediately wrapped around her and began to constrict.
¡±roar¡¡±
From the mouth of the female bear, a little whimper sounded, which looked particrly sad.
Fang Yun was not moved, his powerful muscles tightened, causing her bones to create a squeaking sound. As if they are about to break.
¡±roar.¡±
Suddenly, the two bear cubs who were catching fish in the river heard their mom¡¯s mourning. Looking at Fang Yun who was constricting their mother, they were very confused. They walked a few steps before stopping. Obviously they were intimidated by Fang Yun.
Fang Yun¡¯s sense of presence is too strong, just looking at him made them shiver in fear.
After three minutes passed, the female bear gradually stopped breathing. Blood was flowing from her mouth, her internal organs and bones were crushed by Fang Yun.
After killing this female bear, Fang Yun wrapped around her and dragged her away from the river.
After doing that, Fang Yun¡¯s eyes wandered around before eventually falling on the two frozen stiff bear cubs.
Seeing the two bear cubs frozen in their ce, staring at him with horror and fear, made Fang Yun surprised. He wondered why these two bear cubs didn¡¯t escape to the forest. He was not going to bother to follow them if they escaped, but now that they are right in front of him, he naturally won¡¯t waste bio-energy.
After swallowing the two bear cubs, Fang Yun obtained 1600 bio-energy. After which he slithered back to the female bear body.
Looking at the big bear in front of him, Fang Yunpared his width with this female bear size.
Swallowing such a huge beast will probably take a lot of time.
After pondering for a while, Fang Yun remembered something he did before.
He remembers using a trap at the top of the Wulong mountain.
At that time, he identally got a hive with a lot of honey inside. He used it to hunt a lot of animals.
He used the hive to lure the animals before ambushing them.
At this moment, he can use the body of this female bear as a beat to attract a lot of beasts, thus gaining a lot of bio-energy!
After making his mind up, Fang Yun dragged the body of the female bear and slithered into the forest.
He has given up hunting salmon.
ording to his estimation. Even if he stays the whole day in the river capturing salmon, he will get at most 5000 bio-energy points. Using this bear body as a bait to hunt is probably much more effective.
Fang Yun dragged the female bear body to an open space before hiding in a tree not far away.
If he is too close, he might be discovered by the animals who came to eat the bear body.
Time passed slowly. About an hourter, in the bushes not far away from the bear¡¯s body, some rustling sounded.
A dark python suddenly crawled out of the bushes.
¡±Oh?¡±
Looking at the python that crawled out, Fang Yun was a bit amazed. The first prey that was hooked up was actually a python.
Fang Yun examined that python.
This python is about 5 meters long, quite thick actually. After crawling to the female bear, it immediately wrapped around it, measuring the size of the bear.
Suddenly, Fang Yun jumped from the tree.
Chapter 71: Discovered Trail
Chapter 71: Discovered Trail
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Hiss.¡±
Fang Yun jumped on the dark python, biting its head with a speed so fast it couldn¡¯t react.
Feeling the pain in its head, the python struggled in pain, wanting to wrap around Fang Yun and constrict him.
However, Fang Yun wrapped around it first, and with his power. He crushed the spine of this python in seconds.
After killing this python, Fang Yun directly swallowed it, then climbed back on the tree and hid between the branches, waiting for his next victim.
This python gave him 1200 bio-energy points.
For the rest of the day, Fang Yun kept hunting in this ce.
His harvest is very rich, two coyotes, five wild wolves, an adult wild boar and a small one.
Plus the python he ate first, his total harvest amounted to 6300 bio-energy point.
In the evening, he swallowed the body of the big bear and got 4000 bio-energy points.
By now, his total bio-energy has reached 97,200 points, not much remains for his evolution requirement.
Slithering back to the river, Fang Yun discovered that there is no salmon swimming in the river. He wondered if there will ever be another migrating group passing by here.
He waited next to the river for three days, but he didn¡¯t find any salmon, not even one.
And because of his crazy hunting these days, the number of prey in this area has decreased a lot. He felt that it¡¯s maybe time to leave this ce.
The next day, he slithered along the river, traveling downstream.
Of course, he is not nning to enter the ocean yet, he has to do more preparation.
In the deepest part of the vast ocean, humans do not know what exists there, just the animals they already discovered are shocking enough.
These huge animals are the reason Fang Yun isn¡¯t going to the ocean now.
Blue whales don¡¯t have to be mentioned, they are quite gentle.
But another big whale does not have the gentleness of a blue whale but instead eats a lot ofrge creatures.
sperm whales.
An average sperm whale can grow to more than 20 meters, coupled with its power and bite force. Fang Yun does not know if he can survive in a battle with a sperm whale right now.
Even without mentioning Sperm Whales, there are a lot of creatures in the ocean that can threaten him. Killer whales, giant squids, octopuses, giant sharks, etc¡
So before he has the strength to act as an apex predator in the ocean, he will not go there.
He ns to slowly move along the river. Once he finds a prey-rich ce, he will stay there for a while, when the number of prey decreases a certain amount, he will continue traveling along the river.
Repeating this process along the way, when he reaches the ocean, he would have reached an incredibly high level of power.
At that time, he would have the power to act as a hegemon of the ocean.
After traveling for two days along the river, Fang Yun still didn¡¯t find a suitable ce to live in. Fortunately, in these two days, his bio-energy was increased to more than 100,000 bio-energy points.
This cheered him up, evolution is not far ahead.
Finally, on the third day, he found a suitable ce to live in.
¡¡
What he didn¡¯t know was that when he finally found a ce to settle in, a group of people came to the ce where he previously stayed in.
This group has a total of ten members, including an old man and a young man carrying a camera, next to him.
The rest of the people were all young men, each one of them was carrying a backpack, and five of them held a machete in their hands.
The final three held shotguns in their hands.
¡±Professor Tang, it¡¯s been a long time since we came to this ce. The forest looks much lusher than 5 years ago.¡±
The young man looked at the camera in his hand and said excitedly.
He photographed a lot of wild animals along the way. As a doctoral student studying animal science, he is very interested in these wild creatures.
Even if he had suffered a lot along the way, his interest did not diminish at all.
¡±Yeah, Xiao Hu.¡±
Tang Xue nodded. ¡°But it¡¯s a pity that we did not see the giant python that director Feng discovered.¡±
Seeing Tang Xue¡¯s somewhat regretful look, Hook smiled and said.
¡°Professor, don¡¯t worry, we still have time. Maybe we will find that giant python in the next few days.¡±
¡±Out materials are still plenty, we can still stay here for a long time.¡±
This time, they did a thorough preparation beforeing to the forest. They not only brought plenty of dried food, but also various utensils, such as pots, so even if something happens they can still cook here.
¡±Haha, my old man patience is not as good as you, a young man. I¡¯m really getting old.¡±
After hearing Hook¡¯s constion, Tang Xueughed and said, just as he was about to continue saying something. Suddenly, a young man who walked to the top of the slope turned around and shouted at Tang Xue.
¡±Professor, there is a discovery here!¡±
¡±Oh?¡±
Tang Xue¡¯s interest was picked, he walked up to the young man¡¯s location and looked to the ce where he was pointing.
It¡¯s a bush.
However, in this bush, the branches are obviously crushed, as if something stepped on them, and in the middle of the bush, there is a big hole in the middle.
When Tang Xue saw this scene, a surprised look appeared on his face, then it immediately turned into joy.
With the sound of feet stepping on grass, Hook also walked here. His eyes also brightened after seeing the situation here.
¡°Professor, this¡¡±
Tang Xue raised his head and nodded at Hook.
¡°Xiaohu, it seems that we have found the habitat of our giant.¡±
¡±Professor, there is a discovery here too!¡±
Suddenly, not far away, a young man said to Tang Xue with excitement.
Hook and Tang Xue immediately rushed over to the ce the young man was indicating. When they reached that ce. They froze in their ce, like being thundered.
¡±Glup.¡±
Tang Xue swallowed his saliva, his eyes widening in surprise.
¡±This, this¡¡¡±
He began to speak incoherently.
Right now, in front of them is a snakeskin. A snakeskin that is more than 10 meters long.
¡±This is absolutely the ce where the giant python lives!¡±
Tang Xue immediately reached this conclusion. Cautiously stroking the skin, he was constantly muttering under his breath.¡± Great Discovery, great discovery!¡±
He was so excited that, he didn¡¯t realize that his obsessed look while gently stroking the snakeskin looked somewhat wretched.
¡±Little Hu.¡±
Suddenly, he said to Hook who was next to him.
¡°Carefully seal this snakeskin. We will leave this ce and look for other ces to camp in. Don¡¯t forget to put cameras around this area to capture the footage of the giant python when ites back.¡±
¡±Try to capture photos and videos as clear as possible, understood?¡±
¡±Yes, professor.¡±
Hook nodded with excitement, then the group packed up and began to look for other ces to camp in.
Chapter 72: Almost Got Laid
Chapter 72: Almost Got Laid
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In the depth of the jungle, there is a hugeke. A very clear and beautifulke filled with life, lush grass is everywhere on the shore, and giant trees are surrounding theke from all the sides.
Suddenly, from behind a big banyan tree, a creature stuck its head out.
A huge python¡¯s head was peeking out from behind the tree.
It swept theke with its eyes before slowly crawling from behind the tree. Cracking sounds were heard as the Giant python crushed the branches on its way.
This is a giant python with a shocking size of 13 meters.
And this giant python is naturally Fang Yun.
Fang Yun¡¯s slowly crawled from behind the big banyan tree. He stopped moving once he reached the shore of theke. Looking at this beautiful scenery, he took a deep breath, full of fresh air, an intoxicated look on his face.
Thiske is sorge that even if he stands up, at a height of 4 to 5 meters. He still can¡¯t see the entireke from this angle.
In thiske, Fang Yun spotted a lot of animals.
For example, not far away from his location, hidden between the grass, several crocodiles are sunbathing.
In the shallow waters on the opposite, several capybaras are cheerfully ying.
In addition, he also saw a lot of fish happily swimming in theke, as well as some ducks and goose floating on water.
The prey in this area is very rich, and that¡¯s without mentioning that this ce is a vast water source. There will be no shortage of animals that wille here to drink water. He also met a lot of animals while traveling along in the jungle.
Wolves, wild boars, gazelles, and even tigers.
It was a three-meter-long Siberian tiger. Fang Yun was shocked when he encountered that tiger. It was more majestic than any creature he encountered until now, even the brown bear.
However, when he snapped back to reality, he immediately threw this thought out of his head.
He is a 13-meter-long giant python. He canpete even with the ancient behemoths. That plus all his skills, if he and the tiger fought, then it could only end as his meal.
However, that tiger was very cautious, running immediately after a short confrontation with him.
This made Fang Yun feel a bit of a pity. ording to the system prompt, that tiger can provide him with 5000 bio-energy.
By now, his bio-energy has reached 110,000 points, plus the rich amount of prey here. It shouldn¡¯t take long for him to evolve.
Diving into the water, Fang Yun wandered around in theke, he was looking everywhere, calcting the number of prey here.
He has spotted 18 crocodiles in total, but most of them are around 2 meters. Crocodiles of this size can provide him with only 1200 bio-energy points.
He also discovered 13 capybaras.
Fang Yun counted. if he swallowed all the crocodiles and the capybaras, he will gain a total of 30,000 bio-energy points.
Then, as long as he eats some other small animals, he can evolve.
For the next three days, Fang Yun has been preying mostly on crocodiles and capybaras.
In just three days, his bio-energy reached 145,580 points, almost reaching the evolution threshold.
¡°Ssh¡±
On the calmke surface, bubbles suddenly emerged, followed by a dark shadow slowly rising to the surface.
Fang Yun looked in the shore direction, stepping on the grass, a gazelle was leisurely drinking water.
Staring at the gazelle for a while, he slowly sank underwater.
He slowly swam towards the gazelle. Not long after, he was below the water the gazelle was drinking from.
At this moment, the gazelle still drank water without a sense of crisis, It didn¡¯t know that below it, a 13 meters long python was staring at it.
¡°Bang!¡±
The sound of water breaking suddenly sounded, and from the depth of the water, a huge behemoth suddenly appeared, biting the gazelle and dragging it underwater with lightning-fast speed.
¡°Aaah!¡±.
The gazelle screamed in terror and madly struggled, but it was still entangled by Fang Yun.
The gazelle was soon submerged in the water, its body was entangled by the giant python. Not long after, the water returned to the previous calm.
After swallowing the gazelle, Fang Yun hid underwater and waited for the next prey.
In thiske, after he swallowed the crocodiles. He is the only remaining hunter here, so as long as a prey walks into the water, it can¡¯t escape Fang Yun¡¯s palm, or rather mouth.
Originally, he thought that things would continue like this until he gathers enough bio-energy to evolve and leave.
However, an ident still had to happen.
First of all, this morning, Fang Yun suddenly discovered an uninvited guest in theke.
It¡¯s a python, one of his kind.
Its body length is around 7 meters.
Putting it in almost any ce around the world, it can count as a giant python, but in front of Fang Yun, it can only count as a younger brother, to be exact, a younger sister.
From that python, Fang Yun smelled an alluring scent, causing him to get inexplicably shaken.
It¡¯s obvious that this smell is particrly disgusting to him, but his body still unconsciously rubbed on the ground, apletely subconscious action. At the same time, an impulse to crawl to that python rose in his heart.
This impulse was getting increasingly obvious as time passed.
The scent from the female python confused the mind of Fang Yun, attracting him from the physical level, but disgusting him from the psychological level. This scent didn¡¯t attract just Fang Yun but also another python.
This python is six meters long. Although it¡¯s nowhere near Fang Yun¡¯s level, it can also be considered a big mac in the python family.
The two pythons approached each other in the shallow water area then, they twisted their bodies together and continuously rolled in the water.
Hearing the water sshing made the impulse in Fang Yun¡¯s heart even stronger.
He did not dare to approach the two pythons, fearing that he would make any impulsive action.
Swimming to the shore, Fang Yun quickly slithered away to the forest. He didn¡¯t want to see these two pythons anymore.
After killing and eating a few preys in the forest, the restlessness in his heart was dispelled a lot.
ording to this situation, he ns to wait until the evening before returning to theke, hoping that these two pythons would have finished their mating sessions before that.
Casually strolling in the forest, he ate any prey that he spotted, he didn¡¯t settle just with those big animals.
Even small animals like pheasants, hares, civets, birds, etc¡ as long as he spots any prey, he swallows it in his stomach.
He can even be called a living disaster right now, no matter where he goes, he eats every living thing in his sight.
Under such crazy hunting, his bio-energy grew by leaps and bounds, reaching 146,400 points. In just two or three hours, he increased his bio-energy by more than 2000 points.
Just as Fang Yun was ambitiously thinking about whether he could gather enough bio-energy to evolve today, he suddenly heard the sound of people talking not far away.
Humans voice.
How can there be humans this deep in the forest?
Suddenly, he remembered the wrapping paper of thepressed biscuits he saw before.
After thinking for a while, he decided to slither in the direction where he heard the voice from.
Chapter 73: Meeting With Poachers.
Chapter 73: Meeting With Poachers.
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun slowly slithered on the ground. At the same time, he activated the ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± skill and crawled toward the sound source.
Feeling that he was very close to the source of the sound, he looked through the bushes.
He discovered that no far away, there was a team of seven people.
Because there are dogs in this team, he didn¡¯t try to get any closer but tried examining them from afar.
These seven people were all males, plus three hounds and two horses.
One of the horses has a bulging backpack on its back, filled with tools.
The other horse also has a backpack on its back, but in this backpack, there is a leopard fur that looked just like it was peeled off. It was obviously just washed with obvious traces of blood.
Poachers.
The moment Fang Yun saw these seven peoples, he reached this conclusion. The conversation of these seven people further confirmed his conjecture.
From their mouths, Fang Yun often heard words such as ¡°good harvest¡± and ¡°sell for a good price.¡±
Looking at the seven people getting farther and farther, Fang Yun did not keep up with them.
For these poachers, although he doesn¡¯t like them, he wasn¡¯t nning on killing them or something like that. Mostly because their poaching behavior doesn¡¯t affect him at all.
After all, he won¡¯t stay in this ce for long.
As long as they don¡¯te and provoke him, he doesn¡¯t care what they do.
Thinking of this, he felt that after bing a python, his temperament has gradually changed.
If he was still a human being, he will definitely be disgusted and resentful if he encountered this situation.
Seeing that these guys aren¡¯t visible anymore, Fang Yun turned around and continued his hunting journey. After two hours, the sky has begun to darken.
By this time, Fang Yun had hunted several small animals.
His bio-energy has reached 148,500 points, only a small amount remains until evolution.
Fang Yun slithered back to theke. He hoped that there would be some animals that came to drink in theke, by capturing them, he willplete his 14 evolution today.
But when he almost reached theke, he suddenly stopped, his eyes staring in surprise at a ce not far ahead.
He discovered that not far away, seven men were sitting on theke¡¯s shore, setting up a pot and cooking something, a small smoke pir was rising from there.
It¡¯s the seven poachers that he saw before.
He did not expect that even if each of them walked in different directions, they still ended up in thiske, his territory.
This time, he closely looked at them, examining them.
The sky has already be very dark, so the seven poachers lit a fire not far from theke, the zing me burned intensely, illuminating the seven men¡¯s faces, so Fang Yun is clearly seeing their faces right now.
On the right side of the poachers are the animals they bought along.
The luggage on the horses back was unloaded, allowing them to rest. As for the three hounds, they are currently hanging their heads and eating something on the ground.
Fang Yun looked closely at the three dogs. He discovered that dogs were eating two iplete pythons corpses.
¡±Are those the previous two pythons?¡±
While Fang Yun was still amazed, the poachers around the iron pot also started talking.
¡±Qi Ge, is the snake soup ready or not?¡±
A short man stood up and peeked in the iron pot. Inside the pot, the hot soup was bubbling with heat, steam was seeping out of the pot. From time to time, pieces of white meat rose to the surface.
Each one was the size of a finger.
Next to the short man, a fat man was holding a spoon and stirring the soup from time to time. Hearing the short man, he smiled and said. ¡°Yes, it¡¯s ready.¡±
¡±Take your bowl.¡±
Each one of them held their bowls up as the fat man filled them one by one. Not long after, everyone has a bowl of snake soup.
¡±smells good.¡±
The short man smelled the soup in his bowl and said.
Then moving his chopsticks, he picked up a piece of meat and put it in his mouth, then his eyes immediately brightened. The snake meat in his mouth is smooth and tender and the taste is very rich.
¡±Fat, your craft is getting better and better!¡±
The young man gave the fat man a thumbs up.
¡±Haha, this is just good ingredients, these pythons are mature and their meat is of good quality.¡±
The fat man smiled and also put a piece of meat in his mouth, his face showing an intoxicated expression.
¡±What a waste, only these pythons head, and skin can be preserved, we can¡¯t finish these pythons meat eat so we can only throw it.¡±
One of the poachers looked at the remains of the two pythons left on the ground and said regretfully.
¡±There is no way, we can bring back only a limited amount of weight, and these two pythons are still a bit small. if they were nine meters, they would have met the boss¡¯s request.¡±
One of the poachers lifted his head from his bowl andughed.
¡°Forget it, you don¡¯t have to think too much, this time we were quite lucky, encountering two pythons mating in shallow water.¡±
¡±If we didn¡¯t discover them, then you won¡¯t have even this snake soup in your hand.¡±
Hearing this, all the poachersughed.
Suddenly, the fat man named Qi Ge got up and walked over to their luggage, rummaging for a while, he picked up a wine bottle.
¡±Come, each one can only take a sip.¡±
After saying this, he took the lead by taking a sip, and after moaning that it¡¯sfortable, he handed the bottle to the short man next to him.
The short man took the bottle and after a sip, he smiled and said.
¡°Fat, do you also think that the hobbies of these big bosses are really special.¡±
¡±They like all kinds of exotic animals, like rhinoceros horns and now a big python.¡±
¡±You don¡¯t have to think so much. If these big bosses didn¡¯t have such entric hobbies, then won¡¯t we lose our jobs?¡±
Hearing what the short man said, he turned around and reprimanded him;
Before entering the mountain, they learned through the middleman that there is a rich man who wants a big python, at least 9 meters.
This rich man is a well-known animal enthusiast in the underground circle.
He has a private zoo with lots of rare animals, both alive and dead. The dead ones are ced in the appropriate storage room.
Some rumors say that in his storage room, there are severalplete dinosaur fossils.
¡±This time, If we catch an alive 9 meters long python, we will get 5 million. Even if we kill it by mistake, that¡¯s still 1 million.¡±
Next to them, a young man said before sighing.
After hearing the young man, the rest of the poachers started talking about this with interest.
It can be said that before entering this forest, they were more or less holding such expectations. Capturing a 9-meter long big python, even if it¡¯s dead.
¡±You don¡¯t have to think about it, there are very few pythons that big, even in the whole world, how can we just happen to meet one?¡±
The fat man shook his head and said. Among them, he was the calmest. He felt that hispanions were whimsical.
Chapter 74: Killing Intent
Chapter 74: Killing Intent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
When they heard the words of the fat man, the rest of the poachers gradually calmed down. After realizing how unlikely their thoughts are. Their enthusiasm dissipated a lot and could only smile bitterly.
Fang Yun, who was observing them from a distance, was not intimidated after hearing their conversation at all.
These people are looking for a python with a length of 9 meters. If he was discovered by them, they would probably go crazy, won¡¯t they?
Speechless at their actions, he didn¡¯t want to have anything to do with them. He is nning to leave thiske and look for another ce to spend the night in.
¡°Crack!¡±
He gently turned around, preparing to crawl back to the mountain.
Unexpectedly, the slight noise he made while turning around attracted the attention of the three dogs, that were eating the pythons corpses together, dogs ears are very sensitive.
¡±bad!¡±
Seeing this, Fang Yun felt that things were not good.
Sure enough, the three hounds looked at his direction for two seconds, then immediately started barking.
¡±Wang Wang! Wang Wang!¡±
¡±what happened?¡±
The fat man next to the dogs reacted first. He immediately stood up and looked in the direction of the dogs barking, carefully looking there.
Others also quickly reacted, putting down their bowls and picking up their weapons, they stared in the direction of Fang Yun.
But at this time, it¡¯s deep in the night. It¡¯s okay at theke as they had lit a fire, but in the jungle, it¡¯spletely dark.
¡±Little yellow, ck, white, go see what¡¯s there!¡±
The fat man pointed at the direction of Fang Yun and said, then he took out a shlight from his waistband and turned it on.
Suddenly, a light shined in Fang Yun¡¯s direction.
¡±It seems that I can¡¯t hide from this.¡±
Looking at the three hunting dogs that are running over, Fang Yun gave up his n to continue hiding, so he showed his body shape from behind a tree.
His huge size caused the three dogs that are aggressively rushing towards him to stop.
¡±Oww¡±
The three hunting dogs whimpered and stared at Fang Yun that emerged from behind the tree in fear.
¡±Look, what¡¯s that thing over there?¡±
One of the poachers, the short man pointed at Fang Yun and said. He managed to see a long shadow appearing in the dark, causing fear to creep in his heart.
And that¡¯s without even seeing Fang Yun¡¯s true appearance.
Suddenly, the fat man pointed the shlight in his hand toward the ce where the young man was pointing. All of a sudden, a huge python was clearly disyed in front of them.
Seeing this giant creature, the seven poachers were shocked speechless, staring at the python not far ahead with wide eyes.
¡±Glup.¡±
Among the seven people, the sound of swallowing saliva was heard.
¡±Giant python, it¡¯s a giant python!¡±
Someone suddenly reacted and started shouting.
A 13-meter-long giant python has a very strong visual impact, especially when it¡¯s night and this beast is not far away from them.
It¡¯s not hard to understand their shock and fear.
¡±This¡¡¡±
The short man suddenly took a deep breath and shouted.
¡°Fat! do you think that this python is more than 9 meters?¡±
¡±Nine meters? This thing is at least 12 meters!¡±
The fat man said in a matter of fact manner, but after saying that, he immediately realized.
Others also suddenly thought of something causing their eyes to lit up. The fear in their eyes gradually dissipated and was reced with greed and excitement.
¡±Qi Ge, do you say?¡±
The short man suddenly turned, looking at the fat man with excitement.
The look on the fat man¡¯s face also gradually became excited, hearing the shout of the short man, he licked his dry lips.
¡±A nine-meter-long giant python is worth five million. This giant python is definitely worth 10 million, no, 30 million! ¡±
The fat man swallowed his saliva and said.
Such a python is basically the biggest python in the world.
¡±Ha ha ha.¡±
¡±Brothers, we have a chance to make a fortune.¡±
The fat man clenched the shotgun in his hand and said excitedly.
The other poachers were also very excited after hearing the fat man¡¯s words.
Although this 13-meter-long giant python looks very intimidating, in the end, it¡¯s just moving money. They are seven people, armed with guns, and have three hounds.
ording to their calctions. If they want to hunt this python, then it¡¯s at most spending some effort, no ident will happen at all.
After all, ording to what they have learned. After a python grows to a certain stage, all its body functions will decline, speed, agility, endurance, etc¡
Although this python looks scary, it¡¯s nothing more than a live target!
The seven men carefully approached the giant python, most of them were heavily sweating as they did.;
Although they know that the bigger the python, the worse its mobility. The visual impact of this python is still too great for them, causing their heart to constantly drum.
At the head of the team, the fat man is constantly sweating right now, he tightly clenched the shotgun in his hand, his forehead was filled with sweat.
Suddenly, the python ahead of them slightly moved.
Because he was too nervous, the short man suddenly lifted the shotgun in his hand and aimed at the python.
¡±Stop!!¡±
After the fat man heard the reloading sound, he immediately said.
¡°We will capture this python alive! once it¡¯s subdued, we will ask people to go up the mountain and transport it out.¡±
¡±Put down the shotgun you idiot! You will make us lose millions! give me the anesthetic gun, you stupid!¡±
Hearing this, the short man gritted his teeth then put the shotgun back in the backpack. then picked up a small gun.
At the tip of the gun is a long needle.
¡±I and Leizi will attract the giant python attention from the front. Short, be prepared to shoot anytime, others will scatter and be prepared to respond to any situation.¡±
After the fat man mentioned the battle n. He, Leizi, and the short man slowly walked toward the python.
Others spread out and intensely stared at the python and theirpanions, ready to respond at any mishap.
In the hands each one of them, there is a shotgun.
They acted cautiously, not letting the giant python get out of their sight.
The short man, holding an anesthetic gun. went to the right side of the python, then slowly approached it.
Their current distance from the giant python is about 100 meters. He can¡¯t get a shot at this distance. Only within 20 meters range can he guarantee getting a shot.
After everyone entered the jungle, their pupils gradually adapted to the darkness, plus the close distance. Everyone could clearly see the giant python with their naked eye.
Clearly seeing the true picture of this giant python made their hearts pound, but they still slowly surrounded it.
However, they felt that they are taking an eternity crossing this 100 meter.
They are not only very nervous but also very excited.
This creature in front of them is worth at least 30 million!
¡±They want to capture me?¡±
Looking at the seven poachers who are slowly surrounding him, Fang Yun¡¯s vertical pupils radiated a cold light.
He only wanted to quietly live and grow, so he nned to quietly retreat when he spotted these poachers.
As a result, these seven guys didn¡¯t know where to get their confidence. They nned to actually capture and sell him for money.
It¡¯s not like he didn¡¯t think about leaving directly, but if he left these guys would surely shoot him, so in the end, he could only fight.
In this case, he would rather stay in his ce and wait for an opportunity to attack.
Chapter 75: Unexpected Death
Chapter 75: Unexpected Death
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Fat, how do I feel that this python¡¯s eyes are full of killing intent?¡±
The fat man was currently facing Fang Yun, his muscles tight, ready to respond to any action. After hearing the short man¡¯s words, he smiled and said.
¡°Midget, If a beast eyes aren¡¯t murderous, can it still be called a beast?¡±
¡±I guess that you are right.¡±
The short man nodded, but he still has some doubts.
He felt that the eyes of this python were somewhat different from other beasts, but he can¡¯t tell exactly what¡¯s different.
¡±Well, let¡¯s stop here. Leizi, you go to attract the pythons attention¡±
The young man named Leizi nodded, then took a deep breath.
¡±Don¡¯t worry, we are here for you.¡±
The fat manforted him, then stood in the same ce, pointing the shlight in his hand straight at Fang Yun.
Leizi continued walking toward the giant python. At the same time, he turned to the short man next to him and said.
¡°He Bao, You should shoot only when you¡¯re close enough, shooting now will only make the python irritated.¡±
He has to get as close as possible to the giant python and attract its attention, Giving the short man a chance to shoot. Otherwise, it will be dangerous
If the giant python attacks the short man directly, then they won¡¯t have any other chance to anesthetize the python.
¡±Yes, if I¡¯m caught by the python, you must quickly save me!¡±
After biting the prey, pythons will quickly wrap around it and constrict, causing it either to suffocate or get its bones and internal organs crushed thus causing its death.
Especially with a python this big, if it wrapped around him, he will probably get crushed in seconds.
But fortunately, they have a lot of people. If he really gets identally wrapped by this python, others will definitely attack the python, which will cause it to release him upon sensing danger, then try to escape.
However, at that time. It would have already been shot by the anesthesia, how could it escape?
With such an idea, the young man got closer and closer to the python. Once he was about 20 meters away from the python, he waved the bamboo stick in his hand, trying to attract the python attention.
Although this distance is still very far, the young man was still trembling. No way, this python is just too intimidating.
He licked his dry lips, his face soaked in sweat.
At this time, Seeing that the python¡¯s attention was attracted by Leizi, the short man slowly walked toward the python, trying to be as inconspicuous as possible.
¡±Hey, animal,e and bite me!¡±
Leizi shouted, trying to give courage to himself. He slowly leaned forward, then threw the bamboo stick in his hand at the opposite python.
The three hunting dogs, seeing their master actions, also started barking at the python, looking ready to attack anytime.
¡±Haha, beast,e and bite me!¡±
The young man yelled again, but at the moment he said that¡
The python that was standing still moved, leaning his head gently to the side, he easily dodged the flying bamboo stick.
Then, he jumped straight at the young man, crossing the 20 meters distance in an instant. Opening his giant bloody mouth, he bit on the young man arm.
Closing His giant mouth, His steel-like fangs plunged in the young man arm.
¡±Ahhh!¡±
The young man screamed in excruciating pain, mustering all his strength, he shouted. ¡°Save me!¡±
The young man loud yelling caused the python to bite even harder.
After the other poachers saw this scene, they were shocked, not expecting this to happen at all. The dogs that were previously barking are now whimpering and shivering in fear.
No one expected that the young man would suddenly be attacked.
However, several guys quickly reacted, then subconsciously aimed the shotgun in their hands at the python and shot him.
¡±Bang!¡±
A loud gunshot sounded.
Several bulletsnded on Fang Yun¡¯s body, which caused him to subconsciously tense up, feeling a lot of pain.
This pain made him only more violent.
Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with anger, lifting his head up, he threw the young man in his mouth in the air. Not bothering to look at the young man anymore. He rushed to the short man next to him.
¡°bang.¡±
The young man collided heavily with a tree, making a loud sound, then fell heavily to the ground. After rolling a fewps, he was screaming in pain and vomiting blood.
His arm, which was bitten by Fang Yun, was covered of blood. It was filled with deep bite marks, his flesh was rolled on the edge of those holes, the skin on his back was cracked and blood was flowing from it, a lot of his bones were broken beyond recognition. His body was a mess.
At the moment when the young man fell to the ground, Fang Yun had already arrived at the short man who was the closest to him. He quickly warped around him and started to constrict.
¡±Ahhh!¡±
Before the short man even realized, he was wrapped around by Fang Yun. Feeling the huge pressure around his body, he screamed in pain.
¡±Crack!¡±
The sound of broken bones sounded.
¡°Bang!¡±
blood spurted out of the mouth of the short man, his internal organs are likely to be crushed.
Although this process was slow to describe, only three or four seconds have passed.
The giant python broke through their encirclement, it slithered away with terrifying speed, in just a few seconds, it disappeared from their vision.
¡±Leizi! He Bao!¡±
The fat man was not far behind. After seeing this scene, he was shocked then immediately shouted.
How is this possible?
Isn¡¯t itmon sense that the bigger thee python grows, the slower they get. How could this python be so fast?!
More importantly, even though their bullets hit the monster, it didn¡¯t work!
What kind of monster is this?
¡±Qi Ge?¡±
The remaining four people quickly ran toward the fat man, their face was pale and their heart was filled with fear.
When they shot the python. They saw that the bullets colliding with the python scales created sparks.
How can this be?
The scales of that giant python must beparable to steel!
Previously, they thought that the giant python stayed in ce because its movement was inconvenient. However, now that they witnessed its speed, they understood that they arepletely wrong.
This giant python was clearly waiting for them to get closer!
They are just its prey!
Five people gathered together. Leaning against each other back, they pointed their shotguns to the darkness. However, the shotguns in their hands could no longer provide them with a feeling of safety, they were trembling in fear.
¡±Let¡¯s go.¡±
The fat man bit his lips and said.
He nced at Leizi and He Bai who were lying on the ground. Leizi was still not dead. He was staring at them with hope in his eyes.
As if pleading to take him away with them.
Struggle shed in the fat man¡¯s eyes but in the next moment, his eyes immediately became fierce.
They slowly moved towards theke, as the terrain was clear and there are not many hiding ces. He didn¡¯t even nce at Leizi.
That giant python is too horrible. Although it disappeared into the forest for the moment, he was not sure if it truly left.
The current Lei Zi is just a burden to them, and he also saw it. Leizi injury is very heavy and he is not likely to survive.
There is no need to take risks for a dead person. Moreover, Lei Zi and He Bao bodies can act as a bait to attract the python, giving them the opportunity to escape.
Chapter 76: The Massacre
Chapter 76: The Massacre
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The poachers vigntly looked around, seeing that there are no traces of the python. They looked at each other before quickly running toward theke.
¡°Crack!¡±
The sound of something stepping on a branch sounded.
Hearing this sound, the poacher¡¯s bodies immediately froze, cold sweat was falling from their foreheads.
They slowly turned around to the sound source, clenching the shotguns in their hands.
¡±Meow.¡±
Suddenly, a wild cat emerged from behind a tree.
Seeing this scene, all of the poachers let out a sigh of relief. They felt that their bodies were almost copsing from tension and fear.
¡±It turned out to be a wild cat.¡±
The fat man was breathing heavily. He was really scared by this giant python. He has never encountered such a monster like this in his entire life.
¡±let¡¯s go.¡±
The fat man said to the rest of the poachers and continued moving.
While running toward theke, they didn¡¯t forget to look behind from time to time.
Suddenly, one of the poachers slipped on a puddle and fell to the ground.
The other four were shocked by the sudden noise, but after seeing that it was just this man falling on the ground. They let out a sigh of relief and continued running.
¡±I¡¡¡±
The man who fell on the mud struggled to stand up, seeing that hispanions didn¡¯t wait for him and continued running. He panicked and shouted loudly.
¡°Hey, wait for me!¡±
However, his usually kind brothers didn¡¯t pay attention to him at all. They continued running without even bothering to turn their heads to him.
The man with the muddy face quickly stood up from the ground, wanting to quickly catch up with hispanions. Suddenly, he felt a cold sensation from his back. Thinking of something, he slowly looked back.
The sight behind him almost caused his soul to fly out of his body.
He discovered that behind him, a huge monster was coldly looking at him. Seeing him looking back, the monster slowly opened its mouth and bit at him.
¡±Ahhh!!¡±
The Muddy face man screamed in fear and terror!
The four poachers ahead, after hearing this scream, couldn¡¯t help but look back, the scene they saw caused them to almost piss themselves.
The giant python that previously left is now behind theirpanion, biting right at his shoulder.
Immediately after, the python lifted its head, throwing the man straight into the air.
The young man collided with a big tree, making a cracking sound. Most of the young man¡¯s bones are likely to be broken. He slowly fell to the ground, making more sickening noises.
His neck is broken in the wrong direction, which just happened to be the poacher¡¯s direction.
His hollow eyes stared straight into the poacher¡¯s souls. As if ming them for abandoning him and running away.
¡±Glup!¡±
The four poachers swallowed their saliva.
This monster is really cruel.
Especially the youngest man among them, he is literally shaking in fear right now.
Originally, he was hoping that this python will leave and no longer bother them, but he didn¡¯t expect that this python no only did not leave but was also pursuing them.
In fact, among them, he is not only the weakest but also the slowest.
The reason why he wasn¡¯t the one to be killed was that hispanion slipped, now that he was killed, isn¡¯t he the next one?
¡±Run separately!¡±
Suddenly, the fat man screamed then immediately run in a direction, it¡¯s hard to imagine that a man this fat could run so fast.
The other two immediately ran in different directions after hearing the fat man words, not even bothering to look at the young man.
The young man gnashed his teeth and run in another direction.
His is very clear in his heart, Running with other people, he has almost no chance of escaping.
Once the giant python catches up, with his turtle-like speed, the one most likely to suffer is him.
Therefore, this order issued by the fat man is actually in his favor, giving him a glimmer of life.
While running, the young man kept praying in his heart. ¡®Don¡¯t chase me, don¡¯t chase me¡¡¯
But in the next moment, his legs softened, causing him to almost fall to the ground. He saw that the giant python was running towards him.
¡±I¡ Why are you chasing me!?¡±
The young man copsed, suddenly, his right leg collided with something.
¡±Ahhh!¡±
The youth screamed, his body falling to the ground. After rolling a fewps due to the momentum, he eventually fell on his back, his head looking straight at the sky.
However, at this moment, a huge head is constantly magnifying in his pupil!
¡±Do not!¡±
The young man pupil contracted to the limit, a blood-curdling scream was spat from his mouth but stopped not long after.
The three poachers who were running in three different directions trembled after hearing this scream, they ran even faster, exhausting every ounce of power they have in their bodies.
¡±You can¡¯t run!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes showed a fierce light, locking another person, he immediately ran over there.
The man he chased trembled after spotting Fang Yun chasing behind him, running a few more steps, his legs softened, causing him to fall to the ground.
¡±Ahh!¡±
The man screamed in fear and turned over, just to see the giant python getting closer and closer causing the fear in his mind was magnified to the extreme.
All this fear and terror caused him to eventually snap. His eyes filled with madness, he shouted at Fang Yun.
¡±F*cker! even if I¡¯m dead, I will definitely bring you with me!!!¡±
The man shouted with madness and clicked on the trigger in his hand.
¡°Bang!¡±
Fang Yun tried dodging the bullets. but most of them still ended colliding with his body, making a ¡°squeaky¡± sound.
The pain in his body only managed to further anger him. In just a few seconds, hepletely wrapped around this man, before using all his power to squeeze him. After some inhuman screams, he turned the young man into a bloody paste.
After killing this man, Fang Yun¡¯s sight turned in another direction.
He remembers that a poacher ran in that direction.
He quickly slithered in that direction. Two minutester, he caught up with that poacher and killed him.
¡±Only one remains.¡±
Looking at the body lying on the ground, Fang Yun¡¯s sight locked in one direction and quickly slithered there.
¡±Haa¡Ha¡¡±
In the jungle, a fat man was quickly running, panting like a cow. He felt that his throat was burning and his lungs are about to explode. But even so, he still kept running.
¡±I don¡¯t know what happened to those guys.¡±
The fat man bit his teeth and thought. Only in this way can he distract his head and not think about that monster. Otherwise, his legs will definitely soften and he will fall to the ground.
¡±I hope that the monster will not catch up.¡±
His heart was filled with hope, then his eyes shed dangerously.
¡°Beast, wait until I go out, I will definitely¡¡±
¡±You won¡¯t have this opportunity.¡±
Suddenly, a giant python appeared behind him and said.
But what came out of the python mouth was only a hissing sound.
The fat man suddenly felt that something appeared behind his back, subconsciously turning around. He saw that the python head was getting closer and closer to him.
¡±Ahhhhh!!¡±
Chapter 77: End of the Event
Chapter 77: End of the Event
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun looked down at the body on the ground.
The fat man has already stopped breathing, half of his shoulders were torn off. His eyes are still open, terror and pain were in them, like seeing something very terrifying before his death.
After upgrading ¡°Steel Body¡± once, not only did his defense increase but his teeth hardness also have increased. Being as sharp as nails, his teeth allow him to shred his opponents to pieces.
Compared to the first time he killed a human, he is much calmer after killing the poachers.
¡±I just want to survive and go home.¡±
Fang Yun cleared his mind, throwing those messy things out of his head, then slightly bowed down, looking at a little thing on the ground.
A Mobile phone.
Seeing this familiar gadget, an idea emerged in his mind. He has always felt that traveling is inconvenient as he didn¡¯t know this world geography. However, an opportunity to do so is right in front of him.
He is nning to use this mobile phone to view this world map.
This phone has a fingerprint lock, but it¡¯s still not a problem for Fang Yun. Using his tail to wrap around the fat man¡¯s hand, which still has some temperature, he unlocked the phone with the fat man¡¯s fat fingers.
Still using the fat man¡¯s hands, Fang Yun opened the browser, slowly examining the map of this world. Besides the ocean, he wanted to see if there is any other ce in the world that is suitable for him to live in.
Half an hourter, he slithered back to theke.
When he returned to theke. He noticed several wolves wildly eating the bodies in the forest. Once they discovered his presence, the wolves stopped eating and looked at him with vignce.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother these wolves, he climbed up the big banyan tree and rested on its branches.
While resting on the tree branch, Fang Yun used the moonlight to examine his body. Even though his defense is amazing, he still suffered some injuries.
Quite a few of his scales looked like they were about to fall off, some ces even have blood seeping through.
Undoubtedly, these ces have be a weak point for him now.
Originally he was nning to gather enough bio-energy and evolve today, but it looks like this can only be postponed.
He estimated that these injuries will get better in about five days.
Five days can already be considered very fast. If it was other pythons, then an injury of this scale will take much longer to heal.
Converging his thoughts, Fang Yun began to think about the information he saw on the fat man¡¯s phone.
¡±Sure enough, in this world, there is also an African savanna.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the bright moon hanging in the sky and thought deeply.
The equivalent of the African savanna of his previous world is called the Ugandan Prairie in this world.
Unlike his previous world, no country exists near the Uganda Prairie in this world. It¡¯s a continentposed entirely of animals.
It¡¯s Mainly because the conditions on Uganda Prairie are very bad, simply not a ce where humans can live.
Only asionally will an expedition team enter the prairie to inspect the animals, and even with ample preparations, fatal idents often happen.
It can be said that all those who choose to go on this expedition are prepared to die.
Although this prairie environment is very unfriendly to humans, Fang Yun feels that this ce is a very suitable ce to live in.
Another point is that the river that he was previously following will have a fork at some point. One would lead to the ocean as expected. The other one will lead to an even bigger river.
And this big river will pass by the Uganda prairie and eventually flow into another ocean.
In other words, he has two choices facing him.
One would be to directly go to the ocean, the other will require him to pass by the Ugandan Prairie before going into the ocean.
After thinking for a while, it seems that one choice is vastly better than the other. He decided, he will go to the Ugandan Prairie.
While watching documentaries such as the ¡°Animal World¡± in his previous life, he was very attracted by ces filled with wild animals.
He really wants to go to that ce and carefully experience the wild environment.
Right now, a chance to do so is right in front of him.
One of the more important reasons why he chose the prairie is the rich prey. Zebras, bison, lions, etc¡
If he is lucky to meet a herd migration. He imagined thousands to hundreds of thousands of beasts mixing, then migrating together.
That kind of scene, it should be a very shocking scene?
This kind of activity should be a feast for him, allowing him to increase his bio-energy tremendously.
¡±After my injury is restored, I will leave for the Ugandan Prairie.¡±
After making up his mind, Fang Yun lowered his head and slept.
In the next five days, Fang Yun did not go hunting in the mountains. Only hunting hunted beasts that came to drink from theke.
Due to this, his bio-energy didn¡¯t increase that much. Reaching only 149,200.
He still needs 800 points to evolve.
Finally on the fifth day. His injuries were basically healed. The ces where his old scales have fallen off are already very hard. It wouldn¡¯t be long before new scales grow out.
Now, he doesn¡¯t feel pain if something touches his wound as before.
So Fang Yun climbed down the big banyan tree and started a new journey.
¡¡¡¡¡
¡°Slither.¡±
In the dense jungle, a 13-meter-long giant python was slithering, leaving a noticeable trail behind it. Suddenly it stopped moving and started flicking its tongue.
This python is detecting the various smells in the air.
While slithering back to the river, Fang Yun was nning to catch a few prey on the way. Thus fulfilling the required bio-energy and evolving.
But an hourter, he didn¡¯t find a lot of prey. He only ate a pheasant and a hare, thus gaining 260 bio-point.
ording to his speed, he will reach the river in probably half an hour.
¡°It seems that it¡¯s impossible to evolve before reaching the river.¡±
Fang Yun lifted his huge head and looked ahead.
In front of him was a river. He has already reached his destination.
Next, he needs to swim along this river and go to the Ugandan Prairie.
Fang Yun slowly crawled forward, but before reaching the river, he suddenly stopped. He looked right on the other bank of the river.
On the other side of the river, about 50 meters away from him. A tiger slowly emerged from the forest.
After the tiger came out of the forest, it just wanted to drink water, but suddenly froze, looking right a Fang Yun with surprise.
¡±Roar!¡±
Seeing such an enormous python, the tiger was shocked, then trembled in fear as he stared at Fang Yun.
This is a Young tiger.
It wouldn¡¯t be so scared otherwise.
While Fang Yun was looking at the young tiger, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡±Target locked, juvenile tiger, Mammal, carnivore, can provide 800 bio-energy points.¡±
After hearing the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun¡¯s eyes glowed.
The opportunity for evolution hase.
He tightened his muscles before quickly slithering towards the tiger.
The young tiger was so terrified that he quickly turned around and escaped to the forest. But! how could its speedpare with Fang Yun? the tiger did not manage to run that far before Fang Yun caught up then swallowed it.
After swallowing the little tiger, Fang Yun was very satisfied. Just as he was waiting for the system prompt. A wrathful roar sounded in the forest.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Chapter 78: Was tracked
Chapter 78: Was tracked
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Professor, it¡¯s exactly as you guessed, the big python is moving in this direction.¡±
Hook was squatting next to a bush, looking at the wide trail in front of him, he said with excitement.
Tang Xue who was beside him, was relieved when he heard this.
Some time ago, they found the habitat of the giant python, but after staying there for two days, they did not even see its shadow, so Tang Xue decided to follow the trail left by the giant python.
However, this python trail is very random, and its direction is disorganized. Sometimes, it will go to the left, sometimes to the right. There were some instances where they even went around in a circle. They couldn¡¯t judge the direction where this python was going.
At this time, Tang Xue decisively ordered them to go to the river.
Sure enough, when they went to the river, they found a very obvious python trail. Obviously, this giant python is active near the river.
¡±Everyone must be careful.¡±
Tang Xue turned around and said to the group.
¡°You have to pay special attention to the ground and dense trees. The bigger the size of the python, the worse their mobility, so most of them hide in the bushes or trees to ambush prey.¡±
¡±Understood!, Professor.¡±
The team members all shouted then began to vigntly look around.
¡±what?¡±
Hook stood up from his squatting position, just as he turned around to say something to the professor, he eximed after seeing something on a tree.
¡±What¡¯s wrong, Xiaohu?¡±
Hearing the exmation of Hook, Tang Xue turned around and asked him what the matter, but after seeing the tree that hook was looking at, he was also very surprised.
¡±Is there a tiger in this forest?¡±
Tang Xue looked slightly stunned.
¡±Professor, why are you asking if there is a tiger here?¡±
A young man behind Tang Xue asked. He was holding a machete in his hand, obviously one of the guides in the team.
He and the other guides are all locals. This time they were hired by Tang Xue to guide them in the mountain. In the beginning, they were very cautious and respectful.
After all, Tang Xue is a professor and Hook is a doctoral student, both of them are very important people in their eyes.
But as time passed, seeing as both Tang Xue and Hook were very approachable and easygoing, their rtionship isn¡¯t as stiff anymore.
This is what allowed the young man to open his mouth and ask Tang Xue questions.
Hearing this, Tang Xue smiled, then exined to the young man.
¡±Look there, there are w marks on that tree. This is a method usually used by felines to mark their territory.¡±
¡±Looking at the shape and size of this scar, it should be left by a tiger.¡±
¡±Professor, this is the territory of a tiger, seeing as the python is also here. They are likely to have a conflict;¡±
Suddenly, Hook on the side said while furrowing his brows.
If that giant python is in water then it¡¯s okay, but if it¡¯s onnd, then the tiger is likely to have a big meal, going by its agility.
After all, that python is too big, and in the face of a tiger, its sneak attack wouldn¡¯t work.
A tiger¡¯s nose is very powerful.
¡±We have to find that python as soon as possible. It would be a pity if a python of that size is killed.¡±
Tang Xue was nning to protect the python.
Such a big python is very unique and has a veryrge scientific value.
¡±Little Hu, let¡¯s go.¡±
Tang Xue turned around and said to hook, nning to continue searching for the python. However, a furious roar suddenly sounded in the forest.
¡±Roar!!¡±
After hearing this roar, Tang Xue and the rest¡¯s face changed color.
¡±This is¡ the roar of the tiger.¡±
Tang Xue took a deep breath, his face is dignified.
Look at other people, they too are very serious.
Tigers are the king of the jungle.
Although they have many people and plus armed with weapons, tigers¡¯ reputation is just too big.
Several locals in the team were shocked by the roar. Although they lived under the mountain, they did not wander so deeply before, so this is the first time they heard the roar of a tiger.
¡±Professor, what should we do now?¡± Hook asked Tang Xue.
Tang Xue pondered and said: ¡°We¡¯ll go see what happened, something is off about this tiger¡¯s roar.¡±
He did some research on tigers before. Tigers roaring is verymon, but this roar is very different from the usual one.
¡±Everyone should not be afraid. Although tigers are indeed scary, we have many people and many guns. More importantly, this time our security consists of special forces from the army.¡±
He said this mainly tofort the locals.
Hearing this, the local people slightly rxed. The men holding the guns behind also straightened their backs and nodded at Tang Xue.
Seeing this, Tang Xue took the lead and walked in the direction of the roar.
Walking for about three hundred meters, the leading Tang Xue suddenly stopped. He raised his hand and made a gesture for the group to stop.
He looked right at an open spot not far away then gently squatted down;
After seeing this, the others followed his example and did the same, looking in the direction he was looking, they were shocked after seeing what¡¯s there;
Right in the middle of that open spot is a tiger, a very powerful tiger.
¡±Roar¡¡±
Suddenly, they heard it deeply roaring, then slowly walked ahead.
¡±What animal is in confrontation with the tiger?¡±
Tang Xue had a guess in his heart, he immediately said to the rest; ¡± Let¡¯s change ces;¡±
After saying that, he slowly walked between the bushes. Not long after, they were near the open space.
The group was moving very slowly, afraid of making noises and alerting the tiger.
Finally, everyone was in an ideal ce, they slowly emerged from behind the bushes, then looked at the opposite tiger.
From their perspective, they can clearly see both the tiger and its opponent.
However, when they saw who¡¯s the tiger opponent, they were all shocked. They felt like being thundered, a horrified look on their faces.
On the opposite of the tiger is an iparably giant python. It was lifting its head and coldly staring at the tiger.
This giant python has a body length of more than 12 meters and a diameter of bucket. It looks extremely horrifying.
¡±This¡ this is the big python!¡±
Hook said: ¡°It seems to be getting bigger.¡±
¡±Yes.¡±
Tang Xue nodded. ¡°It has indeed be bigger. It definitely wasn¡¯t this big, but this body type¡¡±
As an old man who has been dealing with animals for decades, this is the first time Tang Xue saw such a shocking animal.
A giant python with a length of more than 12 meters.
It¡¯s simply a Prehistoric animal!
¡±Professor, looking at the situation, the tiger and the python are about to fight, shouldn¡¯t we do something?¡± Hook hurriedly said.
Hearing this, Tang Xue look changed, He was preparing to say to the men to drive the tiger away. Unexpectedly, at this time, the tiger suddenlyunched an attack on the python.
Chapter 79: The Battle With A Tiger
Chapter 79: The Battle With A Tiger
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±not good.¡±
Tang Xue felt that things are not good, and was about to get up, but the next scene made him freeze, staring nkly at the battle scene.
Not only him. The same is for Hook and the rest of the team.
¡±Roar.¡±
They saw that the big tiger roared fiercely at the giant python before running towards it. However, the giant python that was confronting it also showed a shocking speed, rushing right towards the tiger.
At the moment when the two were about to collide, the tiger jumped at python and attacked it with its ws.
The next scene made them even more horrified.
The python flexibly leaned its head to the side, dodging the tiger¡¯s attack.
The moment the tigernded on the ground, the python has already turned around and bit right towards its neck.
But the tiger is not a vegetarian. It flexibly jumped up, sessfully dodging the python¡¯s attack. At the same time, its ws collided with the python¡¯s scales.
The sound of metal scratching suddenly sounded.
The sharp ws of the tiger weren¡¯t able to prate the python¡¯s defense. This caused the tiger to pause for a moment, shocked that its ws weren¡¯t able to injure the python.
The python didn¡¯t miss this chance, it swung its head and bit right in the tiger¡¯s neck.
¡±Roar!¡±
The tiger struggled, trying to break from the python fangs, but in the end, its power wasn¡¯t a match for the python. After struggling for a while, it still couldn¡¯t escape, so it could only watch as the python wrapped around it.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Behind a cluster of bushes, Tang Xue could only watch this scene with shock.
It¡¯s amazing!
This scene simply subverts his cognition!
A python is this huge, yet still has speed and agility surpassing those of a tiger?!
If he wasn¡¯t watching this scene right now, he absolutely wouldn¡¯t have believed this.
¡±Ah! Xiaohu, did you film the previous scene?¡±
After waking up from his shock, Tang Xue immediately asked his assistant, Hook.
This is a scene that can definitely shock the entire biological world.
Hook was filming with a camera in his hand, hearing Tang Xue¡¯s question, he smiled, a bit embarrassed, and said: ¡°Professor, I¡¯m filming this scene now.¡±
¡±As for the previous one, I was too shocked and forgot to shoot.¡±
He was a bit regretful and annoyed. Not filming the previous battle between the tiger and the python is a big loss.
¡±I don¡¯t me you. wasn¡¯t I also shocked before?¡±
Tang Xue felt that it was a pity, but in the end, he didn¡¯t me his assistant. He looked at the scene showing in Hook¡¯s camera disy. In the disy, a giant python is wrapping around a tiger.
¡±Such a video is more than enough to shock people.¡±
Tang Xue nodded, but his face suddenly stiffened.
¡±professor¡ª¡°
Hook was also trembling right now, looking right at the opposite scene.
In the open space, the giant python that was wrapping around the tiger suddenly turned around and stared at them.
¡±It found us.¡±
A young man holding a machete was trembling in fear, his body a little unstable.
¡±Hiss.¡±
The python looked right at them, hissing and flicking its scarlet tongue, looking absolutely terrifying.
¡±Glup.¡±
Tang Xue swallowed his saliva, his heart drumming at an unbelievable speed.
The excitement and curiosity in his heart have long since disappeared, he has never felt so nervous in his entire life.
If it was an ordinary giant python, he absolutely wouldn¡¯t be so nervous, but this one is just too strange.
Its speed and agility are even more superior than a tiger, and he previously saw something that he didn¡¯t dare to say. He saw the scene where the tiger ws couldn¡¯t scratch the python¡¯s scales.
Can their guns truly fatally injure this python?
If not, If the python attacked them, then how many people can survive?
Tang Xue took a deep breath before barely calming down.
¡±Everyone, slowly retreat, don¡¯t shoot. I repeat, don¡¯t shoot!!¡±
¡±It¡¯s warning us, telling us to get out of here. It¡¯s about to eat that tiger and doesn¡¯t want us to be present when it does that. When pythons are eating, it¡¯s their most vulnerable moment.¡±
As he said, he was slowly stepping back, his eyes have never left the python from the beginning.
The rest of the team did as he said, the atmosphere was so tense that no one dared to loudly breathe. Only after retreating far enough, to the point where they didn¡¯t see the python anymore, did they dare rx.
¡±Okay, now we are safe.¡±
Tang Xue let out a sigh of relief and said: ¡°We should leave this ce as soon as possible.¡±
¡±This area is the territory of the giant python, so we can¡¯t stay here for a long time.¡±
After hearing Tang Xue¡¯s words, everyone nodded in agreement. They also didn¡¯t want to stay in this ce any longer.
The psychological shadow that python left them with is too big.
This time they were lucky, meeting with such a scary creature and leaving without a scratch. But, if they continue staying in this area. It¡¯s difficult to say whether they will be attacked by the python next time or not.
After making sure that everyone is here. The team turned around and walked out of the forest.
¡¡
Fang Yun was constricting around the tiger. He didn¡¯t expect that after just eating the young tiger, his old man came to take revenge. Although even the old man was killed
ording to the plot in most novels, after killing the old man, an ancestor-level character shoulde next.
What he didn¡¯t expect was that a group of humans were the ones to pop out.
Looking at their appearance, it should be a research team.
The leading old man has a schstic look, probably a professor or a researcher. The young man next to him also exuded the atmosphere of a bookworm.
Seeing that there were no dead animal carcasses or blood smell around them, he naturally excluded poachers.
But even so, Fang Yun didn¡¯t n to eat in front of so many people.
This tiger is very big. Even for the current him, swallowing it was no easy matter. He will be very vulnerable while eating it. Doing so in front of a group of armed humans is nothing more than stupidity, that would be just him putting himself in a dangerous situation.
Therefore, Fang Yun red at them, indicating them to scram. Fortunately, the old man has understood his intentions and quickly retreated. If they didn¡¯t do so, things would have ended differently.
After confirming that the humans had gone far, Fang Yun began to swallow the tiger. After swallowing the tiger, he slowly crawled away.
He is nning to find a ce to evolve.
He isn¡¯t nning to evolve in this area, in case he is discovered by these guys then things may go very wrong. So he nned to evolve in another ce.
After thinking for a while, he simply slithered along the river, nning to evolve after finding a deep enough ce.
Chapter 80: Causing a Sensation
Chapter 80: Causing a Sensation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun slowly crawled along the river. After a while, hepletely digested both of the tigers.
His bio-energy has surpassed the required amount, reaching 155,260 points.
However, he didn¡¯t choose to immediately evolve but kept moving forward. The water level in this ce is really shallow, he needs a better ce.
About half a monthter, he reached a forked intersection, which should be the intersection to the Ugandan Prairie and the ocean. ording to the route in his memory, he chose the slope on the right.
The slope on the right is rtively small, but ording to the map on the phone. It will eventually merge with other small rivers into a very big river.
Fang Yun is nning to evolve in that big river.
Although the big river was very close to the intersection on the mobile phone, he actually traveled for 3 days before reaching it.
This river is more than 50 meters wide and about ten meters deep, making it the biggest river he saw.
Fang Yun swam in this river for a day before eventually finding a hidden corner.
Here is a very deep cave in the depth of the river, 15 meters from the water surface.
Fang Yunid down in this cave, then said to the system in his mind. ¡°System, begin this evolution.¡±
The warm feeling has appeared in his body once again. Ten minutester, his evolution has finally ended.
While he was evolving in the depth of the river. The expedition team that he encountered before, led by Professor Tang Xue, left the Tang mountain.
Tang Xue returned to the university, then nned a simple press conference to tell the world about what they encountered on this trip.
When they entered the mountain, a lot of people have been paying attention. Seeing that they finally got out, a lot of media began asking them about their trip.
¡¡
Li Zhi is a sophomore majoring in financial management, but he actually prefers biology, especially studying various animals.
Some time ago, he saw the news about Feng Zhan¡¯s encounter in the wild and was shocked by the size of that giant python.
To see more about the python, he and his roommates went to see the ¡°Giants Invasion¡± filmed by Feng Zhan. However, after watching the whole film, he found, to his disappointment, that there is nothing about that python in the movie.
After that, he has always paid attention to news about this python. He believes that such a huge python will definitely draw those biological expert¡¯s attention.
Sure enough, not long after, Professor Tang Xue from Donglin University dered that he would lead a team to search for the python in the Tang Mountains.
He also saw relevant news yesterday, saying that Professor Tang has alreadye out from the Tang Mountains. He will share their discoveries on the official website of their university.
Sitting in front of hisputer, he entered the Donglin University¡¯s official website link.
¡±The press article should be out soon.¡±
Li Zhi said with some expectation. After entering the official website of Donglin University, he immediately went to the news section.
¡±It¡¯s Out!¡±
Suddenly, he excitedly screamed and opened the article.
¡°A brief summary of the trip of the Tang Mountains.¡±
After opening this article, he directly skipped the cumbersome introduction and directly read the main topic.
The article is exceedingly simple, it can be summed up in a few simple sentences.
After entering the Tang Mountains, they encountered various animals. They also found that the species of the Tang Mountains became richer.
Li Zhi couldn¡¯t help but groan after reading this.
¡°Such a simple summary, aren¡¯t they embarrassed?.¡±
After saying this, he continued reading the rest of the article. After which his eyes immediately lit up.
He finally read the content about the giant python.
At that time, we were crossing the Tarim River. The water level of the Tarim River is very shallow, it didn¡¯t even reach our knees.
While searching in the river, we noticed a very big hole in a bush, next to it is a very noticeable trail. This is obviously left by the Big Python.
Below this paragraph, there is a picture showing the bush and big hole in it.
¡±Is that python so thick?¡±
Li Zhi got excited the more he read, continuing to scroll down, he was stunned by the following words.
In the following paragraph, Tang Xue described the process of how the python ate a tiger.
¡±Is this true or fake?¡±
Li Zhi was suspicious, then he saw a video on the bottom.
Quickly clicking on it, the video began to slowly y.
On hisputer screen, a giant python was wrapping around a tiger and constricting him.
¡±hiss!¡±
Li Zhi took sharp a breath, although this video is only a short 5 seconds, it¡¯s enough to make him feel shocked.
A giant python killed a tiger.
¡±Li Zhi, what are you looking at?¡±
Suddenly, a voice rang behind him. Li Zhi, who was browsing the web, turned around and found that his roommate was just closing the door, holding a stack of books in his hands.
¡±Ah brother Luo, have you seen the news? Professor Tang really met the big python!¡±
When Li Zhiyi saw Luo Huan, he immediately shared the news he found with him.
Unexpectedly, Luo Huan, who was standing next to the door, smiled and said: ¡°I have seen it long ago, the news is all over the inte.¡±
¡±what?¡±
Li Zhi was amazed, opening the news tform, he discovered that the news about the giant python is everywhere, even upying the first on trending.
He opened a section and found many posts talking about the giant python.
¡±Breaking news: a 12-meter giant python ate the king of the jungle, all the people in the wild must be careful.¡±
¡±Pythons are just spicy strips for big cats? This giant python says NO!¡±
¡°A 15m long prehistoric creature is living the Tang Mountain, we apud the people protecting the Tang mountain ecosystem;¡±
¡±Witnesses have said that they saw a dragon in the Tang Mountains¡¡±
Looking at the posts that are getting more and more ridiculous, Li Zhi smirked, then opened the first post and began to read at thements below.
He mainly wants to see the reaction of various people.
Sure enough, in thement area, a lot of people are expressing their own shock.
¡±This python is really big enough, tigers can only act as its food!¡±
¡±It¡¯s too scary, mom, I don¡¯t dare to go to the wild anymore.¡±
¡±If I meet such a big python, I will probably wet myself!¡±
¡±I¡¯m at the foot of Tang Mountain, there are a lot of armed people going into the mountain.¡±
¡±They want to catch the giant python. After all, this is behemoth is very unique and precious, much more precious than pandas.¡±
¡±Panda: I can act cute, what can you do?¡±
¡±Giant Python: I don¡¯t want to go to kindergarten.¡±
¡±Haha,paring kindergarten to the zoo, the man above is very imaginative.¡±
Li Zhi browsed through several pages ofments, and the excitement in his heart only calmed after a long time. He decided that if the giant python was put into the zoo in the future, he will definitely go see it.
Chapter 81: The End of The Journey
Chapter 81: The End of The Journey
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun looked at his body that got even bigger with satisfaction, he even felt that his strength has increased a lot.
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
After saying that, a light curtain appeared in his mind.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 15
Bioenergy: 6280/200000
Skill Points: 23
Body length: 15m
Diameter: 50cm
Power: 160
Defense: 165
Speed: 47
Agile: 50
Spirit: 52
Physical strength: 45
Skill: Steel Body (1/5) - Maxed skills has been hidden
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun was even more satisfied after reading his attributes from top to bottom. His body length has reached 15 meters.
Even if it¡¯s in the ocean, he¡¯s a rare big mac. (Note: Mc Donald won¡¯t sue me?)
Another thing worth noting is that his skill points are now 23, which means he can upgrade one skill.
This time Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate. He directly upgraded the skill ¡°Quick Regeneration¡±. This skill can not only restore his external injuries but even internal injuries and diseases.
In other words, it can enhance his immunity to various poisons and diseases.
The environment in Uganda prairie is particrly bad. Fang Yun feels that upgrading this skill is necessary.
After upgrading this skill, his skill column became like this.
Skills: Steel Body (1/5), Quick Regeneration (1/5) - maxed skills has been hidden
¡±Unfortunately, the next evolution requires 200,000 bio-energy points.¡±
Looking at the value in front of the bio-energy column, his heart twitched a bit, even if he has grown to this point, it¡¯s not easy to gather this amount of Bio-energy.
¡±Right, It¡¯s been a long time since I checked my reputation¡±
Fang Yun suddenly thought of this, he immediately switched to his information panel. When he saw his reputation, even with his powerful psych, he still got a bit scared.
Because his reputation has reached 7,241,000 points.
¡±It has already reached this point.¡±
Fang Yun was a little unbelievable. After pondering for a while, he guessed that it was probably the credit of the previous expedition team.
¡±I wonder if this time, my reputation will directly reach 10 million?¡±
Thinking of this, he began to look forward as to what kind of bloodline he will receive after his reputation reaches 10 million.
¡±Is it Hydra? Jorgmundar? Leviathan?¡±
A few legendary snakes shed through Fang Yun¡¯s mind. Although it¡¯s unlikely to be them, he was still full of expectations about what bloodline he will get.
Slowly calming down his own state of mind, he slowly surfaced from the depth of the river, but he did not continue his journey but just started searching in the water.
Just after this evolution, he is very hungry so he is nning to fill his stomach first.
After wandering around in the river for a while, Fang Yun discovered a type of fish that was more than 30 centimeters long, without any hesitation, he immediately rushed and swallowed it.
After eating fifty of these fish, Fang Yun felt that his hunger has almost disappeared so he continued his journey.
He rarely stopped to hunt on the road, spending most of his time swimming to his destination.
After almost two months of travel, the river he was in has be very wide, ording to Fang Yun¡¯s estimate, it should be about five or six kilometers wide.
If he remembers correctly, then the Ugandan Prairie is not far away.
During this time, he didn¡¯t focus on hunting so his bio-energy has reached only more than 50,000 points.
There is still a long distance to the 200,000 bio-energy needed for the next evolution.
However, Fang Yun was not frustrated, The reason why he didn¡¯t evolve yet is that he wasn¡¯t focused on hunting in his journey. If he did so, he would have already evolved.
There were no idents on the way. Sometimes he also passed by human areas, but with the cover of the river, no one found him.
After seven more days, the scenery around Fang Yun has changed.
The most obvious indicator is that the terrain has changed from the previous mountains and forest to the current tnd. There is hardly any vegetation in thisnd, almost like a desert.
Another indicator is that the temperature in this area is increasing the deeper he slithers in.
ording to the information in Fang Yun¡¯s memory, this tnd is just the outer periphery of the Uganda prairie. After passing through this tnd, he will officially enter the Uganda prairie.
It¡¯s considered a deadly restricted area by humans, but it¡¯s a paradise for various animals.
Fang Yun stuck his head out of the water and looked around. He was very amazed by the vastness of this ce. He couldn¡¯t even see the end of this area.
¡±Oh?¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun discovered that an animal is hiding in a bush, next to the river.
After Fang Yun stared at the animal, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, gazelle, Mammal, Bovidae, can provide 500 bio-energy points.¡±
After hearing the system¡¯s sound, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but wonder.
Is he going to eat his first prey so quickly after arriving at the Ugandan Prairie?
Tightening his muscles, he jumped like a cannonball.
His explosive force is very good, crossing seventeen meters in an instant, getting very close to the gazelle.
But the gazelle¡¯s reaction was unexpectedly very fast, jumping up and dodging his attack. Afternding it immediately galloped, disappearing into the distance.
¡°Is it my illusion? I feel that the animals here are much faster than the one in the jungle.¡±
Fang Yun sank underwater, then slowly swam away; He is nning to verify his guess.
Not far away, he found a gazelle group consisting of seven or eight gazelles, including a small one.
Seeing this, he slowly approached the gazelle group. After reaching about 30 meters away from them, he was preparing tounch an attack.
In the end, he couldn¡¯t do so, because the gazelle group has already discovered him.
¡°Not only are they faster, but also more alert.¡±
While chasing this gazelle group, Fang Yun reached this conclusion.
His eyes turned to the little gazelle in the gazelle group. Even while running at such speeds, the little gazelle didn¡¯t fall behind.
But this time this small gazelle is not his goal, his goal is the adult ones.
He is nning to verify his other conjectures.
Fang Yun¡¯s current maximum speed is about 100 km/h, which is a bit faster than these gazelles, so not long after, he caught up with them.
¡±Bang!.
Suddenly, Fang Yun mmed a gazelle into the ground and bit its neck.
His sharp teeth directly prated the flesh of the gazelle.
And with his ownrge weight. He directly suppressed the gazelles on the ground.
¡±Sure enough, as I thought¡¡±
Chapter 82: Arriving in the Prairie
Chapter 82: Arriving in the Prairie
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s wrapped around the gazelle and used his huge muscle power to directly crush it.
At the same time, he couldn¡¯t help but remember the time his teeth prated the gazelle¡¯s flesh.
The skin of this gazelle is much more tough than the animals he killed in the mountain forest previously, such as the goat and goral.
¡°It seems that the animals in this prairie are more powerful than the animals in other ces.¡±
After reaching this conclusion, Fang Yun prepared to swallow this gazelle.
However, he suddenly stopped and turned around.
He saw that not far ahead, two big creatures are slowly walking towards him.
These two creatures have short limbs like crocodiles, a dragon-shaped head and a body length of about 3 meters. They are constantly flicking their tongues as they slowly approached him.
¡±This is¡a komodo dragon?¡±
After seeing these two creatures¡¯ appearance, Fang Yun was surprised. At the same time, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Komodo dragon, reptile, lizard, can provide 2000 bio-energy point.¡±
When he heard the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun knew he was right.
In his previous world, Komodo dragons can only be found on some inds, so he was surprised at their presence. But after thinking about it, this is another world, so it¡¯s not unusual that they are in a prairie. It¡¯s just the fact that both worlds are very simr that made him somewhat confused.
¡±Are these two guys trying to snatch my prey?¡±
Looking at the approaching Komodo dragons, Fang Yun hissed at them threateningly, trying to drive them away.
He couldn¡¯t help but sigh at the courage of these two guys.
His current length is 15 meters with a thickness bigger than a bucket, truly a shocking sight to behold, but these guys still nned to snatch his prey even after seeing him.
Although they did not take the initiative to attack him, they did not leave either.
Fang Yun guessed that the reason why these two Komodo dragons are so fearless is that they are the hegemons of this area, so they didn¡¯t run the first time they saw him.
This notorious creature, few creatures can be their opponents.
When Fang Yun spotted the two Komodo dragons, the reason why he did not rush to attack them is simply that they are too disgusting.
From the mouths of these giant lizards, there is foamy salivaing out. They also have a very foul smell.
In particr, the act of them asionally flicking their tongue make the foamy saliva, and mucus in their mouths overflow, which is especially disgusting.
¡±Hiss.¡±
Fang Yun hissed at the two Komodo dragons, even going as far as to stand up, towering above them. The two giant lizards felt the powerful momentum emanated by Fang Yun, so they slowly retreated, then left this ce;
Only after confirming that the two Komodo dragons had gone far did Fang Yun swallow the gazelle.
Fortunately, his body is extremelyrge so it didn¡¯t take long for him to swallow this prey.
He already met big creatures such as the Komodo dragons in the outskirts of the Ugandan Prairie, causing him to look forward to the creatures he will meetter.
Although Fang Yun is very disgusted with Komodo dragons. He felt that they are very dirty and ugly, but he has to admit that they are indeed a top-level predator in this world, especially their ferocious venom.
Their venom toxicity is absolutely one of the top ones in the entire world.
If he met them some time ago, when he wasn¡¯t even ten meters long, he will definitely turn around and leave.
This giant lizard saliva is filled with bacteria, plus their top-level venom allows them to kill most prey with a single bite, in a short time.
Fang Yun continued slithering along the river, but he did not stay in the river, he slithered on the shore.
Although he entered the Ugandan Prairie, his destination is not the periphery, but the depth of the prairie, where the prey is the most abundant.
He is nning to follow the river to the depth of the prairie, at the same time he will stay on the shore and hunt from time to time, just to adapt to the environment here.
He slowly crawled on the ground, leaving a huge trail behind him. He no longer hid in the river like before.
This is already a no man¡¯snd.
He can stroll on thend without any scruples.
In the sky, the sun is intensely shining, releasing zing lights and scorching temperatures. The heat is so intense that even light is distorted. This is truly a harsh ce for creatures to live in.
¡±The temperature is quite high, it seems to be the dry season in the prairie.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
While other tropical ces are divided into four seasons, this ce has only a dry season and a rainy season. This time is undoubtedly the dry season.
Fortunately, Fang Yun¡¯s resistance to heat is very high, so even temperatures this high have no effect on him.
Not long after, the sky gradually darkened and night fell. The temperature began to drop and the breeze blowing on the grasnd became cool andfortable.
¡°It looks like animals are bing more active.¡±
From time to time, Fang Yun spotted animals from afar, most of them were gazelles and zebras.
After the temperature cool down, the animals on the prairie became active, either going out to drink or eat.
Fang Yun leisurely slithered along the river, looking around from time to time, exploring his surroundings. Not long after, he met some giant animals.
An elephant family.
There are thirteen adult elephants and two are young ones in this group. They are moving at a light pace and gradually approaching the river, probably to drink.
When the two sides met, they stopped and looked at each other.
The elephants seemed to be aware that Fang Yun is not a creature that can be irritated, and all looked at him with vignce, the two young elephants curiously stared at Fang Yun.
But after watching him for a while, they lowered their heads and returned to ying around.
They are ying with their long noses. They probably were born that long ago as they looked very interested in everything.
One of them stood on the edge of the river, mming its nose on the water and creatingrge sshes. That small elephant looked very excited.
The other young elephant was stepping on its own nose while struggling to lift its head, looking very funny and adorable.
The two little elephants were ying around with joy and excitement.
After two minutes of confrontation with this group of elephants, Fang Yun took the lead to leave, he turned around and jumped in the river, swimming away.
He was not nning to prey on elephants from the beginning, at least not with his current size.
Additionally, this arge elephant group. Even for the current him, he doesn¡¯t think that he wille out unscathed in a fight with them;
If the thirteen elephants go berserk, even he won¡¯t be able to stand it. Fang Yun is sure, as long as he showed any aggressive behavior, the thirteen elephants would surelye around to beat him.
This kind of animal has a very high IQ and EQ, as long as it found any danger, it will surely counterattack.
Watching as Fang Yun¡¯s gradually disappeared, the thirteen elephants gradually recovered their sights. Only after making sure that the dangerous creature has left did they go to the river to drink.
Chapter 83: Entering The Grassland
Chapter 83: Entering The Grasnd
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun rushed on the road, crossing more than a hundred kilometers a day. Finally a weekter, he stopped.
The area around him has changed from the desert at the beginning to a real grasnd.
A sea of grass rose from the ground, as the wind blows, the grass bend to the side, asionally revealing sheep or goats.
However, most of these grasses are yellow. The only ce where the vibrant green grass grows is near the river.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that during this week, Fang Yun did not see a drop of rain.
He really doesn¡¯t know when this dry season would end.
In addition, he hunted a lot of prey along the way.
Antelopes, zebras, pythons, etc¡
Fang Yun even managed to hunt a ck mamba, which is very toxic and quick. A lot of people think that it is the deadliest snake in the world.
At that time, the ck Mamba that Fang Yun saw was 4 meters long, longer than some pythons, plus its venom¡
Undoubtedly, this ck Mamba can be considered the king of the grasnd.
If other small pythons encounter this ck Mamba, their life would likelye to an end, but Fang Yun is 15 meters long and his defense is amazing, so he is not afraid of this ck mamba venom.
At that time, Fang Yun effortlessly crushed that ck Mamba to death, killing it with no effort whatsoever.
In the end, the ck mamba only served as his snack, providing him with 1000 bio-energy points.
In addition to this ck Mamba, Fang Yun encountered another interesting animal.
Honeybadger.
At that time, Fang Yun was slithering along the river when a honeybadger climbed from the grass. After seeing him, that honeybadger was not intimidated at all but kept screaming at him.
When he saw such a scene, Fang Yun was dumbfounded;
Is this guying to act cute?
Compared with the size of Fang Yun, this honey badger is too small.
Fang Yun was nning to leave directly, but the honeybadger followed him, screaming at him along the way, which annoyed him a lot, so he directly crushed and swallowed it.
Fang Yun¡¯s bio-energy has reached 82,500 points. Of course, there is still a long distance from the 200,000 points required for evolution.
After traveling ahead for another five days, Fang Yun has finally reached his destination.
Here, the depth of the river is very shallow, many ces are only one meter deep or even shallower.
This shallow river area has caused the river width to be evenrger, covering a veryrge area.
Fang Yun suddenly stopped slithering and looked up, he discovered that this ce was filled with sheep and cattle, not far on his left side, there is arge group of crocodiles. Even without counting them, he can determine that there are no less than 30.
But in addition to these, there are some annoying and possibly dangerous things flying around.
¡±Buzz, Buzz.¡±
The sound of a mosquito buzzing sounded everywhere, causing Fang Yun¡¯s heart to drum.
ording to the information he got from the Inte, mosquitoes in the Uganda prairie are numerous and carry many diseases. It would be difficult to survive in the wild once one gets injured.
Only the various beasts that adapted to this environment through a long period of time can live here, but Fang Yun is a foreigner, can his body immunity allow him to survive once he got infected by the diseases here?
Although he has already upgraded ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± once. But, it¡¯s about his life, so he is naturally a bit nervous.
So the first thing on Fang Yun¡¯s list to do is to not get injured.
In addition, he also needs to evolve as soon as possible.
After his next evolution, he will receive 15 skill points, with which he will upgrade ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± once.
After that, he won¡¯t have to worry that much.
Now his bio-energy has umted to more than 80,000 points, so he needs about 120,000 point to evolve. In such a prairie where prey is everywhere, If he is diligent, he should be able to evolve in about 2 weeks.
After making up his mind, Fang Yun started moving again, his goal was the ce where the crocodile group is in.
The water over there looks deeper which is more suitable for him. He can stay there and ambush beasts that came to drink.
In addition, this group of crocodiles can be used as his food. This somewhat reminded him of the swamp he lived in the past.
Just as he slithering towards the crocodiles. He didn¡¯t know that there is arge modified truck, quietly docked in a ce about five kilometers away from him.
This modified truck ispletely closed with steel bars welded on the outside. Inside the steel bars is a steel te. Of course, there is ss on some ces on the truck, acting as windows, so that people can watch the scene outside.
The tires also have a steel cover to protect them from the harsh area outside.
At the top of the truck is a signal receiving device, with several long antennas.
Rather than saying it¡¯s a truck, it¡¯s better to say that it¡¯s a bus; The cab and the body are connected.
Chapter 84: King of the Prairie
Chapter 84: King of the Prairie
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Hi everyone, this is your friend, Jonny.¡±
A man with a split-hair stood in front of the camera and introduced himself to the audience. ¡°One month ago, I told everyone that I wille to the Ugandan Prairie to host a live broadcast.¡±
The man smiled and continued talking. ¡°But everyone didn¡¯t believe me at the time, so I¡¯m here to prove you wrong, I have arrived in the Ugandan Prairie!¡±
¡±You might have noticed out that this studio is a bit special.¡±
The man named Jonny gave a sign to the cameraman to show the audience the studio around.
¡°Our current studio is arge modified truck with a length of 10 meters and a width of 2.5 meters.¡±
¡±In the next month, I will stay here with my crew to present the audience with the best and most authentic live show of the animals in the Ugandan Prairie.¡±
¡±I can guarantee that what you are seeing now is not pre-recorded, but a true scene that is happening in reality, the time difference is not more than 10 seconds;¡±
¡±In order to live stream this program, we have been preparing for half a year. Yes, when I posted the notice on the inte, our preparation was almostplete.¡±
¡±In addition, in order to perfectly take the most authentic pictures, we added fifty cameras with camouge functions. Together with the cameras that were previously ced on the prairie, we have a total of 150 cameras.¡±
¡±We will use this one hundred and fifty camera to present the most authentic face of the Uganda Prairie.¡±
¡±Right, I almost forgot to tell everyone the name of our program.¡±
¡±The king of the Prairie!¡±
There was a hint of excitement on Jonny¡¯s face. ¡°Previously, most of the so-called animal documentaries are experts usingputers to simte the battle between animals, so although it¡¯s exciting. In the end, it¡¯s still virtual.¡±
¡±Now we will show you the most authentic battles between various animals on the prairie through these camouge cameras. Of course, that¡¯s if we are lucky to see the confrontation between these majestic animals.¡±
¡±However, it doesn¡¯t matter if we don¡¯t see the confrontation between these animals, our King of The Prairie isn¡¯t just about predators battles.¡±
¡±We will also conduct aprehensive assessment based on the daily hunting of these animals. The assessment will be about the object of hunting, the number of hunting, the sess of the hunting, etc¡¡±
¡±Ha ha ha, I don¡¯t know if you are excited, but personally, I can¡¯t wait to see the performance of these animals!¡±
¡±Well, I will stop with the nonsense. Now let¡¯s introduce our first contestant - Uganda Prairie, Spotted Hyena!¡±
¡¡¡¡¡¡
Shon is a sophomore. If it was like usual, he will definitely go on a date with his girlfriend on the weekend.
But today, he lied to his girlfriend, saying that he has a bad cold and will stay in the bedroom to rest.
Unlike what he said to his girlfriend, he looked very lively, sitting in front of theputer and watching a video with his three roommates.
At the moment, the picture on theirputer screen is exactly Jonny¡¯s live broadcast where he is introducing the King of The Prairie program.
John Jonny is a famous inte star.
Because he often does this kind of wild live broadcast, he is very popr with people who are curious about nature.
Shon is a fan of John Jonny. In fact, all of his roommates are also Jonny¡¯s fans.
In addition to the special programs that can¡¯t be broadcasted live, most of Jonny¡¯s shows are live broadcasts. This is one of the features that made him popr.
¡±The king of the grasnd!¡±
When they heard Jonny say the name of the show, Shon couldn¡¯t help but scream, ¡°I like this show!¡±
His three roommates are also looking at the screen with the same excited look.
However, when Jonny on the screen said, ¡°Let¡¯s introduce our first contestant - Uganda Prairie, Spotted Hyena¡±, the four people grimaced.
¡°Even Hyenas will participate in the selection for the King of The Prairie?¡±
Shon couldn¡¯t help but say: ¡°I really can¡¯t imagine hyenaspeting for the title for the King of The Prairie, they should bepeting for the shameless King.¡±
The other three roommates nodded in agreement.
Everyone thinks that if the hyena wants to be the king of the grasnd, it should get rid of its wretched behavior first.
Jonny on the screen continued introducing the other contestants.
¡±Maybe you don¡¯t like hyenas, but they are still one of the most sessful predators in the prairie, so it¡¯s natural for them to participate in the contest;¡±
¡±But if you really don¡¯t want to support them, then you might want to support the next one.¡±
¡±Now, let¡¯s move to the second contestant, The Cheetah Group!¡±
After Jonny¡¯s voice fell, Shon¡¯sputer screen was split into two parts, one for the studio and the other for the cheetahs.
On the screen, there are five cheetahs, leisurely lying on the ground and looking around from time to time.
¡±As you can see, this cheetah group has a total of five cheetahs, and like the spotted Hyenas group, it¡¯s thergest cheetah group we found for the time being.¡±
¡±We also distributed 30 cameras in the vicinity of this Cheetah squad habitat to track their movements.¡±
¡±Okay, after introducing the cheetah group, let¡¯s move to the third contestant, the crocodile group!¡±
Jonny continued talking on theputer screen, and the four people in front of theputer were watching with gusto. At this moment, there is arge crocodile on the screen, which looks very scary.
¡±In this group of crocodiles, there is a big guy, he is more than seven meters long and is considered thergest crocodile in the world, his name is Ron.¡±
¡±Ron is only 8 years old, so he is in his prime. maybe he will take the title of the King of the Prairie for the crocodile family.¡±
The camera suddenly zoomed-in, giving the audience a close look at the crocodile called Ron. Its sharp teeth and cold pupils were magnified on the screen, giving people a very creepy feeling.
The four people in front of theputer screen couldn¡¯t help but exim after seeing the crocodile.
¡±Mom, if I encounter such a crocodile in the wild, I will directly faint.¡±
Shon looked surprised.
On the screen, Jonny, after introducing the crocodile, paused then suddenly smiled: ¡°Next, it¡¯s ourst contestant.¡±
¡±Fourth contestant¡ the Lion King!¡±
The moment he said that, on theputer screen, there was a vast wilderness, weeds, and the sizzling heat that caused the atmosphere to be distorted.
Suddenly, a lion appeared on the screen, leisurely walking ahead.
The lens zoomed in and the figure of the lion can be clearly seen.
Its powerful limbs, its prosperous mane, its cold pupils, and the sharp fangs that can be seen from time to time, all of this show the power and majesty of this beast.
After seeing the appearance of this majestic beast, the four people in front of theputer screen were stunned.
The next moment, all four people seemed to eat stimnt, all with flushed faces.
¡±This appearance¡ is terrible, why do I have the urge to worship it?¡±
¡±This is what the king of the Prairie should look like, what kind of sh*t hyena, it¡¯s a fartpared with this majestic and powerful lion!¡±
¡±Of course! this lion must be the one to win the title!¡±
The four people talked with enthusiasm, looking very excited.
Suddenly, the picture on the screen returned to the studio.
Jonny said on the screen: ¡°Apart from the lion, this lion group has five lionesses. This is not a particrlyrge lion group, but it¡¯s still the one we choose for thepetition.¡±
¡±The main reason for that is that this lion is the strongest one we found.¡±
¡±It has a body length of more than 3 meters and a shoulder height of 1.2 meters, a well-deserved giant. Of course, like the crocodile king, it has a name. This lion¡¯s name is Lei Bai.¡±
In the studio, Jonny continued talking, his face full of emotions. He is also an animal-loving person, especially obsessed with animals in nature, so he did a lot of field programs.
It¡¯s his beliefs that caused him to brave the various dangers ande to the Ugandan Prairie.
¡±Sigh¡¡¡±
He took a deep breath and with a smile on his face. He said: ¡°Now that I have introduced the contestants of the ¡®King of the Prairie¡¯. Next, we invited a special guest, Professor Bell, to give us a prediction about which of the contestants is the most likely to win thepetition.¡±
The camera turned to the right side of Jonny. A person appeared there, calmly sitting on a chair, seeing that the camera turned to him. He smiled slightly then waved to the camera.
Obviously, this person is Professor Bell that Jonny talked about.
¡±Professor Bell is a famous professor of biology. Now I will ask him to analyze for us. Which contestant group is the most likely to win?¡±
After saying that, Jonny looked straight at professor Bell.
After hearing Jonny, Professor Bell smiled and said: ¡°I think it would be the crocodile group.¡±
After Professor Bell said that, the studio adjusted the screen to show the crocodile group area, closely showing the various crocodiles there.
¡°Why not the lions?¡±
Jonny nced at the screen, then immediately asked professor Bell next to him.
Hearing that, Professor Bell exined: ¡°Because the lionesses in the lion group are too few, and lions rarely goes hunting by themselves, at most once a month.¡±
¡±This¡¡¡±
Jonny faces stiffened, then smiled bitterly: ¡°Well, it seems to be true, but this male lion is just too big and majestic, so I considered him the ideal one for thispetition.¡±
After saying that, he turned to the camera again: ¡°Professor Bell said that the crocodile group is the most likely to win the title of the ¡®King of the Prairie¡¯ in the end, will it be the case?¡±
¡±Let¡¯s keep watching¡¡±
He couldn¡¯t even finish his words before showing a shocked expression.
Not only him but even Professor Bell, who is sitting next to him, is also the same.
Chapter 85: Who is the Killer?
Chapter 85: Who is the Killer?
Trantor: Yamir Moon
On the turbid water surface, more than a dozen crocodiles are casually swimming, with more crocodile groups swimming in the distance.
In this crocodile group, there is a giant crocodile that upies arge area of water. No other crocodile dared to go near him.
It floated quietly on the water surface, patiently waiting for the arrival of prey.
On the shore a dozen meters away, three cameras, camouged as stones, are aiming at the crocodile, recording its every move.
This crocodile is the king of this area.
Crocodile King, Ron.
After it was discovered, all the researchers that entered the Ugandan Prairie did not forget to visit it, it¡¯s very famous in the animal-loving circle.
With a body length of more than seven meters, it can be considered a giant among the top predators. It also has a good record. Some people said that they saw it preying on a young elephant.
There are also recordings of it hunting a lioness.
In order to carefully watch all its movements, Jonny¡¯s support group specially arranged three cameras to shoot from different directions.
Suddenly, a Goral walked approached the water, seemingly wanting to drink.
Seeing this, Ron gently sunk underwater, preparing to hunt this Goral, but at this moment¡
¡°Ssh!¡±
Arge water column rose from the water surface scaring the goral that came to drink water. It immediately turned around a fled to the distance;
The other crocodiles were also frightened by the sudden loud noise, causing them to turn around and swim to a distant area.
Jonny and his special guest Bell looked at this scene, through the screen in horror. The moment when Ron sunk underwater, water began to churn, indicating that there is a battle underwater.
¡±Is there an animal attacking Ron?¡±
Jonny said after calming down.
Which animal has the courage to attack such a behemoth?
¡±It looks like Ron is going to have lunch soon.¡±
Professor Bell also gradually calmed down and couldn¡¯t help but joke.
Jonny also smiled.
Neither of them was worried about Ron¡¯s situation. What could threaten Ron, a giant crocodile more than 7 meters long, furthermore underwater?
Although this attacker is courageous but it is undoubtedly stupid.
However, if they previously arranged a camera underwater, they will definitely not think so?
Underwater, there is a fierce battle. Two giant creatures are fighting with each other, causing the water to roll.
This is a battle between a giant crocodile and a giant python.
The giant python hissed, It has already bit the crocodile¡¯s neck, Its body was also wrapped around the crocodile. However, the crocodile did not give up resistance. He madly rolled around in the water, trying to rid of the python entanglement.
Fang Yun¡¯s sharp teeth yed an important role at this moment. They are deeply inserted into the neck of the crocodile, allowing his huge body topletely wrap around the crocodile.
He began to apply force on his neck, trying to tear arge piece of meat from the neck of the crocodile.
When he bit the crocodile, he did not use his venom fangs.
This crocodile is toorge. Even if he bit it, its mad struggles will definitely break his fangs. Otherwise, with his powerful venom, this crocodile would have died long ago.
Fang Yun¡¯s muscles began to exert more and more strength, causing the crocodile to gradually faint.
Although the body length of this crocodile is more than seven meters, Fang Yun is 15 meters long, even his thickness isn¡¯t that much different from it.
This is an existence that can be called a king, even in the time of ancient behemoths!
¡±Tear!¡±
Fang Yun suddenly yed his power to the extreme, tearing arge piece of meat from the neck of the crocodile.
Blood madly sprang out of the crocodile¡¯s neck.
The turbid water suddenly reddened.
The giant crocodile struggles gradually weakened and not long after, it stopped moving.
Fang Yun released the crocodile then dragged it toward a hidden shore.
In the studio, Jonny, and professor Bell sights didn¡¯t leave the screen. After some time, they saw that the turbulent water gradually stabilized.
Soon after, a red patch gradually surfaced from underwater.
Upon this sight, a smile appeared on their faces;
The battle is over.
Ron is going to enjoy his lunch.
¡±It seems that Ron has finally won, but then we have to see which creature it was fighting right now.¡±
Jonny smiled and said to the camera: ¡°It¡¯s very likely a big guy, otherwise it wouldn¡¯t dare attack Ron. This time Ron will definitely get a lot of points.¡±
¡±It seems that Ron is really the most likely to get the title of the King of The Prairie;¡±
Just as Jonny was talking to the camera, everyone felt that something is wrong.
Because the crocodile king, Ron, did not surface from underwater.
Although even if crocodiles eat their prey underwater, they will not drown. But they still generally eat on the water surface.
¡±Professor Bell, there shouldn¡¯t be a problem?¡±
Jonny looked at the Bell next to him. Professor Bell also felt that things are somewhat strange. He seemed to think of something, but quickly shook his head, it¡¯s too absurd.
¡±Continue looking.¡±
After saying this, he fixed his sight at the screen in front of him.
Jonny also turned his head and looked at it.
Suddenly, a long waterline appeared on the water surface and gradually moved to the distance.
Under the waterline, a stream of blood emerged, causing a long line of blood to form on the water surface, then extend to the distance.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Jonny and Professor Bell in the studio were all shocked after seeing this scene, but what they saw next shocked them even more.
The saw a spiked long tail floating on water.
This tail belongs to¡ the crocodile king!
At this moment, the majestic crocodile king tail floated powerlessly on the water, without moving on its own, it quietly went forward.
It¡¯s obviously being dragged by some kind of animal!
¡±This¡¡¡±
After seeing this scene, Jonny and Professor Bell were speechless.
Crocodile King Ron was killed?
There is visible confusion in their eyes.
What kind of animal can kill a 7-meter long crocodile underwater?
Everyone in the studio is caught in doubt and confusion.
But no matter how unbelievable it is, they have to admit that Ron was indeed killed!
At this point, in the ¡°king of the Prairie¡±petition, the first seed of the crocodile team, the crocodile king -
OUT!
Chapter 86: Shocked People
Chapter 86: Shocked People
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun dragged the crocodile to the distance and finally climbed to a hidden shore.
He can finally have a full meal.
What is even more exciting for him is that ording to the system¡¯s prompt, this crocodile can provide him with 6000 bio-energy points.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect to encounter such a big crocodile, but unfortunately, there is only a single one of this size.¡±
Fang Yun thought regretfully.
Opening his mouth, he slowly swallowed the crocodile from its head. He is 15 meters long. Swallowing this crocodile will be no problem.
About ten minutester, Fang Yun¡¯s belly swelled and the crocodile hadpletely entered his stomach. He looked like a very fat python.
¡¡¡¡¡¡¡
While he was swallowing the crocodile, he didn¡¯t know that his previous actions gave Jonny and professor Bell a big shock.
Not only Jonny and Bell shocked, but the entire audience that was watching the ¡°King of The Prairie¡± was shocked.
It¡¯s even said that after the scene where Fang Yun was dragging the crocodile king scene was filmed and put on the inte. In just a few hours, it received millions of views.
After all, there are many people who like animal battles videos, not to mention that crocodile king Ron is very famous in human society.
But from the beginning to the end of the video, they didn¡¯t see even the shadow of the killer.
Who killed the crocodile king, Ron?
This is the question in everyone¡¯s heart.
In the studio.
Professor Bell looked at the screen in front of him with a smile, In the beginning, he predicted that the crocodile family is the most likely to win thepetition.
But now that the seed yer in the crocodile group has been killed, it would be very difficult for them to win the title.
¡±Professor Bell, what kind of creature do you think killed Ron?¡±
Jonny couldn¡¯t help but ask Bell.
This is not only his question but also the question of many viewers watching this live webcast in front of theputer.
¡°This is very hard to guess, based on the existing information.¡±
Bell smiled and shook his head, but after saying that, he still gave the answer. ¡°My guess is that it¡¯s another crocodile, it should be even bigger than Ron.¡±
¡°After all, in this prairie, the top carnivores that can live in the water are only crocodiles and pythons.¡±
¡°From the previous battle, Ron¡¯s body must have been torn apart, otherwise there will not be so much blood flowing out, based on this, pythons can be ruled out.¡±
Listening to Bell¡¯s exnation, Jonny nodded. ¡°It seems that Ron¡¯s death is not without any harvest. Can we find this unknown giant creature?¡±
¡°Next, our team will use camouge cameras and try to get pictures of this giant creature, maybe we will find a crocodile bigger than Ron!¡±
¡¡
In a bedroom, Li Zhi and Luo Huan sat next to each other and looked at aputer screen.
The thing they are watching is the program ¡°King of the Prairie¡± hosted by Jonny.
Both of them are animal lovers, and a program like this that live broadcasts animals in the wild is rare, so they will naturally not miss it.
In fact, Jonny¡¯s live broadcast is a foreign program so it¡¯s naturally blocked by the domestic firewall. Fortunately, they have the means to go over this firewall.
At the beginning of the show, seeing Jonny introduces the contestants of this event caused them to be very excited.
After Jonny introduced the spotted Hyena group, they couldn¡¯t help but Tucao(Tsukkomi), but they understood that in such apetition, hyenas naturally have to participate.
They are known as the Prairie brothers, known as one of the top predators there.
Of course, this does not mean that they want to see these shameless guys win thepetition.
Their true focus objects are two other contestants.
Crocodile King, Ron.
Lion King, Lei Bai.
These two contestants,
They are the objects of their concern.
Both of them are the peak in their respective races. If they participate in thispetition together, there will definitely be a battle between them.
The contestant that Li Zhi is cheering for is the Lion King, he thinks that he¡¯s the most likely to win the title.
Not for any other reason, he just thinks that the Lion King is too domineering.
However, after professor Bell said that the crocodile king is the most likely to win thepetition, he felt a bit depressed.
Professor Bell¡¯s words also made him unable to refute.
¡±It would be really good if the Lion King and the crocodile King have a battle.¡±
He thought that if these two giant beasts fought each other, it would be easy to separate who is the King of the Prairie.
But he also knows that this is almost impossible, otherwise, Jonny will not make thepetition soplicated.
Just as Li Zhi was deep in his thoughts. Suddenly, he and Luo Huan saw that Ron suffered from the attack of some giant creature and died.
Later, they watched with a wide mouth as Ron¡¯s body was dragged away by some creature, eventually disappearing from their view.
¡°What animal killed Ron?¡±
Li Zhi could not help but look at Luo Huan.
At this time, he did not joke about Professor Bell¡¯s prediction, because he was also shocked.
Crocodile King Ron, as a creature at the top of the food chain, what animal could have killed it?
And in this battle, the mysterious creatures did not show from the beginning to the end, quickly killing Ron then dragging his body away.
Luo Huan gave him an ¡®I don¡¯t know¡¯ look, then turned back to theputer screen.
They also heard the analysis of Professor Bell.
Will it be another giant crocodile?
For it to be able to prey on Ron, how big could it be?
Ten meters long?
After they debated what could have killed Ron, they switched to the website ¡°Animal Bar¡± and watched the discussion between various people.
At this time, the ¡°animal bar¡± is already very lively. Looking at the posts on the webpage, most of them are rted to the python killing the tiger, but after a refresh, they all became about Ron¡¯s death.
¡±A creature standing at the top of the food chain was killed, The crocodile king is the first one to die!¡±
¡±Everyonees here to discuss! which creature killed Ron, is it truly a crocodile as Professor Bell said?¡±
¡±Prehistoric crocodile reappears, crocodile king Ron is killed!¡±
¡±The animal that killed Crocodile King Ron should be some kind of monster¡¡±
After browsing most of the posts roughly. Most of the people are agreeing on Professor Bell¡¯s guess while some are posting their own theories.
Such as water monsters, and there are quite a few people who agreed on this.
Seeing such a guess, Li Zhi and Luo Huan didn¡¯t know whether tough or cry, but after really thinking about it, it shouldn¡¯t be impossible.
Is there truly a water monster?
Chapter 87: Mysterious Disappearance
Chapter 87: Mysterious Disappearance
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Jonny and his team are nning to use the camouge cameras to see what creature killed Ron, but they are destined to be disappointed.
Fang Yun had already discovered the existence of the camouge cameras next to the crocodile group. After swallowing the crocodile king, he pondered for a while on how to destroy them without being discovered.
He discovered these cameras previously while hunting.
So because of that, he didn¡¯t hunt the crocodile king Ron on the ground but chose to hunt him underwater.
He suspects that someone is watching this crocodile group from nearby.
If he was exposed to the people at that time, a lot of people would be shocked and even a lot of researchers wille to search for and study him.
If that happened he will have to leave. After all, he still doesn¡¯t have the power to deal with armed humans. He can at most resist smaller guns, anything more than that can prate his scales.
He still wants to stay in this ce, so he definitely can¡¯t be exposed.
The prey here is very numerous. Perhaps because of the water source here, the nearby pastures are very lush. The grass is very green and tender.
As a result, herbivores are very numerous in this ce.
Fang Yun knows that the seasons here are divided into the dry season and rainy season.
It¡¯s very humid in the rainy season and there is a drought in the dry season.
From the time he arrived at the periphery of the prairie to the present, the temperature is still abnormally high. Which means, it¡¯s the dry season.
After some time, once the grasnds turn yellow and the rivers dry, all kind of animals will migrate to this ce. at that time, there would be an abundance of prey.
If Fang Yun were to leave now, he will miss arge number of bio-energy and his trip to the Ugandan Prairie will be a waste of time.
It¡¯s for this reason that he chose to hide underwater, after getting familiar with this ce, he will destroy the cameras here. As for the problem of reputation, he will leave it untilter.
There are thirty camouged cameras hiding in various ces on the shore.
Because the entire crocodile group is monitored, these cameras¡¯ arrangements don¡¯t cover every ce.
Sometimes these cameras will move gently, aiming at the crocodiles.
In the next few days, Fang Yun was busy destroying these cameras.
He destroyed a total of fourteen cameras, and the remaining ones were destroyed by a migrating bison group.
At that time, he discovered that a group of bison came here to drink, so he directly showed his body in front of them, shocking them and forcing them to leave. He doesn¡¯t have the capabilities to eat bison yet.
Now that all the cameras here were destroyed, this ce became his paradise.
This time, he revealed his huge body without scruple, sometimes on the water, sometimes on the shore. After seeing his body shape, no animal dared to approach him.
He is the true hegemon on this prairie.
Fang Yun slowly slithered on the ground, heading for a hill not far away.
This hill is almost a hundred meters high. It¡¯s a rare hignd in this t grasnd. He is going to climb up to survey the situation around.
When he climbed up the hill, he started looking around.
He immediately noticed a strange shadow to the right.
His vision is particrly good, so he clearly saw the modified truck in that direction.
¡°Truck? so it¡¯s them.¡±
Fang Yun looked at that truck deeply before moving his sight and looking in other directions. He saw a very big and strong lion patrolling his territory like a king.
In addition, he also saw a group of spotted hyenas, a few cheetahs, and a prairie wolf.
There are also a lot of herbivores like zebras, bison, and gorals.
After roughly understanding the nearby fauna, Fang Yun climbed down the hill, but when almost reached the river, he noticed 3 hidden cameras. Without hesitation, he used his camouge and destroyed them.
Once he found any hidden camera, he didn¡¯t hesitate to destroy it on by one.
¡¡¡¡¡¡
Jonny and his team are particrly depressed.
They didn¡¯t know why. All the cameras near the crocodile group were destroyed.
At first, one will be destroyed from time to time, until one time, they saw arge group of bison running over and destroying all the cameras at once.
When they saw this. They thought that the previous ones must have been destroyed in a simr ident.
After that, every time they arrange cameras, it won¡¯t take long for them to be destroyed. Heck, they even created a no nk range where every camera point to the other one, but in the end, they were destroyed by something, just like a ghost.
This matter suddenly became very mysterious.
Jonny and his team can¡¯t wait to go there and personally explore what¡¯s destroying their cameras.
However, in the end, it¡¯s still not possible. The soil in that area is very soft, once they go there, there is a high chance for their truck to get stuck.
They can only announce that the crocodiles have withdrawn from thepetition and focus on the spotted hyenas, the cheetahs, and the lion group.
After getting rid of the disturbance, Fang Yun¡¯s life became very moist. He swallowed six or seven crocodiles every day, and asionally hunted animals thate to drink.
For example, he is about to hunt one now.
Fang Yun stuck his head out of the water and looked at the shore, he spotted an animal standing there.
A young zebra.
Looking at its helpless look, it must have lost its family and is wandering alone. Going by its young age, its chance of surviving is very slim.
asionally, it lowered its head and ate some grass then quickly raised its head and looked around.
Fang Yun slowly approached the zebra from underwater, once he was close enough, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Zebra, Mammal, Equidae, can provide 800 bio-energy points.¡±
After receiving this zebra¡¯s information from the system. Fang Yun jumped from the water and bit the zebra¡¯s neck with so much speed, it didn¡¯t even realize what happened.
After reacting, the zebra only managed to scream before getting dragged into the water by Fang Yun.
He quickly wrapped around the zebra and began constricting. With his huge muscle power, the zebra was killed in less than a minute.
From its mouth, blood with a mixture of broken meat was flowing out, its internal organs were obviously broken.
Dragging the zebra to the shore, Fang Yun quickly swallowed it.
¡±sigh¡¡¡±
Letting out a satisfied sigh, Fang Yunid on the water and waited for the zebra to be digested. About ten minutester, the zebra waspletely digested.
To be honest, he really prefers crocodiles over other beasts.
Crocodiles are easier to swallow. For the other prey, he must specifically look for the smaller one that can be swallowed.
In the end, he still doesn¡¯t get much bio-energy.
Unfortunately, crocodiles are much less numerous than zebras and other herbivores.
While thinking about that, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind, prompting him that he had sessfully acquired 800 bio-energy points.
The nest prompt made him almost burst from joy.
He can finally evolve!
Chapter 88: Lions Hunting
Chapter 88: Lions Hunting
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Evolve!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s body sank to the bottom of the water. He tried to gently rub against the bottom floor and the hard rocks, making the shedding process easier. Ten minutester, he finallypleted this evolution and shed his skin.
He briefly examined his new body before summoning his properties panel.
The information on his properties panel shows that his size has reached a horrific 18 meters in length and 60 cm in diameter,pletely surpassing Titanoboa in size and bing the biggest snake in history.
However, in terms ofbat effectiveness, he canpletely crush Titanoboa and rub it on the ground.
From what he has learned. Although Titanoboa is a very powerful behemoth, its big body makes moving very cumbersome, so it can only hunt in water. Once onnd, it¡¯s very weak.
In addition, after this evolution, his skill points have reached a total of 23, so he didn¡¯t hesitate to upgrade ¡°Quick Regeneration¡±
After doing this, Fang Yun swam to the shore, then slithered to the hill not far away.
Not long after, he climbed the hill and started looking around, overlooking this Prairie.
Since this hill is the highest ce in the vicinity, he can easily see the surrounding scenery from it.
Some interesting things happen every day on this prairie, such as the various struggles between the animals in this prairie.
Fang Yun liked watching animal documentaries in his past life, now that it¡¯s happening live in front of him, so he is naturally interested.
His luck is very good, not long after climbing the hill, he spotted an animal battle.
In the ce that Fang Yun is watching, there is arge wildebeest group.
This one group has a total of 50 wildebeest in it. There is a powerful and majestic wildebeest in the middle, which is obviously their leader.
Wildebeests are social animals, their group is usually very big, containing hundreds to thousands of individuals. In the rainy season, they split into a lot of small groups, each one has dozens of Wildebeests led by a leader.
In the dry season, they will migrate and join together again to form groups containing, thousands to tens of thousands of wildebeests.
This should be one of the smaller groups that arrived from far and just reached this area.
Not far away from the wildebeests, hidden in the yellow grass, several lionesses are sharply starring at this wildebeest group.
Their golden hair provides them with excellent camouge in the yellow grass. Without carefully looking, it would be hard to spot them.
Fang Yun leisurely squatted on the hill and looked at the lionesses not far away, he knew that they were ready to hunt. To be honest, he really would like some c and some popcorn to watch this show.
He is not afraid to be discovered by humans in the modified truck. After all, they are several kilometers away from each other, so from their perspective, it¡¯s impossible to spot him.
Another reason is that the humans in the truck hardly get off.
Fang Yun guessed that it¡¯s likely to be because of the mosquitoes in the prairie.
For example, at this moment, there is a group of mosquitoes flying around him. He was very annoyed by them at the beginning, but he gradually got used to it.
There is no wound on his body, plus his ¡°Steel Body¡± defense, these mosquitoes needle-like mouthpart can¡¯t even hope to prate his scales.
Moreover, after this evolution, he upgraded ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± the second time, so he is even less afraid of these mosquitoes.
But that¡¯s him, humans naturally don¡¯t have his steel-like scales nor his powerful regeneration, so these mosquitoes are fatal to them.
The mosquitoes in this prairie are very big. Each one is as big as a small finger, which to be honest is terrifying, if his will hasn¡¯t been strengthened by his various struggles and close death encounters, he would have been frightened to death.
At the moment, while Fang Yun was observing the lionesses below, Jonny and his crew in the modified truck were also shooting the uing hunting action through camouge cameras.
The first thing that appeared in the picture is a lioness intensely looking in a direction, then the camera turned again, showing the scene that the lioness is looking at.
¡±Look, this lioness is scanning the wildebeest group to determine the prey she is going to hunt.¡±
Professor Bell smiled and said.
¡°I guess it¡¯s the little wildebeest that is about to be born.¡±
The moment he said that the camera began to zoom in, showing the little wildebeest he was talking about.
The little wildebeest was trembling, apparently just born.
Wildebeests can usually stand and walk ten minutes after their birth.
But this is their most vulnerable time, so the adult wildebeests in the group will protect them in the middle.
The little wildebeest struggled to stand up before slowly walking toward its mother.
Suddenly, the lioness that was previously shown on the screenunched an attack, running straight toward the small wildebeest.
Without any ident, the most majestic wildebeest in the group suddenly ran towards the lioness and attacked her with his horns.
This wildebeest head and horns are extremelyrge. If the lioness was to be touched by him, she would likely be seriously or fatally injured. As they continued running towards each other, the distance between them quickly shortened. At about 10 meters, just as they were about to collide, the lioness jumped to the side, avoiding the wildebeest horns.
The wildebeest leader ran past the lioness and continued rushing for another 30 to 40 meters before finally stopping. Suddenly, from various corners, several lionesses rushed out and attacked the wildebeest group.
The wildebeests that were originally clustered together were shocked to run away.
The wildebeest leader couldn¡¯t do anything.
He could only watch from afar as these several lionesses impacted his ethenic group.
After scaring these wildebeests away, the five lionesses sessfully reach the wildebeest mother and child.
Three lionesses stood between the wildebeest mother and the wildebeest group to prevent them from merging again. The other two lionesses slowly approached the mother and child.
The wildebeest mother saw a lioness approaching her, so she quickly attacked her with her horns. The lioness didn¡¯t fight with her but dodged her attack and ran toward the child.
The lioness on the other side also attacked the little wildebeest. Seeing this caused the mother to run back toward its child in a flustered manner.
In this way, the two lionesses tried to attack the little wildebeest while dodging the mother mad attacks.
¡±Snoring¡snoring¡¡±
Such a tug-of-war caused the lionesses to be very tired.
The lioness on the left side of the wildebeest mother was heavily breathing, she tried again to hunt the little wildebeest. But at this moment, the mother suddenly broke out.
The lioness did not seem to expect that the wildebeest mother would explode with such speed and was immediately smashed.
But in the end, this was a fatal mistake, as her breakout caused her to get very far from her child. The other lioness didn¡¯t waste this opportunity and immediately rushed towards the wildebeest.
The wildebeest mother had no time to rescue her child, and the little wildebeest was trembling in fear, helplessly watching the lioness rushing towards it.
¡±Ooaaw!¡±
The little wildebeest whined in fear. This caused the mother to explode from rage, it turned around and run towards the little wildebeest at her maximum speed, hoping to save it.
However, a figure suddenly ran from the side, heavily striking the mother causing her to fall on the ground, then pressing her with his powerful limbs causing her to be unable to stand up.
It¡¯s the lion king from the lion group.
¡°This¡¡¡±
The sudden emergence of the lion king caused Jonny and Bell in the studio to be stunned. They didn¡¯t see the lion king before, so they thought it was patrolling its territory. who would have thought that it was on the battlefield waiting for an opportunity?
On the screen, the lion king mmed the wildebeest mother to the ground then bit her neck. The wildebeest mother madly struggled, but it still couldn¡¯t break out from under the lion king.
The other lionessese to help, killing the wildebeest mother together.
After killing the prey, it¡¯s time to eat.
Like the other lion¡¯s group, the lion will first enjoy the food. After he finished eating, the lionesses wille to eat the rest of the wildebeest meat.
¡±This lion is a bit different from the other lions.¡±
Professor Bell in the studioughed: ¡°It¡¯s a lion who loves his wives and often participates in hunting.¡±
¡°Yes, in just a few days, we have seen it hunting three times.¡±
Jonny on the side nodded in agreement, then said to the camera.
¡°Everyone, from the data we have now, the current score of the Lion group is the most advanced.¡±
¡°Because every camera we put near the crocodile group gets destroyed, so we can only let the crocodiles out of thepetition.¡±
Jonny shook his head and sighed before continuing to talk.
¡°Fortunately, the lion group has given us several wonderful hunting scenes, otherwise this trip would have been a waste.¡±
¡±In addition, even the hyena group has shown us a lot of wonderful hunting scenes, only the cheetah group has hunter the least amount of prey.¡±
After summarizing the current situation of the ¡°King of the Prairie¡±petition, Jonny turned back to the screen.
¡°Well, now please transfer the screen to the spotted hyenas, we will see what those hyenas are doing.¡±
While talking, he suddenly found that the lions on the screen have stopped eating, they stoop up and looked in a direction.
Not only did the lionesses do that but even the lion king, Lei Bei was staring at the direction the lionesses are looking at.
¡±what happened?¡±
Seeing this, Jonny said quickly said to a crew member.
¡°Mark, move the cameras lens to the direction the lions are gazing at, maybe there is a big guying.¡±
While Jonny and his crew were watching this scene from the studio; Fang Yun was also looking in the direction where the lions were looking.
In that direction was a vast wilderness, the grass is yellow and the ground is cracked. In the distance, two tall lions are slowly walking towards the lion¡¯s side with a gentle pace.
Chapter 89: Wandering Lions
Chapter 89: Wandering Lions
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±These are wandering lions.¡±
Jonny looked at the two lions that appeared on the screen with excitement. Professor Bell also looked at these two lions with a cheerful face.
¡±These two wandering lions came to the territory of Leibai with no good intentions, they are nning to challenge him with the intention to take his territory and wives.¡±
Turning back to the camera, Jonny began talking.
¡°Once the cubs from the lion¡¯s group mature, the males will be expelled and the females can stay.¡±
¡±Male lion cubs who are expelled from their lion¡¯s group will usually gather in a group of two or three, then challenge lions in other lion¡¯s group.¡±
¡±Most of the time, they will be beaten and sometimes even killed, after 2 to 3 years of hardship, when they grow big enough, they will choose their own territory.¡±
¡°After that, they will search for arge number of lionesses to give birth to their children.¡±
Jonny showed a smile on his face, then said to the camera. ¡°These two wandering lions areing to challenge Lei Bei this time.¡±
¡±Everyone, the mane on the necks of these two wandering lions is already very lush, which means that they have entered adulthood, so their physical strength and fighting skills should be at their peak.¡±
¡±But Lei Bai is not the general lion. It once hunted an adult bison alone. Even among adult lions, it¡¯s a really big guy.¡±
¡±This will be a peak matchup, let us see what the final result is.¡±
¡°Will Lei Bai keep his wives and territory? Or will he be expelled by these two wandering lions?¡±
¡±If Leibai is expelled, this means that the lion group will be out of the ¡°King of the Prairie¡±petition, but if he sessfully drives them away, then he will get a lot of additional points.¡±
In the studio, Jonny eloquently exined the situation to the audience. The two lions continued approaching Lei Bai, seeing this, Jonny stopped talking, his attention waspletely attracted by the scene on the screen.
He watched as Lei Bai, who had already stood up, roared then rushed toward the two lions.
The three lions collided together then immediatelyunched a desperate struggle.
Despite being one against two, Lei Bai wasn¡¯t at a disadvantage at all, he sometimes attacked with his sharp ws and sometimes bit them with his sharp teeth.
At the same time, he continuously dodged their attacks before counterattacking.
¡±Roar! Roar! Roar!!¡±
Deafening roars resounded through the grasnd, the wildebeests and bison that had been eating far away stopped their actions and stared in the lion¡¯s direction.
The three lions are madly biting each, their hair was very messy, blood was pouring from various ces on their body.
The lionesses in the lion group stood on the side and watched this battle quietly.
¡°The lionesses are getting anxious.¡±
Jonny¡¯s voice rang again. ¡°If Lei Bai is driven away, these two lions will dominate them. In addition, in order to make them estrus again, they will definitely kill their cubs.¡±
¡±This group of lionesses gave birth to three cubs for Lei Bai, all of them are male lions. If Lei Bai was driven away, they have only one end, that is death.¡±
¡±Look.¡±
¡±Three lionesses began to move. They walked back to their nest and grabbed the little cubs who don¡¯t know what happened. Going by their look, they are going to hide them in another ce.¡±
¡±They are preparing for the worst results.¡±
The battle between the three lions has reached a stage of intense heat, each exchange of blows make people jump from their seat.
By now, this battle has been going for five minutes.
There are a lot of wounds on both sides, giving people a shocking feeling.
Suddenly, Lei Bai¡¯s mmed one lion to the ground with his powerful limb. When he was about to stand up, Lei Bai held the lion with his arms and was about to bite his soft underbelly.
But at this moment, the other lion jumped over and bit Lei Bai¡¯s back.
Under the pain, Lei Bai roared, then immediately turned around and swatted the lion on his back to the ground.
Opening his huge mouth, his fangs and sharp canines were revealed, then immediately bit the head of the lion on the ground.
¡°Roar!¡±
The wandering lion lying on the ground made a terrible roar. At this time, the lion who was previously shot to the ground attacked Lei Bai.
Lei Bai was forced to release the lion, after which he retreated a bit, forming a confrontation posture with the two lions.
However, without giving them the chance to breathe, heunched an attack on them again.
After another fierce battle, the two lions finally epted their defeat and left.
Lei Bai stood in the same ce, his mouth wide open, breathing heavily. He fixedly looked at the backs of the two wandering lions. After confirming that the two lions have truly left, he squatted on the ground and began to recover his physical strength.
There is a lot of wounds on his body, even a few scars more than a dozen centimeters long.
Although the Lion King Lei Bao has repelled the invaders, he paid a heavy price for that.
After all, he just hunted an adult wildebeest, then immediately has a fierce battle against two adult lions, it¡¯s no surprise for him to get injured.
A lot of mosquitoes were ¡°flying¡± around him,nding on his wide-open wounds, sucking a lot of blood before flying out.
Lei Bai swayed his tail, driving these mosquitos away.
Fang Yun above the hill saw that the battle has finally ended, then slowly releasing his body, he slithered towards the river, but when he reached the bottom of the hill, he stopped.
Three hyenas were standing at the foot of the hill, they roared excitedly while approaching a hidden bush at the foot of the hill.
Fang Yun carefully looked over there and found that there is a little lion hiding in the bushes.
Hyenas and lions are deadly enemies in this prairie.
The lions will kill all the hyenas in their own territory. The hyenas will kill the lions¡¯ cubs every time they meet them, they even dare to attack some injured adult lions, trying to kill them at their weakest time.
This is exactly what¡¯s happening right now.
They found the little lion hiding under in the bush, and are now going to kill it.
The little lion hid in the bushes, it was terrified. Its small, furry body couldn¡¯t stop shaking.
¡°Hahaaah¡±
The hyenasughed in excitement, then rushed out, preparing to bite the lion cub.
Suddenly, they looked up.
Chapter 90: 3 Party Convergence
Chapter 90: 3 Party Convergence
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The three hyenas stood side by side, looking above with fear and vignce, roaring but at the same time slowly retreating.
Not far ahead, an 18-meter-long giant python was slowly climbing down the hill.
That python horrific size made the hyenas without the courage to run, let alone fighting.
Suddenly, a figure rushed from the other side of the hill.
It¡¯s a lioness.
Obviously, she came to bring her child back.
After the lioness reached this ce, the first thing she saw was the three hyenas, which caused her to roar in rage. She immediately ran towards them. At the same time, she was very worried. If hyenas are here, what about her child?
But then, her footsteps immediately stopped.
She saw Fang Yun who was climbing down the hill, his huge size gave her a sense of oppression and fear, but her concern for her child caused her to endure her fear and, step by step, walk towards the bush.
However, the pressure that Fang Yun gave her is too great. Every few steps she couldn¡¯t help but stop and stare at Fang Yun with vignce.
Fortunately, Fang Yun passed by the bush and didn¡¯t attack the little lion which made her sigh in relief.
Once Fang Yun haspletely passed by the bush, the lioness immediately rushed towards the shivering little lion, gently roaring, trying tofort it.
¡±Roar.¡±
The three hyenas stepped back a few steps, then snorted at Fang Yun, seemingly ming him for breaking down their good deeds.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Seeing that Fang Yun did not respond, the courage of the three hyenas grew muchrger, so they roared at him.
Swoosh!
However, Fang Yun, who was slowly crawling forward, suddenly swung his head and bit at them at an extremely fast speed.
In an instant, Fang Yun killed a hyena.
After releasing the hyena in his mouth, he quickly chased another hyena. A few secondster, two hyenasid on the ground.
The remaining hyena ran far away and was looking at Fang Yun with fear, from afar.
It looked very terrified and confused at how fast this python is.
Fang Yun¡¯s ferocity also shocked the lioness next to him. Her heart was madly drumming. She couldn¡¯t help but me herself, there is such a ferocious beast here and she still put her child in this ce.
After killing the two hyenas, Feng Yun didn¡¯t bother with thest one. He swallowed the two hyenas¡¯ bodies and continued slithering back to the river.
Previously, he was toozy to bother with these hyenas, but they courted death by provoking him, so he naturally fulfilled their wish.
As for the little lion.
It¡¯s too small, can¡¯t even fit between his teeth.
In addition, these days, watching this group of lions hunting is his only entertainment, so he actually has the idea to use these big cats as pets, so he naturally can¡¯t kill them. Prey in this prairie is very abundant anyway.
The lioness took the little lion back a few tens of meters away, then watched as Fang Yun slowly disappeared underwater.
This part of the river is still rtively deep. The deepest part is about ten meters. After Fang Yun slithered into the water, his body waspletely submerged, only his head is above the water.
In the next few days, Fang Yun continued hunting, asionally going to the hill to watch lions and other carnivores hunt.
The crocodiles in the area near him havepletely disappeared. They provided him with more than 30,000 bio-energy, but there is still a long distance from the required 250,000 points.
Life is very monotonous, but Fang Yun has long been ustomed to it and doesn¡¯t feel anything.
On this day, the wildebeest group that was originally in the lion group territory suddenly came to the waters where Fang Yun was located. Along the way, it was mixed with several wildebeest groups, forming a very big group.
Fang Yun roughly estimated that this group of wildebeest has about 1000 members.
Not far from the wildebeest group, there is a zebra group and other animals.
This wildebeest group has made Fang Yun¡¯s food more abundant. An adult wildebeest can provide 1500 bio-energy points to Fang Yun, so he usually captures several wildebeests every day.
While this group of wildebeests has enriched Fang Yun¡¯s recipes, they also brought him a group ofpetitors.
Spotted hyena group.
This is a group of up to 80 spotted hyenas. In the middle of this group, an unusually strong hyena stands, which is especially eye-catching. It¡¯s undoubtedly the leader of this hyena group.
Hyenas are a matriarchal n, the least important members of the group are adult male hyenas, followed by young cubs, and the female hyenas stand at the top of the n.
After the appearance of this hyena group, their weirdughter continued to resound within the grasnd, which is especially annoying.
After this group of hyenas came here, Fang Yun noticed a veryrge amount of camouged cameras following them and recording their actions.
In the studio.
Jonny looked at the picture on the screen and chuckled. ¡°This time our camouge camera has entered this area again, I don¡¯t know if it will be destroyed like before?¡±
He couldn¡¯t help but crack a joke, ¡°There are a lot of people on the inte who say that this area has a ghost, one that likes to destroy cameras. Well, let¡¯s check if this is true.¡±
The picture on the screen kept switching, but it didn¡¯t capture anything unusual about this area.
¡±Our cameras are all intact and canpletely film this area.¡±
Jonny continued speaking. ¡°Everyone can see that there is nothing special in this ce. It seems that the previously destroyed cameras were an ident.¡±
¡±Jonny, look!¡±
While Jonny was talking, Professor Bell, who was beside him, suddenly shouted at him with a dignified look.
¡±Guide, please switch back to the previous picture.¡±
On the screen, a turbid river immediately appeared.
¡±What¡¯s wrong, Professor Bell.¡±
Jonny didn¡¯t understand what he was hinting at. ¡°There is nothing there.¡±
¡±No.¡±
Professor Bell shook his head. ¡°The problem is that there is nothing there.¡±
¡±That ce was heavily infested with crocodiles before, but there is not a single one right now.¡±
After hearing Professor Bell¡¯s words, Jonny suddenly realized, it¡¯s indeed very strange. ¡°Guide, switch the screen to all the cameras near that river, let¡¯s see if the crocodile group has moved elsewhere.¡±
The screen kept switching, showing a lot of different parts of the river, but there is still no trace of crocodiles.
¡°The creature which ate Ron may have eaten all the crocodile in the river.¡±
Thinking for a while, Bell could onlye up with this guess, after that he said.
¡°Switch the screen back to that group of spotted hyenas.¡±
The main screen turned back to the spotted hyena group.
This group of hyenas gathered together, looking at the wildebeest group, seemingly selecting the prey they are going to hunt. There are several ones standing in a rtively high ce, seeming to be on guard.
A closer look reveals that their eyes are fixed on the river.
Chapter 91: A Legendary Battle(Maybe)
Chapter 91: A Legendary Battle(Maybe)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The two people in front of the screen frowned slightly.
For a while, the atmosphere in the studio was somewhat tense.
Under the water, what is hidden there? it Not only hunted the crocodile king Ron but also ate all the crocodiles in that area.
What kind of creature is it? How its appetite be so good?
Are the destroyed cameras rted to it or not?
Both Professor Bell and Jonny have many questions in their hearts. The two looked at each other and smiled bitterly.
That area is constantly inspiring their curiosity.
It¡¯s a pity that with their current equipment, they can¡¯t go there.
If any personing to this prairie wants to survive, they must carry special equipment. The mosquitoes in this ce are no joke, they carry many toxins and diseases. It¡¯s very fatal to get stung by them.
Getting sick in this ce is basically the rhythm of saying ¡°Goodbye world¡±.
¡±Unfortunately we don¡¯t have underwater cameras.¡±
After snapping back to reality, Jonny shrugged at the camera. ¡°If not, we can solve this mystery.¡±
Under the waters that both Professor Bell and Jonny are curious about, a big python was leisurely swimming, when it almost reached the shore. It stopped and stuck its head from underwater, surveying the situation on the shore.
Fang Yun¡¯s current location is in the blind spot of the camouged cameras, so he is not afraid of being discovered, despite his head being visible from the shore.
Under his observation, he naturally saw therge group of spotted hyenas. At this moment, arge group of them are surveying the wildebeest group, selecting the suitable prey for hunting.
Suddenly, two hyenas ran towards the wildebeest group. Their goal is an adult male wildebeest on the edge of the group.
The two hyenas run in front of the wildebeest and kept barking at it.
Their annoying voice attracted the male wildebeest attention, lifting its head from the ground, it looked at the two hyenas with vignce.
At this time, three hyenas stealthily walked to the back of the wildebeest, they forced the other wildebeests to go away before surrounding their target.
¡±Roarr.¡±
The two hyenas in front of the wildebeest continually roared at it.
The wildebeest lowered its head, making an attacking posture.
But it didn¡¯t notice the three hyenas slowly approached it from behind, the hyena in the middle stealthily sneaked between the wildebeest legs.
Next, this hyena did a very wretched thing. It gently jumped towards the wildebeesther region, then using its sharp teeth, it immediately bit the wildebeest genitals and used force to tear them away.
This caused arge amount of blood to flow, along with some mysterious egg-like thing.
The hyena retreated from below the wildebeest and shewed the meat in its mouth twice before swallowing it.
¡±Awaaoo!!¡±
After receiving such a cruel attack, the wildebeest screamed in pain and horror before falling to the ground and mourning sadly.
Seeing this, the hyenas from all directions swarmed up and bit all the body parts of the fallen wildebeest.
The wildebeest mourned even more loudly. At this moment, it was still not dead, but with so many hyenas on its body, it couldn¡¯t struggle at all. It could only suffer the fate of being eaten alive.
The movement here has frightened the wildebeest group, causing them to run away.
In the studio.
Professor Jonny and Bell watched this scene on the main screen. When they saw the wildebeest genitals being torn by the hyenas, they couldn¡¯t help but unnaturally twist their buttock, goosebumps raising on their skin.
¡°The hyenas used their special hunting technique to capture the wildebeest.¡±
Jonny exined to the camera, ¡°Now the hyena group got extra points, but they are still a lot worse than the lion group.¡±
¡±As long as they work hard enough and have good luck, they still have the chance to win thispetition.¡±
On the main screen, the hyenas continued eating the wildebeest alive for about two minutes. After that, the wildebeest was finally liberated, closing its eyes in relief.
Suddenly, a sharp roar sounded from afar.
¡±that is¡¡¡±
Jonny¡¯s eyes brightened, he said to the camera with excitement.
¡°It¡¯s Lion King Lei Bai:¡±
The moment he said that. a majestic figure appeared on the screen.
¡°Ha ha ha, the lion king appeared, this will be the first positive confrontation between the lion group and the hyena group in thispetition!¡±
Jonny said to the camera with a flushed face, he tried his best to make the atmosphere heated.
¡°The hyena group has a total of eighty members, will they defend their own food?¡±
¡±Who will win this battle?¡±
¡±No matter who it is, the winner will get arge amount of point!¡±
Jonny said loudly to the camera. as if the battle in front of them will be the greatest battle in the century.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Lei Bai that appeared on the screen immediately roared, then quickly ran toward the hyena group.
Looking at the group of hyenas that are eating the wildebeest, Lei Bai roared another time, causing all the hyenas that are eating the wildebeest to scatter.
¡±Oh!?¡±
Jonny¡¯s face stiffened. he previously described their battle as a legendary battle that happens once in a century, as a result, the hyenas immediately escaped after seeing the lion. His face couldn¡¯t help but redden a little, this is somewhat shameful.
¡°Hyenas rarely have conflicts with adult male lions on the prairie¡±.
On the side, Professor Bell stifled hisughter and said.
¡°If it was a lioness, then this hyena group won¡¯t give up as easily, there are a lot of instances where hyenas snatch lionesses food.¡±
Jonny smiled awkwardly.
¡±Okay.¡±
He also knows this, but he still has dreams that these hyenas can break out with their full potential and bravely fight with the lion.
He shrugged and said to the camera.
¡°The hyena group gave up their own food, they havepletely lost this match, so the hyena group will lose a lot of points.¡±
¡±As for the lion king, seeing that it has easily won this match, so he got a lot of points.¡±
While Jonny was talking to the audience, the picture on the big screen continued to change.
After driving the hyena group away, Lei Bai¡¯s opened his mouth and ate the wildebeest. This wildebeest body is more than halfplete, more than enough for him to eat.
During this period, a few hyenas wanted to sneak in and wanted to steal a few pieces of meat from the wildebeest body.
However, before even getting close to the wildebeest body, they were attacked by Lei Bai. One poor hyena was unable to escape in time and was killed by Lei Bai.
After killing that hyena, Lei Bai threw its body to the side in disgust.
Lions basically don¡¯t eat hyenas, perhaps this is rted to the poor quality of the hyena bodies.
The cowardly and submissive stance of the hyenas in front of Lei Bai, no doubt, let them fall behind in thispetition.
¡±I think that the title of the ¡°King of the Prairie¡± for this season can be awarded directly to the lions.¡±
Jonny said to the camera.
¡°From the current situation, the hyena group and the cheetah team absolutely can¡¯t shake the status of the lion group.¡±
¡°It¡¯s a pity that Crocodile King Ron died, or we would have had a much more intensepetition.¡±
Shaking his head, Jonny turned back to the main screen, only to see that several figures have appeared.
It¡¯s the lionesses and their three cubs from the lion group.
The three cubs ran to Lei Bai cheerfully, while the lionesses stood by, waiting for Lei Bai to finish eating before they could eat.
While one of the lionesses stood in the same ce, her gaze didn¡¯t shift from the river.
Chapter 92: Annoying Cheetahs
Chapter 92: Annoying Cheetahs
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The lion king, Lei Bai, walked to the side after eating with his children. After that, the five lionesses came to the remains of the wildebeest and began to eat.
The hyena group stared at lions for a few minutes, then turned around and left.
The camouged camera that was monitoring the hyena group slowly followed their movements.
Not long after, the lions returned to their habitats, making this area look much more deserted than before. The only remaining predator in this ce is Fang Yun.
¡°Ssh¡±
Seeing that his entertainment has disappeared. He slowly sank underwater, then swam towards a wildebeest that was drinking water in the distance.
The wildebeest was leisurely drinking water, without finding that danger is quickly approaching it.
¡°Bang!¡±
The calm surface of the water was suddenly broken, and a huge figure quickly jumped out of the water. Without having any chance to react, the wildebeest was bitten in the neck and dragged underwater.
The wildebeest struggled wildly, but it didn¡¯t amount to anything. Fang Yun quickly wrapped around it and began to constrict, squeezing the air in the wildebeest lungs and crushing its bones.
Not even a minuteter, it haspletely stopped struggling, lying powerlessly on the river ground.
After killing the wildebeest, Fang Yun dragged it to the shore then swallowed it.
The wildebeest group not far away were shocked by the huge size of Fang Yun, scaring them to quickly run away. Only after getting very far from the river did they turn around and watch him from afar.
The wildebeest group didn¡¯t care that much about theirpanion, that is being swallowed by Fang Yun, as they quickly stopped watching and began to eat the grass on the ground.
Fang Yun needs to eat arge amount of prey every day, so relying on his power and size, he upied a veryrge area for his daily hunting.
However, under his very frequent and continuous hunting, the wildebeest and other animals that came to drink from the river became very vignt. Not only that, but they are also decreasing every day.
Therefore, Fang Yun can only go back to hunting crocodiles. He already ate all the crocodiles in this area, so he often has to go to ces that are more than 10 km away to find them.
The average adult crocodile can provide 2000 bio-energy points to Fang Yun. He is also very experienced when ites to hunting crocodiles, so he hunts at least 10 crocodiles every day.
Sometimes, a crocodile group consisting of dozens of crocodiles is decimated by him in a day.
His territory is bingrger andrger by each day. The crocodiles were terrified by Fang Yun to move and escape even farther.
In addition to the crocodile group fleeing, the wildebeest group is also migrating to the distance.
Seeing this, Fang Yun can only reduce his ambush-style hunting and actively hunt like he used to do in the jungle.
He leisurely slithered on the ground, following the traveling wildebeest group.
The wildebeest group kept getting bigger and bigger, as time passed.
They seem to be migrating, so maybe not long after, no wildebeest will remain here.
asionally, Fang Yun will meet with the top predators in the vicinity, but there has never been a conflict between them. Fang Yun¡¯s size is just too intimidating. They will usually flee the moment they see him.
But, there are exceptions.
There are always some creatures that are very confident about themselves.
Fang Yun slowly got out of the water and slithered to the wildebeest group. He slowly examined the entire group before eventually stopping on a wildebeest that just gave birth.
A small wildebeest was slowly walking behind its mother, stumbling from time to time.
However, this mother and child didn¡¯t notice a giant creature, that waspletely blended into the environment, was slowly approaching them.
When the distance between them was about ten meters, Fang Yun immediately sprung like an arrow, quickly jumping toward the wildebeest mother.
The mother wildebeest quickly responded, mming her legs on the ground, she quickly ran away, leaving her child behind.
Perhaps because she isn¡¯tpletely heartless, while running away, she couldn¡¯t help but look back to see her child. She saw that a giant python has emerged from mid-air and quickly slithered towards her, colliding with her child on the way and sending him flying.
The little wildebeest screamed mid-air thennded on the ground.
This caused the wildebeest mother to anxiously scream. However, she still didn¡¯t stop running. After all, the python was quickly slithering towards it.
The scared wildebeest mother ran even faster, not even daring to run back to her child.
Adults wildebeest are known as a quick and longsting runner. Their average speed is about 80 km/h, and they can keep this speed for a rather long time.
However, Fang Yun¡¯s speed is even faster, and due to him being very close to the wildebeest mother from the beginning, this chase didn¡¯tst for a long time. He caught up with her in less than 5 minutes before bitting her legs.
The wildebeest mother has wanted to break away, but Fang Yun¡¯s sharp teeth have sunk deep in her flesh.
After fixing this wildebeest, Fang Yun quickly wrapped around her and began to constrict, making it very difficult for her to breathe.
Just as he wanted to constrict even further and break her bones, he noticed three creatures slowly approaching the little wildebeest in the distance.
It¡¯s a small cheetah team.
Seeing this, Fang Yun quickly injected his venom into the wildebeest mother before releasing her and quickly slithering towards the three cheetahs.
The cheetahs were scared to run away, after seeing that Fang Yun ising back.
However, after running to a distance of 100 meters, they stopped and looked at Fang Yun from the distance.
They don¡¯t seem to be willing to leave like this.
Fang Yun looked at them, then swallowed the little wildebeest. Returning to the wildebeest mother, that already died. He didn¡¯t swallow her as he used to do but used the same method as most animals in this prairie do, using his sharp teeth to tear big chunks of meat, then eating them
However, after eating more than half of it, he turned around and left, as if giving up the rest of the wildebeest corpse.
Seeing that the giant python left, the three cheetahs approached the wildebeest body with vignce, preparing to eat the body that was discarded by Fang Yun.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t really leave. He slithered to a distance of 100 meters before stopping. Lying quietly on the ground, he asionally nced at the cheetah group.
This is not the first time that Cheetahs have harassed him.
Every time he hunts extra prey, he gets harassed by that cheetah group.
He is going to give them an unforgettable lesson today.
His goal is to kill at least one cheetah this time.
The small cheetah team didn¡¯t leave their sight from Fang Yun, seeing that he is quietly lying in that ce, probably resting, they gradually let go of their guard and started eating the wildebeest body.
One of them was bitting on a big bone, intending to drag this wildebeest body away.
Cheetahs usually take their prey¡¯s body to a safe ce before eating it. This one wants to do exactly that.
However, what the three cheetahs did not find was that the giant python was slowly approaching them.
Fang Yun is using his camouge skill to slowly approach this cheetah group, intending to teach them a lesson.
Thirty meters away, Fang Yun tightened his muscles.
Chapter 93: Evolution and Lion King Lei Bai
Chapter 93: Evolution and Lion King Lei Bai
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Bang!¡±
A loud sound rang and Fang Yun¡¯s huge body sprang like a sharp arrow, showing extreme speed and explosive power.
It¡¯s hard to imagine that such a huge creature can have such a terrifying speed.
The cheetahs, who were eating the wildebeest meat, were shocked by the loud sound and quickly ran away.
Their speed is a bit faster than that of Fang Yun. After running away, they immediately opened a distance of almost 100 meters between them.
Unfortunately, even though cheetahs are very fast, the fastest animal in the world, they have a fatal weakness.
Their physical strength is not outstanding. While it may not be apparent usually, in front of Fang Yun who has an almost simr speed and a physical strength that is many times superior, it became very obvious.
Fang Yun¡¯s goal was thergest cheetah among the three. Under his relentless pursuit, the cheetahs were obviously flustered, they were wheezing very heavily, indicating that they are beginning to get tired.
Thirty secondster, their speed gradually slowed down, seeing this Fang Yun knew that his chance hase, he immediately elerated and ran towards one the cheetahs before tackling it down. After the cheetah fell to the ground, without giving it any chance, he immediately wrapped around it.
Using his maximum power to constrict, popping sounds kept sounding from the cheetah body and not long after, it died.
Fang Yun quickly swallowed the cheetah to his belly.
This cheetah gave him 1800 bio-energy points.
Now, his total bio-energy has reached 150,000 points, that means that 100,000 points remain until his next evolution.
While Fang Yun was eating the cheetah, the remaining two cheetahs were watching him from about three hundred meters away, their abdomen was constantly contracting and rxing, they are panting furiously.
After watching him for a while, they bowed their heads, turned around and left.
However, it won¡¯t end just like that, Fang Yun was not satisfied with just one cheetah. He turned around and quickly chased those cheetahs.
Half an hourter, Fang Yun captured another cheetah, and the other one disappeared without a trace.
Fang Yun raised his head from the ground and carefully searched this area. Seeing that there is no trace of that cheetah, he returned to the wildebeest group and began to hunt wildebeests.
His bio-energy points umted very quickly, and finally, after five days, his bio-energy met the requirements for evolution and experienced his 16th evolution.
Fang Yun¡¯s bodyid motionless on the grass as the boiling hot energy coursed through his body. Ten minutester, the heat disappeared and his old skin fell off.
His body has be bigger, the scales became very shiny, looking a bit like crystals.
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
After he said that, a light curtain quickly appeared in his mind. He carefully read the information there.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 17
Bio-energy: 240/350000
Skill Points: 22
Body length: 21m
Diameter: 74cm
Strength: 230
Defense: 180
Speed: 57
Agility: 60
Spirit: 62
Physical strength: 85
Skills: Steel Body (1/5), Quick Regeneration (2/5)
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Now, even if Titanoboa is in front of me, it can only act like a younger brother.¡±
Fang Yun examined his huge body and couldn¡¯t help but exim. With his current size, he can directly swallow an adult wildebeest.
After marveling at his own look, his sight fell on the skill column.
He can upgrade one skill.
After thinking for a while, he upgraded the skill ¡°Steel Body¡±
Immediately, Fang Yun felt a strange stream wandering in his body, he also felt his bones and scales bing stronger.
This is also reflected in the change of the defensive value column on the properties panel. His defense value directly reached 340. He remembers that in Tang mountains, the poacher¡¯s shotguns were able to destroy his scales.
But now, those shotguns shouldn¡¯t be able to even scratch him.
Feeling the changes in his body, he nodded with satisfaction, then Fang Yun looked at the wildebeest in the distance.
There are still a lot of wildebeests there. ording to reason, he should continue to chase this group of wildebeests.
However, Fang Yun chose to return after thinking for a while.
He has been chasing these wildebeests for the past few days. Now, he is already about 100 kilometers away from the river.
He is nning to go back and see if there is any prey there. If not, then he is going to earn arge amount of reputation then go to other ces.
For example, follow the river and go down into the ocean.
Just as he was rushing back to the river. Thousands of miles away, four boys are running back to their room on the third floor of the dormitory.
One of the boys was the fastest, surpassing the rest and opened the dormitory door.
¡±Shon, you are always upying the middle position!¡±
The guys behind the first boy screamed at him and ran faster.
The leading Shon didn¡¯t react to their screaming, running to their room door. He quickly opened it, throwing the two books in his hand on the bed, he quickly sat in front of theputer.
After ss, every afternoon, watching the show ¡°King of the Prairie¡± has be a must-have course for him.
After he turned on hisputer, his three roommates finally ran into the bedroom and saw Shon, who had already sat in front of theputer and couldn¡¯t help but feel sad.
Every time, it¡¯s Shon who grab the best position, but what can they do? They can only me themselves for being slow.
Coming next to Shon, they sat behind him.
It¡¯s way more interesting to watch the show together. Watching it alone always feels kind of boring.
¡±Hurry up and switch to the lion.¡±
Looking at the picture on theputer screen, the four people couldn¡¯t help but mutter in a low voice.
Because there is a time difference between them and the prairie, the prairie is still at noon, so Jonny, professor Bell and the rest of the crew are on lunch break.
Suddenly, the picture on theputer screen changed.
The current scene on theputer screen is a vast wilderness. There is a group of antelopes grazing on the grasnd.
As a fan of the lions, they naturally hope that the camera switch to the lion group.
¡±The lions will definitely win thispetition.¡±
Shon whispered under his breath.
His other three roommates nodded.
Since the beginning of the show, the lions have always performed very well, killing a lot of prey, and more importantly. The lion king, Lei Bai, has driven two wandering lions away and also scared the hyena group to escape.
ording to these results, the lion group winning thepetition is almost a nailed matter.
While the four thought deeply, the picture on theputer screen switched, causing their eyes to lit up, but to their disappointment, it was not the lion group.
It¡¯s the cheetah team.
¡±The cheetah team is basically out of the game. it¡¯s better to look at the Lion and hyena groups.¡±
Shon said with annoyance.
The three cheetahs that appeared on the screen of theputer are the members of the Cheetah team who participated in the selection of the King of the Prairie.
There were a total of five cheetahs before, but now there are only three left.
The other two cheetahs disappeared five days ago. Jonny¡¯s team dispatched a lot of cameras to search for the two cheetahs, but they found nothing.
ording to Professor Bell, the two cheetahs are likely to have been killed.
The cheetah squad, which was already at the bottom, suddenly suffered such a heavy loss. They have no chance to do aeback.
The cheetahs remained on the screen for a few minutes before the picture changed again.
This time, a wilderness has appeared on the screen, but there is nothing apart from the grass on the ground.
This caused the four boys to be disappointed again.
But then, they be amazed. Because, from the right side of the screen, a mouth suddenly appeared.
This is the mouth of a male lion.
Lion King, Lei Bai!
The four boys be excited, the lions finally appeared on the screen!
But in the next moment, the expression on their faces suddenly solidified.
¡±Oh - No!¡±
Chapter 94: The fall of the king
Chapter 94: The fall of the king
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The four boys looked at the scene on theputer screen, their hearts couldn¡¯t help but tighten.
They saw that a huge lion¡¯s head appeared on the screen.
However, this lion¡¯s head was held in an animal¡¯s mouth, without the rest of the body.
The lion king¡¯s head was held in a hyena mouth.
The hyenas killed the Lion King?
How could this be?
The four boys in the dormitory felt unbelievable. Adult lions don¡¯t have to worry about their lives even when facing a group of hyenas. They can identify the leader of the hyena group at a nce.
After killing the leader, the hyena group will immediately copse.
But what is going on at the moment? Why is the Lion king¡¯s head in a hyena mouth?
Jonny was awakened by the ringing of his phone. After answering the call, he immediately got up from the bed and ran towards the screen to watch the situation.
When they saw what is happening on the screen, they were also shocked.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Jonny looked at the scene on the screen with his eyes wide open, looking at professor Bell next to him, he is basically the same.
The head of the lion king, Leibai, was in the mouth of a hyena, and its bodypletely disappeared, perhaps it was swallowed by the hyena group.
At this moment, Lei Bai has long lost the majesty of the lion king, its eyes were semi-closed and without any luster.
A majestic and powerful king has fallen.
¡±The lion king, Lei Bai, was killed?¡±
Jonny took a sharp breath.
They had previously spected that after the crocodile group was out, it was very likely that the Lion King, Lei Bai, will lead his lion group to win this season ¡°King of the Prairie¡±.
However, the situation haspletely spiraled out of their expectations.
¡°As expected of the Uganda prairie, anything can happen.¡±
Professor Bell smiled bitterly.
At first, he predicted that the crocodile group would win thispetition, but then the crocodile king was killed by a mysterious creature on the spot.
Later, he felt that the Lion King, Lei Bai would lead the lion group to victory, but now Leibai also died. He couldn¡¯t help but wonder if he is a disaster star reincarnation, things would go the exact opposite way of what he said.
The two decided to continue looking at the screen.
They watched as the leading hyena took the head le Lei Bai and walked towards the lion¡¯s habitat, its group members behind it.
¡±Do they want to dere war on the lion group?¡±
Jonny looked at the scene on the screen, his face was full of confusion. Are the hyenas preparing to take revenge for what Lei Bai did to them before?
The group of hyenas continued tough while walking towards the lion¡¯s territory.
The camouged camera followed behind the group of hyenas. Not long after, the hyena group reached the lion¡¯s habitat.
Five lionesses appeared on the screen, they are currently ying with the three little lions.
The five lionesses suddenly felt that something was wrong, they quickly turned around and looked behind them, then stood up roared and made an attacking posture.
They saw the hyena group that was approaching them.
But then, after they saw the head of the lion king, Lei Bai, in the mouth of the leading hyena, their roars came to an abrupt end.
While the lions and the hyenas were confronting each other, on the edge of the river, a giant python appeared from the dense grass. Just as it was about to enter the water, it stopped and looked back.
Fang Yun discovered a bloody smell.
While the smell of blood is not unusual in the Ugandan prairie, but this bloody smell ising from his territory. Specifically, the water where he used to live in, his habitat.
Is it that the lions or the hyenas are hunting on his territory?
Anger emerged in Fang Yun¡¯s heart.
As a top predator, he naturally doesn¡¯t like other predators to hunt on his territory. Even from a human perspective, it¡¯s like a bunch of people fighting and killing each other in his own house, how could he not get angry?
¡°bang!¡±
He jumped into the water, then quickly swam toward the source of blood.
But when he reached his destination, he couldn¡¯t help but get surprised.
He discovered that on the shore of his habitat, dozens of animals are facing each other.
Hyenas and lions.
What made him even more surprised was that in front of the hyena group, a hyena was holding a giant lion¡¯s head.
This head belongs to the lion that governs this lion group.
¡±This hyena group managed to kill that lion?¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t believe it, he previously saw that the hyena group immediately dispersed after seeing that lion, not even daring to fight back.
In front of that lion, this group of hyenas seemed to have no fighting will.
Now, they somewhat managed to get that lion¡¯s head. The lion is likely to be killed by some other creature.
Under the observation of Fang Yun, the hyena group began to attack the lionesses.
They forced the five lionesses to retreat. It seems that the lion¡¯s head has given the lionesses a certain amount of pressure, so they couldn¡¯t fight at their best state.
Using their famous tactic, more than a dozen hyenas attracted the attention of the lionesses in front, while a small number of hyenas sneaked from behind.
A hyena walked around a lioness then immediately sprang, he did not attack the lioness but attacked the little cub.
¡°Roar!!¡±
But the lioness was very sensitive, she immediately turned around and attacked the hyena, protecting her child.
After the first attack, the two groups fought with each other.
The hyena wins in numbers, and they seemed to have gained a lot of courage from the lion king, Lei Bai¡¯s head, so they attacked ferociously.
The lionesses were a little scared at first, constantly retreating until they reached the river.
However, the five lionesses still firmly protect the three little lions in the middle.
¡°Roar! Roar! Roar!!¡±
On the battlefield, the roar of beasts continued resounding, dust was flying, and the five lionesses were trying their best to protect the 3 small lions in the middle.
As the battle progressed, the fears in the hearts of the lionesses gradually dissipated, courage and ferociousness started to flow inside of them.
¡±Roar!¡±
A lioness roared and bit the neck of a hyena, followed by a heavy p, sending it flying.
After that lioness demonstration, the other lionesses started to regain ground as well.
The fierceness inside these five lionesses was provoked, they fought ferociously. The hyena group saw the situation is not good, and immediately began to retreat.
The lionesses protected the little lion behind them and drove the hyena group away.
¡±The lionesses took back the advantage.¡±
In the studio, Jonny looked at the battle on the main screen and let out a sigh of relief.
¡°We don¡¯t have to worry about the little lions being killed by the hyenas anymore.¡±
Even if this group of hyenas isrge, it¡¯s quite difficult to kill five lionesses.
They came here, obviously not to kill the lionesses, but to kill the little lions.
In the beginning, the lionesses were scared by Lei Bai¡¯s head, causing them to be restrained, then suppressed by the hyena group. which resulted in the little lion¡¯s life to be endangered.
Fortunately, now the lioness recovered in time, then suppressed the hyena group.
¡±Professor Bell, from the current performance of this group of hyenas, they don¡¯t have the ability to kill Lei Bai?¡±
Jonny looked puzzled and asked professor Bell next to him.
Professor Bell nodded. He was contemting and was preparing to state a few conjectures, but his look suddenly changed, his eyes were fixed on the screen in front of him.
Jonny saw this, following the professor¡¯s gaze. He looked at the monitor¡¯s screen, then his eyes widened in surprise.
Chapter 95: Fang Yun appeared
Chapter 95: Fang Yun appeared
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s head was quietly floating on the water surface, looking from far, he looked just like a piece of deadwood.
He looked at the five lionesses more than 30 meters away, seeing that they are about to win, he felt that this matter ising to an end.
Just as he was about to leave, he stopped. Feeling something, he turned around and looked at the distance.
From that direction, the saw that three lions are quickly running towards this ce.
As the three lions approached, their appearance was clearly revealed in Fang Yun¡¯s sight.
The three lions looked very miserable, they have scars everywhere
The flesh is rolled around their scars and their blood is already condensed.
¡±Aren¡¯t these the two previous wandering lions?¡±
After carefully examining them, Fang Yun discovered that two lions are the two wandering lions that challenged Lei Bai.
They are currently approaching this ce with another lion.
¡±The wounds on these three lions are very new, they should have fought yesterday or the day before.¡±
A glimmer of light shed in Fang Yun¡¯s eyes.
He suddenly understood that the lion king, Lei Bai was not killed by the hyena group. These three lions should have united together and killed him, the hyenas probably took advantage of their weakness and stole Lei Bai¡¯s body.
¡±Roar!¡±
After the three lions came to this ce, they immediately issued a loud roar, causing the hyena group to turn around and flee.
The hyena, who was bitting the head of Lei Bai threw it away and quickly escaped with itspanions.
The three stray lions did not pay attention to the hyena group. They walked straight toward the five lionesses before roaring loudly.
They want the five lionesses to sumb to them.
They acted together to kill Lei Bai, mostly to get these five lionesses and his territory.
However, the lionesses did not n to surrender so easily, three lionesses stood in front, confronting the three lions, roaring deeply.
The other two lionesses protected the three little lions behind them.
¡±Three wandering lions havee here.¡±
In the studio, Jonny finally calmed down, taking a deep breath, he said to the camera.
¡°I thought that the three small lions survived this danger, but it looks like they fell into an even bigger danger.¡±
¡±The three stray lions, two of which previously challenged Lei Bai, now they seem to have added a partner.¡±
After saying this, Jonny turned around and said to Professor Bell.
¡°Professor, it seems that the reason why Leibai died, is probably rted to these three stray lions.¡±
Bell also calmed down from the previous surprise. He nodded after hearing Jonny¡¯s words.
¡°It should be like this. Otherwise, the hyena group doesn¡¯t have the strength to kill Lei Bai.¡±
After talking with Bell, Jonny turned to the camera again.
¡°Now that these three wandering lions came here. If they conquer the lionesses, they certainly won¡¯t let the three small lions live.¡±
¡°Professor Bell, do you think that these lionesses will sacrifice themselves to protect the small lions?¡±
After Jonny asked this question, professor Bell remained silent for a long time before saying.
¡°The lionesses will certainly protect the cubs, as for sacrificing themselves, that¡¯s hard to say.¡±
While Professor Bell and Jonny were talking, on the big screen, the three lionesses in front and the three lions fought.
The lions are injured and the lionesses are exhausted from the previous fight.
Thebat effectiveness of both sides is not at its peak, but their battle is still very fierce and thrilling.
The roars and fierce battle between these beasts shocked Jonny and professor Bell.
¡±It¡¯s too horrible. It¡¯s hard to imagine what it would be like to encounter these fierce beasts in the wild.¡±
Jonny swallowed his saliva andmented.
The battle on the big screen has reached a very hot stage, the lionesses are beginning to get injured. Even if the male lions are injured, they are still not their opponents.
The five lionesses stepped back, step by step. Behind them, the three little lions ran back in panic, but even so, they didn¡¯t dare to enter the river.
¡±Roar!¡±
Suddenly, a lion roared loudly then rushed forward. He pped a lioness to the ground, the other two lions also defeat their opponents then pressed them to the ground.
The five lionesses finally stopped struggling, then bowed their heads.
Seeing this, the three lions slowly approached the three small lions.
On the shore, three little lions curled up together, shivering, helplessly whining in fear.
¡±The lionesses gave up the fight, they surrendered to the lions.¡±
Jonny stood in front of the camera and let out a helpless sigh.
What everyone did not notice was that on the river not next to the battlefield, a piece of floating wood sunk underwater.
With the sound of moving water.
Fang Yun quickly swam over there, because of his fast speed, a waterline formed on the water surface.
Three or four secondster, he reached the ce where the small lions were.
He lurked under the water with his eyes tightly locked on the three lions.
¡°Target locked, Lion, Mammal, Carnivore, can provide 5000 bio-energy points.¡±
In his mind, the system¡¯s prompt sounded as usual. At this time, two lions stopped and one continued walking, opening his bloody mouth, he was ready to kill the small lions.
Professor Bell and Jonny in the studio, looking at this scene on the screen, they couldn¡¯t help but get a little nervous.
¡°The little lion¡¯s short lives areing to an end.¡±
Both of them couldn¡¯t help but sigh at the cruelty of nature.
But they still underestimated the cruelty of nature.
While they were watching that lion approaching the small lions. Under the calm water, a ck shadow quickly swam up, followed by -
¡°Bang!¡±
The water surface broke open, and a huge ck shadow drilled from the water, bitting the lion with a thunder-like speed.
¡°Roar!¡±
Suddenly attacked, the lion roar in horror, struggling fiercely. But his body was firmly held, making it impossible to escape.
¡±That is¡¡¡±
Jonny and Bell suddenly froze when they saw the creature that jumped from the river, their eyes were about to pop out from their faces, looking like they saw something incredible.
Chapter 96: shocking the audience
Chapter 96: shocking the audience
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In the studio, time seems to be stagnant.
Jonny and professor Bell stared at the screen in front of them like two stone statues.
On the screen, a giant python that is more than half-meter thick was lying next to the river, its head was up and there is a lion in its mouth.
The lion, symbolizing strength and power, is as weak as a baby in front of it. No matter how it struggled, it couldn¡¯t shake the mouth of this giant creature.
¡±Glup.¡±
After a long while, Jonny gradually came back from his trance, swallowing his saliva, he stared the giant in the screen.
¡±B, Bel, Professor Bell.¡±
After stuttering twice, Jonn managed to talk. ¡°Is this the Titanoboa from ancient times?¡±
Hearing his words, Bell also gradually calmed down. Taking a deep breath, he smiled bitterly and said.
¡°Titanoboa isn¡¯t this huge.¡±
Unlike his calm appearance, his heart was filled with tremors.
As a biological expert, he has seen many strange creatures, but no creature has ever given him a shock this big.
This is a creature that should not exist on this at all!
He didn¡¯t see this creature in person, so he can¡¯t urately judge its size, but with the lion as a reference, he can roughly estimate something.
The diameter of this giant python is close to 1 meter!
What is this concept?
This means that in this world, most terrestrial animals can be swallowed whole!
This thing has subverted Professor Bell¡¯smon sense.
How can such a huge creature appear in this era?
No matter how unbelievable this is, the iron-d facts are in front of him, so he can only believe.
¡±The crocodile king should have been swallowed by this python?¡±
Jonny¡¯s face was filled with excitement.
At first, he was so shocked that his head nked. But now that he calmed down, his heart was filled with excitement.
Unexpectedly, he came to the Uganda Prairie just to do a program of animalpetition. He didn¡¯t expect that he would get such a harvest.
A very horrific giant python.
Not to mention the pythons that were discovered in the modern era, even if the fossils of the ancient giant pythons dug out from the ground were counted, this python would still be the undisputed biggest python ever.
Perhaps this is the biggest python that ever existed in the world.
And they are the first to witness such a giant creature.
On the edge of the river, Fang Yun was biting the lion, his upper and lower jaws gradually tightened, causing his sharp teeth to be deeply inserted in the lion¡¯s flesh.
¡±Roar!!!¡±
From the mouth of this lion, a very loud painful roar broke out, it struggled with all its strength, trying to break free from Fang Yun¡¯s mouth. But in the end, it didn¡¯t amount to anything.
¡°bang!¡±
Fang Yun suddenly released the lion from his mouth, letting it fall to the ground, which resulted in a loud bang.
The lion was finally freed from Fang Yun fangs. Unfortunately, it couldn¡¯t move.
There is a huge bloody wound on its back, blood was constantly flowing from it, and it couldn¡¯t move in the slightest.
There is a washbasin-size piece of meat in Fang Yun¡¯s mouth.
When the lion was falling to the ground, arge piece of meat was torn from its back and stuck in Fang Yun¡¯s teeth.
After upgrading ¡°Steel Body¡± twice, his teeth became very sharp, like a sharp knife, simr to the teeth of famous dinosaurs such as Tyrannosaurus Rex
While all of this took a long time to describe, just a few seconds have passed.
The other creatures near the river woke up and quickly fled to the distance.
In particr, the hyena group was already far away, but at this moment, they ran even farther.
Even the two wandering lions who acted so mightily before were running away at their fastest speed.
However, Fang Yun won¡¯t let them go so easily, locking the two lions, he quickly slithered towards them.
These Two lions are 10,000 bio-energy points.
Since they appeared in front of him, Fang Yun naturally won¡¯t let this 10,000 point slip from his hands.
He is much faster than these lions. Thirty secondster, he caught up with the first on and bit its buttock before mming to the side.
The lion screamed in pain.
Half of the lion¡¯s hips were torn down directly. It directly fell to the ground, after struggling for a moment, it stopped moving.
Professor Bell and Jonny, in the studio, saw this horrible and cruel scene, causing a shiver to go up and down their body, goosebumps rose on their skin.
While they were forcing themselves to calm down, Fang Yun was chasing the second lion.
Two minutester, thest wandering lion was killed.
Only after this did the giant python stop, preparing to eat the lions he hunted.
Its huge body shape allowed it to directly swallow a wandering lion. After swallowing the lion, its seemingly t stomach finally swelled a bit.
Professor Bell and Jonny were speechless after they saw this scene, they truly didn¡¯t know what to say.
The lion who can act as the king of the Prairie was swallowed by this python like a snack.
How can such a horrific creature exist?
¡°It¡¯s too shocking!¡±
Jonny took a deep breath then said to the camera.
¡°This giant python is undisputedly the king of the Prairie, I think that our title the ¡®King of the Prairie¡¯ can be directly awarded to this giant python. ¡°
¡°I don¡¯t believe that there is an existence in this prairie that is stronger than this python!¡±
In a dormitory thousands of miles away.
Shon and his roommates stared at theputer screen in front of them.
At the moment, on the screen, there is a huge python swallowing a lion.
Not long ago, they were ufortable at the death of Lion King, but now, that difort has long been thrown to the clouds.
They were trembling with excitement since they saw this python.
¡±Oh my God¡¡¡±
In the mouth of the four people, such phrases can be constantly heard.
While Shon and his buddies were shocked by this scene, other people who are watching this show were also shocked.
After some people reacted, they immediately sent messages to their friends and rtives. As time passed, the number of people watching this show constantly increased.
At the same time, various news began to appear on media tforms.
Undoubtedly, no one can remain calm in the face of such a shocking terrestrial monster, and all those who saw this giant python pictures or videos were shocked.
¡°Huan brother! Huan brother!¡±
In a bedroom in a certain province in China, a student sitting in front of aputer was yelling at the moment, ¡°My God, Huan brother,e here quickly!!¡±
Sitting on the bed, a young man was sorting out his clothes. He walked over to theputer after hearing his friend screaming, and said.
¡°Li Zhi, what happened? stop yelling!¡±
Luo Huan walked to over his side, after seeing the giant python on theputer screen, he became very surprised.
Chapter 97: Global Craze
Chapter 97: Global Craze
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±My God, this must be fake!¡±
Luo Huan looked at the scene on theputer screen with a stiff face, his headpletely nk.
As a biology student, he is very knowledgeable about animals. He has seen all kinds of strange animals. including many rarely seen ones.
For example, the big jellyfish at the bottom of the sea, the great white shark, sunfish, lionfish, all kinds of whales, etc¡ So he can be considered very knowledgeable.
But, he never thought that there would be such a huge creature onnd.
It¡¯s more than 20 meters long and almost 1 meter in diameter.
More importantly, it effortlessly killed three lions!
Lions symbolize strength and agility, known as the king of beasts. This giant python not only crushed lions in terms of strength but even its speed is vastly superior.
What kind of creature is this?
This thing is so going againstmon sense that he couldn¡¯t help but doubt the authenticity of this video.
However, he could only sigh, he is very clear that this live broadcast is indeed true. That is to say, in the Ugandan Prairie, there is really a giant python that subverts cognition.
With such a huge body, plus unrivaled strength and speed. In this world, which animal canpete with it?
Even if it¡¯s ced in the ocean, Luo Huan feels that no animal can be its opponent.
¡±Huan brother, this¡ is this Titanoboa?¡±
Li Zhi took a deep breath and asked Luo Huan.
¡°Titanoboa don¡¯t have this size and speed.¡±
Luo Huan shook his head.
Hearing this, Li Zhi eximed.
¡°The news tforms are probably exploding right now!¡±
The two immediately switched pages on the browser and opened Weibo. Sure enough, the hot topics on the main page are mostly about the Ugandan Prairie, giant python.
After refreshing the page, such posts became even more.
Li Zhi began to read the titles of each post.
¡±A 20-meter long giant python appeared in the Ugandan Prairie, how many secrets are hidden there?¡±
¡±The Lion is the king of beasts? NO! it¡¯s just a snack!¡±
¡±Shocking news! Prehistoric Titanoboa appeared in the Ugandan Prairie!¡±
¡±Is the apocalypse reallying? Humans should be prepared as soon as possible!¡±
Looking at the headline of these posts, Li Zhi directly opened the first post, the post did not have any words, just a few pictures.
These pictures are exactly the scene where the giant python is swallowing the lion.
However, while the post only has a few pictures, it was filled with messages below.
¡±Fake! your photoshop skills are very good.¡±
¡±Haha, such a big python, it must crawl on the ground like a snail, how could it hunt a lion? it doesn¡¯t conform to thews of science!¡±
¡±I am really speechless, people nowadays do everything to get some likes.¡±
¡±Holy crap! there is really a huge python! There is already a lot of clips on the inte! The famous foreign host was live broadcasting in the Ugandan Prairie when he encountered that giant python!¡±
¡±What did this thing eat to grow to this size? some kind of heavenly treasure? Lions can only be a snack in its mouth.¡±
¡±The guys above didn¡¯t watch the video? why are you acting so all-knowing.¡±
¡±Is this world going to change? prehistoric creatures have begun to appear, I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s the ¡®aura recovery''¡±
¡±Please! God! give me some awesome ability! I don¡¯t want to have a trash ability or even no ability!¡±
Looking at thements in this post, Li Zhi and Luo Huan became speechless.
Especially when they saw some guys moring about aura recovery, they couldn¡¯t help but feel funny, do they think that this is some sort of novel?
Aura recovery, why not say the end of the world?
But they also know that everyone is just talking nonsense.
While Li Zhi and Luo Huan were excitedly browsing the news about this giant python, other people were also shocked by this python appearance.
Most of the forums and media tforms are filled with the news of this python.
The heat of this news is much higher than the ck hole photo released by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Nasa) previously.
After all, it was just a photo.
And it¡¯s still disappointingpared to people¡¯s expectations.
Things like ck holes are too far away from the lives of ordinary people, so the heat quickly died out.
But this giant python is different.
In various sci-fi movies, there have been many characters such as giant pythons. This vocabry is very close to everyone¡¯s life. So the discovery of such a huge python is hard to not cause a sensation.
¡±Xiao Meng! Xiao Ning! sister Wei! have you seen thetest news?¡¯
Song Ran ran towards the bedroom and showed her phone to everyone. ¡°Look, in the Ugandan prairie, they found a giant python that is more than 20 meters!¡±
It¡¯s hard to hide her surprise, she looked quite excited.
Even if she is a girl, she may not have as much interest in these creatures as boys, but she still couldn¡¯t help but get shocked at this news that can shock the world.
However, after she said that, she found that her three sisters are sitting on the bed and staring at their respective phones.
After hearing her words, the three girls raised their heads together, then directly showed her the news on their phones.
A bit embarrassed, Song Ran quickly joined her girlfriends and they began to talk about this matter.
Scenes like this are constantly happening around the world.
On the Uganda prairie. Jonny took a deep breath, his face was dignified, his chance is here!
He knew that he will be very popr after this.
It¡¯s true that he often goes to the wild because he likes to broadcast programs like this, but he also desires fame and money.
Although he was quite popr before, he was still far away from the real well-known celebrities.
Now that he has recorded a famous program that will be spread around the world, he could already imagine the treatment he will receive once he returns to the country.
Money, reputation, everything is within reach.
Thinking of this, he couldn¡¯t help but breathe heavily.
¡±Guide, fast, control a camera to approach the python!¡¯
Jonny quickly said to the cameraman, hoping to capture more vivid photos and let everyone enjoy a perfect visual feast.
Hearing him, the cameraman on the other side of the camera made an OK gesture. Then, a camouge camera slowly moved towards the giant python that is eating the lions.
On the main screen, the figure of the giant python was clearly andpletely revealed.
The palm-sized scale, the stout body, the cold eyes, everything, all was clearly shown on the screen.
In the studio, after clearly seeing the python, everyone couldn¡¯t help but gulp.
It¡¯s too shocking!
How can such a creature even exist? Ir¡¯s unscientific!
¡±Beautiful!¡±
Jonny almost wanted to dance, his face was filled with excitement. Suddenly, his face stiffened.
The python¡¯s face is filling the entire screen.
Chapter 98: Sci-Fi Movie Replication
Chapter 98: Sci-Fi Movie Replication
Trantor: Yamir Moon
They saw that the big python, that just finished eating the lions and was looking around, suddenly lowered its head and looked straight at the camera, its head was filling the entire screen
Jonny and Bell were scared by the python sudden action.
On the big screen, the huge pupil of the python stared straight at them, as if gazing at them through the screen.
These cold eyes made them very ufortable.
¡±Did it find us?¡±
Jonny¡¯s face was very pale.
Professor Bell took a deep breath and looked at the huge python head on the screen, He opened his mouth, wanting to say something, but the words were stuck in his throat.
The huge python that was looking at the camera suddenly opened its mouth and bite forward. This action, it looked like it was going to drill in from the screen and eat them.
Professor Bell and Jonny quickly leaned back, the next moment-
¡°Bam!¡±
With a loud sound, the main screen in front of them suddenly turned ck.
¡±It bit the camera!¡±
Professor Bell quickly reacted, then yelled at the guide.
¡°Fast, switch to other cameras.¡±
In the control room, the guide immediately began to work. After a moment, the dark screen re-lighted, and the giant python appeared on the screen again.
Seeing this scene, Professor Bell let out a sigh of relief and said.
¡°Don¡¯t let the lens get too close to the giant python, it will anger it.¡±
Pausing, he took a deep breath before continuing.
¡°No matter what kind of beast, it doesn¡¯t like strange things to get close to it.¡±
He attributed the previous attack of the giant python to the camera being too close, but after seeing the next scene, he found that he might be wrong.
The giant python in the on the screen was raising his head, a camera in his mouth, but it waspletely crushed.
¡±bang.¡±
The giant python swayed his head, throwing the camera in his mouth far away. After flying for quite a distance, the camera collided with the ground, rolled a fewps, then ended on the grass.
It started looking around, suddenly finding a camera not far away, it quickly crawled towards it.
¡°What does this python want to do?¡±
Jonny was a bit nervous.
Under their shocked eyes, the giant python slithered to the camera before biting it, under its powerful jaws, the camera was quickly turned into scrap metal.
A good camera turned into a pile of scrap metal.
This is not over yet, the giant python kept slithering around, as long as it found any camera, it immediately destroyed it.
Seeing such a situation, Jonny and Bell¡¯s eyelids kept jumping. The giant python haspletely turned into a camera destroyer. It gave a vibe that it won¡¯t rest assured before all the cameras were destroyed.
¡°It seems to hate being watched.¡±
Jonny said unnaturally, he suddenly remembered that the cameras they arranged in the crocodile area werepletely destroyed.
At first, they thought it was inadvertently destroyed by creatures such as bison or wildebeest, but now that they saw how much this python hate cameras, they realized it was this python who destroyed it.
Does it know the purpose of these cameras?
Jonny¡¯s mind suddenly popped up with an absurd thought, a thought that gave him the illusion of being in a sci-fi blockbuster.
Their group is like the human characters in famous movies, discovering a giant beast and monitored it to satisfy their curiosity. They stood in a high position and looked down at it as a stupid animal.
They think that the behemoth is just a big animal. In the end, it still can¡¯tpare with humans.
But they don¡¯t know that the behemoth is not only huge in size, but also has wisdom beyond the imagination of ordinary people. They think that they are superior, but they don¡¯t know that it¡¯s hiding in the dark and looking at them with contempt, just waiting for the opportunity to strike.
Thinking of this, Jonny had a cold sweat on his forehead.
When he was about to say something, the scene that he saw next scared the sh*t out of him.
He discovered that the giant python had destroyed all the cameras along the way, then quickly approached their modified truck.
¡°Damn.¡±
Jonny couldn¡¯t help but panic, he said loudly: ¡°Fast, hide those cameras.¡±
¡°Pythons are myopic, they can¡¯t find anything too hidden.¡±
If the giant python destroys all their cameras, then they wouldn¡¯t be able to capture the position of the python, let alone monitor it. Once the python reaches their modified truck without their knowledge, then things could be dangerous.
The staff in the control room immediately started acting and controlled all the cameras to hide.
Fang Yun was wandering on the grass, seeing that these cameras started to hide, his eyes glimmered.
These camouged cameras can indeed escape from the eyes of ordinary pythons, but they naturally can¡¯t hide from him.
Because he has a visual ability even superior to humans, everything around him can be seen clearly, so these cameras can¡¯t be hidden from him at all.
Along with the sound of metal being crushed, Fang Yun destroyed countless cameras.
This group of humans, who kept controlling the cameras to run in front of him are like the paparazzi, which made him very annoyed. Previously, he acted low-key because he wanted to stay in this ce for some time.
But now, He doesn¡¯t have any scruples.
Although there is still a lot of prey here, it¡¯is not a long-term ce for Fang Yun, because most of the prey here arend animals that are very vignt and run fast, hunting them is very troublesome and tiring.
He still prefers the clumsy and cute crocodiles, they are very easy to hunt.
Deep in his thoughts, he still didn¡¯t forget to constantly travel around and destroy all the cameras.
He suddenly stopped and looked around.
The cameras in this ce were almost destroyed by him, just as he was about to go to other ces, his eyes fell on a certain ce.
There was a camera that hidden in tall ¡°Weeds¡±, it was almost overlooked by him.
Without hesitation, Fang Yun rushed straight to that ce, then bit it.
In the studio, on the big screen opposite Professor Bell and Jonny, a big python was quickly approaching followed by a gaping mouth, then a ck screen.
¡°Fast, switch to other cameras!¡±
Jonny yelled at the guide in the control room.
¡°All the cameras in this area have been destroyed.¡±
A man yelled back from the control room. ¡°I will immediately mobilize the cameras over from the cheetah¡¯s habitat.¡±
Professor Bell and Jonny got very nervous.
The cheetah habitat is two or three kilometers away from here. The speed of the camera is not very fast, so it will take a long time for them to arrive here.
¡°I¡¯m going to see if the giant python is outside.¡±
Jonny took a deep breath and walked out of the studio, Professor Bell followed him.
The two came to a curtain then quickly opened it.
Their faces were ced in front of the tempered ss window, they looked outside and searched for any trace of the python
¡°Well? Why didn¡¯t the giant python appear? Did it leave?¡±
Looking out of the window for a while, the two said in disappointment, but they still felt somewhat relieved, but in the next moment, a huge ck shadow suddenly emerged on the outside ss window and an eye as big as their hand stared straight at them.
After professor Bell and Jonny suddenly saw this. The two men¡¯s legs immediately softened and with a plop, they fell to the ground.
Chapter 99: Completing the Main Task
Chapter 99: Completing the Main Task
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The ck shadow that suddenly appeared outside the tempered ss window is the giant python.
They didn¡¯t know when it came to their truck. But it was probably hiding under their car, the moment they peeked outside coincided with it peeking inside.
Jonny stared at the giant python outside the window, his back soaked with cold sweat, his head is nk. Compared with seeing it through the screen, this is a direct confrontation with this giant python, the impact it gave them is even greater.
¡±Jonny, Professor Bell, is there any problem?¡±
A white woman passed by and saw Jonny and professor Bell were shivering on the ground. She asked with confusion, following their gazes, she looked at the ss window.
Seeing the giant eyeball outside the window, her heart almost stopped, falling softly on the ground, a yellow liquid was oozing from between her legs.
Her mouth squirmed, trying to scream, but she didn¡¯t have the power to even do so.
It can be imagined how much fear and horror she is feeling now.
Only now did other peoplee to check the situation, but seeing the python outside the window, panicked screams immediately filled the modified truck.
¡°Fast! Drive away, fast!!¡±
¡°What?!¡±
¡°The giant python came over!¡±
The studio became a pot of porridge, people screaming and colliding with each other can be seen everywhere.
At this time, a ck man quickly ran to the driver seat, trying to control his trembling hands, he quickly turned on the car then stepped on the elerator.
¡°Boom!¡±
The big truck made a huge roar, and then quickly rushed forward.
Perhaps because the driver is too nervous, the truck kept going from side to side, as if it¡¯s going to overturn anytime.
¡°George, stabilize the car right now! Do you want us to die here?¡±
A tall white man cried out, he is the director responsible for this show, feeling that the truck can overturn anytime, he quickly shouted at the driver.
¡°Damn!¡±
The white man couldn¡¯t help but curse under his breath, who would have thought that the python will appear right next to them. He felt that his heart was going to jump from his chest.
But now the truck started to move, he began to gradually calm down.
Grabbing a water bottle next to him. He quickly gulped it, feeling a bit rxed, he looked out of the window next to him.
After looking out, his eyes slightly widened, at the same time, he let out a sigh of relief.
¡°Sigh¡¡±
In his vision, the giant python was still at the same ce and didn¡¯t chase them.
Others also reacted at this time, grabbing the handrail, they quickly Looked out of the window,
Seeing that the python didn¡¯t follow them, they also rxed.
A long sigh rang in the truck, followed by a soft plop, most of the crew were powerlessly lying on the ground, panting.
¡°This time, we were really lucky. ¡°
Jonny was also sitting on the ground, a bitter smile on his face. His clothes were soaked with sweat.
He looked at the others and found they are basically the same.
¡°Fortunately, we did not cause that big guy to be angry.¡±
Professor Bell on the side let out a long sigh, smiling he said.
¡°It was probably just warning us, otherwise, we wouldn¡¯t have the chance to leave.¡±
Jonny and the rest of the crew all nodded, deep in their thoughts.
The ability of this giant pythonpletely exceed their imagination, it was able to quickly and stealthily slithered from the lion¡¯s habitat to their truck in just a few minutes. meaning, it was able to cross several miles in a short few minutes, showing its terrifying speed.
Coupled with its enormous strength. As long as it wants to kill them, then this modified truck won¡¯t be able to protect them.
They are already more than a kilometer away from the python, but no one told the driver to stop. Everyone didn¡¯t want to stay here anymore. If they meet the python once again, it probably won¡¯t end with a simple warning.
Although they are very interested in this giant python, their life is undoubtedly more important.
Now that the crisis has been lifted, they are not only relieved but also excited. Their previous encounter is just like a scene from a sci-fi blockbuster.
How many people can have their experiences throughout the world? they may be the only ones.
¡¡
On the other side, seeing that the truck has disappeared in his sight, Fang Yun lowered his head and slithered back to the lion¡¯s habitat.
This group of guys still have self-knowledge. They quickly left after his warning, otherwise, he would have had to force them to leave. Although he won¡¯t kill them, he will still scare them to have nightmares every night.
When he reached the lion¡¯s habitat, Fang Yun noticed that the five lionesses were staying in the distance, watching him with vignce. As for the hyena group, they had disappeared.
Fang Yun ignored these lionesses. At this moment, he slithered toward the body of the two lions.
That would be 10,000 bio-energy points.
This time, the required bio-energy for evolution is 350,000, which is a ratherrge number.
Although 15,000 bio-energy is quite a lot, it¡¯s still quite far from the required amount.
He needs to think about his next ns.
Now that his existence was discovered, he certainly can¡¯t stay in this ce for too long. Moreover, the easy prey here isn¡¯t much. He is nning to squeeze the surplus-value here before leaving.
Climbing up the hill, his visual range was greatly widened, he immediately noticed a back spot that was quickly moving away.
It¡¯s the modified truck, seeing that they truly left, he nodded in satisfaction.
After regaining his gaze from there, Fang Yun looked at other ces.
In the river on his right, several figures caught his attention.
It¡¯s four hippos.
Two adult hippos, two young hippos.
Hippos are veryrge, they are considered to be one of the strongest amphibious creatures. Going by their size and cement on the natural food chain, they can provide more bio-energy than the lions.
After swallowing the four hippos, he will probably get more than 20,000 bio-energy points.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun climbed down the hill, just when he reached the bottom of the hill, the system prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Ring, the host sessfully gained 10 million reputation points, rewarding 8 skill points.¡±
Hearing the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun froze, did his reputation increase?
He quickly called his properties pannel.
_______________________________________________________________
Host attributes:
Level: 17
Bio-energy: 16240/350000
Skill Points: 22
Length: 21m
Diameter: 74cm
Strength: 230
Defense: 340
speed: 57
Agility: 60
spirit: 62
physical strength: 85
skills: Steel Body (2/5), Quick Regeneration (2/5), maxed skills are hidden.
reputation value: 12354180/10000000
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze immediately fell on the reputation column. As expected, his reputation value has exceeded 10 million, and this number is still rising rapidly.
He remembered the previous group of people and immediately guessed that it should be them.
The second point is -
¡°My reputation value has exceeded 10 million. did I finallyplete the main task?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with excitement, he quickly said.
¡°System, bring up my information panel.¡±
Chapter 100: Changes in Mentality
Chapter 100: Changes in Mentality
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°System, bring up my information panel.¡±
Fang Yun said internally, the next moment, a light panel appeared in front of him.
Host: Fang Yun
Race: gray python (variant species)
Status: Adult
Life cycle: ten years
World: Blue
Reputation value: 12354180/10000000
Looking at the value behind the reputation value on his information panel, Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with excitement. Now that his reputation points have finally reached 10 million, he couldpletely rx. Even more exciting is that he can redeem a new bloodline.
¡°I don¡¯t know what kind of bloodline I will get?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s couldn¡¯t wait, he immediately said in his mind. ¡°System, redeem the new bloodline!¡±
In the next moment, the value on his reputation column was directly reduced by 10 million and became like this.
Reputation value: 2538200/1000000000
¡°Oh?¡±
Looking at the changes in the column of reputation, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but get amazed, but before he could think more about it, the system prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Ring! the host seeded in getting a new bloodline - Bashen bloodline!¡±
¡°Bashen bloodline, after using it, the host will be a Bashen snake. Whether to use this item?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s attention waspletely drawn by the system¡¯s prompt.
He can finally change from an ordinary species to a supernatural one. Although the Bashen bloodline isn¡¯tparable to the top mythological snakes, it¡¯s leagues ahead of the ordinary gray pythons.
After thinking for a moment, he decided to immediately use this bloodline. Just as he was about to tell the system to do so. He suddenly stopped, his instincts are telling him that doing so will be very dangerous.
He felt that after epting this bloodline, he will fall into a deep sleep. Doing so in this ce would be very dangerous. There are a lot of animals here, although they can¡¯t immediately prate his defense, as long as they have enough time, they can still do so.
That¡¯s without mentioning the humans that cane to this ce anytime.
Thinking of this, he suppressed the impulse in his heart.
The peace here will soon be broken. He can predict that man people wille here, so he can only suppress his impulse for now.
¡°In any case, I already have the bloodline, I can change my bloodline any time, so my worries about my short life as well as my subsequent evolution arepletely lifted.¡±
Fang Yun gradually calmed down. At this time, he turned his attention back to the reputation value on his information panel. He discovered that the required reputation to get the next bloodline has changed from 10 million to 1 billion.
¡°That is, if I want to get the next bloodline, I have to gather 1 billion reputation points?¡±
This number is quite unimaginable for the current him. He couldn¡¯t help but wonder if the reputation he will get next will be enough to fulfill this goal.
Under the observation of Fang Yun, his reputation value is indeed growing at a very fast rate, butpared to the 1 billion reputation value, it¡¯s quiteckluster.
¡°I can only take it easy.¡±
He let out a sigh of relief and threw these messy thoughts out of his head, just as he was about to leave, a thought suddenly crossed his mind.
He remembered that he got 8 skill points as a reward for reaching the 10 million points goal, plus the 8 skill points that remained from the previous evolution, he just has enough to upgrade one skill.
After pondering for a moment, Fang Yun upgraded ¡°Steel Body¡± one more time. After the familiar hot feeling passed, he felt that his body has changed.
Looking at his properties pannel, his defense has reached a horrific 420 points.
¡°I wonder what level of hot weapons can I withstand now?¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but wonder what level of firearms he can withstand. In the event of a hostile encounter with humans, his defense would be a vital guarantee of his safety, so he is very concerned about this aspect.
After carefully thinking about this problem, he concluded that weapons such as firearms don¡¯t have much threat to him. Of course, the most powerful guns, such as a sniper rifle equipped with an armor-piercing bullet can still damage him a bit.
When he thought about that, he suddenly discovered that he is already very powerful, a feeling of confidence couldn¡¯t help but rise in him, he is the strongest creature in history!
Shaking his head and calming down his excitement, he gradually moved away.
¡°Hiss.¡±
Fang Yun slithered from the bottom of the hill towards the river not far away, his goal is naturally the hippo family.
Fang Yun slowly approached these hippos.
Using his camouge skill, he easily fooled the eyes of these hippos.
Suddenly, he opened his mouth and bit the hippo¡¯s hip, under this bite, a basin-sized piece of meat was torn under his sharp teeth.
After upgrading ¡°Steel Body¡± three times, his bones, including his teeth reached an extremely high level of hardness.
Even if the hippo is skin is very thick, it couldn¡¯t provide the slightest defense at all.
¡°Roar!¡±
The hippo immediately roared at this sudden attack, he turned his head, wanting to see which creature dared to attack it, but after seeing Fang Yun, the roar of rage it was about to st immediately got stuck in its mouth.
Fang Yun¡¯s huge figure waspletely revealed. After the first bite, Fang Yun quickly killed the hippo.
The other three hippos didn¡¯t fare very well and were killed in minutes.
These four hippos provided him with a total of 22,000 bio-energy points.
Fang Yun spent another five days in this area. During this time, he hunted four giraffes passing by, all the crocodiles he encountered and a lot of zebras and wildebeests.
By now, his bio-energy has reached 123,250 points.
The temperature in the prairie continued to rise as time passed, although it didn¡¯t have any impact on Fang Yun. But, the grasnd here began to dry up, The herbivores passing by will not stop here, but will keep going.
Fang Yun decided to finally leave this ce, he is nning to go along the river to the ocean.
The vast ocean is his true performance stage.
Thergest animals on the exist there.
The whales.
Preying on this animal will make his bio-energy quickly rise. Only once his strength increases will he truly find a sense of security.
When he was in Wulong Mountain, he felt that his opponents are the various animals and creatures in the world. After he grows to 10 meters, he won¡¯t have to be afraid anymore.
But as he continued to grow bigger and bigger, he finally realized that humans are the only creatures in this world that have the ability to threaten him, especially now that he was discovered.
Therefore, Fang Yun felt an urgent need to quickly grow up.
But this time, he is not just thinking about growing to ten meters long.
He has already surpassed that level.
He wants to grow to a hundred meters long, even a kilometer long, bing a truly invincible creature in this world!
After making up his mind, he quickly jumped into the water and began to swim in the direction of the sea.
What Fang Yun didn¡¯t see was that when he was leaving, five lionesses along with three cubs stood on the distant hill and watched him as he swam away.
Like saying farewell to him.
While Fang Yun was heading toward the sea. His picture that was captured by the camera was raging across the world.
Almost every TV station news report was rted to him.
He even managed to get on the 7¡¯oclock news broadcast of a certain country.
For a while, Fang Yun became the most shining star in the world.
Chapter 101: Reactions of the Parties
Chapter 101: Reactions of the Parties
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°How are things going Xiaohu?¡±
In the office, looking at Hook who came in, Tang Xue put down the papers in his hand and asked him.
¡°Professor, I have already organized the manpower, and we can go to the Ugandan Prairie at any time.¡± Hook said concisely, he knows that the situation is serious, now is not the time to talk nonsense.
¡°Okay, let¡¯s go now.¡±
Tang Xue said to him.
Hook looked hesitantly at Tang Xue, looking like he wanted to say something but is hesitating.
Tang Xue, who had just walked past Hook, looked at him and seemed to understand his thoughts.
¡°Xiaohu, although the Ugandan Prairie environment is very bad, I must go there personally.¡±
¡°You can rest assured, I can still stand it.¡±
Tang Xue patted Hook¡¯s shoulder. He had no children. He has always regarder Hook as his son, that¡¯s why he will bring him along whenever he has any project.
Hook did not let him down, all the work that was assigned to him was done very well.
More importantly, he can perceive that Hook does really care about him. Thinking about this, Tang Xue felt his heart warm-up, a smile crept upon his old wrinkled face.
¡°Ok.¡±
Hook nodded and then followed Tang Xue.
This time, the 20-meter-long giant python that was found in the Ugandan Prairie shocked the entire biologymunity.
Such a huge creature, and still a cold-blooded animal, require at least 30C degree of heat to survive.
But such temperature conditions only exist in big deserts, and that¡¯s only during the day, the temperature will plummet in the evening.
Therefore, this kind of creature appearing in modern timespletely subverted the cognition of this group of professors.
When they first heard this news, Hook and Tang Xue did not believe it, a 12-meter long python is already big enough, a 20-meter long python? That¡¯s impossible!
However, they could only believe it after seeing the video, such a miraculous creature truly exists.
There is one more important point.
This giant python has a pattern simr to that of the grey python found in China.
The two of them suddenly thought of the giant python that they saw in the Tang mountains.
It¡¯s just that the size difference is too big. One is 12-meter long which can barely be epted. The other one is more than 20-meter long which simply subverts their cognition.
¡°Professor, is the giant python in the Ugandan Prairie really a grey python? Is it rted to the one we saw in the Tang mountain?¡±
Walking on the road, Hook asked Tang Xue.
¡°It¡¯s very likely to be a grey python, but to talk about simrities¡¡±
Tang Xue pondered for a moment, then said: ¡°The two giant pythons have two identical points, that is big and fast.¡±
¡°In addition, the giant python in the Uganda Prairie teeth are particrly sharp, they can not only be used to grab into prey, but also to tear them apart, just like Tyrannosaurus Rex.¡±
Tang Xue took a deep breath before continuing.
¡°An animal like this, even in the Jurassic era, or the Cretaceous era, belongs to the hegemonic level, with few opponents in the whole world.¡±
¡°We had missed the opportunity to study the grey python in the Tang Mountains. Now that we have a better goal, we must capture it this time.¡±
Hook nodded.
This strange and miraculous creature, if it¡¯s studied in-depth, they may get some big discoveries.
It¡¯s just that he actually wants to ask, is the grey python in the Tang mountain the same as the one in the Ugandan Prairie?
But this idea is too absurd, so he will no ask it.
They found that the giant python in the Tang Mountains about 3 months ago. For a python to grow from about 12 meters to more than 20 meters in just 3 months is impossible.
This is pure fantasy.
Shaking his head, Hook threw this absurd idea out of his head.
¡¡
In a country on the other side of the ocean, in an office decorated in a European ssical court style, an old man wearing a white shirt was writing.
¡°Knock, Knock!¡±
Suddenly, the door of the room was knocked a few times.
The old man looked over to the door. The door was opened and a man was standing outside, it¡¯s his student, Roy.
¡°Come in.¡±
Upon hearing his tutor¡¯s consent, Roy stepped into the office.
¡°Is there anything?¡±
Hearing his tutor¡¯s question, he immediately replied
¡°Teacher, Professor Borg wants to join the expedition team going into the Ugandan Prairie.¡±
¡°Borg? The guy who embarrassed himself by giving a science fiction results then was dismissed by the school?¡±
The old man took off his sses and wiped it gently with a soft cloth. He smiled and said.
¡°I don¡¯t want my team to have such a delusional guy.¡±
¡°Moreover, he is no longer a professor at our college.¡±
¡°Tell him that if he really wants to go to the Ugandan Prairie, he can make a wormhole in Los Angeles based on the sci-fi theory he wrote, and then he can pass through.¡± (This is possible)
Hearing this, Roy smiled. ¡°I know how to reply to him, teacher.¡±
After finishing this sentence, he walked outside the door.
When he came to the front door of the office building, he found that there is an old man wearing a pair of trousers waiting there.
¡°Sorry, Professor Borg, my tutor said that there should be no outsiders in the inspection team going to Ugandan Prairie, This is the college¡¯s regtions, the mentor can¡¯t do anything about it.¡±
He walked in front of the old man and said.
The old man known as Borg got furious immediately after hearing Roy¡¯s answer. He angrily said to him.
¡°What sh*t rules, it must be that guy¡¯s decision!¡±
¡°Damn, I want to talk to him! he should put down academic bias at this time!¡±
As saying that, he quickly ran to the office door, he wanted to break in.
However, Roy quickly ran in front of him, preventing him from walking any further.
¡°Sorry, Professor Borg, you can¡¯t go in.¡±
¡°Let me in! I¡¯m going to see that Langzoo guy!¡±
Professor Borg wanted to push Roy away but discovered that he couldn¡¯t push him at all.
He red at Roy, and Roy looked at him back without any fear.
¡°Fuck!¡±
Professor Borg pointed to Roy and shouted. ¡°If you were my student, I will definitely kick your ass!¡±
After hearing his words, Roy shrugged, expressing that he, unfortunately, isn¡¯t.
In the face of Roy, who did not budge at all, Professor Borg ould only grit his teeth with hatred. Eventually, he could only unwillingly give up. Suddenly, the phone in his pocket rang up.
He pressed the answer button and ced the phone on his ears, a deep male voice came from inside.
¡°Professor Borg, would you like to visit the Red Fruit Rainforest with us?¡±
¡°Business as usual!¡±
Professor Borg rudely pressed the hang-up button. Apparently, his heart was filled with anger.
About ten dayster, the inspection teams from all over the world began to enter the Ugandan Prairie, with the intention to capture that giant python. But even after thoroughly searching in the ce where the python wasst seen, nothing was found.
Unfortunately, this trip can only go to a waste.
Chapter 102: Arriving at the Rainforest
Chapter 102: Arriving at the Rainforest
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s casually swam in the water. Because of hisrge body, even if he swam at the depth of 10 meters, a long shadow can still be seen from above.
Ten days have passed since he left his previous habitat.
During this time, he swam more than a thousand kilometers, he did not just stay in the water, he sometimes went to the shore to catch some prey.
Most of the prey he captured are big animals.
Crocodiles, leopards, lions, even elephants or giraffes passing by.
His bio-energy reached more than 200,000 points, it had grown especially fast these few days, as he followed a wildebeest group traveling downstream.
But yesterday, he got separated from them.
He continued traveling downstream, but that wildebeest group stayed in the same ce.
Fang Yun realized that he had already reached the periphery of the prairie.
The terrain here is not the hot desert at the depth of the prairie, but undting forests and mountains.
ording to the information that Fang Yun learned from the Inte, he is about to step into a rainforest.
As long as he passes through this rainforest, it is the sea.
Another thing to note is that his reputation has surpassed 100 million points three days ago, thus he gained 9 skill points, plus the 9 skill points he already has, he reached a total of 18 skill points.
Fang Yun upgraded ¡°Steel Body¡± once again, bringing his defense to an extremely high level. He feels that with his current defenses, even an anti-tank sniper rifle can¡¯t prate his scales.
During this time, he still did not use the Bashen bloodline. He ns to find a hidden ce in the rainforest before using it.
He can already imagine how much researchersing to find him.
Although he¡¯s unlikely to be discovered a 1000km away from his previous habitat, things about his life are not a joke. Only cautious people will live to the end.
After using this bloodline, he will fall into a hibernation-like state, he doesn¡¯t know how long he will stay in this state, so it¡¯s better to be cautious.
After thinking for a while, he made his mind up to change his bloodline after entering the forest.
After swimming forward for about 20 miles, Fang Yun saw a group of giraffes walking next to the river.
Although he said it¡¯s a group, it¡¯s actually just four.
Three big ones, one small one.
Giraffes are particrly tall. If it was the previous him, he wouldn¡¯t hunt this creature, even if managed to kill it, he wouldn¡¯t be able to eat it.
But now that his teeth have be particrly strong and sharp, he naturally won¡¯t have to worry about this problem.
¡°Bam!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s quickly slithered out of the river and rushed straight toward the four giraffes. His speed was very fast, more than 100 km/h.
The four giraffes were scared by his appearance and quickly ran away.
But giraffes maximum speed is about 60 to 70 km/h, far less than his speed, That¡¯s without mentioning their weak endurance, it¡¯s almost impossible for them to run away from Fang Yun.
Not long after, Fang Yun caught up with the smallest giraffe. using the fastest method to kill it, that is venom, he quickly ran towards the other 3 giraffes.
Only kids chose, adults take it all, and Fang Yun IS an adult, so he naturally will hunt all four giraffes.
Giraffes actually have no natural enemies. If they are not careful, even lions can be killed by them.
However, in front of Fang Yun, they can only escape. Under Fang Yun¡¯s terrible power, speed and defense, they have no power to fight back.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, an adult giraffe can give him 8,000 bio-energy points. There are three adult giraffes here, which means he can get 24,000 bio-energy points.
In addition, even the small giraffe can provide him with 2,200 bio-energy points.
Three minutester, Fang Yun killed the three adult giraffes, four giraffes bodyid next to each other. He dragged the small one here.
Starting from the small one, Fang Yun ate all the giraffes.
¡°System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
He said internally, wanting to check how his bio-energy has changed.
And as soon as he said that, a blue light panel appeared in his mind.
He discovered that bio-energy has reached 265,800 points.
¡°Very well, before entering the rainforest, I should be able to raise my bio-energy to 300,000, I should obtain another 50,000 points in the rainforest.¡±
¡°I should be able to evolve before entering the ocean.¡±
His current body length is 21 meters, after another evolution, he might reach 24 meters or more.
This body size should be able topare with most whales.
Thinking of this, various emotions rose in his heart.
¡°This is only the beginning.¡± He thought internally.
Calming down his racing heart, he continued moving forward. Finally, after another 5 days, he reached the rainforest.
At this time, he managed to raise his bio-energy to 300,000 points as he expected, next is the expected 50,000 points in this rainforest.
¡°It feels a lot cooler.¡±
Fang Yun was casually swimming in the water, his eyes constantly wandering around.
There are many tall trees on both sides of the river. He can¡¯t name them. From the trunk, there are many thick roots that are deeply plunged into the soil.
These roots are particrlyrge, the smallest one is about as thick as an adult man¡¯s arms.
On those big trees, there are many birds singing, courting the females on the branches. As a single dog, Fang Yun deeply appreciates their efforts. Unlike him, the eternal single dog.
In addition, he saw many other animals.
For example, not far away, there is arge group of monkeys. These monkeys are rtively small, averaging at about 20 to 30cm tall, even the big ones are only about 40 to 50cm.
This group of monkeys squatted on arge tree next to the river, screaming and cheerfully jumping from one tree to the other.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, these monkeys are called squirrel monkeys.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t have the intention to hunt them. It¡¯s rtively time-consuming andborious to capture such a monkey, it¡¯s not worth the effort. More importantly, there is not only a lot of prey in the river, but they are also very easy to catch.
Just like now.
A slight water vibration urred in front of him, and it was discovered by Fang Yun. He recovered his gaze from the group of monkeys, then sank underwater.
After entering the rainforest, the mud in this river increased a lot. From the water surface, only a meter of depth can be seen, If Fang Yun dives about 6 to 7 meters underwater, then it will be very dark.
Another point worth noting is that thisrge river was divided into several small ones after reaching the rainforest. Fang Yun chose the river in the middle, which was thergest and has a width of up to a kilometer.
ording to what he has learned on the inte, these three rivers all eventually lead to the sea, but the distance between them will berger andrger, the farthest distance between them will be more than 30km.
After sinking underwater, Fang Yun noticed a ck shadow appearing in front of him. Because they were a little apart from each other, he didn¡¯t what type of creature was that.
Chapter 103: Attack of Chimpanzees
Chapter 103: Attack of Chimpanzees
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun gently swam towards the back shadow, just as he got very close to it, the flow of water in front of him surged, then that creature swam towards him quickly.
¡°Buzz!¡±
With a buzzing sound, Fang Yun felt that his body was electrocuted.
This electric shock is not weak, but because of his size, it could only slightly paralyze him.
Just as he was shocked, the creature that electrocuted him quickly ran away.
¡°That is¡ electricity?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly realized. It¡¯s not difficult to guess what creature that is. A 2-meter long snake-like body, the ability to discharge, only eels fit that description.
Unexpectedly, he had suffered from the attack of an eel. The attack of this eel made him realize something, apart from his big body, he doesn¡¯t have any resistance to electric attacks, he will have to find a way to make up for that weakness.
After returning back to normal, Fang Yun continued to move forward. The eel that attacked had already run away so he can only search for other prey.
Not long after, Fang Yun found another prey.
He discovered a big fish not far away.
This big fish has a length of 3 meters, a long body, and a t mouth, it looked kind of ugly.
The moment when Fang Yun stared at fish, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Arapaima, fish, Arapaimidae, can provide 800 bio-energy points.¡±
After hearing the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun was somewhat speechless.
A fish that is more than 3 meters long can only provide 800 bio-energy points. However, he is used to it, most of the fish he captures doesn¡¯t provide much energy anyway.
No way, ordinary fish are at the bottom of the food chain, so they naturally provide less energy.
Fang Yun quickly swam towards the fish.
Although this fish is a bit big and has an ugly face, it can still be eaten.
After perceiving that a huge creature is approaching, the ugly fish began to quickly run away, but with its turtle-like speed, it¡¯s almost impossible for it to run. In less than a minute, Fang Yun captured it and swallowed it.¡±
After eating the Arapaima, Fang Yun continued to move forward.
After another five days, Fang Yun raised his bio-energy to 340,000, only needing 10,000 to evolve.
During these five days, he crossed at least 500km. In addition, he checked his reputation yesterday and discovered that it reached a shocking 200 million.
During the past few days, he didn¡¯t check his reputation, he didn¡¯t expect it to reach this level this fast.
However, although it¡¯s very gratifying, it still can¡¯t bring any benefit, at least for now.
More importantly, the speed at which his reputation increased began to gradually slow down. He guessed that many people went to his previous habitat but didn¡¯t find anything.
That resulted in no further news about him appearing, so his heat began to decrease.
Fang Yun doesn¡¯t care much about this now. Compared with his reputation, his safety is undoubtedly more important.
¡°Ssh!¡±
Fang Yun stuck his head above the water and surveyed the surrounding terrain.
All he has been eating these days is fish and he is tired of it. He wants to eat some terrestrial animals for a change.
¡°Oh! Oh!¡±
Deep in the jungle, a strange cry rang, Fang Yun didn¡¯t care, he hears cry like this every day, he has long been used to it.
After swimming for a long time, Fang Yun did not find the right animal on the coast. After thinking for a moment, he simply went ashore.
Fang Yun¡¯s huge body made a loud rubbing sound as he slithered on the ground, a clear trail was left behind him as he slithered away. He is just too heavy, his weight can be measured in tons nowadays.
¡°Cocoo!¡±
A Bird¡¯s screaming sounded from above his head, Fang Yun looked up and found a huge bird sitting on a branch above his head, The moment he looked at it, the bird quickly escaped.
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t impressed, continuing his journey without a concern.
¡°Ayy, Ayy.¡±
After traveling for another 7 or 8km, Fang Yun found a monkey group on a big tree.
These monkeys are about half a meter heigh and have white or yellow-white hair around their faces. When Fang Yun stared at the monkey group, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
ording to the information given by the system, Fang Yun learned that these monkeys are a species called capuchin monkeys.
After looking at the monkey group, Fang Yun nned to leave.
Although he is looking fornd prey, he isn¡¯t willing to spend the efforts to grab these monkeys.
When he was still very small, the bio-energy provided by these monkeys was quite good, worth the effort used to capture them. But, for the current him, these monkeys bio-energy is nothing.
Just as he was about to leave, he suddenly stopped.
He discovered another creature walking towards the monkeys.
Without any hesitation, Fang Yun activated ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± and immediately merged with the surrounding environment, without paying attention to the trail on the ground, it¡¯s almost impossible to find him.
Suddenly, a big animal not far from him drilled out of the bushes.
It¡¯s a chimpanzee.
The animal that appeared not far away from Fang Yun is a chimpanzee.
After the chimpanzee appeared, his eyes were fixed on the capuchin monkeys on the top of the big tree.
Obviously, this chimpanzee is nning to hunt these monkeys.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun suddenly understood. In his previous life, he often watched ¡°Animal World¡±. He once saw a documentary about chimpanzees. It¡¯s said that chimpanzees live in groups and eat many things, including fruits, leaves, roots, and meat.
Their meat menu obviously includes monkeys.
Chimpanzees aren¡¯t solitary animals so there should be other group members not far away. He suspects that these guys are hidden somewhere, ready to ambush the monkeys.
He coincidentally encountered this hunting action.
A chimpanzee group, ready to hunt a capuchin monkey group.
Just as Fang Yun was analyzing the situation, the chimpanzee not far away suddenly stood up and started to fiercely beat his chest.
¡°Awwoo!¡±
While beating his chest, he didn¡¯t forget to roar a few times. After doing so for a short moment, it quickly ran towards the monkey¡¯s tree.
It climbed the tree very quickly and soon came reached the branch where a monkey was sitting and rushed towards it.
The capuchin monkeys were frightened, running away while yelling. Suddenly, countless chimpanzees cry can be sounded from three different directions.
This capuchin monkeys group fled directly in the direction where chimpanzees roars can¡¯t be heard from.
Chapter 104: Fulfilling the Evolution Requirement
Chapter 104: Fulfilling the Evolution Requirement
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The capuchin monkeys on the big tree escaped madly towards the only direction where no chimpanzees shout can be heard, crying loudly along the way.
This is the crying out from the monkeys when they are in danger.
The chimpanzees are chasing them from behind. Some chimpanzees chased them on trees and some chased them on the ground.
From their mouths, excited screams constantly rang out.
They are trying to give the monkeys pressure and crush their psychological defenses.
Fang Yun watched as all of this yed out, making a decision, he followed them from behind.
After following them for about three or four miles, Fang Yun suddenly discovered that there are several chimpanzees blocking the monkeys¡¯ way forward.
These chimpanzees have long been waiting here, waiting for the escaping capuchin monkeys to fall into their encirclement.
Sure enough, the capuchin monkeys were caught off guard and couldn¡¯t escape. The monkeys suddenly became extremely confused. fear-filled screams filled this entire space.
Fang Yun observed that a chimpanzee caught up with a small capuchin monkey, grabbing it with its thick hand, it easily twisted its neck.
¡±Ayy! Aww!¡±
the chimpanzees constantly screamed in excitement.
With the sess of the ambush, other chimpanzees have also begun to capture their prey, at least ten capuchin monkeys were killed.
These chimpanzees climbed down from the trees and squatted on the ground, enjoying their delicious meals. The surviving capuchin monkeys looked at theirpanions who are being eaten, then left in sadness.
Neither the chimpanzees nor the capuchin monkeys found the huge python hidden in a cluster of bushes, watching the ¡°battle¡± in front of him.
Of course, now, the python is watching the chimpanzees who are enjoying their meal.
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes wandered in the chimpanzee group, he has only one chance to attack, and the maximum he could capture in one attack is two, these chimpanzees are very fast and agile.
Chimpanzees can easily climb trees, his ability to shuttle trees isn¡¯t as good as them.
Therefore, he must choose the chimpanzee with the highest number of bio-energy to get the most out of this.
Fang Yun locked the biggest chimpanzee of the group.
It seems that it has the highest status in the ethnic group.
And when Fang Yun stared at that chimpanzee, the system¡¯s prompt confirmed that it¡¯s indeed the chimpanzee with the highest bio-energy.
¡°Target locked, chimpanzee, mammal, primate, can provide 4,500 bio-energy point.¡±
He still needs 10,000 bio-energy points to evolve, after eating this chimpanzee, only 5,500 points will remain.
His muscles gradually tightened, the next moment, he sprang out like a missile.
¡°Bang!¡±
This sudden loud noise attracted the attention of this group of chimpanzees. They all turned back to look at the sound source, seeing that a giant python is approaching them with terrifying speed, they ran away in fear and panic.
Fang Yun did not care about other chimpanzees. He rushed straight towards the leader of the chimpanzee group. a few secondster, the leader was already in his mouth.
Fang Yun mmed his mouth shut, tearing that chimpanzee apart, then turned around and looked at the chimpanzee closest to him.
However, it¡¯s a pity that the chimpanzee closest to Fang Yun is only a small one, probably just a young adult. ording to the system¡¯s prompt, it does provide 2000 bio-energy points.
¡±Not bad, 6500 points.¡±
While bitting the chimpanzee leader, he quickly wrapped around the young adult one, then tightly squeezed it.
At this stage, his strength is already ginormous. Even If he wrapped around a car, he can easily twist it into scrap metal, don¡¯t mention a young chimpanzee. If he used too much force, he can twist it into a bloody mess, so he has to control his strength a bit.
By now, the other chimpanzees have escaped to the tree, they sadly stared at Fang Yun as he ate their leader andpanion.
Just a few minutes ago, they were eating their prey with triumph as the monkeys stared at them with sadness. The tables turned now, with Fang Yun doing to them what they did to the monkeys.
After swallowing the chimpanzee leader, Fang Yun swallowed the young one.
Fang Yun feels that it would be better to hunt onnd, as long as his luck is good enough and he finds arge animal, then he will gather enough bio-energy to evolve.
After waiting for the food in the stomach to get digested, Fang Yun continued his journey.
His luck was particrly good, meeting several goats along the way and raising his bio-energy to 8,400 points.
However, for the next period of time, he did not see other animals suitable for hunting. This continued until the sky began to darken.
This time, he did not directly encounter prey suitable for hunting but a swamp.
After seeing this swamp, Fang Yun was overjoyed.
Because most swamps have crocodiles. Those cute and clumsy creatures.
He rushed directly into the swamp and began to search for crocodiles. However, he could only be disappointed as there isn¡¯t any crocodile in this ce, only some small fish and frogs. For these small creatures that are worth only single-digit points, he disdain eating them.
Fang Yun was very disappointed, but suddenly, he found a little abnormality.
He felt the water vibrate from the north direction, a few secondster a huge creature appeared in front of him.
It¡¯s an anaconda.
If a human, especially one that watched ¡°Anaconda¡±, was in this situation, he will definitely be scared to death.
Because this anaconda is more than nine meters long, it¡¯s body is veryrge, making a very high visual shock.
However, when Fang Yun saw this guy that can barely count as a younger brother, he was not afraid at all, he even has the urge tough.
¡°Target locked, anaconda, reptile, squamata, can provide 4000 bio-energy point.¡±
It¡¯s indeed an anaconda, and thergest snake he saw, apart from himself obviously. With its more than 9m length, it couldpete for the world¡¯srgest living snake.
In this rainforest, this anaconda has almost no natural enemies. Only big and agile cats like jaguars or leopards can restrain it with their agility, and that would be only onnd. They can only serve as prey once they entered this swamp.
While thinking about this, Fang Yun sprang like an arrow towards it and bit its head, injecting his venom inside its body. Thisrge snake doesn¡¯t even have the power to fight back in front of this mythical snake. Well, he isn¡¯t mythical yet, but he will definitely be in the future.
It didn¡¯t take long for this anaconda to be killed.
Fang Yun immediately swallowed it. Not long after, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind, informing him that he obtained 4000 bio-energy points, then that he fulfilled the requirement for evolution.
¡±I can finally evolve.¡±
After Fang Yun confirmed that he wants to evolve, a warm stream appeared in his body as he began to slowly grow.
Chapter 105: End of Evolution
Chapter 105: End of Evolution
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Ten minutester, Fang Yun sessfully shed his skin.
He discovered that the skin he shed is very hard. Although it looks like a normal python¡¯s skin from the surface, very soft and brittle. Actually, it¡¯s very hard and stic, going by its hardness and sticity. It can easily serve as the best bulletproof vest in the world.
Shaking his head and stopping his weird thoughts. He closely examined his body, his body did indeed grow but he didn¡¯t know the specific data.
Thinking of this, he no longer hesitated, calling his property panel, a light curtain instantly appeared in his mind.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 18
Bioenergy: 180/500000
Skill Points: 20
Body length: 25m
Diameter: 88cm
Strength: 260
Defense: 515
Speed: 62
Agility: 65
Spirit: 67
Physical strength: 90
Skills: ¡°Steel Body¡± (4/5), ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± (2/5) - maxed skills have been hidden
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun stared at his own list of attributes. After reading the values in each column, he couldn¡¯t help but get amazed. Originally, he guessed that after this evolution, his body length should reach 24 meters, but he did not expect to reach 25 meters directly.
Hid diameter also increased a lot, directly reaching 88 cm, an increase of 14 cm. He will probably reach 1m the next evolution.
This is a rather shocking number. He can directly swallow elephants! Well, small ones. But he doesn¡¯t have to do that anymore.
While an elephant¡¯s skin is very tough, but it¡¯s still like paper in front of his teeth.
In addition, ¡°Steel Body¡± also strengthened his bite force skill. Although he doesn¡¯t know the specific number, tearing elephants apart is still no problem.
After Fang Yun checked all his changes, he was ready to leave the swamp. But, thinking of something, he suddenly stopped.
After checking his properties panel, he switched to his information panel and roughly scanned it. Now that he thinks back, his status change from ¡°Adult¡± lifeform, to plete¡± lifeform.
Calling back his information panel, his status has indeed changed to plete¡±. There is still a sentence after that.
¡±The host has to upgrade to a higher bloodline to continue evolving.¡±
Obviously, Fang Yun has grown to thergest possible size that his species allows him. If he wants to continue evolving, he must upgrade his bloodline. Otherwise, even if he has enough bio-energy, he won¡¯t be able to evolve.
¡°It seems that I have to quickly find a ce to use the new bloodline.¡±
He looked around in the turpid dark water. In this swamp, underwater, he couldn¡¯t see very far. Only the asional small fish can be seen. This ce has very few creatures, but he is still hesitant to use the new bloodline in this ce.
This swamp is quite big, about a few dozen square kilometers, but the water is a little shallow, the deepest ce is only ten meters and the average depth is only around 4 to 5 meters.
While this is quite deep for ordinary creatures, it¡¯s very shallow for a behemoth like Fang Yun.
¡±I have to find a safer and more reliable ce.¡±
Fang Yun made his mind up. He did not hesitate, sticking his head out of the water, he quickly swam towards the shore.
But just as he approached the shore, he saw an animal that looked simr to cheetahs and leopardsing to drink.
This animal is about two meters long and has a shoulder height of more than one meter. Its head is wide and its face looks like that of a leopard, but there are still noticeable differences, especially its strong body.
Seeing that such a creature appeared on the edge of the swamp, Fang Yun¡¯s attention was attracted to it.
The moment he focused on this animal, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Jaguar, Mammal, Carnivore, can provide 3000 bio-energy points.¡±
After hearing the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun suddenly realized
It turns out that this guy is a jaguar. Fang Yun faintly remembers that this creature is quite famous in his past life, know for their strength and speed.
Their species rank third in the feline family, second only to lions and tigers.
However, the jungle here should correspond to the African rainforests in his previous world, so for the jaguar that should only be on the American continent to appear here is very strange. Fang Yun didn¡¯t think so much, he is considering this jaguar as his prey. After all, it can provide 3000 bio-energy.
A creature that provides this much bio-energy, in this rainforest, is rare.
Fang Yun gently retracted his head back underwater, then slowly approached the jaguar.
Thetter didn¡¯t find the approaching giant python, but his eyes were still vigntly scanned the water from time to time. It¡¯s indeed cautious. Unfortunately, it can¡¯t see underwater.
The water in the swamp is very muddy, and the surrounding scenery is reflected on the water surface, so it¡¯s almost impossible to see the things hidden underwater.
About 20 meters from the shore, Fang Yun stopped, his muscles tightened little by little, ready tounch an attack.
It¡¯s not that he doesn¡¯t want to get closer, but because the closer it¡¯s to the shore the shallower the water is. If he gets too close, even if he is careful, he will still be discovered.
¡°bang!¡±
The body of Fang Yun shot from underwater like a cannonball. The calm water surface burst directly. With the sound of water sshing, a huge dark shadow jumped from the water.
¡°Roar!¡±
This jaguar is indeed a top-level predator, with an astonishing reaction speed, it instantly jumped away after hearing the sound of water breaking. After falling on the ground, it immediately turned around and run towards the jungle.
But, Fang Yun is not an ordinary python. He is very fast, both in the water and on thend. Without hesitation, he quickly chased the running jaguar.
Jaguars are very fast, one of the fastest in the felines family, but they are still a lot worse than cheetahs.
After several evolutions, Although it wasn¡¯t much, his speed still grew with each evolution. Now that he reached the limit of his race, his speed has surpassed 100km and reached 120km, reaching and even surpassing the fastestnd animal, cheetahs.
What¡¯s even shocking is his endurance, he can keep his maximum speed for several hours, a feat that few creatures can do.
¡°Snap!¡±
The branches of the bushes constantly collided with Fang Yun¡¯s body, making a squeaky noise. If ordinary people are subjected to collisions. Then, they will surely end up with a body filled with bruises and bloody scratches.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t feel anything, his speed did not slow down in the slightest, his sight has never left the jaguar from the beginning.
After a few minutes, the speed of the jaguar began to drop. Fang Yun seized this opportunity, elerated, then bit into its neck.
His huge weight directly crushed the jaguar. Wrapping around it, he crushed its bones with ease.
From the mouth of the jaguar, pain-filled roars along blood flowed out, but it stopped soon after.
After hunting the jaguar, Fang Yun slowly swallowed it, gaining 3000 bio-energy points.
Chapter 106: Finding a Suitable Location
Chapter 106: Finding a Suitable Location
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After swallowing the jaguar, his stomach slightly bulged, but it did not affect his ability to move. In front of his digestive ability, the jaguar got digested in a few minutes.
Fang Yun nced around, this swamp is surrounded by trees and bushes.
He wasn¡¯t nning to continue hunting, but to return to back to the river.
¡°Finding a ce that is deep and safe, then using the Bashen bloodline.¡±
This is his n.
Gaining bio-energy isn¡¯t important right now, his first priority is to find a safe ce to be a Bashen snake.
ording to the route in his memory, Fang Yun slithered back to the river.
After entering the river, he began to swim forward. He continued traveling for another three days.
In these three days. Despite frantically searching, he did not find a suitable ce, which made him feel a little depressed.
But the morning of the next day, he finally had a discovery.
A cave.
Fang Yun¡¯s huge body coiled on the water floor, then he carefully looked at the cave in front of him.
Of course, in the dark underwater, he can¡¯t really see anything.
Discovering this cave is a pure coincidence, he was passing by this ce when he felt that the water temperature in this ce is much colder than the rest of the water.
Then he used his tail to touch the wall around, discovering a big hole in the middle of the wall.
He explored his head inward and basically confirmed that it was a deep cave.
It¡¯s also very big, anyway, even with his almost 1m thick body, he didn¡¯t feel that it was too tight.
The width of this cave is probably around 2 meters. This is Fang Yun¡¯s estimate, the real size will definitely have some discrepancies.
He slowly swam downwards, mainly because he has to pay attention to whether the hole is getting smaller
What made him astonished is that this cave is still as spacious as the outside. It didn¡¯t get tighter at all.
¡±This underwater passage, where is it going?¡±
This is the question in Fang Yun¡¯s mind right now, he found that this channel kept alternating between downward and upward.
After traveling about three or four kilometers, he finally reached the end of the passage.
At the end of the passage, there is arge undergroundke, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t determine the specific size. He can¡¯t see anything in this dark ce.
However, his tongue can still capture chemical signals in the water. He didn¡¯t find any living organism in this ce.
He strolled around the water and found that in one ce, the rock formation in the roof was broken, creating arge hole that is more than 2 meters wide.
Without hesitation, Fang Yun swam out of that hole. The surroundings became much brighter and he could finally see things around him.
This ce should be ake, on top of the undergroundke that is connecting to the river 4km away.
Fang Yun discovered that the higher he gets, the brighter his surroundings be.
The water here is rtively clear, but it gets clearer upwards.
As for the depth of thiske, Fang Yun still doesn¡¯t know, he didn¡¯t check yet.
After thinking of this, Fang Yun immediately began to explore thiske. He first checked the depth of this ce, then found that the hole connecting to the undergroundke is the deepest ce in thiske.
After that, he swam to the surface of theke and began to survey the situation around.
There is no doubt that this is ake hidden deep in the mountains, surrounded by a virgin forest. The air in this ce is very humid.
The weather today isn¡¯t very good. If it was as hot and sunny as the prairie, there certainly won¡¯t be as many dark clouds in the sky.
After carefully checking this ce, he didn¡¯t find any trace of human activity. Thiske is very calm, only the asional bird¡¯s chirping can be heard from the distant jungle.
Thiske is particrlyrge. It¡¯s generally in the shape of a spindle. The length is at least 20 kilometers, the width is different in different ces. The widest ce is about 2 kilometers wide, and the narrowest ce is 800 meters wide.
In addition, Fang Yun is particrly satisfied with the depth of thiske. The deepest ce is about 100m deep, that is where the underground hole is located.
The shallowest ce is only 10 meters deep.
There is also a lot of prey in thiske. After a round trip, Fang Yun discovered several small fish groups, even several fish more than 1 meter long.
Of course, he doesn¡¯t really care about the prey here, he just wants to find a safe ce to change bloodlines.
¡±This ce is good enough, I should be able to change bloodlines safely.¡±
This thought shed in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. After pondering for a while, he felt that this n is indeed feasible, so he directly swam to the deepest ce in theke.
He came to a position about a hundred meters away from the underground hole. The rock formation near the hole is very thin, there is a chance of it breaking.
He won¡¯t have to worry about the problem of suffocation. While changing bloodlines, the system will take care of his breathing problem.
¡±System, I want to use the Bashen snake bloodline.¡±
He said internally, the next moment, a strange feeling swept through his body.
This feeling, um, how to describe it? it¡¯s a special ¡°sleepy¡± feeling. Like his eyes want to sleep, but his brain is particrly awake.
Fang Yun is feeling like this now.
His body fell into a state of slumber, but his spirit was still active, he could perceive everything around him. His consciousness has be even more acute than before.
He could perceive the small fish, several meters away, leisurely swimming away.
In addition, if he is in danger, he can stop the process of metamorphosis but that would result in him failing to be a Bashen snake.
In other words, he will waste the ¡°Bashen bloodline¡±, which will be a big hit for him. If he wants to evolve again, he will have to wait for the second bloodline at 1 billion reputation point and that would be very dangerous.
Chapter 107: Forest Park
Chapter 107: Forest Park
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Sandler is the head of Pudaga Forest Park. He is 53 years old and has been in this job for almost seven years.
The Pudaga Forest Park is located in the northeast of Robles. Thetter is a small country near the ocean. Its economy is dominated by tourism.
Among all the tourist attractions, the ¡°Pudaga National Forest Park¡± and the ¡°Newar Inds¡± are the most famous, each of these two attractions brings a lot of ie to Robles.
The fact that Sandler was able to sit on the position of the head manager of the ¡°Pudaga forest park¡± for so long is a representation of his ability.
But recently, he has been very stressed.
In the past six months, the poprity of the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡± has declined, and there is no sign of it returning to normal.
Sandler has summed up several reasons for this sudden decline.
Several other new tourists attraction simr to their were built, attracting arge number of tourists that were originally their regrs. So the problem of being unique or standing out from all thepetition is what they are facing now.
In addition to this, the other reason is the global economic downturn.
The reduction in ie has made Sandler¡¯s boss extremely dissatisfied with him.
The idiot with only money in his eyes!
This is Sandler¡¯s evaluation of his boss. Because, at the beginning of this year, he not only med him forst year¡¯s losses but also forced him to take responsibility and think of ways to make the ie back to normal.
As for the world economic downturn, the new parks opening, etc¡ his boss didn¡¯t care about this, he considers these things as his excuses.
In the past few days, Sandler has received a lot of calls from his boss, and each and every time, it¡¯s all about the ie of his Pudaga Forest Park.
Every time his boss called, he will be forced to bear with all kinds of yelling, shouting, threats, etc¡
Sandler is really stressed and depressed, his head has lost a lot of hair from all the stresstely.
¡±I have to do something.¡±
He knows that if he doesn¡¯t do anything, he will be forced to write his resignation letter.
Thinking for a while, an idea popped in his mind.
It¡¯s almost impossible to make tourists surge by the current situation in Pudaga Forest Park, so they must develop new attractions.
The Pudaga Forest Park has a lot of popr attractions, such as the Hippo Spa, the Steep Waterfall, the Thumb Mountain, and other attractions, each one is a famous attraction in the country and the whole world.
In addition to these famous attractions, there are actually some undeveloped ces in Pudaga Forest Park that also have a good view.
However, because they are rtively remote, or in the depths of the forest. they were not developed at the beginning and have been put on hold until now.
In the past, Sandler had already mentioned this to his boss, hoping to develop these ces as attractions as soon as possible, but his boss immediately turned that down.
The short-sighted greedy bastard!
Sandler cursed internally. He sat back at his desk and grabbed a ballpoint pen and gently tapped it on the table.
Perhaps it¡¯s an opportunity now?
He can try to convince his boss to develop those ces to revitalize the entire Pudaga Forest Park.
Perhaps in the current global economic downturn, the effect wouldn¡¯t be so obvious, but when the economy grows up, it will certainly lead to an outbreak of tourists.
Thinking of this, he began to write in his notebook.
¡°The Angras Cliff is adjacent to the Southern Grand Canyon, and these two attractions can be developed together.¡±
¡±There is also Lake Mississippi in the middle of the forest¡¡±
Sandler is already very familiar with the Pudaga Forest Park, and the areas that are worthy of development began to pop up his mind.
He wrote the five most suitable ces in his notebook - He has been thinking about this idea for a long time.
He scanned the content he wrote to make sure than nothing is missing, then entered the text into theputer and prepared to send the n to his boss.
Of course, he also understands that this n is a bit rough, but he can¡¯t improve it in a short time.
¡±Mr. Mills.¡±
This is the name of his boss.
Sandler said: ¡°I sent you a document¡¡±
He tried to exin his intentions in a clear and concise manner, and no ident, he was immediately dismissed by the Mills on the other side of the phone.
Sandler was not discouraged and did not give up. He continued trying to exin to his boss.
¡±Mr. Mills, I promise you that within five years we will definitely get back the money we spent.¡±
¡±If I can¡¯t do this, I will immediately resign.¡±
Sandler gave Mills a very serious promise before finally getting his boss to agree. Thetter was only willing to give a small amount of money.
¡°It¡¯s already not bad, I can develop the easiest attractions first.¡±
Sandler made up his mind, he will give priority to the development of the easy to develop attractions, then go back to ask his boss for more money after these tourist attractions seed.
Thinking of this, he began to search for a suitable scenic nningpany.
Although he has some ideas himself, he is not that kind of arrogant guy who thinks he can do everything himself. This kind of thing has to be done to professional people. He can only give ideas at most.
¡¡¡¡
Salman is the director of the Lokapany, theirpany specializes in doing scenic nning and scenic propaganda, he is also a well-known person in this industry.
Yesterday afternoon, he received a call.
The person who called is a middleman, he asked if he was interested in doing a partnership business, and he pointed out that it was nning and publicizing a forest park.
¡±Forest Park?¡±
Salman was a bit interested, it sounded like a big project, but he wasn¡¯t afraid. He is only thirty years old, and he is already a director in the Locapany, he also has his own confidence.
He has confidence that he can perfectlyplete this project.
After voicing his agreement to the middle-man, he was informed of the details of the business, then was asked to give them a brief n within a week.
Then wait for their reply.
He learned from the middleman that the business was initiated by Robles ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±. They hoped that hispany would help them develop new tourism revenue growth points, then advertise it.
Salman pondered for a while, he didn¡¯t rashly think about how to do it, but began to read the information about the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±.
He heard about this park before, but he didn¡¯t really pay attention to it.
He opened a PDF file, which was given to him by the middleman, with the details about the Pudaga Forest Park - an introduction to the various attractions and a bird¡¯s-eye view of the entire forest park.
When Salman bit his pencil and began to browse through it, he understood the information, then he began to conceive.
Salman is indeed worthy of being the director of the Lokapany, he does indeed have some skills. On the fifth day, he already has a rough n.
After another two days. He refined the n until he was satisfied with it before sending it to the middleman.
Chapter 108: Advertising Plan
Chapter 108: Advertising n
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Sandler sat in his office, he drank a cup of ck tea in his hand, then browsed the files on hisputer.
These are the scenic nning strategies and promotional documents sent by variouspanies.
Looking at these bunch of documents, Sandler was a little worried.
He didn¡¯t find any of these ns promising, nor did he like any one of them.
¡°Weren¡¯t all of these written by famouspanies? howe there isn¡¯t a single good n?¡±
nder said in disappointment. While saying that, he was still reading the files on hisputer casually. Suddenly, he stopped on one document.
¡±Oh?¡±
He suddenly got serious and started to carefully read the PDF file in front of him.
At this moment, a PDF file was opened on hisputer screen, he was reading the information inside with interest.
He scrolled back to the beginning of the page and carefully looked at the name of the producer.
Lokapany: Salman.
¡±Salman.¡±
Sandler remembered this name in his mind then scrolled down and began to read the n again. The more he read, the brighter his eyes became.
After reading the n from the beginning to the end, he took a deep breath.
His face was filled with excitement.
This n is a bit rough with many points to improve, but it¡¯s still leagues above what the otherpanies gave him. Being able to write such a n within just a week shows just how much skill that man has.
He mainly looks at the thoughts of the person who create the n, whether he is in synch with him.
He had read so many scenic nningpanies ns, only this one made him feel that he and the n creator are on the same channel.
¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡
After Salman sent the n, he waited patiently.
He wasn¡¯t nervous about the reply. He knew that one shouldn¡¯t be too flustered in this situation, so he waited patiently.
As he was waiting patiently, he received a reply a weekter.
The content of the reply is only one sentence: ¡°Mr. Salman, we look forward to our cooperation with you.¡±
At the end of the page, a mobile number was attached.
¡±Yes!¡±
Salman was sitting in his office chair as he read the reply. After seeing this sentence, he immediately made a gesture of victory, he was particrly excited. This was a big step for sess. Obviously, his n was approved by the other party.
If he can use his own eloquence to convince the other party over the phone, he will win thispetition.
He especially enjoys the feeling of sess.
After calming down, Salman prepared himself psychologically, then picked up the phone next to his desk, dialed the phone number given to him in the reply email, and waited.
After a few seconds, the phone connected.
¡±Hello, here is Sandler.¡±
¡±Hello, Mr. Sandler, I¡¯m Salman of the Lokapany. I got this mobile number from the mail.¡±
Hearing the mellow sound in the microphone, Salman¡¯s immediately introduced himself in a slightly respectful tone.
A good attitude can be the deciding factor for getting the order.
¡±Oh, it turned out to be Mr. Salman.¡±
At the other side of the phone, Sandler cleared his throat before saying that. He has a stack of documents in his hand. This is Salman¡¯s n, he printed it out and is reading it again.
The more he looked, the more satisfied he got.
There is not only a n for developing a scenic spot but also a rough propaganda copy, which looked very promising.
¡±Mr. Salman, can you carefully describe your thoughts? about the nning ofke Mississippi, and the advertisement.¡±
In Salman¡¯s n, he mentioned that they could first develop the Mississippi Lake, an attraction that can serve as a transit point for the Hippo Springs and the Southern Grand Canyon.
If treated ordingly, then this attraction can also bring a lot of new tourists.
At the other side of the phone, after hearing the request of Sander, Salman immediately began to describe his n to Sandler ording to the draft he already prepared.
Sandler quietly listened to Salman¡¯s n. His n was much more detailed and interesting than the PDF he sent to him.
Salman should have perfected this n further during the past few days.
Sandler likes this type of serious and dedicated person.
As time passed, Sandler got deeply absorbed in Salman¡¯s description of the n. It¡¯s worth mentioning that he called otherpanies before calling Salman.
But what they said was as boring as the n they sent him. After listening for a few minutes, nder excused himself and hanged up.
¡±Yes, Mr. Salman.¡±
Sandler spoke while looking at the documents in his hand: ¡°I think your n is very viable. if it¡¯s possible, I hope you cane to Robles, let¡¯s talk in person.¡±
In this way, Salman won thepetition and received the order.
He organized a team then headed for Robles, but after arriving there, he did not see Mr. Sandler in the first ce.
The person who received them is one of Sandler¡¯s subordinates. He told them that Sandler has something to do recently and that he hopes that they can start work as soon as possible.
Salman naturally had no opinion. He first visited the Mississippi Lake and carefully examined it, then started to work.
His n is tounch a diving service andke tours in Lake Mississippi.
The Mississippi Lake is a beautiful ce, so the Lake Tour project will definitely attract some tourists.
As for the diving service - there is a shallow water area in the Mississippike, which is ideal for diving. In addition, there is a deep water area for diving enthusiasts who have enough courage to dive that deep.
However, his n isn¡¯t that simple. If it was so simple, it naturally won¡¯t attract Sandler¡¯s attention.
They n on creating a monster in the depth of theke.
He is going to ce some monster props at the bottom of theke to make ake monster exhibition hall.
His propaganda program is also linked to this.
Salman¡¯s n goes roughly like this.
First of all, creating a monster event, then making it famous on the Inte. Since the emergence of the 20-meter giant python in the Ugandan prairie, the topic of monsters has be a very popr topic across the world (Za Warudo!).
So, after creating this event, they don¡¯t have to worry about people not paying attention to this event.
After creating the water monster legend, Sandler will hold a press conference to rify that it was only the advertisement of their park.
If there is no ident, the water monster event should go like this.
At first, Sandler will tell the reporters that they would immediatelyunch the Mississippi Lake diving service. In front of many reporters, they would find a diver to dive deep and present them the scenery underwater.
Inadvertently, the diver will encounter a water monster, of course, they will inform the diver beforehand.
The diver will swim back to the surface in a panic, yelling in front of the reporter in horror, saying that there is a monster at the bottom of theke. After the reporters get surprised, they would inform them that this is the real tourism project of Mississippi Lake.
The monster museum at theke floor.
Chapter 109: Creating The Fake Monster
Chapter 109: Creating The Fake Monster
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Salman sat in his office, except for him, there was no one there.
When he thinks about important matters, he doesn¡¯t like people to bother him, so the rest of the team is in another office.
After arriving at the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±, Sandler¡¯s subordinate prepared two offices for them to use.
The thing that Salman is so deeply thinking about, right now, is what kind of monster props to make.
On the Mississippi Lake, things like the facilities for diving andke tours are being built right now. In fact, they are easy to build, so this is not the problem that he should be thinking about now.
The reason why he suggested diving andke tours in Mississippi Lake is because these two don¡¯t need many preparations.
Now, he needs to create a fake monster. At the official opening ofke Mississippi, they will send a diver deep underwater to shoot the water ¡°monster¡±.
This water ¡°monster¡± must be shocking visually to gather enough attention from the media and the people.
Even after pondering for two days, he still couldn¡¯t conceive the perfect monster image that he is looking forward to, which made him very anxious.
¡±No, I can¡¯t keep going like this, I need to rx first.¡±
Salman took a sip out of his coffee and took a deep breath, standing up from his rotating chair, he paced in the room.
¡±This fake monster must be big and have a terrifying look. It must at least achieve the effect of scaring people the first time they saw it.¡±
Salman began to talk to himself, ¡°but I can¡¯t design a monster simr to Uganda¡¯s giant python. That would make me look very unqualified.¡±
¡±Hmm, a giant shark? Oh, no, it won¡¯t achieve the desired effect.¡±
¡±An octopus monster? No, octopus monsters have been used too many times, they are already a cliche. Fuck, those damn monster moviepanies! All the monster¡¯s images have been used by them!¡±
After thinking for a long time, Salman finally had an idea. Picking up a piece of paper, he began to draw on it.
He first drew a long oval, a bit like a bug. in fact, he wants to draw a bug.
¡±The bug must be very long, um, one hundred meters? No, it¡¯s too big. It will cost a lot of money to make. That Sandler guy won¡¯t want to spend this much money.¡±
He drew a line above the worm and wrote a few words on it. Length: 30 meters.
¡±Hmm, it doesn¡¯t look so scary, it actually looks cute. No! I must make it look horrible.¡±
Salman continued to draw lines on the worms. After a while, there were rows of legs on the worm, changing the worm from cute to disgusting.
¡±Right, its head needs to change.¡±
He Gently wiped the head away with the eraser. After wiping the entire head off. Salman began to draw it again after thinking for a moment.
He first drew a head simr to an ant, with two long tentacles, and a pair of mandibles. Then, he tried to make these appendages as detailed and horrifying as possible.
Salman painted a lot of lines, making the worm teeth look like that of carnivorous flowers teeth. It¡¯s just that he made them look even scarier.
¡±These teeth should bring nightmares to many people.¡±
He thought smugly, looking at his ¡°masterpiece¡±, he couldn¡¯t help but imagine what it would be like to be eaten by it.
First, it would grab its prey with its pair of mandibles. He imagined a human struggling in this worm¡¯s mandibles. The first appearance that popped in his mind is his own image, but he quickly shook his head and reced the poor prey with Sandler. - He saw his photo on the public signage of the scenic spot.
He imagined that the giant mandibles caught the running Sandler. As he struggled in horror, the spikes on the inner side of the mandibles slowly prated his body.
Sandler struggled fiercely, screaming in pain and horror, but how could he shake this giant worm with his measly power?
He looked helplessly and fearfully as the mouth of the worm was getting closer and closer to him.
¡±Shew!¡±
Sandler¡¯s body entered the worm¡¯s mouth.
The teeth of the worms shredded his body like a shredder. In the end, Sandler¡¯s body turned into a meat sauce then slurped by the worm, like a tomato juice. (Note: man, this guy has some bloody fantasies.)
¡±Very good!¡±
Salman nodded in satisfaction, then carefully examined the worm drawing in his hand. He is nning to perfect the image of this monster.
The first thing he did is to give a skin color to this monster, he chose the brown color.
Secondly, he drew a sharp, spear-like tail at the end. His setting was that the tail was as hard as steel, with very toxic venom inside of it.
If someone attacks the worm from behind it, the worm will spray venom from its tail, turning the attacked into a disgusting mold.
Next, Salman drew a few more details before finally finished creating this horrific worm.
Looking at the picture on the draft paper, he was very satisfied.
¡±If I am lucky enough and this bug gets recognized by some productionpany, maybe I will still earn a copyright fee.¡±
While fantasizing about that, he turned on hisputer and started making 3D models.
It took another two days to make the 3D models of the monster and the other props for the monster museum.
Salman and his team found a factory then handed over the 3D models file and the rest of the n to them, allowing them to make the props in the 3D models.
The monster props are particrlyrge, with a length of 30 meters and a diameter of one meter, counting the limbs on the side, it will be even bigger.
Salman asked the factory to make the monster as realistic as possible, making the monster look like an indestructible steel behemoth, but to not make it from steel.
Steel is too heavy, they will encounter a lot of problems if they make the monster from it.
After stating his conditions to the factory owner, Salman began to wait. Another 10 days have passed.
Looking at the monster in front of him, Salman looked at it with satisfaction.
At this time, the work is still notpleted, they still need to add the finishing touches.
If they ce this fake monster in the water as it is, it wouldn¡¯t be so scary. They need to make this item look even more realistic.
Salman¡¯s idea is to ce things that look like moss on the top of it. Thinking for a while, he decided to ce chamomile on top of this monster.
It looks a bit like algae in the water, the differences won¡¯t be very noticeable at the depth of theke, so they won¡¯t need to worry about that.
After receiving the fake monster and the other props, Salman and his team dealt with them, working for another 2 days before finishing the work.
Sandler who received the news, that the work was done, rushed back and met Salman for the first time.
Chapter 110: Preparations
Chapter 110: Preparations
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In a remote warehouse, there is a huge ss tank in the middle. It was filled with water, a huge ck shadow was looming at the bottom of the water
It¡¯s a huge worm.
On this worm, there are some moss-like things covering it, making it more mysterious and even more terrifying.
The water in the ss jar is very dark and muddy, with a lot of debris floating in it, which made the worm look more dramatic.
Next to the ss tank, a group of people stood.
Salman looked at Sandler in front of him, this is the first time he met Sandler face to face. He looked a bit old, with a half-white hair and a wrinkly face.
It¡¯s pretty normal. After all, he is fifty-three years old.
¡±This is an old man.¡±
Salman felt a bit strange. After all, his advertisement n is very bold. Shouldn¡¯t old people of this age adopt a more conservative n?
If Sandler knew what Salman is thinking, he would definitely refute it. ¡°The only old guy in this ce is Mills!¡±
Sandler didn¡¯t pay much attention to Salman, his attention waspletely attracted by the big worm in front of him.
In terms of appearance, it really has a certain impact. If it¡¯s ced in the depth of theke, its impact should be even stronger.
Thinking of this, he nodded in satisfaction.
After seeing Salman¡¯s n at first, he was already quite satisfied. Now that he saw the big monster he created, Sandler became even more satisfied.
¡±What do you think of it, Mr. Sandler?¡±
Salman asked nder with a smile.
¡±Not bad.¡± Sandler nodded with satisfaction. ¡°It was the correct decision to choose your Locapany.¡±
To be honest, He let out a sigh of relief internally.
After all, he made a death promise for his boss. If he couldn¡¯t achieve the promised goal, he would really be fired. In the small country of Robles, elderly welfare isn¡¯t taken seriously. For his happy retirement life, he feels that he need to work for a few more years.
¡±Mr. Salman, when are you going to put this ¡°big guy¡± intoke Mississippi?¡±
Sandler turned around and carefully observed Salman for the first time.
Salman looks very young. From his eyes, he can faintly see a little pride. Sandler doesn¡¯t mind this, it¡¯s normal for young people to be arrogant.
And Salman does have the capital to be proud of. At least Sandler thinks so, his thought process and way of doing things is very much to his liking.
¡±Mr. Sandler, you can expect to see it in theke, in about two days,¡± Salman replied after thinking for a while.
¡±Then I will see you two dayster.¡±
Sandler smiled and patted Salman¡¯s shoulder, then turned and walked outside the warehouse. As the head manager of the Pudaga Forest Park, his time is always filled.
Salman watched as Sandler walked out of the warehouse, then came to the ss tank. He held his chin in his right hand and began to think about how he could make this monster more perfect.
Two dayster, an off-road vehicle stopped in front of a hugeke, then two figures got down from it.
¡±It¡¯s more secluded than I thought.¡±
Salman stood on the east side of Lake Mississippi. He carefully observed the calm and beautifulke. ¡°It¡¯s also a lot more beautiful.¡±
Theke is surprisingly quiet and particrly clean, like a new ss mirror that just got out from its package, beautiful, clean, without impurities.
The trees around theke are clearly reflected on the water surface, just as if there is another forest inside the water.
¡°I think tourists will like this ce.¡±
Salman nodded. In his n, he didn¡¯t just write about transforming theke itself into a tourist attraction, he also wrote about ways to make the scenery around theke more attractive to tourists.
Of course, this is theter part of his n. Now, they are just in the beginning phase.
¡±I hope so.¡±
Sandler let out a sigh of relief and asked him. ¡°When is the helicoptering?¡±
¡±It should be anytime now,¡± Salman replied to him.
Shortly after he said that. They heard a loud noise in the distant sky.
The two men looked up and saw that a helicopter appeared on the distant horizon.
Under the helicopter, there is a horrible ¡°behemoth¡±.
This behemoth has a length of 30 meters. Its body is very long and has many steel legs on both sides of its body.
Its ant-like head is painted in ck and has a pair of huge mandibles, Its dense and sharp teeth are especially horrifying,
Just as Salman and nd looked at the monster hanging below the helicopter. The helicopter gradually approached them, until a big wind started blowing them away.
¡±Oh!¡±
Both of them eximed then began to retreat.
After reaching the middle of theke, the helicopter began to slowly descend, the ¡°monster¡± hanging below got closer and closer to the water.
Ripples began to appear on the water surface, and the scene that was previously reflected in the water suddenly broke.
¡±Get down a little more!¡±
Salman shouted to the helicopter.
After he said that, the helicopter fell by another two meters or so, and the ¡°monster¡± waspletely submerged in theke.
Salman gave the driver of the helicopter an ¡°OK¡± gesture. The driver replied with the same gesture before gesturing to the man next to him to untie the rope.
Losing the helicopter pull, the ¡°Monster¡± quickly sank to the bottom of the water.
¡±Nice!¡±
Salman yelled, he turned his head to the side of Sandler and said. ¡°Mr. Sandler, after this, please follow the n we had agreed on.¡±
¡±Of course.¡±
Sandler nodded. After briefly discussing the n with Salman again, he turned around and left.
Not long after, The helicopter above also left this ce.
The next day, surprising news spread on Twitter.
¡°Shocking! There are monsters in Robles ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±. Pudaga visitors, Please pay attention to the safety!¡±
At the end of this passage, there is a video.
Under the calm water, a long ck shadow slowly appeared. After swimming in the water for a while, the shadow gradually disappeared.
After seeing this short clip, many discussions broke on the inte, many people were hesitating on whether this clip is true or not.
After the appearance of the Ugandan¡¯s giant python, many people began to doubt whether there are really monsters hidden in the world, so they didn¡¯t immediately strike this news as false.
This ¡°Pudaga forest park¡± in Robles is also a virgin forest with some strange animals, so it¡¯s not impossible for a monster to be hidden there.
However, not all people believe that this is true, some people believe that this is just a scheme created by the park to attract tourists.
Either way, the Pudaga Forest Park has be a hot topic on twitter and other social media tforms as many people began to talk about this, most of the people are asking whether this is true or not.
Chapter 111: Press Conference
Chapter 111: Press Conference
Trantor: Yamir Moon
While everyone was talking about the monster that appeared in Robles ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±. A lot of people iming to be monster hunters appeared, ready to go to Robles to hunt the monster.
A lot of people were interested in this monster incident.
When the giant python was first discovered in Uganda, no one dared to go there, even these so-called ¡°Monster Hunters¡±. The Ugandan Prairie is not a ce where humans should go. The unbearable environment, the disease-carrying mosquitos, the various poisonous creatures, the predators. That ce is way too dangerous for humans.
If someone walked there without preparation, he wouldn¡¯t be able to survive for an hour.
They also heard that the experts and professors who went to that ce didn¡¯t find any trace of the giant python.
That giant python, just like its abrupt appearance, suddenly disappeared from the world, as if its appearance was just an illusion that everyone in the world had.
Now that a trail of another monster was discovered in the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±. It has attracted a lot of attention. After all, this forest park is veryrge, so there is the possibility of a monster hiding there.
Hook sat on the sofa and looked at the TV in front of him. There was a press conference currently shown on the TV screen.
A group of reporters surrounded a man in a suit, behind them, a lot of photographers were taking pictures.
His gaze fell on a reporter standing out from the rest. It¡¯s beautiful a woman with short hair. The woman was wearing a sexy work suit highlighting her seductive body. She was holding a microphone and pointing it at the man opposite her.
This female reporter is his fiancee Li Xue, and the man in the suit standing in front of her is the head manager of the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±, Sandler.
Recently, a rumor about the emergence of monsters in the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡± has been rampant. To respond to all the questions of the people, the management of the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡± promised to hold a press conference today.
They want to clear up this incident in this press conference.
His fiancee, Li Xue, is a domestic CCTV intern reporter. This time, she was sent to Robles to get first-hand news.
¡±It¡¯s another scam.¡±
Hook shrugged. He didn¡¯t believe in these so-called ¡°hidden monsters¡± rumors. This monster rumor is probably created by the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±
They probably did this just to draw attention to themselves.
¡°There are a lot of people who have used the same trick.¡±
Events like this one happened a lot since the discovery of the Ugandan Prairie¡¯s giant python.
Some people or scenic spots used this method many times to draw attention to themselves.
In Hook¡¯s view, this ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡± should be the same.
They want to promote their new scenic spot using this method.
Hook isn¡¯t the only smart guy, many people have thought of this. They got cheated a lot of times, but every time a new rumores out, they will still pay attention to it, just for the small chance that it may be true.
Moreover, this time the rumores from the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park.¡± they have big virgin forests with many types of nts and animals, so it¡¯s not impossible.
¡±Mr. Sandler, what do you think about this monster incident?¡±
Seeing that the press conference has begun, Hook stopped thinking about that and fixed his eyes on the TV screen. He watched for a while until his fiancee got a chance to ask a question.
¡°About the short clip featuring therge shadow swimming in Lake Mississippi, is that clip true?¡±
After she asked that, the rest of the reporters all stared at Sandler, this is obviously one of the questions they want to ask.
¡±I feel that I need to apologize to everyone.¡±
On the screen, Sandler apologized. ¡°This video is fake. In fact, this is just a part of the promotional video prepared by the tourism bureau.¡±
As expected
After hearing Sandler¡¯s answer, Hook shook his head and smiled. He knew that the answer given by Sandler will make a lot of monster fans very disappointed.
After the appearance of the giant python in the Ugandan prairie, many monster fans be very active on thework, but the giant python disappearance made these people extremely disappointed.
Afterward, monster news started to fly all over media tforms, appearing one after the other, but without exception, they were all fake.
At the time when the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡± monster rumors started flying on the inte, especially that short clip, Hook saw a lot of people cheering on the inte.
Now that Sandler personally denied the existence of that monster, how would these guys feel?
Thinking about that, he couldn¡¯t help but gloat at their misery.
At this time, Sandler on the TV screen continued: ¡°On the official website of our Tourism Bureau, the promotional video has already been released. Obviously, it¡¯s a bored person ying with the inte.¡±
Bullsh*t!!
Hook didn¡¯t believe one bit, this isn¡¯t some random personying games on the inte, it¡¯s obviously a scheme designed by these guys!
While thinking about that, on the TV screen, Sandler quietly stepped back, revealing the big screen behind him.
The cameraman silently focused the lenses on the big screen in the back.
After the big screen in the rear turned on, a video began ying on it, a long ck shadow was swimming cheerfully on the water before sinking underwater. Not long after, the shadow gradually swam to the surface beforepletely revealing its true shape.
It¡¯s a diver.
He was dragging a long banner on which some words were written. Mississippi Lake: Open for diving enthusiasts.
¡±He posted the first half of the video, which has resulted in these monster rumors floating on the inte. We¡¯re really sorry for the troubles this caused to everyone.¡±
¡±I know that after the disappearance of Ugandan¡¯s giant python, everyone started to look for other monsters. Unfortunately, our Pudaga Forest Park really has no monster.¡±
He made a face that said ¡°It¡¯s really a pity¡±, then smiled again: ¡°But if you really want toe to Robles to look for monsters, I can be the monster you want.¡±
After saying this, he made a sinister face with his hands raised in the air like a monster, amusing everyone in the scene.
¡±Mr. Sandler, may I ask if Mississippike is ready tounch its diving service?¡±
Suddenly, a reporter asked this question very timely.
¡±Yes.¡±
Sandler gave the reporter an encouraging look then said: ¡°The Mississippi Lake is very beautiful. it wasn¡¯t previously developed into a tourist attraction because of various reasons, now that the conditions became avable, we decided to develop it into a tourist attraction.¡±
¡°Diving to the depth of theke will be our first project.¡±
¡°Three dayster, we will hold a press conference in Mississippi Lake, we hope to introduce our tour and diving services to visitors from all over the world through media channels.¡±
¡±At that time, I hope that you¡¯ll all be present.¡±
Sandler nodded to reporters bellow, then walked out of the conference room under the protection of a team of security personnel.
After hearing Sandler¡¯s words, Hook became slightly interested.
On the big screen behind Sandler, theplete picture of the Mississippike was shown. He felt that this ce is indeed beautiful.
He was thinking about whether to go to that ce and have some fun.
Three dayster, Sandler will hold another press conference, and he is nning to watch it.
Many people all over the world have watched Sandler press conference, a lot of them have the same idea as Hook. It looks like, Sandler and Salman¡¯s scheme has worked.
Chapter 112: Diving Service
Chapter 112: Diving Service
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Three dayster, the quiet and peace of Lake Mississippi were broken by the 300 noisy people standing on the east bank.
Today is the day of the press conference.
On this day, Sandler will introduce the newly developed tourist attraction, the ¡°Mississippi Lake¡± to the people through the media.
Lake Mississippi¡¯s image has changed quite a bit from before.
On the east side, several rooms to change clothes were established. In addition, there were some lounge chairs, tables and the like, not far from theke.
Other areas around theke, also have small buildings like security rooms.
Going by the new look, anyone with a bit of observation can tell that these buildings have been built not long ago.
In addition, there are several cruise ships on theke, which can be used by tourists to visit theke.
Sandler stood on the east bank of theke with three security guards standing behind him. Reporters, from all around the world, were pointing their microphones at him and asking him various questions.
Hook¡¯s fiancee, Li Xue is also among them.
In addition, there are also many tourists who came from afar, more than 200 people. They all want to look at this beautiful tourist attraction. Especially the diving exploration that is going to happen next.
A lot of people are holding their mobile phones and taking photos of the beautiful scenery around them.
¡±Thiske is very beautiful, it¡¯s just very remote and hidden in a sea of trees, apart from that, it doesn¡¯t have any other special ce.¡±
¡°The ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡± is already in the midst of developing this ce as an attraction. The scenery around will definitely change with time, I just hope that they don¡¯t cut too many trees, this ce is already attractive enough.¡±
¡±Yes, this forest around is already a goodndscape. it¡¯s just going to be very boring after you see it for enough time. Most scenic spots nowadays are filled with ces to eat, drink, y, etc¡ So it wouldn¡¯t be surprising if this ce bes the same.¡±
¡±The water in thiske is very clear. If we go underwater, we should be able to take a lot of good looking pictures.¡±
Those tourists were in a group of two or three, talking or debating with each other with a very excited look on their faces.
¡±Okay, everyone.¡±
On the other side, Sandler gestured to the reporters in front of him and said, ¡°This is the end of the interview. Next, let¡¯s focus on our diver.¡±
¡±He will take an underwater camera and enter theke to take pictures of the world under the water. After a while, everyone will see how beautiful the scenery underwater is.¡±
¡°The photos that the diver will take are the real scenery at the bottom of the water. You know, the diver is underwater, he has no time for the Photoshop the pictures.¡±
He couldn¡¯t help but make a joke to the reporters in front of him, he walked a bit to the side, allowing the cameras to capture the person behind him.
That person is thinner than him but much taller.
It¡¯s a white young man with short hair and a pretty handsome look. He is already wearing a diving suit, but he hasn¡¯t worn a mask yet.
Obviously, he is the diver who will dive underwater this time.
There is a camera hanging on his neck, with which he will take the pictures in theke underwater.
After Sandler walked to the side, the cameras focused on this white male youth, who at has already raised his hands and waved at the many cameras, greeting them.
¡±This is the diver we invited this time, Eisen.¡±
Sandler introduced the youth to the reporters, then turned his head and smiled at the white youth next to him.
¡±Eisen, are you ready?¡±
¡±Yes, Mr. Sandler.¡± The diver named Eisen nodded. ¡°I can¡¯t wait to jump into the water.¡±
He hopped from side to side to express his excitement
¡±That¡¯s good, then, I will hand the next thing to you.¡±
Sandler turned and looked straight at Lake Mississippi, he waved his hands, indicating that Eisen could go.
Eisen nodded, he lifted the mask in his hand, ready to put it on his face. But then, Sandler stopped him and called him to the side.
¡±Right, Mr. Eisen, I heard that you have been a diver for almost seven years. You should have a strong heart, don¡¯t you? ¡±
Eisen looked at Sandler strangely.
The reporters next to them are also confused.
Sandler gave Eisen a deep look, he smiled and said. ¡°I am afraid that you will be scared to death if you encounter a monster.¡±
¡±Ha ha ha!¡±
Thinking about what Salman had said to him before, Eisen said with a big smile ¡°If there is a monster, I will catch it and bring it to the shore to invite everyone to eat a monster barbecue.¡±
¡±Hahaha, that¡¯s really tempting, I can only hope that Eisen encounters a monster. After all, everyone wants to see what monster barbecue taste like¡± Sandler looked made face filled with longing, prompting everyone tough.
¡±If that happens, then I may have to change my title from ¡°Diver Man¡± to ¡± Barbecue Man¡±.
Eisen shrugged with a smile, shook hands with Sandler, put his mask on, then walked step by step toward theke.
At this time, the crowd behind him gradually calmed down. Everyone¡¯s eyes fell on Eisen¡¯s body. They watched as his body gradually disappeared underwater.
Eisen, who was already submerged underwater, didn¡¯t rush to theke floor. He stayed in the shallow waters for a while, taking photos. He has to show the crowd the beautiful scenery underwater.
As expected, this ce is really beautiful.
The sun shines from the water surface, forming a sparkling aurora full of brince underwater, asionally a group of beautiful fish will leisurely swim past him.
The water clearness and temperature here are very suitable, as an old diver, He can only nod in approval, this ce is really suitable for diving activities.
¡±Eisen, can you hear me?¡±
Suddenly, he heard the voice of Sandler from the headset, Eisen immediately replied: ¡°Mr.Sandler, I can hear you.¡±
Back on the shore, the reporters and tourists who heard Eisen¡¯s voice through the headset were all amazed.
One of the reporters asked Sandler. ¡°Mr. Sandler, can you talk to us about the diving gear that Mr.Eisen is wearing?¡±
¡±Of course.¡±
Sandler nodded. ¡°This full-body diving device is thetest diving equipment. Not only can it provide the bestfort to the diver, but it also allows him to stay underwater for a long time.¡±
¡±The new materials used in the fabrics of the diving suits can guarantee that the diver¡¯s body temperature won¡¯t be lost. Not only that, it can resist the water pressure for the divers to a great extent.¡±
¡±Simrly, The face gear allows the diver to speak underwater like speaking onnd. With this gear, we can watch the scenery underwater while speaking with the diver.¡±
¡±Even if you aren¡¯t a professionally trained diver. You can still enter the underwater world and watch the beautiful scenery under the guidance of our staff.¡±
Sandler told everyone about one of the major attractions of this scenic spot
The tourists not far away were excited after hearing this, their eyes brightened, apparently very interested in this.
After speaking with the tourists and reporters on the shore, Sandler called Eisen underwater.
Chapter 113: Taking pictures of the Monster
Chapter 113: Taking pictures of the Monster
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±are you OK?¡±
Sandler asked over the microphone with concern.
¡±The situation is a bit bad.¡±
Eisen¡¯s low voice caused everyone to be surprised, especially Sandler. He thought that an ident might have happened. Just as he was about to ask Eisen, thetter¡¯s voice sounded again.
¡±I think that I¡¯m getting fascinated by the beautiful scenery here.¡±
The crowd suddenly quieted down, but snickers and muffledughter can still be heard.
¡±Well, it seems that the underwater scenery is really good, we look forward to the photos that Mr.Eisen will bring back.¡±
Sandler smiled helplessly, then said to everyone.
Everyone was quiet, waiting for the Eisen to return back to the shore.
The crowd wasn¡¯tpletely quiet thought; whispers can still be heard in the crowd. They are mostly talking about the diving equipment that Eisen carries.
Underwater, Eisen swam to the depth of theke after taking a lot of photos in the shallow area.
¡±It¡¯s time to take pictures of that monster.¡±
He did not forget his mission. This time, he was tasked with taking a picture of the underwater monster.
Eisen swam in the direction he was told before, he traveled for almost ten minutes before reaching the target area.
He was only given the general area, he needs to find the monster by himself.
His body sank to the bottom of the water, the light here is very dim, the visibility is only two to three meters. This area is very dark, it¡¯s hard to see anything here.
He turned on the searchlight above his head and started looking for the monster hidden in the depth of the water.
Eisen floated gently in the water, He is indeed an excellent diver. His posture is textbook-style correct, very beautiful and smooth. Keeping this posture would ensure a very smooth swimming experience.
He looked just like a fish swimming underwater.
Swimming to theke bottom, Eisen looked up, the water pressure of ake, almost 100 meters deep pressed on him, forming a huge pressure on his body.
Of course, Although this may be unbearable for ordinary people and diving beginners, it doesn¡¯t really affect him as an experienced diver.
Eisen even felt that the swimming at such depth is veryfortable.
He continued swimming for another 500 meters before stopping.
A huge ck shadow suddenly appeared in front of him.
¡±I finally found it!¡±
Looking at the big shadow not far ahead, Eisen was excited, he finally found it, slightly calming down, he gradually approached the shadow.
His heart was filled with curiosity. What kind of monster did the Locapany ce inside the water?
Before the press conference, Salman just told him that they had ced a fake monster at the bottom of theke, but he didn¡¯t describe the monster¡¯s appearance to him.
Eisen understood what Salman is thinking.
If the appearance of the fake monster was told to him, then after seeing it, it will have a much weaker impact on him.
Salman also told him to describe his feeling after seeing the monster, once he got out of the water. He probably wants to know what kind of impact did the monster have on him at first sight.
¡±It¡¯s very difficult to scare me.¡±
Eisen chuckled internally.
As Sandler said, he has been doing this job for almost seven years. Diving is a very adventurous job, he has seen all kinds of weird sights and creatures, he has grown a strong heart along the way, so it will be very hard to scare him, especially if he is prepared.
Despite already knowing the existence of the monster, he is still very curious as to what monster Salman created.
The ck shadow ahead was getting closer and closer. suddenly, he turned off the searchlight on his head, he already found the monster, the searchlight will only dazzle him and narrow his vision field.
¡°It does indeed look scary.¡±
Looking at the huge ck shadow not far ahead, Eisen nodded in approval. ¡°It seems that the Locapany marketing n will be sessful.¡±
Even though he was mentally prepared, he was still a bit nervous while looking at the enormous ck shadow in front of him.
Seeing that an experienced diver like him was a bit nervous even though he already knew that this is just a prop, it¡¯s already imaginable what an ordinary diving enthusiast will feel.
He can already imagine how much tourists and diving enthusiasts will visit Lake Mississippi just to experience this diving service.
Eisen tried to get even closer to the ck shadow, soon, he was just 2 meters away from it.
That is to say, he can clearly see the appearance of the ck shadow.
After seeing the true appearance of the enormous ck shadow, his eyes suddenly widened: ¡°AHHH!¡±
On the shore, a young man was hiding in the huge crowd.
Salman pretended to be just an ordinary tourist. He is looking at Sandler, who is surrounded by many reporters. Sandler has a smile on his face as he was having a rxed conversation with the reporters.
¡±Things are looking very good.¡±
Salman thought internally ¡°This marketing n is already 90% sessful. I hope that Eisen¡¯s acting will be able to get through the reporters.¡±
¡±If that happens, then the n can be considered 100% sessful.¡±
A slight smile appeared on his face, and in the next moment, this smile widened even further.
¡±AHHH!¡±
A scream full of horror suddenly sounded from the headset.
On the shore of theke, everyone was hushedly talking. After hearing this horrified scream, they all looked at each other before staring at the source of the sound, the headset in Sandler¡¯s hands.
¡±what happened?¡±
The reporter who was talking with Sandler suddenly paused, ncing at the headset in Sandler¡¯s hands, then he looked at the calm and beautifulke.
Eisen¡¯s horrified scream indicated that something has happened, so they couldn¡¯t help but look at Sandler with doubt.
The rest of the people¡¯s eyes fell either on Sandler or on theke.
Sandler¡¯s heart was really hopping right now.
While his heart was filled with joy, he also has a little doubt and hesitation. Eisen horrified scream didn¡¯t sound like a fake one at all.
Sandler nced at Salman, who nodded and indicated that everything is within his n.
¡±It looks like Eisen found my masterpiece.¡±
Salman¡¯s heart was filled with pride. ¡°He was shocked by the big guy underwater, even though I told him that the fake monster¡¯s look is very scary, he was still shocked.¡±
He felt that Eisen getting scared under such circumstances shows that the monster he made is very realistic. If it can scare Eisen, an experienced diver, then it can naturally simte most of the people who want to experience diving.
¡°It seems that my n is already 95%plete.¡±
Salman really wants to celebrate right now. If he can, he wants a cup of coffee to celebrate this n¡¯s sess.
¡±Why didn¡¯t Eisen surface yet?¡±
Feeling that a long time passed after the scream, Salman looked strangely at theke.
.What he didn¡¯t know was that Eisen is now standing in front of a huge monster, frozen with fear, his face filled with shock.
Chapter 114: Underwater Screams
Chapter 114: Underwater Screams
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°This, this¡¡¡±
Eisen stared at the huge creature in front of him in shock. Only after taking a few deep breaths did he manage to slightly calm down
¡±This Lokapany does really have a good level.¡±
Eisen sighed internally, he had already prepared himself, but after seeing the appearance of this monster, he was still a bit scared.
The owner of the huge shadow that he saw previously is a huge python. It¡¯s right in front of him, half of its body is lying on theke¡¯s floor and the other half is standing upright, looking straight at him.
Eisen felt that he was looking at a 5-story tall building, he estimated that just the part of the body that was up is around 15 meters, that is to say, this entire python¡¯s body is almost 30 meters long.
The body of this monster prop is very textured. There is some floating dust around it, and some small algae-like green things are attached to its body. With so many things covering it, it¡¯s hard topletely see its body, but this didn¡¯t reduce its shocking effect at all, instead, it added a mysterious and gloomy effect to it.
After slightly calming down, he took a picture of this huge python using the camera on his neck.
¡±click!¡±
Its picture was captured.
A horrific giant python stands on theke floor, 5-story high and 1 meter thick. It¡¯s covered in various objects but appears like a fine stone statue from afar.
¡°It¡¯s too shocking!¡±
Eisen shook his head and sighed, then he began to approach the giant python, nning to take a closer look at this giant monster.
Circling around it, his brow slightly wrinkled. He felt that this monster looked really real.
In a ce not covered by algae, he noticed scales, one by one, tightly stuck together. They looked very eye-catching with beautiful workmanship.
He turned on the searchlight, lowered the brightness, and carefully examined the behemoth in front of him.
Another discovery caused his heart to drum.
The exposed scales, under the light of the searchlight, became slightly reflective, just like real scales.
This discovery caused his hands to start shaking.
¡±Glup.¡±
Eisen swallowed his saliva, hesitating for a moment, he extended his hands and wiped away the algae and dust on the surface of this monster.
The algae and dust that were attached to the giant python all fell down at his touch. His palms directly stroked on the monster¡¯s scales.
The moment he touched these scales, he started shaking even more.
These scales are not only very realistic but also very smooth and hard, just like real python scales.
It¡¯s indeed possible to create a python that looks real, but it¡¯s very hard, almost impossible to create scales with the same touch as real ones. All of this caused an absurd thought to appear in his mind.
¡±Mom, this monster won¡¯t be a real living creature?¡±
After this thought appeared in his mind, he felt that his body is bing soft.
At the same time, he felt that the dull water flow around him became much heavier.
The rxed and easy feeling that he had before disappeared, only horror and panic remain in his heart right now.
¡±I have to run!¡±
Eisen¡¯s mind was filled with this thought, and he wanted to do exactly that, just when he wanted to rush to the water surface. He suddenly felt that something is wrong, he felt that his body is very cold and chilly.
He struggled to turn his head around, looking like a rusty machine.
Finally, he managed to turn his head around and look up.
After looking up, he felt his that his heart suddenly stopped, his chest was like being hit by a heavy hammer, he struggled to even breathe.
At the same time, a cold chill went from back and forth from his head to his toe, causing him to almost faint.
¡±AHHH!!¡±
Back on the shore, Sandler was pretending to be horrified. For the reporter¡¯s questions, he gave them a confused look back.
Under such a tense atmosphere, the reporters on the shore also became tense.
What happened to Eisen underwater?
Salman, who was hidden in the crowd, almostughed loudly after seeing the tense look on everyone¡¯s face. His eyes couldn¡¯t help but turn to Sandler.
Seeing the serious look on his face, he couldn¡¯t help but praise him. ¡°Sandler¡¯s acting is very good.¡±
In this tense atmosphere, another even louder scream sounded from the headset.
¡±AHHH!!!¡±
Unlike the previous horrified scream, this one is a lot louder, containing infinite panic and fear visible to the average person.
Just as if the owner of this scream has encountered an unimaginably horrific thing.
¡±Mr. Sandler.¡±
The reporters started to panic, ¡°Mr. Eisen is¡¡±
¡±This¡¡±
Sandler raised his head and wanted to say something, but he couldn¡¯t get the words out of his mouth. He could only yell in the microphone: ¡°Eisen! Eisen!¡±.
After seeing Sandler¡¯s move, the reporters became very noisy.
The same is true for tourists not far away. Everyone was discussing with each other, with a tense look on their faces.
ording to the screams they heard, Eisen must have had an ident below.
Among them, only Salman is stillpletely rxed. After all, Sandler has to pay attention to his performance in front of the reporters and tourists.
¡±Eisen acting is really excellent.¡±
Salman felt that whether it¡¯s Eisen or Sandler. If they resigned from their current jobs, they could go to Hollywood to work, with their acting skills, they will be surely a hit!
If Eisen knew what Salman was thinking at this moment, he will definitely beat the sh*t out of him.
At this moment, Essen looked up with horror, his eyes about to pop out. He struggled to even breathe, he felt that someone was choking him.
On top of his head, the python suddenly lowered his head and stared at him.
The dust and algae on top of his head suddenly fell down, revealing a pair of vertical pupils, which reflected the radiance of the searchlights.
The atmosphere instantly stagnated, Eisen was screaming internally.
¡±Damn! this is not a fake monster at all! this is a real giant monster!¡±
¡±Fuck! how can such a huge creature suddenly appear in this ce!¡±
Eisen felt that his heart is exploding, the fear in his heart has umted to the limit.
¡±Eisen! Eisen!!¡±
Anxious shouts kept sounding from his headset.
He knew that it was Sandler¡¯s voice, but at this moment, don¡¯t mention replying, he couldn¡¯t even breathe properly.
¡±Eisen! please answer me.¡±
From the headset, Sandler¡¯s voice became more and more anxious. Eisen also vaguely heard a noisy discussion in the background. However, he didn¡¯t pay attention to any of that.
He stared at the giant python with fear, his body couldn¡¯t stop trembling. After a while, he could no longer withstand the huge pressure. With an extremely loud scream, he crazily swam towards the water surface.
¡±AHHHHH!!¡±
Chapter 115: Plan Gone Wrong
Chapter 115: n Gone Wrong
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Eisen used both his hands and feet to crazily swim towards the water surface.
Fortunately, he is wearing a new type of diving equipment. If it was the old-fashioned diving equipment, under such panicked and messy swimming, the oxygen mask on his face will probably fall off, causing the water to flow in his mouth.
Although swimming from a high-pressure ce to a low-pressure one will cause a heavy toll on his body, he can¡¯t be bothered to care about this right.
He swam very quickly, getting closer and closer to the water surface. Seeing that the water is getting brighter and brighter, joy surged in his hear. At the same time, he found that the giant python underwater didn¡¯t follow him.
But he still didn¡¯t dare to stop, he swam to the surface with all his might.
¡°Bang!¡±
Eisen suddenly emerged from underwater, enduring the ache in his body, he quickly swam towards the shore.
On the shore, everyone was nervously staring at the water surface. Sandler was pretending to be very concerned, as he looked at the water with a worried face.
They suddenly heard the sound of water breaking, so they quickly looked at the source of the sound.
¡°Mr.Eisen! Mr.Eisen!¡±
Seeing that Eisen has emerged from underwater, they all called him worriedly.
The photographers pointed the camera at Eisen, and the rest of the people looked at Eisen with confusion. After all, his face was distorted with fear.
¡°Help me! Help me!!¡±
Eisen yelled as he swam towards the shore, the people on the shore looked at each other, but no one went to help him.
¡°You go to help Mr.Eisen.¡±
Sandler took was the first one to react, he immediately ordered the two security guards around him to go save Eisen. The guards ran towards Eisen and quickly pulled him up, he was just in shallow waters.
¡°Haa¡Haa¡¡±
Eisen took off his oxygen mask and lied in the ground, panting furiously.
¡°Mr.Esen.¡±
Suddenly, a reporter ran to Eisen and asked him, ¡°Mr.Essen, did anything happen to you underwater?¡±
Others also surrounded Eisen and looked at him with curiosity.
They had previously thought that Eisen had a problem underwater. Maybe the diving equipment failed? or he could have a physical problem that prevents him from swimming normally.
But it doesn¡¯t look like this right now. It doesn¡¯t seem like he has a problem in his body and his equipment looks alright, so there should be no problem. However, what¡¯s with the fear on his face?
Under the curious look of everyone, Eisen finally opened his mouth.
¡°I met a monster!¡±
Eisen gasped again, his face was still filled with fear. ¡°A very, very big monster!¡±
His fearful appearance caused all the people to look at each other in wonder, including Salman and Sandler.
For a moment, they all believed that Eisen was telling the truth. He may have really seen a terrible monster at the bottom of theke.
But when they nced at the calmke surface, their face became much more rxed.
As for the reporters, they are still full of doubts.
¡°Mr.Essen, what do you just say?¡±
A reporter came forward and asked Eisen again, apparently in disbelief.
¡°I really met a monster!¡±
Eisen stressed: ¡°I swear, I didn¡¯t lie, there is a monster in thiske=¡±
¡°A living monster!¡±
The reporter who just asked him looked at his colleagues around, then asked him again. ¡°What kind of monster did you meet?¡±
¡°It was a huge guy.¡±
Salman, who was hiding in the crowd, muttered softly under his breath, there was a lingering smile on his face.
¡°It was a huge guy!¡±
Eisen repeated exactly what Salman has whispered.
However, in fact, what he said has nothing to do with Salman, he is only describing his feelings. He haspletely forgotten the fake monster that Salman mentioned before.
After hearing Eisen¡¯s words, Salman¡¯s smile stretched even further.
¡°It has to be thirty meters long!¡±
¡°It has to be thirty meters long!¡±
Eisen paused for a moment then said. ¡°It looks like a giant python!¡±
¡°It looks like a giant worm!¡±
¡°Oh?¡±
Salman looked at Eisen in amazement, even Sandler was surprised. They both looked at Eisen with a weird look.
¡°What is this Eisen guy talking about?¡±
Salman wrinkled his brow as he looked at Eisen. He really wanted to tell him that the monster description is wrong, but he knew that the time now is not suitable.
¡°Mr.Eisen, that is to say, you saw a giant python underwater?¡±
That reporter looked suspiciously at Eisen before looking at the calm water surface.
¡°Yes, it¡¯s true!¡±
Eisen said affirmatively.
¡°Does it look like the giant python that appeared in Uganda?¡± the reporter asked.
Pausing for a moment, Eisen thought for a moment before nodding then shaking his head. ¡°No, this guy is much bigger. It can definitely swallow Uganda¡¯s giant python. Believe me, it absolutely can!¡±
¡°It has a very big head, at least one meter thick!¡±
¡°When I first saw it, It shocked me. I thought it was¡¡±
He suddenly stopped, briefly ncing at Sandler, he continued talking: ¡°But the truth is, it¡¯s a living giant python!!¡±
¡°Mr.Eisen, you said that you not only saw a giant python below but it also saw you. However, it still allowed you to slip from under its eyes?¡±
That reporter is obviously trying to debunk Eisen¡¯s ¡°lie¡±. ¡°Why didn¡¯t it follow you, is it pregnant?¡±
¡°Mr.Essen, do you know what is the concept of being 30 meters long? This kind of creature can only exist in the ocean. Although the Mississippi Lake is huge, it obviously doesn¡¯t have the ability to breed such a python.¡±
¡°And if such a giant python was living in the Mississippi Lake, why has it never been discovered until now? did it never swim to the surface?¡±
The reporters around Eisen became very noisy, including those not far away. They all approached Eisen, looking at him with curiosity and doubts.
¡°Mr.Eisen, what the hell is going on?¡±
Sandler also walked towards Eisen and asked him, his face was filled with doubt.
ording to the n. At this time, he should stand out and apologize to the reporters, saying that this is a little joke they made, then tell them the reasons for this matter.
But Eisen didn¡¯t follow the n. He acted in apletely different manner, causing him not to know what to say.
On the other side, Salman also felt astonished. Isn¡¯t there a big worm underwater? What giant python? He doesn¡¯t remember cing things like that underwater.
Originally, he wanted to rush out to ask Eisen but seeing that Sandler has already done so, he calmed down slightly and waited for Eisen to answer.
the rest of the people also waited for Eisen¡¯s answer.
Chapter 116: Getting Discovered
Chapter 116: Getting Discovered
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Mr.Sandler, I saw a monster underwater, a real monster!¡±
Eisen¡¯s said with a shaky voice. ¡°I¡¯m sure it¡¯s not the prop you ced there!¡±
Sandler frowned after hearing this.
Even now, Eisen is still emphasizing that there is a monster in thiske. But this is ridiculous. Although this ce is remote, they still send staff to check this ce regrly.
They never discovered any trace of this giant python activities.
That¡¯s without mentioning the fact that they used a sonar detector to map out the entireke. They did that mainly to see if there are any sharp stones in the shallow area, also to see if there are anyrge fish.
They are going to start a diving service in this area after all.
Under the detection of the sonar detector, don¡¯t mention a 30-meters long python, they didn¡¯t even discover a small snake.
¡°Mr.Eisen, we should end this farce.¡±
Sandler shook his head. If they continued to mess with the tourists and the reporters, it would probably lead to their resentment.
He turned around and looked at the group of confused reporters next to him, apologeticallyughing, he said.
¡°I have to apologize for something, this is actually a part of our marketing n, this¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s not!¡±
Sandler¡¯s words were interrupted by Eisen. ¡°Mr.Sandler, there is really a giant python underwater. I don¡¯t know what kind of props you ced there, but that thing is impossible to be a prop!¡±
¡°You¡¯d better cancel this diving service and deal with that giant python first!¡±
Sandler¡¯s face turned very gloomy, just as he was about to say something, Eisen hurriedly yelled. ¡°I took a photo!¡±
¡°A photo of that giant python!¡±
Hearing this, Sandler¡¯s face changed. This time, Salman in the crowd couldn¡¯t stand it anymore. He rushed out towards Eisen before saying. ¡°Mr.Eisen Show me the photos you took.¡±
Eisen took the camera hanging around his neck then scrolled through the photos he took until he found that of the python.
A group of people gathered around Eisen, staring at the photo shown on the camera in his hand.
A huge python stands proudly at the bottom of the water. It has a huge body with the thickness of a small square table. Eisen wasn¡¯t joking when he said that the python is 1 meter thick.
¡°This¡ is there really a giant python in theke?¡±
Sandler and Salman werepletely paralyzed after seeing this python¡¯s picture.
in the depth of thiske, is there really a giant python?
They looked at Eisen with shocked looks. As the creators and executors of this advertising n, they are very clear about every part of it.
What they put in theke is a 30-meter long giant worm. They never put anything rted to a giant python, so that thing is definitely not a prop they created.
Salman and Sandler looked at each other and both found the shock in each other¡¯s eyes.
Things are getting out of their hands.
It¡¯s not that they didn¡¯t think that this was a lie created by Eisen to get some attention.
It¡¯s just that, it was them who gave the camera to Eisen, plus the fact that he was underwater this whole time, so it¡¯s not possible for him to do anything.
Thinking of this, Sandler and Salman both looked at the calmke, a bit of fear appeared on their faces.
Under this calmke, is there really a giant python with a length of 30-meters?
However, other than them, no one else knows about their n, so while they were looking at theke surface with a bit of fear, the rest of the people looked at them with suspicion.
Although Eisen showed them the photo of a giant python, they did not stupidly believe it.
After all, they did the same thing before.
Who knows if all of this is part of their marketing n?
Not only did the reporters and tourists think so, but most of the people who are watching the live broadcast of this press conference are also thinking so.
For example, Hook.
¡°How many times do they want to use the same routine?¡±
Hook shook his head, he felt that this ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡± really should recruit a legit marketer.
¡°At least their acting is very good.¡±
Looking at the expressions and gestures of Eisen, Salman, and Sandler, Hook nodded in approval, they should really go to Hollywood.
At the moment, the fear on Eisen¡¯s face began to slowly reduce, but he still looked at theke with a lingering fear.
As for Salman and Sandler, they have a look of disbelief, mixed with a bit of fear. Their expression is very realistic, just like a real one.
¡°Mr.Sandler, can I ask what¡¯s going on here?¡±
A reporter walked over to Sandler and asked him about the situation, At this moment, everyone stopped talking, waiting for Sandler¡¯s answer.
They want to see what kind of trick he will do next!
¡°Ladies and gentlemen, we might have a bit of trouble.¡±
Sandler took a deep breath, his face became extremely dignified with a faint fear in his eyes. ¡°Everyone, please go back, retreat!¡±
He looked back at the calmke with a bit of disbelief.
Is there really a 30-meters long giant python in this Mississippike?
But whether it¡¯s true or not, the most important thing is to evacuate the people on the shore. The situation might be very dangerous if there is really a giant python underwater.
The security personnel began to move, urging reporters and tourists to evacuate. However, the people on the shore just looked at each other, no one really cared about what these guys said.
For them, Sandler, Salman, and Eisen are just performing a farce. No one is stupid enough to believe them, especially after using that fake monster video as an advertisement.
It¡¯s really hard to believe them, most of them think that this is just the y used by Sandler to advertise this new tourist attraction.
¡°Mr.Eisen, can you tell me in detail about your encounter with the monster?¡±
Sandler quickly walked to Eisen¡¯s side, then asked him.
Eisen¡¯s mood has finally stabilized. After taking a deep breath, he said all that happened to him to Sandler. ¡°At that time, I saw a huge ck shadow in front of me. I thought it was the fake monster you put underneath, but¡ ¡¡±
He talked about the giant python¡¯s appearance in detail. When he reached the part when the python suddenly turned his head and stared at him, he couldn¡¯t help but start shaking.
Even now, he still gets shiver thinking about those giant eyes.
¡°Mr.Sandler, that is to say, you put a fake monster in theke before, just to make a joke with us, but Mr.Eisen met a true monster?¡±
A blonde reporter held a microphone and asked Sandler, ¡°How do we know that you are still not joking right now?¡±
She looked at her colleagues next to her, they nodded at her in agreement.
The eyes of all the reporters and tourists all fell on Sandler.
¡°Ms. I don¡¯t have the mood to joke with you now.¡±
Sandler emphasized to the female reporter before saying to the security guards next to him: ¡°Please escort our dear reporters and tourists to a safe ce to rest.¡±
¡°As for the rest of you, I want you to block the entire Lake Mississippi right away!¡±
After hearing his orders, all the security guards began to act. Arge number of them escorted the tourists and reporters away.
From their looks, all of the reporters want to continue the interview with Sandler, but he doesn¡¯t have any ns of continuing the interview right now.
There is a possibility of a giant python residing in thiske, and he has to find a way to deal with it.
The horrified expression on Sandler¡¯s face gradually faded away, instead, his heart started throbbing and a look of excitement emerged on his face.
¡°If there is really a giant python at the bottom of Mississippi, then, it must be mine!¡±
If the world knows that there is a 30-meter long python residing in their Pudaga Forest Park, would they still have to worry about tourists? At that time, there would be so many tourists to the point where they wouldn¡¯t be able to hold them all.
The more he thought of this, the hotter Sandler¡¯s heart became. Unconsciously, a look of greed emerged on his face.
As for the thoughts of these reporters and tourists, he didn¡¯t really care about it. It doesn¡¯t matter whether they believe it or not, as long as they catch the giant python, everything will be clear.
Chapter 117: Luring the Giant Python
Chapter 117: Luring the Giant Python
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After the security guards locked up Mississippi Lake, Sandler began to mobilize his men, nning to explore theke to find the giant python.
He wants to see the giant python at the bottom of theke with his own eyes.
After all, a 30-meters long python is too unbelievable, especially the fact that it allowed Eisen to escape under its sight.
It didn¡¯t even bother to pursue him.
Of course, Sandler won¡¯t personally dive to the depth of theke to search for the existence of the python; that¡¯s way too stupid and dangerous.
He is nning to use other methods to see that monster.
Under Sandler¡¯s order, the security personnel bought a cow from outside, they dragged the cow into the water, nning to use it as a bait to attract that giant python.
On the edge of theke, Sandler, Eisen, and Salman stood behind a group of security personnel, staring at theke with a burning gaze.
Next to them, several security guards were holding an anesthetic gun and vigntly looked at theke, ready to shoot at any sight of the python.
As for the tourists and reporters, they were escorted away to their hotels, mostly not to hinder their operation.
After an hour of waiting, the cow in theke still looked at them innocently, no traces of the python were found.
¡°That is definitely a vignt python.¡±
Eisen said to Sandler. Being the only one that saw the python, he emphasized to the other two.
They stood on a hill more than a 100 meter away from theke, looking at the cow with expectations, but after an hour, they still didn¡¯t see any trace of that python.
Instead, the cow managed to swim towards the shore.
Seeing that the food trap has failed, Sandler decided to use another method.
That is using the sonar detector to swan the situation at the bottom of theke. They had previously used it in preparation forunching the diving service, but they didn¡¯t discover anything at that time.
They will use the sonar detector again to scan theke, just in case they missed the python previously.
However, the results showed that there is nothing at the bottom of theke, which made them very embarrassed.
The same is true for Eisen.
There is a huge python living underwater, but no matter what method they used, they still can¡¯t detect it. This haspletely surpassed their knowledge and understanding.
What they didn¡¯t know was that the giant python that Eisen saw at the bottom of theke had left this ce shortly after being discovered.
After all, Fang Yun is not a fool. Why would he remain in this ce after being discovered? Wait for humans toe to thiske and capture him?
It¡¯s also a coincidence that he just finished his metamorphosis and woke up from sleep when he met Eisen underwater.
At that time, he was examining his new body. He didn¡¯t expect that a person will swim towards him, which actually shocked him.
The reason he was shocked was that that guy wasn¡¯t scared at all by his appearance. He carefully examined him, even going as far as touching him.
Only then did he understand, that guy regarded him as a statue.
Just as Fang Yun was admiring this guy¡¯s nerves. Eisen discovered that something is wrong, seeing this, out of pure bad taste, he made eye contact with him, ring at him with his giant eyeballs.
Sure enough, to his amusement, the guy was so scared that he almost pissed his pants.
After scaring Eisen away, Fang Yun finally calmed down enough to check his properties panel. He discovered that his properties panel has changed a lot.
Not only did his body shape change. even his appearance has also changed quite a bit.
His previous scales were gray, but after his bloodline upgrade, they became ck, cosmic ck to be exact.
In addition, his body length changed from the previous 25 meters to 30 meters, a full increase of 5 meters. His diameter has also officially reached 1m.
He became even bigger, few of the creatures that ever existed on earth canpare with him in terms of size.
His other attributes have also changed a lot.
_______________________________________________________________
Strength: 2000
Defense: 900
Speed: 180
Agility: 300
Spirit: 150
Physical strength: 200
_______________________________________________________________
This is his highest growth, his properties have increased tremendously, he feels that he can crush 10 of the previous him. Especially his power, things like destroying buildings and crushing tanks should be no problem now. That¡¯s just how powerful he is now.
Even his defense has increased by a scary amount.
He guessed that he can easily withstand the bombardment of shells with his current defense.
This defensive power, coupled with his fast regeneration and quick speed, made him an existence that is very difficult to kill.
As long as people don¡¯t use powerful missiles or even nukes to instantly kill him, none of the other human weapons can threaten him, and as long as he could escape, with his powerful regeneration, he will be able to heal in a short time.
At that time, he will make the person that dares to attack him regret being born!
¡°Haaa¡¡±
He let out a long sigh, although the tremendous strength upgrade made him very happy, there is one thing that made him depressed.
That is his bio-energy. It has changed from 500,000 points to 600-000 points after this blood evolution. This problem has been on his mind for a long time. If it keeps increasing at this rate, then at one point, he will run out of things to eat.
He shook his head and put this thing aside for the time being. This thing is far out in the future, it¡¯s still too early to think of that.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that after bing a Bashe snake, he got its blood talent.
¡°Water Master¡±
ording to the skill description, this skill gives him the ability to freely swim in any type of water, including the saltwater of the ocean.
From this skill description, he didn¡¯t seem to have the ability to swim in the ocean.
This thing has made him very happy. Fortunately, he made a detour to the Ugandan Prairie before going to the ocean. He not only evolved a few times but alsopleted the main task and got the Bashe snake bloodline, which allowed him to get the ability to swim in the ocean.
If he directly went to the ocean, that would have been a waste of time and effort as he couldn¡¯t swim in the salty ocean water.
In addition, this skill granted Fang Yun the ultimate diving ability. He can now easily dive to ces that are several km deep, without being affected by the powerful water pressure.
It also greatly increased the time he could spend inside the water.
He can now easily stay on the seafloor for 1 year without moving.
This skill can¡¯t be upgraded, it¡¯s already maxed out, it¡¯s the talent that came with his new bloodline.
After leaving the bottom of theke, Fang Yun went back to the underwaterke before entering the dark channel connecting to the long river.
He is nning to return to that river.
The fact that he met a person in the depth of theke gave him a wake-up call. He is probably in an area filled with humans.
He remembers that when he used that phone to browse the world map. He saw that after this river passes through a rainforest, it will pass by the only country in this area.
If he remembers correctly, it¡¯s called Robles.
He should be in Robles by now. But, it¡¯s actually not bad news, because that indicates that he is very close to the ocean.
Not long after, he swam back towards the big river and began to swim towards the ocean.
Chapter 118: Deep Sea Blue
Chapter 118: Deep Sea Blue
Trantor: Yamir Moon
While Fang Yun was rushing towards the sea, on the other side, Sandlers, Salman and Eisen were deeply troubled by their current situation.
They used up all their means to search for the giant python at the bottom of theke.
Their actions were naturally reported by the media on the various news tforms.
Not surprisingly, this incident caused a sensation on the Inte, but the topic of discussion isn¡¯t in favor of their actions.
After all, they said that there is a giant python underwater, as a result, no matter whether it¡¯s sonar detectors or traps, nothing has worked. They can¡¯t even prove its existence.
Are they really thinking that they can fool them with their ims?
Under the ridicule and disbelief of the whole world, the days of Sandler, Salman and Eisen weren¡¯t very good. They felt very ufortable and wronged.
Especially Eisen.
He really saw a giant python at the bottom of theke.
But what is strange is that from the results of the subsequent sonar detector, there is no python in theke.
If he really did have an illusion, then where did the photo came from?
It¡¯s a pity that nobody listened to their exnation. In fact, even they themselves felt absurd.
Sandler was deliberating whether to send people below to check, but this requires perfect preparation. If there is really a huge python, what should he do if an ident happened?
There is a submarine in their storage that they can maybe use, but it¡¯s very worn out and old, and it can be easily broken if it was attacked by the python.
This doesn¡¯t require a genius to imagine. A 30-meters long giant python, it¡¯s hard to imagine the destructive power it could have, but it can probably destroy their old, worn-out submarine.
It¡¯s for this reason that Sandler didn¡¯t dare use their submarine to do an underwater exploration.
Just as he was upset, Salman¡¯s words woke him up.
¡±Mr. Sandler, why don¡¯t we ask the internationalmunity for help?¡±
In the office, Salman looked at the frowning Sandler in front of him and suggested.
In the past few days, all kinds of doubts and ridicule on the Inte have also maddened him. The boss of theirpany kept calling him and asking him what was going on. Why did he think of such an outrageous and stupid Marketing n?
Those people on the inte not only insulted and ridiculed them and the Pudaga Forest Park but also thepany that Salman is working in. They created various articles, posts, videos, memes, and so on, all of these were only for the sake of ridiculing them.
¡±When we can confirm the existence of the giant python, all those guys who made fun of us will shut up, even sheer for us.¡±
Salman, who was sitting next to Eisen, said solemnly. ¡°The most important thing for us at present is to find the giant python and show it to these idiots. To prove how stupid they are!¡±
He has a hint of anger in his voice.
At this moment, He can¡¯t wait to prove the existence of the giant python and shove the truth in these bastards¡¯ faces!
¡¯After finding the giant python, I will definitely write a long speech, full of satire and irony, just to make these ¡°Pieces of Sh*t¡± mad!¡¯
Salman¡¯s heart was full of hatred, he couldn¡¯t help but imagine himself crapping in these guys¡¯ faces. However, after thinking for a bit, he found that it was not appropriate, he is a higher-up of apany after all.
¡¯No, this will have a negative influence on my reputation. I should write a speech full of generosity and understanding to that group of stupid pigs and win everyone¡¯s praise.¡¯
He has already begun to fantasize about his speech as a winner.
After getting the advice of Salman, Sandler requested the internationalmunity for help. He hopes that the corresponding team wille to their Pudaga Forest Park to expose the existence of the big guy at the bottom ofke Mississippi.
Their move has undoubtedly caused them to suffer from even more ridicule, but there is still a team that epted this task.
It¡¯s apany from China that is engaged in the underwater fishing industry.
Thispany is called ¡°Deep Sea Blue¡±, it¡¯s also quite famous internationally. They first showed Sandler the equipment they were going to use to explore theke.
It was a submarine.
However, this submarine is undoubtedly much better than the old and worn out submarine of the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±.
ording to the ¡°Deep Sea Blue¡±pany, their submarine has an extremely high defense and carries a five thousand volt ultra-high voltage power supply.
If the giant python tries to strangle their submarine, the power supply immediately discharge. This level of voltage, let alone a 30-meter-long giant python, even thergest creature that has ever been found, the 35-meter long whale will suffer a lot.
In addition, their submarine also has an anesthesia gununcher.
In short, this submarine has an amazing defense and is fully equipped. It can both attack and defend, and no creature can ever defeat it, so it¡¯s fully qualified to explore the situation in Lake Mississippi.
After Sandler thought for a while, he finally agreed to the cooperation between them and the ¡°Deep Sea Blue¡±.
Although many people think that this is another routine that Sandler is using to attract everyone¡¯s attention, there are still a lot of people concerned about this exploration activity.
However, Fang Yun has returned to the river long ago and has even traveled a long distance. In his current location, the water is quite deep, easily more than 10 meters. The width is also big enough, being 2km wide.
He guessed that rainy season hasn¡¯t arrived yet, otherwise, the river depth and wide will be even more amazing.
During these three or four days, Fang Yun mainly focused on traveling, only asionally hunting, so there isn¡¯t that much progress in terms of bio-energy.
He didn¡¯t meet anyone again along the way. causing him toment about his good luck. As a result, he met with people the very next day.
At that time, the water in the river was quite calm, a lot of rocks stuck out of the river, with green bushes growing on it, almost like a small ind.
If it was the rainy season, these rocks would be submerged.
Fang Yun was sticking is head out of the water, observing the surrounding terrain, when he suddenly heard someone talking, scaring him to immediately retract his head underwater. After finding a hidden ce, he looked at the source of the sound.
He noticed three boats wandering around.
At first, he thought that they were searching for him, but the subsequent discovery made him immediately dismiss that idea.
The vessels that wandered on the river were very small and slow, and from the look of the people on the boat, they were neither soldiers nor trained personnel.
They are just tourists.
After Fang Yun scanned these people a bit, he discovered that the people in the boat in the middle were slightly familiar.
On that ship, in addition to the helmsman rowing the boat, there are seven people.
Four men and three women.
After Fang Yun looked at them carefully, he realized that they were the seven college students who came to fish in that old man¡¯s ¡°Wu Hai¡± reservoir. (Chapter 52)
Chapter 119: Meeting An acquaintance
Chapter 119: Meeting An acquaintance
Trantor: Yamir Moon
He still remembers that among these college students, the tallest boy tried to flex in front of the three girls, bragging about catching and grilling him.
Later, he followed their boat and prevented that guy from catching any fish, embarrassing him in front of the three girls.
His gaze wandering on these seven people before falling on one of the boys.
It was this boy who bragged about catching and grilling him. If he remembers correctly, his name is Luo Yang.
Fang Yun¡¯s mood became very good after meeting an old acquaintance. Of course, it¡¯s impossible for him to greet them, it would scare them to death.
Even when he was 5 meters long, he was already scary enough for them, let alone now with his giant size.
His 30-meter-long body is much bigger than anynd animal in the world, it¡¯s the same for even elephants.
Drilling back in the water, Fang Yun slowly approached their boat.
Not long after, he was wandering below the boat of these college students, nning to listen to their conversation.
He is about 10 meters deep underwater, plus the fact that this river is very muddy, so he is not visible from the water surface.
However, he was still able to clearly hear their conversations due to his powerful hearing.
¡°Yang Ping, I saw some people say on Weibo that the Deep Sea Blue diving team wille to this ce to search for the giant python. Do you think that there is really a giant python at the bottom of the Mississippi Lake?¡±
On the boat, Luo Yang was looking at his hands as he said to the boy sitting next to him.
He is holding a mobile phone and is scrolling through posts on social media tforms.
They came to Robles seven days ago to sightsee. Although they didn¡¯t want to visit Pudaga Forest Park, after the news about the giant python broke out, they still went to see in curiosity.
Of course, they also know that the ¡°Giant Python¡± is just a marketing strategy made by the Pudaga Forest Park, but since they came to Robles, it¡¯s still no problem to visit that Scenic Park.
After some research, they knew that there are two ways to go to the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±.
The mostmon and safe method is to travel on cars or take the bus, the other method is to travel on a boat.
After some deliberation, they decided to take the boat and travel through the Yerga River.
They rented a small boat this morning, on which all seven of them got on. For the past two hours, they have been admiring the beautiful scenery around them, full of vitality and all king of exotic animals.
ording to the map, they will soon arrive at the first rest spot, on which they are going to have lunch.
¡°You said, will there really be a giant python?¡±
At the end of the stern, a short-haired girl groaned. ¡°The python that we saw at the edge of the water was already so big, there will definitely be a bigger python in the depth of the forest.¡±
Just an hour before, not long after they got on the boat. They spotted a big python slithering on the shore, scaring the three girls to cry out.
However, this did not diminish their enthusiasm for ying, it only served to make them more excited.
¡°Xian, do you really believe such lies?¡±
The boy who is called Yang Ping shook his head and said. ¡°I bet that the team from the Deep Blue Sea is also participating in this marketing n. Once theyunch their submarine, they will find various excuses to cancel the operation. I¡¯ve seen a lot of strategies like this.¡±
¡°A lot of people on the inte have been bamboozled, but they still don¡¯t learn their lesson.¡±
Luo Yang nodded in agreement and said. ¡°To be honest, I still want to go to the Mississippi Lake, just for the beautiful scenery, unfortunately, they still aren¡¯t open to tourists yet.¡±
¡°When it¡¯s open, let¡¯s go try their diving services there.¡±
It¡¯s obvious that they have seen through the Pudaga Forest Park¡¯s ¡°Trick¡±, so even after hearing this news they didn¡¯t have the slightest tension on their faces.
What they didn¡¯t know is that the giant python that ¡°Doesn¡¯t Exist¡± is quietly wandering below their boats right now.
After hearing Yang Ping and Luo Yang debunking the scenic park lies, Xiao Lan smiled.
She also knows that this is probably just a marketing strategy created by the scenic park, but as a sci-fi movie fan, affected by her father, she still looks forward to seeing those giant monsters in the various movies.
The giant deep-sea octopus, the rainforest giant anaconda, and the dinosaurs from ancient times.
It¡¯s a pity that these creatures are either the results of human fantasy or extinct creatures that have long disappeared from history.
However, some time ago, the news of the giant python in the Ugandan¡¯s prairie shook her to the core, the creatures that were originally just in movies appeared in reality!
For a moment, she had the impulse to personally go to Uganda to see the python herself.
Unfortunately, she could only think of that. the Ugandan¡¯s Prairie isn¡¯t a ce where a sheltered college student like her can go to. She could only watch the news from home, looking forward to other news about this giant python.
Regrettably, after that, no other news of that giant python was heard.
This time, on their trip to Robles, she heard about the appearance of a giant python in Lake Mississippi. It was her idea toe here.
Although she knows that this is fake news, she still has the fantasy that there is a chance, just a very small chance, that this news is true;
Even if it¡¯s false, just this jungle full of wild and exotic animals is worth the trip, the dense giant trees on the shore and this very big river gave her the fantasy that there might be some monsters hidden there.
Just this has already given her a lot of excitement.
Xiao Lan¡¯s eyes wandered around and before falling to the water next to their boat.
The water here is not very clear and transparent, but very muddy and green.
On the water surface that she was watching, there is a very small vortex, absorbing some small debris like old leaves and the like.
Looking at the small vortex, she felt a little mischievous, picking up the small wooden stick next to her, she poked the small vortex,ughing as it disappeared.
If the stick in her hand was a few meters longer, she would have touched the big monster underwater.
If the big guy underwater suffered such a sudden touch, he would most probably subconsciously twist around. Although it may be only a small movement for him, for them and their boat, that will have disastrous consequences.
At that time, Xiao Lan¡¯s dream will be fulfilled and she will finally see the monster she was dreaming about, it¡¯s just that the monster will be bigger than expected.
What kind of mood she and her friends will have if that truly happened?
Xiao Lan gradually lost interest in the small vortex in the water and turned around. Suddenly, a girl with a ponytail said. ¡°Would it be better if we just go to the beach tomorrow, we could swim there.¡±
¡°Right, don¡¯t you guys want to see Xiao Lan wearing a swimsuit?¡±
After saying this, she looked at Xiao Lan with a smirk. Xiao Lan cheek turned red at her words, she unceremoniously extended her hands and pinched the soft meat on the ponygirl¡¯s waist.
¡°You are looking for death!¡±
Chapter 120: Underwater Exploration
Chapter 120: Underwater Exploration
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Listening to the jokes of these college students on the boat, variousplex emotions rose in Fang Yun¡¯s heart. He was once just like them, an innocent teenager, ying with his friends, watching funny videos and memes, getting yelled at by his parents, all of this happened to him in the past.
Now that he recalls these things, it feels like it happened long ago, like decades ago. He feels just like an elderly middle-aged man recalling his youth.
In fact, those things happened just a year or two ago.
Even if he counts the age of both his lives, he is still younger than any of these seven college students.
However, he is no longer a human, but a python.
This drastic change caused him to feel a sense of distance from his previous life, so he felt that the former him, that innocent high school student, is just too far away from him now. He doesn¡¯t even remember what it¡¯s like to be a human.
And this drastic change, to a certain extent, caused him to be very mature.
Sighing deeply, Fang Yun¡¯s figure drifted away, getting farther and farther from these college students boat, the cheerfulughter became dimmer and dimmer until itpletely disappeared.
While Fang Yun got separated from the college students and continued his journey. A group of people stood quietly on the shore of the Mississippi Lake.
Behind them was a group of security personnel.
¡±Mr. Elson, wee to our park.¡±
Sandler shook his hand with a bald middle-aged man, his gaze couldn¡¯t help but wander to the edge of theke.
There was a submarine floating on the water there.
The thick and heavy metal coating made the submarine look very safe and reliable.
Sandler didn¡¯t expect the people of the Deep Sea Blue toe so fast, his heart was filled with expectations and a bit of nervousness.
This submarine does have the qualification to explore the bottom of theke. They will finally have the ability to prove to the world that there is a giant monster in their park.
ording to their n, the people of the Deep Sea Blue will record what they saw below, and capture the giant python if possible.
This bald man is one of the higher-ups of the Deep Sea Blue Company, and he is the leader of the team that is going to capture the giant python.
¡±Mr. Sandler, if there is really a giant python at the bottom of theke, we will definitely capture it.¡±
The bald man named Elson smiled and said, but he was very confused internally.
Because, at the beginning, he also thought that this was just a dumb marketing n created by this scenic spot, but after arriving at the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±. He discovered that Sandler is serious about capturing the ¡°Giant python¡± at the bottom of theke.
Especially the diver Eisen, he is very certain that there is a giant python underwater.
More importantly, now, Sandler didn¡¯t tell what to do if they don¡¯t find the python at the bottom of theke.
All of this has caused Elson to be confused.
¡±Then I¡¯ll be waiting for the good news¡±
Sandler patted Elson¡¯s shoulder and reminded: ¡°You have to be careful, it¡¯s a big guy, Right, Try to not hurt that giant python please, it will be a very important attraction in our park.¡±
The corner of Elson¡¯s mouth was twitching but he still replied with an Ok sign.
Elson¡¯s felt somewhat funny, Sandler¡¯s acting is the real deal, he still can¡¯t discover any sign that he was joking.
Giving a thumb up to Sandler, Elson and his team got into the submarine.
Their team consist of five people, after getting in the submarine, they walked to the cockpit before starting to drive the submarine.
After closing the hatch, the submarine slowly sank into the water.
On the shore, Sandler, Salman, and Eisen stared at the submarine, watching it slowly submerge into the water.
¡±Damn, you must shoot a video of the big guy.¡±
Sandler looked eagerly at the calm water surface, his fists couldn¡¯t help but tighten.
Both Eisen and Salman, next to him, also looked nervous.
Whether they can turn over and prove that they are right, depends on Elson.
Inside the submarine, Elson was sitting in the cockpit.
Three people sat in front of the dashboard and controlled the submarine, while Elson, and another person, looked at the scene outside the submarine from time to time.
¡±Captain.¡±
A blond young man sitting next to Elson nced out the ss window and said with a weird smile. ¡°Do you think there is really a giant python in thiske?¡±
They have sunk about 50 meters, but they still didn¡¯t see anyrge fish, which means that thiske iscking in natural resources. Such ake absolutely doesn¡¯t have enough prey to support the daily life of a giant python.
¡±Whether there is a giant python or not, we have achieved our purpose anyway.¡±
After Elson¡¯s voice sounded, all the people in the cockpit looked at each other and smiled.
This ¡°Giant Monster¡± in theke is a global event. Now that they got involved in this event, the name ¡°Deep Sea Blue¡± will enter the eye of the public, and that was their purpose from the beginning.
The submarine sank deeper and deeper underwater. The surroundings are bing darker and darker. One person in the cockpit turned on the outside lights, illuminating a distance of 7 or 8 meters from the submarine.
¡±Stop at this level, let¡¯s continue forward from here.¡±
ording to Elson¡¯s instructions, the submarine began to move forward. They moved very slowly, although it¡¯s unlikely that there is a giant python underwater.
But Sandler¡¯s serious look and various warnings still caused the atmosphere to be a bit repressive.
So the five people looked particrly careful, and they were nervous at this time, ready to respond to sudden attacks.
They traveled for a distance of 3 to 4km but still didn¡¯t find anything.
Just as the five people began to rx, a huge ck shadow appeared in front of them.
¡±Slow down, Fry!¡±
Elson yelled at the young man who was driving the submarine, his eyes were fixed on the shadow in front of him.
The other people in the cockpit also became very nervous after seeing the huge ck shadow.
The speed of the submarine gradually slowed down, but still slowly approached the ck shadow. The people in the cockpit were ready to activate the ultra-high voltage power outside the submarine anytime, responding to any sign of attack.
Little by little, they got closer and closer to the ck shadow.
After a few more seconds, the ck shadow¡¯s true appearance finally unveiled in front of Elson¡¯s eyes.
However, when they saw the true appearance of the ck shadow, their face stiffened and their hearts were filled with the feeling of being cheated.
The ck shadow owner in front of them is not a huge python, but a huge worm;
There are some algae on the body of this giant worm, there is a lot of floating dust around them, causing it to have a mysterious and looming feeling.
It¡¯s this kind of looming feeling that makes this worm look realistic. However, it¡¯s still just a prop in the end.
¡±This is should be the prop that Sandler put at the bottom of theke.¡±
Elson looked at the big worm in front of him before shaking his head. He turned around and said to the rest of the team. ¡°Okay, boys, it seems that we were fooled.¡±
The other four people in the cockpit also smiled and shook their heads. Thye still couldn¡¯t help but curiously look at the giant bug.
Seriously, this giant worm looming underwater looks quite scary.
¡±If they didn¡¯t go ahead and make fake news about a giant python, it would have been a very sessful marketing strategy.¡±
Elson muttered under his breath.
If they hadunched a diving service, based on the exploration of underwater monsters, it will definitely attract a lot of tourists toe and y. Unfortunately, they are still insisting that there is a living giant python in the depth of thiske.
They probably want to make a big noise and gather attention to their park.
They might have seeded, but they probably won¡¯t get the attention that they want, just some bad reputations and a lot of jeering and ridicule.
Elson didn¡¯t think too much about that. That would be a problem that Sandler and his park have to solve, they are just outsiders.
The submarine didn¡¯t stay too much here, they continued to move forward. But this time, they didn¡¯t travel for a long time, the submarine stopped again.
Chapter 121: Exploration Results
Chapter 121: Exploration Results
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Head, there is a situation ahead.¡±
The blond youth looked straight into a ce not far ahead, his face was filled with shock.
Hearing the blond youth exmation, Elson quickly turned around and looked in the direction he was pointing at. His face was also filled with shock.
A dark, bottomless giant hole was in the ce they were looking at.
¡±Glup.¡±
All the people in the cockpit swallowed their saliva after seeing the dark hole.
That hole still remained dark under the illumination of the submarine lights.
¡±Slowly move the submarine forward.¡±
Elson decisively ordered, who would have thought that they would see such a big hole at the bottom of theke?
The young men manipted the submarine to slowly move forward ording to Elson¡¯s orders. Not long after, the submarine was lightly suspended above the ck hole.
From this point of view, they clearly see the hole through the ss window, but even so, they only managed to see the water flowing through the ck hole.
The five people¡¯s eyes nced in the dark hole, but they couldn¡¯t see anything inside. The submarine lights can only light the situation ahead and just by the residual lights, they can¡¯t see anything below.
The light emitted by the searchlights is too weak to see what¡¯s inside the hole.
The dark bottomless hole caused them to be very spooked, goosebumps filled their hands.
Who would have thought that at the depth of the Mississippi Lake, there would be a big ck hole that looked like a giant beast mouth, ready to swallow people.
¡±I didn¡¯t expect that there would be an undergroundke or river under thiske.¡±
After Elson calmed down, he softly muttered.
Even now, his heart is still drumming.
As one of the leaders of the ¡°Deep Sea Blue¡±, he often went on water explorations. He doesn¡¯t remember how much explorations like this one he experienced.
However, even so, he has never seen a dark hole in the depth of the water like this. This hole gives people the impression that it connects to the depth of the earth.
No matter how deep is the water is, as long as he arrives at the water floor, he will have a sense of stability, The same thing was for thiske.
But, this giant hole indicates that they are not at the real bottom of theke. This caused him to feel a bit unbnced.
What kind of things are hidden in this dark hole?
This kind of unknown and mystery can cause people to have delusions, and these delusions cause people to have fear, this is exactly what¡¯s happening to the team on the submarine right now.
¡±Captain, what should we do now? Do you want us¡ to go out and explore that hole?¡±
After the blond youth said this, he couldn¡¯t help but tremble. He was thinking internally that he must refuse if he receives such an order.
At the same time, he felt a bit of regret. How could he make such a stupid suggestion?
Fortunately, their captain Elson shook his head and dismissed his proposal.
Going out to explore would be looking for death. Although they have diving suits, no one knows what will happen if they go out.
In case there is a giant python hidden in that hole, looking at them, wouldn¡¯t going out be just them delivering food to it?
Even if that¡¯s not the case. If the earth around that hole copse. After the water surge, the person underneath could be involved in an undercurrent and be sucked underneath.
After all, if their submarinend at the bottom of theke, it can cause some burden on the surrounding rock formation.
¡±Let¡¯s take a few photos and continue looking elsewhere.¡±
Elson thought for a while before making this decision. Picking up the camera, he took a few photos of this dark bottomless hole.
Next, the submarine moved and continued exploring theke.
However, after two rounds at the bottom of theke, Elson did not see the shadow of the giant python. They could only give up and float back to the water surface.
On the shore of theke, Sandler, Salman, and Eisen stared nervously at theke, suddenly, the water broke open and a big submarine appeared on the water surface.
¡¡
Elson¡¯s findings caused nder, Salman, and Essen to be astonished. They were indeed disappointed after not finding the giant python.
However, the news about the hole at the bottom of theke cheered them up.
ording to Elson¡¯s spection, there is an undergroundke or arge underground river below Lake Mississippi.
This discovery caused Sandler and the other two unanimously agree that the giant python had entered the underground dark river along that hole.
Otherwise, there is no way to exin it. Where did that giant python go?
On the same day when Eisen discovered the giant python, Sandler sent arge group of people to monitor theke, just in case the giant python decided to leave, but they didn¡¯t find any trace of that python after that. So the only possible exnation is that it left through the underground river.
However, after they said that on social media, a lot of people refuted their words.
Sandler was nning to promote the new tourism project in Pudaga Forest Park, then he joked with the reporters, saying that there are monsters at the bottom of Mississippi.
As a result, their diver really encountered a 30-meter long giant python underwater.
And this giant python is gentle, smart and cautious.
After seeing the diver, he let him go and didn¡¯t attack him like what most animals do. The giant python also knew that he was discovered, so he left along the underground river at the bottom of theke.
Yeah, even by science fiction movies and novels standard, this is ridiculous.
¡°The acting of the management of Pudauga Forest Park is awesome. someone should give them a gold medal.¡±
¡±Well, their marketing strategy seeded. Now, a lot of people across the world have heard of the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±, but given the fact that their higher-ups are a group of fools, I swear that I will never go to this park in my life.¡±
¡±As a citizen of Robles, I really want to kill these guys now, they are bringing shame to our country.¡±
¡°It¡¯s a good marketing n, it¡¯s just that the brain of the managers is festering.¡±
¡±Hahaha, what sh*t ¡°the python escaped through the underground river¡±, why not say it turned into a butterfly and flew away.¡±
Most of the social media tforms were filled were people jeering and ridiculing the higher-ups of the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±, asionally, some people would stand up and say that it¡¯s indeed possible for giant python to escape through the hole at the bottom of theke.
However, Once such a person appears, he will immediately be refuted.
The organisms present in underground rivers or undergroundkes are generally notrge enough, so what will it eat? more importantly, the water temperature and oxygen content in underground water bodies are very low.
From these points of view, whether it¡¯s the bottom of theke or an underground river, it¡¯s impossible for a giant python to live there.
Some people have proposed to send divers to the undergroundke to check that ce. However, the bottom of theke is too deep, and undergroundkes or rivers are particrly prone to idents.
This proposal was eventually rejected.
Because of this overwhelming public opinion, the days of Sandler, Salman and Eisen became very ufortable.
However, these three people still insisted that there is indeed a giant python at the bottom of theke and that the photo was not fake, but few people believed them.
What the people of the whole world didn¡¯t know was that the ¡°Fake Python¡± they are talking about was traveling towards the ocean along the Yerga River.
Chapter 122: Monsters and Boats
Chapter 122: Monsters and Boats
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun traveled along the river for two days, apart from the beginning when he saw a lot of tourists boats, he didn¡¯t see any person for the following time.
He can feel that he is getting closer and closer to the sea. From the breeze blowing on the water, he sometimes captures a salty taste.
This is the sea breeze blowing from the sea.
Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with excitement, Now he is certain that he can adapt to the environment in the sea. More importantly, no one will be able to find him in therge ocean.
The deep seawater will be his best shelter.
This world¡¯s human technology is not very high, ording to what he learned. They had explored only a very small part of the ocean until now.
There are two reasons for that, the ocean is too big and too deep.
Like Fang Yun¡¯s previous world, the best submarine in the world can only reach 11km deep and can stay at that depth for only a short time.
Now that Fang Yun has be a Bashe snake, he can easily stroll at the depth of 10km, without being bothered by the enormous sea pressure.
As long as he enters the ocean, he basically won¡¯t have to worry about humans. The food in the ocean is also very rich, which will make grow at a very fast rate.
One day, he will definitely reach the point where humans can¡¯t threaten him anymore.
At that time, he can roam the world freely, without any worry.
Once he meets a human boat, he can show up and scare them a bit, their reaction will definitely be very funny.
In the depth of the ocean, swimming next to humans expeditions, showing them his majestic side.
One day, the whole world will be full of his legends, and countless people will make movies about him.
If there is some arrogant person that dares to attack him, then he will crush him into pieces and make him regret his actions, even if it meant bing a hell demon and a taboo in the ocean.
After his various legends and stories have been circted, every seafarer who works at sea will tremble in his shadow.
¡±Hahaha¡¡±
Thinking of this, Fang Yunughed evilly in his heart.
As he continued to grow and experience more things, his temperament has changed a lot, and his hobbies have be more and more unique.
However, he also knows that when he will not be as excessive as his imagination, he isn¡¯t the kind of shy guy that likes attention, but the more low-key type. Unless he reaches the point where nothing in the world can harm him.
He likes the invincible flow, not that kind of person that struggles in the face of adversities, faces many near-death encounters before growing up.
¡±My current bio-energy is about 10,000 points, there is still a long distance from the next evolution.¡±
Fang Yun nced at his own property panel, and the excitement in his heart was reduced a lot.
The time when he bes immune to nuclear attacks would be the moment he will unscrupulously appear in front of the world. He has a long way to go before reaching that level, so for now, he can only act with low-key.
Just as he was swimming absent-mindedly. He suddenly heard people talking not far ahead.
Fang Yun was a little surprised as he had not heard anyone for the past two days.
Hiding behind a rock, he stuck his head a little, looking straight at the direction of the voice. He noticed a boat parked not far ahead.
He originally thought it was a tourist.
But after seeing the situation on the ship, he denied that.
This boat is quiterge, like a fishing boat. It has a cabin that can amodate seven or eight people. The hull should have been painted with ayer of white, but the gray ces and peeled paint shows the age of this boat.
On the ship, there are two people, from their skin color and dressing plus the various tools around them, Fang Yun can determine at first nce that they are locals, unlike the casual tourists holding cameras and ying with each other.
He noticed that both of them are holding fishing rods, they are obviously fishing.
The bearded man on the left was constantly talking to hispanion, a man in a ck vest. Through the trantion of the system, he understood what these two men are talking about.
These guys were obscenely talking about women, their favorite ces, boobs, thighs, etc¡ The bearded guy was especially bragging about the girl he slept withst night.
Fang Yun was bored, shaking his head, he sank back underwater. He doesn¡¯t have the time to listen to two adult men bragging about their ¡°achievements¡±.
Sinking back to 10 meters deep, he slowly moved forward. Not long after he was under the boat.
Just as he was about to pass below the boat, a big fish suddenly swam next to Fang Yun, then was immediately scared after seeing the huge behemoth next to it.
¡±Ssh!¡±
The big fish jumped from the water in panic, making a lot of noise, which attracted the attention of the two people on the boat.
¡±Hanke, look.¡±
The man with the ck vest shouted at the bearded man. ¡°It¡¯s a big fish. Damn it! it ran away. What a pity, it could have been a good catch.¡±
The bearded man looked over at the fish too. Under the water, their bait should have attracted the fish, but for some reason, it was scared away.
The two of them guessed that the reason the fish panicked and escaped was because of their shadow reflection of the water.
It was probably scared after seeing their shadow, then panicked escaped.
It¡¯s not umon for things like this to happen while fishing, it has happened several times before.
But if they could see the behemoth underwater, they will probably not think so.
Right below their boat, a 30-meter long giant monster slowly moved ahead.
As long as this giant creature does an unexpected move, the wave generated is enough to overturn their boat.
If Fang Yun were to slightly float up, and a drone just happened to be above the boat and took a picture, there would be just one result.
on the wide and calm water surface, the water is green with very few ripples on it.
A small boat was floating above the water with two men standing on it, but the two men looked very small because the photo was taken from afar.
Under this boat, a long, huge ck shadow can be seen on the surface, it¡¯s only a little narrower than the boat but much longer than it.
The boat was floating on top of the ck shadow, just barely upying one-fifth of the shadow.
It¡¯s a pity that such a scene can¡¯t be seen, Fang Yun is 10 meters deep underwater and his shadow can¡¯t be seen on the water surface.
His figure passed quietly below the small boat and did not cause any incident.
With his current ability, he naturally doesn¡¯t have to worry about showing himself in front of these two people, but what benefit will he get after doing this? It¡¯s totally pointless.
Therefore, he just silently passed by these two people, without scaring them to death.
If the two guys on the boat knew that they missed the opportunity to see a 30 meters long giant python. Would they feel regret or relief?
Chapter 123: New Journey
Chapter 123: New Journey
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After swimming for a long time, Fang Yun suddenly stopped. He slowly emerged from underwater, then looked straight ahead.
Not far ahead, the river kept getting wider and wider before merging with an endless body of water.
The ocean.
He finally reached the ocean.
Looking at the endless ocean in surprise, Fang Yun looked around in a circle.
There is a forest on both sides, in which a lot of trees are growing in, but these trees aren¡¯t very tall, they are mostly short and thick
At the part connecting to the ocean, the river width is about 4 to 5km and the water flow is very slow.
Looking from above, the river flows slowly from east to west, making at trumpet shape at the connection point with the ocean before finally flowing in.
Fang Yun looked at the vast expense of the water, his heart was filled with excitement.
He finally reached the ocean.
¡±I should go to the ocean to first test my body¡¯s reaction to saltwater.¡±
Thinking of this, Fang Yun quickly swam towards the ocean.
If a helicopter happened to pass by this ce at this moment, they will see a 30-meter long shadow, quickly moving towards the ocean.
As long as this scene gets passed back to the human world, it¡¯s enough to make people crazy.
Entering the ocean, Fang Yun stopped moving, letting the waterpletely submerge his body.
He didn¡¯t move, concentrating solely on his body reaction.
First of all, he had an ufortable feeling, but it quickly disappeared.
¡±Sure enough, after I became a Bashen snake, living in the ocean is no problem.¡±
Fang Yun wandered around the ocean to make sure his body has no problem, before starting to think about another thing.
food.
There are many creatures in the ocean, and most of them can be used as prey.
For example, tuna, tarpon, and salmon, all of these fish like to swim in schools, they are easier to hunt.
In addition,rge creatures such as sharks and whales can also be used as a change of taste.
There are also giant squids, octopus, giant turtles, all of these diverse creatures can be used as his meal.
Fang Yun started topile his ocean recipe, but he didn¡¯t immediately run to the ocean to look for them.
There is a ready-made food, right in front of him.
He stuck his head out of the water and looked at the shore.
There is arge group of fat crocodiles lying on the shore, basking in the sun. Their mouths were half-opened, asionally a bird wouldnd on their mouth and rest for a moment before flying away.
Saltwater crocodile.
The saltwater crocodile usually lives in coastal areas or swamps, it can survive in both saltwater and freshwater. It was known as thergest reptile in Fang Yun¡¯s previous world.
There are at least two hundred crocodiles basking on the coast.
Almost half of these saltwater crocodiles are around 4 meters long. ording to the system¡¯s prompt, this level of crocodile can provide him with 3000 bio-energy points.
If he swallows all of these crocodiles, his bio-energy will grow by a veryrge amount.
Of course, these saltwater crocodiles will certainly not stupidly remain in that ce and let him hunt them, but with his skill, he can still kill a lot of these crocodiles. In short, he will get a lot of bio-energy after hunting these crocodiles.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun became very excited.
swallow! swallow! swallow!
He looked at the numerous crocodiles lying on the coast and couldn¡¯t help but open his mouth, revealing his sharp and shiny teeth.
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes wandered on these crocodiles, searching for a target.
As an appetizer, he is nning to swallow the biggest crocodile.
Soon, he found the ideal target.
It¡¯s a 7-meter-long crocodile, as big as the crocodile king Ron, even bigger. Standing vertically, it can be higher than two floors.
It¡¯s also particrly fat, with thick and powerful limbs.
This crocodile has a very high status in this group of saltwater crocodiles. It alone upies an area.
Itid on a big stone and basked in the sun.
As Fang Yun looked at the big crocodile, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡±Target locked, Saltwater crocodile, reptilia, Crocodilia, can provide 5000 bio-energy points.¡±
For the current Fang Yun, the only difference between a 4m long crocodile and a 7m one is the difference in bio-energy, nothing more. Locking his eyes on the 7m long crocodile, he slowly swam towards it.
When he reached the shore, he directly revealed his huge body, shocking the crocodile group and causing them to flee in fear.
This group of saltwater crocodiles is the hegemons in this area, but when they faced Fang Yun, they have the illusion of returning back to their childhood, weak, helpless and can only helplessly tremble in front of a muchrger creature.
The same is true for even the 7-meter long saltwater crocodile, it quickly fled to the ocean.
But, will Fang Yun let this crocodile leave? He sped up and quickly slithered towards it, opening his mouth, he bit the fleeing crocodile.
While bitting the 7-meter crocodile in his mouth, he waved his tail like a whip, pping several nearby crocodiles, breaking their bones and smashing their internal organs.
The crocodile in his mouth struggled for a moment before finally dying.
After killing the biggest crocodile, Fang Yun went on a killing rampage, ughtering arge amount of fleeing crocodiles.
Quite a lot of crocodiles who were near the ocean from the beginning managed to escape. For those lucky guys, Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother chasing them.
On the coast, almost 100 crocodile brodiesid on the ground, all without a sound. They were either poisoned or crushed to death.
Looking at the crocodile bodies on the ground, Fang Yununched a feast. He swallowed one after another crocodile, then digested them with his extremely corrosive stomach acid.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that his current digestive ability has reached an extremely horrific level.
After maxing out ¡°quick digestion¡±, his digestive ability didn¡¯t stagnate but grew at a very slow pace, and after the bloodline upgrade, his digestive ability has upgraded to an even higher level.
A big crocodile can bepletely digested in half a minute.
After almost two hours, the crocodile body that was filling the beach disappeared, all entering the stomach of Fang Yun.
The value on the bio-energy column became 152400/600000. That means that these crocodiles provided him with more than 140,000 points.
¡±There is still a long way to go.¡±
ncing at his bio-energy, Fang Yun smiled bitterly. Even after such a big meal, his bio-energy was filled by only one quarter.
¡±I have to find a ce with a lot of fish.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
Encountering arge school of tuna would be the best. Each tuna is around 2 to 3 meters, coupled with theirrge number, he would be able to quickly fill his bio-energy.
Of course, most tuna schools won¡¯t have that much tuna, nor will each one be at that size.
But even so, as long as he eats five or six hundred every day, his bio-energy will umte at an extremely fast rate.
As for therge whales.
This kind of animal should provide a lot of bio-energy. ording to Fang Yun¡¯s estimation, an adult whale - about 15 meters in length, should be able to provide five to ten thousand bio-energy points.
If it¡¯s a toothed whale, it should be even more.
However, this kind of creature should be very umon, so it won¡¯t be his main source of bio-energy.
While thinking about, Fang Yun began to move.
He strolled around in the river again, swallowed more than a dozen unlucky saltwater crocodiles, gained more than 20,000 bio-energy points, then left this ce.
He randomly chose a direction and started his new journey.
Chapter 124: Finding an Archipelago
Chapter 124: Finding an Archipgo
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun wandered for five days in the ocean. his travel route wasn¡¯t always forward, in fact, his route has now at all.
Overall, he has been moving along the coastline, but he haspletely lost the way to the previous river.
Up to now, the depth of the water in which he is located is about 500 meters, which is not too deep, but Fang Yun feels that there is no need to go into deeper ces.
Yesterday, he stared at a fish school, then stalked them from behind.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, this is a herring fish school.
Fang Yun roughly estimated that their number is around 3,000, which is not unusual in the ocean.
The herring fish in this school has a maximum of one meter, but most of them are between 30 cm and 50 cm. The bio-energy they provide is between 30 and 200 points.
Yesterday, Fang Yun attacked this fish school, ate more than 200 fish and got 12320 bio-energy points.
By now, his bio-energy has reached 200,340 points.
At this moment, Fang Yun was wandering at a depth of 50 meters underwater. The water in this ce a bluish-green color, and the water temperature is veryfortable, he really likes to swim in thisyer.
In front of him, there is a fish school swarming forward.
He is about 300 meters away from the fish school, using ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± to blend with the sea, the fish school did not find him.
They thought that the danger was eliminated, but they didn¡¯t know that Fang Yun was behind them since yesterday.
While following the fish school, Fang Yun mainly studied their habits to determine the best time to hunt.
In normal times, this fish school is very loose, but when they encounter prey or threats, they will quickly gather together.
Depending on the object, they will take a different shape.
If they encounter prey, they will take the shape of a spiral, leading the prey to the middle, then start hunting. If it¡¯s a threat, they will form a ball shape.
This kind of strategy might be effective for other predators. Some careless predators may mistakenly think that he had encountered a giant creature such as whales or sharks, so they will escape after seeing this giant ball.
But Fang Yun is different, he has human wisdom, so this silly strategy can¡¯t fool his eyes.
In fact, these fish gathering together is more conducive to his hunting. For example, when he attacked them yesterday, every attack resulted in him capturing a lot of fish.
The fish school casually swam in front of him, looking very leisurely and rxed.
Seeing this, Fang Yun knew that it was time, elerating slightly, he quickly approached the fish school.
He knew that this fish school is going to slow down, they are going to rest.
When he reached about 30 meters behind the fish, he immediately speeded up and rushed towards them.
The sudden water surge scared the fish group, their original loose formation immediately tightened, forming a huge sphere.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate in the slightest, still rushing forward at a very fast speed and mming into the huge fish sphere.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that since his bloodline evolution, his speed increased tremendously. Even in the ocean, he can reach 150km/h, making him the fastest creature on bothnd and water.
His super-fast speed allowed him to instantly reach the fish school, opening his giant mouth, he ate 7 or 8 fish with one bite.
Some fish collided with the fast Fang Yun and directly fainted, slowly falling to the bottom of the ocean.
Fang Yun prated straight through the fish sphere, forming a hole in the fish sphere, but moments after Fang Yun created the hole, the other fish filled it, forming a giant sphere again.
In this way, Fang Yun prated the fish sphere several times, eating about fifty or sixty fish, following that, he swam to the ocean floor, looking for the fish that fainted as a result of his collisions.
These fish are even more than the one he swallowed.
After this attack.
He ate more than two hundred fish and gained 10,000 bio-energy points.
When he floated back from the ocean floor, the fish school had already disappeared, but Fang Yun was not in a hurry. flicking his tongue a few times in the water, he easily determined the direction in which they escaped.
In the sea, his tongue can still be used - it should be because of the bloodline upgrade, as his tongue sensitivity has increased by arge margin.
And from now on, his tongue role in the sea is far greater than onnd.
He mostly uses his eyes on thend, but in the ocean, his eyes can¡¯t y a big role.
The ocean is too big, and the distance that he can see with his eyes is limited. That¡¯s without mentioning that the deeper it is the darker the water is.
Swaying his huge body, Fang Yun swam towards the fish school. 10 kilometers away, he finally caught up with them.
Without hesitation, he attacked the fish school again. This time, he gained 15,200 bio-energy points.
After being attacked several times, the frightened fish school quickly ran away.
Fang Yun no longer pursued them and started looking for other targets.
However, only now did Fang Yun discover that he was led to a special ce by the fish school.
¡±Ssh¡±
Fang Yun emerged from the underwater and checked the scene around him.
There is a small ind on the opposite side. This ind is rtively small, probably around a thousand acres. The ind is covered with vegetation, but it¡¯s not lush, with a few trees on it.
On this small ind, Fang Yun did not find any traces of human activities.
Climbing up on the ind, Fang Yun slithered around in a circle, except for some small birds, he did not find any other creatures
He was originally nning to use this small ind as his base, but it¡¯s too small and there is very little vegetation.
Even if he coils up, he can still be easily seen by any boat or helicopter that passes by here.
After thinking about that, he re-entered into the ocean and started to wander in this area. To his surprise, he discovered another small ind exactly 10 kilometers away from this ind.
Thinking of something, he immediately slithered back to the ocean and started wandering again in this area. As expected, he discovered many other inds.
This archipgo is generally S-shaped, with a lot of inds varying in size.
Some inds are as small as the first one that Fang Yun saw, but there are also big ones, about the size of a small city or a big town. There are only 2 inds of this size in this archipgo.
In addition, on some of therger inds, Fang Yun discovered humans.
The people here seem to be fishing for a living, and on the edge of those inds with humans, there are many fishing boats.
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun decided to live on this archipgo for a while.
Chapter 125: Juvenile Ham
Chapter 125: Juvenile Ham
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The reason why Fang Yun decided to stay in this ce is because of therge amount of prey here.
He saw a lot of catfish in this ce, without mentioning therge variety of other fish.
He even saw several sharks.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, these sharks are called whitetip sharks, thergest of which was only two meters, but maybe because of their high position on the biological chain, they provided a lot of bio-energy points.
A single two-meter-long whitetip shark can provide 1,200 bio-energy points. This is already very goodpared to some fish of the same size that provides only a few hundred points
At that time, he hunted a whitetip shark to check its taste. He wasn¡¯t really focused on hunting at that time, so he didn¡¯t pursue the remaining sharks.
While observing the number of prey in this area, Fang Yun also found a suitable ce to live in.
It¡¯s an uninhabited desert ind, with a quiterge area and very lush vegetation, even with hisrge body shape, the dense vegetation can still easily cover him.
Another point worth noting is that this uninhabited desert ind is very remote, with the closest ind to it being a particrly small ind, even smaller than the one Fang Yun saw at the beginning.
The distance between them is almost 100 kilometers.
For the small ind, Fang Yun called it ¡°xiaodao¡±, because it¡¯s the smallest ind he saw until now. Not far from ¡°xiaodao¡± is a particrlyrge ind.
There is a vige on thisrge ind, and Fang Yun saw a sign on the seashore on which ¡°Horseshoe ind¡± was written.
This name is quite appropriate, the shape of this ind is indeed like a horseshoe.
Fang Yun often swam to the side of ¡°Horseshoe¡± Ind. This ce has the most number of fish in this area. Even the whitetip shark was found by Fang Yun here.
Today he came here and started today¡¯s hunt.
At noon, the sun was very hot and scorching.
However, Fang Yun stayed about 30 meters below the sea surface and did not feel how hot the weather was, not that he would feel it if he was on the water surface either.
He was wandering in the waters between xiaodao ind and horseshoe ind. Currently, he is looking at the coral reef in front of him.
From this coral reef, he could see fish swimming back and forth, most of which are groupers.
Groupers are very recognizable. Their scales are brightly colored, often red and brown, and have either streaks or spots.
Their stripes and spots provide excellent camouge to them. If they stay motionless beside the reef, it¡¯s difficult to find them.
However, this does not pose any problem to Fang Yun. Relying on his tongue, he can easily find them, no matter how good is their camouge.
He wandered around this area, eating about a hundred groupers, and gaining more than 3,000 bio-energy point.
Immediately afterward, he shifted his position and advanced towards ¡°Horseshoe¡± Ind.
Between xiaodao and Horseshoe Ind, the depth of the seawater is rtively shallow, and many ces are only tens of meters deep, but near the horseshoe ind, there is a trench-shaped area, about 300 meters wide, shaped like a circle.
This trench is very deep. Fang Yun estimates that it¡¯s about 700 to 800m deep. There are manyrge animals living inside of it.
The whitetip shark he saw before came out of this trench. In addition, he also saw a big turtle while wandering there.
Although Fang Yun¡¯s teeth are very hard and sharp right now, he still can¡¯t break the defense of the turtle¡¯s shell. If he wants to swallow the turtle, he has to bite its head while it¡¯s still outside, then swallow it and digest it with his powerful digestive ability.
Of course, he can swallow it directly, but this is a bit dangerous, and he doesn¡¯t want to have a living turtle wandering in his belly.
Fang Yun swam toward the trench, then entered it and began hunting the animals there.
While Fang Yun entered the trench to hunt, a group of teens were ying together on the shore of Horseshoe Ind. They were all 13 or 14 years old, with a total of seven people.
They are currently hiding in the shade, a fire was burning in front of them.
Each child held a wooden stick in his hand, and a fish was interspersed with it.
These fish were caught from the sea. This is nothing to children like them who grew on the seaside. They would learn to catch fish and uses at a very young age.
They can even directly jump into the ocean and catch fish with their hands.
Ham has done this several times before.
Thest time he caught fish with his hands wasst year, when he was 13 years old.
He is 14 years old this year, just recently graduated from the only school on the ind, but he is not nning to leave horseshoe ind and go to higher learning institutions.
Most of the children of fishermen like him don¡¯t want to get higher learning opportunities. After graduating from the school on the ind, most of them are already 13 or 14 years old, which is considered an adult in Robles.
Most of the boys follow the adults to go fishing, while the girls follow their mother to learn how to weave fishings and prepare for marriage.
Ham doesn¡¯t know when he will go to sea. His father has not been home for ten days since he went to seast month.
After his father returns, he will have to discuss this matter with him. When will he hold his adulthood ceremony, when will be his official trip to the sea.
¡±Kofi, was the pearl on your neck given to you by Lehman?¡±
While Ham was deep in his thoughts, a sunny teen beside him suddenly asked a young girl sitting opposite to Ham, he was looking straight at the girl¡¯s neck.
Around the young girl¡¯s neck, there is a pink pearl the size of a thumb, which looks particrly beautiful.
¡±Yes, Nadal, do you want to send me a pearl?¡± The girl named Kofi looked at Nadal with an expectant look.
Nadal hurriedly shook his head. ¡°I¡¯m not Lehman. I heard that he found this pearl near the Belva trench. Is it true?¡±
¡±of course.¡±
A tall boy on Kofi¡¯s right side nodded proudly, ¡°At that time I was only 100 meters away from that trench, I obtained this pearl after a lot of risks.¡±
¡±Lehman, you are so brave!¡±
Nadal gave Lehman a thumbs up and then looked at Kofi. ¡°Kofi, Lehman gave you such a beautiful pearl. Are you going to marry him?¡±
Hearing this question, the five boys in the group looked at the girl named Kofi.
The same goes for Ham.
However,pared to these guys who only want to hear gossip, Ham looked uneasy. No one here knows that he likes Kofi.
Because they grew up together, he had some thoughts about Kofi early, and thetter also grew more and more beautiful with each day. Her thick lips looked particrly sexy.
More importantly,pared with other girls, Kofi is more delicate, just like the girls he saw in the city.
He dreams of marrying Kofi every day, but he knows that he is delusional. Even in this small group, he isn¡¯t the only one that loves Kofi.
Lehman is also one of her pursuers, otherwise, he would not give Kofi such a beautiful pearl.
Compared with Lehman, he is shorter, uglier and weaker than him. Even Lehman¡¯s family is richer and more influential than his. That¡¯s without mentioning that Lehman is just one of Kofi¡¯s many pursuers,pared to them, he is veryckluster.
Lehman was also looking at Kofi with a look of anticipation.
Being watched by so many people, Kofi frowned slightly, her face was filled with unhappiness. Suddenly, the girl sitting next to her spoke up.
¡±Lehman can¡¯t marry Kofi now, he hasn¡¯t even held the adulthood ceremony yet.¡±
Chapter 126: Unconvinced Ham
Chapter 126: Unconvinced Ham
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Hearing the first half of the sentence, Lehman couldn¡¯t help but get anxious. However, a smile appeared on his face after hearing the second sentence.
¡±Two dayster, I will go to the sea with my dad.¡±
Lehman smiled at Kofi and her girlfriend, ¡°Aftering back, I will bring back a lot of fish.¡±
¡±Lehman, if you don¡¯t catch enough fish this time, Kofi won¡¯t marry you.¡±
The girl next to Kofi said earnestly. ¡°Kofi will only marry the best person in the vige.¡±
¡±Rest assured, no one is more powerful than me, Lehman.¡±
Lehman said proudly, patting his chest.
The nearby Ham got agitated after hearing Lehman¡¯s oath, thinking that his crush, the girl he had loved for many years was about to be snatched away, and still right in front of him. A burst of anger and sadness filled his chest.
He had the urge to fight with Lehman at that moment, but in the end, he could only stare nkly at the fire. He is not Lehman¡¯s opponent, and suddenly attacking him like that with no reason will leave him with a bad reputation.
After that conversation, he looked like he had lost his soul, carelessly eating the fish in his hand, but he couldn¡¯t even feel its taste. He didn¡¯t even listen to the conversation of hispanions.
Ham looked like a lovesick boy who got rejected by his crush.
¡±Let¡¯s go to the sea to search for treasures.¡±
Suddenly. Lehman, who was sitting next to Kofi, suddenly stood up and said to Ham and the other boys. ¡°After the undercurrent in the trench, some good things should have drifted to the bottom of the water near the ind.¡±
After his voice fell, the other boys in the group also looked excited. They yelled excitedly and ran towards the beach.
¡±Ham, let¡¯s go!¡±
Nadal pulled the lost Ham next to him and ran towards the beach.
Ham woke up from his reverie, remembered what they were going to do, and quickly followed hispanions to the beach.
¡±Lehman, Nadal, be careful!¡±
In the shade, Kofi and her girlfriend shouted at Lehman.
¡±Kofi, I¡¯ll give you another pearl aftering back.¡±
Lehman¡¯s voice came from far away, and by this time he had already arrived at the beach with the rest of the boys.
They did not stupidly jump into the sea, but walked to a fishing boat docked on the harbor and jumped into it, one by one.
This fishing boat is an old boat reced by Lehman¡¯s family. It¡¯s very old, but it can still be used, only be used in offshore areas though.
Lehman didn¡¯t even think about driving this boat to the depth of the sea, that would be stupid.
They are going to drive this fishing boat to a ce one or two kilometers from the coast, then jump into the ocean from there.
Several children drove the fishing boat and soon arrived at their destination.
Above the sea.
¡±Ham, here, your diving goggles.¡± Next to him, Nadal handed Ham goggles and an exhtion tube, then he put on one himself.
After taking it, Ham thanked Nadal, who had already put on his diving goggles and stuffed the exhtion tube into his mouth.
Both he and Ham looked at the underwater situation.
In the area where they are located, the depth of the water is about 10 meters. the permeability is particrly good, so they can clearly see the situation underwater.
Under the water, there are rock formations, clusters of small and soft nts, such as algae, and shrimp-like small creatures and small fish constantly passing by.
There are also some ces with small raised reefs where palm-sized fish can be seen ying around.
¡±I will anchor the boat first, you can go ahead.¡±
While Ham was looked at the transparent water, Lehman¡¯s voice sounded. Ham turned around and watched as Lehman threw the anchor into the water, then jumped into the water, grabbed the anchor and swam toward a rock.
A breeze was blowing at sea level. If the boat doesn¡¯t get anchored quickly, then it wouldn¡¯t take long for it to disappear.
¡±Ham, I¡¯ll go down first.¡±
Nadal turned around and said to Ham, then without waiting for him to respond, he quickly jumped into the water.
With Nadal taking the lead, the other two boys also jumped into the sea, leaving only Ham on the boat.
¡±Ham, don¡¯t you dare go to sea?¡±
After fixing the anchor to the bottom of the water, Lehman swam to the surface, nning to return to the boat. Naturally, he saw Ham who was still on the boat and was looking at the water.
He immediately ridiculed him.
¡±Lehman, I went to the sea countless times, why would I be afraid.¡±
Ham yelled uncontrobly. He was a bit angry. As a child of a fisherman, furthermore living on an ind. He doesn¡¯t know how many times he went to the sea, how could he be afraid? However, what angered him, even more, is his love rival looking down on him;
¡±Damn, I won¡¯t lose to you.¡±
Ham thought resentfully in his heart. Without any hesitation, he jumped into the water.
After wandering around underwater, he quickly swam to the surface. Looking around, he saw that Lehman was swimming towards the trench.
They are currently about 1 kilometer from the trench.
The closer they get to the trench, the more dangerous it will be. However, there will be more treasures. beautiful stones, colorful shells ¡
If they are lucky, they can even find beautiful pearls inside the shells.
Ham has never found a pearl, despite his numerous diving attempts.
Leaning his head down, Ham looked at the situation at the bottom of the sea, his exhtion tube was exposed on the water surface, mainly to watch the underwater situation and breathe freely.
The water here is so clear that he can easily see the situation underwater.
He saw a lot of beautiful little fish and some small corals.
¡±I have to pick a very special shell, golden or pink!¡±
Thinking in his heart, ¡°The best situation is finding a purple shell.¡±
Such shells are as rare and precious as pearls.
Not far ahead, Nadal and the other two boys have stopped advancing, they stopped at a distance about 500 meters away from the trench, going forward anymore will be dangerous.
However, Ham noticed that Lehman didn¡¯t stop like the other but continued advancing.
¡±That guy, does he really want to find another pearl?¡±
Seeing Lehman constantly approaching the trench, Ham was a bit dissatisfied. If Lehman found another pearl, then Kofi might just directly marry him.
¡±I¡¯ll first give a pearl to Kofi, then go to the sea with my father and catch a lot of fish.¡±
Ham fantasized in his heart. As long as he did these two things, Kofi will surely look at him in a new light, she certainly would not marry Lehman.
¡±Ham, don¡¯t swim too far.¡±
Nadal, who was constantly looking underwater, suddenly raised his head and just happened to see that his good friend Ham was swimming toward the trench.
He was taken aback. He hurriedly spat the exhtion tube out of his mouth, then shouted at Ham.
Hearing the shout of his best friend, Ham stopped and replied to him. ¡°Nadal, I¡¯m looking for something, rest assured, I won¡¯t be dragged into the trench.¡±
After saying this, he continued swimming forward.
In the back, Nadal looked stupified. He doesn¡¯t understand why Ham, who is usually afraid to approach the trench, suddenly swimming right towards it.
Chapter 127: Shocked Ham
Chapter 127: Shocked Ham
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Ham swam forward like a fish. To be honest, he is a little nervous, he had never been so close to the trench before.
By now, he is already about 200 meters away from the trench, which is already very close.
The water depth in this area reached 15 meters, so he can¡¯t see the water floor as clearly as before.
Not far ahead, Lehman also stopped. It can be seen that he doesn¡¯t have the courage to get as close as 100 meters to the trench.
There is an undercurrent activity deep in the trench. If they get too close, they might just happen to encounter an undercurrent, sucking them into the trench. That¡¯s basically a death sentence.
Of course, this chance is very small.
With the guidance of their elders as well as their own experience, they have long understood thew of the undercurrent erupting. Undercurrents erupt at certain intervals, there is still some time from the next eruption.
However, who knows what can happen in the future. Even if they know that the undercurrent is unlikely to erupt, they still didn¡¯t dare to get too close to the trench.
Ham squinted as he looked underwater, he widened his eyes as much as possible, trying to spot some beautiful shell or pearl underwater.
He tightened a bag in his hands. It¡¯s a bag made of fishings. He is going to put the discovered treasures in it.
Ham wandered in this area, constantly looking around. Suddenly his eyes brightened.
Underwater, he saw a colorful Conch, very beautiful and colorful. This type of Conch is actually quite umon.
¡±Sure enough, good things can only be seen here.¡±
The moment he saw this conch, Ham decided to take it, sticking his head out of the water, he took a deep breath, filling the exhtion tube with oxygen, then resolutely dived underwater.
Ham swiftly swam towards the ocean floor, reaching the beautiful Conch, he grabbed it and quickly swam back to the surface.
¡±Hahh!¡±
Ham stuck his head out of the water and took a deep breath, diving to the ocean floor and swimming back to the surface this quickly caused a lot of pressure on his body.
But on his face, there wasn¡¯t the slightest bit of difort, just excitement.
He raised the Conch in his right hand, bringing it above his head. He watched as the conch reflected the sunlight, making it look very beautiful and shiny, causing a smile to creep on his face.
¡±Kofi will definitely love it.¡±
Ham thought happily. He put the conch in the fishing bag, then continued exploring the water.
Over the next period of time, he found several beautiful shells, causing his bag to be quite heavy.
¡±I need to find either a pearl or a purple shell.¡±
Ham wasn¡¯t reconciled. He had already explored this area, but he still didn¡¯t find any pearl or purple shell. He got increasingly agitated as time passed.
His gaze was suddenly attracted by something and his heart couldn¡¯t help but tighten.
¡±That is¡¡¡±
Not far away, on the ocean floor, there is a raised stone. This raised stone is only 7 to 8meters away from the surface, but it¡¯s quite close to the trench.
What attracted him wasn¡¯t this raised stone, but the beige m on top of it.
That m was opening its shell slightly, revealing a bit of brilliance.
Ham¡¯s eyes were glued to the m, his heart filled with excitement. Suddenly the m seemed to feel the abnormal water flow, causing it to quickly close its shell.
¡±Is there a pearl inside?¡±
He was a bit entangled on what to do, that m is too close to the trench, it¡¯s too dangerous.
He stuck his head out of the water and looked around, he quickly noticed his friends not far away.
The friends not far away seemed to give him a certain amount of courage. He took a deep breath and with a look of determination, he sank back underwater
Kicking his legs, he quickly rushed towards the m below.
Ham was getting closer and closer to the m, and his heart was filled with excitement. ¡°Is there really a pearl in it? It looks like a golden pearl.¡±
Just as he was about 10 meters away from the m, a few seconds away from getting it. From the corner of his eyes, he noticed that something immerged from the trench.
He stopped abruptly, then looked over there, his eyes wide from surprise.
In the dark bottomless ditch, a shark with a grey-brown back and white belly suddenly emerged from there.
However, He didn¡¯t stop because of this shark. Sharks are not unusual creatures to him. They encountered them many times while ying in the sea. Small sharks like these have quite low aggression to people and aren¡¯t very dangerous.
What really scared him was the sight behind the shark.
He seemed to see that a veryrge creature was chasing the shark, but now that he looked back, he couldn¡¯t see anything unusual.
¡±Illusion?¡±
Looking back at that ce, he didn¡¯t find any monster or giant ck shadow, just as he was confused. The shark swam back to the trench.
However, at this moment, something came out of the reef, bit the shark with one bite and pulled it back under the reef.
¡±That is¡¡¡±
Ham¡¯s heart tightened, goosebumps filled his skin and fear filled his heart. All of this caused him to lose control, he subconsciously opened his mouth, causing him to swallow water.
Ham suddenly reacted and hurriedly swam back to the surface,
¡±Cough! Cough.¡±
He gasped for breath and spat out the water in his mouth. It didn¡¯t take long for Ham to calm down. He thought of the previous giant shadow and chills filled his body. At the same time, he was very confused.
Did a giant monster truly drag the shark back to the trench or did the shark actively dive into the reef?
He was too far apart, so he couldn¡¯t urately see what actually happened.
After thinking for a while, he sank back underwater and looked at the trench. That ce is still dark and very quiet. The shark had disappeared, maybe it had entered the trench, or ¡
Ham tried hard to remember what exactly happened, trying to reproduce the previous scene in his mind, but he discovered that he couldn¡¯t do, as nothing really happened.
¡±That was probably just hallucinations.¡±
Although he thought of that, he still didn¡¯t dare to stay in this ce for a long time, he has the feeling that something in that trench is watching him.
¡±Right, The golden pearl.¡±
Ham suddenly remembered this. He stuck his head back underwater and looked at the stone on which the m is on.
He discovered that m was no longer on the stone, but slowly slid down towards the trench on the other side. Itnded on a slope then, slowly rolled toward the trench.
Chapter 128: Preparing to Enter the Sea
Chapter 128: Preparing to Enter the Sea
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Ham sighed with regret in his heart, but he still did not dare to stay here. He quickly swam in the direction of the boat.
Not long after, standing on the boat, he stared at the ce where he found the m.
Was the thing he saw before a monster?
However, the more he tried to remember what he saw, the more obscure the images in his mind became. He is really skeptical, was that really a hallucination?
After a short while, Lehman and the rest returned to the boat, everyone happily gathered together and started to talk.
¡±Ham, what¡¯s wrong with you, did something happen?¡±
Nadal was holding translucent stones with a variety of colors, red, green, yellow, etc¡ He was looking at them with excitement as they reflected the sun-rays.
These are his trophies.
After admiring them for a while, Nadal looked up and looked at the other boys. He suddenly discovered that his friend, Ham¡¯s face was somewhat wrong.
¡±haven¡¯t you discovered any treasure?¡±
Nadal thought that he had understood Ham¡¯s worries. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, this kind of thing is based on luck. Maybe you will find a beautiful shell next time, heck even a pearl is possible.¡±
¡±No Nadal, I found a good looking Conch¡±
Ham took out beautiful Conch. Seeing the Conch in Ham¡¯s hands, Nadal¡¯s eyes widened in surprise.
He was still wondering why Ham¡¯s face was wrong, but now he totally forgot about that, his attention was attracted by the Conch.
Ham opened his mouth and wanted to tell Nadal what he had experienced before, hoping that he would help him analyze what would have happened.
However, after some hesitation. In the end, Ham didn¡¯t say anything. He is afraid that Nadal willugh at him.
After all, he was frightened by a ¡°non-existent¡± creature.
After thinking for a while, Ham decided to leave this thing behind, it was probably just an illusion.
On the way back, the huge ck shadow still lingered in Ham¡¯s mind, he couldn¡¯t just forget it.
While Ham and hispanions were returning back to the shore. Hidden in the trench, a huge creature was leisurely swimming.
¡±Well, That would be another white tip shark.¡±
Fang Yun swallowed the white tip shark with one gulp, satisfied as this shark provided him with 1200 bio-energy points.
By now, his bio-energy has reached 265,200?points. In the past two days, his harvest has been quite plentiful, gathering about 20,000 bio-energy every day.
As long as he keeps this pace, then he will be able to evolve in about 10 days.
As long as he is lucky enough to meet a fish school, this time can be shortened even further.
After wandering around the trench, Fang Yun ate another white tip shark and several big fish. In addition, he caught a turtle.
It¡¯s a leatherback turtle with a body length of three meters, which provided Fang Yun with 2,000 bio-energy points. This turtle is considered as thergest turtle in the world, so it¡¯s not unexpected for it to provide so much bio-energy.
¡±It seems that eating turtles is also a good choice.¡±
After tasting the sweetness, Fang Yun wondered if he could eat them regrly. He knew that most turtles live solitary all year round, but during the mating season, they would go ashore inrge groups.
¡±If only I could find these turtles mating ce.¡±
Thinking of that kind of scene. hundreds of turtles climbed from the sea to the beach, just when they started mating, Fang Yun will rush out from the sea and start a feast.
If every turtle provides him with as much bio-energy as this leatherback turtle, then a few hundred up to a thousand turtle can provide him with million of bio-energy.
If that truly happened, don¡¯t mention this evolution, it would be sufficient even for the next one.
He really wants to know where is the breeding ce for turtles, but unfortunately, it¡¯s not that easy.
Fang Yun is still going to search anyway, finding this leatherback turtle here means that there may be other ones nearby, as long as he keeps an eye on them, it¡¯s possible to follow one to their matting ce;
Moreover, judging from the current weather, it¡¯s very warm outside, so these turtles mating time is not far away.
Of course, Fang Yun won¡¯t just focus on searching for turtles mating ce, he is still going to carry is normal hunting activities.
While thinking about this, he quickly swam back towards the desert ind he regarded as his habitat. He didn¡¯t forget to catch a few fish along the way.
When he returned to the ind, the sky has already dimmed and night has fallen.
Fang Yun climbed into the ind, entered the jungle, then began to rest.
¡¡¡¡¡
While Fang Yun returned to his habitat to rest, Ham has returned to his home after a day of ying.
His home is a wooden house. Several long tree poles hanged in front of the door. They are used mainly to dry fishings.
When he got home, he heard his mother¡¯s voice, as if she was talking with someone.
Seeing this, his eyes brightened.
¡±Father is back!¡±
He quickly opened the door and ran into the living room. Sure enough, he saw his father¡¯s figure in the lobby, a short but strong middle-aged man wearing a yellow vest.
Ham immediately jumped over and hugged him. There was still a fishy smell on the man, but he didn¡¯t mind. He hadn¡¯t seen him for almost a month, so he had been very worried.
Their father and son rtionship is very good. Ham¡¯s father kept asking him about his affairs while his mother was putting the food on the table. During their conversation, Ham¡¯s father learned about his son graduating from school, after which he told him that he can join his fishing crew.
Ham¡¯s mother looked quite worried, but Ham himself was very excited. Although deep in his heart, he was quite nervous.
Fishermen like his father usually go hundreds of kilometers deep in the sea. In that kind of ce, there is nothing but the vast sea.
If they had an ident happened, then that would be the end. They can only wait for death amidst fear and despair.
But going on adventures is the dream of a boy of his age, so even if he was a bit nervous, he didn¡¯t worry very much.
At night, Ham slept together with his parents.
When the moonlight came in from the window, Ham couldn¡¯t sleep even though he was lying next to his parents. The scene he saw in the trench kept shing in his mind.
Sometimes he thinks that there is a monster in the trench, sometimes he thinks it¡¯s an illusion.
The interweaving of these two ideas made him very confused.
¡±Father.¡±
He shook his father next to him gently, to which his father responded with azy ¡°hum¡±. He told him what he saw in the trench and asked for his opinion.
¡±Ham, you must have seen it wrong.¡±
His father replied to him with a drowsy voice. ¡°There isn¡¯t a fish that big in our area.¡±
He treated the monster in Ham¡¯s mouth as a big fish. Obviously, this man who often went to the sea didn¡¯t believe in the existence of monsters.
Ham was nning to continue this topic, but hearing his father¡¯s snoring, he gave up.
Was that thing really an illusion?
Ham looked at the full moon outside the window with a confused look.
Chapter 129: Sardines
Chapter 129: Sardines
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In the early morning of the next day, Ham got up a littlete, which is rted to his insomniast night. Seeing that he is the only one on the bed, his parents should have woke up long ago.
The temperature of the bed was quite low.
He quickly got up and opened the door. He naturally noticed the figure of his father in the yard, inspecting the fishings.
Saying good morning to his father, Ham began preparing for the next expedition. More specifically, checking if he did forget anything. He started preparing for this moment long ago.
He quickly finished his preparations, his father has also finished inspecting the fishings. Gathering all of their stuff, they said goodbye to Ham¡¯s mother and walked out of the door.
¡±Nick, Ham, remember to be careful ande back safely.¡±
At the gate, Ham¡¯s mother said to them worriedly.
Ham and his father waved their hands at her, then walked towards the beach, where their boat was parked.
On the boulder-covered trail, the grass is growing on both sides. Dewdrops are hanging on the leaves. The sun has notpletely risen yet, just half of it can be seen in the distant horizon.
It¡¯s red, but the light is not dazzling at all, people can watch it with the naked eye.
This sunrise scenery is actually very beautiful, but neither Ham nor Nick have any intention of watching or appreciating it. They don¡¯t really care about these artistic things. Besides, they have already seen this scene many times.
In their opinion, the most important thing is fishing.
On the way, Nick exined to his son the precautions for going fishing in the sea. In fact, he didn¡¯t remember how much he repeated this to his son, but he is still going to say it again anyway.
Ham wasn¡¯t annoyed as usual, but listened honestly and remembered these things by heart.
It¡¯s finally time for him to go out to the sea and his longing for adventure caused him to be unable to wait.
¡±Nick? is this your kid?¡±
On the seashore, a fishing boat was docked. There were a few people on board. When Ham and Nick approached, one of the men looked up and shouted at them.
¡±Yes.¡±
Nickughed as he stepped on the fishing boat, ¡°He is fourteen years old, this is his first time going to sea!¡±
¡±Oh, is he undergoing his adult ceremony?¡±
All the people on the boat stopped what they were doing, then looked at Ham, ¡°Ham, rest assured, this time we will definitely help you bring a lot of fish back.¡±
¡±You will definitely marry a beautiful wife.¡±
On this small ind, ording to tradition, if someone is undergoing his adult ceremony, then he is the protagonist on the boat, all the others are supporting characters.
Everyone will try their best to help him catch more fish.
Ham was a bit embarrassed by the enthusiasm of everyone. Fortunately, he has a darkplexion. Otherwise, his blush will definitely be seen andughed at.
Nick patted Ham¡¯s shoulder, then got on the boat and started the final preparation before setting off, inspecting the various tools and machinery. He has to make sure that nothing is broken or missing. A small mistake on the sea can result in casualties.
Ham stayed alone in front of the fishing boat and examined it with his eyes.
This is a second-hand fishing boat bought by his dad and a few friends, they even had to borrow money from the bank to make the full payment. Ham wondered if his father has repaid the bank or not yet.
This fishing boat is about 20 meters long and more than 4 meters wide. It has aplete set of facilities, including a refrigerated room, a lounge, and a variety of mechanical and electrical equipment.
¡±Ham, we have to go.¡±
Suddenly, Nick shouted from the boat. Ham woke up from his daydreaming and quickly climbed on the boat. Along with the roar of the engine, they set off towards the sea.
Just as Ham started his sea adventure, On the coast on an uninhabited ind far away. rustling sounded from a bush. Not long after, a huge creature stuck its head out from the dense forest.
It¡¯s a huge python.
The huge python nced at the surrounding scenery before slithering along the beach and entering the ocean.
Roughly estimating, this huge python is more than 30 meters long.
This giant python is naturally Fang Yun.
He wandered around in the water, feeling quitefortable. He goes out to hunt every day, sometimes watching the sunrise, sometimes ying in the water. His life is very leisurely and chic.
In addition, with his huge size and enormous power, he doesn¡¯t have to be afraid of encountering any natural enemy in the sea. More importantly, he isn¡¯t the previous 10-years lived python, having to worry about his short life every day.
He has now 150 years in front of him, with a lifespan more than most of the creatures in the world. So he is very leisurely.
After wandering around this area for a bit, Fang Yun went to ¡°Horseshoe¡± ind, but even after searching this ce for a while, he did not find a suitable prey;
Without bothering to stay here, he simply chose a random direction and swam in that way.
It¡¯s easy to get lost in the sea, but Fang Yun doesn¡¯t need to worry about it. As a Bashe python, he has the special ability to determine directions. That means, he is a livingpass.
After swimming for a long time, Fang Yun met a fish school.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun learned that this is a school of sardines, with a particrlyrge number. Anyway, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t even estimate how much fish there is in this fish school.
However, these sardines are rtively small, most of which are ten or twenty centimeters long, their bio-energy is also pitiful, in the single to early double digits.
Fang Yun has been following this sardine school, attacking it from time to time.
Each sardine can provide a small amount of bio-energy, but there is an extremelyrge number of them. Fang Yun is toozy to look for other prey so he decided to follow them.
Every day, he gets more than 30,000 bio-energy from this sardine school, which is more than what he usually gets.
Apart from being easy to hunt, this is the reason why he kept following this sardine school.
Three dayster, Fang Yun is still following the sardine school, they had crossed a long distance. It¡¯s worth mentioning that s shark group started following him a while ago.
There are three sharks in total.
This shark group will pick up what he left behind. He usually smashes into the sardine school and knocks a lot of fish to the ground, sometimes he doesn¡¯t catch all the fish that fell and these sharks take advantage of that.
These three sharks have benefited from a lot along the way.
Fang Yun did not immediately attack them; He hopes that this shark group will get bigger and bigger. He wants to have a big shark meal after finishing with these sardines.
Chapter 130: Storm
Chapter 130: Storm
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Ham was leaning on the side of the ship, using the binocrs in his hands, he looked into the distance.
There are no entertainment facilities on the boat, and everyone on the boat has their tasks, so no has the time to apany him to y.
At first, Ham was very excited, carefully checking the boat and wandering from ce to ce, but after a few days, the freshness disappeared, and the same scenery on all sides caused him to be very bored.
Just like now.
He used the binocrs to view the distant sea surface. It¡¯s not that he wants to appreciate the beautiful scenery or something like that, he just wants to pass the time. If he doesn¡¯t do anything, he will be bored to death.
In the past few days, Ham also tried to help with some work, but it¡¯s just the simplest tasks, he isn¡¯t qualified yet to help with the main and difficult tasks.
And to be honest, there aren¡¯t so manyplicated things in fishing.
They just need to throw the and drag it for a day or a night.
The truly difficult tasks are to take the fish from the fishings, then sort them and refrigerate them. The most important task is actually the boat navigation, without a qualified navigator, they can easily get or have an ident.
Young men like him are hyperactive, staying in this boat for a just few days has suffocated him. Sometimes he wants to jump into the water to y. But he was stopped by his father.
Therefore, in addition to being dazed, his daily entertainment is to look at the distant sea scenery with the binocrs in his hands.
Suddenly, he stopped looking around and focused on a certain direction.
Using the binocrs, he spotted a shadow far away.
Ham closed one eye and adjusted the focal length of the binocrs. The shadow appearing in the lens barrel suddenly became clearer.
It¡¯s a ship.
At the bow of that ship, there is a huge hook. In addition, there are a lot of people moving on the ship¡¯s board. The most noticeable thing is that huge fish.
¡°whale?¡±
¡°They are whalers!¡±
He instantly came to this conclusion after seeing that whale. He had heard about this kind of ship from the stories that his father told him, so he knows that there is a group of people that like to hunt whales.
However, fishermen like his father never kill whales. Firstly, it¡¯s very hard and unprofitable, and even if they do so, they can¡¯t eat the whale nor will anyone buy it.
After looking at the boat for a while, Ham got bored of it and looked at other ces.
¡°Ham.¡±
When Ham wasying on the side of the ship, bored, someone suddenly called him. His father walked towards him and said. ¡°It¡¯s time to eat.¡±
Ham followed his dad and couldn¡¯t help but ask.
¡°Dad, how is it? is there any fish in the?¡±
Hearing that, Nick paused for a moment, his face cloudy, but he still said. ¡°Not yet, but there will be soon.¡±
He touched Ham¡¯s head, his heart felt heavy.
This is the first time that Ham has followed them to go fishing in the sea. If nothing is caught, then things will be very bad for Ham. People in the vige will say that Ham isn¡¯t blessed by the goddess of luck and he would have a hard time finding a wife.
It has been three days since they went to the sea, but they just caught some fish yesterday. Barely 500kg, which is definitely not enough.
However, Ham wasn¡¯t worried at all, he didn¡¯t have a particr understanding of these things, he just wants to y and impress his crush, that¡¯s all there is in his young mind.
The two walked towards the small restaurant on the boat and started eating with the other 9 people on the boat.
After having dinner, Ham yed on the deck for a while, then returned to his lounge, at which time it was already dark.
¡°Ummm!¡±
Ham stretched his lower limbs, lit the kerosenemp in front of his bed, then took out a picture book from the cab.
On the cover of the picture book, there is a picture of a fishing boat driving on a rough sea, under the fishing boat, there is a terrifying monster lurking below.
Ham opened the picture book, and the contents inside were all illustrated images of various monsters, as well as some brief text.
There¡¯s nothing really beautiful in it, But Ham still enjoyed it.
There are too few books in their ind.
¡°It¡¯s night, you should go to sleep.¡±
Nick nced at Ham and told him to sleep before going out of the room.
¡°I know, Dad.¡±
Ham nodded at Nick, nning to read this book for another twenty minutes, then go to sleep.
However, after reading for about ten minutes. The sound of wind could be heard outside the window, at first Ham didn¡¯t care, but that sound got louder and louder as time passed.
More importantly, the fishing boats started swaying.
¡°what happened?¡±
Experiencing such a thing for the first time caused Ham to be shocked. He quickly got out of bed and walked to the window.
At this time, the sky hadpletely darkened. On their fishing boat, lights radiated out, illuminating a range about a dozen meters.
Farther away, it¡¯splete darkness.
The sky was gloomy, and thick dark clouds continued to gather. The violent wind blew past the fishing boat. At the same time, raging waves impacted their boat, causing it to sway from one direction to the other.
The shaking he felt is obviously the result of these raging waves.
¡°It¡¯s going to rain.¡±
Ham looked tense, the outside scene looked a bit scary, and the shaking boat that looked about to overturn any time magnified that even further.
Obviously, a storm ising.
It has been a few days since they went to the sea, but this is the first time they have experienced this kind of weather, so the fact that his heart is pounding violently is no surprise.
The gloomy sea surface surging around looked extremely scary, and their fishing boat is in the middle of the sea, with nond around. That caused Ham to feel very insecure.
Suddenly, the stories of various ships having idents or disappearing that he had previously heard from the adults suddenly shed in his mind. Most of the fishing boats in these stories had these idents because of storms.
Recalling all these stories, Ham felt that his body is very cold.
All kinds of horrible fantasies and thoughts of idents appeared in his mind, causing the panic in his heart to grow stronger and stronger.
Chapter 131: Fearful Ham
Chapter 131: Fearful Ham
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Ham, don¡¯t worry.¡±
Ham turned his head and immediately noticed that Nick is walking towards him. ¡°Nothing will happen, it¡¯s not a really big storm. This rain will end soon.¡±
Seeing that his dad is back, Ham finally felt a little safe.
¡°Dad, do you often meet this kind of weather at sea?¡±
Ham asked Nick, but he still nced out of the window from time to time.
Nick smiled as he saw his flustered look. He patted his head and said. ¡°Most of the time the weather is milder, but stormy weather like this isn¡¯t rare. I have encountered it a lot of times.¡±
¡°It¡¯s okay. After a few more expeditions, you will feel that this kind of weather is nothing.¡±
After saying this, Nick shrugged, looking very rxed.
Looking at his father¡¯s rxed face, Ham gradually rxed.
Noticing that his son¡¯s emotions have stabilized, Nick smiled, then walked to the corner and continued to do his thing. Ham still couldn¡¯t help but look out of the window from time to time, with a slightly tense look on his face;
¡°Bang!¡±
Suddenly, from the distant clouds, a purple thunderbolt shot out, illuminating the entire sky. At the same time, a deafening bang sounded.
Ham was startled by the sudden thunder, subconsciously shrinking his neck.
He suddenly looked at the raging sea with wide eyes, seemingly wanting to see something.
When the thunder illuminated the sky, he saw a shadow in the sea but now that he tried to look for it again, it disappeared.
Just as he looked confused, another lightning shed.
The scene outside the window cleared up.
Ham¡¯s mind suddenly nked
¡°What is that?¡±
He stared out of the window with wide eyes, feeling like his heart is pinched by someone, he couldn¡¯t even breathe.
His body that had just rxed, tensed again.
In the boundless dark water, raging waves impacted their boat. A giant shadow suddenly appeared on the water before entering it again.
Due to the illumination of the thunder, he saw arge creature covered in scales. The shape of these scales is very weird, and all of them are inky back. Not at all like a fish, more like a horrible ¡
¡°Python?¡±
Ham swallowed his spit. He couldn¡¯t help but wonder why is there a python in the sea, and still such arge one.
Sea monster.
These two words suddenly popped in his mind.
At the same time, he suddenly remembered the shadow he saw near the trench while searching for treasures, a few days ago. The blurry shadow at that time suddenly became very clear.
¡°It¡¯s that monster!¡±
While Ham was horrified, The python jumped out of the water again. This time, he could see its huge head.
Its huge head is almost one meter wide, just looking at it caused Ham legs to get soft. He was shivering fiercely and his heart was filled with coldness.
¡°Dad! Dad!! Dad!!!¡±
Ham yelled anxiously, causing Nick, who sitting on the other side to look at him strangely.
¡°What¡¯s wrong Ham?¡±
¡°Dad!¡±
Ham pointed at the window, ¡°Sea monster! I saw a sea monster!¡±
¡°It¡¯s the one I saw in the trench, It came over here!. I saw it near our boat.¡±
While saying this, he looked at nick with a horrified face and trembling legs.
Hearing his son¡¯s words, Nick was confused at first, but then remembered what his son told him the night before the journey.
Ham said that he saw a monster in the trench?
Nickughed. He thought that Ham was just hallucinating due to being too nervous. Who didn¡¯t see illusions of ¡°Monsters¡± when he was a child?
But in the end, it¡¯s just an illusion.
Anyway, people ¡°see¡± monster only when they are in their childhood. Once they¡¯re grown up, forced by the pressure of reality, they will stop ¡°seeing¡± those monsters. Even himself passed through this period.
¡°Ham, don¡¯t be nervous.¡±
Nick tried calming down Ham first, then turned around and looked out of the window
¡°You see, there is nothing. It¡¯s all just your imagination¡±
¡°No, Dad, there is really a monster beside our fishing boat.¡±
Ham also nced out of the window, then shook his head vigorously, still insisting that he saw a monster outside, his face filled with fear.
He dared to swear this time that he was absolutely not lying, he really saw a monster in the water!
Seeing his son fearful look, Nick¡¯s became serious, looking very solemn. Just as Ham though that his father has believed him, Nick suddenly smiled again.
¡°Well, you can drink another ss of orange juice.¡±
¡°Dad!!!!¡±
Ham yelled desperately, and Nick patted Ham¡¯s shoulder with a smile. ¡°Well, go to sleep. Hope our fishings can catch enough ¡¡±
Nick couldn¡¯t finish his words as the boat started rocking violently.
¡°AHHH!¡±
¡°what happened!!!¡±
Two screams sounded at the same time, both Nick and Ham¡¯s bodies shook fiercely, almost falling to the ground.
Ham¡¯s face was extremely pale, and Nick¡¯s looked very shocked.
Chapter 132: Sea Monster Found
Chapter 132: Sea Monster Found
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Boom!¡±
With another loud sound, their fishing boat started to violently tremble again.
¡°Dad!¡±
Ham looked at Nick with panic. In his opinion, that monster is attacking their fishing boat. When he thought that their boat can overturn anytime and they will have to face a giant monster, he felt that even breathing was hard.
¡°Ham, It¡¯s all right, don¡¯t panic! Don¡¯t panic!¡±
Nick shouted loudly, opening the door, he hurriedly said to Ham. ¡°Let¡¯s meet with the rest of the crew!¡±
He was also skeptical. He couldn¡¯t help but wonder why did their fishing boat tremble. Their boat quiterge, more than 20 meters long. It¡¯s not easy to make such a big ship tremble his violently.
Did they really encounter sea monsters?
Nick couldn¡¯t help but think back to what his son has said to him, then shook his head helplessly. He is too nervous, how could he believe in children rambling?
However, he didn¡¯t know that his son¡¯s words are exactly on point.
Under their boat, the fishings caught a lot of fish and besides these fishings, there is a giant, horrific python.
From the open side of the fishing, it got into the, opened its mouth wide, and began to swallow the fish.
Not long ago, Fang Yun has been chasing that sardine school and wandered into this area of water. What was unexpected was that this fishing caught a part of the escaping sardine school.
He was originally nning to leave, but after seeing these struggling fish inside the fishing, he thought that these locked fish are easy prey.
There are at least six or seven hundred sardines captured by the fishing. After he swallows them, he will get more than 10,000 bio-energy points.
¡°Nick!¡±
In the fishing boat, when Nick and Ham walked out of their room, several other crew members walked out of their room and looked at them with surprise.
¡°Let¡¯s go to the deck¡±
Nick said loudly, the group looked at each other, then walked over to the deck.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
On the deck, the sound of the wind, and the raging waves all around made them be nervous.
Especially Ham, he clutched Nick¡¯s clothes tightly, then looked around in amazement.
Nick and the nine other crew members are now searching around, trying to find the cause of the violent rocking before, but they didn¡¯t find anything.
¡°What happened before?¡±
Next to Nick, a man with a baseball cap asked him nervously.
Hearing this, the other crewmembers turned around and looked at Nick.
Nick stared at the surrounding sea with vignce, but suddenly, he seemed to think of something. his eyes lit up and he quickly ran towards the stern.
¡°what happened?¡±
Others saw Nick running and followed him closely.
They saw that the rope tied to the stern was pulled to the maximum, dragging down the stern underwater. It looks just like something was dragging the boat underwater.
¡°This¡¡¡±
Everyone has a look of astonishment on their faces after seeing such a scene.
The rope tied to the stern is connected to the fishing they put into the water, but now this rope is pulled straight down, causing their boat to be submerged.
Nick and the rest of the crew nced at each other, they immediately realized that something was holding their fishing.
But it¡¯s definitely not an ordinary fish. Although some fish can straighten their rope, it¡¯s very difficult to pull their boat down.
¡°Is it a whale?¡±
Nick couldn¡¯t help but think of that, only such a behemoth can pull their boat down.
The rest of the crew also thought of this. They couldn¡¯t help but let out a sigh of relief, their mood rxing a lot.
¡°Nick, it looks like a whale has strayed into our fishing.¡±
The man in the baseball cap next to Nick said with a look of realization, others nodded in agreement.
Nick also felt that this was probably the case, but he didn¡¯t notice that Ham was getting anxious after hearing the conclusion that they reached.
Just when he wanted to say something, their fishing boat went up.
¡°Ahhhhhhhhhhhhh!¡±
The boat sudden action caused all of them to scream as they fell to the ground.
Their bodies collided heavily with the ground and rolled a fewps before stopping, most of themid on the ground while Nick and another guy struggled to stand up.
¡°damn it!¡±
Nick yelled, he stood unsteadily, grabbed the fallen Ham next to him, then looked at the rest of the crew.
¡°Nick, the rope is loose.¡±
A crew member struggled to stand up, he immediately noticed that the rope attached to the stern was loose, seeing this, he didn¡¯t hesitate to report to Nick.
The rest of the crow couldn¡¯t help but look at the rope, seeing that it wasn¡¯t pulled down like before, they let out a sigh of relief.
A few crew members looked at the sea but didn¡¯t see anything apart from the dark waves.
¡°Pull up the fishing.¡±
Others naturally didn¡¯t have any opinion, hurriedly running to pull the fishing up.
After a short while, they pulled the fishing onto the deck.
Nick and the rest examined the only to find a few sardines, more importantly, their fishing looked very tattered and broken, like being torn apart by something.
Examining the condition of the fishing, Nick and the rest of the crew looked at each other with a question mark above their head.
What was the thing that pulled their boat before?
¡°Dad!¡±
Suddenly Ham cried in horror, hearing the cry of his son, Nick and the rest of the crew looked back at him. They noticed that he was looking in a certain direction with a face filled with fear.
Hesitating, they followed Ham¡¯s gaze.
¡°That is¡¡¡±
Nick and the other crew members opened their mouth wide, they felt that their legs became very soft, on the verge of copse.
In the direction that they were looking in, a huge shadow jumped out from the water.
Due to the light on their fishing boat, they can clearly see the appearance of that huge shadow.
It¡¯s a huge python.
They watched as this giant python jumped from water one time after the other, traveling farther and farther until it disappeared into the darkness.
¡°Mom!¡±
All of the guys on the boat swallowed their spit.
¡°Pppp ¡ Python!!¡±
The man in a baseball cap next to Nick sutured. He clenched his hands and tried to calm his trembling body, exhausting all his power to remain standing.
Looking at other people, they are basically the same.
They previously thought that a whale was holding onto their fishing and dragging their boat underwater, but now they seem to be wrong.
That is clearly a giant python!
A python that is fu**ing bigger than their boat!
Just thinking that such a monster was pulling down their boat caused fishing veterans like them to tremble in fear.
¡°Nick, what shall we do now?¡±
The man in the baseball cap turned his head and asked Nick, his eyes constantly fluttering around. He couldn¡¯t help but feel that there is something hidden in the darkness, sinisterly looking at them.
¡°We have to leave this ce!¡±
Nick thought for a moment before making this decision. Naturally, no one objected to this, all they want to is to quickly leave this ce.
A momentter, a fishing boat in the middle of the sea gradually moved, traveling in the opposite direction to where the person went to.
Chapter 133: The Giants Hidden Underwater
Chapter 133: The Giants Hidden Underwater
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After Fang Yun swallowed the sardines caught in the fishing. He left the boat and the poor sailors without scaring them any further. He ns to continue following the sardine school.
By now, his bio-energy has reached 415,300 points, which means that less than 200,000 points remain until the next evolution.
He flicked his tongue underwater, determining the direction where the sardine group has escaped to. After which he didn¡¯t hesitate to follow them.
After moving for about 10 kilometers, the overcast clouds above gradually disappeared, reced by the bright moon. The night sky wasn¡¯t as dark as before, making the surroundings much more visible.
Fang Yun finally caught up with the sardine school, but he didn¡¯t immediately attack them.
He noticed that the school of sardines became much smaller, It may be that this fish school split up in the previous area.
Fang Yun was a little depressed. He attacked the sardine school a few more times, obtaining between 3000 to 4000 bio-energy points. With each collision, sardines will separate from the fish school and flee in different directions, causing the school to get smaller with each collision.
Seeing this, Fang Yun was toozy to chase them. Even if he ate this entire sardine school, he will only get about 40,000 bio-energy points. Now that they are separated, following each small group individually is not worth it.
That¡¯s without mentioning that he is beginning to get tired, he has been following this sardine school for more than a day, attacking them again and again, then eating their fallen bodies. Doing the same monotonous and repetitive work for more than a day is not only quite boring but also quite stressful.
This time he didn¡¯t bother to go back to his nest, the small ind, but just floated on the water surface, half-asleep and half-awake. With his current spiritual strength, any small noise or movement is enough to wake him up, so he isn¡¯t really worried about his safety. That¡¯s without mentioning that few things in this world can kill him.
Time slowly passed, and soon, lights began to spill from the horizon. The sun rose up, signaling the start of a new day.
Fang Yun gradually opened his eyes. He had a momentary confusion and grogginess from waking up from sleep, but after shaking his head, it disappeared. He looked at the vast sea for a while, then his eyes sharpened.
¡±It¡¯s time to hunt.¡±
Fang Yun dived in the water and stabilized at the depth of 100 meters, thisyer has the most prey.
¡±I have been in the sea for so long but I still didn¡¯t meet a single whale.¡±
Whales are generally more than 10 meters in length, even 20 meters. The amount of bio-energy they provide certainly isn¡¯t small. Unfortunately, they are very rare.
While swimming underwater, he asionally met a small fish or a shrimp. For these small, single-digit bio-energy creatures, he disdains to eat them.
After swimming for about two hours like this, he suddenly stopped and looked ahead.
Not far ahead, a ck shadow was swimming towards him, it¡¯s a huge fish.
This big fish has a very fierce look, dark eyes, sharp triangr teeth. Its several rows of teeth looked especially scary.
About 6 meters long, with a grey back and white belly. From a human standpoint, it looks terrifying.
While Fang Yun was staring at the big fish, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, great white shark, Chordata, Lamniformes, can provide 5000 points of bio-energy points.¡±
Although he had already spected, the system¡¯s prompt confirmed his guess.
This big fish is indeed the famous great white shark.
The great white shark is a very powerful and ruthless hunter. Due to its cruel natural, scary look and huge body, it has been made into several famous movies and a lot of games and novels, bing famous across the world.
Of course, no matter how powerful and famous the great white shark is, Fang Yun won¡¯t be afraid of it, nor will he pity it. He has already considered it as his snack.
Without any hesitation, he swam straight ahead.
The great white shark in front of him was a little stunned when he saw Fang Yun. Fang Yun¡¯s huge body scared the hell out of him, he immediately turned around and prepared to flee.
Great white sharks are very fast, they can reach a speed of more than 60 kilometers per hour, but Fang Yun is much faster. Half a minuteter, Fang Yun caught up with the great white shark and bit its tail.
The great white shark struggled fiercely due to the pain, it even managed to break its tail, after which it struggled to swim away.
Fang Yun obviously won¡¯t let it escape, he quickly caught up and bit on its body.
After eating this great white shark, Fang Yun did not leave. He sank deeper into the water and patiently waited.
Sure enough, three sharks that smelled the bloody smell came here.
Fang Yun will naturally not let the meat that entered his mouth leave, so he hunted all of them.
However, these three sharks are only three meters long so they provided much less bio-energy than the great white shark. These three sharks provided a total of 6800 bio-energy points, which is actually quite good.
¡±Sure enough, eatingrge prey is morefortable.¡±
Fang Yun let out a sigh of satisfaction. It¡¯s worth mentioning that the sharks that he just ate aren¡¯t the three that were previously following him.
The three sharks that had been following have disappeared. Fang Yun has no idea where they went, but it¡¯s likely that they are still following the sardine school.
He waited for another ten minutes in this ce, seeing that no shark hase here, he turned around and continued his journey.
He flicked his tongue in the water, trying to find the smell of suitable prey.
As long as any creature passed by this path not long ago, then it won¡¯t be able to hide from him.
He continued to search for prey while traveling for three hours before finally detecting a peculiar smell. Without hesitation, he began tracking it to the source.
This smell is very faint, which means that the creature that emitted the smell is far away. He didn¡¯t dare to swim too fast, as that would make him lose it. He swam at a moderate speed, following the track of that mysterious creature.
About three minutester, Fang Yun reached a ce where that smell is particrly clear. In addition, he smelled another weird smell.
In fact, he felt the second smell before reaching this ce, he just didn¡¯t expect that the two creatures that are emitting them to be in the same ce.
ording to his identification, these two smells areing from underwater.
He is now about 100 meters deep. That means that the two creatures are even deeper underwater.
ording to their smell, these two creatures are not from the same species.
Fang Yun straight underwater; The fact that they could survive that deep underwater, plus the fact that their smell spread so far indicates that these two creatures are big guys.
The more he swam down, the stronger the pressure became and the darker the water turned. At about 500 meters deep, the water is already very dark.
Thisyer is already in the depth of the ocean and few creatures can live here.
The deeper he saw, the more obvious the smell became, it¡¯s also mixed with a faint bloody smell.
Are these two creatures fighting?
After discovering the smell of blood, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but think of that;
When he reached about 1km underwater. He stopped moving, staring at the two creatures 100 meters away from him with wide eyes.
Chapter 134: A Big Harvest
Chapter 134: A Big Harvest
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s body was suspended in the dark water, watching the battle in front of him with wide eyes.
About 100 meters in front of him, two creatures are fighting.
One of these two creatures has a fish-like body, more than 15 meters long. Its body is very mismatched, with arge head and a small jaw.
When Fang Yun stared at this giant beast, he felt a domineering spirit from it.
At the same time, the sound of the system sounded in his mind.
¡±Target locked, sperm whale, Mammal, Physeter, can provide 20,000 bio-energy points.¡±
This giant fish-like creature is a sperm whale.
Sperm whales are thergest toothed whales in the ocean. They have a very obvious feature. Their head is particrlyrge and their diving ability is particrly strong. They can dive the deepest and longest amongst mammals.
An adult sperm whale can dive 2000 meters below sea level and stay there for almost 2 hours.
However, these whales are very rare. They are hunted a lot due to a secretion in their intestines named ambergris, which is a very expensive material used for making perfumes or traditional Chinese medicine. This material can even reach as much as 20,000 US dors per kilo, so it¡¯s not very surprising that they are hunted a lot.
Unexpectedly, Fang Yun actually met a sperm whale. More importantly, it can provide 20,000 bio-energy points. This is the creature with the highest amount of bio-energy he found so far.
After examing the sperm whale, Fang Yun looked at the other giant.
It was a squid, a huge squid.
Its ten long tentacles wrapped around the sperm whale. It used its suckers held tightly on its flesh, causing the sperm whale to have many bruises and small scratches. The bloody smell he smelled before came from these small scratches.
The sperm whale kept rolling and struggling, trying to shake off the squidtched on it. This trashing created arge number of fluctuations in the water.
Fang Yun immediately recognized the identity of the big squidtched on the sperm whale.
Giant squid.
This creature is the secondrgest invertebrate in the ocean, the first one is the colossal squid from the same family.
This giant squid is actually very huge, Fang Yun estimated that if it unfolded its tentacles, it should be even longer than the sperm whale.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, this giant squid can also provide him with an amazing 15000 bio-energy points.
If he swallows these two giant creatures, he can get 35,000 bio-energy points.
Thinking of this, he couldn¡¯t help but get excited, he stared closely at the two giant creatures not far away.
This sperm whale has some glowing parasitestched on it, so Fang Yun can clearly see the two giants fighting even in the dark water.
These two giants are among the top predators in the ocean, but when ites to strength, the sperm whale is stronger.
However, sperm whales have a fatal shoring. They are mammals and breathe with their lungs, so they have to swim to the surface every one in a while to breathe.
In a battle at this depth, the longer the fightsts, the worse the situation will be for the sperm whale.
This sperm whale is very aware of its situation, so its attacks are bing more and more fierce.
It swayed its head fiercely, madly trashing, stirring the surrounding water. The squid couldn¡¯t hold on anymore and was fiercely thrown to the side.
After the sperm whale got freed, it opened its huge mouth and was about to bite the giant squid.
Suddenly, the giant squid spits arge amount of back ink, blocking the sight of the sperm whale.
Taking advantage of this opportunity, the giant squid quickly fled to the distance.
Its speed is very fast, crossing at least ten or twenty meters per second. In just a few seconds, it opened a distance of almost 100 meters from the sperm whale.
While madly fleeing, it suddenly noticed that something is wrong.
¡±Bang!¡±
With the sound of water tearing apart, a huge dark shadow appeared not far away from the Giant squid.
It approached the giant squid at an rming speed and bit its tentacles.
Due to the sudden pain. The giant squid, enraged, wanted to attack this creature with its other tentacles.
However, the moment the mysterious creature bit the giant squid, that is Fang Yun, he quickly injected his venom into its tentacles.
The giant squid is indeed veryrge, but in front of the venom of Fang Yun, it¡¯s nothing but a joke.
Moreover, his venom can also cause intense pain. The giant squid just managed to wrap its tentacle around Fang Yun, as a result, it couldn¡¯t stand the intense pain and started to roll around.
Fang Yun just hovered aside quietly, waiting for the death of the giant squid.
However, not long after, a huge shadow appeared next to the giant squid.
It¡¯s the sperm whale.
After the sperm whale appeared, it stopped moving. It was obviously shocked by the size of Fang Yun, he is 2 times longer than it after all.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t waste this opportunity. While the whale was still stunned, he quickly rushed towards it.
When he reached the whale. He lowered his head, intending to attack from underneath.
Compared to the bulky sperm whale, his body is more slender and naturally more flexible. More importantly, after each evolution his agility and flexibility have increased, so even if his size is so huge, he is still very flexible.
Don¡¯t mention this bulky and clumsy whale, even ifpared with much smaller snakes and python, he is not inferior.
When Fang Yun reached underneath the whale, he realized that this whale is nning to attack him with its tail. He decisively retreated, then quickly swam above the whale, right above its neck.
Without the slightest hesitation, Fang Yun bit down on its neck.
His sharp fangs easily prated the whale¡¯s thick skin, then injected his venom into its bloodstream.
To be honest, he has not used his venom for a long time, but whether its the giant squid or the sperm whale, he shouldn¡¯t treat them lightly. Although he can still kill them by using just his physical abilities, it will take quite some time and there is the risk of one of them escaping.
Using venom is the fastest and safest way.
After injecting his venom, Fang Yun retreated to the side and waited for the sperm whale to die.
The venom inflicted great pain on the sperm whale, it struggled frantically on the water, trashing madly. Its mouth was filled with white foam.
After Fang Yun watched both of them for a while, he swam towards the squid that was already on the verge of death, then finished it. He swallowed the giant squid beginning from its head like a long noodle.
After eating the giant squid, Fang Yun swam toward the sperm whale and killed it with the same method as the giant squid.
Later, Fang Yun dragged the huge body of the sperm whale to the surface and ate it.
This sperm whale is veryrge, so it took some time to eat it. He naturally couldn¡¯t swallow it, so he tore it intorge chunks before eating it.
It took about half an hour beforepletely swallowing the sperm whale.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t stay here. After eating the two giants, he chose to leave, swimming towards other areas.
Chapter 135: Sunken Ship
Chapter 135: Sunken Ship
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun was swimming freely in the sea, sometimes swimming to the surface then jumping out of the water and sometimes diving to a depth of a few kilometers.
Speaking of it, he had great luck this day.
A great white shark, a sperm whale, and a giant squid.
These three big monsters gave him a total of 40,000 bio-energy points. Most importantly, it didn¡¯t take much effort. That¡¯s in stark contrast to the effort he spent on catching the sardines.
Unfortunately, in the following period, Fang Yun didn¡¯t find much prey. He didn¡¯t even find a small fish school, He couldn¡¯t help but wonder whether finding these three big monsters caused him to spend all his luck.
However, in the evening, Fang Yun found another prey.
He was wandering around in the 300 meters underwater area when he suddenly discovered a strange smell. Without hesitation, he followed the smell to its source.
After swimming for almost 3 kilometers, two big fish appeared in front of him.
These two big fish belong to the same species. Both are ttenedterally, resembling a fish head with a tail. They looked quite fat and a bit weird.
They are both about the same size, about 5 meters in length with almost the same height.
Once Fang Yun stared at these two fish, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, sunfish, Chordata, Molidae, can provide 1500 bio-energy points.¡±
After hearing the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun nodded internally.
When he saw these two big guys before, he guessed that it was a sunfish and the system¡¯s prompt confirmed his conjecture.
He had heard about this kind of fish in his previous life, it¡¯s quite a strange fish, looking a bit fat and mostly like a fish head swimming around.
Suddenly, one of the sunfish suddenly found Fang Yun and was very shocked. The other sunfish also detected Fang Yun after itspanion.
Fang Yun¡¯s huge figure obviously gave the two sunfish pressure, causing them to turn around and escape as soon as they reacted.
¡±You can¡¯t escape!¡±
Fang Yun thought excitedly. With a bang, he sprang like an arrow towards the two fish. He caught up with the first one in less than half a minute, pped it with his tail, crushing its bones, then quickly ran towards the second one and killed it.
These two sunfish provided him with 3000 bio-energy points. They didn¡¯t give him the slightest challenge and were crushed like insects, but this isn¡¯t a surprise, considering his power and the clumsiness of these sunfish.
He did not leave this area, but dived even deeper, looking for any sort of prey. After a while, he encountered another fish.
This time he encountered antern fish.
After devouring it, he continued to dive even deeper. To be honest, he is actually quite curious about what extent can he dive into. Although he knows, from the system, that he can easily dive to 10,000 meters underwater, he wants to experience it himself.
What kind of reaction will his body have when he dives to 10km underwater, will he feel nothing as the system said?
While thinking about this, Fang Yun continued diving even deeper.
The water of the deep sea was surging. This is a ce that the sun rays can¡¯t light. All around is extreme darkness.
Fang Yun powerful sight lost its meaning here, he can only distinguish the surroundings by smell, relying on his sensitive tongue.
In the depth of the ocean, there is not only the overwhelming sea pressure but also the never-ending darkness. This isn¡¯t a ce where conscious creatures can live, or even stay for a long time. Just the overwhelming darkness is enough to make people crazy.
Fang Yun¡¯s steel-like will and powerful spiritual attributes gave him the qualification to live here. Ordinary conscious creatures, like humans, can go crazy if they stayed in this ce for an extended period of time.
However, even so, Fang Yun still felt a little depressed while moving in this darkness.
Some luminous creature will pass by Fang Yun¡¯s side from time to time, illumination the area around him, but this didn¡¯t bring the slightestfort to him.
Because these lights not only illuminated him but also exposed him to the darkness around, so he actually distanced himself from these luminous creatures, staying near them is not a wise choice.
Staying near these lights can cause people to have some dependence on them. If they ever lose them, that will cause psychological pressure to them, which will only cause more and more stress.
Fortunately, Fang Yun tongue can urately capture the surrounding situation around him, so although he felt a little depressed, he wasn¡¯t really stressed or nervous.
He still kept away from these glowing creatures though.
He is regarding the deep sea as his best shelter, so he is going to see what reactions his body will have to the pressure at 10,000 m deep.
While diving even deeper, Fang Yun tried to estimate at what depth he was. His estimate is way off the mark probably, but he just needs a rough estimate.
He should be around 4000 meters underwater now, for the exact depth, Fang Yun was not sure, but it doesn¡¯t really matter. He also reached the ocean floor at this time.
It looks like the maximum depth at this area is 4000 meters. Examining his body, he didn¡¯t feel the slightest pressure, he felt that he can dive much deeper than this.
So he began to swim forward, looking for a ce like a trench.
About 5 kilometers ahead, a basin-like area appeared in front of him. He noticed a downward trend in the gravel beneath him.
Fang Yun swam forward for another kilometer before stopping. This time, he found something unusual.
Not far ahead, a bright light appeared.
It¡¯s a kind of pale green fluorescence, which should be the light from creatures like bugs.
Fang Yun approached that light and found a shipwreck over there.
The general appearance of the sunken ship can be clearly seen. It¡¯s about 100 meters long, not an ancient ship, the steen tes and other kinds of metals can be clearly seen. It should have sunk just a few years ago.
The ship is quite rusty and covered with various phytonkton on the bottom. Fang Yun got quite the gloomy vibe while watching it.
The surrounding water is slightly turbid. It should be caused by too many nktons. Even if there is arge number of glowing creatures, arge area of the ship is still covered withrge shadows.
This sunkenrge ship looked quite spooky, just like being inhabited by ghosts, coupled with light green fluorescence and the endless darkness around, It looked just like a ghost ship from a horror movie. The average person will be scared speechless if he were to see it.
Of course, as a giant python and a monster himself. Fang Yun wasn¡¯t scared or intimidated after seeing this ship, he was just a bit curious about it.
Fang Yun circled around the shipwreck and found nothing special about it. However, he discovered a huge trench just below it.
Chapter 136: Alien Civilization
Chapter 136: Alien Civilization
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±isn¡¯t this the trench I was looking for?¡±
After finding the trench, Fang Yun was a little delighted, carefully swimming to the top of the trench, he flicked his tongue and tried to sense the situation below.
His tongue became much more sensitive after bing a Bashe snake, so if there is any living creature around him, it can¡¯t escape his detection.
s, at such depth, it¡¯s really difficult to find anyrge creature.
The creatures that live at this depth are too few, and most of them are extremely small. That¡¯s why he stays in rtively shallow areas most of the time.
Diving slowly into the trench, Fang Yun carefully sensed the changes in his body. He didn¡¯t want to have internal bleeding due to his carelessness.
When he dived to about 100 meters, a bright spot appeared in front of Fang Yun. At first, he thought it was a luminous creature.
But then, the light grew brighter and brighter. In the end, Fang Yun realized that this was another shipwreck.
¡±Two ships actually sunk in the same ce?¡±
Fang Yun was a little surprised, it¡¯s quite the coincidence. However, while his surprise didn¡¯t dissipate, he discovered another shipwreck not far away.
This area is like a ship cemetery, it¡¯s very strange.
Two ships sinking in the same ce can be exined by a coincidence, but three ships sinking in the same ce isn¡¯t normal. There is something wrong with this ce.
Fang Yun was really spooked by this ce, just when he was deliberating on whether continuing to explore or leave this ce, A light group in the distance caught his attention.
¡±Is there another shipwreck over there?¡±
Fang Yun was even more surprised, but when he swam over to investigate, he was thunderstruck, eyes wide in surprise and disbelief.
The shining things in front of him aren¡¯t ships, but buildings, buildings at the depth of 5km underwater.
These buildings are very simr to the pyramids. It can even be said that they are identical, apart from some small twists.
In front of each pyramid is a statue of a sphinx.
¡±There is a group of pyramids at the bottom of the sea?¡±
The thought of leaving this ce was thrown to the sky by Fang Yun. He was looking at these giant pyramids with his eyes about to pop out.
He couldn¡¯t imagine that there are such buildings at the bottom of the sea.
Fang Yun isn¡¯t sure if there are pyramids on this, but he knows that in his past world, the earliest pyramids were built in 2700 BC
This is in a parallel universe, so its history should be simr or even identical to his past world.
This area is 5km deep underwater, with nond in the range of hundreds of kilometers. 4000 years ago, this ce shouldn¡¯t be onnd?
In other words, someone built such arge number of pyramids in the depth of the ocean under such huge pressure.
This isn¡¯t something that can be done by humans!
Fang Yun took a deep breath, a thought popping out in his mind.
¡±Aliens?¡±
In Fang Yun¡¯s view, only an alien civilization can build such huge pyramids in the depth of the sea.
Fang Yun carefully looked at magical scenery in front of him.
Whether it¡¯s the Sphinx or the Pyramid, they are all huge. Compared to the famous Egyptian pyramids, they are even bigger.
Even thergest Khufu pyramid in his previous world is only 146 meters high and 230 meters long. Each stone in that pyramid is almost the size of a car.
The bigger ones are simr to the containers ofrge trucks.
However, even such a pyramid can barely be called a younger brother in front of the pyramid in front of him.
Fang Yun roughly estimated that the pyramid in front of him is at least 200 meters high. that¡¯s without mentioning therger pyramids at the back.
There are more than a hundred pyramids here, and there are many light-emitting creatures attached to each pyramid, some like algae and some like bugs.
He swam to the nearest sphinx and swept the glowing algae with his tail.
He discovered that these structures are made of some kind of super metal and their texture is very smooth.
Just like steel.
However, It¡¯s absolutely not steel; Steel can¡¯t stay such a long time underwater without the slightest rust.
After finding out that the materials of these giant structures are made of some kind of super metal, Fang Yun was even more sure that this is the masterpiece of an alien civilization.
After the initial shock, Fang Yun slowly calmed down. His own experience is actually even more bizarre,pared to it, aliens don¡¯t seem to be that shocking.
¡±It seems that a long time ago, an alien civilization visited this.¡±
Fang Yun raised his head and nced at therge number of pyramids and sphinxes in front of him. There is no trace of biological activity here, indicating that the aliens have already left this ce.
However, he is actually quite curious, why did an alien civilization build such arge amount of pyramids here?
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun shook his head and stopped thinking about this issue. He felt that it had nothing to do with him. It¡¯s the humans on this that should be more concerned about this issue.
¡±If the humans on this saw this pyramid, would they go crazy?¡±
Fang Yun can already imagine that picture, the whole world will be crazy about these pyramids, after all, this is an alien civilization! The implications are huge!
Even if Fang Yun appeared in a city and strolled there, the impact won¡¯t be as much as one-tenth of these pyramids discovery!
However, if nothing unusual happens, these alien civilization¡¯s pyramids will remain here undiscovered for a long time.
Because they are at the depth of the ocean, finding them would be even harder than finding a needle in a haystack. Fang Yun also guessed that there is probably a maic field interfering with machines in this ce.
This is his conclusion based on the three shipwrecks.
Fang Yun left the pyramid in front of him and began to explore the other ones. The more he looked the more he was shocked.
¡±Oh?¡±
Not long after, Fang Yun swam to the middle of these pyramids. He discovered that these pyramids and sphinxes are ced in an irregr and random way.
But as he continued to look closely, he discovered that these pyramids cement have some sort of special order, like a word, or some weird shape. Anyway, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t distinguish what that is.
For the first time, he felt that like a retard. He isn¡¯t really a scientist or a professional so he really shouldn¡¯t think of these things.
His only feeling right now is ¡®I don¡¯t understand, but it¡¯s amazing!¡¯;
Withdrawing his eyes from the other pyramids, Fang Yun focused on the huge pyramid in front of him.
This pyramid is at the very center of this pyramid group, and it¡¯s also thergest one.
ording to Fang Yun¡¯s estimation, this pyramid is at least 500 meters high. Just watching it can make people feel that it¡¯s extremely majestic and amazing.
¡±Sigh.¡±
Letting out a sigh of amazement, Fang Yun moved towards the sphinx in front of the pyramid. Suddenly his eyes widened in shock, a blue light appeared in front of him.
Chapter 137: Mutant LanternFish
Chapter 137: Mutant LanternFish
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun looked at the sphinx in front of him, his eyes widening in shock.
The eyes of this sphinx are very bright, like two huge gems. Even though there are no luminous creatures attached to it, it¡¯s still emitting a very noticeable light.
However, while Fang Yun was admiring the gems-like eyes of the sphinx, something unusual happened.
Suddenly,sers shot from the eyes of the sphinx, forming a huge oval-shaped light curtain in front of Fang Yun.
The light curtain was originally a white screen, but not long after, a scene appeared on it. It looked just like a holographic TV.
On the oval light curtain. The blue sky, the endless ocean, and arge amount ofnd appeared. On thend is an endless jungle, filled with gigantic ancient trees.
The scene on the light curtain was not static, it¡¯s just like someone was holding a camera and moving at a very high speed. the scene was changing rapidly.
However, there was no living creature, just the blue ocean, and the endless jungle.
After about three minutes, in the light curtain, the picture suddenly stopped and the gigantic trees started to tremble, just like something was about toe out from there.
Fang Yun stared at the trembling trees with extreme focus, wondering how huge one has to be to make trees that are more than a hundred-meter tall tremble, just as the trees trembled more and more, the picture suddenly became blurred.
Fang Yun widened his eyes as much as possible, wanting to see across the blurred image, but the only thing he got was a splitting headache. He quickly closed his eyes and looked away.
Time passed and his headache slowly subsided.
When he looked back, the light curtain has already disappeared.
¡±What was that thing?¡±
Fang Yun was a little puzzled. Was the ce he saw in the light curtain the Alien civilization hometown? and what was that light curtain? Holographic technology or¡?
Fang Yun thought for a moment before shaking his head, he isn¡¯t cut for this. He still felt that it was a pity though.
He won¡¯t stay on this blue all his life. One day, he will leave this and start his interster journey.
If he has some understanding of alien civilizations before his journey, that would be really helpful for his future interster travel.
¡±Unfortunately, I can¡¯t see through the like curtain for a long time.¡±
Fang Yun groaned internally. He felt that the reason he couldn¡¯t watch through that light curtain is rted to his spiritual strength.
¡±With my current spiritual strength, I can only watch for a few minutes.¡±
He made up his mind to watch this light curtain again when his spiritual strength has improved.
This is about his future journey into the star sea, he can¡¯t be sloppy!
This discovery has also re-ignited Fang Yun¡¯s desire for strength. He can¡¯t be as rxed as before, he must improve his strength as soon as possible, and grow to the extent of interster as soon as possible.
With his current strength and abilities, he can¡¯t even confront the human civilization of this world, let alone that there are possibly many higher civilizations hidden in the universe.
Flicking his tongue and sensing the surrounding situation, Fang Yun gradually calmed down.
In this deep-sea adventure, he not only discovered an alien civilization but also determined his current body reaction to the deep sea and enormous pressure.
Although this ce is 5km deep, he can still stay here for a long period of time, but he discovered one thing not mentioned by the system, Doing any strenuous activity under such arge pressure takes much more energy than in shallow waters.
In simplenguage, fighting at this depth is much more exhausting than above.
Having determined that Fang Yun was preparing to leave, but he suddenly felt something is wrong.
At the same time, on his left, water was suddenly ripped apart and something quickly approached him.
¡±Bang!¡±
Without the slightest hesitation, he waved his tail at an extreme speed underwater, quickly bursting upward. A dark shadow shot past his previous location, colliding with the sphinx.
¡±boom!¡±
A loud sound appeared but was quickly muffled. Fang Yun stopped at 100 meters above the sphinx, then nced down at the thing that attacked him.
He just happened to see the ck shadow colliding with the sphinx.
However, the sphinx didn¡¯t budge, it was the ck shadow that got hurt in that collision.
Fang Yun was also able to see the dark shadow¡¯s true appearance by this time.
This is a horrifying monster. A monster that is bigger than him
Fang Yun previously felt that there should be norge creature at such depth. After all, there is a huge pressure and a very small amount of prey at this depth. Large creatures can¡¯t survive here. But it looks like he is wrong, there is a huge creature right in front of him.
It¡¯s also possible that this monster is an exception.
This monster may have the ability to dive to such depths like him, but it may not have the ability to survive for a long time here.
It needs prey to live so it must travel to the middle and upper sea to hunt.
¡°Target locked, Lanternfish (variant species), Chordata, Actinopterygii, can provide 100,000 bio-energy points.¡±
Chapter 138: Monsters battle
Chapter 138: Monsters battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
As Fang Yun examined the monster in front of him, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
The giant monster not far away is a type ofntern fish. It¡¯s a type of deep-sea fish that is very famous, being featured in various movies and cartoons.
It¡¯s also the same species as thenternfish that Fang Yun swallowed before.
But thatnternfish can¡¯t even begin topare with this one.
This giant creature in front of him is at least 50 meters long, much bigger than Fang Yun. It¡¯s also not that slender like Fang Yun but more bulky and thick.
This giant fish has no scales protecting it, but it has a sharp bones spurs on the top of its head and on the sides of its body, getting hit by this thing is noughing matter.
In addition, the dorsal fin on its back is very scary. The spur on its dorsal fin looks like a sharp steel knife. There is no doubt that the spur on its dorsal fins is one of its killers.
Its mouth is particrlyrge, even oversized. Its giant, sharp teeth are also hooked inwards. There is no doubt that that mouth full of table-sized teeth can easily snap a giant truck in half.
Its pectoral fins aren¡¯t shaped like fins, more like ws. There are no fins at the end of its tail, more like a giant spur, filled with many smaller spurs. A single smack from that monstrous tail is enough to kill a whale.
There are several spines extending from the back of its head, with a light emitter at the tip of its head, looking like a big blub. There is no doubt that this is a monster created just for killing, a killing machine.
Looking at such a monster, Fang Yun was very shocked, but also very excited. He is excited not only at therge amount of bio-energy this thing can provide but also at finally meeting with an opponent he can fight seriously.
¡±100,000 is much more bio-energy than a whale does provide, but it¡¯s also not surprising, looking at the shape of this monster¡±
Fang Yun flicked his tongue, his eyes didn¡¯t leave thisnternfish. A serious look appeared on his face.
The beast in front of him is very powerful. He has already determined from the previous collision, but therge bio-energy and his desire for a battle are making him hesitate.
¡±Bang!¡±
While Fang Yun was deliberating whether to attack this giant beast, the deep-seanternfish suddenly rushed straight towards him.
Although it has arge body, it¡¯s still very fast and flexible, still slower than Fang Yun though.
The moment thenternfish moved, Fang Yun also moved
He wasn¡¯t nning to deal with this monster at the bottom of the sea, he rushed straight to the surface.
Fang Yun can¡¯t draw oxygen from seawater. Although he can stay underwater for a long time, He will still get quickly tired if he did any strenuous activity.
This deep-seanternfish is very scary. It¡¯s also the most powerful creature he has ever seen. Defeating such a beast won¡¯t be easy, and it will take quite some time to do so.
In this way, fighting at such depths is actually quite bad for him.
As he rushed towards the surface, the deep seanternfish followed him.
Probably for it, ¡°prey¡± like Fang Yun is very rare.
The two giant beasts quickly traveled through the water, creating a lot of bubbles and causing the water to surge around them.
Not long after, Fang Yun reached a location about 500 meters underwater. At this distance, the surroundings are already beginning to light up.
The higher it is, the brighter the light.
Fang Yun did not stop at thisyer, he continued moving straight up. The deepseanternfish also didn¡¯t give up and continued pursuing Fang Yun.
The surrounding water is getting brighter and brighter. At thisyer, various living creatures can be seen swimming around.
Along the way, Fang Yun encountered a lot of swimming fish, but he ignored them and continued moving up. The fish also hurriedly ran away after seeing Fang Yun.
Fang Yun has even seen a group of killer whales. These guys are known as the ¡°panda¡± of the sea, due to their simr white and ck body.
However, they are very powerful creatures.
Killer whales belong to the hegemonic level in the ocean. They often prey on huge creatures such as the great white shark. It¡¯s conceivable how ferocious they are.
However, this group of killer whales ran away as soon as they saw Fang Yun.
¡±Bang!¡±
Finally, Fang Yun¡¯s body emerged from the water surface, setting off a huge wave.
The next moment, that deep-sea catfish also appeared on the sea surface.
After two seconds of confrontation between the two giant beasts, they rushed towards each other and started a fierce battle. Suddenly, the seawater in this area sshed like crazy, withrge amounts of water sshing into the air.
¡±Boom!¡±
The collision between the two giant beasts also caused arge sound.
This science fiction-like battle will definitely cause an uproar if it was passed to the human world.
Unfortunately, there is no person recording this exciting battle.
But this is not to say that the battle between these two giant beasts has no witnesses.
Chapter 139: Island Maru
Chapter 139: Ind Maru
Trantor: Yamir Moon
On the wide sea, a 10,000-ton ship is breaking the waves, with many seagulls flying around, crying from time to time.
This is the ind Maru whaler. Because this whaler is veryrge, with a very simr look to an ind. It was named the ind whaler.
As a ship used for whaling, the Ind Maru is not equipped with other whaling submarines, because it has a harpoon on its bow, which can easily kill whales.
Thisrge ship has been on the sea for half a month, and along the way, it has captured many whales. Most of these whales had their fat stripped and dismembered to make whale oil and whale meat products.
On the deck, many crew members leaned on the railings and looked into the distance with many other counting the seagulls above their heads.
Yoshida Masaichi is one of the people counting seagulls. Up to now, he has counted 45 seagulls.
Suddenly the breeze blew front the side, causing him to blink a few times. When he looked back at the seagulls, he couldn¡¯t remember which one was the one he counted and which one is not.
Seeing this, he shrugged and gave up counting from the beginning. Leaning back on the railings, he took a sip of the orange juice from the cup next to him
¡±Masaichi, how are you? are you getting used to living on the boat?¡±
Yoshida Masaichi suddenly heard a loud hearty voice, followed by a middle-aged man walking towards him from the side.
¡±Noda-senpai.¡±
Masaichi Yoshida looked at this man with respect. This is one of his father¡¯s old friends; He was able to be a crew member of the ind maru thanks to this man¡¯s rmendation.
¡±Thank you, I¡¯m feeling great.¡±
Taro Noda, who walked next to him, smiled and said, ¡°Many people don¡¯t perform well on their first trip, but you did very good.¡±
¡±It seems that you are a born sailor.¡±
After giving him some words of encouragement, Noda walked past Yoshida and leaned on the railings.
He looked at the seawater for a while, before asking Yoshida.
¡±Are you homesick?¡±
Noda looked back at Yoshida.
¡±Your dad said you have just married not long ago.¡±
When he heard Taro Noda talking about this, Yoshida looked at the distance a bit absentmindedly, taking a deep breath, he said with a soft look on his face.
¡±I¡¯m indeed a bit homesick, but I can hold on, so don¡¯t worry about me, Noda-senpai.¡±
Noda patted him on the shoulders and said, ¡°This time we have a good harvest. After returning to Hong Kong, our crew will get a lot of money.¡±
¡±Being a sailor is hard, but as long as you¡¯re lucky, you can get a lot of money.¡±
Yoshida¡¯s look also became serious. Did he go to the sea just to support his family?
Otherwise, who would be willing to leave their newly-wed beautiful wife at home alone?
¡±Ha ha ha, we should be able to return to the port after another 2 weeks. At that time, maybe you will find your wife waiting for you there with flowers in her hand.¡±
Yoshida Masaichi couldn¡¯t help but think of his beautiful wife, thinking of his wife holdings flowers and looking at him tenderly, a longing look appeared on his face.
¡±Big fish! Big fish!¡±
A shout of excitement sounded from the observation deck.
After hearing this voice, Noda Taro and Masaichi Yoshida immediately looked at the observation deck. They saw that a crew member was holding a telescope and shouting excitedly.
¡±Yoshida, get ready, it looks like we will have another harvest.¡±
Noda Taro was also looked excited, the more whales they caught, the more money they will make.
¡±Full speed ahead!¡±
At this time, a dignified middle-aged man shouted at the rest of the crew. The captain hat on his head indicated who he is.
Yoshida retracted his gaze from the captain, then looked at the water. He quickly noticed two big shadows swimming underwater.
asionally, a mist of water was sprayed from the spine of these two shadows.
¡±Two whales!¡±
Yoshida clenched his fist in excitement, his face was flushed.
It wasn¡¯t only him, the other crew members also cheered loudly. As they approached their target, they saw the two shadows more clearly.
They are two very big fish.
One of them is extremelyrge, over 15 meters in size, and the other is only about 5 meters in size. It¡¯s a small whale, but even so, it still has a certain deterrent;
¡±It¡¯s a humpback whale.¡±
Noda was indeed an experienced seafarer, just a rough nce was enough for him to determine which type of whale these two are.
By now, they were already about 100 meters away from the whales. These two whales have obviously just emerged from the depth of the sea and can¡¯t dive deeply for the moment.
They have to breathe enough fresh air.
¡±Gunner ready!¡±
The captain stood on the deck, he held a small yellow g in his hand and screamed. Nor far away, a crew member was aiming the harpoon at the whale, ready to shoot anytime.
Their whaling ship has been updated, adding the harpoon to the bow. They previously have to chase the whale in a small boat then insert the sharp spear into their flesh.
Now that they have a harpoon, they don¡¯t have to do that anymore.
However, the range of a whaling gun is generally only 30 meters to 60 meters, so they must approach the two humpback whales to get an urate shot.
It¡¯sing, it¡¯s getting closer, closer!
By now they were only about 50 meters away from the whale, and the crew member behind the harpoon was ready tounch it any time.
¡±It¡¯s now¡±
Suddenly, the captain loudly yelled, and the man behind the harpoon didn¡¯t hesitate to attack.
¡±Bang!¡±
The harpoonunched with a loud bang, crossing a distance of 50 meters, thennded on therger whale¡¯s head.
The harpoon easily prated the flesh of the whale, creating arge wound. A lot of blood sshed from the wound,nding on the sea and dyeing it red.
¡±Woo!¡±
Therge whale let out a loud cry, filled with pain. The harpoon has severely damaged its brain, so it couldn¡¯t control its body. The whale showed a tendency to sink;
The small humpback whale beside didn¡¯t escape by itself. It nudged therge whale with its head, trying to wake it up. It also tried its best to support it so it doesn¡¯t sink. Even though it struggled a lot, it didn¡¯t give up on its mother.
The sight of it whining and doing its best to rescue its mother was truly heartbreaking.
However, on the giant ship not far away, cheers and joy-filled cries sounded.
¡±Nice shot!!¡±
Everyone shouted in excitement after seeing that they caught the whale with just one shot, including Taro Noda and Yoshida Masaichi.
Chapter 140: Terrifying Creature
Chapter 140: Terrifying Creature
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Ha ha ha, we were so lucky this time, we caught two humpback whales at once!¡±
On the deck, Taro Nodaughed happily. As a crew member, he will naturally feel happier the more bountiful their harvest is. That would mean more profits after they return to the shore.
Yoshida next to him was also extremely excited. He has already begun to calcte how much money these two whales will bring them.
After a rough calction, he looked even happier.
He felt that going on the ind Maru was his luck.
It wasn¡¯t just Taro Noda and Yoshida Masao who were excited, the other seafarers on the dock looked equally excited. More whales mean more money for them, how could they not be happy.
None of them cared about the heartbreaking sight on the sea, not even the newbie Yoshida. At this moment, they have only money on their minds.
The little humpback whale still didn¡¯t leave. It whined sadly while nudging its mother.
Suddenly, a crew member lowered the speedboats on the sea.
¡±They are going to tow the humpback whale.¡±
Taro Nodaughed. He is very familiar with the process of whaling, they had done this many times before. They will first strike the whale with the harpoon, then drag it to the ship;
After the whale was dragged to the ship, they will dismember it and put every part in its ce. Now they have to deal with the small whale first.
Five speedboats sped out towards the small whale. Yoshida noticed that there are two people on each speedboat, one is responsible for driving and the other is holding a gun.
There is an iron hook in the gun¡¯s barrel. The end of the hook is a straight iron barb, surrounded by four curved hooks.
Its shape resembles that of a chandelier.
not long after, the first speedboat reached the two humpback whales. When they passed by the small whale, the guy holding the gun didn¡¯t hesitate to shoot at it.
¡±bam!¡±
The seaman¡¯s body shook fiercely, almost falling on the ground due to the recoil. The hook originally in the barrel also headed straight towards the small whale.
¡±Boom!¡±
The hookpletely prated the small whale¡¯s flesh, leaving only the tip out.
The small humpback whale cried in pain and wanted to run away, but at this moment, several other speedboats reached the shooting range.
As each speedboat passed by the small whale, they will shoot a hook, prating the small whale with many spears, ording to the number and arrangement of the hooks, the small whale must have felt an unimaginable pain.
The small humpback whale cried even more loudly. It rolled on the water, struggling to get the hook outside of it. Its blood dyed the surrounding waters red.
After struggling for a while, the small whale stopped moving, lying quietly beside its mother.
¡±Yeahhh! Woohoo!!¡±
The five speedboats stopped moving, and the seafarers above them were waving their hands and loudly celebrating.
¡±Very Good!¡±
On the deck, Yoshida pped excitedly after seeing their sess. He and Naro Toda looked at each other, they saw the excitement in each other¡¯s eyes.
¡±Ha ha ha, Yoshida! get ready, they¡¯ll drag the whale over right away.¡±
Hearing Taro Noda¡¯s words, Yoshida nodded seriously. Just as he was about to pick his tools, his hands froze;
¡±That is¡¡¡±
He quickly ran to the side of the ship and stared at the five speedboats, or rather behind them, with wide eyes.
¡±Yoshida, What¡¯s Wron ¡¡±
Seeing the horror on Yoshida¡¯s face, Noda looked confused. He looked in the direction Yoshida was looking at, and his eyes also widened in shock. His legs softened and he almost fell to the ground.
¡±Wha ¡ what the hell is that!¡±
Noda Taro¡¯s eyes were about to pop out. He opened his mouth and couldn¡¯t make a sound for a while, he took a deep breath, exhausted all his strength and shouted loudly.
On the deck, the others didn¡¯t ask Taro Noda why did he shout, they also discovered the thing on the sea, all of them looked at the sea with mouth wide open, and eyes filled with fright.
¡±Escape!¡±
¡±Run!¡±
¡±Damn, what the hell is that!¡±
¡±Oh my God!¡±
All of the crew members shouted wildly, the ind Maru was filled with an atmosphere of fear and terror.
¡±what?¡±
The sailors on the speedboats looked confused, they all looked at the ind Maru and the crew there with a look of confusion, wondering why did these guys suddenly go crazy.
¡±Underwater! Underwater!¡±
Yoshida Masaichi on the deck took a deep breath and yelled over there: ¡°Run! Run!¡±
After hearing Yoshida¡¯s yelling, the seafarers on the five speedboats looked behind them and they almost fainted.
They could see that behind them, a huge shadow has appeared behind them, even the big whale can only cover a small portion of that creature, and it¡¯s heading towards them.
Its whole body was dark brown in color; Its huge head is over 5 meters in diameter, but what¡¯s the scariest about it is its huge teeth and vicious expression.
During the ascent of this big fish, it opened its huge mouth and swallowed a speedboat and the two people on it whole.
¡±Run away! Quickly!¡±
Yoshida Masaichi leaned on the side of the ship, he was yelling so loudly, his voice became hoarse, but he still continued yelling.
Unfortunately, it¡¯s toote.
Despite his loud yelling, a tragedy still happened in front of him.
Chapter 141: Monster Fish and Giant Python
Chapter 141: Monster Fish and Giant Python
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Just after they discovered the existence of the giant fish, it quickly approached the water surface with its mouth wide open, ready to swallow all of the fishermen.
¡±Crack!¡±
Under Yoshida¡¯s horrified eyes, the giant fish bit a speedboat, bringing it upwards along with it.
¡±AHHH!!¡±
The speedboat tilted up, causing the two fishermen to fall towards the fish. They let out terror-filled screams as they waved their hands.
The giant fish opened its mouth that was bitting the boat, causing the two fishermen to fall straight into its mouth and be prated by its teeth.
Their gashing blood fell straight into the horrific fish¡¯s mouth.
Although all of this took a while to describe, it happened in just a few moments.
After eating the two sailors, the fish threw away the speedboat in its mouth and dived back underwater, heading towards the distance.
Although the giant fish didn¡¯t attack the other speedboats. Its violent emergence from underwater created arge wave, overturning the speedboats and causing the fishermen on them to fall in the water. Most of them fainted due to shock and fear.
Yoshida and the rest of the crew didn¡¯t pay much attention to theirpanions, all of their attention was attracted by the giant fish.
They didn¡¯t notice theirpanions that fainted on the sea.
They stared nkly at the back of that horror-inducing giant fish, their hearts were filled with unimaginable shock.
What kind of situation is this? Are they in some sort of horror movie? They actually saw such a monster!
Its huge size and that horrific appearance that can scare a man to cry is just like a sci-fi movie monster, even scarier than that.
Who would have thought that they would encounter such a thing on their usual whaling trip?
¡±Glup¡±
In the crowd, the sound of swallowing saliva can be clearly heard, but no one joked about this right now, they were all shocked speechless.
¡±If the news of this strange fish is brought back, the whole world will be crazy for it!¡±
This thought suddenly emerged in Yoshida¡¯s mind, at the same time, a weird type of excitement emerged in his heart.
¡±Help! Help!¡±
Suddenly, a terrified scream pulled Yoshida back to reality.
He searched for the source of the sound, then discovered that in the sea, several people were screaming for help while swimming towards the ind Maru.
It was those few survivors.
Yoshida quickly reacted, just as he was about to go get a rope, the sound of breaking water sounded again.
¡±Ssh!¡±
His body froze, slowly turning to the direction of the sound.
Suddenly, his slightly rxed body tightened again;
He saw that after the giant fish swam away, another huge creature covered with armor-like scales emerged from the water.
Python!
It¡¯s a giant python!
¡±This¡¡¡±
Yoshida Masaichi felt that he was going to copse. First, a giant fish, now there is another giant python. What happened to the world?
Is the end of the worlding?
Not long after, under the shocked gaze of Yoshida and the rest of the crew, the two giant monsters collided with each other.
¡±boom!¡±
Fang Yun and the giant fish collided with each other, creating a loud sound that pierced their eardrum.
Just this loud sound has caused them a certain amount of pain, just like someone punched them in their ear.
At the same time, giant waves swept over, causing their ind Maru to rock slightly.
¡±Captain, we have to leave this ce!¡±
¡±It¡¯s scary, what the hell is this!¡±
¡±it¡¯s Orochi! the legendary snake, that must be it!¡±
The loud collision sound also woke up the sailors, causing them to start yelling.
The captain also reacted after hearing the sailors¡¯ cries. He looked very anxious, he also wants to leave this ce.
It¡¯s just that their ship can¡¯t turn around, if they want to leave this ce, they have to pass between these two monsters which will lead to them dying faster.
In the end, they could only leave the ind Maru in its ce, while the crew looked at the two behemoths fighting with fear and despair.
Fang Yun smashed into thenternfish heavily, then easily dodged its tail attack.
He has already experienced the power of thisnternfish tail and paid a small price for it.
The most dangerous thing about this mutantnternfish is not its sharp teeth, but the sickle-like spurs on its tail.
These bone spurs are very sharp, easily able to prate his scales. Fang Yun scales are harder than steel, with the ability to easily resist tank shells. From this, one can easily imagine thisnternfish power and the sharpness of its spurs.
Earlier, he was attacked by the bone spurs on its tail, resulting in a veryrge wound, from which arge amount of blood emerged.
However, with the ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± skill, his wound healed in just a few minutes.
The two of them had previously fought in another area, but thenternfish was defeated and fled, finally reaching this area.
Unexpectedly, he met with a human ship here.
Fang Yun immediately recognized them as ¡®Sakura country¡¯ people, he also noticed that they were engaged in whaling.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about them, nor was he worried about him getting discovered. If someone wants to deal with him, then he will hide at the depth of the sea and develop in a low-key manner.
However, when he is strong enough, he will rain those who wanted to deal with him with his furious attacks.
¡±Roar!¡±
While Fang Yun was thinking about this, the giant fish opposite jumped on him.
The water rushed and the monster¡¯s giant body quickly approached him. Looking at the giant in front of him, Fang Yun opened his mouth and rushed forward without fear.
He had already defeated this guy once, so he isn¡¯t afraid of it in the least.
After another collision, the mutantnternfish was slightly dizzy, it turned around and quickly fled to the distance.
The direction in which it escaped this time was exactly where the Ind Maru was.
Chapter 142: Soaring Bio-Energy
Chapter 142: Soaring Bio-Energy
Trantor: Yamir Moon
All of the crew members on the ind Maru stared nervously at the battle of the two monsters, they were all clenching their hands and praying that these two monsters don¡¯t notice their ship.
Among these people is Masahiro Yoshida.
¡±Noda-senpai, will we be all right?¡±
At this moment, he has already forgotten his previous thought of bringing the news back to the human world, all he wants to is to live.
¡±Yes, yes.¡±
Taro Noda was also pale at the moment. Not long ago, he was still bragging about how lucky they are, but thinking of it now, they are not lucky, but very unlucky.
Otherwise, how could they encounter such monsters that only exist in science fiction movies?
After hearing Taro Noda¡¯s words, Yoshida breathed a sigh of relief. Just as he wanted to say a few more words, the scene where the giant fish escaped towards their ship caused him to almost copse.
¡±NOOO¡±
He squealed with fright, all the other crew members were also screaming with fear and despair on their faces.
All they could see is the constantly approaching giant fish and giant teeth in its mouth.
¡±We¡¯re Gonna Die!!!!¡±
The deck of the ind Maru was filled with seafarers squealing with fright while running around.
At this time, a sailor ran behind the harpoon gun, aimed at the giant fish and attacked it.
The harpoon flew out and collided heavily with the bones armor at the head of the fish. The harpoon barely managed to prate the head of the fish, with only the tip entering it.
The giant fish fiercely shook its head, easily throwing the harpoon away.
The next moment, it elerated, even more, leaped up and pped the ind Maru with its tail. Most of the sailors died in this collision.
Such a huge force caused the ind Maru to tilt to the left, it looked like it¡¯s going to overturn. The giant fishnded back into the sea and quickly fled away.
¡±Bang!¡±
The violent collision between the fish and the water created a huge wave. Without any care about this, the giant fish fled to the distance at a speed of 100km/h.
It¡¯s hard to imagine that such a huge monster has such a speed. It¡¯s even harder to imagine that such a terrible monster is fleeing for its life right now.
¡±Ssh!¡±
Behind the giant fish, with the sound of water breaking, Fang Yun followed it closely behind.
Thisnternfish can provide him with 100,000 bio-energy points, he can¡¯t let it escape.
As for the sinking Ind Maru behind him, he didn¡¯t care at all.
One minuteter, he caught up with thenternfish.
The bone armor on the back of the mutant catfish is very hard, even Fang Yun teeth can hardly scratch it.
But its abdomen is rtively soft, his teeth can easily prate it.
After catching up with the mutantnternfish, Fang Yun dived underwater and rushed to the giant fish¡¯s abdomen;
Feeling that Fang Yun is approaching it, the giant fish attacked him with its giant scaly tail.
Fang Yun originally wanted to dodge, but in the end, he gritted his teeth and continued bitting towards the fish¡¯s abdomen.
He¡¯s nning to change an injury with an injury.
¡±m!¡±
The Lanterfish¡¯s tail smashed heavily on Fang Yun, the sharp spurs on it prated Fang Yun hard scales without hardly any difficulty.
However, Fang Yun also managed to bite on the giant fish¡¯s belly.
At the moment he inserted his teeth in the fish¡¯s belly, he shook his head fiercely, tearing arge piece of meat from the fish.
Thenternfish struggled madly, it violently pulled its tail from Fang Yun¡¯s flesh, creating arge wound.
Fang Yun twitched a bit because of the violent pain.
However, he felt a tingling sensation in his wound, greatly relieving his pain.
He knows that this is due to ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± healing his flesh.
While rxing slightly, he swam to the side and watched as the giant fish slowly passed away.
The giant fish¡¯s abdomen was torn open, creating a huge wound there. its internal organs have fallen from its belly, its blood is madly spurting, dyeing its surroundings with the red color.
Thisnternfish doesn¡¯t have the abnormal regeneration ability of Fang Yun so it can only struggle helplessly as its vitality slowly dissipated.
Gradually, thenternfish struggle became weaker and weaker, Fang Yun went up and opened another huge wound,pletely kill it.
After that, Fang Yun tore it apart and started a feast.
Almost twenty minutester, hepletely swallowed the fish, obtaining 100,000 bio-energy points.
By now, he has more than 530,000 bio-energy points, it won¡¯t take long for him to evolve again.
¡±Yes, I remember seeing the bodies of two humpback whales near that human ship.¡±
Based on the principle of not being wasteful, Fang Yun returned to the ce where he fought the mutantnternfish before. Sure enough, he saw the bodies of two humpback whales floating on the sea, a big and a small one.
In addition, the Ind Maru had sunk into the sea, a lot of people floated on the sea. However, most of them are dead.
Of course, Fang Yun discovered several people with a weak vital signal. Unfortunately, it would be hard for them to survive in this vast sea without quick rescue.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about those people either. He swam straight to the two humpback whales and devoured them.
After eating the two humpback whales, Fang Yun gained another 25,000 bio-energy points. Giving this ce a final look, he swam to the distant horizon.
Chapter 143: Are There Monsters In The Sea?
Chapter 143: Are There Monsters In The Sea?
Trantor: Yamir Moon
While Fang Yun was wandering in that area. Nick, Ham and the rest of the crew hurried back to ¡°Horseshoe ind¡± and informed the vigers about the sea monster they encountered on their journey.
Not surprisingly, it caused an uproar in the vige.
The people who were preparing to go fishing in the sea gave up on going, and the families of the people who had already gone to the sea became very worried.
After telling the vigers about the monster, he didn¡¯t sit still. He went straight to Alsa, which is the city that governs their vige.
He is going to report their meeting with a sea monster. Although he doesn¡¯t know if it¡¯s useful whether the police know it or not, he still has to report such matters.
Many cruises, fishing ships, and freighters pass by the area where they met the sea monster. Fishermen often go fishing there.
A sea monster living there is like a knife hanging on their neck.
The sea monster they encountered before was after the fish in their fishings. It must have felt full after eating all of the fish there, so it left without attacking them.
This is the only reason they could think of why didn¡¯t the monster attack them.
However, next time, they may not have such luck. If they encounter a hungry sea monster, then they will probably be the target of the hungry monster.
He didn¡¯t think that the boat could protect them from the beginning to the end. That monster is even bigger than their boat.
Unfortunately, the local police station didn¡¯t take him seriously. Even under his adamant request and the confirmation of his crew, the police station only sent a maritime police ship to do a routine inspection, making Nick very angry.
What Nick was thinking about is that the police use some methods to catch that python, such as using food lures.
Now that the police station just sent a maritime police ship to go patrol. He can guess that they are taking him as a fool.
However, in the face of his questioning and his angry protests, the police asked him one thing, a simple but deadly question. ¡°Do you have any evidence?¡±
Nick doesn¡¯t have much evidence, just a broken fishing that can¡¯t prove anything.
They can¡¯t send many people to deal with this matter that is likely to be a farce. The police station doesn¡¯t have so many idlers.
Hitting the wall in Alsa city. what made Nick even more disheartened is that after they returned to ¡°Horseshoe Ind¡± they were questioned by the people here.
The questions he received were basically the same as that of the police station.
At the same time, people who went to the sea with Nick returned one after the other. After hearing the news about Nick meeting a sea monster, they burst intoughter;
Most of the people ridiculed Nick for his stupid ims.
¡±Sea monster?¡±
¡±That¡¯s just a fictional creature. Even if there are sea monsters, the brave fisherman of our Horseshoe ind won¡¯t be afraid of it.¡±
This is what the spoiled brat Lehman said, ¡°If I see a sea monster, I will definitely use my harpoon to kill it, then bring it back for everyone to enjoy!¡±
Lehman was standing in the middle of the crowd, tilting his head up and proudly saying this.
¡±Hahaha.¡±
This is everyone¡¯s response to his remarks. In such a burst ofughter, everyone¡¯s fear of sea monsters gradually disappeared. Their questioning and ridicule for Nick also grew further.
Nick and the rest of the crew stood not far away, hearing the bragging of that kid, Lehman, they couldn¡¯t help but sneer. If that kid were to see that sea monster, it would be good if he didn¡¯t piss his pants.
Ham was especially angry. Looking at Lehman in the middle of the crowd, he clenched his fist. Young children like him can¡¯t stand being ridiculed. Especially from his rival.
More importantly, he saw that Kofi, who has been enthusiastically talking with him about monsters two days ago, was standing next to Lahman and looking at him with disdain.
While Nick was facing all kinds of doubts, the next thing that happened surprised everyone.
Nick was finally able to breathe, as the doubts about him have decreased a lot.
Everyone was previously skeptical about Nick¡¯s story, but after this incident, they started to panic.
Is there really a sea monster hidden in the sea?
Chapter 144: Little Girl
Chapter 144: Little Girl
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s body was submerged underwater, with only his head stuck out. He looked at the scenery around while swimming forward. His destination is exactly the archipgo he was in previously.
He went there because he still has some ideas about the turtles there. And he has nowhere to go.
He has been wandering in the area where he fought with the mutant giant fish in thest few days, but he didn¡¯t find any ind.
As he continued moving forward, the sky became darker and darker. Not long after it was night. While looking around, Fang Yun noticed a shining light not far ahead.
At first, he thought that it was just the light of a ship, but as he approached it, he discovered that it¡¯s not.
This is an ind, and there are obviously traces of human activity there. There are a lot of houses and lights.
However, this ind is not the same as Horseshoe Ind. The buildings on Horseshoe Ind are all ordinary, mostly one or two-story houses, but the houses on this ind look very luxurious.
Various tall hotels and beautiful vis were built near the shore.
After thinking for a moment, Fang Yun guessed that this ind should be a resort ind. After giving it a nce, he didn¡¯t pay much attention to it and started searching for the desert ind he had previously lived in.
Although he has a special ability to distinguish directions, he can only vaguely determine the direction, but can¡¯t urately determine the location.
So he had to carefully search this area.
¡°Well, is it fun here?¡±
On the beach, a stylishly dressed urban girl and a 4 or 5-years old girl are standing together. The hotel is not far behind them.
From time to time, the little girl grabbed a handful of sand from the ground and threw it in the water.
The stylish girl looked at her with a smile. Seeing that the little girl is ying happily, she couldn¡¯t help but ask.
¡°Is ts fun?¡±
The little girl nodded, but still did her thing.
¡°Then, we will go to kindergarten after we go back, shall we?¡±
As soon as the little girl heard this, her hair exploded like a kitten. She threw the sand in her hand and said seriously to the girl.
¡°I won¡¯t go to kindergarten.¡±
The smile on the girl¡¯s face disappeared, reced by a serious look, she threatened.
¡°If you don¡¯t obey anymore, I will be very angry. I¡¯m your mother young girl, you should listen to me!¡±
¡°If you make me angry, I will smack your head.¡±
After saying this, the girl raised her hand, looking very serious.
¡°If mom smacks me, I will cry!.¡±
The little girl looked up and emphasized.
¡°I¡¯ll cry very fiercely, even coaxing won¡¯t stop me!.¡±
Hearing this the girl roared angrily,
¡°If you dare to cry, then forget about the candy, begging then would be useless! I will still smack your head if you don¡¯t go back with me!¡±
The little girl¡¯s body stiffened. She pouted angrily, thinking about some kind of counterattack. At the same time, she subconsciously wanted to cover her head, but could hardly do so with her short hands.
After a while, she seemed to have thought of the words she could use to fight her mother. The little girl looked seriously at her mother and said.
¡°I¡¯m going to roll on the ground.¡±
¡°you dare to roll!¡±
The stylish girl was amused by the little girl¡¯s words. She suddenly lifted her and looked like she was about to throw her out. At the same time, she tried to make her face look very fierce.
¡°If you dare to roll on the ground, I will throw you in the sea to feed sea monsters!¡±
¡°Hehehe.¡±
The little girl wasn¡¯t afraid at all. Instead, she thought that it¡¯s very funny and startedughing cheerfully.
¡°Mom! you can¡¯t scare me with this, there are no monsters in the sea, I¡¯m not 3 years old anymore.¡±
While saying this, she stared at the boundless sea. The sea was very calm, and she could only see endless dark water.
Suddenly, from the far sea, a huge shadow burst out of the water. It reflected the lights of the hotel behind them, faintly showing its appearance.
This scene just happened to fall into the little girl¡¯s eyes.
She saw a terrifying huge head;
¡°Waaa ¡¡±
Suddenly, the little girl who was still giggling before cried in fear. She quickly scurried into her mother¡¯s arm while trembling;
¡°Mom! there is a monster in the sea!¡±
The stylish girl was surprised by the little girl suddenly action. After reacting, she hugged and startedforting her.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, I was joking before, there are no monsters in the sea.¡±
She smiled as she thought the little girl was acting brave before, now she couldn¡¯t hold it anymore. She hugged her a gentlyforted her.
¡°Ssh¡±.
A loud sshing sound suddenly sounded from the sea
She looked over there nervously, but she only saw the turbulent water.
¡°Oh???¡±
Chapter 145: The Turtles Massacre
Chapter 145: The Turtles Massacre
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun did not care about the pair of mother and daughter on the beach, the reason he jumped out of the water was to catch a fish.
After swimming in a circle around this ind. Fang Yun choose a direction and swam forward for 20km. After moving for a certain distance, he smelled a strange smell.
And this smell is rtively familiar.
¡±It¡¯s the smell of turtles.¡±
Fang Yun was surprised. He had eaten turtles, so he is quite familiar with their smell. He didn¡¯t expect to find this familiar smell again in this ce.
¡±Broom!¡±
Without the slightest hesitation, Fang Yun sprang like an arrow. After following this smell for a few minutes, an ind appeared in front of him;
The smell of turtles emanates from this ind.
Approaching the ind, Fang Yun discovered that the beach of this ind was covered by arge number of turtles. They were clustered together, filling arge area of the beach.
¡±I finally found you.¡±
Fang Yun had given up on searching for these turtles a while ago. After all, he searched for a long time without any results, but he didn¡¯t expect that he would encounter them while they are mating identally.
In fact, he has passed next to this ind many times, but he didn¡¯t find the slightest traces of these turtles.
However, thinking about it, this group of turtles should have juste here toy their eggs. This ind should have been empty before, hence why he didn¡¯t discover anything while passing next to this ce.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother hiding. He quickly swam to the beach, which alerted the turtles. Without giving them any chance to react, he started massacring them.
The turtles that live here are not very big. The biggest ones are not as big as the one he saw that day, most of them are about one meter in diameter.
These one-meter-long turtles can only provide him with 1000 bio-energy points.
But Fang Yun was not disappointed. There are a lot of turtles there. He estimated that there are roughly 300 turtles on the beach.
In other words, as long as hepletely swallows up this group of turtles, he can get more than 200,000, or even more than 300,000 bio-energy points.
Of course, this is a bit unlikely. A lot of turtles will escape after seeing him. These turtles aren¡¯t slow, and more importantly, they are very close to the ocean. They can probably escape to the ocean in 10 seconds.
¡±Crunch!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s sharp teeth bite on the head of a turtle that was escaping to the sea. The turtle¡¯s limbs struggled for a short moment, thenid motionless on the ground.
He didn¡¯t swallow the turtle directly, the other turtles are escaping.
After killing a turtle, his eyesnded on the other escaping turtles.
Five minutester. The turtles that came toy their eggs in this ce eitherid on the ground, dead, or had escaped to the sea.
Looking at the more than 100 turtle bodies lying on the beach, Fang Yun swallowed them one after the other.
Most pythons and other types of snakes don¡¯t usually swallow turtles. After all, their shells are very hard to digest; Fang Yun, on the other hand, doesn¡¯t have this concern at all. His powerful stomach acid can easily dissolve the hard turtle shells.
It didn¡¯t take long for all the turtles on the beach to enter Fang Yun¡¯s stomach; This hunting has provided him with more than 130,000 bio-energy points.
That¡¯s more than the mutantnternfish.
¡±I can finally evolve.¡±
Looking at the bio-energy on his property bar, Fang Yun¡¯s heart was in a pleasant mood. This is actually his slowest evolution since he became a snake.
The previous times where he took quite long to evolve were because of his travels. If he focused solely on hunting, he would have quickly evolved.
This time, it¡¯s different. He has focused solely on hunting, but it still took him a long time to evolve. That¡¯s without mentioning that he is in the ocean, a prey-rich ce.
Fang Yun slithered back to the sea, then continued moving forward, he is going to search for the ind he previously lived in.
After returning to that desert ind, he will start his evolution.
Swimming for more than ten kilometers, he finally recognized the environment in this area, getting a rough idea of where the desert ind is.
The desert ind he used to live in is quite far from this ce. He estimated that it should be around 150 km away.
After swimming for more than two hours, Fang Yun finally returned to the desert ind. Slithering back to his nest, he immediately said to the system.
¡±Evolve!¡±
The moment he said that. A tingling sensation appeared in his body, which he didn¡¯t care about. He has experienced this way too many times.
However, one thing surprised him.
At this moment, a special feeling appeared in his mind; A very special ¡°Sleepy¡± feeling, just like what he felt while upgrading his bloodline.
¡±Will I fall asleep this time, just like when I experienced bloodline evolution?¡±
Fang Yun thought that it¡¯s very likely, but after the brief surprise, his state of mind slowly calmed down. This desert ind is very suitable for his evolution, not only is it remote, but also covered in vegetation.
It will be very hard to spot him under the cover of the vegetation.
Thinking of this, heid down peacefully. At the same time, the special ¡°Sleepy¡± feeling grew more and more. Finally, he fell down into that weird ¡°Sleep¡± state;
Chapter 146: News Fermentation
Chapter 146: News Fermentation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±AH!¡±
The twelve white tourists on the helicopter all screamed in shock when they saw the scene below.
They didn¡¯t see the hundreds of turtlesying their eggs as the guide said, but that¡¯s not very surprising. What truly shocked them is the traces on the ground, the huge trails and the crisscrossed marks on the sand.
These traces are very simr to a python or a snake trail.
But the marks are muchrger than those left by ordinary pythons.
If this is really a python trail, then this python must have a diameter of more than one meter.
The tourists also saw a lot of blood marks on the beach.
It¡¯s not very hard to guess what happened here. This sandy beach should have served as a battlefield at some point, and a mysterious creature should havemitted a massacre in this ce.
Countless turtles should have been eaten by that creature.
The news about the massacre quickly spread to several nearby inds, including Horseshoe Ind.
Originally, the residents of Horseshoe Ind were is disbelief about Nick¡¯s story, but they were absolutely scared by the massacre on Pearl ind.
After all, Nick had said before that the sea monster was a giant python, which was about 1 meter wide.
Doesn¡¯t this just coincide with the traces on the beach of Pearl ind?
Linking the two incidents together, all the people on Horseshoe Ind panicked, they concluded that there¡¯s likely a real monster in the sea.
Now that it has attacked and killed the turtles on pearl ind, there is a high chance of it doing the same to inds with human settlements.
Not only were the people of Horseshoe Ind frightened, but even the other human-inhabited inds have also fallen in panic. They are afraid that the sea monster attacks their ind.
Fortunately, within two days, Robles sent a dozen marine police ships to patrol in that area. At the same time, the government sent a group of experts to investigate the sea monster incident in Pearl ind.
Even Nick and his crew, who were not taken seriously before, have been intensively questioned.
The situation on Pearl Ind has also caused some discussion on the Inte. The sea monster that appeared on that ind was a giant snake, most likely a python. This reminded them of the python of the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±.
After the pearl ind incident happened, many people thought that the ¡°fake python¡± at the bottom of the Mississippike might not be so fake after all. It¡¯s even likely that these two pythons from different ces are the same creature.
As for how did thettere to Pearl Ind from the bottom of the Mississippike, this might be rted to the discovered underground river.
However, while everyone was awaiting the results of the survey with great interest, another incident spread on the Inte and soon overshadowed the poprity of the Pearl Ind Sea Monster incident.
The sinking of the ,¡¯Sakura country¡¯ whaler, the Ind Maru.
¡±ording to a reporter from this station, the ¡®Sakura country¡¯ whaler, Shimashima Maru was attacked by an unknown creature and has now lost contact. Experts say it is likely to have sunk in the ocean.¡±
¡±So far, only one survivor has been found from the crew of the ind Maru. This survivor is named Masahiro Yoshida, a Hokkaido person from ¡®Sakura country¡¯;¡±
¡±He was discovered on an abandoned boat on the sea. On the same day, a local fisherman ¡¡±
On theputer screen, a dignified and beautiful reporter was talking about the incident of sunk Ind mAru with a serious expression. A momentter, another picture appeared on the screen.
It¡¯s a hospital.
On the hospital bed, a 30-year-old man was lying powerlessly. He stared nkly at the ceiling above his head.
Beside him, several doctors in white uniforms were examining him.
¡±Huan brother, are there really monsters in the sea?¡±
Taking his eyes off theputer screen,
Li Zhi nced at Luo Huan next to him and asked with excitement.
A few days ago, they also saw the news about the Pearl Ind Sea Monster incident online. They were very interested in this incident, waiting for the result of the investigation by the group of experts.
However, they didn¡¯t expect that in just 5 days, another monster incident happened.
¡±I heard people on the Inte say that the man called Yoshida Masaichi was constantly rambling about ¡°Godzi¡± and ¡°Orochi¡± when he was discovered.¡± Li Zhi said.
If he was only curious and expectant about the news about monsters before, now he is a bit nervous. After all, this is the first time he heard about a monster attacking a human ship.
ording to the rumors, the fisherman who found Masahiro Yoshida at that time saw him sitting on a run-down yacht, his body was tattered and unkempt, his eyes didn¡¯t have any luster, and his body was filled with scars.
¡±It shouldn¡¯t be impossible.¡±
Luo Huan also nodded, obviously, he heard what Li Zhi said.
¡±That man named Yoshida Masahiro wasn¡¯t clear-minded., it can even be said that his spirit isn¡¯t right, so it¡¯s very difficult to get something out of his mouth.¡±
¡±Yeah, I don¡¯t know if they actually encountered some mysterious creature?¡±
Luo Huan¡¯s eyebrows twitched, this incident has been very hot these days, there traces about this incident everywhere on the inte. Even the mainstream havemented about this.
Some people think that this man called Masahiro Yoshida may have really encountered a sea monster, but quite some people think that this is just a normal shipwreck ident, there are no sea monsters.
His spirit should have been crushed by the enormous pressure.
¡±Speaking of which, this Yoshida Masahiro luck is really amazing. He has survived such a dangerous shipwreck. I heard that there were two bodies on his yacht.¡±
After saying that, the two suddenly became silent;
Li Zhi froze, then opened his eyes wide, ¡°Did he ¡ to hispanion¡¯s bodies¡¡±
Thinking about what did this Yoshida guy did to survive, the two felt a burst of nausea.
Chapter 147: Fang Yun’s Growth
Chapter 147: Fang Yun¡¯s Growth
Trantor: Yamir Moon
While the human world was full of discussions about these two events, on a deserted ind, a huge tree trunk-like thing was lying on the ground.
It was covered with dust and grass grew in some ces.
However, if someone observes it closely, he will discover that this is not a tree trunk at all, but an extremely thick and stout python.
This giant python is naturally Fang Yun.
Seven days have passed since he started the evolution, but he is already covered in dust and grass.
The reason why the grass had grown so quickly may be rted to his abnormal evolution this time.
Before his bloodline evolution, after each evolution, he would shed his skin. However, it doesn¡¯t seem to be the case anymore.
His skin didn¡¯t fallpletely off this time. Instead, it became a pile of dander, which fell like a nutrient. Within just two days, a pile of grass grew on Fang Yun.
This morning, Fang Yun was looking at a poisonous snake that was crawling in front of him. When he stared at the poisonous snake, the sound of the system sounded in his mind, providing him with its information.
¡±Taipan snake?¡±
This surprised Fang Yun. Although he has been living on this ind for a long time, he didn¡¯t really check what creatures are living here.
Unexpectedly, there are dangerous snake species like the Taipan snake on this ind.
Thinking about it, it¡¯s actually not surprising, this is a parallel world, so it¡¯s not unusual for creatures lo live in an environment that is different from the earth.
While Fang Yun was boringly looking at the crawling Taipan in front of him, a shiver suddenly spread in his body, which immediately improved his mood.
¡±Is the evolution over?¡±
Fang Yun immediately stood up, causing the dust and grass on him to ssh around. After the evolution, Fang Yun looked even bigger and more intimidating.
On a desert ind, there are a lot of ancient trees, untouched by humans. Suddenly a giant python more than 30 meters long raised his head, towering above the trees. Such a sight is extremely shocking. After all, humans look as small as a mouse in front of it
¡±My body size has grown a lot.¡±
Fang Yun swayed his head, throwing the dust and dirt on him, exposing his shiny and bright scales that look like polished iron.
¡±System, bring up my properties panel.¡±
After examining his body, Fang Yun though internally. The next moment, a light curtain appeared in his mind.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 18-]19
Bio-energy: 75200/800000
Skill Points: 23
Body length: 30m-]35m
Diameter: 1m-]1.2m
Strength:2000 -]2500
Defense: 900-]950
Speed: 180-]200
Agility: 300-]320
Spirit:150-] 170
Stamina: 200-]220
Skills: Steel Body (4/5), Quick Regeneration (3/5) Shadow Wind (0/5)
Full-level skills have been hidden
_______________________________________________________________
Looking at the values on the attribute list from top to bottom, Fang Yun looked thoughtful. The next evolution will require 800,000 bio-energy points. It will be a tedious job.
¡±It would be nice if there were more creatures like that mutantnternfish in this ocean.¡±
Fang Yun though hopefully, that kind of creature can provide him with 100,000 bio-energy points. Far more than any other creature in this world.
Although this is only his fantasy, he can¡¯t help but think of it.
If there are many such mutantnternfish, then the humans of this world would have long discovered their existence. However, when he browsed the inte previously, he didn¡¯t find any news or information about such creatures.
Fang Yun shook his head and stopped thinking about that, then he looked at his properties panel again.
Thest time he evolved, he spent his points on ¡°Quick Regeneration¡±. This time, however, he is not nning to do so.
¡±Hmm, Steel Body should be better.¡±
Although ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± is very powerful, he doesn¡¯t need it very much right now. His current healing abilities should be enough for now. After the mutantnternfish easily injured him, he felt that he should upgrade his defense once again.
Looking at the ¡°Steel Body¡± on his skills column, Fang Yun instructed the system to upgrade it, A momentter, ¡°Steel Body¡± became 5/5, signifying that this skill was finally maxed out.
The value behind his defense column changed from 950 to 1050. Fang Yun felt that with his current defense, the mutantnternfish tail may not be able to prate his scales as easily as before.
After upgrading his defense once again, Fang Yun nodded with satisfaction.
Fang Yun calmed his excitement and begin to think where he could go next. He certainly can¡¯t stay in this area.
The prey in this ce can n longer satisfy him, he is nning to go deeper into the ocean. After thinking for a while, Fang Yun made a decision, entered the sea and started a new journey.
¡¡¡¡¡
In the blink of an eye, a month has passed.
During this time, Pearl Ind was very lively. Many people came here to investigate the trail and the blood on the sand.
After investigation, they discovered that bloodstains did indeed belong to turtles, as for the creature that left the trail on the sand, they are not sure.
Academic issues must be rigorous. They do not have enough evidence to prove that those traces are left by a giant snake, so they can¡¯t conclude that yet.
However, it¡¯s increasingly recognized that the Pearl Ind turtle massacre was caused by a giant python.
There are also many ships near pearl ind, some are survey ships dispatched internationally, and some are private ships.
All of them are searching for traces of that giant snake.
Regrettably, none of them had any gain.
A long-time afterward, no one has ever found the traces of the giant python, let alone pictures or anything, they didn¡¯t even see it.
This is how the Pearl Ind incident ended.
There are also some monster enthusiasts who pinned their hopes on the unlucky ghost named Masahiro Yoshida, hoping to get some information out of him.
Unfortunately, from the moment Yoshida was admitted to the hospital, he still looked like a retard, only repeating two words in his mouth.
It¡¯s impossible to get any useful information from his mouth for the time being.
Chapter 148: Sea Monster Appears
Chapter 148: Sea Monster Appears
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun looked at the light not far ahead, along with the light came a noticeable sound;
It¡¯s getting closer.
That small light gradually turned into a dark iron submarine
¡±Human submarine?¡±
Looking at the submarine which was slowly approaching, Fang Yun reacted. He was pondering on whether to troll them or do something simr when he suddenly felt something.
He looked at his right with a surprised look. thinking for a moment, he slowly sank into the darkness, getting away from the path of the submarine.
¡¡¡¡¡¡¡
This afternoon, after both Li Zhi and Luo Huan had lunch, they sat down in front of theirputers and started watching Jonny¡¯s live broadcast. (Live streamer from the Ugandan Prairie arc)
It has been nine days since the live broadcast started, but they didn¡¯t find any traces of the shipwreck.
Apart from encountering an undiscovered new creature on the first day, there wasn¡¯t much explosive content in this live broadcast.
The poprity of this show has also begun to decline. Its rating and number of views can¡¯t bepared to the first day at all.
Li Zhi and Luo Huan didn¡¯t feel bored at all. Anyway, there is nothing to do usually, so watching this live broadcast as a pass time is very good.
asionally, it¡¯s also good to watch those marine creatures. Yesterday, the submarine where Jonny was in captured a photo of a sperm whale.
However, when the sperm whale appeared on the screen, both Li Zhi and Luo Huan were taken aback, that whale was way too big, bigger than it should be.
¡±I don¡¯t know when Jonny will find the shipwreck.¡±
Li Zhi thought internally. He wants to see the shipwreck sooner. More importantly, Jonny is his favorite TV show host, he doesn¡¯t want to see the poprity of his program decline.
But to his disappointment, after watching the live broadcast for twenty minutes, he did not see any new discovery.
¡±It Looks like, today won¡¯t be very exciting too.¡±
Li Zhi shook his head slightly. However, Luo Huan next to him suddenly cried in surprise.
¡±Li Zhi, look at the screen!¡±
After hearing Luo Huan¡¯s exmation, Li Zhi looked at the screen back at the screen with confusion. He saw that a shadow has suddenly appeared on the screen.
The lights from the submarine have shown the rough shape of the shadow. It¡¯s a huge sunken ship.
¡±Holy Sh*t! They finally found it!¡±
When he saw the shipwreck, Li Zhi got instantly excited.
¡±I hope it¡¯s the Ind Maru.¡± Luo Huan next to him looked calmer.
While Li Zhi and Luo Huan were talking excitedly about whether it¡¯s the Ind Maru or not, Jonny and Elson in the submarine have also noticed the shipwreck.
Both of them have an excited look on their faces.
¡±Drive over.¡±
Elson, who was sitting next to Jonny, said loudly to the driver. Not long after, the submarine slowly approached the shipwreck.
Once they approached it. Elson startedparing the specific appearance of the Ind Maru with the ship in front of them.
¡±Mr. Elson, Is it the ind Maru?¡±
After a few minutes, Jonny couldn¡¯t take it anymore, he directly asked Elson.
¡±It¡¯s basically certain that it is.¡±
Elson nodded solemnly. Just from the shape and appearance. This shipwreck is very simr to the ind Maru, they just need more evidence toe to a final conclusion.
For example, checking the number on the shipwreck.
However, a lot of dust and moss have umted on the shipwreck, so the serial number isn¡¯t visible anymore.
¡±Send the underwater robot right away, we have to make sure that this is the right ship;¡±
It¡¯s impossible for humans to get out at such depth, but they can still send out underwater robots.
The so-called underwater robot is actually a small submarine, but with a camera and a robotic arm. It can perform some simple actions, so it¡¯s used underwater a lot.
Under Elson¡¯s order, two underwater robots got out of the submarine and headed to the shipwreck.
In the studio, the picture on the main screen in front of Jonny switched to the scene recorded by the two underwater robots.
As the robot approached, the features of the shipwreck became clearer and clearer for Jonny and Elson.
The hull was generally intact, but the boom on the ship copsed, and the side of the ship was copsed. ording to the scars, it should have been struck by something.
After seeing this scene, both Jonny and Elson were shocked.
Immediately, under the control of the staff, the two robots approached the ce where the serial number is in, then wiped the sand and moss on it.
The serial number and name of this ship were presented right on the main screen.
It was a number followed by the word Ind Maru.
¡±It really is the ind Maru.¡±
Elson breathed out a sigh of relief. Now that they had confirmed that this shipwreck is the Ind Maru, half of the work was done. Now, they have to investigate the shipwreck and reason for its sinking.
Later, they will contact the rest of the crew above to salvage the shipwreck;
The two robots came to the deck of the Ind Maru, and once again cleared the dust and debris to get a clear look at the deck.
However, the picture that was shown on the main screen to Jonny, Elson and the rest of the crew caused them to be dumbstruck.
After the clean up of the two robots, the deck of the ind maru was roughly exposed.
What shocked them so much is the huge scratch on the deck.
They can¡¯t even imagine what kind of creature could have caused that scratch, it looked just like someone used a huge sword to strike on the deck.
Can a creature really create such a huge scratch on a steel-ted ship?
In the studio, Jonny and Elson looked at each other, Their hearts were violently thumping. A nervous mood permeated in the submarine.
Involuntarily, Yoshida Masahiro appeared in their minds.
¡±Godzi ¡ Orochi¡¡±
The huge scratch on the deck not only shocked Jonny and Elson. Every person who was watching the live broadcast was shocked.
¡±Glup!¡±
In front of theputer, Li Zhi swallowed his saliva. He looked at the picture on the screen and said, ¡°Is there really a monster in the sea ¡?¡±
Luo Huan next to him did not refute him, because his mind also began to shake.
Could it be said that the ind Maru was really sunk due to a sea monster attack?
The two of them became more and more nervous as they saw more of the shipwreck.
¡±Woosh¡±
Suddenly, the current surged on the screen.
¡±what happened?¡±
In front of theputer, Li Zhi and Luo Huan were startled. The screen in front of them returned back to showing the inside of the submarine.
As soon as the screen switched back, Li Zhi and Luo Huan widened their eyes.
In front of the submarine, a huge ck shadow approached the submarine at an unimaginable speed and hit it heavily.
¡±Bang!¡±
Chapter 149: The Battle Under the Sea
Chapter 149: The Battle Under the Sea
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±what!¡±
Inside the submarine, Jonny and Elson looked at the scene on the main screen and screamed in fear and panic. A look of astonishment on their faces.
They saw a huge shadow quickly approaching on the screen.
Perhaps because it¡¯s too fast, they can¡¯t urately capture the appearance of the huge shadow owner.
¡±Bang!¡±
It¡¯s very difficult for the submarine to make a U-turn right now. In fact, they didn¡¯t even have the time to react, their submarine was hit, causing it to roll forward like a windmill.
All of a sudden, the studio became very messy. Everyone, including that Jonny and Elson, fell to the ground, yelling in the process.
Some instruments are still sparkling with electricity,pletely destroyed.
In the bedroom, Li Zhi and Luo Huan looked at theputer screen with shock. The screen was filled with white and ck lines. Just like a TV with a bad signal.
However, they still looked at the screen nkly, as if there are flowers on it.
¡±Huan ¡ Huan brother?¡±
After a long moment, Li Zhi reacted. He turned to the side, looking at Luo Huan with disbelief. ¡°Was that a¡monster?¡±
He didn¡¯t see clearly see what was that. It was too fast.
However, just a glimpse was enough to shock him, he realized that that creature was huge!
ording to data previously revealed by Jonny, the position of the submarine was about 3km underwater. There should be norge creature at that depth!
Of thoserge creatures in the world, sperm whales are best at diving, but they can only reach a depth of 2km, and they can¡¯t stay at that depth for a long time.
What¡¯s more frightening is that the speed of that mysterious creature was horrifying. It¡¯s also surprising that the submarine didn¡¯t find their existence in advance.
These features together constitute an unimaginable creature that humans don¡¯t have knowledge of.
Sea monster!
Li Zhi and Luo Huan looked at each other, that word appeared in their minds.
¡±I don¡¯t know what happened to Jonny?¡±
Both of them suddenly remembered that Jonny and the rest of the crew were in a bad situation.
The submarine was attacked by an unknown creature, and it was still underwater at the depth of 3000 meters. A small problem can cause all the people on the submarine to sink eternally in the sea.
Their hearts thumped nervously. They were quite worried about Jonny and the others.
The people who saw the giant dark shadow rushing towards the submarine weren¡¯t only Jonny, his crew and the live broadcast viewers.
In the dark sea, Fang Yun was observing all of this.
In fact, he noticed the shadow before Jonny and his crew.
Although the cameras on the submarine didn¡¯t urately capture the appearance of the giant shadow, Fang Yun saw it.
After each evolution, all parts of his body will be strengthened, including his vision. After so many evolutions, his vision has been strengthened to a very high level;
He can see that not far ahead is a huge monster that looks like a shark, with dark grey skin and a white belly.
This giant monster has a huge mouth, several rows of triangr teeth, Each one almost as big an adult head.
Its body size is even more terrifying, even bigger than Fang Yun¡¯s own body size, it should be more than 40 meters long.
A normal creature can¡¯t have such a huge body.
Mutant creature.
It should be a Mutant creature just like thatnternfish.
Unlike the panic that Jonny and Elson felt when they saw this monster, Fang Yun only felt joy.
While observing this huge mutated shark, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Mutated Megalodon, Chordata, Carsharocles, can provide 100,000 bio-energy points.¡±
After hearing the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun was surprised.
Megalodon, that¡¯s an ancient creature.
This creature was said to feed on whales. Only Melville whales from the same period couldpete with them.
Moreover, this monster is not just a normal megalodon, it¡¯s a mutated one.
¡±100,000 bio-energy points, very good. ¡°
Fang Yun looked very serious. He was just nning to rush out when the megalodon attacked the submarine again.
The speed of this mutant megalodon is beyond his imagination, it¡¯s almost as fast as him.
¡±Bang!¡±
The impact of the mutant megalodon caused the submarine to spin like a windmill, the direction just happened to be where Fang Yun was.
¡±Whoosh!¡±
Fang Yun ducked to the side, avoiding the submarine, then rushed straight to the megalodon.
Fang Yun¡¯s sudden appearance was beyond the megalodon¡¯s expectation, it retreated dozens of meters in surprise.
However, just when the megalodon calmed down, Fang Yun quickly reached him, then bit straight on the megalodon¡¯s belly.
¡±boom!¡±
Two giant monsters madly fought, creating endless muffled ¡°bangs¡±. The two behemoths battle caused the water to stir and the sand to fly. Just like a small scale disaster.
On the other side, the submarine continued to spin. causing Jonny and the rest of the crew to be dizzy. Apart from panic and fear, their mind was nk.
¡±boom!¡±
Suddenly, the submarinended on the ocean floor, and to the relief of Jonny and the crew, the submarine stopped spinning.
¡±Huff ~ Huff ~¡±
In the submarine, only loud wheezing can be heard.
Jonny and Elson struggled to stand up from the ground, then stared at each other. Both of them discovered the panic and fear in the other¡¯s eyes.
They wondered what was the thing that hit their submarine before.
¡±Els ¡¡±
Jonny took a breath and was going to say something. Unfortunately, he didn¡¯t have the opportunity, their submarine started rolling again.
¡±Ah! Ah!¡±
Jonny and Elson just managed to stand up. Now that their submarine started to roll again, they mmed into the steel floor.
The surging current created by the two monsters pushed the submarine forward.
The two monsters who caused this ident are fighting 100 meters away from the submarine. They constantly collided with each other, just like two giant bulldozers.
Fang Yun continued to bite on the megalodon, leaving a lot of wounds on it. The megalodon tried to do the same? but unfortunately couldn¡¯t break through the Fang Yun defense.
Of course, it wasn¡¯tpletely ineffective. The megalodon¡¯s enormous bite force still caused Fang Yun some pain.
¡±Crunch!¡±
Fang Yun collided again with the megalodon, this time he took the opportunity to bite off the pectoral fin of the megalodon shark, causing arge amount of blood to stter.
After being injured multiple times and feeling that he won¡¯t be able to injure Fang Yun. The megalodon decided that continuing to fight with the giant python won¡¯t have a good result, so he turned around and quickly fled to the distance.
Fang Yun naturally won¡¯t let it flee so easily. He closely followed the megalodon, refusing to let it escape.
In the submarine, Jonny was lying powerlessly on the steel floor. He heard the countless muffled bangs outside and that made him very nervous.
He was both confused and scared.
What was the thing that hit their submarine before?
Why did that creature no longer attack their submarine?
He listened to the sound outside and came to the conclusion that something is fighting.
What exactly is going on?
While he was deep in his thoughts, almost on the verge of doubting life. He noticed that submarine gradually stopped shaking. He struggled to stand up and looked at the screen that was still working.
He saw a shocking scene on that screen.
Two huge ck shadows were swimming away, gradually disappearing into the darkness.
¡±That is¡¡¡±
Seeing this scene, Jonny was dumbstruck.
The picture on the screen is quite blurred but he can still determine that these two shadows belong to two giant creatures.
He guessed that they are even bigger than their submarine!
Was the sound he heard before due to these two monsters fighting?
What kind of sci-fi movie did he stray into?
While Jonny was in a daze, Elson struggled to stand up before yelling at the fallen crew members.
¡±Quick! Quick! Check the instruments, we have to leave this ce!¡±
¡±We must return to the nearest ind, right now!¡±
¡±Hurry up!¡±
Chapter 150: Is That A Sea Monster?
Chapter 150: Is That A Sea Monster?
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The gentle sunshine poured over the Grasse Beach, and the salty sea breeze was blowing slightly, creating an atmosphere filled withfort and joy.
As usual, there are many people on the beach, both men and women. Some peopleidzily under umbres, while more were swimming in the water.
A lot of those people are using swimming rings.
¡±Xiao Lan, hurry up, what are you doing?¡±
indistinguishable from the crowd, a small group of people was leisurely walking towards the beach. This group has 7 members, 4 men, and 3 women.
At this time, in the crowd, a girl with a pink swimsuit and twin tails beckoned to a person behind her.
Behind her was a girl with a baby face and a hot body. She was looking around timidly, her face blushing in shame.
She was putting her hands in front of her, seemingly trying to cover her body.
In fact, her dress was already conservative. It¡¯s not that different from a normal dress except for the short skirt and her exposed navel.
The eyes of the four boys not far away didn¡¯t leave the smoking hot body of Xiao Lan, their eyes were shining.
¡±Xiao Lan looks very pretty in this dress!¡±
The tallest of the four boys praised her loudly.
¡±Ha, Luo Yong, is only Xiao Lan pretty, aren¡¯t we all pretty?¡±
The girl with the twin tails pretended to be sulking, but she was obviously joking with Luo Yong.
¡±Pretty! you¡¯re all pretty!¡±
Luo Yong pretended to be very excited, carefully examining the ponytail girl, he turned his head and said to the other three boys: ¡°Look at this chest, look at this waist, and look at these legs!¡±
¡±As expected of a fat pig!¡±
The ponytail girl was originally proudly standing, sticking her chest out with her hands on her hips. However, when she heard thest few words of Luo Yang, she instantly became angry. She bent down picked up the sand and threw it at him.
¡±Go to hell, bastard!¡±
All of a sudden, the beach was filled with the cries of Luo Yang and theughter of the rest.
Xiao Lan watched all of this with amusement, the restraint in her heart was also dispelled by this fun atmosphere, seeing that no one was particrly paying attention to her, she slowly rxed.
Their group slowly walked to the sea whileughing. The girls hung a swimming ring around their waists and began to swim in the water.
Xiao Lan nervously entered the water. She was afraid at first, but after getting used to it, she felt that lying on the sea while the gentle breeze caress her face is veryfortable.
The gentle sun, the beach, seagulls cry, and the beautiful water. All of this created a very beautiful picture.
Xiao Lan looked at the distant horizon with a dreamy look, especially when she saw the seagulls flying in the sky. She showed a look of yearning.
She gently waved her hands, slowly moving in the water.
However, she still didn¡¯t dare to let go of her swimming ring. Without it, she will sink in no time.
They were originally nning toe here after visiting the ¡°Pudaga Forest Park¡±, but due to some incidents, they were dyed. They only managed to reach this ce yesterday.
While leisurely swimming in the water, she suddenly heard her male friends talking nearby. In fact, they have been talking before, but they mostly talked about games, sports and things that she wasn¡¯t interested in.
¡±Yang Ping. Unfortunately, we can¡¯t watch Jonny¡¯s live broadcast today.¡¯
Luo Yong, who waszily floating on the water, said to the little t-headed boy opposite him.
¡±It will probably be the same today. finding a shipwreck in such vast waters is more difficult than finding a needle in a haystack;¡±
Yang ping replied calmly.
¡±Yeah, That¡¯s probably it.¡±
Luo Yong nodded. Jonny and his crew don¡¯t know the location where the ship had sunk, so they can only conduct a wide search in a wide area, which is very troublesome.
Xiao Lan was swimming leisurely, but after hearing their conversation, she stopped moving and started to listen to their conversation.
She is also very interested in sea monsters, so she has been watching Jonny¡¯s live broadcast too.
While watching the news of the sunk ind Maru, the ¡°gibberish¡± of Yoshida Masahiro has picked her interest. ¡°Godzi and Orochi¡± She is very curious about the sinking of the Ind Maru.
Was it truly sunk by sea monsters?
In the past few days, Jonny is live broadcasting his detailed investigation of the incident. She has been watching it every day but to her disappointment. There wasn¡¯t much progress after so many days of searching.
She looked at the distant sea absentmindedly.
She is really curious about what is hidden beneath this sea.
Speaking of which, this beach is not very far from the area where the Ind Maru sank.
Xiao Lan thought internally. After a moment, she still couldn¡¯t help but ask the boys not far away.
¡±Luo Yong, Yang Ping, do you think that the ind Maru was sunk by sea monsters?¡±
¡±I saw the look of Yoshida Masahiro, he looked really frightened, they may really have encountered a sea monster.¡±
¡±Hahaha.¡±
Hearing this, both Luo Yong, and Yang Pingughed.
¡±It¡¯s not unusual to get a mental disease due to extreme stress.¡±
Luo Yong said seriously. ¡°He should have been too frightened by the shipwreck, causing him to be mentally unstable, the few days of survival on the sea and the death of hispanions should have worsened his condition.¡±
Taking a deep breath, Luo Yang continued.
¡°The monsters in his mouth should be hallucinations due to extreme pressure.¡±
¡°Well, that is only my conjecture. We should wait for Jonny¡¯s exploration to have results, then we will know the reason for the Ind Maru sinking.¡±
Hearing that, Xiao Lan didn¡¯t argue back, she just stared nkly at the distant sea.
Her gaze gradually narrowed, prating the wateryer, then reaching the distant ocean floor. In her head, a scene gradually unfolded.
In the endless darkness, the water was madly surging. At the bottom of the ocean, a huge pair of eyes suddenly opened.
A huge monster slowly approached the surface. the behemoth has a bloodthirsty expression on its face. It gradually opened its mouth and seemed like it was going to swallow her.
¡±Ah!¡±
A chill swept through Xiao Lan¡¯s body. At the same time, she woke up from her fantasies. She saw that a huge dark shadow appeared on the sea.
It¡¯s very long and very obvious amidst the crystal clear water.
Suddenly, the monster that she had imagined before appeared in her mind, her heart was quickly filled with fear, and she couldn¡¯t help screaming.
¡±Ahhhh!¡±
Luo Yong and Yang Ping looked at Xiao Lan with surprise, then followed her sight into the distance.
Not only did Yang Ping and Luo Yang do so. Even the nearby people followed her sight.
All of then noticed the long shadow underwater, causing them to be somewhat nervous.
Suddenly, the huge shadow suddenly burst from underwater.
It¡¯s a huge submarine.
Seeing this, everyone suddenly rxed.
Luo Yong smiled at Xiao Lan next to him: ¡°Xiao Lan, did you think that this submarine was a sea monster?¡±
The others also looked at Xiao Lan with a weird look on their faces.
Xiao Lan looked at the submarine that is slowly approaching from the distance. She looked slightly stunned. Suddenly reacting, she blushed furiously. It looks like she made a mistake.
Oops.
Chapter 151: What Is That?
Chapter 151: What Is That?
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fortunately, everyone didn¡¯t care about her. They were all looking at the submarine, quite curious.
This isn¡¯t a harbor. Why did a submarine appear here?
Luo Yong and Yang Ping looked at the submarine with interest, they were standing in shallow waters.
In fact, it wasn¡¯t just them, all the people nearby were looking at the submarine curiously.
The submarine got closer and closer, approaching a coast near the beach.
Luo Yong and Yang Ping ran over there. They want to get a closer look.
Xiao Lan followed behind them. She grabbed the swimming ring with both hands and ran out of the water.
When they arrived at the area where the submarine stopped, they were shocked.
This submersible is veryrge, with a length of 40 to 50 meters. However, this is not the point. The shocking thing is that there is a huge dent on the side of the submarine.
It looked just like it was hit by a huge blunt object.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Luo Yong carefully examined the submarine. Suddenly, his face changed, he said to Yang Ping next to them, ¡°Don¡¯t you think that this submarine is very simr to the one Jonny showed in his live broadcast?¡±
During the live broadcast, Jonny used underwater robots to give them a full-body look of their submarine. Now that he looks at this submarine, he discovered that it¡¯s very simr.
Hearing Luo Yong¡¯s words, Yang Ping¡¯s eyes brightened.
Xiao Lan was looking curiously at the submarine. She also nodded in agreement after hearing Luo Yong¡¯s question.
While everyone was carefully looking at the submarine in front of them. They suddenly heard a noise from the hatch at the top of the submarine.
Their attention was attracted by the sudden noise. At the same time, they wondered whether this is Jonny¡¯s submarine.
If it¡¯s Jonny submarine, then did they have some ident?
Luo Yong¡¯s heart was filled with regret. If he knew so, he would have stayed in the hotel to watch the live broadcast.
While thinking about this, the hatch on the top of the submarine suddenly opened.
The next moment, a man climbed from the hatch.
Luo Yong and the rest widened their eyes.
The person who walked out from the hatch fell clearly in their eyes, but it wasn¡¯t Jonny.
Luo Yong was slightly disappointed, but then his eyes widened.
He noticed that that man has too many wounds on his left arm, his right hand was holding a camera.
Luo Yong¡¯s heart started to quickly beat, an idea brewing in his mind.
Immediately afterward, another person climbed from the hatch.
That person is Jonny.
¡±It¡¯s Jonny! Hey Jon¡¡±
Luo Yong¡¯s eyes sparkled, just as he was about to yell, he noticed the blood on Jonny¡¯s forehead.
Even more daunting is the serious look in his face.
That head injury and the serious look caused Luo Yang to take back the words that he was about to say.
After a short moment of silence, Jonny and several other people climbed down from the submarine andnded on the ground.
Afternding on the shore, Jonny walked toward the cameraman. He looked very serious. After the cameraman gave him an ok sign, he took a deep breath and began talking.
¡±Dear audience, this is Jonny.¡±
He stood in front of the camera and didn¡¯t care about Luo Yong and the others next to them. He frowned, then said somberly to the camera.
¡±First of all, I want to inform everyone that I¡¯m safe. Thank you for your help and support.¡±
¡±God bless, They are fine.¡±
In the bedroom, Li Zhi was sitting in front of theputer. It has been three hours since the live broadcast disconnected with no news about Jonny and his crew.
He is really worried about them.
Could it be that Jonny and his crew¡ Died?
While he was worriedly waiting, the live broadcast that was on the ck screen flicked a few times, then a figure appeared on the screen.
¡±Haha!¡±
When he saw Jonny standing in front of the camera unscathed, resuming the live broadcast, Li Zhi waved his fist and shouted, ¡°Huan brother, Huan brother,e here!¡±
¡±Jonny is all right!¡±
Luo Huan was lying on the bed and ying with his phone. After hearing Li Zhi cry, he quickly stood up and ran in front of theputer.
Jonny continued talking with a serious face.
¡±Previously, we were attacked by a mysterious creature!¡±
¡±I¡¯m sure that there are more than just one unknown creature in that area.¡±
¡±After attacking our submarine, the two unknown creatures started fiercely fighting. Their fighting site was right next to us.¡±
¡±These two monsters are incredibly powerful. Just the shockwaves from their battle pushed our submarine out.¡±
¡±I can¡¯t recall their shape or look. At that time, there was only one thought in my mind: That¡¯s it, I¡¯m finished.¡±
¡±Unexpectedly, God blessed us, and these two monsters left, giving us the opportunity to escape.¡±
¡±Everyone, please pay attention to the submarine behind me. Did you see the dent on the side? That¡¯s the ce the monster hit.¡±
Jonny walked to the side, revealing a huge submarine. The dent on the side of the submarine is particrly shocking.
The huge dentpletely shocked Li Zhi and Luo Huan.
It¡¯s needless to say about the thickness of the steel cover of a submarine. If it¡¯s not thick and strong enough, it won¡¯t be able to withstand the enormous pressure at the bottom of the sea.
However, a monster was able to create a huge dent on the surface of this submarine, it¡¯s conceivable how powerful this monster is.
Luo Yong and the other people on the coast looked at Jonny with amazement. Many people went to the submarine staff to ask them questions.
After some time, Luo Yong roughly understood the situation.
After listening to the staff narrative, whether it was Luo Yong or other tourists, they were all stunned.
¡±Really ¡ really sea monsters?¡±
Xiao Lan was also listening to the staff exnation. After hearing about their meeting with monsters, her heart started thumping, her face flushed with excitement.
She stared at the huge dent on the side of the submarine, and her heart thumped even faster.
She couldn¡¯t help but fantasize about their encounter.
In the depth of the sea, a submarine was slowly moving forward. Suddenly, a giant monster appeared from the darkness and hit the submarine with its head.
The submarine rolled up underwater, the crew inside all screaming in horror.
Thinking about such a scene, a blush appeared on her face and her breathing grew more and more rapid. She is a monster fanatic, so the fact that a possible monster exists in this sea is truly exciting to her.
¡±Is there really a sea monster in the sea?¡±
Xiao Lan looked out into the distant waters. From here, she can see farther than when she was in shallow water. Her eyes suddenly contracted.
¡±Wh ¡ what¡¯s that?!¡±
Chapter 152: Stunned Crowd
Chapter 152: Stunned Crowd
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Xiao Lan¡¯s screams caught everyone¡¯s attention, following her gaze, they looked at the sea far away.
Seeing that thing on the sea, everyone¡¯s mind nked.
All they saw was a giant sharp fin quickly approaching the beach. That dorsal fin looks just like that of a shark.
However, how big does a shark have to be to have that giant dorsal fin?
Luo Yong and the rest of the people on the sea looked speechlessly at the dorsal fin that was approaching the beach. They were shocked, that dorsal fin is even bigger than a door!
Just the dorsal fin is so big. How big is that shark?
Could a creature even reach this size?
Sea monster! this is the only appropriate word for this creature.
Everyone has this idea in their mind.
Jonny, who was facing the camera, turned around and stared at the dorsal fin that was sticking out from the water. his breath was short. He also came to the conclusion that this dorsal fin belongs to a sea monster.
At the same time, he had a question in his mind.
Is this monster the culprit behind the dent on their submarine?
¡±Run! There are is a sea monster behind you!!!¡±
Suddenly, a person hidden in the crowd shouted loudly.
There are still quite a few people swimming in the water, they weren¡¯t that curious about the submarine, so they didn¡¯t follow the crowd.
After hearing this shout, Luo Yong, Xiao Lan, and the other guys reacted, then quickly shouted at those people still in the water.
Some of these people are quite far from the beach.
Hearing the shout of Luo Yong and the others. The people in the water froze for a second, then looked behind them.
They were terrified when they saw the giant dorsal fin approaching them from the distance.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Every person who was swimming in the sea looked absolutely terrified at the thought of a sea monster approaching them.
¡±Ahhhh!!¡±
¡±What is that!¡±
¡±Shark! Shark! It¡¯s a giant shark! Megalodon!¡±
Terrified screams filled the beach and the sea. Every person who was swimming in the sea scrambled to the beach, desperately swimming.
The people that are far from the beach were especially desperate. They were on the verge of copsing, wishing that they had a pair of wings that will allow them to fly from there.
That unknown sea monster, just its dorsal fin is enough to terrify most people. They couldn¡¯t even imagine what it does look like.
Their heart was filled with despair. Whether it¡¯s a man or woman, old or young, as long as they are in the water, they are filled with fear.
¡±Help! Help!!!!¡±
¡±Woohoo ~~ Mom, I want to go home!¡±
¡±Damn! Damn it, AHHH!¡±
Fear-filled screams can be heard all over the beach.
Luo Yong was on the shore, seeing the scene in the sea, his face was filled with sweat. He clenched his hands, looking anxiously at the panicked crowd.
¡±Run! Run!¡±
A lot of people on the beach screamed anxiously, hoping that those tourists could run faster.
Suddenly, the huge dorsal fin protruding from the water sank underwater.
¡±not good.¡±
Luo Yong, Yang Ping, and Xiao Lan heart skipped a beat. They stared anxiously at the surface of the sea.
Even the crowd on the beach started to panic.
That monster suddenly dived underwater, adding a lot of uncertainty to the already bad situation. Where is it? from which is it going to attack?
When Luo Yong and the others were feeling very tense, their actions suddenly froze.
The coast where the submarine is parked can be considered as high ground, so they can see the distant sea clearly from this ce.
About two kilometers away from them, a huge ck shadow suddenly rose from the water, causing the water surface to arch, and then¡ª
¡±Bang!¡±
The sound of water breaking loudly sounded.
The huge shadow suddenly emerged from underwater, leaping into the sky.
This is an extremely huge creature that looks like a shark but is much bigger. The great white shark can only count as a baby in front of it.
At first nce, its body is at least 40 meters long. It¡¯s covered with ayer of hard scale armor. When it jumped into the sky, it opened its mouth, exposing its terrifying teeth.
Looking at the behemoth who waspletely exposed to them, The crowd on the beach suddenly became silent, all watching this monster with wide eyes andplete focus.
Not only them, but even those people who were swimming towards the coast also stopped moving and stared at the behemoth in the sky.
Everyone¡¯s head nked. Only a certain emotion remains in their hearts, and that is¡
Shock!
¡±This ¡ is this the sea monster that attacked Jonny¡¯s submarine?¡±
In the bedroom, through the camera, Li Zhi and Luo Huan also saw the horrific creature that suddenly jumped out of the sea. They were also very shocked.
They even forgot to breathe for a while.
40 meters long, this is absolutely thergest creature that was discovered on earth, from ancient times to modern times. Is this even an earth creature?
To put it into perspective, it¡¯s almost as long as a 13-story high building, and it¡¯s also quite thick, about 7 to 8 meters wide. Human being to it would be like a slightly big mouse to humans.
More importantly, this creature doesn¡¯t look kind at all. Just itsrge number of book-sized teeth are very intimidating, that¡¯s without mentioning its vicious look andrge size.
¡±Glup.¡±
Li Zhi swallowed his spit, his face was very red. Luo Huan did notugh at him as usual, he wasn¡¯t faring any better.
Just as they were watching the giant shark with excitement, the water surface that had just fallen down suddenly arched up again. The next moment, another huge monster jumped out of the water.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Seeing this, Li Zhi and Luo Huan looked even more shocked. They didn¡¯t even know what to say anymore.
At the same time, the crowd on the shore also saw this scene and they were absolutely dumbstruck, their eyes were literally about to pop out.
A monstrous giant shark leaped out of the water, beneath it was a giant python chasing it. The giant python opened its mouth and bit the giant shark¡¯s fins.
The crowd on the beach watched as the giant python opened its mouth, showing two rows of hooked and sharp teeth. Those giant teeth gave most people shivers, at the same time they were certain that this monster can undoubtedly snap a car in half with its teeth.
Time seemed to freeze, giving people the illusion that the two monsters stopped mid-air.
However, the next moment-
¡±Ssh!!¡±
The giant python bit firmly on the giant shark¡¯s tail. After which it pulled its head violently to the said, tearing apart a huge piece of meat from the shark and causing arge amount of blood to fall on the sea surface.
The next moment, the two huge monsters fell into the sea together, creating a huge wave.
The clear and transparent seawater was stained with red blood.
There was silence at the beach.
Chapter 153: Becoming Famous Again
Chapter 153: Bing Famous Again
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The crowd on the beach watched intensely as the giant shark and giant python fought on the sea. They didn¡¯t even dare to blink, for fear of missing any scene.
The injured giant shark was rolling frantically. He suddenly turned around, opened his 3-meter high giant mouth, and bit at the python.
The python avoided the shark¡¯s mouth flexibly, causing him to bite on empty air.
¡±Bang!¡±
Taking advantage of this opportunity, the giant python quickly wrapped around the giant shark, then used his powerful muscles to squeeze it.
The giant shark cried loudly, it struggled madly, trying its best to get rid of the python. Unfortunately, no matter how much the giant shark struggled, it couldn¡¯t get rid of the python¡¯s entanglement, it just resulted in it getting squeezed tighter.
The two behemoths tumbled continuously in the sea, creatingrge sshes. The people in the sea also woke up from their trance and quickly swam to the beach.
But even as they were swimming towards the beach, they looked back from time to time.
Soon, the sound of water sshing and waves breaking gradually disappeared, and the two giant beasts gradually sank underwater.
Two minutester, the two behemoths popped back on the water surface.
They saw that the giant python was biting the tail of the shark and dragging it away, gradually disappearing in the horizon.
The crowd looked at this scene with amazement, totally silent.
¡±The giant python killed that giant shark?¡±
After a long while, someone woke up from the trace and whispered to himself while looking like an idiot.
After that, the people on the beach woke up one after the other.
They suddenly discovered that their heart was drumming, their face was flushed and their hands were full of sweat.
¡±Huff¡¡¡±
Xiao Lan in the crowd took a deep breath, her eyes were round, her mouth was gaping wide and her mind was in a mess.
In this world, there really are sea monsters.
A giant shark over 40 meters long and a terrifying python that killed the giant shark, aren¡¯t these two sea monsters?
Xiao Lan¡¯s heart was beating violently, her heart was filled with both excitement and curiosity. Today, she finally saw the monsters she was always fantasying about.
Af for the people next to her, they were either talking together with excitement or looking at the see with panic and fear.
This is a sea monster!
This legendary creature that only existed in myths and fantasy appeared right in front of their eyes. This is the discovery of the century!
¡±This ¡ this ¡ there are actually sea monsters in the world!¡±
Beside Xiao Lan, Yang Ping looked absolutely amazed, he took a deep breath and said. ¡°It¡¯s really an eye-opener, an eye-opener!¡±
By this time, every person on the crowd was talking excitedly to each other, they felt that this beach trip was the most exciting trip in their lives, definitely an unforgettable experience.
¡±Haha, I took a video of the two sea monsters fight, who want to see it?¡± Luo Yong yelled with excitement.
After hearing that, Xiao Lan¡¯s eyes brightened, she quickly shouted, ¡°I want, I want to see it ¡¡±
In the bedroom, Li Zhi and Luo Huan were also staring in amazement at theputer screen, even if what is disyed on their screen is just the endless blue sea.
¡±It¡¯s too scary, it¡¯s even scarier than the movies. Who would dare to take a boat at sea in the future?¡±
After a long while, Li Zhi blinked twice, then said exaggeratedly. He was truly shocked. However, a mysterious fear of the ocean rose unconsciously in his heart.
He also made up his mind that he won¡¯t go up on any boat in the future.
Who knows, maybe the ship where he is on will encounter a sea monster and sink underwater. Just like the ind Maru.
After the two settled down, they immediately opened up the forums and began to search for the news about sea monsters.
On the hot search list, they saw the news about the giant python killing the giant shark. Not surprisingly, thements were full of shock.
¡±sea monsters really exist? How many secrets are there in the depth of the ocean?¡±
¡±Holy Sh*t! Tomorrow I¡¯m taking a boat to the United States, I¡¯m scared!¡±
¡±That¡¯s why I didn¡¯t buy a yacht.¡±
¡±It¡¯s very scary, what has the worlde to.¡±
¡±The 20-meter long python in Uganda was already shocking enough, who would have expected that there is a 30-meter long one underwater. Is the worlding to an end?¡±
¡±Can pythons even survive in the sea? Have someone seen a python in the ocean before?¡±
The appearance of the giant python and giant shark didn¡¯t shock just ¡®Huaxia¡¯, but the entire world.
This is simply a biological miracle!
A python appeared in the sea, and it was so huge that it¡¯s scary. That¡¯s without mentioning the giant shark.
These two creatures were measured with aputer to get urate data on their size, and the result was shocking.
The python is 35 meters long, and the giant shark is 45 meters long.
Such size has subverted people¡¯s perception!
The world¡¯srgest shark is the whale shark. This is a creature that isparable in size to whales. But in front of that giant shark, it¡¯s only a baby.
Not only that, even if the Ancient Megalodon is taken into consideration, it¡¯s still far fromparable to that giant shark.
And that python. It¡¯s a miracle itself.
Currently, the world¡¯srgest python is the one recently found in the Uganda Prairie, with a body length of 21 meters, but it¡¯s verycklusterpared to that 35-meter long sea python.
If the two of them fight, thetter can directly crush Uganda¡¯s python!
The appearance of these two horrible monsters has pushed everyone¡¯s understanding of the world to another level, but people are panicking.
The python that appeared in the Uganda prairie is okay. It has been exined as a special mutant creature, a one in a billion chance creature, an absolute rarity.
However, now there are two more monsters, and they are far more terrifying than the python in the Ugandan¡¯s prairie.
At this time, many people were panicking.
They feel that humans don¡¯t know much about this world. There is still an invisible area in this world, and this area may be muchrger than the part of the world they know.
And in that invisible area, there are many strange and magnificent things.
Right now, the giant python and giant shark are just the tip of the iceberg of that world. There are even more terrifying creatures out there.
While the giant python and the giant shark were being discussed on the Inte, units such as the Biological Research Institutes of various countries were also boiling.
Chapter 154: Professor Hoover
Chapter 154: Professor Hoover
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun became famous again
He can be seen everywhere. On the inte, on TV, on the news, people can be seen talking about him everywhere.
During this time, he has be the most talked-about star in the world.
It¡¯s not just ordinary people who are talking about this snake, even biologists and scientists are moring about it.
They are arguing about the species of the giant python.
Its appearance indicates that it¡¯s obviously a python, that¡¯s why no one thought that it was a snake from the beginning.
That giant python¡¯s body is not very slender, he looks particrly thick, and his tail is short, which is a clear sign of being a python.
The question is, what kind of python that is.
Some people want to find a species simr to this giant monster from the existing pythons, but no simr python has ever been found.
That giant python ispletely ck with no pattern, it looked like it was painted in ck.
And its huge body is absolutely frightening, Titanoboa lookspletely like a child in front of it.
The reason for their argument is whether this python is a variant of a known species or apletely new one.
After arguing for a few days, no progress was made. In the end, they agreed to temporarily treat this python as a new species.
Therefore, it was suggested that an entirely new section be established for it.
This suggestion was adopted, and after discussion, Fang Yun also got a scientific name-Giant Sea Serpent.
During this time, in addition to Fang Yun being talked about by everyone, the giant shark was also often discussed, it¡¯s appearance was also very daunting.
Unfortunately, it was killed by the giant python as soon as it appeared.
As a loser, its poprity is naturally notparable to Fang Yun, but this is only on the inte. For those biologists, the giant shark is also worth discussing.
In the past, everyone thought that the biggest shark is megalodon in ancient times. However, an ever scarier shark that more than 40 meters long appeared recently.
They sent people to conduct an on-site investigation over Grass Beach, but the results were disappointing. It¡¯s not that they didn¡¯t get anything, they did geta shark scale, but they can¡¯t get any DNA out of it so they can¡¯t really determine what family of sharks was that.
That giant also got a new scientific name. Grass Titan Shark.
While excited about the sudden emergence of these two huge creatures, some people were concerned about their threat to the marine industry.
The giant shark need not say more, it has entered the stomach of the giant sea serpent.
But what about giant Sea Serpent?
More importantly, no one can guarantee that there is no other Grass Titan Shark or some other monster.
However, some people think that this is unfounded. People have been taking boats for a long time, why didn¡¯t any of these two monsters show up before.
If these giants monsters were so aggressive, there would have been a lot more ships sunk underwater.
In response to that argument, people said that while most of the fishing boat idents were caused by storms, there is no firm evidence that indicates that these monsters are innocent, that they have never sunk a ship.
At this time, a voice rose on the inte. There are a lot of people moring that they must catch the python.
It¡¯s a threat to humanity trade in the ocean, and it¡¯s too precious. Their argument is that by catching it, they can protect it and understand it.
However, such opinions are not epted by the public. the capture has a high chance of causing the death of the python, this is something that everyone does not want to see.
While people were having an intense discussion on the inte. The giant Python has already left the Grass sea.
He wasn¡¯t really afraid of people looking for him.
After all, he is deep underwater, no one can harm him at this depth. That¡¯s without mentioning that it would be very hard to find him in the huge ocean.
The reason for leaving the grass sea is because after eating the giant shark, he found a salmon school.
He chased them for a long time, leaving the grass sea was just an ident.
As for the name of the sea where he is currently located, he does not know.
In addition, his reputation reached a horrific 500 million points. He also got 10 skill points.
This is very surprising for Fang Yun.
From the beginning, he had been receiving skill points every time his reputation points increased by tenfold. So, he thought that the next time he would receive skill points would be when he reached 1 billion reputation points.
It now appears that his conjecture is wrong.
Although this is a surprise, it¡¯s a wee one. Even now that he has be this big, he still needs skill points.
After getting these 10 skill points, his total became 18. He didn¡¯t hesitate to upgrade ¡°Quick Regeneration¡±.
After this, this skill has been upgraded 4 times, bing 4/5.
¡±I don¡¯t know when new skills can be refreshed.¡±
Since the skills ¡°Steel Body¡± and ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± were refreshed no new skill have appeared.
He still has the skill ¡°Shadow Wind¡± that he didn¡¯t upgrade a single time, but he doesn¡¯t feel that it has much use.
However, thinking about it from another direction. This skill is actually very useful for running.
Now, ordinary guns and shells have no threat to him, but missiles and other equivalents can still threaten his life.
Weapons like this are quite fast.
If he is faster than missiles, then their threat to him will be greatly reduced.
Fang Yun realizes that he has be a big star in this world, and not being a human, there would be a lot of people that don¡¯t have good intentions for him. After all, to them, he is just a stupid animal, a rare one though.
His existence is very strange for humans. Maybe someone wants to catch him for research.
Unfortunately, Fang Yun¡¯s concerns are very justified.
¡
¡±Professor Hoover, your request has been approved by Congress.¡±
In a spacious and bright office, a dark-skinned young man is reporting to the old man in front of him.
¡±They used satellites to find the traces of that giant python, it¡¯s no longer in the grass ocean.¡±
¡±They discovered its traces in the waters of the Gulf of Yado Bay. The military is using satellites to pay close attention to that area of the sea. As soon as they determine its position, they will immediately send people to catch it¡±
¡±Haha, good! Good!¡±
Professor Hooverughed and looked particrly excited.
If that giant python is the only monster in the world, then its research value isn¡¯t very great, but now that there is another giant shark, the story changes.
Coupled with the giant python that appeared in the Uganda prairie. Three mutated creatures have been discovered so far.
From this point of view, perhaps the reason why these three creatures have be so huge is not simply because of gene mutation.
Maybe there are other secrets.
Of course, this is just his guess, but even so, it¡¯s a huge temptation for him, which led him to ask congress to catch the Giant Sea Serpent.
He wants to see if could find any secret in him.
Fortunately, Congress agreed to his request.
He is sure that if he could study something from the Giant Sea Serpent, that could lead to a great advancement for the human race, and he will forever be recorded in history books.
Professor Hoover paced excitedly in the office, he was fantasying about his future fame. Suddenly remembering something, he turned to the dark-skinned youth.
¡±Listen, Lane¡±
He raised his head and pushed the sses on the bridge of his nose.
¡±Be sure to remind these military people that they must catch it alive. A living Sea Serpent is much more useful for research than a dead one.¡±
¡±Okay, Professor Hoover, I will pass on your words.¡±
The dark-skinned youth nodded solemnly, then turned and walked out of the office.
Chapter 155: Catching the Python
Chapter 155: Catching the Python
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In a military base near the sea, several officers stepped out of a square building.
There were exactly ten. Nine of them were wearing specially made clothes, and the remaining one was wearing an ordinary military uniform. He stood solemnly in the middle of the line.
He is the leader of these people.
¡±Charlie, remember, don¡¯t be reckless. If you were to injure that giant python, then these old science people will smash your face with their canes.¡±
Themander said to a man next to him with a smile, then patted all of the nine people¡¯s shoulders and smiled at them.
¡±Come on, go now! You have to intercept that big guy before he goes back to the ocean.¡±
¡±The base will transmit real-time information to you. Remember, you need to trap it, drag it into the Bolile Sea, then give it to the warships patrolling there.¡±
¡±Understood, sir.¡±
Nine soldiers performed a military salute to their leader, then walked into the three helicopters in front of them in a group of three.
After boarding the helicopter, several people made a gesture to themander on the square, followed by the roar of the helicopter engine.
¡±Boom Boom Boom¡±
The helicopter¡¯s propellers spun up at a high speed, creating arge gust of wind, blowing the dust on the ground.
The man standing on the square took a few steps back, then seriously stared at his subordinates.
Under his sight, the three helicopters slowly took off, then disappeared into the distance.
¡¡¡¡¡
Fang Yun was swimming leisurely underwater. Due to hisrge body, even if he swam at the depth of ten meters, a long shadow can still be seen on the water surface.
This is the second day since he left his habitat on that desert ind.
During this period, he has crossed more than 300 miles. That¡¯s without mentioning that he wasn¡¯t focused on the road, but went to the shore from time to time to catch prey.
However, he didn¡¯t bother catching those small creatures, he focused mostly on therge ones.
Crocodiles, leopards, lions, or even passing elephants or giraffes.
His bio-energy has surpassed 100,000 and almost reached 200,000 points.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that his reputation has skyrocketed. it has long surpassed 500 million, almost reaching 600 million. One thing that caught his attention is the evaluation behind the main mission. It has been A level since he reached 100 million. After he reached 500 million, it became S level.
Although he is not sure what is this task score about. The higher it is the better it would be for him. Perhaps it¡¯s about his next mission?
Shifting his attention from the task score to the reputation value. Fang Yun watched as it increased crazily. He can imagine what kind of sensation he has caused in the human world based just on his reputation alone.
¡±Ssh!¡±
Fang Yun poked his head out of the water and looked around. The water, in the river he is in, is very calm. More importantly, he could see that the width of the river is increasing not far ahead.
Fang Yun was keenly aware of the salty and humid breeze that ising from the front.
He is close to the sea.
Fang Yun got slightly excited. He fiercely plunged underwater. Swaying his tail, he quickly rushed forward.
However, after crossing more than 10km, he suddenly stopped.
Above him, a loud roaring noise sounded, looking up, he discovered that three helicopters are quickly approaching him.
¡±Helicopter¡±
Fang Yun was surprised.
¡±Are they passing by or are they here for me?¡±
Subconsciously, Fang Yun wanted to hide underwater.
However, He is currently in a river. Although it¡¯s quite close to the sea, it¡¯s not very deep after all. It wouldn¡¯t y any hiding effect for him.
Moreover, if these peoplee for him, they will definitely have some special equipment, such as a sonar detector.
He can¡¯t hide even if he wanted to.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun dispelled his hiding thoughts and swam boldly in the water.
¡±Charlie, we have sent you the satellite images, do you see the shadow on the river?¡±
The voice of themander sounded from Charlie¡¯s headset.
Charlie is now controlling the helicopter.
From time to time, he looked at the instrument panel in front of him. After hearing the voice of the sergeant, he immediately replied.
¡±I see it, sir.¡±
On the disy in front of him, there is the image of arge river, with the long shadow in the middle being the most conspicuous.
¡±Okay, guys, get ready. We¡¯re going to start the operation¡±
Charlie manipted the helicopter to hover above the river. By now, they could already see the long shadow with their naked eyes.
¡±It¡¯s really a big guy.¡±
Charlie tilted his head and nced from the window towards the long shadow underwater, then said to the copilot next to him.
¡±This giant animal is quite bold. It¡¯s not scared by the sound of the helicopter at all.¡±
After saying that to the copilot, he clicked on his headset a few times, seemingly wanting to change channels.
¡±Roger, Dunn, we are going to use the anesthetic gun to stop it from moving. Your job is to bind this giant python with the prepareds.¡±
¡±Understand.¡±
¡±Understand.¡±
Hearing the sounding from the headset, Charlie licked his lips, then slowly lowered the helicopter height. After reaching a certain height, he said to the man in the back of the helicopter.
¡±John, get ready. We¡¯re going to begin.¡±
¡±OK.¡±
The young man in ck called John made an ok gesture, then walked to the helicopter¡¯s hatch with an anesthetic gun. He tied a safety rope around his waist, then walked to the open hatch.
He aimed the anesthetic gun in his hand straight at the long shadow below.
¡±Charlie, lower the helicopter a bit.¡±
While aiming, John said this to Charlie. The moment he said that. The height of the helicopter was lowered by 2 meters.
By now, the helicopter is only about 7 to 8 meters above the river surface. The huge winds created big waves on the water surface.
While Charlie was lowering the helicopter towards the water, the other two helicopters flew parallel to them. They were at a much higher altitude though.
The crew members of both helicopters were watching Charlie¡¯s actions from the sidelines.
Feeling that it¡¯s almost time, John narrowed his eyes and decisively shot the long shadow with the anesthetic gun.
¡°BOOM!¡±
A huge needle tube was fired from the gun and shotnded straight on the ck shadow underwater.
He aimed at the tail of the python, to avoid identally killing it due to the huge thrust of the needle tube.
¡±Oh¡±
Fang Yun was focusing on the helicopters above while swimming. The moment John attacked him, he reacted. However, he didn¡¯t bother dodging, he doesn¡¯t think that his reaction ability is strong enough to dodge bullets, especially underwater with his huge body.
Furthermore, with his defenses, he doesn¡¯t really care if the needle tube hitting him.
¡±ng!¡±
The needle tube hit his scale armor, creating a crisp sound, and causing Fang Yun¡¯s muscles to slightly tremble. This needle tube has a strong propulsion force. It was designed specifically to anesthetize animals underwater.
So it has quite a strong pration ability. It needs to be strong enough to ovee the water resistance.
However, just breaking the water resistance is not enough. Fang Yun¡¯s scale armor has be incredibly hard after the enhancement of ¡°Skin Resistance¡± and ¡°Steel Body¡±.
¡±Steel Body¡± after being maxed has specially raised his defense to an unholy level.
Even without the water resistance, this anesthetic needle can¡¯t prate his defenses.
Fang Yun nced up at the sky. This is already the second helicopter group he saw in thest few days. The first group was okay, they just wanted to observe him, so he didn¡¯t really care about them.
But these few guys don¡¯t look like they just want to observe him.
They want to catch him
Aversion rose in Fang Yun¡¯s heart and he couldn¡¯t help but get angry.
However, he continued to move forward steadily. On the surface, he looked oblivious to the attack of these guys.
¡±Did I miss?¡±
Seeing that shadow continued moving forward without any action, John frowned. He wondered whether he missed or not.
¡±Charlie, go down a bit.¡±
John cursed under his beath.
¡±Sh*t, I missed it.¡±
The helicopter dropped another meter. John raised his anesthetic gun and aimed at the shadow underwater.
This time, however, he put down the anesthetic gun in his hand. He looked down with wide eyes, a look of horror appearing on his face.
¡±Charlie!!¡±
He yelled, ¡°Up! Up!¡±
¡±Hurry and bring the helicopter up!¡±
¡±Sh*t!¡±
¡±Hurry up!¡±
Under his horror-filled cries, the dark shadow that underwater quickly rose to the surface.
¡±Ssh!¡±
The water surface broke and the huge python quickly approached the helicopter with wide-open mouth.
Chapter 156: Monster Threat Theory
Chapter 156: Monster Threat Theory
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The behemoth that was swimming underwater suddenly rose to the surface.
¡°Ssh!¡±
The water surface broke open and a huge shadow rose to the sky. The huge python opened his mouth and attacked John next to the hatch.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
John¡¯s eyes widened to the extreme, his heart crazily thumped, almost passing out. He unsteadily fell to the floor, almost falling out of the helicopter. He would have fallen out if he didn¡¯t have the safety rope.
¡°Oh my God!¡±
Charlie subconsciously nced out of the window when he heard John¡¯s cries. He immediately saw the giant python jumping out of the river and attacking their helicopter.
Without the slightest hesitation, he pulled the joystick up, trying to lift the helicopter.
Suddenly, hisplexion changed.
¡°Crack!¡±
The sound of metal friction sounded and Charlie has found that the helicopter has be much heavier. The python has bitten on thending gear of the helicopter.
Not waiting for him to think much, The python exerted his muscles, tearing away thending gear from the helicopter.
¡°Ssh!¡±
The giant python¡¯s huge body fell back into the river, making a loud sshing sound.
The helicopter also fell towards the ground due to the previous pulling force.
¡°Sh*t! NOO!¡±
Charlie yelled desperately. He pulled the joystick up fiercely, struggling to pull the helicopter up. Just as he was about to seed-
¡°Bang!¡±
The helicopter¡¯s propellers crashed into a tree, and the fusge burst directly, creating arge explosion. The helicopter broke into pieces and fell into the ground.
¡°Charlie!¡±
¡°John!¡±
¡
Several exmations sounded from the other two helicopters, the pilots were stunned after seeing this scene.
None of them expected that the giant python would suddenly attack the helicopter.
¡°Damn animal!!¡±
In the helicopter on the left, Roger yelled angrily. Blue veins popped on his forehead.
He immediately shouted in his headset, ¡°Dun, I really want to blow this animal into pieces!¡±
¡°I want to do the same!¡±
Dunn¡¯s angry voice sounded from the headset: ¡°But we have to obey themander order!¡±
¡°I¡¯ll contact themander!¡±
Roger resentfully said. The next moment, he changed the channel and reported the news of Charlie¡¯s sacrifice to his leader.
In a seaside military base, the middle-aged officer looked at the screen in front of him with a somber face. On the screen in front of him, a python was slithering forward on the ground.
Not far away from that python, there is a burning and broken helicopter.
He clearly saw the previous scene through the cameras of the other two helicopters.
In his opinion, this is just a simple task. He didn¡¯t expect losing three of his elite men.
¡°Sir, look.¡±
While themander was looking gloomily at the screen, a young soldier next to him suddenly pointed at the disy and said to him;
¡°The anesthetic needle shot by John had indeednded on the python, but it was bounced back by its scales.¡±
¡°Oh?¡±
Hearing the words of the young soldier, a surprised look emerged on themander¡¯s face. He quickly looked at the screen with a serious look.
The young soldier clicked on a few buttons, rewinding the video, then ying it in slow motion.
The video on the screen showed the scene where John shot the anesthetic needle on the python¡¯s scales. Although it¡¯s not a high-definition video, many things are still clear.
They watched as the anesthetic needle violently tore the water surface, thennded on the python¡¯s tail. However, it bounced back afternding on the python¡¯s scales, cracking due to the high-speed collision.
¡°This¡¡¡±
Seeing this scene, the middle-aged man was shocked.
He knows that this kind of anesthetic needle can easily prate a 1mm thick steel te, so he was shocked to see that it couldn¡¯t prate the python¡¯s scales.
¡°Sir.¡±
The young soldier said. ¡°This python defense is very perverted, I guess that a normal rifle can¡¯t prate its scales.¡±
Speaking of this, the young soldier was extremely horrified.
What kind of python is this?
Hearing the words of the young soldier, the middle-aged man¡¯s heart fluttered. The next moment, he immediately shouted at the young soldier.
¡°Immediately convey my orders Roger and ¡¡±
He didn¡¯t even finish his sentence before Roger contacted him.
¡°Sir, Charlie they were sacrificed, can we kill the ¡¡±
The resentment filled voice of Roger sounded from the headset. The middle-aged man took a breath and interrupted him, sternly saying to him.
¡°Attack the python¡¯s tail with a sniper rifle. Be sure to catch it!¡±
After giving this order, he began to pace back and forth in the room.
In the beginning, he felt that the scientist who proposed to catch the python was really idle. Now that he knows the preciousness of the python, he finally realized that those guys have a better vision than him.
This giant python has great research value.
From the previous attack, He can see that this python¡¯s defense is amazing. If they can obtain the python¡¯s scales, they might be able to unlock the secret of its powerful defense.
In the future, this technology could be applied to the military?
The seeds of desire rose in the middle-aged man¡¯s heart.
¡°YES!¡±
In the cockpit, Roger roared excitedly after hearing the words of the leader.
¡°Lorry, destroy that monster¡¯s tail with the sniper rifle!¡±
¡°Understood!¡±
On the back seat, a muscr soldier nodded, he picked up a sniper rifle and aimed at the python below.
At this time, the python was about 200 meters away from the sea. With its speed, it can reach it in less than 10 seconds.
However, as an elite soldier, he can easily shoot a few times at the python during this time period. Coupled with the huge size of the python, it would be easy for him to shoot it.
Aiming at the giant python¡¯s tail, Lorry didn¡¯t hesitate to shoot.
¡°Bang!¡±
The bulletnded on Fang Yun¡¯s tail, resulting in a loud sound and a burst of sparks, Fang Yun¡¯s muscles slightly shook, but apart from that, he didn¡¯t feel anything.
This bullet is actually much more powerful than the previous anesthetic needle, but even so, it doesn¡¯t have much difference to him.
¡°Damn guy.¡±
Fang Yun was furious. He fought back after being attacked. However, he can¡¯t fight back against these guys attack now, they are too high.
After being attacked by the sniper rifle, the python still rushed forward without even flinching, leaving Roger and Lorry stunned.
Lorry and Roger weren¡¯t the only guys dumbfounded, every person who saw this scene was stunned, including the middle-aged man in the military base, who was staring at the screen nkly.
It¡¯s not necessary to describe the power of a sniper rifle, most people know it.
The sniper rifle equipped by their elite team can prate a 70cm thick armored steel te within 100 meters, but even such a powerful weapon doesn¡¯t have any effect on the giant python.
Doesn¡¯t that mean that the defensive power of that python is superior to that of a 70cm thick armored steel te?
¡°Roger, Dunn!¡±
The middle-agedmander said solemnly in the headset.
¡°Listen, No matter what method you use, you must capture that python, it doesn¡¯t matter whether it¡¯s dead or alive!¡±
¡°Understood!¡±
¡°understood!¡±
Roger and Dunn responded seriously to their leader.
¡°Guys attack that animal with machine guns, blow its head!¡±
Roger yelled in the cockpit, his deputy immediately approached the door, raised the machine gun, and started sting.
¡°Da da da!!¡±
With the sound of loud gunfire, the machine gun bulletsnded on Fang Yun¡¯s head, creating a lot of sparks.
Not only did Roger¡¯s deputy attack the python with the machine gun, but Dunn¡¯s deputy also did the same.
However, even two powerful machine guns equipped with armor-piercing bullets didn¡¯t cause any injury to the giant python.
¡°This monster¡¡¡±
Roger, Dunn and the rest could only watch with wide eyes as the python quickly entered the ocean.
The python capture operation failed.
After learning about the giant python super-defensive ability, the American defense department and the research department became determined to capture it.
However, such things can only be done secretly.
At present, the internationalmunity has not yet decided on how to deal with this giant python. If they rashly attack it, it wouldn¡¯t be easy to exin.
It will also attract a big rebound from inside the country, especially the animal rights activists and other simr societies.
Therefore, they have to publicize the harmfulness of the giant python first before moving on to the capture n.
For example, creating false rumors on the inte about the giant python attacking humans. Then publicize the theory of monsters¡¯ threat to human civilization.
However, just when the American government was nning to do so, a ready-made sea monster incident suddenly appeared.
This event has caused the monster threat theory to be popr on the inte in just a few days.
Chapter 157: Mutant Octopus
Chapter 157: Mutant Octopus
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The event went like this.
A group of people headed by a famous magician came to a certain area on the west coast of the United States. They were nning to perform shocking underwater escape magic in that ce.
The performer is called Williams. He mainly performs all kinds of escape magic: escape underwater, escape in the air, etc., He is quite famous internationally.
In addition to Williams and his team, there was a group of journalists and some specially invited ¡°lucky¡± viewers.
At the beginning of the show, Williams¡¯s team took out an iron cage. He then asked his deputy, Jenny, to bind him before putting him in the iron cage.
Immediately afterward, the iron cage was slowly lowered into the water with a hanging rope.
Such an underwater escape program mainly relies on the flexibility of the human body. The person performing the magic must have enough flexibility and enough experience to flee from the binding and iron cage.
Williams had done simr escape magic before, but it was in the air.
At that time, his hands and feet were locked with iron chains, bundled into a sack and locked into an iron cage.
He was pushed down from the hatch of a ne flying at a height of 5,000 meters and fell vertically at a speed of 240km/h. He was handcuffed, a sack on his head and in an iron cage.
At that critical juncture, it took him only 45 seconds to miraculously break loose the handcuffs, drill out of the sack, open the iron cage, then open the parachute. Hended safely on the ground, creating an unparalleled escape miracle.
However, this time the situation is even more dangerous. He is underwater at the depth of almost 100 meters, bearing an unimaginable pressure while holding his breath. This time, it would be even more difficult to escape, but he likes the challenge.
After the cage was lowered underwater, everyone waited.
All the people on the cruise were nervous.
This escape magic is very dangerous. Williams in deep underwater, he has to free himself while bearing the enormous pressure. He has to do all of this while holding his breath. His time is limited, about a minute.
Time passed little by little, ten seconds, twenty seconds, thirty seconds ¡ one minute!
One and a half minutes ¡ two minutes!
On the cruise ship, Williams¡¯ deputy Jenny has begun to panic. ording to their previous n, after one minute, Williams should climb from the other side of the cruise ship and in the astonished eyes of the crowd, calmly greet them.
It wasn¡¯t only him, even the reporters and the audience started to panic.
Jenny couldn¡¯t hold it anymore. He quickly pulled back the iron cage, but he was taken aback when he saw it.
The iron cage was opened, and there was no trace of Williams inside.
Is Williams joking with them?
This idea appeared in the mind of most people on the scene. Just as they started searching for Williams inside the crowd. A thing that caused extreme panic in the crowd happened.
A huge tentacle suddenly broke the water surface. Amongst the panicked screams and horror-filled faces on the cruise ship, the huge tentacle stroke heavily on the ship.
¡±boom!¡±
The giant cruise ship was almost cut off from the middle.
¡±AHHHHH!!!!¡±
¡±NO! I don¡¯t want to die!!!¡±
Despair filled screams sounded from the cruise ship, but after another p from the huge tentacle, these screams abruptly disappeared.
Of course, for all the people in the world. The specific process of this incident is a mystery.
Although some people called the police at that time, they only managed to say a few words before dying.
¡±Sea monster, sea monster¡±.
This is what the police heard before the call got cut off.
When the police ships reached that ce, they only saw the wreckage of the cruise ship.
This incident caused another uproar on the Inte. Counting the Ind Maru, this is already the second sea monster attack.
In fact, counting the time when Jonny¡¯s submarine was attacked, this should be the third sea monster attack incident.
It¡¯s just that the submarine has very strong defenses, and they happened to meet with two monsters fighting.
Otherwise, they wouldn¡¯t have been the only survivors of a sea monster attack.
Of course, there is no exact evidence pointing that the Giant Sea Serpent is the one responsible for these 3 incidents. However, such a thing doesn¡¯t really require evidence.
Aren¡¯t these incidents due to sea monsters attack?
The Giant Sea Serpent is also a sea monster, so everyone naturally began to fear it.
Previously, although there was the voice of catching the Giant Sea Serpent on the inte, it wasn¡¯t very popr. However, after the two shipwreck incidents and the death of arge number of people.
This voice quickly became mainstream. Most of the people on the inte are moring about the danger of the Giant Sea Serpent.
During that period of time, two more incidents happened. The first was a fishing boat shipwreck. It was sunk due to a storm and that¡¯s exactly what was ryed to the people.
However, once this incident was reported on the news, many people thought that it was due to a monster¡¯s attack.
The other incident was confirmed to be due to a sea monster attack.
It was a cruise ship full of tourists. As it passed the Bering Strait, the bottom of the cruise ship was attacked by a sea monster, causing it to capsize. The people there had the time to pass the news back before dying.
None of the 130 tourists survived.
¡±There is no doubt that it¡¯s a murderous demon!¡±
This is the thought of most people about the Giant Sea Serpent.
After a rough calction. Since its discovery, the Giant Sea Serpent has killed more than 400 people, so it¡¯s fully reasonable for people to call it a murderous demon.
Anyway, the mainstream opinion is that the Giant Sea Serpent must not be allowed to wander freely, it must be caught or even killed.
Some people have different opinions, but their voices were soon drowned by the voice of most people on the inte.
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ governement was especially adamant about catching the Giant Sea Serpent. It has dispatched many warships and scientific ships.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that he was forced to carry the pot of others.
He actually has a certain aversion to eating humans so he won¡¯t attack then unless attacked first. There is a lot of prey in the ocean anyway so he won¡¯t bother attacking them.
With his wisdom, he also knows that he is far from being the humans opponent so he isn¡¯t stupid enough to madly attack them.
He is currently far away from the ce where he was before. ording to his calctions, he should be in the Antarctic right now.
As he thought, the prey here is very rich, seals and penguins are inrge groups. Although they are quite cute, that won¡¯t stop him from eating them.
In just two months, he umted more than 800,000 bio-energy points in this ce.
His current total bio-energy is exactly 1.2 million bio-energy points.
Since then, he has been searching for an ind suitable for his evolution.
The reason why he didn¡¯t choose to evolve in the sea is that it¡¯s too dangerous.
During these two months, he encountered another mutant monster in the depth of the Antarctic.
If he is attacked by a mutant monster in the midst of his evolution. He will be forced to cancel the evolution, wasting the bio-energy he spent so long to umte.
Fortunately, there are no mutant monsters onnd, at least not yet.
After wandering for a month, Fang Yun discovered a suitable ind.
This ind is shaped like a bull¡¯s head. It¡¯s circr in the middle with twondmasses sticking from the side. Just like the horns of a bull.
After examining it, Fang Yun nodded with satisfaction. He climbed on the ind, found a suitable ce and started his evolution.
Chapter 158: Ham’s Encounter
Chapter 158: Ham¡¯s Encounter
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Even with psychological preparation, Fang Yun was shocked by the time spent in this evolution. It has been a full month, but this evolution still hasn¡¯t ended.
Weeds grew around his body as usual. Even fungi can be seen on the surface of his body.
Anyway, if someone came to this ce, they would never guess that this long object is the famous Giant Sea Serpent. They would have some doubts though.
Fang Yun looks just like a fallen tree, but this tree is too big, almost 40 meters long and more than 1 meter thick. It looks especially eye-catching.
However, this is a small desert ind. There are no big trees nearby, the biggest one is less than 10 meters tall, so a tree this big is very eye-catching and suspicious.
If someone came to this ce and saw Fang Yun¡¯s current appearance, maybe he won¡¯t recognize it as the Giant Sea Serpent, but he will definitely be curious.
And curiosity is often the cause of tragedies.
For example, someone walked to Fang Yun, examined this fallen ¡°dead tree¡± with wide eyes, then slowly swept the dirt and debris on it. and to their shock and horror, they find that this is not a ¡°dead tree¡± at all, it¡¯s a huge snake!
¡
There is no progress in the n to catch the Giant Python. Many people including military warships went to the ces where the shipwrecks happened and tried to tempt the python with various methods, including all kinds of beef, pork, fish and various other tricks.
Unfortunately, nothing worked so far.
No one was able to discover any trace of the Giant Sea Serpent, including warships and scientific ships possessing thetest equipment.
All the meat they threw into the sea was eaten by sharks, killer whales and sometimes even toothed whales.
However, this didn¡¯t affect everyone¡¯s enthusiasm for catching the giant python.
The Giant Sea Serpent truly exist and is wandering in the sea, as long as they have enough perseverance, one day they will catch it.
This trip wasn¡¯tpletely a waste of time though, they were able to determine that the Giant Sea Serpent has no fixed habitat and is constantly wandering in the ocean.
One of the main reasons they came to this conclusion is due to the ce of the two shipwrecks being in two different seas.
What made everyone feel weird is that these two ces are far apart, and the time difference between the two shipwrecks is just 4 to 5 days.
If both incidents were caused by the Giant Sea Serpent, then this monster¡¯s activity area is too wide.
Some people think that in fact these two incidents should have been caused by two different sea monsters. The Giant Sea Serpent isn¡¯t the only monster in the sea.
This statement has chilled many people.
Everyone¡¯s fear of the ocean has be more and more intense. In short, the marine industry has suffered a lot.
Unfortunately, apart from the dead Giant Shark, no one has seen other sea monsters, so they can¡¯t be sure of this statement.
In fact, even the Giant Sea Serpent hasn¡¯t been seen in a long time.
When everyone started ¡°missing¡± that giant python, someone finally found its traces.
This time, two groups of people found the giant python.
The giant python was first discovered by a group of fishermen. Among this group of fishermen, it¡¯s said that a teenager was the first to discover it.
Of course, this was originally known only to his fisherman group and his parents, and most of them didn¡¯t believe it at first.
¡±My name is Ham.¡±
Facing the group of reporters in front, Ham said seriously.
He began to tell the reporters what happened at that time.
At about 4 pm, an ident urred on their fishing boat, so they were forced to anchor on a deserted ind.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that hees from a fisherman family, but he didn¡¯t go on his father¡¯s boat or with the crew of his father this time.
Thir family fishing boat is rtively small, if they encounter the Giant Sea Serpent or some other sea monsters, that¡¯s almost certain death.
He joined arge fishing boat, enlisting as a handyman helping the captain.
His current fishing ship spends at least one month in the sea every trip, and every time, they will go into the depth of the sea.
Ham and hispanions discovered the Giant Sea Serpent on the desert ind they anchored on.
At that time, he and three partners were looking for wild fruits on the ind.
As a result, they discovered a huge fallen ¡°dead tree¡± in the center of the desert ind.
¡±But that wasn¡¯t a dead tree!¡± Ham emphasized to the reporters.
They were very irritated after searching for so long and not finding any wild fruit, so when they saw the fallen ¡°dead tree¡± one of them couldn¡¯t help but kick it heavily.
However, instead of venting their anger, they discovered something that made them extremely horrified.
After the dirt and dust were swept away, they didn¡¯t see rotten wood, but bright shiny scales.
¡±Glup!¡±
Even remembring this, Ham swallowed his saliva. He was trembling slightly, they were so close to death.
¡±However, that wasn¡¯t the most terrifying thing.¡±
He paused, took a deep breath, then continued recounting what happened to the reporters.
¡±Just when we were about to escape, the monster lying on the ground suddenly stood up.¡±
¡¡¡
¡±Crack! Crack!¡±
Ham and hispanions looked at this scene in horror. They could only tremble in fear as a gigantic python slowly stood up from the ground.
The dirt, dust, and weeds on the surface of the python slowly fell down.
After all the dirt fell down a huge monster appeared in front of them.
It¡¯s the famous Giant Sea Serpent.
¡±It stood upright in front of us and stared at us with its huge eyes. At that time, my head was empty. All that was left in my mind is ¡®this is it, I¡¯m going to die''¡±
Ham¡¯s face was slightly pale, he clenched his hands tightly while speaking.
Fortunately, they survived in the end. The giant python just nced at them, then slithered toward the sea.
¡±In fact, this isn¡¯t the first time that I saw the giant python, it¡¯s already the third time.¡±
With a mixed look, Ham continued talking.
¡±The first time I saw it, it was in a trench next to ¡®Horseshoe ind¡±
¡±I told my father at that time but he didn¡¯t believe me. Then, after going to the sea to perform my adult ceremony, I saw that monster for the second time. That time, I clearly saw it.¡±
¡±The vigers of ¡®Horseshoe Ind¡¯ can testify. We told them about the existence of the giant python in the sea, but no one believed us.¡±
After the interview with Ham, a group of experts and schrs headed for the desert ind. After some research, they discovered the traces left by the giant python.
These traces showed that Ham didn¡¯t lie. The Giant Sea Serpent was really active here before.
When everyone reached that ce, the giant python haspletely disappeared, no matter what method they used, whether it¡¯s food lure or sonic radar, nothing has worked.
However, shortly afterward, someone discovered the traces of the giant python, giving the people who wanted to catch the Giant Python a chance.
Chapter 159: The Giant Sea Serpent Appear
Chapter 159: The Giant Sea Serpent Appear
Trantor: Yamir Moon
At noon, a huge cruise ship sailed on the calm sea, it was heading east.
Many passengers stood on the deck. Some were enjoying the gentle breeze, some were discussing with theirpanions, or just looking at the beautiful sea.
Suddenly, the sound of water breaking sounded.
This sound was extremely loud, attracting the attention of all the passengers on the deck.
¡±what happened?¡±
Among the crowd, a girl with a baby face was lying on the railing, just like everyone else, enjoying blowing the sea breeze.
She was shocked by the loud sshing sound, she quickly looked at the source of the sound, fearing that it¡¯s a monster.
After seeing the source of the sound, she was quite surprised, at the same time a bit relieved.
About 70 to 80 meters away from the cruise ship, a whale was sticking its head out from the water. It was spraying water from the hole below its neck.
¡±It¡¯s a whale.¡±
Looking at the whale not far away, the girl looked amazed. She quickly took her phone and took pictures. Only then did she find that there are a few unread messages on her phone.
The name shown above is ¡°Sasha¡±.
¡±Xiao Lan, when will you return home?¡±
Seeing this text message, the image of a girl with twin-tails appeared in Xiao Lan¡¯s mind. A smile appeared on her face. She quickly typed on her phone.
¡±I¡¯m already on the way back to ¡®Huaxia¡¯.¡±
Three months ago, she went out of the country to take care of some things, and have a vacation by the way. Now that she took care of all her business, she is on the way back.
¡±Yes, you should have taken a ne, boats are too dangerous.¡±
Seeing this text message, Xiao Lan smiled bitterly. She also wants to take a ne back home, but what can she do? Due to the emergence of sea monsters and arge number of casualties, most people are taking nes these days, so it has be much harder to get a ce on a ne than previously.
She had been trying to book a ce on a ne for more than a week. In the end, she could only give up and take a boat back.
Fortunately, this cruise ship is particrlyrge, and there has been no record of arge ship sinking yet.
She looked around nervously. The noisy surroundings and therge number of people gave her some security andrgely eased her nervousness.
¡±No way, I couldn¡¯t get a ticket.¡±
Xiao Lan sent a text back to Sasha.
¡±Don¡¯t worry too much, our cruise ship is very big, and in a few days, I will be in the port.¡±
¡±In short, be careful.¡±
¡±Ok:)¡±
After replying to ¡°Sasha¡±, Xiao Lan leaned on the railings again, then looked at the big whale not far away.
She started to daydream again. She imagined that the whale turned into a giant python, looking extremely terrifying.
It was covered in dark scales, and its barbed teeth could scare an adult man to cry.
Suddenly the ¡°giant python¡± looked straight at her, then rushed toward them and attacked their cruise ship.
The cruise ship inevitably capsized, and they all fell into the sea, all screaming with fear.
Once such a scene appeared in her mind, she couldn¡¯t help but clench her hands, a look of fear and excitement appeared on her face.
In the midst of her fantasies, a cry suddenly woke her up.
¡±Ahhh!!¡±
This sudden scream woke Xiao Lan from her fantasies. She looked around in surprise, then noticed that everyone was looking at a certain ce with fright.
¡±what happened?¡±
Looking a bit confused, she followed the sight of everyone. After seeing the thing that everyone was looking at, her immediately paled.
¡±Giant¡Serpent?¡±
She saw that after not far away from the whale, a giant python appeared. It was quickly following behind the whale.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Xiao Lan¡¯s heart thumped violently, her limbs started to feel cold.
Although she likes to fantasize about monsters attacking them, it does not mean that she really want this situation to happen, she is just a little girl looking for excitement.
Her gaze swept around, a vast ocean, she couldn¡¯t see the existence ofnd.
In just a moment.
She lost her sense of security and panic filled her heart.
On the cruise ship, the crowd suddenly became noisy.
There are many people, but that doesn¡¯t mean fart!
ording to the statistics, this giant python has a record of killing more than 700 people. It¡¯s a true murderous demon!
Although their cruise ship is quiterge, no one is sure that it can withstand the attack of the Giant Sea Serpent.
The cruise ship also quickly picked up its speed and drove into the distance. The ship personnel also came out to maintain order.
Xiao Lan¡¯s heart was quickly beating. She stared straight at the giant python.
Only a small portion of the giant python¡¯s body was exposed, but only that small part is enough to make them shocked.
More than 1 meter thick, it can easily swallow an elephant.
The giant python quickly caught up with the whale, crossing the distance of 100?meters in just a few seconds. It opened its giant mouth and bit on the tail of the whale.
When the giant python opened his mouth, its sharp teeth were exposed.
These giant teeth caused people to feel chills.
They watched as the giant python bit on the whale¡¯s tail, then shook its head tearing arge piece of meat from it. Blood gushed out from the whale¡¯s wounds, dyeing the water with red.
Along with this was the cry of the whale.
Seeing such a brutal scene, Xiao Lan¡¯s body shook even harder. She tried her best to suppress her squeals.
Everyone is hoping that the cruise ship will move faster. All they want is to quickly get away from that murderous monster.
While they were getting farther away, the giant python suddenly pounced on the whale and wrapped around it.
¡±puff!¡±
From the whale¡¯s nostrils, another water pir was sprayed, then both of them slowly sand underwater.
The loud noise and sshing water slowly calmed down. Only the red spot on the water surface remains as a testament for the battle that urred there.
The crowd on the cruise ship held their breath while watching this scene. Hope rose in their hearts.
Going by the current situation, the giant python is unlikely to attack them.
¡±Perhaps that whale is enough to feed it.¡±
This is the thought of most people on the cruise ship.
However, they didn¡¯tpletely rx. Most of them stared at the water surface, fearing that the giant python will suddenly burst out of the water and attack them.
Although the appearance of the Giant Sea Serpent has frightened the people on the cruise severely, it also caused the American government to be very happy.
They have finally determined the area of the giant python activity.
Chapter 160: Danger Is Approaching
Chapter 160: Danger Is Approaching
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In front of an office window, the middle-agedmander, McGonagall looked at the calm sea outside with a look of anxiety on his face.
From the time when the giant python has destroyed the helicopter, killing 3 of his subordinates. he has been looking for it. Unfortunately, their search hadn¡¯t had much sess.
Right now, he¡¯s hesitant on whether to terminate this operation. After all, searching for python in the ocean is very time and money consuming. His superiors are beginning to be dissatisfied.
If he doesn¡¯t have any result in the following days, then he can only terminate the operation.
However, he isn¡¯t reconciled.
That giant python¡¯s super strong defense ability is very attractive to him and the country. If they could research some type of defensive product based on the giant python¡¯s scales, then their country¡¯s military strength will go up a level.
That monster¡¯s defense is very exaggerated. It was able to resist 2 helicopters machine guns at the same time without any injuries. Those machine guns were equipped with armor-piercing bullets. Turning a tank into a sieve is very easy for them.
¡±Knock! Knock!¡±
While he was in the midst of his thoughts. The knocking from the door woke him up.
¡±Come in.¡±
McGonagall forced himself to calm down, then said gently.
A soldier opened the office door, walked in, then closed it. He gave a salute to McGonagall, then said with a smile.
¡±Sir, we finally got news about that giant python.¡±
¡±what?¡±
McGonagall was surprised. He thought that his superiors were dissatisfied again and sent a soldier to urge him. He didn¡¯t expect that it¡¯s news about the giant python.
¡±Exin in detail.¡±
The soldier walked in front of McGonagall, ced theptop he was holding on the table, then started a video.
¡±Sir, please look at this.¡±
McGonagall watched the video carefully, after seeing it all, he was stunned.
¡±Sir, ording to the tracking position of our satellite, this giant python is moving towards the grass sea.¡±
The soldier operated on theputer a few more times, this time he bought up a photo.
It¡¯s a map showing a red dot moving from a ce to another.
¡±Send warships immediately.¡±
McGonagall took a deep breath and said.
¡±This python must be captured this time.¡±
¡±Yes, sir!¡±
The soldier nodded seriously, saluting his leader one more time, he walked out of the office.
¡
After swallowing the whale, Fang Yun followed the route in his memory and headed towards the grass sea. He is going towards the ruins of the alien civilization he sawst time.
When he first strayed into that ce. He watched some scenes projected by that sphinx. He couldn¡¯t watch theplete video though due to a splitting headache.
At that time, he guessed that it was because his mental energy isn¡¯t strong enough. He is nning to try again. He wants to see theplete video.
This evolution took him three months.
In the beginning, it went very smoothly. However, he didn¡¯t expect that someone willnd on the desert ind he was evolving on.
More importantly, those guys also found him.
Fortunately, his evolution was almost finished. He directly scared those guys into escaping and he left shortly after.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that his reputation has surpassed 1 billion points. Opening the second bloodline to him. Unfortunately, he can¡¯t use it now. He has to evolve his current bloodline to the limit before doing so.
After raising his level to 20, Fang Yun received 19 skill points, plus the 11 skill points he received after his reputation value reached 1 billion points, counting the 3 points he has left from before. He has a total of 33 skill points.
He used 15 skill points to max out the ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± skill, then he used his remaining points to upgrade the skill ¡°Shadow Wind¡± that he has never upgraded before.
After upgrading this skill, he experimented with its power and was shocked.
Just after one upgrade, this skill has increased his speed to a horrific point.
He estimated that his speed after activating this skill has reached more than 400km/h.
His speed has more than doubled.
Of course, this skill has a very obvious disadvantage. That is its excessive energy consumption.
After using this skill for less than 20 minutes, he felt like a dried noodle. He didn¡¯t even have the energy to move. Only after a long period of rest was he able to move again.
¡±I don¡¯t know if this skill will ever be used.¡±
This skill is a bit useless for him now. Just his usual speed is vastly above all the creatures in the ocean, including the mutated monsters. He doesn¡¯t need more speed. He doesn¡¯t know about the future though.
In addition, after this evolution, his body length has reached 42 meters, with a diameter of 1.5 meters. He looks very stout.
Thinking about it now, he has always wanted to be a muscr snake.
He can be said to have finally achieved his goal. Thinking of this, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but smile.
Suddenly, Fang Yun noticed a strange electromaic wave in the water. Animals are extremely sensitive to electromaic waves, and Fang Yun is no exception.
He immediately swam to the water surface, then looked around. He quickly noticed the ship not far away.
¡±That¡¯s ¡ a warship.¡±
Fang Yun immediately became alert after seeing the warship.
The previous experience with the helicopter has made him very alert to any military equipment, including warships.
While watching the warship not far away, his pupils suddenly shrunk. He felt extreme danger from that warship.
Type 52C is a destroyer with a length of more than 150 meters and a width of about 18 meters.
McGonagall stood straight in front of the cockpit window, looking at the slightly rippling water in the distance.
After getting the news of the giant python. He decided toe and oversee the python capturing n himself. He can¡¯t wait any longer.
However, since losing the track of the giant python a while before. They couldn¡¯t find it even after searching for such a long time.
¡±Are we going to fail again this time?¡±
A look of anxiety appeared on McGonagall¡¯s face.
¡±Sir, we found the giant python.¡±
Suddenly, a soldier that was staring at the screen in themand room shouted loudly.
McGonagall quickly walked towards the soldier after hearing that. He looked down at the disy in front of the soldier, only to see that on the striking image of a giant python.
¡±Sir, the giant python is not far ahead.¡±
The soldier¡¯s voice was filled with excitement.
¡±The sonar on our ship also found it.¡±
¡±Attack it with the canons. No! directlyunch a torpedo!¡±
McGonagall suddenly remembered that ordinary shells are useless for the giant python. The python will directly escape if they attacked it with shells. By that time, it would be very difficult to find it again.
Might as wellunch the torpedo directly.
Even if the giant python is killed. It will be worth it as long as they get its body.
Hearing the leader¡¯s order. A soldier quickly operated themands, then pressed an eyes-catching red button.
The next moment, the torpedo wasunched.
¡±Bang!¡±
Fang Yun quickly sank back underwater and fled towards the distance after feeling the danger.
His muscles tightened, and he instantly activated the skill ¡°Shadow Wind¡±.
Chapter 161: The Python Counterattack
Chapter 161: The Python Counterattack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Bang!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s speed was very fast, in just a few seconds, he sank more than 100 meters.
After reaching this depth, he didn¡¯t continue sinking but swam straight forward.
A few secondster, he heard the sound of water breaking from above. He knew that this is the sound of that warship¡¯s weapon prating the water surface.
Based on this loud sound and the danger he felt. Fang Yun guessed that the other side should have attacked him with a torpedo.
Torpedos have arge explosive power. Just one can easily sink a warship. If itnds on him, he will be seriously injured if not dead.
¡±damn bastards.¡±
Fang Yun cursed them in his heart. He hadn¡¯t provoked anyone, why are they attacking him? Thinking back, he remembered the g drawn on the helicopter he destroyed before. If he remembers correctly, it seems to be the same one drawn on the warship.
¡±The ¡®bald eagle¡¯ g? damn it, do they think that I¡¯m a pushover?¡±
He gnashed his teeth in anger. He is really angry at the fact that these guys attacked him two times, without any reason. They really don¡¯t care about his life or death, he is just an animal to them.
¡±I will remember this.¡±
Fang Yun quickly swam forward, leaving a long line.
However, despite his mad galloping, his mind remained clear.
He carefully listened to the movement behind him, roughly estimating the distance between him and the torpedo.
Judging by the sound of the current, the distance between him and the torpedo is constantly increasing.
This is normal. Fang Yun¡¯s current speed is more than 400km/h. It¡¯s very difficult for torpedos to reach this speed in the water.
The reason that torpedos can track targets is because of the positioning device on them. As long as the distance between the tracked object and the torpedo is far away. The positioning device will stop working.
Fang Yun just happened to know a torpedo¡¯s average tracking range, which is about 10km.
With his current speed, it¡¯s not difficult to shake the torpedo off.
¡±What?! The torpedo hasn¡¯t hit the target yet?¡±
In the cockpit, McGonagall frowned, he is wondering why didn¡¯t the torpedo st that giant python yet.
¡±Sir.¡±
The young soldier next to McGonagall immediately said.
¡±Sir, although it¡¯s unbelievable, our torpedo can¡¯t catch up with the giant python!¡±
He pointed at the disy in front of him with an astonished look on his face.
Two red dots were very conspicuous on the screen in front of them. At first, they were quite close, but the distance between them is widening as time passes.
¡±How could this be?!¡±
McGonagall looked in disbelief at the two dots on the screen.
He was really frustrated. How can they kill the giant python now? That speed is really ridiculous.
Having spent so much time and effort, can they only end up with failure?
¡±damn it!¡±
McGonagall cursed loudly. At present, only torpedos can kill the giant python, but this weapon has a fatal shoring. That is speed and range.
Now that the torpedo can¡¯t catch up with the python. He can only hope that the giant python gets exhausted quickly.
Five minutester. The situation remains the same, the distance between the giant python and the torpedo is still increasing.
After another three minutes, the red dot belonging to the torpedo stopped and started shing.
¡±Fuck!¡±
McGonagall clenched his hands, veins popped on his head. After a while, both red dots disappeared.
This means that the torpedo has initiated the self-destruct procedure. It has exploded in the sea.
Naturally, there is no way to transmit the giant python¡¯s location to them.
More than 20 kilometers away, Fang Yun stopped moving. He looked in the direction of the warship, thinking deeply.
After a short while, a look of determination emerged on his face. He swam to the depth of the ocean.
He isn¡¯t a saint. Since these guys keep attacking him, then he will certainly attack back.
Fang Yun stopped at a depth of 400 meters, then swam straight towards the warship.
About ten minutester, he came back to his previous ce.
Within his field of view, the warship is constantly moving forward.
It doesn¡¯t look like they gave up.
Sinking even deeper, he slowly swam towards the warship.
Soon, he reached the ce below the warship, at the depth of 500 meters.
Immediately after, he started to rise quickly.
He swam upward at an incredible speed. In just a few seconds, he was just 100 meters away from the warship.
Just at this moment, a soldier in themand room of the warship suddenly yelled.
¡±Sir! The python appeared!¡±
¡±what?¡±
A stunned look appeared on McGonagall¡¯s face. He asked the soldier with an eager look on his face.
¡±Where is it?¡±
¡±It¡it¡¯s under our warship!¡±
The look on the young soldier¡¯s face suddenly changed.
¡±Its position is rising rapidly!¡±
¡±Hurry up,unch the torpedo and st it to pieces!¡±
McGonagall roared, an excited look on his face.
¡±Sir, it¡¯s toote!¡±
McGonagall looked slightly puzzled. Just as he was about to ask. The sound of water breaking sounded.
¡±Ssh!¡±
The sound of the water breaking was so loud that they could hear it even in themand room.
¡±what happened?¡±
McGonagall was surprised, thinking of something, he quickly walked out of the room.
Once outside, he saw a huge monster bursting out from the water, standing parallel to the warship, staring right at them.
¡±This¡¡¡±
There are many soldiers on the warship. Once they saw this monster, their faces changed. Screams and curses filled the warship.
¡±Damn, what is this thing?¡±
¡±Python! It¡¯s the Giant Sea Serpent!¡±
¡±How did this beast get here!¡±
Panic and fear were filling the soldiers¡¯ hearts.
McGonagall who just ran out from themand room saw this and immediately yelled at them.
¡±Hurry up, quickly attack this monster! Shells, machine guns, anything!¡±
While yelling loudly, McGonagall looked at the giant python with an astonished look.
¡±Was this python this big before?¡±
He had also seen pictures of this python before, and he is pretty sure that it wasn¡¯t this big.
However, it¡¯s not the time to think of this right now. He left this question behind and focused on the situation in front of him.
The soldiers on the deck, after hearing the voice of McGonagall, seemed to have found their backbone. They quickly hid behind bunkers and madly attacked the giant python.
¡±Da da da!¡±
¡±Da da da!¡±
With the sound of gunfire, countless bulletsnded on the giant python¡¯s scales. However, unlike the expected scene of flesh and blood. There was only the scene of sparks bursting and the sound of metal colliding.
Seeing this scene, all the soldiers, including McGonagall, were frightened.
What kind of monster is this?
¡±Roar!¡±
Fang Yun, who climbed onto the deck, was angry after getting hit by all these bullets. He opened his mouth and let out a loud roar.
His roar, of course, didn¡¯t result in any sound. It was a silent roar.
However, his momentum and fierce appearance still frightened the group of soldiers opposite to him.
His look is very scary after all. Few people can stay calm in front of a 40 meters long python with a diameter of 1.5 meters. That¡¯s without mentioning that this python is opening his mouth, exposing his scary teeth.
After that silent roar, Fang Yun slithered on the warship, throwing all the people on it in the sea.
After that, he coiled his tail on the side of the ship, then exerting his powerful muscles. He yanked the warship to the side, overturning it.
The ship lost its center of gravity, tilted to the side, and finally fell onto the water.
Fang Yun just overturned a warship relying purely on his physical strength.
Chapter 162: Space Channel
Chapter 162: Space Channel
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Boom!¡±
The warship fell into the sea, creating arge wave of water. The people on the deck were swept by the tumbling waves and fell into the sea.
The soldiers on the warship are all experts in swimming. However, their expertise couldn¡¯t save them at this moment.
An undercurrent was created due to the sinking of the warship, all the soldiers were involved in it. Some people fainted immediately after colliding with water.
In short, the warship and its crew suffered a heavy loss.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about these things at all. After doing the deed, he sank underwater, then disappeared into the distance.
¡±Hmph! This is the result of provoking me.¡±
Fang Yun snorted in his heart. He actually felt amused at these guys¡¯ thoughts. Their self-control is really pitiful. Maybe it¡¯s their excessive self-confidence? Anyway, anyone provoking him will not end well.
He is already quite powerful. Although there is still a lot of weapons that can threaten him, with his defense, speed, and protection of the ocean. His safety is guaranteed.
However, he is still very upset.
In fact, he just wanted to live his python life quietly, eating enough prey every day, having fun, growing up, then looking for ways back to his original universe.
Unfortunately, even if he doesn¡¯t provoke anyone, someone will eventually provoke him.
He doesn¡¯t really like attacking others, especially if he can¡¯t eat them, but he will immediately retaliate if someone attacks him. This mentality might be a little childish and stupid, but he absolutely won¡¯t budge on this.
¡±I have to quickly be stronger. To the point where others will immediately be intimidated after seeing me, without having the courage to attack.¡±
This is Fang Yun¡¯s goal, but to what extent does he need to grow to achieve it?
One hundred meters?
One kilometer?
Or, as big as the Himyas?
However, it will take him a long time to reach that point.
The bio-energy needed for him to reach that level is insane.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun became a little emotional.
He suddenly thought that he still has no clue on how to return to his previous universe. Going on like this, who knows how many years will it take him to go back.
Slightly frustrated, Fang Yun swam forward at his maximum speed (without activating ¡®Shadow Wind¡¯)
Finally reaching the ce where the Alien civilization is in. He swam downwards.
He knew that there is an Alien civilization remain hidden at the depth of the sea.
The surrounding seawater became increasingly gloomy until it waspletely dark. After a while, a bright light appeared in front of him.
¡±Finally arrived.¡±
Fang Yun was quite happy. He swam straight towards the bright ce.
Not long after, a lot of buildings on a tnd appeared in front of him.
Pyramids and sphinxes.
Reaching this ce, his mood calmed down inexplicably.
Flicking his tail slightly, he swam towards the area 100 meters above the biggest sphinx. Just as he wanted to move forward.
From the eyes of that sphinx, a whiteser suddenly burst up, stopping not far away from him and forming a circr light curtail with a diameter of more than 30 meters.
Not long after, under Fang Yun¡¯s astonished eyes, a huge creature swam out of that light curtain.
This giant creature is very simr to a whale.
It looks very simr to a sperm whale, with a huge head, but its teeth are much more terrifying than toothed whales.
Its mouth is alsorger. After sticking its head out from the circr light curtain, it opened its mouth, exposing its terrifyingrge teeth.
Its huge body twisted madly, struggling to get out of that light curtain.
Fang Yun hid in the darkness not far away and watched all of this quietly.
¡±Melville whale? This whale is the one that is said to be equal to megalodon?¡±
After hearing the system¡¯s prompt, Fang Yun was very surprised. ording to the information received from the system, this whale is not a mutant.
However, it¡¯s worth 40,000 bio-energy points, which is very astonishing. Especially considering the fact that it¡¯s not much different from a sperm whale in terms of size.
¡±The previous mutantnternfish and mutant megalodon all drilled out of this circr light curtain.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly realized.
This must be the case.
This also exins why the humans in this world haven¡¯t found the traces of these two monsters before.
Perhaps they emerged not long ago from this light curtain.
In fact, it wouldn¡¯t be appropriate to call it a light curtain, perhaps a space channel or a wormhole is more suitable for it.
However, how did this space channel form?
Is it really the masterpiece of aliens?
While Fang Yun fell into deep philosophical thoughts, the Melville whale finally got out of the space channel. Unfortunately, it hadn¡¯t had the time to get happy, a huge shadow was hanging above its head.
This Melville whale is very big, about 20 meters long. However, it¡¯s still a lot worsepared with Fang Yun.
He is currently 42 meters long and 1.5 meters wide, his look is especially intimidating.
The moment the Melville whale saw the giant python above it, it instantly sprang away.
However, this Melville whale is not only smaller than Fang Yun. It¡¯s also much slower. A few secondster, Fang Yun was already coiled on the Melville whale.
Exerting his huge muscle power, Fang Yun crushed the Melville whale bones. After killing it, it didn¡¯t take long for Fang Yun to swallow it.
¡±Behind that wormhole, are there many ancient creatures?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the light curtain with a pensive look.
Going by the current situation, behind this space channel is another world. This world has many ancient creatures that appeared previously on earth.
There are even mutated creatures.
¡±If I could get into that world, then I wouldn¡¯t have to worry about prey problems anymore.¡±
Fang Yun pondered for a while. Since the Melville whale and the other monsters could cross that space channel, can he also cross it to the other world?
Fang Yun approached the sphinx. No idents,sere out again from its eyes, forming a circr light curtain in front of him.
Images started shing in the circr light curtain.
The first thing that appeared on the light curtain is the vast ocean. As the camera slowly zoomed in, a ck dot appeared.
The camera continued zooming in, showing the ck dot¡¯s true appearance. It¡¯s a gigantic ind.
¡±It¡¯s really very big.¡±
The scene he is currently seeing is just a corner of that ind. That ind is very big, almost the size of a small continent.
On the light curtain, there was the image of an endless forest. The trees in this forest started trembling. After a while, a giant head appeared on the light curtain.
After seeing that head, Fang Yun¡¯s pupils suddenly shrank.
The giant creature took a few other steps,pletely showing its body on the light curtain.
It has four limbs, but its forelimbs are rtively short. It walks on the ground with its thick hind legs, a long and stout tail behind it. It stood upright with its mouth wide open, looking very domineering and majestic.
¡±Is that ¡ a dinosaur? T-Rex?¡±
Fang Yun looked at that T-Rex with astonishment. Who would have thought that a creature that was extinct dozens of millions of years ago would still be alive, but thinking of the megalodon and the Melville whale, Fang Yun felt that dinosaurs¡¯ existence isn¡¯t that unreasonable?
Chapter 163: The Beginning of the Invasion
Chapter 163: The Beginning of the Invasion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After adjusting his mood, Fang Yun examined this dinosaur. The hip of this dinosaur is 4m high, with arge jaw and an intimidating face.
¡±So this is what a T-rex truly looks like?¡±
Fang Yun immediately recognized the identity of this dinosaur. Mainly because its features are too obvious. He had seen no less than 3 movies about it.
¡±The Tyrannosaurus Rex seems to be one of the most powerful predators in history.¡±
Fang Yun remembered this dinosaur¡¯s information. He remembered that this guy is one of the top-tier creatures that ever existed.
This kind of dinosaur is very scary and cruel, but Fang Yun doesn¡¯t really care. His look is even more terrifying, and his body is twice as long as this guy.
In addition, He has various skills that multiy hisbat power by dozens of times.
¡±I wonder how much bio-energy this t-rex is worth;¡±
Maybe because he didn¡¯t directly meet with this t-rex, he didn¡¯t get any system prompt about this guy information. He guessed that this guy can provide him with tens of thousands of bio-energy points.
Since there is a t-rex on this ind, then other dinosaurs should definitely be there. Otherwise, only small animals aren¡¯t enough to sustain this guy¡¯s survival and growth.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun became very excited.
He couldn¡¯t wait to get into the space channel and eat the creatures there.
However, just as he was ready to act. A huge creature appeared behind the t-rex then attacked it.
¡±Roar!!¡±
The t-rex let out a loud roar. Of course, Fang Yun didn¡¯t hear it. He just saw that the t-rex opened his mouth and assumed that he was roaring.
He watched as that t-rex struggled madly, trying to escape. Unfortunately, it couldn¡¯t even budge under the weight of the monster that attacked it.
Then, the giant monster opened its chill-inducing mouth and bit the t-rex neck.
After killing the t-rex, the monster roared loudly, then started feasting on the t-rex flesh.
The t-rex is a hegemon that was rampant during the Cretaceous era, but in front of that monster, it couldn¡¯t even escape.
¡±What kind of monster is this.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the monster that was feasting on the t-rex flesh and was shocked. This giant beast looks like something straight out from a sci-fi alien movie.
It looks like a giant lobster, but it¡¯s definitely not a mutant lobster. It just looks simr.
For example, this Kaiju has four limbs, and its forelimbs are not pincers, but a pair of thick ws. Going by the look of its body, it should be able to walk on its feet.
It has thick armor, but it¡¯s definitely not a carapace.
This Kaiju has an astonishing height of 50 meters, but it¡¯s very agile. The t-rex wasn¡¯t able to detect its presence before being attacked.
Not long after killing that t-rex, that monster has almost finished eating it.
After showing this scene, the camera continued moving on the ind showing various extremely shocking scenes.
There are many huge and ancient creatures there, dinosaurs, mammoths, and some big bugs of the cretaceous era. Various majestic and shocking creatures.
However, these ancient animals and dinosaurs are just the creatures at the bottom of the food chain there. They are just these Kaiju¡¯s food.
In addition to the Kaiju that has a simr look to a lobster, Fang Yun also saw more than 20 different types of Kaijus.
Each one has at least a height of 50 meters. The lobster-like Kaiju he saw at the beginning is one of the weakest ones on the ind.
Fang Yun even saw a horrifying Kaiju that is more than 200 meters long. He watched as it grabbed an Argentinosaurus and ate it like a pizza. Thergest dinosaur ever was eaten by it in just two bites.
The Argentinosaurus is known as the biggest dinosaur that was ever recorded. Its weight can even reach 100 tons and it has generally a length of 30 meters. Just its steps can shake the earth. Even the t-rex didn¡¯t dare to provoke it.
However, such a creature was eaten by that Kaiju like a tomato. It¡¯s totally inconceivable.
When Fang Yun saw that scene, he was frightened.
He has a hunch that if he were to encounter that Kaiju in his current form. Even his defense won¡¯t save him from it, he can only escape. In fact, even escaping would be very hard in front of it.
If that 200-meter high Kaiju has frightened Fang Yun.
Then the creature he saw next has caused him to be extremely horrified. He hasn¡¯t felt this fearful and helpless since he was a 10-cm long snake.
A monster resembling a spider, with a body bigger than mountains had tissues resembling umbilical cords extending from its belly. The other end of these tissues is egg-like things. They look like embryos, with transparent creatures inside of them?
That spider-like monster is absolutely frightening. Fang Yun can¡¯t even conceive how big it is. The forest looks like small grass in front of it. The mountains look like small earth bump next to it. It has to be dozens of kilometers long and wide, just like a walking ind.
¡±This world is over.¡±
After seeing that monster, all that was left in Fang Yun¡¯s mind is this idea.
Obviously, this is a space channel connecting the blue and that world. This monster cane at any time, and once theye, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t believe that this world¡¯s humans can stop them.
¡±What should I do now?¡±
Fang Yun had originally nned to go to that world through this space channel, but now he is really unsure if he should do so.
He didn¡¯t see the whole ind, just a few small ces. Who knows if there are even more terrifying monsters hidden there?
More importantly, that ind is just a small dot in the endless sea. Who knows if there are even more monsters in the sea. With his current size and power, he is just a small fry there. A small fry that can be killed anytime.
After thinking for a while, he decided to abandon his previous n. He decided on another strategy. That is to wait in front of the space channel, wait for these giant creatures to walk of the space channel then attack them. He can also escape if a monster that he can¡¯t deal with emerges from that space channel.
Usually, when there is no creatureing out of the space channel, he can go to the nearby area and search for regr prey.
Deciding on this, heid down on the ground not far away from the space channel and waited for the creatures over there toe out.
The subsequent development showed that this n is feasible.
Seven dayster, Fang Yun watched as another creature struggled to get out of the space channel. This is a normal megalodon. He naturally attacked and ate it.
Every few days after that, a giant will get out of the space channel. Including normal ancient creatures and mutated monsters.
He also discovered that these creatures are more and more frequently getting out of the space channel. The interval between each creatureing out is bing smaller and smaller.
This continued for more than a month, After which Fang Yun gather enough bio-energy for his next evolution.
Fang Yun found a desert ind and started his 20th evolution.
While Fang Yun was in the midst of his evolution, people in the human world were searching for him.
The fact that the Giant Sea Serpent has disappeared for such a long time has caused the people looking for it to be anxious.
Especially the ¡®bald eagle¡¯ government.
The ¡®bald eagle¡¯ government has be more curious and eager for the giant python after knowing that it sank one of their warships.
However, no matter where they searched, they didn¡¯t find the Giant Sea Serpent again.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that more and more people now support the statement that the Giant Sea Serpent isn¡¯t the only sea monster. In just a month, five more shipwrecks have urred.
Two of these shipwrecks happened on the same day, but their location is more than 5000km apart.
Unfortunately, no other sea monster than the Giant Sea Serpent was ever seen.
While the world was in turmoil, another shipwreck happened. However, this shipwreck has shocked the entire world. The second sea monster was finally found.
Chapter 164: Cretaceous Period Creature
Chapter 164: Cretaceous Period Creature
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Grasse Beach. Due to the battle of the Giant Sea Serpent and the Giant Megalodon happening here, It has be the darling of the various monster enthusiasts and tourists around the world.
At noon, the sun wasn¡¯t very strong, many tourists were ying on the beach.
Some were swimming in the water, some were drinking coconut juice under an umbre, and some men wearing sunsses were staring at the hotties around.
Fearing that sea monsters wille to this ce again, causing tourists to panic, there is a lot of security personnel to maintain order.
In the days after the Giant Sea Serpent¡¯s first appearance, the tourists on this beach were quite nervous, afraid that that monster will show up nearby.
As a python, the Giant Sea Serpent has probably the ability to slither onnd. So it¡¯s totally possible for it to climb on the beach and swallow the tourists here.
However, such a long time passed but the Giant Sea Serpent has never appeared on the beach again, so the tourists and the government have rxed a lot.
This also led some daring guys to start swimming deep into the sea. Even if the manager of the beach put a line on the sea. Quite a few people still crossed it.
So, when the ident happened, the first group of people to suffer were those daring and stupid guys.
ording to witnesses, the scene went like this.
First, the security personnel on the watchtower discovered a long ck shadow on the water surface and quickly issued an rm.
Immediately, the people swimming in the water began to run madly towards the shore. Not long after, the monster hiding underwater showed his body and began to attack the people on the beach.
It was toote for the security personnel to evacuate the crowd. The giant monster has already reached the shore.
More importantly, it¡¯s especially fast, much faster than the escaping tourists.
Of course, it¡¯s not that this monster is too much for security to deal with. It¡¯s just the fact that its sudden appearance and sneaky hunting that resulted in this
This monster is almost twenty meters long, with a huge head, a strong jaw, and sharp teeth. Its head is very simr to that of a crocodile, but instead of ws and legs, its limbs resemble fish fins. Perhaps flippers are more appropriate for describing its limbs.
A total of 17 people were killed and eaten by this sea monster, but it failed to escape and was killed by the beach security personnel.
From the pictures uploaded on the Inte, in a shallow water area, a ck and blue monsterid quietly on the beach. It looks huge, but its body is filled with blood. Reddening the area around it with its blood.
¡±It looks very simr to the Mosasaurus in sci-fi movies.¡±
Someonemented this below the headline on the inte. Immediately after, thisment gained a lot of agreement and praise.
Later, the body of this sea-monster was bought by the ¡®bald eagle¡¯ government.
This news, just like the news of the appearance of the Giant Sea Serpent, has made it into the headlines of various countries.
After all, this is the first sea monster that was killed by humans. More importantly, its body was retrieved.
Not long after the incident, a warship of the ¡®bald eagle¡¯ state came into the grass sea, then transporter this monster back on their warship.
This sea monster was ced on the board of the ship. Looking from the air, it looks like this.
On the endless sea, a 100-meter-long warship is slowly moving forward. On its board, a 20-¨´eter long monsterid quietly.
Looking closely, this creature is truly astonishing. It looks just like the pre-historic Mosasaurs.
After getting the corpse of this monster, the ¡®bald eagle¡¯ scientist team immediately dissected and analyzed it. Byparing it to the fossils of the Mosasaurs, they discovered that it¡¯s almost the same.
It can basically be concluded that the monster that attacked the Grass Beach and killed 17 people is the top predator of the Cretaceous era-Mosasaurs!
The history of this creature is rtively short. It only appeared in the middle andte Cretaceous, but it can be said to be one of the top-predators in all of history.
In the ocean, they have no opponents at all. Their fewpetitors have been killed by them in the following years, establishing their position as the ocean hegemon.
This discovery has caused a great uproar.
How could such a creature that should have perished long ago reappear at this age?
How many secrets are hidden in the depths of the ocean?
¡
Fang Yun chose to evolve on a deserted ind.
This time, he did not experience any harassment from the beginning to the end of the evolution, allowing him toplete his evolution sessfully. This evolution took him half a year.
¡±The time spent in each evolution is getting longer and longer. Will the evolution time eventually increase to ten years, decades, or even hundreds of years?¡±
Fang Yun shook the dirt off his body, thinking of this. Maybe one day, after waking up from sleep due to evolution. The world would havepletely changed and humanity might have gone extinct.
However soon, he put aside these meaningless messy thoughts, the humans of this world dying doesn¡¯t have anything to do with him. In the end, he is just a passer-by. That¡¯s without mentioning that the humans consider him a monster, even if he wanted to help them, they might not appreciate it.
¡±I don¡¯t know what kind of improvement my attributes have this time?¡±
Fang Yun was looking forward to this, he quickly said in his mind. ¡°System, bring up my property panel.¡±
As soon he said that. A light curtain appeared in his mind.
_______________________________________________________________
Host property list:
Level: 20-]21
Bio-energy: 5620/1800000
Skill Points: 23
Body length: 42m-]50m
Diameter: 1.5m-]1.8m
Strength: 3000-]4000
Defense: 1000-]1050
Speed: 220-]240
Dexterity: 340-]360
Spirit: 190-]210
Stamina: 240-]260
Skills: Shadow Wind (1/5).
Maxed out skills have been hidden.
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun browsed his properties panel from top to bottom. He was happy to discover that he reached a shocking 50 meters in length and 1.8m in diameter. He loves these size growths the most.
¡±All my attributes have improved.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes focused on the column of skill points. After thinking for a moment, he decided to save them for now.
¡±I hope that there are some new skills after the next evolution.¡±
He wants to see if any new skills get refreshed next time, so he decided to keep these skill points. It¡¯s not toote to upgrade ¡°Wind Shadow¡± if he ever needed more speed.
Immediately afterward, Fang Yun called up his own information panel. His reputation has reached more than 1.5 billion.
However, this time after the increase of 500 million reputation points, he still didn¡¯t get any skill points.
¡±Hmm, Will get skill points after each time my reputation value double? For example 500 million, 1 billion, 2 billion, etc¡¡±
Fang Yun thought for a while before making this guess, but he wasn¡¯t sure about this. He sometimes wishes that his system was intelligent so that he can answer his questions and talk with him when he is bored or lonely.
Fang Yun shook his head and stopped thinking about this, he has more important things to do.
The creatures he saw in that space channel caused him a lot of pressure.
Now that the creatures in that world are starting toe out one after another, and the frequency is getting faster and faster. There is a big chance that these giant monsters, hundreds of meters high, wille out one day.
Even if he is now 50 meters long and has a super-strong defense. He still doesn¡¯t have much chance of winning in front of those monsters.
Those monsters have various powerful attacks, like acid, super agility, and evenser beams!
When he saw that giant monster opening its mouth and spiting aser, he was left with his jaw hanging. Theseser beam attacks have the destructive power of a powerful missile, but they are much faster, more urate and continuous. That¡¯s why he thought that humans don¡¯t have any chance of winning.
He has to hurry up and evolve or he won¡¯t even be able to guarantee his safety.
Fang Yun still chose to go to the relic of the alien civilization and wait for the monster from there to get out.
When he just arrived at that ce, he encountered another mutant creature, and this mutant creature is thergest one he has met so far.
Chapter 165: Fighting a Mutant Octopus
Chapter 165: Fighting a Mutant Octopus
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun swam to the area where the alien civilization relic is, then sank underwater at a breakneck speed.
Not long after, a light appeared in front of him.
¡±I wonder how many mutant creatures came out during my evolution.¡±
While sinking, Fang Yun thought about this.
On the other side of the space channel, there are a lot of ancient creatures and their mutant counterpart. Normal ancient creatures are okay, they don¡¯t have much threat. The human¡¯s military force can easily deal with them.
Their mutated counterpart might not be so easy to deal with though.
Their defense is outrageous and attack power is very high, that¡¯s without mentioning their speed and special abilities. Humans won¡¯t be able to deal with them as easily as normal ancient creatures.
In short, fishing boats, cruise ships, or other vessels that don¡¯t have any attack weapon can only sink helplessly if they encounter these mutant creatures. As for the Kaijus¡ They¡¯re another story.
As Fang Yun continued diving deeper, the surroundings started to brighten. He finally reached the alien civilization relic.
Suddenly, Fang Yun¡¯s tongue captured a strange smell in this sea area. This smell is quite unusual but familiar.
¡±It smells a bit like an octopus.¡±
Fang Yun has eaten an octopus before, so he remembers the taste of this creature, but after carefully tasting this smell, he hesitated a bit.
¡±It¡¯s a bit different from the octopus I ate before.¡±
When he was thinking about this. A huge monster appeared next to the alien civilization remain. With the illumination of the nkton on the pyramids, Fang Yun was able to clearly see its appearance.
It has an extremelyrge octopus head, probably more than 20 meters in diameter and extremely long tentacles, almost 100 meters long. Its tentacles were filled with suction cups and sharp teeth.
¡±A mutant octopus?¡±
Fang Yun stared at the monster opposite of him with a very dignified face.
He doesn¡¯t really care about those mutant creatures. They are basically the enhanced version of their ordinary counterpart. Stronger strength, defense, speed, etc¡ However, they are not difficult to deal with.
What he really fears is those Kaiju monsters. Those monsters that can shoot acid andser out of their mouth. They are also extremely huge, with the smallest being about 50 meters long, the big ones are all hundreds of meters long.
However, the moment he faced this octopus, Fang Yun hesitated, This guy is extremely huge, just its head alone is more than half of his body length. That¡¯s without mentioning its nine extremely long tentacles.
He is also not sure if this octopus has any special ability.
¡°Target locked, Mutant Octopus, Cephalopods, Octapoda, can provide 200,000 bio-energy points.¡±
While Fang Yun was examining the octopus not far ahead, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡±200,000 points? So many?¡±
Fang Yun was astonished. His thoughts about escaping suddenly stopped.
He is really unsure right now, 200,000 bio-energy points are quite a lot. The Kaiju monster he saw in the space channel gave him a lot of pressure, so he now urgently wants to evolve.
But his next evolution requires 1.8 million bio-energy points, which wouldn¡¯t be easy to gather.
¡±Woosh!!¡±
Just as he was hesitating, the sudden undercurrent sound immediately woke him up.
The next moment, two tentacles approached Fang Yun at breakneck speed, wrapping around him tightly.
The huge octopus opposite to Fang Yun quickly swam towards him. It looks like this octopus regarded Fang Yun as his food.
¡±It looks like this fight is inevitable.¡±
Fang Yun flicked his tongue, his eyes sharpening. He felt that something was constantly scratching against his scales.
This mutant octopus is using the teeth in its suckers to bite on Fang Yun¡¯s scales.
It looks like this octopus nine tentacles are filled with sharp teeth.
¡±It looks like its teeth aren¡¯t able to break through my defense.¡±
Fang Yun felt that with the power of these teeth, it should be able to leave some scratches on his scales, but even then they would instantly be healed by ¡°Quick Regeneration¡±.
Perhaps after the mutant octopus finally managed to leave a wound on him after struggling for a while, it would instantly be heald by his regeneration ability.
However, if this octopus had sharp teeth and stronger grip, then he would be able to leave injuries on him faster than his regeneration is able to heal.
Unfortunately, this mutant octopus is just a bit weaker.
After figuring out the approximate attack strength of this mutant octopus, Fang Yun immediatelyunched an attack on it. He flexibly turned his head and bit on the octopus tentacles.
However, after this bite, Fang Yun was shocked.
He didn¡¯t feel the crunchiness of normal flesh, but a tight rubber-like feeling. The tentacles of the mutant octopus didn¡¯t break after his first bite.
So he started shaking his head frantically, trying to break these tentacles with the help of centrifugal force.
Unexpectedly, the mutant octopus extended the rest of his tentacles and wrapped around Fang Yun, it also quickly approached Fang Yun and used his teeth to bite Fang Yun¡¯s head.
The teeth below its skull are much bigger and sharper. The sound of it colliding with Fang Yun¡¯s head resulted in a very noisy steel scratching sound.
Fang Yun swayed madly, his face looked very fierce. At his maximum speed, he swam towards the biggest sphinx and collided with it.
¡±boom!!!¡±
Fang Yun collided heavily with the sphinx, resulting in a loud bang. However, it wasn¡¯t him who was injured, it was this octopus who was struck dizzy.
This guy acted as padding, absorbing most of the impact force.
After this heavy impact, Fang Yun felt that the octopus started to be wobbly. He felt that it has slightly loosened its tentacles.
¡±Boom!!¡±
However, he didn¡¯t give the octopus the chance to rest and quickly collided with the sphinx another time.
This time the octopus monster couldn¡¯t bear it. It released Fang Yun and quickly fled away.
¡±Hmph, you¡¯re not escaping!¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t n to let go of this octopus. He struck his tail heavily on the ocean floor, then swam towards the fleeing octopus at an astonishing speed.
Suddenly, the mutant octopus not far head squirted arge amount of ck ink, blocking Fang Yun¡¯s way forward.
The surrounding light suddenly became dim, at the same time, a thick odor diffused, making the surrounding smell very confusing. The octopus didn¡¯t waste this opportunity and ran even faster than before.
Fang Yun stopped in front of the ck ink cloud. He quickly circled around the ck ink could and reached the other side, but at this time, the octopus has already disappeared.
¡±Damn! that octopus ran away.¡±
Fang Yun felt that it was a pity, then turned around and looked at the hundreds of meters wide ck ink could.
This ck ink not only has the effect of disturbing the surrounding smell and blocking sight. Fang Yun even felt a bit dizzy after breathing in a bit of it.
¡±Sure enough, mutant creatures that have grown to this point already have some special skills.¡±
Fang Yun pondered for a while, then swam back towards the sphinx.
He isn¡¯t going to give up on his n. He will stay next to the sphinx and wait for the next creature toe out of the space channel;
After arriving there, Fang Yunid down and waited quietly. Not long after, another creature came out from the space channel.
Chapter 166: The Giant Monster
Chapter 166: The Giant Monster
Trantor: Yamir Moon
A dozen people walked slowly on a gloomy street. It had just rained, and the atmosphere was filled with cold, most people were wearing coats.
¡±Now for our daily news. At 8 o¡¯clock this morning, a fisherman has caught a veryrge fish in LongHai. ording to an expert identification, this is fish that lived in the Triassic era¡¡±
Li Zhi looked up at the disy screen erected on a building. A news host was talking about today¡¯s news.
Suddenly, a gust of cool wind blew, causing him to tighten his jacket.
¡±Huan, They have discovered another fish from the Triassic era. Counting this fish, this is already the seventh ancient creature.¡±
Luo Huan was looking at the disy not far away. He frowned after hearing what Li Zhi said.
As a biology student, he was very excited after the first Giant Sea Serpent and the Mosasaurus appeared.
However, as more and more ancient creatures were discovered, his excitement disappeared, reced by panic and a bit of fear.
These ancient creatures came from different eras. There is also a lot of them, just in the territorial sea of their country, they discovered no less than 7.
If all the ancient creatures that have been discovered around the world are counted, it would be over 100.
Those creatures that should have disappeared in the long river of history have now returned inrge numbers.
What is the reason for these creatures¡¯ reappearance?
Li Zhi and Luo Huan nced at each other, shook their heads and continued moving forward.
Most of the people around the world have the same thoughts as Li Zhi and Luo Huan.
After the initial excitement had passed, only worry remain in everyone¡¯s mind.
This supernatural phenomenon. People can¡¯t understand it nor do they know the reason for its urrence, and this unknown is exactly the source of worry and fear of the people.
Of course, they don¡¯t really fear these ancient creatures. They are mostly worried about their source. Whether it¡¯s aliens, a special mutation or some other reason. It¡¯s not very good for humans.
Most of these ancient creatures aren¡¯t that scary. Even fishermen with fishings have captured a lot of them.
However, an incident that happened in the following days has caused humans topletely panic.
¡
It was about nine o¡¯clock in the evening. The sky waspletely dark. A small car was slowly moving not far away from the beach in a seaside city, in the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country.
Not long after, the car suddenly stopped. A d ck man walked out from it, walked towards the side of the road, unzipped his pants and started relieving himself.
¡±Psss¡±
The man sang a song cheerfully, while the sound of waternding on the ground was very obvious.
The man suddenly saw something from the corner of his eyes. Subconsciously turning around, he looked nkly at the sea surface.
With the help of the moonlight, he saw the master of the ck shadow.
It¡¯s a crocodile-like giant beast.
¡±Wait a minute!¡±
The ck man¡¯s body suddenly shook, almost sshing piss on his pants. He looked at that giant monster, then shouted loudly.
¡±Isn¡¯t that the Mosasaurus? It¡¯s just like the one I¡¯ve seen before!¡±
His eyes were shining. That time when the Mosasaurus was killed in the grass water, then transported back by their country. He saw it. Both in reality and on TV.
The warship carrying the Mosasaurus body docked in their city. So he was watching with excitement as that ancient monster¡¯s body was carried by a special vehicle.
He remembers that the Mosasaurus body was already rotting. Even with such a long distance between them, he was still almost choked to death.
However, he still clearly saw the appearance of that Mosasaurus. He also saw a lot of its pictures on the inte.
Therefore, he can clearly pat his chest and dere with confidence that that monster not far away is definitely a Mosasaurus.
¡±This should be the second Mosasaurus that was discovered, and I¡¯m the first one that saw it.¡±
He muttered excitedly, just as he was about to pull up the zipper, then take a photo of the Mosasaurus. The next scene he saw haspletely woke him up from his drunkness.
He watched with wide eyes as more and more shadows appeared on the sea surface. All of which were Mosasaurus.
With just a cursory look, there are no less than fifty of them.
Even if he was drunk, he knew that something was wrong. All of these monsters were moving in this direction.
¡±What are they going to do?¡±
The ck man took a deep breath. He quickly ran towards his car, but when he looked back, he saw something unbelievable.
Not far behind these 50 Mosasaurus, a huge bump appeared on the water surface. Not long after, a behemoth appeared on the water surface.
¡±Tha¡That is¡¡¡±
The ck man felt his heart almost stopped.
The behemoth that appeared behind that Mosasaurus group was an enhanced Mausasaurs, a super version to be exact. Super thick limbs, a thick armor on the back and an incrediblyrge head.
Judging by its size, it¡¯s bigger than a warship!
¡±How could such a thing even exist?!¡±
The ck man shouted crazily. That Mosasaurus is more than a hundred meters long. Even if it stood still and did nothing, it can still give people unparalleled shock.
That¡¯s not to mention that it¡¯s leading more than 50 younger brothers and walking towards the beach.
He can¡¯t stay here anymore! He quickly turned away, got into his car, pressed on the pedal and drove off.
¡
Enseni is a seaport city in the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, with a poption of over one million. Because of its special location and specialties. It¡¯s one of the most important cities in the entire country.
The prosperity of this city caused it to be filled with noise at all times.
Even at night, some prosperous streets were filled with crowds going back and forth.
Especially on Gran Via.
This is the most bustlingmercial street in Enseni. The night market usuallysts until 11 pm.
Right now, it¡¯s about 10 pm, but the street is still filled with pedestrians.
¡±James,e and help me with my bag.¡±
¡±Kelly, can you please exin to me, who is that guy next to you?!¡±
¡±I heard that the movie called ¡°Lorraine¡± which was released recently is very good. Maybe we should check it outter.¡±
The people in the streets were talking in pairs, making the street full of noise.
In such a dense crowd. Most people won¡¯t be able to hear what someone no far away from them is saying, due to the loud noise.
However, a loud bang suddenly sounded. Silencing more than half of the crowd.
¡±Bang!!¡±
A car flew from the distance. Landing on the ground, rolling a few times before stopping. In the process, a giant dust cloud was created.
¡±This¡¡¡±
This surreal scene caused the crowd to stay in their ce like a wooden duck, mouth wide open.
What happened? How could a car suddenly fall from the sky?
The crowd¡¯s questions were soon answered.
¡±Boom! boom!!¡±
Along with the sound of giant walking, the earth was trembling.
The crowd held their breaths and looked fixedly at the ce from where the sound wasing from.
A huge monster suddenly appeared in everyone¡¯s eyes.
Chapter 167: Great Changes in the World
Chapter 167: Great Changes in the World
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The fact that Enseni was attacked by ancient creatures was quickly spread in the world.
Many people woke up to this overwhelming news and were absolutely shocked.
Ancient creatures attacking humans is not something surprising nor has it happened for the first time, but all the previous attacks were on ships on the sea. At most, some ancient creatures will attack people on the beach
However, this is the first time that a group of ancient creatures climbed onnd and attacked human cities.
ording to the news on TV and on the inte. A group of Mosasaurus led by a super Mosasaurus attacked Enseni city in the night.
ording to theputer calctions, this monster has a length of 152.21 meters and a height of 36.32 meters. It¡¯s by far thergest ancient creature ever discovered.
¡±Professor, the video from Enseni came out.¡±
In the office, Hook took a USB sh drive and walked towards Tang Xue. Tang Xue was reading a book on the sofa, hearing Hook. He put down the book and mentioned for him to hurry up.
¡±Quick, plug it in theputer.¡±
Hook plugged the USB sh drive into theputer¡¯s USB port, then clicked a few times on the mouse. He pulled up a video, then clicked on the start button.
On the screen, there is a terrible scene. The faces of the crowd were filled with fear as they were escaping.
Behind them, there are a lot of giant creatures.
These creatures chased the crowd, destroying the buildings on the side, overturning the car on their way. This scene is very frightening and surreal. Even by movies standard.
Both Hook and Tang Xue watched this scene with solemn faces. These ancient creatures are irresistible for ordinary humans without weapons.
¡±Xiao Hu, is there a video of that giant Mosasaurus?¡±
Tang Xue¡¯s throat rolled, his eyes slightly teared up. Although these people aren¡¯t hispatriots. They are still humans. Seeing these tragic scenes, even a stone-hearted man will feel unbearable.
Not long before, he saw a four- or five-year-old girl running helplessly on the street, shouting ¡°Mom¡± loudly, but the next moment, she was bitten in half by a Mosasaurus, then swallowed whole.
¡±Yes teacher¡±
Hook responded somberly. He swiped the progress bar. Showing an incredibly huge monster.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Suddenly seeing such a thing. Even an old professor like Tang Xue was shocked. That giant monster looked very simr to the other Mosasaurus, slowly moving forward with its ppers like legs.
But its size is extremely appalling.
In this scene. The super Mosasaurus was standing next to a ten-story building. However, that building only reached its mouth. That monster is even taller than a 10-story building.
¡±ording to theputer calctions, this giant Mosasaurus is 152.21 meters long and 36.32 meters high.¡±
Hook said softly to Tang Xue. Tang Xue didn¡¯t respond, he just watched silently as these monster wreaked havoc in the city.
Suddenly, several helicopters appeared in the video then started attacking the super Mosasaurus.
¡±Da! da! da! da!¡±
Countless bullets were fired from the helicopter¡¯s machine guns, but the next scene was astonishing.
Those bulletsnded on the giant Mosasaurus scales, but only managed to create sparks. Not a single bullet was able to prate that monster¡¯s defense.
This super Mosasaurus is even scarier than Godzi and other movie monsters.
¡±Roar!!!!¡±
After being attacked, the super Mosasaurus let out a deafening roar. It jumped up and bit a helicopter that was more than a 100 meter high.
With such a huge body, tremendous strength and super defense, this giant monster was able to wreak havoc in the city, destroying many buildings and killing countless people.
At the end of the video, this giant Mosasaurus and his younger brothers returned back to the ocean after destroying a quarter of the city. They Super Mosasaurus was barely injured, and the smaller ones didn¡¯t have a single casualty.
Watching this video from the beginning to the end, Tang Xue was silent for a long time. He leaned back on the sofa and rubbed his brows, his face filled with exhaustion.
Neither of them spoke, this video has affected them a lot. Especially Tang Xue who has watched it for the first time.
Previously there were ancient creatures. Now there is their super counterpart. Not afraid of bullets and even artillery, this monster is almost a natural disaster.
Only High-powered weapons such as missiles can deal with such monsters.
However, this incident happened in a densely popted city. High-power thermal weapons are not so easy tounch. There are many things to consider.
Tang Xue is currently thinking whether this super Mosasaurus is the only mutant creature in the ocean. If there are more creatures like it, then that would be really bad.
He really hopes that his thoughts are just unfounded fantasies and that the super Mosasaurus is the only mutant creature in the world.
Unfortunately, his fears aren¡¯t just a fantasy.
Shortly after the attack on the ¡®bald eagle¡¯ Enseni city. Many giant creatures like the super Mosasaurus have been discovered in the sea.
Coastal cities in various countries are also under attack.
For example, Robles.
This country is even more miserable than the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country. Their territory includes some archipgoes, and those archipgoes werepletely wiped out by a mutant creature at the level of the Super Mosasaurus and its younger brothers.
After all, this country¡¯s military strength is not very good, adding to the fact that these archipgoes are quite remote. These archipgoes were exterminated overnight, with all the people on them getting killed.
Even scarier is the fact that the ancient creatures found near Robles are in the hundreds, much more than the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country.
In the face of these monsters¡¯ attacks, they didn¡¯t even have the power to fight back.
It wasn¡¯t just this country that was attacked. ¡®Sakura¡¯ country, ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country, etc¡ All of the countries that are near Robles were attacked.
In addition, ancient creatures even appeared on thend of ¡®Huaxia¡¯.
However, due to sufficient preparation and the fact that the ancient creatures that attacked it weren¡¯t much. They were able to repel them without a lot of casualties.
Although these ancient creatures attack didn¡¯t affect humanity as a whole. It caused a tremendous blow on humans¡¯ marine trade.
The economies of all countries have been hit hard.
Regarding the tragedy of the human world, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know about it. He is currently waiting not far away from the space channel, waiting for a creature to get out.
Recently, more and more ancient are drilling out of the space channel. Even mutants are bing quitemon.
He doesn¡¯t dare to stay near that space channel anymore. A few days ago, while he was fighting with a mutant creature, another mutant drilled out from the space channel.
These two mutant creatures joined hands to attack him.
During that time, his situation changed from an overwhelming advantage to a slight disadvantage. If a third mutant were to drill from the space channel at that time, then his situation will be even worse.
So he decisively fled away. With his speed, even without activating ¡°Wind Shadow¡± these two mutants couldn¡¯t even see his back.
After that battle, he didn¡¯t dare to say near the space channel.
He is currently about 3 kilometers away from the alien civilization relic. The light over there can¡¯t reach this ce so he can only rely on his tongue to perceive the surrounding situation.
As more and more ancient creatures came out from the space channel, Fang Yun¡¯s bio-energy grew very fast.
About a monthter, Fang Yun had enough bio-energy to start his 21st evolution.
¡±I really want a new skill.¡±
Before falling asleep, Fang Yun¡¯s mind was filled with this thought.
The mutant creatures aren¡¯t just getting more numerous, they are also getting stronger. Although he is quite strong himself. He doesn¡¯t really have a proper mean of attack.
¡±It would be best if it¡¯s an attack skill.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, getting more and more sleepy.
A few momentster, he fell into a deep sleep.
Of course, he can still feel the movement around him. His subconscious can detect any danger and quickly wake him up.
Although Fang Yun was prepared to sleep for a long time, even he didn¡¯t expect that this evolution would for a year.
Chapter 168: The Four Sea Kings
Chapter 168: The Four Sea Kings
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The super Mosasaurus that appeared in the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country and the mutant smosaurus that appeared in Robles have indicated that the world is ushering in a new era.
The protagonists of this new era are no longer just humans.
Humans¡¯ security and their status as the overlord of the are seriously threatened.
Now, the media darling is no longer the Giant Sea Serpent. Whether it¡¯s the super Mosasaurus or the mutant smosaurus, they are a much better topic to talk about.
Both of these creatures are much bigger and much more dangerous than the Giant Sea Serpent. Both of them are over 100 meters in size and the Giant Sea Serpent is just 30 meters long.
Even more daunting is that the Giant Sea Serpent hasn¡¯t appeared in a long time, while these two monsters are causing incidents every day.
In all the world oceans, new ancient and mutant creatures are found every day. People are bing numb to the constant news of ancient creatures.
¡°Hey, they discovered another ancient creature.¡±
¡°Oh¡±
Conversations like this are verymon on the dinner table.
In addition to the super Mosasaurus and the mutant smosaurus. Other ordinary mutant creatures are found every day. It¡¯s just that they are much smaller than these two, so they didn¡¯t gather as much attention.
At least, they don¡¯t have the ability to go onnd and attack humans.
This is the era of monsters. Ancient creatures and their mutant counterpart are bing increasinglymon.
Apart from the super Mosasaurus and the mutant smosaurus, two other creatures of approximately the same size were discovered.
One of them is a mutant octopus with nine tentacles, each one is over 100 meters long. Its head alone has a diameter of more than 20 meters.
This monster, just like the super Mosasaurus and the mutant smosaurus, likes to attack people. If Fang Yun saw it, he will definitely recognize it as the octopus he fought with next to the space channel.
The final giant monster is a super sea turtle. Its size is thergest out of the four giant monsters. The maximum length of that giant sea turtle is over 300 meters, and its diameter is more than 200 meters.
The first time people saw it, they thought that it was a moving ind.
Among these four giant monsters. The giant sea turtle is the most gentle, it has never attacked humans. It¡¯s also very timid, even if it encounters humans who are just mosquito size to it, it will quickly retract its head into its shell.
These four giant monsters are known as the four monster kings. Each one of them upies an ocean.
The super Mosasaurus upies the Antic ocean, the octopus monster upies the Pacific ocean, the mutant smosaurus mainly operate in the Indian ocean, and the giant sea turtle never moves out from the Arctic ocean.
Except for the fourth one, the other three are downright murderous demons. They are particrly fond of attacking humans and can even climb onnd and attack human cities.
Just like the super Mosasaurus and the mutant smosaurus, the giant octopus likes to attack human cities.
Its first target was a coastal ¡®Huaxia¡¯ city. However, it wasn¡¯t as lucky as the super Mosasaurus and the mutant smosaurus. Mainly because its appearance was toote.
By that time, almost all the countries in the world have strengthened their coast defensive strength, and ¡®Huaxia¡¯ was no exception. In the end, the giant octopus was repelled with very few casualties.
At that time, when the giant octopus has just climbed into the coast. It was immediately attacked by military helicopters. Unfortunately, due to its tentacles¡¯ strength and sticity, the bullets bounced off without causing any damage.
However, there weren¡¯t just military helicopters there, even artillery was used.
Finally, paying the price of a broken tentacle, the giant octopus escaped.
After the appearance of the four sea kings, they upied the media headlines each time. Most of the news in the present age is about the discovery of a new ancient creature or about one of the four sea king attacking a ship or a vige.
As for the Giant Sea Serpent, it¡¯s rarely mentioned anymore.
Even when the world has almost forgotten the Gian Sea Serpent, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ military was still concerned about it.
They are still coveting the defensive ability of the Giant Sea Serpent. Unfortunately, this sea monster hasn¡¯t appeared in more than half a year.
They were also wondering if the Giant Sea Serpent has died like what most people on the inte said.
Fortunately, they got some scales from the super Mosasaurus. This monster also has a strong defense like the giant sea serpent.
In the first time the Super Mosausaurus attacked Enseni, they managed to slightly injure it. Of course, it was just a slight injury, especiallypared to its giant size.
However, they got some scales from it, slightlyforting the higher-ups of the country.
Without the slightest hesitation, they sent these scales to a special department for analysis. The end result wasn¡¯t joy-inducing however, they were left with only disappointment.
The result of the research is that these scales are onlyposed of calcium and other normal elements. The reason for their strength is their high density.
Those who were hoping to study something that will increase their country¡¯s military force could only sigh, and those people who were adamant about capturing the Giant Sea Serpent were ridiculed.
After all, they lost a helicopter and a warship and weren¡¯t even able to catch it.
Judging from the scales of the Mosasaurus, the Giant Sea Serpent scales should be the same.
However, some people argued that the Giant Sea Serpent defense is even higher than that of the Super Mosasaurus, so it may have something different.
Even machine guns and sniper rifles equipped with armor-piercing bullets can¡¯t injure it.
However, the super Mosasaurus can¡¯t resist these weapons without any harm.
Another unusual thing about the Giant Sea Serpent is its ability to sink a warship. How was it able to do it?
Although these arguments gained some support, the military as a whole didn¡¯t take it seriously. The fact that they aren¡¯t searching for the Giant Sea Serpent anymore proves this.
They are now focused on the Super Mosasaurus and the other mutant ancient creatures.
After the attack of Enseni, the giant Mosasaurus has suffered some losses, so it didn¡¯t attack human cities as openly and wildly as before. Right now, it mostly attacks the ships on the sea.
However, it didn¡¯t give up on attacking cities. Sometimes, it will climb onnd and attack coastal cities, but it will quickly escape after destroying one or two streets.
It¡¯s ying guerri warfare with the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country.
The giant octopus is doing the same, it¡¯s mostly ying guerri warfare with ¡®Huaxia¡¯ causing a lot of trouble for them.
Time passed day by day, more and more ancient creatures and their mutant counterparts appeared in the ocean. The originally prosperous fishing industry, as well as the sea navigation industry, have suffered a major blow.
Large scale cruise ships might be safer, but no one dares to joke with their life. As long as one has a little money, they will choose to ride a ne.
As for fishing, small boats going to the sea is no different from suicide,rge scale boats also are very dangerous. Few people even dare to approach the ocean in this era.
¡¡¡¡¡¡
Far away, on a deserted ind in the Indian Ocean, in a dense jungle. Suddenly, the sound of cracking suddenly sounded.
¡±Crack! Crack!¡±
This is the sound of wood breaking.
As the dirt and dust fell, a huge behemoth appeared on the ground.
It¡¯s a giant python with dark scales. After standing up, the mud, dust and other objects fell from its body, showing shiny scales that reflect light.
This python is naturally Fang Yun.
After a year, he has finally finished his evolution.
Lowering his head, he noticed that his body has be a lot bigger. With eyes shining, he thought internally.
¡±System, Show me my properties panel.¡±
Chapter 169: Thunder Domain
Chapter 169: Thunder Domain
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The moment the properties panel came up, Fang Yun immediately noticed the two prompts at the top of the panel.
¡°Ring! the host haspleted his 21st evolution. The host current level is 22, rewarding 21 skill points.¡±
¡°Ring! The host has met the requirements, new skills avable, whether to check them?¡±
Looking at the two system¡¯s prompts, Fang Yun was stunned for a moment, then he was immediately overjoyed. Are there new skills?
¡°System, show me the avable skills!¡±
The light curtain in his mind shed, then the skills appeared on the panel.
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Thunder Domain: Active skill. Selecting this skill, the host will have the ability to discharge and control electricity in a wide range. At the same time, the host will get the ability to emit and control electromaic waves.¡±
¡°Each upgrade requires 20 skill points, current level 0/5.¡±
¡°Overclocking Resonance: Active skill, Selecting this skill, the host will be able to emit ultra-high frequency sound waves to attack the opponent. At the same time, the host will get the ability to detect the natural frequency of various creatures, then create resonance to destroy them.¡±
¡°Each upgrade requires 20 skill points, current level 0/5.¡±
_______________________________________________________________
After reading these skills description, Fang Yun was quite excited. New skills have finally appeared! More importantly, they are attack skills.
However, Fang Yun is finally certain that apart from the number of skills points, there are other requirements for new skills to appear.
Both of these skills sound very powerful. One is an area of effect skill ¡®AOE¡¯ capable of clearing arge number of enemies. One is a single long-range attack, used to deal with powerful enemies.
These skills can already be called fantasy skills, unlike the physical skills he was given before.
However, each of these two skills requires 20 skills points for each upgrade. With his current points, he can only upgrade one skill.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun was a little speechless.
¡°System, Upgrade Thunder Domain.¡±
Fang Yun felt that this skill is not only arge area of effect skill, which can deal with a lot of enemies. The electromaic field is also very useful, with it, humans¡¯ radars and other search equipment won¡¯t be able to find him. He will also get the ability to interfere with human weapons and machinery.
After upgrading this skill, Fang Yun immediately noticed the changes in his body.
He clearly felt that most of the changes happened in his scales. He felt that his scales have gained the ability to store and discharge electricity, just like batteries.
In addition, his scales have be very simr to sr panels, converting sr energy into electricity then storing it.
¡°I should be considered a silicon-based creature right now?¡±
Feeling the changes in his body, he couldn¡¯t help but think of this.
Although there are some carbon-based creatures that can discharge electricity. No creature has the ability to convert energy.
¡°I really want to try this skill.¡±
Fang Yun looked eager, he wants to quickly dive into the sea and try this skill power on some creature.
However, he held down this impulse, for now, he still has something to do.
¡°System, show me my properties panel.¡±
The words on the panel refreshed again, showing his properties.
_______________________________________________________________
Host Properties list:
Level: 21-]22
Bio-energy: 6320/2500000
Skill points: 24
Body length: 50m-]60m
Diameter: 1.8m-]2m
Strength: 4000-]5000
Defense: 1050-]1150
Speed: 240-]260
Agility: 360-]380
Spirit: 210-]230
Stamina: 260-]280
Skills: Shadow Wind (1/5), Thunder Domain (1/5), Overclocking Resonance (0/5)
Maxed out skills have been hidden.
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Two meters thick?¡±
Fang Yun looked at his body, his heart filled with satisfaction. His current look is very visually impacting.
Just his diameter is bigger than a door, and his length is 60 meters. That¡¯s equivalent to a 20-story building.
After checking his properties and his new skills, Fang Yun nodded with satisfaction. He slithered straight towards the sea, ready to try his new skill on some unlucky creature.
Once he entered the sea, Fang Yun discovered something surprising.
His senses are actually much stronger than before.
In the past, he could only rely on his tongue to detect the creatures hidden in the darkness, but now he doesn¡¯t have to do so anymore.
He became extremely sensitive to the electromaic waves emitted by living creatures.
Through these electromaic waves, he can not only detect the distance between him and other living creatures, but he can also only determine their size, number, etc¡
The moment he got into the sea, he sensed a rather special electromaic wave. Without hesitation, he swam to that ce.
Not long after, he saw a huge creature swimming ahead.
¡°This electromaic detection is really great.¡±
Fang Yun elerated even further after seeing that a creature is swimming ahead. By now, he can already see the true appearance of that creature.
¡°Mosasaurus?¡±
Seeing the creature ahead, this thought appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. He has also seen Jurassic Park, so he immediately recognized the creature ahead.
¡°Target locked, Mosasaurus, Reptile, Mosasaurini, can provide 40,000 bio-energy points.¡±
It¡¯s indeed the Mosasaurus.
This creature is almost 20 meters long. It¡¯s currently looking around while swimming seemingly looking for food. As a result, it turned its head and saw Fang Yun who was approaching it from behind.
Fang Yun¡¯s body size is much bigger than it, so the moment it saw him, it quickly escaped.
Finally seeing a target, Fang Yun naturally won¡¯t let it escape. He quickly chased it, catching up with it in no time. Their speeds are too different.
Once he reached a distance about 20 meters away from the Mosasaurus, Fang Yun activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±.
Blue currents appeared on the surface of his scales, then spread away, quickly catching with the Mosasaurus ahead.
¡°ZsssZssss!!¡±
Once the currents touched the Mosasaurus, it started shaking.
The Mosasaurus seemed to be enduring great pain. It struggled madly, unable to move forward. In the end, it stopped moving and sank downwards.
Although the Mosassaurus didn¡¯t directly die, it¡¯s not far from death. Fang Yun swam towards it, dragged it to the sea surface, then ate it.
¡°If I got just a bit closer, the Mosasaurus should have directly died.¡±
Fang Yun though internally. He chose a direction at random and swam forward.
He doesn¡¯t need to search for prey, with arge number of ancient creatures in the ocean, as long as he continues to move forward, he will eventually meet with prey.
Fang Yun doesn¡¯t have to wait in front of the space Chanel anymore, it¡¯s unnecessary.
In this way, Fang Yun continued moving forward, constantly hunting ancient creatures while testing the power of his skills.
About a monthter, Fang Yun didn¡¯t even know where he is.
He didn¡¯t that he has arrived in the Pacific, the territory of one of the four sea king.
On this day, Fang Yun felt a strange biological electromaic wave. Swimming towards it, he soon saw a behemoth.
¡°Giant octopus, it looks familiar.¡±
Chapter 170: The Kraken Invasion
Chapter 170: The Kraken Invasion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In front of Fang Yun, a huge creature was moving forward. It¡¯s a huge octopus.
After carefully examining it, Fang Yun realized that this is the mutant octopus he encountered fought with in front of the space channel.
He slowly followed the Octopus. At the same time, he activated ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡±, blending with the surrounding water, making him invisible.
¡±It looks bigger than before.¡±
Fang Yun carefully examined the octopus ahead. Although there is still a long distance between them, he can still roughly see its appearance. This octopus has really grown bigger.
As he continued following, they gradually swam into shallow water. They are probably around the depth of 100 meters now.
He was still swimming in the depth of the sea, but the mutant Octopus is already near the surface.
¡±Now that I think of it, where am I now?¡±
Thinking for a while, he guessed that he should be in the north pacific right now.
However, he isn¡¯t sure about his exact location.
¡±¡®Huaxia country¡¯? ¡°Sakura country¡¯ or some other ce?¡±
In Fang Yun¡¯s mind, the name of each country was shing in his mind. He couldn¡¯t help but wonder whether he will see humans or not.
He looked at the giant octopus ahead silently, wondering how to kill it.
ording to the system prompt, this giant octopus was able to provide him with 200,000 bio-energy points previously, but now it has increased to 300,000 bio-energy points.
The soaring bio-energy means that this octopus monster has be stronger.
¡±Hmmm, Should I activate the thunder domain first?¡±
Fang Yun was hesitating, wondering on how to attack it, this octopus is difficult to deal with after all.
However, Fang Yun saw something that caused him to hesitate.
With a thoughtful look, Fang Yun trailed behind the octopus, waiting for the opportunity to attack.
¡¡
¡±rm! a single anomalous source was discovered 30km south of DongCang port. ording to the detection of the radar, it¡¯s the monster king, Kraken!¡±
The sound of the rm sounded in the street. The crowd walking on the street didn¡¯t panic, but orderly walked to the shelter.
In the crowd, Xiao Lan was nervously looking around while following the crowd. After graduation, she was sent to Donggang city to work, coinciding with therge-scale outbreak of mutant creatures.
Others said that she is unlucky, but she didn¡¯t resist, she still came to this city to work, even though it¡¯s a coastal city.
Not long after, she reached the underground shelter. The enclosed space and therge crowd gave her a sense of security.
She let out a long sigh, then looked at the screen hanging from the ceiling. This screen is currently showing the scene outside.
There is also another screen showing a map. On the map is an eye-catching red dot. Under Xiao Lan, and most of the people in the shelter, attention, the red dot was moving slowly.
¡±Damn! this octopus monster wille here once every while, it really likes to harass us.¡±
¡±Yeah, I don¡¯t know when the government will kill this monster. Once this monster gathers a bunch of ancient creatures and attack the city. It¡¯s estimated that the newly built port will be destroyed again.¡±
Xiao Lan bowed her head while listening to the conversation around.
When the Kraken first appeared, it attacked a city in the East harbor. However, due to the attack of the super Mosasaurus and mutant smosaurus, their country¡¯s government was already ready.
Not long after the Kraken attacked the city, it was sessfully driven away by the military.
Since that time, this monster has been wandering around all the coastal cities in the country. Sometimes attacking the ports, sometimes attacking the passing ships.
Three months ago. The monster attacked Donggang for the first time but was repelled sessfully without many casualties.
Half a month ago, it attacked Donggang for the second time. This time it gathered many ancient creatures. This attack has caused the destruction of the port, along with arge number of deaths and injuries.
Therge-scale mutant and ancient creatures outbreak a year ago have caused an unimaginable disaster for humans. In addition to the immense loss of sea trade. The casualties caused by them are in the tens of thousands.
Countless families fell apart.
However, their emergence hasn¡¯t caused just disasters.
Some people have discovered that these creatures¡¯ flesh and blood can strengthen human bodies. In addition, their bones can act as a super fertilizer, greatly promoting the growth of crops.
¡¯Huaxia¡¯ has specially studied this. After grinding the bones of these mutant creatures, adding some other ingredients. It can be sprayed on farnds as nutrition.
With just a small amount of bone powder, arge area of farnd can be irrigated.
If it weren¡¯t for this discovery, ¡®Huaxia¡¯ would have fallen in a food crisis. After all, a lot of their food is imported and with the current condition of sea trade, things weren¡¯t looking great for them.
In addition, these mutant creatures have promoted the development of medicine. Some people have discovered that some special substances in the body of those mutants have healing effects on various injuries and diseases.
¡±Look! It¡¯s our fleet!¡±
While Xiao Lan was dazedly looking at the ground, an exmation suddenly woke her up. She quickly looked at the fleet that appeared on the screen.
This is a video broadcasted by helicopter, so they are seeing the fleet from above.
There are three warships in the fleet, moving forward in the shape of an arrow. The one at the front is thergest and most conspicuous.
The camera suddenly zoomed in, giving them a close view of the warship. The deck and the people above are clearly visible to them.
There are more than a dozen people on the deck, all wearing a dark grey military uniform. They are holding a helmet in their hands and looking at a middle-aged man in front of them, seemingly listening to his instructions.
Xiao Lan¡¯s gaze swept over these people, finally staying on a beautiful short-haired woman.
¡±It¡¯s captain Zhao Nan!¡±
Looking at that eye-catching beautiful figure, Xiao Lanughed happily. This is her idol. A member of the coastal guard and a military officer. She can often be seen patrolling the surrounding waters on warships.
¡±It¡¯s captain Zhao Nan. I saw her in the promotional video shot by the coast guardsst time.¡±
¡±She¡¯s really pretty, I don¡¯t know if she has a boyfriend?¡±
¡±When the Kraken came half a month ago, she wasmanding a warship to attack it.¡±
¡±Look! They are preparing to act!¡±
Hearing thest sentence, Xiao Lan looked at the screen with wide eyes.
On the big screen, the middle-aged man waved his hand, and Zhao Nan and the others quickly spread around, each going to his post.
Several people, including Zhao Nan, walked towards the three helicopters parked on the warship.
Xiao Lan watched as Zhao Nan and another man ran to the helicopterbeled ¡°01¡±. After climbing in the helicopter, the propellers turned up and the helicopter flew into the sky.
Three helicopters one after the other rose into the sky, each one of them patrolling over a warship.
After finishing the preparation, all that was left is to wait. Five minutester, a huge ck shadow appeared on the water surface. The crowd in the underground shelter immediately became silent after seeing this shadow.
The Kraken, Appeared!!!
Chapter 171: The Serpent Appears
Chapter 171: The Serpent Appears
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Zhao Nan controlled the helicopter to hover above the warship. She looked from time to time outside the window, looking at the giant creature in the sea.
Under her sight, the sea monster fully showed his image.
This monster is only about 2 meters below the sea surface. Its red body is extremely huge, ording to theputer¡¯s calctions, just its head alone has a diameter of almost 35 meters, and each of its tentacles is over 100 meters.
The octopus is currently swimming forward, its target is Donggang city port.
¡±This beast, I want to st it to pieces!¡±
Zhao Nan looked at the Kraken below and scolded resentfully. Half a month ago, this monster has led a lot of ancient monsters to attack Donggang city port, causing a lot of casualties.
Her words sounded on the team channel. immediately after that, a voice sounded from the headset.
¡±Zhao Nan, you need to stay calm and rational. Our goal is to drive this monster away, not to kill it.¡±
If killing this octopus was so easy, it would have died long ago.
This octopus is particrly cautious. Not only that, it seems to have a danger prediction ability, or a sixth sense. They tried to kill it using a lot of methods in the past, including conventional missiles.
However, it was able to escape every time.
Even more outrageous is that every time it gets injured, it will be stronger. In fact, this seems to be a future of every mutant creature.
All of this forced them to only drive it away. They don¡¯t dare to injure it anymore.
ording to their discovery, this monster is extremely sensitive to sound waves in the 22000-35000hz frequency. Within this range, the higher the frequency, the greater its reaction.
Using high-frequency sounds, they drove it away several times before.
¡±Xiao Yu, activate the sonic transmitter and adjust to the corresponding frequency;¡±
Zhao Nan took a deep breath, then said to the co-pilot next to her.
¡±Get ready guys. We¡¯ll have to quickly expel this monster, then get the city port back to normal order.¡±
Although it¡¯s not the first time they drove the Kraken away, each time it appeared, they have close the city port along with the nearby streets to avoid idents. For example the ancient monsters the Kraken gathered half a month ago.
¡±Understood, sister Nan¡±
The youth next to her responded with a rxed look on his face, just as he was about to start, Zhao Nan suddenly stopped him.
¡±Wait!¡±
¡±What¡¯s wrong, sister Nan?¡±
The young man stopped his action and looked back at Zhao Nan with a look of doubt.
Zhao Nan wasn¡¯t paying attention to him though, she was looking out of the window.
The young man followed her sight and also looked out of the window. After seeing what she was looking at, his eyes widened.
¡±This¡¡±
He saw that below them, not far behind the Kraken, a huge ck shadow suddenly appeared, then quickly swam towards the Kraken.
Looking at its posture, is it going to attack the Kraken?
Xiao Yu¡¯s mouth twitched, he felt that this is absurd.
The octopus below them is one of the four sea kings. The strongest sea monster in the pacific. It¡¯s one of the strongest mutants in the whole world.
Isn¡¯t attacking such a creature suicide?
The people in the underground shelter were also stunned after seeing such a scene. They also think that the creature attacking the Kraken is looking for death.
Since the emergence of the mutant creatures, the humans in the world didn¡¯t just passively defend. They created an instrument that is able to scale the energy of mutant creatures.
Of course, this instrument only works for mutants creatures since only they can emit this special energy.
It¡¯s called energy units, which can be tranted into the strength and ability of mutants.
Mutant creatures can also sense the energy units of other mutants. So most of them immediately flee in front of a creature that has a much higher energy unit than them.
The Kraken has one of the highest energy in the whole world. So that mysterious creature should have fled immediately after seeing the Kraken.
¡±What kind of creature is this?¡±
Zhao Nan stopped the helicopter, letting it hover mid-air. She stared intensely at the shadow that was quickly approaching the Kraken.
With her sight, she was able to distinguish some ck scales, plus the fact that that shadow is quite long, a creature appeared in her mind.
¡±That is¡Snake? Python? it is¡¡±
Zhao Nan was quite surprised. This kind of ancient creature is quite rare. Without mentioning the fact that with that size, it¡¯s undoubtedly a mutant.
¡±It¡¯s very simr to the Giant Sea Serpent that appeared in the grass sea a year ago!¡±
The people in the underground shelter were also watching the situation outside, seeing the long shadow behind the Kraken one of them loudly shouted.
In the crowd, Xiao Lan¡¯s eyes shined after hearing that shout. She was also on the beach when the Giant Sea Serpent appeared, so she saw it.
The Giant Sea Serpent hasn¡¯t appeared in more than a year so most people thought that it was dead, coupled with the appearance of arge number of ancient and mutant creatures, most people forgot about it.
Another reason why no one is talking about the Giant Sea Serpent anymore is that it¡¯s only 30 meters long. Although that size was shocking at the time, now there are countless bigger creatures, so it¡¯s not that impressive anymore, even mediocre.
¡±No, that snake is a lot bigger than the Giant Sea Serpent.¡±
Xiao Lan stared at the screen. Although she didn¡¯t directly look at that snake monster, but just from the screen, she can judge that it¡¯s much bigger than the Giant Sea Serpent she saw in the grass sea.
¡±It¡¯s probably not the Giant Sea Serpent¡±
While thinking of that, she still stared intensely at the screen.
Under the sight of the crowd, the snake monster quickly approached the Kraken then bit on one of its tentacles.
Felling the sudden pain, the Kraken immediately wrapped three of its tentacles around the sudden aggressor.
¡±It¡¯s finished¡±
Zhao Nan shook her head, she knew the power of the Kraken¡¯s tentacles. It previously used one of them to smash a ship into two.
However, the next scene surprised her. The snake monster wasn¡¯t immediately crushed into pieces by the tentacles. In fact, it doesn¡¯t look to be affected at all.
The Serpent wasn¡¯t happy after being entangled though, it struggled madly while bitting the Kraken tentacles, trying to tear them apart.
¡±Ssh!! Ssh!¡±
Their struggle triggered many waves. While the serpent was madly rolling, the Kraken extended two more tentacles and wrapped them around the serpent.
The tentacles of the Kraken rolled up, revealing countless suckers in which there are many sharp teeth.
These sharp teeth can easily puncture steel. Zhao Nan can testify this as she has seen their power.
After unwrapping the teeth under the suckers, the Kraken used them like a chainsaw, trying to cut the scales of the serpent.
With the sound metal scratching, the teeth span crazily trying to cut the Serpent into pieces. Unfortunately, they couldn¡¯t.
The fight between the two monsters continued. Whether it¡¯s the Serpent trying to tear the tentacles of the Kraken or the Kraken trying to break the scales of the Serpent, none of the two seeded.
The fight continued light this for ten minutes before the two monsters slowly sank into the water.
The two monsters have changed the battlefield from the water surface to underwater.
The water restored its peace, but the patch of red on the surface of the water proved that two giant monsters have fought here before.
The red patch is the blood of the Kraken.
When the Serpent was biting on the Kraken tentacles. Although it didn¡¯t manage to break it, it was still able to injure it.
From this point of view, the serpent has the upper hand.
However, it¡¯s not certain who wins in the end. Although the Kraken was injured, that injury is too smallpared to its giant body.
It¡¯s just that Zhao Nan and other humans won¡¯t know the winner. Since they have sunk, the Kraken and the Serpent have never appeared. Even if they searched in the surrounding areas, they didn¡¯t discover anything.
In the end, they announced that the crisis was resolved, and each person went back to their post.
The video of the battle between the Serpent and Kraken spread quickly in ¡®Huaxia¡¯ country. Everyone was shocked. There is a mutant creature with the ability to fight equally with one of the four sea kings.
More importantly, it¡¯s not one of the three other kings.
Is this a new sea king? Why has this Serpent never appeared before?
Everyone has such questions.
In fact, many people have connected the Giant Sea Serpent that has appeared in the grass sea a year ago with this new serpent. Quite a few people are specting on whether they are the same creature.
However, the thing that most people are concerned about is who won? is it the Kraken or the Serpent
Chapter 172: The World Pattern
Chapter 172: The World Pattern
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In the past few days, ¡®Huaxia¡¯ has been looking for traces of the Giant Serpent. It wasn¡¯t only them, even ¡®Sakura country¡¯ and several other small countries were madly searching for the Serpent.
It¡¯s not that they care about the Serpent. In fact, they hope that both of them died while fighting. Especially the Kraken.
In particr, the small countries near ¡®Huaxia¡¯ were severely harassed by the Kraken due to their weak coastal defense forces. Many of their fishing boats and ships were destroyed by it.
So, they absolutely hate the Kraken.
As for the giant Serpent.
This seems to be the first time that this monster has appeared, but as a monster, they don¡¯t expect it to be kind.
After all, judging from the fact that it took the initiative to attack the Kraken, it¡¯s very aggressive.
The reason all of these countries gathered together is to get the information¡¯s of the Serpent and the Kraken. They want to know where they are and what are they doing.
Their main target is the Serpent.
They already have a certain understanding of the Kraken, but they don¡¯t know anything about the Serpent.
Of course, most of the searching force is from ¡®Huaxia¡¯. After all, its financial strength and military force can¡¯t bepared to these small countries.
Unfortunately, even with the joint force of several countries, they still weren¡¯t able to find the traces of the Kraken and the Serpent.
¡±Have these two monsters died?¡±
This is the hope and expectation of many people, especially fishermen. Even if other ancient and mutant creatures are scary, they still can¡¯t destroyrge ships.
Only top mutant creatures like the Kraken can destroy them.
Regardless of whether it¡¯s a singlerge ship or arge gathering of ships, the Kraken will still rush into there and cause massive casualties.
So if these two king-level monsters died, that would be the best for humans.
¡¡¡
An uninhabited desert ind near the Babuyan Inds in the pacific. This desert ind is notrge, only seven square kilometers, but it has arge forest.
On the beach, there is a huge creature basking in the sun.
After the battle with the Kraken three days ago, the Serpent has been basking in the sun on this ind.
The reason why it¡¯s lying on the beach is not to rest, but to recharge himself.
A few days ago, when he fought with the Kraken on the seafloor, he used ¡°Thunder Domain¡± to attack it, greatly injuring the Kraken.
But even so, that guy was still able to escape.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun let out a depressed sigh.
He is also sure that that Octopus monster is the one he fought with next to the space Chanel previously.
At that time, that octopus was worth 200,000 bio-energy points, but now, it can provide 300,000 bio-energy points.
It¡¯s just a pity that that octopus has used its ink to once again escape.
¡±I¡¯m evolving and they are also growing.¡±
Thinking of this, Fang Yun felt a lot of pressure. Fortunately, not all mutants can evolve, only some special mutants can do so. He also feels that these monsters¡¯ evolution has certain limits, unlike his infinite evolution.
He has gathered some information about the ocean after a month of wandering.
In this new age, the hegemons in the ocean are no longer those sharks, whales and the like, but those powerful mutant ancient creatures.
Only creatures like mutant Megalodons or mutant Melville whales are qualified to act as an overlord in the ocean. However, they are still not at the top, they are still a lot inferior to that octopus monster.
After finishing his evolution and entered the ocean, he met a lot of mutant creatures, and all of them ended in his belly.
Only that octopus monster was able to escape.
¡±I wonder if there are mutants as powerful as the octopus in the ocean?¡±
Fang Yunzilyid on the beach. He changed his position and continued to think about this problem.
Although that giant octopus is not as powerful as him, he has managed to escape two times from him. Its growth speed is also stressing him a bit.
His evolution is taking more and more time. He is afraid that one day after waking up from evolution, those monsters would have grown bigger than him.
Although all of this is stressful. The thing that worries him the most is still the Kaiju monster he saw in the space Chanel. Fortunately, these guys haven¡¯t appeared yet.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun let out a long sigh, he has to grow faster.
Feeling that the electricity in his scales has reached saturation. He stood up from the beach, then slithered towards the sea.
His next evolution needs 2.5 million bio-energy points. He is going to start a long and hard hunt.
¡¡¡
The giant Serpent and the Kraken haven¡¯t appeared in a month.
Many people have spected that these two monsters have died in the ocean.
The Serpent was also included in the king-level creatures. It has probably died though.
The video of the battle between the Serpent and the Kraken has spread across the world. After all, since the outbreak of mutant creatures, this is the first time that two king-level mutants have fought.
There are very few king-level creatures in the world. Before the appearance of the Serpent, there were just 4, and each one upied an ocean, so, it¡¯s very difficult for them to meet.
So a video recording the battle of two King-level monsters is very rare.
Fishermen in the countries along the North Pacific Ocean are now particrly excited.
Although there is no direct evidence that the serpent and the Kraken have died, but no news right now is the best news.
They don¡¯t have to be as terrified on the ocean as before.
They can also go a bit deeper into the ocean, facilitating the capture of small ancient creatures.
The price of ancient creatures¡¯ meat is very high, so capturing just one is enough to make a fisherman rich.
As for the big ancient creatures and even mutated creatures. Only the government andrge-scale fishingpanies can catch them. This is not what small fishermen like them can get involved in.
Thesergepanies usually takerge ships equipped with weapons and arge number of whaling guns. Only then can they guarantee their security.
As long as they don¡¯t encounter king-level mutants or arge number of ordinary mutants, their safety is basically guaranteed.
Not all the world countries are as rxed as ¡®Huaxia¡¯ and other countries along the north pacific.
For example, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country along the Antic is having a headache right now.
That super Mosasaurus is bringing them serious trouble.
This time, it hit Virginia Beach, causingrge casualties.
Chapter 173: The Return Of The Kraken
Chapter 173: The Return Of The Kraken
Trantor: Yamir Moon
It¡¯s about nine o¡¯clock in the evening. At this time, Virginia Beach has fallen into silence. There are only a few people in the hotel restaurant, drinking red wine and looking at the moonlight.
The scene in Hampton hotel was very peaceful.
In a table in the corner. Three people were happily talking while sipping wine. Two men and one woman. They were one of the first witnesses that saw the Super Mosasaurus getting out of the sea.
¡±Ahhh!!¡±
When the three of them saw the super Mosasaurus walking out from the beach and walking towards them, they screamed in fear.
The three looked in fear as the giant monster quickly approached them, paralyzed from fear and unable to move.
After a moment of silence, they scrambled up to the rear, hating that they didn¡¯t have one more pair of legs to escape.
They started yelling loudly, trying to vent their fear. As a result, they rmed a lot of people, many of them opened the windows to see who is making the ruckus, as a result, they saw the super Mosasaurus slowly approaching them from afar.
The hotel fell into aplete panic. People shoved each other and started running. However, super Mosasaurus is quite fast. In less than a minute, it reached the hotel, then violently collided with it.
Its size has increased sincest time. It was previously 150 meters long, now it¡¯s 180 meters long, quite terrifying.
The super Mosasaurus easily destroyed the hotel building. The hotel walls couldn¡¯t even make it stop, it cut through them like a piece of paper.
¡±AHHH!! Help!! Help me!!!¡±
The super Mosasaurus stuck its head inside the hotel and bit the annoying bug that was screaming.
After the super Mosasaurus left, all that was left is a ruin.
When the police came here, it was already five minutester.
The super Mosasaurus has already run back into the sea. It ran back easily after destroying a 6-story hotel, without the slightest injury.
There were about 100 people in the hotel at that time, and none of them survived.
The incident of the super Mosasaurus destroying a hotel in Virginia Beach has quickly made headlines in various countries¡¯ media. Finally suppressing the poprity of the fight between the Serpent and the Octopus.
The citizens of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country are extremely angry.
This monster has been harassing them for the past year. Counting the destruction it caused in cities and the ships it sank. It has killed thousands of people. The material loses are in the hundreds of billions.
Many citizens cursed the government for their ipetence on the inte. Many people urged them to quickly find a solution for that monster.
The government of the ¡®bald eagle¡¯ repeatedly reassured them. They are going to kill that monster as soon as possible. In fact, they had been trying to do so for a long time.
¡¡¡
After the invasion of ancient creatures, the species in the sea did not decrease. Of course, only the ferocious creatures that are able to adapt and live.
Docile and gentle creatures like blue whales are almost extinct.
This type of creature is huge, docile, and rtively slow. For those mutated ancient creatures, they are moving food, without the ability to even escape.
Anyway, Fang Yun had never seen a blue whale since waking up.
There are countless ancient creatures in the ocean. While Fang Yun was wandering in the ocean he saw various creatures from different eras, half of which he didn¡¯t recognize.
For example, a few days ago, he saw a huge shrimp.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, that shrimp is a creature that lived in the Devonian era. Although it¡¯s quite smallpared to other ancient creatures,pared to the few centimeters long shrimps, that Devonian era shrimp is a colossus, more than 2 meters long.
This huge and strange shrimp provided Fang Yun with 800 bio-energy points.
Along the way, he hunted a lot of prey, and now his bio-energy has umted to 720,000 points. About 1.8 million points remain for his next evolution.
¡±Oh?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly stopped moving. He looked in a certain direction, in which he smelled a familiar smell.
¡±The smell of blood.¡±
Fang Yun carefully sensed the electromaic waves in that direction.
¡±There is a creature hunting?¡±
He paused, twisted his body, then swam over there. About two kilometers away, he saw a huge figure.
It¡¯s an ancient creature about 10 meters long, with a darker color on the back and a silverish color on the abdomen.
Its head and neck look like a bare exoskeleton, making it look very intimidating.
While examining this fish, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Dunkleosteus, codermi, Dunleosteidae, can provide 12,000 bio-energy points.¡±
Hearing the system¡¯s prompt tone, Fang Yun looked surprised.
He knows some information about the Dunkleosteus. This creature was thergest marine predator in the Devonian era. It has an amazing bite force. It¡¯s the prehistoric fish with thergest bite force.
No wonder this fish can provide 12,000 bio-energy points despite being only 10 meters long. It was the top predator of its era.
Without the slightest hesitation, Fang Yun instantly sprang on it, intending to eat this guy as a snack.
The Dunkleosteus was tearing apart a great white shark not far ahead. Feeling the weird fluctuation in the water, it looked back at the source of the fluctuations.
It saw that a giant creature was quickly approaching it.
If it¡¯s still in the Devonian period, it will rush towards the attacker without hesitation and teach him why it¡¯s called the hegemon of the ocean.
Unfortunately, the situation is quite special right now.
More importantly, it didn¡¯t grow in the Devonian era, but in the world on the other side of the space channel.
In that ecosystem, it can only serve as a creature at the bottom of the food chain. The only thing that allowed it to survive until now is the vignce it exercised, so the moments it saw Fang Yun, it quickly slipped away without looking back.
Unfortunately, its speed was not as fast as Fang Yun¡¯s. In less than half a minute, this Dunkleosteus was entangled by Fang Yun. Relying on his power that is able to overturn warships, he crushed it to death, then swallowed it.
After swallowing the Dunkleosteus, Fang Yun continued to search for his next prey.
¡¡¡
While Fang Yun was hunting vigorously, trying to meet the evolution requirement as soon as possible. The human world was boiling because of one thing.
It wasn¡¯t about the ¡®Bald Eagle country¡¯ catching or killing the super Mosasaurus.
Although the government of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country just assured their people that they will arrest the super Mosasaurus and bring it to justice. The world wasn¡¯t boiling because of this.
The government of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country hasn¡¯t caught the super Mosasaurus yet.
To be precise, since the super Mosasaurus attacked Virginia beach, it hasn¡¯t been seen by anyone. No one knew where it is.
The reason why human society is boiling this time is that someone found the Kraken that has disappeared for two months.
The ce where it was found was in the Antarctic sea, far away from the Pacific.
How did this guy get there? What has happened to the Serpent?
This is everyone¡¯s question.
Its appearance also made the fishermen in the countries on the North Pacific coast let out a sigh of relief. They finally won¡¯t have to worry about that monster attacking them.
Although it¡¯s a pity that the Kraken hasn¡¯t died, but now that it has appeared in the Antarctic, far away from the Pacific, they won¡¯t have to worry about it attacking them while fishing.
Other people have a different concern, now that the Kraken has appeared, what about the Serpent? Has it died?
Chapter 174: Fang Yun’s Whereabouts
Chapter 174: Fang Yun¡¯s Whereabouts
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The Kraken was discovered by a ¡®Huaxia¡¯ research ship. At that time, they were conducting a scientific research expedition at sea. A staff member standing on the deck suddenly noticed a ck shadow rising from the water next to them.
¡±Sea monster, there is a sea monster!¡±
The staff member, dressed in thick clothes, yelled immediately, attracting the attention of the other people on the ship.
To be honest, the word sea monster is not that scary nor mysterious. In fact, it¡¯s verymontely.
Someone said on the inte that in the current era, dropping a fishing and dragging it for a few minutes is guaranteed to get you a sea monster.
This is an era where sea monsters are verymon. The chance of meeting a sea monster in the sea is almost 100%
So when the staff members of the ship heard this shout, they looked subconsciously at the source of the sound. There wasn¡¯t any trace of fear in their heart.
However, when they saw the huge shadow rising from the sea, their faces suddenly changed.
The sea on the side of the Antarctic Sea is clear and transparent, there are very few impurities. So even if the sea monster hasn¡¯t surfaced yet, they were still able to see its outline and rough appearance.
It¡¯s a huge octopus.
¡±It¡¯s the Kraken that has disappeared!.¡±
One of them yelled. He apparently knew the news about the disappearance of the Kraken.
The power of the Kraken doesn¡¯t need questioning, this monster is definitely a nightmare. The staff on the ship started to panic and cry.
Fortunately, some clear-headed people immediately notified the nearby escort warships. At the same time, they prepared the weapons to defend themselves.
Even scientific research ships are equipped with weapons and whaling guns these days.
Of course, they are not used to hunt whales, but to deal with the ancient and mutant creatures they encountered along the way.
On theunch pad of the whaling gun, a person sat up and then began to adjust the angle of the barrel. The shell loaded inside looks very simr to a rocket, but it¡¯s actually a huge anesthetic needle.
This anesthetic needle is specially prepared to deal withrge monsters. Not only does it have arge prative power, but the anesthetic prepared inside is enough to knock out a blue whale in just a few minutes.
The Kraken just emerged and was immediately greeted with the anesthetic needle. It was toote to escape. The gunpowder behind it exploded, pushing the needle with arge force. This needle created a wound on one of the Kraken tentacles.
Suffering from the sudden pain, this Kraken waved its tentacles frantically. It immediately rushed towards the ship and smacked it with one of its tentacles.
On the side of the hull, a huge bump was formed. The three people who were standing there didn¡¯t even have the chance to scream and immediately became meat patties.
The staff member on theunch pad of the whaling gun fired another anesthetic needle, forming another wound on the Kraken and injecting it with arge dose of anesthesia.
However, although the anesthesia is enough to instantly knock out an elephant, it¡¯s nothing to the Kraken, it wasn¡¯t even affected. The Kraken waved another one of its tentacles, smacking the ship again.
The ship shook madly, almost overturning.
¡±Ahhh!! Help!¡±
¡±Haven¡¯t those soldiers arrived yet?!¡±
Screams of panic filled the deck. Some people were afraid of being hit by the tentacles and started running towards the cabin. Some people panicked and jumped into the sea.
Fortunately, with the sound of a helicopter gear, three military helicopters arrived.
Two of the helicopters used machine guns to harass the Kraken, while the other helicopter began to attack it with artillery.
¡±Boom!!!¡±
The artillerynded on the Kraken tentacles, blowing its flesh and leaving arge wound.
The Kraken madly attacked the helicopter, trying to catch the annoying thing above its head.
The research ship was still functioning, it started moving forward, distancing itself from the Kraken, the people on the ship just watched the Kraken silently.
They watched as two helicopters kept moving while attacking the Kraken. Countless bulletsnded on the Kraken then bounced back. The angry Kraken waved its nine tentacles in the sky, like 9 giant moving buildings.
At this point, the other helicopter is ready. They are going tounch the carrier-based missile.
The Kraken suddenly stopped moving, feeling something, it quickly sank underwater.
It disappeared in an instant. In just a few seconds, the Krakenpletely disappeared.
¡¡¡
Fang Yun was leisurely swimming in the sea. He is still in the Fihai Sea, but he is moving east. He will probably soon leave this area.
Along the way, he saw many fishing boats.
He was quite surprised. With the number of mutants and ancient creatures in the sea, there are still this many boats? It wasn¡¯t like this before.
He didn¡¯t know that it was because of the disappearance of the Kraken.
He himself was considered to be dead.
Therefore, the fishermen along the pacific coast started to go fishing frantically to make up for the loss in the previous year.
In addition, some people also think that the Giant Serpent King-level monster title should be revoked. Obviously, it was the one that attacked first, but it was instead killed. This has caused them to think that the serpent isn¡¯t worthy of the king-level evaluation.
Such a boring topic has caused a lot of controversy on the Inte. In short, many people have different opinions. Some think that Fang Yun isn¡¯t worthy, some don¡¯t think so.
If Fang Yun knew that these guys are arguing about him, he would think that these guys are really bored, then throw this thing behind.
He doesn¡¯t have time to deal with gossip, he has to evolve as soon as possible to keep his hegemon status.
He is currently following a school of fish. Although this fish school has only a dozen fish, every fish in this school is about 5 meters long.
This is an ancient fish school.
ording to the system, this is a school consisting of sword-fish, which belongs to arge predatory bony fish of the Cretaceous era.
They look like giant tarpons with fangs, and they are fast. If it was other creatures, it would be very hard to catch up with them. Fang Yun doesn¡¯t have such a problem though.
After swallowing ten sword-fish, the fish school copsed. Fang Yun didn¡¯t follow the scattered sword-fish but continued swimming forward.
Each sword-fish provided him with 7,500 bio-energy points. After this meal, he acquired tens of thousands of bio-energy points.
By now, his bio-energy had umted to 1.2 million points, more than half remains.
While swimming, he asionally sticks his head out of the water, takes a deep breath then go back underwater.
About half a monthter, Fang Yun has traveled a long distance.
If he could fly at a high-altitude, he will discover a small-sized continent ahead of him.
If he saw this small continent, he would definitely say.
¡±Isn¡¯t this ¡®Sakura¡¯ country?¡±
That¡¯s right, right now he is in the area of the ¡®Sakura country¡¯. He discovered that the prey here is very abundant, so he happily decided to stay here for a while.
Chapter 175: Thousand Ring Islands
Chapter 175: Thousand Ring Inds
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Thousand Ring Inds is an archipgo at the south of the ¡®Sakura Country¡¯. This archipgo consists of dozens of inds, but most of them are small.
Among these inds, Qinghuan ind has the widest area and thergest number of people, about 10,000 people.
Most of the residents of Qianhuan Ind make a living by fishing. Some do some businesses such as hotels or small restaurants, mainly for tourists whoe here.
Unfortunately, the scenery here isn¡¯t that beautiful or unique, so not many peoplee here.
The Kanzaki family also operates a small hotel, but most of their iees from fishing.
The Kanzaki family has 5 family members. Hirota Kanzaki, his wife, his parents and his 7-years old son.
In the past, the ie from fishing every year, plus the money earned by the hotel caused them to live an easy and fulfilling life.
However, all of this came to an end a year ago.
There are all kinds of ancient creatures in the ocean, all of which are huge and aggressive. They don¡¯t shy away from attacking fishing boats, especially small ones.
But this is not the worst. The worst is the mutant creatures.
These monsters are much bigger and violent than normal ancient creatures.
In order to avoid these monsters, they can only fish along the coast. Furthermore, they were forced to give up on the small boats. Most of the current fishermen gather together and buy big boats. Riding small boats to the sea is suicide.
Most ancient and mutant creatures consider big boats a very big creature, so they avoid it most of the time. This caused the safety factor of big boats to skyrocket.
Of course, the premise is not to encounter those top-level and even king-level mutant creatures. Encounters like that have a very high death rate.
Hirota is very lucky. During this year. He has taken a lot of risks to fish in the Pacific, but he has never encountered the Kraken.
Even more fortunate is that the North Pacific is now unlikely to have any King-level mutant creature. Anyway, the Kraken appeared in the Antarctic Sea.
The only thing to worry about is that serpent.
However, it¡¯s very likely that the Serpent has died in the sea. After all, ording to the habit of these King and Top-level mutant creatures, they like to attack human ships or climb on the shore and attack them.
Without the threat of the Kraken, they are prepared to go deeper into the sea this time.
They have been out for three days, far away from Qianhuan Ind.
The days in the sea are very boring. That¡¯s without mentioning the constant stress and tension they are in.
Hirota has deliberated several times on whether they should go back.
However, the temptation of money supports them to move on.
¡±If we catch even a small mutant creature, we¡¯ll get rich.¡±
This fantasy is filling their mind.
Since the outbreak of ancient and mutant creatures, the price of fish has increased tremendously, but due to the ferocious creatures in the ocean, it became incredibly hard to catch fish and go back alive.
At the rear of their fishing boat, a huge fishing is dragged. At the same time, Hiroki and hispanions are leaning on the rails of the ship and fishing with fishing rods
These fishing rods are quite special. The string used for fishing is arge iron string connected to an iron hook with arge piece of meat on it.
The fishing rods are connected to a pulley. The moment a fish bite on the hook, the pulley will pull them up.
Catching small mutants creatures in this way is possible.
Someone has already done so.
A man caught a mutated strange shrimp using this method. The mutated shrimp was seven meters long. Its two huge ws could pinch a man in two.
It¡¯s said that the fisherman was frightened at first after seeing the shrimp. However, he immediately cheered up, greeted hispanion, and killed the shrimp using some tools.
In the end, he sold that shrimp for hundreds of millions of yen. Bing rich overnight.
This story is widely circted among fishermen like Hirota, encouraging all fisherman, and causing them to fantasize about catching a mutant every day.
Unfortunately, most of the time, the situation goes the wrong way.
Even if someone managed to catch an ancient or mutant creature. If not handled properly, it can have disastrous consequences.
In some cases, the people who caught the small mutant creatures will be attacked by the big ones.
Those monsters are usually over 40 or 50 meters in length. Evenrge ships over 100 meters in length can be capsized by them.
However, the profits of catching mutant creatures make a lot of people take risks despite the dangers.
Hirota and several of hispanions stood in front of the three fishing rods, observing the water movement. They chated from time to time to relieve the tension in their hearts.
Suddenly, the fish rod next to Hirota moved.
¡±Well¡¡¡±
Hirota was surprised at first, then an excited look emerged on his face. A bit of nervousness was mixed in that excitement though.
It¡¯s exciting that a fish finally bit the bait, but he didn¡¯t know if it was a mutant or ancient creature. Whether they are able to catch it or not.
He looked at the crew next to him and nodded.
Hirota held a sharp metal spear in his hand, ready to puncture the creature that will show up.
Other people also held weapons in their hands, mostly spears like Hirota.
Some people held hot weapons like shotguns in their hands.
¡±Ssh!¡±
The creature underwater struggled madly, pulling the iron cable down and making a lot of noise.
¡±It¡¯s hooked, it¡¯s a big guy.¡±
Hirota made this judgment, then began to issue instructions to the crew.
¡±Hurry up, pull the pulley up, give this fish a bit of pressure.¡±
After hearing him, two of the crew members immediately pulled up the iron cable using the pulley. The iron cable began to tighten, causing the fish to struggle even harder.
¡±Release the cable a bit more.¡±
The iron cable has a length of 100 meters. After releasing it a bit, he told the two men to pull the pulley up.
As time passed, the fish underwater started to get exhausted. In fact, they put a bit of stimnt in the beef, causing the fish to get very excited. However, after the wave of excitement, it will eventually get exhausted.
Hirota¡¯spanions began to pull the iron cable, dragging the big fish below.
Gradually, arge ck shadow appeared next to their ship. Its shadow is huge.
¡±It¡¯s a big fish!¡±
A man next to Hirota yelled.
¡±It looks like a swordfish, but it is muchrger, about 15 to 16 meters long. It must be a mutant!¡±
This is indeed a mutant swordfish.
¡±I have to record this historic moment!¡±
Hirota thought excitedly. He took his phone out, pointed the camera at the shadow next to the ship, then started taking a video.
However, Hirota suddenly noticed another shadow from the corner of his eyes, turning to look there, he didn¡¯t find anything.
¡±Is it a reflection of the sun?¡±
Chapter 176: Who is The Strongest Monster?
Chapter 176: Who is The Strongest Monster?
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Thinking that it¡¯s just the sun reflection, Hirota stopped paying attention to that and turned back to the big fish that is constantly getting closer to their ship.
¡±It¡¯s really big.¡±
Next to Hirota, a short young man with a white pad on his shoulder said with a big smile.
The big swordfishpletely revealed its figure in front of them. As Hirota had estimated before, its body length is definitely over 15 meters.
At this moment the swordfish opened its mouth, it exposed its sharp upper and lower teeth. The iron hook inserted in the soft meat in its mouth is quite conspicuous.
The people on the deck were particrly excited. This swordfish is worth a lot of money. As long as they don¡¯t spend wantonly, the money earned from this fish is enough for their families to leave in ease for years.
¡±Hurry up, drag it up!¡± Shouted Hirota.
He held his mobile phone and continuously moved from ce to ce, trying to film the fish from better angles.
He is nning to pull this big fish up and immediately return to Qianhuan Ind to avoid any idents. After all, this swordfish is enough for them. He doesn¡¯t want to act greedy and lose everything.
The other crew members had the same idea. They pulled the swordfish up using the pulley. Their faces were filled with excitement.
Looking at the big swordfish that is constantly getting closer to the boat, Hirota looked more and more excited.
Just as their hearts were filled with excitement and happiness, an ident happened, causing them to fall into fear.
A huge dark shadow suddenly appeared not far from the mutant swordfish. It rushed towards the mutant swordfish at an incredible speed. Once it reached it, the huge creature opened its mouth and bit the swordfish.
¡±Damn, what the hell is that!¡±
Hirota was the first to discover the huge ck shadow, he quickly stepped back, almost tripping and falling on his butt, his face was filled with fright.
The other crew members also yelled in horror after seeing the huge shadow.
¡±Snake! It¡¯s the Giant Serpent!¡±
Someone yelled loudly.
The video about the battle between Giant Serpent and the Kraken is very famous. Of course, these fishermen who often go to the sea saw it. They made sure to remember the appearance of these two monsters, just in case.
Isn¡¯t the giant monster that just appeared the Giant Serpent?
Extremely long body, dark scale armor, and beautiful gold pupils.
¡±Finished!¡±
This is the only thought left in Hirota¡¯s mind. This thought has caused him to tremble in fear, his limbs felt cold and powerful, causing him to almost fall down.
He just barely held himself up by holding the railings.
They thought that they were going back with a great harvest this time, but they didn¡¯t expect to meet the Giant Serpent.
This monster is not dead yet! It¡¯s not dead!
Hirota bit his lip tightly, screaming internally, on the verge of copsing.
They originally thought that this monster had died in a certain corner of the ocean, or was swallowed by the Kraken, but it was unexpectedly still in the North Pacific and they happened to encounter it.
Under their horrified eyes, the giant Serpent stuck its upper body out from the water and bit the mutant swordfish mid-air.
This is not the end. The Serpent pulled the swordfish back, dragging the ships back slightly. In the end, the soft meat inside the fish¡¯s mouth was torn apart, causing it to fall into the water.
The sea surface became calm again, but Hirota and the rest of the crow stood still on the deck, their legs slightly trembling.
After about three minutes, nothing happened. Hirota and the others looked at each other. He swallowed his saliva, tremblingly walked to the side of the ship, then looked down at the sea.
The seawater below was filled with red patches, but he didn¡¯t find any trace of the Serpent or the swordfish.
¡±Did it leave?¡±
In the mind of Hirota, such a thought came out. He looked slightly relieved.
Then he turned around and waved at the person behind him.
If this was a science fiction movie. The moment he turned around, a monster will jump out from the water and eat him.
Unfortunately, this is not in a science fiction movie, nor is the monster in the water interested in humans, so he was able to escape.
The other crew members walked next to him, then looked down at the water surface, seemingly searching for traces of that Serpent.
It has really left!
Hirota and the other crew members let out a sigh of relief but didn¡¯t stay in this ce. They quickly returned to the cabin, then manipted the ship to leave this ce.
They will bring this news back.
The North Pacific isn¡¯t safe at all. The giant Serpent wasn¡¯t eaten by the Kraken, it has defeated it and upied the Pacific ocean!
¡
Fang Yun dragged that mutant swordfish to an empty ce, then began to devour it.
It didn¡¯t take long for him to swallow the swordfish, he swallowed it in just a few minutes.
When he snatched the swordfish from those ¡®Sakura country¡¯ people, he naturally saw them and the fear on their faces. Although most people wouldn¡¯t recognize them as a ¡®Sakura country¡¯ people.
However, Fang Yun, who was an Asian in his previous life, can still distinguish between the people of various countries.
After recognizing these people as a ¡®Sakura country¡¯ people, Fang Yun finally knew where he is exactly now. He should be not far away from ¡®Sakura country¡¯ in the north pacific.
To be honest, he thinks that their fear and scared appearance is really unnecessary. As long as they don¡¯t take the initiative to attack him, he naturally won¡¯t bother them. He is just interested in the mutant swordfish.
Shaking his head, Fang Yun threw these things behind him and continued his journey.
¡¡¡
These days, there is a hot topic on the Inte.
¡±Who do you think is the strongest out of the four kings?¡±
After this topic was bought up, many people expressed their opinions on this.
¡±It¡¯s undoubtedly the super Mosasaurus, it has turned an international metropolis like Enseni into ruins.¡±
This statement is obviously exaggerated.
However, it has been recognized by some people. After all, the super Mosasaurus is the earliest one of the four monster kings to appear. There is also its ¡°glorious record¡± of destroying almost half of Enseni.
Compared to it, the mutant smosaurus only bullied som remote viges in coastal countries. The Kraken was driven away before evennding on the shore.
As for that giant turtle, it¡¯s totally impossible for it to be the head of the four monster kings when it¡¯s so timid. It will retract its head into its shell after seeing mosquito-sized humans.
However, some people objected. They uploaded the data of the four kings along with their precise size, then startedparing them.
The sea turtle is thergest, and the other three are roughly about the same size.
The people who uploaded this data made a long and tedious analysis, and came to the conclusion that the Kraken is the strongest, after all, it¡¯s not only very flexible, it¡¯s nine skyscrapers-sized tentacles aren¡¯t for show.
In addition, this monster has quite the record, destroying many ships, including military ones.
Furthermore, it killed the sixty-meter-long giant Serpent.
Needless to say, the Giant Serpent is absolutely a top-level creature, maybe even a king-level one. The Kraken used 5 tentacles to wrap around it, but couldn¡¯t break its defenses, showing the defense of that Giant Serpent.
This is very rare even in mutant organisms. However, it still died under the hands of the Kraken in the end.
This argument also has many people¡¯s support, especially the people from the maind ¡®Huaxia¡¯. The Kraken has been harassing them for a long time, so they are the clearest about its power.
With the support of the huge number of people on the maind. The Kraken won the title of the strongest monster.
However, on the third day after the Kraken won the title of the strongest monster. A video spread on the inte. It grabbed the attention of arge number of people.
Chapter 177: Hirota’s Video
Chapter 177: Hirota¡¯s Video
Trantor: Yamir Moon
At eight o¡¯clock in the evening, Li Zhi made a cup of coffee for himself, then sat at theputer desk and started surfing the Inte.
He has faded the innocence of youth and looked much more mature than before.
He has graduated from school and has been struggling in society for more than a year.
LI Zhi doesn¡¯t have any hobby, nor is he interested in group activities. After getting off work, he usually goes back directly home, then watches some videos or surf the inte.
He is quite interested in the news of the monsters in the sea.
After more than a year. He doesn¡¯t look at these monsters with an excited and curious look anymore. This is the era of monsters after all.
The number of sea monsters in the ocean is absurd. They are asmon as cats and dogs these days.
He also saw the vote about the strongest monster king a few days ago. His first impression of this event is that these people are really bored.
However, he still paid attention to this event every day.
¡±Did the Kraken win?¡±
Seeing the final winner and the analysis of why it deserves the title of the strongest monster, Li Zhi looked dissatisfied. He disagrees with the result of this poll.
In fact, in his opinion, the title of the strongest monster should belong to the giant turtle.
The turtle is by far thergest out of the four monster kings. Its shells¡¯ defensive power is also exaggerated, far surpassing the super Mosasaurus and the mutant smosaurus scales.
As long as it retracts its head into its shell, the other three monsters¡¯ kingsbined won¡¯t be able to hurt it.
However, the sea turtle¡¯s guts are too small. It¡¯s also very gentle. From the time it settled in the Arctic ocean, it hasn¡¯t caused a single incident.
To sum up, it doesn¡¯t have a strong sense of existence, nor does it have the domineering spirit and the aggressiveness required for the title of the strongest monster.
From this point of view, the title of the strongest monster is a bit inappropriate for it.
Li Zhi shook his head, no longer bothering to care about the results of this poll. He started searching for news about the Giant Serpent on the inte.
He is convinced that the Giant Serpent that fought with the Kraken is the same Giant Sea Serpent that fought with the Giant Megalodon on the grass beach almost two years ago.
At that time, he was still in college. He loved watching Jonny¡¯s live broadcast with his good friend Luo Huan.
He was watching the exploration of the sunk Ind Mary when they saw the battle between the Giant Sea Serpent and the mutant Megalodon.
Previously, the giant sea serpent has disappeared for over a year. Even Li Zhi felt that it should be dead.
However, to his surprise, it appeared again.
After seeing the video of the battle between the Giant Sea Serpent and the Kraken. Li Zhi felt the long lost feeling of blood boiling and excitement.
So these days, he is basically searching for any news of the Giant Sea Serpent, seeing if anyone has found it.
¡±Oh?¡±
Suddenly, Li Zhi discovered a piece of news about a fisherman encountering a Giant Serpent while fishing in the sea.
He said that their mutant swordfish was eaten by the Giant Serpent.
¡±real or fake?¡±
Li Zhi raised his eyebrow, a bit skeptical, but he still yed the video on the news webpage.
At the beginning of the video, the voice of many people sounded, these people¡¯s voices were filled with joy. The camera shook from time to time while showing a pulley and an iron cable extending into the water.
A few people were pulling the iron cable using the pulley. The other end of the iron cable was plunged into the water vertically. The iron cable was very tight, it looked to be dragging something.
As time passed, the iron cable was pulled further by the pulley. A huge ck shadow appeared on the water surface, then was slowly pulled towards the ship.
¡±It¡¯s really a swordfish.¡±
In his free time, Li Zhi will search for the news of all kind of sea monsters. That caused him to have some knowledge about them, especially the famous and memorable ones.
He has seen quite a lot of creatures with memorable characteristics, including swordfish. So he was able to recognize at first sight that it¡¯s indeed a swordfish.
However, ording to what he knows, normal swordfish is only a few meters long. This one in the video is over 10 meters long, far more than an average swordfish size.
It¡¯s indeed a mutant swordfish.
¡±It¡¯s quite rare.¡±
Li Zhi thought that this swordfish is worth more than 10 million dors. If it¡¯s sold, then it¡¯s enough for these fishermen to live in ease for 10 years. Thinking of this, Li Zhi was a bit envious.
However, shortly afterward, after the fish was pulled out of the water.
A huge shadow suddenly appeared next to it.
Originally thinking that it was another clickbait. He just watched the video with a boring mentality.
However, when he saw that giant shadow on the water surface, he immediately stood straight, looking seriously at the video.
To his dismay, after the appearance of the giant shadow, a terrified scream rang, then the camera started tilting, finally pointing at the ground.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Li Zhi¡¯s mouth twitched, resisting the urge to smash his keyboard. He opened thement section. Sure enough, it was filled withints about the camera pointing at the ground, or not showing them the true face of the giant shadow.
In the end, however, everyone had different opinions.
Is that giant shadow the giant serpent? Without mentioning that the video is of very low quality, the moment when the giant shadow was about to reveal its true picture, the camera shifted.
This video quickly caused a sensation on the Inte. ording to some people investigation, this video came from ¡®Sakura country¡¯.
This video has especially caused madness in ¡®Sakura Country¡¯
The giant serpent is not dead, and it¡¯s in the north pacific, right next to their country!
People on the maind ¡®Huaxia¡¯ side are also worried. They are not far away from ¡®Sakura country¡¯. If the giant serpent is active near the ¡®Sakura country¡¯, then their sea area should be within its range of activities.
The most important thing right now is to confirm whether that ck shadow is the Giant Serpent or not.
¡±It¡¯s absolutely it!¡±
Li Zhi saw the interview with the person who shot this video. The man looked very anxious and kept insisting and swearing that it was the Giant Serpent.
¡±I don¡¯t know why it didn¡¯t attack our fishing ship.¡±
In response to the questions of the journalists, Hirota said solemnly in front of the camera.
¡±Maybe the mutant swordfish was enough for that monster, so it didn¡¯t attack our ship.¡±
If sea monster don¡¯t attack ships when they are full, there won¡¯t be so many sunken ships.
The exnation of Hirota was full of holes, many people were skeptical of that exnation.
Whether it¡¯s the super Mosasaurus, the mutant smosaurus, or the Kraken. They will certainly attack ships when they are hungry. They will eat all the human bodies after killing them all.
However, sometimes even if they aren¡¯t hungry, they will still attack human ships. In fact, as long as they see human ships, they will most definitely attack them. They are super aggressive and fierce, hence their reputations.
Unless this Giant Serpent posses the same temperament as the giant turtle in the Arctic. Gentle and mild.
Otherwise, Hirota¡¯s exnation is pure lies.
Obviously, everyone thinks that the temperament of the Giant Serpent is simr to that of the Kraken, not like the giant turtle.
When everyone was questioning Hirota¡¯s exnation, another ident happened in the north pacific, attracting the attention of the world.
It also fully prove that the Giant Serpent is still alive.
However, this ident has raised a question in everyone¡¯s mind.
Chapter 178: The 5th Monster King
Chapter 178: The 5th Monster King
Trantor: Yamir Moon
An extremely huge cargo ship was slowly moving forward on the calm sea. Its size is enormous, even bigger than an aircraft carrier.
In fact, this is true. An ordinary aircraft carrier is usually about tens of thousands of tons, but this cargo ship has a weight of over 150,000 tons.
Due to its huge size, its moving speed is very slow, only about 18 knots.
A giant freighter full of cargo like this is in fact in more danger than smaller ships. The ocean isn¡¯t what it used to be, a top-level mutant can seriously threaten their safety, and it¡¯s almost certain death in the face of king-level monsters.
Fortunately, this route is now a rtively safe route, and in the face of such a huge freighter, ordinary mutant creatures will avoid it.
Right now, this freighter is sailing in the North Pacific and its destination is the ¡®Sakura country¡¯ Hokkaido.
The freighter is full of containers, and many crew members are working on the deck.
Although the crew members looked a bit nervous, they aren¡¯t afraid.
This route is rtively safe. There have been no major incidents so far. In addition, the only king-level monster in the pacific has left this area and is currently wandering in the Antarctic Ocean.
So the crew is even more rxed than usual.
However, at three o¡¯clock in the afternoon, a crew member suddenly noticed that there is something behind the freighter. It¡¯s a bit far away so he didn¡¯t clearly see what is it, but he still reported this to the captain.
The captain in this freighter is a white man called Carlos. After hearing the sailor¡¯s report, he walked towards the stern with a pair of binocrs.
His vision suddenly turned into two circles, and he clearly saw the huge shadow following behind them.
Carlos clearly saw that huge shadow.
¡±Sh*t, what the hell is that!¡±
Carlos gritted his teeth, his face looked ugly.
By now, the shadow is already quite close to the freighter, standing on the deck, the giant shadow can be seen clearly.
¡±Mutant creatures, it¡¯s a mutant creature, damn it, we are being followed by a mutant creature!¡±
¡±Snake? fuck! it¡¯s the giant serpent! We have encountered the giant serpent that those ¡®Sakura country¡¯ people saw before.¡±
¡±Absolutely, sh*t, look, it¡¯s exactly the same!¡±
Someone brought up the video of the battle between the Kraken and the giant serpent. As expected, it¡¯s very simr to the creature behind the freighter. In fact, it¡¯s almost the same!
The results of theparison caused them to panic.
A few days ago, a rumor spread on the inte. It¡¯s sais that the Kraken hasn¡¯t killed the Giant Serpent. In fact, the Kraken was defeated and could only escape to the Antarctic sea. The pacific new king is the Giant Serpent.
A video also quickly spread.
The content of that video is a mysterious creature snatching a mutant swordfish from fishermen.
However, the appearance of the Giant Serpent wasn¡¯t captured at all. It¡¯s still uncertain if that mysterious creature is the giant serpent.
However, at this moment, Carlos dares to swear to God that Giant Serpent is still alive and is in the pacific ocean. It has defeated the Kraken and has be the hegemon of the Pacific Ocean.
The Giant Serpent reached a ce about 100 meters behind the freighter. At this time, it kept swimming at about the same speed as the freighter, always keeping a distance about 100 meters behind it.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t expect to find a freighter crossing the sea. He swam towards them then kept a certain distance between them. He slowly swam forward with a rxed look on his face.
He became much bolder than before.
During this time, he has been wandering around the North Pacific. He has fought with a lot of mutant creatures, but apart from the Kraken, none of them were able to escape from him.
He is feeling a bit bored and lonely right now.
So now that he met human beings, he went towards them without any hesitation. He isn¡¯t afraid of human beings anymore. Unless he madly kills them, they won¡¯t bother him.
He wants to umte a bit reputation points and by the way, recharge his batteries. He has been using ¡°Thunder Domain¡± to hunt a little too much.
If the people on this freighter attack him, he can quickly hide underwater andunch a fierce counterattack!
He can either use ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± to disintegrate this ship, causing all of these people to fall into the water. With therge amount of ancient and mutant creatures these days, that¡¯s basically certain death.
Orunch ¡°Thunder Domain¡± to directly electrocute them to death.
However, these guys didn¡¯t take the initiative to attack him, they just cried fearfully.
If these people saw him before the emergence of sea monsters, it may leave them with a great psychological shadow, but now that the world has entered the era of monsters. People¡¯s mental capacity has be very strong.
Fang Yun leisurely swam forward, following the freighter for more than 30 nautical miles, feeling that his batteries have almost recharged, he suddenly sank underwater.
His actions have scared the people on the freighter to death. All of them thought that the Giant Serpent is going to attack.
In short, the boat was filled with cries of fear and scrambling people.
After ten minutes of mourning, everyone awkwardly found that nothing happened. Slowly walking to the edge of the ship, they looked at the water surface.
At the same time, some people used the sonar radar to look for the traces of the Giant Serpent, but norge creature was found near their ship.
¡±Did it leave?¡±
The people on the boat looked silently at each other, their heart rxing a bit. At this time, they can¡¯t wait to reach the port immediately and vent their nervousness and fear.
It¡¯s a pity that they are hundreds of nautical miles away from the port. They still have to remain in the sea for a few days.
However, some sailors have recorded what happened before. They quickly uploaded the video to the inte, hoping that ¡®Sakura country¡¯ sends some warships to escort them.
After this video went online. All the people questioning and ridiculing Hirota shut up.
This is not like the low-quality video of Hirota. The appearance of the Serpent in the video is quite clear. It¡¯s indeed very simr to the Giant Serpent that fought with the Kraken a while ago.
Unless there are two Giant Serpents in the pacific that look exactly the same, this is indeed that Giant Serpent.
¡±Who won the battle between the Giant Serpent and the Kraken, this video has your answers.¡±
¡±The ruler of the Pacific has changed, the fifth king has appeared.¡±
¡±Who is the peak monster? The sight of this Giant Serpent will shock you.¡±
¡±After defeating the Kraken, is it the strongest monster?¡±
Titles like this can be seen everywhere on major news tforms. Many people were discussing on forums and other media tforms about the Giant Serpent.
Now that the fifth monster king has emerged, will there be a sixth one in the future.?
If the number of monster kings really keeps growing, then the ocean will be a forbidden ground for humans.
Moreover, the coastal cities in various countries are likely to be given on. Most of the monster-king level creatures can go to the shore and attack them.
This kind of situation is impossible for humans to ept. Humans who have always considered themselves the top-creature can¡¯t just give up in the face of monsters.
Since the emergence of the Giant Serpent, the people around the world have be very worried. A haze enveloped all the people in the world.
However, some people proposed something interesting at this time. The Giant Serpent has encountered Hirota¡¯s fishing boat and a huge freighter, but it has attacked neither. Is this Giant Serpent a gentle creature?
To be honest, since it was able to defeat the Kraken, then it has the ability to easily sink both that fishing boat and the freighter.
Since it¡¯s able to sink both of them, why didn¡¯t it attack?
Is this Serpent like the Giant Turle in the Arctic, it doesn¡¯t like attacking humans?
A lot of people argued about this topic with no definite result.
Just as everyone was arguing about the temper of the Giant Serpent, In a military base established by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ in Okinawa, two warships quietly left the port, and then headed towards the ce where the freighter met with the Giant Serpent.
Chapter 179: Studying The Giant Serpent
Chapter 179: Studying The Giant Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Discussion on the Inte about who is the strongest monster continued. The previous vote ended up as a joke. The Kraken is the loser!
So, is the giant Serpent the strongest monster?
Some people think that since the Giant Serpent has defeated another monster king, it deserves this title, but some people don¡¯t think so.
The reason everyone voted for the Kraken was that, on the one hand, there were many ¡®maind Huaxia¡¯ people voting for it, and on the other, everyone thought that it has killed the Giant Serpent.
But that doesn¡¯t seem to be the case now.
The strength of the octopus monster was overestimated, so if even if the Giant Serpent defeat the Kraken, it doesn¡¯t mean that it could defeat the other monster kings.
¡±It would be nice if the five monster kings fight each other.¡±
Someone typed on the Inte.
This is difficult. Although the oceans are connected, they are toorge. They have almost no chance to meet. The encounter between the giant Serpent and the Kraken was purely an ident.
However, some people are seriously thinking about this possibility. They have made many suggestions. The five monster kings can be lured into a certain ce to start a battle between them.
Some people think that the big countries on Blue can join forces to drive these five monster kings together¡ªSuper Mosasaurus, mutant smosaurus, and the giant turtle need to stay on the water surface to breathe.
The Giant Serpent is likely the same.
Using this weakness, these monsters can be driven together.
There are too many bored people on the Inte. Some people gave nicknames to these monsters.
The king of the Antic Ocean, super Mosasaurus. The king of the Pacific Ocean, Giant Serpent. The king of the Indian Ocean, mutant smosaurus. The king of the Arctic Ocean, super turtle. Finally, the king of the Antarctic, the Kraken.
Based on this, some people collectively call them the Five Sea Kings. Some people with brain holes even im that they are products of the Antis civilization.
The person who posted this didn¡¯t expect it to spur a giant debate. Many people sprung on the inte with their own ims and theories.
Fang Yun, as one of the protagonists of this debate, didn¡¯t know any of this. He is currently swimming forward in a random direction.
Because of his frequent hunting, he would swim to the surface from time to time, this led to some people to lock his location.
After Carlos sent that video to the inte, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ military used two satellites to lock the general area of the Giant Serpent activities, and no long after they locked its location.
The two warships that set off from Okinawa now have a goal. They headed towards the Giant Serpent location without any hesitation.
These two Burke-ss destroyers are more than 150 meters long, more than 20 meters wide, and have a discement of more than 9,000 tons.
The two warships reached the area where the giant serpent appeared, about 500 nautical miles southeast of ¡®Sakura country¡¯
The warships quickly moved forward, they got real-time satellite photos, and at the same time, the sonar radar on the ship has locked the target.
ording to the information they got, the giant serpent is about 5 kilometers ahead.
The warship stopped at that ce and sent two drones for investigation. Their purpose this time is not to capture the Giant Serpent.
The defense of the Giant Serpent is indeed more abnormal than that of the super Mosasaurus, but this doesn¡¯t attract their attention anymore. They had already obtained some of the super Mosasaurus scales, but ording to the research results. It¡¯sposed of normal materials, it¡¯s just that they are abnormally dense.
There are no special elements doped in it, so it doesn¡¯t benefit them in any way.
The giant serpent is likely the same.
However, this still need some research. Its defense is more powerful than that of the super Mosasaurus after all, what if it was more special?
The mission of these two warships is to observe the various habits of the Giant Serpent and to find if there is anything special about it.
After the investigation of the two drones.
They really discovered something special about the Giant Serpent.
From the footage transmitted by the drone, the giant serpent is quickly chasing a mutant Melville whale.
Thetter¡¯s body is forty meters long. At first nce, it¡¯s extremely muscr with a swollen head and very sharp teeth. Normally it¡¯s a monster that spells fear, but now it¡¯s running like a rabbit from the Giant Serpent.
This is not what surprised the ¡®bald eagle¡¯. After all, the giant serpent could defeat the Kraken, chasing a Melville whale is not that surprising.
However, a blue arc suddenly appeared on the giant serpent body, then quickly spread to the surrounding. The mutant Melville whale trembled for a while, then flopped over to its belly.
The giant serpent quickly swam towards the whale, bit its tail, then dragged it away.
The giant serpent disappeared, leaving only the endless blue water on the screen, but the people watching this footage stood still, a stunned look on their faces.
The giant serpent can discharge?
It seems that the voltage is not low. Although the Melville whale was not electrocuted to death, it¡¯s not far away from it. This is for a sea monster that is more than 40 meters long, a human would probably directly die.
This footage was sent back to the headquarters by the people on the warship. If they are going to attack this Giant Serpentter, they must guard against this.
For the next few days, the two warships monitored the giant serpent with two satellites and discovered another shocking feature.
¡±Is this monster¡¯s stomach a bottomless pit? It¡¯s hunting every day, and it¡¯s devouring every prey it killed!¡±
Well, in addition to the ability to discharge, the Giant Serpent has a very strong digestive ability.
In addition, the people on the warship discovered that apart from killing and eating prey, the Giant Serpent likes to bask in the sun. Especially after discharging.
Does it bask in the sun to recharge itself?
This conclusion wasbeled as absurd.
There are quite a few creatures in nature that have the ability to discharge, such as eels.
They all replenish their energy by resting or eating. There hasn¡¯t been any instance of a creature having the ability to convert sr energy into electric energy.
Such a thing is basically impossible. Unless the Giant Serpent is carrying a sr charger with it.
Such a discovery is uneptable. Some people exined this action as the Serpent using the sun to warm its body and using the ultraviolet lights to kill parasites.
After all, every time the Giant Serpent hunts, it sinks deep underwater, then attacks prey with electricity.
Its behavior of basking in the sun should be to get rid of parasites and raise its body temperature.
So, there shouldn¡¯t be any connection between the behavior of basking in the sun and its discharging ability.
This statement is very reasonable, but the researchers on the warship didn¡¯t hastilye to a conclusion. They need more evidence.
While the ¡®bald eagle country¡¯ was observing the Giant Serpent behavior and abilities. The giant turtle in the Arctic has attracted some people¡¯s attention.
Someone has discovered a secret on the sea turtle.
This discovery is much more explosive than the discovery of the Giant Serpent discharge ability.
Chapter 180: The Giant Turtle Secret
Chapter 180: The Giant Turtle Secret
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The harmlessness of the giant sea turtle is widely recognized. Although it¡¯s unbelievably huge, almost the size of a small ind. It has never attacked humans.
This giant creature often slowly travels around in the Arctic Ocean. Most of the time, it wanders in the Laptev Sea, an area close to the ¡®brown bear¡¯ country.
It has been floating on the sea surface since its discovery, no matter whether it¡¯s windy or raining, it has never sunk underwater. Because of this, arge amount of dirt and grass has grown on its back.
It really looks like a small desert ind from afar.
The ¡®brown bear¡¯ country absolutely loves this creature. It has been living near their country for so long without any ident. In fact, it has be a world-famous attraction, bringing them a lot of ie.
Many people travel to Laptev from all over the world to see this harmless giant creature.
More importantly, marine life will always move towards this giant turtle. Whether it¡¯s normal creatures, ancient creatures or even mutant creatures, there will always be some near this turtle.
But the best part is that all of them are small to middle-ss creatures, which can be easily handled by fishing boats.
The giant turtle can also easily prey on them.
ording to the judgment of the experts of the ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ Country. The giant turtle may have some special material on its body that can attract these creatures.
It¡¯s precisely because of this that the ¡®brown bear¡¯ country has been able to hunt a lot of mutant and ancient creatures easily, without any casualty or ident.
In this new age, the ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ country can be said to be the most fortunate of all the world¡¯s countries.
On this day, the fishing boats of the ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ country came to the area next to the giant turtle to catch mutant creatures as usual.
The giant sea turtle was eating, but after seeing the iing ship. It immediately retracted its head inside its shell. It didn¡¯t try to escape, but just quietly floated on the sea.
The fishermen on the fishing boat were preparing to catch the surroundings mutant creatures. However, they smelled an unusual smell from the Giant Turtle¡¯s back.
Somewhat surprised, they quickly guided the fishing boat near the Giant Turtle, then didn¡¯t hesitate to climb on the giant turtle¡¯s back.
They followed the weird and attractive smell to its source and discovered a strange thing right in the middle of the turtle shell.
Its appearance is strangely irregr, looking a bit like a mushroom or fungi, but not exactly like it. It doesn¡¯t look like a nt, but more like a lump of meat.
If someone from the maind ¡®Huaxia¡¯ saw this thing, they will immediately shout loudly.
¡±Isn¡¯t this Ganoderma Lucidum?¡± (Note: A type of rare fungi. Often used in Wuxia and Xianxia as a treasured medical medicine.)
The ¡°Meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡± exudes a strong aroma, which is intoxicating. After waking up from their shock. The fishermen started talking about how to dig this stuff.
They carefully removed the soil around the ¡°meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡± then discovered that this ¡°meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡± is connected to the shell of the giant turtle.
Is this something secreted by the Giant Turtle?
In the end, these fishermen cut the ¡°meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡± from the turtle¡¯s back and brought it back to the ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ country.
The fishermen¡¯s description of the ¡°meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡± made the relevant scientists take it seriously. In fact, it¡¯s impossible to ignore it. Even after getting cut down, it still exudes a very attractive aroma.
After the preliminary research. They discovered that this ¡°meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡± contains a special element that causes cells to be very active. It¡¯s also likely to have an anti-aging effect.
It¡¯s even possibly able to extend human life.
Of course, they need more research to determine the specific situation.
The ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ government announced this fact not long after. They are currently very short of money, and this may be an excellent opportunity to make money.
Everyone was paying attention to the giant serpent before but after the announcement of the ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ government. The entire world¡¯s attention was gathered on them.
The women around the world all started getting crazy. The attention on this product reached an unprecedently high point.
The stock prices of major cosmeticspanies have plummeted. Many rumors, discussions, debates, and articles about the ¡°meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡± sprang up like crazy on the inte.
After that world-shocking announcement. The ¡®brown bear¡¯ country closed down the area around the Giant Turtle, banning anyone from approaching it, then started to monitor the giant turtle closely.
They don¡¯t want anyone unrted approaching the Giant Turtle, especially the people of other countries.
They have already considered the Giant Turle as their property.
At a press conference, experts from the ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ Country published the data from their research, indicating that they were not lying.
The representative of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country expressed doubts about this experimental conclusion and stated that the Giant Turtle doesn¡¯t belong to them, it belongs to all human beings.
Regarding the im of the ¡®bald eagle¡¯ country, the ¡®brown bear¡¯ country naturally ignored it. They threw olive branches at many Asian countries, including ¡®Sakura country¡¯ and ¡®Huaxia country¡¯.
The representative of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ trembled at the re of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country representative, but he still gritted his teeth and agreed.
In the end, the Prime Minister of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ signed a cooperation agreement with the ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ country. They provided 10 billion US dors as a start-up fund.
The research on the ¡°meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡± secreted by the giant turtle involved a total of more than a dozen countries, mainly maind ¡®Huaxia¡¯, ¡®Sakura country¡¯, ¡®brown bear¡¯ country, and other Asian countries.
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country was kicked out.
However, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government didn¡¯t care that much. The giant turtle isn¡¯t the only monster king, wasn¡¯t the super Mosasaurus always bothering them. Its time hase to an end.
Previously, they thought that these King-level mutant creatures were nothing special, but it seems that they are wrong.
Since the giant turtles can secrete the anti-aging ¡°meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡±, then what about the super Mosasaurus?
Originally, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government was looking for a way to kill the super Mosasaurus with the smallest price, but now, they think that capturing it and putting it in aboratory for research is the best course of action.
In addition, not only must they capture the super Mosasaurus, but even the Giant Serpent is also one of their capture targets.
Frankly speaking, the Giant Serpent is the most unique out of all the monster kings.
¡±If every king-level mutant creature has a secret, then the Giant Serpent most likely has the biggest secret.¡±
An official said at the meeting.
Not long after, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ started to take action. ¡®Since these Asian countries don¡¯t wee us, then we won¡¯t care about them.¡¯
During this time, theyunched several satellites to monitor the North Pacific and the Antic Ocean and sent warships to patrol these two areas.
The giant serpent has disappeared again, they didn¡¯t know where it went this time.
However, they got some news from the Antic, someone has found the traces of the super Mosasaurus.
At that time, this monster was about to attack arge freighter, but there was a warship escorting it. As soon as it came forward, it was attacked by the cannons on the warship.
After all, it¡¯s not the giant serpent. Although its defense is quite strong, it was still injured under the intense attack of the warship.
The super Mosasaurus finally gave up and escaped underwater.
The satellite began to seriously monitor this area. Whenever the super Mosasaurus appeared. Its position will be transmitted to the nearest warships.
In the next few days, the super Mosasaurus appeared several times.
It swam to the surface to take a breath but was immediately attacked by several helicopter¡¯s gunships. In the end, it escaped at the cost of several more injuries.
After more than a month of chasing and interception, the super Mosasaurus was exhausted by the intense attack of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country. If it had enough wisdom, it would have regretted attacking the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ in the beginning.
It should have attacked remote and weak countries like the mutant smosaurus.
The super Mosasaurus is exhausted and injured. It can¡¯t escape anymore.
It was intercepted near the Xavier Inds, surrounded by four warships, and six military helicopters.
The super Mosasaurus didn¡¯t sink underwater, it needs to breathe and it can¡¯t move anymore.
Looking at the super Mosasaurus floating on the sea surface. The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ military was preparing to capture it. They are going to catch it with a special fishing, then inject it with the prepared anesthesia.
Just as they were about to act, an ident happened.
Chapter 181: The Thieving Serpent
Chapter 181: The Thieving Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±We finally caught this monster.¡±
¡±I thought that it should struggle a bit more, but it looks like it has reached the end of its power.¡±
¡±Well, guys, stop chatting, we need to anesthetize this monster quickly.¡±
In themunication channel, the soldiers talked in a rxed manner. The six helicopters hovered above the super Mosasaurus, making a lot of ripples on the water surface.
Below these six helicopters, a huge monster was floating on the water surface, a covering its body. It was covered in injuries and scars, almost on the verge of death.
This is the super Mosasaurus that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government was chasing for so long. its body was caught in the special alloys. Without the strength to move.
It couldn¡¯t even escape underwater.
This situation has caused both the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government and the military to be excited. They had been chasing this monster for more than a month.
It¡¯s finally time to harvest.
¡±It¡¯s really big.¡±
A helicopter slowly descended towards the Giant Monsasaurus, at the same time, a soldier with a rope wrapped around his waist walked out of the hatch.
He hanged mid-air with a huge gun in his hand. The gun was filled with a huge need tube.
It¡¯s filled with an anesthetic specially prepared for the super Mosasaurus.
¡±Okay, Kane, you can shoot.¡±
A voice sounded from the headset. Hearing this, Kane picked up the gun and pointed at the super Mosasaurus below.
To be precise, he aimed at a wound on the super Mosasaurus body; The scales were broken, and the flesh and blood a rolled.
If the super Mosasaurus still had its scale armor, then the anesthetic needle wouldn¡¯t have been able to prate it.
¡±Boom!¡±
Kane pulled the trigger and without any ident. The anesthetic needle deeply prated the super Mosasaurus flesh.
¡±Roar!!!¡±
The anesthetic needle prating the soft meat on the super Mosasaurus back should have caused it a lot of pain. The super Mosasaurus struggled fiercely, sshing water on Kane who was hanging mid-air.
¡±Sh*t, it still has some strength.¡±
Kane whispered. Looking up, he should at hispanion.
¡±Michael, pull me up, I don¡¯t want to stay too close to this monster.¡±
He is only about 4 to 5 meters away from the super Mosasaurus below. Fortunately, it¡¯s in a state of exhaustion or he would have been eaten by now.
¡±Attention to all units, ready to drag The super Mosasaurus.¡±
The anesthetic should have worked, as the super Mosasaurus stopped moving and returned to the motionless state like before.
After making sure that the monster has stopped moving. The helicopters slowly lowered an iron hook. They are preparing to tow the super Mosasaurus away.
As long as the hook is connected to the, the super Mosasaurus can be towed away.
Just as they were about to connect the hooks with thes. The body of the super Mosasaurus started to quickly sink.
Itpletely sank underwater in just a few seconds.
¡±Damn, what¡¯s going on?¡±
Kane was holding the hook and was about to connect it to the. However, he was dumbstruck when he saw this scene.
¡±Look, what¡¯s that under the super Mosasaurus?¡±
Suddenly, a panic-stricken voice sounded in themunication channel. Kane immediately looked below the giant monster¡¯s body after hearing that.
He sat in the hatch and looked down. However, the super Mosasaurus was obstructing his view.
He quickly shouted at the pilot, after which The helicopter moved to the side of the Mosasaurus body.
¡±Serpent?¡±
After the helicopter moved to the side, he clearly saw the appearance of the creature pulling the Mosasaurus down.
Isn¡¯t this the so-called king of the Pacific? The Giant Serpent.
This Serpent is biting a corner of the super Mosasaurus body and quickly sinking underwater.
¡±Damn, the Giant Serpent is snatching our Trophy!¡±
Kane immediately woke up and yelled loudly. He tried to shoot the Serpent with the machine gun in the hatch, but no order had been given yet.
¡±Stop it! Don¡¯t let that that Serpent take the Mosasaurus body!¡±
At this moment, the chief¡¯s order came from the headset, but looking at the Giant Serpent hidden below the Mosasaurus, they didn¡¯t know where to start.
The Giant Serpent was not only hiding below the super Mosasaurus, but it was also very fast. In less than a minute, it was already quite far.
¡±Use the guided missiles to kill that Serpent!¡±
The anxious voice of the chief sounded again from the headset.
They worked so hard to catch that Mosasaurus. They are not going to watch as some sh*t monster gets the reward they worked so hard for.
Two missiles were immediately dropped in the water, then immediately headed for the Giant Serpent
The moment the missiles wereunched, Fang Yun felt the threat. These missiles have the ability to seriously injure him, getting hit by them would be bad.
Although he has gained the ability to detect and control electromaic waves after getting ¡°Thunder Domain¡±. This skill is just at level 1, so it¡¯s not that strong. He can control the electromaic waves in only a few dozen meters.
Fang Yun has two options right now. One is to drop the super Mosasaurus body and escape from the missiles using ¡°Shadow Wind¡±, or to detonate them in advance using his electromaic control. He will still get a bit injured though.
Even while thinking, Fang Yun still moved at a very fast speed, even while dragging the huge body of the super Mosasaurus.
However, the missiles still quickly caught up. With a look of determination, Fang Yun controlled electromaic waves to detonate the missiles in advance, at about 30 meters away from him.
¡±BOOM!!¡±
After the explosion, the violent energy swept the surroundings, creating a shock wave in the water, throwing the water and the debris to the surrounding ces.
Fang Yun was hit by the debris and the shockwaves, causing him to almost lose grip of the super Mosasaurus and injuring him.
He looked a bit miserable, quite a few of his scales fell off, blood flowed out from his injuries.
The super Mosasaurus situation is way worse though. This poor guy was almost torn into half by the shockwaves. Blood seeped out from it like a flowing river,pletely dyeing the surroundings red.
¡±Hiss!¡±
Fang Yun hissed in pain, a look of anger shed on his face. He really wanted to go back and teach these guys why the flowers are so red! but in the end, he gritted his teeth and pulled the super Mosasaurus away in silence.
¡±Sure enough, those powerful thermal weapons can still cause me a lot of damage.¡±
Although Fang Yun had previously overturned a warship, it was due to a special situation. He still can¡¯t resist the powerful hot weapons such as missiles and torpedos.
One torpedo might not be able to immediately kill him, but two or three can.
¡±Huh, thankfully my ¡°Quick Regeneration¡± skill is maxed out.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s heart slightly rxed. He discovered that the injuries on his body are quickly healing. At this rate, these almost 1m wide injuries will heal in a 2 minutes
Dragging the body of the super Mosasaurus, Fang Yun quickly swam to the distance.
The reason why he is so concerned about the body of this Mosasaurus is that he would be able to evolve after devouring it.
The remaining bio-energy for evolution can be made up by devouring this Mosasaurus.
He was originally looking for a big mutant creature to make up the remaining energy for evolution. He didn¡¯t expect to meet this injured Mosasaurus.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt. This mutant Mosasaurus can provide him with thergest amount of bio-energy he has seen in a single creature so far. Even more than that octopus monster!
350,000 bio-energy points!
The fact that the Giant Serpent snatched the super Mosasaurus right from under their eyes caused the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country to get extremely angry.
They worked so hard for more than a month, but in the end, it was harvested by that damn monster!
More importantly, they can¡¯t study the super Mosasaurus like the ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ and other Asian countries.
Now the super Mosasaurus is eaten by the Giant Serpent. Even if it contains some sort of amazing secret, it¡¯s meaningless!
Due to this incident. The most hated monster in the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country changed from the super Mosasaurus to the Giant Serpent.
Chapter 182: Preparation For Evolution
Chapter 182: Preparation For Evolution
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Afterunching two guided missiles, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ warships immediatelyunched the sonar detector.
ording to the images conveyed by the sonar, tworge objects were sinking underwater. The smaller object was dragging the bigger one.
¡°Damn, the Giant Serpent is not dead!¡±
This ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ people were once again dumbfounded by the defensive power of the Giant Serpent. The power of these missiles need not be said, they are used to bomb warships. A single missile can reduce a tank and the surrounding ce to scrap!
Although those missiles exploded before hitting the Giant Serpent, its equivalent is still enough to destroy a submarine!
Moreover, under their observation, the Giant Serpent speed didn¡¯t reduce at all. Even while dragging a monster weighing more than 10,000 tons, its speed is still above 100km/h. What an absolute monster!
However, they aren¡¯t reconciled. They spent a lot of manpower and material resources to catch that monster, but they still ended empty-handed.
This area where the incident happened was closely monitored. From the satellites in space to the sonars dropped in the sea, to the warships and helicopter regrly patrolling this area.
They are going to fight with that Giant Serpent until the end!
After calming down. Desire and Greed blossomed in the ¡®Bald Eagle military¡¯ hearts again. The Giant Serpent defensive power is beyond their expectations.
In addition, the Giant Serpent has the ability to discharge. It¡¯s the only mutant creature so far that has a fantasy-like attack.
¡°We have to catch it, its secrets must be beyond the Giant Turtle!¡±
The Pacific ocean was filled with the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country warships and drones. This has caused many Asian countries to protest, Especially the ¡®Panda country¡¯. However, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ acted like they didn¡¯t hear anything.
Regarding the fact that the super Mosasaurus body was snatched by the giant serpent right under the sight of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country. It was blocked by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government, so not many people knew this.
Everyone is thinking that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ warships are still looking for the super Mosasaurus.
In fact, on the Asian side. Several countries have also thought of catching a king-level mutant creature for research.
However, they still gave up in the end.
¡°Didn¡¯t you see the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ still struggling to catch a single king-level creature?¡±
In any case, the ¡®Bald eagle¡¯ country¡¯s technology and military strength are the first in the world. Not only that, it has left the second far away.
If even they can¡¯t catch king-level monsters, then other countries are impossible to do so.
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ continued searching madly for the Giant Serpent, but it didn¡¯t find anything.
Having said that, the giant serpent is definitely one of the five monster kings. Its range of activity is enormous. Without mentioning that it has an entire ocean as its territory. After the Mosasauru¡¯s death, it can easily wander in the Antic ocean.
It¡¯s extremely difficult to find it without a trace. However, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country won¡¯t give up so easily. They searched frantically for its traces everywhere. However, the giant serpent haspletely disappeared, it didn¡¯t leave any trace.
¡¡
While the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ was madly searching for the giant serpent. Their target has already left the area where he appeared and was heading towards the ¡®Panda country¡¯.
The super Mosasaurus have already been eaten by him. His bio-energy has already met the requirement for evolution, so he is currently looking for a suitable ce.
¡°It would be best if it was a remote ind or a forest near the sea.¡±
While swimming in the sea, Fang Yun thought that he should have crossed the territorial sea of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ by now. After traveling so long in the end, he has a rough map in his mind.
However, he did not go to the ¡®Panda country¡¯ area. He is nning to evolve on a desert ind in this ce.
There is a virgin forest on that desert ind. It¡¯s a very suitable ce for evolving.
Fang Yun stuck his head out from the water and looked ahead. It¡¯s currently noon, so he is able to clearly see what¡¯s ahead.
It¡¯s arge ind with a dense forest on top. Fang Yun smiled when he saw the dense and tall trees.
Although he is quite huge now, the forest can still effectively hide his body. It would be best though if he could ake or something simr.
About five minutester, Fang Yun reached the coast. He looked for a suitable ce before climbing to the shore.
His two meters thick body quickly slithered on the ind, entering the forest, his movement caused a lot of noise. He even identally knocked a huge tree to the ground.
Speaking of which, Fang Yun hasn¡¯t really slithered onnd for a long time. The most he did was basking on the beach to recharge his batteries.
He hasn¡¯t slithered in such a dense forest for such a long time.
He couldn¡¯t help but remember the mountain forest he had initially lived in. He was so weak that a mouse could kill him. He struggled on the verge of death every day, fighting with small creatures like lizards and mice. Oh! How time has passed.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun smirked a little.
He has now grown to the point of not fearing anyone in this world.
Even if the world is changing, he still remains at the top of the food chain.
He couldn¡¯t help but recall all the things he has been through, From the weak and helpless self to the current him. He can¡¯t remember everything. After all, it has been almost 4 years since he came to this world.
¡°I really wonder when will I achieve my goal?¡±
Fang Yun nkly looked forward, deep in his thoughts.
From the beginning, his goal was to go back to his previous world. It has almost be his obsession right now. Thinking of it, he can already be considered a creature at the top of the world.
However, he is still far away from his goal. In fact, he doesn¡¯t even have the slightest clue on what to do next.
He doesn¡¯t even know when he will be able to get out of this.
¡°Crack! Crunch!¡±
In the jungle, with the sound of wood breaking and leaves crunching. A huge Serpent slowly slithered forward.
If someone sees such a huge snake slithering in the forest, they will probably faint.
This is a terrifying serpent with a diameter of 2 meters and a length of 60 meters. As long as it stood up, it would tower over the entire forest, just like a giant building.
Fang Yun slithered in this forest for more than two hours. By now, the ancient trees around him became lusher. They covered the sky, making this area quite dark.
Just then, Fang Yun keenly noticed that the humidity in the air has changed.
Listening carefully, he heard the sound of water running not far ahead.
Fang Yun quickly slithered forward. It didn¡¯t take him long to see a cliff in front of him, from which a waterfall is falling into ake below.
Fang Yun slithered towards theke and started looking forward.
Thiske is about the size of two football fields. It¡¯s a smallke.
He got into the water, then moved straight downstream. Fang Yun swam to the deepest ce in theke, coiled around himself, then started his evolution.
Chapter 183: The Mutant Elsamosaurus
Chapter 183: The Mutant Elsamosaurus
Trantor: Yamir Moon
There have been some results in the study of the ¡°meat Ganoderma Lucidum¡± secreted by the giant turtle. Scientists were able to initially prove that this extract has indeed anti-aging effects.
It can also be applied to the human body.
After this piece of news was announced. The women in the entire world boiled up. Discussions about this filled the whole inte. One by one were preparing their wallets for the moment the final product appeared.
Of course, keeping beauty and making people look young again is just one of the effects of the Giant Turtle secretion. It can also affect refresh the body, including internal organs, therefore, increasing physical ability.
¡®With this product, a 60-years old man will feel like he is back to his twenties¡¯ Says an Asian advertisement.
¡°Isn¡¯t this a life-extending elixir?¡±
Some people think that this is too unbelievable. They couldn¡¯t help but question this statement. For the life-extending effect of the secretion. The scientists haven¡¯t reached a definite conclusion yet, so they didn¡¯tment on this aspect too much.
However, just knowing that this Turtle secretion can extend human life is exciting enough. Are humans finally going to break through the problem of longevity?
In short, the secretion of the giant turtle has caused the human world to fall into an excited and joy-filled state. This is the best news since the emergence of sea monsters.
This may be a big step forward for humans. The human lifespan could increase to 150 or even 200 years in the near future.
¡°It¡¯s really lucky to be able to see and participate in such a historic event.¡±
Many people said that on the inte. It¡¯s not difficult to imagine that the secretion of the giant turtle will be one of the biggest discoveries in history. The implications behind it are too huge.
However, the situation in theboratory isn¡¯t as joy-filled as the outside world. On the contrary, the atmosphere was a little dignified.
The scientists have already analyzed all theponents in this secretion. However, no matter how theybine them, they can¡¯t replicate the effect of the turtle secretion.
Some people specte that there may be one or more special substances in the secretion. Those substances are the key factors, but they didn¡¯t find them yet.
If the situation continues like this, then they won¡¯t be able to replicate the turtle secretion, hence the dignified and depressing atmosphere.
¡¡¡¡
While the good news from theboratory has encouraged the whole human world, it also stimted the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government and military.
They also want to do such a world-changing study, but they need to catch a king-level monster to do that.
It¡¯s a pity that their warships lingered on the Pacific Ocean for such a long time, but they didn¡¯t find anything. It¡¯s as if the Giant Serpent evaporated.
Lately, the number of fishing and civilian ships in the Pacific Ocean has increased a lot. This is due to arge number of warships patrolling there.
The super Mosasaurus haven¡¯t been seen for a long time. Since the time when it was repelled by a warship, it never appeared again. This is very odd. Since its appearance, the super Mosasaurus has been causing trouble everywhere, this is the first time it disappeared for so long.
Some people specte that the super Mosasaurus has been captured by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ long ago. The reason they are patrolling the Pacific is likely to search for the Giant Serpent.
However, the giant serpent hasn¡¯t also appeared in a long time.
It should be around three months, right?
The Giant Serpent was bought up again on the inte, and many people asked questions about it.
The Pacific Ocean calmed down during this time.
Coastal countries were no longer attacked by king-level mutant creatures. The courageous fishermen began to go out to sea on fishing boats to make money to subsidize their families.
During this time, the monster king with the highest appearance rate was the mutant smosaurus.
The giant serpent and the super Mosasaurus have ¡°disappeared¡±. The giant turtle has been under the protection of the ¡®Brown Bear¡¯ country. As for the Kraken, it¡¯s far away in the Antarctic.
There are only expeditions from various countries in the Antarctic, and since the emergence of sea monsters. The number of these expeditions has reduced a lot.
The mutant smosaurus stays in the Indian Ocean. It mainly lives near south African countries and sometimes visits the coastlines of several coastal countries near Asia.
There are many fishing viges along the coasts of these countries, and fishing is their only source of living. They have risked their lives many times to go fishing, causing many casualties among them.
More importantly, these fishing viges can¡¯t afford anyrge fishing boats.
The mutant smosauru¡¯s favorite thing is to bully these poorly equipped fishermen.
Most of their fishing boats are only about 10 meters, this is already the best boat they can get.
To increase their security. Most of the time, these fishermen will gather arge number of boats, then go together.
This method has indeed reduced their troubles, but it can only scare away small mutant creatures. In front of the mutant smosaurus and other big mutants, it¡¯s just a collection of food.
When the mutant smosaurus finds a boat. It will swim below it and use its sharp dorsal fin to cut those boats into pieces.
The dorsal fin on the back of this monster is very sharp. It¡¯s not difficult for it to cut steel into pieces.
After the fishing boat is cut, arge amount of seawater will swarm into the cabin, causing the fishing boat to capsize. By that time, the people on the boat wouldn¡¯t be dead yet.
They would be struggling helplessly in the sea. However, the mutant smosaurus will swim towards them then eat them one by one. The mutant smosaurus is not only the cruelest sea king. It¡¯s also the most twisted one.
In fact, amongst all the monster kings. The mutant smosaurus is the one that killed the most humans, far beyond the other monster kings.
Unfortunately, because its targets are third-world countries, the attention it receives is the lowest.
However, these days, its fame and attention have gone up a lot.
It¡¯s not that it did something shocking or something like that. It¡¯s just that it became the next target of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ causing it to be discussed a lot on the inte.
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ didn¡¯t find anything in the Pacific Ocean. They can¡¯t keep up this mad search, it¡¯s very resource consuming. The giant serpent is indeed very attractive, but it hasn¡¯t appeared in a long time.
The cost of searching for such a creature in the ocean is veryrge. They can¡¯t keep doing so for such a long time. It¡¯s not worth it.
In the end, the search for the giant serpent hase to an end.
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ changed its target towards the mutant smosaurus.
Their two old rivals, the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country, and the ¡®Panda country¡¯ have the giant turtle to conduct research on. Not only that, but they have also studied a secretion that can extend human life, as for them, they don¡¯t have any result in this aspect.
The super Mosasaurus was most likely eaten by the giant serpent. However, the giant serpent has disappeared. The only monster kings that remain are the Kraken and the mutant smosaurus.
The Kraken is far away in the Antarctic, it¡¯s not easy to find it. Their only option right now is the mutant smosaurus.
This monster still likes to attack humans like before. It¡¯s not difficult to lock its position and capture it.
Five warships came to the Indian Ocean from the Pacific Ocean. The fact that they are going to capture the mutant smosaurus has caused these coastal countries to cheer up.
They have assured the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country that as long as there is news of the mutant smosaurus, they will immediately inform them.
For this monster, these coastal countries wish nothing more than its death. It¡¯s already quite good for it to end in the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯boratories.
Just a few days after. The mutant smosaurus attacked another fishing vige again.
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ immediately dispatched warships toward that ce after receiving the news.
They are determined to capture this monster king. They are also looking forward to what secrets this mutant smosaurus has.
What benefits can it bring to humanity?
Chapter 184: Capturing The Mutant Elasmosaurus
Chapter 184: Capturing The Mutant smosaurus
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The next target of the mutant smosaurus is a remote vige in a small third world country. At that time, all of the people in the vige have fallen asleep.
When the mutant smosaurus climbed into the shore, no one found it. It quickly walked towards the nearest house.
The people in the vige are very poor, so their houses are just made of wood, which basically offers no protection in front of any mutant creature.
The huge mutant smosaurus didn¡¯t use any strength. It just extended its ppers gently and immediately knocked down the house.
The people inside screamed loudly, but that didn¡¯t do anything apart from exposing their locations.
The mutant smosaurus immediately leaned towards the ce where the screams sounded. In thatce, a ck man was holding his mouth with his hands, afraid to even move a bit.
If the smosaurus relied just on his eyes, it would be hard to find that man in the middle of the night. Unfortunately, the mutant smosaurus mostly use smell to find prey.
Without any ident, that man became the food in the stomach of the mutant smosaurus, his wife and children weren¡¯t spared either.
The miserable cries and the sound of the house falling apart finally woke up the people of the vige. In less than a minute, a few figures walked down from the main door.
They immediately noticed the huge monster illuminated by the moonlight.
¡±Ahhhh!!¡±
¡±It¡¯s a sea monster!¡±
The fishermen have heard about the mutant smosaurus, so the moment they saw it, they cried loudly, no one was brave enough to attack it or resist.
This monster¡¯s body is more than 180 meters long. That¡¯s equal to the height of a 60 story building, or 20 school buses lined horizontally.
There is naturally a telephone in this vige, so soon the news of the attack of the mutant smosaurus has reached the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯.
The first thing to arrive here was a helicopter.
In fact, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ warships were patrolling the nearby waters. Ther are only 10 km away from this vige, so it didn¡¯t take long for the helicopters to reach this ce.
Seven military helicopters quickly reached the vige. The first thing they noticed is naturally the huge smosaurus who was about to return to the sea.
They didn¡¯t hesitate tounch an attack on it.
The mutant smosaurus has faced very little resistance since its debut because all of its activities are around small countries with very little military power. That resulted in it being very arrogant and reckless.
If it was the super Mosasaurus or the Kraken, none of them would have climbed this deep into thend. They also would have immediately scurried into the sea at the sound of the helicopters, unlike the smosaurus who didn¡¯t care.
Since the mutant smosaurus didn¡¯t have any vignce, in the face of the prepared ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ it could only end miserably.
On the helicopter, machine guns sted bullets, causing the smosaurus to roar loudly. Without flinching, three helicopters stood in front of it, preventing it from walking back to the ocean.
If this beast returned to the sea, then it would be troublesome. It will be very had to catch it after that.
The other four helicopters kept firing bullets at it.
The mutant smosaurus defense isn¡¯t that much inferior to the super Mosasaurus. The bulletsnding on it created many sparks before falling into the ground.
However, although the bullets didn¡¯t directly prate the mutant smosaurus skin. It caused intense pain to it.
¡±Roar!!!¡±
The mutant smosaurus roared loudly. If someone stood in front of this hill-sized monster and heard its deafening roar. He would probably piss himself and faint.
Unfortunately, this huge monster is under siege and is roaring because of pain, so its deterrent is not really that effective.
It¡¯s not scary at all, it has instead made the people on the helicopters more excited.
After another three minutes, the mutant smosaurus skin finally burst apart, revealing the pink flesh and red blood. The bullets fell into its flesh without obstruction.
Unlike the Kraken, whether it¡¯s the mutant smosaurus or the super Mosasaurus, their flesh is not that though.
It may be very thoughpared to ordinary animals, but it can¡¯t stop the bullet rain from the helicopters.
The mutant smosaurus didn¡¯t die directly. Itid on the ground, exhausted, with huge injuries on its body that are constantly bleeding.
It was also injected with two specially made anesthetic needles.
Going from its look, it doesn¡¯t have much remaining power.
After repeated confirmation, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ soldiers in the helicopters got down using a rope, then slowly walked towards the injured monster.
They carefully approached the giant monster in front, seeing that it didn¡¯t move, one of them boldly walked forward and touched its long neck.
¡±It doesn¡¯t seem to have any threat.¡±
The bold man turned around and said to hispanions.
Hispanions smiled at this. Their mood was slightly rxed as they slowly walked towards the mutant smosaurus. However, they suddenly stopped, their faces slowly distorting.
¡±Be careful!!¡±
¡±John, run away! quick!!¡±
While yelling, the soldiers held the submachine gun in their hands and were ready to shoot.
The mutant smosaurus who was lying down suddenly stood, bit the soldier who was next to its neck, then swallowed him whole.
¡±Bang! bang!¡±
¡±Boom!!¡±
The soldiers started madly attacking the mutant smosaurus with machine guns, but the Elsamosaurus didn¡¯t try to fight back or escape, it justid back on the ground, causing the ground to shake.
A few soldiers stood silently far away, looking at each other, none of them dared to go forward.
Almost ten minutester, the relevant scientists havee over. They immediately noticed the hill-like monster lying down, then eximed loudly.
¡±Oh my god, this the most beautiful animal in the world!¡±
¡±Big guy, we finally caught you!¡±
The scientists first let the soldiers shoot a few times at the mutant mosaurus. Seeing that it¡¯s still motionless, they slowly approached it.
¡±We need to wrap its injuries it first.¡±
A medical professor said loudly after seeing that huge monster.
They are not afraid of that the mutat smosaurus will die. It¡¯s a well-known fact that these monsters¡¯ vitality is huge.
Not to mention the fact that only 10 minutes have passed since this monster was attacked. With its huge vitality, it would take it at least a day to bleed to death.
The mutant smosaurus was mostly wounded on the back, so it didn¡¯t take them long to handle this monster¡¯s injuries.
Next, they are going to transport this big monster back to the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯.
They are mostly going to transport it back on a huge freighter.
After a few examinations, everyone started to act.
The belly and waist of the mutant smosaurus were tied with a huge rope. The other end of the rope is connected to two military helicopters
In addition, its tail and neck are also fixed by many ropes.
In this way, relying on six military helicopters, they dragged this huge behemoth then headed towards the selected freighter.
Chapter 185: Disappointing Discovery
Chapter 185: Disappointing Discovery
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The news that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country captured the mutant smosaurus could not be concealed, so the next morning, the relevant news upied the headlines of various countries.
Everyone was astonished that this mutant smosaurus was so easily captured. The super Mosasaurus whose size isparable has tossed the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ military for almost three months!
Many people discussed on the inte whether the mutant smosaurus is weaker or whether it¡¯s stupid.
Afterward, everyone became curious again. Since the giant turtle can secrete a life-extending substance. What secret is hidden on the mutant smosaurus?
A lot of people also asked whether the giant serpent and the mutant Mosasaurus were captured by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government. However, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ answers were ambiguous.
¡±Probably? Anyway, we haven¡¯t seen those two monsters for a long time.¡±
The whole world was paying attention to the mutant smosaurus captured by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country. ording to the disclosed information, the mutant smosaurus was captured alive, but since it fell into the hands of the ¡®Bald Eagle, there is no possibility of it escaping.
It took a long time to transport the mutant smosaurus. After all, that south African country is quite a long distance from the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country.
About three weekster, the freighter carrying the mutant smosaurus stopped at the east coast of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country.
Although the mutant somsaurus was in a state of weakness. It didn¡¯t die under the care of the scientists.
After arriving at the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, the smosaurus was sent to a giant pool specially prepared for it, surrounded by a tall wall and a grid of electricity.
After getting settled there, it was immediately weed by arge team of scientists.
About two monthster, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government took the initiative to organize a press conference about the mutant smosaurus. In front of the media, the government expressed that the smosaurus is in a good state.
They naturally showed a video to the masses.
In that video, the mutant smosaurus was leisurely swimming in a giant pool. It looked to be in good condition.
A reporter took the lead and asked the question that everyone wanted to ask. Have they discovered any secret on the mutant smosaurus?
Regarding this, the government officials imed that they did find something on the mutant smosaurus, and it was an entirely different substance from the giant turtle.
However, the government official didn¡¯t talk specifically about that substance. He said that they were in the state of confidentiality and that it¡¯s not time to make it public.
Another reporter asked about the giant serpent and the super Mosasaurus, but the official didn¡¯t give a precise answer. He just replied that he didn¡¯t know, maybe, etc¡
This TV interview has simted the ¡®Panda country¡¯ a lot. Although they are cooperating with the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country on researching the giant turtle.
But after all, the giant turtle is under the control of the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country. They also can¡¯t get first-hand information from them. More importantly, the giant turtle secret isn¡¯t as amazing as it sounds.
Until now, they still can¡¯t figure the key substances in the ¡°Life Elixir¡± extract.
¡±Maybe we should catch our own monster king.¡±
Some government officials said so in the meeting.
So the fleet set off. They are nning to catch the Kraken in the Antarctic ocean.
The Kraken was living a moist life in the Antarctic sea. Without any threat, eating, sleeping, wandering, it¡¯s the absolute ruler of this area. The only problem is that it couldn¡¯t attack humans anymore.
That was one of its favorite hobbies before.
From time to time, it was discovered by the scientific staff on the Antarctic side, because the Kraken often wandered next to the coast where the scientific staff lives.
It looked at the buildings and humans in the distance every time it passed by there, looking very eager.
However, a small army was stationed at the scientific research base, and the Kraken didn¡¯t attack them again after getting repelled several times.
It still wanders around the coastline habitually, looking for a chance to attack them.
Today, the ¡®Panda country¡¯ warships came to this scientific research ce.
They first tried to lure the Kraken ashore by seducing it.
For example, remove the soldiers at the base and tempt it with the defenseless researchers there.
Their warships are about 4km away. The military helicopters are also ready. As long as the Kraken dare to climb onnd, the military helicopters will be able to intercept it in a minute.
The Kraken was really fooled at first. It got out of the sea. Several tentacles squirmed on the ice. However, just as half of its body got onnd, it suddenly stopped. Then it quickly got back in the water.
¡±Damn! this beast instinct is really sharp!¡± The soldier controlling the helicopter 4 kilometers away cursed.
Since the seducing n failed, then they can only capture it with force.
All the military helicopters immediately moved towards the location of the Kraken. Behind them are several warships.
However, this method has also ended in failure. The Kraken is different from the mutant smosaurus and the super Mosasaurus. It can breathe underwater.
After being attacked, it directly dived into the water. In just a few minutes, itpletely disappeared without a trace.
The ¡®Panda country¡¯ tossed in the Antarctic ocean for 2 months. In the end, they could only return without a result.
In present times, the 5 sea kings became an old thing. Not as many people are talking about them, and very few media sources are reporting about them.
Since the giant serpent and the super Mosasaurus disappeared, quite a few boats started roaming the Pacific Ocean. Mostlyrge ones. There are very few people who dare to go into the sea with a small boat.
Those forty or fifty meters long mutant creatures can easily sink their boats.
In fact, without mentioning those top mutant creatures. Even those 20-30 meters long creatures are a huge threat to their boats.
Overall, things are getting better.
There are more ancient creatures meats on the market, and many mutant creatures have been captured. Research on mutant creatures has also be more and more popr.
The most affected are the medical industry and the health products industry.
The former has developed a lot of new drugs, while thetter is no longer just a scam industry. Some mutated creatures¡¯ oils or other body parts really have the effect of strengthening the body and restoring human skin.
However, most of these health products are very expensive.
As time passed, people started getting suspicious. It has been more than half a year since the two monster kings were captured but there is no news yet.
Since the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ captured the mutant smosaurus, it hasn¡¯t revealed yet what is the ¡°special substance¡± they discovered.
As for the ¡°Life Elixir¡± secreted by the giant turtle, no follow-up report has appeared. Now everyone has some doubts. Was that a scam ¡
Just as people started getting more and more suspicious, the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country finally had some new discoveries.
They have sessfully discovered and isted the special element in the giant turtle secretion.
However, this special element is an unknown element that doesn¡¯t exist on this at all.
It¡¯s very likely to be produced uniquely by the turtle.
In other words, they simply cannot industrially synthesize the ¡°Life Elixir¡± at all. Are they going to rely on the giant turtle in the end?
Chapter 186: Mysterious Accident
Chapter 186: Mysterious ident
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country is intending to treat the giant turtle as a milk cow. Although the turtle has bought a lot of benefits for them and they really love it.
However, there is no way, the special substance it can produce is too valuable.
They began to examine the body of the giant turtle to find which organ produces that special substance.
When examining the giant turtle, it¡¯s necessary to cut parts of its internal organs. Although it was given an anesthetic shot. The giant turtle still felt a hellish pain.
The painful howls kepting from its mouth, but even then it didn¡¯t attack those scientists. It¡¯s really a gentle creature.
Not that struggling would have had any effect. They have prepared a lot of measures to restrain the turtle.
In the end, scientists concluded that the special substance came from the stomach of the giant turtle. One gram of that special substance can produce one kilo of the ¡°Life Elixir¡±.
As a result, the ¡°Life Elixir¡± can finally be put into production.
After getting such great news from the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country, the world was thrown into a jubnt mood once again. Tasting the sweetness, people looked forward more to what kind of discovery the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country is going to get from the mutant smosaurus.
In fact, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government also wanted to give some good news to the people, but what they discovered on the mutant smosaurus has made them frustrated. In their view, the mutant smosaurus secret is far fromparable to that of the giant turtle.
¡±From the current findings, the mysterious substance secreted by the mutant smosaurus can keep people awake for a long time.¡±
The experts responsible for studying the mutant smosaurus reported to the government personnel in rted fields.
¡±The side effects are unclear for the time being and further research is needed.¡±
How valuable is something that keeps people awake for a long time? Anyway, it¡¯s not nearly as valuable as a substance that increases lifespan and makes people look young again.
As such, the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ were too ashamed to announce their discovery.
When the eyes of the entire world were focused on the giant turtles and the mutant smosaurus, a little-known but important event happened in the Grass sea.
To understand this event thoroughly, we have to go back 2 months ago.
¡±Professor, don¡¯t worry, we are fully prepared this time, nothing will happen.¡±
In the office, Hook looked at the worried Tang Xue, smiled andforted him.
Tang Xue sat on the sofa, looking at his proud student, he nodded and said.
¡±Anyway, you have to be careful.¡±
Despite saying this, a worried look remained on his face.
¡±Ok.¡±
Hook nodded heavily, then stood up and said to Tang Xue.
¡±Professor, I¡¯ll go first.¡±
¡±Okay,e back safely.¡±
Tang Xue also stood up, he gave Hook a hug, then patted his shoulders and said to him.
¡±Well, go, they are waiting for you below.¡±
Hook nced deeply at Tang Xue then left the office resolutely.
Watching Hook¡¯s back disappear behind the door, an exhausted look appeared on Tang Xue¡¯s face, he looked ten years older.
Since the emergence of mutant creatures, research on them has never stopped.
ording to research, the Grass sea is likely to be the birthce of ancient and mutant creatures. Not only does it have thergest number of mutant and ancient creatures, the farther away from it the less mutant creatures are there.
After this was confirmed, severalrge countries organized a scientist team to investigate that ce.
Hook is one of them.
Their team was quite prepared. Three warships escorted them on the way, and two military submarines were exploring the situation under them.
¡
Tang Xue was sitting in his office, his face was difficult to look at. Since Hook followed therge team to go to the Grass Sea for an inspection, it has been two months.
At the beginning, it was okay, he often sent news back, but just five days ago, bad news came.
They lost connection with Hook and the rest of the team.
Not only that, even the submarine and warships also can¡¯t be contacted. Even using satellites, they couldn¡¯t find them, as if they had evaporated from the earth¡¯s surface.
Obviously, the team should have encountered a mishap.
In such a situation, it¡¯s almost impossible to survive.
Thinking of this, Tang Xue looked very sad, his eyes were a bit wet. He took a deep breath before leaning back on the sofa.
He regretted it. If he knew that such a thing would happen, he would have tried his best to stop Hook from going.
However, he also understands that for people like them who like doing research. They are very interested in the mutant creatures and their origin.
If he was ten years younger, he would certainly not miss such an opportunity.
Thinking of this, he let out a long sigh.
Closing his eyes slightly, he prayed for Hook.
¡±Knock, Knock.¡±
Suddenly, knocking sounded from outside the door.
Tang Xue opened his eyes, straightened himself and said.
¡±Come in.¡±
A young man holding a folder pushed into the door and looked at Tang Xue on the sofa with an excited look. He quickly said.
¡±Professor, there is news about brother Hook.¡±
¡±what?¡±
Tang Xue violently stood up from the sofa and said.
¡±Xiao Zhang, what did you just say, there is news about Xiao Hu?¡±
¡±Yes.¡±
Xiao Zhang nodded. He walked next to Tang Xue and said.
¡±Yesterday, a fisherman found the remains of the scientific ship, brother Hook was also found. Although a bit injured, he is still alive¡±
¡±Brother Hook has been escorted back to ¡®Panda country¡¯ and is now being treated in a city hospital.¡±
¡±ording to the current situation, Brother Hook and the rest of the team are likely to encounter some kind of fierce creature that sunk them;¡±
¡±Let¡¯s go to a hospital, right away!¡±
Tang Xue said eagerly and hurriedly walked out of the door. The young man called Xiao Zhang followed closely behind him.
¡±Phew¡¡¡±
While walking, Tang Xue let out a sigh of relief. As he though, Hook has indeed encountered some sort of ident and he was injured. Fortunately, he survived.
¡±Xiao Zhang, quickly drive there!¡±
Tang Xue walked out of the office building, then got into a ck Audi car. Xiao Zhang, who was behind him, took the opportunity to sit in the driver¡¯s seat and started the car.
The Audi drove away quickly. Tang Xue was deeply in thought, frowning. He was worried about the safety of his disciple on one hand and was wondering about what could have caused the ident on the other hand.
While he was deep in his thoughts, the car quickly reached the destination, stopping in front of arge hospital.
Chapter 187: Mythological Giant
Chapter 187: Mythological Giant
Trantor: Yamir Moon
When Tang Xue saw Hook, he discovered that he wasn¡¯t in good condition. He was covered in gauze, but he can still speak, his consciousness is also quite clear.
He was originally nning to let Hook rest for a few days before asking him what he had gone through, but Hook insisted on telling him what happened.
The people in the ward were told to leave, leaving only Tang Xue and two government personnel.
Hook was silent for a while, seemingly sorting his thoughts. After a moment, he started recounting what happened.
It was eight o¡¯clock in the evening, the weather was quite bad that day. The moon was not visible and the sky was covered in dark clouds, but they were still moving forward without a problem.
As expected, the grass sea was filled with all kinds of ancient and mutant creatures, including a lot that they have never seen before.
From this point of view, it is very likely that the origin of all those sea monsters is from this ce.
What secrets are hidden under this sea?
Such thoughts filled them with nervousness and excitement.
¡±Maybe this secret will be discovered by us, Hook.¡±
Next to Hook, a white man with pierced ears said to him.
¡±What do you think is hidden under this sea? a secret base of aliens? Hahaha¡±
Heughed at this own joke.
The topic of aliens has been around for a long time. Various UFOs have spotted or filmed before, but they all turned out to be spoofs.
Even if a true UFO has been filmed, it always turns out to be aunched rocket or a flying aircraft.
In short, flying spaceships are mostly from the imagination of people, no one has ever seen a true one.
Many people are also wondering whether there are truly aliens in the universe.
Since the emergence of a variety of ancient and mutant creatures in the ocean, this topic has be even hotter and more controversial. These creatures look very much like the masterpiece of aliens.
However, there is always one question. If these sea monsters are truly the masterpiece of aliens, then what is their purpose?
If those aliens want to invade this or destroy humanity, then there is no need to use those monsters. Since they can cross the universe ande to this blue, then their technology is vastly superior to them.
This raises a question.
What is the attitude of those aliens to the Blue? An invader, an ally, or something else?
Some people also think that perhaps these mutant and ancient creatures don¡¯t have any rtionship with aliens. Some people think that they are perhaps they are rted to ancient civilizations.
Antis or something.
These sea monsters are probably their creation. After all, apart from gic engineering, they can¡¯t think of any other way these creatures who should have gone extinct millions of years ago are back in the present age.
Hook was also very puzzled and curious. Where did these ancient creaturese from? He began to express his thoughts with hispanion, and the two started a friendly exchange.
Later, morepanions joined their team.
Just as they were having a good time chatting, the ship¡¯smander told them that the device detected an abnormal maic field fluctuation nearby.
After making sure that this maic field fluctuation won¡¯t cause them any trouble, themander decided to continue moving forward.
The three warships were slowly moving forward. Hook was leaning on the rails and looking at the endless ea.
Everyone looked serious. The secret of the emergence of the sea monsters might be right below them, so they stopped chatting and vigntly looked around.
After moving forward about 5 kilometers, an ident happened.
¡¡¡¡
When talking about this part, Hook paused, his eyes were filled with pain and his face looked pale. He should be remembring the reason or the thing that caused the ident.
Tang Xue patted him gently on the shoulder, indicating to him that he can go at his own pace.
After a long while, Hook continued to talk about what happened.
¡¡¡
At that time, it wasn¡¯t the warships that had the ident, it was the submarines underwater.
There were two submarines that came along with them, both of which were provided by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ and were thetest types with the most advanced technology.
These two submarines, one named Corber, the other called Moonridge were moving along with their team at the depth of 500 meters, they were connected with the team so they could contact them at any time.
Suddenly, the signal of the Corber disappeared, at the same time Moonridge sent a distress signal to all three warships.
Hook and the rest of the people on the warships realized that something was wrong, but they were at a loss. The submarine was at a position of 500 meters underwater, they didn¡¯t even know what happened to them.
The people on the three warships became tense. They began to use Sonar detectors to detect underwater conditions, fearing that they would be suddenly attacked by something.
Right At this moment, a scary scene happened.
¡¡¡
A look of fear emerged on Hook¡¯s face, even his body started shaking.
Tang Xue hugged him and started patting his back slightly, trying to reassure him.
The two government personnel stopped written and looked at this scene in silence.
Hook swallowed his saliva, then continued recounting what happened.
¡¡¡
Hook and hispanions quickly retreated to the side of the cabin, however, the next scene scared the sh*t out of them.
On the dark sea in front of them, a huge water bump formed, then an extremely huge monster revealed its figure.
¡±That was definitely not an ancient creature nor was it a mutant.¡±
Hook said to the two government personnel next to him.
¡±That monster looked like a primate, it stood straight like a human, I don¡¯t even know how it stood straight in the sea.¡±
¡±It looked like the mythological giants, however, its face and body were very different from that of humans.
¡±It has a thickyer of blue scales on its body, but the scales didn¡¯t cover all parts of its body. On the exposed ce was a wrinkled purplish-ck color. That monster was really ugly.¡±
Hearing Hook¡¯s narrative, a scene emerged in Tang Xue and the two government personnel minds.
Hook and the others stood on the deck, looking in horror at the monster that appeared in front of them.
That monster was like a giant from mythology, half-suspended above the sea, staring coldly at them.
It has a human-like body, but this thing is definitely not a human, it only has a human shape.
Its head is simr to a carnivorous dinosaur, but it¡¯s undoubtedly much more ugly. There are two horns on the top of its head, making it looked like a shura.
After this monster appeared, he immediatelyunched an attack on the warships.
That monster is extremely huge, at least 50 meters tall. That¡¯s just half of its body that appeared on the sea surface. Itsplete length is definitely over 100 meters
When the warship was preparing to attack it, the guy sprayed a yellow of liquid at them. Hook dodged in time, but the rest of hispanions were not so lucky.
They were sprayed with that liquid and instantly melted into a pool of piss.
Chapter 188: The Prologue Begins
Chapter 188: The Prologue Begins
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The warship was attacked by the giant before they could react. It spat a yellow liquid at the warship. That liquid is extremely corrosive.
Hook watched as one of hispanions turned directly into a puddle of water. The warship¡¯s deck,posed of steel, was also quickly corroded.
With no time to feel sad, Hook quickly ran towards the other side of the warship. He watched in horror as the giant humanoid monster struck the warship with its palm, leaving a huge print on the steel deck.
That strike caused the warship to shake violently, almost overturning. Hook himself fell from the warship andnded into the sea.
After that, the humanoid monster held the bottom of the warship with its two giant arms. It exserted a horrible power, overturning the thousands of tons warship.
Fortunately, Hook survived, but the rest of the people weren¡¯t so lucky. After all, Hook didn¡¯t see anyone else while escaping.
After finishing this story, Tang Xue and the two government personnel were left speechless.
Although it¡¯s too shocking, they didn¡¯t doubt Hook¡¯s story.
This isn¡¯t the previous era. After the emergence of ancient and mutant creatures, a giant, Godzi or some other type of fantasy monster isn¡¯t impossible.
In addition, a team consisting of three warships and two military submarines disappearing can¡¯t be exined in any other way.
Unless two or more monster kings joined hands to attack them, they won¡¯t be able to destroy the expedition, and even so, the three warships can still send a message back in time.
The content of this conversation is known by very few people. It¡¯s not necessary to inform the public at this moment, that would only induce panic.
However, high-level officials quickly mobilized the military forces and began to alert coastal cities to the situation at sea.
The unusual actions of the military bases in various coastal cities have also attracted the attention of some people, but everyone did not think that a new type of monsters appeared in the ocean.
Some people think that the state is preparing to make an attack on some mutant creatures in the sea.
But an incident that happenedter made it impossible for ¡®Panda country¡¯ to hide the existence of the new type of monsters anymore.
At about six o¡¯clock in the afternoon, a post appeared on a forum, that post quickly became very popr.
The title of the post was: ¡®I discovered something extraordinary, the blue might have a second upheaval¡¯.
Although many peopleughed at such a messy title, it has still attracted the attention of many people. As a result, they were shocked by the content of the post.
The man who posted this said that he is from Hualien City.
When he passed the road between Taroko Forest Park and the sea off the coast of Hualien this afternoon, he discovered a broken fishing boat on the sea. It was broken into numerous pieces, beyond repair.
There are several pictures below this paragraph: on the sea surface, several wood boards are floating quietly.
He thought that this fishing boat had been attacked by a mutant creature, which resulted in it being sunk, so at that time he came to the conclusion that a mutant creature is nearby.
After thinking of this, he wanted to leave that ce quickly, so he pressed on the throttle and quickly elerated forward.
That decision almost cost him his life.
¡±When I stepped on the throttle, My car had almost fallen into a pit in the road, If I didn¡¯t react fast enough, I would have been seriously injured if not dead.¡±
He wrote his experience in the post.
Looking at the huge pit ahead, the man was stunned. After a few seconds, he reacted and quickly got out of the car, then walked towards the pit in front of him.
He didn¡¯t find that giant pit before because of his carelessness. After focusing on the road ahead, he not only discovered that the shape of the pothole is a bit weird, the trees not far away were also broken.
In addition, he noticed a blood spot nearby, with a broken hand beside the blood spot.
¡±After examining the pit for a while, I discovered an inconceivable thing. It looks just like a giant human footprint.¡±
After this passage, there are also several pictures. The scene in the photo is a highway, showing a huge footprint.
In addition, the photos of the crushed trees and the blood patch were also shown.
¡±What the schnitzel, the change in the ocean is already hard for me t ept, now even weirder things are appearing.¡±
¡±It really looks like a footprint, It would be best if this picture was taken from a bird¡¯s point of view, a drone would do the trick.¡±
¡±There won¡¯t be any new type of monsters? my poor heart can¡¯t stand this.¡±
¡±My hometown is Hualien City, I really heard people in my family talk about this, that ce was also surrounded by the police.¡±
¡
A lot of people replied to this post, many were shocked by its content. After the people of Hualien city confirmed that there is indeed a footprint shaped pothole near the city coast, many people became worried.
Although the ancient and mutated creatures have caused great damage to the sea navigation industry and ocean fishing, it didn¡¯t affect the overall human stability and the security of most people.
The only effect it has is on the economy and the security of the people living in coastal cities.
After all, with the exception of those king-level sea monsters, other mutant creatures don¡¯t have the ability to attack human cities. More importantly, those monster kings have either disappeared or were captured inboratories.
They basically can¡¯t endanger human security.
However, this post has revealed something extraordinary. Maybe, humans will face another crisis.
¡¡¡
In a pink room, after drying her hair, Meng Ning picked up her mobile phone and surfed the as usual. She is reading mostly news from her hometown. (Note: Friend of streamer girls from chapter 16)
Now, Meng Ning has already graduated from university and hase to work in Yangcheng. Her good friend Song Ran came with her.
Speaking of which, from their dormitory group had only two of them staying together. Chen Meng and Zhang Yun went to work in other cities.
Meng Ning scrolled down the new posts with a bored look.
When she feels homesick, she will call home, then browse the local forums or something, just to see the pictures of her hometown to ease her homesickness.
Just then, a post caught her attention.
¡±Breaking news! Someone has found the traces of Godzi in Hualien City.¡±
Seeing such a headline, Meng Ning was stunned. She despises these kinds of titles that are obviously over-exaggerated to attract people¡¯s attention.
After all, since the appearance of ancient and mutant creatures, many people started talking and expecting bio-chemical creatures, mythological creatures, sci-fi creatures, etc¡
The ancient creatures that have appeared in the ocean have all appeared on the blue in the past, so they are still within the eptable range of people.
The mutated creatures are shocking and all, but in the end, they are still just a bigger version of an ancient creature, they don¡¯t have special abilities or something simr.
People who were expecting Godzis, dragons and giants were disappointed. In the end, this topic became increasingly unpopr until no one talked about it anymore.
This is the reason why she despised that title.
However, she still clicked on the post, then started browsing it.
When she scrolled to the end, she was breathing heavily. She immediately said to her girlfriend about this explosive news.
¡±Song Ran!e here and look at this!¡±
Song Ran walked over with a hairdryer in her hand and looked at the post on her girlfriend¡¯s phone.
After seeing the pictures at the end of the post, she was also stunned. They looked at each other with a weird look on their faces. Some weird fantasy monster won¡¯t really appear?
¡±Wait a second! Xiao Meng is living in Hualien city!¡±
Chapter 189: Kaiju Strikes
Chapter 189: Kaiju Strikes
Trantor: Yamir Moon
As soon as they remembered that Chen Meng is in Hualien city, the look on the two women¡¯s faces changed. Song Ran said with a worried look.
¡±Chen Meng really does live in Hualien city, won¡¯t she¡No! I¡¯ll call her!¡±
After saying this, she put down the hairdryer down, then took out her cell phone and called Chen Meng number.
The street was filled with noise. The road ahead was blocked by the police, they heard that a huge footprint appeared on the road, dividing it into two.
Chen Meng leaned on the side of her car and tried to look forward, but because there are too many people in front, she couldn¡¯t see anything.
¡±Won¡¯t there really be a monster?¡±
She also heard discussions from the people around her, what Godzi, King Ghidorah, etc. She also watched monster sci-fi movies with her girlfriends before.
While watching those movies, she felt that it was very exciting. The visual experience brought by those monsters has shocked them severely, even if they are girls.
At that time, she also thought that if those monsters existed in reality, it would be very exciting.
However, when this kind of thing really happened, Chen Meng felt nothing more than panic.
She looked at the crowd around her, and the forest on her right side then was inexplicably relieved. If a monster really appeared, she can quickly run to the forest.
As for the other side of the road, the group of drivers walking on the beach¡ Chen Meng nced over there then immediately retracted her gaze.
These leisurely people should pray that a monster doesn¡¯te out of the sea.
Time passed little by little, the sun was already about to fall, a dark curtain gradually enveloped the sky. It¡¯s almost night.
Chen Meng was already quite anxious. Some time ago, the police came over and said that they would fill that pit then put a steel te on it so that they could pass.
However, several hours have passed but they still haven¡¯t finished.
Suddenly, Chen Meng¡¯s phone started ringing, she turned on the phone and found that it was her good girlfriend Song Ran calling.
Looking at this familiar name, a smile emerged on Chen Meng¡¯s face.
After graduating from college, everyone went their separate ways. Although they often talked together, they rarely meet each other. Thinking about it, since graduation, the four of them have never gathered together again.
Thest time they stayed together was when they went to Meng Ning hometown, Wulong Mountain.
After graduating, they have to work, so they couldn¡¯t keep raising the little squirrel.
The small squirrel was also very homesick. It was quite restless in their bedroom. It often looked outside the window with a longing look.
Speaking of the little squirrel, Chen Meng thought back to the time they first saw it. At that time, the scene of a snake and squirrel coexisting together was quite shocking. Now, almost 5 years have passed.
¡±Sigh¡¡¡±
Letting out a long sigh, Chen Meng epted the call and put the phone on her own ear.
¡±Song Ran.¡±
¡±Xiao Meng.¡±
A familiar voice came from the other end of the phone, and she naturally recognized it. This is the voice of her slightly chubby and cute girlfriend.
At that time, she often told her to lose weight, but thetter was unable to do so. It has been a long time since shest saw her, she really doesn¡¯t know if she lost weight or not.
¡±Xiao Meng, I heard that something happened in Hualien City.¡±
Song Ran¡¯s voice was filled with anxiety, she asked with a concerned voice.
¡±Are you fine?¡±
¡±Don¡¯t worry, I¡¯m ok.¡±
Chen Meng nodded and said.
¡±Of course I know that ident, I¡¯m right next to where it happened.¡±
After she said this, she let out a sigh.
¡±I was going back home, but¡¡±
¡±what?¡±
¡±Firefighters are filling the pit now, I will soon leave this ce.¡±
Chen Meng said to Song Ran. Right at this moment, she suddenly found that the cars ahead have turned on the lights, and there is a faint sign of them moving forward.
¡±It looks like they filled it, I¡¯m going to move forward, bye Ran.¡±
Chen Meng had a pleased look on her face, she quickly said on the phone.
¡±I¡¯ll call youter when I get home.¡±
¡±Ah okay! bye.¡±
Song Ran hesitated for a moment, then said to her, still a bit concerned.
¡±OK, but you must be careful.¡±
After hanging up, she let out a sigh of relief then retold the conversation between her and Chen Meng to Meng Ning.
On the other side, Chen Meng hung up the phone, then opened the door to get into the car. However, from the corner of her eyes, she noticed something strange on the sea surface.
She quickly turned to look over there, then she was stunned. Her eyes widened to the extreme and a stunned look emerged on her face.
She saw that a giant bump surged on the surface of the sea. The giant bump didn¡¯t break, but quickly moved towards the shore, as if something was swimming to the shore.
A few secondster, a cyan-blue object was slightly visible from underwater. It looked like a huge creature was approaching the crowd.
¡±Glup.¡±
Chen Meng swallowed her saliva without anydylike manner, she was intensely shivering, unable to stand the pressure anymore, she cried in horror.
¡±Ah!!!!¡±
The drivers who were about to get on their cars froze after hearing that cry. They followed the sight of Chen Meng and discovered the huge monster underwater.
¡±What the hell is that!¡±
¡±Damn, something ising!¡±
¡±Monster, it¡¯s a monster, a monster ising!¡±
On the highway, all kinds of cries, shouts, and cursing broke out.
If this was a sci-fi movie, the scene with the chaotic crowd, the emerging monster, and the intense background music can definitely cause extreme excitement and nervousness in people.
However, the event right now does not require any intense background music. It has already made people nervousness and fear reach the limit.
Just at this moment, the dark shadow underwater broke through the water surface. It stood upright, water sliding down from its shoulders, exposing its body in front of everyone.
Chen Meng¡¯s breathing almost stopped as she looked at that monster straight out from a sci-fi movie.
The giant monster stood on the seafloor like a human. It has two thick lower limbs and four arms. In each arm, there are exactly five sickle-like ws.
It has a dinosaur-like face, a sharp chin, a thick forehead, three eyes, and two horns pointing to the back of its head.
Its body covered with thick blue-ck scales. At first nce, one can infer that its defense is very exaggerated.
A horrible monster even by movie standards appeared in front of the crowd, which caused the crowd to instantly shut up.
However, in the next moment,plete chaos broke out.
The nightmare-inducing monster on the opposite side, after standing upright, suddenly moved its thick lower limbs, and slowly walked towards Chen Meng and the rest of the crowd.
Chapter 190: Desperate Escape
Chapter 190: Desperate Escape
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Ahhhh!!¡±
The crowd suddenly fell intoplete panic, everyone was yelling. As the giant monster approached, the crowd hurriedly run into the forest next to the road.
¡±Yes, I have to run away!¡±
Chen Meng suddenly snapped out from her fear and quickly ran towards the forest next to her. However, because she was too frightened, she struggled to move forward, her legs felt like jelly.
Due to too much fear, ayer of water mist umted in her eyes, but atst she gritted her teeth and ran straight ahead.
From the corner of her eyes, Chen Meng noticed that several girls were paralyzed with fear. Theyid on the ground while shivering, fear filling their faces.
¡±Bang! Bang!¡±
In the rear, the sound of the monster¡¯s legsnding on the ground sounded, causing Chen Meng¡¯s heart to drum.
¡±What to do! what to do!¡±
Chen Meng bit her lip tightly. Just a moment ago, she was still d that the pothole was filled and that she can go home, in the blink of the eyes this happened.
¡±Boom! Boom!¡±
Suddenly, the sound gunfire sounded behind, causing Chen Meng to remember. There are police officers next to the road, they also have guns.
Thinking of this, she looked back, still was running forward. She watched as arge number of bullets collided with monster¡¯s scales, creating sparks¡
None of those bullets were able to break the monster defenses.
Seeing this, she felt a chill in her spine.
The next scene caused her to be even more frightened. The monster suddenly ran forward, then extended his giant palm and pped the police officers and the people next to the road.,including the cars next to them.
¡±Waahh!!¡±
Over there is the group of policemen, as well as the construction workers and their trucks, but now under the p of this monster, whether it is a construction truck or a police car, all of them have be scrap iron.
As for those people ¡Their fate can be imagined.
The whole body of this monster ispletely exposed to the sight of everyone.
It¡¯s extremely tall. In terms of height, it¡¯s more than a hundred meters, humans are nothing more than ants in front of it.
Chen Meng nced at the monster, then immediately turned around and ran into the forest, her heart is throbbing like a drum.
Not only her, but others also ran towards the forest at a professional marathon level. The potential of humans under crisis can be sometimes shocking.
When the sound of gunfire rang before, they all thought that maybe the monster could be stopped or even repelled. Unfortunately, they weren¡¯t even able to stop it for a second, guns have no effect.
¡±Quick, quick!¡±
Chen Meng shouted internally.
¡±Someone will rescue us! definitely!¡±
Sheforted herself internally. She noticed that many people around were calling someone, and listening to their voices, they are calling the police.
As long as she can survive until the rescuers arrive, then she will be safe.
But the premise is that she have to persist until then.
Fortunately, her physical strength is good. When they went to Wulong Mountain five years ago, she was the one that climbed the fastest, even sister Ning, a native that lived next to that mountain from childhood, wasn¡¯t her opponent.
Thinking of her girlfriends, Chen Meng smiled bitterly. She decided that if she returned safely this time, she would definitely gather together with them.
She ran forward with all her might, a look of determination on her face.
¡±Woo!!!!¡±
A harsh roar suddenly sounded from the rear. This roar was like a dolphin tweet, but it was lower and with a stronger pration.
¡±Ahh!¡±
Chen Meng felt a tingling in her eardrum as if someone stabbed her ear with a sharp object, and immediately screamed. She knelt down while holding her ears, her face contorted in pain.
It wasn¡¯t only her, others were the same.
¡±Boom! boom!¡±
She doesn¡¯t need to look back to know that the monster is catching up. This kind of tremor can only be created by a monster of that level.
¡±No, no!¡±
Chen Meng shook her head frantically.
¡±I want to stand up, I want to leave here!¡±
She gritted her teeth, endured the sharp pain and splitting headache, then stood up and started running forward.
The tremor on the ground was getting stronger and stronger. She could feel that the monster is getting closer and closer to them.
In fact, it¡¯s indeed the case, the monster is chasing them from behind. The monster suddenly extended its hand and caught the two people at the end of the team.
Then, in their fear-filled screams and the horror-filled sight of other people, the giant monster threw the two men in its mouth.
Although she didn¡¯t look back, Chen Meng was able to guess what happened from the cries of the two people. Tears fell from her eyes while running forward, she is really terrified.
¡±Whew, whew.¡±
Chen Meng wheezed heavily, they had already crossed quite a long distance. Many people were crushed under the giant monster¡¯s feet or were captured and eaten alive.
Few people remain, and despite their exhaustion, they squeezed every drop of energy in their bodies, struggling to move forward, their eyes filled with the desire to survive.
However, the monster behind her didn¡¯t stop chasing them.
¡±What to do? what to do?!¡±
Chen Meng¡¯s heart was filled with panic, and the fear on her face became even stronger, even a little despair. She is already very tired right now.
¡±boom! boom!¡±
In the rear, the heavy footsteps became closer and closer. With each step, Chen Meng felt that a hammer stroke her heart.
This monster leisurely moved forward. It also asionally stops to catch the people who try to run to the side. That¡¯s the reason why it didn¡¯t catch up with Chen Meng already.
¡±Ah!¡±
Chen Meng tripped over something then fell to the ground. However, she immediately stood up and continued moving forward.
Chen Meng wasn¡¯t at the forefront, there are about a dozen people in front of her.
They were also wheezing heavily like Chen Meng.
¡±Fuck, It¡¯s over, Luo Yong, I can¡¯t run.¡±
Chen Meng heard a short man yelling in front.
¡±Continue running, run! remember to tell my parents, I love them!¡±
The tall boy next to the short man encouraged him.
¡±Yang Ping, hold on, maybe rescuers areing soon.¡±
¡±Fuck, we¡¯ve been running for so long, why didn¡¯t the rescuers arrive yet?!¡±
Hearing Luo Yong reply, Yang Ping yelled loudly. He gritted his teeth, almost crushing them, his face waspletely red.
Taking a deep breath, he didn¡¯t talk about giving up anymore but just followed Luo Yong.
In the rear, Chen Meng was inspired by Luo Yong¡¯s words, her despair-filled face became firm again.
¡±I¡¡¡±
However, at this time, Chen Meng found that the short man, the tallboy and all the people that were running ahead stopped.
She noticed that ake is blocking their way forward.
In front of theke is a cliff.
If they want to continue escaping into the mountains, they have to run over the edge of theke, but they don¡¯t have enough time.
¡±Let¡¯s run this way!¡±
Suddenly, Chen Meng heard a shout. She looked up and found that the tall boy pulled the short man and ran towards the left.
Seeing this, others followed behind them.
The same is true of Chen Meng.
Right at this moment, a huge leg fell right in front of them, blocking their way forward.
Chapter 191: Mysterious Being Appears
Chapter 191: Mysterious Being Appears
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Boom!!¡±
That huge monster fell about 50 meters ahead from Chen Meng, resulting in a loud sound like a missile explosion. Severalrge trees were broken by the shockwaves, breaking from the middle and flying into the air.
¡±Ahhh!¡±
This scene caused Chen Meng and the rest of the people to cry out loud. They tried their best to resist the violent wind and quickly ran back towards theke.
¡±We¡¯re finished!¡±
Chen Meng heard the loud cry from Yang Ping. She easily found that the other side¡¯s body is shaking, not that she is that much better though.
She slowly backed out while staring at the huge monster in front. This time, she was able to clearly see its appearance.
It¡¯s absolutely over 100 meters tall. It has a bodybuilder-like body covered in scales and a Godzi-like head, it¡¯s absolutely grotesque and horrifying. Chen Meng even started to wonder whether she is really inside a movie.
Chen Meng bit her lip. She hid in the middle of the crowd, leaning on a tree and gasping heavily, trying to gather her breath. She leaned on a tree she stumbled upon.
Otherwise, she would directly fall to the ground, she can¡¯t even feel her legs anymore.
The giant monster turned around slowly, then looked down at them. Opening its mouth, it let out a harsh roar.
¡±Woo!¡±
The low, but prating sound reappeared. The muscles of this monster shook constantly while howling, its turquoise neck veins looked like twisting snakes.
¡±Ahhhh!!¡±
Chen Meng and the rest of the people all fell on the ground and covered their ears the moment this monster roared.
Some people reacted slowly and experienced harsh pain. They fell directly on the ground, their nose and mouth were congested, their bodies trembled madly, blood seeped from their ears.
Right at this moment, the giant monster suddenly leaned down, then caught the people who fell into the ground with its nightmarish w-like hand. Like eating candy, the monster tossed those people into his mouth.
¡±Ahhhhh!!¡±
Seeing this horrible scene, the remaining few people started to yell madly, trying to relieve their fear and terror.
¡±Howe the rescuers haven¡¯te yet! Help! Help!¡±
¡±I don¡¯t want to die, I don¡¯t want to die, let me go, let me go!¡±
¡±Run, run, run!¡±
There are only seven or eight people left. Chen Meng also wanted to scream in horror, but with the bit of reason she had left, she struggled to prevent her screams. She didn¡¯t give up on hope yet, she didn¡¯t want to be noticed by the monster.
When the other people started to flee, Chen Meng also ran madly towards theke.
It¡¯s just that they are really turtle-like slowpared to the giant monster.
Previously, the monster followed many scattered people, allowing them to escape. Now that there are only a few of them left, or together, it certainly won¡¯t let them go.
The monster extended its giant hand, grabbed two people, then threw them in its mouth. After that, it turned its head and looked at one person.
Chen Meng suddenly felt something. Without stopping, she turned her head and looked backward. She immediately saw the huge hand that is approaching her.
¡±Ahhh!!¡±
Chen Meng couldn¡¯t keep but scream in horror. She leaned against a big tree, her face full of fear, her eyes closed tightly. She didn¡¯t dare to open her eyes and look at the huge monster not far away.
On both sides, there were four people running, including the short man Yang Ping and the tall boy Luo Yong.
Hearing Chen Meng¡¯s horror-filled scream, they looked at her. After seeing that horrible scene, their hearts almost burst.
They seemed to see their own end, grief and despair filled their faces.
Chen Meng leaned against the big tree, shivering heavily.
Fear shed in her mind as she imagined her end. The thought of being eaten by that monster almost broke her.
She will be caught by the monster huge w. The monster will then raise its w, tilt its head, open its grotesque mouth, then release her, letting her helplessly fall into the monster¡¯s mouth, unable to escape the fate of being eaten.
Thinking of this scene, she almost fainted with fear.
Chen Meng epted her fate. She closed her eyes and waited for the inevitable. After some time passed, she didn¡¯t feel anything, the tree she is leaning on is still there.
¡±what happened?¡±
When she closed my eyes, the monster¡¯s ws were just a few meters away from her. It stands to reason that now that 10 seconds have passed, she should have been caught, but she doesn¡¯t feel that anything has changed.
With such a doubt, she slowly opened her eyes.
The next scene she saw almost caused her to faint.
The huge horrific monster stood just a few meters away from her.
The giant monster¡¯s muscles looked like a bulging rock, its dark blue skin is definitely intimidating, Its scale armor looked simr to that of a lizard, but it¡¯s much thicker.
Its two lower limbs looked like two giant pirs to Chen Meng right now, even looking up, Chen Meng couldn¡¯t see its head clearly. Looking at its giant legs, Chen Meng felt that she wasn¡¯t as big as one of its toes.
Its head is a dinosaur-shaped. its teeth are very numerous and jagged, a trace of saliva hanging from its mouth, and its lips were filled with bloodstains, making it look like a demon from hell.
Seeing this frightening image, Chen Meng was really frightened. Perhaps, the fear she felt in her whole life can¡¯t amount to the fear she felt this night.
She is really feeling dizzy and weak right now, on the verge of fainting, her body felt like jelly.
However, she bit her tip of the tongue to keep herself awake and tightened the muscles of her legs to keep standing.
She leaned back and tried to see the whole image of this monster.
She wants to know why this monster hasn¡¯t attacked her.
Running forward, Yang Ping, Luo Yong, and two others were also aware of the anomaly in the back. They turned their heads and looked back, they were shocked at the sight of the motionless monster.
The fierce, rampant monster stood silently in front of the girl and didn¡¯t attack her.
¡±Glup.¡±
Under the big tree, Chen Meng swallowed her saliva, then looked intently at the giant monster in front of her. She suddenly found that the giant monster wasn¡¯t looking at her, but looked at ¡
Behind her?
A sh of light shed through Chen Meng¡¯s mind, she took a deep breath, then bravely looked behind.
She didn¡¯t find anything worthy of the monster¡¯s attention, the only special thing is thatke.
Just as she was puzzled, the water surface of theke behind her started to change.
Chen Meng took a deep breath and looked at theke intensely.
She watched as the water surface slowly arched, and underneath it is a huge ck shadow, this must be the thing that attracted the monster¡¯s attention!
¡±Bang!¡±
Finally, with the sound of water breaking, the huge shadow broke out from the water and stood upright.
Chen Meng and the rest looked as if they were choked by someone. They stood right there, frozen in shock, mouth wide open.
Chapter 192: Giant Serpent Appears!
Chapter 192: Giant Serpent Appears!
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±This this¡¡¡±
Chen Meng looked at the monster that had emerged from theke behind her nkly. She did not expect that another monster was hiding in theke not far away.
Recalling that they ran past theke just a few minutes ago, she couldn¡¯t help but shiver.
The monster that emerged from the pool is a giant snake. Its ck scale armor shone in the moonlight, like sparkling ck diamonds.
The snake is extremely huge, just the part exposed above the water is already equivalent to a giant building. It stood there, extremely imposing, casting a long shadow on theke and the ground.
Chen Meng roughly estimated that the diameter of this snake is more than two meters.
Although 2 meters may not seem so impressive, it¡¯s actually extremely frightening, this giant snake can easily swallow arge truck, a bus or even a tank. It¡¯s very exaggerated.
Just its exposed upper body is over 30 meters. Although it¡¯s a lot shorter than that giant monster, it¡¯s still extremely scary for them.
¡±Giant ¡ Giant Serpent!¡±
Chen Meng suddenly heard the tall boy, not far away, shout loudly.
Chen Meng¡¯s expression froze. However, she quickly reacted. She looked at the monster in front of her with a shocked expression.
Giant Serpent, one of the five sea kings.
When it first appeared (in doubt), it fought with the Kraken, forcing it to go to the Antarctic Sea. Then it upied its territory, the Pacific ocean.
After that, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country started chasing the super Mosasaurus, ending in the Pacific ocean.
Some people im that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country not only caught the super Mosasaurus, but also the giant serpent.
After all, for a long time afterward, no matter whether it¡¯s the giant serpent or the super Mosasaurus, they didn¡¯t appear for a long time.
In the previous period, Chen Meng naturally saw the news about the Giant Serpent. She even saw its pictures.
This video in which it followed the huge freighter was quite clear, so its appearance is very clear on the inte.
She looked closely at the giant beast in front of her, contrasting the picture of the giant serpent and this huge snake in her mind, she found that there is almost no difference.
If there is really something different, then it¡¯s size.
Perhaps the giant serpent has grown-up again.
Either that or the image she saw on the inte is a bit different from reality.
¡±Hiss!¡±
Suddenly, the giant serpent flicked its tongue and hissed loudly, causing her to feel dizzy.
Fortunately, the giant serpent¡¯s attention wasn¡¯t on her, it hissed at the giant monster. In fact, the giant serpent eyes didn¡¯t leave the monster from the moment it appeared.
Speaking of the giant monster ¡
It¡¯s just a few meters away from her.
Chen Meng felt her legs soften again, nearly falling to the ground. She quietly looked at the giant monster in front of her.
After a moment of confrontation, Chen Meng and the other guys not far away noticed that the giant serpent started climbing on the shore.
¡±Glup!¡±
Chen Meng heard someone swallowing, but didn¡¯t know who.
She doesn¡¯t need to look at the other people to know that they are terrified. She can imagine their faces contorting in fear and terror, just like her.
This is indeed the case.
Yang Ping, Luo Yong, and the other guys were indeed terrified.
The two of them looked at the giant serpent in front of them and almost cried. They are between the two monsters right now.
The giant serpent climbed from theke and slithered towards the giant monster. The terrifying thing is that they just happen to be on the way.
What¡¯s especially terrifying is that after the giant serpent climbed on the shore, it tilted its huge head and its basketball-sized eyes fell right on them.
¡±Slump!¡±
The two boys couldn¡¯t bear it anymore, their knees directly collided with the ground, they also hugged each other and shivered. It was truly a beautiful sight that no one dares imagine.
¡±Oh ¡ I met them again.¡±
The giant serpent was a little surprised as he saw the two shivering men in front of him.
He really has a fate with these people.
He met the two boys for the first time in the reservoir of Wu Hai¡¯s house, then a second time in the river in Robles.
Unexpectedly, he met them again.
He remembers that there were 7 people in the group, but now he met only these two.
¡±Did the others get eaten?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the huge monster not far away.
It¡¯s the first time he faced a humanoid monster.
This monster looks much bigger than him, he has no advantage in height, let alone in terms of dimensions.
¡±A Kaiju, Did these guys finally get out from the space channel?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s face looked dignified, he slept for a year and a half this time. He doesn¡¯t have any idea what happened in the world.
Although there were various mutant and ancient creatures in the sea before, causing human sea navigation and fishery to suffer a heavy blow. Humans as a whole weren¡¯t that much affected.
After all, those mutant and ancient creatures are mostly sea creatures. Few of them can walk onnd.
However, those Kaiju beasts are different.
They can move freely on thend, and their personal ability and strength are much stronger than the mutant creatures. The weakest Kaiju canpare with the top mutants such as the mutant megalodon and mutantnternfish.
The stronger ones can crush the super Mosasaurus and other monster kings. The most important point is that their number is ridiculous.
The moment Fang Yun stared at the creature in front of him, the system¡¯s prompt sounded in his mind.
¡°Target locked, Humanoid Kaiju, silicon-based creatures, can provide 400,000 bio-energy points.¡±
Fang Yun was a bit surprised when he heard the system¡¯s prompt.
This Kaiju can provide more bio-energy than the super Mosasaurus.
More bio-energy indicates higher strength. This kaiju is stronger than the 180 meters long Mosasaurus.
¡±Woo!¡±
Just at this time, the Kaiju opposite to Fang Yun howled loudly. Then, with its thick legs, it ran towards Fang Yun.
With each step it took, the ground trembled.
Leaning on a big tree, Chen Meng was stunned at this sight, gritting her teeth, she quickly leaned to the side and watched the monsters battle that is about to begin.
Luo Yong and Yang Ping are basically the same, they both watched as the giant monster approached the giant serpent.
¡±Its steps are a bit stiff. Land should not be its home.¡±
Looking at the monster rushing towards him, Fang Yun didn¡¯t dodge. Instead, he watched this Kaiju with interest, trying to analyze its habits from its actions.
Chapter 193: The Rescue Arrives
Chapter 193: The Rescue Arrives
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Boom, Boom!¡±
This kaiju opened itsrge mouth, running wildly towards Fang Yun. Its steps caused the earth to tremble, leavingrge footprints behind it.
The distance between them was only a few dozen meters. The kaiju crossed it in just three steps, then attacked Fang Yun with its sickle-like ws.
Fang Yun leaned to the side, easily avoiding the kaiju attack.
As he guessed before, this Kaiju is too bulky. Fang Yun can see the bulging muscles from the cracks between its scales. In terms of strength, this kaiju is extremely powerful, capable of inflicting huge damage to slow-moving and stationary objects.
However, when facing Fang Yun, who¡¯s extremely agile, it couldn¡¯t even scratch him.
After striking at an empty space, the Kaiju suddenly turned around and faced Fang Yun again. The next moment, it opened its mouth and spit a yellow liquid at Fang Yun.
¡±Acid?¡±
Fang Yun knew a lot of kaiju have some special abilities, and this is obviously one of them.
In fact, from the moment he saw this kaiju, Fang Yun was guarding against its special ability, so the moment the kaiju spat its acid, he dodged to the side.
The acid fell into the ce he was standing before, then corroded the ground. In the end, only a pitch-ck hole a meter wide remained.
At the same time, a pungent odor emanated from the pit.
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help leaning back. This smell was just like the smell of a strong fertilizer he smelled when he was 10 years old.
He shook his head, and after the scent was gone, Fang Yun was preparing to attack the monster. Unexpectedly, the Kaiju attacked him first.
This time, he didn¡¯t dodge anymore. He quickly slithered forward, then without giving the kaiju the time to react, he wrapped around it.
The kaiju tried to attack Fang Yun¡¯s body with its sickle-like ws, but only bought up sparks.
On the other side, Chen Meng and the others have run far away. However, because the two monsters are way too big, they can clearly see them even a hundred meters away.
From their perspective, the Kaiju stood like a hill in the jungle, and coiling around it is a terrifying snake.
While the serpent was coiling around the kaiju, the kaiju also was madly attacking it with its ws.
Chen Meng leaned on a big tree and gasped heavily. She raised her head and nced at the ce where the giant serpent and the monster were and gradually rxed.
This feeling is like walking next to the hell gate.
At this time, she discovered that the mobile phone in her pocket was shaking constantly. She took it out and looked at the screen. It was a message from her good girlfriend Song Ran.
She was asking if she arrived home.
After giving a brief reply to her, she continued running forward.
At this time, she was the only one around, the others have escaped from other directions.
She needs to run to the highway, maybe the rescuers have arrived.
In the forest, the kaiju was trying to get rid of Fang Yun¡¯s entanglement. It struggled madly for a while, then suddenly opened its mouth and bit on Fang Yun¡¯s scales.
However, although the teeth of this Kaiju are sharp, Fang Yun¡¯s scales defense is very exaggerated. The teeth of the kaiju are far from being able to prate them.
Just as the kaiju struggled to bite on Fang Yun, a drop of acid fell from its mouth to Fang Yun¡¯s scales, resulting in white smoke and a ck mark on the scales.
After seeing this, a fine light shed in the kaiju¡¯s eyes. It suddenly started to spit a lot of acid on Fang Yun¡¯s scales.
From this perspective, these monsters actually have a certain IQ.
Fang Yun noticed that his scales started corroding, so he no longer hesitated. He opened his mouth and bit on the kaiju¡¯s neck with his sharp teeth.
His sharp teeth prated into the scale of the kaiju with rtive ease. Blue blood flowed from the wound on the monster¡¯s neck.
Fang Yun tasted a special taste from its blue, vastly different from any creature he ate.
¡±No wonder, it¡¯s a silicon-based creature.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head vigorously, trying to break the neck of the kaiju, but the muscle fibers of this creature are very tough. More importantly, he can¡¯t exert all his strength from this position, so for a while, he couldn¡¯t break the neck of the kaiju.
However, Fang Yun¡¯s movement brought great pain to the kaiju. It mourned loudly. At the same time, it secreted more and more acid, trying to corrode Fang Yun¡¯s scales, then tear him apart.
Fang Yun¡¯s scales were constantly corroded, then regenerated. This process was repeated many times, but the speed of corrosion surpassed the speed of regeneration.
If it continues like this, the scales of Fang Yun will eventually bepletely corroded, revealing the flesh below. Fang Yun was at a disadvantage in this battle.
Fang Yun knew that he couldn¡¯t go on like this. He can¡¯t exert much power in this position He has to find a way to bring this guy down.
So he immediately activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±.
¡±Crack!!¡±
From the surface of his body, blue arcs burst out. The kaiju who was originally tightly holding Fang Yun¡¯s body and biting him was shocked by the electricity. It couldn¡¯t bite Fang Yun anymore.
Its hands that were holding Fang Yun tightly also rxed.
¡±Oh?¡±
In the distance, Chen Meng, who was running towards the highway, suddenly heard a strange noise behind her. She turned around and immediately saw the electricity constantly seeping out from Fang Yun¡¯s scales.
¡±The giant serpent can discharge?¡±
Chen Meng was shocked. Although Fang Yun¡¯s ability to discharge is not a secret to the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government, it¡¯s still not known to the rest of the world.
After catching her breath, Chen Meng suppressed the shock in her heart and continued running forward.
In the forest, Fang Yun¡¯s body fell heavily to the ground, causing a loud tremor, but he immediately stood up and rushed towards the kaiju.
After approaching the kaiju, he wrapped his tail around its legs, then exerted all his strength, tripping the monster to the ground.
Fang Yun attacked the kaiju with ¡°Thunder Domain¡± again. Just as he prepared to bite the kaiju¡¯s neck again. The kaiju quickly stood up, then ran towards the ocean.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun was happy. This is exactly what he wants.
It seems that this Kaiju is ready to escape towards the sea. It¡¯s just that he can exert most of his power in the water, his ¡°Thunder Domain¡± is also more powerful in the sea.
In just a few dozen seconds, the kaiju ran out of the forest. Although this monster isn¡¯t very agile, it¡¯s quite fast.
Chen Meng, who had just arrived on the highway, thought that she was finally safe, but the next moment, she felt the ground tremble.
She turned around and almost cried.
The kaiju was running towards her at an incredible speed.
Fortunately, instead of attacking her, the kaiju ran straight towards the sea.
Unfortunately, there is another monster behind it.
Fortunately, the giant serpent didn¡¯t take her seriously. Its eyes were mostly stuck on the kaiju running ahead.
However, Chen Meng was frightened, because she saw that when the giant serpent passed by, it lowered its head and nced at her.
¡±Glup.¡±
Chen Meng crouched on the side of the highway, her legs really can¡¯t take it anymore. She is too exhausted to run again.
When the two monsters got into the water, they started fighting again.
¡±Dadadada!¡±
Chen Meng suddenly heard the sound of several helicopter propeller turning.
Chen Meng was immediately thrilled. She quickly looked in the direction of the sound and saw three military helicoptersing from far away.
Seeing this scene, she was gritted her teeth and propped herself up, then waved her hands to the helicopters, yelling loudly.
¡±Save me! Save me!¡±
She yelled twice but the helicopters didn¡¯t seem to hear it. They are not only quite far from her, but it¡¯s also quite dark and they can¡¯t see her.
So the three helicopters flew over her without stopping, then hovered over the two monsters.
¡±¡¡±
Fortunately, she heard the sound of sirens from the highway.
Chapter 194: Silicon-based creature
Chapter 194: Silicon-based creature
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Chen Meng got into a car and found that the survivors that ran elsewhere are inside. She didn¡¯t try to talk to them, but sat alone in the corner and tried to calm herself.
A police officer asked if she had seen other survivors while she was on the road. She shook her head. Not long after, the car turned on and returned to the city.
On the side of the sea, the sound of water sshing and flesh colliding continuously sounded. Two huge monsters fought fiercely, making up a rare sight. However, Chen Meng has no intention to appreciate it.
In the sea, two giant monsters are fighting fiercely. However, one can see from their movements that one is trying to escape and the other one is entangling it.
The three helicopters spun over Fang Yun and the kaiju. The pilots above all stared at the two monsters with their eyes wide open. They didn¡¯t partake in the battle but rather observed it.
¡°What is this? some sci-fi monster?¡±
The pilots of the three helicopters all felt that they had strayed in the shooting site of Ultraman, the current scene they are watching was simply unimaginable a few years ago.
They turned on the camera under the helicopter and started recording the battle below.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about the three helicopters hovering above his head. Now that he has long-range attack skills, he is not afraid of helicopters.
In addition, these three helicopters don¡¯t seem to have any tendency to attack, so Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay attention to them from the beginning. He focused most of his attention on the Kaiju in front of him.
The kaiju seemed to notice that it couldn¡¯t defeat Fang Yun, so it has been trying to escape a while ago, and Fang Yun has been obstructing it all this while.
They are currently still in the shallow part of the beach.
Although the kaiju is veryrge, Fang Yun isn¡¯t small. After a long struggle, Fang Yun managed to wrap around it two times, feeling that he has a firm grip on the kaiju, Fang Yun exerted all his force.
This is Fang Yun¡¯s favorite posture. He can fully exert his strength. Under his immense force, the bones of the kaiju started creaking, causing it to howl in pain.
In order to kill this kaiju as soon as possible, Fang Yun started to discharge again. This time, he isn¡¯t nning to stop until the kaiju dies.
Blue arcs filled the surface of Fang Yun and the kaiju¡¯s body, along with the surrounding water. In just a short time, the kaiju started emitting a burnt smell. 10 minutester, it stopped moving.
Fang Yun slowly loosened his body, then bit the arm of the kaiju and dragged it away.
¡°The giant serpent can discharge?¡±
¡°Do we need to chase?¡±
In themunication channel of these three helicopters, the pilots started talking. They also did not expect that the giant serpent has the ability to discharge.
This is a big discovery! ¡®they didn¡¯t know that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ already know this.¡¯
What¡¯s more important is whether they need to intercept the monster killed by the giant serpent. It¡¯s a creature unlike any other they have ever seen. It¡¯s more like a fantasy creature that a real one.
The three pilots decided to closely follow the giant serpent. Although their helicopters are equipped with some weapons, they don¡¯t dare to act without receiving any order.
After all, judging from experience, these giant creatures have a certain IQ, they know the concept of revenge. As long as they attack the giant serpent, it¡¯s guaranteed that it will attack them in the future.
But if they let it run away, the giant serpent might return to this ce to hunt humans.
Moreover, the body of that strange monster has a strong scientific research value.
The people in themand center seemed to be hesitating. They weren¡¯t able to make up their minds for a while.
A few momentster, they didn¡¯t have to tangle anymore. The giant serpent dragged the kaiju¡¯s body and dived underwater. The three helicopters hovered over that area for a while before going back.
The area where the incident happened was sealed off, and many experts traveled over there. They carefully searched the battle site of the giant serpent and the kaiju to see if there is something valuable left.
They discovered that deep hole corroded by the kaiju¡¯s acid, and some meat tissues and blood left by it.
¡°Carbon is very scarce, but there are a lot of silicon and siliconpounds.¡±
By analyzing the blood and the tissue that fell from the kaiju, the researchers ended with this result.
¡°So, that monster is a silicon-based creature?¡±
In the past, the scientificmunity had fantasized about the existence of silicon-based organisms. Creatures like this also often appeared in movies and novels.
However, this is the first time that a real silicon-based creature has been discovered, and it¡¯s still on their home.
¡°The thing that caused this deep hole is an extremely strong acid, which is 10,000 times more acidic than concentrated sulfuric acid.¡±
This result is actually very inurate because they extracted the acid from the soil. That acid is likely to be even stronger than that!
The data they got is just the minimum value.
Even so, it¡¯s extremely shocking. If a human touched that acid, they¡¯re likely to dissolve in less than a second.
It¡¯s difficult for them to imagine that an acid that strong is produced by a living organism.
The news about a kaiju appearing on the coast of Hualien city eventually passed out, but it was mainly spread in ¡®Panda country¡¯, it wasn¡¯t so popr internationally.
The main reason is theck of video or pictures as proof.
In the days following the incident, a lot of warships and maritime police boats were patrolling the coast of Hualien city. Mainly to defend against the giant serpent.
¡¡
In another ce far away, Fang Yun wasying on the beach, charging his batteries.
After leaving with the Kaiju yesterday, he dragged it to this desert ind and ate it.
400,000 bio-energy points were added to his energy storage.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that after this evolution, the amount of bio-energy required for the next one is 5 million points.
In addition, his body size has grown quite a lot this time.
From the previous 60 meters, he has grown to 75 meters long. His diameter has also advanced from 2 meters to 2,5 meters. He is constantly approaching his initial goal of 100 meters.
Furthermore, he got 22 skill points from this evolution, reaching a total of 31 skill points.
Last night, because of the sudden incident, he didn¡¯t have time to upgrade his skills, but after killing the kaiju, he upgraded ¡°Thunder Domain¡± to the second level.
After the upgrade, the might of this skill has increased several times. Not only has the range of the skill has widened, but the electricity itself also became stronger, getting closer to real natural thunder.
The range of influence on maic fields has also more than doubled. Overall, it¡¯s a veryrge upgrade.
He also discovered by ident that his maic field causes living creatures to feel ufortable and dizzy.
This somewhat reminded him of the king field, dragon pressure, momentum and other simr adjectives he read in novels.
He couldn¡¯t help but wonder if one day, just passing by will cause most living beings to be frightened to death.
When he came to this beachst night, he found that the crabs and other small creatures became very ufortable and dizzy when they approached him.
If the intensity of his maic field is higher, it may affect more advanced and powerful creatures.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t think much about this subject.
When he discovered this thing, he was amazed at first, but after thinking about it for a bit, he gave up and started eating the body of the kaiju.
As for now ¡ he twisted his body,ying in a different posting, then started to think about the current situation.
Chapter 195: Overclocking Resonance
Chapter 195: Overclocking Resonance
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Judging from the current situation, kaiju shouldn¡¯t be known to the public, maybe this is their first appearance.
The response of the survivors when they were near theke before indicated that that was the first time they saw a kaiju.
Speaking of the survivors, Fang Yun thought of these people again.
Luo Ping and Yang Ping need not be said right now, that was already the third time he met them. Of course, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t know that they saw him a fourth time when he fought with the mutant megalodon.
Apart from them, when he was chasing the kaiju, he also saw Chen Meng.
That female streamer ¡
When he met Chen Meng, some memories surged in Fang Yun¡¯s mind, and that was when he was living in a big pine tree in Wulong mountain.
Time really flies.
The first time when he met Chen Meng, she was exuding a youthful and lively vibe. But now, she has matured a lot.
In addition, he had a little friend while living in the pine tree.
¡°I wonder what happened to that little squirrel.¡±
When he decided to leave. He killed the eagle, the only thing that was able to threaten the squirrel. Apart from it, few animals could threaten the small squirrel. With its agility and ingenuity, it should be able to live safely.
¡°Sigh¡¡±
Letting out a long sigh, Fang Yun converged his thoughts. He picked up a random direction, then swam over there.
When it came to hunting, Fang Yun felt that he should be appointed as the hardest working creature. Since the day he was reincarnated as a snake, he was either hunting, traveling or in the midst of an evolution.
He can¡¯t remember a time where he trulyid down and rxed.
Thinking of this, he felt very tired. He really wants to find an unhabituated ce and just lie down and sleep.
¡°Anyway, there are no creatures in the ocean that can threaten me. As for the powerful weapons of humanity ¡ if someone wants to attack me, I can hide deep in the sea, and get revenge sometime in the future.¡±
This idea shed in Fang Yun¡¯s mind for a moment. However, he immediately threw it out of his mind. The pressure in his heart is forcing him to move forward.
The creatures in the ocean are getting more and more numerous.
This is very weird. Obviously, there are many more predators, but the number of those weak organisms has not decreased. Whether it¡¯s the small fish, small invertebrates or simr creatures, they are increasing in number.
¡°It must be rted to that space channel.¡±
In short, as long as he can¡¯t understand it, he will throw the me on the remains of the alien civilization and the space channel.
Fang Yun fiercely jumped out from the sea surface, just like a dolphin. The new organ in his mouth contracted, sending out high-frequency sound waves.
¡°Overclocking resonance.¡±
After upgrading this skill, a new organ grew in his throat. His trachea extended from the lungs to connect to it, allowing him to make ultra-high-frequency sound waves.
With this organ, he can emit sound waves of various frequencies. He also has the ability to detect the natural frequency of various objects and creatures, thereby emitting corresponding sound waves, forming resonance, and achieving the effect of destroying the object/creature.
However, Fang Yun hasn¡¯t used this feature yet. He mostly uses this skill for echo localization and searching for prey.
Upon investigation, he found a team of sharks not far ahead. They look a bit like a hammerhead shark.
He swam over there without hesitation. Upon arriving, he discovered several hammerhead sharks swimming not far from each other.
If it was in the past, he might not be able to hunt all these sharks. After all, upon starting with one, the others will escape without hesitation.
However, it¡¯s different now. He Activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡± a hundred meters away. In just a few seconds, the hammerhead sharks floated belly-up in the water, slowly sinking to the bottom.
These hammerhead sharks provided Fang Yun with more than 10,000 bio-energy points. As far as the bio-energy required for the upgrade is concerned, it¡¯spletely a drop in the bucket.
He has to hunt more prey.
Fang Yun¡¯s current location is still in the Hualien sea.
However, at present, he is currently heading towards the sea area of ¡®Sakura country¡¯.
This sea area doesn¡¯t have a lot of marine life, so after wandering here for a few days, he decided to go back to the area near ¡®Sakura country¡¯. That ce has a lot of marine life.
¡¡¡
The news of the giant serpent reappearance has spread in the ¡®panda country¡¯. However, apart from therge ships and shippingpanies, other small fishermen who don¡¯t have connections don¡¯t know of this.
They don¡¯t know that the ruler of the pacific ocean has returned.
In addition, a new type of monsters, totally different from anything seen before began to appear. However, few people know about this.
During the past year, manyrge fishing boats entered the Pacific Ocean to hunt mutant creatures. This is a new industry that the government is encouraging.
The government didn¡¯t shy away from giving help to fishermen. Such as installing whaling guns for fishing boats free of charge, increasing their self-protection ability in the ocean.
The whaling guns installed by the government isn¡¯t themon item that is circting in the market, but a special one prepared exclusively for mutants. It can easily prate the defense of most mutant creatures.
This caused more and more people to invest in this industry.
The previously shrinking fishing industry has ushered in a new development this year.
At noon, three giant fishing ships, about 100 meters long, moved forward in the shape of arrows, many fishermen stood on the decks of the three fishing ships.
These three fishing boats came from ¡°Sea Creatures Fishery¡± Co., Ltd., They left the harbor one month ago and they are finallying back.
There are various bumps on the three fishing boats. One of them was even slightly deformed.
While fishing in the sea, such a situation is unavoidable.
After the men on the ship were baptized in the sea for almost a month, their skin became a little rougher and darker, but their faces were filled with excitement.
On this trip, they had a lot of gains. They had captured more than a dozen mutant creatures.
All of these mutant creatures were cut apart by them and thrown in the freezer.
¡°Look, what¡¯s that over there?¡±
On the bow of the ship, a shirtless man yelled while looking at a certain ce in front.
¡°It¡¯s a group of mutant swordfish, a total of three.¡±
¡°Really! it¡¯s a mutant swordfish. We are really lucky this time. We met three mutant creatures near the seaport.¡±
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that there are mutant creatures so close to the port.¡±
¡°Lao Luo, your job is here.¡±
In the crowd, a slightly fatter man stood up, walked towards the whaling gun, saying confidently.
¡°The one in the middle is the biggest, it can¡¯t escape.¡±
Their ship was about 100 meters away from the three swordfish ahead. However, their whaling gun range is about 150 meters, so hunting them is no problem.
Lao Luo manipted the whaling cannon. He aimed at the swordfish in the middle. Just as he was about to shoot, a stunned expression suddenly appeared on his face.
¡°Ssh!¡±
The sound of water breaking sounded, and a dark shadow suddenly emerged from below the water surface. A monster suddenly opened its mouth and bit one of the three swordfish, easily prating its scale armor with its sharp teeth.
¡°What the hell is that?¡±
Chapter 196: Okinawa Island
Chapter 196: Okinawa Ind
Trantor: Yamir Moon
It wasn¡¯t only Lao Luo that noticed the huge shadow that appeared on the water surface, other people also noticed that.
It just barely revealed its head and neck, most of its other body parts were hidden under the sea, but just the revealed part is shocking enough.
¡±What kind of monster is this?¡±
The people on the ship didn¡¯t immediately recognize the monster that appeared underwater, but they still yelled loudly in fear.
The three giant ships moved closer to each other under the maniption of the crew. They tried to create the image of a giant creature, trying to scare the thing underwater away.
Under their observation, the monster bit the mutant swordfish in half, spilling a lot of blood and organs, creating a gruesome picture.
¡±It looks very simr to the giant serpent.¡±
On the ship where Lao Luo was on, a sailor suddenly said that. Everyone immediately realized. The more they looked at the monster below, the more they felt that it¡¯s likely the giant serpent.
It¡¯s just¡¡
¡±It seems to be bigger.¡±
Although they haven¡¯t personally seen this monster before, they still watched the video of its battle with the Kraken.
At that time, Fang Yun¡¯s body was 60 meters long and had a diameter of two meters. Now, he¡¯s 75 meters long and 2,5 meters wide. Although they have seen his pictures before, but they haven¡¯t seen him personally, so they didn¡¯t feel much about the growth of size.
Everyone felt their bodies shaking. They had been thinking that this snake was caught by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ hence why they dare to go so deep in the ocean to fish. However, it doesn¡¯t seem to be the case now.
The people on the three ships were truly frightened, just as they were about to attack it, blue electricity suddenly burst from the giant serpent body.
¡±Kzzz, Kzzz, Crack!¡±
Blue arcs filled the area of 100 meters, causing the two swordfish that were escaping to madly tremble. A few secondster, the two mutant swordfish floated belly first on the water surface, dead.
Even if the three fishing ships were more than 100 meters away, on the edge of the attack range of the electricity, the people on board still felt numb. That¡¯s without mentioning the fact that the ship is coated with ayer of insting material.
The giant serpent swallowed the three mutant swordfish in front of them. The fisherman watched as the serpent devoured the mutant swordfish ferociously, leaking blood and parts of gut on the water.
This has caused them to not even dare to breathe loudly, for fear of attracting the attention of the monster.
¡±As long as it attacks us, we cannot escape.¡±
This is the thought upying the fishermen¡¯s mind.
In fact, they aren¡¯t wrong. The whaling guns don¡¯t have the ability to track or locate the target, the giant serpent can easily dodge them. Even if they miraculously manage to touch the giant serpent, they still wouldn¡¯t be able to prate its defense.
Furthermore, the giant serpent can easily climb on the ship and attack them. It can also discharge.
This group of fishermen dares to swear with their lives that no one would be able to survive the thunder attack of the giant serpent.
Fang Yun tore the three swordfish to pieces before eating them, dyeing the surrounding sea scarlet. He didn¡¯t notice that he frightened the fishermen on the three ships not far away.
Even if he knew it, he wouldn¡¯t care. His temperament has changed a lot since bing a snake.
For example, he is amused at the sight of those people trembling in fear.
After swallowing these three mutant swordfish, he keenly smelled that there is food that he loves in the three ships not far away. However, after ncing at them a few times, he still endured the desire in his heart and left this ce.
He didn¡¯t notice that his nces have almost frightened the people on the ship to death.
After the giant serpent left, the people on the ship finally sighed in relief. It seems that, as some rumors say, the giant serpent doesn¡¯t like attacking humans.
The fishermen on the fishing boat didn¡¯t have the mood to think about this. They just want to quickly leave this ce, and tell the world that the giant serpent has returned to the Pacific ocean.
Fang Yun was still swimming towards the sea of ¡®Sakura country¡¯. Finally, on this day, he arrived in the area near Okinawa. In this area, he found a lot of food.
He is nning to stay here for a few days, then move towards other areas of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ter.
This time, he has already formted a course of action, a n he is going to follow, traveling in all the world¡¯s oceans while hunting prey.
He will cross the sea of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ go to the Sea of Okhotsk, swim around the Bering Sea, then go to the north and stroll around the Arctic Ocean.
Of course, this is still just a n in his mind. It will take a long time to finish this journey.
Fang Yun nced around. He noticed a group of dolphins moving forward very quickly, jumping in and out of the water, so he followed suit.
Quite a long time ago, he encountered a whale that was jumping in and out from the water, and he learned how to do that from it.
Speaking of this, he suddenly noticed that he hadn¡¯t encountered a while for a long time. Not to mention those gentle whales, even those fierce toothed whales have disappeared.
Fang Yun followed the dolphins for about 10 kilometers. As the sky started darkening, he decided to find a desert to rest on.
Just at that moment, he discovered a fishing boat not far away.
In fact, he had seen many ¡®Sakura country¡¯ boats along the way. The reason this one has drawn his attention is that there is a big monster following behind it.
¡±Kaiju?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the kaiju trailing behind the big boat with a surprised look, then he activated ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡± and followed it.
The fishing boat in front moved forward without any problem as the people on it didn¡¯t know that there are two monsters following behind.
On the fishing boat, the crew members are sorting the fish they caught before.
They may seem extremely serious and meticulous on the surface, but upon a closer look, they are actually quite rxed and sloppy.
It won¡¯t be long before they return to the port, so they are quite happy and rxed.
However, a few momentster, the captain suddenly discovered that there is an ind-like object behind them.
He found it with the sonar detector.
¡±Ind?¡±
His face was filled with shock and disbelief. They passed by that ce not long ago, but they didn¡¯t find any ind.
Just as he was puzzled, he noticed that the ¡°Ind¡± was moving.
¡±What the hell is that?¡±
Captain Aikawa looked at the disy in front of him, a look of astonishment appeared on his face. He quickly rushed out of the cabin, walked to the deck and looked behind the ship.
Behind them, a mountain-like shadow was closely following their ship.
Aikawa widened his eyes as much as possible, trying to discern what that object is.
Coincidentally, the clouds covering the moon moved slightly, and the moonlight shined on this ce, allowing Aikawa to clearly see the thing behind.
Aikawa blinked, then looked at that objects again. The next moment, he fell backward,nding on his butt, his face was filled with fear.
The shadow that he saw before was an extremelyrge spine. When he tried to look at it, a gigantic head appeared from underwater and stared back at him.
A pair of scarlet pupils filled Aikawa¡¯s vision.
¡±Godzi ¡ Godzi ¡¡±
Chapter 197: Godzilla-Wannabe Kaiju
Chapter 197: Godzi-Wannabe Kaiju
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Captain Aikawa ran into the cabin, then rushed to the cab and increased the speed of the ship to the maximum. Unfortunately, their boat is quite big, its speed is very limited.
Its maximum speed is only 18 knots.
This speed is already pretty good among fishing boats. Aikawa was very satisfied with it previously, but now he became extremely disgusted with it.
Too slow, too slow.
Captain Aikawa¡¯s forehead was filled with sweat. After increasing the speed of the boat, he started calling the rescue on Okinawa, informing them of the thing that is following them.
¡±Godzi! Godzi!¡±
¡±Godzi is in the sea!¡±
It wasn¡¯t easy, but Aikawa finally managed to the people in Okinawa about what happened and where they are. Thanks to the fact that they have reached the offshore area of Okinawa, so they have a signal.
Someone found a true monster in the ocean. This is not a joke. Although it sounds a bit exaggerated, this is not the previous era. Since ancient and mutant creatures have already emerged, true monsters aren¡¯t impossible.
What¡¯s more, some time ago, they were informed about a true monster invading the Hualien area.
Not long after, relevant rescue vessels sailed towards Aikawa¡¯s boat. They were not ¡®Sakura country¡¯ maritime self-defense forces, but the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country¡¯s warships stationed there.
They also got the news first time from the personnel stationed in the ¡®Sakura country¡¯ rescue department.
Because the speed of warships is rtively slow, the helicopters were sent first.
Although the picture of the monster that attacked Hualien City was not posted online, the higher-ups of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ Country still received the relevant images.
They attached great importance to this incident, they are even more interested in that monster. Unfortunately, they weren¡¯t able to capture it to conduct research.
Judging from the image data, this newly emerged monster is even stronger than the Five Monster Kings. Except for the giant serpent that was able to kill it alone.
That monster simply came out of some sci-fi movie or novel. It has never appeared in the world and there isn¡¯t any relevant information about it. It has a huge body, super strength and a defensive ability even superior to that of the super Mosasaurus.
In addition, it can spray a superacid that can dissolve any material.
Under the night sky, the engine of a fishing boat was booming, speeding forward at its fastest speed.
In the cockpit, Captain Aikawa was wiping the sweat from his face. He stared at the red dot on the disy screen tightly, his face filled with terror.
Even his legs felt unstable. He pressed his hands firmly against the operating table, barely holding himself up.
¡±Again!? what the hell is that?!¡±
Aikawa suddenly yelled loudly. His face filled with disbelief and despair. Another red dot appeared behind the red dot that was following them.
¡±Is it another Godzi? or some other type of monster?¡±
His teeth rattled. He wondered if he did somethingtely that angered the gods of the sea, otherwise why he is so unlucky?
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that Aizawa had regarded him as a second Godzi. He is currently watching the monster in front of him.
In terms of appearance, this monster does indeed look a bit like Godzi, with a particrly strong body and a small head. In addition, its lower limbs and hands are indeed simr to that of Godzi.
Its spine looks like a rocking mountain,posed mainly of extremely sharp bones. Providing an imprable defense in the back.
Examining this kaiju closely, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but wonder if this Godzi copycat kaiju can shoot beams out of its mouth.
Under Fang Yun¡¯s observation, the Godzi-like Kaiju extended its head to the big boat ahead. It quickly approached it, mming into the big boat, then attacked the deck with its giant w.
On the fishing boat, the crew members were still sorting the captured fish into the prepared ce, without knowing that there is a monster behind them.
Suddenly, they noticed that their fishing ship started rocking.
¡±What happened, what happened?¡±
The crew members stood up, looking at each other with a confused look.
Right at this moment, the ceiling above their heads broke open, and a huge w came crashing down.
¡±Ahhh!!¡±
Fear-filled cries suddenly sounded from the storage room.
The huge w easily tore the cabin apart, after which arge swath of seawater poured into the cabin.
Apart from the people who were smashed into meat patties, the rest scrambled to escape. One of them saw the giant monster from a crack in the cabin.
¡±What is that?¡±
He yelled in fright at the sight of the monstrosity outside, almost pissing his pants.
Hearing that cry, other people also looked outside and saw the giant monster.
As a result, the crew members in the cabin became even more chaotic. Everyone tried to escape, pushing, pulling, stepping on each other, exposing their ugly nature in this crisis.
¡±Crack!¡±
A huge hole was torn in the middle of the boat. Although it wasn¡¯t directly split in half, it¡¯s not far away from it.
It didn¡¯t take more than a push from the Godzi wannabe kaiju topletely break the boat in half, causing most of the crew to fall into the water.
¡±Ahhh!!¡±
All of the crew members cried in terror as they struggled to stay on the water surface.
The Godzi-like kaiju started to eat the people floated on the water surface.
¡±Do humans really taste better than other creatures?¡±
This is a question that has been in Fang Yun¡¯s mind for a long time. He discovered that these kaiju along with mutant creatures prefer to eat humans.
¡±Perhaps their genes have been edited by a certain organism, making them hostile to humans.¡±
He is more inclined to thetter possibility. because in his opinion, human beings arepletely iparable to other creatures in the ocean.
Without counting his ability to extract bio-energy from organisms, it¡¯s his unique ability, after all. Humans shouldn¡¯t be that attractive to those sea creatures and kaiju.
After all, most animals like to eat high-protein foods. Humans obviously don¡¯t fulfill this characteristic, hence their attraction to monsters is very weird.
The water waves surged on the sea surface. Many crew members were madly swimming to the distance, trying to escape from this ce.
However, they are too slow.
That kaiju can easily pull them out of the water and throw them into his mouth.
¡±How many Kaiju walked out of that space Chanel?¡±
Fang Yun thought about it, this is already the second kaiju he met and he just woke up not long ago. He is also in the Pacific, quite far from the Grass sea.
There should be many other kaiju that drilled out from the space channel.
¡±I wonder if the humans of this world can resist the attack of the Kaiju.¡±
The kaiju he met so far is a bit different from the kaiju he saw on the Space Channel. The kaiju he saw are highly toxic creatures that emit a lot of venom and radiation in the ces they pass by.
In addition, their blood will evaporate to form nitrogen dioxide, which is very harmful to most creatures.
However, the kaiju that he hunted in Hualien City obviously did not have these characteristics.
Perhaps the Kaiju in that world aren¡¯t simr, or the kaiju that have appeared right now don¡¯t have these characteristics as they are too weak.
¡±Da! Da! Da! Da!¡±
While Fang Yun was thinking about that, a loud sound quickly approached this ce.
¡±Helicopter?¡±
Chapter 198: Pitiful Kaiju
Chapter 198: Pitiful Kaiju
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Along with a loud rumbling sound, three dark shadows flew towards this side from the distant night sky, a little light shing on them.
A few momentster, three military helicopters appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s vision.
¡±They look a bit futuristic.¡±
Fang Yunmented. These three helicopters look very advanced, even if he isn¡¯t a military fan, he still thought that these three helicopters are very pleasing to the eye.
¡±Let them test the power of this kaiju.¡±
This is Fang Yun¡¯s n. He didn¡¯t attack this Godzi-like kaiju for the first time. It would be better for those helicopters to attack it first. He wants to know the opponent¡¯s strength first before taking action.
In his previous world, the Kaiju invasion was a movie where monsters invaded the world. The important fact is that they have ranks, the higher the rank, the stronger the strength.
Although Fang Yun was able to kill the kaiju in Hualien city, it doesn¡¯t mean that he will be able to kill every kaiju. ording to his inference, that kaiju was likely just a weak one, but he still struggled to kill it, suffering injuries in the process.
The sound of the helicopter in the sky caught the attention of the kaiju. It raised its dinosaur-like head and looked at the helicopter above. The kaiju was captivated by the helicopter,pletely forgetting the escaping fishermen.
The three helicopters hovered about 30 meters above the head of the kaiju, observing the monster that should only exist in fiction.
The pilots of the three helicopters looked at the kaiju below with a look of astonishment.
This creature is different from the Five monster Kings. Everyone knows the monster king¡¯s prototype.
The Kraken prototype is an octopus, the giant turtle prototype is a turtle, the mutant smosaurus prototype is an smosaurus, the super Mosasaurus prototype is a Mosasaurus and the prototype of the Giant Serpent is a python.
This monster has never appeared on the blue before though, apart from fiction.
Instead of attacking this monster rashly, they followed the leader order, and just tried to attract its attention.
However, the Kaiju didn¡¯t follow their n. It directly attacked them.
The three helicopters hovered above the kaiju. They thought that such a huge monster won¡¯t be able to jump in the sea, so it can¡¯t attack them.
What they didn¡¯t expect though, is that this Kaiju doesn¡¯t need to jump to attack them.
Fang Yun watched the next scene with mouth wide open. The Godzi-like kaiju suddenly opened its mouth and spit a blue light beam towards the three helicopters.
¡±What the fuck is that? Energy beam? Atomic breath?¡±
The blue beam ejected from the mouth of Kaiju hit a helicopter hovering in the sky. After one second, that helicopter suddenly exploded.
Wreckage encased in fire fell to the water surface, creating arge ssh. The two other helicopters quickly moved away after seeing this, then started attacking the kaiju.
¡±Da! da! da!¡±
The bullets fired from the machine gun collided with the flesh of the Kaiju, but apart from tickling it, it didn¡¯t have any effect. In fact, the fishermen who were running away were the ones affected.
The Godzi-like kaiju opened its mouth again, spraying anotherser beam at one of the helicopters.
A momentter, another wreckage fell into the sea.
Thest helicopter immediately fled to the distance, keeping a distance of more than 400 meters away from the kaiju. The pilot was slightly shaking, too afraid to get any closer.
¡±This kaiju is much stronger than the one I fought before.¡±
The previous Kaiju was only able to spit out acid, and although that Acid was quite strong, able to corrode his scales, he was still able to resist it. However, thisser beam¡
Fang Yun isn¡¯t sure that his scales would be able topletely defend against it. Worst case scenario, it may open a hole in his body.
¡±I wonder if it can release thatser beam underwater.¡±
Fang Yun pondered for a moment.
¡±Can it release thatser beam infinitely or there are limits? There should be limits, infinity is impossible.¡±
The energy that this kaiju has should be limited. Even if it¡¯s alien life, it should still follow the basicws of the universe.
If not, then it¡¯s not as simple as an alien or monster, that¡¯s already a divine being.
More helicopters flew over from the distance. Fang Yun sank a little deeper underwater to avoid being seen.
He used echolocation to detect what¡¯s happening above.
Three more helicopters joined the helicopter that fled from the kaiju. Fang Yun also noticed a few warshipsing from afar.
¡±Can this Kaiju resist missiles?¡±
Just as he thought about this, one of the three new helicopters suddenlyunched a homing missile at the kaiju.
Although the missiles carried by the helicopters aren¡¯t the most powerful, they are certainly not weak.
Fang Yun watched as two missilesnded on the body of the kaiju, after which a loud explosion sounded.
¡±Woo!!!!¡±
The kaiju roared out loudly. Its roar also has a great effect on the pilots of the helicopters.
One pilot felt so ufortable that he pulled down the joystick subconsciously, causing the helicopter to lean to the sea. Before he could pull it up, the helicopternded in the sea, creating a loud ssh.
The other helicopters danced in the air for a while before the pilots managed to get hold of themselves and stabilize the helicopters.
¡±Is this an ability universal to all kaiju?¡±
The kaiju he hunted in ¡®Hualien city¡¯ has the same ability. It should be some sort of sonic attack that can affect the mind of people, a bit simr to his Overclocking Resonance.
The situation of the Godzi kaiju was also very miserable. A huge wound was formed on its belly, and arge amount of blue blood was spilled on the sea.
¡±This kaiju also doesn¡¯t have the characteristic of the ones in the Space Chanel. Its blood isn¡¯t corrosive.¡±
Fang Yun flicked his tongue in the water. He didn¡¯t feel anything different.
Suddenly, the Godzi-like kaiju quickly sank underwater. It seems to be scared by the attack of the helicopters.
¡±Is it trying to hide?¡±
Fang Yun paid close attention to the movement of Kaiju. Now that it¡¯s injured, it¡¯s a good opportunity to hunt it.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, this Kaiju can provide him with 450,000 bio-energy points.
Just as he was preparing to act, he quickly halted. He sensed the fluctuations in the water ahead. His instincts are also warning him of the danger ahead.
¡±Is that ¡ a torpedo, two torpedos?¡±
Fang Yun is quite familiar with the sound of the torpedo rushing in the water. He was attacked by this thing before, but he was able to escape relying on ¡°Shadow Wind¡±.
¡±Boom!¡±
A loud explosion sounded underwater. The torpedo exploded right in front of the Kaiju¡¯s chest.
The power of this weapon is much stronger than the helicopter¡¯s ship-borne missiles. Therge hole in the middle of the kaiju¡¯s chest widened even further, exposing the bones and internal organs inside.
Endless blue blood spewed out.
¡±Bingo!¡±
On a warship, when the torpedo hit the Kaiju, the people in themand center became jubnt.
¡±All that is left now is to drag that monster away.¡±
The three warships aggressively headed towards the Kaiju. They closely watched the situation of Godzi-like Kaiju on the disy screen and discovered that theter was slowly sinking underwater.
However, they are not worried about this. This ce is not far from the port so it¡¯s not that deep. There is also a submarine behind them. It¡¯s the one responsible for dragging the monster¡¯s body away.
They are getting closer and closer to the body of Godzi-like kaiju, their faces were filled with excitement. The fact that this kaiju is able to releaseser beams is exhrating.
After getting the body of this monster, they might be able to developser weapons in the short future.
However, right at this moment, the face of the people in the warships changed dramatically.
Chapter 199: Stealing Prey Again
Chapter 199: Stealing Prey Again
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun swam over to the Kaiju and closely examined it.
A huge hole was blown in the middle of its chest, and blue blood flowed out like magma overflowing from the crater. This kaiju¡¯s blood is very sticky.
¡±Why is the blood of this kaiju this dense?¡±
Fang Yun was puzzled. After killing the kaiju in Hualien city, he discovered that its blood is also quite sticky, but not as much as this one.
However, he thought that calling these blue liquids blood might not be appropriate. They are more like the energy stored inside their bodies.
He flicked his tongue underwater, trying the taste of this weird blood. He tried to lick the blood on the body of Kaiju and discovered that he didn¡¯t feel any difort.
¡±Forget it, let¡¯s drag this kaiju body away first.¡±
Fang Yun was toozy to study this Kaiju. He is not a scientist. It would be better to just swallow this monster directly, sparing him from the pain.
Thinking of this, he bit the forelimbs of the kaiju then dragged it deep underwater.
His actions were immediately by noticed the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ warships using radars.
What appeared on their disy was a picture of a weird creature slowly sinking towards the bottom of the sea. The next moment, a giant snake came out of nowhere and dragged the weird creature into the depth of the ocean.
¡±Oh, sh*t!¡±
¡±[emailprotected]`$¡ì¡ì$¡±
On the warship, cursing filled the control room. Currently, they can¡¯t do anything about the giant snake snatching the kaiju. They could only watch as the giant snake and kaiju quickly moved away, finally disappearing from the detection of the radar.
The warships wandered in this area for a long time, the submarines also came over, searching for the giant serpent that has taken their prey.
The identity of the creature that took the kaiju away has basically been determined. It¡¯s the giant serpent. This sea monster particrly likes to steal other people¡¯s prey.
The super Mosasaurus was snatched by this sea monster before, causing them to angry for a while. Now, it snatched this kaiju again.
They searched in every corner of this area, but they didn¡¯t find anything.
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country¡¯s experts were exploding.
After they got the news of the kaiju, they waited anxiously for the news of the navy. This is a real alien.
The previous ancient and mutant creatures are a different matter. Although they can grow to an astonishing size, far beyond anything seen before. They can still be counted as a native creature from the blue. They have appeared on this long ago.
Fortunately, this trip wasn¡¯t entirely a waste. They found some tissues and blood of the kaiju.
This discovery has barely calmed down the anger of those experts.
The ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯unched a second hunt for the giant serpent. One of the reasons was mostly due to the fact that it¡¯s always snatching their prey. In addition, the giant serpent has some simr characteristics to those of the kaiju.
After getting the tissues of the Kaiju, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ experts and scientists began to study it. The first thing they discovered is that this creature is a silicon-based life.
¡±Their flesh and blood cannot be eaten at all, their structure ispletely different from human beings. Simrly, other living creatures cannot eat flesh and blood of this strange creature.¡±
This is the conclusion they reached after the initial research.
After this result came out, another question became apparent. Why does the giant serpent eat those creatures? Although they didn¡¯t see it directly eat it, this is already the second kaiju it hunted, proving that it¡¯s very interested in this creature.
Unless it¡¯s mentally retarded, it won¡¯t snatch a creature that it can¡¯t swallow.
After all, this isn¡¯t the first time it hunted a kaiju. It should have known that this creature isn¡¯t worth the effort if it can¡¯t eat it.
All of these problems have caused the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ scientists to make the assumption that the giant serpent is a silicon-based life.
That¡¯s why it hunts these kaiju.
Fang Yun does think that he is simr to silicon-based creatures. However, he is still quite different from those kaiju.
For example, his blood is still red, and he needs to breathe oxygen.
The Godzi-like Beast has been swallowed by him, raising his bio-energy to 1.2 million points.
Eating suchrge and powerful creatures can quickly fill up the required bio-energy for evolution. Unfortunately, there aren¡¯t that many kaiju in the ocean. At least not yet.
He is currently in the sea area of sakura country and will soon enter the sea of Okhotsk.
The number of prey here is very high, including ancient and mutant creatures.
With ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± he can detect any creature in the range of 8 km. Including their shape, size, etc¡
With ¡°Thunder Domain¡± he can strike many creatures at the same time. He won¡¯t fall into a situation where he could only capture one and the rest escapes anymore.
He spent a full month in the ¡®Sakura country¡¯ sea area, raising his bio-energy to 3 million points. Only 2 million remain for evolution.
He didn¡¯t hide deliberately during this time, so he was often spotted by ¡®Sakura country¡¯ fishermen, scaring most of them and causing them to fall to the ground.
The fact that the giant serpent has never attacked the people that fell down caused a rumor to spread among them.
¡±As long as you fall on your knees, the giant serpent won¡¯t attack you.¡±
This is the story of Yi Chuan.
In fact, some fishermen didn¡¯t fall on their knees, but just stayed frozen. They also weren¡¯t eaten by the giant serpent.
However, after the fishermen who knelt and begged for mercy weren¡¯t eaten by the giant serpent came back home. They spread their deeds, from one to the other. Finally, they reached this conclusion.
¡±If you meet the giant serpent, all you have to do is to kneel and beg for mercy and you won¡¯t be eaten.¡±
Fang Yun was stupified at the sight of people kneeling on the deck and preying for him with a pious expression at first, but as time passed, he gradually got used to it, until he didn¡¯t care anymore.
The story of the giant serpent¡¯s activities in ¡®Sakura country¡¯ seas naturally fell into the ears of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, but their warships can¡¯t follow the track of the giant serpent.
After struggling for a while the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ gave up on catching the giant serpent. They turned their attention instead to the Antarctic ocean. They detected the trail of a kaiju there.
Kaiju became the official title of those monsters.
This is a wonderful correspondence to the kaiju in movies and fiction.
Chapter 200: The Beginning of the Crisis
Chapter 200: The Beginning of the Crisis
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ found a kaiju on the west coast of their homnd, exactly in New York.
This Kaiju looks like a giant mouse but with six legs. It¡¯s extremely agile. As long as its six legs are unfolded, ayer of skin membrane will be exposed, allowing it to glide for a short distance.
Its long tail looks like a huge whip, with two sharps bone bulge at the end, like two giant swords.
By the time the Bald Eagle¡¯s army arrived there, the monster had destroyed a bridge and started attacking thend. Its huge ws can easily destroy buildings.
The first thing that arrived at the scene were the military helicopters. The machine gun mounted on them started violently firing at the kaiju. At the same time, the helicopter started dropping bombs from above.
It took about half an hour for the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ to kill the kaiju.
However, the damage caused by this kaiju is even more than what the super Mosasaurus has caused in Enseni.
ording to iplete statistics, tens of thousands of people died due to this kaiju¡¯s attack.
It¡¯s a tragedy.
Not long after the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ were attacked by the kaiju, other coastal countries were also attacked by different kaiju.
The ¡®Panda country¡¯, ¡®Sakura country¡¯ and ¡®Bengal Tiger¡¯ country were attacked by several kaiju.
Europe and Africa have also been attacked by kaiju.
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country wasn¡¯t attacked yet, so they are still one of the countries that don¡¯t have ess to kaiju¡¯s bodies, baring them from researching the body of this mysterious creature.
However, it¡¯s not that they don¡¯t have any opportunity.
¡¯Bengal Tiger¡¯ country was attacked by two kaiju, and one of them is particrly powerful.
It¡¯s likely the most powerful kaiju that has appeared to date.
Thending of the kaiju in Mumbai has caused huge damage. The army was toote. When it arrived, only a ruin was left, the kaiju has also retreated to the sea.
It¡¯s very alert. Its cautiousness is arge factor of it being able to cause suchrge damage to the ¡®Bengal tiger¡¯ country. That and its unmatched strength garnered it the title of the strongest kaiju.
This kaiju has caused the ¡®Bengal Tiger¡¯ country to fall into panic. In order to calm the public and prevent the kaiju from causing more destruction. Many warships were dispatched in the sea area next to Mumbai, patrolling night and day.
What surprised them was that the kaiju was able to sink one of their warships without giving them the time to ask for support. It also has some sort of ability that can make it evade sonar detection.
In short, they suffered arge loss in the face of this monster.
Coincidentally, the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country had a fleet training in the Indian Ocean. After discussions between these two great powers, they decided to join hands to attack that kaiju.
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country military powerful is superior to that of the ¡®Bengal Tiger¡¯. However, it still took them a lot of effort and sacrifice before killing that kaiju.
This also illustrates the power of that kaiju.
The crisis in the ¡®Bengal Tiger¡¯ country was lifted and the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country also received the kaiju body they were looking for.
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country also tried to buy the corpse of the other kaiju from the ¡®Bengal Tiger¡¯ country. Unfortunately, they refused.
They don¡¯t intend to sell the body of the second kaiju, they also want to conduct research on it. Maybe they can get something out of it.
The kaiju thatnded in Europe and Africa were of the weaker type. About the same level of the one that first appeared in Hualien city
These kaiju have high defense and a super-strong acid. However, their intelligence is rtively low and they are quite clumsy, especially onnd.
Although the naval power of the European continent isn¡¯t outstanding, they were already prepared. They immediately bombed the kaiju thatnded on the shore to pieces, killing at a very small cost.
For the African continent, the kaijunded in South Africa. The country where the kaijunded was originally a strong one, with rtive rights to speak in the internationalmunity.
However, due to civil war, famine and a variety of other problems, it has fallen to the rank of third-rate countries, its military power is mediocre at best.
Due to the fact that their coping ability is too poor, plus the fact that the kaijunded in a remote corner. It was able to rage and wreak havoc in that country for a while.
Fortunately, after sustaining heavy losses, they were finally able to kill it.
Several major nations on the blue have a specimen of this alien life. It¡¯s not just a small tissue, but a rtively preserved body.
This is good news for the blue scientists. They have enough samples of silicon-based life. This means that they can do all kinds of research wantonly.
It¡¯s a known fact that protein is the material basis of life, the basic organic matter that constitutes cells, and the main bearer of life activities. Without protein, there would be no life.
Of course, this is limited to carbon-based life.
So what is the material basis of silicon-based life? What is their gic code? What are the basic substancesposing their bodies?
Scientists¡¯ research projects are not limited to this. Some features of the monsters are also one of their main research subjects.
For example, some Kaiju can spit acid, some can releasesers, some can even discharge. Each one of them has an organ responsible for these abilities.
The study of these alien life continued. Just some superficial discoveries have shaken the entire scientificmunity.
On the other hand, people around the world are panicking at the appearance of these kaiju. This invasion isn¡¯t as simple as the attack of ancient and mutant creatures. Its dangers are much, much higher.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know any of this yet. He had already arrived at the Bering Sea and is currently heading towards the Arctic ocean.
During this time period, his bio-energy has grown even further, reaching 4 million bio-energy points. It won¡¯t be long before he evolves again.
He is nning to go to the Arctic ocean and find an uninhabited and remote area to evolve. On the way there, he will gather as much energy as possible, without wasting any time.
About a monthter, he reached the Arctic Ocean, then headed eastwards. He knew that the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country is ahead, and he is nning to find a remote area on it, then evolve.
On this day, while moving forward, he felt an abnormal maic fluctuation.
This kind of maic fluctuation is a little different from the ones he detected before.
He felt some kind of shaking in his ears, a bit like the sound of a TV without a signal.
¡±What is this voice?¡±
Fang Yun felt a bit irritated. He tried to turn off this sound and was surprisingly sessful.
After that, he started pondering on what could have caused this annoying sound.
Thinking for a moment, he swam towards the source of this abnormal sound without the slightest hesitation.
Chapter 201: Rescuing the Giant Turtle
Chapter 201: Rescuing the Giant Turtle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun swam towards the source of that annoying noise, discovering human traces along the way.
¡±What is that?¡±
He looked ahead with a surprised look. There is an ¡°Ind¡± ahead, surrounded by two warships with many people on them.
They installed a machine on this ¡°ind¡±. It looks like they are mining something.
¡±No, it¡¯s not an ind.¡±
Fang Yun examined it for a while, discovering that this ¡°Ind¡± is emitting electromaic radiation belonging to living beings. From this, he concluded that this entire ¡°Ind¡± is a living creature.
¡±Is it a mutant at the level of that giant octopus and that Mosasaurus?¡±
Fang Yun immediately thought of the giant octopus and the giant Mosasaurus. Although they aren¡¯t a kaiju, they are still creatures at the top of mutants, each with an incredibly huge body and powerful strength.
After examining the shape of this creature, he concluded from its oval shape that it¡¯s a turtle.
Fang Yun¡¯s guess is on point. This is the ¡°king¡± of the Arctic Ocean, the giant turtle. After being caught by the government of the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country, it was injected with anesthetic drugs every day.
Around its body, there are four huge steel pirs, with a wire rope on top to fix the giant turtle.
Every day, the people of the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country will farm the special substance required to synthesize the ¡°Life Elixir¡± from the turtle, causing it unimaginable pain every day.
That kind of pain can¡¯t be endured even by the giant turtle, causing it to howl in pain. The high-frequency sound waves carried in the sound can travel over a long distance.
That was the annoying sound that Fang Yun heard.
Fang Yun stared at this huge sea monster for a long time, roughly figuring out the behavior of those people on the turtle¡¯s back. He guessed that there must be something precious in the body of this giant turtle, very useful to humans.
¡±I wonder if there is anything in my body that is useful to humans?¡±
Thinking of this, he quickly shook his head and threw these messy thoughts out of his head. Even if there was nothing special in his body, just hisrge size is enough to gather human interest for research.
What¡¯s more. He can absorb sr energy, convert it to electricity, then release it to attack other creatures.
After watching the tragedy ahead for a while, he decided to leave. Although Fang Yun is quite sympathetic to the giant turtle suffering, but he isn¡¯t nning to help it.
A lot of creatures are suffering every day, he can¡¯t help every single one. The people over there also didn¡¯t offend him, so he doesn¡¯t have any reason to attack them.
The giant turtle also has a very thick shell, its defense is presumably pretty high. It¡¯s also quite huge, so he can¡¯t eat it after all. He doesn¡¯t have any reason to help it at all.
Just when he was about to leave, he suddenly stopped. He discovered an interesting thing.
There are many mutant and ancient creatures around the giant turtle.
¡±These mutant and ancient creatures seem to be attracted to something.¡±
Fang Yunid his sight back on the turtle again. These mutant and ancient creatures are most probably attracted to it.
¡±It¡¯s like some kind of bait, attracting these creatures.¡±
An image suddenly appeared in Fan Yun¡¯s mind. A huge turtle was leisurely swimming in the sea, behind it is arge number of ancient and mutant creatures.
¡±As long as I keep this turtle next to me, I won¡¯t have to search for prey anymore.¡±
Although the number of creatures in the ocean has increased tremendously, he still needs to search for them. Sometimes going as far as searching for half a day before finding a fish school.
Fang Yun was a little tempted. He was hesitant to rescue the giant turtle. With it, he will be able to save a lot of time, evolving in the shortest time possible.
After thinking about it, he began to examine the humans next to the turtle, their weapons and manpower.
There aren¡¯t many people there. The two warships can be regarded as the strongestbat power. In addition, there are more than a dozen soldiers holding submachine guns, patrolling on the shell of the giant turtle.
However, while he was swimming around, looking for any other possible weapon nearby, the two warships detected him. One of them didn¡¯t hesitate to attack him with a torpedo.
The torpedo moving underwater made a lot of noise, it also emitted a special electromaic wave that Fang Yun is very familiar with.
He didn¡¯t hesitate to run to the ocean floor.
He also activated ¡°Shadow Wind¡±, raising his speed to an exaggerated level. The torpedo could not catch up with him at all. In the end, it lost him and fell into the ocean floor.
This situation shocked the people of the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country. They have neither seen nor heard about Fang Yun¡¯s ability before.
After all, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government who knows about this certainly won¡¯t share this secret with them.
After Fang Yun escaped the torpedo, he swam back to the ce where the two ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ warships were located. He came directly under one of the warships, then quickly moved up.
Without giving the people on the warship the time to react, he immediately used ¡°Overclocking Resonance.¡±
Although he still can¡¯t destroy objects by analyzing the resonance of an object then creating an opposite Resonance yet. This skill is still level 1 after all. However, the over-frequency sound waves caused the people on the warship to almost copse.
All of them fell to the ground, screaming in pain, covering their ears.
He used this method to simrly knock out the people on the other warship.
This time, he swam towards the giant turtle without any worries. His speed was very fast, reaching it in less than a minute.
Once he arrived there and showed up, the people on the back of the turtle started screaming.
The soldiers there attacked Fang Yun with their submachine guns, but these kinds of bullets can¡¯t even leave a scratch on Fang Yun¡¯s scales.
Not long after, due to their mad shooting, they didn¡¯t have any bullets left.
¡±What is it doing?¡±
At first, the people on the back of the giant turtle thought that the giant serpent wants to eat them. However, a few minutester, they discovered that the giant serpent wasn¡¯t interested in them at all.
The giant serpent was, in fact, breaking the steel wires that were holding the turtle back!
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ people on the giant turtle¡¯s back were puzzled at first, but it wasn¡¯t long before they guessed what the giant serpent was trying to do. It¡¯s trying to rescue the giant turtle!
¡±What is its motivation?¡±
At this time, no one cares about this issue. The important thing right now is how to stop the giant serpent. This giant turtle is their national treasure, they can¡¯t stand the thought of losing it.
It¡¯s a pity that the two warships can¡¯t do anything now. It will take some time for the people on them to recover, so they could only watch as the giant serpent destroyed the steel cables and giant pirs.
¡±Bang!¡±
Thest iron cable broke and Fang Yun swam next to the giant turtle. He was examining it to see if this turtle could swim by itself, if it can¡¯t he can only help it.
Chapter 202: Massive Casualties
Chapter 202: Massive Casualties
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Feeling that it became free again, the giant turtle slowly stuck its head out of its shell, followed by its limbs. After looking around, it slowly swam forward.
While swimming forward, it gently shook its body. The people on the back of the giant turtle screamed as they fell from its back.
At the same time, all the machines on its back fell into the water.
Fang Yun looked at the giant turtle next to him. This turtle is even bigger than him, but its character is totally inconsistent with its size.
Despite suffering such torture for so long, this turtle did nothing more than throwing the people on its back in the water. It didn¡¯t even have the idea of revenge or to strike back.
¡±No wonder this turtle is so miserable.¡±
Fang Yun felt that the reason why this giant turtle was caught, then subjected to such torture is its personality. If things went for the worse, it could have been killed.
After rescuing the giant turtle, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know what to do for a moment. He couldn¡¯tmunicate with it. Although both of them can make sounds, they don¡¯t have amonnguage.
This made him particrly annoyed. He didn¡¯t know if he could acquirenguagemunication skills in the future. He doesn¡¯t really wantnguage skills though.
After all, as a monster, his evolutionary direction should be to strengthen himself.nguage skills don¡¯t have any effect.
Fortunately, the giant turtle swam around him after getting free, looking at its gesture, it¡¯s expressing joy and gratitude.
Fang Yun tried to swim forward a bit, then found that the giant turtle took the initiative to follow him.
Such a discovery made him happy. He continued moving forward with the giant turtle behind him.
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ people could only watch as he left.
Only now did the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ people discover that the giant turtle speed is so fast, vastly beyond anything it has shown before.
This made the warships that started following them useless. They can¡¯t keep up with the speed of the giant serpent and giant turtle.
Fang Yun took the turtle to the east, he is searching for a suitable ce for his next evolution.
Ten dayster, his bio-energy was finally full. Heid on the ce he chooses to evolve on and started the evolution. To his surprise, he didn¡¯t enter the ¡°Sleep¡± state this time.
In fact, he even feels that he can move, it¡¯s just that he is too tired to do so.
¡±It¡¯s still morefortable to lie on my stomach.¡±
Fang Yun was lying motionlessly on an ¡°d¡±. The warm sunlight fell on his body, causing him to feel veryfortable, he really doesn¡¯t want to move.
However, he still forced himself to move. He slithered towards the giant turtle not far away, then curled on its shell.
The pothole on the turtle shell, that the humans dug before, was slowly healing. It will take a long time though.
The news that the giant serpent took away the giant turtle quickly spread in the human world, momentarily covering the news about the kaiju.
Up to now, the number of Kaiju that have appeared has reached as many as 50, so they aren¡¯t as rare as before.
The Kaiju that appeared at the beginning were onlyrge in size, could spit acid or electricity, and they were all bulky and clumsy.
However, as time passed, the kaiju are bing stronger, faster, more flexible and could even release energy beams.
Once this energy beam hits objects such as helicopters or warships, it will immediately cause arge scale explosion, effectively destroying them.
Their skin is also very special, it can absorb certain electromaic waves, as well as sound waves, making it very difficult to find them before they appear.
The emergence of this kind of kaiju has caused a major disaster for humans. Many coastal cities were destroyed by them, leaving only ruin, at the same time causedrge casualties among humans, surpassing millions!
In the short time that the kaiju appeared, they caused much more damage than the ancient and mutant creatures have ever done!
Various coastal states and countries are shrinking their coastline. They are deploying heavy firepower on the coastline to defend against the attack of the kaiju.
This is the era of true monsters. Therge scale destruction and death have shrouded the human world in haze, many people are living in despair and sadness and more are worrying about the future.
Some people even started missing the time when the ancient and mutant creatures dominated the ocean.
Although at that time, the ocean was also full of crises, but the situation was not nearly as bad as now. For big ships, as long as they avoid top and king-level mutants, they basically can travel without mishap.
Since the appearance of kaiju, no big ship dared to go to the sea anymore.
The government says that about 50 kaiju have appeared right now, but a lot of people think that it¡¯s more than that, the government is definitely hiding the true number, and this is just the ones that have been discovered.
They hid in the ocean and attacked in human ships that passed by, from time to time, they walk into human cities and lunch mad destruction.
So once the news about the giant serpent and giant turtle broke out, everyone felt a sense of intimacy and nostalgia.
¡±The sea turtle was taken away, why didn¡¯t the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ do anything?¡±
¡±The secret of the ¡°Life Elixir¡± is in the giant turtle, isn¡¯t it? Why did they let them escape?¡±
In fact, it¡¯s not that ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ did nothing. They immediately sent 4 warships to follow them once they got the news. However, they weren¡¯t able to catch up.
In the end, they could only withdraw those warships. They need to defend the coast, and their manpower is already stretched.
This news died not long after. The ¡°Life Elixir¡± hidden in giant turtles is only theoretical. The real product hasn¡¯t beenunched yet.
The drug they developed up to now has only the effect of smoothening the skin, thereby making people look younger, far from the promised effect of increasing life expectancy.
Although the effect of that drug isn¡¯t bad, it¡¯s very expensive.
Therefore, the escape of the giant turtle didn¡¯t cause a sensation among humans. Most people felt that this thing has nothing to do with them.
In just a few days, the news about the giant turtle disappeared amidst the news about more kaiju appearing.
The huge number of kaiju made it difficult for even the two top superpowers of the world to kill them. Although they can quickly destroy the ones on their territory with bombs and missiles, that is going to be a huge consumption.
They aren¡¯t sure about the source of the kaiju yet.
Once a kaiju appear in a certain ce, it can quickly reduce that ce to ruin. Their destructive power is horrifying.
Basically, the coastal cities of every country belong to the developed regions. mostly important trade cities or even the capital of some countries. However, most of these ces have be ruins right now.
The economy of the entire world has suffered an unprecedented blow.
Even the top superpowers are struggling in the face of the kaiju, not to mention the developing countries. The number of casualties and the destruction that the kaiju has caused them is appalling.
For the first time in history, almost all of the world¡¯s countries are gathering together, discussing a way to solve the kaiju, once and for all.
Chapter 203: Space Channel Discovery
Chapter 203: Space Channel Discovery
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The nest of the Kaiju is in the Grass Sea area of the Indian Ocean. This view has been approved by most people, mostly because that ce has thergest number of kaiju.
How did these creatures appear in that area?
Some people even came up with the crazy idea that there is a space channel at the bottom of the Grass sea, connecting to another world. From there, aliens are sending these kaiju.
Their aim should be destroying the entire human civilization and upying the Blue.
¡±We need to figure out what secrets are hidden in the depth of the Grass sea¡±
Relevant experts proposed this.
Regardless of whether it¡¯s a space channel connected to other worlds or an underground space filled with sleeping kaiju, they need to figure out where it is.
The major powers of the Blue once againunched a joint operation to investigate what is hidden in that ce.
This time, they dispatched two aircraft carrier formations to escort the relevant experts. This force should be enough to deal with any kaiju that ever appeared.
There are satellites in the sky, submarines underwater, and dozens of warships on the sea surface. Even the most powerful Kaiju beast can¡¯t shake this force.
Along the way, they were attacked several times by the kaiju, but under the powerful firepower of the team, they were either driven away or obliterated.
Finally, a few dayster, they reached the mission point.
Once they arrived there, they immediately detected abnormal maic field fluctuations. However, they weren¡¯t surprised at this. In thest expedition, Hook and others also detected the same maic field fluctuations.
Right after that, they were attacked by a kaiju.
The people on the warships and submarines became nervous, especially the submarines underwater. They turned the searchlights on, then closely looked at the surrounding scenery through external cameras.
No way, all Kaiju have the ability to avoid sound waves and electromaic wave detection. They can only use this seemingly primitive method to be vignt.
They might have been lucky, as no kaiju have appeared from that time. However, as they continued moving forward, the abnormal maic field became stronger and stronger.
ording to their investigations, in one area, that abnormal electromaic fluctuation reached its peak.
¡±There must be something down there.¡±
Most of the people looked solemn and serious. Firstly, they used sonar radars to investigate the scenery below, but they didn¡¯t discover anything unusual.
Later, they put the newly developed underwater robot that can block electromaic waves into the water, the older versions will immediately malfunction once put into water.
This machine has great limitations. It can cut off electromaic waves. Simrly, it can¡¯t ept the instructions given to it from the warship. They can only hope that itnds in the right ce.
Researchers have programmed the underwater robot to automatically rise after reaching the bottom, and during this time, the camera on its body will take pictures of its surroundings.
They put down three of these robots in the water.
After all three robots wereunched, the researchers on the warships waited patiently.
Almost two hourster, the three robots surfaced one after another. However, all the pictures they took are of normal water, nothing special.
¡±Maybe we should change to another location.¡±
They detected the changes in electromaic waves, then moved to another ce and dropped the three robots again.
They continued doing so for three days, during which they were attacked by a lot of kaiju. As time passed, the experts on the warships started getting anxious.
They can¡¯t stay here for a long time, their recourses are limited.
Fortunately, on the fourth day, they finally got what they wanted.
It was a photo taken by the underwater robot number 3.
The picture is particrly blurry, with many pixels, probably due to the interference of the electromaic field below.
However, some things can still be seen clearly.
In this picture, there are a lot of buildings shadows. Although the scene is very blurry, they can still make out the shape of a pyramid.
¡±These things look very simr to pyramids¡±
An expert expressed his opinion, his eyes didn¡¯t shift from the picture. The rest of the people also nodded in agreement.
In the middle of the buildings suspected of being pyramids, there is a huge ¡°pyramid¡± that is particrly conspicuous. In front of that pyramid is a very strange looking stone. From its shape, most of the people here can guess that it¡¯s a sphinx.
Another shadow was right in front of the sphinx, although only half a body was apparent, they could still see that it¡¯s a kaiju. It seemed to be struggling.
¡±So does the kaiju walk out of that sphinx?¡±
After getting this information, they reported it to the head of the team, after some discussion, they left that ce soon after. The senior officials and head of states quickly received the news.
Now that they know the source of the kaiju, they need to discuss how to deal with it.
It seems that just as they had imagined, under the Grass sea, there is a space Channel connecting to other worlds. The kaiju came out from that Channel, and now they know its exact location.
¡±We can directly st that Channel with a nuclear bomb.¡±
This is the method proposed by the representative of the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ Country. It¡¯s simple and rude, also quite reasonable. Of course, for this event that can affect the entire human civilization, they can¡¯t make a hasty decision.
The matter of how to handle this space Channel has been discussed for more than a month, but they still didn¡¯te up with a final result.
Some people agree with the method proposed by the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country representative, but many people expressed their worries about more terrible consequences.
Unfortunately, they don¡¯t have any more time. The kaiju that are appearing are getting stronger and more numerous. If things keep going this way, most countries in the world will be exterminated.
Many kaiju are attacking the African continent in a frantic way. Many small countries were destroyed and casualties have reached a frightened 100 million. The African continent has almost be a forbidden area of life.
These kaiju can breathe onnd, they can also supplement their consumption by eating humans, making it easy for them to carry out activities onnd.
The Kaiju carried outnding operations on South Africa and continued to advance ind. ording to this situation, they maypletely upy this continent-if their number reaches a certain level.
The number of kaiju appearing all over the world is also increasing. In just a month, the number of kaiju has almost tripled.
The situation is getting increasingly worse and if they don¡¯t take action fast, then humans might face the threat of extinction.
¡±We must close that Chanel before more powerful Kaiju appears. No matter what!¡±
Chapter 204: Bombing the Space Channel
Chapter 204: Bombing the Space Channel
Trantor: Yamir Moon
On this day, San Francisco city of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ was attacked by an extremely powerful kaiju called ¡°Destroyer¡±. That kaiju was so powerful that it almost destroyed the entire city.
Conventional weapons can¡¯t kill it at all. Even more frightening is that although it was injured by the powerful missiles, its flesh and blood immediately dissolved into white smoke after falling into the ground.
That thick white smoke contains Ammonia and many other dangerous substances.
Once people inhaled that white smoke. They suffered from respiratory failure in just a short time, some people had ammonia poisoning, burns of the respiratory tract mucosa, and even lung swelling.
In the end, that Kaiju was killed by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ using a nuclear bomb, causing San Francisco and the surrounding area to became a restricted area.
The appearance of that kaiju has shocked the entire world.
That kaiju was far beyond any kaiju that appeared before. Just in terms of size, it was over 200 meters in height, its defense was also extremely exaggerated, it has been attacked by dozens of missiles, but it wasn¡¯t even seriously injured.
Its healing ability is also extremely shocking, as it was able to regenerate a wound with a diameter of more than a meter in less than 10 minutes.
Thebination of that super defense and super regeneration made it almost unkible.
In addition, it can release an extremely destructive energy beam, far stronger than the previous Kaiju. It can also emit electromaic pulses, which can short-circuit electronic equipment within a radius of five kilometers.
Overall, that giant kaiju is more difficult to deal with than a group of ordinary kaiju.
To distinguish it from the ordinary kaiju, it was called a mega kaiju.
Something must be done.
This is the current consensus reached by the major powers. This mega kaiju is too difficult to deal with. Basically, only nuclear bombs can kill them.
However, using nuclear bombs means the destruction of a city.
Moreover, even if they kill the mega kaiju with a nuclear bomb. It would still leave that toxic white smoke in the ce of explosion. That plus the radiation made it an absolutely forbidden area of life.
Finally, on a certain day. The major powers decided to bomb that space channel using a nuclear bomb, with the hope of permanently closing it.
A special submarine carrying the nuclear bomb fell right in the middle of the ¡°pyramid¡± group, then started an automatic explosion procedure.
¡±BOOM!!!¡±
A muffled explosion sound rang from the bottom of the ocean. This big explosion triggered an eighth magnitude earthquake. A gigantic 100-meters tsunami raged from there, spreading at an rming speed.
It¡¯s truly difficult to describe that scene.
A shocking scene out from a doomsday movie.
In fact, just that nuclear bomb is far from being able to create such a doomsday scene. This is due to the nuclear bomb releasing its energy in the space channel.
In space, the satellites transmitted the doomsday like scene back to the high-level people of the major countries. Everyone was holding their breath while watching that scene.
What will happen next?
Energy continued seeping from underwater for the next few days, creating gigantic waves. It was only three dayster that things calmed down.
Satellites are always monitoring that area. In addition, the naval forces of the major powers are always alert, ready to respond to any situation.
In the next week, things have been calm and no abnormalities were found, causing the major countries¡¯ heads to let out a sigh of relief.
Even more exhrating is that no kaiju have appeared this week.
In the past, new kaiju usually appear every 2 days, so the fact that they haven¡¯t appeared in a week is a good sign.
Could it be that their strategy worked?
The media in some countries have already begun to celebrate. Most of their headlines were things like ¡°Humans have pulled the curtain on the monster era.¡±
A few dayster, several major powers decided to send personnel to investigate that area again.
The first thing they dispatched were helicopters.
Three helicopters moved forward in an arrow shape.
They quickly entered the area near the space channel.
Before entering that area, the crew members on the helicopter were still talking with themander in the warship. However, once they entered that area, the people in themand room of the warship couldn¡¯t receive their signals anymore.
What the hell happened there? wasn¡¯t the space channel blown up by them?
Why did the three helicopters disappear? were they attacked by a kaiju?
The crazy ¡®Pr Bears¡¯ suggested dropping another nuclear bomb in that location.
However, this proposal was immediately refused. Most of the major powers agreed that they need to investigate what happened there first.
In the next few days, the entire world was shrouded in an unusually depressing atmosphere. Everyone was worried that another disaster will strike the world again.
However, after a month, everyone discovered that they didn¡¯t suffer the mad disaster they imagined.
During this time, some kaiju attacked human cities, but their number was too small and they were discovered beforehand, so they didn¡¯t cause that much of a problem.
¡±Maybe after blowing that ce with a nuclear bomb, it further strengthened the maic field, making it impossible to use technology products there.¡±
This theory has received a lot of approval. The disappearance of the three helicopters is likely due to the maic field there, causing them to crash.
Even satellites didn¡¯t find anything unusual in that ce, only the endless blue sea.
However, the heads of the major powers didn¡¯t know that there was actually a huge change in that ce.
This change was first discovered by a passenger ne.
It was a passenger ne from South Africa to Australia. It flew at a height of 10,000 meters and passed by the grass sea.
At the beginning, things were going as usual. The passenger ne was operating normally. but after passing through the grass sea, certain anomalies urred.
ording to the distance they crossed, they should have arrived in the Australien continent a while ago, but there is nothing more than the endless sea in front of them.
¡±Mini, this is Australia Flight A15, please confirm our location.¡±
Once the captain discovered this anomaly, he immediately contacted themand center.
¡±Flight A15, this is the Mini Command Tower. Your current position is xxxx. Finish.¡±
After hearing the message from themand tower, the captain could not help cursing,
¡±What the hell! are we still in the grass sea?¡±
He stared at his dashboard, it shows that they are moving forward. They should have left the grass sea long ago.
Chapter 205: Strange Sea
Chapter 205: Strange Sea
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The tension in the cockpit eventually passed into the cabin. Those passengers who were originallyfortably sitting in their seats started feeling uneasy.
They were keenly aware that the mood of the stewardess wasn¡¯t normal.
Many people have also taken this flight many times before, so they are quite familiar with the route and the flight time.
There is still a blue sea below, without the slightest shadow of a littlend, which is vastly different from the past.
¡°Miss, is there anything wrong with the ne?¡±
An olddy with sses called a stewardess passing by.
¡°The ne should have almost arrived in Australia right now?¡±
The stewardess patted the hand of the white olddy and answered with a nervous look on her face.
¡°Please don¡¯t worry, we are flying normally.¡±
¡°Because of the dense fog over Mini airport, it¡¯s inconvenient tond. We are now preparing tond at another airport.¡±
The stewardess informed the white olddy of what the captain told her to say. She herself was gritting her teeth, suppressing the fear in her heart, and heading towards the toilet.
The white olddy stared at the back of the stewardess for a while, then eventually returned to her seat. However, the look of worry on her face didn¡¯t dissipate.
She held her hands in front of her chest, then made a prayer gesture.
The other passengers in the cabin did not pay much attention to the conversation between the old whitedy and the flight attendant. Of course, some observant people noticed that something is wrong, twisting uneasily in their seats.
In the cab, Captain William once again said in the headset.
¡°Mini, here is Flight A15, please confirm our location again.¡±
¡°Flight A15, this is the Mini Command Center. Your current position is ¡¡±
Hearing the sounding from the headset, Captain William clenched his fist.
¡°Damn, who can tell me, what is going on?!¡±
ording to the information from themand center, their passenger ne is flying over the Grass waters at normal speed.
However, ording to their speed, they should have reached the airport long ago.
The strange experience of Australia ¡¯s A15 flight caught the attention of Mini Airport. They immediately reported this incident to their higher-ups.
Not long after, the satellites of several major countries began to monitor Australia ¡¯s A15 flight.
After all, this ne is flying over the waters of Grass. In theory, the maic field below should not affect an airne at an altitude of more than 10,000 meters.
In fact, this is indeed the case. The strange experience of Australia¡¯s A15 flight was not caused by a maic field. It¡¯s more like a supernatural urrence.
The airne is flying over Grass at normal speed. Unless that airne has some kind of hovering technology, it¡¯s impossible for it to stay in the grass sea for so long.
In the cockpit, captain William forehead was filled with sweat, their fuel is starting to run out. If things continue like this, they are going to crash into the sea.
It¡¯s not that he didn¡¯t think of going back to the departure station, but ording to his calction, the remaining fuel is not enough to do so.
All he could do right now is to hope that he will break out of this strange area before the fuel runs out. Otherwise, he can only execute drastic measures.
¡°Captain ¡¡±
The vice-captain Mort looked at William with an exhausted look on his face. William let out a long sigh, his tight muscles slowly rxed.
¡°There seems to be no other way.¡±
Shortly after his voice fell, a siren sounded in the cockpit as the fuel was about to run out. Eventually, the ne dived straight towards the sea.
¡°Ahhh!!!¡±
The passengers in the cabin yelled in horror the moment when they felt that the airne is falling sharply downwards, their faces filled with fear.
¡¡
Blue Calendar July 13, 2025. The airne A15 of Australia crashed in Grass waters,
None of the 285 passengers on the flight survived, the cause of the crash was unknown.
The grass sea has be a restricted area. Not only are ships prohibited from entering it, but even nes are also prohibited from flying over that area.
Furthermore, this particrly strange sea area has caused great concern among the blue people.
No matter what change has urred in that area, it seems that the reason was it being bombed with a nuclear bomb.
It seems that bombing that space channel was not only unsessful but also caused great trouble.
Because the disaster they imagined didn¡¯t really happen, so everyone just felt a kind of uneasiness, not fear or despair.
The giant serpent and the giant turtle were discovered.
They were spotted by a whaling team in north Europe. The whaling team was hunting a group of sperm whales at that time.
It¡¯s really rare to see whales in this era.
Fang Yunid quietly on the shell of the giant sea turtle and looked at the dark shadows on the opposite side. He already saw what creatures are ahead. It¡¯s a sperm whale group.
It¡¯s just that they aren¡¯t in good condition. They are being chased by several whaling ships. The humans on the ships haven¡¯t attacked them with whaling guns yet.
This group of sperm whales is still rtively lively, it would be better to attack them when they are tired.
¡°Even now that sperm whales have be an endangered species, they are still getting hunted?¡±
After the emergence of mutant and ancient creatures, whales have almost disappeared.
Fang Yun has been traveling in the oceans for so long and hasn¡¯t seen a single one. This is the first time he saw a whale since the sea monster outbreak.
However, thinking about it, the world has changed. Few animal protectors and animal rights activists remain in the world. In the current age, no one will listen or take care of those people.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother these whalers. He himself has killed a lot of sea creatures and animals. Although it was for survival and evolution, his actions still can¡¯t be denied.
He doesn¡¯t have the right to judge those people, nor will he act like a hypocrite and pretend to be enraged at the actions of those people.
If it wasn¡¯t for the fact that he is in the midst of an evolution, he would have actually attacked those whales and ate them.
He has long since epted his identity as a snake. Thew of the jungle, the fittest survives. He will use all the possible methods to reach the apex of evolution and nothing will stand in his way.
The hole in the shell of the turtle has almost recovered, months have passed after all.
He himself has changed a lot.
The scales on his body began to crack. In some ces, old scales fell off and new ones grew under them.
His evolution is particrly slow. ording to this progress, it would take about a year toplete this evolution.
During this time, he has moved from the turtle back to hunt a lot of fish. His consumption is particrlyrge, often eating several tons of food every day.
Fortunately, the giant turtle can attract many creatures, so hunting prey has been particrly easy.
While the whalers were pursuing the sperm whale group, they were also watching the giant turtle not far away. More precisely, the giant serpent on its back.
¡°Look, it¡¯s the giant turtle and the giant serpent!¡±
On thergest whaling ship, a fisherman held a pair of binocrs and yelled while watching at Fang Yun and the giant turtle.
The others on the deck were also looking at the giant serpent and the giant turtle.
That scene really shocked them.
An ind-sized turtle was slowly moving forward, on its back is an extremely big snake.
It¡¯s the two sea kings, the giant serpent and the giant turtle.
However, the giant serpent seems to have some problems?
Chapter 206: Full Kaiju Outbreak
Chapter 206: Full Kaiju Outbreak
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The people on the whaling ship were observing the Giant Turtle not far away with binocrs. To be precise, they were watching the giant serpent on it.
The scales on its body were cracked. Some scales even almost fell off.
¡°The giant serpent is molting.¡±
This is the guess of the people on the whaling ship. They felt that the giant serpent looked quite vulnerable.
They watched as the giant serpent and the giant turtle disappeared into the distance, without any intention to attack them.
There is a lot of proof that the giant serpent doesn¡¯t attack humans. Furthermore, it¡¯s currently very weak.
However, they still don¡¯t dare attack it. They still reported the whereabouts of the giant serpent and giant turtles to their national oceanic administration though.
Fang Yun thought that the humans on the whaling ships might attack him. He knows the greed of humans, especially now that he is in a weak state.
Fortunately, they didn¡¯t attack him in the end.
The ¡®Moose country¡¯ Ocean Board received the report about the giant serpent and turtle not long after.
They immediately sent a police ship to patrol that area. However, they didn¡¯t see their shadows.
By that time, Fang Yun and the giant turtle have long since disappeared.
In fact, ever since the emergence of the kaiju. Scientists interest in the five sea kings have greatly diminished. Even if they have some secret, they don¡¯t really care about them anymore.
The kaiju have way more potential and attractiveness in their view.
After all, the ¡°Life Elixir¡± produced by the giant turtle is only theoretical. Even after months of research, they were only able to produce skincare products.
Some Kaiju even have the same substance secreted by the giant turtle, which can be used to produce the same skincare product, and even theoretically the ¡°Life Elixir¡±
Their regenerative ability can be described as horrific. It has greatly piqued the interest of humans, some scientist even thinks that it may be the key to human evolution.
It¡¯s almost like a cut-down version of Fang Yun¡¯s regeneration ability. Humans don¡¯t know that though.
The speed of the giant turtle is particrly slow, probably around 10 knots.
The giant turtle itself likes to swim at this speed.
Fang Yun also doesn¡¯t hate it. Anyway, he feels really powerless right now, barely able to move. It¡¯s just that when he feels hungry, he still forces himself to move and catch some fish.
They are currently heading towards the Antic ocean with no definite destination.
Fang Yun is confident in his abilities. He thinks that it doesn¡¯t matter where he goes, there isn¡¯t a creature that he can¡¯t solve.
If he knew what happened in the grass ocean and the emergence of the mega kaiju though, he wouldn¡¯t think so.
Three months have passed since the day when the nuclear bomb exploded in the grass sea. During this time, the satellites of major countries still closely monitored that area.
At first, everything was fine, but on a certain day, countries around the world discovered something wrong in that area.
In a video captured by a satellite, many kaiju suddenly emerged from underwater, then swam in a lot of directions. That clip has caused arge shock among the higher-ups of the major countries.
¡°Wasn¡¯t the space channel destroyed, why are so many kaiju appearing from that ce again?¡±
The senior officials of the countries who have received the news were stunned. The number of Kaiju beasts that appeared this time has caused them to feel fear for the first time.
Judging from the clip alone, there are no less than two hundred kaiju swimming out of the Grass sea, and that¡¯s just the ones they found. There are probably many more hidden underwater.
¡°S-ss Alert! S-ss Alert!¡±
The east seaport of the ¡®Panda country¡¯ has entered the highest level of alert status. ording to the satellite¡¯s images, a group of kaiju ising.
When the Kaiju disaster began to truly erupt, many people began to evacuate, but even so, there are still a lot of people left behind.
It¡¯s unrealistic to relocate everyone in the city. There are many other coastal cities.
Furthermore, they can¡¯t just relocate the people in just one coastal city. They have to do so for every coastal city or that will cause riots, an such a huge poption would be extremely difficult to resettle.
Unfortunately, the governement doesn¡¯t have any choice but to relocate the people in Donggang city. Over 10 kaiju are heading towards it.
There is also a mega kaiju among them. Or more specifically, a level 5 kaiju.
In an attempt to detect the kaiju in advance, the major countries have created a device that can record a special energy wave released by them.
A level 5 kaiju is the strongest one that has ever appeared, also known as a mega kaiju. Each one has the ability to destroy a city, and the only way to effectively kill them currently is a nuclear bomb.
Of all the kaiju that have appeared previously. The only level 5 kaiju was the one that destroyed San Fransisco of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country.
However, at present, Donggang City is also facing the threat of kaiju of that level.
Fortunately, the ¡®Panda country¡¯ has discovered these kaiju in advance, so they began to migrate the people in Donggang city.
After all, that¡¯s a horrifying monster that can only be killed by a nuclear bomb.
Of course, although the governement is trying their best, only a small part of the poption of Donggang city has been evacuated. It¡¯s an international city with almost 10 million residents after all.
They have to dy these kaiju as much as possible, gaining time for the poption to evacuate.
Deep into the night, a level 5 kaiju, code-named ¡°Diablo¡±, led another 13 kaiju to the coast of Donggang City.
When the military has discovered their exact location, these kaiju have almost reached the coast.
The moment the kaijunded on the beach, they were greeted with a wave of missiles bombardment.
The level 5 Kaiju, code-named ¡°Diablo¡±, has a huge head, quite simr to that of a sperm whale.
Many missilesnded straight on that, but they caused very limited damage.
If an armor-piercing projectile can prate its body, then explode, it might cause huge damage to it. Unfortunately, even an armor-piercing projectile can¡¯t prate its defense.
These missiles still caused a lot of trouble for it. ¡°Diablo¡± growled loudly, twisting its body, it opened its mouth and released an electromaic pulse.
The electromaic pulse quickly spread to the surrounding area, making those guided-missiles like headless flies, randomly shooting in all directions.
After the initial missile bombardment, 7 kaiju survived. They roared loudly, then rushed towards Donggang city.
Fortunately, after dying these kaiju for a day, almost all the people in Donggang city have been evacuated.
The higher-ups of the country didn¡¯t hesitate tounch a nuclear bomb there, exterminating all the kaiju.
Donggang City suffered a particrly heavy loss this time. The entire city was almost in ruins. The only good news is that all the kaiju, including ¡°Diablo¡±, werepletely exterminated.
Soon after Donggang City was hit by the kaiju group, several other coastal cities in ¡®Panda country¡¯ and the rest of the world¡¯s countries were attacked by arge number of kaiju.
Chapter 207: Ruined City
Chapter 207: Ruined City
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The end of the world ising.
In the past few days, all that the media was talking about is kaiju attacked various countries, or that a certain city was bombed with a nuclear bomb, killing the kaiju in it and reducing the city to ruin.
With the appearance of each level 5 kaiju, a city is destroyed.
Some countries were even on the verge of destruction. Originally, not all countries had nuclear weapons. In fact, only about 10 has them.
In addition, some of these countries¡¯ nuclear weapons aren¡¯t technicallyplete, they can only be called a nuclear deterrent.
Among them, the African continent¡¯s countries are in the worst condition. Their military power is the weakest and the number of kaiju on it is the most.
Many kaiju are attacking various parts of the African continent, destroying many countries, and resulting in the birth of many refugees.
These refugees could only migrate within the African continent. Most of them headed towards north Africa. After all, due to the south African countries facing the Indian ocean, they suffered the mad attack of the kaiju.
The ultimate goal of those refugees is the European continent. However, unless they pass through the entire continent, they won¡¯t be able to reach Europe.
However, Europe wasn¡¯t in good condition either. Its glorious period has long since passed, it also didn¡¯t focus on developing its military power.
So the moment these kaiju broke out, they were caught by surprise. Although they eventually killed the attacking Kaiju, their losses were extremely heavy.
The kaiju tide continued, as more and more monsters emerged from the grass sea. Their number was overwhelming, and it¡¯s increasing every day.
One wave after the other is attacking the human world.
In just one month, the number of nuclear bombs detonating has surpassed the number that was ever detonated since their creation, and all of them wererge equivalent.
There is no other way, level 4 and 5 kaiju can emit electromaic pulses, causing the nuclear bombs to detonate in advance, they can onlyunch the bombs in their general direction as they can¡¯t lock them at all.
Furthermore, level 5 kaiju can sense danger in advance and can escape, their speed is also quite fast.
The only option they are left with isunchingrge-equivalent nuclear bombs. Even if the kaiju detonate them in advance, the shockwaves created by the bomb is enough to tear them apart.
Although humans can use nuclear bombs to destroy the kaiju. They also have a certain advantage in this war. the harmful radiation left after a nuclear bomb detonation is still a major problem.
In addition, the toxic white gasses that are left after the death of level 5 kaiju has begun to spread in the world, causing major disasters.
Cities near the war zone were the first ones affected.
Speaking of which, the toxic gas that appears after the death of level 5 kaiju is even more harmful than nuclear radiation. Of course, the radiation might not have disyed its harmful effects yet.
For example, in ¡®Panda country¡¯, the closest city to Donggang is Neihua city. Most of the people transferred from Donggang are settled there.
Those toxic gases were bought to Neihua by a strong wind, causing a lot of harm to the city over there.
During this time, many people developed symptoms of respiratory infections and lung inmmation. The hospitals in the city were almost full during this period.
It wasn¡¯t just ¡®Panda country¡¯ suffering from this disaster, but every country that used nuclear bombs against level 5 kaiju was suffering from the same problem.
In fact, the ¡®Panda country¡¯ wasn¡¯t in a state as bad as the other countries. With the mobilization of the governement, masks and other protective equipment are being issued.
In addition, some severely injured people were transferred to other cities¡¯ hospitals to get treatment.
Doctors and nurses from all over the country were also transferred to Neihua city.
Fang Yun wasying down on the giant turtle¡¯s back. They are heading towards the North Antic right now. Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that the world was facing arge scale attack of the kaiju right now.
However, he could still guess a bit.
He is currently near the beach, watching the ruins of a city not far away.
It¡¯s the city of Plymouth, the first city in the European continent that was attacked by kaiju.
Heid quietly on the shell of the turtle while looking at the ruined city not far away.
The whole city exudes the feeling of death, at the same time, as he got closer to the city, a strange feeling emerged in his body. He looked underneath and discovered the giant turtle is also very restless.
¡±Nuclear bomb?¡±
Based on Fang Yun¡¯s knowledge, the only thing that can turn an entire city into ruin is a nuclear bomb. The strange feeling should be the radiation left after the explosion.
He concentrated deeply, feeling the changes in his body. The nuclear radiation is constantly killing the cells in his body. However, every moment, arge number of cells are regenerating.
The degree of regeneration is far superior to that of destruction, so the radiation can¡¯t effectively harm him.
¡±It has no effect on me.¡±
Fang Yun came to his conclusion that the threat from the nuclear radiation was too small. After thinking about it for a while, he slithered down from the back f the giant turtle, then swam towards the shore.
Deep into the city, everything he saw is the same as that of the shore, destruction, and ruin.
Suddenly, he smelled a special breath.
He flicked his tongue a few times, determining the direction of the special smell, he slithered over there. About 3 km away, he stopped moving and looked at it.
¡±Kaiju body?¡±
Not far ahead, there is the corpse of a kaiju, but its body is badly burnt and more than half of it is missing.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, the corpse of this kaiju can provide him with 40,000 bio-energy points.
Fang Yun slithered over, tore a part of the kaiju body, swallowed it, then concentrated on the changes in his belly.
¡±It seems to be edible.¡±
After trying that part, Fang Yun swallowed the rest of the body confidently and boldly.
He nced around again, there are ruins everywhere-copsed buildings, broken cars and so on.
He chose a random direction, then slithered forward.
To be honest, he is really reluctant to move, but this ruined city has attracted his attention.
ording to his understanding of the kaiju, using a nuclear bomb is really unnecessary.
¡±Maybe a stronger Kaiju appeared.¡±
Fang Yun guessed randomly, he couldn¡¯t help but think back of the scene he saw in the space channel.
A giant Kaiju over 200 meters height directly held an Argentinosaurus in his hand and ate it in two bites.
He suspected that such a Kaiju appeared.
It¡¯s just that, it has appeared way sooner than he thought.
If he knew about the fact that humans used nuclear bombs to destroy the space channel in the grass sea, he will be truly speechless. Humans are really looking for trouble.
Fang Yun¡¯s huge body twisted between the ruins, squashing the gravel under him, the sky was gray, covered with ayer of dust. The city was also filled with ayer of thin white gas.
He used the skill ¡°overclocking resonance¡± to check out the situation a few kilometers ahead, trying to discover something unusual.
He didn¡¯t expect to really find an unusual thing.
Chapter 208: Crocodile-Kaiju
Chapter 208: Crocodile-Kaiju
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Amidst the rubble-filled ruins, a team of humans was slowly moving forward. There were fifteen people in the team, all wearing white radiation-resistant clothing.
The two leaders were holding a detector-like device in their hands, looking at it from time to time.
The two leaders are scientists from the royal academy of biological science, the rest were soldiers responsible for protecting them. Their purpose is to bring back the remains of the level 5 kaiju.
In the past, their country has obtained a kaiju body, but it was only a level 3 kaiju. They currently don¡¯t have any information about level 5 kaiju.
So the Royal Academy of Biological Science organized a team and came to Plymouth to see if they could find the corpse of the level 5 kaiju that died here.
They are naturally prepared, armed to the teeth and wearing protective clothing with no gap, otherwise, they wouldn¡¯t have dared toe here.
¡±Beep ~ Beep ~ Beep¡±
Suddenly, the instrument in the hand of one of the leaders ahead started ringing and shing with a red light.
Raleigh halted his footsteps, he nced at the instrument in his hand with a relieved look.
The fact that the instrument started ringing means that the kaiju body is nearby.
Although it¡¯s not certain that it¡¯s the level 5 kaiju, this is still good news.
He gestured to the people behind him, signaling them to follow.
As the deputy leader of the Kaiju Research Expert Group, he agreed to the organization¡¯s request without any hesitation, then came to Plymouth to search for the body of the level 5 kaiju.
Under his leadership, their team moved forward for about 10 meters. Suddenly, the instrument in the hands of the man next to him started ringing.
Raleigh¡¯s footsteps paused, then looked over at the man.
Their two instruments have different functions, one of which detects the energy emitted by the kaiju, and the other detects the concentration of radiation around.
The instrument is now ringing, which indicates that the radiation around them has reached a very high level.
The look on everyone¡¯s face changed, everyone looked hesitant. In the end, they all looked at Raleigh, waiting for his decision.
Raleigh groaned, after hesitating a bit, he gritted his teeth and continued moving forward.
They walked forward for about three miles, all while the rm of the two instruments is bing more and more urgent. The team of the Royal Academy of Biological Science was forced to stop.
Raleigh was a little bit frightened by the loud sirens of the two instruments. It wasn¡¯t just him, the rest of the team weren¡¯t feeling good either.
Even a man with strong will can¡¯t stay calm in such an environment.
Raleigh looked around, then continued moving forward. He turned over a fallen building, then stealthily moved forward.
However, after taking a few steps, he abruptly stopped, his face was filled with horror.
His team was closely following behind him. The guy at the head of the team almost collided with Raleigh after his sudden halt. Just as he was about to ask him what happened, his breath stagnated.
The people behind them weren¡¯t in better shape, they all held their breath while looking forward.
¡±Damn, what the heck is that!¡±
Everyone was screaming internally.
Many people felt their legs soften. They could only hold the rocks next to them with their hands. Otherwise, they would have long fallen on the ground.
There is a huge creature not far ahead.
It¡¯s a huge crocodile-shaped kaiju, with thick limbs, a slender body, a huge mouth, a long tail, and a body covered with scales.
Raleigh and the rest of the team were behind it, so the kaiju didn¡¯t see them.
The crocodile-like kaiju suddenly opened its mouth and took a deep breath, making an extremely loud inhaling sound.
After taking a deep breath, the kaiju lower its head, then quietlyid on the ground.
Time seemed to be still. Raleigh and the rest of the team looked at the monster ahead with a horror-filled expression.
Compared with other Kaiju, this is just a small level 2 kaiju, which can be solved by the military with rtively small losses.
However, they are just a small team of about 10 people with just ordinary hot weapons. Their guns won¡¯t even scratch it, facing it would be just delivering food.
¡±Beep ~ Beep ~ Beep¡±
Suddenly, Raleigh was awakened by the ringing of the instrument in his hand. He instantly responded and turned it off.
The guy holding the radiation detection instrument did the same.
However, they were still a bit slower, the kaiju in front of them suddenly opened his eyes. He slowly stood up, then turned around and stared right at Raleigh and his team.
A pair of red vertical pupils slowly expanded as it reflected the team of Royal Academy of Biological Science.
¡±Glup!¡±
Raleigh swallowed his saliva, his face was a bit distorted. He gestured to his team silently, telling them to slowly back out behind the ruins, then run.
However, the crocodile-shaped kaiju didn¡¯t give them any time, it quickly ran towards them.
Finished!
Under the protective suit, Raleigh¡¯s eyes widened, his mind suddenly nked. The only idea left in his mind is that they are finished.
¡±Roar!¡±
The kaiju roared loudly, it ran across the ruins like a bulldozer, destroying all the ruined buildings in its path, opening its mouth, it intended to swallow all of them at the same time.
Raleigh¡¯s breathing stagnated. The kaiju body got closer and closer to him, finally. He could only see a bloody giant mouth.
His muscles were tense, his body was shivering intensely from fear/
¡±Wooosh!¡±
However, right at that moment, a loud rustling noise sounded. From the corner of his eyes, Raleigh saw a huge ck shadow constantly getting closer to the crocodile-kaiju.
Then-
¡±Boom!¡±
With a heavy bang, the Kaiju that was going to swallow them flew far away o the side.
¡±What happened?¡±
Raleigh was shocked and after looking at the direction the kaiju flew in, he was even more shocked.
He saw that the crocodile-kaiju was lying on a fallen building about 40 meters away, wrapped around is a terrifying snake.
Giant Serpent?
Raleigh¡¯s face was filled with astonishment, looking at hispanions next to him, they were basically the same.
Chapter 209: Another Discovery
Chapter 209: Another Discovery
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Yearster, Raleigh still felt thrilled when he remembers that scene. He was on the verge of death, but something unexpected happened.
At that time, he didn¡¯t feel any fear, but his heart still beat fiercely.
¡±Boom!¡±
It was just like the divine sound of salvation. The kaiju was knocked fiercely into the ground, then it was entangled and bitten by the giant serpent.
¡±I think if I were a woman, I might have fallen in love at that moment.¡±
In the face of the microphone handed by the reporter, Raleigh jokingly described his psychology when he saw the giant serpent.
On the ruins of a building, two giant monsters were twisting together. However, the Kaiju was obviously at a disadvantage as it was wrapped around by the giant serpent.
This kaiju isn¡¯t very strong.
This was his instinctual feeling at the first sight of this kaiju. He seemed to be able to detect the special energy emitted by the kaiju, a bit like human instruments.
¡±It¡¯s around the level of the one I hunted in Hualien city, probably weaker¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He contracted more around the kaiju, wrapping around it even harder.
¡±Crack, Crack!¡±
The bones of the crocodile-like kaiju began to crack. Blue blood also started to seep from its mouth.
When they saw the blue blood falling to the ground, the faces of Raleigh and the rest of the team suddenly changed. Fortunately, the blood didn¡¯t react with the surrounding air and became a toxic smoke as the level 5 kaiju does.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t manage the team of the Royal Academy of Biological Science. After killing the Kaiju, he swallowed it directly.
This crocodile-kaiju provided him with 380,000 bio-energy points.
His current bio-energy is about 1.84 million points, but he needs 8 million points for the next evolution.
Even if he hadn¡¯t finished his evolution yet, he is still able to see the required points for the next evolution.
¡±There are more and more kaiju in the sea, plus the turtle can attract many ancient and mutant creatures, so gathering bio-energy isn¡¯t that difficult right now.¡±
After devouring the kaiju, Fang Yun started wandering around, thinking about his next evolution.
¡±In short, I don¡¯t have to worry about bio-energy for the time being.¡±
Fang Yun thought of a scene that might happen in the future. He just finished his evolution and his body returned to his peak state, then he immediately started the next evolution, and returned to the lethargic state.
¡±That scene would be truly¡¡±
Standing in the same ce, Raleigh and the rest of his team were looking at the giant serpent no far away. Seeing that the giant serpent has won, they let out a sigh of relief. The fact that they were on the verge of being eaten caused their limbs to soften.
However, the feeling of escaping from disaster made them feel very rxed. Their faces, under the protective clothing, was full of smiles.
They decided to leave this ce quickly and report their discovery to their leaders.
On the other side, Fang Yun didn¡¯t n on leaving this ruin just yet, there is a lot of food right here.
For example, he has just found another kaiju body.
To be precise, it¡¯s just a leg. However, ording to the system¡¯s prompt, just this leg can provide him with 50,000 bio-energy points.
He slithered towards the giant leg and carefully examined it. He guessed that with such a huge leg, its ower has to be over 200 meters height.
He has been wondering before if those giant kaiju have appeared or not. It seems now that they have really appeared.
¡±I wonder if that mountain-sized spider hase out or not. It should be the mother of all kaiju. It¡¯s just unknown whether it can fight or not.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but remember the giant monster he saw in the space channel.
That kaiju was bigger than thergest mountain in the world. There were many umbilical cords extending from its belly, on the other side of the umbilical cords were arge number of embryos, and if his guess is correct, kaiju should be in those embryos.
After groaning, he stopped thinking about it. Fang Yun approached the leg in front of it, then bit it. He felt that this kaiju leg is very tough. Only after exerting all his strength was he able to tear it apart.
Such a discovery made his heart sink.
From the kaiju he previously hunted, he came to the conclusion that a kaiju muscles became very loose and much softer after their death.
He is already struggling to tear apart some piece off the leg of this kaiju after death, which means that when it was alive, he wouldn¡¯t even be able to injure it.
This level of kaiju is still a huge threat to him. In addition to their huge muscle strength and toughness, they also have some unique special abilities.
¡±This level of kaiju is still difficult to deal with for now. I should avoid shing with them.¡±
After swallowing the kaiju leg, Fang Yun made up his mind.
This incident was a bit unexpected for Fang Yun. Kaiju of these levels shouldn¡¯t havee out at this time. With their addition, the ocean isn¡¯tpletely safe for him as before.
Fang Yun took a deep breath and decided to quicken the pace of his evolution even further.
He wandering in those ruins for about half a month before returning to the ocean.
On the day he returned to the sea, Raleigh and the other team members reported their discoveries in Plymouth to the higher-ups of their country and other major countries
This kind of thing can¡¯t be hidden, mostly because their country isn¡¯t a military superpower. They must convey their findings to the major superpowers and let them find a way to deal with the problem.
¡±So Mr. Raleigh, you encountered a kaiju in Plymouth and happened to be rescued by the giant serpent?¡±
In the meeting, Raleigh showed the videos they took to the representatives of all countries. Suddenly, a female representative of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country stood up and asked him.
¡±I don¡¯t consider this a major discovery.¡±
¡±Ma¡¯am, please watch carefully.¡±
Raleigh nced at the representative of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, then pulled the progress bar back to the moment when they encountered the crocodile-shaped kaiju.
They watched as the crocodile-kaiju suddenly raised its head, opened its mouth, then sucked something.
¡±When we reached that ce, the concentration of radiation was particrly high. However, after the kaiju sucked the air.¡±
Raleigh pointed the rubber stick in his hand to the image of an instrument on the screen.
¡±The radiation detected on the instruments has reduced sharply.¡±
After hearing his words, the people in the conference room all started whispering.
Chapter 210: Nuclear Winter
Chapter 210: Nuclear Winter
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun returned to the beach, climbed up on the shell of the giant turtle that was waiting there, then started roaming the ocean like before.
He discovered that when he was wandering in the ruins, especially when fighting the crocodile-shaped kaiju, his scales fell faster.
Fighting can speed up evolution.
Although he still feels lethargic right now, he made up his mind. As long as he meets with a kaiju, he won¡¯t let it go.
Now that Fang Yun has fully entered the Antic Ocean, he is nning to circle around the coastline of the African continent, then go back to the Indian Ocean.
There should be a lot of Kaiju over there.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that in this time period, his reputation points have reached 4 billion. After which the system rewarded him with 13 skill points, adding the 11 points he has left, he has a total of 24 skill points.
In other words, he can upgrade one of his skills.
This time, he decided to upgrade ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±. After the upgrade, he felt that the organ responsible for generating sound waves in his mouth has changed.
¡±The coverage and lethality of the sound waves have increased a lot.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the fainted mutant megalodon floating on the water surface and came to this conclusion.
However, he still can¡¯t destroy an object by analyzing its frequency and sending the corresponding sound waves as the skill description says.
¡±Maybe after a few more upgrades, I will unlock this ability.¡±
Fang Yun was a little helpless. If he now has that kind of ability, then he can directly use it in his fight against kaiju. Instantly destroying the kaiju body into a lot of small pieces will make his fight against the kaiju a lot easier.
They leisurely wandered in the Antic ocean for two months. The turtle attracted a lot of ancient and mutant creatures along the way, allowing him to harvest a lot of bio-energy.
As he got closer and closer to the Indian ocean, the frequency of the kaiju appearance has increased a lot.
He even met two kaiju moving together. Fortunately, they weren¡¯t very strong.
After killing these two Kaiju, most of his old scales have fallen off. Three dayster, all of his scales have fallen off.
In other words, his evolution isplete.
This time afterpleting this evolution, he directly became 100 meters long, his diameter also increased to 3 meters.
If this was the era before the monsters appeared, his current body would be enough to nt fear in the mind of most people in the world.
He got 23 skill points this time, which he used to upgrade ¡°Thunder Domain¡±.
By now, this skill has been upgraded 3 times.
When activating this skill, a purple thunder pool with a diameter of more than 200 meters will manifest around him. This skill has already entered the fantasy range.
The power of the thunder itself has also greatly increased, although a bit inferior to natural thunder, it still should be around 100 million volts.
At the same time, this skill also has a passive electromaic wave attack, making creatures around him feel a lot of difort and fear. The smaller and weaker the creature, the more effective this passive attack on it.
After the upgrade, this skill which resembles the momentum, dragon pressure, or king field in novels also became stronger.
He even tried it against a big ancient creature, and the results were gratifying.
He sneakily approached an ancient creature, then released that special electromaic field. The ancient creature instantly escaped. He naturally followed it from behind, still releasing the electromaic field.
As time passed, the creature became crazier and more fearful, until it fainted in the end.
After this experiment, Fang Yun was very satisfied. He deactivated, as he likes to call it, his dragon field, then continued his journey.
¡¡
Thetest discovery about the kaiju has cast a haze in the heart of humans around the world.
The kaiju likes to swallow nuclear radiation.
This sounds like good news, as humans won¡¯t have to worry about nuclear radiation as before.
However, the word nuclear radiation is very sensitive to humans, as the word mutation often apanies it.
This is what scientists are worried about. Will the kaiju mutate after swallowing enough nuclear radiation?
Sadly, even if they have scruples about this, they still have to use nuclear bombs. After all, apart from it, no other weapon can effectively kill the mega kaiju.
It has been half a year since the first appearance of the level 5 kaiju and theirrge scale invasion.
In this time, they have killed more than a 100 level 5 kaiju. Which means that they have exploded more than a 100 nuclear bomb.
This number is already pretty scary.
The impact of a nuclear bomb is not only about itsrge scale destruction.
After the explosion, a huge mushroom cloud will rush up into the sky, bringing a huge amount of dust into the air.
When that dust gathers too much, it will block the sunlight, causing the area in which the explosion happened to cool down. This is the origin of the term ¡°Nuclear Winter¡±.
Although the more than one hundred nuclear bombs did not explode at the same time, nor did they explode in the same location, the effect they had on the earth overall is still very significant.
The sky over many cities has begun to be foggy, and people were forced to wear masks while moving on the street.
The blue sky and white clouds can only be seen in teaus.
Speaking of which, many people, in their spare time, would go to the teau or a hignd to breathe fresh air.
In addition, the temperature has started to drop. In the areas closest to the explosion, the sun has beenpletely covered. The most affected were the crops that need sunlight to grow, it¡¯s a big blow to agriculture.
This is the case in many countries. They were forced to use crops produced in a certain area to supply the entire country.
Fortunately, some people have synthesized a super fertilizer from the body parts of mutant creatures, which can increase the output of grain. Otherwise, the food problem alone will cause many countries to copse.
In addition to the impact of nuclear bombs on humans, the white smoke produced by levels 4 and 5 kaiju after their death is causing serious problems to human health.
Every day, some people die due to blocked respiratory tracks or inmed lungs. It¡¯s those kaiju that brought these problems.
Many people scolded the higher-ups who had originally decided to bomb the space channel below the grass sea. Among them, the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ higher-ups were the ones that suffered the most, as they were the ones who proposed that in the first ce.
Most people think that if that space passage wasn¡¯t blown up, so many level 5 kaiju wouldn¡¯t have appeared, and they wouldn¡¯t have had to use so many nuclear bombs.
This is actually whimsical. Even if the space channel wasn¡¯t blown up, level 5 kaiju would eventually appear and even on arge scale.
This war won¡¯t stop unless one side is defeated. It doesn¡¯t really matter whether the space channel was blown up or not.
It¡¯s just that in such situations where one can possibly die any time, one tends to get extremely stressed. People just need something to vent their fears and frustration on.
Fortunately, some good news was finally disclosed by the media.
Scientists¡¯ research on Kaiju has finally yielded results.
Chapter 211: Humans Advancement
Chapter 211: Humans Advancement
Trantor: Yamir Moon
On the other side of the Pacific Ocean, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country announced that they had sessfully cloned a Kaiju, which was named ¡°King Kong¡± by them.
It looks like a gori, but due to the fact that it¡¯s still very young, it¡¯s just 10 meters high, it also can¡¯t walk yet.
This act isn¡¯t unprecedented. Cloning technology is already quite mature, and quite a few ancient creatures have been cloned before. Kaiju are just more difficult to clone, but it¡¯s not impossible.
The gori named King Kong looks quite stupid. He usuallyys on the ground and doesn¡¯t move. He will only scream once he feels hungry.
His screams are a major headache for researchers.
However, it¡¯s certain that those screams are just an instinctive action of King Kong. Once they give it food, it will immediately stop screaming.
King Kong also didn¡¯t show any aggressive behavior for the time being. Researchers specte that it¡¯s because it¡¯s just in the baby stage.
ording to research, each kaiju has 54 pairs of chromosomes, of which 53 pairs are normal chromosomes.
The 53 pairs of chromosomes are rtively simple in shape, but the shapes of thest pair are much moreplicated.
In thest pair of chromosomes, scientists have discovered some special substances organized in a special order, which should be the core genes of Kaiju.
The cloned King Kong also has simr genes. The 53 rtively simple genes on the chromosomes look normal.
Exactly the same as its parent.
However, thest pair of chromosomes are a bit different. Their gic structure isn¡¯t of the same order as that of its parent. In fact, it¡¯s somewhat¡Disorganized.
¡±This may be the reason King Kong doesn¡¯t show the tendency to attack people.¡±
The person in charge of this project said so.
They spected that the gic information carried on that particr pair of chromosomes is the factor deciding the kaiju attitude towards humans.
They also announced that they are going to test it.
The research team is nning to clone another King Kong. In which they are nning to arrange the genes in thatst pair of chromosomes to make it simr to that of a normal kaiju.
By doing this, they will be able to determine if those genes are what truly make kaiju so aggressive towards humans.
If they can prove that their guess is correct, maybe they can edit them to make these cloned kaiju human weapons.
If they could really do that, then the human situation will greatly improve. Humans won¡¯t need to use nuclear bombs anymore to deal with the kaiju.
At the end of the speech, the leader of the research team emphasized that this technology has great potential and that he hopes that the countries around the world will support them.
In addition to this discovery, scientists have also discovered that kaiju blood contains certain energy that can be used by them.
Just a small amount of Kaiju blood, plus some othermon materials, can constitute a low-carbon, clean and extremely safe energy.
This energy can greatly alleviate the use of oil.
If this clean energy source appeared in the peace era, it will probably cause arge shock in the world, maybe even start a war between countries.
Then again, if kaiju haven¡¯t appeared, then this energy would have never been found.
In addition to these discoveries, some people tried tobine carbon-based cells and silicon-based cells to create some special human tissues, with the intention to obtain the regeneration ability of a kaiju.
In short, after the advent of Kaiju, a variety of new ideas were bought up one after the other and each one has great potential.
Unfortunately, with the current human technology, few can be truly realized.
Therefore, most kaiju rted technologies can only be truly used by humans after a long period of time.
It¡¯s just¡can humans persist until then?
It has been two years since the first Kaiju appeared, and earth-shaking changes have taken ce on the Blue. The first problem is environmental pollution.
Nuclear bombs and the blood of higher-level kaiju have seriously polluted the environment. The wind and rain have bought the polluted gas to human habitat, dealing a great deal of damage to them.
Various organ diseases, newborns malformations, and other problems began to stand out.
However, they still have no solution to this problem, furthermore, nuclear bombs are being detonated every day around the world, further worsening the situation.
Ironically, they can¡¯t stop this behavior. Otherwise, level 5 kaiju will lead the other kaiju to destroy the human civilization.
Missiles are almostpletely ineffective in front of level 5 kaiju.
The only way that the current human civilization can solve them is by using nuclear bombs.
Secondly, the human order has reached a tipping point. The major countries are fine, they can still hold on. However, small countries are on the verge of falling into Anarchies, especially those small coastal countries.
ording to the statistics, since the appearance of kaiju, almost 1 billion humans have died and many more are dying every day. crowning this kaiju invasion as the biggest disaster in human history.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care much about the situation of the human world. When he first saw the monsters behind the space channel, he has been deliberating. What would be his position in this war between humans and monsters?
Although he was human previously, he is a monster right now. Even if he wants to help humans, will they ept him?
In the end, he felt that no matter whether it¡¯s the human civilization, the kaiju or the aliens behind them, they have little to do with him.
His current goal right now is to grow, be bigger until he can finally leave this.
After reaching that point., he will leave this and look for a way back home in the vast universe.
As a matter of fact, he clearly knows that this will take a long time. Even if he goes back to his original universe, his parents and friends would have died long ago.
After all, it has been almost 7 years since he reincarnated as a snake, but he still doesn¡¯t know how long it will take him to grow to the point of traveling in the universe, let alone going back to his previous world.
It might take hundreds or even thousands of years to achieve his goal.
However, he will never give up, going back to his previous world has be an obsession. It doesn¡¯t matter if all his rtives and friends disappear, he just wants to go back;
Currently, Fang Yun was lying on the shell of the giant turtle, roaming the Antic Ocean. They are quite close to the Indian ocean, it won¡¯t take long to arrive there.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that Fang Yun has gathered enough bio-energy to evolve. Thanks to the variety of kaiju he encountered along the way, he was able to quickly gather enough bio-energy.
He is currently in the midst of an evolution, which can be easily seen from his lethargic state.
Chapter 212: Energy Crisis
Chapter 212: Energy Crisis
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After this evolution, Fang Yun¡¯s level was raised to 25, obtaining 24 skills points. Counting the points he has left, he has exactly 31 skill points.
This time, he upgraded ¡°Thunder Domain¡± without hesitation.
After the upgrade, the power and range of this skill have more than doubled. After activating this skill, he can cover the range of 500 meters around him in a thunder sea.
The thunder he can release right now is almost catching up with natural thunder.
In addition, his Dragon/Snake field has be even stronger. Currently, as long as he gets closer to a creature about the size of a normal megalodon, it will immediately be crazy, sometimes it will even directly faint.
The closer he is to a creature, the greater the effect of his field, Conversely, the farther he gets from a creature, the less affected the creature is.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle moved slowly along the coast of the African continent. The situation here is much worse than he thought. There were a lot of fishing viges along the coast previously, but they have all disappeared.
He saw a lot of amphibious creatures on the coast, upying the territory that originally belonged to humans.
Along the way, he didn¡¯t find a single human.
¡±Is the situation in Africa already so severe?¡±
Fang Yun let out a long sigh and shook his head, he already guessed why the situation in Africa is so bad.
There are many countries on the African continent, but most of them are small countries that are either in civil war or impoverished. They are also hardly united. Due to the extreme diversification ofnguage and culture, it¡¯s almost impossible for them to band together.
Adding to that their weak military strength. They can hardly gather the strength to resist the kaiju invasion.
In addition, the kaiju haveunched arge scale invasion right now. Even the major superpowers are struggling in the face of the increasing kaiju, so the variety of small countries on the African continent ushered in a disaster.
After the Kaiju destroyed the armed forces of these countries, just some amphibious mutant creatures can easily steal the corresponding territories from the defenseless citizens.
Fang Yun is growing, and the giant turtle under him is also growing. Its current maximum width has reached 320 meters. Its growth rate isn¡¯t slow at all.
However, this turtle doesn¡¯t have any special ability. At least Fang Yun didn¡¯t find it. The only eye-catching characteristic of this turtle is itsrge body and high defense.
Looking at the giant turtle under him, Fang Yun remembered that giant octopus.
He met that giant twice before, and each time the octopus was able to escape. He wondered if that octopus is still alive.
In fact, the giant octopus, aka the Kraken, is still alive and doing well.
Since the giant octopus escaped to the Antarctic Sea, it has been living a moist life. That ce has a rtivelyrge number of ancient and mutant creatures, but the Kraken is still firmly upying the top spot.
Most importantly, after the outbreak of Kaiju, the Antarctic Sea became a neglected ce. Since there are no humans there, the kaiju didn¡¯t target that ce.
asionally, a kaiju will pass through that sea. However, relying on its sharp instincts, the Kraken was able to escape in advance.
In fact, the Kraken will even take the initiative to hunt small and weak kaiju.
A total of 7 Kaiju have passed through that area, and the Kraken has sessfully killed one and devoured it.
If Fang Yun were to see the current Kraken, he would be greatly surprised.
Its body size is muchrger than before. Counting its tentacles, its length is over 200 meters. Just its head alone has a diameter of 40 meters.
Furthermore, after swallowing that kaiju, it gained the ability to secrete acid from its mouth and tentacles.
That acid is extremely corrosive, able to corrode most prey in the ocean into liquid in just 10 seconds.
The Kraken¡¯s confidence has greatly inted after getting this ability. It¡¯s now preparing to leave the Antarctic ocean, and get revenge on the guy that drove it out of its original territory.
The giant octopus doesn¡¯t have a high IQ, but it has a good memory. It can still remember the creature that defeated it, and it wants to get revenge.
Of course, this isn¡¯t the only reason why the Kraken decided to leave the Antarctic ocean. It has be somewhat overconfident and wants to hunt other kaiju. Mostly because its strength has increased a lot after eating that small one.
After leaving the Antarctic ocean, the Kraken headed straight towards the Indian Ocean. Precisely, the Grass sea.
On the other side, Fang Yun has now arrived in the southeast region of South Africa. The area where he is currently located already belongs to the Indian Ocean.
He has been encountering more and more mutant creatures recently, even kaiju became increasingly numerous as he got closer to the grass sea.
This time, the requited bio-energy points for the next evolution is 12 million, which would have taken him ages to gather in the previous era. In this monster era, the thing that he is the least worried about is bio-energy.
Fang Yun still doesn¡¯t know that humans have created a grade for kaiju. If he did, he will discover that¡
Level 2 Kaiju can provide about 300,000 bio-energy points. Level 3 Kaiju can provide about 400,000 points.
Level 4 Kaiju can provide about 500,000 bio-energy points.
He hasn¡¯t encountered a level 5 kaiju yet, so it would be difficult to determine how much it can provide.
As for level 1 kaiju. It¡¯s in fact a kaiju in the baby to the juvenile age. It hardly has any strength or ability. It¡¯s basically impossible to see it on the battlefield between humans and kaiju.
The kaiju that Fang Yun has previously encountered and hunted are usually between levels 3 and 4. He has rarely encountered a level 2, in which he is able to easily kill them.
He still hasn¡¯t encountered a level 5 kaiju, but it won¡¯t take him long to meet one.
After moving forward for another half a month, Fang Yun raised his bio-energy to 5 million points. In addition, Fang Yun has also encountered a kaiju on this day.
That Kaiju was much stronger than any of the kaiju he encountered before.
¡
It was an eventful day. While human beings were facing a lot of major problems such as kaiju, mutated creatures, and nuclear radiation, another major problem appeared in front of humans.
In Panda country¡¯s Bohai Oilfield, a lot of mysterious creatures were found in the crude oil that was extracted. Those creatures were just the size of a flea, but there were a lot of them.
Someone recorded a video of a worker scooping a cup of the crude oil that was just mined, as a result, obvious traces of those insects can be seen inside.
A lot of small creatures like maggots can be seen squirming inside.
ording to the research, these organisms can feed on crude oil.
That bug was named ¡°oil bug¡±.
After the strange bug was first found in the Bohai Oilfield, it was also found in several coastal oilfields.
The number of these bugs is unimaginable. They just appeared in oil fields not long ago, but statistics show that the amount of crude oil is quickly decreasing because of them.
It wasn¡¯t only oil fields, arge number of small worms were also found in natural gas mines. This type of worm was named ¡°Gas Worm¡±, which survive by swallowing natural gas.
The appearance of these two types of bugs will cause humans to potentially fall into an energy crisis.
Fortunately, these two kinds of weird creatures were only discovered in various oilfields and gas mines near the coast. They haven¡¯t been found yet deep ind.
However, countries around the world are starting to get nervous. In the current age, humans must be prepared to face any situation.
They started to n ahead. They decided to look for new energy sources before the situation worsens.
One of the most supported suggestion is cloning kaiju, breeding them to obtain their blood, then using it to create a new energy source.
Chapter 213: Level 5 Kaiju “Mad Cow�
Chapter 213: Level 5 Kaiju ¡°Mad Cow¡±
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun confronted the giant monster in front of him. He roughly estimated that this kaiju¡¯s height has reached 200 meters. It¡¯s generally humanoid with four limbs, of which it¡¯s using its hind limbs to weirdly float on the water surface.
Its hind limbs are extremely strong and thick, filled with bulging muscles.
At the end of its hands, there is a pair of extremely sharps ws, a bit like that of an eagle but hundreds of times bigger.
Those ws are a bit exaggerated even inpared to the size of this kaiju, they are even bigger than its head, and are also the most noticeable feature about this kaiju.
This kaiju also has two huge horns on its head, making it look somewhat like a devil.
In general, this thing looks very simr to a minotaur but much more vicious.
¡±Giant Kaiju.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the giant kaiju in front of him and thought of that.
What surprised him was that he was using electromaic waves to explore the road before, but he didn¡¯t find the slightest trace of this monster.
It wasn¡¯t until they were about 1 kilometer from each other that he discovered its existence. That is to say, this monster can shield electromaic waves.
It wasn¡¯t just Fang Yun who discovered this giant Kaiju. Three kilometers above their heads, a drone was hovering. The camera was pointed straight at the three monsters below.
¡±The giant serpent encountered the level 5 kaiju ¡°Mad cow¡±.¡±
The staff at the observation station said this while watching the screen in front of them.
In fact, this giant kaiju has been spotted three days ago.
At that time, this giant kaiju appeared on the sea surface and was spotted by a satellite. After that, they sent many drones to monitor its actions from far away.
By measuring the energy emitted by its body, it was counted as a level 5 kaiju. This can also be confirmed by its body size.
Due to ¡®Panda Country¡¯ being the first to discover this kaiju and the fact that the kaiju is the closest to them. They named it ¡°Mad Cow¡±.
ording to their estimates, ¡°Mad Cow¡± will eventuallynd in the ¡°Komodo Dragon¡± country, which is not far from Australia. However, it will pass next to some ¡®Panda country¡¯ cities and is likely to attack them, so they decided to monitor it.
After all, there have been such precedents.
What they didn¡¯t expect was that they saw the giant serpent and giant turtle there.
The ¡°mad cow¡± on the opposite side also saw Fang Yun and the giant turtle. It immediately started to swim towards them, an endless stream of water surged away behind it, going by its vicious look and the saliva streaming out of its mouth, it wasn¡¯ting to greet them.
The giant turtle was particrly disturbed, even a bit scared. It backed away a bit, showing its uneasiness.
Fang Yun slithered down from its shell. The giant turtle immediately ran away. It first retracted its head and limbs into the shell, then disappeared underwater.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about the giant turtle. He looked at the giant Kaiju swimming towards him with interest. ording to the system¡¯s prompt, this kaiju can provide him with 700,000 bio-energy points.
He wants to try and see if he can hunt this kaiju.
Looking down from the sky, the distance between the two monsters was getting closer and closer. Eventually, they collided together.
¡±BOOM!!¡±
It was as if the two mountains collided together, resulting in a loud explosion sound. The water boiled and huge waves were formed. It was a scene beyond imagination.
¡±It¡¯s so shocking.¡±
The staff who were observing this scene were amazed.
Level 5 kaiju are recognized as the strongest monsters in the world. However, the giant serpent is going neck to neck with it.
Fang Yun was actually hesitant whether to fight with this kaiju or not. However, the bio-energy it can provide is too tempting, it¡¯s also a good opponent that can facilitate his evolution. He also wants to test his current strength and this giant kaiju is perfect for that.
¡±Boom! Boom!¡±
The two giant monsters fought madly on the sea surface for a while, using their flesh to collide with each other.
Fang Yun was bitting the shoulder of the giant kaiju while striking its belly with his tail, the giant kaiju attacked Fang Yun with its giant ws, leaving white traces on his scales and even injuring him a bit.
Suddenly, the giant kaiju threw Fang Yun into the sea, pulled back, then opened its mouth and released aser beam towards him.
Fang Yun was alert to the giant kaiju¡¯s special ability, so the moment ¡°mad cow¡± released theser beam, he dived underwater in order to dodge it.
Even so, he was still injured. Theser beam prated the water surface and fell on him. Arge area of water was instantly evaporated, showcasing the hot temperature of theser beam.
Fang Yun was hit in his back.
The ce where theser beamnded immediately exploded, flesh and blood flew, and arge hole was blown out in that ce. A lot of blood poured out from that hole, dyeing the surrounding area in red.
¡±HISSS!!!!¡±
The giant serpent cried out in pain. Fang Yun immediately opened his mouth and activated ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±.
This level of sound waves is still quite harmful to kaiju.
Afterunching that blow, Fang Yun quickly swam towards the giant kaiju. After reaching a distance about 10 meters away from it, he activated ¡°Thunder Domain.¡±
This skill has been upgraded 4 times by him and is extremely powerful.
In an instant, thunder filled an area about 500 meters around Fang Yun, evaporating arge swathe of water. Thissted for 10 seconds before the thunder disappeared.
After that, Fang Yun released ¡°Thunder Domain¡± two more times, roasting that kaiju into coke and boiling arge area of the sea.
Although the thunder released by Fang Yun hasn¡¯t reached the level of natural thunder, it¡¯s still about hundreds of millions of volts.
The temperature inside that thunder sea has even surpassed that of the surface of the sun, evaporating arge area of seawater and creating a lot of steam.
Furthermore, Fang Yun hasunched this skill three times, which means that that giant kaiju has been roasted by this by thunder for 30 seconds.
The staff at the observation post were stunned, their jaws were wide open as they watched the surreal scene on the screen.
Looking down from the sky, a circle with a diameter of about 1 km appeared on the sea surface. This is a circleposed solely of thunder, with countless thunder snakes swimming in it.
The surrounding air was sharply heated and then expanded outwards, making a huge explosion sound, as if countless bombs were dropped into that area.
After the thunder seapletely disappeared, the body of the ¡°mad cow¡± appeared, floating in the sea, a scorched smell oozed from it.
The giant serpent rushed towards it, coiled around it, then twisted its neck off.
The level 5 kaiju ¡°mad cow¡± has died!
This is good news for the human world, especially the ¡®Komodo Dragon¡¯ country, the ¡®Panda country¡¯ and the rest of the countries near them. The giant serpent has solved a big problem for them;
Level 5 Kaiju are fast, have high defenses, high endurance, and perverted regeneration capabilities. Most importantly, they can release electromaic pulses, causing all nearby electronic equipment to fail.
Therefore, it¡¯s very difficult to kill them just by conventional missiles.
Now that one of those monsters has been resolved without any trouble, the people in all the nearby countries let out a sigh of relief.
The hidden drone transmitted the image of the giant serpent dragging the giant kaiju away. It¡¯s probably going to eat it somewhere.
The strength of the giant serpent surprised everyone who watched this video.
Previously, all the countries have been focusing on the kaiju. No one was interested in the giant serpent or other sea kings, as they didn¡¯t think that it can bepared with powerful kaiju.
However, the people watching this video have changed their mind, the giant serpent is worth researching. It¡¯s even more powerful than a level 5 kaiju.
Unfortunately, no one can catch it.
¡¯Panda country¡¯ might have a chance though. They have found the flesh and blood of the giant serpent in the ce where it fought with the level 5 kaiju.
Chapter 214: The Divine Snake
Chapter 214: The Divine Snake
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The human civilization is still under the attack of the kaiju, and their number is constantly increasing.
The current situation of humans is very bad. Countries are constantly shrinking their defenses as more and more kaiju are joining the war. All coastal cities have been abandoned, bing a human restricted area.
Furthermore, many countries have been destroyed, or have be Anarchies. Others were on the verge of doing so, such as the African countries, South American countries, and Australian countries.
Among them, Africa and Australia are in the worst condition.
Needless to say, in Africa, there are a lot of small countries with poor military strength and discipline. Sometimes just a few level 2 or 3 kaiju is enough to destroy one of them.
That¡¯s without mentioning that Africa is the closest continent to the Grass sea, so the number of kaiju that boarded it is thergest.
As for Australia, this continent has too few countries and poptions but has a hugend, resulting in a situation where there are too many kaiju boarding it, but very few humans to defend.
In addition, Australia¡¯s military strength isn¡¯t very good. it mainly depends on the support of its Western allies. But in this era, where everyone is struggling in the face of countless disasters, who has the power to support other countries?
So the people in Australia became unfortunate victims.
The people on the Blue are frantically looking for a way to deal with the level 5 kaiju without having to use nuclear bombs. This is an urgent matter.
Nuclear radiation is getting more and more serious, and the highly toxic gases left after a level 5 kaiju get injured or killed are seriously endangering human health.
Some experts predict that human civilization may go extinct in just 20 years.
They are currently facing an extinction crisis.
Mutated creatures, kaiju, nuclear radiation, air pollution, adding to that the energy crisis caused by the Oil/Gas that have appearedtely. The crisis that humans are facing has seriously gone over the chart.
The most important thing is that the ck hand behind the scenes has not yet appeared. The moment the people/aliens that caused this disaster trulyes to this world, it might be the moment when the human civilization is truly destroyed.
However, humans are still struggling, they will never give up.
They began to study a variety of new weapons, amongst which the ¡°Monster Weapon¡± program initiated by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ is the most popr.
If they can create a controble level 5 kaiju, supplemented with various thermal weapons, they may be able to reverse the war.
They might even be able to strengthen that kaiju by their genes research and create the most powerful kaiju, level 6!
They will use the kaiju to destroy the kaiju!
However, some people objected to this n. They feel that the Kaiju will not be a knife in the hands of humans, but a dagger that will stab them in the back.
The aliens or the thing that created the kaiju may have the corresponding technology to guard against this. Perhaps, they have nted an anti-control switch in the genes of the kaiju.
The moment they trigger that switch, the kaiju that were guarding humans previously will immediately turn against them.
Although the number of people holding such an opinion is very high. The major countries still continued their research regardless.
Many countries were conducting this type of research, such as ¡®Panda country¡¯, ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country, ¡®Sakura country¡¯ and so on.
However, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ has the most mature technology.
They had experimentally proven that thest pair of chromosomes in the Kaiju is what makes them so aggressive to humans.
Furthermore, they announced not long ago that they have almost deciphered all the genes of kaiju.
The ¡®Panda country¡¯ is also advancing in their research about kaiju. However, that wasn¡¯t their only way, they are also analyzing the flesh and blood of the giant serpent.
They put the flesh pieces salvaged from the seawater into the research room, and thorough research, they found that the tissue cells in those flesh pieces are particrly strong and stable.
Even after such a long time, the are still alive! The cells inside are still dividing!
Rted research experts exposed the giant serpent cells to various rays, including nuclear radiation and toxic gas, and found that these cells died rtively slowly, moreover they usually divide before they die.
In addition, the process of splitting is particrly stable without any distortion.
¡±Not only that, but its immune cells are also particrly powerful.¡±
Some researchers put some pieces of flesh into a special container, then added some virus cells to the same container. After checking on them a few minutester, the virus cells havepletely disappeared.
They have also discovered that these cells can engulf aberrant cells, even cancerous cells.
¡±It would be nice if there were more pieces of meat.¡±
The researchers sighed deeply. Unfortunately, too little meat pieces were brought back, so it¡¯s too difficult for them to do further research.
However, just these discoveries are shocking enough.
As long as the secrets of the giant serpent¡¯s immune cells can be analyzed and applied to the pharmaceutical industry, humans won¡¯t need to worry about any kind of disease or viruses.
Even incurable diseases such as cancer, diabetes, HIV/AIDS, would be easily solved.
These cells can even increase humans resistance against nuclear radiation, poison/venom, and even the environment itself, (Cold/Heat)
Fang Yun is now wandering along the coast of the African continent, hunting Kaiju and mutant/ancient creatures. With arge number of kaijutely, he can eat one every two or three days.
As for the mutant and ancient creatures. He doesn¡¯t even have to hunt for them, they will take the initiative toe to him.
With the overabundance of prey, his bio-energy increased very quickly. He umted 12 million bio-energy points in just two months.
His level has now been raised to level 26.
He used the points he obtained this time to directly max out ¡°Thunder Domain¡±.
The maxed-out ¡°Thunder Domain¡± is so powerful it¡¯s unbelievable. After activating this skill, a circle with a range of 3 km will be formed around him,posed of pure natural thunder. He can be called now a mobile-disaster.
With a newfound confidence in his strength, Fang Yun continued his journey of hunting monsters.
¡¡¡
The giant serpent¡¯s activities on the coasts of Africa have greatly alleviated their crisis. Now, most of the African countries regard the giant serpent as a god of salvation.
Many people carved statues of him to worship. Others made up new identities for him, saying that he is the embodiment of God, descending to the mortal world to save them.
Other countries also hope that the giant serpent can go to the coast of their countries, such as the ¡®Panda country¡¯, the ¡®Bengal Tiger¡¯ country, ¡®Sakura country¡¯, etc¡
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country felt a bit awkward.
They also hope that the giant serpent can go to their coast to alleviate their situation, but they have offended it before.
Even they can¡¯t help but feel embarrassed at their actions.
As time went by, half a year quickly passed.
Fang Yun has been wandering along the coast of the African continent. No matter how people in other countries pray, he isn¡¯t nning to leave this ce.
The food here is too rich.
Kaiju of various levels, mutant and ancient creatures. There is countless prey here!
However, he doesn¡¯t attack all the kaiju he sees.
Many times, the Kaiju appear in groups, usually led by a level 5 kaiju. Sometimes, even a groupposed of level 5 kaiju will appear, which even Fang Yun has to avoid.
Within half a year, Fang Yun noticed that most kaiju are appearing in teams. Single kaiju are getting less and less.
Up to now, he rarely attacks kaiju, mostly focusing on mutant and ancient creatures.
During this period, he has evolved again.
This time his total skill points have reached 42, which he used to upgrade ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± twice. This skill is also on the verge of being maxed out.
In addition, he finally got new skills.
Chapter 215: Leaving The African Continent
Chapter 215: Leaving The African Continent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun examined his body. He has grown into a truly huge monster. His current length is about 200 meters, and his width is about 6.5 meters.
The current him can easily twist a 100 meters warship into scrap iron.
In addition, after this evolution, he got new skills. It¡¯s just that he didn¡¯t upgrade any one of them.
This time, two new skills were refreshed.
The first one is ¡°Energy Beam¡±, as the name suggests, it¡¯s a skill that gives him the ability to releasepressed energy beams, a bit simr to that of Godzi Atomic Breath, but more concentrated. It¡¯s a super long-range high-damage attack.
This skill has greatpatibility with ¡°Thunder Domain¡± and ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±. He can use these two skills to detect and lock a target from dozens of kilometers away, then use ¡°Energy Beam¡± to instantly vaporize it.
ording to the skill description, the initial speed of the energy beam is about Mach 5, but as the skill level increase, the destructive power, range and speed of this skill increase.
The second skill is ¡°Aegis Field¡±, a defense/control skill.
This skill isn¡¯t the same as the previous defensive skills. It doesn¡¯t improve his physical defense like the other defensive skills.
After activating this skill, an extremelyrge invisible shield will form around him. This shield has the characteristics of electromaic pulse, with an initial diameter of 1 kilometer.
Electromaic pulses, otherwise known as EMP, can disable electronicponents in various devices and weapons, including missiles and other hot weapons.
In addition, the electromaic pulses emitted by ¡°Aegis Field¡± is different from the traditional EMP, it can also cause disturbances in the physiological functions of surrounding organisms.
In other words, even if he is fighting with an opponent in melee, this skill can greatly affect the movements of the opponent.
Both skills caused Fang Yun to feel excited. Unfortunately, both skills need 30 skill points for each upgrade.
If he chose to upgrade one of these skills before, it wouldn¡¯t be cost-effective. Although both of these skills are very powerful, their might at level 1 won¡¯t be so great. It would be better to upgrade ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±.
After all, this skill has been upgraded twice before. Furthermore, with his 42 skill points, he can upgrade only one of the new skills once, but he can upgrade ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± twice, so the best choice is definitely upgrading this skill.
Right now, he is really eager to earn skill points and strengthen himself.
This is getting more and more dangerous.
The mega kaiju (level 5) has already appeared.
This means that he can¡¯t act as fearlessly as before. Facing just a single level 5 kaiju, he can easily ughter it, facing two is already difficult. Any more than that and he can only run. Theirser beam attack is dangerous even for him.
In addition, he can¡¯t use his skills infinitely, his energy is limited. For example, he can use ¡°Thunder Domain¡± 10 times. His power will run out after that.
The same is true for ¡°Overclocking resonance¡±. using it too many times will not only damage his throat, but his spirit will also get overdrawn too, making him very sleepy, or even unconscious in the worst-case scenario.
Right now, his level has increased to 27. What frightened him was that the required bio-energy for the next evolution has more than doubled, reaching 50 million. That means that he has to hunt 70 levels 5 kaiju in order to evolve.
Fang Yun is nning to temporarily leave the African continent and head towards the Asian continent.
He is going to leave this ce due to two reasons. Firstly, he needs to umte reputation, and secondly, this ce is getting more and more dangerous. It would be dangerous if he gets besieged by a group of level 5 kaiju.
¡¡
¡±The giant serpent has left the coast of Africa¡±, this piece of news swept the world like a hurricane.
The people on the African continent were mourning, and people on other continents, especially Asia, are filled with expectation, except Europe.
The giant serpent is moving in the opposite direction to that of their continent.
More specifically, it¡¯s moving towards the Asian continent.
Fang Yun wasn¡¯tying on the back of the giant turtle, he is currently too big and too heavy for that. The turtle is still following behind him though.
After three months, Fang Yun came to the Timor Sea from the South African coast. This sea is between Australia and the ¡®Komodo Dragon¡¯ country.
¡±Great snake god, please stop your steps.¡±
Australians and ¡®Komodo dragon¡¯ citizens are praying, many people stood on the coastline, kneeling and praying towards the sea.
Unfortunately, the giant serpent continued moving forward, making the people in these two countries very sad.
Although it¡¯s impossible for the giant serpent to intercept all the kaiju, it can still intercept arge number of them, making things for them much easier.
The giant serpent also seems to like eating kaiju.
In addition, after killing the kaiju, the battlefield won¡¯t be filled with toxic gas like human battlefields, as the giant serpent either roast them to death with thunder or break their bodies apart relying on its enormous physical strength.
Furthermore, it has been scientifically proved that kaiju flesh and blood don¡¯t react much with water, thus not producing a lot of toxic gas after getting killed in the sea.
Based on this, some people suggested attacking the kaiju before theynd on the coast.
However, kaiju aren¡¯t stupid. The moment they feel danger, they will immediately hide underwater.
The most important point is that the kaiju whose blood reacts with the earth after death, producing toxic gas, is level 3 and higher, and those kaiju can¡¯t be detected by humans beforending.
After crossing the Timor Sea, Fang Yun headed towards the north. He came to the Banda Sea, eventually crossing the entire ¡®Komodo Dragon¡¯ (Note: Indonesia) archipgo.
This time, it was the ¡®Carabao country¡¯ (Note: Philipines) turn to pray.
Unfortunately, the giant serpent didn¡¯t stay in that ce but continued moving on.
It was the turn of the people of the ¡®Panda country¡¯ to feel nervous.
Many people started to pray, some even offering incense and honoring the giant serpent as their ancestor.
¡±Godly snake, Grandpa serpent, please stop. There is a lot of delicious kaiju here waiting for you¡¡±
Fang Yun finally stopped in the East sea of ¡®Panda country¡¯, which is along the coast of Jiangsu and Zhejiang. He passed next to the coast, witnessing a lot of cities that have be a ruin.
Wenzhou, Taishi, and Shanzhou.
He chose to settle in Taishi, then wander to both sides of the coast. He knew that he is being monitored. Many drones are recording his movements from several kilometers away.
He doesn¡¯t really care about that. In fact, that¡¯s his goal from the beginning, reputation. So he didn¡¯t destroy those drones and allowed him to monitor him.
The news that the giant serpent settled in Taishi quickly spread out, causing the people of the entire Asian continent to get excited, especially ¡®Panda country¡¯ citizens.
¡¯Sakura country¡¯ people were the most disappointing ones.
They thought that the giant serpent has left the African continent in order to rescue them.
This country is very miserable due to having too many coastal cities. If it weren¡¯t because ¡®Panda country¡¯ helped them share a lot of kaiju, they would have been in a worse situation.
After Fang Yun settled there, he immediately began to search in the ruined cities, mainly searching for traces of kaiju.
For him, searching in such aplicated city is actually very easy. Whether it¡¯s ¡°Thunder Domain¡± or ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±, he can use them to explore everything in the range of 20 to 30 km.
His speed is also quite fast, he can quickly explore an area.
Chapter 216: Kaiju Cloning Success
Chapter 216: Kaiju Cloning Sess
Trantor: Yamir Moon
It took him a day to inspect the urban area of the city, he circled around the edge of the city, then passed through the middle back to the beach.
In this way, he was able to quickly investigate the urban area.
He found two levels 3 Kaiju in Taichi, which provided him with 800,000 bio-energy points.
These two kaiju were very simr to the kaiju he devoured before. They were swallowing the nuclear radiation to strengthen themselves.
The kaiju can raise their own levels by devouring nuclear radiation. This theory has been confirmed by humans. Fang Yun also had such a theory, but he didn¡¯t care about it as much as humans.
Fang Yun had the idea that since there are kaiju in Taichi, there might be other kaiju in other cities.
Rather, all the cities that were destroyed by nuclear bombs might have kaiju.
¡±If there are kaiju in every single ruined city, as long as I visit all the cities in Panda country¡¯s coast, I should be able to harvest at least 10 million bio-energy points.¡±
Fang Yun knows that ¡°Panda country¡± has many coastal cities, which should have all been destroyed. As long as he visits all of them, he should be able to gather a lot of bio-energy.
Thinking of this, he quickly conceived a n.
Tomorrow, he will swim along the north coastline, visiting every city along the way. There should be about 5 or 6 cities along the north coastline, and every city should have quite a few kaiju.
At night, Fang Yunid on the ruins of a copsed building, then fell into a deep sleep.
His spiritual energy is actually quite strong, Even if he doesn¡¯t sleep for a month, he won¡¯t feel anything.
However, he still kept his habit of sleeping every night.
No way, he doesn¡¯t have any means of entertainment, apart from traveling, hunting or eating, he can only pass time by sleeping.
In the early morning of the next day, Fang Yun slowly woke up, his dim pupil gradually restored its luster.
He looked up into the sky. There was ayer of dust floating above, blocking most of the sunlight. Only some small rays passed through the gaps between the dust clouds and fell on him.
¡±It seems that therge number of nuclear bomb explosions also affected me.¡±
Fang Yun was a bit ufortable, his ¡°Thunder Domain¡± relies on the thunder transformed from sunlight.
Now that the sky is filled with dust clouds, his speed of absorbing sunlight has be much slower.
Fang Yun shook his head, stood up, then headed towards the beach, intending to continue his journey.
¡¡¡
The whereabouts of the giant serpent have always been monitored. Although there is no record of it actively killing people, it¡¯s always good to be cautious.
On this day, Panda country¡¯s officials worriedly watched as the giant serpent left Taichi. Fortunately, it didn¡¯t leave as they worried but swam along the north coast.
The giant serpent swam at speed of almost 300km/h. The drone followed it for a while before running out of energy, forcing the governement to use satellites to monitor its actions.
¡±The giant serpent is nning to clean up the kaiju in all the cities along the coast.¡±
The staff responsible for monitoring Fang Yun reached such a conclusion.
After two months. Fang Yun traveled across all the cities along the north coast, finally returning back to Taichi today.
The giant turtle is quietly floating in the nearby offshore waters. As in the past, countless ancient and mutant creatures were swimming around it.
From time to time, Fang Yun will harvest most of the ancient and mutant creatures around the giant turtle, gaining arge amount of bio-energy.
His current bio-energy is about 30 million points. If he keeps this speed, he should be able to evolve in two or three months.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that his reputation points have reached 7 billion points.
ording to his estimation, he should get skill points again at 8 billion reputation points. It¡¯s just that he doesn¡¯t know if the people on this can provide him enough reputation points.
¡¯Panda country¡¯ has been doing quite well in the past few months, detonating only 5 nuclear bombs. Few level 5 kaiju have appearedtely.
In addition, the giant serpent has intercepted a lot of kaiju, making things for them much easier.
On the other hand, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country has been quite miserable. In just a few months, more than 30 levels 5 kaiju have visited their territory.
They are really tired. The frequent detonation of nuclear bombs has also created a lot of problems for them.
Within 500 kilometers of the coast, it¡¯s a forbidden area of life.
Fortunately, the territory of the ¡®bald eagle¡¯ is big enough, if it was a small country, it can basically announce its end.
Under such circumstances, they invested even more heavily in the ¡°Kaiju Beast vs. Kaiju Beast¡± project. Bearing the expectation of all the people in the country, the researchers responsible for this project worked day and night.
In the end, the people responsible for this project indeed lived up to the expectations.
¡±There is no doubt that this is an unpreceded project.¡±
In a wide venue, the project team leader stood on a high tform and looked at arge number of reporters below.
He is a middle-aged white man with a beer belly, wearing a ck suit, he looked very excited.
Behind him, there is a mountain-like thing. That object is human-shaped, but no one would see what it is as it¡¯s hidden under a huge cover.
The group of reporters looked at the thing behind the middle-aged white man, then urged him to quickly start.
¡±I think that you almost can¡¯t wait.¡±
The white man looked at the reporters with a smile, then suddenly lifted his left hand and yelled.
¡±J¡±
The moment the middle-aged man said that. The reporters were shocked to see that the huge humanoid thing behind the curtain slowly stood up.
The cover fell and a huge monster appeared in front of everyone.
¡±OH!¡±
There were thousands of reporters who came to this conference, watching the huge monster in front of them, they screamed loudly.
Behind the middle-aged man, there is a huge monster that is dozens of meters high, almost a hundred meters high.
This giant monster looks like a giant gori, albeit a very furry one.
The gori¡¯s face is extremely vicious, looking at the reporters below as if intending to devour them.
The people below screamed in horror. For a while, the scene was very chaotic.
¡±Sirs,dies and gentlemen, please don¡¯t panic.¡±
The person in charge of the project team stood at the foot of that giant beast and shouted in front of the microphone, causing the chaotic scene to gradually calm down, everyone looked at him.
The middle-aged man smiled, leaned slightly to the side, pointed to the monster next to him and said.
¡±Look, this is the King Kong we cloned two years ago.¡±
¡±It has be so big now. ¡°
Hearing the middle-aged man¡¯s exnation, some people havee to their senses, one by one looked at the huge monster with wide eyes.
At the beginning, the project leader Andy announced that a press conference would be held, saying he.has some news to tell them. However, they didn¡¯t expect that it would be about the sess of the project.
They thought that it may be another discovery or something. They didn¡¯t expect them to seed so quickly.
When this monster appeared, they were all scared by its vicious appearance, causing chaos. They didn¡¯t expect that it was the King Kong of two years ago.
Now, hearing this Andy¡¯s exnation, they quickly realized what was happening. They looked at each other with a shocked look.
What the project sessful?
Chapter 217: Neural Connection Technology
Chapter 217: Neural Connection Technology
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Three years ago, the first level 5 kaiju appeared on the blue, starting the true apocalypse.
Two years ago, the National Research Institute of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country announced theunch of the ¡°Kaiju vs. Kaiju¡± n, which gave everyone a glimmer of hope.
In the past two years, the entire human world was on the verge of copsing. Not to mention those countries that have fallen into Anarchies or have been destroyed, even superpowers such as ¡®Panda country¡¯ and ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country are constantly retreating.
Many people think that the end of the world ising.
However, no one has expected that the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ could create a controble kaiju at this juncture. This may be the dawn of humanity.
In an open tform, the reporters looked at the giant King Kong ahead in shock. Thetter¡¯s body stood in front of them like a high-rise building, giving them extreme pressure.
The fear on their faces has mostly dissipated, reced by curiosity and excitement.
¡°Mr. Andy, against what level of kaiju can this King Kong fight?¡±
Suddenly, a white youth walked to Andy with a microphone and asked him. Other reporters also looked at Andy, waiting for his response.
Hearing that, Andy smiled and said.
¡°The current King Kong doesn¡¯t have the ability to fight against kaiju.¡±
¡°What!¡±
As soon as this statement was made, there was an uproar in the open space. All the reporters looked at each other in disbelief, feeling they that were cheated.
¡°Everyone.¡±
Andy pped and said loudly: ¡°Although King Kong can¡¯t fight against the kaiju now, he can listen to humansmands. Isn¡¯t this a good start?¡±
Hearing what Andy said, the group of reporters calmed down a bit.
Andy turned around, then loudly said to the giant King Kong behind him.
¡°Jet, take two steps forward.¡±
The moment he said that. In the shocked eyes of the reporters below. The giant King Kong moved its giant legs, then stepped forward, making a loud noise and creating arge pothole.
After the first step, It took another step and then stopped.
The reporters boiled again after seeing this scene.
King Kong¡¯s steps looked a bit wobbly like it can¡¯t control its body. This should be the reason why it can¡¯t fight the kaiju now.
However, just as Andy said, the most important thing is that King Kong can listen to human orders right now. It might now be able to fight right now, but after the technology bes moreplete, it will immediately be sent to the battlefield.
¡°Mr. Andy, I heard you call King Kong Jet? Is this its new name?¡±
A reporter suddenly stood up and asked Andy.
¡°NO!¡±
Andy said with a smile on his face.
¡°I still didn¡¯t tell everyone something. In fact, we have not seeded in deciphering the gic information of the Kaiju.¡±
¡°We can¡¯t inscribe loyalty to humans in the genes of the cloned kaiju, our technology is far from capable of doing this. The only thing we were able to do is to remove the aggressive factors from its genes¡±
¡°We used another technology to control the cloned kaiju. That is¡ Neural interactive connection. ¡°
After saying that, Andy took a deep breath and started exining the theory and mechanics of this technology.
ording to Andy, they used Neural Interactive technology to connect the consciousness of Jet, one of their staff members, to the body of King Kong, thereby achieving the effect of controlling the kaiju.
In the field of neuroscience, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country is vastly superior to any other country in the world. This technology has actually been researched long ago. It¡¯s easy for them to use this technology to make humans control robots.
However, using this technology to connect a human¡¯s consciousness with another living organism has been just a theory before. They didn¡¯t expect that Andy¡¯s team has sessfully made this technology in reality.
Looking at the noisy reporters in front of him, Andyughed. He waved his hands backward, indicating to King Kong to sit down.
In fact, as early as when they cloned King Kong, they were prepared. If they can¡¯t decipher its genes and imnt the loyalty setting into it, then they would use the neural interactive connection.
Thanks to the umtion of their achievements in neuroscience in these years, their team was able to initiallyplete this task in just two years.
After some time, the press conference finally came to an end. The reporters quickly dispersed, eager to spread the explosive news to the world.
¡¡¡¡
¡°The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ used neural interaction technology to control King Kong¡±. This news quickly swept the world.
The people on the blue boiled.
This is andmark technology.
The technology that only existed in sci-fi movies before has appeared in the real world for the first time.
In peacetime, This neural interactive connection technology won¡¯t probably appear until fifty yearster. After all, this is a quiteplicated technology.
It may be because this is an apocalyptic era, the human potential was fully exerted, allowing them to initially apply neural interactive technology on a living creature in just a few years.
Of course, as one of the creators of this technology, Andy is very clear that the reason why they were able to initially apply this technology in the past two years isn¡¯t just because their potential was exerted, as most people think.
There is another very important reason that they didn¡¯t mention.
The next day, all of the world¡¯s countries knew that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ was able to control the kaiju
Most people were cheering and celebrating, but the higher-ups of all the major countries scolded the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ internally.
Andy¡¯s team said at the beginning that the only way to control the kaiju is by editing their gic information, adding the loyalty setting.
Most of the countries¡¯ research teams went in this direction, wasting massive resources, and money, not to mentioning the two years¡¯ time.
Only now did they know that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country has pitted them.
Of course, some countries also thought of using the neural interactive connection, such as ¡®Panda country¡¯.
However, what puzzled them was that when they tried connecting the experimental organism and the Kaiju consciousness, the experimental organism couldn¡¯t bear the powerful spiritual load and immediately became crazy.
Therefore, the countries that have conducted neural interactive connection experiments are very curious about how the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country ovee this difficulty.
Unfortunately, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country doesn¡¯t have the slightest intention of sharing experimental data right now.
This has caused a loud outrage among various countries, especially Asian ones.
¡°They are dreaming of saving the Blue by themselves. They might even think that only their country should exist in the world.¡±
This is a statement from an angry citizen of the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country.
¡°I hope that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country can set aside the difference between countries. We, humans, are a bigmunity, we should gather together and set aside our differences in order to resist the disaster in front of us.¡±
This is the speech a citizen from ¡®Panda country¡±
¡°Dad, please love me.¡±
No doubt, this is the speech from ¡®Sakura country¡¯ citizens.
Overall, humans gave regained hope, they might finally be able to fight against the kaiju.
Several countries, such as ¡®Panda country¡¯, have begun researching neural interactive connections frantically. After all, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country has proved that this road is feasible, but for the time being, they didn¡¯t achieve any result.
Just as humans started getting hope for the future, despair struck them down.
Chapter 218: Animals Mutation
Chapter 218: Animals Mutation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
A mountainous city in the north area of ¡®Panda country¡¯. Because it belongs to the hintend of the country, it hasn¡¯t been attacked by kaiju yet.
However, it¡¯s still facing the problem of atmospheric pollution, mostly the kaiju toxic gas that is bought there by the wind.
Although the life of the people there isn¡¯t very good, it¡¯s still possible to survive.
On a certain day, the police station in the city suddenly received a report saying that someone had found a corpse in the mountain.
Due to it being a murder case, the police station quickly dispatched the police force to the mountains together with the person who reported the case. They really found a body at the location indicated by the man.
The body looked terrifying.
The deceased was a man, about 40 years old, and after confirmation, he was a viger living under the mountain.
At that time, when the policemen found the deceased, he was lying on his back, his head and cheeks had some wounds, but his body was rtively intact.
However, on his neck, there was a fist-sized wound, the flesh around that area was blurred, and blood filled the area from his neck to his shoulders.
In addition, there was arger wound on the chest, about the size of a football, but there isn¡¯t a lot of blood seeping out of it. ording to the forensic investigation, it wasn¡¯t this wound that caused the death of the man.
ording to the investigation, some creature should have bit on the neck of the deceased, quickly killing him.
As for therge hole on the deceased chest, it should have been made by that creature after the man¡¯s death, that should be because it wanted to eat the man¡¯s internal organs.
The examination revealed that the deceased chest is empty, all his internal organs have disappeared.
Just from the deceased¡¯s body, it¡¯s difficult to determine what animal the killer was.
To be honest, in this small forest, there are mostly small animals, an animal capable of killing humans wasn¡¯t present in the forest previously.
A creature like a wolf has appeared in the mountains, but that was many years ago. Furthermore, that was just the im of some vigers, it wasn¡¯t actually seen.
The rest are small animals.
However, the police found something suspicious beside the deceased.
The legs of several insects.
The legs of insects normally shouldn¡¯t be suspicious, but they were too big, a bit bigger than an index finger. Such arge insect is too rare.
In the end, the investigators could only return to the city with the dismembered limbs of the insects.
Because things were a little strange, they attracted the attention of senior management.
A group of experts was invited to the city.
After a brief greeting, they didn¡¯t waste time. They started investigating the cause of the man¡¯s death.
Through the analysis of the amputated limbs, they found that this thing is very simr to a cricket¡¯s limbs, the DNA is also very close.
If the owner of these limbs is truly a cricket, it must be at least arm-sized?
The expert group who handled this case was shocked. They immediately sent a lot of manpower to the forest in order to find this giant cricket.
They have to figure out if that giant cricket truly lives on the mountain.
After searching for a day, they could only withdraw as they didn¡¯t find anything. More importantly, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ has simr discoveries. They also found traces of giant creatures onnd.
¡¡¡
It¡¯s mid-summer and the sun is shining brightly in the tourist city of Angoras.
Probably because the altitude is a little higher, and this being the windy season, the air here is rtively good. The blue sky can also be clearly seen, which is a rare scenery in this age.
Across the Longbow Gorge, a group of high school students was preparing to experience bungee jumping.
Even in this apocalyptic world, there are still a lot of entertainment activities. Moreover, it¡¯s even more developed than in a peaceful era.
In such a world full of depression and fear, people need a way to vent their depression. Otherwise, they tend to do some uwful things.
High school students are full of vitality. Most of them are wearing summer clothes. Boys wore shorts and T-shirts, and the girls wore vests and hot pants.
A boy volunteered to be the first one to try.
Speaking of which, most of them have never yed a stimting sport like bungee jumping. Many girls had a scared look on their faces.
After the boy volunteered to be the first, everyone else cheered.
They apanied the boy to the bungee tform and watched him fasten his seat belt.
The shape of the Longbow Gorge is like arge open bow, hence its name. The water here is clear, the species is rich, and there are some crocodiles inside.
It¡¯s said that when bungee jumping. Right at the moment of falling to the lowest point. If a person is lucky enough, he might see a crocodile swimming right below his/her head.
It gives people a different kind of stimulus.
The boy fastened the stic cord to his legs, and under the gaze of the girls, he leaned down slightly, then fell down sharply.
¡°OH!¡±
The girls all cheered loudly. Theyid down on the railings and watched theirpanion falling down with an excited look on their faces.
¡°Tok!¡±
The rope made a light noise, then straightened.
Due to the rope being very stic, it stretched even more as the boy fell even further.
He opened his hands, his face was filled with excitement. He thought that after getting back above, he will be greeted by the sheers of the hot girls. Maybe a wild night is awaiting him.
Imagining that scene, a wretched smile spread on his face, drool almost fell from his mouth.
However, in the next moment, all his wonderful fantasies suddenly shattered.
¡°Ssh!¡±
Below the young man, the water surface suddenly broke up, then a huge ck shadow pounced on him from the river.
¡°NO!!!¡±
The boy only has the time to say this before getting eaten.
Hispanions on the bungee tform watched all of this unfold. The girls all widened their eyes, some screamed, and some covered their mouths.
The boys were also horrified, their eyes widened to the extreme. Some of them called the boy¡¯s name in horror.
Earlier, they watched as the boy jumped from the bungee tform. At first, they were very excited, but the next scene caused their mood to change from excitement to horror.
They watched as a huge creature jumped out of the water, then bit the upper half of the young man¡¯s body, splitting him into two parts.
At this moment, the lower half of theirpanion is dangling from the stic rope, blood and internal organs falling into the river.
¡°That¡¯s a crocodile, a 20 meters long crocodile!¡± said the scenic area manager.
They obtained the pre-ident picture through a camera in the bungee tform. The huge crocodile bit the young man¡¯s body into two with extreme ease.
20 meter long creatures are very mediocre in the current era, but the problem is that this ident happened ind, far from the ocean.
Previously, no such huge creature had appeared ind¡ªexcept for the giant python that appeared in the Ugandan prairie.
The giant cricket and giant crocodile incidents were just the beginning. As time passed, more and more simr incidents urred. All sorts of giant animals, giant insects, giant birds appeared.
All ind.
The native animals on the Blue started to change.
A brand new disaster is brewing under intense fear.
Chapter 219: Exploring Grass Sea
Chapter 219: Exploring Grass Sea
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t aware of the new disaster facing humans. Currently, he is wandering along the coastline. The giant turtle following behind him.
His speed of bio-energy umtion here is even faster than the African coast. In this current era, the number of kaiju and mutant/ancient creatures is extremely numerous.
Adding to that the giant turtle, which can attract all sorts of creatures on arge scale, bio-energy became very easy to get.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that his reputation has reached 8 billion points yesterday. This time he got awarded 14 skill points, which is quite good.
Even more gratifying is that just a dayter, his bio-energy has finally reached the requirement, seeing that, he didn¡¯t hesitate to start his evolution.
He got another 27 skill points, increasing his total skill points to 43.
Thinking for a moment, Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate to upgrade ¡°Aegis Field¡±. If he is attacked by human thermal weapons, and he didn¡¯t have the time to dive into the ocean, using this skill will enable him to guarantee his safety.
The current Blue is getting more and more chaotic. Who knows if some human country gets crazy and decides to bomb him with a nuclear bomb.
The increasing number of kaiju and mutant/ancient creatures are driving humans into the edge of madness, who knows what kind of unexpected action can they take?
Fang Yun is already thinking so without knowing about the Blue native animal mutation.
If he knew, he will definitely be even more determined about his precautions.
People on the edge of despair are the most dangerous. With nothing to lose, their actions can be extremely crazy.
Maybe one day, humans would be driven to the edge of extinction. At that time, they might go crazy and send all their missiles and nuclear bombs to all the giant creatures in the world, with the intention to die together.
Fang Yun feels that he might be overthinking things, but he still decided to be more cautious.
Apart from that, with each evolution, the number of bio-energy points is increasing. This time, he needs 80 million bio-energy points, which is already a lot, and this number is just going to increase with each evolution. He is really worried about this.
Just for the 80 million points, he will need to work hard for a few months, maybe even a year.
His daily routine consists of traveling, hunting, eating and sleeping, which is quite monotonous, but he learned to enjoy this process.
Moreover, the spirit attribute isn¡¯t there just for show. It involves willpower and spiritual power. With his current willpower, he won¡¯t be affected by normal things at all.
The giant turtle is surrounded by ancient/mutant creatures as usual, and Fang Yun was swimming beside it, eating these creatures with a satisfied look on his face.
The number of sea creatures in this era is really scary.
It stands to reason that now that there are so many giant creatures in the ocean, the number of small creatures will greatly diminish, resulting in an unbnced food chain, thus arge extinction due to starvation.
However, this has never happened. In fact, it wasn¡¯t even reflected.
Fang Yun noticed that the number of microorganisms in the ocean reached a scary level, and various small fish and shrimps that survived by eating these microorganisms also quickly multiplied.
As a result, the food chain has stabilized again.
This is strange, why are there so microorganisms in the ocean?
Fang Yun spected that there should be some kind of ¡°eutrophication¡±, that is overly enriching the ocean with minerals and nutrients, in the current Blue, the cause of this phenomenon is undoubtedly rted to that folding space.
There might even be some substance in the other world that causes extreme growth and even mutation, thus creating ancient and mutant creatures. After the opening of the space channel, that substance should have seeped into the Blue.
¡±Sigh¡ This has nothing to do with me, I¡¯m not a scientist. This is a problem that human civilization should consider.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head and continued hunting the creatures around the giant turtle.
¡¡¡
Research on the situation in the Grass Sea area is continuing. Although it has be a restricted area, it¡¯s clear that it is the source of all the disasters that humans are facing right now.
The A15 flight crashed in that area. The cause of the ident was not due to an abnormal maic field. This is the information conveyed by the captain before his death.
Their ne crossed an extremely long area, much muchrger than that area should cover, eventually running out of fuel and crashing into the deep sea.
From the airport station perspective, the ne was moving forward at a very slow speed, then suddenly crashed into the sea.
Through research, they found that the abnormal maic field in the Grass sea can only affect up to 3 kilometers in the air, so they sent three fixed-wing aircraft to fly at an altitude of over 3,000 meters.
Two of them were used as tankers, and thest one was used for surveys.
They are nning to enter that area and investigate what¡¯s going on inside. After entering that area, they will calcte the time, once the fuel is about to run out, they will return.
There is also a certain danger in doing so, after all, that area is too dangerous and abnormal.
This n was secretly executed by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯. Due to the extreme secrecy, the world didn¡¯t get any wind of their actions. Most of the inte is still talking about neural interactive technology.
On all three nes, there are signal sources connected with themand room, and the cockpit and the bottom of the ne are also filled with cameras, capturing all the scenery shing on the way.
When these three nes flew over the Grass sea, the people in themand room were all tense, sweat filled their palms. Fortunately, there was no ident.
Time passed by.
One minute, ten minutes, one hour.
The fuel tank mounted on the central ne can support them to fly 7,000 kilometers, plus the refueling machine, the distance can be extended to more than 40,000 kilometers.
However, they took into ount the amount required for going back, so the maximum distance they can cross is 20,000 kilometers.
In themand room, on all the screens, all they could see was the endless sea and the vast sky.
ording to information on the old map, as long as the three nes continue moving forward, they should be able to see an ind after two hours.
However, after more than 3 hours of constant fight, they still didn¡¯t see any trace of that ind.
Only after 10 hours of constant flight did they finally see the expected ind.
¡°The area of the grass sea has widened? and so much?¡±
From the perspective of outer space, the area of Grass sea is no different from before. All the satellites provided the same result after detecting that area.
However, that doesn¡¯t seem to be the case. The flight distance that can be covered in just 2 hours now takes 10 hours toplete.
If that¡¯s truly the case, then the area of the grass sea has widened by at least 5 times!
This discovery is already extremely astonishing, but as they continued to move forward, even more rming things happened.
About ten hourster, the pilot on the ne noticed that a lot of inds suddenly appeared ahead, but these inds didn¡¯t exist on the map previously!
The crew members on the ne used a high-powered telescope to detect the scenery on the ind. They were shocked to discover that the ind was filled with prehistoric animals and botanical gardens.
Countless tall ancient trees stood on the ind, and many giant creatures were walking on thend.
Among the variety of giant and strange creatures, the most conspicuous and recognizable are the dinosaurs.
¡±It¡¯s so shocking.¡±
After seeing such a scene, the crew on the ne were all shocked.
Previously, only the aquatic ancient creatures have ever appeared, this is the first time that terrestrial ancient creatures were spotted, which is an extremely shocking discovery.
Three nes circled around the ind for a while, then could only helplessly return to their homnd.
These shocking discoveries weren¡¯t made public by the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯. They secretly started a lot of ns, and new research teams are being formed.
A huge undercurrent is being formed under the surface known to the public. A new storm is brewing, and with it may be the destruction or the evolution of human civilization.
Chapter 220: Sudden Encounter
Chapter 220: Sudden Encounter
Trantor: Yamir Moon
It¡¯s already obvious that this world¡¯s native animals are mutating.
In the past, only wild animals such as lions, tigers, bears, snakes, etc¡ could threaten humans, but now even a random insect has the ability to tear humans into pieces.
After mutation, some animals grew bigger and fiercer. They evolved into some fierce and grotesque creatures, people can¡¯t even discern their original species.
Some animals evolved into their prehistoric ancestors or cousins.
For example, some tigers have be saber-toothed tigers, which have the same ancestor as modern tigers but belong to different branches.
Quite a few tigers have evolved into the extinct saber-toothed tiger.
Other than tigers, quite a few animals evolved their ancestors, bringing many ancient or extinct animals back into the modern world, such as mammoths.
These huge animals with huge fangs and thick hair once lived on thisnd with the humans of the primitive age. Now, they have appeared back on earth again, living back in these messy and confusing times.
Although therge animals such as mammoths look quite intimidating, their threat to humans is actually very limited, especially when they got used to those hill sized monster with the ability to destroy entire cities.
Compared to them, creatures such as mammoths are actually very cute.
The true dangerous things are the mutated insect. Their danger far surpasses that ofrge animals.
For example, dragonflies with the wingspans of one meter. They often fly through the air in veryrge teams, causing the public to panic.
There are also giant centipedes.
The previousrgest centipede is more than 40 centimeters, which is already quite scary.
This creature look is very scary, with many legs and a grotesque shape, coupled with itsrge shape and sometimes even a dangerous venom, it¡¯s very frightening.
However, they are nothingpared to their mutated counterpart. These giant centipedes evolved into their prehistoric counterpart which is over 3 meters long.
Even if an adult man sees them, he will likely be frightened to death, and even if he doesn¡¯t, he won¡¯t escape the fate of getting devoured.
Fang Yun finally knew about the mutation of the animal on Blue Star.
He climbed on the shore of a forest, ready to catch a few terrestrial animals to change his pallet. However, when he swam past a swamp, he discovered a giant python more than 15 meters long living there.
¡±Why is this python so big?¡±
Looking at the shivering python ahead, Fang Yun was shocked, isn¡¯t this the Titanoboa? What the hell?
¡±Wooo!!!¡±
Suddenly, with a loud roar, a huge elephant appeared from the side. It was 5 meters high and 8 meters long, with thick hair and giant tusks.
¡±Isn¡¯t this a mammoth?¡±
He naturally knows what a mammoth looks like, he was a human previously. However, he was shocked by the sudden emergence of a creature that should have long been extinct. Deja vu?
The mammoth that suddenly appeared trembled in fear when he saw Fang Yun.
It immediately turned around, then rushed back into the jungle. Seeing this, Fang Yun woke up from the shock, twisted his body, then dived down and bit the mammoth.
The giant mammoth struggled madly in Fang Yun¡¯s mouth, roaring loudly.
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t impressed, he strengthened his bite a bit, breaking the bones of the mammoth and killing it. After that, he didn¡¯t hesitate to swallow it.
He currently has a diameter of 6.5 meters, even higher than two floors. Although this giant mammoth is a giantpared to humans, in front of him, it¡¯s just a small snack.
After swallowing the mammoth, Fang Yun slithered into the swam, then swallowed the famous Titanoboa.
To the current him, even a legendary creature like Titanoboa is not different from a worm.
If there are no mutant creatures on this, and the kaiju haven¡¯t appeared. A 15-meters long python like the Titanoboa can be considered a king-level existence.
¡±People on this are really pitiful.¡±
Fang Yun shook his house-sized head. He suddenly remembered all the people he had encountered before. Most of them have probably died.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t leave the forest immediately. He ns to continue exploring what¡¯s inside. He¡¯s invincible in this ce anyway, so there should be no danger.
His huge body crushed the tree on his way. The ground was sunken, trees were broken and countless animals were scared. He left behind him a huge trail behind, telling the story about the mythical monster passing by here.
Along the way, Fang Yun saw countless weird creatures.
Some creatures are obviously the creatures that have roamed the earth in ancient times, others were some strange alien-like creatures.
Fang Yun caught two of these alien-like creatures and ate them. He was surprised to discover that they actually provided him with a lot of bio-energy.
For example, an alien-like creature, just a meter long, provided him with tens of thousands of bio-energy, much more than the giants of thest age such as sperm whales and giant squids.
After wandering around for a while in this forest, Fang Yun returned to the sea, then took the giant turtle patrolling the nearby waters and headed towards the north.
Near Donggang City, he encountered 3 kaiju, which provided him with a total of 500,000 bio-energy points.
The three Kaiju were quite far away from him, but he easily found them using sound waves detection.
¡±Hmm¡ this should be today¡¯s lunch¡±
Fang Yun looked at the three Kaiju not far ahead. Two of these Kaiju looks very simr to dinosaurs. Thest one looks like a bee.
The huge bee-like kaiju has two huge forceps that can be closed at will. In addition, its limbs are thick and sharp, capable of tearing steel apart like tofu.
Earlier, Fang Yun saw that kaiju split a huge unmanned ship with a wave of its arms.
Just as he was about to attack these three kaiju, he suddenly felt something, then looked at a distant ruin.
He noticed an aircraft flying here from that direction.
Although it¡¯s far away, Fang Yun still saw it clearly.
With his current eyesight, as long as there is no hindrance, he can clearly see the expression of a human over a dozen kilometers away.
This is a veryrge fixed-wing aircraft, at least 150 meters long. The cabin as a whole is like an airship, but it has a more sci-fi vibe, looking quite technologically advanced.
Duck-wing-shaped fixed wings extend from the head to the rear, the end of the wings is bent upwards to form a winglet structure.
There are also two huge engines on both of the fixed wings, and besides these tworge engines are two slightly smaller ones.
The whole warship was painted in a silver metallic luser, making it look really cool.
The giant ne slowly approached the ground, intending to dock in a clearing not far from Fang Yun.
He watched as the small engine next to therge one slowly rotated, pointing at the ground. After that, with the sound of an engine roaring, a blue me carrying a huge airstream Gushed out from the nozzle, creating a recoil, allowing the airship-like ne to slowlynd.
¡±Boom!¡±
The huge ne steadilynded, causing the ground around it to tremble.
¡±Huh?¡±
Looking at this scene, Fang Yun was very surprised.
¡±Has this technology already reached this level?¡±
This ne looks very sci-fi, basically only seen in movies before, but now it has already been created in reality.
Suddenly, the rear hatch of this giant ne opened, followed by a staircase extending from the inside. A strangely dressed team slowly walked down from that staircase in order.
Chapter 221: New Human Weapons
Chapter 221: New Human Weapons
Trantor: Yamir Moon
These people are actually the Blue Panda country¡¯s people.
The indicator of their identities is their Panda country¡¯s face and the corresponding g marks on their steel helmets and cap on their head.
That¡¯s without mentioning that their current location is Panda country¡¯s Donggang city.
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze swept this group of people. There are exactly 60 people. In addition to the military uniform below, their most striking feature is the metal exoskeleton they are wearing.
The metal arm connected to the exoskeleton was carrying a very strange firearm. Fang Yun hasn¡¯t seen this type of weapon before. This may be an original weapon of this or a new weapon developed after the appearance of the kaiju.
They also carried something simr to an oxygen cylinder on their backs, which should be a power source or a battery for that exoskeleton.
Exoskeleton equipment isn¡¯t actually a new technology. On the earth where Fang Yun was before, this technology was under intense research with the corresponding results.
However, the exoskeleton worn by these people is different. It¡¯s particrly flexible and natural, he is quite surprised by its sensitivity and responsiveness.
Moreover, it¡¯s very powerful.
The strange firearm that these people are carrying looks particrly heavy. Going by its size and material, it should weigh about 300 to 400 kilograms, but it was carried by them easily, just like carrying a small pistol.
The team quickly ran towards the high ground, without the slightest look of difficulty on their faces.
After reaching the high ground, they quickly dispersed, hiding behind ruins and bunkers. They eitherid down on the ground or squatted, pointing their strange weapons towards the three kaiju ahead.
The three kaiju are actually quite far from them.
Fang Yun roughly checked. They are almost 10 km away from each other.
This group of people hid behind bunkers and waited silently. As if preparing to ambush the three Kaiju.
Fang Yun was dumbfounded.
Although these three Kaiju are just level 2 and 3 kaiju, they are still very powerful. They are as strong as the previous sea kings. Not to mention that they can emit energy rays and a deadly acid.
Their defense is also very high. only armor-piercing bullets from sniper rifles such a Barrett can prate their defenses. Ordinary rifles don¡¯t work at all.
However, since these people dare to ambush these kaiju, they probably have something to rely on.
Fang Yun looked at the heavy firearms in the hands of those people with a thoughtful look.
They are actually hiding very well, so he can¡¯t see them just using his sight.
However, he can construct their images in his mind through electromaic waves and sound waves, so it doesn¡¯t matter whether they are hiding or not.
The three kaiju were marching straight towards the human team. Their speed is quite slow, so the battle shouldn¡¯t start for a while.
Fang Yun stopped looking at them and turned to look the sci-fi ne again
On his previous, thergest ne was less than 100 meters long, but this one is way over 100 meters. It also has the ability to take off andnd vertically.
This ne can be considered the most technologically advanced vehicle he has ever seen., much more advanced than the ones he saw before.
He examined it with a look of interest.
It should be something just recently developed. When he met those poachers in that mountain previously, he roughly examined the situation of this world using the mobile phone he got from them.
If this sci-fi ne was developed before, he should have seen its information on the inte at that time.
Of course, there is the possibility that this ne has been hidden from the public, hence he didn¡¯t see its information on the inte.
As he was watching the giant ne. Suddenly, a door on top of the ne opened, then a giant gun emerged from there.
They adjusted the angle of the barrel, pointing at the three kaiju that are constantly approaching them.
The strange gun mounted on the ne is quiterge. It¡¯s conceivable howrge the shells that can be loaded in it.
The soldiers waited quietly, waiting for the three kaiju to enter the attack range.
5 kilometers, 4 kilometers, 3 kilometers¡
It¡¯s Now!
Fang Yun suddenly captured a strange electromaic waveing from the ne.
This should be the order given by the people on the ne to the soldiers below.
He watched as the soldiers tightened their grip on the gun, then aimed at the three kaiju ahead that are already very noticeable.
¡±Bang!! Bang!! Bang!!¡±
The sound of gunfire suddenly sounded.
In the blink of an eye, the bulletsnded on the three kaiju ahead.
Fang Yun paid close attention to the situation of this battle. He wants to see what gives these people the confidence to attack these kaiju.
He noticed that the bullets immediately exploded when they hit the Kaiju, releasing a special energy shock wave.
Furthermore, at the moment when the bullet exploded, it released extremely high temperatures, even melting those kaiju¡¯s flesh.
Of course, these are the effects bought by countless bulletsnding on the three kaiju. The effect of a single bullet is too small for Fang Yun to detect.
¡±Woo!¡±
The three Kaiju howled in pain after experiencing this sudden attack. It looks like these bullets have caused them a great deal of damage. However, kaiju aren¡¯t some sort of peaceful creature, their howls are filled with savagery and madness.
The next moment, they started their counterattack.
The three Kaiju releasedser beams in the direction of the attack.
Only oneser beam hit the area where the soldiers were hiding in, which quickly became magma, and the surrounding 50 meters was turned into ck charcoal.
This destructive power is terrifying. In just the two or three seconds that theser beamsted, such damage was caused.
Furthermore, this just aser beam released by level 2 and 3 kaiju. It can be imagined how destructive is the beam released by level 5 kaiju.
Fang Yun noticed that a soldier was hiding in that area, but was instantly reduced into ck ash under the destructive power of theser beam.
Fortunately, the sixty soldiers are scattered, it¡¯s very difficult for the kaiju to kill them all in one time.
If it was Fang Yun who was fighting against these soldiers. Even if they are more than a kilometer from each other, all he has to do is to activate ¡°Shadow Wind¡± to instantly get between them, thenunch ¡°Thunder Domain¡± to vaporize them.
Of course, those kaiju aren¡¯t so fast. Furthermore, they don¡¯t have a field of attack thatrge.
¡±By the way, these people don¡¯t seem to react much to those Kaiju¡¯s howl.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but wonder. The howl of the kaiju is very simr to his ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± when he first got it. It¡¯s a sonic attack that causes intense headaches, dizziness, and pain to most living creatures.
Although there is still quite a long distance between them. The kaiju¡¯s howl is still enough to cause major pain to humans.
However, after closely looking at them, Fang Yun¡¯s face was filled with a look of realization. There is an instrument covering the ears of those soldiers.
These guys are very prepared.
The soldiers hidden behind the bunkers kept attacking the kaiju not far away. Mainly the two walking ones.
The heavy gun in their hands is very effective. There is arge wound in the belly of one of the two walking kaiju.
If things continue like this, this Kaiju¡¯s chest may be shot through, and its internal organs are likely to be shot through.
¡±Boom!¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun heard the sound of an explosion. Right in the ce where the 60 soldiers hid.
When he used electromaic waves to investigate that ce. He found that one person has be a ck ash directly, but noser beam has approached his ce.
¡±It seems that the strange weapon in his hand exploded.¡±
Fang Yun pondered for a moment, then decided to observe the situation of those people, he has to make sure.
Sure enough, after about 10 seconds, another firearm exploded.
Chapter 222: Technology Explosion
Chapter 222: Technology Explosion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Twenty-three more people died in the next minute, of which eleven were killed by the kaiju¡¯sser beams
The others died due to the gun¡¯s overheating and explosion.
Fang Yun, who was watching this scene from a distance, suddenly felt an electromaic waveing from the giant ne again.
After that, the remaining soldiers quickly ran towards the ne.
Fang Yun was surprised at the speed at which they were running. It has to be at least 60 km/h.
This speed is already surprising enough, but this shouldn¡¯t be their limit. They are constantly dodging the copsed buildings and other ruins while running. Furthermore, they are holding heavy equipment that are hundreds of kilograms while running.
While observing those people, Fang Yun noticed a rotten wound on the face of a soldier. That soldier¡¯s cheeks were also twitching.
It looks very strange.
¡±Where did this wounde from?¡±
Fang Yun was very puzzled. Noser beam has ever reached him, why is there a wound on his face. Furthermore, it¡¯s rotten.
¡±Boom!!¡±
Suddenly, the giant ne started to fire cannonballs. The giant gun on the ne started turning, thenunched fired a total of twelve shells.
Afterunching those shells, the gun shrank back into the cabin. Then immediately after that, a second gun came out of the hatch andunched another 12 shells.
Fang Yun found that the energy waves generated by these shells after exploding are very simr to those produced by the explosion of the previous bullets. Both of them produce very high heat after exploding.
Thinking about it, he concluded that stuff inside should beposed of the same substance.
This is indeed the case.
Regardless of whether it¡¯s those bullets or shells, they are filled with a substance extracted from the blood of the kaiju, allowing them to explode upon contact with the target.
During the explosion, the substance reacts with air, producing extremely high temperatures. It¡¯s very simr to the kaiju¡¯sser beam.
Of course, the effect is much worse.
In recent years, the world has changed drastically, and various disasters have emerged one after the other. Although all these disasters have caused humankind to suffer a lot. It also caused them to usher in arge technology boom.
There are a variety of alien species avable for scientists to study at will. They are also under tremendous pressure, squeezing their potential and forcing them to innovate.
The emergence of ancient and mutant creatures 7 or 8 years ago can be considered a buffer. It also bought them a lot of benefits.
One of them is the flesh of mutant creatures. It has the effect of increasing both physical strength and intelligence.
The strongest human in the present age has the power of several tons in each arm, able to casually overturn cars. That¡¯s already a small superman.
Unfortunately in this era where a small ancient creature can overturn cars, a mutant creature is able to casually destroy big ships and buildings, and the strongest kaiju is able to destroy cities, that physical strength doesn¡¯t have much effect.
The intelligence increasing effect of the flesh is also very significant. People that have eaten a lot of mutant creatures flesh even have a near-photographic memory and super understanding.
This is clearly reflected in the scientists who were able to steadily research countless new technologies.
Of course, the effect of the mutant creature¡¯s meat is not immediate. Only after eating arge amount of meat in a continuous manner over a long period of time can a significant effect be detected.
Due to the very expensive price of mutant creatures meat, this can only be afforded by the governement and very wealthy people.
After the emergence of countless geniuses, many theories have been proposed, and many new technologies have been created.
Moreover, the emergence of mutant creatures has benefited many graduate students or senior students such as doctoral students. They can finally understand the various teaching materials that even university professors couldn¡¯t understand.
In recent years, ¡®Panda country¡¯ has been crazily developing its military forces. In fact, it wasn¡¯t just them. The ¡®bald eagles¡¯, ¡®Pr bears¡¯, etc., have used more than 70 percent of their yearly GDP to develop new weapons.
After all, when ancient and mutant creatures first appeared on this, many people spected that they might deal with aliens in the future.
The first thing they focused on developing is obviously weapons. Mostly rocketunchers, missiles and the like.
One of their most important projects is developing a weapon with the destructive power of nuclear weapons but without the corresponding pollution.
The second thing they focused on developing is aircraft, especially their weak links such as engines.
If they are going to fight with aliens, then an ultra-high-speed aircraft is necessary. Especially a one that can conduct battles outside the earth¡¯s atmosphere. This is their ultimate goal.
However, to arrive at that goal, they need to start from something and that is to improve their engines.
The working characteristics of jet engines are high temperature, high pressure, high speed, and high load, which ces high requirements on the material of turbine des.
Everyone understands this, but suitable materials are very hard to find.
At first, the ¡®Panda country¡¯ and ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country were thinking about finding a new breakthrough point from the king-level mutant creatures.
After a lot of trouble, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ finally got some scales from the super Mosasaurus. Unfortunately, it didn¡¯t work.
Simrly, the ¡®Panda country¡¯ has also attacked the mutant smosaurus. Although they weren¡¯t able to kill it, they still got some of its scales. The conclusion they got is the same as that of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯s.
However, after the appearance of the kaiju, they found a special metal on it.
When these metals are fused with some of the earth¡¯s metals, they will be very strong and durable, also exhibiting very high resistance to high temperatures.
At the same time, Kaiju blood is also a good energy source, which can be used to rece aircraft fuel. The me created by this energy is stronger, resulting in more air passing through thebustion chamber of the engine, forming arger driving force.
This is how ¡®Panda country¡¯ was able to create that giant ne. They already have the technology, it was just the materials holding them back.
Such arge aircraft has been secretly tested before, but the special energy firearms and shells have only recently been developed.
The shells are easier to make. Because of theirrger size, their stability is better, but the bullets aren¡¯t the same. Their internal structure is more refined and smaller, making it much harder to make them.
However, energy firearms are something that must be developed. If guerri warfare and other situations arise, these weapons will be necessary.
There is one more point, which is the most important one.
This new weapon produces a kind of radiation, which is very harmful to the human body, whether it¡¯s the bullets or the shells. Upon release, they will produce very harmful radiation.
Fortunately, they got some flesh from the giant serpent. After long research, they produced a very precious capsule. This capsule can give humans a part of the giant serpent regeneration abilities after ingestion.
Of course, it¡¯s just a part. Far from beingparable to the regenerative abilities of the giant serpent. Even so, Serious injuries that require years to heal now heal a few days. Additionally, another effect has increased this capsule worth to an amazing level, that is its ability to increase the human lifespan.
Unfortunately, even with such regenerative abilities and additional lifespan, the soldiers that are using these new types of weapons will die in five years at most, that¡¯s just how harmful that radiation is.
When manufacturing these weapons, workers need to wear special work clothes, otherwise, they will die in less than a month.
However, both the soldiers and the leaders firmly believe that in the near future, this difficulty will be ovee,
Whether it¡¯s changing the material that the bullets are made from or looking for another solution, they firmly believe that they will ovee this difficulty.
Originally, the ¡®Panda country¡¯ soldiers were nning to conduct practical exercises after thoroughly studying this technology.
Unfortunately, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ sessful control of the kaiju has put a lot of pressure on the Panda country¡¯s top management, so they decided to conduct practical training to umte relevant experience, then improve the corresponding technology.
A total of three rounds of artillery shells were fired from the ne. Eventually, the three kaiju were bombarded to death, falling into the ground with blue blood flowing from their wounds.
On the big ne, the relevant person was nning to dispatch someone to bring the blue of the kaiju back.
Now, kaiju¡¯s blood is a very preciousmodity throughout the world
However, just as they were about to issue the order, a huge creature suddenly ran towards the three kaiju bodies.
Chapter 223: Sky Mothership
Chapter 223: Sky Mothership
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The people on the giant ne watched with an open mouth as the giant serpent slithered towards the kaiju they killed. For a while, they didn¡¯t know what to do.
They did find the existence of the giant serpent before, but they didn¡¯t think that it would snatch the kaiju they have killed.
It seems that they are wrong.
A Kaiju¡¯s body is very valuable, even if they have already many of them in theirboratories, and they still have many clones, a rtivelyplete kaiju body like those is still very valuable.
Under their sight, the giant serpent slithered towards the three kaiju bodies, then started eating one of them. It¡¯s the only flying kaiju, the bee kaiju.
At this time, the team that had previously been dispatched has returned to the giant aircraft, the stairway was retracted into the cabin and the door was closed.
However, the airne did not leave right away. They thought that the giant serpent might get full after eating the bee kaiju then leave. At least they will get 2 kaiju¡¯s bodies.
As for expelling the giant serpent, that¡¯s just looking for death. Even if they have these new weapons, they still don¡¯t dare to be arrogant in front of the giant serpent.
Studies have shown that the giant serpent¡¯s defense is even higher than the level 5 kaiju.
It can also release thunder and sonic attacks, possessing an even higher attack power than level 5 kaiju. Most people consider it a small nuclear-bomb level creature, which is not what they can provoke.
That¡¯s without mentioning that, apart from getting attacked by it first, they are prohibited from attacking the giant serpent. That¡¯s the order of the higher-ups
Time passed little by little. What caused the staff on the giant ne to copse a bit was that the giant serpent swallowed all of the three kaiju¡¯s bodies.
¡±How powerful is this monster¡¯s stomach?¡±
People have long discovered the abnormal eating behavior of the giant serpent. No matter how much food it has eaten, the giant serpent¡¯s belly didn¡¯t even bulge.
Some people specte that its digestive acids are extremely powerful. The moment the prey enters its stomach it will get dissolved.
Of course, there is another theory that the giant serpent belly leads to another space, but few people believe in this ridiculous theory.
Seeing that they won¡¯t be able to bring the three kaiju¡¯s bodies. The engines of the giant aircraft immediately started running. The giant ne slowly lifted off, turned around, then flew back in the way it came from.
Fang Yun nced in the direction of the ne, then returned to the sea.
¡¯Panda country¡¯ created such a new weapon.
This really surprised him. At the same time, an idea arose in his mind.
Blue¡¯s humans are constantly advancing. Maybe in the near future, they will be a really powerful civilization. Even a cosmic one.
Once the aliens behind the kaijue to this, it might be a collision between two super civilizations.
Of course, the premise is that the alien civilization allows the Blue human civilization to grow up.
He guessed that the alien civilization invading the Blue shouldn¡¯t be a very powerful one. Otherwise, it wouldn¡¯t have used kaiju to invade humans.
Maybe, they are like the pioneers of the alien life in Pacific Rim that he had seen before. They might be invading manys at the same time, so their power is spread a lot.
Anyway, the next scene will definitely be more exciting and challenging. Maybe, he will see a war between civilizations next, maybe even participate in it.
¡±Things are getting interesting.¡±
With his eyes twinkling, Fang Yun continued swimming in the sea.
¡¡¡
The new weapons test of the ¡®Panda country¡¯ wasn¡¯t made public. It¡¯s this country¡¯s tradition to act low-key and hide their trump cards.
On the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ side. Since that press conference about the sessful control of the King Kong kaiju. The news about the ¡°Kaiju vs Kaiju¡± n was circting on the inte.
They are adopting a different strategy from that of ¡®Panda country¡¯.
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country prefers to publicize their new technology, putting pressure on theirpetitors, thereby dragging theirpetitors into military preparations and defeating them with their familiar experience.
The ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ could have cooperated with the other great powers to fight against the kaiju in the past, but with the continuous development of various technologies on their side, they felt that it was unnecessary.
¡±I can¡¯t imagine a college student working together with a few elementary school students to solve a high-numerical equation.¡±
This is the idea of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ governement and most of their people. They think that they are superior to the rest of the world and feel proud of that.
One month after ¡®Panda country¡¯ conducted its new weapon test, the Bald Eagle also conducted a new weapon test.
Of course, their new weapon test has nothing to do with ¡®Panda country¡¯ new weapon test. The reason why the test time is so close is just a coincidence.
During this new weapon¡¯s trial, as usual, they invited many journalists from all over the world.
The new weapon they are announcing this time is a huge aircraft carrier.
ording to the data listed by ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ governement, this aircraft carrier is 370 meters long, which is almost as big as thergest aircraft carrier that they currently own.
However, this aircraft carrier is different from ordinary ones. It has eight huge turbine engines on both sides, and fourbined jet engines in the rear.
While the group of reporters was watching the gigantic engines with an astonishing look, the eight huge turbine engines suddenly started turning.
¡±Roooaaar!¡±
With the sound of a roaring engine, the gigantic aircraft carrier started to slowly rise from the ground.
When it reached a position of about 100 meters above the ground, its fourbined jet engines in the rear started running, giving the carrier a horizontal thrust. The aircraft carrier suspended in the air suddenly started moving forward.
Its speed isn¡¯t really that fast, about 50 km/h, but just that has given the journalists there a strong shock.
If Fang Yun was present in this scene, he would definitely say that this aircraft carrier is very simr to the Shield¡¯s Helicarrier in the Avengers.
Motherships that can fly in the sky have been proposed before, but apart from the technical difficulties that humans faced before, this technology has a great weakness.
Its air defense capability is very poor, as long as one of the engines get hit, the mothership will get basically get scrapped.
Furthermore, its flight speed is quite slow, and the number of fighters that can be carried is limited.
Based on these characteristics, although this idea is quite popr, no country has vigorously studied it.
However, unexpectedly, the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ actually came up with this technology out of nowhere.
Although the speed of this flying aircraft carrier isn¡¯t very fast. It¡¯s actually as fast as the aircraft carriers in the water.
More importantly, the number of fighters that can be carried on this aircraft has reached 120.
ording to ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ governement, this aircraft carrier/mothership has extremely amazing air defense performance. The probability of it being struck down is extremely low, even if it¡¯s hit on the engine.
As long as the number of engines on both sides is kept above 2, it won¡¯t crash.
While the entire human world was shocked by the mothership shown by the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯, Fang Yunid on the coast of ¡®Panda country¡¯ with a depressed look on his face.
The giant turtle has left.
Chapter 224: Changes In the Ocean
Chapter 224: Changes In the Ocean
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The reason why Fang Yun was able to improve his bio-energy so quickly was due to the turtle attracting so many ancient/mutant creatures.
Now that the giant turtle has left, he has to take the initiative to hunt those creatures once again. He can¡¯tzily lie down and wait for prey toe to his mouth anymore.
Furthermore, he needs to umte 80 million bio-energy points for the next evolution. This is a rather difficult task. At the very least, he has umted 20 million points.
In order to capture more food, Fang Yun spent a three)months journey back to the grass sea. He nned to go back to intercept the kaiju that gets out of there and eat it.
However, when he arrived there, he found that the kaiju that gets out of the grass sea are extremely scarce. The mutant and ancient creatures are basically the same, their number is far less than it was before.
In desperation, he returned to the ¡®Panda country¡¯ coast.
The mutated creatures in other seas were basically the same, but as time passed, Fang Yun felt that their number has gradually decreased.
The number of Kaiju is also getting less and less.
¡±Has the aliens given up on attacking the Blue?¡±
The humans on the Blue have also responded. They described the kaiju as the minions of the aliens. Now there is basically a sentence circting in human society. Have they won? is the kaiju going to withdraw?
However, most humans still kept a clear head. They aren¡¯t sure if this is a sign of withdrawal or are they just preparing tounch a greater attack?
In addition, the attack of ordinary kaiju isn¡¯t that bad. Although they can cause some damage, its advantages actually outweigh its disadvantages. The problem is the level 4 and 5 kaiju.
Right now, ordinary kaiju are constantly decreasing. Which means that specimen for research and valuable energy sources are constantly decreasing.
In the ocean, mutated creatures and kaiju are decreasing, but onnd, mutant creatures are booming. Currently, no one dares to approach a forest or a wild ce without sufficient preparation.
In fact, even in cities, people are constantly dying inside their homes.
Whether it¡¯s nts, animals, or microorganisms, after mutation, they can cause fatal harm to humans.
Indeed, it¡¯s not just animals, nts and insects that are dangerous.
Not long ago, a pathogenic microorganism was found. This microorganism will parasitize an animal¡¯s body and destroy its nervous system as it grows.
Using this method, it¡¯s able to control the animal behaviors.
The parasitized animals will exhibit a strong aggressive behavior after being parasitized for a period of time. The purpose of this aggression is to allow newborn parasites to inhabit a new host.
After getting parasitized, the animal will also have some changes in appearance, but this change is gradual. First, rotten wounds will appear on the animal¡¯s body. After that, the animal¡¯s body will gradually turn blue, at the same time, its eyes will gradually rot, bing a hollow in the end.
That¡¯s the time when the parasite will give up on that body and search for a new one.
While exhibiting that aggressive behavior, the parasitized body will look very simr to the zombies in the movies. Furthermore, by biting or scratching other creatures, it¡¯s able to spread the newborn parasites, infecting them and thereby creating new parasitized creatures.
In such a manner, these creatures were able to quickly spread. Fortunately, the government of the various countries took drastic measures to suppress them.
The emergence of those zombie-like creatures has caused mass concern and panic across the world. Fortunately, they were quickly suppressed, otherwise, humans would have been dealt a big blow.
Of course, thend creatures¡¯ mutation wasn¡¯t entirely bad news.
Some people have now discovered that a kind of arthropod that has an outrageous ability. This kind of creature enters a cocoon state after reaching the end of its life, then returns to its youth after getting out of the cocoon.
It can repeat this process many times, thereby achieving the effect of longevity or even possibly immortality.
The reason why humans haven¡¯t proimed this creature immortal is that they don¡¯t know if it can repeat this process unlimitedly.
This discovery has reminded many people of the ¡°Life Elixir¡± of the giant turtle. Some people smiled at the thought of how cute the era of sea monsters was.
In addition, some people have discovered another important thing. That is a type of tree that can absorb the toxic gas emitted by level 5 kaiju, thereby purifying the air.
As for nuclear radiation, it¡¯s already pretty controble.
Whether it¡¯s ¡®Panda country¡¯, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, or the other major superpowers, they can already clone kaiju, and the kaiju can absorb the nuclear radiation in the air for growth.
From the current situation, the cloned Kaiju can continue growing through eating nuclear radiation. Furthermore, they still remain harmless to human beings.
After a lot of testing and making sure that the kaiju don¡¯t turn aggressive after reaching a certain stage, the humans decided to use them as cleaners, and thus a natural and pollution-free vacuum cleaners were born.
While there is plenty of good news in the current world, there is no shortage of bad ones. For example, the energy crisis is getting worse.
That kind of energy-devouring organisms, oil and gas devouring bugs, that were discovered previously in the coastal oilfields and gas mines has been found ind.
In addition, other types of insects from the same genus have been discovered.
Metal worms have appeared in some gold and silver mines.
The first ce where metal worms were found was in South Africa. A local tyrant who owns quite a few gold mines was in the midst of his daily routines when a servent has told him that something wrong has happened in his mine.
When he arrived there, he found that there were tiny bugs in his gold mine. These bugs glittered like gold beads as they ate gold like crackers.
¡±Laozi¡¯s gold!!¡±
The local tyrant yelled madly. With bloodshot eyes, he lifted a hammer and smashed it into a worm. The worm was easily killed, and a golden liquid was squeezed from its body.
A few drops of liquid sshed on the back of the local tyrant¡¯s hand. Later on that day, he showed a sign of heavy metal poisoning.
The emergence of the metal-eating worms has cast a heavy haze on the human world. This is a sign that the aliens¡¯ civilization hasn¡¯t given up on them. They likely preparing themselves, gathering their power and preparing tounch an all-out war against humans.
¡¡¡
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t concerned about the human situation right now. Since the giant turtle left him, the speed of bio-energy umtion felt into the bottom.
It has now been more than half a year since the giant turtle left him. To be precise, nine months.
However, his bio-energy points have barely reached 50 million points, which is quite slow.
There are still kaiju in the ocean, but their number is quite scarce. Wild kaiju have be a rare sight, and they don¡¯t attack humans anymore.
They are basically moving across the sea. From observing their movements and patterns, Fang Yun felt that they are like¡investigating the situation of humans.
It has been more than nine years since the mutant creatures first appeared on this, and in the past few years, they have gradually lost their absolute control over the oceans.
Since getting attacked by the kaiju and losing many coastal cities, human activity has shrunk mostly to thousands of kilometers ind.
However, human beings who have once struggled to survive have got a buffering period.
Many people returned to the coastal cities that have be ruins and restarted constructions. The fishing industry has begun to gradually recover.
Although the kaiju and mutant creatures are gradually decreasing. The human leaders didn¡¯t rx but rather became more nervous and urgent.
Research on new weapons has never stopped.
On the ¡®Panda country¡¯ side, tests of that new types of weapons are constantly being conducted. They call these types of weapons ¡°K-Type¡± weapon. Which roughly means kaiju weapons.
Presently, they have made great progress. Even the ¡°K-Type Rifles¡± has been greatly refined, increasing its stability and lowering its chances of exploding like before.
On the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country¡¯s side, their use of Kaiju¡¯s blood energy is much more refined than ¡®Panda country¡¯. They have used fuels made from this energy to create more powerful aircraft and motherships.
Furthermore, the long-awaited ¡°Kaiju vs Kaiju¡± n has finally progressed.
Chapter 225: Practical Training
Chapter 225: Practical Training
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ military is preparing to use the cloned kaiju for actualbat. This news soon spread across the world, causing a sensation.
On the day of actualbat, they still didn¡¯t intend to keep this operation a secret but invited a lot of bold people to watch the battle on the mothership they just improved.
On this memorable day, two giant objects towered over the east beach of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country.
One of them is them is gigantic kaiju, which looks like a gori. This kaiju is the first kaiju ever cloned by man, the famed King Kong kaiju.
It looks even more mighty than before, its eyes sharpened a lot, and its size and muscles have increased tremendously.
In the air not far away from it, a huge mothership was suspended, with eight turbine engines on both sides madly running, making a buzzing sound.
One of the shorings of the famed mothership is the extremely loud sound it makes while flying. They still didn¡¯t find a solution to this shoring.
Many people are standing on the mothership. Soldiers in navy blue uniforms stood on the edge of the mothership. Among them is a group of journalists, trembling with soft legs.
¡±It¡¯s really floating, God, this technology is really amazing.¡±
¡±I need to take a breathe, I¡¯m scared of heights.¡±
A reporter was holding his chest with his trembling hand. He clutched the railings with his other hand in order to not fall. Despite feeling very soft, his professionalism forced him to smile and say to the camera.
For a while, on the edge of the mothership, apart from the quiet navies, the reporters were frightened to various degrees. The older and more experienced ones kept theirposure, but the worst ones were almost crying.
However, it¡¯s understandable. Although the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government has exhibited quite a few motherships before, this is the first time these journalists rode it.
Furthermore, it¡¯s different from the covered ne people rode before, it¡¯s more like a giant ship. The reporters stood on the edge of the mother ships, exposed to the wind, with nothing above them. Their fears are understandable.
While these reporters were trying to calm down their fears, the two engines behind the aerospace aircraft carrier started running, After which the aircraft started moving forward.
Below, King Kong moved forward step by step. Once its legs couldn¡¯t touch the floor, it used its arms to swim forward.
About an hourter, the team stopped.
The reporters standing on the aerospace aircraft carrier looked at the thing ahead of them. Not far away, an ind-like thing was calmy floating on the water surface.
¡±Look ahead, there is a Kaiju over there.¡±
Suddenly, a man wearing official clothes walked in front of the reporters and said to them.
If no one has pointed that to them, no one would think that that thing is a kaiju.
That thing looks truly like a small ind, motionlessly floating on the water surface with grass and dirt of its back.
¡±This is a level 3 kaiju. Its name is ¡®Poison Arrow¡¯. Its special ability is a super toxic poison sprouted from its mouth. Its poison is hundreds of times stronger than the poison of the Ind Taipan.¡±
¡±Furthermore, its poison possesses a corrosive property that can easily corrode steel. In terms of strength, it possesses the strength to easily sink an aircraft carrier. Its power stands at the peak of level 3 kaiju, infinitely close to level 4 kaiju.¡±
¡±Its only downside is that it¡¯s unable to releaseser beams, so we don¡¯t have to worry about it attacking this mothership.¡±
The man in the official uniform saw the tension on the face of the reporters and slightlyforted them, after that he turned around and said.
¡±Prepare King Kong to act.¡±
After hearing his words, the reporters on the flying aircraft carrier trembled in excitement. They immediately turned around and looked at King Kong with anticipation.
Underneath, King Kong suddenly elerated, quickly reaching the side of Kaiju named ¡°Poison Arrow¡±. After which he took arge punching stance, thennded a strong punch on the head of the kaiju.
This Kaiju beast has four limbs, generally humanoid, with a dinosaur-like face, and a terrifying mouth full of rows of human-sized sharp teeth.
The man wearing official clothes looked at the scene below with a nervous look on his face.
After all, this is their first practical training.
Theoretically, based on the strength, defense and speed measurements, King Kong canpletely crush it. However, this is a true battle, they can¡¯t bepletely sure of King Kong¡¯s victory.
¡±Roar!!¡±
King Kong¡¯s two hands gasped on the upper and lower jaws of ¡°Poison Arrow¡± respectively. Then, exerting its monstrous muscles, it wanted to tear the kaiju¡¯s head in half.
¡±Roar!!¡±
¡±Poison Arrow¡± yelled loudly in pain. It spat a purple-blue liquid at King Kong¡¯s face. King Kong roared loudly in pain, then immediately headed towards the kaiju.
¡±Boom!!¡±
The two collided heavily, making loud shockwaves and creating gigantic waves.
King Kong¡¯s face was filled with venom, his face filled with steam. He yelled loudly, hugged the kaiju¡¯s waist with both his arms, lifted it, thenunched a german suplex!
¡±Ssh!!¡±
The kaijunded heavily on the water, sshing tens of thousands of tons of water.
Afterpleting this action, King Kong rode on the body of Kaiju, thenunched a mad barrage of punches on its face., each one of these punches can bring down a skyscraper.
The Kaiju under King Kong struggled desperately. It punched him, wed him, trying desperately to escape from his grip, but King Kong steel held it tightly under him, raining it with one punch after the other.
It can be seen from this battle that King Kong¡¯s power is indeed above this kaiju. The reason why it was so miserable before is that this is his first fight.
However, as the battle progressed, this level 3 kaiju was unterally abused.
It¡¯s just that the condition of King Kong is indeed miserable. Even with his defensive power, his face is rotting and purplish-blue hue is spreading from its face to the rest of its body.
It¡¯s just that this process is rtively slow; Furthermore, King Kong regenerative power is fighting against the poison, stopping its spreading and restoring the corroded flesh.
About ten minutester, King Kong finally killed ¡®Poison Arrow¡¯, then slowly dragged its body towards the beach.
On this eventful day, the entire ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country boiled.
Their n went very sessfully.
King Kong can kill a level 3 kaiju alone. Furthermore, it wasn¡¯t that difficult, maybe he can even fight and defeat a level 4 kaiju.
Many people in their country are appealing, hoping that the country¡¯s higher-ups can conduct a practical test against level 4 kaiju. They want to see King Kong¡¯s true potential.
Unfortunately, the bald eagle didn¡¯t respond to the people¡¯s plea. They are currently busy with something else.
The ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ have a lot of allies. These allies begged them for kaiju after seeing the power that King Kong has exhibited.
Regarding the cloning and growth of the kaiju, it cost a lot of money. That¡¯s without mentioning the huge amount of funds they invested in this project.
Now, it¡¯s finally time to harvest, they are going to sell these kaiju.
Chapter 226: Inflated
Chapter 226: Inted
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Although they intend to sell the cloned kaiju, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ isn¡¯t intending to do so for the moment. They have rejected their allies¡¯ requests on the pretext that this technology still needs to be perfected.
Time passes quickly. In the current age, with each passing day, some earthshaking change happens, whether it¡¯s in technology, life or even to the civilization as a whole.
A year has passed since the practical battle between King Kong and ¡®poison arrow¡¯.
Until now, Kaiju have almostpletely disappeared from the ocean, and even mutant and ancient creatures became very rare. Only thend mutants still raging in the world.
The biggest problems facing humanity today arend mutant creatures and energy.
Especially thetter, it¡¯s driving the leaders of each country to madness.
The various energy resources on the are being quickly consumed by these insects, Furthermore, the metals such as silver, gold, iron, etc¡ are currently in shortage due to these insects.
These metals are indispensable to human beings right now. If things keep going this way, then arge part of human society is going to copse.
Don¡¯t mention technology advances, they might even regress.
While the Blue humans are having headaches, Fang Yun is also having a headache.
There is fewer and fewer prey in the ocean, he can¡¯t gather enough bio-energy to evolve. Furthermore, wanting to rely on ordinary creatures to gather dozens of millions of bio-energy points is tantamount to idiot and dreams.
For example, in the past year, he wasn¡¯t able to gather enough bio-energy to evolve. He still needs to gather 5 million points to evolve.
Two or three years ago, this number would have been easy toplete. just a few level 5 kaiju would have been enough.
However, now, only the blue native creatures remain in the ocean. Maybe some rare ancient creatures. These creatures can provide him with a very limited amount of bio-energy, far from being able to fulfill his requirements.
Amidst all this bad news, there is a good one. His reputation is about to reach 10 billion. Although he doesn¡¯t know if he will receive skill points or not, it¡¯s worth looking forward to.
ording to the requirements of the system. Once he reaches 10 billion reputation points, he will receive a new bloodline.
(Note: I made a mistake previously, he didn¡¯t receive a bloodline at 1 billion points. He will receive the bloodline in the next few chapters at 10 billion points, Sorry.)
¡±It would be nice if I get the ability to fly this time. It might not take long for me to leave this and travel in the universe.¡±
Fang Yun was looking forward to that.
Like the legendary eastern dragons, they can fly across the sky and travel above the clouds, or like western ones, with giant wings covering the sky and the ability to shake the mountains with a p of their wings.
He doesn¡¯t know which of these two types of flight capabilities he will get, or even if will get one of them. Anyway, he can only hope for the future.
Fang Yun leisurely swam on the sea surface. He is now in the area of Hualien, where marine life is rtively rich.
Right now, his body length is about 230 meters and his diameter is about 8 meters. Apart from the ridiculous mountain-spider, he is already the biggest creature he ever saw.
Now that the fishermen came back to the sea, they were once again very scared at the sight of Fang Yun, but after seeing him more and more frequently, they will only bow to him, expressing their respect. They aren¡¯t scared after seeing him like before.
Speaking of that, in the current ocean, the only creature that can be called a sea monster is the giant serpent.
ording to the discovery of the world¡¯s major countries, the Kaiju and mutated/ancient creatures all returned to the grass sea. Strangely, the giant serpent didn¡¯t follow them back there.
Unexpectedly, some countries became very inted, thinking about capturing the giant serpent.
Of course, this idea is just in the conceptional stage. They know that with the power and intelligence of the giant serpent, as long as they don¡¯t kill it or capture it in one shot, they would suffer from its crazy retaliation.
During this period of time, humanity¡¯s situation barely calmed down. In addition to the terrestrial mutated organisms still causing trouble, most of the daily news is about the development and reconstruction of coastal cities.
asionally, some newspapers will write about the actions and whereabouts of the giant serpent or the mystery of the grass sea.
However, on this day, there was finally some big news.
The ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ sold a cloned kaiju to ¡®Sakura country¡¯, along with it is a mothership.
At the press conference, Sakura country¡¯s representative looked very excited. After all, they have just bought a giant kaiju, a superweapon that only nuclear weapons can deal with.
Furthermore, this creature can grow by swallowing nuclear radiation. Not only is it a super-effective radiation cleaner, but it can also grow to an unknown high in the future.
Maybe someday, this kaiju will grow to point of not being afraid of nuclear weapons.
ording to the representative promation, this Kaiju will be called ¡°Kappa¡±, a famous monster in Japanese folklore, which basically means the messenger of the water god.
Of course, ¡®Panda country¡¯ also has folklore about monsters like ¡°Kappa¡±.
Many ¡®Sakura country¡¯ people were disappointed. They think that that kaiju should be named Godzi. Its appearance is indeed very simr to that of Godzi.
¡¯Panda country¡¯ was extremely dissatisfied with the Bald eagle¡¯s move to sell the cloned Kaiju and the mothership to ¡®Sakura country¡¯ After all, both are big killers.
In fact, it¡¯s not an understatement to call them nuclear-level weapons. It¡¯s almost the same as selling nuclear bombs to them in the previous era.
In international forums, ¡®Panda country¡¯ citizens frequently cursed and scolded the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ for their move, but the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ people didn¡¯t really care about them. On the other hand, it was ¡®Sakura country¡¯ people who jumped up on the inte and responded to them.
Their general reply is that ¡®Panda country¡¯ must feel jealous and sour at the fact that they obtained these weapons, and that after getting these weapons it won¡¯t be difficult for their country to suppress Panda country in the future.
After receiving such a reply, ¡®Panda country¡¯ citizens were furious, they scolded them even more rigorously.
Although ¡®Panda country¡¯ citizens tried not to show it, in fact, they are extremely sore and jealous. Most of them consider having a guardian monster and a mothership extremely cool.
They really don¡¯t think that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country will kindly sell them these things.
¡±Fuck, the Bald Eagle is really something else, I¡¯m afraid that those bastards will act arrogantly in front of us again.¡±
¡±The bald eagle is really generous, selling a level 4 kaiju¡¡±
¡±The bald eagle must possess many of those kaiju, otherwise it wouldn¡¯t sell a level 4 one. They might even have a level 5. We might be in trouble.¡±
The bald eagle government sold to ¡®Sakura country¡¯ a level 4 kaiju. ording to their selection, the controller of this Kaiju is called Kikuchi Ayako, a female soldier with excellent physical fitness.
The otaku poption of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ was very excited. ording to the disclosed photos, this female soldier named Akiko Kikuchi is very beautiful, with short hair, refined temperament, and a cold face. The typical iceberg beauty.
A lot of people love this type of women due to their cold and sadistic nature. Especially for M guys.
About one monthter, ¡®Sakura country¡¯ announced that Kikuchi Akiko was able to sessfully connect with the kaiju ¡°Kappa¡±. They announced that they will hold a training event three dayster.
The so-called training event is to let Akiko Kikuchi control the kaiju to walk around. There are no kaiju for ¡°Kappa¡± to fight against, and even if there are, they don¡¯t dare to let ¡°Kappa¡± fight against them.
¡±Kappa¡± is the only kaiju they own, they don¡¯t dare to bet on its safety against kaiju.
As for the giant serpent? that would be sending food.
On this day, ¡®Sakura country¡¯ hosted a worldwide live broadcast. They will track the entirety of Kappa¡¯s journey.
Chapter 227: Training Event Begins
Chapter 227: Training Event Begins
Trantor: Yamir Moon
This is the second live broadcast in the world where a human does control a kaiju for training, it naturally attracted a lot of attention.
People from all over the world were looking forward to seeing that.
At nine o¡¯clock in the morning, the entirety of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ was boiling. In a dedicated live broadcast channel, a huge monster appeared on the TV screen.
It was a Godzi-like kaiju with arge body. ording to official statistics, this monster has a 150-meter-high body, a long neck, and a rtively small head.
Above its spine, there is a bone spur that spreads out to the left and right. Its lower limbs are extremely thick, and its tail is filled with muscles and spikes.
Many ¡®Sakura country¡¯ citizens were watching this live TV broadcast. They suffered heavy losses in the past few years, losing almost 1/3 of their poption, so they are very insecure.
They are afraid that the kaiju will make aeback. Furthermore, their neighbor to the west didn¡¯t have the slightest intention to help them. Their loss in the previous disaster was extremely heavy.
Inparison, the situation of ¡®Panda country¡¯ is much better than them. After all, it has a veryrge area. Even if they gave up on coastal cities, their extremelyrgend allowed them to relocate all the citizens in those cities without much of a problem.
¡¯Sakura country¡¯ is different. Theirnd is a long and narrownd with rtively a small habitable zone. Furthermore, they have arge poption. The pressure they suffered during the past events was so big that it almost caused their destruction.
It is precisely because of this that the gap between ¡®Sakura country¡¯ and ¡®Panda country¡¯ is getting wider and wider. The vulnerable ¡®Sakura country¡¯ not only has concerns about its neighbor, but it¡¯s also a bit jealous of them.
However, the emergence of ¡°Kappa¡± has greatly increased the confidence of the people of the ¡®Sakura country¡¯. Theirck of security has greatly subsided, and their confidence has increased.
After all, they have received the two most powerful weapons in the world.
Mothership, controble Kaiju.
With these two nuclear-level weapons, they don¡¯t have to worry too much about their neighbor or normal monsters. As long as they have enough time, their economy can naturally recover, and they will return back to their previous position.
Even if the monster disasteres again in the future. Now that they have a controble kaiju and a mothership, they won¡¯t be as miserable as before.
The discussion about the training event of ¡°Kappa¡± filled forums and media tforms. ording to the information disclosed by ¡®Sakura country¡¯, ¡°Kappa¡± has the ability to release energy beams.
In this iing training, they will demonstrate the ability of ¡°Kappa¡±.
¡¡¡¡
Li Zhi looked at the scene outside the window. The sky was gloomy. He is now in Mei City, a city in ¡®Panda country¡¯.
Because today is Sunday, he didn¡¯t go back to work but stayed inside his home.
Due to the special circumstances of this age, everyone has to work hard. People like him have only 1 day of rest out of the whole month. Sometimes, they can¡¯t even rest a single day in the whole month.
Leaning back in front of the bed and stretching, Li Zhi returned to the desk.
At first nce, he saw a photo frame resting next to hisputer with a photo iid therein. It¡¯s a photo of two people standing together with a youthful smile on their faces.
One of them was him, and the other is a young man wearing a pair of ck-rimmed sses, giving off the atmosphere of a schr. That was his good buddy, Luo Huan.
Looking at the young man in the photo frame, Li Zhi was slightly sad. He recalled the time when he and Luo Huan were on campus. They have the same hobbies and often stay in front of theputer and watch videos of various animals.
They witnessed the incident where the live streamer Jonny encountered a 20-meter long python in the Ugandan prairie, andter saw the incident when Jonny was attacked by a sea monster in the ocean.
Unfortunately, they will never be able to sit together and recount the past.
Five years ago, his good buddy Luo Huan died due to a lung infection.
¡±Sigh¡¡¡±
Letting out a long sigh, Li Zhi stopped thinking about those depressing memories and focused on hisputer. He opened the browser and enter a web address.
He still remembers that today is the time for ¡®Sakura country¡¯ to conduct the ¡°Kappa¡± training event.
Although he is just a nobody, he doesn¡¯t need to worry about such things.
However, this change is likely to affect their lives that have just stabilized.
He entered the live TV channel. Instantly, a huge monster appeared on Li Zhi¡¯sputer screen.
That monster was standing in a shallow part of the ocean, the water barely reached its knees. Beside it, there is a huge steel machine suspended. Eight turbine engines on both sides are rotating rapidly, creating a loud sound.
Li Zhi frowned.
He knows that their country is also developing this type of flying aircraft carrier, and there is some news about it. However, there is no news about controble cloned kaiju.
While Li Zhi was thinking about this, the kaiju codenamed ¡°Kappa¡± suddenly moved. It swam deeper underwater, then quickly moved forward.
Its speed is quite fast, about 120 kilometers per hour. However, what amazed the audience was that the mothership was able to follow it with ease.
¡±This mothership should be much more advanced than the one the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ showed one year ago.¡±
Li Zhi sighed deeply. It¡¯s indeed the most advanced scientific and technology country on the Blue. ¡®Panda country¡¯ is hardpressed to catch up.
In the video, the camera continuously switched between ¡°Kappa¡± and the deck of the aerospace aircraft carrier, where the corresponding reporter is talking.
She is talking about ¡°Kappa¡± physical condition, such as its physical problems, and whether there are any abnormalities in its organs and so on.
Because the speed of the aerospace aircraft carrier is very fast, these reporters didn¡¯t stand on the deck. They are currently in the control room.
The more he looked, the more Li Zhi furrowed his brows.
He noticed that the route of ¡°Kappa¡± is a bit problematic. It¡¯s clearly going straight towards ¡®Panda country¡¯
Coupled with the training location, which is next to the territorial sea area of ¡®Panda country¡¯. The current ¡°Kappa¡± swimming forward is undoubtedly a provocation.
¡±What do these guys want?¡±
It wasn¡¯t only Li Zhi who noticed that, on international forums, manyizens from ¡®Panda country¡¯ were posting questions about ¡®Sakura country¡¯ actions. Why are they heading straight towards ¡®Panda country¡¯
¡±No doubt, this is a provocation!¡±
In international forums,izens from ¡®Panda country¡¯ seemed extremely indignant. A huge mothership and a level 4 kaiju. These are undoubtedly extremely powerful weapons.
This configuration is very dangerous. Not to mention going straight towards their country territory. Even if it¡¯s in their territorial sea area, they will never agree.
What are the intentions of ¡®Sakura country¡¯?
Chapter 228: Conflict Between Countries
Chapter 228: Conflict Between Countries
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Li Zhi looked at the scene on the screen. He knows a bit about the ¡®Sakura country¡¯nguage. All thanks to the ¡®Sakura country¡¯ anime. Due to all the animation he watched, he was able to pick up a bit of theirnguage.
Looking at them, it seems that they don¡¯t care about their actions. They seem to be unaware that their move is a provocation to ¡®Panda country¡¯
¡±Kappa is now in a stable physical condition, so is his pilot.¡±
The hostess said to the camera with a smile while standing in a special room in the mothership.
In theputer screen, Li Zhi saw that a woman in a special uniform was lying in a sspartment, with an instrument on her head, and various cables connected to that instrument.
Next to it, there is an instrument simr to an electrocardiogram. A line on the top is moving from the left to the right in a zigzag manner. The line moved stably.
Li Zhi recognized this woman, she¡¯s Akiko Kikuchi, the pilot, and controller of the kaiju ¡°Kappa¡±. She had been heavily promoted by ¡®Sakura country¡¯ before, making her poprity skyrocket.
While Li Zhi was looking at this woman, the camera suddenly switched back to the deck of the mothership, then suddenly turned around.
At this time, the g that appeared on the screen caused Li Zhi heart to jump.
Three nes flew over Kappa, then circled around the mothership, seemingly warning them to halt their steps.
¡±It¡¯s our military ne.¡±
Li Zhi blinked a few times in surprise, making sure that he didn¡¯t see the wrong things.
In the footage, three fighter jet skimmed over the sky. The sound of roaring engines and the air breaking filled the sky.
Even Li Zhi did not expect that their military nes would actually take the initiative to intercept the people of ¡®Sakura country¡¯
Of course, they just intercepted them. After all, they just approached their territorial water. If they truly entered their territorial waters, things will be different.
This sudden situation caused the people watching the live broadcast to boil. In international forums,ments about this event were everywhere.
Originally, this was just an ordinary training activity, but from the look of the situation, things are getting big.
However, everyone was very puzzled. Why is ¡®Sakura country¡¯ provoking ¡®Panda country¡¯ so much? Even if they have the mothership and the controble cloned kaiju, ¡®Panda country¡¯ isn¡¯t so easy to mess with.
Even if the mothership has a particrly strong defense system, the ammunition it carries won¡¯tst always, the same goes for the fuels. Once those end, the mothership will be a live target or fall.
The kaiju need not be mentioned, they dealt with it for so long. They have developed quite a few ns to deal with them. Furthermore, it¡¯s just a level 4 kaiju, they don¡¯t even need a nuclear bomb to deal with it.
Although they don¡¯t understand the ind country¡¯s intentions, it didn¡¯t prevent everyone from watching the live broadcast.
There are more and more people watching this live broadcast. ¡®Sakura country¡¯, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯, and ¡®Panda country¡¯ have the most people. Later, the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country and many other European countries. Many people from these countries watched the live broadcast.
Even people from African and Australia watched the broadcast, but they had the fewest people.
¡±Sir, ¡®Panda country¡¯ asked us to change course immediately.¡±
In themand room, a young soldier with headphones on his head suddenly turned his around, took off the headphones and said to the middle-aged man next to him.
The middle-aged man, called Nobuo Watanabe, is the captain of this mothership. At this moment, after hearing the soldier¡¯s report, his face remained the same, he has expected this long ago.
¡±Keep moving forward.¡±
He ordered the soldier, then after thinking, he added.
¡±Give ¡°Kappa¡± these instructions: get up and prepare for defense, also, keep moving forward.¡±
The young soldier hesitated a bit, but still conveyed these instructions to Akiko as instructed.
At this time, the reporters on the mothership started panicking. Obviously, they really did not expect that their actions would incite ¡®Panda country¡¯ to send fighters.
Moreover, they noticed that ¡°Kappa¡±, who was casually swimming before, suddenly stood upright, then used the ability of the kaiju to run on water.
This sudden situation caused these reporters to panic even more. They just came here to broadcast this training event, they didn¡¯t expect that they would have a conflict with ¡®Panda country¡¯
Just when these reporters were copsing internally, they also found that the speed of the mothership slightly slowed down. All the people on the deck were asked to enter the room.
A group of journalists woke up from the shock, then started talking to each other.
For the second time, the three fighters from ¡®Panda country¡¯ once again flew over and circled around the mothership. The deafening sound left behind almost caused the reporters¡¯ eardrums to burst.
¡±Sir, ¡®Panda country¡¯ ordered us again to change course immediately, or they mightunch an attack.¡±
In themand room, the young soldier said to Nobita Watanabe behind him.
He really think that provoking ¡®Panda country¡¯ so tantly isn¡¯t a good idea. He thinks that this is a really stupid behavior, they are only putting themselves in danger, but what can he do? He is just a soldier.
Hearing that, Watanabe hesitated.
They came here to execute a mission. ording to the news from the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯, ¡®Panda country¡¯ has developed a new type of aircraft. They came here to see if they could force them to use it.
Of course, this is just one of their goals.
After the disaster, ¡®Panda country¡¯s control of the nearby small countries has increased a lot. This caused the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country to feel displeased, so they asked ¡®Sakura country¡¯ to execute this act. This is to remind the nearby small countries that they don¡¯t have to feel pressured by ¡®Panda country¡¯.
At the same time, they are hitting ¡®Panda country¡¯, testing its reaction and seeing if they have any new weapons.
Not a lot of people know this, but this training event is carefully drafted scheme against ¡®Panda country¡¯, and ¡®Sakura country¡¯ is just a pawn.
The things they gave to ¡®Sakura country¡¯ might seem advanced, but they have much better things at home.
¡±Enable the defense system.¡±
After a long silence, Watanabe said to the young soldier next to him.
¡±Let the Kappa attack.¡±
¡±Tell ¡®Panda country¡¯ that we are operating in international water, they have no right to interfere in our actions.¡±
After saying this, he paced in themand room. Obviously, making this decision is also a lot of pressure for him.
The young soldier took a deep breath, then issued these instructions, as Watanabe said.
Along with a mechanical sound, the hatches in some parts of the entire mothership opened, exposing a gun barrel inside. On the deck, some hatches opened, exposing a missileunch manhole.
The cameras around captured the entire scene on the deck, showing this sci-fi scenes to everyone who was watching the live broadcast. Many people were shocked by the advanced technology of the mothership, and many tech fans looked at this scene with twinkling eyes.
On the other hand, many people were worried about the situation on the live broadcast, especially the residents of these two countries.
Will there be a conflict between ¡®Sakura country¡¯ and ¡®Panda country¡¯ today?
¡±Kappa seems to be ready to attack.¡±
A blue light suddenly appeared on the Kappa¡¯s body. This is how Kaiju gather energy to attack;
Suddenly, the three fighters continuously circling over the air carrier suddenly flew away. This scene astonished the people watching the live broadcast.
¡¯Panda country¡¯ has taken the initiative to retreat.
¡±Hahaha, this power of our kaiju is unrivaled, it has really scared off ¡®Panda country''¡±
This is a statement from a ¡®Sakura country¡¯ citizen.
¡±¡®Panda country¡¯ actually retreated? Is that Kaiju¡¯s deterrent so great?¡±
¡±Holy cow! running away after saying a few threatening words? this is too timid!¡±
This is a statement made by ¡®Panda country¡¯ citizens. They are clearly dissatisfied with the withdrawal of the three military fighters.
What they didn¡¯t know was that in a certain airport, three sci-fi-like airnes started hovering, then took off in a certain direction.
¡±Boom!¡±
The three nes quickly surpassed the speed of sound, then disappeared in the boundless sky.
In his room, Li Zhi looked at various speeches on the International Forum, and felt embarrassed, especially when he read the smug and resentfulments of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ and ¡®Panda country¡¯ people.
He was also dissatisfied at first, but after thinking for a while, he came to a realization.
He is very clear about how the government usually act, they definitely didn¡¯t take that provocation and shut up. In this monster disaster thatsted for almost ten years, ¡®Panda country¡¯ performance was one of the best.
The country leadership definitely has some sort of n.
¡±But ¡ it¡¯s really upsetting.¡±
Li Zhi sighed bitterly. Suddenly, a loud sound sounded from the speakers. A surprising scene appeared on the screen.
Chapter 229: Intimidation and Retreat
Chapter 229: Intimidation and Retreat
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Along with a deafening sound, three huge airnes appeared on theputer screen.
These three airnes appeared in the horizon. At first, they were just a small point, then in just a few moments, their body shape appeared clearly on the screen.
Covered in dark gray metallic paint, their head has a geometric shape, with very smooth lines and streamlined shape. These airnes have two engines on both sides of the wings, arge and small one.
As they approached the mothership of ¡®Sakura country¡¯, the airnes began to decelerate. The two small engines rotated downwards, then a transparent blue me came out of them. A few momentster, the three airnes were hovering next to the mothership.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Seeing this scene, Li Zhi was dumbfounded, he watched this scene with eyes wide open.
¡±What kind of airne is this?¡±
As a man, he is quite interested in weapons such as aircraft and cannons. He asionally looks up news about the newest weapons, especially domestic weapons.
However, he never heard that their country has such an aircraft.
¡±A new aircraft?¡±
This idea suddenly popped up in Li Zhi¡¯s mind. He couldn¡¯t help but get extremely excited.
It wasn¡¯t just the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ who created news weapons, their country has also done so.
These sci-fi-like giant nes look like a fighter, but they are veryrge, ording to Li Zhi¡¯s estimation, they are at least 150 meters long.
Naturally, they can¡¯t bepared with the mothership in terms of size, but it¡¯s still quite exciting.
They have also mastered air suspension technology. The engine problem seems to have been ovee. Moreover, their aircraft seems to be much faster than the motherships of the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯.
¡±K-1B, is this the type of this aircraft?¡±
Li Zhi noticed that there are several fonts printed on the sides of the three giant airnes, which appeared to be their models.
¡±Hahaha, with these threerge airnesing, does ¡®Sakura country¡¯ dare to be arrogant?¡±
Li Zhi was very excited. He once again opened the international forum that he had browsed before and read the posts that are madly refreshing.
it turns out that all theizens of ¡®Panda country¡¯ were posting, all of them looked very excited. The heavy rock in their hearts finally fell off.
There are also a lot of people apologizing on the inte, they are the ¡®Panda country¡¯ citizens who cursed their government for their ipetence.
Li Zhi read a few posts and thought it was funny. In fact, he also thought that their government is a pushover previously. As soon as Sakura country showed its new weapons, they immediately run away.
He didn¡¯t think that in fact, they didn¡¯t run away, they just gave way to the more advanced weapons.
Li Zhi also saw a few posts from ¡®Sakura country¡¯ people, saying that the suspendable airne of ¡®Panda country¡¯ ispletely useless and that it¡¯s basically just for show.
The ammunition load is not as good as their mothership, and its defense capabilities are certainly not as good. More importantly, their ¡°Kappa¡± is still below.
In front of these two nuclear-level weapons, what is the use of these three giant airnes?
It¡¯s as if a group of people are showing off their wealth. Everyone else is showing off mansions and luxury cars worth millions of dors, and someone is showing off his 100,000 dor car, won¡¯t he feel awkward?
It was as if a basin of cold water was poured on him, the excitement in Li Zhi¡¯s heart was abruptly cut off. He switched back to the live broadcast page and watched the scene on the screen.
The three giant airnes slowly circled around ¡®Sakura country¡¯ mothership. They seemed to be warning them, but ¡®Sakura country¡¯ did not show any signs of retreating.
In fact, not only did they didn¡¯t step back, but they also shouted to ¡®Panda country¡¯ on the channel, stating that they are currently on international water and that ¡®Panda country¡¯ has no right to interfere with them.
¡±Sir, ¡®Panda country¡¯ has given us three minutes to retreat. They said that If we continue to move forward, they willunch an attack.¡±
In themand room of the mothership, the young soldier with the headset turned around and said to Nobita Watanabe with a solemn look on his face.
Hearing that, Watanabe frowned.
He really doesn¡¯t know where the confidence of Panda countryes from. Their warning truly caused him to hesitate. He started wondering if they should really go back to international water or not.
Watanabe started thinking of retreating. After all, their neighbor is really powerful. Even if they have the support of the number 1 country in the world, they are still hesitant to face the number 2.
¡¯Panda country¡¯ is a truly powerful country, even with the weapons given by the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯, he is still hesitant about this n. More importantly, he doesn¡¯t really like that they are used as a pawn to test the power of ¡®Panda country¡¯.
Even if that¡¯s one of the conditions of getting the mothership and the kaiju.
He looked at the time, wondering at what point in time to give his withdrawal instructions.
One minute passed, two minutes passed.
¡±Creak!¡±
A mechanical sound suddenly sounded, attracting the attention of all the people. Watanabe looked for the source of the sound. he turned his attention towards the three giant nes opposite to them,
On the top of the middle one, a hatch suddenly opened, after which a huge barrel stuck out.
¡±What do they want to do?¡±
Watanabe was suspicious, wasn¡¯t it three minutes? He rushed to the console and tried to get in touch with the three airnes ahead, but they suddenly fired.
In front of theputer, Li Zhi also saw the hatch on top of the middle airne opening. He was also shocked. Could it be said that ¡®Panda country¡¯ is about to open fire?
His heart started beating fiercely, his eyes were glued to theputer screen in front of him.
However, the next thing that happened slightly eased his nervousness.
The huge barrel wasn¡¯t aimed at the opposite mothership, but rather at its left. Suddenly, a red light was lit at the tip of the barrel, then a missile flew out.
¡±Phew!!¡±
The missile flew at an incredible speed, traversing 5 kilometers in just a few seconds, thennding straight on the sea surface.
¡±BOOM!!¡±
A huge deafening sound, even after such a long distance, was still clearly captured by the cameras on the mothership.
When Li Zhi saw the sight of this missile exploding, he was shocked.
He saw that a huge water column quickly rose from the sea surface, but instead of falling back into the sea, it was directly vaporized into arge swath vapor, which quickly spread around.
It wasn¡¯t just the water column vaporizing, even the seawater around was directly vaporized, otherwise, it won¡¯t directly form such a thick area of fog.
¡±How high is the temperature generated after this missile explodes?¡±
The fog quickly spread around. Even 5 kilometers away from the ce of the explosion, near the mothership, the fog was floating around. The scene on hisputer screen was blurred. This is because the camera lenses are covered with fog.
Li Zhi was extremely shocked by the power of that missile. After calming down, he felt that this missile effect is a bit familiar. It¡¯s a bit like the effect kaiju energy rays make upon contact with water.
The usual missile or nuclear bomb explosion will create very high temperatures, but that usuallysts for only an instant, so those high temperatures don¡¯t really cause any harm.
However, at present, this kind of missile can erupt with extreme power just by the hot temperature its release.
Li Zhi once again got excited. Sure enough, ¡®Panda country¡¯ is not unprepared. The technology mounted on this giant airne is not just as simple as air suspension.
The air defense cannons carried by the mothership are useless in front of those missiles. As long as a single missilends on it, the high temperature from the explosion will severely affect it.
In addition, this weapon can severely threaten the kaiju.
In the past, some people have proposed the idea of understanding the principle of the kaijuser beam, copying it, then using it against them;
However, this proposal couldn¡¯t be fulfilled. Humans can hardly understand the principles behind the kaijuser beam, let alone copy it.
While all the countries around the world were looking for a breakpoint, no one expected ¡®Panda country¡¯ to decipher the principle ofser beams and apply it to their missiles.
Li Zhi casually opened the previous forum and clicked on a post. That post was filled with thements of ¡®Panda country¡¯ people. Each one of them looked awe-inspiring and smug.
¡±Holy cow! isn¡¯t this theser beam of the Kaiju? It¡¯s almost the same apart from its slower speed.¡±
¡±Hahaha, I didn¡¯t expect that our ¡®Panda country¡¯ was hiding such a weapon!¡±
¡±It¡¯s so handsome. Directlyunching a missile to teach ¡®Sakura country¡¯ to be a man. Don¡¯t be so smug in front of this uncle!¡±
¡±Hahaha, ¡®Sakura country¡¯ has begun to retreat. They must be frightened.¡±
After reading some of hispatriotments, Li Zhi quickly switched back to the live channel. Sure enough, he saw that the mothership was retreating. Even ¡°Kappa¡± was retreating, seeing this, he couldn¡¯t help but feel national pride flowing in his chest.
¡¯Sakura country¡¯ came to pretend in front of them, but retreated with its tail between its legs.
In themand room, Nobuo Watanabe looked at the scene in the disy in front of him. It was the area hit by the missile. At this moment, there is still a very noticeable hole in the sea, with water constantly filing it.
His face was slightly pale.
Unexpectedly, ¡®Panda country¡¯ has mastered such a powerful technology.
¡±Retreat now!¡±
He decisively ordered.
¡±Contact Kappa and prepare to evacuate.¡±
The mothership started to retreat, and on the disy in front of Watanabe Nobita, the area where ¡°Kappa¡± was located was shown. At this time, ¡°Kappa¡± also turned around and walked back.
Watanabe¡¯s face was filled with gloom. As the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government expected, ¡®Panda country¡¯ has developed a very powerful weapon.
Just as he was worried about the future of ¡®Sakura country¡¯. At this moment, a surprising scene appeared on the disy, his thoughts converged as his eyes suddenly widened.
Li Zhi watched as the mothership started retreating, followed by ¡°Kappa¡±. After looking at them with a smile, he was nning to switch back to the forum page, then read the various funnyments of hispatriot.
After all, watching other ¡®Panda country¡¯ citizensment in that smug tone is quite relieving and funny.
However, just when he moved the mouse to switch the webpage, his action suddenly came to a halt. A bright purple light suddenly appeared on the sea surface on the disy screen, followed by the sound of lightning.
Li Zhi was stunned, but seemingly thinking of something, a foul word suddenly burst from his mouth
¡±Frick!¡±
Chapter 230: Devouring Kappa
Chapter 230: Devouring Kappa
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Li Zhi swallowed his saliva, sweat oozing from his palms. He fixedly looked at theputer screen in front of him. On the live broadcast screen, there is a wide sea area, but that area is currently filled with arcs of lightning.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The sound of thunder exploding was deafening, almost eardrum-shattering, Li Zhi quickly turned down the volume.
His heart is quickly throbbing. His eyes quickly darted around the area filled with thunder. The next moment, his eyes were fixed in a certain area.
On theputer screen, in the area he was looking at, a ck dot suddenly appeared, then disappeared again. Its movement direction was exactly ¡°Kappa¡±.
Li Zhi¡¯s hands tightened, his eyes were filled withplex emotions.
Look back at ¡°Kappa¡±. The thunder around was enveloping it, constantly bombarding it. After a few seconds, it started to madly scream.
¡°Woo!¡±
The voice of Kappa was full of unbearable pain. It was madly convulsing. Suddenly, it gathered its strength and swam forward, trying to escape from the thunder sea.
¡°Ssh!¡±
It was also at this moment that the water surface suddenly broke open, and a dark shadow jumped out from the sea, pouncing on ¡°Kappa¡±.
¡°Woo!¡±
Kappa screamed, trying to dodge, but it¡¯s too slow for its attacker, so the next moment, a huge creature wrapped around it.
¡°Giant Serpent!¡±
In front of aputer screen, Li Zhi screamed out loudly. He was finally able to see the attacker, and it was as he expected, the most powerful creature in the sea.
He stared at the giant serpent on the screen, his face twitching a bit.
He wasn¡¯t acting like this just because of the giant serpent behavior, it¡¯s also because of the current size of the giant serpent.
Its upper body hangs around Kappa¡¯s neck, biting Kappa¡¯s head with its huge mouth. Those exposed teeth are terrifying, they are almost as big as an adult man!
The giant serpent is definitely over 200 meters, furthermore, it¡¯s extremely stout.
ording to the official information disclosed by ¡®Sakura country¡¯, the shoulder width of Kappa is about 25 meters, but the giant serpent is upying almost a third of it.
Li Zhi guessed that the diameter of the giant serpent is 7 or 8 meters. With that size, swallowing trucks is simply child y.
¡°Glup¡±
After getting an idea about the true size of the giant serpent, Li Zhi swallowed his saliva. What kind of creature is this? even level 5 kaiju aren¡¯t as big as it.
After looking at the giant serpent speechlessly for a moment, he quickly switched back to the webpage of the forum, then turned the live broadcast page into a small window and ced it on hisputer screen.
In this way, he can watch the live broadcast while scrolling around in the forum.
On the forum, new posts were popping up like mushrooms, with a speed and number so high it¡¯s incredible. He opened a random post, and as expected it¡¯s about the giant serpent.
¡°Holy sh*t! I felt that that thunder sea was familiar, it really is the giant serpent!¡±
The giant python can release lightning. This is already a well-known fact. People have seen it attack other creatures with thunder more than once.
¡°Hahaha, ¡®Sakura country¡¯ is really unlucky. Not long after getting their new kaiju toy, it will be eaten by the giant serpent.¡±
¡°Poor them, they spent so much money on that kaiju, now it¡¯s going down the drain.¡±
Looking at thesements, Li Zhi couldn¡¯t¡¯ help but smile, he was also gloating at the misfortune of ¡®Sakura country¡¯. Not long ago ¡®Sakura country¡¯ was acting so mighty in front of them after getting their new weapons, and now one of those weapons will be destroyed.
They are naturally gloating.
In the sea, the thunder had dissipated. Under the destructive power of the thunder, Kappa was reduced into a ck coke, emitting a lot of blue smoke,pletely roasted.
Don¡¯t mention a level 4 kaiju, even if it was a level 5, it still won¡¯t escape the fate of getting roasted by Fang Yun¡¯s thunder.
Under the attack of Fang Yun¡¯s level 4 ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, even a level 5 kaiju like ¡°Mad Cow¡± was severely injured, bingpletely paralyzed after 3 consecutive attacks.
In front of the level 5 ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, Kappa naturally never stood a chance.
Fang Yun was swimming around here before, so he naturally saw the confrontation between ¡®Panda country¡¯ and ¡®Sakura country¡¯. To be honest, He doesn¡¯t have the slightest interest in the confrontation between the two countries.
The thing he is interested in is the kaiju swimming in the sea.
This kaiju is worth 500,000 bio-energy points. In these difficult times when there is hardly a creature with over 20,000 bio-energy points in the ocean, it¡¯s simply an extreme rarity.
Furthermore, he needs just 300,000 for his next evolution. While this may take a week under ordinary circumstances, as long as he can swallow this kaiju, he canpletely fulfill it.
His huge body tightly wrapped Kappa, his muscles exerting an incredible force.
The body of Kappa is as hard as other Kaiju. With his current power, he can easily twist a warship into scrap metal, but doing the same for the kaiju is much harder.
However, he didn¡¯t coil around this kaiju to kill it.
Fang Yun just wanted to lock it, he suddenly opened his huge mouth, then bit down at the head of the ¡°Kappa¡±, swallowing its entire head in his mouth.
¡°This¡¡¡±
Behind theputer screen, Li Zhi saw this shocking scene and couldn¡¯t help but mutter to himself.
¡°Does it want to swallow Kappa alive? the giant serpent is too fierce.¡±
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
In a secret room in the mothership, there is a ss bin resting in a corner, a woman is lying face-up inside. Her body was originally motionless, but she suddenly started trembling.
On the monitor next to her, the beating ECG was suddenly disturbed, ringing loudly.
¡°Sister, don¡¯t panic, don¡¯t panic!¡±
Next to this ss warehouse, a middle-aged woman in a white coat shouted at her.
¡°It¡¯s the best time to kill the giant serpent, try to attack it with aser beam.¡±
The woman in the ss warehouse is Kikuchi Akiko, she is experiencing the same pain as kappa. her spirit is now connected to Kappa, so for her, it¡¯s the same as being personally attacked by lightning and bitten on the head by the giant serpent.
Experiencing this pain, she started to feel wobbly, on the verge of losing consciousness.
If she loses consciousness, she will be directly disconnected from Kappa, then they can only lose it.
Without her control, Kappa is just an empty shell, without the ability to consciously think or move.
¡°Damn it!¡±
On the other side, in the mothershipmand room, Nobuo Watanabe looked at the scene in the disy screen with fury. He clenched his fists, then yelled loudly.
¡°Fire! Fire! Attack the giant serpent!¡±
Along with mechanical sounds, a lot of hatches opened up, then various gun barrels stuck out, all pointing at the giant serpent below.
¡°Bam!¡±
Along with a sting sound, many missiles flew towards the giant serpent.
The three maind K fighters flew farther away, fearing that they would be affected by this battle.
Below on the sea surface, Fang Yun sensed the missiles the moment they were released and immediately Activated ¡°Aegis Field¡±. A special electromaic pulse instantly shrouded the area within a radius of 1 kilometer.
At the same time, he also acutely noticed the changes in the kaiju he is biting. This kaiju wants to attack him with aser beam from inside his mouth.
In less than a second, he determined the right course of action. He activated ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±, sending a special sound wave into Kappa¡¯s body through bone conduction.
¡°Woo!¡±
¡°Boom!¡±
Kappa¡¯s body shuddered violently, it roared onest time, then, the next moment, Kappa¡¯s body broke apart.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
Akiko Kikuchi in the ss warehouse suddenly opened her eyes, screaming out loudly. She held her chest tightly, gasping loudly, her body filled with cold sweat.
In the sea, Kappa¡¯s body began to soften, then was divided into a few parts, falling on the sea surface next to Fang Yun.
At this time, those missiles also quickly flew towards Fang Yun, but some of them exploded when they entered the ¡°Aegis Field¡±, and some failed to lock the position of Fang Yun due to the malfunction of the guidance system.
Only a few of them flew towards Fang Yun. Unfortunately, Fang Yun activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, destroying those missiles more than a kilometer away from him.
Fang Yun activated ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± many times over, shattering the bones and internal organs of ¡®Kappa¡± into many small pieces.
After that, Fang Yun started devouring them.
¡°Damn it!¡±
In themand room, Nobita Watanabe looked at the giant serpent who was eating the body pieces of ¡°Kappa¡± with blue veins popping on his forehead. He was so angry at the death of ¡°Kappa¡± that he couldn¡¯t breathe.
He was even more angry thinking of the price they paid in order to get ¡°Kappa¡±. They have risked having a conflict with ¡®Panda country¡¯ just to force them to show their new weapons, and this is just one of the conditions they agreed on in order to get that kaiju.
¡°Attack once more! release more missiles!¡±
Watanabe yelled loudly, but then his face suddenly changed. The giant serpent, that was devouring Kappa, suddenly looked at the mothership, then suddenly opened its mouth.
It seemed to be screaming.
The next moment, along with the sound of a loud explosion, their mothership started shaking.
Chapter 231: Second Bloodline
Chapter 231: Second Bloodline
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The turbine engine on the left side of the mothership exploded, fire bursting out from it, causing the hull of the entire mothership to tilt down.
The famed mothership that cost billions to make was almost destroyed just by a scream of the giant serpent.
¡°Buzz!!¡±
The engines that are still working suddenly started turning a full power, causing the huge mothership to quickly stabilize. After that, the mothership quickly turned around and fled away.
¡°Damn, what¡¯s going on?!¡±
Watanabe stood in themand room like a wooden chicken. After awakening from his trance, he started yelling madly, he quickly looked at the monitor on the left, on which the condition of the engine that exploded was shown;
In the destroyed engine, a stream of dry ice foam was pouring out to extinguish the fire.
Watanabe Nobita was stunned. How could the engines of their mothership suddenly explode for no reason? thinking back, the engine exploded after the giant serpent opened its mouth.
ording to their sources, the giant serpent has two main attacking methods, thunder, and sound waves.
¡°Itunched a sonic attack before?¡±
Watanabe Nobita couldn¡¯t help but wonder, could a sonic attack cause their engine to explode? and just one of them.
However, he didn¡¯t know that Fang Yun could destroy an object by analyzing its natural frequency then creating resonance.
Earlier, he analyzed the natural frequency of that engine, created the corresponding resonance, then sent it in the form of sound waves.
Unfortunately, this mothership is made out of various different materials, so the natural frequency of each part is different.
Otherwise, he urges a single ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± is enough to bring that mothership down.
It didn¡¯t take long for Fang Yun topletely swallow the Kaiju called Kappa. After devouring all its body parts floating on the sea, the system prompted him that he got 500,000 bio-energy points.
¡°Houf, it¡¯s finally possible to advance.¡±
Fang Yun felt quite happy. It has been almost 2 years since thest evolution. That was the longest time he spent umting bio-energy for a single evolution.
He didn¡¯t pay attention to the airnes floating not far away, he swam forward for a bit, then dived underwater.
No matter whether it¡¯s the mothership of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ or the K-series fighter of ¡®Panda country¡¯, they could no longer observe the giant serpent.
¡®Sakura country¡¯ kaiju training event has finally came to a conclusion, but its end was one that no person expected.
At the beginning. Due to arge conspiracy, ¡®Sakura country¡¯ took the initiative to provoke ¡®Panda country¡¯. However, they didn¡¯t expect that ¡®Panda country¡¯ possess such powerful aircraft such as the K-series fighters, so they nned to retreat.
Anyway, they have achieved their goal.
Just when everyone thought this was the end, the giant serpent suddenly appeared, killed Kappa and ate it, then disappeared.
In international forums, a lot of people made fun of ¡®Sakura country¡¯ for their pointless move. However, some people seriously analyzed the entire event from the beginning to the end.
Many people felt that this whole thing is sketchy. ¡®Sakura country¡¯ higher-ups can¡¯t be this stupid, they won¡¯t create an ident that might cause internationals issues or even a conflict between countries for no reason.
This whole thing might be a conspiracy. Someone should have pushed all of this from behind, and the prime suspect is definitely the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country.
While some people focused on the conspiracy behind all of this, more paid attention to the K-series fighters of ¡®Panda country¡¯
They analyzed all of the pros and cons of the K-series fighters, thenpared them to the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ motherships and controble kaiju.
The K-series fighter and the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ mothership,paring the two of them, the technology content and level of the mothership are undoubtedly higher.
The advantage of the K-series fighters is the missile with simr abilities to the kaijuser beam.
So, how do the K-series fighters missilespare to Kaijuser beams?
Through the analysis of people around the world, everyone thinks that the two have their own advantages and disadvantages. When fightersunch a missile, it can position and track the target, but Kaijuser beams don¡¯t have that ability.
However, the Kaiju can dive into about 10 kilometers below the sea surface. They canunch theirser beams from that depth, destroying submarine and even ships on the water surface.
Furthermore, they are living creatures with certain intelligence, having spirituality that fighters don¡¯t have, allowing them to be more versatile and more adaptable to unexpected situations.
The thing that most people are currently talking about is undoubtedly the giant serpent. People talking about it can be seen everywhere.
One of the things they are discussing is how the giant serpent instantly destroyed the mothership¡¯s engine.
The explosion of the mothership¡¯s engine caused some people to think that it¡¯sbat effectiveness isn¡¯t that good, but many people refuted that.
The point of view of these people is that this time the mothership suffered a blow due to an unexpected attack. Not to mention that the thing that attacked it was the giant serpent, who is known as the strongest creature in the world.
Furthermore, the power of the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ mothership doesn¡¯t end there.
ording to the information they disclosed online, the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ goal is to create a mothership with the ability to enter super-high altitudes, such as to the atmosphere, or even directly into space.
The weapons carried by it in the future won¡¯t be just missiles or shells. Laser weapons and various kic energy weapons that are used to attack from space, those are the weapons of the future. Of course, they are still under development right now.
Online discussions about ¡®Sakura country¡¯ kaiju, Kappa, are very popr. Especially about how it was easily killed by the giant serpent.
This caused the Fang Yun poprity to skyrocket, grating him a lot of reputation points.
There are two factors that can increase his reputation points. More people know about him, and how deep their impression is.
The more people know about him, and the deeper their impression, the more reputation points he gets.
Two months have passed since he devoured ¡°Kappa¡±, and he is currently heading towards the South Pacific.
There isn¡¯t any deep meaning behind his direction choice, he just chose a direction at random.
He is searching for a suitable ce for his next evolution.
Naturally, he doesn¡¯t need to hibernate or sleep in the midst of evolution anymore. However, this time it¡¯s special, his reputation points have finally reached 10 billion points.
The system has given him his second bloodline as a reward.
The bloodline he got this time is the bloodline of the ¡°Peng Snake¡±. ording to what he learned, a Peng Snake is a monster from myths and legends, just like the Bashen snake.
ording to the myths. If the Bashen snake is the snake that swallows elephants, then a Peng snake is the snake that brings drought and disasters in its path.
Ancient people feared Peng snakes and worshiped them as gods.
If a Bashen snake is a snake that initially broke through mortals limits and stepped into the extraordinary, then a Peng snake is a semi-divine creature with tremendous power.
Thest time he used the ¡°Bashen snake bloodline¡± he was forced into a deep sleep. He doesn¡¯t know if he will experience the same situation after using the ¡°Peng Snake bloodline¡±.
In addition, after his reputation reached 10 billion points, he got 15 skill points, adding to that the skill points he has leftover, he can upgrade one of his skills.
However, he didn¡¯t use these skill points right away. He is nning to wait until the end of this evolution, then use them. Who knows? he might get some new skills.
Six dayster, Fang Yun found a huge ind. It¡¯s even bigger than an international city. He slithered up to the shore, then investigated the situation inside with electromaic waves.
This is a deserted ind with no human on it.
He slithered to the depths of the ind, then stopped in front of ake. Using sound waves to investigate theke, he found that its depth is more than 100 meters.
¡±Perfect.¡±
Finding the ideal ce, he didn¡¯t hesitate to slither into theke.
Once at the bottom of theke, he looked at the surrounding scenery. The bottom of theke is particrly spacious, the water depth has also exceeded his expectations.
This should be the perfect ce for evolution.
¡°System, start the evolution, and use the ¡°Peng snake¡± bloodline.¡±
Chapter 232: Nubra Island
Chapter 232: Nubra Ind
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After Fang Yun issued these two instructions to the system, his eyelids started to feel heavy.
Although he can get rid of the urge to sleep and continue moving, he has the feeling that doing so would result in him losing all the bio-energy collected along with the new bloodline.
Evolving and changing bloodlines at the same time has put a lot of strain on his mind, making him feel extremely sleepy.
He decided to honestly sleep this time. Anyway, there aren¡¯t that many big creatures in the sea. It¡¯s not like he will miss anything.
Just like that, Fang Yunid on the bottom of theke,pletely asleep.
Fang Yun knows that the deserted ind on which he is on is in the South Pacific. He really doesn¡¯t know its exact location, neither does he care.
However, if he thinks about it carefully, he may be able to roughly guess the location of this ind.
This is an uninhabited ind in the Hawaiian archipgo. In fact, there is an ind 30 or 40 nautical miles away from it that was filled with people.
Of course, all the people living on the ind were evacuated after the Kaiju appeared in the ocean on arge scale, but now some people are nning toe back and develop on the ind.
The most prominent one of them is the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ government. They are preparing to restore the former poprity and prosperity of these inds.
They started investing in those inds, then attracted some capitalists to settle there.
Only businessmen can better attract people.
A few weeks after Fang Yun started evolving. A lot of deserted inds were sold, including the one where Fang Yun was on. The businessman who bought these inds is an old man called John Hammond.
He is the boss of a biotechnologypany with rich assets. Theirpany is also conducting research rted to the Kaiju. Of course, these inds he bought have nothing to do with the kaiju.
The deserted ind where Fang Yun is sleeping in is called Nubra Ind. Looking down from the sky, the whole ind is covered with lush vegetation, ferns with thick leaves, various tall trees, and leafy shrubs.
Because of the rugged terrain here, it has remained uninhabited for a long time. This time he bought this ind with the purpose of developing it into a park, a very special park.
¡°Mr.Hammond.¡±
In aboratory, a young white man wearing a white coat walked towards an old man, holding a strange-looking animal in his hands.
¡°This was hatched from thetest shipment.¡±
The young white man touched the head of the little beast in his hand with a smile on his face. To which the little beast opened its mouth and screamed harshly.
¡°It¡¯s hungry, bring it some milk.¡±
The young white man nced at the little beast in his arms, then turned around and said to a staff member not far away.
¡°I¡¯ll hug it.¡±
The old white man stared closely at the little beast in the hands of the young man, his face filled with a happy smile.
He took the small creature from the young man, and hugged it gently, just like holding a fragile baby.
¡°Mr.Hammond, our park will most likely open for business in two or three years.¡±
Hearing the young man¡¯s words, Hammond closely looked up at thisboratory. His heart was filled with excitement. After the park opens, he is confident that it would garner the attention of all the people in the world.
This park is a huge project with unlimited potential. Through it, he will get an unimaginable wealth, thinking of that, a smile appeared on his face.
¡¡¡
Time quickly passed, and in a sh, it was three yearster.
Three years is enough for the world to change tremendously. After all, this is an era of technological explosion.
Military technology achievements are especially outstanding.
In this time period, the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ created the second generation of the motherships. This generation can operate at altitudes of up to 20,000 or even 30,000 meters, capable of making attacks from ultra-high distances.
This altitude is much higher than the height of a civil airliner.
Of course, the ultimate goal of the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ is to make a mothership capable of carrying operations in space.
After all, second-generation motherships are just able to attack from the ozoneyer, far from entering space.
The boundary between the atmosphere and space defined by the International Astronautical Federation is the Karmen line with a height of 100 kilometers, so the mothership needs a lot of advancement before getting the ability to operate in space.
However, they were able to increase the speed of the mothership to a very high level. The current registered maximum speed of the mothership is a horrific 500 km/h.
Its size has also increased a lot. The most advanced model has a length of 1,000 meters. There are still only eight engines on both sides, but they have be muchrger.
The number of engines supplying the horizontal force of that mothership is ten, with six on the back and two on both sides.
So much advancement required a lot of changes. The shape of mothership changed from an ind shape to a much smoother one, in order to reduce wind resistance.
A battle group of motherships has also been formed, and all the correspondent flying destroyers and frigates have been made. Moreover, these ships are all coated with stealth materials on the surface.
Together with thetest weapons, optical stealth, and Radar stealth. It¡¯s currently the strongest military power of the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯.
However, they still can¡¯t replicate the heat missiles carried by the K-series fighters of ¡®Panda country¡¯. Fortunately, they have begun to createser weapons.
They have already passed the experimental stage, only a few modifications are left before truly putting these type of weapons on the battlefield.
This weapon can be seen all over sci-fi movies in the past, but this is the first time humans are on the verge of truly creating it.
Compared with conventional missile-type weapons,ser weapons have two advantages. They are urate and cheap.
However, these two points could not be achieved before. In fact,bat-purposeser weapons couldn¡¯t even be created
The ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ have truly created a trueser weapon this time, but it¡¯s different from the portable one seen in movies. It¡¯s a veryrge and heavy one.
It can only be carried on heavy military trucks, orrge ships.
The ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯ just tested their newser weapons not long ago. They sessfully destroyed a warship on the sea surface from an altitude of 25 kilometers. Sessfully creating an uproar over the world.
However, this weapon has a fatal w. It can be heavily affected by the weather and the environment.
In addition, other weapons have also been updated very frequently, such as missiles, warships, nuclear bombs, and fighter jets.
It can be said that the level of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ and even the whole world technology is on a whole different level from 10 years ago.
Due to the harsh circumstances and numerous disasters, human civilizations have made advancements equal to 100 years of normal development in just a decade.
On the other hand, ¡®Panda country¡¯ has naturally advanced a lot, developing a lot of new weapons, but keeping true to their tradition ofying low, they kept all of them a secret.
After the K-series fighter jets appeared, they didn¡¯t need to carry out new propaganda. Everyone naturally thinks that ¡®Panda country¡¯ has developed a lot of new weapons.
No one dares to underestimate them anymore.
After all, everyone knows that ¡®Panda country¡¯ likes to keep their secrets to themselves.
The world¡¯s order has basically been restored, and the situation is even better than before.
After many disasters. All kinds of vegetables, fruits, and other staple foods can always be harvested without worrying about hunger. Farming technology and other simr everyday technologies have also advanced a lot, making civilians life much easier.
For example, in ¡®Panda country¡¯, people can go to the food station every month to get a free bag of rice, as well as everyday things like vegetable oil, salt, etc¡
It wasn¡¯t in just ¡®Panda country¡¯ but in every surviving country across the world.
The mutant creatures onnd are also cleared by the army on a regr basis. In fact, it¡¯s more like regr military training, thesend creatures can¡¯t even defend against the army equipped with thetest equipment.
As for the bugs that like to devour various natural energy resources and metal, there is a new discovery about them.
These things can actually be eaten by kaiju for growth. Some people even suspect that these bugs are just food prepared for kaiju. This fact was verified by feeding these creatures to cloned kaiju.
They might have other uses, and scientists are still studying them.
As time goes by, new things appear every day, but after so long, people have be numb to new technologies and discoveries.
However, on a certain day, a piece of news came out, attracting the attention of many people.
¡°Do you want to stroll through a forest, filled with the overlords of the ancient era. The dinosaurs, rulers of the Jurassic era?¡±
¡°Do you want to hold a weapon, then hunt those old Hegemons? the giant creatures that mortals can¡¯t match?¡±
¡°Jurassic Park, Nubra Ind, Hawaii, waiting for you to challenge on July 10!¡±
Chapter 233: 4-Dimensional Computer
Chapter 233: 4-Dimensional Computer
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In the past few days, Jurassic Park and Nubra Ind appeared on the mobile screen of many people across the world.
A lot of people curiously clicked on the advertising video released by this unusual scenic park.
On the green grass, a giant triceratops slowly walked forward. It was eating the leaves of a giant tree while moving.
Suddenly, a loud noise sounded in the video, scaring many birds to fly.
¡±Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Along with the sound of giant footsteps, several dinosaurs with long necks andrge bodies slowly walked forward, creating many tremors on the ground.
This advertisement video has caused a lot of shock over the world. It can be said that people all over the world have a special longing for dinosaurs.
These ancient giants garnered a lot of curiosity and attention from all sorts of people. Their poprity can be discerned from the number of movies about them.
Once any movie about them appears, its box office certainly won¡¯t be low.
On the first outbreak of ancient and mutant creatures, the Mosasaurus belonging to thete Cretaceous era appeared, but terrestrial dinosaurs never appeared.
This ¡°Jurassic Park¡± has revived dinosaurs from ancient times and put them on Nubra ind, this has sparked the interest of many people across the world.
ording to the official information on the inte, the whole park is divided into three parts.
Tourist areas, hunting areas, and the arena.
The so-called tourist area is an area where tourists get on a special tour bus and wander around the park. There, people can see various types of Dinosaurs passing by them.
The hunting area is where people are hunting dinosaurs. As for the arena, it¡¯s a venue simr to the Colosseum, where people can see humans going against dinosaurs in a life or death battle.
The hunting area and the arena also have some connections. Sometimes, the scene in the hunting area will be transmitted through the camera and disyed on the big screen in the arena.
Every hunter who enters the hunting area is required to carry a camera above his head, showing everything they encounter.
In addition, there are cameras everywhere in the entire hunting area. These cameras will broadcast the scenery around from various angles
The spectators in the arena love these fights. Whether it¡¯s the fight between humans and dinosaurs in the area or the hunting games between humans and dinosaurs in the hunting area.
These are some of the most popr activities in the entire park. People especially love making bets on the participant of these fights.
For example, betting on the victory of dinosaurs, or the victory of diators. Even in the hunting area, a lot of people can bet on their favorite hunters.
Of course, whether they are diators or hunters, they are equipped with thetest module mechanical exoskeleton. After wearing this type of exoskeleton, a normal healthy man can easily overturn heavy trucks and run at the speed of 200km/h.
People wearing it are basically superhumans.
Furthermore, they will also be equipped with different weapons ording to different levels.
In certain levels of hunting games or fighting games, people are only allowed to use cold weapons.
This is why this event is considered dangerous. After all, these people need to fight giant creatures that are a least 4 times bigger than them, even hundreds of times bigger.
However, this danger is necessary, it wouldn¡¯t be so exciting without danger.
After the opening of Jurassic Park, it immediately attracted arge number of tourists from all over the world.
One after the other, people all over the world came here to start their adventure.
¡¡¡
While humans were enthusiastically talking about Jurassic Parc on the Blue. On a distant in a certain gxy, a conversation was taking ce.
An ancient passage, seemingly made out of stones, but it¡¯spletely smooth, without the bumps and holes that are usually on ordinary stones.
The passage looks very simple. It¡¯s filled with dust on both sides, and some corners are even rotting, showcasing its age and unusualness.
The ground is rather clean, it should be because someone is frequently walking through this passage.
¡±Step!¡±
Along with the sound of footsteps, two people appeared from the end of the passage.
The two people have the same height, the same body shape, and even the same face.
Their face is quite strange, they have no facial features, and different from humans, their face has a metallic luster.
The metal-like thing on their face is not solid, but more like liquid metal. This liquid metal is constantly flowing, but it¡¯s keeping the shape of a sphere, or rather a brain.
All in all, it looked very weird.
If their face skin wasn¡¯t slightly transparent, then their constantly moving metal brain wouldn¡¯t be visible.
¡±How long did this identst?¡±
The metal weirdo on the left suddenly asked hispanion. His voice didn¡¯t sound like that of a human. It was more mechanical¡like a robot.
Even weirder is that that creature didn¡¯t have a mouth, making people wonder where that voice ising from.
¡±Ten minutes.¡±
Hispanion replied.
The metal weirdo on the left stopped and said.
¡±Ten minutes are enough to make it a universe-ss disaster. This is an unbearable ident.¡±
After the metal weirdo said this, Suddenly, a huge stone door appeared in front of them, which was filled with rows of strange text.
When the two metal-brain creatures walked in front of the stone doors, their eyes fell on a conspicuous row of characters, then looked away.
The meaning of these words is as follows:
_______________________________________________________________
Containment room number: WX-119
Introduction of the containment room: The containment room No. WX-119 is made of space stone and has a diameter of 10 km.
The level of the containment room is level 5. Workers below level 4 are prohibited from entering the containment room. Any worker entering the containment room is not allowed to carry any electronic equipment and using telepathy is prohibited.
Contained Object: No. 7-Crazy Computer
Description: The object is a 4-dimensionputer. It¡¯s 50 cm long, 40 cm wide, and weighs 23.4 kg. It can be turned on without a power supply and has a power-off Features.
Any person can use the 4-dimensionalputer to create an object. Whether it¡¯s some kind of organism, some kind of machine, or some kind of pollutant.
The created things may exist in the past, present, and future.
Some scientists im that Object No.7 may have created a universe by itself in the past when it was not contained.
This transcendent object has only one weakness. It can only create a single object every time. Once it¡¯s in the process of creating an object, beforepleting its creation, it can¡¯t create a new one.
There is no evidence to rule out that the object in the process of getting created is not hostile to all the civilizations in the universe.
The workers must keep tapping on theputer, constantly optimizing the object in the process of creation, so as to avoid creating new things.
If the staff needs to change shifts, the interval must not exceed 10 seconds.
_______________________________________________________________
If they were able to destroy or stop the 4-dimensionalputer, they would have done so long ago. No need to be so troublesome.
The two metal-brain creatures stood in front of the stone door. After a while, the stone door slowly opened, exposing the things inside to their sight.
There is an extremelyrge space behind the stone doors. In the middle, an oldputer is quietly floating, its screen is shing white light.
The oldputer is encased in a big ck case.
In front of the disy, a man is sitting there, his fingers kept tapping on the keyboard without stopping.
The fluorescence emanating from theputer screen illuminated his cheeks, making him look like a ghost.
Chapter 234: Jurassic Park
Chapter 234: Jurassic Park
Trantor: Yamir Moon
When he walked out of the airport, Li Zhi took a deep breath. After a 10 hour long journey, he finally reached the Hawaiian Archipgo.
A week ago, he asked his boss for annual leave. He nned to go to Hawaii to have a good rest. After getting the boss¡¯s approval yesterday, he immediately boarded the ne and traveled to Hawaii.
The reason he chose Hawaii as his holiday location is because of thetest popr park seen all over the inte, Jurassic Park.
As an animal lover, he is naturally very interested in dinosaurs. These giant creatures that ruled the world in the past.
Furthermore, he isn¡¯t here just to watch dinosaurs, he also wants to see those ¡°Exciting Activities¡±.
Outside of the airport, people can be seening and going. On the road ahead, many cars are passing by, the sound of horns and people talking filled this ce with noise and vitality.
The people passing by are mostly westerners with white skin. This scene gave him the feeling of being a stranger in a strange country.
But in the next moment, several familiar figures suddenly appeared in his vision. This ce is filled with Asians from many countries, many of which are from his home country.
A group of seven Asian people is especially eye-catching, four men and three women. They are about the same age as him, in their early thirties.
While walking and talking on the road, they were using the mandarine he is so familiar with.
¡±Xiao Lan, are you really not married?¡±
Li Zhi watched as the tallest men in that group talked with a short-haired woman, his voice was filled with surprise.
¡±Yes.¡±
The short-haired woman nodded and responded with a smile. Even if she is in her thirties, she still exudes the atmosphere of vitality.
¡±Xian, don¡¯t give up so easily, maybe you will meet the love of your life someday? do you want me to introduce you to someone?¡±
Next to the woman with short hair, a woman with a ponytail said with a bit of concern and admonishment.
¡±In the future, you will feel very ufortable due to loneliness.¡±
After hearing this, the short-haired woman remained silent for a while, then raised her head and made a joke.
¡±I¡¯m used to being alone, and after all, the country will probably start allocating children after two years. I will adopt one then.¡±
Herpanions smiled at her joke, then they didn¡¯t mention this issue anymore. They don¡¯t want to hurt their friend.
That group of people continued moving ahead, then stopped three cabs not far away.
Li Zhi stopped looking at them and continued walking. He suddenly thought of himself, he has been single for so many years, shouldn¡¯t he start looking for a spouse?
After a while, Li Zhi shook his head and stopped thinking of this.
Although the current Blue seems peaceful, it¡¯s actually filled with undercurrents. The waters of Grass are still as mysterious as before, humans still don¡¯t know much about what¡¯s inside.
Of course, the country leaders might already know what¡¯s inside but they didn¡¯t tell them.
No matter what¡¯s inside the grass sea, it certainly isn¡¯t a good thing for humans.
Stopping a cab, Li Zhi asked the driver to take himself to the pier that leads to Nubra Ind, then boarded the car.
His current location is on an ind 35 kilometers east of Nubra Ind. As long as he boards a boat in the port, he should arrive in about an hour.
However, it¡¯s impossible for him to visit dinosaurs today. After all, it¡¯s already afternoon, and he just got off a 10-hour flight, he is very tired.
After getting off the cab, Li Zhi looked at the pier and the beautiful blue sea in the distance.
However, he has no intention of enjoying the view right now. He just hurried to the hotel he had booked before andid on the bed. He slept without even taking off his clothes, that¡¯s how tired he was.
The next day. Not long after dawn. He boarded the boat and went to Nubra ind. This time, he went straight towards the park.
The street was filled with various hotels, souvenirs shops, and coffee shops.
Looking at the various hotels on the way, he felt a bit stupid. He should have booked one of them. Shaking his head Li Zhi continued walking towards the park.
The surrounding buildings are full of tropical style, and the storefronts on both sides are mostly made of wood or bamboo, adorned by manyndscape trees.
After a night of rest, he looked a lot more energetic. He was sipping coffee in a coffee shop while looking at the people passing by.
The warm sunlight shone on this area, adding a lot of vitality and beauty to it.
On the street, most of the women wore summer clothes, walking by while talking andughing, causing him to look at them more than once.
¡±Sigh¡¡±
Looking at the couples passing by, Li Zhi sighed deeply. He called the waiter, paid for the coffee, then walked towards the famous Jurassic Park.
This coffee shop is not too far from Jurassic Park. He walked towards Jurassic Park ording to the route on the map. After walking about 2 kilometers, he arrived in front of the park.
In front of the park, there is a small square about the size of a football field. It¡¯s covered with grass and various flowers and trees, making it look very natural.
In the middle of the square is a path about 10 meters wide, leading straight towards the giant gates of the park. In front of the gates are many security guards and scenic staff receiving tourists.
There are a lot of tourists sitting on the grass and the bench, or walking on the path, going inside and getting out of the park.
There are about three or four hundred people, with a hundred people queuing at the door, others are sitting on the grass appreciating the beautiful scenery or ying with their friends and family members, a truly peaceful sight.
He had already nned what he is going to do before. This time he has a total of seven days of vacation. two days on the road back and forth, two days of rest. Thest three days are left solely for ying.
Li Zhi is nning to wander in the tourist area for a day, watching the various dinosaurs and their lifestyle. On the second day, he is nning to watch the diators fighting dinosaurs in the arena. As for thest day, he is nning to sunbathe on the beach.
Finally, it was Li Zhi¡¯s turn. After buying the ticket, he immediately followed the staff¡¯s instructions and walked to the designated location. There, the tour bus is waiting.
This bus is different from traditional ones. Its sides are entirely made of special ss. People can not only see the scenery outside, and the variety of dinosaurs, they can also enjoy the gentle sunlight.
After everyone boarded the bus, including Li Zhi, the bus started moving on the concrete road.
There are fences on both sides, with warning signs hanging on it.
The thing written on the signs is Danger! high voltage!
The bus slowly moved forward. An ancient forest appeared ahead just a few minutester.
Giant trees stood on both sides, their huge canopy created a shade for the bus. Only a few dots of sunlight fell on the car. The gentle breeze floated from the open windows on the side, making them feel veryfortable.
¡±Triceratops.¡±
Suddenly, Li Zhi saw a sign ahead, with a Triceratops written in English on it.
His eyes lit up. are they about to see dinosaurs?
To be honest. Although a lot of ancient and mutant creatures appeared in the ocean before, not a lot of people have truly seen them. Most people, including him, have seen them only on TV or on theirputers.
For the first time, he is going to see an ancient monster, so he is very excited.
Chapter 235: Li Zhi’s Doubts
Chapter 235: Li Zhi¡¯s Doubts
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The bus continued moving forward. Suddenly, Li Zhi¡¯s eyes brightened. The ancient trees gradually disappeared, reced by the endless green grass and the asional bushes.
They finally arrived at the in.
The ground is covered withyers of green grass. asionally, a cluster of bushes or a tall tree.
Farther away are densely grown trees, simr to the area that Li Zhi had experienced before.
Li Zhi¡¯s eyes darted outside, looking forward to seeing something.
¡±WOW!¡±
Li Zhi suddenly heard the sound of a woman crying in surprise, turning around he saw a ck woman looking outside with wide eyes and open mouth.
Everyone in the car looked at the woman with a strange look. The woman paid no attention to them, she looked directly at a certain direction outside. She looked at a huge monster not far away from them, calmly eating grass.
Li Zhi¡¯s eyes lit up, but it¡¯s a pity that from his direction, he couldn¡¯t clearly see the monster¡¯s appearance.
Just when he felt that it was a pity, a loud sound sounded from his right. In a ce about 100 meters away from them, a huge head popped out of the bushes.
Li Zhi was the first person to notice that creature. His eyes looked fixedly at it. After a while, that creature whole body got out from the bushes, it slowly walked forward, its footsteps being very heavy.
¡±Triceratops.¡±
On the grasnd on his right, a triceratops appeared. This triceratops is huge! it¡¯s more than 8 meters long and almost 3 meters high.
Its giant muscles and brought skin are very striking, but its most eye-catching part is undoubtedly its three horns and neck frill.
One of its horns is located above its nose, and the other two horns are located at the top of its head, one on each side. These horns are quite long, about 80 centimeters.
As the name suggests, the neck frill is located on the neck. To be specific, it¡¯s behind its neck, providing sufficient protection for the neck.
Li Zhi looked at the triceratops walking slowly on the grasnd outside, his heart filled with excitement. This is the first time he saw a creature this big.
He really wanted to get closer and watch it more carefully.
In the end, his reason suppressed his impulse.
Although Triceratops are herbivorous, they certainly don¡¯t like other creatures to get close to them. As long as he gets closer to it, he¡¯s likely to get attacked.
For such a huge behemoth, he is very fragile. As long as it touches him slightly, he will probably get seriously injured.
Not to mention, the electrical metal fence is not only there to prevent dinosaurs from getting out. It¡¯s also to prevent some stupid people to get in.
Li Zhi leaned on the ss window, looking at the triceratops outside with wide eyes. The car gradually went away, and the triceratops gradually disappeared from his vision.
¡±Sigh!¡±
Li Zhi let out a long sigh. He looked at the Triceratops pictures on his mobile phone with satisfaction. He naturally didn¡¯t waste the opportunity to take pictures.
In the next period of time, Li Zhi and the rest of the people on the bus saw a lot of dinosaurs, including even the famous Tyrannosaurus Rex.
At that time, they just happened to see the breeder feeding it.
The breeder was driving arge truck. He backed up to an iron door, causing the back of the truck and the iron door topletely fit together. The driver pressed a button, opening the back door.
After a while, several goats jumped into the T-Rex feeding area from the truck.
The bus stopped for a while, as Li Zhi and the rest of the people watched this scene. After entering the T-Rex feeding area, all the goats started shivering, looking very uneasy.
They seem to perceive something.
About ten minutester, along with the sound of a giant¡¯s footsteps. The T-Rex slowly walked out of the forest.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Seeing this famous monster with his own eyes, Li Zhi was shocked. The visual shock he got when personally watching this shocking monster is different from watching it on TV.
In the Cretaceous era, this creature belonged to the top of the food chain.
The T-Rex that appeared in front of Li Zhi is about 14 meters long, from its head to the tip of its tail. Just its hips alone are 4 meters high.
Like other T-Rex, its forelimbs are very short, almost the size of human arms.
ording to what Li Zhi knows, T-Rex¡¯ forelimbs are there to bnce them.
After the T-Rex appeared, he immediately hunted the five goats. If the five goats all ran away in different directions, one or two might escape. Unfortunately, It might be due to the bumps they suffered while getting transported, the goatsid paralyzed on the ground.
In short, the five goats were torn apart and eaten. When the bloody scene fell into Li Zhi and the rest¡¯s field of vision, the women in the carriage all screamed loudly.
Even Li Zhi himself felt a bit disgusted and ufortable, even a bit stimted.
At noon, Li Zhi and the rest of the people came to a restaurant where they ate lunch.
After the enjoyable dinosaur tour, Li Zhi is to go back to the hotel and rest for one night. Tomorrow, he will go to the arena.
He is not nning to go to the hunting area, that ce is too dangerous. The park also doesn¡¯t rmend untrained and inexperienced people to go there.
Most people who go to the hunting area are the people that are looking for excitement or veterans, that is, people who aren¡¯t afraid of death.
After resting for an hour, they boarded the bus again and continued their journey.
They continued their journey across the tourist area, seeing a lot of dinosaurs and beautiful scenery along the way, causing them to feast their eyes.
The bus continued moving for about four hours, during which it stopped a few times for them to breathe fresh air and move their muscles.
At the end of the tour, the starting line appeared ahead. They circled around the entire tourist area.
It¡¯s already dawn, and they are about to end their tour.
Just as they were about to reach the starting line, they reached the Diplodocus area.
Diplodocus, a veryrge vegetarian dinosaur, with a long neck and tail. It¡¯s one of the most famous and biggest dinosaurs.
Li Zhi took pictures of these gentle giants with his mobile phone, his face filled with excitement.
¡±Hahaha, I have taken a lot of good photos today.¡±
He looked at the photo album in his mobile phone. In just a few hours, he took hundreds of photos, opening a few at random, he was filled with a sense of aplishment.
¡±Oh?¡±
While browsing the photo album in his mobile phone, Li Zhi noticed a residual image from the corner of his eyes. He quickly looked over there.
¡±What is that?¡±
Li Zhi¡¯s eyes widened as he looked outside the window. He watched as a shadow quickly ran out of a cluster of bushes, then hid in another cluster of bushes.
That creature is definitely not a Diplodocus, it¡¯s much small and much faster.
He vaguely saw that the ws of that creature were particrly long.
¡±Raptor? No, that creature ws are much longer. However, it should be a carnivorous dinosaur.¡±
After reaching this conclusion, Li Zhi was a bit confused. Isn¡¯t this the Diplodocus District? How can there be carnivorous dinosaurs? Aren¡¯t they afraid that these dinosaurs will have a conflict?
¡±Hey, Brother Wood.¡±
He called the co-pilot in front. For most of the day, the co-pilot named ¡°Wood¡± apanied them and answered their questions.
The sudden cry of Li Zhi caused all the people on the bus to look at him, and ahead, a dark-skinned youth standing next to the bus door and ying with his phone looked at him, waiting for him to ask what he wants to ask.
¡±Are there any carnivorous dinosaurs in the Diplodocus District?¡±
Li Zhi pointed to the area outside and asked.
The dark-skinned young, Aka the co-pilot ¡°Wood¡± smiled after hearing Li Zhi¡¯s words,
He said to him with a funny look on his face.
¡±You should be tired, dear Li. There are no carnivorous dinosaurs in the Diplodocus District.¡±
¡±But, I¡¯m sure that I saw a small carnivorous dinosaur before.¡±
¡±Small carnivorous dinosaur?¡±
Wood didn¡¯t know whether tough or cry, he exined to Li Zhi with a patient tone.
¡±You are definitely wrong, the nearest carnivorous dinosaur breeding district is two districts away from the Diplodocus area, not to mention small carnivorous dinosaurs. The distance between them is very big.¡±
Upon hearing this, Li Zhi frowned.
At the same time, the people on the bus also smiled and shook their heads. They whispered quietly, basically talking about what Li Zhi said.
¡±Small carnivorous dinosaur? Raptor? it shouldn¡¯t be possible.¡±
¡±The breeders shouldn¡¯t allow a carnivorous dinosaur to enter the area of a herbivore, right? that would be quite stupid.¡±
Li Zhi ignored the whispers of those people. He looked back to the ce he saw the shadow in, only to see a calm bush. Thre previous scene seemed to be his own delusion.
Li Zhi was really quite confused.
Was what he saw truly an illusion?
Chapter 236: Arena
Chapter 236: Arena
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Li Zhi tried recalling the thing he saw before. Although he wasn¡¯t able to see its true appearance, he still remembers its scaly skin and long ws.
He is pretty sure that it¡¯s a carnivorous dinosaur.
He wanted to talk to Wood about it again, but he gave up in the end. Thetter was talking with other passengers at this time, and he doesn¡¯t think that Wood will take his words seriously.
Besides, even if a carnivorous dinosaur managed to sneak into the Diplodocus area, it¡¯s just a small dinosaur, it shouldn¡¯t be a big deal, right? Anyway, he decided to not stick his nose into other people¡¯s things.
The tour bus continued moving forward, returning back to the starting line not long after.
Before getting off the bus, he greeted the driver and his assistant Wood, then walked towards a nearby hotel. He is nning to spend the next few days in the hotel near the park.
After arranging things and paying for his room, he walked up the stairs.
However, when he reached the corridor where his room is in, he saw the seven Asian people he met just after getting out of the airport.
This somewhat surprised him.
The seven people walking together also looked at him with a look of surprise, but they just nodded at him. They don¡¯t intend to start a conversation with him. After passing by Li Zhi, they continued talking with excitement.
¡±Haha, I didn¡¯t expect that we actually saw T-Rex today. It looked really intimidating, eating a goat with just one bite.¡±
¡±Don¡¯t say it. I was really scared, and that goat was so cute, why did hey feed it to the T-Rex?¡±
¡±Oh, how about we go to the arena tomorrow. I want to see those big brothers abuse dinosaurs. I heard that it is more exciting than the Spanish bullfight.¡±
¡±Forget it, it sounds particrly bloody.¡±
¡±Let¡¯s go, it sounds exciting. I will cover your eyes if it gets bloody.¡±
¡±That¡¯s it, four to three, we¡¯re going to the arena tomorrow!¡±
After thest sentence, Li Zhi noticed that three women in the team looked a bit depressed.
He smiled and shook his head, Although those guys seem to be at the same age as him, their mentality is much younger.
Thinking of this, he sighed again. If his many friends and family members didn¡¯t die, he should be the same as them?
After returning to the hotel, he slumped into the bed after showering.
Early the next morning, Li Zhi was walked to the arena under the lead of the staff. This arena, like the photos on the brochure and the inte, is very simr to a colosseum.
Inside the arena, there is a huge amount of seats for spectators and a huge open space for the contestants. The duels between the diators and the dinosaurs will unfold on this open space.
Li Zhi found his seat and sat down, he is a bit early so the viewers¡¯ seats are still a bit empty.
He took a sip of his drink and waited, looking forward to the battle between humans and monsters.
As time passed, more and more people filled the arena, the seats around him were gradually filled, people in groups of two or three chatted with each other while looking at the open space.
His position isn¡¯t that bad. It¡¯s in the upper-middle position, but he can still clearly see the scene in the open space below.
To his surprise, a familiar voice sounded in his ears. A group of seven people slowly walked towards him, then sat in the empty ces right behind him.
These people are the sevenpatriots he encountered outside of the airport and in the hotel.
They were talking and arguing with each other intensely, not paying attention to him. Through their conversation, Li Zhi heard the name of some of them.
The tall man is called Luo Yong, the short guy is Yang Ping, and the lively woman is called Xiao Lan.
¡±Xiao Lan, you can rest assured. If it gets bloody and scaryter, you can hold my hand.¡±
Looking at his disturbed friend, Luo Yong made a joke, trying to ease her nervousness.
Hearing the words, Xiao Lan rolled her eyes and said.
¡±Luo Yong, I will repeat this to your wife. You will definitely sleep on the couch after going back.¡±
She groaned, then said.
¡±Anyway, who said I would be scared. When I was a kid, I often watched my grandfather killing chickens.¡±
Li Zhi, who heard Xiao Lan¡¯s words on the side, almostughed out loud. Is killing chickens the same as killing dinosaurs?
On the other hand, Luo Yong immediately started begging for mercy after hearing that Xiao Lan is going to report that to his wife.
Suddenly, the arena was filled with noise.
Many people started cheering in one direction.
A man slowly walked from the diators¡¯ entrance. It¡¯s a seven-foot-tall man with a particrly strong figure, full of bulging muscles.
He was wearing thetest mechanical exoskeleton and holding a giant de.
Li Zhi immediately recognized the man. It¡¯s the famous dragon yer, the most famous and powerful diator.
Luo Yong, Xiao Lan, and the rest of their group also stopped talking and looked at the man.
At this moment, the heavy iron door behind the diator suddenly closed, and on the other side of the arena, the other iron door slowly opened.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Along with an eardrum-shattering roar, a huge creature slowly walked out.
¡±What kind of dinosaur is this?¡±
Behind Li Zhi, the woman with ponytails could not help asking after seeing the dinosaur that appeared.
This dinosaur has a length of about 7 meters, and its hip height is about 2 meters.
It has a veryrge, sickle-shaped ws along with rtively long hands, looking a bit like a raptor, but much bigger.
Xiao Lan and the rest of her team looked at that dinosaur curiously, quite eager to know what type of dinosaur is that.
¡±This should be a Therizinosaurus.¡±
Li Zhi hesitated for a moment then said.
¡±This Therizinosaurus should be in its juvenile state, as it hasn¡¯t reached itsplete potential.¡±
He said with a thoughtful look on his face, just as he was about to continue, the situation on the open space underneath suddenly changed.
Li Zhi immediately stopped talking and concentrated on the situation below.
The dinosaur didn¡¯t attack the diator after getting on the open space. Instead, it kept staring at the audience with a greedy look.
From time to time, it made a sound simr to a pheasant chirping.
¡±Why do I feel that that Therizinosaurus wants to eat us?¡±
Watching the bloodshot eyes of the Therizinosaurus, the ponytail women shivered slightly and said.
¡±Yeah, fortunately, our seats are quite high, or it would have been even more terrifying.¡±
The short man next to the ponytail woman also said with a nervous look.
The vicious and greedy look of the dinosaur has scared a lot of people in the audience, especially people in the lower stands.
Although their position allows them to see the area most clearly, they are the closest to the bloodthirsty dinosaur below.
After panicking for a moment, the audience immediately broke out.
¡±Kill it!¡±
¡±Hurry up and fuck that animal!¡±
¡±Jenny, I bet you 500 dors that this dinosaur won¡¯tst 5 minutes¡¡±
¡±Go!¡±
On the spectator stand, the spectators yelled loudly. A lot of people were waving their fists, cheering for the fighter below.
¡±Haha, the owner of this park is really amazing. He¡¯s able to get even dinosaurs like Therizinosaurus.¡±
¡±Yeah, but when can we see a fight between a human and a T-Rec. It should be very exciting!¡±
¡±It¡¯s really boring, every time the diators easily kill the dinosaurs.¡±
As discussions raged within the audience, the fully armed diator suddenly rushed towards the dinosaur at breakneck speed!
The audience stand was filled with cheers once again.
Chapter 237: Accidents in the Park
Chapter 237: idents in the Park
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Soon, the diator started fighting with the dinosaur. Relying on the exoskeleton, dragon yers possess an extremely tyrannical power and flexible abilities.
Of course, this is also rted to his own physical fitness. He is one of the fighters specially cultivated by big powers.
The amount of mutant creatures meat he ate in thest few years is staggering. Even without the exoskeleton, his arms still have the power of several tons.
He nimbly dodged the attacked of the therizinosaur, then chopped it with his long de. Every single time, he was able to leave a long scar on the dinosaur¡¯s body with each swing.
In the stands, Xiao Lan and a lot of other girls weren¡¯t able to stand such a bloody scene and covered their eyes, but the rest of the audience were madly cheering.
About ten minutester, the therizinosaur was covered with blood. Dragonyer stood in front of him, holding a long knife in his hand, ready to reap the victory at the end.
¡±This person should have eaten a lot of mutant creatures meat.¡±
In the stands, Li Zhi came to this conclusion after seeing the incredible physical qualities exhibited by that diator.
¡±Haa!!!¡±
In the Colosseum, the diator yelled loudly, then rushed towards the injured dinosaur, intending to end it all.
Li Zhi and the rest of the audience stood on the edge of their seats, watching this scene with excitement.
After this confrontation, it should be possible to determine the final victor.
However, right at this moment, a loud noise suddenly broke out somewhere in the viewers¡¯ stands, after which the stand was filled with chaos.
The chaos appeared first in a certain area, then quickly spread to the whole viewers¡¯ stands.
¡±what happened?¡±
Li Zhi, who was originally staring closely at the fight below, also looked over at the source of chaos, with a puzzled look on his face.
¡±Mark! Mark!¡±
It started with a white woman on the bottom left of the viewers¡¯ stands. The woman was shouting at the phone in her hand. She looked like her soul left her body, shouting loudly.
¡±How could that be? How could that be?!!¡±
After that, one after the other, many people started shouting, even people near Li Zhi started doing so.
Through their conversations, Li Zhi learned that something went wrong in the tourist area.
It seems that a carnivorous dinosaur appeared in the herbivore dinosaurs area. Then, taking advantage of the weak defense of that area, it escaped.
The carnivorous dinosaur already attacked a tour bus. Many of the survivors called theirpanions to inform them of the loose dinosaur.
¡±Boom!¡±
In the open space below, the therizinosaur was stabbed in the neck by the dragonyer and finally fell unwillingly in its pool of blood.
However, there wasn¡¯t much cheering the viewers stand right now as many people weren¡¯t paying attention.
This news spread at a rapid rate. Everyone was shocked by this news.
¡±Tourists, Please pay attention, please pay attention!¡±
From a loudspeaker above the viewers¡¯ stands, a voice suddenly sounded.
¡±Please leave your seat in an orderly manner, then leave the arena.¡±
¡±Outside the arena, our bus will take everyone back to the hotel to rest.¡±
After hearing this sound, the stands were filled withmotion. Many people asked why are they taken back to their hotels, Why do they have to leave the arena?
Luo Yong and the rest of his squad looked at each other, a dignified look appeared on their faces.
¡±Let¡¯s go back.¡±
Luo Yong said this, he looked around at the stands. There is security personnel to maintain order, so although it¡¯s very noisy, the crowd didn¡¯tpletely fall into chaos.
Of course, this is also due to nothing happening to them.
Soon, it was Li Zhi and Luo Yong¡¯s team turn. Their group of eight people walked together tightly. After crossing the long stairs, they got out of the arena, then boarded the bus that took them straight to the hotel.
¡±Excuse me, what happened?¡±
After getting on the bus, Li Zhi immediately asked the driver, but he got ignored.
Subsequently, the bus started moving forward, quickly leaving this ce.
There is a certain distance from the arena and the hotel, and more importantly, they need to pass through the area of several dinosaurs before getting out of the park.
While the bus was on the road, Li Zhi and the rest of the people were all in a state of nervousness, fearing that a huge dinosaur will suddenly emerge ahead and eat them.
Suddenly, the driver mmed on the brake, causing the passengers to almost fall from their seats. After stabilizing themselves, Li Zhi and Luo Yong looked at each other with a look of fear.
Especially after seeing the thing in front of the bus, their heart almost burst out of their chest.
A horrible monster was standing not far ahead.
Beside this monster, there is an overturned bus.
Previously, the monster was using its huge mouth to chew on the corner of the bus. However, after hearing the loud sound of braking, it turned around and stared straight at their bus.
¡±This ¡this¡A T-Rex?!¡±
Li Zhi and the rest of the passenger¡¯s breath almost stopped after seeing the giant beast in front of them. The driver also suddenly shouted.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
After a moment of watching each other, the T-Rax suddenly let go of the overturned bus and rushed towards them. With each step it took, the ground trembled and a huge sound was created.
¡±Damn, those idiots, even releasing a Tyrannosaurus Rex!¡±
The driver yelled loudly. He immediately turned the wheel 180 degrees, then quickly stepped on the elerator pedal, driving the bus to the jungle on the side.
A bush was directly crushed as the bus tumbled inside the jungle. Fortunately, the ground of this jungle is rtively t, and more importantly, there aren¡¯t that many trees.
Otherwise, they simply cannot escape.
At the moment, the bus was twisting and turning in the jungle. On several asions, they almost collided with a big tree, and the T-Rex is still following right behind them.
¡±What to do, what to do.¡±
¡±Mom, I¡¯m scared!¡±
In the carriage, some tourists have already started crying and shouting mom, especially women, most of them were crying loudly.
¡±Am¡¯I going to die in this ce?¡±
Li Zhi looked back. Through the ss, he was able to clearly see the huge beast that was quickly running towards them.
The giant beast is getting closer and closer. If nothing unexpected happens, the T-Rex will catch in just a few minutes.
¡±Wooosh!¡±
The sound of the wind suddenly sounded from the sky, attracting the attention of Li Zhi and the rest of the passengers. After looking up, they were amazed to find a few huge ck shadows.
¡±This is ¡ pterosaur?¡±
Li Zhi was very surprised, in his impression, there is no pterosaur in Jurassic Park.
The Park leaders still don¡¯t have a method topletely bind this kind of flying creature, so they didn¡¯t clone it.
However, there is a group of pterosaur flying above them right now.
What exactly is going on?
It was toote to think about it. The sound of the giant¡¯s footsteps caused Li Zhi to immediately break from his thoughts, After looking back, he found that the T-Rex is getting closer and closer to them.
Li Zhi looked at the T-Rex for a while, then looked at the driver in the front. His heart was beating at an insane speed. His throat was dry, causing him to swallow unconsciously.
¡±Hurry up, hurry up! hurry up!!¡±
He kept screaming in his heart, trying to calm his fears. His face was filled with sweat due to his intense emotions. Just as he was shouting internally, the driver suddenly kicked on the breaks.
¡±Crrr!¡±
Along with the sounds of the harsh brakes, the bus glided across the ground for a long distance. Li Zhi was stunned. he didn¡¯t know why the driver suddenly braked at this critical time.
However, when he saw the scene ahead, his heart almost stopped. A drop of tears slid across his face.
Not far ahead from them, there is a hugeke.
Is he really going to die here today?
Chapter 238: Death Chase
Chapter 238: Death Chase
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Boom! Boom!¡±
Not far behind the bus, a T-Rex with a length of 16 meters walked towards the tour bus with heavy steps. After a brief silence, the people inside the bus immediately started crying and shouting, creating chaos on the bus.
¡±Gulp.¡±
Li Zhi also swallowed his saliva, his face filled with sweat due to extreme fear. He felt that his heart is going to jump out of his chest.
Beside him, Luo Yong, Xiao Lan and the rest of their gang were sitting. Most of the girls covered their mouths with their hands, their whimpers would be heard from the gaps between their fingers.
¡±Don¡¯t make any noise, slowly squat below your seat.¡±
Li Zhi took a deep breath and whispered to Luo Yong and Xiao Lan next to him.
After saying this, he slowly crouched under his seat, then put his hands on top of his head, hugging his head and shrinking below his seat.
Luo Yong and Xiao Lan looked at each other, then followed suit. The rest of the group also hid below their seats after seeing them.
¡±Ahhh!!¡±
Unfortunately, a lot of the tourists couldn¡¯t stand the suffocating atmosphere and started screaming. Some people even started banging at the ss doors and screaming at the driver to let them out.
¡±Damn it!¡±
The driver in front shouted.
¡±All of you shut the fuck up for me, a bunch of bitches!¡±
¡±Do you want to kill us? Shut up!¡±
However, his screams and cruses didn¡¯t have any effect. The women on the bus were still shrieking. Some people directly opened the windows, then jumped out.
With the first one taking the lead, a second one immediately followed him.
In a short time, more than half of the people left the bus, leaving only 15 people. At the head of the bus, the driver and his assistant crouched under their seats like Li Zhi and Luo Yong.
The driver looked coldly at the people who escaped from this bus. At first, he advised them to not act rashly, but when he found out that no one heeded his words, he didn¡¯t say anything.
More importantly, these people might lead the T-Rex away.
¡±What¡¯s going on? Why did the dinosaurs suddenly escape from their breeding ce? Rather, how were they able to do so?¡±
In front of Li Zhi, Yang Ping, the short guy, asked hispanions in a low tone of voice.
However, hispanions didn¡¯t know the answer. They also want to know why.
¡±Help! No! NOO!¡±
A cry filled with fear and despair suddenly sounded outside, attracting the attention of the people on the bus.
Many people including Li Zhi couldn¡¯t hold the curiosity in their hearts and slowly raised their heads, looking outside of the window.
They watched as the T-Rex slowly followed one of thest guys that jumped out of the window, The T-Rex quickly caught up with the crying man, then, lowering its head, it bit him with its giant mouth.
It was a middle-aged white man, his face was filled with fear as he ran forward with all his might. Unfortunately, he was bitten in the middle of his waist, divided into two, then swallowed.
The people in the bus felt their heart racing as they watched this gruesome scene, a few even pissed their pants, spreading a pungent smell in the bus.
The T-Rex raged outside the bus. They were able to hear the sound of tourists before, but not long after the screamspletely disappeared.
It¡¯s unknown whether all of them were eaten or some escaped.
After the screams disappeared, the scene was filled with silence.
Li Zhi and Luo Yong looked at each other, then, after taking a deep breath, they slowly raised their heads to look at the situation outside the bus.
Fearing that their actions would attract the attention of the T-Rex, their movements were very slow, their eyes slowly reached the window, introducing the outside scene to their brains.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Apart from therge bloodstain outside, the ce outside was empty. The two were filled with doubts, what about the T-Rex?
However, right at this moment, a huge shadow suddenly appeared in front of them. A huge head was almost attached to the ss window in front of Li Zhi and Luo Yong.
Their eyes coincided with a huge bloodshot eye.
¡±Gulp.¡±
The two men shivered intensely, their legs felt like jelly.
The other people on the bus also found the existence of the T-Rex at this time. They covered their mouths one by one. However, some people could not bear the fear in their hearts and began to scream.
¡±AHHH!!¡±
A shrill scream sounded inside the bus, causing Li Zhi¡¯s face to immediately change. He immediately pressed Luo Yong¡¯s head down and shouted.
¡±Protect yourself!!¡±
¡±Roar!!!¡±
The moment his voice sounded. The T-Rex outside suddenly raised his head and roared loudly, after which it lowered its head and mmed into the bus.
¡±Boom!!¡±
The T-Rex head hit the ss window, causing crack to spread on the entire window. At the same time, the bus was easily overturned by it.
¡±Ah! Ah!! Ahh!!¡±
The bus was filled with the terror-filled screams of the passengers. This time, even Li Zhi and Luo Yong couldn¡¯t hold it anymore and started yelling.
The bus rolled over on the ground several times. After rolling several times, Li Zhi and the rest finally stabilized themselves. After a cursory inspection of their body, they discovered that their body was filled with bruises, especially their faces and hands.
Fortunately, due to the adrenaline and blood pumping rapidly through their vein, they didn¡¯t feel much pain.
But before waiting for them to rx, a huge head suddenly appeared above them. The T-Rex directly bit on the part that was hit by him before.
¡±Crack¡Crack!¡±
Along with the sound of ss breaking, a part of the steel roof was dented and a few windows broke.
The bus is made with special materials capable of resisting a lot of damage, so the T-Rex couldn¡¯t directly break it.
Seeing that it couldn¡¯t break the bus with this method, the T-Rex used its head to strike against the dented part once again.
This time, it didn¡¯t overturn the bus, but rather bent the lower steel side and smashed all the windows on that side, creating a hole just enough for it to insert its head in. And, it didn¡¯t just that.
This time, no one could hold it. All the people on the bus screamed loudly. Almost everyone closed their eyes, hugged their heads with both hands, then screamed at the top of their lungs.
Even Li Zhi shrank himself into a ball, trying to make himself unremarkable. He looked at the huge head that was constantly drilling into the bus and felt his heart drumming.
It¡¯s impossible to describe his feelings with words, or at this moment his head ispletely nk. He couldn¡¯t even think anymore.
His body just instinctively wanted to protect itself, so it made this action.
Things changed at this moment, Li Zhi suddenly discovered that the T-Rex that had been digging into the car suddenly shrank his head.
He couldn¡¯t help but wonder. Even other people stopped screaming, thinking that the reinforcement has finally arrived.
Just when they were starting to get excited, this thought was instantly vanquished after seeing the situation outside.
From therge window behind, Li Zhi saw the outside scene. He saw a group of dinosaurs running towards them.
Compared to the T-Rex, their size is particrly small, but their ws, sharp teeth, and agility makes it difficult for people to underestimate them.
¡±Raptors.¡±
When Li Zhi saw this group of small dinosaurs, he immediately recognized what they are. It¡¯s wasn¡¯t a group of reinforcement that arrived, but a group of predators.
Velociraptor looks quite simr to the therizinosaur. However, their most distinctive difference is their size.
Their length is generally about two meters, including their long tail. Their hip¡¯s height is only about half a meter, weighing about 15 to 20 kilograms.
¡±Haw! Haw!¡±
¡±Roar!!!!¡±
After the emergence of this group of velociraptors, they immediately made a sound like a chicken roaring. The T-Rex immediately roared back at this group of thieves.
The sound was so loud that the ss windows started vibrating, Li Zhi and the rest covered their ears in order to resist this defeating roar.
Li Zhi couldn¡¯t help but despair. They thought that the reinforcements arrived, but it was unexpectedly a group of thieves.
If, after a while, the T-Rex gets full and leave some broken limbs and residuals meat, then this group of thieves will execute their cleaning operation.
Thinking of this, the passengers on the bus were filled with despair. They regarded themselves as the top creatures, above every other being. These dinosaurs are just animals for their entertainment.
Especially after the apocalypse, where billions of humans died. There aren¡¯t many people who think that they should protect animals anymore.
Right at this moment, they harvested the seeds they sowed.
¡±Roar!!!¡±
The T-Rex roared a second time at the raptors, then turned around and was about to drill into the bus once again. Just as the passengers were on the verge of death, the T-Rex movements suddenly froze.
This time, it raised its head and looked at theke.
¡±What¡¯s going on? Is there any other carnivorous dinosauring?¡±
Li Zhi¡¯s heart tightened, he followed the T-Rex sight and looked at theke.
He saw that at this time, on the calmke, a huge water bump suddenly appeared. After which a behemoth far surpassing any other appeared in front of them.
Chapter 239: Fang Yun Wakes Up
Chapter 239: Fang Yun Wakes Up
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Ssh!¡±
In theke, under Li Zhi¡¯s terrified eyes, a gigantic creature slowly drilled out from under the surface of the water. It stood upright in the middle of theke, towering over them, looking at them with cold eyes.
This is a ginormous snake, with a white body, red head, and blue eyes. Its body shape is a bit strange, radiating a strange charm that can dazzle people.
Of course, this is not the ce that shocked Li Zhi the most. The body of this snake is just too big. Just its diameter alone is definitely over 9 meters, even 10 meters.
Furthermore, just the part of the snake above the water surface is bigger than the hill behind it.
The T-Rex that drove them into despair many times is only 16 meters long. It might be a giant for them, but for that snake, the T-Rex is just a small rat.
All the people on the bus were shocked at this moment. For a while, they didn¡¯t even dare to breathe.
Outside of their bus, the previously arrogant T-Rex is now slowly stepping backward, trying to not attract the attention of the snake.
As for the raptor group, they escaped long ago.
The T-Rex retreated slightly, then turned around and quickly escaped. However, right at this moment, along whit the sound of thunder, a white sh engulfed the T-Rex.
A few secondster, after the light disappeared, the T-Rew was already lying on the ground, white steam seeping out of its body.
¡±This¡¡¡±
When Li Zhi saw the thunder, his heart shook slightly. After thinking for a moment, His pupils shrank.
¡±Giant Serpent?!¡±
While Li Zhi was watching the giant serpent with shock and horror, it suddenly started swimming towards the shore.
Through the ss windows, they could see an extremely thick snake slithering out of theke, thening straight in their direction.
The people on the bus became quiet again, some people started shivering, some even fainted due to fright.
The giant serpent slithered over. It didn¡¯t pay attention to them but passed their bus and continued moving forward.
The people on the bus were relieved, but they were still very nervous, too scared to move, afraid to attract the attention of the behemoth.
The giant serpent slithered right towards the T-Rex, then swallowed it directly. The giant T-Rex didn¡¯t even raise a bump on its body.
Regarding the identity of this giant snake, everyone is sure now. This is definitely the giant serpent. Though, its scales color isn¡¯t right.
The reason why they think so is that this snake is almost the same size as that of the giant serpent, and it can release lightening.
As for why the color of its scales is different, and its size seems to be much bigger, they came up with an exnation.
Rather than an exnation, it¡¯s more of a theory that has been circting for a long time on the inte.
The giant serpent not only has great growth potential, but it can also evolve.
In the past, after hunting a lot of prey, it used to disappear for a long time, ranging from months to years, and after reappearing each time, it would be bigger.
Humans have long noticed that, and many people came up with the theory of its evolution and growth.
However, although it kept getting bigger, every time it appeared, the color of its scales have never changed.
It¡¯s just thatpared with its quick size growth, changing colors doesn¡¯t seem to be that big of a deal.
Li Zhi and the rest didn¡¯t know that Fang Yun not only changed colors, but also changed species.
Although they felt very nervous, Li Zhi and the rest of the people on the bus were filled with hope.
The giant serpent has no record of actively attacking people, so they hope in their hearts that this terrifying monster will obediently leave after eating the T-Rex.
After that, they will finally be safe.
As for tension ¡ who can remain calm in the face of such a behemoth?
Under their gaze, after the giant serpent swallowed the Tyrannosaurus Rex, it started looking around, then suddenly looked straight at them.
¡°¡¡¡±
The passengers breathing immediately stagnated, their slowly rxed muscles immediately tightened to the extreme. They froze in their ces, afraid to make the slightest move.
¡±I met them again.¡±
Outside the bus, Fang Yun looked down at the tourist bus in front of him, his heart filled with surprises. He saw several familiar people on that bus.
Luo Yong and Xiao Lan.
He originally thought that they died, but it seems that he was wrong.
His eyes looked strangely at the tour bus in front of him. This is a jungle, there is no road or anything, why would a tourist bus wander here.
No! wait a minute.
He remembers that this is a deserted ind, why are there humans here? Moreover, dinosaurs¡What the hell happened here?
¡±What has changed in the world now?¡±
Fang Yun felt a headache. This feeling of not knowing anything caused him to feel a little ufortable.
¡±It would be great to have telepathy, I could have just asked there guys.¡±
Fang Yun thought, a little ufortable.
It¡¯s a pity that although his mental power is giganticpared to humans, he still doesn¡¯t have such an ability.
The giant serpent stood there quietly, staring at the tour bus in front of him, his thoughts diverging to random directions. Fang Yun waspletely unaware of the pressure he put on Li Zhi and the others.
In Li Zhi¡¯s view, the giant serpent is hesitating whether to eat them or not.
¡±Perhaps it has never eaten humans, or ording to its judgment, humans are not delicious, but now the serpent must be hungry, so it¡¯s thinking whether to eat them or not¡¡±
Li Zhi pressed down his fear and tried to analyze the serpent¡¯s actions. He is now praying internally, praying for the serpent to go and not scare them anymore.
As if hearing their prayers, the giant serpent suddenly turned around and slithered towards the distance.
Of course, Fang Yun wasn¡¯t nning to eat at all. To destroy the principles he has been insisting on for tens of thousands of bio-energy? Not worth it!
What he wants the most right now is to understand the situation on the ind. The deserted ind suddenly became filled with humans and dinosaurs. Furthermore, the dinosaurs are chasing humans, something is wrong.
Fang Yun¡¯s huge body crushed everything on his way. Whether it¡¯s a giant tree towering into the sky and a huge boulder, they were immediately broken after colliding with his body.
On the edge of theke, Li Zhi and the rest of the passengers watched as the extremely long serpent slowly passed next to them. Despite the serpent speed, it took it more than a minute of moving before its tail finally disappeared from their vision, much longer than a train.
¡±Ouf¡¡±
Only after the serpent tail disappeared in the forest did the passengers dare to get off the bus. They let out a sigh of relief after finally getting a short moment of safety.
¡±The giant serpent left.¡±
Li Zhi looked at the direction where the giant serpent left, then sighed.
He looked at the driver again and said.
¡±Now, where should we go?¡±
After his voice sounded, the others looked at the driver. Theter was alsopletely clueless about what they should do.
¡±Can you contact your boss now?¡± Li Zhi gave the driver a hint.
¡°No.¡±
The driver of the tourist bus shook his head and said.
¡±I called them many times before, their mobile phone number is unavable.¡±
¡±Damn, what the hell is going on?¡±
A white guy cursed, then fiercely punished a tree next to him.
¡±How were the dinosaurs able to escape? Rather, why did the leaders let them go? Are they trying to murder us?¡±
¡±Oh my god, I shouldn¡¯t have listened to that bastard. What sh*t fun vacation, what sh*t Jurassic Park. If I knew this, I would have stayed home.¡±
¡±God, please save me. I don¡¯t want to stay in this ce anymore.¡±
This forest is very dangerous. Although they escaped from the threat of the T-Rex, that doesn¡¯t mean that the crisis has been lifted. For example, the raptors group that followed them before. As long as they meet them in this forest, the only oue would be their death.
¡±We can follow with the giant serpent!¡±
While the crowd was moring and screaming, Li Zhi who has been silent for a long time said.
As soon as this remark came out, the noisy crows immediately shut up. After a period of silence, a man stood up and questioned Li Zhi.
¡±Are you crazy? If that behemoth thinks that we are provoking it, we¡¯re finished. ¡°
¡±Do you have a better way?!¡±
A bit irritated, Li Zhi shouted at the man who questioned him
¡±That group of raptors might be staring at us right now, as long as we enter the forest, they might immediately pounce on us. The only way out for us is to follow the giant serpent. That big guy isn¡¯t interested in us, and other creatures won¡¯t even dare approach it.¡±
After hearing his exnation, the people around looked at each other, speechless.
¡±Let¡¯s go.¡±
Li Zhi didn¡¯t pay attention to these guys. He just reminded his acquaintances, Luo Yong and Xiao Lan, then ran towards the direction of the serpent.¡±
Of course, his pace is not fast, he doesn¡¯t need to catch up with the giant serpent, he just needs to trail behind it.
The remaining group of people looked at each other, then immediately followed Li Zhi.
Fang Yun continued moving forward, bulldozing through the forest, leaving arge trail behind him. His body is veryrge. As long as he stands up, he can tower more than 100 meters above the ground, making the scenery of the whole ind essible to him.
However, for the time being, he didn¡¯t focus on the ind scenery, but on his body.
After this bloodline change, not only did his body size increase a lot, the color of his scales and his shape changed a bit.
The thing that attracted his attention the most is actually the skill points he got this time.
¡±System, bring up my property panel.¡±
After examining his body shape, he didn¡¯t hesitate to say.
Chapter 240: The Roar of the Serpent
Chapter 240: The Roar of the Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The moment Fang Yun¡¯s voice sounded, a light curtain appeared in front of him. After the bloodline evolution and normal evolution, no doubt, all his attributes have greatly increased.
Without taking skills into ount, with just pure attributes, he can easily crush 3 of the pre-evolution him.
although he feels very happy, he is not as exhrated as when he was just a finger size snake. Simple attributes aren¡¯t as important as before, it¡¯s the skills that matter.
With powerful skills, he can exert abat power dozens of times higher than just that of pure attributes, so the most important thing for him right now is skill points.
If his normalbat power is 100,000, then with skills, hisbat power is 5 million. This shows how much power increase the skills have brought to him.
Even the importance of size is less than that of skills. In fact, arge size would be great in space, but on this, a veryrge size would only slow him and make him a target.
Of course, if his defense is high enough to withstand nuclear bombs, it would be a different matter.
¡±It would be nice if I could change my body size at will.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but fantasize. Unfortunately, he doesn¡¯t have this kind of ability. He can only drag his body that is over 300 meters, destroying everything in his way.
This bloodline evolution and normal evolution increased his size to 320 meters in length and 10 meters in diameter. Which is almost impossible to describe in words. Human beings are even smaller than mosquitos in front of him.
In addition, this time he got 56 skill points, which he immediately used.
Firstly, he upgraded ¡°Overclocking resonance¡±, maxing it out, then he upgraded the skill ¡°Energy Beam¡± for the first time.
He stood upright in the middle of the jungle, towering over everything, his head almost reaching the clouds.
The entire ind was presented in front of his eyes, he examined the entirety of the ind, noticed many human buildings and structures.
¡±Humanity has established an activity area here.¡±
After observing the entirety of the ind, He came to this conclusion. He couldn¡¯t help but think.
¡±Did these guys establish a Jurassic Park on the ind, then these dinosaurs rioted?¡±
Thinking of this, his mouth twitched a bit. He really wants to shout out:
¡±Holy crap, these guys are looking for death!¡±
Unfortunately, he is now a cool super snake that doesn¡¯t talk.
Speaking of this, after this bloodline evolution, his whole physical body has changed. A special organ has grown inside his throat, through it, he is able to make sounds. He can¡¯t use it to talk though.
Unlike the organ through which he can release ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±, this organ is a bit simr to vocal cords. he can only use it to make noises, not for attacking.
Apart from hissing, he has never shouted, so he still doesn¡¯t know how his voice sound.
Thinking of this, he opened his mouth and howled.
¡±ROAR!!!!¡±
A deafening roar sounded from his mouth, spreading over dozens of kilometers, scaring countless birds and causing them to fly away.
Fang Yun was very satisfied with his voice. It¡¯s a bit like a T-Rex roar, but higher and much more majestic.
His domineering roar shocked countless creatures. Among which Li Zhi and the guys following him were almost scared to death.
Li Zhi was just a few hundreds of meters behind Fang Yun. His roar has frightened him to the extreme, causing his legs to soften, almost falling to the ground. Li Zhi and the rest looked at the behemoth ahead with fear-filled eyes.
This sudden roar almost scared them to death.
If this situation happens a few more times, he might probably get a heart attack.
¡±The giant serpent can make sounds that humans can hear?¡±
Li Zhi has seen an introduction about giant serpent on the inte before.
This monster canunch a sonic attack, but it¡¯s always infrasound or ultrasound.
Anyway, he hadn¡¯t seen any record indicating that the giant serpent can make such a roar.
While many of them were shivering out of fear, the giant serpent continued moving forward, causing them to feel relieved.
Fortunately, this monster roar wasn¡¯t targeted at them.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about Li Zhi and the others behind them. He is nning to wander on this ind and eat some dinosaurs before going back to the ocean.
After going to the ocean, he is nning to visit the coasts of various countries and check the situation.
Humans are cloning kaiju.
He already knows about this, so his n is to go to wander on the coasts and look for the kaiju breeding bases. This is the fastest way of gathering bio-energy he thinks of right now.
While continuing to slither forward, he began to consciously change the colors of his scales.
The previous color was too bright, not in line with his aesthetic. A white body and a red head make him feel like a chicken.
He changed his scales color to the previous obsidian ck, which is much more domineering.
While slithering in the jungle, Fang Yun used ultrasonic waves to explore the surroundings, mainly to detect whether there are dinosaurs around.
For the next evolution, Fang Yun needs 120 million bio-energy points. Which will take who knows how many years in the current situation.
Not long after, Fang Yun finally reached the end of the jungle, after which there is a long grasnd.
This grasnd is surrounded by forest from the left, north, and south. On the right, there is an electric fence and a cement road.
In this grasnd, there are three giant dinosaurs eating grass.
¡±Huh? Diplodocus?¡±
Seeing the three giant creatures not far ahead, Fang Yun was a bit surprised. Of course, for him, they are just chicken-sized creatures. He¡¯s just happy to see that each of these dinosaurs can provide him with 60,000 bio-energy points, much more than the previous T-Rex.
After eating these three guys, he should get 180,000 bio-energy points.
These three diplodocuses just happened to see Fang Yun getting out of the forest. After a short confrontation, they immediately turned around to escape, but they were struck with the lightning from ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, instantly killing them.
Fang Yun slithered towards the three dinosaurs and started eating them.
After swallowing the three diplodocuses, Fang Yun continued moving forward.
¡±Huff, huff¡±
About five minutester, Li Zhi and the rest finally ran out of the jungle. They were all covering their chests and gasping heavily, looking very tired.
¡±The giant serpent is too fast.¡±
After catching his breath, Luo Yong shouted loudly.
¡±We can¡¯t catch up with it!¡±
His throat was extremely dry. As for the rest of hispanions, they were sitting on the ground like dead dogs.
The number of people in their team has decreased, with only 12 people left. The rest has been left behind.
¡±Riley, where does this road lead?¡±
Li Zhi turned his head and asked the driver of the tourist bus at the rear. After hearing his question, The driver walked to Li Zhi¡¯s side and started looking around.
After a moment, his eyes lit up.
¡±Not far from the left is themand center, there must be security personnel over there, let¡¯s go there!¡±
After saying this, without waiting for the rest to say anything, he ran in that direction.
Li Zhi nced at the location from which the giant serpent left¡ªthe giant sunken road left behind is a clear lead to its direction. After hesitation for a moment, Li Zhi Gritted his teeth and followed the driver.
Chapter 241: Giant Creatures Frenzy
Chapter 241: Giant Creatures Frenzy
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun slowly slithered on the highway. He is moving in the opposite direction of Li Zhi. As usual, he used ultrasonic waves to search for suitable prey around him.
The number of dinosaurs in this ind is very high, providing him with an adequate amount of prey. Fang Yun is really grateful to the guy who built this Park.
¡±I should be able to get millions of bio-energy points here.¡±
Fang Yun though with a happy smile. After exploring just a small area of this ind, he has already obtained 860,000 bio-energy points. There must be even more on the rest of the ind.
¡±Oh, Now that I think of it, how were these guys able to bring dinosaurs here?¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but wonder, did humans extract the dinosaurs DNA from their fossils and clone them, or did they bring them out of the grass sea?
¡±Those mutant creatures and kaiju should have gone back to that space channel, I wonder what they are nning?¡±
Fang Yun thought of this. He doesn¡¯t know that the space channel hadpletely ovepped with the grass sea, increasing its area by many times.
After guessing for a while without an answer, Fang Yun stopped thinking about it. With the constant increase of his strength, he gradually stopped thinking about things. Unknowingly, Fang Yun started walking on the gori route.
No creature can threaten him, he can¡¯t get sick, his life expectancy is also many times higher than most creatures on this.
After bing a Peng Snake, his life expectancy has increased to more than 500 years.
It has been less than 15 years since he was reincarnated in this world, he still has many years in front of him.
However, there is one thing to note. The next bloodline temte needs 100 billion reputation points to unlock. He got some information from the system, informing him that the next bloodline will be that of a godly being.
Of course, his current bloodline is also very good. He is just a Peng snake in its infancy. The limit of this bloodline is very high and it will take a long time to reach it. Probably about aary size?
Furthermore, the 100 billion reputations points will very difficult to gather, especially on this. He isn¡¯t sure that he would be able to gather it in the next 400+ years.
There are two ways to increase reputation. One is to let more people know about his existence, and the other is to deepen their impression of him.
However, almost everyone on this knows about his existence, and their impression should be very deep, so the reputations points he can harvest on the Blue are very limited.
He can only rely on the next generations of humans, but it will take them a long time to grow up. Even if all the human generations in the next 400 knows about him, it¡¯s still uncertain if he can gather 100 billion reputation points.
On the highway, a ginormous ck snake slithered forward. Its body is even wider than the highway, causing it to bend the steel fence on its way forward.
Along the way, Fang Yun hunted a lot of prey, including carnivorous dinosaurs like the Tyrannosaurus Rex and Spinosaurus.
After crossing half of the ind, he finally reached the beach. He nned to circle the entire ind along the coastline. However, a creature swimming not far from the ind caught his attention.
¡±Zzzz ¡ Bang!¡±
He activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡± causing him to be wrapped by a nket of lightning. Targeting the creature swimming underwater, he shot a bolt of lightning. The white lightning crossed a distance of 2 kilometers in less than a second and uratelynded on that creature.
The creature wasn¡¯t able to withstand the intensity of the thunder, instantly dying, then floating to the water surface, exposing its true appearance.
¡±Mosasaurus?¡±
Fang Yun immediately recognized the floating creature, isn¡¯t this the mosasaurs that disappeared into the grass sea? Why is it here?
Thinking of this, Fang Yun swam towards the mosasaurs, then checked its body from a close distance.
The Mosasaurs floated aimlessly on the water surface. It¡¯s quite huge in normal standards, being 15 meters long
Fang Yun looked around, noticing that many creatures like the Mosasaurus were heading to a certain ce.
Seeing so many giant creatures moving to the dinosaur ind, Fang Yun calcted their destination from their route, then looked at a certain direction.
That direction was exactly the direction where Li Zhi and the others fled to. Of course, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that. He didn¡¯t even know that several guys used his influence to protect themselves.
After swallowing the Mosasaurus, Fang Yun looked at the various giant creatures with a thoughtful look.
Judging from this situation, the ancient creatures that had disappeared for a long time are back. They have disappeared for several years, he wondered what were they doing.
Fang Yun was a bit puzzled.
Due to the disappearance of the ancient/mutant creatures and the kaiju for a few years, the humans of the blue got a breathing opportunity. They have probably developed many new terrifying weapons.
Even if those level 5 kaiju attack human cities again, they likely won¡¯t have the same effect as before. Humans have long been prepared for that.
¡±Unless there are more powerful creatures attacking.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
After pondering for a while, Fang Yun stopped thinking about the purpose of these guys and headed towards a giant creature swimming towards the ind.
That creature was quite far, about a few kilometers away. About 10 secondster, he finally reached that ce and was able to see the giant creature underwater.
It¡¯s a megalodon with a body length of nearly 20 meters. When Fang Yun approached it, the megalodon fled towards the distance in panic.
Fang Yun hurriedly caught up. Their speeds are too different, swimming next to the megalodon, Fang Yun bit its head off, then swallowed it.
After killing the megalodon, Fang Yun fell deeply into his thoughts. Although he might have killed the megalodon easily, that¡¯s due to the huge difference of strength.
This megalodon is actually much stronger than the ones he ate before. Whether it¡¯s speed or strength.
Its strength is almost catching up with its mutant counterpart.
After thinking for a while, he swam in the direction of other giant creatures. He wants to check if it¡¯s just this megalodon or has all of these creatures¡¯ strength increased. He also wants to know their purpose.
Half an hourter, after intercepting many giant creatures and eating them, he came back to the dinosaur ind.
Looking at the coast of the ind, it¡¯s densely packed with ancient creatures. Many amphibious giant creatures climbed onnd and walked to the depth of the ind.
Moreover, many marine creatures are patrolling in the water near the coast.
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes swept over these ancient creatures, then moved to the depth of the ind. Four or five helicopters were flying in midair, with machine guns pointed at those creatures, sweeping them with bullets.
These five helicopters are about 5 kilometers deep ind from this coast. Presumably, under these five helicopters, there may be a human gathering ce or the like, and the target of these giant creatures are those humans.
¡±These ancient creatures didn¡¯t just be stronger, they also became very simr to those kaiju.¡±
When Fang Yun reached the coast, he has been observing the many mutant creatures walking on the coast and swimming in the sea.
He felt that something was strange about them, but he wasn¡¯t able to determine exactly what.
However, he is sure right now. Just like the Kaiju, these creatures were imnted with extreme hostility to humans. They began to take the initiative to climb onnd and attack humans.
They became fearless, able to sacrifice their lives to attack humans.
Chapter 242: Desperate People
Chapter 242: Desperate People
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Damn, when will this end?¡±
Arge group of people was squeezed into a corner, among them were Xiao Lan and Li Zhi. Before that, they followed the driver of the tour bus to this base, seeking shelter.
Unfortunately, the base they struggled to reach isn¡¯t safe at all. It¡¯s surrounded by many giant creatures.
Although they were shocked by the reappearance of ancient and mutant creatures, it wasn¡¯t the time for questions. Under the leadership of that driver, they sessfully entered the base.
Compared with the base, the outside is undoubtedly more dangerous.
Beside Xian, a ck man punched the ground heavily, his face filled with despair. Their situation is a mortal one, so it¡¯s not strange for him to fall into despair.
In fact, most of the people in this base are in a state of impending copse. Even the security personnel who are standing on the base wall and shooting the giant creatures below with machine guns fell into a frenzy.
Yang Ping¡¯s face was pale as the sound of gunshots constantly resounded in his ears. His face was filled with despair as he asked Luo Yong.
¡±Luo Yong, are we going to die here?¡±
As soon as his voice sounded, many people started shaking, especially women.
Luo Yong, who was watching the people on the wall, looked at him and said.
¡±Don¡¯t talk nonsense, the base is still standing, and don¡¯t forget what the park administrator said before. The reinforcement will arrive soon.¡±
Xiao Lan listened to Luo Yong¡¯s words, and couldn¡¯t help but nce at the wall not far ahead. There are many security personnel holding machine guns and madly shooting at the creatures outside of the base.
asionally, some agile ancient/mutant creatures will jump on the wall, then immediately get shot down.
In addition, from time to time some pterosaurs will try to fly over the wall and attack the people inside, fortunately, the personnel keeps shooting them.
Their base is surrounded by a 10-meter high wall, and inside is a square. In the center of the square is themand room, which isposed of steel and other special metals, making it the safest ce in the whole ind.
Unfortunately, they aren¡¯t allowed inside. They are prohibited from even approaching it.
Xiao Lan listened to the dense gunshots and buried her head in her knees.
At first, she was very nervous and scared like everyone else, but she eventually calmed down. It¡¯s not like this is the first disaster she suffered from.
Whether it was the mutant creatures attack or kaiju attacks, she has experienced many disasters. She lost her family, her father, mother, and even her little brother.
This is just another disaster she is suffering from, but this time she isn¡¯t sure if she can survive or not.
Sometimes she wonders why is she so unlucky, what did she do to suffer from all of this?
¡±Lester, when will our air forcee?¡±
Hammond, the guy in charge of the park, held a wooden cane tightly. He looked at the young man who was configuring the control board and asked. He looked quite calm, seemingly not afraid of the giant creatures attacking the base outside.
In fact, this is indeed the case, he is indeed not afraid, just angry. The appearance of these mutant creatures has destroyed his Jurassic Park.
As for his own safety ¡ not to mention that he has already contacted the military of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯. It won¡¯t take long for a mothership toe here, which is enough to pick all the people in the base.
Even if the base gets destroyed before the mothershipe, he still has a backhand-in his back garden. A private military helicopter on which he can safely escape from this ce.
Of course, he won¡¯t use it easily. If he escapes alone, leaving all the people on this ind to die. He will suffer from a lot of legal issues and public condemnation once he goes back.
¡±Mr.Hammond, in another fifteen minutes, our Gxy III will arrive here.¡±
The guy called Lester is a young ck man. After hearing his boss¡¯s inquiry, he immediately operated the instrument in front of him, bringing up a picture on the screen in front of him.
Three red dots on the picture are constantly moving forward, and not far in front of these dots is their ind.
Hammond nodded slightly, walked to the back door, opened it, then walked out.
Out of themand room, he came to his back garden.
There, a helicopter 15 meters long was docked.
He quickly got on the helicopter. Hammond nodded at the two drivers inside the helicopter, then looked at the screen in front.
The scene outside the base is disyed on the screen.
He watched as various giant creatures madly attacked the base. asionally, a pterosaur dived down from the sky, attacking the personnel on the defensive wall.
The security staff wouldn¡¯t be able to withstand for much longer. Hammond had seen many people who are already very tired. They are holding on with sheer willpower. However, they won¡¯tst for a long time.
¡±I hope they can withstand the pressure until the reinforcements arrive.¡±
After looking at the screen for a while, Hammond said this. He leaned against the couch, then closed his eyes. He is waiting for the result. If the base¡¯s defense was broken, he will immediately escape in this helicopter.
¡¡
There are many creatures that can climb ashore from the sea. Whether it¡¯s giant toads, giant smanders, crabs, even crocodiles, mutated or non-mutated, all of them climbed on the shore, then madly ran towards the base.
Fang Yun even saw some weird creatures, simr to spiders among these creatures. Their size is simr to that of an ordinary leatherback turtle. However, they are much faster, also very numerous.
These spider-like creatures somewhat reminded Fang Yun of the giant spider monster he saw on the space channel. It¡¯s just that one is a few meters long and the other is dozens of kilometers long.
Fang Yun looked at those spiders curiously, then he swam towards the shore. His huge body bulldozed through the swarm of giant creatures, including those spiders. None of them were able to resist his huge body weighing countless tons and exploded.
The meat sauce that bursts out of the body of those spiders is surprisingly not disgusting. It¡¯s like a white gooey liquid, a bit like yogurt?
Fang Yun didn¡¯t stay for too long on the coast, nor did he devour the creatures that were crushed on the way. He went straight to the ce where these creatures are heading.
About ten minutester, he finally got out of the jungle, his huge head turned around, examining the surrounding scenery.
The most eye-catching thing in this clearing is the giant walls ahead and the base behind them. He watched as countless giant creatures along with the previous giant spiders madly attacking the base.
On the giant walls outside the base, many security personnel are holding weapons and striking down the attacking creatures. Even Fang Yun noticed the exhaustion an despair n their faces.
¡°These people won¡¯tst long.¡±
Fang Yun saw at a nce that the security personnel were on the verge of exhaustion. Perhaps it would not take long for their bodies to copse together with their spirits.
However, just at this time, the sound of engines roaring sounded from the sky. Fang Yun immediately looked up to determine the source of the sound.
In the distant sky, three giant motherships quickly approached the base. Each one of them has an extremely terrifying size, covering the sky and casting a shadow over the base.
Especially the one in the middle. It¡¯s particrly exaggerated, probably over 1 kilometer long.
¡°This should be a mothership created by the Bald Eagle.¡±
Fang Yun immediately guessed where the three motherships came from.
¡°These people should be saved.¡±
Just when Fang Yun thought of this, something unexpected happened.
Chapter 243: The Reinforcements Arrive
Chapter 243: The Reinforcements Arrive
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun raised his head and looked straight to the distant sky, his sight prated the clouds andnded right on the three huge motherships.
it seems that the three motherships didn¡¯t find him, they continued moving forward, approaching this ind at an incredible speed.
Among the three motherships, the one in the middle is thergest, its shape is not much different from the motherships he saw before. The only thing different is its exaggerated size and additional turbo engines.
Besides that giant mothership, there are two slightly smaller ones, but still huge nheless.
The speed of the three motherships gradually slowed down, after which their altitude began to decline. From the look of things, they are preparing tond next to the base.
Seeing the giant motherships, the people inside the base cheered out loudly.
Even if there is a long distance between them, Fang Yun clearly heard the cheers. Even the guards on the walls shooting the giant creatures cheered up.
The faces of these people were filled with despair and exhaustion just a moment ago, but now, excitement can be seen on their faces as they madly shot the giant creatures below. From time to time, they will let out an excitement-filled curse.
¡°Die! animals! Lao Tzu will st your head!¡±
¡°Hahaha, fuck, I waited so long, these guys finally arrived.¡±
¡°Babys, eat my bullets obediently.¡±
All of the people in the base started dancing in excitement. They are finally saved!
¡°Xiao Lan, Xiao Lan!¡±
In the crowd, the ponytail girl took Xiao Lan¡¯s hands and yelled.
¡°Look, our reinforcements are here!¡±
Hearing her girlfriend shouting, Xiao Lan raised her head and looked up at the sky. The first thing she saw is the three huge fightersing in this direction.
Xiao Lan¡¯s hollow eyes gradually regained their luster, the repair and resignment on her face added, reced by excitement and relief.
She has already epted the fate of death, she didn¡¯t expect that she would survive this predicament and live for another day.
Xiao Lan, like other tourists, stared at the three motherships with expectations. She prayed that the three motherships coulde sooner.
After the initial excitement, the security personnel on the wall focused on attacking the giant creatures outside the base. After such a long time, the area outside was covered by a thickyer of corpses.
¡°The corpses of these ancient and mutant creatures are enough for us to make a fortune. It¡¯s a pity.¡±
A security officer looked at the corpses of ancient and mutant creatures piled up like a hill outside and let out a sigh of regret. These sea monsters¡¯ corpses can only go to waste. They don¡¯t have the guts to go out and collect them.
Just as the officers¡¯ muscles rxed¡
¡°Crack! Break!¡±
A strange noise sounded, causing them to subconsciously search for the source of the sound.
After looking around for a while, they didn¡¯t find the source of the sound. However, in this noisy environment, filled with the sound of gunshots, the roars of sea monsters, and the engine sounds of the distant motherships, it¡¯s hard to find the source of the sound.
Fortunately, the security officer didn¡¯t have to look for the source of the sound. The creature responsible for that strange noise appeared.
Along with the sound of bushes rustling, trees breaking, and falling. A behemoth slowly slithered out from the forest.
¡°OH MY GOD! what monster is that!¡±
The security officer was taken aback by the sudden appearance of Fang Yun. His eyes widened, and his face was filled with shock. He immediately picked up the machinegun he put down and aimed the gigantic serpent.
Fortunately, hispanions stopped him before he caused a tragedy.
¡°Kevin, stop it!¡±
¡°Don¡¯t provoke that guy! Do you want to kill us?!¡±
The man who shouted has immediately recognized the snake¡¯s identity. It¡¯s the giant serpent.
He had heard some rumors before, saying that the giant serpent has appeared on this ind. At first, he didn¡¯t believe it. The giant serpent has disappeared for a long time, why would it appear again here? However, it seems that the rumors are right.
The giant serpent slowly slithered towards the battlefield, attracting the attention of all the personnel on the wall.
The current length of Fang Yun is over 300 meters, so even the biggest sea monster that is attacking the base is just a puny rat in front of him.
Fang Yun isn¡¯t really interested in the battle between humans and sea monsters. He might help humans sometimes, but it doesn¡¯t mean that he is on their side. He prefers to be a neutral party.
The thing that is attracting his attention right now is the pile of sea monsters and dinosaurs bodies in front of him.
Fang Yun slithered to the edge of the battlefield. There are dozens of mutant creatures bodies pulled up there, among which there are many crocodiles and other amphibian creatures.
Opening his mouth, he acted like a forklift, swallowing all the giant creature¡¯s bodies on his way, leaving a clean path.
In his stomach, his super-strong gastric juice is working, dposing these bodies into nutrients and energy in just a few seconds.
A shocking picture was presented in front of the security personnel on the wall. They watched in horror as the giant serpent devoured countless giant creatures in a short period of time.
The shocking thing is that the giant serpent body didn¡¯t change at all despite eating thousands of tones worth of meat.
¡°-¡-¡°
¡°Is this monster¡¯s belly a ck hole?¡±
On the wall, the security officer said with shock.
The giant serpent had swallowed hundreds of giant creatures and is continuing to eat more with no sign of stopping.
Fang Yun acted like a scavenger, eating all the bodies left on the ground without paying attention to the battlefield next to him.
His devouring speed is astonishingly fast, and his bio-energy points are also skyrocketing.
Two million, three million, four million ¡ ten million!
It has been a long time since he had eaten so happily. asionally, some bullets willnd on him, but he didn¡¯t care and continued to eat cheerfully.
Even if these bullets are specially prepared for mutant creatures, able to easily prate a 5 inches thick steel te, they still didn¡¯t even scratch him.
The security personnel above the fence changed from the initial shock to speechlessness, to the current numbness. They refocused on those ancient and mutant creatures,pletely ignoring the giant serpent.
However, they suddenly discovered that these ancient and mutant creatures collectively stopped attacking. After a second of silence, they all retreated back
The giant serpent that was merely eating the sea monsters bodies suddenly raised his head and looked at the back of the base.
The people on the wall paused, then looked behind them curiously. They saw that the three giant motherships began to slowlynd behind the base on an open clearing.
This scene caused the security personnel to howl in excitement. They thought that the retreat of those ancient and mutant creatures should be the credit of these three giant motherships.
These beasts feared the size and power of the crystallization of human technology, causing them to retreat. Yes, It must be this!
¡°YES!¡±
¡°bingo!¡±
The security personnel on the wall threw their guns on the ground and started dancing and celebrating cheerfully/
It wasn¡¯t just them, even the survivors in the base burst into cheers.
¡°These foolish people.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head helplessly after seeing the security personnel throwing their weapons and celebrating.
This is not the end. When he first saw the three motherships, he happened to see something else. Even higher than the three motherships.
Sure enough, just a few secondster. The sound of an object prating the sound barrier sounded, causing the expression of the security personnel to freeze.
Chapter 244: True Despair
Chapter 244: True Despair
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Woosh!¡±
An extremely loud air-piercing sound sounded. After a moment of surprise, the security guards and the survivors started looking for the source of the sound. In the end, they unanimously looked up at the ce above the three motherships.
They watched as a huge shadow emerged from the clouds. It moved like a red sh of lightning, diving straight towards the three motherships.
The monster that appeared was ridiculous fast. At first, they could only see a red sh, but as the monster approached, its appearance became gradually clear.
This monster is very simr to a dragon. It looks almost the same as a western dragon apart from some small differences.
For example, this monster wings are different.
Unlike traditional dragon wings, its wings are more like that of a butterfly. A bit transparent and more leaning forward. This monster¡¯s wings are a bit beyond its head.
However, the most eye-catching thing is the smaller, second pair of wings behind the first ones.
The other different thing about this dragon-like creature is its tail, which is more simr to that of a dovetail.
Apart from these two points, this monster is aplete copy of a western dragon. Its head, limbs, and body are basically that of a western dragon.
The skin of this monster ispletely red, causing it to look like a burning me from afar. With a body length of 300 meters, it swooped down with the momentum of a ming meteor.
¡°Huh? It looks a bit like a Toruk in Avatar.¡±
Fang Yun started at the monster swooping down to the three motherships and remembered the dragon-like creature in ¡°Avatar¡±, Toruk.
Of course, there is noparison in terms of size. The difference between them is like a bird and a ne. In fact, just the ws of this monster are a bit bigger than Toruk.
¡°Howl!!!¡±
A deafening roar sounded from the dragon-kaiju mouth. While swooping towards the motherships, the monster slightly adjusted its body, revealing its giant ws and pointing them straight at the motherships below.
Although all of this took a long time to describe, in fact, it has been just 3 seconds. Only now did the people on the motherships find the behemoth above them.
Themander responded instantly. He doesn¡¯t have enough time to release the missiles, so he immediately pressed on the automatic targeting button, activating the anti-aircraft gun on the turret.
The barrel moved slightly, locking the dragon-kaiju in the sky. Along with the sound of fire, a rain of bullets was ejected towards the monster in the sky.
¡°Da!Da!Da!Da!¡±
Needless to say, the power of anti-aircraft guns is exaggerated, especially the anti-aircraft guns equipped on this mothership. They have an attack speed of 15,000 rounds per minute, and each bullet is a specially made one against kaiju.
Such intensive firepower bombarded the dragon-kaiju body. However, the result wasn¡¯t the expected flesh and blood scene, just some sparks and the sound of steel colliding.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The dragon-kaiju withstood the bullet rain, then smashed its hind limbs heavily on the mothership, creating a huge shockwave, spreading over an extremely long distance. (Note: Reference to One-Punch Man, Saitama vs Boros scene.)
The huge mothership shook madly, then was slowly pressed into the ground. The engines were madly turning, struggling to keep the mothership from falling to the ground.
¡°Fuck, what the hell is that monster!¡±
Inside that mothership, Many people were yelling in horror. Some even held down their heads and crouched, shivering with fear.
¡°Hurry, kill me this monster!¡±
The general shouted insanely. From behind him, soldiers rushed out one after another, then started attacking the dragon-kaiju with machine guns.
The bullet rain madly collided with the dragon-kaiju scales. Unfortunately, it didn¡¯t have any effect.
¡°Roar!¡±
The giant monster suddenly opened its mouth and roared loudly at the attacking soldiers, then opened its wings and flew to the sky.
¡°NOO!!¡±
Seeing that the dragon-kaiju mouth is filled with white particles, the general yelled desperately. He tried to escape somewhere, but he was too slow.
The dragon monster opened his mouth, sending a huge beam of light straight towards the general and the rest of the soldiers.
¡°Boom!¡±
Themand center of the mothership was unable to withstand the terrifying temperature and destructive power of theser beam and exploded.
The consequence is that the engines on both sides suddenly stopped operating, causing the huge mothership to fall from the height of more than 1 kilometers to the ground.
¡°Ahhh!¡±
The survivors in the base below, as well as the security guards on the wall, screamed in horror.
However, their screams didn¡¯t affect the fall of the mothership. A few secondster, along with a loud sound, the mothership collided heavily on the ground, breaking in the process.
¡°Boom, Boom!¡±
Along with the sound of an explosion, a cloud of dust rose into the sky, followed by a huge fire.
In the base, everyone looked at this scene speechlessly. The process of going from hell to heaven, then from heaven to hell left them in a daze.
Just when they were about to be saved, this thing happened, causing them to not know what to do.
¡°This ¡ how could this be?¡±
Among the crowd, Luo Yong stared nkly at the raging fire not far away from the base. The joy in his heart has already disappeared.
From the joy of being saved to the despair on the verge of death, he and many others experienced a rollercoaster of emotions. The only thing left now is despair.
¡°Howl!!!¡±
The dragon-kaiju howl sounded through heaven and earth, blowing the dust cloud away. The behemoth pped its wings, then flew to the sky.
¡°What the hell is that thing?¡±
Right beside Luo Yong, the short man Yang Ping asked in horror.
¡°Kaiju, it should be a new kind of kaiju. Much stronger than the level 5 kaiju¡±
Li Zhi looked at the giant monster flying in the sky, then said with a look of realization.
¡°Buzz, Buzz!¡±
Midair, the engines of the two smaller motherships were madly running, after which they sent many missiles towards the behemoth in the sky.
¡°Howl!¡±
The dragon-kaiju roared loudly, after which a strange wave emerged from its body then quickly spread to the surroundings.
¡°EMP?¡±
Fang Yun is extremely sensitive to this type of fluctuations. He immediately guessed that the dragon-kaiju has released an Electromaic Pulse.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
Screams sounded from the two motherships. The engines suddenly stopped working causing them to slowly crash.
The two motherships are at least three kilometers away from the dragon-kaiju, but they are still within the range of its electromaic pulse.
All electronic instruments on the mothership failed at that moment and even burned down.
In fact, the Bald Eagles have long been prepared against EMP attacks. They have prepared a special type of floating weapons to prevent this type of attack.
However, this time, they didn¡¯t even have the opportunity to use these floating weapons. This attack was too sudden.
Furthermore, they didn¡¯t expect that flying kaiju would emerge, and they just happened to attack their three motherships without any indication.
All in All, they suffered a disastrous defeat this time.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
The EMP caused all the missiles to explode in advance, dyeing the sky red.
The two motherships also crashed in the end. Fortunately, they didn¡¯t fall in the base. Otherwise, that would have caused many casualties.
However, the survivors in the base weren¡¯t that happy. Most of them watched this scene desperately, some of them even cried while shouting.
¡°It¡¯s over, it¡¯s over, this time it¡¯s really over.¡±
Unfortunately, for these poor people, even more despair-inducing things happened. From the could above, another huge shadow swooped down straight towards them.
Chapter 245: Aliens
Chapter 245: Aliens
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s sight hovered on the ce above the dragon-kaiju in the sky. From the clouds above, arge number of creatures flew appeared.
All of these monsters look very simr to the dragon-kaiju.
However, their body shape is a little morepact, their color is also a bit different. Their scales have a bluish color, with many patterns and spots on it.
These monsters also look mostly like western dragons, with many different sizes. The smallest one is only about 30 meters long, which is much smaller than the dragon-kaiju
On the other hand, the bigger ones are almost 200 meters long, but their number is very small.
Fang Yun looked at those dragon-like monsters with wide eyes. Their number is in the hundreds, basically covering the sky. However, this wasn¡¯t what surprised him the most.
What really surprised him was the humanoid creatures standing on their backs.
¡°Na¡¯vi from Avatar? No, they are different¡±
Fang Yun looked at these creatures with open mouth. These creatures are very simr to the Na¡¯vi people from Avatar, but there are some differences.
The Na¡¯vi people in the movie are tall, with tails, long hair, big eyes, and blue skin. However, although these creatures are tall, their skin is ss-ck, a bit transparent.
In addition, they are different from the slender Na¡¯vi. They are more like bodybuilders, with exaggerated muscles over their whole body. The strangest thing about them is that they have no ears or noses on their heads, only a single mouth, and two eyes.
Even their eyes are a bit strange. They have no sockets or pupils, just two big gem-like eyes, making them look like aliens in most movies.
The scariest part about them is their jagged shark-like teeth.
Fang Yun looked at these strange humanoid creatures. He felt that these creatures looked very much like ¡°Venom¡±, especially those teeth.
These humanoid creatures¡¯ mouth is wide open, exposing their long tongue. Some of them even wriggled it around in a creepy make, making people feel sick.
The sudden appearance of those venom-like creatures didn¡¯t shock just Fang Yun. The survivors in the base are even more shocked.
¡°Are those ¡ aliens?¡±
Luo Yong, Xiao Lan, and the rest of the people in the base looked at the humanoid creatures with shock and fear.
In the past few years, rumors about aliens have been very popr on the inte, saying that all of those kaiju and mutant monsters are due to aliens nning. However, as time passed, those rumors and theories have gradually disappeared. no alien has appeared after all.
The rumors died even more after the kaiju and mutant monsters disappeared.
Who would have thought that the aliens would truly appear, and in such a sudden and unexpected way?
Fang Yun remembers that ¡°venom¡± is a liquid living body, coexisting with its host.
So, are these creatures the same or are they aplete living body?
While Fang Yun was thinking about this, the humanoid creatures in the sky shot a redser from their eyes, sweeping all the people in the base below.
¡°Ahh!!¡±
Seeing that those aliens released a redser towards them, thinking that they are attacking them, all the people in the base screamed in fear.
However, just a momentter, they discovered that those rays in fact don¡¯t have the slightest attacking power.
Fang Yun keenly sensed the electromaic waves released by those creatures. They should bemunicating with each other.
Immediately afterward, the redser swept over to him. Fang Yun didn¡¯t dodge. He looked curiously at those creatures, wondering what they are doing.
The next scene surprised Fang Yun.
After the redsers swept over him, all the creatures flying over the base, including the dragon-kaiju and the rest of the dragon monsters and aliens, flew over to him.
In Fang Yun¡¯s somewhat bewildered sight, these creatures started attacking him.
The first one to attack is the dragon-kaiju. It swooped down towards Fang Yun, aiming its thick hind ws straight at Fang Yun, intending to capture him.
However, Fang Yun wasn¡¯t nning to get captured by the dragon-kaiju like a worm, so he immediately activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, wrapping himself with a coat of lightning. Without giving the dragon-kaiju a chance to react, he sent a bolt of lightning straight towards it.
¡°Wooo!!¡±
The dragon-kaiju screamed in pain. It pped its wings, intending to escape. but Fang Yun won¡¯t give it the opportunity to do so. ording to the system¡¯s prompt, this dragon-kaiju is worth 1 million bio-energy points. An unprecedented amount for a single creature.
He activated ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±, aimed straight at the dragon-kaiju heart, then sent a piercing sound waves towards it.
The dragon-kaiju froze in the sky for a moment, then started twitching. Thissted for only a few seconds before it was able to regain its control, but this was enough for Fang Yun.
Heunched one of the most powerful skills he possesses and the one with the longest range.
¡°Energy Beam¡±
A 3-meter thickser beam spewed out of Fang Yun¡¯s mouth, instantly crossing a distance of more than 1 kilometer and falling right on the dragon-kaiju chest.
Arge hole was blown on the dragon-kaiju chest, and a lot of blood was evaporated, creating thick blue smoke.
¡°WOO!!!¡±
The dragon-kaiju let out a high pitched howl, madly pping its wings and escaping to the distance.
Fang Yun looked at the escaping dragon-kaiju with some regrets. That kaiju is already more than 5 kilometers away from him. Apart from the ¡°energy beam¡±, all his other skill can¡¯t reach that distance.
Unfortunately, ¡°Energy Beam¡± is just level one, its destructive power is limited, it can¡¯t kill that kaiju with just one hit. The dragon-kaiju is also very smart, it¡¯s constantly circling in the sky, preventing him from locking it.
He is a little disappointed. If he could fly, he would definitely not let that 1 million bio-energy points escape.
After letting out a sigh of regret, Fang Yun¡¯s sight shifted to the other dragon monsters and aliens. After a second of confrontation, he suddenly started releasing energy beams, sniping those guys that are circling around him.
¡°Howl!!¡±
Suddenly, all of the aliens howled loudly. The moment, Fang Yun started releasing energy beams, they dispersed like a flock of birds, escaping in all directions.
He was barely able to snipe down a dozen before those guys escaped to the distance.
Fang Yun nced at their backs, then slithered to the bodies of the dragon monsters that have been shot down by him.
¡°Gulp¡±
The survivors in the base watched as all of this unfolded with wide eyes. In this monsters battle, they aren¡¯t able to do anything. Even as spectators they have to worry about their lives.
Seeing that the giant serpent has easily won, they let out a sigh of relief.
¡°We¡¯re Saved¡±
Luo Yong and Yang Ping finally rxed after the giant serpent drove the aliens away. Only Li Zhi kept staring in the direction where the aliens disappeared with a thoughtful look.
He has a feeling that the peace in the past few years is about to be broken, a new war ising, and this time they are finally going to fight against the masterminds behind the invasion.
¡¡¡
While the people inside the base started rxing, Fang Yun just finished eating thest dragon monster body. He nced onest time at the people in the base, then turned around and slithered to the sea.
The aliens behind the invasion have finally appeared, but they appeared in a different way than he originally thought. It wasn¡¯t the alien fleet and sci-fi battleships he expected.
What puzzled Fang Yun is why those aliens ordered the dragon-kaiju to attack him, or rather capture him after analyzing him with the redser.
He has a hunch that those aliens will definitely aim at him again in the future
Chapter 246: The War Begins
Chapter 246: The War Begins
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t as fearful as humans about aliens invasion. In fact, he is still a bit happy about this. Even if he was targeted by them, he is looking forward to the day they will attack him. That would be a feast.
As a man(snake) looking forward to the sea of stars, nothing attracts him more than evolution.
He is neither interested in human domination, nor is he interested in world domination. His goals are actually very simple. He just wants to get big enough and leave this.
Speaking of which, he has two ways to leave this right now, one is to eat a lot and grow to the point where he can leave this, but this will take a long time.
The other is to follow these aliens to the ce where they came from and leave from there. For example, the previous space channel.
The reason why Fang Yun is interested in going to the aliens¡¯ mother is due to therge number of giant creatures over there. As long as he goes over there, he won¡¯t have to worry about theck of prey.
The only thing to worry about is whether he will be someone else food. He isn¡¯t sure whether the aliens and kaiju that appeared on the blue are the hegemons in their mother.
Thinking like this, Fang Yun left the dinosaur ind straight away, he isn¡¯t nning to act as a nanny for the people in the base, he has already helped them enough.
Perhaps at this time, they are also praying for Fang Yun to leave quickly.
After all, no matter how much he helps him, his huge size and inability tomunicate with them makes it hard for them to get along.
After returning to the sea, Fang Yun was a bit troubled. Where should he go right now? After thinking for a while, he decided to go to the ¡®Panda country¡¯.
No way, that is the ce he is most familiar with. Besides, it doesn¡¯t really matter where he goes. His goal remains the same.
Along the way, he met many ancient and mutant creatures in the ocean, and as he progressed, he encountered more and more of them. The sea monsters that have disappeared before reappeared inrge quantities
Fang Yun was happily feasting along the way, he hasn¡¯t eaten so happily in a long time.
¡±It would be nice if the turtle was still there.¡±
Hemented this way. If the giant turtle was still there, hunting would have been much easier.
Just as Fang Yun was feasting on his way to ¡®Panda country¡¯, humans started panicking because of what happened in Nubra Ind.
Ancient and mutant creatures reappeared in the ocean.
Even the kaiju started to reappear, among them are very powerful new kaiju.
¡±There is no doubt that humanity is facing a new challenge.¡±
In the various media tforms, there are many such headlines, the tension, and fear that have gradually disappeared in the past few years have reappeared on the inte.
Photos of the ancient/mutant creatures, the dragon monsters, and the aliens that appeared on Nubra Ind are raging on the Inte, causing people all over the world to panic.
Especially those in coastal areas, they started madly feeling ind.
The maritime trade zone that has just been established has now be a destend.
Human society as a whole was greatly disturbed, forcing the government of various countries to take action, deleting the news of various websites, and trying to curb this incident as much as possible.
Unfortunately, this incident isn¡¯t so easy to cover.
The ancient/mutant creatures and the kaiju have once againunched an attack on human cities.
The first to get attacked is a coastal city in the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country. It was attacked by a Kaiju beast code-named ¡°Scourge¡±, which looks very simr to the dragon-kaiju Fang Yun fought against in Nubra ind.
ording to the calction of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, this kaiju is far beyond level 5 kaiju. After intense discussions between the experts, they designed it as a level 6 kaiju.
As for the level 6 kaiju that appeared on Nubra Ind, it was code-named ¡°Nightmare¡±.
Comparing their pictures. They found that there are some subtle differences between the two. They are not exactly the same kaiju. However, the dragon-kaiju that appeared on Nubra ind was still ssified as a level 6 kaiju.
The bald eagle coastal city ¡°Halibut¡± has experienced a ¡°natural disaster¡±.
The level 6 kaiju ¡°Scourge directly turned it into ruins, then ravaged a dozen nearby cities. Human weapons can hardly affect it.
The EMP emitted by it is extremely powerful, and its coverage is very wide, usually covering more than ten kilometers. Missiles entering this range will be detonated in advance.
Even some newser weapons weren¡¯t able to affect it. Its speed is too fast for that. ording to the expert¡¯s analysis, its speed can reach up to Mach4.
Even if some weapons aren¡¯t affected by its EMP, it can rely on its ridiculous speed and amazing agility to dodge them.
It¡¯s difficult for the blue humans to deal with this kind of existence.
As for the Kaiju cloned by the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯, they are useless in front of level 6 kaiju. Firstly, they can¡¯t fly. Secondly, the most powerful of them is just level 5, sending them to deal with the dragon-kaiju is just sending food.
However, in the end, the level 6 kaiju ¡°Scourge¡± was still killed by the bald eagles. They paid a heavy price to kill it, using innumerable missiles and many new weapons, including thestest generation motherships.
They must conduct corresponding research on this level of Kaiju as soon as possible. Thet must find its weaknesses, then develop countermeasures to deal with it.
They are also trying their best to deconstruct the level 6 genes, then clone it. That would add a terrifying weapon to their arsenal.
¡¡¡
After the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country was attacked by ¡°scourge¡±, other countries were attacked by simr level kaiju one after the other, causing humans to suffer from heavy losses.
Unumbrable properties were destroyed and many human lives were lost.
However, for the time being, the aliens that appeared on Nubra ind didn¡¯t attack humans.
There are very few level 6 kaiju. Currently, there are only ¡°Scourge¡±, ¡°nightmare¡± and the one that attacked Asia, ¡°Doomsday¡±. The rest of the kaiju that attacked other countries are level 3 and 4.
Evel level 5 kaiju are very rare.
Only the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ is the most unlucky. Its territory was attacked by two levels 6 kaiju. Although one was repelled by the giant serpent, the other onepletely destroyed a city and caused a variety of damages to 13 others.
After more than four years of peace, human beings ushered once again in war.
Fortunately, the current human civilization is not like before. They have developed many weapons and strategies. Different from the past where they could only destroy level 5 kaiju by using nuclear bombs.
With their current weapons and technology, it¡¯s not that difficult to destroy level 5 kaiju. The only problem right now is level 6 ones.
Of course, only a few big countries have such strength.
Despite the advancement and the help they received from big countries, Smaller countries from the African continent still ushered in chaos. They are can barely deal with the weaker kaiju. In front of level 4 and 5 ones, they arepletely helpless.
The number of kaiju that appeared this time is particrlyrge. A few days after the reappearance of the ancient and mutant creatures, 17 kaijunded on South Africa, then started sweeping upwards from there.
Following these kaiju is a ridiculous amount of ancient and mutant creatures.
The number of those spider creatures is thergest, they walked out from the ocean to thend one after the other, their number was so ridiculous that if seen from above, then all that would be seen is a white sea stretching over several kilometers.
The number of those white spiders is easily over a million. and looking from their posture, they are really intending to conquer the entirety of the African continent.
When the humans on the African continent met with the monsters army, they fell intoplete despair.
17 kaiju are taking the lead, each one is over 100 meters tall. The most eye-catching ones are the three in front, each one of them is over 200 meters tall, signifying that they are level 5 kaiju.
Behind them is a never-ending army of ancient and mutant creatures. the smallest one is only a few meters long and the biggest one is almost 100 meters long. There are giant crocodiles, giant pythons, giant frogs, giant smanders, and many many more.
Finally, there is an armyposed of millions of giant white spiders, each one is about a few meters wide.
¡±Oh my God!¡±
The binocrs held by themander of the human army fell on the ground, breaking in the process.
¡±Ha¡hahaha, God! is this your punishment for us? How can we fight with this?!¡±
The armymanderughed hysterically, tears falling from the corner of his eyes. The giant stone wall with a high of 10 meters, stretching over several kilometers is nothing more than a decoration in front of this army.
The 10,000 men army behind him won¡¯tst for even a minute in front of this monster army. His face was filled with despair. He didn¡¯t even try to escape, he only keptughing hysterically.
¡±Hahaha¡HAHAHA!!!¡±
¡±Ahhh!!! help! Help!¡±
¡±I don¡¯t want to die!¡±
A few minutester the human army collided with the monster army. They didn¡¯tst a single minute, the only thing left is the despair-filled cry of humans and the hystericalughter of themander.
A minuteter¡ Even that disappeared.
¡¡¡
contrary to the desperate scene in Africa, in Asian, more specifically ¡®Panda country¡¯, were easily copping with the attack of the kaiju and mutant creatures.
They weren¡¯t attacked by the army of monsters like in Africa, only a few kaiju and mutant and ancient creatures, even level 5 kaiju are very rare.
Moreover, the ¡®Panda country¡¯ has arge number of troops stationed in the coastal zone. They didn¡¯t spend the past few years in vain. They have built a lot of bases in the coastal area, just preparing for this day.
However, while ¡®Panda country¡¯ higher-ups were focused on their coastal areas, they did not expect that there would be a problem in Shucheng, an ind city.
That night, Shucheng was quite lively, many people are wandering in the streets, couples are slowly walking, snuggling with each other. Hawkers were shouting, advertising their products.
In the midst of this noisy and peaceful city, a white light suddenly appeared in the sky.
At first, no one noticed, until a guy on the street pointed at the white light in the sky and yelled loudly.
¡±UFO!¡±
The people in the city looked up at the sky, one after the other, all of them has a shocked look on their faces.
The strange thing is that the white light in the sky still hasn¡¯t created confusion in the city. People still didn¡¯t know what happened.
The white light slowly approached the ground. It was just after a few seconds that people were able to see what is in the white light. Isn¡¯t this the level 6 kaiju that is circting on the inte?
¡±Kaiju! It¡¯s a kaiju!¡±
After this sentence spread, the crowd started getting chaotic. Many people fled away in panic
Suddenly, a strange creature jumped off the back of the dragon-kaiju. ss-ck skin, muscr figure, white gem eyes, shark-like teeth. It¡¯s the Venom-like alien that Fang Yun met on Nubra ind.
After the aliensnded on the ground, they didn¡¯t attack the crowd around them. They quickly grabbed a few dozen people that were running around, then jumped back on the back of the dragon-kaiju.
After doing this, the level 6 kaiju fluttered its wings and flew away.
What is going on?
Seeing that the aliens and the kaiju flew away without attacking anyone, the people around were very confused.
The lines were swift and sneaky, so not many people noticed their behaviors. It wasn¡¯t until a young woman yelled ¡°My husband¡± that the people around reacted. They quickly looked around for theirpanions.
Many people called theirpanions out loud, and many people got a response, but some people seemed to disappear from this street.
It wasn¡¯t just Shucheng, many other cities in ¡®Panda country¡¯, and even other countries had the same ident. The aliens took many humans, then quickly disappeared.
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t aware of the great change in the human world. At this moment, he is very near to ¡®Panda country. Specifically, he has reached the coast of Hualien.
Chapter 247: Targeting the Giant Serpent
Chapter 247: Targeting the Giant Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The kaiju invasion continued. Every day, many coastal cities are attacked by those monsters. This time, however, they aren¡¯t attacking human cities on their own. Each time they attack, they often bring a lot of sea monsters with them;
Many amphibians, and countless giant spiders.
In the past, ordinary countries faced many difficulties at defending against kaiju attacks. However, most of the kaiju attacked the bigger cities, small cities and towns weren¡¯t affected very much, not to mention the rural areas. Kaiju¡¯s number was too small to do that.
It¡¯s different now. there are many ancient and mutant creatures following the kaiju every time they climb onnd, wreaking havoc everywhere.
That¡¯s without mentioning the exaggerated number of giant spiders. Their number is in the millions, they also breed and multiply at a horrifying rate. Even if theypletely exterminate them, as long as a few remain, they can quickly multiply in a few days.
In order to prevent Kaiju fromnding on the coast, the strategy applied by ¡®Panda country¡¯ is to send many ships to patrol the coast. Of course, the ships are thetest generation flying warships.
This is to avoid Kaiju attacking from underwater.
Furthermore, they installed many rms and cameras in coastal areas, which will be automatically activated after detecting abnormal energy fluctuations.
With this automatic rm system, ¡®Panda country¡¯ military force will be able to respond to all threats without any dy.
¡¡
On a certain day, the automatic rm system on the Hualien side of ¡®Panda country¡¯ sounded. They detected abnormal energy fluctuations. In less than a minute, arge number of flying warships were dispatched.
This time, the rm response was extremely high.
A total of fifteen airships were dispatched, one of which was a giant mothership. Although it wasn¡¯t as exaggerated as the 1 kilometers long mothership of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country. It¡¯s still almost 700 meters long, the biggest one they have currently.
The other fourteen are the corresponding cruisers, frigates, destroyers, and supply ships. They are all equipped with thetest flight system, allowing them to fly in the atmosphere and move at the speed of supercars.
The current public consensus is that if the military can solve the kaiju in the sea, they must do it. Otherwise, the kaiju will cause a lot of damage to humans afternding. Regardless of whether they get killed or not.
When the Airships of ¡®Panda country¡¯ arrived at the incident site, they finally found the source of the rm. The scene they saw was beyond their imagination.
Originally, they thought that the source of the rm should be a level 5 kaiju leading a group of monsters. Worst case scenario, it should be a level 6 kaiju. Anyway, they have long been prepared.
However, they didn¡¯t expect to see three levels 6 kaiju leading arge number of monsters to thend.
Up to now, level 6 kaiju had just one form. That of a dragon with butterfly wings. Its size is also thergest out of all the kaiju that appeared up to now.
These three levels 6 kaiju are no different. Behind them is more than a hundred smaller kaiju-dragons. It¡¯s a group of dragon-kaiju ranging from level 3 to level 5.
Sitting on the backs of that many dragon-kaiju is arge number of aliens. This is an unprecedented number of monsters dispatched to deal with just one country.
¡¯Panda country¡¯ fleet quickly moved towards the beach, about three kilometers away from those Kaiju, confronting them. Just when they were about to start attacking those kaiju, their leaders stopped them;
¡±Wait, something is wrong.¡±
It¡¯s really weird, those dragon-kaiju and aliens stopped mid-air, about 3 kilometers away from them, and looked at the sea. They didn¡¯t pay attention to them at all. It¡¯s like¡that line-up is not for them.
After a moment of silence, the people on the airships followed the kaiju group¡¯s sight and looked at the water.
¡±This ¡ what is that?¡±
Many people on the airships said loudly with a shocked look on their faces.
They watched in shock as a 300-meter-long monster appeared on the water surface, then confronted the kaiju group in the sky.
¡±Giant serpent?¡±
Only now did they truly realize that this luxurious lineup wasn¡¯t here to deal with them, but for the giant monster over there.
The giant serpent is indeed worthy of this lineup. ording to previous reports. The giant serpent was able to beat and drive away a level 6 kaiju with ease. If it didn¡¯t escape quickly, it might have ended as a meal to it.
Sure enough, after a few seconds of confrontation between the two sides, the battle immediately started.
The three levels 6 kaiju were the first ones to attack the giant serpent, opening their mouth, all three of them releasedser beams towards the giant serpent.
¡±Wooosh!!¡±
The threeser beams were too fast. Theynded directly on the giant serpent scales without giving it the chance to react, directly melting its scales.
¡±Roar!!¡±
The severe pain caused the giant serpent to writhe on the water surface.
Without wasting this opportunity, the three levels 6 kaiju quickly pounced on the giant serpent, intending to capture it. At the same time, the aliens riding on the back of the smaller dragon-kaiju roared with excitement and urged their mounts to approach it.
From the gem-like eyes of those aliens, a redser appeared, wandering across the body of the giant serpent.
The three levels 6 dragon-kaiju continued to attack the giant serpent withser beams, injuring it even further and inflicting a lot of pain to it.
After inflicting a certain amount of damage to it; the three dragon-kaiju slowly flew down. They stretched their ws towards the injured giant serpent.
¡±Are they nning to take the giant serpent away?¡±
This is the question of most of the people watching this battle.
The fact that aliens have kidnapped humans across the world has caused a great uproar. ording to relevant experts. These aliens are very likely to experiment with the kidnapped humans.
Some people think that aliens are capturing humans just for the purpose of studying them. Probably the same when a scientist discovers a new species.
However, many people are opposed to this view. They are waging wars right now. The most likely thing is that those aliens are studying humans with the purpose of developing chemical or even gic weapons.
In short, there are many theories and arguments across the inte.
Now, the aliens are nning to capture the giant serpent with the same intention.
These soldiers didn¡¯t know what to do in this situation, even themanders didn¡¯t know what to do. Should they stop the aliens or not?
The only thing they could do is asking the leaders. In just a few short moments, the leaders conveyed their orders¡Attack! They certainly can¡¯t let the aliens capture the giant serpent.
If they can study something out of it, it will be a disaster for humanity!
Just as the fleet was about to attack, the battlefield situation suddenly changed. The soldiers found that the giant serpent which was about to be captured by the dragon-kaiju ws was surrounded by lightning. The sound of thunder filled that entire area.
¡±Crack¡Crack! Boom!!¡±
Along with the sound of thunder crackling, the aliens who jumped on Fang Yun¡¯s back wanted to quickly escape, but they could only tremble weakly without the ability to move.
In just a few seconds, the aliens stopped twitching, then fell weakly on the water surface.
¡±Is lightning is the weakness of these aliens?¡±
On the giant mothership, a middle-aged man lowered the binocrs in his hand and murmured.
These aliens scanned Fang Yun¡¯s body with infrared rays before. Probably to detect the physical structure, energy response, and degree of damage.
However, ¡°Thunder Domain¡± has bought a kind of electromaic shield on Fang Yun¡¯s scales, making it very difficult to scour Fang Yun¡¯s physical data. The rash act of jumping on his back without knowing much about him has bought doom to them.
After the aliens fell onto the water surface, they turned into a pool of blue liquid, floating on the water surface without mixing with it, a bit like oil and water.
¡±These aliens look quite simr to ¡°Venom¡±, but their strength and survivability are vastly different.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head. He no longer suppressed his regeneration ability, causing the huge wounds on his back to heal a visible rate.
However, even so, it will take some time to heal.
The three kaiju, who escaped into the sky, saw that Fang Yun¡¯s injuries started to quickly heal and roared loudly, angry at the death of their masters. They immediatelyunched angry attacks at him.
Suddenly, Fang Yun activated ¡°Aegis Field¡±, causing an invisible barrier to cover the three dragon-kaiju. At the same time, he activated ¡°Overclocking Resonance.¡±
¡±Roar!!¡±
The three levels 6 kaiju roared in pain and difort. ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± has especially caused them a lot of pain. This skill is incredibly powerful under the control of the current Fang Yun.
He can now use this skill to easily disintegrate a giant mothership into pieces.
The three levels 6 kaiju wanted to escape. They pped their huge wings, creating a small tornado and rising into the sky. The rest of the kaiju and aliens not far away did the same. This monster is too difficult to deal with.
¡±What? No! You won¡¯t escape!¡±
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun below was immediately anxious. He can¡¯t let a clocked duck fly from his mouth for the second time. He aimed at one of the three giant kaiju, opened his mouth, and released an energy beam at them.
The middle one was hit by Fang Yun¡¯s energy beam straight on its neck, sting arge hole on it, causing it to wobble weakly in the air. Fang Yun immediately followed that with a ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, reducing it to coke and causing it to fall onto the water surface.
This kaiju is too powerful. It took Fang Yun 4 powerful skills released in a seamless manner before bringing it down, and even so, it¡¯s still not dead, but after Fang Yun wrapped around it and used his powerful muscles to break its neck, it finally died.
The other two levels 6 kaiju ran away, along with the smaller dragon-kaiju and aliens on their back.
Fang Yun could only look as they disappeared into the distant sky with regret. The worth of those kaiju is about a few dozen million bio-energy points, which a huge amount for him right now.
Fang Yun dragged the level 6 kaiju away, intending to devour it in a safe ce. As for the liquid aliens on the water surface, Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother with them.
It¡¯s not because they are human-shaped or something simr. It¡¯s just that after scanning them with the system analysis capabilities, he found that they aren¡¯t worth even a single point.
Although Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother with these aliens, the soldiers of ¡®Panda country¡¯ were another matter. Their airships slowly flew to the battle ce, then started salvaging the liquid pools left by the aliens.
Chapter 248: New Challenges
Chapter 248: New Challenges
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Their military forces have obtained several aliens bodies without any effort, making ¡®Panda country¡¯ officials very happy. Their only regret is that these aliens turned into liquid.
The battle between the giant serpent and the kaiju army has provided them with very important information. Aliens are very vulnerable to lightning, it¡¯s just that they aren¡¯t sure what level of lightning is enough to kill them.
The government of ¡®Panda country¡¯ decided to keep the battle between the giant serpent and the aliens secret from the public, instead, they started secretly research the aliens¡¯ bodies they salvaged.
Time passed quickly. Every day, as usual, many kaiju are attacking coastal cities, but most of them are stopped in the sea or the coast. All the big countries basically have barriers at their coasts. They have long been preparing for this war.
For example, many European countries have made great technological advancements, creating many new weapons. It¡¯s just that they are not as effective as the motherships and controble kaiju of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country and theser missiles and K-series fighters of ¡®Panda country¡¯.
However, they bought many airships and motherships from the previously mentioned two countries. They bought even level 4 and 5 kaiju, bringing up their military power to a whole new level.
While the war between humans and aliens was continuing, Fang Yun was wandering in the ocean. In the past few days, he has been eating all sorts of sea monsters and giant creatures, nothing unusual.
The interesting thing that happened these days in his new discovery. Two days ago, he received some weird electromaic signals when he swam near the coast.
He was able to detect electromaic signals before, but it¡¯s a bit different this time. He can now deduce these electromaic signals and construct an image in his mind.
It¡¯s like watching an old TV with an antenna, snowkes are filling the screen. By slowly turning the antennas, some unclear images will appear from time to time on the screen.
Fang Yun has this feeling right now.
There are some pictures and sounds in his mind, but most of the time it¡¯s in a vague state. This thing has caught his interest, perhaps this might be the way to relieve his boredom.
In the past few days, in addition to hunting, he has been tinkering with the electromaic waves and the image in his mind, trying various frequencies and waves.
Finally, on this day, the picture in his mind became clear.
He can now browse this world¡¯s information for the second time since his reincarnation. The image that appeared in his mind is that of a TV channel.
¡±OH! Yes!¡±
He was exhrated to be able to watch TV again, but he quickly suppressed his excitement and continued to experiment.
After a few minutes of groping and experimenting, he quickly figured out how to change channels. In addition, to his excitement, he also found that he could ess the Inte. The only requirement is to be close to a city.
He quickly started browsing through all parts of the web, mainly to see the current developments of the world.
Fang Yun saw news of aliens catching humans, news of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country being attacked by ¡°scourge¡±. In addition, the mutation of terrestrial creatures, and the mysterious energy devouring bugs. Even the news of years ago was scoured by him.
After some research, he finally had a certain understanding of the current world situation.
Although the aliens seems to be in an overwhelming advantage, and the level 6 kaiju seems unstoppable. In fact, apart from the massacre of the African continent, and other smaller and unprepared countries, the bigger countries didn¡¯t suffer much.
The reason is that the number of level 6 kaiju is too small, and apart from them, the other monsters can¡¯t cause effective damage to the big countries. The Blue humans weapons and technology has advanced a lot in the past few years.
The biggest reason for this situation is the 4 years rest period the aliens gave to the human civilization. That was their biggest and stupidest mistake.
¡±These aliens are really weak. It has been more than 10 years and they still aren¡¯t able to conquer a civilization that isn¡¯t able to get out of its mother.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head in disapproval, then swam away, he didn¡¯t indulge on the inte as he did in his previous life, he has to hunt prey and grow. He has clear goals in front of him.
About another monthter, it has been half a year since the kaiju appeared again. Fang Yun is still wandering in the sea near ¡®Panda country¡¯, asionally going to ¡®Sakura country¡¯ or other countries to change ces.
On this day, Fang Yun discovered that some changes have taken ce in the ocean. A lot of ancient creatures started to mutate. Of course, their mutation is different from the previous ones.
The former creatures have basically be bigger and stronger after mutation, but now it¡¯s different. Their entire physiology has changed.
These marine monsters are changing every day, growing limbs and bing amphibians. Fang Yun ate some of these creatures and found that they have be silicon-based creatures.
Some of these mutated creatures are very strange. They have arge body, basically over 100 meters long, but they have no battle capabilities. Their only eye-catching feature is that many strange nts grow on their back.
These giant mutant creatures seems useless at first nce, probably the product of evolutionary failure, but Fang Yunter discovered the special features of these giant creatures.
He was keenly aware that the nts on the back of those giant mutant creatures would emit a special gas. He identally inhaled this gas and felt a bit ufortable after. He especially felt a burning sensation on his chest, but it was very slight.
However, this is already amazing. He is a 300+ meters giant snake, weighing hundreds of thousands of tons. Furthermore, he is a Peng snake, a demi-god level creature, with incredible digestive abilities and horrific regeneration abilities.
Even so, that gas was able to make him ufortable. For humans, inhaling just a small amount of that gas is enough to instantly burn their whole internal organs. This shows the
All of these mutant creatures began to gather towards human cities. Obviously, the aliens have changed their strategy. They will no longer attack humans with just those kaiju.
These newly mutated creatures have created panic in the human world. Especially those giant creatures with nts on their backs, they have caused innumerable casualties in just a few days.
Even more terrifying is that the nts on the backs of these ancient creatures can grow onnd.
For example, after these giant creatures havended on the beach, many seeds will fall from their back and automatically take root in the soil.
They absorb moisture and soil from thend where they are rooted at horrifying speed, allowing them to grow to full maturity in just a few days, causing a lot of damage to thend where they grow.
The seeds that fall from the back of those giant creatures aren¡¯t few, but many. Hundreds or even thousands fall from the back of a single giant creature, quickly proliferating and spreading onnd.
After the danger of these nts was noticed. The governments of all the affected countries issued a death order. These nts must be all removed in a short time, or all humans will face terrible consequences.
These nts are particrly easy to recognize. After all, they emit a deadly gas. They are also easy to ignite, so they are mostly burned with fire.
Some of these deadly nts appeared in the forests near the coast, quickly growing and spreading. At their discovery, the order they received is to still burn them. It doesn¡¯t matter if the entire forest gets burned in the process, they can¡¯t take care of so much right now.
In the past few days, many ces on the Blue turned into a sea of fire. A lot of thick smoke and dust floated up to the atmosphere. The corresponding urban smog became very serious, forcing people to wear masks before going out.
In most of the following days, the sky was covered in a shade of grey, casting a haze in the heart of many people.
At the very least. They took countermeasures and destroyed those deadly nts before they caused irreversible damage, they are very easy to spot after all.
However, the second wave of secret attack happened, and Fang Yun was the first to discover it.
Of course, he¡¯s not sure if human authorities also discovered but refrained from making it public. Anyway, he has been surfing the inte in the past few days, but he didn¡¯t find anything about it;
Fang Yun discovered many special creatures advancing tond in the deep sea. Their shape is no different from that of human beings, but which humans can swim at the depth 500 meters underwater, for hours, and at a speed of 50 km/h? that¡¯s faster than most fish.
These ¡°human beings¡± aren¡¯t wearing anything, there are men and women, but their appearance is no different from that of normal humans. Fang Yun followed them from afar and secretly watched as they climbed on the shore.
Looking at the back of these humans, Fang Yun suddenly remembered the humans that were kidnapped by aliens before.
¡±These humans should be the ones captured by aliens before.¡±
Fang Yun secretly looked as these ¡°Humans¡± sneaked from the coast to the city, then disappeared in his perception. He thoughtfully looked at them for a while, then decided to go online and follow thetest news.
He is really curious about what they are nning to do.
Now, Fang Yun ispletely certain that the aliens changed theirbat strategy again. Whether humans can survive this crisis depends on them.
Chapter 249: Blue Planet’s Counterattack
Chapter 249: Blue¡¯s Counterattack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Recently, a deadly disease has swept through the human world. This disease is caused by a new type of virus, it¡¯s very dangerous and infectious. The death rate is more than 50 percent.
At the early stage of the disease, bruises and red spots will appear over the body of the infected person. In the next few days, the bruises and red spots will gradually ulcerate and fester.
In the end, the decayed area will continue expanding, and the flesh and blood will rot until only bones remain. In the process, the infected person will suffer from unimaginable physical and spiritual pain. They can only watch as their body rotted until they finally died.
This virus was named the RR virus. It has swept across all continents and caused tens of thousands of deaths in less than ten days.
This number might not lookrge, but from the time the first infected person was discovered to today, it¡¯s just a bit over a week.
It¡¯s conceivable that the number of infected people will skyrocket in the next few days. Even if all the world¡¯s government has taken measures to prevent its spreading.
At present, there is no medicine capable of killing this virus, even controlling it is not possible. For the time being, the only result after getting infected with this virus is a painful death.
ording to relevant expert research, this virus is spread through body fluids such as sweat and saliva. Its infectivity is very powerful, which is why there are so many infected people in just one week.
Fang Yun also knew about this incident. After all, he can now surf the inte. However, when he knew about this incident, it had been three months since the first infected person was found.
The government stopped releasing the number of infected people after the first month. Thest disclosed number is 400,000 death.
There is a lot of debate about the true number of dead people on the inte. Some say a million, some even say 10 million.
Fang Yun knows that he can¡¯t do anything about that, but he was a little curious how will humans ovee this disaster.
The aliens¡¯ new strategy is very sessful.
They kidnapped many humans, cloned them and nted a dangerous virus on them, then sent them back to human society, disintegrating them from the inside, then exerting pressure on them from outside.
While the virus was spreading, the Kaiju and the ancient/mutant creatures attacked human cities even more vigorously, forcing the governments of all the countries to divide their power to deal with the virus and the deadly gas inside, and the attack of the kaiju and the rest of the monsters outside.
This strategy has indeed exhausted the power of humans. Fang Yun learned from the news that humans are at a severe disadvantage. They are constantly forced to retreat and shrink their borders. All the world¡¯s countries are the same.
Whether it¡¯s ¡®Panda country¡¯, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, or other superpowers, they are the same.
Fang Yun was wandering in the sea. He was scouting the area around with sound waves, looking for prey around him. About three minutester, he discovered a huge creature ahead, at least 300 meters long.
This discovery caused Fang Yun to be overjoyed. He quickly hurried towards the giant creature, looking forward to a sumptuous meal.
However, when he arrived there, he was taken aback. This creature, which he regarded as prey, is the giant turtle which he hadn¡¯t seen for a long time.
The giant turtle has be much bigger than before. This fat turtle has a diameter of almost 400 meters, adding to that its giant head and limbs, it¡¯s truly enormous.
To put it into perspective, the length of a normal ser field is 100 meters. Now, connecting four ser fields is just enough to cover the shell of the turtle horizontally. Many humans can probably field in the small cracks in its shell.
Seeing Fang Yun once again, the giant turtle was overjoyed. It constantly spun around Fang Yun, sometimes gently bumping him to show its happiness and joy.
Behind the giant turtle is a lot of ancient and mutant creatures as usual.
Fang Yun was excited, he finally found this big guy.
Now, he can finally return to hiszy days. Every day, he only needs to clear the mutant and ancient creatures around the turtle and his bio-energy will grow at the speed of a rocket.
About another monthter, he finally gathered enough bio-energy to evolve.
Heid on the back of the giant turtle and started his evolution.
Now he no longer falls asleep while evolving. Even the feeling of drowsiness has disappeared,
Furthermore, his evolutionary time is shorter than before.
¡±Very good, another level up.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s level rose to level 30. After his upgrade, his size has increased by another circle. His length reached 350 meters and his diameter reached 12 meters, which is pretty insane. Just his diameter alone is equal to a 4 story building.
His attributes have also increased a lot. His strength attribute has almost reached 40,000, and the rest of his attributes are all over 2000.
After this evolution, he got 29 skill points, bringing his total 35 points, This time after thinking for a bit, he upgraded ¡°Energy Beam¡±.
After reaching level 2, the speed of ¡°Energy Beam ¡± has reached Mach8, and its destructive power and range have also increased a lot.
Just as Fang Yun was immersed in the joy of getting stronger, some new changes urred in the human world. In the fact of the increasingly fierce attack of the aliens, ¡®Panda country¡¯ and the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country decided to cooperate.
The current situation has put a lot of pressure. So they decided to work together, sharing some information and technology with each other to cope with the crisis they are facing.
As a result, in just a short time. ¡®Panda country¡¯ got controble kaiju, and the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country gotser missiles.
The two superpowers started to madly arm their armies. They decided to take the initiative to attack the alien¡¯s nest rather than wait passively for their attacks.
All over the world, energy and mineral devouring worms are endless. These insects are obviously providing energy for the reproduction and growth of the kaiju and other giant creatures controlled by the aliens.
So, these Kaiju might be endless before the end of the Blue natural energy.
Judging from the current situation, the military power fo these aliens doesn¡¯t seem very powerful. Apart from level 6 kaiju, they can easily deal with the rest.
The two superpowers discussed this for a while beforeing to the conclusion that it¡¯s feasible. After which they began to discuss the battle n, but this kind of discussion is not an overnight matter, they won¡¯t be able toe to a conclusion in a short time.
However, one of thetest discoveries forced them to elerate their actions. Some experts have found that the blue¡¯s core cooling at a rapid rate, which is a bit scary.
Mars was thought to be a habitable many hundreds million years ago, but the maic field disappeared due to the cooling of its core, causing the entire to be devastated by sr winds.
If the blue¡¯s core cools down, it will face the same situation. At that time, the atmosphere will be ruthlessly destroyed by the sr wind and the surface temperature will rise linearly, the oceans will evaporate and all the life on the Blue will disappear, making it a dead.
Of course, although the Blue core is cooling down quickly. It doesn¡¯t mean that the world is ending tomorrow. It will take dozens of years, up to 100 years for the earth to bepletely inhabitable.,
However, this is enough to attract human leaders¡¯ attention. They know that they have to quickly end this war, then find a solution for the uing catastrophe.
All of this is rted to aliens. in the depth of the earth, people have found bugs simr to the metal worms and the mineral gas worms. They are engulfing the radioactive elements that produce geothermal energy.
Chapter 250: Humans Counterattack
Chapter 250: Humans Counterattack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The Grass sea is still surrounded by electromaic waves. Aircraft and ships are forbidden to enter that part of the sea, and no one is foolish enough to explore that part of the sea.
There is a special space there. It¡¯s already recognized that the space inside has be much bigger, bing bigger than even the biggest ocean.
However. If seen from space, the grass sea still has the same size as before.
¡¯Panda country¡¯ and the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country announced the establishment of a joint fleet. They announced that they are going to enter the grass sea, they are going to take the initiative to attack.
Humans must fight for their survival and kill those aliens.
In fact, countries around the world are currently in a state of internal and external threats. The outbreak of the RR virus and deadly gas inside, and the invasion of kaiju and ancient and mutant creatures outside. There is also the never-ending white spiders.
If they remain passive, then they will be destroyed sooner orter. They must take the initiative to solve this predicament as soon as possible.
Three monthster, the fleet was finally formed. The reason it took so long is that they couldn¡¯t decide on themander of the fleet. In the end, they decided that the fleet of each country has its own leader.
These two fleets were followed by some small countries under them.
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country also participated in this operation, it¡¯s are also followed by a few of its subordinate countries, but its military power is much weaker than that of the other two superpowers.
This giant fleet isposed of conventional sea ships and modern airships.
In the case of sea ships, everyone regarded them as old antiques from thest age,pletely discarding semiconductor materials in electronic equipment, and usingponents such as older tubes.
These sea ships are loaded with many soldiers. Their role is to take control of the inds in the way and build fortifications and military bases.
In addition, there is a team of controble kaiju around their fleet to protect the sea ships. These kaiju can not only guard their fleet but scout the area, searching for any dangerous object or creature.
At the same time, they also have a strong defensive ability, as long as it¡¯s not a level 6 kaiju. Those kaiju can block all the iing creatures, giving the airships the time to attack.
When the humans of the Blue decided to venture into the grass sea, they naturally took into ount that the kaiju and ancient/mutant creatures won¡¯t stop attacking their countries,
They were able to stop them before, but now even superpowers are constantly shrinking their defenses.
Sometimes the residents have no time to evacuate, but the defensive forces have already retreated, causing many ces to be human purgatories.
Most people die, but some times, a few people survive. They could only escape from the big cities and step into the wilderness. Unfortunately, the wilderness is filled with aboriginal mutant creatures, so they usually don¡¯t survive.
Nowadays, even the big countries are suffering, not to mention the smaller ones.
During this time, the lives of the people in various countries have been miserable, tragedies are happening every day. The aliens are also aware of the actions of humans, so they strengthened the attack on human settlements in thest month.
Even Fang Yun learned about Blue¡¯s human intentions. After deliberating for a while, He took the giant turtle and headed towards the Grass sea. He also wanted to see what kind of world is there.
Does that space channel still exist?
He quickly caught up with that fleet, then sneaked underneath them. This team is veryrge and majestic. Above in the sky, there are more than a hundred airships and ten giant motherships.
In addition, there are hundreds of warships cruising on the sea and more than 50 kaiju surrounding them. This huge team headed forward mightily, intending to break all the obstacles in their way.
Fang Yun followed this team into the grass sea. After entering this sea, he felt a little ufortable, but he quickly adapted to it.
The sea turtle behaved much worse than Fang Yun, but it was still able to tolerate it. The two terrifying monsters were swimming at the depth of two kilometers. The surrounding seawater is very dark and gloomy, exuding a heavy pressure.
Fang Yun was a little excited. He might get the opportunity to leave the very soon. Of course, he will not act rashly. He won¡¯t leave this until he grows to a certain level, or the fleet of the Blue scout the way ahead.
In this battle between aliens and humans, he isn¡¯t sure who will win. He is nning to observe the situation first, then choose the best course of action.
Probably on the third day after entering the grass seas, Fang Yun suddenly heard a loud sound, after which, many simr sounds sounded.
He stealthily swam to the sea surface and observed the situation. He found that the kaiju surrounding the fleet started to roar loudly. This is an early warning. After that, the fleets of various countries began to spread out, entering a state of alert.
In fact, since entering the grass sea, each ship was separated by the corresponding distance. Themands and signals from the leaders are mostly transmitted using signal res.
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes swept this fleet of nations. The formation has not changed at all. The ships of ¡®Panda country¡¯ are on the far left, the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country is in the middle, and the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country is on the far right.
¡±Are aliensing?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the area in front of the fleet. While wondering if an enemy kaiju ising, A ck dot appeared from the distance, then quickly approached the fleet. It¡¯s a huge number of monsters.
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes carefully looked at the huge number of creatures ahead. Although there is still a distance of 3 to 4 kilometers between them. With Fang Yun¡¯s eyesight, he was still able to see them very clearly.
It¡¯s a huge tide of monsters running towards the fleet. At the head of this monster tide, two levels 6 kaiju are leading the way. Behind them are hundreds of kaiju, From level 3 to level 5.
In addition, there are countless ancient and mutant creatures behind.
¡±Great, I can eat a lot today!¡±
Fang Yun looked at the monster army with an overjoyed look, his heart filled with happiness.
For the next evolution, he needs to umte 200 million bio-energy points. Up to now, he has barely gathered 50 million points.
Such a huge team of Kaiju will undoubtedly provide him with arge number of bio-energy points. Moreover, he doesn¡¯t need to spend any effort. He can just trail behind the human army and gather the loot they dropped.
Of course, if things get difficult for them, he will help them. Only against the two levels 6 kaiju though.
Naturally, the fleets of various countries have also discovered the existence of the monster army ahead, but they aren¡¯t as excited and happy as Fang Yun. They are only nervous and a bit afraid.
Especially the soldiers on the marine ships of the small countries.
¡±People of all units and teams! get prepared!¡±
Among the fleet of ¡®Panda country¡¯, there is a huge mothership in the middle, which is over a kilometer in length. It looks very simr to that of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ mothership.
In fact, this battleship was sent to them by the ¡®Bald Eagles¡¯, which was one of the chips of the technical exchange.
In themand room of the mothership, a middle-aged man with an extraordinary temperament shouted loudly.
The height of all the airships is quite high, there is no need to worry about electromaic interference. More importantly, these airships contain many new technologies, which are aimed at defending against electromaic pulses.
It¡¯s based on that the Human alliance dares tounch an attack on the aliens.
Chapter 251: Sea and Air Battles
Chapter 251: Sea and Air Battles
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The K-series fighters on ¡®Panda country¡¯ airships took off. It wasn¡¯t just ¡®Panda country¡¯ fighters that took off. Even the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country fighters took off.
All of these fighters have the ability to take off andnd vertically. They flew into the air then spread out, forming a confrontation with the levels 6 kaiju.
The war has begun.
The levels 6 kaiju started the battle by releasing an electromaic pulse attack, which affected the fighters and airships in its range. However, it didn¡¯t constitute that much of a problem, they are still able to move andunch missiles.
¡±Woosh! Woosh!¡±
Two fighters released one missile each towards the levels 6 kaiju. Each one of these two missiles possesses the ability of aimed guidance. They also have a very high resistance to EMP.
The two fighters that released the missiles belong to two different countries. One is ¡®Panda country¡¯ and one is the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country. They only sent just these missiles for now. They aren¡¯t nning to use the other weapons for the time being.
¡±Boom! Boom!¡±
Along with the deafening sound of explosions. The missilesnded on the two levels 6 kaiju.
In a few seconds, two small suns were born. They enveloped the two levels 6 kaiju, releasing amazing heat and distorting the air.
This is theser missiles developed by ¡®Panda country¡¯.
Its destructive power has increased a lot sincest time. It seems that it was improved by the ¡®Panda country¡¯.
After a few seconds, the two small suns began to dissipate, revealing the appearances of the two levels 6 kaiju that were bombarded by the two missiles.
A giant burn wound has appeared on their stomach, it has a diameter of more than five meters, it¡¯ss also emitted a scorched smell. Such a wound might not be fatal to that level of kaiju, but it¡¯s a lot of damage.
¡±Roar!!¡±
A pain-filled roar sounded from the two levels 6 kaiju. They quickly spread their wings and retreated to the back.
Their wounds started to quickly heal.
¡±Yeah!!¡±
In the human alliance fleet, many loud cheers sounded. They are very excited about the fact that they forced these two monsters to retreat so easily.
¡±Wooosh! Wooosh!¡±
Without any dy, ¡®Panda country¡¯ and the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country sent two other guided missiles towards the two levels 6 kaiju. They aren¡¯t nning to give them a chance to heal.
However¡levels 6 kaiju aren¡¯t so easy to deal with. The two dragon-kaiju opened their mouths and sent twoser beams straight at the iing missiles.
¡±Boom!¡±
A Laser beam collided with a missile, creating an explosion. The otherser beam missed, causing the other missile tond on a level 6 kaiju, creating another small sun.
A few minutester, the small sun slowly received, revealing anotherrge hole in the body of the level 6 kaiju.
Fang Yun was surprised after seeing the initial confrontation between the kaiju and the human alliance. Especially when he saw that the human-technology equipment and missiles aren¡¯t affected by the EMP of the kaiju.
¡±If electromaic waves don¡¯t work, wouldn¡¯t my ¡°Aegis Field¡± be a decoration?¡±
The technology of human civilization is developing rapidly. It¡¯s also very targeted. Humans should have started to study this type of weapon when level 5 kaiju appeared. Otherwise, it wouldn¡¯t have reached this level at this time.
The thing that is bothering him is that since this weapon isn¡¯t affected by the electromaic pulse of level 6 kaiju. it shouldn¡¯t be affected by his ¡°Aegis Field¡±, right?
Fang Yun was a bit worried. If so, then his defense against technological weapons will drop a lot.
After a while, he stopped thinking about this and looked back at the battle in the sky. After the temptation waves ended. Many doors on the airships opened, and many weapons pointed straight at the two levels 6 kaiju and the rest of the kaiju behind them.
A stream of projectiles, shells, missiles, and more wereunched at the kaiju army. All of these wereser weapons.
It seems that there are not many high-power missiles that can defend against electromaic pulses.
Most kaiju defense is very high. Especially the level 6 ones, their defense is beyond imagination, most weapons have practically no effect on them. The weapon that can cause the most effective damage to this level of kaiju right now isser weapons.
However, level 6 kaiju won¡¯t remain still and act as sandbags. They are flying in the sky at supersonic speeds, releasing electromaic waves andser beams from time to time.
After the initial temptations, level 6 kaiju realized that EMP doesn¡¯t have that much of an effect on the human airships, so they quickly changed their strategy.
A K-series fighter was directly shot down. It was hit by aser beam from the level 6 kaiju and exploded into pieces, most of which fell into the sea.
Looking from the position of Fang Yun. Two dragon-shaped monsters with a length of 300 meters are constantly shuttling in the sky, ducking and dodging all the projectiles and missiles that are thrown at them.
At the same time, many energy beams are spat from their mouth,nding on all the fighters shuttling in the sky, causing them to explode one after the other.
As the battle in the sky reached a stage of intense heat, the battle on the sea also began.
The cloned Kaiju belonging to humans collided with the aliens¡¯ kaiju. The soldiers on the marine ships are all holdingser guns. They aimed at the iing ancient and mutant creatures and started attacking.
¡±Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Many explosions urred, many projectiles and explosive bulletsnded on the giant creatures and the sea surface, creating a lot of sshes and dyeing the sea red.
This kind of war scene is like something straight out of a sci-fi movie. Fang Yun watched it with amazement.
Laser weapons might not be very effective for kaiju, but when dealing with these ancient and mutant creatures, the effect is instantaneous.
A single explosive bullet is usually enough to deal with a medium-sized ancient creature. Even the bigger ones can be killed by just a few more bullets.
However, the number of these ancient and mutant creatures is extremely exaggerated. No matter how many of them they killed, they seemed to never end. They can¡¯t even block their pace.
Some giant creatures tried to attack them from underwater, but they are already prepared for this. There are many controble kaiju below their ships waiting for them.
Furthermore, theirser weapons are still effective even at the depth of ten meters, so at this moment, these giant creatures are suffering unnumberable casualties, trying to get closer to their ships.
Even the marine warships have explosive shells on them. Along with theser weapons in the hands of the soldiers, they are constantly reaping the lives of those monsters.
Of course, the suicide attack of the monsters isn¡¯t useless. Due to the fact that the marine ships are scattered across the battlefield. They managed to bypass the defenses of some of them, attacking them.
For example, on one ship. Many giant creatures held down the kaiju protecting it. They also bypassed the barrage of attacks from the ship and soldiers, climbing it. After getting on the ship, they started harvesting the lives of all the people on it.
There are also some extremelyrge mutant creatures, quickly swimming from the depth of the sea towards the marine warships. A single collision from them can tilt or ever overturn the warships.
¡±It¡¯s time for me to y.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the countless bodies of kaiju and ancient/mutant creatures floating on the sea surface with a grin. He quietly sank underwater, then swam towards the battlefield.
¡±Damn, why are there so many monsters, Is there no end to them?¡±
On arge warship, a middle-aged man holding was a machine gun in his hand, continuously shooting at the giant monsters ahead. He roared loudly, his face filled with anger and tiredness.
Beside him is a much younger soldier. After hearing the roar of the missile-aged man, he smiled helplessly andforted him.
¡±Uncle Lin, the boss said that as long as we survive this predicament and build our first military base, we won¡¯t have to worry about food and clothes in the future, even if we don¡¯t work.¡±
¡±Sh*t, Lao Tzu will live to the day when these monsters are extinct!¡±
The middle-aged man named Uncle Lin clenched the machine gun in his hand and shot the monsters ahead frantically, his face filled with madness.
At this time, a giant spider stealthily approached the warship, nning to jump to the deck. However, the middle-aged man quickly noticed it, and shot with his machine guns, reducing it to paste.
¡±Hahaha, Uncle Lin, your reaction speed is quite good.¡±
When the young soldier saw this scene, he immediatelyplimented him. Uncle Lin smiled and was about to reply, but a huge shadow suddenly appeared on the sea surface, catching his attention.
¡±There is a big guy over there.¡±
After saying this, he aimed the machine gun in his hands over there, but in the next moment, his actions stopped abruptly.
¡±That is¡¡¡±
Uncle Lin was shocked. The young soldier beside noticed the reaction of the middle-aged man next o him, following his line of sight. He also noticed the huge creature that suddenly appeared on the side.
¡±Ssh!¡±
Along with the sound of water breaking, the warship started rocking back and forth. Uncle Lin and the young man next to him quickly held on to the railing to keep their bnce.
They looked with astonishment at the huge monster that suddenly appeared next to them.
¡±This is ¡ the giant serpent?¡±
Chapter 252: The Giant Serpent Debut
Chapter 252: The Giant Serpent Debut
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The sudden appearance of the giant monster surprised everyone. The soldiers on the ships near the giant serpent even stopped shooting for a moment, they looked alertly at the behemoth, for fear of it suddenly attacking them.
However, they soon discovered that the goal of the giant serpent is the bodies of the monsters floating on the sea surface.
On the turbulent waters, a 300-meter-long gigantic snake was constantly shutting across the battlefield, dodging the stray missiles and pumping the giant creatures in this away. It devoured the giant creature¡¯s bodies across its path like a ck hole.
A third party suddenly appeared on the battlefield, but its goal seems to be picking the loot?
The war stopped for only two or three seconds, then the endless explosion sounds appeared again. Due to the significantlyrger number of ancient and mutant creatures, along with the hundreds of kaiju. The monster side slightly suppressed the human alliance.
However, the Blue nt humans are not vegetarian. Their firepower is very fierce. Every second, arge number of monsters are dying.
As time passed, the human side gradually gained the advantage. However, they know that the deciding factor of this battle is that of the battle in the sky.
It¡¯s the battle between the fleet of airships and the two levels 6 kaiju. Each one of these two parties has the ability to clear arge number of the enemy¡¯s soldiers, so their battle is the deciding factor of this war.
¡±It would be great if they could quickly knock out these two levels 6 kaiju from the sky.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the battle in the sky, unconsciously flicking his tongue. He really wants to devour these two levels 6 kaiju.
In fact, this battlefield is filled with the bodies of countless giant creatures. These two levels 6 kaiju aren¡¯t really that important.
It¡¯s just one of his hobbies. rather than eating arge number of small creatures that don¡¯t provide much bio-energy. He prefers eating a singlerge creature that provides a lot of bio-energy points.
Thinking of this, he remembered the mountain-sized spider. It should be the mother of all the kaiju, their progenitor.
He really wonders how much bio-energy points that enormous monster is worth. It should be in the billions?
He felt a bit disturbed at this thought but quickly shook his head. That monster is far from what he can handle right now. He isn¡¯t even as big as its eyeballs right now.
In the sky, one fighter after the other flew towards the two levels 6 kaiju, constantly bombarding them with bullets and missiles.
The attack power of these fighters is actually exaggerated enough, but the levels 6 kaiju are even more powerful. Even if they don¡¯t have to worry about their EMP, they are still very difficult to deal with.
These giant monsters have supersonic speed, about mach4. Superstrength, there was an incident where a level 6 kaiju easily lifted a warship weighing more than ten thousand tons and flew into the sky.
They have exaggerated defensive capabilities. Apart fromser weapons, even the most powerful missile can¡¯t break their defenses, horrific regeneration abilities, andser beams capable of destroying almost everything.
They can be said to be almost invulnerable.
While Fang Yun was eating the giant monsters¡¯ bodies below, his sight never left the battle in the sky. As long as he finds the opportunity, he will immediately strike them down.
At the same time, he was also looking for level 5 kaiju around. They are also his target.
For example, now, not far from him, there is a crocodile-like rampaging across the battlefield. It should be one of the strongest kaiju under level 6, that¡¯s why it was able to cause such a disturbance.
Right now, there is a controble level 5 kaiju fighting with it. The two are currently fighting together, the battle between the two of them resulted in many shockwaves visible to the naked eye, and very high waves.
The controble kaiju is currently at a disadvantage.
¡±Damn, Mad Tiger is not its opponent.¡±
On the previous warship, the young soldier said to Uncle Lin next to him. ¡°Mad Tiger¡± is the controble kaiju fighting against the crocodile-kaiju, but now it¡¯s getting smacked around.
¡±Mad Tiger¡± is a giant level 5 kaiju that looks like a humanoid tiger, hence its name.
Right now, Mad Tiger is protecting the right-wing of their unit. If Mad Tiger loses, then their unit will face a level 5 kaiju. For their ¡°Antique¡± ships, that would be aplete disaster.
They watched as the crocodile-kaiju suddenly pushed ¡°Mad Tiger¡± down, opened its mouth, and bit towards his lower body.
¡±Roar!¡±
¡±Mad Tiger¡± was bitten on his right foreleg, causing it to roar loudly in pain.
The nerve of the driver controlling the kaiju and Kaiju itself arepletely connected together, so the pain is also shared between them.
The moment the kaiju was bitten on its tight roar out loudly, the driver also felt the same pain and twitched madly in her protective cab. Her brows and hands were filled with sweat.
The pain she felt can be imagined.
However, all the controble kaiju drivers have undergone harsh training to resist pain, so just a few secondster. ¡°Mad Tiger¡± stopped roaring and struggled to get its right foreleg out from the crocodile-kaiju mouth.
¡±Tear!¡±
Arge piece of flesh was torn from Mad Tiger right foreleg, blue blood madly spewed out from it. However, the blood flow quickly stopped, and the wound started healing with a speed visible to the naked eye.
¡±Mad Tiger¡± is a level 5 kaiju after all, so its regeneration abilities need not be said.
Suddenly, the crocodile-kaiju ran towards ¡°Mad Tiger¡±, it¡¯s not nning to give the tiger a chance to breathe.
¡±Damn Monster!¡±
The young soldier on the warship looked at this scene with gritted teeth. He knew that it¡¯s a girl who is controlling ¡°Mad Tiger¡±, and it¡¯s also his crush. So he got immediately enraged when he saw that ¡°Mad Tiger¡± is injured.
He immediately held up the machine gun in his hand, aimed at the crocodile-kaiju, then started shooting.
¡±Die you monster! Die!¡±
He yelled out loudly while shooting at the crocodile-kaiju. The middle-aged man next to him gave him a nce but didn¡¯t say much. He just concentrated on shooting the ancient and mutant creatures next to their warships, stopping them from boarding on the ship.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Most of these explosive bulletsnded on the crocodile-kaiju. Although it didn¡¯t cause it any harm, it still angered it. The crocodile-kaiju suddenly walked towards the warship, intending to destroy the annoying little bug.
However, it was precisely because of the young soldier attracting the attention of the crocodile-kaiju that gave ¡°Mad Tiger the chance to breathe. It also gave it the opportunity to attack the crocodile-kaiju from behind.
On the battlefield, such opportunities are rare and indispensable.
In an instant, the ¡°Mad Tiger¡± made a decision and took the initiative to attack the crocodile-kaiju. It slowly gathered its momentum, then instantly pounced on the back of the crocodile-kaiju, hitting on its neck.
¡±Shhh!¡±
It was just like a person biting on a ball of aluminum foil. The harsh sound of steel rubbing on each other almost tore the eardrums of the soldiers below.
The teeth of ¡°Mad Tiger¡± plunged into the neck of the crocodile-kaiju, causing blue blood to flow. However, the teeth of ¡°Mad Tiger¡± were stuck in the muscle fibers, and could hardly go any further.
¡±Roar!!¡±
The crocodile-kaiju immediately roared after getting attacked. The Tiger¡¯s bite dealt much more damage than the previous explosive bullets.
With a roar, the crocodile-kaiju violently turned around, resulting in arge piece of flesh to be torn from its neck, blue blood spurted from its neck like a faucet, but the crocodile-kaiju didn¡¯t pay attention, it crazily attacked t¡±Mad Tiger¡± with its ws and mouth.
¡±Mad Tiger¡± couldn¡¯t dodge, it was overwhelmed by the crocodile-kaiju, pushed down, then bit on the neck. ¡°Mad Tiger¡± let out a whimper from its mouth.
After getting bitten on the neck, it will definitely die.
In the fleet of ¡®Panda country¡¯, on the huge mothership at the center, in a sealed cabin, lies a refined woman with soft features and shoulder-length hair.
Her eyes were closed, but her brows were furrowed. She was writing unconsciously with a look of difort. Suddenly, her expression became extremely frightened, as if she was about to die.
¡±No!!¡±
Outside, the young soldier next to Uncle Lin yelled in anger, a rain of bullets was spewed from his machine gun straight at the crocodile-kaiju.
Unfortunately, bullets of this caliber, even if they are explosive ones equivalent to ordinary shells, can hardly cause damage to that level of kaiju.
He could only watch with anger and tears in his eyes as the crocodile-kaiju mouth slowly closed down and as the neck of ¡°Mad Tiger¡± was slowly twisted and broke.
The young man¡¯s eyes widened, fear gradually filled his face, now that ¡°Mad Tiger¡± died, their right-wing unit is going to face a disaster.
However, after seeing the next scene, the fear on his face suddenly faded, feeling a bit relieved.
¡±Ssh!!¡±
Right behind the crocodile-kaiju, a water bump suddenly appeared on the water surface, an extremely terrifying snake suddenly emerged. It gradually rose into the sky until it overlooked the crocodile-kaiju below, opening its giant bloody mouth, it suddenly pounced on it.
ording to its position, it¡¯s likely to bite on the crocodile-kaiju neck.
As expected, the giant serpent pounced on the crocodile-kaiju and bit straight on its neck.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Its jaws closed vigorously, causing the crocodile-kaiju to howl in pain.
Chapter 253: The Amazing Giant Serpent
Chapter 253: The Amazing Giant Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Woo!!¡±
A pain-filled roar sounded from the crocodile-kaiju mouth. The moment it opened its mouth and roared, ¡°Mad Tiger¡± didn¡¯t waste the opportunity and immediately escaped.
¡±Mad Tiger¡± fled 300 meters away, stabilized its body, then looked back in the direction of the crocodile-kaiju.
It wasn¡¯t just that, all the people in that area basically turned around and looked at the ¡°battle¡± scene between the crocodile-kaiju, and the giant serpent.
In the middle of all of that, a gigantic snake was bitten on the neck of the crocodile-kaiju. At the same time, it wrapped around it with its extremely long body.
Fang Yun¡¯s basic skills have not degraded. His huge muscle group gradually tightened around the crocodile-kaiju, causing it a great deal of pain.
With his current muscle power, whether it¡¯s an aircraft carrier or a skyscraper, he can twist them into scrap by gently wrapping around them.
The crocodile-kaiju struggled madly, trying to escape from Fang Yun¡¯s entanglement; However, its power is far from his match. It can only helplessly struggle as it was slowly squeezed.
After a few seconds, Fang Yun came to the conclusion that it will take some time to kill this kaiju relying just on his physical strength. Its muscles are too though. So he used ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± to break its heart.
¡±Roar¡±
The crocodile-kaiju gave onest roar, then stopped moving. After making sure that the kaiju is dead, Fang Yun started devouring it.
¡±Sigh¡¡¡±
On a warship not far away, the young soldier next to Uncle Lin let out a sigh of relief after seeing this scene. He silently looked at ¡°Mad Tiger¡± not far away, relieved that it¡¯s not dead.
He is thankful for the giant serpent. If it didn¡¯t attract the attention of the crocodile-kaiju, ¡°Mad Tiger¡± would have died, and his crush will suffer from a great mental shock, traumatizing her spirit. In the worst-case scenario, she might even lose her spirit and die.
In addition, the ¡°Mad Tiger¡± is responsible for protecting their right-wing unit. If it died, then many kaiju will prate their right-wing unit and massacre all the people on the warships, including him and uncle Lin.
¡±Mad Tiger¡± looked at the giant serpent ahead, then looked at the nearby kaiju. She is really grateful that the giant serpent saved her. Even if it¡¯s not its intention.
After a few minutes, The right-wing unit has returned to its previous appearance. They can¡¯t be distracted to deal with other things right now. They must concentrate on dealing with the iing giant creatures
¡±700,000 bio-energy points are at hand.¡±
After Fang Yun swallowed the crocodile-kaiju, he let out a sigh of satisfaction, then started looking around for other monsters to consume.
Having experienced ¡°famine¡± before, he is very happy at the sight of so many preys. He doesn¡¯t mind helping the Blue humans to deal with these kaiju.
He is faintly leaning to the side of the human alliance, that¡¯s why he can eat so happily right now. If he attacks the controble kaiju and the aliens¡¯ kaiju at the same time, then he is sure to receive counterattacks from both sides.
He isn¡¯t stupid to the point of not thinking of that.
He swam to a corner of the monster army then activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, However, he limited it to an area of 500 meters around him.
A sea of purple lightning suddenly appeared on the battlefield, thundering all the giant creatures in the radius and killing them. This skill is especially effective in the sea.
Fang Yun started devouring all the electrocuted monsters, causing his bio-energy points to raise at the speed of a rocket.
60 million, 70 million ¡
¡±Ooof¡¡¡±
After swallowing a pile of ancient and mutant creatures, Fang Yun looked up at the sky,. The two levels 6 kaiju are still fighting with the fleet.
They shot down many fighters an even some small airships, but the two levels 6 kaiju are also in a bad shape. They are covered with injuries.
Even though their regeneration ability is very powerful. Their energy isn¡¯t unlimited. As they suffer more damage, their regeneration will get slower and slower.
¡±Howl!!¡±
Suddenly, a level 6 kaiju roared loudly, then swooped down.
¡±Hurry and stop it, it¡¯s nning to attack the warships below.¡±
¡±It must not be allowed to seed. Squad No.2, stop it immediately!¡±
¡±This ¡ The level 6 kaiju is flying towards us!¡±
The soldiers of the small countries below trembled a bit. After all, level 6 kaiju is vastly beyond level 5 ones. It¡¯s like the difference between a tiger and a cat. It¡¯s difficult for them to not feel nervous facing such a monster.
¡±Gulp¡±
The young soldiers on the warships of the small countries below swallowed their saliva at the sight of the iing dragon-kaiju.
Fortunately, This level 6 kaiju didn¡¯t fly to their location.
However, they also understand that if the other fleets are destroyed, then it would be difficult for them to leave this ce alive.
The fleet that the level 6 kaiju has targeted is the camp of the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ Country. The people of the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ Country aren¡¯tpared to those timid people. They rolled up their sleeves and started working.
¡±Fucking bastard, prepare the shells!¡±
On one of thergest warships, a man was yelling loudly. He has an old microphone in his hand. No way, the electromaic waves in this area makes it impossible to use mother tools tomunicate.
He looked at the level 6 kaiju that was swooping down towards them and yelled with a fierce expression on his face.
¡±Artillery, Attack!!¡±
The man yelled loudly. The nearby warships immediately sent one artillery after the other to the iing level 6 kaiju.
The fighters also rushed over and carried out a sea-air bombardment on this dragon-kaiju.
¡±Howl!!¡±
Suddenly, this level 6 kaiju raised his head and roared loudly, then opening its mouth, it sent a giantser beam to the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ fleet below, sinking a 200 meters long warship.
¡°Oh, No!¡±
In the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country¡¯s fleet, all the armed personnel on roared out loudly. There are many of their friends on that warships, and now they are all dead.
After a brief grieving, They sent more shells towards the level 6 kaiju.
¡±This ce should be okay.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, then he swam to the sea surface, waiting for the level 6 kaiju.
When the level 6 kaiju was about 400 meters above the sea surface, Fang Yun activated his ¡°energy Beam¡± skill. A dazzling light beam was sent from his mouth straight towards the level 6 kaiju neck.
¡±Boom!!¡±
A huge hole appeared on the neck of the dragon-kaiju, blood and pieces of flesh flew in all directions. The head of that dragon-kaiju is connected with the rest of its body with just a thinyer of flesh.
Even so, the level 6 kaiju didn¡¯t directly die. It let out a loud wail, then fluttered its wings and flew to the sky.
¡±Damn it, it¡¯s going to escape!¡±
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯mander on their central mothership scolded out loudly. He felt that it was a pity that that dragon-kaiju didn¡¯t directly die. Then, the warships below started sending shells one after the other towards the fatally injured level 6 kaiju, again.
Most of them can¡¯t touch the level 6 kaiju at all. Thetter¡¯s speed and agility are very high, so it¡¯s getting farther and farther away at this time. Many people let out a sigh of disappointment, feeling that it¡¯s a pity.
Right at that moment, From a ce not far from the dragon-kaiju, a bucket-thick lightning blot flew straight towards the escaping dragon-kaiju.
¡±Wooo!¡±
The level 6 kaiju let out a hoarse cry. It¡¯s asking for help, but before the reinforcement arrived, another thick lightning bolt fell on it.
This time, the dragon-kaiju couldn¡¯t keep flying. It struggled to p its wings, wobbling around. It won¡¯t take a long time for it to fall.
¡±Roar!!¡±
At the same time, beneath the dragon-kaiju, a thunderous roar suddenly sounded, suppressing the roar of the dragon-kaiju. It¡¯s far more domineering than the roar of any other creature in the world.
The water surface suddenly broke open, and a terrifying creature appeared. It jumped straight towards the faltering level 6 kaiju.
¡±This¡¡¡±
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ countrymander and its people looked at this terrifying monster that suddenly appeared with shaking hands.
It¡¯s a giant snake.
Everyone knows that this is the giant serpent.
They have already seen the giant serpent when it helped ¡®Panda country¡¯ to deal with the crocodile-kaiju, but they weren¡¯t so shocked back then.
The actions of the giant serpent this time are extremely amazing.
On the turbulent water surface, a terrifying snake that is more than 300 meters long, opened its gigantic mouth, and jumped straight towards the dragon-kaiju, intending to the drag it down.
¡±Howl!¡±
The level 6 kaiju roared loudly, struggling to escape, but in the end, it couldn¡¯t escape its fate.
The level 6 kaiju was bitten by Fang Yun on its leg, then dragged straight underwater.
Chapter 254: Taking a Small Step Forward
Chapter 254: Taking a Small Step Forward
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Ssh!!¡±
Two huge monsters fell back on the water surface, creating gigantic waves, and sshing arge amount of water. At the same time, blue blood quickly spread from that ce to the surrounding area.
Fang Yun bit the level 6 kaiju on its hind legs, then he wrapped his long body around it, squeezing the air out of its lungs.
¡±Woo!¡±
A loud roar sounded from the mouth of the level 6 kaiju. It started to madly struggle, but no matter how it struggled, it couldn¡¯t get rid of Fang Yun¡¯s entanglement.
Although the level 6 kaiju was still struggling, Fang Yun pay attention to that. He opened his huge mouth and directly tore off a piece of flesh from it.
The level 6 kaiju still wailed loudly, but its voice became weaker and weaker,pletely dying off in the end. In less than ten minutes, the 300 meters long dragon waspletely devoured.
¡±Hiss!¡±
Fang Yun flicker his electricity pole-sized tongue, making a loud hiss, then plunged underwater and headed to other directions.
The soldiers on the nearbyrge ships were relieved at this moment. No one would be relieved to see such a huge monster beside them. Even if it doesn¡¯t hold any alive, so they are very relieved at the sight of that monster leaving.
¡±What kind of creatures is that giant serpent? It seems to have the ability to grow infinitely, and its growth speed is too fast.¡±
On ¡®Panda country¡¯ mothership, a middle-aged man in a scientist¡¯s uniform looked at the giant serpent that is constantly devouring the bodies of ancient and mutant creatures and sighed.
Beside him, are his two students.
¡±Professor Hook, I heard that you proposed the theory that the giant serpent is the python that appeared in the Ugandan Prairie?¡±
A young man wearing sses asked him from behind.
Hearing that, the 46 years old Hook nodded and said.
¡±In fact, I suspect that the giant serpent is the 12 meters python that was found in Wulong mountains more than 10 years ago.¡±
¡±The one that was found by you and your teacher. Is that right professor?.¡±
The young man on the right said in a timely manner.
Hook nodded after hearing that.
¡±That python, like the one that appeared in Uganda, It¡¯s a gray python.¡±
¡±In the past, I also suspected that the gray python of Wulong Mountain is the one thatter appeared in the Ugandan Prairie, but that seemed ridiculous at the time.¡±
¡±How can a python grow so fast?¡±
After saying this, he let out a long sigh,
¡±However, if this python can evolve continuously, that would make sense.¡±
¡±Of course, this just my doubt. I¡¯m not absolutely sure that the Wulong mountain python, the Ugandan Prairie python, and the giant serpent are the same creature.¡±
Hook did not give a definite conclusion. He looked at the giant serpent that is happily eating the bodies of all kinds of giant creatures and frowned.
If it is really the same creature, then this giant serpent has transformed from amon python to the most powerful lifeform on the in just a bit over 10 years.
Even if an aliens came to the blue, they just ended as food fueling its growth.
It feels like ¡ like a protagonist.
Thinking of this, he couldn¡¯t help but smile bitterly. As the most advanced creatures on this, human beings have now lost to a low-level life form like pythons in terms of survivability.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that an old friend is currently watching him. He didn¡¯t even know that Hook is still alive and is currently on this battlefield.
Moreover, even if he saw Hook, he will probably not recognize him. After so many years. He wouldn¡¯t remember the old professor and his young disciple that he met on Wulong mountain while fighting a normal tiger.
Not to mention that after more than 10 years, the young disciple has be a middle-aged man.
¡±One hundred million points.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He wondered if he could gather the bio-energy necessary for evolution today.
He was a little excited, just as he was about to continue eating the bodies of the giant creatures floating on the water surface, some unexpected happened.
The other level 6 kaiju roared loudly, then fled back to its original path.
The rest of the Kaiju and ancient/mutant creatures followed it. All the giant creatures that were aggressively attacking the fleet in the past second fled away the next second. Without waiting for the human alliance to react, theypletely disappeared.
While Fang Yun was still dreaming of evolving today, he was dumbfounded at the sight of the giant monsters fleeing in all directions. He could only watch this speechlessly.
¡±Sure enough, It¡¯s not going to be that easy.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head in disappointment, but he did not feel angry. The human alliance will definitely continue moving forward, and the aliens who are ruling this sea will definitely send sea monsters to stop them. He will not have a shortage of food in the future.
¡±By the way, there is the human alliance now. These Kaiju will notpletely focus on me, but if the human alliance is destroyed ¡¡±
A thought suddenly emerged in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. Now that he thinks about it, he has been targeted by the aliens before. If he faces them alone, that would be dangerous.
When he was on Nubra Ind, the group of aliens tried to capture him at that time, but due to a misjudgment of strength, they slipped away in the end. The same thing happened near the ¡®Panda country¡¯ coast.
Fang Yun felt that he should pay attention to this point in the future, the aliens won¡¯t give up on trying to capture him.
While thinking about this, Fang Yun plunged underwater, disappearing from the vision of the human alliance. He dived to the depth of 2 kilometers before stopping.
On the sea, the fleets of various countries have rearranged their teams. Right now, from the original 950 ships, the whole fleet has 632 ships remaining. Hundreds of ships have been destroyed.
In the air, there are a total of 112rge airships remaining, 23 of which crashed, and it goes without saying that the fighters that have been shot down are more than 50. The soldiers that have been lost in this battle are over a thousand.
If it wasn¡¯t for the sudden appearance of the giant serpent, then killing one of the level 6 kaiju, causing the other level 6 kaiju to order the monster army to retreat, their fleet would have had even more severe losses.
This is just the first wave of attacks that they encountered after entering the grass sea. The attacks they will encounter next will undoubtedly be more fierce.
Can their fleet survive?
In the entire fleet, the atmosphere seemed a bit heavy. The huge team slowly moved forward without any intention of retreating. Since they chose to take the initiative to attack the aliens¡¯ base, they have to continue until the end.
Time passed little by little, probably five dayster, they finally reached an ind. That ind is quite big. At least 30 kilometers in diameter.
In addition, next to that ind, there are several other rtively smaller inds, circling around the bigger one. This is a natural barrier, which is easy to defend and difficult to prate.
After a short deliberation, the fleet decided to stop on this ind temporarily, using this ind as a transit point for them to invade the aliens¡¯ base.
First, arge number of marine ships were docked near the ind, then the people on the ship disembarked andnded on thend, after which they started cleaning the ind.
A group of dinosaurs could be seen at the depth of the central ind. After boarding the ind, the soldiers wore mechanical exoskeletons and heldser weapons. They quickly rushed towards the jungle.
As for the airships and motherships, Most of themnded on the nearby ind. After which many soldiers disembarked, then started looking for a ce to rest.
This ce is still affected by electromaic waves, but all of these ships are equipped with anti-EMP technology, so they didn¡¯t worry about that.
Amid the roars of Dinosaurs, the sound of guns and explosion rang in the central ind. The soldiers started their cleaning operation.
Chapter 255: Good News and Evolution
Chapter 255: Good News and Evolution
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun also stopped near that ind. Anyway, as long as the giant turtle stays with him. There will be no shortage of food wherever he goes.
In the past few days, he has been watching the movement of the human alliance. They are transforming this ind, building many structures and buildings all over the ind. They are obviously prepared to stay here for a long time.
The human alliance has already agreed on the resources and responsibilities under each country. For example, ¡®Panda country¡¯ is responsible for building most of the structures on the ind.
There are specialrge marine ships loaded with various engineering vehicles, Many of which arerge mining trucks with a load of 400 to 500 tons. Each one looks extremely huge. At least ten meters tall.
Some excavators, bulldozers, and the like also followed behind the giant trucks. In the next few days, the sounds the roar of machines sounded from the inds.
On thergest ind in the middle, the area facing the sea in the north was cleared and ttened. After which a simplemand center was built there.
Fang Yun asionally observed the progress of the human alliance. These guys aren¡¯t wasting time at all, constantly moving forward, and working all day, but it¡¯s understandable, time is not on their side. Their countries are under constant attack.
From time to time, he goes out of the grass sea, then swims to the coast of the nearby countries. Mostly to check the world¡¯s situation on the inte.
The situation outside is terrible. The human alliance doesn¡¯t have much time. If they take too long, then all they would see after going back is ruins.
Now it¡¯s mainly the army of ancient and mutant creatures along with the deadly gas and dangerous viruses that are threatening the lives of the people around the world.
Ancient and mutant creatures can reproduce rapidly, especially the white giant spiders. Due to theirrge number. Every coastal city is being attacked by an army of them every day.
In addition, diseases and viruses are raging across the world. Especially the RR virus.
This virus has been around for quite some time now, but most doctors and scientists still have no clue about its cure.
Wastnds and ruins have appeared across the territories of many countries. Even superpowers like ¡®Panda country¡¯ and the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country are no different.
On these wastnds and ruins, various mutated creatures run rampant, insects, animals, and humans parasitized by zombie parasites can be seen everywhere in those ces.
The reason these areas became wastnds is due to the quick multiplication of the nts that emit deadly gases. These nts absorb the fertile soil in order to multiply, leaving deserts and wastnds behind them
Strange bugs such as metal worms, gas worms, and oil worms have also caused great harm to thatnd. Another point is that the geothermal heat is still weakening at a fast rate, resulting in many natural disasters and the like.
¡¡
Time quickly passed. About three monthster, an enclosed building made of concrete appeared on thatrge ind. The human alliance stopped on this ind for three months.
As for the ind, it was named Guardian One.
It¡¯s meant to be the first buffer between the aliens and the human alliance.
In fact, the base has been built quite a while ago. They are now building residential areas and searching for the nearby supplies and natural resources.
Fang Yun also noticed that in these three months, many fighters and airships are constantly going in and out of the base. They are searching in nearby areas and observing the terrain.
Fang Yun learned the general information from the soldiers¡¯ conversations. The area of the grass sea is very big. Preliminary estimates that it¡¯s evenrger than the area of the Pacific Ocean.
Their current speed isn¡¯t very fast. They need to coordinate the various teams, create a stable and longsting base, etc¡
Their team did not continue moving forward. They found another ind suitable for human development ahead, so they sent personnel to develop it.
In addition and more importantly. Since they stopped to build the base on Guardian One, the kaiju and other monsters didn¡¯t stop attacking them, resulting in many casualties.
Of course, there is also fresh blood added to the human alliance from their home countries. Although many people are dying every day, the number of personnel on the ind is still more than the first day;
¡±Professor Hook, Research on aliens has progressed.¡±
In an office, Hook, wearing a scientist¡¯s costume, was looking at a stack of documents in his hand. The sound of knocking suddenly sounded from the door, then without giving him the chance to respond, an excited young man opened the door and entered the room.
¡±Xiao Wang, what are you talking about?¡±
Hook almost jumped up at this time. He didn¡¯t pay attention to the disrespect of the young man. He quickly walked towards him and early asked.
¡±How is the analysis?¡±
With their current strength, it¡¯s very difficult to defeat the aliens. Their only hope is that they make major technical improvements during the war.
Reaching the level of the aliens¡¯ technology, then driving them out of the blue.
¡±These aliens are liquid metal bodies. They are also in the category of silicon-based life. We discovered that bybining parts of their bodies with our Blue native metals we can create metal with memory functions.¡±
¡±In addition, there has been some progress on the research of the Electromaic waves in this area. Maybe, we will soon be able to use technological products in this area.¡±
¡±Really? This is great!¡±
Hook also looked happy. The electromaic waves in this area greatly hindermunication.
As for the metal with memory function ¡ In fact, they have appeared long ago, going by the fact that his student reported this to him, it must be special.
¡±Professor Hook, this kind of memory metal, can change shape ording to the receivedmands.¡±
¡±It is said that this alloy can be neurally interactively connected, then controlled through the human brain.¡±
¡±This metal can form defensive tes, daggers, knives, swords, etc¡All sorts of cold weapons and these metal are very tough and resistant.¡±
Studies have long shown thatbining a certain metal on aliens¡¯ bodies and some native metals on the Blue results in an alloy with super defensive property.
If they can really control these ¡°memory metals¡±, this is undoubtedly great news for them. Just the prospect of army kaiju with them is amazing.
ording to scientists¡¯ calction, A kaiju armed with armors and weapons made from memory metal can fight with kaiju of higher levels.
It wasn¡¯t just ¡®Panda country¡¯ that had amazing discoveries. the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country also had good news, but it was rted to the level 6 kaiju.
Although there is a cooperative rtionship with each other, ¡®Panda country¡¯ still didn¡¯t give even one alien body to the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country.
Simrly, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country didn¡¯t n on sharing the level 6 kaiju body they struggled so hard to get. It can be seen that these two countries still have reservations about each other.
Only the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country is a bit miserable. They have no new discoveries or new technology. They can only participate in this operation with their courage.
While working day and night on Guardian One, they discovered that in these few months, the giant serpent has be bigger again.
This monster has evolved again.
Chapter 256: Three Years Later
Chapter 256: Three Years Later
Trantor: Yamir Moon
This is the 30th evolution of Fang Yun. His level was raised to level 31, and he got 30 skill points this time.
This time, after watching the constant advancement of the human alliance technology, he decided to use these skill points to upgrade ¡°Aegis Field¡±. After upgrading this skill to level 2, the field coverage has increased from 1 km to 5 km.
At the same time, the electromaic pulse intensity has increased a lot. As long as it is an ordinary aircraft enters his field, then it¡¯s basically guaranteed to fail and explode.
Of course, Fang Yun knows that the current human alliance has begun to create new anti-EMP technologies, but he believes that as long as this skill is constantly upgraded, their technology will definitely be unable to defend against his increasingly stronger EMP field.
The reason he upgraded this skill is mainly to guard against the human alliance. Although they are currently in a cooperative rtionship, he is a monster to them in the end.
He learned about their radical party that advocates the extermination of all the monsters in the world so he is naturally on guard.
During this time, the human alliance swept many of the nearby inds, killing off all the dinosaur and ancient/mutant creatures on them. They also resisted many waves of monster attacks led by many teams of kaiju.
At that time, Fang Yun will cheekily and shamelessly pick the loot they dropped. That is eating the monster¡¯s bodies that are floating across the battlefield.
However, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t eat freely every time. Sometimes he will take the initiative to attack those powerful Kaiju and monsters. Especially the ones that they can¡¯t deal with like levels 6 kaiju.
Doing this not only helps the human alliance but also prevents arge number of casualties and losses of material resources, it¡¯s a win-win situation.
Furthermore, the Venom-like aliens are also aiming at him. Right now, there is the human alliance to share the pressure with him so he is not particrly feeling anything, but if the human alliance was defeated, the aliens would free their hands and concentrate all their manpower on him. That would be disastrous.
Back to evolution. After evolving, In addition to skill points, his size still increased as always.
The increase this time is quiterge. At level 30, he was only 350 meters, but this time, his length increased by 50 meters, reaching a horrific 400 meters long.
Even his diameter has reached an exaggerated 13 meters.
400 meters long, that¡¯s already the height of most skyscrapers. In fact, most of them don¡¯t even reach that height.
His attributes need nor be said, they are all in the thousands. With each evolution, each of his attributes increases by more than a hundred points. Especially his strength attribute, which increase by more than a thousand after each evolution.
With hisrger size, coupled with the improvement of his skills, his strength and survivability have increased a lot, which increased his self-confidence and fearlessness. He sometimes swims to the depth of the sea to check the seafloor or travel to the depth of the enemy homnd to scout their situation.
However, this sea area is too big. He once swam ahead for more than five days, crossing tens of thousands of kilometers, but he didn¡¯t see the end.
He is now sure that the added area is the one he saw in the space channel.
After the nuclear explosion, the space channel was indeed destroyed, but as a result, the space behind the channel ovepped with that of the grass sea.
Fang Yun revolved around the guardian One. The forest was basically removed from the ind, and many new structures were built in its ce.
From time to time, there are aircraftnding or flying, in short, the roar of the engines is almost uninterrupted.
After circling around Guardian One, he swam towards other inds to check their situation, just like a lion king patrolling his territory.
As for those Blue humans, they aren¡¯t surprised or scared at his sight. In the past period of time, they have be ustomed to his existence.
More and more humans were transferred to the captured inds in this area, civilians ount for the vast majority.
In fact, at the beginning, almost all countries were recruiting civilians from their country, hoping that they woulde to this sea area to create new settlements.
However, there were very few responders, only some people who struggled to survive in their homnd came here.
Butter on, everyone found out that the environment in this sea area is actually much better than that of thend outside.
There are no viruses raging here and no deadly gas. Even the ancient and mutant creatures that are attacking the bases every day are cleaned by the corresponding personnel.
The most important thing is that the giant serpent is also here. This giant monster can be said to be their guarantee andst defense against the powerful monsters, especially level 6 kaiju.
After the situation over here was spread in the outside world, more and more people applied toe here, and manyboratories have moved over.
Fang Yun toured the entire base of the human alliance. During these three months, humans have upied five big inds.
This number is also rapidly growing.
¡±Maybe here will be an independent kingdom here in the future.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally that if the situation in the world outside gets more severe, then this might really be true.
Although this may seem despicable, He hopes that this kind of situation happens. Because then the human alliance will be forced to innovate and invade this area more crazily leading to the battle between them and the monsters.
Fang Yun thinks that with his addition, the human alliance still has a big chance to win this war. His main concern is the mountain-sized giant spider and the situation of the where the aliens are located.
If there is a channel connecting the two worlds at the depth of the sea, he will certainly not rush through it, but humans are curious creatures. He is sure that someone will take the initiative to enter the channel and then go to the alien.
Fang Yun kept wandering in this area. If the human alliance nned on moving forward, he will immediately keep up. If not, he will just keep wandering around.
¡¡¡
Three years have passed since Guardian One was captured. In this period of time, he evolved three times.
Up to now, his level has reached 34, and his body size has increased a lot. His length has reached 550 meters and his diameter has reached 17 meters.
The inds controlled by the human alliance have reached an astonishing 15 big inds and many smaller ones. Their technology has also changed dramatically.
First of all, they are now able tomunicate electronically in this EMP-filled environment. They also installed giant engines under these inds, giving these inds the ability to move like boats. The fastest one has a speed of 50 km/h.
As he expected before, this ce has almost be a kingdom. The situation outside has also be much worse, the virus is currently raging across all parts of the world.
Even after so many years of intensive research, they still didn¡¯t find a cure for the raging virus.
Whenever they research some kind of drug that controls it, the virus will immediately mutate, rendering that drug ineffective.
Sadly, the major superpowers didn¡¯t focus on this thing as much as before.
The outside world and the almost 2 billion inhabitents were kind of abandoned by them.
Guardian One is no longer thergest ind controlled by the human alliance, but its status has not changed.
Its geographical position has changed, advancing more than 3,000 kilometers deeper in this sea area. It has various propellers on its body and has many new weapons.
This ind is acting more and more like a huge mothership.
At present, the research onser weapons in ¡®Panda country¡¯ has reached an extremely high level. They have developedser weapons capable of killing level 3 kaiju with just three shots.
Levels 6 Kaiju are no longer as invincible as before.
Chapter 257: Exploration Team
Chapter 257: Exploration Team
Trantor: Yamir Moon
At the beginning, even level 5 kaiju presented a great challenge for them. As for level 6 kaiju, they were almost unsolvable.
In the past three years, they aren¡¯t even sure how many times they were attacked by them. The only reason they were able to resist until now is the giant serpent.
Fang Yun is not selflessly helping the human alliance. After each war, the monsters¡¯ bodies left behind are his loot.
In addition, the human alliance is acting as his shield right now, it can¡¯t be destroyed yet.
Fang Yun also noticed several times that the kaiju were specifically targeting him. While touring around the area around, he was surrounded several times by an army of kaiju led by at least 3 levels 6 ones.
However, after evolving so many times, even 3 levels 6 kaiju aren¡¯t his opponents right now.
These three evolutions rewarded him with a total of 96 skill points, which he used to upgrade ¡°Aegis Field¡± once and ¡°Energy Beam¡± twice.
These two skills have be the following, ¡°Aegis Field¡± (3/5), ¡°Energy Beam¡± (4/5).
In addition, the most amazing thing that happened to him in the past 3 years is that a new skill was refreshed. ¡°sma Cloud¡±
As the name suggests, after activation, Fang Yun will release arge cloud of sma-like substances that will greatly interfere with technology products.
Whether it¡¯s a missile, airne, or an aircraft, once they enter the sma cloud, the strong interference will generate a rotating torque. This will create an amazinglyrge centripetal force, almost like a tornado. The things inside the sma cloud will be torn apart due to therge centripetal force
However, he didn¡¯t upgrade this skill for the time being, ¡°Aegis Field¡± is enough to deal with technology weapons for now. Thinking about it, the skills that have appeared recently seem to be mainly for dealing with technology weapons.
He is currently facing two powerful civilizations. The mysterious human civilization and the mysterious alien civilization. The aliens¡¯ technology tree is mainly biological, and he doesn¡¯t have any conflict with the human civilization so he doesn¡¯t really need ¡°sma Cloud¡± right now;
¡±Shoo!!¡±
Fang Yun was wandering next to ¡°Guardian One¡±. The roars of aircraft engines sounded next to his ear. He knew that there was another ne flying up. ncing at the lively inds around, he swam to the distance.
In fact, he doesn¡¯t approve of the human alliance madly heading forward. After all, he still doesn¡¯t know anything about the capabilities of the mother of the kaiju, the giant mountain-spider.
It¡¯s a pity that he doesn¡¯t have the ability tomunicate with people yet, or he would have told them.
In fact, he is doubting a bit whether that giant spider can even more. Otherwise, why didn¡¯t ite to attack humans until now?
While Fang Yun was thinking of this. 20,000 miles away, three airships were flying forward, two of which were supply ships and one was a battleship.
In the battleship¡¯smand room, giant monitors are showing the situation outside, and in front of each monitor, a person is sitting.
These people are all looking at the monitors in front of them, surveying the situation outside.
Above the giant monitors, there are smaller screens on which the condition of the battleship is shown.
This is a team that came out to investigate the aliens¡¯ base. They have been traveling ahead for almost 2 days.
At present, their team is the fleet that is farthest away from the ¡°Guardian One¡± amongst all teams going out for exploration.
ording to the n, they will travel for another 100 kilometers. If they don¡¯t find anything, they have to go back.
¡±Sir, we are about to reach the limit of this expedition, should we get ready to return?¡±
After a while, in the middle of themand room, a soldier wearing a headset suddenly turned around and said to a middle-aged man sitting in the middle of the control room.
This middle-aged man is the captain of this battleship.
Captain Monan pondered for a moment, then said.
¡±Prepare to return.¡±
When thismand was made, Monan shook his head helplessly.
¡±How wide is this sea area?¡±
Just the currently discovered area is much bigger than the Pacific Ocean, not to mention the area that is still undiscovered.
¡±Let everyone rx, don¡¯t be too nervous.¡±
Monan looked at the tense people in themand room and said. During this time, they have been quite nervous and on guard for aliens attack. Especially level 6 kaiju.
Now that they are ready to return home, there shouldn¡¯t be any problem, so Monan urged them to rx a bit. It¡¯s not good for their mental health to remain tense for too long.
¡±Uncle Mo, do you think that the aliens¡¯ base is at the end of this sea?¡±
Suddenly, a young soldier beside Monan couldn¡¯t help but ask. Their rtionship seemed to be very good.
¡±Why, can¡¯t you eat this bitterness?¡±
Monanughed and said.
¡±I said, Xiao Zhou, old Lin used a lot of rtionships before transferring you from the navy force to our air force. You can¡¯t hold this bit of hardship now?¡±
The young soldier whom Monan called Xiao Zhou is called Zhen Zhou.
He used to be a crew member of the navy fleet but waster transferred to their battleship as a technician. The safety factor here is higher.
This Xiao Zhou is the young soldier who attacked the level 5 crocodile-kaiju for his crush, that is the pilot of ¡°Mad Tiger¡±.
¡±Of course not, I¡¯m just curious.¡±
Zhen Zhou smiled sheepishly and asked Monan again.
¡±Uncle Mo. If we find the aliens¡¯ base, are we going to attack them?¡±
¡±Of course. We have to test their firepower.¡±
Monan said tly.
¡±I know what you want to ask. aliens are actually not that scary, especially now that our weapons have advanced.¡±
¡±Think about it, if those aliens are really a lot stronger than us, will they sit and watch us move towards their nest?¡±
¡±We have to remove these aliens as soon as possible so that our Blue can return to the previous state.¡±
Hearing this, Zhen Zhou nodded on the surface, but he disagreed internally. He doesn¡¯t think that their can really return to the previous state. Especially after the death of more than half of the world¡¯s poption.
¡±Captain, you might want to see this.¡±
A soldier wearing a headset suddenly turned around and said to Monan, his voice slightly trembling.
Monan hurriedly looked over, then strode out over there.
Zhen Zhou also got up and followed him, walking behind the captain. Monan didn¡¯t care about him, because he waspletely attracted by the thing he saw on the screen.
¡±Uncle Mo, what¡¯s wrong?¡±
Zhen Zhou was curious about the reaction of Monan and the soldier. He probed his head, looking at the disy, after which he immediately froze.
Chapter 258: Kaiju Mother Exposure
Chapter 258: Kaiju Mother Exposure
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±This¡¡¡±
Zhen Zhou looked at the thing on the screen in front of him with a shocked look.
¡±Uncle Mo, what is that thing below?¡±
Monan who was also looking at the screen didn¡¯t answer him, because even he was also shocked speechless at the sight of the thing below.
On the disy screening font of them, there is a huge mountain range. They are currently hovering over the edge of the mountain range, but even at 10 kilometers above the sea surface, they still can¡¯t see the edge of this huge mountain range.
They can only conclude that this mountain range is unbelievable huge.
On the surface of those mountains, there are lush vegetation. Giant trees rose into the sky, their canopy covered the sky and the sun. From time to time, giant creatures can be seen shutting through the giant trees.
If only this was the case, it will definitely not cause Zhen Zhou and Monan to be so shocked.
On this journey, they have seen many inds, dozens, or even hundreds. This ind is just a much bigger one than the ones they saw before. Even if that mountain range is so huge, it can be considered a wonder of the world, it can¡¯t really shock them so much.
However, that mountain range isn¡¯t that simple. On the edge of this mountain range, there is a giant tissue, like an umbilical cord, extending from it to an embryo-like thing submerged in the ocean. The number of those embryos is overwhelming.
Those ¡°embryos¡± are beating at certain intervals continuously, just like a heart. Along with each beat, the water surface slightly rippled.
Their size is also veryrge, just the part above the water surface is as big as a car, some are even bigger.
Through their high-powered camera, they saw that those ¡°embryos¡± are two-fold transparent. They can roughly see what kind of creature is inside.
¡±Kaiju?¡±
Zhen Zhou and Monan immediately realized. They said the same word at the same time, then looked at each other again, both of which found the shock on the other¡¯s face.
¡±Uncle Mo, we seem to have discovered something extraordinary.¡±
Zhen Zhou took a deep breath and said.
¡±This is the kaiju¡¯s nest. The aliens¡¯ nest also shouldn¡¯t be far away.¡±
¡±Those embryos are thervae of kaiju, but why are their umbilical cords connected to that mountain range ¡¡±
After saying this, Zhen Zhou suddenly stopped talking, he said to Monan with a look of disbelief.
¡±Uncle Mo, wouldn¡¯t that giant mountain below be another kaiju?¡±
Monan¡¯s mouth twitched, he really wanted to tell Zhen Zhou that a creature that big should is impossible to exist, but he felt that what Zhen Zhou said is very likely.
Themand center immediately became silent.
This is terrifying.
If that big mountain is really a kaiju, then what level would it be?
Can their Blue really handle this kaiju?
They have to report their discovery to the higher-ups.
Monan knows that the current situation is out of his hands. He immediately asked the staff to connect to the Guardian One, he wants to talk to the leaders.
After some discussion, he got the order to transmit the captured image data back, then return back to Guardian One.
Just as Monan was preparing to take action, an earth-shattering loud noise sounded from the sea below.
¡±Boom!!¡±
The scene below quickly appeared on the disy.
On the slightly wavy water surface, a huge embryo suddenly exploded, bursting out, Blue Blood squirted everywhere, then a kaiju slowly climbed from the embryo.
The kaiju used its limbs and legs to slowly swim on the sea surface. That kaiju is not big yet, just a small kaiju, but Monan and Zhen Zhou, who are already familiar with the kaiju, can see it, This is therva of a kind of level 5 kaiju.
After the baby kaiju came out of the ¡°embryo¡±, it kept using its limbs to swim around, howling from time to time.
¡±It really is a kaiju.¡±
Monan said solemnly, after which he suddenly started shouting.
¡±Return immediately! Return!¡±
The three huge airships suddenly drew a semicircle, then flew back from the way they came from.
In themand room, Monan and Zhen Zhou are still looking at the disy. Suddenly, another embryo exploded, then a small kaiju climbed out from it.
This scene caused them to look more solemn, Monan yelled at his crew again.
¡±Quick, quick, leave this ce as fast as possible!¡±
Outside, three huge airships flew forward at their fastest speed, disappearing in the blink of an eye.
However, Monan and Zhen Zhou in themand room seemed to hear another explosion sound.
Monan was a little anxious, he felt that something is wrong. Of course, he isn¡¯t sure about this point.
The kaiju was undoubtedly bred from that huge mountain-like monster. When they first arrived, the scene was quite peaceful, but after a while, the embryos started exploding one after another, which isn¡¯t right.
Are kaiju usually conceived in arge batch, or is that mountain-sized monster elerating the breeding speed of Kaiju?
In addition, just that mountain-sized monster is enough for him to return to the base as soon as possible, then report what he has seen to the top. Not to mention the abnormal breeding event.
On the wide sea surface, Guardian One is still moving forward at a rtively constant speed.
The construction on the base is still in full swing, and there are many inds around it, moving at the same speed, moving deeper into the grass sea.
Fang Yun swam around the ¡°Satellite One¡±. The Guardian One wasn¡¯t attacked by a single monster today, causing him to feel bored.
After his level has skyrocketed, although his strength was increased exponentially, the amount of bio-energy required for the next evolution has increased to a terrifying level.
Just the next evolution required 700 million bio-energy.
¡±It¡¯s really terrifying, even if high-level kaiju jump into my mouth one after the other, it will still take a very long time for me to evolve.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, his thoughts still continued wandering.
¡±I really hope to meet some kind of small creature that provides arge amount of bio-energy.¡±
¡±Thinking about it, why can¡¯t I devour those aliens?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s thinking jumped around. When he first met the aliens, the system did give any prompt, but he still tried to eat them.
He killed and ate quite a lot of them, but the system still didn¡¯t give him any prompt. He is now sure that those aliens don¡¯t provide bio-energy at all, not even 1. He encountered this situation for the first time.
Previously, no matter what type of creatures, that is as small as ants, they do provide him with bio-energy points, but the aliens don¡¯t provide a single point.
For the time being, he doesn¡¯t know the reason. He could only put this question aside and concentrate on the important stuff first, that is eating.
Fang Yun is doing exactly that right now.
Although now kaiju has attacked Guardian One in the past few days. The number of ancient and mutant creatures around the base is almost inexhaustible.
He really wonders where these ancient and mutant creaturese from, their number is almost endless, which is very scary.
¡±Boom! Boom!¡±
While Fang Yun was thinking about these messy things, engine sounds appeared from afar, after which three airships slowlynded on the port of Guardian One.
The three airships slowlynded, causing a lot of smoke to fly to the air. Then, several figures rushed out of the dust cloud, running towards themand center anxiously.
¡±Did something happen?¡±
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun looked a bit surprised.
Chapter 259: The Spy Snake
Chapter 259: The Spy Snake
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In a meeting room, the atmosphere was extremely heavy.
The important members of the three major powers all sat in their seats. This is a meeting at the highest level.
At the forefront of the conference table, three majestic old men sat, they are the leaders of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, ¡®Panda country¡¯, and the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country. At the same time, they are the highest leaders of the human alliance.
Suddenly, the leader of ¡®Panda country¡¯ stood up and said to the rest of the people in the meeting room.
¡±Ladies and Gentlemen, this time we called you because we have had an extremely important discovery.¡±
His eyes drifted to the other end of the long table. There are two men standing over there, Monan and Zhen Zhou.
Bearing the sights of so many big shots, the two of them could hardly keep theirposure.
¡°This is Captain Monan and his subordinate Zhen Zhou.¡±
The leader of ¡®Panda country¡¯ introduced the two of them, then continued talking.
¡°Previously, Captain Monan took the Z-76 battleship and traveled straight ahead, crossing a distance of more than 25,000 kilometers.¡±
Hearing this old man¡¯s im, the sound of hushed discussions sounded in the meeting room. No one dared to go that deep into this sea area before.
¡°Mr.Lu Cheng, so this Captain Monan has discovered something? It is¡The aliens base?¡±
Next to Panda country¡¯s leader Lu Cheng, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯s president suddenly said. the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country¡¯s leader is also an elderly old man with white hair, beard, tall nose, blue eyes, and a little Mediterranean look.
¡°Yes, Mr.Wilson.¡±
Lu Cheng nodded solemnly.
¡°This matter is about the destiny of human civilization.¡±
Hearing this sentence, the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ president looked very dignified.
¡°They saw the alien¡¯s base?¡±
His eyes were locked on Monan and Zhen Zhou, making the two more nervous. Especially thetter, he looked very nervous and ufortable.
¡°Monan, start the video you shot.¡±
Lu Cheng sat down and waved.
Monan nodded solemnly, turned on the projector, then began to exin.
¡°At that time we were all nning to return, but it was at then that we had an amazing discovery.¡±
Suddenly, a holographic screen appeared on the opposite wall.
On the screen, there is an endless sea. The water surface is very calm, apart from the asional ripples. Due to the high-resolution camera, the scene is very clear.
This is nothing new. All the people in this meeting room have seen this scene so many time, they grew tired of it.
However, Lu Cheng and Wilson patiently waited for what¡¯s next. About ten secondster, something strange appeared in the constantly moving forward screen.
The first thing that caught their eyes was a sharp corner of an ind, covered with ayer of lush giant trees.
As the battleship continued moving forward, more and more parts of this ¡°ind¡± were disyed on the projection screen.
The exotic scenery didn¡¯t surprise the leaders in the meeting room, they saw simr scenes many times before.
But shortly afterward, another thing appeared
¡±That is¡¡¡±
Wilson beside Lu Cheng abruptly stood up. He stared at the scene on the projected screen with wide eyes.
The other people in the conference room are basically the same. Only Lu Cheng who has seen this video before kept hisposure.
On the holographic screen. There is an azure sea, a big ind contrasted sharply with the endless blue sea. On the giant ind, there is a giant round mountain, covered with trees andkes.
That mountain is extremely huge, probably over 10 kilometers high, that¡¯s even bigger than the biggest mountain recorded in the past era, but its diameter is even bigger, as they can¡¯t even see its end.
Although this is quite surprising, it¡¯s not enough to cause the human leaders to lose theirposure.
What shocked them is the many umbilical cord-like things extending out of the mountain and the endless semi-transparent embryos in the sea.
On the sea surface, many embryos are throbbing. The amazing fluctuations produced with each throb and the vibrant vitality exuded by the embryos caused the people in the meeting room to wonder if they will burst.
In fact, that¡¯s exactly what happened. After a while, one the embryos burst, then followed by the second, the third, and so on¡
As the video continued ying, the conference room was filled with silence. The leaders standing at the peak of humanity looked sluggishly at this scene for a while, then took a sharp breath of air.
It took them a while before gradually calming down.
¡±What do you think?¡±
Lu Cheng withdrew his gaze from the holographic screen, then nced at the people in front of the conference table, saying.
¡±Monan and his crew said that that giant mountain is likely a kaiju.¡±
¡±This kaiju is a bit simr to the queen in the ant cave. she¡¯s responsible for producing various types of kaiju, but she herself doesn¡¯t have much strength.¡±
¡±However, We¡¯re not sure of that¡±
Lu Cheng shook his head helplessly and said.
¡±I think that we should take the initiative and directly destroy this giant kaiju,pletely ending this endless monster attack.¡±
¡±This is too risky, Lu.¡±
Wilson seriously said.
¡±If we act carelessly, we might face a big catastrophe.¡±
The sound of discussions filled the conference room. Most agreed with Wilson¡¯s opinion, few agreed with Lu Cheng approach.
This small number of people are mostly from the radical party.
¡±Well, we don¡¯t have much time, we will use fighters to scout the situation over there. After gathering enough information, we will search for a while to deal with that giant kaiju.¡±
The meeting took a while before finallying to a viable decision. Lu Cheng looked around and said that loudly.
The people in the meeting room nodded, that kaiju is extremely huge and they don¡¯t know anything about it.
Who knows if it can move or attack them? Now, they don¡¯t have the courage to directly deal with it without knowing any piece of information about it.
¡±Okay, in a few days we will send manpower to monitor the situation over there. Each fleet should pay more attention in this sensitive period of time. The kaiju mightunch arge scale attack on us. Each one of us must prepare for that.¡±
Lu Cheng summed up the meeting, then concluded it.
The reason why he said that is because they saw several embryos exploding, followed by a young kaiju crawling out of the embryos.
The human alliance highest council members are worried that the kaiju who drilled out from the embryos willunch an attack on them.
However, the thing that gave them the most pressure is still the kaiju mother; That mountain range sized body has put a lot of pressure on them, almost causing them to be breathless.
¡±End of the meet ¡ Boom.¡±
Lu Cheng was about to say ¡°End of the meeting¡±, but he didn¡¯t expect the projector in the meeting room started emitting a burst of sparks before exploding.
¡±Oh?¡±
Lu Cheng frowned, then shook his head.
¡±Was our circuit system attacked again?¡±
¡±Yeah, probably¡±
Wilson shrugged helplessly.
¡±Well¡¡¡±
On the sea surface, Fang Yun shook his huge head. He used electromaic signals to invade into the base¡¯s conference room, then spy on their conversation.
It¡¯s just¡due to his inability to control the strength of the electromaic signal, the projector exploded.
¡±The human leaders found the kaiju mother, but it seems that the Kaiju are preparing tounch arge scale attack. No wonder I didn¡¯t see any kaiju around these days.¡±
Chapter 260: On the Eve of the Decisive Battle
Chapter 260: On the Eve of the Decisive Battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun¡¯s body leisurely pierced the waves in the sea. He was analyzing the conversation he heard before in his mind.
¡°It seems that the decisive war is not far in the future. I hope that the human alliance doesn¡¯t disappoint me.¡±
Fang Yun thought while swimming forward.
In the past few days, he has been eavesdropping on various conversations in this base and learned a lot.
The situation of the outside world is getting worse and worse.
Not to mention viruses and the like, just the energy crisis is terrible enough. In addition, the geothermal heat is still rapidly decreasing, plus the dust clouds covering the sky and preventing sun rays from shining on earth, caused the temperature to reach a terrifyingly low level.
Many ces have be cold cier where no life can thrive, the outside world is almost experiencing another ice age.
In addition, Fang Yun also discovered thetest big killer developed by the human alliance.
He didn¡¯t hear about it, he actually saw humans conducting a test on Guardian Five.
That ind was almostpletely ttened. They only preserved arge jungle area on the edge of the ind. Only that ce still has tall trees and lush bushes.
The test was conducted there.
The first to appear was a K-series fighter. After reaching the ind, a man jumped off from the bottom of the cabin.
Fang Yun was clearly able to see what that guy looks like. It was an Asian, male, with a though face, and a burly figure. He jumped off from the fighter without even a parachute.
The look on his face was extremely calm, without any slight fluctuations in his expression.
There are two big trees below him. Between the crowns of these two trees, there is an empty space of about 3 meters wides. Without any ident, the man is likely to fall in that face, straight to the ground.
Unless this guy is a superman, falling from a height 3 or 4 kilometers is enough to reduce him into a meat paste.
¡°Has the physical fitness of humans already reached such a level?¡±
He knew about the fact that human can increase their physical fitness by consuming various mutant creatures.
He even heard that someone used kaiju flesh and blood to make some kind of strengthening potion. Even an ordinary man drinks this potion, along with adequate exercise, he can transform into a superhuman being in just a week.
This potion is a top-secret product that only a few people at the top of the human race know of. He overheard information about it while spying on their information.
Back to the man who jumped off the fighter, his next actions caused Fang Yun to realize that he ispletely wrong.
When the man reached a distance of about 5 meters above the two trees, 2 fluid ropes were suddenly ejected from his body, heading straight to the branches of the two trees.
After the guild ropes wrapped around the tree branches, they suddenly hardened. The man used the falling momentum to swing around in the air a few times, before falling lightly on the ground.
¡°Huh? What is that?¡±
Fang Yun felt that that liquid-like object is very simr to the biological build of Venom he saw in his previous life.
He still remembers that when the male host was riding a lotive to escape. His venom suit was able to transform into various shapes, which he used to hinder the people chasing him.
While Fang Yun was surprised, a person was quickly meaning through the forest, jumping from tree to tree, as quick as lightning. After stealthily approaching the Asian man, he quickly raised a machine gun and started shooting at him.
The moment the sound of gunshots sounded, the liquid metal on the Asian man instantly wrapped his body, forming an armor, protecting him from the bullet rain.
At that moment, he looked very simr to the aliens that Fang Yun killed before.
Looking at this scene, Fang Yun looked thoughtful.
¡°Is it because of the aliens I killed?¡±
Looking at the new image of the man, Fang Yun thought back to an event he experienced before.
When he was in Hualien, he was ambushed by three levels 6 kaiju and a group of aliens. In the end, he killed a lot of aliens, the rest escaped along with the three levels 6 kaiju.
At that time, he wasn¡¯t far away from the fleet of ¡®Panda country¡¯. They must have picked the bodies of the aliens after he went away.
¡°Bang! Bang! Bang!¡±
Many bulletsnded on the armor of the Asian man. The sound of collision continuously sounded from the ind. The bullets werepletely unable to prate that few millimeters thick armor.
That machine gun isn¡¯t an ordinary product. It¡¯s thetest version specially made from new materials. The bullets are also special armor-piercing bullets made from a mixture of special metal and kaiju bones.
If the tanks of the old era are put in front of them, they will be easily shared to pieces. That just goes to show how strong is the defense of that armor.
¡°This defense is quite good.¡±
Fang Yun nodded.
¡°I wonder if that armor can resist my lightning attack or energy beam.¡±
He resisted the urge tounch an energy beam on that man and left the ind.
It seems that the human alliance isn¡¯t just passively waiting for the final attack of the kaiju. They are also preparing.
That liquid armor should be one of their trump cards.
However, they shouldn¡¯t have shown theplete ability of that liquid metal in front of him. He feels that they are still hiding a lot of things.
¡°Why not create a suit like that of Iron Man?¡±
Fang Yun feels that the human alliance definitely has the capability to develop war suits like those of Iron man.
Using theirtest technologies, along with that liquid metal, they can definitely create an army of ¡°Iron Men¡±.
In fact, the human alliance researchers had this idea a long time ago.
It¡¯s just that there are a lot of problems that need to be solved before making suits like that. For example, control. The human brain can¡¯t make precise orders under the pressure of supersonic movement. They need something that will make controlling the suit easier, for example, Artificial Intelligence.
Fang Yun did not go out or wander around these days but stayed near the base. He slowly trailed behind Guardian One while surveying the surrounding situation.
As long as the war starts, he can immediately act.
In the past few days, he discovered that the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country had been experimenting with a controble level 6 kaiju
He watched as this kaiju flew at supersonic speeds in the sky. It opened its mouth and sprayed a very thick light beam, whichnded straight on a small ind with a diameter of one kilometer. The ind waspletely destroyed.
As the days passed, the imaginary decisive battle did not erupt, but human alliance never let their guard down.
They are constantly experimenting with new weapons. Furthermore, they are many scouts and spies surveying the area near the base of the aliens.
Around all the major inds, from Guardian One to Guardian Nine. There are many marine warships, and airships guarding them.
Almost three monthster, Fang Yun was a bit bored. During this time, he was mostly trailing near the base. He is starting to get impatient.
But just on this day, something finally happened.
Chapter 261: The War is On The Verge
Chapter 261: The War is On The Verge
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Uncle Mo,e here, something has happened!¡±
In a surveince room, Zhen Zhou was looking at a disy screen. He waved his hands in a certain direction while shouting;
A middle-aged man not far away walked over and looked at the screen.
¡±What¡¯s going on, Xiao Zhou?¡±
While also looking at the screen, he asked Zhen Zhou.
¡±Within our surveince range, 58 kaiju embryos have disappeared from their ce near the mother of kaiju.¡±
Zhen Zhou pointed his fingers at the screen while saying.
¡±So much?¡±
Monan was taken aback. Only a few hours have passed since hest checked, how could so many kaiju hatches in such a short period of time?
The scray thing is that this is only within the range they monitor, there are 19 other districts as big as their district. God knows how many kaiju have hatched in all of these areasbined.
¡±Xiao Zhou, immediately report this to the chiefmander.¡±
Monan said solemnly. Recently, ording to the statistics, the number of kaiju hatching every day is getting bigger and bigger. This is not a good sign.
¡±Understood¡±
Zhen Zhou also knew the seriousness of the matter this time. He nodded solemnly and turned around. Just as he was about to leave the surveince room, the screen in front of them suddenly flickered, then turned ck.
¡±What the hell is happening?¡±
Monan stared at this scene in amazement. Zhen Zhou was also shocked, but after calming down and thinking about it, he came to a conclusion.
¡±The unmanned surveince ne we installed there was destroyed.¡±
¡±Hurry up and switch to another drone.¡±
The ce where they are currently in is not next to the giant mother kaiju. They are in the base on Guardian 4. They are monitoring that ce through advanced military drones, and small airships not far from the aliens¡¯ base.
After hearing Monan ¡¯s instructions, Zhen Zhou hurriedly tapped on the control board, but after some time, he suddenly stopped. He looked up at Monan and said.
¡±Uncle Mo, All the unmanned surveince drones in our district have been destroyed. ¡°
Hearing this, Monan brows deeply furrowed.
There have also been instances of drones being destroyed before, which are basically due to the levels 6 kaiju passing by them. There are a lot of levels 6 kaiju near the aliens base. This is one of the major reasons why they didn¡¯t rashly attack the aliens base.
However, the have been no instance where all the drones in a certain district were destroyed at the same time. The distance between each drone is at least 3 kilometers. Moreover, the number of drones in each district is very big.
Something is wrong, Monan guts are telling him this.
Monan took a breath, then quickly walked out of the surveince room with a somber face.
While Monan was running to report to his superiors, on the side of the Guardian 5, Fang Yun was swallowing the many ancient and mutant creatures attracted by the giant turtle.
Not far away from him, on Guardian 5, an army is conductingbat training, each one of them is equipped with various guns and a liquid metal suit.
Needless to say, most of the airships are also equipped with special weapons made from liquid metal.
The individualbat capabilities of these soldiers wearing liquid metal suits are very high.
While eating various sea monsters, Fang Yun was watching these soldiers perform tactical exercises. This is his only pass time right now.
Just as Fang Yun was eating giant sea monsters like popcorn and watching those supersoldiers undergo tactical training, he suddenly felt familiar biological waves not far away.
¡±The biological waves of the kaiju.¡±
Kaiju can expertly hide the biological waves emitted by their giant bodies, making it very difficult to detect them. As long as they don¡¯t directly appear, humans don¡¯t usually discover their existence.
They used this camouge method tounch surprise attacks on the human alliance many times, and this time is no different. However, although they might be able to hide from human radars, they can¡¯t hide at all in front of Fang Yun.
¡±Arge army of kaiju ising towards the base.¡±
¡±Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He raised his head and roared loudly to the sky, sending outrge shockwaves from his mouth, creatingrge waves and giant ripples in the area near him. His voice traveled across dozens of kilometers,pletely covering the human living area around.
Those soldiers training on Guardian 5 were the first to hear the deafening roar of Fang Yun.
In a training square, Hook looked at the team of soldiers wearing liquid metal suits and undergoing tactical training.
Of course, they like to call them super bio-soldiers.
He is currently watching a team of soldiers undergoing a running test.
This is not an ordinary running training. The speed standard required from each of these soldiers is 150 km/h. This is just the basic necessary speed, they must be faster, that¡¯s why they are undergoing these brutal training.
Only in this way can they fit with the ¡°Alien Bio-Suits¡± on their bodies.
¡±Xiao Yu, have you recorded the physical abilities of these soldiers?¡±
Hook watched as the super bio-soldiers stopped running, then sat on the ground and gasped for breath, then asked his assistant next to him;
¡±Professor, all recorded.¡±
Hearing the youth¡¯s answer, Hook nodded. He is the leader in charge of this project. He needs to get first-hand physical data of these super bio-soldiers to conduct further research.
Just as he was about to say something to his assistant, a deafening roar sounded from the distant sea.
¡±Oh?¡±
Hook looked surprised. He looked in the direction from where the roar sounded. On the sea surface a few kilometers away from their ind, a behemoth raised its head and looked at the area in front of it.
Even if they were more than 5 kilometers away from each other, he was able to clearly see the behemoth body and face, showcasing the enormous size of that behemoth.
¡±Giant Serpent?¡±
Hook was a bit confused. The giant serpent never bothered before. They had a subtle cooperative rtionship where each one was benefiting without bothering each other. This is the first time he heard it roar, why did it do that?
He looked in the direction that the giant serpent was looking in, frowning.
¡±This giant serpent¡ What does it mean?¡±
He looked a bit confused at first, but in the next moment, his pupils suddenly shrank. In the direction where the giant serpent is looking, many giant dark shadows suddenly appeared, swimming straight towards their base.
¡±Kaiju! All of these shadows belong to kaiju!¡±
After Hook realized that, he shouted loudly.
¡±Everyone! go to your post! prepare for war! Kaiju are attacking!¡±
¡±Quick, Hurry up!¡±
Hearing the student cries, all the super bio-soldiers looked to the distance with a shocked look. Then after a short moment, they scrambled to their posts.
It wasn¡¯t just the bio-soldiers, almost all the people on the ind looked in the direction where the giant serpent was looking at.
Not far away from their base, many tall shadows emerged from underwater, then quickly swam towards their base. It was a veryrge army of kaiju.
¡±Kaiju Attack! Kaiju Attack!¡±
On some corner of the ind, a person was screaming loudly, and at the moment when his voice sounded, a harsh rm rang.
¡±Roar!!!¡±
After the deafening roar of the giant serpent, the kaiju army didn¡¯t bother to hide anymore. They roared loudly, seeminglypeting with the giant serpent.
It wasn¡¯t just Guardian 5 that was attacked by a kaiju army. Almost all the human inds on the Grass sea were attacked by a kaiju army.
The harsh sounds of sirens sounded through the Grass sea. Humans are quickly preparing for an unprecedented battle.
This will be the war that will decide the fate of humanity. Whether they will emerge as a victor and continue to advance or lose the war and get exterminated. Everything is at stake.
The war is on the verge.
Chapter 262: The Battle Begins
Chapter 262: The Battle Begins
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The harsh rm sounded through the entire base, many people ran around on the inds, some ran towards their posts, some were preparing for war.
¡±Professor, we have to leave this ce immediately!¡±
Guardian 5 is too close to the kaiju army. Hook has a high chance of dying if he remained on this ind.
¡±Let¡¯s go.¡±
Hook did not hesitate. He called his assistant Xiao Yu, then walked towards the prepared fighter under the escort of the super bio-soldiers.
¡±Vroom! Vroom!¡±
The roar of engines sounded through the small airport, a blue me erupted from the end of the vertical engine. After which the k-series fighter began to slowly take off.
Not long after, this huge fighter with a length of 150 meters reached the height of 3 kilometers, then moved forward, it quickly surpassed the speed of sound and disappeared in the distant sky. The fighter¡¯s destination is Guardian 1.
¡±Guardian One¡± is protected by the most powerful armed forces. It¡¯s the ce where the top leaders and important researchers live. Only top-level professors like Hook can live there.
¡±Professor, Mr. Lu wants to talk to you.¡±
In the cabin, a crew member walked over with a tablet, then conveyed this message to Hook.
After getting Hook¡¯s agreement, he turned on the tablet and navigated through it. A few secondster, a Holographic image of a man appeared on the surface of the tablet.
¡±Professor Hook.¡±
After Lu Cheng¡¯s face appeared in the holographic image, he immediately said to Hook.
¡±Please return to the central base as soon as possible ande to the meeting room.¡±
¡±Understood, chief Lu.¡±
After hearing Hook¡¯s answer, Lu Cheng nodded shut down themunication channel.
Hook tool the tablet from the crew member and started navigating through it. Using his own authority, he bought up the map of the area where the kaiju are currently in.
A momentter, another holographic projection appeared in front of Hook.
On the holographic projection, there is an endless blue sea. On the sea surface, arge number of kaiju are constantly moving forward, their goal is the Guardian 5 that he just left.
At first nce, the number of these kaiju is about 400 to 500, going by the fact that the smallest one of them is over 100 meters tall, the sea area that they are upying is dozens of kilometers, basically over the limit of what the eye can see.
¡±There are so many kaiju attacking this time.¡±
Hook¡¯s heart sank. He also noticed many shadows that quickly passed next to the drones.
All of them are level 6 kaiju.
¡±Do the aliens really n to have a decisive battle?¡±
While Hook was thinking deeply about this, the fighter jet gradually lowered its speed, then slowly lowered its height,nding on the designated location.
After getting off the fighter, Hook noticed that many fighters and airships were taking off from Guardian 1.
¡±Is the situation more serious than I thought?¡±
Thinking of this, Hook strode into the base.
¡±Chief Lu.¡±
Arriving in the meeting room, Hook immediately saw that the room was filled with important figures and leaders of countries. He saluted the leader of his country, then quickly walked towards him.
¡±Chief Lu, what¡¯s going on?¡±
¡±All the surveince drones and airships on the side of the alien base, including the mother of kaiju were destroyed.¡±
Lu Cheng shook his head, his expression was solemn. He said with a serious face to Hook, causing Hook¡¯s face to suddenly change.
Humans are not ready for the final war yet.
He smiled bitterly, then sat in his seat, rubbing his eyebrows.
¡±Okay, now that the people are here, let me say the reason for calling you here.¡±
Lu Cheng stood up and stated seriously.
¡±Our surveince equipment on the side of the alien base was all destroyed, followed by more than 500 kaiju attacking our base.¡±
He pressed on a button next to him, causing a holographic screen to hover in the middle of the table.
On the holographic screen, there is a video of a kaiju army constantly moving forward.
After seeing this frightening scene, all the people in the meeting room had serious faces. Lu Cheng looked at the people in the conference room then continued.
¡±Perhaps, the decisive battle between us and the aliens is here.¡±
While human leaders were thinking about countermeasures in themand room. On the battlefield next to Guardian 5, many fighter jets and airships flew off from all human inds, then headed straight towards the kaiju army, trying to intercept them before they arrived at Guardian 5.
While all of this was unfolding, a giant snake was staring at the kaiju army and the human fleet with a thoughtful look.
¡±There are so many kaiju this time, and all of them are level 3 kaiju and above.¡±
After scouring the inte for such a long time, he has already learned the human¡¯s ssification of the kaiju. Through his perception, he hasn¡¯t found a single kaiju below level 3.
In addition, this time, there are more than 15 levels 6 kaiju.
¡±Can the human alliance resist this lineup?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes drifted to the direction of Guardian 1, then he carefully looked at arge number of aircraft in the sky.
There are advanced fighters, k-series fighters, helicopters, airships, and even giant motherships.
The altitude of the fighters is higher, and the helicopter are flying at a rtively low height. They are mainly responsible for dealing with lower-level kaiju and ancient/mutant creatures sneaking by
It is worth mentioning that these helicopters are one of thetest creations of the human alliance. They are called closed wing helicopters.
That is, they look almost just like ordinary military helicopters, but their propellers are covered with a metal ring, protecting the propellers and providing the helicopters with the ability of flying at very low altitudes, including jungles.
The K-series fighters confronted the levels 6 kaiju, and closed wing helicopters swapped down to the sea and started attacking the kaiju army on the sea surface.
The doors of these closed wings helicopters were wide open. There are the corresponding soldiers beside the doors. They were carrying a machine gun and continually sting explosive bullet towards the kaiju.
After traversing the sky, bullets struck those Kaiju beasts, and then a wave of heat rolled up.
There are also heavy-ss fighters flying towards the Kaiju army in the sea. A total of 10 such fighters flew to them, each one of them is over 200 meters long.
They flew at an altitude of several kilometers above the sea surface. After reached the area above the kaiju army, they dropped giant bombs over 20 meters long.
Chapter 263: Chaotic Battlefield
Chapter 263: Chaotic Battlefield
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Boom! Boom!¡±
These giant bombs exploded immediately after the seawater. A blinding light appeared followed by a huge shock wave, spreading across several kilometers. Huge waves were created and arge amount of mist appeared due to the evaporation of water.
A lot of weaker kaiju were seriously injured or even killed after this round of bombardment. Due to their enormous weight, they sank straight to the bottom of the sea.
Fang Yun immediately acted.
After determining the ce where the kaiju sank, he dived straight underwater. He quickly swam towards those sinking kaiju bodies, dragged away from the battlefield, then quickly devoured them.
Level 3 Kaiju can provide him with at least 400,000 bio-energy points. As long as he swallows all these the kaiju in the kaiju army, he will gather enough points to immediately evolve.
¡±Human Alliance, do your best. I¡¯m cheering for you from behind.¡±
Fang Yun thought cheerfully. While he was devouring these kaiju bodies, he swept the battlefield situation with his eyes.
If these kaiju don¡¯t counterattack, they are going to be quickly eliminated. Human weapons have be much more powerful and destructive than in the old era.
The situation where humans can hardly cause damage to average kaiju with even their most powerful missiles won¡¯t happen again.
Just as he was thinking about the kaiju response. The kaiju in the monster army finally started to fight back. They spatser beams from their mouths, lighting the sky, heading straight towards the aircraft in the sky.
Many fighters exploded after getting hit by theser beams,nding straight on the sea surface.
¡±Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
On the sea surface, arge fleet of marine ships was dispatched. Theyunched a barrage of missiles towards the kaiju army, trying to suppress them and prevent them from continuing to move forward.
¡±The kaiju army is scattered.¡±
In a conference room on Guardian One, Lu Cheng frowned while looking at the war scene on the holographic projection screen.
This is not a good development.
Countless ancient and mutant creatures started to appear. They are attacking all the nearby inds, including Guardian 5 which is the closest to the battlefield center.
They are in big trouble.
Up to now, these ancient and mutant creatures have be one of the major headaches for the Blue leaders, their number is too much and they breed too fast.
At first, there were troops dedicated to exterminating in each battle, but as time passed their number not only didn¡¯t decrease but continued to increase, bringing endless trouble to the human civilization.
They can use super explosive missiles to exterminate them as long as they gather together, but the losses aren¡¯t worth the price.
¡±Roar!!!¡±
A loud roar suddenly sounded from outside the battlefield. Lu Cheng was shocked at first after hearing this roar, but he immediately became overjoyed.
Hook eyes also lit up the moment he heard this roar.
¡±It¡¯s the giant serpent.¡±
He took a deep breath and seriously stared at the holographic screen in front of him.
As expected, an extremelyrge creature appeared on the screen. It¡¯s a gigantic snake.
Just its diameter alone is over 10 meters, approaching 20 meters. thinking back to 20 years ago, when just a 10 meters long snake can be called a super python, a monster like this can only be found in mythologies and fiction.
But now, It¡¯s a reality. There is truly a small-mountain sized snake in front of them, and it¡¯s on their side.
It¡¯s just that most people in the human alliance have been used to the existence of the giant serpent. Seeing that the giant serpent is going to participate in the war, there is only joy in their mind.
Fang Yun bulldozed between gigantic creatures, constantly heading forward. When a kaiju he passed next to tried to grab him, he pped him with his tail, sending him flying almost 1 kilometer away.
When he reached the middle of the ancient/mutant creature¡¯s army, he didn¡¯t give them a chance to react and immediately activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±
The area within the radius of 5 kilometers was filled with thunder and lightning.
Countless giant creatures were thundered, causing them to instantly die. They aimlessly floated belly up, waiting for a certain snake to eat themter.
After Fang Yun joined the battle, the pressure of the human alliance was undoubtedly much lower. Just when they were able to catch their breath. The sound of sonic booms sounded in the distant sky.
Fang Yun, who stopped fighting with the kaiju and started eating the ancient/mutant creature¡¯s body looked up. He noticed many flying creatures are approaching the battlefield from afar.
It¡¯s the smaller dragon-kaiju. There are many small creatures on their back. It¡¯s the aliens.
¡±Aliens are going to fight too?¡±
Fang Yun stared at that group of aliens with interest. Now that he thinks about it, he has never seen those aliens fight.
He wondered what kind of abilities they have.
He has dealt with those aliens before, but they never tried tomunicate with anyone. Neither humans nor him. In fact, he still doesn¡¯t know why they are even invading the Blue.
While he was thinking about this, the kaiju-dragon group along with the aliens riding on them quickly reached the battlefield. After which they immediately attacked the closed wing helicopter.
Their arms deformed intos at once. After reaching the closed wing helicopters, they used thes to bind the helicopters, then used their power to m the helicopter down.
After the aliens participated in the battle, the closed wing helicopters were under great pressure. They could no longer suppress the weaker kaiju and the many mutant/ancient creature with pure firepower.
In addition, aliens also attacked the soldiers on marine ships that are holding the ancient/mutant creatures from heading forward.
Their arms deformed into sharp swords and des, which they used to attacks the soldiers on the ships. Their arms extended over dozens of meters like rubber, striking many soldiers on the warships, dividing them into half or decapitating their heads.
¡±AHHH!!¡±
¡±No! Help! NOO!!¡±
¡±Bang! Damn it!¡±
Watching the soldiers getting decapitated and the army of ancient/mutant creatures moving forward without expression, Lu Cheng struck the table and cursed loudly.
¡±Send super bio-soldiers to stop these aliens. Now!¡±
The aliens seemed unstoppable on the battlefield. On the messy battlefield, they flexibly shuttled through human aircraft and giant monsters, destroying closed wing helicopters and reaping the life of soldiers.
They are extremely flexible and slippery. Even closed wing helicopters are stiff and clumsy in front of the small dragons they are riding.
The thing that made them very hard to deal with is that they are flying next to closed wing helicopters and warships, bombing them with big weapons will result in veryrge casualties.
After Lu Cheng¡¯s order was issued, the super bio-soldiers were immediately dispatched. They rode on a helicopter and headed straight towards the aliens in the sky.
¡±Da! Da! Da! Da!¡±
On a helicopter, the hatch opened wide. Behind the door stood a young man with a determined look. He looked at the scene in front of him without blinking.
In front of him, there is a flying dragon with an alien riding on it. The alien is almost 3 meters height, very muscr with a vicious face.
The helicopter slowly approached the small dragon. After reaching a sufficient distance, the young man raised his arm and pointed it towards the alien not far away.
His arm suddenly turned into a fluid and shot straight toward the dragon not far away.
This scene is just like Spider-man spraying silk from his arm.
The fluidnded on the dragon¡¯s neck at once. The young man jumped off from the helicopter and contracted his arm, bringing him straight towards the dragon.
¡±Wooosh¡±
Along with the sound of the piercing wind, the man used the momentum of the pull to avoid to the interception of the alien,nding straight on the back of the dragon.
The moment hended on the back of the dragon, he was already fully covered in a bio-armor, Making him look like a smaller version of the alien. A smaller, less muscr Venom-like creature.
The two very simr human creatures fought on the back of the dragon, relying on their superhuman speed, strength, and ability to deform into any object to fight.
Simr scenes happened all over the battlefield. Many bio-soldiers fought with aliens on the back of dragons or from the closed wing helicopters.
Along with the entrance of the super bio-soldiers, the situation on the battlefield has be much more chaotic.
Chapter 264: Battle Development
Chapter 264: Battle Development
Trantor: Yamir Moon
This sudden monster attack has caused a lot of people in the surrounding inds to panic. It¡¯s not just military and research personnel that live on these inds.
Many civilians live on the transformed inds, almost a million actually. Many of them looked fearful at the sight of the bloody war not far away. Their psychological abilities naturally aren¡¯t as good as specially trained soldiers.
Under the order of the human leaders including Lu Cheng. Civilians were quickly gathered on a single ind. After which the ind¡¯s engine started, driving it to the distance away from the battlefield.
The situation in the grass sea quickly reached the ears of the people in the outside world.
Every country regards the grass sea settlements as the future of mankind, so they didn¡¯t hesitate to abandon many defense points in their respective countries, sending many reinforcements towards the grass sea.
In these dire times, having too much territory is a big burden for all countries. Therefore, all of the world¡¯s countries have voluntarily given up on most of their territory to concentrate on the few small ces where humans can live.
Right now, ces all around the world are filled with rampaging kaiju and wandering ancient/mutant creatures.
For example, the area of life that humans held in ¡®Panda country¡¯ isn¡¯t even as big as a province in thest age.
Most of their settlements and defense lines are concentrate on highnds, and natural areas that are easy to defend. The results have been remarkable so far, they were able to defend thest settlements without much difficulty so far.
However, in this way, other unprotected areas have be wastnds, filled with all kinds of dangerous monsters.
However, this doesn¡¯t mean that humans havepletely disappeared from these ces. Many humans can¡¯t withdraw along with the big forces and are left behind.
They live in ruined cities, sneaking around every day, trying to the avoid the wandering giant monsters. They live on the food left in ruined supermarkets and factories, struggling on the edge of life and death, just to see the sunshine of tomorrow.
Most of these people eventually be the food of ancient/mutant creatures and kaiju or starve to death while weeping in despair.
In short, in such an era, the cheapest thing is human life.
Most of the countries around the world have fallen into anarchies or werepletely destroyed. Only a few superpowers and countries that banded together are barely preserving the basic shape of society.
However, even then, they are barely holding on. Apart from some main cities and survivors¡¯ strongholds, all other ces have be restricted-life areas.
In small and weak countries, most of theirnd was captured by monsters. Almost all of their main cities have be ruins.
Not many people remain, there are few survivors hiding in the city ruins, barely surviving and without hope.
The only way those small countries could hold embers of their previous civilization is by sending their few surviving people to the stronghold of big countries. Only in this way can they continue surviving.
Unfortunately, a few ces around the world have be aplete wastnd, humans have be extinct in those ces. Such ces include the Australian continent and the majority of the African continent.
It¡¯s truly a tragedy.
If things continue like this, then humans will truly be extinct. At least the humans that are outside of the grass sea. In fact, the country leaders have mostly given up on the outside world.
The only reason they still have military forces over there is to protect thest embers of humanity over there. More importantly, if they are able to destroy the aliens¡¯ base in the Grass sea, the monsters in the continent might withdraw from the human world.
Back to Grass.
The battlested a total of three days. The human side has lost a lot of manpower and material resources, the alien side was almostpletely destroyed. Humans finally won at great cost.
However, the human side wasn¡¯t even able to rest for two days before the second wave of monsters attacked. It turned out that this is just the beginning.
Fortunately, the reinforcements arrived, giving humans the edge in that battle, letting them breathe out.
The big battle continued.
In that sea area, there is the sound shells exploding every day, the sound of flesh and blood bursting, both that of humans and monsters.
Many missiles exploded, many warships sunk, many airships and motherships fell from the sky, many fighters were destroyed. The number of human lives that were lost in uncountable.
Men and women shed tears and fought for their future. The sea in that area haspletely changed colors due to the innumerable casualties.
The human alliance suffered unprecedented losses in that battle.
It wasn¡¯t just the human alliance that suffered. The aliens also faced innumerable losses. Over a thousand kaiju were killed in that battle, including dozens of level 6 ones. The number of ancient and mutant creatures that died is innumerable. Even the aliens themselves had many casualties.
The only one who can be said to have benefitted from this war is the giant serpent.
This giant monster has never stopped eating since the war started.
His level was raised to 34, obtaining 33 skill points.
In addition to the 11 points left from before, he has a total of 44 skill points.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate to max out ¡°Energy Beam¡±, bringing its might to a whole new level. He is now confident to easily prate a giant mountain using this skill. Its power has be the highest out of all the skills he has.
Furthermore, his size has also increased to a certain extent.
This evolution directly bought his length to 600 meters and diameter to 19 meters.
He is undoubtedly the biggest creature in the world. Of course, apart from the kaiju mother.
His fighting power has also reached unprecedented heights.
Level 5 kaiju are now no different from paper for him. Just relying on his physical strength, without using any skill, he can easily kill them. That¡¯s just relying on his physical abilities. Using any attack skill against them is overkill.
Level 6 kaiju can be easily killed by an ¡°Energy Beam¡± or a ¡°Thunder Domain¡± followed by ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±.
Not far after his evolution. He demonstrated his power in front of the human alliance by abusing a level 5 kaiju.
It¡¯s a whale-like giant kaiju that is 200 meters long and 60 meters wide. It was rampaging across the battlefield, depressing the controble kaiju of the human alliance.
Then it was stared at by Fang Yun.
Without giving it the chance to react, he quickly wrapped around it. Then using his tremendous muscle power, he twisted it into a meat sauce. A giant monster that is much harder than its size equivalent of steel was twisted into a meat paste easily.
Fang Yun directly ate it without paying attention to its gruesome appearance.
Such a cruel scene would have scared people to this if this wasn¡¯t the apocalypse.
¡±The human alliance is gradually getting stronger.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t just stay on the battlefield all this time, he often swam around in the surrounding area. In the past few days, he saw an endless stream of airships flying towards this area.
ording to his calctions, the number of those airships has surpassed a thousand.
In addition, the number of inds controlled by the Blue Stars has reached 25.
These inds were scattered at first, but they were brought close together after putting engines on them. They are currently in a circr formation, protecting the important inds like Guardian 1 in the center.
Not only was the human alliance increasing their strength. Even the alien side is getting stronger. After the first battle, the number of monsters around isn¡¯t decreasing at all, it¡¯s rather increasing.
The number of ancient/mutant creatures is almost like ants, enough to make an OCD person crazy.
Fang Yun is mostly responsible for dealing with these monsters, he has an attack skill with a veryrge range.
¡±Thunder Domain¡± is very effective in dealing with an army of monsters. Launching this skill is enough to kill tens of thousands of monsters every time.
After killing arge number of monsters, Fang Yun would start a feast, eating the endless roasted bodies of these giant monsters. Sometimes, the human alliance will send a few warships to scavenger a few of these monsters¡¯ bodies.
The flesh of these mutant creatures is very important to humans. Eating them will increase the physical strength of the human body tremendously, so from time to time, humans does sneakily take some bodies of the monsters killed by Fang Yun.
Chapter 265: Fighting Against The Kaiju Mother
Chapter 265: Fighting Against The Kaiju Mother
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The war scale has expanded.
Both sides are sending more and more troupes, expanding the war scale to an unprecedented scale. However, the situation of the human alliance is still bad overall.
A longsting war is very bad for the human alliance. While the troupes of the alien camp seem endless, the troops of the human alliance are limited.
In order to prevent the situation where their troupes arepletely exhausted, then gettingpletely destroyed, they are preparing to end this war as soon as possible.
Their n is to send arge army to the aliens camp, then bombing the kaiju mother and the endless embryos in the sea,pletely cutting the endless forces of the aliens.
They don¡¯t expect that the kaiju mother will die, their only mission is to destroy the embryos, cutting off the endless troop of the alien camp.
On a certain day, hundreds of airships departed from the Guardian One, heading straight towards the alien base, that is the ce where the kaiju mother lives in.
¡±Can these guys seed?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the huge team in the sky, and such a question appeared in his mind. Of course, he hoped that this human fleet will blow up the body of the kaiju mother and the base of the aliens, providing him with the chance to sneak into the other world.
However, his reason told him that this will be very difficult.
Fang Yun did follow them but used electromaic waves to connect with the leaders¡¯munication channel on Guardian One. This basically means that he is sneakily listening to the conversations andmand conveyed from humanity¡¯s highest leaders to themanders of the fleet.
In an important meeting room, Hook, Monan along with the leader of ¡®Panda country¡¯ Lu Cheng, the leader of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, and the leaders of the rest of the countries sat on their seats solemnly.
In front of them, there is a projection screen, and the scene that is disyed on it is the scene where the fleet of the human alliance is heading towards the base of the aliens.
The fleet of hundreds of airships continued moving forward without any hindrance. They didn¡¯t encounter any interception for the time being.
¡±Professor Hook, do you think that our fleet will seed?¡±
In the meeting room, Monan watched as the might fleet headed forward and couldn¡¯t help but say to Hook.
The aliens this time haveunched the decisive war, sending an unprecedented number of monsters to attack all their strongholds. Even so, they didn¡¯t give up on attacking the surviving countries in the outside world.
Overall, the only this war gets dragged, the worse their situation will be. Their only way out is to attack the aliens base and the kaiju mother.
If their fleet is sessful, then humanity will most likely continue to thrive. If not, then they will likely face extinction.
¡±I hope they will seed.¡±
Hook smiled bitterly. He remembered the scenes of the past/ Even now, he is feeling somewhat confused.
Their lives were once peaceful and easy, why were they attacked by aliens?
And now, these alien monsters have brought their humanity to the brink of extinction?
While thinking of this, Hook couldn¡¯t help but look at the holographic screen in the middle of the room again.
The scene in the meeting room was also viewed by Fang Yun.
He invaded the electronic equipment in the conference room of Guardian 1, so the entire scene in the conference room is shing in his mind, including the faces of the tense leaders and the holographic projection in the middle of the room.
About twelve hourster, the fleet crossed an extremely long distance and finally reached the edge of this sea.
Everyone in the conference room saw that scene once again, including Hook, Lu Cheng, and even Fang Yun.
On an unimaginablyrge continent, an extremelyrge ¡°Mountain¡± wasying on the ground.
A lot of umbilical cord-like things extended from it to the endless embryos on the sea andnd.
The moment this scene appeared on the holographic screen. Everyone including Fang Yun discovered that arge number of kaiju are born every second.
¡±Chief Lu, we have arrived in the area where the kaiju mother is producing kaiju. Should we attack right now?¡±
The scene of the holographic screen changed. A middle-aged man with a face full of fortitude appeared on the screen. He saluted the people in the conference room, then asked Lu Cheng with a face full of seriousness.
¡±Attack!¡±
Lu Cheng didn¡¯t give any speech or encouragement, he only said one word.
Fang Yun watched as the many airships in the fleet flew over the kaiju mother and the embryos and dispersed. A few secondster, many bombs were dropped from the airships.
¡±Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
These bombs couldn¡¯tnd and explode on the mother kaiju body. They exploded in the air without causing the slightest harm to it. It wasn¡¯t due to electromaic waves interference or something like that.
The main reason for this is that from below, the kaiju mother waved its umbilical cord-like tissues towards the bombs. Each one of these umbilical cord-like objects is dozens of meters thick and more than ten kilometers long.
They moved forward like the devil¡¯s whip, surpassing the speed of sound, exploding all the bombs mid-air, andnding straight on the fleet of airships.
In a few seconds, a dozen or so airships were directly crushed. They turned into me-covered debris and fell straight into the sea.
¡±This¡¡¡±
In the conference room, Lu Cheng, Hook, and the rest of the leaders standing at the top of the human alliance looked at this scene with mouths wide open.
Unexpectedly, they suffered such a terrible loss. This is just the first confrontation, but dozens of airships were destroyed.
¡±Sigh¡¡±
The sound of cold air being drawn sounded in the conference room. This was just way out of their expectations.
¡±Wooosh!¡±
Along with the sound of air breaking, many fighters flew out from the airships and motherships mid-air, heading straight towards the kaiju mother.
The sound of a helicopter rotor des turning sounded. Many closed wing helicopters appeared on the holographic screen.
All the people in the conference room can see that the men and women riding on the helicopters have a tragic and sad look on their faces, but they didn¡¯t hesitate at all.
As the closed wing helicopters swooped down towards the giant ¡°mountain¡± below, auncher protruded from the bottom of its hatch.
However, before that batch of closed wing helicopters had the time to release the shells, an umbilical cord fled at supersonic speeds straight at them, causing more than 5 helicopters to explode and the people inside to die.
However, this didn¡¯t stop the human soldiers at all. More closed wing helicopters, fighters and other types of aircraft flew straight towards the kaiju mother below.
Thanks to the sacrifice of many heroes, many fighters and helicopters passed through the umbilical cords barrier and fled straight above the body of the kaiju mother. After reaching the target location, they didn¡¯t hesitate to release many bombs and missiles towards the body of the kaiju mother.
¡±Boom! Boom!¡±
The sound of explosions sounded one after the other, one artificial sun after the other appeared on the surface of the kaiju mother. After a while, the area below becamepletely covered with dust.
¡±ROAR!!!!¡±
Under such an intense attack, the mother of the Kaiju, who had never made a sound before, let out an earth-shattering noise.
Obviously, although this wave of attacks wasn¡¯t able to cause a lot of damage to it, it caused it quite a lot of pain.
Looking at the scene projected on the holographic screen, Fang Yun was very surprised. Although the kaiju mother showed an earth-shattering power, much stronger than levels 6 kaiju. It¡¯s still far from what he expected.
This monster that is dozens of kilometers long and wide, didn¡¯t stand or use its heavenly pir-like legs from the beginning. Although it showed an unprecedented power relying on umbilical-cord like tissues, it¡¯s still extremely weakpared to his expectations.
In other words, is this kaiju mother not made for fighting? Is its sole purpose conceiving kaiju?
Chapter 266: The Last Battle
Chapter 266: The Last Battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
This is probably the case.
Although the kaiju mother is extremely huge. The power of its umbilical word attack is very weak. Of course, only rtive to its size.
In fact, the strength of this kaiju mother is still much higher than that of the levels 6 kaiju. Its defense is even more exaggerated. Even missiles that can seriously injure level 5 kaiju with one strike can barely scratch it.
On the contrary, only 70 airships remain from the fleetposed of hundreds of airships and motherships. Even the number of fighters, helicopters, and weapons on them has decreased substantially.
No matter what type of aircraft. Whether it¡¯s powerful airships, huge fighters, or advanced helicopters. As long as they get close to the kaiju mother, they have almost no chance of surviving.
The only action that can be called a solution, for now, is to sacrifice many aircraft and manpower to give people the chance to attack the kaiju mother.
Even the powerful missiles from the main motherships can barely cause some damage to the kaiju mother. A pit with a diameter of ten meters or even dozens of meters on the back of the kaiju mother might look serious, butpared with its gigantic size, that can be barely called a scratch.
¡±Chief Lu, our fleet is currently unable to cause any substantial damage to the kaiju mother. We need support.¡±
The leader of the fleet, Li Nan, was standing in themand room at this moment. He looked at the country leaders in the holographic screen in front of him with a solemn look then said.
Previously, when their fleet just reached the area near the kaiju mother, they were about 10 kilometers above the sea surface, but they still lost more than 20 airships in just the first wave of attack.
Later, after realizing that this height is unsafe. Li Nan ordered the fleet to rise to a height of 20 kilometers.
Since then, he has been directing the fighters and helicopters on each airship to attack the kaiju mother. Unfortunately, despite all that sacrifice, they still weren¡¯t able to deal substantial damage to the kaiju mother.
The most important thing is that he noticed that this kaiju mother has a terrible regeneration ability. They must not interrupt the attack waves, otherwise, all of their previous efforts and sacrifice will be null. All the injuries that the kaiju mother suffered before will heal.
Not far away from Guardian 1, Fang Yun observed the scene in the conference room through the monitoring system.
On the holographic screen in the middle of the room, the image of the ginormous kaiju mother is clearly presented.
This giant kaiju mother is suffering from endless weapons bombardment. Mushrooms clouds and small suns are rising from its body every minute.
The kaiju mother is waving its hundreds of umbilical cords at terrifying speeds, intercepting many missiles and bombs, and striking down all sorts of aircraft, a truly shocking scene to behold.
It is worth mentioning that the human alliance has roughly calcted the size and shape of this giant kaiju mother.
It has the appearance of a spider, with a round head and a huge abdomen.
There are countless umbilical cords sticking from its abdomen, most of which are connected to kaiju embryos. It¡¯s only using a small part of them to attack the human fleet.
Its body length from the beginning of its head to the end of its body is about 50 kilometers. Its belly diameter is about 40 kilometers, and its head diameter is around 30 kilometers. A truly fat spider.
This is an unprecedented huge creature. It¡¯s the undoubted number one biggest creature that humanity has ever seen. The second-ranked creature in terms of size is the giant serpent.
However, the second-ranked giant serpent is only 600 meters long. In terms of size, it¡¯spletely outssed by this giant spider kaiju.
At this time, the fleet changed its target of the attack to the head of the spider kaiju. Onlyter and explosive missiles can cause some damage to it, other weapons can¡¯t even prate its defenses.
Eve, so, these wounds can quickly heal.
More importantly, even these dozens of meters wide wounds are just scratchpared to the huge size of the spider kaiju. Only wounds with a diameter of at least half a kilometers can be called minor wounds.
¡±Compared to my regeneration ability, this giant spider is not that much inferior.¡±
Fang Yunpared the giant spider regeneration ability and his own, then made such an evaluation.
¡±This monster is just too big. If I swallow it right now, I¡¯m sure to evolve at least 10 times.¡±
In terms fo his current size, the amount of bio-energy required for the next evolution is 800 million points, and with each evolution, the required bio-energy increase exponentially. Even so, this giant spider can make him upgrade at least 10 times.
He really wants to fish in troubled water and look for opportunities to sneakily eat some parts of that giant spider. However, he is really afraid that the human alliance will drop the big killers in that area.
If they have the opportunity to kill that giant monster, they probably won¡¯t hesitate to shoot, even if he is next to it.
The fierce attack of the human alliance caused him to be dumbfounded. This level of firepower is dangerous even in front of the defense of his scales and regeneration.
¡±The leader of the human alliance is about to givemands.¡±
Fang Yun saw that Lu Cheng too the microphone and opened his mouth. Obviously, he is going to speak.
In the meeting room, Lu Cheng looked at the fierce war scene on the screen, then said to Lu Cheng.
¡±Li Nan, hold on for some time, the reinforcements are about to arrive.¡±
¡±This time, we are going to bomb the kaiju mother with a cmity-ss hydrogen bomb.¡±
Before this kaiju mother was discovered, the main direction of their research wasser and explosive weapons.
These explosive weapons are based on theser rays of the kaiju. They are made from specific materials found in the bodies of the kaiju.
These special materials are synthesized with Blue native materials then injected into bullets, shells, and missiles. The moment the specific bullet, shell, or missile collide with the target, these special materials will have a specific reaction with air, thus producing a sun-like explosion.
The temperatures in the center of this explosion can reach terrifying levels. Even steel will evaporate in the center of this explosion.
Furthermore, the higher the content of this specific synthetic material in a shell or missile, the wider and more powerful the explosion, and the higher the temperature.
These are the type of weapons they have been producing to deal with kaiju and other sea monsters. They have been very efficient and effective up to now.
However, after discovering this giant kaiju mother, the human alliance discovered that their previous most powerful killer of the previous era is still very handy.
This giant kaiju is like a living target. Even if its power is far beyond level 5 and 6 kaiju. It¡¯s impossible for it to escape from this type of mass destruction weapon.
In addition, their electromaic pulse istion technology has made great progress. They can now guarantee that the nuclear bomb won¡¯t detonate in advance like before. So this weapon might be the most effective for this giant kaiju mother.
After hearing Lu Cheng¡¯s words, Li Nan let out a sigh of relief. Since themand center has corresponding countermeasures, their situation won¡¯t be very bad.
¡±This thing, only a hydrogen bomb with the equivalent of more than 10 million tons can probably kill it.¡±
Looking at the unprecedently big creature below. Li Nan thought internally. He wondered what kind of world-shattering scene would that be? Detonating a hydrogen bomb with the equivalent of 10 million tons.
It¡¯s a pity that he will be unable to see this kind of scene.
The scenes in the grass sea can¡¯t be seen from space, and they have to retreat before the hydrogen bomb isunched.
The destructive radius of a hydrogen bomb is extremely wide. A hydrogen bomb with an equivalent of a 100,000 ton is enough to destroy a modern city. So the destructive power of a 10 million ton hydrogen bomb can be imagined.
However, the defense of this giant kaiju mother is exaggerated. It¡¯s not far away from the hardness of tungsten. Which is a very hard metal. Not to mention the size of this monster which is bigger than many cities.
Li Nan doesn¡¯t have the slightest idea if that hydrogen bomb can kill this giant monster.
After all. Although an ordinary hydrogen bomb can destroy a city, it¡¯s just the city surface, including the building that are actually destroyed. Apart from the center of the st, the earth doesn¡¯t actually suffer very much, and the hardness of this monster¡¯s body is much harder than rock.
While Li Nan was deep in his thoughts, he quickly received the order to retreat.
¡±Withdraw!¡±
A few secondster, the fleet started moving, quickly getting away from the area near the kaiju mother.
After reaching an area about 25 kilometers away from the kaiju mother, he ordered the fleet to rise to the height of 30,000 meters above the sea surface.
¡±Ten, nine, eight ¡¡±
¡±¡Three, two, one!¡±
On the side of Guardian One, in a remote part of the ind. Several holes suddenly appeared on the ground, then 3 giant intercontinental missiles suddenly flew from there, heading straight in the direction of the kaiju mother.
Chapter 267: The Result of the Nuclear Explosion
Chapter 267: The Result of the Nuclear Explosion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun was one of the first to know that the human alliance is about tounch a hydrogen bomb over there. His eyes were fixed on the holographic screen in the conference room.
The picture shown on the screen is that of the endless sea in front of Li Nan¡¯s fleet. They can¡¯t get close to the area of explosion or that would be their doom.
Even so, this cmity-ss hydrogen bomb is extremely powerful.
Even from so far away, the explosion scene will be very spectacr. The rising mushroom cloud is often more than ten kilometers tall.
They can still clearly see the spectacr explosion from this distance.
At this moment, the inter-continental missiles loaded with hydrogen bombs are quickly rushing towards the kanji mother.
The size of those missiles is over 30 meters long. The power of these 3 giant missiles is frightening. The human alliance leaders are confident that even the kaiju mother won¡¯t walk out alive from the detonation of these powerful hydrogen bombs.
On the projection screen, a radar chart was disying the location of the 3 hydrogen bombs. ording to the disy on the screen, the hydrogen bombs will reach the location of the kaiju mother in just a few minutes.
Everyone was nervously looking at the screen, including Fang Yun.
¡±Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
After waiting anxiously for more than ten minutes, an extremely loud explosion sounded, followed by.a dazzling light, brighter than the sun, thatpletely covered the screen. The lightsted for a few minutes before receding.
After the light preceded, the people in the fleet and the conference room saw an extremelyrge mushroom cloud.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Looking at the scene on the projection screen, Fang Yun was speechless. On the holographic screen, he saw three huge mushroom clouds rising above the clouds, spreading arge amount of radioactive dust into the nearby area.
Li Nan originally thought that they already retreated back a good distance, but seeing the dust clouds that are quickly approaching them, he ordered the fleet to quickly retreat.
¡±I wonder if that kaiju mother was killed.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally that he is far from being able to resist a hydrogen bomb of that caliber. The giant spider kaiju defense is almost the same that as that of his, it¡¯s just too big, so he wondered if it was truly killed by the hydrogen bomb.
Time quickly passed. In themand room of the motherships in the middle of the fleet, Li Nan looked at the mushroom cloud rising far away, his heart was filled with agitation. He wishes to go to that ce right now to check the kaiju mother¡¯s situation.
It¡¯s a pity that he can¡¯t go there currently. They can¡¯t even send drones to check.
The electromaic pulse in the explosion center must have reached a very terrible level. Although their technology products have high EMP-resistance, that doesn¡¯t mean that they are immune to them.
¡±Sir ¡¡±
Next to Li Nan, a staff member whispered softly to him, as if to report something. However, right at that moment, both of their pupils shrank. Even the staff in themand room couldn¡¯t help but scream in terror.
¡±Ahhh!¡±
In front of themand room¡¯s window, there is a huge dragon-like monster. It appeared there without warning.
It¡¯s a level 6 kaiju, and it¡¯s more than one;
These kaiju appeared suddenly on their mothership then started attacking it.
¡±Damn, where did these monsterse from?¡±
Li Nan shouted angrily, then shouted loudly again.
¡±Counterattack! Destroy these monsters!¡±
Behind them, a loud explosion sounded, followed by another level 6 kaiju appearing from behind.
It wasn¡¯t just level 6 kaiju, even aliens appeared. They deformed their arms and started attacking the airships.
¡±Damn it!¡±
In themand room, Li Nan immediately struck the control board after seeing this scene, his face filled with anger. Just as he was curious about the situation of the kaiju mother, these bastards came to cause trouble.
¡±Wasn¡¯t the kaiju mother affected?¡±
Fang Yun also saw this scene through the holographic screen.
Such an idea immediately appeared in his mind, but after thinking for a moment, he felt that this should be impossible. Three hydrogen bombs of that caliber are impossible to have no effect.
He is really curious about the result of the explosion, he wished to go there and check the result.
¡±Send personnel immediately to support Li Nan.¡±
In the conference room on Guardian One, Lu Cheng looked at the scene on the holographic screen, then immediately said to the guys behind him.
However, even if they send the support right now, it will still take some time before they reach them. They also can¡¯t use missiles to help them, the kaiju are entangled with the fleet, it¡¯s easy to cause damage to coteral damage.
¡±Damn monsters!¡±
Watching the kaiju and aliens constantly dealing damage to his fleet, Li Nan screamed angrily. Ten airships have been destroyed in this short period of time.
Having said that, the timing of these monsters is too subtle, furthermore, their appearance is too sudden, without any warning. Their number is also too much, dozens of levels 6 kaiju attacking at the same time is very rare.
A few minutester, the number of fallen airships has risen to 17.
¡±Retreat! Retreat!¡±
Li Nan yelled in the headset, his voice was filled with sadness. He knew this they might be destroyed here.
¡±I wonder what happened to that giant spider kaiju.¡±
In the conference room, Zhen Zhou, who was standing next to Mo Nan, asked nervously. Although this might sound harsh, neither the level 6 kaiju that suddenly appeared nor is Li Nan fleet important.
The most important thing is knowing the situation of the kaiju mother.
Back to the fleet location, the battle is getting increasingly fierce. Every once in a while, an airship will explode, then fall to the sea.
However, correspondingly, there are casualties among the aliens and level 6 kaiju.
¡±I¡¯ll check it out now.¡±
Fang Yun felt that it was necessary for him to take a look at the situation of the kaiju mother. It¡¯s not necessary to get close. The area where the battle between the fleet and the kaiju should be enough;
If there is any danger, he can rely on his defense and speed, plus the protection, of the sea to escape.
He quickly took off, heading straight towards the location of the kaiju mother. His current location is about 4 kilometers below the sea surface. Actually, this isn¡¯t very deep as the deepest ces in this sea area are more than 20,000 meters.
Fang Yun quickly swam forward. The temptation of the giant spider kaiju is too great for him. Even if he can¡¯t get it, just the bodies of the levels 6 kaiju that are falling from the sky are worth his adventure.
¡±Almost there.¡±
Fang Yun elerated to the extreme. During these years, his ¡°Shadow Wind¡± skill had reached (3/5), which increased his speed quite a bit. That plus the speed addition he gets every evolution and his ginormous size has bought him a terrifying speed.
In a short time, he crossed a very long distance, reaching the location of the battle.
He didn¡¯t continue rushing forward. He moved forward rather slowly. Fang Yun swam to the water surface when he was about 15 kilometers away from kaiju¡¯s mother. He fixed his eyes on its location, then used his detection skills to scout the situation of the kaiju mother.
Chapter 268: The Last Strike
Chapter 268: The Last Strike
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun looked at the head of the giant spider kaiju. Through his electromaic detection, the electromaic waves around it are very disordered. Obviously, the mood of the kaiju mother is very disordered.
As for whether there are wounds on its body or not, Fang Yun has not yet detected it. This does not mean that the kaiju mother is unharmed, that¡¯s obviously impossible. The wounds are obviously on its back, so he isn¡¯t able to see it from here.
However, they are sure of one thing. The three mega-ss hydrogen bombs still didn¡¯t immediately kill the kaiju mother.
¡±This creature¡¯s vitality is beyond imagination. I¡¯m not sure to defeat it even if I evolve 10 more times. Of course, if there are new skills, that would be a different story.¡±
Fang Yun was really shocked by the defense and vitality of this kaiju mother. While their defense isn¡¯t that much different, their vitality are worlds apart. It will take him a long time to reach the same level of vitality as this kaiju.
As long as he has one-tenth of that monster size, he is sure topletely crush it. Whether it¡¯s strength, defense, vitality, or any other attribute.
If this was a game, then that giant spider kaiju is a level 60 elite, and he is a level 30 World Boss, their temte level is far too different.
After looking at the kaiju mother for a while, Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about it anymore. Seeing that the kaiju mother still isn¡¯t dead, he didn¡¯t think about challenging it for the time being. He doesn¡¯t have the raw power to kill it yet.
For now, he is nning to look for nearby food. The battle between the human fleet and the levels 6 kaiju in the sky has resulted inrge casualties for both sides. He is now nning to pick up the loot they dropped, that is, the bodies of the levels 6 kaiju.
Levels 6 kaiju can provide him with 1 million bio-energy points, which is currently the creature with the highest worth he saw. Of course, excluding the kaiju mother.
About half an hourter, the battle in the sky was finally over. Anyway, no kaiju or airship fell from the sky anymore.
Fang Yun¡¯s bio-energy points have now umted to 70 million, which might look like a lot at first nce, but actually, it¡¯s less than one-tenth of the required points for evolution.
800 million bio-energy points, that¡¯s the required points required for the next evolution.
Even in such a favorable situation where the war between aliens and humans is in a full swing, it will still take him a long time to umte enough bio-energy for evolution;
¡±I really want to swallow this giant monster.¡±
Fang Yun looked longingly at the huge mountain-sized spider not far away, he is really reluctant.
In the end, he could only extract his sight and swim back.
He returned to Guardian One as usual and started spying on thetest information.
ording to what he learned,
Blue¡¯s current situation has reached a very bad point. In fact, he also felt it.
The thermal energy of the earth¡¯s core is rapidly weakening
He has already noticed that the temperature of the seabed is rapidly decreasing, causing mass extinction for the creatures living on the ocean floor.
¡±Those damn bugs are elerating the rate of engulfing geothermal heat. Unfortunately, we are powerless to stop them!¡±
This is what Fang Yun heard from a relevant scientist.
In addition to the reduction in geothermal energy, the kaiju, ancient/mutant creatures, and white spiders began to crazily attack thest survival bases of humanity in the outside world.
¡±They are filled with regret, they are scared. They are afraid that our technology will be stronger and stronger, so they will no longer give us time. Furthermore, they are confident in destroying the Blue.¡±
¡±It is true that they canpletely destroy our, but humans shouldn¡¯t sit still. Destroying the kaiju mother is ourst hope.¡±
¡±Those energy-devouring bugs are transporting energy from our to the kaiju mother, giving it endless vitality, and enough energy to endlessly breed kaiju. That means that the kaiju mother can breed kaiju endlessly before our gets destroyed.¡±
¡±We can¡¯t deal with those bugs, but the kaiju mother¡¯s body is right in front of us. ¡°
¡±Come on, for thest time, we have to concentrate the power of the entire human civilization, and have the final battle with the kaiju mother and its children. ¡°
After returning to Guardian One, Fang Yun immediately learned the above information. He understood that the Blue humans are going tounch the final strike.
Now, the Blue human civilization has reached the moment of life and death. If they seed, the human civilization will continue thriving. If they fail, then humans are going to bepletely extinct.
¡±We must kill the mother of kaiju! For the final glory of the entire human race!¡±
¡±Kill the kaiju mother, the human civilization will not fall here!¡±
In the past few days, in thest human cities, and the bases in the Grass sea, such slogans can be seen everywhere, there are even videos attached.
Since the kaiju started attacking human cities again, people¡¯s desperate cries could be heard everywhere.
The scenes where various ancient/mutant creatures engulfed humans, where after getting infected with the RR virus, their whole body began to rot and finally turning into a yellow puddle of pus, caused despair to spread everywhere.
Most of the remaining humans looked like walking zombies, their eyes without luster, their hearts filled with numbness and despair, they didn¡¯t have any hope for tomorrow, knowing that their future is bleak.
However, the dawn of light hase, when they saw such videos and pictures, their eyes regained lusted, they looked hopeful and excited, preying that the heroes of the human race will seed, ending this nightmare.
In this age, only a few countries retained their names and original location. On this day, they announced that they willunch thest attack on the kaiju mother.
This attack may result in the destruction of the entire human race, but if they don¡¯t do anything, the human race is going to be destroyed anyway.
Under the leadership of the relevant personnel, the only human beings left entered the underground bomb shelter that was specially built.
Currently, on ¡®Panda country¡¯, from the original 1.5 billion people, only 10 million remains, and even these remaining people are struggling to survive.
As for the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, less than 10 million people remain, and they are nearly holding on.
The ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country and the European Union are in an even worse condition. Especially the European Union, less than 3 million people remain
Their industrial and energy standards were shattered a long time ago. Currently, they can only live on coarse bread and some military rations, the previous entertainment, and easy life have long disappeared. Most humans right now are in very bad conditions.
So, no matter from which aspect, the final battle against the kaiju mother is crucial.
¡±Mr. Wilson, I think we can start.¡±
On ¡®Panda country¡¯ side, Lu Cheng looked at the time on his clock, then said to a majestic old man next to him.
He is no longer in Guardian One, all of them have withdrawn from that ce.
At the moment, he is still in a conference room, and the people next to him are big people and the leaders of the leftover countries. They are all looking at a holographic screen in the middle of the room.
The ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ leader and the second representative of the human alliance, Wilson, is sitting next to him.
¡±Okay, Mr. Lu.¡±
Wilson nodded solemnly, then pressed a red button next to him.
Seeing this scene, Lu Cheng made the same action.
At this time, on Guardian One, at arge airport, there are two huge fighters.
Both of these fighters are about 200 meters long, but one of them has the characteristic of the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ technology, and one of them has the characteristic of ¡®Panda country¡¯.
The two giant fighters took off at the same time, heading straight towards the location of the kaiju mother.
¡±This group of lunatics!! I have to hide farther away.¡±
In the depth of the ocean, a horrified giant serpent was quickly swimming away, cursing that group of crazy humans.
Chapter 269: Cataclysmic Explosion
Chapter 269: Cataclysmic Explosion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun has reached the edge of the grass sea. Since learning that the human alliance is preparing tounch the final strike, he has been escaping to the edge of this sea.
Right now, he is swimming towards the deepest part of this sea area. Not long after, he reached the seabed. He chose an area that rtively t, so even if something happened,he won¡¯t get buried.
Heid on the ground and waited quietly.
On this day, mankind will make a crazy move.
Back to Guardian 1, two huge fighters took off. They flew into the air at supersonic speeds, heading straight towards the kaiju mother.
Not long after, the two giant fighters reached the area above the giant spider kaiju, at about a height of 100,000 meters.
At this height, levels 6 kaiju can barely move forward, this is basically their height limit. Other flying kaiju can¡¯t even reach this height. They can safely move at this height.
In an underground conference room, Lu Cheng and the other big shots looked at the holographic screen in front of them with a solemn and even nervous look.
The image in front of them is that of the two giant fighters flying in the sky.
¡±The aircraft has arrived at the target location, the bombs will be released after 10 seconds.¡±
A neutral mechanical voice sounded in the conference room, after which a countdown appeared on the corner of the holographic screen.
¡±10, 9, 8¡¡±
¡±¡3, 2, 1¡å
The moment the countdown ended, the two bottom hatches of the two fighters opened, from which 10 giant bombs fell down.
These dozen bombs are extremely huge. They are the ultimate strike of humanity and the most powerful weapon they have, each of these hydrogen bombs has an equivalent of 500 million tons, detonating them all at the same time can cause terrible consequences.
After all of these hydrogen bombs explode, their explosion will affect the entire grass sea and even the outside world. Whether it¡¯s the kaiju, ancient/mutant creatures, or even ordinary unmutated native creatures, all of them will face an extinction-like crisis.
¡±Wooosh¡±
The hydrogen bombs quickly fell down. Under the eleration of gravity, their speed became faster and faster, eventually reached the point where they can¡¯t be intercepted at all.
This is the true reason why the two fighters flew at that high.
After releasing the ten hydrogen bombs, the two fighters quickly flew away.
Although they are almost certainly going to be destroyed, they still want to try and escape.
After reaching the height of 10 kilometers above the sea surface, the speed of the bombs reached an incredible point. The sound of the air getting torn apart is enough to deafen anyone.
Below, many levels 6 kaiju as well as other flying monster tried to intercept the hydrogen bombs.
However, the hydrogen bombs are too fast, they couldn¡¯t even slow them down.
A few secondster, the hydrogen bombs have reached the level of 5 kilometers above the sea surface. This time, dozens of levels 6 kaiju as well as hundreds of flying monsters formed a in the sky, trying to stop the ten bombs from continuing to move forward.
¡±BOOM!!!!¡±
An extremely terrifying explosion sounded. Its sound can be through the whole grass sea and even in the outside world. Whether they are on the ground surface or in the bases underground.
The closer they are to the grass sea, the most clearly they can hear the sound of this explosion. Some of the closer people couldn¡¯t bear the pressure and started screaming.
In the area where the kaiju mother is located, the hydrogen bombs exploded mid-air, after which ten huge suns appeared. The shock waves spread at an incredible speed,
After a moment, the shockwaves hit the sea surface, making an incredibly loud explosion sound, followed by the formation of a huge tsunami, which quickly spread to the distance.
The explosion was visible from space, the huge shockwaves and blinding light are clearly visible from outside the.
The tsunamis that were created are thousands of meters tall. It¡¯s not just a single one, but hundreds of tsunamis appeared one after the other
These tsunamis quickly spread to the distance, causing the entire ocean to ripple.
Despite its huge size, It¡¯s impossible to observe the situation of the kaiju mother. The endless waves and the giant shockwavespletely covered its gigantic body.
The tsunamis quickly crossed the entire grass sea then quickly crossed the Indian Ocean.
The African continent was quickly submerged, followed by the Asian and the European continent.
This scene is even more exaggerated and terrifying from the tsunami of the movie ¡°2012¡±. Just the tsunamis have caused a terrible scar to the world.
At the same time, the impact of the hydrogen bombs explosion also caused a shift in the tectonic movements. This has to do with the particr ce where they exploded and their terrifying power.
¡±Rumble¡!!!¡±
The crustal movement has created even more disasters throughout the world.
Almost all volcanos in the world erupted at the same time. Endless magma erupted from the giant craters, volcanic ash, and smoke spread almost everywhere in the world.
¡±Ah!!¡±
In the many underground bases around the world, the survivors noticed that the ground started shaking violently, then the surrounding walls began to crack, and dust and small stones started falling from the ceiling.
¡±Earthquake! It¡¯s an Earthquake!!¡±
Fear-filled screams sounded everywhere. The appearance of earthquakes while they are in such a closed space scared the sh*t out of them. They are afraid of being buried alive.
Fortunately, these underground bases have been specially constructed. Their resistance to earthquakes is quite high.
Even an earthquake of this magnitude didn¡¯t cause them to copse.
The earthquakes continued for a long time, one after the other, almost neverending. Many people had pale faces, their bodies continued trembling due to fear.
¡±Rumble!!¡±
The tsunamis crossed the Indian Ocean, submerged the African continent, submerged most of the Asian and European continent, crossed that Pacific ocean, then submerged half of the American continent.
It can be said that apart from some high-altitude areas in the world, most of thends around the world were swept by the tsunamis.
¡±Damn, this explosion is so powerful.¡±
Fang Yun was lying on the ground at the bottom of the sea. Even he felt that the ground is shaking. Even the water at the depth of the ocean is surging, making him feel a bit dizzy.
Some parts of the ground started cracking, after which magma spewed out. The temperature of the area around was raised to a very high level.
The magma on his scales and the high temperature of the water has caused Fang Yun to suffer a lot. Even a small part of his scales cracked, causing him to be injured.
However, these small injuries quickly healed back under his horrifying regeneration ability.
At the bottom of the sea, Fang Yun calcted the time internally. Probably ten dayster, the vibration and rolling have stopped. He can finally go out.
Chapter 270: Reentering the Grass Sea
Chapter 270: Reentering the Grass Sea
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun quickly swam upwards, seeing that no live creature has appeared in front of him, he wondered what the world situation has turned into.
A few minutes after, he burst out from the water surface, then started looking around.
The endless sea.
Fang Yun still remembers that there was a small ind two or three kilometers away from here. Right now, this ind haspletely disappeared.
¡±I wonder what happened to the outside world.¡±
In this respect, the sea is still surging and the waves are much higher than usual. The consequences of the nuclear explosion can be imagined.
Fang Yun determined a direction, then quickly swam towards it. He quickly reached the previous location of ¡®Panda country¡¯. As expected, there has been a major change.
The coastal cities are submerged. Fang Yun dived to the previous location of the city and found ruins of buildings and traces of the previous prosperous civilization.
Apart from a few mountain tops and highnds, the rest of the city waspletely submerged.
While swimming around, he found many corpses floating on the water surface, or sinking at the bottom of the sea. They belong to various ancient/mutant creatures and native mutant creatures.
¡±I have to quickly learn about the world situation. Is the kaiju mother dead?¡±
Fang Yun crossed the coastal cities and continued swimming ind. He is searching for the location of some human bases. This is necessary to know about thetest information;
He thought for a moment, then decided to search in the nearby teaus.
Before sending the hydrogen bombs, humans should have expected the consequences, so they are most likely hiding in a highnd or teau. Now all he needs is to check all the highnds in his way with his detection capabilities until he finds them.
While Fang Yun was rushing towards the nearest teau. In a certain base, a conversation is taking ce
The conference room of the highest leaders of the human alliance looks much more empty than before.
¡±You guys.¡±
The person at the forefront of the conference table is, as usual, Lu Cheng. He is looking at a holographic screen with a solemn face. The people in the conference room, influenced by him, also looked at the projection screen.
On the holographic screen, there is currently the scene of endless waves.
¡±Everyone, for the human lives that were lost due to this operation, I present my sincerest apologies.¡±
A mourning look emerged on the face of the human alliance¡¯s first leader. He took a deep breath and said with a forced smile.
¡±Fortunately, we survived this disaster.¡±
After this remark came out of the mouth of Lu Cheng, many of the people in the conference room started talking. They felt very fortunate to be alive.
Even if their position is very high, giving them the privilege to live in the best-protected bunkers. This disaster still took some of their peers¡¯ lives.
¡±Well, no more gossip, please look here.¡±
Lu Cheng waved his hand, then pointed at the holographic screen and said.
¡±This is how most areas currently looks like ¡°
The picture on the screen changed, changing to a scene of floods. The areas where the cities existed before were all submerged. all kinds of stic waste and other light objects are floating on the water surface, making for a truly apocalypse-like scene.
The people in the conference room even saw some human bodies floating on the water surface?
¡±Haah¡¡±
In the conference room, a burst of sighs sounded in the room. No matter how powerful human have be, in front of a disaster of this scale, they are still as fragile as ants.
The conference room was filled with silence for a moment. A momentter, Lu Cheng navigated through the holographic screen, changing the scenes on the holographic screen, then examining their condition.
¡±Chief Lu, can our satellites detect the situation of the Grass Sea? ¡°
Suddenly, Hook raised his head and seriously said to Lu Cheng.
¡±The Electromaic waves in that area are too intense and disordered. The satellites, as usual, can¡¯t capture what¡¯s happening there, and our equipment does immediately fail after entering the Grass sea.¡±
After Lu Cheng¡¯s exnation ended, the atmosphere in the conference room became very serious. In case the kaiju mother isn¡¯t dead, wouldn¡¯t they be in a very bad situation?
Right at this moment, the image on the screen changed again. This time, a huge creature is swimming forward. asionally stopping to eat the monsters¡¯ body floating on the water surface.
¡±Huh? ¡°
Lu Cheng and the rest of the leaders who were seriously talking were surprised. They quickly approached the holographic screen, trying to see what kind of creature that is;
It¡¯s a giant snake.
¡±It¡¯s the giant serpent!¡±
Many people eximed, their faces were filled with surprise. Fortunately, the giant serpent is a creature they cooperated with before.
Furthermore, in this situation where the world haspletely changed and many of theirpanions died, seeing a familiar creature like the giant serpent caused them to be somewhat relieved.
Under their observation, the giant serpent continued moving forward while eating the monsters¡¯ bodies floating on water
¡±Does this teau have so many humans living on it?¡±
Fang Yun looked at highnd in front of him and wondered. He was wrapping his tail around a kaiju and swimming forward. From time to time, he turned back and took a bite from it, just like eating a snack.
He sensed that many humans are living in the highnd ahead. After a short surprise, he didn¡¯t hesitate to use his electromaic abilities to connect to thework, then check the information he wants.
Human beings are miserable now. For example, ¡®Panda country¡¯ has lost 3 million people during this disaster. Pulling their poption down from over 10 million to 7 million.
The remaining 7 million people are scattered across ¡®Panda country¡¯. The base in front of him has over half a million people, hence his surprise.
As for the situation of other countries, ¡®Panda country¡¯, or rather this base doesn¡¯t hold information about them.
Fang Yun also learned about the current status of those kaiju on this. They can be said to bepletely dead. At least for now, ¡®Panda country¡¯ still haven¡¯t seen a living kaiju. All of them, at least the ones in the outside world are dead.
They still can¡¯t get any information about the situation of the Grass Sea.
Fang Yun wandered around the teau where ¡®Panda country¡¯ people live. He swallowed all the monsters¡¯ bodies nearby, including kaiju and mutant/ancient creatures, then chose a random direction and swam there.
In fact, he didn¡¯t go far away. There are countless bodies of kaiju and ancient/mutant creatures floating around.
For the safety and health of the and creatures living on it, Fang Yun heroically chose to eat all the monsters¡¯ bodies floating on the water surface. No way, he is too kind.
Throwing those cringy thoughts out of his head, Fang Yun confirmed that all monsters raging in the world should have died. At least he didn¡¯t see a single living monster up to now.
¡±Did the human alliance desperate move seed?¡±
Fang Yun held back the impulse to go the Grass sea and check. He decided to wait for the EMP field in the grass sea to weaken, and for the human alliance to send troupes over there to check the situation before going himself.
Half a monthter, ording to the measurement ¡®Panda country¡¯, the electromaic waves in the Grass sea were finally reduced to an eptable level. They didn¡¯t hesitate to send a small fleet of airships to check the situation over there.
Fang Yun followed behind them, he also wants to know what is the situation over there.
¡¯Panda country¡¯ sent 10 aircraft. Including 1 mothership and 9 airships.
Just under this fleet, a behemoth was following them.
About five dayster, the fleet finally reached the location of the kaiju mother. However, what they saw is very different from what they expected.
Chapter 271: Entering the Space Vortex
Chapter 271: Entering the Space Vortex
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±This is¡¡±
Fang Yun was stunned when he looked at the scene ahead. Not far away from them, in the kaiju mother¡¯s previous location, there is a huge ck vortex, over a dozen kilometers wide.
The water flowed around the huge vortex, but it wasn¡¯t sucked into it. This scene looked extremely strange, defying thews of physics.
¡±Isn¡¯t that a space channel?¡±
Fang Yun was really surprised. He nned to get closer to examine it, but looking at the giant and terrifying space vortex, he extinguished this idea.
He turned his attention to the airships fleet above him. He noticed that the fleet also seemed to be frightened, they also didn¡¯t dare to move forward.
In fact, this is indeed the case. In themand room of the central mothership, Lu Cheng looked at the scene in front of him with a shocked look on his face.
The huge vortex that appeared on the surface of the sea looked just like the entrance to hell. Its shocking and weird look caused most of them to be apprehensive.
¡±Is this the space channel that connects to the aliens¡¯ world?¡±
Lu Cheng thought internally. However, it¡¯s too terrifying, the diameter of this vortex is estimated to be at least 10 kilometers. This is just an initial visual calction, its actual diameter should be even bigger than that.
After detecting the changes in the Grass Sea, Lu Cheng didn¡¯t n to stay here any longer. He ordered the fleet to go back to their base in ¡®Panda country¡¯.
They need to publish this news, then gather thest remaining experts and scientists to study this space channel.
On the way back, they didn¡¯t find a single living kaiju or ancient/mutant creatures. All of the monsters that roamed the seas before seemed to evaporate as if they didn¡¯t exist at all.
The only remaining indication of their existence is the monsters¡¯ body floating on the water surface.
As for the kaiju mother, it disappearedpletely. It¡¯s unknown if it was blown by the terrifying nuclear explosion, or if it survived.
This situation is somewhat strange. With the huge body of the kaiju mother, even if it was blown to pieces, there should be some of its body parts or at least traces of it left. Not like this situation where itpletely disappeared.
A few dayster, almost the entire world¡¯s countries got information about the space vortex in the Grass sea
Many people agreed that this is the way to a different world.
¡±We should send people into that vortex to check if it¡¯s truly the way to other worlds.¡±
¡±Are you crazy, in case it¡¯s not, that would result in meaningless sacrifice. The number of humans is already so small, do you want to sacrifice more people?¡±
¡±We don¡¯t have other choices. The Blue is now almost a dead. If we stay here for another 2 or 3 years, we might even freeze to death.¡±
¡±The monster crisis on this has already ended. I suggest that we take the initiative to attack. The civilization on the opposite side space vortex might not be as strong as our civilization.¡±
¡¯Panda country¡¯ has already regained contact with the other countries on the. Right now, the leaders of these countries and council members of the human alliance are discussing what they should do in the future.
Each one of these leaders has corresponding self-confidence in their ims.
If there is truly something terrible behind the space vortex, whether they¡¯re frightening monsters or strong civilizations, they will eventually get involved with them sooner orter. If this is inevitable, why don¡¯t they take the initiative to explore?
Taking the initiative is very important in this situation.
This kind of view has convinced many people. After a long discussion and debate, they decided to send a team to explore what¡¯s behind the space vortex.
¡±Have they decided to explore what¡¯s behind the vortex so quickly? ¡°
Fang Yun looked at the three airships in the sky, heading straight towards the space vortex, with a surprised look.
Although he knows that it¡¯s inevitable for the human alliance to explore the space vortex, he didn¡¯t expect it to be so fast.
However, he quickly became excited. He also wants to know what¡¯s behind the space vortex, so this exploration is actually in his favor.
He looked at the scene where the three huge airships took the lead to slowly hover down, constantly approaching the space vortex.
¡±Vrooom!!¡±
Along with the roars of engines, the three giant motherships were slowly dragged into the vortex
Due to the fact that the diameter of the vortex is toorge, even 3 airships more than 500 meters across were easily able to fit.
Not far away from the space vortex, Fang Yun looked nervously at the three airships that aren¡¯t that much shorter than him.
If they reach the aliens¡¯ smoothly, without any twists or turns, doesn¡¯t that mean that a whole new, possibly full of giant monsters is in front of him?
When he thought of this, his eyes shined with excitement. He looked at the three airships with a hopeful look.
¡±I hope that they are sessful.¡±
Right now, the three airships have disappeared in the vortex without a trace.
¡±Professor, do you think that they will seed?¡±
In a basement, the assistant Xiao Yu asked the solemn Hook.
¡±Professor, don¡¯t you think that they are too hasty?¡±
Hook shook his head and said.
¡±This is something that must be done. The temperature of the Blue is constantly decreasing, and the environment is getting worse and worse, coupled with therge extinction caused by the previous disaster. This is bing a dead. If we don¡¯t find a solution quickly, then even with our technology, humans are likely to be extinct.¡±
There is a hint of anxiety on Hook¡¯s face. He prayed internally.
¡±God bless our human civilization, it really can¡¯t stand anymore disaster.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t leave after the three airships enter the space vortex. He stayed there so as to get first-hand information.
In the next few days, this sea area, especially the area near the space vortex, has be the hottest ce in the world.
Ships can be seening and going everywhere. Whether it¡¯s airships or ordinary marine ships. They are stationed here in case an alien or a monster gets out of this space channel. They don¡¯t want to experience a monster disaster once again
After waiting in this way for ten days, the space vortex finally changed. Ripples appeared on the otherwise revolving vortex.
¡±Something ising out.¡±
Fang Yun was the first to sense this strange fluctuation, followed by the higher-ups of the human alliance.
He stared closely at the area where the fluctuation started, only to see a ck shadow slowly emerged from the ck vortex. Soon after, a huge shadow, hundreds of meters long appeared.
¡±That¡¯s¡¡±
Everyone¡¯s eyes were fixed on the ck shadow, but they saw its true appearance, many people started shouting.
¡±It¡¯s our ship! It¡¯s our airship!¡±
Chapter 272: Interstellar Colonization Start
Chapter 272: Interster Colonization Start
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The airships and marine ships not far away were filled with cheers. Even Fang Yun who is a few kilometers away clearly heard those cheers.
Fang Yun was also very excited. This is really a space channel. Furthermore, it shouldn¡¯t be life-threatening or dangerous, neither in the space vortex nor on the other side of the space vortex. Otherwise, how could these airshipse back safely?
After looking at the cheerful people not far away, he looked back at the space vortex. The airships over there finally got out from the space vortex, they are now quickly heading forward to the fleet of airships not far away.
The three airships are intact. Soon after the airships got out of the space vortex, a young soldier walked out to the deck. He spread his hands, making a gesture of embracing the world. He shouted with a fanatical look on his face.
¡°Behind this giant vortex is a habitable!!¡±
¡°Woahhh!!!!!¡±
The people on the airships and marine ships not far from the vortex became silent for a moment, then even louder cheers broke out the next moment.
The monsters, kaiju, and aliens from the other world disappeared from the Blue after the ¡°death¡± of the kaiju mother.
There are still the mutated native animals of the blue, whether it¡¯snd creatures or sea creatures. However, these creatures can¡¯t turn any waves in front of the current technological power of the human alliance.
The thing that is affecting humans the most is the chain reaction after the explosion of the hydrogen bomb. The movements of the tectonic tes, the changes in geological structure, and the geothermal heat that disappeared before.
There is also a severeck of natural energy and natural resources due to therge number of bugs that inhabited the before. All of these caused this to be unsuitable for human habitation.
This might in fact recover in the future, but they aren¡¯t sure how long it will take. With a better option in front of them, they can¡¯t wait anymore.
The three exploration airships were quickly surrounded by other airships, then escorted back to the temporary headquarters of the human alliance.
Each of these three airships belongs to a different country. One belongs to ¡®Panda country¡¯, one belongs to the ¡®Bald Eagle¡¯ country, and one belongs to the ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country.
The surviving countries in the world have basically put aside their differences and grievances, and decided to truly merge with each other into a single human Federation.
Although the previous human alliance was already a gathering of people from different countries. Most countries still retained their names and nationality, reluctant to merge into a single superpower, but now things have changed.
This is the beginning of a new chapter in the history of humanity.
After the three airships returned to the human federation headquarters, the relevant personnel organized a speech to be broadcasted on TV, where the people on the three airships will personally exin what they found on the other of the space vortex.
¡°It¡¯s a different simr to our Blue. It has oceans and continents, and many lifeforms.¡±
¡°The distribution of the continents isn¡¯t yet clear. However, we can confirm that that is veryrge, muchrger than our Blue. Even its gravity is higher than that of our, but you don¡¯t have to worry, with our current physical fitness, we can easily adapt to the environment over there.¡±
After the appearance of mutant creatures many years ago, humans were able to increase their physical strength by eating their flesh, but after a long time, humans discovered that this increase has a limit.
Even if this limit is so high that people who reached it are basically superhumans. The kind that runs at the speed of supercars and casually throws trucks into the air. It¡¯s still a limit that no one could surpass.
That changed with the appearance of the kaiju and the gic drug that was developedter on.
This gic drug can enable a human to surpass this limit and achieve even higher levels of strength, coupled with the bio-armor, the strongest human on earth right now can even fight with level 2 kaiju and even fight with the previous sea kings such as the super Mosasaurus and the Kraken.
After so much time passed, theprehensive physical strength of the entire human race was raised by arge margin.
If a world-ss athlete of the previous era is included with the current human race, his physical fitness will be considered average at best, even mediocre.
This is why the soldier is confident that humans will be able to adapt to the gravity of the other world.
¡°We discovered some aliens over there, but they are all dead. Perhaps, they died the moment weunched the 10 hydrogen bombs.¡±
The interviewed person said.
It seems that the life of those aliens is closely rted to the kaiju mother. The moment the kaiju mother died, they also collectively died.
¡°However, that doesn¡¯t mean that that is safe. We discovered many giant creatures, sea monsters, and even legendary creatures over there. The main theme over there is that of the rules of the jungle, the strong eat the weak.¡±
The interviewedmander urged.
¡°We must not be careless, arrogance will only lead to our destruction.¡±
About five dayster, after consultation, all of the world parties decided to send the first batch of people to that new. This will be their first step of interster colonization.
The human federation sent a total of 28 airships. Each one of these airships belongs to a different party, derived from the old era¡¯s countries.
That¡¯s the limit of the airships they can send in the first batch. Due to the previous hydrogen explosion disaster. Even if they tried their best to protect their equipment, most of the marine ships were sunk, and a lot of airships were also destroyed.
¡°Vroom!¡±
28 airships quickly reached the area above the space vortex, then they slowly hovered down.
These 28 airships are filled with passengers, but all of them are sitting in their cabin with belts fastened around their waists.
ording to the soldiers who came back before, when crossing this space vortex, the airships will experience a severe shaking. Many of those soldiers were taken off guard by this severe shaking and fell to the ground, some even injured themselves.
On the sea not far away, Fang Yun looked at the 28 airships slowly sinking into the space vortex, his face filled with excitement.
¡°After this group of people pass, I¡¯ll go in.¡±
Fang Yun thought cheerfully. He also listened to the conference held by the human federation before. He knows about the fact that the people in the airships didn¡¯t experience any danger and that the on the other side of the vortex is filled with giant monsters.
¡°It¡¯s simply tailor-made for me.¡±
He really can¡¯t wait to enter that, but he held himself back. He felt that it¡¯s necessary for those people to check the way ahead. He isn¡¯t sure if this is a trap of the aliens.
Seeing thest ship drilled into the space vortex, Fang Yun started patiently waiting for the return of that fleet.
Since the human federation decided on colonizing that, then these ships will definitelye back to take the second batch of humans. If they don¡¯te back, then there must be a problem.
This time, just one dayter, most of the airships came back. It seems that the reason why the three exploration airships took so long is that they explored arge area near the space vortex on that.
After these airships got out from the space vortex and left towards the headquarters. Fang Yun started swimming towards the space vortex. However, the closer he got to the space vortex, the more uneasy he became.
This space vortex looks very simr to a ck hole, which is very intimidating,
Fang Yun shook off the uneasy in his heart, then started imagining the endless amount of food on the other side of the vortex.
¡°There, I will eat enough food, then grow to the point of starting my interster journey.¡±
Fang Yun looked up at the sky, seeing the endless dust clouds covering the sky, he shook his head helplessly. He hasn¡¯t seen the stary sky for a long time.
He quickly swam towards the space vortex, but when he was about 30meters away from it, the feeling of uneasiness in his heart has skyrocketed. His instincts are madly warning him. If he enters the space vortex, he is certain to die;
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
Fang Yun was startled, he stopped moving forward and looked at the space vortex in front of him with horror on his face;
He felt like looking at death straight in the face. As long as he moves a bit forward, then he will die.
¡°What the hell going on?!¡±
Fang Yun held down his uneasiness and started thinking. The human federation airships were able to traverse this space vortex ande back safely twice. Why is he feeling uneasy when he wants to enter it?
While thinking about this, he tried using electromaic waves to detect what¡¯s so dangerous about this vortex.
As expected, he discovered an extremely dangerous and powerful energy, unlike what he ever saw before.
¡°Is that Space energy or what? why didn¡¯t it affect the previous airships fleet.¡±
Why is he the only one targeted by this energy? why wasn¡¯t the fleet targeted?
He started seriously thinking about this issue;
What is the difference between yourself and the Blue Star people?
He is a monster, his size is much muchrger than human beings. In fact, that space energy should be a defense mechanism, it should work solely on living creatures, that¡¯s why the airships weren¡¯t affected.
The only reason he can think of why this space energy doesn¡¯t affect humans is due to their small size. The effect of this energy should increase exponentially along with a size increase.
Although it can¡¯t affect humans, with his size that is countless times bigger than them, this energy is fatal to him.
¡°Does that mean that this energy discriminates againstrger creatures?¡±
Fang Yun was a bit powerless to refute. His mood suddenly became very bad, will he be trapped in the Blue for the rest of his life;
Although with his current capabilities, he can easily survive on this, the world on the other side of the space channel is much more suitable for him.
¡°No, I must think of a way to go to that.¡±
Fang Yun circled around the space vortex for a long time, trying to find another way. Suddenly he had a very important discovery.
The energy in the space vortex is weakening at a very slow rate.
¡°Someday, this energy will decay to the point where I can bear it.¡±
Fang Yun let out a sigh of relief, he finally found hope. However, he is a bit worried, how long will this space vortexst, and will it be affected in the future, disappearing from the surface of the Blue.
Chapter 273: The Spark of Civilization
Chapter 273: The Spark of Civilization
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun temporarily dismissed the idea of entering that space vortex. Instead, he started wildly eating the bodies of the monsters left due to the disaster.
He really hoped to obtain some new skills to deal with that space energy, preferably defensive skills.
During this time, the human federation has been transferring poption and colonizing the other. Fang Yun was able to learn a lot of information about that alien by intercepting their signals and connecting to theirwork.
That was named Earth by them. Through their recent exploration, they discovered that that has three continents.
The smallest of those three continents is a bit bigger than Asia, and the biggest one is twice as big as Euroasia.
The surface area of that is 2 times bigger than that of the Blue. Apart from these three continents, the rest of the¡¯s surface is covered by oceans.
These three continents constitute the shape of a triangle, so they were temporarily named Continent A, Continent B, and Continent C.
The area that the space vortex leads to is the northern tip of A Continent. That¡¯s also the same area where the human federation decided to build their first base.
Continent A is also the smallest continent, almost the same size as Asia. The human federation has already established a small base on it.
They intend to use that base as a stronghold, then after transferring all of their poptions there, colonize the entire and create a new human civilization on it.
In addition, he also learned about the situation of the other side of the space vortex. This space vortex leads straight to the ocean. Moreover, that area isn¡¯t far fromnd, more precisely north Continent A, is just 30 kilometers away from it.
The other side of the space vortex also isn¡¯t like this one, a revolving ck hole with a diameter of 10 kilometers, but like a ck line.
About three monthster, all of the citizens of the human federation have migrated to ¡°Earth¡±.
Since that¡¯s the case, does that mean that no human remains on the ¡°Blue¡±?
That¡¯s not the case actually.
Actually, not all humans were protected by human federation. In the previous war against the kaiju, many people escaped to the wilderness or hid in their own prepared bunkers.
Furthermore, due to the nuclear disaster, quite a few bases were destroyed. While most of the people in those bases died, some of them barely survived.
The human federation didn¡¯t bother searching for those people, they only transferred registered citizens to the new, leaving behind many abandoned and forgotten humans.
After a certain period of time, the floods started receding, exposingrge areas ofnd. These survivors started gathering on thend, especially high-altitude areas, trying their best to avoid the areas with a high concentration of mutatednd creatures.
Among these remaining humans, a few dozen of them formed a small force, then began to settle in a certain ruin.
These people elected leaders and lived a life simr to primitive people. However, they acted very differently. After all, they were once modern humans who experienced the great technological age.
Although they didn¡¯t develop any industry, the tools left from the old era are more than enough for them.
The only thing different from before is the food they need to hunt themselves.
¡¡¡¡
Fang Yun was at first worried that the channel would suddenly disappear. However, with the speed of space energy reduction, this channel will exist there for a while.
This energy seemed to be stored there for a long time. Fang Yun inexplicably remembered the pyramids.
As for whether the human federation is nning to ruin this space vortex, Fang Yun hasn¡¯t heard any n about this before. Not to mention the fact that they should concentrate on colonizing ¡°Earth¡±, he doesn¡¯t think that they have the ability to destroy this vortex.
Fang Yun¡¯s hanging heart settled down a little bit. He then continued to wander across this, continuing to devour all the giant creatures in his path, whether it¡¯s their dead body or living counterpart.
His next evolution requires 800 million bio-energy points, which will take a long time to gather, especially in the current world¡¯s situation.
Fortunately, three dayster, the good news ushered in. The giant turtle which was separated from him appeared again.
¡±This fat turtle is still not dead yet.¡±
Thinking about how much creatures this guy eats every day, Fang Yun smirked a bit. Although, while traveling with this turtle, he eats a lot of the creatures it attracts, the turtle itself eats an incredible amount of creatures every day.
He has a system to help him transform the digested creatures into bio-energy, but this turtle does not, hence its rapid growth. Even so, due to eating so much every day, this turtle has grown to be quite fat.
After a short celebration due to their reunion, they started traveling across the world once again, attracting and eating all sorts of native mutant creatures.
As a result, in just a short period of time, his bio-energy points has grown to 200 million bio-energy points. This turtle is truly a treasure!
After about another five months, Fang Yun finally got enough bio-energy, then started his 35th evolution, reaching level 36.
He got exactly 35 skill points, bringing his skill points to a total of 50.
This time he didn¡¯t upgrade any skill. He is already the strongest creatures, no one or thing can threaten his life. He intends on keeping these skill points until he gets a new skill, then upgrades it all the way.
He really hopes the new skills are that of physical defense.
Fang Yun aimlessly wandered in the ocean with the giant turtle. As long as there are enough fish in a certain ce, he will certainly go there.
¡¡¡¡
The remaining humans on Blue are still struggling to survive.
Among them, some gatherings have developed rtively well, forming tribes. Others are still struggling, with a few people on their team, struggling against the powerful mutantnd creatures.
Among these people, the leader is usually the strongest person in the group, the one who ate the most mutant creatures¡¯ meat and fought countless battles. He also must be very knowledgeable, especially about survival skills.
These people struggled to live on this, oblivious to the fact that the big forces have left this, abandoning them, leaving them behind.
Many of them were searching for the big forces, while many others gathered people, established harems, and dered themselves as kings and queens.
These people are so scattered that they can¡¯t form an industrial foundation. Although all of them came from a modern era, apart from a few specialists, most of them don¡¯t know how to make modern tools.
Not to mention things like steel, they don¡¯t even know how bricks, cement, and pottery are created, making it very difficult for them to reestablish the previous society.
Due to their current situation, they have to search for food every day, so they don¡¯t have the time to try and create modern materials. They didn¡¯t even bother to do so, mostly because these materials can be found in ruins rtively easily.
Steel and iron are easy to find. There is a lot of that metal in reinforced concrete, which is basically used to build buildings, and ruins of those buildings can be found everywhere.
The only problem is that it¡¯s not easy to take them out.
The things that these people are looking for are weapons. Whether it¡¯s cold weapons like knives and swords, or hot weapons like guns and grenades, those are the thing they are looking forward to the most.
In that environment, the life of human beings is as cheap as grass, people are dying every day, and after a certain amount of time, the age of tribes annexation has begun.
However, as people grew older and older, and as babies were born and started growing, some people started realizing that they must teach their children, or they will grow intoplete savages without the slightest knowledge.
Texts, Words.
The wisdom of the ancients, the achievements of humanity. if they don¡¯t record them, they will soon disappear into the long river of history.
The achievements of the human race and how brilliant it was once. If they don¡¯t record it, then all of these things will disappear!
Some people started using sharp stones to engrave history on cement and wood boards, recording all the knowledge they learned in the old era.
Chapter 274: 80 Years Later
Chapter 274: 80 Years Later
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The humans on the Blue can be said to be the children of the. The kaiju, ancient and mutated creatures, viruses, deadly gases, natural energy devouring bugs, aliens, as well as floods, earthquakes, and other natural disasters, all of these weren¡¯t able to exterminate them, and their number is slowly growing back.
If viewed from the perspective of God, after the human federation left the Blue, the number of the remaining survivors are less than 1 million, and they are scattered across the, still struggling to survive.
Recently, their numbers have begun to grow slowly. On Asian for example, there are more than half a million people, most of them concentrated in teaus, but most of them started to migrate towards the central ins.
After all, in the ins, thend is more fertile and more suitable for growing various crops.
Some groups upied a favorable position, then started to develop, growing crops, building houses, and trying to restore the previous society.
For example, in the area of the previous ¡®Panda country¡¯, a tribe called ¡°Xia Tribe¡± was established. The number of people in that tribe is in the thousands and their number is rapidly growing.
The division ofbor, collection, hunting, nting, animal rearing, etc., is properly assigned to the right people. After all, they are modern people.
They are very organized in their work, and everyone takes their jobs very seriously. Those who aren¡¯t serious and sloppy are quicked out of the tribe after a certain amount of warnings.
Most of the tribes and gatherings around the world are like this. There is a clear division ofbor. In such harsh times, no one will take care of people that don¡¯t want to take responsibility.
Usually, once a tribepletely stabilize, babies start springing up like mushrooms. Babies born in this era are actually quite strange. The rate of their growth and nutrition requirements is many times higher than before.
For example, in this era, a baby can crawl after 10 days, walk after 2 to 3 months, and talk after 1 year. Their growth rate, strength, intelligence, and more, are a lot higher than ever before.
After the catastrophe that had spread to the whole Blue many years ago, humans struggled against the various mutant creatures and wild beasts, gathered together, then used their wisdom to once again climb to the top of the food chain.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know anything about the situation of the leftover humans onnd. He hardly climbed on the shore, spending most of his time in the ocean, repeating the monotonous action of hunting creatures and eating creatures.
He is now like a machine processing seafood, swallowing huge amounts of various creatures in his stomach every day, rapidly digesting them, then converting them into bio-energy points.
The next evolution requires 1.2 billion bio-energy points.
What is this concept?
If an ordinary 10 kilograms fish provides him with 100 bio-energy points, then he needs to eat 12 million fish of that size, which is basically 120 million kilograms or 120,000 ton of meat. This number will only get higher in the future.
He couldn¡¯t help thinking, will he devour the entire marine life of this in the future?
During this time, he went back to the Grass Sea once. The space vortex is still there and as expected, he can¡¯t enter it. However, it seems to be getting smaller?
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t sure, the space didn¡¯t have a significant change overall, probably a dozen meters smaller?
Althoughpared to the 12 kilometers wide vortex, it might be insignificant, but this still gave him a lot of pressure, causing him to hunt marine creatures even more crazily.
¡¡¡¡
Time has passed quickly. More than thirty yearster, the humans on the Blue have ushered in a pace of rapid development.
Because of the major changes in humans physique, they can jump higher, run faster, and exert extreme strength. Even in front of those native mutant creaturs, apart from major gatherings and ultra-high levels monsters, all of the rest can only serve as their food.
The most important point is that the growth rate of children in the post-apocalyptic era is almost terrifying. Five years olds are equivalent to the 15-year-old child of the previous era, and 8 years old are equivalent toplete adults.
Whether it¡¯s their bodies or minds, they are all equivalent to mature adults.
If an 8 years old human of the post-apocalyptic era is put into the old era or even the disaster era, no one will believe that it¡¯s actually an 8 years-old child. Whether it¡¯s from demeanors or physical points of view.
Due to the shortening of the growth process, the number of human beings has increased dramatically. Right now, thergest tribe has a poption of more than 100,000.
In fact, it can¡¯t be called a tribe anymore, a city would be more appropriate.
They built cities, made of cement and bricks. The efficiency of a single human in this era is more than that of a construction team of the old era.
Although they didn¡¯t know how to make cement and other industrial materials at first, through constant trials and error, they were able to finally create them;
In addition, after a certain amount of development time, most cities acquired certain industrial capabilities, iron forging, etc¡
Convenient transportation means also appeared. Steam trains, bicycles, and even cars.
They were even able to create guns, they also acquired techniques of papermaking and printingtely. Overall, they are constantly advancing, with the goal of returning to the peak of their technological advancements in the disaster era.
There is a certain distance between cities, but most of them know the existence of each other.
At the beginning, most of the cities were fairly harmonious. Everyone helped and cooperated with each other, but as cities continued to expand, their lords¡¯ ambitions grew, and thus war started.
At first, it was just a small conflict between two cities, which quickly escted into a big conflict. In the end, it reached the point of war between almost 10 cities.
While the war resulted in many human casualties, it also promoted the integration of various cities and the unreserved exchange of various technologies. It can be considered as progress for the whole human civilization.
During this time, Fang Yun has been hunting in the ocean. He has been working like a machine during all these years, hunting and eating prey every day, with hardly any rest.
If it wasn¡¯t because of the giant turtlepany and their interaction every day, he doubted whether he¡¯ll be crazy.
In these thirty years, he has evolved ten times.
Up to now, his level has reached 46. His umted skill points have reached 455. He also got new skills and ones that he really wanted.
¡°Divine armor¡±
¡°Life Spirit¡±
These two skills can be considered as the upgraded version of ¡°Steel Body¡± and ¡°Quick Regeneration¡±. Each upgrade requires 50 skill points.
He didn¡¯t hesitate to max out ¡°Divine Armor¡±, then he used the rest of the skill points to upgrade ¡°Life Spirit¡± 4 times.
However, even when his defense was increased by 20 times, and that he can regenerate any part of his body apart from his head, he still feels fatally threatened when he approaches the space vortex.
Fang Yun was very depressed. Even after maxing out his new defense skill, his defense is still not enough to protect him for the space energy in the space vortex.
That¡¯s just ridiculous. Relying on the two new skills, He is now pretty sure to tank small and medium nuclear and hydrogen bombs.
With his current defense, nuclear bombs under 1 million tons equivalent can only injure him, which he can instantly regenerate.
Nuclear bombs between 1 and 50 million tons can only seriously injure him, after which he can also quickly heal. Only bombs above the equivalent of 100 million tons constitute a fatal threat to him.
Even so, he is guaranteed to immediately die the moment he crosses the space vortex, hence his anger and helplessness.
In desperation, he can only continue to stay on the Blue and wait until the space energy in the vortex lowers down to a level he can withstand.
In addition, in these years, he finally discovered the existence of the leftover humans onnd. After a short curiosity, he didn¡¯t bother them, nor did he appear in front of them. However, a few humans were still able to find some of his traces.
In the blink of an eye, another 50 years have passed.
There have been some dramatic changes in thend.
Chapter 275: Longing for the Ocean
Chapter 275: Longing for the Ocean
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The various forces and cities in the areas of the previous ¡®Panda country¡¯ havebined together to form a country, which has begun to flourish.
Many of the things that previously existed in the old era have appeared.
Cars, mobile phones, TVs and the like.
A lot of people knew about their existence. All they had to do is to search for one of those products, take them apart and try to understand the function of each of theirponents, then create one themselves.
Through constant trial and error, they were able to bring these products to the world once again. It can be said that apart from a few differences, the currents human on the Blue te has reached the technological level of the previous early 21st century humans.
Although the Blue human civilization has be more advanced, much of the previous information has been lost due to a variety of reasons, including the great flood, the long period of time, and the battle between various forces.
Their understanding of what happened in the disaster era is especially pitiful. They only know that the human civilization was attacked by aliens and monsters nicknamed the kaiju.
Previously, their human civilization fought with the aliens on this, causing a lot of damage all over the world. In the end, both sides suffered terrible losses and almost died together.
The previous human civilization was destroyed, leaving very few survivors, and the aliens werepletely destroyed.
Doesn¡¯t that mean that it¡¯s their human victory?
However, in the information they found, the space channel or vortex wasn¡¯t mentioned at all.
After a certain period of war, the new ¡®Panda country¡¯ ushered in peace, prosperity, and development. People started getting curious about the situation outside the Asian continent.
Many people went into the wild to act as archaeologists. They wanted to get more information about the old human civilization, especially information about what happened during the disaster era.
Some people also have illusions about overseas. From the information handed down from their ancestors, they know that there are more continents on the other side of the sea, so they are very curious and eager to know about their situation.
Various expedition ships set off, they mostly used wind-powered sailboats or even more backward boats.
They have no other choice. They have developed gasoline ships not long ago, but those ships aren¡¯t affordable to ordinary people for now. They are only in the hands of their leaders.
Even if they manage to get one, they won¡¯t be able to refuel due to the scarcity of oil.
Officials and leaders of the new country are very much in favor of this expedition.
There is no shortage of people now, so they don¡¯t really care even if some people die or get lost.
Humans of the post-apocalyptic age are growing fast. They can reach maturity at the age of 8, and their life-span is almost 2 times higher than the humans of the old age. The average lifespan of a new human is 180 years, so after the wars, the number of adults has reached a terrifying point.
This also resulted in some weird situations hard to be imagined by people of the old and even the disaster age. In some families, there are even more than 5 generations, the great-grand-parents, grand-parents, parents, sons, and grandsons. Each and every one of them is healthy and can live for a long time.
If it weren¡¯t for the fact that all kinds of food crops can easily grow in fertilends, the new ¡®Panda Country¡¯ would have be a mess.
ording to some recent research, the poption of ¡®Panda country¡¯ is now in the tens of millions, and will soon reach 100 million. The new humans are much more terrifying than the old ones.
The purpose of these expeditions was to check the situation of the humans on the other continents, discover and capture newnds, and if possible, gather information about the situation of the disaster era.
In addition, these explorers are also required to try to find the location of various minerals, materials and natural resources. The people who discover the location of these materials will get a huge reward.
Because of all the mentioned reasons, many people set off to the sea.
Especially after a sea monster incident happened, people¡¯s longing for the sea increased even more.
At noon on a certain day, a city on ¡®New Panda Country¡¯ coast. The former Donggang City has disappeared, reced by a brand new city built on its ruins;
On the beach, many people are basking in the sun, and not far away, there is a pier, which happens to have workers unloading various types of equipment.
¡±Oh, what is that?¡±
Just when the people on the people happily ying and rxing, a tourist suddenly pointed at a ck point in the ocean not far away and shouted.
The people nearby immediately reacted. They followed the of the tourist¡¯s finger, looking at the ce that was pointed out. In that direction, they saw the raging waves heading towards the beach, and on these waves, there is something that is getting pushed towards them.
Some people started getting scared. They quickly got up and ran back to the city, in case it¡¯s a monster or something.
Some were more daring. They got a bit closer and looked curiously the object that is constantly drifting over.
¡±Brother Han, what¡¯s that thing?¡±
Among the curious crowd, a fat white man in a pair of beach pants asked the guy next to him.
¡±How could I know?¡±
The man beside him frowned and said.
¡±The ocean is so big, who knows what kind of creatures are wandering in it?¡±
As the waves pushed the ck point closer and closer, its image gradually cot clearer. It¡¯s an animal, an extremely huge animal.
¡±Gulp.¡±
Many people on the beach swallowed their saliva due to their nervousness, they all looked at the huge monster with a shocked look on their faces.
¡±Oh my god, what kind of creature is this? It¡¯s so huge.¡±
Some people were amazed. They noticed that the iing creature has a huge round head, it also has a lot of stout tentacles.
¡±Is that an octopus?¡±
After recognizing the identity of the iing creature, some people shouted out loud. However, although that thing has the appearance of an octopus, it¡¯s size is way beyond their cognition.
¡±Brother Han, how big is this octopus? If we turn it into takoyaki, I wonder how many takoyaki can we make?¡±
The fat white man in beach pants looked at the body of the giant octopus with surprise, then said to the man next to him with some drool on his face.
They realized a while ago that this monster is dead, that¡¯s why it was pushed by the waves so powerlessly.
¡±Is this one of the ¡®Kaiju¡¯ that destroyed the previous human civilization?¡±
There is no detailed pictorial book or the like for reference about what the ¡®kaiju¡¯ looks like. They also didn¡¯t find any corpse or body of those kaiju, so they don¡¯t really know how do they look like.
The new humans were very excited due to the discovery of the giant octopus. It means that they will finally uncover some of the secrets about the destruction of the previous human race, and what exactly happened in the disaster age.
Many experts are studying the detailed process of the destruction of the old human civilization, but the information they have is too little for detailed analysis.
They only know that many years ago, the aliens and monsters invaded. The previous human civilization had a very long and arduous war with them. In the end, a worldwide flood swept the world, then both the old human civilization and the aliens disappeared.
Apart from that, they have no relevant information about any else, including information about the aliens themselves and the infamous kaiju.
The current historiography thinks that the behemoths recorded in the materials passed down by their ancestors might be the so-called kaiju. Many experts hope to find the skeleton of aliens and kaiju from the wild to verify their conjectures, but they didn¡¯t find anything up to now.
¡±Were monsters like this able to truly destroy the previous human civilization?¡±
The white fat man stared at the giant octopus body that is lying on the beach with wide eyes. He tried to see the abilities of this octopus that enabled it to destroy something as amazing as the previous human civilization.
Although this creature looks very huge, the previous human civilization possessed an incredibly amazing technology.
Far higher than their current technological strength.
It is said that humans of the previous era have already conquered space. They created huge ships that flew in the sky at very high speed and had the destructive power to raze down mountains.
After the giant octopusnded on the beach, some people bravely approached it and carefully examined the appearance of this giant creature.
Some people also called the relevant departments, asking them toe and dispose of this giant monster¡¯s body.
Chapter 276: Two “Islands�
Chapter 276: Two ¡°Inds¡±
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The giant octopus found on the beach caused a sensation through ¡®New Panda Country¡¯. Many TV stations and news tforms posted information about the giant octopus on their front page.
A lot of popr and beautiful hosts used their strong and calm voices to report the discovery of the giant octopus on TV, creating an uproar all over the country.
This giant octopus in unprecedently huge. After measuring it, the relevant personnel found that the diameter of the octopus¡¯s head is almost 1 kilometer.
Its tentacles are even more terrifying, being almost 2 kilometers long. Overall, the giant octopus is exactly 2.8 kilometers long, bigger than most mountains in the world.
In fact, just the octopus¡¯s head fangs are terrifying. They are almost 50 meters long, which is roughly equivalent to a 16-story tall building. In front of that monster, humans are just parasites, too small to be even registered in that monster¡¯s eyes.
The giant monster octopus isn¡¯t like an ordinary octopus. It has nine tentacles, which are filled with suckers. Inside the suckers are fangs, which are densely covered with petals like stamens.
By the way, those suckers are almost as big as a basketball field, and there are dozens of such suckers in each tentacle.
ording to the judgment of the experts, this giant octopus died a few years ago, but its body has no signs of rot. In addition, regr des and swords can¡¯t even scratch its tentacles, even if swung by a powerful warrior.
Even their current big guns can barely prate the surface of its skin, which is insignificantpared to its monstrous size.
It can be said that this octopus alone is sufficient to exterminate their entire country and even the rest of the human civilization on the blue, fortunately, it¡¯s dead.
There was trouble with the handling of this giant octopus. It couldn¡¯t be dragged ind. It¡¯s just too big, their current tools and vehicles can¡¯t drag a monster like that.
Therefore, that beach area was simply enclosed. Apart from the relevant personnel, no one else was allowed toe close. After hearing the news about the discovery of such a monster, experts dropped everything on their hands, then went to study that giant octopus.
The research process was very difficult. The skin of the giant octopus is too tough, their knives and even chainsaws couldn¡¯t prate the skin surface.
As ast resort, they could only drill into the body of the big octopus, extract some tissue fluids from its body, then analyze it. They can also enter from its mouth and carry the investigation from inside its body, that will be much easier.
¡°This giant octopus is not a carbon-based life.¡±
The expert group reached a consensus. In its tissue fluid, there isn¡¯t any carbon element. In addition, they found some strange organs in the body of the giant octopus.
The relevant experts aren¡¯t sure about the use of these organs, but they have a theory. These organs might be used to store someponents used in aggressive attacks. For example, acid, ink, poison, etc¡
¡°This giant octopus is very simr to the monsters depicted in our science fiction movies.¡±
The present human civilization does have a lot of fiction, and they are mostly fantasies about the disaster age.
Many of the current popr movies are monsters and aliens invasion movies.
The aliens and monsters in those movies are different from humans. Unlike humans who need technological weapons to attack, these monsters can use their bodies to wrack havoc across cities.
In fact, This octopus monster isn¡¯t the first non-carbon-based creature they found. They actually found quite a few mutants and ancient creatures bodies, the new type that converted to silicon-based life.
Most of these corpses rotter, leaving only bones, but there are some that still have some rotting meat.
The flesh and blood of silicon-based life seemingly take a long time to rot.
However, they didn¡¯t find any special organs in these silicon-based ancient/mutant creatures.
Actually, apart from them being a different lifeform, having a higher defense and bigger body, they aren¡¯t that different from the native mutant creatures that they have been fighting with for so long.
However, the giant octopus is an entirely different matter. The biggest and most powerful native mutant creature they found so far is just a bit bigger than the fang of the giant octopus. The so-called strongest monster is just a flypared to the giant octopus.
The discoveries inside of the giant octopus weren¡¯t announced. However, the ¡®New Panda Country¡¯ nobles are encouraging people to look for giant monster bodies, offering sky-high rewards for just their news.
The adventurous people began to set off inrge numbers. They took a variety of boats and went deep into the sea, some looking for fortunes, and some looking for¡
Adventure.
What a passionate word.
The huge octopus body is showing that the ocean has many hidden and magnificent things waiting for them to explore.
Over the next period of time, the inds near ¡®Panda Country¡¯ have been discovered one after another, even those small countries with archipgos as their main living area have been discovered.
They discovered humans on these inds. Many adventures shed with the indigenous people over there due to various differences like differences innguage and appearance;
When such news circted back to ¡®New Panda Country¡¯, the adventure heat died off a lot. Their governement sent many people over to these inds tomunicate with the people over there, establishing trade routes and helping them to recreate their former civilization.
Of course, such help isn¡¯t free. They have many important minerals on those inds, so they were required to use them as an exchange for their help.
About three yearster, the adventure fever finally cooled down, not many people set off to the sea anymore. All of this is due to the fact that they didn¡¯t find a single monster body of the same caliber the giant octopus in these three years.
However, there are still some people that didn¡¯t give up, such as Zhao Cheng and his friends.
A year ago, Zhao Cheng and several of his childhood friends bought a rtively new boat with the money they earned from working.
The boat isn¡¯t big, it¡¯s only 15 meters long, sail-powered, but it¡¯s enough to amodate the seven of them.
If this was in the old or disaster age, sailing with such a small boat would be looking for death. Especially during the disaster age, such a boat wouldn¡¯t be qualified to even touch seawater. Fortunately, the sea is rtively calm right now, even small storms are rare.
This should be the peace after the war.
As long as the people on the boat don¡¯t act stupidly, they basically won¡¯t suffer from any harm. Especially due to the fact that each one of them is world-ss athletes by old age standards.
They have been wandering in the sea for almost a year. The boring Seaview didn¡¯t weaken their excitement, they lived happily every day. In terms of food, they are basically hunting every day. As for vitamin problems, they have bean sprouts, pickles, tea, and special medicines.
Water is even simpler, they have a special purifier that can purify seawater into drinkable water, so they didn¡¯t have any problem in this voyage up till this point.
In addition, they often encounter inds along the way. They often rest on those inds and collect fruits to supplement their vitamins, then make them into dried fruit.
Although they didn¡¯t see the slightest trace of a monster¡¯s body, the seven of them weren¡¯t discouraged at all. They mostly like this kind of unrestrained and free life.
Along the way, they experienced many things and also saw many things that had never seen in ¡®New Panda Country¡¯ before.
They even discovered some creatures that were considered extinct.
It¡¯s a giant lizard with a hip height of 5 meters, with a body length of more than ten meters. This monster¡¯s appearance is too iconic, whether it¡¯s the people of the disaster age or old age, most of them would have been able to recognize it at a nce.
It¡¯s a T-Rex.
Fortunately, Zhao Cheng and hispanions relied on their world-ss athlete physical fitness to escape unharmed. Although the situation was truly dangerous, it was thrilling and full of excitement.
¡±Brother Zhao, our dried food is about to run out again.¡±
Zhao Cheng is thirty years old, with a tall body and an Asian look. As for hairstyles and the like, due to their long time wandering in the ocean it¡¯s quite long and a bit dirty.
Zhao Cheng distinguishing characteristic is his baby-face. Even if he is in his thirties, his baby face makes him look like a teenager.
Besides him, a young man with a slightly thinner body reminded him. This young man is called Du Qiu
Zhao Cheng nced in the cabin and said.
¡±Don¡¯t panic. We will wait for to days to look if there is an ind. If we don¡¯t find the ind, we can only rely on the bean sprouts growing on the boat to pass the next few days.¡±
The young man called Du Qiu nodded, then walked to the side and started drawing the corresponding route map.
Before they set off, they also bought a map with them, but that map would no longer be needed, they are in apletely new area.
Du Qiu is responsible for drawing their route in this new area.
Two dayster, Zhao Cheng was nning to walk back to the cabin to get some bean sprouts, but right at that moment, Du Qiu ran towards him while shouting.
¡±Brother, brother, it¡¯s not the time for bean sprouts, there are two big inds in front of us.¡±
Zhao Cheng was surprised after hearing this. He hurriedly drilled out of the cabin, then looked over to the ce Du Qiu was pointing at. Two ck points are visible not far ahead from them.
Seeing this scene, Zhao Cheng was pleasantly surprised.
Although they have bean sprouts to eat, they don¡¯t have much of it. The fact that there are two inds in front of them caused him to be very happy.
They can replenish supplies on the ind, gather dry fruits, or even find edible nts like tea leaves.
¡±Go forward at full speed!¡±
Zhao Cheng shouted with a smile on his face, waving his hands.
Chapter 277: Huge Discovery
Chapter 277: Huge Discovery
Trantor: Yamir Moon
They rowed the sailing boat to the two inds ahead. Due to theck of wind, their sailing boat finally reached the two inds after half an hour.
¡±Brother, these two inds are quite big.¡±
Du Qiu looked at the two inds in front of them with a smile on his face. Large inds usually have a stable ecosystem, they have more living creatures and more fruits, which basically means more resources for them to hoard.
Zhao Cheng also smiled, his eyes swept the two inds in front of them. These two inds are very close together. He guessed that these two inds might in fact be just one, they should be connected underwater.
ording to his observations, one of two inds is very long, slightly curling at the tip, making a shape very close to the Arabic Numeral, 1.
The other ind is oval, but notpletely a circle, it¡¯s more simr to the shape of an egg, making it look like the Arabic Numeral, 0.
These two inds put next to each other makes them look like 10 if seen from above.
Of course, Zhao Cheng doesn¡¯t know about Arabic numerals, he just felt that these two inds look like the number 10 when put together.
¡±Dock! Dock the boat!¡±
Zhao Cheng quickly snapped out of his thoughts, then started shouting. By this time, they have already reached the ind. They got off the boat, then connected the rope to a rock on the shore.
¡±Du Qiu, Arlong, let¡¯s go.¡±
Zhao Cheng said to hispanions, then jumped off the boat and walked towards the ind.
There are many nts on the ind, but most of them are bushes and algae. There are some tall trees, but their number is rtively few.
On the shore, Zhao Cheng nced roughly at this ind, then walked to the are with a lot of trees, hispanions following behind them.
This mountain road is not very easy to walk on. It¡¯s very rocky and there are many bushes along the way.
However, after walking for a certain distance, Zhao Cheng started to feel that something is wrong.
The soil here is a bit strange.
He kicked a bunch of weeds away, revealing the soil underneath, then ground the soil below with the sole of his shoes, his brows furrowed.
¡±Brother, Is there something wrong?¡±
Seeing him like this, Du Qiu and the rest of theirpanions looked at each other, then looked back at Zhao Cheng with a puzzled look.
¡±Du Qiu, something is amiss, didn¡¯t you notice that there is a lot of fish scales inside the soil?¡±
Zhao Cheng pointed to the soil that he messed up and said to Da Qiu.
Hearing this, Du Qiu also noticed that something wrong. He crouched down and started to carefully check the soil under their feet.
He grabbed a small handful of dirt from the ce that Zhao Cheng cleared with his feet, then he started to twirl the soil in his fingers.
Inside the gray-brown soil, there are bright and shiny things that look like fish scales.
¡±Brother?¡±
Du Qiu and Zhao Cheng looked at each other. Usually, fish scales and carapaces appearing on an ind isn¡¯t that strange, but this is too much. It¡¯s as if countless fish and shrimp died on this ind in the past.
¡±The soil isn¡¯t hard enough. I suspect that the soil was piled up here after the fish decayed.¡±
Zhao Cheng said to the rest of hispanions, then waved his hand and said.
¡±Forget it, we don¡¯t have to care about this problem, let¡¯s go around and search for wild fruits.¡±
¡±Okay.¡±
Du Qiu and the others responded, then spread out.
Zhao Cheng was left alone. He looked around, then walked towards the top of the mountain. After a while, he reached the highest ground on this ind, then started to survey its terrain.
This ind is oval, with a huge bludge in the middle of the ind. It looks very simr to that of the carapace of a huge turtle.
¡±Turtle?¡±
When this thought shed in his mind, Zhao Cheng¡¯s eyes widened. He ran down the mountain at his fastest speed, quickly reached the ce where their boat is docked. He took out a shovel from the boat, then ran back to the ind.
He ran back to the ce where they stopped before, then started digging down with the shovel. The soil here is particrly brittle, and due to his athlete-level physical fitness, he quickly dug down a big pit.
¡±Brother Cheng, what are you doing?¡±
At this time, Du Qiu walked over with joy on his face. On this ind, they found a lot of wild fruits, which will guarantee their consumption for a long time.
Du Qiu was preparing to inform Zhao Cheng of the good news, but he saw that Zhao Cheng was digging on the ground with a shovel?
What is he doing?
Zhao Cheng, who was digging the pit excitedly, ignored Du Qiu. He continued to strike the soil with a shovel, digging down even further. After half an hour, Zhao Cheng¡¯s eyes suddenly lit up, then he startedughing madly.
¡±Rich! We are going to get rich.¡±
He turned to Du Qiu and said with a bright look on his face, his eyes almost turning into the money symbol.
¡±Du Qiu, we are about to get rich!¡±
¡±Brother, what did you find?¡±
Du Qiu looked at the madlyughing Zhao Cheng with a stunned look. In fact, all of the rest of theirpanions are the same,
They looked at each other with a puzzled look, then walked towards Zhao Cheng.
Zhao Cheng stood in that big pit with a smile, his eyes shing with greed, and a hint of drool on his face.
Du Qiu and the rest walked towards the big pit in unison, then looked at what is inside the pit. After that look, their faces changed simultaneously.
¡±This¡this is¡¡±
Du Qiu was so shocked that he couldn¡¯t even speak. At the bottom of the big pit, they didn¡¯t find the usual soil, but a rock-like thing at the bottom, it color id greenish-cyan, and it does look more like a carapace or something
¡±Dang! Dang! Dang!¡±
Zhao Cheng smashed the carapace-like object with the shovel in his hands, making the sound of metal collisions.
¡±Did you see? This is no mud or even rock.¡±
He smiled, then expanded the size of pit a bit, revealing the hard ¡°Rock¡± even more clearly.
¡±Let¡¯s do this together.¡±
Du Qiu saw that there was something amiss at a nce, he quickly walked towards the boat, picked up a shovel, then ran back to help Zhao Cheng. The rest of theirpanions also quickly joined them, helping them remove the soil.
In just an hour, due to a variety of factors such as the soft soil, the super-physical fitness that the seven have, and the fact that soil isn¡¯t very thick, they managed to dig a big pit with a diameter of more than 40 meters.
As expected, below the soil is that blue-greenish rock-like substance. It¡¯s also extremely hard, far beyond the hardness of rocks, even if they swung their shovel at maximum power, they weren¡¯t able to leave even a scratch on it.
The wider the area they dugout, the more they felt that this rock-like substance is simr to a carapace of a fish scales.
¡±Brother Cheng. Is this one of the ¡°Kaiju¡± that destroyed the original human civilization?¡±
Du Qiu licked his lips and asked the excited Zhao Cheng next to him.
¡±It¡¯s hard to say¡¡±
Zhao Cheng¡¯s face was filled with a grin.
¡±It¡¯s probably is, but if this entire ind is a giant beast or ¡°kaiju¡± then the other ind not far away is one as well.¡±
His eyes turned to the long ind not far away, causing his heart to beat even more vigorously.
It has been a long time since the adventure rush began. Due to the fact that no other monster body was found after the giant octopus, many people started doubting whether any otherplete monster body remains in the ocean.
Apart from the reward people will receive after giving information about monster bodies to the governement. There are many people who want to buy information and evenplete bodies of giant monsters. Their bodies can be sold at sky-high prices!
Unfortunately, up to this point, only false information about giant monsters was circting, and no one has ever bought or sold a giant monster body before.
Right now, Zhao Cheng feels that perhaps everyone¡¯s perception of giant monsters and kaiju¡¯s body is going to change because of them.
Chapter 278: Zhao Cheng’s Report
Chapter 278: Zhao Cheng¡¯s Report
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Brother Cheng, what should we do now?¡±
It wasn¡¯t just Zhao Cheng who was excited, even Da Qiu and the rest of the 7 people team were excited, but after waking up from their happiness and excitement, they suddenly realized. What should they do next?
They are currently thousands of kilometers away from their homnd. Not to mention that these two monsters are so big, much bigger than the giant octopus that was discovered previously.
Hearing this question, Zhao Cheng smiled. Obviously, he had thought of the answer a long time ago.
¡±Didn¡¯t we bring the camera we boughttely?¡±
¡±All we have to do is to take photos of these two big monsters, then after getting back to ¡®New Panda country¡¯, we hand these photos to the relevant department.¡±
Zhao Cheng continued with a smile.
¡±Haha, they said that, as long as we found traces or information about giant monsters¡¯ bodies, then they will give us astronomical rewards. Those rewards are enough for us tovishly spend during the second half of our lives, without worrying about eating and dressing.¡±
After hearing Zhao Cheng¡¯s im, Du Qiu and the others immediately realized. They have never used that camera so far, so they have almost forgotten about it.
After deciding on their next course of action, they didn¡¯t hesitate to go back to the boat, take out the camera, then slowly and carefully take photos of two giant ¡°Inds¡± from different directions. Especially highlighting the greenish-blue ¡°rocks¡±.
After taking the photos, Zhao Cheng and the rest of hispanions didn¡¯t leave immediately but stayed to pick up wild fruits and replenish their supplies on ¡°Turtle Ind¡±.
This ¡°Turtle Ind¡± is veryrge. ording to Zhao Cheng¡¯s rough estimation, its maximum width should be around 5 kilometers. As for the ¡°long ind¡±, its length is a bit over 5 kilometers. Which is extremely exaggerated.
Such huge monsters, even if they are ¡°Dead¡±, still bought tremendous pressure to Zhao Cheng and the rest of hispanions.
Previously, they thought that it was just an ind, so they didn¡¯t have any pressure, but now that they know that it¡¯s actually a creature, their feelings are totally different.
Walking on this mountain-sized body, whether it is Zhao Cheng, Du Qiu, or the rest, they have the feeling that the monsters will suddenly wake up and eat them.
Even if they knew that they are just scaring themselves, they still can¡¯t help but think of it.
There are many trees on the ind. It took them a while to find the fruit trees they searched for. The trees were filled with bright red oval fruits, looking a bit simr to rubies. It looks very gorgeous and expensive.
It took three days for Zhao Cheng and hispanions to pick up all the fruits on the ind.
Now that they have gathered enough fruits and other food that can supplement their vitamins, they can go back to their homnd.
¡±Let¡¯s go back.¡±
After getting enough supplies, Zhao Cheng shouted excitedly, he can¡¯t wait to go back. All of them joined forces to turn the boat around, then set the ship sail and started moving forward.
On the stern, Zhao Cheng and the rest stood on the boat, then looked back at the two inds, as if afraid that they will suddenly disappear.
In fact, Zhao Cheng does have such worries. This is not a true ind. It¡¯s just two big bodies, they are not connected to the ground underwater like ordinary inds, so there is the possibility of them being swept by the waves.
Maybe by the time they return to here, these two mountain-sized monsters¡¯ bodies would have disappeared.
Over time, the two inds became smaller and smaller, eventually, only two ck spots remained, and sometimeter, even these two ck spots disappeared.
Zhao Cheng¡¯s leisurely mood has long since disappeared. Right now, he looked like an ant on a hot pot, very anxious, and a bit nervous. He really hoped to spawn wings and immediately fly to ¡®New Panda Country¡¯.
Time passed slowly under the nervous expectations of Zhao Cheng and hispanion. Almost half a yearter, Zhao Cheng and hispanions have finally ended their journey, returning to their homnd.
After reaching their country, They immediately reported the news of the two giant monsters to the relevant departments. For important confidentiality reasons, they were received by the senior management. A group of experts was also present.
¡±You really found two giant monsters¡¯ bodies?¡±
An old man with gray hair asked Zhao Cheng, he looked extremely excited, and a bit nervous, afraid to hear no from the people in front of him.
¡±Yes, Professor Pound.¡±
Zhao Cheng politely responded to this old man. He has just recently learned the identity of this old man. He is the leader of a giant research group. in the scientific world and even the entire ¡®Panda country¡¯, his status is very high.
¡±This is the photos we took.¡±
He handed the stack of photos to the excited old man, then walked back to his own seat.
Professor Pound took the stack of photos and started to carefully look at them. The more he looked, the more excited he got.
The photos taken by Zhao Cheng¡¯s camera aren¡¯t professional and even a bit unclear, but it¡¯s enough to see the true shape of the two inds.
They took many panoramic photos of the two monsters, which looks like two inds adjacent to each other from afar.
In addition, Zhao Cheng also took photos of the big pit they dug up on ¡°Turtle Ind¡±. The bluish-green material beneath the soil has fewrge grew lines crisscrossed on it.
In addition, there are also photos of the soil and the massive amount of fish scales in, but these type of photos are the most blurry, they don¡¯t really know what these pictures signify, so Zhao Cheng can only exin to them.
¡±After we got on the ind, we noticed that the soil was a bit special. It has a lot of fish scales on it.¡±
¡±It¡¯s like arge number of fish and shrimps died on that ¡®ind¡¯.¡±
Professor Pound held his magnifying ss and carefully observed the photos of the soil. The glittering things on it really look a bit simr to fish scales.
¡±Xiao Zhao, Xiao Du, you made a great contribution to the country.¡±
Professor Pound looked very excited. He abruptly stood up, shook Zhao Cheng¡¯s hands, then said with an emotional look on his face.
Seeing the very excited Professor Pound, the look on Zhao Cheng¡¯s face was a bit unnatural. He didn¡¯t really like the feeling of shaking hands with such a dirty old man.
He regained hisposure and reminded Professor Pound.
¡±Professor Pound, these two monster bodies are far away from ¡®Panda country¡¯, and even if you can cross such a long distance, the waves might have already swept away their bodies.¡±
¡±Don¡¯t worry, if those two ¡®inds¡¯ really exist, even if there is a violent storm, they can¡¯t move far.¡±
¡±You can rest assured that as long we confirm the existence of these two monsters, the country will not treat you wrongly.¡±
Professor Pound Patted Zhao Cheng on his shoulders, then immediately walked out of the meeting room. Some other figures of power asked Zhao Cheng and the others some questions, then let them go away.¡±
About three dayster, Zhao Cheng was suddenly awakened from his sleep, then dragged to the dock in Donggang City. When he arrived, he discovered that Du Qiu and the other five were also there.
Zhao Cheng was preparing to greet hispanions, but when he saw the ships floating on the ocean, he was stunned.
In front of him, a huge sailing ship is docked in port. In fact, it wasn¡¯t just a single ship, but rather many, and each one of them has my giant chimnies.
That means that most of them are steamships.
Roughly counting them, their number is almost a thousand.
¡±What does the governement wants to do?¡±
Zhao Cheng was stunned.
Chapter 279: The Influence of the Giant Monsters
Chapter 279: The Influence of the Giant Monsters
Trantor: Yamir Moon
These steamships are very rugged in appearance and are more than 100 meters long, which is incredibly huge to the people of this era. They are one of the most important possessions of the ¡®New Panda Country¡¯ governement.
In the past, theserge ships were mostly used to transport strategic materials such as special metal and minerals as well as oil from nearby small inds.
¡±This¡Professor Pound, what are they going to do? Are they going to use these ships to drag the bodies of the two giant monsters?¡±
Zhao Cheng looked at Professor Pound who wasn¡¯t far away and asked with shock on his face. The more he thought of this the more absurd he felt.
¡±Zhao Cheng, lead the way.¡±
Professor Pound didn¡¯t bother exining to him. He called Zhao Cheng, then led his forward to one of the biggest ships.
That ship is over 100 meters long, with two huge chimnies in the middle of it. It looked really shocking and majestic, especially to people like Zhao Cheng who haven¡¯t seen the world before.
Still a bit confused, Zhao Cheng and Du Qiu slowly boarded the big ship.
After all the preparations were finished, the fleet set off after hearing the order issued by Professor Pound.
¡±Are they really nning to use these big ships to drag those two monster bodies back?¡±
Zhao Cheng¡¯s mouth twitched. After climbing on the central steamship, he looked left and right amazed by the size and ¡®advancement¡¯ of this giant ship. He also looked at the seemingly endless fleet of giant ships with amazement and pride.
Although the fleet seems clustered, each ship maintains a certain safety distance from each other to avoid collision problems.
Zhao Cheng also noticed that more than half of those ships are carrying coal. They should be supply ships.
¡±Because we don¡¯t know how long our journey willst, we made sufficient preparations this time.¡±
Professor Pound walked to Zhao Cheng and said to him.
¡±Our ships are all high-power ships, They should be enough to drag the bodies of the two giant monsters.¡±
ording to Zhao Cheng¡¯s description, the two horrific beasts are all over 5 kilometers in size. Without adequate preparation, they can only watch them helplessly.
Zhao Cheng epted Professor Pound¡¯s exnation, but he was amazed by the country¡¯s attention and desire to the bodies of the two giant monsters.
In such a short time, they gathered such arge fleet, basically over 90 percent of the country¡¯s steamships, just to drag back the bodies of the two giant monsters. The country¡¯s attention to the bodies of giant monsters is beyond his imagination.
These steamships are a lot faster than Zhao Cheng¡¯s wind-powered sailboat. About two monthster, they finally reached the ce where Zhao Cheng found the two giant monster bodies before.
Just as Zhao Cheng feared, the two monster bodies are nowhere to be seen, but most of them weren¡¯t really frustrated, they were mentally prepared for that.
They started searching in nearby areas. After wandering here for five or six days, they finally found the bodies of the two giant beasts.
¡±Ha ha ha ha.¡±
Professor Poundughed out loudly, a giant grin stretched out on his face.
¡±We finally found them.¡±
He was hardly able to hide the excitement on his face, dancing like a child who got his beloved toy.
¡±Come on, I¡¯m going tond in person to see.¡±
The huge ship where Zhao Cheng was located soon docked, then Professor Pound jumped from the ship to the ind, jumping over a distance of almost 3 meters didn¡¯t seem to affect the old man.
After jumping on ¡°Turtle Ind¡± he saw the big pit dug by Zhao Cheng for the first time.
He jumped straight into the big pit, then explored the bluish-green material at bottom of the pit. After some time, he directly concluded that this is the corpse of a giant monster.
¡±Xiao Zhao, you have made great contributions. Rest assured, after going back this time, I will personally assign arge reward to you.¡±
Professor Pound promised Zhao Cheng, causing Zhao Cheng and Da Qiu to be happy. Now that they got the promise of professor Pound, their money is guaranteed.
When they thought that after getting their money, they will buy arger and better boat, allowing them to live their life full of adventure and adrenaline on the sea, they were very excited.
¡±First remove the soil from the bodies of the two giant beasts.¡±
Professor Pound ordered. Following his orders, arge number of soldiers were dispatched. They carried their shovels and other objects then got on the corpses of the two giant beasts and started working.
The soil in the bodies of the two monsters is generally very crunchy, but in some ces, typically ces where trees and grass grows, the soil is very dense, making it almost as hard as concrete, hence very hard to dig out.
However, as mentioned before, the humans of this era possess superhuman physical abilities. Even without any modern machines helping them, the soil on the bodies of the two monsters is being removed at a speed visible to the naked eye.
Even so, this processsted almost half a month, showcasing the incredible size of these two giant monsters.
¡±Hiss¡¡±
Professor Pound looked at the two terrifying beasts in front of him and couldn¡¯t help taking a sharp breath.
The true appearance of the two giant beasts clearly appeared in front of him. One of these two monsters is a giant turtle, and the other is an incredibly huge snake.
Not to mention that a monster with a size so big that they can¡¯t see its end is scary as hell. The appearance of these two monsters alone is shocking enough.
For example, that giant turtle has a sky-scraper sized nails at the of each of its limbs. Just a slight movement from them is enough to shred many of the steamships they are so proud of.
Its upper and lower jaws aren¡¯tpletely closed, leaving a little gap, so they can see its horrific teeth. Both of its upper and lower jaws have dozens of teeth, and each tooth is over 100 meters long, basically bigger than their steamships.
This monster is basically something out of mythologies. Dropping it from a height of 2 to 3 kilometers, relying on its hundreds of millions of tons of weight, it can basically create a tsunami so big, it can drown an entire continent.
As for the snake, it need not be said more. Just the word snake is enough to signify its danger. Cold, murderous, sinister¡
If the previous human civilization truly faced monsters of such magnitude, it¡¯s no wonder they were destroyed.
Professor Pound immediately began to organize the manpower after wandering on the two inds for a while. He nned to bind the limbs or body of the two giant beasts with a huge rope, then drag them back to the country.
After a certain amount of time, a huge iron rope was wrapped around the two giant beasts. Just like a spider web extending out. One end is connected to the bodies of two giant monsters, and the other end is connected to more than a thousand steamships.
After all the preparations were finished, Pound ordered the fleet to move forward. All the steamships started moving at the same time, forming a huge pushing force, trying to move the bodies of the two giant monsters forward.
The giant iron rope waspletely tightened, and inside the chimneys of the big ships, a thick stream of ck smoke spewed out, showcasing that the ships are moving forward at their maximum power.
Professor Pound and Zhao Cheng were standing on the deck of the big ship in the middle of the fleet. They watched this amazing and magnificent scene, pride filling their hearts.
After the giant iron rope was tightened, under the hot eyes of Professor Pound and Zhao Cheng, the bodies of the two giant monster behind suddenly started moving.
¡±Wooo!! Yeah!!!¡±
Professor Pound yelled out loudly, his tense mood rxed a little at this moment. As long as they are able to move the two monsters¡¯ bodies, then everything is good.
The fleet moved straight forward, heading back to the way from which they came from.
Their movement speed is much slower than when they came. Firstly they are dragging two incredibly huge creatures, which puts a huge strain on the ships and the iron ropes. Secondly, the fleet is too tightly clustered together, they have to lower their speed or that might result in collisions.
Fortunately, there was no danger on the way, after almost half a year, they finally returned to ¡®New Panda Country¡¯.
Before the fleet arrived at the port, the people on ¡®NewPanda Country¡¯ have already got the news.
It wasn¡¯t just the governement, even civilians got the news a while ago. The fleet is too huge, it¡¯s almost impossible to hide it. Many people came to the port, they want to see the bodies of the two giant monsters
On this morning, in Donggang Port, an endless crowd can be seen. The number of people in the port and near it is too much, stretching over 10 kilometers. There have to be at least 5 million people, and almost all of them are looking at the port, waiting for the arrival of the fleet.
As the sun rose, many people felt a bit anxious. While talking with theirpanions, they are mostlyining about the dy and tardiness.
¡±howe they haven¡¯te yet¡±.
¡±Why are they sote?¡±
¡±Is this going to take so long?¡±
Such sentences can be heard everywhere in the crowd.
After another hour or soter, among the people standing at the forefront, a man with sharp eyes suddenly shouted loudly.
¡±Coming, they areing!¡±
His words detonated the crowd in the port, many people looked intently at the horizon. Sure enough, a huge fleet, constantly approaching, can be seen far away.
Behind this fleet, there are two huge objects like mountains.
The people there were excited. The fleet they are waiting for finally arrived. One by one, each one of them looked excitedly at the approaching fleet.
It wasn¡¯t just civilians who were excited, many reporters, live streamers, journalists, and TV hosts looked excitedly at the approaching fleet. They can¡¯t wait to show the scene over here to the people of their country.
Chapter 280: The Giant Serpent Awakening
Chapter 280: The Giant Serpent Awakening
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The fleet got closer to the shore, causing the crowd in the port to get even more excited and lively.
Many reporters exined to the old cameras in front of them with a smile on their faces. From time to time, they leaned over and pointed their finger at the approaching fleet.
¡±Whooo!¡±
A loud whistle sounded from the leading steamship. It reminded the steamships behind them that they were about to dock, signaling to them to slow down.
After the leading ships were docked on the port, Zhao Cheng and Du Qiu walked off the central steamship. Without wasting this opportunity, a group of reporters came over and wanted to interview them, but the staff around stopped them, protecting the passengers.
¡±Wait for a minute, you will be able to take a photo with your ¡®loot¡¯ter on.¡±
Professor Pound also walked down from the steamship and said to Zhao Cheng with a smile.
At this time, there were many steam trains prepared on the port, each one of them is over 30 meters long and has a very rugged appearance. Unlike the streamlined and beautiful appearance of modern trains.
These trains belong more to the 19th and 20th century rather than the current era.
Their body is made of heavy steel deck, secured by dense rivets, with many huge chimnies on the frontpartment with heavy smoke emitted from them.
The number of such steam trains is veryrge, their only job is to drag the bodies of the two monsters back to the shore. After all, steamships can¡¯t do that.
After the fleet docked on the port, the special department immediately started to work. They transferred the huge iron chain from the steamships to the steam trains.
¡±Chooo!!¡±
Along with themander¡¯s order, all of the steam trains started at the same time. A veryrge amount of ck smoke was pumped from the chimneys of each train. That scene was not pretty to look at.
However, the people who were watching this scene didn¡¯t care about that at all. They all opened their eyes widely and stared at the two giant monster bodies with excitement.
Under the dragging force of the steam trains, the giant creature¡¯s bodies were slowly dragged onto the beach. After a portion of their body left the sea andnded on the soft beach, the steam trains finally stopped trying to move them. Anyway, that¡¯s the limit of what can these trains do.
¡±Xiao Zhao, let¡¯s go and take a photo with these two big monsters. That¡¯s your booty.¡±
Professor Pound patted Zhao Cheng¡¯s shoulder and said. Zhao Cheng also smiled and nodded heavily.
Directly in front of millions of people, and indirectly in the eyes of the entire country. After taking photos with these two giant monsters, he will be famous across the entire country.
The group of seven people felt that they will be famous. They walked to the shore happily, then boarded a small boat, which they rowed next to the bodies of the two giant monsters. They are ready to take photos.
The crowds around started cheering, and many people shouted loudly that they also want to go out to the sea and look for the bodies of simr giant monsters.
Looking at the excited crowd, Professor Poundughed happily. This is exactly the effect they wanted. The area of the world¡¯s ocean is too big. Even the governement can¡¯t know what exactly there is on it, they can only use this method to burrow private powers and parties to search the ocean for them.
Especially giant monster bodies, there are many secrets hidden in them, which can greatly promote scientific research.
One day, they will grow to the height of the previous human civilization, and even surpass it. Their civilization will be so strong that monsters like these two can¡¯t affect it in the slightest.
Professor Pound¡¯s heart was filled with ambitions.
¡±Xiao Zhao, let me take a picture of you.¡±
Professor Pound took a camera and walked next to Zhao Cheng and hispanions. He is nning to personally take a photo of this group of seven people tomemorate this historical moment.
On the other side, Zhao Cheng, and hispanions just reached the area in front of the giant monsters¡¯ bodies. Just as they were about to turn around, they noticed that something is wrong.
To borate, their boat is right in front of the sky-scraper sized eyes of the giant snake, so they were able to clearly see its gold-colored eyes and its ck giant vertical pupil.
They didn¡¯t feel anything particr about them before, because they looked very dull, just like the eyes of a dead snake.
However, Zhao Cheng felt that the current giant snake¡¯s eyes are very different from before, they are much brighter, focused, and full of life.
These two giant eyes also exerted a pressure on them that they never felt before, they felt so insignificant and small before them, very different from before.
¡±Gulp.¡±
Zhao Cheng swallowed his saliva, his face was filled with sweat. He felt that his legs have turned into jelly and that he couldn¡¯t muster the slightest power.
¡±Brother Cheng, what¡¯s wrong?¡±
Du Qiu noticed the sweat and paleness on Zhao Cheng¡¯s face and he couldn¡¯t help but ask. He wondered why Zhao Cheng looked so nervous, it¡¯s just a photo, he doesn¡¯t have to be that nervous, does he?
¡±Dd¡Du Qiu, don¡¯t you feel that the eyes of this giant snake have changed?¡±
Zhao Cheng barely managed to ask this question to Du Qiu.
Du Qiu frowned and looked carelessly at the huge eyes behind him, he didn¡¯t find anything different from before, so he looked back at Zhao Cheng with a confused look;
¡±Brother, I don¡¯t see anything different from before.¡±
¡±Xiao Zhao, what¡¯s the matter?¡±
On the port, Professor Pound also noticed that Zhao Cheng looked somewhat wrong. He approached him a bit and asked with a bit of confusion on his face.
It wasn¡¯t just Pound, the nearby people who were watching the show looked at all of this with a puzzled look. What is that guy doing?
¡±Professor Pound, something is wrong.¡±
Zhao Cheng shouted towards Professor Pound who was on the beach.
This giant snake is¡ is¡¡±
He couldn¡¯tplete the sentence, there was a look of embarrassment on his face. What can he say? that this giant snake is alive?
If this giant snake was truly alive, why didn¡¯t it move before, why did it allow them to drag it over here, why didn¡¯t all of that noise affect it? If he says that it¡¯s alive right now, would they think that he is retarded?
However, Zhao Cheng is really sure that there is something wrong with this giant snake. Those eyes, they don¡¯t belong to a dead creature. He also had the feeling of being watched back white watching the giant snake.
¡±Professor, pleasee and see, I think that there is something wrong with this snake.¡±
Zhao Cheng pointed his finger at the giant snake behind him.
The onlookers on the coast were even more confused after hearing Zhao Cheng¡¯s im. What¡¯s wrong with the giant snake?
Professor Pang frowned. After thinking for a moment, he listened to Zhao Cheng and got on their boat. He walked to Zhao Cheng and listened to his whispers.
¡±What? do you think this python is alive?¡±
After hearing Zhao Cheng¡¯s words, Professor Pound was taken aback. He held back hisughter and shook his head, thinking that Zhao Cheng was acting funny. He had a funny smile on his face while saying.
¡±Xiao Zhao, how could this snake be alive? Previously we¡¡±
Just as he wanted tofort Zhao Cheng, the words got stuck in his mouth. He stared at the scene in front of him with a shocked look on his face, his pupils shrank, and his mouth opened widely.
¡±Professor¡¡±
Zhao Cheng and the other people not far away immediately noticed the look of Pound. They looked back at the terrifying beast behind them, and after seeing it, they froze like stone statues.
¡±This¡¡±
Zhao Cheng didn¡¯t dare to speak. He just stared nkly at the scene in front of him. The mountain-sized snake who was originally lying on water gradually raised its head. This small movement createdrge waves, which rocked arge number of ships in the port.
The giant snake turned its head and looked at therge number of people in the port with its piercing, cold eyes;
¡±Ah!!!¡±
¡±Run!!¡±
In the port, therge crowd who was watching the bodies of the two giant creatures with excitement immediately panicked. Arge number of people screamed in horror, then scrambled to escape from this ce, resulting in arge stampede.
Chapter 281: The Chaotic Crowd
Chapter 281: The Chaotic Crowd
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Screams could be heard all over the coast. The crowd scrambled back towards the city. Looking at the horrifying giant snake on the beach, they wished to sprout a pair of wings and immediately fly out from this ce.
There are also some people who thought that they were far enough. While continuing to run forward, they looked back from time to time.
In the sight of these people, the terrifying giant snake raised its upper body, towering to the sky, its head was hidden amongst the clouds. Its huge body, sturdy ck scales, huge cold pupils, exerted tremendous pressure on the humans in the port.
It stood quietly near the beach, just coldly watching the escaping humans, without the slightest intention of attacking. Even so, it scared many people to the extent of urinating their pants by just standing there.
This is true even for the people watching a few kilometers away, not to mention Zhao Cheng and Professor Pound who can almost touch the scales of the giant snake.
At this moment, their hearts were madly drumming. However, they didn¡¯t feel the slightest warmth, their bodies were cold from head to toe, unable to muster the power or courage to escape.
¡±Kakakakaka¡±
Zhao Cheng¡¯s teeth were nking due to extreme fear, his body couldn¡¯t stop trembling.
In front of such a giant monster, Zhao Cheng and hispanions didn¡¯t scream. It¡¯s not that they are courageous or anything, they are just too scared to do so.
¡±Ssh¡¡±
From the body of the giant snake ahead,rge areas of water kept dripping from its body. They sounded like a waterfall at first, then gradually got quieter, until only the sound of waterdrops sounded.
Zhao Cheng stared nkly at all this, unable to even think clearly.
¡±Ssh!¡±
Just when they were nkly staring at this scene, the sound of water sshing sounded not far away. They mechanically turned their heads and looked at the direction where the sound came from. It was exactly 200 meters away.
They watched in horror as the giant turtle slowly raised its head. Although it wasn¡¯t as high as the snake, it still towered hundreds of meters over them.
Zhao Cheng was extremely terrified. He was so regretful that he wished to give himself a p. If he knew that these two giant monsters are still alive, then he would never have dared to approach them, not to mention dragging them.
The thing that made him the most regretful and angry is the fact that they stupidly came to take a picture with their ¡®Booty¡¯. Aren¡¯t they going to die now as a consequence of their actions?
While he was very scared, he was also a bit puzzled. How could these two giant monsters be alive?
More importantly, the timing of their awakening was the thing that left him the most speechless. Why didn¡¯t they wake up earlier orter, but woke up at the moment when he was about to take pictures. Isn¡¯t this deliberately pitting him?
Zhao Cheng kept madly cursing internally, his face was filled with suffering. His sight kept switching between the giant snake and the giant turtle, praying that these two giant monsters don¡¯t attack them.
While they were praying, the giant snake was looking back at them, but instead of thinking about how to eat them, the snake was thinking about why is it here.
Fang Yun was a bit confused, he slept for too long.
This slumber was hisst resort. He ate an extremelyrge number of marine creatures in the past few years. Ancient and mutant creatures almost became extinct in the ocean. Even the number of normal creatures was reduced to a terrifying low point.
In order not to destroy the marine ecology anymore, Fang Yun could only fall into a deep slumber, whichsted many years.
After all, with each evolution, the number of bio-energy required increases. With his current size, each evolution requires billions of bio-energy points, and this number is increasing exponentially with each evolution.
As ast resort, he could only fall into hibernation. He nned to sleep for a few years, waiting for the space energy in the space vortex to decrease so that he can cross it and go to the alien¡¯s.
He didn¡¯t expect, however, that he would be dragged into this ce while he was in deep sleep.
He stared at Zhao Cheng and the other with an intense gaze. While he was sleeping deeply, he had a slight impression of being dragged by something for quite some time.
The thing that woke him up is the noise created by the millions of people in front of him. More importantly, the life energy released by this number of people is almost like a sun in his perception.
¡±These humans are so brave? Even with my current size, they dare to drag me to their homece?¡±
Fang Yun looked at Zhao Cheng and hispanions speechlessly. His current length is over 5 kilometers, and his diameter is about 180 meters, which is almost unrivaled even during the disaster era.
However, this doesn¡¯t seem to be enough to scare the humans in front of him.
With his current size, humans should be frightened to death or pee themselves after seeing him, well¡ just like these guys below.
But they dared to put chains on him and drag him for a long distance, which is actually a new and a bit funny experience.
After thinking for a while, he guessed that while he was in deep sleep, these humans must have mistaken him as a dead creature, hence they dared to drag him here.
Thinking about the cause and effect, he felt that it¡¯s quite amusing.
These guys thought that the things they dragged back are the bodies of two behemoths. They thought that they will be able to conduct research on his and the turtle¡¯s body, but they didn¡¯t expect that the ¡®corpses¡¯ are actually not corpses.
¡±Pfft¡¡±
Fang Yun smirked internally, this situation is just too funny for him.
Lifting his head, his sightnded on the running crowd not far away. Looking at those panicked people, a hit of mischief appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s eyes. He opened his mouth and roared out loudly.
¡±Roar!!¡±
A deafening roar sounded from the giant snake¡¯s mouth. The roar was extremely loud piercing and devastating. Just the sound waves alone createdrge waves, picked up a cloud of dust from the beach, and even knocked out many people.
Zhao Cheng, who was the closest to Fang Yun, was the first to be unable to bear it. He fainted on the deck of the ship, his body asionally twitching, with some ¡®mysterious¡¯ yellow liquid seeping from his crotch.
On the coast, the chaos became more intense. Many people sat paralyzed on the ground, looking with fear and horror at the giant monster not far away.
On the other side, the giant turtle innocently watched its big brother roar, then decided to copy the action of Fang Yun. It also opened its mouth and roared out loudly.
¡±Roar!!!¡±
Its voice is also deep and far-reaching, very different from that of the giant snake, but deterring and majestic nheless. Needless to say, the crowd was scared once again after hearing the roar of the giant turtle.
After the two giant monsters roared loudly, the crowd who was nning to watch the bodies of the giant monsters, Zhao Cheng, his group, and the people from the special departments, all of them felt that their end ising.
¡±It¡¯s done, we¡¯re done for.¡±
On a TV show,ter on, Zhao Cheng was invited as a guest. In front of the host and the crowd watching the show, he said with a look of emotion.
¡±Really, I thought we were done. That big guy will never let us go.¡±
However, the final result was beyond his expectations, to be precise, beyond everyone¡¯s expectations.
The giant snake didn¡¯t attack them or eat them after roaring. It just nced at them with disdain, then turned around and left.
The giant serpent gave them a final nce, then took the giant turtle and left. The two huge creatures swam on the water surface for a few kilometers, then dived underwater, leaving only a fewrge waves created due to their movements. Theypletely disappeared.
No one knows why the two giant monsters didn¡¯t attack Zhao Cheng or the vast crowd. This will be considered as one of the biggest mysteries in the world. Since that time they disappeared, their trace was never discovered again, even many yearster.
In fact, many people imed to have seen these two giant monsters happily swimming in the ocean, but these ims wereter debunked as fake. It was basically a fabrication to gain attention.
Later on, many authors included these two behemoths in their book. Whenever such books appear, even if they aren¡¯t good, they will still get a decent amount of attention and sales
Of course, bad quality ones that desecrate the giant snake and giant turtle will immediately be sprayed to death, causing many authors to not dare write bad things about these two behemoths
No way, many people around the world love that giant snake and giant turtle. Most likely due to the fact that they didn¡¯t attack anyone after waking up.
Not long after the giant turtle and the giant snake left the coast. The whole world was shaken by their appearance and action.
Pictures and videos of them madly circted in ¡®New Panda Country¡¯, then spread to the rest of the worldter on.
What people don¡¯t know is that the giant serpent and giant turtle were heading straight towards the grass sea. The ce where everything began and everything ended.
¡¡¡¡
¡±Crunch! Crunch! Crunch!¡±
In a certain ruin, in ¡®New Panda Country¡¯, a man wearing a ck cloak was stepping on rubble. He entered a certain secret underground base, then walked straight towards the ce where important documents were held.
Looking around, he noticed a worn-out book in a certain corner.
¡±A diary?¡±
The man leaned over, then picked up the diary.
Opening the diary, the first thing that the man noticed are two photos. One of that of a giant snake, and the other of an incrediblerge spider monster. Under these two photos are some of their information, as well as a bright word.
¡¯Extreme Danger¡¯.
¡±The kaiju mother, The progenitor of all monsters.¡±
¡±The giant serpent, Infinite evolution.¡±
The man muttered indistinctly, a light shed in his eyes.
Chapter 282: Leaving the Blue Planet and New Beginning
Chapter 282: Leaving the Blue and New Beginning
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Looking down from the sky, two terrifying monsters are galloping through the sea. Despite their frighteninglyrge size, their movement speed is extremely fast. Especially the speed of the giant serpent. It¡¯s fast beyond degree.
These two giant monsters are Fang Yun and the giant turtle who just left Donggang port not long ago.
Their goal is Grass sea in front of them. After waking up this time, Fang Yun felt that it was necessary for him to check it. The spacial energy in the space vortex should have been reduced to an eptable level right now.
Almost a dayter, under the mad rush of Fang Yun and the giant turtle, they finally arrived in front of the space vortex.
¡±Wooosh!!¡±
In front of them, the sound of winds roaring can be clearly heard.
There is a huge vortex about 500 meters away from them. The vortex is incredibly huge, with a diameter of several kilometers.
The seawater around this vortex is slightly rotating due to the wind¡¯s traction. It wasn¡¯t fast though. The connection area between the seawater and the space vortex seems to have some sort of barrier, so the water doesn¡¯t spill in it.
Fang Yun looked at the giant vortex ahead solemnly. He took a deep breath, then resolutely led the giant turtle towards the space vortex, then tried to enter it.
He felt an extreme sense of exclusion. Like something is pushing him out.
After careful feeling the status of his body, Fang Yun felt that this sense of repulsion is within his tolerance, so he dared to get deeper into the vortex.
¡±Hiss!¡±
After drilling into the space vortex, Fang Yun felt that the space energy started acting in his body. The space energy started attacking him from every part of his body. It felt a chainsaw and a hammer are striking from every inch of his body at the same time.
His defense has reached a very terrifying level, so although this tearing force is extremely strong. It¡¯s not enough to break through his defense and strike on his flesh.
The giant turtle watched as Fang Yun drilled into the space vortex. It wandered around uneasily for a while outside the vortex, then decided to follow its big brother into the vortex.
Noticing the actions of the giant turtle, Fang Yun was speechless. After deciding to go into the alien, he tried to stop the turtle from following him many times, but it itself is very adamant about following him.
Despite his persuasion, the giant turtle didn¡¯t listen at all, insisting on following him. Later, Fang Yun thought that after the giant turtle saw the horror of the giant space vortex, it should give up on following him.
However, he underestimated the determination and attachment of the giant turtle to him. After spending so many years together, the giant turtle has considered him as its family a long time ago.
¡±I hope that you will survive this test.¡±
Fang Yun prayed for the giant turtle internally, but he still continued heading even deeper into the space vortex.
The giant turtle behind has alsopletely entered the space vortex. As expected, the space energy started attacking it.
Cracks began to appear on its turtle shell.
¡±Roar!!¡±
The huge pain caused it to howl loudly. It wanted to struggle, but there is no leverage inside the space vortex. It could only endure excruciating pain and continue moving forward.
However, perhaps due to the fact that its strength is much lower than that of Fang Yun, the spacial energy attacking isn¡¯t even one-tenth of the energy that¡¯s attacking Fang Yun, hence it¡¯s able to endure.
Fang Yun was wrong previously. Size is in fact a small factor deciding the amount of space energy acting on an individual. Strength is the bigger factor.
On the side of the Blue, the figures of the two giant monsterspletely disappeared. The only thing left is a giant ck vortex on the surface of the sea.
After the two behemoths entered the vortex, its size has shrunk noticeably. Perhaps, in the future, this space vortex willpletely disappear, severing the connection between the Blue and the Alien.
The space ovepping on the grass sea will also disappear, reducing this sea area into themonce it once was.
¡¡
The tearing force acted on Fang Yun¡¯s body for a long time, causing him to suffer from extreme pain. He wondered what was thest time, he felt this much pain, which is enough to make steel-willed individuals shed tears and cry.
Fortunately, the pain ended eventually. Afterward, the light was restored in his vision.
¡±Woosh!¡±
The sound of wind blowing and the waves churning sounded in his ears. Fang Yun looked around intently. He noticed that a blue ocean suddenly appeared beneath him. Without giving him the chance to react, he fell straight into the water, creating an extremelyrge wave.
¡±Boom!!¡±
¡±This is the alien?¡±
Just as Fang Yun was thinking of that, another behemoth fell from the sky, creating a wave with a height of hundreds of meters.
Fang Yun immediately looked back at the giant turtle. Its shell was filled with giant cracks, like giant gullies, rivers of blood seeped out from them.
¡±Houf, the fat turtle survived.¡±
After seeing that the giant turtle survived, Fang Yun, let out a sigh of relief. As long as it doesn¡¯t die, with its regeneration ability, it will be restored back to peak condition in a few weeks at most.
¡±There isn¡¯t a space vortex on this side?¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but wonder, in fact, there was a ck space line here before. However, on a certain day, it mysteriously disappeared.
Now, it appeared again, spat him along with the giant turtle, then disappeared again. Which means that the space vortex was actually a one-way channel. Now, even if he wants to go back, he can¡¯t.
¡±what should I do now?¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He surveyed the situation around, but apart from the endless blue water, there is only an endless blue sky.
The water here is still azure blue, just like the Blue. Simrly, the sky is also blue. He didn¡¯t really feel that he was on another, this ce looks too simr to the Blue.
¡±Firstly, let¡¯s find a ce to recover from our injury.¡±
He also suffered some minor injuries himself. Of course, the most important thing is to take care of the giant turtle next to him. The blood of this turtle has stained the surrounding area red. Covering the area of several square kilometers, also attracting arge number of creatures.
¡±These creatures are very simr to the ancient creatures that invaded the Blue.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the ¡®giant¡¯ creatures that are wandering around the giant turtle. These fish all have terrible jagged teeth, indicating that they are carnivores.
They swallowed the blood of the giant turtle that is floating on the water surface. Some of them even looked at the giant turtle greedily from time to time, as if looking at a big fat prey.
¡±Let¡¯s see if there is an ind nearby.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, then without giving those ¡®Giant Creatures¡¯ a second nce, he activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±.
He purposely avoided the area where the giant turtle is. After most of the giant fish was electrocuted to death, Fang Yun opened his ser field size mouth and sucked the hundreds of bodies on the water surface along with thousands of tons of seawater.
A huge bulge formed on his neck. He slightly opened his mouth and spat the seawater he swallowed. As for the fish, they were blocked by his teeth.
This is a skill he perfected after many years of practice. Just like a whale swallowing nkton, he swallows arge number of creatures at the same time.
However, by doing so, it¡¯s inevitable for him to swallow seawater, so after many trials and error, he learned to spit back the water and keep the prey in his mouth at the same time.
When he swallowed these giant sea creatures, Fang Yun also swallowed a small amount of the giant turtle¡¯s blood.
¡±Hmm, it¡¯s a bit sweet.¡±
He subconsciously took another sip of seawater, then nced at the giant turtle.
¡±What the hell am I thinking, that¡¯s my younger brother.¡±
Shaking his head, Fang Yun drove the dangerous thoughts from his head, then took the giant turtle away. He used electromaic waves and sound waves to continuously detect the surrounding area for any possible ind.
Chapter 283: The Status of the Earth Planet
Chapter 283: The Status of the Earth
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
First of all, Fang Yun noticed that there is a huge continent about 30 kilometers away from here. He immediately gave up on going there and chose to go in the opposite direction.
Taking the giant turtle in the opposite direction, he found a small archipgo about 100 kilometers away from theirnding point.
He chose a rtively remote ind as their temporary shelter. This ind is also quiterge, with a diameter of 20 to 30 kilometers, which is more than enough to amodate both of them.
Of course, with their current size, it¡¯s almost impossible to hide onnd right now. As long as someonees to this ind, they will immediately discover their existence.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about this.
Fang Yun slithered out from the sea and climbed onto the ind. His huge body left a huge trail on the ind. Which is almost 200 meters wide and more than 10 meters deep. This can already be used as a big river.
The giant turtle also followed behind him, it moved forward using its four giant limbs, its sickle-like ws left deep gullies on the soft sand.
It followed clumsily behind Fang Yun, hence the two giant monsters moved towards the center of the ind, one behind the other.
In a short period of time, the cracks on the shell of the giant turtle are beginning to heal. Even its blood stopped flowing, and the scars on its limbs started scabbing.
The scars on its limbs and head should heal in a few days, but the cracks on its shell should take longer, about a week or two.
Fang Yun circled around the ind they selected as their temporary base, then went on to check the status of the other nearby inds.
On an ind fifty miles away, Fang Yun found a vige. It¡¯s a fishing vige. In front of the door of some of the vigers, he noticed many fishings that are left to dry.
¡±If the people in this vige use the inte, I can use theirwork to understand the status of this and the human race.¡±
Fang Yun approached the vige from underwater. Sneakily sticking his head from the water surface, a few kilometers away from the ind, he noticed a sign in front of the vige.
Blue Lotus Vige.
After ncing at the sign, Fang Yun started to intercept themunication signals that are sent to the vige.
After repeated experiments, he was able to use the intercepted electromaic signals to connect to thework. He didn¡¯t hesitate to start surfing the inte. It has been so long. He was almost bored to death back in the Blue.
¡±Oh? the poption of the humans on this has actually grown to 100 million. A bit slow.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. The number of people who have migrated to this is over 10 million, which is almost 10 times more than the number of people that remained on the Blue, but after so long, the number of humans on boths are almost the same.
The humans in this might have controlled their poption growth, hence the small poption growth.
¡±There are three continents on this. Humans currently upy only a single one, and it¡¯s the smallest.¡±
Fang Yun also learned about the new names of the three continents.
They were previously named continent A, continent B, and continent C, but now they have new names.
Continent A is called Pacific-Asia, mostly tomemorate their old home, the Blue. Furthermore. Over 70 percent of the people inhabiting ¡°Earth¡± aka the alien are from Asia, ¡®Panda country¡¯, and ¡®Pr Bear¡¯ country, hence they decided to name it like that.
Continent B is called the Old Land. That¡¯s where the aliens used to live in before. Of course, it¡¯s not like there aren¡¯t any alien creatures on Pacific-Asia, but their number is too small, so they are marginalized.
One of the reasons why the Old Land was called as such is because it¡¯s too barren.
As for Continent C, this continent is called the Forbidden Land. As its name signify, this ce is forbidden for humans to enter, because no matter who enters it will face terrible consequences. Not from the human authorities, but from thend itself.
¡±Insanity, turning into psychopaths? bing deranged and filled with madness?¡±
Fang Yun noted the emphasis on the third continent. He learned from the inte that no matter who entered or even approached the third continent be insane.
¡±The third continent is a forbiddennd. The second continent is filled with danger. There are many dangerous creatures there. Moreover, it¡¯s very close to the third continent.
¡±If people stay on the second continent for a long time, their spirit will be severely affected, causing them to lose their mind and be murderous demons.¡±
¡±In addition, on the second continent, there is¡¡±
Fang Yun is currently surfing information on a popr website.
While reading information about the second continent, he came across startling information.
It¡¯s about a huge tree.
The is tree can be said to connect the sky with the earth. There is not much to say about its diameter, it¡¯s too huge to imagine, its branches cover the sky and earth, proving shade across many kilometers. This tree, in fact, can even be seen from space.
¡±Isn¡¯t that¡the world tree?¡±
Fang Yun has seen many fictions in his past life about world trees, being the mother of nature, the world protector, etc¡ so the first thought that crossed his mind after seeing this giant tree is that it¡¯s a world tree.
However, this ¡°World Tree¡± doesn¡¯t look to be brimming with life. Instead, it¡¯s emitting a gray, lifeless atmosphere. Its branches and leaves are also wilting. ording to the relevant experts, this extremely huge tree has died a long time ago.
This might be one of the reasons why the aliensunched an attack on the Blue.
In addition, the technology of this¡¯s humans has advanced a lot in the past few years. Looking at some of theirtest weapons and advancement, Fang Yun felt that the ¡°Earth¡± human¡¯s technology can match most of the aliens portrayed in his past life alien invasion movies.
Fang Yun continued surfing the inte for information he wants. He learned that the resources on the Pacific-Asian continent have been almost upied by humans.
He also searched for human ports location, their cities location, their power distribution, and the information they collected about this world.
It is worth mentioning that the humans of this have long since abandoned the concept of different countries and segregation, forming a single superpower. That is the Blue Federation.
The current goal of the Blue Federation is to constantly create new tech, increasing the strength of their civilization, then send troops to the second continent, the Old Land, to do some research.
They want to find some counter to do those waves that make living creatures crazy, then invade and capture the second continent.
Fang Yun also noticed that the humans of this are also extremely tense and nervous most of the time. The most important reason for that is the humans of this often receive some mysterious signals from outside the, the universe.
¡±No way.¡±
Fang Yun was extremely surprised. He subconsciously looked at the sky, which was currently filled with stars. It¡¯s already deep in the night.
Previously, he was wondering whether he should rx for a while on this. There is plenty of food, there is also the inte, he can rx here for a while.
However, he doesn¡¯t n on doing do anymore. These abnormal signals from the depth of the universe gave him a lot of pressure. These signals signify that there is likely an advanced intelligent civilization not far from this.
¡±Don¡¯t answer them, don¡¯t respond to these signals!¡±
Fang Yun prayed internally, hoping that the humans of this don¡¯t seek death and respond to those signals.
This universe is a ce filled with hunters. The theme of invasion and genocide can be guessed from the actions of the previous aliens who attacked the Blue.
The previous Blue should belong to a remote or uninhabited ce in the universe, hence why they didn¡¯t receive those signals before.
However, Earth¡± doesn¡¯t seem to be the case. It should be located in a ce where other alien civilizations thrive.
¡±Are those abnormal signals really sent by other intelligent civilizations not far from this?¡±
Fang Yun has a fantasy hidden in the depth of his heart.
Perhaps one day, he will contact more aliens. He might fight with interster battleships and fleets in the future.
Chapter 284: Important Meeting
Chapter 284: Important Meeting
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After learning enough information, Fang Yun left the fishing vige and started his hunting trip nearby.
His current level is level 50. For the next evolution, he needs about 3 billion bio-energy points.
In addition, he got quite a lot of skill points in the past few years, which he used to max out ¡°Aegis Field¡± and the two new skills, ¡°Divine Armor¡± and ¡°Life Spirit¡±.
His current defensive and regenerative abilities have reached a rather terrifying level. His scales can be said to be the hardest material in the world, and with his regenerative abilities, apart from cutting his head, he can be said to be unkible.
In addition, his offensive skills are also terrifyingly powerful.
Whether it¡¯s ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±, or ¡°Energy Beam¡±, they can be said to be skills of mass destruction.
In fact, with just his current size and muscle power, destroying a mountain is easy, and using his skills, he is practically a walking natural disaster, as long he gets serious, he can easily change the terrain of an area of more than 100 square kilometers, sinking a few inds is child y.
Unfortunately, as a consequence of maxing out all of those powerful skills, he has only 5 skill points remaining, which basically can¡¯t be used to do anything.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that apart from the two new skills ¡°Divine Armor¡± and ¡°Life Spirit¡± which he got in the year 30 after the human alliance left the Blue, he also got two other new skills in the year 70, just a bit before he fell into hibernation.
One of them is called ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡±. As the name suggests, he can release an anti-gravity filed around him, which can act on him and other creatures and objects.
As long as he correctly uses this skill, lifting a mountain into the sky is easy. However, he values its ability to make him fly more.
The emergence of this skill caused Fang Yun to be overjoyed. With it, he can finally escape the gravity of the, go into space, and start his interster journey.
The level of this skill affects the power of the Anti-gravity field and the speed of flight.
In the past, he couldn¡¯t see any possibility of leaving the in the short term. He thought that maybe after getting big enough to stand up and reach the atmosphere, he can probably leave the.
Unfortunately, he has to be hundreds or even thousands of kilometers long to do so, which is very unrealistic.
However, this skill finally gave him hope. As long as he upgrades this skill to a high level, he will be able to leave the very soon.
Another skill is ¡°Mind Interfearance¡±. Although the name doesn¡¯t sound so impressive, the effects of this skill are actually pretty good. It¡¯s basically using electromaic waves to interfere with living creature¡¯s minds, hence creating illusions.
The effect of this skill is a bit like the ¡®Dragon Aura¡¯ bought by ¡°Thunder Domain¡±. Through this skill, he can emit and electromaic field which can induce fear into the hearts of living creatures, and the greater the strength gap between him and the said creature, the stronger the effect of this skill.
It¡¯s just that ¡°Mind Intefearance¡± is an active skill, and ¡®Dragon Aura¡¯ is a passive bonus effect. There is a huge difference between them.
It¡¯s a pity that Fang Yun hasn¡¯t upgraded these two skills even a single time. He doesn¡¯t have any remaining skill points and the number of skill points required for each upgrade is getting higher along with each new skill.
The only thing he can do right now is to slowly gather skill points with each evolution. As for reputation points¡
He checked his information panel. His reputation points are now more than 13 billion, but since the 10 billion points mark, he didn¡¯t receive skill points again.
Speaking of which, if there are really advanced intelligent creatures near this, will he receive reputation points if he appears in front of them?
Fang Yun thought that it¡¯s really possible. Furthermore, the universe is so big, there should be many alien civilizations popting it.
Moreover, ording to the information he got from the inte. The human civilization received a lot of electromaic signals from outer space, but due to the fact they have not been able to decipher them, they don¡¯t know what the are the messages conveyed from these electromaic signals.
At least that¡¯s what the governement has posted on their main website.
Right now, he can only continue to advance slowly. One day, he will grow to the point of leaving this and visiting other intelligent civilizations.
¡±Ssh!¡±
Fang Yun dived into the water like a whale, creating a huge wave hundreds of meters tall. While moving forward, he encountered many creatures on his way.
Speaking of living creatures. The marine creatures of this don¡¯t differ that much from the marine creatures of the Blue. He encountered breeds of fish that are simr to that of the blue, shrimps, turtles, and even sharks.
However, these creatures are greatly different from the Blue marine creatures in one single aspect, that is size.
For example, there is a group of marine creatures that are very simr in appearance to the seahorses of the Blue in front of him. However, unlike the small seahorse that are usually a few centimeters to a dozen centimeters long, each of these seahorses is several meters long.
There are thousands of them in this group.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, these creatures are called Blue Seahorse.
Fang Yun guessed that these creatures should have been named by the humans of this.
After thinking for a moment, he immediately activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±. He controlled the size of the domain to a few kilometers in diameter. This should be more than enough to electrocute these seahorses.
¡±Zizizizizi!!¡±
The surrounding area immediately turned into purple, enclosing all of the seahorses in front of him.
As expected, the blue seahorse group immediately died after getting hit with his ¡°Thunder Domain¡±. The seahorses weren¡¯t even able to struggle, falling helplessly to the bottom of the ocean.
Fang Yun rushed over. He opened his huge mouth and sucked the group of seahorses along with a huge quantity of seawater.
His current diameter is 180 meters. That¡¯s almost as big as two ser fields put next to each other. With such a huge size, the scene where he opens his mouth and sucks a lot of marine creatures as well arge amount of water is spectacr.
All of the dead seahorses were sucked into his mouth instantly, disappearing in his giant ckhole-like mouth.
In addition, because these blue seahorses are in shallow water, Fang Yun¡¯s actions directly created a giant vortex on the water surface. Even if a ferry from the modern 21st century is put next to that vortex, it can only helplessly sink underwater.
After swallowing all the blue seahorses, Fang Yun spat the seawater in his mouth, leaving only the seahorses. His face had afortable look.
The feeling of eating a lot of food in one bite is reallyfortable. It¡¯s like grabbing arge number of skittles and eating them in one bite.
While Fang Yun, the foodie, was happily eating in the ocean, there was a particrly important meeting on the human side.
The Pacific-Asia continent is the center of human activity on ¡°Earth¡±. Whether it¡¯s size or appearance, this continent is simr to that of the Euro-Asian Continent of the Blue.
And weirdly, the Pacific-Asian continent is divided into many regions, and the climate and size of one portion of the continent are quite simr to ¡®Panda Country¡¯.
Most of the leftover ¡®Panda Country¡¯ people chose to reside on that portion of the continent. That area was named the Kyushu Province, one of the few provinces on the Pacific-Asian continent.
Kyushu Province is extremely prosperous. It¡¯sposed mostly of ins, with several rivers flowing through it. This province¡¯s mineral and metal resources are also extremely abundant.
Therefore, Kyushu Province developed into one of the most prosperous regions on the Pacific-Asian continent.
Kyushu Province, the provincial capital, in an ¡°H¡± shaped office building, the important meeting was held over there.
Chapter 285: Past History
Chapter 285: Past History
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Silver Fleet, Tianhe Civilization¡Star Tree, Pathogen¡¡±
¡±Ah¡ it hurts!¡±
Along with thest word, in an advanced tech cabin covered with wires, a beautiful Asian woman violently stood up.
¡±Huff¡Huff¡¡±
The beautiful woman has short hair and a very heroic face. However, her face is currently very pale, sweat oozed out from her forehead, and her right hand was holding her heart.
¡±Moriko, Moriko! are you okay?¡±
Suddenly, a concerned voice sounded from a small instrument near the cabin. The young woman called Moriko stretched out her left hand and pressed on a red button next to the instrument, causing a holographic projection to appear in front of her.
On the holographic projection screen, there is the scene of a conference room, with a rectangr table filled with people on both sides. In the central position on the table, there is an old man with a head full of white hair. He was the one who just asked Moriko about her well-being.
¡±Chief Lu, I¡¯m fine.¡±
Moriko¡¯s breathing gradually became gentle. She took a deep breath, then said to the old man on the holographic screen.
While she was having a conversation with the old man on the holographic screen, two female staff members came over. Both of them were wearing a white scientist coat.
One of them handed Moriko a ss of water, while the other took the electronic helmet connected to many wires from her head.
Immediately afterward, the female staff member carefully ced the electronic helmet on the counter aside.
Upon a closer look, the wires are connected to the electronic helmet on one side, and the other end is connected to a huge white tform. On that tform, there is a small gray root-like object.
Moriko was finally able to rx. She walked towards a fluffy sofa next to the cabin, then gracefully sat on it. She held the ss of water in her hand and took a sip while looking at the holographic screen next in front of her.
¡±Moriko, what did you see this time?¡±
On the holographic screen, the old man asked Moriko with a serious look on his face. Moriko had a thoughtful look, after hearing the question of the old man, she said with a look of recollection on her face.
¡±I saw¡I saw a fleet.¡±
Moriko closed her eyes and started talking.
¡±The image of the fleet is very blurred, I can¡¯t describe it. However, I can say for sure that the fleet is very big¡±
¡±By the way, there is the star tree. That huge tree on Old Land is called the star tree. It¡¯s not a product of this, but from¡from¡¡±
¡±Tianhe(SkyRiver) civilization!¡±
Suddenly, Moriko opened her eyes and quickly said to the old man on the holographic screen.
¡±Chief Lu, Tianhe(SkyRiver) civilization, I¡¯m sure that this civilization isn¡¯t that far from this. Furthermore, this civilization has had contact with the ¡°Earth¡± before¡±
¡±It¡¯s just¡just¡¡±
Moriko suddenly smiled bitterly and said.
¡±Through the roots of the star tree, we have received a lot of information about this(Earth), but I hardly received any information about the Tianhe(SkyRiver) civilization.¡±
¡±¡I also heard a special word¡ ¡°pathogen¡±. The meaning of this word seems extraordinary, but its detailed information is not recorded in this batch of star tree roots and whiskers.¡±
She tried to think about the meaning of that word, but all she got was a headache.
The old man on the holographic screen was also frowning slightly, he repeated under his breath.
¡±Pathogen¡¡±
After thinking for a while, he still couldn¡¯t think of any clue. He quickly noticed the painful expression on Moriko¡¯s face. Collecting his thoughts, he said to Moriko with a tone of appreciation.
¡±You have worked hard, Moriko, you should get a good rest for now.¡±
Through the holographic screen, the old man instructed Moriko to rest, then after seeing her nod, he turned off themunication channel, causing the holographic projection to disappear.
¡±Sigh¡¡±
Moriko exhaled a little, she slowlyid on the soft sofa, closing her eyes andpletely rxing.
She clicked on a small button on a device next to the sofa, cause two hatches next to her head to open. A pair of silicon hands protruded from the two hatches and started massaging her head.
Moriko¡¯s body became more rxed, and her thoughts started to wander around.
Aftering to this, humans never stopped exploring this.
The Pacific-Asia continent is an uninhabited ce on this, few aliens live on it. Most of the aliens are in fact living on the Old Land.
On the Old Land, they discovered a lot of scary creatures, these creatures are divided into weak and strong ones, and the strongest ones can¡¯t be provoked even with their current strength.
Of course, this statement isn¡¯t entirely urate. If they truly go all out and release their strongest weapons, then like what happened on the Blue, they are likely to win, but at an incredibly high cost.
There is really nothing worth exploring on the Pacific-Asia continent. The Old Land is what is drawing their attention right now. To be specific, the world trees on its. It might be better to call it the Star tree though.
Seeing that giant tree for the first time, all the explorers were shocked.
This tree is really too high, mountains literally look like earth bumps next to it. Through the measurement of the experts, it has to be over 10,000 meters high.
This altitude is themon altitude of civil aviation passenger aircraft.
It¡¯s a pity that such a magnificent tree has died, but even if that¡¯s so, it¡¯s still towering above all other creatures, standing proudly in the sky.
The roots of this gigantic tree extend over dozens of kilometers. The farther they are from the tree, the smaller and thinner they area.
ording to the discovery of the Blue Federation, a lot of information has been recorded on the roots of the star tree, just like the hard disk of aputer.
Furthermore, the information carried in the roots of the star tree can be scrolled through by any person, provided that they have the mental strength necessary to do so.
Previously, Moriko was doing exactly that.
This is not a simple matter. The people who have enough mental strength to read the information recorded on the star tree are less than 30 in the whole world and Moriko has the highest mental strength among these people.
Based on the continuous efforts of these 30 people over the years, they have gained a deeper understanding of this, they even got some information about outer space.
For example, the aliens on this are called the Weiners. They love peace and feel that their existence is a gift from nature, so they are particrly close to nature.
Quite simr to the legendary elves.
This ispletely different from what they know about the aliens before, so some people wondered whether these aliens encountered something, causing their personalities and appearances to be distorted, hence invading the Blue.
In addition, they learned from the Star Tree that the third continent, the continent called the Forbidden Land was previously much richer in resources and creatures than either of the Old Land and the Pacific-Asia continent.
The Wieners often traveled to that continent before. In fact, they would have moved and lived on it if the Star Tree wasn¡¯t on the Old Land.
This shows that previously. The Forbidden Land was brimming with life. Something happenedter on that changed it into today¡¯s ¡®Forbidden Land¡¯.
The changes that urred on the Forbidden Land might be connected to the abnormality of the Wieners.
Chapter 286: Sea Monsters Hunting Game
Chapter 286: Sea Monsters Hunting Game
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Thinking of this, Moriko¡¯s original rxed posture immediately straightened. As a Blue Federation executive, one of the high-levels of the human race, she has the obligation to think about the future of humans.
Since something in The Forbidden Land can affect the Weiner race, can it also affect humans?
She thinks that it¡¯s quite possible. In fact, this has already happened before. Any human that entered the Forbidden Land will instantly go crazy. This might be due to their weak mental strength, but the effect of that area on humans is undeniable.
In addition, even staying in the Old Land for a long time can affect human minds. For now, only the Pacific-Asia continent is suitable for human survival.
¡±What kind of messed up world is this?¡±
Moriko exhaled lightly. She was feeling a bit depressed, after thinking about the information she received for a while, she unconsciously fell asleep on the sofa.
She is very tired.
On the other side, the old man who talked with Moriko turned off themunication device and turned to the people in front of him.
¡±Everyone, you have heard Moriko. She said that this ¡°pathogen¡± holds a significant meaning. I think that it¡¯s necessary to figure out what this word means.¡±
Looking at the senior executives of the major departments in front of him, Lu Cheng said with a serious look.
¡±It¡¯s possible that this thing is what caused the native creatures on the Blue and even on Earth to mutate.¡±
¡±There is that possibility, but we can¡¯t really confirm that for now.¡±
¡±President Lu, you can rest assured that our special teams will collect more of the star tree roots ande back.¡±
Suddenly, a middle-aged man stood up and said seriously to Lu Cheng.
¡±Oh, Lin Ye, I am more at ease with you.¡±
President Lu smiled, sat back on his seat, and said.
¡±How are things on the Old Land¡¯s side, things haven¡¯t gotten worse?¡±
Speaking of this, he had a serious look on his face.
It wasn¡¯t just him, everyone looked at the man called Lin Ye with solemn faces.
Up to now, it can basically be determined that some kind of creature or object is responsible for the massive changes on this the ¡°Earth¡±.
They aren¡¯t sure if that creature or object is in the Old Land or the Forbidden Land, so they are a bit worried that their team will have a conflict with the said creature if it¡¯s on the Old Land.
Although, they might be excessively worrying, as the Blue Federation leaders, they have to take a lot of things into consideration.
They certainly have to step into the Old Land, the meat and blood of the Old Land creatures are very beneficial to humans. The flesh of these creatures can not only increase humans¡¯ physical fitness, but it can also increase their life expectancy.
There are also many resources and natural energy there, which will allow them to upgrade their weapons and technology even further.
In addition, waiting for the disaster toe isn¡¯t a good move, what happened to the Blue previously is proof of that. Taking the previous disaster as a lesson, they have been actively trying to understand this and the source of its change.
The old man surnamed Lu is the previous first leader of the human federation, Lu Cheng. Even aftering to this new, he still remains as one of the top leaders of the human federation.
He is mostly in charge of the military department and the matters rted to the Old Land.
¡°No problems have been found so far, sir.¡±
Lin Ye reported to Lu Cheng.
¡°Sir, although our manpower is tight, our troops will always fight on the front line of the Old Land.¡±
¡°You really know how to act tragic and pitiful.¡±
Lu Cheng sighed and said.
¡°You can rest assured that I will allocate two more teams to you in two days. Remember, don¡¯t let those animals cross the border connecting the Old Land with Pacific-Asia.¡±
After hearing those words, Lin Ye smiled cheerfully, he patted his chest confidently and said.
¡°Leader Lu, I guarantee toplete the task.¡±
Lu Cheng shook his head ridiculously, just as he was about to tease Lin Ye, he suddenly remembered something.
¡°Yes, Lin Ye, organize the Ocean Department to hold a game of beast hunting in a few days. You should use the old point system. Teams will get a certain amount of points after hunting a certain giant monster. After the end of the game, you can exchange some of our old airship models, money, and body strengthening potions to the top teams.¡±
Sea monsters, just like the monsters on the Old Land are extremely useful to them. So they will encourage people to hunt them every year.
Hence, the game of beast hunting was created.
In fact, it¡¯s not just the top teams who will get the rewards. Even low ranking ones will get bountiful rewards as long as they exchange the bodies of the monsters they hunted.
For the people who live by hunting, this once in a year event is a way of making fortunes.
During this event, as long as the contestants hunt sea monsters from the ocean, they can sell them to the governement at a price higher than that of the market.
This kind ofpetition has actually a rather high degree of danger. After all, monsters won¡¯t just let people hunt them. Even so, many people participate in it each year due to the rich rewards.
Due to the fact that it¡¯s an official yearly event, many areas are protected by official forces, but there are still many casualties every year. The Ocean Departement forces are limited after all.
Hearing Lu Cheng¡¯s instructions, Lin Ye nodded seriously.
After the end of the sea monsters Hunt every year, arge number of sea monsters will be killed. The bodies of those monsters are treasures that all major departments fight for.
¡°Okay, the meeting will end here.¡±
Lu Cheng ended the meeting, picked up a folder, then walked out of the meeting room.
While walking, he was frowning slightly.
Lu Cheng was still thinking about the ¡°pathogen¡± that Moriko mentioned before. The more he thought about it, the more he felt that the meaning of this word is very important.
In addition, there is also the ¡°SkyRiver Civilization¡± which deserves their attention.
¡°It¡¯s a headache. The Weiner race has caused such a disaster to the Blue with its invasion, and now, there is an even more powerful civilization not far from us.¡±
¡°Sigh¡ The future of Mankind isn¡¯t looking very bright.¡±
With a bitter smile, Lu Cheng took the elevator downstairs. He needs to discuss the news he heard with the leaders of other provinces.
¡¡
Fang Yun was happily swimming in the ocean. He didn¡¯t know that the date of a yearly hunting event is approaching, and the area where he is located is one of the hunting grounds.
In the past few days, he had been frantically devouring marine creatures and gathering bio-energy.
asionally, he will go ashore to visit the giant turtle. He is quite worried that some creature will take advantage of his younger brother¡¯s injury and eat him.
Fang Yun thought at first that he and the giant turtle will be unrivaled in this sea. After all, their size is in the kilometers, which is way beyond any other creature he saw before. Except for the kaiju mother of course.
However, after a certain encounter yesterday, Fang Yun dispelled this idea.
At that time, he was hunting at a depth of more than 10 kilometers when he suddenly detected that a huge creature was approaching him.
It¡¯s a Melville whale.
However, it¡¯s ridiculouslyrge, more than 2 timesrger than Fang Yun. That Melville whale was over 10 kilometers long.
The encounter between the two of them didn¡¯t result in a conflict. Apart from the short confrontation between them, each one of them went on his way.
Chapter 287: Traces Found
Chapter 287: Traces Found
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
At that time, Fang Yun actually hesitated for a while. Normally, he won¡¯t hesitate tounch an attack. Kill that creature, then eat it.
It¡¯s just that this Melville whale size was way beyond his expectations. Furthermore, whether it¡¯s ¡°Energy Beam¡± or ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±, their effect gets weakened too much underwater, especially at a depth of 10 kilometers.
Even ¡°Thunder Domain¡± doesn¡¯t work very well at such depths. Physical power alone probably won¡¯t be enough to kill a creature that is almost triple his size, so in the end, he gave up on attacking it and each went on his own way.
Anyway, the number of giant monsters and marine creatures on this is almost endless, so he doesn¡¯t really feel like working hard to defeat such a tricky opponent.
The marine species on this are basically the giant versions of the creatures on the Blue. Table-sized crabs, car-sized deep-sea lobsters, building-sized octopuses, ne-sized squids, etc¡
Seeing all of those familiar creatures caused Fang Yun to wonder whether this and the Blue are somewhat connected?
Fang Yun swam unscrupulously in the depth of the ocean. One of the most striking things he noticed about the oceans of this is that the ocean isn¡¯t dark even at the depth of 10 kilometers.
Of course, this light does note from the sun, but from the nkton on the seafloor. The body of these creatures is always emitting light, lighting up the seafloor for who knows how many kilometers.
These nkton are a bit like parasites. Many fish and shrimps swallow them every day, but after their death, the nktons will drill out from these fish and shrimps bodies, then use them as nutrients to spread even further.
This is Fang Yun¡¯s conclusion based on a few days of observation.
He saw the corpses of many small fishes, glowing like light bulbs, then small worm-like creatures, several centimeters long, crawls out from their open mouth. If it wasn¡¯t for his supernatural vision, he won¡¯t even be able to see them.
The number of such worms and simr glowing nkton is uncountable. Them and the small fish that devour them, then be their nutrients after death constitute a stable food chain holding up the ecology of the entire ocean.
The oceans of this are also much deeper than the oceans of Blue. The deepest ce in this ocean is over 20,000 meters, that is the area where Fang Yun is currently located.
Furthermore, the bottom of the ocean of this isn¡¯t as lonely as that of the Blue. There are manyrge and terrifying monsters swimming at such depths, such as the Melville whale he saw before.
¡°Unfortunately, the Kaiju remaining in this world are in the hands of the human governement, and their control is very strict.¡±
Fang Yun learned on the Inte that those Kaiju were the original product of the Weiner race, they were created by copying the genes of the monsters roaming this. Right now, the Blue Federation is studying level 7 kaiju.
It¡¯s unknown whether they are already created or not, he didn¡¯t find anything about them on the inte.
In fact, the news about kaiju as a whole is rare on the inte. These creatures seem to be one of the Blue Federation¡¯s ultimate weapons, so news about them is very rare.
This time, things are different from what they used to be on the Blue, the human leaders are holding their most powerful weapons as top secret.
Although things might seem calm on the surface, the Blue Federation is secretly preparing for war against the things on the Old Land, and something on the Forbidden Land.
¡°Speaking of which, I¡¯m really curious about what¡¯s in The Forbidden Land¡±
Fang Yun swallowed some giant crabs while thinking. With furrowed brows, he was eating arge number of crabs like potato chips, producing the sound of crushing from time to time.
The third continent, the Forbidden Land is quite popr on the inte. There are a lot of discussions about it, most of which are about the reason why people will be crazy and insane after stepping on it.
Some say that it¡¯s a weird maic field that¡¯s making the creature on that continent crazy. Some say that it¡¯s some sort of creature or object. Anyway, there are a lot of different opinions about that matter on the inte.
All of these discussions and spections caused Fang Yun to be very curious about this Forbidden Land. He had the impulse to go check what¡¯s on it.
Fortunately, his mind is still sober, he knew that it¡¯s not the time to go to the Forbidden Land and check its situation.
About seven dayster, Fang Yun rushed towards the ind where the giant turtle is resting. He is worried about its injury and situation.
It has been half a month since they came to the Earth. With the resilience of the giant turtle, it should have almost recovered.
While on his way back to the giant turtle, due to his proximity to the human living area, he was able to connect to the inte. His current favorite website is called ¡°dog eggs¡±.
It¡¯s an open forum where a lot of silly and bored people talk about the current major events happening in the world, and even posting memes about them.
Most importantly, he finally figured out how to post his own article andment on other people¡¯s posts himself.
¡°Haha! I can finally talk to other people. I was reincarnated as a snake, ask me anything.¡±
This is a Post Fang Yun published on this forum not long ago. After posting it, he didn¡¯t care about it for a while, now that he opened it, he found a lot ofments under it.
¡°I have nothing to ask. Before you became a snake, I was already ouroboros¡±
¡°OP(Original Poster), did you getid as a snake?¡±
¡°This was already used before, OP, can¡¯t you get anything new. For example, pretend that you were reincarnated as a Kaiju.¡±
¡°What OP said is true, I was bitten by him before.¡±
¡°Commenters above, what Op said might not be a lie, give him some real questions, LOL.¡±
As Fang Yun read thements, he felt very amused. Some people pretended to believe what he said and asked what are his feelings right now. Others said that if the wild is too harsh for him, he can go to then and be a pet snake.
Fang Yun randomly replied to a few of thosements before disconnecting to the inte. The reason he did so is that he reached the ind where the turtle is.
Fang Yun could already see the round shell of the turtle as itidzily on the ind.
¡°O!¡±
Feeling that Fang Yun is approaching, the giant turtle raised its head and howled softly at Fang Yun, seemingly ming him for leaving it alone here for so long.
Suddenly, the giant turtle pir-like legs started moving. Its giant sickle-like ws left deep grooves on the soft sand as it moved forward.
The giant turtle plunged into the water, then swam towards him.
Fang Yun observed its injuries. The injuries on its limbs and head arepletely healed. Shallow cracks are still visible on its shell, but its situation is much better than before.
Although the giant turtle¡¯s healing factor is far frompared to him, it¡¯s still leagues above most creatures.
Overall, the giant turtle has mostly healed, it can already act freely.
Fang Yun looked very happy. Now that the turtle has basically healed, he basically can go hunt without worries. Furthermore, he can go hunting in farther locations, without having to worry about the turtle getting eaten by other creatures.
While Fang Yun continued on his journey of seeking food, the human world was boiling because of the annual hunting monsters game.
It wasn¡¯t just the main cities and densely popted areas, even the sparsely popted ces and viges in the corner of the world were excited due to this event.
Participating in this game requires a very prepared team. Each team must have a fleet consisting of at least 5 ships, and each ship must be hundreds of meters long.
It can be an airship, marine ship, and even submarine. As long they reach the requirements, they can be counted.
With the constant advancement of technology, old marine ships, submarines, airships, and even motherships have been put into civilian use. The current technology level of the Earth is way beyond the Blue.
Most of the airships and marine ships used in the battle against the kaiju on the Blue have been eliminated as new technologies were developed.
In fact, The current military strength of the Earth is hundreds of times higher than what it used to be in the peaceful age on the Blue ne.
It can be said that a random team participating in this monster hunting event can take down a top country in the old age. Of course, if not counting nuclear bombs.
¡¡¡¡
On the seventh day that after Fang Yun and the Giant Turtle left, a 100 meters long ship docked on the desert ind where the giant turtle was living in.
It was a civilian vessel, a fishing boat.
The boat had a little problem and needed repairs, so after docking the boat on the desert ind, the fishermen started working.
The children ying on the deck should be their children.
Being very bored on the boat, they jumped on the ind then started running around along the beach. One of the boys noticed something ahead. He said with a surprised look on his face.
¡°Look, what is that over there?¡±
There were three boys and two girls running behind him. Hearing his cry, they followed his finger and looked at the ce he was pointing at.
Chapter 288: Sea Monster Hunting Game
Chapter 288: Sea Monster Hunting Game
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After seeing what the leading boy was pointing at, the eyes of the rest of the children widened in surprise.
¡°Let¡¯s go and see.¡±
The boy who first noticed the thing ahead beckoned at hispanions, then ran ahead.
The other five children quickly followed behind him. Although they might all be children, with the current advancement of the Blue¡¯s biotechnology and their environment filled with monsters. Even children of their age possess an incredibly high physical fitness.
In a short period of time, they reached the target location and looked ahead.
In front of them, there are many giant pits.
Each one of these giant pits has a diameter of almost 10 meters.
¡°What is this?¡±
One of the tallest boys squatted down and looked at the giant pits in front of them.
These pits are very deep. They can¡¯t even see the bottom. In fact, most of these pits are filled with water. They wondered whether the pits are so deep that they are connected to the ocean below or whether they were filled with rainwater.
There are a lot of such simr pits, but each one of them is connected in a straight line, forming a trail extending from the beach to the jungle ahead.
The children looked at these pits and the jungle not far away with a nervous look. If they guessed correctly, some creatures might have left those pits.
The giant trees in the jungle ahead rustled along with the wind blowing. It¡¯s hard to imagine that a giant monster is hiding in there, waiting for unsuspecting prey to approach.
¡°We should tell this thing to Dad.¡±
The boy who first discovered the giant pits said with a trembling voice. He took ast look at the jungle, then led hispanions back towards the ship.
Ten minutester, the boy came back with several adults. The leading man has long hair, a bushy long beard, and an extremely burly figure. He has to be over 2 meters tall. The other men following behind him looked like children inparison to him.
¡°Thor, it looks like a giant monster walked here not long ago.¡±
An adult man squatted on the ground and carefully inspected the deep pits. After a moment, he stood up and said to the buff man at the head of the team.
Thor didn¡¯t reply to the man, he was checking on the pits himself. The more he looked at them, the more he furrowed his brows.
A lot of traces are were actually erased, it should have been due to the heavy rain before,
His sight wandered to the jungle in the middle of the ind. He noticed that a lot of nts and even the dozens of meters tall trees are crushed. What hispanion has said is very likely true, a giant creature walked on this ce before.
¡±Going by the fact that these pits are so deep, did a giant crab pass by here?¡±
Thor thought of this possibility, but carefully looking at these ¡°footprints¡±, they aren¡¯t like the footprints of a crab. There are fives deep pits lined next to each other, and there are many simr pits about a few hundred meters away.
They look like the traces left by the foot of some fort of a walking creature.
Although they aren¡¯t sure what kind of creature it is, this creature must be very huge.
¡±Hahaha, Thor, this likely to be the nest of a high-level sea monster. If we can hunt it, we should be able to sell if for a sky-high price.¡±
¡±Yes, Thor. If we can hunt it, we might be able to buy a new airship. Which we can use to bring more vigers with us and hunt more sea monsters.¡±
Many of the people apanying thor looked very excited, almost seeing the profits they will get after hunting such a giant creature. However, Thor looked very calmpared to them.
He knew that it won¡¯t be easy to hunt a creature of such size. Even if they make adequate preparations, they might still not be able to hunt it.
Judging from this footprint alone, this must be some kind of incredibly huge and powerful creature. Even for big teams, catching such prey isn¡¯t an easy matter.
¡°Let¡¯s go back to the vige first.¡±
Thor said, then walked back to the ship. The others didn¡¯t say anything else, they followed him silently.
Soon, they repaired the ship on this desert ind, then they boarded it and sailed back towards their vige.
Thor and his crew are from Blue Lotus vige, the first vige Fang Yun saw after arriving in this world. After returning to their vige, they started acting. They prepared all the required utensils they need to bring to the sea.
There are a total of five ships in their vige, so they can participate in the best hunting games. Not to mention that they are going to join forces with the people of other viges.
¡°What, Thor, you found the traces of a giant creature?¡±
The people in the vige were all surprised when they heard Thor¡¯s words, after which they became very excited.
However, when Thor informed them of the possible size of that creature, most people¡¯s enthusiasm cooled down.
¡°This might be a giant creature with a size of more than 1000 meters, we should not underestimate it.¡±
Thor warned the vigers.
Later on, he instructed the vigers to load more weapons on the ships this time. At the same time, he also went to the main cities to buy tools powerful enough to kill that creature.
They didn¡¯t announce their discovery nor their actions to other people, because the more people know the lower their chances of hunting the said creature.
Even if this giant creature is extremely powerful, as long as they have the chance, they certainly won¡¯t give up.
The growth and prosperity of their vige are resting on their shoulders after all.
It wasn¡¯t just the Blue Lotus vige preparing for the beast hunting game ten dayster. Many people across the continent were preparing for this game.
Somepanies doing ¡®sea monsters hunting businesses¡¯ have already taken action. Some have even started to contact the corresponding hunting vige and famous hunting teams.
At the same time, maps about hunting areas were also published.
In fact, the entire hunting area is just a very small portion of the ocean, which is basically an area about double the size of the ¡®West Mediterranean Sea¡¯ from the Blue.
The entire hunting area can be roughly divided into 9 areas. From area 1 to area 9.
Among them, the Blue Lotus vige is located in the third area.
The rest of the ocean outside of the hunting area is forbidden. In those ces, giant and powerful monsters can be seen everywhere. Even creatures over the size of 1 kilometer aremon over there.
Sometimes even with advanced airships and motherships, they don¡¯t dare to provoke those monsters.
The sea monsters living inside the hunting area are basically creatures with the size of dozens to hundreds of meters, which is basically equivalent to kaiju between level 2 and level 5.
The overlord-level creatures in the hunting area are basically ones that are over 1 kilometer long. Most of them are a bit weaker than level 6 kaiju. Even so, only top teams and teams supported by majorpanies can hunt them.
Of course, there is no absolute thing, many idents happen every year. Some teams do go over the hunting area limits every year, which usually results in disasters andrge casualties.
Although there is the governement reminder. In the face ofrge profits, some teams still get adventurous and try to go over the hunting area limits to capture some big and rare creatures.
Regarding the uing ¡®Sea Monsters Hunting Game¡¯ that will happen ten dayster, Fang Yun finally learned about it through the inte.
¡°Hmm, so this ¡®Sea Monsters Hunting Game¡¯ will start in ten days.¡±
Fang Yun was swimming carelessly next to the giant turtle. Even on a different, the giant turtle can still attract arge number of creatures, so Fang Yun is still eating arge number of marine creatures just byying next to the giant turtle.
¡°I wonder if humans will recognize me after seeing me again.¡±
The Blue Federation has entered the space vortex almost 80 years ahead of him. Now that such a long time has passed, the generation that participated in the kaiju war back on the Blue should be dead?
If it¡¯s the new generation that is popting this right now, then he as the Giant Serpent should be something new to them.
¡°Perhaps, this is an opportunity to increase my reputation points.¡±
His reputation is currently about 13 billion points. He wants to try and see if he could reach 15 billion by appearing in front of the new generation of humans.
Chapter 289: The Daily Life of the Giant Serpent
Chapter 289: The Daily Life of the Giant Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The giant turtle is still willing to share with Fang Yun arge amount of prey it attracts.
It watched as Fang Yun circled around it, swallowing some giant monsters from time to time, then pping the asional naughty monster with his tail. The giant turtle watched all of this with interest, sometimesughing in amusement.
The giant turtle has an intelligent look in its eyes. Its wisdom is actually much higher than a lot of other creatures.
Sometimes the giant turtle dive underwater, gulp arge amount of seawater, then spray it at Fang Yun¡¯s bloody head, rinsing the blood left over after devouringrge prey.
Sometimes they y together.
When Fang Yun is toozy to hunt sea monsters, he really likes to tease the giant turtle. When they are on the water surface, he climbs on one the shell of the giant turtle, then using his heavyweight, he presses on one side of its shell, causing it to overturn.
Fang Yun drilled out from the sea, seeing the giant turtle lying on its back, struggling to turn over, heughed cheerfully. ying with each other is one of their few entertainments in this boring everyday life.
No one has yet discovered these two giant monsters, otherwise, it will cause a sensation.
Both creatures have a body size of more than 5 kilometers. This is hegemon-ss even in the depth of the ocean, not to mention the hunting area near the continent.
Even at the depth of the ocean creatures of their size are extremely rare. Furthermore, it¡¯s almost impossible for two creatures of such size to travel along with each other. Creaturs of such size require no assistance in hunting.
For them, apanion is just another mouth to feed and apetitor.
Fang Yun is also very interested in these kilometers-sized giant creatures. Three days ago, they encountered a creature of such size.
It was a giant blue whale over 2 kilometers long.
Compared to normal creatures, the size of this creature is unbelievable. It¡¯s nothingpared to Fang Yun¡¯s though.
His body is rtively slender, so he might be in the same weight ss as that giant blue whale, but the giant turtle¡¯s body is the round type. Its weight and surface area are much bigger than the blue whale.
Seeing a creature of the giant turtle¡¯s size all day caused him to develop an immunity to creatures of simr and smaller size, so apart from the short surprise, all that was left is excitement at discovering such a huge prey.
¡°Yay, I can finally eat till I¡¯m full.¡±
That was the only thought left in his mind at that time.
ording to the system¡¯s prompt, this giant blue whale can provide him with 1 million bio-energy points, which is the same as level 6 kaiju.
Their strength should be roughly simr.
This blue whale is unlikely to have theser ray, super regeneration, and supersonic speed of the level 6 kaiju, but its size and physical strength are higher overall.
Who wins and who loses should depend on their location. If it¡¯s onnd or the water surface, the level 6 kaiju is very likely to win. If it¡¯s underwater, this giant blue whale¡¯s chances of winning should be higher.
Of course, all of this means nothing to Fang Yun. He was able to crush level 6 kaiju when he was several hundreds of meters long, not to mention now.
At that time, Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate to rush to the blue whale, to which the blue whale responded by attacking him.
Fang Yun felt that his body became many times havier, this should be the special ability of this blue whale. Thinking that he is unlikely to kill the blue whale by using just his physical strength, Fang Yun immediately activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±.
The next moment, within the radius of several kilometers, the sea was filled with lightning. Countless marine creatures died due to the electric shock, even if they aren¡¯t within the radius of ¡°Thunder Domain¡±.
Looking at arge number of sea monster bodies within the radius of the lightning sea, the giant turtle squirmed outside the thundering sea, eager to go inside and eat the bodies of those marine creatures, but very afraid of the lightning ahead.
Ten secondster, the lightning sea disappeared. The giant turtle immediately roared with joy, then rushed inside and started devouring the marine creatures¡¯ bodies inside.
The giant blue whale was directly hit by Fang Yun lightning. It was heavily injured but it could still move. It struggled to move its giant tail, trying to escape from this ce.
Fang Yununched several energy beams towards it, creating several holes with a diameter of more than a hundred meters on the blue whale¡¯s body. At the same time, interrupting its gravity field.
Fang Yun leisurely swam towards the giant blue whale, then slowly wrapped around it and started exerting his muscle power.
The blue whale struggled with thest bit of power it has. It tried to escape by moving even deeper underwater. Unfortunately, it wasn¡¯t able to move anymore after crossing a distance of several kilometers, which is about a few steps for creatures of their size.
Fang Yun¡¯s current strength has reached an unimaginable level. By exerting his powerful muscles, he easily crushed the harder than steel-bones of the giant blue whale,pletely killing it.
Even with the immense power and vitality of the giant blue whale, it was killed after getting hit a few times by Fang Yun. The battle didn¡¯t evenst a single minute.
On that day, Fang Yun ate a plentiful meal.
There are very few creatures with the size and power of the giant blue whale in this area. The mostmon creatures are those Blue Sea Horses. They can often be seen swimming underwater in giant packs reached up to tens of thousands of members.
However, after Fang Yun¡¯s sweeping, these creatures aren¡¯t asmon as before. This is a disaster for the teams that are going to participate in the Sea Monster Hunting Games. Especially lower-level teams that are unable to get involved with big monsters.
If humans know about his current actions, then he will definitely be ranked as the creature that eats the most in the world. In terms of food intake, no other kilometers-sized creatures can match him.
Fortunately, Fang Yun¡¯s actions are currently still unknown, otherwise who knows how many sea warriors and top-level hunting teams wille to him.
In this current era, there are a lot of bored people, especially rich people. Hunting sea monsters has be a trendy actiontely. Many people go to the sea with the hope of catching a big monster and bing rich overnight.
In the current society, superpowered individuals aren¡¯t actually that rare. There are many people in today¡¯s society with super strength, super speed, super regeneration, steel body, etc¡
Of course, this is mostly the result of giant monsters¡¯ meat, strengthening potions, and the new advancement in biotechnology.
Wealthy people even have Iron man-like suits and even small mechas. They aren¡¯t as powerful as the ones in movies and fiction though.
Overall, humans¡¯ personal strength has increased tremendouslypared to when they just arrived on this.
In the past few days, Fang Yun mostly swims next to popted inds. He seemed to be a bit addicted to the intetely. Recently, he has been in a heated debate with a man on the inte.
¡°OH, man, I ate a huge 2 kilometers long blue whale a few days ago. Unfortunately, you weren¡¯t present otherwise I would have invited you to eat some delicious sashimi.¡±
Unfortunately, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t send pictures. Otherwise, he would have shut the mouth of this group of unbelievers on the inte.
For example, he would send them a picture of a half-eaten blue whale to scare the sh*t out of them.
He knows very well that no one in this forum believes in his words. Even this guy who is always in a heated debate with him.
This guy mostly likes to talk with him about his hunter dream. He dreams of bing a famous monster hunter and is talking with him about it every day.
When Fang Yun sent that message to him, he soon got a reply from the man.
¡°Brother snake, do you want this handsome and powerful monster hunter to join you? I¡¯m of course talking about myself.¡±
¡°Which district are you in? Will you participate in this Sea Monster Hunter Game?¡±
¡°I will participate. I¡¯m currently in the third area. If you are also there, we might meet soon enough.¡±
¡°You must remember to say hello to me if we meet. My ship is Conch-shaped. If you see a person wearing a sky blue trench coat on a Conch-shaped ship, that¡¯s me.¡±
After reading these messages, Fang Yun widened his eyes in surprise.
Can this be considered lucky or unlucky?
They are in the same area.
Chapter 290: Pirate Jack
Chapter 290: Pirate Jack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun left the matter of chatting with people on the inte behind. After all, he couldn¡¯t stay next to popted inds all the time, there isn¡¯t that much prey here and the chance of exposure is too high.
He and the giant turtle went into the depth of the ocean. He is prepared to stay in these ces without an inte connection for a long time.
At the same time, back in human-popted areas. The Sea Monsters Hunting Game finally started.
On the Blue Lotus Ind, the vige¡¯s mightiest warrior Thor was wearing a sharkskin armor which he got from a 500 meters long shark he hunted personally.
The armor doesn¡¯t smell at all, in fact, it has a light pleasant scent, which is a special characteristic of high-level giant monsters.
The surface of the armor is very smooth. It doesn¡¯t look like an armor made from the scales of fish at first nce. Its defense is also extremely high, enough to resist shells from the old age.
Thor¡¯s bare arms are bronzed and very thick, much thicker than the average man¡¯s thighs. They also covered with a set of unknown metal armor.
He was surrounded by arge crowd, his long hair slightly fluttered along with the breeze. He looked like a mightly ancient Viking.
¡°Thor, you must bring that giant sea monster back!¡±
Among the crowd, a white-haired old man walked towards Thor, handed him a bowl of blood-red wine, then said seriously.
Everyone knows what Sea monster the old man is talking about.
It¡¯s the sea monster that appeared on the deserted ind east of their Blue Lotus Ind. ording to the traces it felt behind, that sea monster, at the very least, has a size of over a kilometer.
¡°Everyone can rest assured that I will bring that monster back personally.¡±
Thor took the wine bowl handed over by the old man, then drank all of the wine in it in a single gulp. The crowd cheered loudly while watching this scene.
After the send-off was over, the team finally started acting.
This time there are more than 120 people who went to the sea with thor. Their age ranged from young adults to middle-aged men, and every single one of them is superhuman by old standards.
There are a few young figures mixed with them.
Thor¡¯s son, Angelo, and several of his partners.
They are the most powerful amongst the younger generation of the vige. Each one of them has a superior physique and a very high potential. They are the future of the vige.
It wasn¡¯t until recently that they were allowed to go with Thor and the team to hunt sea monsters.
Although this action is a bit dangerous, it¡¯s necessary for them to grow up and be a new generation of warriors. They can¡¯t see giant creatures in areas near their inds.
Even if they got injured, with the current advancement of medicine and biotechnology, as long they don¡¯t immediately die, there is still a high chance of healing them.
Furthermore, even if they encountered some creature beyond the capabilities of their team, they can still discover it early on and take the initiative to avoid it. Their current instruments can detect most creatures over a distance of more than 10 kilometers.
Better instruments can not only find sea monsters early on, they can analyze their body shape, size, species, and even their state. Hence making it very easy for big teams to decided whether to hunt it or avoid it.
Angelo and several of his little friends got on the middle and thergest of their five ships. This is their main ship and the ce where the captain and most powerful warrior, Thor, resides.
¡°Hang our g.¡±
Thor issued his first order.
To which a man responded bu hanging the g on their gpole. The pattern on the g is that of a sword inserted into the sea.
¡°We should hang our g too!¡±
¡°Ay Ay sir!¡±
Angelo said mightily to his partner, to which the boy next to him responded loudly, then hung a small g on the same gpole.
The pattern of the g was that of a skeleton head and two swords crossed above it.
After the g was raised, Angelo pulled down a ck rubber band hanging on his head, covering his left eye and leaving only the right one.
¡°We are the Blue lotus pirates!¡±
Angelo shouted loudly.
However, instead of the cheers he expected, a big palm pped him on his head.
¡°Ouch!¡±
¡°Stop ying ande with me to check the situation!¡±
¡°Oh!¡±
Angelo covered his head and groaned with pain, but still obediently followed his father back to the cabin, as did several of hispanions.
Seeing that he couldn¡¯t y his pirate game, Angelo was a bit depressed.
Pirates in fact do exist in this world, but they are too far away from the ¡®ordinary¡¯ fisherman who can only hunt ¡®smaller¡¯ creatures in the shallow areas.
The only image of pirates they saw is on TV and on the inte. The arrogant and dashing style of pirate leaders is easy to arouse the admiration of teenagers of Angelo¡¯s age.
Angelo and his friends often like to y pirate games.
While the residents of Blue Lotus Ind were preparing to set off, many other teams and contestants have already boarded their ships and set off to their preferred areas.
The rtively calm sea has be very lively since the start of the Sea Monster Hunting Game.
Although Fang Yun is still in the hunting area, he hasn¡¯t felt the changes in the sea yet.
However, five dayster, he encountered a human fleet.
The fleet consists of sevenrge boats, each of which has is over 100 meters long, and is made of steel and other premium materials.
It¡¯s really hard for Fang Yun to believe that these rge¡¯ ships can only be called boats in this area. These ¡®Large Boats¡¯ are countless times better and more advanced than the steamships he saw in ¡®New Panda Country¡¯.
¡°These might as well be called warships.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
On top of these ¡®Fishing Boats¡¯, there are many kinds of advanced cannons and weapons.
Just a bit before, when these seven ships appeared in his field of vision. He noticed that they were hunting a 500 meters long shark.
¡°Huh? It¡¯s not a fishing boat? Is it a warship?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly noticed the gs fluttering on those ships, they are actually the gs of a menacing skull with red eyes.
This pirate group might fear that others don¡¯t know that they are pirates, so they have hanged such a noticeable and big g.
No way, although pirates love to rob other people, they don¡¯t want to spend a lot of efforts nor do they want to risk their lives fighting others, so their strategy is to hang such a noticeable g to scare other ships, coupled with their reputation of torturing and killing anyone who dares to resist.
Most people they catch up with, surrender immediately.
The strategy of most fishing teams that encounter them is to drop arge number of monsters¡¯ bodies, then quickly escape.
After obtaining arge number of sea monsters¡¯ bodies, they will follow their ¡°Professional¡± Ethics and no longer chase the team, apart from a few lunatics who don¡¯t follow the unspoken rules of the industry.
Of course, there are exceptions to everything. If some pirate dares to attack top-ranked teams or the governement protection team, then what would await them is endless chase and destruction.
In fact, just as Fang Yun thought, this is the fleet of a pirate group. Furthermore, they are also quite known amongst fishermen and the marine police department.
Cotton Jack.
This is the nickname of the pirate leaders because he always wore cotton striped trousers and jackets.
This pirate group¡¯s favorite activity is to rob fishermen during their exhausted hours after just catching some big sea monster.
This time because of the Sea Monster Hunting Game, they got off from their old stronghold on an unnamed ind and are preparing to rob the participating teams.
Chapter 291: Encounter With Pirates
Chapter 291: Encounter With Pirates
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze was fixed on the fleet ahead. Even after so long, he still wasn¡¯t found by them.
These pirate ships can be considered as advanced ones in the marine ship category. They naturally have an instrument for detecting sea monsters within the range of several dozens of kilometers, but Fang Yun can easily avoid this type of probing, thanks to his ability to manipte electromaic waves.
Loud cheers sounded from the pirate ship. With his super vision, Fang Yun saw a man wearing a cotton jacket and a captain hat directing the rest of the ships around to hunt the escaping giant shark.
He is the leader of this group of pirates. If there was an inte connection here, Fang Yun would have easily found information about this pirate group. As long as he types on the search engine, ¡°Pirate wearing a cotton jacket and pants¡±, he would have found information about that man and his pirate group.
Cotton Jack.
The pirate group kept shooting the giant shark withser guns and canons along with explosive small missiles, causing it to suffer one big injury after the other. Soon after, they were able to kill the giant shark.
After this was done, the pirate leader Jack instructed several people to do something. About a minuteter, a few pirates approached the body of the giant shark by several 10 meters motorboats.
They hooked the shark¡¯s gills with iron hooks, then dragged it back to the fleet. The sight where several 10 meters long motorboats drag back a 500 meters long shark is truly ridiculous. This is the capability of advanced technology.
Fang Yun suddenly noticed something getting dragged in the back of the fleet. He dived underwater, then flicked his tongue, capturing the smells in the seawater.
He noticed that behind this pirate group, a lot of prey is getting dragged by them.
Through his understanding. After death, the creatures on this won¡¯t quickly rot, and therge size, the longer the process. The body of creatures with the size of several kilometers doesn¡¯t usually change even if left under the sun for ten years.
Seeing these pirates arrogantlyughing after capturing the giant shark, he decided to use practical lessons to teach them that one shouldn¡¯t act too arrogant in the sea.
Fang Yun quietly approached the pirate¡¯s small fleet. Even after reaching the area behind the pirate group, they still didn¡¯t find his existence.
After this time, he already knew about the harvest of this pirate group. Apart from the 500 meters long shark, they still have over 10 creatures with a size over 300 meters.
In total, all of these creaturesbined are enough to provide Fang Yun with 3 million bio-energy points.
¡°I will devour all of them.¡±
Fang Yun decided with a smile on his giant face.
The giant turtle, which he covered using electromaic waves, seemed to feel the joy of Fang Yun. It also became very excited, moving its limbs happily, then it quickly swam to the sea surface.
Under Fang Yun¡¯s stunned look, the giant turtle opened its giant mouth and roared loudly.
¡°Aoooo!¡±
Its voice is very deep and piercing. They are currently just a few hundreds of meters away from the pirate group, so its loud roar almost scared those pirates to sh*t their pants.
¡°What! what the hell is that!¡±
A pirate fell on the ground due to extreme surprise. He stared at the back of the fleet with wide eyes, quickly noticing the giant head that is just a little smaller than the shark they just hunted. This is the source of the loud roar.
¡°Gulp!¡±
The sound of swallowing saliva sounded, they all looked at the monster behind them with wide eyes.
They are sure that this is the head of a turtle, but it¡¯s just too big. Just its head alone has a diameter of several kilometers, signifying that the rest of its body is much bigger. This should be a kilometers-level creature.
The head of this giant turtle is ck, spherical, with a few white line markings on its face, making it quite aesthetically pleasing.
Its the two huge ck eyes looked terrifying. After all, eyes the size of a big house aren just too scary.
¡°Aoooo!¡±
The giant turtle opened its mouth and howled again. Its roar was particrly prating. It passed through the bodies of all the pirates, causing them to tremble once again;
¡°Fire!¡±
The captain cotton Jack shouted loudly, he raised the energy gun in his hand and shot at the giant head not far away.
At the same time, under his orders, the seven big ships quickly moved away from the giant turtle¡¯s head. If a monster of that size rampage near their ships, then that would be a disaster.
The sudden appearance of this giant monster undoubtedly scared Jack.
Previously, they were nning to take advantage of this Sea Monster Hunting Game to get a great harvest, but now they just want to get out from here.
¡°What the hell, how could there be such a high-level sea monster here!¡±
Jack roared out loudly, theser gun in his hand never stopped shooting, white light kept spewing from the gun barrel and heading straight towards the head of the giant turtle.
The pressure that the giant monster exerted on them is too big. Especially the previous two howls. He interpreted them as derations of war.
The pressure that that monster exerted on them caused him to misinterpreted that excited and happy and howl as a deration of war.
They didn¡¯t attack the turtle with just the energy guns, they also used explosive artillery andser canons.
So, the big turtle that just stuck its head out of the water and roared twice then was submerged with white light.
As the white lightpletely covered the head of the turtle, a cloud mist started spreading in the surrounding area, obscuring the sight of the pirates.
¡°Damn, the turtle is too close to us.¡±
Jack yelled in exasperation. He ordered the pirates on the ship to wear life detectors, a kind of sses simr to night vision goggles but used to detect living creatures.
This kind of instrument can detect living creatures up to 100 meters underwater. Its range is also quite wide, being over 5 kilometers long.
Although the giant turtle can avoid the radar, it seemingly can¡¯t avoid the life-detection instrument, so its condition was clearly observed by jack.
This big guy was attacked right after getting out of the sea, which greatly annoyed it. It¡¯s currently heading straight towards them.
The life detection instrument can¡¯t measure the size of the giant turtle, otherwise, these guys would have shat themselves.
¡°Use torpedoes! Use torpedoes! Stop this monster from approaching!¡±
Jack didn¡¯t dare to say that they can kill this monster. He hoped that their torpedos can scare it and force it to turn around and go away.
The reason why he can confidently hunt a 500 meters long shark but is so scared of this kilometers-long turtle is that giant monsters often gets a special ability after growing over 1 kilometer.
Their current equipment also doesn¡¯t have enough power to bring that giant turtle down;
In the control room, the corresponding personnel was preparing tounch the torpedo.
Jack listened to the sound of people preparing in his headset, his heart filled with nervousness. He has never been so happy about buying arge equivalent torpedo until now. Maybe this torpedo will cause great damage to this monster
¡°Damn, hurry up!¡±
Jack patted his chest and felt his drumming heart. A bit of shame appeared on his face. He considered his drumming heart as a sign of fear and weakness, which he can¡¯t ept with his pride.
He has to make this turtle pay for its actions.
¡°Five, four, three¡¡±
Just as the countdown ended, when the torpedo was about to beunched, and Jack¡¯s heart still rapidly beating.
Unnoticeable to anyone, a huge ck shadow was quickly rising from the bottom of their ships.
The life detecting instrument seemed to malfunction as there was no rm. However, when the shadow was already near the surface, Jack finally spotted it amidst the thinning fog. His eyes widened in extreme shock and fear.
¡°Ahhhh!¡±
¡°What the hell is that!¡±
Jack pointed at the rising shadow with shaking fingers and shouted loudly.
Chapter 292: Battle Traces Discovered
Chapter 292: Battle Traces Discovered
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The huge dark shadow quickly approached the water surface, creating a water bag on the water surface, after which a terrifying creature appeared on the water surface.
¡°Ssh!¡±
Waterfalls fell from the body of the giant creature back into the water, creating rain covering the whole fleet.
However, no one paid attention to that. Everyone¡¯s eyes were fixed on this giant creature that suddenly appeared in front of them.
¡°Giant¡ Snake?¡±
Jack, the pirate leader, couldn¡¯t speak clearly. He looked frightened, barely able to stand firm on his legs.
What appeared in front of them is a huge snake with a diameter of nearly two hundred meters wide. Its giant ck pupils were firmly fixed on them, causing them to feel cold from head to toe.
It flicked its giant forked tongue from time to time, giving it a very menacing aura.
Jack¡¯s mind was nk at that moment, he didn¡¯t know what to do, but what happened next caused him to instinctively yell.
¡°No!!!¡±
He shouted loudly, his legs couldn¡¯t bear it anymore, flopping weakly on the floor. However, he mustered all the strength he could, rolled over, then ran towards the bow at cheetah-level speed.
¡°Wooosh!!¡±
The sound of wind getting twisted sounded.
The huge snakehead that was just overlooking them is now constantly zooming on them. It¡¯s going to collide with their ship!
Within just a second, the giant head of the serpent hit the ship¡¯s board, squeezing the ship into scrap metal and squeezing the people on it into meatloaves.
Their main ship is just 150 meters long. However, the diameter of that giant serpent is over 180 meters. The giant serpent weight plus movement speed resulted in an extremely destructive blow.
So although their ship is made of steel and premium materials, it couldn¡¯t resist for even a second in front of the giant serpent.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
After the hull of their main ship broke, a problem urred inside the cabin. Perhaps because of the sudden and violent attack, their destructive weapons like torpedos and missiles were squeezed to the extreme, causing them to explode.
A huge explosion covered the sky, drowning Fang Yun in it, and raising the surrounding temperatures to a terrifying level.
Under this extremely high temperature, the squeezed ship started melting, turning the steel into a sticky liquid, which fell into the sea and started cooling down.
A white mist covered the surrounding area. The water near the molten ship was boiling, killing many small marine creatures in an area of several kilometers.
The pirates on the other 6 ships watched this scene with a frozen look. After a few seconds of silence, they started screaming while quickly driving their ships to escape.
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t nning to let these guys escape from the moment they attacked the turtle. He immediately activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, creating a lightning sea with a diameter of 3 kilometers.
However, only two ships were included in the range of ¡°Thunder Domain¡±. Taking advantage of the fact that they were already pretty far away, and that he limited the area of ¡°Thunder Domain¡± to 3 kilometers to not affect the giant turtle, four other ships managed to escape.
If it was any other creature with the same size as the giant snake, they would have escaped.
Unfortunately, they met Fang Yun. Heunched ¡®Energy Beam¡± towards the four ships, instantly turning them into molten iron, sinking them in the ocean.
The pirates on them werepletely vaporized.
The wreckage of all the ships sank into the sea, as for the sea monsters bodies they were dragging? Fang Yun naturally swallowed them.
In addition, the two ships who were wrecked by Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Thunder Domain¡± also sank in the sea. All traces of the pirates¡¯ existence disappeared into the sea, leaving only some boiling water and some mist.
¡°In the future, I¡¯ll be the only ¡®Pirate¡¯ on this.¡±
Fang Yun vowed in his heart.
The giant turtle stuck its head from underwater, then sucked up a mouthful of water and spat it on the ash-covered face of Fang Yun.
Fang Yun was really annoyed by this stupid turtle¡¯s actions, he raised his tail and was about to smack its head.
The giant turtle quickly shrank back in its shell, much faster than when it was attacked by the pirates.
Looking at this shameless turtle, Fang Yun overturned it again, then left it to struggle on the sea surface.
The two yed around in that area for a while before leaving.
At least 150 people died in this battle, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t feel any regret.
He was originally just nning to steal the monster bodies they were dragging, but since they attacked them, then they must be prepared for his retaliation.
Furthermore, these guys are pirate. Most of the time, they are robbing and even killing the fishermen they encounter. They are a group of sinful guys, so he didn¡¯t feel anything wrong about killing them.
¡°Ssh!¡±
In the distance, on a calm sea, an unimaginably huge snake was jumping in and out of the sea, like a dolphin. Its size was so huge that it sometimes touched the clouds while jumping.
This scene is so amazing and terrifying that it can scare the daylights out of anyone who saw it.
Behind the giant snake is a giant turtle who also jumping in and out of the water. However, its jumps were much shorter and slower. It fact, not even half of its body was out of the water, but it was still an amazing scene nheless.
In the sunset, the two giant monsters gradually disappeared into the horizon.
About two hourster, in the area where Fang Yun and the pirates fought, a fleet appeared.
This fleet has 3 marine ships with a length of more than 200 meters, and an airship above them.
When fourrge ships passed through this area, they stopped moving forward. They found some wreckage floating on the water surface.
About a minuteter, some people got out of the three marine ships and started searching in the nearby area. They were all riding some motorboats.
These people were all wearing blue uniforms. They are all members of the marine police. Their unit is responsible for surveilling this area.
They were patrolling nearby, but when they passed by this ce, they noticed something wrong.
Several crew members riding on the motorboat recovered a wooden mast with symbols on it. They also recovered some torn banners with skull symbols on them.
¡°Pirates, this is the wreckage of a pirate group!!¡±
A guy said out loudly. Looking at the symbols on the mast and banner, they quickly determined the identity of the pirate group.
¡°It¡¯s cotton Jack¡¯s ship!¡±
¡°What the hell happened here?¡±
Obviously, a battle urred here not long ago, and one of the participants is cotton Jack¡¯s fleet.
¡°Someone had a fight with Cotton Jack?¡±
¡°Was it our fleet or some of the teams participating in the Sea Monster Hunting Game?¡±
The captain of this marine police team started to analyze what did possibly happen here.
¡°No, This area is under our jurisdiction. Even if a military fleet or other teams passed by here, we should be informed first.¡±
¡°Perhaps it was a fight between two pirate groups?¡±
The leader thought it¡¯s very likely. He quickly reported their discovery along with his guess to the higher-ups.
This news was quickly transmitted by radio to almost all the nearby teams in the hunting area.
Almost all teams quickly learned about the pirates¡¯ fight incident.
¡°Damn, these pirates are really a group of animals. They better not meet me or I will sink their ships!¡±
¡°Hahaha, cotton Jack¡¯s ship was actually sunk. It¡¯s good news. I hope that bastard was on the ship when it sunk.¡±
¡°Guys, don¡¯t try to act unyielding if you meet with pirates. Giving in some of your spoils to them is much better than fighting with them, which often results in casualties. Your life is the most important.¡±
¡°Damn! I will never give in to those bastards!! I would rather die thanpromise with them!¡±
In the publicmunication channel of the radio station, many people are discussing the cotton jack¡¯s ship sinking incident.
Although there are many people speaking strongly and mightly on themunication channel, a lot of them are actually scared and very nervous. They are mostly putting a strong font.
Pirates, for SMHG teams, especially small ones, are a disaster. They might be speaking strongly on themunication channel, but what they are thinking ispletely different
¡°God, please don¡¯t let us encounter pirates¡±
¡°I really hope that these two pirates fleet will fight to the death, killing each other.¡±
¡°I hope that cotton Jack and his opponent die together, so as to not harm us anymore.¡±
¡°I wonder what is the opponent of cotton Jack? He might be the winner of their battle.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly sneezed in the distant sea.
¡°How did I suddenly sneeze? did something happen?¡±
Fang Yun thought with a weird look. He might be sick.
Chapter 293: Thor’s Encounter
Chapter 293: Thor¡¯s Encounter
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Recently, the live broadcast of the Sea Monster Hunting Game has be the most popr program in the human world. Many TV stations and live broadcasting tforms have live broadcasts about this annual event.
It has been five days since the beginning of the game, and quite a lot of teams have already gathered a lot of loot.
The live broadcast of this show obviously can¡¯t show the actions of every team. Only the top-level teams and seedpetitors have their own personal reporters and camera crew.
Three days ago, a team in the fourth area managed to hunt a whale that is over 800 meters long.
Despite its huge size, this is actually just a young whale. After another 5 years or so, it should grow to maturity, bing over 1 kilometer long.
Of course, it¡¯s more likely to die trying to surpass the 1-kilometer level.
The body shapes every species, including whales, on this continues to grow with age and adequate nutrition. This is this¡¯s special feature.
However, this growth is not without a limit. After reaching a certain size level, they usually encounter a limit, a bottleneck. For example, the first and easiest limit is 100 meters, the second limit is 1 kilometer, etc¡
For them to continue to grow and even live, they must break through this limit, and if they fail to do so, what awaits them usually is death.
The most frightening thing is that this can¡¯t be controlled by them, they have no way to stop their body natural growth. That¡¯s the reason why the number of creatures decreases the bigger their size.
Some Higher-level species don¡¯t have a certain limit to their growth. Whales for example don¡¯t have the 100 meters limit, their first limit appears when they reach the size of 1 kilometer.
When that team started hunting the 800-meters long whale, it showed superb hunting skills. It took them only 5 minutes to kill the whale, and just a part of the ships in their fleet participated in the battle.
The various kinds of hunting tactics and shy operations on the screen caused the fire of enthusiasm to burn in the hearts of the people watching the live broadcast. Many people couldn¡¯t wait to go to the wild and hunt somend monsters.
While the show was ongoing, special news was broadcasted on the channel of the Sea Monster Hunting Game.
Pirates appeared in the third area, and it¡¯s likely that there is more than one group of them.
ording to the patrol¡¯s guess, at least two pirate groups have appeared in area 3, and have already shed once.
¡°Oh, my goodness, pirates? Those guys appeared again!¡±
Many of the people watching the live broadcast became excited. Compared to hunting sea monsters, they prefer to watch the conflict between pirates and hunting teams.
A fight between hunting teams and pirates, or the sea police and pirates is much more interesting.
The third area was not a popr hunting area, but after the news came out, many recording teams and TV hosts set foot in that ce.
They know very well that the battle between pirates and hunting teams will bring more views than fights between sea monsters and hunting teams.
They naturally bought more ships and people to guard them as this will be very dangerous.
However, five days have passed since the news of the emergence of pirates in the third hunting area. Even if many people, including marine police, searched for them, they didn¡¯t find their traces at all.
This is actually quite normal, each hunting area is quite big. Although many people went to area 3, it¡¯s not easy to find a pirate fleet in this vast area, especially if they are hiding.
Furthermore, these people don¡¯t know yet that there is no pirate in that area at all. The so-called Cotton Jack has long been killed by a certain guy.
Of course, that can be counted as a certain type of pirate, and right now, he id just doing some pirate work.
¡¡¡
Thor stood at the bow of his ship. He is able to clearly see everything within 3 kilometers. That¡¯s his innate ability.
From birth, his eyesight is almost supernatural, and with his age growth and eating the meat of various sea monsters, his eyesight is getting better and better.
His son Angelo also inherited his talent, and his innate eyesight is actually much better than him. Although there is a difference of 28 years between them, their eyesight is actually not that much different.
The talent of Angelo is much higher than him, hence why he was so valued.
At this moment, Angelo and Thor are standing side by side, looking at the situation ahead. Their eyes were fixed on therge shadow that is constantly moving forward about 2 kilometers away.
¡°Humpback whale,¡±
Angelo said to hispanions behind him with excitement.
¡°It¡¯s a humpback whale that is 300 meters long. Our luck is finally here!¡±
He waved his fist, his face filled with excitement.
Previously, they got some prey, but they were all lobsters, crabs, and the like, quite small prey.
This type of seafood also has a good market value, the favorite of the civilians, but its value is far frompared to a 300 meters long humpback whale.
¡°We¡¯ll kill this humpback whale first before selling the other seafood.¡±
Thor said to the rest of the crew with a smile on his face.
Although this humpback whale can be dragged away, it¡¯s quite troublesome to do so with their ships. Moreover, the blood flowing from its wounds can attract quite a fewrge sea monsters if they waste a lot of time.
It¡¯s okay if it¡¯s 2 or 3 sea monsters. If it¡¯s more than 5, their fleet will get overwhelmed.
Moreover, he knows that there is a marine police team not far from their area. While the marine police are responsible for their safety, they also have the responsibility of dragging the prey the participating teams hunted and drag them back to the specific ce.
Although these whales can continue growing to an extremelyrge degree, they still didn¡¯t break through their race limits, they still need to swim to the surface once in a while to breathe.
This is the same for the humpback whale in front of Thor¡¯s team. It has been swimming underwater for a while, and now it¡¯s going to surface and breathe some fresh air.
¡°Ssh!¡±
It floated on the water surface, sprayed a water jet from its nostrils, which gushed about 10 meters into the air, then plunged back underwater and started heading forward.
This humpback whale is quite smart and experienced. It noticed the fleet behind it and knew that if it stayed on the water surface for too long, then many shells will greet it.
In fact, it was forced to swim to the surface and breathe in, otherwise, it would have escaped long ago.
¡°Speed up, it can¡¯t run far!¡±
Thor raised his right hand andughed. their tactic is to narrow the distance between them and the humpback whale to about 1 kilometer, then use motorboats to deal with it.
Motorboats have good maneuverability and great speed. It¡¯s as fast as the supercars of the old era. They can easily avoid the attack of the clumsy humpback whale.
At the same time, usingser guns on the motorboats to deal with it. Although the power of the energy guns on the motorboats isn¡¯t that great, it wins in speed and precision. He ns to drag the humpback whale in an endurance race, exhaust it, then finally kill it with the big guns.
He is nning to save the artillery and high power missiles to deal with the kilometer-level sea monsters.
¡°It¡¯s a pity that after searching for so long, I haven¡¯t found traces of that monster again.¡±
Thor said with a depressed face.
He believes that he is fully prepared right now. If that sea monster that left the traces on the deserted ind before appears in front of him, he is sure to kill it.
¡°Huh?¡±
Thor¡¯s eyebrows suddenly rose, he noticed that the actions of the humpback whale seem a bit wrong.
It was originally swimming quite quickly, but now it has elerated even further. If it was trying to escape before, then it¡¯s now truly desperately running for its life.
Although it still can¡¯t get rid of their chase, its state is indeed wrong. That panic-filled expression is like its experiencing a life or death chase, which shouldn¡¯t be the case for now.
The pressure they exert on it shouldn¡¯t make it that panicked.
Thor, who is familiar with whales¡¯ biological habits in general, knows that these types of creatures don¡¯t show this gesture unless they are truly at a juncture of life and death.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
He frowned slightly. Thor continued to watch the humpback whale trying to desperately escape; Suddenly, the whale let out a sorrowful cry.
The sound quickly spread around, shocking the people in Thor¡¯s fleet.
Everyone rushed to the bow and stared nkly at the humpback whale.
After the cry sounded out, the humpback slowly sank underwater, leaving a lot of red blood behind.
Immediately, their sonar showed that the humpback whale was powerlessly sinking underwater.
What the hell is going on?
Chapter 294: Mysterious Stealth-Type Monster
Chapter 294: Mysterious Stealth-Type Monster
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Thor and the rest of his crew looked at each other, they found that this situation is very weird. Thor raised his hand, signaling for the fleet to stop.
The ce where the humpback whale was attacked was about ten meters underwater. Even with his eyesight, he was able to see a blurry shadow at that depth and at a distance of more than 1 kilometer.
The same is true of his son Angelo.
So, for the questions of theirpanions.
¡°Thor, Angelo, did you see something?¡±
They could only shake his heads.
The five ships gradually stopped. The scarlet blood pool in front of them continued spreading forward, causing their faces to be dignified.
What is certain is that they encountered an incident that even an experienced hunter like Thor has never encountered.
A 300-meter-long humpback whale was killed without any resistance in front of them, and they didn¡¯t see any trace of the attacker.
The most important thing is that neither their sonar nor their life detection instrument responded.
¡°The thing that attacked the humpback whale is a creature that can avoid sonar detection.¡±
Thor quickly came to this conclusion.
Although very rare, this kind of creature is not nonexistent. They are generally called stealth-type creatures.
asionally, some fishermen or hunting teams encounter them. If they encounter small-sized stealth-type creatures, then they will experience some mild trouble at best, but if they encounterrge-sized ones, then even hunting teams are in danger of destruction.
Now, what is the level of a stealth-type creature that can instantly kill a 300 meters long humpback whale?
Thor started feeling that his mouth turned dry, his heart filled with nervousness.
¡°Everyone pays close attention to the surroundings of the ships. If you notice even the smallest ripples on water, immediately inform me.¡±
Thor yelled loudly. Executing his orders, all sailors ran towards the edge of all the five ships. Everyone stared closely at the water surface, looking for any slight movement.
The calm sea that was once regarded by Thor and the rest of the fishermen as a blessing from the goddess, turned into an oppressive sea that caused everyone to feel the pressure.
¡°Pfft, poor guys.¡±
While Thor and his crew were looking for the scaryrge-size stealth-type creature, a huge serpent was dragging the body of a broken whale in the depth of the sea.
While leisurely hunting this humpback whale, Fang Yun noticed the human fleet not far from them.
As usual, he decided to not expose himself. killing the humpback whale in a very covert way.
Heunched an extremely fast attack from below the humpback whale. He directly bit off arge chunk of its belly, including its internal organs, instantly killing it.
His current diameter is close to two hundred meters. He doesn¡¯t need to stretch his mouth like an ordinary snake, just a random small bite is enough to almost split the humpback whale in half.
Finally, he quietly dragged off the humpback whale¡¯s body without creating any noise.
His scales can avoid electromaic waves, sonic waves, and almost all types of explorations, so he didn¡¯t worry about being discovered from the beginning.
He was very satisfied with the results of his actions this time.
He didn¡¯t appear from the beginning to the end, but he still scared those people a lot. It¡¯s conceivable that they will continue looking for the stealth-type monster for a long time with fear.
Even while leaving, they must be very frightened.
His act of silently hunting the Whale is more effective than directly appearing.
After all, appearing in front of those people is indeed enough to scare them, but after that?
Fang Yun isn¡¯t nning to eat them, nor attack them, of course, if they don¡¯t attack him first. However, after these guys realized that the giant serpent won¡¯t eat them, their attitude will definitely change.
In short, his shock effect might be very high at first, but it will gradually weaken with time. Keeping this mysterious font, at least for now, is his best new strategy.
All of this is within his n to get a lot of reputation points.
As for whether scaring them this much will result in them having mental illnesses, Fang Yun didn¡¯t really care about this.
Although he doesn¡¯t eat humans, it doesn¡¯t mean that he is standing in their camp, nor does it mean that he is their guardian.
As he gets bigger and bigger, his concern about humanity is getting lower. He is now a confident snake, he doesn¡¯t fear humanity, but he won¡¯t arbitrarily attack them nor will he help them casually. He views them rather neutrally.
It¡¯s just that sometimes, he feels mischievous and does like to scare them to relieve his boredom a bit, like now for example.
¡°I want to leave an indelible shadow on everyone who is at sea!¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He already started choosing his future title.
¡°Lord of shadows? DreadLord? The terminator?¡±
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun collected his wandering thoughts, focusing his attention back on the humpback whale in his mouth. He directly swallowed it in a single bite.
The giant serpent that was in a good mood roared happily underwater. His powerful roar quickly spread through water, broke through the water surface, then spread to the surrounding 30 kilometers.
The giant turtle that was following behind Fang Yun heard his excited roar and roared simrly with excitement. Its roar also quickly spread through the surrounding area.
In a certain sea area, two eardrum-shattering roars spread at incredible speeds.
The two roars were heard by quite a few people. Thor and his crew were the closest to the source of the roars so they heard them the most clearly.
Some people couldn¡¯t handle the violent roar and directly kneeled.
Angelo and hispanions were one of them.
After hearing the two eardrum-shattering roars, theynded weakly on the deck due to fear. This is not due to their timidity. wasn¡¯t the mighty Thor also pale-faced?
Obviously, this is the roar of the creature which snatched their prey. This creature¡¯s voice is too prating. It¡¯s like someone used knives to dig in their ears.
The sounds of the two giant monsters are simrly thick and deep, plus the interval between them is only a few seconds, which caused Thor and hispanions to mistake the owners of the roars for a single creature.
Reminiscent of their previous encounter. It¡¯s very likely that the creature that just roared is the stealth-type monster that just snatched their prey.
¡°It¡¯s in front of us.¡±
Thor pointed to the ahead sea and yelled.
¡°We have to get out of here as soon as possible.¡±
That creature is undoubtedly a giant monster, and it¡¯s the most troublesome and dangerous stealth type. Thor was a bit puzzled why it didn¡¯t attack their fleet, but he was more thankful for that.
He thought of two possibilities for now. That monster might be full so it didn¡¯t attack them, or it might have seen a fleet for the first time so it¡¯s acting cautiously.
Anyway, this is their chance.
A, highly likely, kilometer-level monster and one that can¡¯t be seen at all isn¡¯t something that can be dealt with by their small team, so they have to take the opportunity to escape right now.
Furthermore, they don¡¯t need to worry about that monster¡¯s sudden attack, that roar has just roughly revealed its position.
Now that they know the position of the mysterious monster, they need to go in the opposite direction of it, and quickly. That monster mighte back anytime and attack them.
The five big ships started making a U-turn. After a few minutes, after setting their ships in the correct direction, Thor ordered the fleet to move forward at full speed.
While escaping, Thor kept staring at the situation behind them. For fear of something suddenly attacking their team.
After reaching the safety zone, he pressed on the emergency button then informed the nearby marine police about their situation.
This is a rule to ensure the safety of the contestants.
If a participating team of the SMHG encounters special events in the ocean, they can notify the nearby patrols through the emergencymunication channel.
After the signal was connected, Thor yelled directly into the microphone.
¡°We are in trouble!¡±
Immediately afterward, he reported their current location to the marine police and briefly described their situation.
¡°We encountered a stealth-type sea monster, and it¡¯s extremelyrge. It instantly killed a 300-meters long humpback whale then dragged it away.¡±
After this, Thor yed on the roar they recorded before.
Although it¡¯s just a record, the majestic roar still caused them to have goosebumps.
This news was quickly recorded by the marine police, then transmitted to the public channel, to alert the other teams in the area.
As expected, this news caused a sensation in area 3.
They didn¡¯t find any pirates, but a special sea monster has appeared.
¡°A 300 meters long humpback whale was instantly killed. This mysterious creature should be a kilometer-level one. If my boss wasn¡¯t so obsessed with catching the mysterious whale in area 5, then we would definitely go to area 3¡±
An anonymous guy spoke on the public channel.
¡°The third area is getting more and more lively. Fortunately, I chose the third district from the beginning. Haha, children, pray that¡¯s it¡¯s me who will encounter these troublemakers, or you will be in deep trouble.¡±
¡°Special Sea Monsters like the stealth type can be sold for sky-high prices. Moreover, it¡¯s a kilometer-level creature. Unfortunately, I¡¯m not nearby or I would have caught it.¡±
¡°Haha, my new military-gradeser canon is already hungry and thirsty.¡±
¡°My super explosive missiles are ready for anything.¡±
The third area can be said to have caught the attention of the majority of humans. In fact, many teams chose to go to that area.
Feng Yun would have been happy to hear this, he has never considered these hunting teams a threat, no matter how big it is.
All of his previous actions were to gather attention on the ¡°Mysterious Stealth-Type Monster¡±, to gather reputation points.
Isn¡¯t this the effect he wanted?
Chapter 295: Encounter
Chapter 295: Encounter
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun twisted his huge body, moving forward underwater. On this day, the sea is very stormy, which is not good weather.
Three days have passed since he met Thor. He is now in a brand new area, filled with a variety of big and strange sea monsters.
However, the weather is getting worse and worse, which made it quite inconvenient to hunt, so he decided to y a bit today.
On the surface of the sea, waves of waves rose up one after another. Some waves even reaching dozens of meters high. They even affected a slight area underwater.
The giant serpent didn¡¯t hide under the sea. It stuck its giant head along with almost half of its body above the water surface, letting the waves strike on its body.
¡°It feels good, it would be nice if the waves were a bit bigger. Probably a few hundreds of meters high.¡±
Fang Yun thought so.
However, this is only possible for a monster of his size and power. For normal humans, not to mention hundreds of meters high waves, even dozens of meters high ones are big trouble.
¡°Damn it, this sh*tty weather!¡±
On ship¡¯s board, Thor looked at the huge waves that were surging ahead and could not help but scold. The gloomy water looks very frightening as if their ship is going to overturn at any time.
Of course, with their current stabilization technology and preventive measure, it would at least a 100 meters high tsunami to overturn their ships.
However, the harm that this kind of weather causes them is more than that. The difficulty of hunting in such a stormy weather increase exponentially, and they aren¡¯t sure until when this kind of weather will continue.
Just a few hours ago, they were chasing a 200 meters long shark, but due to this kind of weather, it managed to escape.
¡°After that fucking stealth-type sea monster intervened, we have been extremely unlucky. Even after three days of constant hunting and search, we couldn¡¯t hunt a single decent prey.¡±
Thor muttered with a depressed look.
From the start of the Sea Monster Hunting Game, all that they managed to hunt is a dozen crabs and lobsters with a diameter of a few meters. Their best catch is only an octopus with a head diameter of 30 meters, not even 100 meters long.
Their luck has been truly terrible.
¡°I need to hunt giant sea monsters, giant sea monsters! With a length of at least 300 meters.¡±
Contrary to the calm look on his face, Thor was shouting internally.
¡°If we meet a normal 1-kilometer long creature, that would be even better!¡±
This time when he went to sea, he is shouldering the hope of the vige. If he goes back with these ¡®small¡¯ crabs and lobsters, he will surely disappoint them.
Thor especially remembered what happened three days ago, when they encountered a 300 meters long whale, just as they were about to hunt, that happened¡
When he thought about what happened that day, Thor felt extremely unwilling.
¡°Dad, I heard people on the radio and on the openwork say that this storm mightst for five days.¡±
Angelo walked over to Thor and said.
¡°Dad, maybe we should change our hunting area.¡±
¡°It¡¯s not worth staying in area 3 anymore.¡±
Upon hearing Angelo¡¯s words, Thor gradually calmed down and started seriously thinking about his son¡¯s suggestion. In fact, he has thought about this before, but if they actually do so, they will leave the familiar sea they have sailed on for so many years and enter a brand new territory.
¡°Okay, Angelo, you¡¯re right, staying in this area isn¡¯t worth it anymore. Tell your uncle Malone, turn around and let¡¯s leave this damn ce.¡±
After thinking about it for a while, Thor decided to carry out Angelo¡¯s suggestion, going to another area might be the best for them right now. Their luck in this area 3 has been very bad.
Angelo left with his instructions. After a while, all five of the ships changed their course, going straight in the direction pointed by Thor.
Thor stood on the bow of the ship and felt the raging wind striking on his body. He was deeply thinking about their next n.
¡°Dad.¡±
Angelo returned to his father¡¯s side and said with a concerned look on his face.
¡°The wind is too strong. Let¡¯s go back to the cabin.¡±
Thor nodded and was about to go back with his son. However, he noticed something from the corner of his eyes.
¡°What is that?¡±
He yelled out loudly while looking in a certain direction with wide eyes.
Angelo was shocked by the sudden shout of his father, he looked at the shocked look on his otherwise calm and majestic father.
He soon recovered and quickly asked.
¡°Dad, what¡¯s wrong?¡±
¡°A Sea Monster?¡±
He hesitated, then followed his father¡¯s sight to the mysterious giant object not far away.
Several people at the entrance of the cabin also walked over with curiosity on their faces. They all followed the sights of Thor and Angelo and looked at the raging sea.
¡°Thor, what is that over there?¡±
A bald man asked curiously, he looked in the direction they were looking at but he didn¡¯t find anything.
On that side, all they could see is one huge wave after the other. As for what is behind those waves, they couldn¡¯t see anything.
¡°Sea Monster, Sea Monster!¡±
Without waiting for Thor to speak, Angelo yelled out loudly.
¡°Dad, it must be a sea monster, I saw a huge shadow before!¡±
Angelo looked very excited.
Other people¡¯s eyes lit up immediately after hearing this. Some people evenughed out loudly.
¡°Hahaha, everyone gets prepared, the sea is finally on our side.¡±
¡°That is definitely a giant sea monster.¡±
Angelo sid while running to get hisser gun.
Everyone stared at the area where the giant monster is unflinching. One big wave after the other rushed towards their ship.
After some time, as they constantly approached the sea monster¡¯s location. One big wave after the other collided with their ship. The people on the boat remained unflinching, mostly because they are used to simr sights.
If it was other people, they would have been scared to cry in the face of such waves.
¡°Rumble!!¡±
A huge wave collided with their ship, causing to rock madly. The people on the ship staggered fiercely. If it was not for their preparation and very high-physical fitness, they would have fallen from the deck.
¡°Oh.¡±
After Angelo stabilized himself, he looked out in the direction where the monster is located. The waves have finally settled down a bit and he was able to clearly see the huge creature swimming on the water surface.
On the gloomy water surface, a huge ck figure was floating. After two seconds of silence, Angelo yelled out loudly.
¡°That¡¯s it, what I saw earlier was it!¡±
It wasn¡¯t just him who saw the shadow, Thor saw it too. Looking at the huge round figure, he confirmed that that was what he saw earlier.
¡°What kind of sea monster is that?¡±
The figure of the creature gradually became clearer. That huge creature was constantly rising, but they couldn¡¯t clearly see its what type of creature it is;
After some time, the sea monsterpletely appeared in front of them. It has a round shell, four limbs extending from the corners of its body, and a huge round head.
¡°This is¡¡±
¡°Turtle! It¡¯s a big turtle!¡±
Angelo eximed loudly, his eyes about to pop out.
¡°Gosh! this¡it¡¯s too big!!!¡±
After clearly seeing the figure of the turtle, he unconsciously swallowed his saliva. The size of that turtle is too big, it looked like an ind!
Compared with that creature¡¯s size, their five big ships aren¡¯t even as big as one of its limbs.
The people who mored to hunt the sea monster before were silent. This level of sea monsters isn¡¯t something that they can deal with.
Chapter 296: Scaring The Contestants
Chapter 296: Scaring The Contestants
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Run! turn around and start moving at maximum power!¡±
Thor yelled loudly, his heart filled with sadness and helplessness, why is he running away for the second time?
A kilometer-level giant turtle, and it¡¯s not of the ordinary kilometer-ss. Just from visual perception, that turtle has to be at least 3 kilometers long. Even their most powerful weapons won¡¯t be able to prate its shell.
On the contrary, if this giant turtle attacks them, it will be able to easily overturn their ships.
Needless to say, the people in the control room knew that staying in this ce is just a death wish. They changed the course of their steam then increased their speed to the maximum.
¡°Damn, I have to tell the marine police this news.¡±
Thor hurried towards the cabin. He was very speechless. If this news circted in their circle, they will definitely be a joke. They were forced to escape twice in a short interval.
If they do not bring any big prey back this time, their vige is definitely going to be aughing stock. Fishing and catching sea monsters is a very serious matter to fishing viges like them.
¡°The giant turtle was discovered by humans.¡±
Not far behind the giant turtle, a huge ck shadow slowly emerged. It¡¯s a giant snake. Fang Yun looked at the careless giant turtle speechlessly, then turned back and looked at the five ships a few kilometers away.
¡°Aren¡¯t those the five ships that were hunting the humpback whale before?¡±
¡°Haha, what an unlucky bunch.¡±
Even Fang Yun felt that these guys were pitiful. They were previously frightened by him, and now they were once again frightened by the turtle.
¡°This is troublesome, I wasn¡¯t nning to appear in front of humans this soon and in this manner.¡±
Fang Yun thought about his n to act as a mysterious Dreadlord and couldn¡¯t help but sigh.
¡°The problem right now is that the giant turtle has been seen.¡±
¡°These humans should have thought from our previous synchronous roar that we¡¯re only a single creature, but they didn¡¯t know about me.¡±
¡°Of course, that is if they connect the dots and guess that the creature who hunted the humpback whale is either me or the turtle.¡±
Fang Yun was about to dive back underwater, but he suddenly felt an invisible wave passing through him and spreading to the distance.¡±
¡°This¡ it¡¯s an electromaic signal.¡±
Fang Yun froze, then immediately realized.
¡°It¡¯s the humans on those five ships, they are sending back some kind of information.¡±
¡°Let me see.¡±
He tried to intercept this electromaic signal, but it seems that due to the extreme weather and distance, the information he received is a bit fragmented.
Fang Yun immediately got underwater, then swam towards the five ships ahead. After reaching the area below them, he started intercepting the electromaic signals once again.
Finally, he was able to understand the message they are sending. More importantly, he was able to connect to the Sea Monster Hunting Game public server. Where many fishermen and game participants are sharing information and bragging to each other.
¡°We are in trouble again!¡±
Fang Yun heard Thor¡¯s voice, who was describing their situation on the public channel.
¡°We encountered a giant turtle, a giant sea with a diameter of more than 5 kilometers. We are currently at¡¡±
After reporting his situation, he quickly received a series of message, mostlyforting him and even asking about details.
After this, the marine police started issuing instructions to Thor along with a series of warnings. This was followed by arge number ofments from contestants.
¡°Haha, that¡¯s good.¡±
Fang Yun quickly learned about the ident 3 days ago where a stealth-type monster stole a contestants 300-meters long humpback whale.
He wasn¡¯t angry after knowing this, but rather happy. He is finally started to get a bit of fame. They still don¡¯t know his true appearance though.
It was this guy called Thor who spread the story about a stealth-type sea monster that instantly killed a 300 meters long humpback whale in the third area.
Funny enough, he once again encountered an extremely powerful sea monster, beyond is hunting capabilities.
¡°Hahaha, this team has encountered a kilometer-level creature once again, and this time it¡¯s a giant turtle with a diameter of 5 kilometers. This is too unlucky isn¡¯t it?¡±
¡°Screw it, if I was there, No matter how big that sea monster was, it won¡¯t be able to survive myser canons.¡±
¡°Giant turtle? This thing is a big deal, I heard that some old and rich people are offering a sky-high price for the blood of this type of monster¡±
¡°Now it¡¯s a giant turtle, what¡¯s wrong with the third area this year? It¡¯s filled with news and events.¡±
Listening to those threatening speeches and bold remarks on the public server, Fang Yun was disdainful. He isn¡¯t even afraid of the military of the entire federation, not to mention those fishing teams.
¡°If these guys dare toe over, I will scare the sh*t out of them.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He couldn¡¯t help but make a speech and rebuke these ignorant guys.
¡°Humble humans, your master, the great shadow lord, the snake that surrounds the world, His Majesty the Great Serpent King, is waiting for you in the third area. If you have the guts,e over here.¡±
¡°Wee toe and be my snack.¡±
¡°Oh, by the way, the giant turtle that you are talking about is just my younger brother. Humans are really timid. A clumsy turtle has scared you into this state.¡±
On the public server, a robotic voice suddenly sounded.
Fang Yun naturally still can¡¯t talk. However, he was still able to send a voice message using electromaic signals. It¡¯s basically the same principle of humans talking on phones, but the voice is basically a robotic one.
There is no doubt that this speech has created a wave on the public channel. Although everyone knows that some guy is trying to be funny, many people were still provoked. Some even responded in the same tone of voice to the eight-grade syndrome guy.
¡°Too rampant, sir. I¡¯m the mighty Thor, aren¡¯t you afraid of my thunder hammer?¡±
¡°Hah, are you the snake that surrounds the world, Jormungandr? Look at me, I, Thor(2) will kill you with a single hammer.¡±
In the publicmunication channel, many people imed to be Thor and that they a going to kill the giant serpent with a hammer.
On a certain ship in a big fleet. The above conversations sounded from an instrument, and a man wearing a blue coat and hat was listening to it.
¡°His Majesty the Serpent King? Jormungandr? Is it that guy?¡±
The man listened to these ridiculous speeches with wide eyes. He couldn¡¯t help butugh out loudly. That inte friend of his really has a serious eight-grade syndrome.
¡°Cough cough.¡±
Suddenly, this man coughed lightly, then said with a thick voice.
¡°I am the Great Shadow Lord¡ His Majesty the Great Serpent King¡¡±
¡°Hahahaha!! I can¡¯t breathe, it¡¯s too funny.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that a certain guy was imitating and making fun of him. He has closed off themunication channel. It¡¯s time for some action.
He looked at the five big ships that were desperately running away not far ahead and decided to do something.
He activated the skill ¡°sma Cloud¡± skill. He had, of course, controlled the intensity, releasing just enough power to destroy the electronicponents on those five big ships.
Seeing that all of their electronic devices stopped working, the people on the five ships eximed, then started shouting.
¡°OH, damn, what¡¯s going on? did that big turtle attack us?¡±
¡°The boat can¡¯t move forward! Fucked, Fucked, we¡¯re going to die here.¡±
¡°Damn, We can¡¯t just give up, brothers, be ready to fight back!¡±
¡°Fucker, I must scrape your meat even if I die!¡±
The giant serpent who was not far behind the five shipsughed after hearing their words.
¡°Hahaha, That¡¯s not going to happen!¡±
In the next moment, he dived even deeper underwater and headed towards the distance.
Chapter 297: Lucky Thor
Chapter 297: Lucky Thor
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun turned around underwater like a dolphin, seemingly very happy. He could already imagine the terrified look on the face of the people on those five ships.
He didn¡¯t know when he became this sadistic.
Having their ships malfunction in such a storm is actually quite dangerous. Even with their modern stabilization technology, they still have a chance of overturning.
¡°Actually, they didn¡¯t have to be so scared, I don¡¯t eat humans.¡±
Thinking back of the people with tragic faces, ready to meet their doom, Fang Yun had the urge to go back and tell them that it was a prank, he won¡¯t eat them.
Of course, he quickly refuted this thought, going back now will make things even worse for them.
Teasing humans, and ying pranks on them like this has be one of hisst few hobbies.
In the past, each hunt was a thrilling experience, the feeling of stalking prey, moving stealthily, waiting for the best opportunity, chasing prey across long distances. All of these were once very exciting activities, but with his current size and power, hunting has be extremely simple.
Even on this giant monsters-filled, there are very few things or creatures that can threaten him. His life is fairly monotonous and boring, so he ys some simr games and pranks from time to time to keep his heart from bing cold and unfeeling.
¡°I hope that these guys don¡¯t get eaten by some sort of sea monster¡±
Fang Yun prayed for Thor and his crew in his heart.
It¡¯s uncertain whether his prayers truly worked, Thor and hispanions didn¡¯t meet any sea monster in their defenseless state.
However, it¡¯s inevitable that they were scared.
Even Thor, after knowing that all electricalponents on the ship stopped working, his heart sank.
At that moment, like everyone else, he felt that they are finished this time. He isn¡¯t afraid of death. After all, as a man sailing on the sea for so long, he has made such preparations.
It¡¯s just that Angelo, his son, and the brightest talent in their vige is on this ship.
¡°Angelo! I¡¯m so sorry!¡±
Thor yelled loudly, then hugged the confused and scared Angelo in his arms tightly, preparing to do hisst duty as a father.
He will do his best to protect his child, even if his power is insignificantpared to that giant turtle.
At that time, he was full of regrets, he shouldn¡¯t have brought his son and the younger generation of the vige with his this time.
However, after a long time.
He found that none of their five ships were attacked. He looked slowly to the back of the fleet. He didn¡¯t find any trace of the giant turtle.
¡°That giant turtle is gone?¡±
Thor didn¡¯t know whether to say they were lucky, or unfortunately. They encountered two kilometer-level sea monsters in a few days, and both of these sea monsters aren¡¯t ordinary amongst the kilometer-level sea monsters.
However, they survived both of those encounters.
Unfortunately, thest time, they lost a 300-meter long humpback whale, and this time, all of their ships were basically rendered useless. None of their electronic devices worked.
The only thing they can do now is to try their best to fix their ships, then leave this ce as far as possible.
¡°Hurry up, start repairing the engines, we have to leave this ce as soon as possible.¡±
Thor said to the rest of the crew, then walked to the cabin himself, ready to check if he can do some repairs on the control board.
Their luck was actually pretty good. Most of the electronic devices of their five ships aren¡¯t badly damaged, they can be repaired.
The crew members who are more familiar with ship repairing started to work. After about half a day, they finally managed to repair the five ships.
¡°Vroom!¡±
The engines of the five ships started, driving the ships forward. They are currently heading out of area 3.
Thor was really scared this time.
Right now, he decisively put away all his previous concerns, deciding to leave area 3. They are currently heading towards area 4, which they will reach in about 10 days.
No way, although they have repaired their engine, the speed at which they can move now isn¡¯t very high.
Fang Yun was swimming at incredible speeds underwater, leaving a bubble-filled trail behind him. The giant turtle is also trailing behind him.
Fang Yun felt that the number of prey in this area has noticeable decreased, so he decided to head to a brand new area, along with the giant turtle.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t swim at full speed, he was nning to eat some prey along the way.
The parasitic bugs radiated light as always, illuminating the bottom of the ocean.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle continued moving forward. The giant turtle opened his mouth and was about to suck arge amount of the shiny things below, but Fang Yun stopped him.
Who knows what effect will these parasites have on the turtle? Although they are inconceivable smallpared to them, ingesting arge number of them might negatively affect the turtle¡¯s health.
The two giant monsters continued moving forward, swallowed a lot of sea monsters along the way, as small as a few dozens meters, and as a big as 1 kilometer. The number of sea monsters that ended in their stomach is appalling.
About two dayster, Fang Yun extended his head above the water surface.
The sea is very calm in this area. He and the giant turtle havepletely crossed that stormy sea. The sky here is blue, the sun is shining and the water is very calm.
¡°Ahh, it¡¯s reallyfortable.¡±
Fang Yun sighed. He floated on the water, letting the sunlight shine on himself.
The giant turtle also likes to sunbathe. This poor guy has many barnacles on his body, which caused him to be very ufortable. He will sometimes strike giant rocks and cliffs, trying to get some of them of his body.
Fang Yun often helps him clear these parasitic barnacles, most of the time with his tail, but in some ces that are difficult to clean up, he uses some weak lightning and even soundwaves sometimes to clear them.
Although the giant turtle doesn¡¯t like being electrocuted very much, it hates these parasites even more.
Right now, there are some barnacles attached to the shell of the giant turtle, so it¡¯s sunbathing right now to remove them a bit.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle floated on the water surface like two huge inds, their body slowly drifting to the distance;
Lazily drifting for a while, Fang Yun connected to the SMHG public server, then started reading thetest posts.
¡°Oooh, there are a lot of giant monsters in other areas.¡±
Fang Yun seriously started reading thetest official news of the Sea Monster Hunting Game.
A huge 3 kilometers long Mosasaurus appeared in area 9 and destroyed one of the top teams.
In the seventh area, a one-kilometer eel appeared. Its lightning ability is extremely terrifying. It sank a powerful team quite easily.
While reading all kinds of news, Fang Yun felt quite entertained, he was very bored during the past 2 days.
¡°However, it seems that the third area is currently the most popr.¡±
There was a smile on Fang Yun¡¯s face. This is all a result of his actions. If he didn¡¯t create all of these incidents, the third area would remain as an obscured ce.
¡°Many fleets and teams from many different areas sailed to area 3 to find the stealth-type giant creature and the giant turtle. Unfortunately, they are destined to return empty-handed.¡±
Fang Yun changed his lying position on the sea surface, lying belly up. He was thinking about how is he going to y next.
Of course, he doesn¡¯t intend to just y and have fun, hunting is also necessary.
¡°Crunch! Crunch!¡±
Fang Yun bit an 80 meters long fish which passed next to his head, while thinking about what to do next, he kept munching on it, then swallowed it.
Chapter 298: Lihua Trade Company
Chapter 298: Lihua Trade Company
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Hah, There are still 1.8 billion bio-energy points for the next evolution.¡±
Fang Yun let out a deep sigh, this number is really exerting a lot of pressure on him, he doesn¡¯t have much time to bezy.
¡°I heard that, outside the hunting area, in the depth of the ocean, there are a lot of giant sea monsters.¡±
Fang Yun thought for a while, then constructed a huge map in his mind, with his current location marked on it. It¡¯s the map of this.
With his current mental strength, it¡¯s a trivial thing to remember the map of this. and even determine his current location on the map.
¡°There are also a lot of giant monsters on the second continent.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly remembered about that continent that he never set foot in. He learned that there are countless giant monsters on that continent. Of course, their size isn¡¯t as exaggerated as those in the ocean.
However, ording to Fang Yun¡¯s knowledge, these monsters are even more difficult to deal with than those in the ocean, which means that they are likely to provide quite a lot of bio-energy.
¡°Moreover, the creatures on that continent seems to be more diverse.¡±
¡°The ecosystem should be quiterge and stable.¡±
Although it is not mentioned, a stable food chain is necessary for the existence of so manyrge creatures.
¡°Haha, sooner orter, this uncle will upy a continent as his territory.¡±
Fang Yun fantasized about bing a continent overlord. The more he thought about it, the more excited he became.
¡°Hmmm, Should I upy the Old Land? No, the forbiddennd should be the best.¡±
There are many humans on the Old Land, He knows that humans have long been coveting the Old Land, so upying it will eventually lead to arge scale conflict.
Although he isn¡¯t afraid, This isn¡¯t necessary for now.
So he shifted his target to the forbidden continent.
There is almost no human there, and its food chain remains the same as before. The only downside is that the creature there are extremely aggressive, but this won¡¯t be a problem for him;
¡°Oh, What to do after upying it?¡±
Fang Yun wriggled his tail, moving forward on the water surface while thinking deeply.
¡°The giant monsters on that continent shouldst many years.¡±
From what he understood, those giant creatures grow quite fast in their young stage, after reaching a certain size and age, their growth gradually slows down, but it doesn¡¯t stop.
So, he can alternate between thend and the ocean, giving the creatures on them the time to grow, then harvest them. Doing so is very sustainable and doesn¡¯t affect the food chain.
After a certain amount of time, he would have grown to an incredible stage.
¡°By that time, I might have the ability to travel in space.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
¡°Right¡¡±
He remembered something.
¡°After thest bloodline evolution, I remember getting a quite good bloodline skill ¡®Perfect Adaptation¡¯.¡±
¡°ording to the description of this skill, I can survive most environments, including vacuums. Furthermore, it¡¯s up to decades. Now, everything is ready, all I have left to do evolve a few more times and get some skill points.¡±
His bloodline skills seem to be improving his adaptability. After bing a Bashen snake, he got the ¡°Super Diving¡± skill, which allows him to dive into depths reaching up to dozens of kilometers.
However, this skill called ¡°Perfect Adaptation¡± allows him to survive even in a vacuum.
In the past, the thought of going into space has been very far away from him, so after knowing what skill he got after the bloodline evolution, he left it behind and almost forgot it.
However, it¡¯s different right now.
Thinking about his next n, Fang Yun felt very motivated. He turned around and started devouring the sea monsters attracted by the giant turtle.
¡¡¡
While Fang Yun was enthusiastically hunting. In a calm sea, a fleetposed of fifteenrge ships was moving forward.
¡°Boss, we have entered the third area.¡±
There is a giant ship at the center of these fifteen ships. Its sizepletely dwarfs the surrounding big ships. That ship has a whopping length of 700 meters.
However,pared to its body shape, its shape is undoubtedly more attractive.
There are huge engines on both sides of the ship, but they are turned off right now. This is obviously a mothership.
Although human technology is now very developed, motherships are still very expensive, which isn¡¯t affordable for ordinary fishermen and participating teams at all.
Generally speaking, fleets with such motherships are affiliated with some sort of bigpany or organization.
For example, this fleet is affiliated with a tradingpany called ¡°Lihua Trading¡±.
In this fleet, in addition to the mothership in the middle, there are four other mid-ss airships, each one is over 500 meters long.
As for the rest of the fleet, it¡¯sposed of some aircraft carriers and huge marine ships.
This kind of lineup is a strong one even in the midte disaster era.
At this moment, at the bow of the mothership, a casually dressed middle-aged man was leaning back on a beach chair with a ss of juice in his hands and an umbre sheltering him from the sun.
Beside him, one of his crew members was reporting their current location to him.
¡°Are we already in the third area?¡±
The middle-aged man picked up the sunsses on his face then looked around, after which he smiled boldly.
¡°Finally in the third area, hahaha. Next, It¡¯s time for Laotian to show his talents.¡±
Laotian, whose real name is Tian Fu, the owner of Lihua Trading. This time hispany also sent a fleet to participate in thepetition, and he himself was leading it. All of this is to get enough exposure and fame to boost theirpany profits.
A few days ago, he heard that the third area has be very lively. Firstly, pirates appeared, followed by a kilometer-level stealth-type creature appeared and shortly after, a giant turtle with a diameter of 5 kilometers.
At that time, he decided toe and see if he has the luck to encounter these two giant monsters.
He still has a certain confidence in his fleet. With their current firepower, even a level 6 kaiju will be shredded, so facing these huge but clumsy and frail creatures, he has the confidence to hunt them.
On the sea surface, his explosive missiles can carry out precise strikes. In addition,rge energy cannons and guns can st manyrge holes in them.
If the two sea monsters remain underwater, his torpedos can also cause extreme damage to them. Overall, he has a way to cope with almost any situation.
¡°I hope that we can meet these two sea monsters this time¡±
Whether it is the giant turtle or the sea monster with stealth ability, hunting them will bring them a lot of money and fame. Just thinking of this caused Tian Fu to shiver in excitement.
Since Lihua Tradingpany¡¯s fleet arriver in the third area, a week has passed
Tian Fu¡¯s mood changed from the excitement in the beginning to the currentck and interset and even a bit of impatience and intolerance.
Even after reaching the area where the two giant monsters were spotted, he still didn¡¯t find their trace at all.
Not only that, but he also didn¡¯t even see a slightlyrge sea monster these days;
¡°Are you serious? Is this area always do deste?¡±
Tian Fu carefully calcted and discovered that after reaching this area, he didn¡¯t find a single sea monster over 100 meters long.
This is ridiculous, in other areas, monsters over the size of 100 meters can be found every day. Even ones approaching the length of 1 kilometer aren¡¯t very rare, but here they are nonexistent.
¡°It won¡¯t work like this.¡±
Tian Fu thought internally. At first, he thought that after reaching the third area, even if he didn¡¯t find the two giant monsters, he would still be able to hunt other sea monsters.
However, only now this he knew how naive his thoughts were.
If things keep going like this, they can only be forced to leave the third area.
¡°Boss, we have a discovery.¡±
Just as Tian Fu stood on the deck absent mindedly, one of his subordinates suddenly ran over and said to him.
¡°We found the traces of a giant sea monster.¡±
Chapter 299: Tian Fu’s Encounter
Chapter 299: Tian Fu¡¯s Encounter
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Tian Fu couldn¡¯t help but rejoice. If it was in the past, he wouldn¡¯t have this much mood swings for a single giant sea monster.
However, not having any gain in the past few days caused him to be impatient. A giant monster appearing at this juncture saved him from the trouble of getting criticized for his foolish decision.
It¡¯s their sonar system that found the trace of this giant monster. ording to their life detection instrument, this giant monster is a conch.
¡±That giant conch is almost five kilometers away from us.¡±
The person who was reporting to Tian Fu exined to him.
¡±The diameter of this conch is about 500 meters, and its movement speed is about 40 nautical miles per hour. However, this shouldn¡¯t be its maximum speed.¡±
¡±It doesn¡¯t matter, this speed is iparable to our torpedo. Hahaha¡±
Tian Fuughed loudly. Although it¡¯s not what he expected, a creature with a diameter of 500 meters is still very good. Furthermore, that giant creature is located within the scope of their Torpedos. It¡¯s only five kilometers away.
The torpedoes mounted on their ships have a range of more than 100 kilometers. Moreover, their speed far exceeds 100 km/h. Hunting such a slow conch will be very easy.
¡±Start attacking as soon as possible, you must quickly bring back that sea monster to me.¡±
Tian Fu issued hismands, then waved his hand at the man. The man beside him nodded then strode toward the cabin.
Tian Fu thought for a moment, then followed the sailor to the cabin.
When he entered the cabin, Tian Fu walked straight to the control room, where many people were sitting in their respective positions, operating the instruments in front of them.
He walked to a giant screen with 15 green dots on it. The green dots represent their fleet.
In addition to these fifteen green dots, there is a big red dot next to their fleet, and this dot is in the shape of a conch.
¡±Boss, our sonar system has locked the conch.¡±
The staff member in front of the main control screen said to Tian Fu.
¡±Lao Mo, Directly use heavy firepower to avoid any idents.¡±
Tian Fu said yo the man in front of the main control screen.
The staff member called Lao Ma nodded, then pressed on a few buttons on the console. Suddenly, an electronic voice sounded from the speaker. indicating that the torpedos are about to beunched.
¡±Hehe, Wha¡!¡±
Tian Fu rubbed his hands in anticipation and was about to say something, but the look on his face changed in the next moment.
¡±Lao Mo, what the hell is going on?¡± ¡°
In the midst of his boss¡¯s questioning, Lao Mo¡¯s face also changed. Because the red dot on the main screen suddenly disappeared.
¡±Boss, our sonar system can¡¯t detect the conch anymore¡±
Lao Mo frowned.
¡±Does this sea monster have the ability to avoid sonar exploration?¡±
¡±The sea monster knew that we are following behind so it used this ability?¡±
After hearing Lao Mo¡¯s guess, Tian Fu contemted deeply.
¡±Is this the famous stealth-type monster that was mentioned so many times?¡± ¡°
¡±No! ¡°
Tian Fu quickly shook his head, denying his own guess.
¡±that sea monster killed a 300 meters long humpback whale with a single bite, this conch shouldn¡¯t be able to do this.¡±
While he was deep in his thoughts, Lao Mo next to him suddenly said.
¡±Boss, the water flow has some weird changes. It seems that something is constantly approaching us, it might be that conch.¡±
This is one of the capabilities of their mothership and airships. In addition to the sonar system, it has some special instruments to detect any fluctuation in the sea nearby.
Through the slight changes in the water flow, they can judge whether there is a nearby sea monster. Therger the creature, the easier it is to detect it.
¡±Drop the underwater robots.¡±
Tian Fu decisively ordered Old Mo besides him to drop underwater robots. The next moment, From the mothership, dozens of holes were opened on its side, after which dozens of underwater robots were dropped into the sea.
These underwater robots rapidly spread around, transmitting back the image on the surrounding scene back to the control room.
At the same time, these underwater robots were also detecting the water fluctuations, so as to more urately determine where the giant monster wille from.
This is their preparation for dealing with stealth-type creatures.
By this time, Tian Fu¡¯s fleet alsopletely stopped.
The pictures and the short videos sent back by the underwater robots don¡¯t have anything unusual, but the rms attached to the robots are still madly ringing.
This means that in a certain direction, a.giant creature is quickly approaching.
Most of the robots headed in that direction, which is the direction where the conch has disappeared.
¡±Boss, I don¡¯t think that just that conch can cause this situation.¡±
Lao Mo gave his own conclusion.
On the screen in front of him, there are many pictures. Tian Fu stared at each one of these photos with an awe-inspiring expression, carefully examining each one of them. Suddenly, his pupils violently shrank.
¡±Lao Mo, look, what¡¯s that?!¡±
Tian Fu pointed to a picture and said with a look horror on his face. Lao Mo also noticed the picture at the same time, he didn¡¯t hesitate to zoom to the maximum, showing the thing both of them noticed.
Due to the fact that the photo is zoomed to the maximum, the photo was slightly blurred, but the things on it can still be seen clearly.
In the gloomy sea, in front of them, a certain corner of the sea looked abnormally dark. That corner has a vague outline, but it still can be determined that it¡¯s a fin.
That fin might look small in this picture, but thinking of the fact that this picture is taking over a.distance of almost 10 kilometers, and that just a corner of this fin still covers arge portion of the sea, the size of the owner of that fin can be imagined.
¡±Gulp!¡±
In the control room, the sound of someone swallowing sounded. Everyone looked horrified. If that is truly a sea monster¡¯s fin, then how big is that monster?
¡±Damn it!¡±
Tian Fu was the first to wake up from the shock.
¡±Hurry, hurry up and start the flight engine, we have to get away from the water!¡±
¡±Hurry!¡±
His face was filled with panic.
Faced with a sea monster of such size, staying in the sea is almost tantamount to suicide.
¡±Vrooom!!¡±
The engines on both sides of all airships started roaring, creating huge tribtions on the water surface.
Immediately afterward, all airships slowly flew out from the sea surface.
The rest of the marine ships and aircraft carriers started turning around and frantically spreading away
In the control room, the scene on the screen in front of Tian Fu is constantly changing, but it¡¯s basically just the photos that the underwater robots are constantly sending to them.
¡±Hiss!¡±
Many people in the control room took a sharp breath.
Another unusual picture was transmitted back. This time the picture is much clearer. The underwater robots are only about 100 meters away from that creature.
That sea monster¡¯s body couldn¡¯t be revealed in the photo.
What was captured was only a small portion of its mouth.
Huge fangs like mountains, and a mouth like a bottomless hole, that¡¯s all that they could see.
¡±Damn, this is the stealth-type monster that caused the previousmotion!¡±
Tian Fu felt that he is going crazy.
¡±Damn, it¡¯s so big!¡±
Chapter 300: Giant Whale Monster
Chapter 300: Giant Whale Monster
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the photos disyed on the screen, only a portion of that tooth¡¯s height can be seen, and that¡¯s already unimaginably huge, but the width is clearly disyed.
Just from that photo, Tian Fu and the rest of the crew are sure that this is definitely a kilometer-level creature. Moreover, it¡¯s one that stands at the top of the kilometer-level creatures ss.
If this creature is facing any ship under the length of one kilometer, the water flow generated by a slight flick of its tail is enough topletely sink it to the bottom of the ocean.
¡°It¡¯s terrifying, how can this level of creatures appear in the hunting area. This level of creatures are absolute overlords even in the depth of the ocean¡±
Tian Fu was horrified. They also found that they lost connection with all underwater robots, it seems that they were destroyed by that giant creature.
Fortunately, all airships have already left the water surface and started gaining some height. After realizing this, Tian Fu was finally a bit relieved.
Their ships have many cameras mounted on the sides, which are used to capture the scenery around the ship.
Through these lenses, they watched as the four airships flew away and that the rest of the ships quickly spread out, breaking their previous formation;
¡°Boss, look!¡±
Suddenly, Lao Mo shouted again. In the photo he pointed at, the calm sea surface beside them was captured. Only now, the seawater that should have been clear blue has a veryrge ck patch.
A short video was also captured. ying the video, a ck mark appeared on the water surface, then quickly expanded to cover almost all the camera corners.
This shadow is extremely huge, much bigger than the mothership they are currently on.
¡°Coming! That monster ising!¡±
Tian Fu shouted.
¡°Quick, quick! get our airships to higher altitudes!¡±
The engines started roaring even more loudly, almost to the limit of their capabilities. They drove the mothership and 4 airships even higher in the sky.
A few secondster, they reached a height of almost 100 meters.
This height looks very high, but for these giant monsters, it¡¯s nothing. After all, their bodies can be measures in kilometers. Just a small part of their body getting out of the water is enough to reach them.
At this height, Tian Fu could see the huge shadow below more clearly.
Moreover, under the lenses of their high-end cameras, they could even see a bit of that mysterious creature¡¯s true picture.
Everyone felt that their breathing became difficult. They stared at the picture on the main screen with wide eyes.
The creature right below them is a fish-like creature. It should be some type of whale.
However, the size of this creature is extremely huge, its length is inestimable. All they know is that their five airships have a distance of almost a kilometer between them, but they are still within the scope of the shadow. Moreover, that¡¯s just a portion of the shadow¡¯s true size.
¡°Damn, I¡ we were actually nning to hunt such a giant creature?¡±
Tian Fu finally took a breath and said with a dry mouth.
¡°Vrooom¡±
The airships are still desperately trying to rise upwards. The shadow below is also getting clearer and clearer. The giant monster is rising upward. It¡¯s nning to attack them;
¡°Ssh!!¡±
Along with the sound of water breaking, the giant monster finally broke through the water surface, but it didn¡¯t stop, it opened its mouth and continued to rise upwards.
From the distance, it looked just like a giant mountain breaking from the water surface, then continuing to rise in the air.
Its huge mouth looked like the crater at the top of a mountain or volcano.
This incident has the same magnitude and the same shocking factor.
Its scary jaws, scarlet gums, sharp and huge teeth are extremely shocking and frightening. Each of its teeth if 200 to 300 meters long.
¡°Damn, Li Wen!¡±
Tian Fu shouted loudly after seeing the scene on the screen. The giant monster is targeting the airship on the left, and the captain of that ship is one of his old friends.
¡°Vrooom! Vrooom!¡±
The sound of engines roaring sounded from the airship on the left. It can be seen that it¡¯s still struggling to get to a higher altitude.
In fact, airships of that model usually have a maximum speed of mach1, but their initial movement speed while moving vertically is quite slow, and the eleration takes some time.
Unfortunately, the giant monster didn¡¯t intend to give them that time.
¡°Crunch!¡±
It opened its abyss-like giant mouth, directly bitting the airship in half.
¡°Boom!¡±
The teeth of the giant monster easily broke the ship made of steel and other premium metals, causing it to explode.
However, Tian Fu and the rest of his crew watched in horror as the giant monster swallowed the other half of the ship along with the explosion and fire.
¡°Ssh!¡±
Before Tian Fu could react, the giant monster fell back into the sea, setting off gigantic waves.
However, the giant monster didn¡¯t stop after doing all of that. He turned his attention to the rest of the escaping ships.
When the mothership was constantly raising to a higher altitude, some of the airships that quickly reacted were able to get to a safe distance.
However, the ones that reacted slowly and weren¡¯t able to quickly get to a safe distance were destroyed by the giant whale monster.
Unfortunately, the marine ships didn¡¯t stand a chance from the beginning. They were all chased and quickly annihted by the giant monster. The people on them could only watch in horror as they were devoured whole along with their ships;
Tian Fu and the rest of his crew watched in horror as the giant monster moved between ships at a terrible speed.
It quickly moved from ship to ship, opening its giant mouth and swallowing all of them.
After devouring all the ships it could devour, it gave onest nce at the remaining ships in the sky, then dived underwater, quickly disappearing.
Tian Fu stood nkly in front of the screen for a long time, the previous scene constantly shing in his head like a movie. Especially the desperate cry of his crew as they were swallowed and thest bloodshot eyes of the giant monster.
On those ships, there are many of his old friends and even his small cousin and niece, but they were all eaten alive.
In the end, Tian Fu could only order his fleet to leave this area helplessly. His thoughts about hunting that monster havepletely disappeared.
This is simply not something a hunting team can do. The only way to kill that monster is if the governement sends a special military fleet, and even then, killing this monster isn¡¯t guaranteed.
Shortly after, the ident that Tian Fu¡¯s fleet had quickly spread in the public channel, causing an uproar.
Chapter 301: Area 4
Chapter 301: Area 4
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°A ten-kilometer long giant monster?¡±
When Thor, who was just about to leave the third area, heard this news from the public server, he was stunned.
He couldn¡¯t ever have imagined that such a behemoth was next to them. Maybe, they passed right above it, oblivious to the incrediblyrge creature below them. It might have noticed their fleet and even stared at them, but didn¡¯t attack them for some reason.
The thought of that caused a shiver to run through the body of Thor.
It wasn¡¯t only Thor. Other members also heard the news from the public channel. Everyone had cold sweat in their back, they were also very grateful. Fortunately, no one of them had an ident.
Wasn¡¯t the hunting team of ¡°Lihua Trading¡± almostpletely annihted?
For some time, everyone was filled with shock. They had aplicated look on their faces. They were scared, grateful, and shocked after hearing such news.
In fact, since people came to this, many generations have passed. At the beginning, most of the people were forced to grow early and take responsibility, and many of them died in their prime years. Especially the first colonists.
They died fighting the monsters in this world to create a safe ce for humans to thrive.
Considering the fact that when they first came to this, they could barely deal with level 6 kaiju, which is roughly equivalent to 2 kilometers long giant monsters on this, there were a lot of creatures that they couldn¡¯t deal with.
Especially a creature of the level of the 10 kilometers long Melville whale. Its attack power is definitely much higher than that of the kaiju mother. Fortunately, humans have advanced a lot since.
All of that led to the people of the next generation knowing that there are a lot of giant and dangerous monsters in the world, so giant monster news aren¡¯t unusual to them.
But the size of the Melville whale still shocked them;
Thor and his crew members can¡¯t even imagine how big a 10 kilometers long whale is. Just that 5 kilometers long turtle almost scared them to death.
Suddenly, the announcement of the marine police sounded allover the public server. The third area has be a forbidden area. All of the hunting teams in that area should leave as soon as possible.
¡°Is the marine police going to act against that giant monster?¡±
After hearing this announcement, Thor immediately realized. When everyone left the third area, the marine police will gather most of its manpower to deal with this giant monster.
A 10km-long giant monster is quite tempting even to the federation. Moreover, it¡¯s too dangerous to leave such a monster in the hunting area, it must be removed.
¡°Unfortunately, the crab of the 1-kilometer ss should still be in the third area.¡±
Thor felt that it was a pity.
He was still thinking about the sea monster that left those traces on the deserted ind Not far from their Blue Lotus Vige. It¡¯s likely going to be killed by the marine police.
He hasn¡¯t realized yet that the creature that left those traces on the deserted ind is the giant turtle.
¡°There is that giant turtle in the third area.¡±
Thor felt that the marine police will get an amazing harvest this time. A trace of envy rose in his heart.
However, he didn¡¯t know that after the marine police reached the third area, they couldn¡¯t find any trace of that giant turtle. Because the turtle is currently following a certain snake to y outside of the third area.
Furthermore, unbeknownst to him, Thor is heading in the same direction as these two monsters, heading straight towards area 4.
Fang Yun knew from the public server that area 4 has a much richer prey base than area 3, but it¡¯s way more dangerous. Of course, that¡¯s for human fleets.
¡°Oh, I met a group of blue sea horses again.¡±
Fang Yun smiled yfully. He watched with interest as a group of Blue Sea Horses leisurely swam underwater. They were quite close to him;
These creatures are about a few meters long, and their number is close to 100. Their color is very simr to that of the seawater. At first nce, it¡¯s easy for many creatures to ignore their existence.
Lightning appeared on the surface of his body, then instantly covered the area of 2 kilometers, electrocuting those sea horses.
After killing the poor sea horses again, Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate to swallow them;
¡°Hmm, Should I look for thetest news?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s huge body swayed up and down underwater. He leisurely swam in the water. A few momentster, he reached the water surface.
His huge head sneakily extended from underwater, he quietly approached a nearby popted ind, then started intercepting the electromaic signals once again.
¡°A giant whale with a length of ten kilometers? ¡°
Fang Yun immediately noticed the current hottest news on the public server and on the inte.
¡°Is it the Melville whale I encountered before? ¡°
He felt that it was very likely. When he met that whale before, he was shocked by its size and the fact that he isn¡¯t the biggest thing around. Just when he was hesitating, the Melville whale swam away.
¡°This whale actually swallowed many human ships.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but scroll through the details of that fleet¡¯s encounter with the giant whale after hearing this news.
The giant whale doesn¡¯t seem to need to eat living creatures to grow or sustain its life. It should be eating metal to grow. Of course, this is just his guess.
However, it does make sense. Why would such a huge creature leave the prey rich ocean ande to this hunting area and why was it able to grow to such size. This should be its special ability.
He couldn¡¯t help but think back of the huge spider monster, the kaiju mother. It only needed to eat minerals, metals, and natural energy to survive and conceive such arge kaiju army.
¡°I wonder if I will ever get a simr ability?¡±
Eating soil and metal to grow and be stronger. This method is much more efficient than his current traveling everywhere to look for and eat giant monsters.
He just needs to find an underwater or active volcano, then eat all theva inside and continue to drill down. It will probably taste like a hot pot.
Once he gets bigger in the future, he will start his interster journey and eat asteroids, others moons, and even thes themselves.
In fact, this skill will be extremely efficient in space, as finding and eating living creatures in space will be extremely difficult.
Fang Yun scrolled through thetest posts on the public server, finally understanding the situation a bit.
Thepetition has reached a fierce stage. Most of the teams have had a great harvest. Hearing the host on the public channel talk about the gains of each team, Fang Yun felt that his heart started beating quickly.
He had the urge to reenact his pirate act again.
¡°These guys have really achieved very good results.¡±
Fang Yun subconsciously flicked his giant forked tongue while thinking.
¡°I heard that the fourth and fifth area are the ces with the most prey. Most big teams and seed participants are located in those two areas.¡±
¡°It seems that I¡¯m going to get a plentiful harvest right now, hehe!¡±
Laughing internally Fang Yun swung his tail and started moving forward.
Beside him, the giant turtle waved its limbs and its short, fat tail, following him;
Just as Fang Yun was about to rob some poor people, a giant fleet was passing through the junction between the third and fourth areas.
In the middle of this fleet, is an incredibly huge conch-shaped military-ss mothership, over 2 kilometers long.
On the bow of this sea boat, two figures were gazing at the sea. One big and one small.
A young girl with long hair, and an old man with white hair.
¡°Miss, you should have brought the fleet to the fourth area from the beginning. We have just reached the fourth area 2 days ago, but we got such arge amount of Sea Monsters¡±
The old man said with excitement.
The girl just scoffed at his remarks, she just wants to get out and y. Does it matter if they hunt sea monsters or not?
However, the girl kept quiet in the end. She doesn¡¯t want to listen to the nagging of this old man again.
The girl let out a long sigh, leaning her petite body on the side of the ship. She heard that two other fleets were destroyed by the giant whale again, resulting in the death of many people.
Chapter 302: Looking for The Melville Whale
Chapter 302: Looking for The Melville Whale
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun leisurely swam in the clear blue seawater. It has been half a month since he reached area 4 and he has caught a lot of prey.
In addition, he also encountered some participating teams. As expected, he used his stealth ability to sneakily eat all of their harvests, then quietly went away.
The poor guys were devastated upon discovering that the prey that they were dragging quietly disappeared.
Fang Yun¡¯s bio-energy points have quickly grown, reaching 1.6 billion points, but there is still some distance from the 3 billion required for evolution.
During this time, he has been scrolling almost every day through the public server.
The third area is currently ssified as a restricted area by the marine police. A vast army has entered it and started a carpet search;
Both surface and deep underwater are within the search range.
However, to the surprise of the marine police, they found neither the 10 kilometers long whale nor 5 kilometers long turtle.
¡°That Melville whale changed the area like me and the turtle? Is it a coincidence or is it deliberate? If it¡¯s not a coincidence that whale might be smarter than everyone expected.¡±
Fang Yun thought for a moment and found that it¡¯s very likely. Although the third area is veryrge, It¡¯s still impossible to remain undiscovered in front of the massive army of the federation.
Without mentioning the fact that a creature of that size is very easy to find. It¡¯s a whale. It needs to swim to the surface once in a while to breathe, so it¡¯s impossible to hide in front of the massive amount of drones and airships.
The news about the third area gradually dwindled, which caused people to gradually stop paying attention to it. Right now, most people are talking about the fourth area.
A lot of bizarre incidents urred in this area during this period of time. A lot of the sea monsters that the participants worked hard to hunt inexplicably disappeared.
Most teams drag their prey with special steel ropes. Of course, hat¡¯s for the big ones, the smaller ones get dismembered and stored in special freezers.
In the past, although dragging giant monsters¡¯ bodies often attracted the attention of other sea monsters. However, their radars and life detectors aren¡¯t for show, so most of the time, those attracted sea monsters get hunted and dragged back with the rest.
But this time, the fleets didn¡¯t find the robbers beforehand, resulting in the fact that their monster bodies get stolen without their knowledge. It¡¯s not untilter on that they notice what happened, but the robber has long since disappeared by then.
Unfortunately, because there was no loss of human lives, the marine police didn¡¯t get involved in this incident.
Some people have found traces of the thief. Only its shadow though.
¡°I almost saw who is the thief that is always stealing our prey. Damn, it runs really fast.¡±
On a certain day, a user said on the radio station of the public channel, creating great controversy.
Many people responded to his statements, many of which had a simr experience.
¡°That sea monster is very cunning, it should be a kilometer-level sea monster, and it should be of the stealth-type.¡±
¡°If I ever catch it, I will screw it over. That bastard has stolen all our 10 800-meters long catch. It even stole the 2-kilometer sea monster that we worked so hard to hunt!¡±
The sea monster that likes to steal fishing teams harvest has be the public enemy of almost all fishermen. All people in area 4 hates it.
On a certain corner of the sea, Fang Yun, the culprit of all this, was humming cheerfully. With his electromaic shield and ¡°Discoloration Camouge¡±, these guys can only dream of catching him.
In fact, some people seeing his shadow was all within his n. If he didn¡¯t want to, they wouldn¡¯t even be able to see his shadow;
After all, those sea monsters¡¯ bodies are generally helplessly hovering on the water surface, dragged by a steel cable.
Whether it is to sneakily eat them while they are still being dragged, or break those steal cable with ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡±, then sneakily drag those bodies away, no one can find his traces.
The reason they were able to see his shadow is only due to his bad taste.
Time quietly passed.
The fourth area also became more and more lively. First of all, after the ban on area 3, most of the participants went to the nearest area 4. Plus the events that are currently urring in the fourth area caused the public server and radio channel to be very lively.
In addition, no news has been reported about the vents of area 3. Although arge number of marine police left that ce, but the area is still blocked.
At the same time, the areas near the third area entered a state of readiness. The marine police warned everyone there that the giant whale might be in one of those areas, creating a very tense atmosphere.
¡¡¡
Fang Yun has been very happy these days, the number of bio-energy he gets every day has skyrocketed.
Sometimes, he wanders into area 5 or 6 to steal prey from the unsuspecting hunting teams. These two areas are very close to area 4 after all.
For example, he is in the sixth area right now.
The situation in the sixth area is simr to that of the third area. It¡¯s an unpopr hunting area with rtively few sea monsters and marine creatures.
¡°The guys in the fourth area must be extremely tense and nervous, always guarding their prey, but they don¡¯t know that I¡¯m actually in the sixth area. How exciting.¡±
In the sea, Fang Yun was excitedly jumping in and out of the water.
The thought of these guys who are usually cursing him now vigntly looking around is very funny to him. This type of pranks is one of his sources of entertainment in this boring world.
The thing that will cause him to be serious and nervous hasn¡¯t emerged yet on this.
¡°Ssh!¡±
Suddenly, he dived underwater, swam next to the giant turtle, then gave it a light bump.
After doing that, Fang Yun twisted his body and rushed straight ahead.
The giant turtle was very excited. It loves ying tag like this with Fang Yun, it roared loudly, then quickly followed him.
Neither Fang Yun nor the giant turtle noticed that a group of people watched this scene from far away.
It¡¯s unknown whether these people are lucky or unlucky. This is the second time they met with the giant turtle. In fact, it can be counted as the third time.
Thor looked at the amazing scene in the distant sea with horror. A giant turtle was quickly heading forward, leaving amazing traces in the water and creating gigantic waves.
Fang Yun quickly noticed these people. He was amazed, how did they meet with these people once again?
However, he can be sure that he wasn¡¯t found by these people yet. He is underwater and the giant turtle is providing a good distraction.
Thor once again reported that they saw the giant turtle again, causing their team to be the center of discussion.
The advice that they received the most to quit thispetition, then withdraws from the hunting area. Now way, their luck is too bad;
However, some people think that their luck is actually very good. Despite encountering creatures beyond their level many times, they were able to withdraw each time without a single scratch. It¡¯s a miracle.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about everyone¡¯s discussion about him. The reason why he was running around between hunting areas is that apart from expanding his hunting range, he is looking for the giant Melville whale.
Chapter 303: Top-Class Mothership ‘Conch’
Chapter 303: Top-ss Mothership ¡®Conch¡¯
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Well, it haspletely disappeared.¡±
Fang Yun swam underwater absentmindedly. He is thinking about the 10 kilometers long Melville whale.
¡°Ten million bio-energy points.¡±
Fang Yun was quite upset.
¡°Last time, I actually let this much bio-energy slip from my mouth. It¡¯s simply a sin.¡±
He really wants another chance. He swears this time that he won¡¯t let that whale go.
Stopping his act of intercepting the electromaic signals, Fang Yun moved forward and climbed on the back of the giant turtle.
Caught off-guard, the giant turtle suddenly sank underwater. It only managed to get up after getting back its bnce
¡°Go! Amazing Turtle.¡±
¡°Wooo!¡±
The big turtle floated up, expressed its dissatisfaction, then quickly moved its limbs, carrying Fang Yun forward.
While moving forward, the two didn¡¯t forget to y along the way.
They were heading towards the fourth area. They met two hunting teams along the way. Fang Yun and the giant turtle smiled together.
After doing a heinous act, they left with a big smile on their faces and a full belly, leaving behind the depressed people on the two fleets, not paying attention to their scolding.
¡¡¡
A giant mothership was calmly traveling on the sea, surrounded by several marine ships, and airships, protecting it in the middle.
Tang Guo was leaning on the side of the ship with a bored look, her heart was filled with depression.
If she knew that it will be this boring, she wouldn¡¯t have asked to go with their fleet to the ocean.
¡°It¡¯s not fun at all.¡±
She wailed internally. Although she wants to cause a ruckus, she is afraid that that stiff old man will lecture her again.
Shezily clicked on the watch on her wrist. Suddenly, there was a holographic projection appeared in front of her. This is thetest generation smartwatch, which costs more than most people¡¯s houses.
Tang Guo is nning to surf the inte.
Fortunately, there is inte connection on their ship, otherwise, she would have gone crazy from boredom.
¡°That snake guy is not online yet.¡±
After opening the forum ¡°Dog Eggs¡±, she noticed that her funny snake inte friend isn¡¯t online, causing her to be disappointed.
¡°Yeah. If that guy isn¡¯t on a top-grade mothership, then he shouldn¡¯t have awork signal.¡±
She shook her head in disappointment, then turned off her watch, causing the holographic screen in front of her to disappear.
It¡¯s boring to stay at home every day. Moreover, she doesn¡¯t have any friends, so talking to people on the inte is one of her few sources ofmunication.
She is the type of girl that doesn¡¯t have to struggle at all in life. When she reaches a certain age and get enough experience, she will take over her father¡¯spany with a market value of 100 billion dors.
¡°Haaa~ I really don¡¯t want this kind of life.¡±
Unfortunately, she doesn¡¯t have another choice.
Previously, she stumbled upon a post left by a guy iming to be a snake. He said that they can ask him anything.
Of course, she knew that the guy was trolling, but when she was bored, she started chatting with that guy.
At first, it was just a slight interest, but she was gradually attracted by his stories.
This time, the reason Tang Guo took the initiative to go to sea is mostly because of this guy. When she heard thetter mentioning that he lives in the coastal area, she expected him to be fishermen, so she asked her dad to follow their fleet to the sea.
Tang Guo¡¯s dad was surprised at the fact that his spoiled daughter wants to participate in thepany¡¯s business. Although she just wants to y, he still immediately agreed.
Gaining experience in this field will be very beneficial to her future.
¡°Miss, we hunting another sea monster.¡±
Suddenly, an old man walked behind the young girl, bowed down, then respectfully reported to her.
After hearing that, a frustrated look appeared on Tang Guo¡¯s face.
¡°Uncle Zhou, I said this many times before. There is no need to report to me, I won¡¯t manage the fleet¡±
¡°Miss, since you are on this ship, then I must report to you everything.¡±
¡°Oh! my! God! You¡¯re driving me crazy!¡±
Tang Guo put her hands on her forehead.
¡°If things remain like this in the future, won¡¯t I go crazy? Can¡¯t I keep my life as a rich otaku-girl, immersed in the inte every day?¡±
After sighing, Tang Guo still followed behind Uncle Zhou and headed towards the stern(back of the ship). ording to Uncle Zhou, their staff is currently tying the sea monster to the back of their ship.
There are five big ships responsible for dragging the bodies of the sea monsters in their fleet, one of them is right next to their main mothership, the conch.
The sea monster that was just hunted is currently being connected to it. There are specialized men in power suits connecting the steel cable to the tail of the sea monster.
¡°This is a giant sperm whale.¡±
Uncle Zhou started describing their catch to Tang Guo.
¡°It¡¯s more than 900 meters long, very close to reaching 1 kilometer in length.¡±
¡°I know.¡±
Tang Guo nodded with a bored look on her face then said.
¡°Uncle Zhou, now that I saw our catch, can I go?¡±
She was nning to return to her room and y for a while.
Uncle Zhou nodded. Although their miss is still quite spoiled and irresponsible, isn¡¯t this a good start?
Unfortunately, he knows deep in his heart that this is just his wishful thinking.
The giant sperm whale was towed behind the cargo ship responsible for dragging sea monsters. The steel rope connecting the giant sperm whale on one side was connected to the ship using a hook.
After the hook was connected, loud cheers sounded from the surrounding ship. Uncle Zhou nodded at the responsible person and was about to go back.
However, right at that time, he noticed a huge shadow appearing on the water surface, but because of the water depth, he couldn¡¯t see the specific appearance of the owner of the shadow.
After this shadow appeared, the giant sperm whale, which was originally being dragged behind the cargo ship, was suddenly dragged underwater.
The big cargo ship was also dragged partly underwater, then suddenly released, causing it to jump back. This lead to many people jumping into the air and colliding with various objects.
The sperm whale was stolen.
¡°Damn, what was that?¡±
¡°It¡¯s that thief. Sh*t! The sperm whale that we just hunted was snatched by that bastard.¡±
On the cargo ship, someone yelled loudly. What followed was a burst of curses and cries all over the fleet.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Tang Guo, who just took a few steps, heard the loud noise behind her. She turned around, then walked back to the stern, looking at the angry and outraged sailors below with an interested look on her face.
¡°Miss, it¡¯s that famous thief.¡±
Uncle Zhou exined Tang Guo.
¡°Recently there is a sea monster in the fourth area that likes to steal participating teams prey. It has just stolen our sperm whale.¡±
¡°It might be dangerous, please go to the cabin as soon as possible.¡±
Uncle Zhou decided to activate their flight system. He is going to get their main mothership, Conch, into the sky;
Although there isn¡¯t any record of this monster thief attacking hunting teams, it¡¯s still a kilometer-level sea monster. Furthermore, it¡¯s the most troublesome stealth-type.
Tang Guo was a little interested in this famous thief, but she still listened to uncle Zhou¡¯s word and obediently walked back to her cabin.
However, just when she returned to the cabin, she suddenly found that she received a message on her favorite forum ¡°Dog Eggs¡±.
Chapter 304: Internet Friends Meet
Chapter 304: Inte Friends Meet
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Haha, it¡¯s that guy!¡±
After seeing that familiar ount, Tang Guoughed happily, then started browsing the message sent by him.
She tried to ask that snake guy about how many sea monsters did his team hunt, but after seeing his answer, she pursed her lips.
This guy doesn¡¯t break character at all. He said that he ate many sea monsters over 1 kilometer in lengthtely. If she meets with him, she better identify herself or she will be swallowed in a single gulp.
¡±Haha.¡±
Tang Guo smirked a bit and sent a reply to him. She kicked her shoes off in the air, then jumped on her big bed, bing an inte-addicted girl.
¡¡¡¡
After stealing some prey again, Fang Yun was leisurely swimming underwater. To his surprise, he found awork signal here, so he immediately used it to connect to the inte.
He also found the many messages in his ount, looking at 99+ prompts, Fang Yun was speechless, does that guy have nothing to do?
After randomly replying to thetest message, he started browsing the news.
He is mainly searching for news about the old Land, but news about this continent is rtively rare on the inte.
¡±The development of humans on this has slowed down a lot. It has been almost a hundred years. As a result, they couldn¡¯t even clear the monsters on the Old Land.¡±
Fang Yun was very disappointed with the recent human development. He felt that after getting rid of the extinction threat, human technology development has slowed a lot.
¡±They should have focused on solving the problem of this early, then find out the current position of this in the universe, whether it¡¯s close or far away to Blue and finally try to understand the nearby advanced civilizations.¡±
Fang Yun raised his head and looked straight at the starry sky.
¡±I wonder if those advanced civilizations in the universe have fantasy-like weapons like the dimension reduction gun.¡±
Fang Yun looked a bit frustrated, facing weapons of that level, he doesn¡¯t have the ability to resist at all.
¡±If I get hit by a sci-fi weapon like that, I will instantly be a t snake.¡±
A sense of crisis rose in Fang Yun¡¯s heart again. His current speed is terrifying to most creatures.
He is currently 5 kilometers long, and he can easily cross a distance 2 times bigger than his body in a single second. Which means that his maximum speed is about 10km/s. Almost 30 times the speed of sound.
This speed is extremely terrifying to most individuals, and he never really used his maximum speed, as that would cause a lot of destruction.
However, this is still snail-speed in the universe. In the face of such weapons, he won¡¯t even be able to escape.
¡±I have to find a way to increase my speed.¡±
Fang Yun decided internally, then hesitated a bit.
¡±Should I upgrade Shadow Wind?¡±
Only by upgrading speed skills will his speed increase significantly. This skill is an active skill that increases his speed several times for a short period of time, but he doesn¡¯t like it due to its side effects.
However, he currently has no better choice.
Shaking his head, Fang Yun pressed this concern to the bottom of his heart, then started browsing the inte again.
Anyway, he won¡¯t have to worry about this issue until he enters space.
¡±The weird electromaic waves on the Old Land are getting stronger.¡±
Fang Yun found a rather surprising news article. It was said that the electromaic signals on the Ols Land have gotten much stronger, resulting in arge loss for the expedition army.
He knew that for humans, staying for a long time on the Old Land has a bad influence on them. Staying for a long period of time over there can result in people turning crazy and insane.
ording to the records on the Inte. The humans who enter the Old Land does often hear some strange whispers in their ears. However, once they try to carefully listen to them, they will disappear.
These strange whispers often appear in their mind when not paying attention, but after trying to carefully listen to them, they disappear.
For many people, these whispers often cause them to fall into madness. Hence, they were called ¡°Demonic Whispers¡±.
The doctors couldn¡¯t find the cause of those whispers, They could only guess that there might be a strange electromaic field on this continent that has a great influence on the physiological system of the human body.
This physiological system disorder leads to mental confusion, which leads to auditory hallucinations.
Now, this electromaic field is bing stronger and wider. By now the entirety of the Old Land is shrouded in it and it¡¯s still spreading outwards.
To counter this, humans are executing an borate n, and that huge tree is one of the most importantponents of that n.
¡±Humans hope to find the answer from that world tree?¡±
Fang Yun faintly understood the ns of the Blue Federation. He also feels that this method is quite good. Anyway, they can¡¯t enter the Forbidden continent currently and check what is the source of this weird electromaic field.
¡±Hmm, After eating the Mellville whale, I will set off towards the Forbidden Land.¡±
Fang Yun felt that the so-called Weird electromaic field shouldn¡¯t really affect him, but to be safe, he still decided to evolve at least once or twice before going there.
Furthermore, his current location is very far away from the Forbidden Land, he should be able to hunt a lot of giant monsters along the way.
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun gradually calmed his uneasiness. Logging back to the inte, he found that his correspondent has sent him a message.
¡±Haa? asking me why I have awork connection?¡±
Fang Yun smiled internally, he replied with a yful look on his face.
¡±Because I¡¯m next to your conch-shaped ship. Now that I look at it, your mothership is very big and nice, it¡¯s the biggest I have ever seen. Not to mention that it has an inte connection;¡±
When he first saw this fleet, he just wanted to sneakily take away the prey they hunted like the pirate he is.
However, when he got closer, he discovered that there is a huge conch-shaped mothership in the middle of the fleet.
The moment he saw it, he remembered the dude who was chatting with him on the inte.
This guy once said that his ship is not only conch-shaped, it¡¯s also called the conch. He also told him to greet him if they ever meet.
¡±Should I greet him?¡±
Fang Yun thought mischievously. He wondered what type of expression this guy will have after seeing him.
¡¡¡
¡±Really?¡±
Tang Guo looked at the message on her holographic screen with a surprised look on her face. This guy is telling her that he is right next to their fleet, isn¡¯t this a lie?
She has just returned to her cabin. She didn¡¯t see any other fleet or hunting team nearby while she was on the stern. Furthermore, that stuffy old man will definitely tell her if a fleet approaches them, but now he didn¡¯t say anything.
However, what truly confused her is that this guy has described the exact shape of their conch-shape mothership.
¡±Hmph! as long as I check, I will immediately find whether this is true or false.¡±
Tang Guo thought internally, then sent a message back to that guy before walking to the door of her cabin.
¡±Snake! I¡¯m going to the deck immediately, don¡¯t forget to greet me.¡±
Tang Guo decided to expose this guy¡¯s lies, so she got up and walked out of the cabin, but when she just opened the cabin door, she came face to face with an old man. Taking a closer look, she immediately realized who this is.
¡±Uncle Zhou, are you looking for me?¡±
¡±Miss.¡±
Uncle Zhou nodded and said.
¡±There is a fleeting and they are asking for help.¡±
He looked at Tang Guo with a serious look.
¡±Miss, you are the master of this fleet, so you need to negotiate with the other fleet captain.¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s eyes widened. She whispered indistinctly.
¡±Is there really a shiping? So that guy didn¡¯t lie¡±
Immediately after, she nodded fiercely.
This time, it was uncle Zhou¡¯s turn to be surprised. After all, their youngdy used to be very unenthusiastic about these things.
Chapter 305: Surrounded By Two Huge Monsters
Chapter 305: Surrounded By Two Huge Monsters
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Tang Guo quickly ran outside her cabin. Unlike her previous slow self, She reached the deck in less than a minute.
Uncle Zhou was nning to active their engines and bring their mothership to the sky before, but when he found that the thiefpletely disappeared underwater, he decided to continue moving on the water in the end.
At present, because there is another team asking for help, all of their ships are currently on standby.
Tang Guo stood on the side of the ship and looked ahead. There is really a hunting teaming towards them.
There are five marine ships in this small team. Apart from the on in the middle, the rest is basically the basic model that can be found in the market. There is a huge lotus pattern on the side of these ships.
Below that pattern is four words. Blue Lotus Ind Fleet.
¡±Huh, it¡¯s them?¡±
Tang Guo was surprised upon the sight of this fleet. No way, with their fame, even she has heard them and their funny encounters.
¡±Is that guy on this fleet?¡±
Tang Guo wanted tough, this fleet¡¯s luck can be said to be quite bad. She thought about teasing the guyter about his encounters, but she felt embarrassed again.
When she meets with the guy, how will she talk to him?
The fleet got closer and closer to them. By now, Tang Guo can already see the person standing on the deck in the central ship.
On the deck of that sea boat, a tower-like man with a rugged long hair like the ancient Vikings stood straight with a serious look on his face.
¡±It¡¯s not him.¡±
Tang Guo vetoed in internally, then looked at the other people on the deck. They are mostly rugged men with toned bodies and solemn looks, totally inconsistent with the image of that guy.
¡±Who is he?¡±
Tang Guo was a bit depressed, subconsciously tightening the trench coat on her body.
She told the guy that if he saw a person wearing a blue trench coat, then it¡¯s her.
¡±Miss Tang.¡±
Suddenly, the rough man standing on the deck of the ship walked towards the conch, then introduced himself to Tang Guo.
¡±My name is Thor, and I¡¯m the captain of our fleet.¡±
¡±Our fleet has encountered a little difficulty, Miss Tang, if you could, I hope you can provide us with a little help.¡±
While saying this, he bowed slightly to Tang Guo.
¡±Oh.¡±
Tang Guo snapped up from her thoughts and looked carefully at Thor. After examining his face, she was finally sure that this big man is not the person she is looking for.
What should I do now?
This big man said that he was the captain of the fleet. She wondered whether to ask him to look for the guy, but what could she say. She knows neither his name nor appearance.
¡±That guy might not dare to meet with me.¡±
Tang Guo thought internally.
¡±He must be the shy type.¡±
Thinking of this, a smirk was drawn on her face.
In front of her, after waiting for a while without hearing Tang Guo¡¯s answer, Thor couldn¡¯t help feeling anxious. Their fleet really encountered some problems.
Just a few days ago, they encountered two kilometer-level sea monster. A 10-km stealth whale(probably) and a 5-km giant turtle. As a result, a lot of their ammunition was lost and many of their equipment needs maintenance.
If they go back tond, they can easily solve these two problems, but the problem is that they are very far fromnd. It will take them a long time to go back, and staying in the sea for such a long time with such bad equipment and pitiful ammunition will most likely result in a problem.
So, after encountering Tang Guo¡¯s fleet, he immediately sent a distress message.
Large fleets like this are generally affiliated withrgepanies. Most of the time, they do provide assistance to smaller fleets, which can create a good impression for theirpany. Maybe even create a cooperative rtionship with the said fleet if they are good enough.
However, since Tang Guo didn¡¯t say anything for such a long time, it seems that she isn¡¯t willing to help them?
Thinking of this, Thor sighed helplessly.
Uncle Zhou was standing on the side, watching how the situation unfolded. Looking at the absent-minded youngdy, he quietly reminded her.
¡±Miss, Mr. Thor¡¯s fleet needs our help, do you agree on helping him?¡±
¡±Oh¡±
Tang Guo replied absent-mindedly, nodding a few times.
She also knows that if a fleet in the sea asks for help, it would be better to help them. Uncle Zhou exined these things to her before setting off.
¡±Uncle Zhou, you can deal with it.¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s mind wasn¡¯t on this fleet. Her sight crossed Thor and looked at the ships behind him, trying to find the guy she is looking for, but she didn¡¯t find anything.
¡±Hmph! this guy is so timid!¡±
She walked to the side, turned on her smartwatch, then sent a message to the guy mocking him for his timid actions.
¡±I¡¯m timid?¡±
Deep underwater, a terrifying serpent smirked after reading the message sent by this inte friend. That¡¯s perfect, he is going to see now who is the one that¡¯s truly timid.
¡±Hah!¡±
With a smirk on his face, Fang Yun quickly swam towards the huge fleet above him.
On the deck, Tang Guo looked at the holographic screen in front of her, browsing the web with a bored look on her face. Suddenly a weird sound sounded from the distant sea.
She quickly looked over there, only to see that a bump appeared in the water surface about 1 kilometer away from. It looked as if some huge creature was trying to drill out from the water surface.
¡±What is that?¡±
It wasn¡¯t only Tang Guo who saw this scene. Aloof the crew on the fleet saw it, many people started shouting loudly.
¡±Alert! Alert!¡±
In an instant, a red rm rang loudly through the entire fleet.
The ripples caused by that creature are too big. Even if they are quite far away, they are still able to clearly see the water bump, showcasing the huge size of the iing creature.
¡±This¡ this should be a kilometer-level monster.¡±
Thor also saw this scene. He whispered with a solemn look on his face, carefully looking at the scene in front of him.
It must be a kilometer-level sea monster and not an ordinary one.
Its size is basically guaranteed. What¡¯s more troublesome is that it can avoid sonar probs.
An airship took off and headed towards the monster. At the same time, the engines on both sides of the Conch started turning, creating huge waves on the sea surface.
¡±Buzz.¡±
Along with a soft noise, a holographic screen appeared in front of Tang Guo. On the screen, there is the scene from where the huge creature is appearing. This picture is taken by the aircraft carrier that was sent towards the sea monster in the beginning.
On the blue sea surface, a huge ck shadow appeared, followed by a huge bump on the water surface. The true appearance of the monster quickly became clear to them.
¡±It¡¯s the 10 kilometers long giant whale, damn, it¡¯s that monster whale!¡±
Uncle Zhou, who had been watching this scene, suddenly yelled loudly with wide eyes.
¡±We are targeted by the giant whale, prepare to fight! ¡°
He yelled loudly, then ran to Tang Guo¡¯s side and said.
¡±Miss, hurry, and escape to the cabin!!¡±
By now, the conch has gained enough momentum. It slowly took off from the water surface, then headed towards the sky.
¡±Okay¡¡±
Tang Guo nodded seriously, she knew that it wasn¡¯t the time to y around, but right this moment, a prompt sounded from her watch. She looked at the screen of her watch, only to find that she received a message.
¡°I¡¯m here!¡± ¡°
¡±What? ¡°
Just as she was wondering what does this mean, on the other side of their ship, the sound of water breaking sounded, surprising all the people on the deck, including Tang Guo.
Looking at the side of the ship, the water surface broke open, after which a huge monster appeared, staring at them coldly.
For a moment, they were frozen, because this is the second huge sea monster that appeared next to their fleet.
¡±This¡¡±
Everyone on the deck stared at this huge monster next to them.
Chapter 306: Two Powerful Monsters
Chapter 306: Two Powerful Monsters
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Time seemed to stop at that moment. The giant monster stood upright in front of them, endless currents slipped down from its dark scales and fell to the sea, creating a loud noise.
This giant monster in front of them is a terrifying serpent with a diameter of nearly two hundred meters. It can easily swallow a big ship with such size.
Its pair of huge vertical pupils stared coldly at the crowd on the deck, all of which were frozen in their ces like stone status. Almost like being turned into stone by medusa¡¯s eyes.
¡±Heh.¡±
Fang Yun was very satisfied with his amazing entrance, his heart filled with joy. He immediately noticed the guy wearing a blue trench coat.
¡±Ha ha ha, this is the guy.¡±
After locking his inte friend, he immediately swooped down on him, as if he is going to attack Tang Guo.
¡±Ah!!!¡±
Tang Guo was terrified at the sight of such a huge monster swooping down on her. She shouted loudly with a terrified look on her face, unable to even muster the courage to escape.
¡±Miss!!!¡±
Uncle Zhou, who wasn¡¯t that far away was the first to react. With a look of tension and fear on his face, he shouted loudly.
Even if he knew that he basically can¡¯t do anything in the face of such a huge monster, he still ran towards his youngdy without hesitation, but the next scene caused him to stop in his tracks.
The terrifying serpent swooped down on Tang Guo, but when he reached a distance of about 10 meters away from her, he opened his mouth and spat a small water jet.
¡°Ssh¡±
Although the water jet wasn¡¯t that big, it stillpletely drenched Tang Guo.
¡±Hahaha¡uh?¡±
Having exacted his revenge on the guy who called him timid, Fang Yunughed internally. However, he gradually stopped. He discovered that guy who was drench by him wasn¡¯t actually a ¡®guy¡¯, it¡¯s a beautiful girl.
Although all of this took a long time to describe, it actually happened in the span of a few seconds.
It turned out that his inte friend turned out to be a young girl.
¡±A girl pretending to be a guy, isn¡¯t this deceiving my feelings?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly reacted. This girl didn¡¯t mention a single thing about her actual gender or identity, pretending to be an average guy with an eighth-grade syndrome, often telling dirty jokes to him.
On the contrary, he did say his true identity, making him an honest guy. No one believed him though. Just as he was to roar to express his slight dissatisfaction, someone was one step ahead of him;
¡°Roar!!¡±
From the other side of the Conch, a loud roar sounded, followed by the water bump finally breaking and an ind-like head finally getting out of the water. It¡¯s the 10 kilometers long Melville whale.
Everyone was scared once again.
The distance between the giant whale and their fleet is about 2 kilometers away from each other, but the pressure this whale is exerting on them is much higher than the serpent.
Compared with this giant whale, the giant serpent is much smaller
¡±Damn!¡±
Uncle Zhou shifted his sight from the serpent to the whale on the other side and cursed inwardly. He couldn¡¯t ever have imagined that he would encounter two kilometer-level sea monster at the same time. Most importantly, they aren¡¯t ordinary kilometer-level creatures. They are much stronger than that.
Of course, he will be even more frustrated if he knew that there is still a 5 kilometers wide giant turtle not far below their fleet.
Uncle Zhou quickly reacted, he shifted his sight back to the giant serpent, only to find that it¡¯s also looking at the giant whale.
¡±Miss.¡±
He slowly and stealthily walked towards Tang Guo, gently lifted her, then slowly walked back to the cabin, trying to not attract the attention of both monsters.
After reaching the cabin, Uncle Zhou exhaled lightly, but there was still a tense look on his face.
Originally, they could have ascended to a high altitude in the few seconds before the giant whale appeared, but the sudden appearance of the giant serpent caused them to stop in their tract.
Now that there is a giant serpent just a few dozens of meters away from their ship, he became slightly confused. He didn¡¯t know if continuing to ascend right now will offend the serpent and cause it to attack them.
¡°Ssh!!¡±
The sound of water sshing sounded as the huge whale not far away quickly swam towards them. This scene caused uncle Zhou to tremble subconsciously as he shouted loudly toward the rest of the crew.
¡±Hurry up, turn the engines to max power, get the Conch to an altitude as high as possible!¡±
His instructions were passed to the crew in the control room through his headset. A few secondster, the Conch started raising again.
¡±Not good, that snake¡¡±
Uncle Zhou was afraid that the sudden rise of the conch will attract the hostility of the serpent. As long the giant serpent hit the engines, the mothership is likely to overturn.
Fortunately, the serpent didn¡¯t have any excessive response.
Uncle Zhou looked at the giant snake with a surprised look on his face. He found that since the giant whale let out that loud roar, the giant snake has been staring at it and no one else.
¡°Vrooom!!¡±
The Conch finally took gained a certain distance away from the water. It¡¯s currently about 100 meters above the water surface. This height just barely passed the head of the snake that was peeking from the water.
¡±Hehehehe, this guy actually appeared.¡±
Fang Yun was too fascinated with the inte before so he didn¡¯t notice when this whale appeared.
This can¡¯t be med on him, can¡¯t he rx once in a while?
¡°Hiss!¡±
The giant snake flicked its tongue. Its giant pupils were fixed on the approaching whale. They were filled with desire. The desire to eat;
¡±Heh, I¡¯ve been looking for you for a long time.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, he lowered his head then aggressively headed towards the giant whale.
¡±Is this giant snake going to attack the giant whale?¡±
On the conch midair, Uncle Zhou looked at the scene below with a surprised look. No matter how you look at it, this giant snake shouldn¡¯t be the opponent of the giant whale.
There is a huge difference in size and weight.
The airships that were about tounch missiles bombardment towards the whale stopped after receiving Uncle Zhou¡¯s instructions. At this time, almost all eyes were on the giant serpent as it constantly approached the giant whale.
Chapter 307: Dangerous Battle With The Melville Whale
Chapter 307: Dangerous Battle With The Melville Whale
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Ten million points bio-energy points.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s attention waspletely attracted by this whale. The grand reveal that his online friend turned out to be a young girl was forgotten by him for now.
¡±Ssh!!¡±
The whale¡¯s huge body rampaged in the sea, creating huge waves and giant tsunamis. At that moment, all of the ships scattered making room for the uing battle between the two giant monsters. Even all airships took off to the air.
Tang Guo was standing in the hatch, staring at a holographic screen. On the screen, there is the scene where the giant serpent and the giant whale are constantly approaching each other.
¡±The result of this battle is unpredictable¡±
Besides Tang Guo, Uncle Zhou let out a long sigh. After thinking for a moment, he said something to Tang Guo. It¡¯s unknown whether he wanted tofort her or something else.
¡±After this battle, no matter who wins, they will end with a serious injury. They might even die together in the end. At that time, that will be our opportunity.¡±
The more he thought about it, the more excited Uncle Zhou became. This might end up as a blessing in a disguise.
Tang Guo¡¯s attention wasn¡¯t on his words at all. Her head was dizzy, all she could think of is the message she just received.
¡±I¡¯m here!¡±
She clearly remembers that just after this message arrived, the terrifying giant serpent appeared.
Thinking of a possibility, she felt very dizzy.
¡±It¡¯s now!¡±
The sudden cry woke Tang Guo up, she looked at the holographic screen in front of her, only to see the two giant monsters finally colliding.
As Uncle Zhou said, the confrontation between sea monsters of such high ss is extremely rare. So she temporarily pressed her doubts and concentrated on the fight in front of her.
¡±Woo!¡±
Suddenly, the 10 kilometers long whale suddenly let out a piercing cry, which quickly spread over a distance of dozens of kilometers. The sound was sharp and piercing. Fang Yun, who is the main target of this rain immediately felt a sharp pain in his head.
¡±Ah!!!¡±
On the other side, every person on the fleets suddenly held their head and started shouting.
In fact, many people with poor physical fitness and mental abilities were instantly killed, showcasing the terrifying power of this howl.
More importantly, they were suffering from only an insignificant portion of this mental attack, as most of it was directed at Fang Yun.
¡°Roar!¡±
After attacking Fang Yun with its special ability, it opened its mouth and was about to swallow him entirely.
¡±Die!!!¡±
Fang Yun roared loudly. He activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, creating a purple lightning sea spanning several kilometers, covering arge portion of the whale¡¯s body and inflicting great damage to it.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Under the constant attack of the lightning, the giant whale let out a painful roar. It started to madly twist on the water surface, trying to escape from the range of the Lightning Sea.
¡±Damn, my attack methods are too few.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He got closer to the giant whale, activating ¡°Thunder Domain¡± every ten seconds. The attack power of this skill is extremely high. Whether it¡¯s a level 6 kaiju or a 2 to 3 kilometers long creature, they will be fried by this skill in just a few seconds.
Although this whale look very huge and thick. Size isn¡¯t actually proportional to power. After all, level 6 kaiju are only around 300 meters long, but they are usually more powerful than 2 kilometers long creatures.
However, this Melville whale is still an elite creature, very powerful even within its size ss. Its defense is also extremely high as ¡°Thunder Domain¡± barely left some surface wounds on it.
¡±This whale doesn¡¯t just have size on it, it does have some skills.¡±
Fang Yun, who has never dealt with a creature of this size, gave up his thoughts of approaching and fighting with it physically.
Instead, he opened his mouth andunched ¡°Energy Beam¡±, shootingsers at the giant whale, which effortlessly prated its body, leaving several 200 meters wide holes on its body and in the white clouds behind it. This caused tremendous pain to the whale.
¡±Woo!¡±
The whale roared loudly again. Fang Yun immediately noticed something wrong. He felt a constant buzzing in his head, along which his emotion drastically fluctuate.
¡±What the hell!!¡±
Fang Yun shook his head fiercely, trying to drive away these nerve-wracking noises from his head, but he couldn¡¯t do it in the end which caused him to be increasingly violent and irritated.
¡±Ah!!!¡±
It wasn¡¯t just Fang Yun who was suffering from this sound attack. Almost all people in the nearby fleet held their heads and shouted shouting loudly, again. This time even more violently thanst time.
Many started attacking theirpanions and the people next to them with red eyes. As if they had gone crazy.
¡±Spiritual attack.¡±
Fang Yun still kept a certain degree of sobriety and cognition. However, the pain and irritation in his head caused him to start crazily attacking the whale.
First of all, he activated ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, this time setting it o the maximum range and power, creating an extremely powerful thunder sea, spanning over a dozen kilometers.
At the same time, he also activated ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± in an attempt to disintegrate the internal organs of the giant whale.
Under his sound exploration, the rough image of the giant whale appeared in his mind. After which he started analyzing its natural frequency.
In just a few seconds, he got the corresponding response. He immediately sent the corresponding frequency to disintegrate this whale from inside.
This attack seemed to have seeded. As the sound of a dull explosion sounded from the whale, followed by a rive of blood seeping from its mouth.
¡±Damn, this whale has more than one heart.¡±
Fang Yun cursed internally, just as he was about to try and detect the frequency of the other heart, the mental attack exerted on him skyrocketed in strength, which caused him even more pain and interfered with his sound exploration.
Taking advantage of this short break, the giant whale dived underwater and tried to escape.
¡±This Bastard¡¡±
Fang Yun chased up without hesitation. If he was thinking rationally, he would have hesitated on chasing such a tough opponent, but after suffering such a loss in the hands of that whale he threw all caution to the wind.
¡±I must devour this guy.¡±
Fang Yun thought angrily, he never stopped releasing ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, which greatly interfered with the whale¡¯s action, while inflicting a lot of pain on it at the same time.
Finally, Fang Yun reached the area next to the whale.
He tried wrapping around the giant whale, then exerting his tremendous muscle power. Unfortunately, this whale is too thick, plus its trashing underwater, he couldn¡¯t get enough traction topletely wrap around it.
This is a pity, after all, with his muscle power, he could have easily twisted a giant mountain into pieces.
Under the influence of his violent rage, Fang Yun did something he would have never done if sane. He twisted his body and came to the mouth of the whale, then mmed into it.
The whale¡¯s giant teeth fell off, but Fang Yun¡¯s scales weren¡¯t even scratched. Without mentioning the fact that his defense increase with each evolution, just the fact that his scales are imbued with three passive defense skills raised his defense to an unholy level.
However, the dull impact still caused a bit of pain to Fang Yun through his scales. He twisted even more violently, drilling into the mouth of the giant whale.
After reaching the whale¡¯s stomach pouch, arge amount of gastric juice fell on Fang Yun¡¯s body, which reacted with his scales and produced a lot of while pungent smoke.
Finally, Fang Yun used his immense muscle power to break the stomach of the giant whale, then break the rest of its organs.
¡°Woo!¡±
The giant whale let out a loud bleak cry, rolling continuously underwater to relieve the extreme pain it was suffering from.
Back on the sea surface, all of the people on the airships saw such a scene. Along with the water churning and rolling, many waves up to hundreds of meters high were created, quickly spreading to the distant sea.
Some nearby marine ships were directly overturned due to the impact of therge waves.
After four or five minutes, the water churning and breaking gradually stopped.
Several kilometers deep underwater, a huge Melville whale was quietly drifting. In an area of several kilometers, the seawater waspletely reddened by its blood.
Suddenly, a dull sound rang from its body, followed by an area of its belly suddenly get swollen.
¡°Bang!¡±
Its belly suddenly broke open, after which a huge monster drilled from there.
Chapter 308: Tang Guo’s Doubts
Chapter 308: Tang Guo¡¯s Doubts
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±What did I just do?¡±
Fang Yun looked carefully at the body of the giant whale in front of him. To be precise, its huge mouth.
¡±I got into its belly, destroyed its internal organs, then came out again.¡±
¡±Really, this is too reckless. I could have killed it with no injuries by having a protracted battle. Fortunately, it turned out for the best in the end.¡±
Fang Yun thought calmly. His defense is almost invincible and his regeneration makes him semi-immortal. Even if heid and did nothing in the whale¡¯s stomach, he still wouldn¡¯ have suffered any harm
¡±Fortunately, there are not many creatures with simr size on this. Smaller sized creatures, even if they have special abilities like this whale, shouldn¡¯t be too troublesome to deal with¡±
In fact, his skill does grow with each evolution, but the increase they receive with each level isn¡¯t very high.
His current attack skills are ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± and ¡°Energy Beam¡±. They are three extremely powerful skills, which are more than enough to deal with opponents at this stage, but he doesn¡¯t know aboutter on.
For example, if he kept a certain distance from the beginning and continued to bombard the whale with these three skills, he could have ended the battle quickly and without a scratch.
It was only due to the fact that his emotions were affected, reducing his reasoning ability, which resulted in him killing the whale in such an unconventional way.
¡±Where should I go now?¡±
Fang Yun bit the tail of the huge Melville Whale, then slowly dragged it away, nning to eat it in another ce.
¡±I should look for a desert ind in the depth of the ocean to act as my temporary base. After growing to seven or eight kilometers, even ten kilometers, I will board Forbidden Land and find what¡¯s there.¡±
¡±The Forbidden Land and the Old Land aren¡¯t far from each other. In that case, these two continents and the ocean between them will be my hunting ground.¡±
Fang Yun thought with a smile on his face.
¡±I wonder if the humans will worship me like the ones on the Blue did previously. I will solve a lot of trouble for them after all.¡±
¡±Ssh!!¡±
Fang Yun appeared on the water surface, in an area far away from Tang Guo and her fleet. This ce is very empty and calm. The only thing that can be seen as far as the eyes can go is an endless calm blue sea.
The giant turtle was always following Fang Yun. It circled around him, then swam to the other end of the giant whale and bit at the other end of its tail. Together with Fang Yun, it dragged he giant whale forward.
¡±Haa, just in the right time, my cheeks were getting sour from dragging this heavy bastard for such a long distance.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly opened his mouth, letting go of the whale.
For a while, the turtle was the only one dragging the giant whale away, causing it to look at Fang Yun with eyes full ofints, but Fang Yun ignored that. He swam to the side of the whale, then started eating it.
While Fang Yun was happily eating in a certain corner of the sea, Tang Guo and her crew stared at the holographic screen without blinking. Even if the sea surface has calmed down a long time ago.
More importantly, that lethal and frightening roar has disappeared as well.
¡±It¡¯s over?¡±
Tang Guo thought internally.
¡±Did that sea serpent win?¡±
However, the serpent disappeared as well. Was uncle Zhou Guess spot on, did the two monsters die together?
¡±Bai Yun, go down and check the situation underwater.¡±
Uncle Zhou who was standing next to Tang Guo said, followed by a small warship in their fleet slowlynding on the sea surface.
Afternding on the sea surface smoothly, they sent many underwater robots to check the situation.
After some inspection, no strange movement was found underwater.
Therefore, all the airships in the air slowly lowered their heights. Afternding on the sea surface, countless underwater robots and precise machines were sent to scout the situation, but so far, there was no discovery.
¡±Let¡¯s leave this ce for now.¡±
Uncle Zhou decisively gave this order. No one knows the result of the previous battle, so they can¡¯t risk it. Furthermore, it doesn¡¯t seem possible to pick up the fruits of this battle.
Tang Guo had no objection, so just a few minutester, the fleet reversed its course and went away from that ce.
At the same time, Uncle Zhou sent a message to the marine police about this matter for them to continue the investigation.
¡±Was that guy¡truly that giant snake?¡±
Tang Guoid on her bed, looking the holographic screen above her with a dull gaze. She was still shocked from the previous encounter.
She sent several more messages to that guy, but he didn¡¯t reply at all.
¡±God, am I really chatting with a giant snake?¡±
Tang Guo felt hermon sense shattering.
¡±Aren¡¯t these giant monsters without wisdom? That¡¯s the edge humans used to corner and even hunt those legendary monsters with tremendous power¡±
Regarding Tang Guo¡¯s encounter with the two giant monsters. It caused a sensation in the human world and a much bigger one than every incident caused before.
¡±Two extremely powerful sea monsters entered the hunting area.¡±
The news host stared at the camera in front of him and said.
¡±Their disastrous battle caused 5 ships to overturn and 378 casualties.¡±
¡±Reasons on why there are monsters of such level in the hunting area is still under investigation.¡±
After the news was broadcasted, it caused great controversy within the masses. First is the giant serpent with a length of 5 kilometers, then the giant whale with a length of 10 kilometers.
The results of that battle are still undecided as even after searching for a long time, the marine police still found nothing.
Some people think that the giant serpent won, but more think that the Melville whale won.
Fang Yun¡¯s image data was taken, but it didn¡¯t arouse great suspicion. All sea monsters over 1 kilometer in size possess abilities. The only eye-catching thing is that this serpent demonstrated two abilities, which is quite unusual.
The reason why no one recognized him, for now, is that few people who lived in the disaster era remain up till this point. The number of generations humans have passed through since they came to this is quiterge.
In the past, especially after just arriving on this, everyone, regardless of gender, was required to help in the war activities, expand their bases and living area, and drive all the monsters from the Pacific-Asia continent.
So, the number of people who remember the name of the giant serpent is very few.
Only in some dusty archives, there are some records of its existence.
After all,pared with materials about their new and the vast universe outside, materials about the blue and a monster a few hundred meters long don¡¯t seem relevant, even if the said monster had contributed a lot to the survival of humanity.
Moreover, although this incident sounds tragic, it didn¡¯t actually reach the higher-ups of the federation. Most of their attention right now is concentrated on the Old Land and the alien civilizations nearby.
¡±Xiao Guo, how do you feel?¡±
A middle-aged man looked at the dazed Tang Guo with a face full of affection and concern.
¡±Do you feel better?¡±
He is Tang Guo¡¯s father, Tang Rong, chairman of the Tang Group.
After his baby daughter came back from the sea hunting trip, she had been in a daze all day. He thought that it might be a shock because of the things she went through in this journey, which caused him to feel heartbreak for his daughter¡¯s pain.
¡±If I knew this, I wouldn¡¯t have allowed her to go to the sea¡±
¡±I must be crazy, why must Xiao Guo inherit the familypany? As long as she is safe and happy, it doesn¡¯t matter what happens to thepany.¡±
¡±When Xiao Guo expressed her desire to go to the sea, I should have rejected her. The sea is too dangerous, what would happen to me if I lost her?¡±
Tang Rong started thinking about the cause and effect, then started ming himself even more.
¡±Dad.¡±
Suddenly, Tang Guo raised her head and said.
¡±Dad, do sea monsters have wisdom?¡±
¡±Wisdom?¡±
Tang Rong looked at his daughter with a surprised look, wondering why she would ask this.
¡±If those monsters had wisdom, humanity would have long gone extinct.¡±
Having wisdom means that a creature is an advanced intelligent creature.
Just thinking about it caused him to shiver. If all sea andnd monsters had wisdom, with their superior power and vitality, humans wouldn¡¯t have had the power to fight back.
Even if an all-out war is started, it¡¯s likely that the monster side will win at the end.
After all, sea monsters have the ocean as their cover, so their greatest weapon doesn¡¯t have much of an effect on them.
Tang Guo was silent after hearing this. She became more confused, at the same time very curious.
¡±Dad, I want to enter your research institute.¡±
Tang Guo raised her head and solemnly said to Tang Rong.
Chapter 309: Evolution and New Skills
Chapter 309: Evolution and New Skills
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Sure enough, the food outside of the hunting area is much richer.¡±
On a calm area of the sea, there are two inds floating on the surface. Upon closer inspection, they are actually two extremely huge monsters.
Fang Yun leisurelyid on the water surface, slowly drifting along the waves.
In this area, the most numerous sea creatures are no longer those blue sea horses. Although they aren¡¯t totally absent, some other salmon-like creatures took their ce.
It¡¯s been half a month since his fight with the Melville whale, during this time, he had been slowly traveling in the ocean, slowly approaching the Forbidden Land.
His speed is rtively slow, and he often swims to other ces, mainly looking for food. Thankfully, with the help of the giant turtle, he ate a lot of sea monsters in the past half month, just enough for his next evolution.
¡±I should look for a ce to evolve on.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He is mainly looking for a big ind with some rocky mountains.
Every time he evolves, he needs to shed his scales and rece them for new ones. Even if during the process of shedding process, his scales do be softer, it would still be a lot easier if there were some mountains to help him.
Moreover, the time of recing his scales is his most vulnerable moment, so doing so in a deserted ind would increase his safety factor a lot.
About half a monthter, while traveling on the ocean surface, Fang Yun noticed a dark spot on the distant horizon. After approaching it a bit, Fang Yun found that it¡¯s an ind.
This ind is quite big, with some big hills and giant trees on it. Although not perfect, but still good enough for him.
Fang Yun climbed on the ind, then issued an order to the system.
¡±Start the evolution.¡±
As usual, a strange feeling appeared in his body. Fang Yun twisted on the ind, destroying many giant rocks and hills and breaking down many giant trees.
As for the bushes and smaller vegetation, they were crushed the moment Fang Yun boarded the ind.
One piece of diamond-like ck scales fell onto the ground after the other, revealing brighter and shinier scales beneath them.
¡±It¡¯s veryfortable.¡±
Different from the original burning pain, now Fang Yun felt extreme conform as each scale fell from the surface of his body.
About two dayster, his evolution was basicallyplete, his body has stopped growing and most of his old scales fell off, only a few remained near the tip of his tail, but they also soon fell off.
¡±Phew!¡±
Fang Yun let out a long sigh of relief. After this evolution, his length has reached 5.5 kilometers, 500 meters longer than before.
Finally, his diameter surpassed 200 meters. However, the thing that caused him to be the happiest is that two news skills appeared.
However, these new skills are a bit different from the previous ones.
¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡± and ¡°Greater Overclocking Resonance¡±.
They are basically the enhanced version of ¡°Thunder Domain¡±, and ¡°Overclocking Resonance¡± with greater in front of them.
¡±Isn¡¯t this a bit perfunctory.¡±
Fang Yun was speechless.
¡°Adding just a greater in front of them, but the consumption of skill points have increased to 50 per upgrade, this is a bit shameless, right?¡±
However, when he read the detailed description of these two skills, he changed his mind.
A happy look emerged on his face.
¡±These skills are very good. ¡°
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes were filled with sparkles. After upgrading ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡± to the maximum, the thunder sea range will increase from barely over 10 kilometers to 100 kilometers, which is around 200 kilometers in a circle. Not to mention the extreme increase in power.
For ¡°Greater Overclocking Resonance¡±, the sound transmission range skyrocketed, allowing him to scan things even thousands of kilometers away, In fact, he could even scan the things in space, whether it¡¯s a satellite or some super-advanced mothership.
The speed of analyzing natural frequencies has also increased a lot. At the same time, he can analyze and release multiple frequencies at the same time.
For example, the human body is veryplex, different parts and internal organs have different natural frequencies. Previously, he could only analyze a single part at a time, then send the corresponding frequency to destroy it. For example, the heart.
Now, it¡¯s no longer necessary to do so. He can analyze all body parts or machine parts at the same time, then send multiple frequencies to destroy the entire body in a single strike, turning the entire thing is tiny parts.
This skill has the potential to reach the point where any object can be turned into dust with a single cry from him.
¡±Maybe I shouldn¡¯t upgrade these skills right now. I should umte skill points, then upon reaching the right moment, I will upgrade the corresponding skill. I can only upgrade 1 now anyway.¡±
Fang Yun came to this decision after thinking for a bit. He has four powerful skills to upgrade after all.
He slithered down from the ind straight into the sea. He doesn¡¯t know what situation he will encounter next, so keeping these points to upgrade the right skill at the right time is the best choice for now.
¡±How surprising, it seems that I can eat inanimate objects now.¡±
Fang Yun was really shocked this time. When his sight crossed the rocks while slithering out of the ind, the system gave him prompts indicating the bio-energy these rocks can provide.
¡±It¡¯s just too little. A stone with a diameter of 10 meters, weighing dozens of tons can only provide 100 bio-energy points.¡±
Fang Yun dispelled the thought of eating rocks for now. Instead, he turned his attention to enrich his recipe by eating various human machines.
¡±I should be able to eat ships now.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
¡±If it¡¯s a submarine, it would be even better.¡±
The oval shape of a submarine is the most suitable for a serpent-type creature as it is the easiest to swallow. With his current size, he can swallow a submarine about 3 times his diameter, that is with a diameter of 600 meters.
Of course, it would be best to crush it a bit to make it easier to swallow.
¡±Unfortunately, this ce is very far from human settlements, or I could have stolen, ¡®cough¡¯¡ Borrowed some of their ships or submarines.¡±
Fang Yun thought sadly. He couldn¡¯t find a suitable target to test it or he could have checked how much bio-energy a ship can provide.
However, sooner than he expected, he found an opportunity.
Three dayster, Fang Yun and the giant turtle were, as usual, continuously moving forward along with the established route, but this time, there was a little ident.
Two fleets appeared in front of them.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t find them through sight but through echolocation. They are quite far away, even with his sight, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t urately spot them.
Indicating for the giant turtle to stop, Fang Yun lifted his head from the sea surface and continuously used sound waves to detect the situation over there.
Two fleets were confronting each other on the sea. One fleet has 20 ships, all of which are ships over 1 kilometer in length, while the other fleet had more ships, reaching 25, but only 10 were over 1 kilometer in size.
The distance between these two fleets is 15 kilometers, but he is currently over 25 kilometers away from the nearest one.
¡±They are fighting each other.¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun saw an explosion. From the looks of it, it wasn¡¯tser weapons, but more of an explosive missile.
Naval battles like this are usually dominated by explosive weapons. After all,ser weapons are much more expensive and can be intercepted by the opponent¡¯s interception system.
This explosive missile didn¡¯tnd on the opposite fleet but between them. Although he isn¡¯t sure who was the one who attacked, the other¡¯s interception system should have worked.
¡±Hmm, let¡¯s go and take a look.¡±
Fang Yun signaled the giant turtle next to him to dive underwater, then leaped forward.
After moving slightly moving forward, which is a bit over 10 kilometers, he was able to clearly see the two fleets.
Chapter 310: Surprising Encounter
Chapter 310: Surprising Encounter
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Pirates.¡±
Looking at the fleet of 25 ships surrounding the smaller oneposed off 20 ships, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh.
The fleet with 25 ships is the pirate group and the fleet with 20 ships is the merchant group.
After careful observation, he noticed that this pirate fleet should beposed of two different pirate groups as they have two different gs and are faintly divided into two groups.
Their opponent, the merchant fleet is now in a formation to resist the attack of these pirates.
Although they are pirates, their equipment is actually very advanced. Anyway, the merchant fleet they are targeting is far from their opponent, whether it¡¯s technology or numbers. As long as the reveal a slight w, the battle will end very quickly.
¡±Zihahaha!¡±
In the pirate fleet, on one of thergest ships a burly man, over 2 meters tall, wasughing loudly.
¡±Mid Hai Mao¡¯s fleet. We really caught a big fat sheep this time, but they are a bit tenacious.¡±
White Beard, you senile old man, you are really brave, You even dare to attack the Mid Hai Mao fleet, you know that there is a giantpany behind them.¡±
Next to the old man nicknamed white beard, a one-eyed middle-aged said with a sneer on his face.
¡±Heh, ck Hawk, although you are saying this, didn¡¯t you quickly run over when I mentioned this to you?¡±
White Beard sarcastically said.
¡±In this vast, unmonitored sea, whether it¡¯s bigpanies, nobles, high officials, no one count as sh*t. No matter how famous or powerful they are In front of my energy canons, they are stillmbs to be ughtered.¡±
¡±But ck Hawk, if you don¡¯t work harder, you¡¯ll only get 10% of the cargoter on.¡±
¡±Shi!.¡±
The one-eyed middle-aged yelled with bloodshot eyes.
¡±White Beard, my fleet is holding 11 of their ships, more than yours. The way I see it, it¡¯s you who should get 10% of their cargo!¡±
¡±Fuck your mother, my fleet is the one that created the hole n their formation, what are you talking about?¡±
The two pirate captains started scolding each other intensely on the ship, but their eye hardly budged from the holographic screen in front of them.
On that holographic screen, the scenes presented is that of the merchant ships not far away.
Suddenly, the two of them stopped talking at once, closely staring at the holographic screen in front of them.
Suddenly, a dazzling beam of light flew from the pirate fleet straight to the sky above the merchant fleet. A few secondster, the beam of light exploded, turning into countless smaller beams, which fell straight towards the merchant fleet below.
¡±Da! Da! Da! Da! Da!¡±
The sound machine guns roaring sounded as countless explosive bullets headed towards the beam light in the sky, intercepting them;
The beam of light detonated at a height of 2 to 3 kilometers above the sea surface, dividing into thousands of smaller light beams, which fell down like a meteor shower.
These small light beams exploded densely under the intense firepower of the machine guns, forming countless dazzling explosions in the air.
However, many beams still slipped through the bullet, falling straight on the merchant fleet below.
Most of these light beams fell into the water, but some still fell on the merchant fleet ships, creating loud explosions.
¡±Damn, the firepower of those pirates is too fierce.¡±
In themand room of the biggest ship in the middle of the merchant fleet, Pang Ming looked at the screen in front of him, only to see one of their ships exploding, the sight of many people crying as they died is truly mortifying.
He is the captain of this merchant fleet and a supervisor of the Tang Group.
¡±Captain Pang, what should we do now?¡±
Next to Pang Ming, stood a stone-faced man. His name is Luo Hai, Pang Ming¡¯s deputy, and he is truly panicking while watching the sight of their fleet slowly getting destroyed.
It¡¯s not that he is afraid of death or something simr. He has been wandering in this ocean for more than a dozen years, he has long been prepared for death.
However, this time, the cargo they transported is somewhat special. They caught the extremely rare deep-sea sturgeon. From which a special oil can be extracted. This oil can reduce the load on humans¡¯ nerves.
To be straightforward, for the people working on the Old Land, who are suffering from mental pressure every day, this oil is vital for them.
On the market, the price of this fish oil is amazing, causing manypanies to take risks and sendrge fleets outside of the hunting area to look for it.
In the present age, most opportunities exist in the Old Land. Not to mention the government, almost all bigpanies, as long as they don¡¯t want to be left behind, must venture on the Old Land to take risks.
¡±Hold on, hold on!¡±
Pang Ming yelled loudly.
¡±We must take this batch of deep-sea sturgeons back! I heard that this time the youngdy is personally going to the Old Land to conduct research.¡±
¡±This rare sturgeon is vital for the youngdy, we must take it back!¡±
After hearing Pang Ming¡¯s words, Luo Hai grit his teeth. He violently picked up the microphone and yelled at his subordinates to strengthen the defense. He informed them that they must block these projectiles.
However, it was counterproductive. In less than three minutes, they lost another merchant ship.
¡°Boom! Boom!!¡±
On the sea surface, two more merchant ships were hit, caused him to explode. All the ships that were hit inevitably sank, as for what happened to the people on them, it need not be said.
What¡¯s scary and frustrated for them, is that with each ship sinking, their defenseyer is reduced, allowing even more light beams to fall from the sky. This is a vicious cycle.
¡±Captain Pang, we really can¡¯t continue like this anymore¡±
In themand room, Luo Hai said seriously to Pang Ming.
¡±Captain Pang, We don¡¯t have any other way, you have to board the submarine, take the deep-sea sturgeon with you and leave.¡±
¡±We will block these pirates for you.¡±
After Pang Ming heard Luo Hai¡¯s words, he gritted his teeth so hard that blood started seeping from the corner of his mouth. He has never hated someone as much as those pirates in his life.
This is currently theirst and only option. Moreover, it¡¯s also extremely dangerous. The area they are in is thousands of kilometers away from the nearest habitable ce.
He will certainly encounter many giant sea monsters along the way, so the danger factor of this trip can be imagined
Although their submarine isn¡¯t small, it¡¯s one kilometer long, but it¡¯s next to impossible for a single submarine to cross such a long distance safely.
Furthermore, these pirates must certainly be monitoring all corners of this area, so can their submarine even escape past them?
¡°Boom!!¡±
Suddenly, another merchant ship exploded, leaving behind only 12 ships in this fleet, and even this number is rapidly decreasing.
He doesn¡¯t have the time to hesitate.
¡±Luo Hai, I¡¡±
Pang Ming took a deep breath and was about to say something, but suddenly paused, he looked at the screen in front of them with a surprised look on his face.
¡±What is that?¡±
¡¡¡¡
Not far away from the battle center, Fang Yun was staring at the merchant fleet. To be precise, the two gs floating hung on their ships.
He doesn¡¯t recognize one of the gs but he has a vague impression of the other.
¡±Um¡ yes, it¡¯s the g that was hung on that conch, my inte friend¡¯s fleet.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly remembered his inte friend, that beautiful girl. The g hung on her ship is the same as the one hung on those merchant ships.
¡±Is this fleet affiliated with that girl¡¯spany?¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t expect to meet an affiliated fleet to his inte friend¡¯spany here.
After pondering for a while, he dived underwater, then swam towards the pirates fleet.
That¡¯s perfect, he just wants to test how much bio-energy do these ships provide.
Chapter 311: Fighting Pirates
Chapter 311: Fighting Pirates
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
On the wide sea surface, the sound of water breaking suddenly sounded. Usually, such a sound wouldn¡¯t have attracted the attention of people during such a desperate battle.
However, a huge ripple appeared on the sea surface, attracting the attention of all the people in these two fleets.
The mes of war temporarily stopped, many missileunchers, normal canons, and evenser canons were pointed at the huge ripple, from which a huge shadow appeared.
¡±Oh my God, what the hell is that thing.¡±
In the pirate fleet, a lot of people looked frightened. The two captains immediately instructed all of their subordinates to prepare tounch the missiles attack at any time.
¡±That is definitely a sea monster. Moreover, it¡¯s of the kilometer-ss¡±
One of the captains yelled.
¡±Damn, we can¡¯t let ite close, fire on it, fire!¡±
The shadow is too big. The shells and missiles flew forward like meteors,nding on the huge shadow and creating gigantic explosions;
The power of these shells and missiles is very high, but they are still miles away from being able to break through Fang Yun¡¯s scales.
Fang Yun ignored the rain of missiles and shells and continued moving forward.
¡±Captain Pang, what should we do now?¡±
In themand room of the ship in the center of the Mid Sea Trade Fleet, aka the merchant fleet, Luo Hai looked at the scene disyed on the holographic screen and asked Pang Ming.
¡±Let¡¯s observe the situation for now.¡±
Pang Ming took a breath and stared closely at the screen in front of him. He watched as an extremely huge creature approached the pirate fleet.
The body of this sea monster is extremely huge, its shadow stretched over several kilometers.
¡±Luo Hai, convey my order to the rest of the fleet, slowly retreat.¡±
A faint look of excitement appeared on Pang Ming¡¯s face. Their situation finally had a turnaround. Just when they were getting desperate, this sea monster appeared. Furthermore, it doesn¡¯t look to be one that is easy to deal with, none of the pirate attacks is working.
More importantly, this sea monster ignored their fleet and focused on the pirates from the beginning, giving them a great opportunity.
¡±Haha, it feels like they are tickling me.¡±
Fang Yun carelessly swam underwater. These shells and explosive missiles basically don¡¯t have any effect on him. The only thing he is uncertain about is theser cannons.
¡±Use theser cannon!¡±
A man wearing a captain cap yelled loudly at his crew. He is the captain of this ship, and he is currently feeling that this giant monster ising towards their ship;
Probably because their ship is at the edge of the fleet.
¡°Boom!¡±
A white light suddenly flew towards Fang Yun at an incredible speed. It was aser ray. In just a fraction of a second, it crossed several miles andnded straight on Fang Yun¡¯s head.
Along with an extremely terrifying explosion, a terrifying white light quickly spread out in an area of more than 1 kilometer. It looked like a second sun.
The surrounding space seemed to be distorted, as the temperature in that area was raised to the extent of instantly melting steel. Due to the extreme evaporation of water, after the while light receded, a huge white fog was left behind.
¡±Hmm.¡±
Fang Yun carefully felt that area on his head.
¡±It hurts a little. About the extent of a mosquito bite¡±
That¡¯s all.
Fang Yun could feel that the scales on his head were a bit scratched, but they were restored in about 2 to 3 seconds. This can¡¯t even be called an injury.
¡±The power of thisser cannon is very low.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. His current defense ability is extremely high, and his regeneration is insane. Even such a powerful pirate group can¡¯t affect him. Only extremely advancedser cannons should be able to cause him more damage.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Just as Fang Yun was a bit distracted, anotherser beam flew over andnded on his body, followed by a second one, then the third. In the end, all theser cannons in the pirate fleet were firing shots towards him.
This time it wasn¡¯t just a single ship firing at him, but all ships in the pirates fleet consistently fired at him.
Obviously, these pirates understood that Fang Yun is vastly different from any other sea monster and that they are now in serious trouble.
¡±Damn it! what kind of sea monster is this.¡±
On the huge ship in the middle, White Beard looked at the holographic screen in front of him and cursed.
¡±Even with so many military-gradeser cannons firing at it, it still didn¡¯t die! In fact, it¡¯s hardly affected! Sh*t!¡±
On the holographic screen, all they could see is the endless white fog, and below it is a huge shadow. That shadow continued moving forward, hardly affected by theser cannons and the giant explosion each collision bring.
¡±Don¡¯t stop! Keep shooting!¡±
White Beard yelled loudly.
¡±Don¡¯t let that monster get closer!¡±
All the pirate ships madly attacked Fang Yun, whether it¡¯s shells, missiles, torpedoes, and evenser cannons. Weapons enough to raze a city never stopped attacking him.
¡±Hmph! Insect-level attacks.¡±
Fang Yun smirked internally. By that time, he was already just one kilometer away from the nearest pirate ship, so he suddenly poked his head from the water surface, appearing in his full glory in front of those humans.
¡°Ssh!!¡±
An iparably huge snake suddenly extended its head from underwater. Its huge hill-sized head towered above the pirates and their ships. Almost all pirates were frightened upon the sight of such a monster.
¡±This damned ¡¡¡±
On the ship right next to Fang Yun, the captain stammered while watching the huge monster in front of him with horror. After a second of silence, he shouted loudly.
¡±Run!¡±
They don¡¯t have te ability to kill this behemoth, so their only option right now is to escape, even if they don¡¯t have that much chance of escaping.
The captain jumped on a motorboat, then quickly escaped to the distance. As for the other pirates, the quick-witted ones quickly grabbed the rest of the motorboats and fled frantically.
The ones that were slower jumped into the sea, then swam towards the other ships in their fleet.
Fang Yun ignored these pirates, his huge body swam in front of the abandoned ship, which is about 1 kilometer long.
ording to the system¡¯s prompts, this ship can provide him with 500,000 bio-energy points.
¡°Not Bad, about the same that simr-sized sea monsters provide.¡±
Fang Yun was very satisfied, but also a little puzzled.
¡°I wonder if the amount of bio-energy points machines provide depends on their size or other factors like materials.¡±
Fang Yun slowly coiled around that ship. Under everyone¡¯s horrified eyes, the giant ship was slowly twisted into scrap metal, changing its diameter from 250 meters to about 100 meters.
Afterward, Fang Yun slowly swallowed this ship from the tip to the end.
Chapter 312: Mysterious Exterminator
Chapter 312: Mysterious Exterminator
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The speed at which he devoured the ship is very fast. A few minutester, the 1-kilometer long twisted ship was swallowed into Fang Yun¡¯s stomach, then quickly disintegrated by his stomach acid.
¡±Gulp!¡±
The pirates on the other ships not far away were stunned. It¡¯s not impossible for sea monsters to eat man-made machines or structure, in fact, this happened quite a few times before.
However, it¡¯s difficult for humans to see a behemoth of this size in action. The number of such sights being witnessed is extremely low.
But right at this moment, these pirates are witnessing such a thing.
¡±Such a huge ship was swallowed directly? Without any problem?¡±
Said a pirate, his eyes were very wide in shock, and he was trembling in fear. This kind of scene is really terrifying. They are in the depth of the sea, and these ships are their guarantee of survival.
Seeing such a huge ship getting ttened then swallowed casually caused them to tremble. The ship under their feet no longer provides them with any sense of security.
¡±Damn, we have to quickly get off.¡±
On the other side, White Beard cried out angrily.
¡±Fucker! What a sh*tty luck do we have? We just had to meet a metal-eating monster at this moment!¡±
The level of sea monsters is usually divided into three categories.
Normal level, which is the sea monsters under 1 kilometer in size. This is the level that most fishermen deal with. With sufficient preparation and a good strategy, almost any fishing team can hunt them.
The second level is the low-kilometer level. Which is usually sea monsters from 1 kilometer to 5 kilometers in size. After breaking through the 1-kilometer bottleneck, most sea monster gets some kind of special ability, making them much harder to hunt than before.
This low kilometer level is what top teams and bigpanies usually deal with.
The third level is the high-km level. Which is basically monsters from 5 to 10 kilometers. These monsters are very difficult to deal with as most of such have high intelligence and sometimes 2 abilities. This is basically the level that the toppanies and the government agencies deal with.
Their power is vastly beyond even the most powerful level 6 kaiju.
Amongst all these levels, there is a special category of monsters that is extremely hard to deal with. Those are metal-eating monsters. They can be an ordinary sea monster, a low-km, or even a high-km sea monster, but the important thing is that they are much harder to deal with than their ordinary counterparts.
Metal-eating sea monsters are not only much stronger than ordinary sea monsters, they are also much more violent and cunning.
For example, the Melville whale that Fang Yun killed before.
¡°Vroom! Vroom!¡±
The main ship of the white bread pirates is about 2 kilometers long. It¡¯s not only the most technologically advanced ship but also an advanced mothership with 8 turbine engines on it.
Suddenly, the turbine engine started turning rapidly, making a roar, creating huge ripples on the water surface. After that, the mothership slowly took off.
¡±Hurry up! Hurry up!¡±
White Beard yelled loudly, Fang Yun put a lot of pressure on him. He is very regretful now. He shouldn¡¯t have put their ship on the water at all to conserve energy.
Currently, White Beard and ck Hawk are all staring at the terrifying giant serpent in front of them, for fear of it turning its attention to them.
¡±God, please don¡¯t pay attention to us, at least wait until we gain sufficient height.¡±
White Beard prayed internally, his face filled with nervousness.
Unfortunately, the thing that he was afraid of still happened.
What happened next almost terrified him. The huge serpent not far away looked around after eating that ship, but in the next moment, it turned its eyes straight towards them.
The loud sound of the engine sessfully attracted the attention of that giant serpent, causing it to turn its gaze towards their mothership.
¡±Damn it, it noticed us!¡±
White Beard¡¯s face visibly paled, but he still gritted his teeth and shouted loudly.
¡±Attack! All of you immediately attack!¡±
¡°Damn, you pieces of trash, hurry up and attack, otherwise, everyone will die!¡±
After his shout sounded, almost all weapons on all the ships in the fleet were shot at Fang Yun simultaneously,nding straight on his body.
¡°Boom!!!!¡±
A terrifying explosion appeared on the sea surface, it¡¯s like another sun appeared in the sky, illuminating everything within the range of more than one hundred kilometers. The temperature of the surrounding area rose again, steaming arge area of sea and creating a huge white fog barrier.
This simultaneous attack had the same result as that of a small-ss nuclear explosion of the old era.
Fang Yun¡¯s vision was not constructed by the white fog. That¡¯s without mentioning the fact that he has several detections abilities, so the location and action of White Bread¡¯s mothership never disappeared from his vision.
As for the nuclear bomb equivalent attack, he didn¡¯t care about it at all. It hardly caused some surface damage to him, which quickly healed in a few seconds.
What previously happened should have been sufficient to exin the situation. The weapons of these pirates can¡¯t cause any effective damage to him, so he didn¡¯t care about their attack at all.
This time, he attacked with sound waves.
¡°Bang!!¡±
The sound of an explosion sounded.
On White Beard¡¯s main mothership, one of the engines suddenly exploded, causing a raging fire to spread to the rest of the mothership.
¡±Damn, our engine exploded!¡±
¡°How the hell did this happen?¡±
They couldn¡¯t understand this situation at all. For no apparent reason, the engine suddenly exploded.
¡°Bang! Bang! Bang!¡±
Along with a few more explosions sounds, the three other engines next to the first one exploded one after the other. Making the number of engines destroyed on a single side reach four.
However, the mothership didn¡¯t directly fall, but it was unable to continue to rise. It could only helplessly turn around in the air, getting closer to the water with each turn.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay attention to that mothership anymore. It will almost certainly crash into the water, so he changed his target towards the other ships.
All the pirates on the ships that Fang Yun targeted immediately jumped from their ships, then quickly swam to the distance
However, their movement speed is too slow. Although Fang Yun didn¡¯t directly kill them, just moving past them will create undercurrent big enough to drag them underwater, drowning them.
One ship, two ships, three ships¡
None of the pirate ships escaped Fang Yun¡¯s grip, he swallowed them all into his stomach, including the mothership that White Beard and ck Hawk were on.
Unexpectedly, this mothership almost overturned afternding on the water, causing many pirates on the ship to be injured, some even had serious injuries.
White Beard and the other pirates barely escaped with their lives. They either jumped out of the ship and swam away or got on the motorboats to escape. Soon afterward, this big mothership was also swallowed by Fang Yun.
All of the 45 pirate ships, White Beard 25 ships, and ck Hawk 20 ships, provided him with a total of 30 million bio-energy points.
After eating all the ships, Fang Yun left. Almost all of the pirates could only helplessly float on the sea surface, with some trying to escape with motorboats to the distance.
However, he knew that these pirates have a slim chance of surviving. Their previous prey, the merchant fleet won¡¯t let them go. They will either kill them or grab them and give them to the authorities back onnd.
Even if these pirates managed to escape, they still have a high chance of dying. The number and size of sea monsters outside of the hunting area is huge, they have a very small chance of surviving.
¡±Captain Pang, that sea monster really left.¡±
In themand room of the central ship in the Mid Sea Trade fleet, Luo Hai said to Pang Ming with a look of surprise on his face. That Giant Sea Serpent really scared them. However, it left without even giving them as much as a single nce.
When the giant serpent was devouring the pirate ships, they were also extremely frightened. They were afraid that the giant snake will target them after eating all pirate ships. Fortunately, that didn¡¯t happen.
This giant snake might be full after eating so many ships, and it needs some time to digest them.
It¡¯s just that after this giant snake attacked the pirate fleet, it only ate the ships and didn¡¯t touch the humans, which felt weird to them.
¡±Chase these pirates.¡±
Pang Ming let out a sigh of relief, then said with a gloomy smile.
¡±Although we lost a lot of brothers this time, we can still bring out catch back to thepany.¡±
¡±By the way, don¡¯t let a single one of those bastards escape. they must use their lives to repay the sins theymitted.¡±
Pang Ming said with a sharp look on his face.
Not far away from the merchant fleet, hundreds of pirates were trying to escape.
After a few seconds, the sound of fierce gunshots and loud screams tang out in that area but quickly died down.
Fang Yun left that area with the giant turtle and continued moving forward.
¡±That was a great harvest, I should look for more pirateirs¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He really liked the taste of steel. It felt like eating cookie-vored ice cream, he is still feeling the aftertaste in his mouth.
He started his wandering journey again. During this period, he really found a lot of pirates bases, all of which were raided by him, without any exception.
Attacking a pirate base does provide him with at least 50 million bio-energy points. In addition to ships, he even ate the buildings, giant structures, and other machinery, all of which provided him with a decent amount of bio-energy.
Because of his existence, the number of pirates greatly dwindled. Many dangerous pirates which were listed on the international wanted orders no longer appeared.
No one knew that the collective disappearance of the pirates is due to Fang Yun, at least not yet.
Time quickly flew, without paying attention. 5 full years passed.
Chapter 313: Black Iron Fortress
Chapter 313: ck Iron Fortress
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±I finally found an ind.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the ind in front of him with joy on his face, he has been wandering in the sea for over a year without seeing a single piece ofnd.
Five years have passed since he arrived on this.
In the past five years, Fang Yun had greatly changed. First of all, his body length has reached 8 kilometers, and his diameter is now over 300 meters, surpassing the turtle length of 6 kilometers by quite a bit.
This showcase that is a food-rich environment, even if the giant turtle eats a lot every day, its body growth speed is still a lot slower than him;
In addition, after all of these evolutions, the number of skill points he gathered is 320, of which he mostly used to upgrade ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡±
He upgraded this skill 4 times already, expanding his thunder sea to 80 kilometers. Only one more upgrade remains for this skill to reach the 100-kilometer range.
When he tried this skill before, he was truly shocked by the widespread destruction he caused. As far as his eyes could see, it was purple. He inadvertently sank a small ind using this skill and almost fried the turtle. Fortunately, he quickly reacted.
He also upgraded ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡± two times. Now he can basically float and do some basic movements mid-air. His movement speed is still quite slow though.
Of course, this skill can also be used on opponents and prey. For example, while testing this skill, he used it to lift the giant turtle from one side, then overturn it. It was quite funny.
One of his experimentation results is that this skill has a miraculous effect on flying creatures and machines.
After upgrading these two skills, he was left with 20 skill points, which he couldn¡¯t use to upgrade any other skill.
¡¡¡¡
A few minutester, Fang Yun finally reached the ind ahead. The size of this ind is quiterge, it can almost be called a small continent.
Of course, with his current size, Fang Yun still felt that this was a big ind at most.
Fang Yun quickly climbed on the shore, then quickly slithered to the depth of the ind. His huge size made it impossible for the trees and vegetation to hide his body.
Looking from space, a very long creature could be seen, slithered across a small continent, leaving an incredibly huge and deep gully behind it.
After reaching the center of the giant ind, which is also its most elevated point, Fang Yun raised his head, giving him a panoramic view of things hundreds of kilometers away.
¡±There are actually two continents ahead.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the scene ahead with a look of surprise.
He noticed two huge continents ahead. From his perspective, the two continents are very close, but the distance between them should be veryrge.
Moreover, on one of the two continents, he faintly saw a giant tree sticking into the sky.
¡±Is that the World Tree they were talking about on the inte?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly realized.
¡±These two continents should be the Old Land and the Forbidden Land.¡±
ording to what he has learned, there is an iparable huge tree on the Old Land. Although this huge tree died long ago, it¡¯s still standing proudly until this day, and that is the ¡®world¡¯ tree.
¡±Humans have also been trying to enter the forbidden Land for research for a long time. I wonder if they had any result up to now.¡±
After leaving the hunting area and entering the depth of the ocean, Fang Yun hadn¡¯t been able to connect to the inte, so he doesn¡¯t know anything about the current developments of the human race.
However, he is sure that even if no human has entered the Forbidden Land yet, there should be plenty of them in the Old Land.
¡±Let¡¯s take a look right now.¡±
Fang Yun thought for a moment and decided to go to the Old Land to check the situation over there. His huge body bulldozed across the giant trees and vegetation, leaving behind many crazily escaping animals and an amazingly huge trail.
His destination is the sea area between these two huge continents.
The big ind might seem to be very close to the two continents, but the distance between is them is actually almost 1000 kilometer. He finally reached the sea area between the two continents after almost half a day of swimming.
ording to his visual observation, there should be a distance of about 100 kilometers between these two continents. Furthermore, he also felt some kind of disturbing energy in the air.
Although this energy does have some effects on him, the effects are very weak, miles away from being able to make him violent or crazy.
¡±Although its influence on me is far from that whale, it still feels a bit ufortable.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head, turned his head, then moved towards the coast of the Old Land. He turned his head around from time to time to check the situation.
¡±The World Tree isn¡¯t far away from this ce.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s sight suddenlynded on the huge tree not far away. The height of that tree is even more than his length. Not to mention its crown that stretches over dozens of kilometers.
Unfortunately, such a magnificent tree hardly has any trace of its old majesty. All of its branches and leaves have withered, its whole body is exuding a smell of decay. Perhaps in a few more years, this huge tree will copse due to the decay of its roots.
¡±These are the aircraft of Blue federation¡¡±
Around that huge tree, there are many aircraft, small and big, flying around, collecting samples of its branches and roots.
After hesitating a bit, Fang Yun decided to go over and take a look. There is a human base over there.
He learned on the Inte that the reason why the top-ranked humans want to get on this continent s badly is for this world tree. Furthermore, there are a lot of precious minerals along with rare nts and monsters.
Otherwise, they could have ttened this continent with their extremely powerful weapons, and that¡¯s without really affecting their main location, the Pacific-Asia continent.
However, doing so would bepletely meaningless, as they won¡¯t benefit in any way. Furthermore, this resource-rich continent willpletely be a wastnd.
After swimming for another 30 kilometers, Fang Yun¡¯s body stopped around a steep coast. There is a base a few kilometers away from him with many humans going in and out.
Fang Yun stealthily approached the base, then, using electromaic waves, he directly invaded thework of this base.
In an instant, almost all the information stored in this privatework was poured into the mind of Fang Yun.
This base is called the ¡°ck Iron Fortress¡±. Its outer walls are made of a special kind of metal, which is not only extremely durable, it also emits a kind of maic field that affect most monsters.
The area of the base is veryrge, covering an area of more than 30,000 mu. They also set up the corresponding watchtowers outside the fortress, as well as some guards and huge weapons, stretching the area of the fortress even further.
The main purpose of this fortress is to protect humans and give them the time to extract information from the roots of this huge tree.
¡±I think that I might have seen a simr setting before.¡±
Fang Yun thought with a weird look on his face.
Chapter 314: Preliminary Exploration Of the Forbidden Land
Chapter 314: Preliminary Exploration Of the Forbidden Land
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The entire fortress is circr. Its outer wall is hundreds of meters high and more than 20 meters wide. Some parts of the wall are hollow. They are usually filled with many destructive weapons along with many people.
Because of the thickness of the wall, a variety of heavy weapons are ced on it. Whether it¡¯s a ground or air attack, they can be used to easily defend against both of them.
In addition, there is an airport inside the fortress. If the fortress encounters any kind of attack, the aircraft in the airport can immediately take off and fight the enemy.
From these all these points, the safety factor of this fortress can be said to be extremely high, meaning that the humans living in this ce can protect themselves.
However, Humans living on the Old Land doesn¡¯t just need to resist those giant monsters. The thing that brings them the most trouble is the electromaic field that makes people irritable and crazy.
Although its effect in the Old Land is far from that of the forbidden Land, it still greatly affects their thoughts and actions.
Therefore, the humans inside this fortress are all wearing power suits. This suit has the same purpose as the exoskeleton, but it¡¯s more advanced and more effective.
They don¡¯t need to manually regte or manipte this type of suit. It will automatically detect changes in the muscles of the wearer, then calcte the action the person is intending to make. Whether it¡¯s dodging or jumping.
However, the most important function of this suit is still to help humans resist the electromaic field that is omnipresent in the Old Land.
With this power suit, even the weakest human can carry oxygen cylinders weighing hundreds of kilograms for a long period of time without feeling tired.
With the oxygen cylinder, humans can continue wearing a ss helmet that partially istes the electromaic field for several consecutive days. Even up to ten days, giving them the ability to carry operations on the Old Land for a long time?
Due to this power suit, the number of humans walking on the Old Land has reached a veryrge point.
While Fang Yun observed the base through the countless cameras hidden everywhere, he saw many soldiers patrolling the base, wearing power suits and ss masks on their faces.
¡°Dododododo!¡±
Suddenly, a closed-wing helicopter flew over from the World Tree. Fang Yun remember hat humans have already created this type of helicopters back in the blue. They were widely used against kaiju andnd monsters.
After the helicopternded at the airport, the corresponding staff immediately ran over, then took out arge number of roots from inside.
Fang Yun watched all this through the cameras, then shifted his sight to other ces.
Suddenly, a conference room appeared in his vision.
A meeting was being held in the conference room. The conference table was already full of people of different ages and genders. Through the speakers and microphones, Fang Yun was able to hear these people¡¯s speech.
The person sitting in the most prominent ce is a middle-aged man with a bald head. His body is so huge that it made his head look small. Judging from his skin color, he is a white man, but his skin is a bit tanned.
He wore a camouge uniform and was looking seriously at a fair-skinned middle-aged man in front of him. His suit, face, skinplexion, and aura made him look like a pampered master rather than a serious military man.
¡±Chief Miller, The operation of entering the Forbidden Land and reducing our team is very urgent, they have been there for more than 10 days, this can¡¯t be dyed anymore!¡±
The fair-skinned middle-aged man asked urgently.
¡±Mr.Lee.¡±
Miller seriously replied to him.
¡±I can understand your feelings, but I also hope you can understand us. We didn¡¯t receive any orders from the higher-ups. Furthermore, my authority doesn¡¯t give me the right to send our men to that hell-like ce, even if it¡¯s only 100 kilometers away!¡±
For current humans, a distance of 100 kilometers is very short. Any healthy adult man can cross it in a few hours.
¡±Ourpany¡¯s research team responded to your call for help in your toughest times, but now we are in a pinch, you just ignore it! Perhaps, I should report this to my boss and let him talk with your boss.¡±
¡±No! You can¡¯t do that Lee Sheng.¡±
Miller pondered for a moment then said.
¡±How about sending a team of fifty people to escort you to the Forbidden Land?¡±
¡±The inconvenience over there is mainly the electromaic field, give me your best equipment, and some sturgeon oil.¡±
¡±Lee Sheng, sorry, my rights aren¡¯t enough to give you such precious materials.¡±
Lee Sheng returned to his seat, frowning. He also knew that although Miller is the highest-ranked officer here, he doesn¡¯t have the right to send an army to the Forbidden Land without authorization.
If his superiors knew that, he would definitely be sent to the military court.
The Forbidden Land block has been lifted, causing some research teams to go into that continent, and they usually hover at just its entrance.
It just so happened that the research team of theirpany decided to take the risk and enter that continent after hearing this news.
At the beginning, it was agreed that the research team could only move within an area of 30 kilometers from the entrance. Their only way ofmunication in such an area filled with maic disturbance is the primitive signal res.
However, it has been a week since their research team has released a signal re, it¡¯s obvious that they encountered some kind of ident.
Lee Sheng came to the ck Iron Fortress. hoping that Miller could help them look for their missing research team in the Forbidden Land. Unfortunately, he refused.
A team losing contact for over a week means that they don¡¯t have a high chance of surviving. Miller knows the situation inside the Forbidden Land more than anyone, so he knows that that research team has a small chance of surviving.
Under various considerations, Miller rejected Lee Sheng¡¯s request, but this Lee Sheng background is very big, so even he has to be polite, and ording to him, there is an important person amongst the research team.
Miller is really tired of this bullsh*t. They are the ones that sent their research team into the Forbidden Land, why must he be the one to take the responsibility?
¡±So¡Chief Miller, when will the action begin?¡±
Taking off his sses and rubbing his brows, Lee Sheng suddenly looked up and asked the tired-looking Miller.
¡¡
¡±Humans have already started exploring the Forbidden Land.¡±
Fang Yun was feeling quite surprised. ¡°Why are they suddenly so interested in the Forbidden Land?¡±
In the past, although humans were curious about the Forbidden Land, they were more curious and afraid of it, so, after a few tragic idents, almost no one tried to explore it anymore.
Unexpectedly, five yearster, the government and many giant corporations started exploring it.
Fang Yun hacked into the database of the ¡°ck Iron Fortress¡±, then started to carefully search for the reason. After reading some top-secret documents, he finally understood why.
The reason why the leaders of the human ss are so eager to explore the Forbidden area is that they found some information recorded in the roots of the world tree.
Chapter 315: Old Dominator
Chapter 315: Old Dominator
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±A great will?¡±
Fang Yun thought deeply about these two words. This is the keyword he got from the information he gathered. ording to what he learned, the original inhabitant of this, the weiners, lived in harmony along with all living creatures in the world.
However, in a small time period, turmoil quickly spread in the whole world, many natural disasters urred simultaneously around the world, followed by everyone falling into madness then getting controlled.
After being controlled, the Weiner race started to develop space technology, traveled to and controlled one after the other, then started ¡®infecting¡¯ the intelligent creatures on thoses.
This disaster didn¡¯t erupt instantly. Humans have obtained records about the beginning of the disaster. It basically went like this. One day, in a certain city of the Weiner race, the guards¡¯ leader received a certain report.
A man reported seeing a certain group of people doing some sort of crazy activities not far from the city. Because that activity looked too evil, the man decided to report his discovery to the guard station.
It didn¡¯t take long for the guards to go to that ce under the guidance of the witness.
¡±It was on a clearing in a mountain forest. A special circr pattern was painted on the ground with some kind of monster¡¯s blood. Around that pattern, there were many stone statues.¡±
Fang Yun continued scrolling through the story.
¡±Many people were dancing around these stone statues while chanting some sort of obscure and weirdnguage. The most disgusting and evil thing is that there were the decapitated heads of many of their people along with the bodies of many children within that circr pattern.¡±
Fang Yun already has an idea about the type of this ¡®Great Will¡¯ owner. He had some doubts before, but now that he is basically certain about what kind of creature has caused all of these disasters.
¡±It directly enved the entire¡¯s creatures, but it should still be asleep. Since these Weiner race people weren¡¯t enough to wake it up, it sent them to others to spread its will, to help it wake up even earlier?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s body was floating on the water surface. With his experience as a bookworm that read many novels across many years, he was able to roughly guess what happened from the few pieces of information he got.
However, after understanding what type of creature he is facing, he became very nervous.
Previously, he was afraid of encountering those powerful aliens, afraid of their high-tech weapons. Probably dimensional weapons,-destroying cannons, ck hole generators, etc¡
Although he knew that the majority of those weapons are from his fantasies, he isn¡¯t sure what weapons an interster civilization has.
However, What he didn¡¯t expect is that before encountering aliens at the peak of the science-fiction category, he encountered a powerful creature from the myth category.
Although this is just a single creature with no extremely advanced weapons, its danger level is still no less than a very advanced alien civilization.
¡±Speaking of which, I can be counted as a mythical-level creature.¡±
in terms of appearance, he can¡¯t be described as an unseeable, untouchable, unmentionable creature. He is just a snake with a very exaggerated size and incredibly powerful skills.
The only simrity between him and that monster is that they can affect weaker creatures by their mere presence. For him, that would be with the electromaic field he is passively releasing, or ¡®dragon aura¡¯. He isn¡¯t sure about that monster though.
¡±I wonder if I can defeat or even kill that monster right now?¡±
The monster that Fang Yun is worrying about, the owner of this ¡®Great Will¡¯ is basically a Cthulhu-type creature. In many of his past life¡¯s myths, they were called the Old Dominators(great old ones), or the Elder Gods, basically a very evil type of gods.
Mortals can¡¯t see them, touch them, or even mention their name, as that would usually incur great disasters.
The owner of this ¡®Great Will¡¯ should be a-ss Old dominator (Great Old One). Evil gods like him usually begin with enving the¡¯s creature after descending on it.
Some of them actively descend on thoses, while others are passively doing so. Some of them are rtively weak, as they are unable to return to space without growing any further.
In addition toary-ss old dominators, there are the cosmic-ss evil gods. These cosmic-level creatures have immeasurable power, capable of destroying universes and reversing time and space.
The owner of the ¡®Great Will¡¯ sleeping on this is definitely not from that ss. It should be a-ss old dominator. Furthermore, seeing that it needs many people to know of it before it can wake up, it should be rather weak even in its ss.
¡±That old dominator should be in a dormant state now. I wonder if it¡¯s sleeping due to some kind of injury, or is it because it¡¯s in its growth phase.¡±
Fang Yun had some guesses in his mind.
He is now certain that the owner of this ¡®great will¡¯ is an Old Dominator-type creature. What he is worried about now is what state it¡¯s in.
¡±If the old dominator really shows up, can humans really cope with it?¡±
Before the arrival of the Old Dominator, the Weiner race wasn¡¯t that scientifically advanced, its science and technological prowess was even lower than that of humans in the old era. Their outstanding space-traveling technology was created after the appearance of the Old Dominator.
Even those kaiju, including the kaiju mother, weren¡¯t the original product of the Weiner people.
After the Weiner race developed the wormhole technology, they have been exploring others, but they didn¡¯t achieve any result in terms of creating high-tech weapons.
Their conquering strategy was actually quite simple. After opening a wormhole to others, they will basically send monsters controlled using their natural ability to conquer the said. No other technology was used.
In other words, in terms of technological advancement, apart from their wormhole technology, humans in the old era were basically much more advanced than them.
Once the Old Dominator acts again, it¡¯s uncertain if humans can resist.
Humans and especially their top leaders are very afraid of this Old Dominator. After understanding this Old Dominator might be in the Forbidden Land, they are trying their best to find its traces and trying to understand it.
¡±People¡¯s greatest fortune is their ignorance. After knowing somethings, the previous happiness and rxation willpletely disappear.¡±
In fact, when the leaders of the Blue Federation decided to send people to explore the Forbidden area, many researchers advised them against it. However, the leaders still remained firm in their opinion
¡±I have to admit, now is the best time to search for information.¡±
Fang Yun was in favor of the decision of the Blue Federation leaders. That Old Dominator is in a wrong state right now, so it¡¯s the best time to understand it and even deal with it.
It¡¯s just that, after searching for almost 5 years, humans haven¡¯t even seen its shadow.
¡±It would be best if they could find that thing sleeping ce before it wakes up.¡±
Fang Yun felt that attacking it while it¡¯s in its weak state is their best choice right now. A creature that can influence an entire is definitely terrifying.
Since both he and that creature live on the same, it¡¯s likely to threaten his life, so he really hopes to kill it in its sleep or weak state, avoiding all trouble.
After reviewing all the information he collected onest time, Fang Yun dived into the depth of the sea. He is nning to stay in this area for 2 or 3 days to see if he could get more useful information.
Chapter 316: Exploring The Forbidden Land
Chapter 316: Exploring The Forbidden Land
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun slowly dived into the depths of the sea. In this area, sea monsters are quitemon, so he doesn¡¯t need to worry about theck of food while he is still here.
In the past few days, he has been quietly observing this human fortress, reading theirtest news, trying to get more information about the terrifying creature simr to the old dominators.
Unfortunately, he didn¡¯t get any more news about it.
It might be due to the fact that humans don¡¯t know too much, or that the importance of this fortress isn¡¯t high so the key information isn¡¯t stored here.
Based on the information he gathered, this Old Dominator has one major characteristic, incredibly high spiritual power. It was able to enve an entire race overnight.
And at present, both the Forbidden Land and the Old Land are shrouded in some kind of spiritual domain.
Obviously, that Old Dominator is the one responsible for it.
Judging from the range of its abilities alone, this creature is much more powerful than Fang Yun. After all, Fang Yun metal power or electromaic fluctuation can¡¯t be spread across such a huge area. Especially considering that this is two times bigger than the Blue.
However, strength can¡¯t be calcted so simply. Perhaps, this type of creature naturally has such arge range of power. Especially considering that it¡¯s spiritual and not physical.
In addition, it should be sleeping now, or in a weak state, maybe even injured. Otherwise, it wouldn¡¯t have allowed the Blue Federation to develop on this for more than 100 years.
¡±It shouldn¡¯t be too strong, at least not to the extent of making me feel despair.¡±
Fang Yun was slowly swimming underwater. Previously, in order to catch a one-kilometer-long giant whale, he moved a bit more violently.
The results that can be caused by an eight-kilometer long creature violently moving underwater are no joke. Due to the extreme pressure created underwater, a huge whirlpool was formed on the surface, sucking everything nearby.
¡°Oh, No!¡±
On the sea surface, a huge ship was slowly moving forward, but right at this moment, a huge whirlpool was formed next to it.
Caught off-guard, the ship was violently pulled to the side, creating huge shockwaves on the surface of the ship and causing everyone on it to fall heavily on the ground.
¡±Lieutenant Henry, what the hell is going on?¡±
Lee Sheng barely managed to stabilize himself. He firmly grasped the railing with both hands, then looked at the ce where the whirlpool appeared, only to find that it has disappeared.
A burly young man was standing beside him. He was also looking at the ce where the abnormal whirlpool appeared. He immediately replied after hearing Lee Sheng¡¯s question.
¡±Mr.Lee, ording to my experience, there should be a sea monster not far below our ship, and it¡¯s one that¡¯s a least 3 kilometers long.¡±
Lee Sheng was very surprised, just as he was about to say something, Henry next to him yelled at the rest of his crew.
¡±Release the underwater robots.¡±
Their ship does have sonar. However, since their sonar didn¡¯t detect anything previously, this sea monster is most likely a stealth-type, so the only option they have left is to use the old underwater robots.
Many underwater robots were dropped into the sea, but despite searching fora long time, they didn¡¯t find anything unusual. All they could say is that the sea monster has left.
The whirlpool should have been an ident, they shouldn¡¯t have been the target of the sea monster from the beginning.
¡±I said this many times. They should have sent an airship to take us over.¡± Lee Shengined to Henry.
This morning, Miler, the leader of the ck Iron Fortress, told him that the team that will escort them to the Forbidden Land is ready
Lee Sheng didn¡¯t hesitate to take his team along with the soldiers dispatched from the ck iron fortress to the Forbidden Land.
Miller did indeed take them seriously as he sent a team of top super-soldiers, along with many advanced power suits to escort them.
Lee Sheng was very satisfied by this point, but he was dissatisfied with their means of transportation. Rather than the airship or mothership he wanted, he got an ordinary marine ship.
¡±Mr. Lee, The sky isn¡¯t safe either. ¡°
Henry replied to Lee Sheng. Stealth-type sea monsters are very rare. Even in the depth of the ocean, they encounter them only once every year. Furthermore, not every encounter results in a battle, just like now.
However, there are a lot of flying monsters in this area. It¡¯s the junction between the Old Land and the Forbidden Land after all. Using an airship in this ce is bound to attract a lot of them.
Although they aren¡¯t afraid, it¡¯s just too troublesome. Moreover, their ammunition in this remote ce is limited, so they are trying their best to avoid battles as much as possible.
Finally, there are some incredibly troublesome and even dangerous monsters amongst the flying creatures. Some of them can even make the level 6 kaiju look like a cute kittenpared to a huge tiger.
¡±These humans are finally leaving.¡±
Underwater, Fang Yun had been following behind the ship but has been slithering on the seafloor, so the robots weren¡¯t able to spot him.
He is nning to follow this group of people to investigate the Forbidden Land.
About two hourster, the ship carrying Lee Sheng and the others finally reached the Forbidden continent. That¡¯s due to the fact that these two continents aren¡¯t that far from each other.
The ship docked and anchored near the coast. They are nning to leave 2 people on the ship, while Lee Sheng, Henry, and their team go inside of the Forbidden Land to look for the research team.
After arranging a task for each of the teams, Lee Sheng and the rest started acting.
There are a total of 130 people entering the Forbidden Land this time. Each one of them is equipped with thetest generation power suit, advanced weapons, and a lot of detection equipment.
The condition of the Forbidden Land is much rougher than the Old Land.
First of all, In the old soil, because there are some old urban areas left by the Weiner race, the ground is still t. Even if it¡¯s covered with weeds, a slight cleaning can reveal a smooth urban road, so transportation isn¡¯t a big problem there.
However, the conditions here arepletely different. It¡¯spletely a rough mountainous forest,pletely obscure and dark.
However, despite the harsh environment, Lee Sheng and the rest of the team weren¡¯t majorly affected. Without mentioning their physical qualities, all of them are wearing power suits, so the rough environment isn¡¯t a problem for them.
¡±Those damn voices.¡±
Lee Sheng violently shook his head. He could feel that the ¡°Demonic Whispers¡± in his head are even more violent than when he was on the Old Land. The scary thing is that he is just at the entrance of the continent, and these whispers will get increasingly stronger as he goes deeper.
It¡¯s just that he doesn¡¯t have any other choice. He has to ovee this difficulty. This rescue operation is particrly important. Even if he has 90% of dying after going deep into the Forbidden Land, he still has to do so.
¡±Except for the ¡°Demonic Whispers¡±, there seems to be no big difference.¡±
Lee Shengpared the situation of the Forbidden Land with that of the Old Land and had some doubts about the dangers of the Forbidden Land.
It has been an hour since they entered the continent, but they still haven¡¯t encountered any scary monster yet.
¡±Wait!¡±
Right at that moment, Henry, who was walking in front of him, raised his hands and signaled for everyone to stop.
Chapter 317: Finding Leads
Chapter 317: Finding Leads
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The trees in front of them trembled slightly, followed by a huge head drilling out from the branches. It¡¯s a praying mantis, but it¡¯s big, it¡¯s got to be over 5 meters long.
After appearing, it stood upright in front of them, it¡¯s much higher than them so they had to look up to clearly see its appearance.
¡±It¡¯s a mutant praying mantis. Make it quick!¡±
After Henry saw the appearance of the monster that appeared, he immediately yelled to his subordinates
The two soldiers behind him suddenly stepped forward together. They raised their normal guns, then immediately shot at the head of the mantis.
¡°Bam!¡±
The huge praying mantis had just appeared, and before it could decide its next action, its head was quickly prated by the two bullets.
¡±Let¡¯s get out of here as quickly as possible.¡±
Henry nced at the dead mantis on the ground, then waved to everyone else, stepped past the mutant mantis body, and quickly moved forward.
The smell of the mantis blood along with the sound of the gunshots is likely to attract the attention of some nearby monsters.
Lee Sheng followed behind Henry, but this time, he has even more doubts about the Forbidden Land. The mutant praying mantis they encountered before can also be found in the Old Land, but it¡¯s amon creature even back there.
The strength of this mutant mantis is ranked at the bottom of the food chain even there, so he felt weird seeing this type of creature in the ce considered as ¡®the most dangerous ce on the¡¯.
¡±They can¡¯t even resist ordinary bullets.¡±
Looking at the mutant mantis body, Lee Sheng shook his head.
Of course, the ordinary bullets and guns he is talking about are vastly different from those of the old era. Using railgun technology, they were able to increase the speed and pration power to an extremely high level.
However, their power is still vastly inferior to that of explosive weapons andser weapons.
The big team continued to walk forward. Just when they got past the mantis body and started rxing, the body of the mutant mantis behind them suddenly exploded.
¡°Bang!¡±
Henry, who was walking ahead violently turned his head and shouted loudly.
¡±Be careful!¡±
Lee Sheng, who was pressed against the grass, raised his head slightly and looked back with a look of surprise.
The mutant mantis behind them suddenly exploded, turning into many small pieces. To be more precise, its stomach was the thing that exploded.
Then from inside, many ck shadows flew out, turning into ck beams heading straight towards their team.
The ck shadows headed straight towards their back, then tried to drill into their power suits.
¡±Ahhh!!¡±
Many people bent over and started loudly screaming, those dark shadows actually passed through their power suits, then prated their flesh and blood.
This time, a total of five people have been affected. After a series of loud screams, these five people started roaring and shouting madly. Each one ran in different directions, disappearing in the jungle.
¡±Is that an iron¡ An iron worm?¡±
Lee Sheng had a mortified look on his face. He knew about the existence of iron worms, an extremely rare species of insects that live by parasitizing other creatures. However, he didn¡¯t expect that the previous mutant mantis was parasitized.
After its host dies, it will leave his body then look for a new host. Even scarier is its lightning-fast speed and violent way of parasitizing other creatures.
¡±Bastard!¡±
Henry cursed angrily. The five people that were parasitized were his subordinates. After taking a deep breath, he sternly warned everyone.
¡±Everyone, be careful, there are dangers everywhere in this jungle.¡±
Lee Sheng no longer dared to treat the Forbidden Land with skepticism and contempt.
After seeing five people die without warning in front of him, he finally started getting a bit nervous and afraid. What will he do if he was the next target? So he didn¡¯t dare to act arrogantly anymore.
In this fashion, seven days passed in a row, Lee Sheng and the rest of the team could be said to have seen hell on earth in the past 7 days.
They saw too many weird and bloody creatures in this jungle.
In the beginning, Lee Sheng wondered why there are very few creatures in such a lush jungle, but in the next few days, the number of weird creatures and grotesque monsters they encountered skyrocketed.
All of which constitutes a great threat to them.
For example, on the second day, they encountered a weird bat that has a wingspan of 20 meters. Lee Sheng and his team watched from afar as it killed a 9 meters long sabertooth tiger; Just as it was about to grab it and leave, it was attacked by a bigger Falcon.
In the end, the Falcon grabbed both of the bat and the sabertooth tiger and left.
The size of these creatures is actually average, the scary thing is their peculiar abilities. The sonic attack of the bat, the supersonic speed, and stealth of the Falcon. Creatures with such abilities are very hard to deal with.
In the past few days, Lee Sheng could be said to feel his heart hanging, he couldn¡¯t rx for even second. It¡¯s horrible. 25 people from their team were killed, leaving behind only 105, and the number of the injured is even higher.
¡±Mr. Lee, maybe we should end this search operation.¡±
Henry walked towards Lee Sheng and reported their situation.
¡±It will be almost impossible to find 120 people in such a short time. Even if you provided us with their rough location, it would still take up many months topletely scour this area, and I¡¯m certain that we can¡¯tst until that time¡±
In fact, what Henry wanted to tell him is that the research team members are most likely dead. Even such a heavily armed team like them had so many casualties over the past few days, and this is still the edge of the forest.
Lee Sheng¡¯s eyebrows twitched. He heard the implication behind Henry¡¯s tactful words. In fact, he understands this too, but if they go back empty-handed, his boss will definitely be furious.
If he goes back without finding the person, he will definitely be thrown into the sea by his boss to feed the sea monsters.
¡±Even if it¡¯s their bodies, we must find them!¡±
Lee Sheng said fiercely. ¡°Let¡¯s look for them again, maybe we can find their traces. Thest signal they left was around this area¡±
Henry looked very helpless. Corpses? They should have been eaten a lot of time ago.
However, Lee Sheng is the one leading the team, so he can only listen to Lee Sheng¡¯s words and continued searching.
Fortunately, this time, they had some discoveries.
¡±Hahaha, they had been here before, there are traces of a man-made fire.¡±
Lee Sheng saw a clearing not far ahead, where ash could be seen. Next to the ash, there are traces of human movement along with some traces left behind by mechanical tents.
¡±Lieutenant Henry, see, they stopped here before.¡±
Lee Sheng pointed at the open space in front of him and said.
¡±Judging from the traces they left behind, they should have headed in that direction.¡±
He pointed to a direction, from which traces of footprints along with broken bushes could be seen.
Henry finally let out a sigh of relief. There are indeed traces of camping here. He also hopes to find the research team as soon as possible, then leave this damn ce.
After all, they lost almost 30 people in just 7 days.
Three more days passed.
Lee Sheng and the rest of the team continued to follow the traces left behind by the research team and finally had some results on the third day.
Chapter 318: Tang Guo’s Experience
Chapter 318: Tang Guo¡¯s Experience
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Lieutenant Henry, the research team is nearby!¡±
Lee Sheng yelled while looking at the clearing in front of him. Traces of a camp can be seen here. More importantly, looking at the traces left behind, they should have camped here fairly recently.
Henry also stepped forward, checked the camping traces, then asked Lee Sheng.
¡±Your research team went in that direction, should we follow them now?¡±
¡±Of course!¡±
Lee Sheng looked excited and nervous at the same time. The reason why he went to such great trouble and even put his and many people¡¯s life at danger isn¡¯t actually for the research team, but a single person in it.
If it wasn¡¯t to save that person. He wouldn¡¯t have had toe to this dangerous ce at all.
This time, Henry was the one leading the team, and Lee Sheng was still protected tightly in the middle. Their team slowly moved forward. This speed is actually perfect as the scouts need to look for the traces left behind by the team and the defense team needs to look for any danger.
¡±Stop!¡±
Henry suddenly raised his hand and signaled everyone to stop. After a few seconds, rustling sounded from the area head of them.
¡°Shhh!!¡±
Everyone¡¯splexion immediately changed. They raised their guns almost immediately, pointing them at the bushes not far ahead.
A few secondster, swarms of bats suddenly appeared.
These bats are actually quite small, not much different from ordinary bats, but there are thousands of them, and they are currently heading towards their face.
¡±Open Fire!¡±
Henry yelled loudly, He pressed the trigger of the gun in his hand, spewing countless bullets and killing many bats.
While many others used ordinary guns to shot at the bat swarm, someone in the team picked up explosive guns and fired at the iing bats.
Many bullets flew from this special gun, which immediately exploded upon contact with the bat swarm, killing many of them with every explosion.
¡°Wooo!!¡±
The bats let out an ear-piercing scream, then quickly scattered. Only to gather once again far away from the team, then attack again.
After several waves of attacks. Only about 100 bats remained, which quickly scattered around. On the other hand, over 10 people from their team died.
Although these bats have the size of ordinary bats. Whether it¡¯s their strength, bone density, and even speed are extremely high.
As long as a single bat gain enough momentum, they can easily shatter the ss covering the head of the team members, then break their heads. Not to mention that a swarm of them pounce every time.
¡±Let¡¯s go.¡±
Henry looked at his team members lying on the ground. Then continued to lead the team to follow the traces left behind with a grim look on his face.
Lee Sheng silently followed not far behind Henry. In fact, amongst the dead people, only a few were from Henry¡¯s team, most of which are part of his team.
The only reason why he was able to live until now is because of the protection of everyone, but if his team members continue to die like this, then his turn will soon arrive.
¡±Hopefully, I can find the youngdy sooner.¡±
Lee Sheng smiled bitterly. The only reason why they paid so much toe to the Forbidden Land is that their boss¡¯s daughter is part of the research team. Otherwise, they wouldn¡¯t have gone to such length and sacrificed so many people for a single research team.
¡±Lieutenant Henry, did you hear the sound of gunshots?¡±
Walking absentmindedly on the road, Lee Sheng suddenly froze. Just a second before, he heard the faint sound of gunshots. He immediately turned around and asked Henry, with a look of urgency and expectations on his face.
¡°Pa! pa! pa!¡±
Henry frowned slightly, just as he was about to say something. The sound of gunshots sounded again, this time much clearer than before.
¡±The sound came from there!¡±
Henry closed his eyes and discerned the direction of the gunfire. A few seconds ahead, he violently opened his eyes, pointed to the north-west, and said loudly.
After determining the direction of the sound, the team suddenly elerated, running straight towards the source of the sound.
¡¡¡¡
¡±Protect the youngdy, go! go!!¡±
A few hundred meters away from Henry and Lee Sheng¡¯s team, a group of people was quickly running away. It¡¯s like there was something terrifying behind them.
However, there was nothing behind them, just the gentle wind and many giant trees.
There are a total of twenty people on this team. The leading person is a beautiful young woman. She is wearing a power suit, so she isn¡¯t burdened by running and jumping on this rough terrain. However, the ss cover on her head was broken.
¡±Miss, you must take that code back. It¡¯s the boss¡¯s only hope.¡±
Next to that young woman was a burly young man. He gritted his teeth and said loudly, then suddenly turned around and ran to the back of the team.
¡±Damn animal! Come after your grandpa if you have the ability!¡±
After saying this, the young man raised the gun in his hand, looking alertly around, ready to shoot anytime.
However, at the next moment, a dark shadow passed by, instantly taking the young man away. In just a fraction of a second, a leopard appeared on the branches of a tree 20 meters away, the young man is in its mouth.
This leopard is more than seven meters long and almost three meters high. Fortunately, the tree it was standing on is quite a big one, so its branches didn¡¯t break.
The young man was softly hanging from the leopard¡¯s mouth. He was bitten by the leopard on his neck, instantly killing him;
¡±The leopard is there.¡±
Amongst the 20 people team, a man suddenly shouted, followed by many people lifting their weapons and firing at the leopard.
¡±Bang! Bang! bang!.¡±
The weapons they used this time areser guns. This type of weapons has an extremely high destructive power, very high speed, and a wide range.
However, the leopard still dodged theser attacks. It sensed danger the moment they raised their guns and evaded before they even fired.
Still running away, Tang Guo looked back, she watched with red eyes as the young man¡¯s neck was bitten by the leopard and as buckets of blood seeped from it.
Biting her lips, she wiped the tears at the corner of her eyes and continued running.
Five years ago, she suddenly became very interested in sea andnd monsters, so using her father¡¯s giantpany, she started research on them.
As she continued researching and conducting experiments on various monsters and weird creatures, she discovered something unusual.
In fact, in the Old Land, there are many ruins of the Weiner people¡¯s cities, and in those ruins, there are still many books and relics left behind by them.
Even before humans knew about the existence of the Old Dominator, she found descriptions about him in some of these books. It¡¯s just that she couldn¡¯t interpret it at that time.
Just when she wanted to seek the government¡¯s help, she didn¡¯t expect them to already get information about the Old Dominator from the Star Tree.
At that time, after wasting a lot of money and effort, she was finally able to interpret the text on it, gaining a lot of information.
The writer of that ancient book indicated that he will enter the Forbidden Land and do some research.
He was nning to look for the source of the ¡®Great Will¡¯, then study it and look for some ways to stop its spreading.
The book writer didn¡¯t know at that time that the owner of the ¡®great will¡¯ is a living creature, an Old Dominator.
Anyway, after writing the final parts about his trip and the location of his research institute, he didn¡¯t mention anything about the research or what happened after that.
The reason Tang Guo came to the ¡°forbidden Land¡± this time to look for the research institute left behind by the book writer and see if he had any results.
In the end, she didn¡¯t expect that only 20 people would survive from the 200 she brought with her originally. Furthermore, they are far away from the coast of this forsaken continent.
Chapter 319: Dangerous Jungle
Chapter 319: Dangerous Jungle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±What to do? What can I do to get out of this situation?¡±
Tang Guo was extremely flustered. She finally found a book with information about the old dominator in it, can she only die before bringing it back?
She isn¡¯t afraid of dying here, it¡¯s just that her dad¡¯s problem will be hopeless to solve after that.
Three years ago, her father suddenly caught a disease. When he was alone, he often became crazy and started talking to himself. Sometimes yelled loudly, and even saying words in some sort of weirdnguage.
Furthermore, his situation became more and more serious with time. After one month, her mother could only send him to one of their private hospitals to heal.
Whether it¡¯s the Old Land of the Forbidden Land, any human that steps on them started to hear some sorts of ¡°Demonic whispers¡± in their ears.
These ¡°Demonic Sounds¡± tend to affect people¡¯s mental health with time, as the longer one listens to them, the more unsettled, tired, or even psychological distorted will one bes.
In the end, people can even gopletely insane, crazy, or be mentally ill, and her father is not far from this stage. He is barely keeping a tinge of reason.
However, her father¡¯s mental illness is somewhat different from normal people. Tang Guo heard her mother say that her father had ced some strange statues in his office, worshiping them many times a day.
He even gave many simr statuses to his friends and family.
ording to Tang Guo¡¯s guess, her father isn¡¯t simply bing mentally ill or crazy due to these ¡°Demonic Sounds¡±. Rather, he is starting to get enved.
People from such a high-ss like them usually know some ssified secrets.
Although the human leadership reassured most the citizens by saying that the Pacific-Asia continent is free from those ¡°Demonic Sounds¡± and that these sounds will never reach their continent.
However, it doesn¡¯t mean that the Pacific-Asia continent is totally free from the Old dominator control.
For example, Tang Guo knows that her father isn¡¯t the only victim. Many people were also infected by the owner of the ¡®Great Will¡¯, gradually bing his ves.
Upon discovery, these people will instantly be taken away by the government. This is all to prevent the tragedy of the Weiner race from repeating, this time with the human race.
Currently, thepany is under the control of her mother, and her father is currently receiving treatment. Although his condition has gradually improved, it¡¯s still far from healed.
When he is in his sober state, her father¡¯s condition is no different from normal people. The reason why Tang Guo¡¯s mother was able to control thepany was that her father announced it to the public in his sober state. Otherwise, it would be difficult for even her mother to control a giantpany like theirs.
The most important factor in keeping thepany under control and making the dissidents not dare to show up is because her fatheres to thepany from time to time in his sober state.
In order topletely restore her father¡¯s condition to normal, she took the initiative toe to this godforsaken ce after hearing that there are some information about the Old Dominator and even how to resist his will on this continent.
After entering the Forbidden Land, she went through all kinds of hardships and dangers. Finally, after sacrificing almost 100 people, she reached their destination-a dpidated research institute.
After searching through the entire research institute, she finally found this scroll.
Unfortunately, after passing through so many dangerous locations and frightening monsters, only a fraction of the original personnel remain, and it looks like even the remaining fraction is nearing its end now.
They don¡¯t have much ammunition, and the mutant leopard chasing behind is as fast as sound, no matter how they attack, they can¡¯t even scratch it.
¡°Whoosh!!¡±
The sound of wind wreaking suddenly sounded.
Tang Guo¡¯s heart suddenly shrank.
¡±It¡¯s here again!¡±
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
Sure enough, in the next moment, a loud scream sounded. She knew that another person has died.
¡±What to do? What should I do?!¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s heart was filled with panic and fear. Her mind was nk, but she still ran forward mechanically. If this goes on, it will be her turn sooner orter. More importantly, this scroll can¡¯t be brought back.
¡±Miss¡Miss!¡±
Suddenly, not far ahead from them, someone was shouting loudly. She raised her head and looked intently ahead, only to find that a team of people is hurriedly running towards them.
¡±Uncle Lee?¡±
The moment Tang Guo saw Lee Sheng in the crows, an overjoyed look appeared on her face.
¡±Uncle Lee, hurry up, a mutant leopard is chasing behind us and our ammunition is about to run out.¡±
Upon banding together, Lee Sheng and Henry along with the rest of the team immediately surrounded Tang Guo and her team in the middle, then started looking around vigntly.
¡±Miss, are you okay?¡±
Lee Sheng walked to Tang Guo¡¯s side and asked with a look of concern on his face.
¡±I¡¯m okay.¡±
Tang Guo waved her hand, propped her knees with both hands, and after catching her breath, she started looking around vigntly, but no traces of the leopard were found.
¡±Uncle Lee, let¡¯s go.¡±
She guessed that the leopard might have left after seeing thisrge group of people. This might be the perfect time to leave the forest.
¡°Whoosh!!¡±
However, right at that moment, Tang Guo was shocked after hearing this familiar sound. Immediately after, a loud scream sounded again.
She violently turned her head and looked at the source of the scream, but she could see that a shadow bit one of herpanions, then dragged him to the distance, disappearing in an instant.
¡°Bang! bang! bang!¡±
The sound of gunshots rung through the entire forest.
However, under such intensive attacks, the leopard was still unharmed.
¡±Uncle Lee, let¡¯s go!!¡±
Tang Guo was taken aback. She didn¡¯t expect that even in the face of so many people, the leopard would still dare to attack. Moreover, it was actually sessful, and unharmed at that.
¡±Lieutenant Henry, Hurry up, let¡¯s go!¡±
Lee Sheng was also shocked. The speed of this leopard is too fast. Its movement and reacting speed are unbelievable. They couldn¡¯t even react to its actions.
¡±Everyone follows my instructions and retreat.¡±
Henry didn¡¯t even have the idea of staying here. He directly issued instructions to the team, leading hem in an orderly way.
They are going back straight through the path they came from.
As time passed without any other attack, Tang Guo and her team finally started to rx. After all, with reinforcements, their pressure dropped a lot.
However, this doesn¡¯t mean that theypletely rxed.
The leopard is still hanging behind them. Furthermore, two dayster, the predators behind them increased a lot, reached at least 5.
Henry hatched a n to ambush one of their most obvious followers and was able to kill it with the help of the team. It was a mutant Bengal tiger, and one of the slower and more obvious ones, making it easier to kill.
However, due to the constant ambushes by other predators, the casualties are constantly increasing.
Up to now, their manpower went from 120 people to 65, and this is just in two days.
¡±Miss, hold on a little longer, we will soon get out of this cursed jungle.¡±
Lee Sheng said with a serious look on his face. It¡¯s unknown whether he said it tofort Tang Guo or tofort himself.
During these two days, he felt that his mind was about to copse due to excessive tension.
Yesterday, he was walking with a guard next to him. Suddenly, that guard bumped into a hidden spider and got stuck.
Just as he was about to go and pull the man away from the, a horse-sized spider emerged from the side and bit the chest of the man.
In the end, although the spider was shot into a sieve, the man also died, because the spider turned to be extremely poisonous.
Even more frightening is that when Lee Sheng and the man were just 1 meter away from each other. If it weren¡¯t for the fact that his guard was a bit head, he would have been the one to get stuck in the spider.
¡°Booom!!¡±
Suddenly, a huge piercing sound sounded from above.
Tang Guo and the rest immediately looked up, and immediately saw a huge ck shadow shrouding them and the surrounding jungle. It¡¯s absolutely a kilometers-level bird.
Chapter 320: Terrifying Monsters and the Great Escape
Chapter 320: Terrifying Monsters and the Great Escape
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Tang Guo looked at the dark shadow passing above them at high speed, and couldn¡¯t help but swallow her saliva. Yesterday, this kilometer-ss bird-shaped monster has been following for a long time.
The reason why it didn¡¯t attack them or even approach them is that it¡¯s afraid of the most powerful weapons they are holding.
Lee Sheng and his team are carrying high-energy ss cannons. This type of cannon can even prate an entire mountain, but it¡¯s too cumbersome to set and very hard to aim with, so it can only be used against giant monsters.
Yesterday this kilometer-ss bird suffered a heavy loss in the hands of these cannons, so it didn¡¯t dare to act rashly afterward.
Although this giant bird has supersonic speed, it¡¯s size is just too big. As long as they can aim and lock the target with theirser cannons, then it¡¯s definitely going to hit. Can this bird be faster than light?
¡±Miss, go quickly.¡±
Lee Sheng was also a bit scared, but he quickly reacted and reminded Tang Guo to continue moving forward. He just can¡¯t wait to leave this fucking ce and return home.
¡±Damn, no matter what anyone says, I will nevere back to this ce.¡±
Lee Sheng swore internally. He is serious. In this ce, he has to be vignt of everything and everyone. Not only the various monsters and mutant beasts but also the nts, the rocks, the trees.
Everything here is a deadly creature. Even the small nts at their feet could be a scary parasitic nt.
In this cursed ce, where most machines, ships, cars, and nes don¡¯t work, where they are under the disturbing attack of the ¡°Demonic Whispers¡± and where everything around them is potentially deadly. A little careless action can often result in death.
Tang Guo nodded upon hearing Lee Sheng¡¯s words. She was protected in the middle of the team, continuing to walk forward. It¡¯s worth mentioning that after meeting with Lee Sheng and his team, she was given a ss helmet to protect her from the ¡°Demonic Whispers¡±.
The reason why she was able to insist for so long without a ss helmet is that she was born with an exceedingly high mental power, dozens, or even hundreds of times higher than ordinary people.
It¡¯s precisely because of this that her mother allowed her toe to the Forbidden Land to search for information about the Old Dominator,
Even so, she still had to cry her heart out and even threatened to hang herself before her mother truly allowed her toe here.
She really doesn¡¯t want her beloved father to be a ve to the Old Dominator.
¡±In another half day, we can finally go out.¡±
The team continued moving forward for another three hours. Henry mentioned for everyone to take a short break before continuing. Looking at the familiar scenery around Lee Sheng finally let out a sigh of relief. They are close.
However, that wasn¡¯t the case for Henry, he became even more nervous. He cautiously reminded his subordinates.
¡±Don¡¯t rx your guard, now is the most critical time.¡±
He knew that the predators who followed then for so long won¡¯t let them go so easily. They are waiting for the perfect opportunity to strike and now is one such opportunity.
¡°Whooosh!¡±
Just as he expected, just a few seconds after theyid on the ground, one such predator attacked them. It¡¯s the mutant leopard.
Its 7 meters long body left a series of afterimages in the air, instantly reaching the location of one of theirpanions. It was one of Lee Sheng¡¯s subordinates. Before he could react, he was bitten and taken away.
¡±Damn it!¡±
Lee Sheng cursed loudly. Even if they have powerfulser weapons, they still couldn¡¯t react in the face of that leopard. Lee Sheng felt really shaken in front of such an unsolvable monster. He is truly shaking in fear right now.
¡±Everyone, pay attention to your surroundings.¡±
Henry warned seriously again. He looked in the direction where the leopard has disappeared with a solemn look.
Even he, a superman by normal people¡¯s standards, could hardly react in front of such a fast creature.
Tang Guo was taken aback again by this sudden attack. She tensed up once again, looking around nervously. She held the package in her hand even tighter.
Suddenly, she noticed that a strange creature, a giant mosquito-like monster emerged behind a person not far to her right.
This frightening mosquito was about the size of a human. The moment it appeared, it plunged its mouthparts into the back of the soldier¡¯s head. The man could only let out a brief scream before his brain, his eyes, and arge amount of his blood were sucked.
¡±Ahhh!!¡±
Tang Guo and the soldier screamed almost at the same time. She pointed her trembling finger at him with a face full of horror. The rest of the team immediately looked at the source of the disturbance,
They raised their guns and subconsciously shot at the soldier¡¯s original location, but there is nothing there right now. The giant mosquito has disappeared.
¡±He died.¡±
One of the man¡¯spanions walked next to hisrade¡¯s body. Looking at the missing head and shriveled body, he said with aplicated look on his face.
¡±It¡¯s that mosquito.¡±
Henry had a frustrated look on his face. That mosquito is one of the most dangerous predators following them. It¡¯s not only faster than the leopard but also has an optical stealth ability.
Most of the idents it caused are like this one. When they realize that someone died, the mosquito would have already disappeared.
¡±Okay, let¡¯s continue on our way.¡±
Henry looked back with a look of anxiety, then said to everyone. After just a 1 minute break, they collected their equipment and supplies, then continued moving forward.
¡±Miss, let¡¯s go too.¡±
Lee Sheng looked very worried. He is afraid that the remaining part of this trip won¡¯t be easy to cross.
The team set out again, speeding up a lot, but just as they had expected. Thisst path in their journey was the most dangerous.
They lost 38 more people, causing their team to shrink a lot. The number of predators following behind them has also decreased to four.
The ck leopard, the giant mosquito, the kilometer-ss giant bird, and a ck wolf.
There were two other predators following them previously, but Henry managed to kill them by using some traps.
Unfortunately, the trap approach won¡¯t work anymore, these monsters are very smart.
The jungle in front of them became sparser and sparser. Seeing this, the mood of Lee Sheng and the rest gradually started to improve.
¡±Miss, we are finally getting out of this cursed forest!¡±
Tang Guo also looked excited. As long as she brings this scroll back, then her father¡¯s condition is likely to improve.
¡±Quick, quick, we must speed up.¡±
Henry urged the people behind him, then started elerating, trying to get out of this forest as soon as possible.
Tang Guo followed the crowd and ran forward excitedly.
However, right at that moment, the sound of air breaking sounded behind them. Those monsters are attacking again.
¡±Damn it! these animals!¡±
Henry looked back and could feel that on their right side, a monster was heading towards them.
It wasn¡¯t just on one side. Another monster was heading towards him from the left side. These bastards are nning to block the advancement of their team.
¡±Prepare to fight!¡±
Suddenly, Henry yelled loudly. Just after his cry sounded, two dark shadows broke through the bushes on both sides, then headed straight towards the head of the team.
¡±Die!!¡±
Henry yelled loudly. He pointed at one of the shadows on the side, then pressed on the trigger of hisser gun.
¡±Whew!¡±
Aser beam flew out andnded straight on one of the shadows, followed by a loud howl. The shadow that was struck instantly ran back, jumping straight on a tree 100 meters away and looked at them with bloodshot eyes.
It¡¯s the ck wolf.
This time, the tail of the ck wolf was burned by Henry, causing it to look at him with hatred.
Henry managed to drive back the ck wolf, but the leopard on the other side of the team seeded, killing one person on the side
A few secondster, another scream sounded from the end of the team.
Undoubtedly, the giant mosquito attacked another person at the back of the team.
Henry didn¡¯t care about this. He still led the team to stride forward. Fortunately, they are very close to the exit, otherwise running in such a dangerous jungle is almost suicidal.
Ten minutester, along with the sound of the waves, they finally saw the endless ocean in front of them.
¡±Everyone, pay attention, we are about to get out of this forest!¡±
Henry yelled loudly, inspiring them all.
Tang Guo and the others in the back also looked very excited. They can finally leave this cursed forest. However, when they thought about how many of theirpanions died, they inevitably felt sad.
Currently, the number of people remaining is only 32.
¡°We¡¯re out of the forest!¡±
After a while, someone yelled loudly. They finally got out of the forest and came to the beach.
As long as they get on the ship, then no matter whether it¡¯s the mutant animals or the giant monsters. They won¡¯t remain as a threat. With the firepower on their ship, not to mention a few predators, even if it¡¯s hundreds, they can ughter them.
¡±We finally got out of this hell hole!¡±
Everyone¡¯s face was filled with excitement.
Looking at the ship floating on the sea surface, Tang Guo¡¯s face was red due to her extreme excitement. She followed behind Henry and raw with her maximum speed towards the ship.
However, right at that moment, a familiar shadow shrouded them and the surrounding area. Looking up, the found that the kilometer-ss giant bird is swooping towards them.
Chapter 321: The Grand Entrance of the Giant Serpent
Chapter 321: The Grand Entrance of the Giant Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Damn it, it¡¯s that monster!¡±
Henry, who was running ahead, picked up theser gun on his back, then aimed straight at the giant bird in the sky.
Aser beam flew out,nding on the body of the giant bird, creating arge hole on its body surface and burning a lot of its feathers.
However, with the size and defense of the giant bird, the hole created by theser gun can only be counted as surface damage. It¡¯s not even a serious injury, let alone a fatal one.
It wasn¡¯t just Henry who fired, many people in the team picked their energy guns and started firing at this enormous beast, creating arge number of holes on its body and burning arge part of its feather
Although it was only skin-level damage to the giant bird, therge number of holes on its body along with the burning of arge number of its feather caused it to cry out loudly.
¡°Gah!!¡±
The sharp cry quickly spread across dozens of kilometers. Henry and the rest of the team felt like their ears were stabbed with knives, causing them to clutch their head, kneel on the ground and shout in pain.
The giant bird-monster rose in the air like a fighter jet, circled around them, then dived straight towards them again.
In fact, it wasn¡¯t just the giant bird. Behind them, a loud noise could be heard as the sound barrier was broken by three different creatures.
The Leopard, ck wolf, and giant mosquito are heading towards them all simultaneously.
¡±Damn it!¡±
Henry tried to pick up the gun and shoot at those four monsters, but his muscles are still spasming due to the previous sound attack. It will take him a few seconds to regain control of his body, but unfortunately, he doesn¡¯t have that time.
¡±Are we all going to die?¡±
This was the thought of most of the people in that scene. Due to the previous sonic attack, all of them are currently paralyzed, and four monsters are constantly approaching them at supersonic speeds from different directions.
However, just as Tang Guo and the rest started resigning to their fate. To their surprise, the three mutant creatures suddenly stopped and started running in the opposite direction.
Even the bird monster that was swooping down suddenly changed its direction mid-air, flew in a semi-circle, then quickly flew to the distance.
¡±What happened?¡±
Tang Guo and the others had shocked looks on their face, but right at that moment, a strange sound came from the sea, causing them to immediately turn sound and look.
¡±What is that?¡±
On the other side, Lee Sheng and Henry¡¯s Ship was docked near the coast. On the ship, two soldiers and many sailors were left behind. While they were busy preparing the ship to sail again, they suddenly heard the sound water breaking a few hundreds of meters away from their ship.
They all followed the sound to its source and were immediately frightened.
A ¡°big mountain¡± was rising from the sea.
This is actually a giant monster. To be more precise, it¡¯s a giant snake. This snake looked like an ind rising from underwater.
With just a rough estimate, the diameter of its head alone is over 300 meters.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Tang Guo and the others were dumbfounded. They didn¡¯t expect that such a giant sea monster to suddenly appear. The giant snake stood upright on the water surface. Its body length could not be estimated. Just the small part that is over the water surface is over 1 kilometer.
¡±Giant, a giant snake.¡±
Lee Sheng said with a trembling voice. Originally, when he saw the four predators fleeing back to the forest, he was still happy, but after seeing such a huge monster appearing out from the sea, the joy was reced with fear.
No way, even these four monsters that caused them so much fearbined aren¡¯t as terrifying as this giant snake.
¡±What should we do?¡±
Lee Sheng asked Henry not far away. Henry was also shocked at this time. He held theser gun in his hands tightly. His muscles have already regained the ability to move, but he doubted whetherser guns can deal with a sea monster of that size.
He subconsciously wanted to aim theser gun at the giant snake¡¯s eye, then fire, but whenever he thinks of this, his body immediately turns cold and starts to tremble
His instincts as a seasoned Warrior are crazily warning him to not attack the giant snake, as doing so will have incredible consequences.
A short period of two to three seconds has passed but it felt like a century to them.
In front of Tang Guo, Lee Sheng, Henry, and the rest of the team, the giant serpent started moving. It slowly stuck its body out from the sea, then swam towards the shore.
Tang Guo and the rest of the team were extremely shocked by the sheer size of this giant monster.
This snake is so huge that the kilometer-ss giant bird looks like a hummingbird in front of an anaconda.
While Tang Guo and the rest of her team were still shocked, the giant serpent shifted his sight to the three ¡®small¡¯ monsters behind them.
The three are very close to the forest, they just need a second or two to immediately disappear into it, escaping. The giant bird is also getting rather far away. It¡¯s currently moving at several times the speed of sound, and it¡¯s still elerating.
Just as these four monsters seemed close to escaping, four lightning bolts flew towards them.
¡±Zzzz zzz!!!¡±
The three small monsters that were trying to escape into the forest instantly died. As for the kilometer-ss bird that was flying in the air. It fell straight on the forest, creating a path that stretched for several kilometers.
It was seriously injured, still twitching from the lightning, but all it took it was a second lightning bolt for it topletely die.
Although all of the four monsters had supersonic-levels of speed. They are still slower than a turtle in the face of Fang Yun¡¯s lightning.
¡±Great attack power.¡±
Fang Yunmented internally. He slithered past Tang Guo and the others, then swallowed the three terrifying mutant beasts with a single gulp.
To be honest, he is too big now. These leopards/wolf/mosquito are as small as insects to him, so it would have been very hard to eat them normally.
Fortunately, he can eat inanimate objects now, including soil. So he gulped them down along with arge area of sand, leaving behind a crater with a diameter of more than 200 meters and a depth of 30 meters.
Finally, after devouring the kilometer-ss giant bird, he turned his attention to Tang Guo and herpanions.
His huge pupils looked intensely at the crowd. To be more precise, he looked closely at Tang Guo.
¡±Haha, I met this girl again.¡±
Fang Yun smiled internally. He recognized Tang Guo at first sight. Thinking of their previous encounter, a bit of mischief rose in his heart again.
His giant head slowly approached her, his eyes filled with yful intentions. Tang Guo held her head up, trembling while watching as the giant snake slowly approached her.
It¡¯s hard to imagine how terrified was Tang Guo at that time. She felt that she would definitely die this time. She felt scared, sad, and more than anything, frustrated.
She really hoped to bring the scroll she got in the Forbidden Land back to her father.
Seeing that the giant serpent is constantly approaching her. She couldn¡¯t help but imagine what kind of scene would if this giant monster opened its mouth and swallowed her and the others.
A few secondster, it seemed as if her fear came true.
Fang Yun opened his giant mouth as if he was going to swallow Tang Guo and herpanions, but in the next moment, he spat a small jet of seawater on her.
Tang Guo, who was extremely terrified, was suddenly drenched.
With a surprised look on her face, she raised her head and looked at the giant serpent. It was looking at her with a grin on its face, exposing its giant teeth. She could almost see the yfulness in those wisdom-filled eyes.
Tang Guo was taken aback for a moment. Then suddenly remembering a simr encounter, her body suddenly stiffened. She looked at the giant snake in front of her with wide eyes and a look of surprise on her face.
She stuttered a bit. ¡°You¡you are¡¡±
She pointed to Fang Yun, as if she wanted to say something, but she was suddenly interrupted by a loud sound.
Fang Yun suddenly raised his head and looked at the forest. At the same time, a loud cry sounded from the depth of the forest.
Chapter 322: First Confrontation with The Old Dominator
Chapter 322: First Confrontation with The Old Dominator
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Ahhh!¡±
The moment that strange sound rang, Tang Guo and the rest of the team suddenly covered their ears, then curled up on the ground due to the extreme pain. They felt like their head is about to explode.
In fact, most of them had blood seeping out from their mouth, ears, nose, and eyes. Some even directly died due to extreme shock.
Fang Yun was looking intently at the area in the depth of this continent. Far beyond thisrge forest and into the depth of thend.
He raised his head several kilometers in the sky, touching the clouds. Within his field of vision, there was a forest stretching over thousands upon thousands of kilometers, but he knew that beyond that is the creature that is causing this noise.
¡°Woooo!!!¡±
The harsh sound continued. Tang Guo and the rest of the surviving people still had blooding from their orifices. If things continue like this, then it¡¯s a matter of time before they all die.
Even Fang Yun felt ufortable.
He is certain that this sound/mental attack is mostly focused on him. What Tang Guo and herpanions are suffering from is nothing more than a trace of what this attack truly is.
It¡¯s just that his mental strength and resistance are countless times higher than these humans, hence he isn¡¯t majorly affected by this attack.
Fang Yun suddenly started moving forward, his giant body crushed the ancient trees and giant rocks on his way. After slithering about 10 kilometers into the forest, Fang Yun finally felt that the mental attack started affecting his mind. He started to feel that someone is constantly attacking his head with a hammer, trying to break through his skull and crush his brain.
This constant attack gradually increased his rage, making his emotions gradually be violent.
Fang Yun took a deep breath, creating a small cyclone and causing his body to bludge slightly. Then passing this massive amount of air through his evolved vocal cords, he roared loudly.
¡°ROAR!!!!¡±
An extremely loud roar suddenly spread towards the depths of the forest. The shockwaves created by such arge roar are rming. Many giant trees and house-sized rocks were thrown into the air due to the extremely powerful soundwaves.
His voice has an extremely strong prating power. In other words. Its loss while spreading is very small, hence it can travel across extremely long distances.
This huge roar was transmitted across hundreds to thousands of kilometers towards the creature that released the previous sound/mental attack,pletely suppressing its sound attack.
At the same time, the loud roar even spread to the Old Land.
The two continents are only 100 kilometers apart after all.
¡¡¡¡
In the ck Iron Fortress, Chiefmander Miller was in the midst of a meeting. He is currently reporting thetest news to the majestic old man on the holographic screen.
Lu Cheng.
Currently the highest leader in charge of Kyushu, and one of the seven elders.
Each elder is in charge of a province. Together, they constitute the highest ruling power of the Blue Federation.
¡±President Lu.¡±
Miller reported to the old man in front of him respectfully, ¡°We have cleaned up an ancient city in the Old Land. After sorting out all the materials inside, we found some information about the owner of the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
¡°These items are currently being shipped back to the Pacific-Asia continent.¡±
¡±That¡¯s great, Miller.¡±
Lu Cheng said to Miller through the holographic screen.
¡±Good job, in one month, we will send a new chiefmander to act as the leader of the ck Iron Fortress. You cane back and rest during that time.¡±
¡±Thank you, President Lu.¡±
Miller said with a smile on his face, pleasantly surprised.
He is gradually getting used to the mild ¡°Demonic Whispers¡± here, coupled with a ss helmet that greatly reduces the intensity of the neverending spiritual attack, the ¡°Demonic Whispers¡± from the Oldnd don¡¯t constitute any threat to him at all.
However, staying in this ce for such a long time can still easily lead to depression and a constant bad mood. So leaving this ce and going back to the humans¡¯ homnd is actually what he was hoping for a long time;
¡±Oh! I remembered something, Miller.¡±
Lu Cheng, who was leaning on his chair, suddenly remembered something.
¡±Is there anything new about the Forbidden Land? I heard that someone has already started investigating that ce.¡±
Miller nodded slightly and was about to say something, but his expression suddenly changed.
¡°Wooo!!!¡±
An extremely nauseating sound suddenly resounded through his body, causing him to cough blood, then immediately fall on the table and start twitching.
¡°ROAR!!!!¡±
However, a few secondster, another roar suddenly sounded. This time the roar was even harsher and louder than the previous one.
The second roar quickly spread around, suppressing the first one, and negating the damage it¡¯s causing to his body.
Although he is still feeling ufortable, he felt much better than before.
¡±Damn, what the hell was that?¡±
Miller looked at his subordinates next to him; They struggled to stand up, then activated theputers in front of them and started to check for the source of these two roars.
Even Lu Cheng heard the two roars through his headset. He looked at Miller¡¯s pale face and asked with a look of concern.
¡±Miller, what¡¯s the matter?¡±
Before Miller could answer, one of the men tapping on theirputer screens suddenly said.
¡°Sir, these two roars came from the Forbidden Land¡±
¡±Forbidden Land? What the hell happened there?¡±
Everyone present was surprised. Did something change in the Forbidden Land?
¡¡¡
Fang Yun continued for almost a full minute before he stopped roaring. He stared at the sharply at the distant forest. The previous sound has disappeared, but he was still very angry. He really wants to go inside now and have a fight with the owner of this roar.
¡±I¡¯ll turn you into ashes.¡±
Fang Yun thought angrily. If he activated ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡±, then with its incredible range and extremely high power, he is confident to take on any creature on this, including that Old Dominator.
This skill has a duration of 3 minutes on average now, so he can easily spam it on any type of creature or army until they die.
For giant-sized creatures, his ¡°Anti-Gravity Fied¡± is their best counter.
Mostrge monsters have a special body structure that can support their weight. However, by reverse using ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡±, he can exert a gravity several times higher than the normal one, causing these giant monsters to copse under their body weight.
For example, a slender creature with a length of 1 kilometer usually weighs around 100,000 tons, so the maximum weight it can withstand should be around 180,000 to 200,000 tons. Using ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡±, he can either remove the effects of gravity or multiply it.
Such a giant creature can easily copse under pressure 2 to 4 times its weight.
These two skills are what gives him the confidence to face the Old Dominator.
Fang Yun snorted angrily. He hopes that this creature, which he is almost certain that it¡¯s the Old Dominator, toe out and fight with him.
Judging from its previous and current actions. It¡¯s certainly restricted. Whether it¡¯s injured, sleeping, sealed, or whatever, it can¡¯t exert a lot of strength nor can it physically attack him.
Otherwise, it wouldn¡¯t have warned him when he approached the Forbidden continent, which is its territory.
Fang Yun understood the meaning of the previous roar. That sound/mental attack is a warning to him. It¡¯s warning him to stay out of its territory.
However, Fang Yun concluded something from its actions that it¡¯s afraid or at least warry of him. If it didn¡¯t consider him to be a threat, it wouldn¡¯t have cared about him entering the Forbidden Land, just like these humans below.
Fang Yun stood in the entrance of the Forbidden Land for a long time, but that monster had no further actions. It didn¡¯te out and fight with him as he hoped.
¡±I¡¯m wasting my time, It¡¯s not going to show up, isn¡¯t it?¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. If this creature doesn¡¯t show up, he won¡¯t be able to do anything. Without mentioning how big is the Forbidden Land, he isn¡¯t stupid enough to dive into the enemy¡¯s home field without preparation.
¡±Forget it, I leave it alone for now.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly turned his huge head and looked at the side.
Chapter 323: The Beginning of the Preparation
Chapter 323: The Beginning of the Preparation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Tang Guo struggled to stand up. She felt like her head is splitting. It¡¯s like a hangover, but 100 times more intense. Fortunately, her pain tolerance is very high, or she would have ended up crying.
¡±What happened?¡±
She is very dizzy, her head was nk. After standing up, she touched her mouth and nose, they were full of blood. After a few seconds, she finally remembered what happened.
¡±What was that sound? It almost killed me.¡±
Tang Guo¡¯splexion was unusually ugly. She looked to her side, only to find that many people were lying on the ground with blood seeping from their orifices.
Beside her, Lee Sheng was also lying on the ground, his eyes, nose, ears, and mouth were full of blood. His eyes were wide open, but his pupils could not be seen.
This scene looked like something straight out of a horror movie. Fortunately, he was still breathing.
¡±Uncle Lee, Uncle Lee.¡±
Tang Guo said loudly. She Shook Lee Sheng¡¯s body vigorously, trying to wake him up.
Life gradually returned to Lee Sheng¡¯s eyes. He looked nkly at the blood-covered face of Tang Guo. A few secondster, he finally reacted, after which his face immediately paled.
He didn¡¯t know what kind of creature screeched before, but after that sound spread, it killed many of them. Lee Sheng saw that many of theirpanions were lying motionlessly on the ground, most of which are dead.
¡±Mr. Lee, Miss Tang.¡±
Henry wobbled over, tripping a few times in the process. Among the three, he has the best physical fitness, so he was barely able to walk over.
In the end, the three of them were the only ones to survive. Henry relied on his physical fitness, Tang Guo survived due to her mental strength, and Lee Sheng due to his very expensive protective equipment.
This result caused them to feel extremely sad. From the more than 200 people brought by both Tang Guo, Lee Sheng, and Henry, only the three of them survived.
This mortality rate is simply sky-high.
It¡¯s indeed the most dangerous ce in the world, the Forbidden Land.
¡±Miss, we have to get out of here immediately.¡±
Lee Sheng barely recovered some strength. He struggled for a moment before barely managing to stand up. However, in the next moment, along with the sound of friction, the ground started shaking.
The three of them mechanically turned their heads, only to see that a behemoth is slowly approaching them.
Lee Sheng and Henry¡¯s calves were trembling. Only now did they remember that there is an incredible monster next to them.
Due to their previous plight, they have forgotten about the giant serpent, but seeing it slithering towards them now caused them to shiver in fear.
Only Tang Guo could barely keep calm, but she was still very scared. No way, this monster is extremely frightening.
Their current situation is different from the one where they are usually protected in an extremely powerful and advanced mothership, allowing them to overlook such huge monsters and remain confident.
No one can say that they can remain calm face to face with such a huge kilometer ss creature, especially such an intimidating serpent.
Is this behemoth really the guy who chatted and joked with her on the inte?
Even though five years have passed, Tang Guo still felt that this situation is extremely absurd.
Five years have passed and she is much more mature, but even so, she didn¡¯t know if that was a coincidence or not.
Just after her inte friend said ¡°I¡¯m Coming¡±, this giant serpent showed up. More importantly, that guy has always been iming to be a snake.
In the past five years, she contacted the owner of that ount many times, but she didn¡¯t receive any response.
She reviewed their chat history many times before and noticed that he always imed to be a snake. This guy has never mentioned that he was joking or any indication that he is human.
Afterbining all of these dots, she concluded that she might have been indeed chatting with a true giant snake for so long.
If that snake isn¡¯t trying to enve her, then it was truly just having a chat.
Due to the absurdity of that situation, Tang Guo didn¡¯t mention it to other people, knowing that doing so would make them think that she is crazy.
Seeing that the giant serpent is getting closer and closer, Tang Guo got very anxious and finally couldn¡¯t help but yell loudly.
¡±Ouroboros123!¡±
This is Fang Yun¡¯s inte nickname
¡±Wha¡¡¡±
Fang Yun, who was slithered back to the ocean was taken aback. Does this girl recognize him?
Ouroboros is his nickname on the inte. This name symbolizes ¡°immortality¡±, ¡°infinity¡±, ¡°world¡±, ¡°wisdom¡±, etc¡
His ultimate goal is to be infinite, immortal, and devourer of worlds, just like Ouroboros.
The 123 are there because someone already took this name, so he could only add it after the name.
Tang Guo¡¯s eyes widened loudly, the giant serpent stopped and started looking at her.
¡±Is it really him?¡±
The corners of her mouth twitched. The shock that she is experiencing right now is even bigger than when she learned about the Old Dominator
She is finally sure of one thing. If monsters grow to a certain extent, they are likely to get wisdom no less than that of a human.
If Fang Yun knew what Tang Guo was thinking, he would definitely scold her and say.
¡±Don¡¯tpare me to those dumb beasts.¡±
He doesn¡¯t even consider humans as a creature of the same level in terms of wisdom, not to mention the dumb monsters that can hardly think.
¡±Ouroboros.¡±
Tang Guo let out a sigh of relief, looking at the giant monster in front of her. Not to mention that she had matured a lot, even with her yful character 5 years ago, she still won¡¯t dare to use her casual attitude to talk with such a behemoth.
¡±Thank you for saving us.¡±
While swallowing her saliva, she said to the giant serpent in front of her with a tense look on her face.
Henry and Lee Sheng watched this scene with a confused and horrified look on their faces.
¡®What is Miss Tang doing? has she sone crazy? Why is she talking to such a monster?¡¯
However, the next scene caused theirmon sense to shatter. The giant snake nodded at Tang Guo, then slithered closer to her.
Fang Yun was a bit entangled right now. He wants to talk to her, but he can¡¯t speak right now.
¡±I¡¡¡±
Fang Yun felt a bit depressed, why hasn¡¯t he evolved the ability to talk yet?
He has been thinking and nning about how tomunicate with the leaders of the Blue Federation for a while now.
His goal is to make humans spread his name as the Lord of Shadows or Ouroboros through the entire gxy to a lot of intelligent civilizations.
As more and more intelligent creatures know about his existence, his reputation points will start to skyrocket.
His next bloodline evolution requires a lot of reputation points after all.
His current bloodline, the Peng Snake, provides him with a lifespan of 500 years, which is quite a lot, but more than 100 has already passed.
He needs to start preparing for his next bloodline from now, as it will not only increase his lifespan but also increase his attributes by multiples within the same level.
Comparing his previous bloodlines. A level 10 grey python might have a strength attribute of 100. A level 10 Bashen snake has 300 points of strength and a level 10 Peng Snake has over 1000 points of strength.
¡±It seems that the n can¡¯t be enacted just yet, at least notpletely.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He once again opened his giant mouth and spat a small jet of seawater at Tang Guo, drenching her once again. This is hisst greeting to her.
Even Henry and Lee Sheng who were rtively close to Tang Guo were drenched in water.
¡±Miss, be careful!¡±
Lee Sheng yelled loudly. In his opinion, the giant snake was about to attack them, but when he saw that it just spat a small jet of seawater on them, he was puzzled.
Fang Yun thought for a moment, then decided to look for an opportunity to start his n.
¡±I have to contact this woman online again.¡±
He looked at Tang Guo, who was looking at him with a look of shock and decided to contact her again.
¡°I just need to find a ce with an inte connection now.¡±
Chapter 324: Sudden Change in the Tang Family
Chapter 324: Sudden Change in the Tang Family
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun slithered towards the sea, his huge body left a huge gully on the soft sand. Tang Guo, Henry, and Lee Sheng watched silently as he left
Tang Guo breathed a sigh of relief. This is truly a shocking incident. A giant serpent was talking to her through the inte. Thinking of the pranks that this ¡®Ouroboros¡¯ has used on her again and again, she was truly speechless.
¡±This snake monster¡ is he underage?¡±
Thinking of the fact that this giant serpent sshed her with water three times! She couldn¡¯t help but wonder if he has a teenage mind.
Although this giant snake is huge, it¡¯s likely still in the teenage stage. She clearly remembers that in their first meeting, this giant snake was far smaller than now. This might be an exnation for that.
Next to Tang Guo, Lee Sheng and Henry had a shocked look on their faces. That huge monster can actually understand what people say?
¡±Uncle Lee, let¡¯s leave this ce first.¡±
After some time, Tang Guo restored her calm and capable look, then strode towards the ship docked not far from the shore. All the sailors and soldiers on the ship were killed, but the three of them are no normal people. They all have enough knowledge to start and navigate such a huge ship in the sea.
While Tang Guo and the other two were just jumped on the boat, Fang Yun had already returned to the sea. He was moving forward while thinking about his next action.
¡±I have to go back to human-popted areas.¡±
Fang Yun finalized his n in his mind.
¡±The best way is to cooperate with humans.¡±
At the beginning, he was nning to enter the Forbidden Land and prey on the creatures over there, but that doesn¡¯t seem to be possible anymore. That creature will definitely sense his arrival.
Fang Yun isn¡¯t afraid of it, but the enemy in the dark and he is in the light, and he doesn¡¯t like to be the passive one. It would be much better if humans can tten the Forbidden Land with their weapons, forcing that creature to show up.
He felt that he can indeed cooperate with humans. After all, they are old acquaintances. Back in the Blue, he helped them a lot, even going as far as to protect them in exchange for the monsters they killed.
There is also no conflict of interest between them. This is very big, they don¡¯t have a territorialpetition rtionship. Furthermore, after growing to a certain extent, he will leave this, hence his contact with them won¡¯t be for long.
¡°Ssh!¡±
Not far behind Fang Yun, the giant turtle was following him. Both of them are currently headed straight towards the Pacific-Asian Continent.
Although it took him five years to go from the Pacific-Asia continent to the Forbidden Land, it¡¯s because he spent most of his time hunting, going into random directions, and ying around.
If he focuses solely on travel, the time spent on the road will be much, much shorter.
¡±That young girl lives in the Blue Lake Community?¡±
When chatting with Tang Guo on the inte before, he remembers that Tang Guo talked about her residence. Blue Lake Community or something, he felt that this name was quite strange at the time.
He is nning to look for this Blue Lake Community after returning to the Pacific-Asia continent.
Of course, he isn¡¯t sure that Tang Guo will return to the Blue Lake Community, but he can contact her, right?
In fact, after Tang Guo returned to the Old Land, she and Lee Sheng immediately prepared to return to the Asia-Pacific continent. She has determined that monsters have wisdom and can evenmunicate humans at some point, and she needs to make preparations based on this.
Another point is that her father desperately needs the scroll in her hand to recover from his mental disease.
On the way back, Tang Guo started studying the scroll. Previously, she only took a cursory nce at it. She knew that it should be very useful for treating her father¡¯s condition, but she isn¡¯t sure how.
¡±Miss, We should be able to return to the Blue Lake Community tomorrow.¡±
In the cabin, Lee Sheng reported to Tang Guo.
The airship they are currently on is a special one. It¡¯s currently flying at an altitude of 50,000 meters. It¡¯s very rare to see flying monsters at such high, making their journey rtively unhampered.
The maximum speed of this airship is around 30,000 kilometers per hour, or around Mach 23, making it one of the fastest airships in the world, and it¡¯s not easy to get one of them.
Tang Guo nodded. She is still trying to read the scroll. This isn¡¯t a very difficult matter for her as she was asked to learn the ancient dialects of Weiner race since childhood.
It¡¯s the nativenguage of the original inhabitant of this, hence it¡¯s rtively easy for her to trante the ancient texts, books, and relics found in the Weiner race ruins.
¡±The handwriting is too sloppy, and the words and sentences aren¡¯t smooth, not to mention the grammar and the flow of sentences.¡±
Tang Guo frowned. She guessed that the person who wrote this scroll must have been in a very bad mental state. Probably greatly influenced by the powerful ¡°Demonic Whispers¡± from the Forbidden Land.
This made her reading experience much more difficult andplicated, but she still made progress. Tranting the book bit by bit, stopping sometimes to think before continuing.
¡±I finally found it.¡±
An overjoyed look suddenly appeared on Tang Guo¡¯s face. Focusing on a certain paragraph, she carefully read it word by word, sentence by sentence. A grin gradually appeared on her face.
¡±Phew!!.¡±
After a long time, she let out a sigh of relief. Her face was filled with excitement. She might have just found a way to cure her father¡¯s condition.
In this scroll, there is indeed a way to negate, or rather avoid the envement effect of the owner of the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
¡±Miss.¡±
Just as she was feeling happy, an anxious voice sounded from outside, then Lee Sheng walked inside the room. He looked at Tang Guo solemnly and said.
¡±Miss, a problem urred back in the mansion.¡±
¡±What happened?¡±
Tang Guo was puzzled. She suppressed the joyful look on her face and asked.
¡±Uncle Lee, what¡¯s the matter? Did any problem ur back in the house? Did something happen to my father?¡±
Lee Sheng nodded.
¡±My wife just called me to say that some people came to the Blue Lake Community and wanted to take the boss away. The guards are stopping them now.¡±
¡±How dare they?¡±
Tang Guo was anxious. After her father became sick, they concealed this matter just to guard against this. Even if some people had doubts, they still didn¡¯t dare toe to their Homefield and cause trouble. Their family has great power and rights after all.
¡±Your mother said that something went wrong with the Meng family and the Meng Corporation, causing the higher-ups to pay more attention to this matter.¡±
The Meng family is a family of the same ss as the Tang family. They also have an elder-level council member behind them, their assets are also very simr. The head of the Meng group, Mr. Meng, suddenly retreated behind the scenes two years ago.
Currently, the Meng family and group are under the control of Mrs. Meng, the wife of Mr. Meng.
However, few people know that this is just a disguise. The head of the Meng family is also heavily affected by the ¡®Great Will¡¯, just like her father.
¡±Mr. Meng¡¯s condition was somehow transmitted to a very high-ranking junior in their Meng family. This junior took advantage that people aren¡¯t paying attention to him to do some gruesome satanic rituals.¡±
Lee Sheng smiled bitterly and said.
¡±The council of elders has passed an order after consultation. As long as someone is affected by the ¡®Great Will¡¯, then they must be taken by the government special department for confinement until they find a cure.¡±
¡±Mister Lan was also in support of this matter.¡±
Mister Lan has a good rtionship with their family, and the reason why theirpany and family grow to such a degree is with his support.
Mister Lan is one of the seven council members at the head of the entire federation, so the amount of power and authority he has can be imagined.
After Tang Guo understood everything, she immediately exploded. She will never allow her father to be confined!
Chapter 325: Beginning of Contact
Chapter 325: Beginning of Contact
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
ording to the information that Tang Guo got from the scroll. People affected by the ¡°great will¡± must not be grouped together, as they can deepen the influence of the ¡®Great Will¡¯ on each other. They must be separated by a safe distance.
In addition, the affected person must be treated in time. If there is too much dy, then the affected person will be crazier and crazier, until bing aplete ve to the great will.
¡±Uncle Lee, return to the Blue Lakemunity as fast as possible, drive as fast as you can!¡±
Tang Guo was anxiously walking around in the cabin. If the special department really takes her father away, then his condition might be truly hopeless.
Thinking of this, she immediately called her mother. She told her to dy these people until shees back. At that time, she will show them her personnel discoveries and proof that this condition can be treated.
¡±It¡¯s not enough, it¡¯s not enough.¡±
Tang Guo was truly anxious.
¡±This doesn¡¯t have enough persuasiveness. The reason why they are taking my father away shouldn¡¯t be as simple as affecting other people. It should be more due to a conflict between the seven elders.¡±
Although she doesn¡¯t like to intervene in family affairs very much. As a person from a big family, she still has keen senses. This act is likely someone acting to cut off Mister Lan¡¯s power and influence.
¡±Hmm, Can I ask for that guy¡¯s help?¡±
Her heart throbbed slightly, but then she frowned again. This might make the situation worse.
Before doing such radical things, she has to go back to the Blue Lake Community and ask her mom about the severity of the situation.
Their ne traversed the endless clouds, finally reaching the Pacific-Asia continent, then headed straight towards theirke, which isn¡¯t that far from the ocean.
There is a small ind in the middle of theke, on which there are many houses, and in the middle is a giant mansion.
The Blue Lake has clear blue waters, and the Ind standing in the middle of it covers 50,000 to 60,000 acres. Thisndpletely belongs to the Tang family.
On this ind, there is a specially constructed airport. When the airship carrying Tang Guo arrived, it slowlynded at that airport.
The huge airship slowly lowered its altitude, safelynding at the airport.
Tang Guo quickly rushed out of the airship. When she looked down, she saw that some people are waiting for her. It was a well-maintained beautiful middle-aged woman and a well dressed silver-haired old man.
¡±Mom, Uncle Zhou.¡±
After seeing these two people, Tang Guo rushed forward to them. When she came in front of her mother, she immediately asked.
¡±Mom, How is the situation right now? They didn¡¯t take dad away, right?¡±
¡±Xiao Guo, have you really found a way to treat your father?¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s mother, Zhang Meiyun, is about 30% simr to her, but she looks much more mature and majestic. After hearing Tang Guo¡¯s question, she didn¡¯t directly answer her question but asked instead.
¡±Yes.¡±
Tang Guo nodded solemnly. ¡°Mom, ording to what I found, as long as we follow certain steps, we can heal most people that are being enved by the ¡®Great Will¡¯ to recover. However, this treatment must be done as soon as possible to prevent furtherplications.¡±
¡±Mom, dad wasn¡¯t taken away by them, right?¡±
¡±Not yet.¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s mother shook her head, but her face still has a worried look.
¡±The higher-ups will probablye here in two days, and they will not believe our words easily. In fact, it¡¯s unlikely that they will listen to us at all¡±
¡±Mom?¡±
Tang Guo felt that her heart started racing after hearing her mother¡¯s words. As expected, someone is eyeing their family.
¡±Xiao Guo, tell me how to save your father. That¡¯s the most important thing now.¡±
Zhang Meiyun didn¡¯t talk about her worries again. This isn¡¯t something that can be solved easily, and her daughter shouldn¡¯t be forced to bear such pressure, she is still young.
Tang Guo took a deep breath and recounted the steps necessary to save her father. It¡¯s just that this method doesn¡¯t have immediate effects. They need some time.
The specific method is to make him eat some medicinal materials in a specific order, then leave him in a room made of spirit-resisting stone. This type of stone can iste those ¡°Demonic Whispers¡±, and further envement from the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
¡±Xiao Guo, you just came back from a tiring journey, take a break first. I will tell you all the details tomorrow.¡±
After listening to Tang Guo¡¯s detailed exnation, Zhang Meiyun said to Tang Guo with a tired but firm look on her face.
¡±Ok.¡±
Looking at her mother¡¯s firm eyes, Tang Guo nodded helplessly. She could only get in the car, then go back to the mansion for now.
Tang Guo returned to her familiar room, but she still couldn¡¯t rx. She stood in front of her balcony, overlooking the courtyard below. Anxiety and nervousness still filled her heart, making her unable to rx.
¡±No, I have to try and see if I can contact that giant snake.¡±
Tang Guo decided to give it a try. She turned on her watch and started sending messages to the giant serpent. After sending about 5 messages, she sat on her bed with a depressed look on her face.
Ouroboros didn¡¯t respond.
¡±Please, reply to me quickly.¡±
Tang Guo stomped anxiously. The current situation is way out of her expectations. She thought that after bringing back the scroll and healing her father, their lives will go back to normal, but who would have thought that such a thing will happen so suddenly.
¡±Without the support of mister Lan, our family won¡¯t be taken seriously by the government anymore or even other business giants.¡±
Tang Guo thought bitterly, ¡°Although our family has many industries, our family itself is not vital. These industries can still be operated normally after being taken by the government. They also must have taken ount of that.¡±
¡±However, if I can get help from that giant snake, things might change.¡±
¡±The higher-ups must be very interested in an intelligent monster. He might even know things we don¡¯t know, including information about the ¡®Great Will¡¯¡±
Tang Guo muttered indistinctly. She looked intently at the holographic screening from her watch, but he didn¡¯t reply.
As time passed her heart gradually sank.
She doesn¡¯t know that Fang Yun also need an inte connection tomunicate with her. She just thought that he is unwilling tomunicate with and help her.
She even started feeling that her behavior is ridiculous. Why would a monster help her? This is just her wishful thinking.
What she didn¡¯t know was that the serpent she is thinking about is still on the way to the Pacific-Asia continent, and he is already very close.
His speed wasn¡¯t that much different from Tang Guo¡¯s airship as he also reached the continent a few hourster.
The first thing Fang Yun did after reaching the continent is to go online.
¡±I have to contact that young woman to see if she can connect me to the human leaders.¡±
This was Fang Yun¡¯s first thought after going online, but immediately afterward, he noticed the messages that Tang Guo sent him.
Chapter 326: Tang Family Crisis
Chapter 326: Tang Family Crisis
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±She wants my help?¡±
After seeing the content of the message, Fang Yun looked very surprised. It seems that the family of this girl has encountered some serious trouble.
With an interested look on his face, Fang Yun continued browsing the messages sent by her.
Tang Guo seemingly wanted to appear sincere as she clearly exined the situation in the messages she sent, including the fact that her father is heavily influenced by the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
¡±It seems that this ¡®Great Will¡¯ isn¡¯t just affecting the creatures on the Old Land and the Forbidden Land. His influence has even reached the Pacific-Asia continent.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. It seems that the ¡®Great Will¡¯, Aka the Old Dominator, can also affect creatures on the Pacific-Asia continent, just not as much as the other two continents, hence why it¡¯s going after high ranking figures.
Shaking his head, Fang Yun continued to read the messages Tang Guo sent, but the more he read the more speechless he became.
ording to Tang Guo¡¯s statement, her family crisis right now is a result of internal infighting between the higher-ups of the human race.
¡±How can they still have infightings right now? Are they stupid?¡±
Fang Yun was very speechless. Without mentioning the endless stream of giant monsters in the depth of the ocean, there is the crisis of the Old Dominator still looming on them, not to mention the many signals they are receiving from outer space, which are likely from advanced aliens civilizations.
In the face of so many crises, they aren¡¯t uniting together to turn the tide, but are still fighting with each other. For the first time, Fang Yun had a strong urge to p these stupid people.
¡±What¡¯s with this council of elders, why didn¡¯t they elect a general representation that can make major decisions in times of crisis.¡±
Fang Yun felt that at this time, someone should stand up, lead the human race to ovee all crises, then lead them straight towards the starry sky.
¡±Theyck a leader.¡±
Fang Yun shook his huge head. He wondered if he could have been that person had he not reincarnated as a snake, but as a human.
¡±Speaking of it, this is also an opportunity for me.¡±
Fang Yun originally wanted to cooperate with the Blue Federation and now is such an opportunity.
Moreover, he also has some suspicions about what the Old Dominator is doing in the Pacific-Asia continent. Its actions are likely to help it recover, extend its influence, or be stronger. He has to guard against that.
Thinking of this, he quickly rushed towards the Blue Lake Community. He didn¡¯t reply directly to Tang Guo. Anyway, it won¡¯t take him long to reach the Community.
On the other, in the Blue Lakemunity, in a luxuriously decorated bedroom, Tang Guo wandered restlessly, walking left and right. Almost every single minute, she will look at her watch for Fang Yun¡¯s message, seeing that he didn¡¯t respond for so long, she finally started despairing.
¡±If I knew it, I should have talked to him on the beach¡¡±
Tang Guoid on her bed with a regretful look on her face. She guessed that Fang Yun might still be in the Forbidden Land, madly hunting monsters. She does remember him mentioning that he needs a lot of food every day.
¡±Haah.¡±
Releasing a heavy sigh, Tang Guo stood up and looked out the window. Yesterday evening, she told her mother Zhang Meiyun how to treat her father. Currently, her mother is making the proper preparation to start with the treatment of her father.
Although she was in a giant mansion with many people, there was no one to talk to as almost all people are very busy. This fact caused her anxiety and stress to rise to very high levels. Especially knowing that she is helpless to change anything.
Suddenly, through her balcony, she saw a caring from the wide path outside of the gate. It¡¯s her mother¡¯s car.
¡±Mom is back.¡±
Tang Guo let out a sigh of relief. Just as she was about to go and discuss further ns with her, a loud rumbling noise suddenly sounded from the distant sky.
¡±That is¡¡¡±
Tang Guo searched for the sound source and saw that from the distant sky, three huge airships are quickly approaching. After the three airships reached the area above their ind, they suddenly stopped, hovering silently in the sky.
At the same time, the hatches at the bottom of the two airships on the left and right slowly opened, then many soldiers slid on ropes one after the other.
¡±It¡¯s the airships sent by the higher-ups.¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s heart suddenly contracted, she felt that the situation ispletely going downhill.
She violently opened the door, then hurriedly ran down. When she reached the lobby downstairs, she just happened to see Uncle Zhou who is hurrying out.
¡±Uncle Zhou, are those airships sent by the higher-ups?¡±
Tang Guo trotted beside Uncle Zhou while asking him anxiously.
Uncle Zhou nodded silently. He also saw the three airships above their mansion and he is also very anxious.
After walking out of the gate, Tang Guo saw her mother Zhang Meiyun, and driver Lee Sheng just getting out of the car.
The four of them stood outside the gate and watched as waves of soldiers slid down from the airships. Zhang Meiyun, Uncle Zhou, and Lee Sheng had solemn look on their faces.
Tang Guo looked at the soldiers who are forming a circle around them and felt her heart beating like a drum.
Not long after, in the open space outside the gate of their vi, hundreds of soldiers surrounded them. All of them are fully armed. They heldser guns in their hands and orderly outside of the mansion. Quietly surrounding the mansion and the people inside of it in a semi-circr manner.
Suddenly, the bottom hatch of the middle airship opened, after which an elevator-like machine was slowly lowered down.
Inside that elevator-like machine, there are more than a dozen people standing. All of them were respectfully surrounding a middle-aged man wearing a suit in the middle.
The middle-aged man wore a pair of sunsses. He had a tall burly figure and a handsome face. After a few seconds of silence in a tense atmosphere, the elevator slowlynded on the ground.
The Burly middle-aged man leisurely walked out of the elevator, followed by a dozen people following behind.
¡±Dong Qiusheng.¡±
Zhang Meiyun looked at the burly man with an uglyplexion, then shouted loudly.
¡±Dong Qiusheng, what are you doing here?¡±
¡±This is the private property of our Tang family. How dare youe here without authorization and in such a manner, aren¡¯t you afraid of ountability?¡±
Dong Qiusheng is a member of the Dong family. Speaking of which, the Dong family and the Tang family are families at the same level, but the rtionship between them is very bad.
The seven elders all have certain forces and families under their wings, which helps them to extend their influence and power. The person behind the Dong family is elder Lin, who has a bad rtionship with elder Lan who is sheltering them.
Incidentally, the hostility between the two elders extended to the forces below them.
¡±Zhang Meiyun.¡±
Dong Qiusheng stopped about 20 meters away from Zhang Meiyun, then took off his sunsses and looked at her with a sneer on his face.
The two are in a hostile rtionship. They havepeted for so many years with each other, with many wins and losses, but now things havepletely changed.
They have a golden opportunity in front of them topletely bring down the Tang family,pletely destroying this old opponent.
¡±Sorry, I came here on behalf of the elders.¡±
With a sneer on his face, he nced at the door of the vi behind Tang Guo and the others and said with a smile on his face.
¡±So¡ Are you going to honestly hand over Tang Rong or should I go get him myself?¡±
¡±What do you mean?¡±
Zhang Meiyun pretended not to understand.
¡±Hmph.¡±
Dong Qiusheng snorted coldly, ¡°Zhang Meiyun, Tang Rong has been enved by the ¡®Great Will¡¯. This is an order from the elders. Tang Rong must be brought back!¡±
¡±In addition, all of the people that had contact with or are close to him must go with us!¡±
Chapter 327: Unexpected Appearance
Chapter 327: Unexpected Appearance
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±What!!?¡±
After hearing Dong Qiusheng¡¯s statement, Zhang Meiyun yelled in astonishment. She didn¡¯t expect that this guy not only wanted to take away her husband but her daughter and herself.
She felt bubbles of rage and anger building in her chest
If all of them are taken away, then within a just few days, theirpany and all their industries will bepletely taken over by others. Even if they are eventually deemed okay and ¡°Released¡±, they will have nothing left.
¡±Dong Qiusheng, elder Lan will never allow you to do this.¡±
Zhang Meiyun mentioned the Tang family backstage, making her final resistance.
¡±Haha!!¡±
Dong Qiushengughed loudly. He twirled the sunsses in his hand and said with a smile on his face.
¡±We are here on behalf of the council of elders. Elder Lan is also a member of the council, naturally, he agreed on this.¡±
Zhang Meiyun¡¯splexion became very ugly. What does elder Lan silence mean? It means that he can¡¯t take care of the Tang family now. It could be said that they were abandoned.
She felt really heartbroken. What is happening between the elders? And what sort of struggle has lead them to such drastic measures?
Although they are considered to be high-ss people by 99% of humans, they are almostpletely ignorant about the conflict between the top.
¡±Anyway, I will never allow you to take Tang Rong away.¡±
Zhang Meiyun took a deep breath, then said solemnly.
¡±Dong Qiusheng, If you want to do so, then you must step on my corpse.¡±
¡±Zhang Meiyun, don¡¯t take yourself too seriously.¡±
Dong Qiusheng shook his head gently, just about to say something, someone suddenly interrupted him. It was Tang Guo. She took a step forward and said bravely.
¡±I have something extremely important to say to the council of elders.¡±
¡±This matter is rted to the ¡®Great Will¡¯, and to the survival of human beings.¡±
The more Tang Guo said the firmer her eyes became.
¡±This is some critical information I got from the Forbidden Land. You better do what I said, otherwise, you won¡¯t be able to face the consequences!¡±
When saying thest sentence, she pointed her finger at Dong Qiusheng with a stern face.
Currently, amongst them, no one can contact elder Lan. They don¡¯t have the status to do so. They could contact him previously through his personal agent, but in the past few days, this agent didn¡¯t respond at all.
¡±Hmph! don¡¯t even think of scaring me.¡±
Dong Qiusheng snorted coldly.
¡±Tang Guo, if you think that you can scare me by creating some false story, then you are underestimating me too much!¡±
After saying that, he waved his hands and said the soldiers with a sharp look on his face.
¡±Team Alpha, Grab Zhang Meiyun, Tang Guo, and the others. Team Beta,e with me, we are going to take Tang Rong away.¡±
¡±If anyone dares to resist, shoot them on the spot.¡±
After saying this, he strode forward. He hung the sunsses in his hand in the pocket of his suit, then grabbed a delicate pistol from a hidden pocket in his suit.
At the same time, the soldiers next to him also pointed their guns at Zhang Meiyun, Tang Guo, and the others while slowly approaching them. It looked like they were nning to shoot at any sign of resistance.
Tang Guo, Zhang Meiyun, and the others felt their hearts sinking, but Uncle Zhou and Lee Sheng consciously walked in front of Tang Guo and Zhang Meiyun, protecting the mother and daughter behind them.
At the same time, they took firearms from their suits and pointed it at the soldiers approaching them. They signaled for the pair of mother and daughter to retreat while slowly retreating.
Tang Guo looked at this scene with horror on her face. Her heart was filled with sadness and despair. She clenched her firsts heavily, hating her powerlessness.
However, right at that moment, the sound of engine roaring sounded from the distant sky again. Shortly after, three other airships were hovering above their mansion.
Just like what happened with Dong Qiusheng and his soldiers before, many trained soldiers slid down from the ropes extending from the bottom hatches of the airships.
Seeing this unknown force appearing, Dong Qiusheng and the soldiers who were approaching Tang Guo paused. They had a confused look on their face.
¡±That¡¯s¡¡¡±
Tang Guo nced at her mother, only to see that she was also surprised, meaning that this wasn¡¯t in her n.
She noticed that even Dong Qiusheng looked confused. The arrival of these airships and people is also beyond his expectations.
Although Zhang Meiyun was confused, this turns of events might be good for them. At least Dong Qiusheng won¡¯t rush in to take her family for now.
After giving her daughter aforting look, she turned around and looked at the people who are constantly approaching them.
¡±Miss, it¡¯s Henry.¡±
Lee Sheng, who was standing in front of Tang Guo, recognized one of the people that are approaching, he slowly leaned towards Tang Guo and whispered to her.
Tang Guo followed his gaze and looked at the iing soldiers. She also noticed that amongst the ones at the head of the team, there is one person she is familiar with.
Henry.
The lieutenant who led them out of the Forbidden Land.
Next to Henry, there was a burly white man. His figure is extremely tall and sturdy with bronzed skin due to long exposure to the sun. He is more than 2 meters tall, making the simrly burly Dong Quisheng look like a child in front of him.
Lee Sheng also know this man, it¡¯s Miller.
¡±Why is he here too?¡±
Lee Sheng knows that Miller is the leader of the ck Iron Fortress. Why did he leave his post ande to such a distant ce?
¡±Who are you?¡±
Dong Qiusheng doesn¡¯t seem to know Miller. It¡¯s not really a surprise, considering that Miller is just the leader of the ck Iron Fortress. There are many simr fortresses in the Old Land.
¡±What are you doing here?¡±
Miller didn¡¯t reply but asked in return.
Dong Qiusheng frowned and said.
¡±I am the captain of the Seventh Supervisory Team of the council of elders. This time I am responsible for taking the Tang family away. What are you doing here?¡±
¡±Team Leader Dong.¡±
Miller seemed to recognize Dong Qiusheng. He replied with a serious look on his face.
¡±We came here for her.¡±
While saying this, he pointed at Tang Guo. ¡°Team Leader Dong, it¡¯s elder Lu¡¯s orders, please cooperate with us.¡±
Miller had been instructed before that he must bring Tang Guo back. He doesn¡¯t need to care about other people.
¡±Elder Lu?¡±
Dong Qiusheng was startled. He looked at Tang Guo and her mother not far away and couldn¡¯t help but hesitate. Does the Tang family still have something to do with elder Lu?
After thinking about it, he found it extremely unlikely. Otherwise, why didn¡¯t he help elder Lan during the conflict? Furthermore, based on this man¡¯s words, he is nning on just taking Tang Guo away, he obviously doesn¡¯t care about the others.
However, why did elder Lu issue an order to take Tang Guo away?
After thinking for a while, Dong Qiusheng couldn¡¯t think of any reason for this. In the end, he could only helplessly agree.
Miller walked to Tang Guo¡¯s side and said to her.
¡±Miss Tang, pleasee with us.¡±
After saying this, he looked at Tang Guo suspiciously, then looked at Henry beside him with some uncertainty. ording to Henry¡¯s report, Tang Guo seemingly couldmunicate with giant monsters.
ording to Henry¡¯s description, Tang Guo was able tomunicate with a giant snake while they were on the Forbidden Land. Although it¡¯s not certain, it¡¯s worth paying attention to.
It¡¯s precisely because of this that he was ordered by elder Lu to leave the ck Iron Fortress along with Henry and bring this girl back.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Tang Guo looked at Zhang Meiyun and Lee Sheng with a look of panic. She didn¡¯t know what was going on, and she doesn¡¯t want to be separated from her mom. Especially now.
¡±Miss Tang, you don¡¯t have to worry about Mr. Tang and Mrs. Tang. I heard that you canmunicate with giant monsters?¡±
Miller gently said to Tang Guo.
¡±If this is true, then elder Lu can guarantee the safety of both Mr. Tang and Mrs. Tang.¡±
On the way here, he had many doubts, so he wrote down several questions to ask Tang Guo when he meets her.
After hearing his question, Tang Guo looked confused at first, but after looking at Henry, she immediately understood what¡¯s going on. It¡¯s because of that incident that elder Lu wants to see her?
However, in this way, she can at least dy for some time, giving her parents some time. At least for a certain amount of time, no one will dare to touch her family.
¡±Okay, I¡¯ll go with you.¡±
Tang Guo nced at Zhang Meiyun and her uncles that she grew up with, then resolutely walked towards Miller.
Zhang Meiyun looked at this scene with a dumbfounded look, she didn¡¯t know what¡¯s going on until Lee Sheng exined to her.
On the other side, Dong Qiusheng felt his heart sinking when he heard Miller say that Mr. Lu was going to protect the Tang family, but after hearing him say that Tang Guo couldmunicate with giant monsters, he was dumbfounded, but a sneer appeared on his face immediately afterward.
Communicating with giant monsters? It¡¯s simply the world¡¯s biggest joke!
It long been a general consensus that giant monsters have a low IQ. They arepletely unable tomunicate with humans. This has been proven time and time again!
Miller watched Tang Guo ¡°confidently¡¯ walking towards them with a surprised look on his face. Does this Tang Guo really have the ability tomunicate with giant monsters?
He didn¡¯t know that under that confident and calm appearance was extreme nervousness and anxiety. She is trying her best to remain calm and collected.
In fact, she can onlymunicate with that snake guy, not all giant monsters. Moreover, she couldn¡¯t contact him for a while now.
Just as Tang Guo continued moving forward under extreme pressure, her mobile phone suddenly vibrated. She took it from her pocket and looked at it. Her eyes immediately widened, and a look of joy appeared on her face.
After that, she turned around and looked at the sea far away from their ind.
¡±Miss Tang, what¡¯s the matter?¡±
Miller looked at Tang Guo with a suspicious look on his face.
It wasn¡¯t just him. Zhang Meiyun, Uncle Zhou, Lee Sheng, and Dong Qiusheng were all puzzled about her random actions.
Following her gaze, everyone looked at the beach and sea not far away from the Blue Lake Community.
The seawater looked normal and the weather is normal
Just as they started to frown at Tang Guo¡¯s unusual actions, a look of astonishment suddenly appeared on their face.
Chapter 328: First Official Contact with Humans
Chapter 328: First Official Contact with Humans
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Ssh!¡±
On the distant sea, the water suddenly started breaking. Under Tang Guo and other people¡¯s sight, a mountain-sized monster slowly emerged from underwater.
It¡¯s a giant snake.
After protruding out of the water, the giant snake¡¯s head continued to rise, stopping only after reaching about 1 kilometer high. After which, it climbed onnd, then started slithering towards theke.
¡±What the hell is that!!¡±
Not far from the mansion¡¯s door, Dong Qiusheng was the first to yell. Only a small part of the giant serpent¡¯s body was exposed, but that¡¯s already enough to greatly shock them.
Just the diameter of that snake¡¯s head must be over 300 meters. That¡¯s alreadyparable to a 100 story building, which is already shocking enough, not mention its length.
Even they aren¡¯t used to see creatures of such size. This is already a creature at the top of this just in terms of size alone.
¡°Gulp.¡±
Even if the people here aren¡¯t average humans, they still couldn¡¯t stay unfazed in front of such a monster.
Such a huge creature can only be seen in the depth of the ocean, which is a ce where most people can never go in their lives. As fornd creatures, no creature of simr or even near this size has ever been discovered.
Therefore, most of the people here have never seen such a huge creature. The most important thing is that such a huge monster is quickly approaching them.
¡±This¡ this giant monster can really talk to people?¡±
Miller was shocked. The previous scene kept reying in his mind. On the screen of Tang Guo¡¯s mobile phone, a message saying ¡°Look to the sea on your right¡± appeared, which was immediately followed by that giant snake¡¯s appearance.
This giant serpent is not only intelligent enough tomunicate with people, it can evenmunicate with humans through electronic devices.
¡°Oh my God!¡±
Miller felt hismon sense shattering into pieces.
¡±If that group of scientists is here, maybe they will faint in excitement, right?¡±
He suddenly remembered the stubborn old men with sses who live in the ck Iron Fortress. In every expedition across the Old Land, whenever they discover a new species or an unregistered creature, they get as excited as children who got a new toy.
However, those discoveries they had on the Old Land are nothingpared to this discovery.
¡°Ssh!¡±
Fang Yunpletely slithered out from the sea, exposing his giant body to everyone present on the ind.
¡±I have to report this incident to Mr. Lu.¡±
Miller looked at the approaching giant serpent and swallowed his saliva, He stealthily pressed a few buttons on hismunication watch, taking a photo of the iing behemoth and sending it to elder Lu Cheng.
Fang Yun quickly crossed the shallowke then boarded the ind. He slowly crossed the forest and garden enveloping themunity. Crushing everything in his way, including the giant trees and the stone status.
His body is extremely huge so even a small action from him can result in widespread destruction.
¡±Everyone, prepare to attack!¡±
Dong Qiusheng couldn¡¯t stand it anymore. He roared loudly, then pointed the delicate pistol in his hand at the giant serpent not far away while ring at it with bloodshot eyes.
The soldiers beside him also pointed their guns at the giant serpent that is constantly getting closer.
Mid-air, the three airships belonging to Dong Qiusheng¡¯s camp also started moving. They quickly spread away, then opened various hatches from the sides and bottom of the airships, pointing many cannons and missilesunchers at the iing giant serpent.
¡±Dong Qiusheng, if you don¡¯t want to die, you better not irritate him!¡±
Tang Guo warned Dong Qiusheng.
¡±Don¡¯t think that your measly airships can hurt him. Five years ago, the 10 kilometers long metal-eating whale died in his hand.¡±
Suddenly, everyone looked at Tang Guo again.
If everyone had some doubts about her before, the situation haspletely changed now.
Miller and Zhang Meiyun had shocked looks on their faces.
The expressions on Dong Qiusheng¡¯s faces looked extremelyplicated. He didn¡¯t want to believe it.
If Tang Guo truly has the ability tomunicate with giant monsters, then the uproar caused by it is unimaginable. She will be the treasure of humanity, a person he can¡¯t touch at all!
¡°Crunch! Crack!¡±
The terrifying serpent crushed everything in its way. Everyone who was originally looking at Tang Guo shifted their sight to the giant monster not far ahead. Many weak-willed people felt their calves start trembling.
When the giant snake was mostly hidden in the sea before, it was already scary enough, but now that its body ispletely visible in front of them, it¡¯s much scarier.
¡±Mister Miller, please tell your men to pay their weapons away.¡±
Tang Guo took a deep breath and said to Miller beside her. Although she can be said to have known this giant serpent for years, she actually doesn¡¯t know much about it. Whether it¡¯s personality or temperament.
From their previous interactions, this giant snake seems to have the temperament of a teenager and one with an eighth-grade syndrome at that.
Although this giant snake loves pranks and ying, it doesn¡¯t mean that he has a good temper. What if he hates it when people point weapons at him? It might result in a conflict and this is thest thing she wants to happen now.
If such a huge snake goes on a rampage, the entire ind is likely to sink. If that happens, then no one present would be able to survive.
Miller looked at Tang Guo to which she looked back bravely. A few secondster, he finally waved at his subordinates, mentioning for them to retreat. In the end, he also retreated, leaving Tang Guo at the head of the team.
At this time, the Tang family which used to be the weakest of the three parties suddenly became the strongest one. Whether it¡¯s Miller or Dong Qiusheng, they didn¡¯t dare to act rashly against Tang Guo.
And all of this is because of the addition of the giant serpent in front of them.
The giant serpent finally stopped moving after reaching a distance 30 meters away from them. Along with its movement stopping, the sound of the earth cracking and things getting destroyed suddenly stopped.
¡±O¡Ouroboros¡ Your Excellency!¡±
Tang Guo took a deep breath, then courageously walked closer to the giant monster in front of her. After taking a few steps, she stopped and said loudly.
She wondered whether her voice can reach this giant serpent. While standing upright, the giant serpent is towering hundreds of meters above them, can her voice reach him?
However, at that moment, the giant serpent who staring at the incredibly small humans below suddenly tilted his head to the side. His eyespletely focused on Tang Guo.
¡±She canmunicate with it?¡±
After seeing this scene, Dong Qiusheng, Miller, and the others were shocked once again. This time, they made sure to deeply remember this young girl, Tang Guo.
Amongst the crowd, Dong Qiusheng¡¯s face looked very gloomy.
¡±Damn it, can Tang Guomunicate with this giant snake?¡±
He gritted his teeth heavily due to the frustration he felt.
If things continue this way, the Tang family can basically be said to have survived this crisis. More importantly¡What if Tang Guo request that giant serpent to attack him? Although it¡¯s unlikely, it¡¯s not impossible.
If this is really a wise monster that people canmunicate with, the higher-ups will certainly not go into war with it for his sake.
In other words, if he gets killed by this giant monster, no one will take revenge for him.
Unfortunately for him, it¡¯s said that whatever a man is afraid of is likely to happen.
Suddenly, a robotic voice sounded from Tang Guo¡¯smunication watch.
¡±Hey, Tang Guo, you seem to be in a lot of trouble.¡±
¡±How about I help you get rid of those people?¡±
Chapter 329: Official Conversation
Chapter 329: Official Conversation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The moment this voice appeared, everyone was surprised. Even more frightening is that the giant serpent suddenly turned his head and looked straight at Dong Qiusheng and his subordinates.
The giant serpent flicked its gigantic forked tongue with a yful look on its face. Its asional deep hiss caused many people to feel goosebumps moving across their arms
He stared at Dong Qiusheng with an interested look on his face, seemingly deliberating how to eat these ant-sized humans.
Dong Qiusheng¡¯s body was trembling, his feet softened as he slowly flopped into the ground. His body was full of cold sweat due to extreme fear and pressure.
He slowly turned around, looked at Tang Guo not far away, and said with an almost pleading voice.
¡±Tang¡ Tang Guo, you¡ please don¡¯t mess around.¡±
He looked at Tang Guo with a panicked expression, pleading her to stop the giant snake from attacking them. He then looked back at the giant snake in front of him again, afraid that it will suddenly attack and eat him.
Looking at Dong Qiusheng¡¯s horrified look, a smile gradually appeared on Tang Guo¡¯s face. She didn¡¯t forget the way this guy talked to and humiliated her and her mother before, so seeing him about to piss his pants is exhrating for her.
However, she is surprised that the giant serpent can send voice messages through her watch, he didn¡¯t know that he can do that.
But then she remembered when this guy sent voice messages on the public channel in the hunting area but no one took him seriously.
Thinking of this, sending voice messages to hermunication doesn¡¯t seem that shocking anymore.
After all, her electronic watch has many functions, including ones simr to that of mobile phones.
¡±Tang Guo, do you want me to help you solve these people.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s evil humor suddenly sprang up, looking at the scared humans below, he had a strong urge to bully them.
¡±I like the taste of humans the most.¡±
While saying this, he flicked his scarlet giant tongue, sounding very sinister.
¡±¡¡¡±
Tang Guo looked at him speechlessly.
His gaze slowly swept across Dong Qiusheng, Miller, and the others, including Tang Guo¡¯s mom. He looked just like a hungry predator examining his prey.
When the soldiers saw Fang Yun sight cross them, they clenched the guns in their hands nervously, seemingly nning to fire at any sight of aggressive action. Fang Yun just looked at them disdainfully.
These firearms are mostly ordinary guns. Even if he allows them to shoot without resisting, they still wouldn¡¯t be able to scratch his scales even if they shoot all day long.
¡±Tang¡Miss Tang.¡±
Miller who was standing behind Tang Guo swallowed his saliva after hearing Fang Yun¡¯s words, he nervously said to her.
¡±Your¡ your friend seems to have misunderstood our rtionship.¡±
¡±We are friendly forces.¡±
He said with a pitiful face.
The purpose of their visit isn¡¯t to destroy the Tang family, on the contrary, they are here to help them, so when he noticed that the giant serpent might be targeting them too, he quickly jumped to rify his intentions.
¡±Ouroboros, don¡¯t be impulsive.¡±
Tang Guo immediately spoke. She didn¡¯t want her friend to eat humans here. If that truly happened, she doesn¡¯t know how can she face him in the future.
However, after carefully looking at his yful expression, some old memories suddenly surged out. This guy is just scaring them!
Thinking of his prank-loving nature, she immediately figured out that she had been fooled again.
Giving him an angry re, Tang Guo still said loudly to Fang Yun.
¡±Ouroboros, you saved me again. If it wasn¡¯t for you, our family must have been taken away by them.¡±
¡±But there is no need to attack them for now, I¡¯m safe.¡±
The friendship between the two of them was only on the inte, but Ouroboros saved her twice already, and this is the third time.
There is a long-distance between the Forbidden Land and this ce, but he still rushed forward at maximum speed upon receiving her message. Tang Guo felt very touched.
If she knows that Fang Yun¡¯s main reason foring here this time is not to help her, but to talk to the elders through her, she might want to cry on the toilet.
¡±Ok.¡±
Fang Yun pretended to have a look of regret on his face.
¡±It¡¯s really disappointing, but are you sure you don¡¯t want me to kill these guys?¡±
He said with a face excited look.
¡°They know about our rtionship. Now our secret n of establishing a kingdom with me, the great shadow lord as a king, and you as my queen, won¡¯t be easy to execute. We could have had conquered this, then formed our fleet to rule the gxy!¡±
The look on Tang Guo¡¯s face froze. The corners of her mouth started madly twitching. Such a serious and tense atmosphere was destroyed by this guy. Gone with it was his scary and majestic presence.
¡±It seems you don¡¯t like my jokes.¡±
Fang Yun stared at Tang Guo¡¯s unimpressed face and gradually converged the yful look on his face. A bit embarrassed, he said solemnly.
¡±Well, if that¡¯s the case, then I will slip away first.¡±
¡±However, you can really think about conquering this with me.¡±
Hearing this, Tang Guo was speechless again. She isn¡¯t interested in conquering any at all! Just when she wanted to say something, she saw that the giant serpent suddenly turned around, looking like it was about to leave.
¡±Ouroboros, wait for a second!¡±
¡±Oh?¡±
Fang Yun turned around and looked at Tang Guo again;
¡±What do you want?¡±
Tang Guo said with a sincere expression.
¡±Ouroboros, I think we can talk, maybe we can cooperate?¡±
Just a bit earlier, Miller told her that the council of Elders already knew about Fang Yun. Elder Lu personally sent a message hoping that they can cooperate with each other.
The details of the cooperation will have to wait until they both meet.
Of course, Tang Guo hopes that their cooperation with Fang Yun isn¡¯t a simple exchange of information. She also hopes that he can help them resist the owner of the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
Fang Yun was quite surprised by her sudden proposal. Isn¡¯t this his original goal, the reason why he crossed such a long distance and came here?
It¡¯s just that there are too many people here, and Fang Yun doesn¡¯t want to participate in the intrigue between them. so he nned to wait until Tang Guo settled her personal problems before talking.
He didn¡¯t expect her to actively propose the idea of cooperating.
¡±Hoo, what type of cooperation are you talking about?¡±
Fang Yun looked interested.
¡±Your Excellency Ouroboros.¡±
Miller stood up this time and exined.
¡±For specific cooperation matters, one of our elders wille to personally talk to you. He is already on the way.¡±
¡±I hope you can wait for a while.¡±
Fang Yun nced at Miller and said nonchntly.
¡±Okay, but you better not think about ying tricks, otherwise, I can guarantee that a million yearster, the new intelligent species born on this will excavate your traces from the depth of the earth then exim ¡®OH, a powerful civilization existed before on this, but it was destroyed!''¡±
Miller wiped the sweat from his forehead and said bitterly.
¡±You can rest assured, our elder ising here sincerely. We promise to never use cheap tricks on you.¡±
¡±I hope so.¡±
Fang Yun said indifferently. Even he isn¡¯t sure if the Blue Federation has some kind of top-secret weapon that can threaten his life.
After a 10 minutes long boring wait, the sound of rumbling engines sounded from the distant sky. 10 ck dots suddenly appeared on the horizon.
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze was locked on them.
Chapter 330: The Old Dominator (2)
Chapter 330: The Old Dominator (2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Vroom! Vroom!¡±
Ten huge motherships slowly stopped above this ind. They all hovered above the mansion since there isn¡¯t any ce tond. The bottom hatch of the motherships slowly opened, then many people jumped out from them.
They are soldiers. Each one of them was wearing special steel suits quite simr to the ones worn by Iron Man. After jumping off the ne, the machines on the feet of the steel suits started forming a recoil, decreasing their falling speed.
Each one of these soldiers is holding a gun in their hands. They are allser guns and thetest type with the highest lethal power at that.
Suddenly, from the bottom hatch of thergest one among the ten motherships, an elevator slowly dropped down. There were 10 people in that elevator.
Among the ten people, their leader is an old man with white hair. Although his face is covered with age spots, his presence is still extremely dazzling. At first nce, anyone can tell that he is the leader amongst these people.
¡±Elder Lu is here.¡±
Next to Tang Guo, Miller¡¯s eyes lit up. He quickly walked towards him and whispered something in his ears.
The majestic old man¡¯s eyes were on Fang Yun from the beginning.
Fang Yun looked at the old man in front of him with interest. He had a good memory, so he recognized him at a nce.
¡±It¡¯s that guy, I think his name was¡ Lu Cheng!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes lit up. He finally encountered an old acquaintance from the Blue. Of course, the other side might not recognize him, his size has greatly changed after all.
¡±Are you the person who is going to negotiate with me on behalf of humanity?¡±
Fang Yun lowered his head and looked directly at Lu Cheng. This guy looked a lot older than before. He was already an old man when he first saw him, but now more than 100 yearster, he is still alive and healthy.
¡±Not only is he not dead, but his status seems to be even higher than before.¡±
Fang Yun let out a sigh of amazement.
¡±Old Lu¡¡±
After Fang Yun finished speaking, without waiting for Lu Cheng to speak, an old man wearing a white coat behind him stuttered excitedly.
¡±Old Lu, this¡this giant monster can reallymunicate with humans! It really is a wise creature!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze shifted to the old man who was speaking. Judging from his clothing, he should be a scientist, and he is currently looking at Fang Yun with a fanatical expression.
If it weren¡¯t for his fear of Fang Yun¡¯s size and appearance, this guy would have definitely jumped on him and started stroking his scales.
¡±Jianye, don¡¯t act rashly.¡±
Hearing the words of the old man behind him, Lu Cheng was startled. He quickly reminded him to stop, for fear that this madman will do something stupid.
After instructing the scientific madman Chen Jianye to not do anything stupid, elder Lu looked at Fang Yun ahead and used a small microphone to amplify his voice to a clear and loud level.
¡±Your Excellency, do you know anything about the ¡®Great Will¡¯?¡±
¡±Oh? You are targeting that guy right now?¡±
Fang Yun smiled internally, he knew that the reason why do these guys want to cooperate with him is for the ¡®Great Will¡¯. After all, that guy¡¯s threat to them is too great. The fate of the Weiner race before them is more than enough for them to raise its danger level to insane heights.
ording to the information Lu Cheng received, Henry and the other encountered the owner of the ¡®Great Will¡¯ in the forbiddennd, or rather its voice. With a single roar, he almost wiped out all of the people there, all of which were wearing protective helmets.
However, at that time, this giant serpent is said to have countered the ¡®Great Will¡¯. It even went as far as to provoke it, but the ¡®Great Will¡¯ didn¡¯t respond.
From this, it can be concluded that the strength of this giant serpent is very high. At least it won¡¯t be much inferior to the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
Lu Cheng nodded, ¡°No way, it has dered war on us.¡±
Recently, more and more people have been enved by the ¡®Great Will¡¯. The scary thing is that the more people are enved, the faster this ¡®Great Will¡¯ is spreading. Currently, there are more than 30,000 enved people.
Moreover, those are the only ones found. There are likely more hiding.
Some infected people can their awareness and intelligence, hiding in the crowd without being discovered. They secretly contact other people, spread messages about ¡°Great Will¡± then slowly infect them.
Some directly fell into a state of madness, attacking the people around them madly, just like those in Old and Forbidden Lands who were greatly affected by the ¡°Demonic Whispers¡±.
There is some difference between them though. Those that fall into madness are easy to find and control, so they can¡¯t cause much damage or infect other people. The ones that can keep their awareness are much more dangerous.
¡±What are the cooperation grounds?¡±
Fang Yun wanted to say that they should have attacked the owner of the ¡®great will¡¯ a long time ago. It should have been in a period of weakness at that time so it was the best time to strike it.
Of course, as a Cthulhu-like creature, the ¡®Great Will¡¯, aka the old dominator, isn¡¯t so easy to deal with. They would have suffered quite a bit if they attacked it rashly. The only beneficiary from that is Fang Yun.
¡±Your excellency, I wonder how much you know about this ¡®Great Will¡¯ and its owner?¡±
Lu Cheng looked towards Fang Yun with a solemn look on his face. He thought that since Fang Yun is an aboriginal inhabitant of this, then he must know a lot about the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
¡±Hmm, That guy should be from space.¡±
Fang Yun started recounting his guess and conclusion but conveying them as certainty and facts.
¡±You can call it¡well, the old dominator. It¡¯s something like an evil god.¡±
In this parallel universe, there are no myths about Cthulu or simr monsters. Naturally, the Cthulu universe doesn¡¯t exist here, so Fang Yun¡¯s story is very fresh to them.
¡±Currently, he should be in a state of sleep or weakness. This is your opportunity. If you want to deal with him, you must do it now.¡±
Fang Yun started tempting Lu Cheng.
¡±If you wait until it fully recovers or wakes up, then with the current strength of humanity, you won¡¯t be able to deal with it.¡±
While saying this, he thought internally that if more and more people keep getting enved, then humanity will end up with simr fate as that of the Weiner race.
¡°¡¡¡±
¡±Your Excellency Ouroboros.¡±
After pondering for a while, Lu Cheng said to Fang Yun.
¡±How is the destructive power of this ¡®Old Dominator¡¯?¡±
Judging from the report, since the ¡®Great Will¡¯ retreated in the face of this giant serpent¡¯s roar, then it shouldn¡¯t be too strong.
However, they don¡¯t actually know much about it. Their only hope is to get information from this giant snake on how to deal with it.
From their point of view, Fang Yun and this Old Dominator might be enemies, so he should know some information about that terrifying creature, right?
Unfortunately, Lu Cheng didn¡¯t know that Fang Yun actually know less about that creature than them.
Chapter 331: Demonstration and Sudden Attack
Chapter 331: Demonstration and Sudden Attack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±It doesn¡¯t matter how strong that guy is, you must take the initiative to attack it!¡±
Fang Yun said with a serious look on his face.
¡±In another ten years or so, the number of enved humans might reach one-fifth of the total human poption or even more!¡±
¡±This amount of people can already affect the stability of your civilization. If that truly happens, then your days of peace wille to an end. Worst case scenario, you might even face the same ending as the aboriginal inhabitants of this.¡±
Fang Yun threatened mercilessly. He is indeed telling the truth and this is exactly what Lu Cheng and other leaders of humanity are worried about.
¡±But to be honest, I also don¡¯t know much about the strength of that guy.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate to tell Lu Cheng this point.
¡±It has always been hiding in the Forbidden Land. What you need to do now is to use your weapons and armies to pull that guy out from the Forbidden Land. You must force it to show up!¡±
Of course, Lu Cheng and the other human leaders could use their most powerful hydrogen bombs to attack, directly razing the Forbidden Land, but they will also be finished.
Their military technology has developed to a rather terrifying level. Even those old guys that are holding the switch to these weapons are uneasy and even sometimes afraid.
The sense of carrying the fate of humanity and all other creatures on their shoulders is very heavy. A slight carelessness from the people holding those switches can bring on the destruction of humanity.
Although their most powerful weapons still don¡¯t have enough power to destroy a, it¡¯s not difficult to sink a continent.
However, that would be the same as destroying all life on the surface, so they don¡¯t dare use them.
¡±Your Excellency Ouroboros, do you have any interest in the ¡®Great Will¡¯?¡±
Lu Cheng mentioned the other reason for his personnel arrival. With the addition of a giant monster possessing very highbat power such as this snake, their odds of winning against the old dominator will be even higher.
¡±Of course I want to participate.¡±
Fang Yun took it for granted. ¡°But I have a few conditions. After the war, I want to get the old dominator¡¯s body, you also have to provide me with food while I¡¯m working with you.¡±
¡±Right, one more thing.¡±
Fang Yun said all his requirements one after the other ¡°You need to advertise my existence to your people.¡±
¡±Oh?¡±
Lu Cheng¡¯s eyelids twitched. Fang Yun¡¯s request is a bit simr to the actions of the ¡®Great Will¡¯. It¡¯s just that the ¡®Great Will¡¯ is promoting itself secretly, gathering more believers, and enving more humans.
Now, this giant serpent wants to promote itself to more humans. Is it trying to repeat the actions of the ¡®Great Will¡¯?
¡±Don¡¯t worry, I have no interest in manipting others.¡±
Fang Yun said with a bored look on his face. He did all of this for reputation points.
¡±If I want to deal with you humans, I don¡¯t need to do this at all.¡±
Hearing that, Lu Cheng was silent, as Fang Yun said, if he really wanted to control humans like the owner of the ¡®Great Will¡¯, he doesn¡¯t need to appear in front of them. He can hide behind the scenes and control them secretly, just like the Old Dominator.
It¡¯s just¡He still can¡¯t fully believe the words of this giant serpent.
¡±Elder Lu, I might have a way to fight against the ¡®Great Will¡¯.¡±
While Lu Cheng was still hesitating, Tang Guo on the side suddenly said. Seeing that everyone started looking at her, she took a deep breath and continued talking.
¡±Elder Lu, ording to the information written on the scroll I got from the Forbidden Land. The most effective method of weakening and even getting rid of the influence of the ¡®Great Will¡¯ is to ignore its existence.¡±
¡±Many people are afraid or curious about the ¡®Great Will¡¯. Which are in turn used by it. If we have our own totem of belief, it won¡¯t be so easy for the ¡®Great Will¡¯ to spread its influence and enve more people.¡±
Tang Guo was quite shocked after hearing that Fang Yun wanted to spread his name. She was originally nning to spread the name of the giant serpent after their cooperation is officially concluded.
This is quite suitable as the Blue Federation totem, a great serpent that can overturn the seas.
In this way, it will be much more difficult for people to be bewitched by the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
Now that Fang Yun took the initiative to ask Lu Cheng to spread his name, it will be easier to do so, as this basically means that he agrees.
¡±However, what is Ouroboros nning to do? Why does he want more people to know about his existence¡±
Tang Guo guessed randomly.
¡±Could it be that when a monster can reach a certain level, can it swallow the emotions of the people that think about it?¡±
She couldn¡¯t help but think of the cultivators she saw in old TV dramas. Maybe, after monsters reach a certain level they need the emotions of people to continue growing?
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know what idea Tang Guo was making in her brain. He doesn¡¯t need emotions, he needs reputation points and more people need to know of him to get them.
Waking up from her fantasies, Tang Guo walked up to Lu Cheng and handed him the scroll she got in the Forbidden Land.
As an influential man standing at the top of humanity and one that lived almost two centuries at that, Lu Cheng isn¡¯t a waste. After living on this for so many years, he had mastered the aboriginalnguage of this a long time ago.
After browsing through the entire scroll, Lu Cheng frowned. If the text on this scroll is true, then they might really have a way to deal with a terrifying creature.
Just applying these methods is enough to greatly reduce its power and influence.
More importantly, Fang Yun exined to Lu Cheng that this terrifying creature that is hiding in the Forbidden Land is likely a monster called the Old Dominator.
This creature isn¡¯t unique, there should be many monsters simr to it in space, and lifes are their target.
If humanity enters space in the future, they might meet this type of creature in the future, so having their own totem of belief mightrgely prevent these creatures from controlling them.
However, he still needs to discuss this matter with the other elders. After all, this matter is rted to the safety of the entire human civilization, he can not be careful enough.
¡±Your Highness.¡±
Lu Cheng looked at Fang Yun and said, ¡°The three conditions you mentioned aren¡¯t easy to fulfill.¡±
¡±Can you please show us your power?¡±
If this giant serpent is just an ordinary sea monster, then it doesn¡¯t have enough power and weight for it to talk to the entire human race as an equal. Fulfilling its three conditions would be just a loss.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t directly answer. He turned his head, then started to slither out of the ind, gradually elerating, and leaving great havoc in his way.
When he reached the edge of the ind, he umted his power, then jumped straight into the sky, stopping in an area a few kilometers away from the surface.
¡±Haha, this ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡± is very good.¡±
Fang Yun swayed his huge body in the air, twisting in the sky like an eastern dragon.
Suddenly, heunched one of his most powerful skills, creating a lightning sea that stretches over 30 kilometers around him. Lightning covered the entire sky, almost blinding the humans below.
¡±This¡¡¡±
This terrifying lightning sea frightened Lu Cheng. He stared at Fang Yun in the sky with a slightly panicked expression. At the same time, many soldiers ran towards him, then protected him in the middle.
Fang Yun continued to release lightning in the sky. His body shuttled around like a legendary monster, changing the color of the entire sky.
His speed was extremely fast. From the sight of Lu Cheng and the others below, Fang Yun looked like a mythical beast bathing in thunder, each movement of his left giant shockwaves in the air.
At the same time, he opened his mouth and aimed at the sea below. He released a very thick light beam that instantly struck the water below, creating a giant explosion and a lot of fog that covered arge part of the ind.
One can imagine how much seawater has been evaporated by thatser beam, and all of this happened in the span of just 10 seconds.
¡±Well, this should be enough.¡±
The thunder sea around Fang Yun gradually dissipated. In the end, he hovered mid-air and stared down at Lu Cheng below. Just as he was about to say something, a sudden vibrant swept through the sky, causing him immediately to turn around and look in one direction.
¡°Wooo!!!¡±
From that direction, a piercing roar suddenly sounded. Even the sea and the air started vibrating. Everyone on the ind fell onto the ground and started screaming, their body started shaking due to the extreme vibrating.
The direction from which this voice sounded is exactly the Forbidden Land.
Chapter 332: Advanced Spaceship Elvira
Chapter 332: Advanced Spaceship Elvira
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Wooo!!!¡±
The strange sound continued, it sounded a bit like a ghost screeching, but it caused all the humans in the scene to squat on the ground and scream in pain while holding their heads.
¡±That guy, is he about to wake up?¡±
Mid-air, Fang Yun looked at the direction where the Forbidden Land is located. After thinking for a moment, he still didn¡¯t roar back. His roar isn¡¯t prating enough to cross such a long distance like that monster.
This soundsted for three full minutes before it stopped.
For a while, Tang Guo and the rest of the people justid powerlessly on the ground. They couldn¡¯t even muster the strength to move.
¡±It¡¯s that monster.¡±
Lu Cheng took a deep breath and struggled to stand up. His eyes and nose had two streams of blooding out of them. Looking around, other people were also beginning to stand up.
He wiped the blood on his cheeks while frowning deeply. This is not the first time that that monster roared, but this is the first time that its roar reached the Pacific-Asian Continent.
Previously, only some people in the Old Land were affected at most. In fact, only Tang Guo and her team were majorly affected, as only three of them survived, but now things might shortly change.
¡±What does the old dominator wants to do?¡±
Tang Guo also staggered and stood up. She looked at the direction of the Forbidden Land with a look of fear on her face.
¡±Is it going to wake up?¡±
¡±Your Excellency Ouroboros, we agree to your request.¡±
Lu Cheng yelled decisively to Fang Yun. He clearly understands that the ¡®Great Will¡¯ is starting to wake up, and the power it¡¯s exhibiting is getting stronger and stronger.
Even if they are over ten thousand miles away, that monster can still deal a lot of damage to them. What if it leaves the Forbidden Landes to the Pacific-Asia continent?
This ¡®Great Will¡¯, or Old Dominator must be eliminated! It¡¯s too much of a threat!
Cooperation with the giant serpent is undoubtedly a good choice. Lu Cheng has noticed that only they were heavily affected by the roar of the Old Dominator, only the giant serpent was unaffected. This is further proof of its strength.
¡±However, for specific cooperation matters, I still need to have a discussion with the other elders.¡±
¡±Okay, I¡¯ll be waiting for your reply.¡±
After saying this, Fang Yun left the ind and slithered back into the sea.
After Fang Yun left, Lu Cheng hurriedly returned back to the headquarters with the rest of his soldiers. He quickly convened the rest of the elders and started a meeting.
As for the arrest of Tang Rong and his family, it has be a thing of the past. In the face of the current Tang family, Dong Qiusheng could only shamefully leave, not even daring to leave threatening words behind.
After everyone left, Tang Guo and her mother started to diagnose and treat Tang Rong with the method mentioned on the scroll.
It¡¯s also worth mention that the previous loud roar has caused an uproar through the human world.
At that time, when the old dominator made that sound, it affected countless people. In fact, more than a half-million people lost their lives during that time.
This level of casualties is unprecedented during peaceful years, causing the entire human world to fall into panic, especially considering that there are only 100 million humans in total.
Various security personnel were dispatched. All the cities and ces that were affected went into military alert. At the same time, the government also issued an announcement, stating straightforwardly that the ¡®Great Will¡¯ has dered war on them.
The federation is going to face another war deciding the fate of humanity.
Previously, on the Blue, they were almost annihted. At that time, they were only facing the Weiner people who are controlled by the ¡®Great Will¡¯, but now, they are going to confront the ck hands behind the scenes personally.
However, their technological power is much more advanced than a hundred years ago, coupled with the fact that they have a helper, the top leaders still felt that they have a high chance of winning.
However, not all people felt like that. Most ordinary people are caught in a huge panic. The atmosphere war and panic covered the entire Pacific-Asia continent for a while.
The humans that were bewitched by the old dominator started to bewitch other people wantonly, and due to the current chaos, their rate of infection skyrocketed.
At the time when the old dominator released that destructive roar, another thing happened, but neither Fang Yun nor Lu Cheng knew about it.
In the distant space, of 1,7 billion kilometers away from the Earth, a silver-white spacecraft was moving forward at an incredible speed, but it still looked very slow in the boundless space.
The spacecraft is about one kilometer in length. It was very streamlined, showcasing an advanced feel of sci-fi beauty.
There were several figures busy in the control room.
Their appearance is simr to that of humans. In terms of surface appearance, they are 95% identical to humans, the only thing different is their skin color. Some are blue, some are green, etc¡
¡±Captain.¡±
Suddenly, a middle-aged man with brown skin turned around to another grey skin man and said.
¡±Aminu detected unusual energy fluctuations. It¡¯s preliminarily determined to be the aftermath of pathogens.¡±
The gray man was using his fingers to swipe through the screen in front of him. After hearing the words of the brown middle-aged man, he pressed a button on the chest to retract the holographic screen in front of him.
After this, he looked at the screen in front of the brown middle-aged man.
¡±Can you determine the scope?¡±
The gray man, Locker had a solemn expression on his face. He is the captain of the ¡°Elvira¡± spaceship, and his purpose is to patrol this area of space to check for energy fluctuations emitted by pathogens.
Pathogens have always been the biggest headache of the SkyRiver Empire. They willtch onto one after the other, then infect it and its aboriginal inhabitants like a virus.
If they don¡¯t take enough precautions, the entire gxy will be ruled by them.
Aminu is the intelligent core of this spaceship. It has the ability to detect energy fluctuations of pathogens through an incredibly long distance, and now it has issued a warning about a pathogen nearby.
Although it¡¯s said to be nearby, that¡¯s just rtive to the area that¡¯s under their supervision; the actual distance is still huge.
¡±unconfirmed.¡±
Chris shook his head. Aminu only provided a rough direction. They need to personally inspect the specific area.
This also shows that the location of the pathogen is still a bit away from their spacecraft. If it was close, Aminu would have detected it.
¡±Well, follow Aminu¡¯s guidance and move in that direction.¡±
Locker stood up straight, then said while rubbing his eyebrows, ¡°I hope this pathogen is not very powerful, otherwise we¡¯ll have to ask for support from our supervisor.¡±
Chris shrugged and said, ¡°Yes, our credit will be greatly reduced then.¡±
In the endless void, the spaceship ¡°Elvira¡± further elerated.
An unknown distance ahead, zooming closer, a special azure could be seen. It¡¯s the earth.
The people on earth still don¡¯t know that there is a spaceship heading straight towards them, they are still struggling to deal with the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
Moreover, Due to the great distance between them, it will take the spaceship quite some time to reach them.
Putting it into perspective, the distance between the earth and the sun is 151.54 million kilometers or 1 Astronomical Unit. The distance between the spaceship and the earth is about 11 to 12 AU, which will take them quite a lot of time to cross, especially considering the fact that they don¡¯t know the exact location of the earth.
Elvira is undoubtedly capable of space jumps, but it can¡¯t do so, as each space jump can cross several light-years, and the pathogen is quite close to them.
Chapter 333: The Lord of the Galaxy
Chapter 333: The Lord of the Gxy
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun lived near the Blue Lakemunity during the next period of time, hunting most of the time, and asionallymunicating with Tang Guo.
Tang Guo has be a sort ofmunication bridge between Fang Yun and Lu Cheng.
After several conversations, Tang Guo got more information from Fang Yun.
For example, Fang Yun can onlymunicate with them when he is near awork. His method ofmunication is to send electromaic signals throughmunication devices, which are then converted into written or voice messages.
In addition, he is the only giant monster capable ofmunicating with humans right now; other giant monsters don¡¯t have this ability. He also can¡¯t control or lead other giant monsters as she expected.
Lu Cheng could only give up his n of asking Fang Yun to lead an army of monsters to attack the Forbidden Land.
Fang Yun stayed next to the Blue Lake Community for three months before Lu Cheng finally finalized his n. ording to him, this time they are going to send an army of 100,000 people to the Forbidden Land.
At the same time, they will establish transfer stations on the Old Land, allowing them to send follow-up troops in the future.
¡¡¡¡
Today, when the sun was still shining brightly in the sky, Fang Yun set off with an army of 100,000 people.
Tang Guo was also within the army. She can even be considered as a high-level figure. After all, humans have a cooperative rtionship with Fang Yun, and Tang Guo is the one acting as a bridge between them.
On the vast sea, a terrifying giant serpent was quickly swimming forward, leaving a long trace behind it.
Not far from it, there is a fleetposed of 200 airships and motherships. The smallest one is only 1 kilometer long, and the biggest one is over 3 kilometers.
On each mothership, there are many fighting jets and advanced K-type fighters, along with many closed wing helicopters.
Such a huge fleet is heading toward the Forbidden Land at a rapid speed.
About half a monthter, this fleet appeared on the edge of the Forbidden Land, along with a giant serpent.
All airships started tond, docking in their designated area of the sea.
Apart from the small beach, the rest is a never-ending forest. There is no ce for the airships to dock on the Forbidden Land so they could only dock on the sea.
¡±Your Excellency Ouroboros.¡±
Miller was standing on one of thergest motherships. He looked at the giant serpent not far away and loudly said.
¡±We have to rest here for a while before the start of the war.¡±
ording to their n, they are going to send a fighter jet to sweep the entire continent. With their current technology, most fighter jets can easily achieve a speed of mach10.
They also have superb endurance as they can turn around the entire without the need to refuel.
Of course, this will take quite a lot of time as the Forbidden Land is by far the biggest continent. The fighter jets are also very likely to be harassed by flying monsters, slowing down their advancement speed.
Fighters can generally fly at an altitude of 50,000 meters. There aren¡¯t many flying monsters at that altitude, but they need to fly lower in order to effectively bomb the creatures on the continent.
Furthermore, they have to observe whether there is any suspicious hiding ce in the endless forest. This continent is mostly covered by forests and jungles.
¡±Well, it¡¯s up to you.¡±
Fang Yun said indifferently. ¡°But you really should ept my suggestion and use your level 6 kaiju in this battle.¡±
For further and easiermunication, their scientists created a simple earbud that can project his voice. It¡¯s not that difficult to make and Fang Yun quickly got the hang of how to send electromaic signals to it.
Fang Yun is very interested in the kaiju created by the Blue Federation.
Just the level 6 kaiju can provide 1 million bio-energy points, not to mention that humanity leaders are very likely hiding more advanced kaiju.
¡±They should have level 7 kaiju now? Maybe even level 8 ones.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
He hopes that the human leaders can send the kaiju to participate in this war, so when some of them die in the conflict with other monsters, he can eat their bodies.
Unfortunately, the Federation higher-ups don¡¯t n on sending the kaiju immediately, they are still keen on following their n.
In short, Fang Yun and the army stopped near the coast of the Forbidden Land, and Millermanded the army to build fortifications on the coast.
Many giant rocks near the coast were ttened, then giant infrastructures were built on them and on the beach.
About a weekter, the fortifications werepleted, and on this day, Miller finally issued the order to start attacking the Forbidden Land.
A total of ten fighter jets were dispatched. After taking off from the mothership, the ten fighter jets flew towards the depths of the forest.
Regarding the movement and location of these ten fighters, Miller and the other leaders have always been in control. Fang Yun also hacked into theirwork and started monitoring the situation of the ten fighter jets.
¡±These ten fighter jets all carry many powerful weapons and a lot of ammunition, that should be enough to handle normal situations.¡±
Fang Yun had a holographic screen constructed in his mind, just like that of the system. On the screen, the ten fighter jets were all heading forward.
He naturally knew about the mission of these ten fighter jets.
Apart from his personnel spying, the humans aren¡¯t excluding him. They also informed him of their whole n. Tang Guo was the one that specifically exined it to him.
These ten fighter jets are going to fly deep into this continent, about 3000 kilometers away. They are also going to spread in the middle of the journey to cover more area.
Their main mission is to gather as much information as possible about this continent and to look for the hiding ce of the old dominator. They also have a side mission of dropping bombs across certain distances.
The bombs they are going to drop aren¡¯t ordinary ones, but nuclear bombs.
Each nuclear bomb has the power to raze a big city.
Unfortunately, the development of the matter vastly differed from their expectations.
After the ten fighters separated, just ten minutester, one of them encountered a problem. It encountered a kilometer-ss giant bird.
In the end, the giant bird was killed, but it did manage to bring the fighter jet down with it.
Shortly after that, other fighters also had idents.
In the end, just a few hourster, 8 fighters were destroyed, forcing Miller to recall thest 2 back before they suffer from a simr ident.
The results of this operation sparked a debate between human leaders. Many people were very dissatisfied with the results.
Many people felt that the n this time is very rash and crude. They should have spent more time and crafted a much more borate n;
In other words, they simply want to wait until the old dominator appears before they attack it. Attacking an entire continent randomly is a waste of time and resources.
¡±Time waits for no one, everyone.¡±
Lu Cheng stood next to the conference room. He looked at the six old men sitting in their positions and couldn¡¯t help but rub his head due to a headache. He had a slightly tired look on his face.
¡±We must kill the old dominator as soon as possible.¡±
¡±This is not just because of its growth or awakening. More importantly, we have to worry about the SkyRiver civilization!¡±
After saying this, the old man pointed to his left
¡±Lin Feng, Show them.¡±
¡±This is thetest information Moriko and the other advanced spiritual people got from the roots of the star tree. We finally know who is the owner of this gxy we are in and how they manage their territory.¡±
The moment his voice sounded, a young man pressed a button on the control board next to him.
After which a holographic screen appeared in the middle of the conference table.
Chapter 334: SkyRiver Civilization
Chapter 334: SkyRiver Civilization
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
On the screen was a CGI scene made by their most advancedputer. In a vast expanse of space, there is a vast expanse of stars and nebs, which gather together to form a circr glowing ring.
¡±As you can see, this is our gxy.¡±
At the head of the conference table, Lu Cheng nced at the six old men sitting in their positions and continued talking.
¡±Our, the earth is currently in this position.¡±
The moment his voice sounded, the image on the screen started to change, the picture started zooming on a certain area of the gxy, passing by giant stars and nebs and finally focusing on a.
It¡¯s a huge Azure. Bigger and bluer than their original habitat, the blue.
From this point of view, perhaps calling this the true Blue is more appropriate.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that both the Earth and the Blue belong to the same gxy, the Milky Way.
¡°The Earth is far from the center of the Milky Way butpared to the deste ce where the Blue is, this area is much more lively, hence why we receive so many electromaic signals from space.¡±
Lu Cheng leaned on the edge of the conference table and said with a serious look on his face to the people in front of him.
¡±The source of these electromaic signals is undoubtedly some spacecraft passing by near us, or simply an alien civilization near us.¡±
¡±In the present age, we can easily answer the old age question that sparked so many debates. Yes, there are alien civilizations in space and many at that. These are the information we got from the Star Tree.¡±
Suddenly, on the holographic screen in the middle of the conference table, a dazzling array of stars appeared, and amongst these dazzling array of stars, there are many flickering red dots.
¡±ording to the information obtained from the star tree, there are more than 40,000 civilizations in the Milky Way alone, and many civilizations are upying more than one.¡±
¡±The most powerful civilizations regard habitables as cities. The territory of their country isposed of countless habitables and star systems.¡±
¡±The Skyriver Empire is one such civilization.¡±
A dignified look appeared on Lu Cheng¡¯s face.
¡±This civilization is the most powerful civilization in the Milky Way gxy. They are the rulers and master of this gxy.¡±
As Lu Cheng continued talking, the holographic screen above the conference table changed again. A starry sky appeared, and in this starry sky, there were 28 stars marked in red.
¡±Although the SkyRiver civilization rules this gxy, it doesn¡¯t really interfere with the development and growth of other civilizations. As long as they don¡¯t threaten its rule, then any civilization can thrive. With the exception of one thing.¡±
¡°If that thing or ident happens in a certain civilization, the SkyRiver civilization will send an expedition to destroy that civilization.¡±
Lu Cheng¡¯s voice paused, causing the elders who were looking at the holographic projection with a serious look on their faces to look at Lu Cheng once again.
Lu Cheng didn¡¯t continue to hang their appetite. He directly said a word.
¡±Pathogen.¡±
¡±Previously, Moriko mentioned the word ¡°Pathogen¡± along with the name of the SkyRiver civilization and mentioned that it¡¯s very important, but! Neither she nor we knew what this word meant before!¡±
¡±This time, she finally got a detailed exnation of what is this Pathogen from the Star Tree.¡±
¡°The so-called ¡®Pathogen¡¯ is an extremely powerful alien life. Their way of birth is unknown, and not much information is known about them, but their danger degree is indisputable.¡±
¡°They can control intelligent creatures with weaker spiritual power than them. We¡¯ll call these controlled people the infected for now.¡±
¡±Infected people can infect other people. It¡¯s like a virus, quickly spreading between the intelligent creature of a civilization, and the more people are infected, the faster the spread of its control. Without drastic measures, a civilization can easily fall under the control of those creatures.¡±
¡±After a civilization is usually controlled, it sends them to other civilizations, controlling more intelligent creatures and quickly spreading its influence.¡±
¡±It is precisely due to the threat of these creatures that the SkyRiver civilization formed a special task force called the silver fleet. The task of this fleet is to travel through space and search for traces of Pathogens in their area. As long as a Pathogen is discovered, it will be immediately destroyed.¡±
¡±If an intelligent civilization is infected by the Pathogen, they will also be destroyed, even if it¡¯s only partly infected. This is all due to the fact that these Pathogens have a miraculous resurrection ability. Even If they are killed, as long as a single infected person is left, they can eventually resurrect through the prayers of the infected person.¡±
After Lu Cheng¡¯s narration was over, an old man quickly asked him.
¡°Old Lu, do you mean that this pathogen is on our. Wait a second¡ Is that ¡®Great Will¡¯ the Pathogen?!¡±
¡±Furthermore, if the SkyRiver civilization discovers that there is a Pathogen on our and that there are in fact many infected people amongst our people, is it possible that they will destroy us?¡±
¡±It¡¯s not a possibility.¡± Lu Cheng corrected the old man.
¡±It¡¯s a certainty, a fact. If there is a Silver Fleet near us, then we will definitely not escape the fate of destruction.¡±
After saying this, Lu Cheng sat down in his seat somewhat dejectedly. He looked really tired and disheartened.
¡±The Great Will activities are bing more and more frequent. The silver fleet undoubtedly has a way to detect its activities. So the actions of the ¡®Great Will¡¯ are almost the same as proiming its existence to the creatures in space.¡±
¡°It¡¯s almost like saying, ¡®Here! There are Pathogens here! Come and destroy us!¡±
¡±So, if we to avoid the fate of total destruction, we must kill that ¡®Great Will¡¯ as soon as possible!¡±
The other elders had a serious look on their faces at this time. They did not expect the situation to be so serious. In the beginning, they were only facing the threat of the ¡®Great Will¡¯, but now there is an additional Silver fleet hanging on their throat.
Moreover, they consider that this silver fleet threat is much higher than that of the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
Although the current human technology has made considerable progress, it¡¯s undoubtedly nothingpared to a gctic empire like the Skyriver empire.
A civilization of such scale and power probably just need to dispatch a spaceship to destroy the entire federation
The human leaders finally reached a consensus. It¡¯s necessary to destroy this ¡®Great Will¡¯ as soon as possible. It¡¯s not just due to its threat, but more due to the trouble it brings to their civilization.
¡±Unfortunately, we didn¡¯t get any scientific or technological information from Star Tree.¡±
This is Elder Lu¡¯s biggest regret.
After learning that the Star Tree has the entire information of the Earth stored in it, he hoped to get some technological knowledge from it that will help their technology to greatly advance.
It¡¯s a pity that the original inhabitants of Earth weren¡¯t very good with technology. The only amazing technology they created is space crossing and wormhole technology.
After describing humanity¡¯s current situation to the other elder, Lu Cheng became worried again.
The ¡®Great Will¡¯ won¡¯t be easy to deal with. Who knows when they will be able to deal with it. For now, they can only pray that no Silver Fleet will pass next to this area for the next period of time, otherwise, they are really over.
While the human leaders were still worrying about the ¡®Great Will¡¯ and the silver fleet. On the side of the Forbidden Land, Miller and his army¡¯s intrusion into the Forbidden Land has reached a white-hot stage.
Chapter 335: The start of the War
Chapter 335: The start of the War
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The area that Miller has selected to build the base has be more and more prosperous. Many parts of the forest near the beach were ttened and many giant buildings were built in their ce.
The people living there aren¡¯t just the initial 100,000 soldiers sent to invade the Forbidden Land. Many more were sent to assist Miller in his quest to invade the Forbidden Land.
This continent is not only thergest out of the three continents on this, but it¡¯s also the richest in resources. However, the higher-ups decided to destroy this precious continent.
The various beasts and monsters on this continent are more or less affected by the Great Will, making them more violent and irritable. Fortunately, they can¡¯t help the Great Will spread its influence and infect more people.
Humans set fire to the forests in the continent, dropped various bombs, and attacked all monsters and giant beasts in their way, only to make their process of scouting the continent easier.
Various bases have been built at the edge of the continent. Even many reporters were sent to these bases to project and exin the situation for people in the Pacific-Asia continent.
Of course, when recording this program, in addition to battle scenes between the giant monsters and the army. Many reporters were specially brought there to film a certain giant monster near the headquarters.
About 30 kilometers away from the beach, a huge monster was leisurely swimming there.
Every day, arge number of giant monster bodies are thrown beside it. The mouth of this terrifying snake is like a ck hole, swallowing all the monster bodies thrown at it without flinching at all.
Its body size is seven or eight kilometers long. That¡¯s already terrifying in itself, but the most terrifying is its bottomless stomach. No matter how much it eats, it¡¯s never full.
Most civilians are particrly interested in this giant serpent. ording to the information released by the government, this giant serpent canmunicate with people, and this time it¡¯s standing with them to deal with the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
Some people felt that this giant serpent is quite familiar.
Of course, few people felt that. After all, most people have forgotten that they came from the Blue.
However, many leaders and old people remember. It was them after all that experienced that war.
¡±That snake, it looks very simr to the giant serpent that fought along with us in the Blue.¡±
In fact, the gap between the two is veryrge. The most apparent one is their body size. One is a few hundred meters long and the other is 8 kilometers long.
However, one thing quickly caught the attention of humans, that is the giant turtle following behind the giant serpent. It¡¯s almost the same as the one that followed the giant serpent on the Blue.
Coupled with his attitude towards humans, many higher government officials and old people felt that this giant serpent is most likely the one that helped them back on the Blue.
However, they did not spread this to the public. The government officials seemed rather unwilling to spread this information to the public.
The giant serpent has be some sort of star in the human world. Many people were interested in a giant monster that canmunicate with humans.
Many people came here from the Pacific-Asia continent and participated in the work just to see Fang Yun.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t have any resistance orint at being treated like a star, but was rather happy. In this way, his reputation points are going to rise like a rocket.
In fact, Fang Yun¡¯s reputation points have indeed skyrocketed, but due to the fact that there aren¡¯t many people on Earth, his RP didn¡¯t spike up like when he was on the Blue.
¡¡¡
Time quickly flew, three years have passed.
In the past three years, humans continued to madly attack the Forbidden Land. Almost half of the continent¡¯s area was razed by them, killing an incredible number of monsters and beasts in the process.
However, they still haven¡¯t found the traces of the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
The ¡®Great Will¡¯ has roared madly several times during the past three years, and every time it howled, it caused madness and chaos within the army barracks in the Forbidden and even Old Land.
However, the helmet that can iste the mental attack released by the Great Will continued to advance. Thetest models can greatly resist mental attacks, whether it¡¯s the ¡®Demonic Whispers¡¯ or the roar of the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
Unfortunately, even so, arge number of soldiers die along with each roar.
It¡¯s a pity that their instruments can¡¯t pinpoint the source of the sound, otherwise, they would haveunched an attack a long time ago.
Fang Yun had a particrly easy life. His daily task is to mostly eat the monster bodies that humans bring to him every day. asionally, he is called when they encounter some particrly powerful giant monster.
Especially those kilometer-ss flying monsters. They are the most troublesome to deal with. They not only possess supersonic speed and keen insight, but they can also release super electromaic waves. Ordinary missiles are detonated before even approaching them.
For this type of troublesome monster, the easiest and lowest cost method to deal with them is to send the giant serpent.
In these three years, Fang Yun has evolved twice again. His body length has increased by 1 kilometer and his diameter had increased by 50 meters.
In terms of skill points, Fang Yun gathered 149 skill points in the past 3 years, both from his evolution and reputation points increase.
He didn¡¯t receive any rewards due to an increased reputation for a long time, but this time, under the promotion of the governement, his reputation points have surpassed 15 billion two years ago, causing the system to reward him with 16 skill points.
Furthermore, in thest two years, his reputation points have increased even further.
Currently, his reputation points are as high as 18 billion, and it won¡¯t take long for them to reach 20 billion.
Fang Yun has a hunch that he is very likely to get skill points again at the marl of 20 billion.
It¡¯s just that he doesn¡¯t see any hope or possibility of getting a new bloodline in the nearby future.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that in the past two years, the increased rate of his reputation points should be getting smaller and smaller. After all, everyone on this knows of his existence.
However, the actual situation is the exact opposite of that. This greatly surprised Fang Yun.
After thinking for a while, he came up with a theory.
These reputation points may be brought to him by the new generation of people on the Blue, that distant where everything began.
This discovery greatly surprised Fang Yun. This is like a longsting passive ie. If things keep going this way, he is going to receive a steady amount of reputation points in the future.
Thinking about it, if more civilizations know about him, and these civilizations pass his image and information from generation to generation, then how much reputation points will he get each year?
It¡¯s exciting just to think about it.
This time, with the number of skill points he has, he has the opportunity to upgrade two skills.
After a short deliberation, He maxed out ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡± and upgraded ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡± level¡¯s by 1.
Fang Yun felt that his body has be lighter. At the same time, his agility, speed, and reflexes while using this skill have increased.
Three years ago, when Lu Cheng decided to send the army to the Forbidden Land, they have already started monitoring the situation in space.
Theyunched a lot of aircraft into space to monitor the nearby areas. As long as they find anything unusual, they can make the corresponding preparation earlier.
In the past three years, none of theunched aircraft showed any response. Space was as calm and silent as usual.
However, on this day, the control center in the Pacific-Asian continent has found that one aircraft had intercepted some rather weird electromaic signals.
Chapter 336: Escape Route
Chapter 336: Escape Route
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Xiao Li, what¡¯s the situation?¡±
Ten minutes ago, Lu Cheng was told that the central space control center had received a strange electromaic wave from one of their aircraft.
After getting the report, Lu Cheng immediately put down the things he was dealing with and hurried to deal with this unexpected incident.
Beside him, a bald man had a solemn look on his face. The aircraft they sent into space is their most advanced creation. They can sense the slightest electromaic wave in space, intercept it, then send it back to them.
Of course, not every intercepted electromaic signal requires them to call Lu Cheng. Only after a strict analysis and screening, and after detecting that it¡¯s not an ordinary signal will they send the information to Lu Cheng.
For example, the electromaic signal they received a day ago is one such case. Furthermore, this signal isn¡¯t weakening but rather bing more and more intense.
¡±It should be some kind of Spacecraft.¡±
Director Hu, the bald man, exined to Lu Cheng, ¡°Elder Lu, ording to my spection, I am afraid that an alien spaceship is quickly approaching the earth.¡±
He had a solemn look on his face.
¡±Their spacecraft is very fast. At least in terms of speed and power, it¡¯s leagues above our most advanced spaceship, Rover 1¡±
Lu Cheng looked at the screen in front of him. A flickering line is shing on it, and with time this line is bing more and more stable.
¡±Did you tell Old Feng about this?¡±
The Old Feng that Lu Cheng is talking about is also one of the seven elders. He is mainly in charge of space-rted matters.
The current Blue Federation is iparable to its former self when it just arrived on this. Their technology has reached a very advanced level.
In addition to the air and marine forces, they also formed a space force. As the name suggests, it¡¯s for spacebat.
Their current most powerful weapons areser and other energy weapons. The Federation has spent an unbelievable amount of time and resources on making theseser weapons and spaceships, hence their power can be imagined.
However, their spaceships have a huge shoring. Their travel speed in space is incredibly slow. They also tried to recreate the wormhole technology created but the Weiner people, but they never managed to seed.
They did get information about this technology from the Star Tree as the Weiner race managed to create it in the past, but they are stuck in many areas, the most important one being energy.
In order to create a wormhole, they need an incrediblyrge amount of energy. Not only that but to mount it on a spaceship, they need topress the energy source to a size that can be easily carried by it. Unfortunately, they are far from being able to do so.
Currently, it¡¯s unknown how many years it will take them to create this technology, but they don¡¯t seem to have the time to do so.
In the earth¡¯s orbit, the Blue Federation sent a total of five spacecraft, each of which is more than 1 kilometer long. The five of them moved in a circr manner around the earth.
Once there is an emergency, they can quickly escape from the earth¡¯s gravity and truly enter space to start the operation.
In addition to these five spaceships, they have another 50 hidden on the earth. As long as there¡¯s a need, the Federation can quickly send these 50 spaceships into space.
Overall, the Federation¡¯s current space military power is quite strong. Even if they can¡¯t invade or attack others, they still can defend their own. They aren¡¯t as helpless as before when ites to the matter of space.
¡±I have already notified Elder Feng.¡±
Director Hu nodded, ¡°Elder Feng has already issued the order for the five spacecraft to elerate and break away from the earth gravitational pull. In addition, the spacecraft in the space base is ready to go to space anytime.¡±
After hearing Director Hu¡¯s words, Lu Cheng nodded.
¡±You should also call elder Qin. Tell him to prepare his air force as well. We must do our best preparation¡±
After passing the order down, Lu Cheng frowned while staring at the screen in front of him. Suddenly, the man young man sitting in front of the disy screen suddenly straightened up. He quickly pointed his fingers at the operation panel and said.
¡±Elder Lu, Director, the electromaic fluctuations sent by the third aircraft are bing more and more intense. Maybe the cameras will soon capture the guying towards us!¡±
The young man sitting in front of the operation panel tapped on a few buttons. Suddenly the graf on the screen disappeared, reced by a dark screen with a few luminous dots in the background.
This is a projection of the starry sky.
The space is very dark. Although looking for the earth, the sky is usually densely packed with stars, the distance between them is actually ginormous.
Just like this aircraft no.3. The images passed by its camera is that of pitch-ck darkness. Of course, if they use their most advanced telescope, they should be able to clearly see distants and stars.
However, they are currently just using their high-powered camera, so they can only see the nearby area of space.
The young man sitting in front of the disy screen started adjusting the angle of the early warning aircraft. He aimed at the area where the signal is the strongest, using other aircraft to get a better perspective from other viewing angles.
¡±This¡¡¡±
Lu Cheng¡¯s breathing suddenly stagnated, his eyes were fixed on the disy screen in front of them.
A while dot suddenly appeared on the screen, and as time passed the dot became bigger and bigger, finally exposing its true appearance on the screen.
¡±A spaceship!¡±
After seeing the real appearance of the small white dot, Lu Cheng directly shouted. He took a deep breath, his expression extremely solemn.
¡±Director Hu, immediately send a warning message to that spacecraft. By the way, send a message to the space station about the appearance of this spaceship.¡±
¡±Call Elder Feng right away and ask him to prepare all the spaceships for battle.¡±
¡±In addition¡¡±
Lu Cheng looked up at Director Hu with a serious look on his face.
¡±Notify the Ninth Secret Service to let them activate the NinthHeaven energy device.¡±
¡±Yes.¡±
After hearing Lu Cheng¡¯s instructions, Director Hu immediately saluted then walked away to execute the orders he received.
The NinthHeaven energy device is located in the core of the Earth. This device is used to convert geothermal heat into usable energy.
As long as this device is activated, a wormhole can be created on the Earth. This is theirst trump card and escape route.
After obtaining the wormhole technology from the aboriginal people of the Earth, they used an untold amount of resources and manpower to create such an escape route. After all, although they aren¡¯t located in the liveliest area of the gxy, they are still quite close to it.
They need an escape route, in case something went fatally wrong, they can preserve thest embers of humanity.
Chapter 337: Silver Fleet Invasion
Chapter 337: Silver Fleet Invasion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Send them a warning message!¡±
¡±Elder Lu, they ignored our warning messages and are still approaching us, should we attack?¡±
¡±Attack!¡±
¡°Boom!!¡±
In the control center, the young man sitting in front of the screen was about to execute Lu Cheng¡¯s order and was about to attack, but right at that moment, aser beam flew from the iing spaceship,pletely annihting their aircraft.
Although the early warning aircraft doesn¡¯t have any person on board, it still has many automatic weapons mounted. Unexpectedly, just after they sent the warning message, and before they evenunched an attack, the alien spaceship took the initiative to attack them;
¡±Elder Lu, what should I do now?¡±
The youth was obviously panicking a little. This was his first contact with alien life. Unfortunately, the aliens are full of malice. They destroyed their aircraft upon the first contact.
¡±When will our spaceships arrive?¡±
Lu Cheng asked, he didn¡¯t panic like the young man, but had a rather calm look on his face.
Seemingly infected, the young man also gradually rxed. He slowly calmed his racing heart and went back to work.
¡±Elder Lu, the nearest spacecraft will encounter the alien spaceship in five minutes.¡±
¡±Warn our soldiers about the iing spaceship, tell them to enterbat readiness state immediately. They must try to hold that spaceship as much as possible.¡±
Lu Cheng gave orders in an orderly manner, ¡°The Air Force also has to take action. It will be the secondyer of defense.¡±
ording to Lu Cheng¡¯s n, their own spacecraft will first block the alien spaceship, and if thatyer of defense is prated, then the air force will block the spaceship in the outer atmosphere of the earth.
The final defenseyer will be the marine force.
The Marine force actually hides some of their most destructive weapons. They are thest and strongest defensiveyer of the Federation. As long as it is required, the marine force canunch these extremely destructive weapons. If the situation goes to the worse, these weapons are theirst hope.
¡±Why did that alien spaceship ignore our warnings, and it still came in such an aggressive manner¡± Lu Cheng was puzzled.
At that moment, director Hu who was looking at the alien spaceship suddenly started trembling, he said to Lu Cheng with a trembling voice.
¡±Elder Lu, that alien spaceship looks very simr to the spaceships of the silver fleet under the SkyRiver Empire.¡±
Hearing that, Lu Cheng suddenly froze, he looked at director Hu a little sluggishly.
¡±You mean, that¡¯s a spaceship under the Silver Fleet?¡±
While Lu Cheng and the others were shocked at this sudden revtion, Elvira was moving forward quickly in space, its speed was so fast, it left a light trail behind it.
¡±Captain, we destroyed their aircraft.¡±
In themand room, Chris calmly reported to Captain Locke. Just a few moments ago, they received a strange electromaic signal. After converting it into sound, it turned into a very harsh sound.
Obviously, they are warning them to stop.
But how can people from the SkyRiver empire listen to the warnings of such a small civilization? They simply ignored their warning and destroyed the aircraft that sent it.
Elvira continued to move forward. Soon, a huge blue appeared in their vision. Chris, who was controlling the spaceship, eximed excitedly.
¡±Captain, the pathogen is on that.¡±
¡±It seems that the people on this have already been infected.¡±
Chris shook his head. In that case, they need topletely destroy this, killing every intelligent creature on it.
For them, this is a necessary sacrifice for the wellbeing of the entire gxy. Simr things have been done many times before and this time is no exception.
Soon, not far ahead from Elvira, another spaceship appeared. This is the spaceship of the Blue Federation.
There are variousser weapons mounted on this spaceship. Unfortunately, before they even had the chance to use them, they were destroyed by the alien spaceship.
There is a big difference between the power of weapons, the speed of locking the opponent, the spaceship defense system, etc¡ Hence, the Blue Federation spaceship never stood a chance from the start.
¡±It seems that the technology level of this civilization isn¡¯t very high. We easily entered their orbit.¡±
Chris thought cheerfully while controlling the spaceship to gradually approach the earth¡¯s surface.
¡°Damn it!!¡±
In the control center, when their fifth spaceship was destroyed, Lu Cheng finally couldn¡¯t stand it anymore. He heavily pped the table while saying.
¡±Air forces, Air forces!¡±
¡±Hurry up and order all the air forces to get ready to take off!¡±
He paced back and forth in the control room, the expression on his face was extremely gloomy.
The silver fleet of the SkyRiver empire is really something else. Just their attackunch speed is way beyond theirs. In just a fraction of a second, they can lock their spaceship and explode it. In that short period of time, they couldn¡¯t even react.
¡°Vroom! Vroom!¡±
Inside an air force base, the sound of engines turning spread through the sky. Shortly after, one fighter after the other flew into the sky, ready to defend against the iing alien spaceship;
At the same time, in some army bases, many giant openings were created. The Federation is ready tounch high-powered missiles at any moment.
¡±Has that alien spaceship been locked?¡±
Inside the control center, Lu Cheng asked Director Hu.
¡±Yes!¡±
Director Hu nodded. ¡°Their spacecraft has entered the Exosphere, and with their speed, I¡¯m afraid that they will soon enter the stratosphere and even the Troposphere. At that time, they will be visible from the ground.¡±
¡±Where is theirnding point?¡±
¡±The Forbidden Land.¡±
After hearing Director Hu¡¯s answer, Lu Cheng immediately guessed that they are heading towards the ¡®Great Will¡¯, aka the Pathogen. However, he knows that even if they are focused on the ¡®Great Will¡¯ for now, they will still annihte all humans on earth ording to their policies.
Once traces of pathogens are found on a certain, all intelligent life on that must be wiped along with the Pathogen.
¡±Notify the air force base to gather all fighters there.¡±
¡°Connect me to Miller, I want to talk to him.¡±
On the disy screen in front of Lu Cheng, a face suddenly appeared. It¡¯s Miller. After seeing Lu Cheng, he said respectfully.
¡±Elder Lu, do you have new Instructions?¡±
¡±We haven¡¯t found any trace of ¡®Great Will¡¯ for the time being.¡±
Miles looked a bit guilty. Despite Elder Lu entrusting such a big task to him, he didn¡¯tplete it for such a long time. Not only that, but he also didn¡¯t have any progress at all. This can be considered betraying the elders¡¯ trust.
¡±Miller, listen to me. What I¡¯m about to say is extremely important, even concerning the safety of the entire human race.¡±
Miller quickly noticed that the look on elder Lu¡¯s face is somewhat wrong. He seriously listened to every word he said.
¡±Currently, an alien spaceship is invading the Earth, and it likely belongs to the silver fleet of the SkyRiver Empire!¡±
¡±Immediately prepare the power on your side to respond to any possible attack!¡±
Hearing what Lu Cheng said, Miller looked a little dazed, but in the next moment, an rm rang through hismand room and the entire base. The room suddenly turned red.
¡±What happened?¡±
Myers was shocked, he quickly pressed on a few buttons in front of him, changing the camera perspective to that of outside the base.
¡±Alien spaceship? SkyRiver Civilization, Silver Fleet?¡±
Miller can also be called a high-level governement official right now, so he also knows some secrets. The ¡®Great Will¡¯ is called pathogens in the universe, and the silver fleet under the SkyRiver Empire is looking for them everywhere.
If the Silver Fleet discovers that there are pathogens on theirs, none of them will survive.
¡°Gulp!¡±
Miller, who finally realized what¡¯s going on, couldn¡¯t help but swallow his saliva. He looked at the spaceship that suddenly appeared outside the base with a shivering look. He is indeed a bit scared now.
While Miller was observing the alien spaceship, Elvira, the other people in the base were also looking at it. Currently, Elvira is clearly visible from the earth. It¡¯s only 7 to 8 kilometers away from the earth¡¯s surface.
Coupled with its huge size, many people near the Forbidden Land clearly saw it.
¡±What is that?¡±
The staff in the base looked puzzled. Suddenly many fighters and airships flew from the base towards the spaceship. Even fighters from the Old Land headed straight towards it.
¡±Huh? Humans seem to be in trouble again.¡±
About 30 kilometers away from the base on the Forbidden Land, a huge head suddenly emerged from underwater. He looked at the spaceship in the sky and the many fighters heading towards it with a surprised look on his face.
Chapter 338: The Terrifying Power of Elvira
Chapter 338: The Terrifying Power of Elvira
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The spaceship that appeared stopped exactly at 5000 meters above the ground. From that altitude, it waspletely visible to the people below.
The base established in the Forbidden Land has actually many civilians in it. They were recruited to assist in the construction of the base. After all, the military can¡¯t take care of anything, they have more important tasks to do.
At this moment, these workers are looking up at the spaceship that appeared in the sky. They have never seen such a cool and advanced spaceship before. Furthermore, after its appearance, the rm started to ring through the base.
¡±What happened?¡±
An old worker quickly noticed the fighters and airships rising from the base and heading towards the spaceship in the sky. He looked at all of this in amazement.
The fighter jets didn¡¯te just from their base. Many others also flew from the bases in the Old Land.
¡±It¡¯s an alien invasion! an alien invasion!¡±
In the base, many people suddenly started yelling, creating panic inside the base. Due to the fact that it¡¯s publicly known that the government received many signals from space, many people expected that they will be invaded by aliens in the future.
In fact, they aren¡¯t the aboriginal people of this, so they can be considered aliens themselves.
However, after living a life free of war and conflict for more than 100 years. People started treating these signals as pastime chat or something to talk about while having dinner.
Almost all humans have been used to peace and free life, therefore, when they saw an alien spaceship in the sky, they suddenly started panicking.
¡±Captain, the aircraft of the aboriginals are here.¡±
In the control room of the Elvira, Chris looked at the disy in front of him. Many red dots are quickly approaching them.
These red dots are obviously the fighter jets and airships humans sent to intercept them.
¡±Exterminate them all. Afterward, lock all major bases on this and destroy them as well.¡±
Captain Locker ordered. He was holding a cup of some mysterious drink. After taking a sip, he said with a sneer on his face.
¡±These guys are actually thinking of fighting Elvira with their antique-like ships. They really don¡¯t know the width of the sky or the earth!¡±
¡±They haven¡¯t seen true power before¡±
Chris smiled while operating on the keyboard. ¡°They might think that they are powerful since they have the ability to enter space, but they don¡¯t know that that¡¯s only the basic capabilities of interster civilization.¡±
¡±Heh, yeah. There are many civilizations like them that think that they are the only civilization in the universe.¡±
Chris tapped a few times on the control keyboard, opening many hatches on the said of their spaceship. After which many barrels instantly appeared.
¡°Bang! Bang! Bang!.¡±
Streams of light flew out from these barrels and straight towards the iing fighter jets and airships.
sma cannon.
The shells fired from the Elvira were powerful sma cannons. They flew at sub-light speed, instantly colliding with the iing fighter jets, crushing them into pieces and leaving a sma cloud behind.
Once a fighter jet passes through that sma clouds, it will immediately go out of control and started rotation due to an astonishinglyrge centripetal force, shredding it to pieces.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
One fighter after the other loudly exploded, filling the entire sky with fire. The people below were shocked upon this sight, then became even more panicked.
¡±Damn it, Henry, evacuate the civilians first, then send the explosive missiles! Blow these bastards up!¡±
Inside the central control room, Miller yelled fiercely.
There was a screen in front of him. The image on it was the aerial battle that was taking ce in the sky.
Their fighters kept trying to approach that spaceship without any result. Even the missiles that they sent were either intercepted by their sma cloud or their interception system.
For a moment, one sun appeared after the other. Unfortunately, even with such powerful weapons, the alien spaceship remainedpletely unharmed.
¡±We need more firepower!¡±
Miller yelled loudly. ¡°Damn, so many fighters, airships and missiles can¡¯t even handle a single spaceship!¡±
¡±Captain, we found 67rge military bases, should we start the attack?¡±
¡±Attack!¡±
Captain Locker gave the attack order without hesitation.
Obviously, this civilization has a certain resistance ability. It¡¯s notpletely helpless, so the first thing they need to do now is to destroy all of their important military sites.
After doing that, they will use certain weapons to destroy this civilization.
¡°Zzzzz!!!¡±
Weird mechanical objects suddenly sprang from the sides of the spaceship, then flew in all directions at an unimaginable speed. They were heading straight towards the major bases on this, and their speed is frightening.
¡±Damn it!¡±
The warzone was always under the observation of Lu Cheng and the other, so when the spaceshipunched countless mechanical objects in the air, they quickly noticed it.
The seven elders have already gathered together. They are currently talking about the big trouble they are in and how to solve it.
This Silver Fleet spaceship obviously has a very high attacking capability. Whether it¡¯s theirser cannons, sma cannons, etc¡ They are all beyond their weapons.
Moreover, its defense is extremely high. Their missiles can¡¯t get close at all! In addition, even after using their ownser cannons, they still couldn¡¯t damage the spaceship in the slightest.
¡±Immediately intercept the missiles theyunched!¡±
Lu Cheng yelled loudly. In fact, he didn¡¯t need to give the order, the major military bases have already started working on that.
The weaponsunched from the alien spaceship should be some kind of missiles, but they are vastly different from any missile the Federation had ever developed. The difference between them is huge!
First, there is a gap in speed.
These missiles are fast, way too fast. With each second, they crossed dozens, almost even hundreds of kilometers!
Their interception system was unable to do anything at all. They could only calcte their trajectory, thenunch thousands upon thousands of missiles to intercept them. Even so, the missiles still managed to reach the area above the bases before exploding.
¡°BOOM!!!!¡±
As if the sun exploded, a huge fireball appeared above the base, which then started expanding, releasing terrifying energy fluctuations all around. The exceptionally hard military buildings on the ground were instantly destroyed. Countless people evaporated without even having the chance to scream.
Compared to this artificial sun created as a result of the explosion, the suns created by humans explosive missiles look like cute light bulbs. Whether it¡¯s the range or power, it¡¯s leagues ahead to that of the Federations weapons.
Simr scenes urred in military bases all over the world.
Not a single military base was spared.
¡°Tsk!¡±
¡±It¡¯s a pity that the miniature dragon cannons on our spaceship are limited. Otherwise, firing ten thousand at once should be enough to destroy this civilization and killing every intelligent creature on this.¡±
In the control room of Elvira, Chris clicked his tongue and said.
The so-called dragon cannons basicallypressed nuclear bombs. Their size is much smaller than the conventional nuclear bombs, but their power and destructive ability on a small scale vastly surpass them.
¡±Yes, We should force the pathogen on this to appear now!¡±
Chapter 339: Golden Claw Behemoth
Chapter 339: Golden w Behemoth
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Chris, did Aminu locate the pathogen yet?¡±
Captain Locker asked Chris. He didn¡¯t care at all about the result of the attack. He is confident that all of those military bases are annihted.
Although this civilization is a bit advanced, it¡¯s tens of thousands of years awaypared to them.
The dragon missiles theyunched are very fast. It¡¯s almost impossible to intercept them with the technology level of this. Apart from dumb luck, their only way is to use a vast amount of missiles to intercept them when they are close to the ground.
Unfortunately, this doesn¡¯t have any effect at all.
Even if the dragon missiles explode at an altitude of 10,000 meters, the energy released by it is still enough topletely destroy many fortified buildings on the ground. Furthermore, it¡¯s just an idiotic dream for a civilization of this level to intercept their missiles at an altitude of 10,000 meters.
¡±This¡¡¡±
In a conference room, Lu Cheng listened to the staff¡¯s report with clenched hands. His face was unusually pale. Theirrge military bases have all been destroyed. Not a single one of them survived.
Moreover, all the facilities in those bases, including underground facilities, were destroyed. All of their powerful weapons and ammunition were destroyed along with these bases
Even more tragic is that dozens of bases were quite close to big cities. This resulted in major destruction and an untold amount of casualties.
The most important thing is that even their escape route was destroyed!
This is only the result of the alien spaceship¡¯s first attack, but it caused their entire civilization to be almost crippled. This result vastly beyond imagination caused Lu Cheng to feel confused. What¡¯s the point of their resistance?
Fortunately, after that attack, the alien spaceship didn¡¯t continue to attack them. It still remained above the Forbidden Land, seemingly searching for something.
The military base in the Forbidden Land wasn¡¯t attacked. Perhaps the aliens felt that this military base isn¡¯t worthy of the miniature nuclear bombs.
¡±Order Miller to stop the attack.¡±
In the meeting room, Lu Cheng frowned and issued an order. Their fighter jets arepletely useless against the alien spaceship. Their best option now is to stop this meaningless sacrifice and look at what these aliens want to do.
Elvira is currently cruising above the Forbidden Land. ording to their detection, there is an abnormal energy fluctuation on this continent, which likely is the Pathogen.
¡±Captain, Aminu sensed abnormal energy fluctuations in that direction.¡±
Beside Locker, Chris suddenly frowned.
¡±No, howe there are two abnormal energy fluctuations?¡±
¡±One of them is in the sea not far away.¡±
Locker was very surprised after hearing Chris¡¯s words. Two abnormal energy fluctuations? Does that mean that there are two Pathogens on this?
However, he quickly shook his head. It¡¯s impossible for two pathogens to live harmoniously on the same.
Pathogens all need faith. Intelligent creatures can be said to be an extremely important resource for them. Not only is their strength growth rted to this, but even their resurrection need intelligent creatures.
However, Pathogens don¡¯t usually fight with each other as there¡¯s a huge difference in strength between them most of the time. Even if they have rtively simr strength, they rarely fight as that will only lead to both of them getting injured.
One of them might even die, and they can only resurrect thousands or even tens of thousands of yearster.
Pathogens usually take the initiative to leave after noticing that one of their peers is alreadytched on a.
¡±It doesn¡¯t matter. First, get rid of the thing nearby. It might not be a Pathogen, but just in case.¡±
Locker gave this order after a brief contemtion. Although this incident is quite rare and surprising, with Elvira, he isn¡¯t so worried.
Pathogens have a huge difference in strength. Some are strong enough to threaten the empire, but most of them can¡¯t even bepared with Elvira. This spaceship has a-destroying cannon after all.
¡±Theser cannons are ready.¡±
Based on the energy fluctuations released by that creature, Aminu quickly locked an area, which is about 100 kilometers away from them. After locking that area, Elvira quickly rushed over there
Under that area, a huge serpent was full of confusion.
¡°What¡¯s going on, why is this spaceshiping towards me?¡±
Wasn¡¯t this spaceship fighting with humans before?
He had already run so far to watch the show, but he was actually targeted. This alien spaceship is heading straight towards him,pletely ignoring the human airships not far away.
¡±Damn, they are really aiming at me.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s pupils suddenly shrank. His huge body immediately drilled from underwater. Endless streams of water fell his body surface and back into the sea, making a loud noise. He coldly looked at the iing spaceship, looking very solemn.off
Although he confidently pierced the water and appeared on the water surface, he was actually quite speechless.
He suddenly remembered a piece of news he read in his past life.
An old Korean woman wasing back home when she suddenly saw a house burning. She ran over there to watch the excitement along with the crowd, but she quickly found out that her house was the one burning.
Her tears almost fell off at that time.
Fang Yun is now feeling the same as that old Korean woman. Originally, he was casually watching the battle between the alien spaceship and humans. He almost wanted to grab some nearby sea animals to eat while watching, but suddenly the spaceship targeted him.
¡°Isn¡¯t this a bit too much?¡± Fang Yun felt a bit wronged.
¡±It¡¯s the giant serpent!¡±
On the coast, someone quickly spotted Fang Yun and started shouting.
Although Fang Yun is about 100 kilometers away, which is usually an unseeable distance, with his height towering several kilometers above the surface of the sea, the people in the base were still able to clearly see him.
In thest few years, Lu Cheng and the other leaders weremitted to building Fang Yun as the Federation¡¯s Totem, or representative mark. As a result, it created great controversy amongst civilians. Some were very open to the idea, some didn¡¯t like it.
In fact, for a while, it sparked a great debate.
However, because Fang Yun is the only intelligent giant monster that the Federation has ever found. Furthermore, he is cooperating with humans, he became extremely famous around the world, garnering him a great reputation.
Currently, most streets and giant billboards have his image, causing him to be one of the most famous living creatures in the world. The majority of humans, no matter what sort of opinion they have on him, are very curious about the giant serpent.
¡°The giant serpent hase to save us!¡±
In that base, someone looked at the giant serpent that towered above the ocean and shouted excitedly.
Among the crowd, Tang Guo looked at the huge ck shadow in the distance and quietly breathed a sigh of relief. However, she quickly became nervous again. Can this friend of hers resist the attack of the alien spaceship?
Elvira and Fang Yun got closer and closer. In the control room, Chris looked at the giant serpent below them and said.
¡±Captain, this should be a rtively young pathogen.¡±
Although the exposed part above the sea surface is just a part of its body, its body shouldn¡¯t be much bigger than the exposed part.
To be honest, this giant serpent is quite small. Of course, that¡¯s just for pathogens.
For most intelligent creatures, this body size can be considered humongous.
¡±Attack!¡±
Locker didn¡¯t continue talking nonsense, he directly gave the order tounch an attack.
Chris started to operate on the control board in front of him. However, he suddenly stopped. He looked at the screen in front of him with a surprised look on his face.
Mid-air, not far away from them, a huge w suddenly appeared, pressing down on them.
Chapter 340: Fleeing Spaceship
Chapter 340: Fleeing Spaceship
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±No! Damn it, it¡¯s another pathogen!¡±
Chris yelled loudly. He quickly pressed on a few buttons, his fingers left a series of afterimages. In just a fraction of a second, Elvira moved sharply to the side, dodging the w attack.
The giant w above them crashed down, plunged heavily into the sea, creating aet-like explosion, then abruptly disappearing.
The people in the base far away looked at all of this with stunned expressions on their faces.
In the military base on the coast, Miller, Henry, and Tang Guo looked at the scene not far away with astonishment. The tsunami created as a result of the collision struck heavily on their steel wall, causing the base to shake slightly.
However, they didn¡¯t pay attention to this, they are still immersed in the previous scene.
A golden giant w fell from the sky. The giant steel-like w is over 1 kilometer long. Furthermore, its appearance out of nowhere and its eleration to cosmic speeds level made it power almost like that of a meteor.
¡±That¡¯s¡ the body of the ¡®Great Will¡¯, the Pathogen?¡±
Tang Guo struggled to say.
¡±It¡¯s too big, what kind of creature is this?¡±
Miller swallowed his saliva. He stood next to Tang Guo and Henry on a tower on the base. They looked as all of these previous events unfolded in just a few seconds.
The giant w has disappeared, but the tsunamis it generated are still striking their base.
¡±It¡¯s another pathogen!¡±
In the control room of the Elvira, Locker¡¯s face was extremely ugly. He didn¡¯t think that there would really be two Pathogens on the same.
¡±Captain, what should we do now?¡±
Chris nced nervously at the screen in front of him. On which the scenery around their spaceship was projected. He is afraid that another w will attack them from a random direction.
¡±That pathogen has definitely evolved to the third stage!¡±
Chris said loudly. Their judgment this time is fatally wrong. Pathogens that have evolved to the third stage can no longer be dealt with-destroying spacecraft.
In fact, even the-destroying spacecraft itself is in danger after encountering this type of creature.
ording to the SkyRiver civilization¡¯s research on pathogens. This type of creature can be divided into five stages.
Pathogens in the first stage have a rtively small size and timid personality. They will instinctively hide upon encountering danger. Their attack methods are mainly mental attacks, physical attacks, electromaic pulses, and energy beams.
Pathogens in the second stage arerger. They basically have the same attacks as those of the first stage pathogens, but they are vastly more powerful and aggressive.
Apart from-destroying weapons, Pathogens of the second stage can hardly be killed.
Pathogens of the third stage are vastly more powerful. They are on a whole new level. They might no be that much different from level 2 pathogens in terms of size. Most of them have a body size around dozens of kilometers.
However, they have a new space maniption ability.
They can use this ability to freely attack, just like the giant w before. Perhaps the body of the pathogen is thousands of kilometers away, but it can use its space ability to fold space and strike enemies from a very long distance away.
Pathogens of this stage can no longer be deal with just using-destroying spaceships.
Not only can it escape trough space whenever it wants, but just its space folding ability is also enough to cause a headache for them.
Although a-destroying cannon does have the ability to destroys, it does not mean that it has the ability to destroy any in a single shot.
Using the majority of energy that their spaceship has, they can transform an average-sized life into a dead rock. As for truly destroying a and reducing it into pieces, their cannons can do so only to smalls.
In fact,-destroying cannons itself has many different levels. For spaceships like Elvira that are responsible for patrolling remote areas of the gxy, they are equipped with only a low level one.
Higher-level destroyers only need a single shot to reduce a like the Earth into dust. However, weapons of that level and above aren¡¯t used for patrol.
Firstly, they are too precious and secondly, they are too costly to use.
Cannons of that level not only are extremely huge and heavy. The energy required to use them is ginormous. Furthermore, after using them, many of the weaker weapons won¡¯t be usable anymore due to theck of energy.
They are generally used inrge-scale interster battlefields, mainly for strategic deterrence.
Elvira is a Victory-ss destroyer from the SkyRiver Empire. Its overall strength belongs to the lower ss amongst all destroyers of the Empire. Its speed under normal navigation is slow, its space jumping ability is rtively slow andggy, its defense is almost fragile, not to mention its inferior firepower.
Of course, this ispared to other destroyers from the SkyRiver Empire.
Compared with the motherships and spaceship of the Blue te Federation, it¡¯s basically a super-advanced spaceship a few hundred years ahead. This is why Locker and Chris entered the orbit of the earth so carelessly and fought head one with the military of the Federation.
¡±We must immediately leave this.¡±
Locker didn¡¯t hesitate to pass the order. Although the rewards they will get after killing the Pathogen are very enticing, their safety is still more important.
There are two pathogens on this, and one of them has reached the third stage.
¡±We will probably die if we continue to stay here.¡±
Locker yelled loudly.
¡±Activate the hyperspace engine and immediately initiate the space jump!¡±
A loud noise suddenly sounded from the alien spaceship. Space suddenly started to be distorted around. At the same time, an energy shield suddenly enclosed it. This is Elvira¡¯s preparation for the space jump.
When the power generator is in operation, it will quickly distort the nearby space, creating a wormhole. The energy shield is there to protect the spaceship from deadly interster gas and dark matter particles.
After discovering that this pathogen is not something they can deal with, Locker decisively gave the retreat order. He is nning to go back and report this matter.
¡±Damn monster, what awaits you is the empire¡¯s-destroyer fleet!¡±
Locker said with a cruel smile on his face. He once participated in an interster war. At that time, he was also controlling this spacecraft, Elvira. In that battle, he destroyed a high-ss destroyer and received a badge of honor, which is still hanging on his chest until now.
This is his pride.
Even in such a fierce and devastating war, he still bravely moved forward and sessfully destroyed a higher-ss spaceship.
However, right now he suffered such a big loss on this ordinary. Before even the opponent revealed itself, he fled in panic. This is a shame he can¡¯t tolerate.
¡±I swear that you won¡¯t have such good luck next time Ie to this.¡±
Locker pledged in his heart.
His Elvira is around 1.5 kilometers long and belongs to the Victory-ss-destroyer. Above that is an Imperial-ss destroyer.
For example, his boss, Colonel Reel Hall is the captain of an Imperial-ss-destroyer.
Furthermore, the Imperial-ss Destroyer of Colonel Reel Hall is still the main ship of their star destroyer fleet.
Of course, in peaceful times, many star destroyer fleets will be temporarily disbanded, and different spaceships in the fleet have to perform other tasks, such as patrolling for example.
When there¡¯s a war, the star destroyer fleets will gather together to participate in the war.
While Locker was thinking about this, Elvira has reached a critical juncture. Just 2 to 3 seconds before initiating the space jump.
The roar of the spacecraft¡¯s engine reached its extreme, finally activating and instantly disappearing from that ce. In the next second, they entered a space tunnel;
¡±Oh!¡±
In the control room of the spaceship, Locker and the others celebrated their sessful escape.
However, their expression changed in the next second.
Chapter 341: Two Monsters Confrontation
Chapter 341: Two Monsters Confrontation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Space jumping technology is a very exciting thing. It can reduce the time required to cross tens of thousands to hundreds of thousands of light-years to a few hours or days.
This technology is almost an artifact of escaping, but it¡¯s not absolute.
For example, at this time, Elvira is in the midst of a space jump. However, a strange force suddenly enveloped Elvira, causing it to be ejected from hyperspace at once.
¡±Damn it, what¡¯s going on?¡±
As a veteran soldier, Locker certainly knew what just happened, but this is too unbelievable so he couldn¡¯t help but cry out.
In the Milky Way gxy, hyperspace technology is the standard configuration of all the powerful civilizations. The same goes for destroyer spaceships.
However, as technology advance, a counter for everything will eventually be created. The counter for hyperspace technology is the gravity generator.
The gravity generator can be used to create an artificial supergravity field. Which can be used in a certain way to prevent hyperspace travel.
Just a few seconds ago, Elvira seemed to have encountered such an attack, but there were some differences. Locker can¡¯t figure out what¡¯s the difference was, but it¡¯s not the point right now.
The point is that their spaceship was pulled out of hyperspace, returning back to their to the earth.
¡±Send an emergency message to the nearest signal base immediately!¡±
Before Locker could think about it, he directly said.
¡±Even if we die here, we must send the message back.¡±
Even if they use special means to quickly send back the message, due to remoteness of this ce, it will still take the empire a long time to learn the news. By the time the support arrives, they would have already died.
Chris was still in a daze, but he still executed Locker¡¯s order. After a few seconds, his face suddenly turned pale.
¡±Captain, our messages can¡¯t be sent. There is a distorted electromaic field around us. It should be due to the interference of the Pathogen.¡±
After hearing Chris¡¯s words, Locker felt his body gradually turn cold. His face is green with regret.
If he knew this before, he wouldn¡¯t have dared to enter the atmosphere of this so rashly. Now, due to his rashness and arrogance, they are all likely to die here.
As long as he sends a message back to the empire, Locker wouldn¡¯t feel bad even if he died, but now his death is going to be meaningless.
In other words, after their deaths, it will take at least 10 years, maybe even a few dozen for the empire to know about their death.
After all, real-timemunication across such a long distance is still impossible.
What¡¯s more frightening is that even if the empire knows about their deaths, it will take a long time to investigate this matter, giving time for these two pathogens to consume the living creatures on this and escape.
Generally, the only time when the empire judge whether something happened to a patrolling spacecraft in space is at the end of a mission cycle.
After a mission cycle, if a-destroying spaceship doesn¡¯t return to the headquarters, it will be ssified as missing.
If there is no news about it in ten years, it will be listed as destroyed. Only then will the relevant department dispatch the search team to investigate the whereabouts of the spaceship and where was itsst recorded whereabouts.
Unfortunately, in many cases, the spaceship isn¡¯t found and the case is dered closed.
¡±The alien spaceship has reappeared there!¡±
In the distance, Tang Guo and the others looked at the spaceship that suddenly reappeared in amazement. They aren¡¯t on that tower anymore, they are currently in an underground bunker looking at the screen.
The ce where the Elvira reappeared is very far away from the Forbidden Land, a few thousand kilometers away.
¡±They should have just tried to escape, but they were intercepted by something, forcing them to reappear on our.¡±
Miller looked at the cool and streamlined spaceship on the holographic screen with a dazed look on his face.
This alien spaceship even has the ability to jump in space.
Its previous disappearance is most likely due to a jump in space. They could see the fluctuation in space after all.
This is the technology that humans dream of.
Although they got the wormhole technology from the aboriginal inhabitants of the Earth, this type of technology is very different from that of space jumps.
The biggest difference is that wormhole travel is much slower, more inefficient and more energy-consuming, hence it can only be carried on a, where it can get enough energy to activate.
In fact, the technology used in wormholes and hyperspace is almostpletely different.
Hence, it¡¯s understandable that Miller is so obsessed over the hyperspace technology used by the alien spaceship.
However, he quickly snapped up from his fantasy.
What kind of situation are they in now? The unmatched attack power that the alien spaceship showed before caused him to think that humanity is finished.
Although they already sent a group of people through the space channel into their own spaceship, before the alien spaceship arrived at the earth, it didn¡¯t seem like the rest of humans will be able to escape.
However, the alien spaceship was suddenly attacked by a golden w, then immediately escaped, only to reappear thousands of kilometers away a few secondster.
This series of bizarre events caused him to scratch his head in confusion.
¡°Ssh!¡±
On the calm sea, a huge water bump appeared, followed by a huge serpent breaking through it.
¡±It¡¯s that serpent, Ouroboros!¡±
Miller looked at the behemoth that appeared on the calm sea and subconsciously yelled.
Tang Guo and Henry¡¯s sight also quickly concentrated on the screen after hearing Miller¡¯s call. They quickly saw the giant snake that appeared on the sea surface.
They could almost hear the roaring waves as the water surface broke open.
¡±Is he the one responsible for the previous incident?¡±
Tang Guo said in astonishment. In the picture, the giant serpent raised his head and looked at the alien spaceship not far away from him.
Tang Guo¡¯s guess is indeed on point, Elvira¡¯s space jump failed due to him. Just before the alien spaceship entered the Hyperspace, he used ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡± on it.
Although this skill is called ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡±, it does much more than that. In fact, using it, he can manipte gravity to a certain extent, even going as far as multiplying an object¡¯s gravity by hundreds of times.
At that moment, because of the change of its own gravity, Elvira was forced out of the Hyperspace.
Of course, Fang Yun didn¡¯t expect that to happen, he just tried to interfere with them.
¡±I didn¡¯t expect it to be directly pulled out.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the spaceship above with a look surprised. This is a bit beyond his expectations, but it doesn¡¯t matter.
He doesn¡¯t want to let this spaceship leave just like this.
Although the firepower of this spaceship didn¡¯t look weak, he still wants to judge its strength and estimate the power of the civilization behind it.
Previously, Elvira showed tremendous power, using its dragon missilesparable to nuclear bombs to annihte dozens of military bases around the world.
However, he has the confidence to resist that type of attack.
After all, his current defensive power has reached an incredibly high level. In fact, even he doesn¡¯t know the limit of his defense.
The other reason why he stopped the spaceship from leaving is that he doesn¡¯t want to deal with the trouble that will follow after that.
This spaceship might bring a fleet back with it next time and he isn¡¯t ready to deal with that yet.
¡±The aliens in the spaceship won¡¯t be stupid, right?¡±
Looking at the spacecraft hovering motionless in the air, Fang Yun was speechless. Shouldn¡¯t they start their counterattack now?
¡±Captain, I still can¡¯t send the message back, damn it!¡±
Inside the spacecraft, Chris waved his fists in annoyance.
¡±Captain, should we fight with them!¡±
He looked at the giant serpent who was looking at them with its head high and couldn¡¯t help but feel angry. He felt that this animal is provoking them.
Compared to the third-stage pathogen, this giant serpent is easier to deal with.
Of course, they don¡¯t think that this giant serpent is the one that pulled them out of the Hyperspace, they think that it¡¯s the author one.
¡±Activate our weapons and aim at the giant serpent below!¡±
Locker was also ready to start a desperate battle at this time.
¡±Before we die, we have to pull at least one with us!¡±
Chris nodded heavily, then began to operate the control board. Unexpectedly, right at that moment, another water bump appeared not far away after which another behemoth appeared on the water surface.
Locker, Chris, and the other crew members felt their heart tightening. They looked at the behemoth below with frightened expressions on their face.
Back on the sea surface, Fang Yun looked at the monster not far away from him with a solemn look on his face.
Chapter 342: Fighting Against the Aliens
Chapter 342: Fighting Against the Aliens
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun tensed at the sight of the terrifying behemoth not far away from him. As long as it shows any indication of attacking, he is ready to counterattack with a ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡±.
Not far away from Fang Yun, a behemoth towering above the clouds appeared.
It has the appearance of a huge spider, with a rtively small head, and an oval and huge abdomen. However, on top of its head is two huge golden ws, a bit simr to those of a crab.
In addition, this weird creature doesn¡¯t have the spear-like legs of a spider, but rather many octopus tentacles. From his point of view, this creature seems to be a mixture of several different types of monsters.
¡±Its appearance is simr to the giant spider back on the Blue, but it¡¯s much smaller.¡±
Fang Yun guessed that the kaiju mother back on the Blue Star is probably a clone of this monstrosity or something simr. Because rtively speaking, the giant spider back on the Blue had practically no attack power, just a huge size, and a terrible vitality.
However, although this spider is smaller than the 50 kilometers kaiju mother back on the Blue, it¡¯s still over 20 kilometers high, which is also extremely terrifying.
¡±Damn it, these two pathogens should be cooperating!¡±
Back in the sky, inside Elvira, Chris looked at the scene on the screen and yelled. Next to him, Captain Locker also said.
¡±Prepare the boosterser cannon, give that giant snake a deadly blow! ¡°
¡±Captain.¡±
After tapping on the console in front of him for a while, Chris suddenly looked said to Locker with a look of annoyance.
¡°The boosterser cannon is damaged and cannot be used.¡±
The Boosterser cannon is one of the most powerful weapons of Elvira,unching every single shot requires a lot of energy.
Even a fully charged Elvira can use this cannon for only five times, showcasing the huge amount of energy required tounch a single shot.
After a strike from the Booster cannon, the two pathogens might not directly die, but they will definitely get injured. Furthermore, this cannon will severely damage the surface of this, killing over 90% of all creatures on it.
¡±What the hell?¡±
Locker frowned and wanted to ask Chris to look for the source of the damage, but he quickly stopped, a look of annoyance and frustration appeared on his face.
He already guessed the reason for this.
When a spacecraft initiate a space jump, its optimal position must be in space. Otherwise, the gravitational force generated by nearbys will put a huge load on the spacecraft, causing it to consume a lot of energy.
Therefore, only in unavoidable or urgent situations does a spacecraft initiate a space jump on or near a.
When they were initiating a space jump earlier, they didn¡¯t even imagine that they would be pulled out of the hyperspace.
How can such advanced technology as the Gravity generator appear on such a remote?
Thinking about it, this should be the handwriting of the third stage Pathogen. They can¡¯t think of any other exnation.
¡±Damn! Activate all the usable weapons and blow all creatures on this into pieces!¡±
Locker gave up on the n of attacking the two Pathogens. He decided to make this and all living creatures on it pay a heavy price!
Just as their weapons started activating, another ident suddenly urred.
¡°Woooo!!!¡±
The spider-like Pathogen below suddenly howled. Its sharp voice swept the surrounding, prating the barriers around the spaceship and heading straight towards the crew members on Elvira.
¡±Ahhhh!!¡±
Everyone fell to the ground while holding their heads, wailing in pain. They felt like their head was prated by several knives, mashing their brain!
¡±Oh sh*t!¡±
Below, Fang Yun also cried in pain after hearing the howl of the spider-monster. He felt that his brain started sizzling, causing him to also roar loudly.
¡°Roar!!!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s roar is even stronger and deeper than that of the Spider.
His roar suppressed the howl of the spider to a certain extent, greatly alleviating his pain.
However, his roar caused a lot of trouble for the alien in the spaceship in the sky.
Two consecutive sound attacks hit the aliens in Elvira, causing them to cry and squirm on the floor due to the pain.
¡±Damn it! turn on the sonic istion shield!¡±
Locker yelled. He gritted his teeth, then quickly walked to the console and pressed a few buttons. A secondter, a transparent shield appeared around Elvira.
Their surrounding area became quiet all at once.
The crew members on Elvira finally let out a sigh of relief. Theyid on the floor of the spaceship, soaked in sweat, just like after doing a strenuous activity.
However, they still held down their soreness and stood up one after the other to perform their duties.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Suddenly, the giant spider-like monster attacked them again. One of the ws on its head suddenly extended into a circr ripple.
In the next moment, a huge w suddenly appeared above their spaceship.
¡±Dodge! Dodge its attack!¡±
The people in the control room yelled. As they were about to move Elvira to the side, another monster didn¡¯t n to stay still. Fang Yun suddenly opened his mouth and spat a light beam.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Elvira was instantly hit.
This is the ¡°Energy beam¡± of Fang Yun. A terrifying beamnded on the right side of the spaceship, which just happened to be the energy storage cabin.
Along with a loud explosion, a huge fire appeared on that side, causing the spaceship to severely tremble.
¡±Damn it!ser attack.¡±
In the control room, Locker and the others were unstable due to the shaking of the spaceship. Fang Yun¡¯s previous attack wasparable to theirser cannon. Under normal circumstances, they would have activated their energy deflector shield, but they are currently under siege.
Elvira continued to shake due to the explosion. This sudden attack dyed their movements for a few seconds, and that¡¯s all that it took for the giant w to arrive.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The giant w fell on Elvira with the power of a meteor, causing it to gradually crack from the collision point before breaking.
¡±No!!!¡±
In the spaceship, Locker his crew were crying desperately, but this was to no avail. The spaceship was shattered, and all the people inside of it were torn into pieces due to the explosion.
¡±The outer material of this spacecraft has an extremely high defensive power. Thinking of it, it¡¯s normal for my energy beam to not destroy this spaceship in a single strike.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the debris coated in mes falling from the sky deeply.
His most powerful attack skills are undoubtedly ¡°Energy Beam¡±, ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡±, and ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡±. His body attacks can also be counted as very destructive strikes.
This is due to his extremely high defense and exaggerated healing abilities, giving him the edge over opponents with the same level of power.
While Fang Yun was thinking of this, he suddenly found that the hybrid spider-like monster suddenly turned its attention to him.
Chapter 343: Fierce Fight
Chapter 343: Fierce Fight
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡±Oh?¡±
Looking at this scene, Fang Yun¡¯s heart skipped a beat. He felt that this monster is about to attack him
Sure enough, the hideous monster raised its head and howled, then immediately extended one of the ws on the top of its head into a circr space fluctuation.
On top of Fang Yun¡¯s head, a w as big as a mountain crashed towards him at supersonic speeds.
¡°Boom!! Zzzzzz!!!¡±
In response to the sudden attack, Fang Yun activated ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡±. Everything within the range of 50 kilometers was suddenly enveloped by a sea of lightning, including the hideous monster not far away.
The huge w quickly approached Fang Yun, just as it was about tond on Fang Yun¡¯s head, he suddenly used ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡± on it, greatly reducing its speed and momentum.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Even so, when the giant w collided with Fang Yun¡¯s head, it still resulted in a giant shockwave that spread over dozens of kilometers.
Fortunately, Fang Yun was rtively unharmed.
¡°Wooo!!!¡±
However, Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡± worked well. The hybrid monster wailed loudly. Its huge body twisted in the sea, using its over a dozen tentacles to strike towards Fang Yun.
Fang Yun twisted his body, avoiding the tentacles attack, then used ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡± on himself and sprang into the sky. The dozen tentacles below suddenly prated a circr space ripple and chased Fang Yun
One tentacle after the other kept trying to strike or wrap around Fang Yun in the sky, but thanks to his agility and superb reaction, he was able to dodge every strike dangerously mid-air.
In the basement of the military base, Tang Guo and the others looked at the two giant monsters that suddenly started their battle. The two behemoths are incredibly huge, but right at this moment, they are showcasing an incredible feat of agility and speed.
¡±Ouroboros had been flying higher and higher, does he want to leave the?¡±
Under Tang Guo¡¯s observation, Fang Yun had already reached an altitude of 100,000 meters, and looking at his actions, he is likely going to leave the Earth.
Behind him, the hybrid monster finally gave up on attacking and retracted its tentacles.
However, at that moment, Fang Yun, who had always been moving upwards, suddenly changed direction to the opposite direction. After buffing himself with hundreds of times the normal gravity, he flew downwards at an incredible speed, and he is still elerating.
¡°Whooooosh!!!¡±
The atmosphere around Fang Yun started to turn red due to friction. From below, he looked like a giant meteor moving towards the earth.
Just a few secondster, he reached the area above the hybrid monster, then smashed into it!
This hybrid monster cried loudly, it wrapped all of its tentacles above its body, forming a shield to stop Fang Yun¡¯s attack. Unfortunately, beforepleting its action, Fang Yun already arrived
¡°BOOM!!!¡±
The collision between Fang Yun and the hybrid monster resulted in a catastrophic shockwave, spreading over thousands of kilometers, and defeating many poor people. Many parts of the hybrid monster body cracked, oozing blue blood from it.
¡±Wooooo!!!¡±
The hybrid monster let out an earth-shattering howl but in the next moment¡
¡±Crack! Zzzzzz!!!¡±
Fang Yun activated ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡± again, releasing a purple lightning sea which wrapped around the body of the hybrid monster and slowly roasted it.
¡±Ssh!!¡±
The body of the giant monster rolled violently on the water surface, creating one giant wave after the other. It tried to strike Fang Yun with its tentacles again, but this time their speed was much slower, making it easier for Fang Yun to escape.
A hundred kilometers away, Fang Yun silently hovered in the sky. His head is very dizzy currently. The meteoric-strike that he just executed put a great load on his body, especially his brain.
In fact, he was even injured a bit due to the previous collision, especially his internal organs suffered from a great shock. Fortunately, they are mostly fine now, his regeneration skill healed all the damage he suffered.
¡±Why didn¡¯t this monster use any other ability?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the hybrid monster not far away and thought seriously. A powerful monster like this should have a few special skills. It should at least have the ability to releaseser beams.
However, up to now, this hybrid monster didn¡¯t use any other ability apart from its physical attacks and space maniption ability.
¡±Could it be that it¡¯s still injured?¡±
Fang Yun seriously examined the giant monster not far away from him.
What he is thinking about now is to take advantage of this monster¡¯s weakness now and further injure it, maybe even directly kill it.
Making up his mind, Fang Yun furiously umted energy, then created an extremelyrge lightning sea around him.
Not only that but he also continuously released energy beams from his mouth, straight at the body of the monster 50 kilometers away.
The hybrid monster naturally won¡¯t take the strikes silently. It sank underwater, protecting itself with the thick water, then quickly swam towards Fang Yun.
At the same time, its tentacles prated through the space ripple and kept striking towards Fang Yun.
¡±Boom!! Boom!! Boom!!¡±
Many extremely thick tentacles swept towards Fang Yun, either smashing the sky and splitting the clouds or striking the sea and creating giant explosions.
It looked like a scene straight out of mythology.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun let out a loud roar. While he was dealing with the dozens of tentacles in front of him, one suddenly appeared behind and quickly entangled him. He turned his head and spat an energy beam at it, blowing a giant hole in it.
Immediately afterward, he used his tremendous muscle strength to tear the tentacle that wrapped around him apart.
Holding the giant tentacle in his mouth, Fang Yun flew thousands of kilometers away before starting to swallow it.
¡±This is too cruel, right?¡±
Looking at this scene from the underground base,
Tang Guo and the others watched this scene with wide-open mouths. The aftermath of this battle caused widespread destruction across dozens or even hundreds of kilometers.
Furthermore, it¡¯s very gruesome. Blood dyed the sea for several kilometers. Not to mention the giant serpent action of directly tearing off a part of the enemy¡¯s body and eating it in front of him.
Just as Fang Yun expected, this hybrid monster is either injured or not fully awakened. Even its physical ability and strength is inferior to him.
¡±Let¡¯s continue!¡±
Fang Yun roared with excitement. He flew out from the sea and up into the sky. He is nning to use the meteoric strike on the hybrid monster again. Just as he rose to a sufficiently high altitude, the hybrid monster suddenly disappeared!
It didn¡¯t hide underwater or something like that but disappeared into thin air.
¡±That bastard escaped!¡±
Fang Yun was speechless. He slowly descended from the sky, flying to the ce where the creature disappeared. He used various methods to inspect that area, including sound waves, electromaic waves, and even his tongue, but he didn¡¯t find anything.
¡±It disappeared?¡±
In the basement, Tang Guo and the others were also searching for the trail of the hybrid monster, but they didn¡¯t find anything.
Fang Yun searched for a long time in that area, but in the end, he could only leave unwillingly.
He felt that that was the best time to kill that hideous bastard but it quickly escaped when it felt that it was in danger.
Shortly after Fang Yun left, the Federation airships slowly approached that area and started searching for the debris of the alien spaceship.
Chapter 344: Earth Wandering Plan
Chapter 344: Earth Wandering n
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
It has been a month since that great battle. Humans finally started to recover from the previous doomsday-like atmosphere. But they still didn¡¯t rx. They are still in a state of war readiness.
Unlike the panic and chaos-filled atmosphere before, they are now more organized and prepared.
High-level government officials began to encourage people to have more children and also started vigorously researching new types of spacecraft.
Their target is a high attack, high speed, and high agility spacecraft. At the same time, in order to establish aplete spacebat system, the military vigorously recruited astronaut apprentices.
The alien spaceship that appeared not long ago gave them a great shock and broke their arrogance. Compared to the spaceships of advanced civilizations in the universe, their spaceships and airships are nothing more than toys.
¡±It¡¯s absolutely necessary to establish a new spacebat unit!¡±
This idea was raised by Elder Lu at the council meeting. The other elders naturally didn¡¯t have any opinions about this. Although they have many disputes of interest in normal times, in times of crisis, they naturally drop all of their differences and band together.
Right now, they must band together and look for ways to deal with the impending crisis of the SkyRiver civilization.
In addition, they are equally afraid of the ¡®Great Will¡¯, that hideous monster.
But they still consider the threat of the SkyRiver civilization to be much higher than that of the ¡®Great Will¡¯
First, it goes without saying that the SkyRiver civilization is an unmatched opponent, they are the leaders of this gxy after all.
The elders also know that the SkyRiver civilization is looking for pathogens everywhere, and the ¡®Great Will¡¯ on their is one such pathogen.
In conclusion, the ¡®Great Will¡¯ is the target and prey of the SkyRiver civilization. Correspondingly, the threat it poses to them is far from that of such an advanced civilization.
That¡¯s without mentioning that a very powerful individual is currently looking for the ¡®Great Will¡¯ and is nning to deal with it.
¡±Ouroboros, have you found the position of the ¡®Great Will¡¯ during this time?¡±
Tang Guo stood under a ¡°mountain¡± and asked while looking up.
Currently, she has be a member of the military with the rank of a major. Her main responsibility ismunicating with Fang Yun.
The ¡°mountain¡± in front of her is naturally Fang Yun.
After the fight with the ¡®Great Will¡¯, Fang Yun returned to the base on the edge of the Forbidden Land and started livingzily again.
¡±Its aura haspletely disappeared.¡±
Fang Yun turned his huge head, his eyes falling on Tang Guo.
¡±Tang Guo, what are your future ns. Next, there might be an alien army invading this.¡±
He knows that the Blue Federation is now vigorously developing military space power, but this won¡¯t be a short term process. Not to mention that what they are facing now is the SkyRiver civilization, the overlord of the gxy.
¡±Although you got some fragments from that alien spaceship, and perhaps some new technologies from it, you are still far behind the SkyRiver civilization.¡±
¡±Even if their technological advancement stagnates, it will still take you thousands of years to reach their level.¡±
Hearing this, Tang Guoughed bitterly. As a human and high-level member of the federation, she naturally has to take the fate of all of humanity into consideration.
As Fang Yun said, it¡¯spletely impossible for them to catch up with the technological level of SkyRiver civilization in a short time. It¡¯s a ridiculous thought even as a fantasy.
Just that alien spaceship was terrifying enough. Whether it¡¯s its speed or space jumping ability, it¡¯s way beyond anything humans have ever created.
¡±Do you have any good advice?¡±
¡±Your Excellency Ouroboros.¡±
A mellow voice suddenly sounded behind Tang Guo.
Fang Yun moved his sight to the people behind Tang Guo. A group of military soldiers walked forward headed by an old man with white hair.
Lu Cheng.
Lu Cheng respectfully locked at the behemoth in front of him. Although it¡¯s not the first time he saw him, he is shocked every time he sees this behemoth towering into the sky.
¡±Back then, he was only a few hundred meters long.¡±
Lu Cheng sighed internally.
He knows that this terrifying behemoth stirred the situation and caused a lot of uproars back in their old hometown, the Blue.
He helped them a lot. The number of kaiju that died on its hands are innumerable.
Unexpectedly, after that catastrophe, this giant monster survived and even somewhat managed toe to the Earth. Not only that, but it has also grown to such a terrifying level, with a might capable of shaking the world.
Furthermore, they are relying on such a behemoth to keep another terrifying monster, the ¡®Great Will¡¯ at bay.
Lu Cheng now really regard Fang Yun as a creature equal to the entirety of the human race. Deep down, he even regards him as a savior.
¡±Oh, why don¡¯t you leave?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the tiny Lu Cheng in front of him, and couldn¡¯t help but mention an idea he saw in a novel in his past life.
¡±I mean, take the entire Earth with you and leave.¡±
¡±You can put a lot ofary engines on the, then push it away from its orbit and drive it away.¡±
Fang Yun exined his idea to Lu Cheng.
¡±Although a spaceship of the SkyRiver Civilization has crashed here, this ce is far from the center of the Milky Way gxy. Even if the SkyRiver Empire receives the news that one of their spaceships disappeared and send a fleet here, it will still take them a long time to arrive at this ce.¡±
¡±In that period of time, maybe the earth would have crossed a long distance. You can even focus on developing new technologies during this time.¡±
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s idea, Lu Cheng remained silent for a long time. Although this idea sounds absurd, it¡¯s notpletely impossible.
At least it¡¯s better than staying here and waiting for death.
They currently don¡¯t have any way to take all human beings on the earth and leave in a short time. If they were to truly escape from here, they would have to abandon the majority of humans on earth.
¡±In addition, if the ¡®Great Will¡¯ dares to make trouble, I will stop it as soon as possible. Furthermore, ording to my estimation, it will remain sleeping for a while.¡±
¡±So you don¡¯t have to worry about the ¡®Great Will¡¯ attracting other SkyRiver civilization spaceships for now.¡±
Fang Yun has been searching for the ¡®Great Will¡¯ traces during this time, but that guy is an expert at hiding. Fang Yun didn¡¯t find anything until now.
The ¡®Great Will¡¯ poses a big threat even for him, so he is eager to get rid of it while it¡¯s still in its weak period.
However, since he can¡¯t find his trace, for the time being, he can only give up. In this period of time, he continued to eat like crazy in order to evolve as soon as possible.
In this way, maybe after the ¡®Great Will¡¯ awakens again, his own strength would have grown to another level, giving the ability to instantly kill it.
¡±Your Excellency Ouroboros, I will carefully discuss your proposal with the other elders in the next council meeting.¡±
Lu Cheng expressed his thoughts.
¡±For the ¡®Great Will¡¯, we can only ask you to pay more attention. Please rest assured, we will vigorously spread your name. For you to get more faith.¡±
Lu Cheng and the other humans always thought that Fang Yun wanted faith,pletely unbeknownst to the fact that he only needs reputation points.
¡±Hehe.¡±
Fang Yun just smirked and didn¡¯t reply. His goal has never been to just spread his name amongst humans, he always wanted them to interact with other intelligent civilizations and spread his name, eventually making him famous across the gxy!
Chapter 345: Changing Situation and New Skills
Chapter 345: Changing Situation and New Skills
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After bidding farewell to Fang Yun, Lu Cheng left. After which he held an elder meeting to discuss Fang Yun¡¯s idea.
Finally, after a long discussion and debate, along with some consultation with the top scientists in the world, this idea was deemed possible and was approved by the council of elders.
The Earth wandering n was about to start.
Lu Cheng first announced the n to all people across the earth, then announced the construction of theary engine. First of all, they need to stop the rotation of the Earth, then push it to a pre-calcted path.
Their new, the earth is in a sr system with 7s. In the middle is a massive star, 10 times the size of their previous sun, called the white sun.
In the vicinity of the White Sun sr system, there are two other sr systems located on both of its sides. They are respectively called the Taylor sr system and the Kovar sr system.
These two sr systems are only a few light-years away from the earth. One of them is in the central area of the milky way gxy, and the other is not far from the center.
Needless to say, Lu Cheng and other elders chose to move towards the sr system that is away from the center of the milky way gxy, which is the Taylor sr system.
However, they aren¡¯t nning to follow Fang Yun¡¯s npletely. Instead, they are nning to send a spacecraft to a nearby, then construct a base on it.
Using that base, they are nning to create a supermassive wormhole using all the energy of that, sacrificing it in the process, then drive the earth towards that wormhole usingary engines.
Of course, this is just the rough n, they need a long time topletely sort out the details of the n.
And after creating such a wormhole, they still need to conduct some experiments, such as pulling nearbys into that wormhole to see what will happen to them. Overall, this momentous and unprecedented n needs a lot of preparation and experimentation before executing it.
While studying and building the blue-prints for theary engines, the elders ordered that new spacecraft study must not fall behind. They still have some trauma about that alien spaceship.
¡¡¡¡
Time quickly passed.
Five yearster.
The earth is still as calm as before. Whether it¡¯s the SkyRiver civilization or the ¡®Great Will¡¯, none of them appeared again.
Humans haven¡¯t forgotten the promise they made to Fang Yun. They have always provided him with the bodies of monsters and giant beasts, most of which are from the Forbidden Land.
Currently, humans are frantically developing this ce.
The Forbidden Land previously had many terrifying monsters,plex terrain, and most importantly, the intense ¡°Demonic Whispers¡± shrouded all of its corners.
However, after the battle between Fang Yun and the ¡®Great Will¡¯, those ¡°Demonic Whispers¡± disappeared. Moreover, the Federation had been using all of its power to deal with all the terrifying monsters and creatures on the continent in the past few years, opening up many new opportunities andnd, causing people to scramble in order to get a part of this massive cake.
The Forbidden Land is extremely rich in mineral and natural resources. Even some extremely raremodities that go for a sky-high price back in the Pacific-Asia continent are verymon here.
For example, someone discovered a crystal mine. This crystal mine is very small, only the size of a football field, but its value is incalcble. Because this is an extremely rare resource of energy, pushing the development ability of the entire Federation to another level.
Previously, in addition to natural energies such a sr and wind power, the most used energyes from kaiju blood and nuclear power.
Butpared with the energy contained in the crystal mine, the previous energies are all extremely small and very inefficient. It¡¯s likeparing coal power to nuclear energy.
¡±We can finally shrink the energy devices of ourrge-scale machinery.¡±
This is the conclusion that all scientistse to after studying those crystals.
The scientists who are responsible for building the new spaceships were very excited. Although they still have many areas to work on, at least this solves the energy problem.
The crystal ore was eventually named as the Source Stone by the Federation and deemed as a strategic resource.
As time passed, the tension gradually rose in the hears of the Federation higher-ups. After all, the longer they remain in this ce, the higher the risk.
Especially when their new spaceships have barely progressed.
Fortunately, Fang Yun¡¯s existence made them feel more or less at ease. This ally has evolved 3 times in the past 5 years.
After these three evolutions, Fang Yun¡¯s body length has reached 11 kilometers, and a diameter of more than 400 meters.
It¡¯s truly frightening watching such a powerful monster grow at such a horrible speed.
Although they knew that this giant serpent can grow by eating various monsters, this growth rate is still ridiculous.
Tang Guo, Lu Cheng, and other people were extremely shocked.
They wondered if this giant serpent¡¯s growth had limits. If he really doesn¡¯t have any limits, then it¡¯s truly possible for him to grow to aary-level size. At that time, he will truly live up to the name of Ouroboros.
These three evolutions brought over 180 skill points to Fang Yun. Adding the leftover from thest evolution, he has a total of 229 skill points, enough to max out ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡± and upgrade ¡°Greater Overclocking Resonance¡± a few times.
The thing that made Fang Yun the happiest in the new skills he got after hisst evolution.
One is a ¡°Greater Energy Beam¡±, and the other is a weird skill called ¡°Cell Distortion¡±.
There is no need to exin ¡°Greater Energy Beam¡±, it¡¯s basically the enhanced version of ¡°Energy Beam¡±. The skill that picked his interest more is this ¡°Cell Distortion¡±.
ording to the skill description, he can use this skill to produce cell aberration to make an organism¡¯s cell divide rapidly, effectively exhausting its life.
No matter what type of creature, there is a limit to its cell division ability. When the cell¡¯s ability to divide stops, that would be the end of their life. Of course, not many can reach this upper limit.
Fang Yun felt that this skill is almost like a time eleration ability, making its target reach old age and die in just a short period of time.
The most important thing is that this skill has a very wide area of effect. That means that he can target the poption of an entire and make them die of old age at the same time.
With such a catastrophic effect, this skill naturally requires a scary amount of skill points to upgrade.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that these two new skills are different from any skill he got in the past. The previous skills, no matter how many skill points they need to upgrade, their number required at each level remained the same.
However, these two new skills are different, each level requires more skill points to upgrade than thest. For example, level 1 needs 60 skill points but level 2 needs 70, and so on.
This is a point worth noting as all future new skills might have the same incremental system.
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun decided to max out ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡± first, then upgraded the two new skills one time each.
With the current ¡°Anti-gravity Field¡±, he can easily get rid of the earth¡¯s gravity and travel into space. His flight speed and agility have also increased tremendously.
Adding to that the fact that he got the ability to survive in extreme environments, including space when he evolved into a Peng Snake. He can start his interster journey anytime he wants.
However, he doesn¡¯t n to leave for the time being. He is still nning to continue his cooperation with the Blue Federation in order to get more reputation points.
He is more than 130 years old, which is about one-fourth of a Pang Snake¡¯s lifespan, 500 years.
In other words, he still has 360 to 370 years to live.
This number might seemrge at first nce, but it¡¯s actually very concerning upon thinking about it.
The universe is immeasurably big. As long as he doesn¡¯t have a space crossing or maniption ability like that of the ¡®Great Will¡¯, then even if he can travel at the sub-light speed, he might not find an intelligent civilization in 300 years.
In the end, he can only helplessly die of old age in the endless void.
He isn¡¯t nning to start his interster journey until he gets the next bloodline or some sort of space maniption ability.
Chapter 346: The Earth Wandering Plan Start
Chapter 346: The Earth Wandering n Start
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The development ofary engines is in full swing. They have already found a good direction and they are heading in it.
In the past few years, the number of humans has skyrocketed. After all, the government had been widely encouraging it, developing many new preferential policies to the families with more kids.
This has resulted in Fang Yun¡¯s reputation increasing a lot. Unfortunately, it¡¯s still miles away from 20 billion points, let alone getting a new bloodline.
Currently, his reputation points are a bit more than 17 billion, and ording to Fang Yun¡¯s guess, the next bloodline requires at least 100 billion points.
This is a huge number, and it¡¯s almost impossible to umte it relying on humans alone.
¡¡¡¡
In the endless dark space, a terrifying giant serpent floated quietly. It raised its head and looked at the endless darkness around and the nearby colorfuls with a look of mncholy in its eyes.
¡±I¡¯m almost 140 years old.¡±
Time quickly flew. It had been more than 130 years since Fang Yun was Reincarnated a snake. Over the years, he grew from a few centimeters long snake into his current form. He has long adapted to his life as a snake, he can¡¯t even remember what it¡¯s like to be a human.
However, he always kept a wish deep in his heart, which is to go back and take a look at his hometown. The earth in his original universe.
He doesn¡¯t even remember why he wants to go back at this point, but he still wants to go back.
However, from his current situation, this wish is still impossible to fulfill.
¡±Ouroboros, this is the food we brought you today.¡±
Suddenly, a voice sounded in his brain. A spaceship suddenly stopped next to Fang Yun. The top hatch opened and a figure slowly walked out of there.
Tang Guo was wearing a spacesuit. She sent an electromaic wave to the giant serpent in front of her with just a single though.
Although this technology isn¡¯t new, the Federation managed to perfect it with the help of Fang Yun.
Fang Yun shifted his sight. Behind Tang Guo, there was a huge spaceship over ten kilometers long. It¡¯s thetest spaceship developed by humans.
It has thetest engine made the collective minds of all the top scientists in the world. Although there is still a huge gap in speed with the spaceship of the SkyRiver civilization, it¡¯s still ten times faster than their previous spaceships.
Behind this spaceship are 8 huge meteorites. The smallest one has a diameter of 1 kilometer and thergest has a diameter of 3 kilometers.
This is Fang Yun¡¯s food.
In the past year, he stopped eating the monsters in the earth, changing his staple food to the meteorites in space.
These meteorites are from a nearby meteorite belt. This spaceship and others simr to it are responsible to drag them out of the meteorite belt and bring them to Fang Yun.
One of the most important reasons why he switched diet to meteorites is due to the huge amount of bio-energy they provide.
Even the smallest meteorite with a diameter of 1 kilometer can provide Fang Yun with 2 million bio-energy points.
The biggest one with a diameter of 3 kilometers can provide him with 8 million bio-energy points.
These 8 meteorites are worth 30 million bio-energy points in total.
Unfortunately, they aren¡¯t easy to digest. He needs at least 3 days to digest all 8 of these meteorites, which is iparable to the few minutes he needs to digest monsters of simr size.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that needs 5 billion bio-energy points for his next evolution, which will take who knows how long if he focuses solely on eating these sea monsters.
¡±Tang Guo, what technologies did you guys get from that SkyRiver Empire¡±s spaceship.¡±
While breaking and eating these meteorites, Fang Yun chatted with Tang Guo.
¡±The engine and energy source of the spaceship behind you should be based on the SkyRiver civilization spaceship, right?¡±
Hearing this, Tang Guo was silent for a moment before saying.
¡±You¡¯re right, but most of theponents we got from that spacecraft are broken. Moreover, those devices are tooplicated, so we can¡¯t recreate a simr energy source for the time being.¡±
After exining this, Tang Guo couldn¡¯t help but sigh.
They are like a group of elementary students holding one of the world¡¯s mostplicated devices.
Not to mention recreating that space jumping technology, they don¡¯t even know how does the power source work.
¡±Don¡¯t worry. It seems that our guess was right, the SkyRiver Empire doesn¡¯t know yet that one of their spaceships had been destroyed here, you still have time.¡±
Fang Yunforted Tang Guo while continuing to eat the meteorites next to him;
Tang Guo looked at Fang Yun eating the meteorites for a while before leaving.
Most high-officials are currently very busy with various matters, especially leaders of the space team like her. She usually needs to stay in her designated area,pletely monitoring it. As long as an abnormal incident ur, she can quickly report the situation back to the earth.
Time continued to quietly pass.
The Federation has finally developed the first functionalary engine. What they need to do next to recreate it in the designated areas around the world.
In the end, they created a total of 50,000ary engines and ced them in their predetermined location around the world.
Doing all of this took them another 5 years.
In other words, it has been ten years since Fang Yun proposed this n. In these ten years, earth-shaking changes have taken ce in the earth.
During these ten years, the ¡®Great Will¡¯ never appeared again. All of its traces including those ¡°Demonic Whispers¡± across the world disappeared.
Whether it¡¯s the Old Land, or the Forbidden Land, these two continents had been frantically explored by human beings in thest few years. This naturally yielded them great returns, including a lot of precious ores.
These ores helped push the technological ability of humans another few levels.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that the number of humans across the world has skyrocketed in the past few years, going from a little under 100 million to 300 million people.
Currently, it¡¯s still a peaceful age, and with the support of the governement, the majority of people marry shortly after adulthood and have a lot of kids, causing the human poption to rise a shocking speed.
This is all in favor of the government and Fang Yun. They aren¡¯t worried about the problem of overpoption for the time being. They were able to support 7 billion people on the much smaller Blue before, so it won¡¯t be difficult to do the same on this bigger.
Moreover, ording to the information disclosed by high-level governement officials, apart from the earth, another in the White Sun sr system is suitable for human survival.
Shortly in the future, the government will send an expedition to clear an area suitable for human survival. That will be humans¡¯ back n and emergency evacuation area in case something goes wrong with their n.
The Earth Wandering Project is about to begin. Every city and each popted ce around the world had propaganda about this.
Thanks to the government¡¯s exnation and the great threat they are facing. Although people are afraid, they aren¡¯t too resistant to this n. They know that if they stupidly stay in this ce, then they might face the invasion and genocide of the SkyRiver Empire in the near future.
The rotation speed of the earth has gradually started to slow down. Finally, on a certain day, itpletely stopped moving.
Immediately afterward, theary engines started to work, pushing the Earth towards the precalcted route.
Chapter 347: Crossing The Wormhole
Chapter 347: Crossing The Wormhole
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the endless dark space, Fang Yun looked down at the below. He is currently 1,000 kilometers away from the surface of the earth, so he can clearly see the objects on its surface.
The Federation has already taken into ount theck of heat and the energy provided by the sun after pushing the Earth away, so way before, they constructed a giant energy source and released it into the earth¡¯s orbit.
This energy source is called the Artificial sun, which can provide enough energy and heat for organisms around the earth to survive. Of course, the energy needed to turn on the Artificial sun is astronomical, so humans are still looking for a better alternative.
The next step in their n is to push the earth towards another they locked in advance.
ording to their n.
To create a wormhole big enough to fit the earth, they need to sacrifice the energy of another to do so.
Furthermore, the wormhole needs to be stable enough for the earth to safely pass through it. Otherwise, a lot of creatures on the surface of the are going to die, and this isn¡¯t a result that the human leaders want to see.
Fortunately, the Federation has obtained a lot of information about wormhole technology from the Star Tree, and they went from just barely being able to use it to partially understanding it and slightly modifying it. This is a good sign of progress.
The aboriginal inhabitants of the earth weren¡¯t able to create a supermassive wormhole, but they can, which signify that they started to surpass the original creators of this technology.
In fact, they built a supermassive wormhole just a few years ago. They installed manyary engines on another smaller, then pushed it into the supermassive wormhole.
The results were gratifying, the appeared on the other side of the wormholepletely intact.
This time, when they are going to drive the earth into the wormhole, they also migrated a lot of people to the Earth Guard 3, which is the small that is suitable for human survival. They also installedary engines on it, and are nning to bring it along with them.
¡¡¡
A magnificent scene was taking ce in the void.
Fang Yun hovered quietly in space, watching the area ahead of him. Currently, he left the orbit of the earth and is far away from it. Behind him is a giant azure slowly moving forward.
This is naturally the earth.
Many kilometers away from the earth is an earthy yellow, but this is currently experiencing a doomsday-like scene.
The geothermal heat of this is being madly extracted to gather enough energy to create the supermassive wormhole.
Next to Fang Yun were Tang Guo, Miller, and Henry.
Tang Guo and Miller have already be generals. Henry has be a colonel. This all more or less has something to do with Fang Yun.
In fact, relying on her abilities alone, it would hard for Tang Guo to be a military officer, let alone a general. Miller and Henry are also simr, it would be very difficult to reach their current positions relying solely on their abilities. Especially in such a short time.
¡±The wormhole is about to appear.¡±
Beside Fang Yun, Tang Guo stared at the space above the earthy yellow. In that area, a dazzling dark crack started to appear, then started to quickly spread to the surrounding area, finally forming a circr turning wormhole.
The yellow started to be distorted under the force of the wormhole as if it was going to break at any time.
¡±The Earth is about to leave this area.¡±
This was the idea of the people who watched this scene from far.
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze was also closely fixed on the azure. The Federation paid a very big price for this operation.
If the n fails now, then it will be an unprecedented blow for the Federation, likely crippling it financially and psychologically.
It¡¯s because they are full of hope for the future that they are able to spend such an absurd amount of resources, manpower, and time.
However, if the n fails, then a drastic change will happen to the Federation and its people. First of all, the Federation will lose a lot of its poprity and credibility amongst the people, that¡¯s without the untold amount of resources wasted.
The Earth is full of various minerals and natural resources, but they wasted a lot of them by building theary engines and the two supermassive wormholes. Hence it¡¯s unimaginable what kind of blow the earth and the Federation will suffer from if the n fails.
Under everyone¡¯s nervous eyes,
The Earth slowly moved towards the huge wormhole. From Fang Yun¡¯s point of view, it looked as if the earth was heading towards a huge dark mouth.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
On the edge of the wormhole, lightning bolts echoing, scaring many weak-hearted individuals.
However, the earth has never stopped moving forward.
¡°Buzzzz!!¡±
The Earth entered into the wormhole, then gradually disappeared from the sight of Fang Yun, Tang Guo, and the others.
¡±Did the n seed?¡±
Fang Yun had a look of curiosity on his face.
They stared closely at the space vortex. ording to their previous agreement, if the n seeds and nothing happens to the earth while passing the wormhole, they are going to send a spaceship from the other end of the wormhole to inform everyone of the sess.
¡°Buzzz!¡±
Suddenly, a shadow slowly appeared from the wormhole. It¡¯s their spaceship.
After this spaceship appeared, it immediately sent messages to other spaceships and battleships not far from the Wormhole. Fang Yun, Tang Guo, and the rest quickly knew the results of the n.
The n seeded.
The Earth has safely crossed the Wormhole and arrived in the designated location.
¡±Unexpectedly, they really did it!¡±
Fang Yun was pleasantly surprised. This is good news even for him. Afterward, Earth Guard 3, the small where many humans have been evacuated to, also entered the wormhole.
The reason why they chose the yellow-rocky is that it¡¯s big enough and it¡¯s only one in the sr system to have energy enough to support twos to cross the wormhole.
This time, Fang Yun is also going to follow Earth Guard 3 to enter the wormhole. Although he felt a bit distressed in front of this-sized wormhole, he still didn¡¯t hesitate to enter it. Anyway, this is not the first time he used it.
Earth Guard 3 was got closer and closer to the giant space vortex with Fang Yun behind it. From such a close distance, the space vortex gave Fang Yun an extremely terrifying impression.
Just the energy radiating from this wormhole caused his scales to shiver a bit. The energy in his body is insignificantpared to it.
Shortly after, Fang Yun followed behind the Earth Guard 3 and finally entered the wormhole.
After entering the space vortex, Fang Yun felt a pulling force on his soul. Fortunately, this pulling force disappeared and everything went back to normal.
He crossed to the other side of the wormhole.
¡±Where¡¯s Tang Guo, Miller, and the others?¡±
Fang Yun looked around but didn¡¯t find them. Suddenly, a spaceship appeared out of thin air next to him. It¡¯s Tang Guo¡¯s spaceship.
Chapter 348: Source Stone
Chapter 348: Source Stone
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Huff¡ It was terrible.¡±
Tang Guo walked out of the spaceship, patted her chest, and said. ¡°I thought the spaceship was going to break apart.¡±
She turned her around and looked at the huge spaceship behind her with a look of lingering fear. While crossing the space tunnel, Tang Guo felt so much shaking and bumping that she was scared the spaceship would break.
¡±Hahaha, we finally left that dangerous ce.¡± Millerughed.
¡±Now that our travel was sessful, I can finally rest for a while and fully focus on developing our space force.¡±
While Miller and Tang Guo were expressing their emotions, one person after the other walked out from the spaceship wearing suits.
¡±This ce is really beautiful.¡±
In the crowd, someone sighed with amazement and said.
Fang Yun shifted his sight from these people and started looking at the area near him.
They are currently in an empty area. looking at the distance, space is filled with a dense cluster of stars, which looked very beautiful.
However, Fang Yun only appreciated it for a while before shifting his attention.
At present, the Federation is also starting to deal with the aftermath of the wormhole crossing. ording to the information Fang Yun intercepted, the Federation is currentlyforting the families of the dead.
This time the wormhole crossing can be considered a great sess, but it¡¯s not casualty free. In fact, the energy emitted by the Wormhole killed many creatures, especially the ones that weren¡¯t in specially constructed bunkers or spaceships or the weak ones with little to no defense.
Tang Guo and the others said goodbye to Fang Yun and also went to deal with the current mess. They are also high-level government figures, so they can¡¯tyzily around while others deal with the aftermath.
Fang Yun looked around with a bored look on his face. He twisted his body while deliberating what to do next.
This may be Fang Yun¡¯s special ability. In short, he can send electromaic and sound waves freely in space.
He is nning to inspect the surrounding area.
The area where they are currently in along with the earth and earth guard 3 is very empty. Fang Yun estimated that the nearest is over 1 billion kilometers away.
Furthermore, there are now stars in this area, the nearest one should be at least one light-year away.
Fortunately, this is not a big issue. The Artificial Sun can provide them with enough energy for now. Even if things fo for the worst, they can just find some nearby and create another supermassive wormhole.
Fang Yun spent a few days wandering around this area of space, but he didn¡¯t find anything special, even if he used his electromaic waves to scout.
This is enough to show that this ce is very remote.
¡±Hmm, a remote ce means that resources are rtively scarce. However, the current Federation still has an abundance of energy resources. They still haven¡¯t reached the point of looting from others.¡±
The Federation has basicallypletely abandoned traditional energies like oil. Nuclear Power is stillmonly used. As for the newly discovered source stone, it¡¯s used solely as a strategic military resource, and the Federation is making sure to limit its consumption as much as possible.
¡±The energy of this source stone is too advanced, maybe other civilizations in the gxy also use the source stone as an energy source, maybe even as a currency.¡±
Fang Yun also saw an energy-filled source stone before. This kind of ore has a thin and rtively rough skin. Once it¡¯s cut, the source energy will start to slowly dissipate.
However, humans have discovered that they can use a transparent colloidal material to smear the incision, directly sealing the energy inside and prevent it from dissipating.
Therefore, the source stone can indeed be cut into smaller parts and used as currency.
This kind of energy is natural and pollution-free. Furthermore, the radiation its emit is very slight and can easily be withstood by the human body. Even less than the radiation a mobile phone emits.
The source stones that the Federation mined were cut into smaller pieces and stored in confidential ces.
After all, humans know too little about source stones, and their energy is just too powerful. In the few cases where they do use the source stone, just a small piece is enough to do more than a giant factory of nuclear energy.
This is one of the main reasons it was deemed as priceless and as a strategic resource.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that they found a way topress energy stones. They canpress and smith one thousand small energy stones into a high-quality one.
Fang Yun felt more and more that these energy stones are simr to the spirit stones used in Xianxia novels.
Shaking his head, he stopped thinking about them. Anyway, he can¡¯t use them.
Fang Yun wandered across space speed at a shocking speed. His speed has increased a lot in thest few years. In the past five years, he evolved 3 times again.
He got 186 skill points from these evolutions, to which he used 60 to upgrade ¡°Shadow Wind¡± three times.
After upgrading that skill to the maximum level, he got a new skill immediately after the next evolution. It¡¯s also a speed skill, and it¡¯s called ¡°Light Speed Field¡±.
ording to the skill description, using this skill, a space field will appear around him, shrinking the distance between him and the outside world. Using this skill, just a slight movement of his will result in him crossing an extreme distance in the outside world.
This skill doesn¡¯t consume a lot of energy, and the more he uses it, the more proficient and skilled he bes at using the space field.
¡±Light Speed Field¡± requires 60 skill points for the first upgrade, and each subsequent upgrade requires 10 points more.
Fang Yun guessed that all the new skills in the future will have the same setting.
Fang Yun upgraded this skill twice, leaving him with only 2 skill points left.
After activating this skill, his speed can reach an extremely terrifying level.
If he unfolds it at full force. His speed can reach one-tenth of the speed of light, which is 30,000 km/s.
The Federation¡¯s most advanced spaceships are worse than a snailpared to him. ording to his calctions, their fastest spaceship can barely reach one-thousandth of the speed of light, about 300 km/s
Furthermore, this is their maximum speed, keeping this speed for over 2 hours will result in engine damages.
After checking the area around, Fang Yun returned to Earth. After returning, Tang Guo immediately came to him. She is seemingly worried about his disappearance.
¡±Ouroboros, I thought you were gone before.¡±
Tang Guo patted her chest and said. Her face behind the ss helmet had a look of relief.
She and Fang Yun are old friends, if Fang Yun left without saying goodbye, she will be really sad.
Furthermore, the people on Earth Guard 3 are feeling insecure without Fang Yun¡¯s presence.
For example, in the few days where Fang Yun disappeared, many ordinary people on the Earth and the Earth Guard 3 panicked a lot. They truly regard Fang Yun as their totem and guardian deity now.
Many Ordinary people think that they are at the bottom of intelligent civilizations across the universe. Anyway, a civilization called the SkyRiver Empire caused such destruction to their civilization with a single spaceship and forced them to escape from their original sr system.
Fang Yun¡¯s existence gave them a great sense of security, especially since he was able to bring down that powerful spaceship.
He has a huge size, extremely high attack power. More importantly, they don¡¯t need to worry about him enving them or the like. At least he didn¡¯t show any simr characteristics in the past dozen years.
In fact, it wasn¡¯t just ordinary people, even the leaders of the Federation were very worried about Fang Yun¡¯s previous departure.
The giant serpent can be said to be their biggest trump card. Without his help, survival in space will be very difficult.
Chapter 349: Space Cargo Ship
Chapter 349: Space Cargo Ship
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±I just checked the nearby area.¡±
Fang Yun exined to Tang Guo.
¡±It¡¯s very empty here. After three days of exploration and tens of billions of miles of search, I still didn¡¯t find anything worth noting.¡±
¡±The Federation should be able to safely rest here before moving to the next destination.¡±
Hearing this, Tang Guo was shocked.
¡±In the past few days, you traveled across a distance of tens of billions of kilometers?!¡±
The corners of her mouth twitched slightly.
She knew that Fang Yun¡¯s speed was very fast, but she didn¡¯t expect that it would be that fast!
Shaking her head, Tang Guo felt at ease again. The higher the strength of Fang Yun, the safer humans would be.
She didn¡¯t know that Fang Yun is currently in a very good mood. His thought process is that after his speed increased so much, his safety in the future will be much higher.
In short, he has made up his mind to continue upgrading ¡°Light Speed Field¡± until hepletely masters the space folding ability and eventually the terrifying ability of space maniption.
His escape ability has now surpassed all his other abilities.
¡±Ouroboros, we are nning to live in this ce for a while, do you think it¡¯s appropriate?¡±
Tang Guo asked Fang Yun.
Tang Guo and the majority of other leaders don¡¯t just treat Fang Yun now as a simple coborator but as their true partner.
Some even consider Fang Yun as the savior or protector of the human race. That¡¯s the way they portrayed Fang Yun in their propaganda after all.
Furthermore, Fang Yun¡¯s intelligence and wisdom has been recognized by them. In fact, the giant serpent is actually more intelligent than the majority of humans.
¡±This ce is too remote. Staying here for 10 to 20 years won¡¯t be difficult with your resources, but more than that will be bad for you. It might even result in you getting stuck in this area forever.¡±
Fang Yun exined his thoughts to Tang Guo. ¡°Now that you¡¯re resting and dealing with the aftermath of the space crossing, you won¡¯t need a lot of resources, but when you focus back on technology development or even simply maintaining theary engines, your requirement for resources will spike.¡±
¡±You¡¯d better calcte how much time will your source stonesst for, then set off in advance when their number dwindle to a certain point and search for nearbys to get more resources.¡±
Tang Guo seriously listened to Fang Yun¡¯s suggestion and made sure to remember everything he said deeply. She couldn¡¯t help but look forward to the day when humans set off to other lifes
Fang Yun¡¯s return greatly reassured the people on the Earth and Earth Guard 3. Some people even like to use their telescope every day to watch Fang Yun wander in space.
Years passed after that. The Federation made every effort to raise their military power and technology every year. It could be said that with each passing year, their military weapons have a great change.
At a certain period of time, they captured many meteorites from space and transformed them into a fortress-like structure. They eventually named as the space fortress.
In these fortresses, there are many heavy-ss weapons, such as giantser cannons.
The Federation also developed a new advancedser cannon, much more powerful than their previousser weapons, almost catching up with theser cannons of the previous SkyRiver Empire Spaceship.
However, they still can¡¯t develop the turboser cannon, the one that can destroy the surface of an entire, effectively killing every living creature on it.
As time passed, Fang Yun¡¯s sense of existence and weight in the Federation grew bigger and bigger. It reached a point where Tang Guo has to ask his opinion on manyrge scale decisions.
He became almost like another elder of the Federation.
The Federation is still constantly developing its space power. The various space fortresses were dragged into the earth¡¯s orbit to act as one of theiryer of defense.
If there is a need, these space fortresses can elerate, and leave the earth¡¯s orbit, then go to the established location to intercept enemies or assist allies.
Of course, there is no war right now, so they are mostly acting as a defenseyer.
After another ten years, the Federation¡¯s technological level has further improved. Their weapon arsenal has expanded even further, and many revolutionary technologies were developed.
They also developed a new energy unit called ¡°Soaring Moon 1¡±. With this new energy unit, their advanced spaceship¡¯s maximum speed increased several times.
Furthermore, the Federation has developed a top-level space team, this team has a total of 58 people. They are the elite of the elite, selected from thousands of excellent astronauts.
This space military force is called ¡°Warlords¡±, the personnel¡¯s equipment and gear are the toptest models, same goes for their spaceships and weapons.
Their spaceship model is also called the Warlord, currently the Warlord 1 series.
Thest piece of tech worth mentioning is the light engine. Spacecrafts with this type of engine can reach a speed of up to 1000 km/s. This speed is already quite terrifying,
In fact, even the majority of the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s spacecraft have this speed. After all, not all spaceships can have powerful engines like the ones onary-ss battleships.
This type of spacecraft is mostly used in the civilian field.
For example, some cargo ships used to transport goods have simr speeds, but¡ they have space jumping technology, which the Warlord 1 series doesn¡¯t have.
After ten years of hard work, the Federation finally managed to reduce the size of their powerfulser cannons, allowing them to be finally installed on the Warlord 1 series battleships.
The Federation higher-ups finally let out sighs of relief.
They still have some understanding of the civilizations of the entire gxy. Needless to say, the SkyRiver civilization is the absolute Hegemon of the gxy, being the oldest and by far the most technologically advanced.
Other civilizations have a much lower technological level than the SkyRiver Empire. This isn¡¯t surprising as the SkyRiver Empire couldn¡¯t have been able to rule the gxy with an iron fist if it wasn¡¯t so.
ording to what the Federation learned from the Star Tree, the SkyRiver Empire is at least 7 or 8 grades higher than other civilizations in the milky way gxy in terms of technological advancements.
The current technological strength of the Blue Federation is actually upper-middle amongst all the civilizations in the Milky Way. Of course, excluding the SkyRiver Empire.
Although their rapid development is mostly due to the technology blueprints found in the Star Tree and debris of the SkyRiver spaceship, this kind of achievement is still enough to be proud of.
Currently, the Federation is considering the ¡°Warlords¡± team as their main and most important military power. They pushed meteorites in wormholes and used them as their imaginary enemies for the purpose of exercising.
Each and Every Drill costs a lot of source stones to hold.
Whether it¡¯s the wormholes,ser cannons, or the light engine, each one of them costs source stones to use.
Their inventory of source stones is starting to dwindle. They also need source stones to expand both of their ¡°Warlords¡± team members and the Warlord 1 battleship series.
However, this ce is too remote, and going to others will not only take a long time, but it¡¯s also very troublesome.
The Higher-ups naturally knows that they can¡¯t continue going like this, they need to discuss the next n.
What they didn¡¯t know was that a space cargo ship is currently making a space jump on their route. If nothing unexpected happens, they will encounter them after some time.
Chapter 350: Confrontation
Chapter 350: Confrontation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In the dark space, twos hovered quietly, one is Earth and the other is Earth Guard 3.
The Earth doesn¡¯t orbit around its own star yet, so the Federation is still using the Artificial sun. The same goes for Earth Guard 3.
In the orbit of these twos, many meteorites are orbiting around them. These are the space fortresses guarding the Earth and Earth Guard 3.
¡±Everyone, now we need to discuss our next ns.¡±
In a meeting room in the Kyushu province of the Earth, Lu Cheng looked at the old people in front of him and said in a deep voice. They are currently facing an energy crisis.
Their reserve of source stones has dwindled to a low level.
They searched the entire Earth and Earth Guard 3, but they didn¡¯t find any other source stone mine. ording to their analysis, source stones should be very scarce and rare across the universe.
In fact, source stones should be something only advanced civilizations possess.
¡±Even nuclear energy cannot meet our current energy needs.¡±
Lu Cheng said with a worried expression on his face. The warlord 1 battleship series need a lot of energy to remain functional, and just nuclear energy is far from being able to fulfill that need.
Whether it¡¯s the light engine, theser cannon, or other advanced weapons. Even the wormhole generator, all need a scary amount of energy to work.
¡±ording to Tang Guo and Miller¡¯s reports.¡±
Lu Cheng continued talking. ¡°Even if we don¡¯t expend our ¡°Warlords¡± team, and don¡¯t update the new warlord battleship series, based on our current consumption, the remaining source stones can only sustain their consumption for another 5 years.¡±
Five years is too short.
They must find a way to obtain new source stones, or just reduce their current source stones consumption. Most of their current source stones consumptiones from the training of the ¡°Warlords¡± team.
if they give the order to reduce the consumption, then the ¡°Warlords¡± team will hardly be able to conduct any training. What would be the point of establishing such a team then?
So, they have only onest option left, which is finding a new source of source stones.
¡±At present, the nearests to us are very far away, we must use Wormhole technology to reach them. We currently locked several targets.¡±
Behind Lu Cheng, a holographic projection suddenly appeared. It¡¯s a space map with many stars on it.
¡±In this area, there are manyrges. We can go there and search if there is any Source Stone mine on them.¡±
¡±Old Lu, we should be more careful about this, I think it¡¯s best to do multiple space crossings while heading that way to avoid someone tracking us or locking our destination.¡±
An old man sitting at the conference table suddenly said.
Lu Cheng pondered for a while before finally nodded. Although this would be a bit troublesome and increase their workload a lot, in front of the safety of humanity, these are nothing.
Even though they didn¡¯t intercept any electromaic waves in this area, it¡¯s still uncertain whether an advanced civilization is nearby.
¡°Toot! Toot! Toot!¡±
Suddenly, an rm rang through the conference room as a red light enveloped it.
¡±What happened?¡±
The people in the conference room had stunned expressions. Usually, while they are in the midst of a meeting, the only reason why their subordinates interrupt them is due to an emergency.
They have been living in this area for so many years without any problem, why is there suddenly an emergency? Did something happen?
Upon thinking of this, some of the people in the conference room started to be nervous.
Lu Cheng pressed a red button. Suddenly a face appeared on the holographic screen, it¡¯s Miller.
¡±Miller, what¡¯s the matter?¡±
Lu Cheng asked directly.
¡±Elder Lu, we captured a strange fluctuation in space.¡±
Miller had a nervous expression on his face. After all, they shot down one of the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s spacecraft and fled. Now that a strange fluctuation appeared, the first thing he thought about was the fleet of the SkyRiver Empire.
¡±Oh?¡±
Lu Cheng¡¯s heart also contracted, but he still maintained a calm expression on his face.
He told Miller. ¡°Immediately give the ¡°Warlords¡± team an order. Prepare for battle!¡±
¡±Don¡¯t worry, it might not be the fleet of the SkyRiver civilization¡±
As long as it¡¯s not the SkyRiver Empire, they don¡¯t need to worry that much.
¡±By the way, have you reported this to Ouroboros?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s current status in the Federation is like their protector or some sort of guarding deity. He is even regarded as the unofficial eight elder by figures of power and even the elders themselves.
¡±His Excellency Ouroboros already know about this matter.¡±
Miller nodded.
When they just detected the strange fluctuations, they immediately reported the matter to Fang Yun. In fact, Fang Yun felt the fluctuations even before the equipment of the Federation detected it. It¡¯s a space fluctuation.
Miller and Lu Cheng talked a bit more before ending the conversation, but they didn¡¯t break themunication channel. Lu Cheng also suspended the meeting and waited for further news before giving his instructions.
On the other side, in the space between Earth and Earth Guard 3, Fang Yun stared at the empty void ahead. Many spaceships hovered quietly next to him.
In the cockpit of one of the spaceships, Tang Guo stared nervously at the direction Fang Yun was looking at. She couldn¡¯t help but talk to Fang Yun through her earphones.
¡±Ouroboros, what do you think will appear this time?¡±
Tang Guo was a little nervous.
¡±It won¡¯t be spaceships from the SkyRiver Empire, right?¡±
¡±Ouroboros, if it¡¯s really a fleet from the SkyRiver Empire, we might not be able to escape this time, but it should be easy for you to escape with your speed, so If something wrong happens, please leave as soon as possible.¡±
Fang Yun listened to Tang Guo¡¯s emotional words but did not respond. Just as Tang Guo said, even if the SkyRiver empire¡¯s fleet truly appear this time, it still won¡¯t be difficult for him to escape.
So he isn¡¯t as worried or nervous as the others right now. However, Tang Guo¡¯s words moved him a bit.
Time passed quietly. Suddenly, the void in front of them started to distort. They are far away from the distortion area so even if it¡¯s quite big, it¡¯s still far from reaching them.
¡±Damn it!¡±
Many Electromaic waves spread from the iing spaceship, after capturing and interpreting them, they became something like this. ¡°It¡¯s space pirates! Sh*t! it¡¯s a fleet of space pirates!¡±
¡±This group of parasites! Damn it! They even knew about thetest secret route mapped by the alliance!¡±
¡±Someone must have leaked our route! He better pray I don¡¯t find him or I will make him regret betraying the alliance!¡±
After Fang Yun received and interpreted these electromaic signals, these messages suddenly appeared in his mind.
¡±It¡¯s not the fleet of the SkyRiver Empire.¡±
After understanding the messages, he immediately sent this information back to Tang Guo and the others.
¡±Prepare to fight, You don¡¯t have to hold back, They are treating us as space pirates!!¡±
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s reminder, everyone concentrated. In the next moment, a huge spaceship appeared not far from Fang Yun and the others.
Chapter 351: The Start of The Battle
Chapter 351: The Start of The Battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Damn, I saw them, space pirates. They used the gravity of that to pull us out of the hyperspace!¡±
Fang Yun captured another electromaic signal.
When the spaceship not far ahead discovered Fang Yun and the Federation, Fang Yun and the others also discovered them. It¡¯s hard to not see each other when both sides are in such an empty area of space.
There are no stars around, so there are no messy electromaic signals. Using their monitoring equipment, both sides are extremely visible to each other. Fang Yun was even able to clearly see them with his eyes.
The iing spaceship considers Fang Yun and the other pirates not only because they are in such a secret route but also because they used the gravity of a to pull them out of the hyperspace.
If a strong gravitational force is exerted on a spacecraft that is undergoing a space jump, it will result in the said spacecraft getting pulled from the hyperspace to the physical space.
For example, the gravity well generator was invented based on this point.
These pirates shouldn¡¯t have such advanced technology, so they took a different approach by pulling a to the corresponding route.
As long as a spacecraft pass through the hyperspace in that route, they will definitely be pulled by the gravity of the back into the physical space, giving these pirates the chance to plunder their spacecraft.
¡±Attack!¡±
Inside a cabin in the space cargo ship, a bearded man suddenly yelled.
¡±Hold them away, don¡¯t let them get closer!!¡±
If these pirates manage to get close, then it will hard to resist them. These guys are usually very fierce and bloodthirsty.
This space cargo ship is veryrge, with a length of 13 kilometers. They are transporting very importantmodities, so they chose such a secret route and employed over 1000 mercenaries.
At the same time, on this space cargo ship, there are also fiftyser cannons and arge number of advanced guns. At the same time, there are hundreds of advanced space fighters ready tounch at any time.
It can be said that their security force is very high.
However, the captain of the space cargo ship, Levi is convinced that someone must have leaked their news, hence he is sure that these pirates must be very prepared.
Damn it!¡±
Levi¡¯s loud shouts sounded across themand room.
¡±Damn, are you not ready yet?¡±
Before theser cannon is activated, it needs a period of time to gather enough energy. Usually, this period of time is very small and doesn¡¯t really affect anything, but now with pirates right in front of them, Levi is feeling very impatient.
The short energy gathering period that he didn¡¯t care about before caused him now to feel anxious.
¡°Boom!¡±
However, right at that moment, a beam of light quickly flew towards them, almost blinding Levi¡¯s dog¡¯s eyes.
¡±It¡¯s aser cannon!¡±
The bearded Levi shouted angrily.
¡±Fuck, they are really prepared.¡±
¡±Be careful, don¡¯t let them break through our defense.¡±
Their spacecraft is also equipped with an energy shield, but for every second that the energy shield is turned on, a huge amount of energy is consumed. Furthermore, if the attack is too powerful, beyond the bearing limit of the energy shield, then the shield is very likely to copse.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Thisser beam quickly reached the space cargo ship andnded straight on their energy shield, creating arge explosion.
The energy shield managed to block theser beam, but the strength of the attack frightened Levi a lot.
¡±Damn it! it¡¯s more powerful than ourser cannon!¡±
He stared at the disy in front of him in horror.
Not far away, Fang Yun was quickly dashing towards the space cargo ship, the battleships behind him also quickly dispersed and headed towards the cargo ship from different directions.
After locking the space cargo ship ahead, the warlord 1 series fighting started umting energy tounch theirser cannons, but it¡¯s the same for the cargo ship.
Laser cannons need time to umte energy.
Only Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Energy Beam¡± skill doesn¡¯t need charging at all.
Furthermore, his current energy beam attack is extremely powerful. He upgraded ¡°Greater Energy Beam¡± three more times in the past few years, raising its level to level 4, only 1 level away from being maxed out.
In the past ten years, the technology and military weapons of the Federation have undergone a real revolution. Naturally, Fang Yun also grew a lot. He has evolved five times during these ten years.
He used the skill points he got from these 5 evolutions to upgrade ¡°Greater Energy Beam¡± three times, and ¡°Cell distortion¡± one time. Hisbat power and attack methods naturally increased a lot.
Fang Yun¡¯s speed was extremely fast. Although he didn¡¯t fully use his speed, he still crossed a distance over 100,000 kilometers in a short amount of time and reached the cargo ship ahead.
Levi is currently giving orders to other people in themand room now.
His space cargo ship belongs to the Hagrid Transportation Industry. The shipment they are transporting this time is extremely important. They have used many safety measures, whether it¡¯s choosing a remote and secret route, using just a single cargo ship to not draw attention, and more¡However, he didn¡¯t expect someone to betray them.
¡±Damn it, if something goes wrong with the shipment this time, the boss will definitely kill me¡ provided that I can go back alive.¡±
If it were ordinary space pirates, Levi naturally won¡¯t care, but these pirates came prepared and their firepower is seemingly higher than his.
Suddenly, an unusual fluctuation appeared on the disy screen of the detector in front of them. Just as they were wondering what it is about, an extremely huge monster appeared next to him.
¡±What is that?¡±
The people in themand room screamed in horror. The picture on this big screen is exactly a picture of the space in front of their spaceship.
Right now, one the screen, there¡¯s an extremely huge monster in the dark space. It¡¯s a giant serpent, and it¡¯s currently looking at them.
Its body size is extremely huge. At first nce, it¡¯s even bigger than their spaceship.
In fact, it¡¯s indeed the case, after so many evolutions, Fang Yun has grown to be over 15 kilometers long, which is 2 kilometers longer than this spaceship.
¡±What kind of creature is this?¡±
There are some special creatures in space. Those creatures usually eat radiation or various meteorite and minerals. Some of them are huge, and some of them are petite, and they are collectively called star beasts.
However, even thergest Star beast that Levi ever saw is only 8 kilometers long. Star beasts that are over 10 kilometers are extremely rare.
However, there is a special branch of Star beasts in the universe. They are extremely rare and even the smallest one of them is about 10 kilometers long.
They are called the Pathogen.
¡±Damn it, that thing won¡¯t be a Pathogen, right?¡±
Levi¡¯s heart almost stopped, his face instantly became pale.
For people like them who frequently travel in space, their knowledge of pathogens is much deeper than most people.
This kind of creature can control other intelligent creatures andtch into a civilization like a parasite, then spread like a virus, hence the name Pathogen.
The people who are controlled by it are called the infected.
Everyone who has been in contact with these creatures will be inspected by the relevant departments of the SkyRiver Empire. This inspection is very cumbersome and time-consuming. Usually taking ten years or even several decades.
Furthermore, intelligent creatures, regardless of their status, even if they are a prince or a king of an advanced civilization, must be inspected.
In fact, this already pretty good, at least they aren¡¯t like primitive or low-level civilization who will be immediately destroyed upon confirming their contact with Pathogens.
In fact, some of them have encountered Pathogens before. Fortunately, the civilization behind them is rtively advanced so they could escape disaster.
However, they still require monitoring detention.
Moreover, encountering this kind of creature, it¡¯s rare to not be controlled by them, and if they get controlled, then the SkyRiver Empire does have the means to detect it. Their final fate will be immediate execution, not even an opportunity to get detained.
Just as Lewell was fearfully thinking about his future fate, the behemoth ahead suddenly opened his mouth and released another energy beams towards them.
Chapter 352: Cell Distortion
Chapter 352: Cell Distortion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boom!¡±
The energy beam bombarded the shield of the cargo ship, resulting in a blinding explosion. Suddenly, theser cannon of the space cargo ship was fully charged. They instantly dissipated the energy shield and started to lock the target of the attack, which is the giant serpent in space.
Fang Yun¡¯s figure shuttled around, the locking system was unable to lock him at all.
In desperation, they had no choice but to use the near attack guns. They carried out a rain like a bombardment on Fang Yun, raining him with countless attacks. Unfortunately, even if these near-attack guns hit Fang Yun, they couldn¡¯t break through his scales.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun opened his mouth and roared silently. The shaking of his neck muscles looked very scary.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Another projectilended on Fang Yun¡¯s body. In the next moment, Fang Yun suddenly raised his head andunched another energy beam towards the spaceship. He started his counterattack.
¡°Boom!! Boom!!¡±
The energy shield reappeared, protecting the spaceship from Fang Yun¡¯s energy beam which resulted in arge explosion.
The energy shield still firmly protected the cargo ship, but visible ripples could be seen on it. In themand room, Levi watched the indicators on the screen with a pale face. ording to thetest indicators, the energy of the shield is about to run out. If suffers from a few more attacks like the previous energy beam, it will break.
Fang Yun¡¯s attack power is too high, almost reaching the bearing limit of their spacecraft. If things continue like this, they are going to suffer total annihtion!
¡±Damn it, this monster¡¯s attacks are too fierce, Rave, have you sent the message?¡±
Levi yelled at a young man not far away. The young man was madly tapping on the buttons on the control board, drops of sweat trickled across his forehead.
¡±Captain, I can¡¯t! the nearby space is enveloped by some weird electromaic waves, we can¡¯t send the rescue message out!¡±
After hearing the young man¡¯s words, Levi¡¯s face changed, just as he was about to say something, several shadows appeared next to their spaceship.
¡±It¡¯s a pirate spaceship. Are these pirates already controlled by this pathogen?¡±
Levi¡¯splexion was very ugly. Judging from the number of red dots on the disy in front of them, at least forty spaceships arrived next to their spaceship.
After these spaceships arrived, they immediatelyunched a round of attacks on their energy shield.
¡±Damn it!¡±
Levi yelled, their spaceship is too big, under the siege of so many enemy spaceships, it¡¯s impossible to execute any space maneuvres or dodge them.
However, the power of theser cannons of these spacecraft is much weaker than the Pathogen, so their energy shield was able to withstand this wave of attacks. In the next moment, the energy shield dissipated and the people in the cargo ship started their counterattack.
The Federation has been prepared for this so the moment the cargo shipunched its counter-attack, they dispersed. However, they don¡¯t have an energy shield like the cargo ship so two of their spaceships were struck and exploded.
¡°Boom!¡±
Fang Yun suddenly opened his mouth and released another energy beam. The people inside the cargo ship were able to activate the energy shield in time, but this time the energy shield failed to defend against Fang Yun¡¯s attack, breaking apart and dissipating in the cold dark space.
The space cargo ship can now be described as a defenseless. The spaceships of the Federation around quickly concentrated their firepower on the power source of the cargo ship.
It wasn¡¯t only them, even Fang Yun continued attacking them with hisser beam attack.
The space cargo ship fled desperately. The people inside focus all of their firepower on Fang Yun and the other spaceships, trying to gain enough time to escape.
Ten secondster, the power source of the space cargo ship waspletely destroyed.
For the final attack, Fang Yun released ¡°Cell Distortion¡± into the space cargo ship. Just as Levi and the other aliens were prepared to escape through the safety pod, they suddenly froze.
¡±I¡what¡¯s wrong with me?¡±
They suddenly felt that their bodies became incredibly weak. Looking at each other, they noticed that they are aging at a speed visible to the naked eye.
¡°No!!!¡±
¡°We¡¯re bing older! No! I don¡¯t want to die! NO! Nooo¡no¡n¡¡±
In just a few minutes, the people in the spacecraft fell onto the ground. Their bodies were like shriveled mummies, with no breath of life at all.
The Federation spaceships slowly surrounded the space cargo ship, then took it under control.
¡±Everyone, be careful!¡±
The leader was Henry. He reminded everyone at the entrance of the spacecraft, but after entering and especially seeing the situation of the aliens inside the spacecraft, they were astonished.
All of the aliens inside this space cargo ship died, but their method of death is very weird.
¡±They¡ They all died of old age?¡±
Henry looked at the corpse in front of him. This alien looked extremely old and shriveled. However, one thing can be seen from his eyes, that is panic and fear.
This alien must have experienced some extremely horrifying things before he died.
¡±This is Ouroboros¡¯s attack method.¡±
Henry swallowed his saliva. The image of a giant snake extending into infinity looking straight at him with its cold giant eyes. He shivered upon the thought of fighting against such a monster.
Immediately afterward, Henry and the others continued moving forward. All of the aliens they found on the way died due to old age, soon after, they reached themand room.
¡±This¡this, themand room of this space cargo ship can still be used.¡±
Henry ignored the shriveled Levi and others on the ground and walked to the operation tform of this spacecraft. His face was full of joy. He almost wanted to yell in delight.
Their current technological level has reached an unprecedented level, but it¡¯s still quite inferior to this cargo ship. Whether it¡¯s the space jumping device, the energy shield, or the mainser cannons, they are something they don¡¯t have now.
¡±Haha, there are still manyplete instruments on this spacecraft.¡±
Henry quickly called Miller to inform him about their situation. Afterward, Miller called Lu Cheng and the other elders.
In an exclusive meeting room back on the Earth, Lu Cheng and the other elders were overjoyed after hearing the news conveyed by Miller.
¡°Our harvest this time is very great!¡±
In the conference room, Lu Cheng looked overjoyed, ¡°With this space cargo ship, our space technology will definitely greatly increase again.¡±
¡±Miller, immediately give the order to your subordinates to bring that space cargo ship back.¡±
Under the orders of Miller, Henry and the others started studying the control board. After messing around for a while, Henry and the other barely figured out how to control this space cargo ship.
Fang Yun left a while ago. When Henry and the others got on the cargo ship. He returned to the space near the Earth. Not long after he returned, Tang Guo drove a Warlord series battleship and flew next to him.
¡±Ouroboros, this time, it¡¯s entirely your credit that we were able to get that spacecraft in such aplete and good condition.¡±
Tang Guo thanked Fang Yun sincerely.
Their just happens to be on their route, causing their cargo spaceship to be pulled out of hyperspace.
It¡¯s hard to believe that it was all a coincidence, especially considering the remoteness of this ce and the incredibly small chance of their passing by that route at the exact time the spaceship was passing by.
Although the attack capability of that space cargo ship can¡¯t bepared with the SkyRiver Empire Spaceship, it¡¯s still more advanced than any spaceship the Federation currently has.
Although they can still win without Fang Yun, it wille at a huge cost. The cargo ship might even escape in the end.
After the space cargo ship was brought back to the Earth, all the people that knew of this matter started cheering. If they thoroughly study the various technologies on the cargo ship, Humanity will enter the true interster age.
There is onest good news. They found the things they need in the cargo of that cargo spaceship. It¡¯s the Source Stones they need. The people of the Federation were ven more overjoyed upon hearing that.
After capturing this cargo spaceship, the Federation leaders decided to start the wandering n once again.
Chapter 353: Grave Star Battlefield
Chapter 353: Grave Star Battlefield
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The route that this cargo spaceship was taking is very long, but there is no guarantee that thepany to which this cargo ship belongs has any special means to detect where it crashed.
Therefore, the leaders of the Federation gave the order to restart the earth¡¯s wandering n. This time, due to the fact that the nearest is far away, they will continue wandering for a long time.
The Federation citizens have no opinion on interster wandering now. Anyway, it¡¯s not the first time and all of this is for their safety.
What they are most concerned about now is the cargo spaceship that their military brought back.
ording to the publicly disclosed information, they obtained arge number of high-energy stones. One kg of that high-energy stones is equivalent to 10,000 kg of ordinary source stones.
Furthermore, there are millions of tones of those stones, which are countless times more than their original amount of source stones.
There were some other things inside the cargo spaceship, but these things aren¡¯t very important, at least to the current Federation.
After the Federation¡¯s citizens heard that they had obtained such arge amount of source stones, they were all extremely excited. Their future is finally looking bright.
The high-level officials will certainly carry out some military innovations after obtaining such arge amount of high-energy stones. After developing some new weapons, theirprehensivebat power will reach an even higher level!
Although the number of their encounters with aliens now is very few, they also understand that in this endless dark universe, only the coldw of the jungle reigns supreme.
It¡¯s either hunting or being hunted.
Maybe at some point, they will have a cooperative rtionship with other civilizations, but this is currently impossible.
If someone discovers that they are cooperating with Fang Yun, they¡¯re very likely to think that they are controlled by him, considering that the only possible exnation for his existence is that of a Pathogen.
After that, they will be faced with an endless stream of attacks and hunting.
This is the iron rule of the SkyRiver Empire. No matter what civilization it is, as long as a Pathogen or an infected appears in it, they have the obligation to destroy that civilization.
Even if they can¡¯t destroy it, they can report this matter to the SkyRiver Empire. At that time, The thing facing the Federation will be the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s silver fleet, filled-destroyer spaceship much more powerful than the ones they faced before.
¡¡¡¡
After restarting the earth¡¯s wandering n, the Federation¡¯s senior management has been focusing on the various instruments and technology on the space cargo ship.
Fang Yun is also interested in the cargo spaceship, but his focus is on other things.
For example, space charts and maps of the nearby star systems.
The Federation did indeed find those things on the space cargo ship. A geographic map is stored in the spacecraft¡¯s system, and this map contains a lot of information.
This map contains geographical information about an area with a diameter of thousands of light-years. Of course, some useless or unspecified areas are reced by nk space. Largers and important routes have the correspondingbels.
Fang Yun and the higher-ups of the Federation also learned about the true owner of this space cargo ship. Hager Transportationpany.
As the name suggests, this is a transportation-orientedpany with hundreds of simr cargo spaceships under theirmand.
Cargo spaceships are still rtively important to the Hager transportationpany, so they are likely to carefully investigate why one of their cargo ships disappeared.
In addition to the Hager transportationpany, Fang Yun and the Federation also learned of a superpower with noting, the Trade Alliance.
It¡¯s an allianceposed of many simrpanies. Even the SkyRiver Empire can¡¯t take it lightly, because somergepanies in the SkyRiver Empire are also members of the Trade Alliance.
Everypany that joins the trade alliance will be charged a certain membership fee. At the same time, the alliance will provide them with many benefits, such as secret unmanned routes, location of rare minerals resources, etc¡
A new route is a route that isn¡¯t targeted by pirates, which means safety. In addition, the trade union will provide merchants with thetest price lists of various goods, and various other benefits.
Overall,pared to the benefits they will get after joining the alliance, the small membership fee is insignificant.
Now that this space cargo ship has been looted by the Federation, the Trade alliance is likely to send someone to investigate shortly after. This is the secret route they provided after all.
With the current military power of the Federation, they are likely to be instantly destroyed by the Trade Alliance upon discovery.
¡±ording to the information we got from the space cargo ship, its departing port is three thousand light-years away, and its destination is the grave star battlefield five thousand light-years away.¡±
Tang Guo exined to Fang Yun in the Earth¡¯s orbit.
¡±Thepany to which this space cargo ship belongses from a civilization called the ck Tower. Thispany is a dominant existence in its civilization.¡±
¡±The ck Tower civilization belongs to the first echelon right below the SkyRiver Empire. It¡¯ much more advanced than out Federation.¡±
¡±What is the Grave Star Battlefield? What does theirpany want to do there?¡±
Fang Yun asked curiously.
There should be some information about it on the space cargo ship.
¡±The Grave Star Battlefield is an ancient relic.¡±
Tang Guo said to Fang Yun.
¡±It¡¯s said that an unprecedented interster battle urred over there. There are many brokens and stars in that area. More importantly, there are many broken parts of powerful weapons and spaceships floating in space or on those brokens.¡±
¡±Many people go to the Grave Star Battlefield in an attempt to get rich overnight. However, Hager Company¡¯s purpose isn¡¯t to pick up treasures like the others, but to send these high-energy stones to a powerful individual there.¡±
While talking about this, Tang Guo exined to Fang Yun the details of the Grave Star Battlefield.
After understanding the cause of the incident, Fang Yun pondered for a moment, then said with an interested look on his face.
¡±Where¡¯s your target destination this time?¡±
¡±If you don¡¯t already have one in mind, I rmend going to Grave Star Battlefield.¡±
As long as they find a suitable, they can make a supermassive wormhole and cross to the pre-determined location.
¡±Elder Lu thinks so too.¡±
Tang Guo nodded.
¡±Grave Star Battlefield is extremely vast. If we go there, we can probably find a ce to live, but thes and most resources there are mostly already used, so wen won¡¯t get too many resources for advancement.¡±
¡±It doesn¡¯t matter, you can establish two bases anyway. One in the Grave Star Battlefield and one outside.¡±
Fang Yun shook his huge head, ¡°You should now look for a that has enough energy to create a supermassive wormhole, then cross space to the Grave Star Battlefield and establish a base there.¡±
¡±As soon as I heard you describe the Grave Star Battlefield, I knew that there are many opportunities there. I think that you shouldn¡¯t miss this opportunity.¡±
¡±Ok.¡±
Hearing this, Tang Guo nodded solemnly.
¡±I will convey your suggestion to elder Lu¡±
The Grave Star Battlefield not only has various types of spaceships and weapons wrecks, but also a lot of intelligent creatures.
The Federation wants tomunicate with them so that they can better understand the situation of the gxy, the power distribution, the powerful civilizations, etc¡ Simrly, they can also make some transactions with them.
Chapter 354: Heavenly Stem Solar System
Chapter 354: Heavenly Stem Sr System
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In the dark and lonely space, a huge serpent was leisurely flying forward. Not far away from it is a huge spaceship, and behind them are two huges.
The Earth and Earth Guard 3 are slowly following behind Fang Yun and the giant spacecraft. They are now looking for a with rich geothermal energy to build a supermassive wormhole.
¡±ording to the interster map we got, in five years, we will enter the Heavenly Stem Sr System. In the middle of that sr system is a star called Stem. Maybe we can find a that has enough energy to build a stable supermassive wormhole there.¡±
While moving forward, Tang Guo continued tomunicate with Fang Yun.
Fang Yun rarely replied, most of the time it was Tang Guo talking.
After bing a high-level member of the Federation, Tang Guo and her parents seldom met. After all, she is extremely busy with various tasks every day. Furthermore, she is still undergoing some training, leaving her hardly with any free time.
However, the thought of quitting never crossed her mind. It¡¯s because of the change in her status that her parents could stay at ease in the Earth and enjoy their life.
Tang Guo has been a senior member of the Federation for so many years, but she has very few friends. Fang Yun can be regarded as one, so usually, when she is bored or upset, she often talks with Fang Yun.
It¡¯s a pity that Fang Yun rarely engages with her conversation. He just silently looked head, advancing like a huge sculpture.
The silent space always gives people the feeling that time has stopped passing. Many times, several years pass without anyone realizing it.
Fang Yun is especially so. He is usually in a daze, and after waking up a few or even dozens have passed. As far as Fang Yun¡¯s life span is concerned, this time is nothing, but when he thinks back to the dull and uninteresting time he spent in these years, he couldn¡¯t help but feel depressed.
Especially in Forever dark space.
¡±I heard that your engineers are already experimenting with miniaturized space jumping devices?¡±
After a long time, Fang Yun suddenly asked Tang Guo.
¡±Yeah.¡±
Tang Guo was lying in the driver¡¯s cab. She was startled at first when she heard this sound from her headset, but then she quickly nodded
Fang Yun rarely engages with her conversation.
Hearing Fang Yun¡¯s voice again made Tang Guo excited. She didn¡¯t regard Fang Yun as a monster or a worshiped guardian deity like most other humans but as one of her few friends.
After all, they have known each other for almost 40 years.
¡±Although it¡¯s a miniaturized space jumping device, they haven¡¯t been able to install in a spacecraft yet, so it¡¯s still in the experimental stage.¡±
Despite being in her fifties, Tang Guo still chirped happily in front of Fang Yun, who she considers as her best friend.
¡±However, they were able to improve ourser cannons.¡±
¡±Ouroboros, when we are strong enough, we will definitely spread your image to every intelligent civilization in the gxy for them to admire!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s assistance is critical to the Federation. Without his help, just the battle with the cargo spaceship before could have had an entirely different result.
¡±But I probably won¡¯t live enough to see that day.¡± Tang Guo said sadly.
They probably need at least a hundred, probably hundreds of years to achieve this goal, but even with the current medical conditions, using the best resources in the Federation, she can barely live a bit more than 200 years.
One example of this is elder Lu Cheng. He is over 200 years now, medicines and advanced machinery can no longer maintain his body health. Now, he is basically dispersing his power and authority to his sessors¡¯ bit by bit. Eventually, he willpletely retire and let the next generation take over.
Even though Tang Guo is a high-level government official now, she still can¡¯t enjoy elder-level care and benefits, so she won¡¯t even be able to reach the 200 years limit. She might even probably pass away in 50 or 60 years.
50 or 60 years might sound long, but it¡¯s actually not much in reality. Especially as Fang Yun got older and older, time became more and more blurred to him.
When he was just reincarnated as a snake, even a day felt very long to him, but now things have greatly changed.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help feeling a little sad.
He is not a true snake after all.
Even after so many years of living as a snake, his human character still isn¡¯tpletely eroded. He still has emotions.
Tang Guo could be said to be the first human being he hadmunicated with and his first human friend. Thinking that she is going to die not long after filled his heart with sadness and loneliness.
However, he quickly suppressed these emotions. He can¡¯t allow himself to be sentimental yet.
Currently, Fang Yun¡¯s food menu is still mostly meteorites. His speed is very fast, so he no longer waits for humans to deliver food to him, but go search for it himself.
ording to the information he received from that space cargo ship, there are also various star beasts flying in the universe.
However, Fang Yun had never seen them.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that the ¡®Great Will¡¯ has never appeared on the Earth again. Fang Yun¡¯s dream of eating that guy was never fulfilled.
Time quickly flew, and another five years have passed, Fang Yun and the Federation have finally arrived in the Heavenly Stem Sr System.
¡±We finally arrived.¡±
Looking at the huge fireball ahead, Tang Guo in her spacecraft let out a sigh of relief.
Heavenly Stem is about five timesrger than their previous sun. There are a total of thirty-twos orbiting around it. It¡¯s a rtivelyrge sr system.
There is no intelligent life here, but there are some low-level cellr organisms on a named Pandora. If there is no ident, an intelligent civilization might evolve on that after hundreds of millions of years.
The goal of the Federation is that; It¡¯s the perfect that has just enough energy to build a stable wormhole on. Their destination this time is a sr system called the Brahma starfield.
This starfield consisted of several sr systems and was once controlled by arge miningpany, but thatpany removed all its personnel and machinery after mining the ore on thes on that starfield.
After many calctions, the Federation decided to establish a base in the Brahma starfield.
Although it¡¯s a starfield abandoned by others, it¡¯s better than most remote areas. Furthermore, there are manys and sr systems there. They can use theses to create normal-sized wormhole many, many times, then send their spaceships to search for resources.
In addition, after establishing a base there, The Federation is nning to send arge part of its military force to the Grave Star Battlefield.
There are many forces in the Grave Star Battlefield. Variouspanies, gold mining teams, pirates, and the army of some small civilizations.
ording to the information obtained by the Federation, the forces in the Grave Star Battlefield areplex and chaotic. Many prohibited or rare weapons can be purchased there, and simrly, ck market weapons and prohibited substances can also be sold there.
Currently, the most powerful weapon of the Federation is itsser cannon. They can sell weakened or old versions of it there. After all, not all civilizations are like the SkyRiver Empire with technology light-years better than theirs.
Besides, some gold mining teams also need to update their weapons to defend against pirates and star beasts.
Therefore, their weapons still have a certain worth in the Milky Way gxy.
Soon after, the Federation established a normal wormhole in the Heavenly Stem sr system, then went to the Brahma Star Field.
Chapter 355: Brahma Star Field
Chapter 355: Brahma Star Field
Trantor: Yamir Moon
]
] _______________________________________________________________
The wormhole distorted the surrounding space. Bursts of radioactive light scattered from the middle of the wormhole door to the surroundings, creating a colorful halo in the dark space.
They naturally chose to construct a supermassive wormhole, enough to amodate severals.
First of all, it was naturally a spaceship that entered the wormhole. After the spaceship confirmed that there no danger, the rest of the team slowly moved forward.
The twos entered the supermassive wormhole one after the other. Fang Yun naturally went along with them.
After crossing the wormhole, they finally reached the Brahma Star Field.
Fang Yun looked at the void around him. There are several moon-sizeds not far away. In addition, farther away, there¡¯s a huge red sun.
Brahma Starfield, Patem sr system.
That huge red sun is the Patem star, and also the destination of the Federation. This is the location they chose for building their base.
Theary engine slowly pushed the Earth forward towards the green zone of this sr system. The ce that is the most suitable for the survival of all living creatures on Earth.
After cing the Earth in the proper orbit, the Federation immediately sent its spaceships to the nearby areas. Their n is to build many wormholes on the nearbys for short-distance transmission.
Since the wormholes they decided to create this time are small and the distance is short, they don¡¯t need a lot of energy. Even a moon-sized can keep them open for a long, long time.
The Federation worked neatly and precisely, just like a colony of ants. They carried out their ns very orderly. In seven years, theypletely controlled the Brahma StarField and started to spread out of it.
In this period of time, they also constructed a wormhole leading to the Grave Star Battlefield.
After another three years, humanity was finallypletely prepared to set off to the Grave Star Battlefield.
Currently, the Federation has a poption of over 3 billion, and their level of technology has increased a lot since theirst battle. In fact, the warlord series 2 has appeared 5 years ago.
The ¡°Warlords¡± team has also expanded, and the second squadron was established, under the directmand of Tang Guo.
The first squadron is the seniors and first generation of ¡°Warlords¡±. Some new members joined them in the past few years, and they are all under themand of Henry.
This time, The senior leaders of the Federation unanimously decided that Tang Guo will lead the ¡°Warlords¡± team second squadron to guard a people heading into the Grave Star battlefield, while the first squadron led by Henry will stay on the Earth to protect it.
¡¡¡¡
On this day, on a remote in the Brahma StarField, a huge device started operating, creating a distortion in space. A huge wormhole appeared, with bursts of aurora surrounding it.
In front of the wormhole, there is a huge spaceship fleet.
One hundred and fifty second-generation Warlord battleships hovered around two huge spaceships in the dark space. The two spaceships are about ten kilometers in length and can be regarded as giants.
The Federation has perfected miniaturized space jumping devices, the kind that can be installed on spaceships.
However, they have no prerecorded route, which makes their technology useless, but as time goes by. After traveling through more space areas, they can definitely make their own space routes.
The huge team led by Tang Guo is ready to enter the Grave Star Battlefield. The two spaceships in the middle are loaded with a batch of cargo and manpower. They are nning to establish a base there.
Soon, Tang Guo gave themand to enter the wormhole.
Inside one of the two huge spaceships, Tang Guo turned around and looked through a window on the side. Two huge behemoths were hovering not far away.
The Giant Serpent and the giant turtle.
The giant turtle and Fang Yun had not seen each other for a long time. The former had always been living on the Earth, and Fang Yun had always been shuttling in space.
This time, he decided to bring this younger brother with him to the Grave Star battlefield.
Although this is somewhat surprising, the Giant turtle can also survive in space, there is no need to worry about its safety. When he asked Tang Guo to search for the reason, she said that the Giant Turtle might be a descendant of a star beast.
¡±Ouroboros, let¡¯s go.¡±
Tang Guo said, then slowly followed the team to enter the giant wormhole. Fang Yun and the giant turtle followed behind.
After another ufortable wormhole crossing, Fang Yun and the others finally straightened up. What greeted them was a strange StarField.
¡±It¡¯s a strange feeling.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know if it was his illusion, but he felt slightly nervous saying in this area of space. It¡¯s as if he can smell the smoke of gunpowder in this space.
There are many stars in this area, densely clustered.
In fact, he could even vaguely see a few dozens not far away. Although they looked close, he knew it¡¯s just an illusion, they must be far away.
However, he is sure that a big battle happened here, as he could see a huge split in half not far away.
Seeing that just that half alone is even bigger than the earth, theplete must have been very big.
Such a huge was destroyed in half, one can imagine how big the battle that happened here.
¡±This is a Star-destroying level of battle.¡±
Fang Yun sighed in amazement. A battle where destroying a is just a trivial matter must be a star-level interster war.
It¡¯s said that the Grave Star Battlefield is a relic left by a super civilization that resisted invaders from outside of the gxy eons ago. ording to legend, that civilization has disappeared in the long river of history. Otherwise, it would be impossible for the SkyRiver civilization to control the Milky Way gxy.
¡±Professor Fu, the work of finding a good ce for the base is up to you.¡±
At the back of the team, Tang Guo sent a message to the spaceship ahead.
Inside that spaceship, an old man in his fifties pressed a button on the control board. The next moment, a holographic screen popped up in front of him.
On that holographic screen is a human face.
It¡¯s Tang Guo.
Immediately afterward, Tang Guo¡¯s voice sounded
¡±No problem.¡± Fu Chunlin nodded. This is his job, looking for a suitable in this area.
While Tang Guo was directing her team to start working, Fang Yun sent a message to her, then took the giant turtle and flew to the distance.
He is nning to wander around the Grave Star Battlefield to see if he could get something.
On the interster map obtained from the previous space cargo ship, Fang Yun learned the specific map of the Grave Star Battlefield. He knows that they are only on its edges now.
The diameter of the Grave Star Battlefield is as big as 180 light-years, which is extremely vast.
Fang Yun set off, his tail was wrapped around the giant, who was looking very excited, howling from time to time.
Although sounds waves can¡¯t be transmitted in space, he knows how excited it was from the electromaic waves it¡¯s emitting.
Chapter 356 Space Lighthouse
Chapter 356 Space Lighthouse
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun and the giant turtle leisurely wandered in space, both of which were extremelyrge, especially Fang Yun. He is now over 18 kilometers long, which is mindboggling to think of. Humans can even run a super long marathon on his body.
The diameter of the giant turtle is 10 kilometers. This isn¡¯t very surprising as it was well fed and taken care of at his request.
Although it¡¯s shorter than Fang Yun, its visual impact is not weaker than him. In fact, looking from the distance, it looks like a giant moving asteroid.
¡±The liveliest ce in the Grave Star Battlefield is in the central area, Someone has connected many brokens together to form a supercontinent there.¡±
Fang Yun remembered the information he has about the Grave Star Battlefield.
That continent is the most popted area of Grave Star Battlefield, where many gold-digging teams have settled, each with their own residence there.
That¡¯s Fang Yun¡¯s chosen destination for now. He will eat as much as possible on the way, grow rapidly, and most importantly, earn a lot of reputation points.
It¡¯s conceivable whatmotion will ur after he goes to the central continent, he will definitely cause a big sensation. He is a ¡°Pathogen¡± after all.
His reputation will not only resound through the Grave Star Battlefield but even within the news of various civilizations in the gxy.
Fang Yun isn¡¯t really worried about the trouble that will follow that. After so many evolutions, he had already maxed out his most powerful speed skill ¡°Light Speed Field¡±. Not only has his speed has reached an incredible point, he even got the ability of elementary space maniption.
Furthermore, he also maxed out ¡°Greater Energy Beam¡±. Currently, under his maximum shot, its power isparable to the Turbo Laser Cannon of a-destroyer spaceship, which is its most powerful weapon.
Phrasing it in another way, Fang Yun finally has the ability to destroys, albeit small ones.
He also upgraded ¡°Cell Distortion¡± once.
Overall, his strength has skyrocketed again. If Fang Yun¡¯s current skills are converted into weapons of-destroyer spaceships, they will be the following weapons
A turboser cannon with instantaneous shooting ability and no need to gather energy.
A super energy shield.
A frightening regeneration ability that no spaceship has.
A super lightning attack with a range of hundreds of kilometers.
The ability to travel at the speed of light in the physical space, and an instantaneous space jumping ability.
A Gravity Well Generator.
A Fantasy-like weapon that can elerate the aging of most creatures. Something that no normal civilization can even dream of having.
His current strength can be said to have reached an unprecedented point. He can easily destroy low and mid-level civilizations, and even cause major trouble to high-level civilizations.
Hence, Fang Yun didn¡¯t worry much about his safety now.
While traveling, Fang Yun was also releasing electromaic waves into space, mainly to detect the situation around him. Although he is very confident in his strength, he still hasn¡¯t reached the point ofplete recklessness.
As the electromaic waves traveled around, a three-dimensional map appeared in his mind.
¡±This ce is really empty.¡±
In this area of space, apart from the celestial bodies apparent from the distance. There are no spaceships at all, making him unable to get reputation points at all.
About half a monthter, Fang Yun and the giant turtle finally arrived in a much more lively ce than before.
Many electromaic waves often pass by this area, which are then intercepted by Fang Yun.
Some of these electromaic waves are meaningless. They are basically electromaic waves produced by an active machine. some electromaic waves carry useful information, simr to a broadcast signal.
This shows that there is a gathering area of intelligent lifeforms nearby.
Of course, both of them are still far away from the central continent, this should be just a small gathering ce.
However, soon after, Fang Yun found out that he was wrong.
The electromaic waves he intercepted all came from the same direction, and after deciphering them, he discovered that they were all sent by a single bored person.
¡±Hey, hello, is there anyone?¡± Simr messages rang in Fang Yun¡¯s mind.
¡±Oh my god, it¡¯s so boring here, I swear, I will never choose to be on duty at the lighthouse again.¡±
¡±Is there anyone, please? talk to me, I¡¯m going to be bored to death!¡±
Fang Yun finally understood that there isn¡¯t a gathering area with many people as he expected, but something simr to a lighthouse
Those messages are sent by the people on duty in the lighthouse.
¡±Did no one tell you before that you must not send random electromaic waves in space?¡±
Fang Yun shook his huge head. ¡°You will attract those ancient star beasts wandering in the dark. They will be like sharks who smelled blood, swarming crazily to you¡¡±
After murmuring this, Fang Yun flew towards the source of the electromaic signals.
Fang Yun wanted to see how does the space-version of the lighthouse look like. He also wanted to see if he can get further information about the milky way gxy and its civilizations from that lighthouse.
His knowledge of the Milky Way is very limited. After all, there wasn¡¯t much information stored in that space cargo ship.
¡¡¡¡
Randall was standing in the control room. In this room, there are instruments everywhere. He was the only one there, looking silently at the starry sky through a giant window
Outside the room, there are many long channels leading to different towers.
There are many robots walking on these channels.
¡±I¡¯m such an idiot.¡±
Randall sat back down on his chair. The robot maid next to him poured him a cup of purple liquid, then retreated to the side. In standby for further instructions.
¡°Why did I choose such a task? It would have been better to go to the battlefield. As long as I shoot down an enemy spaceship, I won¡¯t have to worry for the next 100 years.¡±
He has been in this lighthouse for twelve years, and ording to the contract, he has to stay here for 6 more years before finishing his duty, but he is now on the verge of copse.
Apart from him, this base has no other intelligent life. He didn¡¯t think much when he first came here, in fact, he was overjoyed.
This base belongs to him, so he can do whatever he wants here, and apart from some daily observation duty, the rest of the day is free
There are also 18 maid robots, all of which are extremely beautiful. They can not only serve people but also sing and dance. He can be said to live an emperor-like life, full of degeneration with his harem every day.
However, after such a long time, he became sick of these unintelligent robots. He isn¡¯t a particrly social person, but having no one to talk to for 12 years is causing him to be crazy.
¡±Oh my God, someone reply! I haven¡¯t seen a single living being in 12 years!¡±
Randall hugged his head. He had an extremely painful look on his face.
Space Lighthouses are different from the usual ones. They exist mostly to dere ownership and have only a basic monitoring function.
With the remoteness and destion of this ce, people on duty are usually very ufortable in it.
The Robot Maid behind him suddenly walked forward and started massaging his shoulders.
¡±Damn dull piece of iron! Fuck Off!¡±
Randall roughly pushed the robot maid away. Then walked to the window and looked angrily outside, The maid robot staggered twice, almost falling to the ground, but was finally able to regain its bnce.
It looked at the back of Randall with a humanized scrunched brows, appearing particrly aggrieved. She finally walked out of the room silently to wait for further instructions from its master.
¡±Hah¡Can someone please reply¡¡±
Randall didn¡¯t even look at the Robot Maid again, but walked to a device simr to a loudspeaker and said again.
¡±If someone is hearing my voice, please answer¡¡±
After shouting this sentence, he shook his head helplessly, then desperately sat back on his seat. However, right at that moment, a voice suddenly resounded from the speaker in front of him.
¡±Didn¡¯t anyone tell you that you mustn¡¯t make noise in space? Idiot!¡±
Randall¡¯s eyes lit up upon hearing this.
Chapter 357 Randall
Chapter 357 Randall
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Hahaha, someone finally received my messages.¡±
Standing in front of the control board Randall squealed happily, ¡°Brother, are you a gold-digging team member? Are you interested ining over for a drink? I¡¯m in the Y- Lighthouse 127.¡±
¡±I said, idiot, don¡¯t send random messages in space.¡±
¡±Brother, don¡¯t be so serious.¡±
Randall shrugged. There is indeed such a rule. Don¡¯t make noise in space. But few people actuallyply with these regtions.
Especially beacon duty officers like him.
In fact, when he first took over this post, a senior told him to send messages into space, maybe someone will stop to talk to him.
¡±Hey, brother, how is your harvest.¡±
Randall tried to continue the conversation.¡±This ce is very remote, but some people asionally pass by. Maybe you can really buy a lot of good things from them.¡±
¡±How about it. Are you interested ining over for a drink?¡±
He desperately wanted to talk and drink with this guy. He¡¯s sick of talking to himself and useless pieces of metal all the time. He really wants to talk with an intelligent creature.
¡±The electromaic signals you casually send to space might attract a passing star beast. Perhaps in the darkness that you can¡¯t see, there is a terrifying monster staring at you.¡±
A deep voice sounded from the speakers in the control board in front of him. After a moment of silence, Randall said with a wry smile.¡±Bruh, don¡¯t be too dogmatic. The things in the interster treaty are just to scare people.¡±
¡±How small is the chance of a star beast passing by here, one-millionth? One-billionth? and even if it passed by here, what can it do? Eat me?¡±
Randall shrugged and said, looking very indifferent.
What he didn¡¯t know was that a huge monster was hovering quietly in the dark space not far away.
A terrifying serpent.
The giant serpent is almost 20 kilometers long and 700-800 meters wide. Its dark scales made it blend with the surrounding dark space, exposing only two giant golden eyes, and they are currently looking at the base not far away.
¡±Brother, brother?¡±
Randall frowned. ¡°Are you still there?¡±
¡±I said, you don¡¯t have to leave. I wasn¡¯t mocking you at all. I just wanted to give you some tips and talk to you, pleasee to the base, I have some rare drinks.¡±
After saying that, Randall closed his mouth and waited quietly, but no further sound came from the speakers in front of him. After a while, he sighed and said.
¡±Did he leave? What a coward, is he really stupid enough to believe that talking in space will attract star beasts?¡±
Randall shook his head, feeling that this funny guy is probably a newbie.
The so-called star beasts are very, very rare. Furthermore, If the average star beast dares to appear in front of such a base or a powerful spacecraft, then that would be sending food.
Although the other party probably left, Randall felt relieved, at least he finally talked with others after such a long time.
¡±I should order Alisha and the others prepare a banquet for me, I have to celebrate.¡±
Randall thought internally, then opened the door of the control room and walked out.
His race is rather special, he doesn¡¯t need to breathe oxygen, nor is he affected by the space radiation, so he just casually walked out of the room without any protective gear.
¡±What a timid guy.¡±
After walking out of the room, Randall was still muttering, ¡°I nned to invite you to watch my maids dance, but you don¡¯t have this blessing anymore.¡±
¡±Haha, there are still guys who obey the Interster Treaty obediently. It¡¯s hrious.¡±
¡°Hahahaha, What sh*t star beast? I wandered the gxy for so many years and have never seen it!¡±
With a look of contempt on his face, Randall continued walking forward. However, right at that moment, a scattered noise sounded from his room, just like the noise released by a broken radio.
¡°Zzzz!¡±
The noise gradually became louder and more consistent.
This voice was very deep and weird. Randall¡¯s heart trembled upon hearing it. He slowly turned around and looked back at the control room with a puzzled and slightly nervous look.
¡±What was that sound?¡±
He stared quietly at the room, wanting to hear the weird noise again, but his surroundings were very quiet. Randall even wondered if that was his illusion before.
¡±Damn it, what¡¯s going on?¡±
¡°Zzzzzz!!¡±
Just as he was pondering, another creepy voice sounded from the control room, this time even louder and creepier.
The sudden noise caused Randall to shudder.
This time he was able to confirm that there was indeed a sound, and ording to Randall¡¯s perception, this sound is like the howl of some beast.
¡±Damn, it won¡¯t be the previous guy trying to scare me?¡±
Randall gritted his teeth. The only exnation to a beast howl in space is that a star beast is nearby.
There is no way to transmit sound in space, so the star beasts generally simte sounds by emitting electromaic waves, which are automatically converted to howls after reaching other star beasts.
However, upon encountering intelligent creatures, these electromaic signals will transform into different scattered and unclear sounds.
The creature that was making this sound was indeed a star beast. It¡¯s the giant turtle that was excitedly running around Fang Yun and howling from time to time.
¡±This kid, what if he scares the guy below?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the excited giant turtle in front of him and shook his head helplessly. Despite being over 100 years old, this turtle is still acting like an over-excited child.
Fang Yun might beining about the turtle¡¯s childish actions, but he didn¡¯t know that his constant movement led him closer to the base below.
Randall was about to return to the control room to scold that guy, scaring other people in space is not cool. However, he suddenly noticed a huge shadow approaching his base.
When he looked up to the outer space, his eyes suddenly widened.
Two extremely terrifying behemoths are descending towards the base from above.
It¡¯s a terrifying giant serpent that is almost 20 kilometers long and a giant turtle with a diameter of 10 kilometers.
The two giant monsters slowly moved forward, their goal was his base.
¡±Star¡Star beasts¡There are really star beasts outside.¡±
Randall looked at Fang Yun and the Giant Turtle not far away with horror, his body shaking to intense fear.
Chapter 358: Ninth Celestial Domain
Chapter 358: Ninth Celestial Domain
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The atmosphere stagnated for a moment. Randall looked at the two behemoths not far from the base in horror.
The terrifying serpent is looking back at him now, almost scaring him to death.
¡°Haha, wasn¡¯t this guy very courageous before?¡±
Fang Yun looked at Randall with an amused look. The next moment, he shifted his sight to the building behind the frightened guy.
He tried to use his electromaic waves to prate the defense of the base and obtain the information stored in it.
Soon, Fang Yun sessfully invaded the system of this base and started browsing the information in it.
After browsing the information stored in the base, Fang Yun was speechless. These pieces of information are basically videos of the area around this base.
However, what can be seen in this deste ce.
Fortunately, although most of the stored information is useless to Fang Yun, he still had some gains.
This grave star battlefield is located on the edge of the Milky Way. It belongs to the buffer zone between the Milky Way and the nearby Sirius Gxy.
The SkyRiver Empire has arranged a lot of lighthouses here, mostly to guard against the invasion of the civilizations of the Sirius Gxy
Since ancient times, these tworge gxies have often fought against each other.
For example, this graveyard battlefield was created as a result of the countless battles between each other. It can be said that the two gxies are mortal enemies.
¡°Sirius gxy?¡±
Fang Yun searched for this term in an attempt to obtain more information about the Sirius gxy. Thankfully, there is some information about it stored in this base. The information he got mentioned that this gxy is veryrge, about 20% bigger than the Milky Way gxy.
The Sirius gxy, the Milky Way, and three other gxies form the territory of the Ninth Celestial Domain.
This term immediately attracted Fang Yun¡¯s attention. He quickly searched for information about this ¡°Ninth Celestial Domain¡±, but he didn¡¯t find any further information about it.
Soon after, Fang Yun collected all useful information stored in this base.
After a moment of silence, he suddenly shifted his sight to the giant buildings and pathways around.
¡°Damn, what does this monster want to do?¡±
Randall had been frozen in his ce before. Now his heart jumped to his throat again. He slowed his breathing and stared closely at the huge monster not far away.
Under his horrified gaze, the terrifying behemoth suddenly mmed heavily onto the base.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Along with a violent tremor, the edge of the base suddenly copsed and broke into parts, which were then picked up by the giant serpent and eaten.
¡°It¡it¡¯s eating the base?¡±
Randall stuttered with a shocked look. Since it can even eat the base, then it won¡¯t spare intelligent creatures like him.
¡°Alisha, save me!!¡±
Randall broke down at that moment. He yelled at the robot maid next to him, then madly ran away.
Fang Yun ignored the loud guy and continued to eat the base.
Through the system¡¯s prompts, this base is worth over 50 million bio-energy points, Fang Yun will naturally not leave it.
Two minutester, at the other end of the base, a gate opened up and a beam of light flew away. Inside the light beam is a small spaceship.
Inside the spaceship¡¯s cabin, Randall was anxiously operating on the keyboard.
¡°Damn, why does it take so long for this hyperspace engine to charge up?¡±
He shouted loudly. He kept looking at a screen on the side, on which the image of the base behind him is disyed.
Fortunately, his worst fears didn¡¯t happen. The giant serpent didn¡¯t chase him but continued devouring the base.
¡°Huh?¡±
Seeing this scene, Randall finally released a sigh of relief. He stared closely at the screen next to him. He wanted to see clearly, what kind of star beast is this giant serpent, and why it suddenly appeared in this remote area.
However, his spacecraft was getting farther and farther away. Eventually, the image of the giant serpentpletely disappeared.
¡°Fortunately, I got its image.¡±
Randall had a relieved look on his face.
¡°Otherwise, The hard work of the previous 12 years would have beenpletely lost.¡±
Fang Yun continued devouring the base, destroying one part after the other, then devouring it. After a day, hepletely swallowed the mountain range-sized base. This all due to his huge size and powerful digestive system.
¡°I¡¯m still too small, or I would have been able to devour this base in a single bite.¡±
After entering space, Fang Yun felt that his size was too small. He dreams of the day when he bes a or even star devouring serpent. At that time, he won¡¯t have to worry about bio-energy at all, unlike the current him who can only eat meteorites for breakfast;
¡°Okay, let¡¯s continue our journey to the Central Continent.¡±
Fang Yun raised his head and looked at the distant space, twisting his body and rushed again.
There is no air in space, but Fang Yun can still twist his body and move forward freely. This might be one of the effects of his bloodline talent.
The two giant beasts set off again, their selected location is the central continent.
While moving forward, Fang Yun often made short-distance space jumps, sometimes even long-distance ones. However, this usually puts a heavy load on the body of the turtle.
Every time he is about to make a space jump, he makes sure that there are nos or stars nearby, otherwise, if they are pulled by their gravity, then both he and the turtle are bound to receive some damage, especially the turtle.
As time passed, Fang Yun and the big turtle were getting closer and closer to the central continent.
What they didn¡¯t know was that news about their appearance has spread in the Grave Star Battlefield, especially amongst gold mining teams and pirates.
Sar beasts are usually divided into normal, dangerous, and disaster levels¡
Star beasts of the Dangerous level, as the name suggests, constitute a great threat to the spaceships traveling across space.
As for disaster level star beasts, the appearance of such basts usually results in a great disaster in a wide area. Usually resulting in the destruction of low-level civilizations.
It¡¯s said that there are star beasts of even higher levels, but those are incredibly rare and dangerous.
It can also be seen from this point that the strength of star beasts can vary greatly.
The appearance of two dangerous-level star beasts has startled many people. However, many people became excited and greedy after seeing them. A lot of people started to move towards the direction of the Y-127 lighthouse.
ording to the released information, the two dangerous-level star beasts have appeared in that area.
Unfortunately, after 5 months of research, no one has ever seen these two monsters again. After such a long period of time of search with no result, many eager people gradually lost their interest and started looking at other things.
Chapter 359: Inter-Galactic Wanted Order
Chapter 359: Inter-Gctic Wanted Order
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The Grave Star Battlefield returned back to its usual atmosphere. The news about the two dangerous-level star beasts gradually disappeared, making many people forget about them.
However, the SkyRiver Empire actually issued a wanted order. As long as someone provides the coordinates of the two dangerous-level star beasts, they will get a hefty reward.
At the same time, the SkyRiver Empire also sent a special task force to search Fang Yun¡¯s traces, but they also didn¡¯t find anything.
¡±The size of these two Star Beasts is rtively big. Their biological waves must be extremely conspicuous. As long as we expand our search circle, we can definitely find them;¡±
In a conference room, Randall yelled upon hearing a soldier¡¯s report.
He was the first to discover these two giant monsters. If the army of the Empire finally captures the two dangerous-level star beasts, even if they only get their body, he will definitely get a generous bonus.
It¡¯s a pity that after many people searched in the area near his lighthouse, no one found any biological electromaic wave. There was no trace of these two monsters
If it weren¡¯t for the image and videos he brought back, Randall would have likely been in prison now.
¡±These monsters might have entirely left that star field, maybe it has a space jumping ability like that of our spaceship.¡±
Randall thought for a while before proposing this possibility, but after the words slipped from his mouth, the scene immediately became silent.
A star beast with the ability to cross space isn¡¯t a dangerous-level star beast anymore, it¡¯s at least a disaster level one. Those things aren¡¯t easy to mess with.
Even Randall had cold sweat on his forehead, he had realized what he just said.
The majority of disaster-level star beasts are Pathogens, if everyone starts to think that the monster he encountered before is a Pathogen, then he is in big trouble. Worst case scenario, he might immediately be shot.
¡°F*ck, my stinky mouth!¡±
Randall wanted to p himself at that moment. He looked at the people around the conference table and found that all of them started whispering to each other, looking at him from time to time.
¡±I¡¡±
Tears almost slipped out of his face. If these people really suspect that the previous star beasts are disaster-level star beasts, then the fate of detention and inspection is inevitable.
Sure enough, Randall was taken into custody.
Star Beasts are very rare, but pathogens are rarer. All pathogens, even the weakest ones, are disaster-ss, but it doesn¡¯t mean that every disaster-ss star beasts are Pathogens.
Although rare, there are true disaster-ss star beasts. They might be extremely huge and powerful, but they don¡¯t have the ability to control intelligent creatures, hence they can¡¯t be called Pathogens.
The threat of these types of creatures is rtively low. As long as they can¡¯t control intelligent creatures and they don¡¯t have the ridiculous ability to resurrect, they can still be dealt with.
However, for now, it¡¯s still uncertain whether the two Star Beasts that Randall met are normal star beasts or pathogens.
Every time a pathogen appears, the SkyRiver Empire immediately starts acting, and this time was no exception. A spaceship specializing in pathogen search came to the Grave Star Battlefield
There is special equipment on this spaceship that can detect a very subtle electromaic fluctuation unconsciously released by Pathogens.
However, this spaceship is mostly just a preparation for their appearance. The Grave Star battlefield is too big. It¡¯s almost impossible to find two Star Beasts with a size of 10 kilometers.
Although news about the two Star Beasts never appeared again, their poprity did not decline much, especially for those that are looking forward to finding them and reporting their location to the SkyRiver Empire.
For most creatures and civilizations that have entered the interster age, 5 months isn¡¯t a long time.
While exploring certain parts of the battlefield or natural danger zones for resources, they often had to wait for years or even decades.
Therefore, there are still many teams searching for the trail of Fang Yun and the giant turtle. These two might be dangerous-level Star Beasts, which are worth a lot of money.
They can search for the two of them while searching for interster battles debris.
While the entire area of the Grave Star Battlefield was filled with noise about Fang Yun and the giant turtle, the two of them still continued moving towards the central continent. They didn¡¯t encounter any other intelligent lives and their journey was rtively smooth.
¡°After three more space jumps, we should reach the central continent.¡±
Fang Yun twisted his body, continuing to move forward. The giant turtle beside him was paddling its limbs. Both of them have the ability to travel at high speeds in space.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t n to make a space jump this time, but instead just move straight to the central continent.
The ce where he is currently in isn¡¯t a remote area anymore, it¡¯s already in the hintend of Grave Star Battlefield, the most obvious indicator is the asional spaceship wrecks floating in space.
At the same time, this area has many electromaic signals floating around.
This time, it¡¯s different from the many electromaic signals sent from a single lighthouse by a bored guy. These electromaic signals might be contact messages from various spaceships, broadcast signals, etc¡
Fang Yun learned from these broadcast signals that he and the giant turtle are wanted. There are many people looking for the two of them.
¡±Really? are these guys tired of life or what?¡±
Fang Yun was speechless for the gold-digging teams and mercenaries who were excited to capture him and the turtle. Some gold-digging teams have even sworn to never give up until they find and capture both of them.
However, these guys are searching in the wrong direction. He isn¡¯t on the edge of the Grave Star Battlefield, but near the center¡
¡±What a bunch of idiots.¡±
Fang Yun shook his huge head and continued moving forward. He noticed a huge meteorite with a diameter of 3 kilometers ahead.
He flew over, crushed the meteorite into smaller pieces using his tail, then swallowed the smaller ruble into his stomach one piece after the other.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that the giant turtle has grown enough to eat meteorites and various types of metal as food, this is why Tang Guo and the others were sure that it¡¯s a descendent of a Star Beast. Of course, its food intake is far fromparable to him.
¡±Hmm, a bit surprising¡My reputation points have reached 20 billion. Is it the previous stupid guy?¡±
Fang Yun continued moving forward while thinking.
After crossing this milestone, he was rewarded with 17 skill points. Now Fang Yun is practically certain. He will receive skill points with each additional 5 billion reputation points.
Although the reputation requirement is very high, Fang Yun still feels it¡¯s manageable. First of all, his reputation value is growing quickly now, and the number of humans is still rapidly increasing, which will bring him a lot of additional reputation points.
In addition, now he is nning to create big news in the central continent of the Grave Star Battlefield; When his image is transmitted to every corner of the gxy, his reputation points are going to skyrocket by tens of billions of points.
How many civilizations are there in this gxy?
How many intelligent creatures are there in each civilization?
It¡¯s totally impossible to count.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun started looking forward to the future.
Can he sessfully reach the threshold of 100 billion reputation points after this event? And what kind of bloodline will he get?
Chapter 360: Whereabouts Exposed
Chapter 360: Whereabouts Exposed
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°I¡¯m really looking forward to it. After obtaining the next bloodline, I will start my true journey across the universe.¡±
Fang Yun thought cheerfully. Of course, he will definitely collect as much information about the universe as possible before starting his intergctic journey.
Currently, he knows who is the leader of the Milky Way and that there is a Sirius gxy that isn¡¯t any weaker than the milky way next to it.
However, the Milky Way and Sirius are only a small part of the Ninth Celestial Domain. God knows how many gxies are in the ninth celestial domain.
Since there is a ninth celestial domain, then there must be a first, second, etc¡
Furthermore, at the head of each of these domains, there must be a super powerful civilization, far beyond the SkyRiver Empire, otherwise, why would the SkyRiver Empire stay in a single corner and have constant battles with the Sirius gxy?
Thinking of this, Fang Yun his blood boil with excitement. The universe is much bigger than he imagined. There must be an endless number of civilizations across the universe, which means an endless amount of reputation points.
He can already imagine his strength increasing more and more, and the rate of his strength growth will always remain particrly fast. There is hope about finding a way to go back to his original universe.
¡±I must go back and at least have a look at my past hometown, or I will always have this unwell feeling in the depth of my heart.¡±
Fang Yun decided firmly in his heart.
After seeing the hope of going back to his hometown, Fang Yun got more and more excited.
Suddenly, another meteorite appeared in front of Fang Yun.
In his excited state, Fang Yun released an energy beam and instantly destroyed the meteorite.
Although it seems that he often encounters meteorites in space, it¡¯s actually due to his speed. He is usually moving at a speed of thousands to tens of thousands of kilometers per second, far from the speed of light, but still extremely fast.
This is the speed limit that the turtle can safely endure.
After swallowing the fragmented meteorite, Fang Yun led the giant turtle and continued to move on.
The giant turtle seemed to feel Fang Yun¡¯s excitement as he also howled excitedly, spreading electromaic waves far away.
Hundreds of thousands of kilometers away from Fang Yun and the turtle, two huge spaceships were moving forward.
These two spaceships belong to a gold-digging team. They are rtively well-known in the Grave Star Battlefield. The boss Roger, nicknamed One-Eyed madman, has been wandering in the Grave Star Battlefield for over 100 years. After so many years, he has gathered a team of more than 300 people.
In his team, there are two giant spaceships with a length of 9 kilometers and many smaller ones.
His team can be regarded as a mid-level gold digger team.
¡±Damn, we haven¡¯t seen even one battleship wreckage for over 5 months.¡±
In the outer corridor of the leading spaceship, the One-eyed madman Roger cursed bitterly. Space travel is very costly. Not finding the wreckage of battleships means no ie, which is intolerable to gold igging teams.
¡±Don¡¯t talk about the wreckages of battleships, we haven¡¯t seen even a single meteorite.¡±
Behind the Roger, the deputy captain Alston shrugged and said.
There are many meteorites containing precious minerals in the universe, some have a worth that isn¡¯t less than that of aplete battleship.
After hearing the words of his deputy, Roger shook his head helplessly.
Right as they werementing at their bad luck, a subordinate¡¯s voice sounded through Roger¡¯s headset.
¡±Boss, we detected a strange electromaic wave earlier. It should be a biological wave left by a Star Beast.¡±
Hearing that, Roger¡¯s eyes suddenly lit up.
Star beasts, whether dead or alive are very valuable.
¡±Boss, what¡¯s the matter?¡± Seeing the change on Roger¡¯s face, Alston asked curiously.
¡±Haha, Little nine said that they detected a strange electromaic wave not far away, likely from some kind of Star Beast.¡±
The one-eyed madman Roger smiled and said.
¡±Alston, let¡¯s go back to themand room.¡±
The two quickly ran to themand room, then immediately asked the staff inside to trante the electromaic waves they captured.
Sure enough, after tranting the electromaic wave, they heard a faint sound. It¡¯s absolutely some kind of beast howl!
¡±Hahaha.¡±
Rogerughed loudly. ¡°We can finally make some profit.¡±
He waved his hand, ¡°Little nine, follow the source of the signal!¡±
It goes without saying where they are going to catch the creature that released this sound. Although they don¡¯t know how big is this Star Beast, they were still very excited.
They can finally break this deadlock
The spacecraft elerated to its maximum speed. The further they moved forward, the clearer the electromaic waves became.
¡±Hahaha, it¡¯s just ahead!¡±
The electromaic waves reached an unprecedented height, which means that they are very close to the Star Beast
¡±Prepare yourselves. If it¡¯s possible to catch this Star Beast alive, then just do so. A living Star Beast is worth much more than a dead one.¡±
¡±Don¡¯t worry, boss, we all know.¡±
Everyone in themand room replied uniformly.
The one-eyed madman Roger and his deputy Alston walked to a disy screen. On this disy screen, the scenery of the area in front of their spacecraft is projected.
Currently, the screen is filled with the image of the dark space dotted with endless stars.
Right at that moment, a huge shadow appeared on the disy screen.
¡±Hahaha, it finally appeared!!¡±
The breathing of the Roger became rushed, his face filled with excitement. Judging from the blurry image, this creature must be very big!
As they got closer and closer, the image of the mysterious star beast was gradually revealed.
¡±Oh?!¡±
Seeing the thing on the disy screen, Roger eximed in surprise. It¡¯s a giant turtle, a star beast of the turtle subtype.
However, this is not the point, the point is that there isn¡¯t just a single Star Beast.
Next to the giant turtle is a terrifyingly huge serpent.
¡°Giant tortoise? Giant serpent?¡±
Roger¡¯s eyes lit up after seeing these two behemoths together. He suddenly remembered a piece of news he saw before and the rumor that is floating around in the gold-digging circle.
There are two dangerous-level star beasts roaming the Grave Star Battlefield Together.
Because the ce where the two Star Beasts appeared was far away, Roger didn¡¯t follow other gold diggers to try his luck.
However, he didn¡¯t think that while wandering in their usual hunting area, searching for battleship wreckage, they encountered the two Star Beasts that others are dreaming about.
¡±Hahaha! our luck is too good-¡°
The one-eyed madman Rogerughed loudly and said.
¡±Everyone listens to my orders, immediately captures these two Star Beas¡¡±
His voice stopped abruptly before he could finish his words. His remaining eye gradually widened, and his mouth opened in shock.
Everyone in themand room looked at the disy screen in the middle of the room with a look of shock.
The two giant Star Beasts continued moving forward without paying attention to them.
Suddenly, the giant serpent opened its mouth, and released a powerful energy beam, shattering a meteorite with a diameter of 15 kilometers into countless small pieces.
Chapter 361: Undercurrents
Chapter 361: Undercurrents
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Gulp.¡±
Inside the spaceship, Roger and the others swallowed their saliva collectively. The power exhibited by the giant serpent is beyond their expectations.
After shattering the giant meteorite, the two giant monsters flew towards it and started devouring the rubble
¡±Holy cow, this attack power isn¡¯t inferior to some boostedser cannons, right?¡¯
The corner of Roger¡¯s mouth twitched.
This is definitely not an ordinary dangerous creature. Judging from its effortless posture, it probably didn¡¯t use all of its strength. As a result, it easily shattered a meteorite with a diameter of 15 kilometers.
This attack power isn¡¯t inferior to some weak or ordinary boostedster cannons. The type of cannons used as the main cannons by battleships.
If this giant serpent uses all of its strength, the attack power should be even more frightening.
Of course, their two main spaceships aren¡¯t vegetarians. Although the attack power of their cannons isn¡¯tparable to theser attack of the giant serpent, they have arge number of them.
However, Roger is still afraid of these two Star Beasts. The defense and agility of Star Beasts are usually beyond that of most spaceships. If they truly attack them, they aren¡¯t likely to survive. The best-case scenario would be to escape.
¡±Boss, should we attack?¡±
In the spaceship¡¯smand room, little nine asked while looking at the red-faced Roger timidly.
¡±Attack? What to attack? When did I say to attack?¡±
Roger looked at little nine with a look of surprise, as if he never gave the order to attack.
He is very cautious. The two Star Beasts aren¡¯t easy to be messed with. If heunches an attack, his gold-digging career will probably end here;
¡±Damn, activate the energy shield!¡±
The One-Eyed Madman Roger started giving instructions.
¡±Also, turn on the Hyperspace engine, we¡¯re leaving this ce.¡±
He is no longer nning to hunt the two Star Beasts. He has another n now. He is going to sell the news of these two beasts, that should bring him a lot of money.
The surrounding space started to distort, Roger¡¯s gold-digging team decided to leave this area.
Fortunately, the surrounding area of space is empty. If there weres nearby, they would have been miserable.
However, right at that moment, the giant serpent that was devouring the meteorite pieces turned around and looked the Roger¡¯s spaceships
¡±This¡¡±
Roger¡¯s expression suddenly froze. By now, the entrance to the hyperspace had already been formed, they just need to enter it.
However, their spaceships stood still in space, without the intention of entering.
Roger and the others stood still in their spaceship, not daring to move at all.
Fang Yun looked at Roger¡¯s spaceship yfully, then continued moving forward with the turtle. The giant turtle still circled around Fang Yun from time to time, howling excitedly.
Of course, its howling is silent in space.
Only when the electromaic waves created as a result of its howling are captured and tranted can its howling be heard.
¡±Boss, the two monsters have left.¡±
After a long time, Alstom finally said.
Roger took a deep breath and said solemnly.
¡±Immediately enter the hyperspace.¡±
The horrified expression on his face gradually disappeared, reced by a faint excitement.
¡±Alstom, let¡¯s go back to the gathering area.¡±
Roger chuckled, ¡°We are going to get a small amount of money first.¡±
They aren¡¯t sure about the level of these two Star Beasts, but even if they are Star Beasts of the Dangerous-ss, they must be at the top. This isn¡¯t something they can deal with alone.
In fact, since seeing their power, he never thought about dealing with them alone. He is going to sell their news, allowing other gold-digging teams and even mercenaries toe here and hunt the two Star Beasts.
In such a messy situation, he will try to get as many benefits as possible, fishing in troubled water.
While Roger was perfecting his n, in their original location, Fang Yun and the Turtle still continued leisurely moving forward.
¡±The aliens on the previous spaceships should spread the news about my whereabouts after leaving.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
¡±Well, This ce is not bad, I¡¯ll stay here for two days.¡±
Roger leaving and spreading the news about his location was all a part of Fang Yun¡¯s n
He ns to wait for the iing ¡®Visitors¡¯ here. When enough spaceships arrive, he is nning to activate ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡±, destroying the majority of them.
One of the reasons why he is nning to do this is obviously Bio-energy points.
Each spaceship can provide at least 3 million bio-energy points, and those are just the small and low-level ones.
For his next evolution, he needs 8 billion bio-energy points, and he has now almost 7,6 billion points.
Just another 400 million bio-energy points and he can evolve.
At present, his body length is 18 kilometers, and his diameter is 800 meters. After the next evolution, he¡¯s likely to reach 20 kilometers in length.
In addition, he currently has 93 skill points and he will get another 76 points after the next evolution, allowing him to upgrade his skill a few times.
The only skills he can still upgrade now are sma Cloud (2/5) and Cell Distortion (3/5).
other skills are maxed out.
There¡¯s no need to list his normal attributes like strength and agility. After surpassing 10 million, Fang Yun stopped observing them as it didn¡¯t make any sense.
He didn¡¯t check them for a long time now. After all, it¡¯s not like at the beginning where he became very excited with every attribute increase.
On the other side, Roger and the others returned to the gathering area. Roger naturally used some means to sell the information of the Giant Serpent and Giant Turtle, which brought him quite a lot of ie.
This gathering area is called the Z-32 gathering area. It not only has arge scale gathering area, but it¡¯s also protected by the troops of the SkyRiver Empire. Attracting all sorts of gold-digging teams and mercenaries in the vicinity of hundreds of light-years.
Roger used his connections to sell many copies of this information. He even sent a copy of this information to the SkyRiver Empire, free of course.
As a result, the atmosphere of the gathering area subtly changed, bing more strained and quieter than before.
Of course, this piece of information has still not be a public one, but there are manyrge scale gold-diffing teams, as well as expeditions from several bigpanies and even from the SkyRIver Empire and other civilizations that started moving.
¡±The one-eyed Madman Roger sold this intelligence to many outlets. It should be true, right?¡±
¡±Don¡¯t be silly, if that guy really sent us legit information, it wouldn¡¯t cost only 1 source stone.¡±
¡±Two dangerous-level Star Beasts are worth a lot of money.¡±
¡±It¡¯s still worth checking out.¡±
While undercurrent surged in the Z-32 gathering area due to the two ¡®Dangerous-level Star Beasts¡¯, both Fang Yun and the turtle were still wandering in the area they werest seen before.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle have a very wide range of activities, but due to the giant turtle¡¯s often howling, that area is filled with electromaic waves, which is like a white light in a dark room.
Chapter 362: Warhammer
Chapter 362: Warhammer
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The news about Fang Yun and the Giant Turtle eventually spread to the public. There are always people who can¡¯t control their mouths, and there are people who stealthily sold this information to those that don¡¯t have it.
However, the first group of people that received the news are still the most prepared.
Five dayster, therge forces began to set off. At the Z-32 gathering area, dozens of teams set off from the port and straight into space.
These dozen or so teams all headed towards the area where Fang Yun and the giant turtle are.
This incident not only gathered great poprity in the No. Z-32 gathering area, but also caused news organizations to send personnel to broadcast the incident.
They used quantum transmission, which is instantaneous, so there¡¯s no need to worry about the long-distance, and that the sound or picture won¡¯t arrive until thousands of yearster.
Of course, this technology can only be used in densely popted areas or important events. If the transmission area is too far, the signal will be weaker.
Therefore, multiple signal towers are usually built in an area. These signal towers can receive the signal, and instantly send it to the next tower, effectively increasing the transmission distance.
It¡¯s because of this that the towers can only be built in densely popted areas. Building them in a remote area is not only very costly but also not worth it.
Many people from the Z-32 gathering area moved towards the area where Fang Yun and the Giant Turtle are active in. This event is being watched b many people
¡±Damn, I hope they capture this Star Beast, or I will have to stay in this ce for a long time¡±
In a cell, Randall was looking forward to the iing news. He hopes that they catch the giant serpent as soon as possible, then proves that it¡¯s just an ordinary Star Beast, not a Pathogen.
Otherwise, he will have to stay here for several years maybe even a dozen.
In space, Fang Yun and the sea turtle wandered around leisurely, asionally sting a passing meteorite, then eating it.
Although he nned this, Fang Yun didn¡¯t expect that a big squadposed of many teams wasing towards him and the turtle to hunt them.
The squading here wasposed of a total of 21 fleets.
Among them, there were thirteen teams of gold diggers, including the one-eyed madman Roger. However, the gold-digging teams were following behind seven hunting teams, teams sent by severalpanies, and a fleet of the SkyRiver Empire.
The distance between the twenty-one teams in space is very far apart, butpared to the empty space near them, they appear very close.
¡±Damn, the SkyRiver Empire actually deployed a-destroyer.¡±
In the dark space, two huge spaceships quietly flew forward, in themand room of one of the two spaceships, Roger cursed ufortably.
The result he imagined would be that after all the teams failed to capture the two Star Beasts due to their surprising strength, allowing them to escape. However, the two Star Beasts will be severely injured.
Then their teams will strike like thunder and capture the two Star Beasts.
However, when he saw what type of spaceship the SkyRiver Empire sent, he knew that their n will fail miserably this time.
The SkyRiver Empire dispatched a-destroying spaceship, plus three ordinary spaceships/
Although the Star Destroyer is only a Victory-ss, the turboser cannon on it is very powerful, much more powerful than the turboser cannon on their ordinary Battleships.
In short, in front of the-destroyer of the SkyRiver Empire, these two Star Beasts don¡¯t even have the qualification to escape. They can only obediently be captured or killed.
Of course, he didn¡¯t know that Fang Yun had destroyed a-destroying spaceship before, even if he did that in conjunction with the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
The-Destroyer Spaceship of the SkyRiver Empire also didn¡¯t know that their goal this time had already killed their colleagues. They are still full of confidence.
¡±Mr. Major, this time our target is two suspected pathogens. You should promise Major Boll and let hime with us.¡±
In an office on the Victory-ss Warhammer spaceship of the SkyRiver Empire, Chief Officer Kvelver looked at the Captain in front of him helplessly
Redrick, 78 years old, is a very young person in such an elite military system like the-Destroyer Team. However, due to his noble origins, he was promoted to a Major at such a young age and was granted a-destroyer of his own.
¡±Chief Officer.¡±
Redrick elegantly took a sip from a fruit juice, then lowered his cup and said to Kvelver.
¡±You mentioned it yourself, right?. This is just a suspected Pathogen. If it¡¯s not, then these are just two ordinary Star Beasts. For an ordinary Star Beast, do you want me to call another-destroyer? Such an absurdity!¡±
¡±Mr. Kvelver, I hope you remember that our El family is a family with countless legends and glorious history, and I belong to such a family. The pride EL family will never allow me to act timidly!¡±
¡±Besides, even if these two were truly pathogens? So what?¡±
¡±Our Warhammer will blow them up. What should you think about now is the fruit of victory and glory we will bring back, not other messy things!¡±
Redrick stood up, then walked towards themand room expressionlessly. He had enough of this timid Chief Officer.
¡±If it weren¡¯t for the arrangement of the empire, how can such a senile thing stay as Chief Officer?¡±
Redrick shrugged, ¡°Ohh, how much I love the empire. Even with such a deputy by my side, I have neverined to the empire. As expected of me! I¡¯m truly the embodiment of nobles¡¯ elegance.¡±
After arriving in themand room, Redrick arrogantly asked the staff.
¡±Have we entered the target area yet?¡±
He looked at a screen on the side, and said, ¡°Have you detected any electromaic signal yet?¡±
¡±Captain.¡±
A staff member not far from Redrick said.
¡±We haven¡¯t detected any abnormal energy fluctuations yet, maybe we should ¡¡±
Just as the staff member was about to give a suggestion, a siren suddenly rang from a device next to him.
¡±Mr. Captain, we detected an abnormal electromaic signal!¡±
The atmosphere in the entiremand room suddenly became tense. Everyone focused on the instruments in front of them, doing their part of the work;
Kvelver also just walked into themand room, his face had a solemn expression.
Unlike what he is showing, Redrick was quite nervous.
The infamous reputation of Pathogens and their terrible strength have already spread everywhere. Even though he is arrogant, it¡¯s impossible to not be nervous in front of a Pathogen.
However, while a bit nervous, Redrick was actually very excited. If he manages to kill or even capture the two Pathogens, he will be granted great rewards, even bringing glory to his family.
Even if these two Star Beasts aren¡¯t Pathogens, they¡¯re still likely Disaster-ss, which is very valuable.
While Redrick was stuck in his fantasies, Kvelver was anxious after seeing that their captain didn¡¯t give any order. In the end, he gave the orders himself.
¡±Everyone! Prepare yourselves! Be on guard and ready to attack anytime!¡±
¡±In addition, notify the sky-hunting group to prepare themselves.¡±
After hearing Kvelver¡¯s orders, Redrick quickly regained his senses. His face became very ugly. He said with a look of suppressed rage.
¡±Kvelver, I know what to do. You aren¡¯t qualified to give orders in my presence and without my permission. ¡°
After scolding Kvelver¡¯s and instructing his previous orders to be given up on, he directly said: ¡°Just drive Warhammer to the head of the team. Whatever Pathogen shows up, just blow it away.¡±
¡±Right, Turn on the holographic screen, I want to personally watch that happen.¡±
Later on, this video will be his card to get the cheers of the youngdies at the next noble party.
¡±Captain, you should order them to activate the shield as soon as possible, not attack blindly.¡±
Seeing Redrick¡¯s reckless action, Kvelver couldn¡¯t help but remind him.
The moment the two sides encounter each other, it¡¯s possible that the Pathogen will immediatelyunch an attack. Although their victory-ss battleship is very good, it¡¯s still in danger in front of disaster-ss creatures or Pathogens.
The safest choice now is to deploy the energy shields in advance, use arger battleship to attract the Pathogen¡¯s attention, then use strategic attacks to slowly injure it.
After the Warhammer activates the energy shield, there won¡¯t be any problem even if they are attacked by the enemy.
At the same time, their flexile battleships and fighters can harass the Pathogens from the surrounding area, giving their-destroyer battleship, Warhammer, the time to umte enough energy.
Next, after umting enough energy, they will deactivate Warhammer andunch a thunderous attack on the Pathogens, instantly killing them. This is the most effective, safest, and wisest choice.
However, although his n made a lot of sense, Redrick did not appreciate it. His expression became gloomy. He turned around and snarled at Kvelver.
¡°Chief Officer, know your ce; I have said it many times before, I¡¯m the captain!¡±
¡±Don¡¯t you dare give orders on my behalf or tell me what to do!.¡±
¡±You¡¯re really a timid and stupid rat! Your unprofessional, rash and arrogant behaviors are making me, an elegant and courteous noble, angry, and disgusted!¡±
Redick scolded Kvelver loudly, in front of the entirety of the people in themand room.
After a while, he turned around with satisfaction, not looking at the red-faced Kvlever, and shamelessly repeated the exact same n he just scolded Kvelver for saying.
Chapter 363: The Golden Behemoth
Chapter 363: The Golden Behemoth
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The team of the SkyRiver Empire stood at the front of the fleet, with the Warhammer in front and the two sky-hunting battleships on the side. Thest sky-hunting battleship was above Warhammer.
Not far behind, Roger and the other teams also detected the abnormal energy fluctuations.
¡±Is it the two Star Beasts?¡±
The one-eyed Roger looked at the red dot on the screen in front of him. The red dot kept shing in and out, indicating that its location is uncertain. What¡¯s sure is that it¡¯s in the area ahead.
Of course, on the disy screen, there is also a blue dot representing the SkyRiver Empire team. The dots representing team aren¡¯t moving in conjunction with the rest of the fleet, but slightly to the side.
¡±Looking at this, the SkyRiver Empire must have found the location of these two Star Beasts. No! I must do something, or all my previous efforts will be for naught!¡±
The fleet that left the Z-32 gathering area to catch the two Star Beasts is rtively scattered. Of course, they did keep the general course, and they are close enough tomunicate, but they still kept a distance from each other.
Some weak teams even banded together to deal with the uing battle.
They all know that it¡¯s rtively difficult for them to deal with dangerous-level two Star Beasts alone, hence, they decided to band together.
After thinking for a moment, Roger sent the location of the abnormal energy they just detected to all teams. He sent this message using the quantum transmission device, so the news instantly reached even those that are far away.
After receiving the news, all teams changed their course and went in the same direction, which is the area where the abnormal energy fluctuations were detected, right behind the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s team.
¡±Damn, what are they doing here? Do they want to snatch prey with the Empire? Hmph! I hope that the Empire¡¯s-destroyer fleet raid their home civilizations.¡±
Seeing that many other teams followed behind them, Redrick said angrily, his sight fell on the staff member in front of him.
¡±How is it going, have you determined the identity of the thing that emitted the abnormal energy?¡±
The staff member in front of him tapped on the control panel in front of him for a while before saying.
¡°The creature that emitted the abnormal energy is indeed a Pathogen, and it¡¯s approaching us.¡±
¡°Its speed is very fast; We¡¯re expected to meet in about 7 minutes.¡±
The staff in themand room was preparing to activate the energy shield at any time. After all, every minute of activation requires an extremelyrge amount of energy. It¡¯s a stupid thing to active the shield this early.
Thergepany hunting teams and gold-digging teams were also rushing towards them. The ones in the vicinity just elerated to this area, as for the ones farther away, they directlyunched a space jump.
In the Warhammer, since the instruments determined that the iing creature is likely a Pathogen, everyone had been nervous.
The giant team continued moving forward silently. Time slowlypsed.
One minute, two minutes, three minutes¡
Six minutes have passed. At this time, the energy emitted by that Pathogen was already very strong. All teams suddenly became very tense, they also received the news.
¡±It¡¯s actually a Pathogen! ¡°
The one-eyed man Roger had wide eyes upon hearing to the harsh siren.
¡°Why did a pathogen appear now?¡±
On his spacecraft, there is also pathogen detection equipment, of course, in terms of sensitivity and distance, they are far inferior to the Empire¡¯s instruments.
However, if the distance is close enough, they can clearly detect the energy emitted by a Pathogen.
Furthermore, he clearly remembersst time that when he met the two Star Beasts, the Pathogen detection equipment didn¡¯t ring at all!
¡±Where did the two Star Beasts we encounteredst time go? Why did a Pathogen appear here ¡°
Roger swallowed his saliva, an uneasy feeling arose in his heart. He quickly ran to a room on the side, where a huge screen is attached to the wall. There¡¯s the image of the outer space around their spaceship on that screen.
He watched as several rays of light appeared next to them. It¡¯s the distant teams rushing over.
After calming down and thinking about it, Roger still felt a bit nervous. If it was just a Pathogen, he won¡¯t worry that much.
After all, there¡¯s the SkyRiver civilization fleet in front of them.
However, there are another 2 Star Beasts, and they are at least of the dangerous-ss. If they came over at this time, then the situation will be even more chaotic.
Just as he was thinking about his next course of action, the void next to a team not far ahead suddenly started twisting.
Roger¡¯s pupils shrunk.
He quickly reacted and zoomed in that area of space. The scene that appeared on his screen was extremely frightening.
The scene that appeared on his screen was¡
A team of five spaceships is moving forward in space. Suddenly, the void in front of them started twisting, followed by a surging golden light.
An extremely huge golden w suddenly protruded from the void, then mmed on one of the spaceships.
¡±AH!!!!¡±
Even though he watched the scene on a screen, Roger still felt like he heard the terrified screams from that spaceship.
The terrifying golden giant wnded straight on the rear of the spaceship
Without having the time to activate its energy shield. The solid hull shattered like an eggshell, exploding in space and tearing apart all of the living creatures in it.
The nearby spaceships quickly reacted and activated their energy shield.
¡±This is¡ space attack? Is it a Third-ss Pathogen?¡±
In themand room of the Warhammer, Kvelver, and Redrick also saw the previous scene. Redrick was stunned, and Kvelver screamed in horror.
¡±Turn around and leave this ce immediately! This is a third-ss Pathogen!¡±
¡±Furukawa, activate the hyperspace engine, we have to leave this ce as soon as possible!¡±
After all, the Warhammer is just a Victory-ss-Destroyer. It will be very risky to face a third-ss Pathogen alone, the best course of action is to leave this ce now ande back with reinforcementster on.
¡±Damn it, how can a third-ss Pathogen be this close to the central continent without any trace? Why do these useless guards even exist!¡±
Kvelver gritted his teeth. There are many gathering areas and popr trade routes nearby, not to mention that this ce isn¡¯t that far from the central continent. A Pathogen raging here will likely result in great losses!
¡±After I go back, I must sue them for their negligence of duty!¡±
Kvelver looked very angry. He clenched his fists and swore that he must let those border guards pay a great price!
¡±Hurry up, hurry up!¡±
The HyperSpace Engine needs a few seconds to gather enough power, but these seconds felt like years to Kvelver.
Suddenly, not far away from their team, a huge ripple appeared in space, from which a huge golden behemoth appeared.
A terrifying golden behemoth.
¡±That¡¯s¡¡±
When this giant monster appeared, all the people in the SkyRiver¡¯s Empire¡¯s team fell silent.
¡±Damn it, start the space jump!¡±
Kvelver regained his senes abruptly and shouted loudly. His clothes are already soaked in sweat.
Fortunately, the Hyperspace engine was also fully charged at this, it can jump into the Hyperspace at any time.
The Warhammer did exactly that, the space near it suddenly became distorted, then disappeared in the next second.
¡±Ouf¡¡±
In themand room, Kvelver finally let out a sigh of relief. The frozen Redrick next to him finally responded and said stiffly.
¡°Kvelver, are we all safe now?¡±
He was terrified, especially after the appearance of the gold monster. The moment it appeared, he felt the vast and ominous energy it emitted, scaring him to the point of not being able to move.
At that moment, an extreme fear arose in his heart. This kind of fear was is justified, their opponent is a third-ss Pathogen. Although their spaceship is not without the power of fighting back, they are still very likely to be the ones to die, and this is an uneptable thing for him, a proimed great noble.
Due to his extreme fright, he didn¡¯t care about his image nor the fact that Kvelver has overstepped his bounds.
¡±Yes, we¡¯re safe¡¡±
Kvelver just said they¡¯re safe and wanted tofort Redrick, but their spaceship started heavily trembling. The next moment, it was pulled out of the hyperspace.
¡±Damn it, The gravity generator?!!!¡±
Kvelver was horrified, followed by extreme rage. Who dares to use the Gravity Generator to pull them out of the hyperspace, especially at such a critical juncture!
ording to Kvelver guess, someone must have brought a gravity generator illegally at the ck market, then used it at them to pull them out of the hyperspace!
It must be the hunting fleet of thosepanies!
The reason? Isn¡¯t it obvious? They are afraid to deal with the third-ss Pathogen alone, so they pulled them out of the hyperspace to share the pressure!
¡°Those bastards!¡±
Kvelver gritted his teeth, he vows that if he can go back, he will make thesepanies pay a great price!
Just when their spaceship was pulled out of the hyperspace, Kvelver and Redrick were shocked two find that there are two other behemoths not far from their location!
A giant serpent and a giant turtle!
The two giant beasts are quite close to them. The giant serpent nced at them faintly then shifted its sight to another direction.
It¡¯s the direction of the Golden Behemoth!
The Warhammer hovered silently in space, as Kvelver looked at these two giant beasts with a shocked look on his face.
Why did two Star Beasts suddenly appear now?
At the of the fleet, after seeing this scene, the one-eyed Roger swallowed his saliva. What he was most afraid of still happened.
Chapter 364: Rematch with The Great Will
Chapter 364: Rematch with The Great Will
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
This area of space suddenly became silent. There was a three-way confrontation, The two Star Beasts, the intelligent life fleet, and the golden behemoth.
¡±The Great will?¡±
Looking at the golden behemoth not far away, Fang Yun was taken back.
¡±This guy not only ran out of the earth but even appeared in such a far ce?¡±
The golden behemoth emitted an ominous aura, along with the tremendous amount of energy he sensed in it. There¡¯s no doubt this is definitely the ¡®Great Will¡¯. It also has almost the same appearance so there¡¯s no doubt.
Thinking about it, Fang Yun quickly made up an image in his mind.
The ¡®Great Will¡¯ should have been hiding somewhere in the earth. Only after arriving in the Grave Star Battlefield did it leave. What¡¯s really strange is that it somewhat ended up here.
¡±It¡¯s a strange coincidence.¡±
Fang Yun stared at the great will not far away. Its appearance hasn¡¯t changed much. Apart from bing more golden and shining, it¡¯s still the same hideous monster.
However, the aura it¡¯s emitting is filled with even more malice and madness.
¡±Fucking monsters! Quickly fight each other to death!¡±
In themand room of the Warhammer, Redrick looked at the two giant monsters looking at each other and couldn¡¯t help but hope for them to battle to the death.
His fear has reached the extreme. His fear certainly has something to do with his inexperience and weak will, but more with the ominous aura that the Golden Behemoth is releasing.
Kvelver next to him was also quite nervous, but he was certainly calmer than him. The power unit of their-destroyer waspletely charged. The shield can be activated at any time, and their main cannon is also in the midst of charging.
¡±Screw it, the big deal is that we all die.¡±
Kvelver heart was filled with cruelty and negative thoughts.
The aura released from the opposite Golden Behemoth caused the instruments in their-destroyer to madly scream, these are the instruments used to detect Pathogens.
Pathogens are also a type of Star Beasts. If they don¡¯t release their aura carelessly like the golden behemoth, it will be much harder to detect them.
The noisy sirens angered Kvelver even more, causing him to turn them off. After doing so, he stared at the screen again.
There was a look of hesitation on his face, he wants to send an emergency message back to the Empire immediately, but he was afraid to attract the attention of the three behemoths not far ahead.
Just as he was hesitating, the golden behemoth not far away suddenly moved.
¡°ROAR!!¡±
The golden behemoth, a hideous mixture of various creatures, suddenly howled madly, this howl was directed at Fang Yun.
Sound naturally can¡¯t be transmitted in space, but what the golden behemoth used was an electromaic attack. Just as Fang Yun suddenly felt a bit dizzy, the golden behemoth suddenly lifted the huge right w on its head.
The next moment, above Fang Yun¡¯s head, a huge golden w appeared from a circr ripple.
There was no time to hide.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun raised his head and released a loud roar. He didn¡¯t try to hide or dodge. After so many evolutions and upgrade, he is fully confident in facing this huge behemoth.
¡±You won¡¯t escape this time!¡±
Fang Yun thought angrily. He suddenly opened his mouth and rushed towards the giant w.
This giant w has a diameter of 1 one kilometer and a length of several kilometers, and Fang Yun¡¯s diameter is only 700 meters. He opened his mouth to the maximum, revealing a ck hole with a diameter of 2 kilometers. He decided to directly swallow this Golden Behemoth¡¯s w.
¡°Boom!!!!¡±
The giant w smashed heavily into Fang Yun¡¯s inner mouth. However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t even flinch in front of this meteor-like strike, he directly swallowed it entirely in his stomach.
Suddenly, he entered the circr space and appeared next to the golden behemoth. At this moment, two huge monsters 20 kilometers long appeared next to each other.
The Golden Behemoth has two huge crab-like ws on top of its head, each one is bigger than a mountain, and at this moment, its right w was swallowed by a huge serpent, which then proceeded to wrap around it using his long body.
¡±Hiss¡¡±
In the distant space, Kvelveri, Redrick, and the others all watched this cruel scene with a horrified look on their faces.
¡±The Star beast actually has an advantage against the third-ss Pathogen? How didn¡¯t its stomach explode when it swallowed the ws of the Pathogen?¡±
Third-ss Pathogens are basically guaranteed to win against a disaster-ss Star Beasts, even if they are strong in their ss, but this doesn¡¯t seem to be the case for this giant serpent. Is it actually a Star Beast surpassing the disaster-ss?
However, this isn¡¯t very likely, its size is too small for that.
There are naturally star beasts above the Disaster-ss, but each one of those Star Beasts has a size of at least 100 kilometers.
Victory-ss-destroyers are nothing in front of this type of Star Beast. They are required to flee as far as possible upon encountering them;
¡±I¡¯ll let you taste my super constriction!¡±
Fang Yun roared loudly, then as he wrapped around the Golden Behemoth, he started exerting a tremendous stranding force, his muscles tightened to the extreme!
This is his natural talent as a serpent-type creature.
It¡¯s just that he hadn¡¯t used it in a long time, as he didn¡¯t have the opportunity, but now is its time to shine!
The terrifying muscr power constructed around the Golden Behemoth. Even it the ¡®Great Will¡¯ has an extreme defense, it started to feel ufortable, even painful.
¡°Crack, Crack!¡±
Due to the terrifying strangling power, the bones of the Golden Behemoth started popping, which was felt by Fang Yun through his skin.
This result made him feel very happy. Under his excitement, he exerted more and more power. As the golden Behemoth felt an increasingly stronger pain, it started to violently tremble.
At the same time, its body temperature started spiking.
The Golden Behemoth Temperature quickly rose, reaching an insane level, gradually bing a little sun. After a short moment, its temperature rose to tens of thousands of degrees.
This temperature is insane, even to the point of distorting the surrounding space. Inparison, the sun¡¯s surface is only a few thousand degrees.
Feeling the smoldering temperature emitted by the ¡®Great Will¡¯, Fang Yun reluctantly spat the Golden Behemoth¡¯s w while loosening his body, but he did not give up on attacking. After distancing himself from it, he started attacking it with energy beams.
Oneser beam after the other was released from Fang Yun¡¯s mouth, which was then dodged by the Golden Behemoth. For a while, the battlefield became filled withser beams.
At this time, the ¡®Great Will¡¯ gradually reduced the terrifying temperature released by its body.
¡±Dodge! Hurry up and leave this area!¡±
In themand room of the Warhammer, Kvelver yelled loudly. He looked at the battle scene not far away with a thumping heart. Each one of thoseser beams has enough power to destroy a moon. This is not a fight that their Victory-ss spaceship can participate in.
¡±It¡¯s too terrifying, we must inform the Empire¡¯s-destroyer fleet toe and sweep this ce!¡±
Kvelver took a deep breath as their spaceship gradually retreated. The battlefield ahead is gradually expanding, affecting their spaceship that hundreds of thousands of kilometers away from it.
¡±Damn it, that monster¡¯sser beams might hit out spaceship.¡±
Kvelver¡¯s expression was very ugly. The scope of the Star Beast and Patthogen¡¯s battlefield is quickly expanding. Even if their spaceship is quickly retreating, the attacks of these two monsters are still getting closer.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Suddenly, aser beamnded straight on Warhammer¡¯s energy shield, creating a colorful explosion.
Chapter 365: Central Continent
Chapter 365: Central Continent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boom!!¡±
Anotherser flew out from the battlefield, but this time it fell on a spaceship not far from Warhammer, directly destroying it.
Fang Yun and Great Will violently battled each other, creating a wide range of destruction and almost a forbidden zone. If a was nearby, it would have probably been destroyed!
The roaring thunder, the explosions creature byser beams. Various electromaic attacks, space attacks, physical attacks¡ The two monsters use a wide variety of attacks to st each other.
Fang Yun even used ¡°Cell Distortion¡± to deal with this golden Behemoth, but for the time being, he didn¡¯t see any effect. This monster¡¯s life span is very long.
Due to the previous indiscriminate and wide-affecting attacks, many nearby spaceships were destroyed, killing many people.
In just a short time, 7 spaceships have already burst, and this only due to the aftermath of the battle.
This kind of unwarranted disaster caused the aliens who had already been nervous to copse due to fear, many of them controlled their spaceships to start attacking the two monsters
The two giant monsters that were fighting against each other suddenly stopped fighting and turned around to look at the spaceships that were attacking them.
¡±Hiss!¡±
Fang Yun spat his huge scarlet tongue. In the next moment, he sprang towards one of the attacking spaceships.
¡±No!¡±
All the crew members on that spaceship were screaming in horror. From their perspective, a terrifying serpent almost 20 kilometers long was rushing towards them at an incredible speed.
Fang Yun¡¯s target is a spaceship called Huanxi, which belongs to argepany. Just a few moments ago, twoser beams sent by this spaceshipnded on his scales.
¡±Attack! Stop it froming here!¡±
In the Control Room, the captain yelled maniacally. They deactivated their energy shield and focused all of their power on the iing giant serpent.
¡°Boom Boom.¡±
Countless attacksnded on Fang Yun¡¯s body, making giant explosions.
However, most weapons could hardly cause any damage to him, and even if they did, the injury does instantly heal, which looked extremely magical.
Just a few secondster, Fang Yun reached the spaceship and wrapped around it. After exerting his muscle strength, he easily twisted the spaceship into scrap metal, and even that scrap metal entered his stomach in the end.
¡°Roar!!!!¡±
Fang Yun roared loudly, the next moment, his sight focused on another spaceship.
Both Fang Yun and the Golden Behemoth faced indiscriminate attacks, but none of these attacks could deal fatal damage to them. Both of them easily tanked these attacks and started rampaging in the midst of the giant fleet.
One spaceship after another was destroyed. The attack power of the Golden Behemoth is extremely high. Simrly, it also ate the remains of those spaceshipS.
Fang Yun discovered that the ¡®Great Will¡¯ actually has a size-changing ability.
For example, just a minute ago, its head suddenly ballooned in size, bing a few times bigger, then directly bit a giant spaceship, chewed a few times, then swallowed it.
¡±Too¡too horrible¡¡±
Looking at the purgatory-like scene on their main screen, in themand room of the Warhammer, Redrick was almost scared silly.
There are a total of 21 teams in this fleet, and the number of spaceships is more than 50, but at least 30 of them have been destroyed in the hands of these two monsters.
Even more frightening is that almost all of those spaceships have been swallowed by them.
¡±Is he scared to this point by such a scene?¡±
Kvelver on the side was also nervous, but after seeing the terrified expression on Redrick¡¯s face, he shook his head in disapproval. Although he is also a bit scared, he is scared by the thought of dying, not the massacre that the two monstersunched in the distance.
¡±The war between the Milky Way and the Sirius Gxy is more than 100 times crueler than this¡¡±
He experienced an inter-gctic battle before, although he was only on the edge of the battlefield, he was still shocked by the scene he saw at that time.
In that giant battlefield, all kinds of spaceships flew in space, like dragonflies forming a torrent. It¡¯s a pity that upon contact with each other, no one of them can escape the fate of destruction.
Among all of these spaceships, there were naturally victory-ss-Destroyers, even Imperial-level ones, but even such powerful spaceships exploded from time to time.
That battlefield was just like a meat grinder, spanning several lights years. Compared to it, the battle between these two monsters is nothing.
¡±The Hyperspace engine is charged.¡±
Redrick took over the Warhammer and started giving the orders.
¡±Let¡¯s leave this area first.¡±
Warhammer slowly turned around, then left the area sneakily. At some point, it suddenly elerated and quickly moved far away from the battlefield.
¡±Damn, isn¡¯t this too cruel?¡±
At the farthest point, one-eyed Roger stood in themand room. He watched the terrifying battle through his screen, his mouth wide open in shock.
This is too terrifying, these two monsters are invincible on this battlefield.
If he knew that these two creatures were so powerful, he would have never dared toe back to this ce.
¡±Go, let¡¯s go!¡±
Roger yelled loudly. ¡°Let¡¯s leave as soon as possible!!¡±
¡°Vroom!¡±
The engine of their spacecraft suddenly turned on. They also quickly turned around and escaped from the battlefield. Fortunately, they were at the edge of the team, or they wouldn¡¯t have been able to escape.
¡°Boom!¡±
Fang Yununched aser beam, breaking a spaceship¡¯s energy shield, then dived down as he did before and crushed it before swallowing it.
The brutal attack continued, and the Warhammer had already been charged up and turned on the hyperspace engine again.
When he saw that the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s spacecraft was about to run away, he decided to quickly stop them.
¡±Come back here!¡±
Just as Fang Yun was about to use ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡±, aser beam bombarded him again, interrupting his skill activation process.
In just these few seconds of dy, the Warhammer has long escaped.
On the other side, the One-Eyed Roger and his crew managed to escape from that area, but they were still terrified.
¡±Twenty-one teams, but only we survived¡¡±
Roger swallowed his saliva, he had never experienced such a thing before.
From the 21 teams, they were the only ones that survived without any losses, all the other teams were destroyed, with the exception of the Warhammer that managed to escape.
¡±What kind of Star Beast was that, why is it so powerful?¡±
The Warhammer, which was crossing the hyperspace, was not pulled out by the gravity generator this time. Kvelver and Redrick could finally let out sighs of relief.
He looked at the video recorded on the screen. It¡¯s the scene where the giant serpent and Golden Behemoth massacred all of the intelligent life teams.
¡±After I go back, I must immediately report this situation to themander. We must send a-destroyer fleet to kill these two beasts!¡±
As the Warhammer and the One-Eyed Roger fled madly, Fang Yun and the Golden Behemoth have already destroyed all the nearby spaceships.
At this time, the two terrifying behemoths started fighting each other again.
The aftermath of the terrifying battle swept the surrounding space, crushing the meteorites and spaceship wreck near them. The battlested for almost a day.
In the end, the golden Behemoth escaped again.
However, this time, it left behind one of the ws on its head.
Fang Yun flew over, bit the giant w, then disappeared into the distant space.
¡±I can finally evolve.¡±
Next, Fang Yun started looking for a safe ce to start his next evolution. While he was wandering in space, the One-Eyed Roger and the rest of the survivors spread the information to the public.
In an instant, this entire space area boiled again.
There are not only two disaster-ss Star Beasts on this area, but also a third-ss Pathogen.
This news not only spread in the Z-32 gathering area but even spread to the center of the Grave Star Battlefield, the Central Continent.
Chapter 366: Secret Area
Chapter 366: Secret Area
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The Central Continent is a continent made up of many brokens. It¡¯s extremely wide. Its surface is actually about 50 times bigger than the earth, stretching for millions of miles.
The Tianhe Empire has deployed a lot of manpower to control this continent, but even so, there are still many loosely managed ces that are filled with crime.
The ¡®Third Moon Area¡¯ is such a ce.
This is actually a port, with many spaceships docking in and out of it, but it doesn¡¯t belong to the SkyRiver Empire, but to severalrge consortia.
These consortia first bought the border city of ¡®Third Moon Area¡¯, then built a port here using thend deed. Of course, it¡¯s not that the SkyRiver Empire didn¡¯t want to interfere, but these consortia have considerable power, so it approved their actions in the end.
At this moment, at the entrance of this port, a huge space cargo ship slowly flew in. After docking a lot of people walked down from it.
Among these people, there is a small team consisting of 12 people.
The leader is a woman with a beautiful appearance. If Fang Yun were here, he would have recognized at a nce that it¡¯s Tang Guo.
She also led a team to the Central Continent at this time. They came here this time to buy some intelligence.
¡±I wonder if we will ever have such a port in the future.¡±
Tang Guo turned around and looked at the huge port filled with a variety of spaceships with envy. Only now did she know that humans are actually quite poor. This port city alone is as big as a continent, and it¡¯s filled with countless creatures from all around the gxy.
As for them, they built a base in a very remote area, and in order to maintain its operation, they need a lot of money and resources.
Their current source of iees from salvaging the wreckage of battleships or precious meteorite. Those that they can use are used by them, and those that can¡¯t be used by them or understood are dragged to the central continent to be sold.
However, even so, their funds have begun to bottom out.
¡±Miss, there is some news about Ouroboros.¡±
Suddenly, an old man at the back of the team walked up and said to Tang Guo. Although he looked very old, it can still be seen from his outline that he is Tang Guo¡¯s old subordinate, Lee Sheng.
Hearing that, Tang Guo immediately asked with a worried look on her face.
¡±Uncle Lee, has something bad happened to him?¡±
After Fang Yun left, she never heard any news about him, making her very worried. Furthermore, just a while ago, she heard that two dangerous-level Star Beasts were found, a giant serpent and a giant turtle.
She was sure that it was Fang Yun and his little brother.
Not long after that, I heard that many people set off to kill or capture Fang Yun and the giant turtle, scaring her a lot. At that time, she could do nothing apart from praying for their safety.
¡±He is okay, right? Uncle Lee.¡±
When asking about this, her heart was rapidly beating, because she had also heard that a huge fleet set off from the Z-32 gathering area to hunt Fang Yun and the giant turtle.
They wanted to hunt Ouroboros for profit, how despicable!
¡±Miss, Ouroboros is okay.¡±
Lee Sheng shook his head.
¡±The fleet that set off to hunt him was annihted, more than 50 spaceships were destroyed¡±
¡±Finally, I heard that only two ordinary spaceships and another military one returned safely.¡±
¡±This¡¡±
Hearing Lee Sheng¡¯s words, Tang Guo blinked her beautiful eyes.
To be honest, as a person who had witnessed Fang Yun¡¯s growth and strength, she is very confident in him, but she didn¡¯t expect that he would have such an overwhelming win.
¡±That guy¡His strength must have grown again.¡±
Tang Guo let out a sigh of amazement, she was very happy about this oue, but she quickly frowned again.
¡±This time, he created a very big incident, the SkyRiver Empire won¡¯t let go of this matter so easily.¡±
¡±Yes.¡±
Lee Sheng smiled bitterly, ¡°This time, a pathogen appeared along with Ouroboros, Furthermore, it¡¯s the Pathogen that appeared on the Earth previously¡±
¡±The ¡®Great Will¡¯?¡±
Tang Guo was taken aback, she subconsciously said
¡±Wasn¡¯t that monster¡¡±
Tang Guo reacted in the next moment, the ¡®Great Will¡¯ has now left the earth, so they don¡¯t have to worry about it, but Ouroboros situation will be even more stressful.
Now that Pathogens appeared in that area, the SkyRiver civilization will definitely vigorously search that area, exposing him to even more danger.
¡±Miss, let¡¯s buy things first, then discuss countermeasures.¡±
Watching the absentminded Tang Guo, Lee Sheng put forward his suggestions. They really want to help Fang Yun, but they can¡¯t do anything. Compared to the SkyRiver Empire, they are still extremely weak. It¡¯s likeparing a top country back in the old era to a primitive vige, there¡¯s noparison at all.
In fact, even Fang Yun is very weakpared to the SkyRiver Empire. Despite his enormous power and ability to destroys.
¡±Okay.¡±
Tang Guo nodded helplessly, then continued walking forward. Soon enough, their team mixed into the crowd.
They came to the ¡®Third Moon Area¡¯ this time mainly to buy some information about secret areas. What is a secret area? Basically very remote and dangerous ces filled with battleship wrecks.
These battleship wrecks form a chaotic electromaic area, making it very difficult for ordinary spaceships to enter.
Therefore, some people who identally discover secret areas will sell the information for a good price.
In fact, most secret areas are in the physical space, but a few are in the folded space. Those are usually much more valuable and much more difficult to get.
¡±Uncle Lee, let¡¯s find a ce to live first, then buy the corresponding information.¡±
Tang Guo said after pondering for a moment. The rest of the team smoothly executed Tang Guo¡¯s orders without a doubt. After finding a ce to rest in, they started to mix in the crowd and ask about the news of the secret areas.
Soon enough, they got the information they wanted.
A piece of news about the secret area.
This news didn¡¯t cost Tang Guo and the others a dime, because it has already spread in the ¡®Third Moon Area¡¯. It¡¯s not even secret news anymore.
Someone saw a folded space in an area 48 light-years away from the Third Moon Area. It wasn¡¯t just a person who saw it, in fact, many people did.
So, the news quickly spread.
At that time, those people saw that a battleship¡¯s wreckage floated out of that folding space. Furthermore, on the battleship wreck, some people saw a lot of high-energy weapons and advanced devices.
Many people suspect that that folded space is a high-level battlefield. Maybe there are many resources and wrecks in it. Therefore, many people thought about going into that folded space to check.
Tang Guo and the others roamed around the ¡®Third Moon Area¡¯, inquiring for further information about this folded space. They also got more information about Fang Yun.
While Tang Guo was searching for news about Fang Yun, thetter was wandering in space along with the giant turtle.
He has once again evolved, finally reaching 20 kilometers in length, the same size as that of the ¡®Great Will¡¯.
His current route is leading straight to the central continent, and if he keeps moving forward, he will eventually encounter a very big fleet.
That fleet isposed of countless teams that were heading towards the newly discovered folded space.
If the two sides meet each other, it¡¯s unknown what type of conflict will break out.
Chapter 367: The Lucky Race
Chapter 367: The Lucky Race
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun quietly flew in space. He continued moving forward based on the information he had received before. This time his purpose is to show his face in front of intelligent creatures and grab some reputation points.
After obtaining the next bloodline, he is nning to leave this gxy and travel to the wider universe. Probably the central area of this universe.
The center of the universe is rich in various energy sources, providing him with endless resources to grow. At the same time, the many intelligent creatures over there can also provide him even more reputation points.
As he continues to grow stronger, he will definitely find a way to leave this universe and return to his original one.
This journey took another ten days. During these ten days, Fang Yun swallowed a lot of meteorites on the way and got a lot of bio-energy points.
However, his next evolution requires 9 billion points, these few meteorites are just a drop in the bucket.
However, the more there are precious minerals are on the meteorite, the more bio-energy that meteorite can provide. Unfortunately, Fang Yun hadn¡¯t stumbled on such a meteorite yet.
He can also swallow source stones to evolve. Moreover, source stones are worth a lot of bio-energy, but this type of material is extremely rare.
That¡¯s why he thought about leaving the gxy and entering the center of the universe after obtaining the next bloodline. That ce must be very rich in minerals, he got this information while scrolling through the database of some spaceships he destroyedst time.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that after this evolution, he upgraded ¡°Cell Distortion¡± again. Its age eleration effect has increased even further. He is sure now to instantly make an old-lived race die due to old age in an instant.
If he encounters ¡°Great Will¡± again this time, this skill will definitely have some effect on it, unlikest time.
Just as Fang Yun and the turtle continued moving forward, back in the Central Continent, the discussion about the folded space has reached a feverish level.
A lot of teams gathered this time, not only in the central continent, but even some nearby base are also preparing to go to that folded space to see if they can get any benefits.
About three dayster, the assembled team finally set off.
Tang Guo¡¯s base was far away from the Central Continent. It¡¯s a rtively remote ce. This base is called the ¡°Red Sun¡± base.
Due to the remoteness of the area, the surroundings were deathly silent.
The ce where the base was constructed is on a huge.
Its size is more than ten times bigger than the earth, which means its gravity is vastly different from it. The physical ability required to survive on this is insane, something only a few possess.
There are three moons orbiting this. Their importance is about the wormholes constructed on them, which can be used at any time.
In addition, there are somes nearby. Wormhole space gates have also been built on theses. Some are used to connect with the earth, and some are used to connect with an area near the central continent.
Currently, the ¡°Red Sun¡± base has a poption of more than 100,000, and many elites are developing new technologies here.
After all, they got quite a few technologies from the broken wreckages they brought back. Not to mention the technology, shared freely or on sale on the central continent
The researchers here aren¡¯t just researching weapons and equipment. Even some poprly used high-tech or convenience tech for the public are being made.
Enriching the lives of humans back on the earth and raising their quality of life.
This time, the folded space near the Central Continent is a big opportunity for Tang Guo and the others.
¡±It won¡¯t be easy to get something good with the number of people we¡¯re going with this time.¡±
Tang Guo is now themander-in-chief of the ¡°Red Sun¡± base, naturally, she has enough rights to make decisions for such things.
¡±This time, it will be better to send out warlord 2B battleshi^s.¡±
The Warlord 2 has long been released. It was their most advanced spaceship with manyser cannons. Its ability is undeniable.
However, they now have two more models, Warlord 2A and warlord 2B series.
The former has fiercer firepower, equipped with fourser cannons that can carry out 20 rounds of consecutive strikes. Thetter has the same firepower as conventional second-generation fighters, but it¡¯s much more agile and reactive. It even has one of theirtest technologies, the energy shield.
However, due to its small size and limited energy it carries, the power that can be invested in the energy shield is limited. Therefore, the energy shield on the warlord 2B series can usually cover just a certain part of the spaceship at a time.
This time they decided to go to the folded space to look for opportunities. They can give up on destructive weapons, but they must get more technologies for defense and escape.
After making the decision, Tang Guo led twenty warlord 2B battleships and space cargo ship to the folded space.
The warlord 2B battleship is 65 meters long and looks verypact, it¡¯s actually incredibly small with the standard of battleships, but its original purpose dictates that it must be in this size. It¡¯spact, fast, very agile, and has high attack power.
Overall, its lethality and attack power can¡¯t be attributed to its look.
Tang Guo has learned during her stay in the Central Continent that the SkyRiver Empire has a particrly powerful battleship. In fact, calling it a fighter is more appropriate. It¡¯s only about nine meters in length but has a sub-light speed, insane agility, and super firepower.
It¡¯s called the Sky-de interster fighter.
This is the name of that fighter. It¡¯s known as the fastest spacecraft in the gxy.
¡¡¡¡
Tang Guo¡¯s team moved to a in the ¡°Red Sun¡± sr system, then crossed the wormhole gate on it to the vicinity of the central continent, and finally headed towards the folded space.
In their team, there is also a space cargo ship. The cargo ship is ten kilometers long and can amodate all twenty warlord battleship, with additional space for more.
This empty space is for the battleship wreckage they are nning to get in the folded space.
This cargo ship also has theirtest hyperspace engines, allowing it to jump freely in space.
However, they can only make short-distance jumps for now. Long-distance jumps are prone to problems. They don¡¯t have a detailed star route and they don¡¯t have the time to send a scout ahead.
If they move past arge star during the space jump, it¡¯s easy to be pulled out of the hyperspace, greatly damaging the spacecraft and even leading to their death in the worst-case scenarios.
After a few space jumps, Tang Guo¡¯s cargo ship finally reached the star field where the folded space is located in.
She didn¡¯t order the fleet to immediately rush there but gave the order to dispatch the warlord series fighters first, to circle around the cargo ship and protect it in the middle.
Tang Guo stood in themand room. They received countless electromaic waves from the surrounding areas. This area is very lively, with many spacecraft around.
She immediately ordered the staff to send a specific electromaic wave to the area around them, signaling to the other spaceships that they are here, and for them to stay away.
¡±I hope that our luck won¡¯t be as bad as before. We want to at least get the wreckage of a military-ss battleship.¡±
Currently, they have a good space cargo ship in their hands. On this space cargo ship, there is a hyperspace engine and an energy shield installed. They have analyzed these two technologies for a long time and have almost understood their principle, allowing them to recreate these two advanced technologies.
However, they still can¡¯t produce the turboser cannon, aka the-destroyer cannon.
In fact, they not onlyck the turboser cannon but also many other advanced weapons, but those things aren¡¯t easy to get.
If they try to create these technologies themselves, it will take a very long time, which they currentlyck.
Their best option is to get a finished product, slowly disassemble and analyze it, then copy the framework they got from that technology, maybe slowly optimize it.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that the creatures back on the earth that mutated due to the ¡®Great Will¡¯ can provide an increase in physical strength and intelligence upon consumption.
However, this kind of creature is very rare throughout the universe.
Moreover, not all organisms affected by pathogens have this characteristic.
This also caused human¡¯s physique and intelligence to continuously and rapidly increase. This is an extremely rare urrence throughout the universe.
A race that not only has advanced technology but even advances in both physique and intelligence at a considerable rate is truly terrifying. Such race has unlimited potential.
This also caused a lot of talents to pop out in the Federation. Otherwise, even if they got those super weapons and advanced equipment, they wouldn¡¯t have been able to even understand it, let alone replicate it.
Of course, even so, it¡¯s still very difficult to replicate these pieces of equipment without any foundation.
Chapter 368: The Disintegration of The Folded Space
Chapter 368: The Disintegration of The Folded Space
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Leader, we are about to arrive at our destination.¡±
In front of Tang Guo, a staff member pressed a few buttons on the control board before informing Tang Guo.
A 3D projection suddenly appeared in front of Tang Guo, it was arge space projection with the image and location of their cargo spaceship clearly recorded, and even a few others spaceships far away.
This is a 3D model that was built by theputer using electromaic waves. Literally sending them out and receiving feedback, kind of like bats echolocation.
¡°Order the team to stop first.¡±
Tang Guo gave her instructions. She walked to the main screen, which is showing the image of outer space. In the endless dark space, there is a distorted area. This kind of scene can¡¯t be constructed using electromaic waves.
However, it can be observed through the telescope outside of their spaceship.
Next to that distorted space, there is a huge spaceship floating. The appearance of this spaceship is full of corrosion, after all a long time passed.
Judging from its remaining half, this spacecraft has suffered many attacks. Its hull is very broken, there were also many holes on the side. It¡¯s unknown whether some of its internal devices are still working or not.
¡°Many battleships wreckage had been spat out. It seems that this folded space is about to break.¡±
This is a sign that the folded space is already unstable and may copse at any time. At that time, this space area will increase strangely, giving them the opportunity to go deeper and search for some useful battleship wrecks.
¡°Little Wang, try to connect to the public server here.¡±
Tang Guo believes that there must be a public server here. After all, this is arge-scale event. The number of spaceships and battleships that came here is over 100,000. She doesn¡¯t believe that there isn¡¯t a public server formunication with all of these people.
Soon after, they connected to the public sever. Many voices sounded from the speakers in themand room.
¡°Hahaha, I hope I can find a gravity generator this time.¡±
¡°Hmph, Dream! This kind of thing rarely appears even on arge battlefield.¡±
¡°My requirements aren¡¯t high. I just want a traction beam generator. This kind of device is too expensive on the market. I could only watch it previously, but this might be an opportunity¡±
On the public server, many people were expressing the things they hope to get this time. While listening to them, Tang Guo was also full of expectations/
Whether it¡¯s the gravity generator or the traction beam generator, both of them are important to them.
The gravity generator can simte the gravitational pull of celestial bodies, thereby pulling spacecraft from hyperspace back to the physical space. This kind of weapon is under control in the Milky Way.
The SkyRiver Empire doesn¡¯t allow this thing to be sold on the market.
To get this kind of thing, the best method is to look for battleships wreckage as some have them. Of course, it can also be bought in the ck market. Unfortunately, these two methods are unfeasible for most, one requires incredible luck, and the other requires a lot of funds.
Traction beam generators are rtively less precious than Gravity Generators.
But for Tang Guo and the others, the traction beam generator is even more attractive than the gravity generator.
The so-called traction beam is an invisible force beam that can drag objects from one ce to another. It can be used for cargo management, traffic control in interster ports, and capturing spacecraft wrecks or meteorites.
It can even be used as a weapon. Some powerful spaceships are equipped with such weapons.
Tractions beams can¡¯t stop a spacecraft from moving, but it can reduce its mobility and agility, thereby making it easier to hit it.
After listening to the various speeches on the public server for a while, Tang Guo had a certain understanding of the current situation.
The copse of the folded space is indeed imminent. It had already been detected by someone using a special device.
In addition, there are a lot of fleets, a lot of different superpowers, and advanced factions. Without mentioning mention the SkyRiver Empire, there are also the fleets of many advanced civilizations, even manyrge consortia fleets.
In short, there are a lot of organizations and powers here. Tang Guo and her fleet can only be counted in the middle spectrum of all forces, far from the top ones like the SkyRiver Empire and other powerful fleets.
¡°Everyone listen to me clearly.¡±
Tang Guo picked up a transmission device and sent her order to the twenty Warlord 2B series around the cargo ship.
¡°Try to not sh with other fleetster. If there¡¯s the possibility of retreat or negotiation, then do so. We don¡¯t have enough power to act arrogantly here.¡±
¡°Understood!¡±
After hearing the replies from the pilots, Tang Guo finally felt a bit relieved. She slowly waited for the uing event.
As time passed by, the folded space in front of Tang Guo and the others becamerger and more noticeable. It¡¯s on the verge of breaking apart.
In the end, brilliant rays of light appeared on the surface of the folded space, then it expanded even more. It became visible to all the fleets even without the special telescope. It can break apart at any time.
¡°Hahaha, that folded space is about to explode!¡±
An excited voice spread through the public server.
However, afterward, the public server could no longer receive electromaic signals due to the interference of energy waves created as a result of the folded space breaking. Only a harsh sound could be heard.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Along with a silent explosion, the folded space really exploded, causing the appearance of the space in front of Tang Guo and the others to change.
It¡¯s like they were drawn into another space and time.
¡°Lucky!¡±
Tang Guo looked at the disy screen in front of her. There¡¯s the wreckage of a battleship right in front of them, and its state is rtively good. The overall structure of this battleship was not destroyed. It should be worth a lot of money.
¡°Phew!!¡±
However, just as they were preparing to collect this wreckage, a light beam suddenly flew over from the distance and dragged away the battleship wreckage in the shocked eyes of Tang Guo and her crew.
¡°That¡¯s a traction beam.¡±
Looking at the light ray in front of her, Tang Guo¡¯s mouth twitched. She didn¡¯t expect that weapon she was fantasying about just a few moments ago to be used against her.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Tang Guo cursed internally, but she only dared to do so. She doesn¡¯t dare to attack this thief.
After adjusting her mood, Tang Guomanded the cargo ship and fighters to advance together, looking around for other wreckages.
Now, they have finally entered the area changed by the folded space.
This area of space is very wide. Calcting its width, it¡¯s hundreds of thousands of times bigger than the folded space in the grass sea back on the Blue.
In this space area, there are indeed many battleship wrecks.
In the following time, Tang Guo and her crew saw another two battleship wrecks again, but without exception, they were all snatched by the different team.
¡°These guys are simply robbers!¡±
Tang Guo felt very frustrated, but she still kept her cool. She didn¡¯t show any signs of emotion on her face. Instead, shemanded the team to go to a more remote ce, and also alerted the warlord team to not initiate any attack.
Under this low-key search, two dayster, Tang Guo and the others finally had a harvest. More importantly, due to their remote location, no one robbed their spaceship wreckage this time.
¡°Hahaha, Captain Liu, Xiao Fang, quickly drag the wreckage of this battleship toward us.¡±
Only half of this spaceship is left. The right half is missing. Some of the devices inside are exposed, with most of them looking damaged. Tang Guo looked forward to what kind of device there¡¯s inside and hopes that there¡¯ something useful.
Chapter 369: Lucky Find
Chapter 369: Lucky Find
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Tang Guo and the others were very excited. After two days of wandering around, they finally had some harvest.
The wreckage of the spaceship ahead is veryrge, at least one kilometer in length. Judging from its appearance, this should be arge-ss battleship, probably a-destroyer.
¡±I hope the equipment inside is still intact.¡±
Tang Guo looked at the main screen with anticipation. On the main screen, two warlord spaceships quickly flew to the distance, quickly reaching the location of the broken spaceship.
After reaching the spaceship, two mechanical arms protruded from the two warlord spaceships, then grabbed the edge of the huge battleship wreckage. Along with the sound of roaring engines, the two warlord spaceships dragged the broken battleship back.
The back of the cargo ship¡¯s slowly opened, and a huge mechanical arm stretched out, directly dragging the broken battleship inside.
Tang Guo quickly walked outside of themand room. She is going to see what kind of devices are in that broken battleship.
¡±Dr. He, did you find something? Is there anything there that is useful to us.¡±
Tang Guo quickly walked to the wreckage of the battleship. A lot of people are already gathered around it at the moment, all wearing white uniforms, one by one. Is inspecting the broken battleship.
These groups of people are the scientific and technological researchers who came to assist Tang Guo in her mission. Their job is to determine the usefulness of the equipment in the battleship wreckage and dismantle it.
The material used to make the broken battleship is a special alloy, which has not only high durability but also a strong hardness. However, in radiation-filled environments like space, no matter how strong a material is, it¡¯s bound to get damaged.
Fortunately, the situation inside is much better.
They started to use some cutting devices to disassemble the wreckage of the battleship, then gradually disassembled the instrument inside.
¡±Commander Tang, Our luck is very good this time.¡±
Dr. He is a middle-aged man in his early forties. He looked at the instruments that are being carried out of the battleship with a look of excitement.
¡°This is definitely A-Destroyer battleship¡±
¡±Not counting the missing half. In this wreck alone, there are 15 turboser cannons in it, 10 of which are damaged, but maybe we can try to repair them.¡±
The more he talked, the more excited Dr. He became.
¡±With so many turboser cannons, we can dismantle and research them more boldly.¡±
Turboser cannons, aka the-destroyer cannons, are a technology that the Federation never managed to make
The major reason why they were able to make the hyperspace engine so soon is that they have the foundation of the wormhole technology. Both of these technologies are quite simr, making it much easier to study and copy the hyperspace engine.
Even so, their hyperspace engine is miles away from that of the SkyRiver Empire.
As for the turboser cannons, they don¡¯t have the basic framework nor the foundation to make it. They did manage to get some weak turboser cannons, but their number is too small. They usually treat them as treasures, no daring to disassemble and analyze them, but now they can finally start to do so.
The only high-tech technology that they have managed to understand is the energy shield, allowing them to create their own.
Tang Guo was also very excited. Even if they are unable to produce new turbosers, for the time being, this batch of turbosers they got could be used directly.
¡±Unfortunately, the power nt of this starship has been destroyed. Otherwise, we could have taken a look at the power nt of a-destroyer spaceship.¡±
Dr. He had a look of regret on his face, but he quickly regained his excitement.
¡±Command Tang, turboser cannons weren¡¯t our only discovery on this battleship wreckage, we also got a Traction beam generator.¡±
¡±This time we¡¯re very lucky. Let¡¯s go to other ces to see if we can find simr battleship wreckage.¡±
¡±Yeah.¡±
Tang Guo nodded with a satisfied look, then returned to themand room. She couldn¡¯t help but rejoice. The Federation can only be considered a mid-level civilization in the Milky Way. They are too weakpared to the powerful civilizations.
Their most powerful weapon was only a superser cannon, which is just a basic configuration on powerful battleships.
Their other advanced technologies, such as the energy shield and the hyperspace engine cannot be mass-produced.
So, after getting the fifteen turboser cannons, Tang Guo was a bit relieved.
Tang Guo and her team continued moving forward. On their way, they kept sending out electromaic waves to map out the surroundings and looked very any battleship wrecks. In fact, this behavior is very dangerous. It¡¯s the same as proiming their position in space.
If they encounter some mercenaries or evil-hearted people, they might take Tang Guo and her crew as a hunting target.
Unfortunately, they don¡¯t have any other way out; If they don¡¯t use the mapping device, they can only rely on pure luck. Who knows how long it will take to find a battleship wreck at that time.
¡±It would be great if Ouroboros was here.¡±
Tang Guo thought internally.
If there is that big guy. They can act much more confidently. They can even arrogantly use the mapping device to send electromaic waves on a wider range, without caring about anyone targeting them.
In fact, they can even go to the center of the folded space topete for the many spaceship wreckages there
As long as they don¡¯t conflict with SkyRiver Empire, then with the giant serpent present, they aren¡¯t afraid of any other fleet.
Tang Guo and her crew continued sneaking around cautiously. Another three days have passed, during which Tang Guo¡¯s fleet had a great harvest. It seems that luck was on their side this time.
However, most of them are the wreckages of small battleships, even space fighters. Many of the wreckages of these space fighters are nothing more than scrap iron. After all, space fighters are rtively small. Usually, after getting hit, most of their body gets destroyed.
However, They still found a space fighter that was rtively intact. In fact, it was almost in pristine condition. Tang Guo¡¯s crew even found the corpse of the pilot inside the space fighter.
ording to Dr. He¡¯s guess, this space fighter should have been locked by the enemy¡¯s traction beam.
It should have broken free of the traction beam in the end, but its flight system was damaged, making it unable to move in space. In the end, unable to even send a distressed signal, the pilot died in despair in this space fighter.
This space fighter is very valuable. Many of the internal equipment is structurally sound, which will provide great help to the Federation to build high-quality space fighters.
After this short joy, Tang Guo and her fleet continued searching around.
Five dayster, they didn¡¯t have any other substantial harvest. All of the wreckage they found was that of space fighters and ones that werepletely destroyed, leaving behind scrap iron.
Tang Guo was troubled. She needed to make a decision again. There are two options, that is to give up and return to the ¡°Red Sun¡± base now, or to take the risk and go inside the central area topete with the powerful teams for the more precious spaceships.
¡±Dr. He, Let¡¯s go back to the base for now¡±
Tang Guo and Dr. He discussed this matter.
¡±We don¡¯t have the qualification topete with the teams in the central area with our current military power.¡±
After saying this, Tang Guo shook her head with a helpless and unwilling expression.
Chapter 370: Red Coral
Chapter 370: Red Coral
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
If it weren¡¯t for their poor strength, they would have gained a lot more. After all, when the folding space had just exploded, they were in the central area. Sure enough, they encountered two-destroyer spaceship wrecks. Unfortunately, they were stolen from them.
However, following that trend, if they stayed in the central area, they would have a much more significant harvest.
Dr. He did not object to Tang Guo¡¯s order. He also doesn¡¯t want to take any more risks. He¡¯s also not the type to be greedy for military credit or fame. So Tang Guo¡¯s crew left the folded space area and started their return journey
However, like all the clich¨¦ plots, their departure was not so smooth. On the third day, Tang Guo¡¯s space cargo ship received some strange electromaic fluctuations, it¡¯s almost like the fluctuations released by a spaceship as it moves in space, and it¡¯s getting closer.
¡±We might have been targeted.¡±
Tang Guo stood in themand room and gave instructions to the twenty warlord space fighters.
¡±Attention everyone, Attention everyone. Alert! enemy attack! enemy attack!¡±
¡±All warlord fighters, enter the battle-ready state!.¡±
In such situations when the enemy is unknown, the space fighters must be given the greatest degree of freedom to allow them to perform freely. As for the space cargo ship, it has an energy shield and is equipped with sufficient firepower, so it¡¯s not entirely reliant on the warlord fighters.
There are 60 superser cannons on the space cargo ship, and also 2 turboser cannons they got from another ce. It has high firepower itself.
¡±The electromaic fluctuations are getting more and more intense. They are approaching us.¡±
In themand room, Tang Guo¡¯s face looked ugly. Now, her only hope is that the iing enemy is just an ordinary pirate or a gold-digging team. With their firepower, they should be able to safely deal with them.
However, if it¡¯s the team of somerge consortia of powerful civilization¡ Just as Tang Guo was feeling anxious, several beams of light appeared in the distance.
It¡¯s a team spaceship
At the same time, from theirmunication equipment, a voice speaking the Milky Way universalnguage, that is the SkyRiver Empirenguage, sounded.
¡°Ladies and gentlemen, stop, you are being targeted by the red coral. Give up resistance and we¡¯ll allow you to continue living.¡±
Hearing the voice from themunication equipment, Tang Guo¡¯splexion changed.
¡±Red coral?!¡±
She had been in the Central Continent for a while. She learned about a lot of the powerful and note-worthy powers and groups in the nearby area.
Red Coral is a very powerful pirate group. They are very hard to deal with and especially slippery, making it very hard for the local security force to deal with them.
¡±I¡¯ll count to three, if you don¡¯t stop, we¡¯llunch an attack¡±
An arrogant voice, casually issuing a threat sounded from themunication equipment.
¡±Hoof. Let¡¯s see if they¡¯ll stop now.¡±
Inside a huge spaceship, Jordan was holding a cup of tea and looking at the scene on the disy screen. On the screen, there was exactly the image of Tang Guo¡¯s team moving forward.
¡±Young Master Jordan, after hearing Red Coral¡¯s name, they must be probably peeing their pants in fright.¡±
Besides Jordan, one of his subordinates said.
¡±Hehe, I hope this team won¡¯t let me down. The two teams that we robbed before didn¡¯t have anything, which was very disappointing. They deserved their death¡±
Jordanined, then said with a wicked grin.
¡±I hope they can resist a bit. I just happen to be a bit interested in ying with them;¡±
¡°Young master Jordan, it won¡¯t be easy for you to enjoy. This team won¡¯t even stand a few strikes from our turboser cannons before copsing.¡±
Hearing that, Jordan shook his head. If it was that simple, he would have long sunk this team, but he can¡¯t attack before asking them to surrender first.
This is the rule set by his father.
It¡¯s exactly because of the many rules he needs to adhere to while following his father that he led a team of his own and left. Of course, he still needs to follow some basic rules, or he will face a spanking upon returning.
¡±Command Tang, what shall we do now?¡±
In themand room, Tang Guo was panicking a bit. She looked at the people in themand room expectantly waiting for her order and felt deep pressure.
Only after taking a deep breath was she able to calm down.
¡±Old Zhou, scan the enemy spacecraft.¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s mind gradually became clearer.
¡±It¡¯s best to find out the type of the enemy¡¯s spacecraft and roughly calcte their strength.¡±
The Red Coral Pirates aren¡¯t weak. Logically speaking, they shouldn¡¯t be wandering in this remote area. With their strength, they have the qualification to go to the central area topete for the resources there.
Of course, that is as long as they can avoid the SkyRiver Empire and the other powerful civilizations;
In addition, from her previous observations. There shouldn¡¯t be that many spaceships in this fleet, so it¡¯s either a small team separated from the Red Coral or some other pirates posing as them.
¡±Command Tang, the enemy has a total of 18 spacecraft, one of which is especiallyrge. It should be their main ship¡±
The people in themand room also calmed down.
¡±There are two types of battleships in the enemy¡¯s team. The Blue Bird type and the White Swan type. They have ten Blue Birds and seven White Swans.¡±
¡±Of these two small battleship types, Blue Bird is smaller, with four superser cannons mounted on it. It has a machine gun-type attack as it can shoot hundreds ofser beams in just a few seconds.¡±
¡±The White Swan is a heavy-type battleship. It¡¯s equipped with two which C-grade turboser cannons. The energy of inside this type of battleship can typically allow it to shoot 20ser beams, each of which has heavy destructive power.¡±
Hearing what old Zhou said, Tang Guo fell deep in her thoughts, they have the advantage over the enemy in terms of numbers, but thebat effectiveness of their fighters is much lower than that of theirs.
The White Swan Battleship especially gave Tang Guo a lot of pressure.
¡±Commander Tang?¡±
The people in themand room all looked at Tang Guo, awaiting her orders. After a few seconds of silence, Tang Guo suddenly raised her head and looked at everyone.
¡±Old Zhou, convey my orders. Everyone, prepare for battle!.¡±
Listen to Tang Guo¡¯s orders, everyone suddenly smiled.
The Blue Federation and humans overall have experienced too many things, the invasion of mutant and ancient creatures, the kaiju, the deadly virus, the death of their previous, the infected aliens, the giant sea monsters, the pathogen, then the SkyRiver Empire¡
Under such circumstances, they have continuously ovee each predicament, surviving under extreme pressure and forging a steel will. As long as it doesn¡¯t cause irreversible consequences, they usually prefer to face each crisis they encounter head-on!
¡±Send a message to these pirates: Immediately get out of our way. If you continue to block our road, we will be forced to break out with firepower.¡±
While saying this, she had a solemn expression, a look of firmness and determination shone in her eyes.
She can¡¯t just give the harvest they worked so hard for so easily. She naturally understands the truth of bullying the soft and fearing the hard. If they hand out their harvest so easily now, they will look nothing more than a prey easy to bully.
If they can¡¯t even deal with such a small pirate, then how are they going to fulfill their ultimate goal of eventually ruling the gxy and spreading Ouroboros image to every corner?
If the other party really attacks them, she believes that she can also scrap pieces of flesh off them. She¡¯ll let them know that their Blue Federation isn¡¯t easy to provoke.
The twenty warlord space fighters around the space cargo ship immediately dispersed after a slight movement. They sent a message to the opposing pirates, then quickly spread around it.
¡±Huh?¡±
¡±Hahahaha!! Intersting!¡±
In themand room, Jordan had a look of surprise on his face as he heard the message sent to him by Old Zhou. After a moment of silence, he burst out intoughter.
¡±Attention Everyone, prepare for battle!¡±
¡±Destroy all those space fighters, but don¡¯t destroy the space cargo ship. I have to personally go over and see, who has the courage to oppose us after hearing the Red Coral Name.¡±
A look of interest appeared on Jordan¡¯s face. Just after his order was issued, their space fighters also started moving, flying out and confronting the Warlord space fighters.
In themand room of the cargo spaceship, Tang Guo tensed up after seeing the space fighters of the enemy move. It wasn¡¯t just her, but the majority of the people in themand room as well.
Chapter 371: Fang Yun’s Return
Chapter 371: Fang Yun¡¯s Return
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
However, space battles don¡¯t just rely on who¡¯s equipment or weapons are more advanced, but more of abination of that, the pilot¡¯s skills, luck, and more.
At this moment, the warlord fighters relied on continuousrge-scale steering, avoiding theser rain released by the enemy Blue Birds fighters.
Laser cannons are very powerful, fast, and urate, but they have a fatal weakness, they can¡¯t change their course, nor can they track the enemy like missiles.
Therefore, avoiding the attacks of this type of weapon isn¡¯t impossible for experienced pilots. In fact, arge-scale turn while moving is enough to avoid the attacks of thesers. A good sense of timing and precognition is required though.
Of course, this is easy to say, but very difficult to do. The speed of space fighters is incredibly high. The pressure that the space fighter and the pilot need to endure while executing a sudden turn is immense. Not everyone can do it.
Coupled with the fact that the enemy fighter is clinging to them, the warlord fighters must continue to make a sharp turn to prevent the enemy from locking them. This requires incredibly high skills and speed from the pilot.
Fortunately, humans¡¯ physical fitness now is superhuman by the old era standard, not to mention that the warlord fighters pilots are the elites of the elite. Each one of them had undergone harsh training beyond the imagination of ordinary people, hence they could hold in such a disadvantaged situation.
¡±Huh?¡±
Inside the giant spaceship in Red Coral, Jordan looked at the 3D projection in front of him with a surprised look. He was shocked by the incredible operations of human pilots.
¡±Which civilization do these guyse from?¡±
A look of interest appeared in his eyes. Pilots with this level of skill, experience, and physical fitness generally belong to the army ofrge scale civilizations
However, this group of people doesn¡¯t seem to be from arge civilization.
¡±Commander Tang, the enemy¡¯s pilots are amateurs, but their space fighters are too advanced.¡±
Dr. He came to Tang Guo¡¯s said. He looked a little jealous of the opponent¡¯s Blue Bird and White Swan space fighters.
If they had the same equipment, he believes that their pilots would absolutely crush their pilots.
¡±Command Tang, what should we do now?¡±
A staff member turned his head and looked at Tang Guo who was standing in front of the main screen. They no longer had space fighters to protect them.
However, the pirates also have their main ship unprotected.
Their space cargo ship is currently moving at a rtively slow speed. Looking at it from far away, it looked almost like it wasn¡¯t moving.
¡±Increase the speed and continue moving forward!¡±
Tang Guo pondered for a moment, then loudly said.
The staff in themand room were taken aback. If they increased their speed, they would soon collide with the giant pirate spaceship ahead. That might go badly depending on the structural integrity of the pirates¡¯ spaceship.
However, no one raised any question or objection but turned back to operate on the console, seriously executing the order that was given to them.
A giant me spewed out from the stern of the cargo spaceship. The next moment, it galloped forward at an unimaginable speed. At the same time, the energy shield on the cargo ship was activated, and all the weapons were put on a standby state.
As long as there is a chance, they will immediatelyunch a devastating attack.
¡±Master Jordan, this team¡¯s cargo ship is quickly moving towards us.¡±
Inside the Red Coral¡¯s main spaceship, a man reported to Jordan. Jordan, who was watching the 3D projection, immediately frowned upon hearing this report.
¡±They dare to attack us? I originally wanted to keep the people in that cargoship alive, but that doesn¡¯t seem necessary anymore.¡±
¡±Kill them immediately.¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s cargo ship resolutely flew forward. Suddenly, a dense light beam flew from the pirate¡¯s main spaceship,nding straight on their energy shield.
However, Tang Guo and the others still continued moving forward while braving the enemy¡¯s firepower. About half a minuteter, they have already narrowed the distance between them and the pirates¡¯ main ship by half.
At this time, the energy shield of the cargo space ship was about to copse.
However, Tang Guo and her crew were still unfazed. Their superser cannons on their killer weapons like the turboser cannons are all in a state of standby. As long as the energy shield is destroyed, they will immediately use them tounch a counterattack.
Laser cannons aren¡¯t like ordinary missiles or artillery shells, which can be intercepted. The only way to defend againstser cannons is by using a very strong shield, like the energy shield.
Their firepower isn¡¯t low, so the opponent will have to deactivate some of their weapons, then turn on the energy shield to defend against their attacks.
This will give them enough time to get closer to the enemy¡¯s main ship. At that time, even if these pirates use theirser cannons to destroy their cargo ship, they will be close enough.
The fragments of the cargo ship will cause great damage to the enemy¡¯s main ship under inertia.
Tang Guo was betting, betting that the enemy ahead doesn¡¯t have the guts to y such a dangerous game with her.
Jordan is not a fool. He quickly understood Tang Guo¡¯s n. Seeing the cargoship continuing to move forward while attacking them withser cannons, he couldn¡¯t sit still.
¡±Damn it, turn around, let¡¯s go.¡±
He isn¡¯t nning to directly st Tang Guo¡¯s cargo ship anymore. He is going to use their main ship speed and fighters to constantly harass the cargoship until they lose their mobility.
¡±Command Tang, they dodged.¡±
The pirate ship stopped attacking then, then quickly moved from that area.
¡±Use all of our weapons to attack them!.¡±
The speed of the space cargo ship has increased to the extreme, trying its best to catch up with the pirate¡¯s main ship. At the same time, theirser cannons kept firing at them, keeping their energy shield activated.
Right now, Tang Guo¡¯s space cargo ship seemed to have the upper hand when facing the pirates¡¯ main ship.
However, this is only temporary. As long as they open a certain distance between them, the pirates will definitelyunch a fierce counterattack.
A cargo ship whose energy shield has already copsed won¡¯t be able to withstand such a fierce bombardment.
At that time, because the distance increased a lot, even if the cargo ship explodes, the debris wouldn¡¯t be able to cause damage to Jordan¡¯s spaceship.
Tang Guo and the others naturally knew this. While chasing the pirates¡¯ main ship, she was giving instructions to the pilots of the Warlord space fighter ne to pull out from the battlefield and prepare to evacuate.
While they chased the pirates¡¯ spaceship, the hyperspace engine was already gathering energy, preparing to jump in space.
Of course, the chances of their n seeding are very small. After all, when the hyperspace engine is activated, its signs are very obvious, and it¡¯s also the time when the space jump is the most easily interrupted.
The pirates will definitely not let them go.
Under the intentional guidance of Tang Guo, the battlefield area expanded more and more.
Of course, their current situation is bing more and more unfavorable. Ten of their twenty warlord space fighters have already exploded, that is to say, half of their space fighters have been lost. On the other side, the Pirates have only lost one Blue Bird space fighter.
This was because they underestimated their pilots at first and got hit, but this never happened again.
Tang Guo and the others got farther and farther away from the pirates¡¯ main ship. Suddenly, waves of space distortion appeared around the cargo ship, this is the sign of the beginning of a space jump.
¡±Damn it, they are going to make a space jump!¡±
Jordan immediately knew that he had been fooled. With an annoyed look on his face, he shouted loudly.
¡°Attack! don¡¯t let them escape!¡±
The raging firepower poured on Tang Guo¡¯s cargoship again. The intense firepower directly prated the crumbling energy shield andnded on the body of the space cargo ship.
Various parts of the space cargo ship exploded and its rear was directly destroyed, interrupting the process of the space jump.
¡±We failed.¡±
Tang Guo smiled bitterly. After taking a deep breath, she said.
¡±Attack with all your strength,rades, today we may all have to fall here.¡±
No one on the spacecraftined or cried, the staff silently controlled the spacecraft to continuously attack the pirates¡¯ main spaceship. They executed theirmander¡¯s orders until the end without even raising aint, showcasing theirplete trust and willingness to die along with her.
Their super Laser cannons and turboser cannons fiercelyunched projectiles towards the enemy.
However, the pirates¡¯ main spaceship activated its energy shield on time, allowing it to easily withstand these fierce attacks
After enduring this wave of attacks, Jordan¡¯s spaceship deactivated their energy shield andunched several fierce attacks towards Tang Guo¡¯s cargo ship.
Their energy shield has copsed long, The hull was also severely damaged. They couldn¡¯t avoid these attacks at all. In themand room, Tang Guo smiled bitterly. She wasn¡¯t able to avoid her fate after all. She¡¯s still going to die here after all.
¡±Hahahaha, I¡¯ll show you the end of those that dare to fight against me!¡±
Jordan looked at the severely damaged cargo ship ahead andughed triumphantly.
Right at that moment, before the arc on his face could fully expand, it suddenly stagnated. At this moment, in the area between their spaceship and the cargo ship ahead, space suddenly started twisting. In the next moment, two behemoths suddenly appeared
¡°Roar!!!!¡±
One of the two behemoths suddenly raised its head and roared loudly.
Chapter 372: The Death of the Pirates
Chapter 372: The Death of the Pirates
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Huh?¡±
Although the cargo ship was severely hit, the energypartment is still rtivelyplete. The cargo ship can still continue its operations, so when the two behemoths appeared, Tang Guo and her crew also immediately discovered them.
Especially after one of them roared loudly. The resulting electromaic waves quickly reached them, then intercepted and transformed into sound, Tang Guo and the others were especially excited upon hearing this familiar roar.
¡°It¡¯s Ouroboros and the giant turtle!¡±
Tang Guo looked very excited. She didn¡¯t expect that Fang Yun and the giant turtle would arrive at thest moment, she can finally rx.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Jordan¡¯s main spaceship along with the rest of the space fighters suddenly fired theirser cannons towards Fang Yun and the giant turtle. Along with a huge explosion, the two behemoths suddenly shifted their sight from the cargo spaceship to Jordan¡¯s spaceship.
¡±Damn it, what are these things?¡±
Jordan looked at the 3D projection in front of him with a surprised look on his face. Two terrifying behemoths stood far away, looking at them menacingly. For some reason, he felt a cold shiver run through his spine.
What made him especially shocked was that even after theirsers bombardmentnded on these two monsters, it hardly caused any damage.
¡±Fortunately, they are here.¡±
Fang Yun nced at Tang Guo¡¯s space cargo ship with a look of relief.
When Tang Guo and her crew were searching for the battleship wreckage, they kept sending electromaic waves around, then used the received feedback to construct a map of the surrounding area.
Coincidentally, Fang Yun just happened to pass nearby and receive these electromaic waves. After intercepting them, he was able to easily deduce Tang Guo¡¯s spaceship location.
Just the right time. He wants to join Tang Guo¡¯s team, then helps them plunder technological resources in this area. However, he never expected to stumble upon such a situation in their reunion.
¡±Fortunately, I was able to catch up, otherwise¡¡±
Fang Yun looked at Tang Guo¡¯s cargo spaceship whose already severely damaged and felt very angry.
¡°Woooo!!!¡±
The giant turtle beside him roared loudly, also very angry.
The giant turtle¡¯s defense is a bit lower than that of Fang Yun, so thoseser attacks caused some damage to it, making it feel particrly painful, so it roared angrily toward the opposite spaceships.
¡±Attack! Kill those monsters for me!¡±
On the pirate spaceship, Jordan roared loudly. He was scared. The big turtle looks very adorable from Fang Yun¡¯s perspective, and in fact, his character is also quite gentle. This can be seen from his actions a long time ago. When it allowed humans to dig pieces of flesh from its body without resisting.
But at any rate, it¡¯s also a terrifying behemoth with a diameter of more than ten kilometers. The scene where it raised its head and roared looked quite intimidating, especially to a young master like Jordan and his subordinates.
A rain ofser beams flew towards Fang Yun and the giant turtle, lighting up the entire space.
After seeing this scene, Tang Guo couldn¡¯t help but worry about Fang Yun and the giant turtle, but in the next moment, she released a sigh of relief.
Thoseser cannons fell on Fang Yun and the giant turtle, but they hardly caused any damage, just like before.
Tang Guo watched as Fang Yun suddenly raised his head and released a gigantic beam towards the pirates¡¯ spaceship.
¡°Boom!!¡±
On the other side, Jordan¡¯s spaceship was able to activate their energy shield in a timely manner, but as soon as their shield was activated, their firepower naturally was held. Both of Fang Yun and the Giant Turtle approached the opposing warship, spewing powerfulser beams on them.
¡±Damn it, they¡¯re approaching!¡±
Jordan horror-filled shouts resounded through themand room.
¡±Hurry up and order the space fighters to blow these two monsters to pieces!¡±
The Blue Bird and White Swan space fighters started heading towards the two behemoths, but due to their distant location, it will take them a while to arrive.
In that short period of time, Fang Yun had already reached the area next to Jordan¡¯s spaceship. He suddenly used ¡°Cell Distortion¡±. Inside the spacecraft, Jordan found his body suddenly became hot. This is due to the abnormal rate of cell division and death. The same thing happened to all the people in themand room.
¡°What the hell is happening?!¡±
¡°Noooo!!!¡±
Soon, wrinkles appeared on their faces, their bodies gradually shrank into nothing more than skin and bones, eventually falling onto the ground, dead.
The power of a fantasy-type skill like ¡°Cell Distortion¡± can¡¯t be stopped by a mere energy shield.
Only now did the Blue Bird and White Swan fighters reach Fang Yun¡¯s location. Theyunched a fierce attack on Fang Yun and the giant turtle, but it was all for naught.
In the end, they all died of old age due to Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Cell Distortion¡±.
It wasn¡¯t the first time that Tang Guo saw Fang Yun¡¯s weird abilities, but no matter how many times she saw it, this kind of weird ability is still very scary and creepy.
She felt that this type of attack is almost unstoppable, almost like a bug.
¡±Fortunately, Ouroboros is from our camp, otherwise¡¡±
Otherwise, they would have died a long time ago back on the earth. They wouldn¡¯t even have lived to see the appearance of the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s spaceship.
¡±Ouroboros.¡±
Tang Guo personally walked out of her spaceship wearing a protection suit, then said to the inconceivably big Fang Yun with an emotional look on her face.
¡±Thank you, you saved us again¡ By the way, how did you find us?¡±
Fang Yun nodded slightly, epting Tang Guo¡¯s gratitude, then exined to her the process of intercepting the electromaic signals and deducing their location. Only then did he remember his original purpose
¡±Tang Guo, in this folded space, there is a lot of battleship debris, many of which are still usable.¡±
¡±Perhaps you can capture a lot of battleship debris, then form a luxurious interster fleet.¡±
Tang Guo subconsciously shook her head, how can theypete with these powerful civilizations? But after seeing Fang Yun, her mind suddenly cleared up.
They didn¡¯t dare to think about it before, but Fang Yun is with them now.
This time, maybe they can really gather enough battleships to form a powerful fleet. After thinking for a moment, Tang Guo said seriously.
¡±Ouroboros, let¡¯s go back to the base first, then bring more cargo ships out.¡±
Fang Yun naturally has no opinion.
Only now did all the warlord space fighters return. Sadly, only 7 remained. The pilots of the warlord space fighters could finally rest easy after seeing that Fang Yun killed the pilots of the pirates¡¯ space fighters. Their fallenrades have been avenged.
Next, they started their returning journey to the ¡°Red Sun¡± base.
Of course, they didn¡¯t forget to bring their spoils.
In fact, Tang Guo and her crew have already moved from their crumbling cargo ship to the pirates¡¯ main ship. They have also gathered all the Blue Bird and White Swan fighters in it.
As for their broken cargo spaceship, due to its severe damage, it can¡¯t make space jumps anymore. Fortunately, Fang Yun can easily drag it along with him while crossing space.
Soon after, they returned to the ¡°Red Sun¡± base.
This time they can be said to have almost died, but their harvest is extremely huge. Without mentioning the battleship wreckages they got, the space fighters and main ship they got from the pirates is their biggest harvest.
After reaching the base, Tang Guo and her crew didn¡¯t take a rest. They immediately took more people and spaceships with them, then went back to the folded space.
Chapter 373: BattleStar
Chapter 373: BattleStar
Trantor: Yamir Moon
This time, Tang Guo led arger team. The thing that increased this time is mainly the number of cargo ships. There were three cargo spaceships in this team this time. These three were the only ones in the ¡°Red Sun¡± base.
As for the Red Coral pirates spaceship, Tang Guo left it in the base. They can¡¯t take it out so boldly now. If it gets recognized by people familiar with it, it might cause them some unnecessary troubles.
After many space jumps, Fang Yun, Tang Guo, and the others returned to the folded space. This time they directly headed towards the central area, nning to search for the resources there.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle followed millions of miles behind the team. Although they were far apart, they couldmunicate with each other through electromaic waves. Moreover, this distance can be crossed by Fang Yun using just one space jump.
¡±Tang Guo, there is something that looks like battleship wreckage 100,000 kilometers ahead of you.¡±
Fang Yun keenly discovered that a weird object appeared not far ahead of Tang Guo and her crew. It¡¯s most likely a spaceship wreck, so he quickly reminded Tang Guo.
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s reminder, Tang Guo immediately ordered their fleet to move in the direction specified by Fang Yun. Soon enough, they indeed saw a battleship wreck over there.
¡±Sure enough, it¡¯s the wreckage of a battleship.¡±
Inside themand room, Tang Guo looked particrly excited. She quickly ordered her subordinates to start acting.
¡±Immediately send two space fighters to drag that battleship wreckage!¡±
Through the electromaic signals sent between the spaceships in Tang Guo¡¯s fleet, Fang Yun knew that Tang Guo¡¯s subordinates have just dragged the battleship wreckage inside one of their cargo ships.
¡±How is it going?¡±
Fang Yun asked Tang Guo curiously.
¡±Is there anything useful to you on that battleship.¡±
¡±Ouroboros.¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s voice sounded in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. ¡°This battleship¡¯s state is very good, many of the devices and weapons on it are still intact.¡±
Her voice had an underlying tone of happiness.
Fang Yun was also taken aback. He didn¡¯t expect their luck to be so good. The first battleship wreckage they found is rtivelyplete with many of its internalponents still working. In fact, it might even recover its former glory after fixing it.
This is a good sign.
He has also learned a little about space battles. The battles between advanced civilizations are mainly major destruction weapons such as turboser cannons and ion beams. Of course, even traction beams are used. If used correctly, this device can change the course of a battle.
After getting locked by a traction beam, the target¡¯s speed must plummet a lot, and even if the target manages to get rid of the beam, it will still suffer some sort of internal damage.
Fang Yun is naturally happy to see that humans are increasing their strength and technology. This is the purpose of his visit this time after all.
After Tang Guo and her crew captured the wreckage of the battleship, the team continued moving forward. Under Fang Yun¡¯s gigantic detection range, Tang Guo and her crew had a great harvest.
Fang Yun¡¯s electromaic induction ability can be maximized in space. He is especially sensitive to electronic devices such as those of Tang Guo¡¯s cargo ship.
Even the biggest spaceship is inconceivably small in the endless void of the dark space. Even with all kinds of high-tech instruments, Tang Guo and her crew are still mostly relying on luck to find these battleship wreckages.
But with the addition of Fang Yun, the situation haspletely changed.
For seven days, Tang Guo and her crew, with Fang Yun¡¯s help, obtained the wreckage of three battleships, one in excellent condition and two that were very worn out.
In addition, they found the wreckage of some space fighters and space cargo ship.
The wreckage of the space cargo ship was especially big. That cargo ship was over 30 kilometers long. It¡¯s simply ginormous, Tang Guo¡¯s cargo ship can¡¯t evenpare.
Therefore, they could only drag it at the end of the team.
This cargo ship must be the cargo ship of an advanced civilization, it¡¯s extremely big. After all, a 30 kilometers long cargo ship isn¡¯t something an ordinary civilization can make or maintain.
On that cargo ship, Tang Guo and her crew found a lot of superser cannons, even powerful turboser cannons.
This caused them to be extremely excited, especially Dr. He who almost fainted. With so many advanced weapons, they can finally start their research with confidence.
Moreover, there is still cargo on this cargo ship. This cargo is some type of grenade. ording to Dr. He¡¯s spection, the power of this type of grenade is very high, but it¡¯s not made for spacebat, but rather surface orarybat.
There are also many high-energy firearms in the cargo.
Obviously, this is arge cargo ship that transports armaments and supplies. Unfortunately, the transported supplies and weapons are mostly for or ground battle, so it¡¯s not very useful to them.
Tang Guo transported all these materials, then dismantled the weapons and devices in therge cargo ship, and brought them to their own. Currently, therge space cargo ship is only an empty shell.
Even if only a shell remains, the huge cargo spaceship is still very useful. Perhaps, after their repairs, this ship can roam space again.
Tang Guo and her fleet continued their treasure hunting journey in space. On a certain day, their instruments detected the existence of a strange object ahead.
Furthermore, when they flew towards that area, they discovered that quite a few fleets were flying there as well.
Tang Guo and their crew received a few warnings to back off, but after a brief discussion with Fang Yun, she ignored these warnings and resolutely led her team forward.
Tang Guo, who had tasted the sweetness, was reluctant to give up easily. She isn¡¯t nning to leave with some scraps this time. Her goal is to continuously capture battleship wreckage and quickly improve the military strength of the federation.
Her bottom line to at least get a decent military team, one that can¡¯t be shaken by someone like the previous pirates.
As they got closer and closer, their instrument was able to build a 3D model of the object in front. From that model, they were able to see that the opposite thing is a huge spherical object, a bit like a miniature.
Its diameter is more than 50 kilometers.
This is not surprising. After all, such a small moon isn¡¯t rare in space. It might even be arge meteorite, which is even moremon. What is unusual is that this spherical celestial body seems to have suffered from a fierce attack, as it was left with countless pits from a variety of attacks.
In addition, their instruments analysis shows that this spherical celestial body is entirely made of super-grade special alloy. This celestial body doesn¡¯t seem to be produced naturally, but rather man-made.
¡±This is¡ a Battlestar!!!¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s eyes widened upon seeing the 3D model, then suddenly cried loudly.
The name of this object is called the Battlestar, this is its standardized name through the gxy. This is an extremely powerful weapon.-destroyer battleships are fartspared to it.
The level of firepower that this weapon can deploy is extremely high! That¡¯s without mentioning its exaggerated defense!
This kind of weapon is also known as the interster bulldozer. Few weapons can stand in its path in an interster battlefield. It¡¯s one of the top weapons that can be found in the Milky Way Gxy!
Chapter 374: Star Beast Tide
Chapter 374: Star Beast Tide
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±It¡¯s actually a Battlestar. Although it¡¯s only a semi-finished product, if we get it, maybe we can repair this superweapon.¡±
Tang Guo looked at him at the 3D hologram with an eager look. Dr. He next to her had glowing eyes. He felt like he was going to faint again to extreme excitement.
With a weapon like this, the Federation will finally have the capital to stand proudly in front of those advanced civilizations. They won¡¯t have to be so afraid of them anymore.
Of course, this level of weapon requires an incalcble amount of energy for each use. This is quite normal, as even a strike set at its lowest output has the power to destroys.
The Blue Federation can¡¯t use weapons of this level for now.
¡±We still can¡¯t use it, but it doesn¡¯t matter, let¡¯s get it first, then think about other thingster.¡±
Tang Guo thought for a moment, then informed the other two cargo ships to get ready to drag this Battlestar away.
It would be difficult to drag such a huge weapon relying solely on their three cargo ships, but Fang Yun said that he will help them drag it together.
Unexpectedly, just when Tang Guo and her crew started moving, aser beam shot towards them. Moreover, thisser beam just happened to be aimed at the spaceship where Tang Guo is.
Fortunately, the staff on the spacecraft responded swiftly and promptly activated the energy shield. Otherwise, Tang Guo and her crew would have been out of luck.
A huge fleet suddenly appeared above Tang Guo¡¯s team.
¡±Weapons like the Battlestar aren¡¯t something a small civilization like yours can possess.¡±
That fleet sent a message to Tang Guo and her crew, then two giant battleships separated from the fleet, heading towards the Battlestar to drag it away.
However, they were also stopped as another fleet arrived.
Both of these two fleets are very powerful. Each one of them has over 30 spaceships, including main ships, cargo ships, and battleships. That¡¯s without mentioning the extremelyrge number of space fighters near them.
It¡¯s obvious that these two fleets should belong to arge civilization.
However, before the two of them started discussing how to split the Battlestar, the dark space not far away suddenly started distorting, after which two behemoths appeared.
It was Fang Yun and the giant turtle. They naturally couldn¡¯t watch theirpanions get bullied and disregarded.
They appeared mightly next to the two fleets, but these two fleets weren¡¯t afraid. Instead, they were eager to attack Fang Yun and the giant turtle in an attempt to capture them.
¡±Stupid.¡±
Fang Yun shook his huge head, his mouth suddenly opened. White particles gradually gathered in it. In the next second, Fang Yun spat a huge energy beam towards one of the two fleets.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Despite deploying their energy shield, a battleship still couldn¡¯t handle Fang Yun¡¯s serious attack and exploded. As the battle progressed, the two fleets banded together to resist Fang Yun¡¯s attacks, but unfortunately, they still couldn¡¯t hold for long. Soon after, they copsed.
The intelligent creatures in the fleet were subdued by Tang Guo and her crew. This time, she is intending to interrogate these aliens, maybe she can get something from their mouths.
At the same time, the surviving spaceships and space fighter of these two fleets were taken over by Tang Guo.
Soon enough, their team expanded.
Originally, their team had a total of three space cargo ships and fifty space fighters, but now they have 13 cargo ships and 18 battleships.
Of course, these battleships aren¡¯t of the-destroyer level. Except for the SkyRiver Empire, few other advanced civilizations have their own-destroyer battleships.
But even so, the team they gathered is extremelyrge. Now, even without Fang Yun, as long as they don¡¯t encounter the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet and the other top civilizations, Tang Guo¡¯s fleet is basically invincible in this folded space.
¡±Sure enough, in space, robbing is the shortest way to gain strength¡±
Fang Yun helplessly sighed. They had worked so hard for so long before, but they only found a few battleship wrecks. Heck, most of the devices and weapons inside them have already rotted.
But now, through robbing, they got arge number of spaceships, cargo ships, battleships, and space fighters, raising their strength to a whole new level.
If this batch of spaceships is brought back to the ¡°Red Sun¡± Base, the ¡°Red Sun¡± Base can form an army of predators specifically to plunder the resources of other civilizations.
¡±Okay, it¡¯s enough, we should return now to our base.¡±
Tang Guo was very satisfied with this trip¡¯s harvest.
The harvest this time outss anything they got before. Previously, she would have never imagined that they will get a Battlestar and the fleets of two advanced civilizations.
Just as they were about to go back, Tang Guo¡¯s fleet suddenly received an emergency message.
This message was released by the SkyRiver Empire. They detected an abnormal energy tide in the folded space, and it¡¯s likely left by a giant Star Beast tide.
Due to the chaotic energy in the folded space, they didn¡¯t detect the internal situation of the energy tide. They don¡¯t know how big is this Star Beast Tide
A tide of star beasts will gallop through this area, so they urgently called all the fleets in this area
¡±Star Beast tide?¡±
Tang Guo was shocked upon hearing the news. Stars beast tides can be very terrifying. The usually extremely rare Star Beasts gather in giant groups to wreak havoc over a certain area, this area can be sometimes counted in light-years
Of course, they don¡¯t totally cluster together, but it¡¯s still an interster disaster that can wreak havoc over countless intelligent creatures.
Ordinary fleets have no resistance at all when encountering a Beast Tide. After all, as long as they get entangled with a star beast. It will immediately call itspanions to gang upon them.
For a while, Tang Guo didn¡¯t know what to do.
They are already deep into the folded space. They can¡¯t evenunch a space jump and leave this ce. Along with the appearance of a Beast Tide is an energy tide. This energy tide will form an interfering force that is even greater than the gravitation pull of a Star.
In the range of energy tide radiation, no spaceship can perform a space jump.
They currently have two options, that is to stealthily leave this ce, but this option has an incredible risk and needs a long time. Moreover, whether they are discovered by the Beast tode or other fleets, it¡¯s bad news for them.
Without mentioning the consequences of encountering Star Beasts. Just encountering another fleet is big trouble. They will surely be recorded as deserters and sent to the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s data center. The SkyRiver Empire willunch a gctical wanted order for them, leaving no ce for them in the gxy.
Finally, after thinking for a while, Tang Guo reluctantly chose to go to the assembly area. At the same time, they were thinking about countermeasures.
After thinking about it for a long time, They weren¡¯t able toe up with a good solution. Under the natural disaster that is the star beast tide, even the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet faces great danger and pressure, let alone their small fleet.
After all, in star beast tides, that kind of extremely powerful Star Beast surpassing the disaster-level will definitely appear. Not to mention the possible Pathogens hiding amongst them.
¡±We¡¯re in real big trouble this time, I didn¡¯t expect to encounter a beast tide here.¡±
Tang Guo chatted with Fang Yun, looking distressed.
She originally thought that their treasure hunt adventure will have a perfect ending, with a huge harvest on their back, but she never thought that there would be such a reversal.
¡±It¡¯s not necessarily a bad thing, Tang Guo.¡±
Fang Yun was quite optimistic.
¡±As long as you are careful, with my assistance, there shouldn¡¯t be any problem.¡±
¡°The energy core of Star Beasts is very precious, and their flesh is also a very good material, worth a lot of Bio-energy¡±
Unlike the worried Tang Guo, Fang Yun was just excited.
The appearance of a star beast tide means that star beasts can be seen everywhere. He can swallow these powerful creatures unscrupulously.
The days of eating just meteorites have made him feel numb and tired, he really wants to change the menu for once.
Tang Guo just smiled bitterly and shook her head, praying internally that the star beast tide will quickly pass.
As Fang Yun, Tang Guo, and her fleet continued moving forward, soon enough they reached the gathering area designated by the SkyRiver Empire.
Chapter 375: Redrick
Chapter 375: Redrick
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
As soon as Fang Yun and Tang Guo¡¯s fleet arrived at the gathering area designated by the SkyRiver Civilization, They immediately detected the innumerable and messy electromaic signals filling this area. This is due to the public server established by the SkyRiver Empire in this area.
Tang Guo and her fleet chose to park in a faraway area, upy a very big range alone. It wasn¡¯t just them, most fleets and teams kept a distance of at least 10,000 kilometers away from each other.
However, this distance is still very small in space.
ording to the instructions of the SkyRiver Empire, all the fleets must be stationed together in a circle on a firste-first-served basis.
If the star beast tide passes by here, every ship needs to emit electromaic waves outward, filling this area with chaotic information and strong radiation.
Those star beasts that are sensitive to electromaic waves will choose to take a detour after sensing this environment. Of course, this won¡¯t work for all Star Beasts, so it¡¯s necessary for them to get ready to st any Star Beast that barge into this zone into pieces.
¡±Tang Guo, a huge maic field is approaching here. It should be an extremely powerful Star Beast¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s body hovered over Tang Guo¡¯s spaceship. He sensed that a star beast wasing and notified Tang Guo to get ready.
Tang Guo became nervous. Although their location wasn¡¯t on the periphery of the circle, it¡¯s still far from the center. She has seen some records and information about the destructive power of a Star Beast tide, so she couldn¡¯t help but feel nervous.
The destructive power of a star beast tide is unimaginable. No civilization is willing to face them head-on. Weaker civilizations like them will be finished upon encountering a Star Beast Tide.
¡±Fortunately, the ce where the star beast tide erupted is in the central area of the Grave Star battlefield. If was near the earth, we might not be able to escape this catastrophe.¡±
Tang Guo rejoiced internally. The energy tide formed by the star beast tide will greatly interfere with the hyperspace jump, let alone the more inefficient, slower, and more unstable wormhole technology.
If they encounter this Star Beast Tide, the Earth and humanity wouldn¡¯t even have the chance to escape.
¡±Ouroboros, can you sense the approximate scale of this star beast tide?¡±
The SkyRiver Empire provided very little information, causing Tang Guo to worry a lot. Can this made-up group from many civilizations stop this beast tide?
At the moment, there are at least 10,000 fleets in this gathering area, not to mention that there is the very powerful SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet.
If they use their full power and resources to send electromaic waves across this area, they can indeed make this area very noisy and chaotic. The average star beast will feel very dizzy and nauseated upon entering this area.
However, who knows how big is the scale of this star beast tide, and more importantly, the location of this gathering area inparison to the beast tide.
If they are closer to the edge of the beast tide, they might be able to escape this disaster, but if they are in The central area of the star beast tide, then even with all of these fleets and spaceships, they aren¡¯t likely to survive.
¡±I¡¯m not clear for the time being,¡±
Fang Yun described what he detected to Tang Guo.
¡±The Star Beast tide is still quite far away from here, it will probably reach this ce in about 10 days.¡±
Just as Tang Guo and the others worried about confronting the Star Beast Tide, on a many light-years away, an area that belongs solely to the SkyRiver Empire.
This is called Dona, a private property belonging to the Dona tribe of the SkyRiver Empire. It¡¯s also of course under the jurisdiction of the SkyRiver Empire.
Somewhere on this, in a city-size mansion, a man dressed in luxurious clothes was holding a ss of azure blue wine. After taking a sip, he leisurely said.
¡±Fortunately, I returned to the Empire in time. If I remained in the Grave Star Battlefield, this time it would be really over.¡±
¡±Hahaha, that idiot Kvelver. I bet that he is still excited about his promotion to captain this time
He shrugged, ¡°Kvelver, this is just my charity to you. It can be considered as my ¡°Thanks¡± for what you did before. I hope that you won¡¯t die in the near future, hahaha!¡±
Afterughing out loudly for a while, he gurgled the wine in his cup.
¡±Strange, why is there a statue here?¡±
Redick looked strangely at the thing on the desk in front of him. It was a statue made of pure gold. It looked particrly exquisite, but it depicted something rather strange. It¡¯s like the depiction of a creatureposed of many species.
¡±It looks quite good, but when did I put it here?¡±
Redrick felt a little dizzy. He seems to have some spiritual problems these days. He often has short bursts of amnesia. When he saw this statue, he vaguely remembered that he did indeed bring it back, but he doesn¡¯t remember when and why.
In short, his memories rted to this statue are very fuzzy and blurry.
After pondering for a moment, he stopped paying attention to this matter and transferred his attention to other things
¡±This star beast tide is quite exciting¡±
Redrick muttered to himself with some excitement.
¡±The scale of this star beast tide has reached more than ten light-years. It is really exciting. I wonder how many civilizations will be destroyed this time.¡±
¡±I wonder how the Empire will respond to this, but I hope they won¡¯t end it too quickly.¡±
¡±Hehe.¡±
Laughing a bit creepily, Redrick walked out of his room.
The center of the SkyRiver Empire, the imperial star, the power center of the entire empire. On top of the Empire State Building, all the high-levels of the SkyRiver Empire were gathered`.
The five elders, twelve generals, and thirty-six councilors.
¡±Elder Jason, how are the elders preparing to deal with this season¡¯s Star Beast Tide?¡±
On one side of the conference table, on the seat of the twelve generals, a middle-aged man that looks almost like a human raised his head and asked an old man on the elder seats ahead.
The people in the conference room silently watched the interaction between these two people.
The five elders are the political and economical rulers of the Empire. However, the twelve generals have considerable military power, giving them the confidence and ease to converse with the elders as equals. As for the councilors, in the face of such major events, they can only obey orders.
¡°The scale of this Star Beast Tide is veryrge. If we face it head-on, we will certainly suffer a great loss, but the route of this Star Beast Tide passes through the territory of our SkyRiver Empire. More importantly, our Imperial Star is right in the middle of their route.¡±
Elder Jensen, the representative of the elder group, stood up and looked sharply at the people in the conference room before continuing.
¡±There are so many Powerful Star Beasts in the central area of the Beast Tide, and by the looks of things, it will be impossible to avoid it¡¡±
After a moment of silence, Jensen recounted the advice given to them by their think tanks
¡±What we can do now is to expand the electromaic field of the using an electromaic amplifier to drive most of the Star Beasts away.¡±
¡°As for the remaining small group that isn¡¯t affected by electromaic waves, we should be able to easily deal with them, without any loss.¡±
Chapter 376: Tang Guo’s Crisis
Chapter 376: Tang Guo¡¯s Crisis
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun and Tang Guo didn¡¯t know about the meeting light-years away. In fact, they didn¡¯t even know that the SkyRiver Empire is more worried about the iing disaster than them.
The Grave Star Battlefield is only the marginal area of the iing Star Beast Tide, but the SkyRiver Empire is in the central area of its route.
It¡¯s unknown how manys will be destroyed and how many civilizations will suffer in front of this disaster.
Of course, none of this has anything to do with Fang Yun. He slowly waited as the Beast Tide got closer and closer. The anxiety and tension in the air also rose as time passed
Tang Guo and her crew started studying the Battlestar to see if there is any way to activate this weapon.
This device is seriously damaged, but its central circuits are still intact. With a bit of maintenance and a lot of energy, they might just be able to activate this device.
Of course, they also need some time to figure out how to activate this weapon. If the Battlestar can be activated before the Beast Tide arrive, then it can y a critical role as their absolutest trump card.
In this tense and depressing atmosphere, ten days finally passed.
On this day, a special energy field appeared not far away. This energy field made Tang Guo and the others extremely depressed, as if a huge mountain pressed on their back, giving them unparalleled pressure.
¡±The Star Beast Tide is here.¡±
Tang Guo was very nervous. Facing the endless tide of star beasts, she had a feeling of looking at a huge insurmountable mountain. It¡¯s almost like a lower creature facing the creature at the top of the food chain.
In short, this feeling made Tang Guo and the others extremely ufortable.
¡±All fleets, immediately send electromaic waves into space.¡±
The SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet began to issue orders. At this time, everyone had solemn looks on their face. One after the other, they turned on the electromaic wave-emitting devices on their ships.
Suddenly, this area became filled with chaotic noises. Countless electromaic waves of different frequencies moved in this area, making it extremely chaotic.
Even Fang Yun felt a little ufortable in such an environment. After all, he is extremely sensitive to electromaic fields. This chaos caused him to feel a bit nauseous, but he quickly overcame this feeling.
¡°Wooo!!!!¡±
From the distant space, one weird electromaic wave appeared one after the other, which were intercepted by the spaceships around and tranted into deafening howls.
The giant turtle looked particrly uneasy. It wandered around Fang Yun, seemingly wanting to escape, but it couldn¡¯t do so as Fang Yun didn¡¯t move yet.
Fang Yun soothed it, then looked at the area ahead.
¡±Tang Guo, I¡¯ll go first.¡±
Fang Yun reminded Tang Guo, then left the cluster of fleets.
This incident is of great benefit to him. Even if the beast tide is beyond something he can handle, he can still stealthily return to the chaotic electromaic-filled area next to Tang Guo.
In the next moment, he started moving. The giant turtle howled meekly a bit, then helpless followed behind him.
Due to the Fact that Tang Guo also created an electromaic waves-filled area, there aren¡¯t any Star Beasts in this ce, so he needs to go further away.
They continued slowly moving forward, and after crossing 3000 kilometers, they finally encountered their first target.
¡±Star beast.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes lit up after seeing the giant beast ahead. It¡¯s a Star Beast about 5 kilometers long.
It looked like a centipede. When it saw Fang Yun and the giant turtle, it immediately roared viciously, announcing the ownership of this area and warning the two of them to stay away.
It considers Fang Yun and the giant turtle as its kind.
Moreover, they were treated as creatures of the same level, otherwise, it would have immediately run away or pounced on them.
However, Fang Yun naturally won¡¯t take the roar of such a weak beast seriously. The giant turtle took the initiative and rushed to the giant centipede and bit on its tail.
¡°Wooo!!!¡±
The giant centipede roared in pain. It twisted its body around, intending to constrict around the giant turtle, like a giant snake.
But neither its size of strength gave it this ability, as it was easily counterattacked and killed by the giant turtle.
Fang Yun moved around casually, dividing the giant centipede into pieces and leisurely eating it.
¡±This beast tide is really a good thing. It¡¯s aa pity that I can¡¯t get too far from the gathering area.¡±
Only in the central area of the star beast tide can he swallow star beasts wantonly. Unfortunately, this ce is only a remote area. If he really goes to the central area, it¡¯s unknown whether he can survive, there are a lot of powerful star beasts and pathogens there.
That¡¯s without mentioning that if something happens to Tang Guo¡¯s fleet, he won¡¯t have the time toe back and support them.
¡±Little Turtle, let¡¯s go.¡±
Fang Yun gently patted the turtle¡¯s head, then flew in a certain direction. Because Fang Yun can also be considered a star beast, those star beasts didn¡¯t immediately attack him and the giant turtle upon sight, but rather warned them.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t take those star beasts seriously. He isn¡¯t here to y but to devour these beasts and get a lot of bio-energy.
¡¡¡¡¡
In the next few days, Fang Yun continued devouring all the star beasts on his way.
Most of the star beasts he encounters are around 5 to 6 kilometers long. These are the average and most numerous type of star beasts.
There are also some 1 to 2 kilometers long star beasts, but they often wander in groups. Fang Yun gathered arge amount of bio-energy by devouring them.
He can harvest all of their lives with a single ¡°Lightning Domain¡±.
Fang Yun¡¯s bio-energy crazily rose.
His bio-energy points have reached 2 billion, a quarter of the required 8 billion, but he is likely to fulfill this amount in this beast wave.
Just a 1-kilometer long star beast can provide 1 million bio-energy points.
A 10-km long star beast can provide more than 10 million bio-energy points, sometimes 20 million points, which is quite a huge amount.
While Fang Yun was happily devouring food in space. Back in the gathering area, Tang Guo and her crew faced their first crisis.
Chapter 377: Heavy Targeting
Chapter 377: Heavy Targeting
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The hunting in the past few days has caused Fang Yun to get further and further away from the area where Tang Guo¡¯s fleet is located
Both Fang Yun and the giant turtle have had moist lives during this period. There isn¡¯t ack of food at all, and ites in a variety of shapes and tastes.
Currently, Fang Yun¡¯s bio-energy points have increased to 4.3 billion, reaching halfway mark, and all of this was only in a few days.
However, just as he was about to continue wandering around, he suddenly received Tang Guo¡¯s distress signal.
¡±What? Did a powerful star beast rush into their electromaic wave area so soon?¡±
Fang Yun was quite surprised. This Star Beast Tide just started, and Tang Guo is already facing a crisis already? If so, then how many dangers and crisis she will experience in the future?
Although he was a bit puzzled, Fang Yun still quickly rushed over along with the giant turtle.
¡¡¡
In the area where Tang Guo¡¯s fleet is located, the surrounding space is still empty with no star beast running around, but the atmosphere around was very tense.
Two fleets faced each other
One of the two fleets undoubtedly belongs to Tang Guo.
The other fleet is quite different, much bigger, and more powerful than Tang Guo¡¯s fleet. It stood in a confrontational stance against Tang Guo¡¯s fleet.
The opposing fleet belongs to an extremelyrge consortium. The captain of the fleet is called Xu Ke, a red-headed middle-aged man.
Under his leadership, their fleet brought a lot of profits to the consortium behind them. He also has a considerable reputation in the Grave Star Battlefield.
The reason why he came over this time to steal a good location. They were quitete this time, so logically speaking, they can only stay in the marginal area.
However, that kind of ce is too dangerous, so they have been looking for a rtively safe location these days. Finally, they encountered Tang Guo and her fleet today.
This position is quite good, and the fleet that upies it doesn¡¯t seem to be very strong. After a short deliberation, Xu Ke decided to take their position.
This is not the first time he has done this kind of thing, so he didn¡¯t feel any guilt. Unexpectedly, he found a treasure in this fleet.
A Battlestar. A weapon of this level can be considered strategic level one even in the SkyRiver Empire. After all, the material required to make it is quite expensive even by the Empire¡¯s standard.
The entire Battlestar is made of special alloy extracted froms cores. Moreover, it¡¯s equipped with various devices, weapons, power sources, defensive weapons, etc¡
This kind of weapon is used to counter the enemy¡¯s-destroyer. As long as the-destroyer is locked by it, even with its speed, it will be extremely hard to escape.
Due to the huge size of this weapon, it¡¯s filled with all sorts of weapons and devices.
For example, a gravity generator, making it hard for any spaceship to undergo hyperspace crossing in front of it.
Xu Ke was shocked and frightened after seeing the Battlestar, but upon a closer look, he found that it¡¯s just a destroyed one.
This broken Battlestar should be the harvest of this fleet during their treasure hunt in the folded space, that is they can¡¯t use it just yet.
A burst of greed suddenly clutched Xu Ke¡¯s heart.
¡±Friends, is it convenient for us to rest here?¡±
Xu Ke stood in themand room of his spaceship and sent a message to the Tang Guo¡¯s fleet. His fleet has already outnked her fleet.
The current Tang Guo and her fleet are actually quite strong. After all, they have not only taken over the previous pirate fleet, but also the two previous civilizations fleets.
However, even so, they are still much weaker than the core team of arge conglomerate like the one in front of them
¡±Command Tang, these guys want to upy our territory.¡±
Beside Tang Guo, Dr. He said angrily. If their territory is upied, then they will have to look for another ce.
However, doing so will likely result in a conflict with other fleets.
Although all of the fleets in this gathering area are considered cooperators, after all, many of them are strangers, so each fleet is actively maintaining a certain distance between each other.
If they blindly rush next to another fleet, they are likely to suffer from an attack.
Apart from annexing the position of other fleets, the only other option is to look for an empty ce near the edge of the gathering area, but in that case, they will be in greater danger. If something changes in the Star Beast Tide, they will be the first to suffer.
¡±Dr. He, I¡¯m afraid that the goal of this fleet is not only to drive us away.¡±
Tang Guo gritted her teeth and said. They have a very precious weapon in their fleet the Battlestar. Due to its great worth, even the SkyRiver Empire is likely to ask for them to hand it over if they ever saw it.
¡±Have you sent the message to Ouroboros?¡±
Her only hope now is Fang Yun. After all, he is the only one now with the ability to deal with such a powerful fleet.
Xu Ke¡¯s fleet has three huge main ships, all of which are more than ten kilometers long. At first nce, they might look like cargo ships, but they are actually modified by thepany behind them, and theirbat power is unknown.
Xu Ke¡¯s fleet has two types of space fighters, the heavy-ss, and the light-ss.
The light-ss ones are all Lance space fighters from the Ares Group.
The heavy-ss ones are the famous whale space fighters
The Lance space fighters are of the same ss as the Bluebird fighter but are faster and more agile. The whale space fighters are much more powerful than the white swans, they are on a whole other level.
At present, there are many types of space fighters flowing in the market. The light type mainly includes the ck-Tailed Swallow, the Blue Bird, and the Willow Leaf. All of these are roughly at the same level
They are mostly used by ordinarypanies or gold-digging teams.
There are of course higher-level space fighters, but they rarely used to look for spaceship wrecks, even byvishrge consortia. They are mostly used to escort important cargo or guard important people.
Currently, the enemy¡¯s fleet only showed them 70 light-type and 30 heavy-ss space fighters, but even so, they overwhelmed Tang Guo¡¯s fleet.
That¡¯s just what the enemy casually showed them, it¡¯s unknown how many space fighters and powerful weapons are hidden on those three huge spaceships.
Chapter 378: Disaster-Class Star Beast
Chapter 378: Disaster-ss Star Beast
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Let¡¯s try to hold them for a bit. Send them a message and say that if they want to stay here, they can park at the area 5000 kilometers away.¡±
Muttering a bit, Tang Guo immediately ordered a staff member next to her to send them a message.
This staff member immediately sent her message to Xu Ke¡±s fleet, this message doesn¡¯t mean they wee Xu Ke¡¯s fleet, but theypromised, Their fleet can stay in this area, but it has to be at least 5000 kilometers away, or that will result in conflict.
It doesn¡¯t matter if they agree or not. Tang Guo directly arranged their Blue Bird and White Swan space fighters to guard the main spaceships. At the same time, they slowly moved their original cargo ship and warlord fighters to the rear.
¡±Friends, we really just want to stay next to you, since you don¡¯t agree, then there¡¯s no need for conflict.¡±
In themand room of a huge space, Xu Ke frowned as the spaceships and space fighters of the opposite fleet started moving. He sent a message indicating that they are going to retreat.
However, all of this is just basic deception and psychological warfare in space battles. He gestured for his subordinates to pull the fleet back a bit.
¡±I want you to attack and defeat this fleet within 3 minutes!!¡±
Xu Ke gave orders in themand room, and his subordinates conveyed them to the space fighters pilots and the crew of the other spaceships.
Suddenly, Xu Ke¡¯s fleet spread around, ready tounch a thunder-like attack on Tang Guo¡¯s fleet, but right at that moment, a weird electromaic wave was intercepted by theirmunication instruments.
It¡¯s some sort of beast howl.
¡±What?¡±
Hearing this voice, Xu Ke ordered his flee to stop. The situation has changed. Owning to his cautious nature, he decided to watch and see before taking further action.
It wasn¡¯t just Xu Ke¡¯s fleet, even Tang Guo ordered her fleet to stop their movements.
¡±Ouroboros?¡±
After hearing this beast howl, the image of a giant serpent with its head held high appeared in her mind.
However, when she looked at the disy screen ahead, he pupils shrank.
¡±What the hell?¡±
She looked at the disy screen in front of her with wide eyes. A terrifying giant beast is quickly flying here, but it¡¯s not the familiar giant serpent or giant turtle.
It¡¯s a giant lizard-like beast, moving its limbs and crossing thousands of kilometers in just a few seconds.
It¡¯s about 7 to 8 kilometers long, which can be considered above average for most Star Beasts.
Such a star beast isn¡¯t too troublesome to deal with, but they are now in a gathering area under heavy protection. Since star beasts appeared here, does that mean that there is a gap in the formation, and also near them?
¡°Wooo!¡¯
Just as Tang Guo¡¯s brain was rapidly moving, they captured even more electromaic waves from afar, which were then transformed into beast howls, and there are more than one.
¡±There are more Star Beasts approaching.¡±
Tang Guo and her crew were truly shocked. After a moment, she loudlymanded her subordinates.
¡°Everyone! Prepare for battle!¡±
All the weapons on their spaceships and space fighters were activated, ready to fire at any time.
Wooo!!!!¡±
It was also at this moment that another deep voice was captured and tranted by the instruments of their spacecraft. It was a thick and deep voice. More powerful than any other.
When they heard this sound, even if it was tranted through the instruments of their spaceship, Tang Guo and her crew still trembled a bit.
¡±This is¡¡±
Tang Guo was horrified. She ordered the people to zoom in to the area where the sound ising from. In the next moment, something appeared on their screen.
It¡¯s a huge monster.
It looks like a beetle, with a thick shell, and many pairs of limbs. When it¡¯s moving forward, it constantly moves its limbs up and down, like a rowing boat, allowing it to move at a rapid pace.
It suddenly raised its thick head and howled loudly. After capturing the generated electromaic waves and tranting it into sound, they heard that familiar howl.
Obviously, it was this creature that released the previous howl.
¡±Disaster-ss star beast.¡±
The moment she saw this terrifying behemoth, this word popped into Tang Guo¡¯s mind. She felt her heart suddenly rising to her throat as she looked very nervous.
Disaster-ss star beasts are extremely powerful. Their power corresponds to their name, disaster. They are truly a disaster to most fleets and even to low to mid civilizations.
Star Beasts of this level are generally hundreds of kilometers long. That¡¯s why Fang Yun and the giant turtle weren¡¯t considered star beasts of this ss upon their fame spread.
However, the length of this beetle is over 100 kilometers long. This is not an estimation from Tang Guo¡¯s visual observation, but a conclusion drawn by the AI in their spaceship using electromaic detection.
Some Disaster-ss Star Beasts canpete with third-ss pathogens, showcasing the power of star beasts of this level.
¡±Damn it, it¡¯s a Disaster-level Star Beast.¡±
In themand room, Xu Ke couldn¡¯t keep his calm after seeing the huge behemoth approaching them from the distance.
Only-destroyers have the possibility of dealing with creatures of this level, and they don¡¯t have a-destroyer spaceship right now.
¡±It¡¯s quickly approaching.¡±
After a moment of silence, Xu Ke roared loudly.
¡±Prepare to fight!!¡±
He didn¡¯t choose to back down at this time, not because of how noble or fearless he is, it¡¯s just because it¡¯s toote at this time. Starting a hyperspace jump when such a powerful monster is close is a stupid thing to do.
¡±Hurry up! elerate and hide behind that fleet¡±
Xu Ke quickly conveyed his order. He is nning to use Tang Guo¡¯s fleet as a shield.
Tang Guo is still shocked by the appearance of such a huge behemoth in this remote ce. After all, behemoths of this size generally stay in the center of the star beast tide.
Now that such a behemoth appeared here, what is that fleet going to do?
She watched the weird movements of Xu Ke¡±s fleet as they stealthily moved behind them and instantly understood their purpose. Although frustrated, she didn¡¯t dare to do anything. Now they can¡¯t deal with both a disaster-ss Star Beast and such a powerful fleet at the same time.
While she was thinking about countermeasures, the iing behemoth didn¡¯t give her any time. It raised its head and roared loudly, beforeunching an attack on them.
A bright light suddenly appeared on top of its head, and this light is still rapidly expanding. From its posture, it¡¯s nning to attack Tang Guo¡¯s fleet.
¡±Damn it, activated the energy shield!¡±
The moment Tang Guo¡¯s cry rang out, a shield appeared around all three of their spaceships.
¡°Boom!!¡±
In the end, a rain ofser attacksnded on their energy shields, causing them to tremble severely, but in the end, they were able to withstand it.
The next moment, the giant beetle raised its head again, preparing tounch the next round of attack.
¡±Damn it, if an attack of such intensity hit our shield again, it will not be able to withstand it!¡±
Tang Guo yelled loudly. She is finally starting to panic.
¡±Haha, please block this monster¡¯s attack for me again. Maybe, I¡¯ll pray for you next time.¡±
Behind Tang Guo¡¯s fleet, Xu Ke said with a smirk on his face. He really hopes that this fleet will be able to block the next round of attacks, buying them some more time.
¡±It¡¯s a pity that we can only give up on the Battlestar.¡±
Xu Ke shook his head helplessly. In his opinion, Tang Guo¡¯s fleet is bound to get destroyed. He doesn¡¯t care about their spaceships or space fighters. The only thing he cares about is Battlestar, but it¡¯s a pity¡
¡±We¡¯ll return to take a look at this ceter on. I hope that this Battlestar will still be there at that time.¡±
Xu Ke¡¯s thought while watching the scenery outside. Suddenly his eyes widened a bit.
On the other side, the desperate Tang Guo¡¯s eyes lit up.
¡±Ouroboros!¡±
Chapter 379: Fighting Against The Star Beetle
Chapter 379: Fighting Against The Star Beetle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Despite its huge body and hideous appearance, the beetle still moved at a rapid speed in space. A behemoth that is one hundred kilometers long doesn¡¯t look small, even in the endless dark space.
Such a huge creature, if it falls from space to the surface of a, it will cause an unprecedented disaster. Every single lifeform on the will disappear as the¡¯s topography will permanently change.
In the old history of the Blue, it¡¯s said that an asteroid with just a few kilometers in diameter permanently changed the¡¯s atmosphere and caused the extinction of dinosaurs.
That¡¯s just an asteroid with a diameter of fewer than 10 kilometers, let alone one with a size of 100 kilometers.
What¡¯s more, this is just this Star Beast¡¯s power and huge size. It still has all sorts of different and powerful abilities.
So it¡¯s not difficult what scary scene would be that of a giant monster of such size rushing towards them. Not only was Tang Guo and her crew frightened, but even Xu Ke and his crew were also a bit scared.
However, with the appearance of a new variable, the situation of the battlefield subtly changed.
Xu Ke and his crew became even more frightened, but Tang Guo and her crew were different. In themand room of their main spaceship, Tang Guo¡¯s eyes suddenly brightened.
¡°Ouroboros!¡±
Tang Guo yelled loudly. With the appearance of her back up, she was finally able to rx a bit.
Not far away, the dark space suddenly distorted, then two giant creatures appeared.
A giant serpent and a giant turtle.
The body length of the giant serpent is more than 20 kilometers. As for the giant turtle, it¡¯s more than 10 kilometers long, but because of its oval shape, its deterring factor is no less than that of the giant serpent.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
The moment the two giant monsters appeared, they released earth-shattering howls.
The sound propagated in the form of electromaic waves, then intercepted by a special instrument in the spacecraft. Everyone clearly heard the roar of these two giant monsters.
It¡¯s a very low and prating roar.
This giant serpent and giant turtle are naturally Fang Yun and his younger brother. After receiving Tang Guo¡¯s message, he rushed over immediately, just in time to see the huge behemoth rushing towards Tang Guo¡¯s fleet.
Simrly, he also saw Xu Ke¡¯s fleet, and also discovered they don¡¯t seem to be friends or allies, but rather using Tang Guo¡¯s fleet as a shield.
He guessed the situation at once.
In his view, Xu Ke¡¯s fleet is naturally not as powerful as this disaster-ss Star beast, so he ignored them for the moment. His attention was entirely attracted by the giant beetle.
¡°Woo!!!¡±
The disaster-ss beetle suddenly set its sight on Fang Yun and the Giant turtle, howling loudly, warning them to not get closer.
The nearby smaller Star Beasts immediately left after hearing the beetle¡¯s howl. They sensed the madness emitting from the Beetle¡¯s howl and body.
Obviously, this terrifying creature is about to go berserk, and they are likely to be a target if they remain close.
¡±Ouroboros, there should be no problem, right?.¡±
Tang Guo contacted Fang Yun. The maic field emanating from the giant beetle is getting stronger and stronger, making her feel worried.
Fang Yun immediately reassured her after receiving the message. He is still very confident in dealing with a disaster-ss Star Beast. He previously fought with a third-ss Pathogen, forcing it to flee twice.
In fact, he is actually afraid that there aren¡¯t many such creatures
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s words, Tang Guo finally felt a little calm. After a moment, she ordered the personnel in themand room to inform all the pilots to slowly retreat.
Fang Yun looked at the terrifying beast ahead with a heart full of excitement.
This is the first time he has seen a star beast of the disaster-ss. When he was wandering around before, he didn¡¯t find any Star Beast remotely as powerful or as big as this one.
ording to the system¡¯s prompts, this star beast can provide him with an unprecedented 300 million bio-energy points.
After the previous evolution, he was required to gather 9 billion bio-energy points for the next one. 300 million isn¡¯t much in the face of such a number, but it¡¯s not too little.
Toplete the required 9 billion points, he just needs to eat 30 simr Star Beasts.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun let out a loud roar, the muscles on his cheeks shook. The next moment, his figure shed. He took the initiative to attack the giant beetle. The giant turtle also howled and followed closely behind him.
The giant beetle not far away also angrily howled, then rushed towards Fang Yun.
Tens of thousands of kilometers away, Tang Guo watched nervously as the two behemoths were about to start fighting. They are currently quite far from the battlefield, but they could still clearly capture it using a high-powered camera.
Xu Ke and his fleet were also observing Fang Yun and the giant beetle. When both Fang Yun and the giant turtle appeared at first, they didn¡¯t know their rtionship with Tang Guo, so they had been quite frightened.
After a disaster-ss Star Beast appeared, two other dangerous-level Star Beasts actually appeared.
However, immediately afterward, Xu Ke found something wrong, because the giant serpent and giant turtle that suddenly appeared seemed to confront the giant beetle
¡±Hahaha!!¡±
Xu Keughed loudly.
¡±These two dangerous-ss star beasts are fools. How dare they face a disaster-ss star beast head-on?¡±
Xu Ke shook his head as if he saw a funny sight, but he suddenly thought of something.
¡±Although these two dangerous-ss beasts are not as terrifying as that behemoth beetle, they don¡¯t look like an average dangerous-ss Star Beast. Maybe, they can cause some injuries to that beetle.¡±
¡±If all goes well, maybe we will get an amazing harvest this time.¡±
The more he thought about it, the brighter his eyes became.
These two dangerous-ss star beasts are already very precious, but that Cmity-ss Star Beast far outss that. Its worth is incalcble. The only thing more precious than it here is that Battlestar.
As long as they can get the bodies of these three monsters¡It¡¯s a big fortune
¡±Come on! Fight to the death, you animals!¡±
Xu Ke looked at the giant monsters getting closer and closer to each other and couldn¡¯t help but yell loudly.
Soon after, the three behemoths collided together.
It¡¯s almost like two huges colliding together.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Although they are far apart and still in an environment like space, when the two dangerous-ss star beasts and the disaster-ss beetle collided together, Xu Ke almost felt like he heard a loud sound.
This loud noise felt like a heavy hammer, striking on his heart, making him feel stunned.
¡±What The hell?¡±
He stared at the screen in front of him with wide eyes.
Chapter 380: Fang Yun’s Level
Chapter 380: Fang Yun¡¯s Level
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun heavily collided with the giant beetle. It almost felt like twos colliding.
This giant beetle is much bigger than Fang Yun.
However, his body strength had reached an extremely terrifying level, so the result of this impact is shocking. It was the disaster-ss giant beetle that was pushed back.
It even howled in pain a bit.
The giant turtle is shaking its head a bit now. During the previous impact, it sustained quite a bit of damage, causing it to be a bit dizzy. Fang Yun could almost ¡®see¡¯ the stars circling above its head.
Fortunately, he was the one that withstood most of the recoil, otherwise, it won¡¯t be as simple as getting dizzy. It would at least get injured.
¡±This guy¡¡±
Fang Yun nced at the giant turtle silently. He¡¯s still shaking his head, constantly waving its limbs around, looking like he wants to scratch his head, but couldn¡¯t so due to his short limbs. It¡¯s quite an amusing sight.
¡°Haha, silly turtle.¡±
After making sure that the giant turtle is okay, he focused his attention back on the opposite giant beetle.
The beetle relied on its own special ability to stabilize its body, then looked at Fang Yun again. It opened its giant mouth, as a bright light gathered in it.
A beam of light flew from its mouth, crossing thousands of kilometers in less than a second andnding straight on Fang Yun¡¯s body.
¡±Boom!¡±
The light beam burned through his scales and a bit of his flesh, dealing quite a bit of damage. However, the giant hole healed in just a few seconds, restoring Fang Yun¡¯s scales to their previous look.
¡±Huh?¡±
Xu Ke was truly shocked upon seeing this scene.
A disaster-ss and dangerous-ss star beasts collided with each other, but it ended with the loss of the cmity-ss Star Beast. Even theser beam released by the beetle hardly had any effect.
¡±The defense and recovery capabilities of this giant serpent are really shocking.¡±
Xu Ke was truly amazed.
A 20-kilometer-long giant serpent actually has the upper hand against a 100 kilometers long beetle. How can he not be shocked?
¡±By the way, now that I look closely at them, these two monsters seem to be a bit familiar?¡±
There was a sh in Xu Ke¡¯s mind. He suddenly remembers hearing about these two creatures somewhere. After thinking for a moment, he suddenly recalled a piece of information he heard before.
Some time ago, two dangerous-ss star beasts appeared near a certain gathering area, and many sets of fleets took off to hunt them, but the result was theirplete annihtion.
He remembers that these two creatures were a giant serpent and a giant turtle.
¡±It won¡¯t be the two Star Beasts, right?¡±
After the news propagated, many people felt that that giant serpent and giant turtle might not be a simple dangerous-ss Star Beasts. They might be disaster-ss ones.
Of course, this is their guess based on the fact that the fight between Fang Yun and the Great Will was not disclosed. After all, they joined forces to massacre the fleets at first, but then fought each other right after. In the end, the giant serpent injured the Pathogen and forced it to escape.
This information was not disclosed to the public otherwise, many people will guess that the giant serpent is at least a powerful disaster-ss star beast, possibly even beyond. However, this possibility is too small.
Above the disaster-ss Star Beasts are the nightmare-ss Star beasts.
Once this kind of creature appears in a certain star field, all civilizations and living creatures there will fall into a nightmare.
Disaster-ss star beasts are generally 100 kilometers long, which is already very terrifying, but nightmare-ss star beasts are usually at least 1000 kilometers long. They have already reached the threshold of smaller celestial bodies.
A creature of this size is extremely terrifying. It¡¯s approaching the size of a small. Just its pure physical power isary-level.
Ordinary-destroyer spaceships are nothing but food in front of them. Only Imperial-ss-destroyers and up are worthy of facing them.
A creature of this level is troublesome to deal with even for the SkyRiver Empire. At least, they need to face it carefully. They can¡¯t treat it lightly like lower-levels Star Beasts.
They will definitely evaluate the strength of behemoths of such level carefully, then decide whether to attack it based on its level of aggressiveness and its route of action.
Nightmare-ss star beasts have powerful attack power and very powerful escape ability. Not to mention their high wisdom. If they are defeated in a fight, they usually quickly run away, but they will definitelyunch mad revenge on the ones that attacked them.
The more Xu Ke thought, the more he felt that these two giant monsters are the ones that destroyed the more than 20 fleets.
ording to the survivors¡¯ description, it was originally a battle between the serpent and the Pathogen. Due to their catastrophic battle, just the after damage heavily affected the other fleets.
Due to extreme pressure and fear, some of them attacked the two. No surprise, this caused their doom.
As for who of the two monsters won in the end, the survivors didn¡¯t know.
However, from the battle at that time, it seemed as if the giant serpent has the upper hand. Naturally, the course of the battle can change anytime, so they couldn¡¯t judge what will be the final result.
However, now that the giant serpent appeared here, it proves that he didn¡¯t lose, or that at least he didn¡¯t suffer any loss.
From this, the conclusion is that the giant serpent is definitely an existence of the disaster-ss at least.
Only disaster-level Star beasts can escape from the hands of a third-ss pathogen, or evene to a draw with it.
Third-ss Pathogens are at the same level as disaster-ss Star Beasts, but when ites tobat power, third-ss Pathogens are usually more powerful than the same level Star beasts.
The more powerful ones can even directly crush disaster-ss Star Beasts and devour them with ease.
In fact, third-ss Pathogens are actually half-a-step more powerful than disaster-ss Star Beasts. They exist between the disaster-ss and the nightmare-ss level, and since this giant serpent was able to fight against them, then it must also be at the same level.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
While Xu Ke was still deeply in his thoughts, the battle between Fang Yun and the giant Beetle has reached a white-hot stage. Both of them started using big moves, such as lightning attacks, powerfulser beams, gravity attacks, etc¡
Xu Ke had heard about the description of the battle between Fang Yun and the ¡®Great Will¡¯. He still remembers their description of the big moves and the danger of the battlefield, but personally watching it ispletely different from hearing about it.
He knew very well that if they were to get closer to the battlefield, they would be toast. Just a fewser beams from either of them is enough to destroy their energy shield.
As for their space fighters, he doesn¡¯t see any possibility of them surviving a single strike.
¡±This battle is too shocking, that giant serpent must also be at least a disaster-ss Star Beast, but why is his size so small?¡±
Xu Ke thought while watching the battle between the giant serpent and the giant beetle.
Chapter 381: The End of the Battle
Chapter 381: The End of the Battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Whoosh! Boom!! Roar!!!¡±
The two giant beasts continuously fired energy beams at each other, illuminating the dark space for hundreds of thousands of miles. Their battle has reached its peak.
However, as time passed, the intensity of the battle gradually weakened.
The body of the disaster-ss beetle is toorge, but under the constant bombardment of Fang Yun¡¯s energy beams, it became gradually unable to resist. Fang Yun¡¯s energy beam at full power can partly destroy a moon after all.
¡°Woo!!!¡±
The giant beetle wailed. The next second, the void around it started to twist as it gradually started disappearing.
¡±Is it nning to escape?¡±
After seeing this scene, Fang Yun immediately guessed the next action of the giant beetle. He naturally won¡¯t let it seed. He released ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡± on its body,pletely pulling it out of the hyperspace.
Before the giant beetle could react, Fang Yun immediately rushed towards it, then released ¡°Greater Thunder Domain¡±, at the same time, he keptunching energy beams on its head without stopping for a moment, intending topletely pulverize it.
¡°Boom! boom! boom!
Continuous explosions sounded, and finally and his continuous and mad bombardment, the giant beetle finally lowered its proud head andid motionlessly in space.
¡±Is it dead?¡±
Looking at the corpse of the giant beetle, Xu Ke was speechless. These two monsters have been fighting for a long time, but the result varied greatly from his initial expectations. Especially the state of the victor.
Fang Yun has hardly suffered any damage at all.
Although the beetle was able to inflict some damage on him, it was not enough to seriously injure him, and every damage that it managed to inflict on him was quickly healed. Currently, Fang Yun still has some injuries, but they will also quickly disappear in the next minute.
Even his mental state is very good.
After Fang Yun killed the giant Beetle, the giant turtle hiding far away suddenly flew towards him and started circling around, seemingly checking his injuries.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun conveyed to the turtle that he doesn¡¯t need to worry about his injuries using his roar.
The giant turtle was finally relieved, as it started wandering around while happily howling.
¡°Howl!!¡±
Two giant monsters stood next to the giant beetle¡¯s body, howling loudly, and dering their victory.
Xu Ke watched this scene with a frightened look on his face. In the beginning, he thought that even if the surface injury of the giant serpent quickly recovered, it should still suffer from an internal one, otherwise that would be too ridiculous.
However, judging from its howl, it seems that he ispletely wrong.
¡±Damn it, How can a Star Beast of such a small size be so strong?¡±
Xu Ke swallowed his saliva
¡±This giant serpent is definitely at the pinnacle of the disaster-level, maybe even vaguely touching the nightmare-level.¡±
Thinking of this, the corner of his mouth started twitching. He now thinks that his behavior of acting as the oriole behind, ready to reap the benefits when the two monsters fall is so ridiculous.
¡±What should I do now? Well, let¡¯s take advantage of the fact that that monster is going to eat the beetle¡¯s body to escape.¡±
ording to a normal beast¡¯s action, it should start eating the body of that beetle. Coupled with the fact that they are far away, they should be able to escape.
¡±Attention everyone¡¡±
Xu Ke yelled loudly. Just as he was about to send the order to stealthily retreat, the giant monster in the distant space suddenly turned its head and looked at them.
¡±Damn it, immediately turn around and activated the hyperspace engine! Attack that monster with our maximum firepower! Try to stall it as much as possible!¡±
Xu Ke¡¯s heart almost stopped upon feeling Fang Yun¡¯s sight. His brain started turning rapidly as he shouted at the staff in themand room.
The turboser cannons immediately started sendingser towards Fang Yun, each one has the power to destroy a few hundreds of kilometers wide asteroid.
On the other side, Fang Yun, who was hovering in front of the giant beetle¡¯s corpse, shed abruptly and flew out in an instant. His target is exactly Xu Ke¡¯s fleet.
Thesers that Xu Ke¡¯s fleet fired missed by a mile. Just as they were preparing tounch the second round of bombardment, they couldn¡¯t lock Fang Yun due to his extreme speed
¡±Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun roared angrily at Xu Ke¡¯s fleet. These people actually dared to snatch Tang Guo¡¯s territory. Moreover, they dared to plot against him.
With just a thought of his mind, he released ¡°Cell Distortion¡±.
This skill is very useful, especially in this case, it can kill the people on the spacecraft without causing any damage to it.
¡±No! No! No!¡±
Xu Ke looked at the changes in his body and started yelling frantically. He knew that this was due to the monster outside.
What he didn¡¯t understand is why this monster suddenly targeted them.
There is still a fleet in front of them, which is Tang Guo¡¯s fleet. He ordered his fleet to hide behind them so if that something unexpected happens, they will still have a buffer to escape. However, he never expected his n to backfire.
Unfortunately, he didn¡¯t have much time to think about these things. Fang Yununched ¡°Cell Distortion¡± four consecutive times. Increasing the speed of their cells splitting to an insane level.
Even if they have a lifespan of thousands of years, they wouldn¡¯t be able to stand for more than a minute, let alone that their lifespan if far from being that long.
Only powerful lifeforms, that is Star Beasts of at least the disaster-ss have some defenses against this skill. Of course, there¡¯s also the almost immortal Pathogens.
So no matter how much Xu Ke and his crew struggled, they could never change their situation. In just a dozen seconds, all lifeforms on in his fleet powerlessely fell onto the ground.
¡±Ouroboros, fortunately, you rushed back quickly.¡±
Tang Guo¡¯s spaceship slowly came to Fang Yun¡¯s side as she continued talking to him.
¡±This fleet intended to snatch this location and drive us away. Later on, they even intended to snatch our Battlestar and destroy us.¡±
When talking about this, Tang Guo bitterly gritted her teeth.
If it wasn¡¯t for Fang Yun to arrive in time, they would have been destroyed by that fleet if they didn¡¯t already die at the hand of that giant beetle.
¡±Rest assured, they are dead now.¡±
Fang Yun nced at the Xu Ke¡¯s fleet and asked
¡±Tang Guo, what are you nning to do now?¡±
¡±There is no way out of here.¡±
He shook his huge head and said ¡°I don¡¯t know when this Star Beast Tide will end.¡±
¡±What we need to do now is to gather as many ready-made spaceships and space fighters¡ Apart from robbery, you can only legally purchase them, and the only ce where you can get them now is¡¡±
¡±The Central Continent.¡±
Chapter 382: Returning to The Red Sun Base
Chapter 382: Returning to The Red Sun Base
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Go to the Central Continent?¡±
Tang Guo was taken aback after hearing Fang Yun¡¯s advice. Their current location is far away from the central continent.
More importantly, they are currently in the middle of a star beast tide. If they leave this area filled with a special maic field, then they will face the full brunt of Star Beast attacks
Those star beasts will be like sharks smelling blood, flocking towards them from everywhere.
Even if their firepower has greatly increased, they still can¡¯t resist arge number of Star Beasts. Let alone if a Star Beast of the giant Beetle level appears, they won¡¯t even have the power to resist.
¡±I will apany you to the Central Continent.¡±
Fang Yun exined to Tang Guo.
¡±It¡¯s unknown when this Star Beast tide will end. The future situation is unknown. More importantly, I have a bad hunch, something bad will happen if we continue to stay in this ce. Our best course of action is to leave now before the star beast tide fully arrives.¡±
¡°in addition, ording to the general route of the star beast tide, they must pass through the central continent, after which they will enter the territory of the SkyRiver Empire.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes shone through the darkness.
¡±ording to my guess, the SkyRiver Empire will have a head-on battle will the Star Beast Tide, giving you the opportunity to gather military power and rise!¡±
ording to his calctions, the moment the Blue Federation can confidently expose itself to the public will be the time for him to leave the Milky Way.
At that time, his reputation points would have reached 100 billion, and he would have gotten the next bloodline.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that during the past period, his reputation value has surpassed 25 billion, awarding him with another 18 skill points.
At present, he has a total of 97 skill points, but he still has no way to upgrade the only skill he needs now, ¡°Cell Distortion¡±.
This skill needs 60 points for the first upgrade, and now after 4 upgrades. Thest one requires 100 points. He is 3 points short.
Fortunately, it shouldn¡¯t take long for him to get more skill points.
His reputation value is still rapidly increasing. After such a long time has passed, new generations of humans should have appeared on the Blue, they should be still spreading his name.
In addition, he often shows his face in front of the aliens in space. There¡¯s no need to mention the Blue Federation as he is almost treated like a deity there. Based on all of these points, his reputation is still rapidly increasing and it¡¯s not showing any sign of halting.
Finally, Tang Guo decided to do what Fang Yun said.
However, Tang Guo added some steps to the n. First, they¡¯ll go to the ¡®Red Star¡¯ base to check its situation, then contact the Earth to see if there are any further instructions from there.
Fang Yun agreed to her request. After processing their harvest, Tang Guo¡¯s fleet started their final preparation before setting off.
With the addition of Xu Ke¡¯s fleet, their military power rose to a higher level, giving them more confidence in the next operation.
After an hour, everything was set. Fang Yun led Tang Guo¡¯s team and started their journey.
They rushed out of the electromaic field established by arge number of fleets and faced the Star Beast Tide head-on. Fortunately, with Fang Yun¡¯s help, there wasn¡¯t much of a problem.
Fang Yun can actively release very strong pressure/aura. This is something he got along with ¡°Thunder Domain¡± at first, but it grew more and more with each evolution. Currently, he can intimidate the average Star Beast to retreat in fear with just a single nce.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle surrounded Tang Guo¡¯s fleet, leaving the chaotic electromaic field area, then proceeded ording to Fang Yun¡¯s Previously selected route.
He had already thought about this when he went out huntingst time.
After leaving that electromaic field, Fang Yun released his aura, surrounding Tang Guo¡¯s fleet, so as to avoid the aggression of other Star Beasts.
The team started their long journey
The difference in their fleet¡¯s appearance between entering the folded space and leaving is huge. Their configuration is almost the same as that of an advanced civilization. The only thing they arecking is a space ring, where all of their spaceships and space fighters can be ced.
However, this technology is very rare throughout the entire gxy.
In the middle of the team, the Battlestar was slowly being dragged forward. Inside of this superweapon, Dr. He and many other researchers areing and going, trying to analyze every feature of this weapon.
After getting this weapon, they threw all things behind and focused on restoring it.
However, it won¡¯t be easy to restore and fix such an advanced and huge weapon. It will take an unknown amount of time. However, Dr. He and other researchers aren¡¯t discouraged, they believe that they will seed eventually;
With Fang Yun¡¯s protection, after a few days, they finally managed to escape from the Star Beast Tide area.
Even with Fang Yun¡¯s protection, Tang Guo¡¯s fleet was almost destroyed several times. Needless to say, most Star Beasts escaped immediately after feeling Fang Yun¡¯s aura.
The more powerful Star Beasts didn¡¯t care as much about Fang Yun¡¯s aura and approached further to investigate, but they were eventually blown to death by Fang Yun¡¯s energy beams.
However, idents are inevitable.
More than a dozen of their space fighters were damaged. Some were even directly destroyed.
Fortunately, Fang Yun usually takes the lead, exploring the way and clearing a passage ahead. Otherwise, their fleet¡¯s loss won¡¯t be so small.
In addition, there is only a remote area of the star beast tide, hence it¡¯s not difficult to get out of it. Why did no one try this before? It¡¯s due to the fact that they didn¡¯t know the radius of the Star Beast Tide and their current location in conjunction with it.
When they finally got out of the folded space, Tang Guo¡¯s fleet immediately started the hyperspace engine. Fang Yun dragged a few battleships and cargo ships wreck behind and followed them.
Not long after, their fleet finally reached the ¡®Red Sun¡¯ base. Everyone could finally rx.
They started dealing with the aftermath of this journey inside the base.
This time, they aren¡¯t nning to set straight away, but rather stay for quite a while in the Red Sun base. They are intending to use the captured fighters to make their third generation warlord space fighters.
The third-generation warlord fighters will have the capabilities of the Blue Bird and the Lance space fighters. Mostly because they are going to be built based on these two spacecraft.
In addition, Tang Guo and the others informed the Earth about their current situation, so that the elders could immediately discuss how to develop the strength of the Federation to the greatest extent through this incident.
The current 7 elders are very different from the ones that Fang Yun knew.
The previous generation of elders either retired or died of old age, including elder Lu Cheng.
The current elders are the descendants of the previous generation of elders, each of them is the elite of the elites as theypeted and won the elder position from thousands of their peers.
After Tang Guo passed the situation back to them, the Earth indicated that they are going to send an elder to supervise this operation.
Chapter 383: Elder Lu Yuan
Chapter 383: Elder Lu Yuan
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Elder Lu Yuan.¡±
In a conference room, Tang Guo led her subordinates to sit around the conference table. In front of her was a young man who looked only in his twenties
However, this ¡°young man¡± is already over sixty years old. He is Lu Cheng¡¯s descendent. He won the familypetition and got the elder seat that Lu Cheng vacated.
As for Lu Cheng, he is now leisurely living hisst remaining years in a nursing home. Of the former seven elders, only two of them are still living, Lu Cheng and Lan Ying of the Lan family.
Both of them have ties with Tang Guo¡¯s family, especially Lan Ying. He was originally the supporter behind the Tang Family.v
One of the reasons why Tang Guo can develop so smoothly and have the status she currently has is due to his support. She is currently not only the captain of the second squadron of the ¡°Warlords¡± team but also themander-in-chief of the ¡°Red Sun¡± base.
In fact, the Second Squadron of the ¡°Warlords¡± team has long since been independent and ispletely under Tang Guo¡¯s jurisdiction. She can expand or reduce the number of troops at will.
In addition, the ¡°Red Sun¡± Base has two production bases, Red Sun Heavy Industries and Red Star Group, which are used to produce space cargo ships and space fighters. Basically, it can be said that Red Sun Base is like an independent kingdom, and Tang Guo is the queen of this base.
A few years ago, her father and mother gave birth to another child, which allowed Tang Guo to concentrate more on her work.
Now in the Red Sun base, there are a total of 147 Warlord space fighters and four cargo spaceships, one of which has suffered heavy damage and is under repair.
All of the 147 warlord fighters are the second generation. Among them, the 2A fighters, which are bulky and high-attack fighters, total 102. Moreover, the 3A warlord space fighters are already out.
The Type 3A warlord fighters are equipped with a turboser cannon, and two superser cannons, the turboser cannon is mounted at the bottom, while the two super cannons are mounted on the wings.
The entire energy of the space fighter can allow it to use the turboser cannons three times, which each round of bombardment capable of causing extreme damage. It can also allow it to use the superser cannons 150 times before the energy rams out.
Although the type 3A warlord space fighter is extremely powerful, it¡¯s still an assembly of various other powerful spacecraft. The energy devices and weapon devices are all scoured from the wreckage of battleships and other advanced space fighters, hence not all 3A warlord space fighters are equal in performance.
Overall, the space fighters of the ¡®Red Sun¡¯ base can be divided into three categories.
The first category is the Warlord 2A space fighter. It has a total of 82 fighters and 246 pilots.
The second category is the Warlord 2B space fighter, with a total of 45 fighters and 135 pilots.
The third and final category is the Warlord 3A space fighter, with a total of 20 fighters and 60 pilots.
During this period, Tang Guo also changed the names of the pilot corps from the ¡°Warlords¡± corps to the Red Sun corps.
She divided them into two squadrons, the sword, and the shield.
Among them, the sword squadron is under her directmand and is mainly responsible for external tasks, while the Shield Squadron is responsible for the security of the entire base.
The Sword Squadron is equipped with fifteen Warlord 3A fighters, 25 Warlord 2B fighters, 50 Warlord 2A fighters, three cargo ships, and 500 specially trained soldiers for the protection of the cargo ships and asionalndndings.
There is also arge number of logistic personnel.
After returning this time, Tang Guo can be said to have carried out drastic reforms on the entire base, making it much more prosperous and powerful.
In addition to the above-mentioned series of reforms, two more spacecraft production bases and two new research institutes were established. Finally, a foreign trade department was established to conduct business with some gold-digging teams and mercenaries.
The reason for this is that after Tang Guo came back this time, she received an incredible piece of news. They found a huge source stone mine on a near the Red Sun base.
¡±Elder Lu Yuan, what are the instructions of the council of elders?
Tang Guo stood in front of Lu Yuan in a huge meeting room. The elders took Tang Guo¡¯s n very seriously. They felt that this was the key opportunity for the Blue Federation to rise.
A huge star beast tide suddenly broke out, and their target is the SkyRiver Empire. Now that their technology has advanced once again. Maybe they can take advantage of this crisis to get some benefits.
¡±All of the elders including me are paying special attention to your n.¡±
Lu Yuan pushed the sses on the bridge of his nose and said.
¡±The other elders also think this is an opportunity, but it¡¯s also a challenge. If we aren¡¯t careful, this might bring an unimaginable disaster to the Federation and all of humanity¡±
ording to Tang Guo and Fang Yun¡¯s n. They will lead an army to the Central Continent, then see if they can get some high-tech equipment or spaceships during the ensuing chaos.
The thing that they want and need the most now is a-destroyer battleship. The design and technology used to make these things arepletely different from conventional battleships.
Another goal of theirs is the source stone mines.
Near the Central Continent, there are many source stone mines, but most of them are controlled by the SkyRiver Empire official and somerge consortia.
However, once the star beast tide arrives, they are likely to withdraw the people in the Source Stone Mine, giving Tang Guo a chance.
The beast tide usuallysts for a long time, mainly because sometimes they will stop and eat or destroy all traces of intelligent lives on their way. Especially now that they will cross the territory of the SkyRiver Empire.
That ce is right in the center of the Milky Way gxy. It¡¯s also the most energy-rich ce and densely popted area in the gxy, so they will definitely stop to attack the creatures there.
Although Star Beasts usually survive by devouring all kinds of cosmic radiation, they still prefer to eat those energy-rich resources.
Therefore, even superpowers like the SkyRiver Empire feel that Star Beast Tides are very troublesome.
A small beast tide can cause the SkyRiver Empire a great loss. If it is a medium-sized beast tide, the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s economy will definitely regress. As forrge beast tides, even the SkyRiver Empire has to temporarily relocate.
For example, in the remote areas of the Milky Way gxy, most of the urring beast Tides are small scale ones, and they usually copse in 8 to 10 years.
In Tang Guo¡¯s n, Fang Yun¡¯s presence is critical. The reason why they aren¡¯t very afraid of the catastrophic Star Beast Tide and even thought of exploiting it is due to Fang Yun¡¯s presence.
His energy field is extremely powerful, capable of scaring away most Star Beasts.
Moreover, he can confidently defeat all Star Beasts that can ovee his energy field.
The thing they need to worry about is nightmare-ss Star Beasts, but they are extremely rare and noticeable, so their chance of meeting is extremely small.
The other thing they need to worry about is other fleets. If they see them cooperate with Fang Yun, the first thing they will think of is that they are controlled by a Pathogen.
Furthermore, Fang Yun¡¯s aura his fundamentally different from ordinary Star Beasts, if he doesn¡¯t deliberately control it, he will be immediately identified as a Pathogen. Just like Elvira back on Earth.
This time, we decided that I will personallye to help you upon a collective vote.¡±
Lu Yuan said solemnly. ¡°All of us have the same idea. We need to be extremely careful in our next steps. One misstep can make us fall in the abyss.¡±
¡±Well, we will strictly follow the rules of the elders. I will listen to your orders next, sir.¡±
Tang Guo nodded heavily.
Hearing this, Lu Yuan¡¯s face finally rxed. After a moment of silence, he said.
¡±Command Tang, take me to see Master Ouroboros.¡±
Chapter 384: A New Generation
Chapter 384: A New Generation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun hasn¡¯t been to the Earth for a long time. To be precise, since he left the Earth, he never returned.
However, his influence on the Earth didn¡¯t weaken with his absence but became stronger and stronger. At first, he was called the unofficial 8 elder.
Currently, of the original 7 elders, only 2 are still alive, and both of them have retired and are currently living in a nursing home. They don¡¯t have much time left to live.
However, he, the eighth elder, is still extremely vigorous and can survive for many more years.
When humanity and the Earth were still wandering in the endless space, they encountered many crises, but in many cases, it was Fang Yun who helped them out of danger.
Many times before, when the humans on the earth look up at the starry sky and see the giant serpent flying over the¡¯s surface, they will feel a peace of mind.
Although Fang Yun isn¡¯t on the Earth or near it now, humans are still impressed by Fang Yun, especially with the death and retirement of the old seven elders, he held a different kind of symbolic meaning to them.
¡±Master Ouroboros.¡±
Under the leadership of Tang Guo, Lu Yuan wore a special space suit and walked out into the void. Not far ahead of him, a behemoth was entrenched in the void.
This behemoth is a giant serpent, with dark scales shining like obsidian. It¡¯s huge, with a length of over 20 kilometers, and a diameter of almost 1 kilometer. its huge head was originally lying on its body, but right after hearing Lu Yuan¡¯s voice, the giant serpent raised its head and looked at him.
¡°Gulp!¡±
One kilometer away, Lu Yuan was wearing a special spacesuit, looking at the terrifying behemoth in front of him through the ss cover. This is the first time he personally met with this behemoth, so he felt a lot of pressure, especially when the behemoth looked at him.
¡±Master Ouroboros.¡±
Lu Yuan didn¡¯t dare to act arrogant in front of Fang Yun. This giant serpent was already a respected and revered individual during the previous elder council. Now although he reced Lu Cheng as the new elder, he still has respect for this giant serpent as his elder.
Moreover, his huge body and unparalleled power make him not dare to be disrespectful.
¡±Tang Guo.¡±
Fang Yun looked at Tang Guo and asked with a puzzled look.
¡±Who is this guy?¡±
After asking this question, he fell deeply into his thoughts.
He isn¡¯t trying to recall the identity of the person in front of him but is calcting the time. After a rough calction, he found that he had been sleeping for half a year.
After arriving at the Red Sun base, he couldn¡¯t find anything to do, so he simply fell into a deep sleep, whichsted for a half a year.
He is bing more and more indifferent to the passage of time. His casual naps now canst for several months to several years. His sense of time is bing increasingly blurred.
¡±Ouroboros, this is Lu Yuan, the new elder of the council of elders, he reced Elder Lu Cheng.¡±
Tang Guo exined to Fang Yun.
¡±Oh, I see.¡±
Fang Yun nodded, then said.
¡±Is that old man Lu Cheng okay?¡±
He doesn¡¯t really care about who is in power in the Earth. He isn¡¯t interested in such things. Even when he was back in the earth, he didn¡¯ care about political power, let alone now.
¡±My father is in a nursing home, his body isn¡¯t as strong as before.¡±
Lu Yuan said with a hazy expression. After all, his father has only a few years left to live, and the thought of that made him quite sad.
¡±Oh.¡±
Fang Yun responded indifferently. He is already over one hundred and sixty years old. That old man is over 200 years old. It¡¯s already a miracle that he can live to this age. He is the oldest of the previous generation of elders but is one of thest to leave.
¡±Master Ouroboros, on behalf of the entire elder council, I¡¯m here to pay my respects to you.¡±
Lu Yuan put his posture very low. Firstly, he has a lot of respect for Fang Yun, and secondly, Fang Yun is their guardian in this dangerous space.
¡±Yeah.¡±
Fang Yun nodded at him.
¡±Is the situation back on Earth okay, how many humans are there now?¡±
¡±Right now, our poption has reached 10 billion.¡±
Lu Yuan replied to Fang Yun and said.
¡±We have now discovered two more suitables for our survival. We migrated a veryrge poption of people there.¡±
¡±It won¡¯t be long before the poption there skyrocket.¡±
Humans are growing up very quickly. After so much gic engineering and environment change, let alone the monster meat that any individual nowadays can eat.
Any individual can reach adulthood at the age of ten, and old age after 110 years old. In other words, most humans have 100 years of age where they are mature and at the peak of their mental and physical abilities.
They can easily have children during this period, each of which is a genius and even monster by old age standards.
The speed of poption growth can be imagined.
¡±On those twos, we have built your sculptures in every city, teaching each new generation about your history and greatness. We worked hard to spread your brilliance to every human in the Federation.¡±
Lu Yuan said respectfully.
¡±Not bad.¡±
This made Fang Yun veryfortable. He is now clearer about his rapidly increasing reputation points. The Blue Federation definitely yed a critical role in this.
He¡¯s getting closer and closer to his goal of 100 billion reputation points, and he¡¯s also increasingly looking forward to the bloodline he will get after reaching that milestone.
¡±I¡¯m very satisfied. You can rest assured that I will continue to protect you until you have enough strength to gain a foothold in the milky way gxy.¡±
Fang Yun happily replied to Lu Yuan. At this time, he also knew that they are nning to act soon, so after Tang Guo and Lu Yuan left, he did not continue to sleep, but remained awake.
¡±A new generation of people are beginning to appear on the stage.¡±
Fang Yun sighed while looking at the backs of Tang Guo and Lu Yuan.
When people be old, they can¡¯t help but reminisce about their youth.
The same is true for Fang Yun.
Many scenes shed in his mind. The scenes of the past few years quickly shed through his mind, because there is nothing worth paying attention to.
He is wandering every day in the endless dark space, eating, devouring, battling, killing.
What he missed most was his time on the Blue.
Especially those days in Wulong Mountain. The ce where he was reborn in, the ce where he experienced countless thrills and life and death situations.
Since that time, no other situation has truly brought him to the edge of death.
Thinking of this, he couldn¡¯t help remember the encounters and crises he had on Wulong Mountain, the days before he killed the young man who went hunting in the mountain.
At that time, he was just a bit over 2 meters long. He was just one of the beasts on that mountain. He had just established his status amongst the mountain beasts and got rid of the situation where he was one of the weakest creatures there.
The sense of intense crisis disappeared from his heart, making him particrlyfortable.
At that time, he especially liked to climb to the empty hillside on that side, that is, the side filled with goats, basking in the sun after sunrise, and enjoying the tranquility of the jungle alone, that kind ofziness and tranquility made him particrly fascinated.
After reminiscing about this, he remembered the big pine tree on Wulong Mountain.
He also had a little friend back then. A cute and innocent little guy.
He wondered many times what happened to him after he left that ce.
At that time, he still hadn¡¯t adapted to his life as a snake. He was very resistant to the cold jungle life, but could not change anything. The appearance of the little squirrel spiced up and brightened his boring and depressing life a little, making him rx a little, and notpletely be a bloodthirsty beast.
He remembered that that little squirrel liked to store food, and even decorated his nest with the pelt of various animals. That little guy is definitely the most spiritual and intelligent animal he has ever seen.
Thinking of this, a small arc rose on his face. He suddenly has the urge to meet that little guy again.
Unfortunately, it has been more than 160 years.
Fang Yun suddenly regretted a bit. He felt that when he was still on the Blue, he should have gone back to that pine tree to check.
¡°Sigh¡¡±
Releasing a long sigh, Fang Yun curled his body together in silence.
Five dayster, Tang Guo finally sent him a message. They are ready to set off.
Chapter 385: Reentering the Central Continent
Chapter 385: Reentering the Central Continent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
A space fleet appeared in front of Fang Yun,posed of ny space fighters, and three giant cargo spaceships, each of which is over ten kilometers long.
Among the three cargo ships, the one in the middle is obviously the mainmand ship. It¡¯s thergest, over 12 kilometers long.
On all of these spaceships and space fighters, there is a sharp sword sign.
Red Sun Regiment, Sword Squadron.
¡°Ouroboros.¡±
Tang Guo stood in the control room of themand ship, greeting Fang Yun not far away. In the past half-year, she meticulously nned every step of their n, her subordinates only need to execute what she has arranged.
This time, she mobilized the sword Squadron to apany her on missions. The sword Squadron isrger and more powerful than the shield Squadron. However, the Shield Squadron has a super trump card.
The Battlestar.
With thebined efforts of the Red Sun Base scientific research team, they managed to initially fix this superweapon and activate some of its functions. Although it has just barely recovered some of its functions, it has the power to threaten a Victory-ss destroyer now.
Therefore, Tang Guo can finally leave the Red Sun base with peace of mind, taking a huge chunk of its defensive forces.
¡°It looks like you are ready, then let¡¯s go.¡±
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun nodded at Tang Guo, then stretched out his coiled body. At the same time, he raised his head and roared.
After a while, from the dark space far away, a huge behemoth ran over, quickly waving its limbs. It¡¯s the giant turtle, or as the citizens of the Federation likes to call it, Xuan Wu.
The team finally started moving.
Tang Guo¡¯s purpose this time was to take advantage of the chaos to obtain high-tech technology, high-tech space fighters/spaceships, and to dig the source stone mine.
In the past six months, they had already nned their route, so it took them only a few space jumps before arriving in outer space near the central continent.
The position they are currently in looks rtively empty, but there are many electromaic waves constantly moving around them, which can be tranted into various roars and howls. They are obviously the roars of Stra Beasts.
Tang Guo¡¯s fleet has entered the Star Beast Tide area once again.
The nearby star beasts should have sensed their existence, as they started heading towards them.
But right at that moment, Fang Yun unfolded his energy field around, intimidating most Star Beasts around and stopping them from approaching.
If there was a Destroyer spaceship nearby, it would definitely perceive Fang Yun¡¯s special energy field and treat him as a pathogen.
¡°They retreated.¡±
In the main ship, Tang Guo looked at the disy screen in front of her and breathed a sigh of relief. Sure enough, as they thought, those star beasts are very afraid of Fang Yun¡¯s energy field, forcing them to stay away.
¡°Our location is in an empty area, around 4 million kilometers away from the central continent.¡±
Tang Guo exined to everyone in the control room.
¡°Move 3 million kilometers closer to the central continent, then send our intelligence personnel there to check the situation for us.¡±
This distance might sound scary, but for their current space fighters and cargo spaceships, it¡¯s nothing.
Because their speed is already extremely fast. Space fighters are much faster than cargo ships, and cargo ships can already travel at the speed of 1000 km/s.
So, moving at full speed, they can quickly reach the central continent.
Indeed, it took them about an hour to arrive at their designated location, then their intelligence personnel started leaving the team and heading towards the central continent.
The intelligence personnel will be in a very dangerous situation after leaving the team. They can be easily attacked by star beasts, so they need to reach the central continent as quickly as possible.
Themand ship and the space fighters sent to gather intelligence are always in contact, and Fang Yun can receive all the information from themand ship, so Fang Yun also understood the current situation of the intelligence personnel.
The intelligence personnel who went out isposed of 10 pilots and five space fighters, all of which are Warlord 2B series.
After increasing the speed of their space fighters to the extreme, they reached the Central Continent without any trouble.
The defense of the Central Continent has not been broken yet.
There is arge number of disordered and strong electromaic waves around it, driving away the majority of star beasts.
Although many star beasts are still directly appearing in the space above the Central Continent, they will be immediately attacked and killed by the guarding army.
Tang Guo¡¯s intelligence personnel entered the Central Continent without much hindrance, then started to investigate the situation of the Central Continent.
The Central Continent now wees these small fleets because it has temporarily lost the protection of the SkyRiver Empire.
The star beast tide is currently violently assaulting the territory of the SkyRiver Empire, leaving the empire with no choice but to shrink their defense range.
ording to the calctions of relevant personnel, this star beast tide is just a small scale one. Its duration should be around 7 years.
Now only half a year has passed.
The main forces of the SkyRiver Empire are all defending their central frontier. They naturally won¡¯t send too many troops to such a remote area as the Grave Star Battlefield.
Therefore, the officers of the Empire and the higher-ups of the giant cooperations here are encouraging private forces toe to the Central Continent to jointly resist the beast tide.
¡°It seems that the pressure on the Central Continent is rtively high.¡±
Fang Yun and Tang Guo discussed using the information at hand. After a little thought, both of them saw the predicament of the Central Continent. Currently, many huge machines are sending electromaic waves into space, making this area extremely chaotic and repelling to the average star beast
However, the number of Star Beasts is uncalcble. Despite the majority of them avoiding this ce, just that 5 to 10% that the electromaic waves don¡¯t affect is a lot.
The worse the situation of the Central Continent, the better the opportunity there is for them to take advantage of. Some high-tech that is forbidden or controlled suddenly appeared inrge quantities. In the midst of a war, the energy consumption of various weapons and tech is extremely high.
¡°Under such a circumstance, many people must have urgent demands for source stones.¡±
There must be source stone mines near the central continent. It¡¯s just that star beasts absolutely love eating them. Most star beasts can feel the existence of source stones mines upon getting closer, attracting them like hungry sharks
So near those source stone mines, there must have arge number of giant star beasts, causing them to abandon them.
Tang Guo and her crew took this into ount, so they brought a lot of high-quality source stones with them. They can use them to buy a lot of high-tech technology they want. Their main goals are space fighters and advanced battleships blueprint,munication technology, etc¡
Tang Guo and her crew¡¯s goal this time is to get gxy-levelmunication equipment, which is the one that the SkyRiver Empire uses.
In this way, Tang Guo and her crew temporarily stayed near the Central Continent. Due to Fang Yun¡¯s protection, they don¡¯t have to worry about the threat of Star Beasts.
Chapter 386: The Annoying Giant Serpent
Chapter 386: The Annoying Giant Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The intelligence personnel brought a lot of news to Tang Guo, including the distribution of the source stone mines near the Central Continent and the general distribution of the star beasts nearby.
Besides, they also got some technical information.
More and more cutting-edge technologies are flowing out in the ck market during this period, most of which are brought out by some researchers in some Central Continent¡¯s research institutes.
Currently, chaos and unrest started to appear throughout the entire Central Continent as the future remains unclear, so the management of those research institutes is bing increasingly loose. Some researchers even started selling private materials to make extra profit.
Tang Guo conveyed a serious order to the intelligence personnel. As long as there is such technical information flowing out, they must try their best to buy them.
There are a few reasons as to why she has such confidence. In addition to the source stone they brought, they also upied a source stone mine nearby.
This source stone mine is located on a. This is called Ironstone-z2. This is not suitable for the survival of living creatures, but there is a huge source stone mine on it.
Moreover, there are still many high-quality source stones in this source mine.
When Tang Guo and her crew first discovered this ce, it was surrounded by more than a hundred Star Beast. Most of them were solved by Fang Yun, while the rest died under theser cannons of Tang Guo¡¯s fleet.
Time quietly passed.
For the people in the Central Continent, their recent life is very intense and exciting. The electromaic waves released by the Central Continent stopped the majority of the star beasts, but for the more powerful ones, electromaic waves can hardly stop their advancement.
Furthermore, most of the powerful star beasts have a very big pack of subordinates.
Whenever these creatures appear, the defensiveser cannon above the central continent will be activated, frantically sting these pesky guys.
Of course, the Central Continent¡¯s forces aren¡¯t just holding their defense. Many fleets often go into space near the continent to hunt arge number of star beasts.
Theyid countless ambushes and traps in the starry sky, such as cing high-energy grenades in some energy ore then sending them to star beasts to eat. Finally exploding them with a boom, reaping the lives of countless behemoths.
This method has been tested many times, proving effective almost 90% of the time.
This is also the reason why people are still traveling to the Central Continent. It¡¯s not only because of the current opportunities but also due to the fact that the situation there is still under control.
While the Central Continent is getting increasingly lively, the situation was rtively calm for Tang Guo and Fang Yun, especially Fang Yun.
After helping Tang Guo upy that source stone mine, he has been quietly staying aside, guarding Tang Guo¡¯s fleet.
Tang Guo¡¯s subordinates are digging the source stone mine with all their strength, then transporting these source stones back to the Central Continent, to exchange for some high-level technologies.
Humans urgently need many types of technologies as their time of ¡¡¡¡rising is too short.
Fortunately, time is on their side. Maybe in a few years, they can use these high-tech devices as a base to innovate and make their own technology.
Most of the things they got aren¡¯t basic tech, but blueprints. They want to understand the internals of the corresponding technology and learn how to make it, not just blindly use it.
They want to be more than just simple consumers. They want to be producers.
¡¡¡¡
Time quickly flew and five years have passed.
The situation in the Central Continent remains the same but both Fang Yun and Tang Guo had a great gain.
The new technologies and blueprints that Tang Guo and her crew obtained from the central continent have brought technological innovations one after another to the Red Sun Base. One of their greatest achievements is that they can make turboser cannons now! Albeit weaker ones.
At the same time, they managed to reduce their space fighters¡¯ size to 30 meters.
At the Red Sun Base, a space fighter named ¡°Swordfish¡± is being produced. Most of the Warlord series space fighters are going to be sent to the earth for further development and upgrade.
The swordfish fighter has the following characteristics.
The 30-meter fusge is small, natural, andpact. Although it¡¯s still a bit biggerpared to other advanced space fighters, it¡¯s still very good, basically at the mid-range level.
In addition to greatly reducing its size, they upgraded its power unit to a more advanced one, drastically increasing the space fighter¡¯s speed.
The maximum speed of the Swordfish space fighter is a shocking 1/20 or 5% of the speed of light. Which is 15,000 km/s.
The weapons on board have also undergone major changes. Two turboser cannons, four superser cannons, and an energy shield. Furthermore, its energy devices are morepact and more efficient.
The creation of the Swordfish space fighter made the Red Sun base¡¯s inhabitants very happy and excited. One aspect of their military forces has truly reached the level of advanced civilizations!
The council of elders even sent them a message saying that the Earth First Research Institute is in the midst of studying a destroyer battleship.
If the Earth First Research Institute really builds a-Destroyer, then, the Federation would have truly stepped into the rank of advanced civilizations. They can confidently hold themselves against anyone, apart from the SkyRiver Empire.
The consecutive good news caused Fang Yun to be very excited.
He eagerly hoped that the Federation be stronger and stronger, be the Milky Way¡¯s overlord as soon as possible, then expand outwards and spread his reputation.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that the number of humans has skyrocketed in the past 5 years, reaching almost 15 billion, which is truly terrifying and unprecedented.
The government is greatly encouraging people to have children, creating many policies andws beneficial to people with more children.
Furthermore, humans aren¡¯t participating in any war nor are they facing any danger, hence people are currently feeling safe and at ease, causing them to be more open to conceiving and raising the next generation.
Due to the increasing number of humans, Fang Yun¡¯s reputation is about to reach 30 billion. Such a sharp increase in reputation is not just due to the increasing number of humans, it¡¯s also rted to Fang Yun¡¯s asional appearance in the Central Continent in recent years.
There are also tens of billions of intelligent creatures on the Central Continent. Fang Yun sometimes appears in the atmosphere of the central continent before quickly disappearing, garnering him a lot of reputation.
Due to his huge size and extremely strong defense, capable of withstanding the turboser beams sent by the defense team, every time Fang Yun appears, all intelligent creatures in the Central Continent will feel afraid.
Fortunately, Fang Yun only circles around then leave. He didn¡¯t act like other star beasts, who are always aggressively heading towards the central continent with the intention to murder.
Even after this happened multiple times, the people in the Central Continent stopped attacking Fang Yun, so as to not anger this behemoth.
However, Fang Yun¡¯s existence isn¡¯tpletely harmless. He has greatly annoyed the intelligent creatures on the Central Continent, as he always likes to snatch their trophies.
¡°This is really annoying.¡±
On the Central Continent, an official sent from the Empire said.
¡°I think we should find a way to get rid of that monster. We are like its nanny, giving it breakfast every day.¡±
No matter what type of Star Beast it is, as long as it¡¯s killed by the central continent defenseyer, it will be promptly stolen by that giant serpent.
Unless that giant serpent is not present, then even if they spend a lot of effort to hunt a star beast, they won¡¯t be able to get its body.
Not only that, even in the space outside the central continent, the giant serpent is still robbing the prey of the independent forces fleets.
The discussion on how to deal with Fang Yun became more and more intense, especially as the number of star beasts became scarce as time went on.
Chapter 387: Wanted Order
Chapter 387: Wanted Order
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun has be a target of public opinion. Many people are thinking about how to kill this behemoth. This is definitely a disaster-level star beast. This is what the Empire¡¯s officials have proimed.
This giant serpent can tank a turboser cannon¡¯s strike with ease. Moreover, many people have seen it casually kill and devour a dangerous-ss star beast almost as big as it.
There¡¯s no doubt that that Giant Serpent is definitely a disaster-ss star beast.
Even in a star beast tide, it¡¯s rare to see a disaster-ss star beast. They are mostly in the center of the beast tide, hence in an area like the central continent that is far from the beast tide¡¯s center, it¡¯s rare to see a behemoth of such a level.
More importantly, most disaster-level star beasts have the ability to lead weaker star beasts.
It is precisely because of this that even if the people in the Central Continent are itching with hatred, they have never acted against him, fearing to provoke him and cause some major disaster to the Central Continent.
However, the situation has finally changed.
The star beast tide is almost over. Anyway, the vicinity of the central continent has be much more empty. The unique electromaic waves created as a result of star beast howling have be much more scarce.
Finally, a weird incident urred, making the people in the Central Continent firm their idea of ??killing the giant serpent. Furthermore, It was also due to this incident that the Blue Federation was put on the kill list by the SkyRiver Empire.
The incident urred like this¡
Tang Guo and her fleet had upied the ironstone-z2 a few years ago. The source stone mine there had already been dug up by them, garnering them great wealth.
However, this isn¡¯t the end, in fact, it¡¯s just the beginning. After emptying the ironstone, they captured three mores with source stone mines, excavating all the source stones on them one after the other.
A few days ago, just as they were about to upy another. An ident suddenly urred, a fleet suddenly appeared not far from the. They are the original masters of that.
At that time, they took a trip to assess how many star beasts are next to their and whether they can reupy this at that time.
However, when reached that ce, they just happened to see the scene where Fang Yun and Tang Guo¡¯s fleet massacring all the star beasts there.
Especially when Fang Yun unfolded his energy field, he was immediately identified as a pathogen, and Tang Guo and her fleet were undoubtedly regarded as infected intelligent creatures under his control.
This news was quickly sent back to the Central Continent, causing an uproar. The Empire¡¯s officials took it very seriously.
The giant serpent is actually a pathogen, and it should one that is at least third-ss.
Of course, they also recognized Fang Yun from his previous endeavors.
A few years ago, he fought with another third-ss pathogen, and it looked like the giant serpent actually had an advantage.
At the beginning, they all thought Fang Yun was a terrifying and rare type of star beasts, seeing as the pathogen detection equipment didn¡¯t respond, but it looks like they were wrong after all.
The giant serpent, just like that golden behemoth is a third-ss Pathogen.
As for why their detection equipment did not respond before, it should be due to concealment means used by the giant serpent. They don¡¯t really know a lot of Pathogens so it¡¯s not impossible.
Fang Yun and Tang Guo were caughtpletely off guard this time. With the smooth capture of the 4 previouss, they never expected that such a big incident would happen while they were on the verge of capturing the fifth one.
The situation became particrly terrible. The Empire issued wanted orders for not only Fang Yun, but even for Tang Guo and her crew. In fact, shortly after, the situation headed for the worse as the SkyRiver Empire even issued wanted orders for the Federation and even humanity.
The SkyRiver Empire officers captured the intelligence personnel on the central continent and imprisoned them.
After analyzing the bodies of the intelligence personnel. They set a special ssification for them and their race. That is, they ssified the particr genes and DNA of the human race.
Now, all intelligent creatures from that ssification are set as a wanted target.
Things went for the worse after all.
¡°Elder Lu Yuan, sorry, this time it was my negligence.¡±
Tang Guo apologized to Lu Yuan in themand room of the main ship. She didn¡¯t expect that the rtionship between them and Fang Yun would be exposed in this way. The worst way possible.
¡°Commander Tang, I¡¯m also to me, I was too greedy.¡±
Lu Yuan sighed. He was the one urging them to capture as many source stone mines as possible, then exchange them for high-tech materials.
Seeing the rapid increase in the strength of the Federation has made him happier, but also more impatient and greedy.
Apart from the protective measures they took when capturing the first 2s, they acted very carelessly.
It¡¯s a pity that regret can¡¯t fix anything now.
Obviously, the star beast tide started receding, but not only didn¡¯t they stop, but they also didn¡¯t even set an early warning ship, leading to this situation.
This situation is even worse than the one when the-destroyer spaceship Elviranded on the Earth and was destroyed a while ago
The Empire didn¡¯t know that that incident was rted to the Federation, hence humans could confidently show in front of other civilizations, but now it¡¯s different.
All of their intelligence personnel were captured, hence they will immediately be noticed when they reappear in the future. After all, as human beings, their physiological characteristics are still very different from other intelligent races.
¡°Fortunately, this time we got many varieties of technology. These technologies are enough for us to digest for a few years or decades. We will talk about other thingster.¡±
After pondering for a while, Lu Yuan felt that the problem isn¡¯t as big as it looks. In peacetime, the strength of civilization won¡¯t quickly increase. Only under pressure and the threat of death can a civilization make huge strides.
Only after digesting the technology they got and raising their own technological level will they consider dealing with this issue.
Tang Guo also agreed with Lu Yuan¡¯s statement. She finally felt a little better.
Outside the main ship, Fang Yun leisurely followed the fleet. He has no psychological burden on this incident. In fact, he is still quite happy.
Because just not long ago, his reputation value has reached 30 billion and the system awarded him 19 skill points. So far, he has 116 skill points.
He immediately used 100 skill points to max out ¡°Cell Distortion¡±.
Now this skill, used at max power, can instantly reduce a dangerous-level star beast into an old corpse. Their resistance is futile in front of this skill.
This is extremely shocking as, not counting their resistance and cell activity, these behemoths all have a life span of thousands of years.
Intelligent creatures with a lifespan of less than a thousand-year have no resistance in front of this skill. Apart from finding an instor that can defend against this skill, they have no other way to resist.
It¡¯s precisely because he knew his own lethality against intelligent creatures that Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s wanted order.
Right now, he needs to escort Tang Guo and her fleet back to the ¡°Red Sun Base¡±. His n of causing trouble and earning reputation points can only be suspended for now.
After all, the human race is his partner, and their potential is extremely high! Every year their poption is increasing like a rocket, not to mention their crazily increasing scientific and technological strength.
They went from a pre-nuclear civilization to a pseudo-gctical civilization in less than 200 years. This is insane, considering that other civilizations required tens of thousands of years of development to have the same achievement.
They are already on the verge of bing an advanced civilization, and their potential is still far from getting burnt out.
In fact, it¡¯s worth desperately protecting them just for their increasing poption.
He is far from old age, he still has more than 300 years to live, enough for the Federation to increase their poption to 100 billion, then help him get the required points for the next bloodline evolution.
Soon after, Fang Yun, Tang Guo, and her fleet returned to the Red Sun Base.
However, they didn¡¯t stop there for long. A few dayster, he followed Tang Guo and started their return journey back to the earth.
The current Earth is even more prosperous than the Red Sun Base. Even its technological advances are more powerful than the Red Sun Base.
¡°It¡¯s been a long time¡¡±
When Fang Yun walked out of the hyperspace, his gaze immediately fell on the earth. He inexplicably felt happy upon seeing this nostalgic.
Chapter 388: Captured Team
Chapter 388: Captured Team
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The resident human poption on Earth is about 8 billion, ounting for more than half of the total human poption. This is natural, as the Earth is the central of the Federation. Many high-tech industries and advanced academic research institutes are ced on this.
Earth Guard 3 is still revolving around the earth. This small also has a sizeable poption, but nowhere near as big as the earth
Many forts have been built on this to protect the Earth.
There are also two others not far from the Earth, both of which were drawn to the vicinity of the earth by the Federation usingary engines. The two news aren¡¯t far from Earth Guard 3, as a trip from one to the other takes less than a day. That¡¯s without mentioning the wormholes connecting them.
One of the two news is used as a residence for human beings, while the other is used for farming.
The ¡®Great Will¡¯ has long since left the Earth, but many infected creatures and giant monsters are left behind by it. These giant monsters are very beneficial for humans, hence manypanies are raising them for profit, just like cattle.
In the high-tech field, The Earth doesn¡¯t lose to the Red Sun base at all, in fact, it¡¯s more advanced in quite a few areas.
The Red Sun Base basically only conducts research on space fighters and cargo ships, while the Earth is conducting research on all aspects of high-tech. Even on the aspects of space fighters and cargo ships, the Earth is as advanced as the Red Sun base.
Although the Red Sun Base has first-hand data, these data will be sent to the earth without reservation. There are many more people and resources here, making it easier to conduct research.
For example, Although the Red Sun base has developed swordfish fighters, the Earth isn¡¯tgging behind, it has also developed a new type of space fighter, the Ruler.
This space fighter has almost the same type of specifications as the swordfish. In fact, it even has a slightly higher overall performance.
At the same time, they also developed a new type of cargo ship, The gourmet.
This kind of cargo ship is extremelyrge, being over thirty kilometers long.
It¡¯s equipped with 30 turboser cannons, 180 superser cannons, and aplete energy shield. Its firepower is very fierce. In fact, it almost has the power of a space fortress. Its only drawback is that it¡¯s a bit bulky and has a weak defense, not counting the energy shield.
Despite its huge size, they don¡¯t need to worry about the energy issue. In fact, due to its size andposition, they can put enough energy units on it.
It¡¯s precisely because they developed this cargo ship that the elders dared to confidently talk about building a-destroyer spaceship.
Tang Guo¡¯s fleet docked their cargo and battleships in the space harbor next to the earth.
In the endless dark space, there is an azure slowly moving forward, it¡¯s orbited by a nearby small and two others farther away.
It¡¯s surrounded by thousands of space fortresses made from meteorites, with many giant docking stations located near each. There are countless spaceshipsing and going, with each one looking very advanced.
This scene looked very spectacr from afar. Far more majestic and amazing than any sci-fi movie.
When Fang Yun saw this, he became even more sure of his guess. The future of humans is promising.
¡°Woah!!!!!!¡±
The people on Earth also discovered Tang Guo and Fang Yun¡¯s arrival. After confirming Fang Yun¡¯s identity, all humans on the Earth fell into a carnival.
Seeing these cute people, Fang Yun nodded in approval. He wandered around in the orbit of the earth. This is his way of saying hello to the people on the earth. After a while, he headed towards an empty piece of space, preparing to rest here.
The reason why he came back with Tang Guo this time was that he had nothing to do in the Red Sun base and that Tang Guo is about to be an elder.
After many discussions between the elders of the council, they decided to appoint Tang Guo as the ninth elder of the elders¡¯ council. The eighth elder is naturally Fang Yun.
Currently, he is considered as the official eight elder. A member of the most powerful people in the Federation
Of course, he doesn¡¯t care about this at all.
The giant turtle, Xuan Wu also followed Fang Yun back here. He was also very excited too. It took a stroll around the earth, then headed to the other two habitables.
Fang Yun started dozing off.
Right Now, he doesn¡¯t need to do anything deliberately, his reputation value is quickly increasing, so he can finally have some time to rx.
However, he did not sleep in space all the time. He wakes up asionally, then heads off to some remote areas to eat a lot of meteorites, beforeing back and continuing to sleep.
In such a repetitive fashion, time quickly flew.
If it was in the past, Fang Yun wouldn¡¯t really feel the passage of time in the endless dark space, but now next to the earth, he can really feel the changes of time.
Every time he opens his eyes, he could see the rapid changes on the earth.
¡¡¡¡
Seven years have passed since he returned to the Earth.
Fang Yun¡¯s level has reached 78, but he didn¡¯t get any new skill. It¡¯s still not the time yet.
His reputation value has also increased from 30 billion to 35 billion.
Originally Fang Yun was nning to continue sleeping, but Tang Guo found him, asking for his assistance in solving a troublesome matter.
The Federation is taking the Earth as the central base and building wormholes to radiate their influence around. They have many expedition teams outside.
The matter is that one of the expedition teams had a problem.
This team is exploring a starfield 10 light-years away from the Earth. They are looking for a that is suitable for survival or has a source stone mine.
This team is called the ck Crow.
The ck crow team isposed of 35 people. They have a C-ss cargo spaceship, only around five kilometers long and equipped with few weapons, but it has a hyperspace engine.
During their expedition, they encountered a fleet that quickly captured the ck Crows, only to discover that they are the human race wanted by the Empire.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that after the star beast tide has ended, all interster civilizations in the Milky Way gxy have received the wanted order issued by the SkyRiver Empire.
They all know that there is a race called humans wanted by the Empire.
The fleet the ck crows encountered belongs to a huge conglomerate. In the face of their powerful spaceships, they had absolutely no power to resist, but they still passed the message back through some means.
This incident immediately attracted Tang Guo and the elders¡¯ attention. If their traces were to be exposed to the Empire now, their situation will be very bad.
They are ten light-years away from the ck Crows location. Such distance might look huge at first nce, but for a civilization like the SkyRiver Empire, it¡¯s not difficult to find a higher-civilization in such an area. It will just take some time.
Besides, what if they managed to pry their location from the mouths of the ck Crow team.
Tang Guo suddenly thought of Fang Yun.
Although the ck Crow team sent back a distress message, it¡¯s very brief and carries very little information. They aren¡¯t sure about the power of that fleet, so for the safety of their civilization, Tang Guo can only rely on Fang Yun.
Of course, Fang Yun didn¡¯t have any objection, he is idle anyway.
He led a fleet and set off. Tang Guo didn¡¯t go with him this time, She is the ninth elder of the council of elders now. She has a respected position and has a lot of things to deal with every day. Naturally, it¡¯s impossible to go with Fang Yun on an adventure anymore.
After a few space jumps, Fang Yun and the Earth fleet reached the coordinate sent by the ck Crow team. After reaching the ce, they quickly scanned the area around, but they didn¡¯t find anything.
Looking at the empty space in front of him, Fang Yun suddenly released electromaic fluctuation, which moved at the speed of light, quickly spreading in the area around.
After a few minutes, he finally locked a position and hurriedly flew over there.
Soon enough, a fleet appeared in front of him.
Chapter 389: Dome Civilization
Chapter 389: Dome Civilization
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Angelo, are we finished?¡±
In a huge spaceship, several figures were imprisoned in a cabin. At this time, a woman with curly hair said to a middle-aged man lying beside her.
The other people in the cabin gritted their teeth after hearing this question. They also silently looked at the middle-aged man sitting in the corner.
The middle-aged man silently looked at the floor. After what seemed like an eternity, he finally opened his mouth.
¡°No, we have sent out a distress signal, the Federation must have received our message.¡±
¡°They should have sent manpower to rescue us.¡±
After saying so, he shook his head slightly and said with a look of determination.
¡°So, we don¡¯t need to be afraid at all. Even if we die in the end, these bastards will have to be buried with us.¡±
¡°Not only that, but their entire civilization must also be buried with us!¡±
The other people in the cell nodded upon hearing this, a trace of pride rose in their heart.
The current human civilization is already very powerful. With the exception of the SkyRiver Empire, other civilizations have to pay the price for provoking them.
Seeing that the fear on everyone¡¯s faces mostly dissipated, Angelo sighed internally, a trace of worry arose in his heart. He isn¡¯t afraid of death just like everyone else, and he also knew that if the Federation truly send a rescue fleet, then these guys will absolutely be finished.
They have been doing their job as an exploratory team for many years, bringing back many contributions to the Federation. He can naturally die without regret, knowing that his family will be able to live the reminded of their lives peacefully and gloriously.
His only regret is that they caused a lot of trouble to the Federation by being captured by an alien fleet in this ce.
After all, this ce is only around 10 light-years away from the center of the Federation, the Earth.
Could it be that humans will be forced to wander again?
As a person who had experienced that wandering, Angelo didn¡¯t want the Earth to wander again, so he is very worried at this time.
But he didn¡¯t express his emotions. He must remain strong in front of his team, allowing them to have peace of mind.
At this time, the mentality became much more rxed. They all vowed that no matter what they will experienceter on, they will never leak the coordinates of the Earth.
¡°Captain, these guys are rtively safe.¡±
A voice suddenly sounded from outside the cell. It¡¯s the universalnguage of the Milky Way. In order tomunicate with other races and further integrate with other civilizations, the Federation has added thisnguage to their education curriculum and considered itpulsory.
¡°Caso, be careful. These guys are wanted infected people, try to not have contact with them. We will transport them back to the Empire, hahaha, by then, we will get a big reward. ¡°
Outside, the captain of the fleet, Stevenson patted Caso on the shoulder next to him and reminded him.
Stevenson is the captain of the Rodnan spaceship and the leader of their fleet. They belong to the distant Dome star civilization.
The Dome star civilization is also considered a well-known civilization in the gxy. They can conduct interster voyages, master hyperspace technology, and also have weapons such asser cannons and ion cannons.
Some of their spaceships are also equipped with turboser cannons. This weapon is naturally sold to them by the SkyRiver Empire. They don¡¯t produce turboser cannons themselves.
In fact, in the Milky Way, there are few civilizations that can produce turboser cannons. Especially the kind of the turboser cannons that can be put into spaceships, there are even fewer producers of it.
Most civilizations just put turboser cannons on theirs, establishing giant fortresses to protect theirs.
If such a civilization wants to install a turboser cannon on their spaceship, their only way is buying a miniaturized turboser cannon generator from bigger powers.
Dome is exactly such a civilization.
Their Rodnan is also equipped with two turboser cannons, hence their spaceship can be regarded as a rtively powerful one.
They identally discovered the trail of the wanted race, which made them happy. After transporting these guys back to Dom, they will definitely get a big reward.
Now that the star beast is over, the SkyRiver Empire has turned its attention to the pathogens that have appeared during this beast tide.
The golden behemoth is naturally one of them;
During this star beast tide, three Pathogens appeared, but after it¡¯s finished, all three of them had disappeared.
In addition, Fang Yun, the giant serpent.
This monster is one of the prime targets of the Empire. Like the golden behemoth, he¡¯s also a third-ss pathogen and now it has controlled a civilization-this is the news released by the SkyRiver Empire.
After the SkyRiver Empire issued the wanted order, many people paid attention to the existence of that giant serpent and the race under his control while exploring the starry sky;
However, up to now, no trace of the giant serpent has been found. It wasn¡¯t just the giant serpent, but even the race under his control, the human race, haspletely disappeared, causing many people to give up with regret.
¡°Talk to them again, try to get a confession from them about the location of their civilization.¡±
Stevenson said to Caso next to him: ¡°Tell them that as long as they pass the machine¡¯s detection, then their confession will be their key to getting rid of the wanted order and the title of the infected.¡±
¡°Yes, Captain.¡±
Casso nodded heavily, then shouted loudly into a microphone: ¡°You guys, our Captain Stevenson kindly reminds you.¡±
¡°You can confess now and tell us about the location of your civilization.¡±
Caso paused, then continued.
¡°Think about it, as long as you confess, you¡¯ll have a chance to survive.¡±
¡°You might even get a citizenship card from the SkyRiver Empire. ¡°
In that cabin, Angel and the others, who were resting with their eyes closed, sneered at the ridiculous wordsing from the instrument above their head.
¡°Do you want us to betray our civilization?¡±
Angelo smiled disdainfully. After experiencing the age of war and wandering through space they all love their civilizations very much. Not to mention the loyalty they have for the Federation, just their love for their families back on the Earth makes it impossible for them to betray.
If they are the type to betray their civilization so easily, how could they even be allowed to explore the starry sky?
From the moment they chose to undertake this exploration mission, they have been prepared for death and for never going back.
¡°Damn you Dome bastards,¡±
Angelo rudely shouted.
¡°Hahaha, bastards! Kill me if you have the ability, but rest assured that you will follow us shortly after!¡±
¡°Not only you but everyone on your, even your entire civilization will be buried with us. You will regret your actions so much at that time!¡±
The expression on Angelo¡¯s face became more and more ferocious as he talked.
¡°Your greed brought you an unimaginable disaster. You should not have provoked us. Now your entire race will go to hell with you.¡±
¡°If you want to repent, there¡¯s still time. Let us go obediently now, otherwise, what I said before will be fulfilled soon.¡±
Chapter 390: The Attack of The Giant Serpent
Chapter 390: The Attack of The Giant Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Your death will not be pretty!¡±
Stevenson¡¯s face changed abruptly after hearing Angelo¡¯s bursts of shouting and curses, his face contorted as he said viciously.
¡°You idiots, your death is approaching! How dare you speak like that! I really hope that the civilization behind you can appear. If that is the case, I will dedicate your entire civilization and race to the SkyRiver Empire. Hahaha, I can already imagine the rich rewards I¡¯ll get¡±
Stevensonughed angrily. These guys actually expect the civilization behind them to avenge them. They checked Angelo¡¯s spaceship before and they didn¡¯t find anything special about it.
So they have some spections about the civilization behind Angelo. Their civilization is most likely a low-level one, far behind their Dome civilization.
Even if they overestimate them as much as they can, their civilization should at most be a mid-level one, at the same level their Dome civilization.
It¡¯s not surprising, considering that they are still using that cargo ship, which is a cheap product that can be bought on the market.
¡°Let¡¯s go, I believe the officials of the SkyRiver Empire are capable of prying their mouths open.¡±
Stevenson snorted coldly and was about to leave, but right at that moment. A crew member opened the door and ran towards him anxiously.
¡°Captain!¡±
This crew member first saluted Stevenson respectfully, then said.
¡°We detected a fleet moving towards us.¡±
¡°What?¡±
Stevenson brows wrinkled as he said.
¡°Send them a warning message. Tell them to keep away from us.¡±
The crew member who came by nced nervously at Stevenson and said.
¡°Captain, we have already sent the iing fleet a warning message, but they ignored it.¡±
¡°Huh?¡±
Stevenson¡¯s expression gradually became ugly.
¡°Tell them, we are performing a task released by the SkyRiver Empire. If they mess with us, they will face a wrathful response from the Empire!¡±
While saying this, he followed the crew member and walked quickly towards the control room.
In the cabin, Angelo and the others heard the conversation outside. A thought suddenly shed in their mind as they understood. Their rescue fleet has arrived.
¡°Our people are here.¡±
Angelo said with a look of joy on his face.
¡°Hahaha, I know that the elders will never abandon us!¡±
¡°Yes, Now that the Ninth Elder is in charge of interster exploration, she will not easily give up on their subordinates.¡±
Thinking of the Ninth Elder, Angelo¡¯s thoughts wandered elsewhere. The ninth elder has been specially promoted and appointed by the other elders unanimously.
The reason for this ispletely rted to the totem of their Federation, The Star Devouring Serpent.
Having said that, he has seen this giant serpent before and that was before he even became their totem. He was still very young at that time. He went to the sea to hunt sea monsters with his father Thor.
It¡¯s just that at that time he didn¡¯t expect that the terrifying serpent would be the Totem of the human race.
It¡¯s truly amazing how fate works.
¡¡¡
Stevenson walked to the control room, then started to check the situation. On the detection screen, a few red dots were quickly approaching them. They are the spaceships of the iing fleet.
¡°A total of seven spaceships. ¡°
Stevenson¡¯s expression froze for a moment, then immediately sneered.
¡°They want topete with us with just 7 spaceships. I never saw someone that likes to seek death so much.¡±
At this point in time, he just regarded the opponent as an arrogant rookie fleet.
¡°All spaceships, activate your weapons!¡±
Stevensonmanded his fleet. Although he feels that they can deal with the iing fleet with just one of his squadrons, he is still nning to destroy them with his full force.
If these people don¡¯te to their senses, then he will use the ¡°Harsh Reality¡± to wake them up.
As the seven spaceships got closer and closer to their fleet, Stevenson decisively ordered.
¡°Destroy theirmand ship!¡±
The turboser cannon on his spaceship started umting energy, ready tounch a devastating attack on the iing fleet.
However, right at that moment, Stevenson suddenly discovered that on another disy screen, one that is connected to a camera on the side of the ship, a dark shadow quickly shed by.
¡°What?¡±
Stevenson¡¯s heart almost stopped. He wanted to quickly remind the others, but it was already toote, the shadow had already appeared above their ship.
A huge, terrifying creature appeared in front of their spaceship. Its image was clearly captured by the front camera.
¡°This is¡¡±
Stevenson¡¯s eyes gradually widened. Not far ahead of them, a terrifying giant serpent with a length of 20 kilometers hovered quietly in front of them. The giant serpent raised its head, then stared at them coldly with its giant golden eyes.
¡°What the hell is this, attack! Attack now!¡±
Stevenson yelled loudly. ¡°st this monster into pieces!¡±
Why did a Star Beast appear at this time? Why?
Stevenson¡¯s heart was filled with annoyance and anger, but suddenly, a thought shed in his mind.
Serpent?
In an instant, his body suddenly froze. As if struck by lightning, he stood still in his ce, his body stiff and cold. ¡°Giant Serpent? Is it that Serpent?¡±
He suddenly thought of the monster wanted by the SkyRiver Empire. The size of that serpent-shaped pathogen is almost the same as that of the one in front of them.
¡°It won¡¯t be the same creature, right?¡±
Stevenson¡¯s heart madly drummed. If this giant serpent is really the monster he thinks it is, then they might be truly finished today.
¡°Gulp!¡±
Swallowing his saliva, he carefully looked at the giant monster ahead.
But at that moment, the terrifying giant serpent suddenly extended its head towards them, opening its giant ck hole-like mouth.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
Seeing this scene from the disy screen, it looked almost like the giant serpent was about to extend from the screen, greatly frightening Stevenson and his crew.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Along with a huge explosion sound, their entire spaceship shook as the giant serpent just bit arge chunk of their spaceship. The sound of alerts sounded through the spaceship as red light filled themand room.
After just a few more bites, Stevenson¡¯s control room was suddenly exposed to space. They all endured the sucking of vacuum using their super strength while staring at the thing ahead.
The terrifying behemoth who destroyed their spaceship with just a few bites chewed on the huge chunk of metal in its mouth before swallowing it.
¡°This, this, this¡¡±
Stevenson felt his calves shaking. This giant serpent looks even more terrifying in reality. All of them felt at that moment that their end was approaching.
In a cabin on the other side of the spaceship, Angelo and his team were all overjoyed after sensing that the spacecraft had stopped.
They also saw the huge ck shadow appearing in front of their spaceship, blocking it from moving forward. It¡¯s a huge crystal ck serpent!
¡°This¡It¡¯s the Eighth Elder.¡±
Angelo was stunned upon seeing this scene. He expected that the Federation would send a rescue team, but he never expected that the Eighth elder, their totem, would personallye!
The Eighth Elder is the existence most respected and worshiped by humans. He never expected that he wille to save them this time.
Chapter 391: The Federation’s CounterAttack
Chapter 391: The Federation¡¯s CounterAttack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun stared coldly at Stevenson and his crew. For him who wanted to lead humans to the top of the Milky Way, these guys are his obstacles.
Even if they didn¡¯t take the initiative to cause trouble. These guys actually choose to be aggressors on their own initiative. They detained their staff, and maybe even reported this matter to the SkyRiver
¡°Gulp.¡±
¡°Ka! Ka! Ka! ka!¡±
Stevenson and his crew were stunned upon meeting the cold pupils of the giant serpent. Their teeth clunked due to fear as they suffered an unimaginable pressure. Like a lower creature facing a higher creature.
Suddenly, the giant serpent opposite to them opened its mouth and approached them. It looked like it¡¯s going to eat them;
¡°Ah!!!¡±
Stevenson and his crew started yell frantically at this time. Many crewmates pulled energy weapons and started shooting in the mouth of the giant serpent.
¡°Bang! bang! bang!¡±
Many explosions appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mouth and on his body, but the power of such hand weapons is insignificant to Fang Yun, it wouldn¡¯t even break the tender flesh inside his mouth, let alone his indestructible scales.
The screams on the spacecraft reached its extreme, but Fang Yun directly bit off the middle part of the ship, including themand room. In the end, he violently threw the bitten part where the Dome people are, causing them to fly out in space.
Afterward, he directly pulled the half-destroyed spaceship near him, he felt the presence of humans on this spaceship.
Stevenson and the others could only helpless float in space. Due to their gically enhanced bodies, they didn¡¯t immediately die. In fact, not to mention them, even the current humans can survive in space without protective equipment for a long time.
However, this doesn¡¯t mean that they can escape safely. The Federation¡¯s spacecraft behind Fang Yun directly captured all the Dome civilization citizens and brought them inside their spaceship.
These Dome people were still unting their might in front of Angelo a few minutes ago, but in the blink of an eye, they became prisoners.
¡°It¡¯s actually this guy. I didn¡¯t expect to see an acquaintance here.¡±
When the fleet that followed Fang Yun captured Stevenson and his crew, they sent manpower to the semi-destroyed spacecraft, bringing Angelo and his crew out.
When Fang Yun saw Angelo, he immediately remembered him. They met back on the Earth a long time ago.
¡°Eight Elder, I am Angelo.¡±
After being rescued, Angelo approached Fang Yun with a look of excitement. Just like other humans, he respects Fang Yun very much.
If there was no Fang Yun, they would have been either enved by the ¡®Great Will¡¯ or destroyed by the Elvira spaceship of the SkyRiver Empire. At that time, they had no resistance in the face of the Victory-ss destroyer of the SkyRiver Empire.
¡°Well, I remember you. You were just a kid back then.¡±
At that time, he was still in the hunting grounds of the Sea Monster Hunting Game, he liked to frighten the contestants who participated in the Hunting Game, Angelo and his father were one of his victims, and he scared them more than once.
¡°You still remember me.¡±
Angele was even more excited. He was only a child at that time. Now he¡¯s an adult. He¡¯s over 70 years old, but he never forgot that memory. It¡¯s one of the most memories of his life.
He often likes to brag about their meeting, garnering the envy of many people.
¡°Unexpectedly, you actually joined the space exploration team.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly thought that this guy was very adventurous since his childhood. Joining the exploratory team now doesn¡¯t seem to be something out of the ordinary.
¡°Okay, Angelo.¡±
Fang Yun continued talking.
¡°We need to return to our base camp now, then extract information from these guys. The Blue Federation isn¡¯t a soft persimmon that everyone can pinch.¡±
¡°This is just right. Rather than searching for resources in the extremely vast space, it¡¯s better to go to the home of a hostile civilization and annex them. War is one of the best ways of progress.¡±
¡±To stand firm in this gxy, we must open a path of blood. Only after devastating wars and suffering will we be able to establish our ce in the Milky Way!¡±
¡°The Dome will be our first target!¡±
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s grand words, Angelo felt his heart thumping. Their civilization was hiding and developing secretly for such a long time, is it the time to show their fangs?
He had no fear in his heart, nor did he doubt whether the current Federation is enough to set off such a grand war because he has great trust in Fang Yun.
After Angelo retreated back to their spaceship, Fang Yun moved to the broken spaceship of the Dome civilization and directly swallowed it.
A spaceship of this level is redundant to the Federation, so Fang Yun directly swallowed it.
After dealing with the aftermath, they started the hyperspace jump, returning to the Earth.
Tang Guo attached great importance to this incident, so after learning that Fang Yun has rescued the ck Crow team without any loss and returned safely, she released a sigh of relief.
However, upon learning that these people had already sent the message back to their Dome civilization headquarter, her heart became a little heavy.
She is certain that the Dome civilization will report this information to the SkyRiver Empire. At that time, they will have to face the mighty SkyRiver Empire, which is not something she wants to see now.
¡°Tang Guo, don¡¯t worry too much.¡±
Fang Yun looked at anxious Tang Guo andforted her.
¡°The SkyRiver Empire has just experienced a Star Beast Tide, their main power is still dealing with the aftermath.¡±
¡°They must be focusing on eliminating the bad influence of the beast tide on them in the fastest time. Otherwise, the nearby gxies will take the opportunity tounch an attack, especially the Sirius gxy. The civilizations there are very hostile to the Milky Way.¡±
¡°As long as the Empire can¡¯t send its main power, we will have enough time to develop and grow. Even if they send a small squad to attack us, it will hardly have any effect.¡±
¡°Furthermore, in a radius of ten light-years, it won¡¯t be easy for them to lock our position. At least, it should take them quite a lot of time¡±
¡°Even if they lock our position, relying on our current strength, we should be able to deal with their small units.¡±
ording to the information they received, the SkyRiver Empire did issue a gctical wanted order for the human race, but they currently can¡¯t mobilize too much energy to deal with them, dealing with the aftermath of the beast tide is much more important.
Tang Guo slightly rxed after hearing Fang Yun¡¯s words. In fact, no matter how much pressure she is carrying, the moment she talks with Fang Yun and shares her worries, this pressure mostly dissipates.
It might be due to his strength and his protection, or it might be due to her deep trust in him. Either way, she always feels rxed while talking with him.
¡°Ouroboros, I heard people say that you want to attack the Dome civilization?¡±
Tang Guo raised her head and asked Fang Yun.
Chapter 392: Dome Civilization
Chapter 392: Dome Civilization
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Tang Guo is now the ninth elder of the Blue Stars. Over the course of thest few years, she has gradually adapted to her position, taking responsibility for herself in many cases.
For example, for such an important issue like this, she takes the initiative to think and analyze the benefits and consequences of attacking the Dome civilization.
Whether the expenditure equals the returns, whether the danger equals the harvest, etc¡
¡°Yes.¡±
Fang Yun nodded his head.
¡°The Dome civilization has exposed its location to us, which is a very foolish thing to do.¡±
¡°We should take this opportunity to attack them, even if they belong to the camp SkyRiver Empire.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s intention is very clear. He wants to attack the Dome civilization.
Fang Yun felt that this phase of hiding and developing should end. Apart from the SkyRiver Empire, they aren¡¯t afraid of any other civilization in the Milky Way anymore.
It¡¯s unknown how long it will take them to catch up with the SkyRiver Empire by hiding and building up their technology,
Fang Yun can¡¯t wait anymore. The SkyRiver Empire¡¯s main force is dealing with the aftermath of the beast tide now. This is the prime opportunity to wage wars against other civilizations.
It¡¯s time to pull out their fleet and wage wars against other civilizations
¡°But¡¡±
Tang Guo stated her worries.
¡°This will increase the risk of exposing our position. It would be bad if we were targeted by the SkyRiver Empire.¡±
¡°The SkyRiver Empire is busy now. Dealing with the aftermath of the beast tide, and hoarding heavy troops in the frontier area to prevent the invasion of other gxies.¡±
Fang Yun persuaded.
¡°Humans need to umte experience in spacebat. Although many pilots have very highbat literacy, they can be even better.¡±
After long deliberation, Tang Guo finally agreed to Fang Yun¡¯s suggestion.
The Ministry of Security of Blue Federation started to interrogate Stevenson and his crew. After using all kinds of ¡°Methods¡± on these guys, Stevenson and his crew eventually gave in, spilling out the coordinates of their home.
¡°Tang Guo, first send a small team of people to scout the situation over there. We should check the truth of these Dome people¡¯s information.¡± Fang Yun reminded Tang Guo.
Tang Guo did not object either, she was nning to do so from the start. After selecting a team, she handed over the task to them.
It¡¯s a coincidence that within this team, there is Angelo, the adventurous guy.
¡¡¡¡
Dome, Arge in the Laiba starfield.
This is the hometown of the Dominians
The Dominians have established a powerful civilization on this. An interster civilization that navigates between stars, and can even travel to every corner of the gxy, as long as they have the coordinates.
The Dome civilization is different from the Federation. It¡¯s based on a monarchical system. The emperor of Dome, Emperor Philip, rules the with an iron fist.
Under the emperor, there is a parliamentposed of twelve members. All twelve of which have worked hard to make suggestions for Emperor Philip XII and manage their civilization.
The Empire of Dome.
Now, in the royal pce of the kingdom, in a beautifully decorated meeting room, thirteen figures are sitting around a meeting table. They are headed by a man wearing a Luxurious and majestic dress.
The man had a solemn face as he looked at the other 12 people sitting around the conference table before saying.
¡°We just got a message,¡±
¡°One of our fleets exploring the outer space has found a spaceship belonging to humans¡ The race that the SkyRiver Empire issued a warrant for.¡±
¡°Human Civilization?¡±
When such a phrase sounded in the meeting room, everyone couldn¡¯t keep calm. The SkyRiver Empire has stressed many times that they must find the infected civilization and the Serpent-Pathogen.
If the two threats are allowed to wander freely outside, it will bring an unimaginable disaster to the entire gxy.
Not only did they emphasize this, but they also offered a generous reward, including technical blueprints of a turboser cannon.
Of course, such arge andplex weapon can¡¯t be directly manufactured even if there are blueprints. After all, this involves not only aplex field, this weapon also needs a lot of specialized and rare materials.
Even so, the drawings are extremely precious. Many civilizations are scrambling to get them.
Anyway, as an ambitious ruler, Emperor Philp is very eager to get that blueprints.
However, he can still keep his calm, and not get dazzled with desire.
¡°However, we are no longer able to contact the spaceship that sent the message.¡±
Emperor Philp frowned and said.
¡°Now we don¡¯t know their situation, that fleet might have some ident.¡±
¡°It¡¯s possible that they encountered some powerful civilization or space pirates. They might even have been captured by the human civilization behind the spaceship they captured.¡±
Mentioning thest possibility, Emperor¡¯s Philp brows wrinkled tightly. After checking the information in Stevenson¡¯s registry, they found that their fleet had quite a few spaceships. They even had turboser cannons, which is enough to deal with most troubles.
If their fleet was truly solved by human civilization, they must be careful. This human civilization might not be as weak as they thought.
¡°Your Majesty, we can sell the news to the SkyRiver Empire.¡±
A very old councilor said to Emperor Philip from the side.
¡°The SkyRiver Empire said that we can report to them even if we only have a clue or some information, we will still get some rewards.¡±
Hearing this, Emperor Philip pondered for a moment before shaking his head.
¡°We could have done so if we had some clue about the general location of human civilization.¡±
¡°However, we don¡¯t know that for the moment, and just the news about a small spaceship of the human civilization cannot attract the attention of the SkyRiver Empire.¡±
¡°But your guess is still valid. We¡¯ll convey the information we have to the SkyRiver Empire and see how they¡¯re nning to deal with it.¡±
For the ordinary Dominians, they have been ustomed to the recent peace, few people knew that their leaders have been involved in a major event.
Emperor Philp contacted the people of the SkyRiver Empire. Although he couldn¡¯t provide even the general location of the human Civilization, the SkyRiver Empire still sent a small fleet to help.
Just as Fang Yun had expected, the SkyRiver Empire had suffered some losses due to the star beast tide. Moreover, they have been guarding against the subtle movements of the nearby Sirius gxy, hence they didn¡¯t have the time to care about them.
So they just sent a small fleet over, which joined the main fleet of the Dome civilization and started tracing the traces of the human civilization.
What they didn¡¯t know was that the human civilization they were looking for is currently investigating their home secretly.
Moreover, they have assembled a huge fleet back on the earth, ready tounch an attack on the Dominians at any time.
Chapter 393: Attacking the Dome Civilization
Chapter 393: Attacking the Dome Civilization
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The humans who were observing the of Dome were led by Angelo. They quietly invaded Dome¡¯swork through a supeputer and started gathering information.
They didn¡¯t try to invade importantworks, only civilianworks, hence for a while, the Dominians didn¡¯t notice their existence.
After all, in essence, the technological level of the Federation has surpassed Dome star.
At the same time, they sent the relevant information they captured back to the newly constructed ry station, and after several consecutive transmissions, they were sent back to the Earth.
The Federation¡¯smunication methods hade a long way. Not to mention that theirmunication technology is only inferiorpared with the SkyRiver, they are still vigorously catching up with them.
In the base camp, after receiving the message sent back by Angelo, Tang Guo quickly reported it back to Fang Yun.
Fang Yun was quietly hovering in space. From the information Tang Guo sent him, it¡¯s almost certain that the Dome civilization has sent their information back to the SkyRiver Empire.
The fleet of the Empire has already visited the Dome.
At the same time, they have a rough estimate of the power of the Dome civilization. They are indeed worse than the Human Federation, but the difference in technological power is far from reaching an insurmountable level.
The Blue Federation can¡¯t crush the Dome civilization using military power, especially since a SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet joined the fray.
Therefore, before attacking the Dome civilization, they must block their escape route and especially ensure that they can¡¯t send an SOS message to the SkyRiver Empire.
If that happens, then in the midst of war, therge forces of the SkyRiver Empire mighte to hunt them. By then, not to mention dealing with the Dome civilization, their fleet will be likely get annihted
Maybe even the coordinates of the Earth will be exposed. Therefore, they not only have to block the signal transmission but also have to quickly end the battle.
It¡¯s impossible to do this with the strength of the Federation, but things might be different with the addition of Fang Yun.
His current strength is extremely terrifying, especially dealing with weak intelligent creatures that rely on technology. It could be said that he is their nemesis.
With his assistance, the Blue Federation should be able to deal with the Dome civilization quickly and without any ident.
On the 37th day since Angelo was sent to monitor the Dome civilization. Fang Yun led a huge fleet and set off. The fleet isposed of the Federation¡¯stest space fighters and cargo ships. The Rulers, and the Gourmets.
One hundred and fifty Rulers space fighters and three Gourmet cargo ships. Finally, there¡¯s a Battlestar.
The Battlestar is a spherical weapon with a diameter of 12 kilometers. It¡¯spletely made of special alloy and is extremely expensive to build. It¡¯s equipped with a lot of weapons, including turboser cannons and an energy shield.
A weapon of this level can be considered a strategic one even in the SkyRIver Empire. A superweapon capable of easily destroying a.
Even a-destroyer spaceship has to be cautious in front of this weapon, as entering its attack range is almost like a death sentence.
This Battlestar was named as the Blue Dragon!
It¡¯s equipped with hundreds of turboser cannons. Furthermore, its energy device has sufficient energy to support the hundreds of turboser cannons shooting at the same time.
Of course, this type of turboser cannon generally requires getting recharged for a certain amount of time before getting fired once again. Therefore, unless the target is captured by a towing beam generator or if its mobility is limited, the Battlestar certainly won¡¯t fire all of its turboser cannons at the same time.
This lineup can be said to be quite luxurious, this is the top lineup that the human Federation can dispatch, but due to their mission this time, it seems quite justified.
After all, they are not only going to attack the home of a powerful civilization, but they also have to finish the battle as quickly as possible, hence it¡¯s normal to send their strongest lineup.
Under Fang Yun¡¯s leadership, the fleet got closer and closer to the Dome home.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that although Fang Yun is leading the fleet right now, he isn¡¯t themander of this mission. He doesn¡¯t want to hold this position or deal with its responsibilities at all.
Fang Yun actually knew the leader of this operation. It¡¯s Henry that followed Tang Guo into the Forbidden Land dozens of years ago.
After ascending to the Elder position, Tang Guo brought this familiar person into her entourage.
¡°Your Excellency, we are still 1 light-year away from Dome.¡±
Henry reported to Fang Yun.
¡°We¡¯re about to make thest space jump.¡±
¡°Ournding location is about 7 million kilometers away from the Dominian star field.¡±
¡°ording to the news we received from Angelo, that starfield is currently empty, so it¡¯s safe to make a jump straight into it.¡±
Henry is quite old, he¡¯s about to step into old age now, but he has no intention to retire. He has repeatedly insisted on staying in the interster toon, nning to spend the remainder of his life in battle.
This time, Tang Guo has entrusted him with a very important task. He¡¯s going to be the leader of the fleet sent to wage war against the Dome civilization. To be the first leader in history to wage humanity¡¯s first interster civilizations battle made him feel very honored, but also put him under a lot of pressure.
To be appointed as a leader of such an important and monumental task showcased Tang Guo¡¯s trust in him, and he is not nning to fail her trust.
¡°All units prepare! We¡¯re going to make a space jump!¡±
After reporting to Fang Yun, Henry informed the rest of the fleet about the space jump they are going to make.
All space fighters are inside the cargo spaceships, so it¡¯s only the three cargo ships and the Battlestar that are going to make a space jump this time.
Whether it¡¯s the cargo spaceships or the Blue Dragon Battlestar, they are obviously equipped with hyperspace engines.
Amongst the fleet, Henry¡¯smand ship was the first to make the space jump, followed by the other two cargo ships, then the Battlestar and Fang Yun.
¡°After the destruction of the Dome civilization, the entire Gxy shouldn¡¯t remain calm.¡±
Fang Yun has already started imagining the scene after the Dome civilization is destroyed by them. Anyway, his fame will definitely spread this time. After all, the demise of Dominians is majorly rted to him, and his name will definitely spread throughout the gxy along with the news of the destruction of the Dome civilization.
This will certainly arouse the vignce of other civilizations, coupled with some unstable factors, the atmosphere of the entire gxy will be very subtle. At that time, if the SkyRiver Empire doesn¡¯t deal with this matter properly, internal chaos is likely to arise throughout the Milky Way.
Presumably, outside forces such as the Sirius Gxy will certainly not miss such an opportunity.
Just as Fang Yun was thinking about this, their fleet has finallypleted the space jump.
¡°Head towards Dome.¡±
Henrymanded the fleet. Suddenly, many doors on the side of the three cargo ships opened, followed by many space fighters flying out.
Right at that moment, a voice suddenly sounds in Henry¡¯s earphones. It¡¯s Angelo.
¡°Emergency! Emergency! General Henry, please prepare for battle!¡±
¡°The Dome civilization¡¯s fleet is heading straight towards you!¡±
Angelo¡¯s voice sounded over a specialmunication channel.
It wasn¡¯t just Henry who receive the sudden message, even Fang Yun received it. His mood didn¡¯t fluctuate much, he just raised his head and looked ahead.
Chapter 394: Red Dog Commando
Chapter 394: Red Dog Commando
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The fleet dispatched by the SkyRiver Empire to assist the Dome civilization is called the Red Dog Commando. This fleet is headed by two-destroyer battleships, five 15-kilometer-ss cargo spaceships, and three hundred space fighters.
The space fighters can be divided into two categories, the heavy-type fighter, the giant eagle, and the light-type fighter, the falcon, their number is roughly 3-7.
Such a fleet is very terrifying, as few civilizations can withstand the firepower of two-destroyers, let alone hundreds of powerful space fighters and a heavily loaded cargo spaceship.
The leader of this fleet is called Conway, a veteran who has experienced many battles. Due to his outstanding contributions on the battlefield, he was appointed as the leader of this fleet.
He¡¯s nicknamed as Red Dog, due to his ferocious and ruthless nature. Even the entire fleet was named after this, showcasing their fierce nature.
The red dog is a very powerful and very fierce Star Beast. An Adult Red Dog is a disaster-ss Star Beast.
¡°Boss, the Emperor of Dome ising to see you. By the way, the girls he sent us yesterday are really delicious.¡±
In the control room of themand ship, Adjutant Ryan to Captain Conway with a frivolous smile on his face.
After arriving here, the Emperor of Dome personally entertained them. It wasn¡¯t until today that they decided to start working.
What they need to do now is to go to the ce where Stevenson and his fleet captured Angelo¡¯s spacecraft, then conduct arge-scale investigation nearby.
¡°However, it¡¯s really a pity. This time it will take only 1 or 2 years to return to the Empire.¡±
Ryan shook his head helplessly. He hopes that such a task takes a long time. Although they are going to investigate the area where the suspects werest seen, they aren¡¯t going to patrol all the time. They will go back to Dome once in a while.
At the time when they were sent on this mission, they considered it as a holiday.
They had been guarding the border of the gxy before for decades, especially during the period when the Star Beast Tide erupted. They all felt nervous, for fear that nearby gxies would attack them.
This time they were sent to Dominians to assist them to search for human civilization. Their entire fleet didn¡¯t take this task seriously and considered it a holiday.
¡°We¡¯re much better now than the time we were at the border.¡±
Conway smiled at Ryan and said.
¡°For an advanced race like us, a year or two is nothing at all.¡±
¡°That¡¯s true.¡±
Ryan nodded, then immediately said.
¡°Boss, do you think that we can find the Infected civilization this time?¡±
¡°Heh, the rewards promised by the higher-ups are very generous this time, but we only have 20 years. If we don¡¯t find that civilization during this time, our fleet will be reced.¡±
Conway nodded and said.
¡°Since one of their spaceships was discovered in that area, then their home base must be nearby, as long as we are a little careful, we can definitely find them.¡±
Hearing this, Ryan nodded, his face was filled with excitement.
Although they considered this task as a holiday, they are still very tempted by the rewards given for this task. They are also very determined to find the infected civilization and the Pathogen this time.
Suddenly, a harsh siren suddenly rang from the detection equipment on their ship.
¡°A fleet is approaching.¡±
Conway reacted in an instant. This was the signal that an unfamiliar fleet is approaching them. He couldn¡¯t help but wonder, how could there be a fleet here, and why is it actively approaching them.
But before he had time to think deeply, another harsher rm rang in the ship again.
The moment this rm went off, Conway¡¯s face immediately changed.
¡°It¡¯s a pathogen! A pathogen!¡±
Conway yelled loudly.
¡°A pathogen is approaching, damn it, everyone! get to your positions and prepare for battle!¡±
His instructions were passed on to every ship in the fleet. All spacecraft quickly moved to their positions and started charging their weapons, preparing to fire at the iing enemy.
But it was toote.
¡°Boom!¡±
It was like a meteor darting across the sky. Conway and Ryan saw from the disy in the control center that a huge ck shadow suddenly shed in front of the Destroyer next to them.
The-Destroyer battleship immediately released its energy shield, then attacked usingser cannons, turboser cannons, and other powerful weapons. All of which were desperately released towards the unknown creature ahead.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Countless explosions urred on Fang Yun¡¯s body. The firepower that is enough to destroy a moon couldn¡¯t deal any substantial damage to Fang Yun.
Whenever a wound appears, his terrifying regeneration ability does act, restoring any wound in just a few seconds.
The firepower failed to stop Fang Yun as he quickly appeared in front of the-Destroyer.
Ryan and the others in the control center watched as the terrifying creature heavily hit the other-destroyer spaceship.
The energy shield of the spaceship quickly deformed, then broke down, followed by Fang Yun colliding heavily with the spaceship;
¡°Boom!¡±
Naturally, the material of the-destroyer is extremely tough, but Fang Yun is not a vegetarian. Under his full impact, the entire-Destroyer was pushed downwards. At the same time, a huge dent appeared on the hull of the spaceship, from which a huge crack extended around.
The reason why the-destroyer spaceship wasn¡¯t directly broken is that Fang Yun hadn¡¯t had the time to umte speed and elerate further, otherwise, it would have been broken into pieces.
¡°Damn it, attack! Attack that monster now!¡±
In the control center, Conway¡¯s eyes turned red after seeing this scene.
This is his personal fleet. It took him a lot of military exploits and time to get it. Of the two most precious-destroyers in his, one was actually destroyed.
One can imagine how raging his anger is at the moment.
The other space fighters reacted and started attacking Fang Yun.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun raised his head and released an earth-shattering roar, he suddenly twisted his body and headed towards the other-destroying spaceship where Conway is.
Destroying the most powerful and threatening spaceships first.
Fang Yun¡¯s initial n is to destroy the two-destroying spaceships.
So he didn¡¯t even bother saying anything to Henry. He took off on his own and attacked the two most dangerous spaceships first.
¡°Stop it! Stop that monster!¡±
Seeing Fang Yun actually running towards them, both Conway and Ryan panicked.
They did not expect that they would face such a perilous situation in this holiday-like mission.
¡°Damn it, I never experienced such a thing even in the battlefield at the border!¡±
Conway yelled angrily.
Unfortunately, his anger is useless, he still couldn¡¯t do anything. The space fighters around and their own-destroyer spaceship couldn¡¯t stop Fang Yun from getting closer.
He was covered in a lightning field with a diameter of 100 kilometers. Stopping most iingsers and projectiles while dealing damage to the space fighters in the vicinity.
At the same time, his speed was getting faster and faster, crossing a distance of tens of thousands of kilometers in just a few seconds.
Chapter 395: The Annihilation of The Red Dog Commando
Chapter 395: The Annihtion of The Red Dog Commando
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Due to the fact that Fang Yun¡¯s speed is too fast, some space fighters along the way had no time to dodge. They either collided with Fang Yun¡¯s body and were pulverized, or enveloped in the lightning sea and exploded.
In just a few seconds, Fang Yun had already arrived in front of the second-destroyer spaceship. After which he immediately radiated a strange, invisible field.
¡°Damn it, what the hell is this?¡±
Conway in the control center noticed something wrong with his body. A look of panic quickly appeared on his face. He quickly rushed forward and stood in front of a smooth metal te, looking at the reflection of his face.
His face was aging at a speed visible to the naked eye, this surreal scene shocked and scared the sh*t out of him, looking around, he found out that everyone else in the control room was experiencing the same thing.
All of them are aging at a speed incalcbly faster than normal. If things keep going like this, they will all soon die.
¡°No!¡±
Conway let out a loud cry, feeling extremely horrified and regretful. He also found out that the serpent-like Pathogen that is attacking them is exactly the Pathogen they are looking for.
It¡¯sughable to think that they were nning to capture or even kill such a monster before. They were even worried about finding it, but now that it appeared in front of them, they realized something in despair, that is they can¡¯t even dream of dealing with such a monster with just their strength.
This monster is too strong.
Just its sub-light speed alone is not something they can deal with. No matter whether it¡¯s their space fighters, cargo ships, or even-destroying spaceship, none could react.
In addition, its defense is ridiculously high. Their turboser cannons couldn¡¯t do anything to that monster. Finally, the thing that made Conway feel the most terrified is the force that is acting and their body, elerating their aging speed by millions of times;
¡°What the hell is this?¡±
In just a few seconds, Conway¡¯s face was already filled with wrinkles. He felt that his body was extremely weak, just like a dying old man.
In fact, after crossing death multiple times, he had long ago prepared to die, but not in this weird and terrifying way!
That monster is using a power that is beyond his cognition, he hadn¡¯t heard about anything simr before!
¡°Ah!!!¡±
On the other side, his adjutant Ryan was screaming in horror. He stared at his hands that were getting skinnier and more wrinkled by the second with a horrified look.
¡°ng! ng! ng!¡±
¡°No!!¡±
One person after the other powerlessly fell onto the ground, Adjutant Ryan fell down unwillingly. Conway finally couldn¡¯t hold it anymore. He slowlynded on the floor, dead, his face still filled with fear and confusion.
Outside the-Destroyer, Fang Yun hovered beside it. He didn¡¯t act anymore. He had already destroyed the two most threatening enemy spaceships, the rest can be left to the Federation¡¯s fleet.
Of course, for the asional annoying space fighters that pass in front of him, he immediatelyunches aser beam and sends them on the road.
At the same time, he also solved the giant cargo ship of the Red Dog Commando, leaving only the space fighters for the human fleet to practice.
Currently, the space fighters of the human Federation and of the SkyRiver Empire are fighting in space.
Without the two-destroyers and cargo ships, humans were able to face the remaining space fighters with ease.
They dispatched one hundred and fifty rulers, three gourmets, and a Battleship this time, they are naturally confident. Most importantly, the space fighters¡¯ pilots belonging to the SkyRiver Empire had no fighting spirit.
Theirmand and cargo ships have been destroyed and captured by the enemy, what can they do?
Although the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet could be said to be defeated, many space fighters didn¡¯t give up, but they couldn¡¯t turn a ssh in front of the Federation¡¯s fleet and with the assistance of the giant turtle.
After half an hour, the human fleet finally wiped out all of the enemies. Of course, they also captured some prisoners. Their role is to act as miners in source stone mines in the future.
¡°Your Excellency, this SkyRiver fleet has been annihted by us.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t expect the human fleet to clean up the space fighters of the SkyRiver Empire so quickly. It seems that these guys already had quite a lot of experience in space battles.
However, they can go even further. Especially theirbat literacy andbat capability.
Anyway, Fang Yun and the giant turtle are there to act as their guarantee.
The giant turtle isn¡¯t as fast as Fang Yun, but it¡¯s still faster than most space fighters. It might not look like it, but the giant turtle has great potential, its strength is increasing by the day, it might be due to its Star Beast bloodline awakening, but whether it¡¯s its speed, strength or defense are increasing by the day.
¡°Henry, prepare your team immediately. We will attack the Dome civilization, we must not let them escape!¡±
Fang Yun sent this message to Henry. In just a short while, the human fleet dealt with the aftermath of the battle and gathered together.
It¡¯s just that the previous war still resulted in quite a few casualties on their side, despite the overwhelming advantage they had. The most powerful civilization in the gxy is indeed worthy of its name.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
In the control center of a cargo spaceship, Henry immediately issued themand to go forward. Fang Yun¡¯s orders are his priority in this operation/
All the teams continued moving forward at this time.
On the other end, on Dome.
Emperor Philip and his twelve counselors were discussing major issues in their civilization, and all of them looked very excited.
This time, the arrival of the Red Dog Commando gave them a boost in their military power, the firepower of the Red Dogmando is indeed very fierce.
With the addition of Conway and his fleet, that terrifying creature would definitely not be able to hide. When the timees, under theirbined attack, that Pathogen and the civilization controlled by it will fall under them!
The counselors were also very excited. Since the SkyRiver Empire sent such a fleet, it means that they really took this matter seriously. If they really caught the pathogen here, they will indeed receive very rich rewards.
¡°Your Majesty, the fleet of the SkyRiver Empire can¡¯t be contacted now.¡±
Right at that moment, a counselor frowned slightly, his Majesty just talked with themander of the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet a while ago, but in a blink of an eye, the signal was cut off, they can¡¯t contact them anymore.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Seeing that the counselor¡¯s expression was wrong, Emperor Philp quickly asked.
¡°Is it because the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet does not want us to contact them for fear of us monitoring them?¡±
¡°Your Majesty, this isn¡¯t very likely.¡±
The counselor said. ¡°If they wanted to do this, they can directly block thework signal at the beginning.¡±
Chapter 396: The Start of the War
Chapter 396: The Start of the War
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°They are from the SkyRiver Empire, they don¡¯t need to do this.¡±
The expression on the face of the counselors became extremely serious.
¡°It seems that they can¡¯t be contacted now. Could it be that they have encountered some electromaic wind?¡±
Electromaic winds do asionally ur in space. This natural phenomenon is an extremely terrifying disaster. Through data analysis, countless pilots have died under electromaic winds.
¡°With the strength of the SkyRiver Empire, an electromaic wind shouldn¡¯t be able to do much damage to them, wait for a while, they should call us.¡±
The meeting room, which was originally filled with a rxed atmosphere, suddenly became a little tense. They all never expected that the fleet of the SkyRiver Empire would be so unlucky.
Time passed minute by minute. Finally, three minutes have passed, but nothing has happened.
The strength of the Red Dog Commando is very strong. If faced with a smaller electromaic wind, they should havee out of it in three minutes. Now that they still can¡¯t get in touch with them, it seems that they are in some sort of trouble?
¡°Damn it, why are we so unlucky.¡±
Emperor Philp cursed internally. With the assistance of the SkyRiver Empire, they thought that this mission would go smoothly.
It¡¯s not difficult for the SkyRiver Empire to find traces of a civilization by simply giving them an approximate range. In fact, they also can do it.
Butpared to the advanced equipment of the SkyRive Empire, it will take them much longer and the process will be much more difficult, hence the assistance of the Empire gave them peace of mind.
After all, maybe in a nearby starfield, there is a third-ss Pathogen hiding in the dark. No matter who it is, they won¡¯t be able to sleep with such a dangerous creature around them, prompting them to get rid of it as soon as possible.
¡°Your Majesty, there is still no way to contact the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet.¡±
The counselor who had spoken earlier spoke again.
¡°Hmm? Your majesty, there is arge number of living entities approaching our!¡±
¡°What? Show me!¡±
Emperor Philp was taken aback. How is it possible? Is it the Red Dog Commando? He quickly mentioned for the counselor to show them
The counselor nodded and started tapping on the touch-screen integrated conference table. In the next second, a 3D projection appeared in their field of vision.
In space, a fleet is quickly moving forward, and their goal is exactly their location, Dome!
¡°It¡¯s an enemy fleet!¡±
The counselor yelled in horror. At first, he thought it was the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet, but he quickly discovered that it¡¯s not the case.
The iing spaceships did not have the special g of the SkyRiver Empire, not to mention their organizational structure was different. There¡¯s no trace of the distinctive-destroyer spaceships of the Empire.
¡°Damn it, what¡¯s that?¡± The counselor yelled again.
At the end of the fleet, a huge creature was following behind, it¡¯s a giant turtle.
This turtle is veryrge, with a diameter of almost 15 kilometers. It looked almost like an asteroid, quite shocking.
However, shortly after the big turtle appeared, another huge creature appeared at the back of the team, causing Emperor¡¯s Philp pupils to tremble.
It¡¯s a giant serpent.
¡°This¡ two creatures, it wouldn¡¯t be¡¡±
Emperor Philp thought of an extremely absurd possibility.
How can this be?
He guessed that the reason why they were unable to contact the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet is that they were fighting against the iing fleet and the two monsters, and from the looks of things, they were defeated.
However, the thought of this alone is extremely terrifying. Since this fleet was able to quickly defeat a fleet of the Empire, which wasposed of many powerful spaceships and even two-destroyers. How powerful is it?
¡°Everyone! Convey my orders! Immediately set the Dome to the highest alert state.¡±
Emperor Philip took a deep breath and said with a decisive look on his face.
¡°Immediately order our fleet to set off and stop that fleet from getting closer!¡±
At this time, loud sirens rang through the entire. Everyone, under the guidance of relevant personnel, quickly entered the corresponding air-raid shelter.
At the same time, the spaceships near the orbit of the Dome quickly set off to intercept the iing fleet.
¡°Henry, we must end this battle quickly.¡±
Fang Yun sent this message to Henry in themand ship. They must end the battle as soon as possible before the reinforcements arrive at Dome.
¡°Yes, sir.¡±
Henry nodded heavily, he directly and ruthlessly ordered the Battlestar to attack the not far away with its devastating firepower.
At the same time, the cargo spaceships also started to attack, attacking with turboser cannons, aimed straight at the gray below.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
A naturally has no way to avoid such fast attacks, so it can only resist it honestly.
Furthermore, this doesn¡¯t have aplete or even partial energy defense system that can protect it.
Fortunately, their fleet quickly flew into the area opposite to the human fleet, intercepting their attacks.
Compared to the human fleet, this fleet is much more shabby. All of their space fighters are ordinary. They might have a space fortress type of weapon like the Battlestar, but it¡¯s much smaller and weaker.
Before this fleet approached anymore, Fang Yununched a fierce attack on them.
He opened his mouth and released gigantic energy beams towards them, illuminating the space above their.
It¡¯s unknown how many space fighters he destroyed at that moment.
At the same time, the Federation¡¯s space fighters were also dispatched, flying straight towards the opposite fleet. The giant turtle followed shortly behind them.
This silly guy is like a zing asteroid. Rushing like a bulldozer all the way. Due to the fact that the enemy¡¯s space fighters aren¡¯t as fast as him, and that they couldn¡¯t prate his shell¡¯s defense. He was able to rampage like a berserker in the enemy¡¯s fleet.
On the other side, the fleet¡¯s main firepower continued to attack Dome.
The Battlestar had exerted its firepower to its extreme at this time. However, the weapons it¡¯s using this time are mostly nuclear weapons.
Even the-destroying spaceships of the SkyRiver Empire have a fire dragon cannon, which is an extremely refined nuclear bomb. It¡¯s miniaturized, fast, and has a high attack power.
The Battlestar not only have generators storing various energy weapons, but also many traditional weapons, in order to deal with various battle situations.
Laser cannons and turboser cannons have some shorings, that is their inflexibility and inability to strike targets with precision like nuclear bombs.
Chapter 397: Extinction
Chapter 397: Extinction
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In just a short period of time, the entire surface of Dome has changed, a Battlestar hovered in Dome¡¯s orbit, sending arge number of missiles to the. Although the majority of them have been intercepted, there¡¯s still arge number falling on the ground.
¡°Boom!! Boom!!¡±
These hydrogen bombs exploded on the¡¯s surface, destroying mountains and forests, cities and living areas, creating giant tsunamis, and causing volcanoes to erupt.
¡°Damn it.¡±
In a luxurious office, Emperor Philp roared.
¡°Blow up that Battlestar! hurry up!¡±
A Battlestar of the-Destroyer level, the Dome civilization doesn¡¯t have weapons of the same level, hence they could only be crushed in front of its indiscriminate attacks.
The current situation is also very clear. Under the bombardment of the opponent¡¯s Battlestar, Dome is almost unable to bear it.
The space fleet of Dome civilization headed towards the Battlestar, but they couldn¡¯t get close at all! Because two monsters were protecting it, Fang Yun and the giant turtle.
With their protection, no space fighter or spaceship could get closer.
¡°Wooo!!¡±
Beside Fang Yun, the giant turtle released a loud howl, then opened its mouth and released aser beam towards an iing space fighter
There is no doubt that that space fighter was destroyed into pieces, falling back to the due to the pull of gravity.
The attacking ability of the giant turtle is also quite fierce, not to mention its exaggerated defense. Although it¡¯s still some distance away from the disaster-level, it¡¯s enough for it to rampage on a battlefield of this level.
There are undoubtedly many Dome space fighters near the, there are as many as a thousand, but at the moment only seven hundred of these fighters remain, and this number is still rapidly decreasing.
These fighters are at least one ss below the rulers-type space fighters of the Federation, hence they aren¡¯t their opponents even with their superior number, let alone that Fang Yun and the giant turtle are assisting them;
Worst of all, they can¡¯t escape. If they flee, it¡¯s equivalent topletely exposing the Dome to the vision of the human civilization fleet. If the human fleet really enters the atmosphere of the Dome civilization, then they will truly be unable to resist.
¡°Henry, send some space fighters into the atmosphere of the Dome and eliminate as many Dominians as you can. This is war, you can¡¯t be soft!¡±
Fang Yun gave such a ruthless order. At the same time, his body shed and shot directly at space fighters, opening his mouth, he directly swallowed it.
At the other end, Henry, as Fang Yun ordered, sent his space fighters to the Dome ne atmosphere. These fighters are equipped with turboser cannons, which are enough topletely raze the¡¯s surface.
Furthermore, due to their structure, even with the obstruction of the atmosphere, forbidden them from having the insane speed they had in space, they are still able to travel at the speed ofets, allowing them to cross the entire in just a few hours.
After the space fighters of the civilization entered the atmosphere of the Dome, the battle almost ushered in an end. Variousser cannons turned the various surviving and hidden bases into ruins.
After smashing these bases, the final resistance force of Dome was also cut off, hence the firepower of the Battlestar could reach this without hindrance.
In the end, under the super firepower of human civilization, most of the creatures on this were wiped out. Theypletely annihted a powerful civilization.
At the same time, due to the constant destructive attacks of the Battlestar, the tectonic tes of this became very active, causing various earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and tsunamis throughout the.
The Dominians riding the space fighters watched in despair as their race was annihted. Some went mad with rage and madly attacked the human civilization fleet, while others tried to stealthily escape.
Unfortunately, no one was able to escape in the end.
¡°Henry, immediately go and gather the energy sources and valuable equipment on the nearbys. You have up to seven days, after which we will leave.¡±
Fang Yun gave Henry an order.
On the nearby mine, there is also a Dominian engineering team, but they were unfortunately dealt with by the human fleet and all warehouses were seized.
One of the main goals of this trip is to empty these warehouses.
If there is enough time, they can build a supermassive wormhole and transport all of these resources.
Unfortunately, they didn¡¯t have enough time.
They need to act before the SkyRiver Empire react and sends their main forces here.
Soon after, seven days have passed. Fang Yun had been a little nervous during these few days, but fortunately, nothing special happened in the end.
The Dome civilization was destroyed in this way, and this was not discovered until half a monthter.
At that time, Fang Yun and the human fleet returned to Earth for a long time.
Even if they hid themselves, they still did not disconnect with the rest of the gxy, let alone the various spies they spread in various gathering areas.
These spies can pass all kinds of news back to the Earth. Of course, this process takes some time.
For example, Fang Yun now knows that he has be a famous existence in the gxy.
What he did in the Central Continent of the Grave Star Battlefield has attracted a lot of attention, but since then, his poprity has declined, and he gradually faded from public eyes.
But now with the destruction of Dome civilization, he has once again be amon topic of discussion.
This time, after some investigation, the Dome civilization destruction event was found to be rted to human civilization, and the Serpent shaped Pathogen behind it.
After ten days, the SkyRiver Empire discovered that they couldn¡¯t contact the Red Dog Commando, so they sent personnel to investigate. Hence the destruction of the Dome civilization came to light.
¡°Dome civilization, what¡¯s this?¡±
¡°An upper-middle-ss civilization actually went extinct in a single night. I wonder if it was really done by human civilization?¡±
¡°It must be that civilization. What a surprise! To think that a civilization controlled by Pathogen is an advanced one.¡±
¡°An advanced civilization controlled by a pathogen, it seems that the gxy will be very messy in the near future.¡±
In the gctical forum created by SkyRiver Empire, members of various civilizations expressed their opinions. Everyone was worried and even fearful, fearing that they would be the next target.
In the entire gxy, there aren¡¯t many high-ss civilizations, only a few dozen, and each one of these high-ss civilizations is at most capable ofing to a draw with theirpetitors.
The only one capable of truly destroying a high-ss civilization in this gxy is the SkyRiver Empire.
In the gctical Forum, countless people request for the SkyRiver Empire to deal with this matter, and they did exactly that.
A special force was sent to the ravaged Dome.
Chapter 398: Ultimate Gravity
Chapter 398: Ultimate Gravity
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the gctical forum created by the Tianhe Empire, many spies of the Human Federation are lurking. These spies are scattered in various locations across the gxy.
The intelligence personnel of the Federation passed the news spread on the forum back to the Earth. This is a rtively safe and very quick way to obtain information.
Of course, the relevant information obtained in this way is also rtively small. They could only get some rtively superficial information.
However, back on the Earth, after some discussion and the brainstorming of the think tanks, they came to the conclusion that the SkyRiver Empire will definitely try to retaliate.
Through a series of decisions, the elders of the Federation chose to temporarily reduce their range of activities, and focus on technological research and growth.
This time, as a result of the Dome civilization¡¯s destruction, they not only obtained mineral resources, but aplete and a fragmented-destroyer.
That intact-destroyer is usable and can be incorporated immediately into their military forces.
With the cooperation of the-destroyer battleship and the Battlestar, their military explosive power has increased to an insane level, able to burst out with amazing power.
Of course, such strategic weapons require a lot of energy to work. The current human Federation can¡¯t use these two weapons at will due to their huge consumption.
Fang Yun was idle, but he didn¡¯t n to stay on Earth anymore. Right now, he isn¡¯t afraid of the SkyRiver Empire anymore.
He is going out to cause some trouble and gather reputation points, and by the way, sharing the attention and pressure that the current Federation has to face.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle set off. Two giant monsters hovered in space. Behind them, Tang Guo stood on thedder of a spaceship and said to them.
¡°Ouroboros, after separating this time, I wonder when we will be able to meet again.¡±
Earlier, Fang Yun had revealed to Tang Guo that this time, his journey of wandering outside might take a little longer, mainly because his reputation points have increased a lot.
40 billion.
If he does appear in front of the public a few more times, it might even be possible to reach 100 billion in a short time and get the next bloodline.
It¡¯s precisely because of this that Fang Yun said to Tang Guo that this journey might take a long time.
¡°But don¡¯t worry, as long as I¡¯m still there, humans will still view you as their totem and guardian deity.¡±
Tang Guo smiled.
¡°I believe that one day, you will be the overlords of this gxy.¡±
Fang Yun felt that humans have great potential for development. In such a short period of time, they rose from a civilization that couldn¡¯t even get out of its to an advanced civilization. Giving them more time, it might not be impossible for them to catch up or even surpass the SkyRiver Empire.
At that time, when the human Federation bes the master of this gxy, his image will be spread all over the corners of the gxy. At that time, his reputation value will increase astronomically every day.
This is the major reason why he paid so much time and effort to help the Human Federation.
¡¡¡
Fang Yun and the giant turtle left.
Tang Guo stood on the suspendeddder of the spaceship, watching them quietly.
Tang Guo¡¯s face has already started to form wrinkles. She is now in her seventies. Although she might look like a middle-aged woman now due to gic technology, her life span is still limited. When Fang Yun returns next time, she might truly be an ¡®old woman¡¯
At that time, Fang Yun will meet a very wrinkly and old woman.
Thinking of the time when they first met, she was young and beautiful, in her teens, but now¡ Tang Guo didn¡¯t think about it anymore, just sighed silently internally.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle quickly moved in space. From time to time, they crossed arge distance through the Hyperspace. However, they did it rarely. Let alone the giant turtle, even Fang Yun can¡¯t stand frequent hyperspace travel.
Their destination this time is the Dome.
The reason for this is that there are many resource-filleds over there, filled with source stone mines. He can devour them and get a lot of bio-energy points.
As for whether there¡¯s a SkyRiver Empire fleet over there, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t really care.
He might be a top disaster-ss Star Beast in terms of pure destructive power, but dealing with intelligent creatures, he is even more terrifying than nightmare-ss Star Beasts. This is due to the bug-like skill of ¡°Cell Distortion¡±.
Hence he doesn¡¯t really care about the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet. Not to mention that he isn¡¯t going to directly fight with them, he¡¯s just nning to eat the source stones on the remote resources.
¡°After arriving in Dome, I can only dig out those minerals and eat them. I am still too young now, otherwise, I would have swallowed those entires with one bite.¡±
He roughly needs 6 billion bio-energy points for the next evolution. Eating meteorites normally, it would take him quite some time to evolve.
Fang Yun felt that this was too slow. If he could swallow an entire, he¡¯s sure to immediately evolve, and not just a single time.
About a yearter, Fang Yun and the giant turtle finally reached Dome. During this journey, they leisurely wandered and yed around, hence why it took them so long. Right now, he needs only about 4 billion bio-energy points to evolve.
They hovered in space, looking at the surrounding area of space. After a while, they finally selected a suitable target, a with a source stone mine on it.
The Source Stone Mine is a great help to Fang Yun¡¯s evolution. He stayed there, and indeed, as he thought, the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s fleet was indeed gone. At least, he didn¡¯t see them;
He stayed there for almost a year, gathering the remaining 4 billion bio-energy points andpleting his evolution.
His luck was very good. He found a high-energy source stone mine rather quickly. Under the bombardment of his energy cannon, hepletely dug the source stone mine and swallowed it.
At the same time, he alsopleted his evolution.
His current level is 79, his body length has reached 30 kilometers, and his diameter has reached 1.2 kilometers. With his current size, millions of people can easily live on his body without a problem.
Moreover, he can easily swallow mountains now, opening his mouth to the limit, he can swallow objects with a diameter of 3 kilometers.
At the same time, after this evolution, new skills have finally appeared, causing him to be pleasantly surprised.
One of them is ¡°Super Laser Cannon¡±, which is much more powerful than ¡°Greater Energy Beam¡±, and the other is ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡±. As the name suggests, this skill grants him the ultimate ability to manipte gravity.
Like ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡±, this skill can act on himself and opponents, but the level of gravity he can exert on his opponents is countless times higher.
This skill is extremely powerful. ording to the skill description, after being upgraded a few times, this skill can grant Fang Yun a gravity exertion as powerful as a star. He can easily pulls out from their orbits, even crush them to pieces using pure gravity.
After being maxed out, the power of gravity he can exert will be even more powerful.
The power and potential of this skill are very high. Although very unlikely, Fang Yun wondered if he can exert a back hole-like effect after maxing up this skill.
Chapter 399: Approaching Crisis
Chapter 399: Approaching Crisis
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
If he uses ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± on the enemy spaceships, he can either crash them all together or squeeze them into many metal balls. Either way, this skill is extremely useful whether it¡¯s against single or multiple opponents.
Fang Yun liked these two new skills very much.
However, upgrading these two skills is very expensive, and the two skills are also growth-type skills, that is to say, the skill points required for each upgrade increase.
The skill points required to upgrade these two skills for the first time are 80 skill points.
Fang Yun spent a total of 170 skill points and upgraded ¡°Super Laser Cannon¡± twice. Now, hisser beam attack had be even more powerful. Even he doesn¡¯t know the extent of its power now.
With this skill, Fang Yun¡¯s journey to gather bio-energy points has be even easier.
For example, he can easily level a mountain range and search for any minerals inside it now. If he gets serious, then sinking an entire continent isn¡¯t difficult.
He can also create an extremely deep hole that goes straight into the core, then go inside and devour the magma there.
The bio-energy that magma can provide is pretty good, mainly because it¡¯s very numerous, with many precious minerals inside of it.
Magma doesn¡¯t have any effect on Fang Yun¡¯s body now. It¡¯s nothing more than a slightly warmer bath.
Several resources-filleds near Dome¡¯s star were hollowed and eaten by Fang Yun, leaving only dead rocks.
He even directly blew up several moons with a diameter of several thousands of kilometers and ate the hot magma inside.
After finishing this, he started traveling again with the giant turtle again.
However, when he left, he didn¡¯t know that a huge fleet was moving away from him a few trillions of kilometers away.
This is the fleet sent by the Tianhe Empire to investigate the situation.
This fleet is a true war fleetposed of 30 Victory-ss destroyers and 3 Imperial-ss destroyers. In addition, there are 50rge cargo ships and tens of thousands of space fighters.
Of course, those space fighters are all parked inside the cargo spaceships and destroyers for now.
Such a huge lineup is very rare inside the gxy. If it appears, it¡¯s usually to deal with a rebellious advanced civilization or a particrly powerful Pathogen.
In this fleet, there is a special instrument that can detect the existence of Pathogens and powerful life forms within a light-year range.
This kind of instrument can be used in conjunction with their hyperspace technology, allowing them to instantly teleport to the ce where the target was detected.
They had been wandering here for more than two years before. This is theirst investigation in this ce. If they don¡¯t find the target this time, they will abandon this area and go to a more distant ce.
In short, they must catch the target this time.
This is an order from the headquarters of the Empire.
The leader of this war fleet is called El Frye. Hees from the El family, which is a well-known noble family in the SkyRiver Empire. This time, in addition to the orders of the Empire, he also received specials instructions from a big figure in the family.
¡°Frye, use all your means to get rid of that Pathogen, then find a way to stealthily take its energy core, and finally bring it back to me.¡±
Inside the control center of Archangel, themand ship, Frye sat on a soft chair, recalling what Redrick, the next-generation family leader said.
¡°I still failed Master Redrick¡¯s trust. Don¡¯t mention the energy core, I can¡¯t even find that Pathogen.¡±
Frye shook his head.
A pathogen energy core is a very special kind of material. It contains unimaginably huge and special energy. Not only the pathogens have it, but even star beasts have it. It¡¯s just that the value of a pathogen¡¯s energy core is iparable to that of Star Beast, even if the star beast is a level higher than said pathogen.
The energy core of Pathogens is valued very much by the upper-ss of the Empire. Once it appears, there will immediately be a fierce bid to get hold of it.
In fact, the means that the upper-ss can use to get the energy core is beyond ordinary people¡¯s imagination, showcasing its supreme value.
Overall, the preciousness and usefulness of a Pathogen¡¯s energy core, especially a powerful one are enough to drive the Empire¡¯s nobles and higher officials crazy.
The Empire speciallymissioned him to get the energy core of the Serpent-shaped Pathogen this time. He must get it and give it to the higher-ups.
Of course, now that he has be the leader of this fleet, he can use some methods to keep it in his hand. At that time, he will pass the energy core back to his family through some means.
Once the energy core reaches the hands of the El family, it would be very hard to take it back, even for the Empire¡¯s higher officials.
In fact, he wasn¡¯t originally going to be appointed as the leader of this fleet, another person was going to take this position, but under the operation of the El family, Frye still got this position.
However, things are not that simple. This fleet isn¡¯t the only one investigating this area, there¡¯s another official fleet searching a few light-years away.
Besides that¡¡
¡°Unfortunately, the family wasn¡¯t able to drive away that pesky guy.¡±
Frye was a little annoyed internally. The government officials not only sent another fleet, but also nted spies around him, but Frye didn¡¯t show any signs of dissatisfaction on the surface. After all, he isn¡¯t so stupid, he can still be considered as a lower government official.
¡°Commander Frye.¡±
A mellow voice resounded behind Frye.
¡°It seems that our luck is not very good. It has been two years since we started this mission, but we haven¡¯t found anything yet.¡±
¡°Rhoda! Never say such discouraging words.¡±
Frye acted like a senior, admonishing Rhoda with a serious look.
¡°You need to be calmer, do you know why you have been struggling for the military field longer than me, but you¡¯re still my deputy?¡±
¡°It¡¯s because you¡¯re not as calm as I am.¡±
After teaching Rhoda a lesson, he slowly turned his back and said.
¡°We will definitely find that Pathogen, but It¡¯s not easy to find a creature that is around 20 kilometers long in the vast space.¡±
¡°Well, I hope we can meet that monster soon.¡±
Rhoda shrugged nomittally.
Of course, he didn¡¯t want their fleet to encounter the pathogen. He hoped that the other fleet led by the government officials to encounter it.
¡°Leader, deputy leader, our instruments have detected a powerful life fluctuation not far away¡±
Just as the two were silently looking at each other, a voice rang behind them, causing them to turn their heads together.
¡°what happened?¡±
Frye was the first to ask the man in front of them.
Chapter 400: Family Meeting
Chapter 400: Family Meeting
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Frye¡¯s heart suddenly skipped a beat, then immediately a wave of anticipation washed over him. This is an area where the Pathogen was active. If there¡¯s a great life fluctuation detected here, then it¡¯s likely their target.
As for Rhoda¡¯s mood, it waspletely different from Frye.
¡°If it¡¯s really the Serpent-shaped Pathogen, then I must use all means to prevent its energy core from falling into the hands of this guy.¡±
Rhoda thought inwardly.
Whether it¡¯s Rhoda or Frye, they never considered the possibility of their fleet losing. This is just a fantasy.
The entire fleet consists of 30 Victory-ss destroyers and 3 Imperial-ss destroyers. Such a lineup is simply not something a third-ss Pathogen can deal with.
At this time, their entire fleet sped towards the area where the life fluctuations were detected. At the same time, their instruments were turned to the max setting, expanding the detection range to a higher level.
¡°The life fluctuations are more and more visible, and they¡¯re right in front of us.¡±
Inside the control center of themand ship, Archangel, a staff member turned his head and said to Frye behind him.
Frye looked at the scene on the disy, his face disying more and more excitement.
¡°Notify all ships, prepare to fight!¡±
He immediately gave orders to fight. Including themand ship Archangel, all the destroyers, as well as the cargo ships¡¯ bellypartments were opened, then countless space fighters flew our orderly, just like bees.
At that moment, within a radius of hundreds of thousands of kilometers, all kinds of space fighters were densely packed.
¡°Boss, we have arrived next to Dome.¡±
The staff member next to Frye informed him of their current location, but his face was a little serious, as on the disy screen, a broken was clearly visible.
It wasn¡¯t just Dome, severals nearby were also broken into countless, big, and small pieces.
¡°It wasn¡¯t like this before. Did that Pathogene back?¡±
Frye can basically be sure that the creature they have detected is the Pathogen they have been looking for. Such a shocking scene of destruction isn¡¯t something an ordinary creature can cause.
It¡¯s very likely to be a pathogen and a very powerful one.
¡°All units pay attention, all units pay attention!¡±
Frye walked to a microphone and started shouting at his subordinates.
¡°We are already close to the target, prepare to respond to possible attacks!¡±
ording to the response of the life-detection instrument, the life fluctuations are getting more and more intense. They are getting closer to that creature. Now that the critical moment is approaching, Frye felt a mixture of nervousness and excitement.
¡°Heh, it seems that I will be able toplete the task soon.¡±
Frye nced at Rhoda next to him and found that thetter¡¯s face was a bit ugly at this moment, causing him to chuckle internally.
It was at this time that his hand watch vibrated, after which a holographic projection automatically appeared.
¡°Frye.¡±
On the holographic projection, a human face appeared. After seeing the person¡¯s face, Frye¡¯s body immediately straightened as he saluted respectfully.
¡°Master Redrick.¡±
The person on the holographic is Redrick.
The Redrick that appeared now is a little different from when he first met Fang Yun. Although he used to be arrogant, traces of childishness and naivety could be seen on his face.
But now there are some differences. Although he still looks arrogant, he¡¯s much more confident and majestic.
¡°Frye, how are things going.¡±
Redrick asked Frye with a look of concern. He is very concerned about the Serpent-Pathogen. After all, a third-ss Pathogen energy core is enough for his status to rise in the family.
¡°Good news, Master Redrick, now we have detected arge creature near Dome, It¡¯s likely the target we are looking for this time. ¡°
Frye replied to Redick with a look of excitement.
¡°Oh?¡±
Redick was also a little surprised. In the previous inquiries, he got disappointing answers, but this time he finally heard some good news!
¡°Well, quickly head towards it.¡±
Redrick couldn¡¯t conceal the excitement on his face heart.
¡°You don¡¯t need to turn off themunication. I will watch your performance along with the family elders.¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Hearing this, Frye was shocked, but he still replied. In the next moment, on the holographic projection, one figure appeared after the other, they were all leaders and elders of the family.
After seeing these figures, Frye was very excited. He finally has a chance to perform in front of the family elders. As long as he performs well, then his status will undoubtedly rise.
He knew very well that this is the opportunity Redrick gave him, so at that moment, Frye felt very grateful.
In a luxurious office, Redrick turned around and looked at the figures behind him. There¡¯s a total of 17 people.
12 of them are older than the rest, and among them, one is sitting on a high seat. Obviously, his status is different from the others.
The final 5 are quite young, roughly about the same age as Redrick. They also have the same status, they are the next generation leaders and heirs.
¡°Patriarch, and elders.¡±
Redrick said with a look of joy.
¡°Frye has already found the traces of that pathogen. With the strength of their fleet, there will be absolutely no problem this time.¡±
¡°Hehe, some people said before that my actions are just a waste of family resources, and that it will cause the empire¡¯s dissatisfaction with our El family¡¡±
When these words sounded from his mouths, Redrick turned his head and looked at his five rivals with a disdainful expression on his face.
¡°It seems that these people are quite wrong.¡±
¡°Hmph, Redrick, everything is still undecided, are you sure that Frye and his fleet will encounter that serpent-Pathogen this time?¡±
Among the other five heirs, one immediately said with an unconvinced look.
¡°Exactly.¡±
Another person nodded and said.
¡°If the thing Frye and his fleet found isn¡¯t the serpent-pathogen, then I will see how you will exin your mistakes, Redrick.¡±
¡°In order to convince the old guys in the Empire to let Frye be the leader of this fleet, the family spent a lot of effort. If Frye really returns empty-handed, then if it¡¯s not wasting the family resources, then what is it?¡±
Chapter 401: Battle Start
Chapter 401: Battle Start
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Stop arguing!¡±
Suddenly, the old man standing on the highest seat opened his mouth and said, looking at Redrick and the other 5 young men from the corner of his eyes, he did not hide his dissatisfaction.
¡°Listening to Frye, they are already very close to therge creature.¡±
¡°For the next event, stay here and watch.¡±
Once the old man¡¯s voice sounded, no other person dared to speak in that spacious room.
Everyone looked at the holographic projection in front of them. Redrick connected his watch to arge projector, projecting the image of the control center of the Archangelmand ship in front of Redrick and the senior leaders of the El family.
Frye was shocked and scared as he listened to the conversation of the higher-ups of the family through the holographic projection. Redrick¡¯s words made them all have no way out.
If therge creature they detected this time is not the serpent-Pathogen, then neither he nor Redrick will have a good end. Especially Redrick who will be used of deceiving the family higher-ups and wasting a lot of resources.
¡°Master Redrick, don¡¯t worry, if we encounter the serpent-pathogen, then I will definitely cut its head and dedicate it to you.¡±
Redrick nodded indifferently upon hearing this.
Immediately afterward, Frye walked to the middle of the control center and started checking the data shown by various instruments. ording to their artificial intelligence prompts, they are getting closer and closer to their target. The instrument responsible for detecting the life fluctuations ofrge creatures was madly ringing at that moment.
¡°ording to the reaction of the instrument, the creature is very close.¡±
Frey ordered his fleet to stop, then carefully searched the nearby area, because ording to the signal of their detection equipment, therge creature is very close.
¡°Search carefully, you must find that Pathogen!¡±
Frye solemnly gave orders to his team.
The space fighters suddenly spread to the surrounding space area, searching behind every fragment and meteorite, leaving no possible ce for therge creature to hide.
In the meeting room of the El family, Redrick and the others were also waiting for Frye¡¯s investigation results. There was a look of nervousness on Redrick¡¯s face.
The other five heirs had simr expressions to that of Redrick, but their inner expectations werepletely different from that of his. They were praying internally for Frye¡¯s fleet to never find the serpent-pathogen.
¡°Damn it, why haven¡¯t they found it yet.¡±
Inside the control center of themand ship Archangel, Frye was feeling extremely anxious. He nervously paced around the control room, looking from time to time at the holographic projection with a look of fear.
At the same time, he kept asking from time to time the staff in the control room about whether they found therge creature, but all he received were disappointing answers.
The anxiety in Frye¡¯s heart became bigger and bigger, making him unable to stay still. From the beginning to the end, he never expected that the creature they were looking for is right above their fleet, using its concealment skills to hide.
Fang Yun quietly stared at the incredible fleet below. In the face of a fleet that can destroy any high-ss civilization, he had no fear.
¡°Unexpectedly, the SkyRiver Empire actually dispatched such arge fleet this time.¡±
Fang Yun was a little surprised, the power of this fleet is beyond his imagination. Especially the threerge spaceships in the middle of the fleet. Thye gave him a strong sense of danger.
These three ships are absolutely iparable to the other 30 destroyers, they are the only ones that can pose a threat to him.
Even so, Fang Yun had no thought of escaping, he¡¯s just feeling excited at the feeling of the long lost pressure.
¡°Hoof¡ I wonder about how much bio-energy can I get after devouring this fleet!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s vertical pupils gradually expanded as they shone with extreme excitement.
Currently, he is right above Frye and his fleet. The reason why he was not found is that he is hiding in the void between the hyperspace and the material space.
This is one of the uses of the space maniption he got after upgraded ¡°Light Speed Field¡± to the max level.
The area of space he is now is like the folded space near the central continent, but much smaller.
He¡¯s neither in the material space nor the hyperspace, so they can¡¯t find him, nor see him. They could only feel his existence due to the electromaic waves emitted by his huge body unconsciously, and even that only allows them to roughly judge his location.
Of course, it doesn¡¯t mean that this skill is unsolvable. On the contrary, just sting the area of the space where he is currently in with enough firepower is enough to force him out.
¡°These guys appeared just at the right time. The bio-energy provided by such a huge fleet won¡¯t be small, and they¡¯re just the perfect target to test my new skills.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t feel nervous. Such a fleet might be very powerful, but he¡¯s not a vegetarian, especially with his new skills.
¡°Boom!¡±
Suddenly, in the space area above Archangel, a ck crack suddenly appeared, after which a huge monster suddenly broke out and headed straight towards Archangel.
¡°Above!¡±
The moment Fang Yun appeared, the people in Archangel below felt it. Inside the control center, a staff member immediately yelled loudly, attracting Fry¡¯s attention.
Frye, who was constantly pacing around, suddenly felt his heart skipping a beat. He quickly looked at the main screen and saw that a huge monster was heading towards them at an unimaginable speed.
¡°It appeared!¡±
Frye¡¯s face had a look of excitement, as he immediately shouted loudly.
¡°Attack immediately!¡±
Above themand ship, Archangel, there are many space fighters. These fighters also immediately detected Fang Yun¡¯s existence, then headed straight towards him, trying to intercept him.
¡°Shoo!!¡±
As the space fighters headed towards Fang Yun, their weapons were immediately turned on, shooting countlessser beams towards him.`
Theseser beamsnded on Fang Yun¡¯s body one after the other, but none could cause effective damage to him, and they weren¡¯t able to even reduce his movement speed.
¡°Boom! Boom!!¡±
Along with the sound of one explosion after the other Fang Yun destroyed one space fighter after the other on his way. At the same time, his body didn¡¯t recede in the slightest but continued elerating more and more.
¡°Damn, they have no way of stopping that monster!¡±
In the control room of the Archangel, Frye yelled with a look of astonishment on his face. Despite the constant attack of hundreds of advanced space fighters, they couldn¡¯t slow down the serpent-pathogen in the slightest.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Suddenly, the void in front of them seemed to sway, and even the entire Archangel was trembling. Frye and the others in the control center were shocked at this moment. They closely started at the disy screen.
Suddenly, a pair of striking and huge golden eyes appeared on the ground, the ck vertical pupil exerted incredible pressure on them.
Chapter 402: Space Battle
Chapter 402: Space Battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°what-¡°
Frye watched the terrifying giant eyeballs on the disy screen with an astonished and scared expression. He never expected to fall into such a dangerous situation due to just a single serpent-pathogen.
¡°It¡¯s the serpent-pathogen, it¡¯s right in front of us!¡±
In front of Frye, a staff member said loudly, and this person¡¯s voice suddenly awakened Frye, who quickly reacted and started shouting.
¡°Fire! Attack it now!¡±
¡°Yes!!¡±
The staff in the control room yelled loudly, followed by a rain ofsers heading towards Fang Yun.
¡°Boom! Boom!!¡±
Endlessser beams bombarded Fang Yun, brilliant rays of light exploded, illuminating the endless dark space. The huge serpent was pushed back by an energy explosion that is countless times more powerful than a nuclear explosion.
On its body, Large chunks of meat and scales were burned into nothingness, and gigantic wounds with a size of up to several kilometers appeared.
However, these wounds that would have immediately killed any ordinary creature were healing at an unimaginable speed.
¡°Damn, this monster¡¯s recovery ability is too abnormal!¡±
Inside the control center, Frye let out a sigh of relief when he saw Fang Yun getting bombarded withsers. He¡¯s confident that the attacks from their powerful A-ss Turboser cannons will shred that monster to pieces.
However, when he saw Fang Yun¡¯s injuries quickly healing, his face turned gloomy.
¡°All ships obey orders and attack this pathogen!¡±
Frye quickly issued the order for all the spaceships in his fleet to attack the serpent-pathogen.
This pathogen¡¯s recovery ability is very abnormal, but no matter how abnormal it is, there¡¯s a limit. If the rate at which it¡¯s getting injured is much higher than the rate at which it¡¯s regenerating, he doesn¡¯t believe that it won¡¯t die.
¡°Fire! Attack with maximum power! Don¡¯t give it any opportunity!¡±
Frye roared loudly in the control room. The moment his voice sounded, one ship after another aimed at Fang Yun who was in the center of the fleet, then started attacking him with theirser cannons.
Round after round ofser beams shot towards Fang Yun, and even if he tried to dodge them, his injuries became more and more terrifying. Under his increasingly grim injuries, even his superb regeneration ability couldn¡¯t keep up.
Moreover, the pain he suffered due to the vaporization of his flesh is something he never felt before. He raised his head and roar angrily at the rest of the fleet.
¡°Roar!!!!!¡±
A silent roar roared sounded from Fang Yun¡¯s roar in space, but under the trantion of every spaceship in the fleet, almost all personnel heard the roar and the immense fury hidden in it.
This loud roar resounded in every spaceship, shocking all the personnel in themand center of their respective spaceships. In fact, even some spaceships stopped firing as the people responsible for the shooting were scared.
Of course, this just continued for a second.
The rain ofser attacks from the-destroyers, cargo spaceships, and space fighters never stoped.
Fang Yun knew that he couldn¡¯t continue to passively receive the attack of this fleet. He suddenly opened his gigantic mouth and spat a hugeser beam towards the mainmand ship, the Archangel.
¡°Whoosh!!¡±
A giganticser beam burst out of his mouth, spanning a distance of 100,000 miles instantly and headed straight towards the Archangel.
Unfortunately, the Archangel responded very quickly, as the moment Fang Yun opened his mouth, they deployed their energy shield.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯sser beamnded on the shield of the Archangel,ing to a standstill for a few seconds, before breaking the energy shield of the Archangel and falling straight on its body.
The S-grade superalloy of the Archangel was instantly burned in front of a temperature of tens of millions of degrees. The entire front part of the Archangel was almostpletely destroyed.
Fortunately, the control center is not at the front section of the spaceship, but at the center, but even so, the spaceship suffered from a lot of damage, causing arge number of instruments and weapons to be unusable.
¡°This¡¡¡±
Frye was dumbfounded upon seeing his Archangel getting almost scrapped.
It wasn¡¯t just him, but even the people in the meeting room of the El Family were shocked upon seeing this scene.
¡°An energy beam directly broke the energy shield of the Archangel and destroyed its frontpartment. How powerful is the attack power of this pathogen?¡±
In the meeting room of the El family, everyone was sluggish upon seeing this scene.
The Archangel is an Imperial-ss-destroyer battleship, the highest-ss ship the Empire can normally deploy. However, they are convinced that if it met this Pathogen alone, it would have no chance of surviving.
¡°This pathogen has likely reached the peak of the third-ss. If more time is given to it, it¡¯s likely to be a terrifying fourth-ss Pathogen. A super dangerous creature that can threaten the entire Empire.¡±
After a deep silence in the conference room, a voice suddenly sounded. It was Redrick, and he looked very excited now.
In his view, the stronger the pathogen is, the better it will be.
Because it can never defeat such a powerful fleet. In the end, it will only be helplessly killed and its energy core will fall onto their hand.
¡°Quickly, get away from it!¡±
Frye suddenly recovered from his sluggish state and shouted at the staff around him. The current Archangel I can¡¯t bear the counterattack of that serpent-pathogen at all.
Although there were problems with some circuits, the power unit is still able to operate. The Archangel quickly turned around and left the battlefield.
In the next moment, the other spaceships inserted between Fang Yun and the Archangel, preventing him fromunching other attacks on it.
¡°Roar!!!!¡±
Seeing his prey escaping, Fang Yun angrily roared. He opened his mouth and sent anotherser beam towards it. This time the beamnded on a Victory-ss destroyer.
And for this Victory-ss Destroyer, under Fang Yun¡¯s seriousser beam. The energy shield was instantly destroyed. From the frontpartment to the middle control center, everything was vaporized.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
In the end, the power units were affected, causing the reminded of the spaceship to immediately explode. The explosion covered a range of thousands of kilometers, destroying many space fighters nearby.
After destroying a Victory-ss destroyer with a single strike, Fang Yun¡¯s body shed as he immediately disappeared.
His speed is very fast, moving forward at a sub-light speed. The energy weapons of the entire fleet couldn¡¯t urately lock him, even in this vast expanse of space.
Apart from super weapons that can lock objects at sub-light speed, they can only rely on their judgment to detect his route in advance.
However, these battleships obviously don¡¯t have this ability.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Two more Victory-ss Destroyers were destroyed, creating a dazzling explosion in space.
¡°Damn it.¡±
From a distance, Frye was shocked and angry as he watched this situation. He couldn¡¯t tolerate this serpent-pathogen doing weather it wants on this battlefield!
Chapter 403: Fang Yun’s Counterattack
Chapter 403: Fang Yun¡¯s Counterattack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±Too slow!¡±
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun mmed his tail on a space fighter and smashed it into pieces.
The next moment, he flew toward another space fighter
The injuries on his body are quickly healing. His previous injuries were very terrifying. Most of his belly was blown off, even the bones and internal organs could be seen. Even half of his head was blown off.
However, he relied on his strong vitality to survive, then used super regeneration to quickly heal these injuries that would have killed any ordinary creature dozens of times over.
¡°Boom!!!!¡±
Fang Yun bit a space fighter in half. Then in the horrified eyes of the surrounding pilots, he swallowed it even as it exploded, causing ck smoke to seep out from his mouth, but he didn¡¯t even flinch.
Immediately afterward, he moved to the next location.
His body has recovered even more. The wound on his head had beenpletely recovered, and more than half of his injuries were healed. The remaining injures can also heal in less than a minute.
¡±Trap it! stop its movement!!¡±
Frye yelled in the control room. He gritted his teeth. When they had surrounded Fang Yun in the center of the fleet and fiercely attacked him, he thought that this Pathogen is already in their bag.
He never expected that the attacks that could have easily destroyed a were actually resisted by it. Not only that, it actually attacked their Archangel with aser beam, almostpletely destroying it.
After that, it used its supreme speed to escape from their encirclement, then yed gueri tactics with them.
In such a chaotic situation, they can¡¯t fireser beams unscrupulously like before, as they are likely to destroy their forces.
Unfortunately, this gave the serpent-pathogen a chance.
In this situation, theirrge number became their constraints, causing them to be unable to deploy their full power.
¡°Boom!¡±
Fang Yun released aser beam again, destroying a Victory-ss destroyer, then immediately escaped from that location and continued to shuttle through the battlefield.
Under his constant gueri attacks, they couldn¡¯t lock him, nor could theyunchrge area bombing. For a while, their powerful fleet was actually restrained by the Fang Yun alone.
¡±Damn it, Frye, attack! Attack¡±
In the meeting room of the El family, Redrick immediately couldn¡¯t continue watching this scene anymore. If the battle continues like this, then their fleet is going to be destroyed.
If this is the case, then he can officially get off the stage of thepetition for the family head position. In fact, his end might be much worse.
The family had spent such arge price, and as a result, not only did they get nothing, but also lost one of their main fleets. Even an old noble family like the El family can¡¯t stand such a loss.
¡±Master Redrick¡¡±
After Frye heard Redrick¡¯s roar, his heart trembled. He wanted to exin, but couldn¡¯t say anything. After a moment of silence, he gritted his teeth and shouted loudly in the microphone.
¡±All the destroyers, umte firepower, and immediately kill that Pathogen!!¡±
¡±All the space fighters!! Immediately scatter!¡±
Frye decided to expand the battlefield, then encircle the serpent-pathogen again. Currently, the pathogen is chasing their space fighters, and his current orders are basically telling the captains of the battleships to attack Fang Yun without catering to the lives of the pilots of the space fighters.
Suddenly, the situation of the space fighters began to change again. The countless space fighters started scattering, emptying arge area of space.
The destroyers gathered again and started firing towards Fang Yun¡¯s current location and the route calcted by their powerfulputers.
¡±These guys don¡¯t even care about their pilots.¡±
Fang Yun instantly understood the enemy¡¯s n, but he was in no hurry.
With an extreme speed, and the ability to go from max speed to zero speed in an instant, he doesn¡¯t care about the attacks of the destroyers. Anyway, they can¡¯t strike his body.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
His body shed, giving up on those space fighters, then started moving towards those destroyers. However, his path was heavily obstructed, as he dodged attacks from all directions.
¡±Indiscriminate attack from all angles!¡±
Frye gave orders to the fleet again.
All the Destroyers changed their position, encircling Fang Yun in a crescent shape.
A rain ofser beams covered all movement routes of Fang Yun. This time, he didn¡¯t bother dodging them but bulldozed straight through them.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
His head was hit by aser beam sent from one of the Imperial-ss destroyers, breaking half of his skull and destroying his eyes, but his wounds immediately started recovering.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun released an earth-shattering howl. He also started his counterattack, sendingser cannons to the opposing spaceships.
The destroyers couldn¡¯t stand Fang Yun¡¯s attacks. Their energy shield was immediately destroyed, and the entire first half of the spaceship was vaporized,pletely scrapping the powerful destroyer battleship.
Braving countless powerful attacks and counterattacking from time to time. Fang Yun quickly approached the destroyer group.
Upon reaching a certain distance, even if he¡¯s still far away, Fang Yununched ¡°Cell Distortion¡±.
In an instant, the staff in those Destroyer battleships noticed that strange fluctuations swept over them, causing their bodies to undergo a strange change.
Their body aged at a rate visible to the naked eye.
¡±Damn it, what¡¯s going on?¡±
¡±What¡¯s wrong with my skin? Why is it quickly bing wrinkly?¡±
¡±Huh, my strength is weakening, Am¡Am I entering old age?!!¡±
The staff in those spaceships founded themselves bing older one after the other. They quickly became dried corpses, falling on the floor of their spaceships then dying.
This process is rtively slow. After all, there are a lot of people on these destroyers, and the distance between them and Fang Yun is over tens of thousands of miles.
But even so, after thirty seconds, people started dying one after the other.
The conditions of the people in the ship did not stop the Destroyer attacks, Fang Yun endured one round ofser beams after the other.
In the end, after more than a dozen waves of attacks, his body was almost broken in half, but at this time, his ¡°Cell Distortion¡± caused most of the staff in the Destoyers to die, falling onto the ground one after the other.
¡°Whoosh!!¡±
He flew past straight these destroyers and headed straight towards the Archangel at the back.
¡±Stop it! Don¡¯t let it get closer!¡±
In the Archangel, Frye yelled in horror.
Under his orders, hundreds of space fighters started gathering between Fang Yun and the Archangel, hoping to stop it. They startedunchingser beams one after the other.
Of course, the power of suchser beams are far from the onesunched by the destroyers, but many of them fell straight onto Fang Yun¡¯s wound, causing the already grave wounds to expand even further.
However, he still ignored this and flew straight towards the Archangel.
In the Archangel, Frye looked at this scene in horror. Suddenly the serpent-pathogen appeared in front of the Archangel again. This time in a seriously injured and tattered state, but these cold golden eyes still didn¡¯t change. They stared coldly at them.
¡°Gulp!¡±
Frye swallowed a mouthful of saliva, he wanted to say something, but the giant serpent in front of them didn¡¯t give them the chance, it pounced straight on them.
Chapter 404: End of The War
Chapter 404: End of The War
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
Frye and the others in the control center all screamed in horror as Fang Yun pounced on them.
Under their horrified sights, a huge scarlet mouth was getting closer and closer, until it collided with their damaged frontpartment.
The Archangel is already very seriously damaged, hence they could only watch Fang Yun pounce on them, unable to evade orunch an attack.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s terrifying huge mouth enveloped most of the Archangel. He can open his mouth for a maximum of 3 kilometers. Even though the Archangel is huge, it was still mostly enveloped by Fang Yun¡¯s mouth. Unable to withstand the huge pressure, the hull of the Archangel was suddenly broken, detonating the energy center and creating arge explosion.
Of course, because it¡¯s a vacuum, the sound of the explosion can¡¯t be transmitted.
Frye and all the others only felt a while light enveloping them, then no more. Their bodies were broken into pieces along with the explosion.
In the meeting room of the El family, Redrick and the higher-ups of the family silently watched the holographic screen in front of them. The screen is currently ck, without any further image.
Thest scene they saw is Fang Yun¡¯s huge mouth approaching and the terrified looks of the people in the control center.
¡°Frye¡ Frye is dead.¡±
Amongst the crowd, one of the heirs, a rival to Redrick sluggishly said. He might have cheered loudly in normal times, but he was shocked by the previous battle.
They dispatched a high-ss fleet, but not to mention fulfilling their goal and bringing back the energy core, they were actually destroyed by the Pathogen they intended to hunt.
This action failed!
In the conference room, Redrick¡¯s body was trembling. His actions led to the loss of a high-ss fleet of the family. Just thinking of the consequences caused his body to tremble.
¡°Damn, how could that monster be so strong?¡±
Redrick gritted his teeth, his heart was filled with resentment.
In the meeting room, after realizing the oue of the operation, the elders frowned. The appearance of such a powerful pathogen is a disaster for the entire gxy. Naturally, the family can¡¯t stay out.
Besides, this operation failed. Not only did they catch nothing, but their losses are also extremely heavy.
In space, Fang Yun destroyed the Archangel with just a single bite, then nced at the other space fighters and remaining destroyer battleships around.
¡°Damn, that monster destroyed themand ship!¡±
In the distant space, after seeing this scene, a space fighter pilot said with an ugly expression on his face. Now that theirmand ship was destroyed, he doesn¡¯t know what to do.
ording to the protocol, the other two Imperial-ss destroyers should take over themanding job.
Unfortunately, Fang Yun isn¡¯t nning to give them a chance. His body suddenly shed, appearing next to an Imperial-ss battleship.
This Imperial-ss Destroyer immediately activated its energy shield, but the shield couldn¡¯t resist a singleser beam from Fang Yun. Afterward, he directly used his huge body weighing many billions of tons, moving at sub-light speed to strike against the battleship.
The kic force generated by such an attack is enough to instantly destroy a.
This Imperial-ss Destroyer couldn¡¯t dodge at such a close range. They used various weapons to attack Fang Yun, trying to halt his movement or reduce his speed.
However, Fang Yun, paying the price of several huge injuries, collided heavily with the battleship.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
This Imperial-ss Destroyer instantly exploded, turning into a burning scrap and shooting a lot of debris into the distance.
Some nearby fighters, without even having the chance to react, were hit by the flying debris and exploded. This action resulted in the destruction of dozens of space fighters.
¡°Roar!!!!¡±
Fang Yun released a heaven-shattering howl.
The next moment, he headed towards thest Imperial-ss battleship. Under his mad attack and paying the price of another heavy injury, he was finally able to destroy it.
¡°This¡ this is too strong!¡±
The remaining Destroyers and space fighters couldn¡¯t stand it anymore after seeing such a scene. They quickly turned around and started fleeing.
¡°Run! Run!¡±
Some space fighter pilots screamed in horror, then turned their fighters and started fleeing.
As for the Destroyers, after seeing the space fighters scattering, also quickly escaped. Some even started the hyperspace transmission.
¡°Hehe!¡±
Seeing this Empire fleet scattering and fleeing, Fang Yunughed internally. He roared loudly, sending a message to the giant turtle. The next second, the giant turtle roared back and quickly ran into the battlefield.
Now that the morale of these people has sunk to the bottom. Even if they arerge in number, they can¡¯t pose any threat to the giant turtle.
The giant turtle howled with excitement, then quickly waved its limbs and flew towards the escaping space fighters.
The two giant beasts were rampaged across the battlefield. Fang Yun temporarily gave up on the space fighters and focused on the battleships.
These destroyers are not only muchrger and easier to target, but they are also worth much more bio-energy.
Under his pursuit, all the remaining Victory-ss Destroyer battleships didn¡¯t have the opportunity to escape and were destroyed one after the other. Finally entering his belly.
The next evolution requires 11 billion bio-energy points, and after this feast, he quickly umted over 7 billion points.
These kinds of battleships are worth a lot of bio-energy.
Especially the Imperial-ss battleships. Each one can provide him with 500 million bio-energy points. As for those Victory-ss destroyers, they can also provide him with between 100 to 200 million points.
Of course, many destroyers were destroyed by him into pieces between getting swallowed, so he couldn¡¯t get the entire worth of each battleship.
¡°Only 4 billion points remain.¡±
Fang Yun wandered in the void, thinking about his next evolution.
¡°After the next evolution, my body length should increase to 35 kilometers, and my diameter should increase to 1.5 kilometers.¡±
¡°In addition, I can get 79 skill points. Hmm¡ I should upgrade ¡°Ultime Gravity¡± this time, it¡¯s much more conducive torge scale battles like this one.¡±
¡°Super Laser Cannon¡± after just two upgrades provided him with an incredibly powerfulser beam, dozens of times more powerful than that of ¡°Greater Energy Beam¡±. Even the energy shield of Imperial-ss battleships can¡¯t stand a single strike from him.
As a skill of the same level, the power of ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± should also be very outstanding, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but look forward to it.
Chapter 405: Turbulence in the Galaxy
Chapter 405: Turbulence in the Gxy
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Thinking of this, Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with expectations. Based on his understanding of the SkyRiver Empire, with his current strength, he¡¯s no longer afraid of any of their individual fleet.
He¡¯s able to deal with even their famous Imperial-ss destroyer.
Imperial-ss battleships are the top destroyers of the SkyRiver Empire. This kind of battleship is over 6 kilometers long, but it has agility and maneuverability exceeding many light-ss battleships.
This battleship is a real strategic weapon, even if it appears on the battlefield, it won¡¯t easily attacks, as its deterrence is much greater.
In order to deal with Fang Yun, the SkyRiver Empire dispatched three such ships at once, and as a result, the entire fleet was destroyed, which is a huge loss for the entire SkyRiver Empire.
The price of an Imperial-ss battleship is worth more than dozens of high-ss cargoships, hence every loss of a powerful battleship is a huge loss to the Empire.
The status of such battleships in the Empire is transcendent.
It¡¯s a pity that their opponent this time is Fang Yun, before using some of their most powerful weapons and abilities, they were destroyed by him.
For example, just like Fang Yun, Imperial-ss battleships also have the ability to hide in a folded space. Moreover, they don¡¯t emit huge biological waves like him, hence finding them is much more difficult.
In addition, their hyperspace engine activation time is very short. It only takes 10 seconds. Their weapons on the other hand require more time to store energy, providing them with extreme power.
Whether it¡¯s its escape, defense, or attack capability, Imperial-ss battleships vastly outss other battleships, including Victory-ss destroyers.
It¡¯s a pity that Fang Yun has a way to pull them out of the Hyperspace. Their defense could barely withstand a few strikes from him, and their attack eventually failed in front of his defense and regeneration ability.
As a result, the 3 Imperial-ss destroyers finally couldn¡¯t resist Fang Yun and were destroyed.
However, they still provided him with a long lost feeling of challenge. This battle was actually the one that has injured him the most in his life.
¡°It would be great if there were a few more battles like this.¡±
Fang Yun flicked his tongue. His eyes filled with excitement and warfare. He looked forward to future battles like this.
Not only can they provide him with a long lost challenge, but they can also provide him with arge number of bio-energy points.
The reason he is still in this gxy is to evolve a few more times and gather reputations points.
Previously, his reputation points have reached 40 billion, but shortly after this battle, his reputation points suddenly skyrocketed to a terrifying 60 billion.
More importantly, his reputation value is still skyrocketing at an incredible pace. If things continue like this, he might get the next bloodline in a short time.
¡°It seems that someone must have spread the news.¡±
A lot of space fighters had escaped back then. They must have recorded a video of his fight against the fleet. Now that they went back, they must have spread the video in the Empire and maybe even other civilizations.
In fact, that¡¯s exactly what happened. Someone has posted the video of Fang Yun¡¯s battle in the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s Heavenlywork. Which is basically the human civilization inte.
Once that video was uploaded, it caused an uproar.
Previously, the operation of finding and killing the serpent-pathogen has been leaked. Many people knew that two high-ss fleets have been looking for the serpent-pathogen and have been talking about it.
Many people were certain that with a luxurious lineup of 30 Victory-ss destroyers and 3 Imperial-ss destroyers, that serpent-pathogen would certainly be killed if it was found.
However, the final result is unbelievable.
Their Imperial-ss and Victory-ss destroyers werepletely wiped out upon facing that Pathogen. It was aplete massacre.
A big defeat, a shocking and totally uneptable defeat.
Now the heavenlywork has been filled with arguments. Many people have started ndering the Imperial-ss battleships of the Empire as a useless showoff.
Imperial-ss star destroyers are rarely used inbat, even if in the border conflicts with the neighboring gxies,
Once Imperial-ss Destroyers are dispatched, they are mostly used as a strategic deterrence and rarely forbat.
This time the crushing defeat of the Imperial-ss destroyer made many people wonder. Do Imperial-ss battleships truly have thebat power they are famed for or is it just a scam?
After all, Imperial-ss destroyers are very expensive to build, and they are mostly built using the taxpayers¡¯ money. If they don¡¯t have their famed power, is it really worth it to build them?
At the same time, a lot of people werementing at the power of hat Pathogen.
¡°That pathogen is definitely not a simple third-ss. It might have even broken through to the fourth-ss.¡±
¡°Since even Imperial-ss destroyers can¡¯t deal with it, I wonder if there¡¯s a weapon that can kill it.¡±
¡°Have you watched that video carefully? Actually, that pathogen is not invincible, it was almost killed by our fleet, the thing that saved it is its regeneration ability.¡±
¡°Yeah, half of its body was blown off. It¡¯s just that its regeneration ability is ridiculous. However, I don¡¯t believe that it can regenerate after its whole body is blown up.¡±
¡°Damn it, why is the governement of the Empire so ipetent? How can they allow such a creature to roam free in the gxy? They should have expelled it a long time ago.¡±
On the Heavenlywork, countless people are talking and arguing. Quite a few marveled at the power of the serpent-pathogen, but more were talking about the ipetence of the Empire.
They were mostly questioning the power and fame of the ¡°Invincible¡± Imperial-ss battleships and also rebuking the Governement of the Empire for their ipetence.
Of course, many people questioned the authenticity of the video. They didn¡¯t believe that such a powerful creature can exist.
While the citizens of the Empire and variousrge civilizations were arguing in the Heavenlywork, the human civilization who is in a cooperative rtionship with Fang Yun also received the news.
¡°It¡¯s really terrifying, even a fleet led by 3 Imperial-ss battleships couldn¡¯t survive in front of him?¡±
Tang Guo sighed in amazement as she watched the video.
¡°He has attracted a lot of hostility and attention this time. I hope nothing bad happens to him¡¡±
Tang Guo couldn¡¯t help but squeeze her hands. She looked at the report in her hand and the video on theputer in front of her, and finally took a deep breath, then concentrated back on her work.
She is extremely grateful for Fang Yun, but she also understood that her mission is to repay his kindness, not to share the pressure for him.
The important thing now is to help the human civilization to steadily grow, then help him spread his fame in the gxy and beyond.
Human civilization is still hiding in a corner now. Their main opponent is the SkyRiver Empire, which is pressuring them and forbidding them from spreading Fang Yun¡¯s image and fame to other civilizations.
However, they are constantly growing and advancing. They might be hidden in the shadows now, but the day where they appear will be the time when the owner of this gxy change!
Chapter 406: Five Counsellors and One Emperor
Chapter 406: Five Counsellors and One Emperor
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun¡¯s act of destroying a powerful Imperial fleet is still fermenting. The most intuitive point is that his reputation value has increased from 60 to 75 billion reputation points in just a few days. Only 25 billion points remain before he gets the next bloodline.
At the same time, his skill points have reached 217. This time he did not continue to umte skill points but directly used them to upgrade ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± twice.
He tried this skill and found that he could pull a hundreds of thousands of kilometers away to any location he wants, and the speed is visible to the naked eyes. He can pulls and throw them towards others now, exerting terrible destructive power.
This skill has an extremely wide range of effects, and this is just after two upgrades. Its power after being maxed out would be unimaginable.
He wondered if there is an upgraded version of this skill. If so, maybe he can use it to generate gravity equal to that of a ck hole. At that time, as long as an object reach his vicinity, he doesn¡¯t need to attack, the immense gravity will immediately shred it.
In his past life, Fang Yun saw a video of a ck hole swallowing an entire Star. The unimaginably huge and dangerous Star was ground by it into a mist, then swallowed entirely. Fang Yun aspires to reach such a level in the future.
In the dark space, Fang Yun and the giant turtle leisurely flew. Except for the giant turtle¡¯s asional excited howl, there was no other sound. They moved at an incredible speed forward, just like two huge meteorites.
Their goal is the SkyRiver Empire. Now that he feels that the weapons of the SkyRiver Empire can¡¯t deal with him. He decided to create chaos in the territory of the SkyRiver Empire, just so that he can get thest reputation points required for the next bloodline.
The growth of his reputation value has started to slow down. Fang Yun wants to raise his reputation value to 100 billion as soon as possible, hence his decision to cause trouble in the territory of the Empire.
His image had quickly spread in the Milky Way. Now as long as he appears in some kind of ce, it will likely cause an uproar, especially in the territory of the Empire.
Moreover, the poption of the SkyRiver Empire is thergest in the entire milky way gxy.
After appearing there, he will definitely fill thest remaining reputation points, maybe even directly exceed it.
While Fang Yun was heading towards the SkyRiver Empire, he didn¡¯t know that the Empire was filled with quarrels due to him.
Most people are afraid of him and the destruction he can cause, hence many people are asking the officials of the Empire to capture or deal with the suspected fourth-ss pathogen.
This is the first time a Pathogen of such level appeared inside the Gxy.
Even the higher-ups of the Empire are arguing about Fang Yun. First of all, everyone started targeting the El family, mostly because the unrest and problems in the Empire were caused by them, hence they were treated as scapegoats for the Empire.
The El family also honestly admitted their mistakes and epted the punishment, but they did not admit that this Pathogen appeared due to them.
They argued that it¡¯s precisely because of them that the Empire knew that such a horrifying creature had been lurking inside the gxy.
The SkyRiver Empire is monarchical. A cab is established directly under the monarch. The position of cab members is held by the five noble families. The El family upies a seat. The other families are the Nan family, the Long family, the Qingshan family, and the Wilson family.
The monarch of the SkyRiver Empire, Oppen Doan IX ruled the milky way gxy using this system for almost hundreds of years, and his family, the Doan family is thergest in the Empire.
At present, these families maintain a bnce. The Doan family isrger and more powerful than the other five families, but once the other 5 families unite together, even the Doan family has to retreat.
It is a pity that the five noble families have many conflicts, and the Doan family maintains a good rtionship with two of the five families, making it almost impossible for the five families to band together.
Otherwise, the Doan family wouldn¡¯t have been able to rule the gxy for over 10,000 years
In this case, if there is no major ident, this situation will continue for thousands of years or even tens of thousands of years.
However, one thing happened that is likely to break this bnce.
It¡¯s the appearance of a suspected fourth-ss pathogen.
A creature of this level can cause a gxy to fall into chaos. Because most gxies are ruled by several different forms of forces, each restraining and checking each other. The Pathogen only needs to destroy several of them, then the forces of the gxy will naturally breakdown and civil war is likely to breakout.
From the looks of the current situation, this is likely what will happen in the milky way gxy.
As one of the five members of the cab, the El family has now suffered severe damage. Two of the three Imperial-ss destroyers that have been destroyed belong to their family.
Of course, just the destruction of two Imperial-ss destroyers isn¡¯t enough to cause huge damage to the family, but the dozens of Victory-ss destroyers, the cargo spaceships, and the tens of thousands of space fighters are what really damaged the El family.
More importantly, their reputation has suffered from heavy damage and they were forced to be the scapegoat to bear the anger of the Empire¡¯s citizens.
In addition, the Doan family trust in them started to falter, as they took back most of the defensive power originally stationed on their territory, and the other 4 families naturally didn¡¯t miss this opportunity and tried to strike them while they are down.
Under such a perilous situation, the El family has already decided to converge as much as possible and to perform as few activities as possible in the near future. They need to heal from such a severe blow and try to recover as quickly as possible.
Unfortunately, things didn¡¯t go the way they wanted.
This time it wasn¡¯t because of the fourth-ss Pathogen. The problem urred at the border of the Empire.
In an area called the Alstar Belt, a cruiser of the Empire found a strange fleet. Due to its distant location, the cruiser immediately left after recording its information.
ording to the preliminary inspection, that fleet doesn¡¯t belong to any civilization inside the milky way gxy, that is to say, they belong to a force outside the gxy.
¡°Counsellors, take a look at this and tell me what do you think?¡±
In a meeting room, Oppen Doan IX asked the five cab members in front of him. There was a calm and deep expression on his face. Just his presence plunged the entire room into a tense atmosphere due to his imposing aura.
After the guards distributed the files in Oppen¡¯s hands to everyone. Oppen broke the silence and said.
¡°There are not many spaceships in this fleet, but we can¡¯t take it lightly.¡±
¡°The area where this fleet was discovered is very remote, and the spaceships in the fleet are flying in different types of formations, using each type of spaceship to its maximum potential. At first nce, we can see that they are trained professionals.¡±
¡°The spaceships in this fleet don¡¯t look like ordinary cargo ships, but more like warships.¡±
As Oppen continued talking, the look on his face became solemn.
From the looks of things, it¡¯s almost certain that these are the forces of other gxies.
Chapter 407: Al-Star Belt
Chapter 407: Al-Star Belt
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The Al-Star Belt is a gigantic meteorite belt filled with densely packed meteorites and fragments. Spacecraft can¡¯t fly in this area. At the same time, it¡¯s difficult for any spacecraft to undergo a hyperspace jump in this area as there are arge number of-sized meteorites and deads, each with its gravitational pull.
Some scientists even believe that there is a ck hole hidden in a certain area of the Al-Star belt.
Therefore, this area at the edge of the Milky Way is its most durable protection, greatly protecting the Milky Way from the harassment of other gxies. asionally, the Empire sends a fleet to patrol this area.
Their main purpose is to observe the changes in the Al-Star Belt, or whether any dangerous Star Beast or Pathogen have appeared there.
However, this time the patrols discovered a fleeting from the Al-star Belt, which is not something an ordinary fleet can do.
In the meeting room, everyone¡¯s faces became solemn. They all knew that ordinary fleets can¡¯t cross the Al-Star Belt, only the official forces belonging to other gxy-ruling Empires have this ability, and the reason for their sudden appearance in their territory is worth debating.
¡°On the other side of the Al-Star Belt, there are two gxies, one is the Hammer Gxy, and the other is the Hunter Gxy. These two gxies have never had conflicted with our Milky Way in the recorded history.¡±
An old man said with a solemn expression to Oppen IX, he is the Patriarch of the Long family, Long You.
Qingshan Chang, the Patriarch of the Qingshan Family, also said.
¡°Your Majesty, now we need to determine the identity of this fleet and their intentions.¡±
¡°I think we should send one of our fleets to contact them.¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
The patriarchs of the other families also nodded. Everyone¡¯s face was very solemn at that moment. Although they said to check the intentions of the iing fleet, they knew internally that there is a high chance the iing fleet is hostile.
They might be the expedition forces looking for a safe ce to conduct hyperspace jumps, then mark it and pass it back to the force behind them.
More importantly, even if they destroy that fleet, it¡¯s toote. Since they crossed the Al-Star Belt and appeared in their territory, they are likely to have found the coordinates and passed them back.
Their only hope now is that the iing force isn¡¯t hostile. An intergctic war at this moment isn¡¯t in their best interests.
Oppen IX looked at the solemn patriarch of the Qingshan family and the other noble families¡¯ heads and shook his head slightly. The courage of the five noble families has be smaller and smaller.
A powerful fleet appearing in their territory without informing them means that it¡¯s 95% hostile. The fact that the heads of the five families didn¡¯t ept this and were even hoping that the iing fleet isn¡¯t hostile greatly disappointed him.
¡°Well, Elder Qingshan will send a team to negotiate with the iing fleet.¡±
Oppen shook his head and said to Qingshan Chang. Afterward, he turned his head and said to Long You.
¡°Elder Long, just in case, we still need to prepare for war.¡±
¡°In the next few days, let the Neenth Legion prepare ordingly. If the other party doese with hostility, the Neenth Army will immediately set off to the Al-Star Belt and station there to prevent the enemy¡¯s invasion.¡±
¡°Yes! Your Majesty.¡±
Long You nodded. In fact, among the five noble families, the Long Family is the most arrogant and restless one. This caused the Doan family to hold the greatest caution and preparation against them.
Looking at the back of the patriarchs of the 5 noble families leaving, Oppen IX was deep in thought.
¡¡¡¡
With the mobilization of various war fleets by the Empire¡¯s leaders, many people felt something was wrong. More were still cluelessly discussing the issue of the Great Serpent and the Imperial-ss battleships.
Tianlun, a medium-sized, is a located near the border of the Empire. Rtively speaking, it¡¯s not so prosperous. Of course, this is onlypared to the mains of the SkyRiver Empire.
For most other civilizations, Tianlun¡¯s technology and prosperity are iparable.
It¡¯s one of the most popteds of the Empire, being host to over 8 billion Empire¡¯s citizens.
In addition, there are hundreds of millions of intelligent lives from other civilizations, Beirut is one of them.
Hees from a nearby civilization called the Beth civilization.
It¡¯s just that,pared to the ¡®backward¡¯ and ¡®barren¡¯ Beth home, he prefers the prosperous Tianlun and also aspires to be the Empire¡¯s citizen. Unfortunately, reality gave him a hard p on the face.
First of all, it¡¯s not that simple to obtain the citizenship of the SkyRiver Empire. He needs to apply for a qualification certificate. This qualification certificate requires him to spend a lot of energy to pursue it, and he might not even get it after struggling for all his life.
In addition, the Empire¡¯s citizens are particrly xenophobic. For the intelligent life of other civilizations like Beirut who want to join the Empire, they are particrly repulsive and disdainful.
Beirut felt very tired while facing such arrogant guys every day.
¡°Damn, a bunch of self-righteous guys.¡±
After Beirut walked out of hispany, he walked on the road while cursing bitterly.
¡°At the beginning, the SkyRiver Empire was just an ordinary advanced civilization. At the end, when an outbreak of civil strife urred in the gxy. They attracted talents from other civilizations, then relied on them to develop and grow.¡±
¡°They used to beg others to join, but now that they have grown stronger, they started looking down on other intelligent creatures.¡±
Beirut roared internally. He felt really sick, facing these arrogant guys that think he is an inferior creature. However, after venting, he sighed helplessly.
Most people like him had either given up on themselves and fallen into depravity, or have epted this situation.
¡°Beirut, how was your day?¡±
A friendly voice suddenly sounded behind the hunched Beirut. The moment he heard this voice, a smile appeared on his face, Beirut turned around and greeted the man that looks simr to him.
It¡¯s his good friend, Doron.
Like him, he is also from Beth civilization, and both of them have the same goal, that is, to be a citizen of the Empire.
¡°I¡¯m okay, Doron, how about you.¡±
Doron nodded, then said with a bitter smile.
¡°Beirut, I think you should know.¡±
The sunny smile on his face gradually disappeared, reced by deep helplessness.
¡°Those guys are too xenophobic, but I still want to be a citizen of the Empire.¡±
There was a firm look on his face.
Beirut beside him nodded upon hearing these words.
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter if we struggle for our entire life, anyway, as long as we obtain the identity of the Empire¡¯s citizen, then our offspring will inherit our identity. They will never have to struggle like us. At this point, this is my only expectation.¡±
The citizens of the SkyRiver Empire. Across the entirety of the Milky Way gxy, they have a transcendent status and great privilege.
¡°Yes.¡±
Doron nodded in agreement, then smiled cheerfully again. He is an optimistic type of guy.
¡°Well, Beirut, let¡¯s not talk about this, let¡¯s talk about something else.¡±
Chapter 408: Appearance in Tianlun
Chapter 408: Appearance in Tianlun
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After the two walked side by side and crossed a street, Doron suddenly asked Beirut.
¡°Beirut, have you heard the news about the SkyRiver Empire mobilizing its forces?¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
Beirut nodded.
¡°I remember reading this piece of news on the inte, but I wasn¡¯t able to find it again, it should have been deleted¡¡±
¡°The government of the SkyRiver Empire doesn¡¯t seem to want this news to spread.¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Doron nodded.
¡°My guess is that the SkyRiver Empire is preparing to hunt the serpent-pathogen. After the destruction of an Imperial fleet, the Empire will naturally not remain silent.¡±
¡°Yeah, three Imperial-ss destroyers were destroyed. This alone can¡¯t be tolerated by the Empire, let alone the threat of that Pathogen. The Empire is certainly preparing to get rid of that monster.¡±
Beirut took a deep breath, then continued talking.
¡°But that Great Serpent is really amazing. It may be a fourth-ss Pathogen. I have never seen such a powerful creature, not even photos or records.¡±
¡°The SkyRiver Empire is really been gued by disasters these days. The star beast tide broke out not long ago, and now a fourth-ss Pathogen has appeared.¡±
Doron opened his mouth and said.
¡°I still hope that our days will be more peaceful. I went on a business trip to the area where the star beast tide broke out. That area is mostly a ruin now, it¡¯s truly very shocking.¡±
Upon saying this, Doron¡¯s hands trembled, as if remembering something scary.
¡°The serpent-pathogen has never appeared since it destroyed that Imperial fleet, I wonder where it is now.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t care where it is, I just hope it doesn¡¯t get close to Tianlun.¡±
Beirut said with a smile. ¡°If that kind of creature appears near Tianlun, then we will probably be finished.¡±
¡°To be honest, I actually want to see that creature, It must be huge and majestic!¡± An expression of yearning suddenly appeared on Doron¡¯s face.
Seeing this, Beirut smiled and said.
¡°Doron, when you see that creature, don¡¯t be scared to pee on your pants.¡±
When he finished speaking, he suddenly noticed something was wrong, ording to Doron¡¯s usual habits, he will definitely pat him on the back now.
He looked at Doron with a puzzled look, only to see that he¡¯s looking at the sky with a dull look on his face.
¡°What happened?¡±
After asking this question, he followed Doron¡¯s gaze and looked at the sky, only to be shocked as well.
Above their head area two terrifying behemoths. A giant turtle and a giant serpent
¡°This this¡¡¡±
Beirut looked at the two terrifying behemoths in the sky and trembled due to fear, his licked his chapped lips, but he still couldn¡¯t speak to the shock.
Just a few seconds ago, they were joking about the appearance of the two behemoths, but in the next second, the behemoths personally appeared above them.
The two giant monsters should be still outside the atmosphere of Tianlun, but due to their extreme size, they could still be seen from the¡¯s surface.
¡°Ahhhh!!!¡±
On the street, terrified screams suddenly rang out, many people fell into panic and started running around.
¡°Damn it, how is it possible?! Doron, you crow mouth!!¡±
Beirut quickly came back to his senses.
¡°Howe these two giant monsters suddenly appeared on Tianlun? We hadn¡¯t received any warnings before.¡±
From a distance, the sound of sirens sounded, and police cars started appearing around, then started evacuating the crowd.
Beirut and the others mixed in among the crowd, then followed them towards safety.
As Beirut and other civilians were evacuated, on an unusually tall and majestic building, the top leaders of this gathered together.
They started developing a n on how to deal with the two behemoths above.
First of all, they used their satellites to monitor every move of these behemoths, they didn¡¯t rush to attack them first.
They all know that with the military power of Tianlun, they can¡¯t deal with these two monsters at all. Attacking them blindly will only enrage them and cause them to attack the.
After that, many spacecraft flew not far behind the two behemoths, monitoring their actions and preparing to respond to any change.
The two giant monsters circled around Tianlun just like its satellites.
¡°The people on this are really quick to respond.¡±
Fang Yun circled around Tianlun and nced at the spacecraft behind him. These spacecraft are trailing far behind, not attacking them at all.
In addition, he wasn¡¯t attacked by any weapon from the¡¯s surface. These guys are quite smart.
¡°Now that I have entered the territory of the SkyRiver Empire, it¡¯s really easy to gain reputation value.¡±
Fang Yun checked his information panel. The number in the column of reputation value was rapidly changing, indicating that his purpose this time was reached.
¡°By the way, I wonder if I can hack into thework of this and check their information.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He didn¡¯t have any way to gather information in space, so now that he is near a densely popted, he can use theirwork to check information about the Empire and their response to his actions.
After a few minutes, he sessfully invaded Tianlun¡¯swork system. Afterwards, he started checking information that is relevant to him.
There are numerous signs that the SkyRiver Empire is organizing a huge army, and the strength of this army is undoubtedly much stronger than the previous fleet that besieged him.
¡°It¡¯s not against me, right?¡±
Fang Yun was also shocked after reading this piece of information. Although he¡¯s not afraid, he is still surprised by the swift and aggressive actions of the SkyRiver Empire.
It seems that his actions of destroying an Imperial fleet has angered the Empire, but it doesn¡¯t matter, he likes the feeling of challenge more.
After shaking his head, Fang Yun flew to distant space, Tianlun isn¡¯t his destination.
Fang Yun¡¯s departure caused the people on Tianlun to release a sigh of relief, but everyone was curious about the reason these two behemoths appeared next to Tianlun this time.
More importantly, why didn¡¯t they attack them?
Tianlun¡¯s spacecraft started chasing Fang Yun and the giant turtles, fearing that they would suddenlye back and attack their, but in the end, the two behemoths left their sr system without any aggressive action.
Shortly after, the incident about the appearance of the two Behemoths near Tianlun quickly spread to the rest of the Milky Way.
Chapter 409: New Bloodline, Heavenly Snake
Chapter 409: New Bloodline, Heavenly Snake
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The citizens of the SkyRiver Empire were a bit nervous upon knowing that the serpent-pathogen is wandering in their territory.
Of course, other civilizations breathed a sigh of relief. After all, the current evidence shows that the behemoth that is suspected of being a fourth-pathogen has reached the boundary of the SkyRiver Empire.
The SkyRiver Empire shouldn¡¯t let this creature roam freely. Next, they will definitely spend great efforts to solve that monster. It will never be able to cause trouble again.
However, the citizens of the Empire were a little worried, especially the ones in the habitables near Tianlun. The people there were afraid that the serpent-pathogen woulde to their and attack them.
Although Fang Yun didn¡¯tmit any aggressive actions when he arrived at Tianlun, it doesn¡¯t mean that he will never attack others. This is a fierce monster that destroyed an entire Imperial fleet.
The SkyRiver Empire citizens never considered something. Their fleet was the one tracking and hunting Fang Yun, He justunched an appropriate response and destroyed the fleet that attacked him. Unfortunately, most people don¡¯t think so, they think that he¡¯s a cruel and bloodthirsty monster.
The appearance of Fang Yun not only created turbulence amongst the Empire¡¯s citizens, but even the higher-ups were a bit worried.
Their attention is focused on dealing with the incident in the Al-Stat fleet. They don¡¯t have the time or energy to deal with the fourth-ss Pathogen.
Whether it¡¯s the situation in the Al-Star Belt or the fourth-ss Pathogen, they aren¡¯t easy to deal with.
Fortunately, the Pathogen disappeared shortly after. Although many officials felt nervous at the thought of a Pathogen wandering in their territory, this doesn¡¯t require immediate attention.
The giant serpent never appeared again after his appearance on the Tianlun. The reason for this is that he was looking for a safe ce to undergo the next bloodline evolution.
¡°Unexpectedly, just appearing on that gave me so many reputation points.¡±
Fang Yun felt very surprised. Previously, his reputation was hovering around 70 billion, but after that appearance, it immediately jumped to 90 billion and it¡¯s still quickly increasing.
Currently, his reputation points are increasing by hundreds of millions every day, it won¡¯t take long for his reputation value to reach 100 billion.
The area he is currently in is very remote and quiet. Even electromaic waves rarely pass through this area.
¡°There shouldn¡¯t be many spaceships passing through this area, now I need to find some remote to undergo bloodline evolution.¡±
Amid the bloodline upgrade, he needs to fall into a semi-conscious state, where he can still feel his body, but can¡¯t perform any action or movement.
In such a state, he can¡¯t even defend himself if attacked, hence he has to look for a safe ce before acting.
His huge body wandered in space, sending one electromaic wave after the other, searching for a suitable.
The most suitable he can think of is that it must berge enough, but with an extremely harsh environment. One that is impossible for most intelligent creatures to survive on.
This kind of won¡¯t attract attention even if many spacecraft pass by it.
Finally, after a long search, Fang Yun found a satisfactory.
This is quiterge, being about 50% bigger than the earth. Not only that, its environment is extremely harsh, with a surface temperature of around 500 Celcius. After checking for a while, Fang Yun is sure that this doesn¡¯t harbor any intelligent creatures.
Volcanic eruptions are happening everywhere on the, and the atmosphere is full of smoke and dust. It¡¯s almost like a scene out of hell.
The earth is filled with countless gigantic cracks. Endless magma surged out from below, forming into a magma river stretching over thousands of kilometers.
Let alone intelligent creatures, even weaker star beasts can¡¯t survive in this ce.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle flew into the together and curiously looked at this apocalyptic.
The giant turtle felt ufortable, but it still obediently followed Fang Yun after a few cries.
Although it doesn¡¯t like this environment, with its vitality, it was easily able to adapt to it. So apart from the first difort, it adapted to the high temperature and followed Fang Yun to dive into the magma ocean.
As he continued to sink, Fang Yun noticed that the surrounding magma gradually became hotter. He continued to swim in this red ocean, sinking over a dozen kilometers deep.
After sinking to a deep enough level, Fang Yun slowly curled up and started to sleep.
Seeing Fang Yun doing this, the giant turtle also stayed quietly in ce.
Time slowly passed, half a monthter, Fang Yun¡¯s original groggy brain suddenly cleared up.
He finally received a prompt from the system, his reputation value has finally crossed the 100 billion mark!
¡°Hahaha! Finally!¡±
Fang Yun was very happy. After this bloodline upgrade, he can leave the gxy, and he won¡¯t have to worry about dying of old age along the way.
He had been a bit envious of the silly turtle, as it doesn¡¯t have to worry about this problem at all.
¡°System, open my information panel.¡±
Fang Yin thought internally. In the next moment, a light curtain (holographic panel) appeared in his mind.
Host: Fang Yun
Race: Peng Snake
Status: Adult
Life Span: 500 years
Location: Milky Way Gxy
Reputation: 100/100B (Bloodline Can be exchanged)
Looking at thest column on the information panel, Fang Yun felt extreme excitement bubbling in his heart. He has been looking forward to this moment for a long time!
¡°I wonder what kind of bloodline will I get this time?¡±
Fang Yun thought cheerfully. He couldn¡¯t wait anymore.
¡°System, Give me the new bloodline!¡±
The next moment, the value in the column of his reputation value suddenly changed.
Reputation: 100/1000B
¡°¡I need a trillion reputation points for the next bloodline¡¡±
Fang Yun looked speechless, but the next electronic prompt immediately restored his excitement.
¡°Ding! The Bloodline was sessfully extracted! Teng Snake(Heavenly Snake) bloodline obtained!.¡±
¡°Heavenly Snake Bloodline. After using this item, the host will transform into a Heavenly Snake, whether to use it?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s attention was immediately attracted by the new prompts. He didn¡¯t hesitate for even a second.
¡°Use ¡®Heavenly Snake Bloodline¡¯!¡±
The moment he gave the order, a tingling sensation quickly spread through his body. At the same time, a sense of grogginess enveloped his mind.
He fell into a semi-conscious, semi-unconscious state. He is still awake, but he can hardly think of anything or act.
Chapter 410: Hunter Galaxy VS Milky Way Galaxy
Chapter 410: Hunter Gxy VS Milky Way Gxy
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
One day passed after the other. After Fang Yun fell into that strange semi-conscious state, the giant turtle fell into a deep sleep due to boredom.
At first, it still swam around the magma, looking for prey or something special, but after not finding anything, it returned to Fang Yun¡¯s side and also fell into a deep sleep.
Its slumber is a real slumber, it hovered quietly in the magma like a dead body. Without any movement.
In this ce, time does not seem to exist. Fang Yun couldn¡¯t stand this lonely and torturous period, hisst piece of consciousness also fell into darkness.
In this situation, time passed extremely fast, one year, two years, three years, and in a blink of an eye, thirty years have passed!
During these thirty years, Fang Yun woke up three times in total.
One of them was because of his reputation value, it has increased by more than 50 billion, almost 60 billion.
Currently, his reputation value has reached 160 billion, and the skill points obtained are also a veryrge number. He has gathered a total of 676 skill points right now.
He temporarily doesn¡¯t have to worry about skill points.
He still hadn¡¯t used these skill points yet. He is nning to wait for his bloodline evolution to finish before using them.
In addition to waking up due to reputation points, he also woke up two more times due to external movements.
Both times, he felt this trembling, most likely because of arge-scale battle nearby, heavily affecting it.
¡°There is a fierce battle outside.¡±
This was Fang Yun¡¯s conclusion, but he still retained his calm. At least the battlefield didn¡¯t spread to his resident.
However, due to these tworge scale battles, Fang Yun wondered about what happened to the Milky Way gxy or the SkyRiver Empire, allowing a battle of this scale to ur inside the SkyRiver Empire¡¯s territory.
What Fang Yun didn¡¯t know was that just in the third year after he fell asleep, a battle broke out near the Al-Star Belt. That battle was provoked by the Hunter Gxy. They dispatched a huge fleet toe forward and invade the Milky Way Gxy.
The SkyRiver Empire naturally couldn¡¯t stand this. It immediately ordered the fleet stationed at the border to block the Hunter gxy, then sent several huge fleets as reinforcements.
It¡¯s a pity that the fleet of the Hunter Gxy is too powerful. The manpower sent by the SkyRiver Empire couldn¡¯t stop the opponent¡¯s invasion at all. In the end, the Al-Star Belt defense circle was breached.
The people of the Hunter gxy established a huge space base In the Al-Star Belt after upying it, then started to advance the boundaries of the SkyRiver Empire.
The two gxies used their most powerful war fleets to collide, but the result was unexpected. The SkyRiver Empire fleet waspletely crushed.
This defeat caused both the officials and citizens of the Empire to be stunned. How could their fleet be so vulnerable in front of the fleet of the Hunter Gxy?
On various military news or media tforms, relevant experts have begun to study and rify this battle result. First of all, the weapons used by the fleet of the Hunter gxy are more advanced than those of the Empire.
¡°Theirser cannons are some form of advanced energy, making them much more powerful than ours. Their space fighters are more flexible and more powerful. Even our Heaven-wing fighters can¡¯t get any advantage.¡±
Amentator said.
¡°This invasion of the Hunter Gxy seems to a long-term n. Their weapons are more advanced than ours. If the SkyRiver Empire can¡¯t deal with them, then we might be in big trouble this time.¡±
It wasn¡¯t just the citizens of the SkyRiver Empire who were panicking, the other civilizations in the gxy were even more panicked than them.
If the invasion of the Hunter gxy is sessful, then the end of all creatures in the Milky Way gxy won¡¯t be pretty. They are likely to enved.
Enving the creatures of an entire gxy isn¡¯t unprecedented, this has already happened before, and this is likely to happen to them at this moment.
The expenditure of intergctic wars are astronomical, so in order to get thergest returns, the Hunter gxy will definitely milk the Milky Way gxy dry.
Besides all kinds of minerals and natural resources, the most valuable thing is the incrediblyrge poption in the gxy.
If the Empire is defeated, they are likely to be war prisoners. ve that can be freely sold or killed.
Naturally, the living creatures of the Milky Way gxy don¡¯t want to be ves, but from the current situation, it¡¯s just a matter of time before the defeat of the SkyRiver Empire and this caused the entire gxy to be shrouded in a depressing atmosphere.
Many people are urging the SkyRiver Empire to quicklye up with corresponding means as soon as possible to retake the lost territories from the Hunter gxy.
In the beginning, everyone just assumed that the Empire Army hadn¡¯t fought an intergctic battle for a long time, hence they lost so easily. After, there shouldn¡¯t be such a big difference between the ruling forces of two gxies, right?
Most people thought that after some time of adjustment, the Empire willunch a fierce attack and snatch back the lost territory.
It¡¯s a pity that, no matter what they tried, the SkyRiver Empire couldn¡¯t snatch any territory back from the hands of Hunter Gxy in the following period.
Judging from the current situation, it¡¯s just a matter of time before the Empire and the forces of the entire Milky Way to be defeated.
The Hunter gxy captures arge number of intelligent creatures from the territory they captured, then takes them back to their gxy through a space channel they established.
At the same time, they are still amassing forces in the territory they captured, their number is four or five timesrger than before.
Under this circumstance, the military of the SkyRiver Empire can¡¯t even dream to take back their lost territory for the time being. Their only hope now is to guard their remaining territory and resist the Hunter Gxy invasion.
The high-levels of the Empire have been in pain for the past twenty-seven years. They also want to live safely without any war. Their fate ispletely linked with the status of the Milky Way gxy.
If they lose the war, the Hunter gxy will certainly not let go of them. In fact, their fate will be even worse than that of ordinary citizens.
Before the beginning of the war, almost no one in the Milky Way gxy has ever thought that the Hunter Gxy willunch such a fierce attack on them.
After all, they have few entanglements with them. Their most ardent rival is actually the Sirius Gxy.
Hence, while dealing with the Hunter gxy in the south, they still have to guard against the Sirius Gxy on the other side. No one knows when this force enemy will stab them in the back.
The SkyRiver Empire is no longer a prosperous and popr development ce for the young people of various civilizations it was before. Currently, everyone just wants to find a remote ce and hide until the end of the war.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know this for the time being, but if he knew it, he probably wouldn¡¯t take it seriously, the most important thing now is his bloodline evolution.
In the thirtieth years after he fell asleep, Fang Yun¡¯s sleepiness suddenly disappeared without a trace.
He woke up from the evolution state.
Chapter 411: Testing The Skills
Chapter 411: Testing The Skills
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°After 30 years of sleeping, the bloodline evolution is finally over.¡±
Fang Yun gradually swam to the surface. He sighed internally at how long it took him toplete this bloodline evolution. Suddenly, his head emerged from the magma ocean, allowing him to finally see colors other than red and orange.
After this bloodline evolution, he turned into a Teng Snake, also known as the Heavenly Snake. It¡¯s a mythological snake that longed to devour the heavens. Its power is on a whole other levelpared to the Peng Snake
Upon arriving on the surface, Fang Yun started checking his body changes.
¡°Not bad, my body length has increased to 40 kilometers this time. My diameter has also increased to 1.8 kilometers.¡±
After checking the property panel, Fang Yun got the urate size of his body. With his current regeneration ability, the bigger his body, the better.
Once attacked, as long as his body isn¡¯t instantly broken into pieces, he can quickly regenerate and return to his peak state.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that during this evolution, Fang Yun noticed that his body shape was about to undergo some changes. He felt a pair of new limbs on his back, probably wings, trying to grow, but at that time he tried his best to prevent this change.
He doesn¡¯t need any wings right now, they are only going to hinder his movements. He got the ability to fly a long time ago, not to mention that his speed is infinitely close to the speed of light.
¡°I wonder what happened outside during this period.¡±
Fang Yun looked around. His eyesight is very good, to the point where he¡¯s able to easily locate a cm long stone hundreds of thousands of kilometers away.
This ce has changed drastically since thest time he saw it.
Two big battles have urred in this area, causing some far away to be partially destroyed and more to deviate from their orbit.
Although he can guess that two battles urred here, he doesn¡¯t know who the two battling forces were. He can guess that one side is the SkyRiver Empire, but who is the other side?
The scale of these two battles isn¡¯t small. He can hardly think of any civilization in the Gxy that can fight against the SkyRver Empire to this extent.
¡°Is it the Human civilization?¡±
Fang Yun guessed, but then he shook his head again. It¡¯s very unlikely.
¡°No, with the human Federation usual caution, they are unlikely to do this kind of thing, and not to mention whether their technology has reached the point where they can fight with the Empire, their stronghold is hundreds of lights years away from here.¡±
Fang Yun was really puzzled. Eventually, he stopped thinking about this matter. Anyway, it¡¯s easy to check. He just needs to go to a densely popted base or and invade theirwork.
¡°Roar!!!!¡±
Fang Yun released a deep roar, which quickly spread over the surrounding area. In the next moment, another huge creature jumped out from the scarletva, then flew to Fang Yun¡¯s side.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
Fang Yun said to the giant turtle, then activated ¡°Anti-Gravity Field¡±, enveloping him and the giant turtle and quickly taking them to the area outside the.
Soon after, Fang Yun and the giant turtle appeared in space. Currently, the has just turned into a huge red ball. Its state is much worse than 30 years ago. It shouldn¡¯t take long for this to disintegrate.
Fang Yun nced at it, then quickly disappeared into the distance.
During this period, he had been thinking about the skills he maxed up. Thinking of it, he is really thankful for his decision to help the human Federation.
The 50 billion points he received in thest few years are mostly from the human Federation. He had faded from the news tforms of the Milky Way gxy along with the appearance of the Hunter Gxy fleet, hence he didn¡¯t receive as many reputation points from them like before.
At the end of the bloodline evolution, his skill points have reached a terrifying 676 points. He could use them to max out histest two skills, and he did exactly that.
Now, these two skills, ¡°Super Laser Cannon¡± and ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± are hidden by the system because they have be Max-level skills.
In the end, he only has 16 skill points remaining.
¡°Now that ¡±Super Laser Cannon¡± is maxed out, I should test its power.¡±
Fang Yun was eager to try. Now that the Milky Way gxy has a big problem, he can¡¯t continue acting as passively as before.
As Fang Yun continued moving forward, a suitable target finally appeared in front of him.
It¡¯s a dead with a diameter of about 10,000 kilometers. About the size of the where he was reincarnated into, the Blue.
After umting for a moment, Fang Yun released an extremely powerfulser beam with a diameter of more than 1 kilometer towards the ahead, instantly destroying it and turning it into countless small fragments and particles.
¡°BOOM!!!!!¡±
¡°A small-sized was directly blown up.¡±
Fang Yun was shocked upon seeing this scene, he didn¡¯t try his best just now. That means that he was able to destroy this with ease.
Although it¡¯s the nor the first time he destroyed a, he previously had to strike with all his strength for hundreds or even thousands of times, before fragmenting a into pieces, which is far from what he can do now.
¡°In short, there should be no problem with destroying a several times bigger than this one.¡±
Fang Yun felt very satisfied. With such a powerful attack force, even if there is something more powerful than an Imperial-ss battleship in the Milky Way gxy, it shouldn¡¯t be able to resist him.
He is confident that even if there is such a powerful spaceship, he can destroy its energy shield with a single strike and partly destroy its body.
¡°By the way, I should also test ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡±.¡±
Fang Yun used this skill on himself, and in an instant, he noticed that the surrounding celestial bodies were gathering towards him at an extremely fast speed.
Someary fragments and debris are even heading towards him at a nearly sub-light speed.
He quickly turned off this skill, causing the celestial bodies that were heading towards him to gradually stop, but they were already pulled out of their orbits.
¡°It looks pretty good,¡±
Fang Yun nodded with a happy look on his face. Afterward, he started the space jump, heading towards a with intelligent creatures in order to understand the situation.
He is nning to gather enough information, cause some trouble, and gather some reputation points for thest time before leaving this gxy.
The giant turtle and Fang Yun made another space jump, choosing a random direction. In just a few minutes, they crossed over 100 light-years and appeared in another space area.
¡°A fierce battle has also urred in this ce.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the scene in this area of space. There were many spaceship debris and the ruins of severals. This ce is very deste, without any trace of life.
¡°These people, many of them are soldiers of the SkyRiver Empire.¡±
Fang Yun had seen the clothes and logo of the Empire, floating aimlessly in space.
He even saw the corpses of the SkyRiver Empire army, but the thing that caught his attention is the other bodies that are floating around. They don¡¯t belong to the SkyRiver Empire nor any intelligent race he knows of in the Milky Way.
¡°Could it be some force from another gxy?¡±
This thought suddenly appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. He felt that this guess is the one most likely to be true.
¡°Unexpectedly, an intergctic battle happened while I was asleep.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head with a weird look on his face
He looked around again, chose a random direction, then moved again.
Chapter 412: Angelo
Chapter 412: Angelo
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°I wonder what is the state of the human federation now.¡±
Intuition tells Fang Yun that the human federation should be doing well right now. After all, an intergctic battle between two powerful gxies might be a disaster for most people, but it¡¯s an opportunity for them.
Just as Fang Yun was heading towards the location of the Earth in his memory, a fleet was moving not far away from him.
This fleet isposed of 10 spaceships, all of which are cargo ships.
In this fleet, there are all kinds of people, but there are a few eye-catching people inside. All wearing expensive and noble clothes, but different from their original arrogant and luxurious actions, their actions were very peaceful.
In fact, peaceful might not be appropriate to call it, the atmosphere inside these cargo spaceships is filled with depression and despair.
¡°Everyone, hold on, the safe zone is not far away. We will definitely escape from the chase of the hunter gxy fleet.¡±
In the center of the ten spaceships, inside the biggest cargo ship, the leader of the fleet said to the microphone, trying to calm down the people in the fleet and reignite their morale.
They came from a remote area; the hunter gxy fleet invaded their and hometown, but they somehow managed to escape while taking away some of their property. Now, they are looking for a safe ce to settle in.
¡°Huh ¡¡± breathing out a sigh of relief, the leader of the fleet, Huang Liang muttered to himself.
¡°Is this gxy really doomed? I hope this disaster will pass soon.¡±
Previously, the Milky Way and the nearby gxies had almost the same strength, but it seems that the Hunter gxy had quietly moved past that.
¡°The Hunter gxy is beyond our Milky way, but what about other gxies. Have they quietly advanced too, or is it just the Hunter gxy?¡±
The more Huang Liang thought about it, the more terrified he felt.
If the military strength of the other gxies is the same as that of the Milky Way, then they must have banded together to resist the Hunter gxy. At least, they should inform them, or send reinforcements to quell the further growth of the Hunter Gxy.
However, none of this happened. The information personnel sent by the SkyRiver Empire didn¡¯t send back any news.
This shows that even if other civilizations are not united, they are not afraid of the Hunter civilization. At least they should be confident enough to protect themselves.
¡°If that¡¯s truly the case, then something is wrong. How did the surrounding gxies develop to this point with the knowledge of the Milky Way gxy? Is there some sort of conspiracy?¡±
In the end, Huang Liang sighed and focused on the disy screen in front of him. The endless ck space showed on their screen.
His only wish now is to avoid the war and quietly start over.
This ce is not only very remote, there seems to be an army here, which often carries out guerri attacks on the passing Hunter gxy patrol ships.
This matter has already spread on the news, anyway, Huang Liang was very surprised upon hearing the news. Because currently, except for the official fleet of the empire, almost everyone else is avoiding conflict with the Hunter gxy troops.
¡°This fleet is really admirable, I wonder which civilization they belong to?¡±
Huang Liang wanted to meet with the person in charge of that fleet to express his admiration, but he knows that it¡¯s not the time for that.
Besides, whether they can meet them or not is still uncertain.
¡°Beep! beep! beep!¡±
Suddenly, an emergency rm sounded in the control center of Huang Liang¡¯s spacecraft, causing his face to immediately change.
¡°What¡¯s wrong, Old Horse?¡±
The man called Old Horse immediately responded while dealing with the instruments in front of him.
¡°Boss, our instruments have detected a lot of spacecraft chasing us from behind.¡±
¡°What?¡±
After hearing Old Horse¡¯s answer, Huang Liang¡¯s expression changed drastically. His quiet and elegant demeanor has disappeared as he asked with a bit of panic.
¡°Can you be sure if the other party is malicious towards us?¡±
He didn¡¯t escape here to get into a conflict with anyone, no matter who it is.
So the first thing he needs to determine now is whether the iing spaceship ising with good or bad intent.
¡°Boss, the spaceships that are heading towards us belong to the Hunter fleet.¡±
The Old Horse said with a pale look on his face. He doesn¡¯t need to say anymore because the image of the iing space is already visible on the disy screen.
¡°Damn it, when were we spotted?¡±
Huang Liang¡¯s face also looked ugly at that moment, he quickly gave an order.
¡°Increase the horsepower to the maximum and get us out of here as soon as possible!¡±
The moment his voice sounded. The other ships quickly increased their speed and tried to escape.
Unfortunately, cargo spaceships aren¡¯t made for speed. The spacecraft behind them were not only not shaken off, but they got closer and closer.
¡°Their speed is much higher than ours, we can¡¯t escape from them!¡±
After Huang Liang took a look at the spacecraft behind, he came to this conclusion. He gritted his teeth and prepared to give the order to suddenly stop when these spacecraft get closer, causing them to collide and explode.
Anyway, they must drag them to death even if they sacrifice themselves.
The Hunter¡¯s war fleet got closer and closer. It¡¯s almost visible to the naked eye.
¡°All the ships pay attention!¡±
Huang Liang yelled at this moment, then shouted with a determined face.
¡±Immediately st¡¡±
Before he finished his words, his mouth froze
He discovered that another fleet appeared behind the Hunter gxy war fleet and immediatelyunched a frenzied bombardment on the Hunter gxy fleet.
Their weapons and equipment are extremely advanced. At least, it¡¯s iparable to their ten cargo spaceships.
This fleet appeared without any warning, thenunched a fierce attack on the Hunter gxy fleet, outnking them in the middle and preventing them from escaping
¡°Hehe, these guys finally appeared again.¡±
In the center of this mysterious fleet, there was a huge and advanced battleship.
If Fang Yun was here, he would have recognized the man sitting on themander¡¯s seat.
It¡¯s Angelo.
This person has had several encounters with Fang Yun, and he unexpectedly appeared here
¡°Although a bit troublesome, It shouldn¡¯t be difficult to get rid of these guys. Anyway, their powerful spaceships aren¡¯t here.
Angelo looked at the fleet ahead with a smile on his face.
He naturally found Huang Liang and his fleet the moment they entered this area, but he didn¡¯t care about them. Not only they aren¡¯t a threat, but they are also a resident of the Milky Way.
ording to Angelo¡¯s opinion, these guys should join them to attack the Hunter fleet in the middle.
Chapter 413: Hunter Galaxy Fleet
Chapter 413: Hunter Gxy Fleet
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Angelo grinned while looking at the fleet of the Hunter gxy ahead, an excited light shed in his eyes. After the war broke out between the Milky Way and the Hunter gxy, the human federation was naturally happy. They were nning to take this opportunity to quietly umte power
Unfortunately, a fleet of the Hunter gxy inadvertently broke into their base camp, the Earth, resulting in an extremely huge war. Human civilization was almost destroyed in that battle.
Fortunately, their base camp is naturally protected by heavy defenses, so they eventually repelled the Hunter Gxy fleet, then moved the Earth and others under their jurisdiction away from that ce.
But even so, arge number of humans lost their lives in that battle. It¡¯s precisely because of this that the Human Federation has an unforgettable hatred for the Hunter gxy.
After stabilizing, the Federation hasunched many war fleets into this area targeting any small Hunter Fleet. Whether it¡¯s a patrol or War fleet, as long as they feel confident in defeating them, they don¡¯t hesitate to attack.
The military strength of the Hunter gxy is much stronger than that of the SkyRiver Empire. Even the spaceships and space fighters in small fleets are almostparable to the official army of the SkyRIver Empire.
Moreover, they have many mass destruction weapons and weird objects that the SkyRiver Empire doesn¡¯t have.
The current human federation has a technology that is a level lower than that of the SkyRiver Empire, let alone the number of their weapons and spaceships. They are iparable to a gctic Empire that had the resources of an entire gxy at its disposal for thousands of years.
However, each team dispatched by the Federation is all topbat power, even if there aren¡¯t many of them, they have amazing capabilities. ¡¡¡¡As long as these fleets do not encounter the most powerful war fleet of the Hunter gxy, there should be no problem.
In fact, the most powerful fleets in the Hunter gxy are basically concentrated on the central battlefield, and they are ying gueri warfare in this distant corner, so it¡¯s almost impossible to encounter them.
It¡¯s precisely because of this that the Human Federation can act so unscrupulously in this ce. Because the fleets they encounter are mostly ordinary patrol or scout fleets.
¡±Block their escape route, don¡¯t let a single spaceship escape!¡±
Angelo gave orders to his subordinates. In an instant, their fleet dispersed, surrounding the Hunter Fleet in the middle. They have a total of 7 spaceships in their fleet.
Three of them arerge cargo ships about 30 kilometers long.
Although the size is still the same as their old Gourmet model, the performance has been improved, especially their speed and maneuverability.
In addition, the other four spaceships are all destroyer battleships. Theirbat power is roughly in between a Victory-ss battleship and an Imperial-ss battleship of the SkyRiver Empire.
However, Angelo¡¯smand ship isparable to an Imperial-ss battleship of the SkyRiver Empire.
This type of destroyer battleship was developed by the human Federation not long ago, amounting to a total of 18 units. It¡¯s currently the most powerful space of the Federation.
Themand ship is at the very center, and the other three destroyer battleships are focused on attacking. They headed aggressively towards the Hunter fleet spaceships in the middle.
The Hunter gxy¡¯s fleet has also three destroyers. In addition, there are two cargo ships and hundreds of space fighters. After seeing the approaching three enemy Destroyed, they immediately took a defensive formation, protecting the cargo ships behind.
¡±They are not in the same group.¡±
At the forefront, Huang Liang watched this scene with a look of astonishment. They were quite frightened at first, mistaking that new fleet as thepanions of the Hunter fleet, but that doesn¡¯t seem to be the case.
¡±Captain, I heard that three Hunter Patrol fleets have mysteriously disappeared here. Many things that it¡¯s due to some mysterious Star Beast.¡±
After thinking for a moment, the Old Horse said to Huang Liang with an uncertain look on his face.
Indeed, the reason they came here is actually due to this rumor. They wanted to see if this would scare away the Hunter Fleet chasing them from behind.
However, the rumors don¡¯t seem to be entirely correct, because there¡¯s a strong military fleet here.
¡±Which civilization does this fleet belong to?¡±
Huang Liang pondered deeply, is it the native civilization of their gxy, or is it from other gxies?
In either case, this is worth thinking about.
If it were the former, this means that a civilizationparable or at least near the level of the SkyRiver Empire appeared in the Milky Way gxy without any warning, which is a huge problem.
If it¡¯s thetter, it¡¯s even worse, which means that a third gxy is involved in this war, and it¡¯s highly likely targeting their gxy.
Neither the Milky Way nor its civilization can stand an intergctic war between three gxies urring inside.
¡±Captain, what shall we do now?¡±
The Old Horse¡¯s wrinkled face had a worried look as he asked Huan Liang.
After pondering, Huang Liang finally made a decision.
¡±Pay attention to the actions of the mysterious fleet. If theyunch an attack on the Hunter Gxy fleet, we will cooperate with their action.¡±
¡±Anyway, let¡¯s deal with the fleet of the Hunter gxy first.¡±
¡±Yes!¡±
The Old Horse nodded heavily, then issued Huang Liang¡¯s instructions to all the spacecraft in their fleet.
¡°Boom!¡±
In the rear, after Angelo and the others started the encirclement, themand ship in the middle, which was Angelo¡¯smand ship, suddenlyunched an attack on the Hunter Fleet.
First of all, Angelo and the others locked the enemy¡¯s cargo spaceship with the towing beam, thenunched a frenzied bombing on them. Any normal fleet wouldn¡¯t have been able to respond to such frenzied and rapid bombardment.
However, this is the Hunter gxy official fleet. Even if it¡¯s just a patrol team, they still quickly responded. The moment the towing beam touched the cargo spaceships, they didn¡¯t hesitate to activate their energy shield.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Laser beams fell onto the energy shield one after the other, creating dazzling explosions that spread over hundreds of kilometers.
Suddenly, the Hunter gxy¡¯s space fighters started dispersing to avoid beingpletely destroyed by the intense firepower. At the same time, they headed towards Angelo¡¯s fleet, trying to interfere with their attacks and buy some breathing space for their cargo spaceships.
The space fighters of the Human Federation were also dispatched, preventing the Hunter fleet¡¯s space fighters from interfering with their destroyers.
A huge war started.
Brilliant rays of light filled this piece of space, and not long after, casualties started to appear, many space fighters were hit and destroyed.
Not long after the battle between the Hunter gxy fleet and the human federation fleet started, Huang Liang who was originally escaping, came back and cooperated with Angelo¡¯s fleet to attack the fleet of the Hunter Gxy.
Suffering from a fierce attack on both sides, the Hunter fleet couldn¡¯t withstand it for long, as many of their space fighters exploded, even their main spaceships are being destroyed.
For example, the cargo spaceship that was initially locked by Angelo¡¯smand ship with the towing beam was already destroyed, and naturally, all living creatures inside of it were killed.
Chapter 414: Hidden Conspiracy
Chapter 414: Hidden Conspiracy
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The leader of the trapped Hunter gxy fleet is called Chax. As a soldier, he has served in this fleet for 68 years and has a wealth of experience.
Therefore, when encountering this kind of critical situation, he did not panic, but still gave orders in a calm andposed manner.
¡°Boss, our formation is about to be broken.¡±
Besides Chax, a soldier reported to him with an anxious look on his face. If the formation is broken, then they will truly die here.
¡°Try your best to hold them off.¡±
Chax said with an indifferent expression.
¡°Hold on for a while.¡±
The young soldier didn¡¯t understand what Chax¡¯s words meant, but he still passed his orders honestly to the other spaceships in the fleet.
Their entire fleet is suffering from a fierce attack from both Angelo and Huang Liang from both sides. They are barely holding on to their formation, but under the intense firepower, it¡¯s only a matter of time before the formation is breached.
The energy shield of a cargo spaceship and a destroyer was destroyed. They quickly retreated behind the other spaceships but they still sustained a lot of damage, as their hull was scorched ck and semi-destroyed.
However, these two spaceships stillid on the defensive line, hiding behind theirpanions and firing continuousser beams and artillery, blocking Angelo and Huang Liang¡¯s attack to some extent.
¡°These Hunter gxy¡¯s fleets are war madmen.¡±
Watching the partly broken destroyer battleship ahead, a soldier besides Angelo said with a look of amazement.
¡°If it wasn¡¯t because our weapons and equipment are better than theirs, there would be no telling of the oue.¡±
¡°Even with the advantage of our ambush, it¡¯s still difficult to deal with these guys.¡±
¡°Yes, the world outside is much broader than the Milky Way gxy, civilizations more powerful than the SkyRiver Empire are also everywhere. Although we are about to catch up with the SkyRiver Empire, we shouldn¡¯t be arrogant.¡±
Angelo listened to the discussion of the soldiers in the control room and wanted to say some, but his expression changed in the next moment.
From the Hunter fleet ahead, many space fighters suddenly galloped towards them without worrying about the consequences. They areunching a suicide attack!
¡°These guys.¡±
After seeing the approaching space fighters, Angelo frowned, then reminded the other spacecraft in the fleet.
¡°Attention everyone, don¡¯t allow these space fighters to get close to you.¡±
The fighters of the Hunter gxy fiercely and fearlessly carried out suicide attacks, causing their numbers to decrease even faster. However, Angelo and Huang Liang¡¯s fleet also suffered under the suicidal attacks of the space fighters.
¡°It¡¯s like a dying fierce beast. On the verge of death but in its most dangerous state¡¡±
Although his fleet has slightly shifted to defense and their firepower has decreased, Angelo didn¡¯t feel frustrated.
The opponent¡¯s space fighters are limited, this situation will notst long. After all their space fighters explode, they willunch a force counterattack and smoothly destroy this hunter fleet.
After all, without the harassment of space fighters, their Destroyers can attack them without restraint, coupled with the assistance of their space fighters, the results of the battle are almost set in stone.
¡°Boom!¡±
When thest enemy¡¯s space fighter exploded, Angelo¡¯s fleet immediatelyunched a counterattack, sending their own space fighters as a cover, their destroyers approached the Hunter fleet andunched a fierceser attack. This is most likely the final exchange of attacks.
¡°Boss.¡±
In themand ship of the Hunter gxy¡¯s fleet, a group of soldiers looked at their leader Chax. Previously, with the cover of their space fighters, they should have been able tost longer, but now¡
With only their cargo spaceships and destroyer battleships left, their situation can be said to be perilous.
However, even so, Chax still had that indifferent expression on his face. Even in the face of death, his eyes remained like a cold frozen like.
¡°Boss, what should we do now?¡± a soldier swallowed his saliva and nervously asked Chax.
Chax replied lightly.
¡°Wait.¡±
¡°Wait?¡±
All the soldiers looked at each other with a puzzled look on their faces.
Just as they were puzzled and desperate about what to do, a smile suddenly appeared on Chax¡¯s cold face.
¡°It¡¯s alright, they are here.¡±
¡°They are here? What?¡±
The mouths of the soldiers in the control room twitched. In this dangerous situation where they can die at any time, Chax actually said that it¡¯s alright, but what does he mean by ¡®they are here?¡¯.
Just as these soldiers wanted to ask something, their eyes suddenly widened.
¡°That is¡¡¡±
On the big screen in front of them, there is the scene of Angelo and Huang Liang fleets attacking them from both sides.
However, shockingly, not far behind Angelo¡¯s fleet, a huge fleet was heading towards them. The thing that caught their attention the most is the horned skull symbol on them. It¡¯s¡
¡°It¡¯s our fleet!¡±
After seeing this fleet, a smile finally appeared on the face of the soldiers. Some immediately understood the meaning of Chax¡¯s previous words.
¡°Boss, did you already know that there will be reinforcements?¡±
Chax smiled but didn¡¯t reply.
Their appearance and act of chasing Huang Liang¡¯s fleet here was a predominated act. They knew that a powerful fleet was likely hidden here, ambushing passing patrols, hence they devised a n to destroy it.
Even if it was not a fleet but rather a Star Beast, they can still capture it during this operation.
¡°Damn, we were fooled, It¡¯s a trap!¡±
In the control center of themand ship, Angelo looked at the approaching fleet behind with an extremely ugly expression.
He knew that this fleet belongs to the Hunter Gxy, and the number of spaceships in it is huge! There are at least 7 Imperial-ss Battleships in it, let alone arge number of lower-ss battleships.
The most shocking thing is the humongous battleship in the middle of the fleet. It¡¯s most likely a higher ss destroyer battleship.
¡°My God, it¡¯s over!¡±
In Huang Liang¡¯s fleet, the people who originally thought they were about to win fell into despair after seeing the iing fleet.
¡°Attack!¡±
This order sounded amongst the spaceships of the iing fleet, prompting many battleships and space fighters to head towards the battlefield.
One of them clearly locked Angelo¡¯smand ship.
¡°Damn it, it¡¯sing towards us!¡±
Angelo said with a look of anger. He is not reconciled! Is he going to fall here?
¡°Boom!!¡±
Manyser beams immediately destroyed the battleship that was protecting Angelo¡¯smand ship, after which the battleships continued heading towards it.
Themand ship hurriedly activated the energy shield, but in the ensuing attack, it was quickly overwhelmed, then shattered.
A group of space fighters swarmed towards the defenselessmand ship like locusts.
Chapter 415: The appearance of the Great Serpent
Chapter 415: The appearance of the Great Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°It¡¯s over.¡±
A soldier beside Angelo sighed. After seeing the endless space fighters swarming over like a swarm of bees, a feeling of despair rose in their hearts.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Angelo heavily punched the special metal armrest, denting it slightly. They have been waiting here for a long time, ambushing any Hunter fleet passing by, but they never thought that all of this was a trap and that they have been dancing on the enemy¡¯s palm all along.
With the endless space fighters swarming in, coupled with the destroyer battleships surrounding them and cutting off all their escape routes, they can¡¯t even escape.
¡°Whoosh! Whoosh!¡±
Those space fightersunched countlessser beams, enveloping Angelo¡¯s fleet. Under the bombardment of these innumerableser beams, Angelo¡¯smand ship fell into a passive state, relying on its energy shield to defend, unable to make any attack.
¡°Hoo¡¡±
Angelo sighed internally. He had already epted his fate. This ce is still quite a long distance away from their base camp, hence it¡¯s impossible for reinforcements to arrive in time.
Countless scenes and memories appeared in his mind. These were scenes of various things he experienced in his mind. His most precious and deep memory is undoubtedly when he and his father Thor were hunting sea monsters back on Earth.
¡°It¡¯s a pity. I swore to my father that I will live well and long enough to see humanity dominating the Milky Way, but it seems that this is the end.¡±
People like them who often went out to the sea aren¡¯t afraid of danger, but the thing his father was most concerned about is his safety and life. So at that time, Angelo assured his father that he will pay attention to safety and live well.
However, it seems that his time hase¡
¡°Blow up thatmand ship!¡±
The Chax fleet, which was originally suppressed by Angelo and Huang Liang¡¯s fleet hasunched an aggressive attack. Preparing to destroy Angelo¡¯s fleet that has destroyed half of their spaceships.
Their reinforcements, after receiving their message, gradually stopped focusing on Angelo¡¯s fleet after half disabling it and turned to Huang Liang fleet.
¡°Blow that spaceship for me!¡±
In the control room, Chax looked at the semi-destroyedmand ship ahead and ordered with a cold face.
¡°Yes!¡±
All of his subordinates replied with a look of excitement. They never thought that there would be reinforcement behind, but they quickly reacted, this should be a nned ambush.
They are the bait, drawing the big fish that is Angelo¡¯s fleet. However, behind that big fleet, there¡¯s a hidden hunter, ready to strike at any moment.
They don¡¯t feel any dissatisfaction or resentment now, mostly because the n seeded and they survived. Furthermore, all survivors are likely to get some good rewards.
¡°Hum!!!!¡±
All the powerful weapons of the Chax Fleet started operating, gathering energy to their most powerful Turbo Laser Cannons. When these Turboser cannons umte enough energy and attack Angelo¡¯smand ship, then even the Imperial-ssmand battleship of Angelo will immediately copse.
On the Chax¡¯s battleship, all theser cannon barrels were getting brighter and brighter, eventually reaching a point that is as luminous as the sun. This is proof that they are about to attack.
Inside the control center, Angelo gritted his teeth while watching this scene. He stared unwaveringly at theser cannons ahead. Even if he¡¯s dead he will never blink or cry! This is hisst insistence!
¡°That is¡¡¡±
However, to his shock and surprise, he saw that two giant shadows suddenly appeared above the enemy¡¯smand ship.
A giant serpent and a giant turtle.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
When the two giant monsters appeared, they released an earth-shattering howl, attracting the attention of everyone on the battlefield.
¡°That is¡ The Eight Elder, Great Serpent?¡±
Angelo stared at the giant serpent that appeared with a dazed expression on his face. He was really stunned. It has been more than 30 years since the great serpent has left. They all thought that the great serpent must have left the gxy.
After all, before leaving, Fang Yun had told Tang Guo that he will eventually leave the Milky Way and head to the central area of the universe.
Angelo never expected, even in his dreams, to meet the Great Serpent in this ce.
¡°Elder Great Serpent hadn¡¯t actually left the gxy, but its size is much bigger¡¡±
Angelo came back to his senses at once, his face filled with joy. With the Great Serpent here, they will definitely be okay.
¡°We are saved!¡±
Angelo yelled excitedly. Hearing his shout, the other people in the control room woke up from their daze, the mes of hope and life reignited in their eyes.
¡°That is¡¡¡±
On the other side of the battlefield, after seeing Fang Yun appear, Huang Liang face paled. He also recognized Fang Yun, but different from the joy of Angelo and his fleet, his face was filled with fear.
¡°That¡¯s the serpent-pathogen.¡±
Taking a deep breath, Huang Liang yelled loudly. ¡°Quick, get out of here!!¡±
This giant serpent-pathogen, in his opinion, is even more terrifying than the Hunter gxy fleet.
Encountering the Hunter Gxy fleet is nothing, the worst thing is death, but encountering this Serpent-Pathogen has a whole other meaning. It means getting enved and living a life worse than death.
When he thought of this, Huang Liang couldn¡¯t stand it anymore, he quickly ordered his subordinates to drive away and quickly leave this ce.
¡°This¡¡¡±
While Huang Liang fleet was escaping, on the first Hunter fleet, Chax was also looking at the two monsters that appeared above his spaceship with a look of shock.
But before he had the time to think about something else, the Giant Serpent opened his mouth and casually released a hugeser beam towards them.
¡°Boom!¡±
Without hesitation, Chax¡¯s battleship immediately activated their energy shield, and in the next second, theser beam collided with it.
A huge light explosion covered the surrounding area. The energy shield could barely resist the attack for only 1 second before breaking. The chemical reaction between both of them resulted in a huge explosion, and just the aftermath of such an explosion destroyed the left hull of the battleship.
¡°So strong!¡±
Angelo who was watching from far away screamed in such at such a shocking scene.
Beaking the energy shield of an Imperial-ss battleship isn¡¯t something that can be easily done. At least, he doesn¡¯t know of any weapon that has this capability.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Inside the control center, Chax barely stabilized himself from the trembling battleship as he stared at the scene in front of him with a look of shock.
Unable to stand it, his cold and indifferent face finally broke as he shouted loudly.
¡°Caruso, hurry, hurry,e, and save me!!¡±
Chapter 416: Crushing The Hunter Fleet
Chapter 416: Crushing The Hunter Fleet
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Chax could no longer maintain his indifferent face. This time he¡¯s really in big trouble. The only reason why he didn¡¯tpletely panic is that there are reinforcements nearby.
Caruso is the leader of the new fleet. After hearing his cry, he immediately gave the order for his fleet to approach Chax¡¯s fleet. At the same time, all of his spaceships and space fighters locked the Giant Serpent and startedunching an attack on it.
However, all weapons need a certain time to gather energy beforeunching, and during this period of time, Fang Yununched another attack on the Chax¡¯s spaceship.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Chax and his subordinates looked at the iingser beam in horror, a piece of dazzling light grewrger andrger in their pupils, eventually upying their entire range of vision. All they could see was white.
The semi-destroyedmand ship didn¡¯t stand a chance, immediately exploding. Fang Yun didn¡¯t waste this opportunity as he saw his tail and destroyed another battleship in this short span of time.
¡°Damn animal!¡±
Amongst the reinforcement fleet of the Hunter gxy, Caruso scolded hatefully. Without mentioning the fact that this serpent destroyed one of their fleets right in front of them, just seeing his friend Chax die is enough to make him very ufortable.
¡°Quickly attack and kill these two beasts!¡±
Caruso angrily gave an order to his fleet, causing countless space fighters to head towards Fang Yun and the giant turtle, with many battleships following behind.
Fang Yun raised his head and looked at the iing space fighters, his emotions didn¡¯t even fluctuate. He activated ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± and applied it to a random space fighter in the center of the iing swarm.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Due to the huge gravity, the space fighter was forced to instantly stop, turning the pilot inside into a meatloaf due to the huge G force. The fusge material couldn¡¯t withstand the immense gravity, breaking apart instantly, then slowly disintegrating and gathering to the gravity point in the middle.
At the same time, the soaring mass and the extreme gravity caused the surrounding space fighters to be attracted towards it, smashing into it and breaking apart.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
In that space, explosions continued to sound one after another. In an instant, dozens of space fighters exploded. Unfortunately, this is just the beginning, the huge gravity continued to radiate around, sucking in all nearby space fighters towards it.
Some pilots on the edge of the formation quickly noticed something wrong, then manipted their space fighters to quickly fly away, breaking from the restraint of gravity and quickly escaping from the increasingly big radiation range.
The formation instantly copsed.
Fang Yun rushed into the group of escaping space fighters and started to wantonly massacre them. Under his unparalleled body, these space fighters exploded at the slightest touch from his tail or head.
¡°What the hell just happened?¡±
In the distance, Caruso watched this scene with a look of shock on his face. He quickly reacted and gave an order to the fleet.
¡°Reassemble the formation!¡±
¡°That monster is too strong.¡±
Caruso gritted his teeth, he looked with hatred as Fang Yun rushed into their fleet and started rampaging.
¡°Wooo!!¡±
On the other side, the giant turtle let out a loud howl, then also headed to the gathering of the space fighters and started rampaging.
With its huge body and imprable defense, those space fighters couldn¡¯t cause the slightest damage to it. They could only honestly suffer from its abuse.
¡°We should also go to help.¡±
Angelo finally restrained from his joy, theirmand ship is unable to act now, but they still have some battleships with the ability to attack.
¡°Go and help the Elder Great Serpent.¡±
Their fleet dispatched each battleship withbat capability, then sent them to fight against the selected opponent. The rest was left for the Elder Great Serpent and the giant turtle.
In this area of space, one brilliant ray of light after the other continued to shine.
¡°Roar!!¡±
With a roar, Fang Yun swallowed a space fighter with one bite. Raising his head, he focused on Caruso¡¯smand ship.
¡°Roar!¡±
Roaring loudly again, he quickly rushed forward. He didn¡¯t use his sub-light speed this time, as there was a lot of space fighters and battleships on his way.
If he moves at maximum speed and hit those spacecraft on his way, then not only will he instantly destroy them, his body will sustain a lot of damage as well.
This is not to say that those spacecraft are made of some extremely hard metal, but that under his maximum speed, the kic force generated will be extremely terrifying, something, not even his body could withstand.
Otherwise, he would have always used things like light-speed tail attack or light-speed bite.
¡°Stop it, stop it!¡±
Just as Fang Yun rushed towards Caruso, Caruso on the other side was extremely horrified. He has seen Fang Yun¡¯s unmatched power before, and seeing him rushing towards them now has scared the sh*t out of him.
One space fighter after the other flew in front of Fang Yun, firingser beams towards him, trying to stop him from advancing.
Unfortunately, this was just a futile effort. Fang Yun rushed over and swallowed all space fighters in his way, then firedser beams at the ones that are farther away.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Fang Yun quickly flew towards Caruso¡¯s battleship, stopping right in front of it.
His length is now a full 40 kilometers. However, the battleship in front of him is only a mere 6 to 7 kilometers long.
The entire battlefield was still at that moment.
Everyone¡¯s eyes were focused on the center of this battlefield.
All they could focus on at that moment is the colossal serpent surrounding a very advanced battleship. A battleship that can easily destroys felt like a weak cornered creature in front of the giant serpent.
This kind of confrontation continued for two or three seconds before the giant serpent swooped down and bit right on the hull of the battleship. This time, he used ¡°Light Speed Field¡± to elerate his speed.
¡°No!!¡±
In thatmand ship, Caruso looked nervously at the giant monster above them, then was scared sh*tless upon seeing it swooping down on them.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
The huge serpent¡¯s scarlet mouth opened to the maximum, filling their vision.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The spacecraft trembled violently at that moment, causing Caruso and his subordinates to fall onto the ground due to instability.
Looking from outside, the giant serpent has bit off arge chunk of the spacecraft and is currently chewing on it. It¡¯s scary to think that a creature can bite off such an extremely grade spacecraft made of S-ss special metal, a metal that is countless tougher and more durable than refined steel.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
Caruso and the others were sucked out of the giant hole torn out from the spacecraft, iling around and struggling in space.
Fang Yun swallowed themand ship bit by bit under everyone¡¯s horrified eyes, without caring about the struggling Caruso and his subordinates at all.
Chapter 417: Tang Guo’s Disappearance
Chapter 417: Tang Guo¡¯s Disappearance
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Seeing Fang Yun¡¯s frightening act of swallowing an entire battleship, even Angelo and his subordinates swallowed their saliva. Fortunately, they are in the same camp. Otherwise, they can¡¯t even imagine fighting such a monster
In addition, the rest of Caruso¡¯s fleet, after seeing Fang Yun swallow theirmand ship, didn¡¯t hesitate to scatter around and escape.
As for Huang Liang and his fleet, they escaped a long time ago.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun roared again, he doesn¡¯t n to let go of any Hunter Gxy spaceship. They are a great supplement for him, especially those battleships.
destroyers of the victory-ss can provide him with 200 million bio-energy points, as for the Imperial-ss battleships, they can provide him with up to 500 million points!
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
In this area of space, explosions urred one after another. Under Fang Yun¡¯s mad pursuit, even though they all tried to fight back or flee, no Hunter gxy spaceship was able to escape. They all ended inside Fang Yun¡¯s stomach.
Fang Yun is already very close to gathering enough bio-energy for the next evolution. Currently, he has gathered over 10 billion bio-energy points, which is very close to the required 11 billion.
Looking at the scattered space fighters far away, Fang Yun didn¡¯t have the interest to chase these guys with few bio-energy points.
¡°Forget it, let¡¯s greet Angelo first.¡±
He has already recognized that this is a human fleet. Moreover, through electromaic conduction, he had noticed an acquaintance in this fleet. It¡¯s Angelo, he always seems to randomly encounter this guy.
As for evolution, it should be very easy to umte 1 billion bio-energy points now. After all, he can already breaks into pieces then devour them.
Whether it¡¯s a moon-sized with a diameter of a few thousand kilometers or an earth-sized with a diameter of tens of thousands of kilometers, it¡¯s easy for him to break them into pieces.
Furthermore,s of this size are verymon in the universe, hence Fang Yun doesn¡¯t have to worry aboutck of bio-energy anymore.
¡°Angelo.¡±
Fang Yun flew to Angelo¡¯smand ship and calmly looked at him. He hasn¡¯t seen each other in 30 years. Angelo¡¯s face is much more wrinkled now, he should be over 100 years old, which is just aboutte middle-age for the current humans.
¡°Is the human federation okay?¡±
He curled up next to Angelo¡¯smand ship and sent this message using electromaic signals.
As for Angelo, who was not far away, he looked extremely excited with a bit of loss after hearing Fang Yun talking to him.
This is mostly due to the fact that this is already the second time Fang Yun saved him, hence he is extremely grateful to him. Moreover. Fang Yun¡¯s existence is very important to human civilization. His departure has caused many people to feel a sense of loss and insecurity, hence with his reappearance, Angelo felt somewhat rxed.
Their guardian deity has returned.
¡°Elder, we have migrated again. Our previous location was discovered and raided by the fleets of the Hunter Gxy, causing great losses to us.¡±
When talking about this, Angelo¡¯s eyes were filled with pain and anger.
In that battle, many humans died, including many of hispanions and even his descendants.
¡°Oh?¡±
Fang Yun was stunned upon hearing Angelo¡¯s words. He didn¡¯t expect that in the midst of a brief departure, the human federation has suffered such a loss.
ording to his guess, the fleets that he has just destroyed should belong to the Hunter Gxy that Angelo mentioned.
¡°Sure enough, it¡¯s an intergctic battle.¡±
When Fang Yun was on that magma, he felt the trembling several times. He also noticed vast battle fluctuations and disordered electromaic waves.
It¡¯s obvious that several battles urred near that.
¡°Angelo, tell me the current situation of the gxy in detail.¡±
Fang Yun groaned, then immediately asked Angelo.
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s question, Angelo paused, then told Fang Yun about what happened in the Milky Way in the past 30 years.
Fang Yun has finally understood the current situation.
Thirty years ago, many Hunter gxy fleets passed through the All-Star belt and entered the Milky Way, thenunched an attack on the entire gxy. Due to their advanced technology and strong military strength, the SkyRiver Empire fell into disadvantage shortly after the battle started.
Their main force was dragged by the Hunter gxy,pletely unable to take care of other areas.
Currently, the Hunter gxy is looting many other areas in the gxy. Taking away rare resources and minerals, even smuggling poption¡
Without the obstruction of the SkyRiver Empire, no civilization was able to stop the Hunter gxy fleets. In fact, many of them were destroyed and swept under the rubble of history.
Even the base camp of the Human Federation suffered from a fierce attack. Fortunately, it was not the main fleets of the Hunter Gxy that attacked, hence they were able to defend again their attack and even repel them.
But even so, human civilization paid a considerable price.
They were not only forced to migrate, but even their number also plummeted from 16 billion to 3 billion. Even their home, the Earth was destroyed. The losses were incalcble and humanity has suffered a disaster beyond anything they faced before, and this time, the Great Serpent wasn¡¯t there to help them.
Fang Yun also fell into silence after hearing what Angelo has said.
He also stayed on the earth star for a long time, hence his emotions were veryplicated upon hearing that it was destroyed.
¡°Where is Tang Guo, has she evacuated with the rest of the human civilization?¡±
Fang Yun paused and couldn¡¯t help but ask about the news of this old friend. Tang Guo, as an elder of the Human Federation, should be heavily protected, hence there should be no problems with her safety.
While thinking about this, he discovered that Angelo suddenly became silent.
¡°What happened?¡±
An unknown premonition suddenly appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s heart. He is almost two hundred years old, and he has already experienced a lot of things, hence he can guess something from Angelo¡¯s expression.
However, Tang Guo is one of his few true friends, he still has to check her status, or he will never feel peace in his heart.
¡°Elder Tang Guo had an ident while traversing the Wormhole. She didn¡¯t reach the corresponding location and her current whereabouts are unknown¡She was dered missing.¡±
Angelo raised his head and carefully looked at Fang Yun, as if careful that he will suddenly rage. However, no fluctuation appeared on his face.
His face might look calm, but Fang Yun¡¯s heart had a storm raging inside.
¡°An ident happened to her?¡±
Fang Yun muttered internally. idents while crossing Wormholes aren¡¯t a good thing. The best scenario is appearing in an area different from the intended location, but the worst scenario is being crushed by the space turbulence inside the wormhole.
Fang Yun felt very ufortable. He has very few friends, hence he can¡¯t tolerate losing any one of them.
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but remember his first encounter with Tang Guo
Chapter 418: Confrontation in Space
Chapter 418: Confrontation in Space
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Sigh¡¡¡±
After a long time, Fang Yun let out a long sigh. He suppressed his mncholy mood, then calmed his mind to the greatest extent possible.
¡°Elder.¡±
Angelo looked at Fang Yun who was in a trance and called out softly, and his call also snapped out Fang Yun from his daze.
Seeing Fang Yun focusing on his again, Angelo immediately said.
¡°Elder, would you like to visit Humans¡¯ new base with us?¡±
Hearing this, Fang Yun pondered for a moment, then shook his head.
¡°No need.¡±
¡°You should stop sending expeditions for the moment, I¡¯ll try to stop this war.¡±
Fang Yun said to Angelo, then twisted his body and headed towards the distance. Before leaving, he said onest sentence to Angelo.
¡°I¡¯ll go first, tell the human federation to focus on development for now. I ¡¡¡¡hope that when I see you again next time, The human Federation would have already stood at the top of the Milky Way.¡±
As his voice sounded, Fang Yun had already taken the giant turtle and headed to the distance.
Angelo looked at the back of Fang Yun and the giant turtle nkly. He is starting to panic. At the moment, the human Federation needs Fang Yun very much, seeing him leaving right now gave Angelo the feeling that they were abandoned.
However, after hearing Fang Yun¡¯sst sentence, he didn¡¯t understand the situation anymore. Fang Yun told him that he is going to try and stop this war. Specifically, the Hunter Gxy invasion.
If this is the case, then the human Federation wouldn¡¯t have to worry about the Hunter gxy suddenly attacking them anymore, not only that, they will also have the time to digest the technology they got from them and truly be the hegemon of the gxy.
After all, their top technology is not far behind that of the SkyRiver Empire, the only problem worth their consideration is the difference in quantity.
¡°But Master Ouroboros, how are you going to stop this battle?¡±
This question popped up in Angelo¡¯s mind, but after a moment of silence, his eyes suddenly light up.
¡°Could it be¡¡±
A look of surprise appeared on his face, his entire body seemed to be frozen.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle have already disappeared from his sight, and if someone could see their general route, they would be able to immediately deduct their destination, the Al-Star belt.
The Al-Star Belt has an extremely wide area. Fang Yun only knows its approximate direction, but for the Al-Star Belt stretching over thousands of light-years at the edge of the gxy, just the general direction is enough
¡°It just so happens that I can directly leave the gxy.¡±
As Fang Yun continued advancing, he continued perfecting his n internally. His n is very simple. That is, he will directly go to the Hunter Gxy and attack the Hegemon civilization there.
He doesn¡¯t believe that the Hunter Gxy will continue sending troops to attack the Milky Way under his mad attack. They might even directly recall the war troops sent to the Milky Way.
At that time, on the side of the Milky Way, after such a terrible war, the SkyRiver Empire will have to recuperate from the damages of war, giving the human federation even more time to grow.
¡°I wonder how Tang Guo is doing, I hope she is well.¡±
Fang Yun sighed internally, then shook his head and put away those distracting thoughts.
On the way, he evolved once again, reaching level 80 and gaining 79 skill points. Currently, he has 95 skill points.
However, all of his skills are currently maxed out, he can only save these skill points for now and use them when he unlocks new skills.
After this evolution, his body size increased tremendously, reaching 50 kilometers in length and a diameter of 2.2 kilometers.
If he goes back to the blue, his body will be visible to the people there even if he was slithering on the moon.
Creatures with his size can only appear in the depth of the universe.
The next evolution requires him to umte 13 billion bio-energy points, which is not very difficult for the current Fang Yun.
¡°Unconsciously, my body length has reached 50 kilometers¡¡±
Thinking of the time when he was still 5 meters long back on the Blue, Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with emotions. Back then, even with a length of 5 meters, he was still one of the top predators in that mountain forest.
However, his current length has reached 50 kilometers, enough to rank amongst the top monsters in any mythological stories back in the Blue. That¡¯s without mentioning his-busterbat power.
¡°Fortunately, I have gained the ability to travel in space a long time ago, otherwise, with my current size, the resources of an entire wouldn¡¯t be enough for me to consume for a while.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head. As he continues to grow bigger, so does his appetite. Naturally, no does have enough resources to make him grow to the limit.
Fang Yun galloped frantically in space, entering the hyperspace from time to time and crossing a few to dozens of light-years each time.
He actually doesn¡¯t like to make space jumps very much. He doesn¡¯t have theplete space map of this gxy, hence he has to be cautious in every space jump.
Otherwise, being pulled by the gravity of a mid-travel is enough to injure him. If he were to stumble upon a star on his way, that would be enough to threaten his life, but if he gets super unlucky and encounters a ck hole on the way, then he will be finished.
Fang Yun can¡¯t stand the gravitational pull of a star inside the hyperspace, let alone a ck hole, hence he must be cautious during each and every space jump.
However, even if he can¡¯t use space jumps to travel across the entire way, just using them asionally has greatly shortened the journey time. About 2 monthster, he finally reached the Al-Star Belt.
This is already at the edge of the Milky Way, hence few civilizations pay attention to this ce.
There are countless meteorites in the Al-star belt. Ordinary fleets can¡¯t pass through at all. No one ever expected that the Hunter Gxy was able to cross such a dangerous ce without a navigation chart andunch an attack on the Milky Way.
At this moment, in a space area near the Al-Star Belt, there happened to be two fleets facing each other, constituting a formation.
If Fang Yun was here, he would recognize one of the fleets. It¡¯s the Huang Liang fleet that joined forces with Angelo to fight the Hunter fleet not long ago.
At that time, he thought that Angelo and his fleet were bound to die. However, he never expected that Fang Yun not only did not kill them but saved them instead.
As for the other part of the formation, it¡¯s led by a person who once tried to hunt Fang Yun. It¡¯s Kvelver.
At that time, Kerviel was just the first officer of Redrick, but now he is in charge of his own fleet, a veryrge fleet.
Of course, the reason why he was able to have this achievement is that in addition to his ability, he participated in countless wars in the past 30 years.
Chapter 419: Two Fleets Confrontation
Chapter 419: Two Fleets Confrontation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Kvelver is now a big boss. His temperament is much more majestic than before. Standing in the control center of the fleet¡¯smand ship, he has a majestic momentum, making people very impressed.
At this moment, his face was severe. His eyes sharply stared at the screen in front of him. On the huge main screen, there was the image of the endless dark space, amidst which there were countless spaceships not far away, confronting their fleet.
These ships all have the unique symbols of the Hunter Gxy.
¡°Command Kvelver, the opposing forces are too strong, what should we do now?¡±
Behind Kvelver, his deputy, Robert, asked him. Robert wore a standard military uniform, coupled with his determined eyes, he looked like a serious andmitted soldier.
¡°What can I do? The empire gave me an order to hold the Hunter gxy fleeting from here. Now that we have encountered this fleet, we naturally can¡¯t let them easily move deeper.¡±
Kvelver said without hesitation.
Indeed, as Robert said, the power of the fleet ahead is too high. To put it briefly, the total number of opposing spaceships is twice that of theirs.
Not to mention, amongst the fleet on the opposite side, there is also a terrifying spaceship that surpasses their Imperial-ss star Battle¡ªthe Norton-ss destroyer.
This is the name of the destroyer ahead, which is one level higher than their Imperial-ss battleships.
To deal with such a powerful battleship, not only do they have to dispatch 10 Imperial-ss battleships, but they must also have a good cooperation ability. ording to Kvlever¡¯s preliminary investigation, there must be at least Norton-ss battleships in the fleet ahead.
However, their fleet has only 20 Imperial-ss battleships, hence they can¡¯t hold the Norton-ss battleships of the fleet ahead. That¡¯s without mentioning that that fleet also has many Imperial-ss battleships.
Therefore, their high-levelbat power is at aplete disadvantage here.
Using the sea soldiers tactic is useless for that level of weapons. Destroying lower level battleships and space fighters is extremely easy for them. Not to mention that as mentioned before, the number of spaceships in that fleet is twice theirs.
Whether it¡¯s in terms of high-level or low-levelbat power, there¡¯s a huge disparity. This is a battle without any suspense.
¡°How about it, is Huang Liang¡¯s fleet the only one that can be contacted?¡±
After Kvelver paused, he asked Robert beside him again. He Naturally knew that they can¡¯t stop this Hunter Gxy fleet with their manpower.
He isn¡¯t afraid of death, but he is afraid that these guys will enter their gxy and ughter their citizens, hence he must stop them.
¡°At present, only the fleet under Huang Liang has arrived.¡±
Robert shook his head. The area they are guarding is rtively remote. Technically speaking, the Al-Star Belt region itself is very remote. It¡¯s on the edge of the gxy after all.
It¡¯s just in recent years that the scale of the guarding fleets here has increased, mainly for patrol purposes. If some Hunter Gxy fleet enters from Al-Star, they would be able to block it for the first time.
¡°Connect me to Huang Liang first.¡±
Kvelver sighed. Huang Liang¡¯s fleet is much weaker than their fleet, hence it can¡¯t y a big role, let alone the fact that they have no tacit understanding.
It might be a little difficult for the two parties to work together to deal with the Hunter gxy fleet ahead.
Not long after his voice sounded, the screen in front of him shed, then a person appeared on the screen, this person is the Huang Liang who escaped from the previous battlefield.
It just said that what he never expected was that he had just left the tiger¡¯s den, and ended up in a wolf¡¯s den again. Not only that, it can be said that he still came over on his initiative.
No way, he had toe over after receiving Kvelver¡¯s distress signal, because his spaceship¡¯s system automatically recorded Kvelver¡¯s signal.
If he doesn¡¯t respond to the distress signal, this information will be uploaded to the gctic database. In the future, he simply won¡¯t have a ce in the Empire. He can only survive in cracks and remote ces.
¡°Why am I so unlucky?¡±
Huang Liang, who was sitting in the control room of hismand ship, sighed sorrowfully. Although as themander of an Imperial fleet, he must have the courage to sacrifice for the empire.
But after encountering several life and death crises in a row, even his heart was tired.
First, he was chased by the war fleet of the Hunter Gxy, then encountered the serpent-pathogen, a terrifying fourth-ss pathogen. Finally, after barely escaping, he was summoned to participate in a border war.
¡°Commander Kvelver.¡±
Huang Liang also saw Kvelver on the disy screen at this time, and immediately greeted him.
¡°Commander Huang Liang.¡±
Kvelver also greeted Huang Liang: ¡°Now we need your help. You must know the current situation. We must join forces to hold this fleet here.¡±
¡°I have notified the empire to hurriedly send troops here. Let¡¯s stop these guys first, and when the reinforcementse, we will ughter them all.¡±
¡°In short, we must absolutely stop this fleet from going inside the gxy. If such a powerful fleet were to hide inside the gxy, it will constitute an unimaginable disaster for us.¡±
¡°Got it.¡±
Huang Liang responded seriously, at the same time, he admonished himself due to his previous cowardice.
It¡¯s all for the Empire. Since he joined the space legion, he has already made the corresponding oath.
¡°Thank you for your understanding, Commander Huang Liang.¡±
Kvelver sighed, then focused his attention on the fleet ahead. At this time, this fleet is still sending them warning messages, ordering them to move out of the way or face destruction.
Kvelver didn¡¯t flinch in front of the threats of this powerful enemy, he also ordered his subordinates to send them a message.
¡°Rollback to your Hunter gxy!¡±
Kvelver shouted angrily.
¡°This is not where you should be. You should have respect for the Empire!¡±
Despite each party sending one threatening message after the other. None of them took it seriously. They know that neither party is going toply with each other¡¯s demands and this is just psychological warfare.
¡°A bunch of ignorant guys.¡±
In the fleet of the Hunter gxy ahead, inside the control center of one of the Notron-ss battleships, themander of this fleet, Downey was holding a cigar, listening to the warnings sent by the opposite fleet with a mocking smile on his face.
Chapter 420: Appearing in The Border Battlefield
Chapter 420: Appearing in The Border Battlefield
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
As the leader of this fleet, Downey still understands the Milky Way universalnguage, hence he understood Kvelver¡¯s words and the hostile tone beneath it.
However, it¡¯s absolutely impossible for him to follow Kvelver¡¯s words and leave. They are the official army of the Hunter Gxy and they are here to invade this remote ce!
¡°Attention everyone.¡±
Downey said loudly.
¡°Prepare to fight!¡±
When Downey and his fleet were preparing for battle, Kvelver wasn¡¯t just watching.
¡°Attack!¡±
Kvelver suddenly yelled loudly, after which hismand ship started heading towards the enemy fleet. The rest of the fleet aggressively followed him to fight against the Hunter Gxy invaders.
¡°Is it starting?¡±
After Huang Liang saw Kvelver¡¯s aggressive action, he was a bit stunned, but immediately after, he followed them and headed towards the enemy.
¡°Damn, I¡¯m really unlucky.¡±
Huang Liang cursed bitterly, but he still followed Kvelver without hesitation.
At that moment, the two sides got closer and closer, and from their posture, they will reach the battle range in about half a minute.
¡°Boom!!¡±
A loud explosion sounded, along with a heavy vibration suddenly spread on the battlefield, but it wasn¡¯t due to the two fleets colliding with each other. However. This heavy vibration shocked each spaceship of the two fleets.
It caused every intelligent creature in the two fleets to tremble as if struck by a heavy hammer.
Immediately after that, the two fleets that were originally advancing toward each other suddenly stopped at this moment, shifting their focus to the source of this sound.
¡°That is¡¡¡±
When Huang Liang saw the source of the disturbance, his pupils immediately shrank, his face was filled with shock and fright.
¡°What the hell is going on?¡± He yelled with a look of disbelief,
¡°How did that monster appeared here?¡±
The corners of his mouth twitched. The two huge monsters were heading towards this location.
Of these two huge monsters, one is a huge serpent and the other is a huge turtle.
A giant serpent and a giant turtle, what a familiarbination.
It was the pair he had encountered before. At that time, he immediately fled upon encountering them, however, he never expected for them to follow him here!
¡°That is¡¡¡±
Kvelver looked at the two iing huge creatures with a look of shock, as if struck with lightning. This is not the first time he saw these two creatures.
It¡¯s just that their size has greatly increased since hest saw them.
His fear of these two creatures did not diminish with his increased position and power but grew instead. He almost diedst time he encountered them.
What he didn¡¯t expect was that he saw these two huge creatures would appear in front of him again, and their strength has greatly increased this time.
Under such circumstances, Kvelver took the lead to stop the attack.
¡°Everyone stop! Stop now!¡±
Kvelver yelled loudly.
¡°Stand back, back out, make way for these two big monsters.¡±
At this time, Kvelver just wanted these two creatures to leave. He didn¡¯t have much interest in them.
This is simply not an existence they can provoke now, especially when they are in the midst of war.
¡°Commander Huang Liang, what¡¯s the matter with you?¡±
Kvelver asked after seeing that Huang Liang¡¯s expression is somewhat wrong.
¡°Commander Kvelver, I met these two creatures before.¡±
Huang Liang told Keville about his previous experience, and Kvelver was shocked upon hearing his story.
He knew the ferocity of these two creatures, so the fact that Huang Liang and his fleet were able to escape from them unharmed greatly shocked him.
Huang Liang and Kvelver¡¯s fleet started retreating.
As for Downey on the other side, he sneered after seeing this scene andbeled them as cowards in his heart.
He naturally saw Fang Yun and the big turtleing over here but didn¡¯t pay much attention to the two of them.
Their fleet is very powerful, with the ability to deal with even fourth-ss pathogens.
Besides, he still doesn¡¯t know about Fang Yun¡¯s strength and record, hence he is still conceited at this moment.
¡°Hey, how dare they face us with such small courage? This is just two small star beasts! Not even disaster grade!
Downey just wanted tough, a fleet that was scared by such small star beast wanted to stop them, what a joke!
He¡¯s confident to kill star beasts of this level even if there¡¯s a hundred!
¡°Attention everyone, don¡¯t let the opposite fleet to run away. Also, send a small team to kill these two Star Beasts!¡±
Downey gave the order, immediately afterward, a small team flew out from their fleet and headed towards Fang Yun and the giant turtle.
¡°Does those guys want to deal with that pathogen?¡±
Whether it¡¯s Huang Liang or kvelver, a trace of joy appeared on their faces after seeing this scene.
Especially Huang Liang, he had seen Fang Yun¡¯s current capabilities and knew that Fang Yun had dealt with a Hunter fleetposed of a Norton-ss and five Imperial-ss battleships, hence he is sure that if that Hunter fleet doesn¡¯t pay attention to them, they might just overturn.
¡°Oh?¡±
Fang Yun, who was heading forward naturally saw the two giant fleets fighting against each other. However, he didn¡¯t care about them, that is until one of the fleets sent a team towards him.
Moreover, while moving forward, they startedunchingser beams towards him and the giant turtle.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Dozens ofser beams spanned hundreds of thousands of kilometers andnded on Fang Yun and the giant turtle, creating a giant explosion. However, the scene of exploding flesh in Downey¡¯s mind didn¡¯t appear at all. Both of them were unharmed.
¡°How is this possible?¡±
Downey¡¯s face suddenly changed. He watched in shock as Fang Yun and the giant turtle emerged unharmed from the powerful attack of dozens ofser beams.
This kind of defense is simply terrifying.
¡°It¡¯s too weak!¡±
Fang Yun looked at the team ahead silently. The battleships that just attacked them were about the same level as Victory-ss battleships.
Wanting to deal with him and the giant turtle with this level of battleships is simply daydreaming.
Chapter 421: Norton-class Planet Destroyer
Chapter 421: Norton-ss Destroyer
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°The spaceships of the Hunter gxy.¡±
Looking at the three destroyers heading towards him from the opposite direction, Fang Yun¡¯s face broke into a grin. He easily resisted their intense firepower, then instantly shed next to one of the three destroyers, biting down its hull.
Fang Yun¡¯s current diameter is 2.2 kilometers, once he opens his mouthpletely, he can reach up to 5 kilometers. He can easily swallow battleships of this size, let alone that he only bite half of it.
After biting off the hull of that destroyer, Fang Yun directly swallowed it.
The hull or front position of destroyer battleships or any spaceship is usually the hardest, mostly to resist damage while flying at sub-light speed or crossing the Hyperspace. They areposed of some of the hardest super metal.
Unfortunately, they couldn¡¯t even stand a bite from Fang Yun. It can be said that Fang Yun¡¯s teeth are one of the hardest materials in the gxy or even the universe.
After the hull of that destroyer disappeared, it suddenly fell into a paralyzed state. The front hull not only contained some electricalponents, it also yed a pivotal role in bncing the battleship.
All the people inside the battleship were sucked into space, without the ability to resist.
Fang Yun swallowed the remaining wreckage into his stomach, then looked at the other two destroyers, to which they looked back in fear. Their arrogant mentality has long since disappeared.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about the emotions of the battleship crew. He roared loudly, exerting tremendous pressure on them, and exuding irresistible majesty.
¡°Boom!!¡±
He suddenly rushed, destroyed then swallowed another destroyer into his stomach. The final destroyer tried to escape, but it was still destroyed and eaten.
¡°What kind of monster is this?¡±
In the distance, Downey was standing in the control center of hismand ship, watching the terrifying scene in the distance with a look of shock.
That kind of sight was really scary. That monster seemed like an insatiable ck hole. After easily destroying and eating two battleships, the shape of his stomach didn¡¯t even change.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
After Fang Yun swallowed the three destroyers, his gaze moved around, finally falling on Downey¡¯s fleet.
¡°Damn it, it¡¯s a pathogen! Noel, you go deal with it!¡±
Downey looked at the scene on the screen with gritted teeth.
He has already concluded that Fang Yun is a pathogen, not only because of his unusual power but also because the aura he emitted while eating the three battleships was detected by the ship¡¯s instruments. The final conclusion is that that giant serpent is indeed a pathogen.
However, even so, he was still angry. He didn¡¯t take these two monsters seriously before, but he was pped in the face so quickly.
The destroyers he sent didn¡¯t cause any damage to it at all, instead, they became its food!
¡°Damn beast, under the attack of a squad led by the Norton-ss star destroyer, I hope you can struggle a bit before dying!¡±
Downey said viciously. Although he said so, his hands were still squeezed tightly, and his eyes didn¡¯t look away from the main screen, showing that he¡¯s not as confident on the surface.
Previously, the person he sent to deal with the pathogen is the captain of a Norton-ss battleship and the leader of one of his affiliate fleets.
Apart from the Norton-ss battleship, Noel¡¯s fleet has 10 Imperial-ss and 30 Victory-ss battleship equivalents of the SkyRiver Empire.
Downey guessed that this Pathogen is a fourth-ss one, after all, it easily destroyed 3 Victory-ss battleships.
However, the fleet he sent this time is very powerful. Even if that serpent is a fourth-ss pathogen, it can only helplessly fall here.
Noel¡¯s fleet separated from the main war fleet, then headed towards Fang Yun. At the head of that fleet, a huge fleet is leading the way.
That destroyer battleship is more than 30 kilometers long, almost equivalent to a high-ss cargo spaceship in terms of size.
This kind of battleship can carry over 100,000 people, and various heavy weapons, let alone some special devices.
Those special devices can give this huge Norton-ss battleship agility and maneuverability no less than that of light-weight battleships.
It¡¯s the most advanced battleship developed by the Hunter Gxy, the Norton-ss battleship!
This is the first time the Hunter Gxy used this battleship for intergctic wars. In the past 30 years, the Norton-ss destroyer has already sunk 72 Imperial-ss battleships of the Empire, without any single Norton-ss battleship falling.
This powerfulbat power dragged the entirety of the SkyRiver Empire. Each Imperial-ss battleship is a preciousmodity and isn¡¯t easy to build.
Despite having the resources of almost an entire gxy at its disposal, the SkyRiver Empire wouldn¡¯t be able to stand it if the battle situation continues going like this.
This is the advantage of having high-endbat weapons, even if their number is small, they can slowly consume an entire gctic Empire to death.
On the other side, Huang Liang and Kvelver stared nkly at the scene in front of them. They watched the huge spaceship who got separated from the huge fleet followed by dozens of battleships, heading towards the giant serpent.
¡°I wonder if the winner will be the serpent-pathogen or the Hunter Gxy fleet this time.¡±
Kerviel stared at the screen in front carefully, for fear of missing something.
¡°They¡¯reing.¡±
Looking at the iing fleet ahead, Fang Yun sighed, then mentioned for the giant turtle to leave. The iing fleet is very powerful, the giant turtle might not be able to withstand their attacks.
¡°Wooo¡¡±
The giant turtle looked a bit depressed, but it still nodded obediently, then flew to the distant void and carefully watched the battle.
Fang Yun quietly looked at the iing fleet, then suddenly grinned. Releasing an earth-shattering howl, he quickly flew towards them.
¡°Boom!!¡±
On the other side, the Norton-ss battleship activated its mainser cannons, then locked Fang Yun and attacked!
Thisser beam looked very dazzling, just like the rays of the sun, and with a power no less than that of a sr storm, even surpassing that.
When Fang Yun faced this attack, he also looked very dignified, his body shed to the side, his instantaneous speed reaching sub-light speed levels.
However, the speed of theser beam ahead was even higher reaching the speed of light. The moment it locked Fang Yun, it became impossible for him to dodge.
However, Fang Yun still managed to shift the collision range, causing theser beam to fall straight on his tail, exploding all the flesh in it and almost breaking his bones.
After that attack, only cracked bones and some small chunks of flesh remained at the tip of his tail.
However, to the surprise of the people watching, the cracks on the bones quickly healed, granules of flesh quickly grew back, after which hard ck scales formed. In just 10 seconds, the injured tail was back to its previous state.
Chapter 422: Battle against the Hunter War Fleet
Chapter 422: Battle against the Hunter War Fleet
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Hiss! it hurts so much.¡±
Fang Yun cringing internally. However, before he could respond, anotherser beam headed straight towards him, specifically, towards the semi-healed injury at his tail.
He couldn¡¯t dodge and was hit by theser beam again at the location of his wound, this time directly blowing off half of his lower tail.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun released a deafening roar, he is very angry this time. He opened his mouth and released an extremely thick energy beam towards the opposite battleship. Even though he didn¡¯t use full firepower, he used almost 80% of it.
Thisser beam is incredibly powerful, capable of easily breaking a with a diameter of tens of thousands of kilometers with a single strike.
However, the Norton-ss destroyer on the other side quickly reacted. The moment Fang Yun opened his mouth, it opened its defensive shield.
Fang Yun¡¯sser beam hit the defensive shield heavily, causing the shield to tremble fiercely, almost shattering, but it still held on in the end. Bothmander Noel andmander-in-chief Downey were shocked upon seeing this scene.
¡°It was actually blocked.¡±
Fang Yun was a little surprised, suddenly the ten Imperial-ss battleships behind the Norton-ss one sprang from behind and started attacking him.
The firepower of these Imperial-ss battleships is very fierce, eachser beam sent by them is enough to destroy a small celestial body, not to mention that they are sending dozens of them towards him each second.
Their cooperation is also seamless, cutting off all of the surrounding space. Even Fang Yun doesn¡¯t think that he can hold on for too long.
His defense is no longer as invincible as before. As his strength continues to grow, the defense of his scales started to fall behind. He needs a new defensive skill.
Fang Yun quickly escaped to the side, but manyser beams still fell on his body, creating huge craters, each with a diameter of a hundred meters.
However, for Fang Yun¡¯s current size, this injury can only be considered a small injury.
Suddenly, Fang Yun used ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± on the Norton-ss battleship. The gravity of that destroyer suddenly increased infinitely, instantly attracting the battleships around it. The nearer battleships were quickly drawn to it, and the farther ones were slowly pulled in.
¡°Damn it, what the hell is going on?¡±
Even Downey and his fleet were shocked by this strange scene. The Norton-ss destroyer they dispatched seemed to have be a huge star. The extreme gravity affected them even if they are far away.
In short, their battleships won¡¯t be able to use their full speed and maneuverability under this huge gravity.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun released an earth-shattering howl, thenunched anotherser beam, this time, he aimed at the Imperial-ss battleship near the Norton-ss one.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The energy shield of this destroyer instantly copsed. The energy shield of this level of battleships is no longer able to stop hisser beam for even a second.
After a huge vibration, the energy shield of that destroyer directly exploded. At the same time, the hull was also severely damaged, but before the people inside could stabilize themselves, Fang Yun released anotherser beam,pletely destroying it.
After just twoser beams, an Imperial-ss battleship was immediately destroyed, exploding into countless ming fragments and spreading around.
These fragments were quickly attracted by the gravity of the Norton-ss battleship and heavily collided with it.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
These fragments impacted the energy shield of the Norton-ss destroyer. Due to the destructive power of these fragments, the Norton-ss destroyer did not dare to remove its energy shield at all.
So at this time, this Norton-ss destroyer couldn¡¯t attack. It became a useless thing. In order to break the current situation, the Norton-ss battleship dispatched countless space fighters from behind, which headed towards Fang Yun like locust a swarm.
Moving away from the area near the Norton-ss battleship, their speed was still as fast as before because the duration of Fang Yun¡¯s gravity skill, that is one minute has already ended.
However, when these space fighters flew out, they were all operating at their maximum speed, afraid that Fang Yun wouldunch the previous skill again.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay attention to the space fighters at all, they were as insignificant as ants to him. He rushed towards the Norton-ss battleship whileunching energy beams on it.
The iing space fighters naturally couldn¡¯t just watch. Theyunched a fierce bombardment, trying to intercept Fang Yun and prevent him from getting closer.
Perhaps, the attack of a single space fighter is about the same as an ant¡¯s bite to Fang Yun, but even he can¡¯t ignore tens of thousands ofser bombardments each second, especially now that he is still injured.
He flew at a sub-light speed, navigating through the swarm of space fighters, thenunching oneser beam after the other at the Norton-ss battleship.
¡°Boom!¡±
After resisting a few of his attacks, the energy shield of the Norton-ss battleship trembled fiercely, then was finally destroyed.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Downey in the distance yelled loudly, then issued abatmand to another Norton-ss destroyer.
¡°Tang Ke, go and help Noel to solve that monster.¡±
He squeezed his hands tightly. A fleet led by Norton-ss destroyers couldn¡¯t solve that Pathogen, which is ridiculous! what level did that Pathogen reach?
¡°Could it be a fifth-ss Pathogen? But it shouldn¡¯t be possible?¡±
Downey murmured with a look of shock.
¡°How can pathogens of this level appear in such a remote ce? It¡¯s said that Pathogens need to consume the poption of an entire gxy to reach this level.¡±
There are many spections about the origin of pathogens, one of which is that pathogens appeared in this world because of dark pollution.
Once a creature is polluted by dark pollution, it has a chance to mutate into a pathogen. This type of pathogens is called primary pathogens. To reach the fifth-ss, such a Pathogen needs to experience a growth processsting thousands of years.
As for the other Pathogens born due to various circumstances, including thebination of two Pathogens. They are called secondary pathogens. These types of pathogens have lower potential, hence they need much longer to reach the fifth-ss.
When Downey was still deep in his thoughts, Fang Yun was already suffering an attack from the second Norton-ss battleship.
He immediately counterattacks using a massive number ofser beams. Hisser beam skill doesn¡¯t require any time to recharge nor does it have a cooldown, hence he can still suppress the two Norton-ss battleships.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
In an instant, Fang Yun fired threeser beams. The agility and speed of the Norton-ss battleship aren¡¯t bad, but in Fang Yun¡¯s eyes, it¡¯s quite slow and clumsy, hence all of hisser beams fell on the second Norton-ss battleship.
In the end, the energy shield of the second Norton-ss battleship was destroyed.
All of this urred in less than 3 seconds, but this was enough for the swarm of space fighters, Victory-ss and Imperial-ss battleships tounch an attack on him.
In the end, Fang Yun was drowned in the attacks of those battleships.
Chapter 423: Leaving the Scene
Chapter 423: Leaving the Scene
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
A giant sunposed of energy particles formed around Fang Yun. This is the result of countlessser beams exploding at the same time. Countless crotched giant pits formed on Fang Yun¡¯s body. Not a single ce on his body wasplete.
If it were just a single fleet led by a Norton-ss battleship, Fang Yun is confident to deal with it with rtive ease, but it bes more difficult once two such fleets attack him. Especially with their seamless cooperation.
In such a situation, even Fang Yun won¡¯t be able to easily deal with them.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun suddenly shed away from the dazzling white sun. As he continued moving forward and the pits on his body were healing, he released an extremely angry roar.
About 5 million kilometers away, looking at Fang Yun who flew out again, Downey was truly shocked this time. He never imagined that a creature can emerge alive from the center of such a powerful explosion.
¡°It¡¯s not dead yet?¡±
¡°How strong is that monster¡¯s defense?¡±
Just as he was looking at this scene with his jaw wide open an even more shocking scene happened. The giant scorched pits on that giant serpent¡¯s body started healing quickly. In just 3 seconds, the shallow pits healed.
¡°Hoy! Hoy! Hoy This recovery speed is too fast!¡±
Downey¡¯s face was solemn.
¡°Is this really the legendary fifth-ss Pathogen?¡±
The arrogance and conceit in his heart have long since disappeared, reced by worry and a bit of regret, especially after hearing the angry roar of that serpent.
¡°No, we must kill that monster here!¡±
Downey thought gloomily. A creature of this level already had a certain amount of wisdom. This is not a conclusion he hade to, but a recognized fact.
Moreover, in the previous battle, Downey easily saw that that monster had a certain amount of wisdom.
If such a creature was allowed to escape, it would be a disaster for the Hunter Gxy. They have already forged a blood feud, so this monster will definitely try to get revenge.
And with its wisdom, it can definitely recognize the difference between them and the SkyRiver Empire citizens. It can even be said that this monster must have recognized the war between them and the Milky Way.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun, who flew out of the white sun, flickered and flew out at an iparably fast speed. At the same time, he opened his mouth andunched manyser beams towards the first Norton-ss battleship.
He had already destroyed the energy shield of that battleship, and it won¡¯t be easy to reset it. After getting destroyed, any battleship requires quite a lot of time to reset the shield generator, then construct a new one.
However, Fang Yun certainly won¡¯t give them the time. He released oneser beam after the other, all aimed at the middle section of the battleship.
¡°Boom!¡±
A huge red light surged up. Not surprisingly, the control center and energy room were blown un by Fang Yun, creating a huge explosion. Naturally, Noel and his crew inside were instantly vaporized, turning into cosmic dust.
¡°Noel!!!!¡±
In the distance, Downey shrieked loudly after seeing this scene. His expression was extremely distorted, and his heart was filled with negative emotions. In the depth of his heart, regret started sporting out. He started regretting his brainless act of provoking this monster.
Even more heartwrenching is that they lost a Norton-ss battleship, something that hasn¡¯t happened during the past 30 years of war. Each Norton-ss battleship is very precious and the loss of each one is a big loss for the Hunter Gxy.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yununched many moreser beams, destroying the second Norton-ss destroyer.
During this period, his body was filled with wounds. In fact, half of his sh was evaporated.
However, he is no longer an ordinary life form, even if half of his body is blown up, he will soon return to his normal state, without leaving any defect.
After blowing up two Norton-ss destroyers, Fang Yun¡¯s figure kept shing in space, avoiding the endlessser beams.
Those battleships have already locked him. If it weren¡¯t for his extreme speed, he would have been hit countless times by now.
While dodging, Fang Yun was also constantly attacking the spaceships ahead. He mostly focused on the Imperial-ss battleships this time.
This kind of destroyer battleship is still very precious to the Hunter Gxy and isn¡¯t used apart from intergctic battles.
In order to besiege Fang Yun this time, two fleets led by Norton-ss destroyers were dispatched. There were a total of 20 Imperial-ss battleships, but under Fang Yun¡¯s relentless attack, they were all destroyed in a short time.
¡°It¡¯s a pity that the wreckage of these battleships can¡¯t be swallowed.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the wreckage of the destroyers with a look of pity. His physical energy can¡¯t be consumed anymore. If he continues to fight, he¡¯s going to be exhausted.
There¡¯s still another fleet led by a Norton-ss destroyer, let alone that hugemand ship in the middle.
Apete Imperial-ss destroyer can provide him with 500 million bio-energy points. That¡¯s theplete battleship, the wreckage is estimated to be one or two hundred million, but there¡¯s the wreckage of 20 Imperial-ss battleships. That¡¯s billions of bio-energy points!
Fang Yun¡¯s figure shed, fleeing to the distance.
Feeling this scene, Downey suddenly panicked and started shouting.
¡°Stop that monster! Hurry up and stop that Serpent!¡±
However, this is just his wishful thinking. These battleships don¡¯t have the ability to stop Fang Yun from escaping.
¡°Damn it, its general movement directions leading straight towards our Hunter Gxy.¡±
Downey said with a look of hatred, faintly, he felt that he might have caused big trouble for the Hunter Gxy.
After sending two fleetsposed of two Norton-ss battleships, 20 Imperial-ss battleships, and 60 Victory-ss battleships, not only they didn¡¯t kill that Pathogen, even the majority of the fleet was destroyed, including the two Norton-ss battleships.
This is a big loss for even a force as powerful as the Hunter Gxy.
Not to mention that these are Downey¡¯s own troops. Now he is feeling so depressed that he almost vomited blood.
¡°How could this be?¡±
Downey gritted his teeth bitterly, his attention was instantly focused on Kvelver and Huang Liang¡¯s fleets far away.
¡°Use your fastest speed to kill these bastards!!¡±
His voice was full of resentment, but at this moment, the chief officer next to him said with a look of bitterness.
¡°Captain, we have detected that a huge fleet of the SkyRiver Empire ising to this ce. ¡°
¡°What?¡±
Downey¡¯s face changed, then said with a look of unwillingness.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
Currently, their fleet is severely damaged. Fighting with the big forces of the SkyRiver Empire right now will likely result in both sides¡¯ destruction, which is not cost-effective for them.
Downey led the rest of his fleet and flew away.
After seeing this scene, Huang Liang and Kvelver were relieved. They were also uneasy, suspecting that Downey ahead wouldunch a mad attack on them to vent his anger.
Fortunately, this is the best and most eptable result for them.
¡°That giant serpent is really ruthless.¡±
Kvelver looked at the direction from which the giant serpent left and said with a smile.
¡°The direction where that serpent headed is leading to the Hunter Gxy. Hehe, maybe there¡¯s a good show to watchter.¡±
Chapter 424: Entering the Al-Star Belt
Chapter 424: Entering the Al-Star Belt
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the dark space, two giant monsters were quietly moving. A giant serpent and a giant turtle.
At this moment, the giant turtle is constantly spinning around the serpent, gently touching him from time to time, its face filled with a touch of concern. The giant serpent¡¯s body was filled with giant scars,
It¡¯s just that they are healing at a speed visible to the naked eye.
¡°It seems that the Hunter gxy is much stronger than the SkyRiver Empire. The attack and defense capabilities of their spaceships are indeed one level higher.¡±
Fang Yun turned his head and checked his injuries.
Most of the remaining injuries are skin level ones, and they will also soon disappear.
¡°Now civilizations at the level of the SkyRiver Empire can no longer threaten me. I don¡¯t know if they have some sort of secret weapon, but the firepower they disyed before can no longer threaten me.¡±
Even if they deploy their energy shield, it¡¯s unable to stop even one of his strikes, and even the spaceship itself will be semi-destroyed.
Only when facing the Norton-ss destroyer does he need to shoot 2 or 3ser beams. The only thing that can pose a certain degree of threat to him now is a huge fleetposed of many high-ss battleships.
Especially a fleet led by a Norton-ss battleship. Theser beams of the Norton-ss battleships can truly threaten him. Twoser beams are enough to break his body.
Fortunately, the main gun of that destroyer should not be used as a conventional weapon. There should be some restriction on the number of its uses and the interval between each use. At least, there should be energy requirements.
While flying, Fang Yun was thinking about these things. Right now, his goal is to enter the Hunter gxy. Naturally, he needs to understand the relevant knowledge.
He doesn¡¯t want to be besieged by several Norton-ss battleships at the same time, that would be too dangerous.
The SkyRiver Empire was too closed. Fang Yun had stayed in the Milky Way for such a long time, but he has hardly found any information about other gxies.
He only knew roughly which gxies exist around the Milky Way, but he doesn¡¯t know their state nor their military strength.
In fact, the SkyRiver Empire itself doesn¡¯t know much about their neighbors. Their location is a bit remote and the Al-Star belt had always restricted their movement outward. Not to mention the constant harassment and obstruction of their old rival, the Sirius gxy.
¡°After entering the Hunter gxy, let¡¯s take a look at the situation of the nearby gxies.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. His guess is that the Norton-ss battleships are the most powerful weapon of the Hunter Gxy.
If this is the case, then he doesn¡¯t need to pay much attention to the Hunter gxy. After all, he can already deal with this level of battleships. Although they can pose a certain threat to him, it doesn¡¯t affect him much.
About two dayster, many meteorites began to appear around Fang Yun. He knew that the Al-Star Belt is huge a meteorite belt, stretching over thousands of light-years.
The meteorites here are too dense. Most spacecraft don¡¯t dare approach this ce, as it¡¯s too easy to collide with these giant meteorites.
This kind of ce is a good ce for Fang Yun. These meteorites are ideal food for him, and they are countless in this ce.
He can easily swallow meteorites with a diameter of 3 or 4 kilometers now. Although the bio-energy points they provide aren¡¯t much, their quantity is enormous.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle moved forward in silence. After seeing Fang Yun recover, the giant turtle was finally relieved. It did not continue to circle around him, but continue moving forward silently.
Fang Yun¡¯s size haspletely left the giant turtle behind by now, but the giant turtle is still quickly following behind. Its diameter is almost 30 kilometers now, and it¡¯s continuing to grow day by day.
The giant turtle can be said to be the only creature that can barely keep up with Fang Yun¡¯s growth speed. Its talent is extremely high.
¡°Before I reach the Hunter gxy, I should be able to evolve a few more times.¡±
Fang Yun released a giantser beam. Destroying a huge dead with a diameter of several thousand kilometers. Then, he continued to spitser beams, breaking the wreckage into smaller and smaller pieces, until they reached the point where he could swallow them.
Under his nonstop eating, his bio-energy points reached 7-8 billion. This time, the required bio-energy points for evolution are 13 billion, and it won¡¯t take long ording to this rate.
¡°I wonder when the new skills will appear.¡±
Although his skills are quite powerful, his defense is gradually unable to keep up, hence he still wants a defensive skill. He also wants a powerful AOE attack skill to make his attack methods more diverse and able to deal with various situations.
¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± is more of a control skill type. While it has a powerful attack effect, it¡¯s not enough to satisfy him. Not to mention that he needs a convergence point to using ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± on it.
If this skill can get powerful enough, to the extent of creating a ck hole, then it certainly will be his trump card, but it¡¯s not powerful enough now.
On the other hand, ¡°Super Laser Cannon¡± is his current trump card. It¡¯s his most powerful attack skill, and few enemies can withstand it. He looked forward to an upgraded version of this skill.
¡°Cell Distortion¡± was extremely powerful to the extent of being a BUG before, but this skill takes a long time to harvest the life of the enemy. During this time, Fang Yun himself will have to face the countless attacks of the enemy.
Battles in his current level can ur in just a few seconds.
This skill can be very effective on a small number of people, because the fewer people, the more obvious the effect and the faster it is.
ording to the description of the skill, this skill can turn an entire living into a dead one with no living creatures, but it will take some time. During which, he can use hisser beam attack to destroy the same ten times over. Hence, it¡¯s not very efficient.
He wondered if he will get an upgraded version of this skill in the future.
If there is, it should be very powerful, capable of killing the creatures of an entire in mere seconds.
¡¡¡
Time quickly passed.
Fang Yun traveled through the Al-Star Belt for three months, during which he never stopped eating.
As he expected, during this period, his level has improved again. An increase of 3 full levels.
By now, his body length has reached 90 kilometers, and his diameter has surpassed 4 kilometers, almost doubling over three months ago.
For any intelligent civilization, he is an imaginable monster. Creatures of his level mostly live in the void between gxies, rarely appearing near intelligent civilizations.
After the three evolutions, Fang Yun got his new skills as he wished.
Chapter 425: Spear and Roses
Chapter 425: Spear and Roses
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Two new skills appeared this time. One of them is called ¡°Anti-Matter Bomb¡±, which, as the name suggests, is a skill that uses anti-matter to attack.
In his past life, Fang Yun had heard of the name of antimatter. Many people were fantasizing about using antimatter to create new weapons, but at that time it was just a delusion.
At that time, scientific research on antimatter was only in theboratory. Few particles of it could be barely produced, certainly far away from the extent of manufacturing it and making weapons using it.
However, Fang Yun now possesses such a skill.
ording to the description of this skill, this skill is much more powerful than Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Super Laser Cannon¡±. Of course, it requires a lot of skill points for each upgrade.
The number of required skill points for the first level is 100, and 20 more skill points are required for each further upgrade.
That is to say, level 2 requires 120 skill points, level requires 140 skill points, etc¡
The second skill he got is the long-awaited defensive skill. It¡¯s called ¡°Space Barrier¡±.
It¡¯s a redirection-type of skill. Using it, he can construct an energy barrier capable of redirecting any attack to the surrounding area. This skill is the same as the ¡°Anti-Matter Bomb¡±. It starts with 100 skill points, and each further upgrade requires 20 more points.
In addition, there is a limit on the number of times ¡°Space Barrier¡± can be used. He can use it 3 times at the first level, 5 times at the second level, and so on.
This skill can be regarded as a life-saving skill. If he encounters an irresistible weapon, he can use it to save his life.
Fang Yun currently has a total of 384 skill points. In addition to the skill points he gets after each evolution, his reputation reached 160 billion, hence he received 46 skill points.
Relying on these points, Fang Yun upgraded ¡°Anti-Matter Bomb¡± twice, and upgraded ¡°Space Barrier¡± once, using a total of 320 skill points.
His main offensive skills have increased once again. ¡°Super Laser Cannon¡±, ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡±, plus the current ¡°Anti-Matter Bomb¡± can all be used as hismon skills.
¡°Cell Distortion¡± can also be counted as a half-main skill.
¡°I should cross the Al-Star Belt soon.¡±
Fang Yun noticed that the surrounding meteorites are bing scarcer, indicating that they might have reached the edge of the Al-Star Belt. Next, He will soon enter the Hunter Gxy region.
¡°I should probably stay in the Hunter Gxy for a while.¡±
Fang Yun was making ns like this in his mind. His n is to stay inside the Hunter Gxy for a while, causing them a lot of trouble and causing them to stop the offense on the Milky Way, buying some time for the Human Federation.
After making this decision, Fang Yun quickly moved forward with the giant turtle, making short space jumps from time to time. Their speed is extremely fast. After 10 days, they finally left the Al-Star Belt.
What was in front of them right now was the void. They could see the shining stars and Nebs far away. That¡¯s the Hunter Gxy, and this endless void is the space separating them.
There is no Hunter Gxy fleet in this area, but this is exactly what Fang Yun wanted. He ns to sneak into the Hunter Gxy, then gathers information before causing trouble.
The first thing he needs to do is to find a popted area, hack into theirwork, and start gathering information.
A monthter. Fang Yun and the giant turtle are already inside the Hunter Gxy. They have crossed the edge and are gradually approaching the habitable zone of the gxy. They didn¡¯t know how manys they had encountered, but none of them had intelligent life on them.
Fortunately, things changed during this day.
On this day, they discovered that there was a huge fleet nearby. Each ship in this fleet had a special mark on their hull.
A bright red rose, with a spear drawn over it. It¡¯s almost as if the spear is protecting the rose.
The Spear and the Rose.
¡°ording to what I have learned, the Hunter gxy only has one hegemonic empire, and that is the Supreme Blue Empire. This huge empire controls the entire gxy.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but clicking his tongue. Naturally, this Empire controls the entire gxy, forbidding other civilizations from forming.
It¡¯spletely unlike the SkyRiver Empire that allows low, medium, and high-level civilizations to exist under its rule.
¡°I need to find an opportunity to hack into thework of that fleet to see if I can get more information.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the fleet in the distance. He is very far away. Coupled with his anti-detection ability, it won¡¯t be easy for this fleet to detect him.
Under his investigation, this fleet actually has a Norton-ss battleship and a few Imperial-ss ones. It¡¯s a fleet led by a Norton-ss battleship!
The fleet on the other side was moving quietly in space, unknown to the fact that there is a monster in the dark watching them.
Fang Yun mentioned for the giant turtle to stay here, then he quietly approached the fleet, soon reaching a ce rtively close to it.
By now, he could already see the opposite fleet with his naked eye.
After so many evolutions, his eyes have already surpassed the level of space telescopes.
Under his observation, this fleet has a total of 53 spaceships, one Norton-ss destroyer, ten Imperial-ss destroyers, sevenrge cargo spaceships, and thirty-five Victory-ss destroyers.
There are no space fighters around, they should be hidden inside the cargo spaceships and battleships.
¡±They seem to be looking for something.¡±
Fang Yun found that the spaceships of this fleet are constantly sending electromaic waves outward, seemingly searching for something.
However, Fang Yun had always been pushing a meteorite forward, hiding behind it, coupled with his anti-maic coat, all the spacecraft ahead could detect is the meteorite.
Fang Yun quietly moved forward, waiting for the opportunity to invade thework of the fleet ahead and gather enough information.
Finally, he found an opportunity. His target is thest Victory-ss battleship. Under his constant exploration, he felt that it¡¯s the easiest to invade.
There was no ident, he quietly invaded thework of that destroyer and started searching for the information he wanted.
After some searching, Fang Yun finally found what he was looking for. After seeing this, his face was filled with surprise. He actually found information about himself amongst the important ssified information.
¡°A fifth-ss serpent-shaped Pathogen is moving towards the Hunter Gxy. If you encounter it, immediately report to the headquarters.¡±
Chapter 426: Gathering Information
Chapter 426: Gathering Information
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After this message, there is a corresponding photo, which is exactly his image.
¡±Was this fleet sent to deal with me?¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but shake his head. He isn¡¯t too bothered by this, the marginal line of the Al-Star Belt is too long. If they want to find him, they will have to send arge number of people to patrol the edge of the gxy. This is very difficult even for the Hunter gxy.
After returning to his senses, Fang Yun started browsing through the information. In the materials he captured, he quickly found out about the current mission of this fleet.
It turned out that they were looking for another pathogen, one that has reached the fourth-ss.
This pathogen has appeared in this area previously, hence they were sent here specifically to hunt him.
No matter what type of civilization or what strength they have, they will try every possible way to kill Pathogens upon discovery. Pathogens are the cancer of the universe, parasitizing one and one civilization after the other, growing and enving more and more intelligent creatures.
The simple existence of this type of creature is a disaster to intelligent civilizations. furthermore, pathogens themselves are a treasure trove, whether it¡¯s their flesh, energy radiation, or energy core.
¡°A fourth-ss Pathogen, I wonder how much bio-energy is it worth¡¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes lit up. He hadn¡¯t seen fourth-ss Pathogens before, but he guessed that they can provide at least 1 billion bio-energy points, possibly even 10 billion points.
His next evolution requires 20 billion, but even so, 1 billion points is still arge number of him. He naturally is looking forward to meeting that Pathogen.
After knowing the goal of this fleet, he started browsing other information.
Much of the information he browsed next was rted to the Hunter gxy. For example, this fleet belongs to a superrge fleet called ¡°Spears and Roses.¡±
Spears and Roses are usually responsible for the security of the central area of the empire and the protection of their central. To sum up, they are equivalent to the existence of the ¡°Imperial Guards¡±.
The reason why this ¡°Spear and Roses¡± fleet is searching for Pathogens here is that while passing by here, they received news of its existence, and decided to be nosy.
¡°John, what¡¯s the matter, I feel like you have something on your mind?¡±
Inside the control center of a spaceship, two people were standing next to each other. From their unform, anyone can guess that their identity is unusual.
Indeed, one of them, who is called John, is themander of this unit, and the other is his chief officer and vicemander.
Although they have a superior and subordinate rtionship, the friendship between them is very good, hence they usually drop the honorifics when they aren¡¯t next to their subordinates.
Commander John frowned, deep in his thoughts. He paused after hearing Odyssey¡¯s question and said.
¡°Odyssey, I suddenly have a feeling that we are being watched at by something. You know my instincts¡±
He looked at the screen in front of him, on which there was nothing unusual, just the endless dark space.
Cosmic intelligent creatures like him are very powerful. Physically, he has the power to destroy mountains, and his sixth sense is even more terrifying, hence the moment Fang Yun stared at them, he felt something.
¡°Oh?¡±
After hearing what he said, Odyssey frowned, and a solemn expression appeared on his face. He didn¡¯t think that John is overthinking or is too sensitive but started thinking about this seriously.
Because he is also very clear that extremely experienced people like John have truly a supernatural sixth sense. Although he didn¡¯t feel anything, since John said so, something must be wrong.
¡°John, could it be that pathogen?¡±
Odyssey¡¯s heart suddenly jumped. Fourth-ss pathogens are not only very dangerous but also especially precious. Their attractiveness to the higher-ups of the Empire is very great.
¡°Perhaps?¡±
John¡¯s brows stretched out. From a rational analysis, if there is a creature watching them from the dark, the chances of it being that pathogen are extremely high.
Now that the enemy is in the dark and they are in the light, things are a bit difficult.
¡°Turn all the detection equipment to the extreme, and don¡¯t let go of any detail.¡±
John solemnly gave this order. He naturally knows that fourth-ss pathogens have the ability to avoid conventional detection equipment.
However, if they turn their equipment to the highest intensity, then even the smallest ws revealed by the hidden Pathogen will be revealed.
¡°Everyone should pay more attention. If It¡¯s the fourth-ss pathogen. We won¡¯t let it go.¡±
John smiled and said to the other staff in the control center, then started talking with Odyssey next to him.
What they are talking about is exactly this pathogen they never encountered before. They are wondering about the shape and type of this fourth-ss pathogen and most importantly, its abilities.
¡°By the way, Odyssey, you know the news about the pathogen that appeared in the Milky Way gxy, right?¡±
While John was talking about the issue of pathogens, he couldn¡¯t help but mention the Pathogen that appeared in the midst of the intergctic war.
¡°That pathogen, ording to spection, might be a fifth-ss.¡±
After hearing John¡¯s words, Odyssey nodded, then shook his head again.
¡°How can pathogens of that level appear inside a gxy?¡±
¡°Yes, but the documents handed down from higher-ups say that a fifth-ss had indeed appeared in the Milky Way.¡±
John sighed and said: ¡°It¡¯s rumored that the Norton-ss destroyer we sent to the Milky Way gxy was victorious in the war against the SkyRiver Empire. We never lost a single Norton-ss Battleship in our war against the Milky Way¡±
¡°However, after just a short term confrontation against the fifth-ss pathogen, we lost two of them.¡±
¡°More importantly, ording to the people over there, that creature seems to be heading towards our Hunter gxy.¡±
When he said this, the worry on his face became more intense.
¡°Once this creature enters the Hunter gxy, I am afraid it will cause an unimaginable disaster to our civilization.¡±
¡°The empire will definitely not sit back and watch.¡±
Odysseyforted John and said.
¡°They will definitely send arge number of troops into all corners of the gxy to investigate. In short, we don¡¯t need to think about this. It¡¯s more than enough to execute our duties. Let¡¯s think about how to deal with this creature who is spying on us secretly.¡±
Odysseyughed, not really concerned.
Obviously, this person haspletely identified the creature spying on them as a fourth-ss pathogen.
Unfortunately, he might not be so rxed if he knew the truth.
The creature staring at them isn¡¯t a fourth-ss pathogen, but an infamous and terrifying serpent.
Chapter 427: Nightmare-class Star Beast
Chapter 427: Nightmare-ss Star Beast
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°The information about the Supreme Blue Empire on these ships is still limited, but it¡¯s enough.¡±
Fang Yun thought secretly: ¡°The Norton-ss destroyer should be their most powerful spacecraft, and it shouldn¡¯t have entered the mass-produced stage.¡±
At this moment, he didn¡¯t rush to show up to destroy and eat their spaceships but waited quietly.
He also has a lot of interest in the fourth-ss pathogen they are looking for, so it would be better to follow them quietly and look for opportunities.
The fact that this fleet is wandering in an area where the Pathogen often has activities is a provocation to it. Perhaps, the fourth-ss pathogen is just like Fang Yun, watching them secretly from the darkness.
On the other side, John and his chief officer Odyssey carefully stared at the various screens in front of them, trying to find even the smallest abnormalities.
At that moment, the scene on the map of the area around them changed, showcasing a question mark on an inconspicuous area.
This means that there¡¯s arge possibility that arge organism is hidden there, but they aren¡¯t sure if it¡¯s a pathogen yet. This instrument cannot identify them. Pathogens can only be identified by a special instrument after releasing their aura, otherwise, they will just appear as an ordinary star beast most of the time.
Now that they had a goal, the fleet quickly flew over there, and Fang Yun, who was hiding on the side, silently followed behind.
Soon, they came to the target location. Fang Yun naturally guessed that this fleet might have discovered something.
Their speed of advancement suddenly elerated, It doesn¡¯t look like they are searching for something, but rather hurrying to a ce. This is exactly why he made this judgment.
¡°Oh, there is arge creature ahead.¡±
After sensing the existence of a creature ahead, Fang Yun¡¯s eyes lit up. The electromaic waves emitted by this creature are extremely powerful; thergest he had ever seen.
Even when facing that golden behemoth, the ¡®Great Will¡¯, he never felt such intense electromaic radiation.
¡°Is it a pathogen?¡±
Inside the control center of themand ship, John frowned slightly. They had confirmed the shape of the giant monster ahead through electromaic wave detection.
ording to the images mapped by the spacecraft¡¯s instruments, this creature is a bit like a manatee or walrus. However, this is not the point. The shocking thing is its size.
This creature has a body length of at least 1,000 kilometers.
¡°It¡¯s a nightmare-ss Star Bast.¡±
Fang Yun also felt the size of this creature through electromaic induction and immediately came to this conclusion.
The majority of 1000 kilometers-ss creatures are Nightmare-ss star beasts.
¡°It should not be a pathogen.¡±
In the control center, Odyssey looked at the mapped out image in front of him, then said with a frown
¡°A fourth-ss pathogen is extremely unlikely to have this size.¡±
¡°This creature can only be a nightmare-ss star beast.¡±
Upon saying this, there was a look of frustration on Odyssey¡¯s face. Although nightmare-ss star beasts are very rare and powerful, they are still inferior to fourth-ss pathogens.
¡°Well, Odyssey, this is already pretty good.¡±
Although John felt regretful, he didn¡¯t think much of it. Nightmare-ss star beasts are still very rare. If they were to hunt such a monster, then they will also gain a lot.
¡°You¡¯re right, hahaha.¡±
Odyssey patted his forehead, then calmed down his emotions.
Currently, everyone on their spacecraft looked excited, thinking about how to capture or kill this creature.
This is a thousand kilometers long creature. If they are touched by such a creature, their spacecraft will be heavily damaged if not directly destroyed. Fortunately, most creatures of this size are rtively clumsy and slow.
So when facing such creatures, they mustn¡¯t get close to them. The most optimal n is to attack it from a distance. It¡¯s also worth mentioning that a creature like this also has long-range attack methods.
Hunting this creature won¡¯t be easy, otherwise, it wouldn¡¯t have such a loud reputation, but they aren¡¯t afraid.
Soon after, they finalized a simple battle n.
First of all, they will use the flexible space fighters to attract the attention of this star beast, then John¡¯smand ship, that is the Norton-ss battleship will go ahead and attack the Nightmare-ss Star Beast.
The other spaceships will seal the surrounding area to prevent the nightmare-ss star beast from escaping.
To facilitate the battle process, they decided to give this nightmare-ss star beast the name of ¡°Sea Cow¡±.
This superrge ¡°Sea Cow¡± is quietly hovering in space. It¡¯s in front of a semi-destroyed small with a diameter of several thousand kilometers. It¡¯s currently in the process of eating it.
¡°Do it.¡±
In the control center of themand ship, John gave instructions to the space fighters that are responsible for attracting the attention of ¡°Sea Cow¡±.
Immediately afterward, 13 space fighters flew from the openpartment of a battleship, then quickly flew to ¡°Sea Cow¡±.
Crossing a distance of tens of thousands of kilometers, the space fighters quickly flew in front of ¡°Sea Cow¡±, attracting its attention.
The pilots of these space fighters knew that their only mission is to attract the attention of the Behemoth in front of them, there¡¯s no need to conflict with it.
Several space fighters turned around in front of Sea Cow¡¯s eyes like annoying flies. Furthermore, in order topletely capture its attention, one of the space fightersunched aser beam towards the food of ¡°Sea Cow¡±, that is the broken.
¡°Sea Cow¡± raised its head and stared nkly at the 13 space fighters in front of it, seemingly in a daze.
John and the Odyssey were overjoyed upon seeing this. The former said directly.
¡°Okay, let¡¯s go and try to get rid of this big guy as soon as possible.¡±
He looked at the terrifying behemoth in front of him, and couldn¡¯t help but feel excited about the profits he is going to make, but then he calmed down. After all, this is a nightmare-ss Star Beast.
Even if their Norton-ss destroyer is powerful. It¡¯s not powerful enough to disregard Nightmare-ss Star Beasts.
¡°I hope nothing will go wrong.¡±
John muttered internally, a bit of worry hidden in his heart, but he quickly cleared up and threw the feeling of unease behind.
His gaze stared closely at one of the disy screens, on which there was exactly the scene of the 13 space fighters harassing the ¡°Sea Cow¡±.
These 13 space fighters havepletely attracted the attention of ¡°Sea Cow¡±. Its giant eyes slowly followed behind them, watching them nkly.
Chapter 428: Sea Cow’s Ability
Chapter 428: Sea Cow¡¯s Ability
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°This silly guy, he has never seen a space fighter.¡±
Besides John, Odyssey couldn¡¯t hold his smile after seeing the silly look of ¡°Sea Cow¡±. The other people in the control center also couldn¡¯t help butugh upon hearing his words.
Because the 13 space fighters are transmitting back real-time images back, they could clearly see the silly and curious look of this giant Sea Cow. Things like Nightmare-ss creatures¡¯ majesty doesn¡¯t exist.
¡°You all have to be careful.¡±
Only John still maintained his rationality and coolness, he solemnly said to everyone.
¡°This is a nightmare-ss star beast. We must be careful.¡±
His serious appearance caused a staff member to smile say.
¡°Commander, this is Just a nightmare-ss Star Beast. Iparable to our Norton-ss destroyer, hunting such a creature isn¡¯t difficult for us at all.¡±
In theory, this is the case. One or two Imperial-ss battleships are enough to deal with an average Nightmare-ss star beast, let alone their Norton-ss battleship, but no one cane to an urate conclusion before the start of the battle.
Moreover, different nightmare-level creatures have different strengths and special abilities. No one knows if this Sea Cow has any tricky ability
¡°Don¡¯t under¡¡±
John looked displeased, just as he wanted to remind his subordinates to take this seriously, the changes on the disy screen caused their faces to change.
¡°This is¡¡± Someone¡¯s eyes widened, looking at the scene on the disy screen with a look of shock.
On the disy screen, the space fighters flew in front of the giant Sea Cow, causing it to move its giant head curiously along with them.
But at this moment, Sea Cow suddenly opened its giant mouth. After opening it, space around suddenly started distorting, just like a ck hole, the 13 space fighters were pulled into its mouth without the power to resist.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
¡°Commander, save me, save me!!¡±
From the transmitter in the control center, a series of fear-filled screams sounded, causing the people who heard it to be horrified.
But soon, these sounds came to an abrupt end, because all of these space fighters were sucked into the mouth of the Sea Cow.
Silence suddenly filled the control center of themand ship, theughter, and smiles on everyone¡¯s facepletely disappeared.
¡°Before¡ what kind of skill did that monster just use?¡±
Someone couldn¡¯t help but ask this question. There¡¯s no air in space, hence it¡¯s impossible for Sea Cow to use the air surge to suck these space fighters into its stomach.
Moreover, through the disy screen, they noticed that the space in front of Sea Cow¡¯s mouth was distorted. This is clearly a clever use of space to distort gravity and attract creatures or objects towards it. Almost like a ck hole.
¡°Everyone, be careful, this star beast won¡¯t be easy to hunt¡¡±
John solemnly said. Everyone in the control center did notugh again this time. Although they have a Norton-ss destroyer, they don¡¯t dare to disregard this Nightmare-ss star beast anymore. Even faintly, fear appeared in the depth of some people¡¯s hearts.
No one knew whether this is the most powerful skill of Sea Cow or just a random blow.
Just when John started warning everyone, a violent howl sounded from the electromaic waves trantor, shaking everyone¡¯s spirit.
¡°Wooo!!!!¡±
The unusually harsh roar shook everyone in the control room, causing their flesh and blood to vibrate. Only after someone took action to quickly lower the volume were they finally relieved.
All of a sudden, everyone¡¯s eyes were fixed on the central disy screen. After a close look, they were shocked again. Previously Sea Cow¡®s back was facing them, but this time, it turned around and looked straight at them with its gigantic eyes.
How could such a creaturepletely rotate its body in such a short time and without making any noise?
The only exnation they could think of is that this monster-
¡°It has a space maniption ability.¡±
John¡¯s face became more solemn, then started to issuebat instructions.
¡°The previous n is invalidated, now start freebat.¡±
¡°All space fighters must be immediately dispatched!¡±
One of the biggest features of a fleet like this is it has a huge number of space fighters, and sometimes, used tactically, space fighters can abuse destroyer battleships.
They can not only harass the opponent, taking their attention and energy, but also provide a lot of opportunities for their allied battleships to attack. This is the power of space fighters.
Countless space fighters were dispatched from the lowerpartment of the cargo spaceships and battleships. They flew aggressively like locusts towards the huge Sea Cow.
After reaching optimal distance, they started attacking Sea Cow.
Suddenly, the void around ¡°Sea Cow¡± suddenly distorted, forming a huge barrier. Allter attacks collided into it, then suddenly slipped off the side, unable to even touch it.
¡°Isn¡¯t this my space barrier?¡±
Fang Yun was shocked upon seeing the ability disyed by Sea Cow, at the same time, he threw off hiszy mentality and started watching the battle seriously.
He mainly wanted to see if the space barrier is capable of diverting the attacks of the main cannon of the destroyer battleships, especially the Norton-ss one.
¡°Damn it, sure enough, this star beast can manipte space!¡±
John grimaced upon seeing this scene from the distance. Afterward, he ordered the 10 Imperial-ss battleships to start acting.
Ten Imperial-ss destroyers flew toward the opposite Sea Cow, at the same time, theyunched a series of bombardments after the other, heading towards the head of the Nightmare-ss Star Beasts.
¡°The deflection of theseser beams has be smaller.¡±
As Fang Yun carefully stared at the space barrier of Sea Cow, he came to this conclusion.
Over time, the deflection angle of the space barrier to the side became smaller and smaller. In addition, the impact of the space barrier on theser beamsunched by the main cannon of the Imperial-ss is very small.
However, not a singleser beamunched by this fleet was able to touch the Sea Cow, even the onesunched by John and Odyssey¡¯s Norton-ss battleship.
¡°My space barrier should have the same effect, but level 1 ¡°space barrier¡± shouldn¡¯t be as powerful as that of that Nightmare-ss Star Beast.¡±
Fang Yun thought after watching for a while.
Under his observation, this deadlock continued for 2 minutes before the situation on the battlefield changed.
Chapter 429: The Death of Sea Cow
Chapter 429: The Death of Sea Cow
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Dodge, avoid it all!!¡±
Inside the control center, John yelled at the space fighters. He stared at the main screen with an ugly expression. The extremelyrge aquatic-like monster suddenly raised its head and opened its mouth.
The space in front of it suddenly melted violently, almost like a stic bag stained with fire. The copsed space fragments quickly spread towards the nearby area.
Besides the copsed space is an Imperial-ss battleship, but this Imperial-ss battleship instantly turned into dust in front of that space copse.
Not far away from the Imperial-ss battleship, there are two Victory-ss battleships and hundreds of space fighters, but even if they deployed their energy shields, they held on for barely 3 to 4 seconds before copsing and turning into dust like the first battleship.
There are other spaceships not far from the copsed space, but those spaceships quickly flew away, escaping from the fate of destruction. The copse of space gradually slowed as it spread around, after spreading over tens of thousands of kilometers, the space copse gradually stopped, then was slowly restored to its previous state.
After about three minutes, the copsed areapletely dissipated, but John¡¯s and his team paid a total of two Victory-ss destroyers, one Imperial-ss destroyer, and 180 space fighters.
¡°Nightmare-level star beasts are too powerful.¡±
Although he doesn¡¯t know if this monster is special or if all nightmare-ss beasts are all this powerful, John still felt that it was necessary for them to re-define the horror and power of nightmare-ss creatures in the army.
This creature isn¡¯t weaker than fourth-ss pathogens. Its special space maniption ability is very troublesome and dangerous.
After this episode, the fleet suddenly became a lot more vignt, they started spreading out before attacking this behemoth.
Countlessser beams filled the area around Sea Cow, drawing this huge star beast. Its space barrier got fainter and fainter, flickering from time to time, about to disappear at any time.
At that time, without the protection of the space barrier, it will be almost impossible for Sea Cow to resist the frantic attack of this powerful fleet.
¡°This big guy, it¡¯s speed is probably not good?¡±
Fang Yun watched this scene from a distance with a look of surprise; Just as he started wondering why that fat monster wasn¡¯t escaping, Sea Cow suddenly moved.
Along with a sh, it appeared a million miles away, but these space fighters quickly locked its position again, drowning it in countlessser beams.
The Sea Cow can actually teleport, but each teleport has an interval of 5 seconds, which is enough for the fleet to relock its position and attack it again.
Each time the sea cow moved through space, it appeared a million miles away, but Fang Yun felt that the speed of this creature should be better than this.
The reason why it only moved a million miles every time is that it needs some time to umte speed, but these spaceships aren¡¯t giving it the time.
After five teleports, the sea cow seemed to be a bit tired. It didn¡¯t continue to escape, but turned around and started attacking the fleet.
Because the team that was chasing it didn¡¯t have many space fighters and battleships, they suddenly fell into a disadvantage after the start of the battle.
However, after arge number of spaceships were added from the rear, the advantage of the Sea Cow disappeared.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Oneser beam after the other bombarded Sea Cow. Its huge body, which was thousands of kilometers long, was riddled with holes after just a short amount of time.
¡°Wooo!!!¡±
Sea Cow released an earth-shattering anguished howl, then with red eyes, itunched its previous space copse skill many times over, turning countless space fighters and spaceships into dust.
This battlested for one day. The main reason was that the intensity of the battle remained high until thest few hours. The higher-ups of the fleet feared that the battle would cause their fleet to suffer greatly, hence they used guerri tactics to gradually exhaust Sea Cow.
As for the Sea Cow, after the fleet started using gueri tactics with it, it started madly attacking all spaceships in its way, trying to quickly destroy them and gain the opportunity to either flee or counterattack, but in the end, it could only helplessly fight until it was exhausted to death.
However, John and his fleet have paid a heavy price.
Three more Imperial-ss battleships and five Victory-ss battleships were destroyed. Furthermore, over 800 space fighters were destroyed.
More importantly, the energy of the fleet had been consumed by more than half right now.
¡°It¡¯s horrible.¡±
Inside the control center of themand ship, First officer Odyssey looked at the dead Sea Cow lying quietly in space ahead, and couldn¡¯t help but sigh. He said with a look of emotion.
¡°This Sea Cow should be one of the top and most powerful nightmare-ss star beasts.¡±
¡°Maybe it will grow into a world-destroying star beast in the future. Fortunately, we solved it here today.¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
John nodded, then said again: ¡°Drag this Sea Cow and let¡¯s go home. We need to replenish our energy.¡±
In the current state of their fleet, it would be best if they didn¡¯t find the fourth-ss Pathogen right now. If they did, their fleet would most certainly face the fate of being destroyed.
In fact, after this battle, John is suspicious that their fleet might not be able to defeat a fourth-ss pathogen even if they are in their top form.
Nightmare-level star beasts and fourth-ss pathogens are generally the same levels of creatures. Generally speaking, fourth-ss pathogens are stronger than the same level Nightmare-ss star beasts.
They had to struggle so much before taking down this nightmare-ss Sea Cow, hence John doubted if they could take out the stronger fourth-ss star beast.
¡°Oh.¡±
Odyssey also knew the current state of their fleet, hence he quickly sent the order to leave this ce.
The cargo spaceship specially dragged the corpse of the Sea Cow and followed behind the fleet.
In the distance, behind a huge, Fang Yun tilted his head and looked at this scene. Wondering if he should make his entrance right now.
However, at that moment, he suddenly stopped. He looked thoughtfully at the area in front of this fleet. There¡¯s something there!
In the dark space, John and Odyssey led their fleet forward. Although a lot of people died and many spaceships were destroyed, killing a nightmare-ss star beast can greatly offset their loss. In fact, they even made a lot of profit.
¡°This time we had good luck. After we sell this nightmare-ss star beast¡¯s body, we will supplement our loss thene back to search for the fourth-ss pathogen.¡±
John smiled and said to Odyssey, of course, he also made up his mind to bring another fleet of the same scale next time. Although they will have to split the profits. They will at least evade the danger of destruction.
¡°Yes, John, why don¡¯t wee with rk and the others next time.¡±
Odyssey also smiled and said. Although he might not look like it, he¡¯s also a shrewd man.
¡°Their fleet is about the same as ours. If we really encounter that pathogen, it will never escape.¡±
¡°Of course.¡±
John nodded, just as he was about to say something, his eyes suddenly shrank. He looked at the disy screen ahead, only to discover that a golden behemoth had appeared in front of their fleet.
¡°That is¡¡¡±
Both John and Odyssey were shocked at once. This might be the worst-case scenario.
Far behind the fleet, Fang Yun was shocked after seeing the golden behemoth.
¡°This is¡ that thing?¡±
Chapter 430: The Reappearance of The Golden Behemoth
Chapter 430: The Reappearance of The Golden Behemoth
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
John and his subordinates stared at the area ahead with wide eyes. In front of them, a huge creature with a length of about 40 kilometers is blocking them.
From the point of view of size alone, it¡¯s naturally iparable to the Sea Cow, almost like the difference between a human and a mouse, but the aura that it¡¯s emitting is even more powerful than that of Sea Cow
This huge beast, covered in gold, looks like a mixture of many kinds of creatures, but its main framework is about the same as that of a spider.
¡°Isn¡¯t this the golden behemoth? The ¡®Great Will¡¯? How did it get here?¡±
Fang Yun stared at the creature a little speechlessly. They are old acquaintances. He traveled from the Milky Way to this ce, but he never expected to find this guy here. He should have escaped to the Hunter Gxy a long time ago.
It¡¯s much bigger than before, more than twice as big, but it¡¯s still far from Fang Yun¡¯s size.
¡°Wooo!!¡±
At this moment, the golden behemoth howled loudly. It¡¯s obviously trying to eat the fruits of John¡¯s fleet hard work.
Furthermore, judging from its appearance, it¡¯s not only intending to eat the Sea Cow but also nning to destroy and eat their fleet.
¡°Damn, I didn¡¯t expect this monster to show up at this time.¡±
John looked at the golden behemoth on the opposite side with an unusually ugly expression. Many instruments in their control room started harshly ringing, signaling that their original target, the fourth-ss pathogen has appeared.
But this is the worst time for its appearance. They just experienced a fierce battle, losing a lot of their manpower and energy. They are simply unable to fight with a fourth-ss pathogen at this moment.
¡°John, what shall we do now?¡±
Odyssey stared at the golden behemoth on the electronic screen, his expression was also very ugly. He knew that their situation is very bad, let alone a fourth-ss pathogen, it will be difficult for them to even deal with third-ss ones now.
¡°Quickly, send a distress signal!¡±
John immediately conveyed his instructions to the rest of the crew.
¡°Make a defensive formation and try to persist until reinforcements arrive. In addition, give up that Nightmare-ss star beast. It should be attracted by it for a while, giving us a lot of time.¡±
He knew very well that this golden behemoth might have been eyeing them a long time ago. The reason why it didn¡¯t attack them is that it wanted them to fight with Sea Cow, then act as the fisherman and gain all the profits.
Creatures of this level already have a certain intelligence. It¡¯s not difficult for them to organize such tactics or execute some small tricks.
The fleet started to adopt a defensive formation, then slowly retreated, leaving behind Sea Cow¡¯s body.
The golden behemoth looked at the retreating fleet first, then at the body of Sea Cow in front of it. It had a satisfied look in its eyes.
It wandered to the side of the Sea Cow¡¯s body, then it sniffed carefully. Afterward, it started eating it slowly with a look of enjoyment on its face.
The crowd inside the fleet looked at this scene with a look of anger and helplessness, but they were a bit relieved. This should buy them some time, enough for the reinforcements to arrive.
Unfortunately, things didn¡¯t go the way they wanted.
The golden behemoth, after taking a few bites from Sea Cow¡¯s body, suddenly turned its head and looked at their fleet. Some hints of greed could be seen on its face.
¡°Damn, this monster isn¡¯t satisfied with just Sea Cow.¡±
When John saw the strange gleam in the golden behemoth¡¯s eyes, his face suddenly changed.
As soon as his voice sounded, the golden behemoth had already started attacking them. Firstly, itunched manyser beams towards one of their damaged Imperial-ss destroyers.
That Imperial-ss battleship waspletely unable to block this wave of attacks. Its energy shieldsted only a few seconds before breaking down, after which the battleship was quickly destroyed.
In just a few seconds, an Imperial-ss battleship was destroyed.
¡°An Imperial-ss battleship was quickly destroyed despite using its energy shield. Theser beam attack of this pathogen is too powerful.¡±
John frowned, thinking of countermeasures in his mind. If this pathogen can keepunching attacks at this intensity, their fleet might not be able to withstand its attacks for long.
Their defensive formation is that the powerful battleships will resist the attacks of the enemy from the front, while the space fighters and other battleships will outnk the enemy and severely attack it.
Unfortunately, it seems that only theirmand ship can withstand the attack of this pathogen, but even it won¡¯t be able to withstand such powerful attacks for a long time. Not to mention that they don¡¯t have a lot of energy remaining.
At the moment, there is no other way than using their defensive formation.
¡°Odyssey, has the distress message been sent?¡±
John could only pin his hopes on the distress signal. If there are other fleets nearby, they might be able to quicklye here and support them. This is the only way they can survive.
¡°It has been sent out, but we haven¡¯t received any response yet.¡±
Odyssey replied bitterly from the side. He sent a distress signal indicating that they encountered a fourth-ss pathogen, but their fleet is seriously damaged and they need help.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
The giant behemoth suddenly started shing around, pping the space fighters in its way and exploding them to pieces.
Of course, John and Odyssey also attacked the pathogen, but their attacks could notnd on it at all.
This golden behemoth not only has a ghostly speed and agility, it also has a space maniption ability that can prevent any attack from causing damage to it.
The battle continued. This golden behemoth was extremely difficult to deal with. Soon John¡¯s fleet suffered major casualties. In just a short period of time, more than 500 of their space fighters were destroyed
Even more frightening is the destruction of their battleships. Now, only fifteen Destroyer ships remain one Norton ss, three Imperial-ss, and eleven Victory-ss.
It can be said that if the situation doesn¡¯t change, their fleet will bepletely destroyed here.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The golden behemoth raised its ws and waved, causing them to instantly appear from a circr portal above a Victory-ss battleship and instantly reduce it into pieces.
¡°Whoosh! Whoosh!¡±
However, this blow caused the golden behemoth to pause for a few seconds, unable to teleport or move while its ws are still in the space portal.
This provided an opportunity for the Norton-ss destroyer and John naturally didn¡¯t waste it.
The Norton-ss battleship used its max firepower,unching a hugeser beam from their main cannon towards the Golden Behemoth.
Although the golden behemoth conjured a space barrier to protect it, in the face of a Norton-ss battleship full-power attack, even its space barrier couldn¡¯tpletely often the attack.
¡°Boom!!¡±
A huge bit appeared on the golden behemoth¡¯s body, from which many blood drops flew out.
¡°Woo!!!!¡±
This immense pain caused the golden behemoth to raise its head and howl loudly.
Its eyes turned red due to fury, and an intense feeling of destruction and madness filled its mind.
John¡¯s heart skipped a beat as he watched this scene from themand ship.
¡°Howl!!¡±
The golden roared loudly, his long golden hair turned into spikes, and its golden blood revolved around it, forming a faint golden aura.
¡°It¡¯s angry, everyone, be careful!!¡±
John loudly warned everyone. Even if their spacecraft is a Norton-ss destroyer, they can only protect themselves now in front of this enraged fourth-ss pathogen.
The soldiers on the other spaceships felt their heart almost stop upon hearing John¡¯s warning.
¡°it¡¯s time.¡±
On the other side, Fang Yun, who was hiding behind a, became excited upon seeing this scene, at the same time, his body quickly disappeared, heading towards the battle scene.
Chapter 431: Battle and Escaping
Chapter 431: Battle and Escaping
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In themand ship, both John and Odyssey stared nkly at the disy screen in front of them. The golden behemoth hadpletely fallen into madness, turning into a crazy killing machine.
¡°Sigh¡It¡¯s over¡¡±
Odyssey was holding his head. The instruments in the control room were shing frantically, showcasing that the energy intensity and aura of the Golden Behemoth have more than doubled.
¡°John, it seems that this is the end for us.¡±
Odyssey smiled bitterly and said: ¡°We have known each other for over a hundred years, and we have been colleagues for almost 70 years. Time flies so fast.¡±
¡°It was my idea to look for the pathogen in this area. I can¡¯t do anything to amend my mistakes. If there is an afterlife, I will still remain your subordinate and best brother.¡±
He patted John on the shoulder and said with a wry smile.
¡°Odyssey, don¡¯t be so sad.¡±
John gently pushed Odyssey¡¯s hand away and said.
¡°We might not die here, I don¡¯t believe it. I¡¯m not intending to die here, and neither are you, brother¡¡±
¡°Attention everyone, attack fiercely, you don¡¯t need to think about the problem of energy, blow that piece of sh*t up!!!¡±
With a beast-like smile, John shouted loudly in the microphone. He isn¡¯t intending to go down without a fight. Even if they die, they will definitely bite a piece from that monster¡¯s flesh!
All the power devices, energy devices, and weapon devices of the fleet¡¯s spacecraft started frantically operating, locking the golden behemoth and preparing for the final bombardment.
On the other side, the golden behemoth¡¯s aura surged to the extreme. It exuded a palpitating aura as it raised its ws and seemed to be ready to attack.
¡°Whoosh!!!¡±
However, at this moment, a streamer suddenly shed behind it. The aura that had been originally crazily umting suddenly stagnated. It slowly lifted its head and looked behind.
After seeing what¡¯s behind it, the golden behemoth trembled all over, then released an earth-shattering howl, its face became more twisted and hideous, and even its stagnating aura surged even more violently.
¡°This guy hates me so much?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the Golden Behemoth in front of him, speechless. Just as he was preparing to fight with this golden behemoth for 300 rounds, The golden Behemoth¡¯s body suddenly shed, disappearing into the distance.
¡°Wha¡¡¡±
Seeing this unexpected scene, Fang Yun was dumbfounded.
This ¡®Great Will¡¯ actually escaped.
¡°What the hell, I thought that it wanted to fight with me, but it immediately escaped?¡±
Fang Yun felt that his IQ had been insulted. He was actually tricked by a monster. His body also shed, chasing behind it.
In the next moment, he caught up with the golden behemoth, then attacked it.
In the distance, John and Odyssey were petrified upon seeing the appearance of the new monster. They never thought that the situation would spiral in this direction.
¡°John, I¡¯m not dreaming, right? Another pathogen?¡±
Since Fang Yun emitted his aura, the instruments in John¡¯smand ship started ringing.
¡°There is a battle between two pathogens?¡±
John looked at the scene on the electronic screen, speechless. After a few seconds, he barely uttered a sentence from his mouth.
¡°These two pathogens seem to have hatred.¡±
As soon as the giant serpent-pathogen appeared, it headed towards the golden behemoth. At the same time, the golden behemoth looked even angrier than before. They looked like enemies of life and death.
¡°It¡¯s not the time to think of this, let¡¯s leave here quickly.¡±
John immediately thought that they could take the opportunity to slip away. All the spaceships quickly started retreating. At the same time, John¡¯smand ship started the space jump, preparing to escape from here, but far away, Fang Yun used ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± to pull them out before they could fully enter the Hyperspace.
¡°Damn, we can¡¯t use the hyperspace!¡±
John yelled with an ugly expression, then said. ¡°Odyssey, let¡¯s go to the escape pod.¡±
Other staff members were assigned to those space fighters.
From the bellypartment of the Norton-ss Destroyer, a series of space fighters flew out, with a series of escape capsules hidden amongst them.
The speed of the escape capsule is faster than that of the space fighters. It¡¯s even capable of carrying out short-distance hyperspace jumps.
This is not only the case formand ship, but also for other battleships and even cargo space ships.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother those tiny space fighters, he disdains following and eating them. All he cares about are the battleships, the Sea Cow, and the golden behemoth in front of him.
This golden behemoth was called the ¡®Great Will¡¯ by the aborigines of the Earth before, but in front of the current Fang Yun, its performance waspletely unworthy of this title.
They were able to trade blows at the beginning. After all, the strength of this behemoth isn¡¯t bad. Although worse than Fang Yun, it¡¯s not far behind.
If Fang Yun was a true fifth-ss pathogen, then this golden behemoth is a quasi-fifth ss pathogen.
However, it had just experienced a battle not long ago, and it¡¯s still injured. After a few rounds, the Golden Behemoth had fallen into an absolute disadvantage, unable to even counterattack.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Fang Yununched anotherser beam at the golden behemoth, directly leaving a giant hole in its back.
The situation of the Golden behemoth is quite miserable now. it has several big pits on its back. Its golden blood filled the surrounding area and its eight limbs are now down to only three.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun whipped the golden behemoth with his tail again. After throwing it away far away. He opened his mouth. A giant ck ball gradually gathered in his mouth, even darker than the dark space, sucking the surrounding light and causing space to vibrate.
After umting for a moment, Fang Yununched his most powerful skill yet, ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±.
¡°BOOM!!!¡±
Along with a Heaven-shattering explosion. Half of the Golden Behemoth¡¯spletely turned into dust.
The golden behemoth hovered quietly in the dark space, without any movement.
¡°Is it dead?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the golden behemoth¡¯s limbs opposite, thinking uncertainly, but he quickly noticed the monster¡¯s flesh squirming around the vaporized area.
¡°Not dead yet?¡±
Fang Yun was shocked by the tenacious vitality of this golden behemoth. Just as he was about to use another ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± topletely kill it, the monster¡¯s remaining half body exploded into countless pieces of flesh and blood, which quickly disappeared into the distance.
¡°It ran away again.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the empty dark space ahead with a look of surprise.
Last time, after this golden behemoth was defeated by Fang Yun. It left a limb before escaping. This time half of its body was blown away, but it still escaped.
¡°I won¡¯t let you run away next time.¡±
Fang Yun shook his huge head, feeling that it¡¯s a pity. This golden behemoth is worth at least 10 billion bio-energy points, but it still ran away.
Besides, this pathogen always somewhat encounters him, gets rubbed on the ground, then quickly flees away. It¡¯s almost like fate is always guiding them to encounter each other.
Most importantly, this pathogen is also rapidly improving its strength, not too far behind him.
Fang Yun decided to get rid of that pathogen if they meet again in the future.
After putting away these distracting thoughts, Fang Yun¡¯s gaze suddenly focused on the small-sized monster not far away.
Chapter 432: San Marino
Chapter 432: San Marino
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Moving his body, Fang Yun flew towards the corpse of the nightmare-ss star beast ¡°Sea Cow¡± and started devouring it starting from its belly.
¡°This feeling of eating meat is really good. I¡¯m sick of meteorites.¡±
Fang Yun bit down a huge chunk of meat that was four to five kilometers long, chewed a few times, then swallowed it.
While he was eating the ¡°Sea Cow¡±, the giant turtle flew back from the distance. It first checked the physical condition of Fang Yun, then howled with joy upon seeing that he wasn¡¯t injured. Afterward, it followed Fang Yun to eat the huge body of ¡°Sea Cow¡±.
The digestive ability of the giant turtle is light years away from that of Fang Yun. After eating about half its body mass, it felt a bit bloated. It flew to the side andid down, watching Fang Yun eat the giant monster.
With a flick of his tail, Fang Yun flipped this silly turtle, causing it to p its limbs around, amusing him quite a bit.
Fang Yun continued to devour the body of ¡°Sea Cow¡±, which was instantly dposed under his powerful digestive ability. The flesh and blood that almost entered his stomach transformed into energy in just a few seconds.
He quickly swallowed most of the thousand kilometers ¡°Sea Cow¡±, a monster countless times his mass, leaving only its ahead.
While eating the head of ¡°Sea Cow¡±, Fang Yun found a huge crystal, emitting some strange energy.
¡°Ho, this is the so-called energy core found in the head of powerful creatures?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes brightened. He swallowed the huge core with one bite. At this point, the nightmare-ss star beast ¡°Sea Cow¡± waspletely devoured by him.
This huge creature provided him with 1.3 billion bio-energy points, which is unprecedented.
¡°Well, it¡¯s time to devour those spaceships.¡±
Looking at the broken fleet not far away, Fang Yun thought cheerfully, just as he was about to head there to eat, the system¡¯s voice rang in his mind.
¡°Ding! Copyable skill detected ¡°Space Copse¡±, provided by ¡°Sea Cow¡±, whether to copy it?¡±
¡°Copying this skill requires 100 skill points.¡±
After this voice appeared in his mind, Fang Yun was taken aback. This kind of thing never happened before. He never knew that the system had this capability.
Thinking for a while, Fang Yun guessed that it should be because he just ate Sea Cow¡¯s energy core, providing him with the chance to get more skills.
Going along with this line of thought, he might be able to get other creatures¡¯ skills after eating their energy cores. This is a brand new way of obtaining skills.
However, he soon stopped thinking about this. He doesn¡¯t have 100 skill points now, hence he can¡¯t copy this skill even if he wanted to.
The most important thing now is to devour this fleet. Maybe he¡¯ll reach the evolution standard and receive enough skill points to copy that skill.
When he arrived in front of the fleet, Fang Yun swallowed all of the spaceships in just a few minutes.
¡°Very good, I¡¯m not far from the evolution standard.¡±
This time, he obtained more than 2 billion bio-energy points. At this rate, the next evolution wille soon.
¡°Huh, we can go now.¡±
Fang Yun raised his head and nced around. After selecting a direction, he headed towards it along with the giant turtle.
¡°For now, let¡¯s go to the imperial capital of the Supreme Blue Empire, San Marino.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He decided to put pressure on San Marino to prevent them from sending the topbat power to the Milky Way battlefield.
By the way, he can also improve his reputation value there.
At the moment, his reputation value has surpassed 160 billion points, about to reach 170 billion. At that time, there he will receive another wave of skill points. Fang Yun feels that he will reach 170 billion points soon enough.
He just allowed the crew of the previous fleet to go, and these guys must have photos and videos about him, they must release it back to the Supreme Blue Empire once they go back.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle rapidly moved in space. Three monthster, they crossed a long distance, spanning thousands of light-years. On the way, they encountered some small inhabiteds, but Fang Yun and the giant turtle didn¡¯t care about them, they just flew straight past him.
He thought at the beginning about obtaining detailed information about the Supreme Blue Empire on theses,
However, theses belong to a rtively remote area of the Supreme Blue Empire. People on them have rtively little understanding of the Supreme Blue Empire.
It¡¯s like a little vige on the border of a huge Empire. Apart from knowing that it exists, and it¡¯s their sovereign, they don¡¯t know much about it.
However, he still got the rough location of San Marino from these remotes
After three months of frantic rushing, making many space jumps, they finally came near San Marino.
San Marino is a sr systemposed of tenrges. With a superrge in the middle, three medium-sizeds in the inner area, and six rtively smalls in the outer area.
These tens are all connected by wormhole gates, and on each, there is a vast poption.
When Fang Yun just arrived near San Marino, John and Odyssey have also just arrived. They have already conveyed information about Fang Yun, the golden behemoth, and what happened on the battlefield before.
However, because they aren¡¯t clear about the specific situation, San Marino has not announced the news. To be honest, whether it should be announced or not, it will be necessary to wait for John and Odyssey toe over and exin the matter clearly.
¡°John, we finally reached San Marino.¡±
Odyssey looked outside from the ss cabin, eagerly watching the 10s surrounding that ginormous star in the middle.
Their current goal is the most central Imperial.
Two pathogens appeared in the Hunter gxy, one of them is even a suspected fifth-ss pathogen. This kind of thing is considered a major event and had to be reported to the higher-ups of the empire.
¡°That giant serpent should be the serpent-pathogen that ran from the Milky Way to our Hunter gxy. It¡¯s really powerful.¡±
John shook his head and said.
¡°A fifth-ss pathogen, it¡¯s unprecedented. I really want to know if that golden behemoth had survived.¡±
¡°Even if the golden behemoth is killed, the serpent-pathogen shouldn¡¯t be unscathed.¡± Odyssey looked out of the window at the giant tens and said.
¡°Yeah.¡±
John nodded, then continued.
¡°When we report to the elders, we must emphasize this point with them.¡±
The best would be to take advantage of the fact that it¡¯s still injured and kill it.
Both John and Odyssey have made up their minds, when they meet with the elders, they must emphasize this point to them. They must kill that serpent-pathogen as soon as possible before it causes any disasters.
¡°John, we¡¯re almost near the Imperial.¡±
Odyssey yelled, looking very excited.
No way, they experienced a catastrophe of life and death three months ago, barely escaping with their lives. Even after escaping, they felt extremely insecure.
Now that they reached the Imperial, they could finally rx.
Chapter 433: The 13 Elders
Chapter 433: The 13 Elders
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boom, Dam, Dam!¡±
John and the Odyssey¡¯s spacecraft stopped at an airport,nding on the ground and stretching for quite a distance. Then, they boarded an empty flying car next to the airport and moved in a certain direction.
¡°John, the council of elders is already waiting for us now.¡±
Odyssey nced at the holographic image emitted from his watch. Inside was a conference room, with a table in the middle, and a dozen people sitting around it.
This is the elder council of the Supreme Blue Empire.
Apart from the Supreme King, the council of elders has the greatest power, assisting the king of the Supreme Blue Empire to control this gctic Empire.
¡°The thirteen elders are all here.¡±
Looking at the scene on the holographic screen, John was also amazed. There were a total of 13 elders. He didn¡¯t expect that they all appeared this time.
¡°It seems that they all pay a lot of attention to this incident.¡±
John muttered indistinctly.
Indeed, the elders did pay a bit of attention after receiving the news from Downey. They organized the corresponding manpower to increase the patrol of the frontier, but they never thought that not long after, John and Odyssey would bring back the news of the fifth-ss pathogen.
¡°Great Elder, do you think that the pathogen John saw this time is the one that Downey mentioned previously?¡±
In the elders¡¯ conference room, one of the old men sitting around the conference table said to the figure on the first seat.
There was a number ¡®7¡¯ on the clothes of the person who asked the question, indicating that he is the seventh elder of the Supreme Blue Empire¡¯s elder council.
¡°It shouldn¡¯t be wrong.¡±
In the first seat, after a slight pause, the Great Elder said in a deep voice, his face was very gloomy. This incident caught him off guard.
¡°We must deal with this matter well. His Majesty is currently working hard to deal with the battle against the Milky Way gxy. Don¡¯t let this distract him.¡±
The Great Elder said with a deep voice.
¡°Yeah.¡± The other elders all nodded in agreement with a solemn expression on their faces.
A fifth-ss pathogen is a true disaster to any gxy. If they don¡¯t handle this problem correctly, it might be a disaster that no one could handle or resist.
Maybe, it will even affect the roots of their Empire.
¡°The most important thing is that this incident can¡¯t affect this battle, otherwise, if it causes the dissatisfaction of that Highness, our Hunter gxy will be over.¡±
The great elder said solemnly, the couldn¡¯t help but release a long sigh.
¡°Knock! Knock!¡±
Suddenly the sound of knocking sounded from the door of the conference room, relieving the tense atmosphere in the conference room. After a moment of silence, the great elder said.
¡°It seems that John and the Odyssey are here. It just so happens that we ask them for the details.¡±
After saying this, the great elder calmly said to the door of the conference room.
¡°Come in.¡±
Outside the door, Odyssey and John stood there quietly, waiting for a response from the great people inside before they pushed the door and walked inside.
Both of them looked a bit nervous at this time. After a second or two, they said together while bowing.
¡°I have seen all the elders.¡±
¡°Okay,e here.¡±
The Grand Elder beckoned them directly. When John and Odyssey came to the conference table, he said straightforwardly.
¡°John, Odyssey, tell us exactly about the situation at that time.¡±
The eyes of the thirteen elders fell on John and the Odyssey, causing the two to be even more nervous. After swallowing a mouthful of saliva, John took a deep breath, then started recounting the situation at that time.
The elders around the conference table listened quietly to John¡¯s narration, frowning as they heard more about the incident.
Things aren¡¯t that simple.
Not only there is a fifth-ss pathogen, there is another fourth-ss pathogen, and ording to John¡¯s description, this fourth-ss pathogen is also very powerful.
¡°If the fourth-ss pathogen escapes, then, in our gxy, there will be not only a fifth-ss pathogen but also a particrly powerful fourth-ss one.¡±
The expression on the Grand Elder¡¯s face was very ugly. To deal with the fourth-ss pathogen, they will need at least a giant fleet led by five Norton-ss destroyers to have some certainty to kill it.
And even so, they might not necessarily be able to kill it. After all, creatures of this level have a lot of means to save their lives and escape.
As for the fifth-ss pathogen, they are even more difficult to deal with.
¡°Elder¡¡±
At this time, John on one side hesitantly said, interrupting the thoughts of the great elder. When the great elder looked at him, he wiped the sweat from his forehead and said solemnly.
¡°I think now we must solve those two monsters as soon as possible.¡±
¡°They must have just had a big battle. Regardless of whether the fourth-ss pathogen has escaped or not, now is the best time to send troops.¡±
After hearing John¡¯s advice, the great elder nodded.
¡°You are right, but¡¡±
After hesitating for a moment, he sighed bitterly and said.
¡°We don¡¯t have that much manpower now¡¡±
¡°This¡¡¡±
Hearing the words of the great elder, John and Odyssey looked at each other, taken aback, but they quickly realized why.
The Supreme Blue Empire controls the entire Hunter gxy alone, so how can such a huge empire have no manpower to deal with a pathogen.
The reason for saying this is probably due to their battle against the Milky Way Gxy.
The Supreme Blue Empire invested the majority of troops there
¡°Great Elder.¡±
John couldn¡¯t help but suggest.
¡°We can slow down the war against the Milky Way gxy, for now, the most important thing is to deal with the fifth-ss pathogen.¡±
In John¡¯s opinion, the battle against the Milky Way is not urgent, the most important thing is to deal with the pathogen in their territory, as it constitutes the greatest danger to them now.
If they give enough time for that fifth-ss pathogen, it¡¯s probably not impossible for it to control the entirety of their gxy¡¯s intelligent creatures.
¡°You don¡¯t need to worry about this.¡±
The great elder waved his hand indifferently and said.
¡°John, Odyssey, you must be tired, go down first, we will discuss this matterter.¡±
¡°But¡¡± John wanted to say something, but he was held back by Odyssey, and finally could only walk out of the conference room with his head down.
The great elder who saw this scene shook his head slightly. How could he not know their priorities, but they had no other choice at the moment. They must fulfill that highness¡¯s order as soon as possible.
Releasing a long sigh, the great elder straightened his body and was about to continue the discussion with the other elders, but suddenly a harsh siren sounded outside the room.
Chapter 434: Appearing on the Imperial Planet
Chapter 434: Appearing on the Imperial
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°What happened?¡±
The great elder¡¯s heart suddenly jumped. He abruptly stood up, a solemn expression on his face. The other elders followed suit, very concerned about this urgent situation.
John and Odyssey have just reached the door. The two also heard the harsh rm, surprising them greatly. They rushed out of the door, came to a window, and Looked outside.
The harsh sirens became more pronounced at this time, apanied by bursts of noisy sounds, which were the noise of people quickly running across the street.
¡°It looks like something bad happened.¡±
They couldn¡¯t see the situation clearly from here, hence the two of them quickly jumped out from the edge of the window, then directly headed to a flying car parked on one side.
After getting on the flying car, it quickly turned on and flew straight towards the sky. They want to see the source of thismotion.
As soon as they flew into the sky, they saw a scene that petrified them. They saw a terrifying serpent flying in the sky behind the skyscraper where the elders hold meetings.
¡°That is¡¡¡±
Looking at the terrifying serpent wandering in the sky, both of them felt in a sluggish state, feeling almost like dreaming. After a while, John whispered.
¡°It¡¯s that serpent-pathogen, it¡ it actually came here.¡±
There was a chill in his heart. They were worried that this monster would enter the inner area of the Supreme Blue Empire and cause chaos, but never in their wildest imagination did they think that this monster would directly appear on the Imperial.
¡°John, I think this is an opportunity.¡±
Odyssey beside him had a ruthless look on his face.
¡°This is the perfect opportunity to kill this monster.¡±
After John heard Odyssey¡¯s words, he was taken aback for a moment, but he quickly reacted and said with an overjoyed look.
¡°Yes, this is the center of the Supreme Blue Empire, we can kill that monster here!¡±
He also had a fierce look on his face. The reason why the elders were short of manpower was that they had to send arge number of troops into the intergctic battlefield.
If they want to search for this serpent pathogen in the border area, they will need to spend a lot of manpower to search across all corners of their gxy.
To kill a pathogen of this level, they need a veryrge and powerful Imperial fleet. The small number of manpower they can send to patrol the border is too small, and they will definitely be destroyed if they encounter this monster.
That¡¯s why it¡¯s said that they can¡¯t deal with this pathogen now.
However, now that this serpent-pathogen directly appeared on the Imperial, they don¡¯t have this worry anymore, they can directly send arge number of troops to ughter it.
¡°So this is the fifth-ss pathogen you talked about.¡±
Just as John and the Odyssey were surprised by this turn of events, a voice suddenly rang beside them. At this moment, the two turned around and immediately saw thirteen figures standing on the buildings beside them. They are the thirteen elders of the empire.
But right now, these thirteen people are all staring at the serpent pathogen that is wandering like a dragon in the sky.
¡°Yes.¡±
John nodded, then immediately conveyed their previous thoughts to the 13 elders.
¡°Elders, this is a great opportunity, we should attack this giant serpent immediately.¡±
¡°With the power of the Imperial, it shouldn¡¯t be difficult to kill it.¡±
John sternly said.
¡°Even if the power of the Imperial is insufficient, there are nines near us. We can definitely kill it here.¡±
After saying this, he stared straight at the great elder in front of him.
The great elder didn¡¯t immediately answer after hearing his suggestion but fell into their thoughts deeply.
By now, in the highest sky, there was already arge number of spacecraft flying. They still haven¡¯tunched an attack, as if driving the giant serpent away.
Some governors and military personnel flew next to John and the elders, waiting for the elders¡¯ instructions, but at the moment the great elder is still thinking, hence everyone didn¡¯t dare to disturb him.
¡°Okay, immediately notify our war fleet. Take this opportunity and kill this pathogen here. Do not allow it to escape!¡±
The great elder waved his hand and gave this order.
Earlier, he was worried that if this serpent-pathogen was not resolved this time, then after forging a deadly feud with it, the Imperial will not remain peaceful.
But as John said, If this opportunity is wasted, they won¡¯t have such a good opportunity again.
In the streets and buildings in this prosperous central city, people who were shopping on the street suddenly saw a huge monster appear in the sky. Everyone was frightened at this moment, screaming and shouting as they fled.
On the streets, many government personnel started evacuating the crowd, and in many ces around, spaceships flew up to the sky, ready to attack the giant serpent at any sign of aggression.
Fang Yun was soaring above the sky. Not caring about those aggressive spaceships not far away. It¡¯s simply a dream for ordinary spaceships and battleships to attack him. To make him serious, they need to take out at least their most powerful battleships.
After wandering outside the atmosphere a few times, Fang Yun gradually left the¡¯s orbit. He could feel that his current reputation value was rising at a rapid rate.
¡°It will reach 170 billion soon.¡±
Fang Yun looked a little excited. Reputation is very important to him, and with every significant increase in reputation, his strength increases ordingly.
After returning to space, Fang Yun flew away, but this time arge number of battleships are following behind.
¡°So they are nning to get rid of me right here?¡±
Fang Yun nced at the back, only to see that the fleet behind him was already toorge. It¡¯s densely packed, one of the biggest fleets he ever saw.
In front of the huge fleet, there are three Norton-ss destroyers, madly pursuing Fang Yun, and behind them were forty or fifty Imperial-ss destroyers and hundreds of Victory-ss
Among them, he even saw several battle stars.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
From the weapons of these steel behemoths, countlessser beams were fired at Fang Yun.
Looking at the endless rays of heat and light, Fang Yun activated the ¡°Space Barrier¡±, directly shaking off all of thesesers.
In the next moment, he directly used ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± three times, targeting the three Norton-ss destroyers behind him. The mass of the three destroyers suddenly skyrocketed, attracting their counterparts and the other battleships near them in the fleet.
Suddenly, the entirety of the fleet was affected, many space fighters were forced to shift their course, colliding with other space fighters or battleships and exploding in the dark space.
Fang Yun¡¯s move this time caused great trouble for the fleet behind. Countless space fighters and even destroyers collided with each other.
While the fleet was still in a mess, Fang Yun turned his head around and released three superser beams towards the three Norton-ss destroyers.
He solved the majority of this fleet¡¯s firepower using just one skill. Only a small part of the fleet is still madly attacking Fang Yun, but they couldn¡¯t cause any damage to him for the time being.
Fang Yun suddenly elerated to light speed, getting rid of the fleet chasing behind him, then made a space jump,pletely disappearing from that area.
Chapter 435: The Influence of The Giant Serpent
Chapter 435: The Influence of The Giant Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°I should have dumped those guys.¡±
Fang Yun nced to the rear. He couldn¡¯t perceive the existence of the fleet behind at all. Holding his head up, he roared loudly. After a while, the giant turtle flew over from the distant starry sky.
The sea turtle is also quite capable now. It¡¯s a peerless genius Star Beast, with a power surpassing that of a third-ss pathogen, not far from the strength of a fourth-ss pathogen or a nightmare-ss star beast.
However, the he had previously appeared on is heavily guarded. With the strength of the giant turtle, it¡¯s likely to be trapped there.
After the two giant monsters yed around cheerfully in space, they flew away into the dark space.
Fang Yun did stray too far, he still hadn¡¯t the purpose of this trip yet.
He came here mainly to gain reputation value and at the same time, to cause trouble. He must drag down the manpower of the Supreme Blue Empire and make them unable to fight with the Milky Way gxy.
The development of the Human Federation has reached a critical period. Their military power is amongst the top in the gxy. They can evenpete with the SkyRiver Empire slightly.
The most important thing they need to do now is to increase the number of their forces
However, if the Hunter gxy continues to aggressively attack the SkyRiver Empire and the Milky Way, it will not be conducive to the development of the Federation. Especially since the Human Federation has suffered several attacks from them.
When they reached a rtively quiet area, Fang Yun and the giant turtle stayed there quietly. After a short period of time, the system prompted Fang Yun that his reputation value had finally reached 170 billion.
Finally, his skill points have reached 111 points, reaching the standard of replicating Sea Cow¡¯s skill.
After pondering for a moment, Fang Yun decided to copy Sea Cow¡¯s ¡°Space Copse¡±. It¡¯s a mighty skill; hence it¡¯s not a pity to spend 100 skill points on it.
Suddenly, the skill ¡°Space Copse¡± was added to his arsenal, but the skill level is zero. This skill is the same as the ¡°Anti-Matter Bomb¡± and ¡°Space Barrier¡±. It starts with 100 skill points and further upgrade requires 20 skill points.
¡°My skill points are not enough.¡±
Fang Yun sighed internally. He is now level 83. With each further evolution, he will earn more than 80 skill points. However, the bio-energy required for each further evolution is tremendous.
Hence the only solution for arge number of skill points in a short time is the increase in reputation value.
While Fang Yun was worried about hisck of skill points, there was a mess on the Imperial of the Supreme Blue Empire. Fang Yun¡¯s previous appearance had an unimaginable impact on this.
The people living on this are either the rich or nobles. They have never faced any danger in their lives, but when Fang Yun appeared above this¡¯s surface before, they really felt a sense of life and death crisis.
This is a fifth-ss pathogen!!
¡°John, the pathogen ran away.¡±
In an office, after Odyssey nced at the holographic screen in front of him, he informed John sitting on the sofa of thetest news.
After hearing this piece of news, John frowned and said.
¡°The appearance of this serpent-pathogen is too abrupt. Moreover, it didn¡¯tunch any attack but immediately left after wandering above the Imperial. It didn¡¯t give the time for the fleets in the 9 subordinates toe.¡±
¡°What do the elders think?¡±
¡°They will definitely attack the serpent-pathogen this time,¡±
Odyssey said very firmly.
John was finally a bit happy.
¡°Oh? Why did they suddenly change their mind¡±
He is of the radicalbat faction, so naturally, he hopes that the elder council will take action against this serpent-pathogen, he doesn¡¯t care about the strength of the troops.
¡°I heard that a consortium is putting pressure on the council of elders.¡±
Odyssey smiled and said, ¡°Although the council of elders is aloof. If most consortiums are united. Even the council of elders must give them an exnation.¡±
¡°Those guys with fat brains, they finally did something good,¡±
John said with a look of disdain. He looks down on these consortiums that hide behind when there is danger and jump up when there are benefits.
¡°So, all we can do now is to wait for the news here,¡± Odyssey responded with a smile.
It wasn¡¯t just John and Odyssey who was concerned about the serpent incident.
The entire Imperial was concerned about the giant serpent that appeared above them.
¡°Isn¡¯t there a guardian team near the Imperial? How can they allow a star beast of this size to appear in the atmosphere of the Imperial.¡±
On the street, someone wasining to the person next to him.
¡°That wasn¡¯t a star beast, I heard that it¡¯s a pathogen, and its level is not low. This time, many people will probably lose their heads due to their negligence.¡±
¡°They deserve it. I was scared to death before. I thought it was going to be over that time.¡±
¡°I don¡¯t know if they caught the giant serpent, otherwise, I wouldn¡¯t dare to go racing in the space near Emperor Star.¡±
Some wealthy people always like to take some special spaceships into space, then have a hearty racing activity.
The space near the Imperial is very empty and clean. In such an empty environment, their spacecraft can expand its speed to the extreme. This kind ofpetition can be used to test the difference in the performance of various spaceships, but it¡¯s just a luxurious pastime for the rich.
Every corner of the streets and alleys of Imperial was filled with conversations about the previous giant serpent. Even many news tforms talked about it.
Gradually, this news began to spread to others besides the Imperial, and the image of that giant serpent gradually spread across the Hunter Gxy.
¡°Everyone, what should we do now?¡±
In a conference room, the Great Elder of the Supreme Blue Empire looked at the other 12 elders in front of him and solemnly asked.
They also got the news that the fleet that they sent to chase the giant serpent suffered from heavy losses, and in the end, the serpent-pathogen escaped.
ording to the information sent back by that fleet, it can be concluded that the giant serpent has some sort of shield that can bounce all attacks, and a terrifying speed, infinitely close to light speed.
Currently, the Supreme Blue Empire doesn¡¯t have a spacecraft that can match this speed. The maximum is around sub-light speed or around 200,000 Km/s.
¡°Murray, now we have to find a solution to deal with that serpent.¡±
Sitting first on the left side of Great Elder Murray, the second elder said helplessly.
¡°The various consortia and big families on the Imperial are all asking us to deal with that pathogen.¡±
¡°Those guys are afraid that the pathogen will interfere with their lives.¡±
The second elder curled his lips upon saying this. He still remembered the fearful posture that those people showed when they called him.
¡°These guys don¡¯t have any of the qualities of a Supreme race noblemen.¡±
The second elder said with a look of contempt.
Chapter 436: Super Fleet
Chapter 436: Super Fleet
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°We must organize a team as soon as possible to get rid of that monster.¡±
The Great Elder Murray said solemnly. The matter of this great serpent has caused him headaches. A fifth-ss pathogen, how can it be solved so easily, they must use a sufficientlyrge force, and even so it will take a long time.
However, how can they have this condition at present?
If they fight on both sides, even with the power of the Hunter gxy, they will be dragged down.
Fighting against such an existence, low-levelbat power can¡¯t y any major role, and high-levelbat needs to be sufficient to deal with it, but if they do this, the situation on the intergctic battlefield will stagnate or even quickly regress.
If they had some weapon with a higherbat power than Norton-ss battleship, they wouldn¡¯t be so passive.
The other twelve elders were silent, thinking about countermeasures in their minds, all of them had an iparable headache on this matter. The only people they could use are the defensive forces of some nearbys. This force is indeed powerful enough, but it¡¯s not enough to deal with a fifth-ss pathogen with certainty.
Therge forces that can really deal with the pathogen are held in the hands of the king, and it¡¯s impossible to deploy manpower to them for the time being.
¡¡¡
The council of elders has begun to organize teams to hunt and kill the giant serpent. The Imperial, who originally had a gloomy atmosphere, seemed to be a lot lighter. The ordinary people who were scared by the giant serpent felt much more rxed.
Not only is the Imperial forming a team, but even the nine guardians next to the Imperial are preparing a team to deal with the giant serpent.
Finally, three dayster, a huge teamposed of thirty-three fleets was docked in the sky above the Imperial.
Thirty-three fleets, all led by more than one Norton-ss destroyer, this team had a total of more than 50 Norton-ss destroyers.
Such a huge team showed the determination of the elders to kill the giant serpent. This is almost all the military power guarding the Imperial.
If this team is destroyed, then the Supreme Blue Empire¡¯s imperial capital defense forces will immediately copse. If fleets from other empires appear here at this time, it will easily destroy the Supreme Blue Empire¡¯s imperial capital¡ªeven if there are many military defense weapons on each.
The news that Imperial dispatched 33 fleets to search for the serpent-pathogen was not hidden. All the people who were concerned about this incident learned the news immediately.
¡±The council of elders seems to be very concerned about this incident. It actually organized such arge team to find the serpent-pathogen. This is really some good news.¡±
¡°They sent away almost all the tens¡¯ defense forces. If some enemies attack at this time, what should they do?¡±
¡°The imperial capital is at the center of the Supreme Blue Empire. Who woulde here without knowing the knowledge of the elders?¡±
¡°It¡¯s hard to tell, hadn¡¯t the giant serpent appear without any warning?¡±
¡°You don¡¯t need to worry about this, but it¡¯s really not a good idea to leave Imperial Capital in such a defenseless state like this, I hope that monster can be solved soon.¡±
¡°I heard that fifty Norton-ss destroyers were dispatched this time. This is almost one-third of all the Norton-ss destroyers that our empire possesses.¡±
In space, Grand Elder Murray was sitting in the meeting room of a spaceship, talking to the captains of the thirty-three fleets.
Beside him were John and Odyssey, but they are not soldiers, this time they are just staying in the conference room with the great elder Murray, waiting for their colleagues to send back the news.
No way, their fleet has beenpletely crippled, and it¡¯s unknown whether it can be formed again.
¡°Have you remembered my previous words?¡±
Great Elder Murray looked at the thirty-three people in front of him and reminded them again.
¡°The serpent-pathogen is very powerful. You must be careful. If you find its trail. Don¡¯t act rashly! Don¡¯t startle the snake! Confirm your location, then send back the information to us!.¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
All the captains stood up and shouted loudly.
Then after a heavy salute to the elders, they walked out of the meeting room.
John and Odyssey looked at the back of these people. This is a very dangerous mission, they didn¡¯t know how many people coulde back.
They had seen the fight between the giant serpent and the golden behemoth. That cataclysmic scene is still fresh in their minds. They know the horror of the great serpent more than anyone else, that¡¯s why they are so determined to get rid of it.
They know that even if the best scenario urs and all 33 fleets surround the giant serpent, not many of them wille back alive even if they kill it.
All of these people know this and even so, they still didn¡¯t hesitate to go forward and hunt the great serpent, and this what garnered their respect.
¡¡¡¡¡
The giant fleet started moving. All the spaceships around the Imperial started moving around.
The spaceships of these fleets are equipped with top-level life detectors, which can sense lifeforms across an extremely long distance. The detection range will be evenrger if the living creature is acting violently.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that Imperial had already organized a lot of manpower to deal with him.
In the past few days, Fang Yun gained another 20 billion reputation points, granting him 209 skill points. Fang Yun used the skill points he received to upgrade ¡°Space Copse¡± a single time.
After experimenting with this skill, he found that its power is quite impressive. In terms of power, it¡¯s almost catching up with ¡°Anti-Matter Bomb¡±, its range is even bigger. Hisser beam skill isn¡¯tparable to it.
However, ¡°Space Copse¡± mustn¡¯t be used to destroys. Its disintegration power is too extreme, capable of reducing giants into inconspicuous dust, but in this way, there won¡¯t be any pieces of rocks left for him to eat.
Therefore, ¡°Super Laser Cannon¡± is still very useful, whether it¡¯s due to its strong pration ability or due to the fact that it can be used to breaks.
His reputation points are still rapidly increasing. He currently has around 100 skill points, not enough to upgrade any skill, but he should soon receive another batch of skill points.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun sted a not far away with hisser beam, then slowly swallowed therge dead rock fragments.
Right now he and the big turtle are leaving their previous hiding ce. He is nning to go out to see if he can find a suitable opportunity, then learn about the current movements of the Supreme Blue Empire and the news about him.
¡°There will definitely be a lot of information about this kind of thing. As long as I intercept a long-distance transport cargo ship leaving the Imperial, I should find the corresponding information.¡±
Fang Yun wandered around, thinking about the situation of the Hunter Gxy.
Suddenly, he stopped and looked at his left. Using electromaic detection in that direction, he unexpectedly had a discovery.
¡°A fleet ising?¡±
Fang Yun was a bit surprised.
On the other side, a huge fleet was moving quietly in space. Suddenly, they intercepted an unusual electromaic wave.
Chapter 437: Siege Against the Great Serpent
Chapter 437: Siege Against the Great Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Happy New Year!
_______________________________________________________________
When Fang Yun sensed that there was a fleet heading towards him, that fleet had just intercepted the electromaic wave he sent.
The electromaic wave emitted by Fang Yun has nothing special, but in this empty area of space, it¡¯s very weird that a rtively clear electromaic wave suddenly appeared.
This fleet took it seriously and informed the headquarters of what happened here, that is themand center where Great Elder Murray and the where John and the Odyssey were located.
¡°What, the 13th Fleet had a discovery?¡±
After the Great Elder Murray heard John¡¯s report, he was delighted. He quickly followed John and his subordinates to the control room.
There were a series of messages on the disy screen in the center. Great Elder Murray nodded after browsing it, he also agreed with the judgment of the 13th Fleet. There should be something unusual in that area, it¡¯s imperative to check it.
He followed the request of the 13th fleet and ordered the nearby fleets to head to that area.
¡°John, do you think that the electromaic wave intercepted by the 13th Fleet this time originated from that pathogen?¡±
¡°I hope so.¡±
John looked at the screen in front of him and said.
¡°If it is, we will no longer have to be worried.¡±
When talking about this, there was a smile on his face. A look of anticipation appeared in his eyes. He really hoped that the electromaic wave they captured this time belongs to that serpent-pathogen.
In this way, they won¡¯t have to worry about this pathogen causing disasters anymore.
Right at this time, the 13th Fleet requested a connection to the headquarters¡¯mand center.
After the call was connected, a figure appeared on the screen in front of John, Odyssey, and Great Elder Murray.
This person is the captain of the 13th Fleet. He stood straight in front of the camera and said solemnly.
¡°Elder Murray, we have intercepted another electromaic wave, and we have also sensed strong life fluctuations.¡±
He manipted the control panel in front of him. Suddenly, the image on the disy screen in front of John, Odyssey, and Elder Murray was divided into two, one was the picture of themander of the 13th fleet and the other turned into a few graphs.
¡°This¡¡¡±
There was a look of joy on Murray¡¯s face. Judging from this graph, the vitality of this creature is extremely exuberant. There¡¯s a very high chance that it¡¯s the great serpent they are looking for!
He immediately gave an order to the people in the control center.
¡°Convey my orders to all the fleets. Drop everything and Immediately head towards the 13th fleet! Send them the coordinates of the 13th fleet.¡±
Although these fleets are far apart from each other, they have space jumping technology. After just a few jumps, they gathered together.
In the control center of the spacecraft, the captain of the 13th Fleet, Harris, let out a sigh of relief. To be honest, as they got closer and close to the huge creature ahead, he became more and more nervous. In thest moments, his heart almost jumped out of his chest.
When the giant serpent appeared above the Imperial that day, he was also there and participated in the pursuit operation. During that time, the power of the great serpent shocked all of them.
At this moment, he slowed down the speed of their fleet a little, in order to wait for other people toe here. He absolutely doesn¡¯t want to face that monster alone.
Not long after, in the void next to the 13th Fleet, along with a burst of space ripples, a new fleet appeared next to them.
It¡¯s the sixth fleet.
Next, three more fleets joined them in a short time. At this moment, they had gathered a huge teamposed of five fleets.
Just this team is extremely powerful, enough to easily deal with any nightmare-ss creature or fourth-ss pathogen.
¡°Everyone.¡±
Harris, the captain of the 13th Fleet, started sending messages to the captains of the other fleets.
¡°Presumably you also sensed the vigorous vitality of that creature. What we must do now is to rush over and contain that creature so that it doesn¡¯t escape.¡±
¡°After that, we will wait for the rest of the fleets to rush over.¡±
After hearing the suggestion of the captain of the 13th Fleet, the others didn¡¯t say much, they agreed to this n. Not long after, the huge team elerated, quickly heading towards the huge creature ahead.
As their speed gradually increased, they got closer and closer to the creature emitting that extreme vitality.
¡°Hmm, this should be their vanguard force.¡±
Fang Yun has mastered the location of the team ahead. Contrary to the worry of the captain of the 13th Fleet, he never thought about running away. After fighting with this powerful fleet, he will not only get arge number of reputation points but also a tremendous amount of bio-energy points.
Aplete Norton-ss destroyer can provide him with billions of bio-energy points, and there¡¯s arge number of them this time, let alone the huge number of battleships following behind.
Mentioning to the giant turtle to retreat, he quickly flew towards the iing fleet. With his current skills and power, it shouldn¡¯t be difficult to deal with the fleet ahead.
¡°Heh, it seems that these guys have learned their lesson. They don¡¯t dare to distribute too densely.¡±
Fang Yun looked ahead and saw the scene in the distant space with his keen eyes. The fleet that is heading towards him is scattered around.
They should be afraid of the ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± that he used before on them.
¡°Let¡¯s greet them with aser beam.¡±
Fang Yun nced at the opposing fleet, locked on the opponent¡¯s Norton-ss destroyer, and directly shot two extremely powerfulser beams.
Almost the moment Fang Yun opened his mouth, the Norton-ss destroyer ahead activated its energy shield, but the Norton-ss battleship barely resisted twoser beams before the energy shield broke.
However, this attackpletely exposed Fang Yun¡¯s position. Countlessser beams fell towards him from the distant fleet. Lighting millions of miles of dark space.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun quickly locked the area with the leastser beams and quickly moved into it, but he was still hit by manyser beams, exploding many giant pits on his body. Unfortunately for the iing fleet, they quickly healed in a few seconds.
Turning his head around and looking forward, Fang Yun found that the Norton-ss battleship he had attacked before was now densely surrounded by other battleships, protected in the middle.
Fang Yun dodged several iing attacks again. With the distance between him and the opposite fleet, the vast majority of attacks can¡¯t touch him.
However, the fleet kept attacking without hesitation. They knew that although they can¡¯t kill the opposite monster, they can exhaust it, and as time passes, their manpower will slowly increase and so will be the great serpent¡¯s chance of death.
That fleet patiently rotated around Fang Yun¡¯s location, continuously attacking him without giving him the chance to rx.
Not only that, using their rotation system, retreating after enduring some of Fang Yun¡¯s attacks, and letting other battleships resist the next wave of attacks, made it difficult to destroy any of their Norton-ss battleships.
Chapter 438: Abrupt Escape
Chapter 438: Abrupt Escape
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The number of Norton-ss destroyers is limited, so they are not easily used inbat. Their function is generally about strategic deterrence.
However, in front of powerful enemies, like now, it¡¯s impossible to not make a move.
As the war against Fang Yun continued, these five fleets were turned upside down. Countless small battleships and space fighters were destroyed during the battle.
All the space fighters of this fleet can¡¯t resist his attacks or contain him. They can only be destroyed in front of his powerful attacks.
These fleets are cooperating very well. Every time Fang Yun is attacking the Norton-ss destroyers in their team, other battleships or cargo spaceships wille to help.
There is no sense of fear of life and death. Their cooperation is seamless, greatly hindering Fang Yun¡¯s attacks.
After all, the Great Elder Murray said at the beginning that they must protect the Norton-ss Destroyers. After all, they don¡¯t have much inventory of it.
Even if they manage to kill the great serpent this time, if the losses of the Norton-ss destroyers are too much, this operation can only be considered as a failure.
¡°Damn it, it won¡¯t work.¡±
In themand center of the headquarters, because of the connection, the Great Elder Murray, John, and Odyssey were all able to watch the battle in real-time.
At this time, they arepletely sure that they chose the right direction.
At first, they were thrilled to find their target so quickly; It seemed as if luck is on their side.
However, to their shock and fear, the vast teamposed of 5 Imperial fleets is actually at a considerable disadvantage in the face of the Great Serpent. It¡¯s almost being crushed.
¡°Boom!!¡±
On the disy screen in front of them, they watched as the great serpent¡¯ssers crushed dozens of space fighters on the way beforending on a battleship.
¡°Heh, I like situations like this the most.¡±
Fang Yun had a smile on his face. He rushed in front of a team of space fighters at light speed and crushed it with a wave of his gigantic tail.
¡°No!!¡±
The pilots of these space fighters could only release a despair-filled cry before being crushed. In front of Fang Yun¡¯s giant tail attack at near light speed. Not to mention these small space fighters even a small will be crushed.
¡°Although it¡¯sfortable to deal with these space fighters. It¡¯s the five Norton-ss destroyers that really threaten me.¡±
Fang Yun destroyed another space fighter not far away, then looked to his left side. On that side, there was arge number of space fighters and battleships protecting a Norton-ss battleship behind.
¡°They must still have some fleets behind, and it won¡¯t take them long to reach this area.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. Thinking for a moment, he turned his head around and fired two superser beams at the spaceships protecting the Norton-ss battleship.
¡°It¡¯s time to use the antimatter bomb.¡±
With these two supersers clearing the way, arge area was immediately vacated between him and the Norton-ss battleship. Fang Yun immediately flew closer while opening his mouth.
A ck sphere darker than the darkest space appeared in front of his mouth. The power and energy radiating from it distorted the surrounding void.
umting to the limit, Fang Yun released it towards the opposite Norton-ss battleship.
The Norton-ss Destroyer ahead had no time to escape. It could only helplessly resist the Antimatter bomb head-on.
The power of the anti-matter bomb was extremely terrifying. The energy shield of this Norton-ss destroyer resisted the ck sphere with all of its might, reluctantly stopping it.
Fang Yun naturally didn¡¯t just watch. He quickly released twoser beams towards the Norton-ss battleship, breaking its shield.
¡°BOOM!!!¡±
Without the obstruction of the energy shield, the ck sphere firmlynded on the Norton-ss battleship, resulting in an earth-shattering explosion and turning it into countless fragments.
¡°The current anti-matter bomb is just a bit more powerful than ¡°Super Laser cannon¡±. after the level of the anti-matter bomb increases, its power should increase dramatically.¡±
Fang Yun was a bit regretful. He thought he could reduce the Norton-ss Destroyer into pieces with a single shot, but it didn¡¯t matter too much, because this skill is already very powerful, and it still has a lot of room for growth.
¡°Buzz!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s body was flooded withser beams, roasting his flesh and creating countless craters on his body, but he quickly escaped.
¡°4 Norton-ss battleships are remaining.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze swept across the team and locked his targets, preparing to n to destroy the four Norton-ss destroyers, but at this time, a strange wave of fluctuations appeared not far away.
¡°Damn it, someone ising here.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s expression became ugly. He quickly turned around and left the battlefield.
¡°Forget it, let¡¯s leave first, but since these guys have sent such a powerful force to chase me, they shouldn¡¯t have left too many forces to protect their hometown.¡±
Fang Yun sneered, through his perception of the previous fluctuations, he noticed many giant fleets heading towards this area. Many times more numerous than the huge fleet that had been entangling him.
Through the information he collected before, he knows that there are definitely not many Norton-ss destroyers near the Imperial and the central area of the Empire. Since they sent so many fleets headed by Norton-ss battleships, how many high-ss forces remain in the Imperial now?
¡°Boom!!¡±
Finally, Fang Yun flew to a Norton-ss destroyer that had its energy shield broken and destroyed it, breaking the encirclement.
With many injuries on his body, Fang Yun quickly left the battlefield, disappearing into the distant dark space.
¡°Sh*t, he ran away.¡±
Inside the headquarters¡¯mand center, John waved his fist angrily. Despite their efforts, the great serpent still escaped before the major forces joined the battlefield.
In front of the Great Serpent¡¯s terrifying speed, it¡¯s wishful dreaming to catch up with it. Even if they send their fastest spaceship to follow, they will only be helplessly destroyed.
¡°We lost two Norton-ss destroyers, but we didn¡¯t gain anything at all?¡±
The great elder Murray gritted his teeth with anger. He could see that that pathogen has an extremely high attack power. The energy shield of Norton-ss battleships couldn¡¯t resist even two of its strikes.
For other battleships, the situation is even worse. It doesn¡¯t make a difference whether they deploy their energy shield or not.
¡°Great Elder Murray, what shall we do now?¡±
Harris, the captain of the 13th Fleet, asked the great elder Murray.
At present, more and more fleets have gathered on the previous battlefield, but they are indeed confused. They don¡¯t know whether to pursue the great serpent or retreat and disperse.
¡°Retreat and disperse separately, but you don¡¯t have to disperse too far, just patrol that area first.¡±
Murray arranged for Harris and the other fleet captains, then turned off themunicator.
On the other side, after Fang Yun got rid of the huge fleet behind him, he wandered freely in space. Not long after, a giant turtle was following behind him.
The two giant monsters headed towards the direction of the Imperial of the Supreme Blue Empire.
Chapter 439: Attacking the Imperial Planet
Chapter 439: Attacking the Imperial
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
This time, the fleet sent by the Supreme Blue Empire to search for Fang Yun was still conducting a carpet-style search near the battle area, but Fang Yun had already left that area.
After several space jumps, Fang Yun appeared next to the atmosphere of the Supreme Blue Empire Imperial again. He was in a very high position, with the addition of his stealth skills. Not only the living creature of the Imperial bt even many secret instruments couldn¡¯t detect his appearance.
¡°Although there are no Norton-ss battleships, there are still many Battlestars in the orbit of the Imperial.¡±
Looking at the small s¡± orbiting around the Imperial, Fang Yun pondered, thinking about countermeasures. There are a total of 13 Battlestars surrounding the Imperial.
Every Battlestar probably possesses the strength of a Norton-ss destroyer, but this type of weapon has a fatal weakness, that is itsck of speed and agility.
However, its defense is very high, even higher than Norton-ss battleships. After all, due to their gigantic bodies, it¡¯s perfectly possible to install many energy shields at the same time.
In addition to these Battlestars in space, there must be some ground-to-air weapons on the surface of the Imperial. This is the most central and important of this huge gctic empire. Not even 3-year-olds will believe that it has no protective measures.
This is why Murray dared to send so many Norton-ss destroyers to search for Fang Yun.
¡°No matter what, let¡¯s solve these Battlestars first.¡±
Fang Yun decided, his gaze locked a Battlestar not far from him, this Battlestar is like a miniature with a diameter of 100 kilometers.
Inside this ¡±, there must be many hidden energy generators and weapons. The quality of these weapons and generators are isn¡¯t as high as that of Norton-ss battleship, but their quantity is definitely many times higher.
¡°I wonder if myser beam can destroy these Battlestars without their energy shields.¡±
Fang Yun was eager to try, looking at the slowly moving ¡°smalls¡± not far away, he suddenly opened his mouth and released a hugeser beam.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Thisser instantly crossed a distance of tens of thousands of miles and headed to the Battlestar targeted by Fang Yun. The people inside the Battlestar were frightened by the sudden attack and started spreading around.
¡°Damn it, enemy attack, enemy attack!!!¡±
Roars and screams sounded from the Battlestar, but the reaction of the automatic defense machine was countless times faster than theirs. In just a fraction of a second, a huge energy shield appeared around the Battlestar, just in time to defend against theser beam.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
The bright light lit up, submerging the entire Battlestar.
Looking at this scene from the distance, Fang Yun sighed helplessly. He knew that he had failed this time. The energy shield of the opposite Battlestar was instantly activated in front of his sneak attack, defending against hisser beam.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun released an earth-shattering howl, then didn¡¯t bother to hide anymore, appearing in the dark space.
In the distance, many Battlestars were attracted by the movement here, immediately noticing the existence of Fang Yun. A momentter, all the soldiers that saw Fang Yun started shouting.
¡°Monster! The serpent-pathogen is here!¡±
The thirteen Battlestars started flying towards Fang Yun. Not only that, they immediately sent an urgent message to Murray.
The great elder Murray quickly received the news, greatly shocking and upsetting him. A momentter, he shouted loudly.
¡°Everyone listens to my order, don¡¯t care about the costs, use the space jump, and rush to the Imperial at the fastest speed!¡±
He was extremely nervous, afraid that something happens to the Imperial. While giving orders to the many fleets, hemunicated with the forces in the Imperial.
When he knew that the Battlestars over there were fighting head-on with the great serpent, he breathed a sigh of relief. With the Battlestars, they should be able to hold for a while.
¡°Whoosh! Whoosh!¡±
Manyser beams wereunched towards Fang Yun. Theseser cannons looked very powerful, possessing temperaturesparable to the sun core and energy capable of easily destroyings.
These Battlestars gathered together, continuing to attack Fang Yun with rains ofser beams. Fang Yun shuttled through theser beams relying on his speed, flying between two Battlestars.
Suddenly, the two Battlestars turned theirser attacks off, to avoid the fate of attacking each other.
They need to move to the opposite side of Fang Yun in order to attack him with certainty. Unfortunately, they are too slowpared to him;
¡°Damn it, Jack, set the engine to maximum speed!¡±
In the Battlestar to the left of Fang Yun, Themander started yelling at his subordinates. Even if the engine power was set to the maximum, Fang Yun was still entangling them. He suddenly released an ¡°Anti-Matter Bomb¡±, distorting the Battlestar¡¯s energy shield.
Immediately afterward, he released three moreser beams,pletely destroying the energy shield and breaking the Battlestar.
¡°It takes almost fourser beams to destroy the energy shield of a Battlestar.¡±
Fang Yun came to the conclusion that the defense of a Battlestar is almost 2 times more durable than the Norton-ss battleship¡¯s energy shields. He only needs twoser beams to break Norton-ss battleships¡¯ energy shields.
However, Fang Yun still felt that a Battlestar is easier to deal with than a Norton-ss battleship. Mostly due to its slow maneuverability and speed.
After solving the first Battlestar, he used the same trick to solve two other Battlestars. The time from the beginning of the battle to now is only about 1 minute.
¡°Haha, it¡¯s time to slip away.¡±
Fang Yunughed. He had already noticed that the Imperial fell in a panic again. He could see the panic and trouble he caused from the¡¯s orbit.
¡°It¡¯s the Serpent-pathogen again!.¡±
¡°Damn it, what the hell is the elders¡¯ council doing? Do they really feel that their position is unbreakable?¡±
¡°Why haven¡¯t they killed that monster yet?¡±
¡°Mom, I¡¯m afraid.¡±
On the Imperial, chaos urred everywhere, many people stared in fear and horror at the battle outside the atmosphere.
Fang Yun who caused all of this quickly moved away from the, disappearing into the distance.
Shortly after, along with a burst of space fluctuations, Murray¡¯s fleet appeared next to the Imperial, followed by one war fleet after the other.
Chapter 440: Lurking in the Void
Chapter 440: Lurking in the Void
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Murray was standing in the control center of a Norton-ss battleship, looking at the wreckage of the Battlestars floating in space with a gloomy face.
This serpent-pathogen not only has an extremely high force, but also a very high IQ. Its whereabouts are also very erratic, and it¡¯s extremely difficult to find it or kill it.
¡°Hah¡¡±
Murray released a very long sigh. He is also helpless, their Supreme¡¡Blue Empire actually caused such trouble at this critical moment.
¡°It¡¯s fine if this happened in normal times, but it¡¯s a pity.¡±
Now their Supreme Blue Empire needs to use troops to deal with the Milky Way. It¡¯s hard for them to separate enough forces to protect the Imperial and deal with that pathogen.
¡°Elder Murray, now we¡¡±
Besides Murray, both John and Odyssey were frowning. This Pathogen is very flexible and fast, not to mention its high IQ. They felt very upset at being treated like a monkey.
Now their military will not continue to send out troops on arge scale, otherwise, the Imperial will be attacked again.
This time, from the time when the Battlstars sent a rescue signal to when they arrived, about a minute and a half passed, but during this time, 3 Battlestars were destroyed.
After a brief investigation, they found that the Battlestars were thoroughly destroyed, not a single person inside survived.
¡°Now, we can¡¯t actively search for that pathogen anymore.¡±
Murray sighed and said.
¡°Next, all fleets will stay near the Imperial, mainly to guard against the invasion of that pathogen.¡±
That¡¯s the only thing they can do now.
However, how many fleets should remain to protect the Imperial is also a problem. There are 9 other importants near the Imperial.
There are many nobles on theses, and they require their protection.
¡°In this way, isn¡¯t it necessary to expand the protection area of the fleet?¡±
Murray felt deeply worried.
This is the trouble of incurring enmity with a fifth-ss pathogen. It requires many extremely powerful battleships to be able to fight against it, and an Empire at the level of the Supreme Blue Empire doesn¡¯t have many of it.
¡°I should talk with the other elders about this first.¡±
Murray thought muttered indistinctly. For the time being, he ordered the fleet to focus on protecting the Imperial.
He is afraid that the serpent-pathogen is still lurking nearby. The crisis of the Imperial still wasn¡¯t lifted yet.
¡°Go, let¡¯s go back to the first.¡±
Murray said to John and Odyssey, ordering their spacecraft to descend on the central city of the Imperial.
On the other hand, after Fang Yun caused a lot of trouble to the Imperial, he didn¡¯t immediately leave. He is still wandering on the edge of the Blue Empire¡¯s sr system.
The imperial capital of the Supreme Blue Empire is these tens. The central is called the Imperial, and the nine outers are divided into twoyers to protect the Imperial in the middle.
The distance between these tens isn¡¯t too big. Of course, rtively to the entire sr system. Overall, the supreme Blue Empire had carefully set the distance between each of the tens to be not too far but not too close. About 1.2 to 1.5 million kilometers.
¡°These guys probably don¡¯t dare to search for me anymore.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t n to leave this area. He ns to stay here to attract the attention and manpower of the Supreme Blue Empire.
By now, he also knew that the king of the Supreme Blue Empire is coordinating the invasion of the Milky Way, and he isn¡¯t nning to recall the forces he sent into the intergctic battlefield.
Now, what he needs to do is to contain these fleets here so that they can¡¯t join the intergctic battlefield.
¡°I wonder how the Milky Way is doing right now.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but think about the situation of the Milky Way. At the same time, he thought of Tang Guo.
ording to the news that Angelo has transmitted to him, Tang Guo has disappeared. Perhaps dead or perhaps in some corner of the Universe.
No matter what kind of result it is, it¡¯s not a good thing for her. Thinking about this, Fang Yun¡¯s heart ached for his friends. At the same time, his eyes looking at the tens not far away became colder and colder.
¡°Woooo!¡±
The big turtle seemed to feel the change in Fang Yun¡¯s mood, whimpering softly and leaned gently nudging its head against him,forting him.
Fang Yun smiled back at the giant turtle, then both his and the turtle¡¯s body shed, hiding in the void.
Earlier, he also thought about directlyunching an attack on one of the 10s, after all, they are part of the central area of the Supreme Blue Empire.
But thinking about it, he still gave up temporarily. He is intending to wait until his strength increases before trying again.
His reputation points are still rapidly growing, at the same time, his bio-energy points have almost reached the evolution requirements. It won¡¯t take long before his strength increases again.
At the moment, the most important thing is to improve the two mass destruction skills, ¡°Space Copse¡± and ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±. For example, ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± is more powerful than ¡°Super Laser Cannon¡± despite only being level 2. Fang Yun looked forward to its might at level 5.
Currently, he needs 4 to 5ser beams to break the energy shield of a Battlestar, but after reaching level 3, he will be able to directly break its energy shield with one strike.
In addition, he wants to attack thoses, but it will be very difficult. In addition to anti-space weapons on the surface of the, there is a gigantic energy shield capable of covering the entirety of the.
However, its defense area is too wide. If they truly cover the entire, the energy shield wouldn¡¯t be able tost for a long time, hence they usually only cover the attacked side.
Overall, attacking these 10s will require a long time of deliberation and nning. If only there was something capable of attracting the attention of the Empire¡
¡°Now that I think of it, why hasn¡¯t there been any news about that golden behemoth recently.¡±
Fang Yun crouched in the void, wanting to see if he could get the news of the golden behemoth. That pathogen also came to this ce from the Milky Way, and he doesn¡¯t believe that it came here to y.
In fact, Fang Yun is a little confused, why did that guy leave in the Milky Way gxy?
Creatures such as pathogens need to continuously infect intelligent creatures and acquire believers, as long as they have enough believers, even if they are killed, they will eventually resurrect along with the call of their believers.
There are still so many intelligent creatures and civilizations in the Milky Way gxy. Moreover, there is still war and chaos there. As long as it gives a little hope to these confused and fearful people, many will be its believers.
¡°Strange¡¡±
In fact, the golden behemoth is currently infecting the citizens of the Supreme Blue Empire, but Fang Yun doesn¡¯t know about this yet.
¡°If that guy is still here, I hope that he infects this Supreme Blue Empire. It should cause them a lot of trouble.¡±
What Fang Yun didn¡¯t expect was that his hopes were fulfilled. On this day, a message was sent to Great Elder Murray, causing his heart to sink.
Chapter 441: Large Infection Area
Chapter 441: Large Infection Area
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In an extremely luxuriously decorated office, Murray listened to the report of his subordinates, sluggishly looking at the report file in his hand.
¡°How can it be?¡±
At this moment, he tightly clenched the paper in his hand, angrily tearing it into pieces.
¡°Did you block the news?¡±
Murray solemnly looked up at the subordinates in front of him.
His subordinate Payne nodded solemnly.
¡°Elder Murray, although we temporarily blocked the news, I am afraid it will not be blocked for too long.¡±
¡°After all, the infected area this time is too wide.¡±
Hearing Payne¡¯s words, Murray frowned, looking at the reports files in front of him. The frightening words and scary numbers on it caused him to feel a bit dizzy.
¡°How could this be?¡±
Suddenly he felt a deep sense of powerlessness. ording to the information in the report document, about 50,000 light-years away from the imperial capital, there is an area with a diameter of 70 light-years, entirely infected by the pathogen.
The number of infected people can be counted in the trillions!
Judging from the situation there, those infected people respectfully address the pathogen as the ¡°Great Will¡±. Furthermore, these people are constantly spreading forward.
¡°Unexpectedly, it infected such arge area without making any sign. What is the level of that pathogen?¡±
Murray scanned the report file again, but he didn¡¯t get the corresponding information on it. He looked at his subordinate Payne seriously.
¡°Haven¡¯t you seen the real body of the pathogen yet?¡±
¡°No.¡±
Payne shook his head. Their forces only observed that people in that area are very likely infected by a pathogen, but they did not conduct an in-depth investigation.
This situation is too dangerous and generally requires specialized personnel to handle it.
At present, they can only block off that area and prohibit all spacecraft from entering or leaving it. Of course, this method cannotpletely prevent the spread of these infected.
The area affected is too wide and the number of infected is too much.
If an infected person sneaks into a safe area and hides their identity as an infected person, it will cause a disaster, infecting other people and increasing the influence of the pathogen.
Infected people who can hide their identity and can act no differently from normal are generally those who are deeply ¡°poisoned¡± amongst infected people. They are not just fanatical worshipers, but can even be counted as the clones of the pathogen. At some certain times, they can transform their bodies and disy a part of the pathogen¡¯s power.
¡°Elder Murray, should we send more staff there?¡±
Payne hesitantly asked great elder Murray. They must quickly clean all the intelligent creatures in the infected area.
This is simple for a giant like the Supreme Blue Empire, which has various high-tech weapons. They can directly destroy thes of the infected.
For Norton-ss battleships, a fewsers are enough to destroy a giant.
Even in this case, they don¡¯t even need to dispatch Norton-ss destroyers, Imperial-ss destroyers are more than enough. However, what they must worry about is not those infected intelligent creatures but the Pathogen behind them.
The pathogen certainly won¡¯t watch as they ughter its believers, and to deal with a pathogen that can silently infect an area stretching over dozens of light-years, they need Norton-ss destroyers.
It¡¯s a pity that this is a critical time. They need arge number of Norton-ss destroyers to deal with the serpent-pathogen here.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Murray cursed inwardly, this series of disasters caused him a splitting headache. He really doesn¡¯t know how to deal with this matter.
¡°Payne, you lead ten fleets led by Norton-ss destroyers to the target area and resolve this problem as soon as possible!¡±
Murray took a deep breath and finally made a decision.
However, even though he made a decision, his heart still felt heavy. With the 10 mission Norton-ss battleships and their fleet, the defense of the central capital will greatly drop, making it harder to deal with the serpent-pathogen.
¡°Yes.¡±
Payne nodded, then turned and walked out of the office.
Murray sat dejectedly on the office chair; he can only pray silently in his heart, praying that there won¡¯t be an attack on the central capital until Payne resolved this matter.
¡°Why are there so many disasters in the Supreme Blue Empiretely.¡±
Murray¡¯s face was very gloomy. Now there are two extremely powerful pathogens in the empire. Not to mention the serpent-pathogen, the other pathogen that appeared in the corner of their gxy is certainly no weakling.
After all, it can silently infect such arge area. It must be at least a third-ss pathogen, possibly a fourth-ss one.
¡°Now that the empire is fighting on the three fronts, I wonder if we can slow down the war. We really shouldn¡¯t have attacked the Milky Way so hastily at that time.¡±
Currently, the Milky Way is not only dragging arge part of their military force but also arge number of manpower and financial resources.
Murray sighed internally, but he can¡¯t change anything. After all, this is the order that that highness gave to their Supreme Blue Empire.
If it can¡¯t be done, his status in the Supreme Blue Empire will not be guaranteed.
Thinking of this, he smiled bitterly. Back when he was selected by that lord, he was still cheering and rejoicing, but now it seems that the mission he was entrusted with is not so easy to aplish.
While Murray was doubting life in his office, Payne had led ten fleets of Norton-ss destroyers to leave the Imperial, heading in a certain direction.
The huge fleet flew quietly in space. After reaching the target location, they will activate the space jumping device.
Before starting to space jumps, one must select a safe route to ensure that there are norge celestial bodies on the way. Otherwise, if they get too close to a celestial body, the spacecraft will be forcibly pulled out of the Hyperspace, greatly damaging them.
Now they are heading to a base called ¡°Kuiper¡±. There is a safe location there with a route directly leading them to their destination.
When Payne just left the Imperial, Fang Yun was still spinning around the sixs in the outermostyer of the Supreme Blue Empire, hence he quickly discovered their fleet.
¡°Huh? These guys left the Imperial?¡±
Fang Yun was very surprised. At this critical time, how can those leaders in the Imperial casually dispatch so many Norton-ss fleets, aren¡¯t they afraid that he will attack them?
¡°They shouldn¡¯t be this stupid, did something happen?¡±
Fang Yun wondered. Not knowing that a pathogen is causing trouble at the edge of the Empire, infecting an incrediblyrge area. This news hadn¡¯t spread yet to the public, hence even if he invaded thework, he still wouldn¡¯t know this news.
Chapter 442: Slaughter
Chapter 442: ughter
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°I should follow and see.¡±
After making up his mind, Fang Yun immediately followed behind them, hidden far behind, outside of their detection range.
Under his perception, this fleet is extremelyrge, with 10 Norton-ss destroyers leading the team.
¡°It seems that the Supreme Blue Empire has encountered some trouble, or maybe this fleet¡¯s destination is the Milky Way?¡±
Fang Yun Pondered deeply. After some moments, he stealthily approached and slowly invaded thework of a Victory-ss battleship. He must determine their destination.
Soon he got the information he wanted, but he doesn¡¯t know the mission of this fleet, just the coordinates of their destination.
ording to the coordinates he got, they shouldn¡¯t be heading towards the Milky Way gxy.
¡°I¡¯m really curious about what these guys are going to do now.¡±
Fang Yun decided to follow this fleet. At the same time, he sent an electromaic wave to the giant turtle, asking it to hide and follow him.
About three dayster, they reached their initial goal. This is the area they selected to start the space jump. After the fleet jumped into the hyperspace, Fang Yun also jumped into the Hyperspace and followed behind.
¡°Payne, what¡¯s the matter?¡±
Inside the control center of themand ship, Payne¡¯s adjutant Oliver asked him.
¡°Do you have something on your mind?¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
Payne nodded. ¡°Oliver, Do you think that this time, the attack on the Milky Way is a mistake?¡±
¡°We have invested too much military power and resources over there.¡±
He sighed and shook his head and said. ¡°Although our topbat power is one level higher than that of the Milky Way, Norton-ss destroyers cannot be mass-produced. If we want to truly conquer this gxy with our current forces, it will take us many years.¡±
¡°Heh.¡±
Hearing that, Oliver smiled bitterly and said, ¡°Payne, don¡¯t say anything like this anymore. You and I can¡¯t change the decision of the ones above¡±
He shook his head helplessly.
¡°Right now, we should think about how toplete our mission as soon as possible. The Imperial needs us.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
Payne nodded, not mentioning this issue anymore, but his brows were still deeply furrowed.
Just as Payne and Oliver were talking, their huge fleet jumped into the hyperspace, one team after the other.
¡°Let¡¯s go too.¡±
Fang Yun and the big turtle also jumped into the hyperspace.
Currently, both of them can travel a long distance in space, after all, they have evolved so many times.
Soon, they reached their destination. When they came out of the hyperspace, they had already arrived in another area.
This area is undoubtedly much more deste than the center of the Hunter Gxy he had been in before. Looking at the empty area ahead, Fang Yun started searching for the fleet they had been following, but instead of finding it, he had found another thing.
He found a warning rod in an area millions of kilometers away, with red and blue light shing on it, bursting with harsh electromaic waves from time to time.
¡°It seems to be preventing spaceships from entering.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the warning rod with a look of surprise, he knew that this was a signal blocking any iing spaceship from moving forward.
If any spaceship appeared here, they will receive a message warning them from continuing forward. If they insist on doing so, the warning rod will send a message to the headquarters of the Empire so that they can hunt them.
Fang Yun was very interested in this sealed area of space, he waved to the giant turtles then flew inside. ording to his guess, he should get the answer as to why the Supreme Blue Empire sent that huge fleet inside.
In the deste and lonely space, Fang Yun moved forward silently along with the giant turtle. About a weekter, he finally discovered a.
On this, there are many of the Empire¡¯s citizens, but he found out that three destroyer battleships flew from the distance and started attacking this.
¡°They are attacking their citizens.¡±
After seeing this scene, Fang Yun was shocked. This was simply a ughter. The three huge battleships destroyed all of their defense equipment, then started attacking the, breaking the huge continents and killing countless intelligent creatures.
The defense force on that was simply unable to do anything. After a few bombardments, the entire topography of the changed, huge continents were sunk and all living creatures were killed.
Powerfulser beams continued striking the, destroying the surface of the and prating deep into the underground, changing a of life into a huge dead rock, filled with bubbling magma.
¡°Let¡¯s go to the next infected.¡±
Using electromaic signals to infiltrate the three battleships, Fang Yun listened to the conversation between the captain and subordinates inside.
¡°Infected?¡±
After hearing this term, Fang Yun finally realized what¡¯s going on. It turned out that infected intelligent creatures appeared here.
Since Infected intelligent creatures appeared, a pathogen must be nearby.
¡°A pathogen actually caused the Supreme Blue Empire to dispatch so many fleets¡¡±
Fang Yun was amazed, suddenly a sh of light shed through his mind.
¡°Pathogen¡It wouldn¡¯t be that golden behemoth, right?¡±
The more he thought about it, the more he felt that it¡¯s highly possible.
Although this ce is far away from the area where they fought before, for creatures at their level that can casually cross space, distance isn¡¯t an obstacle.
¡°Haha, I wonder what kind of expression will appear on the golden behemoth¡¯s face after seeing me again?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with bad thoughts, smirking evilly. Every time the golden behemoth encounters him, it can only escape after getting beaten up. It should have a psychological shadow by now.
The three battleships not far away headed towards the next life after destroying this now.
¡°Are they nning to wipe out all intelligent creatures in this area?¡±
Fang Yun shook his huge head, but there was no sympathy in his heart. Firstly, he isn¡¯t of the same life ss as them, and secondly, he has no sympathy for this enemy Empire that casually invades other civilizations and ughters as they like.
Most importantly, Tang Guo¡¯s disappearance was caused by these guys.
¡°I wonder how manys had the golden behemoth infected. That guy is really good enough. He actually caused the Imperial to dispatch such arge force.¡±
Fang Yun followed that small fleet for more than a week, during which he watched them destroy over 30 lifes, killing an uncountable number of their citizens.
Fang Yun watched this scene coldly. He was also amazed at how many living creatures did that golden behemoth infect.
Fang Yun continued following the fleet, watching them destroy one after the other, but on this day, things changed.
Chapter 443: The Pathogen Appears
Chapter 443: The Pathogen Appears
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
A fleet moved silently in space, every ship has instruments dedicated to detecting life fluctuations. Of course, it might not be able to detect special lifeforms, but it¡¯s more than enough to detect the life fluctuations of ordinary intelligent creatures.
¡°Payne, there is another life not far ahead.¡±
Oliver looked at the instrument in front of him with an unbearable expression on his face.
¡°Those are ourpatriots, but right now¡¡±
He didn¡¯t speak anymore, but it could be seen that he was depressed from his expression.
¡°There is no other way,¡± Payne said calmly.
¡°They can no longer be regarded as ourpatriots. If we don¡¯t get rid of them in time, they will infect our entire gxy, turning everyone into the pathogen¡¯s ves.¡±
Oliver nodded. Although this extermination is indeed inevitable, he still felt painful at the thought of ughtering so many of hispatriots.
Payne shook his head slightly. He knew that his deputy has a shoring, that is, he is verypassionate and tolerant towards theirpatriots. This has something to do with the environment where he grew up, everyone was kind to him.
Beingpassionate is a good thing, but in special circumstances, it might turn into a bad thing.
As a warrior executing the orders of the higher-ups, what they need is a cold and merciless heart, they don¡¯t need to think about the consequences of their actions let alone question it. They must just fulfill their mission.
The fleet continued moving forward, but at this time, the spacecraft¡¯s instruments suddenly started ringing, pulling out Payne and Oliver from their thoughts.
¡°What¡¯s wrong?¡±
Oliver asked the staff next to him. The staff member who was questioned continued tapping on the control board as he reported to him.
¡°We have entered an abnormal maic field, causing some o our equipment to malfunction.¡±
¡°I see, deploy the energy shield!¡±
Payne frowned.
In space, it¡¯s not rare to encounter an abnormal maic field, but encountering this time, on a dangerous mission is simply bad luck.
During this mission, it¡¯s highly likely that they will encounter a pathogen, and encountering an abnormal maic field this time is simply bad luck. It might even be rted to the pathogen.
¡°All units and teams, prepare for battle!¡±
In the end, he gave this order to the fleet. No one in the fleet questioned his order. All the spaceships entered a state ofbat.
Thepartments of many cargo spaceships and battleships opened up, releasing countless space fighters.
All spacecraft started shielding the abnormal maic field, but the further they moved forward, the more intense this maic field became.
¡°Damn, this abnormal maic field is strengthening.¡±
Payne watched the data on the dashboard in front of him. If they continue to move forward, this maic field might be strong to the extent that their spaceships can¡¯t withstand it, or they might fly out of the abnormal maic field area/maic cloud.
¡°Go back, go back!¡±
Payne knew that he couldn¡¯t move on, they can¡¯t risk it.
¡°We need to get out, then go around this maic field cloud.¡±
Along with his solemn order, the entire fleet started turning around, preparing to leave this maic field cloud and detour around, but at this time, beforepleting the turning motion, the entire fleet came to a halt
Right in front of them, space started distorting, after which a huge golden shadow appeared.
¡°Roar!!!!¡±
The moment this huge shadow appeared, a sharp howl rang across this entire dark area. Through a special detection device, all spaceships in that area were able to transform the violent electromaic waves sweeping around into a terrifying howl.
Sharp and hoarse, it sounded extremely prating.
The shadow in front of Payne¡¯s fleet gradually became clear. It can be seen that this is a weird giant creature, at least forty to fifty kilometers long. At the same time, it¡¯spletely golden and shining. If it weren¡¯t for its hideous appearance, it would appear extremely handsome and majestic.
¡°It¡¯s the pathogen.¡±
When Payne clearly saw the behemoth ahead, he said with a deep voice,pletely certain that this is the culprit. Suddenly, the golden behemoth opened its mouth and released a giant golden beam towards the leading battleship.
In the face of this sudden attack, the leading Destroyer immediately activated its energy shield, defending against the iingser attack and resist the explosion afterward.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
The golden behemoth didn¡¯t hesitate tounch the secondser beam, breaking the energy shield and damaging the battleship.
The golden behemoth suddenly released a huge spider, prating the dark space and crossing tens of thousands of kilometers. Almost instantly, The spider web appeared next to the battleships whose energy shield was broken then wrapped around it.
Without giving others the chance to react, the golden behemoth quickly pulled out the wrapped battleship towards it, then used its space maniption topress it before swallowing it.
¡°n!!!¡±
In the control center of themand ship, Payne stared at this scene with wide eyes, then screamed crazily. The captain of that Victory-ss battleship is one of the old subordinates that has apanied him across countless difficulties and trials. He is one of the few people he can trust and entrust his life with.
¡°Damn beast!¡±
Payne yelled angrily.
¡°Everyone! Execute n Delta! Immediatelyunch an attack on this pathogen! You don¡¯t have to worry about energy consumption!¡±
Payne is very tense at the moment. Although his heart is filled with bubbling anger, he knew that as themander-in-chief, he has to keep absolute calm.
This pathogen isn¡¯t easy to deal with. Its control of space is extremely high.
Under his order, all the Destroyers began to spread out. All space fighters were split into ten different teams,posing different formations.
These space fighter teams quickly flew towards the golden behemoth, then surrounded it from all sides.
Of course, each team is far away from each other, but they have locked the golden behemoth and are ready to attack at any time.
Their main attack weapon is theirser cannons. Even if each individual cannon isn¡¯t as powerful as the main cannon of destroyer battleships, the gathering of tens of thousands of cannons constitutes a threat far beyond that.
Chapter 444: Golden Behemoth VS Imperial Fleet
Chapter 444: Golden Behemoth VS Imperial Fleet
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Fire!¡±
Inside the control center of themand ship, once Payne saw that their space fighters teams have locked the golden behemoth, he angrily gave this order.
Under his order, over ten thousand space fighters activated theirser cannons, sending countlessser beams towards the golden behemoth.
When theseser beams approached the golden behemoth, the surrounding space started distorting, deflecting the trajectory of theseser beams.
Unfortunately, because these space fighterspletely surrounded the golden behemoth from all sides, it couldn¡¯t deflect all of theser beams. From the 10,000ser beams, more than 9000 were deflected to the side, almost destroying the space fighters in their way.
However, the remaining hundreds ofser beams continued moving towards the golden behemoth. Just as they were about to touch it, the golden behemoth¡¯s giant body shed, disappearing from that location.
When it reappeared again, it was already outside of the space fighters¡¯ encirclement, right above them. Suddenly, its body started trembling at a certain frequency.
The space fighters in the vicinity suddenly felt that an unusually strong maic field appeared in the surrounding space,pletely destroying their electronic instruments.
More than 500 space fighters couldn¡¯t control their trajectory and either collided or shot each other.
¡°It¡¯s indeed stronger than thest time I saw it.¡±
After seeing the collision between the Golden Behemoth and the Supreme Blue Empire¡¯s fleet, Fang Yun came to this conclusion. This golden behemoth is several times stronger thanst time, infinitely close to the fifth level.
It should be due to the incrediblyrge number of believers it developed in this area.
¡°The reason why this golden behemoth was able to develop at such a speed should be due to the remoteness of this ce and the distraction of the Empire.¡±
Fang Yun analyzed carefully. He felt that this guy should have infected a lot of intelligent creatures in order to have such arge improvement.
He knows that pathogens have few ways to increase their strength. Apart from devouring powerful creatures and other pathogens. The fastest way to increase their strength is to increase the number of believers and gather arge amount of spiritual power.
Especially at the critical moment of upgrading from one ss to the other. Believers can greatly help them in the process of upgrading. The way to do so is simple, it can extract the vitality and lifeforce of those believers.
Those infected whose vitality had been deprived will either fall into aa or tragically die, but these believers will feel that it¡¯s a great honor to be a part of their god. This is the extent of their brainwashing.
This is why so many civilizations fear and hate pathogens. They are simply the cancer of the universe.
While Fang Yun was pondering internally, on the battlefield, the battle between the golden behemoth and the Supreme Blue Empire¡¯s fleet has reached a white-hot stage.
Streams of light continued to explode in that area, lighting the surrounding dark space.
¡°This guy seems to be quite afraid of Norton-ss destroyers.¡±
He noticed that whenever a Norton-ss destroyer attacked him, he would immediately avoid it. Only in the face of Victory-ss and Imperial-ss battleship did he chose to resist head-on.
Another point to pay attention to is that he chooses hard resistance only when he has a chance to counterattack and destroy a battleship.
At other times, he was constantly evading thoseser attacks.
¡°In the face of ten Norton-ss battleships, even the Golden Behemoth is having a hard time.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head. Although this guy has grown in strength, he still couldn¡¯t do much in front of ten Norton-ss battleships. It¡¯s already good enough that he was able to fight equally with this fleet.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t n to show up at this moment. He hid quietly in the distance, watching the battle and waiting for further change.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
In this empty space, many explosions urred one after another. The development of the situation made Payne and Oliver quite embarrassed. With such arge fleet, they were not only unable to deal with this pathogen, but even lost many of their battleships.
¡°This monster is too cunning.¡±
Oliver said to Payne with gritted teeth.
¡°It can instantly teleport in unusual situations, not giving our Gravity Generator any time to lock it.¡±
Although there is a process from which the golden behemoth opens a space portal until it jumps into it, this process is not long, about 1 second. The process of using their Gravity generator to turn on and lock the golden behemoth requires more time than that.
Usually, when the gravity generator has just locked the position of the golden behemoth, he had already disappeared.
However, even so, during the course of the battle, the golden behemoth was severely injured, and as time passes, he¡¯s getting more and more tired.
Of course, Payne and Oliver were also ufortable, they lost two Norton-ss destroyers.
In addition, they lost ten Imperial-ss battleships and eighteen Victory-ss battleships. Their loss is very heavy.
Payne¡¯s heart was very painful. Every Norton-ss battleship is extremely precious and difficult to build. It¡¯s worth severals.
During the war with the Milky Way, they need arge number of resources to keep the war going on, but they also need a lot of resources to build new Norton-ss battleships.
Between the two, the Supreme Blue Empire chose to continue providing supplies to the intergctic battlefield, slowing down the construction of new Norton-ss battleships.
The Supreme Blue Empire¡¯s higher-ups might think that the number of Norton-ss battleships they have now is enough, but with the constant emergence of new disasters, this might not remain the case.
The battle continued, and the golden behemoth continued showing bravery and unparalleled fighting talent. It kept roaring while teleporting, appearing in tricky corners, causing many battleships to almost attack theirrades.
It shuttled through the battlefield, teleporting, changing its size, attacking withser beams, with its physical body, using space attacks. It used all that it had at its disposal.
As time passed, the injuries on the golden behemoth got heavier and heavier, but the fleet also paid a great price.
At present, five Norton-ss battleships have been defeated, four of which werepletely destroyed, and one no longer had anybat effectiveness. It could only hide behind other battleships.
¡°Everyone! Work harder! That monster is not far from dying.¡±
Payneforted his subordinates through themunication channel. The speed of the golden behemoth is noticeably getting slower. Its injuries are too serious and it¡¯s also quite exhausted. As long as the situation doesn¡¯t change, they are very likely to kill it.
After hearing Payne¡¯s encouragement, the soldiers on the other spaceships were all refreshed.
All of them were able to see the exhaustion and bad state of the golden behemoth.
Chapter 445: Mysterious fleet
Chapter 445: Mysterious fleet
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The Golden Behemoth¡¯s body started to turn invisible. Fang Yun felt that this monster was ready to escape again. Its body was floating in front of the fleet, quickly bing invisible. It¡¯s going to hide in space.
Just as Fang Yun had guessed, this golden behemoth is preparing to escape temporarily. Its injuries have reached a critical state and it¡¯s in urgent need of recovery.
Of course, it probably won¡¯t take long to recover from its injuries. It doesn¡¯t have the perverted recovery skills of Fang Yun, but it can still restore its injuries using the belief and vitality of its believers.
Moreover, it didn¡¯t intend to run too far. This fleet had been locked by it. It¡¯s in its death list, only a bit lower than that damn serpent.
¡°Damn it, that monster wants to escape!¡±
Inside themand ship, Oliver said angrily after seeing the disappearing behemoth and the weaker and weaker life fluctuations on the instruments in front of him.
They paid a huge price to seriously injure this pathogen. If it leaves like this, then all of their efforts and sacrifices will be for naught.
¡°Stop it! We must not allow it to leave!¡±
Payne solemnly gave this order. The remaining battleships elerated to thergest extent, crossing tens of thousands of kilometers every second, heading towards the golden behemoth. Just as they reached optimal range and just as Payne was about to order them to use the Gravity Generator, the golden behemoth disappeared.
Although the golden behemoth disappeared, they are still able to detect its life fluctuations, it¡¯s just that these life fluctuations are extremely weak, so weak that they could only perceive a rough direction, but could not directly lock its position.
This means that the golden behemoth has reached an extremely far away ce, almost on the edge of their detection equipment¡¯s range.
¡°Hurry up and chase it!¡±
Payne didn¡¯t want to give up so easily. He yelled loudly, ordering the fleet to head towards the area where the life fluctuations are emitted.
In the rear, Fang Yun also sensed the life fluctuations of the golden behemoth, following behind Payne¡¯s fleet and heading towards it.
In this way, in this chase and escape, the golden behemoth got farther and farther away from Payne¡¯s fleet.
The golden behemoth¡¯s ability to control space is unparalleled. Compared to ¡®Sea Cow¡¯ that can only teleport 1 million miles at a time, the golden behemoth can cross billions of miles or even more in quick teleportation.
In fact, Fang Yun could directly cross Payne¡¯s fleet and catch up with the golden behemoth, but he didn¡¯t n to do so at the moment.
He cares more about this fleet than the golden behemoth now.
Besides, the Golden Behemoth is obviously nning to continue its actions in this area. In other words, if he wants to deal with this Golden Behemoth in the future, he won¡¯t have to worry about finding it.
When he thought about this, his attention was shifted from the golden behemoth to Payne¡¯s fleet. Just as he was about to act, the situation slightly changed.
Ahead, the Golden Behemoth was quickly running away, its injuries were healing at a speed visible to the naked eye, but it waspletely iparable with Fang Yun.
It also felt that the fleet behind was almost thrown away by it, causing it to gradually rx. It stopped teleporting and just flew forward. Anyway, its speed is still higher than the speed of the fleet behind.
But at this moment, its rxed mood and body suddenly tensed up.
¡°Wooo!!¡±
It uttered an earth-shattering howl. Right in front of it, a beam of light flew towards it at near light speed and heavily collided with it.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Its shoulders suddenly burst out and countless pieces of blood and flesh sshed into space. The golden behemoth groaned painfully, unable to fathom why it was suddenly attacked from the front.
At this moment, not far ahead of the golden behemoth, another fleet appeared.
¡°Oh?¡±
In the rear, Payne and the other watched this change with a look of shock. Payne muttered with a look of disbelief.
¡°Howe a fleet suddenly appear here?¡±
He was puzzled.
Could it be that the elder council sent another fleet to assist him to get rid of the pathogen? But thinking about it, it¡¯s impossible. The Imperial is still facing a huge threat, their fleet is the limit of what could the elder council send.
They need to face the serpent-pathogen, which is a true fifth-ss pathogen. The council of elders has already withstood a lot of pressure to send them to hunt down this pathogen.
However, despite his puzzlement, Payne didn¡¯t hesitate, he ordered his fleet to continue moving forward, and soon enough they caught up with the golden behemoth.
Currently, the golden behemoth¡¯s body is lying twisted in space, its injuries had be even more severe than before. Half of its body was blown up and swathes of flesh and blood filled the area around it.
¡°Captain Payne.¡±
The mysterious fleet suddenly sent a message to Payne¡¯s fleet, describing who they are and what is their objective. ¡°We are from¡¡±
As the other party introduced themselves, Payne finally understood who this fleet belongs to. This fleet has a few Norton-ss destroyers that were just built by the Imperial Dockyard.
They were heading to the Intergctic battlefield, but they received instructions from the headquarters to assist Payne¡¯s fleet if they were to encounter it/
Unexpectedly, before arriving at the intergctic battlefield, they encountered this golden behemoth that was injured by Payne and his fleet and didn¡¯t hesitate tounch an attack on it.
The golden behemoth, which was seriously injured, obviously suffered a huge loss in front of this newly constructed fleet. It¡¯s unable to even teleport now. Just amb that can be ughtered.
¡°Hahaha, I didn¡¯t expect that there would be such a thing.¡±
Payne burst intoughter; he was thrilled.
¡°Now, this pathogen can¡¯t escape anymore¡¡±
¡°Do it, get rid of this monster, just so that we can go back and protect the Imperial Capital.¡±
After saying this, Payne started preparing for the final waves of attack. This is a prime opportunity to get rid of this pathogen.
¡°Whizz!!!¡±
The spaceships in the fleet fired together. Not only them, but the fleet on the other side also attacked. Countlessser beams fell on the golden behemoth, destroying one piece of flesh after the other.
¡°Wooo!!!¡±
Inside the dazzling white light, the golden behemoth howled in pain, but at the moment it seemed to really have no strength to fight back, and could only be bombarded mercilessly by artillery fire.
Chapter 446: Painful Escape
Chapter 446: Painful Escape
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°That guy can¡¯t hold on.¡±
Fang Yun could see that the body of the golden behemoth was being bombarded frantically, with countless pieces of flesh and blood flying out into space or even vaporized.
¡°Payne¡¯s fleet has only five Norton-ss destroyers left. The new fleet has seven Norton-ss destroyers, but they don¡¯t have a lot of Imperial-ss and Victory-ss battleship.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the two fleets not far away, judging their approximate strength. After a few moments, his body suddenly moved forward, heading towards the battlefield.
As he quickly moved forward, heunched a very fastser beam towards a Norton-ss battleship.
Taken off-guard, the battleship wasn¡¯t able to deploy its energy shield and was directly destroyed.
¡°Boom!!¡±
¡°Hum¡ Hum¡¡±
The moment Fang Yun appeared, the rm bells of the various spaceships rang loudly. Payne, Oliver, and the leader of the new fleet quickly discovered Fang Yun¡¯s appearance.
The moment Oliver and Payne saw Fang Yun, they were greatly frightened.
¡°Is it the serpent-pathogen?¡±
Oliver¡¯s eyes widened as he looked at the image of Fang Yun on the disy. On the disy screen, he could see a gigantic serpent, far bigger than the golden behemoth, heading towards them.
Right now, their two fleets have been mixed together, and themander of the new fleet, McGill, hesitantly asked Payne.
¡°Payne, is that the serpent-pathogen that attacked the Imperial?¡±
¡°Yes, it¡¯s him.¡±
Payne nodded and replied.
McGill stood in the control center of his spaceship, his face filled with surprise.
¡°Wasn¡¯t it in Imperial? Why did it appear here?¡±
¡°Who knows why it appeared here¡¡±
Mid-sentence, Payne¡¯s face changed, he guessed something.
¡°Did this great serpent follow us?¡±
This is the most likely possibility, otherwise, he can¡¯t imagine how it could appear here, and at this critical time.
The thought of that terrifying creature secretly following behind without their awareness caused his body to shudder.
¡°Boom!!¡±
As Fang Yun quickly flew forward, heunched anotherser beam towards a Norton-ss battleship, but this time, theser was blocked by an energy shield, creating arge explosion.
The spaceships ahead shifted their firepower, attacking the great serpent frantically.
This rain ofser beams was extremely fierce. Fang Yun directly used the ¡°Space Barrier¡± to defend. At the same time, he sent twoser beams towards the battleship he attacked previously, directly destroying its energy shield.
Fang Yun who was moving forward at sub-light speed directly flew towards that battleship and heavily collided with it.
¡°Boom!¡±
Norton-ss destroyers are very small in front of the 90 kilometers long Fang Yun. In front of his full-power physical strike, it was directly broken into pieces, exploding, and lighting up the dark space.
Another rain ofser beams flew towards Fang Yun, who directly used Space Barrier to block. Fang Yun¡¯s body shed again, appearing directly in the middle of the fleet.
Currently, these two fleets have only 11 Norton-ss battleships remaining. Fang Yun felt that with his current power, it shouldn¡¯t be difficult to destroy and eat them.
If these old people in the elder council knew that they lost so many Norton-ss destroyers at once, they will probably vomit blood and faint.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun and the fleet exchangedser beam bombardments. asionally, Fang Yun used ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± to attack, catching them off guard.
Of course, despite using ¡°Space Barrier¡± and trying his best to dodge, he was also hit by manyser beams, creating many giant craters on his body. However, with the firepower of this fleet, they can¡¯t even severely injure him. All the injuries he sustained quickly healed, leaving no scar behind.
During the fight, he didn¡¯t choose to fight against the fleet head-on.
Instead, he adopted guerri tactics, shing from one corner of the battlefield to the other, hiding in the void andunching sneak attacks, and appearing between several battleships, causing them to ceasefire.
Every time, he attacked, he destroyed a Norton-ss battleship or several weaker ones.
In this way, the number of Destroyer Battleships in the Supreme Blue Empire¡¯s fleet slowly decreased, posing even a smaller threat to Fang Yun.
¡°Asshole!¡±
Payne cursed loudly. At the same time, whisps of fear gradually emerged in his heart. He felt that they might just die in this deste ce.
No one could have ever thought that the serpent-pathogen will follow them. This pathogen is unimaginably powerful, much more powerful than the golden behemoth, but such a powerful creature is actually shamelessly ying gueri tactics with them.
If it faced them head-on, even though it¡¯s powerful, they should be able to protect themselves, but unfortunately, this serpent is very cunning.
This earth-shattering battle continued for a few days.
Five dayster, there were only five Norton-ss ne destroyers in their fleet.
As for the other destroyers, the number of Imperial-ss and Victory-ss has been greatly reduced. Only 18 Imperial-ss and 23 Victory-ss battleships remain.
The most important thing is that after the battle with the golden behemoth and the great serpent, the amount of energy in their spacecraft had decreased drastically. If the battle keeps going on, they might run out of energy before being annihted.
¡°Payne, what shall we do now?¡±
Inside the control center, Oliver anxiously asked Payne.
¡°Should we¡should just leave?¡±
He looked at Payne, waiting for his decision.
The situation here is bing more and more unfavorable for them. The Great Serpent is powerful beyond their imagination, and what is even more terrifying is that there is a golden behemoth on the side.
The golden behemoth hadpletely recovered in the past few days. Itunched a frenzied attack on them yesterday.
Not long ago, the golden behemoth has managed to destroy one of their Norton-ss destroyers under their heavy defensive formation. Looking at its furious appearance, it can be seen how much the golden behemoth hates them.
After destroying their energy shield, the golden behemoth directly swallowed the Norton-ss battleships with the people inside.
At that time, Payne and Oliver almost heard the terrified screams of the people inside the battleship.
¡°Let¡¯s leave.¡±
After a long time, Payne said sullenly, his heart was filled with pain and grief.
They came here to deal with the golden behemoth. There was even another powerful fleet to assist them, but in the end, they could only escape like dogs, the majority of their fleet destroyed.
Payne felt that he didn¡¯t have the face to go back and see the elders.
But he also needs to be responsible for the remaining soldiers. They can¡¯t stay here anymore, otherwise, they will certainly be annihted.
Chapter 447: Evolution and Meeting
Chapter 447: Evolution and Meeting
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After Payne gave the order to retreat, their fleet started moving backward, all space fighters returned to the Cargo spaceships and battleships, then all spaceships turned on their energy shield in a formation while preparing to start a space jump.
¡°They want to retreat.¡±
Fang Yun immediately guessed their thoughts from the fleet¡¯s actions. Without any hesitation, he used ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± on one of their Norton-ss battleships, pulling it out of the Hyperspace.
However, the rest of the fleet was able to escape.
¡°I could only hold up one¡¡±
Fang Yun sighed internally, these spaceships were consciously maintaining a certain distance between each other, hence, he could only pull out one target.
After pulling the Norton-ss Destroyer out of hyperspace, Fang Yun rushed forward, opening his huge mouth and swallowing it.
¡°Damn it, G¨¹len was pulled out of hyperspace.¡±
After Payne and the others entered the hyperspace, they immediately noticed that a Norton-ss battleship is missing.
In the control center of themand ship, whether it¡¯s Payne or Oliver, their expression is unusually ugly.
This time they suffered a heavy loss. In the end, they did not expect to lose another Norton-ss Destroyer even if they decided to escape.
¡°Haah, how can our Supreme Blue Empire suffer from so many disasters? Why are we so unlucky.¡±
Payne sighed and muttered, the gloomy connotation between his brows could not be hidden.
Outside, after Fang Yun swallowed the Norton-ss destroyer, he turned around to deal with the golden behemoth, but unfortunately, this guy has long since disappeared.
¡°Lucky bastard.¡±
Fang Yun muttered, he didn¡¯t n to spend time looking for that golden behemoth, this guy might not be very powerful, but its escape and hiding ability is even above that of his own. Looking for it would be wasting a lot of his time.
Now his main goal is evolution.
¡°Now my bio-energy is more than 18 billion points. I need just around 1 to 2 billion points to evolve.¡±
This time, the requirement for evolution is 20 billion bio-energy points, and he is close to fulfilling this goal.
As soon as he turned around, Fang Yun quickly moved towards the Imperial of the Supreme Blue Empire. Currently, he isn¡¯t worried about the Milky Way Gxy.
The Supreme Blue Empire should not dare to send their troops to the gxy battlefield easily. However, relying on their current forces in the Milky Way gxy, it¡¯s impossible to quickly conquer it.
This is undoubtedly the best situation for the Human Federation that needs time to develop.
Fang Yun slowly moved forward. Not far away, a giant turtle emerged from the void, howling cheerfully, then quickly following behind.
The two of them didn¡¯t hurriedly rush to the Imperial Capital. it took them a full three months before arriving at the Imperial Capital of the Supreme Blue Empire.
In this period of time, Fang Yun alsopleted another evolution, reaching level 84 and getting 83 skill points. This time, he upgraded ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± to the third level, further increasing its power
After reaching level 3, the attack power of ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± has vastly surpassed ¡°Super Laser Cannon¡±. It might not match theser cannon in terms of speed and instantaneous burst, but just its extreme explosive power is enough for him to chose it as his main attack skill.
When Fang Yun arrived at the imperial capital of the Supreme Blue Empire, on the Imperial, the council of elders was holding a meeting.
¡°Everyone.¡±
Great Elder Murray stood at the forefront of the conference table. He looked at the people in front of him with a solemn expression.
¡°On the issue about the disappearance of the great serpent, please express your opinions.¡±
Payne, Oliver, John, and Odyssey also participated in this meeting.
After hearing Murray¡¯s words, all four of them had scrunched brows. Among those present, only the four of them were considered to have had close contact with the serpent-pathogen.
¡°Elder Murray, His Majesty asked us to send fifteen Norton-ss destroyers to the Milky Way gxy. About this matter¡¡±
Suddenly, an old man stood up and said to Murray.
¡°I think that it¡¯s best toplete his majesty¡¯s orders since the Great Serpent is likely no longer in this area.¡±
¡°Elder Kidd, we mustn¡¯t do this at the moment.¡±
After hearing this old man¡¯s words, John and Odyssey waved their hands and said.
¡°Recently, the manpower on the side of the Imperial Capital is already getting tight. If we further divide our manpower away and send them to the intergctic battlefield, there will be a high chance of an ident urring on the side of the Imperial Capital.¡±
The elder named Kidd turned his head and said indifferently to John and the others.
¡°This matter is an order from his majesty. Even more frightening is that it mighte from that lord. We don¡¯t have the right to refuse.¡±
Because this elder has been the one in contact with the King recently, he has endured a lot of angry bursts and pressure.
Especially when the Norton-ss Destroyer fleet that they nned to send to the intergctic battlefield was ordered to assist Payne and his fleet to hunt the Golden Behemoth. Now let¡¯s not mention the failure of the hunt, the destruction of that fleet had caused the King to be furious.
When the full details of the incident reached the King, he became very dissatisfied with the council of elders. He exerted a lot of pressure on them to deal with this incident as soon as possible and continue sending battleships to the Intergctic Battlefield.
¡°Elder Kidd, it¡¯s not a question whether we can refuse this request or not. This concerns the safety of the entire Imperial Capital.¡±
Payne and Oliver nced at each other and chose to stand with John and Odyssey¡¯s camp. They fought head-on with the serpent-pathogen and know its horror.
Even the current strength of the Imperial Capital caused them to feel insecure, let alone further dividing their forces and sending them away.
If they did this, there is a very high chance that that serpent-pathogen will destroy the Imperial Capital, killing countless citizens, nobles, and high-ss people, and destroying the economic center of the Hunter Gxy.
If this truly happens, then they will be reviled as sinners through the ages. Such things must never happen.
¡°We need to give an exnation for his highness.¡±
Elder Kidd frowned and said.
¡°Furthermore, we must listen to that lord¡¯s opinion, otherwise, the future days of our Supreme Blue Empire will be very ufortable.¡±
¡°Now we must persevere. Once the war with the Milky Way Gxy ends, everything will settle down¡±
Chapter 448: Incredible Pressure
Chapter 448: Incredible Pressure
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Hearing the words of elder Kidd, Payne smiled bitterly. Is the situation on the intergctic battlefield really that easy to stabilize?
It¡¯s been a while since the start of the war. Apart from the domination at the beginning, their situation is getting worse and worse in the Milky Way. They encountered a lot of resistance.
Firstly, they were caught off guard by their fierce counterattack, and secondly, the SkyRiver Empire has a home-field advantage. They are now slowly and steadily recovering their lost territory, driving their army back.
Their original n was to send most of their Norton-ss destroyers into the intergctic battlefield and sweep the SkyRiver Empire like a thunderstorm, but they never expected that they would suffer from an attack in their home. Not to mention sending most of their Norton-ss battleships, they can¡¯t even defend themselves now.
However, Payne and the others didn¡¯t speak again after expressing their opinion. In this meeting, that¡¯s the most they can do, the final decision-making power is in the hands of the elders.
Moreover, what Elder Kidd said is reasonable. They attacked the Milky Way gxy because of That lord¡¯s order and the reason why their Supreme Blue Empire has Norton-ss battleships is due to the generosity of that lord.
The most important thing is that one of the requirements for keeping the Norton-ss battleships is to help that lord to conquer the Milky Way gxy.
Not only that, the Milky Way gxy is just the beginning, they need to conquer the nearby gxies as well.
However, in this grand n, they must take everything step by step. That¡¯s why they chose to conquer the rtively weak Milky Way Gxy first.
Unexpectedly, it seems that they can¡¯t even handle the weakest gxy in this area.
¡°Okay, let¡¯s just do what Elder Kidd said.¡±
Murray finally made a decision, then started discussing which 15 Norton-ss battleships to send to the Intergctic Battlefield.
After discussing for an hour or so, there was finally a result.
¡°Well, let¡¯s stop here today.¡±
Murray rubbed his eyebrows and said.¡±Now that the battleships that will be sent to the intergctic battlefield have been selected, John, Payne, you will inform the captains of those fleetster.¡±
¡°Yes, elder.¡±
John and Payne stood up quickly and replied.
The hearts of John, Payne, and their subordinates were very heavy. Their strength wasn¡¯t much, but they are going to reduce it even more. In their opinion, this is a very unwise move
Just when everyone was about to disperse, the sound of knocking sounded from the conference room door.
¡°Come in.¡±
After a pause, Murray said to the person outside.
A staff member came in and nced at the people in the conference room. Then said to Murray.
¡°Elder, our instruments have detected space fluctuations near the imperial capital, then a superrge life form appeared. It¡¯s suspected to be the serpent-pathogen.¡±
¡°What, that monster is back again? At this time?¡±
After hearing the news, Murray¡¯s hands trembled.
At the beginning, the reason he dared to agree with Elder Kidd¡¯s proposal, dispatching a part of their manpower ording to the king¡¯s instructions, is because the Great Serpent hadn¡¯t appeared in a long time. He assumed and even prayed that it left, and it¡¯s with this mentality that he agreed to send part of their manpower.
However, the great serpent directly appeared in front of them; he can¡¯t ignore its existence anymore.
¡°Elder¡¡±
John, Payne, Odyssey, and Oliver looked at Murray. Although they didn¡¯t speak, everyone understood what they wanted to express.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Even Murray couldn¡¯t help but curse loudly at this time.
¡°What kind of hatred does this monster have with our Supreme Blue Empire? Why is it always staring at our Imperial Capital without letting go?¡±
He really couldn¡¯t figure out, shouldn¡¯t pathogens of this level go cause trouble to a more advanced Empire, why is it always staring at them?
There is indeed some enmity between them, but it¡¯s nothing more than the usual skirmish. Does it want to destroy their entire Supreme Blue Empire just due to some conflict?
When Murray was feeling the ups and downs of life, everyone was staring at him. As time passed, Murray didn¡¯t know what to do.
The oppression caused to him by the giant serpent is too strong, he knew that he couldn¡¯t easily send out their forces now, otherwise, the Imperial would suffer from the ravages of that Serpent-pathogen.
However, they wouldn¡¯t be able to provide an exnation for the King then.
They need more manpower to break the standstill in the Milky Way Gxy.
Although he might look like an unattainable existence to most people in this Empire, he is actually disposable to the King. He can be reced anytime.
Murray faced a great struggle. A struggle between keeping his position and life, and guarding the economic center of the gxy and the lives of countless citizens.
Finally, after a while, Murray made a decision.
¡°Elder Kidd, go and exin the situation to the king. Currently, the imperial capital can¡¯t send manpower; otherwise, we won¡¯t be able to stop the Great Serpent.¡±
Murray raised his head and said to Kidd.
Kidd¡¯s mouth twitched, then sighed. He didn¡¯t refute Murray¡¯s words. At the beginning, he also held a gambler mentality, hoping that the Great Serpent will not show up when the Imperial Capital has the least forces.
Unfortunately, he lost the gamble before even the start of the game. Now that the great serpent had shown up, they can¡¯t send any manpower away. Otherwise, the Imperial Capital will be destroyed as Murray said.
Although the king is not in the imperial capital now, all the members of the council of elders are, including their family members. If there aren¡¯t enough forces to defend the Imperial Capital, none of them will have a good fate.
¡°Ooof¡¡¡±
After hearing Murray¡¯s order, Payne and the others all heaved a sigh of relief, but they were also extremely worried. In fact, they even wanted to suggest giving up on the intergctic battlefield.
It¡¯s a pity that they don¡¯t have this power. Even the elders have no way to change this. If they dare to do so, there will be no guarantee about their positions or even lives.
In the distant space, Fang Yun looked at the nine huges in the distance. He didn¡¯t deliberately hide, allowing them to detect his presence.
So as a result, a fleet could be seen approaching from the distance.
What came was a fleetposed of 20 Norton-ss battleships, 5 Battlestars, and many weaker battleships and cargo spaceships.
Fang Yun just nced at them from the corner of his eyes, then focused on the nines again.
Now he is no longer interested in these fleets. He is nning to destroy these nines, causing a huge disturbance across the Supreme Blue Empire.
¡°Hmph, I wonder if these guys will continue thinking about attacking the Milky Way then?¡±
Fang Yun thought maliciously. He suddenly remembered that Downy guy that attacked him in the Milky Way. Fang Yun wondered if that guy is still in the Milky Way or already back. He can¡¯t wait to repay these injuries that guy caused to him.
Chapter 449: Guerilla War
Chapter 449: Gueri War
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun is no longer the same as before. His strength has increased a lot. If he encounters that Downey¡¯s fleet again, He can quickly exterminate them before they can injure him.
While Fang Yun was thinking about this internally, his sight once again focused on the iing fleet. A white light suddenly shed in his mouth.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Aser beam was shot from his mouth, heading towards a Norton-ss battleship in the distance. The iing fleet was already prepared, all of them had activated their energy shield.
¡°Boom!¡±
Theser beam collided with the energy shield, creating a gigantic explosion, engulfing the battleship, and creating a dazzling light.
But in the end, although the energy shield was destroyed, the battleship wasn¡¯t damaged. Fang Yun¡¯sser beam does not have the power to smash a Norton-ss battleship with just one shot. However, it¡¯s an entirely different matter for his ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±. This is a prime opportunity to try it.
¡°Be careful!!¡±
On the other side, the people inside the opposite spaceships cried out after Fang Yun attacked them.
Now Fang Yun has bepletely famous. His name is like a demon to the citizens of the Supreme Blue Empire. It can be used to stop children from crying at night, and even experienced soldiers like them are afraid of him.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t n to fight them head-on. Afterunching several attacks on other Norton-ss destroyers, he turned around and left.
He sensed that a lot of powerful battleships were iing from afar.
He doesn¡¯t intend tounch the final attack now. ording to his n, he will use his speed to fly to the other side of the sr system andunch an attack on them, exhausting them.
The great serpent appeared again.
News about Fang Yun spread in the imperial capital again, then radiated across the entire Supreme Blue Empire. This is a great thing for Fang Yun, his reputation value is increasing rapidly.
Just after hisst appearance, his reputation value has increased by more than 10 billion, reaching 200 billion, causing him to get another 100 skill points. Fang Yun immediately used them to upgrade the skill ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±.
¡°Roar!!¡±
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
In space, a giant serpent was roaring with its head held high. Around him, countless space fighters were attacking it. Thesers emitted from thousands of space fightersnded on his body, creating countless giant potholes.
However, these potholes were healing at a speed visible to the naked eye.
¡°The serpent ising!¡±
On the outermost protective of the Imperial Capital. Many intelligent creatures on the ground were able to see the great serpent in the sky. They clearly saw the white light radiating from its mouth.
Even in the daytime, the white light is clearly visible.
They could even see and hear the explosions in the highest sky. Along with the appearance of each white light, one of their battleships or space fighters exploded.
The people on the¡¯s surface all watched this with their hearts in their throats. This Great Serpent had appeared on their more than an hour ago.
This monster did not show any sign of leaving. It¡¯s nning to stay here for a long time, and it might even directly attack their.
Earlier, they learned through instant messages that this giant serpent was wandering near the Imperial Capital, warning citizens to get ready to hide if it ever attacks them.
At that time, the people on the outer sixs were the most worried, fearing that the great serpent would suddenly attack their.
But what they never expected is that the unfortunate still happened.
¡°Oh my God, why is this? Why did this monster choose our Terra?¡±
¡°Go, go away!¡±
On the street, many people looked at the scene above them with panicked looks.
All of them were extremely scared. ording to reports, this terrifying behemoth has a length of a mountain range, nearly 100 kilometers long. However, from their perspective, the size of this great serpent isn¡¯t anything special.
However, they know the power and record of this creature. This is a terrifying creature that can¡¯t be handled by a fleetposed of dozens of Norton-ss destroyers. If this creature attacks their defenseless, then it will certainly be destroyed.
These people, no matter where they hide on this. Whether it¡¯s in a remote wilderness or the deepest part of the, there is only one end, death.
¡°Save us, save us!¡±
¡°Why can¡¯t the big troopse? Are they only going to protect the Imperial?¡±
¡°Damn these elders, don¡¯t they know that this giant serpent has targeted our Terra Star? Why are they still insisting to keep the main military fleet in the Imperial?¡±
On Terra, many people started to curse frantically, some were cursing the giant serpent outside the atmosphere, and some were cursing the elders.
Because there were not many Norton-ss destroyers there, they couldn¡¯t effectively stop Fang Yun from wreaking havoc.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
In the¡¯s orbit, Fang Yun raised his head and roared loudly. There were a total of 12 Norton-ss battleships not far away. The reason why the rest of the Norton-ss battleships weren¡¯t sent to deal with him is that the council of elders has figured out his n.
Therefore, half of their forces were permanently stationed on the Imperial. The other half was divided across the rest of thes.
¡°Destroying these twelve Norton-ss battleships should consume a lot of the Imperial Capital¡¯s forces.¡±
A Norton-ss Destroyer, in itsplete form, can provide him with about 800-900 million bio-energy points. These twelve battleships together should be able to provide him with more than 10 billion bio-energy points.
Of course, things will not go so smoothly. It¡¯s extremely rare to destroy the internalponents of this type of battleship without damaging it. Most of the time, it gets broken into many pieces, wasting a lot of bio-energy points.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun roared loudly, then suddenly shed away, reappearing above a Norton-ss battleship. The Norton-ss destroyer below immediately locked Fang Yun¡¯s position. In just a split of a second, their main cannon moved to Fang Yun¡¯s position, but before they couldunch an attack, Fang Yun swooped down.
He blocked the iingser beam with ¡°Space Barrier¡±, then waved his tail at the speed of light and struck the battleship before it had the time to activate its energy shield, breaking it into pieces.
Without even trying to devour the wreckage, Fang Yun immediately retreated, shing to another location and avoiding another rain ofser beams.
These guys can not be underestimated. Not long ago, Fang Yun destroyed the energy shield of a Destroyer battleship without causing damage to the battleship, keeping the most bio-energy readily avable.
Just when he opened his mouth and tried to swallow the battleship, it actually exploded. These guys didn¡¯t hesitate tounch the self-destruction program of the battleship in front of him. Not to mention the loss of the bio-energy, his mouth was also blown up.
Chapter 450: Seventh Heaven
Chapter 450: Seventh Heaven
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Damn it, another destroyer battleship was eaten.¡±
On the Imperial¡¯s side, Murray and John were also watching this battle. They wanted to send their troops to support Terra, but due to the fear of the Great Serpent attacking this ce, they didn¡¯t do so in the end.
However, when they saw Fang Yun showcasing his power and devouring their battleships one after the other, their expressions became extremely gloomy.
¡°It¡¯s basically certain now that this monster eats our spaceships to grow.¡±
Payne said to Murray. ¡°Not only spaceships, but it can also devour smalls.¡±
¡°Previously, our fleet captured a video of this pathogen sting a small with aser beam, then swallowed all of the fragments into its stomach.¡±
It¡¯s notmon for Pathogens to eat various objects and creatures, but their energy source is mostly infected intelligent creatures. However, this serpent-pathogen is different from any pathogen they saw before.
It likes to eat very much; In fact, most of its time every day is spent on eating.
They concluded from this that eating fuel its growth.
The people of the Supreme Blue Empire have observed Fang Yun¡¯s changes. In just a period of 1 year, it had grown from over 50 kilometers to almost 100 kilometers.
More importantly, Murray and the others noticed that the various special abilities of this great serpent are bing more powerful.
They knew that Great Serpent can use ¡°Anti-Matter Bombs¡± something they have been researching for a long time. The great serpent¡¯s ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± is much more powerful than the ones he showedst time.
Fang Yun¡¯s growth speed caused Murray and his subordinates to be frightened. This news was not disclosed, otherwise, panic, fear, and despair will spread amongst the Empire citizens.
If this serpent-pathogen is given more time, how far will it grow?
It probably won¡¯t take it a long time to surpass the 100-kilometer-level. At that time, with an even bigger size and more powerful special abilities, the Imperial Capital might not be able to defend against it.
¡°Elder Murray, I think we¡¯d better send more Destroyer over there.¡±
Besides Murray, John suggested.
Twelve Norton-ss destroyers were besieging the Great Serpent before, but now only 7 are left.
Three of them initiated the self-destruction procedures, and the rest was swallowed inside Fang Yun¡¯s stomach.
The strength of the fleet besieging Fang Yun dropped sharply, but Fang Yun¡¯s injuries aren¡¯t serious, and he is rapidly recovering.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun flicked his tail again. This time he directly attacked the spacecraft around with his body. No spacecraft could stop his tail attack. Each time his tail collided with the cold metallic spaceships, they immediately exploded.
Fang Yun fought like an invincible god of war, no spaceship or battleship could stop him, getting destroyed one after the other.
¡°Elder, we can¡¯t go on like this¡¡±
Payne became more anxious as time passed.
¡°If this continues, he will destroy and eat that fleet!¡±
¡°Over time, he will attack one fleet after the other destroying and eating them, fueling his growth.¡±
After hearing what Payne said, Murray frowned, and a hint of anxiety rose in his heart. He also knows this, but he can¡¯t make any decision lightly, the lives of the people in this sr system depends on him.
¡°Damn it, Downey shouldn¡¯t have provoked this monster.¡±
Murray cursed internally, but he knows that Downey can¡¯t be med. It¡¯s the Empire¡¯s rule to attack and kill pathogens upon discovery.
¡±Elder Murray, the king is calling you.¡±
Suddenly, a staff member walked to Murray¡¯s side and said to him, shaking Murray¡¯s heart.
Looking at other people, their faces are also unsightly.
Since the King called Murray this time, he is most likely not satisfied with the work of the elders¡¯ council. Elder Murray might be reprimanded.
This is not just Elder Murray¡¯s problem alone, it¡¯s a problem for the entire elder council.
¡°¡Let¡¯s go.¡±
Murray didn¡¯t think much. After greeting the staff member, he walked to another room, and soon he came to themunication device.
The call began.
In front of Murray, a transparent blue light holographic projection appeared. On which was the image of their king.
¡°Murray.¡±
The king¡¯s face was calm and his tone was normal, but it gave Murray unimaginable pressure.
¡°Your Majesty.¡±
Murray saluted the king on the holographic screen. Not only him, but everyone who walked behind him saluted as well.
¡°Is that giant serpent threatening the capital again?¡±
King Zahan stood in the transparent holographic screen, indifferently asking Murray
¡±Yes.¡±
Murray nodded in response, then said again: ¡°My lord, the current giant serpent is more powerful than before.¡±
When talking about this, there was a bitter smile on his face. Currently, they can¡¯t do anything to that creature.
¡°Is that Great Serpent a Fifth-ss pathogen?¡± King Zahan asked calmly. ¡°Murray, you know, with our current military power, it shouldn¡¯t be difficult to kill a fifth-ss pathogen. ¡°
If it is amon fifth-ss pathogen, it is indeed possible to kill it.
Just like when they dealt with the golden behemoth before, Murray knew from Payne¡¯s recounting that if it hadn¡¯t been for the giant serpent to make trouble, the golden behemoth would have died a long time ago.
¡°Your highness, this is not an ordinary fifth-ss pathogen,¡± Murray hurriedly exined.
¡°Oh? What¡¯s so umon about it?¡± At this time, besides the king, another voice rang, and a man appeared next to the king.
The moment that man appeared, King Zahan suddenly stood up and saluted. ¡°My lord.¡±
¡°Lord!¡±
Murray and the others stared at the holographic screen, after seeing this scene, their body moved, standing straight in front of the screen and bowing sown.
¡°Is this the lord?¡±
John and the others stood in the crowd behind. From the corner of their eyes, they nced secretly at the holographic screen. That man looked like them, but he looked much more mysterious and imposing. The majestic King Zahan was eclipsed in front of him.
¡°I heard that this lord is from the seventh heaven¡¡±
John muttered indistinctly, very excited at this thought.
Chapter 451: Roy Berg
Chapter 451: Roy Berg
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The seventh heaven has an area several timesrger than that of the ninth heaven. Furthermore, its civilizations, science, and technology are much more developed. In general, the civilizations of the seventh heaven are several levels higher than that of the ninth heaven civilizations.
In fact, the scope of the ninth heaven is not small, but many ces are just barren zones, those ces are dead and cold, with no civilization at all, not evens.
It¡¯s just that,pared to areas like the seventh heaven, the scope of the ninth heaven is still much smaller.
The Milky Way gxy, Sirius Gxy, the Hunter gxy, and dozens of other gxies belong to the ninth heaven.
ording to what John knows, this lord is from the Feiru Empire in the seventh heaven. Furthermore, his status in the Feiru empire is not low, but his specific position is unknown. Only King Zahan probably knows this.
¡°Master Roy Berg.¡±
Murray saluted respectfully and said.
¡°That creature is much stronger than ordinary fifth-ss pathogens. Not only that, its behavior and ability are different from conventional pathogens¡±
He hesitated, then said with a deep voice.
¡°Lord, I am afraid that that creature is on the verge of bing a pollutant.¡±
If that pathogen can truly evolve into a pollutant, then it¡¯s a big deal. All civilizations in Ninth Heaven Territory will face a catastrophe.
The current Supreme Blue Empire is already one of the most powerful civilizations in the Ninth Heaven Region, but when confronted with that creature, it has been at a disadvantage. They don¡¯t have any way to deal with it.
It¡¯s conceivable that if this creature really evolves into a pollutant-level existence, they will suffer from an unprecedented disaster.
In the Ninth Heaven Territory, no civilization can stop it. Most importantly, this type of creature usually enves higher civilizations like theirs.
What puzzled Murray and the others is that there is no record of the Great Serpent enving intelligent creatures. This is something that had worried and puzzled them for a long time.
However, they never even thought that the great serpent isn¡¯t a pathogen. No other creature of its size has a simr power level apart from pathogens, not to mention that their instruments have always indicated that it¡¯s a pathogen.
¡°Pollutants?¡±
On the holographic screen, Roy Berg squinted his eyes upon hearing this. If this creature is truly about to be a pollutant, it¡¯s a big event. A trace of interest appeared in his pupils.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that pollutants can also appear in such a wild and remote ce.¡±
Roy Bergughed. He didn¡¯t doubt Murray¡¯s words, because this is the only possibility and reason why the Supreme Blue Empire¡¯s fleet was defeated again and again in the face of this Great Serpent.
Pollutants are notmon, at least they shouldn¡¯t appear in the ninth heaven. Even in their seventh heaven, they are very rare and powerful creatures.
Whenever pollutants appear, they will definitely be killed and snatched by big powers.
The energy core of this kind of creature contains extremely pure and concentrated energy. More importantly, their energy cores have other magical functions. They can treat certain cosmic diseases, increase lifespan, and even change a person from the inside out, turning them into supreme creatures with unimaginable power and abilities belonging to the pollutant.
In short, pollutants are scarce ¡®resources¡¯ to powerful civilizations.
¡°Previously, I was still troubled that I had no suitable gift for my father¡¯s birthday. If I can hunt down this pollutant, then I will present a big surprise to my father on his birthday¡¡±
Roy Berg is forty-five years old, but at his age, he¡¯s just a young adult amongst their race.
His status is quite high; he is the thirty-ninth heir of the king of the Feiru Empire, which is the most powerful Empire in the Seventh Heaven Territory, with several principalities under its jurisdiction.
As the son of King Fei Li, Roy Borg also has the ambition to inherit the throne, but their empire doesn¡¯t have the backward concept that only males can inherit the throne, many princesses arepeting with him.
In normal times, he is not prominent amongst hundreds of brothers and sisters. This time, the reason why he came to the ninth heaven is that he had the thought of pulling up his own power.
If he fails in thepetition for the throne, he will at least have a way out.
¡°Zahan, How many Norton-ss destroyers do you have on your side right now?¡±
Roy Berg looked at the King Zahan of the Supreme Blue Empire. He made up his mind to hunt down the creature that is suspected of being a pollutant. If he could kill it, he would definitely make a profit this time.
Zahan did not answer, but through the holographic screen, he looked at Murray meaningfully. Murray immediately understood and said.
¡°My lord, currently, there are 39 Norton-ss Battleships left in the Imperial Capital.¡±
¡°Is there only a small force left?¡±
King Zahan¡¯s heart skipped a beat as Roy Berg frowned, saying.
¡°These Norton-ss battleships are unable to deal with that giant serpent?¡±
Murray smiled bitterly and shook his head. ¡°If it is a head-on collision, we might win, but that monster is too cunning. The moment it falls into a disadvantage, it immediately escapes, and we have no way to catch it.¡±
After hearing Murray¡¯s words, Roy Berg nodded and said.
¡°True pollutants can¡¯t be handled by Norton-ss destroyers, even in the case of a head-on collision. This creature might not have be a true pollutant yet.¡±
¡°But it shouldn¡¯t take a long time.¡±
Roy Berg could not help but sigh. He can¡¯t wait for this pathogen to grow up, because even if it¡¯s on the verge of bing a pollutant, it will still take years or decades for it toplete this evolution.
¡°Forget it, a pathogen that is about to be a pollutant is also a great gift.¡±
Roy Berg thought internally. He also felt that if this creature was severely wounded and caught alive. It will also be a great and very rare gift.
¡°Zahan, order your soldiers to leave the intergctic battlefield in the Milky Way gxy and join forces with the fleet in the Imperial Capital to capture that serpent.¡±
Roy Berg said to Zahan, then continued after a brief silence.
¡°Zahan, we have been wandering outside for a while, we should also go back to the Imperial Capital.¡±
Hearing what Roy Berg said, whether it was Zahan or Murray, they all breathed a sigh of relief, especially Murray, whose heart finally settled down.
Not only was he happy that their army wasing back, but also that Lord Roy Berg and King Zahan wereing back to the imperial capital.
Roy Berg has his personal fleet, and it¡¯s quite powerful. Joining hands with all of their fleets should be more than enough to capture that serpent alive.
Chapter 452: Returning to the Imperial Capital
Chapter 452: Returning to the Imperial Capital
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After the call, Murray stood in the office and released a long sigh of relief. There was an unconcealed smile on his face.
¡°It seems that things are going to change.¡±
After speaking to everyone, he said with a grin.
¡°That damn beast is finished.¡±
The moment John and the others heard Roy Berg¡¯s words, they felt that a big stone fell from their heart. Even those that faced Fang Yun before felt that with the help of lord Roy Berg, the great serpent can¡¯t turn up any waves.
Roy Berg¡¯s fleet is powerful. They know very well that that fleet has battleships that are a level higher than Norton-ss battleships.
¡°With the participation of Lord Roy Berg, the giant serpent will be finally solved.¡±
John said with a smile on his face, then after hesitating for a moment, he slowly said.
¡°Elder Murray, It seems that lord Roy Berg is interested in the great serpent? Is he not going to kill it?¡±
After hesitating, Murray shook his head directly. ¡°Perhaps that creature has value to him.¡±
Murray has heard the name of pollutant creatures before, but he didn¡¯t have a precise understanding of how terrifying this creature was and what role it had.
In his thoughts, perhaps this kind of creature is simr to ordinary pathogens, possessing huge and pure energy.
Maybe the bodies of these creatures have some uses?
¡°Forget it, we don¡¯t have to think about this.¡±
Murray warned John and the others. ¡°Since Lord Roy Berg has taken a fancy to the serpent-pathogen, this is a great thing for us.¡±
¡°When we meetter, don¡¯t ask too much, so as not to cause Lord Roy Berg dissatisfaction, do you understand?¡±
¡°Yes!¡± John, Payne, and the others replied seriously.
Hearing this, Murray nodded and said. ¡°Okay, you can leave now. Continue to monitor the great serpent. If the Terra¡¯s fleet can¡¯t withstand it, send another fleet to support them.¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Payne, John, and the rest responded solemnly, then slowly walked outside.
Now there is no need for them to fear consumption. Theirrge forces will soone over. As long as they persist, victory will definitely be theirs.
What Murray wanted now was to wait until Roy Berg came over and then deal with that hateful creature.
Roy Berg and the king of the Supreme Blue Empire, are traveling in the empire. Because in Roy Berg¡¯s view, this ce will belong to him in the future.
He is like a prince, patrolling the territory that has just been entrusted to him by the previous lord.
However, there is a suspected pollutant creature on the Imperial Capital, hence he has to go back and look at it. If that creature is indeed a pollutant, then he has struck gold.
From a remote territory, Roy Berg was urging his fleet to quickly go back to the Imperial Capital of the Supreme Blue Empire. Due to the urgency of the situation and his eagerness, they mostly used space jumping along the way.
At this speed, it will probably take them around 3 to 4 days to go back to the Imperial Capital of the Empire.
¡°It¡¯s so cool, I didn¡¯t expect that I would have such a harvest in such a remote ce.¡±
Roy Berg was sitting in his lounge, casually sipping a drink. He had a pleasant expression on his face. His cold, indifferent heart finally ignited a me of hope after the appearance of this serpent. He originally had no hope of inheriting the throne, but this great serpent might be his opportunity.
¡°Hahahaha.¡±
Heughed cheerfully, but after a while, he gradually calmed down.
¡°I have to be calm. Even if I get a foothold in the Feiru Empire in the future, I can¡¯t give up this ce.¡±
¡°This is my lucky ce.¡±
He took a sip of wine and said with a smile on his face.
¡¡¡¡
On the Imperialside, Fang Yun clearly felt that this Gctic civilization had been increasing their attack intensity in the past two days.
As long as he appears in a certain area, then the nearby spaceships will rush toward him andunch an attack on him. Even those battleships on the other side of the sr system quickly rushed towards him and started attacking him.
¡°What¡¯s the problem with these guys?¡±
Fang Yun was a little surprised. Thinking deeply, the most likely reason why they are doing this is that the higher-ups of this Empire had found some way to deal with him, so they became unscrupulous.
¡°What tricks are these guys brewing?¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that a terrifying fleet was heading towards him. Even if he knew it, he wouldn¡¯t care much. He is very confident in his escape ability. He feels that he can escape if he can¡¯t defeat them.
His current speed coupled with attack power, defensive ability, and super regeneration gave him the confidence to face the trump card of the Supreme Blue Empire.
¡°Heh, Since they are adamant on facing me head-on, then it¡¯s only natural that I take this opportunity to destroy as many Norton-ss battleships as possible.¡±
Fang Yun sneered. He had been looking for the opportunity to destroy as many Norton-ss battleships as possible, but each time heunched an attack, they only sent 4 or 5 Norton-ss battleships to defend.
Moreover, these Norton-ss battleships mostly harassed him from the distance, escaping further when he tried to attack. They didn¡¯t care about thoses and the people on them at all.
But now it is different. These guys are no longer ying guerri warfare with him at all. In each battle, they sent more than half of their Norton-ss battleships to face him head-on.
Although Fang Yun flees with a serious injury after each fight, the losses on the Supreme Blue Empire¡¯s side are even more serious.
Up to now, after a few days of intense war, only 13 of their Norton-ss battleships remain.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, everyone, Lord Roy Berg and his fleet are about to return.¡±
In the conference room, everyone had a gloomy expression after knowing the number of Norton-ss battleships that remained, and Murray wasforting them.
¡°After that lordes over, this great serpent will be dealt with. At that time, it will be us that will unscrupulously hunt it, and we¡¯ll finallyunch our colonization with peace of mind.¡±
¡°We¡¯ll be able to expand the territory of the Supreme Blue Empire 4 to 5 times with no problem at all.¡±
Murray seemed to be confident in all of this. He pped his hands and said.
¡°With a broader territory, we can acquire more resources.¡±
¡°With more resources, we can build more spaceships, maintain our superiority, and truly be the strongest.¡±
After hearing Murray¡¯s inspiring words, the atmosphere in the conference room eased slightly, but everyone was basically clear that Murray¡¯s words were improving morale.
¡°Hahaha, I finally came back, let¡¯s go and meet Murray. We need some to gather information before doing anything.¡±
In the void outside the capital San Marino, Roy Berg said to Zahan with a grin.
Chapter 453: The Milky Way Has Changed
Chapter 453: The Milky Way Has Changed
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Outside an airport, Murray led the members of the council, as well as some promising young people, including Payne and John, and waited for the iing important people.
They are waiting for King Zahan and Lord Roy Berg.
¡°They should be here soon.¡±
John and the rest looked at each other. They could guess each other¡¯s inner thoughts. They had waited here all morning, but they still didn¡¯t see Roy Berg and King Zahan.
This is inevitable. Neither Lord Roy Berg nor King Zahan had given them an urate time, so they can only wait here from the morning to avoid embarrassment.
Time slowly passed. Suddenly, from the empty airport, a few people walked out. The elders, John, and the others who were all staring at the airport gate, immediately straightened up after seeing that group of people.
¡°They are here, His Majesty the King, and Lord Roy Berg are out!¡±
John yelled, Murray and other members of the council were excited. They all walked forward with a smile on their faces.
¡°Your Majesty, Lord Roy Berg.¡±
After Murray greeted the king, he immediately turned his sight to Roy Berg behind him, quickly waving his hands. Despite King Zahan being his direct superior, he paid more attention to Lord Roy Berg.
¡°Master Roy Berg, pleasee here.¡±
All the people behind him dispersed, leaving an empty passage. Roy Berg nodded, then walked forward. He naturally wanted to have a detailed chat with Murray, but he also knew that this is not the ce to talk.
Soon, under Murray¡¯s leadership, they came to a conference room.
¡°Let¡¯s waste time, Murray, talk to me about the great serpent.¡±
Roy Berg sat at the main seat of the conference table, looking at Murray, he eagerly said.
¡°Give me the details that you collected about the great serpent, don¡¯t leave out the smallest detail.¡±
¡°We have the image data of that great serpent here.¡±
Murray quickly showed Roy Berg a video. On the video were different recorded scenes of Fang Yun fighting with their fleets and eatings.
Seeing the amazing scene where the great serpent destroyed a huge gas, King Zahan¡¯s heartbeat elerated, he couldn¡¯t help but say after seeing this scene.
¡°This creature is really powerful. As Murray said, Norton-ss battleships shouldn¡¯t be able to deal with it.¡±
¡°How could our Supreme Blue Empire provoke such a powerful creature at this critical time? Damn it!¡±
King Zahan cursed, In his opinion, Fang Yun¡¯s existence had affected the expansion and growth of their Supreme Blue Empire.
However, on the other hand, Roy Berg was full of joy as he watched the various amazing scenes. He wasn¡¯t sad at all about those destroyed expensive battleships or the fact that the great serpent has dyed their expansion n.
¡°Hahahaha, it¡¯s truly a creature that surpassed the pathogen level. Even if it¡¯s not a pollutant, it shouldn¡¯t be far from it.¡±
After watching this video, Roy Berg was basically certain that this great serpent is unusual. It¡¯s highly likely a new pollutant. Even if not, it should be infinitely close to that level.
He finally couldn¡¯t stop hisughter, his wildugh and joyful tone filled the conference room.
The people in this conference room are the highest leadership of the Supreme Blue Empire and even the entire ninth heaven region, but they still felt a little ufortable after seeing Roy Berg¡¯s unscrupulous and wild smile.
However, everyone here is very clear about Roy Berg¡¯s identity and status, so even if they felt ufortable, they still hid this feeling deep in their heart and also showed a smile.
¡°Master Roy Berg, our current forces can¡¯t catch this great serpent.¡±
Murray couldn¡¯t help himself. He said to Roy Berg with a serious expression on his face, halting his wildugh.
¡°If I can, Lord Roy, can you please send your fleet to deal with that great serpent?¡±
¡°Oh?¡±
Roy Berg raised his eyebrows, then said to Murray with a teasing smile.
¡°So your goal is my fleet.¡±
¡°This¡¡± Murray and Zahan nced at each other, just when they wanted to justify themselves, Roy Berg waved his hand and said.
¡°Well, I know about this, It¡¯s okay.¡±
¡°Not only my fleet but the war fleet on the Intergctic battlefield must also be withdrawn.¡±
In fact, Roy Berg wanted to let the Supreme Blue Empire defeat the giant serpent themselves, then present it to him, but this impossible.
Roy Berg has his own considerations. His fleet is entirely his private property, hence with the destruction of every spaceship, his properties are lost.
In addition, his fleet consumes a lot of source stones every time it participates in a battle, hence if not as ast resort, he didn¡¯t want to participate in this battle.
¡°I have already notified the troops in the intergctic battlefield, they should have started to retreat,¡± Murray said with a smile. When Roy Berg announced that he is going to return, they contacted the troops in the Milky Way.
¡°Okay, that¡¯s good.¡± Roy Berg nodded, just as he was about to say something, hurried knocks could be heard from the door of the conference room.
¡°What happened?¡±
Murray and the rest of the people looked a bit upset upon hearing this rushed knocking. Just when they looked at the door, it was opened from the outside and a staff member rushed into the room.
¡°Elders, Your Majesty the King, and Lord Roy Berg.¡±
This staff member hurriedly said.
¡°There is news from the Intergctic battlefield, it said that our troops are being blocked.¡±
¡±What?¡±
Murray¡¯s brows wrinkled as he said.
¡°Exin in detail what is going on.¡±
His face turned solemn when he heard what the staff member said. In fact, the face of everyone in the conference room changed upon hearing the informant.
Everyone is very familiar with the situation of the Milky Way Gxy. They know that this is a civilization with a level lower than theirs. Most importantly, they don¡¯t have battleships at the level of Norton-ss ¡¡¡¡battleships. They can only hold them by piling them with lower-level battleships.
However, now someone told them that their fleet is being held by this lower civilization. This is beyondmon sense! Did something change?
¡°How is this possible?¡±
John, Payne, and the others looked at each other with a solemn expression. There were several question marks above their heads.
¡°Elder Murray, things went like this¡¡±
The staff member who came to the office started to exin the incident to Roy Berg, King Zahan, Murray, and the others.
Just when their fleet received the order to retreat and wanted to start the space jump, countless space fighters appeared out of nowhere and started harassing them. Pulling them with gravity generators when they are about to start the space jump and fleeing away when they try to counterattack.
These space fighters harassed them in various ways, stopping them from leaving. Just like this, their war fleet was held down by these hateful space fighters, unable to enter the Al-Star Belt and leave.
Chapter 454: The Chaotic Great Serpent
Chapter 454: The Chaotic Great Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Huh, the civilization of the Milky Way is really bold, they dare to attack my people?¡±
After Roy Berg listened to the staff member¡¯s narration, his face became very gloomy. The closer he gets to capturing the great serpent, the more twists and turns appear, the more anxious he gets.
He is afraid of making a small mistake, causing his n to fail.
¡°Master Roy Berg, what should we do now?¡±
Murray continued. ¡°With our current manpower here, there is no guarantee that we can trap that monster.¡±
He also sighed, feeling sad internally. At any rate, there were also a lot of Norton-ss battleships left in the Imperial Capital, but the great serpent has destroyed the majority of them.
If they don¡¯t have anything to change the game, the remaining Norton-ss battleships will also be destroyed, and all thes of the Imperial Capital will face a huge disaster.
Everyone¡¯s sights were locked at Roy Berg. In fact, Murray and the others hoped that Roy Berg¡¯s fleet will take action. As long as his fleet takes action, there will be a very high possibility of capturing the great serpent.
This is their only option.
¡°If this is the case, then only my fleet will take action next.¡±
After a long silence, Roy Berg said calmly. No matter how much he invested in this civilization. In the end, he still has to take action personally.
¡°Master Roy Berg, let¡¯s talk about the characteristics of that giant serpent¡¡±
Murray was relieved and extremely excited, but he didn¡¯t show much on his face.
Several people stayed together and started discussing.
Outside, Fang Yun looked at the in front of him. There were only 2 Battlestars in its orbits. In fact, apart from the Imperial, the others all have just 2 Battlestars touring around them.
However, no Norton-ss battleship is protecting this. After destroying all the Norton-ss battleships around this in thest attack, no other battleships were sent to protect it.
Therefore, these two Battlestars are the only weapons protecting this.
The two Battlestars revolved around the Tianyuan. Under normal circumstances, it¡¯s absolutely forbidden to leave without authorization, but the situation has indeed changed a little now.
Fang Yun¡¯s sight was fixed on the ahead, that is, the Tianyuan, his purpose was to see if there is any special protection on this.
¡°Apart from these two Battlestars in space, there must be some other defense force on the ground.¡±
Fang Yun pondered internally, then decided.
¡°I should solve these two Battlestars first.¡±
His gaze fell straight on the two Battlestars. His aura gradually radiated out as he unfolded his body, distorting the surrounding space. He decided to finallyunch a full-edged attack on one of thes of the Imperial Capital.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Releasing an earth-shattering roar, Fang Yun rushed forward. His goal is the nearest Battlestar.
This Battlestar looks like a small, but unlike ordinarys, countless weapons, cannons, and gun barrels were extending from all around it.
The reaction of this Battlestar was also quite rapid. The moment Fang Yun rushed out, they locked his position and aimed the countless cannon barrels at him, starting the weapon system.
First of all, it was an ordinaryser beam. This is the easiest weapon to operate and the fastest in terms ofunch time. It¡¯s also the first wave of attacks.
Thesesers beam exploded on Fang Yun¡¯s body, creating countless explosions on his gigantic body. Countless small and big light suns appeared from the beginning to the end of his body.
However, the explosions didn¡¯tst long.
Fang Yun rushed through the countless energy explosion. The countlessser beams didn¡¯t even slow him down, he suddenly opened his mouth andunched two giant ck spheres towards the Battlestar.
The moment Fang Yun opened his mouth, a giant energy shield appeared around the Battlestar. They are already very familiar with Fang Yun¡¯s attack patterns.
This kind of energy shield is particrly powerful, but Fang Yun¡¯s attack power has increased a lot sincest time. This time he fired two ¡°Antimatter Bombs¡± at the Battlestar. One shattered the energy shield and the other directly destroyed the Battlestar.
¡°Boom!!¡±
In less than 10 seconds, one of the two Battlestars protecting the Tianyuan was solved.
Another Battlestar also detected Fang Yun¡¯s appearance the moment he appeared. However, it was too far away. Just as tried to approach the battle center, the battle has already finished.
However, its weapon generating system had already been activated. One wave of powerfulser and missile attacks after the other was sent towards Fang Yun.
¡°Whoosh!!!¡±
Amongst the countlessser beams, there was a particrly conspicuous hugeser beam in the center. This is theser beamunched by the Battlestar¡¯s main cannon. It¡¯s extremely powerful.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!!¡±
Even Fang Yun can¡¯t carelessly resist the powerfulser wave of a fully charged Battlestar. Countless small craters appeared on his body, but the most conspicuous one in a huge crater with a diameter of almost 1 kilometer and a depth of several hundred meters. Scarlet blood seeped out of it and even bones were faintly visible.
Unfortunately, even this seemingly grim injury isn¡¯t anything under Fang Yun¡¯s perverted healing ability. The huge crater healed in just 19 seconds, not leaving any trace behind.
Fang Yun naturallyunched a vicious counterattack, quickly breaking the energy shield using the ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± and destroying the Battlestar.
So far, this called Tianyuan has no space protection weapon anymore.
Fang Yun unscrupulously entered the atmosphere of this. Not surprisingly, all kinds of missiles and other weapons flew towards him.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s roar dispersed the clouds within the range of thousands of kilometers. His speed is extremely very fast, much faster than those missiles, but many missiles stillnded on him due to his huge size.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Countless explosions appeared on Fang Yun¡¯s body, but they couldn¡¯t deal any damage to him. Fang Yununched an attack on the bases thatunched the missiles towards him.
¡°Boom!¡±
With just some casualser beams, these bases soon disappeared, reced by huge craters with a diameter of dozens of kilometers. Thebat power of this fell into a state of paralysis.
¡°Ahhh!!!!¡±
¡°No! No! Please No! Save me!!!!¡±
On the street, horrified screams could be heard everywhere. The nobles and high-ss people standing at the top 1% of the gxy have long since lost their elegant demeanors. All that was left is intense fear and despair.
Fang Yununched a frenzied attack on this. This time he didn¡¯t keep much of his strength. Apart from those deste military bases, the entire was messed up, the huge continents on the were broken up. This prosperous was transformed into a dead rock in just a minute.
When therge troops came, Fang Yun had already left.
There is no doubt that the actions of Fang Yun havepletely touched the bottom line of Murray, Payne, John, and the others. They are filled with fear, anger, and hatred towards Fang Yun.
Their king Zahan started to be cautious and fearful towards this chaotic and destructive creature.
Even Roy Berg was taken aback.
It turned a giant into a dead rock before they even had the chance to react.
¡°No, I can¡¯t let this monster continue to grow.¡±
Roy Berg said seriously.
¡°Murray, tomorrow morning, I want you to lock that monster¡¯s position. I will deal with it myself.¡±
Chapter 455: Incoming Battle
Chapter 455: Iing Battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The serpent-pathogen attacked one of the nine outers in the imperial capital and sessfully turned it into a dead rock.
After Fang Yun left, this news started madly spreading in the Supreme Blue Empire, mainly because it couldn¡¯t be hidden at all.
Inside the Supreme Blue Empire, there is also a hugework system. The destruction of one of the most importants in the Empire can¡¯t be hidden.
The empire¡¯s high-level figures are no longer keen on controlling the news, their attention can no longer be distracted, now the most important thing is to capture or kill the great serpent.
The serpent- pathogen is too dangerous. It destroyed one of their most importants, but more importantly, except for Roy Berg¡¯s fleet, the Supreme Blue Empire can do nothing to it.
Fortunately, Roy Berg is nning to take his fleet and personally attack the great serpent, causing all the senior leaders of the Supreme Blue Empire to heave a sigh of relief.
So after this incident, they used all of their power to search for the terrifying great serpent.
As for public opinion, after killing the serpent-pathogen, the panic and outrage of the people will naturally disappear.
Under their carpet-like search, they soon found some clues left by the giant serpent.
¡°Your Highness, Elder Murray, we have discovered the location of that serpent.¡±
John walked toward the conference room with a smile on his face. He held an instrument in his hand and ced it in front of King Zahan and Murray. Suddenly a blue holographic screen appeared in front of them.
It¡¯s a vast expanse of space. John moved his fingers on it.
¡°The giant serpent is at this position, 0.7 light-years away from the Imperial Capital. We don¡¯t know what it¡¯s doing right there, eating or sleep?¡±
¡°Sir, we can¡¯t waste time. Maybe it will move towards another locationter on. Now is the best time to attack.¡±
After hearing John¡¯s words, King Zahan and Murray looked at each other, then said.
¡°Okay, we will tell the matter to Lord Roy Berg right away. You continue to monitor the Great Serpent. If it has any new movements, let us know immediately.¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
John nodded heavily, then turned and walked out of the gate.
Soon, Zahan and Murray reported the matter to Roy Berg, who immediately nodded, expressing that the fleet is ready to head out.
Not long after, another fleet set off.
This fleet is not huge, it just has nine Destroyer Battleships and three huge cargo spaceships, all of which were more than 30 kilometers long.
Among the nine battleships, there are three that look a little different from the others, but they aren¡¯t different in size. They are all about 6 to 7 kilometers long.
But on the outside, they looked more refined and streamlined than the other Destroyers.
In themand ship in the middle of the three special battleships, King Zahan and Elder Murray followed Roy Berg. They looked left and right with amazement, their faces were full of envy.
These battleships are what Roy Berg is relying on.
These three destroyers are one level higher than Norton-ss destroyers. They are called the Eclipse-ss destroyers.
This kind of destroyer has an extremely powerful attack power. The most important thing is that theirser cannons and energy generator has a very fast transmission speed and a very short energy storage time. It only takes them 3 seconds to recharge the energy core of the spaceship¡¯s main cannon.
That is to say, different from the 10 seconds required to charge the main cannon on Norton-ss battleships before firing, this ship only requires 3 seconds. More than 3 times faster.
Its energy shield is also extremely powerful, almost imprable. Even if an Eclipse-ss battleship stands in front of a Norton-ss battleship without attacking, the Norton-ss battleship won¡¯t be able to break its energy shield even if it keeps attacking until its energy runs out.
ording to the datasheet. Under normal circumstances, 5 Norton-ss battleships are required to continue attacking until their energy runs out before they can break the energy shield of this type of battleship.
The most maddening and desperate thing is that Eclipse-ss battleships have a second energy shield hidden behind the first one, so in the face of this desperate 2yer defense, Norton-ss battleships are helpless in front of Eclipse-ss battleships.
The power of its mainser cannon is also extraordinary. One single shot can directly break the energy shield of a Norton-ss battleship, and the second shot can destroy the battleship.
Pollutants are naturally extraordinary, but Roy Berg¡¯s fleet has three Eclipse-ss Battleships. This lineup is more than enough to kill a newly evolved pollutant.
Moreover, that giant serpent shouldn¡¯t have reached the pollutant level yet. Even if it¡¯s extremely powerful, it should still be a fifth-ss pathogen.
¡°Oh?¡±
In an empty space, Fang Yun, who was devouring the fragments of a, suddenly felt an electromaic wave sweeping him from far away.
¡°A fleet is approaching me.¡±
Fang Yun reacted at once. After a little thought, he guessed what happened. It¡¯s very likely that the Supreme Blue Empire was angry that he destroyed one of theirs and dispatched a fleet to attack him.
The only thing that puzzled Fang Yun was that his current strength can already crush their extremely weak fleet. How dare they send a fleet to attack him?
¡°It¡¯s very possible that something changed.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly figured out the key points. He hesitated for a moment before heading in the direction of the electromaic wave. He is going to see what kind of fleet ising.
As for his safety and the like.
He is not worried about this.
Due to the previous incident of the¡¯s destruction, he had gained more than 15 billion reputation points. He had already upgraded ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±
The maxed out ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± at the maximum level is terrifying. Even giant gass, dozens of times bigger than the earth, can be broken with one strike.
ording to Fang Yun¡¯s estimation, with his current level of attack power. He can destroy a Norton-ss battleship with one shot!
¡°My reputation value is still rapidly growing. It shouldn¡¯t take long for it to reach 225 billion.¡±
Fang Yun was quite happy. After he receives the next wave of skill points, he is nning to upgrade ¡°Space Barrier¡±, increasing his defensive power.
As time passed, Fang Yun continuously moved towards the area of the electromaic wave. As for the giant turtle, it already hid in advance. Despite its growth speed, the giant turtle is still too weak to fight with him.
Furthermore, this time, it will only be more dangerous. Since the people of the Supreme Blue Empire dare to send a fleet to attack him, then they must have a trump card to rely on.
Chapter 456: Cataclysmic Blast
Chapter 456: Cataclysmic st
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Roger, have you heard? The empire dispatched a secret fleet. This time it¡¯s about tounch a killing operation against that monster.¡±
On a street of Imperial, a young man said to hispanion. Hispanion, also a young man, wasn¡¯t as optimistic as his friend.
¡°Dawson, this may be another trick the Empire used to appease us, now they can no longer convince me.¡±
¡°I¡¯m convinced that the end of the world ising.¡±
Roger raised his head and looked at the sky, with gloom spread over his head.
Hearing that, the young Dawson groaned, but still managed to smile.
¡°Hey, Roger, don¡¯t be too pessimistic, we can only trust them again. If the serpent is really solved, the crisis will be resolved.¡±
¡°I hope so.¡±
Roger did not argue with his good friend Dawson. He shook his head slightly, his disappointment with the senior leaders of the Supreme Blue Empire had reached the extreme.
One of the nine outers of the Imperial Capital was reduced into a dead rock. In addition, in many previous battles, their fleet waspletely defeated when facing the giant serpent. He had lost hope a long time ago.
Roger nced around, the huge and prosperous streets looked deste at this moment. Theck of people and the faint atmosphere of despair is a sharp contrast to the previous prosperity.
Many military guards can be seen walking around, patrolling the surrounding area, stopping people from doing irrational things such as fighting, smashing, and looting.
¡°The end wille sooner orter.¡±
Roger muttered indistinctly. His eyes became numb. At first, as the giant serpent fought against their fleets, again and again, he was filled with panic
Coupled with many people poprizing the news that the end ising, he gradually believed that the great serpent is truly a force of destruction bringing the end of the world.
His mood also changed from the mix between fear and hope at the beginning to despair and numbnesster on.
However, hispanion Dawson has always maintained hope. Contrary to him whopletely gave up, his friend is still hoping that the empire¡¯s fleet can truly solve the evil serpent.
¡°Okay, Roger, just wait.¡±
Dawson smiled. Knowing that his words did not get the approval of his friends. He took a deep breath, then clenching his hands, he said.
¡°Let¡¯s go, let¡¯s go home and watch the news.¡±
¡°If our fleet defeats that giant serpent, they will definitely announce the news to calm everyone as soon as possible.¡±
The two walked side by side across the street, then got into a private house.
There are many people in the Imperial like Dawson and Roger, some of them werepletely convinced by the doomsday rumors, thinking that the dawn of their Intergctic Empire has arrived.
Others, like Dawson, still have hope for the future. Most of thetter group of people was waiting for news back at their residence.
On the other side, in the pitch-ck space, Fang Yun stared at the area ahead closely. That direction was exactly the area where the electromaic wave was emitted from.
At present, that radar-like electromaic wave has be more and more intense.
This also means that that fleet is getting closer and closer to him.
The giant serpent¡¯s huge body suddenly moved, continuously moving forward. elerating to an exaggerated level of speed, making it extremely hard for any weapon to lock his position.
¡°It found us.¡±
In the control room of themand ship, John stood behind elder Murray, King Zahan, and Roy Berg. He looked at the radar screen in front of them and noticed that a red dor is approaching them at an exaggerated speed.
This red dot represents Fang Yun.
Not long before, they had already fully sensed Fang Yun¡¯s location. Originally, they nned to approach and surround him quietly, but the moment they discovered him, Fang Yun also discovered them.
¡°What a fast speed, it is indeed not a general fifth-ss pathogen.¡±
After seeing Fang Yun¡¯s exaggerated speed, Roy Berg¡¯s eyes lit up with excitement.
¡°Everyone pay attention! spread out, spread out! now the target is flying towards us at the speed of light.¡±
The spacecraft in the fleet dispersed, then activated all of their energy shields.
But it¡¯s a pity that, at Fang Yun¡¯s incredible speed, although they detected his huge life fluctuations, they couldn¡¯t urately lock him.
Fang Yun isn¡¯t moving forward in a straight line but is constantly zig-zagging around, with an irregr flight path, making it neigh impossible to predict his movement path.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
As he rapidly tore through the dark space, Fang Yun raised his head and let out a deep and distant roar. His roar spread around in the form of electromaic waves, then captured by the spaceships on the opposite side. All of the people in themand room clearly heard the roar after it was tranted into sound waves.
¡°He¡¯sing.¡±
Elder Murray slightly clutched his chest and looked at the projection screen in front of him. From the distant dark space, he was finally able to see the great serpent.
It can be seen that this giant serpent noticeably slowed down when it approached their fleet
Suddenly, the spaceships unfolding the energy barriers ahead sank a little, exposing the rear fleet. The rear spaceships don¡¯t have their energy shields activated. They have been charging theirser cannons, hence the moment Fang Yun appeared, they didn¡¯t hesitate tounch an attack.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Fang Yun directly activated the ¡°Space Barrier¡±, deflecting all the iing attacks due to the distortion in space.
¡°Unfortunately, this skill can¡¯t distort space enough to reverse theser beam¡¯s trajectory, otherwise, I would have made them taste their own attack.¡±
Fang Yun felt that it was a pity, but didn¡¯t stop shortly thereafter. He aimed at a ship on the opposite fleet andunched a huge ck sphere from his mouth. The maxed out ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±.
The ship that was locked by him was a Norton-ss Battleship. Under his full power attack, the energy shield that was surrounding it directly burst open. Unimpeded, the ck sphere continued to collide with the huge battleship,pletely destroying it, then exploding.
¡°BOOM!!!!!¡±
The explosion stretched for tens of thousands of kilometers, affecting the nearby battleships and causing them to violently shake. The explosion created a light sphere many times brighter than the sun, lighting up the surrounding billions of miles.
The explosion could even be faintly seen back from the Imperial Capital.
¡°What?!!¡±
In the control center of themand ship, John, Payne, and Murray all fell into a sluggish state after seeing this scene.
Not only them, even King Zahan, and Roy Berg were also shocked by Fang Yun¡¯s tyrannical attack.
¡°This¡ this giant serpent is so powerful?¡±
Roy Berg asked with a look of astonishment because, in John and Payne¡¯s narration, the attack power of this suspect pollutant is far from what he saw now.
Chapter 457: Impasse
Chapter 457: Impasse
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°This¡ This attack power ispletely different from before? What happened to this giant serpent? Did it grow further? Upgrade? Evolution?¡±
The Great Elder Murray looked at the image of the giant serpent with a look of shock. Since they met the great serpent, its power has grown several times.
Of course, it¡¯s also possible that this great serpent has hidden its power in their previous confrontations, but this possibility is very small because they drove the great serpent into precarious several times. If it has enough strength, it should be fully used to annihte their fleet instead of escaping.
¡°In such a short period of time, it has evolved so many times. If we give it enough time, the extent of its growth will be unimaginable.¡±
Murray¡¯s face was already gloomy to the extreme. His heart was heavy, and for some reason, he started to panic a little.
When he came here before, he was also full of confidence and felt that with this powerful fleet, it will be impossible for the great serpent to escape, but now he doesn¡¯t feel as confident anymore.
¡°My premonition won¡¯t be fulfilled, right?¡±
Murray muttered indistinctly, his heartbeat elerated to the extreme.
¡°What¡¯s wrong, Elder Murray.¡±
King Zahan asked after seeing the strange look on Murray¡¯s face, to which thetter said.
¡°Your Majesty, I have a feeling that our actions won¡¯t be smooth this time.¡±
¡°This great serpent seems to have grown in strength, we have to be careful.¡±
After hearing Murray¡¯s words, King Zhan¡¯s brows scrunched slightly. After a moment of silence, he said.
¡°Murray, you are too cautious, this time, the fleet that is taking action is Lord Roy Berg¡¯s fleet.¡±
Roy Berg nodded in agreement from the side.
¡°The strength of this giant serpent is indeed quite impressive, butpared with my fleet, it is still far behind.¡±
He said with a hint of pride between his brows.
Roy Berg is very confident. Although the strength of this giant serpent is indeed different from what Murray and his entourage have said, he is still full of confidence.
¡°Well, Murray, don¡¯t think too much.¡±
King Zahan smiled, then patted Murray on the shoulder, Murray was silent, and finally nodded. During their short conversation, Fang Yun destroyed another Norton-ss battleship.
Roy Berg¡¯s face sank a bit upon seeing this. His fleet has only 9 battleships. Although he doesn¡¯t care much about Norton-ss battleships, losing two at once still caused him to be ufortable.
¡°Release the space fighters.¡±
Compared with destroyer battleships and cargo spaceships, space fighters are undoubtedly much more flexible, and because of their smaller size, it¡¯s not easy to hit them.
The moment he released the order. Countless locusts-like space fighters were released from inside the cargo spaceships.
Fang Yun sensed that arge number of spacecraft were approaching. He doesn¡¯t really like space fighters. They are not only very small and not worth much bio-energy, it¡¯s quite hard to urately hit them. Most importantly, their constant harassment doesn¡¯t feel good.
It¡¯s almost like countless mosquitos flying around him.
For now, he doesn¡¯t have wide-range effect skills capable of dealing with countless 10 to 100 meters long space fighters over hundreds of thousands of kilometers.
¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± can destroy space fighters close to him, but if the distance between the enemy and himself is too far, the power of this skill is not so obvious.
The power of gravity might be very effective at short range, but the farther away, the weaker the effect.
Now this skill doesn¡¯t have much use to him now, but things might be different if an advanced version of this skill appears.
He is still looking forward to a ck hole-like gravity skill. This is a celestial body capable of reducings and even stars into cosmic dust!
Unfortunately, no simr skills have appeared yet, but things might be different in the future.
When arge number of space fighters flocked toward Fang Yun, countless smallser beamsnded on his body. The power of theseser beams is far from that of the destroyer battleships, but its countless numbers caused Fang Yun a lot of pain.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Fang Yun, who felt like being pricked by thousands of needles all over his body, cursed angrily.
He locked a space fighter not far away, opened his mouth, and jumped on it, but he was dangerously dodged by the dexterous space fighters.
To reach sub-light speed or even light speed, he needs some time to elerate, and before elerating enough to reach these speed levels, these space fighters can dodge his physical attacks.
¡°Whoosh! Whoosh!¡±
Fang Yun fired aser beam at the closest space fighter. The pilot reacted with superb insight and sensitivity, almost escaping theser beam, but he was still hit in the end, exploding in the dark space.
Not far from the explosion, Fang Yun noticed that three space fighters got closer and were heading towards him at a rapid speed.
This is a good opportunity.
Fang Yun immediately used ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± on them, pulling the three space fighters together and squeezing them into a single dense metal ball.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
¡°What¡¯s the matter with these three space fighters?¡±
In the control center of themand ship, Murray, King Zahan, and Roy Borg all said in amazement after seeing this scene.
The three fighters collided with each other without the slightest reason.
¡°One of the three fighters, the one in the middle suddenly exuded a terrifying gravity, simr to that of a Star.¡±
Their instruments detected that the mass of the fighter in the middle had skyrocketed. This definitely has something to do with the great serpent but they don¡¯t know how he did it.
As Fang Yun rarely used ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡±, it was documented in a short sentence and rarely paid attention to hence the three of them didn¡¯t immediately recognize it.
The three of them looked at each other with an awe-inspiring expression on their faces.
¡°Let all the space fighters spread out a bit, don¡¯t get too close to each other.¡±
After Roy Borg pondered, he immediately gave orders. He is sure that this is the great serpent¡¯s doing, but through just the few information they collected and what he saw, he came up with countermeasures. This skill has its ws.
It¡¯s inly obvious that this skill has a distance limit. As long the space fighters keep a certain distance between them, this skill has no threat!
Some rtively close space fighters immediately spread out, then started firingser beams at Fang Yun.
Fang Yun felt annoyed, and after cursing bitterly, he immediately rushed forward, his goal being those huge battleships.
¡°These space fighters are really annoying.¡±
Fang Yun was a little annoyed. These fighters continued to fly around him and attack with their weakser beams. Their speed isn¡¯t slow. Fang Yun thought that the only way he could get rid of them was by elerating to the maximum, far beyond their speed and the reaction speed of the pilots, then constantly flying around, colliding with them and destroying them using the huge kic force.
Although it will take some time, he can get rid of them neatly andpletely, the problem with this method is that the kic force not only acts on them but also on him.
With each collision with a space fighter at light speed, he will receive an injury. After destroying thousands to tens of thousands of space fighters, his body will be in tatters.
He might be able to regenerate to the peak at a rapid speed, but it will take at least 10 to 20 seconds, and during this time, he will be vulnerable.
The enemy¡¯s battleships won¡¯t waste this opportunity, hence although this is the only way, Fang Yun will not put himself in danger to destroy these space fighters.
He has one life, if he is killed, there will be no chance ofe-back.
The densely packed space fighters formedyers ofs, blocking Fang Yun¡¯s way forward. The endlessser beams kept bombarding Fang Yun and exhausting his physical strength.
Chapter 458: Catastrophe
Chapter 458: Catastrophe
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°There are probably thousands of these space fighters.¡±
Fang Yun perceived the space fighters around him. The reason why these space fighters are so troublesome is that their speed is much faster than those he dealt with before.
Therefore, he has to constantly elerate to reach a speed level higher than theirs before getting rid of their entanglement, but he needs at least sub-light speed to do so, and traveling at sub-light speed in the midst of so many space fighters is a huge burden to his body.
He can¡¯t useser beams to shoot them. These space fighters are extremely flexible. It¡¯s easy to perceive their existence, but it¡¯s difficult to judge their route, because many times, Their actions are all irregr.
The only way to deal with them is by using an extremely wide area of effect skill¡
¡°Wait for a second, I do have an AOE skill, isn¡¯t ¡°Cell Distorsion¡± the perfect skill for this.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly remembered this skill. This skill has a rtivelyrge area of effect. As long as they enter the effective range of this skill, the pilots will quickly die.
Furthermore, if the space fighters decide to keep a farther distance, he will have enough area to elerate without worrying about colliding with them. This is the perfect skill for this situation!
When he thought of this, Fang Yun was finally relieved. He immediately put his ideas into practice. When a certain number of space fighters reached the area 1000 kilometers around him, Fang Yun activated ¡°Cell Distortion¡±.
At this distance, the space fighters in the range of attack suddenly wanted to make a turn and elerate, rushing towards Fang Yun, but at this moment, ¡°Cell Distortion¡± suddenly affected them. The figure of the pilots in the cockpit stopped moving. Immediately afterward, their bodies started aging at a speed visible to the naked eye.
Space fighters¡¯ pilots are soldiers that have undergone extreme training and gic modification, sharpening their instincts and reactions and elevating their thinking speed and judgment to a whole other level.
However, despite this, a space fighter¡¯s pilot is still a very unpopr job. Not only due to therge mortality rate, but also since the pilots of space fighters¡¯ have a rtively short lifespan after many gic modifications and extreme training.
So after Fang Yun used ¡°Cell Distortion¡±, the pilots died in just three or four seconds.
Seeing that this method is effective, Fang Yun started rampaging across the battlefield.
There are a lot of space fighters flying around, hence he needs to follow them and keep at least a distance of 1000 kilometers between them. This requires quite some time and patience, but Fang Yuncks neither.
¡°Damn it, what¡¯s going on?¡±
In the distantmand ship, Roy Berg frowned after seeing the situation on the battlefield.
This scene is even more terrifying than the previous ones. They noticed that whenever the giant serpent approached their space fighter, the vitality of their pilots would disappear at a very fast speed.
In just three or four seconds, or even less, their pilots die.
Although the space fighters have an automatic flight function, without the pilots, they can¡¯t carry any sophisticated operation, greatly losing their flexibility and lowering their threat.
¡°Hahaha, what are you going to do now?¡±
Thoserge-scale destroyer battleship can¡¯t catch his tracks at all. Even if they do, most of their attacks can be diverted using the ¡°Space Barrier¡± skill. The only bothersome space fighters hold no threat to him.
The space fighters around Fang Yun were decreasing at a speed visible to the naked eye, causing their threat to be lower and lower. Watching this scene from the distant space, Murray and King Zahan started bing nervous, and even a bit scared.
This time, even Roy Berg was shocked.
¡°Things can¡¯t go on like this.¡±
Roy Berg muttered. If this continues, then this operation will definitely fail. They might even lose their lives like those pilots if the serpent gets closer.
Without the protection of space fighters, their Destroyer seems will most likely not be enough to hunt this great serpent. The speed and reaction ability of this great serpent is ridiculous. If it keeps a certain distance between them, they are very unlikely to hit it.
What makes them even more speechless is that the great serpent can distort the space around it. This makes it even harder to hit it.
Their Eclipse-ss battleships fired dozens ofser beams at the great serpent, but at a distance of a few hundreds of thousands of kilometers, theirser beams needed a few seconds to reach the target, giving the great serpent enough time to dodge.
Coupled with ¡°Space Barrier¡± even if they calcte the trajectory of the giant serpent in advance, it¡¯s still very hard to hit it.
¡°What to do?¡±
Several people in the control center looked at each other with gloomy faces. A heavy atmosphere filled the control center.
¡°Sends out thest batch of space fighters.¡±
After a moment of silence, Roy Berg gave an order.
¡°This time, we must coordinate the attack of the destroyers with the space fighters. We don¡¯t have room for error!¡±
The remaining space fighters started to move, but at this moment, Roy Berg and the others suddenly discovered that the giant serpent is heading towards them.
¡°Damn it, it¡¯sing. Stop it! Stop it!!¡±
Roy Berg yelled loudly. It would be bad if this giant serpent came near their fleet. Theirser beams won¡¯t be able to freely attack, for fear of identally attacking the other battleships, but most importantly, if that great serpent uses the ability he used on the pilots of the space fighters¡
However, what¡¯s the use of fear? The giant serpent elerated to light speed, instantly crossing hundreds of thousands of kilometers anding near their fleet.
These destroyers immediately flew closer to each other, intending to keep a formation and protect the battleships in the center. Unfortunately, they didn¡¯t have the time, Fang Yun immediately attacked the battleship in the middle of the fleet.
This is a rtively special destroyer battleship, different from the Norton-ss battleships Fang Yun had been dealing with before.
¡°These battleships should be a level higher than that of Norton-ss battleships?¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. This should be the only reason why these people who were acting like turtles not long ago to take the initiative to attack him.
Fang Yun naturally didn¡¯t underestimate it and immediately used ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± to attack.
¡°Boom!!¡±
His antimatter bombnded on the energy shield of the battleship ahead. The white light created as a result of the explosion covered the battleship and the area around it.
However, Fang Yun clearly sensed that the energy shield of the battleship did not burst open.
¡°It actually withstood my antimatter bomb.¡±
Fang Yun was shocked. His Antimatter Bomb is dozens of times stronger than hisser beam, but this battleship¡¯s energy shield withstood it without breaking.
Fang Yun quickly released a series of antimatter bombs towards it. After withstanding the third Antimatter Bomb, the energy shield of the Eclipse-ss battleship finally burst open.
However, the second energy shield withstood the remaining power of the antimatter bomb, severely cracking it.
Fang Yun paused and thenunched another ck giant ball, breaking the second energy shield.
This new type of destroyer battleships can withstand 4 of his Antimatter Bombs before breaking.
Chapter 459: The Last ship
Chapter 459: The Last ship
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After getting a rough idea about the power of the Eclipse-ss battleships, Fang Yun was shocked. A question appeared in his mind. How did the Supreme Blue Empire suddenly acquire three higher level battleships?
¡°Is the scientific and technological power of the Supreme Blue Empire already so powerful?¡±
Fang Yun was amazed, but he didn¡¯t have the time to think about this now. After shattering the energy shield of the Eclipse-ss battleship, he immediatelyunched another Antimatter bomb towards it.
Inside the Eclipse-ss battleship on the opposite side, after seeing Fang Yun attacking them again, the crew memberspletely fell into panic and fear.
The energy core of that Eclipse-ss battleship started turning to the extreme, sending out bursts of rapid tremors throughout the battleship, seeming to want to escape. Unfortunately, their speed is too slowpared to the speed of Fang Yun¡¯s Antimatter bomb.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
After Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± skill was released, he directly annihted the Eclipse-ss battleship on the opposite side. Although the materials of the Eclipse-ss battleship are extraordinary, they still couldn¡¯t handle the cataclysmic-power of Fang Yun¡¯s current strongest attack.
In space, a splendid light sphere appeared, shrouding an area of tens of thousands of kilometers. The Eclipse-ss battleship was broken into countless small parts/
¡°This¡¡¡±
In the control center of themand ship, Roy Berg looked t this scene with a look of shock. The destruction of one of his Eclipse-ss battleshippletely shocked him.
¡°Conley¡¡±
Roy Berg swallowed a mouthful of saliva. The captain of the star destroyer was exactly the Conley he mentioned, but in the midst of that explosion, he should have been vaporized into dust, reduced into atoms.
This is not what agitated him the most. What makes him even more agitated is that the great serpent can quickly break the energy shield of an Eclipse-ss battleship, in a few seconds nheless.
This caused him to feel a crisis.
¡°Damn it, it¡¯s too dangerous here.¡±
Roy Berg could not help but curse. He suddenly started to feel a pang of panic, his heartbeat started elerating.
The same is true for King Zahan next to him.
Both of them are the kind of pampered, superior people, capable of deciding the fate of countless creatures with just a few words.
This time they came to ambush this giant serpent because they had absolute certainty. Furthermore, this is a fleet that no one has the qualification tomand apart from them, at least in the Supreme Blue Empire.
Moreover, there is no one with the ability to personally shoulder this task. The captains of the three Eclipse-ss battleships are equal to each other. No one can convince the other two.
Under these conditions, only Roy Berg can personally lead the fleet. Since Roy Berg is personally leading, King Zahan naturally can¡¯t back down. Anyway, he felt that this action will not be dangerous.
However, what neither of them expected is that this action is actually dangerous, and very much so.
The two of them have never felt such a crisis throughout their lives.
¡°Monitor it carefully, don¡¯t let it get close to themand ship!¡±
Roy Berg yelled in front of the microphone, giving orders to the rest of the fleet. At the same time, hismand ship started to retreat to the rear of the fleet.
Fang Yun, who was bombarding the space fighters near him, also noticed the central ship was retreating. He naturally recognized it from its position and shape that that battleship is themand ship.
¡°Do you want to run? Dream!¡±
Fang Yun sneered internally. His body suddenly shed, heading straight towards the retreatingmand ship.
In the empty space, a huge battleship was speeding forward. Not far behind it, a colossal serpent was chasing behind it.
However, around and ahead of this giant serpent, many fighters and battleships are besieging and intercepting, interfering with his movements and slowing him down.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun released an earth-shattering howl, angrily swallowing a space fighter passing in front of him.
Because he is now chasing themand ship, the only way they could stop him is by hindering him from moving forward, and to do so, they must get closer.
In this way, Fang Yun was given a chance to attack them.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun suddenly shed to the side of a Norton-ss battleship, then waved his tail towards it. His giant tail that is bigger than the battleship enveloped it.
The energy shield of this Norton-ss battleship had been destroyed by Fang Yun before, so his tail directly collided with its body.
The hull of any Norton-ss battleship is made of special-grade metal, countless times tougher and more durable than stainless steel, but in front of Fang Yun¡¯s shattering strength, it was almost like a fragile paper, instantly breaking into pieces.
Fang Yun¡¯s brutal destructive power shook the surrounding space fighters and the destroyers and space fighters, causing them to spread a bit farther away from him. This gave Fang Yun an opportunity.
Themand ship, Tatu, originally pulled quite a long distance between them, but Fang Yun was quickly getting closer.
Up to now, of the nine destroyer battleships, only five are left, two of which are Eclipse-ss battleships and three are Norton-ss battleships.
There are hundreds of space fighters, but they are like rootless grass. Fang Yun has already destroyed the 3 cargo spaceships, they have no ce to recharge their energy.
¡°Whoosh!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s body was like a stream of light, crossing hundreds of thousands of kilometers every second, gradually closing the distance between him and themand ship Tatu.
¡°Stop it! Stop that monster!¡±
In the control center of the Tatu, Roy Berg was yelling frantically. He gave a death-order to the other Eclipse-ss battleship to stop the great serpent.
If this goes on, the giant serpent will eventually catch up.
The eclipse-ss battleship, Nowell, which was originally quickly moving forward, gradually shifted its course. Its giant main cannon aimed at the giant serpent chasing from the rear. The energy shield was suddenly deactivated, then rays of brilliant rays suddenly appeared in the opening of the giant cannon, sending one giantser beam after the other towards the great serpent.
Fang Yun immediately used ¡°Space Barrier¡± to deflect the iingser beams, but some still managed to get past the distorted space andnd on his body, creating giant craters across his body, almost dividing him into two pieces.
Fang Yun endured the pain and continuously dodged, changing his direction and quickly sending an antimatter bomb before Nowell could react.
Different from other types of battleships, Nowell immediately activated its energy shield the moment Fang Yun changed his position, but this was ultimately futile. Fang Yun doesn¡¯t have a skill cooldown, he canunch any skill almost instantly and continuously.
After four antimatter bombs, Nowell¡¯s two energy shields copsed, then was immediately annihted by Fang Yun¡¯sser cannon.
¡°Even Nowell was destroyed?¡±
Roy Berg stared at the disy screen in front of him with a trembling body and an almost crazy expression.
Chapter 460: Despair and Escape
Chapter 460: Despair and Escape
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Master Roy Berg, we have to get out of here as soon as possible. This giant serpent is no longer something we can handle.¡±
On one side, the king of the Supreme Blue Empire, Zahan, suddenly said after a long moment of silence.
Roy Berg suddenly came to his senses.
¡°Yes, yes, we have to leave quickly.¡±
¡°Start the hyperspace engine immediately, turn on the limit state. We must leave here immediately.¡±
Under the limit state, the Tatu can enter the hyperspace in just three or four seconds, then quickly leave this area.
¡°Hum!!!¡±
The entire spaceship trembled, then, around the Tatu, space suddenly became distorted. The hull of the Tatu gradually disappeared, they are about to enter hyperspace.
¡°Want to leave? Dream!¡±
Fang Yun immediately guessed the Tatu¡¯s intention and immediately used ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± on them. The entire ship trembled, the half that originally entered in the hyperspace was pulled into the material space.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
Inside the control center of the Tatu, King Zahan, Roy Berg, John, Murray, and the others, were affected by the sudden change of space, screaming in pain and panic.
Being pulled out of the hyperspace so violently caused them to suffer from the heavy pressure. Some people even directly spat out blood and fainted.
¡°What the hell is going on?¡±
Roy Berg was really panicked this time. He wiped the blood from the corner of his mouth and nced around the control center. Various warning lights shed around, and the sound of rms rang through the entire room.
Obviously, many parts of the spacecraft were damaged, hence the crazy rms.
¡°Damn it! the Tatu can¡¯t escape.¡±
Roy Berg came to this conclusion after seeing the state of the spacecraft. Although he is still panicking, at least his thoughts are clear.
¡°I have to get out of here, I don¡¯t want to die here in this remote ce!¡±
Roy Berg yelled angrily, then madly ran towards one direction.
¡°Master Roy Berg, Master Roy Berg!¡±
King Zahan watched as Roy Berg rapidly ran away with a dumbfounded look on his face. He yelled at him twice, then quickly chased from behind, but at this moment, the spaceship once again shook heavily, causing him to fall to the ground.
When he quickly stood up, Roy Berg was already missing.
Roy Berg staggered towards a secret room, where an escape device was sealed off.
¡°Huh, fortunately, I installed this escape pod on the Tatu beforehand.¡±
Roy Berg thought internally. He jumped into the escape pod and activated the escape device.
¡°Vroom! Vroom!¡±
This escape pod can still be operated normally. It wasn¡¯t damaged in the previous escape.
The door behind the escape pod suddenly opened, revealing the dark space, then the escape pod suddenly flew out,pletely disappearing from this dark space.
This escape pod took only one or two seconds toplete the space jump.
Fang Yun in the distance noticed the escape pod, but it was too small to attract his attention, not to mention that he is being attacked by the Tatu right now.
¡°It seems that someone has slipped away¡¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, but then he shook his head and threw those distracting thoughts out of his mind. The most important thing right now is to deal with this battleship.
He didn¡¯t take the initiative to attack it but focused on consuming its energy.
He heard the system prompt before. This battleship can provide him with several billion bio-energy points, which is simply terrifying.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun bombed a Norton-ss battleship on the way again. So far, all the Norton-ss battleships have been destroyed. All that is left is the Eclipse-ss battleship, the Tatu.
As for the space fighters, some of them fled into the depths of the universe after seeing that it¡¯s impossible to win the battle, and some of them remained to fight him to the end.
Fang Yun admired those that didn¡¯t escape and continued to fight. As for those that escaped, in this vast space, where can space fighters go to?
In their previous battles with Fang Yun, most of the energy of those space fighters was exhausted. Space fighters don¡¯t have a big energy source from the beginning, now that they exhausted most of their small energy reserve, the remaining small energy isn¡¯t enough to carry them anywhere.
This area is very deste, it¡¯s quite difficult for them to find a to recharge their energy here.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Anotherser beam was dodged flexibly by Fang Yun. Right now, this area of space had be extremely empty again. Fang Yun can gallop around at will.
Fang Yun got closer and closer to the Tatu.
¡°Master Roy Berg! He¡ He¡ He escaped!¡±
In the control center of themand ship, Tatu, the news about Roy Berg¡¯s escape has been spread. When the intelligence system announced this news earlier, everyone was shocked.
Especially King Zahan, right he is filled with extreme panic and resentment.
¡°Why didn¡¯t you take me with you?¡±
King Zahan was furious, ¡°I am the king of the Supreme Blue Empire, I can¡¯t die here!¡±
However, no matter how angry, desperate, and resentful he is at the moment, his emotions aren¡¯t worth anything. The energy of themand battleship has already fallen to a dangerously low level.
¡°Damn it! our energy has reached the red level!¡±
A soldier yelled loudly, driving the desperate mood to an even lower point.
¡°We can¡¯t just give up!¡±
¡°Damn it, let that monstere over, even if we die, we will take a pice of its meat!¡±
¡°Yes, let the giant serpente over.¡±
¡°No, don¡¯t let ite over!¡±
King Zahan screamed frantically after hearing what the soldiers were saying.
¡°Attack it with all of our firepower, don¡¯t let it get closer!¡±
However, no one in the control center listened to him.
Zahan was furious as he looked at this scene. He looked at Murray, John, and Payne on the side.
¡°Murray, Murray!e on, order them to stop that monster.¡±
But Murray just stood on the side without saying anything. He has already resigned to his fate.
He looked very depressed right, his heart was filled with despair. They have no way out, this ¡®King¡¯ Zahan is delusional, still having hope that their battleship can stop or even drive the great serpent away.
Not to mention whether he could stop the giant serpent, he simply doesn¡¯t have the qualification tomand these soldiers.
Chapter 461: The end of the Supreme Blue Empire
Chapter 461: The end of the Supreme Blue Empire
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The soldiers on the Tatu were gnashing their teeth while staring at the disy screen in front of them. They knew that they had no way of life now. Their death is inevitable.
Now, they just want to give the giant serpent thest blow, even if they are dead, they will make it lose ayer of skin.
In the empty space, a terrifying serpent slowly approached a sophisticated spaceship. It looked quite careful and cautious. This is an Eclipse-ss destroyer, it can even fight against newly-promoted pollutants for a certain period of time.
In the Tatu, the soldiers were all holding their breath, fearing that their movements would cause the giant serpent to be cautious, they need this giant monster to get close before giving it theirst blow.
¡°Hurry up,e here.¡±
Many soldiers said angrily, but the giant serpent stopped at a certain distance and didn¡¯t continue moving forward.
Fang Yun looked at the Eclipse-ss battleship in the distance with a mocking look in his eyes. He noticed that this battleship is still emitting energy fluctuations.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Without the slightest hesitation, he fired aser beam towards the opposite battleship, creating a huge crater almost a kilometer wide on the hull of the battleship. This is already due to him holding back, otherwise, this battleship would have been broken into pieces.
A battleship without an energy shield is like a tortoise without its shell. Its defensive power has mostly disappeared.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
The people in the control center screamed in horror as the battleship shook. The soldiers who were preparing to ambush Fang Yun had a bitter look on their faces.
¡°The energy generator has been destroyed, and the weapon device stopped working¡±
¡°It noticed our ambush, this monster is too smart!!¡±
¡°Damn, this must definitely be a pollutant!¡±
The soldiers in the control center already knew that their n was unsessful. Now that their energy generator had been destroyed, they can¡¯t even move let alone attack or escape.
¡°Damn bastards, why did you attack that monster before, you guys don¡¯t listen¡¡±
¡°Fucking sh*t, shut up!¡±
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Inside the control center, a dull sound suddenly sounded. A soldier aimed at King Zahan with aser gun, tapping on the trigger, a stream of light flew out of the gun, urately hitting the chest of King Zahan.
King Zahan looked at the soldier with a look of horror, the corners of his mouth couldn¡¯t help twitching. He seemed to want to say something, but without his heart and lungs, he didn¡¯t have the strength to say it.
In the end, his body powerlessly slumped onto the ground, all traces of life disappeared from his eyes.
Murray, John, and the others from the Supreme Blue Empire watched as their king was killed with shock and rage. Their bodies trembled, just as they wanted to say something, a tremor suddenly spread throughout the entire battleship, causing them to unsteadily fall onto the ground.
Thest thing they saw from the disy screen is a giant snake flying towards them with its mouth wide open, then everything disappeared into the darkness.
This space area became very quiet again, only Fang Yun was left. He raised his head and roared. After a while, a giant turtle flew from the distance.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
Fang Yun waved at the giant turtle, then led the giant turtle and started moving forward. In the midst of their journey, Fang Yun fell deep into his thoughts.
¡°This should be thest and most powerful fleet of the Supreme Blue Empire¡±
Fang Yun even discovered the existence of the king and great elder of the supreme blue empire through electromaic induction.
But now, both of them are dead.
The Supreme Blue Empire can be described as a group of mobs without a leader/
¡°The Supreme Blue Empire will probably usher in a civil war. It is no longer suitable for me to stay here.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t intend to stay here anymore, the Supreme Blue Empire no longer poses a threat to the Milky Way. What he is hesitant about now is whether he should earn some reputation here before leaving, or leave immediately.
¡°By the way, something seems to have escaped before.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly thought that something seemed to have escaped from thest battleship before. After thinking about it, he decided to go to the Imperial Capital of the Supreme Blue Empire first.
There might be some clues, information, or something worthy of his attention over three.
After making up his mind, Fang Yun and the giant turtle prompt left. The Imperial Capital isn¡¯t far from this location, after just a few space jumps, they soon saw a huge and eight other smalls in the distance.
¡°This time, there should be no more obstacles in front of me.¡±
Fang Yun chuckled, his body suddenly shed, quickly heading towards the huge in the center.
On the Imperial of the Supreme Blue Empire, the atmosphere all around the world was filled with a hidden heaviness. They all knew that their king led a special fleet to attack and kill the giant serpent.
If things go well, the great serpent might have been bombarded and killed by now.
¡°Roger, why are you still so gloomy, smile a bit! We will definitely win this time!¡±
In one bedroom, the young Dawson looked at the holographic screen in front of him, scrolling through the news. He nced at hispanion Roger and said with a chuckle.
Hearing this, Roger, who was sitting next to him, shook his head and sighed, then slumped straight onto the bed.
¡°Well, go to sleep, I will inform you when the good newses outter.¡±
Dawson shrugged, no longer trying to cheer up his friend. He still stared at the news, looking forward to some good news.
However, it has been a while since that fleet departed, but no news has been sent back yet.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, don¡¯t worry.¡±
Heforted himself internally.
¡°Maybe they haven¡¯t met that serpent-pathogen yet.¡±
After saying this, Dawson continued to look outside the window, but at this moment, an extremely loud roar sounded from the sky, shaking the heavens and earth.
¡°What happened?¡±
Dawson¡¯s heart almost stopped. He looked at Roger who had already stood up from the bed, then both of them quickly ran towards the window.
They looked towards the street outside the window and the scene outside caused their hearts to sink.
Right now on the street outside the window, most people are either screaming in panic, fleeing in panic, or staring nkly at the sky.
¡°in the sky.¡±
Dawson said Roger quickly discovered the source of themotion and looked up at the sky. Both of them were frozen as if struck by lightning.
¡°This¡ this¡ how could this be?¡±
Looking at the scene in the sky, Dawson¡¯s face suddenly became extremely pale, and Roger, who was beside him, looked at the scene in the sky with his mouth wide open. Thest trace of brilliance and hope in his eyes disappeared.
Chapter 462: The Nine Heavens
Chapter 462: The Nine Heavens
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Ah! It¡¯s that serpent, that serpent-pathogen is here!¡±
¡°Our fleet has lost! Our fleet has lost! and the serpent is here for revenge.¡±
¡°Run, get out of here!¡±
¡°I don¡¯t want to die! I really don¡¯t want to die!¡±
The crowd on the street rushed away in the chaos. Their emotions have basically copsed. No one could keep calm after seeing the terrifying creature in the sky.
It is a godlike creature capable of destroying the world.
¡°It¡¯s over, it¡¯s really over this time.¡±
Dawson said with a look of despair. Previously he still had a bit of hope, but now, even with his cheerful personality, hepletely fell into despair.
In this situation, it¡¯s obvious that their fleet lost. Of course, there is also a possibility that their fleet hadn¡¯t encountered this giant serpent yet.
However, even in this case, they are still in severe danger right now.
It¡¯s unknown why the giant serpent came here, but now that it¡¯s here, it will definitely not easily leave. It might even destroy their.
After all, this monster had a terrifying record of destroying a life before.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
In the sky, a giant serpent was wandering. It released an angry roar from its mouth. This roar was so powerful that it shook the heart of all the people that heard it. Many people limply copsed onto the ground after hearing this roar. It¡¯s as if they were struck by a hammer on their chest.
Some people even spit out a mouthful of blood, then copsed powerlessly onto the ground, looking at the terrifying creature above the sky with a pale face.
The giant turtle next to the Giant Serpent also followed suit and released an extremely loud roar. Although not as powerful, but it still shocked many people.
¡°The Patria Pce on this is their political center. There may be what I need there.¡±
After thinking of this, Fang Yun immediately unfolded his body, then flew towards the Patria Pce.
Soon, a group of pces appeared under him.
These pces are extremely luxurious and rich. Not only that, but their defenses are also very strict. Saying that there are soldiers every ten steps is not an exaggeration. However, these guards and soldiers were looking at him with a look of horror at the moment.
¡°It¡¯s the giant serpent, it¡¯sing here.¡±
¡°Attack!!¡±
Some high-ranking officials and government personnel were living in these huge pces. After the appearance of Fang Yun, they immediately ordered the guards to attack him.
A few secondster, a group of space fighters flew towards Fang Yun, at the same time, a variety of missiles started to take off.
Unfortunately, these weapons are of no use to Fang Yun. He is not even afraid of Eclipse-ss battleships, how could he be afraid of these missiles?
Looking at the destructive weapons that were flying over, Fang Yun directly resisted them with his body. Anyway, they can hardly cause any damage to him. As for the group of space fighters, he directly destroyed them.
Soon after, he flew to the area above the group of pces.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother fighting those who attacked him but instead set his gaze on the pce that looked the most luxurious.
He started to infiltrate thework of this area, deciphering various defense settings. Soon, he sessfully hacked into thework system of this group of pces.
Variousplicated information poured into Fang Yun¡¯s mind. He started to organize these messages in an attempt to understand the truth about that special fleet.
After a long time, he finally found something special.
On The other side, when Fang Yun just invaded thework system of this group of pces, the senior leaders of the Supreme Blue Empire who had originally nned to attack him also ordered their people to stop their attacks for the moment.
They noticed that the giant serpent just silently hovered over their pces without showcasing any aggressive actions.
Theirwork system also started getting attacked at this time. It¡¯s probably the doing of this giant serpent.
Currently, these higher officials of the Supreme Blue Empire don¡¯t care about this, they just hope that this giant serpent will leave as soon as possible.
Time quickly passed.
Countless soldiers have gathered under Fang Yun¡¯s body. These soldiers were armed with various weapons, followed by the appearance of arge number of tanks and missileunchers, all locking Fang Yun¡¯s body.
Not only that, countless space fighters and battleships appeared around Fang Yun, prepared to attack him at any sign of aggressive action.
However, none of these people attacked in the end. Even the soldiers driving the battleships and manipting other weapons were trembling now, afraid that their actions would anger the behemoth above them.
Fang Yun hovered quietly in the air, still sorting out the information he had obtained in his mind. ording to the information he received, this universe can be divided into nine heavens.
The Milky Way, the Hunter Gxy, as well as many other nearby gxies, belong to the ninth heaven.
The fleet that he previously fought against belongs to an Empire in the seventh heaven.
After knowing Roy Berg¡¯s identity, Fang Yun suddenly remembered the thing that escaped when he was fighting against thest Eclipse-ss battleship.
He guessed that the thing that had escaped should be an escape pod or capsule belonging to Roy Berg.
¡°The civilizations of the seventh heaven are undoubtedly many times stronger than those of the ninth heaven. Furthermore, the seventh heaven is much more prosperous, with more civilizations living in it.¡±
Fang Yun thought about going to the Seventh heaven, but he was a bit hesitant because the power difference between the seventh heaven and the ninth heaven is enormous.
He might be invincible in the ninth heaven, but he is just a rtively strong creature in the seventh heaven, far from the top.
Eclipse-ss battleships might be considered a powerful weapon in the seventh heaven, but they aren¡¯t the most powerful ones. There are even more powerful weapons hidden under the surface.
¡°I wonder if I can contend with those powerful weapons and battleships now?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s character has always been cautious. When facing a more powerful enemy, he will think carefully, making sure there is no fatal crisis before taking action.
¡°I wonder if at the top of all, will there be a civilization that uses thews of the universe as weapons?¡±
After understanding the distribution of the forces in the universe, such a thought emerged in Fang Yun¡¯s mind.
Above the seventh heaven, there is the sixth heaven, the fifth heaven¡Until the First heaven.
Thinking about it, Fang Yun suddenly withdrew his thoughts. He looked around and ignored the nervous people below. His body shed, soaring up high in the sky. Now he needs to find a quieter ce where he can digest the various information he received.
Chapter 463: Travelling Across the Void
Chapter 463: Travelling Across the Void
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Is it gone?¡±
The people on the Imperial watched as Fang Yun flew away, their eyes widened and their expressions froze. Many of them copsed to the ground.
They thought that this terrifying python was going to attack them and destroy the entire, but things were different from what they imagined. After flying on top of their heads for a while, the giant serpent flew around then flew back into space.
¡°Hoof¡¡¡±
Dawson heaved a sigh of relief as he watched the figure of the giant serpent that was getting smaller and smaller, His body copsed on the ground due to long-time pressure. He turned around and looked at his astonished friend with a grin.
¡°Roger, I said it, didn¡¯t I? There will be nothing wrong.¡±
Roger next to him was staring at the empty sky dazedly. He still hasn¡¯t reacted yet.
After reaching the¡¯s orbit, Fang Yun continued to move upwards, quickly returning to space. He selected a random direction, then quickly flew into it.
Although he didn¡¯t take action against the Imperial of the Supreme Blue Empire, he knew that this huge intergctic Empire will start to fall apart from today.
After all, they lost so many high-level officials and their king in such a short time. There will be significant civil turmoil waiting for them. When the various parties are busy fighting for power, they will definitely not be able to control other border areas. Many people with ambitions will dere independence and act as kings in their remote corners.
Maybe, countless civilizations will rise and the situation of the Milky Way will be reproduced in this ce.
When he arrived in a remote space area, Fang Yun stopped. At the same time, he started to organize the huge information he had received today.
¡°The difference of strength between the eighth and ninth heavens is not particrly great, but the eighth heaven is obviously stronger and more prosperous. However, the gap between the seventh heaven and the ninth heaven is huge.¡±
¡°I wonder whether it¡¯s better to go to the eighth or seventh heaven now?¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. Suddenly, he was attracted by the change in his properties panel.
¡°Now my reputation has begun to grow again, and it¡¯s growing very rapidly.¡±
Indeed, his reputation value has increased to 245 billion, causing his skill points to increase to a total of 339 points. He can use these skill points to upgrade ¡°Space Barrier¡± two times.
Up to now, this skill has been upgraded 3 times.
¡±Now, the source of my skill points mainlyes from my reputation.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help sighing. It¡¯s bing more and more difficult to evolve now. Even if he keeps eating every day, it will take a long time toplete each subsequent evolution.
Besides, he can¡¯t keep the state of frantic eating every day. He hadn¡¯t turned into a machine. He is still a creature with emotions and desires.
¡°Unfortunately, I still know too little about the seventh heaven.¡±
Fang Yun felt that it was a pity. This is also normal, after all, there is the eighth heaven between the seventh and ninth heaven, and the eighth heaven also upies a veryrge area.
¡°Now, let¡¯s go to the seventh heaven.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, then immediately flew towards the left. ording to what he had learned, the seventh heaven was in that direction.
However, before entering the seventh heaven, he must cross the eighth heaven.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t have any scruples. His current strength is already very high, not to mention that his strength will increase even further during this journey period.
¡°I wonder if I will ever have a chance toe back here in the future.¡±
Fang Yun nced back, then resolutely flew forward.
The Ninth Heaven is actually incredibly huge. In short, Fang Yun had already left the Hunter Gxy and had been moving forward for a long time, but he hadn¡¯t reached the edge of the Ninth Heaven yet. He is not in a hurry, so he didn¡¯t always jump across space during the journey.
Furthermore, he is unfamiliar with the map of this area, hence using space jumps for long distances is prone to problems. If arge celestial body pulls him out of hyperspace, it will be bad.
Especially when facing a ck hole, Fang Yun still dare not resist the ck hole pull head-on. He has seen ck holes in space before, but as long as he gets a little closer to these ck holes, he feels a fatal sense of crisis. As long as he gets a little closer, he will be devoured whole.
In this way, Fang Yun asionally initiated a space jump, and rapidly flew across the material space at other times.
Of course, he ate and hunted along the way.
In this long journey, Fang Yun encountered quite a few star beasts. None of which could escape his palms.
In a blink of an eye, three years passed.
Fang Yun has now reached the edge of the Ninth Heaven. This is a truly deste ce. Even Fang Yun was a bit nervous looking at the endless swath of void.
It¡¯s too deste here. In the surrounding space, there are nos, no stars, not even small meteorites, just the endless ck void.
In such a ce, it¡¯s easy for people to think that the surrounding world is false, to doubt their existence, and suspect that this is a dream.
As people continue to move forward, they will panic because they can¡¯t see any sign of progress, thinking that they are revolving in the same ce or that they are trapped in a certain space. At that time, panic and fear will develop in their hearts.
To resist such influence and fear, one requires an extremely tough will.
The giant turtle looked very irritated, and even Fang Yun was irritated. He opened his mouth and roared heavily, venting the anger and dissatisfaction in his heart.
After two years, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t bear this feeling at all, so he fell into a deep sleep state, controlling his subconscious to always keep moving forward. The giant turtle beside him had already fallen into a deep sleep state.
The two huge creatures quietly moved across the dark void.
This is the boundary line between the Heavens, a forbidden zone that is known to be insurmountable, and only a truly top-level spaceship dares to cross this ce.
Even star beasts and pathogens that are rampaging across the endless space hesitate or retreat in front of such a ce.
Therefore, most star beasts seldom travel to other heavens.
In their unconscious state, Fang Yun and the giant turtle had been moving forward silently. Fang Yun had evolved three times in the past 3 years.
Now his level has reached 86, and his body length has surpassed the 100 kilometers mark, reaching a terrifying 120 kilometers. His diameter has also reached 4.6 kilometers. For the next evolution, he needs 32 billion bio-energy points, which is an incredible amount of bio-energy.
However, he is in a deste space, there is nothing to eat. Moreover, he is in deep sleep, he can¡¯t eat even if there is something in front of him.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that his reputation value has truly skyrocketed.
It has reached a terrifying 310 billion points. With each increase of 5 billion, he received a considerable amount of skill points, and right now, his total skill points have exceeded 1000.
Chapter 464: The Unexpected Movements of the SkyRiver Empire
Chapter 464: The Unexpected Movements of the SkyRiver Empire
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun¡¯s total skill points were once as high as 1116, but after surpassing 300 billion reputation value, the speed of skill points ie has decreased.
Previously, for each increase of 5 billion reputation points, he received a certain number of skill points but now, skill points will only be awarded after an increase of 10 billion points.
After umting such arge number of skill points, Fang Yu crazily used them on his skills.
First of all, he maxed out ¡°Space Barrier¡±, increasing his defensive power to the next level.
In addition, the ¡°Space Copse¡± he received from ¡°Sea Cow¡± before had been maxed out by him.
After upgrading these two skills to the max level, he had only 170 skill points remaining. Unexpectedly, right after the next evolution, he once again received new skills.
This time, he got the upgraded version of ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± he wanted, ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±. After maxing out this skill, it will allow him to get the same mass as a small ck hole.
What this skill brought to Fang Yun was not only an increase ofbat power, but it also allowed how to directly twist the surrounding stars ands into energy then swallow them. There is no need to small them before eating them like before.
In addition to this super destructive skill, he got another skill. It¡¯s the advanced skill of ¡°Cell Distortion¡±, ¡°Life Plunder¡±.
This skill can quickly sap the vitality of the enemy over arge area, covering a range of up to a million kilometers around him.
The skill points required to upgrade these two skills are veryrge.
150 points are required for the first upgrade, and with each subsequent level, 50 more skill points are required.
In other words, over a thousand skill points are required to upgrade them to max level, 1250 skill points to be exact.
So even if it¡¯s not very difficult for the current Fang Yun to gain skill points, he still greatlycks them.
After some thought, Fang Yun used the remaining 170 points to upgrade ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± because he needed to use this skill to eat.
In the future, Fang Yun¡¯s eating processes will be very simple. He just needs to use his huge mass to crushs and stars into a mist, then suck it into his mouth like a ck hole.
In the dark void, Fang Yun and the giant turtle fellpletely into silence. In this silent state, even their scales started to darken.
Back in the far ninth heaven, the Milky Way, in an empty space, a fleet quietly appeared.
In this fleet, there are many destroyer battleships, all of which have the words ¡°LX¡± on them, which means they came from the Blue Empire.
The current Milky Way gxy fell into a battle between the two sides. At the beginning, the SkyRiver Empire and the Blue Empire joined forces to resist the invasion of the Supreme Blue Empire, but now it¡¯s a battle between the two of them.
The territory of the Blue Empire has be veryrge, their manpower is very united, and all the resources upied are owned by the empire.
The empire used these resources to create one huge battleship after another.
These battleships are their capital for the battle against the SkyRiver Empire.
The technological power of the SkyRiver Empire seemed to be locked up. Even after such a long time and arduous war, their most powerful battleship is still an Imperial-ss destroyer.
However, the Blue Empire has developed a battleship at the same level as Imperial-ss battleships, in fact, they have developed an even more advanced weapon.
A Battlestar.
Their achievements on the Battlestar technology are already higher than those of the SkyRiver Empire. Manufacturing Battlestars doesn¡¯t have lower technical content than battleships. They need to build a huge frame, then stabilize it and put various generating devices inside.
This is very difficult. A single careless mistake will cause the various internal devices to put a super load on the external frame when activated, leading to the copse of the Battlestar.
Anyway, the current SkyRiver Empire cannot make a Battlestar as huge and powerful as the Blue Empire.
It was with these huge Battlestar that allowed the Blue Empire to survive the encirclement and suppression of the SkyRiver Empire again and again.
Then step by step they turned defeat into victory, constantly eroding the territory of the SkyRiver Empire. Now, they have upied a lot of territories, giving them more resources to build more battleships and Battlestars. Now they already have the strength topete with the SkyRiver Empire
The development of the Blue Empire is very rapid. There are many civilizations in the Milky Way that are leaning on the wings of the Blue Empire.
The reason why these civilizations have abandoned their previous leader and leaned on the Blue Empire is that they are first, more optimistic about the emerging Blue civilization, and secondly, the treatment of the newly emerging empire is gentler and more lenient than the hegemonic SkyRiver Empire.
While the Blue Empire was developing, it did not forget to spread Fang Yun¡¯s image, and because of this, even if Fang Yun hadn¡¯t appeared for a long time, his reputation value had been rapidly increasing.
It can be said that the Blue Empire is one of the biggest contributors to Fang Yun¡¯s recent skyrocketing reputation.
The Blue Empire has been closely monitoring the actions of the SkyRiver Empire in the past two years. Their current ability and power allow them to maintain an equal or even advantageous attitude towards the SkyRiver Empire, but they still don¡¯t dare to look down on this once unreachable hegemon.
However, on this day, the intelligence personnel of the Blue Empire suddenly discovered that the SkyRiver Empire is gathering arge number of troops. They didn¡¯t know what the SkyRiver Empire wanted to do.
¡°What do these guys really want to do, do they want topletely dere war with our Blue Empire?¡±
The senior leaders of the Blue Empire began to think about it at this time. The current actions of the SkyRiver Empire are quite strange, but they have nothing to fear.
Their Blue Empire has grown considerably. It¡¯s not the same as before when they had to hide in the darkness in fear of this hegemon attacking them. Now, they have the strength to face anything head-on!
In the battle between the SkyRiver Empire and them, it¡¯s unknown who will be the winner!
In fact, the Blue Empire is looking forward to the final battle. They want to decide the final winner between them and the SkyRiver Empire.
Let this final battle decide who will be the master of the gxy.
However, just as they started to mobilize their forces to prepare for the final battle with the SkyRiver Empire, they suddenly discovered that the forces assembled by the SkyRiver Empire didn¡¯t head towards them.
They are heading towards the Al-Star Belt.
¡°What are the intentions of the SkyRiver Empire?¡±
The Blue Empire¡¯s leaders were very surprised. Their intelligence personnel started to scrutinize information frantically, but they found nothing. Just like that, the people of the Blue Empire watched as the troops of the SkyRiver Empire headed towards the Al-Star Belt, then left the Milky Way.
Chapter 465: Reaching the Eighth Heaven
Chapter 465: Reaching the Eighth Heaven
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Therge forces of the SkyRiver Empire flew out of the Milky Way gxy and headed towards the Al-Star Belt. The intelligence personnel of the Blue Empire watched as the big forces flew to the edge of the gxy, finally disappearing in the All-Star Belt.
The actions of the SkyRiver Empire became a mystery. The Blue Empire had no way of knowing the reason for their actions, but they didn¡¯t think much about it. Instead, they quickly assembled their forces and started upying the other unupied areas of the Milky Way Gxy.
It didn¡¯t take long for the gxy to truly change its owner.
For all of this, Fang Yun, who was crossing the void, didn¡¯t know. At this time, he was still in a deep sleep, but asionally he would wake up and check the situation around him.
Of course, during the time when he was awake, he took the giant turtle and started to madly jump across space, and when he became irritable again, he once again fell into a deep sleep state. During this period, it¡¯s unknown how many millions of light-years he crossed. Truly an unimaginably long distance.
Another five years have passed. Fang Yun has been flying in this void for ten years. From time to time, he woke up and jumped across space. During these ten years, even he didn¡¯t know how much distance he crossed.
On this day, a little bit of starlight finally started to appear around Fang Yun. These starlights were very faint, showcasing that there were stars in the area ahead.
Stars finally appeared.
However, Fang Yun was in a deep sleep state, hence, he didn¡¯t know about this.
The two giant monsters were still galloping forward. Gradually, the distance between the stars in the distance and them got closer and closer, finally, arge celestial body appeared in front of Fang Yun.
They came to an area densely filled with stars. Of course, this kind of denseness is rtive to the endless space. In fact, there is still a very long distance between these stars.
By now, their speed started to slowly weaken.
The gravity of the surrounding celestial bodies had some influence on them, causing Fang Yun and the giant turtle to slow down slightly. After about three years, Fang Yun and the giant turtle were captured by the gravity of a huge.
This is a whose body surface isposed of bare, unknown limestone, without any water or oceans. It seemed lifeless.
On this, the rustling of wind and sand are particrly strong, and the never-ending wind sounds particrly prating, making people shudder.
The size of this is shocking. It¡¯s humongous, about the size of 10 suns of the Blue.
Fang Yun and the giant turtlended on the surface of this. Fang Yun had already woken up at this time, but the giant turtle is still asleep. Fang Yun didn¡¯t wake it up. He found out a long time ago that it had fallen into a special state of sleep, simr to his evolution state.
After such a long time, the giant turtle is finally evolving.
He is going to wait until its evolution is over before leaving this ce.
In this way, two giant beastsid quietly on the surface of this, and the whistling, power wind kept whizzing past them.
Fang Yun scanned this. He didn¡¯t find the existence of any other lifeform. This is a dead.
After thinking for a moment, Fang Yun took it for granted. The harshness of this¡¯s climate is unsuitable for any normal lifeform to survive. The gravity is hundreds of times stronger than that of the earth, the powerful wind is enough to shred metal, and its distance from the sun made it so that this has an extremely low temperature.
Apart from powerful star beasts and pathogens, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t think of any other creature that could survive on this.
Day after day, year after year, Fang Yun and the giant turtleid motionlessly. Arge amount of sand umted on their bodies, and because of the powerful gravity, these piles of sand started to condense into pieces of hard rock, making them look like two giant mountains.
Another three years have passed.
Counting it all up, sixteen years have passed since Fang Yun left the hunter gxy. He still doesn¡¯t know that in these sixteen years, on the other side of the Milky Way, the Blue Empire haspleted its expansion and emerged as the absolute ruler of the Milky Way.
Their technological strength is changing with each passing day, reaching an unprecedented peak. It¡¯s not weaker than any empire that once ruled this gxy.
The humans of the Blue Empire have never forgotten how much Fang Yun had helped them. Even now, they are still spreading his image and legends across the whole gxy.
Over a dozen years ago, Fang Yun¡¯s reputation value had grown to a terrifying 310 billion points, but now, his reputation value had surpassed 500 billion. He finally reaped the fruits of the seeds he sowed.
Fang Yun was also able to guess the growth of the Blue Empire from his ever-increasing reputation. The shock he caused in the Supreme Blue Empire is far from enough to increase his reputation points to this level.
However, he noticed that even if many people knew about his existence, his reputation value still didn¡¯t show any terrifying increase.
Fang Yun guessed that it might be some sort of restriction.
After his reputation points have reached 500 billion, Fang Yun got over 1500 skill points. He used the majority of them to upgrade ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±. He used the remaining points to upgrade ¡°Life Plunder¡± to the second level.
¡°The giant turtle should be almost awake.¡±
Fang Yun woke up from his reverie, he noticed that the life fluctuations of the giant turtle are starting to be more vigorous.
After taking his attention away from the giant turtle, Fang Yun started to think about his own affairs again. His reputation value has reached over 500 billion and it won¡¯t take long before it reaches 1 trillion.
Currently, his reputation value is still in a state of crazy growth. On his information panel, the numbers are still rapidly changing, greatly increasing with each passing day.
¡°Fortunately, I helped humans before.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but smile. He guessed that humans shouldn¡¯t be hiding anymore, they should be fighting head-on against the SkyRiver Empire, epting other civilizations as their followers and spreading his image.
Of course, even he didn¡¯t expect that humans have already driven the SkyRiver Empire away from the Milky Way gxy.
¡°This should be the eighth heaven.¡±
Although Fang Yun is now covered with a thickyer of rocks, he can still observe the stars above.
¡°This ce should still belong to a rtively remote area. The scope of the eighth heaven is muchrger than that of the ninth heaven. It will take even more time to cross the eighth heaven.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, but his heart was abnormally calm. He didn¡¯t really care about the time spent on the journey because time is meaningless to him. His lifespan can be counted in thousands of years.
Just as Fang Yun¡¯s thoughts were wandering around due to boredom, his attention was attracted by something in the sky.
¡°Someone is here?¡±
Fang Yun was surprised. In his direction of sight, a spacecraft was rapidly heading in this direction.
This is a rtivelyrge spacecraft. If someone with a certain amount of knowledge about the surrounding area is here, they will recognize it as a spacecraft from the Cherry Blossom Academy.
Chapter 466: Sakura Academy
Chapter 466: Sakura Academy
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Sakura Academy is very famous in the eighth heaven. In fact, not only it infamous across the eighth heaven, but also the seventh, sixth, and fifth heavens.
Because the headquarters of this Academy is located in the fifth heaven.
Sakura Academy is a top-level college from the Fifth Heavens. There are branch schools in the other Heavens. It¡¯s just that the Sakura Academy is not the top-level in the upper heavens.
These colleges teach students the driving skills of various spaceships, belonging to the pilot bases of the major empires.
They not only train pilots¡¯ driving skills but also their physical fitness and fighting ability. Which is, in a sense, more important than driving skills.
Because the physical fitness of a pilot can only increase rapidly at a certain age, and it requires systematic training. A slight difference can cause a pilot preparation student to be unable to sessfully be a true pilot.
For example, Sakura Academy has produced many top-level pilots in recent years, and these pilots can control the top singlemand battleships in various Empires.
The various devices of these battleships can allow them to independently control a huge battleship, but it requires extremely powerful physical fitness and powerful mental abilities.
Drummond is such a student.
At the moment, he is driving his battleship, the Aind, moving quietly in space. He has been training at the Sakura Academy for five years. His skills are rtively good, hence he was allowed to enter outer space and perform personal practical training.
¡°Damn it, it¡¯s been so long, but I didn¡¯t find a single star beast.¡±
Drummond was sitting in the cockpit. While driving a giant battleship, he stretched his waist, and couldn¡¯t help butin.
This time he went out on a separate personal practical training, just to hunt down some star beasts.
He crossed a long region of space,ing to this slightly remote ce. The reason why he wasted so much time in this journey is that there are rarely any powerful star beasts here.
The area where most star beasts exist must be the kind of ce that is rich in various resources and minerals. However, the resources and minerals in the marginal areas of the nine heavens are rtively barren. Otherwise, these ces will not be isted.
Therefore, there are few star beasts in such ces, and their level is not too high.
Although Drummond has been training for several years, this is the first he went out into outer space for practical training.
¡°Doron, how are things at your ce?¡±
Drummond talked to a smiling man on a holographic screen.
¡°Drummond, I hunted a rhino-horn, hehe, it seems my luck is better than you.¡±
On the holographic screen, the man named Doronughed cheerfully.
¡°Damn it, I¡¯m behind you.¡±
Drummond said with an unconvinced look.
¡°Doron, I may not lose, I might be behind you now, but I will definitely find more star beastster.¡±
¡°At that time, overtaking you will not be a problem.¡±
¡°Okay.¡± On the holographic screen, Doron shrugged and said, ¡°Then I¡¯ll wait.¡±
¡°You!¡± Drummond was a little upset
¡°What¡¯s with that expression?! look and see how I will abuse and kill the star beastster, if you lose, you owe me a Magri Luo.¡±
¡°All right, but you can¡¯t beat me.¡±
Doron said disdainfully.
¡°Humph!¡±
Drummond snorted coldly. He didn¡¯t bother to talk with Doron anymore. He turned the life scanner on the spaceship to its maximum, looking for the super lifeforms that might exist around-those star beasts.
The battleships of Sakura Academy are not an ordinary battleship. The size of this kind of battleship isn¡¯t very different from ordinary battleships, but it¡¯s indeed a single-man battleship.
Due to the superior physical fitness of the pilots, this type of battleship can show the agility and maneuverability of small battleships and even some space fighters, but at the same time, it has the super attack power ofrge-ss battleships.
¡°Why didn¡¯t any star beast appeared here?¡±
Drummond looked somewhat depressed and sad, crossing the dark and silent space alone is a very depressing experience, especially for an energetic and eager young man like him.
If there is a star beast, Drummond can at least vent his energy. Now that there is no star beast, he felt that there was something stuck in his chest with no way of venting it out.
¡°Am I going to lose to that guy?¡±
Drummond was not convinced. That guy and he are roommates, but the two oftenpeted, winning and losing variouspetitions to each other. Thest match between the two ended in a tie.
If he loses this time, he will very likely fall behind in the test of his student career with Doron.
¡°I won¡¯t let that happen.¡±
Drummond looked at the scanner again, refusing to give up. At this moment, the scanner suddenly started sending rms as a small green doe appeared on it.
¡°Huh? Something?¡±
The speaker was Doron through the holographic projection. He also heard the rm from the scanner on the Drummond ship.
¡°Hahaha, Doron, it looks like I¡¯m going to catch up, it looks like my luck is blooming this time.¡±
Drummond¡¯s anger was relieved as he smiled cheerfully. He stared at the dashboard in front of him with a look of extreme excitement, he finally found a star beast.
This time, he must solve this hapless star beast with the fastest speed in front of Doron, shutting his stinky mouth.
¡°Drummond, you should be careful.¡±
Through the holographic screen, Doron warned Drummond.
¡±The star beasts living in space are different from the domesticated star beasts that the Academy gives us to practice.¡±
¡°You have to be careful, don¡¯t die there like a moron.¡±
¡°Doron, you think too much, hmph, it¡¯s just a star beast. I¡¯ve hunted a lot of powerful star beasts before, there¡¯s nothing to worry about!¡±
Drummond seemed very confident, ¡°Doron, just watch carefully and see how I solve that beast.¡±
Following the direction of the green dot on the dashboard, Drummond quickly reached the star field where Fang Yun and the giant turtle are.
¡°It¡¯s here,¡±
Drummond muttered seriously. Despite what he said, he still took this seriously, without any carelessness.
On the holographic screen next to him, his good buddy Doron also had a serious expression on his face, because this is an unknown star beast.
No one knows what kind of star beast this is, nor its strength and level.
Although he joked with Drummond about foolishly dying, he still cared about this buddy in his heart.
Chapter 467: Reckless Drummond
Chapter 467: Reckless Drummond
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The students in the academy will be sent to the depths of the universe to hunt star beasts for practice after studying for several years and having sufficient skills.
In the universe, apart frompetition between the major civilizations, they also have to guard against the threats from star beasts.
In some rtively peaceful heavens, the threat of star beasts is a major danger factor that they need to consider.
This is exactly the situation of the eighth heaven.
There are a total of seven huge empires here, but these seven empires get along very harmoniously, hence their military power is generally used in battles with star beasts.
After graduation, most of the students in Sakura Academy will enter the armies of the various empires and fight against star beasts.
Therefore, before graduation, they need to go to remote areas of space alone, then hunt a sufficient number of star beasts alone to prove their abilities. This is rted to their future status in the military.
Drummond decoded the instruments in the control center, especially the life detector. This machine is an incredibly important scanner that can scanrge lifeforms across an incredibly long distance.
But for the time being, he has no way to lock the position of that lifeform.
The singlemander battleship he was controlling is very powerful, and it¡¯s the most powerful battleship in the academy. In terms ofbat strength, it¡¯s equivalent to an Imperial-ss battleship.
It¡¯s said that there are more advanced singlemand battleships in the academy, but they are not what a student like him can control.
¡°Drummond, how about it, haven¡¯t you locked that star beast¡¯s position yet?¡±
On the holographic screen, Drummond¡¯s friend Doron sat on a chair, holding a cup of coffee, leisurely sipping it while asking.
¡°There is no way to lock that guy¡¯s position.¡±
Drummond frowned slightly and said.
¡°That star beast can really hide¡¡±
His current location is exactly the star field where Fang Yun and the giant turtle are, so the life fluctuations he detected are naturally emitted by Fang Yun and the giant turtle.
It just said that the two of them are very close to each other, hence, he didn¡¯t detect that there are two ¡®Star Beasts¡¯.
In fact, Fang Yun did not deliberately hide his body. It¡¯s just because he stayed on that huge bare, hence his exact location was somewhat disturbed by the harsh climate.
¡°I found him!¡±
After driving the spacecraft closer to the center of the starfield, Drummond finally locked the location of the life fluctuations, a giant.
¡°That star beast is actually on the?¡±
Drummond felt a bit of disbelief. Star beasts rarely live on the, their huge size usually hinders their movements on a¡¯s surface, hence they usually don¡¯t like to stay there.
Doron on the holographic screen was also surprised after learning about Drummond¡¯s experience. He also had never encountered a simr experience.
Although this situation is special, it does not mean that they were frightened.
Drummond began to drive his battleship into the atmosphere of that gray.
After entering the atmosphere, a deste scene filled his sight. Outside the spacecraft, there is the endless sound of wind whooshing, sounding quite freaky.
But this is nothing to Drummond, who often wanders across the deserted areas of space. He stared at the life detector to see the next reading.
Soon, the pointer pointed to the northwest.
¡°In that direction.¡±
Drummond nced to his left, and then without any hesitation, he immediately drove his battleship towards the selected location.
Just as Drummond was heading in the direction pointed by the scanner, there were two high rocky mountains in that direction across a far distance.
It¡¯s just that they aren¡¯t high mountains at all. Under the outer rockyyer, there are two extremely huge beasts.
A giant serpent and a giant turtle.
At this moment, Fang Yun had already sensed the approaching spaceship. He watched all this coldly. This spaceship should being for them, but he doesn¡¯t know its intention for the moment.
As Fang Yun watched coldly, Drummond¡¯s spacecraft stopped above Fang Yun and the giant turtle, locking the two giant mountains below.
¡°Hmm, it seems to be hiding underground.¡±
Inside the spacecraft, Drummond was immediately attracted by the two giant mountains. ording to the prompt of the life detector, there were strong life fluctuations under these two mountains.
¡°Zizi!!!¡±
The weapon equipment of the battleship started to operate, preparing to bombard the two mountains below, but at this moment, one of the two mountains suddenly started to tremble. As the giant rockyyer over thousands of meters thick started to copse, a behemoth appeared in front of him.
¡°It appeared!¡±
Drummond¡¯s face flushed with excitement. He couldn¡¯t help butugh as his face was filled with smiles.
¡°Finally it stopped hiding, let me see what kind of star beast this is.¡±
He fixed his eyes on the huge ck shadow that emerged from beneath the mountain. He quickly recognized that it¡¯s a star serpent, and after seeing its size, his smile widened even further.
¡°Doron, this star beast is more than one hundred kilometers long. It should be a disaster-ss star beast, but my battleship will give it a good lesson.¡±
¡°You fellow, be careful, this level of star beast is not easy to deal with.¡±
After seeing the serpent through the holographic projection, Doron couldn¡¯t help but remind his over-excited friend.
¡°Hahaha, Doron, you are feeling sour.¡±
Drummondughed loudly. The spacecraft¡¯s power unit started turning at max speed. At the same time, the weapon units startedunching countlessser beams towards the opposite serpent.
¡°Boom!¡±
Aser beam steadilynded on Fang Yun¡¯s body. Along with a huge explosion, a blood hole with a diameter of hundreds of meters appeared on Fang Yun¡¯s body. However, the blood hole started healing at a speed visible to the naked eyes.
¡°Oh?¡±
Back on the battleship, Drummond¡¯s face changed upon seeing this scene, He couldn¡¯t help but feel a little nervous. The giant serpent didn¡¯t seem to be affected by the previous attack. The blood hole caused by the main cannon had already disappeared, and the auxiliary cannons couldn¡¯t even break through the serpent¡¯s scales.
The giant serpent is still extending its body up, looking at him fiercely, as if it was about to swallow it into his stomach.
Chapter 468: Drummond’s Death
Chapter 468: Drummond¡¯s Death
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°The look in this monster¡¯s eyes¡¡±
Drummond¡¯s heart skipped a beat, but then he shook his head fiercely and set his eyes on the giant serpent again.
¡°Very good regeneration ability, but that¡¯s it.¡±
Drummond muttered indistinctly, then took a deep breath and forcibly calmed his uneasy heart.
¡°This star beast is nothing great, I can definitely kill it.¡±
After the first attack, he has mostly lost his confidence, but now that he has reached such a point, he must bite the bullet even if he is afraid, because in this situation, even if he wants to withdraw, this star beast will definitely not allow him to leave.
¡°My battleship is also very powerful!¡±
After giving himself a word of encouragement, Drummondstarted preparing for the second round of artillery fire, but at this time, the giant serpent below raised his head and roared heavily, shaking his uneasy heart.
¡°Oh.¡±
A muffled grunt came from his belly, and his movements stopped involuntarily. He felt like being pierced by an anesthetic needle. Suddenly, the giant serpent below quickly flew towards him;
¡°Damn it, it¡¯s so fast.¡±
After seeing Fang Yun¡¯s shocking speed, Drummond yelled again in surprise. He quickly manipted his battleship with unexpected agility to the left, but an even more unexpected thing happened. The already quick giant serpent elerated even further mid-movement.
¡°This monster¡¡¡±
It was toote. Drummond could only solemnly press the attack button, sending another round of artillery fire, but Fang Yun who was quickly approaching directly used ¡°Space Barrier¡± to deflect this round of attack.
¡°Boom!¡±
His body suddenly appeared in front of the battleship, then opened his giant mouth and bit the small battleship in front of him.
¡°Ahhh!!!¡±
Drummond yelled in horror as he watched this scene from themand center, but everything disappeared into darkness after as he lost consciousness.
¡°Drummond, Drummond!!¡±
On the holographic screen, Doron immediately noticed the sudden change and started to scream anxiously, but it didn¡¯t help at all. Drummond didn¡¯t send back any response.
¡°Damn it, what the hell is that?¡±
In his bedroom, Doron stood up from the chair, then grabbed the edge of the table with both hands, staring intently at the holographic projection in front of him.
Thest sent image was frozen on the holographic projection, it was that of a giant gaping, scarlet mouth.
¡°Drummond!!¡±
Doron bit his lips heavily, causing them to bleed. Drummond was his good friend, but now he saw him die in front of him.
¡°Drummond!!¡±
Doron hung his head as he heavily clenched the wood table, causing it to crack. After a long while, he sat back down on his chair
¡°Why did this happen¡¡±
Doron felt very sad and ufortable.
¡±What is the level of that star beast?¡±
Doron frowned tightly, Drummond¡¯s battleship is already considered a rtively high-ss battleship, but so, it couldn¡¯t resist a single strike from that star beast, instantly being destroyed.
¡°I must report this to the college first.¡±
Doron took a deep breath, then turned off the projection. He resisted the grief in his heart and contacted the leaders of their academy.
After Fang Yun ate that battleship in one bite, hended back on the ground again, waiting for the giant turtle to wake up.
By now, the life fluctuations of the giant turtle are already very intense.
This means he will wake up soon.
Sure enough, Fang Yun probably waited two more hours before the giant turtle woke from its state of deep sleep.
When it regained consciousness, it looked very excited. It raised its neck and roared loudly. Its body size had also grown, reaching a diameter of 60 kilometers, about half Fang Yun¡¯s length.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
Seeing that the giant turtle finally awakened, Fang Yun rubbed its head gently,plimenting it, then took the lead in flying out into space.
Soon, the two giant behemoths returned to space.
They continued to move forward. Their purpose was to cross the entire eighth heaven.
Just as Fang Yun and the giant turtle continued their journey, their previous actions caused a small fluctuation across the eighth heaven.
Drummond is a famous student in Sakura Academy, his rank had always been on the high-end. The school attached great importance to the incident of his death.
At the same time, the image of Fang Yun was also transmitted. This is to remind those students who are traveling across space to not attack this star beast if they encounter it.
This is a particrly dangerous star beast, and its danger level has not been determined yet.
Although this incident has aroused some attention, it¡¯s not a big sensation. After all, this is just a verymon ident. The reason why it even aroused attention is that the dead individual is an outstanding student from Sakura Academy.
Fang Yun continued to move forward. During the journey, he often used ¡°ck Hole Annihtion¡± to devour thes on the way.
His eating speed and efficiency are many times higher than in the past. Looking at these huges turning into strands of pure energy, then drawn into his body, Fang Yun was very happy.
He is about to evolve again.
After evolution, his size will berger, and his strength will also increase. It is just that things have changed as time continued to pass.
Previously, he looked forward to each evolution.
But now, even with the endless resources in space, evolution has be slower. Furthermore, with the continuous increase in reputation, the increase in strength that evolution had brought to him became lower than that of reputation value, causing him to shift his attention to reputation.
But it¡¯s different now.
Due to the new skill, ¡°ck Hole Annihtion¡±, his evolution speed has increased dramatically. After all, he can get arge number of bio-energy points by devourings.
This skill had dramatically increased his speed of devourings, reducing the time needed to devour a the size of the Earth to just one day. That¡¯s without mentioning the efficiency.
Chapter 469 Doron’s Request
Chapter 469 Doron¡¯s Request
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the endless silent space, two giant beasts were quietly moving forward, Fang Yun incarnated as a terrifying ck hole, swallowing all thes along the way.
Under the pull of his terrifying gravity, these deads quickly transformed into splendid energy pirs, then revolved around him, forming a shining circle of light.
He swallowed theses very quickly because he can use the system to conveniently process their energy.
The energy provided by even the most barren rockys is very abundant. For example, a with a diameter of 10,000 kilometers can provide at least 500 million bio-energy points.
This number might seem small, after all, an Imperial-ss battleship with the length of a few kilometers can provide a simr number of bio-energy points, which is iparable to a in terms of energy.
However, the system has its own set of transformation modes, and transforming the energy of a to bio-energy can only provide so much bio-energy.
However, in the endless space, theses are the leastcking.
For Fang Yun, devouring theses does not require much effort at all. Using ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± to buff himself gives him the ability to easily and effortlessly devour them.
About half a monthter, Fang Yun evolved again.
This time, his body length has soared to 150 kilometers and his diameter to 6 kilometers. He was rewarded 86 skill points, which he used in conjunction with the remaining skill points to upgrade ¡°Life Plunder¡±.
This skill had been upgraded three times so far.
It¡¯s a pity that Fang Yun can¡¯t test the power of this skill for the moment because there aren¡¯t any living creatures nearby(Apart from the turtle).
¡°ording to the information received from the previous spacecraft, I should still be at the marginal position of the eighth heaven.¡±
In Fang Yun¡¯s mind, a rough map of the Eighth Heaven appeared. When he met Drummond before, he took the opportunity to invade the battleship¡¯swork system and found some information about the eight heavens. The most crucial piece of information is the star map of the eighth heaven.
From the map, it¡¯s obvious that the eighth heaven is muchrger than the ninth heaven. In addition to the star map, Fang Yun also learned some information about this heaven.
For example, the Sakura Academy, which is particrly famous in this heaven. They have trained countless outstanding pilots which wereter sent to the various empires and superpowers around the gxy.
And the guy he killed before is also a student of this academy.
¡°I wonder if the so-called Sakura Academy wille to trouble me?¡±
Fang Yun wondered, then shook his head and didn¡¯t bother to think about this. He roughly understood the situation of the Eighth Heaven. There really is no technology worthy of his attention, so he can be generous. However, if someone dares to provoke him, he will definitely let them understand how weak they are.
Although this Sakura Academy is strong, it¡¯s still not enough to see in front of him.
¡¡¡
Just as Fang Yun was traveling freely in space. In the most central city in the eighth heaven, Sakura Academy headquarters.
This academy alone upies one of the most central locations in this central, Fang Tianyu. This belongs to the Sakura Academy. ¡¡¡¡All residents on it are either students or employees of Sakura Academy or exist to serve them.
On this day, a spaceship descended from space to this, it was the battleship of Drummond¡¯s friend Doron.
After walking out of the battleship, Doron went directly to the office of the instructor in charge of them. He wants to ask the Academy for help. They must capture or kill that star beast!
¡°Teacher Nichs.¡±
Doron stood in front of a middle-aged man and pleaded to him.
¡°Drummond is an excellent student of the academy. Now that he was buried in space like this. Isn¡¯t the academy ready to do anything?¡±
Inside an elegant office, the middle-aged man turned the swivel chair and stared at Doron. He said with a serious look on his face.
¡°Doron, the fate of a pilot is eternal sleep in space. It will happen sooner orter. This naturally applies to you and me.¡±
After a brief pause, the middle-aged man continued.
¡°So far, countless Sakura Academy students have been buried in the vast space. Drummond is not the first, nor will be thest.¡±
¡°Our college does not have the energy to avenge every student.¡±
Feeling that he was too blunt, Nichs sighed and said in a gentle tone.
¡°Doron, I also know that you and Drummond are good friends. You don¡¯t want to let the killer get away with it, but It¡¯s obviously impossible for the Academy to deploy arge number of forces to look for the star beast in space¡¡±
¡°Teacher Nichs, that star beast is really special. I refuse to believe that a star beast of that size can have so much power! Maybe it is a pathogen.¡±
Doron said to Nicks with an agitated look on his face.
¡°That star serpent is unusual! It¡¯s definitely worth a visit from the hunter team of the academy.¡±
The hunter team of Sakura Academy possesses pilots with the most powerful physical fitness in the entire eighth heaven. At the same time, their battleships are also the most powerful spacecraft in the entire eighth heaven.
If this teames forward, Doron is confident that that creature will never be able to escape.
However, his words were obviously not recognized by teacher Nichs. He helplessly shook his head and said. ¡°The Hunter Team is not that easy to dispatch.¡±
¡°Even if that star serpent is really a pathogen, it¡¯s not qualified to let us dispatch the hunter team.¡±
¡°Doron, let¡¯s do this. I will discuss this with the academy. First, we¡¯ll send a team to see if the star serpent is still in the same ce. If it¡¯s no longer there, we will put this star serpent on the hunting list. what do you think?¡±
¡°As for sending the hunter team to hunt the star serpent. This is unrealistic. I advise you to shelf this idea away as soon as possible¡¡±
Teacher Nichs looked up at Doron and said seriously.
The so-called hunting list is full of notorious star beasts and pathogens. In fact, it¡¯s a mission system shared by the entire Sakura Academy. As long as the star beasts on the hunting list are killed, you can get corresponding rewards in any branch of Sakura Academy.
¡°This¡ alright.¡±
Doron nodded sullenly atst. He already understood that this was the greatest support the academy can give. It¡¯s true that every year, students are killed. The reason why the academy is even paying attention this time is that Drummond is a top student.
Moreover, the star beast that killed Drummond should be a rtively high-level one, hence it¡¯s eligible to be included in the hunting list.
Chapter 470: Hunting List
Chapter 470: Hunting List
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
However, that monster is too far away from the Sakura Academy, and after the previous incident, the star serpent will definitely run away, hence wanting to arrange a team to search for and hunt the star serpent across such arge area is impossible.
After judging the attitude of the academy, Doron left his mentor¡¯s office and started to pay attention to the hunting list.
Of course, if the team dispatched by the academy finds that the star serpent in its previous location, then things don¡¯t have to be so troublesome.
If the python was found over there, the academy would not mind sending a team to kill it, but Doron is about 80% sure that the giant serpent has left that ce.
Even if the giant serpent just moved to another not far from the ce where the incident urred, based on the nature of the academy¡¯s investigation teams, they will certainly not stay there too much.
Now, it depends on whether there is a Sakura Academy student experience team there.
Every year in Sakura Academy, there will be some students who head out to experience space travel, leading them to often gather in a huge team.
They often travel in space for more than a decade, and some even stay in space for decades. Those are the people that take the conquest of space as their lifelong pursuit.
For things like ordinary machine maintenance, there are usually robot maintenance workers on their battleship. In addition, for energy, they can supplement them on the lifes along the way, or find some energy in space by themselves.
Some undevelopeds may contain amazing energy mines, and on every spacecraft, there is equipment for detecting and mining those energy mines.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that he has been included in the hunting list of Sakura Academy yet, but even if he knew it, he wouldn¡¯t care.
He traveled in space for another three months, and he is already far away from the ce where he ate that battleship before. Therefore, when the people from the Sakura Academy arrived on the deste where Drummond was killed, there was undoubtedly nothing. No trace of him was found, hence the investigation team returned empty-handed in the end.
As a result of being on the hunting list, Fang Yun became a bit famous within the Sakura Academy. This fame was not only for the eighth domain branch but also for Sakura Academy in the other heavens.
Every Star Beast on the hunting list is paid attention to, whether it¡¯s the first orst.
Needless to say, those leading star beasts are too powerful, hence they can attract people¡¯s attention, as for the ones at the back of the list, it¡¯s because of their low strength and ease of hunting.
This way, a lot of people pay attention to them, thinking of hunting them if they ever encounter them someday.
The entire hunting list is very long, with more than 100,000 Star Beasts on the list. Fang Yun is at the bottom, ranked around 120,000.
In fact, the star beasts on the list are not the most powerful star beast known to Sakura Academy, because some of the star beasts were listed by the lower-level branches of Sakura Academy.
Such as the eighth heaven.
Because they are in the eighth heaven, the strength of this Sakura Academy branch is the weakest among all Sakura Academy branches, but they are also qualified to include star beasts on the hunting list-even if the strength of the star beast listed is iparable to the star beast listed by other branches.
For the eighth heaven Sakura Academy branch, the powerful star beasts they encountered are considered weaker in other star regions, but for them, it¡¯s a big threat.
After adding it to the hunting list, there will likely be other student experience squadsing specifically for task rewards, helping the eighth heaven to hunt for the Star Beast in the hunting list.
Every year, there are many student experience teams from other branches paying attention to the star beasts included on the hunting list by the eighth heaven.
However, although the Sakura Academy of the Eighth eighth heaven has the power to put star beasts on the hunting list, they rarely do it, as it is quite shameful.
But every ten years, they must include the minimum quota of star beasts on the list, and Fang Yun just happened to be listed at this time. Furthermore, each star beast must showcase sufficient ability to be put on the list, and since Fang Yun showed the ability to instantly destroy an Imperial-ss battleship, he wasn¡¯t ranked very lowly.
Of course, he was also not ranked too high. If a high-ss star beast they marked gets instantly killed, that would be too embarrassing.
In addition, there is another factor that affects the ranking of these star beasts, that is their record. Fang Yun¡¯s record is not very good. In fact, it¡¯s mediocre, so even if they wanted to give him a higher rank, it¡¯s impossible.
¡±Hui, The branch of the eighth heaven has finally added a star beast to their hunting list¡¡±
In a remote space area, a fleet was slowly moving forward. This is a teamposed of seven singlemand battleships, and at the moment, the pilots of these seven battleships were chatting using short-distancemunication devices.
They are all from the seventh heaven¡¯s branch of Sakura Academy, and like everyone else, they were monitoring the hunting list of the eighth heaven branch.
¡°Lao Cai, take a look, what kind of stuff they added on the list this time.¡±
A deep voice sounded in themunication channel.
In a battleship in the middle of the team, the pilot named Lao Cai smiled and said.
¡°Okay, I¡¯ll take a look at it now.¡±
¡°Hey, it¡¯s a star serpent.¡±
¡°The ability value they gave is 1453 points, and the record is to kill an outstanding student.¡±
After hearing the information transmitted by Lao Cai, a burst ofughter sounded in themunication channel.
¡°This ability value marking method is too sloppy! Just killing one of their outstanding students and they give it 1453 points. This is incredible!¡±
¡°The eighth heaven Academy branch might feel that its outstanding students are too mightypared to their ordinary students or something.¡±
¡°They have a pretty thick skin, increasing the ability value of these star beasts every time. Weren¡¯t they embarrassed enoughst time?¡±
After hearing the ridiculous remarks of these guys in themunication channel, Lao Cai smiled and said.
¡±Don¡¯t be careless, the administrators of the Eighth heaven branch should be reminding us to be careful.¡±
¡±This star serpent might even be a high-level pathogen!¡±
Chapter 471: Encounter In Space.
Chapter 471: Encounter In Space.
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Hahaha¡¡±
Bursts of loudughter sounded in themunication channel. As the leader of this team, Lao Cai smiled faintly. Earlier, hisment about the eighth heaven branch of Sakura Academy confronting the star serpent had a faint sense of ridicule.
¡°Okay, let¡¯s go there now, don¡¯t let others wait.¡±
Lao Cai said in themunication channel, then took the lead in driving his spacecraft to fly forward, the other people in the team closely followed behind.
There are many teams like that of Lao Cai wandering in space. Many of them are freely traveling without a definite goal. After seeing a new target added to the list by the Eighth heaven Sakura Academy, all of them became interested and flew towards the eighth heaven.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know about all this for the time being. He is still quietly crossing the eighth heaven along with the giant turtle.
He is more and more fond of the skill ¡°ck Hole Annihtion¡±. This skill is a great help to devouring the surroundings.
¡°My reputation value has increased a lot, but since reaching 500 billion points, I¡¯m unable to receive skill points every 10 billion reputation point¡¡±
Fang Yun guessed that the reward threshold for skill points has been raised again this time, but he has no problem with this because he found that his reputation value is growing faster and faster. More importantly, the amount of skill points he is receiving is getting bigger and bigger.
About seven dayster, Fang Yun¡¯s reputation value reached more than 520 billion, after which he received 94 skill points.
Now he knew that the threshold for receiving skill points has increased to every 20 billion points increase.
¡°I wonder when new skills will appear, these two skills have been almost maxed out.¡±
Fang Yun wondered as he kept moving forward, but he also knew that if a new skill appears, it will definitely require arge number of skill points for each upgrade.
This made him feel a little bit of mncholy.
¡°Woooo!!!¡±
Suddenly, the giant turtle who was moving ahead released a long howl, breaking Fang Yun¡¯s train of thoughts and attracting his attention.
¡°What¡¯s wrong with this silly turtle?¡±
Fang Yun was stunned by the sudden howl of the giant turtle, but in the next moment, he looked forward.
Under their perception, there was a dense array of electromaic waves in front of them. This is due to many spaceships flying towards them.
¡°I should have been very distracted to not notice such an array of electromaic waves.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head and stared at the empty area of space ahead. After a while, several rainbow lights appeared, then headed straight towards them.
Inside each of these rainbow lights were spaceships. There were a total of 7 spaceshipsing.
After appearing, these spacecraft immediately assumed an enveloping posture, surrounding Fang Yun and the giant turtle in the middle.
Obviously, these seven spaceships came specifically for them
¡°Oh?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze scanned the seven battleships. He noticed that these seven battleships are different from the one he had destroyed some time ago, but they all had the symbol of the Sakura Academy, Cherry Blossom.
¡°Lao Cai, hahaha, is this the star serpent that was listed on the hunting list?¡±
In themunication channel, a surprised voice sounded, and among the seven spaceships, the student named Lao Cai smiled as he pulled out the image uploaded by the eighth heaven branch of Sakura Academy.
Afterparing it carefully.
¡°I¡¯m 99% sure that it¡¯s this giant serpent.¡±
¡°Hahahaha, we are going to make a fortune, although the branch of the Eighth Heaven doesn¡¯t have much strength, this time the rewards they released are still very generous. ¡°
¡°Our luck is really good. I didn¡¯t expect to find this star beast not long after entering the eighth heaven.¡±
¡°Hurry up, surround it, don¡¯t let this star serpent escape.¡±
¡°What are you talking about? It¡¯s not the first time we went on a mission. This giant serpent is too tender to escape from our palm.¡±
¡°Haah, This is why I said that the eighth branch of the Academy is too sloppy. The body length of this giant serpent is only more than 100 kilometers. It should be a disaster-ss star beast. How is such a beast qualified to be put on the hunting list?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t care about this, anyway, we¡¯re just going to kill this monster to get the task reward.¡±
After the end of the conversation, aser beam suddenly flew out of the main cannon of one of the spacecraft, the target is naturally Fang Yun who had been surrounded in the middle.
¡°Oh?¡±
The moment theser beam approached, Fang Yun used ¡°Sace Barrier¡± to deflect it.
The power of thisser beam gave him a familiar feeling. It¡¯s about as powerful as theser beam of thest Eclipse-ss battleship he fought against back in the Supreme Blue Empire.
¡°Unexpectedly, it can use space to deflect theser beam.¡±
The Sakura Academy student who emittedunched theser beam was a bit surprised, but he didn¡¯t care and was about tounch the second round of attack.
¡°They are not from the Eighth Heaven.¡±
Fang Yun immediately drew this conclusion, because ording to the information he received, this level of battleships is very rare even in Eighth Heaven¡¯s branch of Sakura Academy.
At first nce, these are the students of the sakura academy, they shouldn¡¯t be driving such a rare and precious spacecraft. Of course, it¡¯s also possible that these students have a very important status in the academy.
While Fang Yun was still deliberating, moreser beams flew towards him.
His space barrier couldn¡¯t deflect all theseser beams, hence twonded straight on his body.
However, the damage caused to him was much smaller than the one caused by the Eclipse-ss battleship back in the Supreme Blue Empire.
After evolving several times, his defense had greatly increased. Hence apart from creating a giant pit on his body, theser beams didn¡¯t cause any other damage.
After a rain of blood flew around, his body showed its amazing regeneration ability as these pits recovered at a speed visible to the naked eye.
When Lao Cai and the other Sakura Academy students saw this scene, they were all very surprised.
If they didn¡¯t take the giant serpent seriously before, then now, solemn expressions appeared on their faces. This giant serpent is unusual.
Chapter 472: Battle Against Sakura Academy Students
Chapter 472: Battle Against Sakura Academy Students
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Lao Cai, it seems that the leaders of the Eighth branch of the Academy didn¡¯t make any mistake. This giant serpent is indeed quite capable.¡±
In themunication channel, a severe voice sounded, but only they knew in their hearts that they didn¡¯t just consider this giant serpent capable. Its recovery ability is too ridiculous. Its defense is also quite high.
This round of bombardment can be considered particrly fierce, but that serpent was able to resist it easily.
¡°It seems to be a powerful creature.¡±
Lao Cai sighed silently in the control center of his spacecraft, then calmly continued.
¡°But that¡¯s all, everyone should be careful. We can definitely solve this serpent.¡±
After saying this, he was about to order everyone to spread out a bit, thenunch an ultra-long distance intensive attack on the serpent. However, the giant serpent suddenly raised its head and howled loudly.
Fang Yun¡¯s roar has changed after so many evolutions. In the past, it was like thebination of a lion roaring and a cow mooing. It was deep and prating, carrying a substantial impact.
However, his roar became more high pitched and with addedyers, like roaring dragons and howling tigers. The face of Lao Cai and the other students changed after hearing the roar that was tranted by their instruments.
This voice gave them a strange sense of oppression.
¡°Quickly turn off the sound trantor.¡±
After Lao Cai ordered, he was the first to turn off the instrument, cutting off the prating roar.
That was just the beginning, Fang Yun suddenly opened his mouth and released ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± at one of the spacecraft. Due to the close distance, the ck ball solidlynded on one of the seven battleships.
That battleship managed to activate the energy shield in time, then quickly turned around, seemingly wanting to shift its position. Due to the protection of the energy shield, the battleship was not directly shattered by Fang Yun, but in the process of turning around, it was pushed around by the ck ball, causing it to lose control.
¡°Damn it, attack!¡±
Lao Cai was startled, Fang Yun¡¯s attack power caused him to feel extremely shocked, he roared in themunication channel, then quickly opened the distance between him and Fang Yun,unching a rain ofser beams at the same time.
The other spacecraft also made the same move.
By now, they have already understood that this star serpent is indeed very powerful, it¡¯s iparable to the star beast released on the hunting list by the eighth branch of the academy before.
¡°Lao Cai, this giant serpent is very powerful. If I receive two or three more of the previous attack, my energy shield will be broken.¡±
The pilot of the battleship that was first attacked by Fang Yun said. The information he conveyed shocked the people that heard it.
In other words, they must not be attacked by that giant serpent three times in a row, otherwise, their energy shield will be destroyed!
A battleship with no energy shield doesn¡¯t have the chance to survive in front of such a terrifying creature.
¡°Everyone, be careful!¡±
Lao Cai reminded everyone as he kept attacking the giant serpent in the center of the formation, at the same time, he kept flying around, shifting his position and preventing the giant serpent from locking him.
Lao Cai and his teammates are from the Seventh Heaven branch of Sakura Academy, and they are considered excellent students in that branch.
Not only do they have a top-quality spacecraft, but their driving skills, reaction,bat experience, and physical fitness are much higher than that of Drummond.
Under their control, their spacecraft kept executing various difficult and dexterous movements in space.
Compared to them, the Norton-ss and Eclipse-ss battleships that Fang Yun fought against before are like a clumsy turtle.
¡°These guys are slippery.¡±
Fang Yun fought against Lao Cai and his team for a few rounds, but he didn¡¯t use his full strength, because he wanted to test the strongest abilities of these guys. After fighting with them for dozens of rounds, Fang Yun got a rough idea about their ability.
¡°It¡¯s not bad, but you¡¯re still far from being able to hunt me!¡±
During the battle, he hacked into the system of one of the enemy spacecraft, then learned the cause and effect of the incident. He learned about the hunting list. At the same time, he also knew that he was listed on that list by the eighth branch of Sakura Academy.
¡°Hey, it turned out to be like this, in other words, I won¡¯t be lonely on the next journey?¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about the rewards offered by those people. He just felt that the next journey in space will not be lonely. He even wondered if he should let one or two of these guys escape, allowing other people to know of his route and head out in groups to attack him.
Although he has thepany of the giant turtle, both of them can¡¯t carry normal conversations due to theirck of speech organs. This kind of journey is too boring, that¡¯s why he often falls deeply into his thoughts.
If someone takes the initiative to cause trouble to them on the way, the journey will not be so boring anymore.
¡°Well, I won¡¯t y with you anymore.¡±
In addition to ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±, Fang Yun also has the skill ¡°Space Copse¡±, and the destructive power of this skill is even higher than that of ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±.
Besides, there¡¯s ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± as his trump card, ho he didn¡¯t take these guys seriously from the start.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Aser beam headed towards Fang Yun, which he deflected using ¡°Space Barrier¡±, immediately afterward, he activated one of his most powerful skills, ¡°Space Copse¡±.
The spaceship was originally prepared to move away afterunching an attack but was unable to do so. Thest thing the pilot felt is that he lost control of his battleship before falling into darkness.
From the outside, it can be seen that the space around that spacecraft started folding, revealing an even darker void behind. The battleship shrinks to a small point at a speed visible to the naked eye, eventually disappearing.
¡°It disappeared?¡±
After seeing this scene, the leader of the team, Lao Cai¡¯s eyes widened in shock. He shouted loudly.
¡°What kind of attack is this?¡±
¡°Damn it, Lao Liang was killed?¡±
¡°Lao Liang! Lao Liang!!¡±
In themunication channel, eager and slightly panicked voices sounded, but there was no response. Obviously, the Loa Liang they were calling was killed by the ability of the giant serpent ahead.
¡°Kill this monster! Avenge Lao Liang!¡±
The moment such an angry voice sounded, the remaining battleships quickly flew around the giant serpent while frantically attacking it. They no longer care about their previous n of exhausting the star serpent.
Countlessser beams flew towards the giant serpent, but only one of them managed tond on it.
The giant serpent immediately flew towards the battleship that injured it.
¡°Evans!!¡±
Chapter 473: The Death of Lao Cai
Chapter 473: The Death of Lao Cai
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Inside the spacecraft, Lao Cai¡¯s body was soaked with cold sweat. He yelled in themunication channel, trying to inform thepanions that were attacked to dodge.
In fact, without the need of any reminder, the battleship that was targeted was already trying to dodge, but its speed is not worth mentioning in front of Fang Yun.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun suddenly roared loudly, shooting a giantser beam at the opposite battleship. That battleship had been attacked by Fang Yun several times before, causing its energy shield to be already on the edge of breaking, hence thisser beam was finally the straw that crushed the camel.
¡°Bang!¡±
Along with the sound of ss breaking, the energy shield was destroyed. Fang Yun took the opportunity andunched anotherser beam,pletely ending the life of the young student.
¡°Evans!¡±
In themunication channel, several shouts sounded again. They could only helplessly watch anotherpanion get killed. From the beginning to the end, all it took was a few seconds.
¡°Damn it, he killed Lao Liang and Evans!¡±
Lao Cai¡¯s eyes were slightly bloodshot. He controlled his battleship, constantly making quick and short-distance space jumps, attacking Fang Yun with all the weapons he had at his disposal.
Not only Lao Cai, the other four team members relentlessly attacked Fang Yun. All of them had a mad expression on their faces.
¡°Whoosh! Whoosh!¡±
Laser beams shot continuously at Fang Yun, wrapping him in ayer of light cloth.
However, under the deflection of ¡°Space Barrier¡±, most of thesers flew around his body and into the distance.
Only a small number ofsers prated the space barrier andnded on his body.
¡±Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
On Fang Yun¡¯s body, huge pits appeared one after another. Under the mad counterattack of these battleships, Fang Yun was also a little ufortable. He attacked another battleship using ¡°Space Copse¡±,pletely annihting it.
¡°Roar!!¡±
With this sessful attack, Fang Yun roared loudly, then twisted his body and flew out of the encirclement of these battleships. In the next moment, a huge ck ball hit the nearest battleship.
After Fang Yun got out of the encirclement, the attacked battleship tried to create a distance between them again, but it couldn¡¯t pull the distance between them due to Fang Yun¡¯s speed. In the end, Fang Yun release three other ck balls andpletely destroyed its energy shield.
¡°Hurry up and escape! LaVine!!¡±
¡°Boom!¡±
Lao Cai¡¯s face distorted after seeing that the energy shield of anotherpanion of his copsed. He shouted loudly in themunication channel, but it was toote, the moment the energy shield of that battleship broke apart, anotherser beam flew towards it andpletely destroyed it.
¡°Come on, we are not its opponent.¡±
Lao Cai yelled again in themunication channel. The power of this giant serpent ispletely beyond their imagination. It¡¯s impossible for it to be an ordinary star beast.
¡°This is not an ordinary star beast at all! It must be a pollutant and not a primary pollutant!!¡±
This is the conclusion Lao Cai came to after thinking for a long time, causing him to sweat coldly. They were actually trying to deal with a pollutant and not an ordinary pollutant.
¡°Damn it, those bastards cheated me!¡±
Lao Cai cursed internally.
¡°The leaders of the Eighth Branch of the Academy should all go to hell. The ability value they attributed to such a monster is only 1453! This monster is not something we can deal with!.¡±
While cursing them viciously, he manipted his spacecraft to turn around and leave. The remaining two battleships followed closely behind him.
¡°I want to send this monster¡¯s information back to the headquarter¡¡±
Lao Cai started preparing tounch the space engine, leaving this dangerous ce, but at this moment, he suddenly noticed that something was wrong, he felt that his body started feeling heavy. He felt very tired.
In a daze, he seemed to see his body bing extremely dry. This was thest thing Lao Cai could think of as his consciousnesspletely disappeared in the next second.
Not only him, but the pilots of the other two battleships were also the same as him.
¡°Life Plunder¡±
This skill had been upgraded 4 times by Fang Yun. Its power is already extremely terrifying. In less than a second, he plundered the vitality of Lao Cai and his twopanions.
¡°It¡¯s not bad. After maxing it out, this skill should be even more powerful.¡±
After Fang Yun sensed that there were no life fluctuations inside the three battleships, he didn¡¯t care about the three small battleships that were still moving forward.
He is not afraid to expose his coordinates. In fact, this is exactly what he hopes to see. As more and more peoplee to attack him, his reputation will continue to increase.
Anyway, he doesn¡¯t think that he will encounter any danger in this remote ce.
But what Fang Yun didn¡¯t know was that after Lao Cai and the others died one after another, their academy had already got the news.
As for the method, each student has an instrument on his body that can record their heartbeat, body temperature, breathing, and other life data.
Through this method, the academy can roughly judge the situation of their students at any time.
After Lao Cai and hispanions died, those instruments immediately rang out, their heartbeat and breathing havepletely stopped and even the instruments stopped beeping.
¡¡¡¡
Seventh Heaven, Sakura Academy Campus.
On the campus, a group of students was walking along an avenue, cheerfully talking to each other.
¡°Big brother Cai went out to practice with a few of hispanions again. I heard that their goal this time is the star serpent in the eighth heaven.¡±
¡°If hepletes the task this time, he should have enough credits to upgrade to an elite-ss student.¡±
¡°This task is simple, but finding the object of the task is difficult. Big brother Cai may not be able toplete the task. After all, the eighth heaven is so big, even if the life detector of our battleships is very advanced, but finding such a creature in space is very difficult.¡±
¡°Yes, but if that guy truly manages to find the star serpent and kill it, he will be an elite student.¡±
The tone of the person who said this was filled with envy.
Elite-level students are the highest-level students in the Academy. They have great benefits. The biggest advantage is that they can get a more powerful battleship.
After entering the academy, every student takes this goal as their dream.
After the student¡¯s voice sounded, the surrounding was filled with silence. Everyone envied that Loa Cai was able to ept such a simple mission.
Suddenly, a loud voice sounded ahead, causing all of these students to raise their heads and look forward.
Chapter 474: Investigation
Chapter 474: Investigation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Seeing the noisy crowd in front of them, the group of students was puzzled. Looking at each other, they quickly walked to the noisy crowd.
After inquiring about the source of themotion, all of them were shocked
¡°Lao Cai¡is dead?¡±
One person looked at the faces of hispanions with a look of disbelief, only to find that the others had simr faces.
¡°I heard that they have reached the eighth heaven, and near the site of the incident. The result is that in just ten minutes, they died. Do you think that this is the doing of that star serpent?¡±
A thin-faced youth said to hispanions.
¡°They might have encountered the star serpent, but judging from the data given by Eighth Heaven¡¯s branch, it shouldn¡¯t be. That star serpent only had an ability index of more than 1000.¡±
Someone frowned and said.
¡°Let¡¯s wait for the academy¡¯s final announcement on this matter. It seems that things are not simple now.¡±
Several people nodded one after another, then continued discussing this matter seriously.
Previously, they didn¡¯t care about the star serpent¡¯s matter at all. Killing an outstanding student of the eighth heaven branch of the academy is an insignificant thing to them.
But now, Lao Cai, a student who is at the same level as them. Even more powerful, died along with hispanions, and the cause of death was probably because of the star serpent.
This incident hadpletely attracted their attention.
¡°What, many students from the seventh branch of the academy died in our eighth heaven?¡±
On the campus of the eighth heaven branch of sakura academy, Doron was shocked after hearing about this incident, then frowned again.
¡°They should havee here to hunt the star serpent. Could it be that they were counter killed by that star serpent?¡±
The distance of the incident isn¡¯t far from the ce where his friend Drummon has died. Of course, this is only rtive to those star behemoths. The actual distance is actually quite far
¡°If this is the case, then that serpent is truly not simple. That monster won¡¯t be a pollutant, right?¡±
Doron muttered indistinctly. He was very shocked by this incident. He couldn¡¯t believe that his friend took the initiative to attack such a creature.
At first, he thought it was just a powerful star beast or maybe a pathogen, but judging from the current situation, it¡¯s most likely a powerful pollutant.
He didn¡¯t know much about pollutants. He only knew that they are a very powerful existence, more powerful than star beasts and pathogens. In their eighth heaven, such a creature hadn¡¯t appeared in decades.
The death of Lao Cai and his team caused somemotion in the entire Sakura Academy, especially in the eighth and seventh heaven¡¯s branches.
Because the star serpent is in the eighth heaven, and Lao Cai and his team were all from the seventh heaven branch.
The two academy branches started to exchange information. First, they needed to determine the cause of Lao Cai and hispanions¡¯ death.
The two branches, in the next few days, dispatched many investigating teams at the ce of the incident. They quickly found the spacecraft that remained after Fang Yun used ¡°Life Plunder¡±.
Only the pilots died, the spacecraft itself didn¡¯t suffer much impact.
Colonel Cade is a major colonel of the Seventh Heaven Star Alliance and an outstanding pilot from the Seventh Heaven branch of Sakura Academy. The Star Alliance is an organizationposed of several powerful empires in the seventh heaven.
This organization has a council, as well as an army, and various personnel, not to mention its various rights.
In general, the seventh heaven is mostly under the control of the star alliance.
Colonel Cade is a middle-aged man with a square face and strong eyes. This investigation team was led by him. At the same time, several teachers from the two academy branches acted as his deputies.
The investigation team tracked the ownerless spacecraft in this area and captured it.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
Colonel Cade said to the instructors next to him, then walked inside the spacecraft. After crossing a long corridor, they finally reached the control center and saw the pilot.
¡°That¡¯s¡¡±
Colonel Cade¡¯s pupils suddenly shrank. It wasn¡¯t just him. The mood of everyone that saw this scene changed.
In front of them, a figure was lying on the control station. He looked extremely old. In fact, his whole skin was tightly attached to his bones.
His hair is gray and his eyes were sunken. He looked like an old man who had lived for countless years before dying here.
¡°He is Cai Wei.¡±
A middle-aged teacher wearing sses stepped forward and said to Colonel Cade. There was a hint of hesitation in his eyes.
He is the instructor from the Seventh Heaven branch of Sakura Academy. The reason why he said that this person is Cai Wei is naturally that he is wearing the academy¡¯s standard student suit, with Cai Wen¡¯s namete.
However, this old corpse ispletely different from the young and vibrant Cai Wen, hence his hesitation.
Cade nodded, then began to walk forward. He carefully checked Cai Wei¡¯s appearance, then ordered the other people to take photos of Cai Wen and the surroundings.
After taking a few photos, he said to the soldiers behind.
¡°Take him down and dissect his body to see if you can find any useful information.¡±
After saying this, someone carefully carried Cai Wen¡¯s body and walked away. Cade continued wandering across the control room, investigating the surrounding situation.
They checked the weapons and energy devices of the spacecraft, noticing varying degrees of damage on many parts of the spaceship. The energy core is also significantly drained.
In addition, they learned from the system¡¯s mission log that the spacecraft had indeed experienced a big battle, and the mission log also contained recordings of the conversation between Cai Wei and hispanions.
After listening to the records, the investigation team was sure that not only did they experience a fierce battle but that against the star serpent.
¡°Everyone, it seems that things are clear.¡±
Cade looked around at everyone and said.
¡°This incident was indeed caused by the star serpent.¡±
After saying this, he turned his head and looked towards The instructors of the eighth heaven branch of sakura academy.
¡°Everyone, it seems that there is a pollutant in the eighth heaven.¡±
Chapter 475: Quake Across the Four Heavens.
Chapter 475: Quake Across the Four Heavens.
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Now it¡¯s almost certain that the star serpent is a pollutant. Colonel Cade knows very well how strong Cai Wei and his team are.
As outstanding students of the seventh branch of Sakura Academy, their spacecraft might be a bit worse than Eclipse-ss battleships, but not much worse, anyway, it¡¯s better miles ahead of Norton-ss battleships.
However, such a powerful team was annihted in front of the star serpent, and they were all solved in a short time. One can imagine how powerful that giant serpent is.
This is definitely not something that a fifth-level pathogen can do.
¡°Search this area again to see if you can find other spacecraft.¡±
Cade gave this order and the investigation team quickly executed it. After searching for a while, they found another two battleships.
After all, the two spacecraft also had an active system, constantly sending signals into space, so they were found soon.
In the spacecraft, they found two other pilots in a simr state to Cai Wen. They looked like a 300 years old man at the end of his life, with no sign of vitality.
The investigation team stayed in that area for a few more days. After not finding any more spacecraft, they returned back to the Academy.
Of course, the Empires of the eighth heaven got the investigation report from Cade and the investigation team.
The results of the investigation on this incident have not been made public, but Sakura Academy has silently increased the ability value of the giant python.
At first, the ranking of the giant serpent was rtively low, more than 120,000, but now it jumped to the top 30,000.
This violent jump shows that the giant serpent is not simple, it¡¯s not surprising for Cai Wen and his team to die in the hand of such a creature.
Of course, after its ability value and ranking have increased, the reward for hunting it also became much higher.
However, the number of people interested in it had greatly decreased, because everyone knows that this giant serpent is a pollutant-level creature. Not everyone has the qualification to hunt it. For an unqualified reason, this giant serpent is death incarnate.
Of course, it is not to say that everyone is afraid of that serpent, many people who were not interested in the past became interested in the great serpent.
¡¡¡¡
Three months have passed.
In the eighth heaven, the authorities began to organize an army to deal with the giant serpent. At the same time, they posted a reward poster for interested people. As long as they can hunt the great serpent, they can receive generous rewards.
So now, if a student from Sakura Academy hunts down that serpent, they can get double rewards. One from the academy and one from the eighth heaven¡¯s Empires.
Of course, this task has a very high threshold. None of the eighth heaven branch students dared to take this task.
Even amongst the students of the Seventh Heaven branch of the Academy, only those elite-level students dare to take this task, but they still don¡¯t dare to take it alone, they also know cautiousness and that they need a team.
Those who truly dare to take this mission alone are the students of the sixth heaven branch and the fifth heaven headquarters.
The students in these two heavens are all very powerful. This time, what the leaders of the eighth heaven are looking forward the most to is for the students of these two heavens to take this task.
They are having a headache over a pollutant wandering in their territory, and they look forward to someone solving it.
At several branch schools of Sakura Academy, many students are paying attention to this giant serpent, causing it to be a star and well-known creatures over 4 heavens.
Although its current poprity and controversy are far less than those pollutants at the top of the hunting list, because this great serpent is still a newly discovered pollutant, many people are talking about it.
The most important thing is that people who have personally seen this great serpent have now died.
Therefore, everyone is not sure how powerful this great serpent is. It¡¯s said that the senior officials of the academy and the officials of several Empires have more detailed information about this great serpent, but unfortunately, no one had obtained it.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know yet that he became famous across several heavens/Cosmos. He is mainly concerned about his evolution because he is going to evolve again.
During this time, he has been very diligent, so he quickly gathered the required 35 billion bio-energy points. Now, his level has reached level 88 and he has gained 87 skill points.
In addition, his body length has reached a terrifying 180 kilometers long, and his diameter is 7.2 kilometers. He had be a true behemoth. Each time he upgrades, his length increases by 20 to 30 kilometers, and this rate of growth is increasing with each level.
If this continues, his growth with each evolution will reach forty to fifty kilometers, or even hundreds of kilometers after a few more times. Maybe soon, his body length will reach a few thousands of kilometers.
This length can already bepared with some smalls.
The diameter of the Blue is only 10,000 kilometers, and the diameter of the earth is about 20,000 kilometers, and he has the feeling that he will soon reach such a size.
Unfortunately, after this evolution, he hadn¡¯t acquired any new skills. However, he learned to be content, he had just gotten two new skills not long ago, and he is very satisfied with them. They are more than sufficient for the moment.
He was very satisfied after using ¡°Life Plunder¡± before. Even if the three spaceships were quite far from him, after using this skill, they instantly died.
Most importantly, he hasn¡¯t maxed out this skill yet.
¡°I still don¡¯t have enough skill points even after this upgrade. It seems that I have to wait for more time before maxing this skill out.¡±
Currently, the growth speed of reputation value is gradually decreasing. It¡¯s still increasing by a veryrge number every day. Not long ago, his reputation value was increased by 20 billion points again, rewarding him with more than 90 skill points. Unfortunately, it¡¯s still not enough to max out ¡°Life Plunder¡±.
Fang Yun was moving forward. Beside him was the giant turtle. From time to time, the giant turtle roared loudly, then flew around him. Sometimes jumping around, sometimes eating the nearby meteorite, looking very happy.
Fang Yun sometimes envies this simple-minded silly turtle, not having to think about anything at all.
Fang Yun continued moving quietly, constantly devouring nearby deads. At the same time, waiting for people toe and cause trouble to him, providing him with a little bit of fun.
¡°It¡¯s boring.¡±
Fang Yun swallowed a that was torn into pure energy bit by bit, very bored of this unchanging scenery. If he knew this before, he might have waited in the area where he fought against Cai Wen and hispanions.
Some people should have gone to investigate their situation, or somepanions might have gone to check on them. Anyway, it won¡¯t be so boring.
Of course, Fang Yun isn¡¯t really stupid enough to stay there. Furthermore, he is intending to cross the eighth heaven, devouring as manys as possible on the way.
Chapter 476: Declaring War on the Great Serpent
Chapter 476: Dering War on the Great Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Haven¡¯t those guys caught up yet¡±
Fang Yun thought, listless, very bored. It had been many days, but no team came to cause trouble to him. He didn¡¯t know that although many people are following him, they are all extremely cautious.
He had been identified as a pollutant-level creature after all.
This kind of creature must be treated with caution by all students of Sakura Academy, no matter what branch. Especially an existence like Fang Yun without urate information.
It wasn¡¯t just the students of Sakura Academy, but also the officials and leaders of the Eighth Heaven are paying attention to Fang Yun. They are the most concerned about Fang Yun¡¯s actions in the eighth heaven.
On the eighth day, the eighth heaven began to deploy its manpower, preparing to form a powerful army to deal with the giant serpent pollutant.
¡°Wooo!¡±
Besides Fang Yun, the giant turtle raised its head and howled loudly. This guy had a carefree look, looking very happy and active.
Fang Yun shook his head and continued moving forward silently.
However, in a void that was many, many light-years away, a powerful fleet was formed. This is a luxurious fleet officially organized by the Eighth Heaven¡¯s leader.
In this fleet, there is a young man, and this young man is Doron from the eighth heaven branch of sakura academy.
¡°We must get rid of that monster this time.¡±
Doron was driving a spaceship in this fleet. After the official announced the enlistment of the Eighth heaven army against the serpent, he signed up without hesitation.
Moreover, with his strength, it¡¯s more than enough to join this fleet.
¡°Our fleet is just the vanguard. I heard that the government will recruit more soldiers and hire some mercenaries.¡±
Doron looked awe-inspiring.
¡°Drummond, this time we will definitely avenge you.¡±
In his opinion, even if the giant serpent is really a pollutant, they should be able to solve it with such arge fleet.
Just their vanguard force has tens of thousands of spaceships, and among these ships, there are thousands of Norton-ss spaceships.
Of course, there are also singlemand battleships like that of Doron, which are weaker than normal Norton-ss battleships, but much better than Imperial-ss battleships.
¡°Everyone.¡±
A voice suddenly sounded from Doron¡¯s headset. He knew that this was the voice of Commander Otto, themander of their vanguard force.
When he heard this voice, his muscles couldn¡¯t help tightening, and his whole body straightened and became extremely awe-inspiring.
Commander Otto, once also graduated from the Eighth Heaven branch of Sakura Academy, speaking of it, he¡¯s his senior.
¡°We have now found the traces of the giant serpent. Our current task is to contain it. Of course, I¡¯m not asking everyone to kill it.¡±
Commander Otto¡¯s voice continued sounding from the headset.
¡±Behind us, there will be arger armying, and even many Sakura Academy students wille to help us fight.¡±
¡°So you don¡¯t have to worry.¡±
¡°Wait for students from other academies to arrive, and the time when they arrive will be the time when the giant serpent dies!¡±
After Otto¡¯s voice sounded, many people present sighed secretly. Although they participated in this operation, many people are actually forced to do so.
There are also arge number of people attracted by the generous rewards, but more or less, they have a sense of fear in their hearts. Fortunately, Otto told them that the task was only to stop the giant serpent.
This caused them to heave a sigh of relief. At least, they fight desperately to kill the giant serpent.
¡°It would be better if we worked together to kill it.¡±
In the control center, Doron clenched his fists, but he also knew that this was just his wishful thinking. It¡¯s impossible to force these people in the vanguard team to fight desperately and kill the giant serpent.
¡°Hah¡¡±
Doron sighed, ¡°Drummond if my abilities were stronger, I would have avenged you personally.¡±
If he wants to get stronger, he must have stronger skills and a more powerful battleship, but in order to control a more powerful battleship, he needs stronger physical fitness.
Doron heard that there is no such thing as a destroyer battleship in the higher heavens.
There are mostly singlemand battleships. After all, singlemand battleships are fast, flexible, and extremely powerful, with many faster and more efficient abilities. Such hyperspace engines
They can quickly enter the hyperspace.
Of course, in addition to the requirements for the materials of the battleship, there are also requirements for pilots.
For rtively weak individuals, if the battleship makes various difficult movements at a sub-light speed, their bodies will be immediately torn apart.
Further, in order to bring out the power of those spacecraft to the maximum, there are extremely high requirements for a mental response. This kind of response is quicker than nerve response.
These things, Doron obviously can¡¯t do it. He is far from the level of a top pilot.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
While Doron was thinking about this, Commander Otto gave another speech, but he pays attention to it, finally only hearing these two words.
Doron came back to his senses all at once, then followed therge group of troops, and moved forward under the leadership of the powerful battleships ahead.
The eighth heaven leaders have found the track of the giant serpent a long time ago, this news has not been blocked, and the officials also announced the coordinates of the giant python.
Suddenly, not only was the vanguard force rushing to that location but also the students from the other Sakura Academy branches were heading there.
At this moment, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know yet that he was targeted.
The reason why his location and route were locked is that he passed by a certain starfield. In that star field, there was a kind ofmunication device left by the Eighth heaven official force on a certain dead.
This kind of instrument will collect information about lifeforms that have passed by the nearby areas. Once a powerful lifeform is discovered, themunication device will send back information to the headquarters.
Just like that, Fang Yun and the giant turtle¡¯s location were locked.
Fang Yun moved forward quietly. Although he seemed to bezy, he was also secretly wary of the nearby space. He knew that these official forces will never let him go, and will definitely attack him at some time.
Sure enough, on this day, he felt many kinds of disordered electromaic waves in the nearby space.
Chapter 477: The Beginning of the War
Chapter 477: The Beginning of the War
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Huh? Finally, someone came to me again.¡±
Fang Yun sensed that arge number of battleships are heading towards him. Driving the messy thoughts out of his mind, he looked straight at the ce from where arge number of battleships areing.
Suddenly, rainbow lights suddenly appeared in the void ahead, filling the surrounding area. These rainbow lights flew towards him like meteorites, surrounding him in the middle, but they didn¡¯t attack.
¡°Huh?¡±
Fang Yun was puzzled as he looked at the countless battleships that were constantly spinning around him.
¡°Is this the great serpent?¡±
In the giant fleet, Doron saw Fang Yun¡¯s appearance through the screen on the spacecraft. This was the first time he was so close to the terrifying and famous great serpent.
He felt resentful as he looked at the murderer of his best friend, but also nervous and excited at the same time.
Fang Yun¡¯s prestige is too great, even if he is full of hatred for this monster, he still couldn¡¯t help but feel very nervous as he flew around it.
Even a guy like Doron felt nervous and afraid let alone other people.
Fortunately, theirmander Otto did not give the orders to attack, reminding them to just fly around the great serpent.
¡°What do they want to do?¡±
Fang Yun wondered as he looked at the group of people around him. He discovered through his electromaic perception that this fleet has tens of thousands of spaceships in total.
¡°The strength of these spaceships is rtively ordinary.¡±
Fang Yun pondered for while before guessing that these spaceships should be the official fleet dispatched by the Eighth Heaven, hence the very uneven strength.
Among these spacecraft, there are many Imperial-ss battleships and a smaller number of Norton-ss battleships.
There are not many destroyers of the Eclipse-ss.
¡°With just these guys, they want to kill me?¡±
Fang Yun was surprised. Logically speaking, the officials of the eighth heaven should know that he is not easy to provoke, but they still dispatched such arge number of ¡°low-level¡± battleships to deal with him. To creatures of his level, numbers don¡¯t mean much.
However, after seeing the way these guys acted, a light bulb shed above his mind as he realized it all at once.
¡°These guys are nning to hold me here?¡±
The fleet that is surrounding Fang Yun now is indeed just the vanguard force sent by the officials of the eighth heaven. Their purpose is to stop Fang Yun from going anywhere else, containing him until the major forcese forward.
Anyway, they aren¡¯t nning to fight with Fang Yun. If Fang Yun attacks them, they will retreat directly. If Fang Yun wants to jump across space and leave, they will directlyunch a swift attack on him and stop him.
In this way, after therge troops behind them follow up, they can trulyunch the final battle and deal with the great serpent.
¡°Let¡¯s wait for the moment, after therge troopse, it will be the time for this monster to die.¡±
Doron looked at the great serpent that was besieged by them and muttered bitterly. Looking at the monster ahead, he had the impulse to immediately attack it, but Commander Otto strictly ordered from the beginning that they aren¡¯t allowed to act rashly.
While he was still deliberating between impulse and reason, he heard an earth-shattering sound from the middle of the fleet.
¡°Wooo!!!¡±
This voice was thick and deep, filled with emotion.
¡°Is it going berserk?¡±
This thought appeared in Doron¡¯s mind, causing his body to involuntarily shake. It wasn¡¯t only him but everyone else.
The fame of this monster can be said to sound like thunder across the seventh and the eighth domain.
Fang Yun¡¯s record is particrly impressive for the residents of the Eighth Heaven, so after realizing that Fang Yun was starting to get angry, they were all scared, afraid that he would attack them,
However, the one that just howled wasn¡¯t Fang Yun. It¡¯s the giant turtle beside him.
It was not howling in anger, but rather due to anxiety at being surrounded. A momentter, it couldn¡¯t stand being surrounded like that and attacked the nearest battleship.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t stop the giant turtle. He didn¡¯t care about the people who surrounded him at all. So even if the giant turtle provokes them, it doesn¡¯t matter at all.
More importantly, he doesn¡¯t n to wait obediently after being surrounded by these guys, hence he attacked the nearby battleships like the giant turtle.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Heunched aser beam at the nearest battleship, a Norton-ss battleship, then quickly flew towards it. However, the Norton-ss battleship reacted very quickly, instantly deploying its energy shield and blocking his attack.
¡°Hmph!¡±
After seeing this scene, Fang Yun snorted coldly. His figure shed, appearing next to that battleship in the next second, which just wanted to turn around and escape, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t give it the opportunity. Heunched another 2ser beams, breaking its energy shield.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
In this Star Destroyer, all the crew members yelled in horror after seeing the energy shield of their spacecraft destroyed.
And what made them feel even more shocked was that the giant serpent opened its mouth and swooped down on them.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The battleship was eaten.
Situations like this are constantly happening in this area of space. Fang Yun¡¯s speed has reached an even higher level. His agility is also extremely exaggerated. Norton-ss battleships can¡¯t even survive for three seconds in front of him.
¡°Damn, this monster is so powerful.¡±
Somewhere in space, in the control center of an eclipse-ss destroyer, Commander Otto couldn¡¯t bear it as he watched Fang Yun showed his overbearing power and massacred their huge fleet.
Although he was mentally prepared for a long time, his heart still trembled after seeing the terrifying power of this great serpent.
It wasn¡¯t only him, others were in the same state.
In fact, most of the spaceships on the battlefield started to panic at this time. Many battleships were preparing to escape.
¡°Hear my order! No battleship is allowed to escape the battlefield, otherwise, they will be punished ording to the crime of betrayal and deserting ording to thews of the eighth heaven.¡±
After seeing the actions of those battleships, Otto said with a sharp expression.
They must stop this giant serpent here. If it¡¯s allowed to escape, who can monitor it again?
More importantly, how can they find this monster across the entire eighth heaven if it¡¯s allowed to escape?
Chapter 478: Doron’s Determination
Chapter 478: Doron¡¯s Determination
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After hearing the words of Commander Otto, the battleships that were nning to escape all stopped, then turned back extremely reluctantly, approaching the edge of the battlefield, and attacking the giant serpent from time to time.
Commander Otto¡¯s threat to them is very effective, because if they were truly branded as a betrayer, then their future life will definitely not be easy. They can¡¯t even dream of stepping on popted areas in the future, they can only wander around like refugees.
This kind of life is uneptable to them, who can be considered social elites. The most important thing is that if they be wanted criminals, then their families will definitely have a hard time.
Fang Yun in the middle was constantly bombarding the battleships around him. He had already understood that these guys have no intentions of dragging him to death.
For him, there are vacancies everywhere, if he wants to escape, it¡¯s rtively simple.
¡°Damn it, let them shrink the battlefield space a bit.¡±
Commander Otto in the distance oversaw the situation of the battlefield. After he said bitterly, he walked aside again and started calling someone.
¡°Captain Cade, we are now containing the great serpent, I don¡¯t know when you cane over?¡±
The person who Commander Otto called is Colonel Cade who came to lead the investigation team before. Compared to these people, Colonel Cade and the others are undoubtedly more experienced in dealing with monsters.
Their strength and military discipline are also much higher than the urgently gathered team of space mercenaries and the guards of variouss.
¡°Commander Otto, we will reach your location soon. Please hold that serpent until we arrive.¡±
Colonel Cade¡¯s hoarse voice sounded from the headset. Otto solemnly nodded and said.
¡°Colonel Cade, rest assured, I will hold this monster until you arrive.¡±
¡°However, I also hope you can hurry up, this monster is not something we can handle.¡±
¡°I know, we will elerate further.¡±
¡°Okay.¡±
Commander Otto ended themunication, then looked with frowned brows at the holographic projection in front of him. There was the scene of the battle between the great serpent and his fleet on the projection.
The giant serpent was rampaging around, madly destroying their battleships.
In the past, those Norton-ss destroyers were able to cause Fang Yun some trouble, but after evolving several times in session, his strength skyrocketed, hence battleships at that level can hardly bring him any danger.
He can easily defeat them.
Due to his speed and agility, the weapon systems of those battleships can¡¯t even touch him in a vast empty space, and these guys provided him with exactly that, coupled with his ¡°Space Barrier¡±, he wasn¡¯t even injured in this confrontation.
On the contrary, those battleships were constantly destroyed one after the other.
¡°This monster¡¡±
Looking at the giant serpent that was rampaging across their encirclement, Commander Otto suddenly remembered something and said with wide eyes.
¡°This giant serpent absolutely can escape!.¡±
¡°However, it didn¡¯t try to escape, but rather fought with us¡Didn¡¯t it guess that we are just a vanguard force or isn¡¯t it afraid of the army behind us? A monster of this level can¡¯t have no wisdom!¡±
An uneasy feeling spread in Otto¡¯s heart, causing him to feel very worried, but he couldn¡¯t do anything.
Can he give the order to withdraw?
No, because if they retreat, they will get the me for any disaster this giant serpent causes in the eighth heaven.
There¡¯s no need for the great serpent to get involved, as long as he withdraws now, his position will definitely be removed as soon as he goes back, and he will be sent to the military court.
As the ¡®Battle¡¯ continued, Commander Otto felt that time passed very slowly. He really experienced what it means to live like a year in a minute this time.
He kept praying for Colonel Cade and his fleet toe over.
At that moment, he wasn¡¯t the only one praying, many people across the battlefield were praying for the war fleet toe over as soon as possible. Of these people, there was naturally the guy who vowed to avenge his best friend, Doron.
¡°Damn it, this animal almost hit my spaceship.¡±
Looking at theser that passed by and into the distance, Doron felt cold sweat across his palms. Just a moment ago, he almost died. ¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡¡Fortunately, at the critical moment, he burst out with beyond the limit reaction and avoided the deadly attack.
¡°Hoof¡¡±
Doron heaved a sigh of relief. He couldn¡¯t help but hold his rapidly beating heart as he said.
¡°No wonder they concluded this great serpent as a pollutant. It¡¯s too scary!¡±
He started feeling a little bit of panic.
Such a powerful creature, do they have the ability to kill it?
If they can¡¯t kill it, maybe all of them will die here.
When he thought of this, he couldn¡¯t help but scan the surrounding area to check for the situation of their fleet, but the moment he did so, he somewhat regretted it.
The results were astonishing because the number of their spaceships had dropped to a quarter.
How long has it been? 30 minutes? An hour?
One can imagine how powerful this great serpent is.
¡°Roar!¡±
A piercing roar sounded from an instrument next to him. A bit like dragons roaring and tigers howling.
Doron knew that this was the roar of the great serpent. This excitement-filled roar should be the great serpent venting its emotion due to the its overwhelming victory in this war.
¡°Damn animal.¡±
Doron cursed angrily. Naturally, he hates to see this giant serpent acting arrogant in front of him, but he can¡¯t do anything to stop it.
¡°With our unorganized formation, these sh*tty mud legs and undisciplined bastards, we simply can¡¯t exert much power in the fight against the great serpent!¡±
Doron felt very frustrated and a little depressed, because he suddenly discovered that his courage disappeared bit by bit in the face of this monster, eaten away.
He felt very angry and frustrated, angry at this monster¡¯s massacre and his teammates¡¯ uncoordinated actions, and even more frustrated at his weakness and inability to do anything.
He had never felt such a strong desire for strength as now, the strength to change the situation and the strength to deal with this monster!
¡°No, we must stop this guy.¡±
Doron yelled internally.
¡°Not only for Drummond but also for the entire eighth heaven.¡±
When he thought of this, his mind gradually calmed down and courage reappeared in his heart, but at this moment, a huge shadow enveloped his battleship.
Chapter 479: The War Fleet Appear
Chapter 479: The War Fleet Appear
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Gulp!¡±
Suddenly, Doron swallowed a mouthful of saliva. He stared at the disy screen with a look of horror. On the disy screen, a huge serpent suddenly opened its mouth and pounced on him.
¡°Damn it, how could this happen?¡±
Doron¡¯s heart almost stopped and his whole body felt soft. The current scene is truly terrifying to him. None of the battleships that were targeted before escaped from the great serpent¡¯s chase.
So, now that he is being targeted, it¡¯s natural for him to die.
The battleships next to Doron all fled in fear after seeing the great serpent targeting Doron¡¯s battleship.
¡°Help me! Help!¡±
Doron called out for help in the fleet¡¯smunication channel, but the battleships around him not only didn¡¯t stop but fled faster.
Doron¡¯s heart was cold.
However, his current situation doesn¡¯t allow him to think too much, the figure of the giant serpent is getting closer and closer to him, and at this moment, he seems to have been frozen, not knowing what to do anymore.
¡°It¡¯s over.¡±
This was the only thought remaining in his mind. Just as he was about to fall into the abyss of death, a stream of light suddenly appeared in the distance, flying straight towards the iing great serpent.
If the great serpent doesn¡¯t stop, then this stream of light will fall onto his body.
In the next moment, Fang Yun stopped abruptly, then used ¡°Space Barrier¡± to deflect the iing stream of light.
After used this skill, the trajectory of the light stream deviated from its target and flew to the distance.
¡°A powerful battleship ising.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the opposite side seriously. He was just casually massacring these guys before because their strength is too low, but now the real opponent has arrived and he has to take things seriously.
¡°Alright, let¡¯s check it out. Now, how far is my strength from these powerful technology weapons?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the iing dangerous enemies, feeling great eagerness and the desire to fight. He hadn¡¯t met a true opponent for a while now.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun looked at the numerous streams of light flying from the distance and tried to provoke them by roaring loudly.
¡°Failed¡¡±
Amongst the iing team, inside the control room of one of the advanced battleships, a man seriously said.
The previousser beam was shot by him. It¡¯s just that Fang Yun easily deflected it, but they at least got some information about its space maniption abilities.
¡°Commander Otto. ¡°
From the battleship on the opposite side, someone sent a message to themander of the vanguard fleet, Otto. Suddenly, a spaceship headed towards the battleship ofmander Otto. That spaceship belongs to the leader of the war fleet, Colonel Cade.
¡°Colonel Cade, it¡¯s great that you cane over in time.¡±
The two met in the control center, to which Otto saluted Colonel Cade and quickly exined the situation to him.
After roughly knowing the situation, Cade nodded and said.
¡°It seems that we were still slow. You¡¯ve suffered a lotmander Otto. Many people have been sacrificed.¡±
There was a hint of guilt on his face as he said this.
However, he quickly collected himself and said with a straight face.
¡°However, it¡¯s their honor to be able to die in this battle. ¡°
¡°Senior Brother Otto, don¡¯t worry, now that we are here, this giant serpent will never be able to escape from the fate of death. ¡°
After assuring Commander Otto, Cade started discussing with him how to solve the great serpent.
At the same time, he is constantly collecting and digesting the information they collected about the great serpent through this battle.
At the same time, the manpower brought by Colonel Cade also started to assistmander Otto¡¯s troops to attack the great serpent
¡°These guys do have a bit of an ability.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head and moved around. There were many huge pits on his head, mouth, belly, back, and tail, from which dazzling red blood flowed out.
In the previous sh, he was seriously damaged. This is the first time he was so seriously injured since the start of the battle.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
The tingling on the body caused Fang Yun to roar loudly. After which, he straightened his body and shed away.
He elerated to light speed and quickly got out of the encirclement before the new fleet couldpletely surround him.
Many battleships immediately followed behind him as he escaped, but they didn¡¯t have his speed and agility as he shuttled through the broken battleships on the way.
However, these battleships attacks still uratelynded on Fang Yun due to their precise lock system, creating one injury after the other.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Despite his agile maneuvers and using the broken battleships as his shield, he was still heavily hit every time, injuring him heavily and creating one crater after the other on his body.
¡°Are these the weapons and battleships of high-level civilizations?¡±
Fang Yun nced at the battleships following closely behind him. He knew that it¡¯s a singlemand battleship. During his previous fight against the vanguard forces, he roughly learned about the types of spacecraft used in this battle.
He learned that in the weakest three heavens,rge-scale spacecraft that require many people to control are widely used. They are usually huge andplex battleships that are addressed as destroyers.
However, inrger and more advanced heavens, singlemand battleships and spaceships are more widely used. Not only are they more agile and efficient thanrge destroyers, but they are also more cost-effective and just as powerful.
¡°Hoof¡¡±
¡°That monster has finally left, but he can really run.¡±
After seeing Fang Yun running in the distance, Doron breathed a sigh of relief. He had never been as close to death as now.
He never expected that when he fell into desperation, the war fleet finally appeared.
¡°Hahaha, Drummond, your hatred will finally be avenged.¡±
Doronughed frantically in the control center of his spacecraft. From his point of view, Fang Yun will die today!
This time, many capable people came along with colonel Cade.
There are even some students from the Sakura Academy fifth heaven headquarter. They also heard the news, epting the mission and crossing innumerable light-years before finally arriving at this ce.
¡°Hahaha, Kill that monster!¡±
On the other side, inside the control center of his spacecraft, Doron yelled excitedly, looking very excited.
He knows that he can¡¯t kill the great serpent, hence he can only count on other people, and Colonel Cade and his war fleet do have this ability
Chapter 480: Harel
Chapter 480: Harel
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Following Colonel Cade was not only his investigation team but also a group of students from many branches of Sakura Academy. All the people in the war fleet aren¡¯t ordinary people.
Up to now, the fleet led by Otto still had more than 3,000 battleships, the remaining had either been destroyed by Fang Yun or had fled.
The force that captain Cade led this time has only 300 spaceships. In terms of quantity, the fleet led by Colonel Cade is just a fraction of the ones led bymander Otto, but in terms ofbat power, the fleetposed of tens of thousands of battleships isn¡¯tparable to Captain Cade¡¯s small fleet.
The moment Colonel Cade¡¯s fleet appeared and took over the battle, the remaining part of the vanguard forces retreated behind the war fleet, relieved that they had finally arrived.
Otto¡¯s mouth twitched as he watched this scene from the side.
Although these guys aren¡¯t their official army, they still represent the face of the eighth heaven. The manpower brought by Captain Cade is almost all made up from other heavens. Now, the fearful actions of their disgraceful troops should have caused the people from other heavens tough.
In the control center, Otto didn¡¯t bother paying attention to these people again. He looked back at the great serpent with a solemn look. This great serpent has given him a lot of pressure.
¡°Everyone, the strength of that serpent is very high, I am afraid it¡¯s not an ordinary pollutant.¡±
Otto couldn¡¯t judge the strength of that serpent. The strength of pollutants can¡¯t be judged by instruments anymore.
These monsters are incredibly powerful and smart, possessing various strange and incredible abilities. They can easily converge their life fluctuations, hence it¡¯s not easy to detect them or investigate their situation
¡°Understood, Commander Otto.¡±
Colonel Cade responded, then stared carefully at the serpent in the projection screen in front of him. At this time, the serpent no longer recklessly attacked their battleship, but stood in the distance and looked at the war fleet¡¯s battleship.
¡°Colonel Cade, what are we going to do now. Should we immediatelyunch an attack on this monster, or drag it out and wait for more troops toe?¡±
Suddenly, a tutor from the Seventh Heaven branch of Sakura Academy walked to colonel Cade and said. This investigative team is headed by Captain Cade, hence they must follow Colonel Cade¡¯s instructions. These are orders from the higher-ups of the academy.
¡°Wait first, Let me see¡¡±
Colonel Cade groaned and was about to say something, but at this moment, from the corner of his eyes, he saw that a stream of light flew at the great serpent that was confronting them.
¡°Damn it, idiot!!¡±
Colonel Cade yelled angrily. From the previous stream of light, it was obvious that someone hadunched an attack on the serpent without his orders.
However, at this time, none of them fully understood the serpent and its abilities. Launching an offense at this time is undoubtedly a rather stupid behavior.
¡°It¡¯s the Harel team from the sixth heaven. ¡°
The instructor beside Colonel Cade said with a gloomy expression on his face. Along the way, their investigation team also gathered a lot of people, among them was Harel Squad from the sixth heaven branch of Sakura Academy.
Harel Squad is a fleet headed by a student called Harel. There are a total of twelve battleships, and the student on each ship is an outstanding student from their academy.
From the beginning, these people from the sixth heaven had been acting very stupidly and arrogantly due to their origin.
¡°Damn it! These idiots.¡±
Colonel Cade clearly saw many stream of light flying towards the great serpent. This Harel team attacked without authorization and disobeyed military discipline. In his mind, he couldn¡¯t wait to kick those bastards back fiercely
¡°Harel, Who allowed you to attack?¡±
Cade couldn¡¯t stand it. He loudly shouted in themunication channel, admonishing the Harel team for acting without authorization.
¡°Since you joined the investigation team, you must listen to mymand. Harrell, I order you to stop attacking and return to the team immediately!¡±
After saying this, he stared closely at the holographic screen in front of him. On which, there wasn¡¯t the great serpent¡¯s image, but Harel¡¯s team image.
The fleet flying across space didn¡¯t stop after hearing Colonel¡¯s Cademand but flew even faster.
¡°Idiots!¡±
After seeing this scene, the angry look on Colonel Cade¡¯s face suddenly faded, turning into a cold look. He folded his hands and sneered at Harel and his teammates on the projection screen.
The mentors beside him shook their heads, but none of them said anything.
Amongst the Harel squad that was flying toward the giant serpent; captain Harel was controlling his battleship to head towards the great serpent. At the same time, he turned off themunication channel, toozy to listen to Colonel Cade.
¡°A group of timid guys.¡±
Harel said with a disdainful smile.
¡°It¡¯s just a pollutant, but these guys are scared like this. Haha, In my career, I have killed two pollutants and this great serpent will be the third.¡±
He is proud of his record. His record is killing two pollutants. In addition, he also fought against other pollutants and repelled them. His experience in fighting against pollutants can be considered very rich.
¡°It¡¯s just a reptile.¡±
At this time, Harel could already observe the giant serpent with his naked eye, and he watched it closely.
He watched as itid motionless in space, not moving even as they quickly got closer to it.
¡°Hehe, it seems that it¡¯s still a stupid crawler.¡±
Harel sneered, then licked his lips and said.
¡°Brothers, attack it with all of your firepowers. This reptile will be our trophy!¡±
While saying this, he quickly activated the weapon system and set up the great serpent as his target.
In just an instant, the weapon device of his spacecraft was ready tounch. His battleship¡¯s weapons are quite diversified, including the mostmonly usedser cannon and towing beam.
It¡¯s just that the quality and power of the weapons on his spacecraft are leagues higher than those of the eighth heaven battleships.
The twelve battleships rushed towards the great serpent ahead, they attacked at the same time.
Chapter 481: Fierce Fight
Chapter 481: Fierce Fight
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Whoosh! Whoosh!¡±
A rain ofser beams flew towards Fang Yun, but when they reached him, they bent around and flew to the sides.
As early as the first time these battleships attacked him, he had deployed ¡°Space Barrier¡±.
¡°This is the most powerful single-Command battleship I have ever seen.¡±
Feeling the difficulty his space barrier has as it bent the trajectory of theseser beams, Fang Yun thought internally. The intensity of theseser beams is dozens of times higher than that of the previous vanguard force battleships, much more powerful than a sr re.
Fang Yun naturally won¡¯t sit still and act as a target. He immediately activated ¡°Light Speed Field¡± and sprang forward.
His speed is extremely high, coupled with his high agility and super reaction, fewser beams could touch him, even if the speed of theser beams is also around light speed, and with the assistance of super-fastputers calcting his route.
He can dodge mostser beam attacked with his agility and reaction. The ones he couldn¡¯t dodge are deflected by ¡°Space Barrier¡±. The few remaining ones can¡¯t cause much of a threat to him.
However, this is all under the condition that there is arge enough space for him to maneuver, and he is nning to get quite close to them to effectively deal damage.
Fang Yun and the twelve battleships got closer and closer. Harel and hispanions¡¯ eyes shrank. They entered the absolute focus zone. They are the elites from the sixth heaven.
The more critical and dangerous the situation is, the calmer and more focused they are.
¡°Brothers, this pollutant is indeed quite powerful.¡±
Harel¡¯s expression became more serious.
¡°After entering the optimal range, we will turn on the Sk system and let this pollutant fall here.¡±
Hispanion in the other battleships quickly responded to him. At this time, the distance between them and Fang Yun was already quite close.
¡°Okay, the distance is enough, turn on the Sk system!¡±
Harel said heavily, then pressed a button on his spaceship, causing the entire ship began to tremble sharply.
An unpleasant sound wave spread from the cabin where the weapon device generator was ced. It was an infrasound wave generated by the generator under extreme speed.
This sound wave is very dangerous to most living organisms. Only individuals with special constitutions can resist this kind of sound wave.
Looking at all the other spaceships, they had the same actions.
¡°Whoosh! Whoosh!¡±
Countless light beams flew from the twelve battleships, spreading out and diving into even moreser beams. For a moment, just these 12 battleships felt almost the same as tens of thousands of battleships attacking at the same time.
Looking from the outside, a splendid scene appeared in this space area. Twelve ships surrounded Fang Yun in the center. From them, a dense rain ofsers shot out, flying from up, down, left, and right, sealing all the directions around him.
As theser beams shot out from the twelve battleships, they looked like a light sphere surrounding and gradually closing on Fang Yun from a distance.
While Fang Yun was speeding forward, the suddenly teleporting spaceships that surrounded him took him off guard. When facing this formation, his heart skipped a beat, he can¡¯t dodge it neither can his ¡°Space Barrier¡± deflect it.
Previously, he never knew that such a few battleships couldunch such a wide range andrge cover attack.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Without giving him the time to think of countermeasures, a lot ofser beams bombarded him, creating countlessrge and small pits on his body and blowing up his flesh. This attack had directly blown up half of his body.
¡°Roar!¡±
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Roaring angrily, Fang Yun dragged the remaining half of his body, and quickly flew away, opening a certain distance between him and the twelve battleships.
Fang Yun red at Harel and hispanions who formed a super defensive formation in the distance. He never knew that the attack of such a small team could be so fierce and deadly.
If he remains in the center of that attack for a few more seconds, he might have been blown into pieces by now.
¡°Which heaven are these guys from?¡±
Fang Yun felt very angry. He looked at the ¡°sphere¡± that was constantly getting closer with a solemn expression. He took a deep breath, turned around, and shed away.
His body began to recover frantically. His recovery speed is extremely terrifying. In just a short time, his body had already recovered by a third.
About ten minutester, his body hadpletely recovered. He finally stopped running around and confronted the small team again.
¡°This¡¡±
From a distance, Harel looked at Fang Yun who was fully restored again with a look full of surprises. At the same time, he frowned and started giving orders again.
¡°Let¡¯s speed up!¡±
Their weapon system had been shut down. Although their previous attack method was particrly powerful, it¡¯s one of their hole cards, and it has consumed a lot of their battleships¡¯ energy.
They have limited amounts of energy, hence they can¡¯t use it all the time.
From the current situation, it seems that the great serpent has a super recovery ability, hence even if they give him a heavy blow, they need to follow up with a simr powerful attack and finish it before it can recover or escape again.
As they approached Fang Yun, Fang Yun also approached them, but this time, he didn¡¯t recklessly rush forward.
Now he also understands that the strength of this fleet is stronger than his imagination. If he confronts them positively, then he might truly die here this time.
Thinking of this, he adopted guerri warfare, constantly harassing these people, trying to drain their energy.
He used short distance teleportation to appear next to one of the battleships, attack them, then quickly sh away before they could counterattack.
Due to his high reaction and speed, this strategy has caused a lot of trouble for them.
¡°Damn it, if this continues, we will be exhausted by him sooner orter.¡±
Amongst the team, one of Harel¡¯spanionsined.
Harel¡¯s face was also very gloomy at that moment. He knows that if this situation doesn¡¯t change, their energy will be consumed sooner orter.
¡°Stop the attack!¡±
Harrell gave an order, then said.
¡°Activate the energy shield and let it get closer.¡±
After a moment of silence, Harel said again.
¡°Be wary of its energy attack.¡±
The moment his voice fell, the spaceships in the team shut down their weapon systems, then activated their defense system.
Suddenly, arge energy shield appeared around the twelve battleships, protecting them in the center.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun sneered, then continued firingser beams at the fleet, at the same time, he gradually got closer.
Inside his spaceship, Harel fixed his eyes on the great serpent, waiting for an opportunity.
They are nning to wait for the great serpent to get as close as possible to them before deactivating their defensive system andunching an attack at lightning speed, without giving the great serpent a chance to retreat.
However, what they didn¡¯t know is that the great serpent is also waiting for an opportunity.
Chapter 482: Harel’s Death
Chapter 482: Harel¡¯s Death
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The distance between the fleet and Fang Yun got closer and closer. At some point¡
¡°Attack!¡±
Suddenly, from the control center of his battleship, Harel yelled loudly; The moment his voice sounded, all the battleships in his team trembled, preparing tounch a devastating attack.
But at this time, a strange force swept through their bodies, including Harel. All of them felt strength gradually disappearing from their bodies.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
Harel shouted loudly, but before he could say anything more, his consciousness disappeared.
It wasn¡¯t just him, hispanions also fell into oblivion at about the same time.
¡°Roar!!¡±
After killing these guys with ¡°Life Plunder¡±, Fang Yun raised his head and roared loudly. Afterward, he opened his mouth and swallowed these twelve battleships one after the other.
Bio-energy points: 34.1 Billion
After eating these twelve spaceships, his bio-energy has reached the above-mentioned number, and for the next upgrade, he needs 35 billion bio-energy points. He is only about 900 million points short of the next evolution.
His reputation points have 540 billion points, granting him 95 skill points, plus the remaining points, has a total of 277 skill points now.
After the next evolution, he will get 87 skill points, plus those 277 points, he will have a total of 364 skill points.
¡°Life Plunder¡± had been upgraded 4 times so far, and after this evolution, he will have enough skill points to max it out, bringing up its might to a whole new level.
¡°This¡¡¡±
In the distance, the pupils of Colonel Cade who saw this scene couldn¡¯t help but shrink. When Harel and hispanions activated the energy shield and waited for the opportunity to give the great serpent a fatal blow, he guessed their n.
But the subsequent incidentpletely shocked him.
The spacecraft that should haveunched a fierce attack, after deactivating the energy shield, remained motionless as if imprisoned by something, allowing the great serpent to swallow them one by one.
¡°All the pilots in the battleships were killed?¡±
In Colonel Cade¡¯s mind, this idea emerged, and this was exactly what happened.
¡°Colonel, our instrument has detected that just a few seconds beforeunching an attack, the students in those twelve spaceships suddenly lost their vitality.¡±
Beside Colonel Cade, a soldier turned his head and said solemnly.
This statement was the same as Captain Cade thought, except that he was puzzled as to why the twelve students suddenly lost their vitality and died. From their point of view, they didn¡¯t notice the great serpentunching any attack.
¡°Could it be¡¡±
In Colonel Cade¡¯s mind, he suddenly remembered the death of Cai Wei and hispanions. They were all transformed into old men, without the slightest trace of vitality in their bodies.
It¡¯s a pity that now he can¡¯t see Harel and hispanions¡¯ bodies at the moment, otherwise, he would be able to confirm his conjecture.
¡°I originally wanted to see what kind of attack methods and abilities this great serpent has, but I didn¡¯t expect that Harel and his team could be so useless.¡±
Colonel Cade squinted and thought internally.
After seeing Harrell and the others arbitrarily disobey his orders and refuse to ept military discipline, he decided to use them to test the capabilities of the great serpent.
They were his tools to test what the great serpent is capable of, and they managed to bring out Five abilities from the giant serpent. Aser beam, an anti-matter bomb, a space shield, super regeneration, and thest inexplicable attack. Thest one is by far the most crucial piece of information.
¡°These kinds of abilities are very powerful, but I wonder if this serpent has any other type of attack ability?¡±
Colonel Cade had such a question in his mind. Even he was surprised by the powerful andprehensive abilities of this great serpent. It almost doesn¡¯t have any weakness. It¡¯s definitely no ordinary pollutant.
¡°This serpent is at least a level 1 pollutant.¡±
Colonel Cape said with squinting eyes. Pollutants have seven levels in total. From level 0 to level 6. The difference between each level is so huge that it can¡¯t be crossed.
For example, judging from the strength Fang Yun is currently showing, he should be a first-level pollutant. He has seen and even fought against a level 0 pollutant before, and its strength is much weaker than that of the strength the great serpent showed.
Of course, it is also possible that the level 0 pollutant he saw before is a newly promoted or weak one. Pollutants are extremely rare creatures even in the higher heavens. It¡¯s very difficult for people who don¡¯t deal with them a lot to judge their strength.
¡°Sir, what should we do now?¡±
A soldier on the side asked Colonel Cade.
Now Harel and the others have been dealt with by the giant serpent, it seems that it¡¯s time for them tounch an attack, after all, they came here to deal with the great serpent.
¡°Give instructions to the Ryan team and Fox¡¯s team to harass the serpent from both sides. Our investigation team will attract the attention of the serpent from the center.¡±
Colonel Cade issued abat order after a few moments of thought.
As an investigation team, his duty doesn¡¯t include fighting against this great serpent, but now that he has encountered it, he will naturally not allow it to run wild in front of him.
The Ryan team and the Fox team are bothposed of students from their seventh heaven branch, but they are all elite students.
Although their strength isn¡¯t as good as the previous Harel team, it¡¯s not much worse.
Now that their entire army is attacking, coupled with the corresponding preparations, they should be able to deal with this giant serpent
Colonel Cade ns to use this formation to contain the great serpent and push it to the edge. They need to see if it has any more strange abilities.
¡°Understood!¡±
The voice of Ryan and Fox sounded from the headset at the same time.
Colonel Cade nodded, then ordered the team to start acting from the microphone. The two teams immediately jumped out of the fleet, then outnked the opposite giant serpent
Immediately afterward, the main investigation team shot forward like a sharp sword.
From a distance, Doron looked at the investigative team that was starting to take action with wide eyes, for fear that he might miss something.
¡°That monster should die this time, right?¡±
Doron swallowed his saliva and muttered expectantly.
Chapter 483: Stalemate
Chapter 483: Stalemate
Trantor: Yamir Moon
While Doron eagerly watched the fight between Fang Yun and Colonel Cade¡¯s fleet, the remaining spaceships of the vanguard fleet also carefully watched the battle.
They also retreated a bit further, for fear that the battle between the war fleet and the great serpent will affect them.
The vanguard fleet led by Commander Otto had beenpletely traumatized by Fang Yun. Their proud battleships are no different from paper nes in front of Fang Yun, unable to survive for even a few seconds.
The moment the investigation team headed forward, their hearts were filled with expectations, hoping that the investigation team couldpletely solve the giant serpent.
Otherwise, they might all die here.
Under this uneasy atmosphere, the investigation team started moving towards Fang Yun. On the other side, Fang Yun calmed down his anger afterpletely annihting Harel¡¯s team.
However, seeing the investigation team flying towards him, his anger surged again.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun released an earth-shattering howl, then took the initiative to attack. He opened his mouth and released an extremely thickser beam towards them.
To be honest, hisser beam is also extremely powerful, but it¡¯s far from the point where it can destroy powerful spaceships with one shot.
It was resisted solely by a single battleship at the head of the fleet.
The moment Fang Yun attacked, the investigating team on the opposite side and the rest of the spacecraft aroundunched arge number ofser beams towards him.
Fang Yun started dodging frantically. At the same time, within a few thousands of kilometers around him, space became distorted, deflecting allser beams to the side and into the distant space.
¡°Space barrier¡±
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
As Fang Yun was advancing, he kept firingser beams and Antimatter Bombs,unching one every second, sending hundreds of them towards the opposite fleet, but he couldn¡¯t destroy a single spaceship.
¡°We mustn¡¯t allow it to get closer to us.¡±
In themand ship. Colonel Cade frowned and said in a deep voice.
He noticed that previously, the giant serpent didn¡¯t use that inexplicable attack until it got rtively close to Harel and his team, hence he concluded that that mysterious attack has a certain distance restriction. The only countermeasures they have now is to prevent the giant serpent from getting close to them.
¡°Boom!¡±
Suddenly, the firepower of the investigation team became more fierce. It wasn¡¯t only the investigation team. The firepower of the Ryan and Fox team also greatly expanded.
Fang Yun faced fierce attacks from three sides. Even if he tried his best to dodge and used ¡°Space Barrier ¡° to the maximum, he still sustained a lot of injuries.
This situation made him feel very ufortable. He couldn¡¯t move forward anymore. His body became filled with injuries, filling him with pain. Half of his tail was blown off, and there was a huge hole with a length of more than 10 kilometers, from which his organs and bones could be seen.
Endless flesh and blood flew into space.
He dodged an extremely thickser beam, then left the attack range of the spaceships. He wandered in the distance whilst deep in his thoughts
Judging from the strength shown by this investigation team and the previous Harel, he is still far from invincible in this area.
Facing opponents of this level, he started feeling quite the difficulty. If he waited for the more powerful heavens to send troops towards him, he might really y himself to death.
¡°My strength is still too weak.¡±
Fang Yun thought deeply.
¡°I need to be stronger, much stronger.¡±
He desires to be stronger, be a truly undefeated creature, a star serpent, or even a cosmic serpent.
Once his body length reaches ten thousand kilometers, a hundred thousand kilometers, or even a million kilometers long serpent, he won¡¯t need to be afraid of anyone. At that time, he can casually devours or even stars. He won¡¯t even need ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±
As Fang Yun¡¯s emotions became agitated, his attacks started bing more fierce.
It can be said now that both he and Colonel Cade were ying guerri warfare. After attacking each other and causing a certain amount of damage, they quickly retreated. Fang Yun retreated to prevent himself from getting fatally damaged, and Colonel Cade¡¯s fleet retreated in order to distance themselves from Fang Yun.
Because this is the edge of the battlefield, their firepower could not carry out intensive and precise bursts in such a huge space, hence Fang Yun was given plenty of space to dodge.
¡°Commander Otto, we need your help.¡±
Captain Cade started asking Otto for help.
¡°We hope you can obstruct the movements of that serpent a little bit.¡±
In themand ship, Colonel Cade said. He was a little annoyed with the slippery actions of the giant serpent. This monster¡¯s speed and reaction are too high.
Its guerri tactics worked very well for their team. Currently, three of their battleships had been destroyed, but they could only heavily injure it every time. To which, it always regenerates to top condition before returning to attack.
¡°This serpent escaped again¡±
Looking at the giant serpent that left the battle area, Colonel Cade clenched his fist until they turned pale.
The reason why its guerri tactics are so effective is that this giant serpent is too agile. Furthermore, there is enough space for it to fully disy its agility.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun smashed a nearby battleship, then directlyunched an Antimatter Bomb at the ship on the left,pletely destroying it.
As time passed, more and more had battleships withstood Fang Yun¡¯s attack. Despite using the ry method to collectively endure the damage, many battleship¡¯s energy shields reached critical conditions.
Now, Fang Yun is focusing on these battleships with dim energy shields. It was due to this that three battleships were destroyed one after the other.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t use ¡°Life Plunder¡± this time, because the current investigation team is quite scattered. The distance between each battleship isn¡¯t far away, but it¡¯s not close either. Just out of his attack range.
On the other side, after hearing Colonel Cade¡¯s request, Otto immediately said.
¡°Colonel Cade, we wille to support you right away.¡±
After making this promise, Otto gave orders to the remaining battleships in the vanguard team.
¡°Everyonee with me to support Colonel Cade!¡±
The moment his voice sounded, he ordered his battleship to head towards Fang Yun without hesitation or fear. This is his determination as amander and responsibility as a leader.
As Otto approached Fang Yun, amongst the vanguard team, Doron took a deep breath, then slowly approached the battleship.
At this moment, his heart was jumping at an extreme speed, causing him to feel very flustered.
¡°Damn, I¡¯m actually afraid?¡±
Doron cursed himself fiercely in his heart.
¡°I am here now to avenge my good friend. I must not be afraid!¡±
Chapter 484: Cade’s Plan
Chapter 484: Cade¡¯s n
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After Doron pumped himself up internally, he hurriedly drove his spacecraft toward the giant serpent surrounded by the vanguard team. At the moment, over 3000 spaceships are surrounding Fang Yun. Their momentum this time is much higher than before.
However, in terms of firepower, these people arepletely iparable to the investigation team led by Captain Cade.
¡°Roar!!¡±
The giant serpent in the middle of the fleet suddenly raised its head and roared. Its hegemonic momentum and intense aura frightened the approaching vanguard team.
Doron, who was sitting in the control center of his own spacecraft, swallowed a mouthful of saliva upon seeing this sight. He felt fear building up in his hearts he looked at the great serpent.
His heart madly thumped, as if it was going to jump out of his chest.
¡°Damn, this monster is really scary.¡±
Doron cursed hatefully. At this time, the speed of this battleship that was going forward at a max speed slightly slowed down. Different from his usual courageous self, he decided to just follow behind the team this time.
Amongst the vanguard team, many people started firing, sending countlessser beams towards the great serpent.
Colonel Cade frowned as he watched this scene from a distance. The distance between the vanguard team and the great serpent is too far, almost 5 million kilometers. This gave the great serpent a lot of space to dodge. Not to mention that the strength ofser beams decreases as the distance increases.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Facing the attack ofser beams surging like a tide, Fang Yunroared loudly, then immediately shed away, dodging to the side. With his speed and agility, he dodged all of the iingser beams.
While constantly dodging, he quickly flew towards the vanguard team, crossing millions of kilometers in just a few seconds. After reaching a certain distance, he used ¡°Life Plunder¡±.
Under the might of this skill, many pilots amongst the thousands of battleships quickly lost their vitality.
¡°Commander Otto, many of our soldiers are dying.¡±
In the distance, inside the control center of themand ship of the vanguard fleet, a soldier reported to Commander Otto.
Commander Otto¡¯s brows suddenly furrowed. Suchrge casualties are beyond his expectations. Despite his determination and conviction, he felt some pain in his heart.
¡°Captain Cade, please seize this opportunity.¡±
Commander Otto immediately called Captain Cade, The great serpent is currently focusing on massacring the vanguard fleet, freeing the war fleet forces that were entangled with him. If they attack the great serpent at this moment, they might get an unexpected result.
The giant serpent haspletely entered the vanguard fleet now. Its actions were extremely brutal, destroying all battleships in its way.
Whether it was antimatter bombs orser beams, they were fired indiscriminately and unceasingly. Under his continuous mad attack, all many battleships were destroyed along with the people inside of them.
On the other side, Colonel Cade immediately replied after hearing Commander Otto¡¯s words.
¡°Commander Otto, we will start the action right away.¡±
He understood the underlying meaning behindmander Otto¡¯s words. On one hand, he wanted them to seize this opportunity. On the other hand, he wanted them to take action as soon as possible to minimize the casualties as much as possible.
¡°Foolish¡¯s benevolence.¡±
Colonel Cade shook his head. In fact, it¡¯s not yet the best time to attack. Otto naturally understood this, but to reach that point, almost all of the vanguard force needs to be sacrificed.
The vanguard fleet was formed temporarily and logically speaking, it should not have much to do with Otto. Hence when Otto showed his stance, Cade felt that it was foolish kindness. Those people won¡¯t be grateful to him anyway, they will just hate him for sacrificing them and theirpanions.
He didn¡¯t pay attention to Otto¡¯s words but waited. After two minutes had passed, under Otto¡¯s repeated urging, he gave the investigation team the order to attack.
Currently, less than 1500 spaceships remain of Otto¡¯s vanguard fleet. If they waited for a few more minutes, then it might have been fully annihted.
There was a sneer of disdain in the corner of Colonel Cade¡¯s mouth. It wasn¡¯t for this fragile Vanguard fleet, but for Commander Otto.
After a while, his gaze fell on the giant serpent again, looking at the great serpent that was still unceasingly massacring these battleships, his gaze became increasingly colder.
¡°It¡¯s time to end this battle.¡±
Colonel Cade muttered.
Suddenly, his investigation team headed towards the great serpent like a sharp de.
The two teams that were responsible for harassing the great serpent also headed towards it, but this time, this mission is no longer their responsibility.
Now those vanguard fleet will be the biggest harasser of the great serpent.
¡°Humph!¡±
In themand ship of the vanguard fleet, Commander Otto showed a hint of anger on his face. He was dissatisfied with Colonel Cade.
¡°This damn guy actually took so long before acting.¡±
After a bitter curse, Otto¡¯s chest undted fiercely. He carefully looked at the holographic projection in front of him. On the projection, there was exactly the image of colonel Cade leading the investigation team to head towards the great serpent.
As the investigation team got closer, the distance between them was shortening. He could already see that the spacecraft of the investigation team was about to fire.
From the various weapon devices of their spacecraft, white lights start to light up, indicating that the devices are activated and couldunch an attack at any time.
However, they didn¡¯t attack the great serpent this time.
Otto knew about Colonel Cade¡¯s n, he nned to use their vanguard force to contain the giant serpent so that they could get close enough tounch a rain of attack.
Inside the continuous array of attacks, the great serpent will be continuously attacked without giving it the chance to escape.
At that time, even if this giant serpent has a super recovery ability, it won¡¯t be of much help in front of such an uninterrupted array of attacks.
This kind of precise and powerful attack can only be done by the investigation team led by Captain Cade.
Because only when their firepower is strong enough can they cause heavy and continuous damage to the great serpent in a short period of time.
If the vanguard fleet dares to do this kind of thing, they will only be destroyed. Their firepower is far from able to seriously injure Fang Yun or even restrict him. It will take him only 2 to 3 seconds to get out of the central area of the bombardment, then counterattack.
At this time, the investigation team of Colonel Cade will soon collide with the great serpent. Whether his n can be executed perfectly or not remains to be seen.
Chapter 485: Black Hole Annihilation
Chapter 485: ck Hole Annihtion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Thinking of this, the feeling of anger in Otto¡¯s heart gradually disappeared, and his attention waspletely attracted by the iing battle.
The two sides were getting closer and closer.
The investigation team was already very close to the great serpent
¡°It¡¯s the time!¡±
Otto thought internally. He is very experienced, hence he was able to judge the best time to attack. As expected, at that time, Colonel Cade immediately ordered the fleet to attack.
But at this moment, the situation suddenly changed.
On themand ship of the vanguard force in the distance,mander Otto had wide eyes, filled with shock, as he watched the situation far away.
¡°This¡ what¡¯s going on?¡±
He had a pale expression. As if he had seen something unimaginable. Not only him, but other people in this area, especially those that are farther away, watched the great serpent with an expression of shock.
¡°That¡¯s¡¡±
Doron stared at the holographic projection in front of him in a daze. A few moments ago, the fleet got closer and closer to the great serpent. Just when they were about tounch an attack, the great serpent was the one that took the initiative to attack.
Its attack method is extremely strange, powerful, and shocking. It¡¯s an ability that the great serpent has never used before.
At this moment, Inexplicably, all the objects around the giant serpent were distorted and broken into particles in an instant, flying towards the great serpent at an unimaginable speed.
These particles turned into a dazzling beam of light and energy, looking extremely beautiful and gorgeous.
In just a moment, the investigation team approaching the giant serpent and the spaceships of the vanguard fleet that weren¡¯t far away, all turned into such light particles at this moment. Just like a shooting star, they shined in the universe for two to three seconds before being absorbed into Fang Yun¡¯s body.
The remaining spacecraft and the people on them stared at this scene nkly. After the dazzling light disappeared, all that remained was the great serpent.
The giant serpent seemed to be a ck hole, attracting their sight, making them unable to look away.
They looked at the giant serpent dully, like puppets without a soul, so much that their spacecraft remained frozen in space.
In fact, there were very few spaceships left, only two hundred. All of these spaceships survived because they were far away from Fang Yun.
¡°Gulp.¡±
Otto swallowed a mouthful of saliva in themand ship of the vanguard force, breathing became difficult, because he found that the giant serpent suddenly turned around and focused on them.
The distance between each other is very far, but the sight of the giant serpent seemed to have prated the entire void,nding straight on them.
In just a moment, his legs softened, almost falling to the ground.
From that distant space, Fang Yun nced at themand ship where Otto was. He did not rush over to attack it but started to clean up the battleships that escaped from disaster. After doing so, he roared loudly
¡°Roar!!¡±
He was dering his victory.
In themand ship, Otto¡¯s body shook again after hearing Fang Yun¡¯s howl, but then discovered that another giant beast appeared from the distant darkness and flew towards the great serpent.
It¡¯s a big turtle.
The size difference between the two is a bit big, about a third of the great serpent. They knew before that this giant serpent had apanion. When they fighting against it previously, they didn¡¯t know where this giant turtle was hiding and didn¡¯t pay attention to it.
The previous roar should be the great serpent summoning itspanion, the great turtle.
¡°Haaa¡¡¡±
Otto heaved a long sigh. He felt his body on the verge of copsing. He wiped the sweat from his forehead with his hand, but his eyes never left the holographic projection in front of him.
He watched as the great serpent gently patted the head of the giant serpent, then headed forward quietly.
The giant turtle worriedly inspected the giant serpent¡¯s injuries, then howled cheerfully. All of the wounds Fang Yun previously sustained had disappeared, not leaving as much as a scar. The giant turtle flew cheerfully around Fang Yun and copied him, gently patting his head.
Seeing this warm scene, ripples appeared in the heart of Otto
¡°Perhaps our approach is wrong?¡±
The scene of the two behemoths ying in space appeared in his mind. Now that he thinks about it, they have never understood these behemoths nor have they explore their attitude in detail.
They just feel that these creatures are too powerful and threatening to intelligent civilizations like them, hence they must be eliminated. Not to mention that these giant creatures¡¯ bodies have many treasures to explore.
Hence, their attitude towards these creatures mainly consists of two emotions, fear, and greed.
However, after seeing this warm scene, Otto suddenly felt that this idea was a bit arbitrary.
The two giant beasts ying around in space, no matter who of them died, the other will be very sad.
Upon thinking of this, Otto couldn¡¯t help but smile wryly. He knew that his stupid saint-like and kind character was at y again.
These two behemoths, especially the great serpent have caused a great massacre. Furthermore, now that they have been listed on the hunting list, their end is to be chased by the entire eighth heaven and even all of Sakura Academy.
¡°However, these two behemoths, are they really that easy to kill?¡±
Otto couldn¡¯t help but lower his head. The previous scene when the investigation team and arge part of the vanguard team were crushed into light particles then swallowed by the great serpent appeared in his mind. That kind of scene is absolutely unforgettable for him.
He is certain that even if the entire eighth heaven spared no efforts to kill these two creatures, and with the assistance of Sakura Academy, they might be able to eliminate them, but the price they will pay is unimaginably huge.
¡°Haah¡¡±
Otto didn¡¯t know what to say. In the end, he sighed heavily, then gave instructions to the remaining battleships in the vanguard fleet.
¡°Everyone! Listens to my order and return to the central!¡±
The vanguard fleet interception n has failed. Not only that, the investigation team and the forces from other heavens were also annihted.
It can be said that the result of this battle is theplete defeat of the eighth heaven and Sakura Academy.
Just after this day, the news about the defeat of the Eighth Heaven¡¯s vanguard fleet and the copse of Colonel Cade¡¯s investigation team immediately spread among the heavens.
The interest of intelligent civilizations in the great serpent had increased by several levels.
Chapter 486: Mysterious Abilities
Chapter 486: Mysterious Abilities
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Doron, how did you escape from that giant serpent in the end?¡±
Inside the dormitory, a few alumni came to Doron and Drummond¡¯s bedroom. Now that Drummond is dead, it has be Doron¡¯s exclusive dormitory.
At this time, several alumni who were rtively familiar with Doron came to his dormitory and eagerly asked him about the battle.
The vanguard fleet sent by the eighth heaven was supposed to intercept the great serpent and wait for the war fleet toe from behind and ughter the great serpent.
But the result of the incident shocked everyone. In the end, it was the great serpent that ughtered everyone.
Furthermore, part of the war fleet, including an investigation team and several student teams from sakura academy arrived, but their end is even more miserable than the Vanguard Fleet.
Some battleships of the vanguard fleet managed to escape in the end, but not a single spaceship of the investigation team survived.
Doron is also one of the survivors of the vanguard fleet.
Hearing the questions of his alumni, he took a deep breath, then picked up the teacup set aside to drink water, but his hands were trembling, causing the cup to shake and a few droplets to fall on the table and his legs.
¡°Doron, what did you see?¡±
Beside Doron, an alumnus asked eagerly. They sat in front of the long table in the dormitory, and Doron sat on the left end of the table. There are two alumni on both his sides and three alumni sitting on the opposite side of him.
The older alumnus whost spoke was the one in the middle of three alumni sitting opposite of him.
The moment that person¡¯s voice sounded, Doron¡¯s eyes showed a look of reminiscence, but his body trembled immediately afterward.
The people in this room hadplex looks on their faces as they watched this scene.
¡°That giant serpent hadpletely shattered Doron¡¯s guts.¡±
This thought appeared in their minds. This is actually incredible. People that were trained from childhood and had experienced a lot of battles are very difficult to suffer from post-war trauma. Especially for people with great courage and firm conviction like Doron.
After the vanguard fleet, or what was left of it returned, they did not announce the specifics of the war. To be precise, the content of the announcement is still under discussion.
The outside world is waiting eagerly for the official announcement of the eighth heaven.
It wasn¡¯t just the people of the eighth heaven, even people from the seventh, sixth, and fifth heaven were paying attention to this incident.
The investigation team was sent from the seventh heaven, and its leader, Captain Cade was a senior leader of Seventh Heaven.
In addition, students from the sixth heaven are also dead.
Even people from the fifth heaven paid attention to this incident. After all, its effects ranged from the eighth to the sixth heavens.
There are also quite a few news channels that broadcasted this incident. Of course, for Fifth heaven, this is not a particrly big event.
¡°Doron? Doron!¡±
Seeing Doron start to lose focus, the older alumni couldn¡¯t help but wave his hand in front of him.
Doron came back to his senses. He sighed lightly, then slowly said.
¡°That giant serpent was absolutely capable of killing all of us at that time.¡±
¡°But it let us go, allowing us toe back. ¡°
¡°Maybe this is its good intentions, but there is another possibility. It wants us to go back, spread its news and bring back more people next time for it to eat¡Maybe it¡¯s more than that¡¡±
After saying these things, Doron raised his head and looked at the three alumni on the opposite side before saying with a trembling voice.
¡°You must never participate in this incident!¡±
¡°Even if the official offers very generous rewards! This incident is not something we can participate in. People like us, no matter how much they go, it¡¯s just cannon fodder, low-quality cannon fodder.¡±
Doron¡¯s teeth creaked. He clenched his hands into fists tightly, anger and hatred bubbled in his heart.
He is indeed angry.
Angry at his weakness, and angry at his helplessness.
As he said, people like them are not even cannon fodder on that level of battlefields.
Thinking about it, if the investigation team hadn¡¯t appeared, the vanguard fleet would have died long before, including him.
Even in the fight against the investigation team, the great serpent never used its true ability, it was just ying. The moment it decided to use its true ability was the time of their death¡
¡°I heard that the giant serpent wiped out all the spaceships of the investigation team with just one move?¡±
The older alumni hesitated for a moment, then tentatively asked.
Doron nced at him, then nodded and said.
¡°It¡®s true, that¡¯s why I told you not to participate in this incident.¡±
¡°Fortunately, I was very far away from that giant serpent when he used that ability, or I wouldn¡¯t be here.¡±
Doron paused for a moment before continuing.
¡°At that time, the instruments on my spacecraft indicated that huge gravitational field appeared around the great serpent. At the same time, its mass was rapidly increasing.¡±
¡°This mass was so big that it¡¯s shocking, almostparable to a-size ck hole.¡±
¡°Under the pull of such a huge gravitational field, all the spacecraft close to it were torn into pieces, Their energy shield was no different from paper, being almostpletely ineffective.¡±
A look of fear appeared on Doron¡¯s face. Every time he remembers that scene, fear and a feeling of powerlessness wells up in his heart.
The alumni beside Duolong nced at each other, frowning.
Changing one own¡¯s mass and incarnating as a ck hole is something they never imagined possible for a living creature,pletely out of their expectations.
In their knowledge and cognition, the attack methods of pollutants are mostly various energy attacks. Such as super-powerfulser beams, antimatter bombs, gamma rays, etc¡
Some extremely powerful pollutants can even imitate supernovas.
Higher-level pollutants usually have some weird and mysterious attack methods, sometimes even concept-like abilities, impossible to defend against. They can only use various material and life resources, then capture and seal them.
This level of battle is not something lower-level heavens can participate in. Only top-level heavens have the ability to deal with those creatures.
However, this great serpent had shown just such strange attack methods.
¡°That ¡®thing¡¯¡¡±
Several of Doron¡¯s alumni looked at each other again, finding the look of horror in each other¡¯s eyes.
Chapter 487: Initial Fame and New Skills.
Chapter 487: Initial Fame and New Skills.
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°That monster won¡¯t be a high-level pollutant, right?¡±
The older alumnus said. He had asked all the questions that he wanted to ask, but this final one is the most important. All the alumni looked at Doron nervously, waiting for his answer.
Doron shook his head. ¡°We don¡¯t know yet.¡±
¡°However, in addition to the terrifying attack I mentioned before, this monster has a bizarre ability capable of depriving lifeforms of their vitality.¡±
¡°These two abilities are very different from ordinary pollutant abilities. It may be a high-level pollutant, but I think it¡¯s most likely a high-level pollutant in its infancy.¡±
¡°What do you mean? You¡¡±.
The older alumni looked at Doron with wide eyes.
¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Doron nodded, his emotions calmed down a bit, and his thinking became clearer.
Judging from the currently known information, high-level pollutants possess a variety of weird abilities, but such pollutants are extremely rare, hence most people¡¯s research on them is still very rudimentary.
However, most people think that low-level pollutants will evolve into high-level pollutants after going through untold hardships.
When they be high-level pollutants, they will acquire a variety of weird skills, but now, Doron felt that only some special pollutants can evolve into high-level pollutants.
For example, the level of this giant serpent pollutant isn¡¯t very high. Doron guessed that it might be a low-level pollutant with the potential of a high-level one. Maybe after countless years, it can grow into a high-level pollutant, terrorizing the entire universe.
Only these pollutants with the ultimate strength can reach the point where the entire intelligent lifeforms of the universe are afraid of them.
In their low-level young stage, their strength is not so powerful, but they already have many kinds of weird abilities, and the great serpent might just be one of them.
No one in the bedroom spoke anymore.
Doron was processing all the information he collected about the great serpent so far in his mind, while the others were still digesting the information they got from Doron today.
Doron didn¡¯t tell the school about his conjecture because he knew very well that it¡¯s unnecessary. His conjecture is not unprecedented and the school leaders should have thought of it.
Now, it depends on their preparation.
However, ording to his assumption, this time there will definitely be higher-level heaven dispatching arge number of troops to capture this great serpent.
Because this incident involves high-level pollutants, creatures that super empires might not be able to deal with even if they deploy their entire umtion for thousands of years.
¡°A pollutant that is suspected to be a young high-level pollutant appeared?¡±
This news spread across the leaders of several heavens. Ordinary citizens and wealthy people thought that since the great serpent is far away in the eighth heaven, it won¡¯t affect them, hence they didn¡¯t care much, but many leaders, nobles, kings, and sovereigns paid attention to the appearance of this creature.
¡°Send manpower to the Eighth Heaven and do your best to investigate this matter.¡±
Several higher-level Heavens have sent corresponding personnel to the Eighth Heaven to investigate the great serpent.
Especially the seventh heaven and the sixth heaven, both of them officially started cooperating with the eighth heaven, sending tworge teams into the eighth heaven and to the ce where the great serpentst appeared.
The silent and lonely space has be somewhat lively because of the constant flow of investigators.
The problem is that they have temporarily lost the track of the giant serpent, hence they can only hope for the various monitors and outposts in the eighth heaven to catch the traces of the great serpent.
Or for their spaceships to encounter the great serpent by chance.
However, these two points have not been realized for the time being. The giant serpent abruptly disappeared from everyone¡¯s vision, just like when he abruptly appeared.
The great serpent that is being pursued by many powerful heavens/Cosmos, is now flying across the universe along with hispanion, the great turtle.
¡¡¡¡¡¡¡
Five months have passed since that great battle. Fang Yun¡¯s bio-energy points had reached 40 billion a few days ago, reaching the evolution requirement.
Currently, he is level 89.
By now, his skill points are more than enough to upgrade ¡°Life Plunder¡±, and he did exactly that, maxing out this powerful skill.
More importantly, after this evolution, new skills have appeared.
One is the ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡±. It¡¯s easy to see from its name that it¡¯s the enhanced version of ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±, and just as expected; the first level is several times stronger than the maxed out ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±.
For this skill, the first upgrade requires 200 skill points, and with every subsequent upgrade, 50 skill points need to be added.
To max out this skill, he needs more than a thousand skill points again.
The other skill is a defensive skill, and it¡¯s an advanced version of ¡°Space Barrier¡±, ¡°Advanced Space Barrier¡±.
The ordinary ¡°Space Barrier¡± has a fatal w, that is its weakness againstrge numbers of attacks. Especially attacksnding on the same area, but this advanced skill doesn¡¯t have this weakness.
Its defensive power had also naturally greatly increase, so is its range. If he wants to, using this skill, he can protect an entire from any harm.
The required skill points of this skill and each subsequent upgrade are the same as that of ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡±.
The appearance of these two skills greatly increased Fang Yun¡¯s abilities arsenal. Especially the defensive skill had greatly increased his survivability.
¡°Now, Ick skill points.¡±
Fang Yun had a bitter smile on his huge snake head. At least, he can evolve much faster than before. His growth speed has skyrocketed after getting ¡°Annihting ck Hole¡±, eating things has be very convenient.
For the current him,s are nothing more than snacks. Stars on the other hand¡
In addition, his reputation value is increasing at an extreme speed.
Now his reputation doesn¡¯t onlye from the Milky Way, but also from the Supreme Blue Empire. Many stories and legends about him are still circting over there.
In addition, he also gained a lot of reputation points due to the great disturbance he caused in the eighth heaven. This was naturally his n all along.
He should have gained a preliminary reputation across all heavens after this incident.
Chapter 488: Outside Influence
Chapter 488: Outside Influence
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the quiet space, two giant beasts galloped forward, crossing hundreds of thousands of kilometers every second.
Fang Yun looked at the giant turtle beside him. Now thetter¡¯s size has be even smallerpared to him.
After another evolution, his length reached a terrifying 250 kilometers, and his diameter has also reached 10 kilometers, making him a truly terrifying behemoth. Now, as long as he stands on the surface of the earth, he can easily stretch into space by stretching his neck.
As for the giant turtle, it has a diameter of 60 kilometers right now. It¡¯s also a behemoth, butpared with Fang Yun, it looks small.
The most important thing is that the strength of the sea turtle is a bit too weak for him. Every time he faced those fleets, the giant turtle can only hide.
Moreover, Fang Yun was a little worried. If sometime in the future, he encountered arge fleet and the giant turtle hadn¡¯t had the time to hide, perhaps the numerousser attacks on the battlefield can cause it great or even fatal damage. This might be true even under his protection.
Therefore, at this time, Fang Yun hopes to improve the strength of the giant turtle.
He smasheds into energy particles, then condensed them using gravity before giving them to the giant turtle to eat, hoping to increase its strength. After the experiment, he found that this n was actually feasible. The giant turtle showcased great growth after eating the condensed energy ofs.
Fang Yun finally heaved a sigh of relief. At least the giant turtle¡¯s development won¡¯tg too much behind him.
Now Fang Yun needs to prepare two servings of food every time.
But for him, this is nothing. In space, the number of deads is countless. Each gxy has billions to trillions ofs, and each heaven has many, many gxies, hence Fang Yun never worried about theck of bio-energy.
For now, Fang Yun only swallowss. He had never swallowed any star.
Because when he tries to swallow stars, his danger signals start to madly warn him. His instinct told him that if he swallowed a star with his current strength, the energy tide will cause great or even fatal harm to him.
¡°Wooo!!¡±
Beside Fang Yun, the giant turtle howled with its head held high, then started wandering around Fang Yun.
This guy is always like this, carefree, without the sense of crisis and urgency thates with great attention. He doesn¡¯t know whether he has thick nerves or a simple mind.
Looking at the happy giant turtle, Fang Yun helplessly shook his head.
In front of him, a huge appeared. It looked like a gas. The moment Fang Yun saw it, he started devouring it.
The ahead was torn apart by Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± and was immediately pulled towards him. On the way forward, the fragments were further shattered and turned into mist-like particles, like a river, flying around Fang Yun and the giant turtle before being swallowed into their stomach.
After devouring the, Fang Yun and the giant turtle continued on their merry way for another 10 days. In fact, they had now entered the hintend of the eighth heaven.
Fang Yun often receives some messy electromaic waves, most of which are electromaic signals transmitted by distant spacecraft. Fang Yun ignored them, continuing on his way with the giant turtle.
These days, his reputation value had been rapidly rising, at a rate that has never been seen before. Previously, his reputation value was only about 540 billion, and now it has soared to 580 billion.
His umted skill points have reached almost 300 points, from which he used 200 points to upgrade the ¡°Annihtion Antimatter bomb¡± to level 1.
Compared with the previous anti-matter bomb, this skill is not only more powerful but more importantly, this skill has a much wider range of attack.
After maxing out this skill, its range will be at the same level as that of ¡°Life Plunder¡±, which is millions of kilometers.
Therefore, if arge number of ships appeared around Fang Yun, in addition to the two skills of ¡°Life Plunder¡± and ¡°ck Hole Annihtion,¡± he could also use this new skill to kill them.
Fang Yun looked forward to destroying a giant fleet stretching for hundreds of thousands of kilometers with just one attack. This kill had the potential of greatness.
Unfortunately, this skill is still level 1, he needs a lot of skill points to upgrade it to its max potential.
¡°The problem is that I stillck skill points¡¡±
Fang Yun sighed internally. He is already acquiring skill points at a rapid speed, but they can¡¯t keep up with his consumption.
¡°My reputation value is growing at a rapid speed now, but it can be faster.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. Now, his main source of rapid reputation iees from the eighth heaven. After all, he is still on their territory, hence they are the most concerned about him.
Many people are afraid that he will cause disasters in their habitation area. If he did so, the ones that will have the most trouble are ordinary people and citizens.
Now, he is already well-known in the eighth heaven. In order to speed up the growth of his reputation value, the most optimal choice is to spread his name to the other higher-level heavens.
¡°But if I¡¯m too high-profile, I might attract the attention of those very high-level heavens. This is a bit troublesome¡¡±
Fang Yun hesitated again. Now he has dealt with the weapons of the eighth and seventh heaven, hence he has a rough idea about their abilities. He even dealt with a team from the sixth heaven before.
Judging from the situation of the fight, the weapons disyed by the eighth and seventh heaven don¡¯t constitute much of a threat to him, but the weapons disyed by the sixth heaven are a bit more troublesome.
Even though he wiped out that team in one fell swoop, if the number of battleships of that level increases, it might be a problem for him. Especially their team¡¯s conjoinedser attack.
The people of the sixth heaven are already a bit difficult to handle inrge numbers. If the people from the fifth heaven or even more powerful heavene out, he will be in even bigger trouble. Maybe, he won¡¯t even be able to escape.
¡°Those powerful heavens shouldn¡¯te over, right?¡±
Fang Yun wondered. Even if he showed pollutant levelbat power, the powerful heavens shouldn¡¯t pay much attention. After all, pollutants are verymon there.
However, Fang Yun never expected that among those high-level heavens, some have already sent a fleet to the eighth heaven to look for his whereabouts.
The only ones that hadn¡¯t moved yet are the top 3 heavens.
Now, they are mostly skeptical about the rumor of the great serpent being a pollutant in its infancy. They are mostly holding a wait-and-see attitude. Only after confirming this news will they use their power to catch him.
So now, it¡¯s the investigation fleets that are truly looking for him.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know about these things. He continued to move forward in space along with the giant turtle, seemingly without a purpose.
In fact, Fang Yun also wanted to obtain some information from the outside world but simply doesn¡¯t have this ability.
Chapter 489: The Eighteen Ruins
Chapter 489: The Eighteen Ruins
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡®¡¡¡¡During this time, fleets from other heavens visited the eighth heaven one after the other. During which the leaders of the Eighth Heaven were very frightened, particrly anxious, and even much more uneasy than the time they found the great serpent wandering through their territory.
To them, these fleets from other heavens seemed to be more terrifying than the great serpent.
¡°Doron, there are a lot of powerful fleetsing to our heaven.¡±
On the campus, a young man said to hispanion Doron. Both of them were outstanding students of the Eighth heaven¡¯s branch of Sakura Academy. It can be said that they are close buddies.
At the beginning, he and several other people came to Doron¡¯s bedroom to ask him about the great serpent
This young man is called Baha, one of Doron¡¯s few best friends along with Drummond.
¡°Yeah.¡±
Doron nodded and said. ¡°Baha, it seems that the people above havee to the same conjecture, that the great serpent is an infant high-level pollutant.¡±
¡°What can we do?¡±
Baha said with scrunched up brows.
¡°Anyway, that pollutant is not something we can deal with. In fact, I wonder if those big people can find it and deal with it.¡±
¡°I heard that high-level pollutants can even destroy gxies at full power. It¡¯s said that if they are angered enough, they can cause great harm to an entire heaven!¡±
¡°Ruin No. 18 was formed after an extremely powerful high-level pollutant went mad and raged across the cosmos, affecting many heavens.¡±
After hearing Baha¡¯s words, Doron nodded.
The space they currently live in is already extremelyrge,posed of nine heavens with one being bigger than the other, and the great void between each heaven.
However, it can only be regarded as the tip of the iceberg in the universe because there are many huge and mysterious spaces outside.
These huge spaces might be empty, but this doesn¡¯t mean that there is nothing at all, there are many areas where stars are just starting to evolve.
All kinds of cosmic dust and various gases interact with each other to form new stars, or some space meteorites stray to these spaces, then settle down there, colliding with other meteorites and new celestial bodies, forming new stars ands. These spaces can be said to be newborn universes, although very small.
In such unique areas, some special elements were born.
In addition, some of these spaces used to be the hometown of some powerful civilizations, but because of unknown disasters, they were broken into pieces, then transformed into ruins.
Including those special spaces, there are 18 known ruins.
These ruins usually have the same size as powerful heaven. Some evenrger than that. Many powerful civilizations tried to investigate these ruins, but they could hardly detect anything.
No one knows, what is inside those ruins?
Maybe it¡¯s a civilized ce like them, or maybe it¡¯s an empty and lonely space.
Many of these ruins are created due to natural causes, but there are some ruins created due to pollutants, Ruins No. 18 mentioned by Baha is just such a ruin.
This happened more than a thousand years ago, Ruins No.18 was still part of a powerful heaven at that time, but a crazy high-level pollutant appeared there.
It caused many unimaginable catastrophes, eventually breaking that heaven into many parts.
¡°Since there is a high-level pollutant in its infancy, does this mean that it has parents? And if so, where are they?¡±
Baha¡¯s face was filled with a deep worry.
What he wanted to convey was that since a juvenile high-level pollutant appeared in their eighth heaven, does this mean that there are other high-level pollutants in their heaven? Still an adult one?
Doron smiled bitterly when Baha said this.
He also thought of this, and he is absolutely sure that the leaders of the eighth heaven thought of this, but the situation ispletely beyond their control.
If they dared to stop the investigation fleets from other heavens from investigating the giant serpent, he is sure that they will be greeted with the war fleets of the other heavens the next day.
The situation between the various heavens is very different from the peace and cooperation on the surface.
Under the attack of a high-level pollutant and the fleets of several other powerful heavens, their eighth heaven will be reduced to ruins!
¡°Hah¡¡±
Doron sighed helplessly, then continued moving forward.
On the other side, in the main domain building on the central of the Eighth Heaven, Otto was sitting at a conference table, and beside him, there were many people.
All of the people that were sitting at the conference table were frowning.
The people present are basically the leaders of the Eighth Heaven, sovereigns overrge domains. Strictly speaking, Otto is not eligible to participate in this meeting.
However, it¡¯s different now, because Otto is one of the few that fought the great serpent and survived, he was involved in this meeting.
The man who presided over the meeting was an old man with gray hair and many wrinkles. Apart from his extremely pale skin, and his height of over 2 meters, he looked no different from a normal human.
¡°Everyone, let¡¯s talk about it, the fifth heaven is preparing to send a fleet to us.¡±
The old man sitting at the main seat said to the rest of the people in the conference room.
Others frowned upon hearing this. A middle-aged man sarcastically said.
¡°These guys are really polite, knowing how to greet us, the owners of this domain before entering.¡±
¡°Hah, we have no way, who made them stronger than us.¡±
Another person calmly spoke, but they all had a sneer on their faces.
The old man presiding over the meeting shook his head slightly, then looked at Otto and said.
¡°Otto, what do you think?¡±
¡°My lord, can I ask how many battleships they deployed in the fleets they sent?¡±
Otto pondered for a moment before asking the old man.
¡°The seventh heaven sent a fleet of tens of thousands of battleships. The sixth heaven sent only 3,000 battleships, and the fifth heaven sent 1,000 battleships.¡±
After hearing the old man¡¯s words, Otto nodded. For now, it seems that the fleet they sent over is not too big, but once the giant serpent is confirmed to be a high-level pollutant in its infancy, things willpletely change. The number of battleships and their power willpletely skyrocket.
¡°My lord, what are their requirements?¡±
Otto asked again.
¡°They hope that we can help them find traces of the great serpent. At the same time, we must send arge fleet to assist them once they find the location of the great serpent.¡±
Chapter 490: Plan and Undercurrents
Chapter 490: n and Undercurrents
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
When speaking of theirst requirement, the old man¡¯s face was full of coldness. For now, the old man really doesn¡¯t want to get involved in this mess.
From the beginning to the present, the giant serpent hasn¡¯t caused any devastating disaster to their eighth heaven, but if the fleets of the other heavense to search for that giant serpent in their heaven, it will have a much greater impact.
More importantly, if the parents of that great serpent, that is two adult high-level pollutants, are still in the eighth heaven, the fleets of the various heavens will definitely anger them, at that time, they will suffer from terrifying disasters.
The fate of the eighth heaven need not be said, it will definitely be reduced to ruins. They will be the ones that suffer the most.
¡°Hmph, these guys really don¡¯t take us seriously!¡±
A middle-aged man in a military uniform angrily said, his words caused the expressions of the people in the conference room to be even more gloomy.
¡°Sir, can we only let them run wild in our eighth heaven?¡±
At this moment, a person asked the old man in the front. The other people in the conference room also looked at the old man.
Hearing that, the old man shook his head and said.
¡°Do you still want to stop them froming in?¡±
¡°If we do so, what will be waiting for us is themon anger of the other powerful heavens. This situation will also be a great disaster for our eighth heaven.¡±
¡°But¡¡± The person who spoke seemed to want to say something, but the words couldn¡¯t get out of his mouth. He also understood deep down in his heart that the old man was right. If they dared to chase these guys out, the anger of at least 3 powerful heavens will be waiting for them.
At that time, they will probably send a fleet to conquer the eighth heaven, then use it as a battlefield to capture the great serpent.
¡°Otto, talk about your opinion. What do you think we should do?¡±
The old man, the representative of the Supreme Council of the Eighth Heaven usner, looked at Otto. At this time, everyone in the room also looked at Otto, wanting to listen to the opinion of this militarymander they didn¡¯t care about before.
Otto pondered for a while before saying.
¡°Sir, that great serpent may not be that simple.¡±
¡°Huh?¡±
Hearing this uster furrowed his brows and said.
¡°Exin in detail.¡±
Otto looked at everyone in the conference room and said.
¡°The strength of this giant serpent is probably still higher than our imagination. Even if the investigation fleets of the other heavens find the tracks of the great serpent, they will probably be unable to deal with it.¡±
¡°Now that the powerful heavens need our assistance, we can take this opportunity to ask them for some help to enhance the strength of our eighth cosmos.¡±
¡°However, during the battle against the great serpent, we absolutely cannot rush to the front line, even if we are forced to go to the battlefield, we mustn¡¯t work hard for them.¡±
¡°I have a hunch that they will not be able to deal with the great serpent easily. If we rush to the front every time, we are likely to suffer greatly¡±
After hearing Otto¡¯s opinion, usner raised his brows and said with a look of surprise.
¡°What do you mean? You think that the great serpent alone will be able to survive the siege of the major fleets?¡±
¡°The great serpent is not simple,¡± Otto emphasized.
Hearing this, usner was silent. After a while, he said.
¡°Well, let¡¯s do things as Otto said for the time being.¡±
¡°By the way, Otto, you will be under mymand in the next period of time. It will be easier tomunicate every time I have something to ask you.¡±
usner said to Otto, then the meeting was adjourned.
After everyone else left the meeting room, Otto was also preparing to leave, but usner stopped him and said.
¡°Otto,e with me to see the seventh heaven fleet. The dispatchedmander is Baynes this time.¡±
¡°This¡Yes!¡±
Otto was taken aback, then subconsciously nodded.
He didn¡¯t expect that usner would actually allow him to meet themander sent by the seventh heaven Baynes with him. After all, this is a conversation between giants, he never thought that such a ¡°Small Person¡± like him will follow along.
Although he felt puzzled, he still didn¡¯t ask more, but quietly followed behind usner.
Soon, they entered a meeting room again, and in that meeting room, he met Baynes, a strong and burly man.
Almost an hourter, the conversation ended. Otto followed usner and watched thetter apany Commander Baynes downstairs.
In the previous meeting, he didn¡¯t say anything, just listened quietly to the conversation between Baynes and usner.
At the beginning, he was still confused and didn¡¯t know what uster¡¯s intention was, but after a while, he had a vague guess, because there was a lot of useful information in the conversation between the two.
For example, Baynes gave them a general description of the strength of their fleet.
He finally understood uster¡¯s thoughts. He wanted him to evaluate the result of the battle between the great serpent and Baynes¡¯s fleet.
And at this time, Otto also heard the n of the seventh heaven¡¯s giants from Baynes and uster¡¯s conversation.
Their n is probably to send this fleet to search for the giant serpent, then monitor it upon discovery.
Their main role is just searching for and monitoring the great serpent, waiting for their true war troops toe.
In fact, this huge fleet is enough to fight against that great serpent.
However, judging from Baynes¡¯ expression and manners, he doesn¡¯t seem to have this intention.
Finally, Otto vaguely understood the hidden intention of the seventh heaven, an intention that caused him to tremble. The giants of the seventh heaven have also considered the existence of the great serpent¡¯s parents, the high-level pollutants, but they don¡¯t seem to be afraid.
In fact, they not only want to hunt the great serpent but also its parents.
Since even the military of the seventh heaven has this intention, the sixth and fifth heaven¡¯s fleets will only be more determined.
Otto¡¯s heart was even more disturbed upon thinking of this.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know about the raging undercurrents caused by him.
At the moment, while moving forward with the giant turtle, he was frantically devouring alls and moons on the way, trying to improve his strength.
Chapter 491: The Stance of the Eighth Heaven
Chapter 491: The Stance of the Eighth Heaven
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun has evolved one more time, and his reputation value has soared by 60 billion. His skill points kept increasing at a rapid pace during this time.
Currently, he has umted more than 400 skill points. This time, he upgraded the ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡± skill once, and the advanced version of the Space Barrier skill once.
By now, he has only 31 skill points left.
After upgrading his new skills, Fang Yun also felt a sense of security, causing him to rx a bit; What caused him to be more excited is that the giant turtle has also greatly grown in size.
The increase in body size brought it a strong strength. ording to Fang Yun¡¯s estimation, the giant turtle is nowparable to the average fifth-ss pathogen. Its potential is truly top-ss amongst all Star Beasts.
Of course, for the powerful fifth-ss pathogens, it¡¯s still very weak.
Unfortunately, the things they are about to face is far beyond a mere fifth-ss pathogen.
Therefore, the strength of the sea turtle is still far behind.
¡°Hah¡¡±
Fang Yun sighed involuntarily but quickly cheered up again. He believes that relying on his strength, he will definitely be able to get through this time of difficulty.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that a few days ago, he passed next to a civilized, then roughly learned the current situation through thework system of that.
The current situation isn¡¯t a big secret. Even a slightly informed person has a rough idea about the current major events in the eighth heaven. Of course, most civilians don¡¯t pay much attention to them.
Fang Yun learned that the fleets of the seventh, sixth and fifth heavens were all heading towards the eighth heaven, and this caused his heart to jump.
It¡¯s just that he doesn¡¯t know the specific situation because there is very little information about these things. Only some shallow pieces of information spread to the public.
¡°Why are these heavens so attracted to me?¡±
Fang Yun was puzzled about the current situation. What he showed before was thebat power of an ordinary level 1 pollutant.
Could it be said that such a pollutant will attract attention to those high-level heavens? This doesn¡¯t make sense, there are thousands of pollutants at this level roaming inside these high-level heavens.
Fang Yun felt that he must be missing a piece of the puzzle.
He doesn¡¯t understand at all what could be worth the attention of these powerful heavens, and this caused him to be very worried.
From that time, Fang Yun resolutely decided to not show up. He flew carefully in space. If he perceived a spacecraft flying in his direction, he will actively give way to it.
Previously, he didn¡¯t care whether these spaceships saw him or not.
¡°The previous civilizations I dealt with were really too weak. This is why I know so little information. Moreover, this heaven is keeping the core information under tight control, hence I can¡¯t really learn anything.¡±
Fang Yun was quickly moving forward while thinking about his current situation.
¡°I¡¯ll try to see if I can find a more powerful civilization, then check their hidden information.¡±
¡¡¡¡
On a certain day, Fang Yun finally found an opportunity.
He encountered a fleet in space. At first, he was preparing to detour around it, but he suddenly changed his mind.
He discovered that that fleet is the official fleet of some empire. From them, he can definitely get a lot of useful information. Anyway, it¡¯s better than aimlessly looking for some powerful civilization, then trying to hack into theirwork system. It¡¯s also much safer.
While moving, the fleet constantly sent out electromaic signals, seemingly looking for something.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle hid in time. Both of them can easily evade various detection methods, hence as long as they are hidden, it¡¯s not easy to find them.
After getting close to this fleet a little bit, Fang Yun immediately invaded its system. With his current electromaic waves maniption, strong mental strength, and incredible calction ability, he had never found anywork system he couldn¡¯t hack into.
¡°This fleet is looking for me?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes shed. It seems that the Eighth heaven has sent arge force to look for him in space.
Based on the information he got, the Eighth heaven has entered the state of full mobilization. All major lifes started to investigate the space around them, looking for the great serpent.
At the same time, the eighth heaven¡¯s official alliance activated the monitoring devices ced in the eighth at full power.
Usually, in order to reduce energy consumption, such monitors work in a periodical manner and with a limited search range. Turning on the maximum power and widening the search range to the limit will greatly shorten their life.
Although the cost of such monitors seems to be insignificant to the eighth heaven, that¡¯s the price of a unit, and such units are ced at a rtively close distance in the eighth heaven. Across the entire heaven, their number is incalcble, and their price is extremely shocking.
The eighth heaven has truly paid a heavy price to look for Fang Yun this time.
But they don¡¯t have any choice. If they don¡¯t act ording to the ¡®requests¡¯ of those powerful heavens, then they will be in grave danger.
Fortunately, due to their ¡®Dedication¡¯; several higher heavenly domains have also given them considerable benefits. Otherwise, it would have been difficult to force them to pay such a price.
¡°Unfortunately, the information stored in this fleet is limited.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh. He gave up on this fleet, then left from the side.
The information in this fleet¡¯s system is particrly scarce, hence Fang Yun still doesn¡¯t know why the seventh heaven, the sixth heaven, and the fifth heaven care about him so much.
After another month or so of intense investigation and search, Fang Yun finally figured out the cause of the incident.
¡°They actually thought that I was a young high-level pollutant, prompting several high-level heavens to pay so much attention to me.¡±
Fang Yun was a bit amused upon learning this news, but he was also very solemn and vignt internally.
Now that the seventh heaven, the sixth heaven, and the fifth heaven considers him a young high-level pollutant, they will not give up unless they catch him.
The strength of these three heavens is mighty; The current him isn¡¯t a match to them. Currently, they are heavily investigating this area. If they send arge number of troops to this heaven and lock his position, it will be very bad.
In front of the fleets of these powerful heavens, he might not even be able to survive.
¡°What should I do now?¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but hesitate. After a while, his eyes suddenly widened.
¡°Now that I think of it, most of the fleets that I encountered along the way are small and weak ones. Although the Eighth Heaven promised to help find me, But while forming arge force, it seems that it has always been procrastinating.¡±
¡°It seems that the eighth heaven does not want to participate in this event.¡±
Chapter 492: Five Fleets
Chapter 492: Five Fleets
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Judging from the current situation, the eighth heaven doesn¡¯t want to participate too much in this mess, at least directly. They probably want to seek benefits in this incident.
¡°Since they are not monolithic, they will be much easier to deal with.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but smile. The people in the eighth heaven are not monolithic. As long as any creature has intelligence and self-consciousness, then they must seek benefits and avoid harm for themselves.
Since this matter is not good for them, they will not cooperate wholeheartedly at all, they must all have underlying intentions.
Upon realizing this, Fang Yun also began to think of a n. Maybe he could use these guys to rapidly evolve. From his current point of view, high-level battleships made of precious materials are even more precious than ordinary rocks.
In the case ofs, basically, he can only swallow one per day. Not only due to its huge size and the time needs to grind it into energy and absorb it, but also the time spent in searching for it.
Due to their small size, he can swallow as many battleships as they can send.
It can be said that these battleships can quickly raise his level. Of course, he must be careful not to be harmed by the opponent.
The battleships that he is dealing with now are extraordinary. If he is too careless, they might just send a battleship full of explosive matter into his mouth, then detonate it, causing irreversible damage.
¡°Now, I need to know the whereabouts of those fleets.¡±
Since these guys want to hunt him down, it¡¯s better for him tounch a counter-ambush, destroying all the other heavens¡¯ battleships and leaving only the battleships of the eighth heaven behind.
In the past few days, Fang Yun continued to move forward, constantly searching for life and civilizeds, or fleets in space.
During this period, he also learned about the movements of those powerful heavens¡¯ fleets. They have all arrived in the eighth heaven, and they are still gathering in the area where he had appeared before.
It¡¯s just that if they keep searching in the areas he appeared in before, they will certainly have no gain. He is now millions of light-years away from the location of the previous battle, their search there is meaningless.
Of course, Fang Yun didn¡¯t want to leave like this. He is nning to get a bit further away, then show up and create somemotion, ying around with those guys.
Of course, he will definitely escape before these guys can react and fly to his location. Now is not the time for a head-on battle.
¡¡
In the silent space, there are a total of five huge fleets quietly moving. Of course, the distance between these fleets is far enough, but at the moment, they are in contact with each other.
Of these five fleets, two belong to the Eighth Heaven. They were sent to assist the other three fleets in searching for the track of the giant serpent.
The other three fleets belong to the seventh heaven, sixth heaven, and fifth heaven.
They have been wandering in this space area for three months, but they hadn¡¯t found any trace of the great serpent up to now.
Not only that, even the monitors ced around by the eighth heaven didn¡¯t capture any useful information.
Fang Yun had already noticed the existence of these monitors a few months ago. At first, he didn¡¯t care about them, hence, his traces might have been captured.
But now, he will definitely not stupidly show up again.
¡°Damn it, Otto, have you noticed anything over there?¡±
There was a holographic projection in front of Otto, and in this projection, a person with a gloomy expression asked Otto.
Otto, themander-in-chief of the two eighth heaven¡¯s fleets, is responsible formunicating with the other fleets.
The person who questioned him at this moment was themander of the Seventh Heaven¡¯s Fleet, Finsen. Hearing Finsen¡¯s tone of questioning andmanding, a trace of gloom and unhappiness appeared in Otto¡¯s heart.
His character is rtively mild among the high-levels of the Eighth heaven, but during this time, themunication with themanders of these three fleets made him feel unusually angry.
¡°Who these guys think they are?¡±
Otto thought bitterly, but he didn¡¯t show any strange emotion on the surface. It was precisely because he could perfectly hide his emotions that he was appointed as themander of these two fleets.
¡°Not yet.¡±
Otto replied faintly, then said.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, if we have a discovery here, we will definitely notify you.¡±
¡°Otto, haven¡¯t your monitors discovered anything?¡±
Suddenly, an additional holographic projection appeared, on which was themander of the Sixth Heaven Fleet, Nadu.
¡°No.¡±
Otto shook his head.
¡°Otto, it¡¯s best for you to be more serious about this matter. If you allow that giant serpent to survive and grow in your heaven, your eighth heaven will definitely be a ruin!¡±
At this time,mander Nadu warned, then said.
¡°We have all taken the initiative toe from far away and help you get rid of this threat, be grateful!¡±
¡°Thank you.¡±
Otto nodded, but even though he looked calm and grateful on the surface, his heart was filled with disdain.
These guys never thought of helping them or something. All they want is to capture the priceless infant high-level pollutant.
¡°Commander.¡±
At this moment, someone suddenly walked up from behind Otto and looked at the holographic screen in front of him, seemingly hesitant.
But it was at this moment that Finsen, themander of the seventh heaven¡¯s fleet spoke
¡°Talk!¡±
He shouted harshly, startling the soldier behind Otto.
Looking at this scene, Otto held back his anger and said to the soldier.
¡°What do you want to report? Just say it.¡±
After a pause, The soldier looked at the holographic projections ahead, then at Otto and said.
¡°Commander, our monitors have caught the trail of that giant serpent.¡±
¡°What?!¡±
Otto¡¯s calm face suddenly changed, full of astonishment.
It wasn¡¯t just him, Finsen and Nadu on the holographic screen were also astonished.
Under the questioning gaze of the three, the soldier nodded seriously and said.
¡°One of our monitors caught the trace of the great serpent, but it¡¯s a bit far away.¡±
¡°Where exactly is it?¡± Otto didn¡¯t even think about keeping this news secret, because, in this situation, it¡¯s impossible to keep it secret.
Furthermore, deep in his heart, he hoped that the great serpentpetes with the fleet of the other three heavens. The best result would be for both sides to lose.
Chapter 493: Splitting Up
Chapter 493: Splitting Up
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Under Otto¡¯s questioning, the soldier quickly told the location where the great serpent¡¯s traces were detected. The moment he finished speaking, Finsen and Nadu immediately gave this order.
¡°Okay, we¡¯ll immediately go to that star system!¡±
The moment their voice sounded, Otto immediately saw that two of the three fleets apanying them turned around and started flying in the direction specified by the soldier.
A few momentster, the fleet of the fifth heaven followed them and also started turning.
Compared with the first two fleets, the number of battleships in that fleet is much lower, hence the action of turning was quicklypleted, instantly catching up with the leading two fleets.
After seeing this scene, Otto followed the three fleets without a second word. Even if these guys never took him seriously, he can¡¯tin.
As time passed, the distance between the five fleets was constantly getting closer. Because they are going in the same direction.
¡¡¡¡
About three days have passed. In these three days, they all increased their fleet¡¯s speed to the extreme, intending to reach that area as soon as possible.
It¡¯s just that the specified area is too far away. There is no specific channel at all, hence, they can only make one space jump after the other relying on the rough star maps of the areas in between.
After three days, they were halfway there.
¡°I wonder if the giant serpent is still in the same location?¡±
Otto stood in the control center of themand ship, deeply thinking with his hands behind his back.
He hoped that the great serpent wouldn¡¯t be far from the designated location, but this must be his delusion.
Apart from the monitoring device that captured the traces of the great serpent, there wasn¡¯t any other trace of the great serpent. It haspletely disappeared.
Obviously, it has left the range of that monitoring device.
Fortunately, the monitoring device has mapped the general direction of the great serpent, so after arriving in that area, they can follow the trail of the great serpent and catch up.
Upon thinking of this, Otto¡¯s heart settled.
Three more days passed. At this time, they had already arrived at the location of the monitor. It¡¯s just that there is no trace of the great serpent.
¡°As long as we go along this route, we can definitely catch up with the great serpent.¡±
Otto exined the situation to themanders of the three other fleets.
¡°The giant serpent wasn¡¯t moving at a rapid pace, it shouldn¡¯t be far ahead from this ce.¡±
For fleets like them, even a distance measured in light years is nothing. After a few space jumps, they will definitely catch up.
However, when they were preparing to follow the trail of the great serpent, they received another piece of news. The great serpent has appeared!
However, the ce where he appeared isn¡¯t remotely close to their location. In fact, it wasn¡¯t even heading in the track that the monitoring device mapped out.
¡°What the hell is going on?¡±
The five fleets were somewhat confused, the great serpent should have left the range of the monitoring device and ording to the recorded route, it shouldn¡¯t far ahead.
However, at the moment, the great serpent has appeared in another location. Far away from the recorded route.
Although they were puzzled, they still didn¡¯t hesitate, and immediately headed towards the location where the great serpent appeared.
However, when they reached that location, they were immediately informed by the monitoring headquarters that the giant serpent has appeared in apletely different location. North-west, tens of thousands of light-years away.
¡°Otto, what the hell are you doing?¡±
After going around in circles a few times, Finsen and Nadu immediately questioned Otto. Even themander of the fifth fleet, Pound couldn¡¯t stand it anymore and questioned Otto.
Facing the questioning of themanders of three powerful fleets, Otto was under incredible pressure.
After all, if they really turn crazy and attack their eighth heaven, their eighth heaven will be in a very hard dilemma.
¡°Lords¡¡±
Otto smiled bitterly and said.
¡°Just as you said before, our Eighth Heaven doesn¡¯t want such a creature to appear in our territory. ¡°
¡°I¡¯m afraid that a single mistake will destroy our entire eighth heaven.¡±
¡°So, our people are very pleased and grateful for your arrival and help. How dare we y jokes on you?¡±
¡°Besides, In the surveince headquarters, there is also your own staff. Even if we wanted to make things difficult for you, your staff won¡¯t just sit and watch, right?¡±
After hearing Otto¡¯s words, Finsen, Nadu, and Pound were silent.
¡°This situation is extremely abnormal.¡±
After hesitating for a moment, Pound from the fifth heaven said.
¡°I think it¡¯s better for us to act separately. The activity area of that serpent seems to epass all directions. Once we disperse our fleets, we won¡¯t necessarily need monitors to find it.¡±
¡°At least, we already know its approximate location.¡±
For Pound¡¯s suggestion, Everyone didn¡¯t have much disagreement.
Immediately afterward, the five fleets separated and started driving in the directions they chose.
Before leaving, they all made a promise, as long as they found the traces of the giant serpent, they will immediately inform the other fleets, then gather together to kill the great serpent.
¡°I always have the feeling that we are being yed around with by it.¡±
Otto thought as the fleet headed forward. Of course, he was referring to the giant serpent.
Otto has never underestimated the great serpent nor has he thought of it as a stupid beast. On the contrary, he considers it an extremely intelligent and cunning creature, as wise as any intelligent creature in the universe.
In Otto¡¯s view, the reason why this giant serpent is behaving so abnormally isn¡¯t just for fun. It should have a n, and this n might just be to separate them.
After that, the giant serpent will destroy one fleet after the other.
¡°It depends on who has thestugh.¡±
Although he knew that this was likely the conspiracy of the giant serpent, Otto didn¡¯t have any countermeasures. He can¡¯t convince these arrogant guys, hence he can only use some tricks.
He also feels that their fleet is extremely powerful. In the face of the fleets of these powerful heavens, Otto is confident that the great serpent will never be able to massacre them as he did to the vanguard fleet he oncemanded.
As long as one of their fleets encounters the giant serpent and quickly passes back the message. It should be able to hold the great serpent until the other teams arrive.
At that time, the giant serpent is unlikely to hold it under the joint suppression of five fleets.
Unfortunately, despite all of his calctions, Otto didn¡¯t expect that having pig teammates is worse than having god opponents.
Sometimes, one stupid mistake can render all calctions useless.
He never expected that in order to find the traces of the giant serpent as soon as possible, the seventh heaven fleet decided to split into several parts, and in doing so, something bad happened.
Chapter 494: Liszt
Chapter 494: Liszt
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°A bunch of idiots!¡±
After hearing the report sent by his subordinates, Otto roared angrily. Themander of the seventh heaven fleet decided to split his fleets into smaller teams. It¡¯s unknown whether they are confident or just stupid.
Of course, he also hopes that all of these guys die, but if this happens, the seventh heaven might send arger and more powerful fleet next time, and of course, they will not let go of him, the nominal ¡®Commander-in-Chief¡±
Therefore, he can only hope that these guys will die after capturing or killing the great serpent.
In this way, even if there are truly high-level pollutants behind the great serpent, they will focus on the murderers of their children, that is the seventh heaven or the other two heavens.
However, now that the seventh heaven¡¯s fleet was divided into four teams, things became troublesome.
In Otto¡¯s view, isn¡¯t this just giving the great serpent a chance to break the situation?
These guys still greatly underestimate the ability of that great serpent.
Upon thinking of this, Otto sighed and shook his head. He didn¡¯t remind Finsen, because he knew that with the arrogant character of that guy, he will not listen to his suggestions.
However, he still asked his subordinates to pay attention to the situation on the seventh heaven fleet¡¯s side, reminding them to report to him upon the slightest movements.
It wasn¡¯t until two dayster that Otto¡¯s subordinates reported to him that something happened to the seventh fleet.
In the silent space, two giant beasts were quietly moving forward. Suddenly, the giant turtle raised its head and nudged the giant serpent.
¡°Huh?¡±
Fang Yun, who was about to devour a nearby, looked at the giant turtle with a puzzled expression, not understanding what it wanted to say.
However, in the next moment, he quickly understood its meaning. He turned his head and looked at the distant space behind him. He sensed abrupt electromaic fluctuationsing from there.
¡°Is there a fleet flying over here?¡±
Fang Yun was surprised. He didn¡¯t expect the giant turtle to sense that fleet from so far back, and even before him. Its senses are amazing.
¡°I never knew that you still had this ability. ¡°
Fang Yun looked at the giant turtle with amazement, then gently touched its head with his tail, affirming its abilities and praising it.
After thinking for a moment, he took the giant turtle to hide.
However, Fang Yun discovered another new ability of the giant turtle. It can hide in the void, much deeper than he could, and it can bring him along.
The giant turtle has finally grown up. It doesn¡¯t need him to pull it into the hidden space anymore. Not only that, it can even help him now.
Unfortunately, if it brings him along, he doesn¡¯t seem to be able to maintain this ability for a long time.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle hid deeply into the void, waiting for that fleet to appear.
About a minuteter, in the ce where Fang Yun and the giant turtle stood before, a fleet appeared.
This is a huge fleet with more than 2000 battleships, each being several kilometers long. From the symbols on the ships, it¡¯s easy to see that this is a fleet from the seventh heaven.
The fleet of the seventh heaven was indeed scattered, and this is one of the four smaller fleets, which just happened to be ¡®lucky¡¯ and stumble upon the path and location of Fang Yun and the great turtle.
¡°These guys were actually separated?¡±
Fang Yun was startled, then sneered, ¡°Idiots!!¡±
These two thousand battleships, even if they are advanced, don¡¯t pose that much of a threat to Fang Yun. If there are no other fleets nearby, he canpletely destroy and devour this fleet.
¡°I was afraid of the number of your fleet before when it wasn¡¯t scattered before, but now that you took the initiative to separate and look for death, then don¡¯t me me. ¡°
Fang Yun and the giant turtle quietly approached the fleet.
¡°Leader, we can¡¯t find the source of the vitality fluctuations. It hadpletely disappeared.¡±
Inside themand ship of this fleet, a soldier reported to the leader of the fleet with a puzzled expression on his face.
Earlier, they sensed that there was arge life fluctuation here, hence they came to take a look, but after arriving, they suddenly discovered that the source of life fluctuations disappeared!
¡°Everyone, cheer up and be careful.¡±
Liszt, the leader of the fleet, frowned, vaguely feeling that something is wrong, but he did not report it to Commander Finsen this time.
After all, they only perceived some life fluctuations, and they aren¡¯t sure whether it¡¯s rted to the great serpent or not. It would be bad to call themander for such a small thing.
But he often fights in space, hence he has developed a cautious character, so the first thing he did is to remind his subordinates to be alert.
Under his order, the fleet immediately deployed a defensive formation. If there is an enemy attack, they can rely on this formation to buy enough time for them to counterattack.
There is arge distance between spaceships. After all, they are advanced battleships, their speed burst ability is extremely high. If they stand too close, they will be too prone to collisions.
However, what they never expected was that after changing formation, two behemoths suddenly appeared in the void ahead, then quickly flew towards them.
While flying towards the fleet, Fang Yun waved his tail in a circr motion towards the giant turtle. He used this method many times before, hence the giant turtle immediately understood his meaning, turned around, and flew out of the battlefield.
Soon, the giant turtle disappeared from Fang Yun¡¯s vision.
Fang Yun felt that it¡¯s finally time to flew his muscles.
¡°Hmm!!!!¡±
Suddenly, a tremor swept through this entire space area, enveloping hundreds of millions of kilometers. The nearby fleet was the first to detect those fluctuations.
¡°Huh?¡±
The nearby spacecraft and the staff inside immediately focused their attention on the ce from which the space fluctuations appeared.
A momentter, they saw it, a huge creature appeared right in front of their fleet.
¡°That¡¯s¡¡±
In themand ship, Liszt looked at the disy screen in front of him with wide eyes. In the next moment, he quickly reacted and shouted.
¡°No! Leave this ce!¡±
But It was toote, an unparalleled suction force suddenly acted on the more than 2000 battleships, pulling them to the center of the attraction force.
The closer ones have been instantly torn apart.
Chapter 495: Annihilation and Suspicion
Chapter 495: Annihtion and Suspicion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun¡¯s ck hole skill is extremely powerful. Not to mention that he used it at such close distance to the fleet, none of these battleships has the power to escape from it.
Their energy shield ispletely useless under the strong gravitational pull of the ck hole.
¡°Thebination of this skill and the giant turtle¡¯s stealth skill is simply perfect.¡±
Feeling the pure energy flowing through his body, Fang Yun thought. If it weren¡¯t for the giant turtle¡¯s stealth skills, he wouldn¡¯t be able to get this close to this fleet without being discovered, his own stealth skills aren¡¯t that powerful.
If he shows up from a farther distance, the fleet will have the time to get ready and his skill won¡¯t have been as effective.
This seventh heaven fleet is quite alert, keeping a rtivelyrge distance between each battleship. The fleet was in a 3D cone shape with high-defense battleships in front and high-damage battleships behind.
Hence this time, most of the battleships were swallowed, but few of them at the very back resisted the gravitational pull and quickly flew back, avoiding the fate ofplete annihtion.
¡°This¡this¡¡±
Themand ship was one of the few battleships that survived. Liszt stood in the control center,pletely petrified.
In just an instant, their fleet was almostpletely wiped out.
¡°Leader, leader!!¡±
While Liszt was dazed, many soldiers next to him started shouting. Almost all of the soldiers were panicking at the moment. They need the backbone to hold them.
All the soldiers looked at Liszt, waiting for his orders.
Liszt quickly reacted, shouting loudly at the soldiers.
¡°Immediately leave this ce!!! Turn around and set the battleship at maximum speed!¡±
¡°In addition, immediately report the situation to Master Finsen, we¡we encountered¡Ah!!!¡±
He just wanted to say that their fleet encountered the giant serpent, but a mountain-sized ck ball flew towards them, then everything disappeared. It¡¯s the advanced version of ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±.
Themand ship was bombarded into molecules.
There were some small fish that tried to escape but under the frenzied attack of Fang Yun, they were quickly annihted, they didn¡¯t even have the chance to send the news back.
¡°The news about the annihtion of this fleet should quickly spread.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the empty space, and after hesitating, he immediately prepared to leave this ce. Therge forces should quickly reach this ce.
Although he annihted them before they had the chance to send information back. The fact that a fleet disappeared here should still be quickly spread out.
Upon thinking of this, Fang Yun took the giant turtle and left.
Indeed, as Fang Yun thought. Not long after the annihtion of that fleet, several other fleets learned of the news. It wasn¡¯t just the other fleets of the seventh heaven, even the fleet of the other heavens learned the news.
¡°This¡¡±
When Otto heard the report from his subordinates, he was shocked. ording to the information they acquired, the seventh heaven small fleet was instantly destroyed, without even having the chance to send back the news.
¡°Otto.¡±
A holographic projection appeared in front of Otto. It was themander of the seventh heaven fleet, Finsen.
At this time, Finsen had an unusually ugly expression on his face. He looked at Otto for a moment then said.
¡°Otto, one of our fleets has had an ident. It¡¯s very likely to be under the hands of the giant serpent, the location is¡ ¡°
After hearing what Finsen said, Otto also had a solemn expression.
¡°Otto, we need to go over and check the traces of the battle. We need to know whether it was the giant serpent that attacked our fleet and what means it used.¡±
¡°Okay, I will go over immediately.¡±
Otto didn¡¯t postpone it. In fact, he was also very curious about what happened. What could have caused a giant fleet of 2000 powerful battleships to be instantly destroyed? and without even having the chance to send back a message.
He suddenly remembered that the giant serpent is just an infant high-level pollutant. Its parents might just be in the eighth heaven along with it.
If it was a true high-level pollutant that attacked that fleet, it shouldn¡¯t be difficult for it to instantly annihte them, without giving them the chance to send back a message, right?
This is Otto¡¯s guess.
He knows that the giant serpent is powerful, but even so, it shouldn¡¯t be powerful to the extent of annihting a powerful fleet in a split second without giving the chance to send back a message.
If that¡¯s the case, then he wouldn¡¯t have had the opportunity to survive in theirst encounter. Even if it¡¯s a branch, that seventh heaven fleet is many times more powerful than the fleet that besieged the great serpentst time.
Just as Otto was deep in his thoughts, the fleet started moving towards the location of the ident, and it didn¡¯t take them long to arrive.
Otto discovered that the other heavens fleets have already arrived, rendering this deste space very lively.
¡°There is no wreckage.¡±
Otto came to this conclusion after roughly scanning the nearby area.
It¡¯s just that there is still some residual heat and abnormal radiation in the nearby area, showcasing that something happened here before.
¡°What do you think?¡±
In front of Otto, two other holographic projections appeared, followed by the voice of themander of the fifth heaven fleet, Pound.
At the moment, there were three holographic projections in front of Otto. Finsen, Nadu, and Pound.
Pound rarely appears on holographic projections, but this time, he was the one leading the conversation.
¡°With the strength that the great serpent showed before, it doesn¡¯t have the ability to instantly make a fleet of this scale disappear.¡±
Themander of the sixth heaven fleet Nadu spoke. His assertion was approved by Otto, he thought so too.
¡°Does everyone think that this was caused by another creature, not the great serpent?¡±
Pound pondered for a moment, then asked again.
¡°Nadu, Finsen, What are you going to do next?¡±
¡°Will you continue to search for that giant serpent, or suspend the search, and report to the higher-ups, asking them to send support?¡±
Hearing Pound¡¯s question, Otto¡¯s heart almost burst due to anger.
These guys don¡¯t take him seriously at all! This operation is nominally under his leadership, but they don¡¯t care about his thoughts at all! The arrogance of these bastards is too much!
Unfortunately, his status doesn¡¯t allow him to rebuke them or even say anything, he could only maintain silence.
While Otto was acting as a small transparent, the other three started discussing. After a while, they finally determined that the search operation must continue, but they aren¡¯t going to split up and search anymore. Furthermore, they are going to ask for support from their respective heavens.
Chapter 496: Support
Chapter 496: Support
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°I hope things won¡¯t get worse.¡±
This thought emerged in Otto¡¯s heart. More fleets flooding into the Eighth Heaven will definitely cause some confusion.
The five fleets scattered again, except that no one dared to divide their fleet into smaller parts before searching for the giant serpent this time.
While Otto and the others started searching for the giant serpent again, the incident about the destruction of a part of the seventh heaven¡¯s fleet spread across the heavens. Heated discussion spread across the universalwork.
This matter caused a sensation even in the fifth heaven.
From what happened, things are not as simple as they thought. In the eighth heaven, there is likely a creature they have never seen before, and it had destroyed a fleet from the seventh heaven and it did so in an instant. That creature must extremely powerful, likely a high-level pollutant. Otherwise, it wouldn¡¯t have such an ability.
High-level pollutants are generally pollutants of level 4 and above. Their destructive power is shocking.
Even the powerful fleets of the fifth heaven must cautiously deal with such a creature upon encountering it, otherwise, they are likely to face the fate of destruction.
¡°There is actually a more terrifying pollutant in our Eighth Heaven?¡±
In the Eighth Heaven Sakura Academy, the students were talking about the destruction of the Seventh Heaven Fleet. Because this incident urred in their home, hence the intelligent creatures in the eighth heaven were more concerned about this incident.
¡°Does that giant serpent really have parents? And are they here? In the eighth heaven?¡±
Everyone was specting on the truth of the matter. Most people think that it¡¯s a high-level pollutant that attacked the Seventh Heaven¡¯s fleet, and it¡¯s likely the parent of the great serpent.
It¡¯s not that no one thought that the great serpent was the one that did it, but the great serpent disyed only thebat power of a level 1 pollutant, the only unusual things about it are its special abilities.
However, to destroy such a powerful fleet like that of the seventh heaven, and rather instantly, thebat power of at least a level 3 pollutant is required.
Unfortunately, they didn¡¯t know that they were overthinking and that it was actually the great serpent that did it.
At the moment, Fang Yun is wandering in space along with the giant turtle.
¡°The number of bio-energy points provided by that fleet is not bad.
After devouring that fleet, his bio-energy points have soared by more than 30 billion bio-energy points.
Sure enough, he can grow faster by devouring more fleets.
Upon thinking like this, Fang Yun decided to ambush them again. However, he discovered that these fleets never separated into smaller teams anymore.
Now, these giant fleets are concentrated together. In fact, these five fleets are even keeping a close distance between each other. As long as one of them sends a signal asking for help, the others will quickly rush over.
¡°These guys have be more cautious.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
¡°They aren¡¯t as active as before, they should be waiting for support.¡±
Although these fleets seem to be as vigorous in searching as before, their range is much smaller. Under his careful observation, they looked much more cautious than before.
However, looking at their appearance, they don¡¯t seem to be nning to give up the search, hence why Fang Yun guessed that they are waiting for support.
¡°However, the Eighth Heaven doesn¡¯t seem to have any idea to send more troops.¡±
This is the result of Fang Yun¡¯s careful observation. He has also been following collecting various information on thework of the eighth heaven, but he didn¡¯t find any information about them dispatching any other powerful fleet.
Many people spected that the official governement of the eighth heaven isn¡¯t nning to get involved too deeply in this incident.
There is a consensus that pollutants have wisdom that¡¯s no less than ordinary intelligent creatures.
Therefore, many people are worried that if the eighth heaven gets involved too deeply in this matter, it will arouse the hatred of those pollutants.
If they don¡¯t directly kill them, won¡¯t they rampage across the eighth heaven in the future?
¡°It¡¯s toote to wash our hands-free from this matter.¡±
In themand ship, Otto also paid attention to the rumors but he could only helplessly shake his head.
As he said, it¡¯s already toote. Most importantly, they are not eligible to jump from this mess.
The other heavens won¡¯t allow them to do so.
After all, the fleets of the eighth heaven are still useful in finding and capturing the giant serpent.
They don¡¯t have the right to refuse or even no opinion. In the face ofrge interests, the so-called friendly and civilized exchange doesn¡¯t exist. This is the sorrow of the weak.
He shook his head faintly, just as Otto wanted to say something, his subordinate reported to him.
¡°Commander, we received the news that the support fleet of the seventh heaven has entered the eighth heaven and will soon reach our location.¡±
¡°Sure enough, the seventh heaven is the fastest.¡±
Otto¡¯s face remained calm after hearing this piece of news. This is within his expectations.
¡°What about the fleets of the sixth and fifth heaven?¡±
¡°Their support fleets are still on the way.¡±
Otto nodded and asked.
¡°Is there any information about the support fleet of the seventh heaven?¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
The soldier replied respectfully.
¡°The fleet contains more than 10,000 spaceships, including high-level battleships.¡±
After a moment of silence, the subordinates continued.
¡°The fleet they dispatched for the support this time is much more powerful than the previous ones.¡±
¡°Furthermore, I heard that the seventh heaven is nning to continue to send more and more powerful fleets in the future. They will not stop until the great serpent is killed or captured.¡±
After hearing the words of this subordinate, Otto¡¯s face couldn¡¯t help but twitch. These guys really regard their eighth heaven as a battlefield. Not giving them the slightest respect at all.
¡°These bastards!¡±
Otto squeezed his fist. A kind of hope rose in his heart. He hoped that all the fleets of the seventh heaven will be destroyed here, crippling them and allowing the eighth heaven to rise!
However, he didn¡¯t know that while he was deep in his thoughts, two behemoths were moving in the direction of the new fleet dispatched by the seventh heaven.
Fang Yun also happened to perceive this fleet. He only felt that it¡¯s extremelyrge, muchrger, and more advanced than the seventh heaven fleet he destroyed before.
The current goal of this fleet is to merge with their predecessor, reorganize into arger fleet and take down the giant serpent in one fell swoop.
If possible, they even want to deal with the high-level pollutant behind the great serpent.
Chapter 497: Hit and Run
Chapter 497: Hit and Run
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°How should I deal with this fleet?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the huge fleet ahead. There were at least 10,000 spaceships in it. Even if he is very bold, he must at least guarantee his minimum safety before dealing with such a behemoth.
For example, he is thinking about how to disperse this fleet, so as to break the situation.
But this seems difficult to achieve. After the previous annihtion, these guys will only be more cautious.
Fang Yun was deep in his thoughts. The major fleets are still looking for a way to deal with him, but they shouldn¡¯t have thought that he already left the search area and is intending to deal with their support fleets.
¡°Should I annihte them all, or should I just destroy a small number of battleships then leave?¡±
After a while, Fang Yun made a decision. With his current power, it¡¯s too difficult to annihte this fleet. Their number is toorge and their battleships are very advanced.
From his observations, the lowest end battleship in this fleet isn¡¯t weaker than an Eclipse-ss battleship
Furthermore, they seem to be on guard. Even if Fang Yun sneaks into the center of the fleet andunches ¡°Annihtion ck Hole,¡± it¡¯s improbable to attract them all.
¡°By the way, I remember seeing some star beasts nearby. Driving them to this fleet should provide a decent attraction.¡±
When Fang Yun couldn¡¯t find a way to break the game, he suddenly had an idea. While moving towards the support fleet, he encountered some star beasts on the way, but he didn¡¯t bother attacking them as they were quite close to the fleet¡¯s location.
Upon thinking of this idea, Fang Yun immediately started working. He quickly flew back to the ce where he encountered the star beast group, then started driving them forward.
This is a group of star beasts simr to sea whales. There are many cubs in this group. All sea whales, including the cubs, are more than 1,000 in total.
For star beast groups like this, the Eighth Heaven should have the corresponding rules and measures.
The general rule is that upon encountering simr groups, it¡¯s better to not provoke them. It¡¯s forbidden to take the initiative to attack without a solid reason.
Star beasts are don¡¯t have the wisdom of pathogens and pollutants. Once they fall into madness, there¡¯s no way to go back, especially big groups like this whale group. Therefore, as long one provokes a single one of them, it¡¯s equivalent to provoking the entire group.
However, after Fang Yun and the giant turtle appeared, this group of sea whales did not go crazy, because the aura they were both exudings was that of a Star Beast.
The giant turtle is a genuine star beast, as for Fang Yun, he manipted his biological waves to imitate the giant turtle¡¯s aura.
Regardless of their camp, their tant approach still caused the whale group to be vignt. Seeing that Fang Yun and the giant turtle are still approaching, the whale group roared loudly, warning them to not get close.
Although Fang Yun and the giant turtle exuded the aura of star beasts, they are also racially divided, especially since the king of the sea whale race regards this area as their race¡¯s territory. Hence their eyes gradually turned red as the two of them approached.
When the two groups were about to confront each other, Fang Yun revealed his true aura. A terrifying aura that resembles that of pollutants. Feeling this intense aura at close range caused the whale group to tremble.
¡°Okay, go over there and drive them away.¡±
Fang Yun ordered the giant turtle. Although the giant turtle can¡¯t understand him clearly, simplemunication is still easy.
The giant turtle quickly flew to the side, then both of them started intimidating the star whale group.
The auras of the giant turtle and Fang Yun are very special. The giant turtle is a kind of royalty amongst star beast, and Fang Yun is an inexplicable and mysterious creature.
Their pressure is too high for this group of whales, hence even if they kept roaring loudly, none of the star whalesunched an attack.
Soon, the star whale group was driven to the seventh heaven support fleet, and conflict immediately broke out.
¡°Damn it, how could this group of animals suddenly attack us?¡±
Themander of the fleet burst into anger and immediately shouted at the rest of the fleet.
¡°Smash this group of beasts into dregs. Don¡¯t leave a single one of them alive!¡±
All the battleshipsunched an attack on the star whale group. Although themander ordered to quickly deal with them, it will take some time to deal with such arge star beast group.
After all, amongst this star whale group, there is no shortage of powerful star beasts. Star beasts with a size of thousands or even tens of thousands of kilometers aren¡¯t rare.
¡°Boom! Boom!!¡±
On the battlefield, the roads of the whales and the sound of artillery exploding sounded rang out, and from time to time there a huge explosion surged.
¡°Now, the formation of the entire fleet is in chaos.¡±
Fang Yun thought while looking at this scene not far away.
Upon thinking about this, he led the giant turtle to the center of the fleet. He willunch the first tentative attack here.
Slowly, under the leadership of the giant turtle, Fang Yun approached the center of the support fleet. Here, if his ability is strong enough, even if it¡¯s 10,000 powerful battleships, he can destroy them.
Unfortunately, the gravitational pull of his ck hole isn¡¯t powerful enough for the moment. However, his goal wasn¡¯t to destroy the entire fleet from the beginning.
¡°Let¡¯s start with the ck hole.¡±
After arriving at the ideal position, Fang Yun signaled for the giant turtle to leave. After the turtle was far enough, Fang Yun immediately used his ability.
With just a thought, a terrifying suction force radiated from Fang Yun as the center.
The terrifying gravitational pull twisted the nearby battleships into dust without giving them the chance to react.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
Only those farther battleships escaped from the disaster. Seeing theirradespletely disappearing in front of their eyes, they were terrified.
¡°Huh?¡±
Facing the sudden attack, some people have already noticed Fang Yun in the center. Seeing the creature flying in space like an ancient dragon, they were shocked.
¡°It¡¯s¡ it¡¯s the giant serpent!!!¡±
Someone loudly eximed. With the first one, more and more soldiers discovered the great serpent. Each one of them looked at it with a terrified expression on their faces.
Sure enough, this giant serpent is unusual. Even against a fleet as powerful as theirs, the great serpent still instantly destroyed arge number of their battleships.
Almost at the same time, Fang Yun¡¯s body shed, immediately fleeing the battlefield.
¡°Now, I only need to wait for those guys toe over.¡±
Fang Yun smiled triumphantly.
His goal is not this fleet, but the fleets that were hunting him before.
Chapter 498: Dilemma
Chapter 498: Dilemma
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After Fang Yun revealed his traces, this 10,000 battleships¡¯ fleet was plunged into turmoil. It¡¯s just that this turmoil did notst long before being suppressed bymander Mike.
In themand ship, Commander Mike started yelling loudly.
¡°Everyone disperse! Disperse now!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s sudden attack shocked him. Upon arriving in the eighth heaven, he was already prepared psychologically, intending to treat the great serpent with the greatest cautiousness.
He thought he had been cautious enough, but after suffering from the attack of the great serpent and suffering from disastrous losses, he discovered that he still underestimated its ability.
The intelligence and ability of this giant serpent are beyond his imagination.
¡°This¡ this giant serpent isn¡¯t a juvenile high-level pollutant at all!!!¡±
Mike yelled inwardly. Previously, they suspected that there is another pollutant in the eighth heaven. A mature high-level pollutant.
It should have been this adult high-level pollutant that instantly destroyed the small seventh heaven fleet, or so was what they thought.
¡¡¡¡
On Fang Yun¡¯s side, at least a thousand battleships have been directly destroyed by him this time. The bio-energy they provided flowed through his body, fueling his growth.
At this time, the system has reminded Fang Yun once again that he fulfilled the requirements for evolution.
Because he was on the battlefield right now, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t directly deal with this matter, but after he carried out the attack, he gave up on further fighting and quickly fled away relying on the giant turtle¡¯s super stealth skills.
¡°For now, I should wait for the news of the battle to spread.¡±
Fang Yun thought while moving. He fulfilled his desired objective for now.
On the fleet¡¯s side, they were still looking at the ce where Fang Yun appeared and disappeared with a look of shock.
Fang Yun disappeared abruptly, just like his appearance, making it extremely difficult for them to guard against.
¡°This¡He disappeared?¡±
Mike took a deep breath, his heart filled with shock.
No wonder they didn¡¯t notice it before,
It turns out that relying on a powerful stealth skill that it was able tounch such a sudden and powerful attack.
Moreover, matching this stealth skill with that powerful gravity attack puts it in a semi-invincible position, allowing it to destroy so many of their battleships in an instant.
However, Mike didn¡¯t ponder too deeply on this issue because he was troubled with another problem.
¡°Damn it, where is the giant serpent right now?¡±
This question rang deeply in his mind. Mike was suspicious that the great serpent has never left and is hiding not far from them, looking for the opportunity tounch another devastating attack.
¡°Immediately send Commander Finsen our coordinates!¡±
Mike hesitated, then gave orders to his subordinates. His subordinates didn¡¯t hesitate, immediately contacting Finsen, sending him the news of their attack and their coordinates.
¡°What?¡±
¡°That serpent appeared? It destroyed thousands of battleships with a single strike?¡±
¡°The giant serpent might be a mature high-level pollutant?¡±
On the other side, themander of the seven heaven fleet Finsen had received news from Mike and the others. He was stunned to hear that they were attacked by the great serpent and even more stunned to hear about the result of the battle.
Especially after hearing Mike¡¯s description of the great serpent and his guess.
¡°That giant serpent actually appeared in such a far location again?¡±
After a while, Finsen suppressed his horror, but the corners of his mouth were constantly twitching because the location of the incident is millions of light-years away.
¡°Call Mike and his fleet immediately. Tell them to stay where they are, they are immediately heading towards their location.¡±
After hearing the information about the incident, Finson also felt that the giant serpent is likely still near Mike¡¯s fleet, preparing tounch an attack at any time.
After hesitating, Finsen also contacted the other heavens fleets. To be honest, if it weren¡¯t that the giant serpent had some tricky abilities, he wouldn¡¯t call the other fleets.
At first, he thought that with the help of the reinforcements, he should be able to deal with the great serpent, but thinking about the power of the great serpent and its tricky abilities, the seventh heaven¡¯s fleet alone might not be able to deal with it.
Furthermore, it would be great if they were able to kill the great serpent alone. But if they can¡¯t kill it, allowing it to escape. Their seventh heaven will be the one to suffer. They never doubted the wisdom of pollutants.
If this giant python escapes, wouldn¡¯t it hold a great grudge against them in the future?
At that time, facing the guerri tactics of this monster, their seventh heaven will suffer.
It¡¯s based on this psychology that Finsen called the other fleets and told them about the news of the battle and location of Mike¡¯s fleet.
¡°Everyone, that¡¯s what happened. How about we all go over there together.¡±
Finson quickly recounted the story to themanders of the other heavens¡¯ fleet, then headed towards the coordinates that Mike sent.
¡°That giant serpent has already appeared?¡±
In the distance, Otto also scrolled through the video message with a surprised look. After hesitating, he still led his fleet to the agreed location.
He was extremely nervous.
The strength of that giant serpent is a bit beyond his imagination. ording to the information he got, the great serpent not only has powerful and weird attack skills, he even has an extremely powerful stealth skill.
The reason why Mik¡¯s fleet lost over a thousand battleships was precisely that the great serpent used this skill on them.
¡°This giant python is very smart.¡±
Otto frowned, haze forming over his heart.
¡°He can appear and disappear out of nowhere. The instruments couldn¡¯t detect anything. No electromaic, life, or even space fluctuations¡¡±
¡°In this way, he can appear anytime he wants and escapes anytime he wants¡¡±
Otto sighed internally.
Possessing such stealth skills, the great serpent is in the dark and they are in the light. For the moment, none of their instruments can detect its existence. How can they deal with such a creature?
Just as Otto was in a dilemma, the holographic screen in front of him lit up again, after which, Finsen¡¯s burly body appeared on the screen.
Chapter 499: Chance From Fate
Chapter 499: Chance From Fate
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Otto, lead your two fleets over.¡±
Finsen said to Otto in amanding tone.
¡°In addition, immediately send a notice to the forces near Mike, let them send a support fleet as soon as possible.¡±
Hearing Finsen¡¯smanding tone, Otto¡¯s heart was filled with anger. Without mentioning ordering him like some subordinate, he actually wanted their forces near Mike to send support.
That area isn¡¯t far from some lifes and gathering points, they indeed have some forces over there. However, these forces are only responsible for guarding these gathering areas, their strength ispletely iparable to the war fleets sent to deal with the great serpent.
If they participate in the war, they will be nothing but cannon fodder, maybe not even cannon fodder.
Upon thinking of this, Otto said calmly.
¡°Finsen, the nearby forces can¡¯t support Mike and his fleet.¡±
¡°However, our two fleets will rush there as soon as possible.
¡°¡Fine¡±
Hearing Otto¡¯s words, Finsen frowned, but in the end, he didn¡¯t press further. He turned off the holographic screen without a word.
¡°Commander Otto, they are so overbearing!¡±
A soldier next to Otto said with a look of grief. It wasn¡¯t just that soldier, all of the people in the control room were filled with anger and indignation.
They couldn¡¯t stand the superiority and disdain these guys emitted for a long time.
Despite trying their best to remain calm and humble, Finsen and the others from the higher heavens never converged their arrogance and disdain for them, but rather continued to increase such actions, and now they are starting to get overboard.
¡°I know.¡±
Otto said faintly, hiding all his emotions and keeping calm and collected.
¡°I¡¯m also frustrated, but we mustn¡¯t do anything now. Everyone should listen to orders.¡±
Hearing Otto, the soldiers opened their mouths but didn¡¯t say anything in the end.
While Otto and the other were heading towards Mike¡¯s fleet, Fang Yun had already crossed an unknown number of star fields.
¡°Evolve!¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He decided to start the evolution while moving forward.
There was no ident in the evolution process. it waspleted quickly and smoothly.
After the evolution, his body length has reached 400 kilometers, a number he never expected before. This is already bigger than some small countries in his past life.
His diameter has also reached 16 kilometers, much thicker than any mountain.
However, he doesn¡¯t have enough skill points to upgrade any of his current skills. Another thing worth mentioning is that the bio-energy he needs for evolution has skyrocketed, reaching 70 billion points.
Fortunately, he can easily devour giant fleets using ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±. Furthermore, the bio-energy provided by these fleets is also quite generous, hence he doesn¡¯t need to worry much about bio-energy for the moment.
Of course, when he grows to the point of devouring stars, he won¡¯t need to worry about bio-energy for an extremely long time.
Upon thinking of this, Fang Yun started to pay attention to his surroundings, looking if there was any spaceship nearby.
Soon enough, he felt an abnormal fluctuation in the space, which was very slight. The giant turtle has also felt it and howled to remind him.
Fang Yun immediately guessed that some spaceships are traversing the hyperspace nearby, and he didn¡¯t hesitate to pull them out using gravity.
¡°Whoosh! Whoosh!¡±
Suddenly, at least three or four hundred spaceships were pulled out of hyperspace, and these spaceships, unfortunately for them, belong to the seventh heaven.
¡°Ah, that¡¯s¡¡±
The spaceships that were violently pulled out of the hyperspace experienced a fierce rebound. Being pulled out of the hyperspace so violently not only damaged their spaceships but also caused them to feel extremephysical and mental pressure.
¡°Ah¡that¡¯s¡that¡¯s¡¡±
Suddenly, a horror-filled voice rang out inside those spaceships. A lot of which has suffered serious damage.
¡°Everyone! Don¡¯t panic!¡±
After the initial panic, themander of the fleet organized the personnel and was nning to guid them to deal with the situation.
Unfortunately, they suffered from an irresistible attack and were intantly annihted.
In front of a small, clustered, and unorganized fleet, Fang Yun¡¯s sneak attacking them using ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± is simply overkill.
¡°Hmph! These guys are still nning to join forces.¡±
Fang Yun sneered, then started to pull out one batch of battleships after the other from the hyperspace, then tore them apart.
He might not be able to face such a giant fleet head one, but this is a golden opportunity, a chance from fate. He just happened to be next to the hyperspace route of the seventh heaven fleet, giving him the opportunity to quickly pull them out one after the other.
As time passed, more and more battleships were pulled out from the hyperspace. Facing such a damaged and careless fleet, Fang Yun violently destroyed them.
By now, Fang Yun finally revealed his ferocious nature. The endless explosions and the extreme gravity violently twisted the battlefield, rendering it a forbidden life zone.
¡°Hey, themander of this fleet, that Finsen guy is still in the hyperspace. He should have gotten the message by now.¡±
A smile appeared on Fang Yun¡¯s face. No one can turn around inside the hyperspace, hence the current Finsen should still be moving ahead, anxious at the fact that his rear fleet is being decimated, but unable to turn around.
Therefore, he can continuously pull and hold one batch after the other in this area, especially since he can follow behind relying on the emitted space fluctuations.
Just as Fang Yun thought, Finsen has already received the information, knowing that their fleet is being attacked in the back.
It¡¯s a pity that he doesn¡¯t have any measures to deal with this situation for now.
¡°Damn it!!!¡±
Inside the hyperspace, Finsen was extremely anger. He quickly ordered his fleet to stop the space jump and go back to the material space. He will turn around and go to deal with that giant serpent
At the moment, although they can detect Fang Yun¡¯s existence, he is still in the hyperspace. Fang Yun can pull them out of the hyperspace using gravity, but they can¡¯t pull Fang Yun inside the hyperspace.
Furthermore, inside the hyperspace, the rules of space and time are distorted. He might just be thinking for a few seconds inside the hyperspace, but outside, he has crossed an unknown number of kilometers during that time.
Therefore, it will take a while for Finsen and his fleet to get out of the hyperspace, then turn around and fly back towards Fang Yun¡¯s location.
Fang Yun continued to attack the seventh heaven fleet, pulling them out of the hyperspace, then quickly destroying and eating them.
After some time, Fang Yun sensed that Finsen and the main fleet are approaching, hence he decided to hide along with the giant turtle.
This time, Fang Yun had eaten more than 3,000 spaceships
After being forcibly pulled out of the hyperspace, the battleships that experienced various degrees of damage naturally weren¡¯t the opponents of the excited Fang Yun.
This hunt was very rewarding.
Chapter 500: The Great Serpent’s Plan
Chapter 500: The Great Serpent¡¯s n
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Not long ago, Fang Yun had destroyed a detachment of 2000 battleships from Finsen¡¯s fleet, and now that he destroyed another 3000 battleships, it can be said that half of the seventh heaven¡¯s original fleet had been destroyed.
This is a devastating blow.
After Finsen got out from the hyperspace and started counting the remaining manpower, his face turned green.
¡°Damn, I lost more than 3,000 battleships?¡±
Finsen gritted his teeth, his eyes seemed to be able to spit fire. He took a deep breath before barely managing to calm down.
¡°Inform Mike and his fleet to get here as soon as possible! And don¡¯t forget to inform the other heavens fleets about what happened here!¡±
Before moving forward, Finsen remembered to remind his subordinates to send the news to the other heavens¡¯ fleets. Although he was angry, he was also very shocked. To be able to destroy so many of his battleships, the giant serpent is indeed not ordinary.
¡°If the opponent is really a mature high-level pollutant, then the result of the conflict with our fleet is¡¡±
Finsen¡¯s heart suddenly skipped a beat, swallowing his saliva, he suddenly felt that rash action isn¡¯t a good choice.
¡°Commander, what should we do now? Should we follow the trail of the great serpent?¡±
A soldier ran to Finsen and asked him.
Hearing this soldier¡¯s question, Finsen looked at him speechlessly and said.
¡°Follow it? To find death? Wait! Wait for those guys toe over.¡±
After hearing Finsen¡¯s words, the soldier heaved a sigh of relief. Most of the people in the control room were the same. They were all afraid that Finsen will hot-headedly go to trouble the great serpent. In that case, they might never go back to their hometown.
On the other side, Mike, who was waiting for the main fleet, was surprised by Finsen¡¯s message. They were afraid that the giant serpent was hiding somewhere looking for a chance to attack, but they never expected that it would actually ambush their reinforcements.
¡°That serpent actually knew thatmander Finsen ising?¡±
In Mike¡¯s opinion, the giant serpent must have done so deliberately. After all, the eighth heaven is so big, how could it just stumble on the hyperspace path ofmander Finsen?
This is a one in a billion chance or even lower.
Upon thinking of this, Mike couldn¡¯t help but shed a cold sweat. He never expected that a beast would have such terrifying wisdom. It yed them like monkeys.
¡°Let¡¯s go, go over to support Master Finsen and his fleet!¡±
Mike yelled, then quickly rushed towards Finsen¡¯s location along with the rest of the fleet.
On the way forward, the more Mike thought about it, the more he felt amazed. He felt that they weren¡¯t facing a giant behemoth, but a terrifying general that won a hundred battles.
If the giant serpent is really so scheming, would they also be attacked while heading to support Finsen¡¯s fleet? Is it also a part of its n?
¡°Damn it, maybe I¡¯m overthinking.¡±
Mike muttered, but the more he thought about it, the more anxious he got. Because this might just be true.
However, this is just his worry. He can¡¯t disobey the leader of this operation, Finsen.
If he¡¯s just overthinking and the giant serpent is still on Finsen¡¯s side, then the slower they are, the more danger Finsen¡¯s fleet will face.
After all, Finsen told him earlier that only half of their battleships remain, which means that they only have 5000 battleships left.
¡°No, I have to rush over as soon as possible!¡±
Taking a breath, Mike suppressed the anxiety in his heart, but the uneasy feeling in his heart never disappeared but got heavier and heavier.
Suddenly, an rm rang through the spaceship.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Mike yelled loudly, to which a soldier next to him quickly replied.
¡°Sir, our spaceships are being attacked.¡±
¡°Some of our battleships were pulled out of hyperspace by something.¡±
¡°Huh?¡±
After hearing the report from his subordinates, Mike froze for a moment, then his eyes gradually widened, he realized something.
¡°Did you say that our spaceships are getting pulled out of the hyperspace?¡±
Mike took a deep breath, then without waiting for the soldier to reply, he quickly said.
¡°Convey my order to all our spaceships. Immediately get out of the hyperspace! We are being attacked by the great serpent!¡±
Mike had a bitter look on his face. What he feared the most still happened.
Soon, their fleet flew out of the hyperspace. After sorting out the fleet and counting the remaining battleships, Mike discovered that even though he quickly reacted, they still lost thousands of battleships.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Mike cursed loudly. He mightily led more than 10,000 battleships to the eighth heaven, but now only 8000 remains.
Adding Finsen¡¯s 5000 battleships, they have only 13,000 battleships in total. Isn¡¯t this the number he led at first?
Under such a great loss, Mike¡¯s felt angry and humiliated.
¡°It¡¯s all because of that damn serpent.¡±
After yelling, his face turned ugly again, because he suddenly noticed a problem. What should they do now?
¡°Call Commander Finsen now!¡±
Taking a breath, Mike calmed down. Now he should callmander Finsen and exin the situation to him. They must find a countermeasure.
Soon, he and Finsen were connected.
¡°Commander Finsen.¡±
Mike looked at Finsen in the holographic projection and said solemnly.
¡°We were also attacked by the giant serpent on the way, causing us to lose thousands of battleships. Now, we don¡¯t dare to easily go inside the hyperspace¡±
¡°Commander Finsen, I¡¯m afraid we can¡¯t get over now.¡±
Upon saying this, Mike smiled wryly.
¡°What?¡±
Finson was speechless after hearing Mike¡¯s words. He was angry and helpless upon thinking of the n of the giant serpent. If he rushes towards Mike¡¯s fleet through the hyperspace, he will be attacked, and the same thing goes for Mike¡¯s fleet.
But if the two don¡¯t travel through the hyperspace, it will take them hundreds of years to reach each other¡¯s location.
¡°This bastard¡¡±
Finsen knew that they encountered a true dilemma, and if they don¡¯t find a way to deal with this problem soon enough, then the other heavens¡¯ fleets that areing will also encounter the same problem.
Chapter 501: Attacking Finsen’ Fleet.
Chapter 501: Attacking Finsen¡¯ Fleet.
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°We don¡¯t have to move anymore, just wait here.¡±
Finsen pondered for a while before thinking of a n.
¡°We¡¯ll wait for the other heavens¡¯ fleets to reach Mike¡¯s location before heading over. Don¡¯t forget to tell Otto toe to pick us.¡±
After finalizing the n, he immediately started executing it. He contacted the other fleets¡¯manders and informed them of his intention, to which they all agreed to head over to Mike.
In addition, Otto also agreed and is currently rushing towards him.
After hearing their guarantee, Finsen heaved a sigh of relief. He finally rxed, thinking that the situation was stabilized.
After he merges with Otto, they will continue rushing towards Mike. Otto¡¯s fleet will be the one behind, hence once the giant serpent appears, he will immediately get out of the hyperspace and pursue it.
Of course, the prerequisite is to capture its trail.
However, this is difficult because Finsen doesn¡¯t have a good solution for the moment, but maybe, they might find a way to capture the traces of the giant serpent in the future.
¡°Everyone pays attention to the surrounding space. We mustn¡¯t give that serpent the opportunity to sneak attack.¡±
Finsen reminded his fleet loudly. Now, they have only 5000 battleships, and this number doesn¡¯t bring Finsen the slightest trace of security.
After all, previously, with each collision with the great serpent, either 2000 or 3000 battleships disappeared every time. It¡¯s natural for him to be cautious.
If the giant serpent appears in front of him. With the 5000 battleships under him, he isn¡¯t sure if he can protect himself.
¡°Damn, it¡¯s really hateful, that beast is so insidious!!¡±
Finsen scolded bitterly, unbeknownst to the fact that a giant pair of eyes were staring at his fleet, hidden in the void above.
¡°This guy isn¡¯t nning to move forward.¡±
Fang Yun pondered whether he can deal with such a fleet without using the hyperspace as a cover.
¡°At present, the best way is to sneak into the central area of their fleet and use. ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±. However, these guys have learned their lesson. The space between each battleship is quiterge. This trick won¡¯t be as effective in this situation.¡±
Watching the formation of the fleet below, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh, but then, he is quite confident in his chances of getting rid of the fleet below.
Compared to the first time he entered the eighth heaven, he is much stronger and more experienced.
He can directly rampage through this fleet, using ¡°Life Plunder¡± to kill all the pilots inside. After all, he can use this skill while moving around.
With his speed and agility, most attacks can¡¯tnd on him, and even if they do so, the new ¡°Space Barrier¡± should be enough to repel the majority of the attacks.
¡°Let¡¯s do it. ¡°
He is confident that as long as he uses the hit and run strategy a few times, the fleet formation will be quickly disintegrated.
¡°Start!¡±
Fang Yun suddenly appeared on the edge of the fleet, then quickly started moving forward. At the same time, he didn¡¯t forget to activate ¡°Life Plunder¡±.
All living creatures inside the spaceships within his range were affected, aging at a speed visible to the naked eyes.
At the same time, Finsen and his fleet discovered instantly Fang Yun¡¯s presence. The moment, he appeared, an rm rang through the entire fleet.
¡°The serpent appeared! The giant serpent appeared!¡±
Inside the control center of themand ship, a soldier yelled at Finsen very anxiously, with a hint of panic in his voice.
¡°What! That monster appeared?¡±
Finsen looked at him with a look of shock. He quickly reacted and started shouting loudly.
¡°Line up and defend!¡±
While yelling, he quickly walked to a screen, on which he saw a huge creature running forward. Many battleships on the screen started attacking it, while some of the closer ones started acting strangely. They either remained motionless or started sending attacks randomly.
What¡¯s even more frightening is that some battleshipspletely lost control, attacking theirpanions or moving forward and colliding with other battleships, constituting a truly strange and frightening scene.
¡°Commander Finsen, the soldiers on all of these spaceships have lost their vitality.¡±
A soldier quickly said to Finsen, solving his doubts.
¡°Our attacks can¡¯t hit it, it¡¯s too fast!¡±
Before Finsen had the time to reply, another soldier said.
¡°It has space maniption skills. The space around it ispletely distorted, making it extremely hard for our attacks to touch it.¡±
¡±Anyway, you must block that monster!¡±
Finsen immediately issued a series of orders, looking particrly anxious.
¡°Tell Otto toe here as soon as possible!!¡±
His voice was extremely harsh. Although the giant serpent, he still doesn¡¯t dare to give the order for Mike and his fleet toe.
This giant serpent seems to have a way to spy on their conversation and moves. Its speed is also particrly fast, what if it runs back to ambush Mike. Moreover, what if it has apanion.
Mike¡¯s fleet is critical; he doesn¡¯t want his orders to cause them another loss.
It would be better for Otto toe over. Moreover, Otto is a bit closer.
While thinking of this, he looked at the screen in front of him again, only to see that the giant serpent haspletely prated their fleet and was turning around.
Suddenly, the giant serpent sprang inside their fleet again and started rampaging across.
¡°Damn it!¡± Finsen yelled angrily.
¡°Disperse the formation! Leave a distance between each other!!¡±
The formation was already on the verge of breaking, and Finsen¡¯s order just further elerated the process.
¡°Idiot!¡±
Fang Yun immediately made such an evaluation after seeing the movements of the fleet. It might seem that ¡°Life Plunder¡± can¡¯t deal as much damage after the battleships created arger distance between each other.
However, they forgot one thing, he has a strong single attack capability, allowing him to destroy these powerful battleships with just one strike.
Currently, his ¡°Greater Antimatter Bomb¡± has been upgraded twice, making it several times more powerful than the usual ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±. Even in the face of such a powerful fleet, he can destroy their battleships with one strike.
The fleet dispersed under Finsen¡¯s orders, further widening the battlefield. Fang Yun naturally took this opportunity and spring towards one of the closer spaceships.
Chapter 502: Otto’s Thoughts
Chapter 502: Otto¡¯s Thoughts
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boom, Boom! Boom!¡±
In outer space, one brilliant burst of light and mes appeared after the other. Fang Yun didn¡¯t know how many battleships did he destroy.
With his rapid and precise shooting ability, no battleship can avoid his attacks.
On the other side, Finsen was annoyed upon seeing his battleships getting destroyed one after the other, but he didn¡¯t have any countermeasures.
Under his orders, the entire fleet quickly spread out, then continuously firedser beams at Fang Yun. However, due to the scatteredness of theser beams, few could uratelynd on him.
His body is extremelyrge, almost the difference between an elephant and a mousepared to those battleships, but in the endless space and across such arge battlefield, he looked particrly small.
Coupled with his speed, it¡¯s normal that theseser beams couldn¡¯t hit him.
¡°Master Finsen, if this continues, our battleships will bepletely decimated.¡±
A soldier suddenly reported to Finsen.
Finsen had a particrly gloomy expression on his face, but he didn¡¯t panic.
¡°Where is Otto¡¯s fleet now?¡±
He is still waiting for Otto¡¯s fleet toe and help him contain this serpent, waiting until the other heavens¡¯ fleets arrive, thenpletely end this serpent¡¯s life.
¡°Otto told me that it will take a while before they arrive here.¡±
The soldier said with a slight frown.
¡°Huh?¡± Finsen raised his brows and said, ¡°It has been a long time now, howe that guy and his fleet hadn¡¯t arrived?¡±
After a pause, he immediately gave the soldier an order.
¡°Go and urge them immediately. They are required to arrive here within one hour!¡±
Finsen never considered that if the fleet is too far away, rushing recklessly forward in a dangerous environment like space can result in great loss and manpower death to even advanced fleets.
To Finsen, Otto and his fleet aren¡¯t nearly as important as his and his fleet¡¯s lives.
On the other side, After hearing Finsen¡¯s new order, Otto had a particrly dissatisfied look on his face. He groaned for a moment but didn¡¯t say anything in the end.
Around him, his deputies were looking at him, waiting for his orders.
¡°Master Otto, it seems thatmander Finsen has encountered a crisis.¡±
One of the deputies suddenly said.
¡°He didn¡¯t let his Mike support him, but instead asked us to go over. He¡¯s probably afraid that Mike will be attacked again on the way.¡±
¡°After all, the speed that giant serpent is much higher than us, whether it¡¯s in the material space or hyperspace.¡±
The adjutant said with a sneer.
¡°However, he never considered whether we will be attacked by the great serpent, or whether our fleet will be damaged after rushing over.¡±
¡°How can that guy think about us? I hate xenophobic bastards like him the most!¡±
Another adjutant said with a sneer on his face.
¡°Well, everyone, what do you think, do you think we should immediately head out to help Finsen and his fleet?¡±
Otto turned his head and looked at everyone.
Everyone was stunned after hearing the usually calm Otto¡¯s vicious words. They were all angry at Finsen, hence if they say that they can¡¯t go¡
Upon thinking of this, a series of smiles appeared on the deputy¡¯s faces. They wondered that if something happened to Finsen¡¯s fleet after they don¡¯t go, will they be held ountable?
Everyone was very dissatisfied with this Finsen. From the beginning, they decided that they want nothing to do with the giant serpent¡¯s incident, but that guy constantly forced them to act.
Now that that guy ordered them to support him, If they don¡¯t, they will definitely be hated by him. If that guy releases the information back, then their eighth heaven will be in heavy trouble.
¡°Master Otto, if we can, of course, we don¡¯t want to go there, but if that guy sends a report back¡¡±
A deputy nced at hispanions, then hesitantly said to Otto.
Otto nodded and said.
¡°I know your concerns, but don¡¯t worry, we won¡¯t fall into such a bad state.¡±
¡°We can just make some excuses, anyway, we are far away from each other. Although the strength of the seventh heaven is much higher than us, it didn¡¯t reach the point where they can annihte us without any losses. If they start a war between the heavens, they won¡¯te out of this war unscathed¡±
¡°Furthermore, Finsen has likely reached the point of life and death at this time. If we go now, we won¡¯t have any good end. Not to mention that we will be treated as cannon fodder, the great serpent will also hate us even if we escape.¡±
Otto started his worries.
He knew that they had fought many times with the giant serpent, but they hadn¡¯t much entanglement. It had been most other forces taking the lead with him sitting behind, but this time, he is required to face the great serpent head on! he will surely incur its wrath if he did so.
¡°Commander, it¡¯s up to you to decide, we all listen to you.¡±
The deputies looked at each other, then didn¡¯t hesitate to say.
Hearing this, Otto took a deep breath and said.
¡°Well, since everyone is willing to listen to me, then wait for the time being. By the way, don¡¯t forget to send a message to Finsen stating that we are about to arrive.¡±
One of the deputies immediately left, and the rest started discussing the detailed n.
On the other side, after hearing Otto¡¯s reply to him, Finsen felt more at ease, but as time passed, his mood got worse and worse/
Another hour has passed but Otto and his fleet hadn¡¯t arrived. They hadn¡¯t even seen his shadow.
The battle with the great serpent has reached the critical stage, and they are barely holding it back using their defensive formation and advanced weapons.
¡°Damn, what the hell is Otto doing?¡±
Finsen couldn¡¯t help but curse.
¡°Go! Go and remind that bastard to quickly get here!¡±
Finsen¡¯s heart was trembling, the momentum of the great serpent is too great. Only about 2000 battleships remain, and they are barely holding back.
Although single attacks like ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± have high-destructive power and a strong locking effect, their efficiency isn¡¯t very high in front of such an advanced fleet.
However, Fang Yun still shuttled through the fleet, destroying one battleship after the other, consuming their inventory.
¡°My lord, our manpower is getting very strained. It¡¯s bing more and more difficult to restrain the great serpent. We won¡¯t be able to hold back for long!¡±
An adjutant reported to Finsen.
Finsen gritted his teeth and angrily said.
¡°Continue blocking that monster! Once the reinforcements arrive, we will be deal with it!¡±
He is still pinning his hopes on Otto. Unfortunately, Otto never thought about supporting them from the beginning. He is currently slowly moving forward along with his fleet, without knowing the situation of the battlefield far away.
Chapter 503: The Death of Finsen
Chapter 503: The Death of Finsen
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Quick, run! Run!¡±
The remaining spacecraft felt a sense of despair while facing Fang Yun. They couldn¡¯t see any hope of victory at all!
Many people inside the spacecraft couldn¡¯t stand such pressure and started yelling, then tried to escape.
In fact, from the beginning of the battle, such people appeared from time to time, but as soon as they appeared, they had been quickly executed.
However, as time passed, such voices sounded more and more. Now, no one is going to execute them anymore, as some spacecraft have already escaped.
Fang Yun did not chase the spacecraft that escaped. The pilots of these spaceships had copsed mentally. Furthermore, the treatment of any ce to deserters is extremely harsh. These guys will only end as hopeless vagrants, as the seventh heaven will not ept them anymore.
Maybe in the future, the seventh heaven will especially send troops to the eighth heaven to hunt these deserters.
¡°Master Finsen, our fleet haspletely copsed.¡±
Next to Finsen, an adjutant bitterly reported. His face was extremely pale, hope disappearing from his eyes.
¡°Damn it, don¡¯t they want to live anymore? Even if they don¡¯t fear the chase of the seventh heaven official troops, don¡¯t they care about their families?¡±
¡°Their families are still in the seventh heaven!¡±
Finsen said fiercely, but just after saying this, a stream of light swept across a battleship not far away from them, leaving only an orange explosion behind.
¡°That¡¯s¡¡± Finsen was frightened speechless, even he couldn¡¯t maintain his cold and arrogant image in front of death.
Not long ago, a simr sh passed by their spaceship, almost hitting it. It¡¯s theser beam of Fang Yun.
¡°Assemble the staff! We¡¯ll also withdraw.¡±
Finsen said unwillingly. After giving this order, he quickly said.
¡°Send a message to Mike immediately. Otto of the Eighth Heaven did not follow my order toe to the rescue, causing our fleet to be defeated.¡±
¡°If we die in the end, tell Mike to seek justice for us.¡±
Finsen said to his adjutants with a vicious look on his face.
The adjutants immediately dispersed like birds and beasts after hearing Otto¡¯smand, heading to execute their mission.
¡°Huh ¡¡±
Finsen heaved a sigh of relief. He slowly closed his eyes and rested. He knows that he might not be able to escape this time, but his restless emotions gradually calmed down.
¡°By the way, convey my final order to Mike. Tell him to stop chasing the great serpent with his fleet, and tell the official government of the seventh heaven to send a stronger andrger fleet. A small fleet like ours can¡¯t deal with the great serpent.¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
Hearing Finsen¡¯sst orders, the pilots in the control room gradually understood their ending. At first, but watching the calm face of theirmander, their expressions gradually settled down.
Despite knowing their fate, they still fatefully executed themander¡¯s orders, just like any other time.
Finsen might be an arrogant, foolish, and brash man, but he is truly apetent and charismaticmander, leading his soldiers to face death without fear.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Suddenly, a bright light appeared on the main control screen. Finsen widened his eyes, insisting on watching it even if his eyes stung.
¡°It seems that we still underestimated the ability of the great serpent after all¡¡±
This was Finsen¡¯sst thought.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The white lightpletely enveloped Finsen and his subordinates. A secondter, an earth-shattering explosion urred, leaving a huge orange fireball with a diameter of almost a thousand kilometers.
¡°Now, I should rush towards the fleet of the othermander of the seventh heaven, Mike.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. In the next moment, he disappeared into dark space along with the giant turtle.
The remaining battleships can¡¯t turn any waves. Only a few dozen battleships escaped from this fleet, and they are all scattered around, desperately escaping.
If they dare to gather together, Fang Yun will directly use ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± to devour them.
On the other side, Mike also got thest order from Finsen, which is:
¡°Mike, pause the attack on the giant serpent and wait until our reinforcementse.¡±
Mike was speechless. They were originally the reinforcements of the seventh heaven, but now they must ask for reinforcements¡
¡°Huh, Otto, that bastard didn¡¯t listen to master Finsen¡¯s orders?¡±
Mike frowned, his eyes widened upon learning of Finsen¡¯sst ending.
¡°Is that giant serpent that terrifying?¡±
He sighed sadly, then hesitated at the thought of announcing the suspension of this hunt.
While he was thinking about it, Fang Yun was back again. This time, with much bigger confidence. In this way, Mike and his fleet¡¯s condition became severe.
¡°Boom!¡±
As soon as Fang Yun appeared, he gave a big blow to the fleet. The ce where he appeared was the densest ce of the fleet.
It¡¯s just that, because they suffered such an attack any time, even the densest ce of the fleet wasn¡¯t filled with a lot of battleships.
¡°It¡¯s the great serpent, Attack!¡±
Mike yelled in themunication channel. His idea was to let the people of several other heavens take action with them, as without them, he can¡¯t this with this powerful creature.
The fleets of the other heavens along with theirmander have already arrived. The moment they saw Fang Yun¡¯s sudden appearance, they were shocked by his stealth skills.
In particr, Fang Yun is currently rampaging across Mike¡¯s fleet.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Under Fang Yun¡¯s bombardment, spaceships were constantly destroyed. None of them could survive a few of his strikes.
The other heavens¡¯ fleets quickly reacted and rushed to support. When they appeared, they wanted to surround Fang Yun and the giant turtle to prevent them from leaving.
In fact, the moment they started moving, Fang Yun guessed their intention, but he didn¡¯t take them seriously at all.
The fleets of the sixth and fifth heaven started cooperating with Mike¡¯s fleet, intending to seal Fang Yun¡¯s escape route andpletely deal with it in this ce.
The number of spacecraft in these two fleets isn¡¯trge, but each of their battleships is extremely powerful, above Eclipse-ss. Especially the fleet of the fifth heaven, Fang Yun felt a bit suffocated while watching their battleships.
Unfortunately, this was an unfair battle. Fang Yun held the winning key from the beginning. With the giant turtle¡¯s stealth ability, he cane and go as he pleases in any ce!
¡°Okay, let¡¯s go first.¡±
Fang Yun nodded to the giant turtle, then both of them disappeared from this space in the next moment.
Chapter 504: The Mysterious Creature
Chapter 504: The Mysterious Creature
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Damn it! It ran away.¡±
Mike cursed bitterly after seeing the giant turtle and Fang Yun disappear, but he didn¡¯t give up and ordered the nearby soldiers to look for the whereabouts of the two monsters.
¡°Everyone, themander of the seventh heaven fleet Finsen had been unfortunately sacrificed!¡±
After Mike sorted his thoughts, he shouted to the people in the fifth and sixth heaven on the public channel.
The two fleetmanders of the sixth and fifth heaven fleet didn¡¯t care about Mike¡¯s propaganda but rather asked him about the situation of Finsen¡¯s fleet
¡°Mike, what happened?¡±
¡°There were still thousands of battleships in Finsen fleet. Why were they suddenly annihted, and didn¡¯t Otto lead his fleet and rush to support?¡±
¡°How is Otto¡¯s fleet?¡±
Hearing Nadu¡¯s consecutive questions, Mike looked very angry.
¡°Stop talking about that traitor Otto! Commander Finsen asked him to rush and support him, but his shadow didn¡¯t appear from the beginning to the end.¡±
¡°That guy must have deliberately postponed his rescue. Maybe, he didn¡¯t intend to support lord Finsen from the beginning!¡±
Mike took a breath and said.
¡°Everyone, I want to ask you about how to deal with Otto?¡±
In his opinion, Otto must die! and it can¡¯t be an easy death! For the weak eighth heaven fleet that disobeyed their orders, causing the death ofmander Finsen, they must die!
¡°Contact Otto right away.¡±
Themander of the fifth heaven fleet Pound suddenly said.
¡°Okay.¡±
Nadu nodded and started contacting Otto. Not long after, Otto appeared on the projection, but Otto had an extremely tired and haggard appearance.
¡°Everyone, why did you call me?¡±
Otto said very tiredly, there was even a big bruise on his face. After taking a deep breath, he asked weakly.
¡°We were attacked by a strange creature before, we desperately fought before finally defeating it. We are now on the way, how is Finsen¡¯s side?¡±
Hearing Otto¡¯s words, Mike immediately retorted.
¡°Otto, You are talking nonsense, Commander Finsen has been asking you to quickly support him, but you repeatedly challenged his orders, and now, you say that you are still on your way. What are your intentions?!¡±
¡°Hmph, I think you just want Master Finsen to die in the hands of that giant serpent! You must be held responsible for the death of Master Finsen!¡±
¡°What, lord Finsen is dead?¡±
A look of surprise and shock appeared on Otto¡¯s face. This was not acting. He is truly surprised as to how could Finsen die so quickly.
However, the look of shock quickly disappeared from his face as he hurried to defend himself.
¡°Mike, you misunderstood me. We did encounter a strange creature.¡±
Suddenly, the scene on the holographic projection changed, turning into a scene where a fleet was encircling and suppressing a huge creature.
The behemoth that appeared on the screen is a mixture of many creatures. It¡¯s full of shining gold light, looking very powerful and majestic.
With a wave of its ws, it easily destroyed a space fighter flying near it.
¡°Huh?¡±
Mike stared at the screen with wide eyes, his fist clenched tightly.
¡°This is¡¡±
¡°This is the creature that we encountered!¡±
Otto sighed and said.
¡°This creature is extremely powerful. Even our fleet can¡¯t solve it easily. In the end, we weren¡¯t able to kill it, allowing it to escape.¡±
There was also a look of unwillingness on his face. Indeed, they encountered this creature before and fought against it.
With their powerful and huge fleet, it might not be difficult to suppress it or defeat it, but it¡¯s almost impossible to kill it. Its life-saving ability is first-ss.
In the end, they lost arge number of battleships after a bitter battle, without the slightest gain.
¡°That creature is also a pollutant.¡±
Otto sighed internally, not knowing what to say. It seems that they have discovered the second pollutant in their eighth heaven, and it¡¯s still a rtively powerful one.
At the beginning, he did think about being passive and slowly moving forward, leaving Finsen to fight by himself, but he never expected to encounter such a creature in the middle of the journey.
¡±That¡¯s perfect, exactly when I was looking for an excuse for my tardiness.¡±
Those were his thoughts at that time.
In that battle, they lost more than 3000 battleships. The losses were extremely heavy, making him feel painful, but it¡¯s worth it!
¡°Mike, it seems that you have misunderstood Otto.¡±
Themander of the sixth fleet Nadu said. From the video that Otto presented them before, it can be seen that this is not an easy to provoke creature.
Even Mike himself was puzzled. was this really the case?
He himself didn¡¯t know how to answer for a while, so he chose to be silent.
¡°Okay, Otto,e over and join us right away.¡±
Seeing that Mike remained silent, Nadu didn¡¯t mention this topic again but said to Otto, to which Otto naturally nodded and said that he is on the way.
¡°Hoof¡it seems that we survived.¡±
Otto sighed faintly, then continued leading the fleet towards the location of Mike and the other heavens¡¯ fleets.
While Otto was heading towards Mike and the others, Fang Yun swallowed Finsen¡¯s fleet in one fell swoop, then led the giant turtle toward a remote ce.
He is going to rest here for a few days, then think about how to deal with the fifth and sixth¡¯s heaven fleets.
These two fleets are very tricky to deal with, Fang Yun felt a bit of a headache at the thought of dealing with them, that¡¯s why he decided to settle down for a while and think of a countermeasure.
In addition, he is about to reach the evolution threshold. There¡¯s no way, the bio-energy provided by big fleets like those is very rich.
Fang Yun decided that for the next few days, he isn¡¯t going to attack these fleets. He is going to devour all kinds ofs first, gain a few levels, then head to deal with these fleets again.
He knows that after dealing with these fleets, the next waves of enemies will be much stronger!
At the moment, the battleships of the fifth heaven fleet can still constitute a big threat to him. Even the battleships of the sixth heaven fleet can cause great damage to him, hence he needs to proceed carefully.
Finally, on the third day after his retreat, he ate another rocky and evolved again, reaching a new level.
Chapter 505: The Arrogant Golden Behemoth
Chapter 505: The Arrogant Golden Behemoth
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun reached level 92, his skill points are now about 212, his body length has reached a terrifying 600 kilometers, and his diameter became 24 kilometers. His size is no less than some smaller moons.
No matter what kind of spaceship among the ones he encountered so far, he can swallow them with a single bite.
In fact, he can even swallow some smaller moons easily now. With his diameter of 24 kilometers, he can eat objects with a radius of up to 100 kilometers.
¡°I still don¡¯t have enough skill points to upgrade any of my skills.¡±
Fang Yun nced at his huge body, then shook his head. His body is getting bigger and bigger, making him look more powerful and terrifying, but what he cares about the most is skills.
For the current him, size increase doesn¡¯t bring him much strength increase. On the other hand, each new skill or skill upgrade can multiple his strength by several or even dozens of times. The difference is overwhelming.
¡¡¡¡
Three months have passed, during which Fang Yun had been devourings frantically. Eventually, he gained two more levels.
Besides, his reputation value reached 600 billion, giving him 98 skill points. By now, his total skill points have reached 495.
He can finally upgrade his skills.
The current path he chose is to increase his attack power, hence he didn¡¯t hesitate to upgrade ¡°Greater Antimatter Bomb¡± to level 3.
After reaching level 3, the power of this skill was greatly improved. The effect was also gratifying. Fang Yun was amazed after testing its power.
In short, a several times the size of Jupiter can be easily destroyed by it.
He tested it on multiples with a diameter of hundreds of thousands of kilometers, and they were easily smashed. Fang Yun¡¯s attack power has once again greatly increased.
These two terrifying attack skills can make him ignore the threat of the seventh heaven fleet. Even against the sixth heaven fleet, he doesn¡¯t need to worry much.
¡°For now, let¡¯s go and greet those fleets.¡± Fang Yun chuckled lightly and flew toward Mike¡¯s fleet. During the past period, he had been seriously monitoring the movements of these fleets, hence it can be said that he understood their route very well.
After about half a day, Fang Yun caught up with them.
In front of Fang Yun, there is a huge fleet moving forward. This fleet is extremelyrge. It can be clearly seen that this is a fleetposed of several smaller fleets.
¡°Huh? How did their number increase again?¡±
Fang Yun was surprised after clearly seeing the fleet because judging from the current situation, the number of battleships in that fleet has increased again.
The number of spaceships in the eighth heaven fleet branch has also changed but¡¯s not a significant increase. However, the number of battleships in the three other fleets has significantly increased.
the change is still quite small, not worth paying attention to. On the other hand, ¡¡¡¡For example, Finsen¡¯s fleet was destroyed by Fang Yun, only Mike¡¯s more than 7,000 battleships are left in the seventh heaven fleet, but now; their fleet is much more than that.
With just a rough nce, Fang Yun discovered that the seventh heaven fleet alone has more than 50,000 battleships.
In addition, the fleet of the sixth heaven has also changed from 3000 to 10,000, and the fleet of the fifth heaven has changed from 1000 to 5000 battleships.
All three fleets have new support forces.
¡°These heavens are actually sending such a huge army to the eighth heaven, don¡¯t they have no shame?¡±
Fang Yun was speechless. The number of battleships dispatched inparison with the entire military power of a single heaven might be nothing, but the battleships that they dispatched are already ones at the top of the line.
These fleets are already enough tounch a war between heavens. These guys don¡¯t take the eighth heaven as sh*t.
¡°It seems that I have to change ns.¡±
Fang Yun was originally nning to secretly attack the fleet of the seventh heaven, but now it seems that he can only give up on his idea for now. If he really fights against this fleet now, it will be game over.
The spaceships of the fifth and sixth heaven are no joke.
¡°How on earth can I separate these guys?¡±
Fang Yun thought deeply. Now, what he needs is for these fleets to be separated from each other. Even if they aren¡¯t separated into smaller fleets like before, he needs at least to separate these heavens¡¯ fleets from each other.
Now, the ships of the Seventh Heaven are no longer a threat to Fang Yun.
No matter howrge the number is, it can¡¯tpensate for their weak battleships. They are almost an ant-like existence to the current Fang Yun, each spaceship is unable to withstand a single blow from him.
But now the spaceships of the seventh heaven, the fifth heaven, and the sixth heaven are all staying together. Furthermore, the number of battleships in the seventh heaven is extremelyrge.
Even if they are just ants, it will take a lot of time to kill so many ants, and during this time gap, the other two fleets can quickly rush over to support, then it will be game over.
¡°I have to find a way to separate the seventh heaven fleet and the other two fleets.¡±
Fang Yun was in a dilemma, he bowed his head and started thinking deeply about this issue.
However, right at this moment, a golden light appeared in front of the huge fleet ahead, from which a huge golden creature appeared.
¡°Woooo!!!¡±
A shrill cry resounded in this area of space, followed by the sound of bombardment and explosions.
That area was immediately covered by a zing white light,pletely without dead ends.
¡°That guy¡¡±
Fang Yun looked at the white light in the distance with wide eyes,pletely stunned and taken aback. The creature that appeared in front of the mega fleet is one that he is very familiar with. His history with it dates back to the time when he was on the earth.
The Great Will, the golden behemoth.
Its size has be evenrger, and it seems that apart from the tremendous increase in strength, it also has a greatly increased confidence, as it immediatelyunched an attack on such a powerful fleet after appearing.
¡°Its courage is still as big as ever, but this guy gave me a chance.¡±
Fang Yun hid in the void, casually looking at the scene where the golden behemoth is causing trouble.
Although the endless light beams have obscured the appearance of the golden behemoth, it can¡¯t stop Fang Yun¡¯s sight. Under his observation, the golden behemoth is shuttling through the light rain, constantly appearing and disappearing.
Its space maniption ability is as amazing as ever.
Howling loudly, the golden behemoth shed and appeared above the mega fleet, then immediatelyunched another fierce burst of attacks on them.
Chapter 506: Virtual Space
Chapter 506: Virtual Space
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°This guy¡¯s strength is iparable to before.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the golden behemoth with a look of surprise. The current strength of the golden behemoth both shocked and puzzled him.
He still remembers that this guy was causing trouble in the Supreme Blue Empire in the ninth heaven, but at the moment he appeared in the eighth heaven with a mighty strength and is causing great trouble, just like him.
Is this guy his rival or what?
Under Fang Yun¡¯s observation, the golden behemoth¡¯s true body is hiding in the void and projecting a virtual image. All theser beams are passing straight through its body, there is no way to kill it.
However, it continued to madly attack the surrounding fleet.
From its body, densely packed tentacles flew out, each tentacle extended over a hundred kilometers before hiding in the void, the next moment it appeared, it¡¯s always above a certain battleship, dealing a fatal blow before the energy shield is deployed.
Even if some battleships reacted fast enough and deployed their energy shield, the tentacles quickly wrapped around them, then exerted extreme strength, breaking their energy shields and twisting them into deformed metal.
This attack method is very effective for these battleships. No matter how far away they hide, they are instantly tangled up by its powerful tentacles.
Soon after, a huge empty space was cleared around the golden behemoth.
¡°The skills of this golden behemoth have a great restraint on most advanced civilizations¡¯ fleets. It¡¯s simply their nemesis¡±
Fang Yun quickly made this judgment.
He felt a bit greedy for the ability of this golden behemoth. A new function was activated in the system a while ago. By consuming the energy cores of powerful creatures and spending a certain amount of skill points, he is able to get their skills.
Fang Yun wondered if he could get the skills of the golden behemoth.
He doesn¡¯t have any tentacles, hence he can¡¯t issue simr attacks like that of the golden behemoth. However, what he wants the most is the ability to hide his body in a virtual space while projecting an image into the real space.
While Fang Yun was deep in his thoughts, the opposite fleet fell into a panic.
This creature is very weird, their attacks phase through it while it can easily attack them. Not to mention that its attack power is extremely high and distance isn¡¯t a problem to it.
Even against a high-speed moving ship, its attacks never miss. At the moment, they don¡¯t have any viable way to deal with this monster.
¡°Damn it, where did such a freak pop out from?¡±
In themand ship of the Seventh Heaven, Mike looked at the scene on the projection screen and cursed bitterly. There was a huge creature in the holographic projection. It was exactly the golden behemoth that was rampaging across their fleet.
Mike watched as this cursed creature used its huge tentacles to destroy one of the seventh heaven fleet¡¯s battleships.
Originally, Mike was in a very good mood. After all, the seventh heaven¡¯s governement sent such a huge fleet as a support, making the number of their battleships in their fleet reach a terrifying 50,000. More importantly, he was appointed to be themander of such a huge fleet.
Unfortunately, luck always seems to be against him. Before he was happy for long, such a troublesome creature appeared and destroyed a lot of their battleships.
This creature seemed to know that their fleet has some of the weakest battleships in this mega fleet, hence it always concentrated on attacking them.
Anyway, in a short period of time, almost 2000 of their battleships had been destroyed.
¡±Commander Pound,mander Nadu, what should we do now?¡±
Mike didn¡¯t know what to do, hence he asked the two experiencedmanders of the fifth and sixth heaven fleet.
Themanders of the other two Heavens¡¯ fleets both seemed very annoyed because neither of them had an effective way to deal with such a rare and troublesome creature.
¡°For the moment, we can only use manpower to deal with it. The energy of this golden behemoth isn¡¯t infinite and such a powerful space skill must require a lot of energy to use, we can try to exhaust it with manpower ¡°
Pound shook his head upon hearing Nadu¡¯s proposal, he looked at the two of them and said.
¡°We have to seek an opportunity to leave this ce. Our type of battleships can¡¯t deal with this creature, we must get out of this ce, then send a special battleship to deal with it.¡±
The reason why this golden behemoth is so terrifying lies in its incredible space capabilities, granting it a very high attack power and an extreme defense. As long as that monster¡¯s body is still hiding in the void, their attacks can¡¯t reach it, coupled with its space attacks made it a very troublesome creature to deal with.
Of course, they are not without alternatives. In fact, they also have some special battleships that can ovee such creatures. It is just that because they are rarely used, these types of spacecraft are generally in a static state.
¡°But, how can we get out of here?¡±
Nadu of the sixth heaven asked.
¡°I don¡¯t think that that golden pollutant will allow us to leave easily.¡±
While saying this, they watched a huge holographic screen inside their respective battleships, on which was the golden behemoth that was still rampaging.
Even such a powerful fleet as theirs, without having a space-based attack weapon, can¡¯t cause the slightest damage to this monster, allowing it to rampage freely across their fleet.
¡°Damn it, how can we deal with that monster?¡±
Mike gritted his teeth fiercely at this time, his palms tightly clenched. The golden behemoth had been mostly focusing on his fleet, causing him veryrge losses.
He received constant calls for help from various battleships, but he is powerless. He felt very anxious, he even had the urge to fight the golden behemoth head-on!
But he knew very well that if he really did that, he would definitely be killed by that golden behemoth. Theirmand ship isn¡¯t much stronger than those battleships that the golden behemoth destroyed.
¡°Everyone! try to spread out as much as possible, then besiege this monster fiercely! I don¡¯t believe that it can keep that virtual state forever!¡±
Mike yelled angrily in the microphone. His loud voice rang out through the entire control center.
ording to his order, the seventh heaven began to disperse. At the same time, they all fired at the golden behemoth. Countlessser beams passed through its body, but they didn¡¯t cause it the slightest damage.
¡°Nadu, Pound, what are you doing?¡±
Mike yelled angrily at Nadu and Pound.
¡°What are you waiting for? Try your best to attack!¡±
Mike was very upset because If this continues, he might be a lonelymander. If that happens, he will be finished.
No soldiers? What would be the point of his existence?
Perhaps, he doesn¡¯t have to worry about that. If his fleet is consumed, he will certainly be killed by this golden behemoth.
Chapter 507: Fang Yun’s Interference
Chapter 507: Fang Yun¡¯s Interference
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The fifth and sixth heaven fleet noticed this issue a long time ago. The golden behemoth discovered that the average level of battleships in the seventh heaven fleet is quite low and that it is the weak point of the fleet.
Hence, both fleets shrank back a bit and allowed the seventh heaven fleet to be the one to bear the brunt of the attack.
¡°Hmph! do you think you can escape?¡±
Mike was very angry at Nadu and Pound¡¯s actions.
¡°This creature has remembered your fleets. Even if you leave now, it will look for and attack youter on!¡±
¡°Now, it¡¯s the best time for us to kill it!¡±
Mike¡¯s roar created some ripples in the hearts of the officers of the fifth and sixth fleet, especially Nadu and Pound.
¡°Sir?¡±
Besides the two of them, subordinates looked at theirmanders and waited for their instructions.
The two of them pondered for a while, then felt that Mike¡¯s words do make sense. Furthermore, they are a bit embarrassed to be caught in the act of using their allies as a shield, hence they didn¡¯t shrink back anymore.
On the contrary, they joined hands with the seventh heaven fleet and started besieging the golden behemoth.
However, amid the battle, they inevitably lost their manpower. Many of their battleships couldn¡¯t stand the never-ending attacks of the golden behemoth and exploded, leaving brilliant explosions behind.
¡°By the way, Mike, is this golden behemoth the one that Otto¡¯s fleet encountered?¡±
Suddenly, amongst the projections of themanders, Pound asked. Mike was stunned upon hearing Pound¡¯s question. After thinking for a moment, it seems that this is indeed the case.
¡°Yes, the pollutant that Otto encountered before should be this one.¡±
Mike was surprised upon thinking of this. Looking at the fight closely, the strength of this golden behemoth isn¡¯t actually that high. Facing the advanced battleships of the sixth and fifth heaven, it often needs dozens of attacks before destroying a battleship.
The thing that made it so terrifying is its space maniption ability.
¡°Call Otto now!¡±
Mike groaned, then suddenly said to one of his subordinates.
The subordinate immediately started operating on the control board, a momentter, a new projection appeared in the control center. It was Otto.
¡°What¡¯s the matter? Our fleet is currently moving towards your location. Nothing happened, right?¡±
¡°We are under attack.¡±
Mike paused for a moment before continuing.
¡°However, it¡¯s not the great serpent but another creature, and this creature has attacked you before.¡±
After Mike finished speaking, he sent the previous battle video to Otto.
Not long after, Otto also replied.
¡°Mike, what¡¯s the matter with you? You encountered that golden behemoth?¡±
He looked particrly surprised as if hearing something shocking, and it was indeed shocking to him.
Otto asked with a puzzled expression on his face.
¡°Although that creature did cause us a lot of trouble, its own strength is indeed exceptionally powerful and it can change size at will, it should be a rtively strong level 1 pollutant.¡±
¡°What¡¯s the matter? with the power of your fleet, that creature shouldn¡¯t cause much trouble?¡±
Otto felt very puzzled. He didn¡¯t understand why Mike had such a solemn expression while talking about that creature?
In his opinion, the strength of this creature was far inferior to that of the giant serpent. Besides, Otto felt that Mike wouldn¡¯t show such an expression even if he encountered the great serpent, especially in front of him.
Even he can see traces of panic on Mike¡¯s face.
¡°This creature shouldn¡¯t have used all of its during itsst encounter with you.¡±
Mike exined to Otto their current predicament and after hearing his exnation, Otto himself was shocked.
ording to Mike¡¯s description, this golden behemoth is indeed very tricky. During its fight against them during thest time, it didn¡¯t show such a BUG-like ability.
¡°That kind of ability is too foul¡¡±
Otto imagined the result of theirst battle if the golden pollutant used that skill. The result would have been disastrous. Otto¡¯s mouth twitched upon thinking of that.
It seems that they were lucky before. They aren¡¯t powerful enough to push that creature to the point of using that skill.
¡°We¡¯lle over right away!¡±
Otto immediately said to Mike and the othermander, then led his fleet to the war zone.
Originally, he didn¡¯t really want to meet with Mike and the other heavens¡¯ fleets. He wanted to act alone, but he never expected to inexplicably dodge such an incident.
Soon, Otto and his fleet arrived in the area of the battlefield. At the moment, the tragic battle is still going on.
However, it¡¯s mainly Mike¡¯s fleet that is being mmed around.
¡°They don¡¯t have the power to resist at all.¡±
Ottomented while watching the battle between the seventh heaven fleet and the golden behemoth.
At this time, Mike felt that he was about to copse. The golden behemoth seems to be very ¡®enthusiastic¡¯ about his fleet, always taking ¡®special care¡¯ of it.
Although the fifth and sixth heaven fleet has suffered some damage, their losses are insignificantpared to the seventh heaven fleet.
¡°The energy of goldy should be almost exhausted, right?¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. As expected, after such a long high-intensity battle, the golden behemoth gradually slowed down, a few minutester, it suddenly disappeared into the void.
¡°Good opportunity!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes light up upon seeing this scene.
At this moment, he didn¡¯t care about Mike¡¯s fleet, Otto¡¯s fleet, or the sixth and fifth heaven¡¯s fleets.
The most important thing in his eyes is the golden behemoth that has disappeared into the void.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate, he directly pulled it out from the void using gravity.
When the golden behemoth reappeared, The people that finally started to rx, became nervous again.
¡°Roar!!!¡°
The golden behemoth that was forcibly pulled out of space released an angry roar. At the same time, its eyes started scanning around.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
Themanders of the fleet looked at each other with a bewildered expression.
Chapter 508: Terrifying Blow
Chapter 508: Terrifying Blow
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Huh?¡±
Inside themand ship of the seventh heaven fleet, Mike watched with wide eyes as the golden behemoth reappeared.
¡°Wasn¡¯t this monster going to run? Why did it appear again?¡±
He knew that the golden behemoth should be running low on energy, hence he heaved a sigh of relief as he watched it leave.
Previously, the golden behemoth kept mostly attacking his fleet. This filled him with abnormal worry, fearing that his fleet would lose too many battleships, causing him to be branded as an ipetentmander or worse, dying at the hands of the golden behemoth.
He didn¡¯t think about killing the golden behemoth here, because it¡¯s almost impossible to keep it due to its unsolvable space ability, not to mention its strength.
If they insist on fighting it to the end, they might be able to exhaust it to death, but they will pay a heavy price.
Fortunately, the golden behemoth left in the end due to energy exhaustion. Just as he was about to heave a sigh of relief, the golden behemoth appeared again.
His poor heart can¡¯t stand so much simtion.
¡°Roar!!¡±
A huge roar sounded from the mouth of the golden behemoth. Of course, sound can¡¯t be transmitted in space, but the resulting electromaic fluctuations were captured and tranted by the instrument of their spaceship, hence they clearly heard the anger in its roar.
None of them knew what the roar of the golden behemoth meant, but thought that it was provoking them again.
In response, the fifth heaven and the sixth heaven fleet, as well as Mike¡¯s fleet, once again furiouslyunched an attack on the golden behemoth.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡°
Countlessser beams flew towards the golden behemoth. In desperation, this golden behemoth could only continue to run around and dodge theser beams.
¡°Roar!!¡°
The golden behemoth knows that its energy is running low, and if it continues fighting like this, its energy will fall into a dangerously low state.
At that time, maybe it will face a fatal crisis.
However, no matter how many times it tried to leave, it was pulled out by a mysterious force, hence it roared angrily and started to frantically look around.
Unfortunately, no matter how it searched, it hadn¡¯t had the slightest discovery. Fang Yun and the giant turtle are still hiding in the deepest part of the void. Conventional methods are unable to detect their existence.
The golden behemoth was passively attacked by the surrounding spaceships, due to exhaustion, its movements gradually got sluggish, causing someser beams tond on its body, creating giant holes, from which the other end of the starry sky can be clearly seen.
¡°Hehe, if this goes on, it will definitely be a situation where both sides will suffer. I don¡¯t know how long can this golden behemothst and if it has any other abilities.¡±
Fang felt that between the golden behemoth and this mega fleet, the mega fleet has a much higher chance of winning. Not for any other reason, just that that fleet is too big.
If they insist on using the crowd strategy, then the golden behemoth will only get exhausted and die in the end.
What he needs to do now is to stop this golden behemoth when it¡¯s going to escape.
After another three hours, the golden behemoth once again wanted to escape, but it was pulled out of the hyperspace by Fang Yun again. It roared angrily, frantically trying to find the culprit, but it was helpless. It¡¯s unable to find his traces at all!
¡°Gulp!¡±
Otto was shocked and terrified by the heaven-shattering battle in the distance!
¡°This golden behemoth is too powerful, it didn¡¯t show the majority of its powerst time!¡±
Otto felt extremely lucky. Fortunately, this behemoth didn¡¯t seriously fight with themst time. Otherwise, he wouldn¡¯t be standing here at the moment.
Just as he was watching the battle with an amazed expression, he suddenly saw that the golden behemoth suddenly separated out nine projections, as if it were performing a certain kind of incarnation technique.
These nine projections are further separated into nine projections each. After repeating this process a few more times, soon there were thousands of ¡®golden behemoths¡¯ in this space area.
These golden behemoths all shot out their tentacles at the same time, filling an area with a radius of millions of miles with tens of thousands of tentacles. In a moment, more than one-third of the battleships on this battlefield were destroyed.
¡°Boom!! Boom! Boom!¡°
After this blow, the projections of these golden behemoths converged in one single body, then stood quietly in space, countless tentacles moved around its body.
¡°Gulp!¡±
In themand ship of the Eighth Heaven Fleet, Otto¡¯s eyes were about to pop out as he watched this scene.
In an instant, a single blow destroyed one-third of the fleet¡¯s battleships. How terrifying is this golden behemoth?
Of course, because he had arrived in this area quite recently, and he stood in a corner more than 10 million miles away from the battlefield, his fleet wasn¡¯t affected.
But the current situation is enough to scare him, hence he immediately gave orders to his subordinates to slowly retreat. They must never draw the attention of that monster.
This giant behemoth is an existence they can¡¯t afford to provoke.
¡°Tsk tsk, it seems that this golden behemoth had a great adventure, hence it was able to greatly increase its strength.¡±
After Fang Yun saw the shocking performance of the golden behemoth, he couldn¡¯t help but sigh in amazement, but he could see that after sending such a terrifying blow, the golden behemoth is almostpletely exhausted.
It¡¯s just barely trying to maintain such a majestic appearance.
As long as this fleet continues to attack it fiercely, then the golden behemoth will be unable to resist for long. Almost certainly dying.
Unfortunately, the shocking blow that the golden behemoth just issued seemed to scare the three fleetmanders silly.
The faces of Mike, Nadu, and Pound were white due to fright.
Instead of continuing to attack the golden behemoth, the three fleets quickly turned around and started fleeing.
It¡¯s too terrifying, they have no way to solve this golden behemoth.
¡°Roar!¡°
In the face of the provocative roar of the golden behemoth, the fleet fled even faster. Mike, Nadu, and Pound didn¡¯t even bother to try and keep the fleet formation anymore, they just wanted to get away from this ce.
Chapter 509: Fear and Panic
Chapter 509: Fear and Panic
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Seeing the panicked appearance of the fleet, the Golden Behemoth took the opportunity to send several more attacks, smashing hundreds of spaceships, then turned and fled.
Because it didn¡¯t jump into the hyperspace this time, the golden behemoth was able to smoothly leave.
¡°Compared with the beginning, less than one-third of this fleet remains.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the fleeing fleet andmented internally. For the golden behemoth, Fang Yun is sure that after such a fierce battle, it will hide and rest for a long time.
No matter how bad its regeneration abilities are, it should have some way to heal itself. Fang Yun remembers that the golden behemoth healed itself using some mysterious method in the past.
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that the way the golden behemoth healed itself before is through consuming the life force of the intelligent creatures it infected.
Not long ago, it used most of the infected people believing in it to increase its strength, hence, for now, it doesn¡¯t have many more believers to consume.
This golden behemoth fled far away, looking for a hidden ce to rest and heal its injuries.
It¡¯s just that, upon until now, the golden behemoth is still thinking about who pulled it out from the hyperspace before.
After a long time, it came to the conclusion that some powerful creature should be the mastermind, and it¡¯s being targeted by it now.
This is why the Golden Behemothunched that critical strike at the end, directly destroying the psychological defenses of the leaders of the fleet and causing them to quickly flee. It didn¡¯t want to entangle that fleet anymore.
The golden behemoth galloped cautiously in space, guarding against an attack that maye at any time.
On the other side, Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about the fleeing fleet, but just silently followed behind the golden behemoth?
He is very concerned about this golden behemoth.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
The giant serpent and the giant turtle moved forward together, hiding deep in the void. Soon after, the figure of the golden behemoth appeared in front of them.
At this time, the golden behemoth was just trying to enter the hyperspace, but it was promptly pulled out by Fang Yun.
¡°Roar!!¡±
The golden behemoth immediately knew that the creature that was targeting it is nearby. It should have tracked it to this ce.
It roared angrily, then started to frantically search for Fang Yun¡¯s location.
¡°Roar!¡±
The golden behemoth roared deeply again, which made Fang Yun even more sure of his conjecture.
This kind of roar might sound scary on the surface, but the weakness behind it can¡¯t be hidden. Most animals roar like this when facing a strong threat.
Anyway, the golden behemoth can¡¯t pose any threat to the current Fang Yun.
Therefore, he didn¡¯t hesitate to use ¡°Greater Anti-matter Bomb¡± to send several waves of attacks towards the golden behemoth.
¡°Boom! Boom!!¡±
Facing such a sudden violent attack, the golden behemoth was directly blown into many flesh pieces, scattered in space.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun roared excitedly, then quickly rushed over while sending another ¡°Greater Antimatter Bomb¡±, the golden behemoth¡¯s remaining pieces of flesh suddenly exploded, turning into gold light, then instantly disappeared into space.
Fang Yun watched this scene with wide eyes. He never expected the golden behemoth to have such a foul ability.
It¡¯s a pity that this guy escaped once again.
However, since it¡¯s still in the eighth heaven, they will meet again in the future. At that time, he will have the chance to deal with it again, so Fang Yun is not particrly anxious.
He swallowed the flesh and blood of the golden behemoth that was hovering in space. Just these residual pieces of flesh provided him with more than 700 million bio-energy points, which he didn¡¯t expect.
Just some residual limbs and pieces of meat can provide so much bio-energy. If he eats the golden behemoth whole, he will definitely get billions of bio-energy points.
After eating, Fang Yun left this area again, heading to watch the previous fleet.
Of the current alliance-fleet, only Otto¡¯s branch is rtively well-preserved. He still has more than 10,000 ships. On the other hand, the seventh heaven originally had more than 50,000 battleships, but now, Only more than ten thousand remains.
In addition, the fifth heaven and sixth heaven fleet were also heavily damaged
Currently, the three fleets contacted their headquarters, reporting the situation of the previous battle and the heavy losses they had.
The senior officials of the three heavens were all taken aback after hearing their reports. A second pollutant has appeared in the eighth heaven.
And it seems that its strength is not low.
The allied fleet of their three heavens has suffered heavy losses.
Although the loss of these battleships can hardly affect these powerful heavens, the leaders responsible for this operation still felt pain.
Especially the seventh heaven, the number of battleships they lost in this expedition is more than 50,000!
Furthermore, these weren¡¯t ordinary battleships.
¡°What to do now, everyone?¡±
In the projection, Mike asked Nadu and Pound.
¡°With the addition of another powerful pollutant, we must be even more careful in our next operations.¡±
Pound said to the two of them in the fifth heaven.
¡°Moreover, It¡¯s unknown whether the two pollutants have any rtionship. If they cooperate to attack our fleet, then we will almost be certainly annihted with our current fleet.¡±
Pound¡¯s face had a very solemn expression.
He has regarded the two pollutants as extremely powerful opponents. It can even be said that their identities might have changed after this battle.
Previously, all of them regarded the great serpent and the golden behemoth as prey, but their identities can be said to be reversed after thest battle.
¡°Haah!¡±
Pound sighed helpless, hoping that the two pollutants don¡¯t have a cooperative rtionship, otherwise their fleet will be finished.
¡°Hoof¡¡±
On the other side of the projection, Mike¡¯s face was filled with worries after hearing Pound conjecture.
He even started regretting why he had to ept this mission ande to the eighth heaven.
Facing two high-level pollutants at once caused him to fall into fear and confusion.
Chapter 510: Doron’s Awe
Chapter 510: Doron¡¯s Awe
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Doron!!¡±
The door of the dormitory was pushed open, then a student rushed in. Doron, who was using his optical brain to surf the Inte, looked at the guy that barged in with a helpless expression on his face.
¡°Nara, Can¡¯t you enter normally for once? You startled me!¡±
After hearing what Doron said, the young man called Nara smiled slyly and said.
¡°Doron, big news! Another high-level pollutant appeared in our eighth heaven!¡±
¡°Eh¡¡±
Doron was taken aback. The corners of his mouth twitched as he looked at the excited Nara. For this strange friend of his, he is helpless.
¡°Nara, This isn¡¯t something to be happy about! What are you so excited about?¡±
¡°Oh my god! Now that I think of it, our eighth heaven won¡¯t be ruined by these two monsters, right?¡±
The excitement on Nara¡¯s face subsided. He took a deep breath and said.
¡°Damn, I didn¡¯t think about this, Doron. I was just excited that something so rare happened in our eighth heaven¡±
Doron was speechless again. He sat back on his seat with a dignified expression, immediately operated his own optical brain. He is going to watch the discussions about this incident in the Academy¡¯s forum.
¡°It seems that the official governments of the major heavens have rejected the intention of the Sakura Academy to help. Only elite students can participate in this war through employment.¡±
Doron can guess the ideas of the major governments. They just don¡¯t want a giant like Sakura Academy to participate in the battle for the giant serpent and the golden behemoth.
Why? They probably don¡¯t want to share the benefits. There might even be a deeper political reason behind this.
After thest period, Doron¡¯s hatred for that giant serpent has gradually faded. After all, its strength is really terrifying. It doesn¡¯t make much sense for a weak person to hold anger and hatred for a transcendent creature.
Especially since he joined the vanguard fleet led by Ottost time, and saw its terrifying strength. He barely escaped with his life, he doesn¡¯t want to participate in this matter anymore.
In the following period of time, the results of the battle between the great serpent and the major heavens¡¯ fleet spread through the universe, but most of the news highlighted the power of the giant serpent.
Thebined fleet of several heavens couldn¡¯t deal any damage to the great serpent and was repeatedly yed with like a clown.
At this point, Doron knew that this giant python was no longer something he could hate.
At the moment, his only wish is for this creature to leave the eighth heaven as soon as possible. He doesn¡¯t want to see the residents of the eighth heaven suffer due to the battle between the great serpent and the other heavens¡¯ fleets.
The appearance of two high-level pollutants is definitely explosive news, especially in ces where young people gather. Sakura Academy¡¯s Forum was filled with discussions about this matter.
This forum is the general forum of all Sakura Academy¡¯s branches. As long as they are the students of Sakura Academy, no matter which branch they are in, they can gather and have conversations as they please.
Previously, there were many people talking about the great serpent, but they were mostly the students of the seventh and eighth branches. But now, even students from the fifth and sixth heavens have also joined the discussion.
¡°This giant serpent is definitely a level 4 pollutant. It is reported that the headquarters are nning to move this monster¡¯s ranking on the hunting list to the top 1,000, but they hadn¡¯t decided the specific ranking yet.¡±
As soon as he entered the forum, Doron saw this post at the peak of the leaderboard.
He was shocked again, the top 1000 on the hunting list. Monsters at this level are basically in the fifth heaven and up. Furthermore, they always have special fleets monitoring their actions.
Every once in a while, the official governments of the heavens and Sakura Academy will mobilize their most powerful fleets to hunt those powerful monsters.
However, there are few sessful hunts. Some of these creatures at the top of the list have existed for thousands of years, maybe even tens of thousands of years.
Their might and power are unimaginable to the average person.
And now, the great serpent is also about to be ranked in the top 1000. Is it already so powerful?
¡°Doron, is this giant serpent really that powerful?¡±
Nara was already sitting next to Doron. The two browsed the content posts on the optical intelligent brain together, eximing from time to time at the posts that the Academy¡¯s students posted.
Doron sighed upon hearing Nadu¡¯s question.
¡°I think it makes sense for the Academy to list that guy in the top 1,000.¡±
¡°Look! Four heavens have dispatched several fleets with no results! The great serpent is still freely wandering across our heaven.¡±
Upon saying this, Doron helplessly shook his head.
¡°Wasn¡¯t the huge loss of the alliance fleet due to the attack of the second high-level pollutant?¡±
Nara asked suspiciously.
¡°From the previous news, it seemed that the alliance fleet was about to copse due to the continuous attack of the great serpent. They lost a lot of battleships¡±
Doron hesitated, then said.
¡°Anyway, the giant serpent is definitely a difficult foe to deal with. Moreover, it¡¯s always insisting to stay in our eighth heaven, really¡¡±
He didn¡¯t know what to say.
¡°Okay, Doron.¡±
Nara kept his optimism. He patted Doron¡¯s shoulder and said.
¡°Don¡¯t worry too much. The other three heavens won¡¯t remain silent after such a loss. They will definitely send a bigger and much more powerful fleet.¡±
¡°In addition, Sakura Academy will definitely intervene in this matter.¡±
Doron also nodded.
In the past, the four heavens were able to exclude the Sakura Academy from this matter, but after several losses and defeats, the Academy has a valid reason to join in.
¡°I hope that these two monsters can be killed as soon as possible.¡±
Doron prayed internally.
At the same time, his heart was filled with awe and fear of the vast universe. In such a short period of time, two high-level pollutants popped out one after the other.
The universe is so vast, how many simr creatures are hidden in the dark space?
This is only the eighth heaven. What about the seventh, sixth, and fifth heavens that have a muchrger area?
¡°The number of high-level pollutants may be much more than what we know.¡±
Doron sighed inwardly.
After a while, he recovered, then continued to browse the forum with Nara. They saw a lot of analysis about the giant serpent, all of which were analyzed based on its battle videos.
Doron and Nadu wondered where these students got that video. However, upon remembering that students from the fifth heaven branch are also discussing this matter, they weren¡¯t so surprised anymore.
Chapter 511: Luxurious Fleet
Chapter 511: Luxurious Fleet
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The fifth branch of Sakura Academy is particrly difficult to enter. Not only can it be described as the headquarters of Sakura Academy. The talents it absorbs are not just the top talents of the Fifth Heaven but also the top talents of several other heavens;
The top students of the fifth heaven¡¯s branch can wear a specialbat uniform. Their appearance isn¡¯t different from ordinary people most times, but if they switch tobat mode, theirbat uniforms will be extended to wrap their whole body.
This kind ofbat uniform is called a life mecha.
Thebat abilities of these students are much higher than those who drive singlemand battleships.
These students can be considered a perfectbination of strength and sensitivity.
They can not only fight in interster and gctic battlefields, but also in some small areas, such ass. No matter what type of location they are in, they can exert unimaginablebat effectiveness.
The reason these people can adapt to any environment is that their bodies are fused with silicon-based lifeforms.
Upon switching to abat state, the silicon-based lifeform will cover them, followed by the mechayer on the surface. This will not affect the students¡¯ power and agility but will improve their endurance and resistance to outside forces and environments.
Of course, not everyone can integrate with silicon-based lifeforms. Only the top-level students of the fifth heaven that had cultivated excellent physical fitness and willpower can do so.
Each one of these students is either rich or has a strong background. Even if some students didn¡¯t have a strong background at first, there will be many forces looking for them and willing to provide them with resources.
Whether it¡¯s a beggar from the most remote or the prince of an Empire, as long as they can be a top student, they will be sought after by many forces, and for such students, it¡¯s not difficult to get these battle videos.
¡°That means that there are some top students from the fifth heaven branch here, and they are interested in the great serpent.¡±
Doron read that post carefully and suddenly saw a notice from the post owner. It¡¯s a student from the fifth heaven. He said that he was nning to join the hunt of the great serpent and asked if someone was willing to go with him.
However, he has a requirement, one needs to be a blue rank student to go with him.
Doron knew that the fifth heaven branch¡¯s students were divided into ranks, and it¡¯s much stricter than the eighth, seventh, and sixth heaven branches.
There is a huge gap between students at each rank.
The blue-ranked students are already top level, and this level of students already has a life mecha.
The students of the fifth heaven branch are divided into five ranks. From the button to the top, they are respectively. Red, orange, yellow, blue, and purple.
The student that released that post is a Purple-ranked student.
If he recruits enough people, he might actually be able to hunt down the great serpent, provided that the great serpent is still alive before they reach the eighth heaven.
Doron knows that the governments of these heavens will not give up after suffering such great losses. More importantly, they must solve the giant serpent before Sakura Academy can intervene.
Otherwise, they must share the harvest they got from hunting the great serpent with Sakura Academy.
This is indeed the case.
Now, in addition to the eighth heaven. The seventh heaven, the sixth heaven, and the fifth heaven official are all preparing a new fleet to send towards the eighth heaven.
They are nning to go all out this time. They are preparing to form an extremely luxurious and super powerful fleet. One that will end this incident once and for all.
¡¡¡¡
Three months have passed.
In the endless universe, this time might be just a blink of an eye, but it¡¯s enough for the three major heavens to prepare. After all, the official government is very firm and can¡¯t tolerate verbosity this time. Hence, they were able to quickly form an extremelyrge fleet.
The first fleet is that of the Seventh Heaven. This time, it has pulled up a super-powerful fleet of 200,000 battleships.
The sixth heaven has sent a fleetposed of 100,000 battleships.
The fifth heaven has sent the least number of battleships, about 50,000, but without a doubt, it¡¯s the strongest out of the three.
The ships dispatched from the three heavens can be considered rtively powerful in their respective heavens.
Of course, these heavens dare not dispatch their most powerful battleships. After all, there are some special pollutants in their home field.
They need their fleet to stare at them all the time to prevent them from doing anything that can harm their civilization.
The super-luxurious fleet dispatched by the three heavens isn¡¯t a secret, hence many people know about it. It can be said that the three heavens finally took the great serpent seriously.
They really want tounch a final battle this time.
If that monster is truly a level 4 pollutant, this luxurious fleet is more than enough to hunt it.
After all, there have been rted cases in the past. A level 4 pollutant fought against a conjoined fleet of several heavens. That fleet wasn¡¯t nearly as luxurious as this one, but it still died in the end.
¡°It should be possible to win this time.¡±
In the bedroom, Doron looked at the information of the fleet posted by someone on the forum. Although he said so, his heart was still rapidly drumming.
The great serpent has left a great shadow on him.
Can they really win this time?
It wasn¡¯t just Doron that was looking forward to this battle. Many reporters from all corners of the heavens were also looking forward to this battle.
Some adventurous and dedicated reporters were also stationed on the battleships in the war fleet. bringing first-hand news to everyone.
In the boundless space, a huge fleet of more than 300,000 battleships was quietly moving forward. Their goal is the eighth heaven.
This huge fleet¡¯s formation formed a huge star shark, asionally making a space jump, as if a giant shark jumping out and back into the water, then disappearing in the deep sea.
After a short while, they got out from the hyperspace again, quickly moving forward in the dark space.
After another two months, this luxurious fleet finally reached.
Chapter 512: The Involvement of Sakura Academy
Chapter 512: The Involvement of Sakura Academy
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
During this period of time, many eyes focused on the eighth heaven. A lot of great powers were paying attention to them, including powers from the fifth heaven and up.
No way, this incident is a bit big.
However, the more advanced heavens just paid attention, nothing more. After all, it¡¯s just amotion caused by a level 4 pollutant. Pollutants of this level aren¡¯t particrly rare in their heaven and they are being hunted quite frequently.
Of course, the sixth and fifth heaven also didn¡¯t care at first, but after such a huge loss, they had to seriously get involved. Even if it¡¯s to calm the anger of the pilots¡¯ rtives. They have enough reasons to deal with the serpent and golden pollutants.
What¡¯s more, even for the powers of the fifth heaven, level 4 pollutants are very attractive. There might be creatures of this level in their home field, but they rarelyunch a decisive battle to hunt them as this will cause great damage to the environment.
Creatures of such level usually have great vitality and many life-saving methods. It often takes many battles across a lot of battlefields before the hunting can bepleted
For example, in thest battle against the golden behemoth. The reason why the scope of the battlefield didn¡¯t expand or why the golden behemoth didn¡¯t escape is due to Fang Yun¡¯s obstruction.
In an ordinary situation, the fight against such creatures can spread over hundreds to thousands of light-years, affecting countlesss and small civilizations.
Therefore, without enough understanding of the targeted creature, and without enough certainty, the higher-ups of the fifth heaven aren¡¯t willing to fight against such creatures in their home field.
This caused the number of captured or hunted level 4 pollutants and above to be quite rare.
Fortunately, they don¡¯t have to worry about this issue this time as the battlefield isn¡¯t in their home heaven.
¡°Unexpectedly, they sent such a huge fleet this time.¡±
Otto stood in the control center of themand ship. He had already received the news that an extremelyrge fleet was heading towards them.
¡°These three heavens, it seems that their governments are truly angry this time.¡±
Otto touched his chin and analyzed.
¡°They sent such a huge fleet¡ It¡¯s okay if they seed. If most of this fleet is destroyed here. The atmosphere across these three heavens and even the universe will explode!¡±
He knew very well that once the news of their defeat is passed back, it would definitely cause a huge uproar. At that time, unknown consequences will ur.
Otto was not worried about this. He just thought that if this happens, the three heavens might experience a crisis.
After all, there are still many powerful creatures in their heavens that need to be guarded, but they expanded many of the battleships guarding them to that super fleet.
Once a certain powerful creature does out of control, things will go back in a bad direction.
Worst case scenario, this might cause a chain of idents, creating turbulence across their entire heaven.
¡°I¡¯m thinking too much, now I should think about how to keep my life wisely.¡±
Otto doesn¡¯t have the slightest intention to get involved in the hunt against the great serpent. Now what he is thinking about is how to keep himself out of this matter.
There are still more than 10,000 battleships left in his fleet, all rtively intact. Now he is staying with Mike, Nadu, and Pound¡¯s fleet. The three fleets are rtively close, while he is quite far away.
It¡¯s not that he wanted this. It¡¯s these three fleets that excluded him.
After the previous battle, the threemanders trusted each other much more due to the life and death experience together. Unfortunately, Otto wasn¡¯t included.
In fact, Otto is happy to see these three fleets excluding him. Anyway, He doesn¡¯t want to integrate into their circle, hence he didn¡¯t approach them.
The reason why he did this is that he still retains an illusion in his heart.
That is, his fleet didn¡¯t sh much with the great serpent, hence they didn¡¯t form a grudge against each other. If the great serpent attacks them, it will most likely attack the three heavens joint fleet first, giving him the time to getaway.
¡°That creature is very wise. It should have noticed something.¡±
The giant serpent hadn¡¯t appeared for a long time. Even after the appearance of the golden behemoth, the giant serpent didn¡¯t join in.
Otto is sure that the giant serpent has noticed the iing danger, hence it didn¡¯t appear for such a long time.
¡°I hope it never shows up.¡±
Otto didn¡¯t want to continue fighting. He felt that it would the best if this incident ends like this. Unfortunately, this is just his expectation, which is unlikely to be fulfilled.
In the quiet space, two separate fleets wandered in tandem. The bigger one in front and the smaller ones in the back. They had no goals. They are just the defeated losers waiting for the reinforcements.
Mike, Nadu, and Pound were talking.
What they need to do now is not to fight against the giant serpent, but to live until the reinforcements arrive.
¡°Hoof¡¡±
Through the holographic projection, Mike heaved a sigh of relief.
¡°Our reinforcements have arrived in the Eighth Heaven and areing here. They will arrive soon.¡±
¡°We had been very careful these days, but we must be even more careful at the critical moment. ¡°
Nadu said with a dignified expression on his face.
¡°Nadu, haven¡¯t you been in contact with the iing fleet? When will they arrive?¡±
Pound, who rarely speaks, asked. To which Nadu replied.
¡°ording to their calction, They should arrive in two days. Not only is ourrge armying over, but Sakura Academy is also sending its own fleet.¡±
¡°Sakura Academy?¡±
Pound raised his brows.
¡°Are those students alsoing to participate in this matter?¡±
¡°What kind of fleet are they sending?¡±
Nadu shook his head.
¡°It¡¯s not clear for the time being.¡±
¡°No one in the official army knows who Sakura Academy is sending this time.¡±
¡°Will Sakura Academy dispatch any advancedbat power this time?¡±
¡°I guess so.¡±
Nadu said uncertainly.
Hearing that, Pound was silent, he did not speak anymore, obviously thinking about this matter
After so many battles and losses, they felt disgusted at the fact that Sakura Academy intervened this time to reap the benefits. The higher management also doesn¡¯t want Sakura Academy to intervene.
Sakura Academy is an extremely powerful independent institution, even the government can¡¯t mess with them lightly. if they intervene, it will definitely be more than just a piece of the pie. Maybe they will bite a big piece of meat
Chapter 513: Growth and Arrival
Chapter 513: Growth and Arrival
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun has gained two more levels, reaching level 95. His body length has finally broken through a thousand kilometers, reaching 1,500 kilometers, his diameter has also reached 60 kilometers, finally ssing him in small celestial bodies territory.
His length has reached the standard of smalls. In fact, it¡¯s difficult to describe his size in words. He could easily carry the entire earth¡¯s human race on his back. It would be absolutely terrifying for any enemy to face him.
Back on the blue, most ordinary humans would be terrified to face ordinary tigers, elephants, and rhinos. The concept of a 1500 kilometers long snake is difficult to imagine for most people.
After this upgrade, the bio-energy required for the next upgrade is 180 billion points. Fang Yun was numb to the increasing bio-energy requirements a long time ago.
Fortunately, there might be a viable alternative.
Fang Yun felt an extremelyrge and powerful fleet ising here. Devouring that fleet is enough to make him evolve many times.
Of course, the premise is that he can destroy it.
After this evolution, he got 94 skill points. It¡¯s also worth mentioning that his reputation value has increased significantly, reaching 700 billion, granting him 205 skill points.
His total skill points reached 497. Because he is likely going to receive intensive firepower next, and that his offensive skills have enough power for the moment, Fang Yun decided to change things a bit.
His attack skills are the following:
¡°Life Plunder¡±, ¡°Greater Antimatter Bomb¡±, ¡°Space Copse¡±, and ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±.
So what Fang Yun needs now is a defensive skill.
After making this decision, he decisively upgraded ¡°Advanced Space Barrier¡±, upgrading it to level 2.
To be honest, Fang Yun still felt that his defense is a bit low, but he doesn¡¯t have enough skill points to upgrade this skill for the moment.
Fortunately, his reputation value is rapidly increasing. It won¡¯t take for it to reach 720 billion points, hence he will soon receive another batch of skill points.
¡°Before thatrge fleetes over, we will first solve the previous remnant fleet.¡±
Although Fang Yun had been devouring variouss in the past period of time.
However, he checked on the three heavens remnant fleet from time to time.
He knew that they were waiting for reinforcements.
During this period, he was very honestly wandering around, but he also knew very well that this cowardly fleet will definitely show its fangs and pounce on him after meeting with their reinforcements.
This fleet had been basically crippled by the Golden Behemoth, hence when he deals with it, it won¡¯t be so difficult.
¡°Whoosh!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s huge body twisted around, rapidly moving out in one direction, therge turtle was quietly following behind.
With his frenzied growth, the size of the giant turtle became smaller and smallerpared to him. However, due to the abundance of food and energy, its growth is also considerable, reaching a diameter of 200 kilometers.
Along with its size increase, its ability has correspondently increased. It also acquired an even sharper sense. It can detect all kinds of fluctuations down to the smallest sized ones.
The giant turtle nowadays is like a sophisticated radar that can perceive all kinds of subtle things.
Its perception ability has vastly surpassed Fang Yun. Coupled with its frightening stealth ability, the giant turtle turned into one of the hardest creatures to find and capture in the universe.
For this amazing turtle, Fang Yun could only express his admiration.
The giant turtle is like Fang Yun¡¯s eyes and ears now.
While wandering in space, the giant turtle looked a little restless. It sensed Mike and the others¡¯ fleet. It¡¯s right ahead.
Because there are also some powerful battleships in the fleet, making it feel dangerous, the giant turtle is slightly trembling.
Fang Yun gently soothed it, now he must pay attention to restrain his power. A random flick of his tail can destroy a, and the giant turtle can¡¯t withstand such a burst of power.
A single slip and he might seriously injure it or even kill it.
The giant turtle calmed down, but it was a bit timid and could only hide behind Fang Yun¡¯s head. It looked like a fearful baby hiding behind its parents.
Fang Yun looked at it speechlessly. He can be considered a star behemoth anyway, but he¡¯s too timid.
Although the current giant turtle has poor attack power, its defense power is very high.
About ten minutester, Fang Yun mentioned for the giant turtle to hide, while he continued heading forward. He sensed that that fleet isn¡¯t far away.
He held his breath, then started to approach slowly.
In the distant space, a fleet was moving quietly.
This is Mike, Nadu, and Pound¡¯s fleet, a conjoined fleet of three heavens, but it¡¯s just a remnant force.
Mike is still talking to Nadu and Pound.
But at this moment, Pound, the silent and cold man, suddenly smiled.
¡°Our reinforcements are here.¡±
A smile of joy suddenly appeared on his face. They were startled at first but quickly reacted. A simr smile of joy appeared on their faces.
¡°Guys, the reinforcements are requesting a call.¡±
Pound immediately said after, to which Mike and Nadu repeatedly nodded.
¡°What are you still waiting for? Pound, connect them quickly.¡±
Hearing Nadu and Mike¡¯s request, Pound nodded with a smile.
¡±Okay, I¡¯ll connect them right away.¡±
After saying this, he pressed a button on the control board, causing another projection to appear in their respectivemand ships.
The projection was that of a man with a square face. He is extremely tall, almost 4 meters tall. By just standing there, he exuded a heart-pounding aura, making weak-willed individuals unable to even look at him.
Nadu, Mike, and Pound¡¯s expressions changed after seeing this man, especially Pound. He immediately paid a standard military salute.
¡°Master Guthro.¡±
The guy that appeared in the projection is Guthro, one of the ten sovereigns of the Fifth Heaven. He is also the object of Pound¡¯s admiration. It can even be said that his cold and indifferent temperament was learned from him.
Seeing his idol appear in front of him, Pound felt extremely agitated.
Guthro, also themander-in-chief of the reinforcements,manded the three heavens¡¯ alliance fleet and headed towards Nadu, Pound, and Mike.
¡°How is the situation?¡±
Guthro sight scanned Nadu, Mike, and Pound through the holographic projection before finally resting his eyes on Pound.
¡°Have you found the trace of that giant serpent?¡±
Chapter 514: Linna and Interview
Chapter 514: Linna and Interview
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After hearing Guthro¡¯s question, Pound immediately shook his head and said.
¡°Commander Guthro, we haven¡¯t found any trace of the giant serpent in the past few days.¡±
After hesitating for a moment, he followed.
¡°My guess is that the great serpent discovered the arrival of your grand fleet and hid in advance.¡±
Pound said with a worried expression.
¡°This serpent has an extremely good stealth ability. If it really hid in advance, it will be extremely hard for us to find it.¡±
In the projection, Guthro, who looked like an iron tower, frowned slightly.
¡°Well, pay attention to your surroundings for the next two days. We wille over soon.¡±
¡°By the way, I heard that you have encountered a second high-level pollutant before?¡±
Hearing this, Pound had an even more solemn expression on his face as he said.
¡°It is true, this is the appearance of that pollutant.¡±
He projection a creature in front of all of them. It¡¯s a hideous golden monster, having the characteristics of an Octopus, a crab, and a spider. Other animal traces can be also be vaguely seen on it.
This creature is also very huge, coupled with its terrifying look, can make any person fearful. It¡¯s the golden behemoth.
Guthro narrowed his eyes as he stared at the golden behemoth.
The fact that two high-level pollutants appeared in the small eighth heaven one after the other shocked him.
¡°Is there a video of your battle with this creature?¡±
Guthro asked again. In the next moment, Pound transmitted the video to Guthro¡¯s battleship. After receiving the data video, Guthro seemed to remember something and said.
¡°This time our fleet will also have reporters from the United Radio. At that time, they might have some interviews with you. You must be prepared ordingly.¡±
After saying this, Guthro terminated themunication.
¡°This¡¡¡±
Looking at the disappearing projection in front of him, Pound looked a little surprised, because Guthro said before that there might be a United radio reportering to interview them this time.
The United Radio is a huge News station in the fifth heaven. Their programs stretch over many fields, each of which has a high rating amongst the people.
Thinking that he and the other fleetmanders are about to appear on such an influential program station and about to be famous, Pound¡¯s heart was filled with surprise, and Nadu and Mike were very excited.
¡°Hahaha, I didn¡¯t expect that someone from the United Radio wille over this time. This time we must perform well!¡±
Mike also heard the words of Guthro before, and this is was the first thing he thought of.
If he really became famous because of United Radio, after returning to the seventh heaven, his status will not only not decrease due to the repeated failures, but will rather increase!
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that we would get such an opportunity.¡±
Thinking of this, his heart was filled with excitement and happiness.
About a dayter, Pound and the others learned that the people from United Radio are about to conduct an online interview with them. Even if the interview is online, the three of them were still very excited.
The three of them were standing in the control center of their respectivemand ships, looking at the holographic screen in front of them with serious expressions. Their clothing and manners are more formal than usual. It can be said that they had been preparing for a long time.
At this time, even for experiencedmanders like them, they still felt a bit nervous.
The three of them pressed a button at the same time, simultaneously sending their projections to the designated location. At the same time, the projection of two other people appeared next to them. It was that of Guthro and a woman beside him.
¡°Pound, Nadu, Mike. The person standing next to me is the reporter sent by United Radio, and now, she will interview you.¡±
Guthro gave a very brief opening remark, introducing the woman next to him and clearly exining the situation to them.
¡°Sir, we know.¡±
Pound took a deep breath, then said calmly. He exuded a cold and arrogant temperament. Just like a thousand-year-old iceberg.
Nadu and Mike also had their special temperaments, but they all looked cold and outstanding at that moment.
¡°Hello! My name is Linna.¡±
The woman standing next to Guthro suddenly smiled and introduced herself, then tried to soothe them.
¡°Don¡¯t act so stiffly, consider this a normal chat. Please act like your normal selves in the next period.¡±
¡°Well, my first question. How did the three of you meet the great serpent for the first time?¡±
Linna asked one question after another, and Nadu, Mike, and Pound all replied seriously.
Finally, Linna asked a critical question.
¡°In other words, you¡¯re just a surviving army?¡±
¡°If you are attacked by the great serpent this time, will you be able to deal with it or even survive?¡±
A fearful emotion appeared on her face as she asked another question.
¡°Before the alliance super fleet arrived here, what kind of psychological feeling did you feel?¡±
Hearing Linna¡¯s sharp question, Mike patted his chest, just about to brag a bit, saying that the two pollutants¡¯ impending presence didn¡¯t cause him any psychological pressure, a harsh rm suddenly rang through his battleship.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
Hearing the rm, Linna paused the interview and curiously asked the threemanders.
Nadu, Mike, and Pound all looked at each other solemnly right now, then turned and said to Linna.
¡°Miss Linna, you should have heard the emergency rm, there might be arge-scale Star Beast wave nearby.¡±
After a pause, He continued.
¡°Now we need to guard against the Star Beasts invasion, I am afraid we can¡¯t continue the interview.¡±
¡°It¡¯s okay.¡±
Linna waved her hands generously and said.
¡°You go deal with the star beasts first. By the way, can I use this projection to watch youmand the fleet to the battle?¡±
¡°Of course!¡±
Mike rushed to answer, then solemnly said to the people in the control room.
¡°Everyone, cheer up, we must show miss Linna our expertise.¡±
All the soldiers had a high spirit, thinking that they must use the fastest and most effective way to hunt or repel these star beasts.
Mike felt quite nervous. This time he not only had tomand a battle, but he must do so beautifully and effectively under the sight of countless people. He must show his demeanor.
Chapter 515: Mike’s Death
Chapter 515: Mike¡¯s Death
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Okay, everyone! Get inbat state!¡±
Mike yelled, then walked to the disy screen. On the disy screen in the middle of the control room, there was an image of the dark space around them.
This is an opportunity for their instrument to lock the intruders.
¡°Huh?¡±
Mike was a little surprised, no traces of any creature had been captured up to now. They don¡¯t have any way to locate the iing intruders¡¯ location.
This is a bit difficult.
Mike frowned. He originally wanted to show off in front of United Radio, but such a difficult thing happened!
¡°Increase the detection range.¡± Pound yelled in the microphone.
¡°The iing monster might just be one! It must be close by, watching us and looking for opportunities to attack.¡±
¡°Defense, keep the information tight. We mustn¡¯t give it a chance to attack!¡±
Hearing Pound¡¯s orders, Mike hurriedly orders his subordinates to do as Pound said.
The fleet started moving again. It has assumed a defensive posture, waiting for the enemy toe. For now, they don¡¯t need to attack.
Because behind them, arge group of troops is rushing over. As long as the route is determined, they will be able to reach this location soon.
The three fleets were all integrated into one. There is no way. The iing monster doesn¡¯t look like an ordinary creature.
More importantly, judging from this style of action, a scary monster immediately popped out in their head.
Isn¡¯t this the ability of the giant serpent? its extremely powerful stealth that no one can see through is one of their major headaches.
¡°Next will be a fierce battle.¡±
Inside themand ship at the end of therge fleet, the war correspondent Linna looked worried at this moment. She said to the flying holographic camera in front of her.
¡°It seems that there is going to be a big battle next. Let us watch the performance of these brave soldiers.¡±
After saying this, she immediately looked at the projections next to her, observing the reaction of the three leaders at this time. Pound was the one that reacted the best.
Furthermore, the three of them are faintly headed by Pound.
This allied fleet is mostly following Pound¡¯s instructions.
¡°I wonder when they will be able to find the trace of that star beast?¡±
Among therge troops in the rear, the war reporter Linna couldn¡¯t help but sigh. This star beast seems to be ying hide-and-seek with Mike and the others.
So much so that they are unable to find even the traces of that creature.
The war correspondent Linna stared at the space in front of them with a very nervous expression, seemingly waiting for the star beast to appear.
¡°Huh?¡±
Inside themand ship of the seventh heaven fleet, Mike was already impatient.
¡°What¡¯s the matter, haven¡¯t you found the trace of that monster yet?¡±
However, what he didn¡¯t know was that a behemoth was hiding in the shadows, staring right at theirmand ship.
Themand ship continued to slowly move forward, unaware that its time hase.
¡°Hurry! Hurry up and look for¡¡±
Mike started yelling. He wanted to be the first to find the enemy, but before the words could fully get out from his mouth, they were stuck in his throat.
A terrifying serpent has appeared in front of theirmand ship. Its city-sized eyes stared right at them.
Its body size is exactly like that of a small.
¡°This is¡ this is, that giant serpent?¡±
Mike¡¯s mouth twitched. He stood there, frozen in shock as if struck by lightning.
But after the shock receded, fear quickly filled his heart.
Even if he had been on the battlefield for a long time, he still felt a little terrified right now.
¡°Ahhh!!!¡±
The other people in the control center all screamed in horror after seeing the great serpent appearing right in front of theirmand ship. This turn of events took everyone off guard.
¡°It¡¯s the giant serpent!!¡±
Among the super fleet reinforcements, whether it was Guthro or the war correspondent Linna, they all saw the appearance of the giant serpent through the projection.
¡°We have to hurry, hurry up! We must stop that giant serpent from killing Pound and the others.¡±
Guthro roared, then started giving orders to the rest of the fleet.
¡°Immediately enter the hyperspace! We must go to Pound and the other as soon as possible!¡±
Therge troops behind rushed towards the remnant fleet frantically.
At the moment, Mike¡¯s side was also messed up, turning into a pot of porridge! After the giant serpent appeared, it immediately sucked Mike¡¯smand fleet.
Under the strong gravitational pull, several ships span around as they entered Fang Yun¡¯s mouth.
The sucked fleets happened to include Mike¡¯smand ship.
¡°Ah!!¡±
From the control center of thatmand ship, a particrly miserable cry rang out immediately, making anyone that heard it terrified.
¡°Mike died just like this?¡±
Amongst therge reinforcement fleet, a woman looked at the scene in the projection in front of her with a stunned expression on her face.
That was themander sent by the seventh heaven. Furthermore, she had a certain friendship with Mike. She never expected to see his death as soon as she entered the eighth heaven.
¡°Roar!!¡±
On the other side of the battlefield, Fang Yun released an earth-shattering roar, thenunched a fierce attack on the surrounding battleships;
These battleships maintained a rtively close distance from each other due to the tight defensive formation.
As a result, Fang Yun was given an opportunity. The moment he appeared, heunched an ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±, destroying hundreds or even thousands of battleships around.
¡°Quick! Attack!¡±
On the othermand ship, Pound yelled frantically,manding his subordinates to attack, at the same time, he shouted loudly.
¡°Immediately contact Otto of the eighth heaven, order him to bring people over to support us immediately!¡±
Earlier, they thought things were foolproof, hence Pound acknowledged the act of isting the eighth heaven fleet. He was also very disgusted and disdainful of them anyway.
Unfortunately, they were caught by the surprise attack of the great serpent. They need all the support forces they can get now, hence Otto¡¯s fleet must be recalled.
Chapter 516: Sudden Attack and Panic
Chapter 516: Sudden Attack and Panic
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°This¡¡±
Doron and his roommate Nara stared at the light brain in front of them. At this moment, the image disyed in their light brain was exactly that of Mike and his fleet along with the great serpent.
Guthro and Linna connected the projection video they captured to the broadcast website of United Radio. Hence, Doron, Nara, and anyone else can easily watch that battle through the United Radio website.
On the holographic screen projected by the light brain, there was the image of a terrifying serpent standing in space.
This giant serpent is extremely huge, with a body length of over a thousand kilometers. Its obsidian ck scales allowed it to perfectly blend in space. The only thing that stuck out was its huge golden eyes and giant scarlet mouth.
¡°This¡this is the giant serpent?¡± Doron said with an uncertain look.
¡°I remember that it was absolutely not that big before!¡±
He recalled the time when he and the giant serpent met, his brows gradually furrowed. He is sure that the giant serpent was much smaller during their first meeting. It was at least 2 to 3 times smaller.
Can star behemoths grow so much in such a short period of time?
¡°Is it a rtive of that giant serpent?¡±
This thought suddenly emerged in his mind. Doron was shocked by his conjecture. If this is truly the case, then it¡¯s too terrifying.
The giant serpent is already strong enough. Now that one of its rtives showed up, how strong will it be?
More importantly, counting the previous giant serpent and the golden behemoth, two high-level pollutants appeared one after the other. If this great serpent is truly a new undiscovered creature, doesn¡¯t that mean that there are at least 3 high-level pollutants in their eighth heaven?
This wasn¡¯t just Doron¡¯s question, but the question that many people across four heavens asked themselves.
¡°Oh my God!!¡±
Beside Guthro, the war correspondent Linna looked horrified. She watched Mike and his fleet get swallowed right in front of her eyes. This is too simting to a person who was used to peace like her.
¡°Miss Linna, we are not far from that the battlefield. That great serpent will never escape.¡±
Guthro said coldly.
¡°Yeah.¡±
Linna nodded, clutching her chest, she said with a slightly scared expression.
¡°Lord Guthro, please be sure to save the lives of those soldiers.¡±
She can also see that the remnant fleet is not the opponent of that monster. If they don¡¯t rush over as quickly as possible, there is a possibility that none of them will survive.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, we will be there soon.¡±
Guthroforted again.
Linna nodded, she stopped talking, but anyone could see that her mood hadn¡¯t calmed down. At the moment, she was trying her best to calm her inner emotions.
¡°Roar!!¡±
In space, Fang Yun roared again. He knew that an extremely powerful fleet was rushing towards him, so at this moment, heunched a frantic ughter. He knows that his time is running out.
¡°Boom!!¡±
He directlyunched an ¡°Annihtion Antimatter bomb¡±, turning dozens of battleships in a range of 100,000 kilometers into dust. He quickly shed away, avoiding a rain ofser beam, then pped a powerful battleship into pieces.
After numerous evolutions, his physical strength has reached a terrifying point.
His current strength is enough to st through the energy shields of Eclipse-ss battleships under high-speed impact. At the same time, his own defensive power and regeneration power can make him act fearlessly. Regardless of the terrifying countershock.
It was like a small was tumbling across speed at sub-light speed. No ship in his way could escape the fate of destruction. Whether it¡¯s the ordinary cargo spaceships or the advanced battleships, none could survive under his frantic attacks.
Soon after, thousands of battleships were destroyed under his mad attack, all of them were swallowed by Fang Yun, adding a great deal of bio-energy to him
For the next evolution, Fang Yun needs 180 billion bio-energy points, which is a pretty terrifying number. Only by continuously devouring these high-quality battleships can he quickly evolve.
After all, it will be difficult to evolve through devouring ordinarys.
An ordinary rock with a diameter of 10,000 kilometers can provide him with between 100 million and 1 billion bio-energy points, depending on its materials.
He needs to eat between 180 to 1800 suchs to fulfill the evolution requirements.
The number ofs in space is countless. It seems very simple to reach this number, but the problem is that it will take a long time.
He can only swallow one of such size every day.
If he relies on eating suchs to evolve, it might even take 1800 days to evolve. Moreover, this is not even counting the time he needs to look for theses, then fly towards them.
So, rather than honestly slowly looking for theses in space, he¡¯d rather eat these spaceships or star beasts.
It might be shocking, but high-level battleships, pathogens, pollutants, and even high-level star beasts can provide more bio-energy than these simple rocks.
After almost half an hour passed, Fang Yun suddenly disappeared. None of those spaceships could detect his position.
Now, Nadu and Pound¡¯s fleet have lost more than 8,000 battleships in total.
¡°Gulp!¡±
In the control room of hismand ship, Nadu swallowed his saliva. He stared nervously at the holographic screen in front of him.
At this moment, the dark space was disyed on their screen. Their detection instrument constantly scanned the surrounding space to prevent the giant serpent from suddenly appearing and attacking theirmand ship, like what it did to Mike.
As time passed bit by bit, the space in this area seemed to be frozen. The battleships stretched over a million square kilometers, keeping a distance that is neither close nor far, always keeping attention on their surroundings.
After more than half an hour, ripples appeared in the void in a certain area of the battlefield.
¡°Be careful!!¡±
Seeing this scene, the two leaders, Nadu and Pound yelled loudly, but their nervousness quickly disappeared, reced by rxation.
Things are different from what they thought. What appeared wasn¡¯t the great serpent but their support fleet.
The reinforcements led by Guthro.
An extremelyrge fleet appeared in this space area, quickly protecting Nadu and Pound¡¯s fleet in the middle.
Chapter 517: High-level Pollutant Clan
Chapter 517: High-level Pollutant n
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Huh¡¡±
After realizing that the reinforcements had arrived, whether it was Nadu or Pound, they all breathed a sigh of relief. Countless spaceships appeared around them, stretching over millions to tens of millions of kilometers. This giant fleet can make any enemy fear, but it fills them with a sense of security.
¡°We¡¯re finally safe.¡±
Nadu and Pound¡¯s tight heart gradually rxed.
¡°Nadu, Pound,e over!¡±
A majestic voice suddenly sounded in the control room of Nadu and Pound¡¯smand ships. The two of them didn¡¯t mutter any other word. They rod a small space fighter, then flew towards themand ship of the reinforcement fleet.
Because the previous order was that ofmander Guthro
Soon, the two space fighters stopped at the side of a huge spaceship, then entered inside from a huge hatch opened at the side.
¡°Master Guthro.¡±
The two of them looked very excited upon seeing Guthro, especially Pound.
Even a cold guy like him couldn¡¯t help but show such an expression in front of his idol.
¡°It seems that the giant serpent is gone.¡±
Guthro muttered lightly then said.
¡°Was that giant serpent the same one that attacked you multiple times before?¡±
Hearing Guthro¡¯s question, both Nadu and Pound looked at each other. After hesitating for a while, Pound said.
¡°Master, the giant serpent we saw this time is different from the one we saw before. Its size is at least 2 times bigger than the one that appeared the previous time.¡±
¡°Furthermore, it hadn¡¯t been a long time since itsst appearance. I¡¯m not totally sure, but it should be impossible for it to grow so much in just a few months¡¡±
Although Pound talked euphemistically, the general meaning is very clear.
¡°Do you mean that this giant serpent isn¡¯t the same as the one that appeared previously?¡±
Although Guthro asked Pound, he said so with a tone of certainty.
Pound nodded, then said with a look of hesitation.
¡°However¡ Commander, the skills used by this giant serpent seems to be the same as the one used by the previous one¡¡±
¡°The only exnation I can think of is that they are of the same pollutant family, hence possessing the same skills and abilities.¡±
Guthro nodded, he didn¡¯t continue talking, but hung his head and fell deeply into his thoughts.
¡±If this giant serpent isn¡¯t the same as the one that appeared before, but belongs to the same n, then it¡¯s troublesome.¡±
Of course, he is not afraid. Although these two monsters disyed a terrifying power, capable of spreading destruction across innumerable civilizations. His giant fleet isn¡¯t for show.
He also has a lot of confidence in his fleet.
However, he has one concern.
If this new giant serpent and the one that appeared before are two separate creatures, that means that three high-level pollutants have appeared in this rtively small and barren eighth heaven.
However, the most important thing is the likely appearance of a high-level pollutant n.
For now, only two members of this n have appeared, but it¡¯s difficult to guarantee that there are only two members. It would be extremely bad if a huge family of giant serpents appeared.
¡°Master Guthro, what should we do now?¡±
Linna walked to Guthro¡¯s side and asked him. She has recovered a bit of calmness right now, but staying in this area of space is causing her to feel uneasy and unsettled.
Linna felt that a giant pair of eyes were staring at them from the shadows. She feared that a giant monster would suddenly pounce out from the darkness and eat them.
So, she hopes to leave this ce as soon as possible.
¡°We will leave this ce immediately, find a rtively safer ce, and start recharging our batteries and doing some maintenance to our battleships. When our soldiers are ready for battle, we will immediately start a carpet search in this space.¡±
Guthro said with an awe-inspiring expression.
¡°In short, no matter what happens, we will not allow this pollutant n to run rampant in this ce.¡±
Although he doesn¡¯t have enough information about the pollutant n, Guthro still felt that they must annihte them. If they are allowed to grow and multiply in this ce, then unspeakable consequences will ur. Maybe some extremely terrifying being will appear.
¡°Okay.¡±
Linna heaved a sigh of relief. It wasn¡¯t just her, Pound and Nadu not far away were the same. The giant serpent has left them with some heavy PTSD, hence their only desire is to leave this ce as soon as possible and go to a safe ce to rest.
¡°Hoof¡¡±
Doron, who was watching United Radio, and his roommate Nara, heaved a sigh of relief at this moment.
¡°Commander Guthro and his fleet are really fast.¡±
Nara said with a smile on his face.
¡°Now that Guthro arrived, that giant serpent will never dare to appear again.¡±
¡°It¡¯s a pity, I¡¯m afraid we won¡¯t have the chance to see that giant serpent getting hunted bymander Guthro.¡±
¡°I hope it can end like this.¡±
Doron sighed heavily but didn¡¯t say anything.
Because he knows very well that the giant serpent cannot be viewed withmon sense. In such a situation when everyone is thinking that it will never appear again, it might pop out in the next moment and attack them.
¡°Doron, now, our eighth heaven can finally rx a bit.¡±
Nara said with a smile.
¡°The constant battles happening in our hometown has filled everyone with fear and uneasiness.¡±
Doron nodded, even if he didn¡¯t want these outsiders¡¯ fleets toe to their eighth heaven, he still had to admit that their arrival has filled the public with peace of mind.
As long as that terrifying monster appears. That foreign giant fleet will not hesitate to track andunch an attack on it.
However, what they didn¡¯t know was that the giant serpent they were thinking about is still hiding nearby, looking at them from the depths of the void.
The giant turtle hid behind him, exerting its powers to hide both of them in the depth of space, a ce that no ordinary being can ess.
At the moment, Fang Yun was staring at the extremelyrge fleet below,paring the power of the two of them in his mind.
Of course, the situation is clear right now, he is on the weak side. Even with his skyrocketed strength, he is still no match to the fleet below. Facing them head-on, the percentage of winning is 0%!
However, Fang Yun will never admit defeat easily!
Anyway, he never intended to face them head-on! Fang Yun focused on the formation and the flow of the battleship, trying to look for a weak point to attack.
Chapter 518: The Weakest Link
Chapter 518: The Weakest Link
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
With so many spaceships here, as long as he can devour them at the right time then quickly escape, he will be able to increase his strength while constantly weakening Guthro¡¯s strength.
Eventually, this fleet will be devoured by him.
Fang Yun flew around Guthro¡¯s fleet. With the help of the great turtle, he can remain hidden in the depth of the void. No one can detect his existence!
He was looking for the weakest link of the fleet. As long as he finds it, he won¡¯t hesitate tounch a storm-like attack!
Almost half a monthter, Fang Yun finally got acquainted with this fleet. He nowpletely understand their distribution and formation.
First of all, this fleet can be divided into three parts, the seventh, sixth, and fifth heaven fleets. The fleet of each heaven is under the control of their respectivemanders in normal times.
However, Fang Yun could also feel that there is an existence above the entire fleet, controlling and coordinating it as a whole. Although these three fleets have clear boundaries between each other, they appear to be rtively harmonious.
Of the three fleets, thergest is naturally the Seventh Heaven fleet, which has 200,000 spaceships, but the most powerful is the Fifth Heaven fleet, which has only 50,000 spaceships.
¡°If I fight against the fifth heaven fleet head-on, I¡¯m afraid that I will be killed.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. The threat that that fleet constitutes to him is too great. Every time they passed next to it, the giant turtle shook with fear.
Both of them had a feeling that withstanding an attack wave from them is enough for them to die.
After many days of investigation, Fang Yun hade to a firm conclusion. He might be able to survive if he attacks the seventh or sixth heaven fleet, but the fifth heaven fleet has the ability to quickly kill him.
Fang Yun made up his mind to never face them head-on. If he doesn¡¯t handle this attack correctly, he might die here.
¡°Recently, my reputation value has increased by another 40 billion¡¡±
Fang Yun immediately thought of the attack heunched on the remnant fleet half a month ago.
His reputation value has increased by another 40 billion, granting him two skill points rewards. After getting enough skill points, Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate to upgrade ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡±, increasing its might by several folds.
This skill has be even more terrifying now.
Apart from the fifth heaven fleet, he has the confidence to fight against any of the two other fleets head-on. As a result, he might be seriously injured and exhausted, but the fleet will definitely be greatly damaged, or even destroyed!
Unfortunately, the reality is cruel. These three fleets won¡¯t give him the chance to fight each of them head-on. They will attack him together as an allied force.
¡°If my strength increases by a few more folds or even a dozen folds, I should have the qualification to fight them head-on.¡±
Fang Yun quietly coiled in space, thinking internally. ording to his guess, after getting maxed out. The might of the ¡°Annihtion Antimmater Bomb¡± should greatly increase, giving him enough firepower to destroy everything within a radius of ten million kilometers.
A single strike can destroy a thousands, but this is still not enough¡
¡°It would be great if new skills can appear after the next evolution.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
If a new skill appears, coupled with the maxed out ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡± and ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±, he should have enough firepower to deal with this giant fleet.
Fang Yun started thinking about the weakest point of the three fleet alliance.
The three fleets are forming an arrow-type formation, with the 200,000 spaceships of the seventh heaven ahead, and the other two heavens fleets behind.
The seventh heaven fleet forms the arrowhead and the second half of the shaft. Between the two, the sixth heaven fleet forms the first half of the shaft, and the fifth heaven fleet forms the end of the arrow. This formation allows them to traverse the universe at an rming speed.
For now, he can¡¯t provoke the fifth heaven fleet, hence he mustn¡¯t get close to the end of the arrow. The seventh heaven fleet at the head of the arrow also can¡¯t be touched or else he will right into their trap.
Eliminating all the unsuitable options, what is left is the sixth heaven fleet forming the first half of the shaft. To break the formation, that is his only choice.
¡°If that¡¯s the case, let¡¯s attack that ce first.¡±
Fang Yun made up his mind, then started thinking about the perfect time to attack the fleet.
During this period of time, Nadu, Pound, and the rest of the remnant fleet have beenpletely integrated into this support fleet, bing the high-levels of their respective support fleets.
Of course, due to so many defeats, their status in the reinforcement fleet is not very high. Even some people with lower military ranks have more right to speak than them.
Regarding this, neither of them paid much attention.
The only thought they had in their minds is to find the great serpent.
In the past half month, they didn¡¯t find any trace of the great serpent. This greatly annoyed Guthro.
They came here to quickly ughter the monsters and deal with the mess their forces have caused. The war reporters they have dragged along have already started toin. Their buzzing has caused a headache to Guthro.
¡°What the hell is going on with you? Haven¡¯t found the trace of the giant serpent yet?¡±
Guthro started feeling a little anxious.
¡°Commander Guthro, maybe the great serpent found some remote ce and fell into sleep after feeling your arrival?¡±
Nado said hesitantly to Guthro.
Guthro frowned, thinking carefully about this possibility. After thinking for some time, he said.
¡°If this is the case, it will be troublesome.¡±
He didn¡¯t want to stay here for a long time. It¡¯s okay to stay for some time, but if he stays for too long, his status and power will be affected. His political opponents back in the fifth heaven will not pass up this opportunity to cause trouble.
This isn¡¯t the worst. At least he won¡¯t be affected if he brings back the giant serpent. However, If he stays here for such a long time, then return empty-handed, his troubles will be great.
¡°Where is the person representing the eighth heaven? They have monitors nearby, right?¡±
After thinking for a while, Guthro suddenly asked.
The contact between the eighth heaven and Pound and Nadu was broken in the past few days. They know that the support fleet has arrived and that the remnant fleet has merged with them.
More importantly, these people don¡¯t want them to join at all, hence they simplyposed a big fleet of their own, then started wandering in space.
¡°I have contacted them before. They said that the great serpent had never appeared next to the monitors again.¡±
Pound stood up and reported to Guthro.
¡°Huh?¡±
Guthro raised his brows. This time, he is feeling really troubled.
¡°Forget it, let everyone pay attention. Don¡¯t miss any detail!¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
All of Guthro¡¯s subordinates that were present at the scene nodded, including Pound and Nadu.
Unknown to Guthro and his subordinates, the giant serpent that they were looking for had always been near their fleet.
¡°Well, the weakest link should be here.¡±
Fang Yun thought while looking at a certain area of the fleet.
Chapter 519: Launching an Attack
Chapter 519: Launching an Attack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Hello everyone, I¡¯m Linna.¡±
Linna stood in front of the camera, introducing herself with a solemn expression.
¡°Now we have grouped with the vanguard fleet that was sent to hunt the great serpent and the other high-level pollutants¡±
¡°Under our research, the remaining soldiers in the vanguard fleet have no major psychological problem. They aren¡¯t infected. The giant serpent that attacked the remnant fleet hadpletely disappeared. No major trace had been discovered in the past few days¡¡±
¡¡
Linna stood in front of the camera and talked, informing the audience watching this program about her experience on themand ship these days.
¡°General Guthro told me before that hunts such as this one takes a long time, hence we must be prepared for a prolonged battle.¡±, pausing for a moment she continued.
¡°This high-level pollutant not only has super-high attack power but also an extremely good escape and stealth ability.¡±
¡°That¡¯s why monsters of this level are so threatening.¡±
¡°However, under ourrge war fleet. Even these powerful monsters that caused so many disasters will be suppressed!¡± At the end of the sentence, Linna¡¯s voice suddenly rose.
She had a firm expression on her face, believing that these monsters will be brought to justice.
In her cognition, the great serpent has long beenbeled as a devil. Shepletely forgot who was the first to attack. Not to mention that their main purpose isn¡¯t to punish evil and enact justice, but to capture the great serpent and extract precious resources from it.
The purpose of this battle isn¡¯t a moral one, but amercial and political one. Unfortunately, the majority of the public doesn¡¯t know about this, including the innocent reporter Linna.
The people that are actually suffering are the people of the eighth heaven, and this is due to the constant battles the higher heavensunched in their hometown, but what does this have with the seventh, sixth, and fifth heaven?
This war is just to fulfill the desires of the upper-ss of the three heavens. It¡¯s mainly for the precious materials of high-level pollutants.
¡°Huh¡ they still didn¡¯t find that monster.¡±
In the dormitory, Doron stretched his waist. The only thing he had been paying attention to these days is Linna and the United Radio.
The giant serpent had scarred him psychologically, making him afraid to even approach it again, but he still hopes that that monster gets killed.
It¡¯s too dangerous.
No matter where high-level pollutants appear, their existence is a disaster to the inhabitants of that ce.
¡°Why did so many high-level pollutants appear in our eighth heaven in such a short period? In the past, high-level pollutants appeared every few centuries or so¡¡±
Doron sighed deeply.
In fact, not to mention high-level pollutants, even low-level pollutants are rare in their eighth heaven.
The eighth heaven is generally thend of Pathogens.
Pollutants mainly appear in the seventh heaven, and even there, high-level pollutants are extremely rare. The sixth heaven has a slightly higher number of these creatures, and they so rare anymore in the fifth heaven.
Furthermore, the fifth heaven oftenunches a hunt against high-level pollutants.
¡°Doron, did you watch miss Linna¡¯s broadcast? Did they find anything?¡°
The bedroom door was pushed open, then Nara walked in holding two cups of juice, one of which he handed to Doron
¡°It seems that there is still no gain.¡±
¡°I see¡ Since thest time the great serpent appeared, it never appeared again. It might have left the eighth heaven¡¡±
Nara said, shaking his head.
¡°I hope so. ¡°
Doron nodded again and said.
¡°Anyway, Nara, Did you know? The Academy¡¯s Student team that wanted to hunt the great serpent is about to reach the eighth heaven!. ¡°
¡°So soon?¡±
Nara¡¯s eyes lit up, eximing with a look of excitement.
¡°I wonder if there is my idol, Master Hanazawa Xuan among them? He is a purple-level student of the Sakura Academy.¡±
¡°It¡¯s said that he once hunted a level 3 pollutant alone. That time, his life mech was severely damaged, and he suffered heavy injuries thatnded him in a hospital for many years¡±
¡°After his injuries were healed, his strength has be even stronger. It¡¯s said that thepatibility between him and his life mecha has reached an even higher level!¡±
Nara said with a look of excitement, just like a star-chasing fan.
Doron asked with wide eyes.
¡°Hanazawa Xuan? Hua Linglong¡¯s younger brother?¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
Nara nodded, ¡°Although master Hua Linglong is more powerful, my idol is master Hanazawa Xuan, after all, Hua Linglong has officially graduated from the Sakura Academy.¡±
¡°I seem to have heard someone say on the Inte that there is Hanazawa Xuan amongst the teaming to the eighth heaven this time, I don¡¯t know if it¡¯s true or not¡¡±
¡°Yeah, I also heard someone say that, but¡¡± Nara wanted to say that Hanazawa Xuan is unlikely toe. After all, it¡¯s well-known that he has a cold personality and that he doesn¡¯t like to team up with others.
However, their calm pupils suddenly shrank. The scene on the light brain¡has changed!
At this moment, the picture disyed on the screen was the third-person view of the allied fleet. The fleet was originally extremely calm. All the spaceships were quietly moving across space.
However, circr ripples suddenly appeared in a certain corner of the screen, from which a huge ck shadow jumped out.
¡±There! It¡¯s that monster!!¡±
Nara eximed loudly. Doron also noticed this scene.
The two of them stared at the screen in front of him with wide eyes, not even daring to blink. At the same time, their hearts started rapidly beating, as if it was going to jump out of their chest.
Both of them were extremely nervous at this moment. Almost as if they were the ones on board of that fleet.
¡°The leaders of the allied fleet should have also found the appearance of the great serpent.¡±
Nara said hesitantly.
In fact, what he said is not wrong. Before even Nadu and Doron discovered the appearance of the giant serpent, the instruments in the advanced battleships detected abnormal space fluctuations.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
Linna yelled loudly. Everyone stared at the screen in front of her with surprised expressions. The giant serpent appeared next to their fleet.
¡°Enemy attack! Enemy attack!!¡±
Guthro immediately notified everyone, then started giving orders. He coordinated the entire fleet to quickly respond to any attack and, at the same time, execute their prebuilt ns to deal with the great serpent.
¡°Miss Linna, don¡¯t panic.¡±
Guthro looked at Linna, who was pale in fright andforted her with a smile.
¡°There are many advanced battleships around us, it can¡¯t cause any damage to our spaceship, and! Since it appeared so brazenly this time, It can¡¯t even dream about escaping!¡±
Guthro¡¯s eyes became abnormally cold.
Chapter 520: The Zhuo Ping Squadron
Chapter 520: The Zhuo Ping Squadron
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Linna¡¯s breathing became a lot faster. This is the first time she faced such a dangerous situation. Fortunately, Guthro¡¯s words calmed her down slightly.
Guthro saw that Linna¡¯s breath had stabilized, so he stepped aside and started to observe the situation outside.
There is a huge projection in front of Guthro, on which was the exact image of the great serpent. This is the final synthesized image formed by the detection equipment of each ship in that area.
It can perfectly project the images of each object in that area, and under the strong calction and processing from their supeputer, they managed to gather such a clear image.
Linna also walked to Guthro¡¯s side. She carefully observed that projection. After which, her brows started to furrow
On the holographic screen, the great serpentunched a violent attack on the east side of the fleet, directly blowing countless battleships.
¡°This giant monster started killing people again.¡±
Linna said with a sad expression, ¡°How many people will this monster kill before being satisfied?¡±
The more she said, the angrier and the more grief-stricken she got.
¡°Master Guthro, please be sure to get rid of this monster.¡±
She said viciously.
¡°Miss Linna, please rest assured, I said it before. This monster won¡¯t escape this time!¡± After saying this, Guthro started to arrange for the fleet tounch a coordinated attack on the great serpent.
The giant serpent isn¡¯t too far from their location and they are getting closer and closer to each other, but after hearing Guthro¡¯smand, themand ship started moving backward.
Themand ship can¡¯t take risks. After all, if themand ship is gone, then no one will be able to coordinate the fleet anymore. In the worst-case scenario, the entire fleet will fall apart, then slowly get eaten by the great serpent.
¡°Boom!¡±
Another spaceship exploded. It¡¯s just that half of the ship¡¯s body was left this time. The giant serpent probably didn¡¯t use its full power. In the next second, Linna and Guthro watched as the giant serpent opened its mouth and swallowed the remaining half of the spaceship.
Linna directly covered her mouth with a sad expression, and Guthro¡¯s pupil directly shrank. He might have understood the purpose of the great serpent¡¯s attack.
On the battlefield, Fang Yun continued to move around, attacking the seventh heaven fleet near the middle of the arrow formation.
These spaceships continued to explode under his attack. Of course, many of them were directly swallowed by Fang Yun.
Only the rtivelyplete spaceships can provide Fang Yun with a lot of bio-energy. The ones that were reduced to space debris aren¡¯t worth anything, and it¡¯s stupid to search for these fragments and swallow them piece by piece.
The debris can only wander in space until it gets pulled in by the gravitational pull of a star or a.
¡°These guys havepletely adapted to my attack style. They dispersed just enough for my ¡°ck Hole¡± to not y a significant role¡¡±
Fang Yun looked at these spaceships speechlessly. Now, as long as any fleet meets him, all of its spaceships will immediately disperse, making it very hard for his attacks to deal wide-ranging damage.
If these ships are close enough to each other, he can use either ¡°ck Hole¡± or ¡°Space Copse¡± to deal heavy damage to them. Of course, he¡¯d rather not use ¡°Space Copse¡± as this skillpletely reduce the battleships to dust, leaving him with nothing to eat.
¡°Zhuo Ping, take your men over and assist the seventh heaven fleet to take down the great serpent.¡±
After observing for a while, Guthro understood that the ordinary battleships from the seventh heaven, no matter howrge their number, can¡¯t cause fatal damage to the great serpent.
Thetter possesses a superb recovery ability and agility. As long as the fleet can¡¯t deal aplete fatal injury, no matter how bad it is injured, the great serpent can quickly regenerate.
Realizing this, Guthro immediately dispatched one of his squadrons.
This squadron is led by Zhuo Ping. This person has been with him for many years. He is one of his trusted generals.
The reason why he brought Zhuo Ping this time is that he hopes that the credit of hunting the great serpent falls into the hands of his subordinates.
¡°The giant serpent¡ has appeared again.¡±
In a dormitory, Nara eagerly looked at the screen in front of him while talking to Doron.
¡°Doron! Can you see? A small team is heading towards the great serpent!¡±
Doron also noticed that a small team detached from the fifth heaven fleet and headed towards the great serpent
¡°It seems that they are going to support the seventh heaven side.¡±
Doron said with a certain expression.
¡°You should have also noticed it. The normal battleships of the seventh heaven have no effect on it at all!¡±
¡°Without a particrly powerful battleship that has the ability to blow off arge part of its body with one hit, the giant serpent can¡¯t be taken down!¡±
¡°I see. The leaders of the allied fleet should also know this, so is this the end of that monster?¡±
The two of them looked at each other, finding the look of expectations in each other¡¯s eyes.
Is the giant serpent attack incident going to end?
If Fang Yun were to know what they were thinking about, he would definitelyugh disdainfully.
He also felt that there was a small fleet is quickly approaching him. His instincts are telling him that this fleet is stronger than any other fleet he dealt with before
Hence, even Fang Yun looked seriously at the iing team.
He didn¡¯t take the initiative to leave. He needs to get a rough scale about the power of the iing team to judge the strength of thebined super fleet.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Soon, that small fleet entered the attack range, after which, it didn¡¯t hesitate tounch a rain of attacks on Fang Yun.
¡°Buzz!! Buzz!!¡±
The space around Fang Yun was suddenly distorted, deflecting all the iing attacks to the side.
Even under that rain of attacks, Fang Yun was still unscathed. Most of the iing attacks were deflected to the spaceships around him.
Those spaceships didn¡¯t have Fang Yun¡¯s defensive power or space distortion ability, hence they suffered from theirrades¡¯ terrifying attacks, causing them to be greatly damaged or even destroyed.
All of a sudden, many explosions appeared in space, leaving behind countless metal fragments.
Moreover, this wasn¡¯t the end of it. The terrifying explosion sent these fragments hurtling at a sub-light speed. If some battleships couldn¡¯t dodge or deploy their energy shields in time, they would be greatly damaged by these fragments.
This is another important reason why these spaceships must keep a certain distance from each other. If they are too close, they will be injured under friendly fire, and no one will stop their rain-like attack on the great serpent because of them.
Chapter 521: Spider Formation
Chapter 521: Spider Formation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°This should be a team from the fifth heaven fleet¡±
After detecting the power of these attacks, Fang Yun immediately realized it was the fifth heaven fleet that justunched that attack.
It¡¯s just that they sent 5000 battleships to attack him. In fact, this number isn¡¯t quite bad, but it¡¯s wishful thinking to kill Fang Yun.
They didn¡¯t dare to get too close to Fang Yun, choosing to bombard him while keeping a certain distance. Unfortunately, as a result, Fang Yun was left with arge space to move around.
His current size has already crossed the thousand kilometers threshold, but unfortunately, the space they left to him isrge enough for him to easily dodge.
It¡¯s like trying to hit an extremely fast and agile sparrow inside a big gymnasium.
Even if some attacks fell on him, none of them could cause fatal injuries. Fang Yun took special care to prevent the threatening battleships¡¯ attacks from falling on him.
¡°Whoosh!!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s figure flickered through space, instantly appearing next to a spaceship. The spaceship¡¯s barrel quickly turned around towards Fang Yun, but before it could fire, the spaceship was instantly swallowed by him.
In the course of the battle, he tried his best to devour these spaceships, seizing every opportunity to do so.
Especially the battleships of the fifth heaven. Each one of them can provide him with a terrifying number of bio-energy. At least 1 billion points per ship. Some of the advanced ones can provide even more than that.
Unfortunately, he needs 180 billion points for the next evolution, which will take a lot of efforts to fulfill. Even if the number of battleships here is enough for him to evolve many times over.
After all, it¡¯s difficult to swallow even half of these battleships. Not to mention their resistance, just the fact that most of them are only debris after his attacks is troublesome enough.
¡°Commander Guthro, that giant serpent is amazing.¡±
Inside themand ship of the fifth heaven fleet. Linna eximed while watching the battle outside. Even if she hates the great serpent, she has to acknowledge its power.
Looking at the countless explosions in that area of space, Linna clenched her palms, looking very nervous.
¡°Miss Linna, please rest assured, we will definitely kill this giant python.¡±
Guthroforted Linna.
Immediately afterward, he started to make a series of deployments. The current fleets of the three major heavens are all under his jurisdiction, hence he can clearly and easily arrange multiple formations to deal with most situations.
The formation he arranged this time is known as the spider formation. By arranging multiple fleets to execute a variety of tasks, they can attack and defend at will. At the same time, they can seal the material space and deploy many spaceships with powerful gravity beams to prevent the giant serpent to escape through the hyperspace.
The moment he arranges the formation, all the battleships will start attacking frantically. Under this tight formation, they can bring out thergest firepower their fleet can deploy.
Relying on this firepower, they can wipe out the great serpent in one fell swoop.
Of course, this type of formation also has a drawback, that is, the giant serpent possesses a skill called ¡°space barrier¡±, through which it can offset the iingser beams, causing them to fly towards the other battleships.
However, to hunt the great serpent, sacrifices are necessary. Everyone had the determination and the conviction to face death the moment they boarded this fleet.
When Guthro startedying out this formation, the fleet of the Seventh Heaven immediately took action. The various spaceships started to exchange positions, making this space area very orderly.
¡°Guthro actually ordered us to enact that formation¡¡±
Inside the control center of the Seventh Heaven fleet¡¯smand ship, a blond-haired woman frowned and muttered to herself. She is themander of this fleet, Mo Lan
After hearing Guthro¡¯s order, her first reaction was to reject it, because this formation is the most unfavorable to the seventh heaven fleet.
However, upon remembering that Guthro is themand-in-chief of the allied fleet, she suppressed her difort and started executing the order.
¡°In this way, the casualties of our seventh heaven fleet¡¡±
Mo Lan sighed. It¡¯s okay if they kill the great serpent. If they don¡¯t, the loss of the seventh heaven will be the greatest.
Shaking her head slightly, she looked at the projection in front of her again.
There was the image of the great serpent on that projection. It¡¯s currently attacking, destroying, and devouring many spaceships.
¡°This monster didn¡¯t notice the strange movements of the fleet?¡±
Mo Lan looked at the serpent, who didn¡¯t seem to be alert at all, with bright eyes. The thing that they are most afraid of is that the great serpent bes vignt and quickly dart out of the fleet before they canpletelyy their formation.
If it flees at this time, Mo Lan doesn¡¯t have much confidence in stopping it.
After all, this giant serpent is a level 4 pollutant. It¡¯s impossible topletely hold this creature from escaping before the formation ispleted
¡°They want to trap me.¡±
In fact, Fang Yun guessed the n of the fleet a long time ago. The reason why he hasn¡¯t left up till now is that he is looking for a weak point in the formation.
He doesn¡¯t intend to leave for now, but to quickly consume this fleet.
The formation gradually took shape. The spaceships in the seventh heaven formed a spherical shape, enclosing Fang Yun in all directions. After that, the spaceships of the sixth heaven also started moving.
They moved along with the seventh heaven, forming another sphere around the great serpent, coordinating with the seventh heaven fleet to move up and down.
Soon after, the fifth heaven fleet also took its position,pletely sealing the space around.
Now, the great serpent has no chance to escape at all!
Even if he can jump across space, he can¡¯t perform any hyperspace jump under the blockade of so many battleships. After all, almost of them have a gravity generator, and by all turning it on at the same time, they turned into an artificial star-like object.
No creature can escape using space movement skills in such a situation.
¡°All spaceships are ready.¡±
In the control center of themand ship of the Fifth Heaven Fleet, Guthro looked at the screen in front of him and said.
¡°Fire!¡±
The moment his voice sounded, countless attacks flew from all the spaceships around towards the great serpent.
¡°Hmph! This monster is dead!!¡±
Guthro said with a sneer.
¡°The giant serpent is finished.¡±
In the dormitory, Doron and his roommate Nara thought the same.
Chapter 522: Terrifying Catastrophe
Chapter 522: Terrifying Catastrophe
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Huh¡¡±
In front of the holographic screen, Nara and Doron sighed lightly. The two of thempletely rxed at this moment. Previously, they were worried that the great serpent will escape before this famous formation can bepleted, causing the hunt to fail again.
But now that the formation ispleted, their worries havepletely disappeared
¡°This monster¡¯s life is over.¡±
There was a smile on their faces, but in the next moment, their smiles solidified.
¡°How could this be?¡±
Doron and Nara eximed loudly at the same time. There was an expression of iparable shock on their face as they stared at the holographic projection in front of them with dull eyes.
At this moment, on the light brain screen in front of them, the giant serpent that was supposed to be bombarded into g by the sea ofsers suddenly disappeared. All theser beams flew past the great serpent¡¯s position, then flew into the gaps between the various battleships and into the universe.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
In themand ship of the Fifth Heaven fleet, Guthro looked at the current scene with a puzzled expression. This inexplicable scene is beyond his understanding.
The serpent that was trapped in their formation suddenly disappeared. This is unscientific! The countless gravity generators working at the same time should make it impossible for any creature to enter the hyperspace.
What they didn¡¯t know was that the moment when the fleetunched an attack, Fang Yun directly used ¡°Space Copse¡± on the area around him, directly shattering a big chunk of space around him.
In the past, while experimenting with this skill, he found that he could change the spatial structure of the space around him.
If he uses his space maniption skills to condense a space sphere around him before using ¡°Space Copse¡±, he will not be harmed by the space fragments around but will be rather swept into the deeperyers of the void.
He seemed to have shrunk countless times, turning into a small point.
Thesesers were all aimed at his previous gigantic body, hence after shrinking to such a small size, none of them could touch him.
This is a super escape skill he developed bybining two different skills, and one of his aces in the hole.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
Guthro asked again.
He was really shocked. Everyone else was also shocked. This is the first time they encountered such a bizarre situation.
¡°Did that serpent slip away again?¡±
This thought appeared in Guthro¡¯s mind. Although they were very sure before that the gravitational field emitted by their fleet could prevent high-level pollutants from jumping across space, they actually used this formation against very few monsters.
In reality, some creatures with super space mastery can escape. These creatures are usually beyond the understanding of mortals. They can¡¯t be dealt with conventional battleships anymore.
¡°Master Guthro, the sixth and seventh heaven fleets are asking us whether to continue to maintain the formation?¡±
An officer suddenly walked to Guthro and said.
Guthro frowned for a moment, then said.
¡°Well, tell them to dismiss the formation for the moment and to turn off the gravity generators.¡±
In fact, so many spaceships using the gravity generator at the same time almost solidified this space area due to the extreme gravity, but in the same way, their spaceships are suffering from an extremely heavy load.
It¡¯s due to the formation they have put in ce that the gravitational field can be normally disyed, without damaging their spaceships. It¡¯s a delicate bnce.
But if that bnce and stability are broken, their fleet will likely face a grave incident.
To dismiss this formation, they need to start from the periphery, turning off the gravitational generatorsyer byyer, paying extra attention to not break the bnce.
Its difficulty and danger are the reason why this formation isn¡¯t used often, but usually, once it¡¯s sessfully deployed, it means guaranteed victory. Unfortunately, this doesn¡¯t seem to be the case for the great serpent.
¡°The giant serpent ran away¡¡±
In the dormitory, Doron shook his head and sighed. The giant serpent had done an unimaginable thing, making him fear it even more. He even started to question whether continuing to attack it is a wise choice.
¡°I¡¯m afraid that our eighth heaven can never truly intervene in this matter.¡±
There was also a little regret in his heart. At the same time, he felt sad for his friend Drummond. His friend¡¯s death might never be avenged.
Taking a breath, Doron refocused his eyes on the light brain screen in front of him. He closely watched as spaceship after spaceship withdrew from the spherical fleet.
Suddenly, an ident happened suddenly.
¡°Hum!!¡±
A strange noise suddenly sounded. There was a certain change in the position where the giant serpent disappeared. A strange ck hole suddenly appeared.
It¡¯s Fang Yun! He is currently using ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±, forming a ck hole in his mouth.
The characteristic of this skill is to increase the gravity of an object by a terrifying degree, increasing its gravity to the level of a small ck hole. However, this time, Fang Yun has just shrunk his body using spacepression, increasing his mass dramatically. This in turn greatly increased the power of the ck hole.
The results were that the nearby spaceships were quickly pulled towards him, and before even getting too close, they were directly torn into small fragments, getting smaller and smaller as they got closer.
In an instant, half of the seventh heaven¡¯s fleet was directly destroyed.
What¡¯s even more terrifying is that the previous stable gravitational field was directly broken, causing many spaceships to directly explode due to the sudden increase in gravity.
It was like a chain reaction. The entire fleet was constantly changing. Countless spaceships exploded, turning a giant fireball and leaving behind countless ming fragments.
It was like the end of the world for these soldiers and pilots.
As this scene started getting more and more tragic, the holographic screen in front of Doron turned ck.
Due to the sudden change in the gravitational and electromaic field, along with the countless explosion, the equipment of the fifth heaven fleet was greatly affected, making them unable to send any signal at all.
In the fifth heavenmand ship, various warnings and rms sounded; The personnel screamed in shock and fear. Even Guthro was dumbfounded.
He didn¡¯t even expect that in just one second, the scene suddenly changed so drastically.
More than half of their fleet was instantly destroyed. Nearly 300,000 spaceships exploded in this instant, almost whipping out the entire army.
The remaining spaceships were also damaged to some degree.
The reason why themand ship wasn¡¯t much affected is that it was quite far away and more importantly, it wasn¡¯t integrated into the spider formation, hence it escaped this catastrophe, but the aftermath of the explosion of countless spaceships still affected them.
Chapter 523: The Fierce Serpent
Chapter 523: The Fierce Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Gulp.¡±
In the control center of the Fifth Heaven fleet¡¯s Command Ship, a nervous soldier swallowed his saliva. Everyone looked sluggish, unable to ept what just happened.
They all did not expect that the situation will develop in such a direction.
A super fleet of 400,000 battleships was almost destroyed in an instant. Most of their battleships were wiped out.
The remaining spaceships, after a momentary daze, quickly assembled towards the fifth heaven fleet¡¯smand ship, surrounding it.
Most of the remaining spaceships are those of the fifth heaven fleet. Firstly, the ships of this fleet have the highest quality. Furthermore, they were stationed at the outermost periphery, hence they weren¡¯t greatly affected.
¡°Commander, what should we do now?¡±
Someone suddenly asked Guthro, but Guthro was still in a trance even now. He didn¡¯t think about this matter at all, so when he was asked such a question, he was stunned. A few momentster, he took a deep breath and said.
¡°We are leaving this ce! The abilities of the great serpent are beyond what we expected.¡°
After saying this, the soldiers in the control center immediately controlled themand ship to turn around and leave.
The other spaceships also started moving, also nning to leave.
Now their remaining fleet ispletely unable to continue this battle. After all, although they still have tens of thousands of battleships, each of which is a high-level one, most of them are either short on energy or are damaged. It¡¯s a blessing to be able to work. It¡¯s hard to expect them to continue fighting.
¡°The¡ the giant serpent is that powerful?¡±
When the fifth heaven fleet¡¯smand ship turned around and left, the war correspondent Linna also came back to her senses and asked Guthro with wide eyes.
Hearing this, Guthro was silent for a moment before saying.
¡°This time it¡¯s my fault.¡±
Upon saying this, an extremely heavy expression appeared on his face. He knew that he can¡¯t escape the fate of being impeached this time.
And he doesn¡¯t intend to refute or resist, because the results of this battle caused him to feel very guilty. In a sh, more than 300,000 spaceships were destroyed due to his mistake.
It¡¯s 300,000 battleships! Each battleship can be considered an advanced one in their respective heaven, with hundreds of elite soldiers on board, but they were all turned into ashes!
¡°Haah¡ I didn¡¯t expect that that monster could destroy so many spaceships in an instant.¡±
Guthro closed his eyes, if it wasn¡¯t for Fang Yun to destroy more than a hundred thousand ships in that instant, the stability of the formation won¡¯t be broken, leading to the subsequent destruction.
They knew too little about the great serpent, including its skills and abilities, causing them to suffer such a heaven loss this time.
Guthro was very depressed, he looked almost dozens of years older. He slowly walked to themand seat, then sat quietly, his back looked very lonely and hunched in the eyes of his subordinates.
This battle is a devastating blow to him.
¡°¡¡¡±
Linna looked at Guthro quietly. She opened her mouth tofort him, but couldn¡¯t say anything in the end.
Suddenly, a melodious song sounded from her watch. Someone is calling. She quickly turned on the watch, after which a projection appeared in front of her.
A middle-aged man standing upright in the center of the projected screen. He looked at Linna through the screen and asked with a deep voice.
¡°Linna, what¡¯s the situation now?¡±
This middle-aged man is called Lin. The chairman of Linna¡¯s radio station. Themunication was broken before, resulting in a broadcasting ident. He can only contact Linna through her personal watch now.
At this moment, the soldiers in the control center are not only controlling themand ship to fly through space, but also checking its damage degree, doing short-term repair, and also reporting the situation to their superiors.
On the other side, Guthro¡¯s watch also rang. His superiors asked him about the cause, course, and result of the incident.
¡°Chairman, our side has suffered very heavy losses. This is due to a particrly powerful ability that the great serpent showcased.¡±
Linna summarized the process and briefly described what happened. On the other side, Guthro also reported the situation to his leader, except that his report was much more detailed.
¡°Leader, that¡¯s what happened. I have a unshirkable responsibility for this incident. After returning this time, I will ept whatever punishments I¡¯m given.¡±
After expressing his guilt to his leader, Guthro ended themunication and continued sitting on his chair nkly.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Suddenly, an angry roar sounded from the speakers on the control board. The originally listless Guthro immediately resurrected. He got up and walked to the main projection screen. On which he saw a behemoth chasing their fleet.
¡°Damn it, that monster actually chased after us!¡±
Guthro gritted his teeth as he watched, wishing to get on a space fighter and rush out to fight for 300 rounds against that despicable serpent.
It¡¯s just that he knows very well that this isn¡¯t the time for him to vent his anger.
¡°Commander, what should we do now?¡± a soldier asked Guthro.
Guthro took a deep breath, then said, ¡°Give Li Hua the order to drag out the giant serpent.¡±
The order was quickly passed on. This almost like a death sentence to the selected fleet, but they didn¡¯t even hesitate. Only a small team was separated from therge fleet. It rushed out from the fleet, turned around, then headed towards the giant serpent,unching a barrage of attacks on it.
¡°Whoosh!!!¡±
The giant serpent swiftly moved around, using the ¡°space barrier¡± to deflect most of the attacks, and using ¡°Life Plunder¡± at the same time, taking out the vitality of all the soldiers in the fleet.
All of the spaceships ceased their fierce attack.
At the next moment, the giant serpent opened his mouth and swallowed all the spaceships in his way, then continued pursuing the big fleet. As for the remaining spaceships, he is nning to leave them here for the moment. He wille backter to eat them.
¡°What?¡±
Guthro looked speechlessly as the small fleet he intended to sacrifice was instantly destroyed.
The situation is spiraling more and more out of control.
Chapter 524: The End of the Allied Fleet
Chapter 524: The End of the Allied Fleet
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Guthro was really frightened. Without any visible attack, the suicide fleet instantly lost itsbat capability and stopped silently in space, allowing the great serpent to easily pass and continue chasing them.
Immediately afterward, the soldiers in the control center informed Guthro that the soldiers in the suicide fleet lost all their vital signs.
This situation waspletely beyond Guthro¡¯s expectations. He thought that that fleet should be able to hold the great serpent for a while. After all, the great serpent shouldn¡¯t remain at its peak after releasing such a powerful attack.
After the calction of their supeputer, Guthro roughly understood the previous attack of the great serpent. It used some kind of ability to transform into a ck hole.
He will never forget how the great serpent instantly destroyed arge number of their spaceships, breaking the bnce of their formation and causing an even bigger disaster.
¡°Order Yuli, Kevin, and Dorsey to go and stop that monster!¡±
Guthro roared loudly. The three people he mentioned were all experiencedmanders with a squadron of 8000 battleships under them.
After these three fleets were left behind, the remnant fleet suddenly shrank a lot. Guthro didn¡¯t care about this, he continued staring at the projection in front of him unblinkingly.
There was the image of the three fleets he just dispatched on the holographic screen.
A few secondster, the three fleets and the giant serpent collided. There was a fierce exchange of fire between each other for almost a minute before the great serpent was able to pass through that fleet again.
Of course, this time he wasn¡¯t able to destroy the entire fleet. He was only able to destroy a part of it.
However, the purpose of these three fleets was to stop Fang Yun, but now, he passed by them and continued chasing the main fleet. It could be said that they failed their mission.
Seeing that the giant serpent was chasing them again, Guthro¡¯s face became as ck as the bottom of a pot. This time, he didn¡¯t send any more suicide fleet.
The remaining spaceships are majorly damaged. They are constantly falling behind while fleeing. Not to mention stopping the great serpent, they can¡¯t even protect themselves. Only a few intact spaceships remain, but they are left to protect themand ship.
¡°What should we do this time? What should I do?¡±
Inside the control center, Linna was crying with fear and horror. She thought that she would be very angry at the great serpent because it killed a lot of herpatriots.
She wished nothing more than for the great serpent to get the punishment it deserves.
However, at the moment, she could only feel deep and unspeakable fear. She couldn¡¯t even maintain her hatred at the moment.
This beauty reporter¡¯s face was filled with tears due to excessive fear and terror. If she was given another chance, she would nevere to this cursed ce even if she is killed.
¡°Master Guthro, Master Guthro!¡±
Suddenly, Linna yelled at Guthro.
¡°The serpent is catching up again. You! Order the rest of the battleships to stop it!¡±
Seeing the giant serpent rushing towards their ship, Linna immediately copsed. In the face of death, few people can remain calm, and a naive, spoileddy like her isn¡¯t such a person.
Previously, before they joined the remnant fleet of Mike, Nadu, and Pound, she constantly urged Guthro to quickly support them, hoping to save these brave soldiers¡¯ lives.
Unfortunately, when her life was threatened, she didn¡¯t hesitate to urge Guthro to sacrifice his soldiers to give them time to escape.
¡°We have no manpower to send.¡±
Guthro sighed and said, ¡°If we transfer the remaining spaceships to stop the great serpent, they might not be able to stop him.¡±
¡°In the end, what would remain will only be our spaceship, and if the great serpent keeps chasing, that means almost certain death.¡±
¡°This¡¡±
Linna couldn¡¯t speak again after hearing Guthro¡¯s words. Fear bubbled in her heart, making her regret every decision she made that led her to this moment.
Now she lost even the ability to speak due to excessive fear.
¡°No¡no¡¡±
Linna hugged her head, her spiritpletely copsed.
Guthro didn¡¯t care about Linna, she is the least of his concerns now. He stared closely at the holographic projection in front of him. Watching the great serpent getting closer and closer. In the end, he sighed and said.
¡°Stop.¡±
¡°All the ships, along with themand ship, prepare for battle!¡±
Guthro shouted this sentence loudly. He knows very well that they can¡¯t escape.
Since they can¡¯t escape, it¡¯s better to fight the giant serpent to the end and die with dignity.
All the spaceships stopped at this moment, then turned around and faced the great serpent.
They aren¡¯t cowards, rather than being destroyed while escaping, they¡¯d rather fight to the death with this monster!
¡°Command Guthro, why, why stop¡ Why did you stop?!¡± Linna asked Guthro hysterically, she looked on the verge of copse.
Guthro said coldly. ¡°We can¡¯t escape.¡±
After speaking, he ignored this Linna.
The remaining spaceships lined up at this moment, then bravely faced the iing giant serpent. After it entered the firing range, all battleships didn¡¯t hesitate to attack.
Laser beams and explosive artillery flew out from these spaceships, flying towards the great serpent.
Thecking number of battleships has caused the density of these attacks to be rtively scattered. Their attack range is also very smallpared to the previousrge fleet. Therefore, the giant serpent was able to dodge theseser beams with rtive ease.
shing away, the giant serpent instantly appeared next to Guthro¡¯s remaining fleet. Itunched a rain of attacks using its tyrannical body, destroying one battleship after the other.
This fleet is still too miserable because most of the remaining spaceships are more or less damaged. Many of them can¡¯t even activate their energy shield, relying purely on the defense of the ship¡¯s materials.
Spaceships like this are very fragile in front of Fang Yun. Under hisary-mass tail, flying at nearly the speed of light, they couldn¡¯t even stand one blow. This made these soldiers extremely desperate. Even some soldiers copsed mentally and drove their battleship into the depth of the universe in an attempt to flee.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about these deserters, because their fate is already sealed.
Flying with such a broken spaceship in the depth of the universe, far away from living areas is like suicide.
In the end, only themand ship remained in front of Fang Yun.
Fang Yun stared at themand ship in front of him with squinted eyes. This spaceship is about fifteen kilometers long. This is a rtively big ship in the battleship-ss, but it¡¯s still one of the most agile ships Fang Yun ever dealt with, signifying its power and quality.
The entire spaceship was wrapped in an energy shield, confronting Fang Yun with all of its weapons activated and ready to fire.
This is the most powerful spaceship in the fifth heaven fleet and also the most powerful battleship Fang Yun ever faced.
At the moment, Fang Yun, who was confronting this ship that was less than one-hundredth of his size, looked solemn.
Chapter 525: The End of the Battle
Chapter 525: The End of the Battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The atmosphere in themand ship was dignified to the extreme. Linna was no longer yelling because she was so scared that she couldn¡¯t make a sound.
Their situation is absolutely terrible.
Their entire fleet was annihted by the giant serpent. of course, some battleships escaped, but this did not affect the horror and trauma the giant serpent brought them.
By now, Linna felt so regretful that her intestines turned green. She wished nothing more than go back in time and beat up her previous self that suggested to be the one to go on this journey.
In fact, it wasn¡¯t just her, many people have regretted ever participating in this mission oring to this unlucky ce.
Otherwise, they won¡¯t face such a terrifying situation.
¡°Attack!¡±
Guthro, who was standing in the middle of the crowd, suddenly yelled. He was the only one that was able to maintainplete rity in such a perilous situation.
The soldiers subconsciously acted on his order, like machines that were geared to face such situations.
¡°Boom! Boom!
The weapon system of themand ship started to tremble as all the weapons were used without any consideration of the damage and durability problem.
Suddenly, an energy shield appeared around themand ship, tightly protecting it.
The weapons need to be recharged for some time, hence they need the energy shield to protect them from the serpent¡¯s attacks. A few secondster, the recharge wasplete, the energy shield was withdrawn and the battleshipunched another round of attacks.
The ship¡¯s artillery andser attacks were very fierce, forcing Fang Yun to use ¡°Advanced Space Barrier¡¯ to deflect them.
He has upgraded this skill two times, making it very powerful, but even so, some of thesers and artillery still fell on Fang Yun¡¯s body, causing him a lot of damage.
After all, it¡¯s a top battleship from the fifth heaven. Its power is not just for show.
Even Fang Yun had to be careful when facing this battleship. The power of itsser beams is no joke. Just the fact that any of itsser beams can stretch for several million kilometers is enough to showcase its power.
Any of theseser beams can prate hundreds of battleships in its path. It can be said that this battleship is like a meat grinder in most interster and intergctic battlefields.
Countless suchser beams flew past Fang Yun, and he rapidly moved around to dodge them. There is a powerful supeputer in this ship, constantly calcting his movement speed and route, then sending urateser attacks to the precalcted route.
Fang Yun must always change his route midway to dodge the iingser beams or use ¡°Space Barrier¡± to deflect them.
This battleship is very hard to deal with, unless Fang Yun gives up on it and leaves, he must work hard in order to destroy it.
While dodging the storm-like attacks, Fang Yun never stopped counterattacking. He didn¡¯t even care about the asional injuries he got but continued to attack as long as he had the opportunity.
His attacks were equally fierce. Facing the level 4 ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡±, themand ship also greatly suffered. Their energy shield could barely defend against it.
Facing Fang Yun¡¯s fierce counterattack, the attack of the battleship gradually weakened. After all, unlike a perpetual motion machine like Fang Yun, they need to recharge their weapons from time to time, during which they can only defend using their energy shield.
This caused them to gradually fall into Fang Yun¡¯s rhythm.
In the end, the ship¡¯s attack frequency became smaller and smaller.
By now, the ship basically couldn¡¯t attack anymore, it could only passively defend against Fang Yun¡¯s continuous bombardment.
This is the biggest drawback of fighting with a single battleship.
As Fang Yun resisted the battleship¡¯s offense and counterattacked in turn, the battleship is forced to defend, causing them to be unable to stop Fang Yun¡¯s advancement.
As he got closer and closer, the situation of themand ship got grimmer and grimmer. In the end, in the despair-filled sight of Linna, Guthro, and the rest of the soldiers, Fang Yun swallowed themand ship.
Thismand ship provided him with more than 2 billion bio-energy points, the sum of almost a dozen smalls.
shing away, Fang Yun quickly returned to the battlefield. There are still many spaceships left for him to eat.
Although more than 90% of this giant fleet was reduced into fragments in the previous explosion, the remainingplete ones were still more than enough for Fang Yun to fulfill the 180 billion bio-energy points requirement.
Finally, he evolved again.
After this evolution, Fang Yun¡¯s length reached 2000 kilometers. He also got 95 skill points, but this is far from enough to upgrade any of the current skills he owns.
Therefore, except for his physical attributes and size, his abilities didn¡¯t improve too much, and now new skills appeared.
In addition, the bio-energy requirements for the next evolution have increased to 200 billion, but it¡¯s just a matter of time.
¡°Now, no one will bother me.¡±
Fang Yun hovered in the space with his head raised. Beside him, the giant turtle was flying around him, amazed at his current size.
It almost looked like a moon orbiting around a giant.
After praising the giant turtle for its assistance, the two of them continued moving forward. By now, they hadpletely entered the depths of the eighth heaven, and they are even about to reach the other side.
Now that there is no one obstructing or causing trouble for them, they can use their maximum speed to cross the eighth heaven, maybe, it won¡¯t take them long to leave the eighth heaven.
Not long after the destruction of themand ship of the fifth heaven, the news reached the fifth heaven.
This incident created a vibration across the entire fifth heaven.
After all, it¡¯s truly a big deal. Tens of thousands of ships were sent, but they were all wiped out? At the moment, they couldn¡¯t contact any spaceship in that fleet.
There is no need to talk about the spaceships that were destroyed, they naturally can¡¯t reply. As for the ships that escaped? They don¡¯t even dare to send a message, and their reply is meaningless. Their fate was doomed the moment they decided to escape.
All forces in the universe have no tolerance for deserters. If they somewhat managed to survive with their broken spaceship, the only way out for them is to be space pirates.
¡°Sigh¡¡¡±
In the deep space, A medium fleet was slowly moving forward. This is the fleet of the Eighth Heaven. They didn¡¯t converge with Guthro¡¯s fleet before but acted independently in this area of space.
By now, they hadpletely given up on fighting against the great serpent. Anyway, this pollutant hadn¡¯t disyed any sign of destroying civilians and gathering up to now.
And their decision was correct.
It was because of their decision that saved their lives.
¡°Commander Otto, you saved us all.¡±
In the control center of themand ship, an adjutant said gratefully to Otto.
In fact, at the beginning, there were quite a few people that suggested joining Guthro¡¯s mega fleet. They might get some benefits.
At that time, they all felt that the giant serpent couldn¡¯t survive in front of such a big and powerful fleet.
Chapter 526: Uproar
Chapter 526: Uproar
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
However, the end result was a big shock to them. The news of Guthro¡¯s fleet destruction has already spread across the four heavens.
They also quickly learned that Guthro¡¯s army was almostpletely wiped out and that the n to hunt the great serpent has also failed.
So these soldiers are all extremely grateful. Fortunately, they followed Otto, a cautious and stable man. He was the one that prevented them from joining that big fleet.
¡°Hoof¡¡±
Otto heaved a sigh of relief. Even he was very surprised; Although he had the feeling that Guthro¡¯s fleet might be unable to deal with the great serpent, the news of their destruction still greatly shocked him.
¡°Commander Otto, what should we do now?¡± An officer suddenly asked.
After a moment of daze, Otto was about to respond, but suddenly, his watch started ringing. Signaling for the soldiers to be quiet, he epted the call.
A holographic screen appeared in front of him, on which a sturdy man appeared.
This figure in a military uniform looked seriously at Otto through the holographic screen.
When Otto saw the man, his body immediately straightened up as he saluted respectfully.
¡°Sir!¡±
The other soldiers in the control center looked at the figure in the projection very solemnly and respectfully, then saluted him.
The man on the holographic projection didn¡¯t talk nonsense with Otto but directly asked him.
¡°Otto, what¡¯s the situation on your side now?¡±
¡°Sir! Report!¡±
Otto said in a deep voice, ¡°We did not meet withmander Guthro¡¯s. Now our fleet is on the east side of the eighth cosmos. The coordinates here are¡¡±
After reporting their precise coordinates, Otto asked the general again.
¡°Sir, Is there any problem with our action of not converging with Guthro¡¯s fleet?¡±
All the soldiers in the control center were stunned after hearing Otto¡¯s question. Their eyes all focused on the man on the holographic screen, waiting for his answer.
Upon hearing this, the man pondered then said,
¡°Otto, you did the right thing.¡± Upon saying this, a trace of fear appeared on the man¡¯s face.
¡°The power of that serpent-pollutant¡ ¡ is beyond our imagination.¡±
¡°We got secret information not long ago. Wepletely lost contact with Guthro. We are unable to contact even the other spaceships in his fleet. I¡¯m afraid¡¡±
¡°That¡¯s why I said you did the right thing.¡±
The middle-aged man looked at Otto and said
¡°It¡¯s very possible that the huge fleet sent to hunt the great serpent had been annihted.¡±
¡°This¡¡±
Upon hearing such shocking news, Otto froze for a while. He knew the power of the great serpent and he was even prepared to hear about the failure of the fleet.
However, what he never expected was that that giant fleet would bepletely annihted. Even Guthro¡¯smand ship couldn¡¯t escape.
¡°Return to the headquarters immediately. After youe back, you will tell me about the more detailed information.¡±
The middle-aged man gave this order to the dazed Otto.
Otto naturally has no reason to refuse. He also hopes to get more information from the middle-aged man after he goes back.
¡°Damn, it¡¯s a big trouble this time.¡±
Otto sighed after turning off themunication.
He knew that this time things would be very troublesome. He isn¡¯t sure about the next actions of the three heavens, but they will certainly not give up on the hunt, especially after such arge loss
In fact, they have no choice. First, it¡¯s a matter of reputation. Second, the casualties this time are too big, especially since each one of these dead soldiers is the elite of the elites. It can be said that each soldier in that mega fleet is a one in a ten thousand or even one in million.
Furthermore, this incident caused great unrest in their hometown, and the best way to calm it is to hunt the great serpent. There is also the factor of the great serpent itself.
They are all very aware that high-level pollutants are amazingly intelligent and very vengeful. Even if they don¡¯t continue hunting the great serpent, the great serpent won¡¯t leave them alone.
It¡¯s very possible that the great serpent has targeted them, and is nning to get revenge on them.
Letting such a dangerous creature with animosity for them enter their heaven is undoubtedly an unimaginable disaster for their citizens.
Therefore, almost all of the people with a certain degree of power hope to get rid of the great serpent before it enters their hometown.
¡°I hope that giant serpent will leave our eighth heaven during this period.¡±
Otto prayed internally, then said to the soldiers next to him.
¡°Well, everyone has heard it. The general has given us the order to retreat.¡±
¡°Now let¡¯s do what themander said.¡±
All the soldiers looked at each other with a surprised and relieved expression, then moved towards their respective positions.
¡°Commander Otto, is that giant serpent that powerful?¡±
Suddenly, an adjutant approached Otto and said.
¡°Otherwise?¡± Otto smiled and said, ¡°How do you think Guthro¡¯s fleet copsed?¡±
¡°I just felt that it¡¯s incredible.¡± The adjutant sighed and said,
¡°Unexpectedly, a creature of this level has appeared in our small eighth heaven.¡±
¡°By the way, thinking about it, the giant serpent didn¡¯t deliberately attack the forces of our eighth heaven.¡±
The adjutant hesitated and said, ¡°Maybe,unching a hunt against the great serpent is a stupid behavior.¡±
¡°Some pollutants are not very bloodthirsty. They are wise creatures no less than us, acting mostly due to benefits and interests.¡±
Otto remained silent for a moment, then said.
¡°No matter what is the temperament of this giant serpent, there¡¯s no need to regret our actions. Anyway, we don¡¯t have the ability to deal with it.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
The adjutant nodded heavily.
Otto walked to the side and started studying the route of travel.
At the same time, he also entered the universalwork, then started looking for information about the reaction of the three heavens. As expected, some secret websites revealed some information.
This information surprised everyone.
Chapter 527: Sakura Academy Students
Chapter 527: Sakura Academy Students
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the dark space, a spaceship was quickly moving forward. There was no organization¡¯s mark on this ship. Obviously, it¡¯s a private spaceship.
The spaceship is rtively small, about 1 kilometer long. From the outside, it can be seen that the cabin of this ship is very small, and most of its space is filled with various devices.
In the cabin of this ship, there was a small group of people, talking andughing. There is a total of 32 people in this group, sitting around a long table. They looked at the young man at the head of the table, waiting for him to speak.
¡°Brother Hua, what shall we do now?¡±
Suddenly, a handsome guy beside the young man suddenly asked.
¡°The news is confirmed, the giant fleet led by general Guthro was annihted.¡±
The person who spoke was pale and sickly, but the look in his eyes was very sharp.
The people around the table looked very focused after hearing this, waiting for the decision of the leading young man.
These people are the students from Sakura Academy that banded up to hunt the great serpent, but by now, they have received news that the great fleet of Guthro has shed with the serpent.
Unfortunately, it was Guthro¡¯s army that ended in a big defeat. More than that, the entire fleet was annihted. This is a result that none of them thought of before.
At the beginning, they were also preparing topete with Guthro¡¯s fleet to hunt the great serpent. Even if they ended up working together in the end, they can still share arge part of the harvest.
However, before the operation could even begin, they received news of the defeat of Guthro¡¯s fleet.
More importantly, people like Guthro and Linna have rted equipment to monitor their physical condition.
So the moment they died, everyone quickly got the news.
¡°I wonder how Guthro and the others died.¡±
A young student suddenly said.
¡°Guthro¡¯s fleet is extremely powerful, how could they be destroyed so suddenly? With such arge fleet, even if they are defeated, arge part of the fleet should still be able to escape. This is very weird.¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
Most of them nodded in agreement.
The young man continued to speak.
¡°A level 4 pollutant, no matter how powerful it is, shouldn¡¯t be able to destroy such a powerful fleet in just a few tens of minutes. I feel that the intelligence we got is wrong. That giant serpent shouldn¡¯t be merely a level 4 pollutant.¡±
¡°Yes, we should go back and make a long-term n, there is no need to continue this journey.¡±
Some people want to return to the Academy. They are very worried about their next hunt. If they continue heading recklessly, they are most likely going to be killed.
¡°Brother Hua, what do you think?¡±
Suddenly, the pale youth asked the young man sitting at the head of the table.
The young man sitting at the head of the table nced at his juniors below. Just as he was about to say his thoughts, loud rms suddenly rang out in their battleship.
¡°Brother Hua, there are unidentified living entities approaching us.¡±
A sturdy guy walked out from the control center and reported to the leading young man.
¡°What happened?¡±
Around the long table, the young boys and girls looked at each with a surprised expression on their faces. They are puzzled about the current situation.
¡°Let¡¯s go over and take a look.¡±
Hua Zexuan said, then stood up and walked towards the control center.
Hua Zexuan is a purple-rank student from Sakura Academy and the second young master of the fifth heaven¡¯s Hua Family. Despite his young age, he has great ability and is one of the few existences standing at the top of the Academy.
This time he invited his friends and some other outstanding students from the academy to hunt the recently famous pollutant, the great serpent.
ording to their previous n, they were going straight to the ce where the giant serpentst appeared, but after hearing the news of Guthro¡¯s fleet destruction, they were shocked.
They didn¡¯t dare to continue the hunt anymore but started wandering around, talking about their next action.
Hua Zexuan and the others walked to the control center, then looked at the holographic screen in the center of the room.
On the screen, there was a scene of darkness and starlight, nothing unusual.
However, on a part of the screen, there was a map of the surrounding area, on which was a flickering red dot.
The red dot represents the approaching living body. The reason why its image is not disyed yet is that the living body is still quite far away.
Their instruments can detect the life and electromaic fluctuations released by any living body from far away, but it¡¯s hard to detect the type and image of said creature.
Hua Zexuan wasn¡¯t in a hurry. He stared at the picture in front of him unblinkingly.
For some reason, he felt a bit nervous.
He suddenly remembered that in the information they received, it¡¯s said that there are three pollutants in the eighth heaven. Apart from the two big and small great serpents, there¡¯s another golden behemoth.
Since there are so many powerful pollutants in the eighth heaven, they won¡¯t be so unlucky to encounter one of them in this ce?
It wasn¡¯t that he is thinking too much. Although the iing creature is still far away, they were still able to detect its life fluctuations. This is proof of its tremendous vitality and to a certain extent, its power.
¡°Brother Hua, something is wrong.¡±
In this striking silence, the pale youth who had been sitting next to Hua Zexuan suddenly said. This pale youth is the best friend and brother of Hua Zexuan.
He alsoes from a big family, the Wu family.
His name is Wu Qi, and although his Wu family is weaker than the Hua family, it¡¯s still a big family.
¡°Wu Qi, it seems that we are in trouble.¡±
Hua Zexuan stared at the big red dot in the projection. Now he can be sure that the iing creature is an extremely powerful pollutant.
¡°Everyone! Prepare for battle!¡±
Hua Zexuan yelled.
¡°Open the hatch immediately and prepare to attack.¡±
The hatch at the bottom of the spacecraft trembled, then slowly opened, Hua Zexuan nced at the red dot in the projection, then decisively walked out of the control center.
He is going to the hatch, to prepare for the next battle.
As he walked forward, a stream of metallic liquid suddenly surged out of his body like water.
Chapter 528: Battle Against Life Mechas
Chapter 528: Battle Against Life Mechas
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Within two or three seconds, Hua Zexuan had already be a ¡°terminator¡±. His body was enveloped dark silver metallic liquid, forming an impressive silver armor
However, in the next moment, the dark silver liquid converged, forming a simple protectiveyer around his body.
After Hua Zexuan, the others also summoned their life mechas, forming armors of various sizes and shapes around them.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
Hua Zexuan yelled loudly. In the next moment, he jumped out from the cabin door and into space, then flew straight towards the location of the red dot at an inconceivable speed.
The rest, including Wu Qi, hurriedly followed behind.
After flying for about three minutes, Hua Zexuan suddenly stopped and raised his hand, signaling for Wu Qi and the others to stop as well.
Hua Zexuan stared at the void ahead, his eyes extremely solemn.
¡°Buzz!!¡±
Suddenly, the void in front of them was suddenly distorted, then a huge serpent appeared in front of them.
¡°Sh*t! It¡¯s the giant serpent!!¡±
The moment the great serpent appeared, someone yelled loudly. His eyes were filled with shock.
Even Hua Zexuan¡¯s pupils suddenly shrank.
It was as if a huge continent appeared in front of them. Seeing the giant serpent head-on is different from seeing it in the control center of their spaceship.
Its huge body caused them to feel palpitations, especially its giant cold golden eyes. Just seeing it caused many of them to shake.
Hua Zexuan clenched his teeth tightly.
Not long ago, they were discussing what to do next, as after getting the news of Guthro¡¯s fleet destruction, they knew that hunting this giant serpent might be beyond their abilities.
However, they never expected to actually encounter the great serpent in such a remote area. Can they be considered lucky or unlucky?
¡°Damn it!¡±
Hua Zexuan cursed under his breath. They are really unlucky. Shouldn¡¯t the great serpent be around the central area of the eighth heaven? Why did it appear in this marginal area?
¡°Hiss¡¡±
Hua Zexuan took a deep breath, then used electromaic waves tomunicate with hispanions.
¡°Everyone pays attention! Spread out and slowly retreat!¡±
He hopes that the giant serpent will let them go since they didn¡¯t attack it first. Once they go back to their spaceship, they will return immediately.
The giant serpent¡¯s attention was attracted by these dust-like tiny creatures, At this moment, he was staring at them with wide eyes, because he recognized these silver dots.
Fang Yun identally learned that a small team from the headquarters of Sakura Academy ising to deal with him.
However, he never expected to encounter them in such a remote corner.
Previously, as he was moving forward, he sensed a burst of electromaic waves passing over his body. Out of curiosity, he followed the electromaic waves back and encountered this small team.
¡°Do you want to leave?¡±
Seeing that they are slowly retreating, Fang Yun sneered. He opened his gigantic mouth and released an earth-shattering howl.
This silent roar also shocked Hua Zexuan and his team.
¡°This monster wants to attack us, everyone spreads out! Prepare for battle!¡±
Hua Zexuan yelled loudly. Strips of metal vines spread out from his body, making him look like a small octopus man.
Suddenly, the tentacles changed into barrels one after the other, then immediatelyunched earth-shattering energy beams towards Fang Yun.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Red sun-like explosions appeared on Fang Yun¡¯s body, blowing his scales and creature giant craters with a diameter of several kilometers.
¡°This guy¡¡±
Fang Yun moved around, avoiding the next attacks. Although these attacks only created ¡®small¡¯ craters on his body, their power is actually enough to destroy Earth-sizes with rtive ease.
He never thought that the attacks of such a tiny silver dot would have such a power.
The moment Hua Zexuan attacked Fang Yun, hispanions, just like him, started to attack Fang Yun fiercely.
Fang Yun found it hard to deal with the attacks of such small creatures. Speaking of which, although the attack power of these guys isn¡¯t very high in his opinion, their flexibility and speed are very troublesome to deal with.
With such a small size, they moved in space at about 100,000 km/s, making it very hard for him to touch them. The cooperation of the thirty-odd people is also quite good. They wandered around his body, making him unable to touch them orunch anyrge-scale attack.
But after a stalemate for a while, Fang Yun still discovered their weakness.
Their defensive strength is quite low.
Their defense is just ayer of metal liquid surrounding their bodies. Whether it¡¯s hisser beams or the shock created due to physical collisions, the metal liquid will take the initiative to stretch out and absorb it.
Of course, Fang Yun guessed that the energy absorbed by this metal liquid armor has an upper limit, otherwise, it would be too exaggerated.
After fighting with them for a while, he had already decided that among these guys, the most powerful one is the guy that has always attacked him from the front.
And it seems that this person¡¯s status is also the highest.
¡°So there are the so-called life mechas?¡±
Fang Yun also knew that there were life mechas in the fifth heaven. In fact, Fang Yun had seen some prototypes on the Blue. It¡¯s abination of nano-technology and silicon-life. Of course,pared to these guys in front of him, the mechas that the blue federation created are nothing more than toys.
Due to the severeck of power, the Blue Federation eventually gave up on this path and chose the orthodox path of creating battleships and weapons of mass destruction.
¡°To be honest, It looks like it¡¯s nothing amazing. I can be considered their worst opponent.¡±
Fang Yun muttered, then used ¡°Life Plunder¡° to plunder the vitality of these people. They couldn¡¯t survive even one attack.
What only surprised Fang Yun was that after he had extracted all the vitality of these people, the silicon-based lifeforms that are in symbiosis with them actually wanted to escape.
His ¡°Life Plunder¡± skill didn¡¯t affect it.
Unfortunately, none of these silicon-based lifeforms escaped. They were all swallowed by Fang Yun and turned into bio-energy in the end.
Chapter 529: Leaving the Eighth Heaven
Chapter 529: Leaving the Eighth Heaven
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The group of Sakura Academy students was quite powerful. Anyway, they could cause great damage to Fang Yun. Under the right circumstances, they might even be able to defeat and kill him.
It¡¯s a pity that they have a fatal weakness. They have no way to stop Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Life Plunder¡±.
This skill is extremely powerful and deadly to most creatures, but it has a few ws. It doesn¡¯t work very well on creatures with exuberant vitality, such as the golden behemoth.
Besides, as long as there are enough enemies, even if Fang Yun uses it on a certain enemy, the others can frantically attack him, forcing him to interrupt this skill. In the end, there¡¯s the issue of distance.
This can barely be considered a weakness considered the immense range of several million miles, but as long as one is fast enough to get out of the range before their vitality ispletely withdrawn, they can escape the clutch of this skill.
The death of Hua Zexuan and the others caused an uproar among several heavens. Whether it was the eighth heaven or the three heavens above it, they were shocked.
This news was even more shocking than the previous news of Guthro¡¯s fleet destruction. After all, among the people who died this time, there were the core figures of the Fifth Heaven¡¯s Hua family.
Since the Hua family has a pivotal position in the Fifth Heaven, this incident prompted it to hold various meetings to discuss their next attitude towards the great serpent.
However, although the eighth and seventh heavens were quite lively, their authorities and governments remained rtively silent.
They don¡¯t have a choice. There¡¯s no need to talk about the eighth heaven, the great serpent¡¯s terrifying strength caused them to be without the slightest temper.
Theypletely ignored its existence and acted as if it didn¡¯t exist. This is the only thing they could do.
As for the seventh heaven, they lost too many troops, causing a certain degree of damage to their army¡¯s strength.
At this time, the top executives are shirking responsibilities, shifting me, and arguing. They don¡¯t n to act against the great serpent anymore, not to mention that they are guarding against its possible revenge in the future.
After all, after so many attacks, they probably aroused the dislike or even hatred of that creature.
Their fleets are immense, but unfortunately, the territory is also vast, and many ces need to be guarded by fleets, such as various space docks, intergctic cities, and some territories filled with precious materials.
Furthermore, there are the territories of pollutants in their heaven.
In addition, some fleets are required to regrly clean up dense star beasts in some areas, etc¡ Therefore, even if they have arge army, most of it has its responsibilities.
After dispatching such arge fleet this time, then losing it, their forces have be a bit stretched.
However, contrary to the cowering eighth and seventh heaven, the senior officials of the sixth and fifth heavens were discussing how to deal with the giant serpent in full swing.
They need to give an exnation to the families of the millions of soldiers who died, and at the same time, that serpent was considered by them a high-grade prey this time.
Pollutants are very important to high-level civilizations. Not to mention that this is a high-level pollutant outside their heaven. It¡¯spletely worth their efforts and time.
However, although the senior officials of the two heavens still didn¡¯t give up on the great serpent, they did not immediately take action.
There is no way, after such a disastrous defeat, they also understood that the great serpent isn¡¯t a creature that can be taken lightly, hence they must seriously prepare this time.
Just as the outside world was talking about the destruction of the two powerful forces, as the protagonist of these two incidents, Fang Yun is now crossing the eighth heaven with hispanion, the giant turtle.
He didn¡¯t deliberately hide, hence his image was asionally captured by the monitors of the eighth heaven.
However, the people in the eighth horizon don¡¯t dare to do anything to him anymore. They allowed Fang Yun to run freely in their territory. Most importantly, the higher-ups of the eighth heaven have discovered that the great serpent is moving towards the exit of their heaven.
¡°His purpose is the seventh heaven or other higher-level heavens.¡±
The rted experts exined to their leaders after analyzing the behavior of the great serpent.
As a result, the people of the Eighth Heaven acted as if they were blind, quietly watching as the great serpent left under their eyelids.
¡°My reputation value has increased by 60 billion again, reaching 800 billion.¡±
When Fang Yun realized that his reputation value had risen so much unknowingly, he couldn¡¯t help but feel happy. This means that he got another batch of skill points. More importantly, he is about to reach the requirements for bloodline evolution.
Looking at his information panel, he found that his total number of skill points had reached 522 points.
He can upgrade his skills again.
He spent 400 to upgrade the ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡±, leaving him with 122 skill points.
About three monthster, Fang Yun finally crossed the entire eighth heaven. He rushed out of the eighth heaven, then quickly flew towards the seventh heaven.
At the same time, there was news from the sixth and fifth heaven. They are nning to send an even bigger fleet to deal with Fang Yun and to do so, they ordered the eighth heaven officials to closely monitor his position.
However, the officials of the eighth heavens quickly stated that the great serpent is no longer in their heaven and even provided video materials as proof.
The great serpent¡¯s location and route were clearly marked. Even the ce from which it left the eighth heaven was marked. In the end, they all concluded that the great serpent is heading towards the seventh heaven.
The senior officials of the seventh heaven suddenly felt like eating sh*t, then started to question the authenticity of this video. if this giant serpentes to their eighth heaven, then they will be really unlucky.
Catching and killing such a powerful creature is not a matter of overnight. The sixth and fifth heaven started to prepare for war carefully. To kill the great serpent, they will need an extremely powerful army.
The seventh heaven¡¯s officials felt like they¡¯re going to cry. Both sides are extremely powerful, and any one of their battles can cause wide-ranging damage to their territory and civilizations.
For the first time, they faced the dilemma that the eighth heaven faced not long ago.
In order to prevent future disasters, the higher-ups of the seventh heaven sent a huge fleet to the junction between the seventh and eighth heaven to monitor any iing creature.
The soldiers sent there are required to immediately report upon discovering any trace of the great serpent.
They need to stop the giant serpent in the barren edge of their heaven, then wait for the sixth and fifth heaven fleets toe to exterminate it.
At present, this is the best n.
Time passed day by day, and half a yearter, Fang Yun¡¯s reputation value increased again, this time reaching 880 billion.
In addition, he acquired two more levels.
After each of thest few evolutions, his body size increased exponentially. For example, after thest evolution, his body length is now more than 6,000 kilometers, and his diameter is more than 200 kilometers.
His size is so big that he can now easily wrap around the moon.
The sessive evolutions coupled with the increase in reputation value brought the number of skill points to more than 700. This time he upgraded ¡°Advanced Space Barrier¡± twice to increase his defense.
After thest evolution, new skills appeared, but this time only one.
Chapter 530: Gamma Rays Burst
Chapter 530: Gamma Rays Burst
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Gamma Rays Burst¡±
This is the name of the new skill he has acquired this time. Obviously, this is a skill that allows him to emit gamma rays. Gamma rays are extremely powerful and concentrated energy emissions in the universe. Supernovas and ck holes usually create such a concentrated energy light.
Unexpectedly, Fang Yun acquired such a skill after this evolution.
The only problem is that this skill requires a lot of skill points. The first upgrade requires 300 skill points, and each subsequent upgrade requires 50 more skill points.
That means that while level 1 requires 300 points, level 2 requires 350, level 3 requires 400, etc¡
Overall, he needs up to 2000 skill points to max out this skill.
Because of theck of skill points, even though Fang Yun was very happy, he couldn¡¯t upgrade this skill.
He can only hope that he levels up faster or that he acquires more reputation points to get enough skill points to upgrade this skill.
After thest evolution, he needs 400 billion bio-energy points for the next one. This isn¡¯t actually very difficult for the current him.
With his size growth, he can directly swallow smalls now. In addition, ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± had been limited by his size and slow indigestion previously, but now, he can easily devour and quickly digest bigs in a short period of time.
Previously, a the size of the earth would require a day for him to devour and digest it, but now, he can devour two suchs in a day.
¡°I wonder if I can swallow stars.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
Stars can provide him with energy countless times bigger and more concentrated thans. For example, the sun. Its volume is 1.3 million times that of the earth, and its mass is 330,000 times that of the earth.
Such a star can provide him with uncalcble energy. Even if the conversion rate between normal energy and bio-energy isn¡¯t high, he can still get at least 1 trillion bio-energy points.
Anyway, when Fang Yun passed near a medium-sized star, the system reminded him that that star could provide him with 7 trillion bio-energy points.
Of course, this number may decrease somewhat as he grows.
However, the current Fang Yun still can¡¯t swallow stars. The energy contained in even the smallest star is very maniac. To destroy a star with his ck hole then try to eat it is a death wish for now.
The energy created after a supernova is enough to instantly reduce him to ashes.
Fang Yun wandered in this empty area of space. There were not even a few stars here. It was a truly barren area.
Fang Yun knew very well that he should have entered the area between the eighth and seventh heaven. In other words, he is about to enter the seventh heaven.
After a few more days, Fang Yun noticed that the giant turtle was acting strangely. Through his familiarity with it, he immediately knew that it¡¯s uneasy. Something is nearby!
¡°Is there a fleet nearby?¡±
The giant turtle is a little restless, but its degree of agitation is not great. It¡¯s either because the fleet is too weak, or too far away to determine the degree of its threat.
Another week has passed.
This time the giant turtle looked visibly restless and uneasy.
¡°Are you sure that there are spaceships nearby?¡±
Fang Yun gently rubbed the great turtle¡¯s head, trying to soothe its uneasiness. Both of them are hidden in the depth of the void thanks to the great turtle¡¯s ability. There¡¯s no need to worry.
The two behemoths concealed their tracks and continued to move forward.
At the same time, they were vigntly perceiving the various electromaic waves in the surrounding area. About a dayter, they discovered various scattered spaceships.
¡°These spaceships are monitoring this area?¡±
Fang Yun saw sporadic spaceships constantly wandering in space. From which asional bursts of electromaic waves were released, scanning the nearby space.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t attack these spaceships.
Obviously, these spaceships should be sent to search for his traces. If he attacks these ships now, his whereabouts will definitely be exposed immediately.
Of course, his power has skyrocketed since thest battle. He is certainly not afraid of the seventh heaven.
But Fang Yun decided to be cautious. He didn¡¯t want to fall into a passive situation like before.
Even if he doesn¡¯t care about his whereabouts exposure, he wants to be the one that actively exposes himself, and that should be after he had enough understanding of the situation and the reaction of the big powers.
Fang Yun ignored these spaceships, continuing to move forward with the great turtle. He is nning to go to a popted area and check the situation.
He guessed that the three major heavens would definitely take action, so he needs to grasp the whereabouts of his opponents first. At least, he needs to know what kind of ¡°gift¡± the three major heavens had prepared for him.
About a monthter, Fang Yun finally entered the seventh heaven. To be more precise, the edge of the seventh heaven. Manys started to appear.
Moreover, Fang Yun perceived the existence of civilization on many of theses.
The intelligent creatures of the seventh heaven are a level higher than those of the eighth heaven. Their adaptability is also many times higher.
As long as the environment isn¡¯t too harsh, they can live in and reproduce on mosts.
Of course, the people living on this kind of are mostly at the bottom of society.
Therefore, theary civilizations here are all rtively low-level. Anyway, Fang Yun didn¡¯t get what he wanted from them.
As he continued moving forward, he encountered more and more lifes. The level of civilizations is also getting higher and higher. At some point, he encountered civilizations that have ess to thework of the seventh heaven.
Their way of contact is very simr to the inte of the Blue, but it¡¯s much more advanced.
Fang Yun finally found the opportunity and immediately invaded theirwork. After which, he started searching for information.
After some inquiries, Fang Yun finally learned the current situation of the three heavens.
Sure enough, after hepletely wiped out those two powerful teams, he caused an uproar across several heavens. Especially after he killed the student group from Sakura Academy. Thatpletely drew the attention of the fifth heaven to him.
In that group, there is a person with an unusual background.
A tiny figure appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind, it¡¯s the leader of the previous student team.
¡°The Hua Family from the fifth heaven?¡±
Fang Yun started looking for information about the Hua Family, and arge number of windows popped out in his mind.
There was a lot of superficial news about this family, but news carrying actual information about them was very few.
There is very little information about their strength. Anyway, the general meaning is that this family is very powerful and holds a lot of power in the fifth heaven.
Chapter 531: Accidental Discovery
Chapter 531: idental Discovery
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Although he might have caused big trouble this time, Fang Yun was not very worried. Although the Hua family is a hegemon in the fifth heaven, he is in the seventh heaven right now.
Not to mention that there is the sixth heaven between them, no matter whether it¡¯s the sixth or seventh heaven, they don¡¯t want the army of the fifth heaven to enter their territory.
Besides, the Hua family isn¡¯t the overlord of the fifth heaven, there are quite a few forces at the same level to check and bnce.
Most importantly, Fang Yun is confident in his strength and growth potential.
Fang Yun smiled upon thinking of this, then continued rushing. During the journey, he received a lot of news. For example, the reason why there are so many spaceships on the edge of the seventh heaven is to look for him, then report it to the sixth and fifth heaven.
These two heavens are preparing tounch a fierce attack on him, and the battlefield location they chose is the edge of the seventh heaven.
These two heavens are set to solve Fang Yun, not only because they are confident in their strength, but that the benefits provided by a powerful high-level pollutant are enough to move them.
Furthermore, the area of the hunt isn¡¯t within their territory, hence they can unscrupulouslyunch giant destructive battles.
While moving forward, Fang Yun sensed a burst of electromaic fluctuations ahead.
¡°Is there a fleet in front?¡±
Fang Yun immediately became vignt. Could it be that his traces have been discovered, and now a fleet ising to deal with him?
Upon thinking of this, Fang Yun immediately hid, then approached cautiously, but the more he approached the source of the electromaic fluctuations, the more he felt that something was wrong.
The electromaic fluctuations in that area are too intense. He guessed that there should be a battlefield in front of him, but he doesn¡¯t know who is fighting and why.
With a bit of curiosity, Fang Yun stealthily approached the battlefield with the giant turtle. After moving forward for about 20 minutes, he finally arrived.
His pupils shrank upon seeing the scene ahead.
There¡¯s a huge fleet ahead, but this fleet isn¡¯t here for him but is fighting against another pollutant.
At the moment, the huge fleet is surrounding a behemoth. Obviously, it is a pollutant.
This behemoth looks like a long worm. At this moment, a series of battleships are surrounding the worm and fiercely attacking it.
Unfortunately, the strength of this giant worm isn¡¯t weak, as the many battleships couldn¡¯t cause any heavy damage to it. At least for now.
Instead, some of its attacks destroyed arge number of battleships.
¡°There are quite a few pollutants in the higher heavens. This one should be just one such creature.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the scene on the opposite side, but he had no idea of joining in for now. He will be the hunter behind and pick all the fruits after the end of the battle.
There are indeed pollutants in the powerful heavens, and the higher the level of the heaven, the more pollutants there are, and the higher their level.
For example, the highest-ranking pollutant in the seventh heaven is a level 3 pollutant.
Pollutants of this level, as long as they appear in rtively barren ces, the seventh heaven will definitely attack them.
If they appear in a rtively busy area, or a ce filled with strategic materials, then they will send a fleet to monitor it. As long as this pollutant enters a barren zone, they will definitely send a fleet to deal with it.
Regardless of which heaven, high-level pollutants are rtively rare. Hence why the seventh, sixth, and fifth heaven were so concerned upon hearing that a high-level pollutant appeared in the eighth heaven.
It¡¯s just that they never expected that the sure-win situation was reversed, leading them to lose so many forces.
At the moment, neither the fifth heaven nor the sixth heaven had actually determined how to deal with the great serpent, because they were a bit confused about its level.
From the previous report, the great serpent was ranked as a level 4 pollutant, but it wiped out the entire Guthro fleet. The general level 4 pollutants can¡¯t do such a thing.
Even if they can defeat that fleet, they mustn¡¯t be able topletely annihte it. That¡¯s two entirely different things.
Especially Guthro¡¯smand ship. Under normal circumstances, it must be able to easily escape due to its power and the heavy protection of the fleet.
For the time being, they still consider Fang Yun as a level 4 pollutant, just one that is more powerful and hard to deal with.
Up to now, the two heavens are still discussing how much power should they send to deal with Fang Yun. This time, they must make a final decision. In addition, they cannot send people indiscriminately.
If they send an over-the-top fleet over, they might not be able to deal with troubles in their hometown, likely leading to a chain reaction of events leading to the copse of theirplete control.
Even if the fleet of heaven is huge, it¡¯s also limited. These fleets all have their own missions and duties, hence they cannot mobilize too much at the same time, otherwise, their hometown will be messed up.
The pollutants in their heaven are no fools. They can detect the movements and number of spaceships around them. If arge number of spaceships that monitor them disappear, those guys will definitely make trouble.
In the past few days, Fang Yun has also been searching for relevant information, but, up to now, he hadn¡¯t found the slightest news about the fleet that the sixth and fifth heavens are going to send.
However, there is good news. Fang Yun¡¯s reputation value has increased again, reaching 920 billion.
The increase in reputation value granted him 334 skill points. He can finally upgrade ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡±.
Fang Yun naturally used 300 skill points to upgrade this skill.
He experimented with this skill and discovered that its power and pration abilities are unmatched.
Despite being only level 1, its power is no less than the level 5 ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡±.
The only fly in the ointment is that this skill requires too many skill points.
To upgrade it, Fang Yun can only honestly continue to increase his level and reputation value.
¡°It seems that the battle is about to end.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the battlefield ahead.
Several days passed since Fang Yun stumbled upon the battlefield between that fleet and the giant worm, and before he encountered them, the battle must have been going for several more days.
Chapter 532: Evolution and Waiting
Chapter 532: Evolution and Waiting
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
A battle against this level of pollutants can¡¯t be quickly ended. With good luck, the battle can end in around ten days. If the pollutant has a good defense or escaping ability, the battle can be extended up to 1 year or even 10 years.
The pollutant currently being hunted doesn¡¯t seem to have this ability. It has been under the investigation and monitoring of this fleet for a long time. Therefore, under its prepared attack, the giant worm couldn¡¯t keep resisting for long.
In the past, the wounds on its body had been rtively minor, but now, these injuries have be very serious, almost fatal.
Fang Yun felt that it was time for him to act.
Upon thinking like this, he first asked the giant turtle to take him closer to the battlefield, then immediately used ¡°Life Plunder¡± on the fleet.
This skill has a great bonus, that is, it does not damage the spaceships, keeping them in a rtively intact state and the most bio-energy.
There are still about 10,000 spaceships left in this fleet, and they are all high-quality ships. If this pollutant can eventually be hunted down by them, then the cost of the battleships that have been lost during the hunt can be recovered.
Furthermore, they can get a big profit.
It¡¯s a pity that they have encountered Fang Yun. At the moment, arge number of spaceships have been swept by Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Life Plunder¡±, losing their vitality and dying on the spot.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
In themand ship, the leader of the fleet frowned. He discovered that a mysterious force field swept across their fleet, causing his soldiers to lose their vitality and die one after the other.
¡°Disperse! Disperse!¡±
After seeing that something beyond his understanding ur, the leader of the fleet shouted loudly.
All spaceships in this fleet started dispersing at that moment.
Previously, they were desperately attacking the giant worm, but now, they have reduced the firepower, turned off some half of the weapons, then vigntly guarded against the surrounding dark space, preparing for any sudden attack.
The giant worm neighed loudly, and it also noticed the change in the situation. It absolutely didn¡¯t want to waste this golden opportunity, hence it started looking around for a chance to escape.
The invisibility skill of the sea turtle can¡¯t be maintained for long,
But it also helped Fang Yun solve thousands of spaceships, reducing the power of the fleet by more than 10% and greatly shocking them.
The most important thing is that they don¡¯t even know who their enemy is.
They discovered that the sudden loss in their fleet has nothing to do with this giant worm. It¡¯s a third party attacking them from the dark.
¡°Hum!!!¡±
Suddenly, the space above the fleet was twisted, after which two behemoths appeared next to the fleet.
¡°That¡¯s¡¡±
The leader was greatly shocked the moment he saw Fang Yun and the giant turtle.
He didn¡¯t react much to the giant turtle. Although it¡¯s still a behemoth in the cognition of ordinary people, it¡¯s insignificantpared to the giant serpent.
The current length of Fang Yun is 6500 kilometers. The spaceships that are between a few kilometers and a dozen kilometers are nothing more than flies in front of him.
The soldiers in all the ships were startled, but someone quickly reacted and shouted loudly.
¡°It¡¯s the giant serpent, that fourth-level pollutant!!¡±
After experiencing the initial confusion, soon, these spaceships fled in panic, especially the ships closest to Fang Yun. Now, they can¡¯t wait to enter the hyperspace and escape from this ce.
Unfortunately, after Fang Yun used ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±, the spaceships couldn¡¯t enter the hyperspace.
After all, with a massive gravitational object near them, how could they tear the fabric of space?
Moreover, the spaceships closest to Fang Yun have already started to disintegrate, eventually turning into energy particles, then flying towards Fang Yun¡¯s mouth.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t use the ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡±. The power of this skill is too high, the ships will be instantly reduced to atoms, leaving him with nothing.
Moreover, this is a straight-line attack skill. Using it on a single enemy is better than using it on a group of enemies.
In this kind of situation, wide-ranging attacks are much more effective.
The remaining thousands of spaceships were quickly solved by Fang Yun, leaving none behind.
At this moment, the giant worm was quickly fleeing away, but it didn¡¯t take long for Fang Yun to catch up.
After being overtaken, the giant worm didn¡¯t resist this time.
Itid under Fang Yun, then raised its head and looked up to him.
It felt the power of the behemoth in front of it. It doesn¡¯t have the slightest power to resist. Not to mention that it¡¯s already exhausted and severely injured.
¡°Hum!!!¡±
It sent a burst of electromaic waves, trying to convey some kind of message. Unfortunately, there is nomonnguage between the two of them.
However, Fang Yun seemed to understand the meaning of this giant worm.
This giant worm is asking Fang Yun to eat it.
The giant worm is also quite big, about 700 kilometers long. It¡¯s the type that isn¡¯t small even in the pollutant group.
It¡¯s just that it looked so small in front of Fang Yun, just like the difference between a cat and a tiger.
Opening his giant mouth, Fang Yun directly swallowed the giant worm.
The giant worm and the fleet provided Fang Yun with dozens of billions of bio-energy points, allowing him to instantly fulfill the requirement for evolution.
After this evolution, he reached level 99, just one level away from level 100.
He naturally got some skill points but these points aren¡¯t enough for him to upgrade any of his skills.
After this upgrade, his length has grown to 9,000 kilometers, reaching the standard of medium-sizeds, but the bio-energy required for the next evolution has reached 500 billion.
¡°Next, I just need to wait for the fleet of the fifth and sixth heaven toe.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
A bit earlier, when he just showed up. Because he was unable to instantly destroy that fleet, they were able to pass his information back to the headquarters.
And after receiving this information, the fleets of the fifth and sixth heaven will definitelye over.
The only variable is whether the seventh heaven is willing to watch the fifth and sixth heaven fleet fight with Fang Yun in their territory.
After all, his current location is a rtively prosperous area of the seventh heaven, with many civilizations living in it.
Chapter 533: Speaker Powell
Chapter 533: Speaker Powell
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Doron, there¡¯s news from the seventh heaven.¡±
Doron just walked into the bedroom, and his roommate Nara immediately jumped out and said. There was a look of excitement on his face.
¡°That giant serpent really entered the seventh heaven.¡±
¡°Moreover, this giant serpent got involved in a hunting action of the seventh heaven.¡±
¡°Oh?¡± This is the first time Doron heard about this. He walked towards Nara, then asked curiously.
¡°What¡¯s the matter? What did the giant serpent do this time?¡±
Doron looked very interested.
There is no way that giant serpent has left too much impact on him. Not to mention the incessant trouble it caused in the eighth heaven.
Now that it appeared in other heavens, it immediately created trouble. It¡¯s truly a trouble maker.
¡°Come and see.¡±
Nara pulled a chair and ced it in front of him, then motioned Doron toe and watch, only to see a post on the light rain screen in front of him.
Doron sat on the bed and curiously read it. After browsing, he immediately became excited.
¡°Hahaha, that giant serpent has truly entered the seventh heaven. It even appeared in one of the densely popted areas there!¡±
¡°Yes. Ah, the seventh heaven is in big trouble this time.¡±
Nara¡¯s tone was filled with gloating.
Regardless of whether it is the seventh heaven, the sixth heaven, or the fifth heaven, Nara and most people from the eighth heaven don¡¯t have any good feelings about them.
These three heavenspletely disregarded their feelings, opinions, and safety andunched a giant war in their hometown, putting their lives at risk.
Fortunately, they didn¡¯t cause any major damage to their heaven, but they are still very unhappy with the disregard of these three heavens.
Now that the seventh heaven, one of the assants, is suffering from the same issue as them, Nara is naturally happy. His expression was filled with gloating.
¡°Hey, the fifth heaven and sixth heaven will definitely not miss this opportunity. Maybe they will send arge number of troops. Especially the sixth heaven.¡±
Nara had a smirk on his face.
¡°The route of the great serpent is no secret. As long as it continues to move forward, it will pass the seventh heaven and enter the sixth heaven. Therefore, they will try their best to kill the great serpent before it enters their territory.¡±
¡°I¡¯m afraid that the seventh heaven is going to suffer this time.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
Doron nodded in agreement.
¡°Fortunately, the giant serpent has left our eighth heaven, otherwise our situation would have been very terrible.¡±
Nara is also a little scared, but he felt very fortunate. That great ancestor has finally left their eighth heaven. Their little hometown can¡¯t stand its tossing.
Many people had the same idea as Nara and Doron, happy that that broom star had finally left their homnd. Compared to the happy eighth heaven, the people of the seventh heaven felt like crying at this moment.
At the same time, the fleet of the seventh and sixth heaven is taking shape.
At this time, the higher-ups of the seventh heaven are also trying their best to persuade these two heavens. They hope that the two heavens can postpone the act of sending their fleet to their territory.
Instead, they want them to wait for the great serpent to reach the boundary between the sixth and seventh heaven before sending their fleet. At the same time, the seventh heaven is willing to send one of their most powerful fleets to cooperate with them.
They will do their best to hunt the great serpent at the boundary and prevent it from going any further.
Unfortunately, their proposal wasn¡¯t epted, and the sixth heaven representatives are the ones that disagreed the most.
That battlefield is too close to their sixth heaven. If something goes wrong, then the fire will spread to their sixth heaven. They absolutely refused such a proposal.
Just as the outside world became turbulent because of him, Fang Yun led the great turtle and traveled across space. This time, he didn¡¯t bother hiding his traces.
Due to its immense size, this space area looks very empty, but Fang Yun¡¯s speed is about the limit of the material universe, hence even such a huge space doesn¡¯t feel empty to him.
Fang Yun encountered many civilizeds along the way, and he has also obtained a lot of news from some of theses. Therefore, he is not a blind person now, he has a rough idea about the current situation, hence he didn¡¯t bother to hide.
During this period, the ships in the Seventh Heaven tried to monitor Fang Yun at a close distance, afraid of losing his trace. However, they ended in his belly.
¡°Now the fleet of the Sixth Heaven and the Fifth Heaven has been formed. It¡¯s said that they are heading to this ce¡±
Fang Yun stopped in the starry sky, thinking about his own affairs internally.
He was thinking about whether to stay in ce and wait for the arrival of the fleet or keep moving forward until he encounters them.
After thinking about it for a while, Fang Yun still felt that staying in ce and waiting for them is better. A familiar battlefield is conducive to a smooth battle.
After making the decision, he found a very empty location in this area, then waited for the fleet toe over.
Of course, he didn¡¯t always stay in this empty space. He traveled around quite often, devouring nearbys.
The news that Fang Yun had stayed in this fifth Skyriver area was soon known by the leaders of the seventh heaven. Facing this situation, many people started crying and howling.
They had previously hoped that Fang Yun would continue moving forward. It would be best for it to reach the remote and empty areas of the seventh heaven before encountering the two heavens fleet.
As a result, Fang Yun stopped directly in the hintend of their seventh heaven.
The most fearful ones were the residents living in the nearby area. After receiving the news, the nobles and wealthy people living on the nearbys immediately escaped, leaving behind the helpless ordinary citizens that could only pray.
¡°Everyone, is there any abnormality in the great serpent¡¯s actions recently?¡±
The council members of the seventh heaven started holding regr meetings. During this time, they organized a meeting every day to discuss countermeasures and their next action.
The content of the meeting was all about the giant serpent and coalition fleeting to deal with it.
At the head of the meeting room, a man with a beard is presiding over the meeting. He was the one that just asked that question.
Moreover, he is the speaker of the seventh heaven council. The most influential man in the seventh heaven.
The moment Powell¡¯s voice sounded, a person stood up and said.
¡°Mr. Speaker, the giant serpent has been wandering near the Bull constetion recently.¡±
¡°During this time, besides eating, it just rested. It had no special action.¡±
Powell nodded, then looked at another person.
¡°Fox, at what ce have the coalition forces arrived?¡±
Chapter 534: Giant Bull Constellation
Chapter 534: Giant Bull Constetion
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The person named Fox stood up, saluted, then said.
¡°Mr. Speaker, the coalition forces of the two heavens have just arrived in the A-76 Neb.¡±
Hearing Fox¡¯s words, Powell frowned.
This ce is already in the inneryer of the seventh heaven, that is to say, if a huge battle were to break out in that ce, they would suffer huge losses.
All the people in the conference room fell into silence. It seemed that there was no room for turning around. This battle is definitely going to break out in their seventh heaven.
¡°It seems that the most important thing we can do now is to migrate the civilizations in that area.¡±
Powell held his forehead with his hand, feeling particrly tired. During this period of time, they were all focusing on migrating the civilizations in that area.
The most time and resource consuming action is to build mega-wormholes to transport many importants.
The problem is that that ce is a very prosperous area in their seventh heaven. There are many civilizeds, and many resource-richs and areas. Some of them have important strategic materials that are necessary for the military and various other fields.
There are many important mines on these resource-richs. Furthermore, due to their unique maic field, they don¡¯t need to worry about the impact on the geology of this or the environment.
Anyway, they could use all kinds of industrial bases unscrupulous.
This type of is very important to any powerful heaven. Unfortunately, they can only discard them for now. More importantly, even if they try their best to migrate all the civilizations in that area, due to time and manpower constraints, they can¡¯t do it.
Previously, they were trying to negotiate with the fifth and sixth heaven to stop their actions or at least dy them but failed. After the negotiations fell out, they focused their main work on the migration of civilizeds.
It can be predicted that many people will die because of this terrifying war against the great serpent.
Furthermore. Many ordinary people started panicking. Seeing many well-off people and nobles migrate away and hearing that many importants were transported while they couldn¡¯t do anything caused them to be plunged in fear and chaos.
They were terrified of the possible iing war, causing riots and chaos.
The situation is still controble now, but if this continues, it will soon be uncontroble.
¡°How is the situation now?¡±
In the conference room, the Speaker of the Seventh Heaven Council, Powell, looked at the congressmen in front of him and asked.
A lean man suddenly stood up and replied. It was Fox.
¡°Mr. Speaker, the Bull constetion is very chaotic right now. Many people and pirates are taking advantage of the situation to make profits. The current situation is not optimistic.¡±
¡°Has the information about the coalition forces of the two heavens blocked?¡±
Hearing Powell¡¯s question, Fox quickly said,
¡°It has been blocked. The local citizens are not clear about the movements of the coalition fleet.¡±
Powell nodded, then groaned and said, ¡°Move as many people as possible.¡±
¡°I see, Mr. Speaker.¡± There was also a touch of depression on Fox¡¯s face, and he felt unusually ufortable.
Powell looked at the sky outside the window and sighed softly. Judging from thetest information, the two heavens coalition forces are only a week away from the Giant Bull constetion.
A weekter, the coalition fleet will enter the Bull constetion andunch a war against the great serpent. This battle will likely affect all creatures and civilizations within the range of dozens of lights years.
¡°I hope that this giant serpent can be solved in this battle.¡±
Powell prayed internally.
Although he knows that hope is very slim, it does not mean that there is no chance, especially since the strength of the coalition fleet that came this time is too strong.
As long as things go smoothly, it might really be possible to end the life of the great serpent in the giant bull constetion.
If Fang Yun knew about Powell¡¯s thoughts, He will probably sneer at him for thinking too much.
In the past few days, Fang Yun also knew that the Seventh Heaven¡¯s senior officials were blocking the news of the two heavens¡¯ coalition forces. The information he could find on the inte is extremely small.
From the beginning to the end, he didn¡¯t find any relevant information about the progress of the two heavens coalition fleet, making him very passive, but he doesn¡¯t care.
Because the giant turtle is next to him.
The giant turtle has super senses. It can sense the enemy from light-years away, then warn him. In addition, with its BUG-like stealth ability, he doesn¡¯t need to worry about the coalition fleet mastering his location.
As time passed day by day, Fang Yun felt a little bored. The coalition fleet hasn¡¯te yet, but he is very tired of eating soil. Now, he feels like vomiting when he sees soils.
In the dark space, two behemoths were quietly wandering around. It¡¯s the great serpent and the giant turtle.
The two behemoths were devouring a, and soon enough that hadpletely disappeared from the universe.
Suddenly, the giant turtle who was happily eating raised its head vigntly, then gently nudged Fang Yun with its head, warning him of the iing enemies.
¡°A fleet ising?¡±
Fang Yun nced at the giant turtle, then looked at the dark space ahead, but there was nothing, not even the messy electromaic fluctuations created as a result of arge number of moving spaceships.
He forcibly calmed down, making his heart extremely ethereal, then gradually expanded his perception ahead. As time passed, his perception extended more and more forward. Eventually, many kinds of noises appeared in his mind
These messes are the sound created due to the collision of electromaic fluctuations. Its frequency is so small that no ordinary creature or civilization can detect it.
¡°Sure enough, there is a fleeting over there.¡±
Fang Yun retreated from the previous state. After hesitating, he still remained in his location, without heading to scout the iing fleet. Anyway, they are heading here.
About a dayter, Fang Yun could clearly perceive the approaching fleet. After a few more hours, a huge fleet appeared in the giant bull constetion.
In the path of this giant fleet, there happened to be a civilized, and it happened to be a rtively low-level civilization.
With a good telescope, anyone can see a huge fleet passing on top of their heads.
They weren¡¯t the target of this fleet, but after seeing it. Many, many people had a nervous breakdown. It was almost like the end of the day for them.
Chapter 535: First Confrontation
Chapter 535: First Confrontation
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The fleets of the two heavens have already arrived in the giant bull constetion. The people living in this constetion seemed to feel the arrival of doomsday, causing many of them to copse.
In order to prevent this panic from spreading to the rest of the seventh heaven, the council decisively cut off thework of this area.
As a result, the giant bull constetion has be an isted ce.
Having migrated all of those that can be migrated, the seventh Heaven¡¯s high-level personnel gave up on the giant bull constetion.
Fang Yun observed this huge fleet from a distance. From his observation, he found that the number of battleships in this fleet has surpassed 700,000.
This number is not trivial. More importantly, all the battleships in this fleet are top-level ones.
Facing such arge and powerful fleet, even Fang Yun felt that the situation was a little tricky, but he was very excited. With such arge fleet, he can evolve many times.
At this time, the two heavens fleet continued moving forward, without knowing that they were spotted by their target.
In the center of this fleet, there are two extremely huge spaceships.
These two spaceships are themand ships of the fifth and sixth heavens respectively.
At this moment, in the control center of the twomand ships, themanders on both sides are discussing.
Themander of the fifth heaven was a man with a gloomy appearance. He stood in front of a projection, on which was a burly man.
The burly man is themander of the sixth heaven, Byrne.
Themander of the fifth heaven fleet is called Hua Rong.
From his name, it¡¯s easy to determine that he is from the Hua family. This is indeed the case. The Hua family took this action very seriously, so they sent a member of their own family to lead the team, making sure to hunt that great serpent.
¡°Commander Byrne, have you contacted the council of the seventh heaven?¡± Hua Rong asked Byrne. From the very beginning, they divided responsibilities.
The sixth heavenly domain is responsible for gathering information and contacting the seventh heaven, trying to get as much information about the great serpent as possible, and keeping an eye on its track.
The fifth heaven is responsible for controlling the tracks of the great serpent and formting a good n to counter its abilities/
¡°ording to the news we got from the seventh heaven, the great serpent should still be in the giant bull constetion,¡±
Byrne spoke through the holographic projection. After hesitating for a moment, he said.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, we have a bit of trouble. We can¡¯t perceive the existence of that giant serpent. It probably has a certain ability that allows it to evade our detection.¡±
Hua Rong¡¯s expression also became solemn. He also has this thought, and the probability is still quite high.
¡°ording to the information provided to us by the people in the seventh heaven, that giant serpent spends most of its time eating. Now, as long as the other party starts eating, it¡¯s possible to determine its location.¡±
The movement Fang Yun creates while eating is too big. After all, he has to crush the to pieces or even particles before devouring it.
After bing big enough to directly swallow a giant, perhaps the movement he makes will be smaller, but unfortunately, he can¡¯t do so for the moment.
Just as the coalition fleet was looking for Fang Yun, he was trailing not far behind them, thinking of a way to quickly solve them.
The power of this fleet is too high. He must not let them surround him in the middle, otherwise, it would be hard for him to escape.
¡°What are my advantages?¡±
Fang Yun was extremely calm. Now he also has his advantages. For example, thepanionship of the great turtle. With its stealth ability, he is sure that the other party will be unable to find him. Provided that he doesn¡¯t eat thes in this ce.
In addition, he can grow rapidly.
As long as ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± is upgraded a few more times, he would definitely have the upper hand in the battle against this fleet, giving him the chance to devour them.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun already had a n. Next, what he needs to do is to fight guerri warfare with them.
Fang Yun is not an undecisive snake. After deciding on a n, he immediately elerated, stealthily approaching the giant fleet.
This fleet might look very mighty and clustered in space, but upon a closer inspection, there¡¯s a considerable distance between each ship.
Fang Yun flew to the very edge of this fleet. There was a single spaceship in front of him. Without any hesitation, Fang Yun broke away from the depth of the void, then appeared next to that spaceship, devouring it with a single bite.
In addition, heunched an attack on two nearby spaceships.
The violent attack immediately caused the two spaceships that were about to turn around to explode. After which, he quickly ran away, disappearing into the darkness.
His speed was very fast, infinitely close to the speed of light, countlessser beams chased behind. Almost like having eyes on his back, Fang Yun dodged all the iingsers, changed directions, then moved faster.
A secondter, he appeared next to the giant turtle and was pulled by it into the depths of the void.
¡°Commander, the ninth team of the thirteenth formation was attacked by the giant serpent.¡±
A few seconds after Fang Yun appeared, a few soldiers reported the situation to Byrne. The spaceships that were attacked were part of his fleet.
¡°Huh?¡± After hearing the officer¡¯s report, Byrne raised his brows and asked: ¡°How¡¯s the situation?¡±
¡°The giant serpent destroyed 3 spaceships then left.¡±
The officer reported truthfully.
¡°It ran away too quickly, leaving us with no time to catch it.¡±
Byrne frowned, They were still looking for the great serpent a while ago, but they never expected it to be hiding under their nose.
Thinking of it, it¡¯s quite ironic.
Their fleet might just be a big and slow target in the eyes of the great serpent. As long as they don¡¯t find a way to crack its stealth ability, the great serpent will always be able to boldly attack their fleet.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Byrne cursed angrily.
¡°That monster is too arrogant!!¡±
From Byrne¡¯s view, this behavior of the giant serpent is nothing short of a provocation.
¡°Immediately connect me with themander of the fifth heaven, Hua Rong. We must inform him of the situation immediately¡±
After hesitating for a moment, Byrne made a decision.
Chapter 536: The Trap
Chapter 536: The Trap
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Hua Rong, themander of the Fifth Heaven fleet, quickly got the news. In fact, he got the news earlier from his subordinates.
¡°Commander Byrne, what do you think?¡±
Hua Rong asked Byrne with a serious expression.
¡°This giant serpent has a very high IQ. It probably sensed the difference in strength between it and our fleet, hence it decided to use gueri warfare.¡±
Byrne saw through Fang Yun¡¯s n all at once. In the sixth heaven, he is one of the top generals. He participated and led many battles against pollutants, and has seen many simr things.
However, the great serpent still caused him to feel solemn. Even if other pollutants use gueri warfare, it¡¯s not very effective for a prepared fleet.
The situation of the great serpent ispletely different.
This giant serpent has a very troublesome stealth ability, hence they are helpless and very ufortable in the face of its tactics.
¡°Byrne, I think we can use a bait to trap the giant serpent.¡±
Suddenly, the fifth heaven fleet¡¯smander Hua Rong said. Byrne hesitated for a moment, then continued to listen.
¡°I have a special spaceship in my fleet.¡±
¡°It is equipped with an extremely powerful gravity generator.¡±
Hua Rong paused, then said with a solemn expression.
¡°If we use this spaceship, we might be able to prevent the great serpent from using its stealth ability to escape.¡±
ording to their discovery, after using its stealth ability, the giant serpentpletely disappears from the material space, instead of being invisible in the ordinary sense.
Hence they concluded that the great serpent might be able to enter another space or dimension through folding space, without entering the hyperspace.
At first, they thought that the giant serpent should enter some kind of high-dimensional space that is difficult to ess.
However, after thinking carefully about it, they concluded that it¡¯s highly unlikely, almost impossible. If the giant serpent can enter high-dimensional spaces at will, it doesn¡¯t need to use gueri tactics to deal with their fleet.
If the giant serpent had that ability, it can be considered as a high-dimensional lifeform, not a mere level 4 pollutant. It should be able to easily ughter their fleet and they wouldn¡¯t be able to even resist.
Therefore, Hua Rong and the others guessed that the great serpent should be able to ess the deepyers of space, close to the edge of their dimension.
In this case, although the great serpent doesn¡¯t have enough attack power to face their fleet head-on, it still made them fleet powerless and even a bit of panic.
Is it possible for the giant serpent to develop a skill that allows it to enter a high-dimensional space in the future? The energy and matter in high-dimensional spaces arepletely different from their current space.
If it develops such ability in the future, even if they had assembled all the fleets of their two heavens, they can only be ughtered likembs. The giant serpent¡¯s potential terrified them.
So, this time they are set on killing it once and for all.
Hua Rong¡¯s inner thoughts became even firmer.
After a discussion between Hua Rong and Byrne, they finally felt decided to use some spaceships as bait to attract the great serpent.
This time, as soon as the giant serpent appears, the special gravity battleship will y its role, either slowing down and trapping the great serpent, or pulling it out from that special space.
After that, the rest of the fleet will concentrate its firepower on it.
A total of 18 such decoys were set up. They made sure to mix them up with the other battleships, in order to not make the great serpent suspicious. They never underestimated the wisdom of such a powerful creature.
After finalizing the n, they immediately started acting, sending the baits out.
For such arge fleet, such subtle changes are very hard to find. Without a precise understanding of the fleet, its formation, and spaceship types, one wouldn¡¯t think much of such a subtle change, and Fang Yun is no exception.
Fang Yun, who was hiding on the side, did not notice Byrne and Hua Rong¡¯s stealthy actions. At the moment, he concentrated on looking for the weak point of the fleet beforeunching an attack.
Although he destroys very few ships in each attack, for him, the mostcking is time.
He has a lifespan of 2000 years, and now his reputation value is infinitely close to 1 trillion. ording to Fang Yun¡¯s guess, after 1 trillion, he should be able to get another bloodline.
At that time, his lifespan will skyrocket again.
Therefore, he has the confidence to slowly grind this fleet to death.
Looking at the fleet like a falcon, Fang Yun finally found a weak spot, then, with the help of the giant turtle, he flew near the weak spot and jumped into the material space.
This attack also went well. He ate one battleship and destroyed four spaceships.
This time the sneak attack also had a small impact on the fleet, but soon, this effect disappeared, and the fleet returned to its neat and orderly state.
Next, Fang Yun followed the same pattern and carried out several attacks. However, in the seventh attack, an ident urred.
This time he attacked a weak spot in the fleet as usual, but when he wanted to turn around and leave, there was a problem.
An unusually strong gravitational pull tugged on his body, making him a few seconds slower, making him unable to reach the giant turtle¡¯s location in time.
The consequence of this situation is that countlesssers shot towards him.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun released an earth-shattering roar. The moment the powerful gravitational force acted on his body, he knew that the opponent used a very powerful gravity generator on him.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Theseser beams fell on Fang Yun¡¯s body, sting his blood and flesh to pieces. Numerousrge pits appeared on his body, and his flesh and blood scattered across space, spreading over millions of kilometers;
He twisted his body, then quickly fled in another direction.
The direction he is fleeing in doesn¡¯t lead towards the great turtle. If he heads towards the giant turtle now, the intense firepower is likely to break the stability of space and expose it to great danger.
As he fled, countlessser beams and even powerful bombsnded on his body. These bombs created giant explosions after touching him, billions of times stronger than the most powerful nuclear bomb on the blue. More than 2,000 kilometers of Fang Yun¡¯s giant body exploded, turning into countless pieces of flesh and blood, then scattering in space.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun roared angrily. He turned his head and nced at the fleet, then suddenly disappeared into the boundless space.
Because he was just on the edge of the fleet, he still had a way to escape. He dodged most of the iingser and continued moving forward. Anyway, his speed isn¡¯t different from that of thoseser beams, his reaction speed is the problem.
Eventually, he was pulled into the deep void by the giant turtle.
¡°Woo!!¡±
An electromaic wave suddenly spread around. After entering Fang Yun¡¯s mind, it automatically turned into a kind of roaring.
This roar was filled with grief and anger.
The giant turtle appeared next to Fang Yun, then looked at his wounds. There was a stream of blooding out like a torrent. Large patches of flesh were missing, and even the bones could be seen.
Fortunately, the injury was quickly healing.
¡°Woo¡¡±
It howled again with a look of grief, then its body started growing.
Chapter 537: The Evolution of the Great Turtle
Chapter 537: The Evolution of the Great Turtle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun, who was originally extremely angry, was taken aback for a moment after seeing the change of the giant turtle.
¡°What happened to the great turtle¡ Is he going to evolve?¡±
At this time, his wounds were quickly healing. Grantion sprouts crazily spread across his injuries, covering his bones and internal organs. New blood was quickly produced from his bone marrow and new symmetrical scales covered his flesh.
Just like that, the terrifying injuries quickly disappeared.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about his wounds but instead set his gaze on the giant turtle. The situation of the turtle is very special.
In the past, during each growth spur or evolution, its mood was very calm, and it would fall into a deep sleep state, then slowlyplete its evolution, but now, its eyes are red, and its spirit is very turbulent. It¡¯s not intending to sleep at all.
¡°I hope that there won¡¯t be any problem with the giant turtle¡¯s evolution this time.¡±
Fang Yun was feeling a little worried, His anger towards that fleet became even greater. In his opinion, if it were not for the other party¡¯s trap, this situation would not happen.
He also med himself. This time it was his carelessness. If he was more careful, he wouldn¡¯t suffer such a great injury, and the giant turtle wouldn¡¯t be forced to evolve under such circumstances.
He felt great emotions turbulence across his heart.
The giant turtle has apanied him for more than two hundred years. He is not only his best friend but also hispanion. They have a deep rtionship with each other, deeper than brothers. Seeing him fall into such an uncertain situation, Fang Yun felt very ufortable.
The body of the sea turtle continued to swell, soon reaching a length of 500 kilometers.
Its diameter is also veryrge, Fang Yun wandered around the giant turtle uneasily, looking at his friend that is still in the midst of an evolution, he became more and more nervous.
He was worried that this old friend would have an ident.
Because the giant turtle¡¯s eyes are bing more and more scarlet.
He wanted to tell the giant turtle that it must keep his emotions under control. Unfortunately, this information is tooplicated for him to convey to the giant turtle. Especially under its intense emotional turmoil.
Time passed day by day.
In a blink of an eye, half a month has passed, during which Fang Yun always stood next to the giant turtle, waiting for its evolution to end.
Finally, on this day, the evolution of the giant turtle is over.
Its size has reached a shocking 1000 kilometers long and more than 800 kilometers wide, no less than a moon or a small.
¡°Woo!!¡±
The giant turtle released a silent roar, but a voice appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. The voice was filled with anger. Fang Yun also found out that the giant turtle¡¯s eyes became iparably Crimson at this time, almost like bleeding.
¡°Woosh!!¡±
Fang Yun quickly approached the giant turtle, then gently calmed him down. Only after seeing that Fang Yun was safe and sound without any trace of injury did the giant turtle calm down.
¡°Woo¡¡±
The giant turtle howled again, this time its voice was calmer and more stable.
Fang Yun heaved a sigh of relief after seeing that the emotions of the giant turtle have finally stabilized. He was really afraid that he would do something stupid in his rage.
¡°Since the evolution of the giant turtle is over, it¡¯s finally time to cause trouble to that fleet.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the giant turtle while muttering, but first, he wanted the giant turtle to test its skills after evolution. First of all, Fang Yun released his skills, then looked at the giant turtle.
This was the way Fang Yun taught the giant turtle that he wanted him to release its skills.
The giant turtle understood Fang Yun¡¯s intentions, then started using his abilities. The reason why Fang Yun wanted to test the giant turtle¡¯s skills is to test if they changed after his evolution.
Suddenly, the giant turtle opened his mouth and released a light beam. The light beam flew forward, sting a millions of kilometers away into pieces.
Besides, Fang Yun also discovered that the giant turtle possessed the ability to manipte space andunch physical attacks through space gates. Just like the golden behemoth.
Not only that, He can actually create projections, just like a shadow clone. These projections can disrupt the enemy¡¯s line of sight.
Moreover, the current giant turtle has amazing defensive power. He can fold up space around to protect himself, and it can also expand or shrink the space near itself.
Its physical armor has a terrifying defense.
Fang Yun felt that the current giant turtle could finally fight by his side.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun grinned. He signaled his intentions to him, then took him and quickly moved across space. He is nning to pursue the coalition fleet of the fifth and sixth heaven.
He hasplete mastery over the position of the coalition fleet, especially now that the perception ability of the giant turtles has improved once again. Hence they quickly approached the coalition fleet.
At this time, the coalition fleet of the two heavens was also looking for Fang Yun.
Originally, Hua Rong and Byrne wanted the seventh heaven to help them search for the giant serpent, but the council of the seventh heaven decisively refused to participate in this matter.
¡°These idiots!¡±
Standing in the control center of hismand ship, Hua Rong sneered. His evaluation of the ruling power of the seventh heaven dropped to the bottom.
From his point of view, the seventh heaven is now inextricably connected to this incident. Anyway, as long as the great serpent has enough IQ, it shouldn¡¯t forget the hatred of the seventh heaven.
At the beginning, the seventh heaven sent a lot of fleets to hunt down the giant serpent. What the seventh heaven should do now is to help them track and hunt that giant serpent, topletely deal with it.
Even if the seventh heaven isn¡¯t willing to send troops to assist them, it should at least help them track the giant serpent, and constantly pass its coordinate to them.
However, the council of the seventh heaven is trying to wash their hands from this incident.
¡°Byrne, how about it, did you find anything there?¡±
Hua Rong opened amunication tform with Byrne, then the two of them started talking.
The two teams are separated at this time, except that the distance between each other is not particrlyrge. Anyway, as long as one side has an ident, the other side can provide support very quickly.
The reason for their separation is to find the giant serpent that was injured by them.
Chapter 538: Second Attack
Chapter 538: Second Attack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun also sensed that the coalition fleet of the two heavens had been separated. Although the distance between each other is not very big, there¡¯s still a considerable distance.
As long as one party faces a crisis, although the other party can rush over very quickly, no matter how fast it is, it takes time, and taking advantage of this little time, he can do many things.
After all, he has the evolved great turtle next to him this time.
After the evolution of the giant turtle, its strength has increased tremendously. It already has the qualification to participate in battles of this level, providing him with considerable support.
Although the attack capability of the giant turtle is still very weak, its defense and supporting ability can provide him with a lot of help. Fang Yun considered it his deputy and assistant.
Their target this time is the sixth heaven fleet.
Although the number of battleships in this fleet is particrlyrge, its strength is still a bit weaker than the fifth heaven fleet.
Fang Yun chose a small team as his target. After patrolling around, he found that this formation point was most suitable for him to attack.
The most suitable doesn¡¯t mean the weakest point of the fleet. In fact, there are several more remote and scattered locations in the fleet, but Fang Yun felt that there is a high chance of a trap being there.
Amongst the weak areas, the one that Fang Yun chose as his target has a low chance of being a trap.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle were hidden in the void. The energy reserve and skill use time of the giant turtle have greatly increased after evolution, allowing them to stay hidden in the void for long periods of time.
He is conducting thest check to see if there is any problem with the small team that he selected as his target
Finally, after Fang Yun determined that there was no danger, he mentioned for the giant turtle to use its ¡°Space Folding¡± ability to pull the small team into the deep void.
In an instant, thirteen spaceships disappeared from the formation.
It¡¯s just that these thirteen spaceships weren¡¯t aware of it right away. They still continued to fly forward silently. Soon after, a giant serpent and a giant turtle appeared in front of them.
¡°Enemy attack! Enemy attack!¡± Warnings quickly spread across themunication channel of the 13 spaceships.
They tried tomunicate with the rest of the fleet, but the message couldn¡¯t be sent.
It¡¯s like some kind of shielding device cut off themunication between them and the rest of the fleet.
¡°Damn it, what the hell is going on?¡±
The captains of these 13 spaceships were going crazy. They crazily wanted to contact their leaders, but found out that they couldn¡¯t get in touch at all!
They tried to fly out randomly, disturbing the formation and attracting the attention of their leaders, only to find that no matter which direction they flew out into, they would return to the original ce.
They are trapped in an endless loop.
¡°What the hell is going on?¡±
The captains of the thirteen spaceships were yelling loudly. They couldn¡¯t understand what happened to them and their small team. This incident is beyond their understanding, but what they are sure of is that the two behemoths ahead are the source of this change
¡°Buzz!!¡±
Suddenly, one of the behemoths disappeared, then appeared behind their spaceships. It was the great serpent, Fang Yun.
At this moment, Fang Yun quickly flew towards a spaceship, then opened his giant mouth and directly swallowed it.
¡°Damn it! Attack!¡±
Among the thirteen ships, there are also people with courage. Unfortunately, no matter how much courage they had, they couldn¡¯t get out of this sticky situation.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle wandered across this space, ignoring the attacks of the thirteen spaceships, and soon enough, all of these spaceships ended in Fang Yun¡¯s belly.
In the outside world, the disappearance of the thirteen spaceships had already disturbed the rest of the fleet. Everyone was afraid that they would also disappear in the next second, or that the great serpent would appear and swallow them;
¡°A mere level 4 pollutant scared you so much!¡±
Byrne, themander of the sixth heaven fleet sneered angrily as he watched these so-called ¡°Elite¡± Pilots and soldiers tremble in fear as they twisted around.
However, after more than two weeks, they found the trace of the giant serpent again. He must report this matter to Hua Rong, then wait for his fleet to arrive.
¡°Commander Hua Rong.¡±
Turning on themunication channel, Byrne greeted Hua Rong, then said.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, the giant serpent has appeared here.¡±
¡°What?¡±
Hua Rong had a surprised expression on his face, mixed with a trace of joy.
At the beginning, he thought that the hunting will be the same as that of other pollutants. To deal with them, a very careful n is needed, then they must be patient and keep chasing the giant serpent for 10 years or even several decades before finally hunting it.
However, he never expected that the great serpent would reappear shortly after itsst disappearance.
¡°Hehe, it seems that this giant serpent is either very confident or very ¡¡¡¡impatient.¡±
Hua Rong didn¡¯t care much. He always felt that with their two fleets, as long as this giant serpent is stupid enough to attack them head-on, it will be finished.
¡°Commander Byrne, we¡¯reing over right away.¡±
After Hua Rong said this, he immediately gave an order to the fleet, ordering them to turn around and head towards the sixth heaven fleet.
¡°The fifth heaven fleet ising.¡±
Fang Yun and the giant turtle haven¡¯t gone rtively far. They are flying in the area between the two heaven fleets, hence they were able to detect the movement of the fifth heaven fleet the moment they turned around.
¡°I¡¯ll give the fifth heaven a ¡®Warm¡¯ greeting.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
¡°I won¡¯t feel at ease if I don¡¯t make that Hua Rong ufortable.¡±
The giant turtle can shrink space, and it¡¯s still on arge scale.
Fang Yun wondered what kind of catastrophic damage can they cause if he uses ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± or ¡°Space Copse¡± in conjunction with the giant turtle¡¯s skills.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun immediately started acting.
He has an extensive discussion with the great turtle. In fact, it was Fang Yun who worked hard to convey his thoughts to the giant turtle. After some time, the giant turtle finally understood his intention.
¡°Go, let¡¯s go over.¡±
Fang Yun nodded to the giant turtle, then flew towards Hua Rong¡¯s fleet. Soon after, they arrived in the space above their fleet.
From this perspective, they had a panoramic view of the entire fleet. What Fang Yun needs to do now is to find the most suitable ce tounch an attack on the fleet
Chapter 539: Conjoined Super Attack
Chapter 539: Conjoined Super Attack
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Hua Rong didn¡¯t know at this time. His fleet had been spotted by Fang Yun. However, he is guarding against this, ordering the captains of each team and his officers to pay attention to their surroundings. They must make the slightest mistake.
The entire fleet was moving forward in an orderly manner, unbeknownst to the fact that two behemoths were standing above, overlooking the entire fleet.
As time passed, the fifth heaven fleet was getting closer and closer to the sixth heaven¡¯s fleet. Fang Yun had finally chosen the most optimal ce to attack.
His goal is the most central area of this team.
That area had thergest number of spaceships, but it¡¯s very dangerous. If Fang Yun and the giant turtle are careless, they might get trapped in that ce.
However, Fang Yun decided to be bold this time. After a quick discussion with the great turtle, both of them flew down towards the central area of the fleet.
The giant turtle hid aside quietly while Fang Yun showed himself.
¡°Hum!¡±
The moment the giant serpent appeared, it was discovered by the nearby spaceships. Suddenly, all the spaceships around entered a state of alert, as harsh sirens spread around.
¡°It¡¯s the giant serpent! The giant serpent appeared!¡±
A loud shout resounded throughout themand ship as the soldiers hurried up to transmit the information to Hua Rong
In just a few seconds, Hua Rong got the news.
¡°Damn it, that giant serpent actually dared to attack us first.¡±
Hua Rong smiled bitterly, then immediately issuedbat orders,
¡°All ships, immediately determine the correct coordinates. Is there any mistake?¡±
¡°We checked sir! No mistakes!¡±
¡°I see. Lock the position of the giant serpent and attack!¡±
All the spaceships surrounded the great serpent in the middle. Although this made it very hard for the giant serpent to escape, they also can¡¯t easilyunch an attack.
After all, friendly fire is very likely in such a clustered formation.
Hence, what they must do now is to determine the coordinates of all spaceships in conjunction with the coordinates of the great serpent, thenunch an attack.
Soon, the system identification of each spaceship carried out personal positioning detection, then started to fine-tune the position of theser barrels.
Fang Yun naturally won¡¯t just give them the opportunity to carefully aim and attack. He immediately used ¡°Space Copse¡±.
The space around him suddenly copsed into one point, including himself. However, this made his mass even more concentrated and impactful.
This is not over yet. Fang Yun used the ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± skill on himself, transforming into a miniature ck hole. His mass skyrocketed in an instant as arge back hole appeared in his original location.
In an instant, the spaceships around him disintegrated then pulled towards him.
¡°Hahaha, a lot of bio-energy!¡±
Fang Yun heard the system prompts repeatedly. In an instant, more than 1000 spaceships were swallowed by Fang Yun.
¡°Buzz! Buzz!¡±
As Fang Yun¡¯s tremendous gravitational pull continued to radiate. In addition to the thousands of spaceships near him, the spaceships that were slightly farther away were all madly pulled towards Fang Yun.
Many ships disintegrated directly in the process of speeding, then turned into pure energy and swallowed by him.
Other ships tried their hardest to remain in their locations, turning their engine to the highest setting, trying to get away from this dangerous ce.
However, under the gravitational pull of therge ck hole. Even if these spaceships stood far away, they couldn¡¯t break free. They could maintain a standstill for a while before disintegrating and flying towards the ck hole.
In the end, more than 50,000 spaceships were destroyed as a result of Fang Yun¡¯s most powerful attack. Many others were seriously or slightly damaged.
As a result, Fang Yun¡¯s faced the raging counterattack of the fleet. Hundreds of thousands of powerfulser beams along with many other destructive attacks flew towards Fang Yun.
¡°Blow up that piece of sh*t!!¡±
In themand ship, the blue veins on Hua Rong¡¯s forehead were violently jumping. The fact that so many of his spaceships were instantly destroyed caused him to feel intense pain and anger.
He is already raging due to extreme anger. If he could, he would like to personally jump out of the spaceship and tear that animal to pieces.
Most of the spaceships fired at this moment as all kinds of attacks flew towards Fang Yun.
Fang Yun, who was still in his ck hole form, felt a fatal crisis at this moment. He knew that if these overwhelming attacks were to touch him, he wouldn¡¯t be able to survive.
Although he is a ck hole incarnation now. The extreme gravity and space tribtion will stop most of the iing attacks.
However, even so, he will be at least severely injured.
He can¡¯t bear such a massive and violent energy.
So, he quickly recovered his true body, then used the ¡°Advanced Space Barrier¡± to distort the surrounding space. At the same time, he quickly sent a signal to the giant turtle.
As a result, the ships in the distance saw a very strange scene. Thester beams flying towards the great serpent stagnated, then their course slightly shifted. Taking advantage of this opportunity, the giant serpent quickly ran out of the encirclement.
However, as soon as it rushed out of the encirclement, theser beams that stagnated suddenly became alive, changing course and quickly chasing the great serpent
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Half of Fang Yun¡¯s body was blown up again.
However, his body quickly moved around. He dragged his crippled body, then quickly flew away to the distant darkness,pletely disappearing from their vision and their spaceships¡¯ detection range.
¡°Phew¡¡±
He finally escaped.
Fang Yun heaved a long sigh, but he was also a little excited. After eating so much, he gained another level, reaching level 100. The evolution was quicklypleted without any problem.
After getting the skill points, he upgraded ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± to level 2, increasing its power threefold.
Another point that needs to be mentioned is that his reputation value has been growing rapidly during this period of time. It has now reached 960 billion points, very close to 1 trillion.
¡°I wonder what kind of bloodline temte will I receive this time?¡±
Fang Yun wondered. As he was pondering absent-mindedly, the giant turtle approached him.
Chapter 540: One Trillion Reputation Points
Chapter 540: One Trillion Reputation Points
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The giant turtle looked very angry after seeing Fang Yun¡¯s injuries, but his anger wasn¡¯t as intense asst time.
Obviously, with the previous experience, he also has a certain degree of immunity in his heart.
¡°Now, it might not be easy to use the same tactic tounch a surprise attack.¡±
The reason why he was able to escape rtively easily this time is due to the confusion andck of preparation. If the fleet insisted on trapping him even after his attack or if they were prepared enough, he wouldn¡¯t have been able to escape.
Maybe, he would bepletely trapped and captured.
While thinking about this, he sensed that a battleship is constantly approaching their location. After cursing them under his breath, Fang Yun took the giant turtle and fled away.
This is because a fleet ising towards them.
Hua Rong¡¯s reaction was really fast. He quickly found his location, then chased him. It should be due to his injury that he was unable topletely hide. The flesh and blood he left behind are also like a clear trail.
After fleeing away, he left the fleet far behind in the dust, then looked for a safe ce to recover from his injuries.
¡°That giant serpent possesses an unimaginable resilience.¡±
In themand ship, Hua Rong and Byrne weremunicating. The two were talking about the great serpent. ording to the information they received and their personal observation, the great serpent has an ultra-fast healing speed.
He personally watched as the wounds on the great serpent quickly disappeared.
Although it was only a fleeting scene, it still made him sure that the great serpent¡¯s wound is healing at a rapid speed.
¡°Yes.¡±
Byrne nodded, he thought so too. This regeneration ability is too amazing. Unlike other pollutants, no matter how severely they injure the great serpent, it won¡¯t be affected. The usual strategy used to deal with other pollutants won¡¯t work with the great serpent.
¡°Byrne, are there any gains on your side now?¡± Hua Rong asked Byrne with a gloomy expression.
Byrne shook his head, ¡°We lost it, that monster is very fast, and it has the assistance of that giant turtle.¡±
They also found the role of the giant turtle next to Fang Yun.
The giant turtle is very good at space-type skills. It not only can allow the two of them to hide in the deep space, but it can also expand and shrink space.
It can easily expand the space between them, greatly widening the distance and allowing them to easily escape.
Its stealth ability is also very overpowered. They were shocked after discovering that the stealth skill belongs to the giant turtle, not the great serpent.
¡°Okay, let¡¯s gather once again. The ambush strategy is a failure.¡±
After hesitating for a moment, Hua Rong said. Byrne also had the same intention. After hearing Hua Rong¡¯s suggestion, he nodded in agreement.
The two fleets gathered back together again.
Thinking that they had two confrontations with the great serpent, and it was able to escape bother times, both Hua Rong and Byrne felt ufortable.
It¡®s just that no matter how unhappy they are now. They only suppressed it in their own hearts. They can¡¯t even vent their frustration, because they can¡¯t find the great serpent.
¡°Damn, it¡¯s really embarrassing.¡±
Hua Rong waved his arm with an annoyed expression.
Regarding the sh between the coalition fleet and the great serpent, the high-level personnel of the fifth and sixth heaven has already got the news. Even the seventh heaven got some information.
In just a short period of time, the news was spread on the inte.
Previously, the giant bull constetion was sealed, hence there were few pieces of information about this incident and fewer discussions. After all, everyone didn¡¯t know what was
However, some information was finally leaked out. Even if it¡¯s just small and vague information, it¡¯s enough to cause most people to boil.
¡°The two heavens suffered one loss after the other in the hands of that serpent-pollutant. Is it that powerful?¡±
¡°Don¡¯t say it, I think that the attacks of these two heavens won¡¯t do anything to the giant serpent. Don¡¯t mention killing it, I don¡¯t think they can even capture it. They will only aggravate the great serpent¡¯s hatred towards them and their heaven.¡±
¡°In a recent poll, it¡¯s reported that most people hope that the two heavens can retreat and leave the giant serpent alone, to not provoke it further¡¡±
¡°Can our people really deal with the giant serpent? I¡¯m afraid that if the giant serpent is allowed to freely roam, our heaven will suffer from heavy casualties.¡±
At this time, the news of the consecutive failures of the hunt against the giant serpent had been spread. Most people over the inte are hoping that the two heavens can stop their attack against the great serpent and withdraw from the seventh heaven.
These remarks seem to be from the public to the two big heavens, but in fact, they are basically issued by the government of the seventh heaven. The purpose is to create heat and arouse controversy, forcing the fleets of the two heavens to leave the seventh heaven.
It¡¯s just to say that although public opinion had been aroused, it has little effect at the moment. The seventh heaven doesn¡¯t dare to do too much, and the two heavens¡¯ coalition fleet hadn¡¯t had too big of a loss for the moment, hence they didn¡¯t pay attention to their opinion for the moment.
In the blink of an eye, three months have passed.
There have been several more shes between Fang Yun and the coalition fleet. It¡¯s just that these shes weren¡¯t serious ones. They are mostly temptations and short conflicts.
Most of the time, Fang Yun immediately flees with the great turtle after feeling that the coalition fleet is about to surround him, and the fleet had no way to counter this.
During the battle, more than 10s have been destroyed by them, including two civilizeds, causing the death of countless living creatures.
This is the damage that can be caused by this level of way and it is only the tip of the iceberg. If the war continues, the destruction range will spread further and further. Epassing a massive area.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother to attack the coalition forces of the two heavens this time, because he has something more important to do.
His reputation value has finally reached 1 trillion, granting him more than 200 skill points, which he used to upgrade ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡±.
Up to now, this skill has been upgraded 3 times.
This skill can be regarded as his most powerful single attack skill at the moment. Anyway, he hadn¡¯t found anything that could defend against its terrifying destructive ability.
Moreover, after reaching 1 trillion in reputation value, he received a new bloodline.
Chapter 541: Dragon Snake
Chapter 541: Dragon Snake
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Finally, there is a new bloodline.¡±
Fang Yun opened the system panel. A new temte was shown on the top of the panel. It was that of the ¡°Dragon Snake¡±. Fang Yun knew this type of creature.
It¡¯s a mythological creature. With each of its movements, it creates natural disasters. Floods, tsunamis, earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, etc. It is particrly powerful. Furthermore, there is the word dragon in its name. In the myth, it¡¯s said that as long as it finds a dragon bone, it can transform into a powerful true dragon.
The premise is to find a dragon bone for it. Allowing it to shed its remaining mortal frame and be a true dragon, soaring above the nine heavens.
Of course, Fang Yun also knew that this was just a legend. Furthermore, he has no way to find the so-called dragon bones. However, this creature is still a powerful creature that stands at the peak of mythology. It has the power to destroy the entire world!
Unexpectedly, Fang Yun actually got such a bloodline temte now.
For now, he still doesn¡¯t know how much of an improvement that such a bloodline can bring him. What he can do now is use it.
However, he didn¡¯t use it right away. ording to his past experience. After using a bloodline temte, he will fall into a deep sleep as his body change from a gic and even deeper level
At that time, he will be in an extremely weak state. Of course, if he encounters a particrly urgent situation, he can snap out of that state.
But if he does so, his evolution will fail.
It is precisely because of this that Fang Yun needs to find a particrly safe ce so as not to be disturbed by outside force during the bloodline evolution.
The two behemoths quickly moved forward. Now they need to go to a rtively deste ce. Fang Yun decided to enter a remote.
Of course, it needs to be an ultrarge.
Eventually, Fang Yun decided to carry out his evolution on a star. Although he cannot devour stars, he can still move on their surface.
His body might suffer some damage if he stays on a star for too long, but his recovery ability will easily recover these injuries, hence there is no problem at all.
The only thing to worry about now is whether he will be discovered.
However, if they want to find him on a random star in such arge space, it will be countless times harder than finding a needle in a haystack.
Thinking about it, he felt that it should be impossible.
Upon thinking of this, Fang Yun and the giant turtle continued wandering in space. It was only after three months that they found a rtively good target. A huge star in a remote and inconspicuous area.
Now they are far away from the Giant Bull constetion.
Fang Yun is not an idiot, he would never choose to evolve in the giant bull constetion, which is not only the ce where the fifth and sixth heavens are wandering but also a ce that is under the heavy supervision of the seventh heaven.
What if he is really unlucky enough to be found there? Although this chance is very small, Fang Yun still decided to carry out his evolution in a more remote location in order to be cautious.
The evolutionary ce that Fang Yun selected is a star several timesrger than the sun. It has a diameter of more than seven million kilometers and is constantly emitting a deep and terrifying noise, along with asional energy and sma bursts dozens of times bigger than Fang Yun.
If Fang Yun hid on such a star, he would not be easily spotted, after all, he is only 9000 kilometers long now.
After giving the giant turtle some instructions, he slowly flew down towards the giant star. As he got closer and closer, he felt an increasingly more terrifying gravity.
This terrifying gravity caused his blood to gradually stop moving. In addition, he felt his flesh tearing apart and his internal organs gettingpressed.
Not only is the gravity of this star very high, but his huge size also caused him to suffer from a much greater impact.
However, Fang Yun resisted it in the end. After reaching the star surface, he plunged into the sma ocean and dived deep inside.
He felt a scorching sensation on his body. Fang Yun even heard the sound of sizzling as his flesh and scales were getting cooked.
But he didn¡¯t care. After finding afortable ce and lying down, Fang Yun muttered internally.
¡°System! Start bloodline evolution.¡±
The moment he gave this order, Fang Yun noticed that his body started changing. Immediately afterward, he slowly fell into a state of deep sleep.
Fang Yun¡¯s body is now starting to be transformed by the system. After the transformation ispleted, Fang Yun will be a Dragon snake.
Outside the star, the giant turtle nced at the sma ocean. Seemingly finding something, it started wandering around, vigntly looking at the outside space, mainly to prevent any unforeseen changes.
ording to Fang Yun¡¯s instruction, the giant turtle must guard against any iing spaceship. Otherwise, if there is any change, the consequences will be unthinkable.
At the moment, the coalition fleet of the two heavens is still looking for Fang Yun in the giant bull constetion, but it¡¯s obvious that they will never be able to find him.
The coalition forces of the two heavens were puzzled.
They know very well that time is irrelevant to the great serpent and the giant turtle. On the contrary, If they stay here for too long. Not only will the seventh heaven be very dissatisfied with them, but even the higher-ups back in their hometown won¡¯t be too happy.
¡°Doron, where do you think the giant serpent hid?¡±
In the dormitory, Nara curiously asked Doron. His friend is very familiar with the great serpent. He even said that the two heavens coalition fleet might suffer in the face of the great serpent. Unexpectedly, he was right.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect the giant serpent to grow to this extent¡¡±
Doron smiled bitterly. There is less and less hate about that giant python on the inte. Even the higher levels of the eighth heaven have started to whitewash this creature.
¡°Hey, yeah, yeah.¡±
Nara nodded in agreement,
¡°However, no one knows its situation now. The giant serpent hadn¡¯t been seen for many days after all.¡±
¡°In the endless space, even such a behemoth is insignificant. Finding it would be extremely hard.¡± Nara said,
¡°However, the coalition fleet of the two heavens will definitely spread arge number of detection instruments to find the great serpent.¡±
¡°Yeah, they will definitely use arge number of biological instruments, but I don¡¯t think they can find anything. The concealment ability of that giant serpent is beyond imagination.¡±
After pausing for a moment, Doron continued,
¡°It¡¯s just that the coalition fleet won¡¯t just give up. How long will they stay there?¡±
This has happened in the past. In the war against the great serpent in the past, most of the fleets stupidly searched for the great serpent until they gave up and retreated or were destroyed by the great serpent.
Doron doesn¡¯t think that the coalition fleet will be any different.
Chapter 542: Fifty Years
Chapter 542: Fifty Years
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The two heavens¡¯ coalition fleet continued to look for the terrifying giant serpent. Unfortunately, there is still no news. It¡¯s as if the great serpentpletely disappeared.
After that, the coalition forces of the two heavens turned the seventh heaven¡¯s giant bull constetion upside down, but they didn¡¯t find any trace of the giant serpent.
In the end, they concluded that the great serpent has left the seventh heaven¡¯s giant bull constetion, causing them a headache.
After all, if the giant serpent remained in the giant bull constetion, they would have at least known its general location. Perhaps, after many battles, the giant serpent will be exhausted or will expose some ws, allowing them to kill it.
It¡¯s a pity that now that giant serpent has escaped from the giant bull constetion. It will be extremely hard to find it in the future.
¡°I wonder if the great serpent is still in the seventh heaven?¡±
This is a problem that many people in the seventh heaven are concerned about, and a problem that the army and interster fleets need to solve urgently, otherwise, it will be extremely hard to stop the spread of panic.
The seventh heaven now is filled with an apocalyptic atmosphere, making many people feel despair and panic.
Themanders of the two heavens¡¯ coalition fleet were also having a discussion. The content of the discussion is whether to stay or leave.
They can¡¯t leave until they find the target. Unfortunately, there is really no news about the giant serpent, hence they aren¡¯t certain whether to stay or not.
The most important thing is that now they have collected a batch of body tissues from the giant serpent, and they want to rush back and give them to the headquarters in their heaven.
¡°Byrne, what do you think?¡±
In the holographic projection, Hua Rong asked Byrne, and Byrne replied without hesitation,
¡°We should continue to stay.¡±
He said decisively, without any hesitation. He doesn¡¯t have any other choice. If they allow the great serpent to roam freely, then it will eventually cross the seventh heaven and reach the sixth heaven. At that time, he wouldn¡¯t even have the chance to regret it.
This is what their high-ups told him. They must trap the giant serpent in the seventh heaven, hunting it to exhaustion.
¡°You are afraid that the giant serpent will enter your sixth heaven, right?¡±
Hua Rong has already seen through Byrne¡¯s thoughts, but Byrne has no reason to lie to him, hence he admitted generously.
¡°Yes, that¡¯s the case. ¡°
¡°However, the giant serpent has disappeared.¡±
Hua Rong said helplessly.
In fact, the reason why he is so adamant about killing this great serpent in the seventh heaven is to avenge the countlessrades it killed.
However, this is just one aspect. Just as the sixth heaven fears that the great serpent will arrive in their homnd and wreak havoc, they are also afraid that the giant serpent crosses the sixth heaven and arrive in their fifth heaven.
Therefore, Hua Rong also hopes that the giant serpent will reappear as soon as possible, then get killed by them.
Unfortunately, they don¡¯t have any way to find that behemoth for the moment. Most importantly, to keep a gigantic fleet such as theirs active requires tremendous energy and a lot of supplies.
They are usually able to maintain the energy of their fleet by mining resources and converting natural energy and radiation into usable energy.
Each of their spaceships is a big money-burner. The energy required to keep a single battleship active is unimaginable to low-level civilizations, let alone they have more than 600,000 battleships.
Minings and converting sun rays and radiation into energy isn¡¯t a long-term solution.
¡°Hua Rong, what do you think?¡± Byrne asked Hua Rong expectantly.
He hoped that Hua Rong would stay. The giant serpent is extremely powerful, and only their fleet might not be able to cope, hence he needs the assistance of Hua Rong and the fifth heaven fleet in order to have assurance in hunting the great serpent.
¡°I need to report this matter to the leaders. I¡¯m sorry, but I can¡¯t make a personal decision.¡±
Hua Rong said after a moment of hesitation. Although he had been told beforeing to the seventh heaven that he can make his decisions as themander of the fleet. Technically, as long as he can give a sufficiently convincing reason, he can stay or leave as he pleases.
However, this problem is too big, he dare not make a decision lightly.
Soon, the order was quickly passed over, and after receiving it, Hua Rong smiled wrily.
¡°What was their reply?¡±
Seeing Hua Rong¡¯s expression, Byrne had a guess about the reply. His tight heart finally rxed.
¡°Byrne, the higher-ups ordered me to stay here.¡±
Hua Rong said silently, ¡°I requested them to changemanders, but they refused.¡±
At this point, Hua Rong felt a little angry and helpless. He is tired of wandering in this dark space every day. He isn¡¯t sure about what to do next.
The electromaic fluctuations in space are all captured by machines and processed. It¡¯s aplicated process that doesn¡¯t need intelligent creatures¡¯ assistance.
Moreover, in the control center, there is a big andpetent crew to deal with all kinds of information and situations. There¡¯s no need for amander like him at all.
Especially in this situation where there is no need to fight. At the moment, Hua Rong doesn¡¯t want to waste time in this ce, he wanted to go back. Unfortunately, he has to execute the higher-ups¡¯ orders.
¡°In this case, we will have to cooperate for a while.¡±
Byrne said with a smile on his face.
¡°Let¡¯s continue on our way. Since the higher-ups¡¯ order is to stay here, then we must stay here. We should continue to look for the giant serpent.¡±
Anyway, intelligent creatures at their level have undergone gic optimization since childhood, giving them hundreds of years of lifespan. A dozen or a few dozen years won¡¯t affect them much, let alone they are soldiers and need to obey military orders.
Just when the outside world was making a lot of noise because of Fang Yun¡¯s disappearance, Fang Yun, who was lying on the surface of a star had already felt the changes in his body.
His size is constantly growing. His muscles are continuously tightening. His strength and explosive power are rapidly increasing, reaching a terrifying level. His scales are slowly condensing, increasing his d¨¦fense to the next level.
Fang Yun felt a tingling sensation coursing through his body, but he didn¡¯t pay attention to this. Now, what he needs to do is wait.
The giant turtle has been guarding Fang Yun day and night. asionally, it went a bit further to hunt. Sometimes, it dragged a huge piece of meat for Fang Yun, but he couldn¡¯t move at all, let alone eat. In the end, it could only eat by itself.
Fang Yun¡¯s body size has been growing all the time. It¡¯s just that evolution is very slow this time. Therefore, although Fang Yun has grown a lot, he is still in the midst of evolution.
About fifty yearster, two huge fleets were wandering in the universe, and on a certain day, they flew near a giant star.
Chapter 543: Interception
Chapter 543: Interception
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
A giant turtle leisurely wandered around a star. It was looking at a ck spot on the star¡¯s surface. That long ck spot is Fang Yun. He has been asleep for more than 50 years, but he hasn¡¯t woken up yet.
As usual, after looking at Fang Yun for a while, the giant turtle was nning to leave and search for food alone.
As it continues to grow in size, it needs more and more food. It¡¯spletely different from Fang Yun. Apart from gathering bio-energy and satisfying his taste, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t need to eat a lot. He can easily remain active for years without food.
He mostly relies on absorbing radiation and heat to remain active.
The giant turtle on the other hand needs to eat because of its physiological conditions.
If it doesn¡¯t consume enough food, it cannot maintain its body activity.
Now that Fang Yun is evolving, he is in a particrly weak state. His big brother, Fang Yun, was the one that always protected him, no that he is in a weak state, it¡¯s his turn to protect him.
After rotating around the star, the giant turtle didn¡¯t perceive any danger and was ready to leave. Unexpectedly, at this moment, it suddenly froze.
In a very distant space opposite of the giant star, two fleets were quickly moving forward.
The two giant fleets were the fleets of the sixth and fifth heaven.
The two fleets remained in the seventh heaven during the past period. Looking for the traces of the great serpent and the giant turtle.
They have sent the tissues of the great serpent back to their heaven a long time ago. It¡¯s said that those body tissues have provided great help to the biomechanical technology of the two heavens.
Later, the two heavens gave special orders to Byrne and Hua Rong. They must find the great serpent and giant turtle, then either bring their bodies back or capture them.
Unfortunately, they have been searching for 50 years without any gain.
¡°Where did that monster go?¡±
In the control center of the fifth heaven¡¯smand ship, Hua Rong rubbed his forehead. The higher-ups have been constantly pressing him
The constant inquiries from those leaders and government officials gave him a lot of pressure. Especially amongst those people, there are the elders and even the patriarch of the Hua family.
¡°Hey, For more than 50 years, we didn¡¯t find even a shadow. This is really weird. It doesn¡¯t fit the style of that creature at all!¡±
Hua Rong wondered internally. A behemoth like the great serpent has a great need for food, and ording to their investigation, its main food is rockys.
The turmoil caused while eating is too big. There are often many energy and maic fluctuations left behind each time after eating.
Whether it¡¯s thes¡¯ disappearance or the energy and maic fluctuations, they are inevitable traces left by the great serpent, but these thingspletely disappeared 50 years ago.
The giant serpent and the giant turtle seemed to disappear from this heaven.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, have you found anything on your side?¡±
Byrne sent another routine message. He was asking about the situation, to which Hua Rong replied,
¡°Byrne, it seems that there is no trace of the great serpent here, let¡¯s change the position. ¡°
They have been wandering in this area for a long time, but they have never found a trace of the giant serpent. After all, if the serpent appeared in this location, as long as it eats, they will definitely receive some signals. The movements that result due to the destruction of a aren¡¯t easy to hide.
¡°Okay.¡±
Byrne didn¡¯t have any objections. He also felt that Hua Rong was right. Both of them nodded. Just as Hua Rong was about to change directions, his expression suddenly changed.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
¡°Oum! Oum! Oum!¡±
A harsh siren suddenly sounded in the control center. A soldier ran towards Hua Rong and said.
¡°Commander, We found that a creature is rushing towards us. ¡°
¡°Creature? What kind of creature?¡± Hua Rong frowned.
¡°A giant turtle.¡± the soldier said with a weird expression on his face.
¡°A giant turtle?¡±
Hua Rong looked particrly surprised. After hesitating for a moment, he expectantly asked.
¡°Is it the giant turtle that apanies the great serpent?¡±
¡°It¡¯s very simr, but we¡¯re not certain yet.¡± The soldier said.
¡°Okay, continue to observe it and prepare for battle¡±
After giving an order, Hua Rong quickly said to Byrne,
¡°Commander Byrne, we found a giant turtle that is suspected to be thepanion of the great serpent. I need your support immediately.¡±
¡°You found the giant turtle?¡±
Byrne also had a suspicious and excited expression. He took a deep breath, suppressing his agitated emotions, and said.
¡°Okay, I will lead the fleet over.¡±
The two fleets soon gathered together, then watched the iing giant turtle.
This turtle is huge. Of course,pared to the giant serpent they¡¯ve seen before, the giant turtle is much smaller, but its visual impact isn¡¯t weak at all.
¡°What does this giant turtle want to do?¡±
Hua Rong frowned. He really couldn¡¯t guess the intentions of this creature.
By now, everyone was sure that the iing turtle is the one that always apanied the great serpent.
For some reason, this giant turtle is aggressively rushing towards them, but the giant serpent isn¡¯t next to its side. However, Hua Rong and Byrne guessed that the serpent should be in this area.
This might be the new assault strategy of these two creatures.
¡°What to do, Commander Hua Rong?¡±
With a slight excitement in his tone, Byrne asked Hua Rong.
Hua Rong wasn¡¯t sure either,
¡°First, let¡¯s use a small group of troops to conduct a tentative attack on that giant turtle. We must gauge their n first before moving to the next action.¡±
¡°The rest of us will guard against the sudden attack of the giant serpent.¡±
ording to Hua Rong¡¯s cognition and experience, The IQs of these two creatures are very high.
In fact, Fang Yun is the only one with a high IQ. The giant turtle is certainly a behemoth with a high level of strength, but it¡¯s not a pollutant.
Unfortunately, IQ has been growing rather slowly, and up to now, it can only have some simple exchanges with Fang Yun. It¡¯s unable to urately express its inner thought or convey aplicated message.
This time, the giant turtle suddenly rushed over here because of his insufficient IQ, and also because of its worry for Fang Yun and hatred for these two fleets.
The two fleets were nning to leave. Unfortunately, the giant turtle misunderstood that the two fleets have mastered their location, hence it hurriedly rushed over to intercept them.
Chapter 544: The Crisis of the Giant Turtle
Chapter 544: The Crisis of the Giant Turtle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the deep space, the giant turtle rapidly moved forward, and from its mouth, a sharp howling sounded. It is very clear how dangerous its current actions are. Opposite to it is hundreds of thousands of battleships. Far from what it could handle.
However, facing almost certain death, it decisively rushed forward.
The giant turtle is intending to intercept hundreds of thousands of advanced battleships alone.
Before it could approach any further, densely packedser beams flew towards it. In response, the giant turtle immediately expanded the surrounding space.
When theser beams reached the space around the giant turtle, their speed quickly slowed down.
This is because the surrounding space was expanded. It¡¯s just not visible from the outside, creating the illusion that theser beams slowed down.
Taking advantage of this gap, the giant turtle quickly moved out of the way, then rushed towards the opposing fleet again.
In fact, the giant turtle has very few attack abilities. Furthermore, its attack capabilities are iparable to the mass-destruction abilities of Fang Yun. It doesn¡¯t have any way to cause wide-ranging damage to the opposite fleet.
However, it has no choice. it didn¡¯t realize that this big fleet was passing by, thinking that they came to attack Fang Yun.
Currently, Fang Yun is in a weak state, unable to move at all. Hence to stop this fleet from discovering Fang Yun, it decided toe out and intercept them!
Moreser beams flew towards the giant turtle, but they were all dodged by it.
After moving back and forth like this, soon, the giant turtle reached the area above that fleet, then started attacking them with its ownser beams. However, all spaceships activated their energy shields and easily resisted its attack.
In response, it faced more powerful and numerous attacks.
¡°Why hadn¡¯t the great serpent appeared yet?¡±
In the control center of the fifth heaven¡¯smand ship, Hua Rong hesitated as he watched the great turtle exchange fire with them.
The current situation of the giant turtle is very delicate. With a single mistake, it will definitely be bombarded by their attack and be a piece of dust.
However, the giant serpent still hasn¡¯t appeared.
¡°Is it¡¡±
Hua Rong frowned. A thought suddenly shed through his mind, instantly waking him up. Their thought process might have been wrong from the beginning.
¡°Could it be that the giant serpent didn¡¯te with the giant turtle?¡±
Hua Rong looked a little excited,
¡°Did the great serpent have some unexpected circumstances? It might be trapped or seriously injured, and it¡¯s somewhere on our route.¡±
¡°The giant turtle should havee to intercept us. It wants to protect the great serpent.¡±
The more Hua Rong thought about it, the more certain he was about his guess.
And he was mostly right. Hua Rong quickly contacted Byrne. He wanted to convey his guess.
¡°Byrne, I know what¡¯s going on.¡±
A confident smile appeared on his face as he said.
¡°This giant turtle should be alone. You don¡¯t have to hold back your firepower,unch a more intensive attack.¡±
After saying this, he recounted his guess to Byrne. He is 90% confident that his guess is true. That¡¯s the only exnation he could think of based on the weird behavior of the great turtle.
Byrne was stunned upon hearing Hua Rong¡¯s guess. After a moment of silence, a smile emerged on his face.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, I¡¯m afraid that your guess is true.¡±
¡°This giant turtle is likely protecting the great serpent, and judging from its aggressiveness and movements, the great serpent is likely somewhere in front of us.¡±
After saying this, he immediately instructed his men tounch a full attack on the giant turtle.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Countless weapons were turned on. These weapons all locked the giant turtle in the distance and started charging.
Facing the fleet¡¯s change of attitude, the giant turtle felt restless.
It sensed that the danger of the fleet ahead skyrocketed. Most of its attacks couldn¡¯t break through the fleet¡¯s defense. From the beginning of the battle, it only managed to destroy two battleships.
This battle result is pitiful. There is no way. The number of these spaceships is too high. Through clever formations and mutual assistance, they can easily defend against the giant turtle¡¯s attacks.
However, the great turtle has no way to stop the attacks of this fleet.
Its physical strength is rapidly getting consumed. After all, unlike a perpetual motion machine like Fang Yun, continuously usingrge-scale skills like ¡®space expansion¡¯ is very draining.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Eventually, some attacksnded on the giant turtle¡¯s body, leaving huge pits and sting its flesh and blood out.
¡°Hahaha, this is a great opportunity, we haven¡¯t collected the body tissues of this turtle yet.¡±
Seeing that the giant turtle was seriously injured, Hua Rong shouted with excitement. Across the holographic projection back on his ship, Byrne nodded in agreement.
The twomanders are very excited.
It won¡¯t be long before this giant turtle is dealt with, and after it, the great serpent will fall in their bag.
¡°Hoof¡ I can finally provide an exnation to the Patriarch.¡±
Hua Rong heaved a sigh of relief. Watching the struggling turtle in space, his eyes gradually sharpened.
The wounds on the giant turtle¡¯s body are increasing by the second. ording to his estimation, this turtle will probably die after 10 more seconds.
¡°Don¡¯t attack the turtle¡¯s head, be sure to ensure the integrity of its head.¡±
Hua Rong gave instructions to his men. Usually, the brain tissues of these creatures are the most research worthy. Although the other body parts aren¡¯t worthless, they are much more simple and aren¡¯t an importantponent.
Only the things in the head are the mostplicated and important. Especially their energy crystals.
In a previous conversation with the higher-ups, his leader emphasized that he must keep the integrity of these creatures¡¯ heads.
More attacks fell on the giant turtle. Half of its shell was blown up. From its wounds, blood flowed out like a waterfall, looking particrly grim.
¡°Woo!!¡±
The giant turtle wailed in pain, its eyes became red. It wanted tounch a fierce counterattack and destroy this hateful fleet. Unfortunately, it didn¡¯t have the strength.
Chapter 545: The Entrance of the Great Serpent
Chapter 545: The Entrance of the Great Serpent
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
A desperate mood bred in the giant turtle¡¯s mind. The scarlet color slowly faded from its eyes.
Even the spirituality and liveliness in its eyes slowly disappeared, the giant turtle is already at the end of its life. It will soon die.
¡°Attack!¡±
In the control center of the fifth heaven¡¯smand ship, Hua Rong shouted loudly. Countlessser beams and missiles flew towards the giant turtle¡¯s body, prompting the final attack.
As long as this wave of attacks falls on the giant turtle, death will be its final destination.
However, at this critical moment, the space in front of the giant turtle rippled slightly, then an extremely terrifying serpent appeared in front of it.
This serpent is humongous. Its body length is over 15,000 kilometers and its diameter is at least 600 kilometers.
The moment this creature appeared, it frightened all the soldiers and crew of the fleet.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Theser beams fell on the giant serpent¡¯s body. Thesesers created pits with a diameter of dozens to hundreds of meters, butpared to its gigantic body, these wounds couldn¡¯t even be considered a scratch, and soon, even these wounds disappeared.
¡°This¡ Is this the giant serpent?¡±
Hua Rong immediately discovered Fang Yun¡¯s appearance. He was severely shocked by Fang Yun¡¯s current size.
Based on the data provided by their spaceship¡¯s instruments, the length of this serpent has reached a whopping 15,000 kilometers, and its diameter is 625 kilometers. These numbers are extremely terrifying.
It¡¯s absolutely a mega-ss extraordinary creature.
The vitality of such a huge creature is unimaginably exuberant. Anyway, the life detection equipment in each ship has already begun to vibrate frantically, almost exploding.
¡°How strong is the vitality of this monster?¡±
Hua Rong was surprised by the intensity of Fang Yun¡¯s vitality. Previously, the vitality of the great serpent was already beyond 99% percent of pollutants and star beasts, but now, it¡¯s on a whole other level.
He heard that the great serpent¡¯s body tissues they brought back yed a very important part in the research of healing, enhancement, and life extension medicines. And now, the great serpent¡¯s body has berger.
Of course, it is also possible that this giant serpent isn¡¯t the one they dealt with before.
It¡¯s not that Hua Rong is guessing randomly, but it¡¯s really incredible. This serpent is at least twice the size of the giant serpent they dealt with before.
In just a few decades, how could the size of this creature skyrocket to this point?
However, it¡¯s not that there is no possibility of such a thing at all. After all, the appearance of pollutants itself is a great mystery.
Hua Rong won¡¯t be surprised no matter what ability these monsters use. Thinking about it from this perspective, a size increase doesn¡¯t seem to be that big of a deal after all.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, what should we do now?¡±
Byrne consulted with Hua Rong. He isn¡¯t sure about what to do next. The appearance of the giant serpent is too terrifying after all.
Although he is in the middle of a huge and powerful fleet, an inexplicable trace of fear rose in Byrne¡¯s heart.
¡°Byrne, let¡¯s use the usual strategy. We must test the depths of this creature¡¯s power and skill before making a n¡±
Hua Rong hesitated, then said,
¡°Don¡¯t be intimidated by the appearance of this creature, our fleet isn¡¯t weak, Dealing with it shouldn¡¯t be too difficult.¡±
After hearing Hua Rong¡¯s words, Byrne immediately ordered a small team to go out and test the power of the monstrous serpent.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
As they flew forward, the weapons of these battleships were quickly charged up, after which countlessser beams flew towards Fang Yun.
However, the moment theseser beams approached Fang Yun, they were deflected, flying into the distant darkness.
Fang Yun used the ¡°Advanced Space Barrier¡±. He never worried about energy issues before, but the quality of his energy increased after the evolution, allowing him to effortlessly deflect these attacks.
Just after resisting this first wave of attacks, Fang Yun suddenly flew forward. He opened his mouth widely, then heavily closed it down, nking his teeth.
The opposite team had 20 battleships. They were quite far apart, about 10 million miles away, but after Fang Yun¡¯s bite, space around that small team started to shrink, disappearing from the universe and appearing in Fang Yun¡¯s stomach.
¡°Devour the Heavens¡±
This is the bloodline talent that Fang Yun obtained after this bloodline evolution.
This talent skill is already at max level. Fang Yun can easily use it at full power the moment he obtained it.
Of course, he didn¡¯t reveal all the power of this talent skill now. He barely used a part of its power.
After all, the attack that he dealt with just now wasn¡¯t a particrly powerful one, and the reason why he showed this skill was to deter the enemy.
The giant turtle is seriously injured. If the opponentunches a crazy attack at this time, it may create a fatal situation for the giant turtle, causing it to lose its life. This is a situation that Fang Yun absolutely doesn¡¯t want to see.
So Fang Yun decided to show a part of his might, shocking the opponent and forcing them to retreat.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, what should we do?¡±
Byrne asked Hua Rong with an uncertain expression. Both of them were shocked and afraid of the ability that Fang Yun just used.
However, Hua Rong felt that this is a golden opportunity.
One of their two enemies is seriously injured. Most importantly, the giant serpent needs to protect the giant turtle, making it unable to use its full power.
It could be said that the great serpent is in a restrained state at the moment. It¡¯s a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity.
However, if they allow them to leave and the giant turtle¡¯s injuries heal, their situation will be very grim.
The giant serpent wouldn¡¯t have to worry about the turtle anymore. They would have to face a stronger, unrestrained, and furious great serpent, coupled with the assistance of the great turtle, they will face the danger of annihtion!
Hua Rong was faced with two choices, giving up and retreating, orunching a full-blown attack and betting that they can solve the great serpent this time.
¡°Attack!!¡±
Hua Rong gave orders loudly on the microphone. He ordered his fleet to cooperate with Byrne¡¯s fleet to encircle the two behemoths andunch an attack on both of them.
Many spaceships started lining up as their captains received instructions.
Chapter 546: Fierce Battle
Chapter 546: Fierce Battle
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Under Hua Rong¡¯smand, thousands of spaceships headed towards Fang Yun, but before they could even get close, they were instantly swallowed by him.
Along with them, the meteorites, dust, and cosmic radiation in that areapletely disappeared, creating a true void.
¡°This¡¡±
Byrne and Hua Rong trembled upon seeing this scene. This ability is too terrifying. The spaceships didn¡¯t have the time to attack or even react!
¡°With this skill, Not only my power but also my devouring speed has greatly increased.¡±
Fang Yun felt very excited upon thinking of this.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, this giant serpent is a bit too strong, right?¡±
In hismand ship, Hua Rong looked at the holographic projection in front of him and replied to Byrne.
¡°It is indeed very strong. Over the past fifty years, what has this creature experienced? How could it change so much?¡±
¡°Even if it evolved, it shouldn¡¯t change to such an extent.¡±
Byrne felt very puzzled. This isn¡¯t simply evolution. It¡¯s as if another great serpent has appeared in front of him. It¡¯s inconceivable!
¡°Anyway, we have to kill this creature.¡±
Hua Rong took a deep breath and said, ¡°Tell all the troops to prepare. They will be immediately dispatched!¡±
¡°Today¡ It¡¯s either we are killed by these two behemoths, or we kill these two behemoths!¡±
He gritted his teeth and said. He is determined to eitherplete his mission now or die here.
¡°This¡¡± After hearing Hua Rong¡¯s words, Byrne seemed a little hesitant. This is betting on the entire fleet.
In case something happens, they would be really finished. So at this time, Byrne tried to admonish Hua Rong. However, Hua Rong didn¡¯t even give him the chance.
¡°Byrne, If we don¡¯t take action today, dealing with these two creatures will only be more difficult in the future.¡±
¡°Think about it! The giant turtle has a decentbat power and excellent supportability, once it recovers to its peak state and assists the great serpent. We will be faced with a desperate situation!¡±
Hua Rong yelled loudly, causing Byrne to be silent. In fact, he also knows this, but he has a fluke mentality. He doesn¡¯t want to bet everything on one battle.
¡°Okay, order your fleet to besiege these two monsters.¡±
After taking a deep breath, Byrne nodded and also started giving orders to his fleet.
¡°Damn, these bastards don¡¯t n to retreat at all! ¡°
Fang Yun sneered immediately after seeing the waves of spaceships surging towards him. It seems that he went too easy on them before.
Seeing these spaceships rushing towards him, his body shed, heading towards the right nk of the fleet.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
The spaceships on the opposite side took the lead andunched an attack after seeing Fang Yun head towards them. Theseser beams filled arge area, like meteors, heading towards Fang Yun.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay attention to these attacks. He used ¡°Space Copse¡± on the space around him, then immediately incarnated as a ck hole.
In an instant, Fang Yun disappeared, reced by a ck hole with a diameter of almost a thousand kilometer. This ck hole radiated a terrifying gravity, absorbing all the ships around it.
¡°Ah¡¡±
Screams sounded from these spaceships but soon disappeared, as the people that issued them disintegrated into molecules.
¡°Absolutely, they mustn¡¯t disturb the giant turtle!¡±
Fang Yun transformed back into his normal form, then looked back. The giant turtle is currently half-asleep. Its entire body is riddled with holes. Its state is terrible.
The despair and gloom in its eyes have disappeared, reced with gratitude and worry as it looked at Fang Yun.
The injuries of the giant turtle are rapidly improving. Its recovery speed is naturally iparable to that of Fang Yun, but it¡¯s still far beyond ordinary pollutants and star beasts.
There is not much distance between Fang Yun and the big turtle, because he had to protect it. If the distance between them is too big, Fang Yun can¡¯t guarantee that he can protect the giant turtle at any given time.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun roared loudly at the fastest spaceships on the opposite side. He immediately used ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡± to reduce them to scrap.
Countless spaceships sentser beams towards Fang Yun, but Fang Yun had already distorted the space around him, deflecting theseser beams into the distant space.
Facing hundreds of thousands of attacks every second, each one with the power to easily destroy a, Fang Yun¡¯s energy was rapidly being consumed. Even he is greatly burdened by using ¡°Advanced Space Barrier¡± on such arge area and over such a long period of time.
He doesn¡¯t have a choice, there are too many battleships attacking. He not only had to protect himself but also had to consider the giant turtle behind him.
Seeing Fang Yun desperately protecting him, the seriously injured giant turtle widened its eyes.
¡°Woo!!!¡±
The giant turtle howled loudly, expressing its unwillingness and grievances.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t reply to the giant turtle. He still strongly defended against the iing attacks as he retreated. Suddenly, he bit the giant turtle in its back, then both of them disappeared in the next second.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Various energy beams bombarded the area where Fang Yun was before, but at this time, Fang Yun hadpletely disappeared with the giant turtle.
¡°Boom!¡±
The space not far away was suddenly twisted, from which a giant serpent and a ¡®small¡¯ turtle appeared.
The body of this giant serpent was riddled with injuries.
The reason for this is that Fang Yun forcibly traveled through space whilst being under countless attacks. Due to his rash actions, he withstood a severe bacsh
After falling out of the hyperspace, Fang Yun red at the opposite fleet. Fortunately, his defense is very high, otherwise, he would have turned into a meat sauce by now.
The giant turtle sustained very small damage because Fang Yun sustained most of it.
Fang Yun frequently used this method to leave before. In fact, he could forcibly withstand the bacsh and leave, but the giant turtle is in a bad shape. Even if he withstood most of the damage, the giant turtle will likely die.
¡°Hah¡¡±
Fang Yun nced at the giant turtle. Compared to him, the giant turtle looks very small.
While Fang Yun was looking at it, the giant turtle looked back and whimpered weakly.
Chapter 547: Revenge
Chapter 547: Revenge
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Although the body of the giant turtle is still mostly broken, its wounds are quickly healing. ording to his estimation, in about 10 days to half a month, the giant turtle will bepletely restored.
Fang Yun gently soothed the aggrieved turtle. At the same time, anger was bubbling in his heart.
¡°These bastards!¡±
Fang Yun was extremely angry. If he came a secondte, the giant turtle would have probably died. The giant turtle has been with him for centuries. It¡¯s his best friend and longeststingpanion. He has deep feelings for it.
Fang Yun deeply kept the aggression of the fifth and sixth heavens in his mind. He will make them pay the price sooner orter.
¡°Only when these two heavens are destroyed can I vent my hatred.¡±
A sharp light shed across Fang Yun¡¯s huge pupils shed. Immediately afterward, he wrapped the giant turtle with his tail and flew out of this ce.
They are already a certain distance away from the battlefield. It won¡¯t be easy for these two fleets to catch up to them.
Now, he needs to wait until the giant turtle¡¯s injury gets better before going back to take revenge on these guys.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know if those guys would escape. After all, he has greatly grown both in terms of size and strength. Just his size alone is bigger than a lot ofs, reaching 15,000 kilometers.
At the same time, he acquired new skills.
If the other party is cautious enough, they might leave this heaven and plot another n, but if they are greedy and arrogant enough, they might just decide to stay.
Fang Yun hoped that they would be more greedy. He wants to avenge the giant turtle as soon as possible.
If these fleets return to the fifth or sixth heavens, things might be a little more troublesome. Although he wants to avenge the big turtle, he isn¡¯t an idiot. He isn¡¯t nning to stupidly rush towards the enemy¡¯s base camp.
With his current power, there should be still some danger in entering the hintend of the fifth and sixth heavens and fighting them in their home field.
Therefore, if this coalition fleet enters the fifth or sixth heaven, he might have to postpone the matter of revenge, at least until he is a bit stronger.
¡°Hoof¡¡±
Fang Yun heaved a sigh of relief in his heart, He led the giant turtle towards a remote star field and waited for almost half a month before its injuries healed.
After its recovery, the giant turtle didn¡¯t feel as wronged as before. At the moment, it looked very lively and happy, because Fang Yun finally woke up.
It felt a sense of rxation and security as if as long as Fang Yun was there, there would be no problems. All difficulties were trivial matters in front of Fang Yun.
At Fang Yun¡¯s signal, the giant turtle led him to search for that fleet, and soon after they bumped into a huge fleet.
This fleet is exactly the coalition fleet of Hua Rong and Byrne. This fleet is also looking for Fang Yun and the giant turtle, and they are maniacally looking for them
Previously, they sent the information of thest battle along with their request of withdrawal to the higher-ups, but their request was refused. Their leaders ordered them to continue searching for the giant serpent and the giant turtle, hence they can only do so.
Of course, the higher-ups assured that they wouldn¡¯t send them to their death, guaranteeing that they would send a fleet to support them and to continue searching with confidence.
The news about the reappearance of the giant serpent spread throughout thework. After such a long stable period, most people have forgotten about the great serpent, but with its reappearance, they quickly fell into sorrow.
In the past, the battle between the great serpent and the coalition fleet has spread over several star fields. Almost a quarter of the gxy. Fortunately, the battle period was quite short.
This time, it¡¯s unknown how long will the battlest and how much damage it will cost.
¡°Doron, the giant serpent has appeared again, and ording to reliable information, that monster has be even stronger than before.¡±
In a shared bedroom, Nara said excitedly.
After such a long time, they have grown a lot, but they are still in the academy. It¡¯s just that they are no longer students, but responsible staff.
It¡¯s just that the two have always been roommates.
Doron has changed a lot in the past fifty years. When his friend was killed by the great serpent, he was very angry and even went with the army to fight against it.
After being taught a memorable lesson by the great serpent, the hatred in his heart has been diluted a lot.
After such a long time, his hatred has long since dissipated. Now, hearing about the great serpent again, he felt nothing more than amazement.
¡°That serpent actually appeared again?¡±
Doron looked very surprised. After a moment, he asked again.
¡°Where did it appear this time? Is it already in the sixth heaven or the fifth heaven?¡±
¡°No.¡± Nara He shook his head and said,
¡°It¡¯s still in the seventh heaven. It¡¯s said that it has grown a lot, reaching a length of 15,000 kilometers. It¡¯s nothing short of a.¡±
¡°The coalition fleet should still be looking for it this time. I wonder what will happen next.¡±
¡°How was that creature able to grow so big?¡±
Doron¡¯s eyes widened. At first, that creature was less than a thousand kilometers long, but now, its size has increased by dozens of times over a rtively short period of time.
Its growth rate is really amazing.
¡°Yes, it is rumored that interest of the leaders of the fifth and sixth heaven in the great serpent has be even greater. Especially the sixth heaven, it¡¯s said that they will soon dispatch a million battleships¡¯ fleet to capture it.¡±
Nara looked very excited.
He felt that there would be a good show in the seventh heaven this time. An unprecedented battle will ur there.
¡°Such arge fleet?¡± Doron was shocked again, feeling that his small heart can¡¯t stand such excitement.
¡°Are they going to transfer all the battleships in their heaven?¡±
The corner of his mouth twitched. Doron was very speechless. The sixth heaven had already sent hundreds of thousands of battleships, and now they are nning to send even more?
How are they going to protect the important areas in their home field?
¡°They are also afraid.¡± Nara chuckled.
¡°The higher-ups of the sixth heaven are afraid that the great serpent will enter their heaven after getting out of the seventh heaven¡±
¡°At that time, The sixth heaven will be the main battlefield, and the giant serpent will definitely rampage across their homnd in order to execute its revenge. You should know that intelligent creatures like the great serpent keep their hatred.¡±
¡°I¡¯m afraid that the sixth heaven will be in trouble this time.¡±
Doron shook his head and said,
¡°The pollutants in their territory may riot a few times due to theck of manpower.¡±
¡°As you said, pollutants are smart.¡±
Chapter 548: Prey and Hunter
Chapter 548: Prey and Hunter
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After all, in normal times, those fleets are like chains, confining them to a certain territory and preventing them from moving freely. Over a long time, these creatures have umted deep resentment.
In normal times, this resentment is deeply hidden, but as long as they get an opportunity, they will certainly not let it go.
Therefore, the sixth heaven must deal with the great serpent as quickly as possible. If the million troops fleet is dyed for 50 years like thest one, the consequences will be unthinkable.
The move of the sixth heaven this time is very risky, but as Nara said, they have no choice.
The giant python is bing stronger at a rapid pace. Furthermore, each time it disappears, they can¡¯t find it at all.
If the great serpent chose to cross the seventh heaven into the sixth heaven, shifting the battlefield over there, the consequences would be unimaginable.
So this time, they are set to eliminate this possibility from the bud.
They can¡¯t give the great serpent the slightest chance to enter the sixth heaven, even at the risk of pollutants riots in their heaven.
After all, the giant serpent is more troublesome and difficult to deal with than any pollutant in their heaven.
Fang Yun also learned about this news. He knew that the sixth and fifth heaven will send an even bigger and more powerful fleet to deal with him, just like before.
However, he isn¡¯t worried, he isn¡¯t the serpent he used to be.
¡°The more fleets thate, the better.¡±
This is not the sixth or fifth heaven. No matter how many spaceshipse, they can only serve as his food.
¡°I will turn all of these spaceships into bio-energy points.¡±
Fang Yun blinked, staring at the fleet below. This fleet is the coalition fleet of Byrne and Hua Rong.
At the moment, the spaceships in the fleet are all arranged into a very tight formation. It¡¯s a very powerful defensive formation, guarding against any sudden attack.
Obviously, with Fang Yun¡¯s terrifying growth, Hua Rong and Byrne felt a great crisis.
They don¡¯t dare to repeat the previous bait formation, choosing such a defensive formation in order to preserve their lives.
Fang Yun was not afraid of their ¡°iron barrel¡± formation. With the giant turtle, the initiative is in his hands. He can attack and retreat as he pleases. Not to mention that he has be much stronger.
In the face of his ¡°Devouring The Heavens¡±, this formation doesn¡¯t make much sense. He can easily devour hundreds to thousands of spaceships.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle followed behind the fleet. Fang Yun decided tounch a sneak attack.
¡°Buzz!!¡±
He suddenly appeared behind the team, and without hesitation, he used ¡°Devouring The Heavens¡±.
In an instant, in the space in front of him, a weird distortion appeared, it was a virtual snakehead almost a million kilometers wide.
As it closed its mouth the surrounding space shrunk, and the spaceships in that space shrunk ordingly. Finally, the virtual snakehead disappeared along with the closing of Fang Yun¡¯s mouth. All those spaceships ended in Fang Yun¡¯s mouth.
These actions might have looked slow, but they were actually executed in less than 2 seconds. In the blink of an eye, hundreds of spaceships disappeared.
These hundreds of ships provided Fang Yun with 50 billion bio-energy points at once.
For the next evolution, Fang Yun needs 500 billion bio-energy points. That is to say, as long as he uses the same strategy and eats as many spaceships 9 more times, he can quickly evolve.
¡°It¡¯s the giant serpent! Quick! Attack!¡±
After Fang Yun swallowed the small fleet, he was immediately discovered. Many people screamed to attack while more were panicking.
¡°Small turtle, let¡¯s go.¡±
Fang Yun waved to the giant turtle. The giant turtle immediately used its ability to extend the space around them, then used its stealth and space maniption to bring both of them to escape.
When the fleet reacted and flew towards their location, they had already disappeared.
¡°Byrne, the giant serpent has appeared again.¡±
Hua Rong connected with Byrne,
¡°That monster is ying with us, damn it! That beast!¡±
Hua Rong felt anger bubbling in his heart. He felt humiliated as they were treated as prey and teased openly. However, the reason why he felt so angry is that their position was reversed. The position of prey and hunter has reversed so quickly that he felt powerless.
To think that a fleetposed of hundreds of thousands of advanced battleships would be treated as prey by a creature¡
¡°That monster might already be a level 5 pollutant.¡±
Hua Rong said to Byrne,
¡°Creatures of this level are not something we should provoke.¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Byrne nodded with a bitter look on his face.
¡°But what can we do? We have already heavily offended the giant serpent. With the vengeful nature of pollutants. It will not let us go.¡±
¡°Yeah, you¡¯re right.¡±
Hua Rong nodded. He had an annoyed expression on his face.
¡°Byrne, we can only continue holding on for now. Our situation will turn for the better once the reinforcements arrive.¡±
The reinforcements this time are the strongest ever. It can be called a million troops army. The sixth heaven is going to send a 1 million battleships fleet, and the fifth heaven is going to send 500,000 battleships.
For this giant serpent, even the fifth heaven paid a big price. If they are not careful, the pollutants back in their heaven will not pass this opportunity to cause chaos.
Over the next period of time, Fang Yun devoured Byrne and Hua Rong¡¯s fleet, bite by bite.
Using the bloodline skill, ¡°Devouring the Heavens¡±, Fang Yun would return with a full stomach every time he attacks. As for the price, most of it was small wounds caused by the desperate counterattack of the fleet.
The worst injury was caused by his greed two days ago, where a small part of his body was blown up.
Of course, with his size, a small part of his body is more than 2000 kilometers long. However, at that time, he almost swallowed 1000 battleships at the same time.
This caused his bio-energy points to reach the required 500 billion and even surpass it.
He is now one level higher. His original body length of 15,000 kilometers has increased to 18,000 kilometers.
In addition, adding the skill points he got after this evolution and the skill points he umted due to the increase in reputation value, he has gathered enough skill points to upgrade some of his skills.
Chapter 549: Mental Pressure
Chapter 549: Mental Pressure
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
This time, his reputation value was increased by 80 billion, but after reaching the 1 trillion benchmark, the point at which he can receive skill points has changed, turning into once every 40 billion.
At the moment, the number of his skill points has surpassed 500, enough for him to upgrade ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± once. After spending 400 skill points to upgrade this skill, it has reached level 3.
In terms of pure destructive power, this skill is the strongest.
In the face of his current enemies, ¡°Annihtion Antimatter Bomb¡± has the power to destroy dozens of battleships, with their energy shield active, at the same time.
However, once he uses ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡±, he can easily destroy more than 3000 battleships at the same time. Their powerful energy shields are no different from paper in front of this skill.
Even at level 3, this skill is terrifyingly powerful. If he disregards danger and enters the center of the fleet formation, then using this skill, he can destroy at least 5000 battleships, and damage countless others.
Fang Yun was recovering from his injuries. The coalition fleet had be extremely sensitive under his repeated attacks. Sometimes, even if they forsake many of their kin, they still wouldn¡¯t hesitate tounch a terrifying counterattack on him.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t hurriedly rush over, after all, he is still severely injured.
About half a monthter, Fang Yun¡¯s body returned to its peak state. Currently, he has umted more than 600 bio-energy points, but the requirement for evolution is 800 billion points.
In other words, as long as he gets another 200 billion, he can evolve another time.
No way, ¡°Devouring The Heavens¡± suits Fang Yun too much, he used it to devour countless spaceships. Moreover, with the assistance of the giant turtle, they hold the absolute initiative, the fleet can¡¯t cause them the slightest threat.
Fang Yun, who had recovered from his injuries, immediately thought of that coalition fleet. He needs to see their current situation before deciding to attack.
The fleet is easy to find. After all, the trail and chaos they leave behind aren¡¯t easy to clean no matter how hard they try.
After arriving over there, Fang Yun saw the fleet moving forward in an arrow formation. At present, the number of spaceships in this fleet has been considerably reduced. Of course, as far as damaged spaceships go, they are very numerous, more than enough to affect the stability of the fleet.
However, what was damaged the most is people¡¯s hearts. The constant hunting of Fang Yun and their inability to do anything has caused fear and terror to breed inside their heart.
¡°Haah¡¡¡±
In one of the spaceships of the fleet, a soldier said to hispanion.
¡°I hope that serpent will not trouble us anymore.¡±
This soldier prayed with a look of pleading, his face looked particrly tired. The giant serpent¡¯s continuous deadly attacks caused them to be very tired and fearful.
Every surprise attack caused great pressure on them. Under this pressure, their spirits eventually became weary.
In the past few days, Byrne and Hua Rong both noticed this situation. They asked the captain of each ship to pay close attention to the emotional state of their crew and soldiers.
However, although the leaders have paid more attention to this issue, they still couldn¡¯t make a great change.
There are two ways to heal the emotional trauma of the soldiers. One is to get out of the seventh heaven, and the second is to kill the giant serpent.
Unfortunately, they can¡¯t do either of them, hence they can only try their best to alleviate the trauma and pressure their crew is facing.
If the situation doesn¡¯t change in a short time, someone will eventually have a mental breakdown, and that will cause a chain reaction.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, when will the reinforcements arrive?¡±
On the projection screen.
Byrne asked Hua Rong with an anxious expression. He could clearly perceive the problems of his fleet. Apart from arge number of damaged spaceships, the mental state of most soldiers is very bad. This is clearly a hidden danger that can cause the copse of the fleet.
¡°Let everyone hold on.¡± Hua Rong said to Byrne,
¡°ording to my news, the reinforcement will arrive in about a week.¡±
¡°We should release this news to the soldiers.¡±
Hua Rong said after hesitating. There is no need to keep this news secret. After spreading it, the morale and mental state of the soldiers should improve.
¡°Okay.¡± Byrne also heaved a sigh of relief. With a clear time, everyone will have a bottom line and hope to survive.
¡°Luo Liang, there¡¯s good news!¡±
In a ship, a soldier said to hispanion with a look of surprise. Hispanion is the one who prayed before.
After hearing what hispanion said, he looked at him with a look of confusion. Without giving Luo Liang the chance to speak, the soldier excitedly said.
¡°ording to the news released by themander, our reinforcements will arrive in a week.¡±
Luo Liang¡¯s eyes immediately lit up after hearing this, he quickly tried to confirm.
¡°Really?¡±
¡°Of course it¡¯s true.¡± Hispanion gave him a nk look and said,
¡°Can this be false? This is the news from the head of the fleet. If the news is false, this lie will be exposed a weekter. At that time, themander will lose credibility and the fleet will be unstable.¡±
¡°That¡¯s right.¡± Luo Liang smiled and breathed a sigh of relief.
¡°Hoof¡¡±
Heaving a sigh of relief, Luo Liang said to hispanion,
¡°It seems that as long as we persist for another week, this nightmare will finish.¡±
¡°Hahaha, it¡¯s just a week, we will definitely be able to stick to it!¡±
Thepanion also seemed very excited.
¡°Hehe.¡±
Luo Liangughed. He also felt that they can hold on for a week. After all, the area of their team is rtively close to the center of the fleet, it¡¯s rtively safe.
Upon thinking of this, he felt pity for his colleagues that are on the edge of the fleet.
There¡¯s a high probability that the giant serpent will attack them. The reinforcements might arrive in a week, but during this week, they have to face the crazy attacks of the giant serpent.
The guys on the edge are really miserable.
¡°I hope that that monster won¡¯t appear during this week.¡±
Luo Liang prayed internally. He hoped that the great serpent would rest during this week or hide and heal its injuries, but just as he was thinking of it, there was amotion on the ship.
Chapter 550: Plan
Chapter 550: n
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°What happened?¡±
Luo Liang was shocked. He stood up and looked behind him, only to see someone yelling in horror,
¡°The serpent! The giant serpent has appeared again!¡±
¡°Damn it!¡±
Luo Liang yelled angrily, then ran to a disy on the side, on which was the image of the giant serpent.
¡°Wait, that ce is¡¡± Suddenly, Luo Liang¡¯s pupils shrank. His face turned pale in the next second as he thought of something.
¡°Isn¡¯t that the area where our ship is located? That giant serpent is near our spaceship?¡±
Luo Liang, who came up with such an answer, felt like fainting at this moment. He swallowed his saliva, the started yelling loudly.
¡°Go, go!!!¡±
He wanted nothing more than escape from the spaceship now, then quickly flee from this ce, but he is very clear that even if he secretly took the escape pod alone, he will be branded as a traitor and a deserter. There won¡¯t be any ce for him amongst the heavens anymore.
Moreover, even if he gives up on everything and jumps into the escape pod, he likely won¡¯t be able to escape the attack of the great serpent. After all, ording to his past experience, the attack range of the great serpent is terrifyingly wide.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
At this moment, a huge energy wave swept over. In an instant, a frightened expression appeared on Luo Liang¡¯s face.
He knew that it was over, it¡¯s really over this time.
That was his final thought. His spaceship was destroyed in the next second. All people inside were reduced to atoms and everyone¡¯s thoughts stopped at that moment.
Luo Liang and many others thought they could survive a week, but they never expected that the great serpent would rush over and end their lives just after they received the news.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
In space, a giant serpent stood with its head upright. Earlier, he used the ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± skill to annihte more than 1800 battleships in front of him.
In addition, there are many more ships in the distance that were severely damaged.
However, the fleet instantlyunched a counterattack. The rain ofser beams flew towards Fang Yun, which he quickly dodged. The giant turtle assisted from the side and started expanding the space around him.
After dodging the first wave of attacks, Fang Yun destroyed another 2000 to 3000 battleships.
The damage Fang Yun dealt this time is even more serious.
Five thousand ships were directly destroyed, and eight thousand ships were severely damaged, causing them to stop working. In addition, more than thirty thousand ships suffered varying degrees of damage.
This caused this fleet to fall into a state of panic. A thought suddenly appeared in their mind.
Can they really survive a week?
The strength that Fang Yun showed this time was really too terrifying. The most powerful energy burst in the universe turned into a sharp de reaping their life.
¡°Unfortunately, after destroying these spaceships, it¡¯s difficult to get any bio-energy from them.¡±
Fang Yun felt a little speechless.
At the moment, he left the area near the fleet. He suffered some damage due to the desperate counterattack of the fleet, so he is nning to recover his injuries in this location beforeunching any further attack.
Now, the thing that is restricting him from quickly eating that fleet is his recovery speed.
As his strength and size continue to grow, his regeneration speed is bing more and more inadequate. Especially after the bloodline evolution.
¡°Unfortunately, if the destroyed spaceships can be converted into bio-energy, it would be enough for me to evolve again and acquire more skill points. Maybe even a new skill.¡±
Fang Yun wanted to quickly evolve, acquire new skills, then raise his strength to the next level.
There is no way, his situation is getting more and more serious. After all, he is fighting against several heavens. Each heaven epasses hundreds of thousands to millions of gxies, covering a range of hundreds of millions of light-years.
The resources they have under their control are massive.
The currentbat power he showed is already beyond level 4, and after he defeats the reinforcements of the fifth and sixth heavens, he will definitely cause an even greater disturbance.
Maybe a more powerful heaven will target him and set off to deal with him.
Therefore, despite the great increase in strength, Fang Yun still has a sense of urgency in his heart.
If he wants to obtain arge amount of bio-energy from spaceships, he must use the ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±. Unfortunately, this skill isn¡¯t an instantaneous devour skill like ¡°Devouring the Heavens¡±.
It takes time to pull the spaceships and devour them, and the rest of the fleet will madly attack him during that time.
¡°Well, if I could separate a number of spaceships from the main fleet every time. Devouring this fleet will be much easier¡±
After Fang Yun thought of this, he immediatelymunicated with the giant turtle. He wanted the giant turtle to test its space expanding ability. He needs some urate data to execute his next n.
Aftermunicating with the giant turtle for a while, Fang Yun immediately conducted a test. The final result showed that the giant turtle can expand a space with a diameter of 10,000 kilometers more than a million times.
This is the giant turtle¡¯s limit.
This range and activity are already extremely terrifying. It¡¯s more than enough for Fang Yun to use on that fleet.
Fang Yun is nning to use this method to cut away the small teams at the edge of the fleet, only cutting a small part each time.
Slowly, the whole fleet will be smaller and smaller, eventually, it will bepletely devoured by him.
In an extremely expanded space, he can devour a small group of troops before the big fleet could react and attack him.
If this n can be perfectly executed, not only will his devouring speed increase, he won¡¯t have to get injured every time as well.
Upon thinking of this, he led the great turtle to the coalition fleet¡¯s location.
In the dark space, a big fleet was moving forward. The fleet might look calm on the surface, but looking inside each battleship, many soldiers and personnel had a dull and depressed expression.
Fang Yun¡¯s previous attack made them suffer heavy losses. Many people¡¯s psychological barriers were on the verge of copse. They are deeply afraid that they will be the ones to die in the next attack.
¡°That damn beast!¡±
In the control room of themand ship of the fifth heaven, Hua Rong clenched his fist heavily, his heart was filled with hate. Their fleet became is slowly bing smaller and weaker with each attack of the giant serpent.
More importantly, the atmosphere in the fleet has begun to change. This change is very fatal to their fleet. If they don¡¯t take care of the mental state of their soldiers, then the next time the giant serpent attacks will be the time when their fleet copses.
Chapter 551: Search Device
Chapter 551: Search Device
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Hum!!¡±
A wave of fluctuations appeared in the dark space, from which an extremely big serpent appeared. Its size alone can create terror in the hearts of strong men.
¡°It¡¯s the giant serpent! it¡¯s here again!¡±
In the fleet, many cries of horror sounded. Everyone looked at the disy screen in their spaceships with a look of fear. On the screen, there was a gigantic behemoth, it¡¯s the great serpent.
¡°Gulp!¡±
Fang Yun opened his mouth and swallowed the two nearest spaceships into his stomach. Then used ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± to reduce hundreds of spaceships into energy, which he quickly swallowed.
The nearby spaceships quickly reacted andunched a fierce counterattack. But strangely, theser beams and giant missiles greatly slowed down after approaching Fang Yun, bing almost stationary.
Their original sub-light speed was slowed down by countless times.
This is due to the Space Expansion ability of the giant turtle. The space around Fang Yun has expanded a million times, so theseser beams have also been slowed down by a million times.
Facing the infinitely slow attacks, Fang Yun sneered, then grabbed the giant turtle and turned around, jumping into the depths of space andpletely disappearing.
Fang Yun has gotten a great harvest this time. His bio-energy points have directly jumped to 700 billion. He is about to evolve again.
¡°Hah, I wonder if these guys have a countermeasure for the giant turtle¡¯s ability.¡±
The giant turtle took the lead and expanded a big chunk of space between Fang Yun and the fleet, giving him enough time to use his skills, and as a very skilled hunter, Fang Yun used that time topletely devour that small team.
Fang Yun felt that if the coalition fleet wanted to crack this n, the only feasible solution is to surround him the moment he appears, thenunch a fierce attack without giving him the chance to do anything else.
But this scheme has a w.
They need an incredible speed and reaction. Without knowing in advance, it¡¯s impossible to mobilize so many spaceships in such a short period, let alone that Fang Yun won¡¯t just sit and watch until they surround him, and even if they manage to send a few ships to surround him, it won¡¯t do anything.
Because sending a few spaceships to him is no different from delivering food.
¡°Huh, let¡¯s take a break first, and then proceed to the next attack.¡±
Fang Yun waved to the giant turtle, then curled up and started resting.
Not long after, he stood up, pulled up the giant turtle, then went to attack the fleet again.
After doing this five consecutive times, Fang Yun seeded in causing the initial copse of the fleet. All the spaceships involuntarily moved closer to gain a sense of security.
Even if theirmander prohibited them from getting too close to each other, there was no way to stop this situation.
In fact, the coalition fleet still has a lot of spaceships. The ships destroyed and eaten by Fang Yun recently are only one-tenth of the entire fleet.
But even if it¡¯s only one-tenth. It¡¯s still tens of thousands of ships, plus the damage and losses every attack brings to their fleet, causing their morale to sink to the bottom.
Even if they could hit or even injure the great serpent with theirser attacks, but within a short period of time, he will be restored to the best condition. It¡¯s almost as if the giant serpent is an unkible creature set on murdering them.
It is precisely because of Fang Yun¡¯s invincible and unkible image that many soldiers¡¯ mental state became very bad. No one can remain optimistic while facing an invincible enemy while watching theirpanions die one after the other.
No one knows when it is their turn and whether they will be the one to die in the next attack.
After thest wave of attacks, Fang Yun sessfully evolved. Now, he has reached level 102, but the skills points he acquired are still not enough for him to upgrade any of his skills.
Besides, even themanders of the sixth and fifth heaven fleets are feeling pressure due to Fang Yun¡¯s endless attacks and harassment.
They were full of anger but had nowhere to vent.
They couldn¡¯t do anything to Fang Yun at all.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, what should we do now?¡±
Byrne anxiously asked Hua Rong. Even he is feeling a lot of pressure.
Their fleet is indeed one of the most powerful conventional fleets in their heaven. If they could have a head-on confrontation with the giant serpent, Byrne and the rest of the soldiers will never be afraid or hesitate, but the giant serpent is simply too cunning!
It insists on harassing them every time. It simply doesn¡¯t have the dignity of a warrior or a strong creature! Always running away afterunching an attack!
¡°We can only wait.¡±
Hua Rong clenched his fists, a glimmer of light burst out of his eyes. He had never been so helpless before. His anger and hatred towards the great serpent have reached the extreme.
He received an important piece of news before. The reinforcementsing here are carrying a new type of search device. They are nning to use this device to lock the position and the escape route of the giant serpent.
The most difficult aspect of the giant serpent is its stealth ability. It can easily approach them without their knowledge andunch a sneak attack. They don¡¯t have any way to deal with this ability.
In addition, the giant serpent can easily use stealth to flee. This is also the reason why Hua Rong and Byrne rarely order their fleets to chase the great serpent.
¡°As long as we wait for the arrival of the reinforcements. Everything will change! Everyone must hold on until then!¡±
After talking to Byrne, Hua Rong issued sessive orders to his subordinates.
These orders were to appease his subordinates. At the same time, they were reminding and warning them carefully. If someone dared to disobey military orders and discipline, he won¡¯t be merciful.
The entire fleet returned to its normal appearance after that. Although there was still a rtively close distance between spaceships, this distance is still moderate. Much better than the panicked clustering before.
However, everyone knows that this stability is just on the surface. Most soldiers are still nervous and depressed.
A single fuse might be enough to detonate the fleet.
However, at the moment, no one can solve this problem.
Fang Yun keenly captured the uneasiness and panic from the fleet. In fact, he had already detected their emotional change from their strange movement before. It¡¯s just that it was never as obvious as now.
¡°Maybe, I can use this¡¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes lit up. He might be able to use the emotion of the soldiers and crew to deal further damage to the fleet, maybe even causing it to copse.
Chapter 552: Chaos
Chapter 552: Chaos
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Next, Fang Yun attacked this fleet several times, causing it to lose another 20,000 battleships, but he himself was still intact.
Facing such a desperate situation, the fleet finally started copsing.
First of all, most of the spaceships on the edge started to fearfully squeeze toward the inneryer. This is because Fang Yun mostly attacked the spaceships on the edge in the past, nting the seed of fear in their heart.
No one wants to remain on the edge of the team and face the attack of the invincible great serpent. That¡¯s almost certain death.
Due to this, the teams on the edge were the first to copse.
¡°Damn it!¡±
After hearing the report, Hua Rong yelled with anger.
¡°Connect their captain with my call!!!¡±
Not long after, a holographic projection appeared in front of Hua Rong. On which was a slender man. It¡¯s the captain of one of the spaceships on the edge.
And this ship is one of the first spaceships that tried to get closer to the core of the fleet, disturbing the formation and discipline.
The captain was shocked after seeing Hua Rong. The call was connected without his knowledge or consent.
¡°What the hell are you doing?¡±
Hua Rong¡¯s face was extremely gloomy as he red at the captain on the holographic projection. His eyes seemed like wanting to eat him.
The captain was taken aback again, his body shook involuntarily, but he took a deep breath and solemnly said
¡°Commander Hua Rong, we don¡¯t want to stay on the edge of the fleet anymore.¡±
As soon as he uttered these words, he suddenly seemed to have unloaded some kind of burden. Gathering his courage, he loudly shouted.
¡°All the ships on the periphery are just cannon fodder! Commander Hua Rong, I just don¡¯t want to be cannon fodder!¡±
¡°Who told you to leave your position?¡± However, Hua Rong did not listen to this captain¡¯s words. He scolded him spitefully.
¡°Immediately return to your location! Otherwise, you will be shot on the spot!¡±
After hearing Hua Rong¡¯s threat, the captain¡¯s face turned pale. He gritted his teeth and said.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, you are not qualified to do this! I am the captain of a team from the sixth heaven!¡±
In fact. At this point, most of the spaceships and teams at the edge of the fleet are from the sixth heaven. Very few are from the fifth heaven.
So hearing that Hua Rong wanted to overstep the authority of theirmander and personally execute him, he felt very angry.
Most of the fifth heaven fleet enjoyed various benefits. The majority of their spaceships are stationed in the center of the fleet, enjoying peace while they live in terror, and now Hua Rong wants to execute him?!
¡°Hmph! I have the final say in this fleet! I¡¯m themander-in-chief! Don¡¯t forget this!¡±
Hua Rong said coldly.
¡°I¡¯ll give you three seconds. Immediately take your ship and return to your post, otherwise, we will shoot you!¡±
¡°One! Two! Three!¡±
The captain in the holographic projection gritted his teeth. He faced great pressure, but he still remained silent. In the end, a ck barrel appeared from above and repeatedly shot him.
¡°Da! Da! Da!¡±
Along with a flurry of gunshots, the captain was quickly killed. His body fell on the floor and his blood seeped out onto the control board.
¡°Deputy captain! Listens to my order!¡± After killing the captain, Hua Rong said to the frozen vice-captain.
¡°I order you to take over the role of that guy before, Drive your ship back to where you belong!¡±
¡°Yes¡Yes!¡±
The deputy captain nodded solemnly as if he was afraid to show even the slightest disobedience.
The deputy captain started giving orders to the soldiers, leading them back to the edge of the fleet.
However, with the current state of the fleet, the edge is already filled with chaos.
Their previous position was already upied by other people, and other spaceships were still moving deeper into the fleet, making the formation even more chaotic.
¡°Now¡what shall we do now?¡±
The deputy captain looked helpless. He looked at Hua Rong¡¯s projection with a look of innocence, as if telling him that he wants to go back to their position, but their position has been upied.
After that, he and the captain of the other spaceship startedmunicating. Preparing to exchange positions andplete their defensive role, but the cabin was suddenly filled with noise.
¡°What¡¡¡±
The deputy captain was stunned, he looked at the noisy crew in the control center with a severe gaze.
The crew seriously looked back at him. Some of them hesitantly stood up and said.
¡°Captain¡¡±
Their previous captain had been shot right in front of their eyes. They also knew that their vice-captain had be the new captain.
¡°What do you want to do?¡±
Looking at the noisy people in the control center, the deputy captain roared loudly. His roar seemed to have a certain effect, as the control center became much quieter.
¡°Haah¡¡¡±
The deputy captain exhaled deeply, but at this critical moment, a soldier suddenly pointed a gun at the deputy captain.
¡°Dear Captain, can we please go back. We don¡¯t want to stay at the edge of the fleet.¡±
The soldiers of these spaceships are already on the edge of copse, hence when they heard that they were going back to the edge, they exploded. Some of them even threw military discipline behind and started threatening their captain.
¡°What are you doing?!¡±
When the deputy captain saw this scene, he started trembling with fright and anger. He roared at the person pointing at him.
But his roar didn¡¯t work this time. The soldier directly pressed on the trigger, head shotting the new captain after taking over this post for less than a minute.
These soldiers gained control of their spaceship, then directly controlled it to frantically fly to the depth of the fleet.
It wasn¡¯t just that spaceship, most of the ships on the periphery of the fleet were the same. Thousands of spaceships, dozens of small teams surged towards the depth of the fleet,pletely disturbing the formation and spreading chaos.
¡°Damn it! kill these bastards! Destroy those spaceships that have left their post!¡±
Hua Rong coldly gave such an order, determining the fate of hundreds of thousands of people.
Chapter 553: Mo Yun and Carmen
Chapter 553: Mo Yun and Carmen
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
For a while, many ships exploded in that space area. These spaceships did not expect that they would be attacked suddenly, by theirpanions andrades no less.
Therefore, they couldn¡¯t activate their energy shield in time.
In an instant, four to five thousand ships exploded in the chaotic formation. More than a million soldiers and crew were killed.
At this time, the ships that were nning to move deeper into the fleet didn¡¯t dare to move easily anymore. They could only stay on the edge of the fleet.
In the deep void, Fang Yun coldly stared at the scene below. Both he and the giant turtle hid in the deep space relying on the giant turtle¡¯s ability. Hence he clearly saw the previous scene.
A trace of joy surged in his heart.
¡°Heh, it seems that internal problems have begun to appear in their fleet.¡±
Fang Yun had a smile on his face. He knew that reinforcements wereing. If he wants to destroy and eat this fleet, he has to act as soon as possible, and internal discord is a perfect opportunity.
However, he didn¡¯t directly appear and attack the fleet. If he does so now, it¡¯s likely to cause the fleet to unify again.
He needs to let the dissatisfaction and discord continue to ferment. After the seeds of hatred and discord have grown, it will be time to harvest them.
The fleets of the two heavens continued to move around this starfield. The team¡¯s formation is still neat, but a more subtle emotion was hidden beneath this tranquillity.
Especially the ships on the periphery of the fleet. The soldiers and crew inside are seething with anger and dissatisfaction. Hua Rong is treating them as cannon fodder and he has no intention of covering it up.
No one wants to be cannon fodder for other people, especially if said people don¡¯t care about their lives and can even ruthlessly kill them.
The same guys that have benefited from their sacrifice didn¡¯t hesitate to attack and kill them on the orders of themander-in-chief, Hua Rong.
Hua Rong hopes to maintain the discipline of the team. He doesn¡¯t care about anything else, whoever is sacrificed or dead doesn¡¯t matter to him. The team leaders and captains inside the fleet also don¡¯t want to go to the edge.
Therefore, Hua Rong and these people immediately hit it off. They didn¡¯t want the ships outside to take their positions, hence they used force to make them obedient.
Due to the difference in number and authority, the spaceships on the edge of the fleet didn¡¯t dare to cause trouble. At least not on the surface.
However, it¡¯s undoubted that the spaceships and teams on the edge felt ufortable and angry, so they started secretly contacting each other.
¡°Carmen, Commander Hua Rong gave up on all of us.¡±
Somewhere in the fleet, inside an inconspicuous battleship. A burly man said to a cold man on the holographic projection. The burly man is the captain of this battleship and he is currently talking with the captain of another battleship, his friend.
The rtionship between the two is quite close. That¡¯s why he dared toin about the decision of the higher-ups.
¡°Huh, old Mo, we have no choice.¡±
Carmen smiled bitterly,
¡°This is the decision of Commander Hua Rong, what can we do?¡±
¡°So we can only obediently act as cannon fodder? Can you ept this?!¡±
After a moment of silence, Mo Yun clenched his fist and shouted with an agitated look on his face.
¡°Carmen, you don¡¯t want that either, right?¡±
He squinted, ¡°Maybe next time, our spaceship will be destroyed with the attack of the great serpent. At that time, no one will remember or mourn for us!¡±
¡°Why did I join the army and struggle so long for?! For status! Power and Money! Now, they want me to give up on everything that I struggled for and obediently act as cannon fodder for them?!!¡±
After hearing Mo Yun¡¯s almost hysterical shout, Carmen was also silent. After a while, he took a long breath and said.
¡°So what?¡±
After speaking, he also smiled bitterly, ¡°Mo Yun, don¡¯t think too much, what else can we do?¡±
¡°Rather than thinking about the impossible, it¡¯s better to pray. Pray that the giant serpent doesn¡¯t target us in the next attack.¡±
¡°This¡¡± Mo Yun clenched his fist tightly, his face turning red with anger, but he could only sigh in the end, powerless to change anything.
There is no more to say.
Carmen¡¯s previous exhortation was because he hoped his friend would not go astray because of momentary anger. After all, the ideas of his friend are too bold.
However, deep in his heart, a simr bold idea emerged. Carmen¡¯s idea was to leave the fleet and leave this dangerous ce.
Anyway, he is unwilling to follow the fleet to continue struggling with the giant serpent. He has no hope for this battle anymore. It¡¯s just that he didn¡¯t find a suitable opportunity.
Conversations like this were arbitrarily unfolding around the periphery of the fleet. Even Hua Rong and the others at the center of the fleet felt the subtle change.
It¡¯s just that they don¡¯t take this kind of thing to heart. In their view, it¡¯s justified to sacrifice some people for the well-being of the entire fleet. Besides, these people enjoy great status and well-fare every day, it¡¯s time for them to pay back.
¡°Commander Hua Rong?¡±
In themand ship of the fifth heaven, a holographic projection popped up in front of Hua Rong. It was Byrne. He anxiously said.
¡°Commander Hua Rong, there¡¯s a problem with the fleet. If this continues, I am afraid thatrge-scale riots will appear.¡±
Such situations aren¡¯t impossible in arge fleet, but they are very rare and most riots are small-scale ones.
¡°Keep going.¡±
The expression on Hua Rong¡¯s face was particrly firm. He said with an indisputable tone.
¡°On such asions, we must disy tough means. If you find someone causing chaos, you must not be soft-hearted.¡±
¡°¡I understand¡±
After hesitating for a moment, Byrne nodded, but he still said, ¡°Commander Hua Rong, what if there is arge-scale riot?¡±
Hearing this, Hua Rong¡¯s expression changed slightly, then smiled bitterly.
¡°Then we can only bear it honestly. Now we have few choices.¡±
¡°Try to encourage everyone. Our reinforcements areing soon. As long as the reinforcements arrive, the giant serpent will definitely have nowhere to hide.¡±
Byrne nodded, then closed themunication channel.
Between various teams and spaceships, encouraging words sounded again, which actually improved a lot of people¡¯s spirits.
Of course, the people who were encouraged are basically from the center of the formation. The people in the periphery are still full of fear, terrified that the great serpent will suddenly appear and eat them.
One day has passed. This time, nothing happened, but most people were still very tense. Facing the thought that they might die at any time, they couldn¡¯t rx at all.
¡°They¡¯re still holding on.¡±
In a void, Fang Yun looked down at the fleet that was still orderly and he couldn¡¯t help but praise. This time, he was nning to act.
However, he isn¡¯t going to directly attack the fleet. On their way forward, there is a twice the size of Jupiter.
It¡¯s just that this is still some distance away from the fleet. Fang Yun is nning to detonate that using ¡°Space Copse¡±, releasing the energy of a super explosion towards the fleet.
The explosion will have a certain impact on the fleet, but the impact won¡¯t be that great. However, he ns to scare them and further disturb their mentality.
Soon, the fleet reached the vicinity of that. Fang Yun directly detonated the, releasing enormous energy that swept the fleet.
The nearest several hundred spaceships were directly destroyed. This sudden attack caused the fleet to panic.
The attention of the fleet was drawn to theary explosion.
Suddenly, Fang Yununched an attack on the other side of the fleet.
He copsed the space on the edge of the fleet, then used ¡°ck Hole¡± to devour hundreds of spaceships.
In addition, he quickly used the ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± to destroy thousands of spaceships, reducing them into dust and debris.
After that, Fang Yun dashed away and left. This process was so fast that while the fleets¡¯ attention was attracted by theary explosion, hepleted it in less than 10 seconds, then instantly escaped.
The fleet was heavily affected by this attack.
This time, because Fang Yun chose to attack from a rtively remote location, his ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± didn¡¯t do as much damage as usual.
The same goes for the fleet. At such a remote distance, theirser beams couldn¡¯t do much damage. Even if they could injure him slightly, it¡¯s not a problem with his regeneration ability.
So in this way, he could attack the fleet recklessly but such an attack is a bit inefficient, especially when their energy barriers aren¡¯t activated. Trading powerful blows is very cost-effective for Fang Yun after all.
However, this kind of harassment also made the peripheral ships feel annoyed, especially Fang Yun¡¯s asional close-range attacks, which made them angry and fearful.
Sometimes, Fang Yun detonatess along the way. As for stars, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t dare touch them for now as he is likely to be affected by the supernovae.
Under Fang Yun¡¯s continuous attacks, the peripheral ships have begun to feel restless. The giant serpent¡¯s attacks are more powerful and frantic than ever.
After only half a day, tens of thousands of ships were either destroyed or swallowed by Fang Yun. This caused the spaceships in the periphery to sink into even further panic.
¡°Damn, I can¡¯t stand it anymore!¡±
In the periphery of the fleet, inside an inconspicuous ship, Mo Yun has a fierce look. There was a holographic projection in front of him, it was that of his friend Carmen.
Carmen¡¯s face is also unsightly. Not long ago, during thest attack, his spaceship was almost destroyed by the great serpent.
Even if it wasn¡¯t destroyed, it was heavily affected by that attack, resulting in damage to the ship¡¯s hull, and causing its operational attacks, speed, and flexibility to decline.
The most important thing is that their energy shield can no longer be used, which is simply fatal.
In space, it¡¯s a very scary thing for a spaceship¡¯s energy shield to stop working. This means that they can no longer conduct long-range activities in space.
To enter the hyperspace, the energy shield is a criticalponent, because it¡¯s necessary to protect the spaceship from space fluctuations and unexpected idents.
Wandering in space for a long time without an energy shield is almost like suicide.
¡°Carmen, how is your spaceship, is it okay?¡±
Afterining, Mo Yun thought of his friend. His friend¡¯s luck was worse than him. He suffered an innocent disaster and almost died. It was due to pure luck that he could survive.
¡°It¡¯s okay,¡± Carmen said with a bitter smile.
¡°But Mo Yun, maybe next time, my luck won¡¯t be so good.¡±
¡°There is no energy shield. As long as the next serpent¡¯s attack brushes our spaceship, it will immediately explode.¡±
¡°No.¡± Mo Yunforted Carmen and said,
¡°I will report to ourmander and ask him to allow you to enter the deeperyers of the fleet. The giant serpent mostly attacks the outeryers of the fleet, the inneryers are much safer.¡±
Carmen thought for a while before nodding.
In the end, Mo Yun reported the situation to themander and sincerely requested for his friend¡¯s spaceship to be transferred to a more safe location.
Unfortunately, to his dismay, themander refused. He doesn¡¯t care at all.
¡°It¡¯s impossible!¡±
He was shocked and angry at themander¡¯s answer.
This is the basic protocol! If a ship is damaged and can¡¯t provide a certainbat capability, it must be pulled out from the first line of the battlefield and protected until it¡¯s repaired!
Carmen¡¯s spaceship has been heavily damaged, it¡¯spletely unable to protect itself, let alone participate in the battle, how could they refuse to let it inside?
The reason given by themander is very pertinent. He said that Carmen can¡¯t go inside because it will cause dissatisfaction with the inneryer of the fleet and possibly cause a riot.
Don¡¯t they know that doing so is precisely going to cause a riot in the edge of the fleet?
Mo Yun was particrly speechless with this fleet, but also particrly helpless. Now the fleet is very strict with the peripheral spaceships.
The previous destruction of thousands of spaceships ordered by Hua Rong is proof that they don¡¯t take their lives seriously anymore.
Mo Yun didn¡¯t dare to be too tough at this time, because he was afraid that themander would use him as a bad model. Killing the chicken to scare the monkey, deterring the other spaceships and teams with bad thoughts.
Now he can only pray.
Pray that the giant serpent will not attack him or his brother next time. He hoped they could survive until the arrival of the reinforcements. If there are any.
Unfortunately, what he was most afraid of happened in the end.
When Mo Yun wanted tofort Carmen, the warning rm rang on the ship again. Mo Yun had be extremely familiar with this sound during this period.
It became of the sounds he hates the most because it signifies that the giant serpent has appeared again.
¡°Damn it, why is that beast attacking so frequently?¡±
Mo Yun looked at the screen with an extremely resentful expression, on which there was a gigantic serpent. It¡¯s the hateful great serpent.
Chapter 554: Seed and new skills (Part 1)
Chapter 554: Seed and new skills (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In space, a behemoth raised its head and roared. Even via a projection, it looked extremely oppressive.
¡°This monster is too powerful. Why did we even provoke such a thing.¡±
Mo Yun looked at the giant serpent, bit his lip tightly then loudly shouted.
¡°Let¡¯s leave now!¡±
The moment his voice sounded, he suddenly remembered one thing and shouted again,
¡°Connect me to Carmen now!¡±
Carmen¡¯s face appeared on the holographic projection and Mo Yun immediately said themunication was quickly connected.
¡°Carmen, immediatelye to our location, we will act together.¡±
¡°Okay.¡±
Carmen didn¡¯t shy away at this time, because he also knew that the situation is very urgent now. There¡¯s no need to care about military discipline or orders now, otherwise, they will truly lose their lives.
After all, their spaceship has no energy shield now.
Carmen started giving orders to his soldiers to fly towards Mo Yun¡¯s team. Unexpectedly, a huge shadow swept over their spaceship.
Compared with that shadow, their spaceship can¡¯t even be considered an ant.
¡±No, it¡¯s the giant serpent!¡±
Carmen¡¯s heart almost stopped, he yelled loudly.
¡°Attack! Set the intensity of the weapon system to the maximum and attack!!¡±
¡°Buzz! Buzz!¡±
At this moment, the weapon system of Carmen¡¯s spaceship started to operate frantically. It was about tounch a frantic attack.
However, the giant serpent lunged towards them fiercely. Before they couldplete the attack, they and the surrounding spaceships were directly swallowed, vanishing into the darkness.
On the other end, Mo Yun was anxiously waiting for his friend Carmen toe over, but he suddenly saw the giant serpent appear on another holographic projection and swallow the entire spaceship.
¡°No!!!¡±
Mo Yun looked at the projection in front of him with red eyes. At the moment, the projection had be dark. This was the projection connecting him to Carmen¡¯s spaceship, but it was cut off.
¡°Damn beast!¡±
Mo Yun¡¯s eyes were red due to anger and grief. He shouted at his soldiers to attack.
¡°Aim at that giant serpent, Attack, beat it into pulp!!¡±
Due to his frantic howling, even his voice became hoarse.
¡°Buzz! Buzz!¡±
The ship¡¯s weapon started to frantically operate. All of their weapons were aimed at the behemoth in the distance, including a barrel with a radius of several hundred meters.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Countlessser beams directly flew to the torso of the great serpent. At the same time, many ships in the fleet started attacking it.
However, a strange distortion appeared around the great serpent, deflecting all the attacks away.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun, who faced countlessser attacks, roared loudly and started to attack everything around. He mainly used the ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± to attack, sweeping everything around him, destroying countless peripheral spaceships.
His speed is extremely fast,
Coupled with the assistance of the ¡°Space Barrier¡±. He was able to freely move around and exchange blows with the fleet.
The fleet could onlyunch remote attacks on him. It didn¡¯t dare to send battleships to surround him anymore. This made Fang Yun much bolder. This time, he destroyed at least 30,000 ships.
The huge fleet was left with less than 500,000 battleships after this battle.
However, even such arge fleet couldn¡¯t constitute a threat to Fang Yun. Especially now that the fleet had no thought of fighting against Fang Yun.
Their courage and fighting spirit had beenpletely broken by Fang Yun.
The current coalition fleet can only be eaten away bit by bit by Fang Yun. It might struggle a few times while getting slowly eaten, but it doesn¡¯t dare and doesn¡¯t have any way to counterattack.
Fang Yun freely left, but the fleet was not calm.
Mo Yun squeezed his fists tightly. His eyes were bloodshot. He hated the giant serpent that killed his best friend, but he hated the twomanders of the fleet even more.
It was precisely because of their orders and intention to use them as cannon fodder that they suffered so much. They didn¡¯t regard them as living beings at all!
Forcing them to fight against the giant serpent, but shrinking away in the middle of the fleet and asionallyunching tentative attacks during each attack of the serpent.
This is why the giant serpent was able to easilye and leave with few injuries every time.
Moreover, such an unorganized attack sometimes affects people like them. Theypletely gave up on the battle formations and focused on the defensive formations.
¡°At the moment, the higher-ups have no intentions of fighting against the great serpent. ¡°
Mo Yun has already seen through everything.
¡°We are just a cannon fodder for them, used to dy the great serpent and postpone time until the reinforcements arrive.¡±
Mo Yun clenched his hands tightly, the expression on his face changing a few times.
There are many people with thoughts like Mo Yun in the fleet. Even inside the fleet, there were quite a few people with strange thoughts.
These people also saw through the twomanders¡¯ unwillingness to resist and fear of further losses.
They were all extremely frustrated for suchmanders. These people also had friends and even family members on the periphery, but they were already killed by the giant serpent.
They also have a belly full of anger, they want to fight desperately against the giant serpent, fighting until the end, but they have to obey orders and cannot obey indiscriminately.
¡°The situation of the fleet has be even worse.¡±
Hua Rong closed his eyes slightly and sighed involuntarily. He didn¡¯t know whether his choice was right or wrong, but he could only continue to follow it until the end.
If they choose to fight desperately against the giant serpent, what will happen? No one is sure what will exactly happen, but he is sure that the losses will be much greater than now.
They might be able to seriously injure the great serpent, but the fleet will bepletely disabled.
Anyway, he chooses to procrastinate and sacrifice a part of the fleet for the survival of the rest. How many people will be alive when the reinforcements arrive is up to god will.
Chapter 554: Seed and new skills (Part 2)
Chapter 554: Seed and new skills (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Hah¡¡±
Hua Rong continued to sigh.
He tried to contact Byrne to talk, but he couldn¡¯t get through. At the moment, Byrne is feeling very depressed.
Most of the battleships on the edge of the fleet are from the sixth heaven, but they can only be used as cannon fodder and abandoned this time.
¡°This shouldn¡¯t have been the case.¡±
Byrne was unwilling, but he had no choice. He saw Hua Rong¡¯s unwillingness to resist or counterattack, and his fleet can¡¯t deal with the giant serpent alone.
Besides, even if they worked together, it¡¯s still extremely hard to deal with the giant serpent.
Furthermore, now that he has agreed with Hua Rong, naturally, he can¡¯t change the n. Most importantly, his fleet was greatly weakened during the previous battles and due to the giant serpent¡¯s incessant harassment.
If they break out with Hua Rong this time, they might not even be able to protect themselves. They will be finished.
Fang Yun was resting not far away from the fleet. He clearly felt its bad state, hence after resting for a while, heunched another attack on the fleet.
Due to the assistance of the giant turtle, he didn¡¯t suffer any injuries during the regr rounds of battle, hence he was able tounch another attack shortly after.
About a dayter, Fang Yun destroyed tens of thousands of spaceships and ate tens of thousands more. By this time, Fang Yun¡¯s bio-energy finally met the evolution requirements again.
After this evolution, his body size has increased significantly. Not long ago, his body length was about 18,000 kilometers, but now, it has increased to 30,000 kilometers.
Even his diameter has increased to more than a thousand kilometers. With his current size, even without relying on any skill, he can easily swallow a moon.
One can imagine how terrifying he currently is.
Finally, what made him most excited is that new skills have appeared.
¡°Super ck Hole.¡±
This skill is the advanced version of ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±. At the same time, he also got a new skill, ¡°Space Swallowing¡±.
It¡¯s basically a space maniption skill, allowing him to transfer objects in space to his stomach.
However, this skill transfers objects to a special space in his stomach. The objects can¡¯t be transformed into bio-energy.
It¡¯s a pity, otherwise, Fang Yun would never have to worry about bio-energy with this skill.
¡°Those guys will probably be scared sh*tless after seeing me now.¡±
Fang Yun is very satisfied with his size. His size is no less than the mythical Jormungandr. With a length of 30,000 kilometers and a diameter of 1000 kilometers, he is even thicker than him.
If a behemoth of this size gets slightly closer to a, it¡¯s enough to obscure the sun, moon, and stars. Driving the into a terrifying darkness. Mortal and most extraordinary creatures can¡¯t do anything to him. He is probably like a god to them.
¡±Whoosh!!¡±
Fang Yun left, he is going to continue attacking and devouring that fleet.
Unfortunately, he doesn¡¯t have enough skill points to upgrade the new skills. He would have liked to test their might on the coalition fleet.
However, he isn¡¯t in a hurry, giving him enough time, he will get the skills points to upgrade and even max them out sooner orter.
When he reached the side of the fleet, he saw a scene that surprised him. The coalition fleet is actually having a civil war at the moment.
¡°Haha, did it really copse?¡±
Fang Yun smiled as he looked at the fleet that was in the midst of a battle below. However, the civil war is currently urring in a small area, most of the central fleet is still stable.
¡°Immediately suppress the rebellion!¡±
Byrne did not expect that his subordinates actually rebelled at this moment. His face was red with anger and shame.
¡±These bastards! Just when the reinforcements are about to arrive, such a thing happens!¡±
¡°Report! the rebels have now been wiped out,mander!¡±
Suddenly, a soldier walked closer and said to Byrne.
Byrne nodded and heaved a sigh of relief. He mustfort and encourage his subordinates again. Now they only need to wait for reinforcements toe, and all crises can be ovee.
¡°Contact all the spaceships immediately, I want to give them a speech.¡±
Byrne turned his head and said to an adjutant beside him. The adjutant quickly nodded, then started working.
Soon, a holographic screen appeared in front of him. Byrne knew that all the captains of the sixth heaven were watching him.
¡°Everyone listens to me.¡±
Byrne looked at the holographic screen in front of him and said with a deep voice.
¡°I know that everyone¡¯s mental state has been very tense these days. Some people are even questioning ¡°why don¡¯t we counterattack against the giant serpent?¡±
¡°What I want to say is that doing so would result in an even worse situation for our fleet.¡±
¡°The whereabouts of the giant serpent is erratic. We can¡¯t grasp its location with our current capabilities. It can easily escape from under our nose.¡±
¡°We are unable to deal with the giant serpent now, but this might be different in the future. So, now we must¡¡±
Amid his speech, a harsh siren rang through all the spaceships in the fleet. Some spaceships were even disconnected from themand ship.
¡°Damn it! that giant serpent is here again.¡±
Byrne was fuming. He quickly ran to a raised tform in the control center and looked at the holographic screen showing the space outside.
There was an enormous serpent outside.
¡°That¡ that monster has it be bigger?¡±
Although he had no reference at the moment, Byrne is very familiar with the great serpent. He quickly noticed something wrong as he looked at it.
¡°Commander¡ yes.¡±
Not far away, a soldier shouted loudly. His voice filled with shock.
¡°The giant serpent is now 30,000 kilometers long.¡±
¡°nk!!¡±
Byrne heavily clenched his teeth. The giant serpent has grown again. Now that its strength has increased, again! It will be even more difficult to deal with.
Most importantly, its size has almost doubled.
If this continues, to what extent will the giant serpent grow? Just thinking of this terrified Byrne.
¡°Not good!!¡±
Suddenly, Byrne thought of something again and yelled. He quickly said to a soldier next to him.
¡°Take a look at the overall situation of the fleet!¡±
He had a panicked expression on his face. He looked at the holographic screen in front of him with an unsure expression, hoping that the worst wouldn¡¯t happen. Their fleet had just experienced a civil war.
Suddenly, the image of the fleet appeared in front of him. He looked at its bad state with wide eyes.
Chapter 555: “Space Devour� (Part 1)
Chapter 555: ¡°Space Devour¡± (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Byrne looked at the disy screen in front of him with bloodshot eyes. Blue veins bulged from his forehead. The holographic screen in front of him is showing the status of their fleet, and it¡¯s not pretty.
The spaceships around the giant serpent were flying around like frightened birds and beasts, and this chaos and destruction is rapidly spreading to the surrounding spaceships.
Soon, from a small area, it spread to arge area, and in that area, all spaceships were frantically fleeing.
Only the battleships that have a considerable distance between them and the giant serpent dared to attack it.
Unfortunately, these kinds of attacks are nothing more than tickling for the giant serpent. At the moment, it¡¯s chasing the fleeing spaceships around, devouring them one by one.
In just a short period, the giant serpent devoured almost 500 spaceships.
Arge nk area was formed around the giant serpent, creating a huge gap in the fleet¡¯s formation.
The giant serpent is wildly galloping in the gap, devouring the fleeing spaceships, and this gap is rapidly expanding as the spaceships on both side are quickly retreating, fearing that the serpent wille and eat them/
In this way, a huge gap formed in the middle of the fleet, separating it into two parts and breaking the defensive formation.
¡°Damn it! That monster wants to break our fleet! We must not allow it to do as it pleases!¡±
In the left half of the fleet, Hua Rong, the fifth heaven¡¯s fleetmander, stood there. He also clearly saw the giant serpent cutting their fleet in half.
Hua Rong is feeling very upset at this moment.
The right half of the fleet has at least 100,000 ships, and it¡¯s getting chased after by the giant serpent now. If they don¡¯t do anything, the 100,000 ships might truly be devoured by the serpent.
¡°Lin Ming, lead your fleet to stop that damn beast!¡±
Hua Rong hurriedly issued this order. Soon, a small fleet broke away from the main force, then headed towards Fang Yun¡¯s location.
When Fang Yun saw that 5000 battleships separated from the main fleet and headed towards him, he couldn¡¯t help but smile. This fleet is finally nning to counterattack.
When the five thousand battleships came near Fang Yun, theyunched a fierce attack, but apart from causing some small injuries, the small fleet didn¡¯t cause any damage.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Releasing an earth-shattering roar, Fang Yun¡¯s huge head sprang towards the small fleet, devouring many battleships on his way.
Fang Yun¡¯s current body length is 30,000 kilometers. With such a huge body size, the fleet has to keep a minimum distance of 10,000 kilometers to hide from Fang Yun¡¯s attacks.
If it¡¯s less than this distance, Fang Yun can easily extend his head and devour them. Unless the spaceships have an instant light speed eleration.
¡°Hum!!¡±
Fang Yun abandoned the left half of the fleet and flew towards the 5000 battleships small fleet. While moving forward, he used ¡°Life Plunder¡±.
Soon, the dozens of ships ahead floated quietly, flying along the preset route, but no one was controlling them anymore. All the people inside have be mummies without any trace of life.
Before the other ships could react, Fang Yun mmed into them at light speed, destroying another 100 spaceships.
The small fleet that was sent to intercept Fang Yun couldn¡¯t do so at all. It could be said that they slightly hindered him at best.
But after Fang Yun showed his tyrannical strength, they fell into deep fear. Their mission is no different from suicide. They are basically using their lives to win time for the coalition fleet.
In an instant, these five thousand ships became a mess. There was no formation to be seen. Without a formation, they looked even more unbearable. Fang Yun easily devoured hundreds of ships without facing considerable resistance.
At the same time, he destroyed thousands of ships.
In just a short span of time, the fleet that was sent to hinder Fang Yun lost 2000 ships. This is a fleet that could easily kill him when he first arrived in the eighth heaven, but now it doesn¡¯t have the power to fight back in front of him.
His growth is considerable.
However, their sacrifice is not without the slightest effect. The cut-off fleet is already getting organized.
¡°Boom!¡±
Fang Yun turned around and continued to fight against the coalition fleet.
The peripheral ships madly attacked Fang Yun. At the same time, they started fleeing. This is what happens in a fleet that loses cohesion. If the bottom and mid-level soldiers lose confidence and trust in the leaders of the fleet, then that fleet isn¡¯t far from falling apart.
¡°Damn! these bastards should go to hell!¡±
Inside themand ship of the Fifth Heaven, Hua Rong¡¯s chest was full of fury as he watched the outer battleships scurry up upon encountering the giant serpent.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun chased the fleeing spaceships around, frantically devouring them. At the moment, his bio-energy points have reached 500 billion, but he still needs to eat a lot to reach the required 900 billion.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that his reputation value has increased again, reaching 1.1 trillion points. Fang Yun finally has enough skill points to upgrade histest skill, ¡°Space Devour¡±.
This skill can help him devour matter in arge area.
¡°Space Devour¡± requires 350 skill points for the first upgrade, and for each subsequent upgrade, it needs 50 more skill points.
¡°I still need more reputation value.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, but he doesn¡¯t have a chance to greatly increase his reputation value for the time being. He is almost back to the previous point where he doesn¡¯t have a viable way to greatly increase his reputation value.
¡°Let¡¯s try it first, what is the power of this space devour.¡±
After upgrading this skill, Fang Yun felt an itch in his heart. He couldn¡¯t help but point at a certain part of space, then activate this skill.
¡°Boom!¡±
Suddenly, the space in front of the giant serpent shook then crumpled like paper. Shrinking to a small point. All of the spaceships, debris, dust, and other objects in that area shrunk along with space and turned into a small point.
Immediately after, the giant serpent leaped forward and devoured the small point.
Because swallowing prey in this way won¡¯t increase bio-energy, but will rather store it in his stomach, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t n to use this skill too much.
However, this skill might not be very practical, but it¡¯s certainly very eye-catching and powerful. Anyway, just using it once shocked and exerted great pressure on the fleet, making them dare not fight against him head-on.
After all, more than 300 battleships were swallowed by him using this skill.
Chapter 555: “Space Devour� (Part 2)
Chapter 555: ¡°Space Devour¡± (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°This feeling is not bad.¡±
Fang Yun recalled the previous feelings. Although it¡¯s not practical, this skill is still very useful. He can use it to destroy ships if he doesn¡¯t have the time to devour them.
It¡¯s almost like ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡±.
With these two skillsplementing each other, he can exert an even higher destructive power.
¡±Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun continued to use various skills. Anti-matter bombs, gamma rays, etc., The space around him was filled with dazzling lights in the next period of time, including various energy attacks and terrifying explosions.
Due to Fang Yun¡¯s terrifying destructive power, none of the surrounding battleships dared to get closer, because as long as they get a bit close, they will be annihted by the giant serpent¡¯s terrifying attacks, or devoured by it.
This kind of initiative has already begun to affect the entire fleet. For example, now, almost no battleship dared to attack Fang Yun anymore. Almost all of them are frantically escaping, for fear of falling behind and getting eaten by the serpent.
¡°Damn it, stop! All of you stop!¡±
Hua Rong shouted loudly. Hepletely lost the majesty of themander. No matter how much he shouted or what he said, no spaceship stopped.
The overall situation has already been formed. Hua Rong is helpless to change anything now.
This situation is exactly what Fang Yun has been looking for. It¡¯s the most beneficial situation for him.
At this time, even the giant turtle emerged from deep space and started attacking the fleeing fleet.
The number of ships is decreasing one by one.
Up to now, less than 400,000 battleships are left. In fact, this fleet has still had considerablebat power, unfortunately, theypletely lost their courage and cohesion.
¡°How could this be?¡±
Hua Rong seemed to have lost all strength at this moment. He knew that if all the battleships in this fleet were destroyed, he would be branded as a sinner from now on.
¡°Damn, what the hell have you done?!¡±
Hua Rong yelled hysterically on the microphone. He is yelling at the small leaders of the fleet. These people are generals who followed him through countless battles. They are his most trusted people and are the second inmand behind him.
¡°I have told you a long time ago to keep track of the cohesion of the fleet and the emotional state of the soldiers? What the hell happened now?¡±
Hua Rong was extremely angry. He felt that this is due to the negligence of his subordinates. If everyone strictly acted ording to his orders, such a thing should have not happened!
Hua Rong didn¡¯t know that his indifference and disregard of soldiers¡¯ lives is one of the major reasons why the fleet copsed.
¡°Haah.¡±
Fang Yun continued pursuing the fleet. It took him a full two days before everyone scattered. At this time, the number of ships destroyed and devoured by him can be counted in the hundreds of thousands.
Fang Yun now is a veritable spaceship destroyer.
Even the giant turtle managed to devour over a thousand battleships.
After devouring so many ships, Fang Yun left with the giant turtle. After such a long period of battling, his spirit is a bit tense. He needs some time to rx.
¡°Ouf¡¡¡±
Fang Yun heaved a long sigh. He had a smile on the corner of his mouth.
¡°Such arge fleet has been crippled. I wonder what these guys will do next?¡±
¡°Now, they¡¯re weaker than ever. I don¡¯t think they even have the courage to face me anymore.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but smile upon thinking of the coalition fleet¡¯s situation. After losing so many spaceships in a row, they will probably rush to hide after facing him again.
In the rest of the heavens, when Fang Yun was fighting against the coalition fleet, news about their battle rapidly spread.
asionally, news about the situation of the battle between Fang Yun and the coalition fleet spread. Hua Rong and Byrne usually won¡¯t lie about the battle situation.
Everyone was shocked upon learning that the giant serpent grew to 30,000 kilometers. That¡¯s bigger than most of the lifes they live on.
¡°That giant serpent actually became so big?¡±
In a bedroom, Doron learned from the Inte that the giant serpent¡¯s size has grown again.
¡°Hah¡¡±
¡°Doesn¡¯t that monster have no limits?¡±
Doron sighed internally. No one could have imagined that the few hundred kilometers long ¡®small¡¯ serpent could grow to such a behemoth in such a short span.
He still remembered that after the first appearance of the serpent, a few of his ssmates sneered disdainfully, certain that it wouldn¡¯t be able to rank on the hunting list.
However, who knew that he would be able to grow to such an extent in such a short span. The eighth heaven has long since lost the qualification to participate in this battle. Even the seventh heaven is so!
Sakura Academy has also changed the ranking of the giant serpent on the hunting list. From the top 10,000 to the top 50, ranked 42nd.
This ranking is already extremely high. It means that all behemoths that have appeared in the eighth, seventh, sixth, and fifth heaven, whether it¡¯s the past or present, Fang Yun still rank amongst the top.
Of course, he still doesn¡¯t have the qualifications topare with the top-most behemoths. After all, those are veritable monsters with the record of destroying a heaven.
Fang Yun¡¯sbat power isn¡¯t weak. For example, in the course of his battle against the coalition fleet, many lifes over the range of many light-years were destroyed due to the aftermath of the battle.
Recently, someone has made a rough record. From the beginning to the present, the war between Fang Yun and the two heavens¡¯ coalition forces has caused the destruction of more than two hundred civilizeds.
Time quickly flew. In the blink of an eye, it was a weekter. The reinforcements of the two heavens have finally arrived.
Chapter 556: High-dimensional creature and War (Part 1)
Chapter 556: High-dimensional creature and War (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun sensed their presence the moment the reinforcements arrived, then quickly hid away. He isn¡¯t nning to face a powerful fleet without knowing their strength.
By now, the coalition fleet led by Byrne and Hua Rong has less than 300,000 spaceships left.
This fleet haspletely lost the courage to face Fang Yun. As soon as he appears, they will immediately escape in all directions.
That fleet doesn¡¯t have any n to fight against Fang Yun anymore.
The reinforcement fleet quickly reunited with Byrne and Hua Rong. The fleet leader who came this time is a very famous general in the fifth heaven, Gu Li.
After reuniting with Hua Rong and Byrne, he immediately recovered their military power.
¡°The fleet only needs to obey the orders of one person.¡±
This is what Gu Li said. Hua Rong and Byrne also knew that they should hand over their military power. In fact, handing over their power is a rtively mild punishmentpared to the losses they caused.
After all, they wandered across the seventh heaven for such a long time but hadn¡¯t had any result. On the contrary, their fleet became half-crippled, both materially and mentally.
They must bear the consequences of the failure of the war against the giant serpent.
The two fleets add up to a total of two million.
Furthermore, ording to what Gu Li said to Byrne and Hua Rong, they brought special weapons this time. Even if the giant serpent possesses the ability to hide in the deep space, they can find it.
This made Hua Rong and Byrne both feel relieved. In this way, the positions will be reversed. The giant serpent will be their prey.
If they can¡¯t find the giant serpent, then no matter how many peoplee, it¡¯s useless. This is the experience they summed up after countless battles and failures.
On the contrary, without its stealth ability, the giant serpent can only be their prey.
After all, it¡¯s facing a two million battleships fleet.
Such a huge fleet looked very mighty across space. It looked almost endless and especially magnificent,
Even if Hua Rong and Byrne have gathered great fear and vignce to the giant serpent after so many battles, they still don¡¯t think that the giant serpent will escape from their palms this time.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t contact the reinforcement and coalition fleet this time.
At the moment, he is evolving.
After fulfilling the bio-energy requirements, he evolved again, reaching level 104.
His body length has reached 50,000 kilometers. His diameter has also reached the average moon size.
If Hua Rong and Byrne see Fang Yun again, they will definitely be shocked speechless.
His previous 30,000 kilometers length was already shocking enough, but now it has almost doubled in size again. His size might be terrifying, but what¡¯s truly scary is his growth speed.
In addition, his reputation value has greatly increased. In fact, his reputation value has skyrocketed during his battle against the coalition fleet.
During that period, news about his battle against Hua Rong and Byrne has rapidly fermented in the universework.
His reputation value has directly increased by more than 100 billion during this time, which is a new record.
Such a great reputation increase has brought him more than 200 skill points. Along with the remaining skill points, he used them to upgrade ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± two times.
By now, this skill has reached level 4.
Level 4 ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± is extremely powerful. In this vast universe, apart from stars, he couldn¡¯t find anything that could resist this skill.
In addition, the news that the reinforcements and the coalition fleet have joined forces has spread. Everyone is wondering. This time, will the giant serpent be captured, or will it prevail again.
However, the most damaged side is the seventh heaven.
The two sides are going to fight in their territory after all. Previously, hundreds of civilizations have been destroyed. This time, the battle damage might be even greater.
In addition, the sixth heaven is also facing great pressure. They are even mobilizing the second wave of reinforcements. Even in the face of the risk of their heaven getting messed up by internal pollutants, they are adamant about killing Fang Yun.
They have already established great hatred and ording to the report sent back from the front line, the growth rate of the giant serpent is extremely fast.
In the universe, some rare pollutants grow very slowly in normal times, but upon facing a crisis. Their growth rate skyrocketed.
This kind of creature has appeared before, and in the eyes of the leaders of the sixth heaven, Fang Yun is such a creature. Such creatures are extremely dangerous because their limit is unknown, but it¡¯s generally extremely high.
In the face of such creatures, the best strategy is to instantly kill them without giving them the time to grow.
If they really couldn¡¯t stop the serpent from entering the sixth heaven, then their sixth heaven will suffer greatly from its frenzied attacks.
¡¡¡¡
About a monthter, Fang Yun had the first meeting with the reinforcement fleet.
In fact, Fang Yun had brief contact with the reinforcement fleet even before that. It¡¯s just that he was far away, hidden in the deep void, so the fleet didn¡¯t find him.
Although the reinforcement fleet can search for Fang Yun in the void, it seems that the search range is rtively small.
This time, Fang Yun took the initiative toe out.
Fang Yun isn¡¯t afraid of this big fleet. He is very confident in his power, especially after so many evolutions. Furthermore, he has a helper this time.
The sea turtle has also evolved not long ago.
Its current size is about 8,000 kilometers long.
Its space control ability has reached an even higher level. Sometimes, Fang Yun wondered if the turtle can be a higher-dimensional creature.
For example, it might enter a high-dimensional space in the future. For the creatures there, lower-dimensional creatures are like ants. It¡¯s very easy to deal with them.
If Fang Yun were to be a higher-dimensional creature, then dealing with any civilization would be extremely easy.
However, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t have good space maniption skills at the moment, let alone skills that can allow him to enter a high-dimensional space.
Chapter 556: High-dimensional creature and War (Part 2)
Chapter 556: High-dimensional creature and War (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun didn¡¯t choose to fight head-on against the fleet. He chose to attack the rear. Stealthily approaching the back of the fleet, he used ¡°Devouring The Heavens¡± to devour 500 battleships.
At the same time, he used ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± several times, destroying countless battleships over the range of millions of miles. For a while, countless dazzling explosions and lights filled the dark space.
Only then did the fleet react. Itunched countless attacks towards Fang Yun but using his defense skills, coupled with the assistance of the giant serpent, few attacks could touch him.
Fang Yun¡¯s body¡¯s defenses are also particrly strong. With each of his evolutions, his defensive power continued to increase. At this point, his scales have a hardness and toughness beyond the imagination of mortals.
The two fought over the battlefield, their positions constantly changed. Basically, Fang Yun is rapidly circling around the fleet whileunching many powerful attacks.
The aftermath of their battle spread over an incalcble range. Destroying anything in their way, whether it¡¯ss or moons, and even affecting the orbits of many stars.
The senior leaders of the seventh heaven were about to copse. The losses caused by this battle are too great.
Sure enough, as the strength of both sides increased, the scale of the battle isn¡¯t the same as before. Especially as both sides fought fiercely. It can be said that mortals suffer as the gods battle.
Wherever they pass, there is absolutely no possibility of surviving. It¡¯s like trampling on ants, they might not even realize that they were there.
Facing these low-level civilizations that can¡¯t even escape from their star field, the two heavens fleet hold no regard. They don¡¯t care about their lives at all.
On the other hand, Fang Yun is a space behemoth that has lived for hundreds of years. He has lived a life filled with coldness, wars, and loneliness. Naturally, he won¡¯t care about the lives of ordinary creatures. Let alone ones that he never has an intersection with.
His ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± is extremely powerful. Almost catching up with the power of a supernova! At least, Fang Yun¡¯s attack power is no less than this two million battleships¡¯ fleet. The only way they could deal with him is through physical means.
The coalition forces of the two heavens have also discovered this point. They concluded that with their current firepower, they hold no advantage over the great serpent. Their only solution is to use their numerical advantage to exhaust the great serpent¡¯s energy and physical strength.
¡°Haah!!¡±
Fang Yun heaved a long sigh. During this period of time, he and the coalition fleets fought madly against each other. He doesn¡¯t know how many ships he devoured or destroyed anymore. They¡¯re too many to count.
Now, even he himself felt that he was like a machine.
It¡¯s like a cycle, he changed from a human to a snake, then from a snake to a killing machine.
Fang Yun had no sadness or joy in his heart. He simply fought for survival and growth. He fought simply because his survival was challenged and for further growth.
For these guys that threaten his life, there is only one end, death!
He doesn¡¯t have the slightest psychological burden. He has long grown past that during his hundreds of years of life. This is simply the rule of the universe.
Fang Yun¡¯s attack was even more fierce than the coalition fleet of the two heavens. The power of ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± is too great. If Fang Yun was fighting against the fleet that Hua Rong and Byrneled, it would have probably been destroyed or scattered.
However, this reinforcement fleet is still tenaciously fighting against Fang Yun. Even if they lost hundreds of thousands of ships. Even if they are still losing a lot of battleships and manpower every second, they still fearlessly fought.
¡°The giant serpent escaped.¡±
Gu Li felt extremely frustrated as he listened to the report of his subordinates. During this time, he fought the giant serpent many times!
At the beginning, during each battle, he looked extremely excited. Commanding the fleet to take many formations, vowing to kill the giant serpent, but he ended with disappointment after each battle.
In fact, after many battles, he even felt a bit desperate. They can¡¯t defeat the giant serpent at all! It can be said that quantity doesn¡¯t work anymore against the giant serpent, it¡¯s just sending food.
This giant serpent is too powerful. In terms of attack power, it can go head-on against their fleet. In terms of escape ability, they can¡¯t catch it at all! In terms of strategy, even a famous general like him can¡¯t take advantage.
It¡¯s like facing an extremely experienced general that fought all his life!
Now, Gu Li is facing a question that filled him with despair. Can they kill this monster?!
Before leaving the fifth heaven, his superiors solemnly entrusted him with the task of killing the giant serpent. Without considering the huge scientific value of the giant serpent and only considering its threat. The giant serpent must be killed.
Although there¡¯s the sixth heaven between the fifth and seventh heaven. But if the giant serpent breaks through the sixth heaven, it will be their turn next.
If the giant serpent can break through their fleet and enters the sixth and even fifth heaven, then its value and power will skyrocket. Maybe, these highest heavens will be interested in it and set off on a journey to capture it in their fifth heaven, just like what they are doing to the seventh heaven now.
Gu Li is naturally clear about what kind of losses and disasters they brought to the seventh heaven and its civilizations.
During their battle with the great serpent, dozens of civilizeds are being destroyed every day! The number of dead and uncolonizeds they destroyed along the way is uncountable!
If this happens in the Fifth Heaven, then every soldier that was sent toplete this mission will be considered guilty and ipetent due to their inability toplete this task.
¡°What kind of pollutant is this?¡±
Gu Li really couldn¡¯t figure out why the giant serpent, such a powerful pollutant, could remain unknown for such a long period.
¡°Was the decision of the fifth heaven wrong?¡±
Gu Li started to feel a headache as he thought more about this. At the beginning, he thought that they were just going to deal with a more powerful level 4 pollutant. He never considered that the situation would deteriorate to this extent.
Now, they have refreshed their view on the power of this serpent again. Some even say that the giant serpent has reached the fifth level.
While the battle situation between the allied fleet and the giant serpent reached a standstill. Amongst many heavens, the discussion about the giant serpent has reached a white-hot stage. Especially the seventh heaven residents.
Their speech was filled with fear, curses, and prayers. After all, they could die at any moment due to the battle¡¯s aftermath.
The battle between the giant serpent and the two heavens¡¯ allied fleet has caused the destruction of more than 20,000 civilizations, and this number is constantly increasing.
Although most of them are low-level civilizations, they are the cornerstone of the seventh heaven¡¯s hegemony. The leaders of the seventh heaven were heartbroken as they watched them being destroyed on arge scale.
Chapter 557: Dilemma and Dusk (Part 1)
Chapter 557: Dilemma and Dusk (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Haa¡¡±
In the staff?? dormitory, Doron heaved out a long sigh. He is still following the news of the battle between the great serpent and Gu Li¡¯s allied fleet in the seventh heaven.
From the news, the battle is particrly tragic. The allied fleet is being rapidly destroyed. It¡¯s said that their defeat is almost inevitable. ording to the public news, the fifth and sixth heavens are preparing to send the second waves of reinforcement.
¡°This time, the fifth and sixth heavens are over.¡±
Doron sighed and shook his head. In the face of such tragedy, Doron was gloating at their misfortune. He still remembers the indifference and disregards these three heavens gave to their eighth heaven when they came to capture the giant serpent.
Fortunately, the battle was far from being as fierce as now. Otherwise, their eighth heaven, which is much smaller than the seventh heaven, would be very miserable. The battle might even spread to half of their heaven!
Even the seventh heaven, which is much bigger and much stronger than them can¡¯t stand a battle of this scale. Dozens of civilizations are being destroyed every day as the battlefield swept many gxies.
¡°Doron, how is thetest news?¡±
Nara walked in from the door and asked with a rxed smile on his face. He also knew the tragic situation of the seventh heaven and the coalition fleet. Although it¡¯s morally bad to think so, he is still gloating at their misfortune.
¡°Anyway, these three powerful heavens have hit a wall this time.¡±
Doronughed and said,
¡°Fortunately, Commander Otto didn¡¯t desperately fight against the giant serpent, otherwise, we would have been very miserable.¡±
¡°??Yes, I guess after this war, these three powerful heavens will be greatly damaged. They might even get destroyed!¡±
As he said this, Nara sighed in sorrow. These three powerful heavens that can force their eighth heaven to bow their head are facing the crisis of annihtion¡
This is not to say that they are jumping to conclusions. The three powerful heavens are facing the threat of the mighty serpent and their native pollutants.
ording to rumors, several pollutants riots urred in the sixth heaven recently, causing great losses. However, they can only ignore the threat of these pollutants for now.
The most important thing at the moment is to prevent the great serpent from entering their sixth heaven.
Otherwise, after being swept up by the iing great wars, their sixth heaven will be over!
Judging from the current situation, this giant serpent is not a mild-tempered creature. From their calction, during the battle against the coalition and allied fleet, the giant serpent often takes the initiative to lead the fleet to the civilized areas of the seventh heaven, causing great destruction.
This is his revenge against the seventh heaven.
Therefore, to prevent the worst from happening. They can only focus on dealing with the giant serpent, ignoring the threat of their native pollutants for a while.
¡¡¡
In the deep space, an extremely terrifying giant serpent was moving forward. Next to it was an equally titanic turtle.
At the moment, these two behemoths are wandering in space very happily. Fang Yun especially enjoys this kind of unfettered life, the fleet that came to deal with him was beating without the power to fight back.
However, the army of the seventh heaven is starting to participate in this war again.
In the past, due to theck ofbat power, they took the initiative to withdraw from this war. However, they have to participate in this war again, because the giant serpent is taking the initiative to expand the battlefield, causing them countless losses.
Even if the leaders of the seventh heaven don¡¯t want to participate in this war, they must do so. They have no choice. They must at least contain the scale of the war or the entire seventh heaven alliance will break apart.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun used ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡± on a ahead,pletely erasing it from existence. He felt that he was being monitored, and the source of this feelinges from that.
During this period, Fang Yun has undergone another evolution, and his reputation value has also increased by 60 billion points. He used the skill points he obtained to upgrade ¡°Space Devour¡±
This skill has been upgraded twice. Its power is tremendous. Fang Yun has grown to love its unpredictability and effectiveness, hailing it as one of his most-used skills.
Its only shoring is that it can¡¯t gather bio-energy, so Fang Yun still uses ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± and ¡°Devouring the Heavens¡± to get bio-energy.
¡°Woo!!!¡±
The giant turtle suddenly turned its head and howled. Fang Yun immediately understood that a fleet wasing. This is the tacit understanding they developed after so many years ofpanionship.
Most of the fleets chasing Fang Yun are the fleet of the seventh heaven at the moment. After all, he has crippled the allied fleet of the two more powerful heavens.
A mega fleet with originally 2 million battleships is left with less than 700,000 now, and the seventh heaven fleet that dare not take the initiative can only cooperate with the crippled allied fleet.
Reinforcements areing again. 1 million battleships from the fifth heaven and 2 million from the sixth heaven. This is thest wave of reinforcements and thest struggle of these two heavens.
If the reinforcements this time can¡¯t deal with the giant serpent, then the fifth and sixth heaven can only give up.
Soon, the shadow of a fleet appeared in deep space, but that fleet was immediately frightened upon detecting the presence of Fang Yun and the giant turtle.
¡°Sh*t! The giant serpent and the giant turtle are not far ahead!¡±
Their purpose is to scout the location and actions of these two behemoths, but after encountering them in this deste space, they weren¡¯t happy but rather extremely frightened.
¡°Quick! Run!¡±
The leader of the fleet yelled loudly.
¡°I will notify the headquarters immediately and give them the coordinates. Now, turn the firepower to the maximum and quickly get out of this ce!¡±
It wasn¡¯t just the leader, even the veteran soldiers on the fleet were frightened.
It¡¯s not that they are too timid, it¡¯s just that the enemy is inconceivably more powerful than them.
As a result, Fang Yun watched as the fleet emerged from the darkness in the distance, then quickly turned around and fled back.
¡°Hehe, you want to run after flying around my face?¡±
Fang Yun sneered as he looked at the fleeing fleet. He quickly sprang towards them, flying at an inconceivable speed.
With his speed, he instantly reached the back of the fleet and used ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±. The terrifying gravity instantly broke hundreds of ships into energy then pulled it towards him.
The entire fleet copsed in an instant.
Chapter 557: Dilemma and Dusk (Part 2)
Chapter 557: Dilemma and Dusk (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The fleet didn¡¯t even try to counterattack. They desperately tried to escape, but unfortunately, the remaining hundreds of ships were devoured by Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Space Devour¡±.
¡°Commander Gu Li, we found the traces of the two behemoths!¡±
In the control center of the allied fleet, a holographic projection appeared in front of Gu Li. It was a projection of a gray-haired man.
This man is themander-in-chief of the seventh heaven¡¯s support fleet, Jones.
¡°Mr. Jones, what are the coordinates of the giant serpent now?¡±
Gu Li immediately asked Jones. Although he was repeatedly defeated during the battle against the giant serpent, he still didn¡¯t give up on fighting against it.
In fact, he almost killed the giant serpent several times, but it always managed to escape at thest moment, then appear in front of him after healing.
Gu Li felt like going crazy. It¡¯s not that their fleet is weak, it¡¯s that the giant serpent is too powerful and cunning.
What¡¯s especially troublesome is its healing ability. Given enough time, it can heal from any type of injury. Without this troublesome ability, they would have killed or captured the giant serpent a long time ago.
¡°Okay, I¡¯ll send you the coordinates of the giant serpent right away.¡±
Jones said. A few secondster, Gu Li received the coordinates.
After hesitating for a moment, Gu Li made up his mind. He ordered his fleet to immediately head towards that location.
His current fleet only has 700,000 battleships, but there¡¯s still another additional 1 million ships from the seventh heaven, and all of them are nominally under his jurisdiction.
¡°I hope we can kill the giant serpent this time¡¡±
Gu Li squeezed both his fists tightly. He took a deep breath and calmed down his restless heart.
¡°Damn it, if we fail against this time, then we won¡¯t have the chance to fight against it again. We can only escape and pray that it won¡¯t chase us.¡±
Gu Li muttered with a gloomy expression. He didn¡¯t want such a situation to ur, so they have to seed this time.
Not far behind Gu Li, two majestic men stood. It was Hua Rong and Byrne.
The two have now been relieved of their duties, except that they can still move in themand ship, they no longer have the power tomand others.
Looking at Gu Li¡¯s gloomy face, Hua Rong and Byrne both looked at each other, then shook their heads. They understand this feeling. When they faced the giant serpent, they had the same expression, furious and helpless.
¡°Haa¡¡±
Heaving a long sigh, Hua Rong and Byrne headed towards another ce. It¡¯s not their turn to worry about this, and it¡¯s useless to do so anyway.
Time slowly passed. The allied fleet finally arrived at thest location of the giant serpent and the giant turtle, but at the moment, these two behemoths didn¡¯t appear.
¡°It seems that they have already left this ce¡¡±
Gu Li discovered the battle traces in this area, along with spaceship fragments. It seems that the scouting fleet they sent had been destroyed.
¡°Commander Gu Li, where should we go now?¡±
Now that the serpent left, what should they do? Just as Gu Li was in a dilemma, a harsh siren rang through their spaceship.
A huge circr space distortion appeared right above their fleet, from which a-sized head came out.
It was the head of a titanic snake. The moment the snake appeared, it opened its mouth and lunged downwards, instantly devouring more than 500 battleships.
They were swallowed violently, without giving them the chance to react.
¡°Damn it! blow that monster for me!¡±
Gu Li was the first to react. He quickly shouted at his subordinates to act. So themand ship was the first to attack.
¡±Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Varioussers flew towards the giant serpent, many of them were directly sucked by the distorted space, but morended on Fang Yun¡¯s body.
Fang Yun¡¯s current body is beyond colossal, his body length is about 80,000 kilometers, and his diameter is also over 3,300 kilometers.
With a body size of this level, theirser beams can¡¯t instantly kill him, and his regeneration ability is more than enough to offset the harm he receives.
These injuries may look particrly scary. After all, seas of blood often flow from Fang Yun¡¯s wounds, butpared to his entire body, they are just small injuries.
¡±Roar!!¡±
Feeling the huge moon-sized craters on his body, Fang Yun felt a pang of pain. He roared loudly, then threw various destructive skills unscrupulously. Wildly bombarding the allied fleet.
¡°This monster has be bigger again.¡±
After clearly seeing Fang Yun¡¯s appearance, Gu Li¡¯s expression became gloomy again. Especially after noticing that its attack power has be even higher, he had an extremely gloomy face.
As time passed, Gu Li¡¯s heart became heavier and heavier.
In fact, he had discovered a change in the giant serpent¡¯s attitude a long time ago.
Although they are constantly chasing the giant serpent, it¡¯s no longer as cautious as before. It often takes the initiative to exchange fire with their fleet.
Even its gueri tactics have greatly died down.
Their offensive power can no longer constitute a fatal threat to the giant serpent.
This is not a problem that can be mended by numbers. They need a much higher-quality and stronger ship.
¡°The most powerful battleships of our fifth heaven are here. Could it be that even such battleships can¡¯t kill the giant serpent.?¡±
A sense of frustration emerged in Gu Li¡¯s heart as he thought about this.
About three dayster, Fang Yun left with the giant turtle again. His injuries were serious and half of his body was blown up again.
The reason for such a serious injury is that Fang Yun is no longer as cautious as before. He fought against the allied fleet without even flinching for three days, resisting the attack of the entire fleet head-on.
The seventh heaven fleet joinedter on, but it didn¡¯t change anything. Fang Yun had destroyed more than 500,000 of their ships.
Of course, the allied fleet wasn¡¯t unharmed. More than 100,000 battleships were destroyed during their battle.
Gu Li, who had lost another 100,000 elite troops, felt even more exhausted. He decided to give up. There¡¯s no need to continue this battle.
Chapter 558: Space Base (Part 1)
Chapter 558: Space Base (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Just when Gu Li fell into suspicion and uncertainty, Fang Yun jumped into the circr space fluctuation again. It¡¯s unknown how many spaceships were destroyed and devoured by him.
¡°Retreat!!!¡±
In the end, Gu Li reluctantly issued the order to retreat. He decided to inform the senior management of his thoughts and let them make a new decision on how to deal with the giant serpent.
The morale of the fleet was quite low, hence the moment the order was given, the fleet retreated like a tide.
Most people have already noticed that there is a huge difference between them and the giant serpent. No matter how much manpower they send, it won¡¯t amount to anything.
They can only be consumed to death in the end, without the power to resist.
¡°Are they running away?¡±
Hidden above the fleet, Fang Yun watched as they retreated with a look of astonishment. Usually, he is the one that is escaping. This is the first time that the fleet took the initiative to retreat.
¡°It seems that theirbat n has changed again.¡±
Fang Yun understood Gu Li¡¯s decision all at once. These guys aren¡¯t emotionless machines. No one wants to head to a battle knowing that they¡¯re certainly going to lose.
As long as they have emotions, they will be afraid of death and try to avoid disadvantageous situations as much as possible.
Fang Yun certainly won¡¯t give up this opportunity. He chased behind the fleet along with the giant turtle, attacking and devouring as many ships as possible, causing them innumerable losses.
¡°Huff, I¡¯m too full to eat¡¡±
Fang Yun felt particrly excited. In just a short period, he devoured tens of thousands of fleets. Now, his bio-energy has surpassed 2 trillion points.
He needs another 300 billion bio-energy points to fulfill the requirements of the next evolution.
For the current Fang Yun, a few hundred billion bio-energy points are no longer his concerns, only trillions of bio-energy points can attract his attention.
¡°Hehe.¡±
Fang Yun stood in space. He held his head high andughed. Now, the seventh, sixth and fifth heaven have nothing to be afraid of anymore. He can wander freely across the heavens!
Even if these three heavenspletely gathered their fleets and armies and set off to deal with him, they can hardly affect him.
Fang Yun no longer cares about numbers. Sending any amount of ships to deal with him now is sending food.
The only thing worth thinking about is whether these three heavens have any more advanced weapons, but even if they do so, Fang Yun isn¡¯t worried. As long as it¡¯s not a one-kill weapon, Fang Yun can recover from any attack.
¡°After eating this fleet, I will deal with the fleet of the seventh heaven.¡±
After making up his mind, Fang Yun started chasing Gu Li.
The current Fang Yun can be considered as a well-known disaster in the three heavens. In fact, it wasn¡¯t just these three heavens, the eighth heaven and even the higher heavens started paying attention to Fang Yun.
Amongst the higher heavens, some forces are already starting to evaluate whether it¡¯s worth attacking Fang Yun or not.
These forces aren¡¯t concerned with the benefits or the value of Fang Yun himself, but with Fang Yun¡¯s amazing strength and potential for evolution.
Even if the seventh, sixth, and fifth heaven joined forces, they still couldn¡¯t suppress the giant serpent, so how strong is it? What level has it reached? With its evolution potential, how far will it go in the end?
However, there hadn¡¯t been any news about any force from the higher heavens that is going to deal with the giant serpent. They need a lot of discussions and negotiations before figuring out whether it¡¯s worth attacking and an effective n.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know about that, nor would he care if he knew it. His strength is going to get stronger and stronger. He is confident that he will be able to deal with any power in the future, no matter how powerful or advanced it is.
What he needs to do now is to continue to evolve and grow.
Soon, Fang Yun followed Gu Li and his fleet to their base. This base is extremely huge and sophisticated, signifying that it has existed for a long time.
This base is equipped with a variety of weapons and monitoring devices. No matter what kind of creature it is, as long as they get close, they will be discovered and locked immediately. What they will face is the endless attacks of the base.
This base is particrly huge. It¡¯s surrounded by a ring of Battlestar on the periphery. All of which are special-ss with a diameter of at least 10,000 meters.
It¡¯s imaginable how powerful the weapons of such a gigantic fortress are. Furthermore, Fang Yun had discovered that somes were transformed into space fortresses by them and are floating around the base.
It¡¯s just that, there are not many such-level space fortresses. It seems that they are either difficult to make or technically wed.
Thinking about this, Fang Yun is also clear that this weapon must either have a big w in speed or flexibility. It can only be fixed in a certain ce as a defensive fortress, and can¡¯t be used to track and strike objects moving at high speeds.
Many ships are docked in these space fortresses and many robots are taking things in and out or making routine maintenance on these ships.
The entire base is extremelyplex and difficult to describe in words.
Chapter 558: Space Base (Part 2)
Chapter 558: Space Base (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
This is the first time that Fang Yun has seen such a huge space base. He finally had some understanding of the technological level of the seventh heaven.
It¡¯s known that there are three mega space bases in the seventh heaven. They are extremely huge and luxurious and are their major military stations. This one should be one of them.
Moreover, Fang Yun saw a huge sign with the words of three and sky. This should be the ¡°Third Sky¡± base of the seventh heaven.
¡°Haah.¡±
Fang Yun heaved a long sigh. He pondered whether to directlyunch an attack and knock out this space base.
If this space base is destroyed, it¡¯s estimated that the military of the seventh heaven will be heavily injured. The leaders of the seventh heaven will probably vomit blood and die¡
This space base is the foundation of the seventh heaven after all. They can maintain the stability of the seventh heaven and the sovereignty of the seventh heaven alliance relying on the three space bases.
Destroying it is like cutting their heart.
The entire base was operating in an orderly manner, looking like a dormant behemoth. However, Fang Yun wasn¡¯t afraid. Just as he said before, numbers are useless to him. Unless they have a hidden terrifying weapon, they wouldn¡¯t be able to deal with him.
Even such a gigantic base can leave flesh injuries on his body at most. Even if it¡¯s much bigger than him.
Anyway, his regeneration ability is very powerful. No matter what kind of injury he sustains, he can hide and recover. After recovering, he can continue attacking. One day, the ammunition and energy of the base will run out.
At that time, can¡¯t he casually destroy this base?
Moreover, the base is like a static target in space. Fang Yun doesn¡¯t think it¡¯s a threat to him anyway.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun directlyunched an attack on a-level space fortress. He used the skill ¡°ck Hole¡± from the start, dposing the space fortress into energy then swallowing it.
In addition, several moons orbiting theary were devoured by him as well.
The people in the base quickly reacted and startedunching a variety of attacks on Fang Yun. Suddenly, the dark space was lighted up by various energy attacks and explosions.
Many injuries started appearing on Fang Yun¡¯s body, butpared with his titanic size, these injuries could be considered deep scratches at best. As he flew around, dodging the iingsers, these injuries had already healed.
As his size continues to increase, his defensive power increases as well. Some of these attacks could have left deep and even serious injuries on him not long ago, but they can barely leave slight injuries or deep scratches now.
Coupled with his perverted regeneration ability, this base can hardly cause any threat to him.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Facing the fierce attack of the base, Fang Yun naturally didn¡¯t just watch. Heunched a fierce counterattack, destroying various parts of the base, and the various structures and fortresses around it.
Fang Yun moved back and forth around the base, avoiding most of the attacks. Only a small part of the attacks couldnd on him, but they basically don¡¯t constitute any threat to him now.
As a result, the side that he attacked was directly emptied.
Previously, there were variouss, moons,ary fortresses, Battlestars, giant fortifications, and various spaceships, but they have all disappeared.
However, soon after, many battleships flew out of various openings in the base and started attacking Fang Yun.
There are countless spaceships docked in the base at the moment. If the giant serpent is allowed to enter and destroy them, there will be unknown consequences.
¡°Damn it, that giant serpent actually dared to take the initiative to attack the base.¡±
In the control center of themand ship of the fifth heaven fleet, Gu Li had a furious expression on his face. This is beyond simple provocation. It seems that the giant serpent has be too arrogant!
It actually dared to attack one of the major three military areas. It simply holds no regard for the majesty of a powerful Heaven!
¡°Where is themander of the base?¡±
Gu Li yelled loudly. Soon after, a soldier helped him connect with themander of the Third Sky base.
A man with majestic facial hair appeared in front of Gu Li. After connecting with him, Gu Li immediately shouted!
¡°General Wang, how is the situation of the space base now?!¡±
¡°Commander Gu Li, we might need your help.¡±
Zhang Wang said a cold expression on his face.
His words caused Gu Li to frown. The situation might be worse than he expected.
¡°With such arge base under yourmand, you still need our help?¡±
After pondering for a moment, he felt that Zhang Wang was a little unwilling to use most of his manpower to deal with the giant serpent, hence he requested their assistance.
However, Gu Li knows that if they rashly head on to attack the giant serpent, with many damaged ships, energy shortage, and no formation, they are likely going to be annihted.
¡°Commander Guli, we have no choice¡¡±
Zhang Wang shook his head and sighed.
¡°That giant serpent is too terrifying. It quickly opened a gap in our defenses.¡±
¡°How is that possible?¡±
Gu Li frowned. Without saying another word, Zhang Wang sent a video of the previous battle. Gu Li was shocked upon seeing how easy it was for the great serpent to tear through the base defenses.
¡°Has the strength of that monster reached such a point?¡±
He knew exactly how powerful thoseary space fortresses are. However, the giant serpent tore through them like butter.
¡°Commander Gu Li, we need your help now.¡±
On the holographic projection, Zhang Wang asked for the second time. His face was extremely gloomy.
¡°Okay, we are willing to assist in this war.¡±
Up to now, they have about 300,000 ships remaining. Even if their fleet was almost decimated, Gu Li still held an optimistic mentality. They might be able to defeat the giant serpent rying on the weapons and defenses of the base.
Gu Li hadn¡¯t truly despaired, he still had a trace of hope to defeat the great serpent.
¡°Huh¡¡±
Gu Li heaved out a long sigh of relief. He led his fleet towards the entrance in the periphery of the base.
Through the gaps in the base, they could already see the giant serpent flying around in space, dodging and tanking countlessser beams.
Most of these energy beams were easily dodged by him, They could hardly cause any damage to him.
On the contrary, under his incessant attacks, the weapons and fortifications in the base were continuously destroyed, along with them were the spaceships of Gu Li¡¯s fleet.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Gu Li watched his soldiers getting constantly ughtered and his ships getting destroyed with clenched fists.
From here, he could see one ship after the other fly from the base and head towards the giant serpent, then get destroyed without getting too close.
The more Gu Li looked at the battle, the more disheartened he felt. Now, he doesn¡¯t have many ships remaining. Most of his fleet¡¯s battleships were destroyed by the giant serpent.
He had already failed his mission.
Of course, it wasn¡¯t just Gu Li¡¯s fleet that attacked the giant serpent. Many battleships flew from the base and joined the battle against the giant serpent.
It was due to these battleships¡¯ assistance that Gu Li¡¯s fleet was able to sessfully get out from the base and attack the serpent.
Chapter 559: Coexistence and Death (Part 1)
Chapter 559: Coexistence and Death (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Sir, our base is under heavy attack.¡±
Inside a vast technological room, Zhang Wang, themander of the ¡°Third Sky Base¡± is negotiating with the chairperson of the seventh heaven¡¯s council.
¡°Yes, it¡¯s the giant serpent. It¡¯s currently attacking our base.¡±
While talking about Fang Yun, he couldn¡¯t help but nce at a disy screen on the side, on which was the battle scene of the giant serpent against the base and the allied fleet.
One ship after the other was destroyed. Even the advanced battleships of the fifth and sixth heaven couldn¡¯t stop Fang Yun¡¯s advancement. Soon the line of defense was torn down.
Fang Yun swallowed a giant battleship, then rammed into the base. After seeing this scene, Zhang Wang looked a little nervous. He shouted at his subordinates in the control center.
¡°Tell those guys to stop that monster!¡±
He couldn¡¯t help but swallow his saliva. If the giant serpent was allowed to enter the base and wreak havoc in it, it will be a disastrous scene!
¡°Hiss.¡±
Upon thinking of this,mander Zhang Wang took a deep breath, his expression became much more solemn.
After seeing the change on Zhang Wang¡¯s face, the chairperson of the council asked with a serious expression.
¡°Zhang Wang, how is the current situation?¡±
¡°It¡¯s very bad, sir.¡±
Commander Zhang Wang said with a heavy expression on his face,
¡°The giant serpent is about to enter the base.¡±
After?? hearing Zhang Wang¡¯s solemn words, the chairperson also had a heavy expression on his face. He knew the meaning of the giant serpent entering the base.
The defenses of the inneryer of the base are much weaker than that of the outeryer.
If the outer defense of the base is breached, it¡¯s game over.
This base will be scrapped directly.
There are many ships moored inside the base. Because it¡¯s a closed environment, the spaceships can¡¯t maneuver inside the base. They are almost useless!
The base that they spent countless resources, manpower, and time to build will be destroyed due to the giant serpent!
Just thinking of this caused the chairperson¡¯s expression to be extremely ugly.
¡°Zhang Wang, I will send troops to support you right away.¡±
After pondering for a moment, the speaker said to Zhang Wang. There are some military bases near the ¡°Third Sky¡± base, butpared to the three major bases, they are very small. They are minor bases.
However, this is not the time to think about this. They must try their best to save the ¡°Third Sky¡± base.
¡°Thank you, Mr. Speaker.¡±
Zhang Wang said gratefully. Afterward, he turned his face and looked at the screen on the side. He watched the battle scene for a while, then suddenly, his expression changed.
¡°That monster!¡±
He gritted his teeth, the expression on his face became even uglier. The reason he looked so upset is that the giant serpent started destroying the docks.
The ships docked there were also destroyed by it.
On some of the buildings near the dock, many soldiers were stationed. These soldiers didn¡¯t even have a weapon. They are second-line workers at best, but facing the energy attacks of the giant serpent, they were evaporated without even having the chance to scream.
Terrified screams and beacons for help sounded through the entire base. Tragic sounds sounded everywhere.
¡°Hiss¡¡±
Zhang Wang can be regarded as a man that has seen many wars, but wavy fluctuations appeared in his heart as he watched this scene.
It¡¯s too tragic.
¡°Damn beast!¡±
Zhang Wang couldn¡¯t help but curse. He wished to take his men and fleet and fight against that damn serpent! But reason held him back because he knows the consequences of doing that
Although many people were furious and terrified due to the giant serpent¡¯s massacre, the giant serpent didn¡¯t n to stop due to their thoughts.
Fang Yun¡¯s figure curled up, then waved his giant tail towards a small continent-sized megastructure, destroying it and everything around it.
There are many buildings on top of this space base. They are connected by extremely long and tough ss corridors, just like blood vessels between internal organs.
Each one of these buildings has gravity generators, simting the gravity of a, allowing them to walk and live freely.
The entire outeryer of the base isposed of countless giant buildings and structures, but they are being annihted by the giant serpent at this moment.
If humans were to see this, they would probably be heartbroken. Such magnificent and stalwart buildings are being destroyed like paper houses. Such a waste!
Unfortunately, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t care about this. He frantically attacked the base, not giving the soldiers the time or opportunity to board their battleships and join the battle.
Under his mad destruction, countless soldiers¡¯ were either directly atomized by his gamma-ray, or broken into fragments by his physical strikes. They weren¡¯t even able to feel the pain.
Many people died miserable deaths, but no living cared about that. All of them tried their best to escape this dangerous ce. They regretted every choice that led them to be a soldier in this nightmarish ce.
¡°Boom!!¡±
With just a single strike from his tail, Fang Yun killed tens of thousands of people.
He flew towards a harbor, where countless ships, ranging from powerful battleships to giant cargo spaceships, were docked.
After arriving there, Fang Yun directly opened his mouth and pounced on them.
In the blink of an eye, thousands of ships entered Fang Yun¡¯s belly.
With his 80,000 kilometers long body, devouring ships ranging from a few to dozens of kilometers is extremely easy. Fang Yun devoured more and more ships.
The battleships of the allied fleet moved around and attacked Fang Yun, trying to attract his attention or drive him away.
Gu Li led hismand ship above Fang Yun, leading his fleet to attack Fang Yun. He didn¡¯t even bother to care about his safety anymore. All he thought of was to drive this monster away.
Various explosions appeared around Fang Yun¡¯s body, but they could hardly cause any damage to him.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun opened his mouth, from which a deep ck sphere with the diameter of hundreds of kilometers appeared. It flew forward for more than a million kilometers then exploded, creating a light sphere with the diameter of a, then an extremely big explosion.
This attack directly reduced hundreds of ships into ashes. Some of the ships that weren¡¯t affected started fleeing.
Chapter 559: Coexistence and Death (Part 2)
Chapter 559: Coexistence and Death (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Humph!¡±
Fang Yun snorted coldly upon seeing the fleeing battleships. He isn¡¯t a forgiving person. Heunched countless attacks towards them, ranging from energy to space attacks.
More and more ships exploded, rendering the surrounding space scarlet like hell.
¡°This monster is too powerful.¡±
After seeing this scene in the distance, Gu Li had a gloomy and helpless expression. He knew that they couldn¡¯t defeat this monster.
The attack power of their battleships is not enough. They need much more advanced battleships and higher-level weapons to inflict fatal damage to this serpent.
¡°Hah¡¡±
Gu Li heaved a long sigh. While thinking about a new strategy, he saw that the giant serpent was flying around the fleet, temporarily not paying attention to their fleet.
At the beginning, he decided to fight against the giant serpent due to excitement, but now his heart has calmed down.
The giant serpent is rampaging across the base, constantly devouring spaceships and giant infrastructures, this might be their opportunity to escape.
¡°We can¡¯t stay at this base anymore.¡±
Gu Li finally came to this conclusion. He decided to retreat and immediately acted on his decision.
¡°Everyone! Stop attacking and turn immediately! We¡¯re leaving!¡°
The moment he issued the order, he was the first to turn around and leave. A secondter, the allied fleet or what remained of it followed behind him.
¡°Huh?¡±
Themander of the base immediately noticed Gu Li¡¯s actions, his brows furrowed as he immediately connected to Gu Li¡¯s ship, questioning with a loud voice.
¡°Commander Gu Li, what are you doing?¡±
¡°Commander Zhang Wang, give up, we can¡¯t keep this base.¡±
On the holographic projection, Gu Li calmly said to Zhang Wang, causing him to be furious.
¡°Are you going to escape?! Gu Li! Do you understand the consequences of your actions?!¡±
Zhang Wang looked very angry,
¡°Gu Li, don¡¯t think that the giant serpent rampage won¡¯t affect you because there is the sixth heaven between our heavens!¡±
¡±Listen here! If you are unwilling to join hand with us to deal with the giant serpent, you will die under its mouth one day!¡±
He cursed fiercely. Zhang Wang was extremely angry. In his opinion, the fifth and sixth heavens were the ones to initiate this battle.
In his opinion, it¡¯s absolutely impossible for them to develop any transcendent weapon in a short time.
Their best option is to work with them to kill the giant serpent in their seventh heaven.
It¡¯s a pity that the seeds of fear sprouted in Gu Li¡¯s heart, causing him to make the decision to escape with his fleet.
Gu Li¡¯s behavior caused the disadvantageous situation of the fleet to be even more desperate. More importantly, the morale of the base and seventh heaven fleet started to waver, many people started having thoughts of escaping.
Zhang Wang quickly reacted and shot two spaceships that were trying to escape, trying to keep military discipline and warning those with the thoughts of fleeing.
Unfortunately, the general trend has been set. Even if Zhang Wang used the most terrifying threat, many ships still followed Gu Li¡¯s fleet and escaped.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Zhang Wang angrily shouted. He knew that Gu Li¡¯s actions caused the subtle standstill to break.
The military rules and courage they used to talk about fell apart in front of the giant serpent. Now they could only watch the soldiers of the seventh heaven escape as the giant serpent rampaged.
The entire base copsed. The sun-sized space fortress was divided into several parts, but Gu Li¡¯s fleet was already far away at that point.
¡°Commander Zhang Wang, we must escape as well!¡±
One of the higher officials persuaded Zhang Wang,
¡°Commander Zhang Wang, if we don¡¯t act quickly, we won¡¯t be able to leaveter on even if we want to leave.¡±
The giant serpent is still some distance away, but if they wait anymore, the giant serpent will catch up and they won¡¯t be able to run anymore. That murderous beast will not allow them to leave.
¡°I know¡¡±
Zhang Wang nodded and said, ¡°If you want to run, then run!¡±
¡°As for me¡¡± Zhang Wang shook his head and said,
¡°I will perish with this base!¡±
Zhang Wang solemnly said. He never intended to escape.
It had been more than three hundred years since he was appointed as themander of this base.
Over such a long period, he developed a deep affection for this base. He felt his heart being torn as he watched the base getting destroyed. It¡¯s almost like watching his son being killed.
In the control center of the base, the soldiers and higher officials gritted their teeth as they watched Zhang Wang behaving like this. They didn¡¯t know how to persuade him.
¡°You guys go quickly!¡±
Zhang Wang had already figured out the result of today¡¯s battle. This base will be destroyed! Not only that, even the entire seventh heaven will be heavily affected.
¡°Haah¡ We shouldn¡¯t have touched this monster from the beginning.
Zhang Wang regretfully looked at the giant serpent on the holographic screen. If they hadn¡¯t decided to participate in the battle against the giant serpent, things shouldn¡¯t have reached this point?
No matter how bad their situation would have been, at least, it shouldn¡¯t be worse than that of the eighth heaven.
It¡¯s a pity that there is no regret medicine to take in this world. They can only reap the fruits of their actions, he included.
Because he was one of the first to advocate the attack on the giant serpent.
Chapter 560: Destruction and growth (Part 1)
Chapter 560: Destruction and growth (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom Boom!¡±
Explosions appeared everywhere around the base. Countless alloy buildings were destroyed like paper and between each explosion, horrifying screams could be heard.
¡±Ah! Ah! Ah!¡±
Through some see-through ss windows, many terrified soldiers or crew could be seen. Due to extreme fear and terror, some of them even started acting irrationally.
There are even some people who choose to jump directly from the several kilometers tall buildings in order to escape. In short, the entire base was filled with doomsday-like scenes.
There were countless battleships and fighters around Fang Yun, attacking him from various positions at high speeds. Even in the face of death, the pilots didn¡¯t hesitate.
Unfortunately, no weapon can cause fatal damage to Fang Yun, even the ones that can casually burst megas.
¡°?Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun released an earth-shattering roar, then devoured many battleships with a single bite. Casually avoiding theser beams flying towards his mouth, he released an ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±,pletely emptying the area around.
This was a simple massacre. After an hour, the base was almost destroyed, leaving only a mega-structure in the middle of the base.
And this structure is exactly the building where the control center and Zhang Wang is.
¡±Commander, the monster has already arrived¡¡±
Besides Zhang Wang a loyal guard nervously said. It can be seen that he was so terrified that he couldn¡¯t stop trembling.
Zhang Wang didn¡¯t pay attention to the guard next to him. He walked towards a giant window alone, looking at the never-ending behemoth getting closer and closer.
The giant serpent is extremelyrge, it shook the city-sized building by its mere presence. The powerful aura and gravity it exuded are heart-wrenching.
The mass of this serpent is no less than that of a. If this building wasn¡¯t made using special materials that can easily survive in space, it would have been immediately destroyed.
Even so, cracks appeared on the walls, then quickly spread.
The guard who remained by Zhang Wang¡¯s side couldn¡¯t help but swallow his saliva upon seeing this scene. Under his observation, the walls around and the roof were quickly filled with cracks.
¡°Boom!¡±
The giant serpent stopped outside the building. It was so huge that the city-sized building couldn¡¯t even cover one of its scales. It covered the sun, moon, and stars, projecting darkness over half of the base.
¡°Hiss!¡±
Even if he had been mentally prepared for a long time, Zhang Wang trembled upon facing this behemoth. He tried his best to resist this terrifying pressure.
¡°Your Excellency, I have a few words to say to you.¡±
Zhang Wang tried his hardest to stop his knees from bending. At the same time, he shouted loudly at the giant serpent outside.
The moment his voice sounded, the instruments outside the building immediately converted his voice into electromaic waves, which spread out to the outside.
¡°Our seventh heaven is willing to surrender to you.¡±
Zhang Wang shouted loudly,
¡°Please forgive our previous sins, we are willing to serve you as the Lord and punish all those that attacked you before!¡±
After saying this, he directly knelt on the ground. He sped his hands together and made a praying expression. He is requesting mercy from Fang Yun, not for him, but for his hometown.
The guard behind Zhang Wang knelt down on the ground as well. He wasn¡¯t surprised bymander Zhang Wang¡¯s actions. He had long wanted to kneel and even lie down as he couldn¡¯t stand the pressure anymore.
Becausemander Zhang Wang was standing in front of him, he always kept a sliver of reason and courage, but since even Zhang Wang kneeled, then he doesn¡¯t have to keep up the tough act anymore.
He has no psychological burden.
Outside the building, Fang Yun detected the sudden electromaic waves. After understanding their meaning, he looked at the ¡®big window at the top of thisst building.
Even with his supernatural vision, he wouldn¡¯t have noticed the two ¡®dust¡¯ like creatures without focusing.
Looking at the two terrified men, there was a hint of sarcasm in his eyes. He isn¡¯t a pathogen or pollutant. He doesn¡¯t need believers or something like that.
The most important thing to him is reputation and it¡¯s easy to get. He doesn¡¯t need people to worship or admire him, as long as they know of his existence, it¡¯s enough.
So¡a fierce light shed in his eyes, then he dived down, swallowing this mega-building into his stomach.
From this moment, this giant space base had beenpletely destroyed by Fang Yun, but many spaceships escaped during the battle.
Gu Li¡¯s fleet and many ships stationed in this base have escaped.
¡°I¡¯m not in a hurry to deal with those guys.¡±
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t afraid of losing those people at all, because he had already given a signal for the giant turtle to follow behind the big troops.
¡°I¡¯ll evolve first.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s current bio-energy points are more than enough to evolve. After finding a quiet corner, he started the evolution.
In just a few hours, the evolution waspleted.
His body length has almost doubled, reaching a terrifying 150,000 kilometers. His diameter has also surpassed 6000 kilometers. Now, he can easily swallow a the size of the earth.
After all, the diameter of the earth is only a bit over 12,000 kilometers. As long as Fang Yun opens his mouth, he can devour an object with a diameter of almost 20,000 kilometers.
As for the problem of digestion, he never worried about it.
The next evolution requires 3 trillion bio-energy points. The requirements are getting more and more ridiculous.
After the upgrade, Fang Yun followed the electromaic waves left by the giant turtle and pursued Gu Li¡¯s fleet.
Soon after, he caught up with them.
After regrouping with Fang Yun, the giant turtle looked particrly excited, but upon seeing the great change in Fang Yun¡¯s size, it was stunned.
Fang Yun¡¯s body size has greatly grown this time, shocking the giant turtle that was very familiar with Fang Yun.
But soon the giant turtle reacted. It whined excitedly at Fang Yun, surprised and delighted at his explosive growth.
The two behemoths didn¡¯t bother to hide this time, causing Gu Li¡¯s fleet ahead to easily detect their existence.
Chapter 560: Destruction and growth (Part 2)
Chapter 560: Destruction and growth (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Gu Li was shocked upon finding the two behemoths.
¡°Damn it, when did these two monsters catch up?¡±
Inside the control center of themand ship. Gu Li felt that his heart was about to jump out from his chest.
When he left before, he checked behind for a long time. Just as he was about to sigh in relief, thinking that they escaped a catastrophe, the two behemoths suddenly appeared behind.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Gu Li cursed, he knew how ruthless and bloodthirsty the giant serpent is, so he couldn¡¯t help but produce a trace of fear.
¡°Commander, that giant serpent is starting to attack our fleet.¡±
A soldier suddenly reported to Gu Li, seeing that his fears came true, Gu Li¡¯s face immediately sank
¡°Switch the picture to the attacked position immediately!¡±
The scene on the huge holographic screen ahead immediately changed. On the screen, there was a gigantic serpent, and it was ughtering the ships on the edge of the fleet.
All of the ships in that area tried to quickly escape. No one tried to fight against the giant serpent anymore.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Most of the ships were either eaten, destroyed, or escaped. No one resisted because they thought that it was meaningless.
Under the terrifying attack of the giant serpent, no one was able to resist.
¡°Commander, none of those ships obeyed our orders.¡±
In the control center of themand ship, a soldier reported to Gu Li.
Gu Li previously passed an order to the rear of the fleet to organize formation and steadily attack while retreating. This might not stop the giant serpent, but it will dy it for a while, giving them more time to escape.
Unfortunately, no one heeded his orders.
This situation irritated Gu Li very much. He knew very well that if everyone doesn¡¯t unite and obey orders, they will face a definite quick death.
If they keep the formation, even if they can¡¯t repel the giant serpent, they can at least survive for a while¡
¡°These idiots!¡±
Gu Li cursed angrily.
The moment his curse sounded, a soldier ahead said to him.
¡°Commander, our reinforcements areing!¡±
¡°Huh?¡±
After hearing the words of the soldier, Gu Li¡¯s eyebrows twitched as he said.
¡°Reinforcements? Well, connect me with them now.¡±
After a while, the projection in front of Gu Li changed, and a figure on the screen. Gu Li¡¯s eyes immediately lit up after seeing that figure.
Because the person who appeared on the holographic projection is his friend, Lu Ming.
¡°Lu Ming, you are the leader of the team this time?¡±,
Gu Li was very surprised upon seeing themander¡¯s badge and uniform on Lu Ming¡¯s body.
Upon hearing Gu Li¡¯s exmation, Lu Ming nodded and said with a smile on his face. ¡°Gu Li, I came to see your embarrassment. Tell me, how is the feeling of being teased like a dog?¡±
¡°Don¡¯tugh. I¡¯m miserable enough.¡±
Gu Li smiled bitterly,
¡°Lu Ming, my troubles are very serious. The situation might be far worse than your imagination.¡±
¡°What?¡±
Lu Ming was surprised. When he was appointed as themander of this support fleet, he had received some news about the battle situation, but these pieces of news are very outdated.
He naturally knew that Gu Li¡¯s fleet was at a huge disadvantage due to the giant serpent gueri warfare, but he didn¡¯t know that the situation greatly deteriorated.
They are chased around like a dog now.
¡°Lu Ming¡¡±, Gu Li had an extremely serious expression as he said to Lu Ming on the projection.
¡°I¡¯ll be straightforward, do you have a ship from the fourth heaven in your fleet?¡±
¡°The giant serpent has grown much stronger. Our fifth heaven battleships are unable to cope with it. We need higher-quality ships, numbers don¡¯t work anymore¡±
After pausing for a moment, he continued.
¡°Our fleet has less than 200,000 ships remaining, and we are being chased around by the giant serpent at this moment.¡±
Upon saying this, he smiled wryly. He can¡¯t evenugh with this friend of his now.
Thinking back to his glorious time in the fifth heaven, he hunted down countless pollutants, including many level 4 pollutants. He even cooperated with other generals to hunt a new level 5 pollutant one time. That was his most glorious record.
It¡¯s a pity that he is extremely weak and helpless in the face of this giant serpent.
¡°This giant serpent is very likely a top-level 5 pollutant. It might have even reached a new level¡¡±
Gu Li stared at Lu Ming on the projection with a solemn expression.
¡°It might have reached level 6.¡±
¡°Hiss!¡±
Lu Ming took a sharp breath after hearing Gu Li spection. He didn¡¯t doubt Gu Li¡¯s guess, because he knew exactly how powerful is his fleet andmand ability, but even such a powerful man is helpless in the face of the giant serpent.
¡°To be honest, due to the giant serpent¡¯s stealth and escape ability, I couldn¡¯t use many of my hunting formations or strategies, greatlypromising my fleet¡¯sbat power.¡±
Gu Li felt very helpless and powerless. He has greatmand ability but he couldn¡¯t use it. The most important point is that his fleet doesn¡¯t have enough attack power to fatally wound the giant serpent.
In other words, even if the giant serpent allows them to attack it without resisting, they wouldn¡¯t be able to injure it quicker than its regeneration speed.
Under such circumstances, no matter what battle formation or strategy they use, it won¡¯t be effective. This is one of the most important reasons why they were defeated so thoroughly.
¡°Yes, Lu Ming, remember! The regeneration ability and defense of this serpent are extremely powerful, much more so than was stated in the records. Furthermore, it¡¯s in a constant state of growth and evolution. I felt like it became stronger with each battle.¡±
Gu Li warned Lu Ming of the abilities of the giant serpent again.
Hearing this, Lu Ming said,
¡°Gu Li, don¡¯t worry, I will be careful. Send your coordinates now, we wille to support you immediately.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry, there is a battleship from the fourth heaven in our fleet this time. That monster won¡¯t be able to escape easily this time¡±
¡°Okay, that¡¯s good.¡±
Gu Li nodded and sent their coordinates to Lu Ming.
He didn¡¯t think that Lu Ming¡¯s fleet could kill the giant serpent because its escape and stealth ability is super-ss, but as long as they can trap it in the seventh heaven, it¡¯s enough.
Because even if the seventh heaven is destroyed, it won¡¯t be their turn to suffer.
Most importantly, the destruction of a heaven is an extremely critical matter. The highest heavens will definitely intervene.
Chapter 561: Gu Li’s death (Part 1)
Chapter 561: Gu Li¡¯s death (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After reporting his coordinates to Lu Ming, Gu Li breathed a sigh of relief. He naturally didn¡¯t want to die.
After these two behemoths chased his fleet again, he started feeling despair.
Fortunately, at this critical moment, their reinforcements have finally arrived in the seventh heaven.
¡°Send a message to the fleet immediately. We must hold on for half an hour, the reinforcements areing.¡±
Gu Li shouted loudly at the people in the control center. With their current state, they certainly will notst so long in the face of the attack of these two behemoths.
But if they flee while holding formation and fighting with these two behemoths. The situation will be very different, they willst much longer.
Now, the fleet needs a backbone more than ever, that¡¯s why Gu Li decided to pass the news to the fleet.
¡°What, our reinforcements areing?!¡±
¡°We¡¯re Saved!¡±
As expected, mes of hope sprang up in the eyes of the crew after receiving the news.
¡°Brothers, cheer up!¡±
The captains of almost every ship started cheering their crew.
¡°Commander Gu Li said that the reinforcement will arrive in about half an hour!¡±
¡°Everyone holds on! as long as the reinforcements arrive, we will be rescued.¡±
¡°Commander Gu Li said that there are ships from the fourth heaven amongst the reinforcements this time!¡±
After receiving the news, the fleet finally started restoring orders. With hope, every ship took position and restored the defensive formation, simultaneously defending against the giant serpent and counter-attacking while retreating.
In the distance, Fang Yun keenly noticed the fleet¡¯s change. A gleam of light shed across his giant eyes.
¡°The fleet¡¯s spirit has been restored.¡±
Fang Yun muttered internally. He started wondering what could have caused this change and quickly came up with a guess.
¡°It seems that they have found a backbone or reliance. What is it? Another reinforcement?¡±
The only reason why this fleet could resurrect from the brink of despair is that another wave of reinforcements ising, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t care. Anyway, it won¡¯t be any different from before, the new reinforcement will end in his stomach as well.
They will only provide him with bio-energy and help him increase his reputation value.
However, to be on the safe side, he invaded thework system of one of the battleships to detect the precise news.
¡°The reinforcements will arrive here in half an hour?¡±
¡°Furthermore, amongst the iing fleet, there are powerful ships from the fourth heaven?¡±
Fang Yun was very surprised. No wonder they became so excited. The reinforcements are very prepared this time.
¡°The fourth heaven?¡±
Fang Yun was curious. He didn¡¯t know much about this heaven, because there was little information about it in the seventh heaven archives.
They have very little contact with it.
However, ording to the information he gathered, this heaven is much stronger and much more advanced than the fifth heaven. It¡¯s on a whole other level. Fang Yun looked solemn and excited at the thought of fighting against such a behemoth.
¡°In this case, I should quickly deal with this fleet first.¡±
Murderous intentions shed across Fang Yun¡¯s heart. Heunched a mad attack at the allied fleet. He didn¡¯t even consider defense this time.
¡°Damn it, why did this monster be so aggressive?¡±
In the control center of the distantmand ship. Gu Li watched the giant serpent suddenly go mad. It didn¡¯t even bother to dodge their attacks anymore, jumping around andunching various destructive attacks, destroying and devouring countless spaceships.
¡°It seems that this giant serpent is aware of something.¡±
Gu Li quickly analyzed the cause of the matter. He had an extremely gloomy expression. For a wise and experienced creature like the giant serpent, it shouldn¡¯t be hard for it to realize something from the actions of the fleet.
It had experienced an unknown number of battles after all.
¡°Gu Li, how is your situation now?¡±
A few momentster, Lu Ming¡¯s figure appeared in the holographic projection again. He decided to periodically check on the situation of the allied fleet to prevent idents.
¡°What happened? Has the situation deteriorated?¡±
Seeing the gloomy expression on Gu Li¡¯s face, Lu Ming immediately asked with an expression of concern.
¡°Gu Li, hold one for a while, we¡¯re rushing over.¡±
¡°Lu Ming, hurry up. If youe toote, you will collect our destroyed battleships at most!¡±
Even inside the hyperspace, speed is limited. Without sufficient strong materials and energy defenses, a certain spaceship can only maintain a certain speed limit, exceeding that limit will cause certain damage to the ships.
¡°Gu Li¡ It seems that I have to hurry up.¡±
Lu Ming shook his head. He naturally can¡¯t watch his best friend die like this.
Although exceeding the speed limit will damage the ship, it doesn¡¯t mean that the damage will be great enough to scrap the ship. It just means reducing its service time.
This time, they are mainly relying on the fourth heaven ships, so it doesn¡¯t matter if the rest of the ships get slightly damaged.
¡°Lu Ming, thank you so much¡¡±
Gu Li stood in front of the projection and expressed his gratitude to Lu Ming. However, his expression changed abruptly, forcing him to swallow the rest of the words he intended to say.
A look of horror appeared on Gu Li¡¯s face.
¡°Gu Li! Gu Li!!!¡±
Seeing the changes on Gu Li¡¯s face, Lu Ming immediately knew that things were bad. He shouted loudly at Gu Li, trying to draw his attention.
However, Gu Li seemed frozen at that moment, his soul seemed to leave his body. He couldn¡¯t respond to Lu Ming¡¯s shouts at all.
At this moment, Gu Li could only watch the giant serpent on the holographic screen.
He stared right at those continent-sized eyes and at the approaching scarlet mouth. In hisst moments of life, he couldn¡¯t say anything in the end, leaving life with wide eyes frozen in fear.
Theirmand ships had no time to dodge. It was quickly swallowed by the giant serpent, unable to provoke any wave in the end.
Chapter 561: Gu Li’s death (Part 2)
Chapter 561: Gu Li¡¯s death (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Commander Gu Li was eaten by the giant serpent!!¡±
This scene was recorded by many ships. Most of them were stunned by this scene. The hope that has just risen was extinguished and the fleet that just managed to restore order became disorderly again.
¡°Gu Li! Gu Li!!!¡±
On the other side, Lu Ming roared hoarsely as he looked at the screen in front, but he already understood that the situation had changed drastically.
He saw thest picture of the giant serpent leaping on Gu Li¡¯smand ship.
¡°That damn beast!¡±
Lu Ming¡¯s eyes be bloodshot. He clenched his fist with hatred as he shouted loudly.
¡°I must personally skin you!¡±
His fist creaked due to the extreme force. Even the air around him was slightly distorted.
¡°Commander, should we speed up again?¡±
Suddenly, an officer beside Lu Ming said.
Lu Ming frowned as he pondered. After a while, he shook his head and said. Anger didn¡¯t dazzle his mind.
¡°No, continue moving forward at the current speed.¡±
Even though he said this, the look of anger and hatred on his face didn¡¯t change in the slightest.
Gu Li is a friend he grew with from childhood. Even after hundreds of years, their rtionship is still very good.
¡°Gu Li, don¡¯t worry, I will definitely avenge you!¡±
Lu Ming took a deep breath, then walked to the side, preparing a battle n.
On the other side, after eating themand ship, Fang Yun quickly chased the crazy and terrified spaceships. Without their formation, hunting became much easier.
It wasn¡¯t just him, even the giant turtle started attacking the escaping spaceships.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
In space, countless spaceships exploded, bursting out with brilliant light then disappearing in ce.
¡°A few escaped, but it doesn¡¯t matter.¡±
Fang Yun finally stopped the hunt. Most of the spaceships have been eaten or destroyed by him and the giant turtle. A few escaped but he didn¡¯t bother to chase it.
Moreover, in this dangerous heaven, it¡¯s very dangerous for a single or few spaceship to wander on their own.
Whether it¡¯s the external environment or star beasts and pollutants, the seventh heaven and up are countless times more dangerous than the ninth heaven.
The two behemoths gathered together, then headed towards a certain direction under Fang Yun¡¯s leadership.
And in that direction, the seventh heaven regional council was located.
This time, Fang Yun is nning to deal with this council. One of the leading forces that started the hunt against him.
Fang Yun crossed the hyperspace most of the time. He returned to the material space only when passing next to stars. Seven dayster, Fang Yun finally reached the target starfield.
This starfield is obviously heavily guarded. There are dozens of small bases surrounding it. Each base has countless powerful Battlestars and giantary fortresses around them.
However, without much hesitation, Fang Yun rushed towards that starfield.
The moment he appeared, countless eye-catching rms rang in the starfield.
These rms ring only when a foreign enemy invades.
¡°Buzz! Buzz! Buzz!¡±
The Battlestars all started moving at this moment. Their barrels quickly locked Fang Yun.
It wasn¡¯t just these Battlestars. Battleships, space fighters, and all kinds of fighting weapons flew out from the base and swarmed towards Fang Yun.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Hundreds of thousands of battleships and space fighters took the lead, followed by hundreds of Battlestars behind.
Fang Yun moved towards them without even flinching. Both he and the defense fleet got closer and closer.
A few secondster, the two sides finally collided. Whether it¡¯s the Battlestars or the battleships, they didn¡¯t hesitate tounch countless attacks towards Fang Yun.
The moment these attacks approached Fang Yun, they were deflected by a strange space field. Some of them were even thrown back at the fleet after flying around Fang Yun, just like a satellite.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Because of this, some ships and space fighters were destroyed before Fang Yun evenunched an attack.
Despite being slightly amused by this, Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate tounch a counterattack.
Whether it¡¯s ¡°Antimatter Bomb¡±, ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡±, or ¡°Devouring the Heavens¡±. They all are extremely powerful attack skills. Fang Yun was able to easily suppress the defense fleet with them.
As soon as the fleet appeared, he destroyed almost a quarter of it, which is extremely shocking.
The originally rtively clustered fleet wasn¡¯t able to maintain the formation and started to disperse, preparing to use another method to block Fang Yun¡¯s invasion.
Unfortunately, the attack power of the fleet isn¡¯t enough to stop him. Fang Yun solicited the help of the giant turtle and used space-shrinking skills to pass right through the fleet. In the end, the first line of d¨¦fense wasn¡¯t able to stop them for even a minute.
On the way, Fang Yun encountered many battleships and fleets, all of which attacked the two of them.
¡°Rumble! Rumble!¡±
Countless ships exploded on Fang Yun¡¯s path, soon after, he passed through all of them and headed towards the depths of the starfield.
¡°This is¡ the giant serpent!¡±
On a certain, in a conference room, a group of people sat on their seats and watched a holographic projection in the middle of the room.
On the holographic projection, with the starry sky as a background, an extremely big serpent was bulldozing across countless battleships and d¨¦fense mechanisms, leaving behind giant explosions.
The attack of the battleships and the defense mechanism couldn¡¯t y any role in stopping the giant serpent. Even if they could asionally injure the serpent, these injuries healed soon after.
¡°It¡¯sing! It¡¯sing!!¡±
In the conference room, a person suddenly cried loudly. He had a sad and angry expression on his face.
Other people also looked terrified.
These people are all high-level leaders in the seventh heaven. Either the head of an intergctic empire or the head of a certain alliance.
They have tremendous power in their hands. Every word and deed of theirs can determine the fate of an ordinary civilization, but now they could only helplessly nest in this conference room, as timid as a rat.
¡°What should we do now?¡±
¡°Those rubbish can¡¯t stop that monster at all.¡±
¡°God, God, pleasee and save your people!¡±
¡°After hundreds of years, am I finally going to die in this ce?¡±
¡°I shouldn¡¯t havee! What kind of sh*t meeting! If I knew this, I wouldn¡¯t have gotten out of my pce!¡±
¡°Damn, my 50 wives are waiting for me, I don¡¯t want to die!¡±
In the meeting room, all of the ¡®High-ss leaders¡¯ were in a crazy state. After a while, a pair of eyes suddenly shined, looking at an old man sitting in the leading seat.
¡°Sir, please tell us, what should we do now?¡±
¡°Yes, Lord Speaker, do you have any idea? You should have a hidden escape route?¡±
Suddenly, everyone in the conference room looked at the old man, and as a response, the old man slowly stood up.
Everyone looked at him with hope.
Chapter 562: Planet Belen (Part 1)
Chapter 562: Belen (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The old man stood up and looked around at the people in the conference room and these high-level leaders looked at him with wide eyes, as if he was their hope.
However, the old man shook his head the next moment and said.
¡°Everyone, I am afraid I will disappoint you. Even I don¡¯t have a solution to this situation.¡±
¡°Now we can only pray for God¡¯s blessing¡¡±
Upon saying this, the old man closed his eyes slightly. He didn¡¯t have a trace of fear on his face neither did he exude anger, fear, or sadness. He was like a pool of stagnant water.
The words of the old man undoubtedly disappointed the people below. All of them had frustrated looks on their faces. Some people even started bing angry.
¡°Snyder, if it weren¡¯t for your order to attack the giant serpent, how can we fall into this situation? It¡¯s your fault!¡±
¡°Yes, Snyder, it¡¯s your fault that the seventh heaven is suffering from the revenge of the giant serpent!¡±
¡°Tie him up and give it to the great serpent! We will use his blood to ask for the forgiveness of the great serpent!¡±
In the meeting room, many people¡¯s ugly faces were exposed. Each one of them had a crazy expression. Some of them quickly rushed towards Synder, the old speaker, and chairman.
With the first person taking the lead, most people in the conference room followed behind.
In the face of these crazy people rushing towards him, Snyder¡¯s expression was still calm, but he shook his head slightly.
At the beginning, he indeed ordered the capture of the giant serpent, but in fact, he held a neutral stance in this matter. If they could capture the giant serpent, then that¡¯s okay, if they can¡¯t then let it go.
It¡¯s these people that insisted on attacking and even killing the giant serpent. Even after so many losses, they didn¡¯t give up.
Under the constant urge of these congressmen, he had no choice but to issue an order to kill the giant serpent.
It¡¯s a pity that these guys don¡¯t even remember their greedy faces when demanding to continue hunting the giant serpent.
Snyder was tied up by the angry congressmen, then one of them pulled him out of the conference room.
Seeing the council speaker rudely being tied and dragged out, the guards and staff outside the conference room were dumbfounded, but they didn¡¯t dare to say anything.
¡°Snyder has caused a disaster for the seventh heaven. Now that the giant serpent is about to reach the Belem, we are about to face the disaster of extinction!¡±
¡°Our only way to survive is to send this heinous culprit to the great serpent god to calm his anger!¡±
Among the congressmen escorting Snyder, one of them roared loudly. Many staff were stunned upon hearing this roar, but they quickly reacted.
The sound of discussion rang outside the conference room. A look of fear and horror appeared on the face of many people. Most of them didn¡¯t even know about the attack of the giant serpent.
¡°What, the seventh heaven is about to be destroyed? That giant serpent is approaching Belem?¡±
¡°It¡¯s over, it¡¯s over! We¡¯re all going to die!¡±
¡°Damn it, it¡¯s all because of Snyder, You must make atonement for your sins!!¡±
The crowd outside the room suddenly became noisy. Many people panicked, looking like the end of the world ising. Some people even fell on the ground due to fear.
¡°I don¡¯t want to die!¡±
Many peopleid limply on the ground, muttering with horrified expressions and crying sadly.
The congressman had already escorted Snyder to the square downstairs, on which were many lower-level office workers and citizens.
All of them looked at the nominal leader of the seventh heaven being dragged down with wide-open mouths and dismayed expressions.
¡°What the hell happened?¡±
Amongst the crowd, someone asked with a look of astonishment. Unfortunately, the group of congressmen had no intention of exining. They all looked at the sky with serious expressions.
Seeing the solemn expressions of the congressmen and their actions, many people looked at the sky, but couldn¡¯t see anything apart from the blue sky.
¡°Bring the speech amplifier here!¡±
Among the group of congressmen, a 3 meters tall burly man said. A few momentster, someone ran over carrying a pile of equipment. The burly man walked over and took the equipment.
This kind of speech amplifier can send out electromaic waves tomunicate with various wise creatures.
If the giant serpent appears above their, they can speak to it using this thing.
These congressmen stared at the sky above their heads very nervously. They still didn¡¯t receive thetest news about the battlefield from the soldiers stationed at the border.
The giant serpent should still be on the way, but they don¡¯t think that any of the soldiers on the border of the starfield can stop it.
That¡¯s why they decided to take the initiative to surrender. They might be able to save their lives in this way.
At this moment in the dark space, a giant serpent and a giant turtle were flying forward.
The two behemoths were advancing in the direction of Belen. Countless ships and war machines tried to stop them, but it was like throwing eggs on a rock, they weren¡¯t even able to hinder their advancement speed.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun opened his mouth, devouring dozens of ships that got close to him.
By now, many spaceships had the intention to retreat. They didn¡¯t even dare to face him head-on and mostly attacked him and tried to interfere with him from far.
However, remote interception can¡¯t even hinder Fang Yun¡¯s progress.
Soon, Fang Yun arrived next to a huge.
This is the Belem. The political center of the seventh heaven.
¡°This should be the first capital of the seventh heaven.¡±
Fang Yun thought as he watched the azure-green.
He also has some understanding of the seventh heaven, knowing that their first capital is the Belem.
This is extremely huge, dozens of times bigger than the earth and even bigger than Jupiter.
It¡¯s even bigger than him.
While Fang Yun was watching the ahead, the congressmen along with countless people looked at the-sized snake silhouette above.
¡°Gulp!¡±
On the square below the parliament building, a group of congressmen and the people on the square swallowed their saliva as they watched the scene above.
The situation is very horrible.
Chapter 562: Planet Belen (Part 2)
Chapter 562: Belen (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Above their heads, an extremely terrifying serpent showed its figure, obscuring the sun and the moon and casting darkness onto the entire.
In front of that giant creature, they can¡¯t even be considered dust particles.
This behemoth only needs to wave its head down to destroy the¡¯s surface and extinguish all the creatures on it.
¡°This¡Is this the giant serpent?¡±
On many streets, countless people whispered as they watched the behemoth above. This creature is bigger than anything they ever saw before.
Some people were so frightened that they fell onto the ground, a stream of unknown matter seeped out from their lower body, exuding an unbearable stench.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
After a brief silence, bursts of harsh screams sounded on the street. Many people wanted to escape, but they found that they had nowhere to escape to.
¡°Great Serpent God!!¡±
Suddenly, the burly congressman used the speech amplifier to say.
¡°We have captured the culprit that initiated the hunt against you! Please calm your anger!¡±
The moment he said this, the congressmen behind pushed out the tied-up Synder, pushing him to space in the middle of the square.
¡°Boom!¡±
Snyder heavily fell to the ground. He struggled to look up at the sky, only to meet with a pair of giant gold eyes, calmly overlooking them.
¡°If my death can calm the great serpent, then it¡¯s worth it.¡±
Snyder looked at the titanic serpent above the sky and thought internally,pletely disregarding his life and death.
He has lived long enough, it¡¯spletely cost-effective to use his death to save the seventh heaven.
¡°Great serpent god! Please forgive our sins! We would like to offer you this heinous sinner! Please deal with him as you like!¡±
Suddenly, the congressman holding the speech amplifier kneeled and said, his voice rang out for thousands of kilometers, shaking the buildings and windows within the range of dozens of kilometers.
After seeing this scene, the other congressmen also knelt down one after another.
The people around the square also quickly reacted and kneeled, shouted, and prayed with a pious expression on their faces. It¡¯s unknown whether their expression is true or false.
¡°Great serpent god! We are your most loyal believers!¡±
These people, as if grasping the life straw, started yelling towards Fang Yun in the sky.
Only now did the so-called ¡®Great Serpent God¡¯ figure out what they are talking about.
¡°These guys, are they nning to pray to me as their god? The same trick? Do they really think that I¡®m a pollutant?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the people below sarcastically, his eyes fixed on the congressmen on the grand square below the parliament building. After releasing a cold snort, he slowly raised his head.
The congressmen as well as the group of people on the square were overjoyed upon seeing Fang Yun raising his head, thinking that he forgave them and was ready to leave.
However, in the next moment, the inconceivably big serpent mmed its head towards the below at sub-light speed.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
The huge body of the serpent directly collided with Belem. Using his incalcble mass and strength, he struck the below with terrifying power, breaking the giant into pieces.
¡°The fate of attacking me is only death, there¡¯s no surrender. I also don¡¯t need believers.¡±
Looking at the broken rocks and dust in front of him, Fang Yun thought internally.
After destroying the, he turned around and left. The previous fleets and battleships are rapidly escaping at the moment, no one tried to attack him anymore.
On the same day, the news swept the eighth, sixth, and fifth heavens like a wave.
The seventh heaven¡¯s capital city, Belem, was destroyed by the giant serpent,pletely turned into cosmic dust.
Suddenly, the original order of the Seventh Heaven¡¯s instantly copsed. Many people and civilizations dered themselves as independent kings. The original orderly alliance under the council was no more.
The situation of the seventh heaven quickly deteriorated, turning into internal war. Many bases and Empires dered sovereignty over many gxies andunched wars for more.
Previously, between the various forces under the council, even if they have hatred, they can onlyunch small-scale battles at most, but it has now turned into full-blown wars.
The seventh heaven haspletely fallen into chaos.
Just as the seventh heaven was swept by the fire of war, in a remote corner, space suddenly rippled. From the circr space ripple, a golden behemoth appeared.
The golden behemoth is like a mixture of various creatures. It looked very hideous and disgusting, but its size was jaw-dropping. It was almost 70,000 kilometers long, bigger than mosts.
The appearance of such a huge creature here did not attract much attention, because that ce was remote enough and that creature quickly disappeared afterward without causing anymotion.
¡¡¡¡
It has been a month since Fang Yun destroyed the Belem in the seventh heaven.
In this period of time, the news haspletely spread across several heavens. Many peace-loving or weak civilizations under the protection of the council were frightened by the destruction of the council and mored to rebuild it again.
Only at this time, No one responded to them.
Many people started worrying about their future and the future of the seventh heaven.
Now that the council is gone, the seventh heaven haspletely fallen into chaos. The mes of war have never been so close before. No one knows when they will be affected or killed.
Regarding the situation of the seventh heaven, the sixth, and fifth heavens are still quite concerned.
Not because they are worried about the civilizations and intelligent creatures there, but because the giant serpent might leave the boundaries of the seventh heaven at any time.
Of course, Fang Yun has not left yet, because he knows that there is a fleet from the fifth and sixth heavens that is still searching for him.
This is a very powerful fleet, containing powerful ships from the fourth heaven. Fang Yun wants to have a fight against them in order to gauge the strength of the fourth heaven ships.
This will help him in his next actions and n after entering the fourth heaven.
Chapter 563: Chaos and Death Mission (Part 1)
Chapter 563: Chaos and Death Mission (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Doron, the more time passes, the more I¡¯m convinced thatmander Otto¡¯s decision was wise.¡±
Inside a big co-shared house, Nara said to the grown Doron next to him. Doron also sighed with wonder on his face. He is actually one of the culprits that led to the fame of the giant serpent.
Sometimes, he can¡¯t help but wonder. What would have happened if he didn¡¯t report Drummond¡¯s death and ask the school to take revenge. Would it have led to an entirely different development?
¡°Yeah, if it weren¡¯t for Commander Otto¡¯s original decision, our eighth heaven might have been destroyed or have fallen into war by now.¡±
¡°Sigh¡¡±
Both of them sighed while nodding. Fortunately, they have a wise general who can see through the surface situation and make critical decisions.
At this moment, they are browsing the news about the seventh heaven. ording to thetest news, the seventh heaven is filled with the smoke of wars now.
Fleets in various ces are fighting each other,peting for territory, resources, poptions, and independence!
In addition, many pollutants started acting up. Such a ce is the best environment for them.
In short, the current Seventh Heaven is a war-torn ce. Gone was the peace and prosperity, now it can¡¯t even defend itself.
The council and citizens of the eighth heaven trembled a bit upon receiving the news because they were so close to falling into such chaos before.
Currently,mander Otto, the general who led the vanguard fleet to fight against the giant serpent before has be the highest military figure in the eighth heaven, a war god.
Countless people are grateful for his wise decisions and management that saved the eighth heaven from disaster.
While the people in the Eighth Horizon were celebrating their survival, in the seventh heaven, a giant fleet was galloping across the dark space.
This fleet is the allied fleet led by Lu Ming, and it¡¯s still searching for the giant serpent at this moment.
They received a new order from the top. They must find the giant serpent and contain it in the seventh heaven, the headquarters will continue to send more troops. This is a mission they can¡¯t fail!
The leaders of the fifth and sixth heaven along with their people are very nervous now.
Although there is the sixth heaven between the fifth and seventh heaven, this sixth heaven has no way to stop the giant serpent. They suffer a disastrous loss if the giant serpent is allowed to leave the seventh heaven.
Don¡¯t mention the sixth heaven, even their fifth heaven will suffer greatly if the giant serpent is allowed to enter it.
Of course, the sixth heaven is the most concerned about this matter.
At the moment, countless battleships and starships appeared in the boundary between the seventh and sixth heaven. The sixth heaven even started building bases and transporting Battlestars and fortresses there.
This is to prevent the giant serpent from passing through the boundary and entering their sixth heaven.
In fact, in that boundary, quite a few fifth heaven ships appeared. They also contributed power to stop the giant serpent from moving forward.
Of course, deploying such a massive army and manpower to the boundary has caused a great strain on the sixth heaven, giving the aboriginal pollutants an even greater chance to act and riot.
In short, traces of instability appeared in the sixth heaven. Many low-level civilizations have been either destroyed or enved by various pollutants.
The intelligent creatures of the seventh heaven are miserable, but the citizens of the sixth heaven are also unhappy.
¡°The higher-ups gave us a death mission. We must find the giant serpent before it can leave the seventh heaven!¡±
Lu Ming stood in the control center, speaking to the small leaders and captains of his fleet.
¡°So, everyone must work harder to find the trace of the giant serpent.¡±
¡°There¡¯s no trace of the giant serpent in the boundary between the sixth and seventh heaven, so it¡¯s likely still in the seventh heaven.¡±
Lu Ming had an extremely solemn expression on his face.
¡°The fate of both the sixth and fifth heaven is on the line. Everyone in this fleet is concerned, so everyone must give their best!¡±
¡°I hope that we can all work together to deal with this disaster.¡±
¡°Now I announce that the work time has been doubled! We will turn the detection equipment to the maximum extent at all times! If you find any suspicious object or creature, you must immediately report it! We must let go of any suspicious object!¡±
After the lecture, Lu Ming rubbed his eyebrows, the mission he received is the highest level 1 mission. Which is a mission that must bepleted at all costs, even if he sacrifices the entire fleet! This put him under great pressure.
Of course, if they can find the tracks of the giant serpent, the rewards they will receive will be extremely generous.
¡°This giant serpent is really difficult to handle. I wonder where this monster is hiding now?¡±
Lu Ming had a deep frown on his face.
In fact, even if he didn¡¯t receive the death mission, he would still try his best to find the giant serpent. He has great confidence in his fleet and the fourth heaven¡¯s battleships.
In addition, his best friend died at the hands of the giant serpent. Revenge must be reported!
¡°Gu Li, don¡¯t worry, I will kill that monster for you.¡±
Lu Ming heaved a sigh of relief, his eyes were firm.
¡°Now, the most important thing to do is to find the trace of the giant serpent.¡°
Following Lu Ming¡¯s order, the entire fleet started spreading out, covering a muchrger range than before, looking for any suspicious trace around.
However, what Lu Ming didn¡¯t know was that the giant serpent they were looking for was hiding in the deep space far above them.
¡°Hmph!¡±
In the distant space above, Fang Yun observed the huge fleet below. He quickly spotted the fourth heaven starships he was looking for.
They were quite easy to find as they were quite different from any other ships in the fleet.
Through visual observation, Fang Yun judged that there are roughly 50,000 of these ships in the allied fleet.
This number is insignificant inparison to the rest of the fleet, but considering thebat capabilities of these ships, this number is actually very big.
Of course, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know their specific information and abilities, because he hadn¡¯t fought against them yet.
¡°I have to find a way to swallow this batch of ships.¡±
Chapter 563: Chaos and Death Mission (Part 2)
Chapter 563: Chaos and Death Mission (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun was very excited. From the system¡¯s reminder, each one of these ships can provide him with several billion bio-energy points.
The evolution requirement is getting more and more outrageous. It¡¯s already 3 trillion points now and it will continue to increase exponentially in the future.
Although he gathered more than 1 trillion points now, he still needs a lot of time to gather the rest.
However, if he swallows this fleet, he won¡¯t need to worry about bio-energy for a while. He will directly evolve a few times. Of course, provided that he eats the entire fleet.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that now his reputation value has increased a lot.
At the moment, his reputation value has reached 1.34 trillion points. With the skill points he received, he upgraded ¡°Space Devour¡± a few times.
The range and depth of space that can be devoured have increased by almost ten times. Now, opening his mouth, he can devour everything within the range of ten million kilometers. That means that he can technically devour stars, but he doesn¡¯t dare do so now.
Fang Yun observed the fleet below, quietly creating a suitable attack n.
This ¡°Space Devour¡± skill is very powerful, after all, he can easily use it to devour thousands of ships, and they won¡¯t be able to resist no matter their power. However, the problem is that he can¡¯t get any bio-energy using this skill.
Otherwise, his evolution speed would have been as fast as a rocket.
The fleet underneath, as a whole, is in a square formation, but the ships are more spread out.
¡°Well, let¡¯s try that ce first.¡±
Fang Yun chose an area, which was very close to the small fourth heaven fleet. It¡¯s close enough to attack and also far enough for him to escape.
It wasn¡¯t that Fang Yun was scared, he is just cautious and unwilling to take risks. He knows nothing about the power of these ships after all.
After making up his mind, Fang Yun got closer to there. This is of course with the help of the giant turtle, his most important and trusty ally.
Soon, they reached the area that Fang Yun had previously selected, but the ships in that area are still acting as usual. They didn¡¯t detect anything.
¡°By the way, can we use the special detectors to scan the surrounding area now?¡±
In the control center of themand ship, Lu Ming suddenly remembered something. He suddenly asked a soldier next to him, and the soldier immediately replied.
¡°Commander, the special detector is ready. It can be used at any time.¡±
This detector is very special as it can detect the fluctuations hidden in the depth of space, but it requires a tremendous amount of energy every time it¡¯s turned on.
Without a reliable station to recover energy, it¡¯s a big burden on their fleet. They can only use it asionally.
¡°Hum!!¡±
Next to themand center, inside a big cold room, a huge instrument was turned on. The sound of buzzing continuously sounded in this room, making the staff very ufortable. They worked in this incredibly cold room that can instantly freeze a mortal for five days, without rest.
Their line of work is very hard and tiring, they must rx from time to time otherwise their body will start breaking down. It doesn¡¯t matter that they are gically enhanced superhumans.
Even so, thew stiptes that no one can work in this line for more than ten years, otherwise, their lifespan will be affected.
Soon, this machine began to run at full capacity, scanning the surrounding area. Because the object they are searching for has been set in advance, they quickly filtered through all irrelevant organisms, searching for the target.
¡°Have you still not found anything?¡±
Lu Ming can also directly see the results of the scan.
Seeing the empty scan, the look of disappointment on his face couldn¡¯t be hidden, but his expression soon froze after.
¡°This¡ have you found the target organism?¡±
He couldn¡¯t hide his surprise. Of course, it¡¯s not certain that it¡¯s the great serpent. They only found a suspicious object now, they have to conduct a more detailed search to determine whether it¡¯s their target or not.
A few momentster, the shape of the suspicious object was gradually mapped out.
¡°Serpent!!!¡±
After seeing the shape of the suspicious creature, Lu Ming eximed. He quickly gave orders to the fleet.
¡°25th Fleet! Listen to my order! the giant serpent is approaching your location, immediately organize manpower and trap it!¡±
Afterward, he quickly gave orders to the rest of the fleet, preparing to give a fatal blow to the serpent.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The moment Fang Yun jumped out of the deep space, what greeted him was fierce artillery andser attacks. All kinds of attacks fell on Fang Yun¡¯s body, creating countless shallow blood pits on him, turning him into a ¡®pseudo moon¡¯.
Thankfully, his body strength is extremely high right now, after all, he has experienced over 100 evolutions. Even the hardest alloys are like fragile paperpared to his scales.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun roared angrily. He furiously nced at the big fleet, then quickly turned around and ran away.
¡°Damn it! My whereabouts have been discovered!¡±
Fang Yun had a look of disbelief. His stealth tactic has always been sessful. Since the giant turtle had unlocked its stealth abilities, they had been rampant across several heavens, this is the first time the stealth n failed.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
While fleeing, a lot of energy and material attacks fell on Fang Yun¡¯s body, blowing a quarter of his body and severely injuring him. Fortunately, the injury is not life-threatening. He can quickly recuperate.
¡°Bastard thing! Chase behind! We can¡¯t allow that monster to escape!¡±
In themand ship, Lu Ming immediately issued the order to chase and said.
¡°All teams assume the sharp sword formation! Use your maximum speed to chase the giant serpent!¡±
The captains of all the teams and small fleets responded together. At the next moment, the big fleets started galloping forward.
In the process of flying, the fleet¡¯s formation quickly transformed into a flying sword, causing its speed to increase several times. A momentter, the fleet disappeared into the dark space.
¡°Sh*t¡¡±
In the process of fleeing, Fang Yun was paying attention to the situation behind. He naturally detected the chasing fleet and their increase in speed.
¡°Damn it, they actually chased me!¡±
A cold light shed across Fang Yun¡¯s pupils. Does he look that easy to bully?
The previous ident was due to his rashness, carelessness, and overconfidence in his stealth, causing him to get injured and flee. Do these guys think he is afraid of them?
He certainly can¡¯t fight the fleet head-on now, but he can use gueri and harassment tactics¡
Fang Yun smiled coldly. He started thinking about how to use this opportunity to get revenge on these guys.
¡°Woo!!¡±
Suddenly, the giant turtle appeared next to Fang Yun¡¯s side and whimpered while looking at his injuries. It seemed to think that Fang Yun got injured because of its ipetence, causing it to me itself.
Fang Yun gently touched the body of the giant turtle, telling it to not me itself. Even he didn¡¯t expect such a thing to happen.
It was due to his overconfidence and arrogance.
¡°The speed of the giant turtle is a bit slow.¡±
Fang Yun wrapped the giant turtle with his tail, then quickly flew forward. Because the giant turtle¡¯s body isn¡¯t as strong as Fang Yun¡¯s body, he couldn¡¯t use his maximum speed.
Even so, he quickly threw the fleet chasing behind in the dust. Fang Yun¡¯s speed has long surpassed the limits of the material universe. By condensing a space field around him, his speed can reach a terrifying level.
During this period, Fang Yun took a turn, then approached from the side of the fleet. Since they have a way to detect him, then there¡¯s no need to bring the giant turtle.
After putting the giant turtle in a safe ce, Fang Yun started acting alone.
Of course, he isn¡¯t nning to fight head-on against the fleet. He is nning to use gueri and harassment tactics against the fleet relying on his speed.
Chapter 564: Fourth Heaven Ships and Guerilla Warfare (Part 1)
Chapter 564: Fourth Heaven Ships and Gueri Warfare (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boom!¡±
At the very end of a huge fleet, a giant serpent suddenly rushed out and devoured thousands of spaceships.
¡°Enemy attack! Enemy attack!¡±
The moment Fang Yun appeared, sirens and harsh rms rang through the fleet, instantly informing the fleet of the appearance of the serpent behemoth.
This serpent is extremely big. It had a length of over a hundred thousand kilometers and a diameter of thousands of kilometers. Ordinary creatures can¡¯t even be considered bacteria in front of it.
The mere presence of this behemoth exerted incredible pressure on the fleet, especially those pairs of huge golden pupils. They shone through the darkness like two giant suns.
¡°Attack!¡±
At the center of the fleet, Lu Ming immediately noticed Fang Yun¡¯s appearance. Without the slightest hesitation, he gave the order tounch an attack.
¡°This monster actually made a detour and came behind us.¡±
Lu Ming was a bit shocked. The giant serpent¡¯s actions showed its wisdom and cautiousness, taking the battle situation out of control.
He particrly hates this kind of situation out of his control.
¡°Damn it, if it wasn¡¯t for our special detector¡¯s use restrictions. You would never be so arrogant!¡±
Lu Ming cursed under his breath. After taking a deep breath, he calmed down and coldly watched the holographic screen in front of him, on which was the battle scene of the giant serpent against the fleet.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
All kinds of attacks were fired at Fang Yun. To be honest, the artillery attacks from ordinary ships are useless to him. They can¡¯t cause substantial damage.
However, these fleets consist of many advanced and powerful ships, especially the ships of the fourth heaven. Their attacks are different from those of the rest of the fleet.
They released some kind of green fissure energy attack. This energy attack is dozens of times more explosive and powerful than the rest of the ships. Not to mention the terrifying temperature they exuded. Fang Yun felt that even bathing in the core of a star is easier than receiving those attacks.
¡°Damn it, the firepower of those ships is too fierce.¡±
Fang Yun nced at the location of the fourth heaven ships with a look of fury. He quickly used ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± to destroy the surrounding fleets.
After destroying thousands of ships around him, he quickly fled away.
In this trial battle, Fang Yun destroyed more than 30,000 ships. Although most of them were ordinary ships and had no effect on the fleet as a whole, he still gave many soldiers a sense of oppression, even causing many of them to have anxiety and other mental problems.
This is mostly because most of them couldn¡¯t cause any damage to the giant serpent. Most of the ordinary ships were barely able to create a few dozen meters wide wounds on the giant serpent.
However, these wounds are insignificant. Even the gullies between the serpent¡¯s scales are much bigger. Their damage can¡¯t even be considered as a scratch!
Basically, the fourth heaven ships were the lead attacker this time, the ordinary ships are nothing more than cannon fodder.
But at any rate, the giant serpent was repulsed, so even if many people are worried, there¡¯s no major problem.
¡°Haah!¡±
In themand ship, Lu Ming heaved a sigh of relief upon seeing the giant serpent fleeing. However, he fell silent the next moment, guessing when the giant serpent would attack them next time.
He does not doubt that this giant serpent will attack them again. This monster has a high IQ and from its past actions, it¡¯s adamant about fighting them. It¡¯s using an ancient mode ofbat that was passed on since ancient times.
That is guerri warfare.
¡°Commander, I¡¯m afraid that this giant serpent is nning to use gueri warfare against us.¡±
Suddenly, Lu Ming¡¯s adjutant walked up and said solemnly to him. What they fear most now is that the giant serpent uses this tactic.
The giant serpent holds the initiative due to its mobility and stealth. Most importantly, their special detectors can¡¯t be used lightly, as their energy can easily run out.
¡°Did you send back the news?¡±
Lu Ming did not answer his adjutant¡¯s problem but asked him another thing.
¡°Commander, the news has been sent back.¡±
¡°The higher-ups told us to hold the giant serpent for as long as possible. They are going to send the main army this time.¡±
¡°Oh?¡±
Lu Ming raised his brows and said to his adjutant,
¡°So, what¡¯s the situation now? I mean our fifth heaven.¡±
¡°If they send the main army this time, I¡¯m afraid that our fifth heaven will fall into a very bad situation. Chaos is just the beginning.¡±
Lu Ming had a solemn expression as he said this. The adjutant fell silent.
There¡¯s a lot of pollutants in their fifth heaven, either taking sovereignty of a certain gxy or being trapped in a certain area. They generally don¡¯t cause too much trouble due to the supervision and suppression of special fleets, but now that all special fleets are being convened, they will certainly take this opportunity to cause trouble.
¡°This¡yes.¡±
After pausing for a moment, the adjutant hesitated and said. He certainly understood themander¡¯s meaning, but he still didn¡¯t talk too much about this problem in the end.
¡°Send a message to the higher-ups. Tell them to rest assured, I will definitely drag the giant serpent until the reinforcements arrive.¡±
¡°Even if I fight to the death, I will not let this monster cross the boundary line!¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
After hearing Lu Ming¡¯s bold promation, the adjutant felt his blood surging up. In the next moment, he turned around and quickly walked to themunication room to send the message.
¡¡¡
After Fang Yun left, he found a ce to heal his injuries. He knew that he still couldn¡¯t fight head-on against the ships of the fourth heaven small fleet. His only way out is gueri warfare.
About a weekter, Fang Yunpletely healed his wounds and adjusted his state to the best shape again. From that day on, Fang Yun carried out sessive attacks on the fleet.
The entire fleet was depressed because of Fang Yun¡¯s harassment. The giant serpent always appears out of nowhere,unches a mad attack on them, then quickly flees away before they have the chance to encircle it.
Apart from the first time where Fang Yun was discovered due to carelessness, he wasn¡¯t found in the next wave of attacks.
He still relied on the giant turtle¡¯s stealth, but this time he was much more cautious, not daring to stay next to the fleet for too long, because he didn¡¯t know when they would use their special detector.
After a thunder-like attack, he quickly escapes every time. The fleet suffered greatly due to him.
Chapter 564: Fourth Heaven Ships and Guerilla Warfare (Part 2)
Chapter 564: Fourth Heaven Ships and Gueri Warfare (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The number of ships in the entire fleet dropped drastically, and as ast resort, they could only periodically use the special detector, even if it costs a lot of energy.
On one asion, they found Fang Yun¡¯s trace, then immediatelyunched an attack on him. Fortunately, Fang Yun quickly reacted and used ¡°Space Barrier¡±, deflecting most attacks.
Some of the remaining attacks fell on his body, but they did not cause him any serious trouble. In the end, he managed to escape.
¡°Commander, what shall we do now?¡±
Lu Ming¡¯s adjutant asked him. The most difficult time has arrived, and this is the scene they least wanted to see.
That giant serpent knows how to proficiently use gueri tactics, and it¡¯s slowly eating away at their fleet. If things continue like this, their fleet is going to be weaker and weaker, until it¡¯spletely eaten.
¡°Now, how many times can our special detector be used at most?¡±
Lu Ming asked his adjutant. What they need most now is to find the location of the giant serpent so that they canunch a vicious attack on it.
He could see that the giant serpent isn¡¯t invincible, but only the powerful ships of the fourth heaven could inflict fatal injuries on it.
It¡¯s a pity that they don¡¯t have many of these powerful ships in their fleet. Furthermore, under the targeted attacks of the giant serpent, they lost many of them. Only 35,000 of those ships remain.
¡°It can be used up to one hundred and eighty-three times.¡±
The adjutant replied.
¡°Commander, are you nning to use the detector to track the escape route of the giant serpent?¡±
¡°Yeah.¡± Lu Ming nodded, ¡± We have to catch up with that monster. Otherwise, we will only be a target for that monster to attack and consume.¡±
Although their fleet can cause some damage to that giant serpent every time, it¡¯s not fatal. Most importantly, the giant serpent heals up to peak condition before returning every time.
¡°Yeah.¡±
The adjutant nodded, then reminded, ¡°Commander, although the special detector can be used more than 180 times, it¡¯s not only energy-consuming, it¡¯s also very harmful to our soldiers.¡±
¡°They will be awarded the Imperial Hero Medal.¡± After a moment of silence, Lu Ming suddenly said.
Upon hearing this, the adjutant didn¡¯t talk anymore. He saluted Lu Ming and then went to the other side.
The detector on themand ship started to operate again, looking for the traces of the giant serpent. Soon they found some of the traces it left while escaping, then followed it.
When the fleet started following behind, Fang Yun immediately sensed it. The number of ships in that fleet is too high, each one of their movements can cause a greatmotion. Moreover, Fang Yun is less than a light-year away from that fleet, so it¡¯s not difficult to sense their movements.
This made it extremely hard for the fleet to catch up with Fang Yun. Even if they increased their speed to the maximum, they couldn¡¯t catch up no matter how hard they chased.
The chase continued as the fleet never relented. Eventually, they reached the edge of the seventh heaven.
During this period of time, Fang Yun had always wondered whether to leave the seventh heaven. It seems that he can do so soon.
Lu Ming and others behind Fang Yun were particrly troubled. They have to constantly use the special detector to keep following the traces left behind by Fang Yun, but the problem is that their speed isn¡¯t high enough to catch up with him.
Therefore, even if they found Fang Yun¡¯s trail, they weren¡¯t able to catch up with him, wasting their energy with achieving any result.
However, if they don¡¯t use the special detector, they wouldn¡¯t be able to find Fang Yun¡¯s trail at all.
This caused them to be caught in a dilemma.
¡°The problem is that we still have few high-level ships.¡±
Lu Ming shook his head and sighed. If their fleet was entirelyposed of the fourth heaven ships, they won¡¯t have to worry about the great serpent¡¯s attack.
They could in fact carry out an anti-kill on the giant serpent and immediately kill it, unfortunately¡
¡°Commander, we are not far from the boundary of the seventh and sixth heavens.¡±
The adjutant reminded Lu Ming.
Lu Ming¡¯s heart was filled with irritation as he heard this. He knew that they had to deal with the giant serpent as soon as possible. Unfortunately, they don¡¯t have any solution for the moment.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Lu Ming cursed bitterly. Suddenly, a piercing siren resounded through the control center.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Lu Ming was startled at first, but he quickly recovered. He hurriedly shouted at the crew in charge of the control board.
¡°Has the giant serpent appeared?¡±
A soldier not far away immediately reported.
¡°Commander, the giant serpent has appeared again. This time, it¡¯s attacking the fourth heaven¡¯s ships we brought.¡±
¡°Stop it! Quickly surround and suppress it!¡±
Lu Ming screamed frantically, then said to a crew member not far away.
¡°Immediately show the image over there to me!¡±
A holographic projection appeared in front of him. On the projection, the giant serpent could be seen madly attacking a slightly different small fleet. The fourth heaven fleet.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
The giant serpent was attacking the surrounding ships frantically, using his most powerful energy skill ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± to destroy as many ships as possible.
¡°This bastard!¡±
Looking at the giant serpent that seemed to be unstoppable, Lu Ming clenched his teeth. He noticed that in just a short period, they lost almost a thousand top-level battleships.
If this continues, their fleet will be over soon.
¡°Boom!¡±
In the end, Fang Yun ended his attack and slipped away generously, right before they could surround him.
¡°It¡¯s almost certain now.¡±
After Fang Yun left, he started pondering on his n.
¡°Now I don¡¯t have to hide anymore. Anyway, I can just head towards the sixth heaven.¡±
¡°The sixth heaven shouldn¡¯t have these top ships from the fourth heaven, and even if they have it, the quantity should be very small. Anyway, the danger of going to the sixth heaven is very minimal now ¡°
Fang Yun analyzed. After that, he called the giant turtle, then the two of them headed towards the sixth heaven.
At the moment, they are on the edge of the seventh heaven. As long as they cross a few more gxies, they will reach the edge of the seventh heaven.
Not long after Fang Yun and the giant turtle rushed towards the sixth heaven, Lu Ming and his fleet discovered it while following their trail. This caused them to be very anxious.
¡°We absolutely must stop them from entering the sixth heaven!¡±
Lu Ming shouted loudly. Everyone in the fleet had solemn expressions. Especially the fleet from the sixth heaven, they had a nervous and anxious expression.
At this moment, they all wished to stop the giant serpent, then fight it till the end.
Even if they die, they mustn¡¯t allow that monster to easily enter their territory.
It¡¯s a pity that Fang Yun had taken the lead this time. He had given up on fighting against them and even often changed courses, making it almost impossible for them to catch him.
Soon after, Fang Yun and the giant turtle reached the boundary between the sixth and seventh heaven.
Chapter 565: Leaving the Seventh Heaven (Part 1)
Chapter 565: Leaving the Seventh Heaven (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The leaders of the sixth heaven have already received the news, knowing that the giant serpent has reached the boundary. In response, they dispatched even more spaceships and defense fleets, guarding the boundary day and night.
At this critical time, the sixth heaven haspletely entered a war-ready state. They evenpletely gave up on many areas, giving the trapped pollutants and star beasts freedom and causing them to riot.
Almost all military ships in the sixth heaven have been dispatched to the border. Hundreds of millions of elite soldiers, whether they are veterans or recruits have been pulled up as the crew of these ships.
The same is true for the fifth heaven.
They sent a lot of ships to the boundary, almost emptying the local forces. Furthermore, they were still vigorously buying advanced ships from the higher heavens.
In fact, the giant serpent has long since attracted the attention of those higher heavens, but up to now, they still haven¡¯t decided whether to send troops to deal with it or not.
However, they opened the door of convenience at this time, allowing the sixth and fifth heavens to buy some of their ships at a reasonable price.
These two heavens have spent countless resources on military weapons, preparing to deal with the iing fearsome enemy and eradicate it once and for all!
On the boundary line, they have assembled more than 30 million battleships, including millions of advanced ships from the fourth heaven, millions of Battlestars andary fortresses, and thousands of special detectors.
These detectors have abundant energy as support and can conduct high-frequency detection. The two heavens transformed the boundary into a true steel fortress. If the giant serpent dares to appear, they can trap it here and deal with it once and for all.
Of course, if the giant serpent can bypass the defense line, then the sixth and fifth heavens are over.
They have basically used most of their free resources to exchange for military weapons. Even if they manage to kill the giant serpent, they can only dedicate its body to the higher heavens.
They are at a loss whether they win or lose.
More importantly, now that the two heavens have used most of their resources, their future has be extremely bleak.
They must abandon the majority of their current territory and embark on an exploratory journey in those ruined or deste domains.
The deste domains are basically an extremelyrge group of unexplored or destroyed heavens. However, they need to pass through untold dangerous ces to reach them, cruising through barren zones and exploring the dangerous wastnds.
No one truly knows how big the barren zones or how many deste domains are there. They might cruise for eons through the barren zones without reaching a habitable domain. Eventually, their energy might run out, leaving them with empty spaceship shells.
The two heavens are naturally reluctant to squander their resources and rush through such a risky journey, but they have no choice, the giant serpent has surpassed any powerful creature they ever dealt with, making it their most powerful enemy.
The two heavens higher-ups don¡¯t want to die like those of the seventh heaven, reducing their heaven to a barbaric ce where warlords and kings rage wars everywhere.
It¡¯s said that the eighth heaven fleets are in a state of preparation, waiting for the right opportunity to attack the seventh heaven and take a part of the pie.
Countless civilizations across the eighth heaven were excited.
During the battle against the giant serpent in the past, they obtained a lot of advanced battleship blueprints from the seventh, sixth, and fifth heaven, which they used to bridge the gap of topbat power between them and the seventh heaven.
Although there¡¯s still a gap between them and the seventh heaven¡¯s top ships, the gap isn¡¯t very big, it can be easily bridged by numbers. This gave them the confidence to take a part of the pie.
The higher-ups of the eighth heaven want to take their homnd to the next level, so naturally, they need to send troops to the Seventh Heaven. Not only to upy the territory but also to take advantage of the chaos to gain more benefits.
After all, they haven¡¯t obtained many advanced technologies from the seventh heaven yet.
However, this enthusiasm has indeed been extinguished a lot recently.
¡°Doron, I heard that Commander Otto hase out and asked the parliament to suspend the attack on the seventh heaven.¡±
Inside a wide living room, Nara, who was sitting on the sofa, said to Doron who was sitting near the window not far away.
¡°Commander Otto has his own considerations.¡±
Doron said without even thinking about it, ¡°Actually, he is right. Think about it. If the giant serpent regards the seventh heaven as its own trophy or territory, attacking it would be a provocation to it.¡±
¡°The giant serpent didn¡¯t bother to deal with the eighth heaven, but this doesn¡¯t mean that we can act presumptuously. If we act without thinking, it might lead to our destruction.¡±
Doron told Nara what he heard, to which Nara nodded in agreement.
¡°Commander Otto is thoughtful.¡±
¡°I hope the top leaders can keep their greed and listen tomander Otto this time. If we annoy the great serpent, the consequences will be unimaginable.¡±
Thinking of the misery of those people in the seventh heaven, Nara sighed internally. He hoped that no matter what, such a situation must never ur in their eighth heaven.
The seventh heaven is still in civil strife, and the current civil strife has reached an extremely high intensity. Battles of all sizes are urring everywhere.
It¡¯s unknown how long this chaos willst.
Many influential people in the seventh heaven tried to gather people and stop the conflicts, but they couldn¡¯t convince the crowd. Not many people listened to them.
Under such circumstances, Fang Yun had already left the seventh heaven. In fact, not long after his departure, the news spread.
After all, quite a few civilizations have migrated to the boundary between the sixth and seventh heaven, trying to hide away from the conflicts and wars.
However, by chance or ident, they have found the traces of the giant serpent.
¡°The great serpent has left the seventh heaven.¡±
Such news swept through the entire seventh heaven like lightning. Many people cheered loudly. After the giant serpent left, the pressure they need to bear became much smaller.
At this critical time, more people havee forward to call for peace and the re-establishment of the council, but this is impossible to achieve in a short time.
In fact, many of those people that came forward have been killed.
Chapter 565: Leaving the Seventh Heaven (Part 2)
Chapter 565: Leaving the Seventh Heaven (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about these things. He doesn¡¯t hold the slightest regard for the seventh heaven now. His current goal is to cross the defensive line, cross the sixth and fifth heaven, and see what these powerful heavens like the fourth heaven and up are like.
Now, Fang Yun has a better understanding of the higher-level heavens. He knows that the strength difference between the seventh, sixth, and fifth isn¡¯t very big, but the difference in strength between them and the fourth heaven is very wide.
Lu Ming¡¯s allied fleet is still chasing Fang Yun from behind, but they were never able to catch up with him due to the speed difference.
Now, Fang Yun has already entered the boundary. There are basically nos or stars in this kind of ce, just a cold void. Fang Yun is able to easily cross this kind of deste space due to his tyrannical strength.
Even so, it took him two years to arrive in the territory of the sixth heaven.
It¡¯s just that he hadn¡¯t reached the defense line of the sixth heaven. Fang Yun naturally knows of their existence and is quite wary of them.
If he rushes recklessly forward, he will definitely fall into the encirclement of the defense line. What would wee him then will be countless powerful attacks¡
His reputation value has had an extremely terrifying increase in these two years, surpassing 1.6 trillion points.
Considering that he does receive skill points every 40 billion reputation points increase, he has received a lot.
His total skill points have surpassed 1200. From which he used 500 skill points to max out ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡±.
In addition, he upgraded ¡°Space Devour¡± to the fourth level.
With the addition of these two skills, his strength has increased almost tenfold. Most importantly, his reputation value is still increasing at a rapid pace.
The majority of his reputation was harvested from the intelligent creatures of the sixth heaven because they are the most likely to be affected next, creating widespread panic.
Lu Ming and his fleet passed through a special channel, directly traversing space, reaching the defensive line before Fang Yun, and then converging with therge forces.
The fleet¡¯s soldiers didn¡¯t even have time to rest before getting dispatched as guards again.
Everyone is waiting for the giant serpent¡¯s arrival. In such a tormenting wait, everyone felt nervous and restless.
This kind of suffering even made them hope that the serpent will appear soon so that they can end this disaster.
The army on the defensive line scattered a lot of monitors in the deserted area in front. As long as the great serpent appears, the rm will immediately ring, notifying the fleet and prompting them of the great serpent¡¯s location.
At this time, the giant serpent that everyone was looking for is leading hispanion, the great turtle, and moving across the void.
His current strength has greatly increased, so he doesn¡¯t have to worry as much about the difficulties and battles he is going to face next. However, he is naturally cautious, so he is nning to scout the enemy¡¯s strength before deciding on how to break through the defense line.
During this period, he also wandered around the defense line, making sure to keep his distance. Fortunately, there weren¡¯t any special detectors in that area, hence his presence wasn¡¯t discovered.
Through careful observation, Fang Yun found out that this defense line is indeed too strong.
Moreover, ording to his guess, the area he checked isn¡¯t the strongest. The most powerful area of the defensive line is the area where the space bases have been built.
There are countless ships, space fortresses, and space weapons there. Not to mention the hundreds of special detectors.
After roughly assessing the number and power of the ships and weapons in the defense line, Fang Yun was sure that this is basically all the military power of the sixth and fifth heaven.
As long as he can withstand this wave of attack and breaks through this line of defense, the sixth and fifth heaven will be free for him to gallop.
Fang Yun pondered on how to deal with this line of defense. First of all, in order to confidently breakthrough, he needs to evolve several times.
To do that, he doesn¡¯t need to hide secretly. He can directly attack them and devour countless ships and weapons.
The defense line is too long, and to be honest, there are gaps in many ces. Of course, Fang Yun knows that these gaps are filled with detectors. They are traps.
As long as he passes through those ces, he will be immediately noticed, then the defense line will quickly encircle and suppress him. These gaps are even more dangerous than normal defense areas.
After thinking for a while, Fang Yun came up with a feasible battle n and immediately acted on it.
First of all, he attacked a certain section of the defense line. This section is neither the strongest filled with bases and fortresses nor is it those gaps.
The moment he appeared, he was discovered by the soldiers in the defense line.
¡°Serpent, it¡¯s the giant serpent!!¡±
Coincidentally, the army responsible for this defense zone is that of Lu Ming. Their previous allied fleet had been disbanded.
Now they have been fully organized into one of the defense line fleets.
Upon encountering the great serpent, themander of this small fleet immediately thought of asking Lu Ming for help, but then he remembered his current state.
The current Lu Ming is still working as a fleetmander, but now he is much more decadent than before.
His power became fragmented. Different from the million ships fleet he led before, he is in charge of a 100,000 battleship fleet now, none of which are from the fourth heaven.
However, this is not his source of pain. His mind is currently filled with negative emotion towards the great serpent. It has be his obsession.
The fear and impact Fang Yun brought him are too big, shaking his faith and fighting spirit.
He isn¡¯t even sure whether that monster is something that mortals can touch.
It felt invincible to him.
Suddenly, Lu Ming received the call for help. In the next moment, he reacted and started giving the order to march towards the source of the disturbance.
Chapter 566: Evolution and New Skills (Part 1)
Chapter 566: Evolution and New Skills (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
While giving orders to the army, Lu Ming also called for help from the Command Center of the defense line. No matter how unwilling he is, he knows that they can¡¯t stop the giant serpent with their meager power.
They are at most a slightly more crunchy snack.
While thinking about this, he quickly flew towards the area that asked for support. Along the way, he saw that countless ships from various defense zones were flying towards that area.
Even if the soldiers in those ships are afraid of the giant serpent, they still have to go to the ce that requested support.
Not to mention the punishment for refusing to support them. They can¡¯t shrink in the face of this extreme danger, because if the giant serpent is allowed to enter the sixth heaven, it will be a disaster for both the fifth and sixth heavens.
In this situation, no one will shirk due to fear. They must band and work together to deal with that terrifying creature.
Lu Ming soon arrived at the danger zone. However, he discovered that the ships in this area have been devoured by an extremely giant serpent, leaving only this dangerous creature in this area.
The giant serpent is 150,000 kilometers long, almost as big as a star.s look extremely small inparison to it. This is the famous great serpent, the creature that struck terror in the souls of countless creatures.
¡°Attack!¡±
After a moment of daze, Lu Ming shouted angrily. He looked furiously at the gigantic creature on the screen as if looking at a fated rival or a deadly enemy.
The soldiers immediately followed his order andunched an attack on the monster.
Countless attacks flew towards the giant serpent, but they were deflected by the twisted space around it.
¡°Roar!!¡±
The giant serpent roared at the iing fleets, then immediately flew towards them. The visual impact was no less than dozens ofs flying towards them.
Countless attacks flew towards Fang Yun, but none could deal enough damage to him. The only ship that could leave big injuries and cause effective damage on Fang Yun is Lu Ming¡¯smand ship. Unfortunately, being the only one, it couldn¡¯t threaten him.
¡°Damn it, is this monster unkible?¡±
Lu Ming yelled angrily as he saw the giant serpent frantically rushing towards them.
¡°Hide!¡±
As ast resort, Lu Ming gave this order. His fists clenched, obviously dissatisfied with such an order.
¡°Whoosh!!¡±
The ship flew amidst the fleet, dodging the giant serpent¡¯s bite. All the nearby ships didn¡¯t waste this chance and continuouslyunched an attack on the great serpent.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that most of Lu Ming¡¯s fleet has arrived. Along with many other small fleets, hundreds of thousands of ships gathered.
¡°As long as I eat a few more spaceships, I will evolve.¡±
Fang Yun looked overjoyed. Most of these ships are ordinary A-ss battleships from the sixth and fifth heaven. They can¡¯t pose the slightest threat to him. He can eat as much as possible, then run away before the big forces arrive.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Seeing that Lu Ming¡¯smand ship had escaped, Fang Yun used ¡°Gamma-Ray Burst¡± to destroy the ships on the left, then started devouring the ones on the right.
With the assistance of ¡°Space Barrier¡±, more than 90% of the attacks were deflected, leaving the few percent of attacks that could touch him.
However, as mentioned before, Fang Yun¡¯s physical defensive power is extremely high. The attacks of these ships could hardly cause any serious damage to him.
Soon, Fang Yun devoured over 5000 battleships. He needs only a bit more bio-energy to evolve, but as an extremely experienced war veteran and cautious space behemoth, he knew that he mustn¡¯t be caught in greed.
He noticed that a huge fleet was approaching. The giant turtle not far away is starting to feel especially uneasy. So, he suppressed the urge to continue hunting and took the giant turtle to escape.
¡°Hah¡¡±
After escaping for a full light-year, Fang Yun stopped. Although he still needs some bio-energy to evolve, it was still a bumper harvest this time. From the 3 trillion points required, less than a billion remain.
As long as he eats a few mores, this goal can be fulfilled.
Fang Yun wandered around the edge of the boundary, looking for a remote deste, then devoured them. In this way, more than half a month has passed.
Although he is still in the boundary, he is already on the edge of the sixth heaven, some wandering destes can be asionally seen. Even so, their number is too small. Most of the past half a month has been spent searching for them.
Fortunately, he can finally evolve. After looking for a remote and quiet ce, Fang Yun chose to start the evolution.
In just a few days, the evolution was over. After this evolution, his length reached 250,000 kilometers. His diameter has also reached 10,000 kilometers. His size has almost doubled.
The current him can casually devours, without the need for any skill or ability.
¡°Not bad.¡±
Fang Yun is very satisfied with his body size, but he looked forward even more to the moment his size reaches the million kilometers mark.
The diameter of the earth¡¯s sun is about 1.3 million kilometers. If he can reach such a size, he might finally be able to devour stars.
Of course, this is also uncertain, because the energy of stars is countless times more violent and dangerous than that ofs. Who knows if they suddenly explode when he starts to devour them or maybe copse into neutron stars or ck holes. It¡¯s too dangerous.
However, Fang Yun is still nning to try devouring one in the near future. The massive bio-energy that stars provide is necessary for his subsequent evolution. He had long been greedy for them.
For example, a medium-sized can provide Fang Yun with about 100 million biological energy. However, even the smallest of stars is worth at least 10 billion points. Stars about the size of the sun can provide hundreds of billions of points and the bigger ones can provide trillions of points!
It¡¯s just that every time Fang Yun thought about devouring a star of that level, an extreme sense of crisis appeared in his heart, forcing him to shelf his desire.
While Fang Yun was thinking about this, he suddenly noticed that new skills have appeared after this evolution.
Two skills appeared this time.
One of them is the advanced version of Gamma-Ray Burst¡±. It¡¯s called ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡±
If it¡¯s upgraded to the highest level, its power will be equivalent to a supernova. That is the power to reduce everything within the range of a few billion kilometers to a ruin!
This level of power is at the top of natural disasters in the entire universe!
Chapter 566: Evolution and New Skills (Part 2)
Chapter 566: Evolution and New Skills (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Although ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡± is an extremely powerful skill, its skill points requirement is the highest so far. This skill needs 400 skill points for the first upgrade, and for each subsequent upgrade, it needs 100 more points.
This is a big skill points consumer.
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but lick his lips as he looked at this skill. The other skill is a devour-type skill. It¡¯s the advanced version of ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡±. ¡°Super ck Hole¡±.
This skill is very straightforward. It¡¯s almost the same as ¡°Annihtion ck Hole¡± except that its size and gravitational power are much higher.
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes lit up upon seeing this skill because he needs it to bring his devouring power to the next level. ¡°Devouring The Heavens¡± has limited potential as a talent skill and ¡°Space Devour¡± can¡¯t give him bio-energy.
His devouring speed can¡¯t keep with his growth. If this continues, physically devourings and giant objects will be more cost-effective and faster than using skills.
Fortunately, ¡°Super ck Holes¡± appeared. This is just the right skill to bring his devouring speed to the next level.
¡°Hah¡¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh. Just like ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡±, this skill requires a lot of skill points to upgrade.
¡°Skill points! Skill points!¡±
Fang Yun muttered internally. His size might have greatly increased, but he stillcks skill points.
¡°Hah¡¡±
Thinking of this, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help sighing. Unfortunately, he doesn¡¯t have any fast way to get a lot of skill points. In terms of reputation value, it¡¯s already rapidly increasing, but it¡¯s still not enough. The only way to get it to increase faster is to cause amotion in the higher and more powerful heavens.
After all, the higher and more powerful the heaven, therger their territory and poption.
After Fang Yun had adjusted to his increased size and power, he headed towards the defense line two dayster.
Now he needs more bio-energy points and reputation points. The only way to quickly get them is to attack and devour the defense line¡¯s fleets.
Now, whether it¡¯s the eighth, seventh, sixth, or the fifth heaven. All of them and their civilizations are still very concerned about Fang Yun and his news
All of them are closely watching his movements.
Needless to say, the sixth and fifth heaven¡¯s civilizations are concerned about their safety and future. As for the eighth and seventh, they are still concerned about this behemoth that greatly changed their lives.
Fang Yun returned to the defensive line again and carried out another sneak attack. This time, Fang Yun retreated calmly after devouring about 5000 spaceships.
Due to his swift actions, therge forces couldn¡¯t reach him before he retreated.
Next, Fang Yun slowly consumed the forces of the defense line. He kept periodically attacking the defensive line. He curbed his greed and devoured only about 5000 ships each time, not giving therge forces enough time to reach him.
In a blink of an eye, he continuously fought against this defensive line for a year.
In this year, information about him continuously flew across the fourth big heavens.
¡°Doron, the fifth heaven and the sixth heaven won¡¯t be able to hold on for much longer.¡±
After reading thetest news article, Nara said to Doron while eating lunch.
¡°That monster has continuously harassed the defensive line for a whole year, eating tens of millions of ships. It could have entered the sixth heaven a long time ago, but it didn¡¯t¡¡±
Nara sighed deeply, then said to Doron.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect this giant serpent to reach this point. Compared to the time we fought against it, this great serpent is thousands of times more powerful¡±
¡°Yeah, its strength is indeed a world of difference from the first time it appeared¡±
After eating some sort of animal meat, Doron said to Nara. A look of reminiscence appeared on his face.
¡°ording to the academy of science. It¡¯s a type of extremely rare pollutant, called pollutant X. This type of pollutant can grow extremely quickly under dangerous circumstances.¡±
¡°However, over tens of thousands of years, all recorded pollutants of this type have a growth limit. Their growth speed might be fast, but they have their limits. On the other hand, the giant serpent is like a creature with no limits. It¡¯s extremely terrifying!¡±
Doron shook his head and continued to eat his food.
¡°Yeah, no one could ever have imagined that the great serpent will grow to such an extent!¡±
Nara looked closely at a picture on the terminal in his hand. This picture was that of an extremely big snake. It¡¯s the great serpent.
This serpent is extremely huge. This picture was captured near a medium-sized star. This star is tens of thousands of times bigger than a medium-sized, but even such a star is a bit smaller than the great serpent.
¡°I wonder what actions will the great serpent carry out after breaking through the defense line?¡±
After cing the dinner te on the table, Doron said with a serious expression.
Nara was stunned upon hearing this question, but he quickly reacted. The giant serpent could have broken through the defense line a long time ago, but it seemed intent on devouring all the spaceships there, so it procrastinated until now.
However, even the seemingly endless spaceships on the defensive line are about to run out. The giant serpent will soon enter the sixth heaven.
¡°It¡¯s not intending to devour the entire sixth and fifth heaven, right?¡±
Nara swallowed his saliva. He felt a chill running through his spine. The giant serpent has the title of ¡®Greed Monster¡¯. It might really do so.
Regarding the conversation between Nara and Doron, Fang Yun naturally didn¡¯t know. He is now dealing with a fleet.
This defense zone isposed mostly of the sixth heaven¡¯s battleships. However, most of the pilots and crew members of these ships have changed to ordinary soldiers.
The current sixth heaven doesn¡¯t have many elite space soldiers, most of them were killed by Fang Yun, forcing the sixth heaven leaders to pull ordinary soldiers to the war front.
However, this was also in vain. Despite the increasing number of people, the overall strength of the defense line is quickly decreasing.
Chapter 567: Great Growth (Part 1)
Chapter 567: Great Growth (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The number of soldiers that died on the defensive line is incalcble. Even if there is a steady stream of recruits sent here, there¡¯s no way to keep with the consumption.
In fact, many people and civilizations across the sixth and seventh heaven are starting to copse. In the face of almost certain failure, most people lost their will to fight.
One of the major reasons why this happened is the astonishing growth of the great serpent. Now, Fang Yun has reached level 117. Compared to the past year, he has evolved 10 more times!
His body length has reached 1.8 million kilometers, surpassing the size of the sun! In addition, his diameter is more than 70,000 kilometers! With his current size, he can devour hundreds of thousands ofs the size of the earth!
Along with his skyrocketing level, he harvested a lot of skill points. Along with the skill points he received with the reputation increase, Fang Yun has gathered more than 2000 skill points, most of which he used to upgrade his new skills.
He upgraded ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡± to level 3 and ¡°Super ck Hole¡± to level 2.
His ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡± is extremely powerful now. It has a range of hundreds of millions of kilometers, he can use it to easily destroy arge fleet if he wants.
There¡¯s no need to talk much about ¡°Super ck Hole¡±. He can use it to transform into a giant ck hole, not much inferior to his size, and devour everything within the range of hundreds of millions of kilometers.
However, after so many evolutions, the required bio-energy to evolve has reached 30 trillion points.
This number is extremelyrge. Fang Yun felt helpless as he looked at it. He needs to devour 300,000 ships worth 100 million points to upgrade.
However, during the war, he can only devour scraps at most as most ships get either destroyed by his mass-destruction attacks or initiate self-destruction before he can devour them.
The reason why he chose to remain in this defense line is that he can devour a lot of ships and quickly evolve.
It¡¯s just that, with the increasing number of bio-energy required to evolve, staying in this ce is not cost-effective anymore.
On this day,
Fang Yun decided to cross the sixth heaven and head straight towards the fourth heaven. Of course, he isn¡¯t nning to kill all the intelligent creatures of the sixth heaven as they thought. However, he isn¡¯t intending to let go of the higher-ups of the sixth heaven.
During this period, he had been searching for the location of the sixth heaven¡¯s higher-ups, and he discovered it not long ago.
It¡¯s on a called ¡°ck Jupiter¡±.
The size of this is about Uranus from the blue sr system. It¡¯s considered a rtivelyrge habitable and ording to the information he gathered, there¡¯s arge defense zone around this.
But for him now, whether it¡¯s the sixth or fifth heaven, their defense zones are nothing more than paper to him.
In fact, even the powerful fourth heaven battleships are no longer a threat to him, so Fang Yun can unscrupulously attack the headquarters of the sixth heaven without worrying about their danger.
As for whether the Sixth Heaven will buy more powerful battleships and advanced weapons from the fourth heaven, it¡¯s impossible. Because they have neither the resources nor the ability.
In addition, there is no such thing as the fourth heaven intends to participate in the battle against Fang Yun. At least, that¡¯s what he heard.
In this year¡¯s time, Fang Yun also learned that the strength of the fourth, third, second, and first heavens are actually not very different.
These four heavens roughly belong to the same level.
Of course, there is a certain gap between each one of these heavens, but the gap isn¡¯t very big. Anyway, none of them have the power to easily crush the other.
If two of these four heavens had a war, they might be able to determine a winner, but it would be a miserable victory.
About a monthter, Fang Yun reached ck Jupiter¡¯s star system. Because he rushed along the way, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t devour manys, so he didn¡¯t get much bio-energy.
When he arrived near ck Jupiter, Fang Yun felt very surprised. He didn¡¯t encounter a single obstacle. When he looked at ck Jupiter from outer space, he was shocked, because he found that this is empty. No spaceships, no fortresses, no advanced weapons, nothing.
Apart from some ordinary intelligent creatures, Fang Yun didn¡¯t find anything worthy of attention.
If he didn¡¯t check beforehand, he would have thought that this was the of a low-level civilization, not the capital of the sixth heaven.
Fang Yun¡¯s huge mental power immediately swept across ck Jupiter. There were still a lot of people on ck Jupiter, but when Fang Yun¡¯s mental power swept them, they immediately exploded into a blood mist, unable to withstand the tremendous pressure.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay attention to these poor guys, he just wanted to find information about the higher-ups of the sixth heaven.
After his mental power swept the entire, Fang Yun finally found what he wanted.
At this moment, 80% of the¡¯s creatures died because they were unable to withstand the huge mental pressure released by Fang Yun.
This was totally intentional. If Fang Yun ever wanted to kill the¡¯s creatures, he would just need to gently nudge the. That would be enough to destroy it.
The current Fang Yun is extremely terrifying, a wrong breath or a single intentional movement is enough to destroy an interster civilization.
He is truly a powerful star behemoth now. The kind that isparable to a natural space disaster.
¡°The higher-ups of the sixth heaven have already escaped to the fifth heaven¡¡±
This is the information Fang Yun found. However, he stillcks a lot of details. For example, how did the sixth heaven¡¯s higher-ups leave? When did they leave? What did they take with them? Why did they leave so many people on this? Fang Yun didn¡¯t find the answer to these questions.
¡°Forget it, let¡¯s go directly to the Fifth Heaven.¡±
Fang Yun quickly stopped caring, anyway, it was just the struggle of a few insects before death. It won¡¯t affect him in any way.
Thinking of this, he set off again towards the fifth heaven. Along the way, the momentum and gravity he exerted pushed manys out of their orbits and destroyed more.
The movements of Fang Yun have always been a topic that the media of the major heavens always talked about, but this topic has always been very heavy.
The giant serpent is very hegemonic and arrogant. For example, along the way, it didn¡¯t pay attention to thes or even small stars on its way, pushing them by its sheer gravity and momentum.
Fortunately, this monster seems to have no interest in the ordinary intelligent creatures or civilizations in the sixth heaven. Otherwise, it could have created an unprecedented massacre with its tremendous power.
Fang Yun¡¯s actions caused countless people to sigh in relief. They don¡¯t have to face death and destruction as they thought. The only unlucky ones are thes that were destroyed in his way, but without mentioning that extremely few were lifes, their number is iparably tinypared to the rest of the sixth heaven. It¡¯s not even one in a million.
Now, as long as no moron takes the initiative to attack the giant serpent, the sixth heaven can be considered safe.
Chapter 567: Great Growth (Part 2)
Chapter 567: Great Growth (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Under everyone¡¯s attention, Fang Yun soon came to the boundary between the sixth and fifth heavens, but he didn¡¯t see any defensive lines here.
Most of the fifth heaven army was destroyed by him at the defense line at the entrance of the sixth heaven.
As Fang Yun flew toward the fifth heaven. On the Nether, the capital of the fifth heaven. All of the fifth heaven leaders were sitting in the conference room.
¡°Everyone, let¡¯s talk about it. The great serpent is heading towards us.¡±
In a meeting room, a middle-aged man said to the rest of the people sitting next to the conference table. It¡¯s the speaker of the fifth heaven council.
At this moment, this speaker looked extremely haggard. From the current actions of the great serpent, it seems intent on killing all of those who gave the order to attack it.
¡°Mr. Speaker, let¡¯s dissolve the council.¡± A slender man suggested.
Many people thought that this was a good solution. Hushed voices sounded in the meeting room as a pair of two or three people started talking in a low voice. The speaker remained silent, waiting for them to finish talking.
¡°No!¡±
Suddenly, some denied this idea with a loud voice.
¡°If the council is dissolved, who knows what will happen?¡±
¡°That giant serpent might make our entire heaven pay for it!¡±,
The person who spoke is a mighty old man. He is one of the few people in this meeting room that think for the citizens and civilizations under them. He felt that dissolving the council might cause the great serpent to vent its anger on the entire fifth heaven.
After reaching old age, he doesn¡¯t just care about his interests anymore, but more about the endless living creatures of the fifth heaven and the endless civilizations that need their protection.
Dissolving the council might save their lives, but the stability and safety of the entire fifth heaven will bepromised.
The old man is naturally reluctant to take such a risk.
¡°Old Li, you think too much.¡±
The slender man who made the suggestion stood up and said.
¡°How big is our fifth heaven? It has hundreds of thousands of gxies and billions of civilizations! Even if the giant serpent is humongous and has terrifying power, it¡¯s still extremely small in the face of our heaven.¡±
¡°Even for a monster of its level, it¡¯s impossible to destroy the entire fifth heaven. That¡¯s something that can¡¯t be done in a thousand years!¡±
¡°So, your worries are groundless. Moreover, do you want us to surrender to the giant serpent, allowing it to kill or devour us to spare those civilians?¡±
The moment the slender man finished, hushed whispers sounded through the conference room. From their tone of voice, it could be seen that they agree with the slender man¡¯s suggestion.
The old man sighed helplessly and said,
¡°Compared to our lives, the continuation and survival of the civilizations of the fifth heaven are more important¡¡±
No one paid any attention to this old man.
¡°Mr. Speaker, what should we do with these guys from the sixth heaven?¡±
Someone stood up and asked.
Now, the higher-ups of the sixth heaven have all arrived and they are on the Nether. However, their situation was slightly different from their imagination. They are currently under house arrest.
Originally they came to ask for help, and the higher-ups of the Fifth Heaven were also prepared to ept them, but then they learned that the great serpent searched for these people in the sixth heaven, then headed straight towards the fifth heaven.
This monster is clearly not nning to let go of them.
The fifth heaven leaders lost all thought of weing the leaders of the sixth heaven. They are more concerned about how to save their lives. In case the monsteres, they can throw these people at it. Maybe they will be able to provide them with a few more seconds to escape.
¡°Temporarily detain them.¡±
The speaker at the head of the conference table, Merck, groaned, then said. A secondter, one of the people sitting around the conference table stood up and asked.
¡°Mr. Speaker, is the fourth heaven not nning to help us?¡±
They are the closest to the fourth heaven and technically are their subordinate. They sent them repeated requests for help and rescue, but the fourth heaven hadn¡¯t responded.
¡°Could it be that the fourth heaven is afraid of the great serpent? They don¡¯t want to provoke it? But even if they don¡¯t do so, who knows if the giant serpent will take the initiative to attack them?¡±
A luxuriously dressed man pped the table and angrily said, criticizing the fourth heaven for their timidity.
¡°The high-levels of the fourth heaven are just a group of mediocre turtles who are afraid of death! How can they give the initiative to such a bloodthirsty monster?¡±
¡°This giant serpent needs to consume a tremendous amount of energy. As long as it enters the fourth heaven, it will bring a great disaster to them. It¡¯s impossible to live peacefully with such a monster!¡±
The others in the conference room all nodded in agreement. They felt that the leaders of the fourth heaven aren¡¯tpetent rulers, giving the initiative to such a monster.
¡°These hateful guys. What we experienced today, they will experience tomorrow!¡±
As voices filled with indignation spread across the room, Merck raised his hand and said.
¡°Everyone, all right, Be quiet first!¡±
¡°Now that everyone made up their minds, we will dissolve the council tomorrow.¡±
¡°We¡¯ll wait until the giant serpent leaves the fifth heaven, then enact the council again.¡±
The speaker issued the order to temporarily dissolve the council.
In fact, there are still some fleets in the fifth heaven. With the dissolution of the council, their highest leaders disappeared. It was a disaster for them.
They couldn¡¯t contact the council at all. Without a source to receivemands from, many generals had a bad assumption, so they took the fleet as their own.
They crowned themselves as kings, then cut off their connection with the council.
However, there are many loyal generals. After finding that they couldn¡¯t contact the council, they headed towards Nether to investigate the situation and rescue their leaders.
Chapter 568: Destruction of the Nether Planet (Part 1)
Chapter 568: Destruction of the Nether (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The council of the Fifth Heaven was temporarily disbanded, and all the members headed towards remote areas of the fifth heaven, but their subordinates did not know about this.
Now, these congressmen can no longer bother these things. Anyway, when they left, they took away most of their military power and finances, so even if their reputation will be affected after the incident, it won¡¯t be harmful to them.
They still have control over this heaven.
Just after the council was disbanded, many fleets headed towards the Nether, including many loyal forces.
These fleets rushed towards the Nether after finding out that they could no longer contact the council, for fear that something happened on this fifth heaven capital.
As these ships were heading towards the Nether, Fang Yun and the giant turtle were heading in the same direction.
As they got closer and closer to the Nether, the distance between them also got smaller. Eventually, one of these fleets, ¡®Lijian¡¯, encountered the two behemoths.
After discovering Fang Yun and the giant turtle, this fleet immediatelyunched a fierce attack on them. The entire fleet had a total of 100,000 battleships, which is not a weak force.
Unfortunately, their opponent is Fang Yun. After so many evolutions, Fang Yun¡¯s power level ispletely different from before. A fleet of this scale can¡¯t even shake his scales.
The 100,000 ships were not enough to see in front of Fang Yun. It didn¡¯t take long before they were destroyed by him. The remnant forces hurriedly escaped into the distance.
Next, Fang Yun encountered several waves of fleet attacks, but under his tyrannical strength, these fleets couldn¡¯t create any waves but were destroyed one after the other.
Many fleets and countless ships have been destroyed by Fang Yun. Most of the surviving ships suffered different degrees of internal damage. After all, Fang Yun used ¡®Super Gamma Ray¡±. Even if the energy rays don¡¯t touch them, extreme radiation can still cause severe damage.
After numerous interceptions and battles, Fang Yun finally reached the sr system of the Nether. He found that this sr system had be extremely messy.
After some exploration, it was discovered that the senior leaders of the fifth heaven have already left. Now, the fifth heaven powers are like wandering dragons without heads.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Facing such a result, Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with anger. He never expected to fail two consecutive times.
When the terrifying behemoth over a million kilometers long became angry, the entire space was shocked.
The Nether became filled with chaos. It fell into anarchy. Various powers and people startedpeting with each other as order fell apart.
However, at this moment, all ongoing violent incidents came to a halt.
Even if it¡¯s over a long distance, Fang Yun¡¯s roar also heavily affected the Nether. The strong electromaic field created by the roar shook the entirety of the¡¯s electronic devices. Not to mention that it heavily affected many people.
Countless flying creatures were either killed or seriously injured, causing them to fall from the sky. Countless flying cars and airships were heavily affected causing them to lose control and crash.
In short, countless incidents were caused due to Fang Yun¡¯s angry roar.
On the Nether, there is a council member who has not left yet. It was an old man. At thest council meeting, he was the only one to reject the dissolution of the council, for fear that the great serpent would vent his anger on the citizens of the fifth heaven.
At that time, the other council members didn¡¯t care about this issue at all, or to say that they don¡¯t care about the lives of ordinary intelligent creatures. He is the only one that cares about this.
For people like him who have lived for many years, the future of the entire ethnic group is much more important than his life.
¡°It seems that the great serpent arrived¡¡±
The old man couldn¡¯t help but feel anxious, he walked out of the room, then headed to the roof of his skyscraper. The building on which he stood is the biggest on the entire, being almost 10 kilometers tall, bigger than mountains.
After reaching the top of the skyscraper, the old man tremblingly withstood the strong wind, walked to the edge of the building then raised his head.
As long as the giant serpent appears next to their, he will definitely see it, but then how should they deal with this powerful creature?
Just as he was feeling uneasy. The light above thempletely disappeared. The old man raised his head, only to see an extremely giant head obscuring the sky. Looking at it from their perspective, it looked infinite.
¡°This¡this¡this is the great serpent!¡±
The old man¡¯s eyes widened, looking above with a look of shock.
Just the head of this giant serpent seemed infinite to him, he couldn¡¯t see an end to it¡
¡°Gulp!¡±
Looking at the gigantic head above, the old man swallowed his saliva. He was frightened.
Although he already knew about the size of this behemoth beforehand, reading about it and seeing it in pictures ispletely different from seeing it personally.
¡°This giant serpent is so gigantic.¡±
The old man sighed deeply. He can swear that this giant serpent must be several million kilometers away from them, but even so, it still covered the entire sky of the Nether. It¡¯s bigger than their sun.
This size has surpassed any creature the old man has seen or heard of by far!
¡°I wonder how this giant serpent will deal with our?¡±
The old man became nervous again, then walked to the special loudspeakers he prepared before. He started shouting loudly, transmitting his voice across the entire and into outer space.
It¡¯s a pity that the serpent turned a deaf ear to what he said. It didn¡¯t even bother to approach the Nether, but even standing far away, it shrouded the entire in its shadow.
A momentter, the giant serpent suddenly pounced on their.
¡°Damn it, stop!!¡±
The old man on the top of the skyscraper panicked upon seeing Fang Yun heading towards them. This and maybe the entire fifth heaven are over!
¡°Ahhh!!!¡±
It wasn¡¯t just the old man who was scared by Fang Yun¡¯s attack. These people were all shocked after seeing the huge beast shadow that is getting bigger. Quite a few people had a direct nervous breakdown, started to yell and run around. Panic andplete chaos shrouded the.
¡°This is useless.¡±
Fang Yun angrily looked at the in front. Of course, he knew that the culprits and leaders of the fifth heaven had escaped, but he didn¡¯t want to let go of this.
Chapter 568: Destruction of the Nether Planet (Part 2)
Chapter 568: Destruction of the Nether (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun heaved an earth-shattering roar. As he was advancing he opened his giant mouth,
¡°This is¡¡± The old man on the top of the skyscraper trembled after seeing this scene now. His heart almost stopped and he even slumped on the ground a momentter.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
On that street, countless people started screaming in horror as they saw the horrific scene above. In the face of such a doomsday-like scene, even superhumans are as insignificant as dust.
Many people even directly fell limp on the ground like the old man, fainted, or urinated due to extreme fear.
They could only watch the astonishingly huge mouth getting closer and closer, upying the entire sky and filling their vision.
¡°No¡no¡no!!¡±
Countless people started yelling frantically. Unable to ept such an ending. Some people even run towards their basement or underground shelters to hide, but before most of them could even walk ten steps, the was devoured.
¡°Roar!!¡±
An obscure roar sounded through Fang Yun¡¯s roar as he closed his upper and lower jaws.
The entire Nether was devoured by Fang Yun, including all its machinery, mechanical structures, and creatures.
After devouring the, he turned his attention to its moons and quickly devoured them. Anyway, they will soon stray out of orbit and head to some corner.
¡°I don¡¯t believe that I won¡¯t find you after searching across this entire heaven.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes became cold. Originally, he was nning to devour the higher-ups of the fifth heaven before heading further, but he found out that they also escaped.
¡°Hmph! you can¡¯t escape!¡±
Fang Yun is very confident. He has already memorized these guys¡¯ appearances, voice, and rtions through thework. This is the downside of being a very renowned celebrity.
Even if they escape to the end of this heaven, he believes that he can eventually find them.
Huh, Fang Yun quickly selected a direction and flew away. None of the civilizations on his way were spared. Unbeknownst to him, Fang Yun had long lost his respect for the lives of small intelligent creatures.
As Fang Yun disyed great violence, none of the ships or fleets on his way escaped. Anyway, none of them could survive the full-power ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡±. All of them were destroyed by this mass-destruction skill.
¡°Hmph, I wonder if you bastards have the courage to stand up.¡±
Fang Yun sneered internally. These people might be able to hide for a while, but they will never escape. As long as they don¡¯t appear, he is going to continue to rampage across the fifth heaven.
Anyway, rampaging across this heaven won¡¯t do him any harm. He can rather increase his bio-energy and enact his revenge on this ce that continuously hunted him down.
¡°Have you heard? The council members of the sixth heavens escaped to the fifth heaven. As a result, the leaders of both heavens have disappeared.¡±
In the forum of the campuswork of the eighth heaven¡¯s branch of Sakura Academy, such a post appeared.
Many people replied under this post and more even gathered together to discuss it.
¡°From its actions, the giant serpent nned to deal with only the leaders of the two heavens, but now that these leaders ran away¡¡±
¡°Yeah. After these leaders ran away, the great serpent started attacking all the civilizations of the fifth heaven.¡±
¡°It¡¯s over, it¡¯s over, this time the fifth heaven is going to suffer. Maybe, their entire foundation will fall apart.¡±
¡°I wonder if the great serpent can destroy the fifth heaven. It looks like a very high-level creature. Maybe it has that level of destructive power.¡±
The giant serpent is a creature that is more than a million kilometers long. This level of creatures is extremely rare across the nine heavens.
In addition, his currentbat power is extremely high. It¡¯s not difficult to destroy stars. ¡°Super Gamma-Ray¡± is his most powerful skill, and its range can cover an entire sr system. Not to mention its extremely high destructive power.
Fang Yun rampaged across the fifth heaven all the way. No matter what kind of obstacle he faced, a ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡± is enough to reduce it to ashes.
Across the fifth heaven, countless spaceships were assembled to fight against the giant serpent. From advanced military battleships to civilian cargo ships. Everyone assembled to fight against this threat to their heaven.
In the following period, Fang Yun faced countless fleets and spaceships. However, none of them could damage him. On the contrary, they were destroyed by him one batch after the other.
The soldiers and fighters that banded up naturally knew that they couldn¡¯t stop this monster, but they still stood up and faced death as heroes, protecting their homnd at the cost of their death.
Unfortunately, all of this was for null. The ending wasn¡¯t like the stories where the heroes defeated the monster and returned victoriously. What they faced is an unprecedented monster.
¡¡¡¡
The reason why Fang Yun has been rampaging across the fifth heaven wasn¡¯t entirely to pull out these ¡®leaders¡¯.
After the fifth heaven, there is the fourth heaven. Of course, he can also directly enter the third heaven because it also borders the fifth heaven, but the distance is much greater.
The technological level of the fourth heaven represents the highestbat power in the nine heavens. It might be a bit worse than the three heavens above it, but the difference isn¡¯t that big.
Fang Yun has dealt with the battleships of the fourth heaven before, but these ships are far from the highestbat power of the fourth heaven.
Originally, he was nning to gather some information about the fourth heaven on the Nether. Unfortunately, he didn¡¯t find anything. It should be either deleted or transferred by the highest leaders of the fifth heaven.
He didn¡¯t dare to directly enter the fourth heaven, who knows if they haveid some sort of trap for him. It¡¯s better to be more cautious when the opponent¡¯s strength is unknown.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun opened his mouth and pounced, easily devouring the ahead.
However, he didn¡¯t feel satisfied.s aren¡¯t even as big as his teeth now. In fact, they can barely fill the gap between them, devouring them like eating a grain of rice.
¡°I still feel danger when I try to devour stars.¡±
Fang Yun thought as he looked at a star in the distance.
The bio-energy that can be obtained by devouring a star is extremelyrge. Unfortunately, he is still unable to eat them.
However, he is extremely close to fulfilling the bio-energy requirement for the next evolution.
Chapter 569: Leaving the Fifth Heaven (Part 1)
Chapter 569: Leaving the Fifth Heaven (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡±What do you think?¡±
In a closed room, a man seriously looked at a projection ahead, on which were many dark silhouettes.
This is a meeting held by members of the Fifth Heaven¡¯s Council. Although they temporarily disbanded the Council, they still kept in touch with each other.
The man in the room is the speaker of the Fifth Heaven¡¯s Council. The reason for holding this meeting is because the terrifying great serpent is rampaging across the fifth heaven, destroying countless civilizations.
Alls with civilizations, energy sources, and important minerals are the main target of that serpent.
¡°ording to the current situation, if we don¡¯te forward, the entire fifth heaven will eventually perish.¡±
The speaker¡¯s face was a bit heavy.
It¡¯s just that when his voice sounded, no one spoke. Everyone was thinking silently. They naturally understood the meaning of the speaker. He wants them to take the initiative to show up.
¡°I think everyone understood what I meant.¡±
The speaker had a heavy expression on his face.
¡°We can¡¯t just watch the Fifth Heaven getting destroyed in our hands.¡±
He took a deep breath, then said eagerly to the council members.
¡°Everyone. What do you think?¡±
¡°The giant python is madly attacking the life and energys in our heaven. Not to mention the important stations that connect the entire fifth heaven.¡±
The speaker solemnly said,
¡°It will not take long before all lifes and civilizations get destroyed by the great serpent, breaking the foundation of our heaven.¡±
Fang Yun is not only devourings but also destroying more.
His ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡± has been upgraded to level 3. If he reduces its power to the minimum, he can increase the range of this skill by hundreds of times, extending the attack range to several light-years!
Although it would be difficult to destroys over a few light years, it¡¯s not difficult to destroy the lifeforms on their surface.
The great serpent is carrying a carpet-style attack on the fifth heaven. With its terrifying attack power and great attack range, it should take between 10 to 20 years to destroy most lifes in this heaven.
In fact, he only needs to destroy all thes in the central area to cripple this heaven. Even if a new and powerful civilization is re-established in the future, without tens of thousands of years or the assistance of the more powerful heavens, it¡¯s impossible to restore its former glory.
There are countless high-tech products along with their blueprints in the central area of the fifth heaven. If they get destroyed, it will take countless years to possibly restore them.
In addition, there are arge number of energy and precious materials in the central area. Although many of them have been overdrawntely, there are still a lot of them, which is an incalcble wealth.
Therefore, after the destruction of the central area of the fifth heaven, it¡¯s basically impossible for it to restore its past glory.
¡°Mr. Speaker, now the giant serpent is just venting its anger. After venting, it will naturally leave the fifth heaven.¡±
The slender congressman said.
¡°Wasn¡¯t that the case for the sixth heaven?¡±
¡°After finding out that the leaders of the sixth heaven have escaped, the giant serpent didn¡¯t rampage across the sixth heaven but headed straight here. This shows that it doesn¡¯t hold irreconcble hatred towards them and the same should go for us¡±
¡°So, we should just wait for a while, this monster will eventually leave the fifth heaven.¡±
The moment the slender congressman¡¯s words fell, many people nodded in agreement. The speaker sighed silently after seeing this scene, then turned off themunication channel.
While the council members of the Fifth Heaven were having a meeting. Fang Yun was still devouring any he came across, including energy and special materialss.
Since both the fifth and sixth heaven war forces fell apart, he doesn¡¯t need to worry about being attacked anymore. He decided to stay in this fifth heaven and evolve a few more times before deciding on what to do next.
¡°Ding! Detecting that the bio-energy requirement had been fulfilled!¡±
¡°Do you want to start the evolution?¡±
A cold mechanical voice suddenly appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind, asking whether he wanted to evolve.
Fang Yun agreed without the slightest hesitation.
About a dayter, his evolution waspleted, pushing his body size to the next level. His length has reached 2.5 million kilometers and his width has surpassed 100,000 kilometers.
This terrifying body size is beyond mortals¡¯prehension. If he so desires, he can let countless civilizations live and thrive on his back. His size is iprehensible!
In addition to the skill points he received after the evolution, he received some skill points due to an increase in reputation value not long ago, which he used to immediately upgrade ¡°Super ck Hole¡±.
¡°Super ck Hole¡± had reached level 3, increasing its range and power several times. He incarnates most of the time during his journey as a giant ck hole, devouring all nearbys and meteorites.
Time passed day by day, Fang Yun¡¯s concept of time has greatly changed. His life span is very long, about thousands of years, so he doesn¡¯t care about days, months, or even a few years.
Fang Yun entered a subconscious state as he traveled, mechanically devouring everything in his way. Under such a state, he is not afraid of the influence of emotions and boredom on him.
As time passed by, news about Fang Yun still circted among several heavens. Especially in the eighth heaven, which used news about Fang Yun and the fifth heaven as entertainment.
Unexpectedly, the Fifth Heaven, which was above all for them, ended up like this in the end.
¡°It¡¯s really refreshing.¡±
Anyway, most of the people in the eighth heaven gloated over the misfortune of the fifth heaven. In their opinion, not only did the fifth heaven deserve this, even the sixth and seventh heaven got what they deserved.
After all, they disregarded their eighth heaven at the beginning to hunt the great serpent, causing them countless losses and making them face countless disasters!
They are facing retribution now!
The seventh heaven was still in a state of chaos with warlords and kings fighting against each other. However, a few big forces have risentely, barely stabilizing the situation.
However, there is something worth noting. Many people across many areas started to believe in a creature called the Great Will. However, because of the chaotic situation of the seventh heaven, no one paid much attention to this situation.
After all, during such a universal war, many people took the opportunity to do various things, including proiming themselves as gods in remote corners of the universe and in some lower civilizations.
No one thinks that it¡¯s a big deal.
Chapter 569: Leaving the Fifth Heaven (Part 2)
Chapter 569: Leaving the Fifth Heaven (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Tsk tusk, that giant serpent has been rampaging across the fifth heaven for a year and a half.¡±
Inside a big dormitory, Nara said to Doron while browsing through a group of photos. Most of them were photos of an extremelyrge ck hole and aurora around it.
This giant ck hole is naturally the incarnation of the giant serpent.
The giant serpent can transform into a ck hole. This is already old news. It has disyed such an ability as far back as the battle in the eighth heaven.
Moreover, quite a few pollutants have a simr ability, hence it¡¯s not particrly surprising.
As the great serpent transformed into a ck hole, it devoured everything in its way, includings, nebs, meteors, and even cosmic dust and radiation.
Everyone guessed that the reason why this giant serpent has grown so fast is due to its endless eating and devouring of matter and energy, fueling its growth.
In fact, their guess is true.
They just couldn¡¯t imagine how Fang Yun was able to use these energies with 100% efficiency and how it was able to turn all types of matter into fuel for its growth.
The giant serpent has devoured countlesss across the fifth heaven, causing many areas to disappear. For the ce that he didn¡¯t eat, he used ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡± to erase them, turning the fifth heaven into a true dark void.
He erased the possibility of life survival! This is the wrath of the great serpent!
Gamma-ray bursts are one of the most deadly forces in the universe. Their strength and weakness depending on their duration and the energy released.
Some powerful gamma-ray bursts can affects hundreds of light-years away. Of course, they might not be able to destroy alls in their way, but it¡¯s not difficult to erase all life on them.
Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡± is far from reaching that level, but it¡¯s still extremely powerful.
In a blink of an eye, another year passed.
Fang Yun had been wandering across the fifth heaven for more than 2 years, during which he evolved five times!
His body length has surpassed 5 million kilometers. Which is already within the range of big stars.
During this time, he received a lot of skill points, which he used to upgrade ¡°Super ck Hole¡° and ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡±.
Up to now, both of these skills have been upgraded to level 4 by him.
Fang Yun¡¯s attack power has reached the next level. He also found some information about the leaders of the fifth heaven. Yesterday, he came across a suspicious force on a remote
After lurking for a while, he intercepted some information and strange electromaic signals, only to find that they weremunication signals between the council members of the fifth heaven.
Unexpectedly, Fang Yun actually ran into a council member of the fifth heaven.
Although none of the members disclosed their location, Fang Yun was able to track their coordinates through theirmunication signals.
After destroying the of that council member, Fang Yun started hunting the rest one after the other.
After Fang Yun hunted down three council members, including the speaker, the rest of the council members reacted and quickly changed location.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t focus too much on this matter. After killing the speaker who took the initiative to hunt him down, he decided to leave this ce and head towards a higher heaven.
After so many evolutions, Fang Yun became very confident in his abilities. He even had the confidence to wrestle with those highest heavens no matter how powerful they are.
¡¡¡¡
The great serpent left!
The monster that plunged the entire fifth heaven into despair is finally leaving.
The entire Fifth Heaven civilizations were filled with joy and relief. Through the rampage of these years, the great serpent has destroyed a third of the entire fifth heaven!
Especially the central area! It was almostpletely destroyed.
The fifth heaven can¡¯t restore its previous prosperity in a short time. Perhaps, if no outside force intervenes, the fifth heaven will be a destend in the future.
There are still manys remaining, but most of them have only barbaric and low-level civilizations.
The so-called barbaric civilization is a civilization that hasn¡¯t been able to set foot in space yet. With the loss of technology, information, and culture around the fifth heaven, most of the remaining civilizations are barbaric civilizations.
Space navigation is bing less and lessmon.
After all, space navigation requires a lot of energy and many precious materials and special materials to build powerful ships.
And most of the energy sources and precious materials are found in the central area of the fifth heaven.
Unfortunately, the central area has been decimated by the great serpent. Their only hope is that some energy and materials have survived in the corners that the great serpent didn¡¯t touch.
When Fang Yun was about to leave the fifth heaven, his whereabouts were under close supervision by the fourth heaven and the other highest three heavens.
From a long time ago, all of the most powerful heavens, including the fourth heaven, have been paying attention to Fang Yun.
The main reason why Fang Yun headed towards the fourth heaven is to devour their high-energys and stars, or their advanced starships. Of course, this will depend on their response.
With the gradually increasing bio-energy requirement, evolving is bing slower and slower. If he wants to evolve more quickly, he needs to change his environment.
While the four highest heavens were paying attention to Fang Yun, they were also discussing how to deal with the great serpent. ording to their observation, this great serpent is an infinitely evolving creature.
It can¡¯t even be described by the term pollutant anymore.
It can infinitely grow by devouring matter and energy, and the more matter and energy it devours, the faster it grows.
Therefore, bing an enemy of such a terrifying creature is an unwise move. The fate of the seventh, sixth, and fifth heaven can perfectly prove this.
¡°The three of you, how do you think we should act?¡±
A mysterious man looked at the holographic projection on his desk in a meeting room, on which were three silhouettes.
After hearing the man¡¯s words, the three people across the screen started to ponder.
The man who spoke first is the speaker of the first heaven council, and the other three are the council leaders of the second, third, and fourth heavens.
¡°Neb, your fourth heaven is the goal of that big guy this time. Tell me what you think.¡±
Seeing that no one spoke after a while, the leaders of the first heaven looked at one of the silhouettes on the holographic screen and said.
The man who was called smiled bitterly and said.
¡°Tom, you are giving me a problem¡¡±
¡°Hehe, you have to face it, after all, Neb.¡±
¡°Okay.¡±
Neb shrugged helplessly, then narrowed his eyes and said to the speaker of the first heaven¡¯s council.
¡°In my opinion, We should deal peacefully with that behemoth.¡±
Chapter 570: Outside the Nine Heavens (Part 1)
Chapter 570: Outside the Nine Heavens (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Huh?¡±
After hearing the words of Speaker Neb of the Fourth Heaven, the rest of the highest heavens¡¯ leaders squinted their eyes, thinking deeply.
¡°Neb, in your opinion, will that monster agree to keep peace with us?¡±
After a moment of silence, Tom, the leader of the first heaven, asked.
After hesitating, Neb said, ¡°It should be possible.¡±
Pausing for a moment, he continued: ¡°This giant serpent should have great demand for energy, and amongst our four heavens, do you think weck energy?¡±
¡°We can still provide enough energy for a pollutant to live, and¡¡±
He suddenly raised his head and looked at Tom and the other two people.
¡°The three of you, if we cooperate with this pollutant, we might be able to solve some problems¡¡±
¡°You mean, do you want it to participate in that matter?¡±
Tom¡¯splexion suddenly changed, falling deep into his thoughts, contemting that possibility.
¡°Yes.¡± Neb nodded.
¡°This great serpent is extremely powerful. If we have its help, we should be able to prevent this disaster.¡±
Hearing Neb¡¯s suggestion, one of the two other silhouettes frowned and shook his head, seemingly disagreeing with this decision.
¡°Neb, this giant serpent is indeed quite powerful, but you can¡¯t say that it can certainly help us through that disaster. If something goes wrong, will you take responsibility?¡±
¡°If it has this ability, doesn¡¯t it mean that it¡¯s more powerful than all of our four heavens?¡±
The speaker who disagreed is obviously a bit unconvinced. Their four heavens represent the peak power amongst the nine heavens, but now, Neb is saying that the most powerful existence in the nine heavens isn¡¯t them, but a pollutant.
This is something he doesn¡¯t want to admit.
Recognizing that the rulers of this cosmos are weaker than a pollutant is an extremely difficult thing for them.
¡°Ponzo, I know you don¡¯t want to admit this.¡± Neb nced at him, and then said,
¡°But this is a fact.¡±
¡°The growth span of this pollutant is extremelyrge. With its growth speed, it will eventually surpass us, and this day isn¡¯t too far away. This is the reason why I don¡¯t want to be its enemy.¡°
Neb solemnly said.
Hearing that, Ponzo opened his mouth, as if he wanted to say something, but he was speechless.
He had to admit that the growth potential of the great serpent is almost limitless. In a short period, it has grown from the insignificant creature they could casually crush back at the eighth heaven, to an extremely powerful pollutant that even they have to take seriously.
Most importantly, the growth of the great serpent is far from ending. If it continues to grow at this rate, it will quickly be a creature that it can¡¯t deal with.
¡°Neb, then what should we do if this creature¡¯s growth hits its limits one day?¡±
Thest person spoke, and the moment he spoke, Ponzo and Tom both looked at the Neb.
Neb said,
¡°If one day, the giant serpent reaches its limit and is unable to continue growing before we could aplish our goals, then it would be the time for us to deal with it.¡±
Upon saying this, a cold light shed across his eyes.
Seeing this, the other three nodded, apparently agreeing with Neb¡¯s statement.
Aftering to an agreement, Tom, the first heaven¡¯s speaker asked.
¡°How should we contact this giant serpent?¡±
¡°Now, the giant serpent doesn¡¯t hide its whereabouts, it should be very easy to find it. At that time, we¡¯ll send a team to try contacting it.¡±
Neb said after pondering for a moment.
Hearing this, Tom nodded and said,
¡°Okay, Neb, we¡¯ll leave it to you. ¡°
Neb nodded, then the four of them discussed for a while before turning off themunication. After watching the projection in front of him disappear, Neb leaned back on his chair and became silent.
This universe is extremely big, so big that it¡¯s unimaginable for most creatures and civilizations.
Their nine heavens upy only a small corner of this universe. They ssified other areas as deste areas or ruins, but they have a shallow understanding of them, far from their understanding of the nine heavens.
However, this didn¡¯t stop them from constantly exploring and expanding, increasing their power and influence and the four highest heavens are the ones that know the most about the outside cosmos.
That¡¯s why they are different from the lower heavens that are always fighting against each other. They are much more united because they have a broader horizon.
In the process of their continuous exploration and expansion, they have obtained a lot of benefits and resources. A variety of energy sources and some relics left by ancient civilizations, and from those relics, they learned about many great secrets.
For example, in some relics, there are records about some ancient civilizations that have abandoned the path of machinery and technology and focused on transforming their bodies, creating super individuals who can cross the void using their body, crushings and destroying stars, more powerful than pollutants and star beasts.
Of course, existences of this level are the best among those civilizations, but it doesn¡¯t mean that this is the end of the ultimate end of body transformation.
¡°Now, our level of science and technology has basically reached the end.¡±
Neb thought internally. This is the reason why they are constantly exploring outward. They hope to obtain more ancient civilizations¡¯ relics and find the way forward.
It¡¯s just that, in the process of exploration, they encountered a lot of trouble. Their biggest trouble is a special civilization outside of the nine heavens.
This civilization is exactly like the one mentioned in the ancient civilization relic.
The power of these people is simr to the life mechas they use but very different.
These people store some kind of huge energy in their bodies, which they can use tounch extremely terrifying attacks or create an extremely powerful defensive field.
However, the most headache-inducing thing is their speed and agility.
When they first encountered these people, Neb and the others were stunned. At that time, their expedition team suffered a heavy loss, but the most serious trouble is that they exposed the coordinates of their nine heavens.
In this dark universe, most civilizations that exposed their location to more powerful civilizations faced either extinction or annexation.
Fortunately, the civilization they encountered isn¡¯t powerful to the level of despair. They can still fight against them for a long time. Therefore, they resisted their invasion and transferred the battle to a destend outside the nine heavens.
Chapter 570: Outside the Nine Heavens (Part 2)
Chapter 570: Outside the Nine Heavens (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°The current me is nothing but a-level powerhouse.¡±
Neb squeezed his fist. They have been dealing with that civilization for many years, so they also know the division of their strength level.
From the beginning. Warrior, Warlord, God of War, and the Silvermoon ss.
Afterward, there are theary-level and the Star-level powerhouses.
As described,ary-level powerhouses can destroys. Cultivating bodies to this level was unimaginable to them before.
In fact, it¡¯s no that they never tried the path of body transformation. They also use pollutants or star beasts to develop gic potions to improve their physical fitness.
However, they never thought that it was possible to raise the physical body to this level.
Based on their incredible physique, they can build more powerful and destructive ships, but there¡¯s no need to do this.
Because at their level, spaceships actually restrict their abilities.
¡°Well, who should I send to negotiate with that giant serpent?¡±
Neb groaned, then decided.
¡°Forget it, this time, I¡¯ll personally take a trip.¡±
The reason he is nning to personally go this time is to contact the giant serpent and personally check its strength.
In addition, he is really worried that his subordinates might not be able to handle the contact between them and cause unimaginable consequences.
They are already facing a strong enemy. Provoking the great serpent at this time is an unwise choice and might even tilt the scale of the battle towards the enemy civilization, turning a potential ally into an enemy.
Upon thinking of this, he made up his mind to personally take this trip.
¡°Huh, I hope that serpent can be a bit easier to talk to.¡±
Neb doesn¡¯t want the giant serpent, because even he doesn¡¯t have the confidence to defeat it.
¡°Prepare a fleet of 100,000 starships right away.¡±
Neb gave instructions to his deputy. Although he has peaceful intentions. As an absolute leader, he must be cautious in each of his actions.
Soon, his deputy assembled a hundred thousand starships for him, then after giving orders, they flew towards the location of the giant serpent
The giant serpent didn¡¯t hide its whereabouts. The entire nine heavens knew about its route. Of course, they didn¡¯t dare to follow it, otherwise, no one would be able to withstand its anger.
The reason why so many people knew about the trail of the great serpent is that its traces have been captured by a monitor.
Countless people joyfully watched the giant serpent leave, especially the people of the fifth heaven, they are the happiest.
The previous actions of the great serpent can be said to have terrified them. It was as if it intended on destroying the entire fifth heaven!
Fortunately, that giant serpent is finally leaving, and it¡¯s heading towards the fourth heaven.
¡°Doron, what do you think the giant serpent will do in the fourth heaven?¡±
In a big dormitory back in the eighth heaven, Nara curiously asked Doron as he browsed through the news.
¡°Will that giant serpent fight with the fourth heaven?¡±
Nara excitedly said, looking a bit agitated. If the two really fought, it would be a great battle.
At that time, will the fourth heaven disappear from this universe, or will theyplete the feat of killing the monster?
The fourth heaven already represents the peak of power amongst their nine heavens. If even they can¡¯t deal with the great serpent, then the great serpent is invincible amongst the nine heavens!
¡°The fourth heaven most likely won¡¯t take the initiative to attack the great serpent! They had plenty of opportunities to attack it if they so desired.¡±
Doron, who was catching the news, turned his head and said to Nara.
¡°It seems that the fourth heaven might be busy with somethingtely.¡±
Doron said after a moment of thought.
¡°The four highest heavens don¡¯t care much about the things in our cosmos anymore. I wonder where their army has beentely?¡±
In fact, many people have such doubts. The highest four heavens have thergest and most powerful army out of all heavens, but most of them have disappearedtely. The four heavens haven¡¯t made any statement about this.
¡°Perhaps the army of the fourth heaven is suppressing some kind of powerful pollutants.¡±
Nara on the side gave full y to his imagination.
¡°Yes.¡±
Doron nodded, then said after pondering for a moment.
¡°This might be it. Perhaps the army of the fourth heaven is busy with something, making it unable to attack and suppress the great serpent.¡±
¡°Wait, look!¡±
Suddenly, a piece of news appeared. There was a photo on the top of the news, on which was a big fleetposed of hundreds of thousands of battleships.
¡°They are¡¡±
Nara was stunned. They were just talking about the fourth heaven¡¯sck of troops, but they sent such a fleet to deal with the great serpent in the next moment.
No matter how Nara looked at it, this small fleet is far from being capable of fighting against the great serpent.
¡°It shouldn¡¯t be.¡±
Doron was also shocked. He carefully looked at the number of ships in the fleet, their type, and their formation. After a while, an unlikely guess popped up in his mind.
¡°Nara, is it I or these guys don¡¯t look aggressive at all? Are they going to seek peace?¡±
¡°Seek peace with a pollutant?¡± Nara looked very surprised.
¡°Yeah.¡± Doron nodded,
¡°Although this has never happened before, it doesn¡¯t mean that it¡¯s impossible.¡±
¡°This giant serpent is not only extremely powerful, but it also grows at a very high rate. Even the fourth heaven can¡¯t take it lightly, and seeing that they didn¡¯t attack it for so long, they might have the intention to seek peace with the great serpent.¡±
When Doron closely watched the picture, he found that the fleet was clustered. It disyed neither an attack or defensive formation, but rather a normal formation.
They don¡¯t look like they are heading to war at all, hence his guess.
Chapter 571: Cooperation (Part 1)
Chapter 571: Cooperation (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
It wasn¡¯t just Doron and Nara who were specting, the higher-ups of the other heavens were also making corresponding spections. They all felt that this battle is unlikely to happen
Judging from the current actions of the four heavens, they have absolutely no intention of fighting the giant serpent, but they still closely watched the event.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that a fourth heaven fleet was heading towards him, but even if he knew it, he wouldn¡¯t care. He is extremely confident in his current strength. He felt that even the fourth heaven can¡¯t threaten his life.
At this time, he is slowly flying towards the fourth heaven. He isn¡¯t in a hurry as he hadn¡¯t decided on his next n after arriving.
He is heading towards the Fourth Heaven because he feels that he can get a lot of bio-energy there. After all, that ce has nock of high-energys.
He won¡¯t take the initiative to provoke the forces of the Fourth Heave. Of course, if they take the initiative to provoke him, he will not back down. The cycle of chasing, killing, and eating will take ce again.
Now he just wants to grow up, grow up again, and continue growing up.
¡°I wonder if I will ever be able to return to the Earth?¡±
During his flight, Fang Yun turned into a ck hole. Under the powerful gravitational pull, alls on his way were pulled towards him and transformed into pure energy.
It¡¯s just that Fang Yun needs a lot of bio-energy now, and as his size continues to grow,s that used to provide him with a lot of bio-energy are no longer worth much.
At the beginning, ordinarys were worth hundreds of millions of points, but their worth has shrunk about 10 times now.
Therefore, the bigger he got, the more difficult acquiring bio-energy became.
In Fang Yun¡¯s mind, a few fuzzy faces suddenly appeared.
They are his past life¡¯s family.
In fact, two or three hundred years have passed since he reincarnated as a snake. If they are in the same universe, his family should have died a long time ago, but Fang Yun has always been reluctant to ept this situation.
He was just a high schooler when he was reincarnated. As a rebellious teenager, he hadn¡¯t paid much attention to his family when he was still next to them. Only after separating from them did he realize how much he loved and depended on them.
He always held hope in his heart. That is, they are not in the same universe and the flow of time is different between the two universes.
Hundreds of years might have passed in this universe, but few years have passed in the other universe, hence his family is still alive and well, waiting for him.
He doesn¡¯t have hope to return to the time he was killed and he doesn¡¯t hold much hope to return to human form.
The human body has long since be an unfamiliar thing to him.
¡°I wonder when I will be able to go back.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, feeling a little depressed for no reason.
The giant turtle slowly flew beside him, unaffected by the gravitational pull exuded by Fang Yun. Suddenly, it seemed to have felt Fang Yun¡¯s sadness and gently howled at him, seeminglyforting him.
After the huge ck hole trembled slightly, it immediately returned to normal.
¡°Anyway, I must go back and take a look.¡±
Fang Yun firmed his belief in his heart, then started to madly devour thes around him.
Along the way, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know how manys he had devoured, anyway, he is already approaching the critical point of evolution.
¡°In another half a month, I should be able to evolve again.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. Even now, he still has no clue how to go back home. It¡¯s not that he hadn¡¯t searched across the various civilizations he encountered along the way. Almost all of them have rted theories and research, but no matter how advanced the civilizations he encountered, not one of them had made any progress in this field.
Therefore, Fang Yun can only suppress his homesickness and desire, calming down and going along the path of evolution again.
Time quickly passed. Half a monthter¡
Just as Fang Yun had imagined, he gathered enough bio-energy during this half a month, then ushered in his 124th evolution.
After this evolution, Fang Yun¡¯s length has grown to a terrifying 8 million kilometers and his diameter has reached a terrifying 330,000 kilometers.
With Such a huge body, even if he doesn¡¯t incarnate as a ¡°ck hole¡±, his self-generated gravity is enough to pull stars ands to orbit around him. In fact, Fang Yun frequently attracted moons ands on his way, but before they couldplete even a single orbit, they were devoured by him.
He doesn¡¯t like having something always circling around him anyways.
¡°Perhaps in the future, just my pure self-generated gravity will not lose to a ck hole.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. His body will continue to infinitely grow. At that time, ¡°Super ck Hole¡± will either lose its effect or be super powerful due to his immense size.
¡°Huh?¡±
While Fang Yun was deep in his thoughts, the giant turtle suddenly became agitated. Fang Yun immediately looked forward with a look of surprise.
¡§A fleet actually appeared in front of me.¡±
¡°Yes, I didn¡¯t bother to hide, so, normally, they should know my movement route, but what is the purpose of these people? Haven¡¯t they learned their lesson yet?¡±
Fang Yun felt a bit tired at the stupidity of these advanced civilizations.
¡°Aren¡¯t these people afraid? Although the strength of the fourth heaven is very high, the power I showed isn¡¯t insignificant. Are they so confident?¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t continue to move forward but waited quietly in ce. He is sure that these guys areing for him. No matter what their purpose is, he will just wait here.
Now he isn¡¯t the weak creature he was before, even stars can be destroyed by him now. In the known universe, few things can make him afraid.
Fang Yun waited in that ce for a few days before that fleet finally arrived.
When this fleet finally arrived in front of Fang Yun, it immediately stopped. Afterward, it left a gap in the middle, from which a ship quickly flew towards him.
¡°Huh?¡±
This is the first time Fang Yun encountered such a situation. Looking at the posture of this fleet, it didn¡¯t seem intent on having a conflict with him. Why did theye here?
While Fang Yun was puzzled, inside the ship that flew out of the fleet, the leader of the fourth heaven, Neb was standing in the middle of the control center.
Standing in front of such a behemoth, even a powerful cultivator like him couldn¡¯t help but feel a little nervous.
He was afraid that the great serpent would attack without giving them the chance to say anything. Fortunately, that didn¡¯t happen. This giant serpent has an extremely high IQ as it immediately realized his intention of having no conflict.
Chapter 571: Cooperation (Part 2)
Chapter 571: Cooperation (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Great Divine Serpent!¡±
Neb looked at the terrifying serpent in the projection, and after considering the words for a moment, he said. Usually, these kinds of powerful pollutants like to call themselves gods, great beings, divine creatures, etc¡
For a heaven master like him, there is no need to do this, but in order to show his sincerity, he still showed his respect
He looked at the terrifying giant serpent on the holographic projection with a hint of nervousness. Although he didn¡¯t face the great serpent directly, he still felt its enormous size.
¡°Really, it¡¯s too scary, how did this monster grow to such a size.¡±
Anyway, Neb has never seen a pollutantrger than this giant serpent. This monster¡¯s body length isrger than some stars. It¡¯s unbelievably huge.
Moreover, the size of this monster seems to be even bigger than thetest data they received, indicating that it has grown again in just a span of a few months.
After shouting, a hint of worry emerged in Neb¡¯s heart. He doesn¡¯t know about the attitude and personality of this creature. Can they truly cooperate?
If not, he will be in trouble. If he is unlucky, he might even die here. Although he is confident in his strength, the strength of this creature is far beyond his imagination.
As for Fang Yun on the opposite side, he naturally heard Neb¡¯s cry. He tilted his head and looked at the dozens of kilometers long ¡®small¡¯ ship in front of him. What the hell is going on? Did this guy just try to talk to him?
However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother to conflict with them. Since these guys wanted to talk to him, then they will talk.
Thinking for a while, Fang Yun guessed that these guys didn¡¯t want to conflict with him, hence they came to ask about his attitude.
Upon making this guess, Fang Yun directly replied.
¡°Let¡¯s talk. Who on earth are you and why did youe here and stop in my way?¡±
¡°Great divine serpent, I am the speaker of the fourth heaven council and the leader of the fourth heaven.¡±
Neb directly stated his identity, and while he was talking with the great serpent, the video of the conversation was directly passed to the leaders of the other three heavens.
¡°Neb has already started talking with the great serpent, I hope he can seed.¡±
Through the holographic projection, Tom looked at Neb and prayed internally.
Fang Yun was surprised upon hearing Neb¡¯s self-introduction. He didn¡¯t expect that the person speaking with him would be the Speaker of the Fourth Heaven¡¯s Council. Isn¡¯t this guy afraid that he will directly devour him?
In such a situation, he has the opportunity to directly devour this fourth heaven¡¯s leader.
¡°The reason why we stopped in your way is not to disrespect you, let alone conflict with you.¡±
Neb groaned, then said,
¡°The great divine serpent, representing the four highest heavens, I want to talk to you about cooperation.¡±
Noticing that a look of interest appeared in those huge vertical pupils, Neb continued.
¡°I wonder if your excellency, the great serpent knows about the situation outside the nine heavens?¡±
Fang Yun was startled upon hearing the words of Neb, the world beyond the nine heavens? Does it mean that the universe is still very, very vast, and there are other civilizations outside? Or does he want to talk about parallel universes?
¡°Parallel universe?¡± Fang Yun hurriedly sent a message to Neb.
¡°Parallel universe?¡±
Neb was also startled because what he wanted to express was not this thing. However, he was surprised that the great serpent, a pollutant, would know about this.
They are indeed studying parallel universes, but even after tens of thousands of years of research, they had minuscule gains.
¡°Unexpectedly, the great divine serpent also knows parallel universes.¡±
Neb was taken aback but soon recovered.
¡°But what I want to talk about is not parallel universes, but the space outside the nine heavens.¡±
¡°Our universe is extremely vast. The nine heavens are just a small part of it. Outside, there are very vast and barren areas. In that kind of ce, there are no stars ors, but we know that beyond those barren areas, there are other civilizations.¡±
¡°Oh? Are you so sure?¡± Fang Yun asked curiously.
¡°Yes.¡±
Neb nodded, then exined to Fang Yun,
¡°Our highest four heavens have contact with the civilizations beyond the barren zone.¡±
¡°How is the strength of those civilizations?¡± Fang Yun asked.
¡°Extraordinarily powerful.¡± Neb nodded with certainty and said,
¡°The other party is just a single civilization, but we need the entire four heavens to work together to stop the other party¡¯s invasion.¡±
¡°You have been fighting with them?¡± Fang Yun was surprised again.
¡°Yes.¡± Neb nodded,
¡°After the first contact with them, they have always wanted to cross the barren zone and upy our small universe. It¡¯s just that they don¡¯t have that ability.¡±
¡°Unfortunately, every time the other party invades, our forces have heavy casualties.¡±
Upon saying this, Neb smiled bitterly.
¡°The reason why we don¡¯t want to have a conflict with you isrgely due to this.¡±
Hearing this, Fang Yun has already understood. The leaders of the four heavens understand that if they conflict with him, they will have to face external and internal troubles at the same time.
After all, his current strength is very high. He also has a very strong potential, and now their focus needs to be ced on the civilization outside the barren zone.
So speaking of it, they can only seek peace with him.
Fang Yun started pondering. He did not immediately respond to Neb but thought about this proposal internally. After thinking for a while, he looked at the extremely small ship ahead.
Of course, this ship is thergest in the fleet, but in front of Fang Yun, it¡¯s more insignificant than dust.
¡°Tell me about the technological power of the foreign civilization.¡±
Fang Yun intently looked at themand ship.
¡°Compared to you, how advanced is it?¡±
¡°Technology?¡± Neb shook his head and said.
¡°Technology is not the primary productive force of that civilization, but cultivation.¡±
Chapter 572: Entering the Fourth Heaven (Part 1)
Chapter 572: Entering the Fourth Heaven (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Hearing Neb¡¯s words, Fang Yun was taken aback this time. He didn¡¯t expect that there is something like cultivation in this world.
¡°Can you tell me what you know about that civilization?¡±
Fang Yun began to inquire, wondering if the civilizations in the areas outside the barren zone are just the cultivation civilizations and fantasy worlds he read about in his previous life.
Soon, Neb started describing the things he knew about that civilization to Fang Yun.
Through Neb¡¯s exnation, Fang Yun has a certain understanding of the so-called cultivation civilization. This civilization is indeed the same as the ones he read about and watched in his previous life¡¯s novels and movies.
It¡¯s just that they still use abination of technology and cultivation. For example, at the beginning of cultivation, the cultivator must undergo a ritual. In this ritual, they will use some methods to grant the cultivator the qualification to cultivate.
In fact, the ¡®mysterious¡¯ method they use in this kind of ritual is to gically modify the cultivators through scientific and technological methods, transforming their bodies so that they can absorb the energy flowing around in the universe.
After learning about this, Fang Yun also asked Neb about the strength of the cultivation civilization. ording to Neb, the strength of the other party is extremely high. The four heavens can barely guarantee that they will not be able to invade the nine heavens.
The four highest heavens have gradually felt overwhelmed. That¡¯s why they asked for Fang Yun¡¯s assistance. They couldn¡¯t stand the massive loss they have every day, hence they asked for help.
¡°Your excellency, what is your reply?¡±
Neb looked at the absent-minded Fang Yun and continued.
¡°In fact, there are other pollutants that are cooperating with us to jointly resist the cultivation civilization¡¯s invasion.¡±
¡°Let me think about it first.¡±
After saying this, Fang Yun remained silent for a moment before asking again.
¡°Can you tell me how much you know about parallel universes?¡±
Hearing Fang Yun¡¯s question, Neb was stunned. The giant serpent asked about parallel universes for the second time. After thinking for a moment, he exined.
¡°We don¡¯t know much about parallel universes. Until now, we haven¡¯t even confirmed whether parallel universes exist or not.¡±
Fang Yun was a little absent-minded. He wondered whether the earth of his past life is in this universe or a parallel universe.
He was a little upset, even though he knows that there are parallel universes, he doesn¡¯t know how many of them there are. How should he determine which parallel universe is his hometown in?
¡°I am still too weak and ignorant¡ My understanding of this universe is really too little. ¡°
Fang Yun personification, a little snake was yelling internally.
¡°I long for knowledge! and I long for power!¡±
On the other side, after seeing that the great serpent didn¡¯t respond for a while, Neb said again.
¡°If you want to learn more about parallel universes, you might as well go to the capital of our fourth heaven and the headquarters of the council. I will assemble all the information about the parallel universe in the four heavens once we arrive there and give it to you.¡±
¡°Huh?¡±
Fang Yun came back to his senses. He pondered for a moment before determining that this is the best method, so he nodded.
¡°Hoof¡¡±
Seeing that Fang Yun was finally willing to follow them to the central area of the fourth heaven, Neb sighed with relief. Their n is already half-sessful.
¡°Okay, great divine serpent, let¡¯s set off now.¡± Neb said.
¡°Yeah.¡± Fang Yun nodded.
The entire fleet turned around and went back the way it came from.
The conversation between Fang Yun and Neb has already reached the other three heavens. The leaders of the three highest heavens knew about it and they were relieved to learn that Fang Yun was willing to go to the fourth heaven center with Neb.
In this situation, there should be no conflicts between them.
Fang Yun followed behind a big fleet, and beside him was the giant turtle. The intelligence of the giant turtle has greatly increased. Anyway, it could roughly understand the conversation between Fang Yun and Neb.
It just couldn¡¯t understand some specific words and vocabry, but it also knows that this fleet isn¡¯t a threat to them, so it honestly followed Fang Yun.
Just like this, Neb¡¯s fleet was followed by two behemoths and soon entered the fourth heaven.
Soon after, the negotiation between the two parties was passed to the rest of the powerful heavens and soon became big news.
Some felt sorry, some felt relieved, and some felt regretful.
The highest four heavens can actually seek peace with the great serpent, but they never tried to do so, seeking only to attack it and hunt it. This caused their heaven to be riddled with holes.
Many people felt regret and hatred at the decisions of their leaders that brought them so much disaster.
Time passed day by day. Fang Yun and the giant turtle slowly followed behind the fleet. After three months of flying through the boundary, they finally arrived at the fourth heaven.
When they entered the fourth heaven¡¯s territory, Neb couldn¡¯t help but feel a little nervous, fearing that Fang Yun would go crazy and cause trouble in their fourth heaven, causing them to fall out.
Fortunately, the things in his imagination didn¡¯t appear. Fang Yun only devoured some rocks ands without life on the way. Some of them had energy mines, but these mines are insignificant to the fourth heaven.
¡°Hehe, great divine serpent, you need a lot of energy, right.¡±
During this period, Neb asionallymunicated with Fang Yun. Through many conversations, Neb discovered that this serpent behemoth is actually quite friendly. It¡¯s not murderous, arrogant, or crazy like other pollutants at all.
¡°Yeah.¡± Fang Yun nodded,
¡°I need a huge amount of energy to maintain my body functions. Every has a great amount of energy, so they¡¯re my primary food.¡±
This is quite obvious, hence Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother to hide it, but rather generously admitted it.
Neb smiled upon hearing this.
¡°In fact, in our universe, there are some special meteorites that contain special energy. That kind of energy is not onlyrge but also has an extremely high quality. Compared to the energy you can obtain by devourings, it¡¯s muchrger.¡±
¡°Oh? Do you have such a thing?¡± Fang Yun looked at Neb¡¯s Starship with a look of curiosity.
Hearing this, Neb¡¯s expression stagnated. He smiled awkwardly and said,
¡°Haha¡ I don¡¯t. This kind of thing doesn¡¯t exist in our nine heavens.¡±
Chapter 572: Entering the Fourth Heaven (Part 2)
Chapter 572: Entering the Fourth Heaven (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Could it be something that that cultivation civilization possesses?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly realized.
¡°You want to say that if I need arge amount of energy, I might as well cooperate with you and fight against that civilization.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t think much of it, because if what Neb said was true, then he would really have to cooperate with them andpete with that cultivation civilization for those ¡®meteorites¡¯.
¡°Hehe, great divine serpent, what do you think about my proposal?¡±
Neb said with a smile,
¡°If we really find that kind of energy meteorite, we will give all of it to you. Moreover, energy and energy sources are much richer in that cultivation domain.¡±
¡°We concluded that if they had ack of energy, they would have no way of supporting so many cultivators.¡±
Fang Yun thought so too, but he didn¡¯t decide for the time being because he still doesn¡¯t know what the enemy cultivation civilization looks like.
¡°I need information about that cultivation civilization, and the more detailed the information, the better.¡±
Fang Yun straightforwardly said to Neb, andter ordered his subordinates to gather the information they have about the cultivation civilization. He even prepared some secret information and materials and nned to send them as well.
All of this information was sent to Fang Yun, including their previous battles with the cultivation civilization on the other side of the barren zone.
Soon, many pieces of information appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. He gradually learned about the cultivation of civilization.
¡°Each sh ended with the four heavens paying a heavy price.¡±
Fang Yun was speechless as he watched the information about the fight between the four heavens and the cultivation civilization.
They shed a total of five times, but each time, the four heavens lost, and they also lost terribly.
It¡¯s just that the opponent might have some scruples, so there are some restrictions on their use of troops, allowing the defensive lines of the four heavens to persist for a long time.
¡°If this continues, the defense lines of the four heavens will be breached sooner orter.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally.
¡°There are also a lot of pollutants that are cooperating with the four heavens, ording to information that the four heavens gathered, the status of pollutants and star beasts isn¡¯t high in that cultivation civilization.¡±
¡°They are targets to be hunted down as their bodies can be worth a lot, and no matter how weak they are, their flesh and blood can provide energy and food to these cultivators.¡±
¡°In addition, they are mostly pets, mounts, and the like. It¡¯s no wonder that they are willing to cooperate with the four heavens to fight against the cultivation of civilization.¡±
Fang Yun could guess the thoughts of these behemoths because even he doesn¡¯t want to face that cultivation civilization alone. In this case, his only choice is to cooperate with the four heavens
Anyway, he has no mandatory requirement to fight.
After Fang Yun entered the fourth heaven, all kinds of news about him started flying around. Many people were worried about whether Fang Yun¡¯s presence would bring any disaster to the fourth heaven.
After all, the great serpent is a bloodthirsty beast. At least in their opinion, it has caused many tragic deaths.
However, during this period, Fang Yun did not act alone, nor did he think about increasing his sense of presence by scaring some civilizations like he liked to do. In the fourth heaven, he only swallowed some uninhabiteds.
This rtively ¡°friendly¡± attitude surprised many people, making them feel at ease.
It turns out that this giant serpent isn¡¯t a killing machine or a bloodthirsty and irrational beast.
Soon, Fang Yun arrived at the headquarters of the fourth heaven¡¯s council, Terra.
When Fang Yun appeared near the orbit of this, the people on this were all tense. With such a small distance, even the strong fortifications near Terra can¡¯t stop it as long as the giant serpent is willing to attack.
Fortunately, the giant serpent did not attack Terra in the end.
¡°Send me the information about parallel universes.¡±
Fang Yun emphasized, then left along with the giant turtle. Both of them didn¡¯t go far but selected a corner in this star system to live in.
After Neb promised that he will send the informationter, he headed towards Terra. He brought the great serpent to Terra, and from its attitude, it doesn¡¯t seem to be against cooperating. Now they need to talk about their next actions.
Fang Yun quickly found a rtively remote void, which was very suitable for him to live in. There are also a lot of celestial bodies not far away, which could serve as his food.
Not long after he settled there, Neb came over and brought along a lot of information.
¡°These are the pieces of information we have about parallel universes.¡±
¡°If you don¡¯t understand anything, you can go to Terra and contact me.¡±
After giving Fang Yun his guarantee, Neb left.
Fang Yunid down in the dark space, slowly digesting what Neb had sent him.
¡°Sure enough, these four heavens have rtively little understanding of parallel universes.¡±
Although there is a lot of information, most of it is useless.
The number of useful information is pitifully small, anyway, the four heavens still couldn¡¯t confirm the existence of parallel universes up to now.
In fact, just not long ago, they thought that the nine heavens were the center of the universe, while other ces were all deserted, barren areas.
But they didn¡¯t expect that they were just frogs at the bottom of the well. There are indeed other civilizations and domains in the universe, and more than one. Just one of these civilizations has put great pressure on them.
The opposite cultivation civilization is called the hero domain or hero civilization by the four heavens. Anyway, this is what the people from there say when they introduce their civilization.
¡¡¡
All information and news about parallel universes are just spections, but among all the information, Fang Yun discovered spection that there might be information and even ways to go to parallel universes in the cultivation civilization.
The reason for saying this is because many people spected that a lot of high-quality energy is required to go to parallel universes. The amount of energy required is so big that it can¡¯t be gathered normally. Only some special phenomenon in the territory of the cultivation civilization can be used to travel to a parallel universe.
However, all of this is just a guess, a hypothesis. Fang Yun kept all of this in his mind. He might be able to use this knowledge in the future.
¡°In this way, I might really have to cooperate with the four heavens.¡±
Fang Yun felt that he couldn¡¯t escape from this mission. Going home has always been something he has dreamed of.
Since there¡¯s a clue about parallel universes in this Hero civilization, then he must go there at all costs.
Chapter 573: The Cultivation Domain (Part 1)
Chapter 573: The Cultivation Domain (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Now, information about Fang Yun is still flying like snowkes between the four highest heavens. Many people are inquiring about Fang Yun¡¯s information and deeds, causing a slightmotion.
But fortunately, there have been no incidents yet, so the people aren¡¯t panicked yet.
During this period, Fang Yun hadn¡¯t stopped devourings. Of course, theses are uninhabited ones. Now that he is nning to cooperate with the four heavens, he can¡¯t mess around.
After about a week, Neb came again to Fang Yun¡¯s temporary home and started sharing some important information.
¡°Great divine serpent, what do you think about this?¡±
Neb stood directly in space, looking at Fang Yun from a rtively close distance. From his point of view, this creature is almost endless.
A strange and terrifying aura radiated from Neb¡¯s body. He is using the power inside his body.
Fang Yun lowered his head and looked down at the dust-like creature in front of him. He naturally felt the kind of tyrannical fluctuations that radiated from Neb.
¡°This should be the power of cultivation.¡±
Fang Yun came to this conclusion after he sensed the aura of Neb.
¡°System, scan the bio-energy of the person in front of me.¡±
¡°Target locked! Humanoid intelligent creature. Value: 3 billion bio-energy points.¡±
In the next moment, a mechanical sound resounded through his mind. Fang Yun was shocked upon hearing the results.
¡°Unexpectedly, this guy is worth so much bio-energy.¡±
Suddenly, the light radiating from his eyes became different, causing Neb to unconsciously shudder.
As an extraordinary creature, he could naturally feel Fang Yun¡¯s unfathomable strength. Facing this terrifying creature, even he felt very weak.
¡°He¡¯s too powerful, I wonder what level can this serpent be ssified under if it¡¯s judged ording to the cultivation domain¡¯s cultivation levels?¡±
The most powerful cultivation level that Neb knows about is the world master.
However, he never personally saw any world master-level being before. The most powerful being he had ever seen is a star-level powerhouse.
Ordinary cultivators aren¡¯t a threat, they can only fight in flying boats or battleships. Only masters of the God of War level can barely move in space.
The-level powerhouses can freely move in space, and he is currently at this level.
Among the four highest heavens, there are very few people who have started to cultivate, and their cultivation level is also very low. The most powerful level is only the-level creatures, which is Neb¡¯s level.
The four speakers are all at this level.
However, standing in front of Fang Yun and personally perceiving his seemingly endless strength, Neb couldn¡¯t help but shiver. The degree of horror this serpent gave him is much higher than that of the star-level powerhouse he saw before.
¡°This is a pollutantparable to at least a star-level powerhouse.¡±
Neb quickly came to such a conclusion.
¡°Fortunately, we didn¡¯t provoke this monster before.¡±
Just as he heaved a sigh of relief, he suddenly discovered that the aura emanating from this giant serpent seemed to be somewhat wrong. It¡¯s almost like a predator seeing its prey.
Neb couldn¡¯t help but shiver. He was afraid that this behemoth would suddenly attack him.
Fortunately, that feeling came abruptly, then quickly disappeared. He almost felt like it was an illusion. Neb took a deep breath and nervously asked the behemoth in front of him. He didn¡¯t notice that his tone of speech had be even more respectful.
¡°Great divine serpent, I wonder if you are willing to cooperate with us.¡±
After a pause, he said again,
¡°Regardless of whether your excellency is willing to cooperate with us, we will send you enough energy to consume every day.¡±
He said thest sentence through gritted teeth.
He knows the appetite of this serpent. If the four heavens provide energy to it over a long period, even with theirrge reserves, they will eventually run out of resources. However, in order to not make this serpent angry, he still has to say so.
Facing a creature that is at least star-level and is in their homnd, he is not only worried about his safety but the safety of the entire four heavens.
That time they suffered a terrible loss before finally resisting the attack of the star-level powerhouse. That incident was like a thorn in their throats.
Just a single powerhouse of the star-level has caused them such a loss. What if more star-level powerhouses or even more powerful masters appear next time?
He has a hunch that if a world master-level powerhouse attacks them, they will never be able to resist him, and who knows if there is a higher-level being.
¡°If we can pull this serpent to our side, we don¡¯t have to be so scared of the next few attacks. In this period, we can use the cultivation methods and resources we obtained to create arge number of cultivators.¡±
Neb was extremely nervous, afraid that Fang Yun would refuse. He was overwhelmed with joy when he saw the giant serpent nodding.
¡°I ept your proposal.¡±
Fang Yun nced at the Neb below and said,
¡°But I will not ept your dispatch or orders. I have the right not to participate in all actions.¡±
¡°Of course.¡± Neb was overjoyed and quickly agreed,
¡°Your excellency, can you tell me where you will be living next?¡±
¡°I¡¯ll stay here.¡±
Fang Yun thought for a while before saying,
¡°If something happens next time, tell me. I want to personally see this cultivation civilization.¡±
¡°Of course!¡±
Neb nodded in agreement, then talked with Fang Yun for another hour or two until he said everything. After stating all the information he came to share, Neb bid goodbye.
¡°Then I won¡¯t bother you. If something happens, I¡¯lle over again to disturb you.¡±
Neb left, leaving the absent-minded Fang Yun.
¡°ording to Neb, his strength is only about-level, but above the-level, there is the star-level and the world master-level. They don¡¯t know if there are any higher levels yet.¡±
Fang Yun pondered deeply,
¡°I wonder what is the level of my current strength?¡±
Chapter 573: The Cultivation Domain (Part 2)
Chapter 573: The Cultivation Domain (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Anyway, it¡¯s at least star-level.¡±
Fang Yun is very sure, because he felt that he can easily crush Neb, hence he concluded that he was at least star-level.
¡°Is there a master that can create or destroy universes like novels?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly thought of this,
¡°If there really is an existence of this level, then traveling between universes might not be impossible. I might have the possibility of returning back home.¡±
His way forward suddenly became a lot clearer. Although it will be extremely difficult to reach that level of power, at least he has a goal.
Fang Yun ssified himself as a star-level creature; He is very eager to learn more about cultivation and the cultivation domain, but for the next three months, there was no news.
It seems that the cultivation domain had never taken this ce seriously.
¡°It seems that the civilization that exists over there is very powerful.¡±
Fang Yun felt that he should be ready to run away at any time, and he has to quickly increase his strength.
¡°I will devour more energy every day from now on.¡±
Fang Yun thought as he swallowed a nearby. With his huge size, he doesn¡¯t need to use any skill to devours. Even thergest can be easily devoured just by opening his mouth.
After all, Fang Yun now has a diameter of 330,000 kilometers. Amongst the nine heavens, he is undoubtedly the biggest creature that ever existed, and he surpassed the second one by far.
Most importantly, he is going to continue growing.
Finally, ten dayster, Fang Yun gathered enough bio-energy and started evolving again.
After this evolution, his length has reached 13 million kilometers and his diameter 550,000 kilometers. With his current size, he can easily connect some closers in a sr system.
¡°I¡¯m stronger again.¡±
Feeling his skyrocketing strength, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but feel a sense of peace of mind. After this evolution, the system rewarded him with more than 100 skill points.
During the past period, his reputation value has also increased significantly, especially with his news spreading over the four heavens. He has umted thousands of skill points just from the reputation rewards.
He used most of them to upgrade ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡±, leaving him with few points left. After upgrading this skill, he didn¡¯t have any skill points left to upgrade any other skill.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that new skills appeared after this evolution.
¡°Space annihtion.¡±
This skill has a particrly domineering name. As the name suggests, after activation, it can annihte space within a certain range.
Everything within that annihted space will return to its most primordial state.
This skill is very simr to the ¡°Space Copse¡± he got from the star cow, but it¡¯s many times stronger.
Just like ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡± and ¡°Super ck Hole¡±, this skill requires 400 skill points for the first upgrade, and each subsequent upgrade requires 100 more points.
¡°Mytest skills are big skill points¡¯ consumers.¡±
Fang Yun sighed helplessly, but unfortunately, he couldn¡¯t do anything about this. To be stronger, he needs to spend skill points, and the amount that he needs to spend is increasing more and more.
At the moment, the rate of his reputation growth is gradually slowing down. He is already considered a particrly famous character in the domain of the nine heavens, so it¡¯s getting harder and harder to get reputation points, so he needs to make a ssh in a new location.
¡°I wonder if there is any news about the cultivation domain.¡±
Fang Yun shifted his attention to the cultivators¡¯ civilization outside the nine heavens. He is certain that he is going to earn his future reputation and bio-energy points there.
It was at that moment that Neb sent him a new message. The cultivation civilization has moved. It¡¯s started to move their troops.
¡°Such a coincidence?¡±
Fang Yun was taken aback. Just when he wanted to contact the cultivation civilization, the other party¡¯s troops started moving towards the four heavens defense line.
¡°I¡¯ll be over.¡±
After replying to Neb, he immediately set off, heading towards the first heaven.
The first heaven is undoubtedly the strongest out of the nine heavens, and it¡¯s also the main force in the battle against the cultivation civilization, hence they are the most stressed out of the four highest heavens.
However, the other three heavens have greatly helped the first heaven in the battle against the cultivation civilization, otherwise, the defensive line would have long been breached.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s huge body moved across the dark universe, causing space to tremble. As he moved forward, he used a skill he obtained in thest bloodline evolution.
His body size gradually shrunk down, hiding his true size and showing only a small part of it.
Previously, he didn¡¯t need to do so, but he is going to face an unfathomable power next. Even with his tyrannical strength, he didn¡¯t have the confidence to face it head-on, so he decided to cover his true size and a part of his strength in order not to draw too much attention.
About half a monthter, he finally arrived at the first heaven. He teleported and traveled across the hyperspace most of the time, hence the journey didn¡¯t take too much time.
When Fang Yun finally arrived at the first heaven, no one was aware of his existence nor did they recognize him, because the outside image he showed was that of a 1000 kilometers long snake.
His current size is insignificantpared to the size he showed before. Behemoths of this size are also verymon in space. He didn¡¯t receive much attention as he traveled to the location specified by Neb.
The specified location is a space base. This space base is extremelyrge, orbited by many-sized Battlestars and fortresses. Of course, there were countless battleships around and on it.
When Fang Yun reached the space base, he immediately sent a message. A few momentster, Neb personally came over to wee Fang Yun.
¡°This is¡¡±
When Neb saw Fang Yun¡¯s new look, he was immediately taken aback, but he quickly determined that the serpent in front of him was indeed Fang Yun based on his aura.
¡°Great divine serpent, I didn¡¯t expect you toe so soon.¡±
Neb was particrly surprised. Seeing Fang Yun, he felt a sense of peace of mind inexplicably. Although the serpent in front of him is countless smaller than before, he has a special feeling, the behemoth in front of him is even more powerful than thest time he saw him.
¡°What¡¯s going on now?¡±
Fang Yun straightforwardly asked and Neb quickly exined to him,
¡°There is a small group of troops iing. If we allow the opponent to cross the Kapor belt, it¡¯s equivalent topletely entering the first heaven.¡±
¡°Now our army is fighting against them, but even against such small troops, our army is struggling.¡±
Neb had a wry smile as he described the situation.
Fang Yun was speechless as he heard this, these guys are too bitter.
A small group of troops drove into such a state.
¡°How is the opponent¡¯s strength?¡± Fang Yun solemnly asked.
¡°They¡¯re very strong.¡± Neb said earnestly,
¡°They sent 15-level masters this time.¡±
Chapter 574: The Incoming War (Part 1)
Chapter 574: The Iing War (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun nced at Neb. If the 15-level masters are as powerful as him, then it doesn¡¯t really matter. He can easily crush them.
Upon thinking of this, he said to Neb,
¡°Should we go over now?¡±
¡°That would be great!¡± Neb said very excitedly.
The war situation isn¡¯t optimistic. If they can rush over as soon as possible, then, of course, that would be excellent.
Fifteen-level masters can cause a lot of damage to the defensive line. With just one careless mistake, they might allow them to break through the defensive line, so they can¡¯t deal with this matter sloppily.
More importantly, this time it¡¯s very likely that these are just the vanguard troops. More powerful forces are likely following behind.
¡°Well, lead the way.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t think much of it. After all, he just wanted to enter the battlefield and fight against that cultivation civilization.
Neb showed Fang Yun the way ahead, taking the lead. Fang Yun followed behind him and the giant turtle followed behind them.
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t afraid that the giant turtle would fall into heavy danger, because he felt that even if it wasn¡¯t a powerful-level creature, it¡¯s not far away from it.
As for him, he is at least a star-level powerhouse, possibly above. He hadn¡¯t personally seen a star-level being, so he can¡¯t make a judgment yet.
There was a fleet following behind Fang Yun and the others. This fleet isposed of elites. ording to the system¡¯s reminder, each ship can provide at least 1 billion bio-energy points.
¡°One billion bio-energy points and there are a total of 10,000 ships.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh,
¡°This is 10 trillion bio-energy points.¡±
Unfortunately, he has no way to swallow these ships, because now they are his allies. Fang Yun also knows that the four heavens can only rely on these powerful ships to deal with the cultivation civilization.
As for the other ordinary battleships, they are like fragile practice dummies flying in space.
¡°We¡¯ll soon arrive at the Kapor Star Belt.¡±
About a weekter, Neb sent this message to Fang Yun. They jumped across space almost all the way, but even so, the journey took them almost a week.
Neb¡¯s voice is filled with urgency.
After all, a week has passed. The situation on the defensive line must be extremely critical.
During this journey, Fang Yun oftenmunicated with Neb. He asked him about the enemy¡¯s information and the way they dealt with them. One of his most critical questions was how many battleships are required to deal with a-level cultivator.
ording to Neb, it takes at least fifty such advanced ships to hold a-level master.
It might look light they have the overwhelming advantage, after all, they have more than 10,000 of these ships, but when-level masters are more numerous, they can use abined attack technique or ¡®formation¡¯.
In this case, the number of ships required to hold each one of them greatly increased.
For example, to deal with the 15-level masters that were sent this time, they don¡¯t need 750 battleships, but 3000!
However, so many powerful ships can only entangle these-level masters, it¡¯s very difficult to kill them, and every time theyunch an attack, it¡¯s not just these masters who participate in the battle. Many lower-level cultivators participate in the battle as well, whether it¡¯s relying on ships, or formations.
The Kapor belt is quite far from the center of the first heaven, so it took them a week to reach their destination. Fortunately, they finally arrived.
Not far in front of them, there was countless debris, and beyond that is a seemingly endless ¡®StarRiver¡¯.
It¡¯s just that this star river isposed of countless meteorites,s, and small stars. From their perspective, the various objects and celestial bodies in the ¡®StarRiver¡¯ are densely packed, but in fact, these objects are rtively far away from each other and each has its orbit.
Besides this ¡®SkyRiver¡¯, there are many Battlestars. Most of them orbited around a gigantic and rugged space base.
¡°We¡¯re finally here.¡±
Neb heaved a sigh of relief, just as he was about to say something, several streams of light flew out from the space base and headed towards them.
At the head of the team, there was a majestic man. It¡¯s the speaker of the first heaven, Tom.
¡°Neb, this is¡¡±
Tom is also a master of the level, so he can easily travel across space without relying on any equipment.
He looked at the giant serpent in front of him with a surprised expression on his face, because the serpent is countless times smaller than the great serpent that agreed to cooperate with them.
If it weren¡¯t for the soul palpitating aura exuding from this serpent, he would wonder whether this is the same serpent that they chose to cooperate with.
¡°This is the great divine serpent.¡±
Neb exined to Tom,
¡±The great divine serpent shrank its body to this size.¡±
Tom nodded and said, ¡°So that¡¯s it.¡±
After responding, he looked at Fang Yun and said respectfully,
¡°Tom, the speaker of the first heaven, greets you great divine serpent.¡±
Previously, Tom knew from Neb that Fang Yun is definitely not a weak creature. Standing in front of it, even if they are-level masters, they still couldn¡¯t help but shudder.
The difference in strength is too big.
So at this time, Tom didn¡¯t dare to rudely treat this behemoth.
¡°Okay, no need to be polite.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about these pleasantries. He is more concerned about the war,
¡°What¡¯s the situation now?¡±
¡°Great divine serpent¡¡± Tom was about to talk, but Fang Yun interrupted him,
¡°Just call me Ouroboros.¡±
¡°Is this the true name of the divine serpent?¡±
Although he didn¡¯t know the meaning of this name, it sounded inexplicably awe-inspiring. Tom felt an inexplicable emotion surging in his heart.
¡°Master Ouroboros.¡±
Tom seriously said,
¡°We have fully grasped the whereabouts of the other party, and they are quickly approaching our defense line.¡±
¡°That is to say, you have not conflicted yet?¡±
Fang Yun asked with a look of surprise.
He thought that the battle had already begun. Now that they came over, they can directly enter the battlefield. However, from the tone of Tom, they seem to be still in the pre-battle preparation state?
Chapter 574: The Incoming War (Part 2)
Chapter 574: The Iing War (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Yes.¡± Tom nodded and smiled bitterly,
¡°We dare not start the battle easily. In addition to the 15-level masters, they also have about 50,000 battleships.
¡°And ording to our investigation, they are probably just vanguards. There is probably a bigger team behind them.¡±
He looked very worried as he talked about this. Many signs indicate that the current situation is very unfavorable for them. A single mistake might cause their nine heavens to copse.
After hearing Tom¡¯s words, Fang Yun immediately had a guess in his mind. The cultivation domain is starting to pay attention to this domain.
There is nothing to say, the domain of the nine heavens is veryrge. It also contains a lot of resources and technology, the cultivation domain won¡¯t easily give up on it.
¡°Go to themand room and show me the video.¡±
After a moment of thought, Fang Yun said. He wants to see the battle scene between the nine heavens and the cultivation civilization.
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s words, Tom immediately led Neb and the others towards the space base¡¯smand room. Once inside the space base. Under Tom¡¯s operation, a huge holographic projection appeared in front of Fang Yun.
On the projection, A fleet was moving slowly in space. Their location was exactly the Kapor Star Belt. The countless clustered celestial bodies are too iconic. The only ce in the nine heavens that has such a scene is the Kapor Star Belt.
At the head of this team, 15 small figures are leading the march.
ording to Neb, staying inside a spaceship is too restrictive to the-level masters. Only in outer space can they truly disy their overwhelming power and speed.
¡°They look no different from the ordinary humanoid creature of the nine heavens.¡±
Fang Yun thought as he looked at the 15 people ahead. Suddenly, he thought of something. He turned around and asked Neb.
¡°Neb, we can only see 15-level masters now, but is it possible that there will be other-level masters hidden in those spaceships?¡±
¡°This¡¡± Neb was startled. After a moment of thought, he nodded,
¡°This is also possible. It¡¯s just that-level masters and above rarely stay inside spaceships, as they have to be careful all of the time. It¡¯s like staying in a closed tuna box to them.¡±
Although he said so, both he and Tom had an uneasy expression on their faces. If there are other-level masters hidden in those spaceships, the situation will be much worse.
¡°What the hell is going on, are they truly nning tounch a full-scale invasion on our domain this time?
Neb cursed angrily.
¡°Don¡¯t panic, Aren¡¯t you already prepared for war?¡±
Fang Yun nced at the gloomy Neb and said. He was much calmer.
Indeed, he didn¡¯t feel threatened. Anyway, if the worst happens, he can still leave. He is at least a star-level being. It doesn¡¯t matter how many-level beingse, they can¡¯t stir any waves in front of him.
Unless there is arge number of beyond-level masters inside those spaceships.
¡°We must first intercept that fleet.¡±
Fang Yun said after pondering for a moment. Neb and Tom on the side nodded subconsciously, but then they reacted and stared at each other nkly.
It seems that the leadership has been seized by Fang Yun, but they don¡¯t n to say anything, because he is the strongest in the nine heavens¡¯ domain.
With Fang Yun present, their defensive line was indeed much more stable, and they really needed to probe the details and power of that fleet.
Soon, Neb took a part of the fleet, with 20,000 battleships, then set off. The fleet was led by Fang Yun.
This time, the giant turtle also tagged along.
The giant turtle has a special ability. It can fold the space and hide the fleet in the depths of the void, making it extremely hard to find.
Through this skill, they can closely spy on the invading fleet.
Fang Yun and the others plunged into the Kapor Star Belt right away. Fang Yun had no scruples. He swallowed all the meteorites ands on his way.
This greatly facilitated the travel of the fleet following behind. They can easily move forward without worrying about the attraction of gravity or colliding with meteorites on the way.
After three days of traveling, they detected a strong electromaic wave ahead. Fang Yun knew that they were about to collide with the enemy.
Fang Yun hurriedly asked the giant turtle to hide them. Afterward, he didn¡¯t bother to devour the meteorites on his way but just kept moving forward.
Not long after, a small fleet appeared in front of them. It was led by 15 small individuals.
¡°Sure enough, there are 15-level masters.¡±
ording to the system¡¯s prompts, each one of them can provide him with more than 3 billion bio-energy points. These 15 people can provide him with a total of more than 50 billion bio-energy points.
¡°Let¡¯s check these spacecraft next. I want to see whether there are-level creatures hidden there¡±
Even if there are hidden-level masters in that fleet, it will be difficult for Neb and his fleet to check with their capabilities, but under the detection of the system, they can¡¯t hide anything in front of him.
¡°Huh?¡±
After the inspection, Fang Yun was quite surprised. ording to the system¡¯s investigation, there are indeed individuals that can provide him with more than 3 billion bio-energy points in that fleet.
3 billion bio-energy points are the threshold of-level masters. That means that there are indeed-level masters hidden there.
¡°There are-level beings hidden in that fleet.¡±
Fang Yun said to Neb and the rest with a tone of certainty, causing them to be quite surprised.
¡°This¡¡± Neb was a bit frightened. After recovering, he hurriedly asked Fang Yun.
¡°How many-level masters are hidden in that fleet?¡±
¡°Thirty-level creatures are hiding in the fleet. If we count the other 15. 45-level masters were dispatched this time.¡±
Fang Yun nced at Neb with a look of pity and surprise. If this guy didn¡¯t bring him this time, they would definitely have a big loss. They might even get killed, causing the defense line to be breached.
After all, there might still be more powerful troops after this vanguard fleet.
¡°Master Ouroboros, what should we do now?¡±
Neb has now faintly regarded Fang Yun as the leader of the fleet, being the first to solicit his opinion.
He never thought that this was shameful. Pollutants are some of the wisest and most powerful beings in their domain after all.
Facing so many-level powerhouses, he subconsciously wanted to retreat.
¡°Let¡¯s destroy this vanguard fleet first, then see if we can draw the forces behind them.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s decision directly frightened Neb and the rest.
¡°Destroy the vanguard troops?¡± His eyelids twitched,
¡°Master Ouroboros, we don¡¯t have that strength!¡±
¡°Who decided that?¡±
Fang Yun just left this sentence, then immediately jumped forward, flying at an iprehensible speed, leaving behind the terrified Neb.
Chapter 575: Initial Contact (Part 1)
Chapter 575: Initial Contact (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
When Fang Yun flew towards the enemy, the entire fleet started trembling severely. They never expected that they would directly fight with the enemy.
¡°Everyone, listen to my order! Cooperate with Master Ouroboros.¡±
Neb was stunned for just a moment. Then immediately shouted in the next second,manding the fleet to fight along with Fang Yun.
With Fang Yun taking the lead, Neb and the others rushed forward at full speed. The enemy fleet discovered Fang Yun and the rest the moment they jumped out of deep space.
¡°Huh?¡±
The fifteen-level masters at the head of the fleet were the first to discover Fang Yun. The moment the two sides faced each other, they burst out with an earth-shattering momentum.
¡°Hmph, don¡¯t make a fuss, it¡¯s that savage civilization¡¯s fleet.¡±
Among the fifteen people, one of them was obviously the leader. After looking at Fang Yun and the fleet behind, he immediately said to the people beside him, In the next moment, he took the lead and rushed towards Fang Yun.
¡°A mere low-level star beast dare to be so arrogant, die!¡±
A loud shout erupted from the leader¡¯s mouth. After that, he released an earth-shattering momentum, heavily sweeping towards Fang Yun.
¡°Hehe, in this wild domain, the star beasts shouldn¡¯t be too powerful, otherwise, its civilization will never be so weak.¡±
This leading humanoid is called Song Wenxuan. While attacking Fang Yun, he thought that he would be very weak, hence he didn¡¯t use his full strength.
In his view, dealing with this low-level star beast is not worth his full power.
¡°Haha, this savage civilization actually dares to take the initiative to attack us.¡±
Behind Song Wenxuan were all hispanions.
It¡¯s just that, hispanions are just as rxed as him at this moment. No matter their appearance or heart, they didn¡¯t show a trace of nervousness.
As they flew behind Song Wenxuan, they were talking andughing.
¡°Boom!¡±
The aura that erupted from Song Wenxuan heavilynded on the opposite serpent.
Song Wenxuan¡¯s mouth curled up. Just as he waited for the serpent to explode and its flesh and blood to scatter, the aurapletely dissipated upon touching the serpent. It didn¡¯t even hinder its movement or affect it in any way.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Song Wenxuan was a little dumbfounded, but at this moment, it was already extremely close to him. The serpent nced at him disdainfully, then opened his mouth and directly devoured him.
Before getting devoured, Song Wenxuan¡¯s body waspletely frozen. He waspletely unable to move or escape.
This is due to the assistance of the great turtle. It used space confinement topletely freeze Song Wenxuan. The giant turtle¡¯s space maniption skills are top-notch.
Of course, the current giant turtle is not as powerful as Song Wenxuan, but it can still temporarily freeze Song Wenxuan, and this period is more than enough for Fang Yun to devour or kill him dozens of times over.
¡°What?¡±
The other fourteen people who followed behind were dumbfounded. They couldn¡¯t believe that Song Wenxuan, the strongest out of them, would be devoured by this serpent without even having the chance to resist.
¡°This giant serpent is a bit weird. Let¡¯s attack together.¡±
The remaining fourteen people looked at each other and immediately understood each other¡¯s intentions.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
The fourteen people burst with extremely powerful auras. They used their auras to confine the opposite serpent. At this time, they had no chance and no n to escape at all. Their only chance is to attack together and see if they can kill the opposite serpent.
They quickly flew around the serpent whileunching a variety of powerful attacks. From energy beams to thunder and fire attacks to physical attacks. The attack of cultivators is indeed more diverse and hard to deal with than just technology.
When these fourteen people took action, Neb and the fleet behind were stunned. As the only-level powerhouse in the fleet, Neb was more shocked.
He had clearly sensed Song Wenxuan¡¯s power before. It was difficult to deal with the opponent. As a result, such a tricky enemy was directly devoured by the great serpent. He couldn¡¯t even resist.
¡°If Ouroboros ever nned to deal with me, I will probably be unable to withstand even one move.¡±
Such an idea emerged in his heart, causing him to look at the extremely big serpent ahead with more awe.
On the other side, in the cultivating domain fleet, the other hidden-level masters suddenly flew out from the cabin. It seemed that they were preparing toe forward and join theirpanions to suppress this weird serpent.
The fourteen-level mastersunched a fierce attack on Fang Yun. Thetter allowed the former to freely attack. These guys can indeed break through his defense, but the damage they can cause is extremely minuscule.
They can create a few dozen meters to hundreds of meters wide injuries on his body at the moment. Even with his current ¡®small¡¯ size, these injuries are insignificant.
Furthermore, after each wound appears, it will quickly heal in the next few seconds.
¡°These-level cultivators are indeed not my opponents.¡±
Fang Yun is 100% sure now. After confirming his conjecture, he immediatelyunched one fierce attack after the other on them.
However, he still held back as he didn¡¯t want to kill them or even reduce them to ashes, but waited until they were critically injured, then devoured them.
All of this might have taken long to describe, but it urred in just a few seconds. The rest of the-level masters were about to reach the battlefield, but after seeing the changing situation, they hurriedly turned around and left.
¡°Damn, this monster is extremely powerful, everyone, run!¡±
The leading-level master hurriedly sent this message to thepanions and the fleet behind, then quickly left. While moving at a sub-light speed, he quickly used an ability to elerate even further.
¡°Do you want to run?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s huge eyes stared at the thirty-level cultivators, then immediately used ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡±. Suddenly, these twenty-level cultivators were injured, but not to a life-threatening extent.
Immediately afterward, Fang Yun jumped towards them, almost teleporting in front of them then directly devouring them.
¡°Hiss!!¡±
Neb was dumbfounded upon seeing this scene. These-level masters didn¡¯t even have the power to fight back!
Each of them is a master that can travel through space at a sub-light speed and casually destroys. Almost god-like beings, but they are as weak as mice in front of the great serpent, insignificant!
¡°This is a top star-level creature. It might have even surpassed the star-level!¡±
This thought suddenly popped up in Neb¡¯s heart. At this time, he recovered and found that his throat was extremely dry.
Chapter 575: Initial Contact (Part 2)
Chapter 575: Initial Contact (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Fortunately, we didn¡¯t provoke enmity with such an existence, otherwise¡¡±
Thinking of such a scene, Neb¡¯s body trembled. If they recklessly attacked the giant serpent, like the heavens below them, they would be destroyed by it, without the need for the cultivation domain to take action.
Upon thinking of this, Neb ordered the fleet to halt. He didn¡¯t even think about assisting the giant serpent now, because they would hinder it at most. The enemy fleet is like a chicken waiting to be ughtered by him.
¡°Huh, it seems that the appearance of such a miraculous creature at such a critical time is a blessing to the nine heavens domain.¡±
If it was in the past, Neb might still worry that Fang Yun might conspire against them, but after seeing his performance today, he didn¡¯t have such a worry anymore.
After seeing his strength, Neb realized that it¡¯s not difficult for this monster to conquer the nine heavens if it ever wanted to, and this is probably far from its limit.
I need to discuss with Tom and the others about how to deal with Ouroboros.¡±
Neb felt that now they must firmly tie themselves to this giant serpent.
Ouroboros¡¯s primary objective is to devour energy, and from the look of it, it doesn¡¯t seem to have a sense of belonging or collective honor with the nine heavens.
The reason why he decided to fight alongside them is probably that he has scruples about the cultivation domain.
¡°We must make sure that our existence is valuable to Ouroboros.¡±
Neb thought internally.
Without the help of Ouroboros, they might not be able to resist the cultivation domain for long. After all, they have been targeted. Each wave of attacks is getting stronger and stronger. At some point, they will bepletely unable to resist.
Upon thinking of this, he shifted his sight to outer space again. He silently watched as Ouroboros devoured the-level cultivators, then started rampaging across the enemy¡¯s fleet.
¡°He¡¯s unmatched¡¡±
Neb helplessly muttered. He sorted his thoughts, then quickly flew towards Fang Yun on the opposite side.
¡°Master Ouroboros.¡±
After flying in front of Fang Yun, Neb respectfully called Fang Yun. To be honest, after seeing his violent massacre and the ease with which he crushed those-level masters, Neb felt great pressure while facing him.
¡°What?¡±
Fang Yun nced at him faintly and said,
¡°This fleet has beenpletely solved by me now, let¡¯s go back first.¡±
Upon saying this, he took the lead and flew back through their original route. Neb and his fleet closely followed behind.
Soon, they flew out from the Kapor Star Belt and returned back to the space base. Afterward, Fang Yun flew to a remote location and started devouring thes and meteorites there.
Neb bid goodbye, then headed in the other direction. He headed straight towards the space base. He needs to personally recount the situation back to Tom and the others, then discusses their next n.
Tom, who was standing in themand post, turned around and said after seeing Neb.
¡°How about it, how far is the enemy from our current location?¡±
¡°About that. The enemy fleet had been wiped out.¡±
Neb said to Tom with a weird look on his face. Tom almost jumped out due to the shock. He looked at Neb with wide eyes.
¡°Really?¡± Tom looked incredulous,
¡°How many people did we lose?¡±
¡°No one died.¡±
Neb didn¡¯t beat around the bush. He directly said.
¡°They were killed by lord Ouroboros. His strength is still above our imagination.¡±
Neb said with a wry smile on his face,
¡°Tom, we have to discuss and determine our value for lord Ouroboros.¡±
Neb said through gritted teeth. He wanted to say something further, but he couldn¡¯t say anything in the end.
He remembered that not long ago, the four of them were considered as the hegemons of this domain. Immense power, countless resources, and civilizations were under their hands. They hailed themselves as supreme and their arrogance broke through the sky.
However, all of this was broken after they encountered the cultivation domain outside. They found out that they were nothing more than frogs at the bottom of a well. There are still many civilizations and powers beyond them outside the barren zone.
Only then did they start to correct their mentality. Finally, after spending a lot of time and resources to get a cultivation method. They started to slowly cultivate. They reminded themselves that the universe is very big and they are insignificant.
Most importantly, the nine heavens domain isn¡¯t safe anymore.
They originally thought that they were already quite humble, but such a terrifying pollutant appeared from their domain, further breaking their arrogance.
The strength of this pollutant is powerful beyondparison. Let alone their personal strength, even the power of their heaven is insignificantpared to it.
Not to mention the four of them, more than 40 masters were easily crushed by it. Each one was as strong if not stronger than them.
This terrifying strength caused them to feel a sense of frustration.
¡°Tom, you haven¡¯t seen it personally. The leading 15-level masters were crippled and devoured by it in just over 10 seconds.¡±
Upon saying this, Neb quickly sent the copied video material to Neb.
After a few seconds, a holographic projection appeared in front of them, on which was the battle scene between Fang Yun and the enemy fleet.
A few moments after the start of the battle, Tom watched with wide eyes as Fang Yun defeated and devoured 15-level powerhouses in just over 10 seconds.
Afterward, he watched him spend a few minutes crippling the other fleeing-level masters then devour them. In the end, he destroyed the fleet without any difficulty.
¡°He¡¯s a bit too powerful, right?¡± Tom was stunned. This degree of power is different from what the great serpent has disyed in his battle against the fifth and sixth heaven.
¡°Does a star-level master have such a terrifying strength?¡±
¡°Is it possible that Master Ouroboros isn¡¯t a star-level master, but beyond? Maybe a cosmic powerhouse?¡±
Neb and Tom looked at each other with wide eyes,
¡°The four of us need to discuss this matter carefully. Just as you said, what we need to consider now is what we can offer to lord Ouroboros. We absolutely mustn¡¯t appear as worthless to him!¡±
At the moment, there¡¯s no reason for the great serpent to cooperate with them. His cooperation is almost like a charity. After finding out more information about the situation of the cultivation domain, the great serpent might just abandon them.
So the four of them have to discuss how they can firmly tie themselves and the great serpent together.
Chapter 576: Seeking Shelter (Part 1)
Chapter 576: Seeking Shelter (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°It seems that they¡¯re not stupid.¡±
Fang Yun was eavesdropping on the conversation between Neb and Tom. He is satisfied with their self-consciousness. After that, he stopped paying attention to them.
Now his goal is to continuously devour all kinds of things, acquire bio-energy and evolve.
When he was rampaging across the nine heavens domain before, he wasn¡¯t so urgent. After all, he was already quite powerful and he had a rough idea about the topbat power of this domain.
But now it¡¯s different.
There is a brand new civilization outside. Furthermore, the power of this civilization is far beyond the nine heavens domain. Even with his current power, he is unlikely to be the opponent of that cultivation civilization. In fact, if they get serious, they can probably deploy enough power to deal with him.
So at this time, he has to take the opportunity to strengthen himself and evolve further before they can realize his threat.
Unfortunately, with his current speed of bio-energy acquisition, it¡¯s taking longer and longer to evolve. Moreover, he is already extremely famous all over the nine heavens, reputation points will be harder and harder to get.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Fang Yun devoured a giant with a single bite. He felt a little irritable. He is still halfway short of the bio-energy requirement.
This half is a veryrge number, he needs thirty trillion points. That means that he has to devour 300,000 ordinarys. This is already the number ofs in an area of dozens of light-years!
As he continued to madly devour everything in front of him, he left behind an extremelyrge empty area. This terrifying devouring speed and volume shocked the soldiers stationed in the space base. They were all scared that this terrifying behemoth would suddenly turn around and devour them.
¡°I wonder if I¡¯m capable of devouring stars now.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze fixed on a star not far ahead. The star is not very big, about 700,000 kilometers wide. It¡¯s a bit smaller than the sun of the blue, but it exuded amazing light, heat, and energy.
This is a rtively young star. The bio-energy that can be obtained from devouring it is also amazing! Over 70 billion bio-energy points!
Fang Yun wanted to try devouring it. If he seeds, that means that he can finally devour stars. His growth speed will increase by over a hundredfold!
Upon thinking of this, Fang Yun no longer hesitated. He resolutely approached the star. The terrifying temperature of this star had no effect on Fang Yun, he started to slowly devour it.
He still doesn¡¯t dare to swallow a star in one bite. What if it explodes in his stomach?!
Of course, he can do so, he is over 500,000 kilometers wide after all. It¡¯s just that he shrunk his size.
As Fang Yun sucked its energy, the star got smaller and smaller. Although he was slowly swallowing it, the star still got smaller at a speed visible to the naked eye. About a dayter, the starpletely disappeared. It was sucked straight into his stomach.
¡°Well¡ yes, now I can devour smaller stars.¡±
This star belongs to a rtively small level. There are countless bigger stars. Like the Arcturus that Fang Yun learned about in his past life, it¡¯s more than 20 times bigger than the sun.
Fang Yun has seen a lot of stars as big as Arcturus during his journey. In fact, he has seen some that are hundreds to thousands of times bigger than the sun. The universe is too big, nothing is impossible.
While Fang Yun was eating the surroundings, Neb and Tom held a small meeting. The purpose of the meeting was to discuss their next ns.
Everyone agreed that the cooperation between them and the great serpent wouldn¡¯tst long. When the great serpent gets familiar enough with the cultivation civilization, he¡¯s likely to leave them. They don¡¯t have anything worth its attention after all.
This is the oue that Neb and the other 3 don¡¯t want to see.
¡°Neb, what we need to do now is to discuss our cooperation terms with lord Ouroboros and to seek his shelter.¡±
This is what Tom and the other two said to Neb. Now, among the four of them, It¡¯s Neb that has the closest rtionship with the great serpent, hence themunication problem will be handed to him.
Neb also feels the heavy burden on his shoulders, but he has no choice. No one can rece his position now.
¡°I wonder if lord Ouroboros will agree to shelter us in the future?¡±
Neb smiled bitterly, then walked out of the gate of the base. Afterward, he flew directly towards Fang Yun¡¯s location.
He watched with a look of shock as Ouroboros devoured a star. His subordinates have already reported to him about this matter before, and as expected Ouroboros is indeed devouring a star at this moment.
That¡¯s a star!
Although it¡¯s fairly stable, once it explodes, it will result in a catastrophic scene! Although the base has protection against the radiation produced by the supernovae, it will still suffer some damage if it¡¯s close.
Of course, it will be directly vaporized if it¡¯s within the supernovae range.
The sight of the great serpent devouring stars is truly something to behold. This scene is so rare that it might not have happened in the history of the nine heavens.
He didn¡¯t dare to bother Ouroboros at this critical moment.
He is afraid that the devouring process will go wrong, creating a supernova that will sweep this area. He will be truly unlucky if the explosion range spreads to him. At that time, even if he isn¡¯t dead, he will be seriously injured if not crippled.
Time passed bit by bit, and after waiting for a long time, the great serpent finally devoured thest bits of the star.
¡°Burb!¡±
After devouring that star, Fang Yun burped in satisfaction. He turned around and looked at Neb.
¡°Let¡¯s talk about it, what are youing to ask me for?¡± He asked knowingly.
Seeing that they started talking about business, a serious expression appeared on Neb¡¯s face.
¡°Lord Ouroboros, I came here on behalf of the nine heavens¡¯ domain. We ask for your blessing and guardianship.¡±
After saying this, he gently ced his right hand on his heart and bowed, expressing his humble attitude towards a superior creature.
At this time, Nebpletely lowered his posture. He no longer holds himself as an equal to Fang Yun, but rather as a subordinate or even follower.
¡°Bless you?¡± Fang Yun had known Neb¡¯s intention long ago, but he still couldn¡¯t help butugh,
¡°I don¡¯t need followers, so forget about it.¡±
Hearing Fang Yun¡¯s words, even though Neb was already prepared, hisplexion couldn¡¯t help but change. He hurriedly said.
¡°Master Ouroboros, we sincerely ask for your blessing.¡±
Chapter 576: Seeking Shelter (Part 2)
Chapter 576: Seeking Shelter (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Moreover, we won¡¯t ask you to protect us for nothing.¡±
Neb said thest sentence through gritted teeth.
¡°Oh?¡± Fang Yun was amused, ¡°Listening to you, it¡¯s almost as if you¡¯re going to hire me.¡±
¡°Hehe, I¡¯m sorry, but you don¡¯t have the capital to hire me.¡±
Neb smiled bitterly. He also doesn¡¯t want to submit to another creature, but do they have a choice? Even if they pay an incredible price, they still have to do so. Otherwise, their civilization and even the nine heavens will be destroyed.
¡°We will provide you with tremendous energy. About 5000 stars like the one you just devoured. During our battle against the cultivation domain, for each year you protect us, we will give you even more energy.¡±
¡°Finally, from then on. Everyone in this domain, all civilizations, and all intelligent creatures will obey your orders.¡±
Neb did not bargain with Fang Yun but directly stated the price they are willing to pay.
During the meeting with Tom and the others, they all reminded Neb to throw out his bargaining chips little by little, but facing Ouroboros, Neb gave up on bargaining. Because they don¡¯t have the qualifications to bargain.
Hearing Neb¡¯s words, Fang Yun¡¯s eyes couldn¡¯t help but brighten. The star he just devoured is worth over a hundred billion bio-energy points.
Five thousandparable stars are about 500 trillion bio-energy points!
Anyway, for the next period of time, he doesn¡¯t need to worry much about bio-energy. Furthermore, ording to Neb¡¯s statement, all intelligent creatures in this domain will obey his orders. That will further elerate his growth speed and provide him with a lot of bio-energy.
¡°Master Ouroboros, these are our bargaining chips.¡±
Seeing that Fang Yun hadn¡¯t spoken for a long time, Neb thought that their bargaining chips weren¡¯t attractive enough to him. A trace of sadness rose in his heart. Could it be that this is the end of the nine heavens domain?
They are no match for the cultivation domain. At this rate, they will be defeated and killed.
¡°Neb, you better haven¡¯t lied to me. Otherwise, I can guarantee that your end will not be pretty.¡± After thinking for a moment, Fang Yun seriously said,
It was obviously a threat, but to the Neb, it sounded like the most beautiful sound in the universe. Neb hurriedly nodded, assuring him that they will never go back on their words.
¡°Master Ouroboros, don¡¯t worry, we will definitely not vite today¡¯s oath.¡±
Fang Yun faintly nodded.
¡°By the way, can you tell me the overall strength of this domain? Also, how many cultivators are there now on our side?¡±
¡°I¡¯ll sort out the relevant information after going back, then send it to you.¡±
Neb said very respectfully. They are no longer in a coborative rtionship.
The current Neb is Fang Yun¡¯s subordinate.
¡°Okay, go back.¡±
After Neb left, Fang Yun started thinking about it. Now, the entire nine heavens domain is his property. This is something he never expected.
¡°I wonder what the world outside is like.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but imagine the outside world. He greatly yearns for it, mostly because he will have a greater opportunity to increase his strength and reach an even higher level, giving him a greater chance to break the barriers of this universe and go back to his home.
After Neb went back, he retold Tom and the others the entire conversation. Tom and the others didn¡¯t me Neb for throwing all of their bargaining chips at once. His choice is understandable.
¡°Haah¡ Now we are finally tied up with lord Ouroboros.¡±
Although they became subordinates of someone else, Tom is very happy. After reigning over the first heaven and even the entire nine heavens for years, Tom has developed great feelings for them. He doesn¡¯t want to see them destroyed or conquered by other civilizations.
Only after receiving the protection of a more powerful creature did he feel relieved. Now they are no longer the tallest people in the nine heavens. There are more powerful people propping up the sky for them.
¡°The strength of Lord Ouroboros has likely reached the cosmic level. Powerhouses of this level are rare even in the cultivation domain. Most importantly, lord Ouroboros is growing at a speed visible to the naked eyes.¡±
Speaking of this, Tom had a dazed expression on his face. Previously, they were all wondering how the growth speed of the great serpent hasn¡¯t diminished at all.
After all, in their view, pollutants have a limit. That is the level 6 pollutants,parable to star-level powerhouses.
However, it seems that Ouroboros isn¡¯t a creature that can be trapped in the nine heavens domain. The limits of pollutants can¡¯t be applied to it.
¡°Immediately gather all information we have about the cultivation domain. At the same time, announce the fact that Lord Ouroboros has be the master of the nine heavens domain.¡±
Tom said to his subordinates and Neb did the same. They executed one action after the other and soon, the news spread across the nine heavens.
¡°This¡¡±
In a big dormitory, Nara looked at the holographic screen in front of him with a dumbfounded expression. His eyes looked like they were about to pop out.
Suddenly, the door of the dormitory was retracted into the wall, then Doron walked in from the outside. Upon seeing Nara¡¯s stupid expression, Nara snickered with amusement.
¡°Nara, what¡¯s that silly expression? It¡¯s almost as if the end of the world ising.¡±
¡°Doron, the news I¡¯m reading now has no less impact than the end of the world,¡± Nara said gravely.
¡°Huh?¡±
Doron raised his eyebrows, then walked towards Nara. He leaned over and started reading the article.
¡°What the hell are you reading, so exaggerated¡¡±
Doron shook his head as he read. Just as he wanted to tease Nara about getting deceived, the words were stuck in his throat.
¡°What? There¡¯s a broader universe outside of the nine heavens. It¡¯s the universe of cultivators and super powerful beings? What? The nine heavens aren¡¯t the center of the universe?¡±
Doron unconsciously raised his tone of voice.
¡°The cultivation world has noticed us and is sending countless forces to invade us?!¡±
Upon reaching this part, a trace of panic appeared in Doron¡¯s heart. Judging from the tone of the notice and their grave appearance, it¡¯s not difficult to guess that the cultivation domain is more powerful than the nine heavens domain.
Now that the cultivation domain has started to invade. Does that mean that they will be losers and even ves in the near future? They might even get exterminated!
¡°For the safety of our universe, the four highest heavens unanimously asked for the shelter and protection of lord Ouroboros, the greatest and most powerful existence in the nine heavens.¡±
¡°From now on, all the nine heavens¡¯ civilization must obey the orders of lord Ouroboros and there must be no vition!¡±
¡°Hiss!!!¡±
Doron gasped. These series of news are more explosive than the others.
The nine heavens have been targeted by a very powerful civilization. Moreover, the nine heavens now have a supreme master, above even the highest four heavens.
Even the speakers of the four highest heavens are the subordinates of this supreme master.
Chapter 577: Domain Lord (Part 1)
Chapter 577: Domain Lord (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Doron and Nara both felt that the world changed too fast. At this moment, the speakers of the four highest heavens announced that the nine heavens have a supreme master, and it was someone they never thought of.
¡°Huh¡ I didn¡¯t expect such a result in the end.¡±
After a long while, Doron was relieved. He had a bitter smile on his face. At the beginning, he wanted to get revenge for his friend Drummond, and the object of his revenge is the great serpent, Ouroboros!
However, this giant serpent has be the master of this domain, their universe! For the current great serpent, he is a being more insignificant than dust. It¡¯s not just a difference in power, but also an overwhelming difference in status.
The current great serpent doesn¡¯t need to act. With just a thought from him, countless people and powers will set off to exterminate him and everyone around him.
Fortunately, such a transcendent existence shouldn¡¯t notice or pay attention to a small person like him.
After the speakers of the four heavens announced the existence and status of Fang Yun, the four of them quickly assumed their role as subordinates and started serving him.
Now that Fang Yun is the master of a domain, he no longer needs to look for and devours. Instead, he devours the energy minerals that Neb and the others transport to him every day.
His bio-energy points started soaring. He also saved a lot of time. The extra time was used by Fang Yun to deal with the various matters presented by Neb and them.
¡°Since I am now the master of this domain, I naturally won¡¯t let that cultivation domain invade it. Not only that, but we must also counterattack.¡±
This is Fang Yun¡¯s idea. His goal is to send the people of this domain to the cultivation domain to gather intelligence and most importantly energy!
Fang Yun released his first order, and that is renaming the nine heavens domain as the Meta universe.
As for the cultivation domain outside, he simply called it the ancient universe.
In addition, he also asked Neb and the others to publish the cultivation method to ensure that everyone in the Meta universe can use it. The highest four heavens can¡¯t keep it for themselves anymore.
Previously, the four heavens didn¡¯t fully understand the cultivation method themselves and their aplishments weren¡¯t that high.
They were afraid that after the cultivation method was released to the other heavens, the civilizations there might catch up or even surpass them, shaking their position.
Therefore, they have always carefully cherished these cultivation methods. Unless it¡¯s a trustworthy subordinate or their personally cultivated forces, the cultivation methods weren¡¯t passed to anyone else.
Fang Yun has now be the lord of this universe and he feels that this is unnecessary. With his presence, no one will be able to rebel, so Neb and the others couldn¡¯t refuse.
The entire Meta universe was plunged into shock again.
Fang Yun¡¯s opinion is that technology and cultivation must go hand in hand. As long as they have enough time, they can train countless powerhouses.
After spreading the cultivation method, Fang Yun ordered those with better aptitudes to be sent over so that they could use their huge cultivation resources to pile up a few top powerhouses.
While Fang Yun started reforming the Meta universe, he ordered Neb to pay attention to the situation of the ancient universe. Especially the possible invading fleets in the Kapor belt.
After all, previously, Neb and the others suspected that that fleet was only the vanguard sent by the ancient universe. There must be more powerful forces behind it.
After giving a series of orders, Fang Yun fell into aid-back state. Neb and the others naturally wouldn¡¯t trouble Fang Yun for everything. Only after facing big decisions and problems will they request his help.
This was the order of Fang Yun himself.
¡°It¡¯s a bit boring to be idle¡¡±
Fang Yun was speechless. After a moment, he continued to devourrge chunks of energy-rich ore. Suddenly, the system prompted him that the evolution requirements have been fulfilled.
¡°Start the evolution!¡±
Without any hesitation, Fang Yun ordered. Afterward, his body started to rapidly tremble. The giant turtle flew aside, curiously looking at the ¡®twitching¡¯ Fang Yun.
Soon, Fang Yun¡¯s evolution was over.
After the end of the evolution, his size has skyrocketed from 13 million kilometers to 20 million kilometers. His diameter also reached 830,000 kilometers.
At the same time, his reputation value has also significantly increased, reaching 2.3 trillion, providing him with a lot of skill points. He used most of these skill points to upgrade ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡±, maxing it out.
In addition, he sessfully promoted, also refreshed new skills. ¡°Blood Rebirth¡±, and ¡°Life Absorption¡±.
Of these two skills, the first is the recovery skill.
It came at the perfect time. His regeneration skill has grown slower and slower as he grew in size. This skill can greatlypensate for that, granting him the ability to quickly regenerate.
However, the most terrifying thing about this skill is that it can help him regenerate even if his body ispletely destroyed. As long as a small part of his body remains, he canpletely recover.
Of course, this is not to say that Fang Yun is already immortal. The rebirth is not unlimited. ording to the skill introduction, he only has 3 chances to recover, and he has to be full of energy.
The other skill is ¡°Life Absorption¡±. He can use this skill to plunder the enemy¡¯s vitality. The horror of this skill is that he can convert the absorbed vitality into bio-energy.
Both skills are very overpowered. Of course, Fang Yun, who is under pressure now, hopes that he can upgrade offensive skills like ¡°Life Absorption¡±.
It¡¯s just that the skill points required to upgrade these two skills are astronomical.
The initial upgrade requires 500 skill points, and each subsequent upgrade requires 100 more skill points.
This number of points is still very difficult for Fang Yun to earn. Especially as reputation value became harder and harder to get. Ouroboros is already a household name in the Meta universe.
Only by marching into the ancient universe and spreading his name will his reputation value get a rocket-like increase.
Time quickly passed. A yearter, the invading army that Neb and the others expected did not appear. This is not to say that they were wrong. In fact, the invading army has indeed arrived and is in the Kapor star belt at this moment.
It¡¯s only because their vanguard troops had been annihted before sending information that they stopped advancing. They decided to retreat and conduct an investigation before making further ns.
In the past period, the entire Meta universe broke out with unprecedented vitality, whether it was a low-level civilization or a high-level civilization, they all shifted their attention to the cultivation method.
Especially those low-level civilizations.
They are far behind on the road of science and technology. Now that they have another path before them. Almost all low-level civilizations have chosen to abandon the original path of science and technology, and put their energy on the road of cultivation.
This is their only chance to catch up and surpass the high-level civilizations.
In just one year, many people quickly learned and became warriors. Super geniuses appeared one after the other, and most of them were sent to the first heaven for targeted cultivation.
¡°It should take about 3 years to train the first batch of students.¡±
Chapter 577: Domain Lord (Part 2)
Chapter 577: Domain Lord (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Neb walked next to Fang Yun and started reporting the results. They organized a training camp in the first heaven for all geniuses from all over the universe.
There are now a total of 120,000 students in the first heaven¡¯s training camp, and all of them have sessfully be soldiers, and some even reached the warrior level.
A soldier is the first stage of cultivation, they are the weakest, sometimes used as cannon fodder during the war. Many civilizations across the nine heavens could create individuals of this power level before obtaining. They are also referred to as apprentices or students.
This level is divided into low-level soldiers, intermediate students, and senior soldiers.
After this level, there is warrior, warlord, god of war, and-level, which is the level of the four speakers.
For example, the number of warriors registered in the nine heavens is only a mere million. Of course, this number is not entirely urate. After all, although information can be quickly transmitted across the nine heavens, it¡¯s rtive. It¡¯s necessary to count, verify, and report these individuals, which takes some time.
¡°ording to your requirements, these students are equipped with corresponding singlemand ships. These ships are the most powerful battleships in our Meta universe.¡±
In fact, they developed this kind of singlemand ship a long time ago. However, due to the high costs and the high requirements for the pilot, they developed just a small number of them.
Now that cultivation has been poprized due to Fang Yun¡¯s orders. Arge group of people with extremely high cultivation talents and physical fitness appeared. They¡¯re just the perfect people to pilot such battleships.
Of course, with the current capabilities of these students, they are still unable to bring out the full power of these ships, but as their strength improves, these problems will no longer be an obstacle to them.
These new types of battleships carry a rather lightweight weapon system with them and a powerful detection system, granting them great mobility and agility.
The reason why these things were no longer used in ordinary ships is due to their extreme harm to the crew. Ordinary soldiers can¡¯t handle the great radiation or the extreme kic force.
¡°Lord Ouroboros. The investigation troops you sent to the Kapor belt have sent back thetest information. They still haven¡¯t reached the edge. The Kapor Kapor Belt is too big.¡±
Previously, Fang Yun had secretly sent an investigation force to the Kapor Belt to detect its true size and terrain.
Unexpectedly, one year has passed, and none of them have reached the edge.
There are many reasons for this. Apart from itsrge size, there are too many celestial bodies and dangerous zones in the Kapor belt. They don¡¯t dare to rush too fast for fear of being attracted by a ck hole or arge star.
¡°The Kapor star belt is the main protection over the nine heavens. It¡¯s the main reason why the nine heavens haven¡¯t been discovered and invaded for so many years.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh. Without this star belt, the huge fleet of the ancient universe could unscrupulously invade this universe.
It¡¯s just that if they attract the attention of the top powerhouses of the cultivation domain, they might decide to personally destroy the Kapor Belt!
There is arge amount of energy and natural resources in this Meta universe. Many of the resources required to cultivate are still very abundant due to the novelty of the cultivation system.
ording to Neb and many others, the nine heavens will usher in a cultivation golden age in the future. Of course, they have to survive first.
If such a great amount of energy and cultivation resources were to be discovered, this ce would attract the attention of the top powerhouses in the ancient universe.
¡°Order them to continue moving on, but they must be careful.¡±
After releasing such a reminder, Fang Yun pondered for a moment before announcing.
¡°From now on, every 5 years, the leader or speaker of a heaven must report the situation of their heaven here.¡±
¡°In addition, every 20 years, the leaders responsible for reporting will be changed.¡±
Fang Yun decided to implement such a policy to strengthen the centralization of power on his side. After hearing this order, Neb immediately remembered it.
He was also a little worried. As time went by, maybe those remote heavens will start to be rebellious and refuse to obey the orders of master Ourbroros or ept his authority as the lord of this domain.
Under Fang Yun¡¯s policy. The leaders of each heaven will have the chance to meet and speak with him, deepening his power and authority in their hearts.
¡°Master Ouroboros, if there is nothing else, then I will leave first.¡±
Seeing that Fang Yun had stopped speaking, Neb immediately said, After receiving Fang Yun¡¯s permission, Neb was about to leave, but right at that moment, his watch started vibrating.
This is urgent news, so his watch automatically released a projection without receiving his permission.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Neb frowned. He didn¡¯t shy away, allowing Fang Yun to look at the holographic projection in front of him.
¡°Xu Long, what¡¯s the matter?¡±
¡°Sir, We found the fleet of the ancient universe!¡±
¡°Huh?¡±
Fang Yun was a bit surprised upon hearing this. He was just guessing when the ancient universe fleet would invade. He didn¡¯t expect that there would be such a coincidence.
¡°How is their fleet strengthpared with the previous vanguard fleet?¡±
After taking a look at Fang Yun, Neb quickly asked Xu Long. Xu Long is themander of the investigation fleet and one of Neb¡¯s trusted subordinates.
In the past, he and his team have always been moving across the Kapor Star Belt. After a year of no results, they finally found the invading fleet.
The discovery of the ancient universe¡¯s fleet shows that war ising again.
¡°The power of this fleet is extremely high!¡±
Xu Long said with a look of horror on his face.
¡°There might even be cosmic-ss powerhouses in this fleet!¡±
¡°The number of battleships is about one million. The number of star-level masters is almost 300, and the number of-level beings is in the thousands! There is even a suspected cosmic-level expert.¡±
Neb was dumbfounded upon learning about the enemy¡¯s forces.
Without the assistance of Fang Yun, they have no other choice than surrendering in front of such frightening power. Even if they mobilize all of the forces in the nine heavens, they might not be able to resist such a terrifying fleet.
¡°Huh¡Master Ouroboros, what shall we do now?¡±
Neb looked at Fang Yun cautiously.
The reason why the enemy mobilized such a great force this time should be rted to the great serpent in front of him.
Chapter 578: Luo Yong (Part 1)
Chapter 578: Luo Yong (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Neb¡¯s guess is not wrong. In fact, after the ancient universe received the news of the disappearance of the vanguard forces in the Kapor star belt, they guessed that there is a top-level powerhouse in the Meta universe.
So, they sent a huge fleet this time, preparing to conquer this domain once and for all.
In fact, they didn¡¯t feel angry at the fact that their vanguard forces were destroyed and that a top powerhouse appeared in the Meta universe, but rather happy.
Since there are masters there, there should be plenty of cultivation resources in that domain, making it worthy of conquering.
¡°Monitor that fleet at all times.¡±
Fang Yun immediately gave this order. After pondering for a moment, he said.
¡°Mobilize all of our elites, then head towards the Kapor star belt. We must not allow them to cross the Kapor star belt.¡±
Now, he is the master of this domain, it can even be said to be his property. In the future, his subordinates will gather all kinds of resources for him. He must never allow these people to touch his things.
¡°Yes.¡±
Neb¡¯s spirit was lifted. His heart jumped after hearing about the enemy forces. This time the Ancient Universe sent such a powerful fleet to this domain. Obviously, they¡¯re serious.
Facing such a huge fleet, what choice will this serpent make?
Fortunately, Ouroboros¡¯ choice didn¡¯t disappoint him. He didn¡¯t give up on the nine heavens¡¯ domain and ran. However, he noticed something from the serpent¡¯s attitude. Ouroboros doesn¡¯t seem to be afraid of the cosmic-level enemy.
¡°Master Ouroboros¡¯ strength must be above the star-level. It should also be at a cosmic level.¡±
Neb¡¯s heart calmed down a lot. However, he felt a little worried. There is only one Ouroboros, if he gets entangled with the cosmic-level enemy, they will have to face hundreds of star-level powerhouses and thousands of-level creatures.
¡°This will be a tough battle, we must use all of our forces.¡±
Neb said to Fang Yun, they need to start gathering the troops. After Neb left, Fang Yun curled up again and fell into his thoughts.
¡°I wonder what the outside world is like. How powerful are they?¡±
Fang Yun started pondering on this matter. He wanted to protect the Meta universe. After all, this is his first power in a sense.
The previous Blue Empire is very weak, and they were mostly in a cooperative rtionship at the time.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that Fang Yun ordered Neb to investigate the situation of the Blue Empire before.
ording to the news he received, the Blue Empire has conquered several gxies and is one of the hegemons of the ninth heavens.
Their potential is great. Two Beside geniuses have been selected from there, then transferred to the first heaven camp for further training.
The legend of Fang Yun still circtes in the Blue Empire. They have used Fang Yun¡¯s image as their totem for generations, ording to their original agreement.
In the space base, everyone became a little nervous upon knowing that there was an enemy invasion. However, upon learning that Ouroboros is going to fight along with them, they be much more rxed.
Everyone now regards Ouroboros as their backbone. They have great confidence in the most powerful creature in their universe.
Without Fang Yun, they would have copsed upon learning that such a terrifying fleet is iing.
After receiving a message that the fleet is ready, Fang Yun flew towards the space base. At this moment, Neb has organized a great fleet. Most of its ships are singlemand battleships.
This fleet has a total of 500,000 people, all of them are the elites carefully cultivated by the four highest heavens.
¡°Lead the way.¡±
Fang Yun said to the leading battleship, then silently followed behind.
The huge fleet quickly moved across space, heading towards their enemy.
News about the enemy¡¯s fleet was frequently sent back by the investigation force. ording to their calction, they will meet each other in three days.
Fang Yun had shrunk his body to his current limit, about 10 kilometers, which is the size of an ordinary spaceship.
With his true size, moving across the Kapor Star Belt would be extremely hard. There are countless meteorites ands around. Fang Yun didn¡¯t want to destroy them as they constitute the greatest defense for the nine heavens¡¯ domain.
Besides, fighting across such a clustered space in his true form would be very difficult.
¡°Master Ouroboros, this is the image of the enemy¡¯s fleet.¡±
Neb and the others have already obtained the enemy¡¯s video recording. A holographic screen suddenly appeared in front of Fang Yun, on which was the image of a huge fleet.
In the front of the fleet, there were many people, all of whom were at least-level. They all looked mighty, especially the one in front. As he moved forward, the space around him was distorted.
The man¡¯s muscles spurted all over, his hands were on his chest, his eyes were slightly closed and his expression was t. As he moved forward, his closed eyes suddenly opened up, looking straight at the screen.
In just an instant, the screen went ck. There wasn¡¯t even a sign of him moving.
¡°The monitor we ced could only record such a short video before getting discovered by the enemy.¡±
Neb said regretfully.
¡°This video is enough.¡±
Although Fang Yun hadn¡¯t had face-to-face contact with that person, judging by the distorted space around him and the terrifying aura he exuded, he is definitely the cosmic-level master.
¡°I wonder how powerful am I in theic level? Who is weak and who is strong between me and that man?¡±
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t afraid, because even if he is defeated, it would be difficult for the opponent to stop him from escaping. More importantly, he has great confidence in his strength. He felt that even if he couldn¡¯t defeat that cosmic-level master, he won¡¯t be defeated either.
¡°Through this battle, I should be able to get a rough gauge of my strengthpared to the powerhouses in the ancient universe.¡±
Fang Yun will judge their attitude toward his strength through their expressions. If they are particrly shocked or surprised, then cosmic-level masters should be rare even in the ancient universe.
Time quickly passed, and as the distance between each other narrowed, the nine heavens fleet, including its leaders, started to feel nervous.
Behind Fang Yun, there are two-level cultivators, Neb and Tom, both of whom are now considered mid-level. However, they don¡¯t have ess to special moves, martial moves, or supernatural powers, hence they can be considered as the weakest at their level.
¡°I wonder if there are such things as martial arts in this fleet.¡±
Fang Yun thought about grabbing some good stuff for his subordinates. After all, they can¡¯t always count on him to face the enemy, they must share some troubles for him.
Besides, as his subordinates, if they¡¯re too shabby and useless, it will be very embarrassing to him.
Chapter 578: Luo Yong (Part 2)
Chapter 578: Luo Yong (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Master Ouroboros, we will collide with the enemy fleet soon.¡±
Neb came to Fang Yun¡¯s side and said softly to him. He had a nervous expression on his face. The information they received from the investigation force shows that mid-level cultivators like him are too numerous in that fleet. With his current strength, he can¡¯t influence anything in this war.
That is a fleet led by a cosmic-level powerhouse. In front of such a powerful being, a single p is enough to turn him into a blood mist.
¡°Hide the fleet.¡±
After thinking for a moment, Fang Yun said to Neb.
¡°Our advantage now is that the other party has little information about us. This gives us the space to maneuver a bit.¡±
¡°The giant turtle has a very powerful ability to manipte space. It can expand, shrink, and solidify space. You should think about it, how can you use these abilities in war?¡±
Fang Yun looked at Neb, and thetter looked at the big turtle on the side with a surprised expression on his face.
He didn¡¯t expect that this turtle actually possessed such an ability.
¡°I¡¯ll think about it.¡±
After saying this, Neb stroked his chin and fell deep into his thoughts. As the speaker of the fourth heavens, he naturally has advanced education and training on war and strategies.
¡°I got an idea.¡±
After a while, a simple idea sprang up in Neb¡¯s mind. He informed Fang Yun of his idea and thetter felt that it was good enough, hence he agreed.
Soon after, they met with the invading enemy fleet. ording to Neb, Fang Yun must hold most of the enemy¡¯s fleet firepower while the nine heavens fleet and the giant turtle hide in deep space and harass them.
In fact, this is a big test for Fang Yun. He not only has to contain the cosmic-level master but also the majority of the cultivators.
Hundreds of thousands of kilometers away were the enemy fleet. They were moving quickly across space, heading towards the fleet they previously detected.
¡°It¡¯s the fleet of this wild universe.¡±
A slender woman flew beside the muscr man in the lead and said.
This muscr man was named Luo Yong. He is a mid-cosmic-level powerhouse, and he was decisively dispatched this time to conquer this universe.
¡°Master Luo, I heard that there is a particrly powerful existence in this universe. This time, we are counting on you.¡±
The slender woman respectfully said.
¡°You don¡¯t need to remind me.¡±
Luo Yong nced at her faintly and said,
¡°This is just a wild civilization. How powerful can that master be?¡±
His words did not hide his contempt for the nine heavens. The beautiful woman who just reminded him smiled bitterly. All cosmic-level powerhouses are proud and arrogant. That¡¯s why she tactfully mentioned it before.
Since Luo Yong doesn¡¯t want to listen at all, she can only shut up, otherwise, she would annoy him. If he kills her then, no one will seek justice for her. That¡¯s just how powerful and capricious cosmic-level powerhouses are.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
It was at this moment that air-breaking noises appeared. Luo Yong looked ahead with a stunned expression on his face. His pupils suddenly shrunk.
A giant serpent suddenly appeared in front of him.
¡°Do you want to invade my Meta universe?¡±
When the giant serpent arrived, it immediately roared. The sound couldn¡¯t be transmitted across space, but the meaning strangely appeared in their heads.
In an instant, many-level masters turned pale, then spewed a mouthful of blood. The reason why the voice appeared in their heads without sound transmission is due to the use of mental power.
Fang Yun¡¯s current mental power has reached an unimaginable level.
¡°What a powerful mental power!¡±
Cultivation is the process of evolution. Everything about the cultivator will continue to grow as their realm increases, including their mental power or spirit.
In just an instant, the cosmic-level powerhouse Luo Yong knew that Fang Yun would not be easy to deal with.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that such a powerful star beast would appear in this wild universe.¡±
Luo Yong looked at the giant serpent in front of him with shiny eyes, his face full of greed.
¡°Hahaha! I originally thought that this trip would be a loss, but with such a powerful star beast, I¡¯ll make a lot of profit!¡±
Upon saying that, he squinted. The space around him suddenly started rippling just like sea waves. The surrounding meteorites ands started shaking, unable to withstand the unimaginable pressure.
All of the cultivators around him quickly retreated, for fear of getting crushed by the intense pressure. Especially the-level cultivators.
¡°Hehe, I didn¡¯t expect that this universe belonged to a beast. Hehe, the Humanoid species recognize a star beast as their master. It¡¯s really a joke! In such a wild universe, no powerful cultivators should exist.¡±
After a loud shout, Luo Yong suddenly flew towards Fang Yun. His momentum reached its peak.
¡°So this is the power of a cosmic-level cultivator.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the silhouette that was flying towards him with a terrifying momentum and sneered.
¡°You¡¯re a bit powerful, but that¡¯s it.¡±
Luo Yong furiously growled upon hearing this.
¡°Arrogant!!¡±
After saying this, he heavily clenched his hands. Terrifying bursts of energy appeared in it, which condensed into a ten meters long energy spear. Luo Yong heavily tensed his muscles, then threw the spear towards Fang Yun at a speed beyond the material universe.
¡°Boom!¡±
In less than a millisecond, the spear crossed the distance between them and appeared in front of Fang Yun¡¯s head. However, it was deflected by the distorted space around Fang Yun, flying to the side and crossing countless kilometers, leaving behind a long trail of destruction.
¡°It¡¯s time for me to attack.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother with this cosmic-level master. After discovering that the opponent¡¯s strength couldn¡¯t pose a threat to him, he decided to take the initiative into his hands.
¡°Boom!¡±
He started to move.
His body exploded towards Luo Yong like a missile. He used ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡± on himself during the flight, increasing his mass to a terrifying level.
Luo Yong¡®s face suddenly changed. An incredibly strong suction enveloped his body as if to tear him apart. The power of this gravity is much higher than that of white dwarfs.
However, before he could react, Fang Yun shot a ¡°Super Gamma Ray¡± towards him. In an instant, Luo Yong¡¯s face turned pale.
Chapter 579: Defeat (Part 1)
Chapter 579: Defeat (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Damn it!¡±
After Luo Yong felt the intensity of the attack, he angrily cursed, then quickly called the people behind.
¡°Gu Liang and the others,e with me!¡±
He already understood, relying on his personal ability, there is almost no chance to defeat the monster in front of him. This monster¡¯s strength is strong to the extent of being terrifying. He underestimated it.
¡°Yes, Lord Luo Yong.¡±
The four people behind him shouted loudly, then immediately flew to Luo Yong¡¯s side and constituted a defensive formation.
In the next moment, a light energy square enveloped them and the people behind them.
The fierce attack swept over, causing the square to heavily shake and tremble. Gu Liang and the others felt like they were going to fall apart.
¡°It¡¯s too strong!¡±
The four of Gu Liang nced at each other with surprised expressions. All four of them are peak star-level cultivators. Not only that, their defense ability is top-notch, coupled with a defensive formation, it¡¯s not difficult for them to resist a full attack from an ordinary cosmic-level powerhouse.
That¡¯s without mentioning that they have the assistance of master Luo Yong.
When they were sent on this mission, they never thought that they would be forced to deploy their defensive formation/
¡°Don¡¯t have any reservations!¡±
Gu Liang and the other three made a decision in an instant. In the next moment, they burst out with all of their momentum. After resisting Fang Yun¡¯s attack, they immediatelyunched an overwhelming counterattack.
Five iparably tyrannical auras flew towards Fang Yun at the same time.
¡°It is worthy of a cosmic-level powerhouse.¡±
In the distance, after Neb and the others felt the movement there. They were all shocked. Even though they were separated by a very long distance and byyers of space, they all felt a sense of oppression.
The terrible pressure made their blood stagnant.
¡°We should hurry up.¡±
Neb said to everyone then quickly detoured towards the rear of the fleet. Beside him, the giant turtle kept looking at Fang Yun, worried about him.
¡°Boom!!¡±
In the other direction, Fang Yun, Luo Yong, and the others madly fought. Their battle fluctuations shook the surrounding space, turning the meteorites in a range of millions of kilometers to dust.
Even smalls hundreds of thousands of kilometers away have been affected
The moment they were swept by the aftermath of the battle, they were broken into pieces.
The ships in the rear did not dare to approach at all. The consequence of getting even a little closer is turning into dust. Only-level cultivators can watch the battle at a rather close distance, and even then, they can¡¯t get too close.
¡°I still can¡¯t take down this serpent.¡±
Luo Yong was a bit horrified. This is just a wild civilization. How could such an existence appear in this ce?
¡°Is it a universe rich in resources?¡±
This idea suddenly popped out in Luo Yong¡¯s mind.
¡°Gu Liang, let a hundredary starse and assist us.¡±
Luo Yong started to order again.
¡°The universe behind this star belt is probably very rich in resources, we must conquer it.¡±
Upon saying this, he had a fiery look in his eyes. The people behind him also heard what he said.
The universe they are attacking is likely to have very rich resources. If this is the case, after breaking through it, they can take the lead in looting.
¡°Heh.¡±
Gu Liang and the others in the back started to smirk. Many of them started shouting.
¡°Wait for our order! You will help us deal with this serpentter on.¡±
After knowing that this is a great opportunity, they all became active.
¡°If we get the resources of this universe, it may not be impossible to go further.¡±
Gu Liang and the others were extremely enthusiastic. They became even greedier and more anxious than Luo Yong.
¡°Go, let¡¯s go!¡±
Suddenly, the four star-level masters shouted loudly, after which the-level cultivators immediately rushed forward.
When they came to Luo Yong and Gu Liang¡¯s side, they assisted them in fighting against the giant serpent in front.
¡°Hmph! That couldn¡¯t be better.¡±
Fang Yun was overjoyed upon seeing these people heading towards him on their initiative. He felt that these guys are personally seeking death.
Waiting for them to get into range, he immediately incarnated as a ck hole and started sucking them towards him.
¡°Damn it, it¡¯s that weird suction again!¡±
Luo Yong, who was the closest, yelled loudly. He forcibly resisted the terrifying pulling force and tried to escape.
It wasn¡¯t just him, Gu Liang and the other three barely held themselves from being pulled in, then slowly flew away.
It¡¯s just that the-level cultivators are suffering. They can¡¯t resist at all in front of such a powerful pulling force. Coupled with its swift appearance, 30 people were directly pulled in and grinded into atoms before they had the chance to react.
¡°Huh¡¡±
Fang Yun swept his gaze toward the opposite side and sneered. These arrogant guys finally realized the danger and started retreating. However, Fang Yun didn¡¯t n to give this opportunity. He teleported next to them and immediately used ¡°Space Devour¡±.
A few dozen more-level masters died in Fang Yun¡¯s hands.
Up to now, using just these two tricks, Fang Yun killed almost more than half of the-level master that rushed over.
¡°Damn beast!¡±
When Luo Yong saw this scene, his forehead burst with blue veins. He clenched his muscles and burst with an extremely terrifying energy, vaporizing all the dust and meteorites around him.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Hepletely squeezed out his potential, then attacked Fang Yun at a terrifying speed. In just a single second, thousands of terrifying shockwaves appeared on Fang Yun¡¯s body, shaking everything within the range of hundreds of thousands of kilometers.
¡°Boom!¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun manifested his true body. His titanic body looked extremely shocking. He was a full 20 million kilometers long. At this moment, facing such a behemoth, the enemy fleet waspletely frightened.
Chapter 579: Defeat (Part 2)
Chapter 579: Defeat (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°This is¡¡±
Even Luo Yong was shocked at this time. Even in their ancient universe, he had never seen such a huge star beast.
After all, with Luo Yong¡¯s strength, he doesn¡¯t have the qualification to have contact with star beasts of this level.
The 20 million kilometers long behemoth moved. Its huge size coupled with a speed beyond the limits of the universe created a terrifying attraction force around it.
This kind of suction is too terrifying, even the attack from a powerhouse of Luo Yong¡¯s level has been distorted, making it unable to touch Fang Yun¡¯s body.
¡°Ah! Ah! Ah!¡±
With his terrifying speed, Fang Yun¡¯s tail instantly arrived next to the fleet. The tremendous strength caused their spaceships to start shattering and copsing before they were even touched.
This process is very fast, most people can¡¯t react.
¡°Stop!¡±
Luo Yong roared and rushed towards Fang Yun. He knew that this serpent must be stopped, otherwise their fleet might just copse here.
¡°What kind of star beast is this?¡±
This question suddenly appeared in Luo Yong¡¯s mind. He felt that this serpent isn¡¯t a cosmic-level creature at all, but beyond that!
Thinking of this, a cold sweat broke out on his back.
¡°We shouldn¡¯t be so unlucky, right?¡±
Luo Yong murmured, then ordered the fleet that was dodging around.
¡°All ships follow my order! Return immediately! Retreat!¡±
The moment his voice sounded, he suddenly felt something. He turned around and looked at the side, only to see a gigantic behemoth flying towards him.
Before he could react, a star-sized giant mouth appeared in front of him. The next moment, everything became dark, then he lost his consciousness.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
Gu Liang and the others werepletely frightened upon seeing this scene. Their leader, Lord Luo Yong, was swallowed by this humongous creature.
This scene is extremely shocking. The invincible Luo Yong couldn¡¯t even resist. However, in the next moment, the humongous serpent suddenly rushed towards them.
¡°Huh? The serpent is attacking me?¡±
Gu Liang suddenly reacted. His first thought was to escape, but it was toote. The giant serpent is merely ten thousand kilometers away. He could clearly see the scarlet bloody mouth. He can¡¯t escape!
In just a fraction of a second, Fang Yun appeared in front of Gu Liang, then directly devoured them.
The giant serpent¡¯s tyrannical strength haspletely frightened everyone in the ancient universe fleet. They didn¡¯t dare to stay anymore, but quickly turned around and started fleeing.
¡°Hahahaha.¡±
Fang Yunughed cheerfully, then chased after the other three star-level cultivators. Each one of them can provide him with 10 billion bio-energy points.
As for that Luo Yang, the cosmic-level master. He provided him with more than 100 billion points! It¡¯s really terrifying.
Soon, the three star-level masters were devoured by him.
¡°This is a worthwhile trip.¡±
Feeling the crazy growth of his bio-energy, Fang Yun nodded in satisfaction. Suddenly, he turned his head and looked at the-level cultivators.
The-level cultivators were petrified upon contacting those terrifying eyes. They copsed in space, not daring to move in the slightest.
¡°Master Ouroboros, we have started engaging with the rear-end troops.¡±
At this moment, Neb¡¯s voice suddenly rang in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. As they have agreed, he is holding most of the fleet¡¯s troops here while Neb solves the rest in the rear.
However, Neb never expected that Fang Yun would defeat the fleet alone in the end. Even the cosmic-level master Luo Yong was defeated by him after a few shes, then devoured.
¡°I see, you guys should be careful too.¡±
Fang Yun replied to Neb. After pondering for a moment, he said.
¡°Try and see if you could find any martial skills or abilities records on those ships.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know. Do these guys have something simr to a space ring? When fighting against Luo Yong before, Fang Yun didn¡¯t observe him carefully. After all, the fleet started retreating, hence he had to quickly solve him.
A bit distracted, Fang Yun started dealing with the-level cultivators in front of him.
¡°Master Ouroboros is really amazing. That cosmic-level powerhouse was devoured with one bite.¡±
Although they are separated by a certain distance, Neb and the others were also aware of the battle situation over there. The powerful cultivators and the main fleet were defeated by him with rtive ease.
In fact, after the fleet started retreating, they knew that they were getting overwhelmed by Fang Yun.
¡°Huh, it seems that I can finally breathe a sigh of relief.¡±
Neb heaved a sigh of relief, but didn¡¯t forget to remind his men,
¡°Everyone, pay attention during the search and look for anything that is useful for cultivation on these ships.¡±
¡°Yes, Master Neb!¡±
Everyone shouted together, then controlled their ships to follow behind the fleeing enemy¡¯s fleet.
In fact, no matter whether it is the ancient universe or the Meta universe, they paid different degrees of attention to technology advancement.
As thend of technology, the spaceships of the Meta universe are more advanced.
Cultivation is the main theme of the ancient universe. Technology and starships are just a gimmick for transportation.
However, the meta-universe side is different. They developed science and technology from the beginning. They regard starships as the cornerstone of their military power. Even if they obtained cultivation methods, they still didn¡¯t abandon technology.
Coupled with the fact that the ships of the ancient universe are fleeing in panic, they couldn¡¯t constitute even a decent challenge to the nine heavens domain fleet.
After a wave of attacks, the fleet of the ancient universe ships became even more scattered.
On the other side, Fang Yun also paused. He had devoured dozens of star-level cultivators and more than a hundred-level cultivators.
¡°Now I¡¯m sure. My strength is beyond the cosmic level. It should be at a higher level.¡±
Fang Yun guessed his realm in his mind
¡°I couldn¡¯t kill that cosmic-level master with one strike though. This probably means that I have notpletely reached the domain master level. This is the level of kings and hegemons.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly felt that he still had a long way to go.
However, he has confidence in himself.
¡°Let¡¯s go and see how Neb and the others are doing.¡±
Chapter 580: Growth (Part 1)
Chapter 580: Growth (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun shed away, galloping toward Neb. Not long after, he arrived at the battlefield there. The battle was still in a white-hot state at that moment.
At the beginning, the giant turtle opened the entrance of deep space, allowing many ships to enter, then closed the entrance and restored the material space to its usual appearance.
Their ships are densely arranged together, hence they can¡¯t attack lightly, but Neb didn¡¯t care about this. Their first priority is to stop the enemy¡¯s ships from fleeing.
Suddenly, Fang Yun appeared on the battlefield. Neb was thrilled upon seeing him. He quickly shouted.
¡°Everyone pays attention!!¡±
¡°Be sure to stop these guys! I don¡¯t want to see one of them escape!!¡±
After Neb shouted, he joined the battlefield.
As long as they can keep all of these people from going out, the ancient universe will have no idea about what happened here. Before sending more forces next time, they will cautiously investigate, giving them a lot of time.
Moreover, this time, they won¡¯t dare to despise the Meta universe anymore.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun heaved an earth-shattering roar. He quickly chased the ships that fled the furthest. Although these ships had crossed a great distance, they still couldn¡¯t escape in front of the great serpent.
After several days of fighting, they roughly eliminated this fleet. Only a few heavily damaged ships escaped.
But behind every fleeing ship are many powerful starships. Besides, such scattered deserters are unlikely to survive for long in the universe. After all, they are unable to travel across the hyperspace in the Kapor Star Belt.
There are countless dangers in the Kapor Star Belt, including stars, neutron stars, and ck holes. Furthermore, there are a lot of star beasts.
These star beasts were never cleared by Fang Yun because they also constitute a great defense wall in the Kapor Star Belt.
Fang Yun had returned to the base a long time ago. This space base has been transformed into a very prosperous space city. Neb, Tom, and the others have transferred a lot ofs here, transforming the base into a universal city.
Not only was the space station expanded a hundredfold, but many civilians, nobles, and big families also migrated here. Most big families around the nine heavens established a branch in this space city.
After all, this is the power center of the entire Meta universe.
Those nobles naturally won¡¯t let this huge opportunity slide.
However, Fang Yun¡¯s location was as quiet as ever. At the edge of his territory, arge circr barrier was established. Everyone must have a pass or the corresponding identity before they are allowed to enter. Otherwise, they will be shot.
¡°Master Ouroboros, ording to the previous report, all the enemy¡¯s ships have been searched!¡±
Neb respectfully reported to Fang Yun. Although he tried his best to hide it, Fang Yun still noticed his excitement. He said with a slight smile.
¡°Looking at your appearance, you must have had a good harvest this time¡¡±
¡°It¡¯s indeed great.¡±
Neb didn¡¯t hide it. He immediately reported to Fang Yun about their harvest.
¡°Master Ouroboros. We harvested two more cultivation methods this time. These cultivation methods are even better than the one we grabbedst time.¡±
¡°In addition, we found 10 martial skills after thoroughly searching. Now, we have a moreprehensive understanding of cultivation and great attack methods. I can guarantee that our Meta universe will be stronger and stronger in the future!¡±
¡°Not bad.¡±
Fang Yun nodded in approval and said.
¡°You must use these two cultivation methods and martial skills to improve your power as soon as possible. In addition, don¡¯t stop working on technological weapons.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t think about saving resources now. What weck are talents and powerful cultivators. Even if we use resources to pile them up, You have to do it.¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Neb nodded heavily, then took the initiative to leave.
As the Meta universe continues to advance and grow, another year has passed.
During this year, the Meta universe was calm. In terms of strength and ability, under the umtion of resources by Neb and other leaders, they soon piled up a lot of powerful cultivators.
However, these cultivators have reached the god of war level at most.
Soldier, Warrior, Warlord, Wargod, andary. The Meta universe has only cultivators of these levels.
Now in the entire Meta universe, only Neb and the other speakers are-level. The rest are only gods of war at most.
However, in the near future, a new batch of-level masters will appear.
Time continued to move forward.
The entire Meta universe is developing vigorously. Based on the cultivation methods they have captured, Neb and the others have even developed new cultivation methods using their quantumputers and advanced technology.
After experimentation, the new cultivation methods have shown impressive results.
About two yearster, with the assistance of abundant resources, the first group of-level powerhouses besides the four heavens speakers appeared.
There are fifty-three people in this group of new-level masters. However, this is just the beginning. Soon, more and more-level masters will appear.
The entire nine heavens have pooled all of its resources into individuals with extraordinary potential. There is no urate measurement of how many cultivators are in the nine heavens now.
All civilizations and all cities have special martial arts training halls now. These martial arts halls are responsible for assisting the government in the management of cultivators. At the same time, they are also responsible for testing whether people of the right age have the qualifications for training.
In the past, many individuals and forces in the nine heavens were rtively resistant to the concentration of resources, but facing future threats and as everyone actually benefited from it, the voice of opposition became smaller and smaller.
Now, there are more and more people recognizing the name of the Meta universe or the Metaverse. Fewer and fewer people im that they are from a certain heaven, but rather under the unified management of the Metaverse.
¡°Tong Sheng, I heard that your brother was detected to have a golden aptitude?¡±
In the silent space, a fleet quietly flew forward. Inside themunication channel of the fleet, the ships¡¯ controllers were talking.
Tong Sheng is also one of them. He is driving a singlemand ship and flying forward. He belongs to the jurisdiction of the seventh heaven and he had been sent on a mission here.
Like his sixpanions, Tongsheng is also a Wargod level cultivator. Their mission is to hunt some star beasts in this location.
Chapter 580: Growth (Part 2)
Chapter 580: Growth (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
He is driving thetest battleships of the Metaverse, the ck Swan.
Its entire body is pitch ck, blending with space. Its appearance is extremely elegant, like a ck swan spreading its wings. The material of its outer body has a good stealth effect, making it invisible under the scanning of mental power to a certain extent.
In addition, the various detection devices mounted on it are extremely powerful. Even-level cultivators cannot hide under their ¡°eyes¡±.
In addition, in terms of attack. Although this type of ship can¡¯t bepared to-level masters attack intensity, it¡¯s definitely not far behind.
Anyway, the metaverse leaders have already tested it. To deal with a powerful-level master, only 50 such ships are required.
However, to defeat or even kill-level cultivators, hundreds of these ships are required.
Moreover, these hundreds of ships must also cooperate tacitly, otherwise, they will be destroyed one after the other by the-level cultivator, resulting in a disastrous defeat.
There are still rtively few ships of this kind, and only the god of war-level cultivators can withstand the immense pressure one faces while riding them.
Ships like the ck Swan are usually not easy to see. If an ordinary fleet or a merchant fleet were to pass by at this moment, they would loudly cheer upon this rare sight.
And just like a prophecy, a merchant fleet happened to pass by this route. Just a few hourster, the two sides met each other.
¡°This is¡¡±
In that merchant fleet, someone quickly noticed the ck swan fleet and loudly eximed.
¡°This is a ck swan. I heard that the minimum requirement to pilot a ck swan is a god of war level cultivator.¡±
Although cultivators are quickly increasing and propagating, higher-level ones are still a rare sight. Especially the god of wars. They are the second-highest level in the metaverse, hence they are not easy to encounter.
Now, the entire Metaverse has entered the age of cultivation. Every warrior is heavily respected, let alone a god of war.
¡°Heh, Lei Ming, look over there. These people are cheering for us.¡±
Through the projection screen ahead, Tong Sheng quickly noticed the cheering merchant fleet.
Amongst the merchant fleet were many passenger spaceships. On its side were many ss doors and windows. Tong Sheng easily saw the people jumping up and down in those passenger ships.
Moreover, colorful lights shed across the entire merchant fleet. This is how the captain and crew of the fleet were expressing respect towards them.
They are expressing their respect towards the god of war level cultivators.
Amongst the countless intelligent creatures of the Metaverse, there is less than 100,000 god of war level cultivators.
Although they are nothingpared to-level cultivators, their power is undeniable. Each one of them is a monster that can y with mountains like pebbles, erase country-sized areas from the map and even break the continental shelf.
They are true monsters. Unfortunately, their power is obsolete in the face of-level masters.
¡°Hey, Tong Sheng, sometimes, I¡¯m really fortunate that I have a ck rank aptitude, allowing me to break through to the level of God of War. Unfortunately,-level is almost impossible for me. I can only rely on luck.¡±
¡°But bing a cultivator at the god of war level is already enough for me to celebrate.¡±
In Tong Sheng¡¯s headset, an unusually happy voice sounded. Tongsheng himself felt the same way,
¡°Yes, we have ck-rank qualifications, and bing a-level master is uncertain, but we are better-off than countless others.¡±
¡°Lei Ming, I believe you will be aary cultivator in the future.¡±
¡°I wish, but I don¡¯t have much hope. After all, cultivating us to the god of war-level is the most cost-effective. The higher-ups are not nning to pool resources on us in the future.¡±
¡°They need to focus their resources on those with red-ranked aptitudes or golden-ranked aptitudes. Hey, Tong Sheng, your brother has a golden aptitude. With his talent, your brother even has the chance to be a star-level powerhouse!¡±
Lei Ming clicked his tongue. This was the first time he saw someone with golden aptitude, and this heavenly genius is even the younger brother of his friend!
¡°Star-level?¡±
Tong Sheng smiled bitterly and shook his head,
¡°As long as he reaches the-level, I will be satisfied.¡±
People with gold-level talent can theoretically reach the star level. However, to be a powerhouse that can break the stars, talent alone is far from enough.
Even with the infinite umtion of resources, there is a very low chance of cultivating a star-level powerhouse. To reach the star level,prehension and spiritual cultivation are more important.
For example, the four speakers of the four highest heavens have unlimited resources at their disposal, but they have not yet reached the star level. In fact,-level is very likely the end of their cultivation journey.
¡°See, Lan Yu, this is the ck swan. If one day, I can drive this starship to fight, that would be very cool.¡±
In the cabin, a young teen looked at the ck swan fleet with shiny eyes.
Besides him was another young boy. At this moment, the two of them were standing by the window, looking at the jet-ck mysterious starships with a look of excitement and anticipation.
¡°Huh?¡±
Suddenly, a shrill siren sounded in the cabin. People who were originally looking out of the window were awakened.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
Many people nervously asked. Most of the orderly cabins quickly became chaotic.
¡°Enemy attack, it¡¯s an enemy attack!¡±
The two teenagers who were by the window also heard the loud voice. At this critical moment, they immediately turned their heads and jumped from the bed, running towards the emergency chambers.
¡°Run, run!¡±
Both teenagers ran farther away.
However, right at that moment, a creaking noise sounded from the edge of the cabin.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
With a loud sound, a strange-looking creature suddenly appeared next to the merchant fleet. From its appearance, it looked like abination of several creatures.
The most striking thing was its golden color.
¡°This is¡this is¡¡±
The two teenagers looked at the creature that appeared suddenly with a very shocked expression. They were especially terrified by the earth-shattering momentum exuded by this creature.
¡°What a horrifying aura.¡±
Among the caravan spaceships, everyone felt the terrifying aura exuded by the strange monster
¡°It¡¯s the great will! It¡¯s the great will!¡±
The moment someone shouted this, the entire caravan was terrified.
Great will?
It¡¯s an extremely powerful pollutant. It¡¯s said that its thought maniption and spiritual control are unrivaled among pollutants.
Chapter 581: The Reappearance of the Great Will (Part 1)
Chapter 581: The Reappearance of the Great Will (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The Great Will.
The moment this name sounded, the atmosphere of the entire caravan suddenly became solemn. This is an extremely powerful pollutant, and its ability to control intelligent creatures¡¯ wills is unrivaled.
Now, many heavens are suffering from the harassment of this pollutant. Officials reminded many people to be careful of this pollutant. All of the locations that have been affected by it have been turned into forbidden zones. Civilian and unauthorized ships aren¡¯t allowed to approach it.
Their current location is far away from the nearest forbidden zone, so the boss of the caravan confidently selected this route, but he never expected to meet this evil star mid-way.
¡°It¡¯s horrifying.¡±
??¡¡¡¡After the Great Will appeared, the entire caravan fell into unprecedented fear.
¡°Quick, call for help, call for help!¡±
In the middle of the caravan, in the control center of the main ship, the captain of the caravan started to madly shout. He didn¡¯tpletely lose hope, because he knew that there was a powerful fleet not far away from them.
It¡¯s just that, although the boss ced his hopes on the ck Swan fleet, he was also very nervous. He is aware of how powerful this great will is. Now that it appeared next to them, the ck swan fleet must have detected it.
After all, two fleets have just crossed each other. They hadn¡¯t crossed a great distance. The ck Swan fleet still has the time to turn around and head towards them.
However¡
¡°Will theye?¡±
It wasn¡¯t just the control center of themand ship, but the entire fleet was extremely nervous at this time. They were all looking forward to the rescue from the ck swan fleet.
However, they know how powerful the Great Will is. The ck swan fleet might not risk destruction to save them. After all, they aren¡¯tw protection officers.
¡°Tong Sheng.¡±
Lei Ming called his friend again and said,
¡°With your brother¡¯s talent, it¡¯s still possible to be a star-level powerhouse. After we hunt down the high-level star beasts. You must set aside some time to train your brother to be a star-level powerhouse!¡±
¡°Yes, Tong Sheng, our path has basically reached the end, but your brother has infinite possibilities, hehe, after he grows up in the future, we will have to rely on you and your brother. Don¡¯t forget your friends then!¡±
¡°Exactly.¡±
Themunication channel was filled with the noisy chattering of energetic youth.
Tong Sheng replied with a smile,
¡°Thank you, everyone. My brother and I will not forget you, if you have any needs in the future, you can just speak up.¡±
¡°Hahaha, Tong Sheng, I hope we will meet a stronger star beast this time! We want to show our skills.¡±
A strong voice, filled with confidence, rang out in themunication channel, but right at that moment, a heart-palpitating aura suddenly swept the entire fleet.
¡°Huh? what happened?¡±
Panic-filled voices rang out in themunication channel. This aura is extremely oppressive. Even as god of war level cultivators, they felt very ufortable.
¡°We received a call for help, it¡¯s the caravan that passed us by before.¡±
In themunication channel, Lei Ming¡¯s voice suddenly resounded. After hearing his voice, everyone¡¯s voice froze because they understood what he meant.
The caravan is facing the owner of this aura.
Judging from the intense pressure. They are likely to be unable to cope with this crisis. If they respond to the request for help, they might be annihted.
¡°What should we do?¡±
Seeing that everyone was silent, Lei Ming suddenly spoke. He is the captain of this fleet and he has to take the lead in unexpected situations.
¡°Lei Ming, I think we should go back and check the situation at least.¡±
Suddenly, a resolute voice sounded. It was the voice of Tong Sheng.
The moment Tong Sheng talked, other people responded one after another. Everyone actually wanted to check the situation and even save the caravan, but they hesitated because no one was sure about the other¡¯s response.
This is a newly formed fleet, they aren¡¯t very familiar with each other. If the others refuse to go, they can¡¯t just refute them.
Fortunately, the fleet was filled with energetic and justice-driven youth, hence no one requested to abandon the caravan and flee.
¡°Tong Sheng?¡±
Lei Ming was a bit surprised.
¡°It seems that everyone is eager to go and check the caravan¡¯s situation?¡±
¡°However, Tong Sheng, you don¡¯t have to go over this time. We¡¯ll go check it first, then send you a message.¡±
¡°Captain Lei Ming, let me go with you.¡±
Tong Sheng insisted, then before the rest could respond, his ship turned around and flew back towards the merchant fleet.
¡°Lei Ming, I know what you want to say, but I am an alliance-certified warrior. I can¡¯t escape in the face of danger!¡±
Under Fang Yun¡¯s order, Neb and the other leaders heavily propagated the concept of warriors. A warrior is not only respected and worshiped, they also shoulder the corresponding responsibilities and obligations.
There was silence in themunication channel, but the others quickly followed Tong Sheng and flew back towards the location of the caravan.
¡°Roar!!¡±
The Great Will heavily a space-shaking roar, disintegrating the closest three ships to it.
At present, the great will haspletely restored its body and strength. Not only that, its momentum is much greater than thest time it fought Fang Yun.
After Fang Yun broke the social system of the seventh heaven, causing it to fall into chaos and war, the Great Will took advantage of this to greatly increase its worshipers and strength.
Currently, its worshipers span dozens of gxies through several heavens.
¡°What to do, what to do, it¡¯s over, it¡¯s over!¡±
Every person on the merchant fleet was frightened. They felt as if the end of their life hade.
¡°Whoosh! Whoosh!¡±
Suddenly, several shadows galloped over from distant space. At the lead was the ck swan ship piloted by Tong Sheng and Lei Ming.
¡°Hahahaha, it¡¯s the ck Swan Fleet, they are here!¡±
Cries of joy and cheers rang through the merchant fleet. Seeing the ck swan ships was like seeing their ancestors. These rtively small ck starships filled them with a sense of security and hope.
¡°This¡Is this a great will?¡±
Chapter 581: The Reappearance of the Great Will (Part 2)
Chapter 581: The Reappearance of the Great Will (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The moment Lei Ming¡¯s voice sounded, the rest of the fleet was shocked. These youth never expected that the creature that released this aura is the Great Will.
Lei Ming was especially dismayed. He smiled bitterly at this time. He prayed to encounter a stronger star beast not long ago, but he never expected that his prayers were indeed answered and the creature they encountered is the Great Will, ast Boss-like existence
¡°It¡¯s over.¡±
After seeing the Great Will, this thought appeared in the mind of Lei Ming and the others.
On the other side, after sensing that someone was approaching, the Great Will suddenly turned around. Its gigantic eyes stared straight at Lei Ming¡¯s small fleet.
¡°Roar!!¡±
A terrifying roar was heaved from the mouth of the Great Will, immediately afterward, it aimed at the ck Swan fleet, then opened its mouth wide, revealing giant, vicious teeth. A terrifying suction erupted from the Great Will¡¯s mouth, pulling the ck Swan fleet towards them.
¡°Ah!!¡±
Terrified screams rang out of Lei Ming and the other youth, but these screams disappeared shortly after because they were devoured by the Great Will.
¡°This¡¡±
On the caravan¡¯s side, everyone was shocked after seeing this scene. Just as they saw hope, the reinforcements were devoured so cleanly? They wouldn¡¯t even resist?
¡°Roar!!¡±
After devouring Lei Ming¡¯s fleet, the Great Will turned around and looked at the merchant fleet again. It opened its mouth and exerted a terrifying suction force no less than a ck hole at the merchant fleet.
The spaceships and cargo ships of the fleet started madly fleering, but none of them could escape in the end.
Wood Starfield, Taixing City.
In a conference room, Roma, the lord of the wood starfield looked at the elders in front of him and said,
¡°The activities of the great will are bing more frequent. Last week, a small fleet that had dozens of ck swan ships was devoured by it. Along with it was a merchant fleet.¡±
¡°ording to thest message sent by them, the ck swan fleet tried to rescue the merchant fleet, and as a result, it was instantly destroyed.¡±
Roma raised his head and looked at the people sitting around the conference table, soliciting their opinion.
¡°In my humble opinion.¡± An old man opened his mouth and said.
¡°First of all, we must award the ck Swan fleet with the heroes medal, then give pensions to their family members.¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
The moment the old man said that many people voiced their agreement.
In the seventh heaven, all the members of the ck swan squad are extremely precious. As a result, more than a dozen have fallen at once. This made this group of elders very annoyed. However, the opponent is the Great Will, one of the strongest pollutants in the Metaverse. Even if they are annoyed, they can¡¯t do anything about it.
¡°I think we should report this matter.¡±
Another person stood up and said to Roma,
¡°With the power of our seventh heaven, we can¡¯t deal with this pollutant.¡±
¡°We must remove this cancer¡ Well, let¡¯s report this to those freaks of the trial field and the higher-ups of the Metaverse.¡±
After this proposal was exported, it was quickly approved by everyone. Next, the elders continued discussing their next steps as they waited for the higher-ups to send the support forces.
The great will is extremely harmful to the entire universe and its civilizations.
¡°Tong Guan, this is the pension left by your brother.¡±
In the trial field of the first heaven, a group of people walked to the side of a teenager and solemnly said to him. This boy is Tong Sheng¡¯s younger brother, Tong Guan.
Tong Guan was sad for a long time after hearing the news of his brother¡¯s death. However, after some time, the sadness disappeared from his face, reced with determination.
¡°Tong Guan, your brother has always hoped that you will live well and achieve sess on the road of cultivation.¡±
The person that was appointed to send the pension didn¡¯t know what to say. After a moment of silence, he finally uttered these words?
¡°I know.¡± Tong Guan nodded, then epted the pension.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, I will not let down my brother¡¯s expectations.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡± Seeing Tong Guan¡¯s appearance, the group of people was silent. They have given the pension, they know that saying anything more than that is useless.
After the group of people left, Tong Guan suddenly squatted down. He heavily clenched the pension paper, his hands couldn¡¯t stop trembling. Heid down in the corner of the training field and silently sobbed.
Soon, the matter of the Great Will started spreading and soon there was a response from the higher-ups. A teamposed of 5-level powerhouses and over a hundred ck swan ships was sent to deal with it.
However, what shocked the Metaverse Alliance was that such a luxurious lineup hadpletely failed.
The five-level powerhouses and the more than one hundred ck swan ships have all gone and never returned.
¡°How could this happen?¡±
Neb was puzzled. After pondering for a while, he said to the person next to him.
¡°Go, go prepare my ship, I must report this matter to master Ouroboros.¡±
Now Neb also feels that this matter is starting to get more troublesome, the-level masters are the treasures of their Metaverse. Each one of them is very precious.
However, they lost five of them all at once now.
Although his heart was filled with annoyance and anger, he did not lose his mind, because he knew very well that they had no way to easily solve this creature.
Apart from dispatching all of their-level masters or sending a million starships advanced fleet, the easiest way to solve this problem is to ask for lord Ouroboros¡¯s help.
¡°What¡¯s going on with our universe? How could such a powerful pollutant appear at such a time?¡±
Five-level masters and over a hundred ck swan ships were dispatched; as a result, none came back. This is extremely weird.
¡°What¡¯s the matter, Neb, didn¡¯t you say that you wouldn¡¯t bother me if there wasn¡¯t anything serious?¡±
After Neb reached an extremely remote and empty area, an extremely big space serpent slowly raised its head and asked.
¡°Well, talk about it. What is the big thing that happened, making you so flustered?¡±
¡°Master Ouroboros, something very troublesome urred within our Meta universe.¡±
He raised his head and looked up at the serpent that seemed to stretch to the end of the universe.
¡°Some time ago, a pollutant called Great Will caused chaos. Many cultivators fell at its mouth. Currently, we have no way to deal with it.¡±
¡°Great Will?¡±
Fang Yun was very surprised upon hearing this name.
¡°Has that guy appeared again?¡±
¡°Lord Ouroboros, do you know that Great Will?¡±
Neb was startled. He did not expect that Fang Yun would know about the Great Will.
¡°Yeah, I¡¯m familiar with him¡± Fang Yun nodded,
¡°Since it¡¯s that guy, I¡¯ll go personally this time.¡±
Chapter 582: The Fear of the Great Will (Part 1)
Chapter 582: The Fear of the Great Will (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
He knows the strength of this great will very well, and he also knows that this monster is very mysterious. It escaped from his hands several times and each time it reappeared, its strength had skyrocketed.
That monster gave him novel protagonist vibes.
This time, their forces were destroyed at the hand of that creature, Fang Yun was not surprised at all. However, these people are his subordinates, Fang Yun can¡¯t bear to lose them at this time, so he has to take action by himself.
Neb was relieved upon seeing Fang Yun¡¯s attitude. In his opinion, as long as Lord Ouroboros is willing to take action himself, the great will is a trivial thing.
Fang Yun¡¯s body suddenly started shrinking. From the star behemoth dozens of millions of kilometers long to a small snake with a length of 10 meters. He haspletely mastered the ability to manipte his size.
He followed Neb into the ship, then headed towards Starwood city in the seventh heaven.
¡°Master Ouroboros, we are about to reach Starwood city.¡±
In the spacecraft, Neb reported to Fang Yun.
It has been half a month since they left the first heaven. After a series of space jumps, they finally entered the seventh heaven.
At the moment, they are already very close to Starwood city. After another 12 hours, they finally reached it. Ahead of them were many spaceships and people waiting.
The leaders were Starwood council members, who came to this area in person to greet Fang Yun. Of course, they didn¡¯t know that Fang Yun was here at this moment.
They came mainly because of the Neb.
However, Neb didn¡¯t greet them but directly asked questions about the Great Will ording to Fang Yun¡¯s orders.
¡°Let¡¯s go, go directly to the activity area of the Great Will.¡±
Fang Yun isn¡¯t nning to stay here too much, he wants to get rid of that monster as soon as possible. This time, he must get rid of it once and for all.
The Metaverse Alliance is in a period of rapid development, if such a troublesome creature is left to constantly cause trouble to them, their development will certainly slow down.
Soon, under the leadership of Starwood city¡¯s council, Fang Yun and Neb soon reached the Great Will¡¯s active spot.
They didn¡¯t bring a fleet this time, but a small teamposed of a few ships. The council members boarded along.
At this moment, they were all a little afraid. However, due to the presence of Neb on the side, they suppressed their fear and tried to not show it on their face, for fear of incurring this great person¡¯s dissatisfaction.
¡°There are many hidden monitors in this area. If the great will appears, it will immediately get discovered.¡±
It has been a long time since he saw the great will. The speaker of Starwood city walked over and exined the situation to Neb.
¡°Well, since the Great Will is a higher level existence, maybe it has sensed danger. That monster might be hiding.¡±
Neb said to everyone, then ordered the team to wander carelessly around this ce. He had an impatient expression on his face.
In fact, just as Neb said, the Great Will subconscious tingled with danger, so he didn¡¯t show up this time.
Existences of his level have a special induction. Of course, this induction does not mean that they can clearly perceive the future, but they asionally have premonitions about danger concerning themselves.
This kind of induction made it inexplicably irritable, and this kind of irritability caused it to be very ufortable.
Due to these sudden negative feelings, the Great Will even started wondering whether something bad is going to happen.
It had been a long time since the Great Will felt this restless.
¡°Huh, it seems that it¡¯s not suitable to go out recently. However, I wonder whether this feeling is prompting me of good fortune or bad luck.¡±
This kind of induction does not indicate whether there will be good or bad things, so the Great Will felt very entangled. If it shrinks in the dark due to fear of encountering danger, it might miss a great opportunity.
¡°Forget it, I¡¯ll quickly go around and check the surrounding area. I just have to be more cautious than usual.¡±
After the great will made this decision. It quickly sprinted from the sr system it was hiding in and headed towards the distant dark space.
As the Great Will started moving around, a monitor vaguely captured its traces. At the same time, Fang Yun and the others learned of the whereabouts of the Great Will.
¡°Go, let¡¯s set off in that direction.¡±
Under the leadership of Neb, their fleet flew towards the ce where the great will appeared. This tracking continued for another day before they finally managed to keep up with its track.
¡°Well, this small fleet¡¡±
Great Will was shocked because he noticed that this team seemed to be tracking him at all times.
¡°I thought it was just an ordinary team passing by this area, but I didn¡¯t expect that they woulde to chase me.¡±
The Great Will was a bit surprised but then sneered.
The number of ships in this team is extremely small, hence there must be advanced cultivators on it.
¡°The guys I devoured before had a lot of energy and blood. Since they dare to chase me, then these guys must have an ever higher cultivation level.¡±
The great will naturally know the current metaverse has already entered the age of cultivation.
It¡¯s also very greedy for these warriors and cultivators. It desperately wants to devour them, but there are few cultivators in space. Most of the Metaverse cultivators are ons and space cities at the moment.
These ces have extremely powerful defensive forces. The great will knows that he can¡¯t attack these locations at the moment, otherwise it will be held down. At that time, it will be forced to face an endless stream of enemies.
¡°Hmph! So these cultivators came here to deal with me, but did they think that with their measly strength, they could kill ME?¡±
Great Will sneered.
¡°Sure enough, the previous induction is a foretelling of a blessing. These guys came here to deliver me a juicy meal.¡±
Upon thinking of this, the Great Will smiled. Its scarlet tongue extended from its ugly mouth and licked its distorted lips/
¡°Boom!!¡±
The Great Will no longer hid in the dark, but exuded its earth-shattering aura and headed straight towards the team.
¡°It¡¯s rushing to our side!¡±
Inside the control center, the Speaker of Starwood city immediately said upon seeing the holographic screen in front of him.
There was a huge red dot on the screen in front of him, and that red dot is constantly approaching them.
¡°It seems that he has taken the bait.¡±
After seeing this scene, Neb breathed a sigh of relief. He is confident that this creature can¡¯t raise any waves.
After all, there¡¯s Ouroboros, an existence beyond the cosmic level next to them.
Chapter 582: The Fear of the Great Will (Part 2)
Chapter 582: The Fear of the Great Will (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°I wonder how long this creature canst in the hands of lord Ouroboros?¡±
Neb¡¯s thoughts started diverging, showing that he never took this Great Will seriously.
¡°My lord, the distance between us and the great will is getting closer and closer, what shall we do now?¡±
The speaker was a little panicked. After all, that is the great will. Its activity sphere has been mostly in the seventh heaven. He often dealt with it and even sent armies to hunt it before, hence he knows how powerful this monster is.
Facing such a monster, Neb still calmly watched without giving them any orders, making him very uneasy.
¡°Don¡¯t worry.¡±
Neb really didn¡¯t worry. As the Great Will got closer and closer, they could finally see its appearance. Neb suddenly raised his hands and ordered the team tounch an attack.
A few momentster, Neb personally left the ship. He took the initiative to fly towards the Great Will while radiating an extremely terrifying momentum.
Peak-level.
After Nebpletely released his aura, the eyes of the Great Will on the other side brightened.
¡°Hahaha! I must devour this guy!¡±
He felt the vigorous and extremely powerful energy and blood of Neb. The feeling that he gave him is different from any other cultivator he ever met. It¡¯s almost like an extremely juicy and delicious piece of meat is dangling in front of him.
¡°Boom!!¡±
An extremely terrifying aura suddenly burst out from the body of the Great Will. He is intending to devour Neb with one bite, without giving him the chance to escape.
¡°Hiss.¡±
As Neb got closer to the Great Will, he couldn¡¯t help but gasp, because he also felt the terror-inducing power of this behemoth. This terrifying aura caused even him, a peak-level powerhouse to tremble.
¡°Star-level! This monster is a star-level being! And it¡¯s not an ordinary star-level creature!¡±
Neb eximed internally. Even if he is a peak-level cultivator, he is still not enough to see in front of this monster.
¡°Hahaha, be obedient, and let me devour you.¡±
A gloomy and terrifying voice suddenly appeared in Neb¡¯s mind.
This is the voice of great will. He could no longer restrain his inner excitement. He wanted to devour this cultivator with one bite.
The distance between the two got closer and closer. Neb trembled even more. The fear caused by facing a vastly more powerful creature caused his soul to tremble.
However, in such a stress-inducing environment and facing the threat of death, the immense barrier that blocked his cultivation from reaching a higher level loosened.
¡°This¡¡±
He immediately felt his stagnant cultivation moving, but this didn¡¯t induce any joy from him. He is still in a life-and-death situation.
The mouth of this Great Will is infinitely close to him and the immense suction prevented him from escaping. He felt that death had never been so close. He had forgotten the existence of Fang Yun.
¡°Hehe, it seems that after facing such a life and death crisis, your harvest is great.¡±
A voice suddenly resounded in his mind. In the next moment, Neb woke up. Joy quickly spread in his heart.
¡°Master Ouroboros.¡±
The moment this sound spread across his mind, a light suddenly burst from his pocket. In the next moment, the Great Will was sent flying across millions of kilometers and colliding with many meteorites.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
The Great Will didn¡¯t understand what just happened, but after stabilizing his body, he suddenly saw a gigantic creature in front of him. After closely observing it, he suddenly started shaking.
¡°It¡¯s¡ it¡¯s you.¡±
The Great Will looked at Fang Yun in front of him and shook with fear. It¡¯s conceivable how nervous he was at this moment.
¡°Yes, it¡¯s me.¡± Fang Yun smiled at him, but his next words were extremely cold.
¡°Great will, your life is over.¡±
¡°You managed to escape before, but this time, you won¡¯t be able to do so.¡±
The great will on the opposite side didn¡¯t bother to respond as it immediately fled in the opposite direction at top speed.
¡°Where can you escape to?¡±
Fang Yun growled, then broke out with an extremely terrifying speed. Far beyond the speed of light. When Fang Yun appeared in front of the Great Will, its body suddenly exploded, turning into countless pieces of blood.
However, Fang Yun knew very well that these blood drops are the clones of that great will. As long as one drop of blood mist slips, then the Great Will has escaped.
Faced with such a situation, Fang Yun suddenly sent out a rapid electromaic wave. The next moment, the blood mist that was spreading apart suddenly stopped.
The one that took action was the great turtle.
The great turtle directly froze this area of space, preventing every single drop of blood from scattering. Fang Yun took advantage of this opportunity to increase his size to the limit, then devour the blood mist.
¡°Roar!¡±
However, even after getting Fang Yun¡¯s stomach, the blood mist didn¡¯t even settle down. Instead, it rampaged wildly across Fang Yun¡¯s stomach, seemingly wanting to burst out.
The Great Will is the first creature to not be instantly dposed by his terrifying stomach acid.
¡°Hmph! You still want to struggle now.¡±
Fang Yun resisted the sharp pain in his stomach. After a long time, the stuffy feeling in his stomach disappeared.
The Great Will haspletely disappeared from this universe.
This monster has provided him with 500 billion bio-energy points. Much more than stars and even the cosmic-level powerhouse, Luo Yong. This Great Will might not be very powerful, but it¡¯s extremely unique.
¡°Well, the great will has been solved, let¡¯s go.¡±
Fang Yun said to Neb and the others then left with the great turtle.
Chapter 583: Investigation Team (Part 1)
Chapter 583: Investigation Team (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s words, the elders of Starwood city were relieved. They all looked at Fang Yun with iparable excitement.
¡°This¡lord Ouroboros had taken action personally?¡±
The Speaker of Starwood said with a look of amazement. He looked at the endless serpent ahead, Ouroboros with a look of excitement.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that master Ouroboros woulde in person.¡±
All the elders looked at Fang Yun with a look of excitement, fear, and worship. It¡¯s imperative to know that Fang Yun is the absolute leader of the nine heavens¡¯ domain at the moment.
Most people have already recognized Fang Yun as their leader and protector. After all, they would have already been destroyed by these foreign enemies without his help.
The most important thing is that Fang Yun gave the order to spread cultivation, giving everyone in the Metaverse an equal chance to reach greatness.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother to talk to these Starwood city elders. He directly left this area and headed back towards the first heaven.
In a blink of an eye, three years passed.
During this period, Fang Yun didn¡¯t manage the affairs of the Metaverse. All of these things were handled by Neb and the speakers.
With the advent of a new era, the Metaverse entered a stage of vigorous development.
Countless cultivators and techniques spurted out.
Now, everyone in the Metaverse knows about cultivators, but the number of high-level cultivators is still very small. Even with the help of countless resources, only 1000-level masters were pulled up from the entire universe.
However, what¡¯s worth celebrating is that 10 Star-level masters have appeared.
Through countless resources and some opportunities, the speakers of the four highest heavens including Neb sessfully reached the star level. Especially Neb, who has reached the initial peak of the star level and is about to enter the middle stage.
He can be regarded as the strongest in the Metaverse besides Fang Yun.
In the past three years, in addition to the vigorous development of the cultivators of the Metaverse, Fang Yun was also rapidly evolving. As the entire Metaverse provided him with endless energy, his cultivation speed skyrocketed.
In terms of size alone, he reached a jaw-dropping 150 million kilometers in length. Such a size can be considered massive even in terms of giant stars. Only Hypergiant stars are bigger than him, and that wouldn¡¯t be so for long.
It¡¯s just that, in normal times, he takes an ordinary intelligent creature¡¯s size, which is about 10 meters long.
ording to Fang Yun¡¯s estimation, his current strength should be higher than a domain master-level warrior. However, he isn¡¯t sure about cultivators of higher levels.
After all, the higher the cultivation, the greater the gap between levels. He doesn¡¯t have a way to measure his current strength, hence he isn¡¯t sure about his standing.
¡°Is this the outer universe?¡±
In a remote void, seven singlemand ships stared at the world in front of them. They saw endless prosperity in front of them.
This area is obviously a remote area of the ancient universe, but the situation here is not barren at all. On every, there is a breath of life exuding.
Furthermore, even in this remote ce, there is a huge defensive line, with countless terrifying powerhouses protecting it. There are many star-level powerhouses and even beyond!
In addition, there are still many starships, Battlestar, and other technological weapons in this defensive line.
The seven singlemand ships are obviously ships from the metaverse and they are here on a reconnaissance task following Neb¡¯s orders.
¡°Team leader Wang.¡±
In themunication channel of the seven-people team, someone suddenly spoke.
¡°What should we do now? Should we observe this universe more, or¡¡±
Judging from the current situation, it¡¯s very dangerous to stay here. As long as they are discovered, they will never escape.
??Team leader Wang is a middle-aged man, and he is very hesitant at the moment. In fact, they have alsopleted this task.
Their task is to scout the rough situation of the ancient universe and to measure the distance between it and their Metaverse.
¡°Zhang Han, go back and send the information we gathered, we¡¯ll continue to observe here.¡±
Finally, after a moment of deliberation, the Wang team leader finally made up his mind, but right after saying this, he opened his mouth again.
¡°Everyone, I know that staying here for a long time will likely cause us to lose our life.¡±
¡°However, as long as we transmit more data back, it will make it easier for the four leaders to deal with the ancient universe.¡±
The four leaders refer to the four speakers of the original four heavens.
There was silence in themunication channel, but after the first voice of consent came out, the others agreed one after the other.
Everything is for the alliance.
After the seven people discussed for a while, they started to disperse. All of them flew out in seven different directions. They made sure to keep connections even if they are dispersed.
At the same time, they also turned on their quantum transmitters. As they recorded the surrounding scenery, the Metaverse can also receive the corresponding data.
At this moment, in a certain space base in the metaverse, a monitoring station is receiving the data transmitted by Wang¡¯s expedition team.
The people in the monitoring station all looked solemn as they looked at the data.
¡°Is this the ancient universe?¡±
These people stared at the screens in front of them unblinkingly. At this moment, simted scenes were disyed. These scenes are almost the same as the ones recorded by the Wang expedition team.
Although they have not seen it with their own eyes, based on these images and information alone, the strength of the ancient universe is unimaginable.
¡°Speaker Neb has always been paying attention to the situation of the Wang expedition team, but now that we finally received their news, I wonder if he will be happy or sad.¡±
The head of the monitoring station sighed helplessly, then walked to the side and reported the situation to Neb. After a while, Neb hurried over with many other officials.
Neb hurriedly walked to this monitoring station and after he watched the simted video, his expression became very solemn.
¡°I must tell lord Ouroboros about this matter.¡±
Chapter 583: Investigation Team (Part 2)
Chapter 583: Investigation Team (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun has ordered them to not disturb him when he is evolving, but after acquiring such critical information, Neb felt that it¡¯s necessary to report to lord Ouroboros.
Soon, he reached Fang Yun¡¯s territory with the information they got.
¡°Master Ouroboros.¡±
??Neb looked at the serpent that was a mere ten meters in front of him with a little nervousness. From a size perspective, this serpent ispletely unworthy of his attention.
There are even many serpents a hundredfold bigger in the zoo of his home.
However, Neb didn¡¯t dare to take any disrespectful thoughts. Although he is a star-level powerhouse now, he still felt like a frog facing the ocean in front of Fang Yun.
In fact, the pressure is stronger than before.
Just standing in front of Fang Yun caused his body to unconsciously shiver. This is a biological instinct. Just like a child in front of a big tiger. Even if the tiger doesn¡¯t have the intention to harm him, the child would still be terrified.
¡°Master Ouroboros¡¯s growth during the past three years is beyond my imagination.¡±
Neb swallowed his saliva, forcibly restrained the fear in his heart, and said.
¡°Master Ouroboros, I have something important to report.¡±
Fang Yun stared at Neb and asked,
¡°What¡¯s the matter? Could it be that the ancient universe outside has sent another fleet to invade us?¡±
¡°No.¡± Neb shook He shook his head,
¡°Master Ouroboros, not long ago, we sent a team to the outer universe to scout the situation of the ancient universe.¡±
¡°Now, they have finally crossed the distance between the ancient universe and the Metaverse.¡±
¡°You mean, that team has already gathered information about the ancient universe?¡±
Fang Yun became interested. He also wants to know what the situation of the ancient universe is like.
¡°Yes.¡±
Neb nodded, ¡°This is the image and video data they sent back.¡±
After saying this, he tapped lightly on his watch, causing a projection screen to appear in front of him. The screen is 3 meters wide and 2 meters tall.
Many images appeared on half of the screen and a video yed on the other half. On which was the defensive line and outers the Wang expedition team captured.
Fang Yun fell deep into his thoughts after seeing these images.
¡°It seems that the team has only wandered around the outermost area.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally,
¡°This is also normal. With their strength, being able to reach that ce can be considered phenomenal, However, that defensive line is probably not the only defensive line of the ancient universe¡¡±
¡°There are likely different numbers of defensive lines in different areas of the ancient universe.¡±
¡°In addition, how big is the ancient universe, and what is its division of forces? We are still not clear. Someone needs to sneak into the ancient universe, blend with its aboriginal inhabitants and gather internal information.¡±
Thinking of this, Fang Yun nodded to Neb,
¡°These seven people did a good job. If they return safely in the end, reward each one of them with 1 million high-energy stones.¡±
This amount of energy stones is enough for a low-talent mortal to cultivate straight to the God of war level.
¡°If they can¡¯te back, send this reward to their families. In addition, their descendants will be protected by the Alliance for a hundred years. If their descendants are bullied, the Alliance will severely punish the perpetrators.¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Neb saluted solemnly.
After pondering for a moment, Fang Yun opened his mouth again.
¡°Yes, one more thing, build a space city at the center of the Kapor Star Belt. Prepare to march towards the ancient universe. We can¡¯t always defend, we must also take the initiative to attack.¡±
Hearing Fang Yun¡¯s orders, Neb was shocked. He didn¡¯t expect that Fang Yun had such ambitions. A trace of worry rose in his heart.
The ancient universe is so strong, do they have the power to invade it?
¡°If we want to further develop, we need more resources, more cultivation techniques, supernatural powers, and martial arts. Without these, our development will greatly slow down. In the end, we will be unable to keep up with the ancient universe¡±
Fang Yun looked at the worried Neb and said,
¡°In this case, it¡¯s better to take the initiative to attack. We must find a way to enter the ancient universe, obtain more techniques and martial skills, and quickly improve ourselves.¡±
¡°Of course, I don¡¯t n to go to war with the ancient universe in the near future. My n is to send spies to infiltrate the ancient universe and get what we want.¡±
¡°Huff¡¡±
Neb¡¯s heart finally rxed. He breathed a sigh of relief and said,
¡°I will follow the orders of the master!¡±
On the other side, after the Wang expedition team dispersed, they tried all methods to infiltrate the defensive line.
Unfortunately, they weren¡¯t able to seed yet.
In fact, three ships were discovered by the enemy patrol ship when they tried to cross the defensive line and destroyed by them;
¡°How can I enter this ancient universe?¡±
This question rang in leader Wang¡¯s heart. His ship carefully and stealthily flew now far away from the defensive line, trying to find a blind spot in the enemy¡¯s defenses. Unfortunately, the search was unsessful so far.
¡°Ding!¡±
A mechanical sound suddenly sounded from his headset. In the next moment, he suddenly noticed that a blue dot on the screen in front of him disappeared.
¡°Another brother died.¡±
Leader Wang sighed. He couldn¡¯t help but clench his fists. Because the decision to infiltrate the enemy line was made by him. A trace of guilt rose in the depths of his heart as he thought that his teammates died because of him.
However, he did not let this ufortable emotion affect him. After calming down his state of mind, he continued to fly around this line of defense, looking for a breakthrough point.
In the next period of time, a few more beeps sounded in his headset. In the end, from the seven-team members, only he survived.
¡°Haa¡¡¡±
Rather than sumbing to sadness and giving up, leader Wang became calmer. He knew that now is not the time to feel regret and sadness. The most important thing at the moment is to find a weak point in the defense line.
Only in this way can his teammates¡¯ sacrifice wouldn¡¯t be in vain.
Time passed day by day.
Leader Wang stayed alone in this unfamiliar and lonely ce for three months. In the past, the seven of them could at least talk to each other, but now he is alone.
Under this extremely strong sense of loneliness, a weak-willed person would have copsed a long time ago and escaped.
However, leader Wang was appointed as the captain of the extremely dangerous investigation team for a reason. Although he didn¡¯t have high achievements in the field of cultivation. He is just a god of war level cultivator.
However, his psychological and spiritual resistance to stress is at the top level. He has one of the strongest wills in the entire first heaven.
¡°Not this¡ Not this¡ No¡¡±
Leader Wang muttered. He constantly scanned the map in front of him, carefully examining each starship and each Battlestar, looking for any weak point, no matter how small it is.
As he continued to look at the movement of the defensive line, his eyes suddenly lit up.
¡°This is it! I found an opportunity!¡±
Chapter 584: Infiltration and Information (Part 1)
Chapter 584: Infiltration and Information (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After Wang Yong found the opportunity, he immediately took advantage of the opportunity and flew towards the gap defensive line. The whole process took a very short time, but it was full of thrill and danger.
During this time, Wang Yong seemed to have spent the longest and most difficult period of time in his life. After crossing that line of defense, he immediately copsed in his seat, panting heavily.
The previous actions consumed a lot of his energy.
¡°I finally entered.¡±
Wang Yong took a breath, the expression on his face became determined again,
¡°This time, I must get a clear understanding of the situation of this ancient universe.¡±
Although he thought so in his heart, he knew that it would be very difficult toplete this task. There is a very important point, that is his ship. As long as he is discovered by someone from the ancient universe, he will be immediately regarded as an invading enemy.
After all, there has never been a ship simr to his in the ancient universe.
If he wants to travel freely in the ancient universe like a fish in water. He needs to ditch this singlemand ship, get a normal ship from the ancient universe, and most importantly, a valid identity.
It¡¯s very difficult to obtain a ship from the ancient universe. Most ships appear only within a fleet. With his current power, wanting to grab a ship from a fleet is nothing more than a death wish.
¡°Haah¡¡±
Wang Yong¡¯s heart felt heavy. After thinking for a long time, he still couldn¡¯te up with a good n, causing him to be quite anxious.
He had to temporarily empty his mind and calm his mind.
¡°Think slowly¡¡±
Perhaps Wang Yong¡¯s luck was really good. On the seventh day after breaking into the defense line, he had a chance to obtain citizenship of the ancient universe and a ship.
He encountered agging starship in space. This ship was traveling alone, perhaps because it was attacked by some kind of star beast or enemy. Anyway, this ship was mostly broken.
Without the other side¡¯s awareness, Wang Yong ambushed it. He smoothly sneaked behind the ship and captured it.
¡°This guy¡¡± After entering the tattered ship, Wang Yong had a discovery.
The owner of this ship was most likely seriously injured before.
Now, due to his sudden attack, his injuries were further aggravated and died. He didn¡¯t even have the chance to send hisst message.
Wang Yong repaired the ship alone, it wasn¡¯t too difficult. After all, when he attacked it, he tried to not damage it as much as possible.
At present, this ship can carry out simple flights after Wang Yong¡¯s repair, but its speed is pitiful. In addition, the weapon system, hyperspace device, and other things are all unusable.
ording to the space log, he also knew the identity of this ship and its owner.
The owner of this ship was a family guard. However, during his outing along with the young master and his team, they encountered a star beast, causing the team to disperse.
¡°Wu Liang? This will be my name from now on.¡±
Wang Yong muttered indistinctly. The next moment, he left this ce with his new spacecraft and headed towards the nearest to replenish supplies and fix the ship if possible.
Because he did a lot of research, his foreign identity wasn¡¯t discovered. He chatted with the inhabitants of this civilized, then entered thework system of this universe. After scrolling through many pieces of information, he finally got an idea about this universe¡¯s general system and power distribution.
¡°This¡¡±
Wang Yong froze in astonishment. What he learned from the Inte made him feel exceptionally shocked. Is this the ancient universe? It turned out to be so muchrger than their nine heavens¡¯ domain. It¡¯s countless times vaster.
¡°The ancient universe is divided into many giant empires.¡±
¡°Amongst these countless Empires, the one that is fighting against us is called the Gama Empire and it is one of the smaller ones. However, it¡¯s smallerpared to those powerful empires. It¡¯s even bigger than our nine heavens¡¯ domain.¡±
Wang Yong¡¯s mouth twitched uncontrobly after roughly gathering the information about this universe.
Speaking of it, he was psychologically prepared to face anything.
The outer and ancient universe must be very vast, much bigger than the nine heavens. He already had this conviction, but he never expected them to be so muchrger. Most importantly, the terrifying power they had been fighting against is nothing more than a small part of this gigantic ancient universe.
¡°Although the Gama Empire hasn¡¯t sent its troops to invade the nine heavens, it¡¯s because they are guarding against the other Empires. Furthermore, they are also uncertain about our strength.¡±
Thinking of this, Wang Yong¡¯s heavy mood finally rxed a little.
¡°I have to send this news back as soon as possible.¡±
Wang Yong suddenly recovered. However, after thinking about a piece of news he noticed not long ago, he became even more depressed.
The fact that he breached through the defensive line has been discovered.
More importantly, even the fact that he attacked and upied the guard¡¯s ship has been found out. The forces of this area have released a wanted warrant.
¡°I¡¯m dead.¡±
This idea suddenly emerged in Wang Yong¡¯s mind. He did not expect that the efficiency of this ancient universe would be so high. If he remains on this for too long, he will be quickly tracked down.
Fortunately, he had slightly processed the identity information of the guard he impersonated. Otherwise, he would have been captured the moment he made contact with the inhabitants of this.
¡°I must leave this ce first.¡±
Wang Yong didn¡¯t intend to stay here anymore. Instead, he nned to return to space then continue moving inward. After a while, he will enter the depths of this Empire or even go to another Empire and continue to lurk.
¡°Mr. Zhu, please wait.¡±
Just as Wang Yong was heading towards his spaceship, such a voice appeared from behind. The person who received him before is quickly running towards him.
¡°Mr. Zhu, please assist us in our investigation.¡±
A clerk stopped in front of Wang Yong and said, The clerk quickly waved his hand and many guards surrounded Wang Yong in the next moment.
¡°You¡what do you want to do?¡±
Wang Yong¡¯s voice trembled a little. The clerk smiled in response and said.
¡°Don¡¯t worry about that,e with us.¡±
After saying this, he forcibly pushed Wang Yong away.
Wang Yong was a bit desperate, but fortunately, he had already sent the information he gathered before to the nine heavens.
He haspleted his mission. There¡¯s nothing to be ashamed about.
Chapter 584: Infiltration and Information (Part 2)
Chapter 584: Infiltration and Information (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The amount of information he sent might be pitiful, but the people who received it were very excited.
¡°Everyone, we can be sure now that Wang Yong is likely to be killed.¡±
In a meeting room, Neb looked at the people below with a heavy expression on his face. Wang Yong is the only-level seedling they sent on this mission. They didn¡¯t expect that he would even be killed.
¡°However, Wang Yong had sent us a lot of information before he was captured, so we should check it.¡±
This time, the content sent by Wang Yong is basically text-based, so it is They had to read them. After tapping on the file and reading the text, everyone in the meeting room was silent.
¡°This¡ the outside universe is so vast.¡±
Neb smiled bitterly and said,
¡°Due to its extremely vast size, it must be abundant with masters. With the discovery and capture of Wang Yong, they will most likely turn their attention towards our universe.¡±
¡°It¡¯s really a headache.¡±
Neb patted his head, his heart was slightly tired. He needs to do many things by himself.
¡°Neb, Are you going to report the information to master Ouroboros?¡±
Tom, who was standing next to Neb, suddenly asked
Neb pondered for a while before shaking his head.
¡°We don¡¯t have to report this information to lord Ouroboros, for the time being, he especially reminded us to not disturb him if there was nothing important. We have to focus on something else for the moment.¡±
¡°By the way, He Chong, you continue to send people to the ancient universe. We explore the division of strength over there.¡±
¡°Yes.¡± One of the officers standing behind Neb responded.
The meeting was held for another two hours, and finally, a series of ns were drawn up, and then the meeting was disbanded.
At this moment, Fang Yun had already set off towards the Kapor Star Belt, He had already mentioned to Neb that he will move his ce of residence there.
Furthermore, he asked Neb to build a space city in the middle of the star belt.
This space city is now in the midst of construction. It already has a certain scale. After all, it¡¯s rtively easy for a cosmic civilization to build a space city.
They just need to pull somes and meteorites with the gravity beam, break them into pieces, then rebuild them into either a giant continent or a massive.
Not long after Fang Yun relocated to his new home, he got thetest information from Neb.
¡°The outer universe is so vast¡¡±
Although he was amazed at the vastness of the outside world, Fang Yun looked forward more to opponents and resources in such a vastnd. His growth is still far from the end.
¡°Huh¡¡±
Fang Yun, woke up from his deep sleep and started thinking about how to deal with the current situation. After thinking for a while, he still felt that they needed to continue sending troops to gather information from the ancient universe.
Their new expedition team had already reached the outer universe. It won¡¯t take them long before they send further news.
Anyway, theirmunication technology should be more sophisticated than that of the ancient universe. At least much stronger than that of the Gama Empire.
Themunication technology of the Gama Empire shouldn¡¯t have touched the quantum field, otherwise, they wouldn¡¯t have been able to send information back and forth so easily.
Therefore, as long as the expedition team crosses that defensive line, then the Gama Empire won¡¯t be able to stop them from sending information.
In this way, they will continuously provide them with important news, and Fang Yun himself can learn a lot of news without having to take the risk to leave the Metaverse.
The reason why the new expedition team could cross the dangerous Kapor Star Belt in such a short time is that they have the coordinates sent by Wang Yong¡¯s team.
With this path of travel, even the positions of some nearby celestial bodies have been portrayed clearly to them. With the correct travel route, they can easily construct a hyperspace channel and cross the journey of years in less than a minute.
Just as Fang Yun thought, the second expedition team sent news shortly after, but they weren¡¯t good news.
This time, they had dispatched a total of 14 ships. Two groups each with 7 ships. Both of them arrived next to the defensive line not long ago.
Just one dayter, they sent a message.
They have already lost three of theirpanions.
¡°The vignce and number of troops at the defensive line have greatly increased. Sneaking past it has be much more difficult.¡±
This was Neb¡¯s exnation to Fang Yun.
However, despite this exnation, Neb and the others still looked ashamed and angry, especially Neb.
Fang Yun had directly delegated the highest authority to him, relying on him to lead the nine heavens forward, but he still disappointed him. He felt quite ashamed.
¡°Please don¡¯t worry, Master Ouroboros, no matter how powerful the enemy¡¯s defensive line, I willplete your mission and infiltrate the ancient universe.¡±
Neb assured Fang Yun with a solemn expression.
Fortunately, these two expedition groups have some skills. Although they lost another 9 people, they sessfully infiltrated the ancient universe.
Even Fang Yun was shocked after learning the news. He thought that after the enemy strengthened the defense line, the probability of infiltration had greatly decreased. He never expected that the expedition team would show him a miracle.
After some time, they sent them important news.
¡°The ancient Universe is preparing to take action against the Metaverse.¡±
This is thetest news. It was a simple line of words, but it shocked everyone who heard it.
Is the ancient universe, precisely, the Gama Empire in a hurry?
The second expedition team installed monitors and other detection equipment on the edge of the Kapor Star Belt, just to detect the enemy¡¯s invasion in advance.
On this day, through these monitors, they saw a fleet flying out from the defensive line and heading towards the Kapor Star Belt.
Chapter 585: Test (Part 1)
Chapter 585: Test (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Master Ouroboros, ording to the information transmitted by our monitors, the distance between that fleet and our base is rtively short. ording to their current speed, they will arrive in about ten days.¡±
After such a long period, Neb and the others have finallypleted the space base in the Kapor Star Belt. It boosts the highest defense and strongest power of the Metaverse.
In addition, they also moved the first training camp here. Fang Yun also goes from time to time to the training camp to check the progress of the students.
ording to Fang Yun¡¯s instructions, the daily training tasks of the first training camp are very heavy. The kind that is very dangerous and even life-threatening.
In Fang Yun¡¯s cognition, under high-stress environments where one can die or be eliminated at any moment, the students can burst out with terrifying strength.
His purpose is to constantly squeeze the potential of these students and improve their strength as quickly as possible. The Metaverse doesn¡¯tck low-level cultivators at the moment. Moreover, having more low-level cultivators at the moment doesn¡¯t make much sense.
What theyck are high-level cultivators. After all, it¡¯s impossible for the Metaverse to solely rely on Fang Yun. Other people must participate in these cosmic battles.
To quickly cultivate high-level cultivators, a price needs to be paid.
Although the first training camp is extremely cruel and the death rate is particrly high, countless people are racking their brains to enter it.
As long as anyone enters the first training camp, they will receive guidance from experts and the highest level powerhouses in the Metaverse. Not to mention that they will never have to worry about resources.
Moreover, the first batch of graduates have one of the highest strengths and status in the Metaverse, some have reached the-level peak and are about to be star-level masters. Powerful beings that can even destroy stars.
Of course, there are still many applicants willing to dedicate their strength to the Metaverse. Whether they die in the training camp or on the battlefield, they have noints.
¡°Send the silver group from the first training camp, mainly for harassment. Tell them to dy the progress of the enemy as much as possible.¡±
Fang Yun gave instructions to Neb.
The students in the silver group are all-star masters, above them are the gold group and the diamond group. These two teams represent star-level and cosmic-level masters respectively.
??Of course, these two groups are still empty, but Fang Yun knows that sooner orter someone will reach this level, so he set up these two groups in advance and ordered Neb and the others to build a corresponding training n.
As long as someone bes a member of these two groups, they will immediately start the development n.
¡°Understood! Master Ouroboros.¡°
Neb left soon after. He ordered the students of the Silver Group to try and slow down the enemy fleet. This is undoubtedly a very big challenge for the students in the Silver Group.
However, Neb vaguely understood Fang Yun¡¯s n. In the face of such a life and death trial, the students that will survive are the true elites with real perseverance and great luck.
Using this method to screen students is very cruel, but they have no other choice, in the face of such an unfathomable enemy, such drastic measures are their only choice.
There are more than 2,000 students in the silver group, and it wouldn¡¯t be bad for 500 toe back alive this time.
After Neb left, Fang Yun started reflecting on the n. At first sight, they only have about 2000-level cultivators, directly sacrificing more than 70% of them in exchange for a few star-level masters might seem stupid, but looking at it from a macro perspective, it¡¯s the most cost-effective way.
There are many God of war level cultivators in the Metaverse. The next batch of-level cultivators will appear soon.
Besides, the reason why Metaverse has the capital topete with the ancient universe is not because of this group of students, but because of Fang Yun¡¯s presence.
The students who survived this war will definitely greatly improve in this life and death crisis.
The opponent they face this time won¡¯t be the powerful star beasts, but something far scarier. No matter how powerful are the star beasts of the Metaverse, they¡¯re far fromparable to the iing enemy fleet.
Fang Yun also asked Neb to equip these students with the corresponding surveince devices. These devices will be used to observe their battle dynamic and actions.
Fang Yun flew to the monitoring station of the base and began to watch the video data transmitted by the silver group.
2323 students set off this time, all wearing thetest life mechas. The functions of these mechas aren¡¯t asprehensive as starships, but they are more suitable for cultivators¡¯bat.
Furthermore,-level cultivators can already scan the surrounding area with their mental power and the officers are sending them thetest data obtained through the monitoring equipment.
As the silver group continued heading forward, they were soon about to collide with the Gama empire¡¯s fleet. Judging from the images sent back from them, this group of students wasn¡¯t in a hurry to fight with the fleet but were secretly observing it.
¡°Luo Feng, where do you think we shouldunch an attack?¡±
In a corner of the fleet, a three-person team wasmunicating, and one of the bulkier men asked hispanion.
Hispanion looked neither tall nor short. He looked moderate in every aspect, but his eyes were very sharp. After hearing hispanion¡¯s question, he pondered for a moment before replying.
??¡±Look again.¡±
After speaking, he actively flew towards the other side and started observing the edge of the fleet.
The fleet had not yet discovered the presence of this group of students and continued flying forward, but judging from the formation of this fleet, it was a defensive formation.
It seems that the fleet of the Gama Empire is wary of sneak attacks from the Metaverse. This shows that they don¡¯t have absolute confidence in their power.
As time passed, all the first training camp¡¯s graduates, including Luo Feng, still did notunch a sneak attack. They contacted each other and started gathering in the direction of Luo Feng¡¯s team.
The students in this silver group seemed to be mainly headed by the student called Luo Feng.
¡°Luo Feng, what do you think now?¡±
More people flew to Luo Feng¡¯s side and asked him for his opinion.
While Luo Feng carefully observed the fleet ahead, he was formting then scraping countless ns in his mind.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, everyone, our purpose is to harass this fleet, not to fight them head-on.¡±
¡°Moreover, the higher-ups asked us to just dy this fleet, not stop them here.¡±
¡°I guess that this is a test from the higher-ups.¡°
Chapter 585: Test (Part 2)
Chapter 585: Test (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After hearing Luo Feng¡¯s guess, the others all smiled bitterly.
¡°Yeah¡ But this test¡ It is too difficult.¡±
When other people heard such a sentence, they all started tough. Everyone agreed with this sentence. They felt that this test was very difficult.
Hearing this, Luo Feng shook his head,
¡°We have no other choice. The higher-ups intend to use this extreme test to make us quickly grow.¡±
¡°It seems that the pressure that the ancient universe exerted on our Metaverse is too high. They have no time to use gentle methods¡¡±
After hearing Luo Feng¡¯s analysis, other people¡¯s faces became serious. With their current standing, they still don¡¯t know too much about the world outside the Kapor Star Belt and the ancient universe.
Neb and the others blocked the news because they were afraid that many people would be desperate after learning it, causing them to give up on themselves and stop improving.
¡°Everyone, don¡¯t hold back this time. Show your strongest side. This time, no one can hide or procrastinate. I guess that every move of ours is being watched by the higher-ups at this moment¡±
After saying this, Luo Feng nced at the monitor in front of him.
The others, including Luo Feng¡¯s twopanions, also nodded.
In the base of the Kapor Star Belt, Fang Yun was observing Luo Feng¡¯s actions in the monitoring station. He was quite surprised that Luo Feng managed to gather everyone around him.
Of course, the monitor only transmits pictures back, but it can¡¯t record their conversion. After all, most of their conversation is based on spiritual power.
¡°What is the name of this student?¡±
Fang Yun asked Neb with a curious expression on his face.
The people in the silver group are elite amongst the elites. They are all super-geniuses with extremely high pride, but now, they all let go of their pride and actively gathered next to this student. Furthermore, it looked as if they were asking him for his opinion.
The fact that even in the silver group full of super-geniuses, a leader was born, surprised Fang Yun.
¡°This person¡¯s name is Luo Feng.¡±
Neb couldn¡¯t help butugh. Obviously, this young man entered his sight a long time ago.
¡°This kid¡¯s talent for cultivation is extremely high. It¡¯s said that even before he started cultivating, he had spiritual power.¡±
Fang Yun nodded after hearing this. It seems that this young man should be one of the topmost geniuses in the Metaverse. He stood up even in the silver group full of elites.
Ordinary cultivators can barely cultivate a small amount of spiritual power after reaching the god of war level. Only after reaching the level can a cultivator truly start using mental power. Whether it¡¯s formunicating, detecting the surrounding area, or interfering with reality.
To have spiritual power at the beginning of cultivation like that young man is a supreme blessing. Its benefits are unimaginable.
In terms of battle alone, a cultivator with mental power is vastly superior to one without it. Whether it¡¯s in terms of reaction speed, physical and energy use, they¡¯re far superior.
¡°If this person survives this action, then focus on training him.¡±
After thinking for a moment, Fang Yun said, then continued looking at the screen in front of him.
At this time, the scene on the projection screen changed again. It seemed that Luo Feng and the others finally agreed on a n, thenunched an attack.
Everyone dispersed and flew towards a certain area of the fleet.
Seeing this scene, Fang Yun¡¯s eyes shed with brilliance. Although Luo Feng didn¡¯t choose the weakest point of the fleet, that ce has some important characteristics.
It¡¯s not only the ce that is the farthest from the center, it¡¯s also quite clustered. Finally, it¡¯s the least changeable point of the formation.
That is, if they attack it, it would be difficult for other starships in the fleet to quickly support them, giving them plenty of time to attack and retreat.
As Fang Yun watched the silver team¡¯s movements, Luo Feng and the others finally started acting.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
A powerful aura burst out from Luo Feng and the others, then the more than 2000-level powerhousesunched a conjoined attack.
They instantly punched arge hole in the fleet. After all, the ships here were only controlled by the God of War level cultivators.
These starships aren¡¯t strong enough to defend against direct attacks from-level masters.
Coupled with the fact that the usual training of the silver group is to fight against powerful star beasts and pollutants, each of them has a wealth of experience and a very strong will.
Their strength is higher than the average-level master of the same level.
All of the above led to the silver group punching a hole in the formation of the Gama Empire¡¯s fleet.
¡°Not bad.¡±
Fang Yunmented with a smile,
¡°But they can only carry out another attack of the same magnitude once at most. Otherwise, they will face the fierce counterattack of the enemy¡¯s fleet.¡±
Just as Fang Yun said, Luo Feng and the othersunched another attack, then quickly fled. However, even if they fled at their fastest speed and with a considerable head start, they still suffered under the enemy powerhouses attacks, resulting in casualties of more than 300.
Standing next to Fang Yun, Neb¡¯s face twitched upon seeing such terrible losses. He felt very heartbroken.
They spent countless resources, time, and efforts on each one of these students.
After that, Luo Feng led the fleet to conduct several more attacks. They lost more and more of theirpanions after each attack.
Luo Feng and the others felt very sad, but this war. They have no choice.
The coordinates of their home have already been discovered. If they don¡¯t grow up quickly, then simr things will happen more often. In fact, even more tragic things might happen. It won¡¯t be just theirpanions, but also their parents and family.
After harassing the enemy fleet seven times, Luo Feng led the rest of the students to finally retreat. Their original team of more than 2000 people has been left with only a bit over 200.
The price paid for this harassment is unimaginable.
However, after paying such a heavy price, they slowed down the speed of this fleet. More importantly, they caused a certain degree of damage to them.
At the same time, they learned about the true power of the enemy fleet.
Needless to say, the-level cultivators are at least 10,000 and the star-level masters can be counted in the thousands. As for the higher-level cultivators, Luo Feng and the others didn¡¯t get any information.
Chapter 586: Domain Master Cultivator (Part 1)
Chapter 586: Domain Master Cultivator (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Afterpleting the corresponding task, the students of the silver group were recalled by Fang Yun. They hadpleted their mission. What they need to do now is to return to the safe area and reflect on their harvest in the previous battle.
¡°Let¡¯s go, Neb.¡±
Fang Yun said to Neb next to him, then took the lead. He was heading straight towards the Gama Empire¡¯s fleet.
Now he is nning to lead their main army to attack the Gama Empire¡¯s fleet.
The giant turtle wandered in front of Fang Yun, but itsary size made it hard for Fang Yun to see forward. He is still in his 10 meters form after all. Fang Yun flew towards the back of the giant turtle, then curled up andid down.
¡°Master Ouroboros, now all the students in the Silver Group have evacuated to a safe area.¡±
Neb reported to Fang Yun about the situation of the students in the Silver Group. This was Fang Yun¡¯s request. After hearing Neb¡¯s report, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but ask.
¡°How about that kid named Luo Feng?¡±
Hearing this, Nebughed and said,
¡°Although he suffered a little injury, it¡¯s not a big problem. He has almost healed now.¡±
¡°Hmm.¡±
Fang Yun nodded. The reason why he was so concerned about this Luo Feng is that he was the one that performed the best this time. He led the team to attack the weakest or the most appropriate point of the fleet each time.
In addition, that kid is a master tactician. Many times, he led the chasing fleet towards dangerous celestial bodies or groups of star beasts. Under the chase of many-level and star-level masters, he caused great damage to the fleet and led more than 200panions to escape.
About ten dayster, Neb came over to inform Fang Yun that the students of the Silver Group had returned. Fang Yun personally received this group of students.
After meeting these students, Fang Yun found that they looked very depressed. This is normal, after all, they just experienced such a tragic battle, and most of theirpanions died. The fact that they had no psychological or mental disorder is proof of their strong will.
¡°Silver group student XX, I have seen Master Ouroboros.¡±
A group of figures stood in front of Fang Yun awe-inspiringly. At first, they looked quite depressed, but after walking in front of Fang Yun, they disyed a firm expression again
¡°Yes, you did a good job this time.¡±
Fang Yun encouraged these students,
¡°I know that this mission was very cruel to you, and you have also lost many of yourpanions, but we have no other choice. Everything is for you to quickly grow and everything is for our meta-universe.¡±
After Fang Yun finished speaking, all the students in front of him said with a firm expression.
¡°Everything is for the Metaverse!¡±
¡°Well, you should be very tired. Go back and rest, adjust your spirits as soon as possible, and then recount the feelings and experience you gained in this battle.¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
The group of students loudly yelled, then flew away one after the other.
Those students did not follow Fang Yun and the others to attack the fleet of the Gama Empire but returned to the base. They are going to rest and digest the gains of the previous battle.
About three dayster, Fang Yun and the others appeared in front of a huge fleet. Fang Yun did not engage in any tactics this time and directlyunched a head-on battle against the enemy.
One of the top ten marshals of the Gama Empire, Nn Kang, was themander of this fleet. This time, he was ordered by the emperor of the Gama Empire to lead the attack against this wild universe.
However, Nn Kang didn¡¯t feel very happy.
The reason for this is because he disdained to personally deal with a wild and remote sub-universe. He should be fighting for the glory of the empire on the front line of the battle between the Gama Empire and the Fisch Empire at the moment, not in this remote ce where the birds don¡¯t sh*t.
¡°Hmph, a bunch of rubbish, it¡¯s no wonder that the Fisch Empire has dared to wage war against us in recent years. These guys are simply a bunch of stupid pigs! They were actually defeated by the aboriginal inhabitants of a wild sub-universe. A ce that doesn¡¯t even have a decent cultivation tform¡±
Nn Kang stood in the control center of themand ship with an aggrieved expression. The previous waves of gueri attacks made them feel very ashamed.
At first, he realized that the opponents were only about 2000-level cultivators, so at the beginning, he did not send too many troops to chase the enemy.
However, he never expected that his troops would be the ones to be defeated.
He discovered that their-level cultivators can¡¯tpare with those natives. This caused him to be infuriated.
¡°Grand Marshal, there are arge number of indigenous troops ahead.¡±
Suddenly, a voice resounded next to Nn Kang. Thetter frowned and said,
¡°Is it another vanguard sent to lure us?¡±
¡°It doesn¡¯t look like it.¡±
The soldier who came to report shook his head and said,
¡°I think it¡¯s their main force.¡±
¡°The main force?¡±
Nn Kang looked quite surprised.
¡°You mean that these indigenous people didn¡¯t use tactics to fight us, but chose to stupidly fight head-on against us? Even though they roughly learned about the power of our fleet?¡±
After hearing this sentence, the soldier standing in front of Nn Kang didn¡¯t dare to answer.
¡°Hmph, these natives are simply too arrogant!¡±
Nn Kang shouted angrily and then ordered,
¡°Launch the strongest attack! Let these wild natives take a good look at the power of our Empire!¡±
¡°I want these bastards to regret their decision!¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
The soldiers solemnly replied. In the next moment, countlesssers wereunched towards the Metaverse fleet.
Fang Yun, who was rushing forward, was the first to face thesesers. However, he didn¡¯t really care. All of theser beams were immediately reflected upon approaching him, flying in all directions, some were even deflected back.
Chapter 587: Intense Battle and Escape (Part 1)
Chapter 587: Intense Battle and Escape (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°The nobles of the Empire felt that this wild sub-universe might contain abundant cultivation resources, hence they sent us to decisively conquer it.¡±
Zhang Zicheng said anxiously at this time,
¡°However, it seems that the strength of this wild sub-universe isn¡¯t low. Most importantly, this giant serpent is difficult to deal with.¡±
¡°Let¡¯s go, we should stop this monster. These cosmic-level cultivators can¡¯t deal with it at all.¡±
Nn Kang understands that their n to conquer this sub-universe is going to fail. With such a powerful creature protecting it, their efforts are all for naught.
Judging from the strength this serpent showed, he is at least a peak domain master. Even if the seven of them join forces now, Nn Kang doesn¡¯t have absolute confidence to stop this monster.
Zhang Zicheng and the others naturally had no objection. After looking at each other, they ran towards the exit chamber. Soon afterward, 7 colorful light beams flew out from themand ship.
¡°All of you, retreat!.¡±
After Nn Kang appeared on the battlefield, he shouted at the, star, and cosmic-level cultivators that are struggling against the great serpent.
As the warriors fled one after the other, Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother to chase them but looked at Nn Kang, Zhang Zicheng, and the other five.
¡°Seven domain master-level cultivators¡¡±
The moment Fang Yun looked at Nn Kang and the others, he immediately felt their terrifying energy. Just the aura they unconsciously exuded caused the space around them to copse. Their energy intensity is far superior to that of cosmic-level powerhouses.
Fang Yun instantly judged that they are domain master level powerhouses
ording to the system¡¯s prompts. Each one of these cultivators can provide him with 1 trillion bio-energy points. The seven of them can provide him with a total of 7 trillion points.
¡°Not bad.¡±
Fang Yun flicked his tongue. The next moment, he pounced towards the seven powerhouses in front of him. His speed was beyond the speed of light, causing all matter around him to disintegrate and copse.
The opposite Nn Kang, Zhang Zicheng, and the others watched as the serpent behemoth instantly appeared in front of them.
¡°Let¡¯s attack together.¡±
Facing such a rapid attack, they didn¡¯t have the time to dodge. As experienced masters, they immediately understood that their best choice of action is to confront this behemoth head-on.
If they chose to dodge now, they are likely to be severely injured or even entirely devoured.
Finally, they want to personally test the power of this serpent.
Following all of the above, the seven of them have no choice but to fight head-on. They clenched their fists and sent seven space-wrapping punches. As they moved their hands, seven gigantic first images, millions of kilometers wide, headed towards the great serpent.
The space around them was distorted and all matter in their way, whether it was a or a meteor, instantly disintegrated. However, as the giant fist phantoms approached Fang Yun, they started dissipating mid-way.
It was the great turtle assistance from the back. As Fang Yun continued to grow, the giant turtle also showed no growth limit, especially with the help of all the resources of the Metaverse.
Whether in terms of range or power, its current space maniption ability is far superior to before.
¡°Huh?¡±
Nn Kang and Zhang Zicheng immediately nced at the giant turtle. After looking at each other, they immediately made a n. One of them turned around and headed towards the great turtle and the other six continued to besiege Fang Yun.
While previouslyunching the space fist attacks, they also used the counter-shock force to retreat. Otherwise, Fang Yun would not give them the chance to approach the great turtle at all.
Seeing that one of the enemy powerhouses was flying towards the giant turtle, Fang Yun¡¯s eyes shed, then focused his attention on the six people ahead.
A mysterious aura radiated out from his body. In the next moment, he instantly disappeared, then reappeared next to one of the six enemies.
The face of that person suddenly changed. His aura immediately surged then heavily punched Fang Yun, trying to push him away. The collision between the two broke the surrounding space and created an intense space quake, destroying the surrounding area.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
However, Fang Yun was unshaken. He looked coldly at the enemy domain master, then struck him with his body. The man wasunched far away, coughing blood due to his injuries.
Half of his body was destroyed, but as a domain master, the body¡¯s recovery ability is very powerful. Grantions of flesh started growing over his injuries. His body was being quickly restored.
¡°Not dead yet?¡±
Fang Yun was a little surprised but quickly noticed that although that guy was quickly recovering, his aura has be a lot weaker. Fang Yun guessed that after that guypletely recovers, he will need to rest and recover for a while before restoring his peak strength.
Unfortunately, he won¡¯t have any chance to recover.
Fang Yun quickly rushed towards that guy, thinking that it would be best to kill him before he recovers, but the other five suddenly appeared in front of him and stopped him.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t hesitate at all and directly fought the five domain masters at the same time. All kinds of brilliant light explosions and space quakes appeared around the area of the battle, shattering all material in that area and creating a void that stretches for hundreds of billions of kilometers.
At the moment, the ¡®low-level¡¯ cultivators on both sides have basically stopped fighting. They all stood far away from the battlefield, for fear that the battle between those monsters would affect them.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
It¡¯s unknown how many times Fang Yun, Nn Kang, and the others have collided, but Fang Yun¡¯s attacks gradually became sharper, stronger, and more frequent.
He became more brave and energetic as he fought.
On the other hand, Nn Kang and the others were in apletely different situation.
The more they fought, the weaker they became. They were like ships in a storm, in danger of sinking at any time. Through the course of the battle, they mostly defended and evaded. They rarely took the initiative to attack.
¡°Damn it, we¡¯re not the opponents of this monster.¡±
Nn Kang nced at Zhang Zicheng and the others and noticed their struggle. A trace of panic couldn¡¯t help but rise in his heart.
This monster can still prevail against 6 domain masters. How powerful exactly is it? Has it reached that level?
Chapter 587: Intense Battle and Escape (Part 2)
Chapter 587: Intense Battle and Escape (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°It¡¯s almost invincible.¡±
Nn Kang thought internally. His gaze suddenly flew to another ce. On that side, one of theirpanions was fighting against that giant turtle.
The giant turtle is far less powerful than this serpent, but theirpanion couldn¡¯t deal with it for a while. This giant turtle has great control over space. Whether it¡¯s defending or escaping, theirpanion could hardly touch it. It¡¯s a headache.
¡°There¡¯s nothing we can do, we have to retreat.¡±
Zhang Zicheng suddenly said to Nn Kang.
Nn Kang opened his mouth, seemingly to hesitate, but still nodded in the end.
¡°Retreat!¡±
Before he could evenplete his sentence, the fleet started to retreat. The crew of the fleet is terrified at this moment, they just want to leave this ce.
The domain master who fought against the great turtle returned and joined the battle against Fang Yun, fighting while retreating.
¡°There is no need to drag this battle.¡±
Fang Yun chuckled softly as he looked at Zhang Zicheng and the others who were fighting and retreating. He is nowpletely certain that his strength has exceeded the domain master level.
After all, in his opinion, these guys are weak.
On the surface, they might seem on the same level as they exchanged blows countless times, but he was actually using just a part of his strength. He wanted to test the exact strength of domain masters.
Now that he has obtained a clear understanding, there¡¯s no need to hide his strength anymore.
After making this decision, Fang Yun¡¯s attack suddenly became much more aggressive. Within just a few strikes, the domain master¡¯s expression changed.
¡°Damn, how could this monster¡¯s strength increase so much!¡±
Nn Kang had an ominous premonition. He might not go back alive this time.
¡°Retreat at full speed! Did you hear me?! Retreat at full speed!!¡±
¡°Immediately send a message to the empire. This ce is dangerous. Don¡¯t send any more people! It¡¯s best to report the existence of this sub-universe to other empires and try to drive them to attack it!¡±
Nn Kang¡¯s mental transmission was also received by Fang Yun.
Fang Yun¡¯s face turned gloomy upon receiving it. This bastard is looking for death!
If he just asks the Gama Empire to stop coveting the Metaverse, he might let it go in the future, but this bastard wants to involve other Empires, driving them to attack this sub-universe.
If that truly happens, their situation will be extremely bad.
Of course, this is also a thankless and even stupid thing for the Gama Empire. After all, its territory is on the edge of the ancient universe. It¡¯s also the closest Empire to the Metaverse.
To reach this ce, many fleets have to pass through their empire¡¯s territory, which will definitely have some impact on it.
Some Empires might even take the opportunity to directly conquer the Gama Empire and include it in their territory.
Nn Kang¡¯s sole intention was to make it hard for Fang Yun and the Metaverse.
Since this guy wants to make it hard for them, Fang Yun won¡¯t make it easy for him.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun heaved an earth-shattering roar. He suddenly opened his mouth and released an extremely powerful gamma-ray, turning trillions of kilometers ahead of him into dust.
As the target of this attack, Nn Kang was instantly blown into pieces. Even if he quickly regenerated, his aura wilted to the extreme.
¡°Run!!¡±
Nn Kang yelled loudly. After yelling, he tried to run away with his badly injured body, but before he could cross a certain distance or teleport, a giant head appeared behind him, then directly devoured him.
The rest of the domain masters were terrified upon seeing this scene. They squeezed out everyst bit of strength in their body and quickly fled.
However,pared to Fang Yun that can move at a speed far beyond the speed of light, their speed was too slow.
He directly collected 7 trillion bio-energy points.
After solving these seven people, Fang Yun chased after the fleeing fleet. The remaining cosmic, star, and-level cultivators were Fang Yun¡¯s main target.
Under the all-attributes suppression, many people were swallowed by Fang Yun and turned into pure bio-energy.
Neb and the others behind were all shocked and excited at Fang Yun¡¯s vigorous and powerful stance.
The stronger Fang Yun¡¯s performance, the greater their sense of security, but they also knew that they can¡¯t rely solely on Fang Yun to protect the Metaverse.
If they can¡¯t follow in the footsteps of Ouroboros, they will definitely be abandoned one day. Deep in his heart, Neb is certain that this day will arrive. He hopes that when that time arrives, they would already have the strength to stand on their own.
¡°Huh.¡±
After heaving a deep sigh, Neb locked one of the escaping star-level powerhouses and then rushed towards him. He could just wait for Fang Yun to get rid of all these enemy cultivators, but his goal this time is more than just winning the war. He wants to temper himself in battle and reach for an even higher level.
He doesn¡¯t have the guts to fight against cosmic-level powerhouses, but he isn¡¯t afraid of the star-level cultivators.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Neb fought against a star-level master. The two sides heavily collided, creating giant light explosions, they disappeared and appeared randomly within the range of a million kilometers, leaving reigns of destruction behind and creating countless explosions.
All of this was seen by Fang Yun.
¡°Yes, this Neb has the potential to go further.¡±
To be honest, Fang Yun felt that the talents of Neb and the other speakers aren¡¯t too high. On the contrary, Fang Yun felt that that guy called Luo Feng is quite promising.
That guy has the potential to reach a high level of cultivation.
However, since Neb and some others dare to bet their lives and fight, they might be able to break past their potential and reach an even higher level.
¡°If nothing unexpected happens, they should be able to reach the cosmic level, but that should be their limit.¡±
Fang Yun has already judged the future of Neb and the other current peak powerhouses of the Metaverse. Unless they get a great opportunity or have an earth-shaking discovery, their limit is the cosmic level.
Looking away from Neb and the others, Fang Yun locked the fleeing enemy fleet. With a sharp glint in his eyes, he pounced on them.
¡°Ahh!!¡±
¡°Noo!!!¡±
¡°Help! Save me!!¡±
Countless piercing cries rang out over the battlefield, but they soon died out.
The final battlested for a long time. They spent most of the time chasing the deserters.
About half a monthter, this battle finally concluded. This war caused the Metaverse to lose a lot of its powerful cultivators.
However, they also reaped a lot of benefits. They obtained various cultivation techniques and martial skills, and finally cultivation resources.
These things are enough to make up for their loss this time.
Chapter 588: Secret Realm (Part 1)
Chapter 588: Secret Realm (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After solving this crisis, Fang Yun asked Neb and the others to continue sending manpower to the Gama Empire. The war will certainly not end easily after this battle. Maybe, a wave of even fiercer invasions is awaiting the Metaverse in the future.
Therefore, their main priority is to infiltrate the Gama Empire and collect as much information as possible. They can¡¯t remain this passive.
Perhaps the next fleet that will attack them won¡¯t be from the Gama Empire, but they can at least know the news in advance if they have spies there.
After the end of this war, Fang Yun returned to his territory and rested. Anyway, he doesn¡¯t have to deal with other things. If there was no fleet to attack this domain, he would continue to devour all kinds of matter and evolve.
Judging from Fang Yun¡¯s current strength, he should have surpassed the domain master level to reach the world master level. The world master level is divided into nine steps.
Fang Yun doesn¡¯t know what step his current strength can bepared to.
After all, he hadn¡¯t fought against a world master-level powerhouse yet. ording to his guess, his strength should be around early to mid-level world master.
Time quickly flew and another three years have passed.
In the past three years, the Gama Empire hadn¡¯tunched any further attack against the Metaverse.
There are many reasons for this. Apart from the Gama Empire¡¯s cautiousness and fear of the Metaverse, they are facing even more serious trouble.
ording to the news sent by the spies, there¡¯s an empire called Izumo next to the Gama Empire and the two of them are in the midst of a war at the moment.
Due to the loss of so many domain master-level powerhouses, the Gama Empire quickly fell to a disadvantage. It was a huge blow to the morale of their army and the news couldn¡¯t be hidden.
This is good news for Fang Yun and the others, but there¡¯s still a huge hidden danger. If the Gama Empire exposes the existence of the Metaverse, that would be extremely bad for them.
Empires like the Izumo Empire are likely to target the Metaverse. This is the theme of the ancient universe after all, war and conquer, and the Metaverse is an unexplorednd filled with resources, a piece of delicious meat.
It¡¯s worth conquering.
Because of this concern, in the past three years, the tense atmosphere in the Metaverse not only didn¡¯t rx but became even stronger and more widespread.
Everyone is racing against time, training.
The manpower lost in that war was alsopletely recovered. For example, The silver group not onlypletely recovered, but even expanded further.
The current number of students in the silver group has reached 3500, and there are even personnel who have graduated from the training camp and joined the army.
In addition, some students finally appeared in the gold group of the first training camp. A total of 32.
That means that 32 cultivators have broken through to the star level. Among them, the guy called Luo Feng is at the forefront. He has reached the fourth step and is considered an intermediate star-level master.
Fang Yun has encountered this guy quite a few times and he is sure that his strength is beyond what is shown on the surface.
During this period, Fang Yun¡¯s strength also quickly improved. By now, he felt that his strength should have reached thete-stage world master level.
He isn¡¯t far from the next level, ¡°Immortal¡±.
ording to the intelligence they gathered from the Gama Empire. Immortals are amongst the top group even in the entire ancient universe.
Immortal-level cultivators are also divided into ranks.
Ordinary immortal, noble immortal, immortal king.
These subdivisions can be divided into different levels. Low, high, and peak.
While an ordinary cultivator faces many bottlenecks along the way, either limited by potential, resources, or cultivation techniques. However, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t have this limitation, he can continue to grow infinitely as he continues to eat.
The catch is that more and more bio-energy is required as he grows stronger, making it harder and harder for him to evolve.
¡°Master Ouroboros.¡±
Just as Fang Yun was constantly devouring various high-energy ores, a figure suddenly appeared in front of Fang Yun. It was Neb.
Neb¡¯s strength has gone even further, reaching the seventh step of the star level. It seems that he really has the potential to reach the cosmic level.
Fang Yun stopped eating and asked,
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
¡°My lord, we found a folded space. From the looks of it, it seems to be a secret space left by a certain powerful existence.¡±
Neb hurriedly said, looking very excited.
Unexpectedly, the plot in fantasy actually happened in reality. A folded space is mostly a secret space left by an ancient powerhouse. It¡¯s usually filled with resources and treasures.
Of course, this is not absolute. It might be filled with danger and death. Everything is possible.
¡°My lord, in that secret space, there might be the martial skills and cultivation techniques that we urgently need.¡±
Neb continued,
¡°If we can get more advanced techniques and martial skills, our overall strength will reach the next level.¡±
To be honest, the thing that Neb is truly worried about isn¡¯t the attack or invasion of other Empires, but the disappearance of this great serpent.
He is afraid that Ouroboros will feel that their strength is too weak or that they are worthless and abandon them.
¡°Where?¡±
Fang Yun was also a little surprised. He never expected that such a ce would exist. He is quite curious about this secret realm left by the mysterious powerhouse.
What kind of object or creature is hidden in this secret realm?
¡°Bring an elite team, I¡¯ll apany you on this trip.¡±
After thinking about it for a while, Fang Yun said to Neb. Thetter was exhrated upon hearing this. Thepanionship of lord Ouroboros is their greatest guarantee.
¡°My lord, our manpower has been assembled, we can leave at any time.¡±
Neb wished to take Fang Yun to that secret realm now, but he still had a bit of reason. He knew that Fang Yun must be the one to decide when to leave.
¡°Then let¡¯s go.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about the high-energy stones in front of him. After learning that Neb has already gathered the manpower, he decided to immediately leave.
Chapter 588: Secret Realm (Part 2)
Chapter 588: Secret Realm (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Under the leadership of Neb, Fang Yun quickly flew across the dark space. Not long after, he reached a remote location on the east of the first heaven.
He didn¡¯t head towards the base but chose such a rtively remote space.
He quickly noticed a gathering of cultivators. All of them have reached-level at least.
¡°Part of them are the students in the training camp, and some of them are the soldiers who just joined the army.¡±
Fang Yun just nced at them beforeing to this conclusion. Whether they are students from the training camp or soldiers from the cultivators¡¯ army, they are the elites of the elites.
And among these people, Fang Yun also saw a lot of familiar figures. Many of them are characters that fought along with them in thest war.
¡°My lord, the one that discovered that folded space is Luo Feng from the first training camp.¡±
While Fang Yun was looking at the group of cultivators, Neb approached Fang Yun again and exined.
Hearing this, Fang Yun nodded and said;
¡°Oh, since he discovered it, why did he report it? He could have upied it exclusively for his own benefit.¡±
Fang Yun was a bit puzzled.
¡°Could it be that he already explored this secret realm? Is it impossible to enter it? Or is there a great danger in that secret realm?¡±
Neb shook his head and said,
¡°My lord, that secret realm is easy to enter but we don¡¯t know if there is any danger in it. The space inside is rtivelyrge, but the people we sent to explore didn¡¯t encounter any danger.¡±
Hearing this, Fang Yun nodded, quite surprised.
Luo Feng¡¯s talent is not only extremely high, but even his character is quite upright. If Fang Yun was in the same position, he is likely to personally upy this secret realm.
To be honest, Fang Yun started admiring him.
He could guess that apart from his upright and strong personality, Luo Feng has a strong sense of belonging to this sub-universe. It¡¯s understandable, after all, he grew up here. His family, friends, and loved ones also live here.
So, since his hometown is facing a critical situation, the first thing he needs to do is to think about how to improve the overall strength of their Metaverse.
He might hog the secret realm for himself in a peaceful time, but now, the best course of action is undoubtedly to contribute this secret realm to the government and enhance the overall strength of their universe.
Soon, Neb started to lead the way, taking Fang Yun and the others to the secret realm. About half an hourter, they stopped in front of a slightly distorted space.
Needless to say, everyone knew that the entrance to the secret space was right in front of them.
They can feel that there is something behind this distorted space.
¡°My lord, this is the entrance to that secret realm.¡±
Neb flew in front of Fang Yun and said, pointing to the twisted space in front of him.
Fang Yun nodded, ¡°Okay, let¡¯s go in now.¡±
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s words, Neb was the first to fly towards the secret realm. His body was submerged in the distorted space, then disappeared.
After Neb disappeared, the students and the soldiers saluted Fang Yun, then also flew into that secret realm.
It wasn¡¯t until everyone had entered that secret realm that Fang Yun followed.
As soon as Fang Yun entered the secret realm, he discovered that this ce was unusual. In this space, there were mountains, rivers, and various creatures.
The atmosphere pervading this space seemed to contain abundant energy.
Neb and the others were very excited after entering this secret realm.
Fang Yun interrupted their excited chattering, then asked them to look for unusual things in this space, such as mansions, habitable structures, or the possible home of the powerhouse that created this space.
Things like inheritance or treasures are usually in these ces.
After receiving Fang Yun¡¯s orders, Neb immediately ordered the students and the soldiers to scatter and search for these locations.
Because of Fang Yun¡¯s presence, these cultivators didn¡¯t seem to be too nervous after entering this unfamiliar space. After receiving the order, all of them confidently scattered. They either gathered in small teams or left individually.
Fang Yun just wandered around and didn¡¯t take the initiative to look for treasures or the like. These things had no attraction to him.
Furthermore, if he wants something, as long as he mentions it to Neb, thetter will immediately try his best to fulfill it.
He came here this time because he was a little curious on one hand, and to protect Neb and the rest of the team on the other hand.
About half a dayter, Neb suddenly flew to Fang Yun¡¯s side and told him that they discovered the living ce of the powerhouse that created this space.
Fang Yun followed Neb with a curious expression on his face. After arriving at their destination, his face immediately lit up.
¡°It really is here.¡±
Fang Yun found that the energy contained in this location is the most abundant, and most importantly, there is a giant cave in front of it.
Inside that cave, Fang Yun perceived a rather special energy, one that ispletely from the energy that flows through this realm.
¡°My lord? Look!¡±
Neb said excitedly and Fang Yun nodded with a smile on his face.
¡°Okay, I will go in with you to take a look.¡±
After saying this, he took the lead to enter the cave this time. Neb and the others closely followed behind.
¡°Presumably that is the owner of this secret space.¡±
Fang Yun noticed a skeleton in the depths of the cave. His eyes shed as he stared at the skeleton.
Because he discovered that it turned out to be a faint gold skeleton.
¡°Pale golden bones?¡±
Fang Yun was quite surprised,
¡°ording to the information we received from the Gama Empire, this person should have been an immortal king when he was alive. I wonder what his immortal king rank was.¡±
¡°You all carefully search this cave. This should be an immortal king. The things he left behind must be very useful to you.¡±
Everyone, including Neb, shook after hearing this sentence. Their eyes gleamed with inexplicable light.
Soon, they discovered one rare item after the other.
It¡¯s just that they haven¡¯t found any cultivation techniques or martial skills yet.
Just when everyone was a little discouraged, someone suddenly eximed.
¡°My lord,e here, what¡¯s this?¡±
Fang Yun looked at the source of the sound and found that the guy named Luo Feng was standing in front of the golden skeleton, looking at something.
Chapter 589: Izumo Empire and Infiltration (Part 1)
Chapter 589: Izumo Empire and Infiltration (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun flew towards the student named Luo Feng. Thetter was standing behind the skeleton. After reaching him, Fang Yun followed his line of sight and curiously looked behind the skeleton.
There were rows of tiny words on the back of the skeleton, sketched on the bones. Looking at it, it should be some kind of cultivation technique.
Fang Yun immediately asked Neb and the others to copy it. This is the cultivation secret of an immortal king! It certainly can¡¯t bepared to the mediocre goods they got from the Gama Empire.
Fang Yun believes that even in the ancient universe, cultivation techniques of this rank should be very rare.
Neb and the others looked very excited. This time, their harvest is too great. They not only obtained various cultivation resources, but they also discovered an extremely rare cultivation technique.
Since this technique was sketched on the bones of an immortal king, it should be an extremely powerful technique.
After thoroughly searching this secret realm, Fang Yun took Neb and the others back.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about how Neb would allocate the harvest of this trip, but five dayster, Neb came to Fang Yun¡¯sir and reported the allocation process to him.
In fact, most of the gains were confiscated. Only a small part was distributed to the search team.
However, because they unearthed a great number of resources, even if the search team members only received a small part, it¡¯s still plenty of resources.
That¡¯s without mentioning that most of these resources are of incredibly high quality.
In addition, about the cultivation technique, Neb and the others decided to keep this cultivation technique a secret from the public. They intend to teach it to the top group of cultivators that are loyal to the Metaverse.
After all, this technique can be considered top-notch even in the entire ancient universe. Small Empires like the Gama Empire can¡¯t even touch it.
They can¡¯t carelessly propagate such a powerful technique even in their universe. Doing so must have dire consequences.
Time quickly flew, and another five years have passed. During these five years, the metaverse has developed at an extremely fast speed.
After all, the resources have been pooled and spent on such a small number of people, and because cultivation is still a rtively new subject, the resources haven¡¯t been used much.
The cultivation resources of the metaverse are still in a state of surplus.
With the help of endless resources, from high-energy stones to star beasts and pollutants¡¯ flesh and energy core, a lot of masters appeared. Even cosmic-level masters started to appear.
One of them is Neb. Under the support of the resources of an entire sub-universe and the cultivation technique of an immortal king, he naturally advanced to the cosmic level.
Originally, Fang Yun thought that it would be extremely difficult for this guy to reach the cosmic level.
He never expected that he would have such a precious opportunity, but after thinking about it, he took it for granted. With an immortal king ss technique and endless resources, if he couldn¡¯t even reach the cosmic level, then he is too ipetent.
In addition to the Neb,
The student named Luo Feng made the most progress. He became one of the few cosmic-level powerhouses, and his breakthrough was much easier and more natural than Neb.
Fang Yun paid close attention to this guy for some time and found that he rarely stays in the training base. He spends most of his time wandering across the universe, looking for star beasts and pollutants to fight and sharpen himself.
Although they had never fought against each other, Fang Yun is confident that Luo Feng can easily defeat Neb, even if thetter was the first to reach cosmic level.
Fang Yun and the other higher-ups sent a lot of spies to the Gama Empire because the battle between the Gama Empire and the Izumu Empire is getting fiercer and fiercer.
Furthermore, due to their miserable defeat in the metaverse, the Gama Empire is at a very great disadvantage in the battle with the Izumo Empire. This caused them to leave even fewer forces at the defensive line, making it much easier for the Metaverse to send spies to the Gama Empire.
As Fang Yun obtained more and more information about the ancient universe, he realized that it¡¯s an extremely vast ce, with countless Empires and civilizations, fighting and conquering each other.
The Gama Empire and the Izumo Empire are just two small Empires at the edge of the ancient universe.
There is a border dispute between the two, and the perennial wars and conflicts are endless. It¡¯s just that there is rarely such a nationwide war.
As the Gama Empire suffered a great loss, the Izumo Empire quickly received the news and took this opportunity tounch a fierce attack.
Now the Gama Empire is struggling to defend and ording to the information Fang Yun and the others have obtained, the Gama Empire has already revealed the existence of the Metaverse to the Izumo Empire
Their intentions are very obvious. They want to pull the attention of the Izumo Empire to the metaverse, thereby weakening their forces. Moreover, this can also aplish the act of killing one with the enemy¡¯s de.
Unfortunately, the Izumo Empire didn¡¯t follow their suggestions. This is not to say that the Izumo Empire isn¡¯t interested in the Metaverse. On the contrary, they¡¯re too greedy. They intend to swallow everything.
After all, their feud with the Gama Empire is an old one, and now that they have finally seen signs of its destruction, how could they give up? This is a golden opportunity that can be encountered but not sought after.
As for the newly discovered wild sub-universe, it can¡¯t escape from their palm. It doesn¡¯t matter whether they invade it sooner orter.
After receiving this information. After lengthy deliberation, Fang Yun ordered Neb and the others to send a powerful team to the war zone of the Gama and Izumo Empire to provide support.
The object of their support is the Gama Empire, the force that attacked them multiple times.
Although Fang Yun couldn¡¯t wait to get rid of it, now is not the time. Despite their enmity with it, the Gama Empire is not only a barrier, it¡¯s also a buffer zone. Its existence has more benefits than harm to the Metaverse at the moment.
If the Gama Empire is destroyed by the Izumo Empire, then they will have to face thetter. ording to thetest information, the Izumo empire is even stronger than the Gama Empire. Most importantly, its leaders are ambitious, arrogant, and greedy.
After annexing the Gama Empire, the strength of the Izumo Empire will increase again, bing an even more severe threat to the metaverse.
Considering all these factors, helping the Gama Empire is their best move. Of course, it won¡¯t be an unconditional help.
Fang Yun ns to send a part of their manpower to the battlefield between the two countries, pretending to be soldiers of the Gama Empire and to assist it while also sharpening themselves.
Of course, they are not required to join the Gama Empire¡¯s fleet. Anyway, what they want to do is up to them. In this task, they have a very high degree of freedom.
Chapter 589: Izumo Empire and Infiltration (Part 2)
Chapter 589: Izumo Empire and Infiltration (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Under Fang Yun¡¯s suggestion, Luo Feng was also dispatched to the front line of the war between the two empires. It wasn¡¯t just him. A hundred star-level cultivators were dispatched. All of which were students from the first training camp.
Most of them were the same group of students who had fought with Luo Feng before.
Fang Yun left a trace of mental energy on Luo Feng¡¯s body, allowing him to track their movements.
Under his attention, about three months after leaving the Kapor base, they infiltrated the Gama Empire, then it took another month to sessfully blend into an army.
As time passed by, the situation in the Gama Empire has be more and more serious. The army was recruiting troops everywhere, so Luo Feng and the others only used some tricks to sessfully mix into the fleet.
The overall strength of Luo Feng¡¯s group of people can¡¯t be said to be top-notch, but together, they can still affect the battle situation in an area. It¡¯s not difficult to turn the situation around, turning loss into victory.
One hundred star-level masters can¡¯t be said to be too much, but it¡¯s not less either. However, these 100 star-level cultivators are all elites amongst their realm.
Luo Feng and the others joined a unit called the Burning Legion. They were not in the samepany but scattered among the army.
Luo Feng was in the 17th Company of the Third brigade of the Burning Legion. In fact, the rest of hispanions were all in this brigade but interspersed throughout differentpanies.
After Luo Feng entered thepany, he served as the deputymander. After all, he is a cosmic-level master. A cultivator of his level is considered top-notch even in the Gama Empire.
The reason he¡¯s serving as thepany¡¯s deputymander is only that his qualifications aren¡¯t enough.
As long as he umtes enough qualifications, then he will be in charge of thepany next. As for the others, they are not just ordinary soldiers.
After all, they¡¯re star-level masters, cultivators that usually rule over several star systems. Each one of them is at least a squad captain, most of the others are toonmanders and deputymanders.
¡°Huh, I finally settled down.¡±
On that day, Luo Feng returned to his ¡®home¡¯ and heaved a sigh of relief as he sat on the bed. After serving as the deputymander, he shouldered too much work, causing him to be very busy.
¡°Our next goal is to survive in the battle against the Izumo Empire and continue to sharpen ourselves. It would be even better if I can climb up to the higher ranks of the Gama Empire.¡±
Luo Feng formted a target for himself.
Neb had already exined these things to him before he was sent to this ce.
His ultimate goal is to enter the upper ranks of the Gama Empire.
As long as he enters the upper ranks, it¡¯s possible to make the Gama Empire a sword in their hands. Maybe they can take down the Gama Empire without war.
asionally, Luo Feng secretlymunicated with hispanions, discussing their next n.
The army of the Burning Legion is rtively strong, with a total of more than one million cultivators. It has between 7000 and 8000 star-level cultivators, and more than 500 cosmic level masters.
There are even 2 domain masters at the top.
They are themander and deputymander of the Burning Legion. Luo Feng had also seen these two once. The faint coercion that they emitted caused heavy pressure on him.
They are undoubtedly amongst the most powerful beings he had ever seen.
He has also faced Fang Yun, but the aura emanating from Fang Yun was rtively weak. This is because he was actively converging his aura. On the other hand, these two domain masters deliberately released their aura, establishing their power and majesty in front of their subordinates.
¡°The gap between me and domain masters is still very big.¡±
After sensing the terrifying aura emanating from these two people, Luo Feng realized the great gap between them.
His cultivation speed isn¡¯t slow, but upon thinking of the hard work he needs to reach the level of these two, his heart was full of pressure.
After realizing that he has to face these two powerhouses in the future, the thought of giving up and leaving thispany emerged in his mind.
But immediately, he extinguished this thought, and soon regained his spirit. No matter how powerful the opponent or how difficult the road, he would never give up.
¡°Domain masters¡ I still have a long way to go.¡±
Luo Feng smiled bitterly, he had a feeling that climbing from the cosmic level to the domain master level would be more difficult than any step in his cultivation journey up to now.
¡°Buzz!!¡±
On a certain day, Luo Feng, who was meditating in the training field, suddenly noticed that the military watch on his wrist was vibrating.
After tapping on the watch, a holographic screen appeared, on which was the figure of themander and the deputymander of the legion.
At this moment, the two of them had a serious expression.
¡°ording to the information we received, an enemy fleet is heading towards our burning legion base. It¡¯s an enemy attack!¡±
¡°All personnel, prepare for battle!¡±
After hearing the words of these two armymanders, the training field fell into temporary silence.
However, soon after, the silence was reced by a loud ruckus. Luo Feng clearly noticed that most soldiers had a trace of fear as they talked about the Izumo Empire¡¯s legion.
¡°Everyone! prepare for battle!¡±
After the projection disappeared, Luo Feng¡¯s boss andpanymander came to emphasize again. Soon afterward, countless ships left the base and headed towards the battlefield.
Each soldier meticulously performed their duties.
Luo Feng and hispanions are also on the same ship right now. What they need to do now is to arrange their positions in advance.
When the Izumo Empire arrives, the war would truly start.
Soon, the battlefield space was prepared. At this time, everyone else was standing in their ce, waiting for the arrival of the Izumo Empire.
Luo Feng found that many people beside him were a little nervous. In fact, he was also a little nervous. After all, this was the first time he would fight or even see cultivators from the Izumo Empire.
¡°I wonder if thebat capabilities of the Izumo Empire¡¯s cultivators are higher than that of the Gama Empire?¡±
Luo Feng was a little eager to try. He wanted topete with the cultivators of the Izumo empire, sublimate in the battle and achieve an even higher level.
Soon, a fleet appeared in front of them.
¡°This is the vanguard force of the Izumo Empire, be careful.¡±
A reminder sound suddenly sounded from Luo Feng¡¯s headset.
He nced at thepanymander and found out that he looked indifferent. Judging from his posture, he didn¡¯t seem to take this vanguard force seriously.
Luo Feng was a little relieved after seeing this.
Chapter 590: Burning Legion (Part 1)
Chapter 590: Burning Legion (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun also observed the Izumo Empire¡¯s troops through the spiritual imprint left in Luo Feng. Although it was only a spiritual imprint, it also possessed a certain perception ability.
Under his perception, the most powerful cultivator in this vanguard force should be the middle-aged general in front of the army. If there is no perception error, that man¡¯s strength should be aboutte cosmic.
It¡±s normal for a vanguard force to have a cultivator of this level as themander. After all, whether it is the Gama Empire or the Izumo Empire, they have few domain masters. At most 100.
In fact, it¡¯s very shocking to send 7 domain masters at the same time on an expedition. This showed the Gama Empire¡¯s determination to capture the Metaverse and its resources, almostunching an all-out war.
As a result, they misestimated the strength of Metaverse, causing great casualties.
Seven domain masters, almost a tenth of their top forces, fell in the Metaverse, greatly shrinking their power.
Fang Yun noticed that Luo Feng¡¯s mental state gradually cooled down. He also noticed that thebat power of the enemy¡¯s vanguard force isn¡¯t too high.
Even if there was a conflict between the two sides, nothing would happen to him.
Upon thinking like this, Luo Feng nced at his captain. Thetter beckoned to him, then flew out in one direction, Luo Feng followed behind.
As Luo Feng and hispany continued to advance, the otherpanies were also advancing quickly. They each had their own task, mainly to outnk or sh head-on with the enemy forces.
The battle started soon and ended sooner. There wasn¡¯t any suspense. Luo Feng and the others easily dealt with the vanguard force.
He alone beheaded ten cosmic-level masters and made a big contribution.
Beforeing here, Neb told Luo Feng not to have any scruples and try his best to go all out. This will not only cause him to quickly rise in the ranks but also greatly temper himself in battle and achieve an even higher level.
Of course, this will put him at great risk. After all, too much limelight will definitely attract others¡¯ attention. In addition, as far as the hostile forces are concerned, they will certainly send troops to assassinate him.
However, Luo Feng chose to challenge himself and seek advantages for himself and his hometown despite the risk.
Not only did Luo Feng perform brilliantly in this battle, but other people who came out of the metaverse also performed well.
Nevertheless, 13 of them had various degrees of injury, but fortunately, none of them were killed.
They have defeated the vanguard force of the Izumo Empire, but none of the Burning legion soldiers celebrated. In fact, the atmosphere was tenser than ever.
They all knew that the vanguard force is just a suicide squad sent to test their power and exhaust them. The main enemy forces are much more powerful.
If they can¡¯t handle it, the Burning legion might fall here.
¡°Luo Feng, are you all right?¡±
Wang Meng, the captain of Luo Feng¡¯spany, walked next to him and asked with a deep voice. All the while looking at the dark space with a deep expression.
¡°I¡¯m okay.¡±
Luo Feng gently nodded, then smiled;
¡°Brother Meng, how are you? Can you recover in such a short period?¡±
He wondered whether this captain of his could recover before the next wave of attacks.
¡°Probably, but I don¡¯t know when the enemy willunch the next wave of attacks.¡±
Wang Meng sighed, looking a bit sad.
Luo Feng nced at his captain¡¯s chest. There was a wound there. This is the wound he suffered while fighting against the enemy cosmic masters. It¡¯s not a serious injury and it can¡¯t threaten his life, but fighting with it will considerably hinder him, weakening hisbat power.
Luo Feng didn¡¯t say much. In fact, he isn¡¯t very familiar with the cultivators in hispany, so naturally, he can¡¯t produce a feeling of sympathy.
He knows exactly his identity and his position.
Wang Meng didn¡¯t speak anymore. Now, he needs time to rest and recover from his injuries as soon as possible.
Time quickly flew and one day has passed.
The atmosphere in the Burning Legion did not change the slightest, on the contrary, it became more solemn. If the opponent decides tounch a follow-up attack, then it¡¯s likely to be within the next two days.
¡°Hahh¡¡±
In a dark space, Luo Feng was meditating, absorbing the spiritual power flowing across the universe. This spiritual power is an omnipresent energy invisible to the naked eye and most detection equipment.
As he continuously absorbed it, his cultivation base continued to slowly increase.
¡°I wonder if therge forces of the Izumo Empire will attack this base?¡±
Luo Feng nced at the distant space, and a trace of worry emerged in his heart. He could already imagine therge troops heading towards this ce, preparing tounch the decisive battle.
This is not to say that he is afraid of therge forces of the Izumo Empire, on the contrary, he is excited to fight against them.
His main concern is hispanions. During such arge-scale and dangerous battle, he can¡¯t even guarantee his safety, let alone his weakerpanions. Many of them are likely to fall here.
??Luo Feng had a simr experience in the past. At that time, there were more than two thousand of them, but in the end, only about 300 survived.
Many of hispanions and friends who apanied him through countless grueling training and dangerous situations disappeared for several years.
Unfortunately, the things that he feared still happened.
His watch suddenly vibrated, after which an emergency message sounded.
¡°emergency assembly!!¡±
¡°Arge force ising!¡±
After receiving the message, Luo Feng didn¡¯t hesitate and headed straight towards thepany¡¯s gathering location.
At the same time, he was worried about hispanions internally. They¡¯re about to engage in a big war next. Everything is possible.
¡°Luo Feng, therge troops of the Izumo Empire are here.¡±
When he came to thepany, Luo Feng¡¯s captain said with a worried expression on his face.
In a battle like this,manders and captains of high cultivation levels must be at the forefront of the battlefield. If they don¡¯t do so, many problems might arise.
None of the cultivators in theirpany are willing to be used as cannon fodder, hence if he doesn¡¯t take the lead, problems might arise.
After all, the legion is filled with cultivators from all around the Gama Empire, it¡¯s not a disciplined army.
With the retreat of the soldiers in hispany, otherpanies might be affected. In this way, due to the domino effect, it¡¯s likely to affect the entire legion.
Apany captain like him can¡¯t afford the results, so even if it is life-threatening, he must go forward without the slightest hesitation.
Chapter 590: Burning Legion (Part 2)
Chapter 590: Burning Legion (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Just when Luo Feng was deep in his thoughts, a ck shadow suddenly flew from the distance. This ck shadow looked like the umtion of countless smaller beings, just like a swarm of locusts.
¡°This¡¡±
Luo Feng was shocked upon seeing this scene. It was the first time he had seen so many cultivators that move freely across space, that is-level.
¡°Allpanies follow orders and attack freely.¡±
A majestic voice sounded from their wristwatches. In an instant, Luo Feng recovered and focused on the enemy fleet and cultivators army.
Both he and Wang Meng looked at each other, then led theirpany and headed towards the enemy forward. In just a minute, the two armies collide heavily.
The war has begun.
This battle was much more tragic than the previous battles. Luo Feng was also aware of this situation, so he didn¡¯t act as recklessly as before, but conserved his energy and strength for any possible situation.
Luo Feng felt that he was being targeted. During the course of the battle, he faced at least 5 cosmic level powerhouses, making him very ufortable.
Especially at this instance when he isn¡¯t intending to use all of his strength. While dealing with 5 opponents of the same level, he has to be cautious, for fear of making a mistake.
Throughout such an intense and confusing war, even if he is more powerful than the average cosmic level cultivator, he can fall at any time.
This intense battlested a long time, five days.
After experiencing such a high-intensity battle for five days, even a cosmic level cultivator might die at any time.
Luo Feng received a lot of ¡°care¡±. After he consumed the five cosmic level masters to death, ten more cosmic level masters came to deal with him, almost making him copse.
At that time, he knew it. The other party definitely knew about his existence and record. The previous vanguard force might have been a suicide squad, but it¡¯s not useless.
Its main purpose is to gather information about all the powerful or outstanding cultivators in the Burning legion.
Due to their outstandingbat power, Luo Feng¡¯spanions were paid attention to. In addition, the other geniuses in the legion were also given priority.
However, this life threat also stimted Luo Feng¡¯s potential, allowing him to kill the first 5 cosmic level powerhouses despite retaining a part of his strength.
After fighting with the ten cosmic level masters for almost a day, he killed seven and injured 3 before escaping.
There is no other way, Luo Feng knows that he cannot continue to stay in ce, otherwise, he will eventually get consumed by the enemy. Even if he kills all these 10 cultivators, more powerhouses of the same level or even beyond might emerge, causing him to lose his life.
So even though he still retained ample energy, he quickly fled and headed towards a more densely popted ce on the battlefield.
As long as a cosmic-level master approached him, he would immediately dodge and escape. It didn¡¯t matter to him whether the Izumo or Gama Empire¡¯s cultivators were killed due to the aftermath, anyway, both are enemies.
It was his actions like this that allowed him to survive this battle. Otherwise, with his current strength and with special attention from the enemy, there¡¯s no way he could have survived.
As he fled around the battlefield while fighting, Luo Feng also discovered that hispanions from the Metaverse weren¡¯t unscathed. More than half of them were injured. In addition, eleven people died.
The fact that more than one-tenth of hispanions died during this battle caused Luo Feng to be very ufortable. He had a bad premonition.
It¡¯s unknown how many of theserades would survive in the end.
¡°Hah¡¡±
Luo Feng sighed internally. After this battle, the entire Burning Legion suffered a rtivelyrge loss.
Even his captain, Wang Meng, died in this battle.
More importantly, this is just the first confrontation. Next, if nothing unexpected happens, there will probably be several simr wars.
After every war, he would definitely continue to experience the pain of the death of hispanions.
¡°I wonder whether this burning legion can block the advance of the Izumo Empire¡¯s army in the end.¡±
Luo Feng shook his head, then sat on the ground of the base and used energy stones to quickly restore his spiritual power.
Who knows when the second war will begin, so the most important thing they need to do now is to quickly restore their spiritual power and deal with their injuries, allowing them to immediately enter the battle state once the enemy attacks.
About five dayster, the fleet of the Izumo Empireunched the second war. As expected, Luo Feng was targeted again.
Fortunately, Luo Feng now has a wealth of experience in dealing with this situation, so the enemy didn¡¯t cause much trouble to him.
This time, Luo Feng¡¯s situation was a little easier thanst time.
In the following period, the Izumo Empireunched a total of seven attacks on the burning legion. Most of the Burning Legion¡¯s forces were consumed, and the same was true for the Izumo Empire¡¯s army.
Finally, the war ended with the withdrawal of the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet.
After this battle, the Burning Legion¡¯s status in the Gama Empire is probably going to be reduced.
After all, most of their high-levelbat power has been severely damaged. Of course, the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet also had a severe loss, even more grave than that of the Izumo Empire.
After all, they have attacked a fortified base, filled with formations and war structures. To deal with this problem, they dispatched 2 to 3 times the number of high-levelbat power.
Under such an offensive, even with the hope advantage, the burning legion has lost arge amount of high-levelbat power.
Even the elites of the metaverse had a severe loss. Almost a half of them died.
However, the group of people who survived can be regarded as the most powerful elites in the metaverse. After experiencing such a life and death crisis, they will be able to reach an even higher level in the future.
Furthermore, due to their great contribution, they will likely receive a reward from the Gama Empire, allowing their cultivation to reach the next level.
Chapter 591: Invasion (Part 1)
Chapter 591: Invasion (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Luo Feng and the others decided to stay in the Burning Legion of the Gama Empire. After the end of the previous war, they received generous rewards, which they used to increase their strength.
The following days were much more orderly and calm. The Burning Legion doesn¡¯t have to face the Izumo Empire¡¯s invasion every day. Most of the time, they received missions to hunt down some squads and troops that tried to sneak past the war zone.
But in this situation, there will be no war between the two sides, just a few small fights. Luo Feng and the others were rarely sent out under this situation.
After all, they have proved themselves. The leaders of the Burning Legion are paying attention to Luo Feng and the other geniuses. They are not only thinking about how to temper them but also to protect them.
As Luo Feng and the others mixed in the Gama Empire¡¯s burnning legion. On the Metaverse side, under Fang Yun¡¯s instructions, various training ns were also being carried out in an orderly manner.
At the same time, they are also continuously sending cultivators to mix into the Gama Empire¡¯s legions.
On the one hand, it¡¯s to help the Gama Empire resist the Izumo Empire and on the other hand, to sharpen their troops and collect information. Finally, to infiltrate the Gama Empire and obtain official power. It¡¯s simply killing four birds with one stone.
The growth of the Metaverse¡¯s youth around the various legions of the Gama Empire is also quite eye-catching. However, the death rate and troup loss rate are quite high, causing the higher-ups to feel great pain.
After all, most of them are real geniuses. However, they can only be used as consumables and trained using such a rough way. Unfortunately, they don¡¯t have any other choice.
The metaverse urgently needs rapid development.
While Fang Yun was paying attention to the development of the metaverse, he did not forget his own evolution. By now, his strength is equivalent to that of a ninth-step world master.
The next level is the famous immortal.
Fang Yun felt that it shouldn¡¯t take him long to reach this level of strength. ording to his guess, another six months or so would be enough.
After reaching such a terrifying power level, the evolution gradually slowed down. The bio-energy required for each subsequent evolution is simply an astronomical figure.
Moreover, he is now the leader of a sub-universe, a supreme being in charge of dozens of millions of gxies, he can¡¯t always spend his time on cultivation.
Time quickly passed. In a blink of an eye, it was a decadeter.
Fang Yun had already reached the immortal level. Moreover, he can be considered a noble immortal. Sweeping across the entire Gama Empire is rtively easy for him.
Even in the face of the stronger Izumo Empire, the Metaverse didn¡¯t even have the slightest sense of fear. After all, the current Fang Yun is too terrifying.
In addition, counting the immortal king-level cultivation techniques they had obtained in that secret realm at the beginning, the Metaverse likely has a better cultivation technique than the Gama Empire, hence a better future prospect.
After reaching the immortal level, Fang Yun got a better idea about the strength of the secret realm creator.
He guessed that that being is at least a peak, immortal king cultivator. He might have even reached the immortal king limit.
Experts of this level are powerhouses even across the entire ancient universe.
After the immortal level, there is the sage level and after the sage is the Lord of the Universe, Fang Yun guessed that perhaps when he reaches the sage level or even bes the lord of the universe, he can look for his original universe.
In the past ten years, the war between the Gama Empire and the Izumo Empire is still in the ongoing stage.
The original strength of the Gama Empire has greatly decreased, but with the secret assistance of the metaverse, they have gained a new vitality.
It is precisely because of this that the Gama Empire can maintain this standstill with the Izumo Empire for so long.
Of course, the Gama Empire also noticed something wrong, but now, it¡¯s toote. Moreover, they can¡¯t refuse it. Their only choice is to continue using poison to quench their thirst.
They are also looking for an opportunity to use this new force to either seek peace or consume the power of the Izumo Empire.
ording to the information that Fang Yun received from that little spiritual imprint, Luo Feng has now reached the peak of the cosmic level. Moreover, it seems that he is about to reach the domain master level.
Of course, although there¡¯s only a small distance from reaching the next level, it¡¯s like an uncrossable moat for most people.
Anyway, it depends on Luo Feng¡¯s talent and good fortune.
As for other people, some have reached the cosmic level, but most are still stuck at the peak of the star level. It¡¯s not easy to break through a big realm. Most cultivators get stuck at the peak of a certain realm and are unable to advance further in their lifetime.
No one can help them, they can only rely on themselves to reach the next level.
It¡¯s not even possible to use resources or special treasures to reach the next level. They need understanding and a strong will to break through.
Those who have traveled to the Gama Empire have a higher overall probability of breakthrough than those that remained in the Metaverse.
After understanding this, many people with lofty ideals applied to head towards the Gama Empire¡¯s army. There was no need for Fang Yun to say anything.
Of course, many timid people are unwilling to head to the Gama Empire, fearing danger.
This is understandable, after all, the mortality rate of this mission is very high.
Moreover, because there are enough candidates now, Fang Yun and the rest of the higher-ups no longer obligated outstanding cultivators to go to the battlefield.
However, the students of the first training camp are still mandated to go on dangerous missions and experience life and death battles.
The generous treatment of the first training camp will continue to attract young talents from the Metaverse to join, so in this regard, there is no need to worry that someone won¡¯t obey orders.
¡°Neb, I think we can now try to get in touch with the outer universe on arge scale.¡±
On this day, Fang Yun found Neb and said this.
His meaning is that they can try to invade the ancient universe. Their preferred target is naturally the Gama Empire that is the closest to them.
Chapter 591: Invasion (Part 2)
Chapter 591: Invasion (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Luo Feng also reported before that now the Gama Empire should know that they are from our Metaverse, although there is no deliberate suppression.¡±
¡°The Gama Empire often protects its geniuses and talented personnel, whether it¡¯s consciously or unconsciously. If they ever face a dangerous situation, they will use the lives of other personnel to protect them.¡±
¡°However, the mortality rate of our students and personnel in the battlefield zone started to increase. This Gama Empire is using our outstanding cultivators to defend against the enemy while they are recuperating in secret.¡±
¡°If we allow the Gama Empire to recover, it wouldn¡¯t be good for us.¡±
Fortunately, Fang Yun made the decision to finally invade. Neb nodded in agreement at Fang Yun¡¯s order. This is exactly their best choice.
¡°My lord, do we need to break through the first line of defense now?¡± Neb asked.
¡°Well¡ let Luo Feng secretly gather the rest and escape. Many of the warriors we sent out have died. There must be at least a proper arrangement for their families. In addition, the students who have survived, including Luo Feng and hispanions, should be given preferential treatment.¡±
Fang Yun started giving orders to Neb and the others.
¡°There must be a surefire way to get them to withdraw. Now, the Gama Empire might be watching their every move.¡±
¡°All of them may be under the supervision of the higher-ups of the Gama Empire, so it¡¯s best to develop an escape n for each one of them, then order all to escape at the same time.¡±
¡°In addition, we also have to send some support. After helping the Gama Empire resist foreign enemies for so long, it¡¯s time to settle the bill, but we must wait for Luo Feng and the others toe back first.¡±
¡°Yes, sir.¡±
Neb took the lead and started making ns based on Fang Yun¡¯s orders.
This kind of n must be particrly thorough andplete. Otherwise, Luo Feng and hisrades might be in severe danger. These guys are the true elites of the Metaverse. Let alone Fang Yun, even Neb can¡¯t tolerate losing them.
Under difficult conditions and extreme danger, these students and warriors survived tenaciously. Their talents are unimaginable and their future is limitless.
These are the future pirs of the metaverse. As for key characters like Luo Feng, they have already been appointed as the next generation leaders of the metaverse.
If Fang Yun leaves in the future, Luo Feng will likely be a cornerstone character who will lead them to establish a foothold in the ancient universe.
Anyway, Neb has regarded Luo Feng as the future head of the Metaverse and the nine heavens.
About three monthster, Neb and the others formted aplete n. After reading this n, Fang Yun also felt that it was feasible. Finally, to ensure that this n was foolproof, Fang Yun decided to personally take action. Not only that, he will bring the great turtle with him.
The strength of the giant turtle is much higher than before. For example, now, it can directly construct a space channel from the Kapor Star Belt to the Gama Empire, spanning hundreds of thousands of light-years.
With this space channel, Fang Yun can quickly arrive at the Gama Empire and deal with any situation.
In fact, Fang Yun also has the ability to teleport, but the distance he can cross is much smaller than the giant turtle. It will take him some time to reach the Gama Empire.
On the other hand, the space channel constructed by the giant turtle can allow him to instantly reach the Gama Empire. As long as he receives a signal from there, he will immediately enter the space channel and support the student group.
After the n was formted carefully, Neb and the others transmitted it to Luo Feng and the other students then started preparing to implement it.
¡°It has been ten years¡±
Luo Feng stood in the training center, looking at the stars in the sky. A trace of sad emotions rose in his heart. In the past ten years, he has grown a lot, and not just in terms of cultivation and realm, but also character and personality.
Moreover, Luo Feng felt that character growth is more precious than cultivation growth.
For example, many things that could have affected him in the past can no longer move him, whether it¡¯s a simple provocation, pain, or even the death ofpanions. It¡¯s not that he became cold-hearted, he can still feel anger and sadness, however, these emotions can no longer control him.
Just when Luo Feng was sighing, he suddenly received a message
¡°What, the higher-ups ordered us to retreat? And they developed a retreat n for each one of us?¡±
After reading this message, Luo Feng was quite surprised. He thought the higher-ups were intending to let them remain in the battle zone between the Gama Empire and the Izumo Empire.
However, he didn¡¯t have any other feelings. Since it¡¯s the order of the higher-ups, they just need to follow it. He has a faint feeling that their metaverse is ready to take action against the Gama Empire.
Although he has lived in the Gama Empire for ten years, he has no affection for it, because he knows very well that he is and will always remain a member of the Metaverse.
In addition, the Gama Empire hasn¡¯t been kind to them.
In the past few years, they have been sent many times to deal with very critical situations in dangerous environments. As a result, many of hispanions were killed.
¡°Well, it¡¯s time for the metaverse to enter the ancient universe.¡±
Luo Feng¡¯s heart was filled with excitement. He wondered what point their metaverse would reach in the end.
While Luo Feng was deep in his thoughts, the other students of the metaverse received the retreat order from Neb.
They started to gather towards Luo Feng ording to the information formted in the n.
The information received by each student is different, because Neb made a series of ns for each student based on their current situation, then ordered them to carry them about based on the situation.
Whenunching the operation, they must make sure to confirm the safety of each one of them.
In addition, they must first gather at a fake location, then Luo Feng will lead them to the true gathering station. The n might change, but there are many backup ones.
The action began. Luo Feng started to retreat as nned. While retreating, he must not draw the attention of others. At the same time, he should also pay attention to whether someone is following behind.
In short, things are very difficult to handle. This action is very risky. If something goes wrong, the ship might capsize.
Fortunately, Luo Feng and the others are experienced warriors. Although the process was a bit difficult, they managed to sessfully gather together.
¡°Is there only so little manpower left?¡±
Luo Feng looked at hispanions with a shocked expression. There are now only more than 700 people in front of him. However, during the past ten years, tens of thousands of people have been dispatched from the metaverse!
Among the more than 700 people, more than half have entered the cosmic level, but most of them are in the early to mid cosmic level. There are less than 50 people that have reached thete cosmic level.
Luo Feng is the only one that has reached peak cosmic.
Chapter 592.2: Discovery and Rescue (part 2)
Fang Yun devoured this guy with one bite, then looked at the opposite fleet. It was still disying an attack formation. The moment Fang Yun appeared, they were preparing to attack him, but they didn¡¯t expect that their leader would be devoured by him with just one bite.
They looked at him with a dumbfounded expression.
Just when they were still dumbfounded, Fang Yununched an attack. He opened his mouth and released an earth-shattering Gamma-ray.
¡°Boom!¡°
The Gamma-raypletely prated the fleet and rushed out of this star system. The rest of the fleet quickly scattered and fled.
It¡¯s a pity that Fang Yun doesn¡¯t intend to let them go.
¡°Hahaha, it¡¯s Master Ouroboros!!¡±
After seeing Fang Yun, the students in the rear were extremely excited. The stone stuck in their heart instantly fell down, and even Luo Feng heaved a sigh of relief.
Earlier, he really felt a death crisis. He was already prepared for death. He didn¡¯t expect that Fang Yun actually arrived at thest moment.
¡°Fortunately, there is this Master Ouroboros, otherwise, I must have died¡¡±
Luo Feng smiled bitterly and looked at the giant serpent not far away, his eyes gradually became firm. He knew that Fang Yun was carrying the burden of protecting the Metaverse.
He must grow up as soon as possible and help lord Ouroboros carry this burden.
Soon, Fang Yun solved the fleet. He sensed two powerful spiritual auras far away.
¡°I thought these two guys woulde over and take a look, but I didn¡¯t expect that they would just hide behind.¡±
Fang Yun nced at the location from which the two huge spiritual powers radiated with a weird expression. He felt that the previous two spiritual powers should belong to some great figures in the Gama Empire, if not its leaders.
He was still wondering if the other party woulde here to check the situation, but he never expected that they would just scan this area with their mental power then stop paying attention.
Although mental power can perceive some things, there is now a strong interference here. In fact, everything they perceived is rather vague.
However, these two guys are very cautious, even if they didn¡¯t get a clear image, they still didn¡¯t intend toe here and investigate the situation. They already know that it¡¯s very dangerous.
In a pce thousands of light-years away, a man that was meditating suddenly opened his eyes. Originally, he was sitting on the bed, but his body swayed and almost fell.
¡°What¡¯s going on over there?¡±
The person¡¯s face became pale, but he didn¡¯t care about this.
He closed his eyes and started reminiscing about what he had seen before. The scene was very vague, but he is sure that an extremelyrge creature appeared there.
¡°It was this creature that wiped out all the people we sent out.¡±
The man sat on the bed and started to think, but the more he thought about it, the more solemn his heart became,
¡°That thing, Could it be a monster from that wild sub-universe?¡±
Thinking of this, his heart almost stopped, because he knew that he was not the opponent of that creature at all. If the opponent is so powerful, then the situation of their Empire will be very bad.
He doesn¡¯t think he has any possibility of reconciliation with the other party. Let alone their previous aggression. Just now, he intended to wipe out all of the talented children of that sub-universe, breaking their future.
This is a great hatred, a hatred that can never be alleviated.
¡°Now, what should I do?¡±
The man raised his head and looked at the sky, his hands were heavily clenched.
In an underground pce, an old man who can only be described as withered also opened his eyes. His originally paleplexion became even paler.
¡°That thing¡what is it?¡±
After making sure that these two guys won¡¯te over, Fang Yun¡¯s figure shed and shrank into a normal-sized python, about ten meters, then flew in front of Luo Feng and the others.
¡°Almost a stepte.¡±
Fang Yun looked at Luo Feng and the others in front of him and couldn¡¯t help but sigh. If he was a step slower, Luo Feng would be shot to death by that domain master.
¡°Okay, this time I came here just to take you back to the Metaverse.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t say much to Luo Feng and the others. He straightforwardly said,
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
Fang Yun gently flicked his tail causing an extremely huge hole to appear in front of them. Fang Yun was the first to fly into the hole, disappearing in the next second.
After a moment, Luo Feng and the rest of the students followed behind
On the opposite side of the wormhole, Neb and the others waited anxiously. In front of them was the great turtle. At this moment, the giant turtle who was particrly anxious suddenly trembled with excitement.
¡°Are theying back?¡±
Neb on the side immediately understood. He asked with a happy expression on his face.
No one answered him, but there was no need to answer because a small serpent flew out from the wormhole ahead.
It¡¯s Fang Yun.
Moreover, behind him were Luo Feng and the others. After seeing Luo Feng, Neb waspletely relieved. As long as Luo Feng was still alive, then the rest doesn¡¯t matter.
¡°Hahahaha.¡±
Seeing more and more people flying out of this ck hole, Neb couldn¡¯t restrain his joy,ughing happily.
He also sensed that many of the students that flew out from the wormhole exuded powerful auras, many of which were as powerful as him.
It seems that sending them to participate in such a bloody war was the right choice. Otherwise, they couldn¡¯t have grown so much in such a short period.
¡°Okay, Neb, take them to rest first. After they recover, ask them about everything they experienced in the Gama Empire.¡±
Fang Yun exined to Neb. After that, he took the great turtle and left. Everyone stood on one side and respectfully saluted Fang Yun.
A few dayster, Neb came to inform Fang Yun that Luo Feng and the others had recovered. They can ask them about the Gama Empire.
Under the leadership of Neb, Fang Yun flew to a pce. Under the lobby of that pce, a group of people was standing and talking to each other in small groups. It was Luo Feng and the others.
At this moment, Luo Feng and the others saluted respectfully after seeing Fang Yun entering the lobby. They looked at him with a look of respect and worship.
They all saw Fang Yun¡¯s overwhelming power and terrifying might. Many of them aspire to reach such a level in the future.
Chapter 593: Reversed Roles (Part 2)
Chapter 593: Reversed Roles (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Luo Feng reacted and quickly said to Fang Yun. The others also reacted at this moment and bowed to Fang Yun gratefully.
¡°Luo Feng, and the rest of you, hurry up and improve your strength.¡±
Fang Yun urged Luo Feng and the others,
¡°War is approaching. The stronger you are, the more you can contribute to the Metaverse.¡±
¡°Yes.¡±
Luo Feng and the others nodded heavily, their faces having a firm expression.
Fang Yun ordered Luo Feng and the others to disperse, then left the lobby and returned to his usual meal ce. He began to think about the current situation.
The strength of the Metaverse is increasing at a rapid pace. The overall number of cultivators has increased hundreds of timespared to a few years ago. Even the number of-level cultivators has greatly increased. Now, they are no longer the top masters.
The only thingcking is the high-level cultivators, including star and cosmic levels.
ording to what Fang Yun has learned; There are many weak kingdoms and empires in the outer universe with this degree or a lower degree of power.
Fang Yun felt that, even with considering him, the Metaverse already has the qualification to hold a position in the ancient universe.
Moreover, the Metaverse is still under his care, for now, there¡¯s no need to worry about its safety.
For the moment, Fang Yun still needs the metaverse, because only with the power and assistance of an entire sub-universe can he quickly get bio-energy and evolve.
Therefore, Fang Yun is still very happy to shelter the Metaverse for now.
In a blink of an eye, three months passed. During this time, Fang Yun also received good news from Luo Feng. Sure enough, Luo Feng became the first cultivator in the Metaverse to reach the domain master level.
Even in the Gama and Izumo Empires, masters of this level can be considered top-notch.
Fang Yun was very pleased after hearing this. Although with his current strength, the Gama Empire and Izumo Empire can be easily wiped out, he didn¡¯t intend to do it himself. It¡¯s not cost-effective and it will take a long time.
In addition, it will cause the Metaverse to be even more reliant on him, which will hinder its growth and development. This is not something he wants to see.
After Luo Feng broke through to the domain master level, the entire Metaverse was boiling over for it. Neb and the other leaders were especially thrilled.
Because they understand the meaning of this. It means that their Metaverse now has the ability to stand firm and sh with other smaller empires without relying on Fang Yun.
At least, they have strategic deterrence. The usual small empire won¡¯t dare to attack them.
With such a young domain master, one that is likely to be a world master, few people dare to provoke them.
After all, powerful and high-level cultivators have ess to spacews. They can easily sneak into the enemy¡¯s base and assassinate its leaders. The only way to stop them is by cultivators of a simr level.
In addition to Luo Feng, everyone else has also made some progress. Two more have be peak cosmic-level masters, and one-third of the remaining star level has advanced to the cosmic level.
By now, the total number of cosmic level masters in the Metaverse is approaching a thousand.
It¡¯s conceivable how rapid the development of the metaverse has been in these years.
Fang Yun gave further instructions to Neb. The Metaverse will rest and recuperate for another two years. After two years, they will set off to the Gama Empire andunch an attack.
They are fed up with the shrinking and passive waiting for the enemy to attack. Atst, it¡¯s finally time to ¡®liquidate¡¯ their previous losses. Neb was quite excited.
Neb and the other leaders started to train their fleet. Several powerful fleets were wandering in this Kapor starfield. Based on past experience, Neb dispatched the fleet to the depths of the star belt to fight with wild star beasts and aggressive pollutants.
There are many star beasts in the Kapor star belt and they are the ideal target forbat training.
Soon, two years passed, and it was time for the war against the Gama Empire. During these two years, the conflict between the Gama Empire and the Izumo Empire has gradually lessened.
In the past, the Izumo Empire suffered more losses, because the Gama Empire mostly use Luo Feng and the others to fight against the geniuses and super rookies of the Izumo Empires, causing them severe losses, so they didn¡¯t carry out further great attacks during this time.
They don¡¯t just fear the loss of their geniuses, but also the loss of the masters protecting them. These masters are usually domain masters, and losing any one of them is a great loss.
The Gama Empire also took advantage of these few years of peace to recuperate, cultivating more super rookies and geniuses. Fang Yun knows all these things, but he didn¡¯t take it seriously, because, in his opinion, the super rookies cultivated by the Gama Empire are all mobs.
They are greenhouse flowers that have never been on the battlefield.
Even if they were sent to the battlefield, they were under heavy protection. They arepletely iparable to the group of students from the Metaverse that participated in countless wars and battles and experienced countless dangerous and life threatening situations.
As for the group domain masters, Fang Yun decided to personally deal with them.
¡°My lord, our fleet has been assembled. We can set off at any time.¡±
Neb walked towards Fang Yun and said excitedly.
Today is the day when they set off to the Gama Empire. Fang Yun looked at the dense fleet in front of him and nodded.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
Fang Yun took the lead and Neb and the others leaders followed behind.
Behind them were Luo Feng and other young people, but these young people were all powerhouses that are at leastte cosmic. Many of them have even reached peak cosmic.
Fang Yun felt that Luo Feng had also made great progress in the past two years. He has nowpletely consolidated his cultivation base.
Judging from the aura radiating from his body, it is not at all like a novice who has just entered the domain master level. He looked like a veteran that had reached this level over a dozen years ago. No one will consider him the bottom of domain masters.
About three monthster, the fleet stopped in an empty area. There were no more meteorites,s, or stars around them.
They have reached the edge of the Kapor Star field, and if they continue heading forward, they will reach the defensive line, and after that¡
It is the territory of the Gama Empire.
Chapter 594: The Start of the Invasion (Part 1)
Chapter 594: The Start of the Invasion (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Huh, we¡¯re already here.¡±
Beside Fang Yun, Neb heaved out a sigh of relief. He looked at the fortress ahead with a look of excitement on his face.
He had been dreaming of the day when they would lead arge fleet andpletely crush this defensive line, and the day is finally here.
Back then, their four heavens were greatly embarrassed by the Gama Empire. They lost countless troops in order to resist the invasion of the Gama Empire.
It¡¯s finally payback time.
¡°My lord, should we stop and take a break in order to prepare for the battle?¡±
Neb turned his head and looked at Fang Yun. Thetter pondered for a moment then shook his head.
¡°Let¡¯s go straight over. Such a defense line does not need us to treat it with such caution.¡±
Although the war between the Gama Empire and the Izumo Empire has eased, that doesn¡¯t mean it stopped.
Therefore, there are still few troops and battleships on this defensive line. This ce is on the edge of the Gama Empire, far away from the battlefield after all.
Even if they secretly ced some powerful cultivators here, there¡¯s no need to worry as long as Fang Yun is there.
Neb naturally knew this, so didn¡¯t have any objection. He called the lieutenants behind him and led the fleet forward.
He decided to personally participate in this battle. Fang Yun looked at the leading Neb.
His current strength has reached the cosmic peak, making him a rtively powerful cultivator.
In this defensive line, the highestbat power should also be cosmic level. Of course, even if there is a hidden domain master level, there is no need to worry too much, because, besides Neb, there¡¯s Luo Feng.
??Needless to say, Luo Feng¡¯s strength is very high. He is a true domain master. Although he has just stepped onto this level, he is already a mature cultivator. In fact, he can even fight cultivators beyond his rank.
So even if there is a domain master-level powerhouse on this defensive line, he is enough to deal with the arising problems.
As Neb and the rest flew towards the defensive line, they were soon discovered.
In an instant, a warning signal spread across the defensive line, then one ship after the other gathered in the direction opposite to the fleet.
¡°Fire!¡±
Seeing those runaway ships, Neb immediately gave this order. All of a sudden, the battleships behind him opened fire one after another, sending all sorts ofser and artillery attacks towards the opposite defensive line.
However, almost at the same time, the opposite ships and fortresses constituting the defensive lineunched a counterattack, sending variousser beams and other energy attacks.
¡°Block this wave of attacks.¡±
Neb ordered the cultivators to build a defense wall in front of the fleet, intercepting the majority of the attacks and weakening arge part of the rest.
The fish that slipped through the would also be intercepted by the starships¡¯ defense system.
Although Neb used only a small part of the fleet tounch an attack on the defensive line, they managed to defeat them easily. Despite their quick reaction and gathering, the enemy defense line disintegrated almost too quickly.
After all, there aren¡¯t many high-level cultivators in this defense line. Without the interception and assistance of high-level cultivators, the defensive line struggled to resist, slowly getting worn out.
The defensive line before the war might have been a decent challenge for them, but due to the war, it¡¯s much weaker than before.
¡°My lord! We can¡¯t stop them at all!¡±
On that defensive line, the adjutants who were in charge of observing the battle reported to themander, however, thetter didn¡¯t listen to them at all. He just kept sending orders to resist the enemy¡¯s fleet to the death.
This group of intruders must be stopped! They must not be allowed on the territory of the Empire!
At the same time, the leader of the defensive line began to contact his superiors. After sending the report, the senior officials of the Gama Empire quickly learned about the invasion of the Metaverse.
In a splendid pce, Garan, the lord of the Gama Empire, sat on his throne, and under him were a group of cab members.
The cab is divided into elders and deacons, headed by the great elder. At this moment, the atmosphere in the pce was very solemn, no one was talking. Everyone¡¯s expressions were quite ugly.
¡°Everyone, state your opinions and ideas.¡±
At this moment, Jin, who was at the forefront, suddenly spoke. He nced at everyone and said again,
¡°Now the wild sub-universe that ims to be the Metaverse is actively sending troops to attack us. Everyone, what do you think should be done?¡±
¡°Your highness, the opponent¡¯s forces are very strong. There¡¯s also a very strong existence behind them, we can¡¯t fight against the Metaverse at this critical juncture, it¡¯s better to seek peace.¡±
¡°Absolutely not!¡±
Someone shook their head vigorously. After everyone looked at him, he quickly said,
¡°The hatred between us and this metaverse runs very deep, seeking peace is almost impossible¡±
¡°Furthermore, they justunched a war against our Gama Empire. The opponent¡¯s momentum is at its peak. Furthermore, the strength of the outer defensive line is too weak, they can easily break through it.¡±
¡°In this way, their momentum will rise even further. At that time, with great confidence, high strength, and a strong hatred against us, it would be impossible to seek peace.¡±
¡°Third elder, what do you think we should do then?¡±
Suddenly, the king opened his mouth and said, looking calmly at the group of officials below.
The person known as the third elder groaned and said,
¡°We should form a powerful fleet some distance behind the defensive line, then use it to murder these guys.¡±
After hearing his words, king Jin didn¡¯t immediately respond but looked at other people. However, almost all officials and elders had evasive eyes.
Their current situation is very bad. The Gama Empire is facing an unprecedented crisis. Many people disagree with the act ofunching another war, but they don¡¯t have any better solution. Others agree with the third elder¡¯s idea and tactical arrangement.
However, no one spoke in the end, because they couldn¡¯t find a better option.
¡°Hah¡¡±
King Jin sighed deeply. In the past, he actually had a foreboding of today¡¯s scene.
If these reckless officials and elders keep such aggressiveness, starting wars everywhere and keeping their thinking of resorting to violence first before diplomacy, their Gama Empire will be destroyed.
However, he never expected that their Empire would face such a situation so early. He didn¡¯t even have the chance to react.
Chapter 594: The Start of the Invasion (Part 2)
Chapter 594: The Start of the Invasion (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°How about the negotiation with the Izumo Empire?¡± King Jin asked the great elder next to him. The great elder is the one in charge of negotiating with the Izumo Empire.
¡°Your majesty, there hasn¡¯t been any substantial progress yet.¡±
The elder smiled bitterly. ording to the message they received, it was obvious that the other party didn¡¯t seem to know about the terrifying existence in the Metaverse, nor are they willing to believe it. Hence, they still refuse to ept their peace request.
The current Gama Empire is especially ufortable.
¡°Gather your troops first and block the Metaverse fleet near the defense line for now.¡±
There is no other way, they can only send people there first.
The great elder didn¡¯t speak much at this time. He knew that their troops were very scattered at the moment. After all, they opened up many battlefields with the Izumo Empire in the previous period.
Although the war against the Izumo Empire has gradually settled down, they still don¡¯t dare to draw back all the manpower they had sent in the past.
Therefore, they still can¡¯t do much despite the bad situation of the defense line.
¡°Boom!Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
On the other side, Fang Yun ordered all ships to intensify the attack. He didn¡¯t know how many enemy starships or Battlestars have been destroyed, but he knows that the defense line is already on the edge.
At the same time, the opponent¡¯s masters also started to attack Neb and the others. The cultivators present in this defense line are indeed not vegetarians, they fought to a standstill against the cultivators of the Metaverse.
Of course, Luo Feng and some other powerhouses haven¡¯t participated in the battle yet.
¡°Keep all of them here! We must not allow them to pass!¡±
On the other side of the defensive line, themander was shouting frantically. Unfortunately, their ships and fortresses are getting destroyed one after the other.
All of their powerful cultivators have been sent out, but they are getting dealt with by Neb and the others. With the addition of all their powerful cultivators, it won¡¯t take long for them to deal with the defensive line¡¯s cultivators.
To be honest, the starships of the defense line aren¡¯t very advanced or strong, coupled with theirck of management and pilot training, they acted very poorly during this war.
When Neb dealt with the enemy this time, he exploded with all of his might. This is a life and death situation so his aura was overwhelming.
¡°Damn it,e, get rid of that guy.¡±
The leader of the defensive line has already noticed Neb. He was also aware of Neb¡¯s cultivation, so he hurriedly said.
Although a cosmic peak can be considered a powerhouse, that doesn¡¯t mean that there are no masters of the same level in this defense line.
In the next moment, three cosmic peak masters flew out from the base and headed straight towards Neb, causing thetter to be quite stunned.
¡°These guys actually dispatched three people at once¡¡±
Neb didn¡¯t know what to say, but he didn¡¯t have any fear in his heart. He said to the three cosmic peaks with a smile on his face.
¡°Come,e!¡±
The moment his voice sounded, his body exploded with terrifying speed as he headed straight towards the three of them.
He didn¡¯t call for help, because he knew that this was a challenge and an opportunity for him. Although fighting three masters of the same level is dangerous, the danger is still within the limits. If it were five, he would have escaped long ago.
He has the confidence to fight against three cosmic peaks. Even if he can¡¯t stand it, he can easily escape in the end.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The moment the two sides approached each other, they released an earth-shattering energy st. The shockwaves created as a result swept the surrounding area.
Whether it was starships, space fortresses, meteorites, ors, everything within the range of the shockwaves was decimated.
The battle degree within that area is unimaginable.
As Neb and the other three cosmic peak powerhouses started fighting, other cultivators also fought against each other. However, even if there were many cultivators stationed on this defense line, they still couldn¡¯t match the Metaverse¡¯s top fleet.
Soon, the situation became one-sided.
¡°Hahahaha.¡±
Nebughed out loud. Just a dozen years ago, they were treated as insects by the Gama Empire, slowly getting consumed and yed to death.
Now, the situation is finally reversed.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Neb beat the three people beside him with several palms in session. One person directly spat a mouthful of blood and the other two were seriously injured.
Neb didn¡¯t waste this opportunity and followed by several more powerful strikes, ending the lives of these 3 peak cosmic masters.
He is already infinitely close to the domain master level, coupled with the immortal king cultivation technique, it¡¯s not difficult for him to deal with these guys.
¡°We can¡¯t stop it! Run!¡±
Many people in the defense line started screaming, facing the unstoppable Metaverse fleet, their will copsed and they started running away.
It wasn¡¯t just the cultivators, many starship crews started panicking and escaping.
Unfortunately, none of the starships could escape in the end. Especially under Fang Yun¡¯s supervision. Even if they managed to jump across the hyperspace and appear in a different area, Fang Yun would shortly appear behind them.
Soon, theypletely broke the defense line. It finally fell into their hands.
¡°Let¡¯s take a good rest today, and tomorrow, we will officially start to move inwards.¡±
Fang Yun nced forward. It was rtively empty, but he knew that this ce was just a deste edge. The scenery forward is much more prosperous than this.
Soon, these prosperous ces will belong to him. The reign of the Gama Empire is about to end!
¡°Yes! sir.¡±
Neb and the others beside Fang Yun were all extremely excited at this time. This was their first true victory and things will only keep getting better.
¡°Hahahaha, I finally got this feeling of stuffiness out!¡±
Today, Neb truly felt rxed.
¡°Huh, I just wonder whether we can upy this country?¡±
Chapter 595: Development of the Defense Line (Part 1)
Chapter 595: Development of the Defense Line (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After the Metaverse army took over the defense line of the Gama Empire, it immediately started repairing it. Fang Yun had nothing to do. Now that there is no strong enemy attacking, he doesn¡¯t need to show up.
The fleet used the Gama Empire¡¯ss, space cities, and fortresses to build arge space base for stacking logistic materials.
They didn¡¯t choose to directly move forward. Although they currently have the strength to do so. After some deliberation between the higher-ups of the Metaverse, including Neb, they decided against it.
Although the Metaverse technically has the strength to invade the Gama Empire, their foundation is still too thin. All the cultivators present at the moment are their top strength.
Even if they lose just a part of them, that will be a great loss. It would take them a long time to cultivate cultivators of the same level.
It was precisely because of this that they decided to stay here for a while. After their logistics forces arrive, they will continue moving, conquering one ce at a time.
About five dayster, the first batch of logistical materials had already been delivered from the Metaverse Alliance. In fact, not long after Fang Yun and the others left, the first batch of materials was being raised.
Not only did they have logistical materials delivered, ording to Neb¡¯s previous n, they also n to build a passage to the outer universe from the Kapor star belt, then add several small space bases along the way for security and delivery.
If they conquer the Gama Empire in the future, then a connection between the metaverse and the Gama Empire is definitely necessary. At that time, the various cargo spaceships and merchant fleets will definitely have to travel between two ces.
There are many star beasts in the Kapor Star Belt. Due to its length and thickness, the Kapor Starfield is home to countless star beasts and even pollutants.
Although most of these star beasts aren¡¯t particrly powerful, they usually live in groups. If such a group of star beasts was to encounter a merchant fleet, then without the protection of a powerful cultivator or a military fleet, they will face destruction.
This will undoubtedly make the journey too dangerous and not worth it for most chambers ofmerce, which is not conducive to the exchanges between the Gama Empire and the Metaverse. Therefore, even if it¡¯s very early, Neb decided to add several space bases along the way.
Fang Yun had nothing to do during this time, and he didn¡¯t pay attention to the battle or the transformation of the defensive line. These things will be solved by Neb and Luo Feng, there¡¯s no need for him to intervene.
??¡¡¡¡He noticed that the two of them are doing very well, especially Luo Feng. This young man not only had high strength but also strong leadership and charisma.
Not long ago, a fleet flew from the depths of the Gama Empire and attacked. It should be the reinforcements sent by the leaders of the Gama Empire.
Unfortunately, they didn¡¯t expect that the defensive line didn¡¯t even hold up before the reinforcements arrived.
When this reinforcement fleet arrived, it was ambushed by Luo Feng and a part of the Metaverse fleet, directly destroying a quarter of the reinforcement fleet and causing them to retreat.
Fang Yun¡¯s attention was more often focused on the matter of establishing a space base on the channel between the Metaverse and the Gama Empire that Neb mentioned before.
He felt that this matter was more important than the current war because the Gama Empire isn¡¯t a threat to him anymore. He felt that it¡¯s unnecessary to pay so much attention to it.
Although Neb mentioned that they should focus on turning the territory they just acquired into their own, most of the army officials felt that they should focus more on the war. Fang Yun directly ordered the Metaverse base to send more logistics and build space bases on the way.
Previously, they had built arge space base in the central part of the Kapor Star Belt and developed it into a space city.
??Even Fang Yun designated a nearby ce as his residence, and Neb and the other 4 leaders of the Metaverse also designated their office there.
It can be said that that space city has already be the capital of the Metaverse.
Many people regard that space city as a holynd.
The current space city was named by Fang Yun as the Great Cosmic City. It¡¯s the home and gathering ce of all top families,panies, and cultivators in the Metaverse.
There is no other city around the Great Cosmic city, and even the closest first heaven is far away from it.
Therefore, this city is a bit like an ind. Fang Yun is intent on building those space bases to provide a defense line to the Great Cosmic city.
The space base on the road will serve as a defensive line. If there is an invasion of foreign enemies, the Cosmic city won¡¯t be the first to face the invasion of foreign enemies.
It wasn¡¯t just these space bases, Fang Yun is also nning to vigorously develop the first training camp and establish a few more training camps.
However, this matter isn¡¯t in a hurry, they need to slowly develop it.
On the other hand, after Neb knew that Fang Yun¡¯s attention wasn¡¯t on the front line, he suddenly felt a bit tight in his heart, but he didn¡¯t show any fear.
After all, they didn¡¯t have Fang Yun¡¯s help at the beginning. Just about 20 years ago, they were far weaker than the Gama Empire. Even if they knew that the situation was desperate, they still fought to the death, without the intention to give up or surrender.
Now their strength has risen, and Fang Yun is watching from behind. There¡¯s no reason to be timid!
There are already a million warriors of the Metaverse Alliance on the defense line of the Gama Empire. Many of these soldiers have reached the level of God of War.
Only God of War level cultivators can drive the powerful singlemand ships of the Metaverse, allowing them to burst with power beyond their level.
Of course, this kind of power still cannot bepared with the-level cultivators, but a hundred God of War-level cultivators driving singlemand ships can kill a-level cultivator.
In fact, about 30 God of War-level cultivators driving singlemand ships is enough to hold a-level cultivator.
In their fleet, a unit consists of 30 God of War level masters, 30 units is a group, and 100 groups are a team. Each team was arranged with certain inspection tasks to patrol near the defensive line.
In addition, there are a lot of and star level masters overseeing patrols. If these ships find the enemy, but they find that they can¡¯t deal with them, they ask for help from their direct supervisors.
In the past few days, they found arge number of spies from the Gama Empire, and all of them have been dealt with.
In addition, relying on the spies they have ced in the Gama Empire, they still know a lot about its internal situation.
Chapter 596: The Fall of the Gama Empire (Part 2)
Chapter 596: The Fall of the Gama Empire (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The news that the Gama Empire fell into chaos quickly reached the Izumo Empire. In just a short period, the Izumo Empire started to mobilize its army, then invading the Gama Empire.
This is a golden opportunity to conquer the Gama Empire. If they miss it, then they will have to face an opponent that is much more difficult than the Gama Empire.
Their best course of action is to conflict with the enemy on the grounds of the Gama Empire, showing them that they are not easy to mess with. When the timees, they can sign some treaties and make mutual agreements. Anyway, as long as the enemy doesn¡¯t take the initiative to attack, then everyone can cooperate peacefully.
This might be obvious, but the Izumo Empire has truly started to fear the Metaverse. After all, seeing as they were able to plunge the Gama Empire into chaos, it shouldn¡¯t be impossible for them to do the same to their empire.
However, they aren¡¯t willing to just let such a good chance slip out of their hands and passively wait, because they knew very well that the Metaverse will test them. At that time, they will fall into a very passive situation.
In that case, they might as well take the initiative.
Time quickly flew. Half a year has passed since the Gama Empire plunged into chaos. During this time, countless civilizations and lifes have been either conquered or destroyed.
This is the consequence of an empire falling into chaos. No matter what level of civilization it is, it will be swept a turbulent wave.
Neb and the others did not vigorously try to conquer the Gama Empire during its chaos, but steadily moved one step at a time, ensuring that they could fully understand and control the territory they conquered.
They also found a lot of high-energy mines in their path. These gains caused the soldiers on the front line to be extremely excited. This means that this war isn¡¯t vain.
They also know that after going back this time, they will receive generous rewards.
While facing the Gama Empire, Neb is constantly improving the space city they built on the defensive line. Neb is nning to develop that city as the inter-cosmic city between the Gama Empire and The Metaverse. It might even reach the scale of the Great Cosmic city.
This city holds great strategic importance as the bridge between the Metaverse and the Gama Empire.
Neb also stated his idea to Fang Yun and thetter didn¡¯t stop him but encouraged him to do whatever he saw as right.
The rear fleet also flew to the defensive line and participated in the building project.
Fang Yun was very pleased at this sight, with more giant space cities getting built, the territory and economy of the Metaverse will keep getting bigger. Even his attention was shifted to the defensive line space city.
Anyway, the first Space City in the path between the defensive line and the Kapor Star Belt, Satellite One has been built sessfully.
Many individuals, families, andpanies started moving there. It won¡¯t be long before it will be prosperous.
The space city on the defensive line was named Aegis City. After it¡¯s built, it will be very beneficial to their conquering of the Gama Empire territory.
After all, it won¡¯t be easy to conquer this Empire in the future. They might have defeated the leader of this country now, but its people won¡¯t just watch as they invade their home.
However, as long as they build many space cities as anchors in important ces, then use their fleet to control the intelligent creatures in that area, they will be able to slowly move forward. Over time, they willpletely conquer the country.
By now, the Metaverse had already upied one-fifth of the Gama Empire¡¯s territory, which is roughly equivalent to five heavens from the Metaverse. In fact, after the fleet has crossed such arge distance, logistical problems started appearing.
This forced Neb to pause their conquest, then waited for the rear to send more manpower. Due to theck of high-level cultivators, most of the follow up sent this time are warlords, warriors, or even ordinary soldiers.
They used the method of semipulsory enlistment, using rewards and military exploits to attract a lot of people from free and privatepanies.
Arge group of people gathered in the rear, all of which longed to enter the new Aegis city.
With the attraction of so many rewards and military exploits, many of them will be attracted as logistics for the expedition fleet.
Fang Yun also passed an order to Neb. He ordered him to build a new training camp in Aegis City. Of course, the training camp there doesn¡¯t need to gather top instructors and all resources like the one in the Great Cosmic city.
It¡¯s just a rtively ordinary training camp. Naturally, the training intensity and the general strength of this new training camp won¡¯t be as high as the first training camp.
However, it¡¯s still much more advanced than the ordinary cultivation schools in most civilizations.
Aegis city is now under intensive construction. A part of it has already been built. This part is enough for many people to live in. However, Fang Yun told Neb that this city is not enough. More need to be built.
In addition, Fang Yun referred to the training camp in Aegis city as the ninth training camp. With the industrial ability of the Metaverse and with the support of countless resources and people, the training camp will be quickly built.
Fang Yun intends to personally select a group of people to be the instructors of this training camp and then recruit students.
The temporary selection rule is that as long as they are key personnel of the Metaverse, their children are eligible to enter this training camp.
This training camp will have many sses, divided into weak and strong ones. The ranks will be pretty strict.
However, this training camp will not have any threshold for the time being. Although unrealistic, Fang Yun longs to build a martial arts academy without any threshold in the future.
Aegis City is taking shape bit by bit, and more and more people have moved there. Fang Yun has also begun to select instructors for the ninth training camp.
After all, the construction of the training camp is very easy to solve. Now the prototype has been set up, and a lot of people have gathered there. Everyone is looking forward to the future.
Fang Yun selected a hundred instructors in the first training camp, all of whom were masters of the star level and above. There are also several cosmic masters.
Many of these people are the warriors that returned from the battlefield between the Gama and Izumo Empire. Due to various circumstances, they were selected by Fang Yun as the instructors of the new ninth training camp.
Chapter 597: Conflict with the Izumo Empire (Part 1)
Chapter 597: Conflict with the Izumo Empire (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The ninth training camp is naturally inferior to the first training camp, but the emergence of this training camp still caused the atmosphere of Aegis city to be much more lively.
Most of the people whoe here are here because of this training camp. Everyone knows that this training camp has just been established. It mustn¡¯t be better than the first training camp, but this is the second training camp directly under the jurisdiction of the Metaverse league. It mightn¡¯t be very good now, but its prospects are limitless.
For those whoe here, the children of every family have enrollment qualifications, so on the first day the training camp opened, arge number of people came to the gate of the training camp and began to sign up.
The training camp is divided into three parts: the teaching department, the amodation department, and the training department. It¡¯s just that each part is still under construction. Although most of the work has been done, many parts still need to be worked on.
It can be said that the current ninth training camp is just a semi-finished product.
The ninth training camp is not yet fully qualified, so it¡¯s only recruiting the first batch of students. Fang Yun nned to recruit 1000 people first, but the quota was instantly filled. Although he knew that this would be the result, he still felt a bit helpless.
Many people returned in disappointment, but they also got Fang Yun¡¯s guarantee that the training camp will soon recruit more students and that they don¡¯t need to wait for long.
The reason why the Ninth Training Camp was established in Aegis city is not only to train new students but also to resist the possible invasion of other forces.
Moreover, its existence can also allow the people of the Gama Empire to integrate into the Metaverse more quickly.
While Fang Yun was paying attention to the ninth training camp, Neb was also steadily upying the territory of the Gama Empire.
Now that the lord of the Gama Empire and most of the topbat power have fallen into Fang Yun¡¯s hands, the entire country fell into chaos. It¡¯s like scattered sand, unable to offer decent resistance.
Therefore, when Neb and the Metaverse fleet invaded, they didn¡¯t have to use much effort.
About half a yearter, Neb upied most of the territory of the Gama Empire, but what¡¯s stopping him now is not the original forces of the Gama Empire, but the fleet of the Izumo Empire.
¡°My lord, should we continue to move forward now?¡±
Neb asked Fang Yun.
¡°We received a message from the Izumo Empire. They say that they are willing to resolve this matter peacefully.¡±
¡°Haha, after seizing our turf, they want to settle this matter peacefully now?¡±
Fang Yun shook his head and said.
¡°Keep moving forward, nothing can hinder us!¡±
Hearing this, Neb¡¯s body shook with excitement.
¡°My lord, I understand.¡± He respectfully said.
Neb led the way. Back on the front line, the militarymander Luo Feng also got the news. He looked at the opposite Izumo Empire fleet with narrowed eyes.
¡°Judging from the lord¡¯s action, he doesn¡¯t want to negotiate with the Izumo Empire at all, but he is also right. There should be no obstacles in front of us.¡±
¡°The Izumo Empire that took advantage of the situation to invade isn¡¯t worthy of talking peacefully with us.¡±
Muttering under his breath, Luo Feng¡¯s eyes suddenly sharpened. The long de in his hand suddenly pointed forward and the cultivators in front of him immediately headed forward.
¡°kill!¡±
Suddenly, shouting and killing filled this space. Countless beams of light flew towards the opposite Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet.
¡°Damn it!¡±
In the Izumo Fleet, many soldiers were frightened or angered by this action, cursing under their breath.
They thought that the Metaverse was going to seek peace with them after such a long war. But itunched an attack without even seeking a chance to negotiate.
¡°Group defensive formation!¡±
The leader of the Izumo fleet loudly shouted, causing the fleet to quickly deform.
In just a short time, they formed a defensive formation. An energy barrier connected all the ships of the fleet, spreading across an area of hundreds of thousands of kilometers.
However, facing such a defensive formation, Luo Feng didn¡¯t seem to care. He sprinted in the forefront, his aura became more and more turbulent.
During this period of time, his cultivation level has improved again, although he still hasn¡¯t reached mid domain master, he is near the peak of early domain master.
Before charging, Luo Feng had thoroughly examined the opposite fleet. He didn¡¯t find a cultivator of a simr level, but while moving forward, he was still on full guard.
¡°Boom!¡±
Luo Feng sprinted towards the middle point of the defensive formation, transforming into a giant energy spear and ramming into the defensive formation with a power beyond that of a supernova.
The middle point of the energy formation was instantly shattered, but at this moment, a fierce aura rose from the edge of the fleet, it was a powerful domain master-level powerhouse.
¡°Sure enough, they are hiding in the fleet, nning tounch a sneak attack. However, I have been prepared for a long time.¡±
The aura that erupted on the opposite side was particrly tyrannical. It looked like a mid-level domain master, but Luo Feng¡¯s face still showed no fear. He violently collided with the enemy master.
As the heaven-shaking battle between the two domain masters started, the two fleets finally collided.
In fact, the fleet of the Izumo Empire did not have much advantage over the Metaverse. This Empire has a powerful world master, but domain masters are the most powerful beings participating in this battle. Moreover, their number isn¡¯t that great.
Therefore, there is no qualitative difference between them. Even if the Metaverse league is worse, but itsbat power and morale are still very high. Moreover, they have the advantage in terms of the more technologically advanced ships.
The two armies fought a war here, variousser and energy beams collided, and soon arge number of ships exploded. Even some and star-level masters died from the most powerful starship attacks.
In such a battlefield,-level cultivators can¡¯t even take care of themselves. They might get killed as a result of a single mistake.
Not only did the-level cultivators of the Izumo Empire die, but the same was true on the side of the Metaverse.
Fang Yun, Neb, and the others could clearly observe the situation of the battlefield. Neb especially paid close attention to the battlefield, seeing the grim situation on the battlefield, his brows scrunched.
Chapter 597: Conflict with the Izumo Empire (Part 2)
Chapter 597: Conflict with the Izumo Empire (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Among these soldiers, there are many who he watched grow up, but right now he can only act as a bystander, watching them die from the side.
¡°Haah¡¡±
At this moment, Neb saw a young warrior he knew getting pped by an enemy cultivator into a meat pie and suddenly sighed, but he quickly suppressed this emotion. He had seen too many simr scenes across his life, he had learned to suppress his emotion and put rationality above all a long time ago.
The only thing that he is truly concerned about now is the Metaverse. If something happens that might cause great losses to the Metaverse, he might not be able to suppress his emotions. For example, Luo Feng falling into danger and even death.
In his view, Luo Feng is rted to the future of the entire Metaverse.
In this battle, the two sides finally came to a truce, because no one could really stop the other. After Neb saw Luo Feng retreat safely, he finally heaved a sigh of relief.
¡°Luo Feng, how about it, were you injured?¡±
After Luo Feng returned to the camp, Neb worriedly asked him.
¡°Thank you Master Neb for your concern, I was not injured.¡±
In fact, Luo Feng was indeed slightly injured, but with the regeneration speed of a domain master, he doesn¡¯t need to worry about that, he just needs some rest.
Luo Feng looked full of energy. He had an inexplicable expression of excitement on his face.
This was because he had a hearty battle with the enemy¡¯s mid-stage domain master-level powerhouse. It caused him to discover some shorings in his cultivation.
¡°Master Neb, I have some insights again, I may have to practice in retreat for a while.¡± Luo Feng said apologetically to Xingyun.
Hearing this, Neb was overjoyed.
¡°Since you have a new insight, go and practice quickly, don¡¯t dy your own practice.¡± Neb said with a smile.
¡°Yes, sir.¡±
Luo Feng nodded, then turned off themunication watch and walked to a quiet and remote room.
The Metaverse and the Izumo Empire maintained such a stalemate for the next period of time. In fact, if Fang Yun takes action, there would be no need to do this at all. With his power, he can directly annihte the enemy fleet and even the entire Izumo Empire.
Anyway, the Izumo Empire can¡¯t pose much of a threat to them, so Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay much attention to the battle on the front line. He is more concerned with the follow-up development of the Metaverse league.
He now hopes that more great geniuses like Luo Feng will emerge from the Metaverse, releasing more of his burdens.
Therefore, he is prepared to pay close attention to the construction of the Metaverse¡¯s training camps and academy during this period.
As for the Izumo Empire, he has long since regarded it as a whetstone for the Metaverse.
The ninth training camp was built very quickly. The second phase of the academy¡¯s development waspleted and the second batch of trainees could be recruited immediately. However, with the increase in the number of students, the number of instructors gradually became tight.
Fang Yun originally nned to continue transferring instructors from the first training camp, but after realizing that this is kind of redundant, he began to select the veterans from the battlefield.
The cultivation bases of these veterans varied greatly. The weaker ones were just gods of war. Moreover, the majority of instructors he brought back were God of Wars.
Fang Yun feels that these God of War level cultivators are enough to teach the basics and train lower-level students. As for those geniuses, they need more powerful teachers to teach. If they show enough talent, they can naturally be trained by the best instructors of the camp. If not, they can only join general sses like the rest.
The quotas of the ninth training camp were much sought after. Most of the parents and children in Aegis city and even the satellite cities started wrecking their brains to think of a way to get that quota.
In fact, satellite city is closer to the first training camp in the Great Cosmic city, but the threshold of the first training camp is much higher. That¡¯s without mentioning the greatpetition.
In a blink of an eye, another three years passed.
During these three years, Fang Yun¡¯s cultivation level has improved again. First of all, his size can already stretch over an entire sr system, but that wasn¡¯t the most important.
He is already close to the immortal king level. Fang Yun felt that he was just a step away.
Immortal kings are considered as a powerful existence even across the entire ancient universe. Even in the center of the ancient universe, cultivators of this level are considered giants.
The increase in Fang Yun¡¯s current cultivation base is very noticeable. It caused the higher-ups of the Metaverse to feel very nervous. On one hand, they are naturally very happy that Fang Yun¡¯s cultivation and power are getting higher and higher.
In this way, their Metaverse will be a feared existence amongst many Empires. However, they are also afraid. They are afraid that with the increase in his power, Fang Yun will eventually leave them.
No matter how strong they be in the future, deep in his heart, Neb still doesn¡¯t want Fang Yun to leave. After all, when the Metaverse was the most desperate, Fang Yun stepped forward to save them.
Neb was naturally grateful to Fang Yun from the depth of his heart.
He has truly regarded this cosmic serpent as their leader, something that he couldn¡¯t imagine a few decades ago.
Compared to the help and protection Fang Yun provides them with, the energy stones and matter they provide him are nothing!
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about Neb¡¯s inner thoughts, he just paid attention to the ninth training camp and satellite city as usual.
Now the first satellite city has beenpletely built, and the manpower on it has been arranged. Almost all its defense forces were drawn from the leading fleet.
Fang Yun decided that it¡¯s going to be the first andst time. The next time, they must draw forces from the two training camps.
Speaking of training camps, the ninth training camp can amodate more than 100,000 students. It¡¯s naturally quite inferior to the first training camp. In fact, it¡¯s even a bit worse than the head institutions of other regions.
However, the ninth training camp didn¡¯t stop its process of expansion. Fang Yun ns to make this training camp into thergest training camp in the entire alliance.
The first training camp focuses more on quality. Its main target is the elites and geniuses of the Metaverse league. The ninth training camp on the other hand is more about quantity, it relies on itsrge student base and fiercepetition to create top powerhouses.
Cultivation isn¡¯t about talent, will, character, hard work, luck, and many other factors that decide whether someone can truly be a powerhouse.
Compared with the first training camp, the ninth training camp is taking the civilian route, but Fang Yun feels that the top students who wille out of the ninth training camp in the future will be the pirs of the Metaverse
Even if they won¡¯t be as good as the students in the first training camp, they will be much more powerful than the students of other academies.
Back on the front line, Luo Feng and his fleet are still confronting the previous fleet, but the scale of the battle has been greatly toned down.
However, ording to thetest intelligence, the Izumo fleet has already called for reinforcements.
Chapter 598: Tournament (Part 1)
Chapter 598: Tournament (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Luo Feng¡¯s cultivation base increased rtively quickly. In fact, the young generals in his hands are also the same, because they are also young geniuses that came from the first training camp.
They are the cream of the crop, the top genesis out of billions of civilizations.
The reason why their cultivation base is at the star and cosmic level is not due to their inability to advance, but because their cultivation time is still rtively short.
In general Empires in the ancient universe, achieving the god of war level in decades can be considered good, and reaching the level in the same span is only done by geniuses, but these Metaverse geniuses have reached at least the star level in the same span.
Now that such a long time has passed, their cultivation is naturally starting to increase. It¡¯s precisely because of this that they are starting to gain the upper hand in this war.
After Fang Yun saw that the ninth training camp was on the right track, he shifted his attention back to Luo Feng¡¯s side. He also needs to guard against any sudden sneak attack from the Izumo Empire.
After all, there is a world master in the Izumo Empire. He needs to stop him from interfering with this battle. Luo Feng is unlikely to survive in the hands of a world master after all.
¡°I wonder if Luo Feng can escape from the hands of a world master now.¡±
Upon thinking of this, Luo Feng looked in a certain direction. His sight prated the void and crossed an insurmountable distance,nding on a certain ce.
In that direction, in an underground pce, an old man suddenly opened his eyes,
¡°This¡someone is spying on me!¡±
The old man deeply frowned.
¡°Could it be the monster from the opposite Metaverse?¡±
He slowly narrowed his eyes.
¡±That monster must also be a world master, but I wonder at which stage it is? It should be more powerful than me.¡±
¡°This monster¡¯s cultivation base is so high, it is too difficult for our Izumo Empire to upy that territory.¡±
The old man hesitated for a while.
¡°But the stronger that monster is, the better it is for us¡¡±
The old man had a sneer on his face. The next moment, he closed his eyes and slowly sat down. He divided his mind into a dozen parts, then sneakily sent them to the distance.
Fang Yun, who was tens of thousands of light-years away, naturally didn¡¯t know this. At the moment, most of his attention is on Luo Feng and asionally the ninth training camp.
When he is bored, he mostly watches the students of the ninth training camp, their daily life, their interactions, and the hard training they go through. In fact, he is simply taking care of the ninth camp. He has great expectations for them.
This is not to say that he favors the ninth camp and is not so concerned about the first training camp. He just feels that the first training camp is very mature and isn¡¯t in need of care or protection anymore.
¡°Maybe I should organize apetition between the two training camps in the future.¡±
Fang Yun suddenly remembered the events and tournaments he had seen in his previous life. In many of the novels he watched, there werepetitions between various academies and institutions, and the main character often emerges in such events.
Now that there are two training camps, It¡¯s possible to engage in such apetition, which can enhance both personal strength and everyone¡¯s cohesion andpetitiveness.
Thinking of this, he immediately mentioned this matter to Neb. Thetter quickly agreed and even volunteered to take charge of this matter. As the former speaker of the fourth heaven, he is mostly responsible for the military and war.
It¡¯s a pity that he passed most of his responsibilities and power to his sessor, Luo Feng. He doesn¡¯t need to worry that much about military matters anymore, so he is idle almost all day.
This caused him to be quite restless all day, that¡¯s why he agreed to Fang Yun¡¯s proposal without thinking.
Regarding the big match between the two training camps, the news was quickly spread around. The students of the two camps were especially agitated.
The students and mentors of the first camp were a bit shocked at first, but then immediately felt a little amused. It¡¯s not that they look down on the ninth heaven¡¯s students, they are just not their opponents.
Back to the ninth training camp,
The students looked very eager to try. They seem to be particrly passionate. They also want topare with the first training camp. They want to find out what is the difference between them and these geniuses.
In the past few days, a few good seedlings and geniuses appeared in the ninth training camp. They are powerful soldiers that have beenid off from the battlefield.
Anyway, almost all of them arete cosmic level. There are even a few that reached the cosmic peak. They have just started preparing to impact the domain master level.
Even the first training camp must be serious while facing these powerhouses. Although their overall strength is much higher, they still have to face them seriously or they might be beaten down.
About half a monthter, thepetition between the first training camp and the ninth training camp entered the initial stage.
Fang Yun asked someone to arrange a live broadcast of thispetition, broadcasting thepetition across the Metaverse. This is not only to show the power of top cultivators to the entire Metaverse but also to publicize the two training camps, especially the ninth training camp.
Although these two universities are now well-known, in fact, it¡¯s mostly across powerful civilizations and important locations of the Metaverse. Their existence is very obscure across many remote ces and ordinary locations.
Fang Yun is nning to make the entire Metaverse know about these two training camps, then send students to learn.
Finally, On a certain day, the entire first training camp was filled with joy and excitement, because today is thepetition day. The hearts of countless students and trainees were filled with excitement and nervousness.
Chapter 598: Tournament (Part 2)
Chapter 598: Tournament (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Today, most people stopped practicing and came to the battlefield to watch the battle between their representative team and the ninth training camp¡¯s team.
¡°Huh¡ is that the ninth training camp team?¡±
On the corner of a wide tform, a student from the first training camp looked at a team of different powerhouses with a look of astonishment,
¡°The aura radiating from these people seems to be very obscure. Their cultivation base is unfathomable.¡±
¡°I wonder whether we can easily win as the upperssmen said.¡±
Although in his opinion, the ninth training camp¡¯s team is very good, their first training camp¡¯s team is more powerful. He is very confident about their winning chance. If nothing unexpected happens,
At both ends of the battle tform, the teams from the two training camps were already in their respective positions. Not long after, the host announced the candidates for the first round.
It was two young men, both looked confident and spirited. The youth from the first camp is a two meters tall and burly guy. On the other hand, the youth from the ninth training camp was a shorter and leaner man.
In terms of cultivation base and power, they are at the bottom of their respective teams. Furthermore, they are both God of War-level cultivators.
At the referee¡¯s signal, they both jumped onto the battleground.
Although they are in the same realm, the first training camp youth has a much deeper cultivation base, let alone his richbat experience. In the end, the lean youth persisted for a minute before surrendering.
Although this battle was only a rtively low-level battle, the tactical and battle skills shown by both sides were quite sophisticated, but in the end, the burly youth has vastly more experience than the lean youth.
Next, the second round of battle on the giant battle ground began.
Both Fang Yun and Neb watched with gusto. They didn¡¯t really care about the cultivation base of these youth, their training time is too short after all. What is important is the fighting skills that they have disyed and their tenacity.
Such skills can¡¯t be umted without hard work. Moreover, their great tactical choices, their ingeniousyout, and their swift reaction. All of this shows that they are either masters that experienced many battles or great geniuses that were born with super battle instinct.
While Fang Yun and Neb were watching this battle, around the entire Metaverse, hundreds of billions to trillions of people were the same.
Basically, people from almost every civilization are watching this battle. From civilians and bottom workers to officers and soldiers to nobles and royalty, almost each one of them was thrilled as they watched this battle.
Furthermore, almost every person that experienced a battle before was surprised by the skills disyed by these youths.
In fact, the battle intuition and wisdom disyed by these youth can¡¯t be possessed by the average veteran.
This is not surprising, these two training camps often organizepetitions between students and deploy missions to the Kapor Star Belt. Under the intensepetition against their peers and life and death battles against star beasts and pollutants, it¡¯s not surprising that they cultivated such a terrible battle awareness.
As time passed, a total of neen rounds passed. After neen intense battles from various students with different cultivation levels, most of the day has passed.
There have been both wins and losses on both sides. However, there¡¯s still a great difference between the two training camps. The first training camp had 15 wins whilst the ninth training camp barely got 4 wins.
However, despite being on the losing side, the ninth training camp team was still very satisfied with its 4 wins. It hasn¡¯t been long since the ninth training camp was built, and their enemy is the famous first training camp, the Metaverse holynd of cultivation, thend of geniuses!
On the other hand, the atmosphere of the first training camp was a bit depressing. Despite the overwhelming win, most of the students looked gloomy, especially the losers.
The yers who lost the game all looked sad. They all felt extremely embarrassed.
After thispetition, the fame of the two training camps in the Metaverse has reached a new level. Many races and intelligent creatures across countless civilizations are starting to look for ways to register in the two camps.
After all, even the weakest students are stronger than many civilizations¡¯ strongest powerhouses. Moreover, they are absolutely the top group in the same cultivation level. Theirbat power is overwhelming.
This shows that the two training camps are truly adept at creating powerhouses.
While Fang Yun and Neb were looking over the two training camps, back on the battlefield, Luo Feng and the others suddenly noticed something unusual.
¡°Master Neb, we have found traces of arge number of enemies.¡±
While contacting Neb, Luo Feng looked a little nervous. Judging from the size of the iing fleet, it¡¯s a bit outrageous. Even as the highest powerhouse of the Metaverse, he felt a headache.
¡°Lord Ouroboros.¡±
After receiving the message from Luo Feng, Neb immediately contacted Fang Yun.
¡°There is a problem on Luo Feng¡¯s side.¡±
His face had a solemn expression, in short, as long as it is about the safety of Luo Feng, Neb looks like this.
¡°Should we send immediate support?¡±
¡°A new enemy ising¡¡±
Fang Yun groaned, then used his mental power. In the next moment, The area around Luo Feng and his fleet appeared in his mind.
From his perspective, Luo Feng and the other leaders of the fleet looked very tense. None of them had a smile on their faces.
¡°I wonder when our reinforcements will arrive?¡±
Luo Feng looked at the dark space outside. If it were not for responsibility and duty, he didn¡¯t want to wander in this cold space.
¡°General, has there been a reply from higher-ups?¡±
Inside the conference room, a young brigadier general suddenly said,
Hearing this, Luo Feng just wanted to shake his head, but a majestic voice suddenly appeared in his head.
¡°I have already heard about your request.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t worry, we will send troops here soon.¡±
Luo Feng was thrilled upon hearing this. He confidently raised his head and said. ¡°Don¡¯t worry, everyone, our reinforcements will be here soon.¡±
The moment the tense crowd heard this, they rxed. One of the young officers at the scene took the leader to ask.
¡°Forgive my presumptuousness but General, have you received master Neb¡¯s instructions?¡±
Luo Feng shook his head and said, ¡°I received the news from master Ouroboros personally.¡±
Earlier, he was excited upon hearing Fang Yun¡¯s voice. He didn¡¯t expect that he would receive the news and respond so quickly.
Since Fang Yun is here, what else is there to be afraid of? No matter how powerful the iing enemy is, they definitely can¡¯t raise any waves in front of lord Ouroboros, They might not even need to participate in the battle against the top powerhouses.
As for the weaker enemies? There¡¯s no need for lord Ouroboros to waste time, they will personally take care of them/
Time quickly passed. A weekter.
Fang Yun brought a small fleet to the front-line battlefield. The fleet he led isposed of top students from the first training camp and the ninth training camp.
What the metaverse needs now is the quick growth of these students and only by experiencing blood and war can these students quickly grow.
Fang Yun looked behind. When they just set off, these guys looked very excited. He overheard many joyful and excited remarks and sentences during the journey.
However, as they get closer and closer to the front line, their faces have be more and more solemn.
Fang Yun smiled upon seeing this. He had the feeling of an old grandfather watching children grow up. He lightly said to them as he looked forward.
¡°Well, everyone, now that we have arrived at the front line, I will talk to Luo Feng and ask him to arrange your positions first.¡±
As he was saying this, Luo Feng and the other military officers flew from the conference room on the base and rushed towards them.
Chapter 599: Incoming Danger (Part 1)
Chapter 599: Iing Danger (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°My lord!¡±
After flying over, Luo Feng took the lead and bowed to Fang Yun. He had a look of joy on his face.
¡°My lord, I didn¡¯t expect that you woulde over personally. It seems that we can rest assured this time¡±
The people who followed Luo Feng also had joyful expressions.
They naturally knew Fang Yun¡¯s power, so in their opinion, as long as Fang Yun takes action, the crisis will naturally be lifted.
Of course, from the beginning, they never thought that Fang Yun would personally go to the battlefield to help them wipe out this batch of enemies, even if they knew that he had such an ability.
They already know about Fang Yun¡¯s n to constantly temper them in the fire of war, cultivation giants, and true powerhouses.
Although following such an approach does put their lives in danger, they already have the determination to sacrifice themselves.
They all know that Fang Yun¡¯s choice is the most meaningful and appropriate approach for the survival and growth of the metaverse, so they don¡¯t have anyints.
¡°Okay, arrange these younglings first.¡±
Fang Yun pointed at the people behind him. Luo Feng quickly nodded, then flew towards them.
Among the group of people that Fang Yun brought over, there were not many top powerhouses. Most of them are students from the two training camps and the rest are higher officers from the military.
All of these people have a single distinguishing characteristic, they are all young.
Although they are young, all of the young men that Fang Yun brought with him are top elite. They will definitely have a great impact on the battle situation.
After leaving the younglings in the hands of Luo Feng and the others, Fang Yun flew away. Under the leadership of dedicated personnel, he flew to his resting ce.
About an hourter, Luo Feng came to Fang Yun¡¯s resting ce and reported to him,
¡°Greetings, my lord, now everyone has been settled.¡±
They had already prepared the residence area for the iing forces, so they only had to lead them there and briefly state the rules to them. The rest will be done by the lower officers.
¡°Yeah.¡±
Fang Yun nodded, then calmly asked, ¡°Luo Feng, How¡¯s the current situation?¡±
Luo Feng¡¯s expression immediately became serious upon hearing this.
¡°The threat mainlyes from the enemy¡¯s reinforcements.¡±
¡°The previous fleet of the Izumo Empire gradually fell into a disadvantage while facing us. It wouldn¡¯t have taken us long before defeating it.¡±
¡°Unexpectedly, their reinforcement arrived at such a juncture. Although they hadn¡¯t attacked yet, we can already tell that we¡¯re not their opponents, so our only option was to request reinforcements.¡±
¡°However, with your help, my lord, there shouldn¡¯t be any problem.¡±
Hearing this, Fang Yun nodded and said,
¡°If this is the case, act ording to your n. This time, it¡¯s still the same as before. I will watch the war here. I won¡¯t take action under normal circumstances. I will only act if you fall into fatal danger.¡±
¡°If there is no world master-level powerhouse, I don¡¯t dare to ask you to take action, my lord.¡±
Luo Feng said with a straight expression, causing Fang Yun to be quite surprised. What is Luo Feng exactly implying? Is he implying that he is confident to face anyone under the world master level?
He carefully looked at Luo Feng, then was quite surprised by the advancement in his cultivation. He has reached the mid domain master-level. Moreover, his cultivation base is quite solid. Considering his superbbat power, he does indeed have the qualification to fight against anyone in the domain master level.
¡°Well, with your cultivation level andbat power, you¡¯re indeed capable of fighting against anyone in the domain master level.¡±
After exchanging a few words with Fang Yun, Luo Feng returned to hismand post. The military forces that Fang Yun brought with him had greatly increased thebat power of their fleet.
He also knows that Fang Yun will indeed just watch if there are no special circumstances. He is their guarantee andst trump card.
As Fang Yun rested in his residence, the group of people he brought over quickly integrated into Luo Feng¡¯s fleet.
Because many of the officers and soldiers in Luo Feng¡¯s fleet had graduated from the two training camps, everyone gets along very well as juniors and predecessors.
Even if thepany they belong to is different, people that graduated from the camp often visit these recruits and ask them about the current situation of the training camp, and at the same time, teach them their experience in the military and war.
During these days, Fang Yun has been paying attention to the enemy fleet. ording to their investigation, the new fleet is about several times bigger than the previous fleet that guarded this area.
¡°I wonder, what¡¯s the highest powerhouse level in that fleet?¡±
Fang Yun was a bit interested. Due to the immense size of the fleet and its advancement, itsmander must be a great figure, one of their top cultivators.
Even if it¡¯s not their country leader, it¡¯s those that have reached the apex of the domain master level. Only they canmand such arge and powerful fleet.
¡°It seems that even if there are no world master-level beings in this fleet, a peak domain master-level master will definitely appear.¡±
Fang Yun muttered to himself as he looked at the image of the fleet.
Previously, Luo Feng patted his chest and confidently said that apart from the appearance of a world master level powerhouse, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t need to take action, but it seems that the situation is more tricky than he previously imagined.
In his view, there¡¯s at least a peak domain master in this fleet, possibly two or more.
If there are two of them, one could entangle the strongest in the fleet, that is Luo Feng, and the other could sweep across the fleet.
Without an opponent of a simr or higher level, it¡¯s almost impossible to stop a powerhouse of that level.
When the timees, countless people and ships in their fleet will be killed and destroyed. Fang Yun naturally can¡¯t ept such a thing.
Matching these younglings with a powerhouse that is way beyond their level isn¡¯t tempering them anymore. It¡¯s just killing them.
Fang Yun ordered his subordinates to closely watch the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet, guarding against any possible move.
Chapter 600: Ouyang Xue (Part 1)
Chapter 600: Ouyang Xue (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After not getting a substantial victory after such a long time, the leader of the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet started getting angry. At this moment, he wanted tounch a full-scale war very much, but something deep in his spirit warned him against that.
Once a cultivator reaches a sufficiently high level, they develop a sixth sense, and this sixth sense is exactly what¡¯s telling him to notunch a full-scale war, otherwise, he is very likely to die.
This kind of feeling is very vague, but it is absolutely not mere hallucinations.
However, this is causing him to get even angrier.
He and the other general are peak domain masters! Once they start acting, all the domain masters, including the ones at the peak, will act together to quickly kill the only enemy¡¯s domain master, getting rid of their high-levelbat power. However, they are likely to fall even executing such a simple matter?
¡°Could it be that there are hidden powerhouses in their fleet?¡±
These people are not fools, they quickly thought of this possibility, but this puzzled them even more. What kind of being/creature has the ability to instantly kill all of them?
¡°Could it be¡¡±
Suddenly, a guess popped into their minds. Several people looked at each other, their hearts started racing. They already have a guess.
¡°Could it be that the ¡®one¡¯ from the Metaverse is here?¡±
They didn¡¯t even dare to say any descriptive words, because they knew deeply that once a creature reaches a certain cultivation level, they can perceive any creature mentioning their name even if it¡¯s many light-years away.
¡°It is very likely that the ¡®one¡¯ is here.¡±
Suddenly, one of the peak domain masters said. He looked at hispanions with a solemn expression.
¡°Otherwise, no other creature in the Metaverse can give us such a great feeling of impending doom.¡±
There are a total of three domain master-level pinnacle masters on the scene. Anytime one of them thinks aboutunching a full-scale war against the Metaverse, they feel a strong feeling of impending doom. It¡¯s like their decision will cause them to likely die.
¡°It seems that the Metaverse is very concerned about the leader of this fleet, Luo Feng.¡±
Another domain master-level peak spoke. He is the one that has been fighting against Luo Feng before, hence he is quite impressed with that youth.
¡°Yes, that guy does have some abilities.¡±
The remaining peak domain master powerhouse promptly spoke.
The three of them frowned at this moment. The situation is very tricky. Although they knew that it wouldn¡¯t be easy to invade this Metaverse, they still couldn¡¯t give up. They especially want to kill Luo Feng. That young man has a very high potential. He has the potential to be a king¡
The current Izumo Empire and the Metaverse league are considered enemies, they certainly can¡¯t just surrender or leave.
Unfortunately, the enemy dispatched their peakbat power, a world master to oversee this war. If they ever dare to recklesslyunch the decisive war, what¡¯s awaiting them is certain death.
¡°That being considers us as the grindstone of the kid named Luo Feng.¡±
The peak domain master that has been fighting against Luo Feng in the past period had a gloomy expression on his face.
Hearing that, the other two remained silent. They have already seen through this point. Moreover, this n is indeed effective. They could see that the strength of Luo Feng increased after each battle.
The three people talked in the conference room for a long time, but they didn¡¯te up with a feasible n. Now they can only continue to drag this matter.
??¡±We can continue to increase the number of troops.¡±
Suddenly, the peak domain master that has been fighting against Luo Feng for the past period fiercely said.
¡°Don¡¯t they intend to use us to temper their fleet?¡±
¡°Then we will continue to increase troops! I want to see how many of their soldiers are going to survive through this ¡®tempering¡¯!¡±
The other two peak domain masters hesitated for a moment, then nodded heavily. At the beginning, they were also afraid that continuing to increase their troops would cause an adverse reaction from that ¡®one¡¯.
It¡¯s very likely to cause it to personally take action, but after thinking about it, they didn¡¯t care anymore. They are enemies anyway! That ¡®one¡¯ will take action sooner orter. It¡¯s better to take this opportunity to inflict a heavy blow on this Metaverse!
Even if it causes the world master behind that sub-universe to take action!
After the three of them made up their minds, they immediately told the empire about the situation on the battlefield. The rights possessed by the three peak domain masters are still very high.
Moreover, these three people also have very powerful organizations behind them. It¡¯s precisely because of that that their request quickly passed the review and was approved.
The second batch of reinforcement was sent there shortly after. The Izumo Empire had entered a wartime state again. The current Izumo Empire hadpletely regarded Fang Yun and the Metaverse as their enemy.
Despite their intentions to seek peace, the Metaverse didn¡¯t show any trace of retreating. In fact, they even used their army as a grindstone for their fleet!
Since the enemy has no intention of epting their peace offer, then they will naturally not respond softly.
After deciding to change their approach, the second batch of reinforcements soon arrived on the battlefield in less than ten days.
During these 10 days, Fang Yun and the others also noticed that the intensity of the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet gradually increased. During these ten days, the death rate of their soldiers gradually became higher. It wasn¡¯t just them, even the opposite Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet suffered a great loss.
¡°Does this Izumo Empire intend tounch a decisive battle against us?¡±
Fang Yun soon sensed the approach of the reinforcements on the opposite side. He felt that their appearance was too timely.
As time passed, Fang Yun felt that their soldiers were quickly adapting to the intensity of the battle. Despite their great losses, the remaining soldiers are quickly growing. If this continues, the Izumo Empire will soon lose its advantage and even fall into a disadvantage.
But with the arrival of the second batch of reinforcements, the Izumo Empire can still keep the role of a grindstone. Of course, the de can also break. The Metaverse army might also quickly break down before they had the chance to grow. Everything depends on the choice and actions of the leaders of the army.
¡°I wonder how Luo Feng is going to respond?¡±
Fang Yun was curious about Luo Feng¡¯s response. After all, the safety and future of the entire Metaverse League are on his back.
This young man is bearing a burden beyond anyone¡¯s imagination.
¡°This kid also sensed something.¡±
Fang Yun noticed that Luo Feng was heading towards his residence. From his mental outlook, he doesn¡¯t look very happy.
¡°It¡¯s not just him, all the leaders of the army had a change in mentality.¡±
Fang Yun smiled, looking past manyyers of space and matter and straight into the mind of these military leaders.
Chapter 600: Ouyang Xue (Part 2)
Chapter 600: Ouyang Xue (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the military base, many high-level officers were walking around with worried expressions. After all, they are true high-level cultivators, they have noticed that something is wrong.
¡°Brother, what should we do now?¡±
A young man beside Luo Feng anxiously said. It was one of his originalpanions from the first training camp.
The two of them went on many missions together and survived to the present. They are almost like brothers. The younger man especially looks up to Luo Feng and respects him, hence he sought his opinion now.
At this moment, Luo Feng looked at thispanion and brother that apanied him for a long time and said with a wry smile,
¡°To be honest, we don¡¯t have many choices. We can only request reinforcements.¡±
¡°Brother, do you mean that we should call Master Ouroboros for help?¡±
The young man¡¯s expression immediately brightened, but then Luo Feng shook his head, dispelling his thoughts,
¡°This matter must be resolved by ourselves.¡±
¡°We can only call those fleets in our various space bases. There are still a lot of military forces protecting space bases and space cities in the Gama Empire.¡±
Luo Feng¡¯spanion opened his mouth, seemingly wanting to say something, but in the end, he still held back and remained silent.
The senior leaders of the alliance quickly received a request for help from Luo Feng. Everyone was shocked. After all, Luo Feng is the one that asked for the support this time.
This is a bit contrary to their previous ideas because, in their view, Luo Feng¡¯s strength is at the peak of the Metaverse. More importantly, there¡¯s lord Ouroboros with them!
They were shocked, how could such a powerful existence ask for help?
Furthermore, why are they asking for him? The higher-ups of the Metaverse refused to believe that both Luo Feng and lord Ouroboros were overwhelmed. However, after learning about the situation, they finally understood.
After some discussions, a huge fleet of more than five million cultivators headed towards the battlefield. Moreover, the leader of the fleet this time is a young girl.
Under the leadership of this girl, the fleet started to move in the direction of the battlefield. Their travel speed was quite fast because the battle situation on Luo Feng¡¯s side had reached a critical state. They need to reach the battlefield as soon as possible.
In fact, adding the time it took to assemble these 5 million cultivators and the journey time, it took them a full month before they reached the battlefield.
By that time, the war situation had reached a particrly critical state. To be exact, the situation of the Metaverse is the one that has reached a critical state.
Even Luo Feng has suffered a lot of injuries, naturally, the situation of the soldiers is even worse.
Yesterday, two peak domain masters challenged Luo Feng at the same time and Luo Feng naturally responded. In the end, he barely managed to repel them.
However, he wasn¡¯t unscathed. The battle situation was very fierce. Luo Feng used all his strength, but in the end, he was unable to turn things around. Their fleet suffered a great loss.
¡°Luo Feng is indeed very strong. His future achievements are limitless, but he needs time¡¡±
While watching Luo Feng, Fang Yun made a corresponding evaluation internally.
The current Luo Feng is just a step away from the mid domain master level, but judging from the aura radiating from his body, he can break through at any time, and as long as he breaks through, his strength will rise to a higher level.
Although he isn¡¯t even a mid-domain master, his aura is much more powerful than any mid and evente-domain master. He is truly an unparalleled genius.
However, his ambition is not small, he has always suppressed himself, polishing his foundation and enhancing hisbat power to the highest limit before ascending to the next level.
Even in such a desperate situation, he is still suppressing himself.
¡°Although it¡¯s unexpected, I have to admit, he is a true genius. His choice and experience arepletely different from ordinary cultivators.¡±
Fang Yun looked at Luo Feng and sighed with amazement.
Even he felt that Luo Feng is shouldering many things now, but as the most powerful cultivator in the Metaverse, these are the responsibilities that he ought to shoulder.
¡°I hope that the overwhelming pressure won¡¯t break your will, but only make it stronger.¡±
Looking at Luo Feng in the space base, Fang Yun sighed again.
Suddenly, sirens rang throughout the space base. The Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet hasunched another attack.
Luo Feng¡¯s expression sank. He looked down at his scarred body, but at the next moment, he immediately walked back towards the battlefield.
Many people followed behind him. Suddenly, the leader of the reinforcements walked out from another ce. After noticed Luo Feng, she immediately walked towards him.
¡°Brother Luo Feng.¡±
The leader of the reinforcements this time is also a student from the first training camp, and seeing as she was able to be themander of 5 million troops, she¡¯s by no means simple.
Her name is Ouyang Xue, and she is the eldest granddaughter of a particrly powerful family in the Metaverse. In addition, she has a high cultivation base and she graduated with excellent results from the first training camp, hence she was granted themand of this fleet.
There are at least 3 cosmic peak powerhouses in this fleet, but all of them are the elders of her family, cultivators that were created by pilling a massive amount of resources and without future potential. They were sent to specifically protect her.
As for the other leaders, captains, and the like, many of them are rted to her to various degrees. It can be said that her control over this army of cultivators is extremely high.
It is precisely because of this that she was able to lead them.
¡°Sister Xue.¡±
Luo Feng smiled after seeing Ouyang Xue. This young girl is also one of his fellowpanions and junior from the first training camp.
In fact, as long as they are simrpanions from the same training camp, they have this inexplicable intimacy towards each other. Even if they have met each other just a few times.
¡°Senior Brother Luo Feng, your injury is still not healed, shouldn¡¯t you take care of your injury now?¡±
Ouyang Xue couldn¡¯t help butin after seeing that Luo Feng had no intentions of resting despite suffering from heavy injuries.
¡°It¡¯s okay.¡±
Luo Feng waved his hand. He didn¡¯t care too much about this matter.
¡°Sister Xue, let¡¯s go.¡±
Chapter 601: The Decisive Battle (Part 1)
Chapter 601: The Decisive Battle (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
When Ouyang Xue saw that Luo Feng was unwilling to talk about his injuries, she stopped talking and just followed him.
When the two walked outside the base, they found that their fleet had already been assembled, even the reinforcements brought by Ouyang Xue were the same.
Ouyang Xue¡¯s subordinates are either from the military or from the two major training camps. They are all specially trained to deal with war and various dangerous situations.
They might be nervous or fearful during their first war, but they will certainly not panic or break formation due to that.
¡°Brother Luo Feng, there are a lot of enemies this time.¡±
Ouyang Xue looked at the endless figures and ships on the opposite side with an awe-inspiring expression. The same was true for Luo Feng next to her.
In fact, they even felt their breaths getting heavier.
This time, the Izumo Empire seemed to have dispatched all the manpower in their base. ording to Luo Feng¡¯s visual observation, there are tens of millions of cultivators on the opposite side. All of which are God of War level and above.
¡°Is the Izumi Empire intending to trulyunch the decisive battle?¡±
Luo Feng couldn¡¯t help but grit his teeth.
Not far away from the battlefield, Fang Yun was also shocked upon seeing this scene. Even he didn¡¯t expect that The Izumo Empire wouldunch the decisive battle at this juncture.
¡°I wonder how Luo Feng will respond.¡±
At this moment, Fang Yun is actually intending to take action. Despite his high evaluation of Luo Feng, he doesn¡¯t think that thisd can deal with this situation alone, but he is still nning to watch his response first.
Below, after realizing that the Izumo Empire was preparing tounch a decisive battle, he immediately ordered his fleet to converge and prepare themselves. He is also intending to deploy all of their forces.
Even in such a situation, Luo Feng didn¡¯t show a shred of fear. His eyes were filled with determination.
¡°Senior Brother Luo Feng, what should we do now?¡±
However, Ouyang Xue, who was next to him, was a little panicked at this time. She is still too inexperienced. Who would have thought that she would directly face such a scene upon arriving?
Especially now that she still was chosen as the fleetmander. For a while, she didn¡¯t know how to respond in such a situation, how tobine her fleet with Luo Feng¡¯s fleet, and how to develop strategies to deal with the current situation.
She didn¡¯t even have the time to umte experience before facing such a scene that can even make a veteran general nervous.
There is only one person that can help her. Ouyang Xue looked at Luo Feng.
Luo Feng is the only person she can rely on at this time, and thetter indeed didn¡¯t disappoint her. He patted his shoulder and said,
¡°Sister Xue, don¡¯t worry, there will be no major problems.¡±
¡°Senior Luo Feng. I¡¯m relieved to get your help¡±
Ouyang Xue¡¯s nervous mood finally rxed a little.
Soon, all the cultivators and starships gathered together. This scene was quite simr to the endless army of the Izumo Empire. Moreover, their movements have indeed caught the attention of thetter.
The leaders of the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet no longer hesitated. They headed towards the metaverse military base and the war immediately started.
The extremely fierce war. All kinds ofser and energy beams were shot indiscriminately. In no time, many ships exploded directly and countless people were killed.
In a giant cosmic battle like this, there are too many people participating. Tens to hundreds of millions, all of which are cultivators, but in the end, how many will be left?
However, judging from the current situation, the Metaverse league is at aplete disadvantage.
¡°Brother Luo Feng, our soldiers are dying at an extremely high pace.¡±
Ouyang Xue said weakly, her face was a bit pale at this moment. Originally, she thought that she would have the time to gain some experience on the battlefield along with herpanions and fleet.
After all, most of the soldiers in the fleet she led are neers to cosmic wars. The only experience they had is their battle against star beasts and their fellow ssmates.
They thought that they would have to fight small-scale wars for a while before moving to the real thing, but unfortunately, things in the real world don¡¯t always go ording to n.
Ouyang Xue knew a lot of people in her fleet. She even developed emotional rtionships with quite a few of them.
??¡¡¡¡However, she just watched one of her friends, a young girl, get swept by aser beam and lose half of her body. Her corpse or what remained of it floated powerlessly in space, gradually disappearing in the darkness.
She saw many friends and acquaintances getting injured or killed, many of thempletely disappeared, losing their future, family, friends, and everything.
¡°These fucking Izumo Empire people!¡±
Ouyang Xue cursed angrily, something she would have never done under normal circumstances. Especially after seeing her friends either getting injured or killed one after the other. Her body shook with rage.
¡°Sister Xue, you stay here¡¡±
Luo Feng calmly looked at the battlefield. He turned his head and tried to tell Ouyang Xue to stay in themand center, but she interrupted him before he couldplete his sentence.
¡°Senior Brother Luo, I want to act with you. As long as I can get rid of these enemies, then it doesn¡¯t matter if I get injured. If I were to fall here, then that means that that is my limit.¡±
Ouyang Xue gritted her teeth and said, looking at her posture, she looked ready to pounce on and annihte all enemies. She already has a firm conviction.
If she died in this battle, so be it! Although she was born in a wealthy family with living standards beyond most of the Metaverse¡¯s intelligent creatures, her family is a military one after all. Therefore, she has been raised as a warrior since childhood.
She already has the conviction to sacrifice her life.
??Hearing her words, Luo Feng frowned. Just as he wanted to refuse, his face suddenly changed. Three powerful figures were rushing towards him at an inconceivable speed, shaking the space around them and turning all objects in their path into dust.
An extremely tyrannical aura radiated from these three figures. These three are the highest military leaders of the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet, all of them are peak domain masters, just a step away from reaching the world master realm.
¡°Sister Xue, go away!¡±
After seeing this situation, Luo Feng immediately yelled to Ouyang Xue who was next to him. Thetter was frozen due to the strong shock beyond her bearing capacity. The difference between her and peak domain masters is too great.
Fortunately, Luo Feng¡¯s reaction speed is very quick. With one wave of his hand, he enveloped Ouyang Xue in a gentle wave of energy, then pulled her behind him, protecting her from the aurora of the three peak domain masters.
Ouyang Xue watched in shock as Luo Feng protected her, then flew towards the three formidable enemies and initiated an earth-shattering battle with them.
Chapter 601: The Decisive Battle (Part 2)
Chapter 601: The Decisive Battle (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
After Luo Feng rushed out, he immediately confronted the three peak domain masters. Even if he was at a great disadvantage, he still won¡¯t fall for a while. It¡¯s very difficult for domain masters to kill masters at their level.
The sound of the fighting between the two sides boomed, various martial skills and techniques of destruction collided one after another. This ce is an important territory of the Metaverse. Its existence is critical for their progress.
So at this time, it¡¯s absolutely impossible to make concessions.
The strength of the Metaverse league is inherently limited. As this war continues, their forces will continue to dwindle. Even if few elites can survive in the end, they can¡¯t have a big impact on the big picture.
Fang Yun has already realized this.
¡°This situation can¡¯t continue.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. In the next moment, he shed in front of Luo Feng and Ouyang Xue.
A giant serpent suddenly appeared in front of the two of them, causing them to halt their movements and stare at it.
¡°This is¡ Master Ouroboros.¡± When Luo Feng saw the iing figure, he was extremely excited. Even his speech became a little incoherent.
He originally thought that Fang Yun would not appear unless a world master appeared.
In fact, he even patted his chest and told him to rest assured, assuring him that he doesn¡¯t need to take action unless a world master appears. Now that he thinks about it, Luo Feng felt a bit embarrassed.
Not long ago, he was pondering whether to request help from Fang Yun or not. What held him back was nothing more than pride and self-confidence.
However, he didn¡¯t expect that Fang Yun would appear in front of him on his own initiative, at the time he needed help the most.
¡°That is¡¡¡±
Ouyang Xue, who was next to Luo Feng, stared at the great serpent in front of her, the guardian and master of the Metaverse, lord Ouroboros. Her heart started rapidly drumming.
¡°Master Ouroboros.¡±
Suddenly, Ouyang Xue bowed heavily to Fang Yun, and thetter nodded back at her, but quickly shifted his attention back to the three cultivators ahead.
Ouyang Xue, who was not far behind, followed Fang Yun¡¯s sight, but her face started twitching. She discovered that the space in front of her transformed into a painting.
In the central part of the painting, there were exactly those three cultivators. It¡¯s terrifying to think that three peak domain masters, powerhouses that can easily destroy stars and y withs like ping pong balls, died so easily and quietly. Their death was extremely weird.
¡°Gulp!¡±
Ouyang Xue couldn¡¯t help but swallow her saliva. Fortunately, the shock and fear quickly receded, reced by joy and worship.
¡°Master Ouroboros.¡±
Luo Feng also looked at Fang Yun with a look of astonishment, but Fang Yun just responded with a smile.
¡°Well, Luo Feng, now go to assist the others. Get rid of the troops of the Izumo Empire.¡±
¡°By the way, you did a good job in this battle.¡±
After Fang Yunmented, he quietly wandered above the battlefield. He didn¡¯t immediately help the others on the battlefield, but quietly watched from above.
In fact, as long as nothing unusual happens, he doesn¡¯t intend to participate in this battle anymore.
Fang Yun paid particr attention to the students from the ninth training camp. After all, this training camp is quite new. Whether it was in terms ofbat power or battle experience, these guys are inferior to the students of the first training camp.
In this war, the number of ninth training camp students that were injured or killed is quiterge. It¡¯s several timesrger than the number of deceased students from the first training camp.
¡°Haah¡¡±
Luo Feng took a deep breath, then quickly headed towards the center of the battlefield. His aura rmed arge number of powerhouses on the battlefield.
¡°It¡¯s Luo Feng! Luo Feng!¡±
With the appearance of Luo Feng, the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet was terrified, especially the lower-level cultivators. It was too terrifying for-level and star-level masters. A powerful domain master personally took action against them.
After Luo Feng took action, things changed slightly. This change was not just because he took action, killing a lot of their cultivators, but more due to the meaning behind it. Since Luo Feng appeared here and was able to rampage as he pleases, that means that their leaders had an unfortunate end.
¡°The three chiefs are dead!¡±
¡°It¡¯s over! We¡¯re going to die¡±
Along with the appearance of this shout, the bnce was broken. Countless cultivators scattered around and started escaping in various directions.
¡°The three chiefs are dead, everyone, run away!¡±
While running away, some people didn¡¯t forget to induce the rest of theirrades to escape, breaking the fleet formation even further.
Unfortunately, most of these deserters were overtaken by Luo Feng and the rest of the fleet, then killed.
The entire fleet was defeated bit by bit, especially from Fang Yun¡¯s perspective. The only problem is that this fleet is toorge. No one knows when it will bepletely finished.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun looked at the battlefield below, watching all kinds of scenes. From heroic people sacrificing their lives to buy time for their friends to escape, to despicable viins that used theirpanions as shields to gain enough time to escape.
After watching for a while, he quickly shifted his attention. He had seen too many simr scenes.
He looked in a certain direction at the dark void. It was the residence of the Izumo Empire¡¯s leader. Fang Yun felt that if he leaves, that world master will immediately appear here and ughter Luo Feng and the rest of the fleet.
So, this is the reason why he has been living here for so long.
¡°The Izumo Empire is still quite calm.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head slightly. It won¡¯t be long before a full-scale war against the Izumo Empire starts. Within a few weeks to a few months, either the Izumo Empire or the Metaverse league will invade.
Chapter 602: Hometown (Part 1)
Chapter 602: Hometown (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun looked at the battlefield below him like a god. At this time, the fleets of the Izumo Empire and the Metaverse league were engaged in an extremely tragic battle.
However, the situation has beenpletely reversed. In fact, as far as the overall strength is concerned, the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet is actually stronger, even counting the domain master powerhouse, Luo Feng.
There are still many cosmic-level masters in the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet. Their number is several times bigger than the Metaverse league¡¯s cosmic masters.
It¡¯s a pity that eleven so, the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet is still desperately running away,pletelycking the faith and courage to fight the Metaverse
They werepletely shocked and terrified by the death of their three leaders.
How could the Izumo Empire fleet, which haspletely lost its morale, be the opponent of the Metaverse league.
Fang Yun nced around on the battlefield, and couldn¡¯t help but shake his head. The oue of the matter was already doomed. The Izumo Empire is doomed to lose. They don¡¯t have any chance of aeback.
This battle hassted for half a month. Fang Yun has always been on the battlefield during this period. He knows very well that if he ever leaves now, the leader of the Izumo Empire will definitely take the chance to attack the fleet.
After all, the two sides are now very hostile to each other and Luo Feng is so prominent. Even in the Izumo Empire, he is known as an extremely powerful super genius.
If a character like this appeared in their empire, they would have happily celebrated, but once he appears as an enemy, it would be extremely bad news.
After long deliberation, Fang Yun decided to not kill the leader of the Izumo Empire, but leave him as a future goal for Luo Feng.
The current Luo Feng is at the early-peak domain master. After the end of this battle, it shouldn¡¯t take him long to reach the next level.
Although the mid-domain master is far fromparable to the leader of the Izumo Empire, he is already near-invincible in the domain master level.
With a bit more time, he would definitely be able to catch up with the leader of the Izumo Empire.
Fang Yun returned to Aegis city and continued to eat and evolve at this ce. Now his overall strength isparable to an immortal king, a veritable giant in the ancient universe.
However, it¡¯s very difficult for his strength to grow to the next cultivation level in a short time. In fact, he had already evolved a few more times after reaching the immortal king level, but he is still very far from the next level.
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t in a hurry, he continued to eat all kinds of materials and energy stones in an orderly manner.
At the beginning, many people were secretly envious of Fang Yun, especially those new martial artists who had just stepped into the path of cultivation
The ability to continuously grow through devouring matter and energy is extremely enviable. Naturally, they felt great envy for Fang Yun who possessed this ability.
However, they soon realized what this ability entails. It requires patience and constant repetitive work. Not to mention the loneliness one feels. Their admiration for Fang Yun rose again. They certainly can¡¯t bear the boredom and loneliness and constantly devour-sized matter and energy almost at every moment.
Fang Yun has long been ustomed to this kind of life, so it didn¡¯t matter to him. He continued to devour all kinds of ore and energy stones, continuing to umte bio-energy and grow.
In such a fashion, five years have passed.
In five years, the Metaverse league has grown even further. Finally, Luo Feng is no longer the only domain master in the league.
At the moment, the Metaverse league possesses 3 domain masters.
Furthermore, one of them is heavily rted to Fang Yun, because he is from his hometown, the ¡°Blue Empire¡±.
The ¡°Blue Empire¡± is very prominent in the Ninth Heaven. In the past, the Ninth Heaven wasn¡¯t even recognized due to its small size and insignificant strength, but everything changed recently. One of the only 3 domain masters in the Metaverse is from the ninth heaven!
This person is called Wu Chen. Just like Luo Feng, he became famous as a genius teenager, then entered the first training camp. Now after such a long period, he became one of the strongest in the Metaverse.
Thest domain master is from the first heaven and his age is simr to Luo Feng. Now, the leadership of the Metaverse has almost fallen into the hands of young people like Luo Feng and Wu Chen.
In fact, even the ruling system of the Metaverse has changedtely.
A parliament with a total of 30 members has been formed. The speaker of the parliament is Luo Feng, and 80% of its members are young people. It could be said that almost all previous generation leaders have handed their power to the new generation.
For example, Neb and the other leaders have basically withdrawn from the stage of history. They have very little power left as the old rulers. In fact, their voting power in the new parliament ounts for less than 10%.
The voting power of a parliament member is very important, but Neb rarely uses this power. Since they withdrew from the center of power, as long as these young people don¡¯t make any outrageous decisions, they basically don¡¯t object.
They all followed the speaker¡¯s decisions.
In addition to the emergence of three great domain masters, the number of other levels of cultivators has grown. For example, at the beginning of the cultivation age, God of war level cultivators had been very rare.
Unfortunately, they are now like dogs, their number is too high to count.
Even-level masters can be often seen in prosperous ces. Cultivators of this level can no longer be considered high-ss cultivators, their number is too high.
Up to now, only star-level and cosmic-level cultivators can be considered high-ss, but their number has still greatly increasedpared to before.
ording to iplete statistics, among the entire Metaverse league, there are about 300,000 cosmic-level cultivators.
As for the number of star-level cultivators, it has exceeded 100 million.
At first nce, these two numbers are veryrge, butpared to the number of cultivators in the entire Metaverse, this number is insignificant.
This blowout of cultivators is mostly due to the newly acquired territory and the former citizens of the Gama Empire.
??In terms of conquering, under the leadership of Luo Feng, the Metaverse has upied most of the Gama Empire¡¯s territory. Thest one-fifth is under the control of the Izumo Empire.
It probably won¡¯t take long for the Izumo Empire topletely withdraw from the remaining territory, enabling the Metaverse to acquire the Gama Empire¡¯splete territory.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that Luo Feng now haspletely reached the mid-domain master level. He is the undisputed leader of the other three domain masters.
Chapter 602: Hometown (Part 2)
Chapter 602: Hometown (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The four of them oftenpeted, but Luo Feng was able to easily win every time. The other three are just early domain masters, and they can¡¯t bepared to an earth-shattering genius like Luo Feng that canpete with peak domain masters. They still have a long way to go.
In the past few years, Fang Yun has been constantly devouring and evolving. He only asionally showed up. Therefore, although he doesn¡¯t know the specific situation of the Metaverse league, he has mastered the general information.
He didn¡¯t know that Luo Feng was appointed as the leader of the Metaverse until recently.
He was a little surprised. Neb is too open-minded. He just let go of the power in his hand so easily, but after a bit of thought, he was a bit relieved.
The times have changed, cultivation will be the main theme of this universe. With a high cultivation base, power and status can be easily acquired. The power and importance of individuals have greatly increasedpared to before, naturally, the rules of the Metaverse have changed.
During this period of time, Fang Yun¡¯s strength continued to increase, but his overall strength is still around the immortal king realm. He hadn¡¯t made a qualitative change.
On this day, Fang Yun was returning to his resting ce to devour various energy ores as usual, but the giant turtle suddenly blocked his way.
¡°What, you said you found a folded space on the edge of the Metaverse? It might be a passage to other worlds?¡±
The giant turtle has extreme sensitivity to space, naturally, it can discover something even immortals can¡¯t find.
Usually, when Fang Yun is devouring things, the giant turtle leaves to wander around. Due to its young mentality, it can¡¯t stand boredom and prefers to wander around.
However, on this day, the giant turtle suddenly returned, bringing with it a rather weird message. It found a secret folded space.
Moreover, this folded space is very weird, it might even lead to another universe.
¡°Is it another secret realm?¡±
Fang Yun decided to go with the giant turtle as a duo. After checking it out, it won¡¯t be toote to call other people.
ording to the giant turtle¡¯s description, the previous secret realm is a folded space, but this new ¡°Secret Realm¡± doesn¡¯t feel like a folded space.
¡°It¡¯s more like a passage.¡±
After talking with the big turtle, Fang Yun came to this conclusion. The only question is where does this passage lead to?
Under the leadership of the giant turtle, Fang Yun quickly came to the ¡°secret realm¡± he had discovered. He saw that the space in front of him was very chaotic. Annihtion and copse could be seen around a circr space, but the strange thing is that no energy was emitted from this space.
Therefore, Fang Yun concluded that this was a passage.
The energy consumed by this channel itself is amazing, and it¡¯s necessary to keep the channel open, that¡¯s why no energy is oozing out, it¡¯s consumed by the channel.
Fang Yun talked with the giant turtle for a while about the possibility of him being able to extend his space perception inside the channel and see what¡¯s on the other side.
If possible, Fang Yun wanted the giant turtle to straighten this chaotic passage and restore its order, allowing creatures to pass through it again.
Under Fang Yun¡¯s description, the giant turtle understood his intentions. He requested constant meals to maintain its energy reserves full, then started using its space power to gradually restore this channel¡¯s order, allowing Fang Yun to see what¡¯s on the other side and even cross the channel.
About a monthter, under the constant energy source and food Fang Yun provided it with, he was able to work for the entire month.
During this month, he devoured an energy massparable to several sr systems.
Even Fang Yun was surprised by his food intake. It seems that the giant turtle has undergone some mysterious changes under the endless food and energy supply.
His abilities are better than before. Even Fang Yun doesn¡¯t know how much the giant turtle¡¯s space skills have grown. It seems that he should find time to have a long chat with the giant turtle.
Under the power of the giant turtle, the space in front of them, which was constantly copsing and recovering, suddenly froze. In the next second, a huge vortex appeared in the circr space.
Behind the vortex, it was pitch ck at first, but as time passed, a, twos, threes, stars, sr systems, and even gxies appeared¡
Behind this passage, there is another starry sky. It¡¯s just that, Fang Yun didn¡¯t know whether this starry sky is just another location in this universe, or it¡¯s an entirely new universe.
More and mores and stars appeared behind that vortex, Fang Yun was deep in his thoughts, just as he was in a trance, the corner of his eye suddenly caught an azure figure shing by. His eyes suddenly widened.
¡°What was that?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s heart shook. He quickly asked the giant turtle to shift the scene back. The giant turtle stared at Fang Yun hesitantly, but slowly moved the image back. Suddenly, on the giant vortex, a blue figure shed past again.
This vortex, under the control of the giant turtle, is like a telescope that connects two worlds. He can adjust the angle and orientation of the lens at any time to provide a clear view of the universe on the opposite side.
Fang Yun looked at this scene very nervously.
At this moment, the image of severals on the vortex, but their brightness is too low. He was only able to distinguish that one of them is azure.
¡°Yes, can you zoom in a bit?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s voice trembled slightly because this looked extremely familiar.
The giant turtle started to silently exert its power and suddenly, the scene on the vortex started to zoom in. The originally very smalls suddenly became bigger.
Thoses were magnified dozens of times, hundreds of times¡Finally, there was only an azure blue left behind on the Vortex.
¡°Ooooouuuuuu!!¡±
Afterpletely seeing the appearance of this, Fang Yun released a loud cry, he looked extremely excited and shaken.
¡°Roar!!!!!¡±
He released an earth-shattering roar. He stared at the behind the Vortex unblinkingly. His blood started surging and boiling. Even his body started shaking.
Even the giant turtle felt the agitation of Fang Yun and the terrifying aura he radiated.
He started trembling a little. He stared at Fang Yun with fearful eyes. The aura that Fang Yun is releasing at this moment shook even space, even the space vortex started shaking. It made him feel a pang of fear.
¡°Haah¡¡±
Fang Yun finally recovered. He looked at the giant turtle apologetically before turning his gaze to the behind the vortex again.
He was obsessed, and if he had a human form, he would be tearing now.
Because the in front of him is his hometown-the earth.
Chapter 603: Luo Chun (Part 1)
Chapter 603: Luo Chun (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun looked at the earth behind the space vortex with a look of excitement. Originally, he thought it would still take a long time to see his hometown, but he never expected that a series of coincidences led to him encountering it so early.
The stronger he gets, the more Fang Yun is aware of his insignificance. Even with his current strength, it would take hundreds to thousands of years just to cross this universe, let alone jump out of it.
He hadn¡¯t had the slightest clue on how to go back before. In fact, he didn¡¯t even know how long it would take him.
First of all, he has to reach the peak of this universe before having the chance to leave it and search for other universes.
¡°I wonder if the giant turtle can lead me to the opposite universe?¡±
This thought suddenly appeared in his mind. At this moment, his heart couldn¡¯t stop pounding and he could no longer drive it out of his mind.
However, when he turned around, he discovered that the giant turtle was bleeding from his orifices. His eyes looked like they were about to pop out.
¡°This¡¡¡±
Fang Yun was taken aback. He quickly flew to the side of the great turtle and looked at it with a look of concern. Thetter¡¯s voice suddenly appeared in his mind
¡°I¡ can¡¯t hold on anymore.¡±
The moment his voice sounded, the space vortex in front of them disappeared all at once, restoring this space to its previous appearance. The space returned to its previous constant copsing and recovering state.
¡°Haah, don¡¯t force it.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head then left this ce with the giant turtle. As he was leaving, he turned his head and looked at this ce again before leaving resolutely.
The giant turtle¡¯s eyes changed as he watched Fang Yun¡¯s obvious reluctance and attachment to this chaotic space. He naturally sensed the emotional rollercoaster in Fang Yun¡¯s heart.
Fang Yun and the giant turtle left, leaving only this constantly copsing and recovering space.
When he returned to Aegis City, Fang Yun immediately ordered Neb and the others to monitor that chaotic space. The strength of the giant turtle is insufficient now. It¡¯s extremely difficult for it to even open that space channel, let alone send Fang Yun to that universe.
However, after the giant turtle grows strong enough, or he personally acquires the ability to open that space channel himself, he will go back.
¡°After so many years, I finally found a way back home¡¡±
Fang Yun sighed internally. His heart was filled with anxiety and urgency. Even his heart that has been tempered through countless battles became insatiable.
He suddenly felt a little lucky. Fortunately, the giant turtle at this time did not have the strength to send him to that universe. In this way, he now has a long period to organize his mind and calm down his heart.
¡°My lord, we received a message from the Lord of the Izumo Empire.¡±
Neb¡¯s voice suddenly sounded from outside. Fang Yun quickly reacted and allowed him in. By now, he has mostly calmed down. It¡¯s extremely hard to see any trace of emotional instability from the surface.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Fang Yun directly asked as he watched Neb walk in. Thetter bowed to show his respect, then said.
¡°Your Excellency, the leader of the Izumo Empire sent us a message stating that they are willing to negotiate.¡±
¡°They are the ones that want to make peace with us, why are they acting like we are the ones begging them?¡± Fang Yun shook his head and said,
¡°Don¡¯t care about them, just do whatever you want.¡±
¡°Yes, my lord.¡±
Neb retired. Although Neb no longer manages the entire Metaverse, he now seems like Fang Yun¡¯s personal assistant. He is the one that conveys information or important messages to him.
Right after Neb left, Fang Yun started ravenously devouring the energy ore and matter that was sent to him. In the past, he quickly got bored by the repeated action of devouring matter and energy, especially since they don¡¯t have any taste.
However, he is full of motivation at the moment.
It wasn¡¯t just him, even the giant turtle followed his lead and halted its journey around the Metaverse. Instead, it followed Fang Yun to constantly devour various objects.
On the other side, under the leadership of Luo Feng and the others, the Metaverse encroached the entire Gama Empire¡¯s territory, driving the Izumo Empire out.
Since then, the true battle between the two superpowers started.
In fact, without counting Fang Yun, the Izumo Empire is much more powerful than the Metaverse league. After all, the number of their domain masters is dozens of times greater than that of the Metaverse.
But when the war between the two sides started, the fleet of the Izumo Empire unexpectedly fell to a disadvantage.
It wasn¡¯t due to a problem ofbat power, but more due to a mentality and morale problem. The Metaverse¡¯s fleet fought bravely and didn¡¯t shrink back. On the contrary, the fleet of the Izumo Empire showed mediocre performance.
Their domain masters didn¡¯t even dare show most of the time, for fear of getting instantly killed.
There are too few enemy domain masters participating in the war, Luo Feng and the other three domain masters are enough to contain them. Moreover, although the Izumo Empire crushes the Metaverse in terms of high-level cultivators quantity, their quality is much lower than that of the Metaverse¡¯s cultivators.
After the initial defeat, the Izumo Empire quickly mobilized another legion of cultivators and starships. The legion was mostly a private one belonging to the nobles and important figures of power.
??The fleets on both sides were deadlocked again.
Time quickly passed, ten yearster.
During these ten years, Fang Yun¡¯s power has grown a lot, surpassing the immortal king level and reaching the sage level. In terms of size alone, it has reached the range of light-years.
Furthermore, his perception of space has reached a higher level. This caused him to feel extremely excited. After reaching the next level, he is confident to personally enter that chaotic space and reach the other universe.
However, it¡¯s bing more and more difficult for him to evolvetely. It will take him at least a hundred years, possibly several hundred, to reach the next level.
After reaching such a realm, Fang Yun¡¯s desire to devour energy has decreased a bit. He decided to give himself some time off.
After leaving his territory, Fang Yun immediately called Neb to inquire about the current situation.
He quickly learned that Luo Feng¡¯s fleet was deadlocked with the Izumo Empire¡¯s fleet at the border area.
Chapter 603: Luo Chun (Part 2)
Chapter 603: Luo Chun (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Such a stalemate is actually very beneficial to them because the Izumo Empire is already very mature. There¡¯s very little chance of great progress in such a short period.
Without the umtion of countless years, it would be difficult for them to greatly advance in strength.
However, the Metaverse is different. It¡¯s a very young superpower with great potential. As time passes and as cultivation bes more widespread, the strength of the Metaverse will be higher and higher.
As proof of that, in the past ten years, two cosmic peak cultivators from the Metaverse broke through and reached the domain master level.
By now, the Metaverse league has 6 domain masters and millions of cosmic level cultivators.
Of course, the cultivation resources spent to umte such arge number of powerful cultivators are astronomical. Most of those cultivators relied on an incredible amount of resources and the support of powerful techniques to have a high level of cultivation.
Normally, based on their talents and hard work, it would be impossible for them to reach such a high level, let alone in such a short period.
It was Fang Yun¡¯s idea to widely distribute cultivation resources so that everyone could increase their cultivation base over a short period of time. This might be overdrawing the future development potential of the Metaverse league, but they didn¡¯t have any other choice.
In addition, Fang Yun¡¯s next n for the Metaverse¡¯s development is to gather cultivation resources from various ces. The Izumo Empire is one such target, if they don¡¯t surrender peacefully, then they will use force to conquer them.
After Fang Yun left his resting ce, he first checked on the ninth training camp. The current ninth training camp is iparable to before.
The ninth training camp is stronger and more mature than before. With just a cursory nce, Fang Yun discovered a few cosmic peak cultivators, some of them even have a chance to reach the domain master level.
In this training camp, the overall strength of students is quite low. After all, this training camp mostly amodates civilians and ordinary people. Although they have ess to advanced training opportunities and education, their talents are too low.
However, due to theirrge quantity, several powerful geniuses emerged among them. The three cosmic peak cultivators that Fang Yun noticed earlier are one such example.
Of the three of them, two are mentors and one is a student.
If this student continues growing, he will likely be the ninth training camp¡¯s first domain master.
¡°Good, very good!¡±, Fang Yun praised internally.
He carefully observed this genius student, who was practicing in a training room at the moment.
¡°His aura has reached its peak. If he can push himself as hard as possible, maybe he will reach the domain master level soon.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes narrowed. His body shed away, instantly appearing next to the training room of the cosmic peak student.
This student is called Luo Chun, he¡¯s also an extremely powerful cultivator.
He turned on the switch to the training room, then started focusing his mind.
This training room has three different uses. Firstly, it can be used as a gravity training room, and secondly as an agility training room. Finally, the two above uses can be superimposed.
In other words, this training room trains students¡¯ reaction speed and agility while simultaneously tempering their bodies, calction speed, and will.
¡°Since you are so keen to use gravity training, I will tease you a little¡¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but smile as he looked at the man evading various objects while enduring the tremendous gravity.
He intends to push this guy to his limits.
Fang Yun used a skill he hadn¡¯t used for a very long time, ¡°Ultimate Gravity¡±.
He immediately doubled Luo Chun¡¯s gravity, increasing the terrifying gravity in the room to the next level.
In just an instant, Luo Chun directly knelt on the ground, his face flushed due to the sudden change in gravity.
¡°What¡¯s the matter? Why did the gravity increase so much?¡±
This question appeared in Luo Chun¡¯s mind. He thought someone did it, so he wanted to go out and look for the culprit immediately, but he couldn¡¯t leave the room in such a situation.
¡°What the hell is going on?¡±
Luo Chun smiled bitterly, then struggled to stand up. However, the moment he stood up, an alloy ball immediately flew towards him at a massively supersonic speed.
These alloy balls are made of special grade alloy. Each one of them can injure a cosmic-level master. These balls made Luo Chen miserable.
¡°Damn it, howe I felt that these alloy balls have be even heavier when they collided with my face?¡±
Luo Chun had an urge to swear. The feeling of those balls touching his face was not pleasant.
¡°It¡¯s not just the weight of these balls that increased, even their speed has greatly increased!¡±
Luo Chun is a cosmic peak cultivator, naturally, he has an extremely high degree of control and knowledge about his body. He quickly realized that he fell into a bad situation.
Under intense pain, Luo Chun continued dodging.
Fortunately, he is a genius. Even after the gravity doubled and the speed and weight of the alloy balls increased, he quickly adapted, squeezing his potential to the limit.
At the beginning, he got hit by these alloy balls asionally, but after some time, he hardly got hit anymore.
Not far away from the training room, Fang Yun closely watched, seeing that the young man had adapted to the gravity of the room, he doubled it again.
Now, the initial gravity set by Luo Chen was quadrupled, increasing it to a horrifying point.
In addition, the weight and speed of the alloy balls have been greatly improved.
Inside a 1000 square meter room, hundreds of balls flew around at supersonic speed, leaving countless phantoms across the room.
Luo Chun didn¡¯t know how many times he was hit. Even his cosmic peak body was bruised due to the countless hits.
He hadn¡¯t felt such pain in many years.
However, this was far from over. Luo Chen hasn¡¯t reached his limits. Fang Yun doubled the gravity a few more times, pushing the young man to his absolute limits.
Luo Chun¡¯s body shed crazily across the training room, leaving countless phantoms behind. At the moment, he left everything behind, leaving only the thought of dodging these alloy balls.
From calcting the trajectory of the balls to theirnding point to calcting his next dozens of moves, Luo Chen¡¯s brain was moving in overdrive mode.
After the time he set while renting the room passed, the alloy balls stopped and the gravity generator was deactivated. His suffering finally ended.
Luo Chen felt that his body was on the verge of copsing.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Luo Chun cursed secretly, he quickly got up and ran to the door, intending to leave this room. He will nevere back to this ce!
However, after moving a few steps, he suddenly felt a change in his body. A barrier in the depths of his body is starting to break.
¡°This¡ am I going to break through?¡±
Luo Chun was overjoyed. He immediately sat down on the ground and focused on breaking through. Hepletely forgot the pain he felt before.
In just an hour, Luo Chen broke through and reached the domain master level.
He became the first first to reach the domain master level in the ninth training camp.
When he was breaking through, many people came to watch.
After all, the door of the training room was opened. He was in in sight and now one could stop them from watching.
Moreover, without mentioning the mysterious aura he radiated, his blue nose and swollen face are very eye-catching.
Finally, this is a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to see someone break through to the domain master, they can¡¯t waste it.
Chapter 604: Blue Planet Empire (Part 1)
Chapter 604: Blue Empire (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
To survive in this dark and dangerous space, every strong civilization must act as a hunter. Otherwise, they will be reduced to prey. No matter how strong a civilization is, if they shrink to their corner and don¡¯t seek advancement, then they will eventually be annexed by other civilizations.
In other words, once those civilizations that were once small and weak catch up with you, then you will be prey in their eyes.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t want the Metaverse league to be weak prey, especially since he intends to leave in the future, so he could only push it forward.
It has been a month since he helped Luo Chun advance to the domain master level.
In this month¡¯s time, the ninth training camp was filled with a joyful atmosphere,unching a grand celebration. Finally, a domain master appeared from their training camp!
Moreover, Luo Chun¡¯s potential is particrly great. He broke through to the domain master level at a very young age. He and Wu Chen broke through at almost the same age and in simr circumstances.
Many people around the Metaverse call them the ¡°twin stars¡±.
In the eyes of many people, apart from Luo Feng, these two people have the most potential. They even have the chance to reach the world master level. Anyway, a lot of people have great expectations for them.
Luo Chun has been in retreat after the breakthrough. He still doesn¡¯t know that many people have bound him to the star from Fang Yun¡¯s ¡°Hometown¡±, Wu Chen.
Of course, he also didn¡¯t know that the reason why he was able to break through that day was actually because of the help of Fang Yun.
Speaking of this, Fang Yun hadn¡¯t met Wu Chen yet, the guy from his ¡°Hometown¡±.
His schedule was full during thest period, either dealing with official duties or ¡®cultivating¡¯. However, the Metaverse league has few instances where it requires his help now. With the rise of Luo Feng, the Metaverse finally has topbat power, hence it doesn¡¯t request his help as much as before.
Nowadays, most of his time is spent wandering around the Metaverse league, checking the various training camps and space cities.
After the ninth training camp was established, other training camps have been established one after another. However, they are mostly scattered around the nine heavens of the metaverse.
Fang Yun intended to check them one by one, but now he became interested in the man named Wu Chen.
In fact, rather than saying he became interested in Wu Chen, he became interested in the ninth heaven. That is both his and Wu Chen¡¯s hometown. Fang Yun wanted to ask him about the situation of the ¡°Blue Empire¡±.
He is quite curious about how the humans are doing.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t summon Wu Chen to his territory but rather intended to personally visit him.
The giant turtle is now more focused on eating. Fang Yun didn¡¯t know what happened to him. He was a lively little guy in the past, constantly wandering around, but now he became quite the glutton.
Fang Yun noticed the crazy growth of his aura. Perhaps soon after, he will reach a new level.
Of course, after some thought, Fang Yun was able to guess the reasons for his change. He was quite touched.
¡°Well, let¡¯s go see Wu Chen first.¡±
After making this decision, Fang Yun¡¯s body shed. He disappeared from his location then appeared in another location a few light-years away, in the next second he shed away again. After a few more shes, he crossed an indescribable distance.
¡¡¡¡
In a remote area in the Gama Empire, a group of powerful cultivators was moving forward. There were seven cultivators in the group and the one in the middle was a sturdy youth.
Compared to guys next to him that were 3 meters and up, he was just a bit short of 2 meters, but he radiated the most powerful aura.
¡°Wu Chen, I heard that a new domain master-level powerhouse appeared in the alliance.¡±
One of the young men on the right side said to the youth in the middle. The sturdy youth was obviously Wu Chen.
After hearing the words of hispanion, Wu Chen smiled and said,
¡°The alliance has developed really quickly in the past few years. I didn¡¯t expect that another domain master would appear in such a short period.¡±
¡°By the way, Zheng Nan, what is the name of this new domain master? What power does he belong to?¡±
Zheng Nan smiled slyly,
¡°Speaking of which, you would never expect where this guy is from. He is from the ninth training camp and his name is Luo Chun. I didn¡¯t expect the guys from the ninth training camp to reach this level so quickly.¡±
¡°By the way, I heard that many people in the League are calling you and him the twin stars of the Metaverse.¡±
¡°Really?¡± Wu Chen was also taken aback.
¡°I remember that he was invited to the first training camp for further training, but he rejected the offer, saying that it was the ninth training camp¡¯s kindness that allowed him to reach such a height.¡±
¡°To be able to reach the domain master level so quickly in the ninth training camp, it seems that this person¡¯s talent is indeed very high.¡±
A trace of dignity appeared on Wu Chen¡¯s face.
¡°Perhaps, in terms of talent alone, I might not be able to match him.¡±
¡°Wu Chen, you don¡¯t need to be humble. You have reached the domain master level before him. Although both of you are called the twin stars, that guy is still far from reaching your power level.¡±
Wu Chen smiled but didn¡¯t respond. However, a slight feeling of pressure appeared in his heart.
¡°Speaking of it, I¡¯m from the Blue Empire in the Ninth Heaven. Although the Blue Empire is the overlord of the ninth heaven, its strength can¡¯t bepared to the superpowers of the Metaverse.¡±
¡°If we trulypare backgrounds, mine isn¡¯t actually that different from that of Luo Chen. Moreover, this guy¡¯s background is one of the major reasons why he was able to rise so quickly in the ninth training camp.¡±
¡°I thought at the beginning that I have few adversaries in the Metaverse, but it seems that Luo Chen is one of them. If I ck off, he might truly surpass me!¡±
Wu Chen thought internally,
¡°It seems that I need to work harder. It wouldn¡¯t be good to be surpassed by ater.¡±
Of course, this pressurees mostly from hispetitiveness as a super genius. Even if he is surpassed, he is still one of the few domain masters of the Metaverse, his presence is still absolutely critical.
¡°Wu Chen, there is some movement ahead.¡±
Suddenly, the guy called Zheng Nan reminded Wu Chen with a serious expression. The moment his voice sounded, Wu Chen followed his sight.
After looking at the source of the movement, Wu Chen frowned.
A huge creature was rushing towards them from the end of the starry sky. Judging from its shape, it looked like a rhino.
When the huge rhino saw Wu Chun and the others, he was irritated. He scratched his hooves in the dark space, then ran towards Wu Chen and the others, destroying giant asteroids and even a that happened to be on its way.
Chapter 605: The Tang Clan (Part 1)
Chapter 605: The Tang n (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After chatting with Wu Chen for a while, he learned about the current situation of the Blue Empire. As expected, they became thergest superpower of the ninth heaven. It can be said that they are the new rulers of the ninth heaven.
The ninth heaven is currently ruled by the parliament, but hearing Wu Chen¡¯s description, no one in the Tang family had a position in the parliament. In fact, the entire Tang n was reduced to a small family of fewer than 100 people.
Had it not been for Wu Chen identally hearing someone talk about the Tang family, He likely wouldn¡¯t be able to answer Fang Yun¡¯s questions.
Wu Chen looked somewhat cautiously at Fang Yun. He wondered why such a powerful being would ask about that small family.
However, what is certain is that Fang Yun and the Tang family must have some rtionship. This greatly surprised him. It¡¯s hard to imagine that the overlord of the Metaverse and a small family in the backward ninth heaven knew each other.
¡°Okay, you can go.¡±
Fang Yun greeted Wu Chen, then flew away. Originally, he thought that the Blue Empire had always honored that vow, but it seems that they had forgotten it.
That being the case, the rtionship between him and the Blue Empire can be considered over. He didn¡¯t harbor any anger in his heart, just indifference.
¡°Unexpectedly, the Tang family has declined to such a point.¡±
Fang Yun shook his head and sighed. He knew that the Tang family must have experienced a great change. It¡¯s likely due to the struggle between the top leaders of the Empire, and the Tang family was undoubtedly the loser.
When he left at the beginning, the Tang family was undoubtedly the most powerful n in the Blue Empire. He didn¡¯t expect that in just a bit over a century, they would experience such a change.
While thinking of this, a figure suddenly appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind.
Tang Guo.
At the beginning, due to an ident, Tang Guo was involved in a space turbulence. Fang Yun felt very sad back then. It¡¯s difficult to survive in such a situation. Moreover, at that time, cultivation wasn¡¯t even a thing. Intelligent creatures¡¯ physique back then was very fragile.
Upon thinking of Tang Guo, many pictures surged in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. His memories of his encounter and interactions with Tang Guo, his only human friend. There are also the memories of his adventures back on the Blue and the earth¡
¡°Fine, I¡¯ll go and have a look, by the way, let¡¯s check the situation of the Blue¡¡±
At first, he felt that the Blue doesn¡¯t have a future, hence both he and the giant turtle followed the big forces to the Earth, a few yearster, he set off on his journey to space.
After so many years, he should go back and have a look.
Anyway, Fang Yun¡¯s power level has reached sage level. It won¡¯t be long before he leaves the Metaverse, at that time, he might note back.
This is also an opportunity to rx and relive old memories.
Fang Yun called the giant turtle, informed Neb that he will leave for a bit, then took the giant turtle and wandered towards the ninth heaven.
About half a yearter, they arrived in the ninth heaven and quickly found the earth.
The earth has extraordinary significance to the Blue Empire, it¡¯s their origin. However, strangely, the Blue Empire holds an indifferent attitude towards it, treating it as an ordinary.
On this, martial arts and cultivation are advocated. Anyway, Fang Yun had seen many people practicing martial arts in corresponding venues.
¡°Um?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s expression suddenly froze. He quickly swept his gaze towards a teenager that looked 15 to 16 years old.
At the moment, he is practicing martial arts on the top of a slope. The sun rays strongly shone on the earth, making the skin of the boy a little dry and cracked due to the heat and strong rays, but he continued practicing tirelessly.
¡°Unfortunately, he¡¯s just a soldier ss cultivator.¡±
Fang Yun sighed inwardly. This young man¡¯s cultivation base was only around the senior soldier level. He¡¯s on the verge of stepping on the warrior level and truly embarking on the path of cultivation.
??For Fang Yun, who had seen countless geniuses, not reaching the warrior level before 15 is quite slow¡
¡°Ning¡¯er, It¡¯s noon, stop cultivating and just rest for a while.¡±
A woman suddenly walked out from the woods on the top of the slope. The woman looked gently at the young man who was tirelessly training and said with a look of concern.
¡°Mom, it¡¯s okay, I can hold on.¡±
The young man resolutely said. His eyes had a firm look. The woman sighed upon hearing this but didn¡¯t say more. She just stood silently and waited. After about half an hour, the young man finally couldn¡¯t bear the fatigue and finally stopped.
¡°Ning¡¯er, look! Your skin is chapped and your fists are bleeding! You don¡¯t have to train so hard.¡± The woman walked to the boy¡¯s side and said with a distressed expression.
¡°Mom, it¡¯s just a little injury.¡±
The boy said with a calm look in his eyes,
¡°Countless people want to practice but don¡¯t have the qualifications, or have the qualifications but don¡¯t have the resources.¡±
??¡±I¡¯m really lucky to have these two things. Naturally, I should work hard to cultivate. Besides, when my father died that year, He entrusted me with the mission of recovering the Glory of the Tang family. Such a small difficulty can¡¯t stumble me.¡±
The boy shook his head, then took a sip from the water bag in his mother¡¯s hand.
The kind woman beside him opened her mouth, seemingly wanting to say something. There was a look of entanglement in her eyes. Finally gritted her teeth and said,
¡°Ning¡¯er, It¡¯s very difficult to restore the glory of the Tang family, why¡¡±
Before she could finish her words, she was interrupted by the teenager,
¡°Mom, I know that it¡¯s difficult, but why shouldn¡¯t I try?¡±
Hearing the young man¡¯s question, the woman said with a look of pain,
¡°Ning¡¯er, you¡you don¡¯t understand at all. It¡¯s not so easy to restore the glory of the Tang family, they¡they¡¡±
¡°They won¡¯t let our Tang family rise again, right?¡±
The boy nced at his mother. He had a calm and indifferent expression,
The woman didn¡¯t speak anymore. She looked at the boy¡¯s face with aplex expression. She didn¡¯t even know what to say. She had always concealed this secret but never thought that her child would already know it.
Chapter 605: The Tang Clan (Part 2)
Chapter 605: The Tang n (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Okay, mom, don¡¯t worry, I won¡¯t make trouble and I have a technique that can hide my cultivation base. Besides, I haven¡¯t revealed any martial arts skills or abilities outside, so they won¡¯te to me easily.¡±
¡°Ning¡¯er, I didn¡¯t expect you to know this long ago¡¡±
After a long silence, the woman sighed and said,
¡°If this is the case, then follow your thoughts.¡±
¡°But you must remember, you must be careful! You must not show your abilities or cultivation outside, otherwise, you will be killed.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
The young man nodded heavily. The woman sighed but didn¡¯t say anything. After patting the young man on the shoulder, she decided not to disturb his practice anymore, turned around, and left.
After his mother left, the boy retracted his gaze, then took out a small statue from his cuffs.
It¡¯s a statue of a giant serpent.
¡°My father said that the reason why the Tang n was able to thrive back then was because one of our ancestors had a good rtionship with an extremely powerful divine beast.¡±
¡°After the Blue Empire was built, it was said that they built many such statues across all corners of the Empire, but they were quickly destroyed not long after.¡±
The young man heaved a sigh, then muttered to himself again,
¡°My father said that if I can re-enter the imperial assembly one day, then I mustplete the vow made by our ancestors.¡±
¡°Otherwise, the entire empire might suffer a fatal danger.¡±
¡°I wonder if it¡¯s true or false?¡± Looking at the statue in his hand, the young man smiles bitterly. The history of their Tang family¡¯s rise sounds like a legendary story, and it¡¯s indeed mostly treated as a story.
However, if it is true¡
Although he didn¡¯t believe in these things, Tang Ning is still nning toplete his father¡¯sst wish.
¡°Unfortunately, I¡¯m just a soldier level now, not even a warrior.¡±
Tang Ning smiled bitterly. If he is put amongst ordinary people, then he can be considered a small superman, but it¡¯s insignificant once put in the rank of cultivators.
¡°I wonder what height I will be able to reach in the future?¡± Tang Ning was a bit depressed.
With a wry smile, Tang Ning was about to continue to train hard, but suddenly, the scenery around him changed. His body movement and even his thoughts were frozen.
¡°What¡¯s the matter? What¡¯s going on?¡±
Tang Ning eximed internally, he quickly noticed that he was standing on the top of a cliff, but his body and even this entire area seemed to be enveloped by a shadow.
He looked up, and after seeing the source of the shadow, his heart almost exploded.
In the sky above his head, an extremely huge serpent was looking down at him. It swooped down at him at a very fast speed, looking at its appearance, it seemed as if it was going to eat him with one bite.
¡°Ahhh!!!¡±
At this moment, the young man yelled, his body shook with horror, but his legs seemed to be unable to move. In fact, even if he started running, he couldn¡¯t escape. The giant serpent is too big. Itpletely epassed the surrounding area.
In the end, he could only watch as the open mouth of the giant serpent gradually approached him.
He has no way of escaping. In the end, he gritted his teeth and red at the swooping giant serpent, his eyes widened, seemingly intending to brand this creature deep in his heart.
However, just when the giant serpent was extremely close to him, it suddenly copsed, then disappeared.
¡°This¡¡¡±
The young man was stunned upon seeing this scene. A momentter, he reacted, he quickly concluded that he is most likely experiencing some kind of illusion.
¡°Am I sleeping and having nightmares?¡±
At this moment, such a thought popped up in his mind, and the moment this thought appeared, his consciousness returned to normal.
¡°Haaah¡¡¡±
Tang Ning heaved a sigh of relief, then turned his head and looked around. He was still on the top of the slope where he had been training before. There was no cliff or giant serpent.
At this moment, the zing sun shone on him, but it wasn¡¯t as zing as before. On the contrary, there was a warm feeling coursing through his body.
Tang Ning noticed that he was soaked all over due to the previous terror.
¡°Wait a second? serpent?¡±
Tang Ning suddenly thought of something, then lowered his head and looked at the statue in his hand. The more he looked at it, the more he felt that it looked very simr to the serpent he had seen in his dreams.
¡°Is it true?¡±
Tang Ning¡¯s eyes widened. He carefully looked at the statue in his hand, then rubbed it with some excitement.
He felt that his previous situation should have something to do with this stone statue. Otherwise, falling asleep in the middle of training and having nightmares is preposterous.
The statue in his hand may be a treasure. He might be like those story protagonists, getting a treasure, then set out on a legendary adventure.
However, no matter how he checked the statue, turning it around and checking every corner, he still couldn¡¯t find anything out of the ordinary. It was just an ordinary statue.
After a long while, he became a bit suspicious of his guess. Finally, he sighed and shook his head, put the statue back in his cuffs, then started practicing again.
Unknown to Tang Ning, the instigator of the illusion took a final look at him, then left.
Obviously, this Tang Ning is a descendant of the Tang family.
He didn¡¯t want to delve into the things the Tang family had experienced.
This time he came to check on this ce for onest time before leaving, but he couldn¡¯t restrain his urge to help this young man.
He manifested a spiritual clone, then tested the courage of the boy.
At that time, the boy certainly couldn¡¯t distinguish between illusion and reality, but he still stared back at him without any fear.
Fang Yun approves of the courage of this boy, so he gave him a small blessing of spiritual energy. This blessing should help him on his future cultivation journey.
If this young man keeps his courage and doesn¡¯t fall in the middle, his future achievements would certainly not be too low.
After leaving Earth, Fang Yun was nning to visit his birthce, the Blue.
The Blue had experienced a great disaster a few centuries ago, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t know about its current state.
After wandering for a while, Fang Yun and the giant turtle stumbled on another Azure, but this one is smaller.
This is the Blue.
The giant turtle became very excited and started to constantly howl after seeing this. He urged Fang Yun to move forward with extreme excitement.
Fang Yun understood the giant turtle¡¯s intention, he brought him alone and headed towards the Blue.
Chapter 606: Distant Memories (Part 1)
Chapter 606: Distant Memories (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In a remote void, a blue quietly orbited around its star. Just beside this, there were two behemoths quietly observing it.
Even Fang Yun got excited upon seeing this. As for the giant turtle, he was thrilled, constantly jumping around and howling like a puppy.
The giant turtle constantly gestured towards him. Fang Yun knew that this guy wanted to go to Blue to check its current situation. Of course, Fang Yun wouldn¡¯t stop the giant turtle. He silently dragged the giant turtle then headed towards the distant blue.
The two behemoths got smaller and smaller as they proceeded. In the end, they became the size of an ordinary serpent and turtle as they reached the¡¯s orbit. Upon entering the atmosphere, they were not discovered by anyone on the blue star.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that the current Blue¡¯s humanity is just an ordinary low-level civilization. The main reason is that this civilization hadn¡¯t developed space travel technology.
They hadn¡¯tmunicated with the major civilizations at all. Naturally, they couldn¡¯t get the chance to start cultivation.
After reaching a height of 10 kilometers, the giant turtle flew towards the ocean, as he flew out, he howled, indicating that he would like to wander a bit around.
Fang Yun responded, then left in another direction alone.
The Blue has experienced many disasters before, wounding human civilization and even the itself, but under the healing of time, most of these wounds have healed.
At present, there are hundreds of countries on this. Moreover, their technology has been developed to a certain extent, basically the same level as the 21st century of Fang Yun¡¯s previous life.
The ce where Fang Yun hasnded is an extremely deste desert. He guessed that this ce should be former Africa. After looking at Asia¡¯s direction, Fang Yun flew straight towards it.
Not long after, a familiarnd appeared in front of Fang Yun. Unfortunately, it has greatly changed. It was even damaged in many ces.
¡°I wonder how Wulong Mountain is now? Does it even exist anymore?¡±
Fang Yun was a little curious. He didn¡¯t know if Wulong Mountain was destroyed. As he thought of Wulong Mountain, Fang Yun remembered the time when he had just been reincarnated.
Unfortunately, a very long time has passed. It has been centuries! That period of time has already be a distant memory, something that is impossible to experience again.
The closer he got to Wulong Mountain, the calmer Fang Yun¡¯s expression became. A special feeling was brewing in his heart, and that feeling made him feel a little ufortable.
Soon, he reached the top of Wulong Mountain.
This mountain range hadn¡¯t changed much. Fang Yun even saw some areas he crawled through when he was just a baby.
Fang Yun flew around the mountain range, thennded on the ground and crawled silently.
He is currently on the top of Wulong Mountain. This is where he once fought with a group of jackals, andter encountered poachers hunting illegally.
The top of the mountain is filled with lush and vibrant nts on one side and rtively sparse vegetation on the other. Fang Yun crawled around this nostalgic area, then slowly crawled down the mountain.
Soon, he arrived in front of a big pine tree. Unfortunately, the old pine tree where he lived with that old friend is gone, but another big pine tree that is several meters wide was growing not far away from it.
Fang Yun hung his body on the branch of this big pine tree. He urged his monstrous energy and soon, the scenery of this area changed.
Suddenly, a huge pine tree appeared on the grass a few meters away.
He used his abilities to reproduce the scene from a few centuries ago.
The big pine tree silently stood on the ground, enduring rain, gale, and drought. One day, on a sunny day, a little squirrel came here and built a home in that tree hole.
Seeing the squirrel moving around, gathering pine cones and various nuts, then hoarding them in the tree hole, Fang Yun¡¯s heart calmed down. He had a feeling of tranquility over the years.
The squirrel lived in the big pine tree for days, then weeks, then months, living peacefully and cozily in its home, but one night!
Suddenly a creature took over his nest! The creature that took over his nest was a sub-adult gray python! It was Fang Yun in his youth!
Afterward, Fang Yun watched many scenes of himself and the little squirrel living together on this big pine tree. Finally, on the day he left, the little squirrel silently sat on the branch and waited for him, waiting for him toe back.
Seeing this, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but shake his head, aplex feeling surged in his heart.
The scene ahead continued flowing.
The little squirrel was taken away by a female streamer and reared for a while. However, sometimeter, the little squirrel was sent back. After that, the little squirrel started to live alone again.
Every morning, it will leave the tree hole, search for food, then carry it back to the tree hole for storage. Sometimes it jumped on a tree branch, then nkly looked at the direction where Fang Yun disappeared.
As time went by, the squirrel became older and older, but every once in a while, it squatted on a branch and looked nkly in a certain direction.
The squirrel became quite old, it couldn¡¯t move as neatly and swiftly as before.
It seemed to have forgotten the purpose of squatting on that branch. Sometimes, confusion shed in its eyes.
The squirrel has forgotten why it likes to sit on that branch and look in that direction.
Time will erode everything, and as it got older and older, its memory was severely affected. However, standing on that branch and looking into the distance has be one of its instincts.
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes were dazed.
After a long time, Fang Yun silently left this ce, then started searching for the giant turtle. After finding the giant turtle, the two behemoths swam around in the sea, then left this.
When the giant turtle wandered around in the sea, it caused quite a ruckus, causing its image to be captured by satellites. In fact, even Fang Yun¡¯s image was captured.
Although they showed just an insignificant corner of their size, they still appeared like hundreds of meters long behemoths on the outside.
The strength of the two behemoths has reached an extremely terrifying level. They can easily destroy this, so they didn¡¯t really care about their image being taken.
However, the discovery of these two behemoths has caused an uproar in the human world, many people felt fearful and panic started spreading.
These two behemoths are very simr to the legendary kaiju and mutant beasts that supposedly appeared hundreds of years ago. This event caused a greater shock once some old photos were brought up.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about the ruckus he caused. He left the nostalgic and peaceful, then returned to Aegis city with the giant turtle.
Chapter 606: Distant Memories (Part 2)
Chapter 606: Distant Memories (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun¡¯s long disappearance hasn¡¯t affected the operation of the Metaverse league. After all, the current Metaverse league is mainly controlled by the parliament, and if nothing concerning the safety of the Metaverse happens, they won¡¯t disturb him.
He didn¡¯t bother Neb and the others. After returning to Aegis City, he immediately started devouring matter and energy again. The giant turtle followed him very diligently, making Fang Yun pleased.
The years passed like sand. 20 yearster¡
In these two decades, Fang Yun¡¯s power level hadn¡¯t increased significantly.
In fact, to increase his level slightly in such a short period is a significant achievement. Anyway, a cultivator of the same level as him won¡¯t be able to grow even a bit without working hard for hundreds of years.
In the past two decades, the Metaverse league has been developing rapidly. At the beginning, Fang Yun had ordered that nine training camps must be built. Five of them have been built so far.
These five training camps are the gathering ce of the top geniuses of the entire Metaverse league and the former Gama Empire. Of course, there are certainly lower-level institutions of learning, but their fame is far less.
Of course, among the five training camps, the first and ninth training camps are the most powerful. The top geniuses of the entire universe gather in these two camps every year.
It¡¯s precisely because of that that many powerful individuals have emerged from these two camps in the past few years, including domain master-level powerhouses.
For example, up to 23 domain masters have emerged from the first training camp.
As for the ninth training camp, in addition to Luo Chen, 5 more domain masters have emerged, proving the quality of this training camp.
Anyway, most of the Metaverse league¡¯s domain master came from these two camps.
In addition to these two famous camps, domain masters have emerged from the other training camps. It¡¯s just that in the past 20 years, only 2 have emerged so far.
ording to iplete statistics, almost 50 domain masters have appeared in the past few decades, and even a world master might appear shortly after.
The world master is naturally Luo Feng. He went into retreat as early as three years ago, handing all affairs concerning the Metaverse back to Neb.
As for Neb, despite going into the backline, his cultivation didn¡¯t fall behind at all. He is currently a peak domain master, one of the most powerful beings in the Metaverse.
If the current Metaverse was divided into hierarchies ording to strength, then Fang Yun would have an entire rank dedicated to him. The same could go for Luo Feng, followed by the other domain masters.
As for the Izumo Empire that is at war with the Metaverse, It began to shrink its front line more than ten years ago. It has always been steadily retreating.
The reason why the Metaverse hasn¡¯tunched a full-scale war against them is not that itcks thebat power to do so, but because conquering the Izumo Empire isn¡¯t worth it at the moment.
They still haven¡¯tpletely controlled the territory they got from the Gama Empire years ago. Moreover, they don¡¯tck energy stones nor resources,
Most importantly, they can¡¯t evenunch war even if they want to now, because Luo Feng is retreating.
However, it can be said that the army of the Izumo Empire had been scarred by the Metaverse, now, it¡¯s getting slowly pushed towards the center of their Empire.
ording to their n, they are waiting for Luo Feng to break through before directly attacking the center area of the Izumo Empire.
There¡¯s a powerful world master in the Izumo Empire. If Fang Yun doesn¡¯t take action, the Metaverse currently doesn¡¯t have any way to deal with him. If such a powerful being takes action, the Metaverse will definitely suffer countless casualties.
However, once Luo Feng also reaches the world master, then they no longer have any scruples.
Outside Fang Yun¡¯s residence, a humanoid figure suddenly appeared, then hurriedly walked inside.
As the figure walked below light sources, its appearance became visible. It¡¯s unexpectedly Neb.
¡°I wonder if lord Ouroboros will agree to our request.¡±
There was a sense of anxiety in Neb¡¯s heart.
¡°My lord!¡±
It didn¡¯t take long for Neb to reach Fang Yun¡¯s location. Standing in front of a giant door, Neb nervously said.
¡°What do you want, Neb?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s voice sounded from inside. After hearing this voice, Neb¡¯s brows immediately stretched out.
¡°Master Ouroboros, Luo Feng is going to break through again. He¡¯s about to reach the world master level.¡±
¡°This breakthrough will definitely attract the attention of many people. Even the lord of the Izumo Empire might take this opportunity to sabotage Luo Feng¡¯s advancement or even kill him.¡±
¡°I see.¡±
In response to Neb¡¯s anxious narration was Fang Yun¡¯szy response, but the former breathed a sigh of relief. He knew that since Fang Yun responded to him, then there shouldn¡¯t be any problem next.
¡°Unexpectedly, Luo Feng is about to break through to the world master level.¡±
Fang Yun was quite surprised. Luo Feng is quite talented. In the future, he might even reach or surpass his current cultivation level.
Of course, this probability is also very small. As he continuously grew, Fang Yun discovered that with each advancement, reaching higher levels is bing harder and harder, and that¡¯s for him, a serpent that can grow stronger through eating.
He doesn¡¯t need cultivation techniques or martial skills. He doesn¡¯t even follow the orthodox cultivation path, hence he has no bottleneck.
Unfortunately, normal cultivators are the exact opposite, encountering countless bottlenecks during their cultivation journey.
Half a monthter.
On a certain day, Fang Yun, who was devouring all kinds of energy stones, suddenly looked in a certain direction.
He felt a very powerful aura bursting from that direction.
¡°This is Luo Feng¡¯s aura. Sure enough, this guy is about to break through to the world master level.¡±
Fang Yun heaved a sigh of relief. Just as he was about to act, Neb walked in.
¡°My lord, shall we act now?¡±
Chapter 607: Luo Feng’s Breakthrough (Part 1)
Chapter 607: Luo Feng¡¯s Breakthrough (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun and Neb headed towards Luo Feng¡¯s retreat location. That location was in Aegis city, but it¡¯s not a public ce. Everything within 20 square kilometers is a private area, making it a very suitable ce for retreat.
At this moment, countless people in Aegis city stared at Luo Feng¡¯s retreat location. All of them felt the heart-palpitating aura radiating from there.
That kind of aura caused many people to feel a breath shortage, some closer people couldn¡¯t even stand on their feet, but almost all of them showed an excited expression.
¡°Hahaha, that is the aura of Lord Luo Feng. It seems that he is going to break through the domain master realm.¡±
¡°Yes, Lord Luo Feng is still very young. He has great potential. He might even break through the world master level in the future and make the Metaverse league one of the top countries in the ancient universe.¡±
¡°Previously, Master Neb directly delegated power and handed over all control to Master Luo Feng, and master Luo Feng really lived up to the expectations. The Metaverse¡¯s economy and military strength quickly increased. There wasn¡¯t the slightest trace of corruption.¡±
¡°Master Luo Feng naturally isn¡¯t that kind of person.¡±
¡°Of course, but delegating the ruling power of a cosmic country must naturally be treated with care. Master Neb is indeed worthy of respect. He gave up his ruling rights and so simply and neatly. As the leader of the Metaverse, they arepletely worthy of trust.¡±
¡°Now that Lord Luo Feng is about to break through to the world master level, our Metaverse will be even more powerful!¡±
In the streets of Aegis City, people talked with each other everywhere. Suddenly, they found that countless space fighters appeared above their heads.
These space fighters either hovered or flew over their heads. Not only that, some people with strong eyesight or keen perception discovered that arge number of forces were gathering in the space outside Aegis city.
¡°What are they doing?¡±
On the street, someone suddenly raised such a question, and another person immediately answered him.
¡°This should be the guarding force that the higher-ups have arranged to protect lord Luo Feng from anyone that wants to hinder his advancement. I hope that nothing wrong happens.¡±
The person who said this stared at the countless space fighters above his head. He had an extremely solemn expression. Just as the people below stared at the space fighters, a majestic voice suddenly sounded from them and the speakers on the streets.
¡°All civilians, please return to your houses as soon as possible! All civilians, please return to your houses as soon as possible! Aegis city will go on lockdown for the next few days! It is strictly forbidden to remain in public ces!¡±
The warnings from the space fighters sounded exactly three times.
At this time, the people on the street also quickly ran back home. As long as they are not idiots, they are all aware that the current situation is unusual. With just a little carelessness, they might lose their lives.
¡°Lin Fei, in your opinion, do you think that someone will try to sabotage Master Luo Feng¡¯s breakthrough?¡±
Among the people fleeing, a teenager looked at hispanion and asked.
The person named Lin Fei was a blond-haired teenager. After hearing his friend¡¯s question, he immediately said with a smile,
¡°We don¡¯t have to think about that, Wu Hai. Anyway, even if the sky falls down, our powerhouses are there to prop it back.¡±
The teenager called Wu Hai shook his head but didn¡¯t say anything. He silently followed the blond teenager, and after they fled all the way, they came to a protective underground base.
¡°Even if the entire surface of Aegis city is destroyed, there shouldn¡¯t be much of a problem in this basement.¡±
The blond boy Lin Fei nced around. This basement was quite dark and damp. It wasn¡¯t taken care of properly before, but this should be expected. There are thousands of basements simr to this In Aegis city, and this is just a small one.
Fortunately, although the environment is very bad, its defenses are really good. Without mentioning that the basement is over 100 meters underground, the crust of Aegis city is made of extremely durable rocks, with toughness far beyond steel.
Moreover, the basement is made of a special alloy that can absorb over 90% of damage, not to mention that it¡¯s very durable.
Even a star-level powerhouse needs to spend some effort to destroy this basement.
¡°Wu Hai, do you want to see the situation outside?¡± Lin Fei said to hispanion with a smile.
Lin Fei even involuntarily dragged hispanion towards another ce in the base.
After walking for a while, the two came to a room. In the middle of the room, there was a light brain.
After the blond boy Lin Fei turned on the light brain, he immediately opened a software. Not long after, many scenes appeared on the holographic projection above the light brain.
These pictures are all surveince videos from the cameras on the streets outside.
¡°You¡you¡¡±
The young man named Wu Hai was shocked upon seeing the amazing operation of hispanion.
¡°You, how did you hack the surveince cameras on the street? If it¡¯s discovered, we¡¯ll be over.¡± Wu Hai said to Lin Fei with a look of panic.
¡°Of course, there won¡¯t be a problem if our actions aren¡¯t found out.¡±
The blond boy said nonchntly, ¡°Wu Hai, don¡¯t you really want to see what is going on outside?¡±
With an inexplicable smile and shining eyes, the blond boy quickly tapped on the virtual keyboard. After a while, he selected a monitor and zoomed in on the screen.
Wu Hai originally didn¡¯t intend to see it, but in the end, he still couldn¡¯t hold back his curiosity, so he slightly tilted his head and looked at the virtual screen from the corner of his eyes.
The blond boy smiled upon seeing this but didn¡¯t talk. Wu Hai¡¯s face turned red upon knowing that his actions were noticed.
As he silently watched from the side, the situation on the screen changed. Two figures suddenly appeared on the screen.
These two figures were flying in the sky, looking in a certain direction with a serious expression. That direction points precisely to Luo¡¯s Feng residence.
¡°That¡that is¡¡±
Chapter 607: Luo Feng’s Breakthrough (Part 2)
Chapter 607: Luo Feng¡¯s Breakthrough (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After seeing the two figures mid-air, Lin Fei¡¯s eyes almost bulged out,
¡°It¡¯s Lord Neb and Lord Ouroboros. we¡¯re really lucky today. I didn¡¯t expect to see such important people.¡±
Even the rtively stable Wu Hai was extremely excited at this time. He knew very well that Fang Yun is the savior and the strongest guardian of the Metaverse league, the true ruler.
Unfortunately, Fang Yun rarely appears anymore. The same goes for Neb, seeing both of them at the same time in the real world can be said to be the ultimate jackpot. That¡¯s why they were so excited.
Besides, these two young men were originally fans of Fang Yun and Neb.
¡°It seems that we might really have a big discovery this time.¡±
Lin Fei was full of energy at this moment, his eyes stared at the screen in front of him unblinkingly.
On that screen, two figures were quietly hovering. Soon after, a lot of space fighters assembled around them.
Fang Yun floated silently above Luo Feng¡¯s residence. His current image is that of a 10 meters long obsidian ck serpent. Visually, it¡¯s nothing impressive, but those with knowledge know that this form is just an illusion.
¡°Neb, tell your subordinates to pay more attention to outer space.¡±
Fang Yun calmly said to Neb,
¡°In addition, order these space fighters to scatter a bit more, so that they won¡¯t be affected if there is a battleter on. ¡°
¡°Yes, Master Ouroboros.¡±
Neb hurriedly tookmand, then began to make gestures one by one. Under hismand, the space fighters surrounding them began to leave one after another.
However, they didn¡¯tpletely leave Aegis city, they were just scattered on the edge.
¡°Luo Feng¡¯s aura is bing more and more powerful. He is about to reach the critical step¡±
Fang Yun had always overseen Luo Feng¡¯s situation. As the aura emanating from him became stronger and stronger, waves rippled in Fang Yun¡¯s heart.
¡°This guy is outrageously strong for a cultivator of his level.¡±
Fang Yun was astonished. He could judge Luo Feng¡¯sbat power just from his aura. In his opinion, the world master level aura emanating from Luo Feng is much more vibrant and ridiculous than those that have just reached the world master level.
This guy is undoubtedly a genius.
After sensing Luo Feng¡¯s situation, Fang Yun looked towards the streets below and all other open areas. As expected, there were no traces of pedestrians.
Most of them have entered their secret basements or public underground shelters. That¡¯s naturally their best choice, as they could be annihted if even the slightest aftermath of the next battle touches them.
¡°Will that guye?¡±
Fang Yun wondered internally. At the moment, there¡¯s no news about the appearance of the Izumo Empire¡¯s forces, and even if these guyse now, they can only remain here.
Over time, Luo Feng¡¯s aura also started to converge.
¡°Luo Feng is about toplete his breakthrough.¡±
Fang Yun said to everyone. He wondered,
¡°Is the Izumo Empire not nning to move?¡±
Just as they were wondering, suddenly a cracking sound sounded above their heads.
Fang Yun and the Neb immediately looked up, only to see 7 people emerging from a pitch-ck space crack.
¡°Huh?¡±
Fang Yun narrowed his eyes after seeing these seven people and Neb¡¯s expression became extremely solemn.
¡°They are the Izumo Empire¡¯s assassins.¡±
Neb stood behind Fang Yun, looking at these seven people with a very solemn expression.
The seven people stood majestically mid-air. Not only did they ignore Fang Yun and Neb¡¯s presence, but they also just nced at the space fighters around and the fleet in outer space, then headed straight towards Luo Feng¡¯s location.
¡°Stop them!¡±
After seeing this scene, Neb immediately yelled, then took the initiative to fly towards the 7 enemies from the Izumo Empire.
¡°Three world masters.¡±
As Fang Yun leisurely flew next to Neb, a sentence suddenly popped out of his mouth. Neb¡¯s heart almost stopped upon hearing this, but he didn¡¯t intend to stop. He continued flying forward, but he constructed a vigorous defense field around him this time.
Fang Yun¡¯s figure flickered, appearing in front of Neb, stopping the 3 world masters.
¡°Huh? The leader of the Izumo Empire didn¡¯te?¡±
Fang Yun was taken aback this time,
¡°It seems that the leader of the Izumi Empire is hiding in the dark, but how could the Izumo Empire suddenlye up with so many world master-level powerhouses?¡±
While thinking of this, he turned his head and said to Neb,
¡°Be careful, the leader of the Izumo Empire is hiding in the dark, looking for opportunities to strike.¡±
¡°Yes, my lord.¡± After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s reminder, Neb couldn¡¯t help but shudder.
¡°Stop it.¡±
The seven killers were surprised to see Fang Yun heading towards them. The man in the middle suddenly yelled, after which two of them were separated from the team and headed towards Fang Yun.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Two violent auras erupted from these two people, forming a huge shockwave, which flew straight towards Fang Yun.
In just a few seconds, the shockwave reached Fang Yun, but he didn¡¯t even try to resist. The shockwave collided with his body, then spread around the sky, scattering all the clouds within the range of thousands of kilometers, but Fang Yun wasn¡¯t even a bit affected, he continued flying towards them.
¡°This¡¡±
The two killers were quite shocked. Through this short collision, they have felt an unfathomable aura from Fang Yun. They immediately realized that this was a being they couldn¡¯t match,
¡°Run!¡±
Unfortunately, they realized this toote. Fang Yun, who was already quite close, shook the space around him. Before they could even react, they were turned into a blood mist.
¡°What!!¡±
The world master in the middle of the team was shocked. He quickly yelled with wide eyes.
¡°What kind of monster are you?¡±
The two men who have just been killed were hispanions and powerful world masters! Even the weaker one was a mid-world master. The other one was even ate world master!
As a result, despite suffering from their attack head-on, they couldn¡¯t even break Fang Yun¡¯s skin! On the contrary, they were instantly killed! And by an indirect space maniption, not even a head-on physical or energy attack!
The results are inconceivable!
¡°It¡¯s an immortal creature at the very least! Most likely an immortal king!¡±
This thought suddenly popped up in the mind of the head killer. After realizing the seriousness of the matter, the head killer¡¯s body was filled with cold sweat.
They actually challenged such a powerful being. This is just as ridiculous as an ant challenging an elephant.
It¡¯s an act of utter foolishness!
Chapter 608: Grey Mist Organization (Part 1)
Chapter 608: Grey Mist Organization (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
For thest world master-level powerhouse, Fang Yun also quickly ended his life, but before killing the three of them, Fang Yun quietly searched through their memories.
Although it seemed as if he directly killed all three of them instantly, things are a bit different for him. His perception of time is very different from normal people, during that fraction of a second, he easily searched their memories, then sorted the memories out.
¡°Oh, it turns out that they were all hired by the leader of the Izumo Empire.¡±
After Fang Yun searched the memory of these three people, he immediately understood the reason why they intended to interrupt Luo Feng¡¯s promotion and even kill him.
Recently, the leader of the Izumo Empire has joined an ancient organization. This organization is very powerful and has a wide sphere of influence. Its lowest entry threshold is the domain master level.
This time, the leader of the Izumo Empire sessfully hired three powerful world masters through spending points in this organization, intending to kill Luo Feng who was in the midst of breaking through.
However, he never expected that not only is the mission unfulfilled, but even the three world master-level powerhouses died at the same time.
¡°Grey fog?¡±
These two words popped up in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. This was the name of the ancient organization he found in the memories of the three killers.
Judging from the memories of these three people, the Grey Mist organization is very huge. World masters are countless, immortals can be seen everywhere and they even have peak sage-level powerhouses and beyond.
However, although three world masters have been sent to deal with them, they¡¯re not particrly targeting him. They¡¯re just fulfilling their mission.
¡°I wonder if the leader of the Izumo Empire can invite more members of this organization to attack us?¡±
Fang Yun sneered, then turned and left. The current situation can be said to be stable, so there is no need for him to stay here anymore. He is going to return to his residence.
¡°Crunch! Crunch!¡±
Huge piles of energy ores were piled up in front of Fang Yun, which he chewed, then devoured, his aura slowly changing.
Besides him, the giant turtle constantly chomped all kinds of energy ores and high-quality materials.
Luo Feng¡¯s breakthrough was very smooth, bing the undisputed most powerful being in the Metaverse, besides Fang Yun.
The entire Metaverse was boiling.
The old veterans like Neb were the most excited about this. After Luo Feng broke through to be a world master, their Metaverse league can be said to have truly gained a foothold in the ancient universe.
After Luo Feng broke through to the world master level, the Izumo Empire sent a messenger over again, showing their intentions of seeking peace, but Luo Feng directly rejected it.
¡°Do you want us to forget all your previous aggressive actions?¡± Luo Feng shook his head and said,
¡°It¡¯s toote now. The Metaverse league and the Izumo Empire are deadly enemies now and nothing can change it.¡±
¡°Go back and tell your leader, if he still cares about the safety of his people, he must obediently surrender. His meaningless struggle won¡¯t change anything.¡±
The messenger left, and Luo Feng immediately began to rectify his troops, preparing to carry out a final raid of the Izumo Empire, preparing to erase this country from the world.
¡°Huh¡ I finally finished dealing with today¡¯s affairs.¡±
??Luo Feng looked at the various documentsid out on the table and heaved a sigh of relief,
¡°After upying the Izumo Empire, we shouldn¡¯t have to worry about resources for a long time.¡±
The foundation of the Izumo Empire is evenrger than that of the Gama Empire. Moreover, its various facilities and channels are more advanced. There¡¯s a huge difference between the two, hence why the Izumo Empire confidently set out to conquer the Gama Empire.
If they obtain this Empire, there¡¯s no doubt that the strength of the Metaverse league will greatly increase.
The strategy of the Metaverse league ispletely different from the usual Empire. They havepletely spread cultivation across all corners of their territory. They also distributed countless resources as well.
Furthermore, due to their previous urgent situation, they have recklessly pooled their resources to create as many high-level cultivators as possible,pletely ignoring sustainability. Finally, they have two behemoths that devour an uncountable amount of resources every day.
Over time, more and more cultivators are appearing. Based on their current consumption, their resources are starting to get stretched out.
In the foreseeable future, the resources of their Metaverse league will notst long.
Luo Feng prefers to be prepared for danger in times of peace, so many years ago, before the resource shortage became apparent, he sent countless people out to search for resources and meteorite-rich areas.
He organized the league¡¯s exploration team to search for resources but also allowed private energy mining teams to exist.
If these mercenary teams find an energy, then they can work with the league to mine the energy ores on that and obtain the corresponding proportion.
Because of these policies, mercenaries and adventure groups have popped out like mushrooms in the past dozen years.
And because of these policies, the current Metaverse league¡¯s inventory of various cultivation resources had barely reached a bnce of ie and consumption. If he hadn¡¯t done this, resource problems might have already emerged.
After all, the current consumption of cultivation resources by the Metaverse league is dozens of times greater than an average cosmic Empire. In addition, it¡¯s not easy for them to reduce their original welfare. After all, this will definitely create issues, which is not what they want at this juncture.
In particr, they are now in the midst of massive expansion. They have just conquered the Gama Empire, but they haven¡¯t digested its territory and are still converting its citizens into the citizens of the Metaverse.
Fortunately, under Fang Yun¡¯s high welfare and preferential treatment, these people didn¡¯t cause any major trouble and this is enough.
Chapter 608: Grey Mist Organization (Part 2)
Chapter 608: Grey Mist Organization (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Luo Feng and the others easily swept through all defenses up to the Izumo Empire¡¯s central city. Luo Feng had strictly forbidden attacks on civilians during the process. They aren¡¯t ruthless murderers after all. This can be seen from arge number of Gama Empire citizens and their quality of life.
Of course, if they join the Izumo Empire¡¯s army, then that would be on them.
All the armed forces of the Izumo Empire can only await the merciless strike of the Metaverse league if they don¡¯t surrender.
¡°Damn it! Damn it!¡±
In the central city of the Izumo Empire, the king was angrily roaring. Unexpectedly, the three world masters he invited have all fallen.
He used almost all of his worth along with arge portion of the empire¡¯s resources to invite these guys, but they didn¡¯t amount to anything!
¡°That bastard Luo Feng has now reached the world master level, and hisbat power is far beyond his realm. Is that guy a monster?¡±
The Lord of the Izumo Empire roared silently in his room. Due to his previous actions, the rtionship between the two countries has reached an extremely bad state.
¡°What should I do now? Wait until their fleet arrives here?¡±
The leader of the Izumo Empire paced back and forth in his room, his brows scrunched tightly.
¡°Well, why don¡¯t I just leave this ce? Anyway, even if this Empire falls apart, I can just make a new one.¡±
Such an idea appeared in his mind. His eyes shed and after a moment of deliberation, he made up his mind.
¡°Come here, stop them all! You can deploy all manpower and use all methods! Stop them at all costs!¡±
The leader of the Izumo empire shouted loudly at his subordinates,
¡°You mustn¡¯t allow these barbarians to break through your defense lines.¡±
These words of his came into the ears of every soldier who was fighting on the battlefield.
Many soldiers felt that something was wrong, but more obeyed the orders of their supreme leader and began tounch crazy attacks on the enemy fleets.
The majority of soldiers fell into such a frenzy. This is to be expected, after all, the majority of those soldiers are royal guards, the personal army of the king. He has full trust in them, so among these soldiers, few are considering deserting. The majority are ready to sacrifice their lives.
Unfortunately, these people simply couldn¡¯t stop Luo Feng¡¯s fleet from advancing. Soon, the Metaverse¡¯s fleet broke through thest line of defense, entering the capital.
However, in the depths of the central city pce, a giant wormhole machine was rapidly shaking. The leader of the Izumo eagerly stood in front of it.
Watching this instrument in operation, the leader of the Izumo Empire was extremely excited. A few momentster, after a purple wormhole appeared ahead, he immediately stepped on it, leaving this ce.
The soldiers that were desperately fighting against the Metaverse league¡¯s fleet didn¡¯t know that their leader had already run away. They fought to the end, sacrificing their lives and the lives of theirrades, for a ruthless leader that abandoned them without a second thought.
After defeating the enemy fleet, Luo Feng and the others started searching for the spoils of the battle.
They found a lot of good things in the treasury of the Izumo empire, but their amount and quality are far from what a cosmic empire should possess.
In fact, they didn¡¯t even find the true top resources. No advanced techniques or martial skills, no top-grade weapons, no energy source found at the core of energy ore mines.
These resources might have been used up during the war, or the Izumo empire leader might have used them to hire the three world masters.
Of course, there is also another possibility, that is, the leader of the Izumo Empire ran away with those treasures.
¡°There are at least some cultivation techniques left.¡±
Luo Feng searched through the treasury and found some simple and easy-to-understand cultivation techniques.
These cultivation techniques are mostly basic. In fact, the Metaverse has umted a lot of these things, so they are just tasteless things.
¡°The rest is up to you.¡±
After giving instructions to his deputy, Luo Feng immediately teleported away, leaving this central city.
He needs to increase his cultivation level next. Although Neb handed over the identity of the speaker to him, he did not intend to dwell on power and wealth too much.
His highest pursuit is his cultivation base. He is now the strongest in the Metaverse, apart from Fang Yun, he needs to bear the weight of this entire cosmic country/sub-universe on his shoulders.
Fortunately, they finally dealt with their most powerful enemy, giving them a breathing opportunity.
¡°Huh, next, I can finally have a good rest.¡±
When Luo Feng returned to Aegis City, this was his thought, but he didn¡¯t expect that Neb would call him just after returning to the city, informing him that there is something they need to discuss.
¡°Master Neb, this is¡¡±
Luo Feng was a bit confused. Upon meeting Neb, he wanted to ask him what¡¯s the matter, but thetter silently took him to a certain ce.
¡°Luo Feng, Master Ouroboros called us over.¡±
Neb exined to Luo Feng,
¡°Well, how was the harvest this time?¡±
The Metaverse fleet had already searched all the important ces of the Izumo Empire, but the report hadn¡¯t reached Neb yet.
Of course, he actually doesn¡¯t need to pay any attention to this, he just needs to sort out the corresponding things and present them in the next veteran meeting.
¡°It wasn¡¯t bad.¡± Luo Feng calmly said,
¡°It¡¯s just that the leader of the Izumo Empire had taken a lot of high-quality resources and escaped, only low-quality staff remains in the treasury.¡±
¡°Well, I know.¡± Neb nodded.
¡°It was in my expectations that we can¡¯t find many resources in the Izumo Empire¡¯s treasury, but with the vast territory of the Izumo Empire in our hands, can¡¯t we just search for resources on thes there?¡±
¡°However, it¡¯s a pity that we couldn¡¯t find any advanced cultivation techniques in their treasury.¡±
The most powerful cultivation technique that the Metaverse possesses is the immortal king-ss technique they found in that secret realm. A technique of this ss is far from the likes of the Izumo Empire¡¯s leader could possess.
However, this cultivation technique cannot be taught to others at will. It¡¯s the greatest treasure and secret of the Metaverse. If its existence were to be known, the Metaverse is likely to experience an extinction disaster.
Therefore, Neb has always wanted to collect some other advanced techniques that could be rewarded to their subordinates without worry.
¡°Well, you two have arrived.¡±
Suddenly, a voice rang in their minds. Neb and Luo Feng quickly turned their heads and found that Fang Yun was already hovering next to them.
¡°My lord.¡±
The two hurriedly bowed to Fang Yun, showing their respect.
¡°The reason why I¡¯m looking for you is just to ask you about your next n.¡±
Fang Yun flew towards a giant seat andid down on it, curling his body and looking at the two guys below with a calm gaze.
¡°My lord, we n to digest our spoils and cultivate for a while.¡±
¡°Um.¡± Fang Yun nodded,
¡°Yes, it seems that you also know when to stop, but you can¡¯t stop nurturing the people in the training camp.¡±
Hearing that, Neb and Luo Feng looked at each other, then said,
¡°The big training camps will not stop operating. In fact, we don¡¯t n to change their state at all.¡±
¡°Good, by the way¡¡±
A smile crept on Fang Yun¡¯s face as he said,
¡°Try to get the top powerhouses of the training camp to join the Gray Mist Organization.¡±
¡°Grey Mist Organization?¡±
Neb and Luo Feng were puzzled.
Chapter 609: Infiltration Plan (Part 1)
Chapter 609: Infiltration n (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Grey mist organization?¡±
Luo Feng and Neb were both surprised. They had never heard of this organization. Seeing the confused look on their faces, Fang Yun directly stated the information he gathered about this organization.
¡°I see.¡±
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s exnation, both Neb and Luo Feng¡¯s faces changed. After a moment of silence, they hesitantly asked
¡°My lord, since the leader of the Izumo Empire is a member of the Grey Mist Organization, will they¡¡¡±
Fang Yun naturally understood the two people¡¯s concerns, but ording to his guess, the grey mist shouldn¡¯t care too much about that. This organization is just a tform for trading and posting/receiving various tasks.
¡°The leader of the Izumo Empire is just an ordinary member of the grey mist organization. Your worries are not valid.¡±
Fang Yun pondered for a moment before continuing,
¡°We also have to join this organization. We must send our young geniuses there so that they can exercise and see the vast world outside. Remaining confined in this corner for a long time is not conducive to their cultivation¡±
¡°Furthermore, this will greatly reduce our expenses.¡±
After these young geniuses leave to join the Grey Mist, there would be no need to distribute cultivation resources to them anymore. That will massively reduce their resource consumption.
Moreover, the domain master level is the minimum to join the Grey mist organization, so after they join it, they will not only save a lot of resources but also have many powerhouses outside, gathering information and resources for them and expanding their sphere of influence.
After dealing with all of their problems, Fang Yun and the other leaders aren¡¯t nning to recklessly give resources to promising geniuses anymore.
With their ever-increasing number of cultivators, if they keep the previous distribution method on, then their resources will dry up sooner orter.
¡°We understand.¡±
Luo Feng and Neb both nodded. Next, Fang Yun taught them the contact method of the Grey Mist organization and all the cultivation techniques and martial skills he found in the memories of the three world masters.
??The current Metaverse severelycks cultivation techniques, relying mostly on basic and self-made techniques. In other words, their cultivation potential has not been fully tapped.
In fact, they evenck basic cultivation techniques. After all, people have differentpatibilities to different techniques.
Some people might seem mediocre orck even the potential for cultivation, but a lot of times, they justck a suitable technique.
The current Metaverse league possesses mostly extensive cultivation techniques. In other words, these basic cultivation techniques apply to many physiques and races, provided that they have cultivation qualifications.
However, many people have the required qualifications, but either possess a rare type of physique or race. The Metaverse unfortunatelycks the means to set these people on their cultivation journey.
In fact, ording to what Fang Yun knows, people with rare physiques or races can actually reach a much higher point than ordinary people once they set foot on the journey of cultivation.
It¡¯s a pity that theck of basic cultivation methods caused these prospective geniuses to be reduced to talentless people and waste.
Among the cultivation techniques that Fang Yun found in the minds of the three world masters, there were also quite a few basic cultivation techniques. These techniques might open a path for some of these previous ¡®wastes¡¯ and ¡®talentless¡¯ people.
Therefore, both Neb and Luo Feng were extremely excited after receiving them.
Regardless of whether it is Neb or Luo Feng, they are wholeheartedly thinking of their hometown, the Metaverse. For them, the growth of the Metaverse is a matter worthy of celebration.
They are sincerely happy.
¡°Thank you, sir.¡±
Both of them don¡¯t know what to say. They have endless gratitude for Fang Yun in their hearts.
They are all very clear. Fang Yun¡¯s contribution to the Metaverse is much, much higher than theirs. If it weren¡¯t for him, the Metaverse league would not exist at all. They would have been defeated and enved by the Gama Empire a long time ago.
Their situation would bepletely different. At the very least, it would be impossible for them to have the opportunity to cultivate and have a firm foothold in the ancient universe.
¡°You must give me the list of the candidates in half a month, then bring them to me, now go back.¡±
Fang Yun issued a task to the two of them and then ordered them to leave.
Now, the Metaverse league is still immersed in the joy of their victory against the Izumo Empire. Many people felt that the Metaverse league had great prospects.
However, the sess hasn¡¯t blinded the leaders of the Metaverse, especially after Fang Yun gave them that task. They felt great pressure. It is precisely this kind of pressure that drove them to remain calm.
Per Fang Yun¡¯s request, Neb and Luo Feng visited several major training camps and started to select suitable candidates.
Of course, they mustn¡¯t dispatch all of their young domain masters at once. If something were to happen to them, the loss would be too great to fathom.
Consequently, they can only send them away in small batches.
Some academies besides the famous training camps have domain masters. After all, this is the Metaverse¡¯s golden age of cultivation. Even small academies have ess to a lot of resources.
More and more martial arts geniuses are emerging, causing even the big training camps to be overcrowded. This gave these academies a chance to scoop up some leftover geniuses.
An example would be Morrowind Academy. Recently, its reputation is getting loudly and loudly, faintly approaching the level of the big training camps.
It¡¯s currently at the peak of the second echelon of cultivation academies.
There are currently six training camps, and the best is undoubtedly the first training camp, followed by the ninth training camp.
Following the two above, there is the second training camp, the third training camp, the fourth training camp, and the fifth training camp.
The worst is the fifth training camp. The level of this training camp is only slightly higher than that of the Morrowind Academy, and more importantly, now these private academies already know how to fight against the official training camps.
They used all kinds of high-quality resources to dig out some of their excellent tutors and students.
Chapter 609: Infiltration Plan (Part 2)
Chapter 609: Infiltration n (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
At the beginning, both Neb and Luo Feng came to ask Fang Yun if they should stop this, but Fang Yun shook his head.
Fang Yun is actually quite happy to see such a situation. The official training camps do have somepetition with each other, but thispetition is moderate at most.
However, if the private academies join thepetition, the official training camps that want to guard their supreme status will suffer from great pressure.
Such a fiercepetition will undoubtedly urge the students to get ahead. Overall, whether they are the official camps or private academies students, they will be much stronger and tougher underpetition.
After some time, Luo Feng and Neb selected the first batch of candidates, 36 people.
These 36 people might not be the absolute top amongst their ss, but they are the most suitable for this mission.
Because ording to the guess of Neb and Luo Feng, joining the Gray Mist organization requires not only talent but also various other characteristics.
There are countless domain masters across thousands of cosmic empires, but few can join the grey mist organization in the end.
Fang Yun also checked these 36 people and felt that there was no problem with Neb and Luo Feng¡¯s choice. Just like this, these 36 people set on a lengthy journey, wandering far away from their homnd and looking for a while to join the grey mist.
About the location of the Gray Mist Organization, their headquarters is very far away. It¡¯s almost impossible for a domain master to reach it in a short period, but fortunately, there¡¯s a nearby branch.
Fang Yun ns to get them to enter from the branch first, then rise in the ranks step by step, finally stepping into the headquarters.
Of course, this task is extremely hard, almost impossible. ording to what Fang Yun has learned, to be a member of the headquarters, an immortal-level cultivation base is required.
If even one among these 36 people could reach such a level, it would be enough to celebrate.
After these 36 people set off, Luo Feng finally shifted his full attention to the parliament and league, focusing on developing it.
Now they have just conquered the Gama and Izumo Empire. They now need to digest their territory. If they don¡¯t do this, then chaos will certainly spread across all corners of these two empires, causing countless life and material losses.
More importantly, even in the center areas controlled by the league, the former citizens of the Gama and Izumo empire might not be able to integrate into the Metaverse league because of improper management.
Luo Feng is now working hard to digest the gained territory. As for Neb, he is nowpletely retired. Together with the members of the veteran senate, he is staying in his own residence and quietly cultivating, trying to reach a higher level.
¡°Hah¡ It seems that I must put the selection of a sessor on the agenda.¡±
In the office, Luo Feng looked at the pile of documents that needed to be processed in front of him and couldn¡¯t help shaking his head. In fact. ¡¡¡¡After Neb passed his power and status to him, he hoped that Luo Feng would stay in this position for at least a hundred years.
But Luo Feng obviously has no such patience.
¡°Master Neb is too much. He left me such a big mess and ran away, hah¡¡±
Luo Fengined, then continued to process the pile of official documents in front of him.
Fang Yun rarely pays attention to the development of the Metaverse league. He isn¡¯t very good at dealing with such things. Apart from the major decisions that need his opinion, he left everything else to the others, focusing solely on his growth.
As he focused on the dull action of repeatedly devouring objects, his sense of time was blurred.
One year has passed, two years have passed, five years have passed¡ a full ten years have passed.
Fang Yun finally broke out from the dull repetition of eating and evolving. During the past period, Fang Yun suppressed his consciousness, repeating the same actions like a machine, but asionally, even a machine must rest, let alone a living, intelligent creature.
On this day, Fang Yun woke up from that blurry state. His power has grown from the early sage level to the mid sage level. His size has also tripled, bing an even more terrifying behemoth.
¡°Huh, this feeling of getting stronger is sofortable.¡±
Fang Yun felt the explosive energy in his body that is countless times more terrifying than stars and smiled with excitement. However, after a while, his excitement calmed down, and immediately thought of the Metaverse league and the group of young people they sent to the grey mist.
¡°I wonder what happened to that group of people.¡±
Fang Yun wondered internally. He left the practice room and set off to check the situation of these younglings.
Soon, Fang Yun reached hisworkmunication room and checked the top-secret files concerning the grey mist organization using his authority. After a while, Fang Yun learned about the situation of these young people.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that in such a short period, 6 out of the original 36 have died.¡±
Fang Yun was a little surprised. This mortality rate is still rtively high. As far as the Metaverse league is concerned, these domain master-level geniuses belong to the top of their ss, not to mention their versatility and war experience.
As a result, they died on the way before even reaching the Grey Mist. It¡¯s unknown what kind of dangerous encounter they had, causing such a high mortality rate.
Fortunately, most of these people aren¡¯t so unlucky. For example, the remaining group of people has sent back a lot of basic and intermediate cultivation techniques to the league.
In addition to that, they have sent a lot of outside information back.
Neb and Luo Feng were extremely shocked by the strength and vastness of the outer universe. Fortunately, these outsiders don¡¯t care about them at all.
At the same time, they learned that the outer universe is divided into countless areas. They are currently in area 33 and crossing from an area to another is very difficult.
¡°The Gray Mist Organization implements a membership system. To rise in the ranks, a member¡¯s information and great contribution to the Grey Mist organization are necessary. In addition, the status of the member is taken into ount.¡±
Fang Yun recalled what he had learned and wondered about the situation of these elites. Fortunately, they had some progress
¡°From the initial 36 people, a total of six people have died, and a total of seven people have sessfully advanced a small level in terms of cultivation.¡±
Fang Yun is quite satisfied with their progress. It¡¯s quite good to have such progress in 10 years. Not everyone is a genius like Luo Feng.
Usually, after reaching the domain master level, every small step forward requires dozens of years of hard work. That¡¯s without mentioning the limitation of talent.
Chapter 610.1 Leaving the Metaverse (part 1)
Chapter 610.1 Leaving the Metaverse (part 1)
Now the development of the Metaverse league is proceeding in an orderly manner. Because there are sufficient resources and low levels of corruption, cultivation is quickly developing.
In particr, private forces and even civilian spaceships can also go out to search for resources and undiscoverednds. Even if they don¡¯t intend to eat it secretly, they can report its location to the government and still receive a stable share.
Thisw has caused many privatepanies and even civilian spacecraft to set off on adventures in hope of finding resources, and bing rich overnight.
It¡¯s not rare for civilians to hire a few warriors and a few old spacecraft, then set off on a space journey in hopes of getting rich. The only problem is that doing this isn¡¯t very safe.
Fortunately, the league hadn¡¯t ckened in the past few years. It has organized several space fleets and trained them by hunting star beasts, pollutants, and even space pirates formed by the surviving regiments of the two empires.
So, the safety factor of the main routes and even the edges isn¡¯t low.
ording to Luo Feng and Neb, the current Metaverse league¡¯s army is divided into fifteen legions. There¡¯s a legion in each heaven of the nine heavens, one in the territory of the Gama Empire and two in the territory of the Izumo Empire.
The remaining three are in the center of the league. They are the main army of the league and areposed mostly of high-quality geniuses.
In terms of resources splitting, these three legions are given priority, and the outstanding talents of the major training camps often enter these three legions for internships. After graduating from training, many of them directly be officers there.
The three legions are simply named the first legion, the second legion, and the third legion.
/strong>
In addition to these fifteen legions, each civilized has a corresponding army. There are between 2 to 9 civilizeds in a star system and 100 to 500 civilizeds in a Starfield. Each Starfield has a great leader and these leaders possess a great fleet.
There are countless Starfields and leaders in the Metaverse and they fall under a unified military system.
The scale of the Metaverse league¡¯s military fleet is veryrge. In fact, without counting the high-levelbat power, in terms of troop number alone, the Metaverse¡¯s army has even surpassed some bigger empires.
If there are not enough management and control capabilities, controlling such arge army would be extremely difficult. After all, ording to Fang Yun¡¯s original vision, the league parliament must have rough control over every.
There must be a high-official on each, a king-like existence that is under the management of the league. However, this high-ranking official isn¡¯t a leader of life, but under a democratic system that allows the local people to vote for a new leader every few years.
In addition, the higher-ups of the league decided to set an observation system in each region, sending asional inspectors to check for corruption, poor management, and the standard of life on each.
Concerning these military forces, Fang Yun felt that the only significant ones were the first, second, and third legions. There are many domain masters in these legions.
For example, the first legion has 12 domain masters and the highest number of cosmic-level cultivators, making it the legion with the most high-levelbat power.
Over the years, the Metaverse league has also figured out the name and power of the empires near them. The closest empire to them is the yellow star empire.
In fact, although they are the ¡®nearest¡¯, they are far away, with arge dead zone getting between them.
/strong>
The distance between them is sorge that even the newest starship of the Metaverse league needs to sail for 15 days, and this is taking the shortest route and under optimal conditions.
Although the league won¡¯t suffer from any great danger in the foreseeable future, Fang Yun knew very well that Luo Feng would definitely not take it lightly. Luo Feng had already told him about his future strategies.
In the next few decades, they all need to cultivate and train their forces. From the current point of view, the alliance is indeed taking this route. Furthermore, there¡¯s no sign that the league¡¯s fighting spirit is decreasing due to the long-term peace.
There is no shortage of strong-spirited people in the league. For example, the thirty-six geniuses that have been sent out are currently fighting under perilous situations.
In addition, the outstanding young people in each academy are also very diligent, otherwise, they would not continue to hunt star beasts and pollutants in deste areas.
ording to what Fang Yun has learned, many star beasts have died under the hands of the students from academies all over the Metaverse.
Following this event, Fang Yun headed to urge Luo Feng to build the remaining training camps. Ten training camps, and now six have been opened.
The remaining four training camps, under Fang Yun¡¯s supervision, are under full-speed construction. It¡¯s conceivable that the golden cultivation age of the Metaverse will reach its peak once training camps are built.
Countless talents and powerhouses emerged every year just from 6 training camps.
The metaverse isn¡¯t facing any threat and is on the right track. Fang Yun had already reached the mid-sage level and the resources of the league were starting to get strained with his constant devouring.
To be honest, it seems that there isn¡¯t much meaning in staying in the Metaverse anymore. Fang Yun stated his intention to travel to Neb.
After sending out the young geniuses to the Grey mist, Fang Yun got a general idea about the situation of the area around, so he doesn¡¯t have to worry about losing his direction in space and entering apletely unfamiliar area.
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s n, Neb and Luo Feng undoubtedly tried to stop him. Both of them were reluctant for Fang Yun to leave. After all, with the protection of the Great God, Fang Yun, the Metaverse is very safe. They don¡¯t even have to worry much about the invasion of a super empire.
Unfortunately, Fang Yun didn¡¯t budge. After making a decision, he won¡¯t easily change his mind just because of some words of persuasion.
Neb and Luo Feng helplessly nodded. They are also very clear. They definitely can¡¯t stay under Fang Yun¡¯s wings all the time. One day, they need to face this vast world alone.
¡°Unexpectedly, this day came so soon.¡±
Neb looked at Fang Yun¡¯s back and muttered. He had imagined Fang Yun¡¯s departure very early. He originally thought that he had been psychologically prepared, but when the day finally arrived, worry, nervousness and a sense ofck of security emerged in his heart.
Even Luo Feng was a bit distraught, but the two finally converged their emotions.
They could only pray for the safety of Fang Yun.
After Fang Yun left the Metaverse league, he headed towards the west, because there¡¯s a small empire called the ¡®purple blossom empire¡¯ there.
/strong>
Fang Yun ns to stay near this purple blossom empire for a period of time. After he collects enough information, he will head towards other ces.
¡°There¡¯s ack of spaceships and military forces on the edge of this empire.¡±
Fang Yun was a little surprised because he thought the technological power of the outer universe is stronger than the Metaverse.
Chapter 610.2 Leaving the Metaverse (part 2)
Chapter 610.2 Leaving the Metaverse (part 2)
It¡¯s a pity that most of their resources and manpower have been spent on cultivation. Even if they could make powerful ships, it¡¯s not cost-effective to do so.
Fang Yun felt that it was possible to circte the Metaverse¡¯s starships and other technological products to the outer world, then rely on trade and other gentler methods to get resources. There¡¯s no need for constant wars and massacres.
However, even though he had such an idea, Fang Yun didn¡¯t n to inform Luo Feng and Neb of it now.
First of all, he has left the Metaverse, now he is very far away. Secondly, diplomacy depends on military power, no empire will ept business from a weak country, and without his and the turtle¡¯s presence, the Metaverse is at most a rtively powerful low-level empire.
They shouldy low and umte their strength now.
Moreover, it is not that Fang Yun will never go back. After he travels abroad for a period of time, he will naturally return to the Metaverse league. With his presence, there should be no problem even if they contact more powerful empires.
The territory size of the purple blossom Kingdom is simr to that of the Gama Empire, except that its strength is higher than that of the Gama Empire. There are more world masters in the territory of this empire.
Of course, its strength is just a bit higher than the Metaverse. Luo Feng is a genius, it¡¯s not difficult for him to fight against several world masters of higher levels.
Moreover, with the backing of an immortal king ss technique, more and more world masters will emerge over time. Even immortal-ss powerhouses might appear in the future.
Fang Yun¡¯s secret observation was not discovered by the purple blossom empire. Only their leader, ate world master, was able to discover a faint abnormality in space.
/strong>
Even with his perception, he couldn¡¯t perceive the specific situation, causing a trace of fear to sprout in his heart.
However, for the safety of the purple blossom empire, he still teleported from his training location to the source of the weird fluctuations, that is Fang Yun¡¯s location. Searching for any abnormality there.
Unfortunately, Fang Yun at this time had already left silently. When the leader of the purple blossom empire headed to check, apart from the endless void, he didn¡¯t find anything abnormal.
After leaving the purple blossom empire, Fang Yun continued moving forward. This journeysted 5 years, and during which he flew past many different empires.
Some are strong, some are weak.
It¡¯s just that the distance between these empires and the Metaverse league is getting bigger and bigger, so it¡¯s impossible for them to pose any threat to the Metaverse. There is a distance of dozens of billions of light-years between them.
¡°Huh, there is a ahead.¡±
Fang Yun looked at the giant ahead that is dozens of times the size of Jupiter with a surprised expression. After a moment of contemtion, he decided tond on it and rest for a while.
As Fang Yun entered this, his body gradually shrank, turning into a normal sized python. Even if he was seen in the wild, his existence wouldn¡¯t garner much attention.
After all, this is a cultivation universe. Ordinary creatures can¡¯t attract the attention of extraordinary individuals.
/strong>
ording to Fang Yun¡¯s discovery, this giant is the imperial of a huge empire. This empire is thergest that Fang Yun had seen during his five years journey.
ording to his observations, there are almost 20 immortal-ss powerhouses on this alone. The number of world masters is over a hundred, making it the strongest empire he had ever seen by far.
¡°Although this empire is powerful, they don¡¯t seem to have a sage-ss powerhouse. Of course, it might be possible that their sage-ss powerhouse is on another.¡±
This is very likely. It¡¯s not unusual for a powerhouse to disregard worldly matters, find a remote area and focus on practicing.
Fang Yun silently entered this without rming anyone, settling silently in the sea.
Fang Yun saw many powerhouses and airships flying over the surface of the sea. He also discovered many powerful sea behemoths in the sea.
After Fang Yun entered the sea, he naturally became the biggest and most powerful creature there. After all, he is a sage-ss powerhouse. Powerful enough to destroy a quarter of a gxy.
If Fang Yun releases his aura, then all sea monsters will instantly scramble to the shore in order to escape.
¡°I should stay here for a while.¡±
Fang Yun has been wandering in space for so long. Even he needs to take a break. This ce is a suitable resting location. It¡¯s not only densely popted, meaning that he won¡¯t be bored. It¡¯s also filled with sea behemoths, which means that he can supplement bio-energy while resting.
/strong>
Most of these creatures are not weak, so the number of bio-energy they can provide him with is quite good.
About three months have passed. Fang Yun has been in this sea for three months. He didn¡¯t cause any disturbance nor did he affect the original inhabitants of this.
The only effect he caused is the gradual decrease in the number of sea behemoths due to his constant devouring. Some inhabitants have already started talking about this matter.
Although this area is not the ce with the most sea behemoths in this sea, it¡¯s considered a rich area. Originally, hunting in such an area is not a money-losing n, but after their fleet arrived, they didn¡¯t find a single sea behemoth.
¡°What¡¯s going on? I heard that the number of sea beasts is constantly decreasing in this area.¡±
Above the calm sea, a giant fleet was slowly moving forward. On the bow of one of the middle ships, a few people were talking
¡°Yeah, we have been wandering in this area for five days, but we haven¡¯t seen a single giant beast!¡±
¡°It¡¯s a pity that our permit can only allow us to wander in this sea area. If we want to head to other sea areas, we need to apply for another permit. This is troublesome.¡±
¡°Yeah, it hadn¡¯t changed until recently.¡±
The people at the bow of the boat were the leaders of the fleet, but they all looked sad at this moment. One of them suddenly said,
/strong>
¡°If there are really no sea behemoths here, we can only head to the Tianhu secret realm.¡±
Most people on the ships were silent upon hearing this.
Chapter 611.1 Sea Behemoths Disappearance (part 1)
Chapter 611.1 Sea Behemoths'' Disappearance (part 1)
Under the blue sky, there is a blue ocean. On top of it, there is a fleet of thousands of ships. Rows of waves surged away from the bottom of their ships, throwing uprge patches of white bubbles.
Sea birds constantly cried as they flew above the fleet, and sometimes they wouldnd on the ship¡¯s side, or on the deck, or on the mast.
There is a huge ship in the middle and it can be clearly seen that it¡¯s themand ship of this fleet. At this moment on themand ship, there were many people standing or sitting around the deck.
Because of their previous conversation, these people were silent.
This fleet¡¯s main ie has been from adventure and hunting sea behemoths, but now, they couldn¡¯t find a single sea behemoth in this area.
Of course, there are still sea beasts, but they are all rtively low-level and small sea beasts. For a fleet of this scale, these small sea beasts are almost worthless. They won¡¯t even be able to pay a quarter of their expenditure by hunting them.
The fact that they couldn¡¯t hunt a singlerge sea beast after wandering in the sea for so many days caused them to feel anxious. At this rate, they can only go back empty-handed.
¡°Captain, what should we do next?¡±
A man, wearing a white t-shirt, looked at a middle-aged man with a big beard beside him. The middle-aged face was filled with vicissitudes of life, but his eyes were deep, like a ck whirlpool, attracting anyone that looked at them.
¡°Go on, I don¡¯t believe that we won¡¯t find a singlerge sea beast here,¡±
The bearded man is the captain of this fleet. As an old crew member who has been galloping on the sea for decades, he has encountered countless situations and faced numerous incidents.
He guessed that there may be some ocean current or undercurrent surging in this area, taking away most sea beasts.
Of course, even if there are ocean currents, it shouldn¡¯t make this sea area so silent.
So, it¡¯s probably due to other reasons. It¡¯s either the appearance of some dangerous location or a superrge sea behemoth, scaring the rest of the sea beasts and forcing them to hide.
¡°Well, it¡¯s probably because of this.¡±
The bearded captain¡¯s eyes narrowed involuntarily. He remembers a simr incident in the past.
After going out to sea, he didn¡¯t encounter a single sea beast for a while. A few dayster, the sea beasts that disappeared emerged one after the other in another calm sea region.
At that time, they could only return empty-handed, and after they returned for a while, the government announced that the reason for therge scale sea beasts¡¯ disappearance is due to the presence of a superrge sea behemoth.
¡°Boss, did you find anything?¡±
Suddenly, a slender man on the side noticed the slight change on the bearded captain¡¯s face, hence he quickly asked.
Hearing this, the captain nodded and said,
¡°I have experienced a simr incident before...¡± After a moment of silence, he recounted his experience to the crew on the bow.
The other people next to him nodded after listening. They were originally quite worried, but after listening to the story of the captain, most of their worries disappeared.
¡°Boss, what is the level of the sea behemoth you mentioned?¡±
After listening to the story of the bearded man, the lean man became interested in that super sea behemoth.
¡°It¡¯s said that it¡¯s at least a world master ss.¡±
¡°Shhhh!!¡±
The sound of air being sucked sounded on the bow of the ship. Although there are quite a few immortal-ss masters on this, they are the absolute topbat power.
Usually, they might not appear in front of people for thousands of years.
For ordinary people, world masters are already extremely powerful people. Most ordinary cultivators might not see one in their entire life.
¡°What do you think is the level of the sea behemoth that appeared this time?¡±
Another sailor said with a careless tone.
¡°By the way, what if this sea behemoth hasn¡¯t gone far?¡±
Hearing his ¡°ominous¡± sentence, the corners of everyone¡¯s mouth twitched. One of them couldn¡¯t help but shout at the careless guy.
¡°Shut your crow¡¯s mouth! Since it¡¯s able to make an entire sea area silent, this sea behemoth is mostly a world master-level creature. If it discovers our existence, we¡¯re done for!¡±
After saying this, most of the people on the bow turned to the bearded man, seeking his opinion.
¡°We¡¯ll stay in this ce.¡±
After hesitating, the bearded captain made a decision,
¡°There are still some small sea beasts in this sea area. The super sea behemoth should have left for some time. I think that in a short while, therge sea beasts wille out one after the other.¡±
¡°Understood.¡±
Others have no opinion. Their ship is only registered in this sea area, so they can¡¯t carry out any hunting activities in other areas.
They have to apply for a pass before doing so, wasting a lot of time. Furthermore, if they go back empty-handed this time, then their loss will be great.
Everyone can¡¯t bear that kind of result, so they can only grit their teeth and remain in this area, praying that their captain¡¯s guess is true.
¡°Haah, I hope that super sea behemoth has gone far.¡±
Everyone looked at the endless ocean ahead, praying internally, but what they didn¡¯t know was that a hundred meters long serpent was wandering hundreds of meters below their ships.
Fang Yun increased his size to about 100 meters to prey on the creatures in the ocean more easily.
He found a lot of sea behemoths in this area. Most of them are-level. There are a few star-level and some extremely rare cosmic-level.
Generally, creatures of this level can fly in space and destroys and stars, but this giant is enveloped by many formations, strengthening it to the point of terror and prohibiting unregistered flight. Of course, it didn¡¯t matter to Fang Yun.
He settled here for a while, devouring many sea behemoths on his way. The only ones who survived are the weak sea beasts with low intelligence. Fang Yun disdains to eat such weak creatures.
Chapter 611.2 Sea Behemoths Disappearance (part 2)
Chapter 611.2 Sea Behemoths'' Disappearance (part 2)
Of course, some sea behemoths disappeared from Fang Yun¡¯s vision, hiding in some unknown corners.
¡°Huh, many sea behemoths are hiding in this area.¡±
Fang Yun knew very well that those sea behemoths wouldn¡¯t resign to being eaten. Many of them hid in deepyers of space or the depths of the earth covered by formations.
Their hiding ability is amazing. If it weren¡¯t due to his abnormal perception and space control abilities, even Fang Yun would find it hard to locate these behemoths.
For the next week, Fang Yun still wandered in this area. This was because he found a fleet. There were many people in this fleet and through these people¡¯s conversations, He learned a lot of things.
¡°Tianhu Secret Realm?¡±
Fang Yun was a bit surprised. This empire develops a lot of secret realms and folded spaces every year, and more importantly, these secret realms are open to the public and even ordinary people.
It¡¯s just that it¡¯s not easy for everyone to enter these realms.
More importantly, listening to the tone of these guys, those secret realms seem perilous. They might lose their lives anytime they enter it.
Therefore, few people go there to hunt. Unless they are truly forced, they won¡¯t go. These secret realms are the yground of geniuses and powerful cultivators.
¡°Hehe, they are actually afraid that the ¡®super sea behemoth¡¯ is still here. If they knew of my existence, would they be so scared that they would pee?¡±
Even with Fang Yun¡¯s evil taste, he didn¡¯t n to scare this group of people. He does not want to have an intersection with the intelligent creatures of this. He ns to rest here for a while and gather as much information on this as possible.
..........
On this day, giant waves pushed across the sea and dark clouds gathered in the sky, obscuring the heavens and the earth. The sound of thunder rang from time to time.
¡°Huh, it¡¯s going to rain.¡±
At the bow of themand ship, the bearded man looked at the sky that resounded with frightening thunder with a rxed expression.
¡°After the rain, the smell in the water should change a bit. At that time, maybe the sea behemoths will voluntarilye back.¡±
In fact, it was indeed the case, Fang Yun also noticed that after the rain, more sea behemoths wandered in the waters.
In order to not scare them away, he tried his best to converge his aura. Anyway, whether it¡¯s this fleet of Fang Yun, they both need the sea behemoths in this sea area.
In this way, Fang Yun silently trailed behind the fleet. Wherever they went, he silently followed behind them, eating many of the sea behemoths they attracted but allowing some to pass.
In thest two days, this fleet finally had some gains, causing the crew to be very excited.
If it was in the past, they would hate to see such a thunderstorm, as it can easily sink some of their smaller ships, but now, this thunderstorm has greatly helped them.
¡°Hahaha, it seems that the captain¡¯s guess is on point; That sea behemoth should have left.¡±
On the bow of themand ship, a man said as looked at the bearded captain with admiration.
The bearded man nodded. Most of his worries have disappeared as he continued to give orders to everyone in the fleet.
Facing such stormy weather, even they can¡¯t be careless.
¡°Boom!¡±
As the clouds gathered for tens of thousands of kilometers, rain, thunder, and lightning filled the heavens. Giant waves, up to hundreds of meters high, collided with their ships, but this hardly shook the fleet.
¡°Huh, I should have dinner next.¡±
Fang Yun calmly looked at the sea behemoths that appeared around and thought. In the past few days, the sea behemoths have finally sprung out from their hiding ces, appearing in front of Fang Yun.
He doesn¡¯t n to let any of them escape this time.
¡°Hahaha, there are more and more sea behemoths.¡±
Many sea beasts appeared on the water surface either to breathe and cool themselves down. The crew watched with excitement as these giant sea beasts finally appeared.
Many ships united, hunting down one sea behemoth after the other. The bearded captain watched this scene with a look of excitement.
¡°Huh, Xiao Zhao, did you hear the news? An ident urred in the Tianhu Secret Realm.¡±
Fang Yun was monitoring the sea fleet from underwater, so naturally, he clearly heard their conversation.
When he heard them talking about the Tianhu secret realm, his curiosity was aroused. He is very interested in these secret realms.
ording to the bearded captain¡¯s introduction, there are many monsters in the Tianhu Secret Realm. These monsters are not only powerful but also numerous.
If any organization sends specialized soldiers into these secret realms to sweep and hunt monsters, the casualties will be great and the bnce inside the secret realms will be broken. The gains are not worth the losses.
This is the same for the Tianhu Secret Realm and other secret realms, so as long as it is a secret realm, unless it is of strategic importance to the government, it will be open to the public.
The only problem is that a lot of fees are required to enter these secret realms and it¡¯s very dangerous, so it¡¯s not economical for most people.
¡°What happened?¡±
Fang Yun heard that someone started to inquire, to which the person that started recounting replied.
¡°In the Tianhu secret realm that day, a weird ¡®person¡¯ appeared, and she crazily rampaged across that area. Everyone is specting about who that person is, but to say that, judging from her shape and dress, she is not an original inhabitant of our.¡±
¡°It¡¯s weird, I wonder what kind of ce the Tianhu secret realm is connected to.¡±
Underwater, Fang Yun¡¯s heart was rapidly beating upon hearing that man¡¯s description. Listening to his detailed description, Fang Yun had a faint sense of familiarity. It¡¯s as if he had known this person before.
¡°Who on earth is it?¡±
Fang Yun frowned. He couldn¡¯t fathom how a person he knew had appeared at such a far ce. His hometown and the Metaverse are more than a hundred billion light-years away from this ce, none of his acquaintances are able to cross such a distance.
After a long while, a light shed across Fang Yun¡¯s mind and a familiar figure emerged from the depths of his memories.
¡°Is it her?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s heart thumped. At one moment, even his aura couldn¡¯t be restrained anymore, bursting out like a volcano and scaring all sea behemoths in this area.
¡°Boom!¡±
On the surface of the sea, countless sea behemoths and even low-level beasts madly jumped back into the water and fled for their lives.
Although most of these sea beasts had a particrly low IQ, the pressure radiating from Fang Yun still terrorized them. Their instincts urged them to get out of this ce immediately.
¡°What is going on?¡±
It was the first time that the crew had seen such a scene. One of the men suddenly pointed to a ce and cried.
¡°Look, what¡¯s over there?¡±
Chapter 612: Tang Guo (Part 1)
Chapter 612: Tang Guo (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The bearded captain stared intensely at the sea surface a few hundreds of meters to their right. The rest of the crew also watched that area while holding their breath, not even daring to move.
Below the surface of the sea in the area they were looking at, a long shadow suddenly appeared, judging from its shape and size, it was a huge serpent.
¡°Is it a sea python?¡±
The bearded captain eximed. Sea serpents are rare, especially such a powerful one. Judging from the aura intensity that shook even space, this sea serpent should be at least immortal ss.
Thinking of this, the body of the captain couldn¡¯t stop trembling. In front of creatures of this level, their entire fleet is insignificant. It can destroy it easily with just a breath.
¡°Ssh!¡±
With the sound of water breaking, the giant sea serpent suddenly emerged from underwater. A huge stream of water slid down from its head, creating a waterfall and causing the surrounding sea to vibrate.
At first nce, this giant serpent¡¯s head alone had a diameter of 50 to 60 meters. Such a giant creature is quite rare.
Contrary to space behemoths that grow bigger as their strength increases, the high-level creatures of this aren¡¯t necessarily big. By concentrating all of their energy into their energy core, they can keep a rtively small size despite their world-shaking strength.
The bearded captain had never set foot in space. Although he and most of the crew had seen many terrifying space behemoths on thework, they had never seen them in reality.
He rarely saw such a giant creature on this. Judging from the giant head with a diameter of 50 to 60 meters, this giant serpent has a body length of thousands of meters!
¡°What, what should we do?¡±
??The crew beside the bearded captain froze in their ces, their thinking seemed to have stagnated. They were terrified. All of them looked at the most experienced bearded captain, in hope of him having a solution.
The bearded captain smiled bitterly. His mental ability and cultivation base are higher than the rest of the crew, so he didn¡¯t immediately lose the ability to think.
Unfortunately, although he was able to keep his thinking ability, this didn¡¯t mean that he could find a solution to their current predicament.
The behemoth in front of them is the biggest creature he had ever seen, coupled with its unfathomable strength, their chance of escape is infinitely close to zero.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Just when he was about to say something, the terrifying creature opposite them suddenly raised its head and roared. Under this roar, everyone on the boat fell to the ground and held their head in pain. Their eardrums were on the edge of bursting and their bodies started convulsing due to the sonic waves.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
The bearded captain felt that something was prating his head, his mental power couldn¡¯t stop shaking. He felt as if thousands of needles were prating his head, filling him with pain and driving him to the edge of copse.
¡°I can¡¯t take it anymore!¡±
Next to the captain, the lean man yelled with a flushed face. It wasn¡¯t just him, the others also gritted their teeth and writhed in agony, looking like they were about to die.
Fortunately, after a few more seconds, the things that were rampaging across their mind retreated, causing them to feel a whole lot better. They finally rxed as their bodyid limp on the floor.
¡°This¡¡¡±
The bearded captain was the first to recover. He stood up a little dazedly, then looked around. Everyone in themand shipid on the group, looking powerless. He looked at the crew in the other ships and they were the same.
After a few more seconds, people from all corners of the fleet finally started moving, they writhed on the ground, struggling to stand up.
They stood up and looked around. Although they suffered some injuries, they were not fatal. Fortunately, none of them died.
¡°Huh¡it hurts.¡±
The lean man staggered to his feet, and after looking around, he couldn¡¯t help asking,
¡°Is that giant serpent still there?¡±
¡°It¡¯s really gone.¡±
The other people also looked around at the turbulent sea. After not finding that monster, they rejoiced one after the other. They survived this disaster!
??¡¡¡¡¡°Huh, I almost died here. What did that giant serpent do?¡±
After checking his body, one of the people on the bearded captain¡¯s ship couldn¡¯t help but ask.
¡°It¡¯s a mental attack.¡±
Pondering for a moment, the bearded captain said,
¡°The pain we endured before is the pain of our souls getting torn apart. Fortunately, itsted for just 10 seconds, or at least half of the crew would be idiots¡±
¡°It¡¯s just that, why did that giant serpent attack us?¡±
The bearded captain fell deep into his thoughts. After a while, a guess popped up in his mind.
¡°It was searching our memory!!¡±
The bearded man was panicking as he said this. He knew that such a forceful way of entering someone¡¯s mind is very harmful. If even a little mistake urs, the best situation would be mental problems. It could be much worse than that.
So, just now, all of them were infinitely close to death.
After hearing the guess of the captain, the crew gasped. They were all scared and puzzled. Why did that serpent search through their memory? What was it looking for? And why didn¡¯t it kill or eat them?
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter!¡±
The captain waved his hands and said,
¡°Everyone prepare yourself, we will leave this ce and go back.¡±
No one objected to this order. Compared to ie and wealth, their life is more important. Everyone returned to their post, then started manipting their ships to go back.
¡°Boss, it seems that we suffered a great loss this time.¡±
The lean man walked to the side of the bearded captain and said with a wry smile.
Hearing that, the captain helplessly shook his head and said,
¡°What can we do? Life is more important than money. Moreover, we don¡¯t know if that serpent has left or not. It¡¯s unknown whether we can survive if we meet again.¡±
¡°Haah.¡±
The lean man sighed but didn¡¯t say anything. He naturally understood the captain¡¯s concern.
Chapter 612: Tang Guo (Part 2)
Chapter 612: Tang Guo (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The fleet set off on its return journey. The atmosphere was rtively depressing. Everyone knew that their loss was great this time.
Next, their lives will not be easy. Most importantly, they can¡¯t fish in the sea area again. They don¡¯t know how long that great serpent will stay here and they need to wait for a long time to get a permit to fish in other areas.
Everyone in the fleet has red eyes, worried about their future life.
¡°Boss, after we go back, shall we¡Shall we go to the Tianhu Secret Realm?¡± Suddenly, a person came to the bearded captain¡¯s side and asked him.
Others also looked at the bearded captain. Thetter was startled upon hearing this, but he said after thinking for a moment.
¡°There is no need to go to the Tianhu secret realm, we all have¡¡±
The bearded captain couldn¡¯tplete his sentence. He smiled bitterly at this moment. He wanted tofort his crew, telling them they can stille back next time. At that time, they will certainly find other sea behemoths.
However, it¡¯s unknown when they will sail next time. This time they suffered a loss. If the same happens next time, then they would certainly dere bankruptcy.
At that time, they can only disband this fleet. Everyone must part ways and look for other ways out.
So in order to avoid that from happening, they have to go to the Tianhu secret realm and fight for profits.
This is a very difficult decision for the captain. Because he knows better than anyone else how terrifying the Tianhu Secret Realm is.
Most secret realms are in different-dimensional spaces that have been closed for an unknown number of years. Usually, under such an environment, countless cultivation resources and treasures are born.
At the same time, countless monsters are born, fighting and devouring each other. Most of these monsters are unique and very powerful, making any secret realm an incredibly dangerous ce.
Especially new secret realms, no cultivator has entered it before, so the number of monsters in such secret realms is the highest. Carelessly entering such a ce usually results in death.
¡°Well, after we return, I will apply for a pass for the Tianhu Secret Realm.¡±
After making this decision, the bearded captain breathed a sigh of relief. This time, they were unlucky, but there¡¯s still hope for the future.
What they didn¡¯t know was that the giant serpent that searched their memory before was floating on the surface of the sea not far from their previous location.
¡°The location of the Tianhu Secret Realm is not far away.¡±
The reason why Fang Yun appeared in front of these people is naturally to get the location of the Tianhu secret realm. After getting what he wanted, he immediately left.
Although he had searched everyone¡¯s memories before, inflicting great pain on them, he actually did so to keep their lives.
Even if he tries to be as gentle as possible, no one of them can withstand his terrifying mental power, so he invaded everyone¡¯s mind at the same time, gathering fragmented information from them, thenbining it together.
¡°Now that I have the location of the Tianhu secret realm, I feel a bit better.¡±
Fang Yun heaved a sigh of relief, then flew from the water surface and headed towards the secret realm.
¡°I wonder if the person that appeared in that secret realm is her¡¡±
A figure appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. She had disappeared for a long, long time. In fact, even her image became a little blurry in his mind.
¡°However, I¡¯m certain that I will be able to recognize her after seeing her.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. When he heard the bearded man talking about her, he was quite touched. ording to the captain¡¯s description, the person that appeared in the Tianhu secret realm is most likely her.
However, Fang Yun still couldn¡¯t believe it. Tang Guo has fallen into the turbulence of space, her chance of surviving is extremely low. Moreover, even if she survived, the chance of finding her in this vast universe is extremely close to zero.
Although Fang Yun thought that it¡¯s likely not her, he still decided to take a trip. What if it¡¯s true? What if she survived and appeared in this ce?
The Tianhu Secret Realm wasn¡¯t far from here. Even if he used just a small part of his speed, Fang Yun still reached it in less than a minute.
There are many powerful guards at the entrance of the secret realm. They held powerful weapons and had advanced machinery, surveilling anyone that would try to sneak into this secret realm.
However, with Fang Yun¡¯s strength, these guys can¡¯t find him as long as he doesn¡¯t want to. He secretly passed by them without rming any one of them.
However, what he didn¡¯t expect was that on the third day after he entered the Tianhu secret realm, a team suddenly appeared in front of the realm¡¯s entrance.
This team is exactly the bearded captain¡¯s team that is preparing to enter the secret realm. Their outfit was quite different from before.
In the past, their outfit was fit for sailors, but now they are wearing defensive equipment such as light armor and heavy armor.
The bearded captain at the head of the team headed to talk with the guards, showing him his permit. Not long after, the bearded captain waved his hands, signaling everyone to follow him inside.
In the secret realm, a giant serpent slowly slithered on the ground. Its body length was around 30 meters and its diameter was around 1 meter.
Although it might be a behemoth in the mortal world, in the world of monsters, it¡¯s just a little guy.
Fang Yun carefully sensed the surrounding environment. He rarely used his tongue to distinguish the surrounding smells as his spiritual perception could be noticed in this world.
In this small world, he sensed even more immortal-ss powerhouses. He even sensed the aura of a being with a simr level. This empire seems to be much stronger than he thought before.
So, Fang Yun has converged down a lot.
After all, this is someone else¡¯s territory. Furthermore, his goal this time is to see whether the person who appeared here was Tang Guo.
If it was Tang Guo, he would just take her away and leave. If it¡¯s someone else, then he will simply leave this ce alone.
Fang Yun¡¯s body crushed the ground on his path. It was that he didn¡¯t want to fly, but that this secret realm seemed to be restricted with some kind ofw.
All outsiders can¡¯t fly. He can break through thisw, but this will cause great damage to this secret realm, which isn¡¯t worth the loss.
¡°It¡¯s no wonder that this Tianhu Secret Realm is said to be extremely dangerous.¡±
Fang Yun sighed, his body shed again as he crossed this empty grasnd at an extreme speed.
What he needs to do now is to find someone and confirm whether Tang Guo is in this realm or not, and secondly her location.
As long as he can determine the location of Tang Guo, he can immediately head there and take her away.
Time passed day by day, and finally, a figure appeared in front of him.
Chapter 613: Gathering of Powerhouses (Part 1)
Chapter 613: Gathering of Powerhouses (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°I heard that many people went to Nanya Mountain recently.¡±
Such a voice suddenly sounded in front of Fang Yun, causing him to be alert. He carefully stared at the scene ahead, then shrank to the size of just one meter, disappearing into the bushes.
Fang Yun was hiding in the bushes,pletely inconspicuous. Even if he was discovered, it wouldn¡¯t matter as they would only consider him a normal 1-meter long snake.
Creatures of such size are generally mortal creatures and are mostly ignored by cultivators.
While Fang Yun was waiting, a group of people appeared in front of him. It was a team of twelve. The strongest of them was the burly man walking ahead.
Judging from Fang Yun¡¯s perception, this person¡¯s strength is about peak domain master, which can be considered quite high.
As for the others, apart from the seven that arete or peak cosmic level, the rest are domain masters. At this moment, theypletely ignored Fang Yun in the bushes.
¡°Brother, what kind of person do you think that woman is, and why can she attract so many strong people?¡±
A domain master beside the burly man frowned and asked.
¡°I heard that the woman¡¯s physique is special, eating her can save up to hundreds of years of cultivation, I wonder if it¡¯s true or not?¡±
¡°I heard someone say that she has an amazing background. She is the heir of a giant n. She appeared here due to an ident. Now, everyone is rushing to be friends with her.¡±
The burly man hasn¡¯t spoken yet, but hispanions have already started talking with each other. Each one of them had an excited expression. The burly guy couldn¡¯t bear the endless chattering and finally said.
¡°Why do you care so much about her? Anyway, the goal of this trip isn¡¯t that woman but the treasures in this secret realm.¡±
Upon saying this, the burly guy couldn¡¯t help butugh,
¡°We¡¯re lucky that those guys are fighting for that woman. Now, no one willpete for that treasure with us!¡±
¡°Hahaha, you¡¯re right, big brother!¡±
Others responded one after another, but strange lights gleamed in the depths of the eyes of these people. It seems that what they are thinking and saying waspletely different.
The strong man seemed to know what hispanions were thinking, so he just shook his head and said.
¡°There are too many people going there.¡±
¡°In fact, an immortal-ss master headed there. If we carelessly participate in such a mess, we will not only not gain anything, but we are also likely to lose our lives.¡±
After hearing the words of the burly man, these people shrank their heads. They forcibly interrupted the strange thoughts in their head.
¡°Okay, we¡¡±
After seeing that everyone converged their strange thoughts, the burly man quickly changed the subject, but before he could finish speaking, he felt a needle entering his head, stirring his mind and filling him with pain. The burly man fell to the ground and started rolling in pain.
¡°Ahhh!!¡±
The sturdy man¡¯s behavior suddenly shocked hispanions. They just wanted to go over and ask what¡¯s wrong, but in the next moment, they felt a sharp pain in their mind.
¡°Ahhh!!!¡±
Everyone was lying on the ground at this time, rolling constantly.
Fang Yun slowly crawled from the bushes on the side. Upon feeling that he got enough information, he pulled out his mental power.
Suddenly, everyone, including the strong man, felt that most of their pain disappeared. Their bodies felt much more rxed;
¡°What was that?¡± This question emerged in everyone¡¯s mind. Obviously, they had encountered some kind of attack, but what was the thing that attacked them?
With such doubts, the people lying on the ground struggled to look around.
As they scanned the surrounding area, their sight quickly fell on a certain ce.
In that ce, a one-meter-long snake was moving away with its head held high. There wasn¡®t the slightest cultivation aura on its body, but now everyone stared silently at that snake. They didn¡®t even dare to breath
¡°Is the previous attack the doing of this snake?¡±
As the snake slithered away, someone asked with a low voice. The other people were also shocked and surprised. That snake is too small to be an extremely powerful creature.
However, there was no other creature besides that snake in their vicinity.
¡°You don¡¯t have to worry about it.¡±
The burly man said as he propped himself up. He looked at the direction Fang Yun disappeared in and solemnly said.
¡°It must have searched through our memory just now. That¡that lord, maybe it also came for that woman.¡±
Speaking of this, he said to hispanions around him again, warning them,
¡°You see, even such a powerhouse Is interested in that woman. There¡®s no ce for cultivators of our level to get involved.¡±
After hearing what the burly man said, everyone else smiled bitterly.
The woman who suddenly appeared in the Tianhu secret realm has attracted the attention of many people. Many mysterious rumors about her were circting around, attracting the attention of even more people.
The people in this team were also attracted, but they have not really met true powerhouses, giving them the illusion that they are extremely powerful and that they might be able to gain something after heading there.
However, after meeting Fang Yun and experiencing the terror of true powerhouses, they put away the fluke mentality they had.
With just his mental power, that being brought them to their knees. They didn¡®t even have the power to resist. This was because Fang Yun had no intention of killing. Otherwise, there would be twelve corpses lying on the ground at this time.
¡°Big brother is right. Fortunately, that lord didn¡®t have the intention to kill, otherwise, we might have to forfeit our life.¡±
¡°Yeah. Fortunately, we were able to keep our life this time.¡±
¡°Whoever loves to go to Nanya Mountain, Go! Anyway, I don¡¯t n to join in the fun.¡±
The group of people was d that they kept their lives. They ran in the other direction, disappearing in the lush forest. On the other hand, Fang Yun headed towards Nanya mountain after learning the path.
Although it¡¯s not possible to fly here, Fang Yun crawled on the ground at a terrifying speed. He didn¡¯t stop no matter what kind of obstacle appeared in front of him. Even if a mountain appeared in front of him, he bulldozed straight through it, leaving behind a dark tunnel.
At his speed, it took him half a month to reach his target, the Nanya Mountain.
This Tianhu secret realm is very big. In fact, its size is even bigger than the outside. There¡¯s a distance of hundreds of millions of kilometers between its farthest points.
As Fang Yun approached the Nanya mountain, in a certain ce, an old man in ragged clothes was carrying a hip sk and staggering forward.
Not far from him, there was a group of people. If Fang Yun was here, he would immediately recognize that they were the bearded captain group that he encountered at sea.
Chapter 613: Gathering of Powerhouses (Part 2)
Chapter 613: Gathering of Powerhouses (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Boss, what shall we do now?¡±
Counting the bearded man, there were fifteen people. At this time, they came here to make some money. Their luck was quite good. On the first day, they hunted a giant monster. This monster¡¯s worth is already the same as what they managed to get at sea in theirst journey. Everyone was excited.
Unfortunately, not long after, an old man appeared and captured them all.
The group of fifteen people became the prisoners of the old man.
¡°Hehe.¡±
It seemed that he heard their muttering. The old man weirdlyughed. The sea group was frightened upon hearing this. They felt like their luck has been the worst recently.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, you just need to lead me to a certain ce.¡±
At this time, the unkempt old man smiled and said,
¡°As long as you bring me to Nanya Mountain, I will let you go. Don¡¯t worry, you will be free soon.¡±
When he finished speaking, the old man raised his head and took a sip from his sk. He had an intoxicated expression on his face.
Hearing the words of the dirty old man, the sea group was not excited. In fact, the sadness on their face became even more apparent, because they know what Nanya mountain is like.
Before they even came in, they learned that Nanya mountain has be almost like a forbiddennd. There¡¯s no ce for small characters like them there.
ording to the gossip they heard, a group of people with a low cultivation base gathered there previously, but unfortunately, they all be ythings for the powerhouses there.
Some bloodthirsty people even ughtered these weak people. In their words, they are warming up for the next battles.
Now that weaklings like them are heading to such a dangerous ce, isn¡¯t that any different from suicide?
Unfortunately for them, they can¡¯t say such things at this time, because once they offend this dirty old man, they are probably going to die before even reaching the Nanya mountains.
¡¡¡¡
An endless stretch of mountains, like a giant dragon winding around. This mountain range was filled with a murderous smell. In fact, even the air around seemed to be a bit sticky.
Three figures were sitting cross-legged at the top of this mountain.
One of them is an extremely old, white-haired, man. He looked like he would breathe hisst breath and die any time. However, if someone ever used mental power to scan him, he would be surprised to find that he couldn¡¯t scan anything. It¡¯s almost like he doesn¡¯t exist.
This person is a true powerhouse.
Below that old man, fifteen people were sitting cross-legged. If the bearded man ever sees these fifteen people, he will be extremely shocked, because these people are the strongest cultivators on their.
All of them are immortal-level powerhouses.
Of course, they only know that these fifteen people have reached the immortal level, but they don¡¯t know their specific rank. Judging from the aura radiating from these fifteen people, their strength should be around noble immortals to early immortal kings.
In the sky above the forest, in addition to the white-haired old man, there was another humanoid figure wearing a ck robe. This person¡¯s age and appearance are a mystery, as his ck robepletely covered his body.
However, through the faint rays of sunlight, this person¡¯s face could be vaguely seen. It was extremely shriveled, like a skull. He crouched on top of a tall tree,pletely silent.
Thest remaining person was a middle-aged man with a slightly rounded face. He was dressed in white and holding a blue sword, looking extremely elegant.
The three of them stood in a triangle position, but none of them looked at each other, but at the void above.
A few thousand meters above the ground, countless turbulent currents surged in the void, and in the turbulent currents, a rtively small figure was looming.
¡°Old Ghost Song, news of your death was circting three hundred years ago. I didn¡¯t expect that you would still be alive.¡±
Suddenly, the ck-robed man spoke.
His voice was very harsh, like the sound of metal scratching. His voice shook the surrounding void, making the people below very ufortable.
¡°Ghost face, you should be in your 18th area. What are you doing in our 19th area?¡±
The white-haired old man on the other side droopingly said as he looked at the ck-robed man.
¡°Hey, Old Ghost Song, why on earth do you need to ask more? Isn¡¯t it because of the celestial aura that appeared here?¡±
The ck robe man sneered, then looked back at the sky.
¡°Yeah, it seems that the goal of both of us is the same.¡±
The white-haired old man sighed, then suddenly looked at the man in the fat white-dress man. The ck-robed man also followed his gaze.
It seemed that the white-haired old man and the ck-robed figure seemed to be acquainted with each other, but seemed to be unfamiliar with the while-dress fat man.
Suddenly, the white-dressed man looked at the white-haired old man and said,
¡°I¡¯m Xue Li, nice to meet both of you.¡±
¡°Xue Li?¡±
After hearing this name, the white-haired old man and the ck-robed figure were all startled, their eyes be cold,
¡°Xue Li, the white-robed sword sage from area 12?¡±
¡°It¡¯s me.¡± The man who imed to be Xue Li humbly nodded.
¡°It seems that this time, this Tianhu Secret Realm really attracted a lot of people.¡±
The white-haired old man sighed, shaking his head.
¡°Heh, if people of our level want to go further, they need to grasp celestial aura, but the celestial aura is extremely hard to find. This time it appeared by ident. Naturally, there will be no shortage of peopleing.¡±
Chapter 614: Conspiracy (Part 1)
Chapter 614: Conspiracy (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The ck-robed man coldly smiled, while the white-dressed fat man and the white-haired old man were silent. However, the atmosphere had unconsciously be very dignified.
The ck-robed man was clear enough. They came here to struggle for the celestial aura. Those who win will get it, maybe reach the next level, then continue struggling to reach even higher levels.
However, for those who fail, they might nevere across a simr opportunity in the future. After the ck-robed man uttered this fact, the three of them also understood that there was absolutely no room for maneuver on this matter.
When the celestial aura appearster, the three of them will fight with all of their strength.
¡°Hey, you two, it seems we aren¡¯t the only peak immortal kings here.¡±
Suddenly, the ck-robed man smiled and said, at the same time, his head was tilted to one side. Through the waves of endless trees, sound booms and sounds of trees copsing sounded. In the next moment, more than a dozen figures appeared in front of the three of them.
At the head of this team was a gloomy-faced youth. He coldly nced at the ck-robed man and the other two then stood silently on the side.
In fact, the face of the three powerhouses became solemn with the appearance of the youth. Ordinary immortals can¡¯t stay next to them for a long time, as the area is filled with their aura. Only powerhouses of the same level can stand beside them.
The gloomy youth can indeed easily withstand this aura, but this doesn¡¯t mean that his subordinates can do the same. In just a few minutes, the group of immortals started shaking a little.
¡°If you can stick to it, stick to it. Those who can¡¯t resist, retreat immediately.¡±
The gloomy youth calmly looked at his team and said.
¡°This is the spiritual oppression of the peak immortal kings. It¡¯s a free training ce for you.¡±
¡°The longer you stay under this kind of oppressive environment, the better it will be for you.¡±
The gloomy man¡¯s words caused those who were originally nning to rest to grit their teeth and hold their ground.
Only some people who were truly unable to hold on helplessly retreated.
As time passed, several more teams came, and all of their leaders had strength at the peak of immortality.
By now, there were already nine peak immortal kings, which made the ck-robed man, the white-dressed fat man, and the white-haired old man look more solemn.
By now, they no longer hold the absolute advantage. Several of the neers are as strong as them.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect this kind of thing to happen.¡±
The ck-robed man shook his head and said, but he didn¡¯t shrink back at all.
After all, all of these guys are at the same rank as him. Even if there were some slightly stronger immortal kings, he still has a chance under this muddy water.
??¡°Boom!!¡±
It was also at this moment the sound of thunder rang in the sky, followed by a series of electric arcs sting out,shing the surroundings.
After the sound of thunder sounded, it quickly amplified, followed by countless bolts of lightning raining below, striking the ground with heaven-shattering might.
The power of these primordial lightning strikes far surpassed supernovas. If they were to strike on a normal area outside, they could easily destroy entire star systems.
¡°This¡¡¡±
The weaker people on the ground watched this scene with fright and terror. Many people rushed outside the Nanya mountains at frightening speeds.
¡°This isn¡¯t an event that low-level immortals can participate in at all!¡±
There were several immortals among the people that fled. They might be hailed as god-like figures outside, but they didn¡¯t dare to be proud in this ce at all.
Anyway, in their opinion, even if they joined forces, they are unlikely to resist these lightning strikes.
??In the area shrouded by the primordial lightning, even the ck-robed man and other peak powerhouses felt extremely strenuous at this time, as if they would be unable to hold on in the next moment.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
The ck-robbed man cursed inwardly. He raised his head and observed the lightning sea for a while, but he couldn¡¯t find an opening in a short time.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
The thunder and lightning above the sky became more and more terrifying. The lightning sea became bigger and bigger. At one point, it became hard for even peak immortals to resist.
The ck-robbed man constantly flew around in the lightning sea, dodging most lightning strikes. Suddenly, he teleported outside, staring at the scene inside while panting.
An apocalyptic scene has swept the entire forest of the Nanya mountain. At this time, the ck-robed man looked around and found that not only did he fly out, but even the white-dressed fat man and the white-robbed old man had flown out.
When the two saw the ck-robed man, they were obviously startled, then helplessly shook their heads.
However, they did not leave. Although they were forced out of the forest, it does not mean that they were out of thepetition. If someone manages to rescue the woman from the chaotic void, then they can still battle over her.
In the next ten days, no more immortal-ss powerhouses appeared. Even if some new cultivators joined the fray, they were all ¡®weaklings¡¯, not worth paying attention to.
The ck-robed man and the other peak immortals didn¡¯t care about these people as well.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that everyone came out from the lightning sea. None of them could withstand it anymore.
Even peak immortal kings couldn¡¯t withstand the terrifying power of the primordial lightning. If an average immortal or below were to set foot in this lightning sea, they would instantly get vaporized. Not even their sub-molecr regeneration can save them.
Of course, it isn¡¯t all losses. Primordial lightning actually has both the powers of creation and destruction. The longer they can persist in the lightning sea, the greater their resistance to lightning, allowing them to say even longer. It¡¯s a virtuous cycle,
¡°She appeared!¡±
A young man amongst the crowd suddenly eximed as he watched the void above the lightning sea.
If Fang Yun was here, he would be able to recognize at a nce that this figure was indeed Tang Guo. However, Tang Guo was closing her eyes at the moment, unable to detect the outside situation.
Chapter 614: Conspiracy (Part 2)
Chapter 614: Conspiracy (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Sure enough, that woman has a celestial aura!¡±
Suddenly, another person in the crowd yelled. It wasn¡¯t just him, everyone on the ground was going crazy, staring at Tang Guo with greedy eyes.
Everyone had sensed it, there is indeed a celestial aura in this woman¡¯s body.
¡°Celestial aura, It¡¯s a celestial aura! Maybe by virtue of this celestial aura, I can reach the sage level.¡± The ck-robed man looked at Tang Guo above the thunderstorm and thought greedily.
However, to get this woman this time, he needs to participate in an earth-shattering battle. Many of his subordinates are likely to die here. Even he has a certain chance of death.
¡°Huh¡¡± The ck-robed man sighed helplessly,
¡°It doesn¡¯t really matter. If I don¡¯t reach the next level, I¡¯m afraid I won¡¯t live long.¡±
After shaking his head and sighing, the expression of the ck-robed man became more determined than ever.
¡°Heh, you finally brought me to Nanya Mountain.¡±
At the foot of the mountain, a dirty old man carelessly said to a group of people.
This group of people was the bearded captain group. At the moment, as they watched the lightning sea and countless powerhouses not far away from it, their knees softened, causing them to almost fall on the ground.
¡°Okay, now you are free.¡±
After the unkempt old man said this, he walked forward swaggeringly, not caring about the solemn and subtle atmosphere near the lightning sea ahead.
¡°Who?!¡±
On the other side, the ck-robed man and others who were originally prepared to fight for the celestial aura in Tang Guo¡¯s body noticed the arrival of the old man, immediately shifting their attention to him.
¡°Hehe, it¡¯s just an old man.¡±
The unkempt old man indifferently said. After a moment, he walked in a leisurely manner towards the opposite lightning sea.
¡°Huh¡ Fuck¡¡±
Someone wanted to angrily scold the unkempt old man, but it urred to him that the old man had just entered the lightning sea, but nothing happened to him.
This person is definitely not someone he can provoke, so the moment the insult reached his mouth, he swallowed it again.
¡°Hehe, all of you, go back. The celestial aura on this young girl belongs to me, so there¡¯s no reason for you to fight here.¡±
The old beggar withdrew his gaze from Tang Guo, then nced at the ck-robed man and the others.
¡°Your Excellency wants to take this celestial aura for yourself?¡± Someone frowned and said,
¡°This celestial aura is the property of all of us, why must you take it alone?¡±
¡°Didn¡¯t you say it yourself? Those who have the ability will get it.¡±
The unkempt old man grinned, ¡°I won¡¯t repeat it again, leave as soon as possible, otherwise, you wouldn¡¯t be able to leaveter even if you want to.¡±
The ck-robed man and the others snorted coldly. Just as they were about to say something, their expressions suddenly changed, because the intensity of the primordial lightning in the sky had increased another notch.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
To the ck-robed man and other peak immortal kings, the previous primordial lightning couldn¡¯t constitute much of a threat, but suddenly, the destructive power of the lightning has increased to a frightening degree. Even they were terrified upon seeing such destructive lightning.
These lightning bolts are really abnormal. Each one of them had a thickness of several meters, but the energy they carry is enough to break space and destroy entire regions!
Moreover, the lightning sea has spread across the entire forest. The lightning quickly approached them, carrying power capable of destroying the heavens!
¡°No, I can¡¯t stay here for long!¡±
This idea suddenly popped in the head of an immortal-ss cultivator, but he still hesitated, because other people did not run away yet. In the next moment, a giant lightning bolt flew towards him and instantly reduced him into dust.
Even if they are the strongest cultivators within their respective regions, they still felt weak in front of this thunderstorm. It¡¯smon sense that masters of their level have incredibly high spiritual attainments, causing most of their instincts and feelings to be true.
This means that these lightning bolts can indeed kill them.
¡°How is it possible?¡±
Such a thought appeared in the ck-robbed man¡¯s mind, making him feel suffocated, but the feeling of palpitations in his heart wasn¡¯t fake nor was it wrong.
¡°I will really die!!¡±
Suddenly, an iparably thick lightning bolt flew out towards him. Suddenly, the ck-robed man¡¯s eyes widened, and his aura surged.
He tried to form an energy shield outside his body, but his reaction was still a bit slower. The giant lightning bolt directly hit him, vaporizing the space within dozens of meters and turning him intoplete dust.
¡°Run!!!¡±
The white-dressed fat man and the white-robbed old man yelled at the same time. It wasn¡¯t just them, everyone was scrambling to flee at this moment, bursting out with unprecedented speed.
They all knew that their power wasn¡¯t much higher or lower than the ck-robbed man. Since he can be instantly killed, their fate will not be different.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
At this time, the sound of lightning and thunder became louder and louder. The area of the lightning sea quickly became bigger and bigger.
Many people couldn¡¯t run at a speed faster than the expansion speed of the lightning sea, causing them to be caught up and devoured before they could escape.
¡°Ha ha ha ha!¡±
Unknown to the cultivators below, several figures could be seen above the cloudyers. At this moment, one of them heavily sucked the air, causing a while mist to fly from the lightning sea below and straight into his body.
¡°Unfortunately, not many people died, and the most powerful is just an immortal, it would be much better if a sage died here.¡±
The person who devoured the white mistughed and said.
¡°The celestial aura contained in the body of this woman is still a little bit less, otherwise, even sage-level masters would have been attracted.¡±
¡°Yes, with Young Master Li here, even if a sage-level powerhouse appeared here, they can only fall in your hands and get devoured.¡± A person beside him said tteringly.
The person called young master Li just smiled, but suddenly, a sharp color appeared in his eyes as he looked down.
Chapter 615: Fierce Battle (Part 1)
Chapter 615: Fierce Battle (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
At this moment, under the clouds, a figure was looking above. It was as if his sight had prated theyers of clouds and saw the people above.
¡°Huh? This person¡¡±
The face of the person called lord Li froze. In the next moment, his eyes lit up.
¡°A sage? I didn¡¯t expect that a sage-level existence would truly appear today.¡±
After saying this, he stood up and waved his hands, causing the clouds below to immediately disappear. He looked straight at the unkempt old man below.
The same went for the unkempt old man. He looked at the young man above with a smile on his face, his expression didn¡¯t change from the beginning to the end.
¡°Lord Li.¡±
At this time, the faces of the people beside the arrogant lord li became awe-inspiring, and one of them quickly said to him,
¡°Lord Li, there is something wrong with this person.¡±
¡°What could go wrong?¡± Young Master Li shook his head disdainfully,
¡°This person is nothing but a sage.¡±
Pausing for a moment, he smiled and said,
¡°Didn¡¯t you say before that even if a sage appears here, he can only fall if I want him to fall?¡±
Hearing that, the other people were helpless. They were just ttering him before, but this guy took it seriously. Sage-level masters can¡¯t be taken lightly.
Even if their background is unusual, they can¡¯t be careless while facing a sage-level existence, otherwise, they will definitely suffer a big loss.
¡°Hehe, don¡¯t worry, I¡¯m not as reckless and stupid as you thought. When I came out this time, my father gave me some good things. Even facing a sage-level master, these things are enough for me to win.¡±
As if he knew what the people around him were thinking, lord Li sneered and exined. It can be seen that his self-confidence is not due to thepliments of these people, but because of his own father¡¯s blessing.
The people next to him could only shut their mouths. They already know that no matter what they say, they can¡¯t make this arrogant guy change his mind. They can only pray that the things that his father left him are useful.
The atmosphere in the Nanya became even more solemn. At this time, almost all the people who stupidly walked into this trap are dead. Only a few managed to escape in the end.
Among them were the white-dressed fat man and the white-haired old man. The gloomy youth who appeared afterward and five other peak immortal kings escaped. Except for them, none of the rest was able to escape.
The reason they managed to escape is due to their alertness and swiftness, otherwise, they would have also fallen in this ce.
At the moment, the entire Nanya mountain and the mountains surrounding it have been enveloped by the lightning sea; Countless lightning bolts swept up the sky, dyeing the entire heavens and earth dark purple.
This area can already be considered an extremely dangerous zone rare throughout the universe. Even they, powerful immortal kings, dare not step in it.
¡°Sigh¡¡±
Not far behind them, there were some weak cultivators. These guys have alle here and secretly watched from afar, looking for an opportunity to reap benefits in chaos, but now, they watched this doomsday-like scene with fear and regret.
This is not a ce they should be in.
¡°Bo¡ Boss¡¡±
Among these people, there was a particrly small and weak team. These guys never nned toe here, they were forced by others.
These guys encountered Fang Yun in the sea, then ventured into the Tianhu secret realm to hunt monsters andpensate for their losses. Unfortunately, shortly after they entered the secret realm, they encountered the unkempt old man and were forced to lead him here.
¡°Boss, we¡ should go.¡±
Amongst the bearded captain¡¯s team, a young man couldn¡¯t stop shaking as he said. Apparently, he was terrified to the extreme.
¡°Gulp!¡±
??The bearded captain swallowed his saliva and said;
¡°Let¡¯s go! Right away!¡±
They have no idea what will happen hereter, but the only thing that is certain now is that this is no longer a ce that the likes of them can stay in.
In fact, a lot of the weaker cultivators were thinking the same. They looked at the lightning sea with looks of terror, then rapidly retreated.
¡°Guys¡¡±
After hesitating at this moment, the white-robbed fat man looked at the side and said.
¡°What are you going to do now?¡±
¡°A powerhouse of the sage level has appeared and if I guessed right, the man above, the one called lord Li, shoulde from the ninth cosmic area. He should be the son of the heavenly star.¡±
¡°Let¡¯s go, we can¡¯t do anything here.¡±
The white-haired old man hesitated for a moment, then sighed and said. He reluctantly nced at the figure in the air, then turned around and prepared to leave.
Seeing the behavior of the white-haired old man, the white-dressed fat man also turned and left. The rest looked at each other, then followed them to leave.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
Several people banded together and prepared to leave, but suddenly, an earth-shattering st sounded behind them.
Almost subconsciously, they stopped.
??The farthest ones from the battlefield were the bearded captain group. They were galloping outward at their maximum speed. Their current location was grasnd that stretches out for thousands of kilometers.
As they quickly ran away, everyone couldn¡¯t help but think about the situation they just experienced. It¡¯s so surreal. Incredible powerhouses that they might never meet in their lives appeared in droves in front of them.
Suddenly, an explosion sounded.
These people also subconsciously stopped, then turned and looked behind them.
The great mountains far away were still enveloped by the lightning sea, but the lightning sea shook at this moment. Many bursts appeared then disappeared inside it in a short period. It seems that someone inside of it is fighting.
¡°I just swallowed the souls of thirteen peak immortal kings. Naturally, I can burst out with sage-levelbat power. Although I can only maintain this state for three minutes, it shouldn¡¯t be difficult to take you down, old fellow.¡±
Lord Li, who was standing in the sky, sneered and said. However, just as he said this, his body trembled, and his figure was a little illusory. It was as if he was isted in another time and space. What remained in front of them was nothing more than a projection.
The rest of the people on the battlefield were speechless upon seeing this. This Young Master Li spoke smack very confidently, but before the battle even started, he quickly used his ultimate defense ability.
Chapter 615: Fierce Battle (Part 2)
Chapter 615: Fierce Battle (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Obviously, this defensive ability was obviously the backhand given to him by his father. This is a sage-level defensive technique. As long as the opponent isn¡¯t an extremely powerful sage, there should be no problem.
In addition, an axe appeared in his hand. From the terrifying energy flowing on its de, it could be seen that this is an extremely powerful weapon.
This axe is a treasure used by lord Li and his father. It is extremely powerful; It can be regarded as one of the main weapons of the heavenly star. It was loaned to his son Li to protect himself during his journey.
In addition to this axe, there are several powerful sage-level treasures on young master Li¡¯s body. Coupled with his temporary strength, he can indeedpete with and even defeat an ordinary sage.
After lord Li finished his preparations, he attacked the unkempt old man below. A bloodthirsty light burst out from his eyes.
This is a sage and a single low-level sage. He has nopanions. As long as their group cooperates, he basically can¡¯t escape.
¡°After eating this sage, my cultivation level can go further,bining that with the celestial aura on that woman, I will definitely reach the sage level this time!¡±
Lord Li¡¯s heart was filled with excitement, his aura suddenly burst out. Judging from the aura that erupted from his body, his cultivation level had already reached the peak of the immortal king level.
However, after reaching the peak, his aura suddenly exploded again, rising to the sage level. He is burning the souls of the immortal kings he captured to burst out with such strength in a short time.
After he started to act, hispanions also began to attack the old man. This area was already filled with a doomsday-like scene, but after their battle, the destruction raged even further.
The unkempt old man is a sage-level being, naturally, he is not afraid of the primordial lightning. Of course, that doesn¡¯t mean that they are entirely unaffected by them. They still have a restraining effect on him.
However, the same goes for Lord Li and the others. Although Lord Li is the owner of the artifact that released these lightning bolts, he doesn¡¯t haveplete mastery of it. The most he could do is to restrain the attack power of these lightning bolts to not injure himself and hispanions.
The two sides fiercely shed with each other, constantly destroying the space and rules in this area, forcing the cultivators watching from far away to retreat even further.
They originally wanted to run away, but now, their legs seem to be filled with lead. They motionlessly watched the battle far away.
This is a battle at the sage level, an extremely rare sight for them.
¡°If this continues, this realm and even the will be destroyed.¡±
The white-haired old man smiled bitterly. This is his home and territory. It has been fortified by many powerhouses. Among them were even sage-level existences, but under the fierce battle of two sage-level powerhouses, along with the assistance of several immortal kings and the artifact that is constantly releasing lightning bolts.
He could feel that this started bing unstable.
Fortunately, at that moment, an inexplicable force surged from the¡¯s core, fortifying the and restoring its stability. It seems to be some kind of emergency formation buried in the depths of the.
It was due to the fortification of this energy that the didn¡¯t explode this time.
If the was unfortunately destroyed, hundreds of trillions of lives, maybe even quadrillions will die. This is after all a mega and the imperial capital of a super empire.
While the white-haired old man sighed, the battle had already reached a feverish stage. The two sides constantly exchanged blows and positions, leaving behind countless afterimages and tracks of destruction.
The calm expression had long since disappeared on the old man¡¯s face. On the contrary, he became extremely solemn. This young master Li indeed gave him a lot of pressure.
In addition, there were several peak immortal kings besides this Lord Li. If it was in a normal situation, he wouldn¡¯t care about cultivators of this level, but at this critical moment, he can¡¯t get distracted at all and these guys are constantly harassing him, making him very ufortable.
¡°Hmph!¡±
The old man seemed to be a little angry at this moment. He suddenly snorted, then started waving his hands. His momentum rose higher and higher.
¡°Hahaha, are you finally willing to get serious?¡±
After seeing this scene, That young master Li didn¡¯t look scared or nervous butughed with a rxed expression on his face.
¡°It¡¯s almost time to solve this old guy.¡±
Upon saying this, an extremely serious expression appeared on his face. In the next moment, a blinding light appeared on his axe.
This ray of light instantly turned into the brightest thing in the entire heavens and earth. Compared to it, even the rays of the sun seemed insignificant.
¡°Boom!¡±
Lord Li shed downward with the axe in his hand. Under this sh, space and time were torn apart. The old man¡¯splexion changed upon seeing this. He hurriedly shifted the movement of his energy, deploying a defensive technique instead of an offensive one.
Unfortunately, his reaction was a bitte
His body was impacted and directly flew out.
¡°Ha ha ha ha.¡±
Lord Liughed wildly after seeing this scene.
¡°With a sage-level soul coupled with the celestial aura on this woman¡¯s body, I can definitely reach the sage-level this time!¡±
At this time, the lightning sea enveloping this entire mountain range also began to dissipate, and Tang Guo in the sky was clearly revealed to the eyes of everyone.
After seeing this scene, Lord Li¡¯s eyes lit up.
¡°Hahaha,e over to me.¡±
He slowly stretched his hands, intending to suck Tang Guo over. However, Tang Guo remained motionless in the sky.
¡°Huh? Who is interfering with me?!¡±
Lord Li was taken back for a moment, then immediately became furious. He looked around ferociously, intending to see this bold man who interfered with him.
Suddenly, his sight moved to the men behind him. Everyone¡¯s expressions changed. The peak immortal kings quickly waved their hands, intending to exin that it wasn¡¯t them, but at that moment¡
¡°Roar!!!!!¡±
Chapter 616: Clash of Sages (Part 1)
Chapter 616: sh of Sages (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
When lord Li looked at the white-haired old man and the others, theirplexions immediately changed. It wasn¡¯t just them, even the small characters like the bearded captain and his team were frightened.
If a battle breaks out between these big people, they will definitely be affected. They are too close after all.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Suddenly, a huge roar sounded behind everyone. Everyone was shocked and quickly looked back. To their dismay, an amazing sight urred in front of them.
¡°Rumble!!¡±
A huge bump appeared on the ground behind them. Grass, trees, sand, and mud fell down like a waterfall. A huge creature broke from the ground and raised its head high. Its gaze swept past them andnded on Young Master Li and the girl in the sky.
¡°Gulp!¡±
Everyone swallowed their saliva. The giant beast in front of them is simply too huge. It¡¯s even bigger than the surrounding mountains, thousands of meters tall and hundreds of meters wide. It cast a huge shadow on them by just standing upright.
This is an extremely terrifying serpent. It starred right at lord Li and hispanions with its giant golden eyes. It didn¡¯t radiate a cultivation aura, but its mere presence shook the surrounding people to their soul, including the powerful immortal kings standing not far away.
¡°This¡this¡isn¡¯t this the giant serpent we encountered before?¡±
When the bearded captain and hispanions saw this giant serpent, they immediately thought of the giant sea serpent they encountered in the sea not long ago.
The only doubt they had is the size difference. Their appearance is identical, however, this serpent is much bigger than the one they saw at sea.
Of course, it might also be because they hadn¡¯t seen it clearly due to their panic and mental exhaustion back then.
The bearded man was a little confused, but the fear in his heart still couldn¡¯t be contained. They are too close to this giant serpent. With just a movement from it, they will get immediately squashed.
¡°Hiss¡¡±
Even the immortal kings not far from the bearded man took a deep breath. Their strength allowed them to appreciate the terror of this serpent more clearly.
¡°Guys, this time it is really¡¡±
After taking a look behind, the white-haired old man shook his head andughed bitterly. At the beginning, he thought it was an opportunity, but it turned out to be aplete disaster.
??Moreover, this disaster urred on his.
At present, if it were not for the support of the¡¯s core formation, this would have copsed a long time ago. However, he has a feeling that if another sage-level battle urs, then both this secret realm and won¡¯t be able to withstand it.
The other immortal king cultivators were speechless. They didn¡¯t expect that another sage-level existence has appeared.
Counting that young master Li, three sage level powerhouses have appeared on this, an event rare throughout the ages.
The white-haired old man knew very well that neither the unkempt old man nor the giant serpent were their¡¯s natives. They are all creatures from others
¡°Hey, I don¡¯t know how it will end in the end¡¡±
The white-haired old man couldn¡¯t help but sigh. Things havepletely gone out of control.
¡°Ha ha ha ha!¡±
Just as everyone was horrified, Lord Li was stunned for a while, then suddenlyughed out loud.
Afterughing for a while, young master Li pointed at Fang Yun and said,
¡°Unexpectedly, a sage-level star beast has appeared this time!¡±
He naturally knew that Fang Yun was not this¡¯s native creature. After all, he did quite extensive research about this ce and gathered its information before choosing to set the trap here.
There isn¡¯t the slightest information about Fang Yun on this.
Sage-level creatures are usually very active as they often require huge amounts of energy to grow and cultivate. Once creatures of such a level make a move, their traces are usually impossible to cover.
¡°Hehe, beast, I just happen tock a mount. If you are willing to surrender to me, then I will save you from death.¡± Lord Li said proudly.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Contrary to the response he expected. The giant serpent on the opposite side suddenly released an earth-shattering roar. Some warriors ahead couldn¡¯t withstand the sound waves and exploded like a watermelon.
¡°Careful!¡±
The immortal kings on the side immediately took action to protect their subordinates. They quickly wrapped them with energy and quickly ran towards the distance.
Afternding, they all breathed a sigh of relief. Fortunately, The target of this sage-level behemoth wasn¡¯t them, otherwise, they would have died.
¡°Huh? The only reason I selected you as a mount is due to your domineering appearance, but you don¡¯t seem to appreciate it. It seems that I should teach you a lesson first.¡± Lord Li sneered and said.
He didn¡¯t think about killing this sage-level star beast, because star beasts of this level are extremely rare. They can only be me but not sought. He truly wanted to subdue this powerful creature.
Of course, his domineering words did nothing but provoke rage in Fang Yun¡¯s heart.
Fang Yun coldly looked at young master Li. He quickly flew towards this arrogant man, crushing everything in his way. His violent aura swept the surrounding area, shaking the earth and obscuring the sea.
As the two approached each other, their bodies finally collided.
The battle between the two shook the surrounding area. Fang Yun¡¯s tail collided heavily with lord Li¡¯s fist, shaking the entire secret realm. Space and time were about to be torn apart. The immortal kings brought their subordinates and retreated even further.
After a few more collisions, the two powerhouses broke through the secret realm and headed towards outer space.
This battle was really cruel. Its impact is even greater than the previous battle between the old man and young master Li
¡°Is this the power of the sages?¡±
Those immortals and even immortal kings looked at the battle between Fang Yun and young master Li with expressions of shock. This level of attack and destructive power is far beyond their capabilities.
If they were to join up, they are afraid that they wouldn¡¯t be able to survive after three moves.
¡°Let¡¯s go.¡±
The immortals looked at each other, then their bodies shed, following the two powerhouses into outer space.
This is the ultimate confrontation between sages. Judging from the current level of energy released, the battle between them is even more amazing than the previous battle between Lord Li and the old man.
¡°Where did this star serpente from?¡±
On the ground, the unkempt old man hadn¡¯tpletely died at this time. He looked at the battle in space with a surprised expression on his face.
Chapter 616: Clash of Sages (Part 2)
Chapter 616: sh of Sages (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
For that young master Li, he was really helpless. In fact, his cultivation level was not low, a first step sage.
However, although that young master Li is nothing more than a peak immortal king, he has a treasure left to him by a peak sage level powerhouse.
Besides, that young master Li also has a rare secret technique, through which he can use the soul of other powerhouses to temporarily raise his cultivation base to the sage level.
It is precisely because of this that young master Li can defeat him.
He thought he was really going to die here before, but he didn¡¯t expect that a new party would join the fray.
¡°This giant serpent is indeed at the sage level, why haven¡¯t I heard of deeds rted to him before?¡±
A being of such a level usually fame across the entire ancient universe. They are beings at the top of the entire cultivationdder and their actions usually can affect many areas.
Even star beasts of this level are influential enough to be included in the documents of countless civilizations and cosmic empires.
That¡¯s why the old man was so surprised at the appearance of this unknown sage-level creature.
The old man staggered and stood up. He raised his head and stared at the sky, prating the atmosphere and theyers of space, and looking at outer space.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
In outer space, on the edge of this sr system, a fierce battle was going on, one person and one serpent were fighting, tearing apart the nearbys.
The two could fight morefortably in space. The battle between each other became more intense, but as the fight continued, your master Li was the one that started to fall to a disadvantage.
¡°Damn, how could this monster be so strong?¡±
Such a question rose in young master Li¡¯s heart. ording to his perception, this monster¡¯s cultivation base should only be a first-step sage, but itsbat power made him feel extremely frightened.
¡°This¡no, if this continues, I will definitely die here.¡±
A trace of cold sweat flowed down young master Li¡¯s cheeks. He suddenly nced at hispanions andmanded.
¡°Come here and help me.¡±
The moment his voice sounded, hispanions flew over here one after another, then began to assist the young man.
In an instant, the pressure on him felt much lighter.
However, in the next moment, the serpent burst out with an even more powerful aura. With just a flick of its tail, one of hispanions was immediately hit andunched towards a distant star. The man hit the star at a massively faster speed than light, destroying the star and dying in the process.
¡°Damn it, everyone uses your most powerful skills. We must kill this monster!¡±
Young Master Li¡¯s expression became fierce. He finally knew that he had miscalcted. This giant serpent is more powerful than he thought. If he is careless, he might truly die in this ce.
¡°Haa!¡±
The axe in lord Li¡¯s hand suddenly surged with a majestic aura, followed by an extremely dazzling light, more dazzling than the sun.
¡°Get out of the way!¡±
Young Master Li yelled loudly. He raised the axe in his hand, then brought it down with all his power.
Under this shing motion, a huge crack was split in space. Its power is simply unimaginable.
The immortal kings that were watching the battle from the distance became solemn upon seeing this. They all knew that this young master Li¡¯s greatest trump card was his axe.
Earlier, he used that axe to defeat the unkempt old man with one blow. They wondered if history will be repeated this time.
While thinking like this, they watched as a huge crescent energy sh rushed towards the giant serpent, leaving behind a dark, long space crack.
In response, the space around the giant serpent suddenly became distorted, obscuring its appearance.
However, the crescent sh directly tore the distorted space and heavilynded on Fang Yun¡¯s body.
¡°Chuck! Boom!!¡±
The body of the giant serpent was immediately torn into two parts. This was immediately followed by the violent explosion of the energy sh, turning the lower half of the serpent into a bloody mess and filling the area around with blinding light.
¡°Was the serpent defeated?¡±
The immortal kings eximed upon seeing this scene, but in the next second, their pupils suddenly shrank.
A figure suddenly emerged from the explosion range, blood seeping out from its body. It¡¯s the serpent that should have been seriously injured.
At present, half of its body has been destroyed, but its vitality is still extremely exuberant.
¡°Its vitality is really too exuberant.¡±
Several immortal kings were taken aback. Even if giant creatures like star beasts have far more vitality than small intelligent creatures like them, they shouldn¡¯t remain so energetic after such a terrifying attack.
At first nce, this giant serpent is notparable to an ordinary star beast, it shouldn¡¯t be unusual for it to have such an exuberant vitality.
The most important thing to know is that young master Li¡¯s attack didn¡¯t greatly affect the serpent.
However, the price he paid to use such an exaggerated attack two consecutive times is unbearable for him.
The giant serpent has locked his position and is quicklying towards him.
¡°Help me!!¡±
He paid a heavy price for the previous axe sh. In a short period, he would hardly be able to move, let alone dodge or continue fighting.
¡°Boom!¡±
With a loud noise, the giant serpent hit the young master Li¡¯s body at an inconceivable speed, instantly turning his body into a bloody mist.
However, in the next moment, young master Li appeared not far away,pletely fine.
¡°Damn monster! If you kill me, my father will hunt you down! Stop at¡¡±
Before he could finish speaking, he noticed that a giant shadow had obscured the sun. With a frightened expression, he watched as the serpent¡¯s giant mouth approached, then devoured him in the next second.
¡°This¡¡¡±
Lord Li¡¯spanions were dumbfounded at this scene. They did not expect that Lord Li would be devoured before he could even report his father¡¯s name.
¡°Run!!¡±
Chapter 617: News from the Metaverse (Part 1)
Chapter 617: News from the Metaverse (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The entourages of Lord Li were panicked right now, all of them madly fled away. They all expanded their speed to the extreme. There is no way, in front of that terrifying monster, they can¡¯t resist!
At the same time, Fang Yun¡¯s body tissue was rapidly reorganizing. In a short span of less than a minute, his body had beenpletely reorganized and restored.
This recovery speed shocked everyone present.
¡°The resilience of this creature is too terrifying, right?¡±
The immortal kings watching from the distance were shocked. They looked at each other with bewilderment. This healing speed is a bit too terrifying.
¡°With a sage-level strength coupled with this abnormal recovery ability, it¡¯s no wonder that young master Li can be beheaded.¡± The white-haired old man had a clear expression.
Of course, its victory relied mostly on its strength, otherwise, it wouldn¡¯t have been able to push young master Li to such an extent, but its regeneration ability and exuberant vitality also yed a major role.
Otherwise, this giant serpent wouldn¡¯t have been able to move so easily without half of its body, let alone regenerate it in less than a minute.
Under everyone¡¯s attention, Fang Yun suddenly chased behind young master Li¡¯spanions, catching up with them and devouring them.
Even if they escaped in all directions, none of them managed to flee in the end. The difference in speed was too overwhelming.
Suddenly, Fang Yun¡¯s gazended on the white-haired old man and the others, causing them to freeze in their ce.
¡°This, this senior¡¡±
The white-haired old man was stared at by Fang Yun. He could only bite the bullet and stand up and greet Fang Yun. His heart was filled with fear. He didn¡¯t know what Fang Yun would do to them.
They had originally wanted to leave, but after thinking about it. They realized that it wouldn¡¯t matter even if they escaped. After all, there¡¯s a sage-level existence in front of them. As long as he wants to look for them, finding them amongst the myriad of beings on this would be easy.
Their only chance is to flee from this and into the vast space. That¡¯s why they came to outer space in the first ce so that they would have the chance to escape if there was anything wrong.
In addition, battles between sages are too rare. The battle between Fang Yun and Young Master Li was indeed a very beneficial battle for them, immortal kings on the edge of a breakthrough.
¡°My lord, we¡¡±
The white-haired old man seemingly wanted to say something, but Fang Yun stared at them for a few seconds before looking away.
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t interested in these cultivators. He turned his sight back to the far away and looked at Tang Guo floating in the sky.
Looking at the other party¡¯s familiar face, there was aplex expression on Fang Yun¡¯s face. He hadn¡¯t seen her for more than a hundred years. In fact, he thought that she died. He never expected that he would meet her in such a far ce.
??¡¡¡¡Tang Guo, who was floating midair, was still in aa at this time. Fang Yun tried to wake her up with his mental power, but he still didn¡¯t get a response.
After opening his mouth, Fang Yun directly sucked Tang Guo into his mouth. Of course, he didn¡¯t swallow her. He ced her in a corner of his mouth, protected by his energy.
Tang Guo was in aa now, he could only take her away in this way.
After putting Tang Guo in his mouth, Fang Yun turned around and left this. He knew that a big battle might be awaiting him next.
That guy named lord Li obviously had an unusual background. Now that he killed him, his patron is unlikely to let him go.
A big battle is inevitable.
But Fang Yun didn¡¯t have any fear. To be honest, he doesn¡¯t fear any creature in this universe. He has the confidence to surpass all.
¡°Huh¡¡±
Heaving out a light sigh, Fang Yun continued flying in the dark space.
The white-haired old man and the others who had been looking at Fang Yun were finally relieved. They escaped a catastrophe. At this moment, these people looked at each other, then flew back to the.
Next, they need to retreat for a while and digest the insights brought to them by the previous battle.
¡°Huh¡ I didn¡¯t expect that that lord wouldn¡¯t bother us.¡± On that, amongst the crowd of escaping cultivators, the bearded captain said.
¡°Yeah, my heart was about to jump out before. I thought that we¡¯re all going to die.¡± A woman stuck out her tongue and said yfully.
¡°I feel that the reason that lord left in such a hurry is not to implicate this.¡± Some people thoughtfully said. Many people were silent upon hearing this. After a few moments of silence, they felt that it made sense.
For a powerhouse of that level, even if he is just a star beast, its wisdom is definitely not lower than theirs. In fact, it¡¯s probably much higher.
Since he killed that young master Li, he must know that a super powerhouse of the sage level is going to target him next.
His departure is equivalent to diverting firepower from their.
¡°Hey, I hope nothing happens to that lord.¡±
The bearded captain sighed and said. The others nodded, agreeing with him.
¡°Okay, hey, that lord must have a clear understanding of his situation, but boss, this should be the second time we have met him. I think that the serpent we met at sea back then should be this lord. They are very simr and both are extremely powerful.¡±
At this time, a lean team member smiled and said to the bearded captain. Thetter stroked his beard and nodded.
¡°There is indeed such a possibility. The difference between that lord and the serpent we encountered at sea is just body size, but for beings of that level, it should be very easy to change size and shape.¡±
¡°Hey, in just a few days, we met so many sage-level powerhouses! That can be considered very lucky! Maybe next year will be a good hunting year.¡±
The lean manughed and said, The others nodded in agreement, looking forward to the future.
Just when the bearded captain and the others were talking, on the other side, Fang Yun had flown an unknown distance.
Fang Yun¡¯s current speed is incredibly fast. Just his physical speed alone is several times higher than the speed of light, but if he uses his space control ability, he can reach much a higher speed level, allowing him to cross many star systems in the blink of an eye.
As he flew forward, he suddenly felt that themunication device in his mouth vibrated.
It must be Neb and the others trying to contact him.
¡°Could it be that there is something wrong with the league?¡±
This thought suddenly popped out in his mind, but Fang Yun wasn¡¯t really worried.
Even if the Metaverse league gets attacked, Fang Yun isn¡¯t nning to interfere anymore, at least not lightly.
He has already bid farewell to the league. He didn¡¯t participate in its affairs for many years.
Anyway, he can¡¯t retrain the league nor hinder its development. The best thing to do is to allow them to develop independently.
However, he was still curious about what they wanted.
Chapter 617: News from the Metaverse (Part 2)
Chapter 617: News from the Metaverse (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After turning on themunication equipment, Neb¡¯s face immediately appeared. There was a worried expression on his face at first, but after seeing Fang Yun, that expression immediately disappeared.
¡°Master Ouroboros.¡±
Neb eximed loudly. He then took a deep breath, converging his excitement, and said,
¡°Master Ouroboros, I just wanted to greet you.¡±
¡°Just talk about it, what do you want from me this time?¡±
Fang Yun was unwilling to engage in these small talks, so he asked Neb straightforwardly.
Hearing that, Neb paused then said
¡°My lord, it¡¯s not a big deal. Like I just said¡You¡¯ve been away for a while, I just wanted to contact you.¡±
Hearing this, Fang Yun was a little speechless. It turned out to be for this reason. He thought something had happened.
He also knew why Neb was so affectionate. There is the factor of emotional entanglement, but the most important reason is that his existence can allow the nine heavens/Metaverse to survive in thispetitive and dangerous universe.
¡°How about the people who have entered the Gray Mist organization?¡±
Fang Yun thought they have already connected, so he might as well ask about the situation of the geniuses who headed to the gray mist organization.
This n was originally proposed by him, and it¡¯s critical for the growth of the Metaverse, so he is quite concerned about it.
¡°My Excellency, the people who went to the Gray Mist Organization¡¯ are doing well. We have also sent more people there, so the number of our people in the Gray Mist organization is about 300 now.¡±
¡°Huh?¡± Fang Yun was shocked by Neb¡¯s words. He did not expect them to send so many people to the ¡°Gray Mist Organization¡±. This is a risky endeavor.
Originally, he thought that Neb and the others would be satisfied with the number of people that have already joined the organization. He didn¡¯t expect them to make such a risky move.
¡°My lord, aplete official academy system has been established. We have also produced many domain masters. We can now afford to send so many people to the Gray Mist organization.¡±
As if seeing Fang Yun¡¯s doubts, Neb immediately exined it to him.
After a moment of silence, Fang Yun nodded and said,
¡°You did a good job. By the way, what did these geniuses achieve after entering the Gray Mist organization?¡±
Hearing Fang Yun talking about business, Neb¡¯s face straightened up. He pondered for a moment, then seriously replied.
¡°After they entered the Gray Mist Organization¡¯, they basically worked for the high-level people inside.¡±
¡°The Grey Mist Organization¡¯ will issue arge number of tasks from time to time. Members are free to choose whether to ept these tasks or not. However, there are corresponding task quotas every month. If the members can¡¯t reach those quotas, they must pay some remuneration. If they can¡¯t reach the quotas many times in a row, they might get kicked out of the organization.¡±
¡°How about the casualties over there now?¡± Fang Yun asked randomly.
Hearing this, Neb had a solemn expression on his face.
¡°That casualty rate is still very high. About 15% to 20%¡±
Speaking of this, Neb¡¯s face looked much darker. All of the people that he sent to the Gray Mist organization are young and vigorous geniuses. Unfortunately, they died due to his orders.
¡°Yeah.¡± Fang Yun responded indifferently,
¡°How is your overall strength now? Has Luo Feng made a breakthrough?¡±
Knowing that Fang Yun still had Luo Feng in his mind, Neb was surprised and delighted. The rtionship between the two is extraordinary, like father and son, so the fact that Fang Yun was concerned about Luo Feng delighted him.
¡°My lord, Luo Feng¡¯s strength is now stronger than ever. The overall strength of our league has been greatly improved.¡±
Neb replied with a smile.
¡°The only problem is that the friction between us and the small nearby countries has be more and more frequent recently. I am afraid that it will not take long before another war begins.¡±
Neb¡¯s expression was a little dignified. In his opinion, the Metaverse should focus more on cultivating and growing, so he is fine with peace. As long as those empires don¡¯t take the initiative to attack, he is fine with the small skirmishes at the borders.
However, the friction is getting bigger and bigger recently. He suspects that there is something behind this mess. Unfortunately, they haven¡¯t found any suspect for the moment.
¡°Well, I got it.¡±
Fang Yun wasn¡¯t worried. Since Neb said that it¡¯s not a big problem, then it shouldn¡¯t be a big problem. Anyway, even if they go to war, he can¡¯t help them for now.
¡°You all be careful. I n to travel outside for a while. When the time is ripe, I wille back.¡±
Fang Yun promised Neb that he would definitely go back because there is a turbulent space gate there. That is the only path back home that he found, naturally he will go back to it.
Chapter 618: Discovered (Part 1)
Chapter 618: Discovered (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the dark space, an extremely huge serpent was slowly moving forward, like a huge meteorite floating across space.
Fang Yun has been wandering in space for almost three years. His power has reached an even higher level, faintly touching the edge of the mid-sage level. With just some more time, he should be able to reach the high-level sage level or a third-step sage.
During this period of time, he also asionally contacted Neb and the others. ording to Neb, they are now at war with several small nearby countries.
These small countries are the size of the previous Gama Empire. The current Metaverse is much stronger, having several world master-level powerhouses.
A country of the scale of the Gama Empire can no longer threaten the safety of the Metaverse.
For example, the Metaverse is at war with three small countries at the same time, and they are not at a disadvantage. Even if Luo Feng, their most powerful realm master hadn¡¯t appeared, they still fought to a standstill against the three small countries.
In addition, Neb told Fang Yun that most of the manpower they sent to the gray mist organization had already reached the top of the domain master level. Soon enough, a lot of them will reach the world master level/
Fang Yun was not surprised either. All of the domain masters that have joined the gray mist organization are the best geniuses of the Metaverse. After several years of development, it¡¯s not difficult to fathom their achievements.
¡°It seems that the current Metaverse league is steadily improving. Maybe after I go back, I will find a new Metaverse league, one that doesn¡¯t need me.¡±
As he moved forward, Fang Yun thought with an inexplicable loss in his heart. After a while, he recovered and couldn¡¯t help but smile wryly.
He remembers feeling that the Metaverse was very cumbersome a while ago.
However, the long-term contact and his participation in its development caused him to develop feelings for that country.
¡°Forget it, I shouldn¡¯t think about this anymore. I wonder when Tang Guo will wake up.¡±
Tang Guo was still being carried by Fang Yun, and she didn¡¯t show any sign of waking up, which made him a little anxious. After all, Tang Guo had been in aa for three years, likely even longer.
¡°I wonder what happened to her?¡±
Fang Yun began to analyze, ¡°Looking at her appearance, could it be that her Soul was affected?¡±
Fang Yun felt a little headache. He is not very good at this kind of diagnosis and treatment, but currently, he doesn¡¯t know anyone who can diagnose and treat Tang Guo. Tang Guo¡¯s vitality has not diminished, so Fang Yun still doesn¡¯t know if what happened to her is good or bad.
Just as Fang Yun was flying forward, he didn¡¯t know that an organization was inquiring about his deeds.
This organization is exactly the gray mist organization.
The reason why gray mist inquired about Fang Yun¡¯s deeds was because of the lord Li he had killed before. Lord Li is the beloved son of an incredible powerhouse. After his death, he would definitely not give up, so he entrusted the gray mist organization to look for Fang Yun¡¯s traces.
The problem is that Fang Yun has not appeared in the public¡¯s sight for the past three years, so the gray mist organization had no clue, but on this day, the situation has changed.
As he flew forward, a small fleet suddenly appeared in front of Fang Yun. Judging from its appearance, it should be a certain merchant fleet.
There were frigates on all sides of the merchant fleet, providing sufficient protection force, but the fleet was still terrified upon encountering Fang Yun.
Fang Yun¡¯s size is really too big. Even if he doesn¡¯t show hisplete size, just his current star-sized form is shocking enough. It¡¯s difficult for any normal being to remain indifferent in front of him.
At this time, Fang Yun was in a semi-sleep semi-awake state.
Of course, he also sensed the existence of this fleet, but he didn¡¯t care about it. They are just like a dust particle to him. Naturally, he won¡¯t hide from them, but he will not attack either.
He is not an aggressive, murderous creature after all.
In many cases, he retaliates back only after others provoke him.
¡°OH, my goodness, there¡¯s¡ actually such a big serpent.¡±
¡°This is the most powerful type of star beast in the universe. It¡¯s really scary. It seems to be in a deep state of sleep. I hope it will not wake up.¡±
¡°Look, doesn¡¯t this serpent look like the one that killed the son of the heavenly star old man?¡±
A sharp voice suddenly resounded in the crowd. The crowd who were originally in heated discussion fell into silence.
Suddenly, everyone looked at the huge serpent outside the window. The more they looked at it, the more they felt that it was identical to the ones that killed the heavenly star¡¯s son.
¡°It should be it.¡±
Someone said with a certain tone.
¡°Although this serpent is much bigger than the other one, perhaps this is its true size.¡±
Outside the cabin, the giant serpent passed by them quietly. Everyone swallowed and looked at the giant serpent very nervously.
It seemed that after a long few seconds, the giant serpent didn¡¯t seem to have any signs of turning around, so they finally heaved a sigh of relief. A few momentster, they contacted the Gray Mist organization and sent the news about the giant serpent.
Of course, they wanted to inform the heavenly star old man about this news. After all, they could directly get the full reward from him, with no middleman taking part.
Unfortunately, they didn¡¯t have the contact information of Heavenly Star, so their only choice was to contact the Gray Mist organization.
Soon after, the Gray Mist organization passed the information to the heavenly star old man.
The heavenly star old man lives on the heavenly Star. This giant belongs to him alone. Apart from him, there is no other lifeform there. In other words, the heavenly star is a dead.
The heavenly star old man resides in the core all year round, practicing there. At the moment, he was at a critical step in his practice, so when he received the information from the gray mist organization, he immediately told them to help him trap that monster.
If they can catch him, it would be much better.
Under the highmission, the leader of the Gray Mist organization immediately agreed.
The headquarters of the Gray Mist organization is located on a named ¡°White Crane¡±. This, seen from space, has a pattern like a white crane on its surface, hence the name.
Everyone on this is a member of the Gray Mist organization, and there are actually many natural satellites nearby, and they are filled with the Gray Mist organization members.
Chapter 618: Discovered (Part 2)
Chapter 618: Discovered (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The most important thing is that this is the headquarters. There are many more branches all over the ancient universe. Their members include countless people from all kinds of civilizations and cosmic empires. Their size and influence are inconceivable.
However, the leader of such a mega organization is solemnly thinking about an issue.
Bai Deming is the leader of the Gray Mist organization. His strength is terrifying. Simrly, he has extraordinary connections with many powerful people, but after receiving this task, he still looked solemn.
This time their target is very powerful; After all, the other party is a creature that killed the son of the heavenly star old man.
To kill the son of a peak powerhouse like the heavenly old man, the opponent must possess incredible resolve, strength, and courage. To deal with such a creature, even he, the leader of the grey mist organization, needs to be careful.
¡°That monster¡¯s cultivation should be peak first step sage.¡±
Bai Deming was holding a pile of information about Fang Yun. After Fang Yun left that day, although many people were grateful to him, arge part of them still sold his information for profit.
Now Bai Deming has basically determined Fang Yun¡¯s cultivation level through his own analysis.
¡°However, his true strength should be beyond that, maybe the second step. In any special situation, he might be able to explode with even more powerful strength.¡±
Bai Deming rubbed his temple at this time. His cultivation base is a second-step sage or a middle sage at the moment, which means that he should have the advantage in battle.
Moreover, in their organization, he is the only one who can say with confidence that he can hold that serpent and it has to be with the assistance of other people.
If other sages from the organization take action, things might not go so smoothly. After all, the best of them has the strength of the early first step sage, that is, roughly the same strength as the star serpent/
Under such circumstances, if the giant serpent wanted to escape, those people couldn¡¯t stop it at all.
¡°It seems that I have to personally take action.¡±
Bai Deming thought internally. Even if he brings out his subordinates, he intends to call his trusted followers this time.
This time, the gray fog organization has prepared tens of thousands of people. This is for this hard task. The best ending would be to directly kill that great serpent, after all, this is the wish of the heavenly old man.
¡°If it gets hard, then trap that monster.¡±
Bai Deming thought internally. Although the price for this task is amazing, if the opponent¡¯s strength is too strong and the price to kill that monster is too great, then he is not going to do it.
Because the consequences of doing so would be the decline of their gray fog organization.
It doesn¡¯t matter if they lose an ordinary world master, with their wealth, they can invite or make as many as they want. The important members are ¡¡¡¡the immortals and even the sages. With each one they lose, there would be one less master in the organization.
Even with generous rewards, it¡¯s very hard to invite masters of that level to the organization.
Therefore, for Bai Deming, the most important thing in this battle is to preserve their strength, and the second is to earn the greatest degree of remuneration possible.
Without preparing for long, Bai Deming led tens of thousands of people to the ce where the giant serpentst appeared. Under his leadership, they quickly arrived.
At any rate, he is a sage-level superpower. Space maniption is very easy for a master of his degree. Through constant space jumps and hyperspace shuttles, they quickly arrived.
¡°Well, there are certainly traces left by a serpent-shaped star beast here.¡±
As soon as they arrived, Bai Deming noticed the traces left by Fang Yun. He quickly started investigating the surrounding area, and after a while, he locked the serpent star beast path.
¡°Go over there.¡±
After a few moments, Bai Deming¡¯s eyes lit up. He looked in a certain direction with a sharp expression, then immediately headed towards it.
¡°Unexpectedly, our task this time is to deal with master Ouroboros.¡±
What Bai Deming at the forefront didn¡¯t notice was that in their team, two people weremunicating spiritually.
A bitter smile appeared on their face. The action of the Gray Mist organization this time was actually aimed at Lord Ouroboros. The most important thing is that they were still selected to enter the team hunting him.
The two felt speechless and worried.
After all, there were a lot of people who came here this time, including many powerhouses. In fact, 5 sage-level powerhouses came this time, including the second step sage leader.
This lineup is very luxurious.
If Fang Yun was really killed, they didn¡¯t know what to do.
Upon thinking of this, the two of them were silent, and their worries became more and more intense.
When Bai Deming flew out toward Fang Yun¡¯s location, the outside world was also affected by their actions.
The Gray Mist is a public and famous organization. In order to increase their visibility and fame, thus attracting more members, he decided to broadcast this extremely rare event. The hunting of an extremely rare sage-level star beast.
¡°Hahaha, Bai Deming has found the location of that star beast, that beast will definitely die.¡±
¡°Yes, a mere beast dares to provoke the heavenly star. I¡¯ve never seen such a ridiculous thing¡±
¡°I heard that lord Bai Deming became a cosmic sage hundreds of years ago. I wonder if he has gone further now.¡±
¡°Anyway, the hunt this time should be stable.¡±
Regarding the live broadcast on the Inte, almost no one is optimistic about Fang Yun. Most of them held negative opinions of him.
This is normal. After all, he is a star beast.
Kind and peaceful star beasts are rare throughout the universe.
For ordinary people, star beasts are terrifying forces of nature, many of them have destroyed many worlds. Naturally, they mostly hold fear and hatred towards them. Not to mention that a peak powerhouse is involved in this matter.
The heavenly old man. Naturally, they don¡¯t want to upset this powerhouse.
Chapter 619: Surrounded (Part 1)
Chapter 619: Surrounded (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Luo Chun, what do you think about this action?¡±
Among the team that the Gray Mist organized to hunt Fang Yun, a person suddenly said to hispanions while vigntly surveying the surrounding environment and the people around.
¡°Wu Chen, with that lord¡¯s ability, there shouldn¡¯t be any problems.¡±
After years of training, Luo Chun has be more energetic and sharper than before. His eyes shone with blinding lights.
Back then, he broke through to the domain master level with Fang Yun¡¯s help, but now, he has broken through the domain master level, reaching the same level as the leader of the Metaverse, Luo Feng.
Of course, Luo Feng is far stronger than him, but amongst many world masters, he can still be considered a high-powered one.
Amongst the group that first entered the Gray Mist long ago, the two of them belong to the most outstanding group and sessfully entered the world master level.
¡°That¡¯s true, but this time the lineup is too strong, I am¡¡±
Wu Chen paused and said, ¡°I¡¯m afraid of idents.¡±
He came from the Blue Empire, which is also Fang Yun¡¯s hometown. Fang Yun also took care of him afterward. Of course, this person still didn¡¯t know the connection between him and Fang Yun.
It¡¯s just that he took care of the Tang family a little bitter. After all, he remembers Fang Yun¡¯s concern about the Tang family. In his opinion, there should be some sort of rtionship between the two, but it shouldn¡¯t be very important as Fang Yun just asked about them.
His thoughts are indeed correct. What Fang Yun valued most was his friendship with Tang Guo. He didn¡¯t care much about the Tang family itself, he just provided a bit of help for his old friend¡¯s family.
¡°There should be no problem.¡±
Luo Chun was silent. He shook his head and said,
¡°Even if he can¡¯t defeat those guys, as long as he wants to leave, no one can stop him.¡±
In his view, Fang Yun is an invincible existence. However, he is still a bit worried about this lineup.
¡°Hateful, we are still too weak¡¡± Luo Chun couldn¡¯t help gritting his teeth. He was very proud that he broke through to the world master level not long ago, but only now did he realize that he is insignificant in front of the true powerhouses. He can¡¯t change anything!
¡°Haa¡¡± Wu Chun beside him also sighed helplessly.
¡°Hey, what are you talking about?¡±
Suddenly, a person not far away flew towards them and said. This caused both of them to immediately get nervous.
¡°Luo Chun, I heard you saying that your strength is still weak¡¡±
¡°Hehe, you are still young. When you are as old as me, you would have definitely broken through to the immortal level. Tsk tsk, you will also be considered a top powerhouse at that time.¡±
The visitor sighed and said, ¡°The reason why you have been sent this time is to actually broaden your horizons. By the way, when the battle starts,ter on, remember to stand farther away.¡±
¡°Huh.¡±
Luo Chun and Wu Chen heaved a sigh of relief. They thought that their conversation had been heard.
¡°Hey, Captain, it should be difficult for that star serpent to escape this time right?¡±
After calming down, Wu Chen suddenly asked. The moment his voice sounded, Luo Chun on the side also looked at their captain Zhao Ping with scorching eyes.
Zhao Ping smiled and said, ¡°Yes, our lineup is very luxurious this time. That beast wouldn¡¯t be able to escape even if it wanted to.¡±
Hearing Zhao Ping¡¯s words, both of their mouths involuntarily twitched. They felt as if they were the ones trapping Fang Yun.
Seeing that there was something wrong with their expressions, Zhao Ping asked with a confused expression.
¡°What¡¯s the matter with you two?¡±
¡°Oh¡¡± Luo Chun came back to his senses and said wisely, ¡°We were justmenting that we would be able to participate in this hunting mission. We¡¯re just add-ons.¡±
¡°Haha.¡± As the captain, Zhao Ping waved his hand and said.
¡°You will have plenty of opportunities to act in the future, so just watch for now.¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Luo Chun and Wu Chen both nodded and said.
At this moment, the three of them returned to their previous appearances. They kept their mouths shut. Just heading ahead quietly. However, they were still very concerned internally.
They finally found the star serpent floating not far away and quietly surrounded it. Its star-like size was indeed amazing, but they were confident this time.
Fang Yun quickly noticed that he was surrounded, but he didn¡¯t care too much. He looked at the people around, then suddenly manifested most of his true size.
??In the next moment, in this dark void, an extremely huge cosmic serpent appeared.
¡°This¡¡¡±
The members of the gray mist team looked at the terrifying serpent that seemed to stretch infinitely with wide eyes and trembling bodies.
??¡¡¡¡This thing is a bit too big, right? Even with their vision and perception, most of them couldn¡¯t see the serpent¡¯splete body. This thing covered all the stars and objects behind it, casting arge shadow on this area.
This cosmic serpent didn¡¯t exude the slightest aura, but its terrifying size alone made them feel suffocated.
¡°Our opponent is such a monster?¡±
??The group of people at the forefront were a little afraid to move forward. They stopped and looked at each other, their expressions filled with fear.
¡°Um?¡±
Bai Deming, the leader of the mist, snorted upon seeing this. They are currently live on the cosmicwork! No matter how big or terrifying that monster is, they must keep theirposure!
These guys actually dare to stand still, they are simply ruining the reputation of the gray fog. He immediately yelled at them
¡°Go on! what are you all doing in a daze?!¡±
Under his thunder-like voice, the group of people ahead immediately felt pain in their chest. They suddenly coughed blood, and their faces became pale.
Their hearts trembled because they were very clear. This is Bai Deming¡¯s warning to them. If they dare to act like this again, next time, their hearts will burst out.
So the group could only grit their teeth and continue moving.
The distance between the gray mist team and Fang Yun is getting shorter. At one point they reached a distance of less than a hundred thousand kilometers. This distance is very small in space. Domain master level cultivators can usually cross it in just a few seconds.
Not to mention that with the huge size of the serpent, at such a distance, it covered their entire field of view.
The gray mist team did not dare to move on and could only cower. They looked at Bai Deming behind them, awaiting further instructions.
This time, Bai Deming did not embarrass these people anymore. Instead, his figure disappeared. When he reappeared in the next moment, he appeared at the head of the team, directly facing the terrifying star serpent.
Chapter 619: Surrounded (Part 2)
Chapter 619: Surrounded (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Hmph! It seems that you¡¯re not panicking at all.¡±
Bai Deming looked at the giant serpent ahead, snorted in a deep voice, and then rebuked,
¡°Your Excellency killed the son of the heavenly star old man. Today, we are here to use your blood to pay tribute to the death of young master Li.¡±
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s huge head turned slightly at this moment, looking at Bai Deming. With Fang Yun¡¯s current realm, he could naturally see Bai Deming¡¯s strength at a nce. After all, the guy didn¡¯t even bother to hide his cultivation base.
A second step sage.
¡°Compared to that Young Master Li, he¡¯s a bit more powerful.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally, but he didn¡¯t care too much. After all, his power level is about peak second step sage. Coupled with his various and powerful skills, defeating this Bai Deming is not a difficult task.
His gaze passed over Bai Deming, looking at the crows behind. There were tens of thousands of people behind him. Among these people, Fang Yun even felt two familiar auras. The auras of Luo Chen and Wu Chen.
¡°It seems that they reached the world master level.¡±
Fang Yun probed their energy and found that the two of them still had a solid foundation. He nodded internally, it seems that they are diligent.
His calm and careless expression clearly fell into the eyes of Bai Deming, filling him with rage. He hates people looking down on him the most.
¡°Damn beast!¡±
Bai Deming cursed secretly. They are on a live broadcast at the moment. Many viewers must have seen the disdain of the star serpent. If he doesn¡¯t defeat this serpent today, then the reputation of the gray mist will be greatly hit.
¡°It seems that this ¡®gray mist¡¯ can¡¯t scare that giant serpent at all. It feels that the serpent doesn¡¯t care about the boss of the gray mist, Bai Deming.¡±
¡°Yes, but I think it¡¯s because that serpent doesn¡¯t know anything about Bai Deming. The serpent definitely doesn¡¯t know that Bai Deming is a second step sage.¡±
¡°Bai Deming is probably seething with anger at this moment. This giant serpent will be miserable next. The temper of the gray mist¡¯s boss is very well known. The serpent probably won¡¯t feelfortable next.¡±
¡°Heh, everything depends on Bai Deming. If he can¡¯t clearly defeat the serpent, his reputation will be greatly discounted, but I think it should be okay. He wouldn¡¯t live broadcast an uncertain battle after all, right?¡±
Just as everyone was having a heated discussion about the gray mist and the star serpent, on the other side, Bai Deming¡¯s body shone with blinding light. His aura burst out, breaking the surrounding space and forcing his team to back up further back.
¡°At least the visual effect is great.¡±
As they saw Bai Deming exploding with his power, many people couldn¡¯t help butment.
Although many people were joking around, when Bai Demingunched an attack on Fang Yun, they watched it very seriously. This is a sage-level battle, which is very rare. It has great benefits to lower-level cultivators.
Looking at Bai Deming, who was getting closer and closer, a mocking look shed across Fang Yun¡¯s eyes.
¡°Boom!¡±
Bai Deming mmed his fist into Fang Yun, but what he touched was nothing but a shadow. At that moment, Fang Yun suddenly shrank his body and moved away.
¡°Um?¡±
Bai Deming¡¯s expression changed, he turned around and punched back abruptly. A huge shadow was zooming on his back. It was Fang Yun.
After Fang Yun moved away, he waved his giant tail at Bai Deming.
¡°Boom!¡±
The fist and the tail collided together, resulting in a thunderous roar. Waves of spatial ripples spread to the surroundings.
The world masters of the gray mist team were shocked. Many of them hurriedly flew back, but many people couldn¡¯t outrun the space ripples, getting directly swallowed.
¡°Everyone! Scatter!¡±
Seeing this scene, Bai Deming¡¯s heart was dripping blood. He shouted loudly, then continued attacking Fang Yun.
However, his attacks couldn¡¯t constitute a great threat to Fang Yun. The two continued colliding, using the most primitive physical attacks, destroying everything around. For a while, none of them could do much to the other.
Their battle happened unexpectedly, and it was devastating. Many domain masters and world masters were either injured or even killed by just the aftermath.
This was a miscalction from the gray mist leader.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Bai Deming¡¯s heart was filled with boiling anger. He knew very well that the reason why the loss was so great is that Fang Yun is constantly shifting the battlefield near his team. Despite their best efforts to run away, the team couldn¡¯t get far from the battlefield.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
In this vast void, various shockwaves were transmitted around, bursting the surrounding space and destroying the nearby objects. The battlefield between the two monsters became wider and wider, from hundreds of millions of kilometers to billions, then to tens of billions.
The destruction range kept getting bigger and bigger.
At this time, Bai Deming¡¯s team didn¡¯t retreat anymore but remained in one ce.
Around these subordinates are Bai Deming¡¯s most powerful subordinates, the early stage sages. They constantly harassed Fang Yun while making sure to protect the team in the middle.
¡°Boom!¡±
Fang Yun attacked Bai Deming again, then his vast body suddenly disappeared
Subconsciously, Bai Deming wrapped his perception around him, guarding against Fang Yun¡¯s sudden attack, but at the next moment, his pupils shrank suddenly.
¡°Damn it, stop!¡±
He finally noticed that he wasn¡¯t the subject of this attack. The star serpent suddenly appeared next to one of his first step sage subordinates.
Fang Yun raised his gigantic tail, then heavily nged it at one of the first step sages.
The sage also reacted very quickly. In fact, he was also guarding against Fang Yun¡¯s sneak attacks.
His body surged with terrifying energy, then suddenly, a giant energy barrier appeared in front of him.
¡°Boom!¡±
The star serpent¡¯s tail heavily whipped the energy barrier. The barrier fiercely resisted for one second before copsing. The body of that sage flew out, exploding during the process, then regrouping again.
Chapter 620: Cosmic Sensation (Part 1)
Chapter 620: Cosmic Sensation (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Gulp!¡±
The sage whose body has just been regenerated couldn¡¯t help but swallow a mouthful of saliva. The previous confrontation with Fang Yun made him feel his terrifying strength.
¡°This monster is so strong.¡±
This idea appeared in the mind of the injured sage, just as he was a bit distracted, a giant shadow was quickly getting closer to him.
¡°Damn it, I have to avoid it.¡±
Seeing that Fang Yun had unexpectedlyunched another attack on him, this sage was shocked. His internal structure hadn¡¯t beenpletely constructed. If he receives an attack of the same scale as the previous one, he will be seriously injured this time.
This sage suppressed the unsettled energy in his body and tensed his whole body¡¯s muscles, nning to jump to the side.
However, the dark shadow was extremely fast, even faster than he expected. Before he could move far enough, his body was whipped by the shadow and flung far away.
With a loud ¡°bang¡±, the body of this sage exploded mid-flight. At the next moment, his body appeared in another ce again. Unfortunately, Fang Yun moved faster this time. Just as the sagepleted regenerating, he appeared next to him.
¡°No!¡±
In the end, the sage uttered a desperate cry. His body was hit with so much kic energy that his body disintegrated into atoms, but this time, he didn¡¯t regenerate.
¡°Damn it!¡±
In the distance, Bai Deming¡¯s eyes became rounded after seeing this scene, his aura radiating out maniacally. Subordinates of the sage rank are extremely important to him.
It is a pity that Fang Yun has directly killed one.
The battle between Fang Yun and that sage ended too quickly. He died before they could support him.
¡°This¡¡±
The people who watched this battle from a distance are all dumbfounded. The remaining sages¡¯ expressions changed. Even if they are a bit stronger than that sage, they still don¡¯t have the confidence to resist the strikes of that monster.
¡°Tsk tusk, this star serpent is so powerful. A sage-level powerhouse was killed with just three strikes.¡±
¡°Yes, It seems that even if the gray mist organization wins, their losses would be great.¡±
¡°Yes, no wonder this serpent could kill the son of the heavenly star old man. It really has extraordinary strength. It would be fun to see it escape this time.¡±
¡°The heavenly star will definitely not allow this to happen, after all, it is not a good thing for a star behemoth that can kill first step sages to exist.¡±
Those who watched this battle on thework were also discussing it enthusiastically. The strength that Fang Yun disyed shocked them all.
This battle is unlikely to be as easy as they thought.
??¡±Bai Deming is going crazy!¡±
Sure enough, Bai Deming¡¯s madly released his aura to the outer world. Giant balls of energy appeared in his hands, which he madlyunched towards Fang Yun.
Facing the crazy onught of the opponent, Fang Yun¡¯s heart was as still as clear water. In fact, his expression didn¡¯t change from the beginning of the battle to now. Many people who watched the battle on thework noticed this.
¡°The look in the serpent¡¯s eyes hadn¡¯t changed at all. He doesn¡¯t take Bai Deming seriously!¡±
¡°Yes, despite his personality, Bai Deming is still a top powerhouse, but he¡¯s getting humiliated in the ¡®hands¡¯ of this serpent.¡±
¡°Yes, this guy still wants to further expand his reputation through this live broadcast. It seems that he has seeded, but it might not be the reputation he wanted.¡±
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
This area has be a battlefield for the two superpowers. The gray mist team didn¡¯t bother to retreat anymore. The battlefield between the two monsters has expanded to an unimaginable range. Some of their attacks affected areas light years away!
Their retreat speed is simply notparable to the speed of the battlefield expansion. Not to mention that Fang Yun has tried to keep the battlefield close to them.
They simply decided to stay in ce, but their team was scattered across many areas. Each area has the protection of a sage and several immortal kings. This is the best course of action they coulde up with for now.
If everyone continues to stay together, they will likely be overwhelmed.
The original idea of the gray mist is for Bai Deming and the sages to besiege the star serpent while the rest of the team assists from the side.
However, they never expected this serpent to be so powerful and agile! Now, they were the ones overwhelmed and in turn suppressed by Fang Yun.
The more he fought, the angrier Bai Deming became. He found out that his team became a burden. Instead of restricting the serpent, they restricted his actions as he tried his best to protect them.
¡°How can this monster be so strong?¡±
Bai Deming already realized hispse in judgment. Even if this monster isn¡¯t a second step sage, he is not its opponent.
At least he can¡¯t defeat it.
¡°What to do?¡± Now that he lost a first step sage, he felt a little unwilling to just retreat like this, but so what if he is unwilling?
He can¡¯t kill this monster. As for calling other helpers over, Bai Deming felt that unless it was a peak sage, it would be hard to kill or even trap this monster.
This monster had plenty of chances to escape, but it kept ying with him, causing great losses to his forces.
¡°Damn, if I knew this, I wouldn¡¯t have epted this task.¡±
Bai Deming has already begun to regret it. Sure enough, he shouldn¡¯t carelessly ept tasks to deal with sage-level powerhouses.
¡°Retreat!¡±
In desperation, Bai Deming chose to retreat.
The people in the distance retreated to the rear in an orderly way at this time. Obviously, they had been waiting for this order.
Everyone on thework was a bit speechless about this oue. In their opinion, the gray mist still had the power to fight back, but they chose to retreat so simply and neatly.
Chapter 620: Cosmic Sensation (Part 2)
Chapter 620: Cosmic Sensation (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°I¡¯m afraid that this gray mist organization will be a joke next. It¡¯s too embarrassing!¡±
¡°Yeah, one of their sages died and they gave up so simply! Bai Deming is too timid!¡±
¡°I don¡¯t think so, he made the smartest choice. Bai Deming realized that they couldn¡¯t defeat the serpent nor could they trap it. It would be meaningless to continue the battle and their losses will only be greater. The best choice is to naturally retreat.¡±
¡°Yes, I have the feeling that that star serpent wasn¡¯t serious. It dealt with Bai Deming attacks so easily! It even toyed with him and his team.¡±
¡°No matter what, the Gray mist organization screwed up this time.¡±
As everyone was constantly ridiculing the gray mist organization, thetter had already withdrawn a long distance.
It¡¯s just that, Bai Deming still appeared on the live video. He is the one that held the main camera, protecting it from getting destroyed and delivering the best pictures.
When everyone was watching the live broadcast, the screen mostly focused on the great serpent and Bai Deming¡¯s battle. The video was quiteprehensive as it provided both a first-person and a third-person perspective.
One from Bai Deming and the other from the team.
¡°I wonder how far they have retreated.¡±
Bai Deming is already thinking about how to slip away. The more intense the battle became, the more disadvantageous he felt. A battle of this level is quite straining to him, if he doesn¡¯t find a way to reverse the situation or escape, he might truly fall here.
When he thought of this, a trace of panic appeared in his heart, and this panic had a tendency to intensify. He tried to suppress the panic, but it was in vain, he couldn¡¯t suppress it.
Logically speaking, a cultivator of his caliber shouldn¡¯t have such a bad psychological quality. In fact, it is true. In the past, he has encountered even more difficult situations, but he kept his calm and pulled past them.
¡°How could this be?¡±
Bai Deming soon discovered that there was something wrong with his psychological condition. He immediately became alert, but no matter what he did, he couldn¡¯t suppress his turbulent mind.
¡°This is bad.¡±
Bai Deming cursed secretly. He is confident that this shouldn¡¯t be his problem. He is a powerhouse that has lived for thousands of years and experienced many things. It should be a trick of this serpent.
¡°Huh, don¡¯t panic.¡±
Bai Deming gave himself psychological hints. He even gave up on offense and shifted to defense, giving him more time to stabilize his psyche.
With the help of the hints, he found that the panic seemed to have a tendency to weaken. He finally breathed a sigh of relief as his internal condition finally stabilized, but suddenly, warning signs started madly going off in his mind.
¡°Boom!!¡±
A huge ck shadow was flying towards him. Its speed was beyond imagination. It made him feel a sense of terror.
¡°This monster, why is it so fast all of a sudden?¡±
Bai Deming was dumbfounded. He quickly mobilized his internal energy, trying to teleport himself away.
Unfortunately, the time he spent on stabilizing his spiritual condition before was costly. It caused him to slow down for a few fractions of a second, and this time was enough to change everything.
¡°Boom!¡±
The huge ck shadow, which was Fang Yun¡¯s body, hit Bai Deming¡¯s body heavily at this time, breaking up his body and everything within the range of a light-year behind him.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun released an earth-shattering roar. The roar impacted Bai Deming¡¯s mind like a torrent of electromaic waves, turning his already weakened mind into a mess.
In the next fraction of a second, Fang Yun waved his tail again, mming Bai Deming¡¯s recovering body with extremely terrifying kic force.
Bai Deming¡¯s body could no longer withstand this terrifying physical impact this time, exploding into countless small fragments. However, just after the explosion, his body started to quickly recover
Unfortunately, just after reorganizing, Fang Yun struck again, breaking Bai Deming¡¯s body into countless dust-like particles.
However, Fang Yun wasn¡¯t about to stop.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!!¡±
He repeated this action dozens of times in just a second,pletely turning this area into a wastnd. He didn¡¯t give Bai Deming the chance topletely recover, striking him again and again.
Finally, after a giant explosion, Bai Deming¡¯s body couldn¡¯t reorganize again. He waspletely reduced to atoms, his soul annihted.
At this moment, Bai Deming, a second step sage, has fallen.
When his body was first blown up by Fang Yun, this scene was seen by the people on thework, causing an uproar.
In that situation, it was basically very difficult for Bai Deming to make aeback. The only thing he could do is to escape, and that¡¯s hard.
In the next second, the screen went ck then switched back to the perspective of the gray mist team. As they flew forward, the few sages in the team shook at the same time. They all looked behind with wide eyes filled with disbelief.
¡°This is¡¡¡±
After seeing their behavior, the team was taken aback at first, but then many people reacted. Is Bai Deming¡dead?
¡°Hiss!¡±
All of the people that came to this conclusion drew a sharp breath because this news is too shocking. The death of a second-step powerhouse is shocking news no matter where it happened in the universe. Not to mention that he died in battle and right in front of countless people on thework.
A master of this level can¡¯t die unless it was due to a desperate battle between two super empires.
It¡¯s really hard to imagine what kind of monster can kill such a powerhouse.
¡°My God, is Bai Deming really dead? That¡¯s a second step sage! A powerhouse in the top group in the universe!¡±
¡°It seems that even sages aren¡¯t invincible, they can also die like ordinary people. This time, the gray mist organization has lost two sages at once, and one of them is its leader. I¡¯m afraid that it¡¯s going downhill this time.¡±
¡°I¡¯m even more curious, what will the heavenly star do this time?¡±
¡°Yes, his son is dead, and the people he hired have failed. Even their leader has died. I guess that he would personally take action this time. I wonder what kind of wonderful battle this serpent will have with the heavenly star.¡±
¡°Hahaha, I¡¯m a little bit looking forward to it. It¡¯s been a long time since a battle of this scale has happened, let alone broadcasted to thework.¡±
¡°Yes, it¡¯s really exciting. If the heavenly star also decides to broadcast the battle, remember to call me!¡±
The news of Bai Deming¡¯s death at the hand of Fang Yun spread like wildfire on the cosmicwork. It quickly spread to all countries that have ess to thework. For the first time, Fang Yun¡¯s name resounded through the entire ancient universe
Without mentioning ordinary people, even the heavenly star old man that was in retreat hase to know the news about Bai Deming¡¯s death.
Chapter 621: The Heavenly Star (Part 1)
Chapter 621: The Heavenly Star (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Huh, I can finally breathe a sigh of relief.¡±
In the Metaverse league, after seeing that Fang Yun had killed Bai Deming, Neb was relieved.
When he heard that the leader of the gray mist, Bai Deming, led a big team to hunt Fang Yun and especially when he was watching the live broadcast, his heart was filled with nervousness.
Fortunately, the final oue did not disappoint him, Bai Deming was directly killed by Fang Yun.
¡°Master Ouroboros is really amazing.¡±
Neb couldn¡¯t help but sigh. He didn¡¯t expect that Fang Yun¡¯s strength was at the same level, he thought that he was an immortal-ss powerhouse at most.
¡°It¡¯s really fortunate that our Metaverse league has such a patron.¡±
Neb was sincerely grateful. If it weren¡¯t for Fang Yun, the Metaverse league wouldn¡¯t exist.
At the moment, the Metaverse league is much more prosperous than before. Compared with the past, its territory alone has expanded several times, not to mention its military power increase.
Although everyone is cultivating now, Neb and the others have not forgotten Fang Yun¡¯s instructions. They haven¡¯t given up on the science and technology path. They n to use this path to further develop the Metaverse and make it stand out from the other empires.
After all, the development of cultivation is not aplished overnight. A true powerhouse can¡¯t be pilled up with just resources. Whether it¡¯s experience, insight, or talent, all of them are necessary for the making of a top powerhouse.
Both experience and insight require time to be umted. Therefore, even if the Metaverse is currently in a stage of rapid development, they still need a long, long time before a true top cultivator appears.
However, technology can be improved slowly but steadily, improving as time passes. No one truly knows whether the technological path has an end or not and how far can it go.
For example, the Metaverse has recently developed a spacecraft with the power to threaten cosmic powerhouses. Of course, this type of spacecraft needs to be piloted by at least a-level warrior before its full capabilities can be brought out.
In fact, ordinary-level powerhouses can¡¯t withstand the pressure needed to bring out the full capabilities of this spacecraft.
¡°Huh, the strength of Lord Ouroboros has indeed reached a level that I cannot imagine.¡±
Neb thought internally. He was extremely anxious upon learning that Bai Deming had personally set off to deal with Fang Yun. He never could have thought that Fang Yun could easily deal with Bai Deming.
Now, he couldn¡¯t guess Fang Yun¡¯s cultivation base anymore, nor could he fathom such a power level. He just knew that Fang Yun has power at the top of this universe.
¡°It¡¯s no wonder lord Ouroboros left in the end. For a being of his level, staying in the Metaverse is like a dragon staying in a fish pond.¡±
Neb¡¯s guess is generally correct, but Fang Yun left because he needed to devour a veryrge amount of energy. Although the resources of the current Metaverse Alliance are very abundant, it¡¯s bing more and more stretched as the number of cultivators increase.
Fang Yun¡¯s need for energy is almost limitless. He had been holding back for a long time in the Metaverse. If he acted unscrupulously, he could have easily driven the Metaverse into financial ruin.
¡°The Metaverse league still needs to expand more. Otherwise, I am afraid that we will no longer have any intersection with lord Ouroboros. ¡°
Neb sighed and muttered. He really wanted to develop more quickly, and chase Fang Yun¡¯s footsteps. He always had the feeling that Fang Yun is after something, but he didn¡¯t know what.
Lord Ouroboros didn¡¯t even bother to tell them what he wanted, indicating that they can¡¯t help him. Neb wanted to change this. At least, he wanted to repay the assistance and protection Fang Yun provided them.
While Neb wasmenting in his residence, the deeds of Fang Yun spread throughout every corner of the Metaverse league. The news especially circted in the major training camps and universities. Countless students enthusiastically discussed this matter.
¡°Hahaha, Master Ouroboros is really amazing, what sh*t Bai Deming, wasn¡¯t he killed with just a few strikes? Tsk, tsk, even sages can be ughtered like chickens, amazing!¡±
In the corner of the campus of the first training camp, a group of people were talking about Fang Yun¡¯s previous battle. All of them seemed particrly excited.
¡°Yes, maybe the strength of lord Ouroboros has reached the peak of the sage level! Even if that old heavenly star takes action, he shouldn¡¯t be able to do anything to lord Ouroboros!¡±
¡°I heard that that heavenly star reached the peak of the sage level countless years ago. I wonder if he has made that step and reached that incredible level.¡±
¡°It¡¯s very, very unlikely, otherwise, he would have taken action a long time ago, there¡¯s no need for the gray mist to make a move. ording to the information on the cosmicwork, cultivators of that level are supreme-like beings, they stand at the apex of the universe. They can easily kill any sage.¡±
¡°Yes, that is a taboo realm, each being that has reached that realm bes a taboo whose name mustn¡¯t be mentioned in the universe!¡±
When talking about this, everyone¡¯s voices were unconsciously lowered. Now, after the Metaverse was connected to the cosmicwork, their horizons have greatly expanded.
They are no longer the fledglings that didn¡¯t even know what came after the cosmic realm.
This realm is taboo for the ancient universe. In fact, few people even dare to mention this realm, because cultivators of that level are too powerful.
They can sense anyone who mentions their name or title, no matter what corner in the universe they¡¯re in. More importantly, it¡¯s said that many cultivators of that level suffer from spiritual problems.
The reason is unknown, but some people say that it¡¯s simply because they are too lonely and that they have no further goal. Some say that they are affected by something, but this possibility is too terrifying.
Overall, this is an iron rule for most people in the universe. Never mention the name of these powerhouses!
If one of these powerhouses¡¯ attention is attracted, they can easily kill the name-caller and even ughter their empire. No one can stop them anyway.
¡°I have to work hard to cultivate. I must strive to be a top powerhouse like Master Ouroboros.¡±
Among this group of people, a handsome teen spoke. The moment his voice sounded, the others all nodded in agreement. Their purpose ining here is to be a true powerhouse.
Simr situations unfolded in many training camps and academies. In a corner of the first training camp, a young man was training hard.
At this moment, a group of people passed by, also conversing about Fang Yun¡¯s deeds and power. The young man, who was originally focused on training, couldn¡¯t help but perk his ears and listen to their conversation.
Chapter 621: The Heavenly Star (Part 2)
Chapter 621: The Heavenly Star (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Unexpectedly, that lord is so powerful.¡±
At this moment, the young man took a deep breath, a bright light shone in his eyes.
¡°I must also be a powerhouse like that lord, otherwise, I will be letting down my mother¡¯s hopes.¡±
Thinking of a certain scene, the young man¡¯s eyes unconsciously turned red. He took another breath and resumed serious training. His eyes shone with perseverance.
While the outside world was still raging because of the battle between Fang Yun and Bai Deming, a terrifying momentum appeared on the heavenly, shaking the surrounding space.
It¡¯s just that, this momentum disappeared in an instant.
¡°Damn it, the ipetent Bai Deming!¡±
The heavenly star old man who was practicing in retreat snorted angrily at this moment. He spent a lot of money to get Bai Deming to act. Although he only paid a part of the deposit, that deposit is still an incredible wealth.
He never expected that the final result would be like this. The star serpent wasn¡¯t even injured, instead, Bai Deming was the one that lost his life.
¡°That trash!¡±
The heavenly star old man couldn¡¯t help but scream again, but soon he expelled this dissatisfaction and anger from his heart, bing calm and indifferent again.
¡°This retreat will soon be over¡¡±
The heavenly old man quietly whispered.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know that the heavenly star had decided to personally hunt him down once the retreat was over. He was quietly floating in space.
At this moment, he didn¡¯t move nor did he eat, because he had reached a critical point of cultivation base and energy growth.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
His body shook at a constant interval. It was as if countless drums were beaten at the same time, which. This was the sound of cells constantly dividing, which sounded particrly shocking.
In addition, a terrifying aura slowly grew inside his body, waiting for a critical time to burst out.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Inside Fang Yun¡¯s body, various rumblings continued. It took more than half an hour for this process to end.
The terrifying aura that was seeping out from his body slowly converged back, bing the same as before. From a distance, Fang Yun looked like a giant stone statue. There wasn¡¯t the slightest life aura on his body. No one could have thought that this giant sculpture is a terrifying sage-level serpent.
¡°Huh, I finally reached the third step of the sage level.¡±
Fang Yun heaved a sigh of relief. He thought that his breakthrough would take a long time. He didn¡¯t expect toplete it in such a short period.
He has to thank Bai Deming and his subordinates for that. They were so considerate that they took the initiative toe and give him a lot of bio-energy points.
After Bai Deming and his sage subordinate died, their bio-energy was collected by Fang Yun, and as expected, sages are indeed worth a lot of bio-energy.
¡°I wonder when that old heavenly star will attack.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He knew very well that a battle between him and this old powerhouse was inevitable.
¡°If I can eat him, I will definitely get a lot of bio-energy.¡±
This thought popped up in Fang Yun¡¯s mind, but then he didn¡¯t care anymore.
He wouldn¡¯t deliberately target that old man in order to get a lot of bio-energy, but if he takes the initiative to trouble him, then he won¡¯t be polite.
After the battle with Bai Deming, Fang Yun also roughly understood his power level. ording to his findings, his strength is indeed above his cultivation level.
¡°Huh¡what should I do now?¡±
Fang Yun was a bit at a loss. He didn¡¯t know whether to continue his journey or return back to the Metaverse league. Another option is to continue traveling until that heavenly star old manes to him.
Fang Yun chose thetter in the end. He intends to deal with the heavenly star matter first. It would be back to go back to his hometown and attract that old man with him.
Time quickly flew, and another ten years have passed.
During these ten years, many things can change, especially for those lower-level students.
For example, the famous battle between Fang Yun and Bai Deming is no longer the talk of everyone. Many people seem to have forgotten that such a battle happened a decade ago.
In fact, in the past few years, many events worthy of talking about urred, so this battle no longer holds the same importance.
¡°It¡¯s time for me to return.¡±
Fang Yun felt that he should go back after traveling for so long. However, although he is going back, he doesn¡¯t n to stay in the Metaverse for long. The most important thing is to go to that turbulent space and see if he could go back to his original universe.
Back then when he tried to enter that turbulent space channel, his instincts crazily warned him that doing so would be absolutely fatal. He can¡¯t go there for the moment.
However, Fang Yun never intended to give up. He will go back to his original universe no matter the price!
¡°Is it finally possible to go back?¡±
The more he thought about it, the more excited Fang Yun felt. In fact, after making this decision, he felt a lot more rxed, as if his body was weightless.
After 15 years of wandering around, Fang Yun finally set on the journey back.
On the first week of his back home journey, Fang Yun suddenly stopped. It¡¯s not that he changed his mind halfway. He stopped because a figure suddenly appeared in front of him.
This figure turned his back to him. There was no aura radiating from his body, but merely gazing upon him can cause people to feel a sense of worship and fear.
¡°Damn beast, do you want to escape like this?¡±
The old man viciously said,
¡°Little guy, you should know that if you offend me, then you will die.¡±
¡°Huh!¡±
This old heavenly star suddenly turned around and stared at Fang Yun. In the next moment, he erupted with huge momentum, manifesting a giant hand and waving it at Fang Yun.
¡°This guy is really full of himself, just like his son.¡±
Fang Yun looked at a palm that was constantly zooming in his vision and sneered. From his appearance, it seems that he didn¡¯t take this palm attack seriously.
Chapter 622: The Battle of the Two Powerhouses (Part 1)
Chapter 622: The Battle of the Two Powerhouses (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Gulp!¡±
What Fang Yun and the old heavenly star didn¡¯t notice was a group of people far away.
Fang Yun and the heavenly star¡¯s momentum exploded, causing their figures to be erged countless times. For the first time in a long time, Fang Yun manifested his full figure. The heavenly old man didn¡¯t want to show weakness, forcibly erging his body to a mind-blogging size.
The figure of the two upied an extremelyrge area, their power was beyond time and space. Thews of the universe failed topletely constrain them.
Their bodies were so huge that a team, thousands of light-years away, was able to see them, or rather the auras and radiation lights around them.
These people were a group of space mercenaries. They were all dumbfounded upon seeing such an iprehensible scene.
¡°Good lord, isn¡¯t that the famous cosmic serpent?¡±
In the team, a big-nosed young man licked his tongue and said with a look of amazement. The huge phantom thousands of light-years away is that of a giant serpent.
Of course, because it is a shadow that is diffused and manifested by various radiations, the shadow was rtively fuzzy. However, the shape could still be roughly seen.
It was the shape of a serpent, and the smaller shadow in front of it was that of a humanoid figure. That person and the serpent confronted each other, and just their auras shook the space around them.
In the beginning, this mercenary team was also surprised, thinking it was the birth or death of a star, but in the end, they confirmed that this was a vision condensed by the two powerhouses, and one of them is the recently famous cosmic serpent.
Even though they are so far away from each other, they can all see this kind of vision; The only creatures capable of creating such a vision in the universe are sages, and one of them is a star beast.
There¡¯s only one famous serpent-shaped star beast in this area of the universe, and that is the recently famous cosmic serpent.
¡°It must be the cosmic serpent.¡±
Beside the big-nosed young man, a short man confidently said, his face filled with excitement.
¡°Hahaha, I didn¡¯t expect that we actually met the famous cosmic serpent.¡±
This guy is obviously a fan of the cosmic serpent.
Even though many people want to tter the old heavenly star, siding with him and condemning the cosmic serpent, there are some people who worship the strong, no matter what type.
Moreover, the son of the old heavenly star is an infamous asshole. He hasmitted countless acts of robbery, murdering, oppression, and many more uwful and immoral things. However, with the backing of the heavenly old man, no one dared to say anything.
The cosmic serpent killed such an infamous bad guy, naturally, many people became his fans. Especially the ones that suffered either directly or indirectly from the hands of that young master Li.
Finally, the appearance of the cosmic serpent is really handsome and majestic. Naturally, many people like him.
The short man is one of these people, a fan of the cosmic serpent.
¡°Hey, Tang Long, it¡¯s fortunate that we are far away from there. Otherwise, just the aura emanating from your idol is enough to kill us.¡±
The big-nosed young man said with a chuckle.
¡°Speaking of which, who is the humanoid confronting the cosmic serpent?¡±
Behind the big-nosed man and the short young man named Tang Long, a bearded burly man asked with a sullen face.
The two were stunned upon hearing this. It was only now that they reacted.
Their expressions became much more dignified. It wasn¡¯t just the two of them, the other four people in the team also looked at the distant shocking scene with solemn expressions.
¡°In the past, this cosmic serpent has killed more than one sage. It¡¯s said that his strength equals that of the heavenly star. Who would dare to provoke him?¡±
The young man named Tang Long frowned and asked doubtfully. The big-nosed young man on the side immediately reacted upon hearing that. He asked with a low voice.
¡°You said, the figure confronting him won¡¯t be the old heavenly star?¡±
When this statement came out, the rest were all startled. Their pupils suddenly widened, nodding in agreement.
¡°It¡¯s very likely.¡±
Everyone knows that the heavenly star¡¯s son was killed by the cosmic serpent over a decade ago. The former would definitely not let go of this matter. During this period, there was a rumor saying that the heavenly star has been looking for the cosmic serpent.
Of course, whether that person is the heavenly star or not will be known after the fight.
If this person can¡¯t hold on for long, then it¡¯s definitely not the heavenly star. After all, that old man is one of the strongest people in this area of the universe.
Of course, it can¡¯t be ruled that other peak powerhouses from other areas came here, but experts of this level usually don¡¯t fight without a valid reason.
¡°Hey, this is an opportunity! We can broadcast this battle and earn a lot of wealth and fame!¡±
The big-nosed young man patted his head and said with a look of excitement. He quickly took out advanced telescopes, space cameras, and other live broadcast equipment.
In fact, there¡¯s isn¡¯t really much to show, they are many light years away from the battlefield, they can only record the shadows at most, but the title is scary:
¡®Fighting on the edge of the universe, the ultimate showdown between the cosmic serpent and the old heavenly star!¡¯
¡°Damn it! What cosmic serpent and old heavenly star, isn¡¯t it just two shadows?!¡±
¡°Yes, he¡¯s a liar. I thought that the cosmic serpent and the old heavenly star were fighting and excitedly clicked, but you show me this?! I¡¯m going to report you.¡±
¡°Everyone stop! Pay attention to the long shadow, it really looks like the cosmic serpent. I don¡¯t know if the other figure is the old heavenly star.¡±
Seeing that many people have such a question, the big-nosed man hastily exined their situation.
After listening to his exnation, the people watching the live broadcast quickly realized the simrities between the shadow and the cosmic serpent, agreeing with his words.
¡°Hahaha, it¡¯s definitely the cosmic serpent and the heavenly old star! I didn¡¯t expect that they would meet so soon.¡±
¡°Hurry up and fight! But why are you recording from so far away? We can only see two shadows, it¡¯s not fun, Host! get closer!¡±
¡°The guy above just wants the host to die. Do you think that a battle between two figures of that level can be approached by anyone?¡±
Chapter 622: The Battle of the Two Powerhouses (Part 2)
Chapter 622: The Battle of the Two Powerhouses (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
When the big-nosed man saw thest fewments, he felt very hurt. In fact, his cultivation level is not low, he has reached the world master level now.
Of course, a cultivator of such a level is insignificant in the battle between two sages. Any random aftermath can easily wipe him out, so the viewers¡¯ments aren¡¯t wrong.
¡°Haah.¡±
He sighed internally. He suddenly saw light shing far away and converged his emotions, looking seriously at the fight far away.
¡°The battle has started.¡±
The big-nosed man cheerfully looked at the other people. At this time, they were staring at the battle far away energetically, watching as the two immense shadows continuously collided.
All kinds of dazzling lights burst out from there, making the figure of the two shadows more blurred.
¡°Hey, the serpent¡¯s attack was blocked again!¡±
¡°Damn, that person must be the old heavenly star. I can¡¯t think of any other person in this area that can evenly fight against the serpent¡±
¡°Yes, I wonder who will win in the end.¡±
On thework, the big-nosed man¡¯s video quickly became popr. The number of viewers rose by millions with each passing second, and this number is quickly growing. This poprity caused the big nose guy to be extremely excited.
¡°Hahaha, I¡¯m rich! I¡¯m rich!¡±
The big-nose guy looked at the stats of the broadcast and madlyughed. His face turned red due to the severe agitation.
Countless people are watching the big-nose video, among which there are Luo Chen and Wu Chen from the gray mist organization, and many people from the Metaverse league. From civilians to the highest leaders, anyone with ess to the cosmicwork was called to watch this battle.
¡°Is it really the old heavenly star and Master Ouroboros?¡±
In the Metaverse league, Neb was also watching this video. Next to him sat the current Master of the Metaverse: Luo Feng.
At the moment, the two of them looked at the screen ahead, speechless. Both of them were very nervous.
¡°If it¡¯s Master Ouroboros, then I pray that he will win.¡±
Luo Feng muttered under his breath.
The battle between the heavenly old man and Fang Yun has indeed started. The battle was particrly fierce and its effects were wide-ranging.
Stars ands, dozens of light-years away were torn apart by the aftermath of the battle. Sometimes, their attacks tore the space within an entire star system apart, creating giant pseudo-ck holes.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
As the battle progressed, the two of them collided an unknown number of times. For the first time in a while, Fang Yun used his skills, from super Gamma-rays to Anti-matter bombs to giant space des.
The two of them were evenly matched. There was no way to see who had the upper hand.
¡°Sure enough, my strength isparable to this old man.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He gathered a terror-inducing amount of energy in his tail, then mmed it at the old heavenly star.
His huge tail directly collided with the heavenly star¡¯s body. Such a strike can at least destroy a starfield, but it was effortlessly resisted by the old man.
After blocking Fang Yun¡¯s blow, the old man clenched his fist and heavily punched Fang Yun, but thetter easily resisted this blow.
¡°Fortunately, I broke through to the third-step sage a while ago. Otherwise, I would be at a great disadvantage against this old man.¡±
Fang Yun was also quite emotional.
However, he can already fight head-on against the heavenly old star. This old man, also known as the heavenly star, is a powerhouse at the peak of the sage realm, infinitely close to the taboo realm, and also one of the highest powerhouses in the universe.
Since he can fight against such a being head-on, doesn¡¯t that mean that the strength of the cosmic serpent is also about sage peak?
Those who realized this were a bit surprised. They have a very deep impression of the old heavenly star, he is one of the absolute powerhouses in this area of the universe, a household name across the entire universe.
Not only did he quickly be famous, but his subsequent achievements and deeds are also amazing. Unfortunately, such a character is currently getting beaten by a newly emerged powerhouse, and it¡¯s a rare star beast.
¡°Didn¡¯t he say that he was going to retreat? Howe that his current strength isn¡¯t as good as before the retreat?¡±
¡°I don¡¯t believe in this hype anymore, all of the cosmic serpent¡¯s previous opponents acted as if the oue was already settled and that the death of the serpent was inevitable, but didn¡¯t they get pped in the end?¡±
¡°I thought he was going to break through to the next level. Fortunately, he didn¡¯t, we don¡¯t need another taboo.¡±
¡°Yes, he definitely didn¡¯t break through, otherwise, the cosmic serpent would have died a long time ago.¡±
The viewers excitedly talked about the battle, and everyone was very surprised that the old heavenly star had already exited from his retreat.
However, what surprised them the most was that the old heavenly star didn¡¯t show the majesty of a peak powerhouse at this moment.
The battle between the heavenly star and the cosmic serpent could be described as marvelous. There has been hardly a simr battle recorded on the cosmicwork, but the heavenly star is a long-famous powerhouse. The viewers were somewhat disappointed that he didn¡¯t show his majestic power and suppress the serpent from the beginning.
The old heavenly star has countless fans, but many of them are no longer fans.
Of course, many people tried to exin that the strength of the old heavenly star is very high, but the strength of his opponent this time is simrly terrifying. That¡¯s why the old star couldn¡¯t directly solve the opponent. It¡¯s certainly not because the old star is weak or that his strength has regressed.
While the arguments about who is stronger between the cosmic serpent and the heavenly star on thework were in full swing, the battle between the two had already reached a white-hot stage.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
The two first bounced toward each other like two giant cannonballs, then bounced away. Their battlefield continued to expand, soon reaching a range of over a hundred light-years.
Looking from the outside, the two are evenly matched, but the old heavenly star looked more solemn as the battle continued. If the situation continues like this, he will slowly fall to a disadvantage.
It¡¯s a well-known fact that star beasts have much higher physical strength and energy reserves than other intelligent creatures. Naturally, their wisdom andprehension are lower than normal in order to maintain the bnce, making it much harder to reach higher levels.
Naturally, when two sides are in a deadlock, the side with the higher physical strength and energy reserves is the one with the higher hope of winning.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun, who was fighting with the old man, also noticed the strangeness of the old man at this time. His attacks soon be more violent and domineering.
Chapter 623: Chase Across the Universe (Part 1)
Chapter 623: Chase Across the Universe (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Damn it, I can¡¯t go like this.¡±
The old heavenly star frowned, his heart gradually tightened because he could feel that he was gradually getting suppressed by Fang Yun.
¡°How could this monster be so powerful?¡±
The old heavenly star couldn¡¯t fathom why this monster with barely a third-step sage cultivation could suppress him, a very experienced peak sage. It doesn¡¯t make any sense!
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
The battle between the two became extremely drastic. All objects within the range of a hundred light-years were turned into dust, whether they were meteorites,s, or even stars, triggering a small cosmic crisis.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun heaved a terrifying roar. At this moment, the old heavenly star momentarily froze. A fierce electromaic wave swept into his mind and raged inside. Even with his immense spiritual power, he was frozen for a moment.
This time was less than one millisecond, but this was enough for Fang Yun. He rushed over at an inconceivable speed and struck the unprotected chest of the heavenly star with his giant tail.
¡°Boom!¡±
The aftermath was like a supernova. The body of the old heavenly star was catapulted to the distance, crossing an unknown distance, but Fang Yun¡¯s speed was even faster, before the old heavenly star could break out from the momentum of the strike, he appeared next to him and flicked him with his tail again.
As the old man flew to the other side, Fang Yun opened his mouth and released a giant gamma-ray, drowning the old heavenly star and further injuring him.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
The heavenly star uttered a scream. His chest was crushed by Fang Yun, and his bones were plunged into his internal organs; Many parts of his body were torn or melted away. He opened his mouth and spurted out a mouthful of blood.
However, the heavenly star didn¡¯t die. He was far from it, his body was reorganizing at an amazing speed. He can recover from an injury of this degree in just a few seconds.
A peak sage can¡¯t be killed this easily.
¡°This monster¡¡± The old heavenly star returned to his senses, and his thoughts began to turn quickly. He knew that he had to leave this ce, otherwise, he might really die here.
??¡°Whoosh!!¡±
This time, the heavenly star, with the help of that counter-shock force, flew out in the opposite direction and ran away without looking back. In the blink of an eye, he pulled arge distance away from Fang Yun.
Seeing this, Fang Yun hurriedly pursued the old heavenly star. The two suddenly switched to a chase battle. As they flew around and fought, they didn¡¯t know how far they flew away.
The old heavenly star even went as far as burning his vitality, energy, and soul to burst out with faster speed. Unfortunately, he couldn¡¯t get rid of Fang Yun no matter what he tried.
Fang Yun closely chased behind him, waiting for the prey in front of him to be exhausted and die.
¡°I have to go back, I have to go back!¡±
Usually, the old heavenly star lives alone, but it does not mean that he has not cultivated a power. In fact, most organizations in his area of the universe belong to him.
At this time, as long as he reaches the heavenly star territory, things will turn for the better. At that time, his subordinates, relying on various formations there, can definitely stop the serpent for a while, allowing him to recover and counterattack.
Therefore, the only wish of the old heavenly star at this time is to return to his territory.
The old heavenly star left a rampage along the way. He bumped intos, natural satellites, and even some small stars, but his speed did not decrease. He didn¡¯t bother to move out of the way or change his path.
It¡¯s unknown how many objects he crushed along the way, but some of them contained various lives.
Fang Yun followed closely behind, asionallyunching some long-range attacks, causing the old heavenly star to consume his vitality even further.
The two made a big disturbance, also passing by many civilizeds, so the news of their pursuit of the two quickly spread throughout the universe.
In the past, everyone could only see the shadows of Fang Yun and the old heavenly star, but now, many clips of their chase appeared on thework. Even if it were just a few seconds¡¯ clips, they still caused a sensation.
More importantly, everyone discovered that the heavenly star is the one getting beaten and chased after.
¡°Is this true or false? The heavenly old star is fleeing like a dog?¡±
¡°Is that cosmic serpent so terrifying, has its power reached such a level?¡±
¡°Isn¡¯t the old heavenly star a peak sage-level powerhouse? Why is he still being beaten up by this giant serpent?¡±
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that I would see such a scene in my life. Maybe a peak sage-level powerhouse will fall today, one that stood proud for tens of thousands of years.¡±
¡°It¡¯s very possible, but if you map out the trail of the two, you will find that they are heading towards the heavenly star territory. If the old heavenly star manages to reach his territory in time, he might be able to survive.¡±
¡°Hehe, even if the heavenly old star returns to his territory, he won¡¯t be able to survive. I¡¯m confident that that old guy won¡¯t be able to survive the cosmic serpent¡¯s chase.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t forget that the old heavenly star has ruled over his territory for thousands of years. There must be many life-saving arrangements there. Anyway, even if this old guy manages to survive in the end, his power and influence will severely degrade.¡±
¡°Yes, I didn¡¯t expect that the cosmic serpent would be this powerful. It¡¯s amazing¡±
Many peoplemented below the clips of the old heavenly star and Fang Yun¡¯s pursuit.
Many people were extremely excited. They all felt like they were witnessing history. The heavenly star is an old monster that has ruled over an immense territory, epassing hundreds of cosmic empires for almost ten thousand years, and now, he is about to fall.
¡°The old heavenly star indulged his son¡¯s arrogance and stupidity. His death is his responsibility, he has no one to me.¡±
¡°Is he really going to fall? Such an old and powerful sage must have many life-saving trump cards. It¡¯s hard to imagine that such a crafty old guy would die like this.¡±
¡°I would have liked to be on the scene to watch such a historic moment. It¡¯s a pity.¡±
¡°Hehe, if you were on the scene, you would have been sent to the other world by now.¡±
Chapter 623: Chase Across the Universe (Part 2)
Chapter 623: Chase Across the Universe (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
While everyone was heatedly discussing this matter, The distance between Fang Yun and the old heavenly star was getting closer and closer.
¡°Can you stop and listen to me for a second?¡±
The old heavenly star, who was fleeing for his life, suddenly said,
¡°The thing before¡ It was my fault, I implore your forgiveness.¡±
¡°You know¡ I was just angry, my son has died after all, but now that I think about it, that bastard deserved it! I¡¯m clear now!¡±
¡°If your excellency can let go of me, an old man, I am willing to pay any price, any price!!!¡±
The old heavenly star finally realized that he won¡¯t be able to return to his territory in time and started imploring Fang Yun, begging for forgiveness and seducing him with benefits.
¡°Oh? Any price?¡±
Fang Yun went silent for a moment after hearing that, then sneered and coldly said, ¡°Then I want your life.¡±
The moment his voice fell, he elerated even more. The old heavenly star was overjoyed upon seeing the thoughtful look on Fang Yun¡¯s face, but after hearing his disdainful words, his heart sank.
¡°Do you really want to kill me? Do you think that it¡¯s worth it?¡±
Suddenly, the old heavenly star angrily shouted,
¡°Hmph, even if I die in the end, your fate would definitely not be much better.¡±
¡°Countless people should know about the people between us. Many of them might be watching us now. The ultimate winner will surely be seriously injured. There are certainly many people watching and preparing for the moment the victor emerges before taking action!¡±
After the old heavenly star finished speaking, he took a deep breath. He had already exined the ins and out of this matter. He could only wait for his reply now.
Just as he was waiting for a reply, Fang Yun elerated even further. The originalrge distance between the two was shortened even further.
¡°Boom!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s momentum surged. In the next moment, he hit the opposite old man like a torrent. The old heavenly star waspletely unable to dodge. His body was instantly crushed into mist, without even having the chance to scream.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
The moment Fang Yun¡¯s body collided with the old man, he opened his mouth and sucked heavily, distorting the surrounding space and time and pulling the heavenly old star into his stomach. The old man didn¡¯t even have the time to regenerate and was abruptly devoured by Fang Yun.
The news about the death of the old heavenly star spread out like wildfire. It soon spread to the entire Metaverse Alliance. After receiving such news, the atmosphere in the entire school is now incredibly high.
Earlier, Fang Yun destroyed young master Li and his subordinates, a famous scourge, then he killed Bai Deming. Naturally, Fang Yun is like a myth in the ninth training camps and many private academies.
Many big families dream of having a rtionship with Fang Yun. Some of them even went to the extent of fabricating stories of their encounter with him, telling everyone the rtionship between them and Fang Yun.
Unfortunately, none of them coulde up with definite evidence.
¡°Should I go to the heavenly star territory of this old man?¡±
Fang Yun pondered for a while before making up his mind. He must go to the heavenly star territory to see its current state and its current stance on him.
Thinking of this, his body immediately shed away, heading towards the heavenly star territory. He was nning to rush to the heavenly star territory and cause some trouble before it could calm down.
¡°Whoosh!!¡±
Along with a space twist, Fang Yun started flying towards the heavenly star territory. After half a month, he finally arrived.
Just as Fang Yun expected, the heavenly star has broken down into many smaller territories, all of which fought each other for further resources and territory. They have no possibility of reintegrating back in a short time.
If the old heavenly star was still alive, he would explode with anger upon seeing such a scene.
In the heavenly star Territory, besides the old heavenly star, the strongest cultivators are a few guys at the sage level.
However, these powerful sages immediately retreated upon discovering the iing Fang Yun, shifting thebat area away and even taking their forces away.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
After Fang Yun reached the heavenly star territory, he went on a rampage. Devouring as many celestial bodies as he could. Many people organized revolutionary forces to attack him, but their attacks seemed nothing but a mere itch to him.
In just a short period of ten days, almost half of the heavenly star territory has turned into a wastnd. Countless stars and energy mines have fallen into Fang Yun¡¯s stomach.
He gave special attention to the forces that still remained loyal to the heavenly star.
After dealing with the situation here, Fang Yun finally set on the journey back to the Metaverse. After returning to the Metaverse league, he will try to fly back to his hometown, the earth.
Day by day, it took quite some time to fly back to the Metaverse, because the distance he crossed is simply too big, like the size of several observable universes.
After a few months, Fang Yun finally came to the edge of the Metaverse league. He has already been informed of the current situation of the Metaverse, hence he knew about the several conflicts here.
Of course, in Fang Yun¡¯s opinion, this war is just like a game between children. There¡¯s nothing that can attract his attention.
¡°Lord Ouroboros!!¡±
When Fang Yun reached the border, Neb, who had already received the news, was waiting there.
¡°Neb.¡±
After Fang Yun saw the person ahead, a trace offort rose in his heart. Anyway, he helped the Metaverse league solve a lot of troubles and sheltered them for a long time. Now that the league is on its legs and can stand on its own, it¡¯sforting to see that these guys didn¡¯t forget about him.
¡°Master Ouroboros.¡±
Neb led the people beside him and flew in front of Fang Yun, then bowed to him. Next to Neb was Luo Feng, the current leader of the Metaverse. He looked sharper and more majestic than before and his cultivation base has already reached the mid-world master level.
¡°Haha, Luo Feng, I didn¡¯t know that you had be an intermediate world master, but with your talent, it¡¯s not surprising.¡±
In fact, it had been less than 20 years since he set off. With Luo Feng¡¯s style of cultivating a realm to the limit before breaking through, 20 years is really too fast.
¡°Yes, thanks to the care of your excellency.¡±
Luo Feng respectfully said, to which Fang Yun shook his head and said with a smile.
¡°This is due to your efforts.¡±
After pondering for a moment, Fang Yun said again.
¡±Luo Feng, you have stayed in this position for dozens of years. If you continue to stay there, to be honest, it will definitely affect your cultivation. This is just my suggestion, but I hope that you start cultivating your sessor.¡±
Chapter 624: Solar System (Part 1)
Chapter 624: Sr System (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
After hearing Fang Yun¡¯s words, Luo Feng nodded, ¡°Thank you for reminding me, if I meet the right person, I won¡¯t hesitate to pass them my position.¡±
In fact, Luo Feng had always wanted to take off this burden and concentrate on cultivation, but now the Metaverse league still needs him.
Many things need consideration to sit in this position. The most important thing is management ability. Secondly, one needs the corresponding prestige and power.
The speaker of the Metaverse is the country leader and decision-maker. They have many powerful and talented people working under them and they need to convince them.
For example, the previous speaker Neb, although he has sufficient qualifications, after all, he used to be the speaker of the fourth heaven, and he was the leader of the alliance before the cultivation age.
It¡¯s a pity that over time, his cultivation base and power were gradually overtaken by others. Many people¡¯s cultivation base exceeded his. At that time, he already felt that he was a bit weak to lead such a huge empire.
Therefore, at that time, he was constantly looking for a person with enough power and talent, and a high moral value, and leadership ability, and the perfect candidate was naturally Luo Feng.
Luo Feng is extremely talented and has strong management experience. In addition, many of hispanions in the training camp are convinced by his power and leadership.
After graduating from the training camp, most of these people entered the intermediate and high levels of the league, constituting an immense power, which strictly follows Luo Feng¡¯s orders.
However, since the appearance of Luo Feng, a talented and charismatic leader of the same caliber hasn¡¯t emerged yet.
At present, it seems that the leader of the Metaverse Alliance can only be Luo Feng, and for a long period of time, he can only keep this position.
Fang Yun knew this too, so he didn¡¯t say anything else. He just reminded Luo Feng.
After talking with them for a while, Fang Yun left and flew towards his residence.
During the discussion, Fang Yun also briefly talked about what he saw and heard outside, telling them about every noteworthy point. In addition, Luo Feng and Neb reported the general development of the league over the years to Fang Yun.
ording to their report, the nine training camps are now in full operation. The first and ninth training camps have thergest scales.
Among them, the ninth training camp followed Fang Yun¡¯s original vision. It can be essed by ordinary people, but one needs a lot of luck to enter. Only the wealthy can bypass this mechanism by payingrge amounts of money.
They are simply robbing the wealthy from private academies. After all, these training camps also need money to operate, and government funding isn¡¯t enough.
The entire league now has five realm masters.
Two of them are in the league and the other three are in the gray mist organization.
In terms of high-levelbat power, they havepletely surpassed the nearby small countries. Of course, Luo Feng and Neb reported the war situation with these small countries to Fang Yun.
Although they faced many challenges, they have won the battle one after another. At the moment, they are about topletely upy one of these countries.
??¡¡¡¡This is something that can¡¯t be helped. The Metaverse league is constantly growing and expanding and these small counties couldn¡¯t stand to watch this, so they initiated this war.
They had no choice, if they continued to watch as the Metaverse grew, they wouldpletely be at its mercy in the near future. They could only attack now that the Metaverse hadn¡¯tpletely realized its potential, otherwise, a few decades or centuriester, they wouldn¡¯t even have the chance to resist.
In the Metaverse league, in addition to the world masters, the number of domain masters had also grown to an incredible level.
The metaverse already has more than 300 domain masters, and most of them came from various academies and training camps.
The domain masters from the training camps had ess to more resources and experience, hence they are mostly better than the average domain master.
It is precisely because of this that the military of the Metaverse league was able to win sessive battles against those small countries.
Just as he reached his residence, Fang Yun felt a strange fluctuation quickly approaching. Not far away a joyful roar sounded, followed by the appearance of a behemoth.
It¡¯s the giant turtle.
After seeing Fang Yun, the giant turtle immediately flew towards him, then started circling around him, heaving dull roars from time to time, seemingly expressing its grievances.
Looking at the giant turtle, Fang Yun was also joyful. He started tomunicate with him, mainly recounting his journey and encounter outside.
Now the giant turtle can freelymunicate. He sounds like an innocent teenage boy though. He excitedly recounted his experience to Fang Yun.
Fang Yun was speechless upon hearing the story of the giant turtle. During his journey, this guy has basically been eating and sleeping, wandering from time to time. As expected of a turtle, he¡¯szy enough.
Fang Yun has also observed that the giant turtle exuded a strong oppressive aura. ording to his estimation, the giant turtle¡¯s power/cultivation should have reached the immortal level.
Even Fang Yun was a little frightened. Thiszy little guy has actually reached such a level through just eating and sleeping and in just a short period!
Even Luo Feng is still a world master, but thiszy turtle has reached the immortal level. At the same time, due to its nature, it has a terrifying lifespan of millions of years.
¡°Immortal¡ This level should be enough.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. Bach then, the strength of the giant turtle was too low to create a channel to the other universe, and his strength was alsocking. At that time, he faced a 100% death rate while facing that space tunnel, causing him to converge his thoughts.
Now, it is different. Both of their strengths had greatly increased. The chance of the giant turtle sending him to the other universe is no longer zero.
After resting for half a month, Fang Yun adjusted his body and energy to the best state. The same went for the great turtle.
He knew about Fang Yun¡¯s thoughts and he had no opinion at all. He guaranteed that he will try his best for Fang Yun¡¯s sake. He will open that space channel and send Fang Yun to the other universe.
Chapter 624: Solar System (Part 2)
Chapter 624: Sr System (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Finally, after finishing their preparation, Fang Yun and the giant turtle left their ce of residence and flew toward the location of the spatial turbulence.
They followed the previous route to the location of spatial turbulence. Fortunately, its situation hadn¡¯t changed. Moreover, they didn¡¯t find traces of intelligent creatures and star beasts¡¯ activity here.
Fang Yun finally heaved a sigh of relief. He looked back at the great turtle and nodded.
The aura of the giant turtle was a little restless. He looked nervous as expected.
¡°Big guy, it¡¯s time to start.¡±
Fang Yun adjusted his mood, thenmunicated with the giant turtle. The giant turtle suddenly cried, looking a little sad.
However, he did not refuse Fang Yun¡¯s request. He flew in front of Fang Yun, directly confronting the space turbulence.
¡°Woo!!!¡±
He heaved a harsh cry, gradually exerting its power. The turbulent flow of space ahead also reacted. Visible to the naked eye, it started to slowly spin.
It felt like there was a huge iron rod or hand stirring the turbulent space. The surrounding spatial energy and cosmic radiation rapidly span around, followed by the appearance of a huge dark hole in the middle.
¡°It¡¯s about to take shape.¡±
Looking at the ck hole ahead, Fang Yun looked agitated. He had aplex feeling of homesickness, excitement, anticipation, and timidity. As the surrounding space became more and more turbulent, the ck hole in the middle became surprisingly calm, almost like a ck mirror.
Suddenly, a picture appeared on the surface of the ck hole. In the picture, severals were floating in space.
¡°Where is the earth?¡±
Fang Yun looked at thes, feeling a little anxious. He asked the giant turtle to change the coordinates, and suddenly, a huge gxy appeared on the surface of the ck hole.
¡°The Milky Way!¡±
Fang Yun immediately felt happy after seeing this picture, just as he wanted to tell the turtle to further narrow the range, the turtle suddenly howled.
¡°Woo!¡±
At this moment, the giant turtle howled. Fang Yun immediately reacted. The giant turtle is urging him to go.
Although he can create a space channel, he can¡¯t maintain it for a long time.
Under the circumstances of sending him away, the giant turtle can only locate the Milky Way.
However, that¡¯s enough for Fang Yun. Although he needs to search through the entire milky way, Fang Yun is happy enough. Just not long ago he hadn¡¯t had the slightest idea on how to find his original universe. Compared to that, searching through a gxy is child y.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun gave this universe onest nce. He looked at the giant turtle and bowed deeply, thanking this friend from the depths of his heart.
Fang Yun no longer hesitated. He flew straight into the ck hole and was swallowed by it in the blink of an eye.
¡°Woooo!!! Big brother!!!!¡±
When the giant turtle saw this scene, he immediately cried in pain, tears umted on the corner of his eyes. He didn¡¯t stop until a long timeter. It stood in front of the turbulent flow of space, lying on its stomach quietly, motionless.
On Fang Yun¡¯s side, he felt that he was passing through a long tunnel. Light and shadow constantly shed by. He curiously looked at the surrounding colorful scenery, but quickly shrank back.
His mental power is immense, but even then he felt his head starting to swell as he looked at the colorful scene.
He is currently undergoing spatial transmission between two universes. Even with his immense power, he felt that it was very strenuous.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Suddenly, a huge explosion sounded in his mind, immediately afterward, the dizziness and painful sensation disappeared. He could also see and hear normally again. Fang Yun realized that he finally reached his original universe.
¡°I¡¯m finally back!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with excitement, anxiety, and even fear.
¡°I wonder how the current situation of the earth is? How are they doing?¡±
It was obvious that he was about to reach the earth at this time, but now Fang Yun suddenly felt like shrinking back.
After a long while, Fang Yun adjusted his mentality and started looking for the location of the earth. Now he needs to figure out his current location in the Milky Way gxy.
His speed was very fast. He quickly left the Milky Way gxy and flew more than a million light-years. Hovering in the distance, he looked at the Milky Way gxy and tried to locate the earth¡¯s sun.
He roughly knows the position of the sr system in the Milky Way, so it¡¯s not too troublesome to find it. Of course, he can only look for its rough location. It¡¯s impossible to find a more precise coordinate.
After choosing a rough location, Fang Yun set out on an exploration journey.
As he rushed forward, his speed elerated to the extreme, but after entering the Milky Way again and reaching the approximate position, he began to slow down.
He had already seen the designated cluster, and he is getting closer and closer to that area. Although this area isn¡¯t too big for him, it still has a range of hundreds of light-years and contains countless star systems/
¡°For the time being, I can only slowly search for it.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s mental power is immense. He can easily scan things within the area of several light-years, however, the information he needs to process is immense, so it takes some time to find smaller things.
He naturally knows that humans on Earth have sent many probs to space and to thes in the sr system. Some of these probes have even left the sr system, so he only needs to look for electronic/technological objects.
As long as he finds these electronic products, it should be easy to find the sr system and even the earth.
After all, even if those electronic products have left the sr system for a long time, their location shouldn¡¯t be too far from it.
Thinking of this, Fang Yun began to conduct arge-scale search in this area. This investigationsted for several years.
In the past few years, luck hasn¡¯t been on Fang Yun¡¯s side. He hadn¡¯t had any achievement, causing him to feel tired and anxious. The severe anxiety even caused a tough-willed being like him to feel like giving up.
So many years have passed, he doesn¡¯t know what happened to the earth. His rtives are unlikely to survive, so it doesn¡¯t really make much sense to look for the earth.
However, he felt very unwilling. Is his persistence and goal for so many years so worthless?
Suddenly, Fang Yun detected a strange electromaic wave.
¡°Is it a human aircraft?¡±
Fang Yun was dumbfounded. After analyzing the electromaic wave he received, Fang Yun guessed that the thing that released this wave was an aircraft and an old one at that.
¡°Let¡¯s go and take a look.¡±
Fang Yun calmed down then flew out towards the source of the electromaic signal. Not long after, he reached the source¡¯s location.
In the deep void, a weird-shaped, dpidated machine was slowly flying.
¡°The Voyager!¡±
Fang Yun was ecstatic after seeing the machine ahead.
He finally found the sr system.
Chapter 625: The Shocked Humans (Part 1)
Chapter 625: The Shocked Humans (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
At present, the Voyager has already flown out of the sr system, but it certainly hasn¡¯t crossed arge distance. After all, the speed of this thing in space is not much different from that of ants crawling to Fang Yun.
After strolling around, Fang Yun finally locked the position of the sr system.
Fang Yun hovered in space with his head high. The sr system is right in front of him. There was a huge star in the middle, and around it was a group of celestial bodies. Compared with the size of the star, theses were just like little marbles.
¡°The sr system.¡±
Fang Yun couldn¡¯t help but sigh as he looked at the sun, then Fang Yun¡¯s gaze moved,nding on the third from the sun, the azure blue.
The earth.
??After many years, he finally returned to his hometown. After a journey of hundreds of years, he is finally able to return to the earth to see his rtives, except that he started hesitating again.
It¡¯s weird, he doesn¡¯t remember being so squeamish and indecisive. Not long ago, he could coldly watch as millions or even billions of people die, but now he is hesitating to go forward.
He had been away for many many years, Fang Yun couldn¡¯t remember the exact number of years he had been away.
The earth must have changed greatly. It¡¯s unknown whether his rtives are even alive or what year it is.
At this moment, on the earth, many people are eating, drinking, ying, and sleeping as usual, but they don¡¯t know that an extremely terrifying behemoth was heading towards them.
However, the abnormal situation in space was discovered by the space bureaus of various countries.
¡°What¡¯s going on? There was a sudden burst of abnormal electromaic waves in space.¡±
In an office of the U.S. national aeronautics and space administration, a white young man looked at theputer screen in front of him.
¡°What¡¯s the matter? Jack?¡±
At this moment, a majestic old man walked over. He wore a pair of gold-rimmed sses and looked very serious.
¡°Sir, there seems to be an incident in space.¡± The young man named Jack solemnly said, after which, he turned his sight back to the screen in front of him.
At this time, the old man also ced his gaze on theputer screen ahead, only to see that there were zigzag lines on the detection instrument.
The look on the white old man¡¯s face became more serious.
Judging from the electromaic curve, the signal source is getting closer and closer. Anyway, the frequency and amplitude of the electromaic curve are bingrger andrger.
¡°Determine the position, then adjust the angle of the Braun Space Telescope to see what¡¯s the source of the waves.¡±
The old man groaned and said with a deep voice.
After giving the instructions, he stepped aside again then decided to report the current situation. An unfamiliar electromaic signal source was approaching, and it was initially suspected to be either alien life or a spacecraft.
Not only did the U.S. receive this abnormal electromaic wave, but other countries were the same. Large countries with the right conditions began to adjust the angle of their space telescopes, preparing to take pictures of the electromaic signal source.
The strange signal source that appeared was too weird, causing everyone who got the news to feel excitement and panic.
After so many years, are they finallying in contact with alien life?
At this time, the military, political groups, and national space agencies were all preparing in different ways, while ordinary people continued going on with their lives, unaware of the undercurrents.
As time passed, the atmosphere inside the US Space Agency became extremely solemn. They have received an order from the higher-ups. They need to quickly figure out the source of the electromaic waves.
If it¡¯s really an alien life or a spaceship, they mustmunicate with the other party as soon as possible.
Although the space agencies on the earth have been developed quite extensively, they still couldn¡¯t do anything in the face of such a situation.
¡°Is something big about to happen?¡±
The people in the space agencies of various countries were very worried.
¡°What¡¯s the situation now? Has nothing changed?¡±
Inside the US Space Agency, the white old man asked the guy called Jack, his heart filled with anxiousness. The higher-ups have called him several times in the past hour.
¡°Sir, It appeared! The source appeared¡±
At this time, the young man named Jack suddenly yelled, and the moment his voice sounded, the old man hurriedly walked to his side, leaned on the chair and table, and looked directly at theputer screen ahead. Immediately afterward, a picture was revealed in his eyes.
On theputer screen, it was still pitch ck, and the next moment, a pixted picture appeared on the top corner.
About one minuteter, the picture was refreshed again, now it¡¯s bigger and clearer. This situation was repeated several more times. Five minutester, the picture had been refreshed 4 times.
They could already see something on the pixted picture.
This photo was taken by a space telescope with the sun as the background. Naturally, there¡¯s light on the edge of the photo, and the closer to the edge, the more orange light is visible.
Everyone¡¯s eyes stared closely at the picture this time.
Finally, the picture was refreshed for the fifth time.
Suddenly everyone¡¯s heart jumped. They had different feelings of excitement, worry, and fear.
On the upper edge of the photo, a vague ck object appeared. It looked like the head of some kind of creature.
¡°Is it really an alien life?¡±
Everyone who saw this scene felt their heart throbbing. It didn¡¯t take long for the pixels to be refreshed for the sixth time, showing an even clearer image.
This was soonly followed by the seventh refresh.
At this moment, everyone¡¯s heart suddenly shook. It felt like they were hit by a heavy hammer. They all stared at theputer screen in front of them, each one of them felt breathless, as if their heart was about to pop out.
¡°What the hell is that?¡±
¡°Oh my god! What the hell is going on? How is this possible?¡±
Someone who couldn¡¯t ept it and started screaming. It looked like he was having a mental breakdown. Some of the guys with good psychological qualities swallowed their saliva, looking at the picture in front of them with expressions of disbelief.
Chapter 625: The Shocked Humans (Part 2)
Chapter 625: The Shocked Humans (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°This is fake, it must be fake!¡±
¡°How can there be such a thing? I don¡¯t believe it, I don¡¯t believe it!¡±
¡°Aliens really exist and they are so huge!¡±
After everyone came back to their senses, they all talked in a low voice as they watched the picture on theputer screen with hot eyes.
More time passed and the pixels of that picture have been refreshed for the tenth time. By now, half of the creature¡¯s head was visible.
It¡¯s the head of an extremely huge snake.
The thing that appeared is an extremelyrge serpent. This creature is the source of abnormal electromaic waves.
¡°Damn it, it¡¯s really an alien life? How should wemunicate with such a monster?¡±
The old chief was iparably troubled, how should hemunicate with this alien creature? This is simply an impossible task. In fact, it would be weird for such a creature to understand their terminology.
However, they have toplete this task!
¡°Immediately send a signal to the other party! We must at least try tomunicate with it.¡±
The old chief hesitated for a moment, then immediately gave this instruction. The electromaic signals they sent were particrly stable and with a rtively long interval. They also carry peaceful intentions. All of this was done to not irritate the alien creature.
Fang Yun was slowly flying towards the earth. At this time, he sensed the electromaic signals transmitted from the earth.
He knew that the earth¡¯s people were trying tomunicate with him, but he had no intentions ofmunicating with them for now.
By this time, he was already very close to the earth. In fact, with his eyesight, he could see everything that happened on the earth.
¡°It looks like not much time has passed?¡±
After seeing the scene on the earth, this idea popped into Fang Yun¡¯s mind. From his point of view, the earth hadn¡¯t changed much from hisst time in it.
Of course, it¡¯s not that there hadn¡¯t been any change, but this change isn¡¯t too great, let alone the earth-shaking change that should have urred after hundreds of years.
In other words, how much time has passed on the earth since his reincarnation? 10 years? 20 years? Or more?
Of course, there¡¯s another possibility. That is, hundreds of years have passed, but the technological advancements have stagnated, making little to no change at all. However, thetter possibility is improbable.
¡°Thesemunication signals are getting annoying.¡±
Fang Yun received a lot of electromaic signals. These electromaic signals have been used to try tomunicate with him, but he doesn¡¯t intend to reply at all.
Although Fang Yun has some feelings for the earth, that doesn¡¯t mean that he has feelings for all its inhabitants. He doesn¡¯t have the slightest desire tomunicate with them. All he wants is to know the time and see if his rtives are still alive.
After reaching a location not far from the earth, Fang Yun immediately stopped advancing, but carefully watched everything on the earth.
As he was scanning the situation on the earth, the staff of the US Space Agency was going crazy. They found out that the monster has ignored all of theirmunication signals.
It either isn¡¯t an intelligent creature capable ofmunication or doesn¡¯t have the intention tomunicate with them.
¡°What to do? What to do?¡±
The old chief was a little flustered this time. This super serpent is already pretty close to the earth. If it gets closer or even descends on the earth, the consequences will be catastrophic.
The entire is likely to get destroyed.
¡°Should we really try to get rid of this monster in space?¡±
This idea popped in the head of the old man but then he shook his head fiercely.
He felt that this wasn¡¯t a valid option, the power and capabilities of this serpent are unknown, but just from its hundreds of kilometers size alone, it can probably destroy the¡¯s surface.
Moreover, they don¡¯t have any effective weapons in space. They have never thought that such a ridiculous thing would happen.
In case this giant serpent gets angry and goes on a rampage on earth, few living creatures are likely to survive.
¡°We can only continue trying tomunicate with it!!¡±
The old chief couldn¡¯t persuade himself to give up, his heart was filled with panic. The only thing he could do to alleviate his panic is to keep trying tomunicate with the alien creature.
Fang Yun perceived moremunication signals surging towards him, all of which were messy and disorganized, conveying messages like ¡°Hello¡±, ¡°Who are you?¡±, ¡°Greetings¡±, and ¡°We desire to have a peaceful conversation with you¡±.
Fang Yun blocked all of these messages and started scanning the area where he previously resided, scanning the buildings, the environment, and the people.
The environment of his previous city has be very dpidated, and even many of the people are no longer as educated as they were back then.
¡°2067 AD???¡±
Fang Yun almost didn¡¯t jump up after determining the time, because it was 2027 when he left the earth. That is to say, it has been exactly 40 years.
¡°Forty years, forty years, forty years¡ I¡¯m finally back home¡ My home¡¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s mind was messy. His purpose has always been very simple. He wanted to go back home and see his rtives. During various stages of his journey, he pondered on this goal and even felt that it was meaningless.
Hundreds of years have passed after all. Deep within his heart, he knew that he would probably see a new and totally unrecognizable world after going back.
However, he did not contrary to the hundreds of years that he lived, only forty years have passed on the earth. Forty years can indeed change many things, but his rtives are likely to be still alive.
Even if his parents and grandparents aren¡¯t there, his siblings are likely still alive.
¡°Gulp!¡±
Fang Yun was a little nervous. He began to search the earth more carefully. The people on the earth didn¡¯t know at this moment, a terrifying mental power was scanning the entire earth, running through every single human being¡¯s body.
¡°Hahaha, found them, I found them!!!¡±
After ten minutes of work, Fang Yun¡¯s eyes suddenly lit up. He found the person he was looking for. At this moment, his gaze was directly locked to a certain position of the earth.
He narrowed his eyes, looking at a hospital in a prefecture-ss city in China.
His gaze prated the walls of a big hospital, falling on a particr ward.
In this ward, an old woman was lying on the bed, and beside her, there was a middle-aged woman taking care of her.
Fang Yun looked at these two people with teary eyes. He felt the blood in his body stagnating.
At this time, he wanted to roar up to the sky, but he didn¡¯t do so. Instead, he watched them quietly for a while, until the sky started to darken over that area, before transforming into a light beam and flying toward them.
Chapter 626: Home and Family (Part 1)
Chapter 626: Home and Family (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
It waspletely dark. The middle-aged woman looked at her sleeping mother on the hospital bed, gently pulled the quilt and covered her body for her, then looked at a photo ced on the bedside table.
This is a group photo of three people.
Two children, a boy, and a girl aged eleven or twelve. They looked lively and youthful. Behind the two children, a woman stretched out her hands on their shoulders. All three of them looked at the camera with bright smiles on their faces.
The photo is already slightly yellow, and its details are a little blurry. However, upon closer inspection, It can be generally seen that the facial features of the woman in the photo are simr to the old woman on the bed.
In addition, the little girl is somewhat simr to the middle-aged woman who was looking at the picture.
¡°It has been forty years¡¡±
The middle-aged woman murmured, then shook her head. She walked to the bed on the side,id down on it, and fell asleep.
Naturally, she didn¡¯t see a bright stream of light suddenly flying in from outside, prating the ss without any sound, and finally entering the ward.
Inside the light stream was a small snake, about 1.5 meters long.
The serpent first nced at the middle-aged woman on the bed for some time before flying to the old woman¡¯s bed and quietly watching the old woman sleeping in front of him.
¡°Mom¡ Mom¡¡±
Fang Yun muttered under his breath. If he were in a human form at this time, he would have been crying while hugging the woman in front. After hundreds of years in a dangerous and strange world, his will has been tempered to the extreme.
However, upon facing his closest rtives, his extremely tough willpower suddenly shattered.
¡°Mom, mom, why did you be like this? When did you be so old?¡±
Fang Yun cried silently, his heart was filled with pain. The extreme pain made him want to tear his body fiercely, suppressing the psychological torture by creating pain in his body.
¡°By the way, I can treat my mother¡¯s illness and rejuvenate her.¡±
Such an idea suddenly appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind. He took a breath, restraining his excitement.
He is a third step sage, it shouldn¡¯t be difficult to do this.
¡°Huh?¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun¡¯s heart trembled, a bad premonition washed all over his body, causing him to feel a bone-deep chill. Apart from the power he gained from the system, Fang Yun found that he couldn¡¯t use his cultivation base at all.
Whether it is the energy gained by cultivation, the various incredible skills, and power, even his powerful space maniption skills. None of the things that he gained through cultivation could be used.
¡°What¡¯s going on? Why? Why?!¡±
Fang Yun frantically dispatched the power in his body, trying to forcefully instill his terrifying vitality into the old woman on the bed, but found that no matter how he tried, he couldn¡¯t do it.
The reality made him feel terrified. Only now did he find that the vast majority of his powers can only be used for destruction. The only power he gained from cultivation and capable of healing others could not be used at all.
¡°It¡¯s useless, it¡¯s useless!¡±
Fang Yun felt that he was about to go crazy.
¡°How could this happen, why is my cultivation base useless here?¡±
This was a result that Fang Yun did not expect at all, his cultivation base! He couldn¡¯t use it in this universe. He can¡¯t save his mother at all!
He is keenly aware that his cultivation is built on the rules of the other universe. He doesn¡¯t have the same control over this universe! Without his cultivation base and mastery of thews of the universe as a buffer, the body of his mother will immediately rupture and explode if he gives her his energy!
¡°Then what¡¯s the meaning of my power? What¡¯s the meaning of my cultivation? I finally came back, but in the end, I can only watch my loved ones leave? Can¡¯t I do anything!¡±
¡°Why, why did you do this to me?!¡±
Fang Yun crazily swung his head. His heart was filled with anger and pain, but he couldn¡¯t find an outlet to release it all.
The rules of this world are restricting him, but he can¡¯t challenge the rules of this world. In fact, with his power and cultivation, he can¡¯t even perceive them.
After swimming around in agony and ipetent fury for two hours next to the bed, Fang Yun finally calmed down. He quietly stared at the old woman in front of him, and memories of the past, ones that he buried in the deepest part of his heart, shed in his mind.
His emotions tumbled like a roller coaster, sometimes happy, sometimes sad, and sometimes angry.
After an unknown period of time, Fang Yun finally came back to his senses. He looked at the old woman in front of him, then gently stretched his head towards her and gently nestled in her arms.
However, it seemed that his actions disturbed the old woman. She slowly opened her eyes, looking somewhat dazed. After blinking a few times, she suddenly saw a snake standing in front of her.
Her body trembled, obviously startled, but at this moment Fang Yun who was standing in front of her gave a timely shout, shocking the old woman. She seemed to hear a voice in her mind.
¡°Mom! Mom! It¡¯s me, Mom!¡±
An urgent voice sounded in the old woman¡¯s mind.
The old woman looked nkly at the snake in front of her, then looked at the photo on her bedside. Suddenly, her eyes widened in disbelief and her body started trembling.
The snake ahead gradually disappeared, reced by an ordinary youth. He was about 1.8 meters tall, with ck fluffy hair and ck crystal eyes. He looked at her with teary eyes.
¡°Xiao¡Xiao Yun?¡± The old woman¡¯s lips began to tremble. In fact, the reason why she behaved like this was that she thought she was in a dream. The reason why she had such a dream is that she missed her little son too much.
¡°Xiao Yun, Xiao Yun, is it really you?¡±
Tears sprinkled from the corner of the old woman¡¯s eyes. She was so excited but couldn¡¯t express it. Her body was weak, and she couldn¡¯t speak clearly, so she could only vaguely mutter some intermittent sybles.
¡°I really, I really miss you.¡±
She moved her body and wanted to get up, but she was too weak to do it.
In front of Fang Yun, even though the old woman only uttered a few vague sybles, he could hear all of them clearly. At this time, he was even more excited, continuously nodding his head, his emotions extremely agitated.
Chapter 626: Home and Family (Part 2)
Chapter 626: Home and Family (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°It¡¯s really you, where have you been all these years?¡±
¡°Mom and little Ying have been waiting for you toe home. Where have you been?¡±
¡°Mom misses you, you¡ You shoulde back.¡±
The old woman Looked straight at Fang Yun, hot tears were constantly flowing out of her eyes. Her shriveled lips were squirming, struggling to talk with her dying body.
¡°It¡¯s all my fault, it¡¯s all my fault.¡±
Fang Yun knelt in front of the woman, banging his head on the edge of the bed, appearing iparably self-ming.
¡°Xiao Yun, Xiao Yun¡¡±
When the old woman saw this scene, she wanted to raise her hand to stop Fang Yun. As a result, she struggled for a while but couldn¡¯t do so. Fang Yun knew what his mother wanted to do and quickly stopped her action. He leaned his head and nestled in his mother¡¯s arms again.
The anxious look on the old woman gradually disappeared, reced by happiness, but at this moment, she could no longer speak no matter how she struggled.
Her eyelids felt heavier and heavier, causing her to gradually close her eyes. Her breathing gradually became stable.
She fell asleep.
However, there was a faint smile on her face. The old woman looked much happier and relieved than before, looking as if a big weight had fallen over her shoulders.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t bother his mother anymore. He just kept his head in her arms, feeling this embrace again after hundreds of years. He didn¡¯t leave the ward until the sky was bright.
Early in the morning, light shone through the ss window into the ward. On the bed next to the old woman, the middle-aged woman opened her sleepy eyes, then propped herself up.
She nced at the old woman next to her and found that she was sleeping peacefully on the hospital bed, her body tightly covered with the quilt, and couldn¡¯t help but smile.
Immediately afterward, she got up and prepared to wash.
After washing up, she took the breakfast and walked back to the ward. At this moment, she suddenly found that the old woman on the bed had woken up, and quickly walked to the side of thetter, asking with a smile on her face,
¡°Mom, you woke up, do you want something to eat?¡±
The old woman shook her head slightly. She turned her head left and right, looked around the ward, then suddenly turned her head to stare at the middle-aged woman in front of her.
¡°Little Ying¡¡±
¡°Um.¡±
¡°I seemed to see your brotherst night.¡±
Upon hearing this, the middle-aged woman named little Ying fell silent. She remembers that she hadn¡¯t seen her brother for 40 years; After a moment of silence, she smiled and asked.
¡°How¡¯s he doing?¡±
¡°He¡¡±
The old woman showed a look of reminiscence. The smile on her face became even more obvious.
¡°His age seemed to have never changed, fifteen or sixteen years old. He was running and jumping in the corridor, saying he was going to y peekaboo¡no, That kid wasn¡¯t him, it was his son and my grandson.¡±
¡°He also married a beautiful wife, and said he would bring her in the future to me to see.¡±
¡°¡, Yes, mom, he wille back in the future. He will also bring my sister-inw.¡±
¡°Well, I won¡¯t hit him again¡¡±
¡°Mom!¡±
The woman named little Yingzi felt her eyes tearing up, but she sniffed her nose and stopped her tears. The old woman on the bed stopped speaking. She slowly straightened her head a little bit, looking squarely at the ceiling above her head.
Her past shed in her mind like a movie, and finally, the mind of the old woman was frozen at a certain picture.
It was a picture of a small snake, standing on the edge of the bed and bowing towards her.
¡°Xiao Yun, is it really you?¡±
The woman muttered softly.
¡°Beep! beep! beep!¡±
The electrocardiograph issued a rapid rm, causing the middle-aged woman to panic. She looked at the woman on the hospital bed and the electrocardiograph next to her with wide eyes. Along with a beeping sound, the graph had a straight t line
¡°Doctor! Come here, Doctor!¡±
¡°Mom! Mom! Mom!¡± The middle-aged woman fell to the ground in pain, clutching the bed sheet in both hands and screaming hoarsely.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
In a certain ce outside the earth, a huge serpent suddenly went mad and wailed in extreme pain.
¡°Mom! Mom!! Mom!!!¡±
Fang Yun cried out loudly, pain-filled his heart. He didn¡¯t expect that after returning he would be weed with the death of his mother.
He roared in space for 10 days, causing a great disturbance. He didn¡¯t stop until he waspletely exhausted.
He silently looked at the azure not far ahead.
During these ten days, many people were shocked and frightened upon seeing his mad and berserk state. The biological electromaic waves emitted were even more violent, filled with thoughts of destruction and death.
It was just that Fang Yun¡¯s remaining sanity allowed him to stop the spread of his energy and strong electromaic waves, so the earth was unharmed.
However, just the small part of the electromaic waves that have drifted away from him is enough to make the people on earth terrified.
¡°Damn, that monster is going mad! Sir! Immediately prepare our military for battle!!¡±
¡°My God, why is that monster going crazy? Is the end of the worlding?¡±
¡°Idiot, the great Merica is invincible!¡±
¡°God, please be sure to take me to heaven.¡±
All countries on the earth started to mobilize their army, nervously preparing for a battle to defend the earth. The mobilization of all armies naturally couldn¡¯t be hidden from all people. Some sensitive people noticed something, causing many rumors to appear on the inte, but most of them were deleted immediately.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay attention to the actions of the people on earth. For the past few days, he has been silently observing his sister Yingzi.
Yingzi has grown into a middle-aged woman. After their mother¡¯s death, she solely took care of thetter¡¯s funeral in an orderly manner. She was no longer the little naughty girl who would cause trouble and throw the me on him.
Fang Yun wanted to leave something to Yingzi, but in the end, he found that he couldn¡¯t give her anything at all.
What can he give to Yingzi?
There seems to be a lot, but there seems to be nothing. All he has now is the power and abilities he got from the system, so he can¡¯t give her any spiritual or energy blessings from his cultivation.
Even cultivation techniques don¡¯t work. Not to mention that he didn¡¯t bother remembering them as he can¡¯t use them, they probably don¡¯t work here anyway.
After a few more days, Fang Yun watched as Yingzi returned to her normal life, then turned and left this ce.
Just after his departure, the countries on the earth were finally relieved, gradually withdrawing their state of emergency. Many people breathed a sigh of relief. They were truly unable to imagine what kind of scene it would be for that monster to attack the earth.
Many doubt whether their country¡¯s military would be even useful.
Almost all countries on the earth carried out an intensive deployment of the military at the same time, causing many people to be very curious. As time went by, the story that the world was once on the edge of Armageddon was slowly spread.
¡°Grandma, are there really aliens in the world?¡±
¡°There are, sweetie.¡±
Grandma smiled and told her grandson with a low voice, pretending to be mysterious.
¡°An alien almost attacked the earth back then!¡±
¡°Huh? ¡°
Her grandson¡¯s eyes widened in disbelief,
¡°Really? What does that alien look like?¡±
¡°A snake, a special and very big snake.¡±
Grandma spread her hands, trying to demonstrate the size of the snake.
¡°Mom, you believe those rumors too.¡±
Suddenly, a young man walked over from the side, and after hearing the conversation between his mother and son, he smiled helplessly and asked.
¡°Why wouldn¡¯t I?¡± Grandma replied with a smile.
¡°Okay, Mom, let¡¯s eat first.¡±
¡°Okay.¡±
Grandma nodded and walked into the house with her grandson. When she got to the house, her daughter-inw was putting dishes and chopsticks on the table. Thetter smiled upon seeing the olddy and the little boy.
Grandma smiled back. She walked to the table and was about to sit down, but suddenly nced at an old photo on the desk.
¡°Hey, my brother has been away for fifty years, and my mom has also passed away ten years ago.¡±
Chapter 627: Heisenberg Empire (Part 1)
Chapter 627: Heisenberg Empire (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun quietly wandered in space, alone. In these ten years, he didn¡¯t bother to return to the cultivation universe. At this time, he closed his mind and allowed his body to wander in space.
After an unknown period of time, Fang Yun finally recovered. Suddenly, the picture of his mom dying appeared in his mind again. Even after so many years, his heart shook upon remembering that scene.
¡°The heavens and the earth are so big, but where is home?¡±
Fang Yun sighed internally. He can travel between universes now, but he still couldn¡¯t find a single ce he could call home in both of them.
He has no home or family. He is alone.
After another seven or eight years, Fang Yun finally decided to return to the Metaverse, but before that, he decided to take a final look at his sister.
Yingzi has be quite old. Fang Yun saw that Yingzi and her family were not very rich, so he tried his best to help them this time.
After all, although he couldn¡¯t use his cultivation base to help them spiritually and physically, his mental power can still be used to search for things.
He gathered dozens of pounds of gold and some treasures from the ocean, then secretly gave them to Yingzi¡¯s family, which is enough for them to live a wealthy and fulfilling life.
After confirming that Yingzi and her family¡¯s lives were back on track and that the sudden influx of wealth wouldn¡¯t cause any drastic change, Fang Yun decided to leave.
Now he knows that there is a time difference between this universe and the cultivation universe. The difference is probably between 10 to 15 times. He has been in this world for more than ten years, so on the cultivation universe side, probably one or two hundred years have passed.
He wondered about the extent of change in the other universe. The Metaverse league has already had deep contact with the outside world before he left. One or two hundred years have passed. It¡¯s unknown whether it has flourished or perished.
Fang Yun returned to the chaotic space he crossed from, then was about tomunicate with the giant turtle, but at this time, he discovered that a fixed space channel appeared in that chaotic space.
Looking at its appearance, this space channel can only be used once; Moreover, if it weren¡¯t for the turtle¡¯s spiritual imprint on his body, he wouldn¡¯t be able to discover its existence.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Fang Yun felt a little anxious. He didn¡¯t know why the giant turtle would do this. This wasn¡¯t their previous agreement.
The giant turtle promised that it would always wait within the proximity of the channel. When Fang Yun wants toe back, he only needs to connect with the spiritual imprint of the giant turtle and thetter will immediately know of his intention.
The giant turtle has vited the agreement. At least it left a stable space channel.
However, after thinking about it, Fang Yun realized that a long time must have passed on the other side. Anything could happen, and the giant turtle can¡¯t always just wait for him on the other side.
At least 100 or 200 years have passed on the other side. It shouldn¡¯t be strange for the giant turtle to temporarily leave.
However, after spending so long with the sea turtle, Fang Yun learned that that little guy is not onlyzy but also very patient. He felt that this kind of possibility was very low.
¡°I should go and take a look first.¡±
Fang Yun thought internally. He used the spiritual imprint left by the giant turtle on his body, then slowly took control of the space channel.
The spiritual imprint of the giant turtle is necessary to enter this space channel, otherwise, the channel would immediately copse if someone enters it without the imprint.
This giant turtle is very cautious. After his intelligence has grown, he has learned from Fang Yun¡¯s behavior and handling methods.
¡°Buzzing! Buzzing!¡±
Aftermunicating with the imprint for a while, the spatial channel in front of Fang Yun immediately quivered slightly. At the next moment, the spacial channel burst out with a brilliant light, then swallowed Fang Yun in the next second.
Fang Yun allowed the white light to swallow him, then set off on a new journey.
In the past ten years, Fang Yun didn¡¯t cultivate nor did he eat a lot of things, so his cultivation base hadn¡¯t changed much, still a third step sage. At least, he has gained a level in the past few years, so technically he did grow.
Of course, there is definitely no way topare with his progress back at the cultivation universe. After all, if he remained there, he could enjoy hundreds of years of cultivation and growth. Especially if he remained in the Metaverse league.
Of course, many people think otherwise.
During these two hundred years, the Metaverse league has developed fairly well. As it is now, Luo Feng has abdicated, giving way to the third leader of the league, Doro.
Compared with Luo Feng, Doro¡¯s talent is much worse. In fact, his talent might be even worse than some of the brightest geniuses in the league, like Wu Chen, Luo Chen, etc¡
Of course, his talent is still top-notch, just a bit worse than geniuses of that ss.
However, Duo Luo possesses great control and management abilities. This is the reason why Luo Feng decided to hand his position over to Doro, relieving him of his responsibilities and giving him the time and peace of mind to cultivate with confidence.
However, after abdicating, Luo Feng decided to return to his previous position, maybe even take a more dangerous one. While most political leaders are too afraid to do so, Luo Feng naturally dares to do this.
For example, Luo Feng has taken the post of an outer general, holding the power and position tounch wars against other nations. His army contains a total of several million people, all of which are headed by Luo Feng.
To be honest, Luo Feng is really suitable for this position.
With his strength, previous position, and charisma, he can actually choose whatever position he wants.
In addition, Luo Feng is an immortal-ss cultivator and not an ordinary one. If Fang Yun hadn¡¯t left, there would have been three great masters above the immortal level.
In addition to Luo Feng, there is another person who has reached the Immortal ss. Although it is only the initial stage of the Immortal rank, it is enough to make everyone within the metaverse feel excited.
This person is neither Wu Chen nor Luo Chun, but a dark horse that has suddenly emerged.
Both Wu Chen and Luo Chun have reached the peak of the world master level, and they are at the critical point of breaking through.
Chapter 627: Heisenberg Empire (Part 2)
Chapter 627: Heisenberg Empire (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
As for their territory, it has expanded many times over.
Now, the metaverse league is a veritable behemoth. Nearby small countries don¡¯t even dare to raise their heads.
In many cases of conflict, Luo Feng just reports their intention to fight and before they could even move their army, the enemy takes the initiative to surrender.
It¡¯s also worth mentioning that the Metaverse league took advantage of the previous turmoil and has greatly infiltrated the gray mist organization. At the moment, the Metaverse faction is one of thergest factions in the grey mist organization. Moreover, there are hidden powerhouses belonging to the Metaverse, just waiting for the order to show up.
In fact, the Metaverse even has some members at the leadership level.
If things continue going like this, the Metaverse will soon swallow the gray mist organization from inside and turn it into their puppet.
However, that doesn¡¯t mean that the Metaverse¡¯s journey was smooth sailing.
As it constantly grew stronger and bigger, the Metaverse has attracted the attention of many beings, including one that they couldn¡¯t offend.
Karen Bell.
This is the prince of a super empire. He was traveling across the universe to temper himself, wandering away to the edge of the universe. Later, he had some conflicts with the Metaverse league.
It stands to reason that a conflict between the two is difficult to ur, but it still happened in the end. It was as if he was deliberately looking for trouble. (Note: I¡¯m getting tired of this pattern. The author doesn¡¯t say anything about the dynamics between countries apart from constant conflict and conquering. There¡¯s no diplomacy at all!)
Standing behind this Karen Bell is the Heisenberg Empire, which is also the most powerful empire in the entire universe.
This empire has several top powerhouses.
Except for those hidden old monsters. Among the top ten of the cosmic battle ranking, a list constructed by many organizations and approved by almost 80% of cosmic empires, five of them belong to this empire. Naturally, the power of such an empire is inconceivable.
However, Fang Yun wasn¡¯t included in this list because of various reasons. The same goes for many hidden old monsters or powerhouses without many feats.
Fang Yun felt a bit dizzy, flying through a tunnel filled with innumerable colors. After a while, everything went back to normal, he reached the other side.
At present, he has returned to the cultivation universe. The location is the territory of the Metaverse.
He quickly spread his mental power around, scanning the surrounding area. There was nothing wrong, but there wasn¡¯t any trace of the giant turtle, which is quite puzzling.
¡°Could it be that something happened?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly had such an idea. An idea that he disliked greatly. He can¡¯t bear the thought of something happening to his only true friend and little brother.
¡°I should have a look first before randomly guessing.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s figure shed. He quickly identified a direction, then flew in it. Soon, he began seeing traces of civilization.
¡°Huh?¡±
After seeing a target, Fang Yun was nning to investigate the current situation. After he adjusted his mentality, he started radiating his mental power. Fang Yun didn¡¯t want his mental power to harm the people he scans, hence he paid special attention to controlling it.
Through his exploration, he discovered that the territory and the poption density of the Metaverse had greatly increased.
This ce was quite deserted in the past, being on the edge of the Metaverse, but now people have started to move in it.
¡°Huh, it seems that Luo Feng and the others are doing well for the time being. However, why is there no trace of the giant turtle?¡± Fang Yun became more worried, wondering what happened to his little brother.
After thinking about it, he began to move on, nning to go to the central base to get more information. Soon after, he reached the ce.
¡°This is the new power center of the Metaverse league?¡±
Fang Yun was floating above a giant space city. He looked straight at the building in the center, a building bigger than a mountain. Although he couldn¡¯t see it, he sensed a familiar aura in the building.
He found that Luo Feng and Neb were both in this building, but to his surprise, Luo Feng didn¡¯t seem to be the leader of the league anymore.
¡°Sure enough, he is the person that I fancied. He has reached the immortal level.¡±
Fang Yun saw Luo Feng¡¯s true cultivation level at a nce, causing him to be surprised, but then he became a bit curious. How long has it been since he disappeared?
¡°The difference between the time flow rates of the two sides is too great.¡±
Fang Yun felt a bit speechless. He thought that if the two universes¡¯ times were synchronised, it would be better.
However, after remembering that if that was the case, he wouldn¡¯t have been able to see his mother and sister, he thought otherwise.
¡°Neb¡¯s cultivation level has also reached the peak domain master level. It seems that he is also very hardworking.¡±
At the beginning, Fang Yun just thought that reaching the cosmic level would already be great with Neb¡¯s talent. However, judging from his current performance, this guy is constantly challenging the limit set to him by Fang Yun. Now, he has reached the peak domain master level.
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that Neb would be so hardworking and ambitious.¡±
Even Fang Yun admired the neb a little bit, but he isn¡¯t here to admire or check on them. He is here to ask about the turtle¡¯s situation/
¡°Hmmm¡¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s figure suddenly turned into a small serpent about 10 meters long.
In an office, Neb and Luo Feng are sitting in front of their desks, dealing with various documents. In fact, neither of them are required to do this kind of thing, especially Luo Feng, an outer general.
However, seeing as they were free, they decided to help a bit.
The two were immersed in work, but suddenly an additional aura appeared in the office. The two of them were rmed, vigntly hurriedly standing, but upon seeing the intruder, the two of them eximed in surprise.
¡°Master Ouroboros, you¡¯re finally back!¡±
Both of them were very excited. It has been almost two hundred years since Fang Yunst appeared. During this period of almost two hundred years, the Metaverse league faced many difficult situations, but they pulled through them one after the other.
¡°My lord, where have you been? Why has there been no news for so many years?¡±
Neb suddenly asked.
¡°Where is the giant turtle?¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t answer his question, but just asked inly¡
¡°Senior turtle is okay. He is currently escorting a batch of goods to the Rising Battlefield.¡± Luo Feng on the side suddenly said with a smile.
Hearing this, Fang Yun frowned and said,
¡°It seems that the league has acquired a new strong enemy.¡±
Both Neb and Luo Feng looked at each other with helpless expressions before Neb said.
¡°That¡¯s true, we have developed enmity with the Heisenberg Empire.¡±
Chapter 628: Preparation (Part 1)
Chapter 628: Preparation (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Through the exnations of Neb and Luo Feng, Fang Yun understood the cause and course of the matter. He also understood that although the Metaverse league is much stronger now, it¡¯s still facing a crisis and that is because of Heisenberg.
As the most powerful empire and organization in the cultivation universe, to be regarded as a thorn in the eye by the Heisenberg Empire, the situation of the Metaverse league is very very bad.
Fortunately, Heisenberg has not yet fully officially war on the Metaverse league. The main reason for this is that they are cautious of the guardian of the Metaverse league, Fang Yun.
Especially after his disappearance. There have been many rumours about his possible advance into the universe master level.
However, the reason why they targeted the Metaverse league was also because of Fang Yun. Although most people don¡¯t know about it, it¡¯s not difficult for a huge superpower like Heisenberg to know about the rtionship between the cosmic serpent Ouroboros and the Metaverse league.
Fang Yun¡¯s strength and potential are very high, and the metaverse league has risen like aet in the past few years. From their official appearance to now, only a bit over 200 years have passed, but they already have a powerful immortal-ss superpower sitting at their helm.
Moreover, the new generation is also rising very quickly.
This great potential, coupled with the backing of a top powerhouse with great potential like Fang Yun, made the people of Heisenberg unable to sit still. They can no longer wait. The Metaverse league has the potential to pull them down from their throne.
Although there are many other powerful countries, some much stronger than the Metaverse league, they have little potential for growth. Most importantly, they are rtively stable and are mostly under their supervision or control.
From this point of view, it¡¯s unknown whether the Metaverse league is lucky or unlucky.
After Fang Yun listened to the two men¡¯s narration, he was in deep thought, thinking about the countermeasures in his mind. Now is definitely not a suitable time to fight Heisenberg.
Even if he can fight against them or escape, he has no way now to save the entire Metaverse league.
He hasplicated feelings for the entire Metaverse league. Anyway, he doesn¡¯t want it to end like this. Compared with this, he hopes that the Metaverse league can exist for a long time.
However, they indeed encountered a difficult problem.
¡°How many empires are under the control of the Heisenberg empire?¡± Fang Yun suddenly looked at Neb and asked.
He knew that Neb must have already gathered enough information about this matter.
¡°There are five.¡± Neb nodded and said,
¡°The most powerful empire under the control of the Heisenberg is called the Gangyi Empire, followed by the Locke Empire, the Bode Empire, the Changzhi Empire, and the Hongshan Empire. ¡°
¡°These five empires all have Universe Masters.¡±
There was a solemn expression on Neb¡¯s face. The two words, Universe Master, hold a very heavy meaning to them.
Sitting on the side, Luo Feng had a solemn expression, but beneath it was tenaciousness and determination.
That¡¯s the kind of determination to be a universe master in the future.
Fang Yun nced at Luo Feng with a satisfied expression. Luo Feng is only an immortal, but even facing a universe master, he didn¡¯t bow his head. This courage to move forward is one of the most precious things on the journey of cultivation, especially in theter stages of cultivation.
This kind of courage is a very valuable asset.
There are a lot of people who manage to reach a certain goal, but they lose the courage and confidence to move forward. This results in them having low self-confidence and hindering their growth.
Only a few people can keep the courage to go forward. They might face difficulties and a lot of roadblocks because of this courage, but their cultivation path is much smoother than others.
¡°Counting the five empires, can the total number of universe masterspare to the Heisenberg Empire?¡± Fang Yun asked Neb again.
Thetter bitterly smiled and said.
¡°The total number of universe masters in these five empires can¡¯tpare with Heisenberg. Moreover, the quality of the Heisenberg empire¡¯s universe masters is higher than those of the five empires.¡±
¡°The most powerful cultivator amongst the five empires is a middle-stage universe master.¡±
¡°Middle stage?¡± Fang Yun was silent for a few seconds before asking,
¡°What about the Heisenberg Empire?¡±
¡°It is said that there is a peak universe master in the Heisenberg empire.¡±
When talking about this, Neb¡¯s expression became even more awe-inspiring. This is the reason why the Heisenberg Empire is able to dominate the entire universe.
It¡¯s not only because they have thergest number of Universe masters, but also because their quality is very high. Naturally,bining the two caused no other organization to dare to provoke them, let alone an individual.
¡°Master Ouroboros, do you think that we should contact and ally with other powerful empires? Not everyone is under the helm of the Heisenberg empire after all.¡± Neb asked Fang Yun tentatively.
¡°If you contact them now, there¡¯s a very high chance that we will be rejected.¡±
Fang Yun knew about their situation. To be honest, he has the confidence to escape from the hands of a universe master.
But it doesn¡¯t mean that he can fight against one. Not even a weak one.
Before he could gain the ability to fight against a universe master, he needs to cultivate and constantly devour things for at least ten years, and he would only be able to fight against an average universe master by that time.
¡°This is a difficult problem.¡±
Fang Yun himself felt a little stumped,
¡°Well, we must first stabilize the Heisenberg¡¯s people first.¡±
¡°In the next period of time, try your best to make the younger generation grow up quickly, especially you, Luo Feng. Try to improve your own strength as much as possible. The Metaverse league needs you.¡±
Fang Yun looked at Luo Feng seriously as he said this. Thetter solemnly nodded. This was his intention all along.
¡°About the league¡¡±
Fang Yun groaned,
¡°Well, you can prepare first. If the people of Heisenberg attack us, we must fight back! Don¡¯t show your cowardice.¡±
¡°However, if a war against the Heisenberg starts, you must absolutely try your best to keep the battlefield as small as possible. Under no circumstances shall you try to expand the battle scale.¡±
Fang Yun had no way to protect the Metaverse league like before, so he could only give such an order.
Chapter 628: Preparation (Part 2)
Chapter 628: Preparation (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
However, this kind of helpless feeling made him feel particrly ufortable.
¡°I need to level up and grow stronger¡ As soon as possible!¡±
Fang Yun dismissed Neb and Luo Feng, then returned to his previous lifestyle of constantly devouring things, especially energy stones and rare materials provided by the league.
Just as he got ustomed to such a lifestyle, the giant turtle returned.
¡°Big brother! You came back!¡±
After returning, the giant turtle constantly spun around Fang Yun, beaming with happiness and joy. Although he was cultivating in retreat, the giant turtle could go in and out of his residence at will.
This is the privilege Fang Yun gave to the giant turtle.
After being separated for almost two hundred years, he missed his best friend and big brother greatly. The giant turtle remained next to Fang Yun for 10 days before leaving.
The giant turtle used to be veryzy, often staying in a single ce for several years, but it seems that he had grown bored by such a lifestyle, hence bing much more active. Especially after bing much more intelligent.
Whenever there was a chance, this turtle didn¡¯t miss the chance to go outside, sometimes transporting supplies for the alliance, transporting the rear supplies to the front line, and sometimes personally participating in the war.
One of his favorite pastimes is to mess with domain and world masters, often trapping them in a folded space and watching them flip out as they struggle to find a way out.
The Heisenberg empire didn¡¯t send troops to fight against the Metaverse. At least not on the surface, it was a country called the Kingdom of Moon Seekers who frequently harassed them.
This country is much stronger than the Gama Empire that the Metaverse fought at the beginning. For example, this Moon Seekers Empire has dozens of world masters and at least one immortal-level powerhouse.
Fang Yun believes that amongst the army sent by the Moon Seeker empire, there must be the people of the Heisenberg empire or at least people under theirmand.
He began a long journey of retreat; The giant turtle also asionally practiced with him, but more often yed outside.
Fang Yun allowed him to do as he pleases; He can be said to be in his rebellious teenager phase. If he limits him to one ce, he will probably go crazy.
The battle on the front line is very fierce. The scale and violence degree of the battle is also increasing bit by bit. This goes to show something.
There are indeed people under the control of the Heisenberg empire in the battlefield. The gradual increase in the battlefield should be a result of their actions.
¡°Damn it, the Moon Seeker empire is receiving more and more reinforcements, but our reinforcements are very scarce. I wonder if we can win?¡±
On the front line, the soldiers of the Metaverse league gritted their teeth upon hearing that the Moon Seekers weed another batch of reinforcements.
The Moon Seeker Empire on the opposite side has already begun to increase its manpower. Many people say that this unreasonable increase in manpower should be due to the interference of the Heisenberg empire, but there¡¯s no evidence at the moment.
The most important thing is that they didn¡¯t receive any reinforcementstely.
Normally, there¡¯s not much difference between the two Empires¡¯ strength, but with the Heisenberg pulling the strings from behind, the Metaverse is gradually falling into a disadvantage.
If one continues to shrink and the other continues to grow, the Metaverse will certainly lose.
¡°Commander! Commander!¡±
Suddenly, a big camp received an urgent report. It was Luo Feng that was sitting in the middle of this big camp.
As a general, Luo Feng should be on the front lines, but he is one of the highest-ranking leaders of the empire and their most powerful cultivator. If something were to happen to him, it would be a disaster.
The most important task Fang Yun entrusted to him was to cultivate quickly and try to reach a higher cultivation rank as soon as possible allowing him to protect more people.
The current Luo Feng is only an immortal. A cultivator of this level may be the top dog in the current war, but if the true war between them and the Heisenberg empire or its five subordinates erupts, his existence would be dispensable.
Therefore, whether it is Fang Yun or Luo Feng, they must try their best to improve their strength within this period. At least to the extent that the enemy feels that war is not worth it.
6 monthster.
Fang Yun has returned to the Metaverse league for more than half a year, during which his cultivation base has increased significantly.
Of course, he is still doing the usual thing, constantly devouring energy ores andrge materials, increasing his bio-energy and cultivation.
He hasn¡¯t touched the barrier of the next stage yet.
As for Luo Feng, he has improved to a small level now, but such an improvement is a drop in the bucket for the kind of problems they are currently facing.
Even if he wants tounch a full scale war and wipe off the Moon Seeker kingdom, he doesn¡¯t dare to do so now.
On the battlefield, the two sides are still the same as before, engaging in constant frictions and small battles, and each one had their set of victory and defeat, but overall, the Moon Seekers are at an advantage.
However, the potential of the Metaverse league is higher overall. If they are given more time, they can still grow beyond.
Unfortunately, they are being targeted now, and some people don¡¯t want to see their constant growth. In fact, that¡¯s the reason the war started.
As Fang Yun was constantly devouring energy stones, he still paid attention to the major training camps.
ording to his analysis, it seems that the Heisenberg empire should not take any measures against the Metaverse league in a short time. They seem to be investigating something.
This is in their favor as it gives their geniuses more time to grow.
Previously, Fang Yun instructed Neb and Luo Feng to open their resources reserves to super geniuses, giving them the best environment and ample resources to grow, even if it causes their reserves to swindle down.
After the Metaverse sabilized, they gradually closed down on this policy, but now they opened it again.
Not onlt that, Fang Yun had gone even further, opening up the resource reserves to any one that could use it. They¡¯re in a very bad situation, now is not the time to save up on resources.
He ordered all promising seedlings to go all out and cultivate. They don¡¯t need to worry about resources.
In addition to that, Fang Yun at has also formted other measures, that is, pressure.
For example, regrly arrange manpower to enter various battlefields and let them participate in the war.
This rule is very beneficial to the people in the nine training camps, as they are given the opportunity to umte experience under the protection of powerhouses, hence enhancing their survival chances once they truly step into the battlefield.
However, ordinary academies, whether they are public or private, don¡¯t have such an opportunity. They have to directly face the battlefield without any prior experience after graduating.
Naturally, they are dissatisfied. It¡¯s not that they are afraid of death, they just felt that it was unfair.
Their strength is actually higherl than many veterans on the battlefield, but because they are inexperienced, they often die in the battlefield.
Naturally, they felt that it was unfair. They also want to participate in supervised battles and wars and umte experience. Unfortunately, due to theck of powerhouse, they don¡¯t have such an opportunity.
Now, the Metaverse league is in a life and death situation, naturally they can¡¯t amodate everyone.
Chapter 629: Decisive War with the Moon Seeker (Part 1)
Chapter 629: Decisive War with the Moon Seeker (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The entire Metaverse league is operating as a war machine, continuously manufacturing soldiers forbat. Although the number of soldiers on the front line has not increased, Fang Yun has established war camps in various universities. The trainees enter the front line to exercise, after which they join the reserve personnel.
These reserve personnel are soldiers who have truly fought on the front line. After these soldiers have experienced the baptism of war, they will retreat from the front line and focus wholeheartedly on their cultivation.
After that, they send another batch of graduates to experience war before being sent to the reserve army and the cycle continues.
The nine training camps performed best at the beginning. After all, their usual training involves these things, allowing them to quickly adapt to such situations.
Of course, other universities aren¡¯t pushovers. They have recruited some talented students by spending a lot of money. These students may not be as good as the top geniuses of the nine training camps at the beginning, but after adapting and growing, their power will not be less than any of the nine camps¡¯ geniuses.
This created a sort of secret rivalry between the nine training camps and the private academies. Many people, including the academy¡¯s teachers, wanted to know who¡¯s the stronger overall and even worked harder for the sake of their school/camp¡¯s honor.
This was fueled even more once the corresponding rankings appeared. There was no surprise. The first training camp is the number one overall, followed by the ninth training camp, then other training camps.
After the major training camps are the private academies, followed by the public academies. The training camps once again showed their terrifying teaching ability. They are backed by the government of the Metaverse after all.
??¡¡¡¡Even the schools built by the powerful and influential people using a lot of money can¡¯t bepared to them.
Of course, at such a critical time, thepetitions between each other are only secondary. Whether it¡¯s the training camps or the private academies, they are mostly focusing on creating reserve soldiers and preparing for the uing war now.
Luo Feng was also in retreat at this time, though he goes out asionally to check out the situation, mainly to see the battlefield and whether things have developed ording to his imagination.
If there is nothing special, he will focus on cultivation again.
This time, both the Metaverse and the Moon Seeker empire are developing their forces, but behind the Moon Seeker empire is an extremely rich superpower, which is the Heisenberg empire.
Anyway, Fang Yun already knew very clearly that the Heisenberg Empire is definitely supporting the Moon Seeker empire from behind, constantly sending supplies and weapons to them.
so, time is not entirely on their side. With the support of the Heisenberg Empire, arge number of advanced cultivators will soon appear.
At that time, the Metaverse and Fang Yun¡¯s pressure will definitely increase.
¡°This Bayer Empire is really hateful.¡±
Fang Yun usually learns about the outside world from Neb. Naturally, he was annoyed and angry when he heard about the actions and the constant growth of the Moon Seeker empire.
Now the Moon Seeker empire is bing more and more unscrupulous. None of their captured soldiers end well now. In the beginning, everyoneplied with a certain set of secret rules, such as not harming civilians, not using super destructive weapons, and exchanging captives, but the Moon Seeker empire is slowly but surely stopping toply with these hidden rules.
Their most hateful actions are against civilians.
Their fleets asionally appear in the territory of the Metaverse league. Of course, they¡¯re always just small troops, but these small troops are merciless. They ughter every living creature they encounter and destroy every civilized they encounter. Their actions are extremely heinous.
They are no longer ying by the rules.
¡°This Moon Seeker Empire is really hateful.¡± Neb nodded in agreement.
To be honest, he didn¡¯t really care much about the lives of civilians before, but as hemunicated with Fang Yun, over time, he found out that he held unusual concern for civilians and weak intelligent creatures. Maybe that¡¯s why he agreed to shelter them in the first ce.
Anyway, he decided to follow him and be more concerned with civilians. He didn¡¯t mind the change though.
¡°Hehe, do they just want us to start a full-scale war with the Moon Seeker Empire?¡± Fang Yun sneered. He had already figured out the reason for their escted provocations.
The Moon Seekers¡¯ constant provocation is because they want them to start the decisive war. They are definitely instructed to do so by the Heisenberg empire, intending to confirm the Metaverse leaguebat effectiveness and capabilities.
Of course, the people of the Heisenberg empire will definitely participate in this battle. In fact, the reason why they did so in such a roundabout manner is to force Fang Yun to participate in this battle and thus figure out hisbat effectiveness and whether he has reached the Universe Master level.
¡°My lord, what should we do now?¡±
Neb asked solemnly. He was afraid that the Heisenberg Empire would suddenly start a war. In that case, no one other than Fang Yun would be able to escape.
¡°What to do, fuck them!¡±
Fang Yun nced at Neb and said, seething with anger.
¡°Don¡¯t they want to use the Moon Seeker empire to test our strength? Then we will let them test it and the entire Moon Seeker empire will pay for it!¡±
Fang Yunughed at this moment, and said,
¡°Immediately prepare the fleet, we will march forward andy waste to our enemy! Our goal is the Moon Seeker empire!¡±
¡°Neb, tell Luo Feng to go to the battlefield this time. Also, send a few world masters to the battlefield!¡±
Fang Yun sneered,
¡°You must bring down the Moon Seeker empire within half a year.¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Neb replied heavily.
Although he didn¡¯t know if they could do it yet. After all, the Moon Seeker empire has the assistance of the Heisenberg Empire, but he decisively nodded.
No matter how difficult their mission is, they must fulfill it.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, I will be there to supervise the battle when the timees.¡± Fang Yun gave Neb a guarantee, causing him to rx.
¡°With your excellency there, we will be more rxed.¡±
Neb was relieved. He knew that the war would be extremely hard if not impossible to win, but with Fang Yun¡¯s presence, nothing was impossible.
Fang Yun was very helpless about this. He is the most powerful being in the Metaverse at the moment. He has to guarantee the basic safety and stability of the Metaverse league as its guardian. Especially since the reason why the Metaverse is facing such a plight is mainly due to him.
After Fang Yun issued the order, Neb began to organize the manpower.
Now that the Moon Seeker Empire¡¯s actions are getting more and more outrageous, the Metaverse league finally couldn¡¯t bear it anymore. Previously, they had maintained the state of constant small conflict with them, but now they are ready to start the true big war.
Chapter 629: Decisive War with the Moon Seeker (Part 2)
Chapter 629: Decisive War with the Moon Seeker (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
This time, they are nning topletely end the Moon Seeker Empire problem. Of course, the Heisenberg Empire would definitely not give up at that time. It would either support another empire or directly target Fang Yun.
However, it would be hard to find an empire that hasn¡¯t clear ties with them and with the power to directly resist Fang Yun. It can only direct an empire with the scale of the Moon Seekers or stronger to deal with Fang Yun.
It wouldn¡¯t matter what kind of empire the Heisenberg empire set against them as they will also be destroyed. Eventually, no one will be willing to listen to them.
At that time, maybe the Heisenberg Empire will personally act.
However, with Fang Yun¡¯s understanding of the Heisenberg empire, he is confident that they will not act harshly.
The reason for this is because the other party is too cautious. In fact, it seems to be afraid of Fang Yun for some reason and is trying all measures to gauge his true power and potential.
It seems to be genuinely concerned that the Metaverse is going to surpass them and be the first organization in the universe. It¡¯s like they received some sort of prophecy¡
Fang Yun said to Neb.
¡°Besides, other empires will definitely not sit back and watch.¡±
The Heisenberg empire is not without enemies. Fang Yun is certain that they will interfere if the Heisenberg empire were to personallyunch an attack.
Finally, the reason why Fang Yun dared tounch this war is because of his confidence in his strength. He is extremely close to the next level.
Even with his current ability, he can temporarily stop a universe master, but once he reaches the fourth stage, he would be able to fight an average universe master head-on.
With such strength, he finally has the capital to cooperate with those super empires.
Of course, in the early stage, they need to show their strength and potential, so that these empires can ept an alliance with them or at least support them to an extent.
¡°Okay.¡± Neb nodded in agreement, then turned and left, heading to prepare the army for the next battle.
Naturally, the movements of the Metaverse league could not be hidden from the eyes and ears of others. The Moon Seeker empire soon learned about the Metaverse sudden deployment of soldiers and war preparations.
¡°Is this Metaverse league not afraid of the Heisenberg Empire?¡±
In one room, the Lord of the Bayer Empire frowned, looking at the information in front of him, he was quite surprised. He has a clear understanding of the power of the Heisenberg empire.
He also believes that the Metaverse league should also understand Heisenberg¡¯s terrifying power, so why have they decided to face them head-on?
¡°It doesn¡¯t matter. This is just the right opportunity to destroy this Metaverse league.¡± A smile appeared on the face of the leader of the Moon Seeker empire.
The Moon Seekers and the Metaverse are in apetitive rtionship, especially since they are in the same area and quite close to each other.
Naturally, the Moon Seeker would be very happy to see this strongpetitor disappear.
Both sides began to mobilize their forces to the front line. The Moon Seeker empire for example sends at least one superrge starship every day.
On this starship, there were at least one hundred thousand soldiers. After putting them on the front line, the starships return back to the base and continue their mission of transporting soldiers and supplies.
The same is true for the Metaverse league. In fact, they have even started to recruit civilian cultivators into the army this time. Not only that, even the students that hadn¡¯t graduated yet from academies and training camps were sent to the army as recruits and reverse soldiers.
This war will be on apletely different scale from any conflict the two countries had before. When the two giants collide together, countless people will fall and destruction will spread across space.
It¡¯s just that the Metaverse league¡¯s death rate will certainly not be as high as the death rate of the Moon Seeker empire. After all, there are many students from various universities and training camps in the army. Each of these students is a genius in their own right and they have ess to the majority of the resources that the Metaverse can provide.
With these people, no matter how strong the defensive lineup of the Moon Seekers, they will eventually be able to tear it apart.
On both ends of the battlefield, many powerful people watched the battle. On the Metaverse league side, Luo Feng and Neb were watching, while on the other side, the Moon Seeker Empire¡¯s leaders were watching the battle.
¡°Damn it, how could this be?¡± The leader of the Moon Seeker Empire couldn¡¯t help but yell after seeing his soldiers getting constantly pushed back.
¡°They¡¯re all a bunch of rubbish!¡±
The leader of the Moon Seeker empire pointed at the bodies floating in space and cursed.
The Moon Seekers army consists mainly of their people, mixed with a few Heisenberg empire elite teams. However, the Heisenberg troops make up an insignificant part of the army.
And now, the Moon Seekers army, under the attack of the Metaverse¡¯s army, is under an overwhelming disadvantage. They could only retreat again and again after each sh.
It can only be said that the army of the Moon Seekers is ipetent.
¡°Quick! tell the people of Heisenberg to take action.¡±
The leader of the Moon Seeker Empire suddenly said. He was distressed at the sight of his army getting beaten back like a ragdoll. It can only be said that their army greatlycksbat experience, unfortunately.
Seeing his soldiers fall down like cut wheat, his heart was bleeding. These are his loyal soldiers. If they disappear, his position will be unstable.
Then the people from Heisenberg came out.
Heisenberg only sent 35 people.
Each of these thirty-five people is very powerful. In fact, each one of them has reached the world master level. After appearing, they immediatelyunched a crazy attack on the soldiers of the Metaverse league.
¡°Hahahaha, that¡¯s it, that¡¯s it.¡± The leader of the Moon Seeker empire on the stand eximed excitedly.
He watched in excitement as one wave after the other of the Metaverse¡¯s soldiers were ughtered, either getting decapitated or totally annihted.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Back at the Metaverse league camp, Luo Feng looked at the situation in front of him with a gloomy expression. However, he still didn¡¯t move.
¡°Thirty-five world masters.¡±
Luo Feng took a breath, then continued looking calmly at the battlefield below. From their camp, a special battleship slowly flew out.
Chapter 630: Special Starships (Part 1)
Chapter 630: Special Starships (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
This special singlemand starship made by the Metaverse league is specially created to deal with world masters. This kind of starship can only be controlled by cosmic-level cultivators.
Moreover, even cosmic-level cultivators struggle to control this starship. In fact, they had to sacrifice the majority of their lifespan to control it. It¡¯s been reported that most cosmic-level cultivators only have 10 years of life left afterpleting a mission through piloting this spacecraft.
A cosmic-level cultivator is certainly not immortal, but they usually have a lifespan of thousands of years. This number might change depending on the race, but the span isn¡¯t great.
From thousands of years to ten years, it¡¯s no different from death for the average cosmic cultivator. This is a huge sacrifice, but it¡¯s worth it if they can take down world masters.
¡°Vroom! Vroom!¡±
These rtively small starships slowly took off. Each group wasposed of ten. The groups quickly broke up, then headed towards the 35 world masters.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Soon, these starships collide with the world masters on the opposite side. With each collision, a monstrous roar sounded, followed by terrifying shockwaves that shook the space in this area.
Giantser beams and antimatter bombs flew around, turning the surrounding area into a wastnd.
Ten of these starships were barely able to stop a world master.
Luo Feng calmly watched the battle for a few minutes, then set his gaze on the opposite camp. Now that their 35 world masters have been contained, he is curious to see what kind of trump card does the other side has.
¡°Are they finally going to send immortal-ss cultivators to the battle?¡±
Luo Feng thought as he looked at the opposite camp. The thought of battling warriors of the same level caused his blood to boil with excitement, a terrifying aura slowly rose from his body, shaking the surrounding area.
If the opponent¡¯s Immortals are intending to take action, then he naturally will participate in the battle.
On this battlefield and on the side of the Metaverse league, he is the sole immortal-ss cultivator. Only he is able to deal with the enemy¡¯s immortals.
Luo Feng stared at the camp on the opposite side unblinkingly, but the enemy camp remained silent. Apart from sending more warriors to battle, no immortal-ss cultivator appeared.
Judging from their appearance, they intend to wait for the end of the battle in the middle of the battlefield.
At this moment, that battle has already entered a white-hot stage, with more than 300 starships and 35 world master-level powerhouses fighting in space.
The starships were constantly being shot down, but soon after, other spacecraft rose from the Metaverse camp and reced them, continuing to fight.
The reason why they only arranged 10 starships per world master is for optimal teamwork.
Instead of using more starships to blindly besiege the enemy, it¡¯s better to use a limited number of starships that have the highest degree of cooperation and maneuvering space. In a battle of such a high level, one often needs to travel to several ces at the same time with a speed beyond imagination. Without sufficient cooperation and control, it¡¯s easy to collide or interfere with each other.
Therefore, to avoid this situation. The Metaverse devised countless experiments and trials before concluding that 10 starships are the optimal number. If one of the ten starships is destroyed, a new one will immediately rece it and continue to besiege the world master.
There are plenty of reserve starships, but the number of world masters is limited. After the initial frantic attack, these world masters suddenly discovered that they were trapped.
However, they were still not in a hurry, because in their opinion, they can¡¯t be truly trapped by the formation of mere cosmic cultivators piloting ¡®special¡¯ starships.
Moreover, as world masters, they have their pride. They can¡¯t easily escape, otherwise, they will face humiliation for the rest of their lives.
Under this war of attrition, the metaverse lost more than 200 cosmic-level warriors. On the other hand, none of the 35 world masters had fallen, but their stamina was gradually starting to fall back. Injuries also started to appear on their bodies.
It was also at this moment that Luo Feng quietly issued an order. Immediately afterward, several starships flew out to rece the recently destroyed starships.
However, these new starships are different from the previous ones. The pilots of the previous starships were all cosmic-ss, but the pilots of these new fighters are domain masters.
Compared to the powerful world masters, domain masters are just a level away. With their power and control, they canpletely bring out the potential of the special spacecraft.
Naturally, after they joined the fray, the situation changed.
Okada Shinwu is a world-level master of the Moon Seeker Empire. He participated in this war with a yful mentality. He knew that there was a guy called Luo Feng amongst the enemy¡¯s army.
This person is a true powerful immortal, a top powerhouse, but apart from this guy, the rest of the enemy¡¯s cultivators are just a bunch of garbage.
Anyway, Shinwu Okada never took these people seriously.
In the beginning, just as he had imagined, these guys were really too weak. They rode a rather strange spacecraft, but it felt like nothing more than a toy to him. It wasn¡¯t difficult to destroy three of these spacecraft and kill their pilots.
The screams of the three pilots still resounded in his ears as he destroyed these spacecraft. It felt like nothing less than the most beautiful music in the world to him.
He was eager to hear these cries once again.
At this time, just as he destroyed another starship, it was reced by a new one that quickly began to attack him. This starship did not look much different from other starships.
??¡±Hmph, die!¡±
Looking at the opposite starship, Okada Shinwu grinned maniacally, followed by a sudden surge of aura around his body. He slowly raised his hand and pointed it out at the starship.
A trace of light started gathering in front of his palm, quickly converging into an orange glowing energy ball. As he sent more and more energy into it, the energy ball increased in size at an rming speed.
In less than three seconds, the orange energy ball immensely grew. It became a sun-like mass of destruction with a diameter of more than a hundred meters.
If the starship directly faces this energy ball, it will immediately get broken into pieces, then swept into a massive-sized explosion.
??With a wave of his hand, Okada sent the massive energy ball towards the starship.
¡°Boom!!¡±
¡°Hahahaha!¡±
Okada Shinwuughed madly, but before he couldugh for long, his voice suddenly cracked. He looked at the space ahead with wide eyes and a surprised expression.
An energy barrier enveloped the starship before the energy ball could reach it. As the energy ball exploded and as terrifying energy raged in the surrounding area, the starship remained stoic.
The explosion slowly receded, revealing the hardly damaged starship.
¡°This¡ how is this possible?¡±
Okada felt that there was a problem. He knew that the previous attack should have perfectly dealt with these spacecraft. Something is wrong!
Chapter 630: Special Starships (Part 2)
Chapter 630: Special Starships (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Feeling that something was wrong, he wanted to withdraw, but it was toote. The sound of countless explosions sounded from behind.
Okada Shinwu and the rest were trapped, looking at the group of starships behind, many of them couldn¡¯t restrain their anger.
After the starship blocked Okada¡¯s blow, it immediatelyunched an extremely vicious counterattack. The attack intensity ispletely different from before.
¡°How could they suddenly burst out with such a terrifying strength?¡±
Okada Shinwu wondered, but he didn¡¯t have the time to think, because the ten starships that he faced hadpletely changed their strategy. It was as if they found their leader, changing into an attack formation and following the lead of the new starship.
In the beginning, they might have mostly given up on attacks and focused mostly on containment and energy conservation, but since this domain master-level starship joined the team, the team suddenly became enthusiastic.
Under the efforts of these people, even the powerful Okada Shinwu gradually began to struggle.
¡°No, if things continue like this, my energy will quickly run out. I might even be killed by these ants!¡±
Okada Shinwu didn¡¯t want to die like this, but he couldn¡¯t be the first to flee. For now, he decided to focus on defense and observe the situation.
The Thirty-five world masters were either contained or had the advantage. Only a small number of people were at a disadvantage, and among them was Okada Shinwu.
¡°Why hasn¡¯t the order to retreat been issued yet.¡±
Okada Shinwu wanted to retreat very much at this time. He didn¡¯t care about honor or merit anymore. These things are vain inparison to his life.
Besides, he is already at a disadvantage now. The leaders should be able to see it. They aren¡¯t nning to let him die here, right?
¡°Everyone mustn¡¯t retreat.¡±
On the cosmicwork, a host was excitedly reporting news about the war, except that the host is constantly pointing to the winning world masters, indicating that they are at an advantage.
They didn¡¯t cover Okada and the other world masters that are at a disadvantage.
¡°What¡¯s the matter? Are they nning to let us die like this?¡±
Okada could naturally see the host in their camp rambling, and upon seeing him excitedly spouting nonsense about their victory, he was furious.
He is in a predicament, his energy reserves are getting lower and lower, causing him to start slowing down, as a result, he is getting more and more injured. This caused the starships¡¯ pilots to get excited in reserve, pushing themselves even further to try to take him down as soon as possible.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!!¡±
The war between each other is still going on. However, the world masters no longer had contemptuous smiles on their faces. Each of them seriously fought as they finally knew that their life was at stake.
¡°Boom!!¡±
A loud explosion suddenly sounded next to Okada. The person fighting next to him was struck, shocking him. He quickly looked at the source of the explosion.
Hispanion, an early world master, was struck in his chest, tearing apart his flesh and breaking his bones. He flew back in space as he forcibly resisted the strike.
Just as he stopped. Before he could even heave a sigh of relief, he was struck by another giantser beam at the same location, creating a giant hole in his chest.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!
After another shower of attacks, the world master¡¯s body, or rather what was left of itid powerlessly in space. His life hase to an end.
¡°This¡¡±
This scene frightened many people on the battlefield. This is the first world master death since the start of this war, and it was at the hand of a domain master.
¡°Hahahaha!¡±
Luo Fengughed loudly at this moment. This is a clear signal to everyone on both sides. World masters are not invincible. The metaverse has a trump card that can allow them to kill world masters!
Since this moment, the image of world masters and even of technological products will change in the hearts of countless people.
¡°Damn it!¡±
In the enemy camp on the opposite side, many people have also seen this scene. However, contrary to Luo Feng¡¯s joyful expression, their expressions weren¡¯t pretty.
¡°Trash, these ipetent pieces of trash!¡±
A general started madly yelling, his face was contorted with anger. A world master-level cultivator was actually killed by a few starships piloted by cosmic cultivators. This is humiliating!
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
The death of the first world master gave the metaverse league¡¯sic pilots confidence. All of them started madly attacking their opponents, their confidence fully rekindled.
Facing the crazy attacks of these cosmic-driven starships, the world masters fully proved their power. Most of them even destroyed one or two of the starships, forcing them to retreat.
However, that was it, their energy was still getting gradually consumed.
¡°Send more manpower.¡±
Luo Feng felt that it was almost time and immediately ordered additional manpower to support the starships that were fighting against the top world masters. This was mainly to prevent them from escaping.
Almost all cosmic-level starships flew to the battlefield, circling around the world masters. Their main mission is to trap them and provide assistance if needed.
¡°Kill them all!¡±
Suddenly, Luo Feng started giving a speech to boost the morale of his soldiers.
¡°These people killed many of ourpanions before. Now that they are exhausted, what are you waiting for? You can¡¯t hesitate anymore, use offensive formations to kill them¡±
Luo Feng looked at the battle in space and growled,
¡°You have also seen it, even a world master can be exhausted and killed if you work well together. You did it once and you can do it again. Now work together and kill those bastards!¡±
¡°Understood!¡±
The atmosphere is bing more and more intense. Each of the cosmic cultivators controlling the starships brought their concentration to the limit, predicting the next step of their enemies and calcting the optimal course of action.
Soon, the second world master has fallen.
However, with the death of each world master, the death of cosmic-ss starships is even greater. Currently, there are only a bit over 300 starships left.
As long as they lose a few dozen more starships, there will be no one left to fill the gap.
¡°Boom!¡±
Suddenly, a huge bang suddenly sounded from the enemy camp, followed by the appearance of a new figure.
Luo Feng immediately noticed that figure after his appearance.
This person quietly hovered not far from their camp, looking at the figure standing at the head of the camp/
¡°Are you the second leader of the Metaverse league, Luo Feng?¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Luo Feng calmly said.
Neb is regarded as the first leader, and he is regarded as the second.
¡°I heard that you reached the immortal level a long time ago. It just so happens that my hands are a bit itchy, so fight me!¡±
Chapter 631: Truce and Incident (Part 1)
Chapter 631: Truce and Incident (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
A terrifying momentum burst out from the opposite figure, shaking a small area of the intergctic battlefield. Suddenly, all the fighting that was going on before stopped. Everyone looked at the two figures that were facing each other.
¡°This person is the first general of the Moon Seeker Empire, also known as the God of War.¡±
Among the crowd behind Luo Feng, a person whispered to hispanion. It wasn¡¯t just him, the moment this general appeared, discussion rang out throughout various parts of the Metaverse base and the battlefield.
The God of War can also be considered a rtively well-known existence in the Metaverse league.
After all, the two empires are now at war. Before they and the soldiers set off, Luo Feng and the other leaders presented them with arge number of enemies they needed to pay attention to.
This God of War is one of the people at the top of that list. In fact, he is at the absolute top of the list.
ording to their gathered information, this God of War is well-known in the Moon Seeker Empire for his power and exploits. He is ate-stage immortal. His cultivation base is higher than Luo Feng.
Moreover, this God of War was also the most powerful warrior in the Moon Seeker Empire. He has a role simr to that of a guardian of the empire. The pir that supports the empire.
Now, after seeing this person on the field, everyone¡¯s expressions became dignified. Let alone ordinary soldiers, even Luo Feng couldn¡¯t be careless in front of this guy.
Looking at the people on the opposite side of the Moon Seeking Empire, all of them looked excited and confident. Even the lord of the Moon Seeker empire startedughing cheerfully.
¡°Now that the God of War of our beautiful country is taking action, it shouldn¡¯t be difficult for him to kill that Luo Feng guy!¡± The lord of the Moon Seeker empire proudly shouted.
Just after he said that many gazes across the battlended on him, mostly from the Metaverse league. Many looked at the Moon Seekers with anger or disdain.
Many of them came from the first training camp, so they naturally know how terrifying Luo Feng¡¯s power is. It has been a long time since Luo Feng fought seriously. Especially after reaching the immortal level, but one thing is clear, his strength is far beyond his cultivation level.
They coldly/disdainfully looked at their arrogant enemies. Soon, they might not be able to keep that arrogant smirk on their faces.
¡°Hahaha, a young country that appeared merely a few hundreds of years ago dares to challenge us, they¡¯re just looking for death.¡± At this time, the lord of the moon Seeker empire arrogantly said, looking no different from ignorant/arrogant young masters.
Luo Feng nced at the Lord of the Moon Seeker Empire.
At the next moment, his aura surged, followed by the appearance of a small space wave, which promptly headed towards the lord of the Moon Seekers and struck him down.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
The lord of the Moon Seeker Empire screamed as he was flung into the ground. He quickly stood up then stared at the Metaverse camp with an astonished expression.
¡°How dare you?¡±
The Lord of the Moon Seeker empire yelled with a face full of disbelief,
¡°Damn bastard, how dare you attack me?¡±
The Lord of the Moon Seeker empire was a bit panicked. He was almost killed by Luo Feng just now.
¡°General Kong, our empire¡¯s god of war, kill that bastard and bring his head back to me!¡±
At this moment, the Lord of the Moon Seeker Empire shouted loudly, pointing at Luo Feng on the opposite side.
The God of War of the Moon Seeker empire frowned at the ugly state of their leader but still didn¡¯t say much. When the emperor issues an order, he has to follow it.
Upon thinking like this, his aura also surged like Fang Yun. The auras of the two began to collide violently, changing the maic field of the surrounding celestial bodies, and creating various visions and explosions.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
The confrontation between the two has caused a disaster throughout the nearby star systems. It¡¯s unknown how many unprotecteds and celestial bodies were affected or even destroyed simply due to their confrontation.
As the two collided with each other, it sent giant shockwaves that shook the area around them, causing the soldiers to retreat far away and leave them with enough space for battle.
The battlefield of the two people continued to expand as with each step they took, they crossed millions of kilometers.
¡°Why haven¡¯t the winners been decided yet?¡±
A warrior from the Moon Seeker empire asked the man next to him. This is a question in many people¡¯s hearts, especially the Lord of the Moon-Seeker Empire, who seemed a little anxious.
He had just confidently given a speech on how their God of War will destroy the enemy leader, but now the two of them are fighting fiercely. Their God of War didn¡¯t have the overwhelming advantage he imagined but was in fact struggling a bit.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!!¡±
Luo Feng fought fiercely against General Kong. The two of them fiercely exchanged blows. From fists colliding to intersecting legs to energy and even rule-based attacks. Their battleid waste to the surrounding area.
It would be seen that general Kong had a solemn expression on his face. This opponent is much tougher than he thought.
¡°War God Kong, what are you doing? why haven¡¯t you solved your opponent yet?¡± Suddenly, the lord of the Moon Seeker empire yelled angrily as he watched general Kong separate from Luo Feng, then confront him from far away.
¡°Imperial leader, I suggest sending ten more world masters to work with me to deal with this person.¡±
At this time, God of War Kong said something that made the leader of the Moon Seeker empire almost copse.
¡°What?!¡±
The lord of the Moon Seeker empire angrily yelled,
¡°What do you mean send 10 world masters to assist you? Who would protect me then?¡±
¡°This person is really amazing. He is a true genius and an incredible warrior¡± War God Kong sighed in amazement.
¡°His power is beyond my expectations. I¡¯m afraid that our fight can only end with a tie¡±
¡°This¡¡± After hearing War God Kong¡¯s words, The Lord of the Moon Seeker Empire hesitated, then gritted his teeth and said with an angry expression.
¡°Group five, group six, support our God of War. You must take this person down.¡±
Chapter 631: Truce and Incident (Part 2)
Chapter 631: Truce and Incident (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Yes!¡±
The people of these two groups replied solemnly, then flew from the base camp and the battlefield, heading to support general Kong in his battle against Luo Feng.
¡°Everyone! Immediately head towards lord Luo Feng¡¯s location and stop these guys from interfering with his battle!¡±
After this order was issued, countless starships and warriors flew out to the center of the battlefield, ready to sacrifice their lives to bring victory to their homnd.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Countless battles between the two sides started. The terrifying aftermath of the battle continues to sweep around. Amid such a terrifying battle, many warriors were killed by random attacks or simply the aftermath.
The sides that had the most casualties were the starships and space jets of the Metaverse, and the majority of their casualties were simply due to the aftermath.
It was simply a disaster, but this is how devastating a war between two powerful cosmic empires can be.
As time passed, the battle finally came to a halt. Both sides had great losses, whether it was material or manpower losses.
The two sides agreed to a temporary ceasefire, but judging from the arbitrary nature of the Moon Seeker Empire and its leader, it would certainly not take long for the battle to resume.
A truce was even more impossible because the Heisenberg empire would not allow the Moon Seekers to withdraw nor for the Metaverse to grow.
ording to the information they collected, it won¡¯t take long for the Metaverse league to grow even further. In fact, with enough time, it wouldn¡¯t be strange if many sages pop out.
However, Heisenberg couldn¡¯t personally take action for the moment, at least not yet. Whether it¡¯s because of their enemies, orck of information about the Metaverse ultimate trump card, Fang Yun.
The Metaverse league itself is certainly no match for the Heisenberg empire. In fact, even if there¡¯s a ginormous distance between the two, it wouldn¡¯t be difficult for the Heisenberg empire to destroy the Metaverse, but then they would have to face rage-filled revenge from Fang Yun.
Heisenberg is very wary of any kind of possible universe master, no matter what¡¯s its shape. Not to mention that Fang Yun has a very high potential.
Overall, as long as Fang Yun is still free and his growth doesn¡¯t stop, the Heisenberg will be hesitant to personally take action.
After the end of the war, Luo Feng immediately notified the other leaders back in the Metaverse about the results of the battle. In this battle, their losses were huge. Just the number of dead cosmic-level cultivators has surpassed 500, let alone the injured and lower-level cultivators.
After hearing such news, Neb also sighed. They hadn¡¯t had such casualties for a long time.
¡°Luo Feng, you have done well enough. At least, for the time being, we don¡¯t have to face any pressure from the Moon Seeker Empire.¡±
Nebforted Luo Feng. In fact, he really thought so.
In his view, the reason for this truce is due to Luo Feng¡¯s presence and efforts. If he hadn¡¯t shown his power and pushed back the powerhouses of the Moon Seeker empire, they wouldn¡¯t have obtained this truce.
¡°Yeah.¡± Luo Feng didn¡¯t dwell too much on this topic. After exchanging a few more sentences, he returned to his resting ce to cultivate.
Neb didn¡¯t say much after seeing this scene. He sighed then also started cultivating.
Now both of them can put aside some mundane affairs, especially Luo Feng. Although he is a frontline general, he has distributed more power to his subordinates and given them the freedom to make decisions on non-critical matters.
What he needs to do now is to cultivate, cultivate, and cultivate again. Important things need to be said three times.
They are now in need of powerful cultivators. Their opponent is too terrifying. The reason why they are still even alive is that their opponent hadn¡¯t taken action yet.
¡°Huh, it seems that the conflict with the Moon Seeker empire won¡¯t end.¡±
About half a yearter, Luo Feng looked at the information sent by his subordinates, and couldn¡¯t help but shake his head. ording to the information, a lot of materials have been sent to the Moon Seeker empire.
Obviously, these materials came from the Heisenberg Empire. Just as Luo Feng had guessed before, the Heisenberg Empire is still spending huge efforts to destroy them.
However, the Metaverse league naturally won¡¯t just sit and wait for death. The nine training camps have fully focused on training elite students, no matter the cost. Even rests have been lowered down to the minimum. There isn¡¯t time for that.
Their students have been given plenty of opportunities to experience battles during this period, especially the seniors. With the temporary truce, the intensity and death rate of the practical experience exercises has decreased.
Fang Yun also woke up once during this period, but after seeing that nothing had happened, he returned to a dormant state, unconsciously attracting the natural energy of the universe.
However, he didn¡¯t expect that a big problem would ur during his dormancy.
In the deep space, a huge turtle was roaming, beside it were many spaceships and cargo ships.
Inside these cargo ships were many sophisticated objects, hindering them from carrying long-distance space transmission, so they can only ask the giant turtle to help escort this batch of goods and asionally carry them through space using its powers.
They were about to reach the front line. It stands to reason that after three more space shuttles, they will be able to reach the destination, but suddenly, the space in front of them violently fluctuates.
¡°Hahahaha! this is the famous great turtle of the Metaverse league?¡±
A group of people flew out from the distorted space. At their head was a young man with an arrogant expression.
When this young man looked at the great turtle on the opposite side, an evil smirk crept upon his face. He waved his hands to one of his subordinates and said,
¡°Go, bring me back that turtle.¡±
¡°Hahaha, I heard that this giant turtle has an innate affinity for space maniption. This kind of endowed star beast is extremely rare, don¡¯t kill it. I want to use it as my mount.¡±
Looking at the giant turtle on the opposite side, the young man arrogantly said.
¡°Yes, sixth prince.¡±
The person called the sixth prince nodded, then looked back at the giant turtle, his eyes filled with satisfaction.
¡°Roar!!¡±
The giant turtle suddenly roared. He perfectly understood what this young man said and it infuriated him. Therefore, he angrily roared, looking fiercely at the young man, then¡ turned around and prepared to escape.
Unfortunately, although it is quite fast, the subordinates¡¯ speed was even faster.
The group of subordinates flew towards the turtle at a terrifying speed and before it could enter deep space, they performed a series of actions, freezing the surrounding space. They gathered around the turtle, using their power topletely trap it.
¡°Run! Run!¡±
The team that was escorted by the giant turtle suddenly panicked
¡°Lord Turtle was caught, quickly, go back and tell lord Ouroboros!¡±
The young man didn¡¯t care about the others. He carefully examined the giant turtle, feeling very satisfied with his new capture.
The boy circled the sea turtle a few times, eximing in amazement at the giant turtle¡¯s majestic appearance.
¡°It¡¯s really amazing. It fully meets the requirements for my mount.¡±
After saying this, he leaped on the great turtle¡¯s body. Thetter immediately started trembling with rage, steam surged from its nostrils.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Chapter 632: The Enraged Fang Yun (Part 1)
Chapter 632: The Enraged Fang Yun (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
When the boy stepped on the giant turtle, thetter shook with rage, roaring thunderously. It violently trashed around, intending to throw the young man away.
However, the young man smiled contemptuously, seemingly not caring about the giant turtle¡¯s struggle. He lightly extended his feet, then stepped on the giant turtle¡¯s shell heavily, sending shockwaves across his body.
¡°Crack! Puff!¡±
Tiny cracks appeared on the surface of the turtle¡¯s shell, followed by blood seeping out from the turtle¡¯s mouth and nostrils. It seemed to have suffered internal injuries.
¡°So, are you going to quiet down now?¡±
The young man chuckled, then waved his hands at his subordinates.
¡°Let¡¯s go, the goal of this journey is the giant turtle. Now that we have captured it, we should get going.¡±
As he spoke, he waved his cuffs and controlled the giant turtle to go forward. The body of the giant turtle constantly trembled, fighting against his control, but it was futile.
After the young man and his subordinates left, the team that was escorted by the giant turtle quickly flew back to the base camp, nning to inform Fang Yun and the others of this matter.
The first person to get the news was Neb. After he got the news, he immediately informed Luo Feng.
After a brief deliberation, the two of them headed towards Fang Yun¡¯s resting ce with a heavy heart. They are naturally worried about the great turtle, after all, they have coexisted with it for hundreds of years.
Its contribution to the Metaverse is as great as theirs, if not greater.
¡°Damn it, it seems to be someone from the Heisenberg empire.¡±
As the two of them flew forward, Neb said bitterly.
¡°ording to the information we received. That young man should be the sixth prince of the Heisenberg Empire, Xia Ming.¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Neb nodded,
¡°It¡¯s said that Xia Ming is a sage-ranked powerhouse. Since he can easily capture lord turtle, it should be true.¡±
ording to the description of the team that escaped, the young man used just one move to subdue and capture the giant turtle. Only sages with extensive space control can stop the great turtle from escaping and capture it with such ease.
¡°The people of Heisenberg have actually reached out to our territory¡¡±
Neb¡¯s expression was very gloomy. The ce where the giant turtle was captured is within their territory, though it¡¯s at the edge of it.
Another point is that the other party dared to send super powerhouses to their territory. This is simply a provocation, and now that they have taken away a critical member of their country, the great turtle, this is no longer a provocation, but a massive p in the face.
¡°After we report this matter to our lord, he will certainly not just let go of it. Luo Feng, we must prepare for the decisive war. A war that we might not survive¡±
??¡±Yes.¡±
Luo Feng nodded calmly. He did not make the slightestint. He is very clear about how protective their lord is of the giant turtle. He will certainly head to the Heisenberg empire to save him, and he is ready to follow.
He is prepared to directly fight against their final enemy, even if he can only die in the process.
Soon, the two of them came to Fang Yun¡¯s resting ce, then conveyed their intention of meeting him. Thetter soon granted them permission.
¡°My lord.¡± Neb greeted Fang Yun, then said straightforwardly,
¡°My lord, the great turtle was caught by the people of the Heisenberg Empire.¡±
¡°What?!¡±
Fang Yun, who waszily lying on the ground, absorbing the surrounding energy, was jolted awake. He quickly uncoiled and stood up, looking at Neb with wide eyes,
¡°What did you say? the giant turtle was caught by the people of the Heisenberg Empire?¡±
His face was filled with disbelief. With the giant turtle¡¯s ability, few are able to catch it or even hinder it. That little guy is extremely talented in space maniption after all.
Only a true powerhouse can catch him.
¡°What the hell is going on?¡±
Fang Yun suppressed his anger and asked Neb with a t tone,
¡°Who captured him? He shouldn¡¯t have been captured by a nobody.¡±
¡°Your excellency is wise.¡±
Neb took a deep breath and said,
¡°It was Xia Ming, the sixth prince of the Heisenberg Empire who captured master turtle. This person ambushed master turtle and the team he was escorting and captured him¡¡±
Neb gritted his teeth upon saying this. The giant turtle is the second most powerful being in their country and an extremely importantrade of theirs. He hated this sixth prince for capturing him.
¡°My lord, when will we attack?¡±
¡°Attack?¡±
Fang Yun nced at Neb and said,
¡°You don¡¯t have to. During this time, you must investigate the whereabouts of the sixth prince. Within three days, I must get detailed information about his whereabouts.¡±
¡°Yes!¡± Neb and Luo Feng nodded with serious expressions.
The two left from Fang Yun¡¯s residence, leaving Fang Yun alone with his thoughts. He tried to calm his raging anger, then touched the spiritual imprint left by the giant turtle on him.
This spiritual imprint can make Fang Yun easily sense other spiritual imprints left with the giant turtle. At the same time, it also allows him to perceive the current condition of the giant turtle.
¡°Don¡¯t worry, I will save you soon¡¡±
Fang Yun muttered internally. As if to respond to his expectation. The spiritual imprints shook lightly as if responding to him.
¡°Huh¡ at least he¡¯s safe for the time being.¡±
Fang Yun sighed lightly, the nervousness in his heart eased a little, but his anger couldn¡¯t be extinguished.
¡°The sixth prince? Since you dare to provoke me, you have to pay the price!¡±
Fang Yun was still a bit anxious. If they want to go to war, Fang Yun is ready to fight them head-on. He never thought that such arge empire, or at least its rulers would stoop so low as to use hostage tactics.
He ns to wait for Neb and Luo Feng to find traces of the sixth prince before he heads to kill him.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t practice anymore for the next few days. Instead, he curled his body and conditioned his body and mind to the best state, waiting for the news from Neb and Luo Feng.
Chapter 632: The Enraged Fang Yun (Part 2)
Chapter 632: The Enraged Fang Yun (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Two days after the big turtle was taken away, Neb came to Fang Yun¡¯s side with a solemn expression. He already knows where the sixth prince lives. They can only inform Fang Yun of this information, but they can¡¯t directly assist him.
¡°My lord, we¡¯ve found out that there are several sage-level powerhouses beside the sixth prince. Besides, the sixth prince is a powerful sage himself. Unfortunately, we couldn¡¯t determine his exact cultivation level.¡±
¡°En, I know.¡±
Fang Yun didn¡¯t just lie down and wait in the past few days. He also secretly investigated this sixth prince and as Neb said, he has to face several sage level powerhouses this time, and not one of them is weak.
Despite this, Fang Yun was unfazed. He nodded at Neb, then disappeared from his residence. He headed straight towards the residence of the sixth prince.
The residence of the sixth prince is within the edge of the Heisenberg empire. Countless light years away from the Metaverse.
Of course, distance is no longer an issue for creatures at the level of Fang Yun.
Soon, Fang Yun appeared on a remote. He reduced his size to a few meters, then flew towards a giant building. This is a cultivation hall where powerful cultivators canpete against each other, but to Fang Yun, these ¡®powerful cultivators¡¯ were insignificant.
Fang Yun flew straight to the top of the building, his body shrouded in ck energy. He quickly shuttled through the building, looking for the giant turtle, but when he came to the third floor, a person stopped Fang Yun and coldly said.
¡°What are you doing here? This ce is not where you should be.¡±
¡°Fuck off!¡±
Fang Yun coldly muttered, releasing invisible mental waves. The person on the opposite side directly spouted a mouthful of blood.
In the next moment, hepletely released his aura, blowing the surrounding walls and shaking the entire building. He wanted to use this method to notify the other people in the building.
¡°What¡¯s going on?¡±
Many people quickly flew towards Fang Yun¡¯s location and after seeing the unfamiliar dark energy blob, they suddenly became angry.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care about these people. He snorted coldly, blowing them off, then headed straight towards a luxurious office on the ground floor.
He felt two special auras at this office location, one of them is very familiar. It belongs to the giant turtle. The other should belong to the sixth prince.
However, he was surprised upon seeing that the office ispletely empty. There wasn¡¯t any trace of the giant turtle or the sixth prince.
¡°Damn it, where did the giant turtle go?¡±
Fang Yun was incredibly angry, his aura unconsciously surged,pletely blowing off the building and shaking the entire.
¡°Damn it, what the hell is going on?¡±
Outside that building, everyone was shocked by the horrifying aura emanating from the martial hall.
¡°This¡this must be the aura of a powerful sage.¡±
Someone keenly sensed the powerful aura emanating from Fang Yun¡¯s body, and couldn¡¯t help but exim.
After hearing this voice, other people looked solemn. Especially the ones that have directly seen the energy blob and felt its animalistic aura.
¡°It¡ it¡¯s the cosmic serpent!!¡±
¡°The cosmic serpent from the Metaverse league!!!¡±
Fang Yun can be considered a famous being in the entire cultivation universe, but his reputation is not the good kind. He is an unfamous brutal cosmic beast, known as one of the most dangerous creatures in the universe.
This area is within the edge of the Heisenberg empire, so these people are naturally the citizens of this powerful empire. It¡¯s not umon for them to know about their country¡¯s enemies, including the Metaverse.
Moreover, Fang Yun is a pivotal character in the Metaverse league and the only creature worthy of attention there.
So at this time, many subconsciously wanted to trap Fang Yun, holding him long enough for their powerhouses toe here and deal with him. Of course, many realized the overwhelming difference in strength and escaped to the distance.
It didn¡¯t take long for the field to be cleared. Soon after, arge number of soldiers marched to this ce, surrounding the square and Fang Yun in the middle, trapping him.
The military of this is unexpectedly very efficient.
¡°Attack!¡±
Above a tall building in the distance, stood a burly young man. There was a holographic screen hovering in front of him, on which was a handsome young man.
This young man is undoubtedly the one who captured the giant turtle, the sixth prince. He grinned as he watched the situation not far away, confidently saying to the burly young man.
¡°Hahaha! Third brother, I have drawn the cosmic serpent to you. What should you do next? You can make your own decision.¡±
¡°Okay.¡±
The burly young man nodded. In fact, this was a trap all along. Of course, the sixth prince fancied the giant turtle, that¡¯s why he set out to capture it, but this was just a part of the n.
After catching the giant turtle, they devised a deliberate n to capture the great serpent.
That¡¯s why the sixth prince allowed that team to go back unscathed, and that¡¯s why his position leaked so easily.
They also brought the giant turtle to this, then used a secret technique to trap its aura along with the sixth prince here, confusing Fang Yun and making him believe that the two of them are when in fact, the two of them have been transferred away a long time ago.
In the eyes of the Heisenberg empire, the most attention-worthy and dangerous being in the Metaverse is undoubtedly the great serpent. If they can get rid of it, then the metaverse will no longer constitute any threat.
They nned to attract the great serpent to this, then either capture it or kill it in one fell swoop.
¡°Give it to me, I will bring down this cosmic serpent.¡±
On the other side, the soldiers around Fang Yun suddenly raised their weapons, heaved a powerful battle cry then flew towards him.
¡°Haaaa!!¡±
¡°Roar!!!!¡±
Fang Yun heaved an earth-shattering roar, shattering the ground around and the eardrums of many of the soldiers. Fang Yun carelessly flung his tail, destroying everything within the range of hundreds of kilometers and killing countless soldiers and people.
He looked at a tall building in the distance, it was one of the few buildings that resisted the powerful shockwaves. He also saw the young man standing on the tall building.
Fang Yun quickly noticed the simrities between this young man and the sixth prince he saw in the photos. There¡¯s a high chance that these two guys are blood-rted.
He stared at the young man carefully, quickly noticing the holographic screen in front of him and the person on it. That young man¡ Fang Yun wouldn¡¯t forget his image. It¡¯s the guy who captured the giant turtle!
¡°Roar!!¡±
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Upon realizing this, Fang Yun heaved an earth-shattering roar. The shockwaves sent all the people that managed to stand up flying again, creating giant cracks on the ground and scattered the clouds in the sky.
Even the young man on the roof of the tall building was shaken a bit by the roar.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
The Burly young man shook his head and said.
¡°Xia Ming, we¡¯ll talk another time. I have to solve that monster first. Hehe, this monster is very powerful. As long as we take it down, even if we only end up with a dead body, we would still greatly benefit. ¡°
¡°Okay.¡±
The young man on the holographic screen nodded, but suddenly, his expression drastically changed. He shouted at his brother with an rmed expression on his face.
¡°Be careful! Behind you!¡±
¡°¡¡±
The young man was puzzled. Just as he was about to say something, he suddenly felt his scalp tingling. A shiver ran down his spine. He slowly looked back only to see that a huge shadow had unconsciously enveloped him, shading the sky around him.
Chapter 633: The Death of the Third Prince (Part 1)
Chapter 633: The Death of the Third Prince (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Third brother!!¡±
On the holographic screen, Xia Ming started loudly shouting.
¡°Third brother, get away! Get away from there!¡±
However, at this moment, his elder brother seemed to be frozen in his ce. He stood motionless. In fact, this young man is also a powerhouse at the sage level and a very powerful one at that.
He was quite confident to take down the cosmic serpent with just a little assistance from this¡¯s formations and his subordinates.
Unfortunately, Fang Yun¡¯s power level is no longer at the sage level. It has reached the Universe Master realm. His strength might be quite average for powerhouses of this level, but overall, his strength has still reached the taboo realm.
At this moment, the burly young man was under intense pressure from Fang Yun¡¯s mental power. He was constantly fighting against Fang Yun¡¯s mental power, trying to push it back, but he was losing ground steadily.
¡°Bang!¡±
The ground beneath him cracked, causing him to fall from the roof to the highest floor, but then, he started breaking through one floor, destroying everything in the building, then falling to the ground at the end.
The building cracked and copsed, but the young man still stood strong, trying his best to fight against the terrifying mental power.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun roared loudly. He suddenly opened his mouth and dived down, devouring the young man and the entire surrounding area. His jaws prated the ground like tofu, before mping his mouth shut and swallowing everything.
¡°This¡¡±
Many ordinary people and military personnel around the watched this scene with horrified expressions.
¡°What have I just watched? The third prince was devoured by this giant serpent!!¡±
Everyone was shocked. They knew exactly how powerful the third prince is, even the sixth prince is not as powerful as him, but he was devoured so easily by the cosmic serpent!
¡°The cosmic serpent¡ swallowed the third prince?¡±
Many people couldn¡¯t believe it. Some even tried convincing themselves that this was just a dream or hallucination.
As for the subordinates of the third prince? They werepletely terrified by such a sight.
Their master was devoured.
¡°Third brother!!¡±
On the other end, a figure stood on top of a deste. Looking at the dark screen in front of him, he shouted loudly. His aura exploded around, breaking arge part of the.
¡°Damn monster, I want to smash your corpse into ten thousand pieces!¡±
Xia Ming clenched his hands. An energy tornado was formed around him at this moment, rushing straight to the sky and into space. Amongst the many princes, his rtionship with his third brother is the best.
However, his third brother has been devoured by this cosmic serpent.
¡°That damn monster!!¡±
Xia Ming gritted his teeth,
¡±You better pray that you don¡¯t fall in my hand, or I¡¯ll make you feel worse than death!¡±
He suddenly raised his head, looking at a space station outside the. On this space station, there was a giant turtle, hundreds of kilometers wide.
¡°Since you care about this turtle so much, then I¡¯ll use it to catch you.¡±
¡°This¡this, how should we exin this to the higher-ups?¡±
On the other side, after Fang Yun devoured the third prince, a group of people hidden not far away was terrified. They are the subordinates of the third prince.
Now that their master is dead, as his subordinates, they can¡¯t live at all.
In the next moment, one of them gritted his teeth and suddenly shouted,
¡°Everyone attack together and kill that monstrous serpent, maybe we still have a way out.¡±
The moment this sentence sounded, the other people reacted. Their only chance of redemption lies on Fang Yun.
As long as they kill the cosmic serpent, then they might still be able to survive. Of course, they know that the power of the cosmic serpent is too great. They have a high chance of dying once they go against this monstrous creature.
But they have no choice, even if they don¡¯t get killed by Fang Yun, they are still likely to die at the hands of the higher-ups, and if they try to escape, not only will they not be able to, but their family members will also be affected.
That¡¯s just how hegemonic their empire is.
It was for this reason that, after looking at each other, they rushed towards Fang Yun with solemn expressions. Their auras burst out one after the other.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Along with dull explosion sounds, countless figures rushed towards Fang Yun, prating through the air and leaving giant shockwaves behind them.
Amongst the crows, there were the subordinates of the third prince. They were at the head of the team, rushing towards Fang Yun with distorted expressions.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t have any intention to retreat at this moment. He just stared coldly at the group of people rushing towards him, roaring angrily, then rushing towards them.
Everything within his way was destroyed. Even if he didn¡¯t disy his full speed, he was still massively supersonic. The air around him quickly superheated, creating a red membrane around him. The kic energy he created destroyed everything around him.
¡°Ah! Ah! Ah!¡±
¡°Help! Someone save me!¡±
Screams sounded from theyer of smoke and dust. These are the screams of the civilians that were affected by the aftermath of this battle. The agitated cultivators that were flying towards Fang Yun were woken up by these screams. Most of them stopped as their heads quickly cooled down. The fear of that iing redet gradually rose in their hearts.
¡°What are you doing?¡±
Suddenly, a majestic man shouted at the people who stopped.
¡°Every path leads to death. Do you think that you can escape now?¡±
¡°Humph, if you run away, all of your rtives will not survive.¡±
Thest sentencepletely shook the people who stopped. They looked at each other, then grit their teeth and continued rushing towards Fang Yun.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Chapter 633: The Death of the Third Prince (Part 2)
Chapter 633: The Death of the Third Prince (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun flew through the city at supersonic speed, reducing everything behind him into rubble. The kic energyid waste to everything behind him.
At present, his body length is about one kilometer and his diameter is about 60 meters. This length and size allow him to fight in the city quitefortably.
¡°Rumble!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s huge body tore the iing people apart. He suddenly came to a sudden stop, creating a huge explosion and destroying everything within dozens of kilometers around.
Fang Yun looked around, then flew to another part of the city, madly rampaging and venting his anger. Many surviving civilians across the city watched this scene with a look of horror, trying their best to escape from this apocalyptic ce.
¡°Damn it!¡± Among the escaping people, one of them couldn¡¯t help but shout.
¡°Damn, the explosion almost killed me, the two bastards from the royal family have caused a big disaster!¡±
Not far away from this person was a well-dressed young man. In front of him was a reflective floating device, seemingly some sort of camera.
It¡¯s just that this person¡¯s camera device was flying ahead of the young man at an incredible speed. It was unaffected by the giant explosion nor the asional rubble that struck it. It was indeed a high-tech device.
Despite his perilous situation and the fact that he was fleeing for his life, the young man still had an excited expression on his face.
¡°The strength of this giant serpent is much higher than that of the average sage!¡±
¡°He definitely has the power of a great sage or above! The higher-ups of our empire have definitely misestimated the strength of this monster! They should have taken him more seriously! ¡°
The man shook his head and said,
¡°Well, I know what their purpose is, but I can tell you for sure that choosing to provoke this monster is not a good idea.¡±
¡°Okay, bye guys. I have to flee, otherwise, I will get squashed by this angry monster.¡±
After the young man said this, he continued to elerate even further, escaping to the distance andpletely leaving the city.
Even after crossing such a long distance, the man could still see the serpent and its destruction. It wasn¡¯t just him. Everyone on the live broadcast could clearly see this.
At this moment, many people are watching this live broadcast, and the number of viewers is still rapidly increasing.
After all, they just received the news of the death of the third prince of the Heisenberg empire. The news is still spreading at a rapid pace, hence the number of viewers is rapidly increasing.
Anyone who knows the weight of the identity of the third prince of the Heisenberg empire was shocked upon receiving the news. That¡¯s the third prince of the Heisenberg Empire. Few across the entire universe have a status that is equal to his, but such a big shot has fallen on this day.
¡°This is incredible. The Heisenberg empire will definitely go to war with the Metaverse league this time!¡±
¡°I didn¡¯t expect that that conflict between two small empires would cause such an incident. It¡¯s really unimaginable. The third prince of the Heisenberg empire died so simply.¡±
¡°The third prince of the Heisenberg empire is a third-step sage and hisbat power isparable to a peak sage. A being of this level can run wild anywhere in the universe. Moreover, he is one of the prime candidates for the position of the next emperor!¡±
¡°Yes, it¡¯s a pity that he died at such a young age. It¡¯s really sad.¡±
In the live broadcast room, an incredible number of messages appeared in the corner of the screen, millions each second, and each of them is from a star-level powerhouse at least as only cultivators of this level are allowed toment on this tform.
The young man was very excited upon seeing this. This is the first time so many people have entered his live broadcast room. The money he earned from this is enough for him to practice for hundreds of years.
¡°Hahaha, I have made a fortune this time, but why is there no response from the imperial capital yet?¡±
While watching the rampage in the distance, the young man was also paying attention to the dynamics on the Inte. ording to the news he received so far, there hasn¡¯t been a response from the capital of the Heisenberg empire yet.
This is a bit abnormal. From the young man¡¯s point of view, there should be at least a smallmotion in Heisenberg¡¯s capital as the royal family gathers fleets toe here.
Unfortunately, through his information channels, he learned that everything is still going as usual.
¡°Why¡¡±
In the metaverse league, Neb and Luo Feng were all watching this battle.
They looked very angry as they watched the third prince¡¯s subordinates ganging up on Fang Yun. Even though these guys can¡¯t pose the slightest threat to him, their disrespect still made them angry enough.
¡°These bastards!¡±
The two of them were naturally on Fang Yun¡¯s side. Moreover, these guys are the enemies of the Metaverse league. Not to mention that this wouldn¡¯t have happened in the first ce if they hadn¡¯t kidnapped the giant turtle.
¡°However, the metaverse league is going to be in some trouble now!¡±
Neb said while looking at the messages shing on the holographic screen. There were a lot of messages, but he could still distinguish the hatred-filled ones. Many of them are shouting an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth.
Countless messages filled with hatred for the Metaverse and the cosmic serpent shed on the screen. Naturally, most of these people are from the Heisenberg empire.
The royal family loyalists and the nationalists were especially angry upon seeing a member of the royal family getting murdered. Theypletely ignored the cause of the incident and indiscriminately ced all the guilt on the Metaverse Alliance.
Of course, there wasn¡¯t ack of people that are on the side of Fang Yun and the Metaverse league on the live broadcast tform. Most of these people are from forces that are hostile to the Heisenberg empire.
¡°Yeah, we will definitely face some trouble.¡±
Luo Feng also recovered at this time. He looked a Neb with an imperceptible smile on his face,
¡°Senior Neb, haven¡¯t we caused a lot of trouble to lord Ouroboros?¡±
¡°Besides, he is taking this action in order to save lord turtle. Naturally, we can¡¯t back down¡±
¡°Yes.¡± Neb nodded in agreement,
¡°Even if this causes the destruction of our Metaverse league, we will support lord Ouroboros until the end.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡± Luo Feng nodded in agreement, then suddenly sighed.
¡°Sadly, my strength is too low, so there aren¡¯t many things that I can help lord Ouroboros with.¡±
¡°Don¡¯t think so much, take it step by step, things will eventually turn for the better.¡±
Neb patted Luo Feng on the shoulder andforted him. Immediately afterward, the two looked at the screen in front of them again.
Dust filled the holographic screen. A huge serpent shadow could be roughly seen through the dust curtain.
Fang Yun¡¯s body kept tumbling, his one-kilometer-long body caused extensive destruction by just moving around. Of course, this is mostly just him venting his anger. Despite it being strengthened by formations, he could have easily destroyed this if he wanted.
¡°Rumble!!¡±
A huge boom erupted above this city. All the people who have fought against Fang Yun had been either annihted or devoured. Not a single one of them survived/
Soon, the scenery for thousands of miles around was cleared by Fang Yun. All of the third prince¡¯s subordinates were sent to their master. All of them died at the hands of Fang Yun, and none of them was able to even slightly injure him.
Fang Yun stood upright and looked up at the sky, digesting the information he scoured from these people¡¯s minds. He did this mainly to find the location of the giant turtle.
The giant turtle was taken away by the sixth prince of the Heisenberg empire, Xia Ming, and Fang Yun is mainly looking for his location, but there has been hardly any harvest.
¡°Damn it!¡±
After sorting out the messy information, Fang Yun still didn¡¯t find a single clue. Unable to contain his rage, he cursed loudly.
Anger bubbled in his heart, but he didn¡¯t have a target to vent anymore. He roared loudly then suddenly jumped up, flying to space at a shocking speed.
What Fang Yun didn¡¯t know was that a huge fleet was slowly heading towards this, and they are very close.
Of course, Fang Yun might have guessed it too.
He knew that it¡¯s natural for the Heisenberg empire to react after he killed their third prince.
Chapter 634: Half-Step Universe Master (Part 1)
Chapter 634: Half-Step Universe Master (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Fang Yun flew forward, heading straight towards the Imperial capital of the Heisenberg Empire. Since he can¡¯t find the position of that young man, then he will head towards the capital of his empire and force him out.
Fang Yun was starting to get flustered. He didn¡¯t know about the current state of the giant turtle, but as a star beast in the hands of their enemies, its ending will not be pretty.
The more he thought about it, the more irritated Fang Yun became. He urgently needs something to vent his anger on.
¡°Roar!!¡±
In space, Fang Yun heaved a heaven-shattering roar. Light suddenly gathered in his mouth, then spewed out in the form of a giant light beam, destroying arge ahead and crossing billions of miles.
Back on the previous, just after Fang Yun left, the viewers of the live broadcast started asking the young man about its direction.
??¡±I¡¯m sorry everyone.¡±
However, the young man apologized to the viewers.
¡°The giant serpent¡¯s speed is too great and I don¡¯t have the guts to chase it.¡±
¡°The city has been destroyed and If it weren¡¯t for the strengthening of the formations, I¡¯m afraid that the entire wouldn¡¯t have been able to withstand the rampage of that monster.¡±
¡°Of course, I also believe that that monster still had the ability to destroy the, but he didn¡¯t do it. Of course, I¡¯m not excusing his actions, I¡¯m just stating facts¡¡±
The man shrugged,
¡°Well, now I¡¯m going to take a look and see if there are any survivors.¡±
After saying this, he flew back towards the ruined city.
As for the people watching the live broadcast, all of them were discussing this incident at this time, most of them were condemning Fang Yun¡¯s actions, others were stating their amazement at the cosmic serpent¡¯s terrifying strength.
¡°I wonder how powerful that cosmic serpent is? It was able to kill a powerful sage so easily.¡±
¡°In my opinion, the strength of that cosmic serpent has reached the apex of the sage level at the very least.¡±
¡°Where do you think that serpent is heading? Now that it killed their third prince, the Heisenberg empire certainly will not remain silent.¡±
¡°I hadn¡¯t seen any movements from the imperial capital of the Heisenberg empire, I wonder why?¡±
¡°I have some Internal news. A fleet has already been dispatched, and it¡¯s said that their leader is very powerful. ¡°
When people from all over the universe were discussing this matter enthusiastically, the people of the Metaverse league were paying special attention to this matter.
¡°Senior Neb, what should we do now? The people of the Heisenberg Empire began to mobilize their forces.¡±
After Luo Feng saw the news about the Heisenberg empire¡¯s fleet, his face immediately darkened, and his heart was filled with worry.
??Neb was also worried, but he stillforted Luo Feng after a moment.
¡°Don¡¯t worry about the lord¡¯s safety for the time being. With lord Ouroboros¡¯s power, even the Heisenberg empire can¡¯t deal with him easily.¡±
Neb seemed to be calm on the surface, but he was just as worried for Fang Yun¡¯s safety. Unfortunately, as the oldest leader and the predecessor of Luo Feng, he can¡¯t show it.
They need to appear calm and confident. If even the people at the top start to panic, what will happen to the people below?
After all, as the high-level members of the Metaverse league, they can¡¯t just think of Fang Yun¡¯s safety, they need to consider the safety of the people below as well.
Neb is also worried about another thing. If the Heisenberg empire used the death of their third prince as an excuse to attack them, they wouldn¡¯t be able to resist at all.
The gap in strength is overwhelming.
¡°Luo Feng, we need to make some preparations.¡±
Neb said solemnly,
¡°What we need to consider now is how to preserve the entire metaverse league. At the same time, we also need to think about how we can help Master Ouroboros.¡±
His expression was serious as he stated thins,
¡°Luo Feng, you are also one of the people at the top. The fate of the entire alliance is tied to you and me, so we can¡¯t mess up now. ¡°
After hearing what Neb said, Luo Feng suddenly came to his senses. He did break character just now.
Fang Yun¡¯s safety is indeed a problem, but the metaverse league is also facing an unprecedented crisis. Now, the most important thing to do is to prepare themselves for the iing crisis.
Only by saving themselves can they have the opportunity to help Fang Yun. Otherwise, they would not only be unable to help him, but they will also be a liability and a source of concern.
¡°Senior Neb, I know what to do.¡±
Luo Feng took a deep breath. At this time, he hadpletely calmed down, his face waspletely restored to normal.
Seeing this scene, a touch of satisfaction appeared on Neb¡¯s face. As expected of the most talented cultivator in the Metaverse league. Even if he fell into temporary confusion, he quickly pulled himself back up.
¡°Senior, I think that we need to move a part of our manpower into the nine heavens.¡±
After a few moments of silence, Luo Feng suddenly said to Neb. Thetter looked a little hesitant at first but then nodded firmly.
¡°Luo Feng, who are you going to transfer?¡±
¡°The families of all students from the nine training camps and the newly registered students. The rest of the students will remain to resist the invasion of foreign enemies.¡±
There was a solemn expression on Luo Feng¡¯s face as he said this,
¡°The students from various universities are the backbone of the Metaverse. We have spent a lot of resources on them when they were in the training camps. Now is the time for them to repay the league.¡±
¡°As for their families, this is the reward they deserve for fighting bravely. In addition, the families of these people will raise the next generation of geniuses for the league, bearing our future hopes.¡±
¡°As for other civilians¡With our current transportation capabilities, we don¡¯t have a way to transport all of them back to the nine heavens. In short, the highest priorities are the women and the children, then the young and middle-aged men. as for the elderly¡ They¡¯re thest priority¡¡±
There was a touch of pain on Luo Feng¡¯s face as he said this, but more anger towards himself and his powerlessness.
¡°It¡¯s very ufortable to issue this kind of order. I really don¡¯t want the kind of power to make such a decision.¡±
Luo Feng muttered under his breath, his fists were clenched so heavily they creaked.
Chapter 634: Half-Step Universe Master (Part 2)
Chapter 634: Half-Step Universe Master (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Neb sighed helplessly and patted his shoulders again.
¡°Luo Feng, if such authority is not in your hands, but in the hands of a more power-hungry person, things could be much much worse.¡±
¡°It would be simply a disaster. Only people like you without a strong desire for power and control, and exceptional leadership qualities are fit to be in such a high position¡±
Neb sighed at this moment, and then said,
¡°So, in order to avoid such a situation, we must firmly grasp this power in our own hands. At least, until we find someone fit to take it on.¡±
Luo Feng was startled upon hearing this, he raised his head and looked at Neb, thetter smiled back,
¡°Luo Feng, there are some things that we have to bear.¡±
¡°Protecting the Metaverse and its inhabitants is our privilege and responsibility, and to do so, we must sometimes make choices that we don¡¯t like, and the pressure needed to make such choices is something we should bear.¡±
¡°Senior Neb, I understand.¡±
Taking a deep breath, Luo Feng regained his spirit, then looked at Neb with firm eyes.
¡°Senior Neb, I will pass on the order now.¡±
¡°Yeah.¡±
Neb nodded, and Luo Feng, who was beside him, turned and walked towards the door of themand room.
Neb silently watched this scene, his thoughts wandering off.
¡°I hope that the league will survive this time.¡±
He had a cold expression on his face
¡°The Heisenberg Empire? So what? If things go out of control, we can just return to the nine heavens.¡±
Neb murmured,
¡°The nine heavens exist within apletely deste area of the deste cosmos, hidden within countless ruins and dangerous ces. If we weren¡¯t lucky back then, we wouldn¡¯t have made it out of the deste cosmos at all.¡±
¡°Even if our conflict with the Heisenberg empire reaches a critical point, as long as we go back to the nine heavens, we¡¯ll always have the chance to make aeback.¡±
Neb looked ruthless. The reason why he didn¡¯t say this to Luo Feng is that he didn¡¯t want to discourage him. However, they still have to expect the worst and n for theireback.
Luo Feng stood on one side and retold the content of the discussion between him and Neb to the current leader of the current Metaverse Alliance, Goro.
Immediately afterward, the huge cosmic empire started to work.
The current Metaverse league¡¯s territory is veryrge, dozens of times bigger than its original size. Even some empires that have equal or even superior military strength don¡¯t have a territory asrge as theirs.
Because the entire Metaverse league is in a rapid growth period, they are confident that they can digest such a huge territory and grow further. ¡¡¡¡The old empires on the other hand don¡¯t have such confidence. If they hold territory that is far beyond their military capabilities, they can only be a target.
Therefore, these old empires use a variety of different strategies. From simple diplomacy to holding puppet states, but rarely do they directly attack and conquer other empires.
The entire metaverse, under the orders of its leaders, began to operate in an orderly manner. Of course, the orderly nature of their operation is due to theck of urgent actions. They are mostly transferring students to military bases and their families to safe locations.
In addition, all of the metaverse¡¯s military entered a state ofbat readiness.
Some keen people and forces have actually noticed this change, and many questions and news about the iing war appeared on the Metaverse¡¯s Network. This time, not many people refuted it, because they also know that a big war is likely to ur next.
Unfortunately, many people knew that their power could hardlypare to the Heisenberg empire, so they could only continue their daily life. It¡¯s not that they don¡¯t want to do something. They are powerless.
Of course, more people fell into a panic, creating chaos everywhere, but they could hardly change anything.
The route back to the Nine Heavens is now in the hands of the league¡¯s high-level leaders, so for now, the situation of the metaverse league is still stable.
¡°Luo Feng, immediately contact Wu Chen and Luo Chun.¡±
On the other side, Neb said to Luo Feng again,
¡°We need outside intelligence now. Relying just on the news on thework would be a little stupid.¡±
Wu Chen, Luo Chen, and many others are still mingling with the ¡°gray mist¡±; With the support of the metaverse league, they have absorbed a lot of members.
As long as they pay some cultivation resources, they can easily employ other people. Now is a critical time for the Metaverse league. It¡¯s not the time to be stingy with cultivation resources.
¡°Let them collect information about the fleets of the Heisenberg Empire.¡±
Neb¡¯s thoughts were particrly clear at this time
¡°We need to grasp the dynamics of those people.¡±
¡°I understand.¡±
Luo Feng nodded, then started operating on the console in front of him.
Neb couldn¡¯t help but rub his eyebrows. This time, they have used everything at their disposable.
Anyway, after this time, the cultivation resources of the metaverse league will be exhausted, and arge part of these resources are going to be spent on recruiting powerhouses from the ¡°Gray Mist¡±.
¡°By the way, is there any news about the lord on thework?¡±
Neb suddenly seemed to think of something, and quickly turned to inquire
¡°Sure enough, the information about the fleet and its leader appeared.¡±
At this time, someone has already released all the relevant information about the fleet on the cosmicwork.
After just a little thought, Neb guessed that this is the work of the five biggest empires. After all, these five empires also have universe masters.
So although they are scrupulous of the strongest empire, they aren¡¯t too afraid of it. At least, it¡¯s not a problem to do some actions in secret.
¡°Chang Zhang, a peak-ss sage. He killed many star beasts of the same level. He went into seclusion to try and breakthrough to the universe master level five hundred years ago, but he failed in the end.¡±
Seeing this message, Neb took a sharp breath.
¡°He once tried to break through to the universe master level?¡±
Neb couldn¡¯t help but worry more,
¡°This man can be regarded as a half-step universe master, right?¡±
Chapter 635: Chang Zhang (Part 1)
Chapter 635: Chang Zhang (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
While Neb was worried about Fang Yun¡¯s situation, Thetter was furiously flying towards the capital of the Heisenberg empire. His rampage was devastating, as he destroyed anything in his way, whether they weres or stars.
At this time, Fang Yun seemed to have be a world-ending cmity beast, with the will to destroy everything, consuming everything in front of him.
Due to his intense rage, he didn¡¯t notice that a fleet was heading towards him.
This fleet probably had thousands of starships. There were countless soldiers around the starships, and judging from the fact that they were able to easily fly in space, they were at least-level.
On each ship of this fleet, there was a huge word edged on their side, ¡°Heisenberg¡±. Naturally, this fleet belongs to the Heisenberg empire.
In the center of the fleet, in the control center of themand ship Cavabar, a gray-haired man was staring at the instruments in front of him.
??Although the man had gray hair, his face was full of energy, especially his eyes. They were extremely sharp, almost as if they would tear a hole in space. Mortals and low-level cultivators would explode by just staring at him.
??¡±Are you able to determine its location?¡±
Chang Zhang asked the soldier in front of him, and thetter quickly replied,
¡°Marshal, we can now determine his location.¡±
The soldier continued tapping on the instrument board in front of him, and soon after, multiple images appeared on the screen in front of him.
There was a huge serpent in the middle of the screen.
¡°Is this big guy our target?¡±
It¡¯s not the first time that Chang Zhang has seen Fang Yun, but Fang Yun¡¯s form often changes, sometimes extremely huge, sometimes ordinary.
This time, for example, the size of this monster is incredible.
ording to the system data in front of him, This cosmic serpent¡¯s body length has reached hundreds of millions of kilometers. Generally, the distance between a star and a life is around 100 million kilometers.
The distance between the sun and the earth is just a bit over that range, but Fang Yun¡¯s currently disyed size is several times bigger than that.
Through the screen, they could see that this serpent was using its huge body to rampage along the way, destroying anything in its path, and its goal seems to be their fleet.
¡°How much time do we have until we collide with this monster?¡±
Chang Zhang cringed a bit after seeing the massive size of this monster. He didn¡¯t expect this star beast to have such arge body size. It¡¯s definitely the biggest creature he had ever seen.
Moreover, he had a question. Since this monster can change its body size at will. Is this form even its biggest?
¡°About ten minutes.¡±
The soldier was a bit stunned, but he quickly reacted and reported to Chang Zhang.
Hearing this, Chang Zhang nodded and said,
¡°Tell the fleet to begin to prepare for battle.¡±
¡°Disperse.¡±
¡°Yes!¡±
The soldier ahead saluted, then returned to operating on the instrument board, executing the orders that he received.
??Time slowly passed. About five minutester, Fang Yun had finally sensed the fleet opposite to him.
¡°Are they finally here?¡±
After sensing the iing fleet, Fang Yun¡¯s energy surged, shaking the surrounding space. His killing intent swept the surrounding area, dying it a pale red.
At this time, Fang Yun was like an extremely huge volcano ready to erupt, or like a star about to explode, with extremely huge energy umting in his body, desperately needing a target to release it on.
Soon, the two sides collided.
Of course, rtively speaking, they were still millions of miles away from each other, but for beings at their level, such a distance is nothing.
Suddenly, the opposite fleet released countless attacks. Fromter beams to energy attacks, all came surging towards Fang Yun.
However, before they could touch his body, they were either deflected to the side or reflected back towards them, unable to truly touch him.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Although the fleet quickly dispersed, the reflected attacks caused great damage to them.
It¡¯s unknown how many-level cultivators were either torn apart or simply reduced to dust. Cultivators of this level are simply cannon fodder in a battle of this level.
¡°Damn it!¡±
In themand ship, Chang Zhang cursed upon seeing Fang Yun¡¯s ability. He then ordered the fleet to turn around and create some distance. He understands that for a being of this level and with such an ability, fleets, no matter their size, couldn¡¯t pose a threat to it.
What he needs to do now is to fight this opponent at close quarters.
¡°Long Wu, Lin Tian, bring all of your subordinates and go test the strength of that monster.¡±
After pondering for a moment, Chang Zhang issued an order to the two behind him.
The two people behind him nodded, then turned around and left.
After a while, two cultivator teams appeared in space. They were led by Long Wu and Lin Tian, quickly flying towards the serpent on the opposite side, and they soon entered the closebat range.
Back in themand center, Chang Zhang coldly watched this scene.
¡°I wonder how much power and skill can they force this serpent to use.¡±
Chang Zhang thought internally. He needs more information about this serpent before he makes a valid n.
These are his two generals. They are highly valued by him, so he also does not want to have any incidents. However, they know almost nothing about this serpent¡¯sbat capabilities and skills, hence he could only send them to test out the water.
On the other side, Fang Yun naturally noticed the two groups approaching him. With his perception ability, he immediately determined the strength of the two leaders.
Both of them are sages, but not particrly strong ones. They should have just recently advanced to this level.
Although Fang Yun instantly devoured the third prince, many people that have watched the video determined that this was due to Fang Yun¡¯s ¡®sneak attack¡¯ and ¡®dirty tactics¡¯, which was using his mental power to temporarily paralyze the third prince before devouring him.
If the third prince had the time to respond, things wouldn¡¯t have ended that way. At least, that¡¯s what they thought.
Therefore, when fighting Fang Yun, they must firmly guard against his mental attacks.
Chapter 635: Chang Zhang (Part 2)
Chapter 635: Chang Zhang (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Long Wu and Lin Tian approached Fang Yun with extreme nervousness. They were equipped with treasures to guard against mental attacks, that¡¯s why they dared to step forward and test Fang Yun¡¯s abilities, otherwise, they wouldn¡¯t even dare to approach him.
This monster devoured a powerful sage with just one bite after all. The impact of that scene was too great.
¡°Boom! Boom!!¡±
Suddenly, the two of them released their aura, shaking the surrounding space. Their faces became fierce, immediatelyunching an attack on Fang Yun. Their attacks swept everything in their way as they flew towards the giant cosmic monster.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun heaved an earth-shattering roar upon seeing their attacks. In response, he flicked his tail.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
His tail and the two collided together, creating a terrifying explosion. Fang Yun¡¯s tail carried an unparalleled powerful force, tanking the two sages¡¯ all-out attack, then immediately sending them flying away in the next second.
¡°Ahhh!!!¡±
The two of them spat a mouthful of blood as many small cracks appeared on their body.
Their hearts were filled with shock. This monster resisted their all-out attack and even sent them flying using just its body. It didn¡¯t even use a trace of energy.
This caused them to overrule their previous guess. This monster is not a mere high-ss sage or even a peak one.
The power that this cosmic serpent just showed is already on the edge of a universe master.
¡°Damn, this monster¡¯s strength is greater than we thought.¡± As the two of them stabilized their bodies and started recovering from their injuries, this sentence shed across their mind.
¡°Not good!¡±
The two of them suddenly shouted with horrified expressions. The monster suddenly appeared in front of them and pounced. Its scarlet mouth gradually zoomed in their vision.
¡°Damn it!¡±
In themand ship, Chang Zhang immediately roared. With a sh, he appeared outside themand ship. His aura surged as he flew towards the serpent at a terrifying speed.
He was horrified because, from his perspective, his two men were about to be devoured by the monster.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
Chang Zhang¡¯s peak sage aura burst out. He opened his mouth and loudly shouted.
¡°Foul creature, stop!!¡±
On the other side, Fang Yun¡¯s giant mouth constantly got closer to Lin Tian and Long Wu. His eyes drifted to Chang Zhang, followed by a sneer.
Immediately afterward, he devoured the two of them with one bite.
¡°Damn you!¡±
Seeing this scene, Chang Zhang was furious. Hepletely released his aura, shaking the surrounding space. His power is infinitely close to the universe master level.
¡°Roar!¡±
After devouring the two, Fang Yun suddenly roared, and a majestic aura exploded from his body, unexpectedly not under Chang Zhang.
¡°Sure enough, this monster is a peak sage.¡±
After seeing this scene, Chang Zhang¡¯s expression became serious. Although he was furious, his heart was quite calm. He decided to go all out from the beginning, while also guarding against any counterattacks from this monster. This shows that he took the cosmic serpent with the highest seriousness.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!!¡±
One person and one behemoth fought in the void, causing space itself to copse, and stars many light years away to explode. The two were evenly matched, showing extreme destructive power. Chang Zhang waspletely different from the previous two who were unable to disy their true strength before getting wiped out.
Chang Zhang¡¯s fleet was running away at maximum speed. Especially the and star-ss cultivators. They were using every ounce of their strength to escape, for fear of being annihted by random aftermath.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun constantly released energy beams from his mouth, bombarding Chang Zhang on the opposite side. This is indeed an opponent of the same level. He is one of the few cultivators under the Universe Master level that can fight with him, a genius that can fight across ranks. However, this is still not enough.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t care much about Chang Zhang¡¯s attacks. His defense has reached an unprecedented level. In terms of pure material defense, his scales have surpassed neutron stars in terms of toughness and durability, let alone his energy and space defense.
Finally, even if Chang Zhang managed to break through his defense and injure him, his regenerative ability was more than enough to instantly restore him to peak status.
Chang Zhang waspletely shocked upon discovering this. The cosmic serpent¡¯s durability and regenerative ability havepletely surpassed the sage level.
¡°This monster¡¯s strength and maybe even cultivation level are higher than mine.¡±
After a certain point in the battle, Chang Zhang came to this conclusion. He was astonished. This monster¡¯s strength is far beyond his expectations.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun quickly noticed the slight turbulence in Chang Zhang¡¯s mind. He suddenly roared, then intensified his attacks, almostpletely giving up on defense. This mad attack caused Chang Zhang to feel even more strenuous. He could only defend, rarely having the chance to counterattack.
¡°What to do? What should I do?¡±
Chang Zhang kept asking this question. He continuously looked for openings, but this monster seemed to have endless stamina. After some time, he gritted his teeth and made a decision.
¡°Things can¡¯t go this way, I¡¯m not the opponent of this monster, I need to retreat, but there is still my fleet nearby¡¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s ability to reflect and deflect attacks caused him to be very annoyed. It was precisely because of that ability that his fleet became useless.
¡°Retreat! Retreat for now!¡±
Upon realizing this, Chang Zhang took a deep breath and shouted. They can only retreat, for now, then look for other opportunities to deal with this serpentter on.
Just as Chang Zhang made this decision, he suddenly noticed a sly grin shing in the cosmic serpent¡¯s eyes.
¡°What is it nning? Does it have some kind of trump card?¡±
This question suddenly appeared in his mind. In his opinion, the reason why the cosmic serpent had such a yful expression is due to its confidence to bring them all down.
Upon thinking of this, he involuntarily panicked,
¡°No, I have to leave this ce as soon as possible.¡±
He immediately flew away after making this decision. He didn¡¯t even care about the fleet anymore, but suddenly, he found that flying away became extremely hard. It was like being bound by chains, dragged back by an insurmountable force.
To his horror, he discovered that the already titanic serpent has grown even beyond. Its mass had surpassed most objects in the universe. At the same, a terrifying suction had erupted from its body.
The surrounding space turned into a ck hole at this moment.
With Fang Yun¡¯s supermassive body size, once he uses his ck hole ability, his attraction force and the gravity he exuded is unimaginable. Everything nearby was immediately devoured, including Chang Zhang.
The fleet in the distance saw an unforgettable sight.
Chapter 636: The plan of the Five Empires (Part 1)
Chapter 636: The n of the Five Empires (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
In the beginning, everyone saw their leader Chang Zhang and the cosmic serpent fighting together. Their battle was beyond mortal imagination. Space copsing, stars breaking, etc¡
However, as the battle progressed, they noticed something wrong. Far from their expectations, their leader, Chang Zhang, couldn¡¯t take down the great serpent. On the contrary, he was getting overwhelmed.
In fact, from the very beginning, Chang Zhang was at a disadvantage, but at the time, everyone thought that it was the strategy of their leader. Maybe, he was stalling for time and wearing down the great serpent, or maybe he was looking for an opportunity tounch a devastating strike.
But neither Chang Zhang nor the others realized that the cosmic serpent¡¯s energy reserves were as abundant as ever. It was as if his energy was infinite.
Finally, at a certain point in the battle, the light around the great serpentpletely disappeared, leaving a circr dark hole. Their leader, Chang Zhang, suddenly showed a look of horror on his face. They watched as he struggled to flee outward, but his body was constantly sucked back.
¡°A ck hole.¡±
In that fleet, someone suddenly uttered, causing the entire fleet to fall into silence. They didn¡¯t expect that this cosmic serpent could imitate the most dangerous object in the universe.
¡°We must quickly get out of here.¡±
The deputymander of the fleet immediately issued such an order, and under his supervision, the fleet began to regress wildly, as if there was a disaster behind them.
Unfortunately, they were too close. The gravity exuded by Fang Yun in his ck hole form quickly affected them, making it extremely hard to move forward. In fact, many ships started to slowly fly back, gradually separating from the fleet.
At this time, the pilots ramped up the energy power to the absolute maximum, but even so, their ships were gradually sucked back.
The ships that were closer to Fang Yun headed towards him at an incredible speed, getting faster as they got closer to him, gradually disintegrating in the process. The same went for the cultivators in space. They screamed in terror as their body started stretching out like noodles, breaking apart down to the atomic scale.
Eventually, both the warriors and the starships turned into light rays as they were sucked into the ck hole,pletely disappearing from this world.
¡°Quick, hurry up or we will be sucked away!¡±
The surviving starships were filled were terror. This turn of events ispletely different from their imagination. They thought that their leader would valiantly defeat this monster at first, but he was consumed in just a few minutes.
Moreover, they are already so far away, but they are still being affected. This degree of attraction power is frightening.
On Fang Yun¡¯s side, Chang Zhang was still alive. He stood on the edge of the ck hole, resisting the terrifying gravity with the power of the rules.
He is indeed a peak sage level powerhouse. Unlike those weak cultivators and those starships that were broken down to atoms despite being so far away, he was still able to resist the pull of the ck hole despite being on the edge of it.
¡°Damn it, damn it!!¡±
Chang Zhang roared internally. His heart was filled with fear. He had never been so close to the edge of death in his life, but this allowed him to push himself even further, exerting his powers to a level he never thought possible.
¡°Damn monster! After leaving, I will make you suffer the next time we meet!!¡±
The blood in Chang Zhang was boiled. He burned his potential and even life energy just so that he can have the power to resist the terrifying pull.
¡°Hmph!¡±
Seemingly feeling Chang Zhang¡¯s thoughts, Fang Yun who had transformed into a ck hole, sneered. He suddenly moved forward,pletely engulfing Chang Zhang as he roared in despair.
¡°Ahhhhh!!!¡±
Chang Zhang¡¯s tragic screams were certainly unable to get out of the ck hole, but some fragmented electromaic waves were able to, flying to the distance and passing through the fleet.
The fleet in the distance automatically intercepted the electromaic waves. Although they had no way topletely restore Chang Zhang¡¯sst words, they were able to restore some fragments of his screams.
??¡¡¡¡The crew in the fleet had terrified expressions on their faces as they listened to those desperate screams.
¡°It¡¯s horrible!¡±
In the fleet, someone said with a frightened expression. Basically, all the people were frightened. By this time, the ships at the head of the fleet were able to move forward, they were the only survivors.
The personmanding the remaining fleet ordered them to continue moving forward at maximum speed. Soon after, theypletely left this area.
On the other side, Chang Zhng¡¯s body disintegrated little by little, turning into the purest form of energy, then getting sucked into Fang Yun¡¯s body.
Fang Yun¡¯s true body, the supremely giant serpent, suddenly expanded further. His internal energy tumbled as his presence shook the fabrics of space. He finally reached the peak of the sage level.
By now, he canpletely contend with the average universe master. This level is no longer taboo to him.
Looking at the direction in which the fleet fled, Fang Yun snorted coldly, then quickly chased behind.
In just a few moments, his body phased through space, crossing many light-years, and catching up with the fleet. This process didn¡¯t even take ten seconds.
¡°This¡ so fast?¡±
The crew of the fleet was immediately frightened by Fang Yun¡¯s terrifying speed. Before they had time to scream, they were swallowed by him.
Fang Yun urately locked each ship, and none of them escaped from him.
After devouring the fleet, he continued heading towards the Heisenberg empire.
However, the results of the battle quickly spread on thework. After all, the movements of the fleet were closely followed by many people in the Imperial capital.
After this fleet was devoured by Fang Yun, the news quickly spread to the Heisenberg empire. The five empires have some spies in the Heisenberg empire, so they also quickly learned about this matter.
After they got the news, they quickly spread it on the inte to damage the reputation of their enemy.
¡°Breaking! General Chang Zhang was devoured by the cosmic serpent!¡±
¡°Hey, a half-step universe master can be easily killed, how powerful is that cosmic serpent?¡±
Chapter 636: The plan of the Five Empires (Part 2)
Chapter 636: The n of the Five Empires (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
All kinds of news about the fleet swept the cosmicwork. The horrifying headlines attracted the attention of countless people.
Unquestionably, countless people were shocked by the news.
¡°Is the news true or not? If it¡¯s true, then what¡¯s the level of that cosmic serpent, universe master? It got to be! Chang Zhang was a half-step universe master after all!.¡±
¡°This is too scary, this cosmic serpent is truly intending to overthrow the Heisenberg empire!¡±
¡°This cosmic serpent is just a weak universe master at most, how can it have the guts to attack the Heisenberg empire?¡±
¡°Hehe, the Heisenberg empire is invincible. The countdown to the death of that serpent has just begun.¡±
¡°Ha ha ha, finally! A gusty being appeared! The Heisenberg empire had been arrogant for far too long, someone should have taken action a long time ago! By the way, why hadn¡¯t the five empires taken action?¡±
¡°No action? haha, if the five empires hadn¡¯t acted, could you have seen this news?¡±
¡°Yes, the five empires might not dare to act aggressively on the surface, but their hidden actions are endless. They released countless pieces of news to the public!¡±
As countless beings from all over the universe talked about this matter, many people from the Metaverse league had also seen the news.
Without exception, all that have seen the news were relieved.
Fang Yun¡¯s toughness and ruthlessness gave them a sense of security. As long as Fang Yun didn¡¯t have any problems, the Heisenberg wouldn¡¯t be able to send a massive army to deal with them.
Of course, the Heisenberg empire had directly manipted the nearby countries to start attacking them, but the Metaverse is still able to deal with these attacks for now.
At the same time, the Metaverse league hired a group of extremely powerful mercenaries, but unexpectedly, the mercenaries¡¯missions were not very high.
The current focus of the entire universe is on Fang Yun, not on the Metaverse, so the odd mercenaries didn¡¯t create any disturbance.
Moreover, the metaverse league cleverly hid these mercenaries in their fleet, so even their opponents didn¡¯t notice anything strange for the moment.
It might be surprising that the Metaverse league can block thebined attack of several empires, but it¡¯s due to its deep background and reserves.
¡¡¡¡
¡°News about the great serpent hadn¡¯t appeared in three days, what¡¯s going on? What about the internal spies of the five empires?¡±
¡°Hahaha, the internal spies of the five empires have likely been executed. I live in the imperial capital, and from what I¡¯ve seen, countless people have been executed in the past few days.¡±
¡°Damn, so cruel? Is there no response from the five empires?¡±
¡°Hmph, do the five empires dare respond? Although the Heisenberg empire seemed to suffer against the cosmic serpent, it¡¯s just because they hadn¡¯t taken it seriously. Once the Heisenberg empire takes it seriously, even the five empires have to bend their knees.¡±
¡°Not necessarily, once the five empires unite, they will be a very powerful superpower.¡±
¡°Hahaha, they must unite first!¡±
In the past three days, discussions about Fang Yun on the cosmicwork hadn¡¯t stopped. However, after seeing no further news for a long time, the topic of discussion slowly shifted to the Heisenberg empire and the five peak empires.
¡°Long Lin, thirteen of your spies have been killed this time.¡±
In a secret location, a conference table quietly hovered in the dark space, and around this conference table, there were five figures.
Suddenly, the bearded giant sitting on the forest seat said with a grin on his face to the long-haired man sitting on the other end.
The long-haired man¡¯s eyes were closed as he leaned on his hand. After hearing the bearded giant¡¯s words, he faintly opened his eyes andzily said.
¡°Hongwu, didn¡¯t 9 of your spies get beheaded too?¡±
The bearded giant named Hongwu sneered in response.
¡°At least, it¡¯s less than you!¡±
¡°Hongwu, Long Lin, this is not the time for you to quarrel!¡±
Just as there was a trend for the two to conflict, the old man on the side suddenly said with a dissatisfied expression on his face.
¡°We need to unite now! If we conflict with each other at such a critical juncture, then we are done for!¡±
¡°So, this time I called everyone here to discuss thetest events, and decide our next course of action.¡±
The old man said with a serious expression. He is the lord of the Changzhi empire, Murong Xi.
¡°Old man Murong, what do you think of thetest events?¡±
Long Lin, the lord of the Gangyi Empire, didn¡¯t bother with the lord of the Hongshan Empire, Hong Wu, anymore, but turned his head and asked Murong Xi.
Hearing this, Murong Xi remained silent for a while before opening his mouth.
¡°In my opinion, this should be an opportunity for our five empires. We have been suppressed by the Heisenberg Empire for too long. This time, an opportunity finally appeared. I think that it¡¯s time¡¡±
Although he didn¡¯t finish his sentence, his meaning was self-evident.
¡°Hey, old man Murong, I didn¡¯t expect that you, who have always been prudent, would be so aggressive this time. The little mercenaries in the Metaverse league are members of the Shadow Dragon Corps of the Changzhi Empire, right? You have always supported them secretly.¡±
¡°Hongwu, your Red Warrior¡¯s have also mingled with them secretly, so don¡¯t y dumb in front of me.¡±
Although there are clearly grudges between the five of them, they are in the same boat at this moment. If any one of them sinks, the others will soon follow after. That¡¯s why they were able to casually sit together at the same table and talk rxedly.
¡°Haha!¡±
Hong Wu sneered,
¡°The old guy from the Heisenberg empire had decapitated my brother thousands of years ago. I will never forget such a grudge, and I will definitely settle this ount with that bastard! No matter how long it takes!¡±
Hearing that, the other four were silent.
The brother in Hong Wu¡¯s mouth was his younger brother, Hong Batian. He had an extremely high cultivation potential, the best in the universe. Far beyond them and even that old guy.
Unfortunately, he never returned after going out once.
After madly searching for him across the entire universe, Hong Wu finally found his remains in a deste wilderness. He also found some weak spiritual remains nearby, hiding hisst message, and that message was¡
Heisenberg.
Chapter 637: The Assistance of the Five Empires (Part 1)
Chapter 637: The Assistance of the Five Empires (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
The death of his brother is undoubtedly rted to the Heisenberg empire. His brother was already an early stage universe master at that time, the only being that has the ability to casually kill him, without giving him the chance to struggle or even send back a message, is the old man from the Heisenberg empire.
This hatred is deeper than the sea. After all, if Hong Batian grows up, it¡¯s very likely that he would be the number one powerhouse across the entire cultivation universe.
The Hongshan Empire finally had the opportunity to break the stalemate and surpass the others, but their dream was ruthlessly crushed by that old man. It¡¯s obvious how deep Hong Wu¡¯s hatred is.
¡°Hong Wu.¡±
Murong Xi said, ¡°You haven¡¯t forgotten this for so many years.¡±
¡°How can I forget?!¡±
Hong Wu nced at him and sneered,
¡°Old Murong, did you forget your granddaughter?¡±
Murong Xi also fell silent after hearing this. Back then, he also had a stunning genius granddaughter.
Although her talent was certainly not as good as that of Hong Batian, she did have the potential to be a universe master, but just as she reached the critical point, the Heisenberg empire¡¯s cultivators came to cause trouble.
Their obstruction caused her promotion to end disastrously. In the end, she lost her cultivation base. Unable to stand the terrible blow and the humiliation, shemitted suicide.
¡°Alright.¡±
Long Lin, the leader of the Gangyi Empire waved his hand and said,
¡°Isn¡¯t it because of these tragedies that everyone is working together? Don¡¯t say this anymore, let¡¯s discuss business first.¡±
The other four nodded, even if it was Hong Wu, he didn¡¯t say much at this time.
¡°In short, my point of view is that the Heisenberg empire can¡¯t be allowed to destroy the metaverse league.¡±
Long Lin, the leader of the Gangyi Empire, looked around, and continued,
¡°The growth speed of this empire is quite fast. Moreover, they have the potential to stand beside us, especially the cosmic serpent behind them.¡±
¡°The strength of that cosmic beast can¡¯t be urately calcted by us. However, judging from the information we gathered, there¡¯s a high chance that it¡¯s a universe master-level creature.¡±
After a moment of silence, Long Lin continued.
¡°We have been silent for too long, we didn¡¯t have the guts to dere war on the old Heisenberg! However!¡±
¡°Someone finally dares to dere war against the Heisenberg empire! This is unprecedented. This is also an opportunity! We are indebted to this cosmic serpent, so we must at least protect his territory.¡±
The other four nodded upon hearing, in fact, all of them have animosity with the Heisenberg empire. However, due to many reasons, they didn¡¯t dare to go to war with this strongest empire.
Now that a somewhat powerful being has openly dered its hostility with the Heisenberg empire. Although they don¡¯t dare follow together, they are more than happy to support it from behind.
¡°Well, old Long, I think that we can set up a joint fleet to support the metaverse league.¡±
Murong Xi suddenly said.
After hearing this sentence, the other four were shocked. Forming a joint fleet to support the metaverse league. Isn¡¯t this the same as dering war against the Heisenberg empire?
¡°It¡¯s not what you think.¡± Murong Xi shook his head and said,
¡°It¡¯s not easy for us to openly dere war on the Heisenberg Empire, hence there must be a reason for the creation of a joint fleet. An excuse to be more precise. It doesn¡¯t matter even if the public can see through it, an excuse is a necessity.¡±
¡°Hmm, how about this? We created a joint fleet to hunt star beasts in the star beasts sea.¡±
¡°The star beast sea and the Heisenberg empire aren¡¯t too far apart. As long the Scarlet Fortress is opened up, we can basically march to their imperial capital unimpeded all the way.¡±
Long Li, the lord of the Gangyi empire, looked at Murong Xi speechlessly.
¡°Old man Murong, this excuse¡ is as superficial as it gets.¡±
¡°If things don¡¯t develop as expected, the Heisenberg empire will definitely settle the ount with uster.¡±
¡°Yes. In fact, even if we don¡¯t do anything, the Heisenberg empire will still eventually attack us in the future. The only reason why they hadn¡¯t done so for so long is that they are wary of the losses they will incur. These bastards require nothing more than absolute control.¡±
¡°Since we¡¯re going to war no matter what, it doesn¡¯t actually matter whether we do it now orter, and as long as our joint fleet is stationed in the star beast sea, even the Heisenberg empire won¡¯t dare to act rashly.¡±
The other four didn¡¯t immediately agree. They sat in silence, contemting this proposal. Some of them even scratched their head in annoyance, a scene that would leave many of their subordinates jaw-dropped.
After a full hour passed, the other four seemed to have finally made a decision.
Long Lin, the lord of the Gangyi Empire, looked gloomy and uncertain, but in the end, he seemed to have made up his mind. After gritting his teeth, he said in a deep voice,
¡°Okay, I agree to this n.¡±
After Long Lin agreed, the other three also agreed. Immediately afterward, they sent an order to their subordinates, conjuring a big fleet and heading towards the star beast sea.
The star beast sea isn¡¯t a sea in the strict sense. It¡¯s more like a huge deste space on the edge of the universe, inhabited by countless star beasts, hence its name.
At the entrance of the star beast sea, the Heisenberg Empire set up a gate called the Scarlet Fortress, but apart from this giant fortress guarding thergest entrance, there are many small entrances, guarded by a few space cities at most.
Heisenberg did this deliberately. The Scarlet Fortress would prevent many particrly powerful star beasts from moving past.
However, the weaker star beasts would not be stopped from crossing the smaller entrances and sometimes even the Scarlet Fortress!
However, these star beasts will be trapped in an incrediblyrge area known as the hunting area, which is also a part of the Heisenberg empire. They can roam freely within this area, but they aren¡¯t allowed to go out or go back into the star beast sea.
There are two benefits to this, one of which is to allow their internal forces to earn hugemissions by hunting star beasts, and the other is to provide a safe space for talents from all over the empire to experience battle.
But now, after the five empires dispatched a powerfulbined fleet to the star beast sea, the situation has undergone some change.
Needless to say, thebined fleet of the five empires is naturally terrifyingly powerful. The fleet has five peak sages and almost a hundred ordinary sages.
Chapter 637: The Assistance of the Five Empires (Part 2)
Chapter 637: The Assistance of the Five Empires (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
If such a fleet acts as they please in the star beast sea, it would be easy to create star beasts¡¯ stampede, causing a headache to the Heisenberg fleet, so they must stop them from doing as they please.
¡°What¡¯s this situation? Have the five empires finally decided to take action?¡±
¡°Hahaha, the five empires immediately attacked the weakness of the Heisenberg Empire. By arranging a powerfulbined fleet in the Star Beast Sea. They can easily cause a giant riot, causing the destruction of the Scarlet Fortress and for countless star beasts to enter the Heisenberg empire.¡±
¡°I heard that the Heisenberg Empire has begun to send more troops to the Scarlet Fortress. It seems that the five empires have chosen to take action the moment the Heisenberg empire¡¯s attention was attracted by something.¡±
¡°Yes, but they didn¡¯t directly dere war. ording to the news they released, this is just a drill, so I guess that they still have qualms about direct war. Do you think that the Heisenberg empire will win this time?¡±
¡°This is inevitable. The five empires might have several universe masters, but they are still no match for the Heisenberg empire¡¯s top masters. The cosmic python is certainly powerful, but it¡¯s alone. As long as the top masters of the Heisenberg empire take action, it¡¯s certainly not hard to secure victory.¡±
¡°The only question is the attitude of the universe masters of the Heisenberg empire. Will they directly take action?¡±
Countless people on thework were heatedly discussing this matter.
Back at the metaverse league, Neb and Luo Feng couldn¡¯t help but heave a sigh of relief.
In the past few days, the Heisenberg Empire has ced great pressure on them. Now that the five peak empires have taken action. Although they are not directly targeting the Heisenberg Empire, it still lifted a lot of the pressure on their shoulders
¡°Huh¡¡± Neb sighed and said, ¡°It seems that the five empires¡¯ grievances with the Heisenberg empire are deeper than we thought.¡±
Although notplete, they still received a lot of secrets from the gray mist organization. Some of these secrets greatly shocked them. They knew about the hegemony and the tyranny of the Heisenberg empire, but they didn¡¯t expect them to be that overbearing.
??¡±At least, for now, we don¡¯t have to worry about the Heisenberg empire personally taking action. We can now focus on the things on our hand,¡±
Neb looked a bit relieved.
¡°Yeah.¡± Luo Feng also nodded. The metaverse is still under a lot of pressure. The attack of the majority of the neighboring countries is noughing matter, they have to take them very seriously.
¡°Luo Feng, you should go to the front line.¡±
After groaning for a while, Neb suddenly said.
Luo Feng is an immortal-ss powerhouse and a powerful one at that. Having him on the battlefield will be a great boost to their army.
¡°Yes.¡±
Luo Feng clenched his fists heavily. In fact, he had long wanted to go to the battlefield. It¡¯s not his nature to stay behind and watch as his soldiers fought on the battlefield, but Neb had always admonished him against that.
He would have likely been assassinated by a powerhouse of the Heisenberg empire had he headed to the battlefield before, but now the situation had stabilized, barely.
¡°Haa, I wonder how lord Ouroboros is doing now.¡±
Luo Feng sighed. Neb was also silent.
The Ouroboros that they were talking about was heading towards the Heisenberg empire¡¯s capital at the moment. His anger had never been extinguished. On the contrary, it grew more as the days passed.
It¡¯s unknown how manys and stars Fang Yun destroyed along the way, and how many civilizations he directly or indirectly affected. His reputation as the cosmic serpent, devourer of worlds had spread to countless civilizations.
His speed is incredibly fast. ording to his estimation, he should be able to reach Heisenberg¡¯s capital in three days.
Although his heart was filled with boiling rage, his rage didn¡¯tpletely obscure his reason.
¡°It¡¯s very strange that no one came to obstruct me during this period.¡±
Fang Yun felt particrly disappointed. He expected many powerful people to try to stop him along the way, giving him the opportunity to devour them and grow even further.
The next day, Fang Yun was only two days away from the Heisenberg Empire. At the same time, his whereabouts were finally revealed to the public¡¯s eyes.
Everyone knows that the cosmic serpent is going to attack the Heisenberg empire, and his most likely target is the Heisenberg empire¡¯s capital.
Only through destroying the imperial capital can the Heisenberg empire be damaged. By knowing his destination and his departing station, many people were able to calcte the great serpent¡¯s general path.
Countless reporters, live streams, and people looking for fame and fortune waited in various locations on the great serpent¡¯s path. Most of them waited not far from the Imperial capital, waiting for the great serpent¡¯s appearance.
All of these people were eager to get first-hand information, but they were speechless upon seeing how many people had the same idea.
¡¡¡¡
¡°Damn, is this the cosmic serpent?¡±
??Zhao Tianshan looked at the gigantic serpent flying ahead with a look of horror. He knew that the ces near the imperial capital will be filled withpetitors and wanna-be reporters.
Therefore, he decided to wait in a much further away location, betting on his luck. The chance of encountering the great serpent certainly decreases the farther away he is from the capital, but the number ofpetitors also drastically decreases.
Of course, he had done a series of analyses before and roughly calcted that the cosmic serpent would pass by this area. Afterward, he snuck into this ce and patiently, praying that his calctions were correct.
Looking at the extremely terrifying serpent in the distant space, Zhao Tianshan felt his heart racing. This is the first time he had faced a being of such might.
??¡±It¡¯s really scary, and it seems that this isn¡¯t his strongest form.¡±
Zhao Tianshan said as he recorded the giant serpent far away. After pondering for a few moments, he uploaded the video to the cosmicwork.
It¡¯s just that he has processed the background, making it difficult to easily distinguish the location.
In fact, he is not a member of the Heisenberg Empire, but a member of the Changzhi Empire. Naturally, he also hopes that the cosmic serpent can damage the behemoth that is the Heisenberg empire.
¡°Unexpectedly, Zhao Tianshan also had this day. I got first-hand information, hehe.¡±
Zhao Tianshan was very happy. He can predict that this video will bring him huge profits. Now, any news about the cosmic serpent is worth a fortune in the universe as countless people are concerned about it.
This is why he risked his life toe to such a ce, and it can be said that his venture was worth it.
After Fang Yun left, Zhao Tianshan quickly boarded his ship and followed behind him. Of course, even though he was on board one of the fastest starships avable, his speed was iparable to the cosmic serpent. Fortunately, Fang Yun wasn¡¯t using his maximum speed.
Moreover, he arranged a lot of manpower in this path, even if the giant serpent elerates and leaves him behind, he can quickly lock its position with their help, then use the hyperspace to quickly reach its location.
¡°Everyone, the live broadcast of the all-out battle between the cosmic serpent and the Heisenberg Empire is now starting.¡±
Zhao Tianshan was extremely excited.
Chapter 638: The Ten War Generals (Part 1)
Chapter 638: The Ten War Generals (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
Countless people flocked to Zhao Tianshan¡¯s live broadcast, among them were naturally the citizens of the metaverse league. They are currently the most sensitive to this type of information.
¡°It¡¯s truly Master Ouroboros.¡±
In the Metaverse league, Luo Feng was also watching Zhao Tianshan¡¯s live broadcast. He naturally saw Fang Yun¡¯s back figure and it¡¯s safe to say that he was delighted.
However, a touch of worry immediately appeared in his heart, but he also knew that he doesn¡¯t have the power to affect anything, so he could only watch Fang Yun¡¯s figure on the screen with a look of worry.
¡°Hahaha, do you see it everyone, the cosmic serpent is heading towards the Heisenberg empire? Follow me to watch its next actions.¡±
Zhao Tianshan said to the camera next to him. His starship flew forward at a mind-boggling speed, but it still struggled to keep up with the cosmic serpent. As he continued to move forward, the live room can be said to have exploded.
¡°It¡¯s truly a live broadcast of the cosmic serpent! Does this guy dare to follow behind and record this kind of creature, isn¡¯t he afraid to be killed or get swept in the aftermath of its battle?¡±
¡°Hehe, the strength of this streamer does not seem to be weak. Judging from the fact that he can manipte such a starship to keep up with the cosmic serpent using just his power, he¡¯s probably an immortal ss. As long as he is careful enough, he might be able to escape, but streamers as courageous as him usually don¡¯t live long.¡±
¡°Yes, this streamer is very likely to die in case a battle breaks out.¡±
¡°In fact, the streamer might get by the cosmic serpent before the battle even starts. I know for a fact that stalkers are annoying.¡±
As he closely followed behind the cosmic serpent, Zhao Tianshan turned around to look at the live broadcast from time to time. He was speechless upon seeing the manyments below the live stream. Most of them were specting on how long he could live.
At this moment, Fang Yun also discovered the little streamer behind him. However, he didn¡¯t mind. The streamer didn¡¯t radiate any trace of killing intent or hostility. It¡¯s just a live broadcast, he doesn¡¯t mind it.
Moreover, he decided to leak some news about his current situation. It¡¯s a well-known fact that he is heading to attack the Heisenberg empire. The higher-ups of the metaverse league should be feeling especially worried at this moment, so it¡¯s okay to leak news of his safety to reassure them.
¡°What did you say?¡±
Just as Fang Yun was rushing to the imperial capital of the Heisenberg Empire, a meeting was being held in a space near the empire¡¯s capital.
¡°You guys must know the reason why I summoned you here. At present, our Heisenberg Empire is facing a lot of pressure. If we don¡¯t deal with this matter properly, it could cause us a great loss. Everyone should be very aware of our problems, so I would like to hear suggestions from you¡¡±
¡°This¡¡±
All the people present hesitated, one of them asked with a sarcastic expression,
¡°Aren¡¯t we facing just a half-step universe master? It¡¯s not even a proper universe master, why is it giving us such pressure?¡±
The man who first spoke looked offended. The almost usatory tone caused him great difort.
¡°If you think this situation is easy to deal with, then deal with it yourself!¡±
The people around silently watched with amusement. Many of them think that the cosmic serpent is not a mere half-step universe master, but aplete one. A true universe master that stands at the top of the universe. Naturally, beings of such a level are not easy to deal with.
Hearing this, a trace of disbelief appeared on the face of the person who previously spoke. Many others sneered in response. One of them even taunted him.
¡°Haha, so don¡¯t you dare go now?¡±
¡°What did you say!¡±
The man was irritated upon hearing this sentence. He stood up and wanted to explode, but the man sitting at the head of the table suddenly spoke. He is the host and the organizer of this meeting.
¡°Stop talking, everyone. I convened you to determine a way to deal with the cosmic serpent, not to watch you argue here.¡°
The host said kindly,
??¡±I understand everyone¡¯s feelings, but it would be best for everyone to forget the past. Remember, we are here today to cooperate.¡±
The moment his voice sounded, the meeting room fell silent.
The host was a middle-aged man named Liang Kuan, the head of the United Battle Department¡¯s ten war generals. He gathered all these people today to besiege Fang Yun.
Up to now, their task, the ten war generals, is to protect the imperial capital. They need to cooperate to protect this huge.
In the past, the United Battle Department was divided into ten teams. Each one of them led a team,peting with each other for merits, and that¡¯s the source of their conflict.
¡°Okay, Liang Kuan.¡±
Suddenly, an old man stood up and said to everyone,
¡°Now, let¡¯s talk about the n. I know that you won¡¯t call everyone here for no reason.¡±
The ten war generals will eachmand different fleets. They each have different ces to guard and different missions to execute. It¡¯s very rare for all the ten of them to be gathered here at the same time.
¡°Yeah.¡±
Liang Kuan nodded, ¡°We need to kill the cosmic serpent before it reaches the imperial capital.¡±
¡°Judging from the direction he ising from, the third and fifth teams will be the first to bear the brunt. The problem is that it will be difficult for the two of you to resist that monster.¡±
He is telling the truth because these two people are only at the peak of the sage level. In fact, they are weaker than Chang Zhang. At least thetter is a half-step universe master.
However, the ten of them has been cultivated as a team. They have abined attack skill. As long as the ten of them gather together, it shouldn¡¯t be difficult to kill the cosmic serpent.
¡°Team 3, Team 5, if your defensive line encounters the attack of the cosmic serpent, then try your best to stall for time. Wait for the other generals to reach your location, then we¡¯ll attack together¡¡±
¡°Okay.¡±
The others nodded in agreement. They didn¡¯t have anything else to add.
¡°Report!¡±
Suddenly, a shout sounded from outside the conference room, followed by the barging of a soldier.
At this time, Liang Kuan nced at the soldier and calmly said,
¡°Come in.¡±
Upon hearing this, the soldier immediately walked into the room.
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
Chapter 638: The Ten War Generals (Part 2)
Chapter 638: The Ten War Generals (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Liang Kuan asked the soldier again, and thetter took a deep breath and said.
¡°The target has reached the defense line of the third team.¡±
¡°What?¡± Liang Kuan¡¯s eyes widened. This was beyond his expectations.
¡°Is his speed so fast?¡±
¡°How about the third front line?¡±
Liang Kuan was starting to get a little irritated. He paced around the room, thinking about their next course of action. He wished nothing more than to get rid of this cosmic serpent now.
¡°The situation on the third front line is very bad. Some soldiers have already received the message that the cosmic serpent is about to arrive and fled.¡±
The threat of the cosmic serpent is too great. After all, it can easily kill a half-step universe master, cementing it as a universe master at least.
Naturally, many soldiers couldn¡¯t stand the thought of facing such a terrifying creature, causing them to escape in advance.
It¡¯s worth mentioning that the Heisenberg empire hadn¡¯t had a full-edged war for countless years, causing their regr army to greatly degrade.
¡°Immediately send a message to the fifth team, tell them to immediately support the third team. In addition, tell the nearby teams to head towards the third frontline as fast as possible. They mustn¡¯t allow the serpent to move further.¡±
¡°As long as they manage to trap the cosmic serpent, inform us right away!¡±
Liang Kuan solemnly said to the soldier in front of him, as long as they dy the serpent, they will immediately head to kill it.
Liang Kuan took a deep breath. They must n extensively to trap and kill the cosmic serpent in one fell swoop. This is the mission that the lord of their country has assigned to him, and he must execute it perfectly!
Fang Yun was still flying in space, but he suddenly started slowing down. He had already sensed the massive defensive line ahead, filled with countless starships and soldiers.
¡°Ah, ah, I finally caught up.¡±
While Fang Yun was observing the defensive ahead, in a hidden ce a few million miles away, Zhao Tianshan suddenly showed up. He hid behind a giant meteorite and broadcasted the scene ahead.
Although it was a long distance away, his advanced camera still clearly captured Fang Yun¡¯s image. He almost squealed with delight.
¡°I finally caught up! Huh? Why did the cosmic serpent suddenly stop?¡±
¡°Oh, yes, the defensive line of the Heisenberg empire should be there.¡±
Zhao Tianshan still has some understanding of the Heisenberg Empire, so he immediately realized this. His eyes suddenly burst out with dazzling light.
¡°It seems that a good show is about to start! Hahaha!, let¡¯s see if the cosmic serpent will directly bulldoze through their defenses!¡±
As he excitedly talked to the camera, the giant serpent ahead suddenly moved. He suddenly elerated to a mind-boggling speed, turning into a stream of light and heading towards the defensive line.
An extremely terrifying aura burst out from him, distorting the surrounding space and quickly spreading around.
¡°Haha, this cosmic serpent is indeed no pacifist. He immediately attacked without giving its opponents the chance to talk!¡±
Zhao Tianshan said with a look of shock.
¡±I wonder what will happen next¡¡±
Before he could even finish his sentence, he saw an extremely shocking scene. Nine horror-inducing powerhouses suddenly flew out from the defensive line. Each one radiated power unimaginable to mortals.
¡°Damn, the guy who is taking the lead is at least a mid-ss sage! The others are all sages! There are nine sages!¡±
Zhao Tianshan was already a bit scared. Even though he is an immortal, sages are still bigwigs that can be hardly seen or touched, but now so many of them appeared at the same time!
¡°Roar!¡±
Just as he was shocked by the sudden appearance of so many powerful people, the great serpent ahead suddenly lifted its head and heaved an earth-shattering howl.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun looked at the group of sages that appeared ahead with a cold expression. He turned into a sh and headed towards them at a massively FTL speed, tearing apart anything in his way.
The team on the opposite side immediately released their momentum,bining into a dazzling light formation and flying towards the iing giant serpent.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun heaved an earth-shattering roar, quickly approaching the light formation.
¡°Boom!!¡±
The moment the two sides collided, a heaven-shattering shockwave was produced, spreading across an area equivalent to several star systems. At the same time, the light formation broke, and the nine sages exploded, turning into a bloody mist.
Fang Yun calmly devoured the bloody mist, turning it into pure energy, before continuing to move forward.
¡°He broke through their defense so easily?¡±
Zhao Tianshan had a look of disbelief on his face. Even if the cosmic serpent is powerful, he didn¡¯t expect its conflict with these terrifying enemies would end after just one collision. This Is ridiculous.
When this news was passed back to Liang Kuan and the other generals, they almost vomited blood. The topbat power they arranged in the third team was killed just like that?
¡°Stop him! Stop him!¡±
Although Fang Yun defeated the nine sages defense team, showcasing his unparalleledbat power, there were still some ordinary soldiers that tried to bravely stop him.
As countless soldiers flew towards him in a suicide charge, Fang Yun coldly gazed upon them. In the next moment, he transformed into a massive ck hole, then continued flying forward, devouring anything and anyone in his way.
¡°It¡¯s so fierce!¡±
Zhao Tianshan was overwhelmed with excitement as he watched the massacre ahead.
¡°The strength of this great serpent has definitely reached the universe master level, and it¡¯s dead set on opposing the Heisenberg empire! There¡¯s a good show to watch.¡±
A star beast of this level can¡¯t even be called a star beast anymore. It¡¯s a cosmic behemoth! And any force that attacks such a creature is in a hell of trouble!
Fang Yun broke through the third fleet¡¯s defense like paper, but other fleets were rushing in this direction, and judging from their speed, it won¡¯t take them long to arrive.
However, Zhao Tianshan felt that no matter how many peoplee, it¡¯s useless. They¡¯re just giving up their life. Previously, he was worried about the cosmic serpent, because he wasn¡¯t truly certain of his abilities, but now he is confident that the cosmic serpent will tear apart anything the Heisenberg empire throws at him.
Fang Yun¡¯s strength is too great. In Zhao Tianshan¡¯s opinion, if the Heisenberg empire doesn¡¯t send universe masters to deal with him, then they can¡¯t stop him.
Of course, even in the Heisenberg empire, universe masters are extremely rare. Moreover, each one of them is in some corner of the universe, searching for a way to reach the next level.
¡°Whoosh!¡±
Fang Yun flew forward at an MTL speed. He could feel that he was getting closer and closer to the capital of the Heisenberg empire. However, the other nine fleets were also getting closer. Soon enough, the two sides will collide.
Chapter 639: Battle Against the Ten Fleets (Part 1)
Chapter 639: Battle Against the Ten Fleets (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
_______________________________________________________________
¡°Shoo!!¡±
Countless starships pierced through the sky, traveling through space, crossing countless light-years.
Fang Yun suddenly stopped, looking ahead with a cold expression. In the next moment, a fleet of starships appeared in front of him.
The imperial capital of the Heisenberg empire usually had nine fleets guarding its outer perimeter, but all of them were rushing over, trying to intercept Fang Yun.
Of course, the fifth team that is the closest to this area was at the forefront. It flew forward in a sharp sword formation, heading straight towards him. The moment Fang Yun discovered them, they also saw him. Without further ado, theyunched an attack.
¡°Fools.¡±
Fang Yun sneered upon seeing the intense firepowerunched by this fleet. Just a few days ago, Chang Zhang¡¯s fleet did the same, and they suffered greatly. These guys don¡¯t learn from their mistakes.
¡°Holy crap!¡±
In the distance, Zhao Tianshan adjusted the camera to get the best angle. He also saw the storm-like firepower and couldn¡¯t help but exim.
¡°The firepower of the Heisenberg Empire is really too strong. I feel that even if an immortal-ss such as I were to face it, I wouldn¡¯t be able to resist for more than a few seconds¡¡±
Yes, the firepower of the fleets protecting the Imperial capital of the Heisenberg empire is indeed too great. Even ordinary sages might get trapped and even injured upon facing such firepower. However, the cosmic serpent is likely a universe master¡
This kind of firepower certainly can¡¯t cause any damage to him, but this is just the fifth fleet. The remaining fleets are still on the way. They know that such firepower is certainly not enough to kill or even injure the cosmic serpent, and they never nned to do so.
Their goal is just to contain him, at least until the remaining fleets get here.
¡°What kind of response will the cosmic serpent have? I don¡¯t¡¡±
Zhao Tianshan wanted to state his uncertainty about whether the great serpent could block this wave of attacks. As a result, he shoved his words back in his throat before he finished speaking
The terrifying firepower that shrouded this entire area of space was reflected upon approaching the cosmic serpent, flying back towards the fifth fleet.
¡°This¡¡±
Themander of that fleet was shocked, but he quickly started shouting
¡°All ships, activate the defensive shield! Hurry up!¡±
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Even if his reaction was fast enough, not all the captains of these starships were as fast. Many hadn¡¯t had the time to activate the ship¡¯s energy defense and were promptly destroyed.
One ship after the other exploded in this area of space, turning into splendid fireworks.
¡°Hiss¡¡±
In the distance, hiding behind a, Zhao Tianshan said to the camera in front of him,
¡°Everyone has seen it, tens of thousands of starships were destroyed in an instant. As expected, the cosmic serpent is a terrifying creature!¡±
¡°But as far as I know, this time, this should be only one of the ten major fleets. The other fleets should still be on their way¡They¡¯re here!¡±
As Zhao Tianshan talked excitedly, a huge fleet suddenly appeared not far behind the fifth fleet, then quickly approached the battlefield.
However, this time, they didn¡¯t intend to conduct long-range bombardment, but rather engage in closebat. It can be said that they had learned their lesson.
The giant fleet quickly dispersed into many small teams, which quickly flew towards Fang Yun in a semi-circr formation.
¡°Roar!¡±
Fang Yun roared angrily, his size suddenly increased, bing a behemoth, hundreds of millions of kilometers long. Hepletely shrouded this area in darkness. Even the nearby stars ands looked insignificantpared to him.
Almost everyone in the enemy fleet was stunned. They had never seen a creature with such a size.
Before they could react, Fang Yun suddenly flew forward, his immense body rampaging across the fleet, destroying countless starships.
¡°Stop that monster!¡±
On the other side, the ten war generals were still discussing their next n as they watched the battle. The moment they saw such a scene, they immediately yelled. They ordered the fleet to disperse even further, making it hard for the cosmic serpent¡¯s rampage to cause as much destruction.
Soon after, the two sides engaged in a terrifying war. A terrifying behemoth rampaged across space as countless ¡®ant¡¯-like starships flew around it and attacked it at a close range.
Many cultivators joined the battle. The weakest of them were-level. They flew around Fang Yun and used their energy attacks, trying to use theirrge number to overwhelm this terrifying monster, but unfortunately, even the slightest touch from Fang Yun spelled doom for them.
??In the end, Liang Kuan and the other leaders ordered the cultivators from-level to world master level to retreat as they were practically useless. They can only act as cannon-fodder on such a battlefield, and even then they weren¡¯t fulfilling their role well.
Only immortal ss and above cultivators remained on the battlefield. Thousands of powerful cultivators flew around, bombarding Fang Yun with everything they had.
¡°Wow! Thousands of immortals and almost a hundred sages. As expected of the Heisenberg Empire, but the cosmic serpent doesn¡¯t seem to be under much pressure. In fact, he can calmly respond to their attacks and can often offer a swift response, killing many immortals.¡±
As he adjusted the camera, clearly recording the battle in the distance, Zhao Tianshan excitedlymented. He noticed that three of the cultivators besieging the cosmic serpent are peak sages, but they are still being crushed by the cosmic serpent.
In addition, the other cultivators could barely affect the great serpent. His defenses are too terrifying! On the contrary, they are often turned into a bloody mist under his counterattacks.
¡°Too dangerous! Too amazing!! Too cool!!!¡±
Although he was only recording, and far from the battlefield, Zhao Tianshan was still flushed with excitement. This is the greatest battle he ever had the honor to witness!
¡°I wonder when all the ten war generals will take action? They are all powerhouses at the half-step universe stage.¡±
¡°Haha, if these ten powerhouses are also killed, then the Heisenberg empire will face a big problem. Their loss will be great!¡±
It¡¯s more than a big loss.
These ten half-step universe masters, led by Liang Kuan, are the ten most talented people among the second generation of the Heisenberg Empire, and important leaders of the military sector.
If they fall, then the Heisenberg empire will lose almost half of its high-endbat power, and potentially future universe masters.
Chapter 639: Battle Against the Ten Fleets (Part 2)
Chapter 639: Battle Against the Ten Fleets (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The five empires will be filled with jubtion if such a thing happens.
Of course, that situation would definitely not happen, because if once all ten are about to get killed, the Heisenberg empire will definitely contact their universe masters.
Perhaps, the Heisenberg Empire had already contacted their universe master.
As time went by, more and more people appeared around Fang Yun. In the end, all ten fleets got around Fang Yun and started attacking him. The number of immortal ss cultivators and above increased even further. They all attacked Fang Yun using their most powerful attacks.
In addition, two more peak sages joined the battlefield. At this moment, five peak sages along with hundreds of ordinary sages and thousands of immortals besieged Fang Yun.
asionally, some small wounds appeared on Fang Yun¡¯s body, which was further expanded by attacks from all around, but Fang Yun quickly counterattacked, killing countless people. Moreover, in less than a second, these injuries disappeared.
On the other hand, these cultivators were often devoured and turned into pure energy, making him grow further.
¡°My bio-energy is quickly increasing.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes shed. The cultivators around were at least immortals. They are worth an incredible amount of bio-energy. Since the start of this battle, his bio-energy has skyrocketed.
¡°I still need some more bio-energy to evolve.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s gaze suddenly locked the most powerful cultivators on the battlefield. That is the five peak sages. At this moment, the five of them felt spooked by the cold gaze of the enormous serpent in front of them.
¡°Damn it!¡±
At this moment, the five sages looked at each other, finding the same solemn expression on the others¡¯ faces. Their body felt like being struck by an electric current, causing them to be even more vignt.
There is no other way, this monster is too terrifying.
They are very sure that if it weren¡¯t for those thousands of immortals along with almost a hundred sages to be there, they would have no doubt died a long time ago.
The power of the cosmic serpent is despair-inducing, but they have to face it. This is the order of their superiors and they don¡¯t have the power to oppose it.
Fortunately, many weaker cultivators are helping them distract the cosmic serpent. This can also consume the stamina of the cosmic serpent to a certain extent.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Suddenly, the great serpent sted away all the nearby cultivators and fixated straight on the five peak sages.
¡°Huh?¡±
The five peak sages felt that sinking feeling in their stomach again. This time, they didn¡¯t hesitate to retreat. Fang Yun suddenly heaved an earth-shattering roar and quickly flew towards them. His body tore past the countless attacks thrown in his way, blitzing through anything and anyone in his way.
¡°Let¡¯s take action together and stop this monster. We¡¯ll use our ultimate move.¡±
The five of them got closer, then extended their hands. Their hands joined together to create a giant circle, pointing straight at the cosmic serpent.
¡°Haaa!!!¡±
The five peak sages roared together, circting their cultivation base and the entirety of their energy on their palms, creating a giant light sphere in front of them. The giant sphere pulsed with waves of iparable aura, capable of tearing through entire gxies.
Suddenly, the giant light sphere copsed, turning into an extremely powerful energy beam, which flew straight towards Fang Yun, tearing apart anything in its way.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Facing the attack of these five people, Fang Yun just roared, inexplicable fluctuation erupted from him, instantly spreading towards the opposite five cultivators.
The five peak sages felt a strange sensation coursing through their bodies; Their vitality is slowly being sucked away.
¡°Vitality Plunder.¡±
Fang Yun can now easily devour other creatures¡¯ vitality using this skill, without the need to devour them or even having physical contact with them.
¡°BOOM!!!¡±
The five people¡¯s ultimate move fell on Fang Yun¡¯s body, tearing a giant hole in his body. The energy beam tore past his defenses and wreaked havoc across his body, finally emerging from the other side and disappearing in the other end of space.
However, there wasn¡¯t the slightest sense of joy in the eyes of the five powerful cultivators. There was only horror on their faces as they felt their vitality quickly seeping out from their bodies.
¡°No, no, no!¡±
The five of them yelled with horror, trying to stop their seeping vitality, but it was to no avail.
In about three to five seconds, the vitality of five peak sages was devoured by Fang Yun.
¡°Huh¡ my bio-energy has greatly increased, as expected of the most powerful sages in the universe.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes shed brightly. He might be able to break through to the final stage of the sage level before reaching the Heisenberg empire. Suddenly, He turned his head to look at the group of cultivators behind with a strange expression.
The cultivators behind were all horrified upon seeing the strange way the five peak sages died.
¡°This¡this¡¡±
Most of them were trembling, unable to even utter clear words. Some of them gritted their teeth and shouted at the rest.
¡°Everyone, go up together, we must stop this monster!¡±
These people quickly woke up. In the Heisenberg empire, those at the topdder have absolute control over the ones below them. Even if they escape now, they will be killed by their higher-upster.
The moment they heard that, the cultivators gritted their teeth andunched their best attacks.
It¡¯s just that, now that the five peak sages have died, these guys don¡¯t constitute much of a threat anymore, even if their number is veryrge.
Countless explosions appeared in this space. The cultivators constantly flew around, attacking Fang Yun from all sides, they especially focused on the quickly healing injury caused by the five peak sages.
¡°Begone!¡±
The annoyed Fang Yun decided to deal with these insects. He suddenly turned into an enormous ck hole, devouring and crushing almost all cultivators. A few at the edge managed to survive. They quickly ran away.
¡°This¡¡±
On the other side, Liang Kuan and the other leaders almost fainted after seeing this scene. They didn¡¯t expect this to be the final oue. In just a few moments, the five peak sages died, followed by the massacre of thousands of high-level cultivators.
¡°Liang Kuan, let¡¯s go.¡±
They could no longer sit still. Now, there is no longer any barrier between the cosmic serpent and the Imperial capital. They must prevent this monster from reaching the capital, otherwise, he will wreak havoc in it.
After all, most of their universe masters are scattered out in the universe. ording to their information, there are currently only two universe masters in the imperial capital.
The remaining universe masters are all in seclusion in various corners of the universe.
¡°Let¡¯s go!¡±
Liang Kuan roared. He disappeared from his seat and appeared in space, then quickly flew towards Fang Yun.
The ten war generals couldn¡¯t sit still at this moment, all of them headed straight towards Fang Yun¡¯s location.
¡°Hurry up, we must stop that monster.¡±
¡°Have you awakened the universe master in the Imperial capital? Hope we can stop this guy until that lord awakens.¡±
¡°This cosmic serpent is definitely at the universe master level. In just an instant, it killed 5 of our most powerful sages.¡±
The ten war generalsmunicated with each other as they flew forward, crossing countless star systems in mere moments. Not long after, they saw a titanic serpent slowly zooming in their perception.
¡°Hiss¡¡±
When they finally saw the famous cosmic serpent, the three couldn¡¯t help but take a deep breath.
It¡¯s too huge¡
Chapter 640: The Awakening of the Universe Master (Part 1)
Chapter 640: The Awakening of the Universe Master (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°This monster¡¡±
Liang Kuan looked at the behemoth in front of him with a shocked expression. This is different from seeing it on the screen as it is very hard to gauge its true size on the screen; Looking at the cosmic serpent in person presents a much greater visual impact.
¡°Everyone, we must take action together and get rid of this monster!¡±
Liang Kuan¡¯s expression was very solemn. He is sure that this monster is indeed a universe master. Their universe masters hadn¡¯t been awakened yet, so they needed to stall for time.
¡°Even if you are a universe master, since you dare to act against the Heisenberg empire, then nothing but death awaits you.¡±
Liang Kuan snorted coldly. His aura surged as he gathered his energy, then he suddenly flew forward at an inconceivable speed towards Fang Yun.
Suddenly, Fang Yun heaved an earth-shattering howl, Liang Kuan¡¯s movements paused slightly. Taking advantage of this gap, Fang Yun also flew out.
¡°Be careful!¡±
The other generals behind Liang Kuan suddenly cried out loudly. They quickly gathered their energy and sent huge spacial palms towards Fang Yun, trying to stop him or at least hinder him.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t pay attention to these giant palms at all. He still flew straight towards Liang Kuan, colliding with him at an FTL speed and sending him flying.
In the next moment, the giant palms of other generals fell on Fang Yun¡¯s body, tearing apart his scales and surface flesh, but just a secondter, Fang Yun¡¯s injuries disappeared. It was as if he was never injured/
¡°Ah!!¡±
On the other side, Liang Kuan who was flung several light-years away had been injured. Some of his bones were broken, and his chest was slightly sunken down, but his aura quickly stabilized and his body started to quickly recover.
Fang Yun has a super-regenerative ability. However, as a half-step universe master, Liang Kuan also has a great recovery ability.
The difference between them is that Liang Kuan¡¯s recovery ability is limited. If it¡¯s used frequently, it¡¯s easy to shake the foundation of their cultivation. That¡¯s why many masters choose to retreat into seclusion and recuperate over long periods rather than quickly heal themselves.
It¡¯s a pity that he is in the midst of battle right now. He doesn¡¯t have the luxury to slowly recuperate. He knows very well that if he doesn¡¯t recover quickly at this time, then the cosmic serpent not far away will directly kill him.
Finally, if either his head or soul are destroyed, then his recovery ability wouldn¡¯t be able to y a role anymore. He will undoubtedly die.
¡°Boom!! Boom!! Boom!!¡±
The other nine people stopped in front of Fang Yun, protecting Liang Kuan behind and bombarding Fang Yun with all the attacks they had at their disposal.
The two sides¡¯ war was heaven-shattering. Space copsed and stars were destroyed. In fact, entire gxies were broken apart.
Fang Yun¡¯s current cultivation base is infinitely close to the peak of the sage level, coupled with the strengthening and the many system skills, he was able to fight against the ten powerhouses to a standstill.
His recovery ability is too abnormal, and it seems that there are no side effects. Liang Kuan and the other nine are a different story. Although their recovery ability is also quite fast and powerful, it¡¯s not without consequences, forcing them to use it sparingly.
Fang Yun is different. He could use his regeneration skills without any scruples, and his recovery ability is terrifyingly powerful. Even if his entire body is shattered to pieces, he can easily recover in a short period of time.
¡°Blood Rebirth¡±
As the name suggests, as long as a drop of his blood remains, he has the possibility of resuscitation. Unless an extremely powerful universe masteres and destroys his body and soul entirely, there¡¯s no way to truly eradicate him. Cultivators of the same level certainly do not have this ability.
It is precisely because of this that Fang Yun can freely trade blows and injuries with the opponent. In the beginning, Liang Kuan and the others consciously traded blows with Fang Yun, but upon discovering that he can regenerate endlessly and that it doesn¡¯t seem to affect him negatively, they stopped doing so.
The confrontation between the two sides has be more intense. However, the scale and power of the ten war generals¡¯ blows had actually decreased.
In the end, Liang Kuan and the others have chosen to stop Fang Yun in the middle. Their sole objective now is to dy him. Perhaps they felt that capturing or killing him was too hard.
¡°We must persist long enough for the ancestor toe and deal with this monster.¡±
Liang Kuan said to hispanions and they nodded in response. All of them quickly flew around, focusing more on containing him rather than killing him. They mostly focused on defense, mostly attacking when Fang Yun tried to leave.
¡°The task of killing this monster should be left to the ancestor.¡±
Liang Kuan attacked Fang Yun who was surrounded by them while thinking internally. Suddenly, his consciousness trembled and a bright light appeared in his eyes.
¡°Everyone! Work harder! One of the ancestors in the imperial capital has regained consciousness. Once he regains control over his body, he will rush over to support us.¡±
¡°What? The ancestor has awakened?¡±
After hearing Liang Kuan¡¯s words, the other people immediately eximed, their auras bing much more aggressive.
¡°Hahaha, stop this monster! Once the ancestor arrives, we will enjoy slowly killing it!¡±
One of the generalsughed maniacally, then viciously said.
¡°Roar!!¡±
Fang Yun naturally heard the conversation between them. Simrly, he also knew that currently there is a universe master awakening, and once he truly awakens, he will immediately rush over here.
Moreover, after the universe master arrives, these guys will definitely assist him in the battle. At that time, facing the attacks of so many top powerhouses, he will be in a pinch.
¡°I should get rid of these guys first.¡±
A force light shed in Fang Yun¡¯s eyes, his momentum immediately surged out.
Fang Yun slowly opened his mouth and whispered in a deep archaic voice.
¡°Die!¡±
The moment his voice sounded, one of the universe masters on the opposite side suddenly fell in a trace. Suddenly, his eyes registered a giant scarlet mouth approaching. Hr nkly watched as Fang Yun¡¯s mouth got closer before falling into darkness.
He was devoured.
If he were to be frankly attacked, he could easily recover with the support of the other generals, but after getting eaten and falling inside his stomach, he would never be able to escape.
¡°Damn it, Song Yi!!!¡±
Liang Kuan immediately screeched after seeing such a scene. He had never expected that casualties would emerge in the course of this battle.
Chapter 640: The Awakening of the Universe Master (Part 2)
Chapter 640: The Awakening of the Universe Master (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After all, to them, it seemed like the cosmic serpent was just like a turtle caught in an urn, but it seemed to be the opposite.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun was unwilling to face a universe master along with ten half-step universe masters at the same time, so he must kill these guys as quickly as possible.
¡°Everyone, be careful, this monster will madly attack us in the next period. As long as we persist until the ancestor arrives, it will undoubtedly die.¡±
Liang Kuan tried cheering everyone up, but he himself wasn¡¯t that confident. He knew that it would be extremely hard to resist the great serpent¡¯s rampage unscathed. This monster is much more powerful than they thought.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡°
Liang Kuan wanted to curse because the giant serpent had been following him in the past period, ferociously attacking him. He almost died several times. The only reason he survived is due to the support of his teammates.
¡°Everyone, I¡I can¡¯t hold on anymore.¡±
Liang Kuan roared at this moment, a huge tail was quickly approaching him.
¡°Boom!!!¡±
The huge tail fell on Liang Kuan¡¯s body, causing it to explode like a watermelon. He tried to recover, but unfortunately, Fang Yun had already transformed into a ck hole, sucking all the flesh into his mouth.
¡°Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s attacks became more frequent. Even after so many battles in such a short period, he didn¡¯t seem tired, on the contrary, he seemed more and more energetic.
After all, Fang Yun can get bio-energy anytime, anywhere, and bio-energy can greatly replenish his stamina.
Just as Fang Yun was gradually overwhelming the ten generals, in the imperial capital of the Heisenberg empire.
In an underground pce, a withered old man sat on the ground with closed eyes, seemingly pondering about something, suddenly, he opened his eyes.
¡°How long has it been since someone tried to invade us, the Heisenberg empire? It¡¯s been too long.¡±
With a sneer on his face, the old man teleported outside. The old man didn¡¯t immediately head out towards the battlefield but pondered for a moment. He suddenlyughed, then waved his hands while murmuring something under his breath.
At the next moment, a huge momentum suddenly burst out from a ce not far away, followed by the appearance of another figure.
Immediately, another old man appeared in the sky above the imperial capital of Hessenberg. He nced at the first old man and said,
¡°Aoki, I didn¡¯t expect that there would be one day for us to take action.¡±
¡°Yes, how many years has it been since I¡¯vest taken action?¡±
Aoki quietly sighed,
¡°I don¡¯t know much about the current situation, but ording to the information I received. The Heisenberg empire is currently facing a ¡®dangerous¡¯ opponent.¡±
He sneered as he uttered those words.
¡°Let¡¯s go see what happened.¡± After the second old man said this, he took a step forward, crossing countless kilometers and innumerable star systems.
The two soon came to the ce where the ten generals and Fang Yun were fighting. At this time, Fang Yun had already killed five half-step universe masters. He had umted an extremelyrge amount of bio-energy of his body, pushing him to the edge of the next level.
¡°Huh?¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun noticed something wrong. He instantly teleported away from the center of the battlefield and looked in a certain direction.
He watched as a huge vortex appeared behind the five half-step universe masters, from which two human figures slowly walked out.
¡°We wee the two ancestors!¡±
After seeing the two universe masters, the five half-step universe masters looked extremely excited, but when they thought of the death of Liang Kuan and the others in the battle against the cosmic serpent, a disheartened expression appeared on their faces.
¡°Liang Kuan, are you seeing this? Now that the ancestors have appeared, it¡¯s time to deal with the cosmic serpent.¡±
One of the remaining five generals mumbled under his breath.
That monstrous cosmic serpent had given a slight trauma to them. It single-handedly destroyed them in a fight and devoured 5 of theirpanions.
¡°Universe masters?¡±
Fang Yun immediately noticed the two powerhouses that walked out from the vortex. His pupils suddenly shrunk. This is the first time he faced a universe master. Moreover, he didn¡¯t expect to face two at the same time.
¡°This is the being that you said can threaten the entire Heisenberg empire?¡±
The universe lord named Aoki said disdainfully,
¡°It¡¯s just a beast! How can such a thing bring you down to such a level? What a bunch of trash!¡±
Aoki and the other universe master were especially angry upon seeing that only 5 out of the original 10 had survived. These ten generals had high hopes of reaching the universe master level in the future.
It¡¯s unknown how much cultivation resources they had spent to cultivate them to such a level, but in the end, five died at the hand of this beast.
Their hearts are filled with rage, at the ipetence of their subordinates that led to their death, but more at the beast that killed them.
¡°Aoki, we must cut off this snake¡¯s head. Only in this way can we make up for our damage this time.¡±
The universe master beside Aoki suddenly said.
¡°I know.¡± Aoki nodded coldly.
¡°Mo Fang, this beast should have reached the universe master rank. Its flesh, blood, and energy core are incredibly rare resources. As long as we use them correctly, it wouldn¡¯t be impossible to cultivate three new universe masters.¡±
From the tone of his voice, he intends to use Fang Yun¡¯s flesh to cultivate the 5 half-step universe masters.
In their eyes, Fang Yun is already a dead person, no, a dead snake.
Chapter 641: Battle Against the Universe Masters (Part 1)
Chapter 641: Battle Against the Universe Masters (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Three universe masters?¡±
The old man named Mo Fang looked at Fang Yun with squinted eyes. He is certain that this beast has reached the universe master level. After all, it not only survived under the siege of 10 half-step universe masters, it killed 5 of them.
Moreover, the remaining 5 half-step universe masters are just a short distance away from truly stepping into the next level. With the assistance of the cosmic serpent¡¯s flesh and blood, they have a high chance of stepping into the universe master level.
¡°Aoki, it¡¯s already pretty good for 2 people to reach that level. 3 is being too optimistic.¡±
After thinking about it for a while, Mo Fang shook his head again. From his point of view, 3 people advancing at the same time is a bit whimsical. 2 is more likely.
¡°We can talk about thister, let¡¯s get rid of this beast first.¡±
Aoki stretched his body and said, In the next moment, a heaven-shaking aura suddenly burst out from his body, instantly mashing up the surrounding space and shaking several nearby gxies.
¡°Mo Fang, follow behind my lead.¡±
After a moment of deliberation, Aoki decisively invited hispanions to take action. Although he was disdainful of this cosmic beast, he knew that it wouldn¡¯t be easy to kill it on his own. In order to kill it in the shortest period of time, he needs hispanion to take action.
¡°Haaa!!!¡±
Mo Fang¡¯s momentum also burst out, twisting the surrounding space, he followed behind hispanion¡¯s lead and flew towards Fang Yun from the side.
The two universe masters boldly flew towards Fang Yun, shocking the five half-step universe masters in the distance. The five of them quickly stepped back. They were already seriously injured and participating in a battle of this level could easily cause their death.
Universe masters are rarely seen in the universe. Even if they are half-step universe masters and the higher-ups of the Heisenberg empire, they had only seen universe masters take action two times.
Despite that, they know that the power of figures of such a level is extremely terrifying. Even them, half-step universe masters, might get killed if they casually participate in a battle of this level.
In fact, even the aftermath of the battle is enough to injure them.
They had suffered under Fang Yun¡¯s frenzied attacks before. Five of them have been killed! Even though they had been using abined formation. Hence, they don¡¯t n to participate in this battle anymore. Anyway, the two ancestors are enough.
On the other side, Zhao Tianshan, who was broadcasting the battle, had already slipped away after seeing the first half-step universe master being devoured by Fang Yun.
It was terrifying.
The various broken stars and distorted space. Giant tears in space and intense energy radiation, coupled with the death of half-step universe masters, scared Zhao Tianshan. Even though he was light years away from the center of the battlefield, he still didn¡¯t dare to stay anymore, for fear of being killed by some random aftermath.
After informing the viewers of his live broadcast, he immediately ran away.
So at this time, people everywhere in the universe didn¡¯t know what¡¯s going on. They only knew that a half-step universe master had fallen.
¡°Breaking! A half-step universe master has fallen, is the ruler of our universe going to change?¡±
¡°The giant serpent is a universe master-level creature. Is it the end of the Heisenberg empire?¡±
¡°The Heisenberg Empire regrets! Provoking the cosmic serpent is their biggest mistake! Click to learn more!¡±
Although everyone still didn¡¯t know the results of this incident, that doesn¡¯t prevent them from spreading the news of a half-step universe master death across the universe. This is still big news!
Half-step universe masters¡ This is the level of the leaders of the major empires and the top leaders of the most prominent forces. They stand at the top of the universe and are usually the most powerful on the surface.
After all, true universe masters rarely appear.
In the Metaverse league, Neb and Luo Feng were dumbstruck as they watched the rolling news.
Universe master, this is a taboo realm that only a few were able to reach. It¡¯s unattainable to them. Although a half-step universe master is nowhere near as terrifying as a real universe master, they are still beings that they can only look up to. Even Luo Feng.
However, such a powerful being was torn apart by their leader and guardian, lord Ouroboros, then devoured. It¡¯s like a dream.
¡°Unexpectedly, Master Ouroboros is so powerful. Hepletely subverted our knowledge about his strength.¡±
After a long time, Luo Feng heaved a long sigh, a trace of shock still on his face.
¡°Master Ouroboros has definitely reached the universe master realm, otherwise, he wouldn¡¯t be able to kill that powerhouse under the siege of 10 half-step universe masters.¡±
Neb was silent.
¡°Our Metaverse league owes Master Ouroboros too much.¡±
He is right. Although the current conflict between Fang Yun and the Heisenberg Empire is caused by the giant turtle, it is essentially because the Metaverse league has grown extremely fast over the years, expanding at a horrendous speed.
It was due to this that the seeds of discord had been sewn. The kidnapping of the great turtle did nothing more than germinate these seeds at an extremely fast rate/
Finally, Fang Yun is the one dealing with the mess. He is carrying them on his shoulders.
Without Fang Yun, as long as their Metaverse league expands to the outside world, it will attract the attention of the Heisenberg empire. It would be faced with two choices at that time, surrendering or perishing.
While Luo Feng and Neb were discussing matters rted to Fang Yun, thetter was fighting fiercely with the two universe masters.
All kinds of energy rays andws attacks flew around. The lights caused by each explosion were far brighter than any star. Within the giant battlefield, it¡¯s unknown how many stars ands were destroyed, and how many space tears were left.
¡°Huh, this beast does have somepetency.¡±
During the battle, Aoki and Mo Fang looked at each other with shocked expressions. They originally thought that this beast had just recently reached the universe master level. The immense power must have gotten to its head, causing it to provoke the Heisenberg empire, but this doesn¡¯t seem to be the case.
¡°True universe masters are really powerful¡±
During the battle against Aoki and Mo Fang, Fang Yun has learned a lot. After all, he is not a true universe master. He just has a powerparable to them.
Chapter 641: Battle Against the Universe Masters (Part 2)
Chapter 641: Battle Against the Universe Masters (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
However, Fang Yun¡¯s expression became more awe-inspiring as his attacks gradually became more and more violent.
¡°But¡ that¡¯s all.¡±
He has ascertained the cultivation base of Aoki and Mo Fang. They are both early-stage universe masters. Although they might be veterans that have remained in this realm for a very long period, that doesn¡¯t change the fact that they are still early-stage universe masters.
Therefore, even if the two of them unite, it would be difficult to trap Fang Yun, let alone kill him.
Fang Yun¡¯s many weird skills also gradually frightened the two universe masters.
¡°Why are this monster¡¯s abilities so weird?¡±
The two looked at each other with dignified expressions. Now, they no longer felt that the five half-step universe masters that have been killed by this monster are trash. Indeed, half-step universe masters are a bit inadequate in the face of such a powerful cosmic beast.
Isn¡¯t the fact that the two of them couldn¡¯t take this monster down enough proof?
Moreover, over time, the two elders gradually fell to a disadvantage, which is simply absurd to the two of them.
Currently, Fang Yun¡¯s cultivation base has reached the peak of the third-step sage, infinitely close to the fourth step. Moreover, he has many BUG-like skills from the system, and each one of them has been maxed out.
These two universe masters didn¡¯t have the ability to instantly wipe out Fang Yun¡¯s body and soul, hence they can¡¯t truly kill him. No matter how much damage they managed to inflict on him, he instantly regenerated then continued fighting them.
A universe master can technically use all energy in the universe provided that they have enough time. That means that with enough time, they can umte enough energy to cause immense damage, enough to destroy giant gxy clusters, but in a battle against a being of the same level, they, unfortunately, don¡¯t have enough time.
The speed of blows exchange is mindboggling. Let alone having enough time to gather energy, they can¡¯t even let their guard down for a nanosecond.
In a battle of this scale, their entire consciousness must be focused on attacking and defending. There is no time to absorb the energy of the universe.
As a result, not only couldn¡¯t they disy cataclysmic-level attacks, their energy was also slowly dwindling. Unfortunately, they can¡¯t absorb much universal energy in a battle of this level. The moment they try to do so, their movements start slowing down, causing them to be slowly overwhelmed.
Their situation was slowly heading downhill, getting slowly overwhelmed by Fang Yun.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!!¡±
As the battle between Fang Yun and the two universe masters continued, the surrounding damage can no longer be described as simply tragic. It¡¯s simply a cosmic disaster. The surrounding area within thousands to tens of thousands of light-years has been affected. Even distant gxies were somewhat affected. It¡¯s difficult to imagine the scale of such a battle.
¡°Damn it, it can¡¯t go on like this.¡±
Aoki began to feel some pressure. He was quite surprised. Their energy is starting to dwindle but the monster in front of them showed no trace of exhaustion. It¡¯s almost like its energy is limitless!
In the beginning, when they fell into disadvantage, neither he nor Mo Fang felt anything, because, in their opinion, Fang Yun¡¯s reckless attacks would definitely notst. They only need to wait for Fang Yun¡¯s energy reserves to run low beforeunching a counterattack.
It¡¯s a pity that despite running thousands of calctions, all of them are wrong. The energy in Fang Yun¡¯s body is still as vast as the sea. It¡¯s simply incalcble.
Fortunately, the two of them are apex cultivators, powerful universe masters. Although their calctions were wrong, they still maintained control over their mental state, not giving Fang Yun an opening.
Now, although Fang Yun had the upper hand in their battle, suppressing the two of them. It¡¯s impossible to gain victory in the short term.
If this battle continues like this, it mightst for half a year, a year, or even longer!
Of course, their energy would have long since been exhausted, causing their attacks to be much weaker. At that point, they will mostly have to rely on physical attacks or to slow down and absorb universal energy.
At that time, the test would be how fast they can absorb universal energy.
However, Fang Yun doesn¡¯t intend to let this happen, because his energyes from mostly devouring creatures and objects. He can¡¯t absorb the natural universal energy, at least not as fast as a creature of his level should be able to.
So, he ns to prevent Aoki and Mo Fang from absorbing universal energy as he thinks of a way to get rid of these guys once and for all.
Of course, he is still too weak now. If he was also a universe master, these two guys would have been defeated a long time ago, turning into his bio-energy.
Time quickly passed. Three dayster, their battle is still going on strong.
During these three days, none of the three of them had a chance to breathe. Their sh of might is still going on, using every ability that they have at their repertoire, but as far as the result is concerned, Fang Yun still has the upper hand.
Needless to say about his physical strength, his energy consumption is below Mo Fang and Aoki.
¡°Mo Fang, how long can your energyst?¡±
On the fifth day, Aoki¡¯s face was a little pale. It¡¯s difficult for even masters of their level to partake in a battle of such a level, over such a long period.
The same is true for Mo Fang.
From the beginning, the two didn¡¯t get a chance to breathe. They didn¡¯t even have a nanosecond to rest. Even their immense energy pool is starting to dry out. The only reason they are holding now is because of their treasures and energy storage, but even those are starting to run out.
¡°What kind of monster is this?¡±
Aoki was filled with disbelief, even after such a long rain of blows, this monster didn¡¯t show the slightest trace of energy, stamina, or mental exhaustion. He was like a killing machine with unlimited energy,unching one attack after the other at the same rate.
¡°Aoki, we can¡¯t continue like this anymore.¡±
After tanking a tail attack from Fang Yun, Mo Fang shouted as he retreated,
¡°We miscalcted this monster¡¯s strength, especially his energy storage. No wonder it dared to attack us so recklessly from the beginning.¡±
¡°Aoki, we might have to call others to help us.¡±
¡°What?¡±
After hearing those words, Aoki subconsciously wanted to refute them. In the face of a mere beast, do they need to ask other people for help?
He remembers cursing those guys that have been devoured by this monster as rubbish not long ago, but now¡ Isn¡¯t he also the same rubbish?
¡°Aoki, we have no other way, put away your meaningless pride.¡±
Mo Fang sighed and said,
¡°If we don¡¯t do so, maybe some of us will die here.¡±
Hearing this, Aoki was silent.
A trace of cruelty and madness shed in his eyes. HE! An EXALTED universe master was forced to such a low! He is naturally unwilling to ept this result.
It¡¯s a pity that the facts are in front of him, it¡¯s not his choice to ept them or not.
If he doesn¡¯t ept it, he will die.
¡°Aoki, I know it¡¯s hard to ept, but¡¡± Mo Fang smiled bitterly, and continued,
¡°It seems that we really can¡¯t beat this monster alone.¡±
¡°Ok¡ I will wake Hao Meng up.¡±
Taking a deep breath, Aoki¡¯s lips started squirming, after which indescribable sybles sounded.
Chapter 642: Impending Catastrophe (Part 1)
Chapter 642: Impending Catastrophe (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The universe master Aoki was muttering an obscure syble. His voice was obviously not loud, but it gave people a feeling of being able to travel beyond the confine of space and time, crossing an immeasurable distance.
¡°Huh?¡±
Fang Yun, who had just slightly retreated, immediately sensed the abnormal fluctuations.
¡°Does he want to call a helper?¡±
With a sneer on his face, Fang Yun¡¯s attacks became even more fierce, trying to stop the universe master Aoki from awakening the person named Hao Meng.
¡°Mo Fang! Stop him for a bit!¡±
Aoki naturally noticed Fang Yun¡¯s intentions. He loudly shouted at hispanion, then immediately retreated. The awakening technique requires some time and it cannot be interrupted in the middle.
¡°I know.¡±
The universe master named Mo Fang said in a deep voice. His figure suddenly shed, appearing in front of Fang Yun. Although he knows that this battle will be difficult and even deadly, he still has to stop this monster long enough for Aoki to awaken Hao Meng.
¡°I must stop this monster.¡±
Mo Fang said in a deep voice, his sleeves and long white hair fluttered in space. Facing an inter-cosmic monster bigger than entire star systems, he didn¡¯t show the slightest trace of fear. He rushed forward with an indomitable momentum, initiating a desperate struggle against this powerful monster.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s attacks have be even fiercer than before. In just a short period, several injuries appeared on Mo Fang¡¯s body.
¡°Damn it, how could this monster be so powerful?¡±
Mo Fang was astounded at the might of this monster. Earlier, both he and Aoki faced the monster at the same time. Although they were at a disadvantage, they could still hold themselves up and counterattack from time to time, but now he is facing the pressure they shared before, alone. Fang Yun¡¯s attacks felt like a raging storm to him, making him feel suffocated.
To make a veteran universe master experience such a feeling, what is the level of this cosmic serpent?
A look of astonishment shed in his mind, he forcibly defended against several consecutive attacks before pulling back and heaving a fierce holler,
¡°Aoki, haven¡¯t you finished?!!¡±
¡°Just a bit more!¡±
Aoki replied with a deep voice. In fact, his heart was filled with urgency and anxiety. He wanted to wake up that bastard Hao Meng quickly, but unfortunately, the distance between them is too great.
Moreover, he is still in a serious battle zone, the surrounding space and time have been messed up, coupled with Fang Yun¡¯s interference, the difficulty ofpleting the secret technique has increased exponentially.
¡°Damn it, why can¡¯t I get in touch?¡±
Aoki was filled with the desire to curse.
They couldn¡¯t contact Hao Meng, so it means that his technique has failed. That is to say, there¡¯s a high chance that the two of them will die here.
¡°Roar!!!¡±
Fang Yun was furious due to Mo Fang¡¯s constant interception. He heaved a heaven-shattering roar before charging towards Mo Fang.
A huge aura of destructive energy surrounded him. He elerated to a massively FTL speed and knocked Mo Fang away, sending him flying through space and prating severals and stars. After struggling for a while, Mo Fang finally stabilized his body. He hovered in space, his body heavily bruised.
Suddenly, he coughed a mouthful of blood.
¡°What happened?¡±
After getting hit by such a destructive strike, Mo Fang was a little disoriented. Fang Yun¡¯s strength was too great. He managed to slightly damage Mo Fang¡¯s consciousness.
¡°Damn it.¡±
Aoki, who was standing on another corner of the battlefield, cursed secretly.
He didn¡¯t dare to dy, nor did he stop chanting. From his appearance, it seems that he still doesn¡¯t intend to give up on calling someone.
¡°Boom! Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun immediately got up again after knocking Mo Fang into distance space. He must kill this guy within a short period, cutting one of the Heisenberg empire¡¯s wings.
Upon thinking of this, Fang Yun¡¯s aura became even more majestic, steadily trashing Mo Fang around.
¡°Die!¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun saw an opportunity. He quickly rushed towards the reeling Mo Fang, opening his huge mouth under his astonished eyes.
¡°Ah!!¡±
Mo Fang suddenly heaved a desperate scream. He wanted to teleport away, but he found that the surrounding space had solidified, he tried to simply run away, but no matter how much he ran, he couldn¡¯t escape from the iing giant mouth. He waspletely locked!
¡°Save me, save me!!!¡±
Mo Fang didn¡¯t care about pride or dignity at this moment. He cried loudly, seeking help from Aoki, but thetter was still hovering far away, trying to contact Hao Meng. He couldn¡¯t help him even if he wanted to.
¡°Aoki, save me, save me!!¡±
On the other side, Mo Fang was still yelling, his muscles were spasming due to the terrifying pressure on his body. In the next second, the giant scarlet mouth hadpletely enveloped him. An exalted universe master has died without dignity in Fang Yun¡¯s mouth.
¡°Bam!¡±
After swallowing a universe master, Fang Yun immediately noticed that his bio-energy had skyrocketed. In the blink of an eye, he has fulfilled the requirement for evolution.
¡°Huh, I didn¡¯t expect that I could evolve so soon.¡±
Fang Yun was quite surprised. He had just evolved not long ago, but after thinking about it carefully, he took it for granted.
Fang Yun had already swallowed a lot of powerhouses, from immortals to immortal kings and sages. Not to mention that he devoured 5 half-step universe masters, 6 if the previous Chang Zhang is counted.
¡°Huh? Would you like to evolve? Of course, I would like to!¡±
Fang Yun directly pressed the ¡®yes¡¯ button on the system screen. The effects of evolution now are far different from that of the past. The tingling/burning sensation had long since disappeared.
The moment his voice sounded, Fang Yun¡¯s injuries quickly disappeared. His body shook slightly as his muscles contracted. His body¡¯s various attributes also had significant growth, but this was all hidden from the surface with Fang Yun¡¯s control.
After the evolution, Fang Yun¡¯s appearance still hadn¡¯t changed. In fact, the evolution process was quite quick. It didn¡¯t even take three seconds.
Chapter 642: Impending Catastrophe (Part 2)
Chapter 642: Impending Catastrophe (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
After Fang Yun devoured Mo Fang, he immediately turned his gaze to Aoki again. Thetter immediately slumped, still muttering under his breath.
¡°My lord, my lord¡¡±
He was struggling to send the spiritual fluctuation beyond this battlefield, but facing Fang Yun¡¯s sight and pressure, he felt a tremor all over his body.
Fang Yun has evolved. His current cultivation level is equivalent to the peak sage level. In the past, it was a bit difficult to face both of them, but now, the situation ispletely different.
Fang Yun¡¯s strength has increased. Now that he is a peak sage in terms of cultivation base, dealing with universe masters has be much easier.
¡°This¡this monster, howe it suddenly became so powerful?¡±
Aoki felt very spooked by Fang Yun¡¯s stare. It felt like a child being stared at by a tiger. His muscles started to be stiff. He couldn¡¯t understand why. Although he was a bit weaker before, they were still rtively equal, but now the difference is immense.
¡°Roar!¡±
Looking at Aoki in front of him, Fang Yun heaved a heaven-shattering howl. His roar carried his mental waves, causing Aoki to feel slightly dizzy.
His consciousness flickered as he was swept into the edge of unconsciousness. He quickly cleared up, but at this moment, a huge spiritual pressure invaded his mind.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
Aoki screamed in pain. His head throbbed with pain and his eyes were about to pop out. He tried to desperately push against the invader in his mind, but he was steadily pushed back.
¡°The damn monster¡ You animal! You¡ unexpectedly, you¡¯re scouring my soul!¡±
Aoki held his head, gritting his teeth and yelling. His heart was filled with terror. Not only because he is on the edge of losing his life, but also because his memories are being scoured.
He was shocked by Fang Yun¡¯s terrifying strength.
Universe masters have an extremely terrifying spiritual energy, enough to easily scan entire gxies, but he couldn¡¯t even resist the invasion of this monster!
¡°Huh? Hao Meng?¡±
Fang Yun quickly found the existence that Aoki had been trying to awaken from his memory. ording to Aoki, this person is the strongest being in the universe.
Hao Meng, the strongest of the Heisenberg Empire, is also a terrifying cultivator that has reached thete-stage universe master level. He¡¯s extremely close to the limits of this universe. It¡¯s precisely because of this being that the five peak empires couldn¡¯t raise their heads in front of the Heisenberg empire.
¡°Late-stage universe master?¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s eyes sparkled. His current strength has roughly reached the mid-stage universe master level. He certainly can¡¯t defeat Hao Meng for the moment.
¡°I wonder if I can tie with him?¡±
Fang Yun unconsciously flicked his huge tongue, a strange light shed across his eyes.
¡°Gulp.¡±
Aoki looked at the great serpent that seemed to be distracted and gulped. He slowly clenched his fist. In the next moment, a wave of energy appeared over his body.
¡°Beast, die!!¡±
Suddenly, Aoki loudly shouted. He tightened his muscles, then lept towards Fang Yun¡¯s eyes, turning into a sharp light sword.
¡°Courting death!¡±(Note: The legendary quote!)
Although Fang Yun was deep in his thoughts, that doesn¡¯t mean that hepletely stopped paying attention to the outside world. A part of his attention had always been on Aoki.
Fang Yun immediately noticed the movements of this guy. He suddenly snapped out of his thoughts and opened his mouth, causing Aoki to fly directly into it.
¡°Ah!!¡±
Before getting devoured by the deep void, Aoki heaved a sharp cry, but this also soon ended.
¡°This¡this¡¡±
In the distance, the five half-step universe masters have been watching the battle from the beginning to the end. They went from joy and expectations to apprehension, to shock, to numbness, and finally terror.
In their eyes, the unrivaled two universe masters were finally devoured by the cosmic serpent.
¡°This¡this is fake. It¡¯s impossible.¡±
One of them murmured, but at the next moment, everyone¡¯s scalp almost exploded. They felt their bodies getting enveloped by terrifying pressure, making them want to escape.
In fact, they did exactly that.
Unfortunately, they weren¡¯t fast enough. The 5 half-step universe master was quickly captured and devoured, one after the other.
After eliminating the five flies, Fang Yun continued flying towards the Imperial capital of the Heisenberg empire.
Speaking of it, the imperial capital of the Heisenberg Empire was still filled with peace.
The imperial capital of the Heisenberg Empire isposed of fifteen huges in total. Between each, there are not only countless stations, but also a teleportation array that can directly teleport people and objects to the other fourteens, strengthening the connection between each other.
Looking at it from space, these fifteens formed a semicircle, which looked quite strange. asionally, starships take off from one and fly to the other.
The situation on each is as usual.
However, unlike ordinary people, the senior officials in the imperial capital are going crazy at this moment, because they have received the news of Aoki and Mo Fang¡¯s death.
The news of the death of Aoki and Mo Fang, two powerful universe masters, coupled with the death of the ten war generals was like a thunderbolt from the blue to the Heisenberg capital.
They can¡¯t continue messing up this situation anymore.
This is the consensus reached by the top management of the imperial capital. What needs to be done now is to confirm as soon as possible where the cosmic serpent is, and how to intercept him?
Due to the various orders from the higher-ups, many starships began to take off from the 15th of the Imperial Capital, transporting various materials to many different locations.
Someone soon noticed these strange movements and started asking questions on the cosmicwork.
¡°Do you know the oue of the battle between the cosmic serpent and the ten war generals a few days ago?¡±
Many simr topics appeared on the inte, and as discussion around these topics reignited, many more questions and conspiracies about the strange movement of the Imperial capital sprang up. Judging from their actions, it felt like the Imperial capital was preparing for war.
Many people are specting on what is the thing or army that the imperial capital is preparing to fight against, and the most popr guess was the cosmic serpent.
So in other words, those ten war generals were defeated by the cosmic serpent?
If that¡¯s the case, why hadn¡¯t the universe masters in the imperial capital appeared yet?
Unfortunately, the public didn¡¯t know that these universe masters had indeed appeared and had initiated a war against the cosmic serpent. Not only that they lost miserably and were devoured in the end.
If they knew this, it¡¯s likely that the social order of the Imperial capital would immediately copse.
¡°Huh ¡¡±
After Neb and Luo Feng saw thetest news on the cosmicwork, they finally rxed. It seemed that lord Ouroboros didn¡¯t suffer in the conflict. In fact, he seems to be the one that came on top.
Otherwise, the Heisenberg empire would have appeared to announce the results and clear the conspiracies.
It¡¯s just that, why hadn¡¯t lord Ouroboros appeared for so long?
With such a question in his mind, Neb continued to browse through the news, and suddenly a piece of news caught his attention.
Chapter 643: Hao Meng (part 1)
In outer space near the imperial capital of Heisenberg, various starships were moving around, expanding the defensive line to withstand the possible crisis.
Each of the ten major defensive lines outside the imperial capital had ten half-step universe masters. Theirbat power is ridiculous, unexpectedly all of them had died.
This is the information circting amongst the top management of the imperial capital.
They had tried countless times to contact the ten war generals, but they didn¡¯t receive the slightest response. Obviously, they had an ident. Almost all the senior officials in the imperial capital were panicking as if the apocalypse wasing.
¡°Immediately inform master Aoki and Mo Fang to make an appearance, we need their help.¡±
The central of the Imperial Capital. This is the center of power of the entire Heisenberg empire. The Heisenberg empire¡¯s parliament is set up here.
At this moment, in the council chapel, the emperor and head of parliament said with a pale face to the congressmen in front of them. Their only hope now is the two sleeping universe masters.
¡°Your majesty¡¡±
At this moment, a member of the council turned pale. He stood up tremblingly, then hesitantly said.
¡°Your majesty¡ Abou that¡¡±
¡°What¡¯s the matter?¡±
The emperor of the Heisenberg empire looked at the council member with a look of dissatisfaction.
At this time, they must quickly wake up the universe masters, there¡¯s no time to waste. The enemy mighte here at any time.
¡°I tried to contact the two ancestors through their spiritual imprint, but I¡ discovered that their spiritual imprint is broken!¡±
¡°Your majesty, the two ancestors ¡¡¡±
The council member didn¡¯t continue talking, but his intentions have been clearly conveyed. The emperor was dumbstruck. He weakly slumped on his chair, unable to believe what he just heard.
¡°This¡ how is this possible?¡±
He tremblingly said,
¡°It¡¯s impossible, they are universe masters!¡±
He heavily clenched his fists, his fat body couldn¡¯t stop trembling.
Universe masters are usually difficult to see. Moreover, their location is rarely known to other people. Therefore, they left their spiritual imprint on these council members.
Once there¡¯s a problem, they can activate the spiritual imprint, informing them of the problem and awakening them from their slumber.
However, now the spiritual imprint can no longer be used. This can only mean one thing. The two universe masters have likely died or at least severely injured.
¡°Is there no way to get in touch with the two ancestors?¡± The emperor asked incredulously.
¡°Yeah.¡± The council member nodded fearfully.
¡°The spiritual imprints of the two ancestors can¡¯t be used.¡±
¡°This¡ how is this possible?¡±
¡°They are universe masters! Taboo beings. Moreover, two at the same time?!¡±
¡°Impossible, no matter how powerful the cosmic serpent, it¡¯s impossible for it to kill two universe masters at the same time¡¡±
¡°The two ancestors are definitely at a critical juncture in their cultivation, so they deactivated their spiritual imprint to prevent any distraction!¡±
¡°That¡¯s absolutely the case! How could the two ancestors be killed? They are universe masters!¡±
The council room suddenly became a pot of porridge. All council members seemed to go mad, barking and cursing, seemingly infuriated. However, anyone with a certain degree of insight can see that this is simply an act. They are covering their fear.
Deep down, they are terrified, constantly asking themselves. What if the two ancestors have died?
This is an extremely terrifying prospect to them.
Two universe masters have been killed by the cosmic serpent, so is there anyone left in their Heisenberg empire that can defeat it? From their point of view, the Heisenberg empire is as good as over.
¡°Don¡¯t panic!¡±
Suddenly, the emperor of the Heisenberg Empire yelled. His voice resounded through the conference room, shutting everyone up and grabbing their attention.
The Emperor of the Heisenberg empire took a deep breath and said.
¡°Why are you panicking? The Heisenberg empire is not going to fall yet!¡±
The moment his stern cry sounded, everyone in the conference room lowered their heads in shame. The Emperor took a deep breath and said.
¡°First, order our fleets to expand the defense line, then Contact Master Hao Meng!¡±
¡°Master Hao Meng?¡±
??The moment this name sounded, everyone in the conference room shrank in their seats, their eyes filled with fear.
The Emperor nced at everyone grimly,
¡°If the two universe masters are really already¡¡±
Although he didn¡¯t continue, everyone understood his meaning.
¡°In short, we must awaken master Hao Meng right away!¡±
The council members hesitated, but in the end, no one stopped him.
¡°Di Qing, I¡¯ll leave this task to you.¡±
After a short pause, the Emperor of the Heisenberg empire looked at one of the council members.
The moment this council member heard this, hisplexion immediately changed. His face instantly paled as his body started trembling.
¡°Your majesty¡I¡I¡¡±
¡°Don¡¯t think I don¡¯t know about the things you did.¡±
The council member panicked and tried to say something, but the emperor interrupted him.
¡°Those actions are enough to make you lose your head.¡±
The fat emperor coldly said,
¡°This time, if you can survive after contacting Master Hao Meng, then those dirty actions of yours shall be forgiven, but if you dare not go¡¡±
His eyes narrowed, ¡°Di Qing, you should know the consequences.¡±
Hearing this, Di Qing, who was already quite pale, became even paler. His face resembled a white sheet of paper.
¡°Gulp.¡±
Di Qing gulped as a look of horror shed across his face. He turned his head and looked at his friends, trying to ask them for help, but all of them either looked away or straight out ignored his plea for help. His so-called friends immediately abandoned him in the face of crisis.
Seeing this, Di Qing had a hopeless smile. In the end, he could only nod.
¡°Remember, you mustplete this task as soon as possible!¡±
Chapter 643: Hao Meng (Part 2)
Chapter 643: Hao Meng (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
The Emperor of Heisenberg urged Di Qing again. Thetter looked very pale. However, in the end, he could only grit his teeth, stabilize his trembling body, and say.
¡°Your majesty¡ I understand¡¡±
*Sigh*
Heisenberg¡¯s emperor sighed slightly upon hearing Di Qing¡¯s answer. It seemed that he was greatly relieved. A smile finally appeared on his face as he said.
¡°Di Qing, as long as youplete this task, you and your family will be safe from any harm as long as I¡¯m in power. This is my guarantee.¡±
¡°I also promise that if you encounter any unfortunate circumstance, your position as a council member will be inherited by your most beloved descendants.¡±
Di Qing¡¯s face finally eased a bit upon hearing, but his heart was still full of bitterness because he knew that the ¡®unfortunate circumstance¡¯ meant his death.
¡°Why me?¡±
Traces of resentment bubbled in his heart, but in the face of an irresistible order, he had no choice. He either agrees and gets killed by lord Hao Meng, or refuses and is executed by the Emperor.
Anyway, his ending doesn¡¯t change, so it¡¯s better to leave his family some glory.
¡°Your majesty, I will awaken lord Hao Meng.¡±
Di Qing said in a desperate tone, then walked out of the conference room. The Emperor of Heisenberg nodded, then waved at two soldiers at the entrance of the room.
The two soldiers immediately understood and followed Di Qing. The three of them headed towards the basement of this building.
The Emperor of Heisenberg and a group of council members in the conference room were staring at the big screen in front of them. The person on the screen was exactly Di Qing.
After Di Qing walked to the basement, he immediately started the awakening ceremony. Soon, an inexplicable gust of wind appeared in the basement.
As wind messed up Di Qing¡¯s hair and clothes, an eerie atmosphere dawned on the underground room.
Di Qing¡¯s face was extremely pale, his body couldn¡¯t stop trembling. The urge to escape was driving him insane. Unfortunately, the door to the basement was already tightly closed and guarded by formations. He simply had no way to escape.
¡°Hao¡Master Hao Meng.¡±
Di Qing muttered tremblingly, his eyes darting around as if there were ghosts in this eerie, dark basement.
On the other side, the Emperor of Heisenberg and the council members in the conference room stared at the huge holographic screen in front of them.
Suddenly, the wind in the underground room suddenly became stronger, and Di Qing¡¯s face gradually distorted with fear, as if seeing something terrifying.
¡°Gulp!¡±
In the meeting room, the sound of someone swallowing their saliva could be heard. They watched very nervously as Di Qing screamed in terror, falling on the ground and rolling.
¡°Ah! Ah!!¡±
In the underground room, Di Qing was crying miserably, his face became extremely distorted, oozing with hideousness.
¡°That¡¯s¡ That¡¯s the sign of Master Hao Meng¡¯s arrival.¡±
After seeing this scene, everyone in the conference room came to this conclusion. They silently watched for a while, when suddenly, Di Qing stood up, his face was extremely calm.
He nced at the micro camera hidden in the ceiling, his gaze seemed to prateyers of space and fell on everyone in the conference room. A sneer appeared on his face.
The terrifying sneer was very clear on the big holographic screen. The council members felt as if they fell into a cold cer. Their bodies couldn¡¯t stop trembling.
It¡¯s too weird and terrifying.
¡°Hmph!¡±
Suddenly, Di Qing disappeared from the basement. Before everyone could even process what happened, Di Qing suddenly appeared in the conference room, right beside the big screen.
¡°Hao¡Master Hao Meng.¡±
The Emperor of Heisenberg looked at the ¡®Di Qing¡¯ in front of him tremblingly. He already knows that this person is no longer the humble Di Qing, but their ancestor Hao Meng.
¡°Huh¡¡±
¡®Di Qing¡¯ looked at the Emperor of Heisenberg with a weird smile.
The Emperor of Heisenberg¡¯s was terrified. He wanted to say something, but in the next moment, ¡®Di Qing¡¯ raised his hand and slowly brought it to his forehead. The hand looked very slow, but the Emperor couldn¡¯t move. It was as if the surrounding space-time had stagnated.
¡°Master Hao Meng, don¡¯t¡ don¡¯t!¡±
He couldn¡¯t even finish his sentence as Hao Meng¡¯s hand touched his head,pletely erasing it from existence. In the end, only a headless fat body remained on the throne, but it was also reduced to nothingness with a wave from Hao Meng¡¯s hand.
¡°Ah!!!¡±
Everyone in the conference room was shocked after seeing this scene. Unable to resist their fear, they cried in terror.
¡°Hum?¡±
¡®Di Qing¡¯ coldly snorted, his eyes radiating a cold light as his aura shrouded the conference room, turning it into something more terrifying than an icy abyss.
¡°Cacacacaca¡¡±
The teeth of the people in the conference room couldn¡¯t stop cking. Their faces were pale white. A trace of frost appeared on the bodies of some of these people.
¡°Let¡¯s talk about it, what the hell is going on.¡±
¡®Di Qing¡¯, now Hao Meng, suddenly retracted his aura and sat on the Heisenberg Emperor¡¯s throne. He poured himself a cup of mellow tea and calmly sipped it.
¡°I received some memories from the owner of this body, but they are too fragmented. His soul couldn¡¯t bear my presence and immediately burst.¡±
Di Qing nced at the council members below and said,
¡°Now, tell me what¡¯s going on.¡±
Hearing that, everyone in the conference room looked at each other, but they didn¡¯t dare to speak. They are too afraid to speak with Hao Meng. The difference between them is greater than a firefly and the sun.
Only he can kill the emperor of the Heisenberg empire without consideration. Because he is their supreme leader.
¡°You! Speak.¡±
Hao Meng¡¯s face became cold upon seeing that no one dared to speak. He randomly pointed at one of the council members and said.
The person who was pointed at by Hao Meng softened and almost fell to the ground. Seeing that his face was getting increasingly gloomy, he gritted his teeth and said.
¡°Master Hao Meng, the Heisenberg Empire is facing an unprecedented crisis!¡±
¡°Crisis?¡±
Hao Meng slowly narrowed his eyes.
¡°Have the five empires joined forces and have started a war with us?¡±
After saying this, Hao Meng couldn¡¯t help butugh.
¡°Those old bastards shouldn¡¯t be so stupid, even if they want to kill me more than anything.¡±
Hearing this, the person selected by Hao Meng swallowed his saliva. He gently shook his head and said.
¡°Master Hao Meng, it¡¯s not the five empires, they don¡¯t have the guts.¡±
¡°Yes, it¡¯s a star serpent!!¡±
Chapter 644: Fighting the Strongest
Chapter 644: Fighting the Strongest
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°A star serpent?¡±
Hao Meng was taken aback, ¡°Is it a star beast?¡±
¡°Yes¡yes.¡±
The person selected by Hao Meng said nervously. He was afraid that the moody master Hao Meng would p him to death because he was displeased. He carefully looked at him, but Hao Meng was squinting his eyes, seemingly thinking about something.
¡°Tell me the specific situation.¡±
After pondering for a moment, Hao Meng said. The selected council member immediately bowed and recounted thest events.
¡°Hehe, where is the person that sowed discord between our empire and that serpent?¡±
Hao Meng sneered and said. Everyone in the conference room trembled as they listened to their master¡¯s tone. His tone carried a trace of chill and murder.
¡°The sixth prince is going to die.¡±
This idea popped into everyone¡¯s mind upon hearing Hao Meng¡¯s tone. However, they didn¡¯t have the slightest pity for the sixth prince. On the contrary, they rejoiced as this disaster was incurred by the sixth prince Xia Meng in their opinion.
Without Hao Meng needing to say more, the designated council member immediately told him the information of the sixth prince. He also did not feel pity for the Sixth prince Xia Ming. After all, he is the reason why they are in such a predicament.
The thing he is worried about is Hao Meng killing them due to his displeasure.
Although Hao Meng is their ancestor, he is indeed very moody and bloodthirsty. Even if they are high-ranking members of the empire, he can kill them at a moment¡¯s thought. They are nothing more than dispensable insects to him after all.
Everyone is unwilling to face such a moody terrifying being, so they are extremely unwilling to awaken him unless absolutely necessary.
¡°I order you to bring this sixth prince Xia Ming to me.¡±
Hao Meng narrowed his eyes and said,
¡°In addition, immediately mobilize the army and ughter that metaverse league. I want every single being in that civilization to die!!¡±
At the end of the conversation, Hao Meng¡¯s voice was filled with excitement and bloodthirst.
The council members couldn¡¯t stop trembling. Even if Hao Meng is intending to deal with their enemies, they didn¡¯t feel the slightest trace of happiness, just endless fear.
Ancestor Hao Meng is very bloodthirsty.
He directly dictated the death of all creatures of an entire cosmic civilization. The number of lives that are concerned is unimaginable.
¡°Hurry up and do it!¡±
Hao Meng waved to everyone in the conference room, causing everyone there to run outside at their fastest speed. Everyone tried to outspeed the people behind. It¡¯s as if they were afraid of getting eaten by Hao Meng if they remained behind.
¡°Hehe.¡±
Seeing the pathetic appearance of these people, Hao Meng sneered again.
¡°A universe master-ss star beast. I did not expect that such a star beast would appear.¡±
Hao Meng raised his head and looked at the ceiling above, his gaze prated the ceiling andnded on the distant space.
¡°This kind of star beast is just fit to be food for my awakening this time.¡±
Hao Meng is too old. Every time he wakes up, he needs a lot of ¡®food¡¯. The stronger the being, the more suitable it is as his food.
¡°It came at just the right time.¡±
Staring at the space outside, a smile shed on the corner of Hao Meng¡¯s mouth. In the next moment, his figure shed, disappearing from his location and appearing on the edge of Heisenberg¡¯s star system.
Hao Meng stepped forward, crossing thousands of light-years with each step.
After a few moments, he was already a few gxies away from the Imperial capital of the Heisenberg empire. He came face to face with an extremely huge serpent.
¡°Tsk tsk, what an amazing body, and such abundant energy. You¡¯re very suitable to be my food.¡±
Hao Meng looked at Fang Yun ahead with wide eyes. The extremely abundant vitality radiating from him made him very eager. He licked his tongue andughed loudly.
¡°Hahaha, I can stay in the material world for a little longer this time.¡±
The time he can remain awake doesn¡¯t depend on himself but on the amount of energy and vitality he has.
Years of deep sleep made him feel extremely disgusted with sleep and darkness, but now, Fang Yun¡¯s emergence has made him extremely excited.
¡°This old guy¡¡±
Looking at the extremely zealot man in front of him, Fang Yun¡¯s expression became extremely solemn. This man might have the appearance of a madman, but his strength is no joke¡
¡°The most powerful being in the Heisenberg Empire, Hao Meng?¡±
Fang Yun suddenly realized. ording to the news he received, the most powerful being of the Heisenberg Empire is a terrifying being with ate-stage universe master cultivation base.
In other words, the strength of the person in front of him has already reached a point that¡¯s extremely close to the peak of the path of cultivation.
¡°Hehehe,e here little snake, and obediently be my food.¡±
Hao Meng eximed excitedly. In the next moment, his figure shed, appearing in front of Fang Yun. He slowly raised his hand as an outrageous amount of energy umted in his, dyeing his hand a golden color, then waving it forward.
¡°Boom!¡±
In an instant, a giant apparition of Hao Meng¡¯s hand fell on Fang Yun¡¯s head, creating a giant explosion and pushing Fang Yun¡¯s immense head down.
Fang Yun struggled against the energy palm, but he couldn¡¯t raise his head, on the contrary, he was slowly being pushed down. Fang Yun felt that he was back to the age when he was just a small snake facing powerful predators.
¡°This old guy is really powerful!¡±
Fang Yun took a deep breath, his aura immediately surged out, breaking away from the restraint of Hao Meng¡¯s aura, then backing away from the attack. What followed after was a battle that shook the universe.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
In the area where the two battled, destructionpletely raged, It¡¯s unknown how many stars were affected by their battle. Even the nearby gxies were broken apart.
During the battle between the two, Hao Meng became more and more surprised.
¡°This star beast is really powerful. No wonder it can kill the two universe masters.¡±
Hao Meng¡¯s eyes shed, but he didn¡¯t really care. It doesn¡¯t make much of a difference to him.
On the other hand, Fang Yun¡¯s expression was extremely dignified. He was struggling from the start of this battle.
He is not the opponent of this old guy.
¡°Boom!¡±
Hao Meng waved his darkness-shrouded hand. They were filled with the power of space and destruction, with energy enough to easily slice through gxies. Half of Fang Yun¡¯s tail was directly blown up, turning into a mess of flesh and blood.
¡°Hiss!!!¡±
It¡¯s unknown what method the old guy used, the recovery speed of Fang Yun¡¯s wounds became extremely slow.
¡°No, I can¡¯t continue this fight.¡±
Fang Yun decisively made such a decision. He quickly turned away and ran into the distance.
_______________________________________________________________
Note: the table of content had been updated.
Chapter 645: 500 Years
Chapter 645: 500 Years
Trantor: Yamir Moon
¡°Huh, do you think you can escape?¡±
Seeing Fang Yun fleeing away, Hao Meng sneered. He quickly chased behind him, constantlyunching extremely destructive attacks.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
Fang Yun could only continue fleeing. He was powerless to face any of these attacks. Each one of them massively injured him. Fang Yun roared in anger and pain, but he still didn¡¯t stop moving.
¡°Hurry up, hurry up!¡±
Fang Yun yelled internally. He hadn¡¯t been injured so much for a long time. Almost half of his body has been blown off, and due to the special property of the enemy¡¯s attack and their high frequency, his regeneration speed couldn¡¯t keep up with his speed of umting injuries.
¡°Damn, I can¡¯t get rid of this old guy at all!¡±
As he flew forward, Fang Yun decisively abandoned any means of counterattack, focusing only on speeding forward, but he still couldn¡¯t pull the distance between him and the guy behind at all.
¡°Unexpectedly, the gap between a normal universe master and ate-stage universe master is so big.¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s expression was solemn, but he didn¡¯t regret provoking this Hao Meng. The only thing he regrets is that he couldn¡¯t rescue his little brother, the giant turtle. He didn¡¯t even know his current location.
¡°Hmph! You can¡¯t escape!¡±
Hao Meng sneered. He raised his hand and waved forward. A giant w, even bigger than Fang Yun appeared above him. It slowly descended on Fang Yun, intending to capture him.
¡°Boom!¡±
Fang Yun has been guarding against such an attack. He opened his mouth and released the energy that he had been umting, directly destroying the w, but this staled him for just a bit.
Hao Meng took advantage of this opportunity and shored the distance between them even further. The sneer on his face didn¡¯t dissipate this whole time.
¡°Atst, I¡¯m here.¡±
However, there wasn¡¯t the slightest trace of anxiety on Fang Yun¡¯s face. On the contrary, he seemed more rxed than ever. At this moment, with just a thought, a colorful light appeared in front of him. The light quickly epassed him, then shrank and disappeared.
¡°Huh?¡±
Hao Meng frowned upon seeing this scene. He quickly arrived at the location of the light and looked around, but he couldn¡¯t find any trace of Fang Yun.
¡°Where is this beast hiding? Its aura haspletely disappeared!¡±
He didn¡¯t think that the cosmic serpent had run far away, because even if he wanted to jump across space, he needed a few moments to determine the spatial coordinates of his destination, lock them, then jump towards them.
However, the cosmic serpent seems to have disappeared without any preparation. Then there is only one possibility, he is hiding in a certain space nearby.
The fact that the serpent was able to hide so perfectly is beyond his expectations.
¡°I want to see how long you can hide.¡±
Hao Meng coldly snorted, then sat cross-legged in the void. He made up his mind to wait here until Fang Yun leaves his hiding space and shows up.
It¡¯s a pity that Fang Yun didn¡¯t hide but really left this space.
This is the space gap that leads to his home universe. The great turtle has created a hidden space channel and hid it in the depths of the void per Fang Yun¡¯s instructions. The only way to ess it is with the great turtle¡¯s spiritual imprint.
The great turtle is defenitely an extremely rare space beast. It has a perfect alignment with space, granting it near perfect space maniption. No other creature in the universe, not even the current Fang Yun can create a space channel between two universes after all.
Even Hao Meng, the most powerful cultivator in this universe, ate-stage universe master, can¡¯t match the great turtle in terms of space maniption.
¡°Huh¡¡±
Fang Yun took a deep breath after arriving on the original earth¡¯s universe. After looking behind and making sure that Hao Meng didn¡¯t follow after him, he was finally relieved.
¡°Sure enough, that old man couldn¡¯t find the space channel.¡±
Fang Yun had tried it before and found that he couldn¡¯t locate the space channel without the giant turtle¡¯s spiritual imprint. He was betting that Hao Meng would also be unable to locate it.
Fortunately, he won the bet.
¡°Next, I will try my best to gather bio-energy and evolve.¡±
A golden light shed across Fang Yun¡¯s eyes; In addition to escaping from Hao Meng, the second reason why he came here is to raise his level as much as possible.
As long as he truly reaches the universe master level, it wouldn¡¯t be impossible to have an even fight with Hao Meng, maybe he can even go beyond that level.
Thinking of this, he immediately began to devour the surroundings and stars.
In this deste space, a huge serpent swallowed one after the other, devouring them with just one bite. Soon after, this entire area had been hollowed.
On the other hand, Hao Meng remained in that location for one year after the other, but Fang Yun still didn¡¯t appear. After a while, he finally understood that Fang Yun had used some iprehensible method to escape.
Hao Meng was very angry.
He felt like he had been teased. This is the first time he had felt so humiliated in ages.
¡°Damn beast, if I ever see you again, I must let you bear the price!¡±
Hao Meng shouted angrily, randomly waving his arm to destroy a nearby.
Returning to the imperial capital of the Heisenberg Empire, Hao Meng immediately organized a fleet to thoroughly eradicate the Metaverse league and all its creatures. He is nning to use this method to force Fang Yun out.
Shortly after, the Heisenberg Empire attacked with all its strength, the Metaverse league couldn¡¯t resist at all. Even with the secret help of the five empires, its armies faced one defeat after the other. Their acquired territory was slowly being taken away.
The Metaverse league was forced to retreat into the nine heavens. They had no way but to give up their acquired territory. In the end, they were forced to wander in those cosmic ruins at the edge of the universe to survive.
In fact, the Metaverse league was almost destroyed.
In the meantime, an incident urred.
The sixth prince was killed by the giant turtle, whoter proceeded to escape. However, during its escape journey, the great turtle did not encounter the forces of the Metaverse but encountered the simrly escaping Tang Guo.
She had regained consciousness.
¡°You¡ I remember you!¡±
Tang Guo looked at the great turtle in front of her, and fragments of a distant memory emerged in her mind.
¡°That big guy is safe, right?¡±
Tang Guo stood on the back of the great turtle and together drifted in the deste ruins on the edge of the universe.
In the endless deste ruins, there are no knowns. Perhaps in faraway ces on the other side of the deste ruins, there might bes, but no one knows for sure. No one knows what is on the other side of deste ruins. There might be entirely different civilizations, or might just be an endless void.
Ten years have passed, fifty years have passed, a hundred years have passed, two hundred years have passed¡ Finally, five hundred years have passed.
The name of the Metaverse league has long since disappeared. Countless events have urred during the past period. Civilizations have risen and fallen and new cosmic empires have emerged.
Most people forgot about the Metaverse league that dared to stand against the most powerful empire in the universe.
Only some people still remember that this country has driven the Heisenberg empire to the edge. To be more precise, it was a great cosmic serpent.
Chapter 646: The Massacre of Civilizations
Chapter 646: The Massacre of Civilizations
Trantor: Yamir Moon
There was endless darkness in the deste space. The only sources of light were the distant shining stars.
However, in this space, there was a terrifying scene. One side was densely filled with shining stars, and the other side was apletely dark universe.
In the middle of these two different pieces of space, there was an extremely huge serpent. Its size was simply indescribable. Gxies looked insignificantpared to it.
Just looking at it, it¡¯s easy to think that it was the one that created the great void behind it, devouring all stars in that area.
In fact, that is exactly what happened.
Looking at it from afar, the extremely great serpent could be seen flying around with its mouth wide open, devouring everything in its way, from stars tos and every physical object in its way.
Whether it was a or a star, nothing escaped from its mouth. Suddenly, a dark circr object appeared in front of it. The light seemed to disappear in the middle, but there was a radiance on its edge. Large swaths of red light circted around it.
It¡¯s a ck hole.
A ck hole is a very terrifying celestial body. Because of its immense mass, its own gravitational force is phenomenal. Nothing can escape from its pull, not even light.
No matter whether it is a star or a, as long as they approach it, they will be torn apart by its terrifying gravity.
The two sides gradually approached each other.
The titanic serpent got very close to the ck hole. The space around its body seemed to be distorted, and even its body showed signs of slight distortion, but the serpent was unfazed. It continued heading forward, and soon after, it reached the ck hole¡¯s inner space.
The expected scene of the serpent¡¯s body getting torn apart did not ur, but the ck hole started to copse, turning into mass and energy, then getting devoured by the titanic serpent.
This energy increase seemed to have caused something, as the body of the giant serpent started crazily growing.
The giant serpent, which was already titanic, became even bigger.
This giant serpent is Fang Yun who escaped to the earth universe.
Facing Hao Meng, thete-stage universe master, Fang Yun had no possibility of prevailing at all. He could only escape. In the beginning, he thought that he could at least have the ability to fight against a master of that level. He didn¡¯t expect that he overestimated his power too much.
So relying on the space channel left by the giant turtle, he fled to this ce.
Fang Yun¡¯s heart was filled with bitterness upon thinking of the great turtle. He fled here without saving him. Fang Yun wondered how his little brother was doing. He hoped that he was alive at least.
Moreover, after he escaped, the Metaverse league should face the invasion of the Heisenberg Empire. The disparity in strength between the two sides is really too great. Fang Yun is certain that the Metaverse league certainly won¡¯t be the opponent of the Heisenberg empire.
His only question is: What happened to the Metaverse league? Their situation is certainly not going to be good¡
Thinking of this, Fang Yun¡¯s heart became heavy. He raised his head and looked at the dense celestial bodies in front of him.
At the moment, the aura radiating from his body matched that of a mid-stage universe master.
However, Fang Yun still thinks that his cultivation base is not stable enough. Now that so many years have passed, what should have happened has happened long ago.
The thing he must do now is to make sure he has the ability to kill Hao Meng.
¡°Hao Meng of Heisenberg has existed for endless years, most of the time, he is asleep. However, every time he wakes up, he will create a bloody storm, ordering the Heisenberg Empire to ughter other civilizations. This¡ should be rted to his cultivation.¡±
??Fang Yun has studied the cultivation methods of people in the cultivation universe. By establishing a connection between themselves and the universe, they can harness universal energy, that¡¯s the most fundamentalw of cultivation in that universe.
However, after reaching the apex of cultivation like Hao Meng, the energy required to improve his cultivation base by even the tiniest amount is tremendous, and universal energy is no longer enough, so it is necessary to artificially cultivate and use various kinds of energy-rich resources.
Just like Fang Yun is devouring various objects to increase his level, Hao Meng achieves progress in his cultivation by devouring creatures, mostly intelligent ones, and the number of creatures he devours each time is certainly not low.
Every time his cultivation base progresses, it means that countless civilizations have been sacrificed to be his nourishment.
The reason why he didn¡¯t kill all civilizations in that universe at once was that he was raising them like pigs. He usually doesn¡¯t consume too much energy by falling asleep. When the right opportunity arrives, he would wake up and kill a part of them to use as nourishment for his cultivation.
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know if Hao Meng had fallen asleep after massacring some civilizations and devouring them just like before. However, he thought that this was unlikely to be the case.
Due to his existence, Hao Meng might not act like before.
In fact, that is what happened.
In the imperial capital of Heisenberg, Hao Meng sat on the imperial special seat. Below him were arge number of kneeling people, all of which were powerful people in the Heisenberg empire.
These powerful beings might be gods to those below, but in front of Hao Meng, they unreservedly showed their most humble side. Some were even trembling slightly due to the fear they were feeling.
¡°How is the situation now?¡±
Hao Mengzily looked at a middle-aged man and said,
The middle-aged man is the chief of military affairs and the one he appointed to report all sorts of news to him. He tried his best to stop his body from shaking and respectfully replied.
¡°Three of the five empires have been destroyed, and the remaining two have expressed their willingness to submit.¡±
Hearing this, Hao Meng looked at the middle-aged man with squinted eyes.
¡°Didn¡¯t I say this before? I don¡¯t want their surrender. You must leave no one alive. I want you to ughter all of them!.¡±
The middle-aged man¡¯s heart trembled, his face was extremely pale, sweat dripped from his cheeks. Even if they were powerful figures at the top of the Heisenberg empire¡¯s social system, they were still nothingpared to the being in front of them.
Over many years, all enemies of the Heisenberg Empire were directly ughtered. In fact, many neutral civilizations didn¡¯t escape the face of extinction for the slightest reason.
Recently, they have cleared arge number of civilizations around the Heisenberg empire. To be precise, the number of civilizations destroyed by Hao Meng is unknown, and the lives that have disappeared due to his actions are uncountable.
??The middle-aged man knew that Hao Meng was bloodthirsty, but he never expected him to be this merciless.
Although he despises those five empires, ughtering them directly would cause great manpower losses, after all, these five empires do have the power to fight back. That¡¯s why they could survive for so many years.
Moreover, the man in front of him rarely does anything, but the middle-aged man didn¡¯t dare to say a word. He has to execute the order.
Chapter 647: The Final Clash (Part 1)
Chapter 647: The Final sh (Part 1)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
Fang Yun flew in the vast dark space, alone. He no longer knew how manys and stars he devoured. The only thing he is sure about is that his strength has reached an unimaginable point.
Everything in the universe felt extremely fragile to him as if they could pop with just a mere movement, including space itself.
¡°I have now reached thete-stage universe master level¡¡±
Fang Yun took a deep breath, then raised his head and looked at the space in front of him. Most of his sight was filled with darkness. Not many stars are left.
That is to say, he devoured the majority of matter in this universe. The only ce he didn¡¯t touch at all was the gxy cluster where the earth is located.
¡°It¡¯s time to go back.¡±
Fang Yun limated to the extreme strength in his body while flying back towards the Milky Way. A dayter, he reached the passage left behind by the great turtle.
He used the spiritual imprint tomunicate with the space channel. Suddenly, an extremely bright light shed in front of him. The next moment, his titanic body disappeared from this section of space.
When Fang Yun reappeared, he had already returned to the cultivation universe, and the moment he arrived, an inexplicable feeling emerged in his heart.
It¡¯s like something wailing in pain in his mind.
This feeling appeared when he devoureds and stars in the earth¡¯s universe. At that time, he had swallowed many, manys and stars, but the wailing was still quite weak, almost imperceptible.
However, in this universe, the wailing is extremely strong
This universe is decaying.
¡°What the hell did the Heisenberg empire do?¡±
Fang Yun was quite surprised, then started to move forward. Along the way, he didn¡¯t rush to attack Heisenberg but scrutinized the state of the cultivation universe.
All the ces he had swept away with his spiritual power were barren, brokens, distorted space, and wreckage of stars floating around¡
This universecked any trace of vitality. It¡¯s aplete wreck!
¡°Has everything disappeared?¡±
He quickly reached the Heisenberg empire boundary but found that the so-called strongest empire didn¡¯t exist anymore. In fact, all empires and civilizations have disappeared! Whether it¡¯s the five empires or any other kingdom!
¡°What the hell is going on?¡±
Fang Yun was dumbstruck. All kingdoms, objects, and creatures have disappeared from this universe. Even the metaverse league disappeared!
¡°No, something is wrong!¡±
Suddenly, Fang Yun¡¯s heart trembled. He stretched his mental power even further, covering most of the universe and carefully inspecting it. In the next moment, he seemed to hear something.
¡°Ba-dum, Ba-dum,¡±
It was the sound of a beating heart.
But strangely, he heard the sound of two beating hearts.
¡°Ba-dum! Ba-dum! Ba-dum!¡±
The beating sounds of the two hearts were quite weak, but one of them was stable and strong, and the other was very weak, almost dying out.
Of course, this wasn¡¯t really the sound of a beating heart, but life fluctuations in Fang Yun¡¯s perception.
¡°There are only two beings left in this universe¡¡±
Fang Yun had a clear idea of what happened.
¡°In fact, one of these ¡®beating hearts¡¯ belongs to this universe!¡±
??¡¡¡¡??After reaching the top level that any creature could reach, Fang Yun has learned that the universe is actually a lifeform! One that¡¯s different from any other¡
In other words, the universe is an extremely huge creature. Gxies, stars, and other celestial bodies are just smallponents of its body, and cultivators are like viruses and bacteria leeching on it. Of course, most cultivators are insignificant to it, but the top ones, especially universe masters are different.
Fang Yun felt two lifeforms in this universe. One is the universe itself and the other is¡
¡°Hey, there you are. It seems that your strength has greatly increased over the years¡¡±
A voice suddenly appeared in Fang Yun¡¯s mind, but he wasn¡¯t surprised. He already knows who this voice belongs to.
Hao Meng of the Heisenberg Empire.
¡°Hahahaha, you should have realized. Yes, I have be the universe itself!¡±
¡°Boom!¡±
Just as this voice sounded, indescribable pressure suddenly swept across the universe.
This is the anger of the cultivation universe.
¡°Hey, angry? Continue to be angry, I¡¯m going to destroy you and devour you. A spirit full of anger, and the spirit of the universe itself! It must be delicious!¡±
Hao Meng¡¯s voice was filled with madness, but it didn¡¯t incur any reaction from the universe this time.
¡°Hahaha! Obediently ept the fate of being devoured by me! You will not dissipate, but will continue to exist as part of me! Nothing will change the oue, so why don¡¯t you stop resisting?!¡±
As he continued speaking, Hao Meng¡¯s voice was gradually filled with fanaticism and madness.
Fang Yun floated in the dark voice, the surrounding space didn¡¯t stop shaking and tumbling, crushing every object in space. This urred across all locations in the universe. This is the universe itself resisting!
No wonder that there isn¡¯t the slightest trace of creatures in this space. Nothing would be able to survive in such an environment, apart from beings at his level of power.
¡°This Hao Meng is actuallypeting with the will of this cosmos for control¡ However, the cosmic will does not seem to have the ability to actively attack.¡±
Fang Yun remembered the feeling he had back in the earth¡¯s universe, that subtle wailing¡ That was the universe¡¯s consciousness telling him to leave!
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!¡±
This is the true doomsday of this universe. The endless space is shattering and copsing, breaking everything along with it. Everything is starting to be warped and distorted, and strange images started to appear.
This is because the spacetime continuum is being distorted, allowing Fang Yun to see an image that is beyond this dimension.
And in that dimension, Fang Yun has seen two giant beings shing.
Chapter 647: The Final Clash (Part 2)
Chapter 647: The Final sh (Part 2)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
It was the war between these two beings that caused great cmity throughout the universe.
¡°Ha ha ha, you¡¯re starting to get weak, are you nning to give up?¡±
Hao Meng rampantly roared;
¡°You should quickly use your trump card, otherwise, you will have no chance.¡±
The cosmic will was silent for a while after hearing Hao Meng¡¯s words, then suddenly spoke to Fang Yun.
¡°Fang Yun¡ What are you waiting for?¡±
The familiar mechanical sound of the system sounded in Fang Yun¡¯s mind, but he knew that this was the voice of the cosmic will.
¡°Hurry up and help me kill this guy!¡±
¡°Huh?¡± Hao Meng was a bit startled, but in the next moment, a bloodthirsty smile appeared on his face.
¡°So this is it¡ This is your trump card!¡±
¡°No wonder¡¡±
He didn¡¯t evenplete his sentence before attacking the cosmic will maniacally. Fang Yun clearly heard the ailing of the cosmic will.
In his perception, one of the two huge beings is quickly shrinking, while the other is rapidly growing. If nothing changes, it¡¯s just a matter of time before Hao Mengpletely devours the cosmic will.
¡°Fang Yun, what are you waiting for?!!¡±
The mechanical voice of the universe will was tainted with a trace of rage,
¡°Do you think you can defeat Hao Meng after he devours me? Don¡¯t forget, without me, you would never be born, nor would you ever be able to reach such a point. You belong to me¡Ah!!!¡±
¡°Hurry up and attack him. After hepletely devours me, you would never be his opponent. Hurry up, do it!¡±
Fang Yun ignored the cries of the cosmic will. He calmly observed the battle between the two behemoths, watching as the cosmic will was slowly devoured. In the end, the universe¡¯s consciousness was also devoured.
¡°Fang Yun, your end will be no different from mine¡¡± These were the cosmic will¡¯sst words.
¡°Hahaha!!¡±
After devouring all the cosmic will, Hao Mengughed frantically. Suddenly, his eyes shifted to the serpent floating in distant space. Fang Yun could clearly see the greed in his eyes.
¡°Let me eat you!¡±
The moment his voice sounded, Hao Mengunched an attack towards Fang Yun. This attack was not substantive, but a spiritual one. However, the scale of the two beings¡¯ mental power is iprehensible. The two spiritual strikes collided, creating a giant invisible wave that spread through the entire universe.
¡°Boom! Boom! Boom!!¡±
¡°Boom!!! Boom!!!¡±
The universal space that had just started to stabilize shook again. Fang Yun¡¯s mental energy resisted the mental attack and tried to physically attack Hao Meng¡¯s body, but he was the one getting trashed.
As the cosmic will said. In terms of pure raw power, Fang Yun is not the opponent of Hao Meng, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t intend to escape this time. He still fiercely fought against Hao Meng.
Fang Yun¡¯s terrifying recovery speed allowed him to recover quickly from terrifying physical injuries, and his mental tenacity was beyond imagination. In the end, injuries started to appear on Hao Meng¡¯s body.
¡°Damn it!¡±
Hao Meng roared frantically, a terrifying pressure suddenly burst out from him. He decided to end this all with one final strike.
¡°Until when are you going to wait? This is the time to take action!¡±
Fang Yun suddenly shouted, causing Hao Meng to pause. A confused expression appeared on his face. Suddenly, a strange noise sounded from his body, followed by a loud rumbling.
¡°Ahhhh!!!!¡±
¡°Leave me, let me go!¡±
Hao Meng¡¯s eyes shrank. In the next moment, he started begging for mercy.
¡°I do not want to die, I was going to ¡¡±
Before he could finish his words, his star-sized body was devoured by Fang Yun, but Fang Yun didn¡¯t rx after devouring this enemy. He was preparing for thest struggle.
¡°So you decided to go on this path¡¡±
A voice sounded in Fang Yun¡¯s mind.
Fang Yun simply sneered.
¡°If you don¡¯t resist, I will really digest you.¡±
¡°Hmph!¡±
A snort rang in his mind. The next moment, there was a huge st in his head. It was as if a huge explosion urred in his brain.
This is the attack of the cosmic will. Although it was devoured by Hao Meng before, it didn¡¯tpletely die out but ratherid in a slumber-like state. The moment Fang Yun devoured Hao Meng, it immediately rose and started to fight Fang Yun for control over his body.
¡°Rumble!!¡±
A terrifying battle was transpiring in Fang Yun¡¯s head. Its aftermath manifested in outer space, devastating the already ruined universe.
One day, two days, three days¡ It¡¯s unknown how much time has passed. In fact, the concept of time itself has broken apart.
The countless disasters within the devastated cultivation universe slowly calmed down, during which a titanic serpentid in space.
¡°This is¡¡±
A dazed light shed across the giant serpent¡¯s eyes.
¡°Where is this ce, who am I¡¡±
¡°I¡ I am Fang Yun, a student from Ningzhong town¡¡±
¡°No¡I¡¯m Ouroboros, the apocalyptic serpent¡¡±
¡°No, I am the cosmic will¡¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s originally nk eyes suddenly became clear.
He is indeed the cosmic will, but this is not only because he won in the struggle for control.
This cosmic will actually noticed Hao Meng¡¯s conspiracy a long time ago, but he couldn¡¯t kill him, so he created Fang Yun.
He separated a part of his body, that is, the nine heavens and the ruins beside them, and gave it initial life, making that space semi-independent.
It wasn¡¯t just a part of him, that ce also gave birth to a new cosmic will, which is the system and Fang Yun eventually.
However, the cosmic will never expected that Fang Yun, a mere part of him, would eventually defeat him.
¡°So, I¡¯m the only being left in this universe?¡±
Fang Yun raised his head and looked around. There was a touch of vicissitudes in his eyes. He felt that his body was gradually merging with the universe.
He is about to truly be the cosmic will of this universe.
After countless years, countless new lifeforms will appear because of his existence, slowly spreading and creating civilizations. Maybe one day, a new lifeform will be too strong, then try to rece him, thus the cycle continues¡
¡°Does this¡ really make sense?¡±
A dazed expression shed across Fang Yun¡¯s face.
His body is bing more and more illusory. At thest moment, his eyes suddenly became firm, a monstrous might burst out from his body.
¡°Boom!!¡±
Fang Yun¡¯s body instantly exploded. With it as the center, a shock wave propelled out at an unimaginable speed, turning everything in its way, including space into nothingness, a true void.
True nothingness is not a white or a dark space. It doesn¡¯t have any color. It simply can¡¯t be perceived by the normal means, and nothing can exist within it, not even space and time.
At the moment Fang Yun¡¯s body exploded, two streams of light flew out, surpassing the shock wave. One of them flew toward the sub-universe where the nine heavens are located, and the other headed towards the earth universe.
Chapter 648: History Repeats Itself (End)
Chapter 648: History Repeats Itself (End)
Trantor: Yamir Moon
In the dark space, a stream of light flew forward. Suddenly, it flew towards a blue, breaking through the atmosphere and heading towards a certain town.
Fang Yun woke up from his deep sleep. He looked at the strange yet familiar room nkly, then at his body. For a moment, he even forgot who he was, but he soon started to recover.
¡°I¡¯m Fang Yun¡¡±
Fang Yun felt inexplicably afraid. During the daze just now, he really forgot everything. A state where he is unfamiliar with everything, including himself, is too terrifying.
¡°It¡¯s time to get up¡ But I don¡¯t want to get up.¡±
Fang Yun hugged the quilt tightly and didn¡¯t want to get up.
¡°If I get up, something bad will happen¡¡±
¡°Xiao Yun, Xiao Yun,¡±
His mother¡¯s voice sounded outside the door,
¡°Wake up. You¡¯re going to bete for school!!¡±
¡°School¡Yes, I¡¯m still in school, I¡¯m a student in Ningzhong town ¡¡±
¡°I don¡¯t want to go to school, I don¡¯t want to go to school today¡¡±
¡°Mom, I don¡¯t want to go to school today!!¡±
Fang Yun basically howled thest sentence. After which he was quite astonished. Why did he say such a thing, isn¡¯t he afraid of being spanked by his mother?
Outside the door, the mother was stunned. Her face gradually became cold, mming the door open and striding to the bedside,
¡°Little sh*t, say it again!¡±
Fang Yun, who was hiding in the quilt, shrank his neck when he heard his mother¡¯s angry words, but soon after he raised his head and said to his mother pleadingly.
¡°Mom, I really don¡¯t want to go to school today.¡±
Why is he so resistant to going to school?
Fang Yun didn¡¯t know, but he had an extremely strong feeling in his heart telling him not to go as if something very bad would happen if he headed to school today.
The mother, who was originally very angry, looked at Fang Yun¡¯s pleading and almost desperate eyes. Her rage slowly calmed down. Finally, she sighed and said.
¡°Fine, then don¡¯t go to school today.¡±
¡°Mom, you are so kind, thank you!¡±
The pressure in his heart gradually dissipated, causing Fang Yun to finally rx. He felt as if he had missed a life-changing event by not going to school, but that¡¯s for the better.
¡°Smelly boy, if I wasn¡¯t kind, would I still be your mom?¡±
With a smile on her face, Fang Yun¡¯s mother said again,
¡°You still have to quickly get up, I¡¯ll make breakfast.¡±
??¡±Okay.¡±
Fang Yun nodded. His mother looked at him, then walked out of the door. Not long after she walked outside, Fang Yun heard a voice that was softer and more tender than his. It was his little sister.
¡°Mom, I also don¡¯t want to go to school today.¡±
¡°Pam!¡±
This was the sound of a hand pping a butt, Fang Yun soon heard another voice.
¡°You¡¯re not going to school? How about I send you to heaven.¡±
¡°Woo¡¡±
??¡¡¡¡A fake crying soon sounded after.
¡¡
In another universe, an extremely huge turtle flew in space, howling from time to time. Its tone was filled with sadness and longing.
¡°Rest assured, he will be fine.¡±
A mellow voice sounded,forting the giant turtle. It was the voice of a woman sitting on the back of the giant turtle. The woman hugged her knees and looked a bit weak.
Although she wasforting the giant turtle, her voice was also filled with sadness.
¡°Is he really¡¡±
The woman seemed to want to say something, but she suddenly stood up and looked in a certain direction. Her gaze seemed to cross space and time,nding on a stream of light traveling through space.
However, this stream of light was very fast. It traveled through space-time at a very exaggerated speed, crossing many light-years in a matter of seconds.
¡°He¡¯s back, Ouroboros is back!¡±
¡°Hurry up, we¡¯re going to follow behind him.¡±
The woman¡¯s excited voice sounded, and the turtle under her was equally excited. The two turned into a stream of light, chasing behind the light far away. They were equally fast, traversing the endless space.
The stream of light was extremely fast. After traversing endless time and space, a blue suddenly appeared in front of it.
Without the slightest hesitation, this light stream directly flew towards it.
In a dense jungle, a little snake was carefully looking for prey. Suddenly, a stream of light flew over and prated into its head.
Momentster, a trace of humanity emerged in the little snake¡¯s eyes. It looked nkly around.
¡°Who am I? I seem to be just a snake, but how am I able to think?¡±
Such a thought emerged in the mind of the snake. It was puzzled, filled with questions, but in the next moment, it started moving in one direction.
??¡¡¡¡¡°Why am I going in this direction?¡±
Obviously terrified, but the little snake couldn¡¯t stop moving forward, but it was slithering very slowly. Firstly, it is very young, and secondly, it is terrified. After crossing a certain distance, it would hide either under a rock or in the bushes.
About three dayster, it finally reached its destination, a huge pine tree.
The moment the little snake saw the pine tree, it stopped. It understood that this was its destination.
Just as it was wondering why it even came here, suddenly, a small furry head emerged from a hole in the trunk of the pine tree.
The head looked cautiously looked around. Suddenly its gaze fell on the little snake.
When the two eyes collided, time seemed to stagnate for that moment.
More information emerged in the little snake¡¯s head. It understood something. When it looked at the little head at the entrance of the tree hole,plicated emotions emerged in its eyes, something a creature like it shouldn¡¯t have.
??¡¡¡¡Suddenly, the little head at the entrance of the tree hole sprang out. A x-colored little squirrel ran out and slowly approached the little snake.
It tentatively squeaked twice, to which the serpent responded with a small hiss. The little squirrel¡¯s eyes lit up, quickly running towards the serpent.
¡°Squeak! Squeak!¡±
Seeing the excitement of the little squirrel in front of him, a picture emerged in the little snake¡¯s mind. Under the moonlight, a little squirrel squatted on the branches of a pine tree and looked at the distant darkness, seemingly waiting for something.
Its heart twitched and a strange thought appeared in its mind.
¡°In this life, I won¡¯t evolve.¡±
When this thought came to its mind, the little serpent felt somewhat amused. It doesn¡¯t have a system anymore. How is it going to evolve?
The two little friends climbed up the tree trunk, then got into the tree hole. The little snake lived in harmony with the little squirrel.
Although it had no system, the little snake seemed to grow strangely fast. In just a month, it grew from a few dozen centimeters long to a meter long. Not only that, it had some strange abilities.
The little snake almost became the overlord of this area, and the little squirrel could run rampant under its shelter. It sometimes robs itspanions¡¯ food and often steals from other rodents. It had almost be the public enemy of all rodents in this area.
On this day, a few conversations suddenly sounded in the peaceful mountain forest. Four figures appeared next to the pine tree.
??¡±Xiao Meng, Sister Wei, Xiao Ran,e and see, there is a squirrel hole here.¡±
Suddenly, a voice full of surprise sounded. A young girl walked to the pine tree and looked at the tree hole with a face full of joy.
¡°Sister Meng, don¡¯t get too close, what if there¡¯s a snake there?¡±
A voice sounded from behind. Three more women walked towards the pine tree, but even though they told her to be careful, their faces were filled with excitement and curiosity.
Just as they approached, a strange noise sounded from the tree hole. Their movements suddenly stopped. In the next moment, a horrified expression appeared on their face.
They watched as a strange gray creature stuck its head from the pine tree hole.
It was a snake.
Indeed, it isn¡¯t strange for young girls to be terrified of snakes.
Just as the four were about to scream, another noise sounded from the tree hole, followed by the appearance of another creature¡¯s head, but this time, it wasn¡¯t a snake.
It was a squirrel.
The squirrel hugged the snake¡¯s head and looked at the four girls outside with wide eyes.
History repeats itself.
(End)
_______________________________________________________________
Trantor note
The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and
continue reading tomorrow, everyone!